diff --git a/.travis.yml b/.travis.yml new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3dfaa58df --- /dev/null +++ b/.travis.yml @@ -0,0 +1,10 @@ +dist: trusty +language: node_js +node_js: + - '6' +before_install: npm install -g grunt-cli +before_script: + - cd build +script: + - npm install + - grunt --level=ADVANCED diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..035682adf --- /dev/null +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +# Change log +## 5.1.1 +### All Editors +* Customize initial zoom for the embedded editors +* Replace image from context menu (bug #11493) +* Customize availability of help in the editor + +### Document Editor +* Create and manage bookmarks +* Create internal hyperlinks to bookmarks and headings +* Export to RTF format + +### Spreadsheet Editor +* Add Spanish, French formula translations +* Set options for saving in PDF format (bug #34914) +* Change cell format from context menu (bug #16272) + +### Presentation Editor +* Add hints to presentation themes (bug #21362) diff --git a/apps/api/documents/api.js b/apps/api/documents/api.js index a951baa9d..fc8078b13 100644 --- a/apps/api/documents/api.js +++ b/apps/api/documents/api.js @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ changeHistory: , // default = false comment: // default = edit, modifyFilter: // default = true + modifyContentControl: // default = true } }, editorConfig: { @@ -119,7 +120,8 @@ autosave: true, forcesave: false, commentAuthorOnly: false, - showReviewChanges: false + showReviewChanges: false, + help: true }, plugins: { autostart: ['asc.{FFE1F462-1EA2-4391-990D-4CC84940B754}'], @@ -191,6 +193,7 @@ _config.editorConfig.canSendEmailAddresses = _config.events && !!_config.events.onRequestEmailAddresses; _config.editorConfig.canRequestEditRights = _config.events && !!_config.events.onRequestEditRights; _config.editorConfig.canRequestClose = _config.events && !!_config.events.onRequestClose; + _config.editorConfig.canRename = _config.events && !!_config.events.onRequestRename; _config.frameEditorId = placeholderId; _config.events && !!_config.events.onReady && console.log("Obsolete: The onReady event is deprecated. Please use onAppReady instead."); @@ -324,7 +327,7 @@ } if (typeof _config.document.fileType === 'string' && _config.document.fileType != '') { - var type = /^(?:(xls|xlsx|ods|csv|xlst|xlsy|gsheet|xlsm|xlt|xltm|xltx|fods)|(pps|ppsx|ppt|pptx|odp|pptt|ppty|gslides|pot|potm|potx|ppsm|pptm|fodp)|(doc|docx|doct|odt|gdoc|txt|rtf|pdf|mht|htm|html|epub|djvu|xps|docm|dot|dotm|dotx|fodt))$/ + var type = /^(?:(xls|xlsx|ods|csv|xlst|xlsy|gsheet|xlsm|xlt|xltm|xltx|fods|ots)|(pps|ppsx|ppt|pptx|odp|pptt|ppty|gslides|pot|potm|potx|ppsm|pptm|fodp|otp)|(doc|docx|doct|odt|gdoc|txt|rtf|pdf|mht|htm|html|epub|djvu|xps|docm|dot|dotm|dotx|fodt|ott))$/ .exec(_config.document.fileType); if (!type) { window.alert("The \"document.fileType\" parameter for the config object is invalid. Please correct it."); @@ -362,10 +365,11 @@ if (!!result && result.length) { if (result[1] == 'desktop') { _config.editorConfig.targetApp = result[1]; - _config.editorConfig.canBackToFolder = false; - _config.editorConfig.canUseHistory = false; + // _config.editorConfig.canBackToFolder = false; if (!_config.editorConfig.customization) _config.editorConfig.customization = {}; _config.editorConfig.customization.about = false; + + if ( window.AscDesktopEditor ) window.AscDesktopEditor.execCommand('webapps:events', 'loading'); } } })(); diff --git a/apps/api/documents/index.html.desktop b/apps/api/documents/index.html.desktop index 454ad8a28..28857deae 100644 --- a/apps/api/documents/index.html.desktop +++ b/apps/api/documents/index.html.desktop @@ -55,7 +55,10 @@ height: '100%', documentType: urlParams['doctype'] || 'text', document: doc, - editorConfig: cfg + editorConfig: cfg, + events: { + onInternalMessage: onInternalMessage, + } }); @@ -91,6 +94,9 @@ function getEditorConfig(urlParams) { return { + customization : { + goback: { url: "onlyoffice.com" } + }, mode : urlParams["mode"] || 'edit', lang : urlParams["lang"] || 'en', user: { @@ -144,6 +150,21 @@ } }; + function onInternalMessage(event) { + let info = event.data; + if ( info.type == 'goback' ) { + if ( window.AscDesktopEditor ) { + window.AscDesktopEditor.execCommand('go:folder', info.data.status); + } + } + }; + + function onDocumentReady() { + if ( window.AscDesktopEditor ) { + window.AscDesktopEditor.execCommand('doc:onready', ''); + } + } + if (isMobile()){ window.addEventListener('load', fixSize); window.addEventListener('resize', fixSize); diff --git a/apps/common/Analytics.js b/apps/common/Analytics.js index eb3c02a9c..37a59ab6d 100644 --- a/apps/common/Analytics.js +++ b/apps/common/Analytics.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/Gateway.js b/apps/common/Gateway.js index 5e06dbdd8..7d173d612 100644 --- a/apps/common/Gateway.js +++ b/apps/common/Gateway.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/IrregularStack.js b/apps/common/IrregularStack.js index a9f59a98c..7a9aa5170 100644 --- a/apps/common/IrregularStack.js +++ b/apps/common/IrregularStack.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/embed/lib/controller/modals.js b/apps/common/embed/lib/controller/modals.js index 28fb74d1b..bdf8ac2d1 100644 --- a/apps/common/embed/lib/controller/modals.js +++ b/apps/common/embed/lib/controller/modals.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/embed/lib/util/utils.js b/apps/common/embed/lib/util/utils.js index ef670b092..5a4b5db1f 100644 --- a/apps/common/embed/lib/util/utils.js +++ b/apps/common/embed/lib/util/utils.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/embed/lib/view/modals.js b/apps/common/embed/lib/view/modals.js index 7f41cc5b5..32b1be5d3 100644 --- a/apps/common/embed/lib/view/modals.js +++ b/apps/common/embed/lib/view/modals.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/locale.js b/apps/common/locale.js index 9d401fffc..b84aa0c37 100644 --- a/apps/common/locale.js +++ b/apps/common/locale.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ChatMessages.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ChatMessages.js index d407bed90..afedde6fb 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ChatMessages.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ChatMessages.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Collection * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 01 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Comments.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Comments.js index cbb0f3ac4..1c9fdb4b1 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Comments.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Comments.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Comments.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 17.01.14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Fonts.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Fonts.js index 62d71c993..de2ddfe9c 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Fonts.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Fonts.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Fonts.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/HistoryVersions.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/HistoryVersions.js index 9a8fd4f53..00c929c7f 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/HistoryVersions.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/HistoryVersions.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Plugins.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Plugins.js index 498f7c2ee..16f491e64 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Plugins.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Plugins.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ReviewChanges.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ReviewChanges.js index 2ac0c7d04..9f23da3bd 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ReviewChanges.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/ReviewChanges.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ReviewChanges.js * * Created by Julia.Radzhabova on 05.08.15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/TextArt.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/TextArt.js index ec2ebfa7a..16d19784e 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/TextArt.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/TextArt.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ */ /** * Created by Julia.Radzhabova on 09.07.15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. */ if (Common === undefined) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Users.js b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Users.js index e9f472a50..e3fa41a23 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Users.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/collection/Users.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Collection * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 27 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -61,12 +61,11 @@ define([ }, getEditingCount: function() { - var count = 0; - this.each(function(user){ - user.get('online') && !user.get('view') && ++count; - }); + return this.filter(function(item){return item.get('online') && !item.get('view')}).length; + }, - return count; + getEditingOriginalCount: function() { + return this.chain().filter(function(item){return item.get('online') && !item.get('view')}).groupBy(function(item) {return item.get('idOriginal');}).size().value(); }, findUser: function(id) { @@ -74,6 +73,13 @@ define([ function(model){ return model.get('id') == id; }); + }, + + findOriginalUser: function(id) { + return this.find( + function(model){ + return model.get('idOriginal') == id; + }); } }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/BaseView.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/BaseView.js index ae093ef5e..853631472 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/BaseView.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/BaseView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * BaseView.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/17/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js index 57cfac85d..e65f213fd 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Button.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Button.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/20/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -119,6 +119,68 @@ define([ ], function () { 'use strict'; + window.createButtonSet = function() { + function ButtonsArray(args) {}; + ButtonsArray.prototype = new Array; + ButtonsArray.prototype.constructor = ButtonsArray; + + var _disabled = false; + + ButtonsArray.prototype.add = function(button) { + button.setDisabled(_disabled); + this.push(button); + }; + + ButtonsArray.prototype.setDisabled = function(disable) { + if ( _disabled != disable ) { + _disabled = disable; + + this.forEach( function(button) { + button.setDisabled(disable); + }); + } + }; + + ButtonsArray.prototype.toggle = function(state, suppress) { + this.forEach(function(button) { + button.toggle(state, suppress); + }); + }; + + ButtonsArray.prototype.pressed = function() { + return this.some(function(button) { + return button.pressed; + }); + }; + + ButtonsArray.prototype.contains = function(id) { + return this.some(function(button) { + return button.id == id; + }); + }; + + ButtonsArray.prototype.concat = function () { + var args = Array.prototype.slice.call(arguments); + var result = Array.prototype.slice.call(this); + + args.forEach(function(sub){ + if (sub instanceof Array ) + Array.prototype.push.apply(result, sub); + else if (sub) + result.push(sub); + }); + + return result; + }; + + var _out_array = Object.create(ButtonsArray.prototype); + for ( var i in arguments ) { + _out_array.add(arguments[i]); + } + + return _out_array; + }; + var templateBtnIcon = '<% if ( iconImg ) { %>' + '' + @@ -292,6 +354,7 @@ define([ me.menu.render(me.cmpEl); parentEl.html(me.cmpEl); + me.$icon = me.$el.find('.icon'); } } @@ -537,6 +600,13 @@ define([ } } } + + if ( !!me.options.signals ) { + var opts = me.options.signals; + if ( !(opts.indexOf('disabled') < 0) ) { + me.trigger('disabled', me, disabled); + } + } } this.disabled = disabled; diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/CheckBox.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/CheckBox.js index 428224d03..2e3849ac0 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/CheckBox.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/CheckBox.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * CheckBox.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/24/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js index 4572aa358..d9d16c840 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorButton.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPalette.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPalette.js index b39b9f2b9..1c513290a 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPalette.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPalette.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ColorPalette.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/20/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPaletteExt.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPaletteExt.js index 697d621b3..d8ad4bbaf 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPaletteExt.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ColorPaletteExt.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ColorPaletteExt.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 07/21/15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBorderSize.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBorderSize.js index 4576f7622..e106b2f4e 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBorderSize.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBorderSize.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ComboBorderSize.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js index ad69d208f..c2e4fefa6 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBox.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ComboBox.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/22/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -193,6 +193,15 @@ define([ if (modalParents.length > 0) { el.data('bs.tooltip').tip().css('z-index', parseInt(modalParents.css('z-index')) + 10); } + + el.find('.dropdown-menu').on('mouseenter', function(){ // hide tooltip when mouse is over menu + var tip = el.data('bs.tooltip'); + if (tip) { + if (tip.dontShow===undefined) + tip.dontShow = true; + tip.hide(); + } + }); } el.on('show.bs.dropdown', _.bind(me.onBeforeShowMenu, me)); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js index 8e9bec06b..f84eb5950 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboBoxFonts.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ComboBoxFonts.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -112,6 +112,8 @@ define([ this._input.on('keyup', _.bind(this.onInputKeyUp, this)); this._input.on('keydown', _.bind(this.onInputKeyDown, this)); + this._input.on('focus', _.bind(function() {this.inFormControl = true;}, this)); + this._input.on('blur', _.bind(function() {this.inFormControl = false;}, this)); this._modalParents = this.cmpEl.closest('.asc-window'); @@ -211,6 +213,8 @@ define([ }, 10); } else me._skipInputChange = false; + } else if (e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.RETURN && this._input.val() === me.lastValue){ + this._input.trigger('change', { reapply: true }); } }, @@ -231,7 +235,7 @@ define([ var val = $(e.target).val(), record = {}; - if (this.lastValue === val) { + if (this.lastValue === val && !(extra && extra.reapply)) { if (extra && extra.onkeydown) this.trigger('combo:blur', this, e); return; @@ -318,6 +322,15 @@ define([ }, onApiChangeFont: function(font) { + var me = this; + setTimeout(function () { + me.onApiChangeFontInternal(font); + }, 100); + }, + + onApiChangeFontInternal: function(font) { + if (this.inFormControl) return; + var name = (_.isFunction(font.get_Name) ? font.get_Name() : font.asc_getName()); if (this.getRawValue() !== name) { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView.js index fc4436af0..6bf42af17 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ComboDataView.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/13/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -401,7 +401,7 @@ define([ fillComboView: function(record, forceSelect, forceFill) { if (!_.isUndefined(record) && record instanceof Backbone.Model){ - this.needFillComboView = false; + this.needFillComboView = !this.isVisible(); var me = this, store = me.menuPicker.store, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js index beb4fa81e..07b629f58 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/DataView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * A mechanism for displaying data using custom layout templates and formatting. * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/24/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -140,9 +140,10 @@ define([ el.html(this.template(this.model.toJSON())); el.addClass('item'); el.toggleClass('selected', this.model.get('selected') && this.model.get('allowSelected')); - el.off('click').on('click', _.bind(this.onClick, this)); - el.off('dblclick').on('dblclick', _.bind(this.onDblClick, this)); - el.off('contextmenu').on('contextmenu', _.bind(this.onContextMenu, this)); + el.off('click dblclick contextmenu'); + el.on({ 'click': _.bind(this.onClick, this), + 'dblclick': _.bind(this.onDblClick, this), + 'contextmenu': _.bind(this.onContextMenu, this) }); el.toggleClass('disabled', !!this.model.get('disabled')); if (!_.isUndefined(this.model.get('cls'))) @@ -197,6 +198,7 @@ define([ emptyText: '', listenStoreEvents: true, allowScrollbar: true, + scrollAlwaysVisible: false, showLast: true, useBSKeydown: false }, @@ -239,6 +241,7 @@ define([ me.emptyText = me.options.emptyText || ''; me.listenStoreEvents= (me.options.listenStoreEvents!==undefined) ? me.options.listenStoreEvents : true; me.allowScrollbar = (me.options.allowScrollbar!==undefined) ? me.options.allowScrollbar : true; + me.scrollAlwaysVisible = me.options.scrollAlwaysVisible || false; if (me.parentMenu) me.parentMenu.options.restoreHeight = (me.options.restoreHeight>0); me.rendered = false; @@ -275,6 +278,13 @@ define([ })); } + var modalParents = this.cmpEl.closest('.asc-window'); + if (modalParents.length < 1) + modalParents = this.cmpEl.closest('[id^="menu-container-"]'); // context menu + if (modalParents.length > 0) { + this.tipZIndex = parseInt(modalParents.css('z-index')) + 10; + } + if (!this.rendered) { if (this.listenStoreEvents) { this.listenTo(this.store, 'add', this.onAddItem); @@ -308,15 +318,11 @@ define([ el: $(this.el).find('.inner').addBack().filter('.inner'), useKeyboard: this.enableKeyEvents && !this.handleSelect, minScrollbarLength : 40, - wheelSpeed: 10 + wheelSpeed: 10, + alwaysVisibleY: this.scrollAlwaysVisible }); } - var modalParents = this.cmpEl.closest('.asc-window'); - if (modalParents.length > 0) { - this.tipZIndex = parseInt(modalParents.css('z-index')) + 10; - } - this.rendered = true; this.cmpEl.on('click', function(e){ @@ -361,11 +367,12 @@ define([ if (suspendEvents) this.resumeEvents(); + return record; }, selectByIndex: function(index, suspendEvents) { if (this.store.length > 0 && index > -1 && index < this.store.length) { - this.selectRecord(this.store.at(index), suspendEvents); + return this.selectRecord(this.store.at(index), suspendEvents); } }, @@ -480,7 +487,8 @@ define([ el: $(this.el).find('.inner').addBack().filter('.inner'), useKeyboard: this.enableKeyEvents && !this.handleSelect, minScrollbarLength : 40, - wheelSpeed: 10 + wheelSpeed: 10, + alwaysVisibleY: this.scrollAlwaysVisible }); } @@ -547,7 +555,7 @@ define([ window._event = e; // for FireFox only - this.selectRecord(record); + if (this.showLast) this.selectRecord(record); this.lastSelectedRec = null; if (!this.isSuspendEvents) { @@ -568,18 +576,21 @@ define([ }, scrollToRecord: function (record) { + if (!record) return; var innerEl = $(this.el).find('.inner'), inner_top = innerEl.offset().top, idx = _.indexOf(this.store.models, record), div = (idx>=0 && this.dataViewItems.length>idx) ? $(this.dataViewItems[idx].el) : innerEl.find('#' + record.get('id')); if (div.length<=0) return; - var div_top = div.offset().top; - if (div_top < inner_top || div_top+div.outerHeight() > inner_top + innerEl.height()) { + var div_top = div.offset().top, + div_first = $(this.dataViewItems[0].el), + div_first_top = (div_first.length>0) ? div_first[0].offsetTop : 0; + if (div_top < inner_top + div_first_top || div_top+div.outerHeight() > inner_top + innerEl.height()) { if (this.scroller && this.allowScrollbar) { - this.scroller.scrollTop(innerEl.scrollTop() + div_top - inner_top, 0); + this.scroller.scrollTop(innerEl.scrollTop() + div_top - inner_top - div_first_top, 0); } else { - innerEl.scrollTop(innerEl.scrollTop() + div_top - inner_top); + innerEl.scrollTop(innerEl.scrollTop() + div_top - inner_top - div_first_top); } } }, @@ -716,14 +727,16 @@ define([ margins = parseInt(parent.css('margin-top')) + parseInt(parent.css('margin-bottom')) + parseInt(menuRoot.css('margin-top')), paddings = parseInt(menuRoot.css('padding-top')) + parseInt(menuRoot.css('padding-bottom')), menuH = menuRoot.outerHeight(), - top = parseInt(menuRoot.css('top')); + top = parseInt(menuRoot.css('top')), + props = {minScrollbarLength : 40}; + this.scrollAlwaysVisible && (props.alwaysVisibleY = this.scrollAlwaysVisible); if (top + menuH > docH ) { innerEl.css('max-height', (docH - top - paddings - margins) + 'px'); - if (this.allowScrollbar) this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 40}); + if (this.allowScrollbar) this.scroller.update(props); } else if ( top + menuH < docH && innerEl.height() < this.options.restoreHeight ) { innerEl.css('max-height', (Math.min(docH - top - paddings - margins, this.options.restoreHeight)) + 'px'); - if (this.allowScrollbar) this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 40}); + if (this.allowScrollbar) this.scroller.update(props); } }, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/DimensionPicker.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/DimensionPicker.js index 7601c82dd..b81c95b54 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/DimensionPicker.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/DimensionPicker.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * DimensionPicker.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/29/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/HSBColorPicker.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/HSBColorPicker.js index f6b6e27d4..c64eb4983 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/HSBColorPicker.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/HSBColorPicker.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/InputField.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/InputField.js index faf1c662a..5bfea7578 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/InputField.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/InputField.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * InputField.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Layout.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Layout.js index 9b07c7c5c..3a58b30fa 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Layout.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Layout.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Layout.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 10 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * * * Configuration @@ -152,7 +152,8 @@ define([ fmin : panel.resize.fmin, fmax : panel.resize.fmax, behaviour : panel.behaviour, - index : this.splitters.length + index : this.splitters.length, + offset : panel.resize.offset || 0 }; if (!stretch) { @@ -186,6 +187,13 @@ define([ return parseInt(el.css('width')); }, + getItem: function (alias) { + for (var p in this.panels) { + var panel = this.panels[p]; + if ( panel.alias == alias ) return panel; + } + }, + onSelectStart: function(e) { if (e.preventDefault) e.preventDefault(); return false; @@ -224,6 +232,8 @@ define([ }, resizeStart: function(e) { + if (this.freeze) return; + this.clearSelection(); this.addHandler(window.document, 'selectstart', this.onSelectStart); @@ -369,7 +379,7 @@ define([ setResizeValue: function (index, value) { if (index >= this.splitters.length) - return; + return false; var panel = null, next = null, oldValue = 0, resize = this.splitters[index].resizer, @@ -404,6 +414,7 @@ define([ if (resize.value != value) { this.doLayout(); } + return (Math.abs(oldValue-value)>0.99); } }); @@ -492,7 +503,10 @@ define([ if ( !panel.stretch ) { style = panel.el.is(':visible'); if ( style ) { - width += (panel.rely!==true ? panel.width : this.getElementWidth(panel.el)); + if (panel.isresizer) + width += panel.offset; + else + width += (panel.rely!==true ? panel.width : this.getElementWidth(panel.el)); } if (panel.resize && panel.resize.autohide !== false && panel.resize.el) { @@ -514,10 +528,13 @@ define([ width = 0; this.panels.forEach(function(panel){ if (panel.el.is(':visible')) { - style = {left: width}; + style = {left: width - (panel.isresizer ? panel.width : 0)}; panel.rely!==true && (style.width = panel.width); panel.el.css(style); - width += this.getElementWidth(panel.el); + if (panel.isresizer) + width += panel.offset; + else + width += this.getElementWidth(panel.el); } },this); } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ListView.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ListView.js index 226fe349e..1476af029 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ListView.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ListView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ListView.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/27/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/LoadMask.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/LoadMask.js index 0d839df17..704606354 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/LoadMask.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/LoadMask.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Displays loading mask over selected element(s) or component. Accepts both single and multiple selectors. * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/7/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MaskedField.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MaskedField.js index 894e80327..640687c14 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MaskedField.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MaskedField.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Menu.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Menu.js index f529a4ac8..fa03b2612 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Menu.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Menu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * A menu object. This is the container to which you may add {@link Common.UI.MenuItem menu items}. * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MenuItem.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MenuItem.js index 9142fef94..ffd4c1d69 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MenuItem.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MenuItem.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * sub-menus, icons, etc. * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/27/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MetricSpinner.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MetricSpinner.js index 28d286d71..354689eaf 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MetricSpinner.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MetricSpinner.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * MetricSpinner.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/21/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ define([ if (isNaN(val)) val = this.oldValue; } else { - val = me.options.defaultValue; + val = me.options.defaultValue - me.options.step; } me.setValue((this._add(val, me.options.step, (me.options.allowDecimal) ? 3 : 0) + ' ' + this.options.defaultUnit).trim(), suspend); } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Mixtbar.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Mixtbar.js index 0edc4d482..667b36449 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Mixtbar.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Mixtbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * * * Created by Maxim.Kadushkin on 4/11/2017. - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ define([ function onClickDocument(e) { if ( this.isFolded ) { - if ( $(e.target).parents('.toolbar').length ){ + if ( $(e.target).parents('.toolbar, #file-menu-panel').length ){ } else { this.collapse(); } @@ -86,15 +86,30 @@ define([ initialize : function(options) { Common.UI.BaseView.prototype.initialize.call(this, options); + var _template_tabs = + '
' + + '<' + + '
    ' + + '<% for(var i in items) { %>' + + '
  • ' + + '<% if (items[i].extcls) print(\' \' + items[i].extcls) %>">' + + '<%= items[i].caption %>' + + '
    • ' + + '<% } %>' + + '
' + + '>' + + '
'; + this.$layout = $(options.template({ - tabs: options.tabs + tabsmarkup: _.template(_template_tabs)({items: options.tabs}) })); config.tabs = options.tabs; $(document.body).on('click', onClickDocument.bind(this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ - this.setVisible(action, visible) + this.setVisible(action, visible); }, this)); }, @@ -127,8 +142,12 @@ define([ if ( this.isFolded ) { if (!optsFold.$box) optsFold.$box = me.$el.find('.box-controls'); - optsFold.$bar.addClass('folded').toggleClass('expanded', false); + optsFold.$bar.addClass('folded z-clear').toggleClass('expanded', false); optsFold.$bar.find('.tabs .ribtab').removeClass('active'); + optsFold.$bar.on($.support.transition.end, function (e) { + if ( optsFold.$bar.hasClass('folded') && !optsFold.$bar.hasClass('expanded') ) + optsFold.$bar.toggleClass('z-clear', true); + }); optsFold.$box.on({ mouseleave: function (e) { // optsFold.timer = setTimeout( function(e) { @@ -167,13 +186,16 @@ define([ } else { // clearTimeout(optsFold.timer); - optsFold.$bar.removeClass('folded'); + optsFold.$bar.removeClass('folded z-clear'); optsFold.$box.off(); var active_panel = optsFold.$box.find('.panel.active'); if ( active_panel.length ) { var tab = active_panel.data('tab'); me.$tabs.find('> a[data-tab=' + tab + ']').parent().toggleClass('active', true); + } else { + tab = me.$tabs.siblings(':not(.x-lone)').first().find('> a[data-tab]').data('tab'); + me.setTab(tab); } } }, @@ -191,6 +213,7 @@ define([ expand: function() { // clearTimeout(optsFold.timer); + optsFold.$bar.removeClass('z-clear'); optsFold.$bar.addClass('expanded'); // optsFold.timer = setTimeout(this.collapse, optsFold.timeout); }, @@ -206,28 +229,40 @@ define([ }, onTabClick: function (e) { - var _is_active = $(e.currentTarget).hasClass('active'); - if ( _is_active ) { - if ( this.isFolded ) { - // this.collapse(); + var me = this; + + var $target = $(e.currentTarget); + var tab = $target.find('> a[data-tab]').data('tab'); + var islone = $target.hasClass('x-lone'); + if ( me.isFolded ) { + if ( $target.hasClass('x-lone') ) { + me.collapse(); + // me.fireEvent('') + } else + if ( $target.hasClass('active') ) { + me.collapse(); + } else { + me.setTab(tab); } } else { - var tab = $(e.target).data('tab'); - this.setTab(tab); + if ( !$target.hasClass('active') && !islone ) { + me.setTab(tab); + } } }, setTab: function (tab) { + var me = this; if ( !tab ) { - onShowFullviewPanel.call(this, false); + // onShowFullviewPanel.call(this, false); if ( this.isFolded ) { this.collapse(); } else tab = this.lastPanel; } if ( tab ) { - this.$tabs.removeClass('active'); - this.$panels.removeClass('active'); + me.$tabs.removeClass('active'); + me.$panels.removeClass('active'); var panel = this.$panels.filter('[data-tab=' + tab + ']'); if ( panel.length ) { @@ -236,10 +271,10 @@ define([ } if ( panel.length ) { - if ( this.isFolded ) this.expand(); + if ( me.isFolded ) me.expand(); } else { - onShowFullviewPanel.call(this, true); - if ( this.isFolded ) this.collapse(); + // onShowFullviewPanel.call(this, true); + if ( me.isFolded ) me.collapse(); } var $tp = this.$tabs.find('> a[data-tab=' + tab + ']').parent(); @@ -257,7 +292,7 @@ define([ return config.tabs[index].action; } - var _tabTemplate = _.template(''); + var _tabTemplate = _.template(''); config.tabs[after + 1] = tab; var _after_action = _get_tab_action(after); @@ -273,6 +308,8 @@ define([ if ($target.length) { $target.after(panel); + } else { + panel.appendTo(this.$layout.find('.box-panels')); } } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MultiSliderGradient.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MultiSliderGradient.js index 86290981b..77a1812cd 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/MultiSliderGradient.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/MultiSliderGradient.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * MultiSliderGradient.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/19/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/RadioBox.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/RadioBox.js index 839c76f3a..9d8e435ee 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/RadioBox.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/RadioBox.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RadioBox.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/26/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ /** diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Scroller.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Scroller.js index 4143db7aa..550e45aeb 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Scroller.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Scroller.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Scroller.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 3/14/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Slider.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Slider.js index 67a86d2d2..371c119cb 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Slider.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Slider.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Slider.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/18/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Switcher.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Switcher.js index 40d2a85b8..db2c2ad2b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Switcher.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Switcher.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/SynchronizeTip.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/SynchronizeTip.js index cb1aa968c..d3cce7eaf 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/SynchronizeTip.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/SynchronizeTip.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ define([ }, template: _.template([ - '
', + '
<%= scope.placement %>">', '
', '
', '
', @@ -103,13 +103,20 @@ define([ }, applyPlacement: function () { - var showxy = this.target.offset(); + var showxy = this.target.offset(), + innerHeight = Common.Utils.innerHeight(); if (this.placement == 'top') - this.cmpEl.css({bottom : Common.Utils.innerHeight() - showxy.top + 'px', right: Common.Utils.innerWidth() - showxy.left - this.target.width()/2 + 'px'}); - else if (this.placement == 'left') - this.cmpEl.css({top : showxy.top + this.target.height()/2 + 'px', right: Common.Utils.innerWidth() - showxy.left - 5 + 'px'}); - else // right - this.cmpEl.css({top : showxy.top + this.target.height()/2 + 'px', left: showxy.left + this.target.width() + 'px'}); + this.cmpEl.css({bottom : innerHeight - showxy.top + 'px', right: Common.Utils.innerWidth() - showxy.left - this.target.width()/2 + 'px'}); + else {// left or right + var top = showxy.top + this.target.height()/2, + height = this.cmpEl.height(); + if (top+height>innerHeight) + top = innerHeight - height; + if (this.placement == 'left') + this.cmpEl.css({top : top + 'px', right: Common.Utils.innerWidth() - showxy.left - 5 + 'px'}); + else + this.cmpEl.css({top : top + 'px', left: showxy.left + this.target.width() + 'px'}); + } }, isVisible: function() { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tab.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tab.js index 72018f776..15ac4a025 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tab.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tab.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Tab.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 01 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/TabBar.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/TabBar.js index 81db94966..c52f7f446 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/TabBar.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/TabBar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TabBar.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 28 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/TableStyler.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/TableStyler.js index 40c383d4f..7a354e0bd 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/TableStyler.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/TableStyler.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableStyler.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js index bfdeae7d2..73c761b19 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ThemeColorPalette.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ToggleManager.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ToggleManager.js index c8ea8ef55..dab80c690 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/ToggleManager.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/ToggleManager.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ToggleManager.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tooltip.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tooltip.js index 84b271a49..230cde22b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tooltip.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Tooltip.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Tooltip.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 14 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ /* diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/TreeView.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/TreeView.js index eb382a14b..1eb299f1b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/TreeView.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/TreeView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -158,6 +158,7 @@ define([ handleSelect: true, showLast: true, allowScrollbar: true, + scrollAlwaysVisible: true, emptyItemText: '' }, @@ -245,24 +246,24 @@ define([ var isExpanded = !record.get('isExpanded'); record.set('isExpanded', isExpanded); this.store[(isExpanded) ? 'expandSubItems' : 'collapseSubItems'](record); - this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40}); + this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: this.scrollAlwaysVisible}); } else Common.UI.DataView.prototype.onClickItem.call(this, view, record, e); }, expandAll: function() { this.store.expandAll(); - this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40}); + this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: this.scrollAlwaysVisible}); }, collapseAll: function() { this.store.collapseAll(); - this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40}); + this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: this.scrollAlwaysVisible}); }, expandToLevel: function(expandLevel) { this.store.expandToLevel(expandLevel); - this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40}); + this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: this.scrollAlwaysVisible}); } } })()); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js index e3f503b68..1c4511b20 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/component/Window.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Window.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 24 January 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js index 25697ac19..4ced54e87 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Chat.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Controller * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 27 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -148,6 +148,7 @@ define([ if (user) { var usermodel = new Common.Models.User({ id : user.asc_getId(), + idOriginal : user.asc_getIdOriginal(), username : user.asc_getUserName(), online : true, color : user.asc_getColor(), @@ -170,6 +171,7 @@ define([ if (!user) { usersStore.add(new Common.Models.User({ id : change.asc_getId(), + idOriginal : change.asc_getIdOriginal(), username : change.asc_getUserName(), online : change.asc_getState(), color : change.asc_getColor(), @@ -188,7 +190,7 @@ define([ var array = []; messages.forEach(function(msg) { array.push(new Common.Models.ChatMessage({ - userid : msg.user, + userid : msg.useridoriginal, message : msg.message, username : msg.username })); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js index 00fc195a1..1c1b28ee3 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Comments.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Comments.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 16.01.14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -46,7 +46,8 @@ define([ 'core', 'common/main/lib/model/Comment', 'common/main/lib/collection/Comments', - 'common/main/lib/view/Comments' + 'common/main/lib/view/Comments', + 'common/main/lib/view/ReviewPopover' ], function () { 'use strict'; @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ define([ ], views : [ 'Common.Views.Comments', - 'Common.Views.CommentsPopover' + 'Common.Views.ReviewPopover' ], sdkViewName : '#id_main', subEditStrings : {}, @@ -101,6 +102,27 @@ define([ // work handlers + 'comment:closeEditing': _.bind(this.closeEditing, this) + }, + + 'Common.Views.ReviewPopover': { + + // comments handlers + + 'comment:change': _.bind(this.onChangeComment, this), + 'comment:remove': _.bind(this.onRemoveComment, this), + 'comment:resolve': _.bind(this.onResolveComment, this), + 'comment:show': _.bind(this.onShowComment, this), + + // reply handlers + + 'comment:addReply': _.bind(this.onAddReplyComment, this), + 'comment:changeReply': _.bind(this.onChangeReplyComment, this), + 'comment:removeReply': _.bind(this.onRemoveReplyComment, this), + 'comment:editReply': _.bind(this.onShowEditReplyComment, this), + + // work handlers + 'comment:closeEditing': _.bind(this.closeEditing, this), 'comment:disableHint': _.bind(this.disableHint, this), 'comment:addDummyComment': _.bind(this.onAddDummyComment, this) @@ -128,12 +150,13 @@ define([ this.popoverComments.comparator = function (collection) { return -collection.get('time'); }; } - this.view = this.createView('Common.Views.Comments', { - store : this.collection, - popoverComments : this.popoverComments - }); + this.view = this.createView('Common.Views.Comments', { store: this.collection }); this.view.render(); + this.userCollection = this.getApplication().getCollection('Common.Collections.Users'); + this.userCollection.on('reset', _.bind(this.onUpdateUsers, this)); + this.userCollection.on('add', _.bind(this.onUpdateUsers, this)); + this.bindViewEvents(this.view, this.events); }, setConfig: function (data, api) { @@ -162,7 +185,6 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onShowComment', _.bind(this.onApiShowComment, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onHideComment', _.bind(this.onApiHideComment, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onUpdateCommentPosition', _.bind(this.onApiUpdateCommentPosition, this)); - this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDocumentPlaceChanged', _.bind(this.onDocumentPlaceChanged, this)); } }, @@ -267,7 +289,7 @@ define([ if (comment.get('unattached')) { if (this.getPopover()) { - this.getPopover().hide(); + this.getPopover().hideComments(); return; } } @@ -293,7 +315,7 @@ define([ } if (this.getPopover()) { - this.getPopover().hide(); + this.getPopover().hideComments(); } this.isSelectedComment = false; @@ -667,7 +689,7 @@ define([ this.popoverComments.remove(model); if (0 === this.popoverComments.length) { if (this.getPopover()) { - this.getPopover().hide(); + this.getPopover().hideComments(); } } } @@ -703,9 +725,11 @@ define([ date = (data.asc_getOnlyOfficeTime()) ? new Date(this.stringOOToLocalDate(data.asc_getOnlyOfficeTime())) : ((data.asc_getTime() == '') ? new Date() : new Date(this.stringUtcToLocalDate(data.asc_getTime()))); + var user = this.userCollection.findOriginalUser(data.asc_getUserId()); comment.set('comment', data.asc_getText()); comment.set('userid', data.asc_getUserId()); comment.set('username', data.asc_getUserName()); + comment.set('usercolor', (user) ? user.get('color') : null); comment.set('resolved', data.asc_getSolved()); comment.set('quote', data.asc_getQuoteText()); comment.set('time', date.getTime()); @@ -721,10 +745,12 @@ define([ dateReply = (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getOnlyOfficeTime()) ? new Date(this.stringOOToLocalDate(data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getOnlyOfficeTime())) : ((data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getTime() == '') ? new Date() : new Date(this.stringUtcToLocalDate(data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getTime()))); + user = this.userCollection.findOriginalUser(data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId()); replies.push(new Common.Models.Reply({ id : Common.UI.getId(), userid : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId(), username : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserName(), + usercolor : (user) ? user.get('color') : null, date : t.dateToLocaleTimeString(dateReply), reply : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getText(), time : dateReply.getTime(), @@ -742,24 +768,23 @@ define([ if (!silentUpdate) { this.updateComments(false, true); - if (this.getPopover() && this.getPopover().isVisible()) { - this._dontScrollToComment = true; - this.api.asc_showComment(id, true); - } + // if (this.getPopover() && this.getPopover().isVisible()) { + // this._dontScrollToComment = true; + // this.api.asc_showComment(id, true); + // } } } }, onApiLockComment: function (id,userId) { var cur = this.findComment(id), - usersStore = null, user = null; if (cur) { - usersStore = this.getApplication().getCollection('Common.Collections.Users'); - if (usersStore) { - user = usersStore.findWhere({id: userId}); + if (this.userCollection) { + user = this.userCollection.findUser(userId); if (user) { this.getPopover() && this.getPopover().saveText(); + this.view.saveText(); cur.set('lock', true); cur.set('lockuserid', this.view.getUserName(user.get('username'))); } @@ -771,13 +796,15 @@ define([ if (cur) { cur.set('lock', false); this.getPopover() && this.getPopover().loadText(); + this.view.loadText(); } }, onApiShowComment: function (uids, posX, posY, leftX, opts, hint) { if (this.previewmode) return; this.isModeChanged = false; + var same_uids = (0 === _.difference(this.uids, uids).length) && (0 === _.difference(uids, this.uids).length); - if (hint && this.isSelectedComment && (0 === _.difference(this.uids, uids).length)) { + if (hint && this.isSelectedComment && same_uids) { // хотим показать тот же коментарий что был и выбран return; } @@ -788,7 +815,7 @@ define([ if (popover) { this.clearDummyComment(); - if (this.isSelectedComment && (0 === _.difference(this.uids, uids).length)) { + if (this.isSelectedComment && same_uids) { //NOTE: click to sdk view ? if (this.api) { //this.view.txtComment.blur(); @@ -827,10 +854,10 @@ define([ comment.set('hint', !_.isUndefined(hint) ? hint : false); if (!hint && this.hintmode) { - if (0 === _.difference(this.uids, uids).length && (this.uids.length === 0)) + if (same_uids && (this.uids.length === 0)) animate = false; - if (this.oldUids.length && (0 === _.difference(this.oldUids, uids).length)) { + if (this.oldUids.length && (0 === _.difference(this.oldUids, uids).length) && (0 === _.difference(uids, this.oldUids).length)) { animate = false; this.oldUids = []; } @@ -855,7 +882,7 @@ define([ } popover.setLeftTop(posX, posY, leftX); - popover.show(animate, false, true, text); + popover.showComments(animate, false, true, text); } }, onApiHideComment: function (hint) { @@ -879,7 +906,7 @@ define([ }); this.getPopover().saveText(true); - this.getPopover().hide(); + this.getPopover().hideComments(); this.collection.clearEditing(); this.popoverComments.clearEditing(); @@ -933,9 +960,9 @@ define([ } useAnimation = true; - this.getPopover().show(useAnimation, undefined, undefined, text); + this.getPopover().showComments(useAnimation, undefined, undefined, text); } else if (!this.getPopover().isVisible()) { - this.getPopover().show(false, undefined, undefined, text); + this.getPopover().showComments(false, undefined, undefined, text); } this.getPopover().setLeftTop(posX, posY, leftX, undefined, true); @@ -1070,19 +1097,45 @@ define([ } } }, + getPopover: function () { - return this.view.getPopover(this.sdkViewName); + if (_.isUndefined(this.popover)) { + this.popover = Common.Views.ReviewPopover.prototype.getPopover({ + commentsStore : this.popoverComments, + renderTo : this.sdkViewName + }); + this.popover.setCommentsStore(this.popoverComments); + } + return this.popover; }, // helpers + onUpdateUsers: function() { + var users = this.userCollection; + this.collection.each(function (model) { + var user = users.findOriginalUser(model.get('userid')); + model.set('usercolor', (user) ? user.get('color') : null, {silent: true}); + + model.get('replys').forEach(function (reply) { + user = users.findOriginalUser(reply.get('userid')); + reply.set('usercolor', (user) ? user.get('color') : null, {silent: true}); + }); + }); + this.updateComments(true); + if (this.getPopover().isVisible()) + this.getPopover().update(true); + }, + readSDKComment: function (id, data) { var date = (data.asc_getOnlyOfficeTime()) ? new Date(this.stringOOToLocalDate(data.asc_getOnlyOfficeTime())) : ((data.asc_getTime() == '') ? new Date() : new Date(this.stringUtcToLocalDate(data.asc_getTime()))); + var user = this.userCollection.findOriginalUser(data.asc_getUserId()); var comment = new Common.Models.Comment({ uid : id, userid : data.asc_getUserId(), username : data.asc_getUserName(), + usercolor : (user) ? user.get('color') : null, date : this.dateToLocaleTimeString(date), quote : data.asc_getQuoteText(), comment : data.asc_getText(), @@ -1118,10 +1171,12 @@ define([ date = (data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getOnlyOfficeTime()) ? new Date(this.stringOOToLocalDate(data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getOnlyOfficeTime())) : ((data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getTime() == '') ? new Date() : new Date(this.stringUtcToLocalDate(data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getTime()))); + var user = this.userCollection.findOriginalUser(data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId()); replies.push(new Common.Models.Reply({ id : Common.UI.getId(), userid : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserId(), username : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getUserName(), + usercolor : (user) ? user.get('color') : null, date : this.dateToLocaleTimeString(date), reply : data.asc_getReply(i).asc_getText(), time : date.getTime(), @@ -1154,12 +1209,14 @@ define([ return; } + var user = this.userCollection.findOriginalUser(this.currentUserId); var comment = new Common.Models.Comment({ id: -1, time: date.getTime(), date: this.dateToLocaleTimeString(date), userid: this.currentUserId, username: this.currentUserName, + usercolor: (user) ? user.get('color') : null, editTextInPopover: true, showReplyInPopover: false, hideAddReply: true, @@ -1195,7 +1252,7 @@ define([ anchor.asc_getY(), this.hintmode ? anchor.asc_getX() : undefined); - dialog.show(true, false, true); + dialog.showComments(true, false, true); } } } @@ -1213,7 +1270,7 @@ define([ this.popoverComments.reset(); if (this.getPopover().isVisible()) { - this.getPopover().hide(); + this.getPopover().hideComments(); } comment.asc_putText(commentVal); comment.asc_putTime(this.utcDateToString(new Date())); @@ -1250,7 +1307,7 @@ define([ }); if (dialog.isVisible()) { - dialog.hide(); + dialog.hideComments(); } } @@ -1295,7 +1352,7 @@ define([ anchor.asc_getY(), this.hintmode ? anchor.asc_getX() : undefined); - this.getPopover().show(true, false, true); + this.getPopover().showComments(true, false, true); } } } diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Desktop.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Desktop.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd5ae4b4c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Desktop.js @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ +/* + * + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 + * + * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) + * version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation. In accordance with + * Section 7(a) of the GNU AGPL its Section 15 shall be amended to the effect + * that Ascensio System SIA expressly excludes the warranty of non-infringement + * of any third-party rights. + * + * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. For + * details, see the GNU AGPL at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.html + * + * You can contact Ascensio System SIA at Lubanas st. 125a-25, Riga, Latvia, + * EU, LV-1021. + * + * The interactive user interfaces in modified source and object code versions + * of the Program must display Appropriate Legal Notices, as required under + * Section 5 of the GNU AGPL version 3. + * + * Pursuant to Section 7(b) of the License you must retain the original Product + * logo when distributing the program. Pursuant to Section 7(e) we decline to + * grant you any rights under trademark law for use of our trademarks. + * + * All the Product's GUI elements, including illustrations and icon sets, as + * well as technical writing content are licensed under the terms of the + * Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. See the License + * terms at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode + * + */ +/** + * Controller wraps up interaction with desktop app + * + * Created by Maxim.Kadushkin on 2/16/2018. + */ + +define([ + 'core' +], function () { + 'use strict'; + + var Desktop = function () { + var config = {}; + var app = window.AscDesktopEditor; + + return { + init: function (opts) { + _.extend(config, opts); + + if ( config.isDesktopApp ) { + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', function (opts) { + _.extend(config, opts); + !!app && app.execCommand('doc:onready', ''); + }); + } + }, + process: function (opts) { + if ( config.isDesktopApp && !!app ) { + if ( opts == 'goback' ) { + app.execCommand('go:folder', + config.isOffline ? 'offline' : config.customization.goback.url); + return true; + } else + if ( opts == 'preloader:hide' ) { + app.execCommand('editor:onready', ''); + return true; + } + } + + return false; + } + }; + }; + + Common.Controllers.Desktop = new Desktop(); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalDiagramEditor.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalDiagramEditor.js index 518b24e76..a1b6c1930 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalDiagramEditor.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalDiagramEditor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ExternalDiagramEditor.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/08/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalMergeEditor.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalMergeEditor.js index 7dc992ce7..6e3cfdfc5 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalMergeEditor.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ExternalMergeEditor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ExternalDiagramEditor.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/08/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Fonts.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Fonts.js index cd6ca5f49..364478fcb 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Fonts.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Fonts.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Fonts.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js index 6be2b1405..3d68ca4b4 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/History.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -159,7 +159,6 @@ define([ onSetHistoryData: function(opts) { if (opts.data.error) { var config = { - closable: false, title: this.notcriticalErrorTitle, msg: opts.data.error, iconCls: 'warn', diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js index 911d90fb3..829877051 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Plugins.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ define([ 'render:before' : function (toolbar) { var appOptions = me.getApplication().getController('Main').appOptions; - if ( appOptions.isEdit && !appOptions.isEditMailMerge && !appOptions.isEditDiagram ) { + if ( !appOptions.isEditMailMerge && !appOptions.isEditDiagram ) { var tab = {action: 'plugins', caption: me.panelPlugins.groupCaption}; me.$toolbarPanelPlugins = me.panelPlugins.getPanel(); @@ -195,19 +195,22 @@ define([ me.$toolbarPanelPlugins.empty(); var _group = $('
'), - rank = -1; + rank = -1, + rank_plugins = 0; collection.each(function (model) { var new_rank = model.get('groupRank'); - if (new_rank!==rank && rank>-1) { + if (new_rank!==rank && rank>-1 && rank_plugins>0) { _group.appendTo(me.$toolbarPanelPlugins); $('
').appendTo(me.$toolbarPanelPlugins); _group = $('
'); + rank_plugins = 0; } var btn = me.panelPlugins.createPluginButton(model); if (btn) { var $slot = $('').appendTo(_group); btn.render($slot); + rank_plugins++; } rank = new_rank; }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Protection.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Protection.js index 99e8ac821..145dad9ad 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Protection.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/Protection.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * Protection.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 14.11.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ define([ return this; }, - onDocumentPassword: function(hasPassword) { - this.view && this.view.onDocumentPassword(hasPassword); + onDocumentPassword: function(hasPassword, disabled) { + this.view && this.view.onDocumentPassword(hasPassword, disabled); }, SetDisabled: function(state, canProtect) { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js index 2d634f94d..d0bf1aefb 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ReviewChanges.js * * Created by Julia.Radzhabova on 05.08.15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/model/ReviewChange', 'common/main/lib/collection/ReviewChanges', 'common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges', + 'common/main/lib/view/ReviewPopover', 'common/main/lib/view/LanguageDialog' ], function () { 'use strict'; @@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ define([ ], views : [ 'Common.Views.ReviewChanges', - 'Common.Views.ReviewChangesPopover' + 'Common.Views.ReviewPopover' ], sdkViewName : '#id_main', @@ -69,8 +70,6 @@ define([ 'settings:apply': this.applySettings.bind(this) }, 'Common.Views.ReviewChanges': { - - // comments handlers 'reviewchange:accept': _.bind(this.onAcceptClick, this), 'reviewchange:reject': _.bind(this.onRejectClick, this), 'reviewchange:delete': _.bind(this.onDeleteClick, this), @@ -83,6 +82,11 @@ define([ 'reviewchange:accept': _.bind(this.onAcceptClick, this), 'reviewchange:reject': _.bind(this.onRejectClick, this), 'reviewchange:preview': _.bind(this.onBtnPreviewClick, this) + }, + 'Common.Views.ReviewPopover': { + 'reviewchange:accept': _.bind(this.onAcceptClick, this), + 'reviewchange:reject': _.bind(this.onRejectClick, this), + 'reviewchange:delete': _.bind(this.onDeleteClick, this) } }); }, @@ -96,6 +100,9 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.on('spelling:turn', this.onTurnSpelling.bind(this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', this.onAppReady.bind(this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); + + this.userCollection.on('reset', _.bind(this.onUpdateUsers, this)); + this.userCollection.on('add', _.bind(this.onUpdateUsers, this)); }, setConfig: function (data, api) { this.setApi(api); @@ -119,12 +126,7 @@ define([ setMode: function(mode) { this.appConfig = mode; this.popoverChanges = new Common.Collections.ReviewChanges(); - - this.view = this.createView('Common.Views.ReviewChanges', { - // store : this.collection, - popoverChanges : this.popoverChanges, - mode : mode - }); + this.view = this.createView('Common.Views.ReviewChanges', { mode: mode }); return this; }, @@ -150,10 +152,10 @@ define([ if (animate) { if ( this.getPopover().isVisible() ) this.getPopover().hide(); - this.getPopover().setLeftTop(posX+25, posY); + this.getPopover().setLeftTop(posX, posY); } - this.getPopover().show(animate, lock, lockUser); + this.getPopover().showReview(animate, lock, lockUser); if (!this.appConfig.isReviewOnly && this._state.lock !== lock) { this.view.btnAccept.setDisabled(lock==true); @@ -172,8 +174,8 @@ define([ this._state.posx = this._state.posy = -1000; this._state.changes_length = 0; this._state.popoverVisible = false; - this.getPopover().hide(); this.popoverChanges.reset(); + this.getPopover().hideReview(); } } }, @@ -191,7 +193,7 @@ define([ } else if (this.popoverChanges.length>0) { if (!this.getPopover().isVisible()) this.getPopover().show(false); - this.getPopover().setLeftTop(posX+25, posY); + this.getPopover().setLeftTop(posX, posY); } } }, @@ -205,7 +207,14 @@ define([ }, getPopover: function () { - return this.view.getPopover(this.sdkViewName); + if (this.appConfig.canReview && _.isUndefined(this.popover)) { + this.popover = Common.Views.ReviewPopover.prototype.getPopover({ + reviewStore : this.popoverChanges, + renderTo : this.sdkViewName + }); + this.popover.setReviewStore(this.popoverChanges); + } + return this.popover; }, // helpers @@ -386,12 +395,12 @@ define([ } var date = (item.get_DateTime() == '') ? new Date() : new Date(item.get_DateTime()), - color = item.get_UserColor(), + user = me.userCollection.findOriginalUser(item.get_UserId()), change = new Common.Models.ReviewChange({ uid : Common.UI.getId(), userid : item.get_UserId(), username : item.get_UserName(), - usercolor : '#'+Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()), + usercolor : (user) ? user.get('color') : null, date : me.dateToLocaleTimeString(date), changetext : changetext, id : Common.UI.getId(), @@ -557,6 +566,7 @@ define([ app.getController('RightMenu').SetDisabled(disable, false); app.getController('Statusbar').getView('Statusbar').SetDisabled(disable); app.getController('DocumentHolder').getView().SetDisabled(disable); + app.getController('Navigation') && app.getController('Navigation').SetDisabled(disable); app.getController('Common.Controllers.Plugins').getView('Common.Views.Plugins').disableControls(disable); var leftMenu = app.getController('LeftMenu').leftMenu; @@ -685,6 +695,14 @@ define([ this.SetDisabled(true); }, + onUpdateUsers: function() { + var users = this.userCollection; + this.popoverChanges && this.popoverChanges.each(function (model) { + var user = users.findOriginalUser(model.get('userid')); + model.set('usercolor', (user) ? user.get('color') : null); + }); + }, + textInserted: 'Inserted:', textDeleted: 'Deleted:', textParaInserted: 'Paragraph Inserted ', diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/core/NotificationCenter.js b/apps/common/main/lib/core/NotificationCenter.js index 1dbabbf2d..20d733284 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/core/NotificationCenter.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/core/NotificationCenter.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * of an application through event-driven architecture. * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/21/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/extend/Bootstrap.js b/apps/common/main/lib/extend/Bootstrap.js index ab55b71f9..4ae829c2d 100755 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/extend/Bootstrap.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/extend/Bootstrap.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Bootstrap.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 5/27/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -191,6 +191,10 @@ function clearMenus(isFromInputControl) { $('.dropdown-toggle').each(function (e) { var $parent = ($(this)).parent(); if (!$parent.hasClass('open')) return; + if ($parent.attr('data-value') == 'prevent-canvas-click') { + $parent.attr('data-value',''); + return; + } $parent.trigger(e = $.Event('hide.bs.dropdown')); if (e.isDefaultPrevented()) return; $parent.removeClass('open').trigger('hidden.bs.dropdown', isFromInputControl); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/ChatMessage.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/ChatMessage.js index 49febb9e2..941947f12 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/ChatMessage.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/ChatMessage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Model * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 01 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js index 2d3c7ae94..6fea9f6e1 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Comment.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Comments.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 16.01.14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ define([ uid : 0, // asc userid : 0, username : 'Guest', + usercolor : null, date : undefined, quote : '', comment : '', @@ -84,6 +85,7 @@ define([ time : 0, // acs userid : 0, username : 'Guest', + usercolor : null, reply : '', date : undefined, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Font.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Font.js index 201d15208..818829ffc 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Font.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Font.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Font.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/HistoryVersion.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/HistoryVersion.js index 4908e09b7..f6ef20c46 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/HistoryVersion.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/HistoryVersion.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Plugin.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Plugin.js index 2b1b73602..6456647d1 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/Plugin.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/Plugin.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/ReviewChange.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/ReviewChange.js index 8bd302fcc..b9c55ec3f 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/ReviewChange.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/ReviewChange.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ReviewChange.js * * Created by Julia.Radzhabova on 05.08.15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ define([ uid : 0, // asc userid : 0, username : 'Guest', - usercolor : '#ee3525', + usercolor : null, date : undefined, changetext : '', lock : false, diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/model/User.js b/apps/common/main/lib/model/User.js index b308ca136..cf7ba46fc 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/model/User.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/model/User.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,25 +36,34 @@ * Model * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 27 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ +if (Common === undefined) + var Common = {}; + +Common.Models = Common.Models || {}; + define([ - 'backbone' -], function(Backbone){ + 'underscore', + 'backbone', + 'common/main/lib/component/BaseView' +], function(_, Backbone){ 'use strict'; - Common.Models = Common.Models || {}; - Common.Models.User = Backbone.Model.extend({ - defaults: { - id : undefined, - username : 'Guest', - color : '#fff', - colorval : null, - online : false, - view : false + defaults: function() { + return { + iid : Common.UI.getId(), // internal id for rendering + id : undefined, + idOriginal : undefined, + username : 'Guest', + color : '#fff', + colorval : null, + online : false, + view : false + } } }); }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/mods/perfect-scrollbar.js b/apps/common/main/lib/mods/perfect-scrollbar.js index 3b4283bc6..9b6f650db 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/mods/perfect-scrollbar.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/mods/perfect-scrollbar.js @@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ var deltaX = e.deltaX * e.deltaFactor || deprecatedDeltaX, deltaY = e.deltaY * e.deltaFactor || deprecatedDeltaY; - if (e && e.target && (e.target.type === 'textarea' && !e.target.hasAttribute('readonly') || e.target.type === 'input')) { + if (e && e.target && (e.target.type === 'textarea' || e.target.type === 'input')) { e.stopImmediatePropagation(); e.preventDefault(); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template b/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template index 17b8874f8..3899e288c 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/template/Comments.template @@ -3,7 +3,9 @@ -
<%=scope.getUserName(username)%>
+
+
<%= scope.getUserName(username) %> +
<%=date%>
<% if (quote!==null && quote!=='') { %>
<%=scope.getFixedQuote(quote)%>
@@ -24,7 +26,9 @@
<% _.each(replys, function (item) { %>
-
<%=scope.getUserName(item.get("username"))%>
+
+
<%=item.get("usercolor")%><% } else { %> #cfcfcf <% } %>; " >
<%= scope.getUserName(item.get("username")) %> +
<%=item.get("date")%>
<% if (!item.get("editText")) { %>
<%=scope.pickLink(item.get("reply"))%>
diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template b/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template index e96797333..7eb3b8933 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template @@ -2,10 +2,12 @@ -
<%=scope.getUserName(username)%>
+
+
<%= scope.getUserName(username) %> +
<%=date%>
<% if (!editTextInPopover || hint) { %> - +
<%=scope.pickLink(comment)%>
<% } else { %>
@@ -24,10 +26,12 @@
<% _.each(replys, function (item) { %>
-
<%=scope.getUserName(item.get("username"))%>
+
+
<%=item.get("usercolor")%><% } else { %> #cfcfcf <% } %>; " >
<%= scope.getUserName(item.get("username")) %> +
<%=item.get("date")%>
<% if (!item.get("editTextInPopover")) { %> - +
<%=scope.pickLink(item.get("reply"))%>
<% if (!hint) { %>
<% if (item.get("editable")) { %> diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/template/ReviewChangesPopover.template b/apps/common/main/lib/template/ReviewChangesPopover.template index 32743e3aa..e3b12c32b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/template/ReviewChangesPopover.template +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/template/ReviewChangesPopover.template @@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
-
<%=scope.getUserName(username)%>
+
+
<%= scope.getUserName(username) %> +
<%=date%>
<%=changetext%>
diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/LanguageInfo.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/LanguageInfo.js index ba3db2877..6c2917964 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/LanguageInfo.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/LanguageInfo.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * LanguageInfo.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 31 January 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js index 1b0a86888..fba918a1b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/LocalStorage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * LocalStorage.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 31 July 2015 - * Copyright (c) 2015 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/Shortcuts.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/Shortcuts.js index a50c5b23b..97c1aedfd 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/Shortcuts.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/Shortcuts.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Shortcuts.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 05 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ /* diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/Tip.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/Tip.js index f4ce19e4a..f04507b9a 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/Tip.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/Tip.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js index 46c67580f..562df9121 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/define.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js b/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js index 86669783b..3df28c180 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/util/utils.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -103,7 +103,8 @@ Common.Utils = _.extend(new(function() { Chart : 7, MailMerge : 8, Signature : 9, - Pivot : 10 + Pivot : 10, + Cell : 11 }, isMobile = /android|avantgo|blackberry|blazer|compal|elaine|fennec|hiptop|iemobile|ip(hone|od|ad)|iris|kindle|lge |maemo|midp|mmp|opera m(ob|in)i|palm( os)?|phone|p(ixi|re)\/|plucker|pocket|psp|symbian|treo|up\.(browser|link)|vodafone|wap|windows (ce|phone)|xda|xiino/i.test(navigator.userAgent || navigator.vendor || window.opera), me = this, @@ -759,14 +760,22 @@ Common.Utils.InternalSettings = new(function() { var settings = {}; var _get = function(name) { - return settings[name]; - }, - _set = function(name, value) { - settings[name] = value; - }; + return settings[name]; + }, + _set = function(name, value) { + settings[name] = value; + }; return { get: _get, set: _set } -}); \ No newline at end of file +}); + +Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set('toolbar-height-tabs', 32); +Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set('toolbar-height-tabs-top-title', 28); +Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set('toolbar-height-controls', 67); +Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set('document-title-height', 28); + +Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set('toolbar-height-compact', Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-tabs')); +Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set('toolbar-height-normal', Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-tabs') + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-controls')); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/About.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/About.js index a9f0dce04..d40c8610f 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/About.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/About.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * About.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/06/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/AdvancedSettingsWindow.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/AdvancedSettingsWindow.js index c3afaf523..14fe6c10b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/AdvancedSettingsWindow.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/AdvancedSettingsWindow.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * AdvancedSettingsWindow.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/21/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Chat.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Chat.js index d84448032..2ad7b383b 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Chat.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Chat.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * View * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 27 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -59,23 +59,25 @@ define([ storeUsers: undefined, storeMessages: undefined, - tplUser: ['
  • "<% if (!user.get("online")) { %> class="offline"<% } %>>', - '
    ;" >', - '', + tplUser: ['
  • "<% if (!user.get("online")) { %> class="offline"<% } %>>', + '
    <%= scope.getUserName(user.get("username")) %>', + '
    ;" >
    ', '
    ', '
    • '].join(''), templateUserList: _.template('
      ' + - '<% _.each(users, function(item) { %>' + - '<%= _.template(usertpl)({user: item, scope: scope}) %>' + - '<% }); %>' + + '<% for (originalId in users) { %>' + + '<%= _.template(usertpl)({user: users[originalId][0], scope: scope}) %>' + + '<% } %>' + '
    '), tplMsg: ['
  • ', '<% if (msg.get("type")==1) { %>', '
    <%= msg.get("message") %>
    ', '<% } else { %>', - '
    ;"><%= scope.getUserName(msg.get("username")) %>
    ', + '
    ', + '
    <%=msg.get("usercolor")%><% } else { %> #cfcfcf <% } %>; " >
    <%= scope.getUserName(msg.get("username")) %>', + '
    ', '', '<% } %>', '
    • '].join(''), @@ -98,8 +100,8 @@ define([ Common.UI.BaseView.prototype.initialize.call(this, arguments); this.storeUsers.bind({ - add : _.bind(this._onAddUser, this), - change : _.bind(this._onUsersChanged, this), + add : _.bind(this._onResetUsers, this), + change : _.bind(this._onResetUsers, this), reset : _.bind(this._onResetUsers, this) }); @@ -160,23 +162,10 @@ define([ } }, - _onAddUser: function(m, c, opts) { - if (this.panelUsers) { - this.panelUsers.find('ul').append(_.template(this.tplUser)({user: m, scope: this})); - this.panelUsers.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 25, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - }, - - _onUsersChanged: function(m) { - if (m.changed.online != undefined && this.panelUsers) { - this.panelUsers.find('#chat-user-'+ m.get('id'))[m.changed.online?'removeClass':'addClass']('offline'); - this.panelUsers.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 25, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - }, - _onResetUsers: function(c, opts) { if (this.panelUsers) { - this.panelUsers.html(this.templateUserList({users: c.models, usertpl: this.tplUser, scope: this})); + this.panelUsers.html(this.templateUserList({users: this.storeUsers.chain().filter(function(item){return item.get('online');}).groupBy(function(item) {return item.get('idOriginal');}).value(), + usertpl: this.tplUser, scope: this})); this.panelUsers.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 25, alwaysVisibleY: true}); } }, @@ -217,9 +206,9 @@ define([ }, _prepareMessage: function(m) { - var user = this.storeUsers.findUser(m.get('userid')); + var user = this.storeUsers.findOriginalUser(m.get('userid')); m.set({ - usercolor : user ? user.get('color') : '#000', + usercolor : user ? user.get('color') : null, message : this._pickLink(Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(m.get('message'))) }, {silent:true}); }, @@ -389,6 +378,7 @@ define([ if (event && 0 == textBox.val().length) { this.layout.setResizeValue(1, Math.max(this.addMessageBoxHeight, height - this.addMessageBoxHeight)); this.textBoxAutoSizeLocked = undefined; + this.updateScrolls(); return; } @@ -409,9 +399,8 @@ define([ height = this.panelBox.height(); - this.layout.setResizeValue(1, - Math.max(this.addMessageBoxHeight, - Math.min(height - contentHeight - textBoxMinHeightIndent, height - this.addMessageBoxHeight))); + if (this.layout.setResizeValue(1, Math.max(this.addMessageBoxHeight, Math.min(height - contentHeight - textBoxMinHeightIndent, height - this.addMessageBoxHeight)))) + this.updateScrolls(); // update when resize position changed }, updateScrolls: function () { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js index 2a7c9200a..b6888f435 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Comments.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * View * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 16.01.14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -48,14 +48,13 @@ Common.Views = Common.Views || {}; define([ 'text!common/main/lib/template/Comments.template', 'text!common/main/lib/template/CommentsPanel.template', - 'text!common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template', 'common/main/lib/util/utils', 'common/main/lib/component/Button', 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBox', 'common/main/lib/component/DataView', 'common/main/lib/component/Layout', 'common/main/lib/component/Window' -], function (commentsTemplate, panelTemplate, popoverTemplate) { +], function (commentsTemplate, panelTemplate) { 'use strict'; function replaceWords (template, words) { @@ -73,767 +72,6 @@ define([ return tpl; } - Common.Views.CommentsPopover = Common.UI.Window.extend({ - - // Window - - initialize : function (options) { - var _options = {}; - - _.extend(_options, { - closable : false, - width : 265, - height : 120, - header : false, - modal : false - }, options); - - this.template = options.template || [ - '
    ', - '
    ', - '
    ', - '
    ' - ].join(''); - - this.store = options.store; - this.delegate = options.delegate; - - _options.tpl = _.template(this.template)(_options); - - this.arrow = {margin: 20, width: 12, height: 34}; - this.sdkBounds = {width: 0, height: 0, padding: 10, paddingTop: 20}; - - Common.UI.Window.prototype.initialize.call(this, _options); - }, - render: function () { - Common.UI.Window.prototype.render.call(this); - - var me = this, - t = this.delegate, - window = this.$window; - - window.css({ - height: '', - minHeight: '', - overflow: 'hidden', - position: 'absolute', - zIndex: '990' - }); - - // for spreadsheets - bug 23127 - -// if ($('#ws-h-scrollbar').length) { -// window.css({zIndex: '5'}); -// } - - var body = window.find('.body'); - if (body) { - body.css('position', 'relative'); - } - - window.on('click', _.bind(function() { - window.css({zIndex: '991'}); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('comments:click'); - }, this)); - Common.NotificationCenter.on('review:click', function() { - window.css({zIndex: '990'}); - }); - - var PopoverDataView = Common.UI.DataView.extend((function() { - - var parentView = me; - - return { - - options : { - handleSelect: false, - scrollable: true, - template: _.template('
    ') - }, - - getTextBox: function () { - var text = $(this.el).find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); - return (text && text.length) ? text : undefined; - }, - setFocusToTextBox: function (blur) { - var text = $(this.el).find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); - if (blur) { - text.blur(); - } else { - if (text && text.length) { - var val = text.val(); - text.focus(); - text.val(''); - text.val(val); - } - } - }, - getActiveTextBoxVal: function () { - var text = $(this.el).find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); - return (text && text.length) ? text.val().trim() : ''; - }, - autoHeightTextBox: function () { - var view = this, - textBox = this.$el.find('textarea'), - domTextBox = null, - $domTextBox = null, - lineHeight = 0, - minHeight = 50, - scrollPos = 0, - oldHeight = 0, - newHeight = 0; - - function updateTextBoxHeight() { - scrollPos = $(view.scroller.el).scrollTop(); - - if (domTextBox.scrollHeight > domTextBox.clientHeight) { - $domTextBox.css({height: (domTextBox.scrollHeight + lineHeight) + 'px'}); - - parentView.calculateSizeOfContent(); - } else { - oldHeight = domTextBox.clientHeight; - if (oldHeight >= minHeight) { - $domTextBox.css({height: minHeight + 'px'}); - - if (domTextBox.scrollHeight > domTextBox.clientHeight) { - newHeight = Math.max(domTextBox.scrollHeight + lineHeight, minHeight); - $domTextBox.css({height: newHeight + 'px'}); - } - - parentView.calculateSizeOfContent(); - parentView.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); - parentView.calculateSizeOfContent(); - } - } - - view.scroller.scrollTop(scrollPos); - view.autoScrollToEditButtons(); - } - - this.textBox = undefined; - if (textBox && textBox.length) { - textBox.each(function(idx, item){ - if (item) { - domTextBox = item; - $domTextBox = $(item); - var isEdited = !$domTextBox.hasClass('user-message'); - lineHeight = isEdited ? parseInt($domTextBox.css('lineHeight'), 10) * 0.25 : 0; - minHeight = isEdited ? 50 : 24; - updateTextBoxHeight(); - if (isEdited) { - $domTextBox.bind('input propertychange', updateTextBoxHeight); - view.textBox = $domTextBox; - } - } - }); - } - }, - clearTextBoxBind: function () { - if (this.textBox) { - this.textBox.unbind('input propertychange'); - this.textBox = undefined; - } - }, - autoScrollToEditButtons: function () { - var button = $('#id-comments-change-popover'), // TODO: add to cache - btnBounds = null, - contentBounds = this.el.getBoundingClientRect(), - moveY = 0, - padding = 7; - - if (button.length) { - btnBounds = button.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (btnBounds && contentBounds) { - moveY = contentBounds.bottom - (btnBounds.bottom + padding); - if (moveY < 0) { - this.scroller.scrollTop(this.scroller.getScrollTop() - moveY); - } - } - } - } - } - })()); - if (PopoverDataView) { - if (this.commentsView) { - this.commentsView.render($('#id-comments-popover')); - this.commentsView.onResetItems(); - } else { - this.commentsView = new PopoverDataView({ - el: $('#id-comments-popover'), - store: me.store, - itemTemplate: _.template(replaceWords(popoverTemplate, { - textAddReply: t.textAddReply, - textAdd: t.textAdd, - textCancel: t.textCancel, - textEdit: t.textEdit, - textReply: t.textReply, - textClose: t.textClose, - maxCommLength: Asc.c_oAscMaxCellOrCommentLength - }) - ) - }); - - var addtooltip = function (dataview, view, record) { - if (view.tipsArray) { - view.tipsArray.forEach(function(item){ - item.remove(); - }); - } - - var arr = [], - btns = $(view.el).find('.btn-resolve'); - btns.tooltip({title: t.textResolve, placement: 'cursor'}); - btns.each(function(idx, item){ - arr.push($(item).data('bs.tooltip').tip()); - }); - btns = $(view.el).find('.btn-resolve-check'); - btns.tooltip({title: t.textOpenAgain, placement: 'cursor'}); - btns.each(function(idx, item){ - arr.push($(item).data('bs.tooltip').tip()); - }); - view.tipsArray = arr; - }; - - var onCommentsViewMouseOver = function() { - me._isMouseOver = true; - }; - - var onCommentsViewMouseOut = function() { - me._isMouseOver = false; - }; - - this.commentsView.on('item:add', addtooltip); - this.commentsView.on('item:remove', addtooltip); - this.commentsView.on('item:change', addtooltip); - this.commentsView.cmpEl.on('mouseover', onCommentsViewMouseOver).on('mouseout', onCommentsViewMouseOut); - - this.commentsView.on('item:click', function (picker, item, record, e) { - var btn, showEditBox, showReplyBox, commentId, replyId, hideAddReply; - - function readdresolves() { - me.update(); - } - - btn = $(e.target); - if (btn) { - showEditBox = record.get('editTextInPopover'); - showReplyBox = record.get('showReplyInPopover'); - hideAddReply = record.get('hideAddReply'); - commentId = record.get('uid'); - replyId = btn.attr('data-value'); - - if (record.get('hint')) { - t.fireEvent('comment:disableHint', [record]); - return; - } - - if (btn.hasClass('btn-edit')) { - if (!_.isUndefined(replyId)) { - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing', [commentId]); - t.fireEvent('comment:editReply', [commentId, replyId, true]); - - this.replyId = replyId; - - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - - readdresolves(); - - me.hookTextBox(); - - this.autoScrollToEditButtons(); - this.setFocusToTextBox(); - } else { - if (!showEditBox) { - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); - record.set('editTextInPopover', true); - - t.fireEvent('comment:show', [commentId]); - - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - - readdresolves(); - - me.hookTextBox(); - - this.autoScrollToEditButtons(); - this.setFocusToTextBox(); - } - } - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-delete')) { - if (!_.isUndefined(replyId)) { - t.fireEvent('comment:removeReply', [commentId, replyId]); - - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - - } else { - t.fireEvent('comment:remove', [commentId]); - } - - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - - } else if (btn.hasClass('user-reply')) { - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); - record.set('showReplyInPopover', true); - - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - - readdresolves(); - - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - me.hookTextBox(); - - this.autoScrollToEditButtons(); - this.setFocusToTextBox(); - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-reply', false)) { - if (showReplyBox) { - this.clearTextBoxBind(); - - t.fireEvent('comment:addReply', [commentId, this.getActiveTextBoxVal()]); - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - } - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-close', false)) { - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing', [commentId]); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - t.fireEvent('comment:show', [commentId]); - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-inner-edit', false)) { - - if (record.get('dummy')) { - var commentVal = this.getActiveTextBoxVal(); - if (commentVal.length>0) - t.fireEvent('comment:addDummyComment', [commentVal]); - else { - var text = me.$window.find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); - if (text && text.length) - setTimeout(function(){ - text.focus(); - }, 10); - } - return; - } - - this.clearTextBoxBind(); - - if (!_.isUndefined(this.replyId)) { - t.fireEvent('comment:changeReply', [commentId, this.replyId, this.getActiveTextBoxVal()]); - this.replyId = undefined; - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); - } else if (showEditBox) { - t.fireEvent('comment:change', [commentId, this.getActiveTextBoxVal()]); - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - } - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-inner-close', false)) { - if (record.get('dummy')) { - me.hide(); - return; - } - - if (hideAddReply && this.getActiveTextBoxVal().length > 0) { - me.saveText(); - record.set('hideAddReply', false); - this.getTextBox().val(me.textVal); - } else { - this.clearTextBoxBind(); - t.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing', [commentId]); - } - - this.replyId = undefined; - - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); - me.calculateSizeOfContent(); - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-resolve', false)) { - var tip = btn.data('bs.tooltip'); - if (tip) tip.dontShow = true; - - t.fireEvent('comment:resolve', [commentId]); - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-resolve-check', false)) { - var tip = btn.data('bs.tooltip'); - if (tip) tip.dontShow = true; - - t.fireEvent('comment:resolve', [commentId]); - - readdresolves(); - this.autoHeightTextBox(); - } - } - }); - me.on({ - 'show': function () { - me.$window.find('textarea:not(.user-message)').keydown(function (event) { - if (event.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC) { - me.hide(); - } - }); - }, - 'animate:before': function () { - me.commentsView.autoHeightTextBox(); - var text = me.$window.find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); - if (text && text.length) - text.focus(); - } - }); - } - } - }, - show: function (animate, loadText, focus, showText) { - this.options.animate = animate; - - var me = this,textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); - - if (loadText && this.textVal) { - textBox && textBox.val(this.textVal); - } - - if (showText && showText.length) { - textBox && textBox.val(showText); - } - -// this.calculateSizeOfContent(); -// this.commentsView.autoHeightTextBox(); - - Common.UI.Window.prototype.show.call(this); - - if (this.commentsView.scroller) { - this.commentsView.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - - this.hookTextBox(); - }, - hide: function () { - if (this.handlerHide) { - this.handlerHide (); - } - this.hideTips(); - Common.UI.Window.prototype.hide.call(this); - - if (!_.isUndefined(this.e) && this.e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC) { - this.e.preventDefault(); - this.e.stopImmediatePropagation(); - this.e = undefined; - } - }, - - // CommentsPopover - - update: function () { - if (this.commentsView && this.commentsView.scroller) { - this.commentsView.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - }, - - isVisible: function () { - return (this.$window && this.$window.is(':visible')); - }, - setLeftTop: function (posX, posY, leftX, loadInnerValues, retainContent) { - if (!this.$window) - this.render(); - - if (loadInnerValues) { - posX = this.arrowPosX; - posY = this.arrowPosY; - leftX = this.leftX; - } - - if (_.isUndefined(posX) && _.isUndefined(posY)) - return; - - this.arrowPosX = posX; - this.arrowPosY = posY; - this.leftX = leftX; - - var commentsView = $('#id-comments-popover'), - arrowView = $('#id-comments-arrow'), - editorView = $('#editor_sdk'), - editorBounds = null, - sdkBoundsHeight = 0, - sdkBoundsTop = 0, - sdkBoundsLeft = 0, - sdkPanelRight = '', - sdkPanelRightWidth = 0, - sdkPanelLeft = '', - sdkPanelLeftWidth = 0, - sdkPanelThumbs = '', // for PE - sdkPanelThumbsWidth = 0, // for PE - sdkPanelTop = '', - sdkPanelHeight = 0, - leftPos = 0, - windowWidth = 0, - outerHeight = 0, - topPos = 0, - sdkBoundsTopPos = 0; - - if (commentsView && arrowView && editorView && editorView.get(0)) { - editorBounds = editorView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (editorBounds) { - sdkBoundsHeight = editorBounds.height - this.sdkBounds.padding * 2; - - this.$window.css({maxHeight: sdkBoundsHeight + 'px'}); - - this.sdkBounds.width = editorBounds.width; - this.sdkBounds.height = editorBounds.height; - - // LEFT CORNER - - if (!_.isUndefined(posX)) { - - sdkPanelRight = $('#id_vertical_scroll'); - if (sdkPanelRight.length) { - sdkPanelRightWidth = (sdkPanelRight.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelRight.width() : 0; - } else { - sdkPanelRight = $('#ws-v-scrollbar'); - if (sdkPanelRight.length) { - sdkPanelRightWidth = (sdkPanelRight.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelRight.width() : 0; - } - } - - this.sdkBounds.width -= sdkPanelRightWidth; - - sdkPanelLeft = $('#id_panel_left'); - if (sdkPanelLeft.length) { - sdkPanelLeftWidth = (sdkPanelLeft.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelLeft.width() : 0; - } - sdkPanelThumbs = $('#id_panel_thumbnails'); - if (sdkPanelThumbs.length) { - sdkPanelThumbsWidth = (sdkPanelThumbs.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelThumbs.width() : 0; - this.sdkBounds.width -= sdkPanelThumbsWidth; - } - - leftPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsLeft + posX + this.arrow.width, sdkBoundsLeft + this.sdkBounds.width - this.$window.outerWidth() - 25); - leftPos = Math.max(sdkBoundsLeft + sdkPanelLeftWidth + this.arrow.width, leftPos); - - arrowView.removeClass('right').addClass('left'); - - if (!_.isUndefined(leftX)) { - windowWidth = this.$window.outerWidth(); - if (windowWidth) { - if ((posX + windowWidth > this.sdkBounds.width - this.arrow.width + 5) && (this.leftX > windowWidth)) { - leftPos = this.leftX - windowWidth + sdkBoundsLeft - this.arrow.width; - arrowView.removeClass('left').addClass('right'); - } else { - leftPos = sdkBoundsLeft + posX + this.arrow.width; - } - } - } - - this.$window.css('left', leftPos + 'px'); - } - - // TOP CORNER - - if (!_.isUndefined(posY)) { - sdkPanelTop = $('#id_panel_top'); - sdkBoundsTopPos = sdkBoundsTop; - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - sdkBoundsTopPos += this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; - } else { - sdkPanelTop = $('#ws-h-scrollbar'); - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - } - } - - this.sdkBounds.height -= sdkPanelHeight; - - outerHeight = this.$window.outerHeight(); - - topPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsTop + sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight, this.arrowPosY + sdkBoundsTop - this.arrow.height); - topPos = Math.max(topPos, sdkBoundsTopPos); - - this.$window.css('top', topPos + 'px'); - } - } - } - if (!retainContent) - this.calculateSizeOfContent(); - }, - calculateSizeOfContent: function (testVisible) { - if (testVisible && !this.$window.is(':visible')) - return; - - this.$window.css({overflow: 'hidden'}); - - var arrowView = $('#id-comments-arrow'), - commentsView = $('#id-comments-popover'), - contentBounds = null, - editorView = null, - editorBounds = null, - sdkBoundsHeight = 0, - sdkBoundsTop = 0, - sdkBoundsLeft = 0, - sdkPanelTop = '', - sdkPanelHeight = 0, - arrowPosY = 0, - windowHeight = 0, - outerHeight = 0, - topPos = 0, - sdkBoundsTopPos = 0; - - if (commentsView && arrowView && commentsView.get(0)) { - commentsView.css({height: '100%'}); - - contentBounds = commentsView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (contentBounds) { - editorView = $('#editor_sdk'); - if (editorView && editorView.get(0)) { - editorBounds = editorView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (editorBounds) { - sdkBoundsHeight = editorBounds.height - this.sdkBounds.padding * 2; - sdkBoundsTopPos = sdkBoundsTop; - windowHeight = this.$window.outerHeight(); - - // TOP CORNER - - sdkPanelTop = $('#id_panel_top'); - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - sdkBoundsTopPos += this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; - } else { - sdkPanelTop = $('#ws-h-scrollbar'); - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - } - } - - outerHeight = Math.max(commentsView.outerHeight(), this.$window.outerHeight()); - - if (sdkBoundsHeight <= outerHeight) { - this.$window.css({ - maxHeight: sdkBoundsHeight - sdkPanelHeight + 'px', - top: sdkBoundsTop + sdkPanelHeight + 'px'}); - - commentsView.css({height: sdkBoundsHeight - sdkPanelHeight - 3 + 'px'}); - - // arrowPosY = Math.max(this.arrow.margin, this.arrowPosY - sdkPanelHeight - this.arrow.width); - arrowPosY = Math.min(arrowPosY, sdkBoundsHeight - (sdkPanelHeight + this.arrow.margin + this.arrow.width)); - - arrowView.css({top: arrowPosY + 'px'}); - } else { - - outerHeight = windowHeight; - - if (outerHeight > 0) { - if (contentBounds.top + outerHeight > sdkBoundsHeight + sdkBoundsTop || contentBounds.height === 0) { - topPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsTop + sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight, this.arrowPosY + sdkBoundsTop - this.arrow.height); - topPos = Math.max(topPos, sdkBoundsTopPos); - - this.$window.css({top: topPos + 'px'}); - } - } - - arrowPosY = Math.max(this.arrow.margin, this.arrowPosY - (sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight) - this.arrow.width); - arrowPosY = Math.min(arrowPosY, outerHeight - this.arrow.margin - this.arrow.width); - - arrowView.css({top: arrowPosY + 'px'}); - } - } - } - } - } - - this.$window.css({overflow: ''}); - }, - saveText: function (clear) { - if (this.commentsView && this.commentsView.cmpEl.find('.lock-area').length<1) { - this.textVal = undefined; - if (!clear) { - this.textVal = this.commentsView.getActiveTextBoxVal(); - } else { - this.commentsView.clearTextBoxBind(); - } - } - }, - loadText: function () { - if (this.textVal && this.commentsView) { - var textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); - textBox && textBox.val(this.textVal); - } - }, - getEditText: function () { - if (this.commentsView) { - return this.commentsView.getActiveTextBoxVal(); - } - - return undefined; - }, - - hookTextBox: function () { - var me = this, textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); - - textBox && textBox.keydown(function (event) { - if ((event.ctrlKey || event.metaKey) && !event.altKey && event.keyCode === Common.UI.Keys.RETURN) { - var buttonChangeComment = $('#id-comments-change-popover'); - if (buttonChangeComment && buttonChangeComment.length) { - buttonChangeComment.click(); - } - - event.stopImmediatePropagation(); - } else if (event.keyCode === Common.UI.Keys.TAB) { - var $this, end, start; - start = this.selectionStart; - end = this.selectionEnd; - $this = $(this); - $this.val($this.val().substring(0, start) + '\t' + $this.val().substring(end)); - this.selectionStart = this.selectionEnd = start + 1; - - event.stopImmediatePropagation(); - event.preventDefault(); - } - - me.e = event; - }); - }, - - hideTips: function() { - if (this.commentsView) - _.each(this.commentsView.dataViewItems, function(item) { - if (item.tipsArray) { - item.tipsArray.forEach(function(item){ - item.hide(); - }); - } - }, this); - }, - - isCommentsViewMouseOver: function() { - return this._isMouseOver; - } - }); - Common.Views.Comments = Common.UI.BaseView.extend(_.extend({ el: '#left-panel-comments', template: _.template(panelTemplate), @@ -846,59 +84,57 @@ define([ Common.UI.BaseView.prototype.initialize.call(this, options); this.store = this.options.store; - this.popoverComments = this.options.popoverComments; }, render: function () { var me = this; - this.$el.html(this.template({ - textAddCommentToDoc: me.textAddCommentToDoc, - textAddComment: me.textAddComment, - textCancel: me.textCancel, - textEnterCommentHint: me.textEnterCommentHint, - maxCommLength: Asc.c_oAscMaxCellOrCommentLength - })); + if (!this.rendered) { + this.$el.html(this.template({ + textAddCommentToDoc: me.textAddCommentToDoc, + textAddComment: me.textAddComment, + textCancel: me.textCancel, + textEnterCommentHint: me.textEnterCommentHint, + maxCommLength: Asc.c_oAscMaxCellOrCommentLength + })); - this.buttonAddCommentToDoc = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('.btn.new',this.$el), - enableToggle: false - }); - this.buttonAdd = new Common.UI.Button({ - action: 'add', - el: $('.btn.add', this.$el), - enableToggle: false - }); - this.buttonCancel = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('.btn.cancel', this.$el), - enableToggle: false - }); + this.buttonAddCommentToDoc = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('.btn.new', this.$el), + enableToggle: false + }); + this.buttonAdd = new Common.UI.Button({ + action: 'add', + el: $('.btn.add', this.$el), + enableToggle: false + }); + this.buttonCancel = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('.btn.cancel', this.$el), + enableToggle: false + }); - this.buttonAddCommentToDoc.on('click', _.bind(this.onClickShowBoxDocumentComment, this)); - this.buttonAdd.on('click', _.bind(this.onClickAddDocumentComment, this)); - this.buttonCancel.on('click', _.bind(this.onClickCancelDocumentComment, this)); + this.buttonAddCommentToDoc.on('click', _.bind(this.onClickShowBoxDocumentComment, this)); + this.buttonAdd.on('click', _.bind(this.onClickAddDocumentComment, this)); + this.buttonCancel.on('click', _.bind(this.onClickCancelDocumentComment, this)); - this.txtComment = $('#comment-msg-new', this.el); - this.txtComment.keydown(function (event) { - if ((event.ctrlKey || event.metaKey) && !event.altKey && event.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.RETURN) { - me.onClickAddDocumentComment(); - event.stopImmediatePropagation(); - } else if (event.keyCode === Common.UI.Keys.TAB) { - var $this, end, start; - start = this.selectionStart; - end = this.selectionEnd; - $this = $(this); - $this.val($this.val().substring(0, start) + '\t' + $this.val().substring(end)); - this.selectionStart = this.selectionEnd = start + 1; - - event.stopImmediatePropagation(); - event.preventDefault(); - } - }); + this.txtComment = $('#comment-msg-new', this.el); + this.txtComment.keydown(function (event) { + if ((event.ctrlKey || event.metaKey) && !event.altKey && event.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.RETURN) { + me.onClickAddDocumentComment(); + event.stopImmediatePropagation(); + } else if (event.keyCode === Common.UI.Keys.TAB) { + var $this, end, start; + start = this.selectionStart; + end = this.selectionEnd; + $this = $(this); + $this.val($this.val().substring(0, start) + '\t' + $this.val().substring(end)); + this.selectionStart = this.selectionEnd = start + 1; + event.stopImmediatePropagation(); + event.preventDefault(); + } + }); + } var CommentsPanelDataView = Common.UI.DataView.extend((function() { - var parentView = me; - return { options : { @@ -909,11 +145,11 @@ define([ }, getTextBox: function () { - var text = $(this.el).find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); + var text = $(this.el).find('textarea'); return (text && text.length) ? text : undefined; }, setFocusToTextBox: function () { - var text = $(this.el).find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); + var text = $(this.el).find('textarea'); if (text && text.length) { var val = text.val(); text.focus(); @@ -922,7 +158,7 @@ define([ } }, getActiveTextBoxVal: function () { - var text = $(this.el).find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); + var text = $(this.el).find('textarea'); return (text && text.length) ? text.val().trim() : ''; }, autoHeightTextBox: function () { @@ -993,7 +229,6 @@ define([ })()); if (CommentsPanelDataView) { if (this.commentsView) { - this.commentsView.render($('.messages-ct',me.el)); this.commentsView.onResetItems(); } else { this.commentsView = new CommentsPanelDataView({ @@ -1149,8 +384,9 @@ define([ } } - this.setupLayout(); + if (!this.rendered) this.setupLayout(); this.update(); + this.rendered = true; return this; }, @@ -1164,19 +400,6 @@ define([ } }, - getPopover: function (sdkViewName) { - - if (_.isUndefined(this.popover)) { - this.popover = new Common.Views.CommentsPopover({ - store : this.popoverComments, - delegate : this, - renderTo : sdkViewName - }); - } - - return this.popover; - }, - showEditContainer: function (show) { var addCommentLink = $('.add-link-ct', this.el), newCommentBlock = $('.new-comment-ct', this.el), @@ -1214,6 +437,23 @@ define([ this.showEditContainer(false); }, + saveText: function (clear) { + if (this.commentsView && this.commentsView.cmpEl.find('.lock-area').length<1) { + this.textVal = undefined; + if (!clear) { + this.textVal = this.commentsView.getActiveTextBoxVal(); + } else { + this.commentsView.clearTextBoxBind(); + } + } + }, + loadText: function () { + if (this.textVal && this.commentsView) { + var textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); + textBox && textBox.val(this.textVal); + } + }, + hookTextBox: function () { var me = this, textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); @@ -1369,7 +609,7 @@ define([ return Common.Utils.String.ellipsis(Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(quote), 120, true); }, getUserName: function (username) { - return Common.Utils.String.ellipsis(Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(username), 22, true); + return Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(username); }, pickLink: function (message) { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/CopyWarningDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/CopyWarningDialog.js index 7d8fff28c..427949e05 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/CopyWarningDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/CopyWarningDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * CopyWarningDialog.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/DocumentAccessDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/DocumentAccessDialog.js index 30fc76d9c..0826a0824 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/DocumentAccessDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/DocumentAccessDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * DocumentAccessDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/14/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -119,10 +119,11 @@ define([ }, _onMessage: function(msg) { - if (msg && msg.needUpdate) { - this.trigger('accessrights', this, msg.sharingSettings); + if (msg && msg.Referer == "onlyoffice") { + if (msg.needUpdate) + this.trigger('accessrights', this, msg.sharingSettings); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('window:close', this); } - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('window:close', this); }, _onLoad: function() { diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js index f7374d10f..ff6e6e86d 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExtendedColorDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalDiagramEditor.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalDiagramEditor.js index 29f6e8021..2056186e9 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalDiagramEditor.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalDiagramEditor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ExternalDiagramEditor.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/08/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalMergeEditor.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalMergeEditor.js index 61570e5f3..f4917af17 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalMergeEditor.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ExternalMergeEditor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ExternalDiagramEditor.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/08/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js index 16ab6f69b..059a732c3 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Header.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * Header.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/14/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -56,22 +56,24 @@ define([ var $saveStatus; var templateUserItem = - '
  • " class="<% if (!user.get("online")) { %> offline <% } if (user.get("view")) {%> viewmode <% } %>">' + - '
    ;" >' + - '' + - '
    ' + + '
  • " class="<% if (!user.get("online")) { %> offline <% } if (user.get("view")) {%> viewmode <% } %>">' + + '
    ' + + '
    ;">
    '+ + '' + + '<% if (len>1) { %><% } %>' + + '
    '+ '
    • '; var templateUserList = _.template( '
      ' + - '<% _.each(users, function(item) { %>' + - '<%= usertpl({user: item, fnEncode: fnEncode}) %>' + - '<% }); %>' + + '<% for (originalId in users) { %>' + + '<%= usertpl({user: users[originalId][0], fnEncode: fnEncode, len: users[originalId].length}) %>' + + '<% } %>' + '
    '); var templateRightBox = '
    ' + '
    ' + - '' + + '' + '
    ' + '<%= textSaveEnd %>' + '
    ' + @@ -98,6 +100,7 @@ define([ '
    ' + '
    ' + '
    ' + + '
    ' + '
    ' + '
    '; @@ -105,64 +108,51 @@ define([ '' + ''; - function onAddUser(model, collection, opts) { - if ( $userList ) { - var $ul = $userList.find('ul'); - if ( !$ul.length ) { - $userList.html( templateUserList({ - users: collection.models, - usertpl: _.template(templateUserItem), - fnEncode: Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode - }) - ); - } else { - $ul.append( _.template(templateUserItem)({ - user: model, - fnEncode: Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode - }) ); - } - - $userList.scroller && $userList.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - - applyUsers( collection.getEditingCount() ); - }; - - function onUsersChanged(model, collection) { - if (model.changed.online != undefined && $userList) { - $userList.find('#status-chat-user-'+ model.get('id'))[model.changed.online ? 'removeClass' : 'addClass']('offline'); - $userList.scroller && $userList.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - - applyUsers(model.collection.getEditingCount()); - }; + var templateTitleBox = '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '' + + '' + + '
    '; function onResetUsers(collection, opts) { var usercount = collection.getEditingCount(); if ( $userList ) { - if ( usercount > 1 || usercount > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit) { + if ( usercount > 1 || usercount > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit && !appConfig.canComments) { $userList.html(templateUserList({ - users: collection.models, + users: collection.chain().filter(function(item){return item.get('online') && !item.get('view')}).groupBy(function(item) {return item.get('idOriginal');}).value(), usertpl: _.template(templateUserItem), fnEncode: Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode })); - $userList.scroller = new Common.UI.Scroller({ - el: $userList.find('ul'), - useKeyboard: true, - minScrollbarLength: 40, - alwaysVisibleY: true - }); + if (!$userList.scroller) + $userList.scroller = new Common.UI.Scroller({ + el: $userList.find('ul'), + useKeyboard: true, + minScrollbarLength: 40, + alwaysVisibleY: true + }); + $userList.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength : 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); } else { $userList.empty(); } } - applyUsers( usercount ); + applyUsers( usercount, collection.getEditingOriginalCount() ); }; - function applyUsers(count) { - if ( count > 1 || count > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit) { + function onUsersChanged(model) { + onResetUsers(model.collection); + }; + + function applyUsers(count, originalCount) { + var has_edit_users = count > 1 || count > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit && !appConfig.canComments; // has other user(s) who edit document + if ( has_edit_users ) { $btnUsers .attr('data-toggle', 'dropdown') .addClass('dropdown-toggle') @@ -179,13 +169,13 @@ define([ } $btnUsers.find('.caption') - .css({'font-size': ((count > 1 || count > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit) ? '12px' : '14px'), - 'margin-top': ((count > 1 || count > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit) ? '0' : '-1px')}) - .html((count > 1 || count > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit) ? count : '+'); + .css({'font-size': ((has_edit_users) ? '12px' : '14px'), + 'margin-top': ((has_edit_users) ? '0' : '-1px')}) + .html((has_edit_users) ? originalCount : '+'); var usertip = $btnUsers.data('bs.tooltip'); if ( usertip ) { - usertip.options.title = (count > 1 || count > 0 && appConfig && !appConfig.isEdit) ? usertip.options.titleExt : usertip.options.titleNorm; + usertip.options.title = (has_edit_users) ? usertip.options.titleExt : usertip.options.titleNorm; usertip.setContent(); } } @@ -207,12 +197,12 @@ define([ } } + function onAppShowed(config) {} + function onAppReady(mode) { appConfig = mode; var me = this; - if ( !(me.branding && me.branding.goback && me.branding.goback.text) ) - me.btnGoBack.updateHint(me.textBack); me.btnGoBack.on('click', function (e) { Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('goback'); }); @@ -237,7 +227,7 @@ define([ var editingUsers = storeUsers.getEditingCount(); $btnUsers.tooltip({ - title: (editingUsers > 1 || editingUsers>0 && !appConfig.isEdit) ? me.tipViewUsers : me.tipAccessRights, + title: (editingUsers > 1 || editingUsers>0 && !appConfig.isEdit && !appConfig.canComments) ? me.tipViewUsers : me.tipAccessRights, titleNorm: me.tipAccessRights, titleExt: me.tipViewUsers, placement: 'bottom', @@ -253,7 +243,7 @@ define([ }); $labelChangeRights[(!mode.isOffline && !mode.isReviewOnly && mode.sharingSettingsUrl && mode.sharingSettingsUrl.length)?'show':'hide'](); - $panelUsers[(editingUsers > 1 || editingUsers > 0 && !appConfig.isEdit || !mode.isOffline && !mode.isReviewOnly && mode.sharingSettingsUrl && mode.sharingSettingsUrl.length) ? 'show' : 'hide'](); + $panelUsers[(editingUsers > 1 || editingUsers > 0 && !appConfig.isEdit && !appConfig.canComments || !mode.isOffline && !mode.isReviewOnly && mode.sharingSettingsUrl && mode.sharingSettingsUrl.length) ? 'show' : 'hide'](); if ( $saveStatus ) { $saveStatus.attr('data-width', me.textSaveExpander); @@ -266,6 +256,34 @@ define([ } } + if ( me.btnPrint ) { + me.btnPrint.updateHint(me.tipPrint + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+P')); + me.btnPrint.on('click', function (e) { + me.fireEvent('print', me); + }); + } + + if ( me.btnSave ) { + me.btnSave.updateHint(me.tipSave + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + me.btnSave.on('click', function (e) { + me.fireEvent('save', me); + }); + } + + if ( me.btnUndo ) { + me.btnUndo.updateHint(me.tipUndo + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+Z')); + me.btnUndo.on('click', function (e) { + me.fireEvent('undo', me); + }); + } + + if ( me.btnRedo ) { + me.btnRedo.updateHint(me.tipRedo + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+Y')); + me.btnRedo.on('click', function (e) { + me.fireEvent('redo', me); + }); + } + if ( !mode.isEdit ) { if ( me.btnDownload ) { me.btnDownload.updateHint(me.tipDownload); @@ -274,13 +292,6 @@ define([ }); } - if ( me.btnPrint ) { - me.btnPrint.updateHint(me.tipPrint + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+P')); - me.btnPrint.on('click', function (e) { - me.fireEvent('print', me); - }); - } - if ( me.btnEdit ) { me.btnEdit.updateHint(me.tipGoEdit); me.btnEdit.on('click', function (e) { @@ -288,6 +299,9 @@ define([ }); } } + + if ( me.btnOptions ) + me.btnOptions.updateHint(me.tipViewSettings); } function onDocNameKeyDown(e) { @@ -327,7 +341,6 @@ define([ return { options: { branding: {}, - headerCaption: 'Default Caption', documentCaption: '', canBack: false }, @@ -344,11 +357,9 @@ define([ initialize: function (options) { var me = this; - this.options = this.options ? _({}).extend(this.options, options) : options; + this.options = this.options ? _.extend(this.options, options) : options; - this.headerCaption = this.options.headerCaption; this.documentCaption = this.options.documentCaption; - this.canBack = this.options.canBack; this.branding = this.options.customization; this.isModified = false; @@ -361,14 +372,25 @@ define([ storeUsers = this.options.storeUsers; storeUsers.bind({ - add : onAddUser, + add : onUsersChanged, change : onUsersChanged, reset : onResetUsers }); + me.btnOptions = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-header no-caret', + iconCls: 'svgicon svg-btn-options', + menu: true + }); + + me.mnuZoom = {options: {value: 100}}; + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', function(mode) { Common.Utils.asyncCall(onAppReady, me, mode); }); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:face', function(mode) { + Common.Utils.asyncCall(onAppShowed, me, mode); + }); }, render: function (el, role) { @@ -378,6 +400,16 @@ define([ }, getPanel: function (role, config) { + var me = this; + + function createTitleButton(iconid, slot, disabled) { + return (new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-header', + iconCls: 'svgicon ' + iconid, + disabled: disabled === true + })).render(slot); + } + if ( role == 'left' && (!config || !config.isDesktopApp)) { $html = $(templateLeftBox); this.logo = $html.find('#header-logo'); @@ -396,65 +428,43 @@ define([ textSaveEnd: this.textSaveEnd })); - if ( this.labelDocName ) this.labelDocName.off(); - this.labelDocName = $html.find('#rib-doc-name'); - // this.labelDocName.attr('maxlength', 50); - this.labelDocName.text = function (text) { - this.val(text).attr('size', text.length); - } + if ( !me.labelDocName ) { + me.labelDocName = $html.find('#rib-doc-name'); + // this.labelDocName.attr('maxlength', 50); + me.labelDocName.text = function (text) { + this.val(text).attr('size', text.length); + } - if ( this.documentCaption ) { - this.labelDocName.text( this.documentCaption ); + if ( me.documentCaption ) { + me.labelDocName.text(me.documentCaption); + } } if ( !_.isUndefined(this.options.canRename) ) { this.setCanRename(this.options.canRename); } - $saveStatus = $html.find('#rib-save-status'); - $saveStatus.hide(); + // $saveStatus = $html.find('#rib-save-status'); + $html.find('#rib-save-status').hide(); + // if ( config.isOffline ) $saveStatus = false; - if ( config && config.isDesktopApp ) { - $html.addClass('desktop'); - $html.find('#slot-btn-back').hide(); - this.labelDocName.hide(); - - if ( config.isOffline ) - $saveStatus = false; + if ( this.options.canBack === true ) { + me.btnGoBack.render($html.find('#slot-btn-back')); } else { - if ( this.canBack === true ) { - this.btnGoBack.render($html.find('#slot-btn-back')); - } else { - $html.find('#slot-btn-back').hide(); - } + $html.find('#slot-btn-back').hide(); } if ( !config.isEdit ) { - if ( (config.canDownload || config.canDownloadOrigin) && !config.isOffline ) { - this.btnDownload = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-header', - iconCls: 'svgicon svg-btn-download' - }); + if ( (config.canDownload || config.canDownloadOrigin) && !config.isOffline ) + this.btnDownload = createTitleButton('svg-btn-download', $html.find('#slot-hbtn-download')); - this.btnDownload.render($html.find('#slot-hbtn-download')); - } + if ( config.canPrint ) + this.btnPrint = createTitleButton('svg-btn-print', $html.find('#slot-hbtn-print')); - if ( config.canPrint ) { - this.btnPrint = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-header', - iconCls: 'svgicon svg-btn-print' - }); - - this.btnPrint.render($html.find('#slot-hbtn-print')); - } - - if ( config.canEdit && config.canRequestEditRights ) { - (this.btnEdit = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-header', - iconCls: 'svgicon svg-btn-edit' - })).render($html.find('#slot-hbtn-edit')); - } + if ( config.canEdit && config.canRequestEditRights ) + this.btnEdit = createTitleButton('svg-btn-edit', $html.find('#slot-hbtn-edit')); } + me.btnOptions.render($html.find('#slot-btn-options')); $userList = $html.find('.cousers-list'); $panelUsers = $html.find('.box-cousers'); @@ -462,6 +472,40 @@ define([ $panelUsers.hide(); + return $html; + } else + if ( role == 'title' ) { + var $html = $(_.template(templateTitleBox)()); + + !!me.labelDocName && me.labelDocName.hide().off(); // hide document title if it was created in right box + me.labelDocName = $html.find('> #title-doc-name'); + me.labelDocName.text = function (str) {this.val(str);}; // redefine text function to lock temporaly rename docuemnt option + me.labelDocName.text( me.documentCaption ); + + me.labelUserName = $('> #title-user-name', $html); + me.setUserName(me.options.userName); + + if ( config.canPrint && config.isEdit ) { + me.btnPrint = createTitleButton('svg-btn-print', $('#slot-btn-dt-print', $html)); + } + + me.btnSave = createTitleButton('svg-btn-save', $('#slot-btn-dt-save', $html), true); + me.btnUndo = createTitleButton('svg-btn-undo', $('#slot-btn-dt-undo', $html), true); + me.btnRedo = createTitleButton('svg-btn-redo', $('#slot-btn-dt-redo', $html), true); + + if ( me.btnSave.$icon.is('svg') ) { + me.btnSave.$icon.addClass('icon-save'); + var _create_use = function (extid, intid) { + var _use = document.createElementNS('http://www.w3.org/2000/svg', 'use'); + _use.setAttributeNS('http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink', 'xlink:href', extid); + _use.setAttribute('id', intid); + + return $(_use); + }; + + _create_use('#svg-btn-save-coauth', 'coauth').appendTo(me.btnSave.$icon); + _create_use('#svg-btn-save-sync', 'sync').appendTo(me.btnSave.$icon); + } return $html; } }, @@ -485,23 +529,9 @@ define([ element.css({'background-image': 'none', width: 'auto'}); } } - - if ( !!value.goback && value.goback.text) { - this.btnGoBack.updateHint(value.goback.text); - } } }, - setHeaderCaption: function (value) { - this.headerCaption = value; - - return value; - }, - - getHeaderCaption: function () { - return this.headerCaption; - }, - setDocumentCaption: function(value) { !value && (value = ''); @@ -530,14 +560,17 @@ define([ this.labelDocName.text(_name); }, - setCanBack: function (value) { - this.canBack = value; - + setCanBack: function (value, text) { + this.options.canBack = value; this.btnGoBack[value ? 'show' : 'hide'](); + if (value) + this.btnGoBack.updateHint((text && typeof text == 'string') ? text : this.textBack); + + return this; }, getCanBack: function () { - return this.canBack; + return this.options.canBack; }, setCanRename: function (rename) { @@ -588,6 +621,61 @@ define([ } }, + setUserName: function(name) { + if ( !!this.labelUserName ) { + if ( !!name ) { + this.labelUserName.text(name).show(); + } else this.labelUserName.hide(); + } else { + this.options.userName = name; + } + + return this; + }, + + getButton: function(type) { + if (type == 'save') + return this.btnSave; + }, + + lockHeaderBtns: function (alias, lock) { + var me = this; + if ( alias == 'users' ) { + if ( lock ) + $btnUsers.addClass('disabled').attr('disabled', 'disabled'); else + $btnUsers.removeClass('disabled').attr('disabled', ''); + } else { + function _lockButton(btn) { + if ( btn ) { + if ( lock ) { + btn.keepState = { + disabled: btn.isDisabled() + }; + btn.setDisabled( true ); + } else { + btn.setDisabled( btn.keepState && btn.keepState.disabled || lock); + delete btn.keepState; + } + } + } + + switch ( alias ) { + case 'undo': _lockButton(me.btnUndo); break; + case 'redo': _lockButton(me.btnRedo); break; + case 'opts': _lockButton(me.btnOptions); break; + default: break; + } + } + }, + + fakeMenuItem: function() { + return { + conf: {checked: false}, + setChecked: function (val) { this.conf.checked = val; }, + isChecked: function () { return this.conf.checked; } + }; + }, + textBack: 'Go to Documents', txtRename: 'Rename', textSaveBegin: 'Saving...', @@ -600,7 +688,16 @@ define([ tipViewUsers: 'View users and manage document access rights', tipDownload: 'Download file', tipPrint: 'Print file', - tipGoEdit: 'Edit current file' + tipGoEdit: 'Edit current file', + tipSave: 'Save', + tipUndo: 'Undo', + tipRedo: 'Redo', + textCompactView: 'Hide Toolbar', + textHideStatusBar: 'Hide Status Bar', + textHideLines: 'Hide Rulers', + textZoom: 'Zoom', + textAdvSettings: 'Advanced Settings', + tipViewSettings: 'View Settings' } }(), Common.Views.Header || {})) }); diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/History.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/History.js index 09970162f..e915c66ae 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/History.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/History.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ImageFromUrlDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ImageFromUrlDialog.js index 992257873..5f92912fc 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ImageFromUrlDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ImageFromUrlDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ImageFromUrlDialog.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/18/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/InsertTableDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/InsertTableDialog.js index 0189aa7fc..08ededc93 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/InsertTableDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/InsertTableDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * InsertTableDialog.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/17/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -48,23 +48,23 @@ define([ Common.Views.InsertTableDialog = Common.UI.Window.extend(_.extend({ options: { width: 230, - height: 170, - header: false, + height: 156, style: 'min-width: 230px;', cls: 'modal-dlg', split: false }, initialize : function(options) { - _.extend(this.options, options || {}); + _.extend(this.options, { + title: (options.split) ? this.txtTitleSplit : this.txtTitle + }, options || {}); this.template = [ '
    ', - '

    ' + ((options.split) ? this.txtTitleSplit : this.txtTitle) + '

    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/LanguageDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/LanguageDialog.js index 5b88b4fb5..26f87e7c3 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/LanguageDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/LanguageDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * LanguageDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 04/25/2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js index 1fcb92d10..1157b7184 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/OpenDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Select Codepage for open CSV/TXT format file. * * Created by Alexey.Musinov on 29/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -55,10 +55,11 @@ define([ _.extend(_options, { closable : false, - width : (options.preview) ? 414 : 262, - height : (options.preview) ? 291 : ((options.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.CSV) ? 205 : 155), - header : true, preview : options.preview, + warning : options.warning, + width : (options.preview) ? 414 : ((options.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.DRM && options.warning) ? 370 : 262), + height : (options.preview) ? 277 : ((options.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.CSV) ? 190 : (options.warning ? 187 : 147)), + header : true, cls : 'open-dlg', contentTemplate : '', title : (options.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.DRM) ? t.txtTitleProtected : t.txtTitle.replace('%1', (options.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.CSV) ? 'CSV' : 'TXT'), @@ -70,8 +71,19 @@ define([ '
    ', '
    ', '<% if (type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.DRM) { %>', - '', - '
    ', + '<% if (warning) { %>', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ' + t.txtProtected+ '
    ', + '', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '<% } else { %>', + '
    ', + '', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '<% } %>', '<% } else { %>', '
    ', '', @@ -105,11 +117,10 @@ define([ '<% } %>', '
    ', '
    ', - '
    ', '
    ', - '', + '', '<% if (closable) { %>', - '', + '', '<% } %>', '
    ' ].join(''); @@ -117,6 +128,7 @@ define([ this.handler = _options.handler; this.type = _options.type; this.preview = _options.preview; + this.warning = _options.warning || false; this.closable = _options.closable; this.codepages = _options.codepages; this.settings = _options.settings; @@ -144,21 +156,29 @@ define([ if (this.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.DRM) { this.inputPwd = new Common.UI.InputField({ el: $('#id-password-txt'), - type: 'password', + type: 'text', validateOnBlur: false, validation : function(value) { return me.txtIncorrectPwd; } }); this.$window.find('input').on('keypress', _.bind(this.onKeyPress, this)); + this.$window.find('input').on('input', function(){ + if ($(this).val() !== '') { + ($(this).attr('type') !== 'password') && $(this).attr('type', 'password'); + } else { + $(this).attr('type', 'text'); + } + }); } else { this.initCodePages(); - this.updatePreview(); + if (this.preview) + this.updatePreview(); + this.onPrimary = function() { + me._handleInput('ok'); + return false; + }; } - this.onPrimary = function() { - me._handleInput('ok'); - return false; - }; } }, @@ -193,10 +213,12 @@ define([ _handleInput: function(state) { if (this.handler) { if (this.cmbEncoding) { - var delimiter = this.cmbDelimiter ? this.cmbDelimiter.getValue() : null, + var encoding = (!this.cmbEncoding.isDisabled()) ? this.cmbEncoding.getValue() : + ((this.settings && this.settings.asc_getCodePage()) ? this.settings.asc_getCodePage() : 0), + delimiter = this.cmbDelimiter ? this.cmbDelimiter.getValue() : null, delimiterChar = (delimiter == -1) ? this.inputDelimiter.getValue() : null; (delimiter == -1) && (delimiter = null); - this.handler.call(this, this.cmbEncoding.getValue(), delimiter, delimiterChar); + this.handler.call(this, encoding, delimiter, delimiterChar); } else { this.handler.call(this, state, this.inputPwd.getValue()); } @@ -206,7 +228,7 @@ define([ }, initCodePages: function () { - var i, c, codepage, encodedata = [], listItems = [], length = 0; + var i, c, codepage, encodedata = [], listItems = [], length = 0, lcid_width = 0; if (this.codepages) { encodedata = []; @@ -215,218 +237,99 @@ define([ c = []; c[0] = codepage.asc_getCodePage(); c[1] = codepage.asc_getCodePageName(); + c[2] = codepage.asc_getLcid(); encodedata.push(c); } - } else { - encodedata = [ - [37, 'IBM EBCDIC (US-Canada)'], - [437, 'OEM United States'], - [500, 'IBM EBCDIC (International)'], - [708, 'Arabic (ASMO 708)'], - [720, 'Arabic (DOS)'], - [737, 'Greek (DOS)'], - [775, 'Baltic (DOS)'], - [850, 'Western European (DOS)'], - [852, 'Central European (DOS)'], - [855, 'OEM Cyrillic'], - [857, 'Turkish (DOS)'], - [858, 'OEM Multilingual Latin I'], - [860, 'Portuguese (DOS)'], - [861, 'Icelandic (DOS)'], - [862, 'Hebrew (DOS)'], - [863, 'French Canadian (DOS)'], - [864, 'Arabic (864) '], - [865, 'Nordic (DOS)'], - [866, 'Cyrillic (DOS)'], - [869, 'Greek, Modern (DOS)'], - [870, 'IBM EBCDIC (Multilingual Latin-2)'], - [874, 'Thai (Windows)'], - [875, 'IBM EBCDIC (Greek Modern)'], - [932, 'Japanese (Shift-JIS)'], - [936, 'Chinese Simplified (GB2312)'], - [949, 'Korean'], - [950, 'Chinese Traditional (Big5)'], - [1026, 'IBM EBCDIC (Turkish Latin-5)'], - [1047, 'IBM Latin-1'], - [1140, 'IBM EBCDIC (US-Canada-Euro)'], - [1141, 'IBM EBCDIC (Germany-Euro)'], - [1142, 'IBM EBCDIC (Denmark-Norway-Euro)'], - [1143, 'IBM EBCDIC (Finland-Sweden-Euro)'], - [1144, 'IBM EBCDIC (Italy-Euro)'], - [1145, 'IBM EBCDIC (Spain-Euro)'], - [1146, 'IBM EBCDIC (UK-Euro)'], - [1147, 'IBM EBCDIC (France-Euro)'], - [1148, 'IBM EBCDIC (International-Euro)'], - [1149, 'IBM EBCDIC (Icelandic-Euro)'], - [1200, 'Unicode'], - [1201, 'Unicode (Big-Endian)'], - [1250, 'Central European (Windows)'], - [1251, 'Cyrillic (Windows)'], - [1252, 'Western European (Windows)'], - [1253, 'Greek (Windows)'], - [1254, 'Turkish (Windows)'], - [1255, 'Hebrew (Windows) '], - [1256, 'Arabic (Windows) '], - [1257, 'Baltic (Windows)'], - [1258, 'Vietnamese (Windows)'], - [1361, 'Korean (Johab)'], - [10000, 'Western European (Mac)'], - [10001, 'Japanese (Mac)'], - [10002, 'Chinese Traditional (Mac)'], - [10003, 'Korean (Mac)'], - [10004, 'Arabic (Mac) '], - [10005, 'Hebrew (Mac)'], - [10006, 'Greek (Mac) '], - [10007, 'Cyrillic (Mac)'], - [10008, 'Chinese Simplified (Mac)'], - [10010, 'Romanian (Mac)'], - [10017, 'Ukrainian (Mac)'], - [10021, 'Thai (Mac)'], - [10029, 'Central European (Mac) '], - [10079, 'Icelandic (Mac)'], - [10081, 'Turkish (Mac)'], - [10082, 'Croatian (Mac)'], - [12000, 'Unicode (UTF-32)'], - [12001, 'Unicode (UTF-32 Big-Endian)'], - [20000, 'Chinese Traditional (CNS)'], - [20001, 'TCA Taiwan'], - [20002, 'Chinese Traditional (Eten)'], - [20003, 'IBM5550 Taiwan'], - [20004, 'TeleText Taiwan'], - [20005, 'Wang Taiwan'], - [20105, 'Western European (IA5)'], - [20106, 'German (IA5)'], - [20107, 'Swedish (IA5) '], - [20108, 'Norwegian (IA5) '], - [20127, 'US-ASCII'], - [20261, 'T.61 '], - [20269, 'ISO-6937'], - [20273, 'IBM EBCDIC (Germany)'], - [20277, 'IBM EBCDIC (Denmark-Norway) '], - [20278, 'IBM EBCDIC (Finland-Sweden)'], - [20280, 'IBM EBCDIC (Italy)'], - [20284, 'IBM EBCDIC (Spain)'], - [20285, 'IBM EBCDIC (UK)'], - [20290, 'IBM EBCDIC (Japanese katakana)'], - [20297, 'IBM EBCDIC (France)'], - [20420, 'IBM EBCDIC (Arabic)'], - [20423, 'IBM EBCDIC (Greek)'], - [20424, 'IBM EBCDIC (Hebrew)'], - [20833, 'IBM EBCDIC (Korean Extended)'], - [20838, 'IBM EBCDIC (Thai)'], - [20866, 'Cyrillic (KOI8-R)'], - [20871, 'IBM EBCDIC (Icelandic) '], - [20880, 'IBM EBCDIC (Cyrillic Russian)'], - [20905, 'IBM EBCDIC (Turkish)'], - [20924, 'IBM Latin-1 '], - [20932, 'Japanese (JIS 0208-1990 and 0212-1990)'], - [20936, 'Chinese Simplified (GB2312-80) '], - [20949, 'Korean Wansung '], - [21025, 'IBM EBCDIC (Cyrillic Serbian-Bulgarian)'], - [21866, 'Cyrillic (KOI8-U)'], - [28591, 'Western European (ISO) '], - [28592, 'Central European (ISO)'], - [28593, 'Latin 3 (ISO)'], - [28594, 'Baltic (ISO)'], - [28595, 'Cyrillic (ISO) '], - [28596, 'Arabic (ISO)'], - [28597, 'Greek (ISO) '], - [28598, 'Hebrew (ISO-Visual)'], - [28599, 'Turkish (ISO)'], - [28603, 'Estonian (ISO)'], - [28605, 'Latin 9 (ISO)'], - [29001, 'Europa'], - [38598, 'Hebrew (ISO-Logical)'], - [50220, 'Japanese (JIS)'], - [50221, 'Japanese (JIS-Allow 1 byte Kana) '], - [50222, 'Japanese (JIS-Allow 1 byte Kana - SO/SI)'], - [50225, 'Korean (ISO)'], - [50227, 'Chinese Simplified (ISO-2022)'], - [51932, 'Japanese (EUC)'], - [51936, 'Chinese Simplified (EUC) '], - [51949, 'Korean (EUC)'], - [52936, 'Chinese Simplified (HZ)'], - [54936, 'Chinese Simplified (GB18030)'], - [57002, 'ISCII Devanagari '], - [57003, 'ISCII Bengali '], - [57004, 'ISCII Tamil'], - [57005, 'ISCII Telugu '], - [57006, 'ISCII Assamese '], - [57007, 'ISCII Oriya'], - [57008, 'ISCII Kannada'], - [57009, 'ISCII Malayalam '], - [57010, 'ISCII Gujarati'], - [57011, 'ISCII Punjabi'], - [65000, 'Unicode (UTF-7)'], - [65001, 'Unicode (UTF-8)'] - ]; + lcid_width = 50; } - length = encodedata.length; - if (length) { - for (i = 0; i < length; ++i) { - listItems.push({ - value: encodedata[i][0], - displayValue: encodedata[i][1] // Common.Utils.String.ellipsis(..., 37) - }); - } - - this.cmbEncoding = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el: $('#id-codepages-combo', this.$window), - style: 'width: 230px;', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 230px; max-height: 200px;', - cls: 'input-group-nr', - menuCls: 'scrollable-menu', - data: listItems, - editable: false + for (i = 0; i < length; ++i) { + listItems.push({ + value: encodedata[i][0], + displayValue: Common.Utils.String.htmlEncode(encodedata[i][1]), + lcid: encodedata[i][2] || '' }); - this.cmbEncoding.setValue( (this.settings && this.settings.asc_getCodePage()) ? this.settings.asc_getCodePage() : encodedata[0][0]); + } + + var itemsTemplate = + _.template([ + '<% _.each(items, function(item) { %>', + '
  • ', + '
    <%= item.displayValue %>
    ', + '', + '
    • ', + '<% }); %>' + ].join('')); + + this.cmbEncoding = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#id-codepages-combo', this.$window), + style: 'width: 230px;', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 230px; max-height: 200px;', + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuCls: 'scrollable-menu', + data: listItems, + editable: false, + disabled: true, + itemsTemplate: itemsTemplate + }); + + if (length) { + this.cmbEncoding.setDisabled(false); + this.cmbEncoding.setValue((this.settings && this.settings.asc_getCodePage()) ? this.settings.asc_getCodePage() : encodedata[0][0]); if (this.preview) this.cmbEncoding.on('selected', _.bind(this.onCmbEncodingSelect, this)); - if (this.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.CSV) { - this.cmbDelimiter = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el: $('#id-delimiters-combo', this.$window), - style: 'width: 100px;', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', - cls: 'input-group-nr', - data: [ - {value: 4, displayValue: ','}, - {value: 2, displayValue: ';'}, - {value: 3, displayValue: ':'}, - {value: 1, displayValue: this.txtTab}, - {value: 5, displayValue: this.txtSpace}, - {value: -1, displayValue: this.txtOther}], - editable: false - }); - this.cmbDelimiter.setValue( (this.settings && this.settings.asc_getDelimiter()) ? this.settings.asc_getDelimiter() : 4); - this.cmbDelimiter.on('selected', _.bind(this.onCmbDelimiterSelect, this)); + var ul = this.cmbEncoding.cmpEl.find('ul'), + a = ul.find('li:nth(0) a'), + width = ul.width() - parseInt(a.css('padding-left')) - parseInt(a.css('padding-right')) - 50; + ul.find('li div').width(width + 10); + } - this.inputDelimiter = new Common.UI.InputField({ - el : $('#id-delimiter-other'), - style : 'width: 30px;', - maxLength: 1, - validateOnChange: true, - validateOnBlur: false, - value: (this.settings && this.settings.asc_getDelimiterChar()) ? this.settings.asc_getDelimiterChar() : '' - }); - this.inputDelimiter.setVisible(false); - if (this.preview) - this.inputDelimiter.on ('changing', _.bind(this.updatePreview, this)); - } + if (this.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.CSV) { + this.cmbDelimiter = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#id-delimiters-combo', this.$window), + style: 'width: 100px;', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 100px;', + cls: 'input-group-nr', + data: [ + {value: 4, displayValue: this.txtComma}, + {value: 2, displayValue: this.txtSemicolon}, + {value: 3, displayValue: this.txtColon}, + {value: 1, displayValue: this.txtTab}, + {value: 5, displayValue: this.txtSpace}, + {value: -1, displayValue: this.txtOther}], + editable: false + }); + this.cmbDelimiter.setValue( (this.settings && this.settings.asc_getDelimiter()) ? this.settings.asc_getDelimiter() : 4); + this.cmbDelimiter.on('selected', _.bind(this.onCmbDelimiterSelect, this)); + + this.inputDelimiter = new Common.UI.InputField({ + el : $('#id-delimiter-other'), + style : 'width: 30px;', + maxLength: 1, + validateOnChange: true, + validateOnBlur: false, + value: (this.settings && this.settings.asc_getDelimiterChar()) ? this.settings.asc_getDelimiterChar() : '' + }); + this.inputDelimiter.setVisible(false); + if (this.preview) + this.inputDelimiter.on ('changing', _.bind(this.updatePreview, this)); } }, updatePreview: function() { + var encoding = (!this.cmbEncoding.isDisabled()) ? this.cmbEncoding.getValue() : + ((this.settings && this.settings.asc_getCodePage()) ? this.settings.asc_getCodePage() : 0); + if (this.type == Asc.c_oAscAdvancedOptionsID.CSV) { var delimiter = this.cmbDelimiter ? this.cmbDelimiter.getValue() : null, delimiterChar = (delimiter == -1) ? this.inputDelimiter.getValue() : null; (delimiter == -1) && (delimiter = null); - this.api.asc_decodeBuffer(this.preview, new Asc.asc_CCSVAdvancedOptions(this.cmbEncoding.getValue(), delimiter, delimiterChar), _.bind(this.previewCallback, this)); + this.api.asc_decodeBuffer(this.preview, new Asc.asc_CCSVAdvancedOptions(encoding, delimiter, delimiterChar), _.bind(this.previewCallback, this)); } else { - this.api.asc_decodeBuffer(this.preview, new Asc.asc_CTXTAdvancedOptions(this.cmbEncoding.getValue()), _.bind(this.previewCallback, this)); + this.api.asc_decodeBuffer(this.preview, new Asc.asc_CTXTAdvancedOptions(encoding), _.bind(this.previewCallback, this)); } }, @@ -441,6 +344,7 @@ define([ el: this.previewScrolled, minScrollbarLength : 20, alwaysVisibleY: true, + alwaysVisibleX: true, onChange: _.bind(function(){ if (this.scrollerY) { var startPos = this.scrollerY.getScrollTop(), @@ -524,7 +428,11 @@ define([ txtOther: 'Other', txtIncorrectPwd: 'Password is incorrect.', closeButtonText: 'Close File', - txtPreview: 'Preview' + txtPreview: 'Preview', + txtComma: 'Comma', + txtColon: 'Colon', + txtSemicolon: 'Semicolon', + txtProtected: 'Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset.' }, Common.Views.OpenDialog || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/PasswordDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/PasswordDialog.js index 320d75293..02ab68cf1 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/PasswordDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/PasswordDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Select Codepage for open CSV/TXT format file. * * Created by Alexey.Musinov on 29/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js index 1b870e814..6a98e3200 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Plugins.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Protection.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Protection.js index b66853b11..71d7b0397 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/Protection.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/Protection.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * Protection.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 14.11.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ define([ this.btnsDelPwd = []; this.btnsChangePwd = []; - this._state = {disabled: false, hasPassword: false}; + this._state = {disabled: false, hasPassword: false, disabledPassword: false}; var filter = Common.localStorage.getKeysFilter(); this.appPrefix = (filter && filter.length) ? filter.split(',')[0] : ''; @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ define([ cls: 'btn-text-default', style: 'width: 100%;', caption: this.txtAddPwd, - disabled: this._state.disabled, + disabled: this._state.disabled || this._state.disabledPassword, visible: !this._state.hasPassword }); this.btnsAddPwd.push(button); @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ define([ cls: 'btn-text-default', style: 'width: 100%;', caption: this.txtDeletePwd, - disabled: this._state.disabled, + disabled: this._state.disabled || this._state.disabledPassword, visible: this._state.hasPassword }); this.btnsDelPwd.push(button); @@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ define([ cls: 'btn-text-default', style: 'width: 100%;', caption: this.txtChangePwd, - disabled: this._state.disabled, + disabled: this._state.disabled || this._state.disabledPassword, visible: this._state.hasPassword }); this.btnsChangePwd.push(button); @@ -279,21 +279,25 @@ define([ } this.btnsAddPwd.concat(this.btnsDelPwd, this.btnsChangePwd).forEach(function(button) { if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(state); + button.setDisabled(state || this._state.disabledPassword); } }, this); }, - onDocumentPassword: function (hasPassword) { + onDocumentPassword: function (hasPassword, disabledPassword) { this._state.hasPassword = hasPassword; + this._state.disabledPassword = !!disabledPassword; + var disabled = this._state.disabledPassword || this._state.disabled; this.btnsAddPwd && this.btnsAddPwd.forEach(function(button) { if ( button ) { button.setVisible(!hasPassword); + button.setDisabled(disabled); } }, this); this.btnsDelPwd.concat(this.btnsChangePwd).forEach(function(button) { if ( button ) { button.setVisible(hasPassword); + button.setDisabled(disabled); } }, this); this.btnPwd.setVisible(hasPassword); @@ -308,7 +312,7 @@ define([ txtDeletePwd: 'Delete password', txtAddPwd: 'Add password', txtInvisibleSignature: 'Add digital signature', - txtSignatureLine: 'Signature line' + txtSignatureLine: 'Add Signature line' } }()), Common.Views.Protection || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/RenameDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/RenameDialog.js index 95207e9bf..241b8c589 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/RenameDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/RenameDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RenameDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 9/23/16 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js index 1efa2905d..22a9a62b3 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewChanges.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * View * * Created by Julia.Radzhabova on 05.08.15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -46,369 +46,14 @@ if (Common === undefined) Common.Views = Common.Views || {}; define([ - 'text!common/main/lib/template/ReviewChangesPopover.template', 'common/main/lib/util/utils', 'common/main/lib/component/Button', 'common/main/lib/component/DataView', 'common/main/lib/component/Layout', 'common/main/lib/component/Window' -], function (popoverTemplate) { +], function () { 'use strict'; - Common.Views.ReviewChangesPopover = Common.UI.Window.extend({ - - // Window - - initialize : function (options) { - var _options = {}; - - _.extend(_options, { - closable : false, - width : 265, - height : 120, - header : false, - modal : false - }, options); - - this.template = options.template || [ - '
    ', - '
    ', - '
    ', - '
    ' - ].join(''); - - this.store = options.store; - this.delegate = options.delegate; - - _options.tpl = _.template(this.template)(_options); - - this.arrow = {margin: 20, width: 12, height: 34}; - this.sdkBounds = {width: 0, height: 0, padding: 10, paddingTop: 20}; - - Common.UI.Window.prototype.initialize.call(this, _options); - }, - render: function () { - Common.UI.Window.prototype.render.call(this); - - var me = this, - t = this.delegate, - window = this.$window; - - window.css({ - height: '', - minHeight: '', - overflow: 'hidden', - position: 'absolute', - zIndex: '991' - }); - - var body = window.find('.body'); - if (body) { - body.css('position', 'relative'); - } - - window.on('click', function() { - window.css({zIndex: '991'}); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('review:click'); - }); - Common.NotificationCenter.on('comments:click', function() { - window.css({zIndex: '990'}); - }); - - var PopoverDataView = Common.UI.DataView.extend((function() { - - var parentView = me; - - return { - options : { - handleSelect: false, - scrollable: true, - template: _.template('
    '+ - '
    ' + - '
    ' + - '
    ' - ) - } - } - })()); - if (PopoverDataView) { - if (this.reviewChangesView) { - this.reviewChangesView.render($('#id-review-popover')); - this.reviewChangesView.onResetItems(); - } else { - this.reviewChangesView = new PopoverDataView({ - el: $('#id-review-popover'), - store: me.store, - itemTemplate: _.template(popoverTemplate) - }); - - this.reviewChangesView.on('item:click', function (picker, item, record, e) { - var btn = $(e.target); - if (btn) { - if (btn.hasClass('btn-accept')) { - t.fireEvent('reviewchange:accept', [record.get('changedata')]); - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-reject')) { - t.fireEvent('reviewchange:reject', [record.get('changedata')]); - } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-delete')) { - t.fireEvent('reviewchange:delete', [record.get('changedata')]); - } - } - }); - } - } - }, - show: function (animate, lock, lockuser) { - this.options.animate = animate; - - var me = this; - -// this.calculateSizeOfContent(); - - Common.UI.Window.prototype.show.call(this); - if (this.reviewChangesView.scroller) { - this.reviewChangesView.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - - this.reviewChangesView.cmpEl.find('.lock-area').toggleClass('hidden', !lock); - this.reviewChangesView.cmpEl.find('.lock-author').toggleClass('hidden', !lock || _.isEmpty(lockuser)).text(lockuser); - }, - hide: function () { - if (this.handlerHide) { - this.handlerHide (); - } - - Common.UI.Window.prototype.hide.call(this); - - if (!_.isUndefined(this.e) && this.e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC) { - this.e.preventDefault(); - this.e.stopImmediatePropagation(); - this.e = undefined; - } - }, - - update: function () { - if (this.reviewChangesView && this.reviewChangesView.scroller) { - this.reviewChangesView.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); - } - }, - - isVisible: function () { - return (this.$window && this.$window.is(':visible')); - }, - - setLeftTop: function (posX, posY, leftX, loadInnerValues) { - if (!this.$window) - this.render(); - - if (loadInnerValues) { - posX = this.arrowPosX; - posY = this.arrowPosY; - leftX = this.leftX; - } - - if (_.isUndefined(posX) && _.isUndefined(posY)) - return; - - this.arrowPosX = posX; - this.arrowPosY = posY; - this.leftX = leftX; - - var reviewChangesView = $('#id-review-popover'), - arrowView = $('#id-review-arrow'), - editorView = $('#editor_sdk'), - editorBounds = null, - sdkBoundsHeight = 0, - sdkBoundsTop = 0, - sdkBoundsLeft = 0, - sdkPanelRight = '', - sdkPanelRightWidth = 0, - sdkPanelLeft = '', - sdkPanelLeftWidth = 0, - sdkPanelThumbs = '', // for PE - sdkPanelThumbsWidth = 0, // for PE - sdkPanelTop = '', - sdkPanelHeight = 0, - leftPos = 0, - windowWidth = 0, - outerHeight = 0, - topPos = 0, - sdkBoundsTopPos = 0; - - if (reviewChangesView && arrowView && editorView && editorView.get(0)) { - editorBounds = editorView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (editorBounds) { - sdkBoundsHeight = editorBounds.height - this.sdkBounds.padding * 2; - - this.$window.css({maxHeight: sdkBoundsHeight + 'px'}); - - this.sdkBounds.width = editorBounds.width; - this.sdkBounds.height = editorBounds.height; - - // LEFT CORNER - - if (!_.isUndefined(posX)) { - - sdkPanelRight = $('#id_vertical_scroll'); - if (sdkPanelRight.length) { - sdkPanelRightWidth = (sdkPanelRight.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelRight.width() : 0; - } else { - sdkPanelRight = $('#ws-v-scrollbar'); - if (sdkPanelRight.length) { - sdkPanelRightWidth = (sdkPanelRight.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelRight.width() : 0; - } - } - - this.sdkBounds.width -= sdkPanelRightWidth; - - sdkPanelLeft = $('#id_panel_left'); - if (sdkPanelLeft.length) { - sdkPanelLeftWidth = (sdkPanelLeft.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelLeft.width() : 0; - } - sdkPanelThumbs = $('#id_panel_thumbnails'); - if (sdkPanelThumbs.length) { - sdkPanelThumbsWidth = (sdkPanelThumbs.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelThumbs.width() : 0; - this.sdkBounds.width -= sdkPanelThumbsWidth; - } - - leftPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsLeft + posX + this.arrow.width, sdkBoundsLeft + this.sdkBounds.width - this.$window.outerWidth()); - leftPos = Math.max(sdkBoundsLeft + sdkPanelLeftWidth + this.arrow.width, leftPos); - - arrowView.removeClass('right').addClass('left'); - - if (!_.isUndefined(leftX)) { - windowWidth = this.$window.outerWidth(); - if (windowWidth) { - if ((posX + windowWidth > this.sdkBounds.width - this.arrow.width + 5) && (this.leftX > windowWidth)) { - leftPos = this.leftX - windowWidth + sdkBoundsLeft - this.arrow.width; - arrowView.removeClass('left').addClass('right'); - } else { - leftPos = sdkBoundsLeft + posX + this.arrow.width; - } - } - } - - this.$window.css('left', leftPos + 'px'); - } - - // TOP CORNER - - if (!_.isUndefined(posY)) { - sdkPanelTop = $('#id_panel_top'); - sdkBoundsTopPos = sdkBoundsTop; - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - sdkBoundsTopPos += this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; - } else { - sdkPanelTop = $('#ws-h-scrollbar'); - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - sdkBoundsTopPos -= this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; - } - } - - this.sdkBounds.height -= sdkPanelHeight; - - outerHeight = this.$window.outerHeight(); - - topPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsTop + sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight, this.arrowPosY + sdkBoundsTop - this.arrow.height); - topPos = Math.max(topPos, sdkBoundsTopPos); - - this.$window.css('top', topPos + 'px'); - } - } - } - - this.calculateSizeOfContent(); - }, - calculateSizeOfContent: function (testVisible) { - if (testVisible && !this.$window.is(':visible')) - return; - - this.$window.css({overflow: 'hidden'}); - - var arrowView = $('#id-review-arrow'), - reviewChangesView = $('#id-review-popover'), - contentBounds = null, - editorView = null, - editorBounds = null, - sdkBoundsHeight = 0, - sdkBoundsTop = 0, - sdkBoundsLeft = 0, - sdkPanelTop = '', - sdkPanelHeight = 0, - arrowPosY = 0, - windowHeight = 0, - outerHeight = 0, - topPos = 0, - sdkBoundsTopPos = 0; - - if (reviewChangesView && arrowView && reviewChangesView.get(0)) { - reviewChangesView.css({height: '100%'}); - - contentBounds = reviewChangesView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (contentBounds) { - editorView = $('#editor_sdk'); - if (editorView && editorView.get(0)) { - editorBounds = editorView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); - if (editorBounds) { - sdkBoundsHeight = editorBounds.height - this.sdkBounds.padding * 2; - sdkBoundsTopPos = sdkBoundsTop; - windowHeight = this.$window.outerHeight(); - - // TOP CORNER - - sdkPanelTop = $('#id_panel_top'); - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - sdkBoundsTopPos += this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; - } else { - sdkPanelTop = $('#ws-h-scrollbar'); - if (sdkPanelTop.length) { - sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; - sdkBoundsTopPos -= this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; - } - } - - outerHeight = Math.max(reviewChangesView.outerHeight(), this.$window.outerHeight()); - - if (sdkBoundsHeight <= outerHeight) { - this.$window.css({ - maxHeight: sdkBoundsHeight - sdkPanelHeight + 'px', - top: sdkBoundsTop + sdkPanelHeight + 'px'}); - - reviewChangesView.css({height: sdkBoundsHeight - sdkPanelHeight - 3 + 'px'}); - - // arrowPosY = Math.max(this.arrow.margin, this.arrowPosY - sdkPanelHeight - this.arrow.width); - arrowPosY = Math.min(arrowPosY, sdkBoundsHeight - (sdkPanelHeight + this.arrow.margin + this.arrow.width)); - - arrowView.css({top: arrowPosY + 'px'}); - } else { - - outerHeight = windowHeight; - - if (outerHeight > 0) { - if (contentBounds.top + outerHeight > sdkBoundsHeight + sdkBoundsTop || contentBounds.height === 0) { - topPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsTop + sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight, this.arrowPosY + sdkBoundsTop - this.arrow.height); - topPos = Math.max(topPos, sdkBoundsTopPos); - - this.$window.css({top: topPos + 'px'}); - } - } - - arrowPosY = Math.max(this.arrow.margin, this.arrowPosY - (sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight) - this.arrow.width); - arrowPosY = Math.min(arrowPosY, outerHeight - this.arrow.margin - this.arrow.width); - - arrowView.css({top: arrowPosY + 'px'}); - } - } - } - } - } - - this.$window.css({overflow: ''}); - } - }); - Common.Views.ReviewChanges = Common.UI.BaseView.extend(_.extend((function(){ var template = '
    ' + @@ -525,8 +170,6 @@ define([ initialize: function (options) { Common.UI.BaseView.prototype.initialize.call(this, options); - // this.store = this.options.store; - // this.popoverChanges = this.options.popoverChanges; this.appConfig = options.mode; if ( this.appConfig.canReview ) { @@ -807,18 +450,6 @@ define([ this.fireEvent('show', this); }, - getPopover: function (sdkViewName) { - if (this.appConfig.canReview && _.isUndefined(this.popover)) { - this.popover = new Common.Views.ReviewChangesPopover({ - store: this.options.popoverChanges, - delegate: this, - renderTo: sdkViewName - }); - } - - return this.popover; - }, - getButton: function(type, parent) { if ( type == 'turn' && parent == 'statusbar' ) { var button = new Common.UI.Button({ @@ -969,7 +600,7 @@ define([ Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog = Common.UI.Window.extend(_.extend({ options: { - width : 283, + width : 330, height : 90, title : 'Review Changes', modal : false, @@ -978,7 +609,9 @@ define([ }, initialize : function(options) { - _.extend(this.options, options || {}); + _.extend(this.options, { + title : this.textTitle + }, options || {}); this.template = [ '
    ', diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewPopover.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewPopover.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2738d796 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/ReviewPopover.js @@ -0,0 +1,935 @@ +/* + * + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 + * + * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) + * version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation. In accordance with + * Section 7(a) of the GNU AGPL its Section 15 shall be amended to the effect + * that Ascensio System SIA expressly excludes the warranty of non-infringement + * of any third-party rights. + * + * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. For + * details, see the GNU AGPL at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.html + * + * You can contact Ascensio System SIA at Lubanas st. 125a-25, Riga, Latvia, + * EU, LV-1021. + * + * The interactive user interfaces in modified source and object code versions + * of the Program must display Appropriate Legal Notices, as required under + * Section 5 of the GNU AGPL version 3. + * + * Pursuant to Section 7(b) of the License you must retain the original Product + * logo when distributing the program. Pursuant to Section 7(e) we decline to + * grant you any rights under trademark law for use of our trademarks. + * + * All the Product's GUI elements, including illustrations and icon sets, as + * well as technical writing content are licensed under the terms of the + * Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. See the License + * terms at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode + * + */ +/** + * ReviewPopover.js + * + * View + * + * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 06.06.2018 + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * + */ + +if (Common === undefined) + var Common = {}; + +Common.Views = Common.Views || {}; + +define([ + 'text!common/main/lib/template/CommentsPopover.template', + 'text!common/main/lib/template/ReviewChangesPopover.template', + 'common/main/lib/util/utils', + 'common/main/lib/component/Button', + 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBox', + 'common/main/lib/component/DataView', + 'common/main/lib/component/Layout', + 'common/main/lib/component/Window' +], function (commentsTemplate, reviewTemplate) { + 'use strict'; + + function replaceWords(template, words) { + var word, + value, + tpl = template; + + for (word in words) { + if (undefined !== word) { + value = words[word]; + tpl = tpl.replace(new RegExp(word, 'g'), value); + } + } + + return tpl; + } + + Common.Views.ReviewPopover = Common.UI.Window.extend(_.extend({ + + // Window + + initialize: function (options) { + var _options = {}; + + _.extend(_options, { + closable: false, + width: 265, + height: 120, + header: false, + modal: false, + alias: 'Common.Views.ReviewPopover' + }, options); + + this.template = options.template || [ + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ' + ].join(''); + + this.commentsStore = options.commentsStore; + this.reviewStore = options.reviewStore; + this._state = {commentsVisible: false, reviewVisible: false}; + + _options.tpl = _.template(this.template)(_options); + + this.arrow = {margin: 20, width: 12, height: 34}; + this.sdkBounds = {width: 0, height: 0, padding: 10, paddingTop: 20}; + + Common.UI.Window.prototype.initialize.call(this, _options); + return this; + }, + render: function (comments, review) { + Common.UI.Window.prototype.render.call(this); + + var me = this, + window = this.$window; + + window.css({ + height: '', + minHeight: '', + overflow: 'hidden', + position: 'absolute', + zIndex: '990' + }); + + var body = window.find('.body'); + if (body) { + body.css('position', 'relative'); + } + + var CommentsPopoverDataView = Common.UI.DataView.extend((function () { + + var parentView = me; + + return { + + options: { + handleSelect: false, + allowScrollbar: false, + template: _.template('
    ') + }, + + getTextBox: function () { + var text = $(this.el).find('textarea'); + return (text && text.length) ? text : undefined; + }, + setFocusToTextBox: function (blur) { + var text = $(this.el).find('textarea'); + if (blur) { + text.blur(); + } else { + if (text && text.length) { + var val = text.val(); + text.focus(); + text.val(''); + text.val(val); + } + } + }, + getActiveTextBoxVal: function () { + var text = $(this.el).find('textarea'); + return (text && text.length) ? text.val().trim() : ''; + }, + autoHeightTextBox: function () { + var view = this, + textBox = this.$el.find('textarea'), + domTextBox = null, + minHeight = 50, + lineHeight = 0, + scrollPos = 0, + oldHeight = 0, + newHeight = 0; + + function updateTextBoxHeight() { + scrollPos = parentView.scroller.getScrollTop(); + + if (domTextBox.scrollHeight > domTextBox.clientHeight) { + textBox.css({height: (domTextBox.scrollHeight + lineHeight) + 'px'}); + + parentView.calculateSizeOfContent(); + } else { + oldHeight = domTextBox.clientHeight; + if (oldHeight >= minHeight) { + textBox.css({height: minHeight + 'px'}); + + if (domTextBox.scrollHeight > domTextBox.clientHeight) { + newHeight = Math.max(domTextBox.scrollHeight + lineHeight, minHeight); + textBox.css({height: newHeight + 'px'}); + } + + parentView.calculateSizeOfContent(); + parentView.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); + parentView.calculateSizeOfContent(); + } + } + + parentView.scroller.scrollTop(scrollPos); + view.autoScrollToEditButtons(); + } + + if (textBox && textBox.length) { + domTextBox = textBox.get(0); + + if (domTextBox) { + lineHeight = parseInt(textBox.css('lineHeight'), 10) * 0.25; + updateTextBoxHeight(); + textBox.bind('input propertychange', updateTextBoxHeight) + } + } + + this.textBox = textBox; + }, + clearTextBoxBind: function () { + if (this.textBox) { + this.textBox.unbind('input propertychange'); + this.textBox = undefined; + } + }, + autoScrollToEditButtons: function () { + var button = $('#id-comments-change-popover'), // TODO: add to cache + btnBounds = null, + contentBounds = this.el.getBoundingClientRect(), + moveY = 0, + padding = 7; + + if (button.length) { + btnBounds = button.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); + if (btnBounds && contentBounds) { + moveY = contentBounds.bottom - (btnBounds.bottom + padding); + if (moveY < 0) { + parentView.scroller.scrollTop(parentView.scroller.getScrollTop() - moveY); + } + } + } + } + } + })()); + if (CommentsPopoverDataView) { + if (this.commentsView) { + this.commentsView.render($('#id-comments-popover')); + this.commentsView.onResetItems(); + } else { + this.commentsView = new CommentsPopoverDataView({ + el: $('#id-comments-popover'), + store: me.commentsStore, + itemTemplate: _.template(replaceWords(commentsTemplate, { + textAddReply: me.textAddReply, + textAdd: me.textAdd, + textCancel: me.textCancel, + textEdit: me.textEdit, + textReply: me.textReply, + textClose: me.textClose, + maxCommLength: Asc.c_oAscMaxCellOrCommentLength + }) + ) + }); + + var addtooltip = function (dataview, view, record) { + if (view.tipsArray) { + view.tipsArray.forEach(function (item) { + item.remove(); + }); + } + + var arr = [], + btns = $(view.el).find('.btn-resolve'); + btns.tooltip({title: me.textResolve, placement: 'cursor'}); + btns.each(function (idx, item) { + arr.push($(item).data('bs.tooltip').tip()); + }); + btns = $(view.el).find('.btn-resolve-check'); + btns.tooltip({title: me.textOpenAgain, placement: 'cursor'}); + btns.each(function (idx, item) { + arr.push($(item).data('bs.tooltip').tip()); + }); + view.tipsArray = arr; + this.autoHeightTextBox(); + }; + + var onCommentsViewMouseOver = function () { + me._isMouseOver = true; + }; + + var onCommentsViewMouseOut = function () { + me._isMouseOver = false; + }; + + this.commentsView.on('item:add', addtooltip); + this.commentsView.on('item:remove', addtooltip); + this.commentsView.on('item:change', addtooltip); + this.commentsView.cmpEl.on('mouseover', onCommentsViewMouseOver).on('mouseout', onCommentsViewMouseOut); + + this.commentsView.on('item:click', function (picker, item, record, e) { + var btn, showEditBox, showReplyBox, commentId, replyId, hideAddReply; + + function readdresolves() { + me.update(); + } + + btn = $(e.target); + if (btn) { + showEditBox = record.get('editTextInPopover'); + showReplyBox = record.get('showReplyInPopover'); + hideAddReply = record.get('hideAddReply'); + commentId = record.get('uid'); + replyId = btn.attr('data-value'); + + if (record.get('hint')) { + me.fireEvent('comment:disableHint', [record]); + return; + } + + if (btn.hasClass('btn-edit')) { + if (!_.isUndefined(replyId)) { + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing', [commentId]); + me.fireEvent('comment:editReply', [commentId, replyId, true]); + + this.replyId = replyId; + + this.autoHeightTextBox(); + + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + + readdresolves(); + + me.hookTextBox(); + + this.autoScrollToEditButtons(); + this.setFocusToTextBox(); + } else { + if (!showEditBox) { + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); + record.set('editTextInPopover', true); + + me.fireEvent('comment:show', [commentId]); + + this.autoHeightTextBox(); + + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + + readdresolves(); + + me.hookTextBox(); + + this.autoScrollToEditButtons(); + this.setFocusToTextBox(); + } + } + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-delete')) { + if (!_.isUndefined(replyId)) { + me.fireEvent('comment:removeReply', [commentId, replyId]); + + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + + } else { + me.fireEvent('comment:remove', [commentId]); + } + + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); + + readdresolves(); + + } else if (btn.hasClass('user-reply')) { + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); + record.set('showReplyInPopover', true); + + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + + readdresolves(); + + this.autoHeightTextBox(); + me.hookTextBox(); + + this.autoScrollToEditButtons(); + this.setFocusToTextBox(); + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-reply', false)) { + if (showReplyBox) { + this.clearTextBoxBind(); + + me.fireEvent('comment:addReply', [commentId, this.getActiveTextBoxVal()]); + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); + + readdresolves(); + } + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-close', false)) { + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing', [commentId]); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + me.fireEvent('comment:show', [commentId]); + + readdresolves(); + + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-inner-edit', false)) { + + if (record.get('dummy')) { + var commentVal = this.getActiveTextBoxVal(); + if (commentVal.length > 0) + me.fireEvent('comment:addDummyComment', [commentVal]); + else { + var text = me.$window.find('textarea:not(.user-message)'); + if (text && text.length) + setTimeout(function () { + text.focus(); + }, 10); + } + return; + } + + this.clearTextBoxBind(); + + if (!_.isUndefined(this.replyId)) { + me.fireEvent('comment:changeReply', [commentId, this.replyId, this.getActiveTextBoxVal()]); + this.replyId = undefined; + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); + } else if (showEditBox) { + me.fireEvent('comment:change', [commentId, this.getActiveTextBoxVal()]); + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing'); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + } + + readdresolves(); + + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-inner-close', false)) { + if (record.get('dummy')) { + me.hide(); + return; + } + + if (hideAddReply && this.getActiveTextBoxVal().length > 0) { + me.saveText(); + record.set('hideAddReply', false); + this.getTextBox().val(me.textVal); + this.autoHeightTextBox(); + } else { + + this.clearTextBoxBind(); + + me.fireEvent('comment:closeEditing', [commentId]); + } + + this.replyId = undefined; + + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + me.setLeftTop(me.arrowPosX, me.arrowPosY, me.leftX); + me.calculateSizeOfContent(); + + readdresolves(); + + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-resolve', false)) { + var tip = btn.data('bs.tooltip'); + if (tip) tip.dontShow = true; + + me.fireEvent('comment:resolve', [commentId]); + + readdresolves(); + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-resolve-check', false)) { + var tip = btn.data('bs.tooltip'); + if (tip) tip.dontShow = true; + + me.fireEvent('comment:resolve', [commentId]); + + readdresolves(); + } + } + }); + me.on({ + 'show': function () { + me.commentsView.autoHeightTextBox(); + me.$window.find('textarea').keydown(function (event) { + if (event.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC) { + me.hide(); + } + }); + }, + 'animate:before': function () { + var text = me.$window.find('textarea'); + if (text && text.length) + text.focus(); + } + }); + } + } + + var ReviewPopoverDataView = Common.UI.DataView.extend((function() { + + return { + options : { + handleSelect: false, + scrollable: true, + template: _.template('
    '+ + '
    ' + + '
    ' + + '
    ' + ) + } + } + })()); + if (ReviewPopoverDataView) { + if (this.reviewChangesView) { + this.reviewChangesView.render($('#id-review-popover')); + this.reviewChangesView.onResetItems(); + } else { + this.reviewChangesView = new ReviewPopoverDataView({ + el: $('#id-review-popover'), + store: me.reviewStore, + itemTemplate: _.template(reviewTemplate) + }); + + this.reviewChangesView.on('item:click', function (picker, item, record, e) { + var btn = $(e.target); + if (btn) { + if (btn.hasClass('btn-accept')) { + me.fireEvent('reviewchange:accept', [record.get('changedata')]); + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-reject')) { + me.fireEvent('reviewchange:reject', [record.get('changedata')]); + } else if (btn.hasClass('btn-delete')) { + me.fireEvent('reviewchange:delete', [record.get('changedata')]); + } + } + }); + } + } + + if (_.isUndefined(this.scroller)) { + this.scroller = new Common.UI.Scroller({ + el: window.find('#id-popover'), + minScrollbarLength : 40, + wheelSpeed: 10, + alwaysVisibleY: true + }); + } + }, + + showComments: function (animate, loadText, focus, showText) { + this.options.animate = animate; + + var me = this, textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); + + if (loadText && this.textVal) { + textBox && textBox.val(this.textVal); + } + + if (showText && showText.length) { + textBox && textBox.val(showText); + } + + this.show(animate); + this.hookTextBox(); + + this._state.commentsVisible = true; + }, + + showReview: function (animate, lock, lockuser) { + this.show(animate); + this.reviewChangesView.cmpEl.find('.lock-area').toggleClass('hidden', !lock); + this.reviewChangesView.cmpEl.find('.lock-author').toggleClass('hidden', !lock || _.isEmpty(lockuser)).text(lockuser); + this._state.reviewVisible = true; + }, + + show: function (animate, loadText, focus, showText) { + this.options.animate = animate; + + Common.UI.Window.prototype.show.call(this); + if (this.scroller) { + this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); + } + }, + + hideComments: function () { + if (this.handlerHide) { + this.handlerHide(); + } + this.hideTips(); + this._state.commentsVisible = false; + if (!this._state.reviewVisible) + this.hide(); + else + this.calculateSizeOfContent(); + }, + + hideReview: function () { + if (this.handlerHide) { + this.handlerHide(); + } + this.hideTips(); + + this._state.reviewVisible = false; + if (!this._state.commentsVisible) + this.hide(); + else + this.calculateSizeOfContent(); + }, + + hide: function () { + if (this.handlerHide) { + this.handlerHide(); + } + + this.hideTips(); + + Common.UI.Window.prototype.hide.call(this); + + if (!_.isUndefined(this.e) && this.e.keyCode == Common.UI.Keys.ESC) { + this.e.preventDefault(); + this.e.stopImmediatePropagation(); + this.e = undefined; + } + }, + + // CommentsPopover + + update: function (needRender) { + if (this.commentsView && needRender) + this.commentsView.onResetItems(); + if (this.scroller) { + this.scroller.update({minScrollbarLength: 40, alwaysVisibleY: true}); + } + }, + + isVisible: function () { + return (this.$window && this.$window.is(':visible')); + }, + setLeftTop: function (posX, posY, leftX, loadInnerValues, retainContent) { + if (!this.$window) + this.render(); + + if (loadInnerValues) { + posX = this.arrowPosX; + posY = this.arrowPosY; + leftX = this.leftX; + } + + if (_.isUndefined(posX) && _.isUndefined(posY)) + return; + + this.arrowPosX = posX; + this.arrowPosY = posY; + this.leftX = leftX; + + var commentsView = $('#id-popover'), + arrowView = $('#id-comments-arrow'), + editorView = $('#editor_sdk'), + editorBounds = null, + sdkBoundsHeight = 0, + sdkBoundsTop = 0, + sdkBoundsLeft = 0, + sdkPanelRight = '', + sdkPanelRightWidth = 0, + sdkPanelLeft = '', + sdkPanelLeftWidth = 0, + sdkPanelThumbs = '', // for PE + sdkPanelThumbsWidth = 0, // for PE + sdkPanelTop = '', + sdkPanelHeight = 0, + leftPos = 0, + windowWidth = 0, + outerHeight = 0, + topPos = 0, + sdkBoundsTopPos = 0; + + if (commentsView && arrowView && editorView && editorView.get(0)) { + editorBounds = editorView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); + if (editorBounds) { + sdkBoundsHeight = editorBounds.height - this.sdkBounds.padding * 2; + + this.$window.css({maxHeight: sdkBoundsHeight + 'px'}); + + this.sdkBounds.width = editorBounds.width; + this.sdkBounds.height = editorBounds.height; + + // LEFT CORNER + + if (!_.isUndefined(posX)) { + + sdkPanelRight = $('#id_vertical_scroll'); + if (sdkPanelRight.length) { + sdkPanelRightWidth = (sdkPanelRight.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelRight.width() : 0; + } else { + sdkPanelRight = $('#ws-v-scrollbar'); + if (sdkPanelRight.length) { + sdkPanelRightWidth = (sdkPanelRight.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelRight.width() : 0; + } + } + + this.sdkBounds.width -= sdkPanelRightWidth; + + sdkPanelLeft = $('#id_panel_left'); + if (sdkPanelLeft.length) { + sdkPanelLeftWidth = (sdkPanelLeft.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelLeft.width() : 0; + } + sdkPanelThumbs = $('#id_panel_thumbnails'); + if (sdkPanelThumbs.length) { + sdkPanelThumbsWidth = (sdkPanelThumbs.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelThumbs.width() : 0; + this.sdkBounds.width -= sdkPanelThumbsWidth; + } + + leftPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsLeft + posX + this.arrow.width, sdkBoundsLeft + this.sdkBounds.width - this.$window.outerWidth() - 25); + leftPos = Math.max(sdkBoundsLeft + sdkPanelLeftWidth + this.arrow.width, leftPos); + + arrowView.removeClass('right').addClass('left'); + + if (!_.isUndefined(leftX)) { + windowWidth = this.$window.outerWidth(); + if (windowWidth) { + if ((posX + windowWidth > this.sdkBounds.width - this.arrow.width + 5) && (this.leftX > windowWidth)) { + leftPos = this.leftX - windowWidth + sdkBoundsLeft - this.arrow.width; + arrowView.removeClass('left').addClass('right'); + } else { + leftPos = sdkBoundsLeft + posX + this.arrow.width; + } + } + } + + this.$window.css('left', leftPos + 'px'); + } + + // TOP CORNER + + if (!_.isUndefined(posY)) { + sdkPanelTop = $('#id_panel_top'); + sdkBoundsTopPos = sdkBoundsTop; + if (sdkPanelTop.length) { + sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; + sdkBoundsTopPos += this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; + } else { + sdkPanelTop = $('#ws-h-scrollbar'); + if (sdkPanelTop.length) { + sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; + } + } + + this.sdkBounds.height -= sdkPanelHeight; + + outerHeight = this.$window.outerHeight(); + + topPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsTop + sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight, this.arrowPosY + sdkBoundsTop - this.arrow.height); + topPos = Math.max(topPos, sdkBoundsTopPos); + + this.$window.css('top', topPos + 'px'); + } + } + } + if (!retainContent) + this.calculateSizeOfContent(); + }, + calculateSizeOfContent: function (testVisible) { + if (testVisible && !this.$window.is(':visible')) + return; + + this.$window.css({overflow: 'hidden'}); + + var arrowView = $('#id-comments-arrow'), + commentsView = $('#id-popover'), + contentBounds = null, + editorView = null, + editorBounds = null, + sdkBoundsHeight = 0, + sdkBoundsTop = 0, + sdkBoundsLeft = 0, + sdkPanelTop = '', + sdkPanelHeight = 0, + arrowPosY = 0, + windowHeight = 0, + outerHeight = 0, + topPos = 0, + sdkBoundsTopPos = 0; + + if (commentsView && arrowView && commentsView.get(0)) { + commentsView.css({height: '100%'}); + + contentBounds = commentsView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); + if (contentBounds) { + editorView = $('#editor_sdk'); + if (editorView && editorView.get(0)) { + editorBounds = editorView.get(0).getBoundingClientRect(); + if (editorBounds) { + sdkBoundsHeight = editorBounds.height - this.sdkBounds.padding * 2; + sdkBoundsTopPos = sdkBoundsTop; + windowHeight = this.$window.outerHeight(); + + // TOP CORNER + + sdkPanelTop = $('#id_panel_top'); + if (sdkPanelTop.length) { + sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; + sdkBoundsTopPos += this.sdkBounds.paddingTop; + } else { + sdkPanelTop = $('#ws-h-scrollbar'); + if (sdkPanelTop.length) { + sdkPanelHeight = (sdkPanelTop.css('display') !== 'none') ? sdkPanelTop.height() : 0; + } + } + + outerHeight = Math.max(commentsView.outerHeight(), this.$window.outerHeight()); + + if (sdkBoundsHeight <= outerHeight) { + this.$window.css({ + maxHeight: sdkBoundsHeight - sdkPanelHeight + 'px', + top: sdkBoundsTop + sdkPanelHeight + 'px' + }); + + commentsView.css({height: sdkBoundsHeight - sdkPanelHeight - 3 + 'px'}); + + // arrowPosY = Math.max(this.arrow.margin, this.arrowPosY - sdkPanelHeight - this.arrow.width); + arrowPosY = Math.min(arrowPosY, sdkBoundsHeight - (sdkPanelHeight + this.arrow.margin + this.arrow.width)); + + arrowView.css({top: arrowPosY + 'px'}); + } else { + + outerHeight = windowHeight; + + if (outerHeight > 0) { + if (contentBounds.top + outerHeight > sdkBoundsHeight + sdkBoundsTop || contentBounds.height === 0) { + topPos = Math.min(sdkBoundsTop + sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight, this.arrowPosY + sdkBoundsTop - this.arrow.height); + topPos = Math.max(topPos, sdkBoundsTopPos); + + this.$window.css({top: topPos + 'px'}); + } + } + + arrowPosY = Math.max(this.arrow.margin, this.arrowPosY - (sdkBoundsHeight - outerHeight) - this.arrow.width); + arrowPosY = Math.min(arrowPosY, outerHeight - this.arrow.margin - this.arrow.width); + + arrowView.css({top: arrowPosY + 'px'}); + } + } + } + } + } + + this.$window.css({overflow: ''}); + }, + saveText: function (clear) { + if (this.commentsView && this.commentsView.cmpEl.find('.lock-area').length < 1) { + this.textVal = undefined; + if (!clear) { + this.textVal = this.commentsView.getActiveTextBoxVal(); + } else { + this.commentsView.clearTextBoxBind(); + } + } + }, + loadText: function () { + if (this.textVal && this.commentsView) { + var textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); + textBox && textBox.val(this.textVal); + } + }, + getEditText: function () { + if (this.commentsView) { + return this.commentsView.getActiveTextBoxVal(); + } + + return undefined; + }, + + hookTextBox: function () { + var me = this, textBox = this.commentsView.getTextBox(); + + textBox && textBox.keydown(function (event) { + if ((event.ctrlKey || event.metaKey) && !event.altKey && event.keyCode === Common.UI.Keys.RETURN) { + var buttonChangeComment = $('#id-comments-change-popover'); + if (buttonChangeComment && buttonChangeComment.length) { + buttonChangeComment.click(); + } + + event.stopImmediatePropagation(); + } else if (event.keyCode === Common.UI.Keys.TAB) { + var $this, end, start; + start = this.selectionStart; + end = this.selectionEnd; + $this = $(this); + $this.val($this.val().substring(0, start) + '\t' + $this.val().substring(end)); + this.selectionStart = this.selectionEnd = start + 1; + + event.stopImmediatePropagation(); + event.preventDefault(); + } + + me.e = event; + }); + }, + + hideTips: function () { + if (this.commentsView) + _.each(this.commentsView.dataViewItems, function (item) { + if (item.tipsArray) { + item.tipsArray.forEach(function (item) { + item.hide(); + }); + } + }, this); + }, + + isCommentsViewMouseOver: function () { + return this._isMouseOver; + }, + + setReviewStore: function(store) { + this.reviewStore = store; + if (this.reviewChangesView) + this.reviewChangesView.setStore(this.reviewStore); + }, + + setCommentsStore: function(store) { + this.commentsStore = store; + if (this.commentsView) + this.commentsView.setStore(this.commentsStore); + }, + + getPopover: function(options) { + if (!this.popover) + this.popover = new Common.Views.ReviewPopover(options); + return this.popover; + }, + + textAddReply : 'Add Reply', + textAdd : "Add", + textCancel : 'Cancel', + textEdit : 'Edit', + textReply : 'Reply', + textClose : 'Close', + textResolve : 'Resolve', + textOpenAgain : "Open Again" + + }, Common.Views.ReviewPopover || {})) +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SearchDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SearchDialog.js index f518a9a88..e266784d0 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SearchDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SearchDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SearchDialog.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 03 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignDialog.js index 2ce0863ac..0745e8da1 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SignDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 5/19/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ define([ Common.Views.SignDialog = Common.UI.Window.extend(_.extend({ options: { - width: 350, + width: 370, style: 'min-width: 350px;', cls: 'modal-dlg' }, @@ -90,10 +90,10 @@ define([ '
    ', '
    ', '
    ','
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', '', '
    ', - '', + '', '
    ', '', '
    ', @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ define([ '', '', '' + - '', + '', '', '', '
    ', @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ define([ me.cmbFonts = new Common.UI.ComboBoxFonts({ el : $('#id-dlg-sign-fonts'), cls : 'input-group-nr', - style : 'width: 214px;', + style : 'width: 234px;', menuCls : 'scrollable-menu', menuStyle : 'min-width: 55px;max-height: 270px;', store : new Common.Collections.Fonts(), @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ define([ afterRender: function () { if (this.api) { - this.binding = { - certificateChanged: _.bind(this.onCertificateChanged, this) - }; + if (!this.binding) + this.binding = {}; + this.binding.certificateChanged = _.bind(this.onCertificateChanged, this); this.api.asc_registerCallback('on_signature_defaultcertificate_ret', this.binding.certificateChanged); this.api.asc_registerCallback('on_signature_selectsertificate_ret', this.binding.certificateChanged); this.api.asc_GetDefaultCertificate(); @@ -324,6 +324,7 @@ define([ arr_date = (typeof date == 'string') ? date.split(' - ') : ['', '']; this.cntCertificate.html(this.templateCertificate({name: certificate.name, valid: this.textValid.replace('%1', arr_date[0]).replace('%2', arr_date[1])})); this.cntCertificate.toggleClass('hidden', _.isEmpty(this.certificateId) || this.certificateId<0); + this.btnChangeCertificate.setCaption((_.isEmpty(this.certificateId) || this.certificateId<0) ? this.textSelect : this.textChange); this.btnOk.setDisabled(_.isEmpty(this.certificateId) || this.certificateId<0); }, @@ -352,7 +353,8 @@ define([ tipFontName: 'Font Name', tipFontSize: 'Font Size', textBold: 'Bold', - textItalic: 'Italic' + textItalic: 'Italic', + textSelect: 'Select' }, Common.Views.SignDialog || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignSettingsDialog.js b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignSettingsDialog.js index e85b8c3e0..4d284c8cd 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/common/main/lib/view/SignSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SignSettingsDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 5/19/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -208,6 +208,6 @@ define([ txtEmpty: 'This field is required', textAllowComment: 'Allow signer to add comment in the signature dialog', textShowDate: 'Show sign date in signature line', - textTitle: 'Signature Settings' + textTitle: 'Signature Setup' }, Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png index 4af0c3e62..86c6e0c13 100755 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/common-controls@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig.png index a12a54961..f84e10e26 100644 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig@2x.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig@2x.png index 3692eeff3..4d5486b11 100644 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig@2x.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/controls/toolbarbig@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/blank.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/blank.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd8b5c54c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/blank.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/csv.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/csv.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..028d64748 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/csv.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +CSV \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/docx.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/docx.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0dd73dd24 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/docx.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +DOCX \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/epub.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/epub.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a1e5fa2e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/epub.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +EPUB \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/html.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/html.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..baff21feb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/html.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +HTML \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/odp.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/odp.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03c009089 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/odp.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ODP \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/ods.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/ods.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f22a21537 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/ods.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ODS \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/odt.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/odt.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4495dfebd --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/odt.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +ODT \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pdf.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pdf.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2d3e9ae5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pdf.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +PDF \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pdfa.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pdfa.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5690c604c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pdfa.svg @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pptx.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pptx.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15f4f6f77 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/pptx.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +PPTX \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/rtf.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/rtf.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d7afb66a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/rtf.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +RTF \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/txt.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/txt.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..616c8a96d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/txt.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +TXT \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/xlsx.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/xlsx.svg new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45558c4eb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/doc-formats/xlsx.svg @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +XLSX \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/header/buttons.svg b/apps/common/main/resources/img/header/buttons.svg index 3b82b4ee7..ff98b557d 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/img/header/buttons.svg +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/img/header/buttons.svg @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@ - - - - + + + + @@ -32,4 +32,39 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders.png index a9a427788..c97f5775b 100644 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders@2x.png b/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders@2x.png index cb0a91c7e..a15dfcc93 100644 Binary files a/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders@2x.png and b/apps/common/main/resources/img/right-panels/SmallBorders@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/advanced-settings-window.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/advanced-settings-window.less index 58375bb9e..42c801961 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/advanced-settings-window.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/advanced-settings-window.less @@ -36,12 +36,16 @@ } .footer { - padding-top: 15px; + padding: 15px 15px 0; &.center { text-align: center; } + &.right { + text-align: right; + } + &.justify { padding-left: 30px; padding-right: 30px; diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less index 661174506..2001db35e 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/buttons.less @@ -512,6 +512,12 @@ border: 1px solid @input-border; .border-radius(@border-radius-small); + &.auto { + width: auto; + padding-left: 10px; + padding-right: 10px; + } + &:hover:not(.disabled), .over:not(.disabled) { background-color: @secondary !important; @@ -520,6 +526,7 @@ &:active:not(.disabled), &.active:not(.disabled) { background-color: @primary !important; + border-color: @primary; color: white; } diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/chat.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/chat.less index 6fdfedd5f..a1df8b984 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/chat.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/chat.less @@ -52,22 +52,25 @@ } .color { + position: absolute; + top: 0; + left: 0; + margin-top: 1px; width: 12px; height: 12px; - display: inline-block; - vertical-align: middle; border: 1px solid @gray-dark; } .name { + font-size: 12px; + font-weight: bold; display: block; - padding-left: 16px; + position: relative; + padding: 0 10px 0 16px; margin-top: -2px; white-space: nowrap; text-overflow: ellipsis; - font-weight: bold; - vertical-align: middle; - + overflow: hidden; } } @@ -76,6 +79,7 @@ top: 70px; right: 0; bottom: 110px; + font-size: 12px; ul { margin: 0; @@ -93,6 +97,25 @@ .user { font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; + overflow: hidden; + text-overflow: ellipsis; + } + + .user-name { + color: @gray-deep; + font-size: 12px; + font-weight: bold; + overflow: hidden; + text-overflow: ellipsis; + white-space: nowrap; + } + + .color { + width: 12px; + height: 12px; + border: 1px solid @gray-dark; + margin: 0 5px 3px 0; + vertical-align: middle; } .message { @@ -122,6 +145,7 @@ resize: none; margin-bottom: 5px; border: 1px solid @gray-dark; + font-size: 12px; } } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments-panel.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments-panel.less index 1f0a526ed..0a4115f85 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments-panel.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments-panel.less @@ -11,7 +11,8 @@ } .user-name { - color: @gray-darker; + color: @gray-deep; + font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; overflow: hidden; text-overflow: ellipsis; @@ -22,6 +23,14 @@ max-width: 155px; } + .color { + width: 12px; + height: 12px; + border: 1px solid @gray-dark; + margin: 0 5px 3px 0; + vertical-align: middle; + } + .user-date { color: @gray-darker; font-size: 10px; diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments.less index 4cc965474..c69d64f40 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/comments.less @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ overflow: hidden; color: @gray-darker; - textarea:not(.user-message) { + textarea { width: 100%; height: 50px; resize: none; @@ -109,14 +109,23 @@ } .user-name { + color: @gray-deep; + font-size: 12px; font-weight: bold; overflow: hidden; text-overflow: ellipsis; white-space: nowrap; - padding: 10px 0px 0 0px; + padding: 10px 65px 0 0px; height: 26px; cursor: default; - max-width: 155px; + } + + .color { + width: 12px; + height: 12px; + border: 1px solid @gray-dark; + margin: 0 5px 3px 0; + vertical-align: middle; } .user-name-colored { @@ -170,14 +179,10 @@ text-overflow: ellipsis; cursor: default; } - } - - textarea.user-message { - border: none; - resize: none; - width: 100%; - line-height: 15px; - cursor: text; + + &.user-select { + cursor: text; + } } .user-reply { @@ -341,8 +346,13 @@ .comments-popover { width:100%; - height:100%; + position: relative; + overflow-y: hidden; margin-bottom: 5px; + + .dataview-ct.inner { + overflow: visible; + } } .comments-arrow { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less index b105a0702..e4e1e461c 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/header.less @@ -40,10 +40,8 @@ .extra { > section { - line-height: 20px; height: 100%; display: flex; - align-items: center; } &.left { @@ -53,11 +51,7 @@ &.right { flex-grow: 1; min-width: 100px; - - .desktop { - padding: 10px 0; - text-align: right; - } + line-height: 20px; } .status-label { @@ -68,6 +62,12 @@ color: #fff; } + .dropdown-menu { + label { + color: @gray-deep; + } + } + .btn-users, .btn-header { &:hover { @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ } } - &:active { + &:active, &.active { &:not(.disabled) { background-color: rgba(0,0,0,0.2); } @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ #box-doc-name { flex-grow: 1; - text-align: center; + display: flex; } #rib-doc-name { @@ -134,13 +134,14 @@ #header-logo { max-width: 200px; height: 100%; - padding: 7px 24px 7px 12px; + padding: 6px 24px 6px 12px; i { cursor: pointer; width: 86px; height: 20px; - display: block; + display: inline-block; + vertical-align: middle; .background-ximage('@{common-image-path}/header/header-logo.png', '@{common-image-path}/header/header-logo@2x.png', 86px); } @@ -151,7 +152,6 @@ } #tlb-box-users { - height: @height-tabs; } #tlb-change-rights { @@ -159,9 +159,11 @@ } .btn-users { - display: inline-flex; + display: flex; + align-items: center; cursor: pointer; - padding: 6px 12px; + padding: 0 12px; + height: 100%; .icon { display: inline-block; @@ -173,6 +175,11 @@ cursor: pointer; font-size: 14px; } + + &.disabled { + opacity: 0.65; + pointer-events: none; + } } .cousers-menu { @@ -185,6 +192,12 @@ width: 285px; font-size: 12px; + z-index: 1042; + + .top-title & { + top: @height-title + @height-tabs - 8px; + } + > label { white-space: normal; } @@ -220,31 +233,136 @@ display: inline-block; vertical-align: middle; border: 1px solid @gray-dark; + margin: 0 5px 1px 0; } - .name { - display: block; - padding-left: 16px; - margin-top: -5px; + .user-name { + color: @gray-deep; + font-size: 12px; + font-weight: bold; white-space: nowrap; - text-overflow: ellipsis; - vertical-align: middle; + cursor: default; + + label { + overflow: hidden; + text-overflow: ellipsis; + vertical-align: middle; + max-width: 200px; + font-weight: bold; + } } } } .hedset { font-size: 0; + display: flex; + + .btn-group { + height: 100%; + } + } .btn-header { - border: 0 none; - height: @height-tabs; + height: 100%; background-color: transparent; - padding: 6px 12px; + width: 40px; .icon { width: 20px; height: 20px; } -} \ No newline at end of file + + svg.icon { + display: inline-block; + vertical-align: middle; + } + + .btn&[disabled], + &.disabled { + opacity: 0.65; + } + + &:hover { + &:not(.disabled) { + background-color: rgba(255,255,255,0.2); + } + } + + &:active { + &:not(.disabled) { + background-color: rgba(0,0,0,0.2); + } + } + + &.no-caret { + .inner-box-caret { + display: none; + } + } +} + +#box-document-title { + background-color: @tabs-bg-color; + display: flex; + height: 100%; + color:#fff; + position: relative; + + .btn-slot { + display: inline-block; + } + + svg.icon { + fill: #fff; + + &.icon-save { + &.btn-save-coauth, &.btn-synch { + use:first-child { + display: none; + } + } + + &:not(.btn-save-coauth) { + use#coauth { + display: none; + } + } + &:not(.btn-synch) { + use#sync { + display: none; + } + } + } + } + + #title-doc-name { + position: absolute; + white-space: nowrap; + text-overflow: ellipsis; + overflow: hidden; + text-align: center; + font-size: 12px; + height: 100%; + width: 100%; + background-color: transparent; + border: 0 none; + cursor: default; + } + #title-user-name { + white-space: nowrap; + text-overflow: ellipsis; + overflow: hidden; + text-align: right; + font-size: 11px; + max-width: 50%; + height: 100%; + padding: 0 12px; + line-height: @height-title; + } + + .lr-separator { + flex-grow: 1; + } +} diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/history.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/history.less index 340c64b37..27f31be06 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/history.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/history.less @@ -119,10 +119,10 @@ white-space: nowrap; overflow: hidden; font-size: 12px; + font-weight: bold; cursor: pointer; - color: @gray-darker; - max-width: 210px; text-overflow: ellipsis; + padding-right: 35px; } .color { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/layout.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/layout.less index 4f446d5df..d447dfe85 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/layout.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/layout.less @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ * layout.less * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 10 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ } > .layout-resizer { - width: 2px; + width: 4px; cursor: col-resize; &.move { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/opendialog.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/opendialog.less index 762e50ef6..19e2a3d75 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/opendialog.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/opendialog.less @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ .content-panel { vertical-align: top; - padding: 15px; + padding: 15px 15px 0; width: 100%; .inner-content { @@ -74,6 +74,17 @@ padding-bottom: 8px; } } + + .icon { + float: left; + width: 35px; + height: 35px; + + &.warn { + height: 32px; + background-position: @alerts-offset-x @alerts-offset-y - 105px; + } + } } } .footer { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/separator.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/separator.less index 09e3ee4c0..b163e8a96 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/separator.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/separator.less @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ * description of styles for the '.separator' element * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin 1/22/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/synchronize-tip.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/synchronize-tip.less index df5b141c9..3853c21aa 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/synchronize-tip.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/synchronize-tip.less @@ -1,54 +1,66 @@ .synch-tip-root { position: absolute; - z-index: @zindex-tooltip + 5; + z-index: @zindex-navbar + 2; width: 300px; + &.inc-index { + z-index: @zindex-navbar + 4; + } + .tip-arrow { position: absolute; overflow: hidden; } &.right { - margin: -32px 0 0 15px; + margin: 0 0 0 15px; .tip-arrow { left: -15px; - top: 20px; - width: 15px; - height: 30px; + top: 0; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; + .box-shadow(0 -5px 8px -5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.2)); + &:after { - top: 5px; - left: 8px; + top: -7px; + left: 7px; + width: 16px; } } } &.left { - margin: -32px 15px 0 0; + margin: 0 15px 0 0; .tip-arrow { right: -15px; - top: 20px; - width: 15px; - height: 30px; + top: 0; + width: 16px; + height: 15px; + .box-shadow(0 -5px 8px -5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.2)); + &:after { - top: 5px; - left: -8px; + top: -7px; + left: -7px; + width: 15px; } } } &.top { - margin: 0 -32px 15px 0; + margin: 0 0 15px 0; .tip-arrow { - right: 15px; + right: 0; bottom: -15px; - width: 30px; + width: 15px; height: 15px; + .box-shadow(5px 0 8px -5px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.2)); + &:after { top: -8px; - left: 5px; + left: 8px; } } } @@ -60,6 +72,18 @@ background-color: #fcfed7; overflow: visible; + .right & { + border-top-left-radius: 0; + } + + .left & { + border-top-right-radius: 0; + } + + .top & { + border-bottom-right-radius: 0; + } + .box-shadow(0 4px 15px -2px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.5)); font-size: 11px; } diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index 964fd49d2..4bd8b244a 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -1,3 +1,4 @@ +@height-title: 28px; @height-tabs: 32px; @height-controls: 67px; @@ -21,11 +22,11 @@ } &:not(.expanded):not(.cover){ - .ribtab.active { - > a { - font-weight: normal; + .ribtab.active { + > a { + font-weight: normal; + } } - } } } @@ -58,90 +59,73 @@ overflow: hidden; display: flex; - > ul { - padding: 0; - margin: 0; - white-space: nowrap; - overflow: hidden; - list-style: none; - font-size: 0; - } - - li { - display: inline-block; - height: 100%; - //background-color: #a6c995; - - position: relative; - .tab-bg { - position: absolute; - height: 28px; - width: 100%; - top: 4px; - background-color: @tabs-bg-color; + > ul { + padding: 4px 0 0; + margin: 0; + white-space: nowrap; + overflow: hidden; + list-style: none; + font-size: 0; } - &:hover { - .tab-bg { + li { + display: inline-flex; + align-items: center; + height: 100%; + + &:hover { background-color: rgba(255,255,255,0.2); } - } - &.active { - .tab-bg { + &.active { background-color: @gray-light; } + + + > a { + display: inline-block; + padding: 0 12px; + text-decoration: none; + cursor: default; + font-size: 12px; + text-align: center; + color: #fff; + } + + &.active { + > a { + color: #444; + } + } } - - > a { - display: inline-block; - line-height: @height-tabs; - height: 100%; - padding: 1px 12px; - text-decoration: none; - cursor: default; - font-size: 12px; - text-align: center; - color: #fff; - - position: relative; - } - - &.active { - > a { - color: #444; + &:not(.short) { + .scroll { + display: none; + } + } + + .scroll { + line-height: @height-tabs; + min-width: 20px; + text-align: center; + z-index: 1; + cursor: pointer; + color: #fff; + + &:hover { + text-decoration: none; + } + + &.left{ + box-shadow: 5px 0 20px 5px @tabs-bg-color + } + &.right{ + box-shadow: -5px 0 20px 5px @tabs-bg-color + } } - } } - &:not(.short) { - .scroll { - display: none; - } - } - - .scroll { - line-height: @height-tabs; - min-width: 20px; - text-align: center; - z-index: 1; - cursor: pointer; - color: #fff; - - &:hover { - text-decoration: none; - } - - &.left{ - box-shadow: 5px 0 20px 5px @tabs-bg-color - } - &.right{ - box-shadow: -5px 0 20px 5px @tabs-bg-color - } - } - } - .box-controls { //height: @height-controls; // button has strange offset in IE when odd height padding: 10px 0; @@ -229,22 +213,48 @@ margin-top: 3px; } } + + .top-title > & { + &:not(.folded) { + height: 28 + @height-controls; + } + + &.folded { + height: 28px; + + &.expanded { + height: 28 + @height-controls; + } + } + + .tabs > ul { + padding-top: 0; + } + + .box-tabs { + height: 28px; + } + } + } .toolbar-fullview-panel { position: absolute; - top: @height-tabs; bottom: 0; width: 100%; - z-index: 1041; + z-index: @zindex-navbar + 3; } .toolbar { &.cover { ul { - z-index: 1042; + z-index: @zindex-navbar + 4; } } + + &:not(.cover):not(.z-clear) { + z-index: @zindex-navbar + 1; + } } .btn-toolbar { @@ -311,3 +321,4 @@ .button-normal-icon(~'x-huge .btn-contents', 53, @toolbar-big-icon-size); .button-normal-icon(btn-controls, 54, @toolbar-big-icon-size); .button-normal-icon(~'x-huge .btn-select-pivot', 55, @toolbar-big-icon-size); +.button-normal-icon(~'x-huge .btn-bookmarks', 56, @toolbar-big-icon-size); diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/tooltip.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/tooltip.less index 728459182..cd0aea8ce 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/tooltip.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/tooltip.less @@ -53,4 +53,8 @@ .link-tooltip .tooltip-inner { max-width: 500px; +} + +.auto-tooltip .tooltip-inner { + max-width: none; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/treeview.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/treeview.less index 91c29c2ba..c5b43ea1e 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/treeview.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/treeview.less @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ .tree-item { width: 100%; min-height: 28px; - padding: 0px 0 0 24px; + padding: 0px 6px 0 24px; } .name { diff --git a/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less b/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less index 74f9c4000..8e3302440 100644 --- a/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less +++ b/apps/common/main/resources/less/window.less @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ * Describes styles for base class 'Window' * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 24 January 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js b/apps/common/mobile/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js index 56d08a7ee..cf8c9028c 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js +++ b/apps/common/mobile/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2016 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * ThemeColorPalette.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/27/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/resources/less/material/_container.less b/apps/common/mobile/resources/less/material/_container.less index d72f27eaa..8caf0af92 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/resources/less/material/_container.less +++ b/apps/common/mobile/resources/less/material/_container.less @@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ } .popover-view { - border-radius: 3px; + border-radius: 2px; > .pages { - border-radius: 3px; + border-radius: 2px; } } } diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/utils/SharedSettings.js b/apps/common/mobile/utils/SharedSettings.js index ba2846bc7..9b644d2c7 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/utils/SharedSettings.js +++ b/apps/common/mobile/utils/SharedSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2016 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * SharedSettings.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/utils/extendes.js b/apps/common/mobile/utils/extendes.js index 97e612bce..b71e0bbf3 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/utils/extendes.js +++ b/apps/common/mobile/utils/extendes.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2016 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * extendes.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/14/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/common/mobile/utils/utils.js b/apps/common/mobile/utils/utils.js index 0cf7cd5b4..f5e6954c3 100644 --- a/apps/common/mobile/utils/utils.js +++ b/apps/common/mobile/utils/utils.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2016 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * utils.js * * Created by Maxim.Kadushkin on 1/30/2017 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js b/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js index 22b0216a8..bb79cb55f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -220,6 +220,9 @@ var ApplicationController = new(function(){ hidePreloader(); + var zf = (config.customization && config.customization.zoom ? parseInt(config.customization.zoom) : -2); + (zf == -1) ? api.zoomFitToPage() : ((zf == -2) ? api.zoomFitToWidth() : api.zoom(zf>0 ? zf : 100)); + if ( !embedConfig.shareUrl ) $('#idt-share').hide(); @@ -338,7 +341,6 @@ var ApplicationController = new(function(){ api.asc_setViewMode(true); api.asc_LoadDocument(); api.Resize(); - api.zoomFitToWidth(); } function showMask() { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js b/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js index 84177b54c..046de676d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/application.js b/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/application.js index c30abfdb0..2b0105028 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/application.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/embed/js/application.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app.js index 1c13c3c9b..a996e4714 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ require([ ,'common/main/lib/controller/ExternalMergeEditor' ,'common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges' ,'common/main/lib/controller/Protection' + ,'common/main/lib/controller/Desktop' ], function() { app.start(); }); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js index 70e7e9bd8..e820dfa0d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * EquationGroups.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 29/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/Navigation.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/Navigation.js index 639dc554a..ab89bd852 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/Navigation.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/Navigation.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js index fa4bf57b9..40ae2e80f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeGroups.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ define([ var Common = {}; Common.Collections = Common.Collections || {}; + DE.Collections = DE.Collections || {}; DE.Collections.ShapeGroups = Backbone.Collection.extend({ model: DE.Models.ShapeGroup diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 6b51a723a..a7283fbc9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * DocumentHolder controller * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js index 20e15cdd7..808680d5b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Controller * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 19 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ define([ }, 'Common.Views.Header': { 'click:users': _.bind(this.clickStatusbarUsers, this), + 'file:settings': _.bind(this.clickToolbarSettings,this), 'history:show': function () { if ( !this.leftMenu.panelHistory.isVisible() ) this.clickMenuFileItem('header', 'history'); @@ -91,7 +92,8 @@ define([ 'Toolbar': { 'file:settings': _.bind(this.clickToolbarSettings,this), 'file:open': this.clickToolbarTab.bind(this, 'file'), - 'file:close': this.clickToolbarTab.bind(this, 'other') + 'file:close': this.clickToolbarTab.bind(this, 'other'), + 'save:disabled': this.changeToolbarSaveState.bind(this) }, 'SearchDialog': { 'hide': _.bind(this.onSearchDlgHide, this), @@ -284,11 +286,11 @@ define([ clickSaveAsFormat: function(menu, format) { if (menu) { - if (format == Asc.c_oAscFileType.TXT) { + if (format == Asc.c_oAscFileType.TXT || format == Asc.c_oAscFileType.RTF) { Common.UI.warning({ closable: false, title: this.notcriticalErrorTitle, - msg: this.warnDownloadAs, + msg: (format == Asc.c_oAscFileType.TXT) ? this.warnDownloadAs : this.warnDownloadAsRTF, buttons: ['ok', 'cancel'], callback: _.bind(function(btn){ if (btn == 'ok') { @@ -319,19 +321,19 @@ define([ this.api.asc_SetFastCollaborative(fast_coauth); value = Common.localStorage.getItem((fast_coauth) ? "de-settings-showchanges-fast" : "de-settings-showchanges-strict"); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set((fast_coauth) ? "de-settings-showchanges-fast" : "de-settings-showchanges-strict", value); switch(value) { case 'all': value = Asc.c_oAscCollaborativeMarksShowType.All; break; case 'none': value = Asc.c_oAscCollaborativeMarksShowType.None; break; case 'last': value = Asc.c_oAscCollaborativeMarksShowType.LastChanges; break; default: value = (fast_coauth) ? Asc.c_oAscCollaborativeMarksShowType.None : Asc.c_oAscCollaborativeMarksShowType.LastChanges; } - Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set((fast_coauth) ? "de-settings-showchanges-fast" : "de-settings-showchanges-strict", value); this.api.SetCollaborativeMarksShowType(value); } value = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-livecomment", true); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-settings-livecomment", value); - var resolved = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-resolvedcomment", true); + var resolved = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-resolvedcomment"); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-settings-resolvedcomment", resolved); if (this.mode.canComments && this.leftMenu.panelComments.isVisible()) value = resolved = true; @@ -392,6 +394,10 @@ define([ this.leftMenu.menuFile.hide(); }, + changeToolbarSaveState: function (state) { + this.leftMenu.menuFile.getButton('save').setDisabled(state); + }, + /** coauthoring begin **/ clickStatusbarUsers: function() { this.leftMenu.menuFile.panels['rights'].changeAccessRights(); @@ -628,7 +634,7 @@ define([ } return false; case 'help': - if ( this.mode.isEdit ) { // TODO: unlock 'help' for 'view' mode + if ( this.mode.isEdit && this.mode.canHelp ) { // TODO: unlock 'help' for 'view' mode Common.UI.Menu.Manager.hideAll(); this.leftMenu.showMenu('file:help'); } @@ -725,6 +731,7 @@ define([ textLoadHistory : 'Loading versions history...', notcriticalErrorTitle: 'Warning', leavePageText: 'All unsaved changes in this document will be lost.
    Click \'Cancel\' then \'Save\' to save them. Click \'OK\' to discard all the unsaved changes.', - warnDownloadAs : 'If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
    Are you sure you want to continue?' + warnDownloadAs : 'If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
    Are you sure you want to continue?', + warnDownloadAsRTF : 'If you continue saving in this format some of the formatting might be lost.
    Are you sure you want to continue?' }, DE.Controllers.LeftMenu || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js index 272074446..0929a6edc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Links.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * Links.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 22.12.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ define([ 'documenteditor/main/app/view/Links', 'documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog', 'documenteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog', - 'documenteditor/main/app/view/TableOfContentsSettings' + 'documenteditor/main/app/view/TableOfContentsSettings', + 'documenteditor/main/app/view/BookmarksDialog' ], function () { 'use strict'; @@ -64,7 +65,8 @@ define([ 'links:contents': this.onTableContents, 'links:update': this.onTableContentsUpdate, 'links:notes': this.onNotesClick, - 'links:hyperlink': this.onHyperlinkClick + 'links:hyperlink': this.onHyperlinkClick, + 'links:bookmarks': this.onBookmarksClick }, 'DocumentHolder': { 'links:contents': this.onTableContents, @@ -85,6 +87,9 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCanAddHyperlink', _.bind(this.onApiCanAddHyperlink, this)); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect',_.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onShowContentControlsActions',_.bind(this.onShowContentControlsActions, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onHideContentControlsActions',_.bind(this.onHideContentControlsActions, this)); + } return this; }, @@ -137,10 +142,16 @@ define([ this._state.prcontrolsdisable = paragraph_locked || header_locked; - var need_disable = paragraph_locked || in_equation || in_image || in_header; + var control_props = this.api.asc_IsContentControl() ? this.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties() : null, + control_plain = (control_props) ? (control_props.get_ContentControlType()==Asc.c_oAscSdtLevelType.Inline) : false; + + var need_disable = paragraph_locked || in_equation || in_image || in_header || control_plain; _.each (this.view.btnsNotes, function(item){ item.setDisabled(need_disable); }, this); + + need_disable = paragraph_locked || header_locked || control_plain; + this.view.btnBookmarks.setDisabled(need_disable); }, onApiCanAddHyperlink: function(value) { @@ -206,10 +217,10 @@ define([ }, onTableContents: function(type, currentTOC){ + currentTOC = !!currentTOC; + var props = this.api.asc_GetTableOfContentsPr(currentTOC); switch (type) { case 0: - var props = this.api.asc_GetTableOfContentsPr(), - hasTable = !!props; if (!props) { props = new Asc.CTableOfContentsPr(); props.put_OutlineRange(1, 9); @@ -218,11 +229,9 @@ define([ props.put_ShowPageNumbers(true); props.put_RightAlignTab(true); props.put_TabLeader( Asc.c_oAscTabLeader.Dot); - this.api.asc_AddTableOfContents(null, props); + (currentTOC) ? this.api.asc_SetTableOfContentsPr(props) : this.api.asc_AddTableOfContents(null, props); break; case 1: - var props = this.api.asc_GetTableOfContentsPr(), - hasTable = !!props; if (!props) { props = new Asc.CTableOfContentsPr(); props.put_OutlineRange(1, 9); @@ -230,13 +239,11 @@ define([ props.put_Hyperlink(true); props.put_ShowPageNumbers(false); props.put_TabLeader( Asc.c_oAscTabLeader.None); - this.api.asc_AddTableOfContents(null, props); + (currentTOC) ? this.api.asc_SetTableOfContentsPr(props) : this.api.asc_AddTableOfContents(null, props); break; case 'settings': - currentTOC = !!currentTOC; - var props = this.api.asc_GetTableOfContentsPr(currentTOC), - me = this; - var win = new DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings({ + var me = this, + win = new DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings({ api: this.api, props: props, handler: function(result, value) { @@ -249,15 +256,19 @@ define([ win.show(); break; case 'remove': - this.api.asc_RemoveTableOfContents(); + if (currentTOC) + currentTOC = props.get_InternalClass(); + this.api.asc_RemoveTableOfContents(currentTOC); break; } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); }, onTableContentsUpdate: function(type, currentTOC){ if (currentTOC) currentTOC = this.api.asc_GetTableOfContentsPr(currentTOC).get_InternalClass(); this.api.asc_UpdateTableOfContents(type == 'pages', currentTOC); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); }, onNotesClick: function(type) { @@ -306,6 +317,61 @@ define([ }, 50); break; } + }, + + onBookmarksClick: function(btn) { + var me = this; + (new DE.Views.BookmarksDialog({ + api: me.api, + props: me.api.asc_GetBookmarksManager(), + handler: function (result, settings) { + if (settings) { + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.toolbar); + } + })).show(); + }, + + onShowContentControlsActions: function(action, x, y) { + var menu = (action==1) ? this.view.contentsUpdateMenu : this.view.contentsMenu, + documentHolderView = this.getApplication().getController('DocumentHolder').documentHolder, + menuContainer = documentHolderView.cmpEl.find(Common.Utils.String.format('#menu-container-{0}', menu.id)), + me = this; + + if (!menu) return; + this._fromShowContentControls = true; + Common.UI.Menu.Manager.hideAll(); + + if (!menu.rendered) { + // Prepare menu container + if (menuContainer.length < 1) { + menuContainer = $(Common.Utils.String.format('', menu.id)); + documentHolderView.cmpEl.append(menuContainer); + } + + menu.render(menuContainer); + menu.cmpEl.attr({tabindex: "-1"}); + menu.on('hide:after', function(){ + if (!me._fromShowContentControls) + me.api.asc_UncheckContentControlButtons(); + }); + } + + menuContainer.css({left: x, top : y}); + menuContainer.attr('data-value', 'prevent-canvas-click'); + documentHolderView._preventClick = true; + menu.show(); + + menu.alignPosition(); + _.delay(function() { + menu.cmpEl.focus(); + }, 10); + this._fromShowContentControls = false; + }, + + onHideContentControlsActions: function() { + this.view.contentsMenu && this.view.contentsMenu.hide(); + this.view.contentsUpdateMenu && this.view.contentsUpdateMenu.hide(); } }, DE.Controllers.Links || {})); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js index 7690c28d6..8c1705f10 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Main.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Main controller * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ define([ weakCompare : function(obj1, obj2){return obj1.type === obj2.type;} }); - this._state = {isDisconnected: false, usersCount: 1, fastCoauth: true, lostEditingRights: false, licenseWarning: false}; + this._state = {isDisconnected: false, usersCount: 1, fastCoauth: true, lostEditingRights: false, licenseType: false}; this.languages = null; this.translationTable = []; // Initialize viewport @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ define([ window["flat_desine"] = true; var styleNames = ['Normal', 'No Spacing', 'Heading 1', 'Heading 2', 'Heading 3', 'Heading 4', 'Heading 5', - 'Heading 6', 'Heading 7', 'Heading 8', 'Heading 9', 'Title', 'Subtitle', 'Quote', 'Intense Quote', 'List Paragraph'], + 'Heading 6', 'Heading 7', 'Heading 8', 'Heading 9', 'Title', 'Subtitle', 'Quote', 'Intense Quote', 'List Paragraph', 'footnote text'], translate = { 'Series': this.txtSeries, 'Diagram Title': this.txtDiagramTitle, @@ -148,11 +148,14 @@ define([ "Odd Page ": this.txtOddPage, "Same as Previous": this.txtSameAsPrev, "Current Document": this.txtCurrentDocument, - "No table of contents entries found.": this.txtNoTableOfContents + "No table of contents entries found.": this.txtNoTableOfContents, + "Table of Contents": this.txtTableOfContents }; styleNames.forEach(function(item){ translate[item] = me.translationTable[item] = me['txtStyle_' + item.replace(/ /g, '_')] || item; }); + me.translationTable['Header'] = this.txtHeader; + me.translationTable['Footer'] = this.txtFooter; this.api = new Asc.asc_docs_api({ 'id-view' : 'editor_sdk', @@ -160,6 +163,7 @@ define([ }); if (this.api){ + this.api.SetDrawingFreeze(true); switch (value) { case '0': this.api.SetFontRenderingMode(3); break; case '1': this.api.SetFontRenderingMode(1); break; @@ -207,11 +211,15 @@ define([ me.dontCloseDummyComment = true; else if (/chat-msg-text/.test(e.target.id)) me.dontCloseChat = true; + else if (!me.isModalShowed && /form-control/.test(e.target.className)) + me.inFormControl = true; } }); $(document.body).on('blur', 'input, textarea', function(e) { if (!me.isModalShowed) { + if (/form-control/.test(e.target.className)) + me.inFormControl = false; if (!e.relatedTarget || !/area_id/.test(e.target.id) && ($(e.target).parent().find(e.relatedTarget).length<1 || e.target.localName == 'textarea') /* Check if focus in combobox goes from input to it's menu button or menu items, or from comment editing area to Ok/Cancel button */ && (e.relatedTarget.localName != 'input' || !/form-control/.test(e.relatedTarget.className)) /* Check if focus goes to text input with class "form-control" */ @@ -306,13 +314,16 @@ define([ this.plugins = this.editorConfig.plugins; appHeader = this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'); - appHeader.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true); + appHeader.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true, (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder) ? this.editorConfig.customization.goback.text : '') + .setUserName(this.appOptions.user.fullname); if (this.editorConfig.lang) this.api.asc_setLocale(this.editorConfig.lang); if (this.appOptions.location == 'us' || this.appOptions.location == 'ca') Common.Utils.Metric.setDefaultMetric(Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.inch); + + Common.Controllers.Desktop.init(this.appOptions); }, loadDocument: function(data) { @@ -402,7 +413,8 @@ define([ Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODT, Asc.c_oAscFileType.DOCX, Asc.c_oAscFileType.HTML, - Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF + Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF, + Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA ]; if ( !_format || _supported.indexOf(_format) < 0 ) @@ -434,7 +446,6 @@ define([ }); } Common.UI.alert({ - closable: false, title: this.notcriticalErrorTitle, msg: (opts.data.error) ? opts.data.error : this.txtErrorLoadHistory, iconCls: 'warn', @@ -581,11 +592,13 @@ define([ }, goBack: function() { - var href = this.appOptions.customization.goback.url; - if (this.appOptions.customization.goback.blank!==false) { - window.open(href, "_blank"); - } else { - parent.location.href = href; + if ( !Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('goback') ) { + var href = this.appOptions.customization.goback.url; + if (this.appOptions.customization.goback.blank!==false) { + window.open(href, "_blank"); + } else { + parent.location.href = href; + } } }, @@ -610,17 +623,12 @@ define([ } application.getController('DocumentHolder').getView().focus(); - if (this.api && !toolbarView._state.previewmode) { + if (this.api && this.appOptions.isEdit && !toolbarView._state.previewmode) { var cansave = this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave(), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, - isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + isSyncButton = (toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.rendered) ? toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch') : false, isDisabled = !cansave && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, @@ -662,7 +670,7 @@ define([ if ( type == Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType.BlockInteraction && (!this.getApplication().getController('LeftMenu').dlgSearch || !this.getApplication().getController('LeftMenu').dlgSearch.isVisible()) && - !( id == Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['ApplyChanges'] && (this.dontCloseDummyComment || this.dontCloseChat || this.isModalShowed )) ) { + !( id == Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['ApplyChanges'] && (this.dontCloseDummyComment || this.dontCloseChat || this.isModalShowed || this.inFormControl)) ) { // this.onEditComplete(this.loadMask); //если делать фокус, то при принятии чужих изменений, заканчивается свой композитный ввод this.api.asc_enableKeyEvents(true); } @@ -808,7 +816,7 @@ define([ /** coauthoring begin **/ this.isLiveCommenting = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-livecomment", true); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-settings-livecomment", this.isLiveCommenting); - value = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-resolvedcomment", true); + value = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-settings-resolvedcomment"); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-settings-resolvedcomment", value); this.isLiveCommenting ? this.api.asc_showComments(value) : this.api.asc_hideComments(); /** coauthoring end **/ @@ -900,7 +908,7 @@ define([ leftmenuController.getView('LeftMenu').getMenu('file').loadDocument({doc:me.document}); leftmenuController.setMode(me.appOptions).createDelayedElements().setApi(me.api); - navigationController.setApi(me.api); + navigationController.setApi(me.api).setMode(this.appOptions); chatController.setApi(this.api).setMode(this.appOptions); application.getController('Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor').setApi(this.api).loadConfig({config:this.editorConfig, customization: this.editorConfig.customization}); @@ -989,16 +997,27 @@ define([ onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); - if (licType !== undefined && (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') { - this._state.licenseWarning = (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; - } + if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady) this.applyLicense(); }, applyLicense: function() { - if (this._state.licenseWarning) { + if (this._state.licenseType) { + var license = this._state.licenseType, + buttons = ['ok'], + primary = 'ok'; + if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; + } else { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; + buttons = [{value: 'buynow', caption: this.textBuyNow}, {value: 'contact', caption: this.textContactUs}]; + primary = 'buynow'; + } + this.disableEditing(true); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); @@ -1010,12 +1029,9 @@ define([ Common.UI.info({ width: 500, title: this.textNoLicenseTitle, - msg : this._state.licenseWarning, - buttons: [ - {value: 'buynow', caption: this.textBuyNow}, - {value: 'contact', caption: this.textContactUs} - ], - primary: 'buynow', + msg : license, + buttons: buttons, + primary: primary, callback: function(btn) { if (btn == 'buynow') window.open('https://www.onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); @@ -1068,7 +1084,7 @@ define([ (!this.appOptions.isReviewOnly || this.appOptions.canLicense); // if isReviewOnly==true -> canLicense must be true this.appOptions.isEdit = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view'; this.appOptions.canReview = this.permissions.review === true && this.appOptions.canLicense && this.appOptions.isEdit; - this.appOptions.canUseHistory = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.canUseHistory && this.appOptions.canCoAuthoring && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp; + this.appOptions.canUseHistory = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.editorConfig.canUseHistory && this.appOptions.canCoAuthoring && !this.appOptions.isOffline; this.appOptions.canHistoryClose = this.editorConfig.canHistoryClose; this.appOptions.canHistoryRestore= this.editorConfig.canHistoryRestore && !!this.permissions.changeHistory; this.appOptions.canUseMailMerge= this.appOptions.canLicense && this.appOptions.canEdit && !this.appOptions.isOffline; @@ -1078,13 +1094,16 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canChat = this.appOptions.canLicense && !this.appOptions.isOffline && !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.chat===false); this.appOptions.canEditStyles = this.appOptions.canLicense && this.appOptions.canEdit; this.appOptions.canPrint = (this.permissions.print !== false); - this.appOptions.canRename = !!this.permissions.rename; + this.appOptions.canRename = this.editorConfig.canRename && !!this.permissions.rename; this.appOptions.buildVersion = params.asc_getBuildVersion(); this.appOptions.canForcesave = this.appOptions.isEdit && !this.appOptions.isOffline && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && !!this.editorConfig.customization.forcesave); this.appOptions.forcesave = this.appOptions.canForcesave; this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); this.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); - this.appOptions.canProtect = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport(); + this.appOptions.isProtectSupport = true; // remove in 5.2 + this.appOptions.canProtect = this.appOptions.isProtectSupport && this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport(); + this.appOptions.canEditContentControl = (this.permissions.modifyContentControl!==false); + this.appOptions.canHelp = !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.help===false); if ( this.appOptions.isLightVersion ) { this.appOptions.canUseHistory = @@ -1135,7 +1154,8 @@ define([ viewport = app.getController('Viewport').getView('Viewport'), // headerView = app.getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'), statusbarView = app.getController('Statusbar').getView('Statusbar'), - documentHolder = app.getController('DocumentHolder').getView(); + documentHolder = app.getController('DocumentHolder').getView(), + toolbarController = app.getController('Toolbar'); // if (headerView) { // headerView.setHeaderCaption(this.appOptions.isEdit ? 'Document Editor' : 'Document Viewer'); @@ -1144,7 +1164,7 @@ define([ viewport && viewport.setMode(this.appOptions); statusbarView && statusbarView.setMode(this.appOptions); - + toolbarController.setMode(this.appOptions); documentHolder.setMode(this.appOptions); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onSendThemeColors', _.bind(this.onSendThemeColors, this)); @@ -1182,20 +1202,17 @@ define([ viewport.applyEditorMode(); + var rightmenuView = rightmenuController.getView('RightMenu'); + if (rightmenuView) { + rightmenuView.setApi(me.api); + rightmenuView.on('editcomplete', _.bind(me.onEditComplete, me)); + rightmenuView.setMode(me.appOptions); + } + var toolbarView = (toolbarController) ? toolbarController.getView() : null; - - _.each([ - toolbarView, - rightmenuController.getView('RightMenu') - ], function(view) { - if (view) { - view.setApi(me.api); - view.on('editcomplete', _.bind(me.onEditComplete, me)); - view.setMode(me.appOptions); - } - }); - if (toolbarView) { + toolbarView.setApi(me.api); + toolbarView.on('editcomplete', _.bind(me.onEditComplete, me)); toolbarView.on('insertimage', _.bind(me.onInsertImage, me)); toolbarView.on('inserttable', _.bind(me.onInsertTable, me)); toolbarView.on('insertshape', _.bind(me.onInsertShape, me)); @@ -1247,7 +1264,7 @@ define([ this.onLongActionEnd(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction'], LoadingDocument); var config = { - closable: false + closable: true }; switch (id) @@ -1347,6 +1364,7 @@ define([ case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.Warning: config.msg = this.errorConnectToServer; + config.closable = false; break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.SessionAbsolute: @@ -1378,12 +1396,15 @@ define([ console.warn(config.msg); break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted: + config.msg = this.errorDataEncrypted; + break; + default: - config.msg = this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); + config.msg = (typeof id == 'string') ? id : this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; } - if (level == Asc.c_oAscError.Level.Critical) { // report only critical errors @@ -1391,14 +1412,19 @@ define([ config.title = this.criticalErrorTitle; config.iconCls = 'error'; + config.closable = false; - if (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp) { + if (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && typeof id !== 'string') { config.msg += '

    ' + this.criticalErrorExtText; config.callback = function(btn) { if (btn == 'ok') Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('goback'); } } + if (id == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted) { + this.api.asc_coAuthoringDisconnect(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } } else { Common.Gateway.reportWarning(id, config.msg); @@ -1515,15 +1541,10 @@ define([ var toolbarView = this.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView(); if (toolbarView && !toolbarView._state.previewmode) { - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + var isSyncButton = toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, isDisabled = !isModified && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } /** coauthoring begin **/ @@ -1533,20 +1554,13 @@ define([ /** coauthoring end **/ }, onDocumentCanSaveChanged: function (isCanSave) { - var application = this.getApplication(), - toolbarController = application.getController('Toolbar'), - toolbarView = toolbarController.getView(); + var toolbarView = this.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView(); if (toolbarView && this.api && !toolbarView._state.previewmode) { - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + var isSyncButton = toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, isDisabled = !isCanSave && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, @@ -1598,6 +1612,8 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'main'); $('#loading-mask').hide().remove(); + + Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('preloader:hide'); }, onDownloadUrl: function(url) { @@ -1863,6 +1879,7 @@ define([ me._state.openDlg = new Common.Views.OpenDialog({ closable: me.appOptions.canRequestClose, type: type, + warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline), validatePwd: !!me._state.isDRM, handler: function (result, value) { me.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -1905,6 +1922,7 @@ define([ this._state.fastCoauth = false; Common.localStorage.setItem("de-settings-showchanges-strict", 'last'); this.api.SetCollaborativeMarksShowType(Asc.c_oAscCollaborativeMarksShowType.LastChanges); + this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').applySettings(); } this.onEditComplete(); }, this) @@ -2151,7 +2169,7 @@ define([ errorKeyExpire: 'Key descriptor expired', errorUsersExceed: 'Count of users was exceed', errorCoAuthoringDisconnect: 'Server connection lost. You can\'t edit anymore.', - errorFilePassProtect: 'The document is password protected.', + errorFilePassProtect: 'The file is password protected and cannot be opened.', txtBasicShapes: 'Basic Shapes', txtFiguredArrows: 'Figured Arrows', txtMath: 'Math', @@ -2195,7 +2213,6 @@ define([ txtErrorLoadHistory: 'Loading history failed', textBuyNow: 'Visit website', textNoLicenseTitle: 'ONLYOFFICE open source version', - warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
    If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', textContactUs: 'Contact sales', errorViewerDisconnect: 'Connection is lost. You can still view the document,
    but will not be able to download or print until the connection is restored.', warnLicenseExp: 'Your license has expired.
    Please update your license and refresh the page.', @@ -2228,6 +2245,7 @@ define([ txtStyle_Quote: 'Quote', txtStyle_Intense_Quote: 'Intense Quote', txtStyle_List_Paragraph: 'List Paragraph', + txtStyle_footnote_text: 'Footnote Text', saveTextText: 'Saving document...', saveTitleText: 'Saving Document', txtBookmarkError: "Error! Bookmark not defined.", @@ -2242,9 +2260,14 @@ define([ txtOddPage: "Odd Page ", txtSameAsPrev: "Same as Previous", txtCurrentDocument: "Current Document", - warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
    If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', txtNoTableOfContents: "No table of contents entries found.", - errorForceSave: "An error occurred while saving the file. Please use the 'Download as' option to save the file to your computer hard drive or try again later." + txtTableOfContents: "Table of Contents", + errorForceSave: "An error occurred while saving the file. Please use the 'Download as' option to save the file to your computer hard drive or try again later.", + warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
    If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
    If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnLicenseExceeded: 'The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
    Please contact your administrator for more information.', + warnLicenseUsersExceeded: 'The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
    Please contact your administrator for more information.', + errorDataEncrypted: 'Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.' } })(), DE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Navigation.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Navigation.js index efc2a6ab3..db8234147 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Navigation.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Navigation.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ define([ }); this.panelNavigation.on('render:after', _.bind(this.onAfterRender, this)); this._navigationObject = null; + this._isDisabled = false; }, setApi: function(api) { @@ -90,6 +91,8 @@ define([ }, setMode: function(mode) { + this.mode = mode; + return this; }, onAfterRender: function(panelNavigation) { @@ -133,6 +136,7 @@ define([ arr[0].set('tip', this.txtGotoBeginning); } this.getApplication().getCollection('Navigation').reset(arr); + this.onChangeOutlinePosition(this._navigationObject.get_CurrentPosition()); }, updateChangeNavigation: function(index) { @@ -149,7 +153,7 @@ define([ }, onChangeOutlinePosition: function(index) { - this.panelNavigation.viewNavigationList.selectByIndex(index); + this.panelNavigation.viewNavigationList.scrollToRecord(this.panelNavigation.viewNavigationList.selectByIndex(index)); }, onItemContextMenu: function(picker, item, record, e){ @@ -163,10 +167,16 @@ define([ top = e.clientY*Common.Utils.zoom(); showPoint = [e.clientX*Common.Utils.zoom() + 5, top - parentOffset.top + 5]; + for (var i=0; i<7; i++) { + menu.items[i].setVisible(this.mode.isEdit); + } + var isNotHeader = record.get('isNotHeader'); - menu.items[0].setDisabled(isNotHeader); - menu.items[1].setDisabled(isNotHeader); - menu.items[3].setDisabled(isNotHeader); + menu.items[0].setDisabled(isNotHeader || this._isDisabled); + menu.items[1].setDisabled(isNotHeader || this._isDisabled); + menu.items[3].setDisabled(isNotHeader || this._isDisabled); + menu.items[4].setDisabled(this._isDisabled); + menu.items[5].setDisabled(this._isDisabled); menu.items[7].setDisabled(isNotHeader); if (showPoint != undefined) { @@ -195,6 +205,7 @@ define([ onSelectItem: function(picker, item, record, e){ if (!this._navigationObject) return; this._navigationObject.goto(record.get('index')); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.panelNavigation); }, onMenuItemClick: function (menu, item) { @@ -224,6 +235,10 @@ define([ this.panelNavigation.viewNavigationList.expandToLevel(item.value-1); }, + SetDisabled: function(state) { + this._isDisabled = state; + }, + txtBeginning: 'Beginning of document', txtGotoBeginning: 'Go to the beginning of the document' diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js index a30c76c43..9f22e7f49 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/PageLayout.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js index 196e1a9e0..3069b0d93 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RightMenu.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/17/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js index 89975850e..35237e80c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Statusbar controller * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ define([ ], initialize: function() { + var me = this; this.addListeners({ 'Statusbar': { 'langchanged': this.onLangMenu, @@ -62,6 +63,15 @@ define([ this.api.zoom(value); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.statusbar); }.bind(this) + }, + 'Common.Views.Header': { + 'statusbar:hide': function (view, status) { + me.statusbar.setVisible(!status); + Common.localStorage.setBool('de-hidden-status', status); + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'status'); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.statusbar); + } } }); }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 2dc5e520a..f062fd10a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Toolbar Controller * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -106,17 +106,24 @@ define([ this.addListeners({ 'Toolbar': { 'insert:break' : this.onClickPageBreak, - 'change:compact' : this.onClickChangeCompact + 'change:compact' : this.onClickChangeCompact, + 'home:open' : this.onHomeOpen }, 'FileMenu': { 'menu:hide': this.onFileMenu.bind(this, 'hide'), 'menu:show': this.onFileMenu.bind(this, 'show') }, 'Common.Views.Header': { + 'toolbar:setcompact': this.onChangeCompactView.bind(this), 'print': function (opts) { var _main = this.getApplication().getController('Main'); _main.onPrint(); }, + 'save': function (opts) { + this.api.asc_Save(); + }, + 'undo': this.onUndo, + 'redo': this.onRedo, 'downloadas': function (opts) { var _main = this.getApplication().getController('Main'); var _file_type = _main.document.fileType, @@ -135,7 +142,8 @@ define([ Asc.c_oAscFileType.RTF, Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODT, Asc.c_oAscFileType.DOCX, - Asc.c_oAscFileType.HTML + Asc.c_oAscFileType.HTML, + Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA ]; if ( !_format || _supported.indexOf(_format) < 0 ) @@ -219,6 +227,11 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:face', me.onAppShowed.bind(me)); }, + setMode: function(mode) { + this.mode = mode; + this.toolbar.applyLayout(mode); + }, + attachUIEvents: function(toolbar) { /** * UI Events @@ -227,7 +240,9 @@ define([ toolbar.btnPrint.on('click', _.bind(this.onPrint, this)); toolbar.btnSave.on('click', _.bind(this.onSave, this)); toolbar.btnUndo.on('click', _.bind(this.onUndo, this)); + toolbar.btnUndo.on('disabled', _.bind(this.onBtnChangeState, this, 'undo:disabled')); toolbar.btnRedo.on('click', _.bind(this.onRedo, this)); + toolbar.btnRedo.on('disabled', _.bind(this.onBtnChangeState, this, 'redo:disabled')); toolbar.btnCopy.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, true)); toolbar.btnPaste.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, false)); toolbar.btnIncFontSize.on('click', _.bind(this.onIncrease, this)); @@ -288,7 +303,6 @@ define([ toolbar.btnPageMargins.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onPageMarginsSelect, this)); toolbar.btnClearStyle.on('click', _.bind(this.onClearStyleClick, this)); toolbar.btnCopyStyle.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onCopyStyleToggle, this)); - toolbar.btnAdvSettings.on('click', _.bind(this.onAdvSettingsClick, this)); toolbar.mnuPageSize.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onPageSizeClick, this)); toolbar.mnuColorSchema.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onColorSchemaClick, this)); toolbar.btnMailRecepients.on('click', _.bind(this.onSelectRecepientsClick, this)); @@ -300,13 +314,6 @@ define([ toolbar.listStyles.on('click', _.bind(this.onListStyleSelect, this)); toolbar.listStyles.on('contextmenu', _.bind(this.onListStyleContextMenu, this)); toolbar.styleMenu.on('hide:before', _.bind(this.onListStyleBeforeHide, this)); - toolbar.mnuitemHideStatusBar.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onHideStatusBar, this)); - toolbar.mnuitemHideRulers.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onHideRulers, this)); - toolbar.mnuitemCompactToolbar.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onChangeCompactView, this)); - toolbar.btnFitPage.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onZoomToPageToggle, this)); - toolbar.btnFitWidth.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onZoomToWidthToggle, this)); - toolbar.mnuZoomIn.on('click', _.bind(this.onZoomInClick, this)); - toolbar.mnuZoomOut.on('click', _.bind(this.onZoomOutClick, this)); toolbar.btnInsertEquation.on('click', _.bind(this.onInsertEquationClick, this)); $('#id-save-style-plus, #id-save-style-link', toolbar.$el).on('click', this.onMenuSaveStyle.bind(this)); @@ -371,7 +378,6 @@ define([ var me = this; setTimeout(function () { me.onChangeCompactView(null, !me.toolbar.isCompact()); - me.toolbar.mnuitemCompactToolbar.setChecked(me.toolbar.isCompact(), true); }, 0); } }, @@ -517,14 +523,9 @@ define([ var btnHorizontalAlign = this.toolbar.btnHorizontalAlign; - if (btnHorizontalAlign.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', btnHorizontalAlign.cmpEl); - - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = align; - iconEl.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - } + if ( btnHorizontalAlign.rendered && btnHorizontalAlign.$icon ) { + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls).addClass(align); + btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = align; } if (v === null || v===undefined) { @@ -568,6 +569,8 @@ define([ }, onApiPageSize: function(w, h) { + if (this._state.pgorient===undefined) return; + var width = this._state.pgorient ? w : h, height = this._state.pgorient ? h : w; if (Math.abs(this._state.pgsize[0] - w) > 0.01 || @@ -737,7 +740,7 @@ define([ var in_footnote = this.api.asc_IsCursorInFootnote(); need_disable = paragraph_locked || header_locked || in_header || in_image || in_equation && !btn_eq_state || in_footnote || in_control; - toolbar.btnsPageBreak.disable(need_disable); + toolbar.btnsPageBreak.setDisabled(need_disable); need_disable = paragraph_locked || header_locked || !can_add_image || in_equation || control_plain; toolbar.btnInsertImage.setDisabled(need_disable); @@ -770,10 +773,8 @@ define([ toolbar.listStylesAdditionalMenuItem.setDisabled(frame_pr===undefined); need_disable = (paragraph_locked || header_locked) && this.api.can_AddQuotedComment() || image_locked; - if (this.btnsComment && this.btnsComment.length>0 && need_disable != this.btnsComment[0].isDisabled()) - _.each (this.btnsComment, function(item){ - item.setDisabled(need_disable); - }, this); + if ( this.btnsComment && this.btnsComment.length > 0 ) + this.btnsComment.setDisabled(need_disable); this._state.in_equation = in_equation; }, @@ -842,12 +843,7 @@ define([ this.toolbar.mnuInsertPageNum.setDisabled(false); }, - onApiZoomChange: function(percent, type) { - this.toolbar.btnFitPage.setChecked(type == 2, true); - this.toolbar.btnFitWidth.setChecked(type == 1, true); - this.toolbar.mnuZoom.options.value = percent; - $('.menu-zoom .zoom', this.toolbar.el).html(percent + '%'); - }, + onApiZoomChange: function(percent, type) {}, onApiStartHighlight: function(pressed) { this.toolbar.btnHighlightColor.toggle(pressed, true); @@ -918,18 +914,14 @@ define([ var toolbar = this.toolbar; if (this.api) { var isModified = this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave(); - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbar.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'); + var isSyncButton = toolbar.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'); if (!isModified && !isSyncButton && !toolbar.mode.forcesave) return; this.api.asc_Save(); } - toolbar.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(!toolbar.mode.forcesave); - } - }); + toolbar.btnSave.setDisabled(!toolbar.mode.forcesave); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', toolbar); @@ -937,6 +929,13 @@ define([ Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Save'); }, + onBtnChangeState: function(prop) { + if ( /\:disabled$/.test(prop) ) { + var _is_disabled = arguments[2]; + this.toolbar.fireEvent(prop, [_is_disabled]); + } + }, + onUndo: function(btn, e) { if (this.api) this.api.Undo(); @@ -1075,14 +1074,11 @@ define([ onMenuHorizontalAlignSelect: function(menu, item) { this._state.pralign = undefined; - var btnHorizontalAlign = this.toolbar.btnHorizontalAlign, - iconEl = $('.icon', btnHorizontalAlign.cmpEl); + var btnHorizontalAlign = this.toolbar.btnHorizontalAlign; - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = !item.checked ? 'btn-align-left' : item.options.icls; - iconEl.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - } + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); + btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = !item.checked ? 'btn-align-left' : item.options.icls; + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); if (this.api && item.checked) this.api.put_PrAlign(item.value); @@ -1412,11 +1408,6 @@ define([ this.modeAlwaysSetStyle = state; }, - onAdvSettingsClick: function(btn, e) { - this.toolbar.fireEvent('file:settings', this); - btn.cmpEl.blur(); - }, - onPageSizeClick: function(menu, item, state) { if (this.api && state) { this._state.pgsize = [0, 0]; @@ -1852,11 +1843,12 @@ define([ menu.items[3].setDisabled(isAllDefailtNotModifaed); menu.items[4].setDisabled(isAllCustomDeleted); - var top = e.clientY*Common.Utils.zoom(); + var parentOffset = this.toolbar.$el.offset(), + top = e.clientY*Common.Utils.zoom(); if ($('#header-container').is(":visible")) { top -= $('#header-container').height() } - showPoint = [e.clientX*Common.Utils.zoom(), top]; + showPoint = [e.clientX*Common.Utils.zoom(), top - parentOffset.top]; if (record != undefined) { //itemMenu @@ -1990,61 +1982,6 @@ define([ // Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); // }, - onHideStatusBar: function(item, checked) { - var headerView = this.getApplication().getController('Statusbar').getView('Statusbar'); - headerView && headerView.setVisible(!checked); - - Common.localStorage.setBool('de-hidden-status', checked); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'status'); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onHideRulers: function(item, checked) { - if (this.api) { - this.api.asc_SetViewRulers(!checked); - } - - Common.localStorage.setBool('de-hidden-rulers', checked); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'rulers'); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomToPageToggle: function(item, state) { - if (this.api) { - if (state) - this.api.zoomFitToPage(); - else - this.api.zoomCustomMode(); - } - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomToWidthToggle: function(item, state) { - if (this.api) { - if (state) - this.api.zoomFitToWidth(); - else - this.api.zoomCustomMode(); - } - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomInClick: function(btn) { - if (this.api) - this.api.zoomIn(); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomOutClick: function(btn) { - if (this.api) - this.api.zoomOut(); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - _clearBullets: function() { this.toolbar.btnMarkers.toggle(false, true); this.toolbar.btnNumbers.toggle(false, true); @@ -2615,6 +2552,15 @@ define([ window.styles_loaded = true; }, + onHomeOpen: function() { + var listStyles = this.toolbar.listStyles; + if (listStyles && listStyles.needFillComboView && listStyles.menuPicker.store.length > 0 && listStyles.rendered){ + var styleRec; + if (this._state.prstyle) styleRec = listStyles.menuPicker.store.findWhere({title: this._state.prstyle}); + listStyles.fillComboView((styleRec) ? styleRec : listStyles.menuPicker.store.at(0), true); + } + }, + _setMarkerColor: function(strcolor, h) { var me = this; @@ -2704,17 +2650,12 @@ define([ disable = disable || (reviewmode ? toolbar_mask.length>0 : group_mask.length>0); toolbar.$el.find('.toolbar').toggleClass('masked', disable); - toolbar.btnHide.setDisabled(disable); if ( toolbar.synchTooltip ) toolbar.synchTooltip.hide(); toolbar._state.previewmode = reviewmode && disable; if (reviewmode) { - toolbar._state.previewmode && toolbar.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(true); - } - }); + toolbar._state.previewmode && toolbar.btnSave.setDisabled(true); if (toolbar.needShowSynchTip) { toolbar.needShowSynchTip = false; @@ -2765,18 +2706,32 @@ define([ me.toolbar.render(_.extend({isCompactView: compactview}, config)); if ( config.isEdit ) { + me.toolbar.setMode(config); + var tab = {action: 'review', caption: me.toolbar.textTabCollaboration}; var $panel = this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').createToolbarPanel(); if ( $panel ) me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 4); - if (config.isDesktopApp && config.isOffline) { - tab = {action: 'protect', caption: me.toolbar.textTabProtect}; - $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Protection').createToolbarPanel(); + me.toolbar.btnSave.on('disabled', _.bind(me.onBtnChangeState, me, 'save:disabled')); + if ( config.isDesktopApp ) { + // hide 'print' and 'save' buttons group and next separator + me.toolbar.btnPrint.$el.parents('.group').hide().next().hide(); - if ( $panel ) - me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 5); + // hide 'undo' and 'redo' buttons and retrieve parent container + var $box = me.toolbar.btnUndo.$el.hide().next().hide().parent(); + + // move 'paste' button to the container instead of 'undo' and 'redo' + me.toolbar.btnPaste.$el.detach().appendTo($box); + me.toolbar.btnCopy.$el.removeClass('split'); + + if ( config.isProtectSupport && config.isOffline ) { + tab = {action: 'protect', caption: me.toolbar.textTabProtect}; + $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Protection').createToolbarPanel(); + + if ($panel) me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 5); + } } var links = me.getApplication().getController('Links'); @@ -2787,9 +2742,10 @@ define([ onAppReady: function (config) { var me = this; + me.appOptions = config; if ( config.canCoAuthoring && config.canComments ) { - this.btnsComment = []; + this.btnsComment = createButtonSet(); var slots = me.toolbar.$el.find('.slot-comment'); slots.each(function(index, el) { var _cls = 'btn-toolbar'; @@ -2802,7 +2758,7 @@ define([ caption: me.toolbar.capBtnComment }).render( slots.eq(index) ); - me.btnsComment.push(button); + me.btnsComment.add(button); }); if ( this.btnsComment.length ) { @@ -2837,7 +2793,13 @@ define([ }, onFileMenu: function (opts) { - this.toolbar.setTab( opts == 'show' ? 'file' : undefined ); + if ( opts == 'show' ) { + if ( !this.toolbar.isTabActive('file') ) + this.toolbar.setTab('file'); + } else { + if ( this.toolbar.isTabActive('file') ) + this.toolbar.setTab(); + } }, textEmptyImgUrl : 'You need to specify image URL.', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js index fe6907548..852d9fc01 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ * It will listen for view and collection events and manage all data-related operations * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ define([ ], function (Viewport) { 'use strict'; - DE.Controllers.Viewport = Backbone.Controller.extend({ + DE.Controllers.Viewport = Backbone.Controller.extend(_.assign({ // Specifying a Viewport model models: [], @@ -68,6 +68,10 @@ define([ var me = this; this.addListeners({ + 'FileMenu': { + 'menu:hide': me.onFileMenu.bind(me, 'hide'), + 'menu:show': me.onFileMenu.bind(me, 'show') + }, 'Toolbar': { 'render:before' : function (toolbar) { var config = DE.getController('Main').appOptions; @@ -75,7 +79,26 @@ define([ toolbar.setExtra('left', me.header.getPanel('left', config)); }, 'view:compact' : function (toolbar, state) { - me.viewport.vlayout.panels[0].height = state ? 32 : 32+67; + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.setChecked(state, true); + me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('toolbar').height = state ? + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-compact') : Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-normal'); + }, + 'undo:disabled' : function (state) { + if ( me.header.btnUndo ) { + if ( me.header.btnUndo.keepState ) + me.header.btnUndo.keepState.disabled = state; + else me.header.btnUndo.setDisabled(state); + } + }, + 'redo:disabled' : function (state) { + if ( me.header.btnRedo ) + if ( me.header.btnRedo.keepState ) + me.header.btnRedo.keepState.disabled = state; + else me.header.btnRedo.setDisabled(state); + }, + 'save:disabled' : function (state) { + if ( me.header.btnSave ) + me.header.btnSave.setDisabled(state); } } }); @@ -83,6 +106,9 @@ define([ setApi: function(api) { this.api = api; + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onZoomChange', this.onApiZoomChange.bind(this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect',this.onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect.bind(this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', this.onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect.bind(this)); }, @@ -108,16 +134,159 @@ define([ this.boxSdk = $('#editor_sdk'); this.boxSdk.css('border-left', 'none'); + this.header.mnuitemFitPage = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); + this.header.mnuitemFitWidth = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:face', this.onAppShowed.bind(this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', this.onAppReady.bind(this)); }, onAppShowed: function (config) { var me = this; + me.appConfig = config; + + var _intvars = Common.Utils.InternalSettings; + var $filemenu = $('.toolbar-fullview-panel'); + $filemenu.css('top', _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs')); if ( !config.isEdit || ( !Common.localStorage.itemExists("de-compact-toolbar") && config.customization && config.customization.compactToolbar )) { - me.viewport.vlayout.panels[0].height = 32; + + var panel = me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('toolbar'); + if ( panel ) panel.height = _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs'); + } + + if ( config.isDesktopApp && config.isEdit ) { + var $title = me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('title').el; + $title.html(me.header.getPanel('title', config)).show(); + + var toolbar = me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('toolbar'); + toolbar.el.addClass('top-title'); + toolbar.height -= _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs') - _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs-top-title'); + + var _tabs_new_height = _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs-top-title'); + _intvars.set('toolbar-height-tabs', _tabs_new_height); + _intvars.set('toolbar-height-compact', _tabs_new_height); + _intvars.set('toolbar-height-normal', _tabs_new_height + _intvars.get('toolbar-height-controls')); + + $filemenu.css('top', _tabs_new_height + _intvars.get('document-title-height')); + + toolbar = me.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView(); + toolbar.btnCollabChanges = me.header.btnSave; + } + }, + + onAppReady: function (config) { + var me = this; + if ( me.header.btnOptions ) { + var compactview = !config.isEdit; + if ( config.isEdit ) { + if ( Common.localStorage.itemExists("de-compact-toolbar") ) { + compactview = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-compact-toolbar"); + } else + if ( config.customization && config.customization.compactToolbar ) + compactview = true; + } + + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textCompactView, + checked: compactview, + checkable: true, + value: 'toolbar' + }); + if (!config.isEdit) { + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.hide(); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ + if (action=='plugins' && visible) { + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.show(); + } + }, this)); + } + + var mnuitemHideStatusBar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textHideStatusBar, + checked: Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hidden-status"), + checkable: true, + value: 'statusbar' + }); + + if ( config.canBrandingExt && config.customization && config.customization.statusBar === false ) + mnuitemHideStatusBar.hide(); + + var mnuitemHideRulers = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textHideLines, + checked: Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hidden-rulers"), + checkable: true, + value: 'rulers' + }); + + me.header.mnuitemFitPage = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textFitPage, + checkable: true, + checked: me.header.mnuitemFitPage.isChecked(), + value: 'zoom:page' + }); + + me.header.mnuitemFitWidth = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textFitWidth, + checkable: true, + checked: me.header.mnuitemFitWidth.isChecked(), + value: 'zoom:width' + }); + + me.header.mnuZoom = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + template: _.template([ + '' + ].join('')), + stopPropagation: true, + value: me.header.mnuZoom.options.value + }); + + me.header.btnOptions.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'pull-right', + style: 'min-width: 180px;', + items: [ + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar, + mnuitemHideStatusBar, + mnuitemHideRulers, + {caption:'--'}, + me.header.mnuitemFitPage, + me.header.mnuitemFitWidth, + me.header.mnuZoom, + {caption:'--'}, + new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textAdvSettings, + value: 'advanced' + }) + ] + }) + ); + + var _on_btn_zoom = function (btn) { + btn == 'up' ? me.api.zoomIn() : me.api.zoomOut(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + }; + + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el : $('#hdr-menu-zoom-out', me.header.mnuZoom.$el), + cls : 'btn-toolbar' + })).on('click', _on_btn_zoom.bind(me, 'down')); + + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el : $('#hdr-menu-zoom-in', me.header.mnuZoom.$el), + cls : 'btn-toolbar' + })).on('click', _on_btn_zoom.bind(me, 'up')); + + me.header.btnOptions.menu.on('item:click', me.onOptionsItemClick.bind(this)); } }, @@ -161,6 +330,62 @@ define([ onWindowResize: function(e) { this.onLayoutChanged('window'); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('window:resize'); - } - }); + }, + + onFileMenu: function (opts) { + var me = this; + var _need_disable = opts == 'show'; + + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'undo', _need_disable ); + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'redo', _need_disable ); + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'opts', _need_disable ); + }, + + onApiZoomChange: function(percent, type) { + this.header.mnuitemFitPage.setChecked(type == 2, true); + this.header.mnuitemFitWidth.setChecked(type == 1, true); + this.header.mnuZoom.options.value = percent; + + if ( this.header.mnuZoom.$el ) + $('.menu-zoom label.zoom', this.header.mnuZoom.$el).html(percent + '%'); + }, + + onOptionsItemClick: function (menu, item, e) { + var me = this; + + switch ( item.value ) { + case 'toolbar': me.header.fireEvent('toolbar:setcompact', [menu, item.isChecked()]); break; + case 'statusbar': me.header.fireEvent('statusbar:hide', [item, item.isChecked()]); break; + case 'rulers': + me.api.asc_SetViewRulers(!item.isChecked()); + Common.localStorage.setBool('de-hidden-rulers', item.isChecked()); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'rulers'); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + break; + case 'zoom:page': + item.isChecked() ? me.api.zoomFitToPage() : me.api.zoomCustomMode(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + break; + case 'zoom:width': + item.isChecked() ? me.api.zoomFitToWidth() : me.api.zoomCustomMode(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + break; + case 'advanced': me.header.fireEvent('file:settings', me.header); break; + } + }, + + onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { + if (this.header) { + if (this.header.btnDownload) + this.header.btnDownload.hide(); + if (this.header.btnPrint) + this.header.btnPrint.hide(); + if (this.header.btnEdit) + this.header.btnEdit.hide(); + } + }, + + textFitPage: 'Fit to Page', + textFitWidth: 'Fit to Width' + }, DE.Controllers.Viewport)); }); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js index 2fd9b8790..be3bfe222 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * EquationGroup.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 29/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/Pages.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/Pages.js index dc336e96f..d55205e0d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/Pages.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/Pages.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js index 36e6d395f..0804326a3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeGroup.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/LeftMenu.template b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/LeftMenu.template index ad40fa7e8..01f72350d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/LeftMenu.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/template/LeftMenu.template @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ ', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '', + '
    ' + ].join('') + }, options); + + this.api = options.api; + this.handler = options.handler; + this.props = options.props; + + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); + }, + + render: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.render.call(this); + var me = this; + + this.txtName = new Common.UI.InputField({ + el : $('#bookmarks-txt-name'), + allowBlank : true, + validateOnChange: true, + validateOnBlur: false, + style : 'width: 195px;', + value : '', + maxLength: 40 + }).on('changing', _.bind(this.onNameChanging, this)); + + this.radioName = new Common.UI.RadioBox({ + el: $('#bookmarks-radio-name'), + labelText: this.textName, + name: 'asc-radio-bookmark-sort' + }); + this.radioName.on('change', _.bind(this.onRadioSort, this)); + + this.radioLocation = new Common.UI.RadioBox({ + el: $('#bookmarks-radio-location'), + labelText: this.textLocation, + name: 'asc-radio-bookmark-sort' + }); + this.radioLocation.on('change', _.bind(this.onRadioSort, this)); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-bookmarks-sort-location") ? this.radioLocation.setValue(true, true) : this.radioName.setValue(true, true); + + this.bookmarksList = new Common.UI.ListView({ + el: $('#bookmarks-list', this.$window), + store: new Common.UI.DataViewStore(), + itemTemplate: _.template('
    <%= value %>
    ') + }); + this.bookmarksList.store.comparator = function(rec) { + return (me.radioName.getValue() ? rec.get("value") : rec.get("location")); + }; + this.bookmarksList.on('item:dblclick', _.bind(this.onDblClickBookmark, this)); + this.bookmarksList.on('entervalue', _.bind(this.onPrimary, this)); + this.bookmarksList.on('item:select', _.bind(this.onSelectBookmark, this)); + + this.btnAdd = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#bookmarks-btn-add'), + disabled: true + }); + this.$window.find('#bookmarks-btn-add').on('click', _.bind(this.onDlgBtnClick, this)); + + this.btnGoto = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#bookmarks-btn-goto'), + disabled: true + }); + this.btnGoto.on('click', _.bind(this.gotoBookmark, this)); + + this.btnDelete = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#bookmarks-btn-delete'), + disabled: true + }); + this.btnDelete.on('click', _.bind(this.deleteBookmark, this)); + + this.chHidden = new Common.UI.CheckBox({ + el: $('#bookmarks-checkbox-hidden'), + labelText: this.textHidden, + value: Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get("de-bookmarks-hidden") || false + }); + this.chHidden.on('change', _.bind(this.onChangeHidden, this)); + + this.afterRender(); + }, + + afterRender: function() { + this._setDefaults(this.props); + }, + + show: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.show.apply(this, arguments); + }, + + close: function() { + Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.close.apply(this, arguments); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-bookmarks-hidden", this.chHidden.getValue()=='checked'); + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("de-bookmarks-sort-location", this.radioLocation.getValue()) + }, + + _setDefaults: function (props) { + this.refreshBookmarks(); + this.bookmarksList.scrollToRecord(this.bookmarksList.selectByIndex(0)); + }, + + getSettings: function () { + return {}; + }, + + onDlgBtnClick: function(event) { + var state = (typeof(event) == 'object') ? event.currentTarget.attributes['result'].value : event; + if (state == 'add') { + this.props.asc_AddBookmark(this.txtName.getValue()); + } + + this.close(); + }, + + onPrimary: function() { + return true; + }, + + refreshBookmarks: function() { + if (this.props) { + var store = this.bookmarksList.store, + count = this.props.asc_GetCount(), + showHidden = this.chHidden.getValue()=='checked', + arr = []; + for (var i=0; i0) { + this.props.asc_GoToBookmark(rec[0].get('value')); + } + }, + + onDblClickBookmark: function(listView, itemView, record) { + this.props.asc_GoToBookmark(record.get('value')); + }, + + deleteBookmark: function(btn, eOpts){ + var rec = this.bookmarksList.getSelectedRec(); + if (rec.length>0) { + this.props.asc_RemoveBookmark(rec[0].get('value')); + var store = this.bookmarksList.store; + var idx = _.indexOf(store.models, rec[0]); + store.remove(rec[0]); + this.txtName.setValue(''); + this.btnAdd.setDisabled(true); + this.btnGoto.setDisabled(true); + this.btnDelete.setDisabled(true); + } + }, + + onRadioSort: function(field, newValue, eOpts) { + if (newValue) { + this.bookmarksList.store.sort(); + this.bookmarksList.onResetItems(); + } + }, + + onChangeHidden: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + this.refreshBookmarks(); + }, + + onNameChanging: function (input, value) { + var exist = this.props.asc_HaveBookmark(value); + if (exist) + this.bookmarksList.selectRecord(this.bookmarksList.store.findWhere({value: value})); + else + this.bookmarksList.deselectAll(); + this.btnAdd.setDisabled(!this.props.asc_CheckNewBookmarkName(value) && !exist); + this.btnGoto.setDisabled(!exist); + this.btnDelete.setDisabled(!exist); + }, + + textTitle: 'Bookmarks', + textLocation: 'Location', + textBookmarkName: 'Bookmark name', + textSort: 'Sort by', + textName: 'Name', + textAdd: 'Add', + textGoto: 'Go to', + textDelete: 'Delete', + textClose: 'Close', + textHidden: 'Hidden bookmarks' + + }, DE.Views.BookmarksDialog || {})) +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js index 10a41f313..eb8b53bca 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ChartSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/07/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -501,7 +501,11 @@ define([ stylesStore.reset(stylearray, {silent: false}); } } + } else { + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.reset(); + this.cmbChartStyle.clearComboView(); } + this.cmbChartStyle.setDisabled(!styles || styles.length<1 || this._locked); }, setLocked: function (locked) { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js index e68d5c971..b0eba142a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ControlSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * ControlSettingsDialog.js.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12.12.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CustomColumnsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CustomColumnsDialog.js index 5a9778663..0babb9b00 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CustomColumnsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/CustomColumnsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * CustomColumnsDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 6/23/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index 0049fce41..415fd7d13 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * DocumentHolder view * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -316,7 +316,10 @@ define([ }); meEl.on('click', function(e){ if (e.target.localName == 'canvas') { - meEl.focus(); + if (me._preventClick) + me._preventClick = false; + else + meEl.focus(); } }); meEl.on('mousedown', function(e){ @@ -553,12 +556,13 @@ define([ ToolTip = getUserName(moveData.get_UserId()); showPoint = [moveData.get_X()+me._XY[0], moveData.get_Y()+me._XY[1]]; + var maxwidth = showPoint[0]; showPoint[0] = me._BodyWidth - showPoint[0]; showPoint[1] -= ((moveData.get_LockedObjectType()==2) ? me._TtHeight : 0); if (showPoint[1] > me._XY[1] && showPoint[1]+me._TtHeight < me._XY[1]+me._Height) { src.text(ToolTip); - src.css({visibility: 'visible', top: showPoint[1] + 'px', right: showPoint[0] + 'px'}); + src.css({visibility: 'visible', top: showPoint[1] + 'px', right: showPoint[0] + 'px', 'max-width': maxwidth + 'px'}); } else { src.css({visibility: 'hidden'}); } @@ -614,6 +618,7 @@ define([ if (pasteContainer.length < 1) { me._arrSpecialPaste = []; me._arrSpecialPaste[Asc.c_oSpecialPasteProps.paste] = me.textPaste; + me._arrSpecialPaste[Asc.c_oSpecialPasteProps.sourceformatting] = me.txtPasteSourceFormat; me._arrSpecialPaste[Asc.c_oSpecialPasteProps.keepTextOnly] = me.txtKeepTextOnly; me._arrSpecialPaste[Asc.c_oSpecialPasteProps.insertAsNestedTable] = me.textNest; me._arrSpecialPaste[Asc.c_oSpecialPasteProps.overwriteCells] = me.txtOverwriteCells; @@ -2259,6 +2264,42 @@ define([ } }); + var menuImgReplace = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : me.textReplace, + menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ + menuAlign: 'tl-tr', + items: [ + new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : this.textFromFile + }).on('click', function(item) { + setTimeout(function(){ + if (me.api) me.api.ChangeImageFromFile(); + me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); + }, 10); + }), + new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : this.textFromUrl + }).on('click', function(item) { + (new Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog({ + handler: function(result, value) { + if (result == 'ok') { + if (me.api) { + var checkUrl = value.replace(/ /g, ''); + if (!_.isEmpty(checkUrl)) { + var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); + props.put_ImageUrl(checkUrl); + me.api.ImgApply(props); + } + } + } + me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); + } + })).show(); + }) + ] + }) + }); + var menuImgCopy = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ caption : me.textCopy, value : 'copy' @@ -2336,13 +2377,19 @@ define([ menuChartEdit.setVisible(!_.isNull(value.imgProps.value.get_ChartProperties()) && !onlyCommonProps); - me.menuOriginalSize.setVisible(value.imgProps.isOnlyImg); - me.pictureMenu.items[10].setVisible(menuChartEdit.isVisible() || me.menuOriginalSize.isVisible()); + me.menuOriginalSize.setVisible(value.imgProps.isOnlyImg || !value.imgProps.isChart && !value.imgProps.isShape); + + var pluginGuid = value.imgProps.value.asc_getPluginGuid(); + menuImgReplace.setVisible(value.imgProps.isOnlyImg && (pluginGuid===null || pluginGuid===undefined)); + if (menuImgReplace.isVisible()) + menuImgReplace.setDisabled(islocked || pluginGuid===null); var islocked = value.imgProps.locked || (value.headerProps!==undefined && value.headerProps.locked); if (menuChartEdit.isVisible()) menuChartEdit.setDisabled(islocked || value.imgProps.value.get_SeveralCharts()); + me.pictureMenu.items[14].setVisible(menuChartEdit.isVisible()); + me.menuOriginalSize.setDisabled(islocked || value.imgProps.value.get_ImageUrl()===null || value.imgProps.value.get_ImageUrl()===undefined); menuImageAdvanced.setDisabled(islocked); menuImageAlign.setDisabled( islocked || (wrapping == Asc.c_oAscWrapStyle2.Inline) ); @@ -2385,6 +2432,7 @@ define([ me.menuImageWrap, { caption: '--' }, me.menuOriginalSize, + menuImgReplace, menuChartEdit, { caption: '--' }, menuImageAdvanced @@ -2814,6 +2862,7 @@ define([ var control_props = me.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties(), lock_type = (control_props) ? control_props.get_Lock() : Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.Unlocked; menuTableRemoveControl.setDisabled(lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.SdtContentLocked || lock_type==Asc.c_oAscSdtLockType.SdtLocked); + menuTableControlSettings.setVisible(me.mode.canEditContentControl); } menuTableTOC.setVisible(in_toc); }, @@ -3354,7 +3403,7 @@ define([ var in_toc = me.api.asc_GetTableOfContentsPr(true), in_control = !in_toc && me.api.asc_IsContentControl() ; menuParaRemoveControl.setVisible(in_control); - menuParaControlSettings.setVisible(in_control); + menuParaControlSettings.setVisible(in_control && me.mode.canEditContentControl); menuParaControlSeparator.setVisible(in_control); if (in_control) { var control_props = me.api.asc_GetContentControlProperties(), @@ -3723,7 +3772,11 @@ define([ textUpdatePages: 'Refresh page numbers only', textTOCSettings: 'Table of contents settings', textTOC: 'Table of contents', - textRefreshField: 'Refresh field' + textRefreshField: 'Refresh field', + txtPasteSourceFormat: 'Keep source formatting', + textReplace: 'Replace image', + textFromUrl: 'From URL', + textFromFile: 'From File' }, DE.Views.DocumentHolder || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js index 7932bc0da..9c98b7e61 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * DropcapSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/24/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js index 88d0518cd..ec5073524 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Describes menu 'File' for the left tool menu * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 14 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -161,6 +161,13 @@ define([ canFocused: false }); + this.miHelp = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + el : $('#fm-btn-help',this.el), + action : 'help', + caption : this.btnHelpCaption, + canFocused: false + }); + this.items = []; this.items.push( new Common.UI.MenuItem({ @@ -192,12 +199,7 @@ define([ caption : this.btnSettingsCaption, canFocused: false }), - new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - el : $('#fm-btn-help',this.el), - action : 'help', - caption : this.btnHelpCaption, - canFocused: false - }), + this.miHelp, new Common.UI.MenuItem({ el : $('#fm-btn-back',this.el), action : 'exit', @@ -211,8 +213,7 @@ define([ // 'saveas' : (new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ViewSaveAs({menu:me})).render(), 'opts' : (new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings({menu:me})).render(), 'info' : (new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo({menu:me})).render(), - 'rights' : (new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights({menu:me})).render(), - 'help' : (new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Help({menu:me})).render() + 'rights' : (new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights({menu:me})).render() }; me.$el.find('.content-box').hide(); @@ -260,6 +261,9 @@ define([ (this.document.info.sharingSettings&&this.document.info.sharingSettings.length>0 || this.mode.sharingSettingsUrl&&this.mode.sharingSettingsUrl.length))?'show':'hide'](); + this.miHelp[this.mode.canHelp ?'show':'hide'](); + this.miHelp.$el.prev()[this.mode.canHelp ?'show':'hide'](); + this.mode.canBack ? this.$el.find('#fm-btn-back').show().prev().show() : this.$el.find('#fm-btn-back').hide().prev().hide(); @@ -291,7 +295,10 @@ define([ } else if (this.mode.canDownloadOrigin) $('a',this.miDownload.$el).text(this.textDownload); - this.panels['help'].setLangConfig(this.mode.lang); + if (this.mode.canHelp) { + this.panels['help'] = ((new DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Help({menu: this})).render()); + this.panels['help'].setLangConfig(this.mode.lang); + } this.miHistory[this.mode.canUseHistory&&!this.mode.isDisconnected?'show':'hide'](); }, @@ -325,7 +332,7 @@ define([ if ( menu ) { var item = this._getMenuItem(menu), panel = this.panels[menu]; - if ( item.isDisabled() ) { + if ( item.isDisabled() || !item.isVisible()) { item = this._getMenuItem(defMenu); panel = this.panels[defMenu]; } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js index 3c010c018..44dd732c1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Contains views for menu 'File' * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 20 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -54,11 +54,12 @@ define([ formats: [[ {name: 'DOCX', imgCls: 'docx', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.DOCX}, {name: 'PDF', imgCls: 'pdf', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF}, + {name: 'PDFA', imgCls: 'pdfa', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA}, {name: 'TXT', imgCls: 'txt', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.TXT} ],[ // {name: 'DOC', imgCls: 'doc-format btn-doc', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.DOC}, {name: 'ODT', imgCls: 'odt', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODT}, -// {name: 'RTF', imgCls: 'doc-format btn-rtf', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.RTF}, + {name: 'RTF', imgCls: 'rtf', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.RTF}, {name: 'HTML (Zipped)', imgCls: 'html', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.HTML} // {name: 'EPUB', imgCls: 'doc-format btn-epub', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.EPUB} ]], @@ -69,7 +70,9 @@ define([ '<% _.each(rows, function(row) { %>', '', '<% _.each(row, function(item) { %>', - '', + '
    ', + '', + '
    ', '<% }) %>', '', '<% }) %>', @@ -530,7 +533,11 @@ define([ template: _.template([ '

    <%= scope.fromBlankText %>

    ', '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', + '', + '', + '', + '
    ', '
    ', '

    <%= scope.newDocumentText %>

    ', '<%= scope.newDescriptionText %>', @@ -540,7 +547,13 @@ define([ '
    ', '<% _.each(docs, function(item) { %>', '
    ', - '
    style="background-image: url(<%= item.icon %>);" <% } %> />', + '
    \")' + + ' } else { ' + + 'print(\">\")' + + ' } %>', + '
    ', '
    <%= item.name %>
    ', '
    ', '<% }) %>', @@ -1115,7 +1128,7 @@ define([ '
    ', '', '', - '', + '', '', '', '', @@ -1139,7 +1152,7 @@ define([ this.templateSignature = _.template([ '
    <%= scope.txtEncrypted %>
    ', '', - '', + '', '', '', '', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FootnoteTip.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FootnoteTip.js index dbabc5633..06d20293e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FootnoteTip.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/FootnoteTip.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is freeware. You can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU * General Public License (GPL) version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation (https://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html). diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js index c482bb516..509d46063 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HeaderFooterSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * HeaderFooterSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 02/03/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js index bd2efee0b..d8a782461 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/20/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -42,6 +42,11 @@ if (Common === undefined) var Common = {}; +var c_oHyperlinkType = { + InternalLink:0, + WebLink: 1 +}; + define([ 'common/main/lib/util/utils', 'common/main/lib/component/InputField', @@ -61,11 +66,20 @@ define([ }, options || {}); this.template = [ - '
    ', - '
    ', - '', + '
    ', + '
    ', + '', + '', + '
    ', + '', + '', - '', '
    ', '', '
    ', @@ -94,6 +108,23 @@ define([ var me = this, $window = this.getChild(); + me.btnExternal = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-external'), + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'hyperlink-type', + allowDepress: false, + pressed: true + }); + me.btnExternal.on('click', _.bind(me.onLinkTypeClick, me, c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink)); + + me.btnInternal = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-internal'), + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'hyperlink-type', + allowDepress: false + }); + me.btnInternal.on('click', _.bind(me.onLinkTypeClick, me, c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink)); + me.inputUrl = new Common.UI.InputField({ el : $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-url'), allowBlank : false, @@ -122,8 +153,117 @@ define([ maxLength : Asc.c_oAscMaxTooltipLength }); + me.internalList = new Common.UI.TreeView({ + el: $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-list'), + store: new Common.UI.TreeViewStore(), + enableKeyEvents: true + }); + me.internalList.on('item:select', _.bind(this.onSelectItem, this)); + + me.btnOk = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $window.find('.primary') + }); + $window.find('.dlg-btn').on('click', _.bind(this.onBtnClick, this)); $window.find('input').on('keypress', _.bind(this.onKeyPress, this)); + me.externalPanel = $window.find('#id-external-link'); + me.internalPanel = $window.find('#id-internal-link'); + }, + + ShowHideElem: function(value) { + this.externalPanel.toggleClass('hidden', value !== c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink); + this.internalPanel.toggleClass('hidden', value !== c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink); + var store = this.internalList.store; + if (value==c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink) { + if (store.length<1) { + var anchors = this.api.asc_GetHyperlinkAnchors(), + count = anchors.length, + prev_level = 0, + header_level = 0, + arr = []; + arr.push(new Common.UI.TreeViewModel({ + name : this.txtBeginning, + level: 0, + index: 0, + hasParent: false, + isEmptyItem: false, + isNotHeader: true, + hasSubItems: false + })); + arr.push(new Common.UI.TreeViewModel({ + name : this.txtHeadings, + level: 0, + index: 1, + hasParent: false, + isEmptyItem: false, + isNotHeader: false, + hasSubItems: false + })); + + for (var i=0; iprev_level) + arr[arr.length-1].set('hasSubItems', true); + if (level<=header_level) { + header_level = level; + hasParent = false; + } + arr.push(new Common.UI.TreeViewModel({ + name : anchor.asc_GetHeadingText(), + level: level, + index: i+2, + hasParent: hasParent, + type: Asc.c_oAscHyperlinkAnchor.Heading, + headingParagraph: anchor.asc_GetHeadingParagraph() + })); + prev_level = level; + } + } + arr.push(new Common.UI.TreeViewModel({ + name : this.txtBookmarks, + level: 0, + index: arr.length, + hasParent: false, + isEmptyItem: false, + isNotHeader: false, + hasSubItems: false + })); + + prev_level = 0; + for (var i=0; i0); + + } else + this.btnOk.setDisabled(false); + }, + + onLinkTypeClick: function(type, btn, event) { + this.ShowHideElem(type); + }, + + onSelectItem: function(picker, item, record, e){ + this.btnOk.setDisabled(record.get('level')==0 && record.get('index')>0); }, show: function() { @@ -139,10 +279,31 @@ define([ if (props) { var me = this; - if (props.get_Value()) { - me.inputUrl.setValue(props.get_Value().replace(new RegExp(" ",'g'), "%20")); + var bookmark = props.get_Bookmark(), + type = (bookmark === null || bookmark=='') ? c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink : c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink; + + (type == c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink) ? me.btnExternal.toggle(true) : me.btnInternal.toggle(true); + me.ShowHideElem(type); + + if (type == c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink) { + if (props.get_Value()) { + me.inputUrl.setValue(props.get_Value().replace(new RegExp(" ",'g'), "%20")); + } else { + me.inputUrl.setValue(''); + } } else { - me.inputUrl.setValue(''); + if (props.is_TopOfDocument()) + this.internalList.selectByIndex(0); + else if (props.is_Heading()) { + var heading = props.get_Heading(), + rec = this.internalList.store.findWhere({type: Asc.c_oAscHyperlinkAnchor.Heading, headingParagraph: heading }); + if (rec) + this.internalList.scrollToRecord(this.internalList.selectRecord(rec)); + } else { + var rec = this.internalList.store.findWhere({type: Asc.c_oAscHyperlinkAnchor.Bookmark, name: bookmark}); + if (rec) + this.internalList.scrollToRecord(this.internalList.selectRecord(rec)); + } } if (props.get_Text() !== null) { @@ -163,17 +324,34 @@ define([ getSettings: function () { var me = this, props = new Asc.CHyperlinkProperty(), - url = $.trim(me.inputUrl.getValue()); + display = ''; - if (! /(((^https?)|(^ftp)):\/\/)|(^mailto:)/i.test(url) ) - url = ( (me.isEmail) ? 'mailto:' : 'http://' ) + url; + if (this.btnExternal.isActive()) {//WebLink + var url = $.trim(me.inputUrl.getValue()); - url = url.replace(new RegExp("%20",'g')," "); - props.put_Value(url); + if (! /(((^https?)|(^ftp)):\/\/)|(^mailto:)/i.test(url) ) + url = ( (me.isEmail) ? 'mailto:' : 'http://' ) + url; + + url = url.replace(new RegExp("%20",'g')," "); + props.put_Value(url); + props.put_Bookmark(null); + display = url; + } else { + var rec = this.internalList.getSelectedRec(); + if (rec.length>0) { + props.put_Bookmark(rec[0].get('name')); + if (rec[0].get('index')==0) + props.put_TopOfDocument(); + var para = rec[0].get('headingParagraph'); + if (para) + props.put_Heading(para); + display = rec[0].get('name'); + } + } if (!me.inputDisplay.isDisabled() && ( this.isTextChanged || _.isEmpty(me.inputDisplay.getValue()))) { if (_.isEmpty(me.inputDisplay.getValue())) - me.inputDisplay.setValue(url); + me.inputDisplay.setValue(display); props.put_Text(me.inputDisplay.getValue()); } else { props.put_Text(null); @@ -199,13 +377,17 @@ define([ _handleInput: function(state) { if (this.options.handler) { if (state == 'ok') { - var checkurl = this.inputUrl.checkValidate(), - checkdisp = this.inputDisplay.checkValidate(); - if (checkurl !== true) { - this.inputUrl.cmpEl.find('input').focus(); - return; + if (this.btnExternal.isActive()) {//WebLink + if (this.inputUrl.checkValidate() !== true) { + this.inputUrl.cmpEl.find('input').focus(); + return; + } + } else { + var rec = this.internalList.getSelectedRec(); + if (rec.length<1 || rec[0].get('level')==0 && rec[0].get('index')>0) + return; } - if (checkdisp !== true) { + if (this.inputDisplay.checkValidate() !== true) { this.inputDisplay.cmpEl.find('input').focus(); return; } @@ -225,6 +407,11 @@ define([ txtNotUrl: 'This field should be a URL in the format \"http://www.example.com\"', textTooltip: 'ScreenTip text', textDefault: 'Selected text', - textTitle: 'Hyperlink Settings' + textTitle: 'Hyperlink Settings', + textExternal: 'External Link', + textInternal: 'Place in Document', + txtBeginning: 'Beginning of document', + txtHeadings: 'Headings', + txtBookmarks: 'Bookmarks' }, DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js index bb9f0f1b5..392be905e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ImageSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/05/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ define([ if (this.api) { var section = this.api.asc_GetSectionProps(), ratio = (this._state.Height>0) ? this._state.Width/this._state.Height : 1, - pagew = this.api.asc_GetCurrentColumnWidth(), + pagew = (this.api.asc_GetCurrentColumnWidth) ? this.api.asc_GetCurrentColumnWidth() : (section.get_W() - section.get_LeftMargin() - section.get_RightMargin()), pageh = section.get_H() - section.get_TopMargin() - section.get_BottomMargin(), pageratio = pagew/pageh, w, h; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js index 080d8b8ea..434248ee7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ImageSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/03/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js index 470a9a8b0..5e53e9ab5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * LeftMenu.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 13 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ define([ } else { btn.panel['hide'](); } - if (this.mode.isEdit) DE.getController('Toolbar').DisableToolbar(state==true); + DE.getController('Toolbar').DisableToolbar(state==true); if (!this.supressEvents) Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'leftmenu'); }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Links.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Links.js index a40710f1f..bfb3f7a6d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Links.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Links.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * Links.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 22.12.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -57,6 +57,11 @@ define([ me.fireEvent('links:contents', [0]); }); }); + this.contentsMenu.on('item:click', function (menu, item, e) { + setTimeout(function(){ + me.fireEvent('links:contents', [item.value, true]); + }, 10); + }); this.btnContentsUpdate.menu.on('item:click', function (menu, item, e) { me.fireEvent('links:update', [item.value]); @@ -64,6 +69,11 @@ define([ this.btnContentsUpdate.on('click', function (b, e) { me.fireEvent('links:update', ['all']); }); + this.contentsUpdateMenu.on('item:click', function (menu, item, e) { + setTimeout(function(){ + me.fireEvent('links:update', [item.value, true]); + }, 10); + }); this.btnsNotes.forEach(function(button) { button.menu.on('item:click', function (menu, item, e) { @@ -91,6 +101,10 @@ define([ me.fireEvent('links:hyperlink'); }); }); + + this.btnBookmarks.on('click', function (b, e) { + me.fireEvent('links:bookmarks'); + }); } return { @@ -151,6 +165,15 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-btn-contents-update', this.btnContentsUpdate); this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnContentsUpdate); + this.btnBookmarks = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-bookmarks', + caption: this.capBtnBookmarks, + disabled: true + }); + _injectComponent('#slot-btn-bookmarks', this.btnBookmarks); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnBookmarks); + this._state = {disabled: false}; Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', this.onAppReady.bind(this)); }, @@ -180,7 +203,16 @@ define([ btn.setMenu(_menu); }); - me.btnContentsUpdate.updateHint(me.tipContentsUpdate); + me.contentsMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {template: contentsTemplate, offsety: 0, value: 0}, + {template: contentsTemplate, offsety: 72, value: 1}, + {caption: me.textContentsSettings, value: 'settings'}, + {caption: me.textContentsRemove, value: 'remove'} + ] + }); + + me.btnContentsUpdate.updateHint([me.textUpdateAll, me.tipContentsUpdate]); me.btnContentsUpdate.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ items: [ {caption: me.textUpdateAll, value: 'all'}, @@ -188,6 +220,13 @@ define([ ] })); + me.contentsUpdateMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {caption: me.textUpdateAll, value: 'all'}, + {caption: me.textUpdatePages, value: 'pages'} + ] + }); + me.btnsNotes.forEach( function(btn, index) { btn.updateHint( me.tipNotes ); @@ -229,6 +268,8 @@ define([ btn.updateHint(me.tipInsertHyperlink + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+K')); }); + me.btnBookmarks.updateHint(me.tipBookmarks); + setEvents.call(me); }); }, @@ -267,7 +308,9 @@ define([ capBtnInsFootnote: 'Footnotes', confirmDeleteFootnotes: 'Do you want to delete all footnotes?', capBtnInsLink: 'Hyperlink', - tipInsertHyperlink: 'Add Hyperlink' + tipInsertHyperlink: 'Add Hyperlink', + capBtnBookmarks: 'Bookmark', + tipBookmarks: 'Create a bookmark' } }()), DE.Views.Links || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeEmailDlg.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeEmailDlg.js index 201c65e02..639aab015 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeEmailDlg.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeEmailDlg.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/MailMergeEmailDlg.template', options: { alias: 'MailMergeEmail', contentWidth: 500, - height: 460 + height: 435 }, initialize : function(options) { @@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ define([ 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/MailMergeEmailDlg.template', }, _onMessage: function(msg) { - if (msg) { + if (msg && msg.Referer == "onlyoffice") { // if ( !_.isEmpty(msg.folder) ) { // this.trigger('mailmergefolder', this, msg.folder); // save last folder url // } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeRecepients.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeRecepients.js index 9135a9886..38f4d6ef7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeRecepients.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeRecepients.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ define([ }, _onMessage: function(msg) { - if (msg && msg.file !== undefined) { + if (msg && msg.Referer == "onlyoffice" && msg.file !== undefined) { Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('window:close', this); var me = this; setTimeout(function() { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSaveDlg.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSaveDlg.js index 3a76f35e6..832f1bc6b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSaveDlg.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSaveDlg.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ define([ }, _onMessage: function(msg) { - if (msg) { + if (msg && msg.Referer == "onlyoffice") { if ( !_.isEmpty(msg.error) ) { this.trigger('mailmergeerror', this, msg.error); } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSettings.js index 34d1fd755..3146960b6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/MailMergeSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Navigation.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Navigation.js index a6a14f123..8fa49873d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Navigation.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Navigation.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -146,7 +146,6 @@ define([ ChangeSettings: function(props) { }, - strNavigate: 'Table of Contents', txtPromote: 'Promote', txtDemote: 'Demote', txtHeadingBefore: 'New heading before', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js index 10e7f6f6a..abba61e9f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/NoteSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * NoteSettingsDialog.js.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 18.12.2016 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageMarginsDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageMarginsDialog.js index 17707582e..891381e50 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageMarginsDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageMarginsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * PageMarginsDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/12/16 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageSizeDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageSizeDialog.js index c3f5ac6da..f438431e9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageSizeDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/PageSizeDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * PageSizeDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/16/16 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -58,14 +58,20 @@ define([ }, options || {}); this.template = [ - '
    ', - '
    <%= tipText %>
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', '', - '', + '', + '', + '', - '', @@ -83,6 +89,7 @@ define([ this.spinners = []; this._noApply = false; + this.isOrientPortrait = true; Common.UI.Window.prototype.initialize.call(this, this.options); }, @@ -100,6 +107,10 @@ define([ minValue: 0 }); this.spinners.push(this.spnWidth); + this.spnWidth.on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + if (!this._noApply && this.cmbPreset.getValue() >-1) + this.cmbPreset.setValue(-1); + }, this)); this.spnHeight = new Common.UI.MetricSpinner({ el: $('#page-size-spin-height'), @@ -111,6 +122,48 @@ define([ minValue: 0 }); this.spinners.push(this.spnHeight); + this.spnHeight.on('change', _.bind(function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ + if (!this._noApply && this.cmbPreset.getValue() >-1) + this.cmbPreset.setValue(-1); + }, this)); + + this.cmbPreset = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + el: $('#page-size-combo-preset'), + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 183px;max-height: 208px;', + editable: false, + scrollAlwaysVisible: true, + data: [ + { value: 0, displayValue: 'US Letter', size: [215.9, 279.4]}, + { value: 1, displayValue: 'US Legal', size: [215.9, 355.6]}, + { value: 2, displayValue: 'A4', size: [210, 297]}, + { value: 3, displayValue: 'A5', size: [148, 210]}, + { value: 4, displayValue: 'B5', size: [176, 250]}, + { value: 5, displayValue: 'Envelope #10', size: [104.8, 241.3]}, + { value: 6, displayValue: 'Envelope DL', size: [110, 220]}, + { value: 7, displayValue: 'Tabloid', size: [279.4, 431.8]}, + { value: 8, displayValue: 'A3', size: [297, 420]}, + { value: 9, displayValue: 'Tabloid Oversize', size: [304.8, 457.1]}, + { value: 10, displayValue: 'ROC 16K', size: [196.8, 273]}, + { value: 11, displayValue: 'Envelope Choukei 3', size: [119.9, 234.9]}, + { value: 12, displayValue: 'Super B/A3', size: [330.2, 482.5]}, + { value: 13, displayValue: 'A0', size: [841, 1189]}, + { value: 14, displayValue: 'A1', size: [594, 841]}, + { value: 16, displayValue: 'A2', size: [420, 594]}, + { value: 17, displayValue: 'A6', size: [105, 148]}, + { value: -1, displayValue: this.txtCustom, size: []} + ] + }); + this.cmbPreset.setValue(-1); + this.cmbPreset.on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { + this._noApply = true; + if (record.value<0) { + } else { + this.spnWidth.setValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this.isOrientPortrait ? record.size[0] : record.size[1]), true); + this.spnHeight.setValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(this.isOrientPortrait ? record.size[1] : record.size[0]), true); + } + this._noApply = false; + }, this)); var $window = this.getChild(); $window.find('.dlg-btn').on('click', _.bind(this.onBtnClick, this)); @@ -139,10 +192,18 @@ define([ setSettings: function (props) { if (props) { + this.isOrientPortrait = (props.get_W() < props.get_H()); this.spnWidth.setMinValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(props.get_LeftMargin() + props.get_RightMargin() + 12.7)); this.spnWidth.setValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(props.get_W()), true); this.spnHeight.setMinValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(props.get_TopMargin() + props.get_BottomMargin() + 2.6)); this.spnHeight.setValue(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(props.get_H()), true); + var width = this.isOrientPortrait ? props.get_W() : props.get_H(), + height = this.isOrientPortrait ? props.get_H() : props.get_W(); + var rec = this.cmbPreset.store.find(function(item){ + var size = item.get('size'); + return (Math.abs(size[0] - width) < 0.01 && Math.abs(size[1] - height) < 0.01); + }); + this.cmbPreset.setValue((rec) ? rec.get('value') : -1); } }, @@ -165,6 +226,8 @@ define([ textWidth: 'Width', textHeight: 'Height', cancelButtonText: 'Cancel', - okButtonText: 'Ok' + okButtonText: 'Ok', + textPreset: 'Preset', + txtCustom: 'Custom' }, DE.Views.PageSizeDialog || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js index b6ad0e8d5..422d7195e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ParagraphSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/23/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -168,7 +168,6 @@ define([ this.cmbLineRule.on('selected', _.bind(this.onLineRuleSelect, this)); this.cmbLineRule.on('hide:after', _.bind(this.onHideMenus, this)); $(this.el).on('click', '#paragraph-advanced-link', _.bind(this.openAdvancedSettings, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#paragraph-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this)); this.TextOnlySettings = $('.text-only'); }, @@ -453,6 +452,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.mnuColorPicker.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorPickerSelect, this)); + this.btnColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this)); } this.mnuColorPicker.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js index dd0a1857b..33748bfbb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/21/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js index 453cd508e..7406d57c0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RightMenu.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/17/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js index 03dc30873..9d303266c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/12/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -1586,7 +1586,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); this.btnFGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1605,7 +1605,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsFG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsFGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-foreground-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); + this.btnFGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); this.btnBGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1624,7 +1624,7 @@ define([ value: 'ffffff' }); this.colorsBG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-background-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); + this.btnBGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); this.btnGradColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsGrad.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsGradientSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-gradient-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); + this.btnGradColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); this.btnBorderColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1662,7 +1662,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsBorder.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-border-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); } this.colorsBorder.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js index 73f3229b7..9bd94f688 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SignatureSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 5/24/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -122,6 +122,9 @@ define([ this.viewRequestedList.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectSignature, this)); this.viewValidList.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectSignature, this)); this.viewInvalidList.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectSignature, this)); + this.viewRequestedList.on('item:contextmenu', _.bind(this.onItemContextMenu, this)); + this.viewValidList.on('item:contextmenu', _.bind(this.onItemContextMenu, this)); + this.viewInvalidList.on('item:contextmenu', _.bind(this.onItemContextMenu, this)); this.signatureMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ menuAlign : 'tr-br', @@ -200,6 +203,26 @@ define([ me.disableEditing(me._state.hasValid || me._state.hasInvalid); }, + onItemContextMenu: function(picker, item, record, e){ + var menu = this.signatureMenu; + if (menu.isVisible()) { + menu.hide(); + } + + var offsetParent = $(this.el).offset(), + showPoint = [e.clientX*Common.Utils.zoom() - offsetParent.left + 5, e.clientY*Common.Utils.zoom() - offsetParent.top + 5]; + + this.showSignatureMenu(record, showPoint); + + menu.menuAlign = 'tl-bl'; + menu.menuAlignEl = null; + menu.setOffset(15, 5); + menu.show(); + _.delay(function() { + menu.cmpEl.focus(); + }, 10); + }, + onSelectSignature: function(picker, item, record, e){ if (!record) return; @@ -211,50 +234,14 @@ define([ return; } - var showPoint, me = this, - currentTarget = $(e.currentTarget), - parent = $(this.el), + var currentTarget = $(e.currentTarget), offset = currentTarget.offset(), - offsetParent = parent.offset(); + offsetParent = $(this.el).offset(), + showPoint = [offset.left - offsetParent.left + currentTarget.width(), offset.top - offsetParent.top + currentTarget.height()/2]; - showPoint = [offset.left - offsetParent.left + currentTarget.width(), offset.top - offsetParent.top + currentTarget.height()/2]; - - var menuContainer = parent.find('#menu-signature-container'); - if (!menu.rendered) { - if (menuContainer.length < 1) { - menuContainer = $('', menu.id); - parent.append(menuContainer); - } - menu.render(menuContainer); - menu.cmpEl.attr({tabindex: "-1"}); - - menu.on({ - 'show:after': function(cmp) { - if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) - cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', true); - }, - 'hide:after': function(cmp) { - if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) - cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', false); - } - }); - } - var requested = record.get('requested'), - signed = (this._state.hasValid || this._state.hasInvalid); - menu.items[0].setVisible(requested); - menu.items[1].setVisible(!requested); - menu.items[2].setVisible(requested || !record.get('invisible')); - menu.items[3].setVisible(!requested); - - menu.items[0].setDisabled(this._locked); - menu.items[3].setDisabled(this._locked); - - menu.items[1].cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('certificateId')); // view certificate - menu.items[2].cmpEl.attr('data-value', signed ? 1 : 0); // view or edit signature settings - menu.cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('guid')); - - menuContainer.css({left: showPoint[0], top: showPoint[1]}); + this.showSignatureMenu(record, showPoint); + menu.menuAlign = 'tr-br'; menu.menuAlignEl = currentTarget; menu.setOffset(-20, -currentTarget.height()/2 + 3); menu.show(); @@ -268,6 +255,46 @@ define([ } }, + showSignatureMenu: function(record, showPoint) { + var menu = this.signatureMenu, + parent = $(this.el), + menuContainer = parent.find('#menu-signature-container'); + if (!menu.rendered) { + if (menuContainer.length < 1) { + menuContainer = $('', menu.id); + parent.append(menuContainer); + } + menu.render(menuContainer); + menu.cmpEl.attr({tabindex: "-1"}); + + menu.on({ + 'show:after': function(cmp) { + if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) + cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', true); + }, + 'hide:after': function(cmp) { + if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) + cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', false); + } + }); + } + var requested = record.get('requested'), + signed = (this._state.hasValid || this._state.hasInvalid); + menu.items[0].setVisible(requested); + menu.items[1].setVisible(!requested); + menu.items[2].setVisible(requested || !record.get('invisible')); + menu.items[3].setVisible(!requested); + + menu.items[0].setDisabled(this._locked); + menu.items[3].setDisabled(this._locked); + + menu.items[1].cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('certificateId')); // view certificate + menu.items[2].cmpEl.attr('data-value', signed ? 1 : 0); // view or edit signature settings + menu.cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('guid')); + + menuContainer.css({left: showPoint[0], top: showPoint[1]}); + }, + onMenuSignatureClick: function(menu, item) { var guid = menu.cmpEl.attr('data-value'); switch (item.value) { @@ -361,6 +388,7 @@ define([ DE.getController('Statusbar').getView('Statusbar').SetDisabled(disable); DE.getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').SetDisabled(disable); DE.getController('DocumentHolder').getView().SetDisabled(disable, true); + DE.getController('Navigation') && DE.getController('Navigation').SetDisabled(disable); var leftMenu = DE.getController('LeftMenu').leftMenu; leftMenu.btnComments.setDisabled(disable); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js index 05b758bb8..454cf3b99 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * StatusBar View * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/StyleTitleDialog.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/StyleTitleDialog.js index 8fd238dd1..1779b986b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/StyleTitleDialog.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/StyleTitleDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableOfContentsSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableOfContentsSettings.js index 6ee1a5678..e7aa47d80 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableOfContentsSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableOfContentsSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * TableOfContentsSettings.js.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 26.12.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -67,8 +67,8 @@ define([ '
    ', '', '', '', @@ -91,8 +91,8 @@ define([ '', '', '', '', @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ define([ '', '', '', '', @@ -160,6 +160,7 @@ define([ properties.put_TabLeader(this.cmbLeader.getValue()); } this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + this.scrollerY.update(); } }, this)); @@ -178,6 +179,7 @@ define([ properties.put_TabLeader(this.cmbLeader.getValue()); } this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + this.scrollerY.update(); } }, this)); @@ -200,6 +202,7 @@ define([ var properties = (this._originalProps) ? this._originalProps : new Asc.CTableOfContentsPr(); properties.put_TabLeader(record.value); this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + this.scrollerY.update(); } }, this)); @@ -213,6 +216,7 @@ define([ var properties = (this._originalProps) ? this._originalProps : new Asc.CTableOfContentsPr(); properties.put_Hyperlink(field.getValue()=='checked'); this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + this.scrollerY.update(); } }, this)); @@ -270,6 +274,7 @@ define([ var properties = (this._originalProps) ? this._originalProps : new Asc.CTableOfContentsPr(); properties.put_StylesType(record.value); this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + this.scrollerY.update(); } }, this)); @@ -278,7 +283,7 @@ define([ step: 1, width: 85, defaultUnit : "", - value: 3, + value: this.endLevel, maxValue: 9, minValue: 1, allowDecimal: false, @@ -294,6 +299,7 @@ define([ properties.clear_Styles(); properties.put_OutlineRange(this.startLevel, this.endLevel); this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + this.scrollerY.update(); } }, this)); @@ -310,7 +316,7 @@ define([ '
    ', '
    <%= name %>
    ', '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', '
    ' @@ -322,6 +328,14 @@ define([ this.levelsContainer = $('#tableofcontents-from-levels'); this.stylesContainer = $('#tableofcontents-from-styles'); + + this.scrollerY = new Common.UI.Scroller({ + el: this.$window.find('#tableofcontents-img').parent(), + minScrollbarLength : 20 + }); + this.scrollerY.update(); + this.scrollerY.scrollTop(0); + this.afterRender(); }, @@ -335,6 +349,7 @@ define([ close: function() { this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents(null); + this.scrollerY.update(); Common.Views.AdvancedSettingsWindow.prototype.close.apply(this); }, @@ -343,7 +358,8 @@ define([ var me = this, docStyles = this.api.asc_GetStylesArray(), - styles = []; + styles = [], + checkStyles = false; _.each(docStyles, function (style) { var name = style.get_Name(), level = me.api.asc_GetHeadingLevel(name); @@ -441,10 +457,25 @@ define([ } this.spnLevels.setValue(new_end>0 ? new_end : '', true); - this.spnLevels.setDisabled(disable_outlines || new_start>1 ); + checkStyles = (disable_outlines || new_start>1); + } else { + for (var i=this.startLevel; i<=this.endLevel; i++) { + var rec = _.findWhere(styles, {headerLevel: i}); + if (rec) { + rec.checked = true; + rec.value = i; + } + } } + styles.sort(function(a, b){ + var aname = a.name.toLocaleLowerCase(), + bname = b.name.toLocaleLowerCase(); + if (aname < bname) return -1; + if (aname > bname) return 1; + return 0; + }); this.stylesLevels.reset(styles); - if (this.spnLevels.isDisabled()) { + if (checkStyles) { this.radioStyles.setValue(true); this.stylesList.scroller.update({alwaysVisibleY: true}); var rec = this.stylesLevels.findWhere({checked: true}); @@ -465,6 +496,7 @@ define([ } this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', this._originalProps); + this.scrollerY.update(); this._noApply = false; }, @@ -526,12 +558,11 @@ define([ this.endLevel = new_end; this.spnLevels.setValue(new_end>0 ? new_end : '', true); - this.spnLevels.setDisabled(disable_outlines || new_start>1 ); this._needUpdateOutlineLevels = false; }, getSettings: function () { - var props = new Asc.CTableOfContentsPr(); + var props = this._originalProps; props.put_Hyperlink(this.chLinks.getValue() == 'checked'); props.put_ShowPageNumbers(this.chPages.getValue() == 'checked'); @@ -562,7 +593,7 @@ define([ if(!/[1-9]/.test(charCode) && !e.ctrlKey && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.DELETE && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.BACKSPACE && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.LEFT && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.RIGHT && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.HOME && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.END && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.ESC && e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.INSERT && - e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.TAB || input.val().length>1){ + e.keyCode !== Common.UI.Keys.TAB){ e.preventDefault(); e.stopPropagation(); } @@ -588,7 +619,8 @@ define([ properties.put_OutlineRange(-1, -1); else properties.put_OutlineRange(1, 9); - // this.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + me.api.SetDrawImagePlaceContents('tableofcontents-img', properties); + me.scrollerY.update(); } }); @@ -596,8 +628,10 @@ define([ onItemChange: function(listView, itemView, record) { this.addEvents(listView, itemView, record); + var inp = itemView.$el.find('input'); setTimeout(function(){ - itemView.$el.find('input').focus(); + inp.focus(); + inp[0].selectionStart = inp[0].selectionEnd = inp[0].value.length; }, 10); }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js index 001ac34f0..591e11007 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/07/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ define([ el: $('#table-border-color-menu') }); this.borderColor.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#table-border-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.borderColor, this.btnBorderColor)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.borderColor, this.btnBorderColor)); this.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#table-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); } this.colorsBack.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); this.borderColor.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js index e9f203177..bafd32703 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 2/27/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js index 859f8c90b..8464ad152 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TextArtSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 7/10/15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsBorder.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-border-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); this.btnGradColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1099,7 +1099,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsGrad.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsGradientSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-gradient-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); + this.btnGradColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); this.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1119,7 +1119,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); } this.colorsBorder.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js index a9b5f2e61..4293a236c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Toolbar view * * Created by Maxim.Kadushkin on 2/13/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -45,6 +45,7 @@ define([ 'underscore', 'backbone', 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template', + 'text!documenteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template', 'common/main/lib/collection/Fonts', 'common/main/lib/component/Button', 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBox', @@ -58,7 +59,7 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView' ,'common/main/lib/component/SynchronizeTip' ,'common/main/lib/component/Mixtbar' -], function ($, _, Backbone, template) { +], function ($, _, Backbone, template, template_view) { 'use strict'; DE.Views.Toolbar = Common.UI.Mixtbar.extend(_.extend((function(){ @@ -77,17 +78,6 @@ define([ initialize: function () { var me = this; - Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.initialize.call(this, { - template: _.template(template), - tabs: [ - { caption: me.textTabFile, action: 'file', extcls: 'canedit'}, - { caption: me.textTabHome, action: 'home', extcls: 'canedit'}, - { caption: me.textTabInsert, action: 'ins', extcls: 'canedit'}, - { caption: me.textTabLayout, action: 'layout', extcls: 'canedit'}, - { caption: me.textTabLinks, action: 'links', extcls: 'canedit'} - ]} - ); - /** * UI Components */ @@ -107,1058 +97,1077 @@ define([ hasCollaborativeChanges: undefined, previewmode: false }; - this.btnSaveCls = 'btn-save'; - this.btnSaveTip = this.tipSave + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); - - this.btnPrint = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-print', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-print no-mask' - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPrint); - - this.btnSave = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-save', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'no-mask ' + this.btnSaveCls - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnSave); - this.btnsSave = [this.btnSave]; - - this.btnUndo = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-undo', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-undo' - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnUndo); - - this.btnRedo = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-redo', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-redo' - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnRedo); - - this.btnCopy = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-copy', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-copy' - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnCopy); - - this.btnPaste = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-paste', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-paste' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnPaste); - - this.btnIncFontSize = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-incfont', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-incfont' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnIncFontSize); - - this.btnDecFontSize = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-decfont', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-decfont' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnDecFontSize); - - this.btnBold = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-bold', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-bold', - enableToggle: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnBold); - - this.btnItalic = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-italic', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-italic', - enableToggle: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnItalic); - - this.btnUnderline = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-underline', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-underline', - enableToggle: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnUnderline); - - this.btnStrikeout = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-strikeout', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-strikeout', - enableToggle: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnStrikeout); - - this.btnSuperscript = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-superscript', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-superscript', - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup: 'superscriptGroup' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnSuperscript); - - this.btnSubscript = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-subscript', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-subscript', - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup: 'superscriptGroup' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnSubscript); - - this.btnHighlightColor = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-highlight', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-highlight', - enableToggle: true, - allowDepress: true, - split: true, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'min-width: 100px;', - items: [ - {template: _.template('
    ')}, - {caption: '--'}, - this.mnuHighlightTransparent = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.strMenuNoFill, - checkable: true - }) - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnHighlightColor); - this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnHighlightColor); - - this.btnFontColor = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-fontcolor', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-fontcolor', - split: true, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - id: 'id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor', - caption: this.textAutoColor, - template: _.template('<%= caption %>') - }, - {caption: '--'}, - {template: _.template('
    ')}, - {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnFontColor); - - this.btnParagraphColor = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-paracolor', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-paracolor', - split: true, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - {template: _.template('
    ')}, - {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnParagraphColor); - this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnParagraphColor); - - this.btnAlignLeft = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-left', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-align-left', - enableToggle: true, - allowDepress: false, - toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignLeft); - - this.btnAlignCenter = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-center', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-align-center', - enableToggle: true, - allowDepress: false, - toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignCenter); - - this.btnAlignRight = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-right', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-align-right', - enableToggle: true, - allowDepress: false, - toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignRight); - - this.btnAlignJust = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-just', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-align-just', - enableToggle: true, - allowDepress: false, - toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignJust); - - this.btnHorizontalAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-halign', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-align-left', - icls: 'btn-align-left', - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'ppm-toolbar', - items: [ - { - caption: this.tipAlignLeft + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+L'), - iconCls: 'mnu-align-left', - icls: 'btn-align-left', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', - checked: true, - value: 1 - }, - { - caption: this.tipAlignCenter + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+E'), - iconCls: 'mnu-align-center', - icls: 'btn-align-center', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', - value: 2 - }, - { - caption: this.tipAlignRight + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+R'), - iconCls: 'mnu-align-right', - icls: 'btn-align-right', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', - value: 0 - }, - { - caption: this.tipAlignJust + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+J'), - iconCls: 'mnu-align-just', - icls: 'btn-align-just', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', - value: 3 - } - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnHorizontalAlign); - - this.btnDecLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-decoffset', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-decoffset' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnDecLeftOffset); - - this.btnIncLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-incoffset', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-incoffset' - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnIncLeftOffset); - - this.btnLineSpace = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-linespace', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-linespace', - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'min-width: 60px;', - items: [ - {caption: '1.0', value: 1.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, - {caption: '1.15', value: 1.15, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, - {caption: '1.5', value: 1.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, - {caption: '2.0', value: 2.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, - {caption: '2.5', value: 2.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, - {caption: '3.0', value: 3.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnLineSpace); - - this.btnShowHidenChars = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-hidenchars', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-hidenchars', - enableToggle: true, - split: true, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'min-width: 60px;', - items: [ - {caption: this.mniHiddenChars, value: 'characters', checkable: true}, - {caption: this.mniHiddenBorders, value: 'table', checkable: true} - ] - }) - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnShowHidenChars); - - this.btnMarkers = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-markers', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-setmarkers', - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup: 'markersGroup', - split: true, - menu: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnMarkers); - this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnMarkers); - - this.btnNumbers = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-numbering', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-numbering', - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup: 'markersGroup', - split: true, - menu: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnNumbers); - this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnNumbers); - - this.btnMultilevels = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-multilevels', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-multilevels', - menu: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnMultilevels); - this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnMultilevels); - - var clone = function (source) { - var obj = {}; - for (var prop in source) - obj[prop] = (typeof(source[prop]) == 'object') ? clone(source[prop]) : source[prop]; - return obj; - }; - - this.mnuMarkersPicker = { - conf: {index: 0}, - selectByIndex: function (idx) { - this.conf.index = idx; - } - }; - this.mnuNumbersPicker = clone(this.mnuMarkersPicker); - this.mnuMultilevelPicker = clone(this.mnuMarkersPicker); - - this.btnInsertTable = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-inserttable', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-inserttable', - caption: me.capBtnInsTable, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - {template: _.template('
    ')}, - {caption: this.mniCustomTable, value: 'custom'} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertTable); - - this.btnInsertImage = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-insertimage', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-insertimage', - caption: me.capBtnInsImage, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - {caption: this.mniImageFromFile, value: 'file'}, - {caption: this.mniImageFromUrl, value: 'url'} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertImage); - - this.btnInsertChart = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-insertchart', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - caption: me.capBtnInsChart, - iconCls: 'btn-insertchart', - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 435px;', - items: [ - {template: _.template('')} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertChart); - - this.btnInsertText = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-inserttext', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-text', - caption: me.capBtnInsTextbox, - enableToggle: true - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertText); - this.btnInsertTextArt = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-inserttextart', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-textart', - caption: me.capBtnInsTextart, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'menu-shapes', - items: [ - {template: _.template('
    ')} - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertTextArt); - - this.btnEditHeader = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-editheader', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-editheader', - caption: me.capBtnInsHeader, - menu: true - }); - this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker = { - conf: {disabled: false}, - isDisabled: function () { - return this.conf.disabled; - }, - setDisabled: function (val) { - this.conf.disabled = val; - } - }; - this.mnuPageNumCurrentPos = clone(this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker); - this.mnuInsertPageNum = clone(this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker); - this.mnuInsertPageCount = clone(this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuPageNumCurrentPos); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuInsertPageCount); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnEditHeader); - - this.btnInsertShape = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-insertshape', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-insertshape', - caption: me.capBtnInsShape, - enableToggle: true, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({cls: 'menu-shapes'}) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertShape); - - this.btnInsertEquation = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-insertequation', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-insertequation', - caption: me.capBtnInsEquation, - split: true, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({cls: 'menu-shapes'}) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertEquation); - - this.btnDropCap = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-dropcap', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-dropcap', - caption: me.capBtnInsDropcap, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'ppm-toolbar', - items: [ - { - caption: this.textNone, - iconCls: 'mnu-dropcap-none', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuDropCap', - value: Asc.c_oAscDropCap.None, - checked: true - }, - { - caption: this.textInText, - iconCls: 'mnu-dropcap-intext', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuDropCap', - value: Asc.c_oAscDropCap.Drop - }, - { - caption: this.textInMargin, - iconCls: 'mnu-dropcap-inmargin', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuDropCap', - value: Asc.c_oAscDropCap.Margin - }, - {caption: '--'}, - this.mnuDropCapAdvanced = new Common.UI.MenuItem({caption: this.mniEditDropCap}) - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnDropCap); - - this.btnContentControls = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-controls', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-controls', - caption: me.capBtnInsControls, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'ppm-toolbar', - items: [ - { - caption: this.textPlainControl, - iconCls: 'mnu-control-plain', - value: Asc.c_oAscSdtLevelType.Inline - }, - { - caption: this.textRichControl, - iconCls: 'mnu-control-rich', - value: Asc.c_oAscSdtLevelType.Block - }, - {caption: '--'}, - { - caption: this.textRemoveControl, - iconCls: 'mnu-control-remove', - value: 'remove' - }, - {caption: '--'}, - { - caption: this.mniEditControls, - value: 'settings' - } - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnContentControls); - - this.btnColumns = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-columns', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-columns', - caption: me.capBtnColumns, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'ppm-toolbar', - items: [ - { - caption: this.textColumnsOne, - iconCls: 'mnu-columns-one', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', - value: 0 - }, - { - caption: this.textColumnsTwo, - iconCls: 'mnu-columns-two', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', - value: 1 - }, - { - caption: this.textColumnsThree, - iconCls: 'mnu-columns-three', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', - value: 2 - }, - { - caption: this.textColumnsLeft, - iconCls: 'mnu-columns-left', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', - value: 3 - }, - { - caption: this.textColumnsRight, - iconCls: 'mnu-columns-right', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', - value: 4 - }, - { caption: '--' }, - { caption: this.textColumnsCustom, value: 'advanced' } - ] - }) - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnColumns); - - this.btnPageOrient = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-pageorient', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-pageorient', - caption: me.capBtnPageOrient, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'ppm-toolbar', - items: [ - { - caption: this.textPortrait, - iconCls: 'mnu-orient-portrait', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuOrient', - value: true - }, - { - caption: this.textLandscape, - iconCls: 'mnu-orient-landscape', - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuOrient', - value: false - } - ] - }) - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPageOrient); - - - var pageMarginsTemplate = _.template('
    <%= caption %>
    ' + - '<% if (options.value !== null) { %>
    ' + - '' + - '
    ' + - '' + - '
    ' + - '<% } %>    '); - - this.btnPageMargins = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-pagemargins', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-pagemargins', - caption: me.capBtnMargins, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption: this.textMarginsLast, - checkable: true, - template: pageMarginsTemplate, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins' - }, //top,left,bottom,right - { - caption: this.textMarginsNormal, - checkable: true, - template: pageMarginsTemplate, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', - value: [20, 30, 20, 15] - }, - { - caption: this.textMarginsUsNormal, - checkable: true, - template: pageMarginsTemplate, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', - value: [25.4, 25.4, 25.4, 25.4] - }, - { - caption: this.textMarginsNarrow, - checkable: true, - template: pageMarginsTemplate, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', - value: [12.7, 12.7, 12.7, 12.7] - }, - { - caption: this.textMarginsModerate, - checkable: true, - template: pageMarginsTemplate, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', - value: [25.4, 19.1, 25.4, 19.1] - }, - { - caption: this.textMarginsWide, - checkable: true, - template: pageMarginsTemplate, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', - value: [25.4, 50.8, 25.4, 50.8] - }, - {caption: '--'}, - {caption: this.textPageMarginsCustom, value: 'advanced'} - ] - }) - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPageMargins); - - var pageSizeTemplate = _.template('
    <%= caption %>
    ' + - '
    <%= parseFloat(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(options.value[0]).toFixed(2)) %> <%= Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName() %> x ' + - '<%= parseFloat(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(options.value[1]).toFixed(2)) %> <%= Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName() %>
    '); - - this.btnPageSize = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-pagesize', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-pagesize', - caption: me.capBtnPageSize, - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption: 'US Letter', - subtitle: '21,59cm x 27,94cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [215.9, 279.4] - }, - { - caption: 'US Legal', - subtitle: '21,59cm x 35,56cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [215.9, 355.6] - }, - { - caption: 'A4', - subtitle: '21cm x 29,7cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [210, 297], - checked: true - }, - { - caption: 'A5', - subtitle: '14,81cm x 20,99cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [148.1, 209.9] - }, - { - caption: 'B5', - subtitle: '17,6cm x 25,01cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [176, 250.1] - }, - { - caption: 'Envelope #10', - subtitle: '10,48cm x 24,13cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [104.8, 241.3] - }, - { - caption: 'Envelope DL', - subtitle: '11,01cm x 22,01cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [110.1, 220.1] - }, - { - caption: 'Tabloid', - subtitle: '27,94cm x 43,17cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [279.4, 431.7] - }, - { - caption: 'A3', - subtitle: '29,7cm x 42,01cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [297, 420.1] - }, - { - caption: 'Tabloid Oversize', - subtitle: '30,48cm x 45,71cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [304.8, 457.1] - }, - { - caption: 'ROC 16K', - subtitle: '19,68cm x 27,3cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [196.8, 273] - }, - { - caption: 'Envelope Choukei 3', - subtitle: '11,99cm x 23,49cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [119.9, 234.9] - }, - { - caption: 'Super B/A3', - subtitle: '33,02cm x 48,25cm', - template: pageSizeTemplate, - checkable: true, - toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', - value: [330.2, 482.5] - }, - {caption: '--'}, - {caption: this.textPageSizeCustom, value: 'advanced'} - ] - }) - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPageSize); - - this.btnClearStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-clearstyle', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-clearstyle' - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnClearStyle); - - this.btnCopyStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-copystyle', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-copystyle', - enableToggle: true - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnCopyStyle); - - this.btnColorSchemas = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-colorschemas', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-colorschemas', - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [], - maxHeight: 560, - restoreHeight: 560 - }).on('show:before', function (mnu) { - if (!this.scroller) { - this.scroller = new Common.UI.Scroller({ - el: $(this.el).find('.dropdown-menu '), - useKeyboard: this.enableKeyEvents && !this.handleSelect, - minScrollbarLength: 40, - alwaysVisibleY: true - }); - } - }) - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnColorSchemas); - - this.btnMailRecepients = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-mailrecepients', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-mailrecepients' - }); - - this.btnHide = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-hidebars', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-hidebars no-mask', - menu: true - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnHide); - - this.btnFitPage = { - conf: {checked: false}, - setChecked: function (val) { - this.conf.checked = val; - }, - isChecked: function () { - return this.conf.checked; - } - }; - this.btnFitWidth = clone(this.btnFitPage); - this.mnuZoom = {options: {value: 100}}; - - this.btnAdvSettings = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'id-toolbar-btn-settings', - cls: 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls: 'btn-settings no-mask' - }); - this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnAdvSettings); - - me.btnImgAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-img-align', - caption: me.capImgAlign, - menu: true - }); - - me.btnImgGroup = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-img-group', - caption: me.capImgGroup, - menu: true - }); - me.btnImgForward = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-img-frwd', - caption: me.capImgForward, - split: true, - menu: true - }); - me.btnImgBackward = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-img-bkwd', - caption: me.capImgBackward, - split: true, - menu: true - }); - me.btnImgWrapping = new Common.UI.Button({ - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-img-wrap', - caption: me.capImgWrapping, - menu: true - }); - me.toolbarControls.push( me.btnImgAlign, - me.btnImgGroup, me.btnImgForward, me.btnImgBackward, me.btnImgWrapping); - - // - // Menus - // - - this.mnuLineSpace = this.btnLineSpace.menu; - this.mnuNonPrinting = this.btnShowHidenChars.menu; - this.mnuInsertTable = this.btnInsertTable.menu; - this.mnuInsertImage = this.btnInsertImage.menu; - this.mnuPageSize = this.btnPageSize.menu; - this.mnuColorSchema = this.btnColorSchemas.menu; - - this.cmbFontSize = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - cls: 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 55px;', - hint: this.tipFontSize, - data: [ - {value: 8, displayValue: "8"}, - {value: 9, displayValue: "9"}, - {value: 10, displayValue: "10"}, - {value: 11, displayValue: "11"}, - {value: 12, displayValue: "12"}, - {value: 14, displayValue: "14"}, - {value: 16, displayValue: "16"}, - {value: 18, displayValue: "18"}, - {value: 20, displayValue: "20"}, - {value: 22, displayValue: "22"}, - {value: 24, displayValue: "24"}, - {value: 26, displayValue: "26"}, - {value: 28, displayValue: "28"}, - {value: 36, displayValue: "36"}, - {value: 48, displayValue: "48"}, - {value: 72, displayValue: "72"} - ] - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.cmbFontSize); - - this.cmbFontName = new Common.UI.ComboBoxFonts({ - cls: 'input-group-nr', - menuCls: 'scrollable-menu', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 325px;', - hint: this.tipFontName, - store: new Common.Collections.Fonts() - }); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.cmbFontName); - - this.listStylesAdditionalMenuItem = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - template: _.template( - '
    ' + - '' + - '' + - '
    ') - }); - - this.listStyles = new Common.UI.ComboDataView({ - cls: 'combo-styles', - itemWidth: 104, - itemHeight: 38, -// hint : this.tipParagraphStyle, - enableKeyEvents: true, - additionalMenuItems: [this.listStylesAdditionalMenuItem], - beforeOpenHandler: function (e) { - var cmp = this, - menu = cmp.openButton.menu, - minMenuColumn = 6; - - if (menu.cmpEl) { - var itemEl = $(cmp.cmpEl.find('.dataview.inner .style').get(0)).parent(); - var itemMargin = /*parseInt($(itemEl.get(0)).parent().css('margin-right'))*/-1; - var itemWidth = itemEl.is(':visible') ? parseInt(itemEl.css('width')) : - (cmp.itemWidth + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-left')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-right')) + - parseInt(itemEl.css('border-left-width')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('border-right-width'))); - - var minCount = cmp.menuPicker.store.length >= minMenuColumn ? minMenuColumn : cmp.menuPicker.store.length, - columnCount = Math.min(cmp.menuPicker.store.length, Math.round($('.dataview', $(cmp.fieldPicker.el)).width() / (itemMargin + itemWidth) + 0.5)); - - columnCount = columnCount < minCount ? minCount : columnCount; - menu.menuAlignEl = cmp.cmpEl; - - menu.menuAlign = 'tl-tl'; - var offset = cmp.cmpEl.width() - cmp.openButton.$el.width() - columnCount * (itemMargin + itemWidth) - 1; - menu.setOffset(Math.min(offset, 0)); - - menu.cmpEl.css({ - 'width': columnCount * (itemWidth + itemMargin), - 'min-height': cmp.cmpEl.height() - }); - } - - if (cmp.menuPicker.scroller) { - cmp.menuPicker.scroller.update({ - includePadding: true, - suppressScrollX: true - }); - } - - cmp.removeTips(); - } - }); - - this.listStyles.fieldPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ - '
    ', - '
    ', - '
    ' - ].join('')); - this.listStyles.menuPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ - '
    ', - '
    ', - '
    ' - ].join('')); - this.paragraphControls.push(this.listStyles); - this.textOnlyControls.push(this.listStyles); - - // Disable all components before load document - _.each(this.toolbarControls.concat(this.paragraphControls), function (cmp) { - if (_.isFunction(cmp.setDisabled)) - cmp.setDisabled(true); - }); - this.btnMailRecepients.setDisabled(true); - - var editStyleMenuUpdate = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.textStyleMenuUpdate - }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuUpdate, me)); - - var editStyleMenuRestore = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.textStyleMenuDelete - }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuDelete, me)); - - var editStyleMenuDelete = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.textStyleMenuRestore - }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuDelete, me)); - - var editStyleMenuRestoreAll = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.textStyleMenuRestoreAll - }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuRestoreAll, me)); - - var editStyleMenuDeleteAll = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.textStyleMenuDeleteAll - }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuDeleteAll, me)); - - if (this.styleMenu == null) { - this.styleMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - editStyleMenuUpdate, - editStyleMenuRestore, - editStyleMenuDelete, - editStyleMenuRestoreAll, - editStyleMenuDeleteAll - ] - }); - } - - this.on('render:after', _.bind(this.onToolbarAfterRender, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', me.onAppReady.bind(this)); + return this; + }, + applyLayout: function (config) { + var me = this; + + if ( config.isEdit ) { + Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.initialize.call(this, { + template: _.template(template), + tabs: [ + {caption: me.textTabFile, action: 'file', extcls: 'canedit', haspanel:false}, + {caption: me.textTabHome, action: 'home', extcls: 'canedit'}, + {caption: me.textTabInsert, action: 'ins', extcls: 'canedit'}, + {caption: me.textTabLayout, action: 'layout', extcls: 'canedit'}, + {caption: me.textTabLinks, action: 'links', extcls: 'canedit'} + ] + } + ); + + this.btnSaveCls = 'btn-save'; + this.btnSaveTip = this.tipSave + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); + + this.btnPrint = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-print', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-print no-mask' + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPrint); + + this.btnSave = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-save', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'no-mask ' + this.btnSaveCls, + signals: ['disabled'] + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnSave); + this.btnCollabChanges = this.btnSave; + + this.btnUndo = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-undo', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-undo', + signals: ['disabled'] + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnUndo); + + this.btnRedo = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-redo', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-redo', + signals: ['disabled'] + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnRedo); + + this.btnCopy = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-copy', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-copy' + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnCopy); + + this.btnPaste = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-paste', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-paste' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnPaste); + + this.btnIncFontSize = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-incfont', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-incfont' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnIncFontSize); + + this.btnDecFontSize = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-decfont', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-decfont' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnDecFontSize); + + this.btnBold = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-bold', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-bold', + enableToggle: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnBold); + + this.btnItalic = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-italic', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-italic', + enableToggle: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnItalic); + + this.btnUnderline = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-underline', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-underline', + enableToggle: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnUnderline); + + this.btnStrikeout = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-strikeout', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-strikeout', + enableToggle: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnStrikeout); + + this.btnSuperscript = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-superscript', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-superscript', + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'superscriptGroup' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnSuperscript); + + this.btnSubscript = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-subscript', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-subscript', + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'superscriptGroup' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnSubscript); + + this.btnHighlightColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-highlight', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-highlight', + enableToggle: true, + allowDepress: true, + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'min-width: 100px;', + items: [ + {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {caption: '--'}, + this.mnuHighlightTransparent = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: this.strMenuNoFill, + checkable: true + }) + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnHighlightColor); + this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnHighlightColor); + + this.btnFontColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-fontcolor', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-fontcolor', + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + id: 'id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor', + caption: this.textAutoColor, + template: _.template('<%= caption %>') + }, + {caption: '--'}, + {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnFontColor); + + this.btnParagraphColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-paracolor', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-paracolor', + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '')} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnParagraphColor); + this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnParagraphColor); + + this.btnAlignLeft = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-left', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-left', + enableToggle: true, + allowDepress: false, + toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignLeft); + + this.btnAlignCenter = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-center', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-center', + enableToggle: true, + allowDepress: false, + toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignCenter); + + this.btnAlignRight = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-right', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-right', + enableToggle: true, + allowDepress: false, + toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignRight); + + this.btnAlignJust = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-align-just', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-just', + enableToggle: true, + allowDepress: false, + toggleGroup: 'alignGroup' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnAlignJust); + + this.btnHorizontalAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-halign', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-left', + icls: 'btn-align-left', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'ppm-toolbar', + items: [ + { + caption: this.tipAlignLeft + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+L'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-left', + icls: 'btn-align-left', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + checked: true, + value: 1 + }, + { + caption: this.tipAlignCenter + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+E'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-center', + icls: 'btn-align-center', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + value: 2 + }, + { + caption: this.tipAlignRight + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+R'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-right', + icls: 'btn-align-right', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + value: 0 + }, + { + caption: this.tipAlignJust + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+J'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-just', + icls: 'btn-align-just', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + value: 3 + } + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnHorizontalAlign); + + this.btnDecLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-decoffset', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-decoffset' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnDecLeftOffset); + + this.btnIncLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-incoffset', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-incoffset' + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnIncLeftOffset); + + this.btnLineSpace = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-linespace', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-linespace', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'min-width: 60px;', + items: [ + {caption: '1.0', value: 1.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '1.15', value: 1.15, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '1.5', value: 1.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '2.0', value: 2.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '2.5', value: 2.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '3.0', value: 3.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnLineSpace); + + this.btnShowHidenChars = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-hidenchars', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-hidenchars', + enableToggle: true, + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'min-width: 60px;', + items: [ + {caption: this.mniHiddenChars, value: 'characters', checkable: true}, + {caption: this.mniHiddenBorders, value: 'table', checkable: true} + ] + }) + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnShowHidenChars); + + this.btnMarkers = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-markers', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-setmarkers', + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'markersGroup', + split: true, + menu: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnMarkers); + this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnMarkers); + + this.btnNumbers = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-numbering', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-numbering', + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'markersGroup', + split: true, + menu: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnNumbers); + this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnNumbers); + + this.btnMultilevels = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-multilevels', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-multilevels', + menu: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnMultilevels); + this.textOnlyControls.push(this.btnMultilevels); + + var clone = function (source) { + var obj = {}; + for (var prop in source) + obj[prop] = (typeof(source[prop]) == 'object') ? clone(source[prop]) : source[prop]; + return obj; + }; + + this.mnuMarkersPicker = { + conf: {index: 0}, + selectByIndex: function (idx) { + this.conf.index = idx; + } + }; + this.mnuNumbersPicker = clone(this.mnuMarkersPicker); + this.mnuMultilevelPicker = clone(this.mnuMarkersPicker); + + this.btnInsertTable = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-inserttable', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-inserttable', + caption: me.capBtnInsTable, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {template: _.template('
    ')}, + {caption: this.mniCustomTable, value: 'custom'} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertTable); + + this.btnInsertImage = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertimage', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-insertimage', + caption: me.capBtnInsImage, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {caption: this.mniImageFromFile, value: 'file'}, + {caption: this.mniImageFromUrl, value: 'url'} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertImage); + + this.btnInsertChart = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertchart', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + caption: me.capBtnInsChart, + iconCls: 'btn-insertchart', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'width: 435px;', + items: [ + {template: _.template('')} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertChart); + + this.btnInsertText = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-inserttext', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-text', + caption: me.capBtnInsTextbox, + enableToggle: true + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertText); + this.btnInsertTextArt = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-inserttextart', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-textart', + caption: me.capBtnInsTextart, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'menu-shapes', + items: [ + {template: _.template('
    ')} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertTextArt); + + this.btnEditHeader = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-editheader', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-editheader', + caption: me.capBtnInsHeader, + menu: true + }); + this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker = { + conf: {disabled: false}, + isDisabled: function () { + return this.conf.disabled; + }, + setDisabled: function (val) { + this.conf.disabled = val; + } + }; + this.mnuPageNumCurrentPos = clone(this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker); + this.mnuInsertPageNum = clone(this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker); + this.mnuInsertPageCount = clone(this.mnuPageNumberPosPicker); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuPageNumCurrentPos); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuInsertPageCount); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnEditHeader); + + this.btnInsertShape = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertshape', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-insertshape', + caption: me.capBtnInsShape, + enableToggle: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({cls: 'menu-shapes'}) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertShape); + + this.btnInsertEquation = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertequation', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-insertequation', + caption: me.capBtnInsEquation, + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({cls: 'menu-shapes'}) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnInsertEquation); + + this.btnDropCap = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-dropcap', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-dropcap', + caption: me.capBtnInsDropcap, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'ppm-toolbar', + items: [ + { + caption: this.textNone, + iconCls: 'mnu-dropcap-none', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuDropCap', + value: Asc.c_oAscDropCap.None, + checked: true + }, + { + caption: this.textInText, + iconCls: 'mnu-dropcap-intext', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuDropCap', + value: Asc.c_oAscDropCap.Drop + }, + { + caption: this.textInMargin, + iconCls: 'mnu-dropcap-inmargin', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuDropCap', + value: Asc.c_oAscDropCap.Margin + }, + {caption: '--'}, + this.mnuDropCapAdvanced = new Common.UI.MenuItem({caption: this.mniEditDropCap}) + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnDropCap); + + this.btnContentControls = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-controls', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-controls', + caption: me.capBtnInsControls, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'ppm-toolbar', + items: [ + { + caption: this.textPlainControl, + iconCls: 'mnu-control-plain', + value: Asc.c_oAscSdtLevelType.Inline + }, + { + caption: this.textRichControl, + iconCls: 'mnu-control-rich', + value: Asc.c_oAscSdtLevelType.Block + }, + {caption: '--'}, + { + caption: this.textRemoveControl, + iconCls: 'mnu-control-remove', + value: 'remove' + }, + {caption: '--'}, + { + caption: this.mniEditControls, + value: 'settings' + } + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnContentControls); + + this.btnColumns = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-columns', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-columns', + caption: me.capBtnColumns, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'ppm-toolbar', + items: [ + { + caption: this.textColumnsOne, + iconCls: 'mnu-columns-one', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 0 + }, + { + caption: this.textColumnsTwo, + iconCls: 'mnu-columns-two', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 1 + }, + { + caption: this.textColumnsThree, + iconCls: 'mnu-columns-three', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 2 + }, + { + caption: this.textColumnsLeft, + iconCls: 'mnu-columns-left', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 3 + }, + { + caption: this.textColumnsRight, + iconCls: 'mnu-columns-right', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuColumns', + value: 4 + }, + {caption: '--'}, + {caption: this.textColumnsCustom, value: 'advanced'} + ] + }) + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.btnColumns); + + this.btnPageOrient = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-pageorient', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-pageorient', + caption: me.capBtnPageOrient, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'ppm-toolbar', + items: [ + { + caption: this.textPortrait, + iconCls: 'mnu-orient-portrait', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuOrient', + value: true + }, + { + caption: this.textLandscape, + iconCls: 'mnu-orient-landscape', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuOrient', + value: false + } + ] + }) + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPageOrient); + + + var pageMarginsTemplate = _.template('
    <%= caption %>
    ' + + '<% if (options.value !== null) { %>
    ' + + '' + + '
    ' + + '' + + '
    ' + + '<% } %>    '); + + this.btnPageMargins = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-pagemargins', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-pagemargins', + caption: me.capBtnMargins, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: this.textMarginsLast, + checkable: true, + template: pageMarginsTemplate, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins' + }, //top,left,bottom,right + { + caption: this.textMarginsNormal, + checkable: true, + template: pageMarginsTemplate, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', + value: [20, 30, 20, 15] + }, + { + caption: this.textMarginsUsNormal, + checkable: true, + template: pageMarginsTemplate, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', + value: [25.4, 25.4, 25.4, 25.4] + }, + { + caption: this.textMarginsNarrow, + checkable: true, + template: pageMarginsTemplate, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', + value: [12.7, 12.7, 12.7, 12.7] + }, + { + caption: this.textMarginsModerate, + checkable: true, + template: pageMarginsTemplate, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', + value: [25.4, 19.1, 25.4, 19.1] + }, + { + caption: this.textMarginsWide, + checkable: true, + template: pageMarginsTemplate, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageMargins', + value: [25.4, 50.8, 25.4, 50.8] + }, + {caption: '--'}, + {caption: this.textPageMarginsCustom, value: 'advanced'} + ] + }) + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPageMargins); + + var pageSizeTemplate = _.template('
    <%= caption %>
    ' + + '
    <%= parseFloat(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(options.value[0]).toFixed(2)) %> <%= Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName() %> x ' + + '<%= parseFloat(Common.Utils.Metric.fnRecalcFromMM(options.value[1]).toFixed(2)) %> <%= Common.Utils.Metric.getCurrentMetricName() %>
    '); + + this.btnPageSize = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-pagesize', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-pagesize', + caption: me.capBtnPageSize, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: 'US Letter', + subtitle: '21,59cm x 27,94cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [215.9, 279.4] + }, + { + caption: 'US Legal', + subtitle: '21,59cm x 35,56cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [215.9, 355.6] + }, + { + caption: 'A4', + subtitle: '21cm x 29,7cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [210, 297], + checked: true + }, + { + caption: 'A5', + subtitle: '14,81cm x 20,99cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [148, 210] + }, + { + caption: 'B5', + subtitle: '17,6cm x 25,01cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [176, 250] + }, + { + caption: 'Envelope #10', + subtitle: '10,48cm x 24,13cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [104.8, 241.3] + }, + { + caption: 'Envelope DL', + subtitle: '11,01cm x 22,01cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [110, 220] + }, + { + caption: 'Tabloid', + subtitle: '27,94cm x 43,17cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [279.4, 431.8] + }, + { + caption: 'A3', + subtitle: '29,7cm x 42,01cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [297, 420] + }, + { + caption: 'Tabloid Oversize', + subtitle: '30,48cm x 45,71cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [304.8, 457.1] + }, + { + caption: 'ROC 16K', + subtitle: '19,68cm x 27,3cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [196.8, 273] + }, + { + caption: 'Envelope Choukei 3', + subtitle: '11,99cm x 23,49cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [119.9, 234.9] + }, + { + caption: 'Super B/A3', + subtitle: '33,02cm x 48,25cm', + template: pageSizeTemplate, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'menuPageSize', + value: [330.2, 482.5] + }, + {caption: '--'}, + {caption: this.textPageSizeCustom, value: 'advanced'} + ] + }) + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnPageSize); + + this.btnClearStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-clearstyle', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-clearstyle' + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnClearStyle); + + this.btnCopyStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-copystyle', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-copystyle', + enableToggle: true + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnCopyStyle); + + this.btnColorSchemas = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-colorschemas', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-colorschemas', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [], + maxHeight: 560, + restoreHeight: 560 + }).on('show:before', function (mnu) { + if (!this.scroller) { + this.scroller = new Common.UI.Scroller({ + el: $(this.el).find('.dropdown-menu '), + useKeyboard: this.enableKeyEvents && !this.handleSelect, + minScrollbarLength: 40, + alwaysVisibleY: true + }); + } + }) + }); + this.toolbarControls.push(this.btnColorSchemas); + + this.btnMailRecepients = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-mailrecepients', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-mailrecepients' + }); + + me.btnImgAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-img-align', + caption: me.capImgAlign, + menu: true + }); + + me.btnImgGroup = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-img-group', + caption: me.capImgGroup, + menu: true + }); + me.btnImgForward = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-img-frwd', + caption: me.capImgForward, + split: true, + menu: true + }); + me.btnImgBackward = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-img-bkwd', + caption: me.capImgBackward, + split: true, + menu: true + }); + me.btnImgWrapping = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-img-wrap', + caption: me.capImgWrapping, + menu: true + }); + me.toolbarControls.push(me.btnImgAlign, + me.btnImgGroup, me.btnImgForward, me.btnImgBackward, me.btnImgWrapping); + + // + // Menus + // + + this.mnuLineSpace = this.btnLineSpace.menu; + this.mnuNonPrinting = this.btnShowHidenChars.menu; + this.mnuInsertTable = this.btnInsertTable.menu; + this.mnuInsertImage = this.btnInsertImage.menu; + this.mnuPageSize = this.btnPageSize.menu; + this.mnuColorSchema = this.btnColorSchemas.menu; + + this.cmbFontSize = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 55px;', + hint: this.tipFontSize, + data: [ + {value: 8, displayValue: "8"}, + {value: 9, displayValue: "9"}, + {value: 10, displayValue: "10"}, + {value: 11, displayValue: "11"}, + {value: 12, displayValue: "12"}, + {value: 14, displayValue: "14"}, + {value: 16, displayValue: "16"}, + {value: 18, displayValue: "18"}, + {value: 20, displayValue: "20"}, + {value: 22, displayValue: "22"}, + {value: 24, displayValue: "24"}, + {value: 26, displayValue: "26"}, + {value: 28, displayValue: "28"}, + {value: 36, displayValue: "36"}, + {value: 48, displayValue: "48"}, + {value: 72, displayValue: "72"} + ] + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.cmbFontSize); + + this.cmbFontName = new Common.UI.ComboBoxFonts({ + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuCls: 'scrollable-menu', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 325px;', + hint: this.tipFontName, + store: new Common.Collections.Fonts() + }); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.cmbFontName); + + this.listStylesAdditionalMenuItem = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + template: _.template( + '
    ' + + '' + + '' + + '
    ') + }); + + this.listStyles = new Common.UI.ComboDataView({ + cls: 'combo-styles', + itemWidth: 104, + itemHeight: 38, +// hint : this.tipParagraphStyle, + enableKeyEvents: true, + additionalMenuItems: [this.listStylesAdditionalMenuItem], + beforeOpenHandler: function (e) { + var cmp = this, + menu = cmp.openButton.menu, + minMenuColumn = 6; + + if (menu.cmpEl) { + var itemEl = $(cmp.cmpEl.find('.dataview.inner .style').get(0)).parent(); + var itemMargin = /*parseInt($(itemEl.get(0)).parent().css('margin-right'))*/-1; + var itemWidth = itemEl.is(':visible') ? parseInt(itemEl.css('width')) : + (cmp.itemWidth + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-left')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-right')) + + parseInt(itemEl.css('border-left-width')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('border-right-width'))); + + var minCount = cmp.menuPicker.store.length >= minMenuColumn ? minMenuColumn : cmp.menuPicker.store.length, + columnCount = Math.min(cmp.menuPicker.store.length, Math.round($('.dataview', $(cmp.fieldPicker.el)).width() / (itemMargin + itemWidth) + 0.5)); + + columnCount = columnCount < minCount ? minCount : columnCount; + menu.menuAlignEl = cmp.cmpEl; + + menu.menuAlign = 'tl-tl'; + var offset = cmp.cmpEl.width() - cmp.openButton.$el.width() - columnCount * (itemMargin + itemWidth) - 1; + menu.setOffset(Math.min(offset, 0)); + + menu.cmpEl.css({ + 'width': columnCount * (itemWidth + itemMargin), + 'min-height': cmp.cmpEl.height() + }); + } + + if (cmp.menuPicker.scroller) { + cmp.menuPicker.scroller.update({ + includePadding: true, + suppressScrollX: true + }); + } + + cmp.removeTips(); + } + }); + + this.listStyles.fieldPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ' + ].join('')); + this.listStyles.menuPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ + '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ' + ].join('')); + this.paragraphControls.push(this.listStyles); + this.textOnlyControls.push(this.listStyles); + + // Disable all components before load document + _.each(this.toolbarControls.concat(this.paragraphControls), function (cmp) { + if (_.isFunction(cmp.setDisabled)) + cmp.setDisabled(true); + }); + this.btnMailRecepients.setDisabled(true); + + var editStyleMenuUpdate = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textStyleMenuUpdate + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuUpdate, me)); + + var editStyleMenuRestore = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textStyleMenuDelete + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuDelete, me)); + + var editStyleMenuDelete = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textStyleMenuRestore + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuDelete, me)); + + var editStyleMenuRestoreAll = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textStyleMenuRestoreAll + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuRestoreAll, me)); + + var editStyleMenuDeleteAll = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textStyleMenuDeleteAll + }).on('click', _.bind(me.onStyleMenuDeleteAll, me)); + + if (this.styleMenu == null) { + this.styleMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + editStyleMenuUpdate, + editStyleMenuRestore, + editStyleMenuDelete, + editStyleMenuRestoreAll, + editStyleMenuDeleteAll + ] + }); + } + + this.on('render:after', _.bind(this.onToolbarAfterRender, this)); + } else { + Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.initialize.call(this, { + template: _.template(template_view), + tabs: [ + {caption: me.textTabFile, action: 'file', haspanel: false} + ] + } + ); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ + if (action=='plugins' && visible) { + var compactview = false; + if ( Common.localStorage.itemExists("de-compact-toolbar") ) { + compactview = Common.localStorage.getBool("de-compact-toolbar"); + } else if ( config.customization && config.customization.compactToolbar ) + compactview = true; + + if (!compactview) { + me.setFolded(false); + me.setTab('plugins'); + me.fireEvent('view:compact', [me, compactview]); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'toolbar'); + } + } + }, this)); + } return this; }, @@ -1177,56 +1186,62 @@ define([ } else { me.$layout.find('.canedit').hide(); me.$layout.addClass('folded'); - me.$el.html(me.$layout); } this.fireEvent('render:after', [this]); Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.afterRender.call(this); - /** coauthoring begin **/ - this.showSynchTip = !Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hide-synch"); - this.needShowSynchTip = false; - /** coauthoring end **/ - Common.NotificationCenter.on({ 'window:resize': function() { Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.onResize.apply(me, arguments); } }); - if ( me.isCompactView ) - me.setFolded(true); else + if ( mode.isEdit ) { + /** coauthoring begin **/ + this.showSynchTip = !Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hide-synch"); + this.needShowSynchTip = false; + /** coauthoring end **/ + me.setTab('home'); - var top = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-top"), - left = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-left"), - bottom = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-bottom"), - right = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-right"); - if ( top!==null && left!==null && bottom!==null && right!==null ) { - var mnu = this.btnPageMargins.menu.items[0]; - mnu.options.value = mnu.value = [parseFloat(top), parseFloat(left), parseFloat(bottom), parseFloat(right)]; - mnu.setVisible(true); - $(mnu.el).html(mnu.template({id: Common.UI.getId(), caption : mnu.caption, options : mnu.options})); - } else - this.btnPageMargins.menu.items[0].setVisible(false); + var top = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-top"), + left = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-left"), + bottom = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-bottom"), + right = Common.localStorage.getItem("de-pgmargins-right"); + if ( top!==null && left!==null && bottom!==null && right!==null ) { + var mnu = this.btnPageMargins.menu.items[0]; + mnu.options.value = mnu.value = [parseFloat(top), parseFloat(left), parseFloat(bottom), parseFloat(right)]; + mnu.setVisible(true); + $(mnu.el).html(mnu.template({id: Common.UI.getId(), caption : mnu.caption, options : mnu.options})); + } else + this.btnPageMargins.menu.items[0].setVisible(false); + } + + if ( me.isCompactView ) + me.setFolded(true); return this; }, onTabClick: function (e) { - var tab = $(e.target).data('tab'), - me = this; - - if ( !me.isTabActive(tab) ) { - if ( tab == 'file' ) { - me.fireEvent('file:open'); - } else - if ( me.isTabActive('file') ) - me.fireEvent('file:close'); - } + var me = this, + tab = $(e.currentTarget).find('> a[data-tab]').data('tab'), + is_file_active = me.isTabActive('file'); Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.onTabClick.apply(me, arguments); + + if ( is_file_active ) { + me.fireEvent('file:close'); + } else + if ( tab == 'file' ) { + me.fireEvent('file:open'); + me.setTab(tab); + } + + if ( me.isTabActive('home')) + me.fireEvent('home:open'); }, rendererComponents: function (html) { @@ -1285,8 +1300,6 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-btn-clearstyle', this.btnClearStyle); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-copystyle', this.btnCopyStyle); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-colorschemas', this.btnColorSchemas); - _injectComponent('#slot-btn-hidebars', this.btnHide); - _injectComponent('#slot-btn-settings', this.btnAdvSettings); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-paracolor', this.btnParagraphColor); _injectComponent('#slot-field-styles', this.listStyles); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-halign', this.btnHorizontalAlign); @@ -1300,12 +1313,7 @@ define([ +function injectBreakButtons() { var me = this; - me.btnsPageBreak = []; - me.btnsPageBreak.disable = function(status) { - this.forEach(function(btn) { - btn.setDisabled(status); - }); - }; + me.btnsPageBreak = createButtonSet(); var $slots = $host.find('.btn-slot.btn-pagebreak'); $slots.each(function(index, el) { @@ -1320,7 +1328,7 @@ define([ menu: true }).render( $slots.eq(index) ); - me.btnsPageBreak.push(button); + me.btnsPageBreak.add(button); }); Array.prototype.push.apply(me.paragraphControls, me.btnsPageBreak); @@ -1538,67 +1546,14 @@ define([ this.btnCopyStyle.updateHint(this.tipCopyStyle + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+Shift+C')); this.btnColorSchemas.updateHint(this.tipColorSchemas); this.btnMailRecepients.updateHint(this.tipMailRecepients); - this.btnHide.updateHint(this.tipViewSettings); - this.btnAdvSettings.updateHint(this.tipAdvSettings); // set menus var me = this; - this.btnHide.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'pull-right', - style: 'min-width: 180px;', - items: [ - this.mnuitemCompactToolbar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textCompactView, - checked: me.isCompactView, - checkable: true - }), - this.mnuitemHideStatusBar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textHideStatusBar, - checked: Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hidden-status"), - checkable: true - }), - this.mnuitemHideRulers = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textHideLines, - checked: Common.localStorage.getBool("de-hidden-rulers"), - checkable: true - }), - {caption: '--'}, - this.btnFitPage = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textFitPage, - checkable: true, - checked: this.btnFitPage.isChecked() - }), - this.btnFitWidth = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textFitWidth, - checkable: true, - checked: this.btnFitWidth.isChecked() - }), - this.mnuZoom = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - template: _.template([ - '' - ].join('')), - stopPropagation: true, - value: this.mnuZoom.options.value - }) - ] - }) - ); // if (this.mode.isDesktopApp || this.mode.canBrandingExt && this.mode.customization && this.mode.customization.header === false) // this.mnuitemHideTitleBar.hide(); - if (this.mode.canBrandingExt && this.mode.customization && this.mode.customization.statusBar===false) - this.mnuitemHideStatusBar.hide(); - this.btnMarkers.setMenu( new Common.UI.Menu({ style: 'min-width: 139px', @@ -1656,15 +1611,6 @@ define([ this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuPageNumCurrentPos); this.paragraphControls.push(this.mnuInsertPageCount); - this.mnuZoomOut = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('#id-menu-zoom-out'), - cls: 'btn-toolbar' - }); - this.mnuZoomIn = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('#id-menu-zoom-in'), - cls: 'btn-toolbar' - }); - // set dataviews var _conf = this.mnuMarkersPicker.conf; @@ -1964,13 +1910,6 @@ define([ maxRows: 8, maxColumns: 10 }); - - var btnsave = DE.getController('LeftMenu').getView('LeftMenu').getMenu('file').getButton('save'); - if (btnsave && this.btnsSave) { - this.btnsSave.push(btnsave); - this.toolbarControls.push(btnsave); - btnsave.setDisabled(this.btnsSave[0].isDisabled()); - } }, onToolbarAfterRender: function(toolbar) { @@ -2054,11 +1993,7 @@ define([ setMode: function (mode) { if (mode.isDisconnected) { - this.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(true); - } - }); + this.btnSave.setDisabled(true); if (mode.disableDownload) this.btnPrint.setDisabled(true); } @@ -2067,6 +2002,8 @@ define([ this.btnMailRecepients.setVisible(mode.canCoAuthoring == true && mode.canUseMailMerge); this.listStylesAdditionalMenuItem.setVisible(mode.canEditStyles); + this.btnContentControls.menu.items[4].setVisible(mode.canEditContentControl); + this.btnContentControls.menu.items[5].setVisible(mode.canEditContentControl); }, onSendThemeColorSchemes: function (schemas) { @@ -2130,65 +2067,55 @@ define([ /** coauthoring begin **/ onCollaborativeChanges: function () { if (this._state.hasCollaborativeChanges) return; - if (!this.btnSave.rendered || this._state.previewmode) { + if (!this.btnCollabChanges.rendered || this._state.previewmode) { this.needShowSynchTip = true; return; } this._state.hasCollaborativeChanges = true; - var iconEl = $('.icon', this.btnSave.cmpEl); - iconEl.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls); - iconEl.addClass('btn-synch'); + this.btnCollabChanges.$icon.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls).addClass('btn-synch'); if (this.showSynchTip) { - this.btnSave.updateHint(''); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(''); if (this.synchTooltip === undefined) this.createSynchTip(); this.synchTooltip.show(); } else { - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); } - this.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(false); - } - }); + this.btnSave.setDisabled(false); Common.Gateway.collaborativeChanges(); }, createSynchTip: function () { this.synchTooltip = new Common.UI.SynchronizeTip({ - target: $('#id-toolbar-btn-save') + extCls: this.mode.isDesktopApp ? 'inc-index' : undefined, + target: this.btnCollabChanges.$el }); this.synchTooltip.on('dontshowclick', function () { this.showSynchTip = false; this.synchTooltip.hide(); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); Common.localStorage.setItem("de-hide-synch", 1); }, this); this.synchTooltip.on('closeclick', function () { this.synchTooltip.hide(); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); }, this); }, synchronizeChanges: function () { - if (!this._state.previewmode && this.btnSave.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', this.btnSave.cmpEl), - me = this; + if ( !this._state.previewmode && this.btnCollabChanges.rendered ) { + var me = this; - if (iconEl.hasClass('btn-synch')) { - iconEl.removeClass('btn-synch'); - iconEl.addClass(this.btnSaveCls); + if ( me.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch') ) { + me.btnCollabChanges.$icon.removeClass('btn-synch').addClass(me.btnSaveCls); if (this.synchTooltip) this.synchTooltip.hide(); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); - this.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(!me.mode.forcesave); - } - }); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); + + this.btnSave.setDisabled(!me.mode.forcesave); this._state.hasCollaborativeChanges = false; } } @@ -2201,18 +2128,18 @@ define([ editusers.push(item); }); + var me = this; var length = _.size(editusers); var cls = (length > 1) ? 'btn-save-coauth' : 'btn-save'; - if (cls !== this.btnSaveCls && this.btnSave.rendered) { - this.btnSaveTip = ((length > 1) ? this.tipSaveCoauth : this.tipSave ) + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); + if ( cls !== me.btnSaveCls && me.btnCollabChanges.rendered ) { + me.btnSaveTip = ((length > 1) ? me.tipSaveCoauth : me.tipSave ) + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); + + if ( !me.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch') ) { + me.btnCollabChanges.$icon.removeClass(me.btnSaveCls).addClass(cls); + me.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(me.btnSaveTip); - var iconEl = $('.icon', this.btnSave.cmpEl); - if (!iconEl.hasClass('btn-synch')) { - iconEl.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls); - iconEl.addClass(cls); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); } - this.btnSaveCls = cls; + me.btnSaveCls = cls; } }, @@ -2290,7 +2217,7 @@ define([ tipLineSpace: 'Paragraph Line Spacing', tipPrColor: 'Background color', tipInsertTable: 'Insert Table', - tipInsertImage: 'Insert Picture', + tipInsertImage: 'Insert Image', tipPageBreak: 'Insert Page or Section break', tipInsertNum: 'Insert Page Number', tipClearStyle: 'Clear Style', @@ -2300,8 +2227,8 @@ define([ tipBack: 'Back', tipInsertShape: 'Insert Autoshape', tipInsertEquation: 'Insert Equation', - mniImageFromFile: 'Picture from file', - mniImageFromUrl: 'Picture from url', + mniImageFromFile: 'Image from file', + mniImageFromUrl: 'Image from url', mniCustomTable: 'Insert Custom Table', textTitleError: 'Error', textInsertPageNumber: 'Insert page number', @@ -2326,15 +2253,6 @@ define([ tipInsertText: 'Insert Text', tipInsertTextArt: 'Insert Text Art', tipHAligh: 'Horizontal Align', - tipViewSettings: 'View Settings', - tipAdvSettings: 'Advanced Settings', - textCompactView: 'Hide Toolbar', - textHideTitleBar: 'Hide Title Bar', - textHideStatusBar: 'Hide Status Bar', - textHideLines: 'Hide Rulers', - textFitPage: 'Fit to Page', - textFitWidth: 'Fit to Width', - textZoom: 'Zoom', mniEditDropCap: 'Drop Cap Settings', textNone: 'None', textInText: 'In Text', @@ -2401,7 +2319,7 @@ define([ textCharts: 'Charts', tipChangeChart: 'Change Chart Type', capBtnInsPagebreak: 'Page Break', - capBtnInsImage: 'Picture', + capBtnInsImage: 'Image', capBtnInsTable: 'Table', capBtnInsChart: 'Chart', textTabFile: 'File', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js index b4547c48a..6b8b100a6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -83,9 +83,15 @@ define([ this.vlayout = new Common.UI.VBoxLayout({ box: $container, items: [{ + el: $container.find('> .layout-item#app-title').hide(), + alias: 'title', + height: Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('document-title-height') + }, { el: $container.find(' > .layout-item#toolbar'), + alias: 'toolbar', // rely: true - height: Common.localStorage.getBool('de-compact-toolbar') ? 32 : 32+67 + height: Common.localStorage.getBool('de-compact-toolbar') ? + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-compact') : Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-normal') }, { el: $container.find(' > .layout-item.middle'), stretch: true diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/app_dev.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/app_dev.js index 9450b3f55..8742085c0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/app_dev.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/app_dev.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ require([ ,'common/main/lib/controller/ExternalMergeEditor' ,'common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges' ,'common/main/lib/controller/Protection' + ,'common/main/lib/controller/Desktop' ], function() { window.compareVersions = true; app.start(); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html index c473400c6..68f469386 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/index.html @@ -263,6 +263,14 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/cs.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/cs.json index a6c6fbe90..2ba32dec8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/cs.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/cs.json @@ -1547,14 +1547,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Right", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Zobrazit kompaktní lištu nástrojů", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Souvislá stránka", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Sudá stránka", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Přízpůsobit stránce", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Přizpůsobit šířce", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Schovat pravítka", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Schovat stavový řádek", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Schovat lištu nadpisu", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "V okraji", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Vložit sloupcový rozdělovač", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Vložit počet stran", @@ -1602,8 +1596,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Na součásnou pozici", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podtržené", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Přiblížit", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Pokročilé nastavení", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Zarovnat na střed", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Do bloku", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Zarovnat vlevo", @@ -1658,7 +1650,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Netisknutelné znaky", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Dokument byl pozměněn jiným uživatelem. Kliněte prosím pro uložení vašich změn a načtení úprav.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Krok zpět", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Zobrazit nastavení", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Office", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Median", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/de.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/de.json index 99f4adedd..12bad3563 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/de.json @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textColor": "Schriftfarbe", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textContextual": "Kein Abstand zwischen Absätzen gleicher Formatierung", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textDeleted": "Gelöscht:", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textDStrikeout": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen\t", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textDStrikeout": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textEquation": "Gleichung", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textExact": "Genau", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textFirstLine": "Erste Zeile", @@ -30,13 +30,13 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textFormatted": "Formatiert", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textHighlight": "Texthervorhebungsfarbe", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textImage": "Bild", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textIndentLeft": "Einzug links\t", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textIndentRight": "Einzug rechts\t", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textIndentLeft": "Einzug links", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textIndentRight": "Einzug rechts", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textInserted": "Eingefügt:", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textItalic": "Kursiv", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textJustify": "Zielgruppengerecht ausrichten", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textKeepLines": "Absatz zusammenhalten", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textKeepNext": "Absätze nicht trennen\t", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textKeepNext": "Absätze nicht trennen", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textLeft": "Linksbündig ausrichten", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textLineSpacing": "Zeilenabstand:", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textMultiple": "Mehrfach", @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textMatchCase": "Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textReplaceDef": "Geben Sie den Ersetzungstext ein", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textSearchStart": "Geben Sie den Text hier ein", - "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "Suchen und ersetzen\t", + "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle": "Suchen und ersetzen", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textTitle2": "Suchen", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.textWholeWords": "Nur ganze Wörter", "Common.UI.SearchDialog.txtBtnHideReplace": "Ersetzen verbergen", @@ -139,17 +139,26 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Diagramm bearbeiten", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textClose": "Schließen", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Speichern und beenden", - "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Seriendruckempfänger\t", + "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Seriendruckempfänger", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Das Dokument wird gerade von mehreren Benutzern bearbeitet.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Erweiterte Einstellungen", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Zu Dokumenten übergehen", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Symbolleiste ausblenden", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Lineale verbergen", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Statusleiste verbergen", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Speicherung...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Verändert", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Alle Änderungen sind gespeichert", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Alle Änderungen sind gespeichert", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Zoom", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Zugriffsrechte für das Dokument verwalten", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Datei herunterladen", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Aktuelle Datei bearbeiten", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Datei drucken", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Wiederholen", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Speichern", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Rückgängig machen", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Ansichts-Einstellungen", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Benutzer ansehen und Zugriffsrechte für das Dokument verwalten", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Zugriffsrechte ändern", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Umbenennen", @@ -167,10 +176,10 @@ "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.textInvalidRowsCols": "Sie müssen eine gültige Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten angeben.", - "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtColumns": "Anzahl von Spalten\t", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtColumns": "Anzahl von Spalten", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMaxText": "Der maximale Wert für dieses Feld ist {0}.", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMinText": "Der minimale Wert für dieses Feld ist {0}.", - "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "Anzahl von Zeilen\t", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "Anzahl von Zeilen", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "Größe der Tabelle", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "Zelle teilen", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnCancel": "Abbrechen", @@ -183,11 +192,12 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Kennwort ist falsch.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Kennwort", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Vorschau", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Sobald Sie das Passwort eingegeben und die Datei geöffnet haben, wird das aktuelle Passwort für die Datei zurückgesetzt.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "%1-Optionen wählen", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Geschützte Datei", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Zum Öffnen dieses Dokuments ist ein Passwort erforderlich", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Legen Sie ein Passwort fest, um dieses Dokument zu schützen", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Bestätigungseingabe ist nicht identisch", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Kennwort", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Kennwort wiederholen", @@ -207,7 +217,7 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Verschlüsseln", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Fügen Sie eine digitale Signatur hinzu", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Signatur", - "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Signaturzeile", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Signaturzeile hinzufügen", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Dateiname", @@ -269,6 +279,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Name des Signaturgebers eingeben", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Kursiv", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Zweck der Signierung dieses Dokuments", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Wählen", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Bild auswählen", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Wie sieht Signatur aus:", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Dokument signieren", @@ -296,6 +307,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "Der Ersatzvorgang wurde durchgeführt. {0} Vorkommen wurden ausgelassen.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "Der Suchvorgang wurde durchgeführt. Vorkommen wurden ersetzt:{0}", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern in diesem Format fortsetzen, werden alle Objekte außer Text verloren gehen.
    Möchten Sie wirklich fortsetzen?", + "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAsRTF": "Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern in diesem Format fortsetzen, kann die Formatierung teilweise verloren gehen.
    Möchten Sie wirklich fortsetzen?", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "Die Änderungen werden geladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Laden von Änderungen", "DE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Timeout für die Konvertierung wurde überschritten.", @@ -304,21 +316,22 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.defaultTitleText": "ONLYOFFICE Document Editor", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "Herunterladen ist fehlgeschlagen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeText": "Wird heruntergeladen...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "Wird heruntergeladen\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "Wird heruntergeladen", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "Dokument wird heruntergeladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Herunterladen des Dokuments", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Sie haben versucht die Änderungen im Dokument, zu dem Sie keine Berechtigungen haben, vorzunehemen.
    Wenden Sie sich an Ihren Serveradministrator.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL des Bildes ist falsch", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Verbindung zum Server ist verloren gegangen. Das Dokument kann momentan nicht bearbeitet werden.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen, oder richten Sie an Ihren Administrator.
    Wann Sie auf den Button \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert das Dokument herunterzuladen.

    Mehr Information zur Verbindung des Dokument Servers finden Sie hier", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen oder wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator.
    Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert das Dokument herunterzuladen.

    Mehr Informationen über die Verbindung zum Dokumentenserver finden Sie hier", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externer Fehler.
    Fehler beim Verbinden zur Datenbank. Bitte wenden Sie sich an den Kundendienst, falls der Fehler bestehen bleibt.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Änderungen wurden verschlüsselt. Sie können nicht entschlüsselt werden.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Falscher Datenbereich.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Fehlercode: %1", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Das Dokument ist kennwortgeschützt und kann nicht geöffnet werden.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Beim Speichern der Datei ist ein Fehler aufgetreten. Verwenden Sie die Option \"Herunterladen als\", um die Datei auf Ihrer Computerfestplatte zu speichern oder versuchen Sie es später erneut.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unbekannter Schlüsseldeskriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Der Schlüsseldeskriptor ist abgelaufen", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Fehler beim Laden\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Fehler beim Laden", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "Merge ist fehlgeschlagen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Speichern ist fehlgeschlagen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "Editor-Version wurde aktualisiert. Die Seite wird neu geladen, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen.", @@ -341,8 +354,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "Bilder werden geladen", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "Bild wird geladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "Bild wird geladen", - "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Dokument wird geladen...\t", - "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Dokument wird geladen...\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Dokument wird geladen...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Dokument wird geladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileText": "Laden der Datenquellen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileTitle": "Laden der Datenquellen", "DE.Controllers.Main.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Achtung", @@ -351,14 +364,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.openTitleText": "Das Dokument wird geöffnet", "DE.Controllers.Main.printTextText": "Dokument wird ausgedruckt...", "DE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "Drucken des Dokuments", - "DE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Seite erneut laden\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Seite erneut laden", "DE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Jemand bearbeitet dieses Dokument in diesem Moment. Bitte versuchen Sie es später erneut.", "DE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Zugriff verweigert", "DE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Beim Speichern dieser Datei ist ein Fehler aufgetreten", "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Speichervorbereitung", "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Speichervorbereitung. Bitte warten...", "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTextText": "Dokument wird gespeichert...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "Dokument wird gespeichert...\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.saveTitleText": "Dokument wird gespeichert...", "DE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeText": "Merge wird versandt...", "DE.Controllers.Main.sendMergeTitle": "Merge-Vesand", "DE.Controllers.Main.splitDividerErrorText": "Die Zeilenanzahl muss ein Divisor von %1 sein.", @@ -369,7 +382,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textChangesSaved": "Alle Änderungen werden gespeichert", "DE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Klicken Sie, um den Tipp zu schließen", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Verkaufsteam kontaktieren", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Dokument wird geladen...\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Dokument wird geladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE Verbindungsbeschränkung", "DE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Form", "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Formaler Modus", @@ -405,6 +418,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Abschnitt", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Reihen", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Sterne und Bänder", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Fußnotentext", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Heading 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Heading 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Heading 3", @@ -420,7 +434,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "Normal", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Zitat", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Untertitel", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titel\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titel", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Inhaltsverzeichnis", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "x-Achse", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "y-Achse", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Unbekannter Fehler.", @@ -432,10 +447,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Bild wird hochgeladen", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Die Applkation hat geringte Fähigkeiten in IE9. Nutzen Sie IE10 oder höher.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Die aktuelle Zoom-Einstellung Ihres Webbrowsers wird nicht völlig unterstützt. Bitte stellen Sie die Standardeinstellung mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+0 wieder her.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Die Anzahl gleichzeitiger Verbindungen zum Document Server wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
    Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
    Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zu Dokumentenserver.
    Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, aktualisieren Sie diese Version oder erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
    Wenn Sie mehr Nutzer benötigen, achten Sie bitte darauf, dass Sie entweder Ihre derzeitige Lizenz aktualisieren oder eine kommerzielle erwerben müssen.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Die Anzahl der gleichzeitigen Benutzer wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
    Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zum Dokumentenserver.
    Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
    Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Das Recht, die Datei zu bearbeiten, wurde Ihnen verweigert.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Anfang des Dokuments", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Zum Anfang des Dokuments übergehnen", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "Neue Änderungen wurden zurückverfolgt", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "Das Dokument wird im Modus \"Nachverfolgen von Änderungen\" geöffnet. ", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Nachverfolgen von Änderungen", @@ -538,7 +557,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cosh": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Kosinus-Funktion", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cot": "Umgekehrte Kotangens-Funktion", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Coth": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Kotangens-Funktion", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "Umgekehrte Kosekansfunktion\t", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "Umgekehrte Kosekansfunktion", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csch": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Kosekans-Funktion", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sec": "Umgekehrte Sekans-Funktion", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sech": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Sekans-Funktion", @@ -579,9 +598,9 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleCenterSubSup": "Volumenintegral", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleSubSup": "Volumenintegral", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "Integral", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "Dreifaches Integral\t", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral\t", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral\t", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "Dreifaches Integral", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "Keil", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "Keil", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "Keil", @@ -645,7 +664,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 Leere Matrix", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 Leere Matrix", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "Grundlinienpunkte", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Mittellinienpunkte\t", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Mittellinienpunkte", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "Diagonale Punkte", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "Vertikale Punkte", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "Dünnbesetzte Matrix", @@ -716,7 +735,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "Identisch mit", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "Eta", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "Vorhanden", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "Faktoriell\t", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "Faktoriell", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "Grad Fahrenheit", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "Für alle", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "Gamma", @@ -775,6 +794,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertikale Ellipse", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Seite anpassen", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Breite anpassen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Hinzufügen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textBookmarkName": "Lesezeichenname", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Schließen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Löschen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textGoto": "Wechseln zu", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textHidden": "Ausgeblendete Lesezeichen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Standort", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Name", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Sortieren nach", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Lesezeichen", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Fläche", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Balken", @@ -811,7 +842,7 @@ "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockEdit": "Der Inhalt kann nicht bearbeitet werden", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", - "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "Anzahl von Spalten\t", + "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "Anzahl von Spalten", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textSeparator": "Spaltenunterteilers", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textSpacing": "Abstand zwischen Spalten", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textTitle": "Spalten", @@ -836,7 +867,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "Text nach oben drehen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "Text nach unten drehen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "Horizontal", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "Textausrichtung\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "Textausrichtung", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.editChartText": "Daten ändern", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.editFooterText": "Fußzeile bearbeiten", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHeaderText": "Kopfzeile bearbeiten", @@ -894,6 +925,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Zeilen verteilen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Einstellungen des Inhaltssteuerelements", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Aus Datei", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Aus URL", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Tabelle schachteln", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Nächste Seite", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Einfügen", @@ -901,6 +934,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Feld aktualisieren", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Entfernen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Inhaltssteuerelement entfernen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Bild ersetzen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Einstellungen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Unten ausrichten", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Zentriert ausrichten", @@ -931,11 +965,11 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "Unten", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "Spaltenausrichtung", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "Argumentgröße reduzieren", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "Argument löschen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "Argument löschen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "Manuellen Umbruch löschen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "Einschlusszeichen löschen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "Einschlusszeichen und Trennzeichen löschen", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Formel löschen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Formel löschen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "Zeichen löschen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "Wurzel löschen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtFractionLinear": "Zu linearer Bruchrechnung ändern", @@ -961,37 +995,38 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "Argumentgröße erhöhen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInFront": "Vorne", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInline": "Inline", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "Argument nachher einfügen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "Argument vorher einfügen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Manuellen Umbruch einfügen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Formel nachher einfügen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Formel vorher einfügen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "Argument nachher einfügen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "Argument vorher einfügen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Manuellen Umbruch einfügen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Formel nachher einfügen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Formel vorher einfügen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Nur Text beibehalten", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Grenzwerten ändern ", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Grenzwert über den Text", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Grenzwert unter den Text", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrixausrichtung", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Linie über dem Text", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Zellen überschreiben", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Drücken Sie STRG und klicken Sie auf den Link", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Bruchstrich entfernen", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Grenzwert entfernen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "Akzentzeichen entfernen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "Leiste entfernen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "Skripts entfernen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "Tiefstellung entfernen\t", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "Hochstellung entfernen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Grenzwert entfernen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "Akzentzeichen entfernen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "Leiste entfernen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "Skripts entfernen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "Tiefstellung entfernen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "Hochstellung entfernen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "Scripts nach dem Text", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsBefore": "Scripts vor dem Text", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "Untere Grenze zeigen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "Schließende eckige Klammer anzeigen", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "Grad anzeigen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "Grad anzeigen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "Öffnende eckige Klammer anzeigen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "Platzhaltertext anzeigen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "Höchstgrenze anzeigen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSquare": "Eckig", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern dehnen\t", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern dehnen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtThrough": "Durchgehend", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTight": "Passend", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "Oben", @@ -1159,10 +1194,15 @@ "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Gewählter Textabschnitt", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Anzeigen", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Externer Link", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Stelle im Dokument", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hyperlink-Einstellungen", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "QuickInfo-Text", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Verknüpfen mit", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Anfang des Dokuments", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Lesezeichen", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Dieses Feld ist erforderlich", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "Überschriften", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Dieses Feld muss eine URL im Format \"http://www.example.com\" sein", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Bearbeiten", @@ -1191,7 +1231,7 @@ "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Der alternative Text", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Beschreibung", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Die alternative textbasierte Darstellung der visuellen Objektinformation, die den Menschen mit geistigen Behinderungen oder Sehbehinderungen vorgelesen wird, um besser verstehen zu können, was genau auf dem Bild, AutoForm, Diagramm oder der Tabelle dargestellt wurde.", - "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel\t", + "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Pfeile", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAspectRatio": "Seitenverhältnis sperren", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Startgröße", @@ -1230,7 +1270,7 @@ "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRelative": "im Bezug auf ", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRelativeWH": "Relativ", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRight": "Rechts", - "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRightMargin": "Rechter Seitenrand\t", + "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRightMargin": "Rechter Seitenrand", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRightOf": "rechts von", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textRound": "Rund", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textShape": "Formeinstellungen", @@ -1255,12 +1295,14 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "Über das Produkt", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Chat", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Kommentare", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipNavigation": "Navigation", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Plugins", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Suchen", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback und Support", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titel", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ENTWICKLERMODUS", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "Trial-Modus", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Lesezeichen", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Aktualisierung", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Inhaltsverzeichnis", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Fußnote", @@ -1274,6 +1316,7 @@ "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Zu Fußnoten übergehen", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Gesamtes Verzeichnis aktualisieren", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Nur Seitenzahlen aktualisieren", + "DE.Views.Links.tipBookmarks": "Lesezeichen erstellen", "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Inhaltsverzeichnis einfügen", "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren", "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Hyperlink hinzufügen", @@ -1285,7 +1328,7 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textAttachDocx": "Als DOCX anhängen", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textAttachPdf": "Als PDF anhängen", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textFileName": "Dateiname", - "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textFormat": "E-Mail-Format\t", + "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textFormat": "E-Mail-Format", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textFrom": "Von", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textHTML": "HTML", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.textMessage": "Nachricht", @@ -1312,7 +1355,7 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textFrom": "Von", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textGoToMail": "Zu E-Mail übergehen", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textHighlight": "Serienbrief-Felder hervorheben", - "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textInsertField": "Seriendruckfeld einfügen\t", + "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textInsertField": "Seriendruckfeld einfügen", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textMaxRecepients": "Empfängerzahl (max. 100)", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textMerge": "Verbinden", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.textMergeFields": "Felder zusammenführen", @@ -1330,6 +1373,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "Zu den vorherigen Rekord", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Unbenannt", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Merge ist fehlgeschlagen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Alle einklappen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Tieferstufen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Dieses Dokument enthält keine Überschriften", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Leere Überschrift", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Alle ausklappen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Auf Ebene erweitern", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Neue Überschrift nach", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Neue Überschrift vor", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Neue Unterüberschrift", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Höherstufen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Inhalt auswählen", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Anwenden", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Änderungen anwenden", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Abbrechen", @@ -1362,8 +1416,10 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Höhe", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textPreset": "Voreinstellung", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Seitenformat", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Breite", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Benutzerdefinierte", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Zeilenabstand", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Absatzabstand", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Kein Abstand zwischen Absätzen gleicher Formatierung", @@ -1383,12 +1439,12 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strAllCaps": "Alle Großbuchstaben", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strBorders": "Rahmen & Füllung", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strBreakBefore": "Seitenumbruch oberhalb", - "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen\t", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsFirstLine": "Erste Zeile", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "Links", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "Rechts", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strKeepLines": "Absatz zusammenhalten", - "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strKeepNext": "Absätze nicht trennen\t", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strKeepNext": "Absätze nicht trennen", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strMargins": "Auffüllen", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strOrphan": "Absatzkontrolle", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strParagraphFont": "Schriftart", @@ -1518,7 +1574,7 @@ "DE.Views.Statusbar.txtPageNumInvalid": "Ungültige Seitennummer", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textHeader": "Neuer Stil erstellen", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textNextStyle": "Nächste Absatz-Formatvorlage", - "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Titel\t", + "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Titel", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "Dieses Feld ist erforderlich", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "Das Feld darf nicht leer sein", "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", @@ -1598,7 +1654,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Der alternative Text", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Beschreibung", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Die alternative textbasierte Darstellung der visuellen Objektinformation, die den Menschen mit geistigen Behinderungen oder Sehbehinderungen vorgelesen wird, um besser verstehen zu können, was genau auf dem Bild, AutoForm, Diagramm oder der Tabelle dargestellt wurde.", - "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel\t", + "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAnchorText": "Text", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAutofit": "Größe an Inhalt automatisch anpassen", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBackColor": "Zellenhintergrund", @@ -1683,7 +1739,7 @@ "DE.Views.TextArtSettings.textSelectTexture": "Auswählen", "DE.Views.TextArtSettings.textStyle": "Stil", "DE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTemplate": "Vorlage", - "DE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Transformieren\t", + "DE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Transformieren", "DE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "Keine Linie", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnColumns": "Spalten", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Kommentar", @@ -1725,20 +1781,14 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Spalte", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsCustom": "Benutzerdefinierte Spalten", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsLeft": "Links", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsOne": "Ein\t", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsOne": "Ein", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Rechts", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Drei", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Zwei", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Kompaktsymbolleiste anzeigen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Fortlaufende Seite", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Gerade Seite", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Seite anpassen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Breite anpassen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Lineale verbergen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Statusleiste verbergen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Titelleiste verbergen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "Im Rand", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Spaltenumbruch einfügen\t", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Spaltenumbruch einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Anzahl der Seiten einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageNumber": "Seitenzahl einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsPageBreak": "Seitenumbruch einfügen", @@ -1769,7 +1819,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "Rechts: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Kurs", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Durchgestrichen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDelete": "Stil löschen\t", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDelete": "Stil löschen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDeleteAll": "Alle benutzerdefinierte Stile löschen ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuNew": "Neue Formatvorlagen auf der Basis einer Auswahl", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuRestore": "Auf Standard setzen", @@ -1790,8 +1840,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "An aktueller Position", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Oben: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Unterstrichen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Erweiterte Einstellungen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Zentriert ausrichten", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Blocksatz", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Linksbündig ausrichten", @@ -1800,7 +1848,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Diagrammtyp ändern", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Formatierung löschen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Farbschema ändern", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Spalten einfügen\t", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Spalten einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipControls": "Inhaltssteuerelemente einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Kopieren", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Format übertragen", @@ -1824,7 +1872,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Seitenzahl einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "AutoForm einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Tabelle einfügen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Text einfügen", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Textfeld einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "TextArt einfügen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Zeilenabstand", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Serienbrief", @@ -1832,7 +1880,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMultilevels": "Liste mit mehreren Ebenen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipNumbers": "Nummerierung", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageBreak": "Seiten- oder Abschnittsumbruch einfügen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageMargins": "Seitenränder\t", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageMargins": "Seitenränder", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageOrient": "Seitenausrichtung", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipPageSize": "Seitenformat", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipParagraphStyle": "Absatzformat", @@ -1847,9 +1895,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Formatierungszeichen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Das Dokument wurde von einem anderen Benutzer geändert. Bitte speichern Sie Ihre Änderungen und aktualisieren Sie Ihre Seite.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Rückgängig machen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Ansichts-Einstellungen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Larissa", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Median\t", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Median", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme12": "Modul", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme13": "Lysithea", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/en.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/en.json index 3c04e4e5b..8b6242550 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/en.json @@ -141,15 +141,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Save & Exit", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Mail Merge Recipients", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Document is currently being edited by several users.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Advanced settings", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Go to Documents", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Hide Toolbar", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Saving...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modified", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "All changes saved", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "All changes saved", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Zoom", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Manage document access rights", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Download file", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Edit current file", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Print file", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Redo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Save", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Undo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "View settings", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "View users and manage document access rights", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Change access rights", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Rename", @@ -183,11 +192,12 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Password is incorrect.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Password", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Preview", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Choose %1 options", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Protected File", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "A password is required to open this document", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Set a password to protect this document", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Confirmation password is not identical", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Password", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Repeat password", @@ -207,7 +217,7 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Encrypt", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Add digital signature", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Signature", - "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Signature line", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Add signature line", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "File name", @@ -261,6 +271,14 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtReject": "Reject", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectAll": "Reject All Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectCurrent": "Reject Current Change", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "Add", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Add Reply", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "Cancel", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "Close", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "OK", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "Open Again", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "Reply", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "Resolve", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Bold", @@ -269,6 +287,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Input signer name", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Italic", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Purpose for signing this document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Select", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Select Image", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Signature looks as", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Sign Document", @@ -285,7 +304,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Signer Title", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instructions for Signer", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Show sign date in signature line", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Signature Settings", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Signature Setup", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "All unsaved changes in this document will be lost.
    Click \"Cancel\" then \"Save\" to save them. Click \"OK\" to discard all the unsaved changes.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Unnamed document", @@ -296,6 +315,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "The replacement has been made. {0} occurrences were skipped.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "The search has been done. Occurrences replaced: {0}", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
    Are you sure you want to continue?", + "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAsRTF": "If you continue saving in this format some of the formatting might be lost.
    Are you sure you want to continue?", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "Loading the changes...", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Loading the Changes", "DE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Conversion timeout exceeded.", @@ -312,9 +332,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Server connection lost. The document cannot be edited right now.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
    When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

    Find more information about connecting Document Server here", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
    Database connection error. Please contact support in case the error persists.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Incorrect data range.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Error code: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The document is password protected and could not be opened.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The file is password protected and cannot be opened.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "An error occurred while saving the file. Please use the 'Download as' option to save the file to your computer hard drive or try again later.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unknown key descriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Key descriptor expired", @@ -405,6 +426,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": " -Section ", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stars & Ribbons", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Footnote Text", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Heading 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Heading 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Heading 3", @@ -421,6 +443,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Quote", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Subtitle", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Title", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Table of Contents", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X Axis", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y Axis", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Unknown error.", @@ -432,10 +455,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Uploading Image", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "The application has low capabilities on IE9. Use IE10 or higher", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Your browser current zoom setting is not fully supported. Please reset to the default zoom by pressing Ctrl+0.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
    Please contact your administrator for more information.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
    Please update your license and refresh the page.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
    If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
    If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
    Please contact your administrator for more information.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
    If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
    If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "You have been denied the right to edit the file.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Beginning of document", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Go to the beginning of the document", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "New changes have been tracked", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "The document is opened with the Track Changes mode enabled", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Track changes", @@ -775,6 +802,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertical ellipsis", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Fit to Page", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Fit to Width", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Add", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textBookmarkName": "Bookmark name", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Close", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Delete", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textGoto": "Go to", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textHidden": "Hidden bookmarks", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Location", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Name", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Sort by", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Bookmarks", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Show advanced settings", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Area", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Bar", @@ -894,6 +933,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribute rows", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Content control settings", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Edit Wrap Boundary", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "From File", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "From URL", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Nest table", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Next Page", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Paste", @@ -901,6 +942,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Refresh field", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Remove", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Remove content control", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Replace image", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Settings", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Align Bottom", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Align Center", @@ -974,6 +1016,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrix alignment", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Bar over text", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Overwrite cells", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Keep source formatting", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Press CTRL and click link", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Remove fraction bar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Remove limit", @@ -1088,7 +1131,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "With signature", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Edit document", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "Editing will remove the signatures from the document.
    Are you sure you want to continue?", - "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "This document has been protected by password", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "This document has been protected with password", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "This document needs to be signed.", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Valid signatures has been added to the document. The document is protected from editing.", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Some of the digital signatures in document are invalid or could not be verified. The document is protected from editing.", @@ -1159,10 +1202,15 @@ "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Selected text fragment", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Display", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "External Link", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Place in Document", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hyperlink Settings", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "ScreenTip text", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Link to", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Beginning of document", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Bookmarks", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "Headings", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "This field should be a URL in the \"http://www.example.com\" format", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Show advanced settings", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Edit", @@ -1255,12 +1303,14 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "About", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Chat", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Comments", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipNavigation": "Navigation", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Plugins", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Search", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback & Support", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titles", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "DEVELOPER MODE", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TRIAL MODE", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Bookmark", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Refresh", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Table of Contents", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Footnote", @@ -1274,6 +1324,7 @@ "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Go to Footnotes", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Refresh entire table", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Refresh page numbers only", + "DE.Views.Links.tipBookmarks": "Create a bookmark", "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Insert table of contents", "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Refresh table of contents", "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Add hyperlink", @@ -1330,6 +1381,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "To previous record", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Untitled", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Starting merge failed", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Collapse all", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Demote", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "This document doesn't contain headings", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Empty Heading", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Expand all", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Expand to level", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "New heading after", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "New heading before", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "New subheading", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Promote", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Select content", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Apply", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Apply changes to", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Cancel", @@ -1362,8 +1424,11 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Height", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textPreset": "Preset", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Page Size", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Width", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textPreset": "Preset", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Custom", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Line Spacing", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Paragraph Spacing", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style", @@ -1692,7 +1757,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "Drop Cap", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "Equation", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Header/Footer", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsImage": "Picture", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsImage": "Image", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsPagebreak": "Breaks", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsShape": "Shape", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTable": "Table", @@ -1713,8 +1778,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditHeader": "Edit Header", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniHiddenBorders": "Hidden Table Borders", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniHiddenChars": "Nonprinting Characters", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Picture from File", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Picture from URL", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Image from File", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Image from URL", "DE.Views.Toolbar.strMenuNoFill": "No Fill", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textArea": "Area", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textAutoColor": "Automatic", @@ -1729,14 +1794,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Right", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Hide Toolbar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Continuous Page", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Even Page", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Fit to Page", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Fit to Width", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Hide Title Bar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "In Margin", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insert Column Break", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Insert number of pages", @@ -1790,8 +1849,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "To current position", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Underline", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Advanced settings", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Align center", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Justified", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Align left", @@ -1820,11 +1877,11 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Increase indent", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insert chart", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Insert equation", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insert picture", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insert image", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Insert Page Number", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insert autoshape", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insert table", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insert text", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insert text box", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Insert Text Art", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Paragraph line spacing", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Mail merge", @@ -1847,7 +1904,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Nonprinting characters", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "The document has been changed by another user. Please click to save your changes and reload the updates.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Undo", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "View settings", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Office", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Median", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/es.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/es.json index 70a9c3a24..d9764a1b8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/es.json @@ -141,15 +141,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Guardar y salir", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Receptores de Fusión de Correo", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "El documento está siendo editado por múltiples usuarios.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Ajustes avanzados", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Ir a Documentos", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Esconder barra de herramientas", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Ocultar reglas", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de estado", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Guardando...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modificado", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Se guardaron todos los cambios", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Se guardaron todos los cambios", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Ampliación", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Gestionar derechos de acceso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Descargar archivo", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Editar archivo actual", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Imprimir archivo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Rehacer", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Guardar", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Deshacer", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Mostrar ajustes", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Ver usuarios y administrar derechos de acceso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Cambiar derechos de acceso", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Renombrar", @@ -177,45 +186,78 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Seleccionar el idioma de documento", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Cerrar archivo", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "Aceptar", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Codificación", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "La contraseña es incorrecta", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Contraseña", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Vista previa", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Elegir opciones de %1", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Archivo protegido", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Establezca una contraseña para proteger", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "La contraseña de confirmación es", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Contraseña", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Repita la contraseña", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Establezca una contraseña", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Cargando", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Extensiones", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plugins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Cargando", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Iniciar", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Detener", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Encriptar con contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Cambie o elimine la contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Añadir firma digital o", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Añadir contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Cambie la contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Eliminar contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Encriptar", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Añadir firma digital", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Firma", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Línea de la firma", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Aceptar", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Nombre de archivo", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "El nombre de archivo no debe contener los símbolos siguientes:", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Al siguiente cambio", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Al cambio anterior", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Rápido", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Co-edición a tiempo real. Todos", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Estricto", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Use el botón \"Guardar\" para", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Aceptar cambio actual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Establezca el modo de co-edición", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Mostrar historial de versiones", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Rechazar cambio actual", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Seguimiento a cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Seleccionar el modo en el que quiere que se presenten los cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Establecer el idioma de documento", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Сorrección ortográfica", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Gestionar derechos de acceso al documento", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Aceptar", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Aceptar Todos los Cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Aceptar cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Aceptar Cambios Actuales", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Cerrar", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modo de co-edición", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Idioma", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Todos los cambio aceptados (vista previa)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Final", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Historial de versiones", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Todos los cambios (Edición)", - "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Para Cambio Siguiente", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Margen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Al siguiente cambio", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Todos los cambios rechazados (Vista previa)", - "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Cambio anterior", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Original", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Al cambio anterior", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Rechazar", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Rechazar todos los cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Rechazar cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Rechazar Cambio Actual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Compartir", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Сorrección ortográfica", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Seguimiento a cambios", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Modo de visualización", @@ -236,6 +278,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Ingresar nombre de quien firma", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Itálica", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Propósito al firmar este documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Seleccionar", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Seleccionar Imagen", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "La firma se ve como", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Firmar documento", @@ -252,7 +295,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Título de quien firma", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instrucciones para quien firma", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Presentar fecha de la firma", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Configuración de firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Preparación de la firma", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo es obligatorio", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "Todos los cambios no guardados de este documento se perderán.
    Pulse \"Cancelar\" después \"Guardar\" para guardarlos. Pulse \"OK\" para deshacer todos los cambios no guardados.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Documento sin título", @@ -281,7 +324,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Error externo.
    Error de conexión de base de datos. Por favor póngase en contacto con soporte si el error se mantiene.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Rango de datos incorrecto.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Código de error: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El documento está protegido por una contraseña y no puede ser abierto.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El archivo está protegido por una contraseña y no puede ser abierto.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Ha ocurrido un error mientras", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descriptor de clave desconocido", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descriptor de clave ha expirado", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Error de carga", @@ -336,7 +380,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Pulse para cerrar el consejo", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contactar con equipo de ventas", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Cargando documento", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Limitación en conexiones de ONLYOFFICE", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Conexión ONLYOFFICE", "DE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Forma", "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Modo estricto", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Las funciones Anular/Rehacer se desactivan para el modo co-edición rápido.
    Haga Clic en el botón \"modo estricto\" para cambiar al modo de co-edición estricta para editar el archivo sin la interferencia de otros usuarios y enviar sus cambios sólo después de guardarlos. Se puede cambiar entre los modos de co-edición usando los ajustes avanzados de edición.", @@ -351,6 +395,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Botones", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Llamadas", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Gráficos", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Documento actual", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Título de diagrama", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Establecer el modo de edición...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "Historia de carga falló", @@ -362,6 +407,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Líneas", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Matemáticas", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Usted tiene actualizaciones", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNoTableOfContents": "No hay entradas en la tabla de contenido", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Página impar", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "en la página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rectángulos", @@ -369,6 +415,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Sección", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Cintas y estrellas", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texto a pie de página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Título 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Título 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Título 3", @@ -385,6 +432,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Cita", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Subtítulo", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Título", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Tabla de contenidos", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Eje X", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Eje Y", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Error desconocido.", @@ -397,8 +445,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Este aplicación tiene baja capacidad en IE9. Utilice IE10 o superior", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "La configuración actual de zoom de su navegador no está soportada por completo. Por favor restablezca zoom predeterminado pulsando Ctrl+0.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
    Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene ciertas limitaciones respecto a la cantidad de conexiones concurrentes al servidor de documentos.
    Si requiere más, por favor considere mejorar su licencia actual o adquirir una comercial.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Esta versión tiene limitaciones respecto a la cantidad de conexiones concurrentes al servidor del documentos.
    Si se requiere más, considere la posibilidad de actualizar la licencia actual o de adquirir la licencia comercial.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Esta versión de", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "El derecho de edición del archivo es denegado", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Principio del documento", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Ir al principio de", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "Nuevos cambios han sido encontrado", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "El documento se abre con el modo de cambio de pista activado", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Seguimiento a cambios", @@ -738,6 +789,15 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Elipsis vertical", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Csi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Dseda", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Ajustar a la página", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Ajustar al ancho", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Añadir", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Cerrar", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Borrar", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Ubicación", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Nombre", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Ordenar por", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Marcadores", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostrar ajustes avanzados", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Área", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Barra", @@ -764,6 +824,14 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTight": "Estrecho", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTitle": "Gráfico", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Superior e inferior", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textLock": "Cerrando", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textName": "Título", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTag": "Etiqueta", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ajustes de control de contenido", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockDelete": "El control de contenido no puede", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockEdit": "Los contenidos no se pueden editar", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "Número de columnas", @@ -830,6 +898,10 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.spellcheckText": "Сorrección ortográfica", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "Dividir celda...", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Dividir celda", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "Elimine la firma", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "Detalles de la firma", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "Preparación de la firma", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "Firmar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.styleText": "Formateando como Estilo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Tabla", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Alinear", @@ -838,19 +910,36 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Enviar atrás", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Traer adelante", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Traer al primer plano", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "Control de contenido", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copiar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Cortar", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribuir columnas", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribuir filas", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Los ajustes del control de contenido", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Editar límite de ajuste", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "De archivo", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "De URL", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Tabla nido", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Página siguiente", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Pegar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Página anterior", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Actualize el campo", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Eliminar", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Elimine el control de contenido", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Reemplazar imagen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Ajustes", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Alinear en la parte inferior", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Alinear al centro", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Alinear a la izquierda", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Alinear al medio", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Alinear a la derecha", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Alinear en la parte superior", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "Tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "Ajustes de la tabla de contenidos", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Deshacer", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateAll": "Actualize toda la tabla", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdatePages": "Actualize solo los números de página", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "Actualize la tabla de contenidos", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "Ajuste de texto", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Otro usuario está editando este elemento ahora.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Add bottom border", @@ -910,6 +999,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Combinar cochetes a la altura de argumento", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Alineación de la matriz", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Barra sobre texto", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Sobreescribir las celdas", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Mantener el formato original", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Pulse CTRL y haga clic en el enlace", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Quitar la barra de fracción", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Eliminar límite", @@ -988,7 +1079,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHistoryCaption": "Historial de las Versiones", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Info sobre documento...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Imprimir", - "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Proteger\\Firmar", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Proteger", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Abrir reciente...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Renombrar...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Volver a Documento", @@ -1018,8 +1109,17 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtWords": "Palabras", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Cambiar derechos de acceso", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Personas que tienen derechos", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Con contraseña", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Proteger Documento", - "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Firma", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Con firma", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Editar documento", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "La edición eliminará", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Este documento ha sido", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "Este documento necesita", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Las firmas válidas han sido", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Algunos de los digitales", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Ver firmas", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Aplicar", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Activar guías de alineación", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "Activar autorecuperación", @@ -1064,25 +1164,34 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "como Windows", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomCenter": "Inferior centro", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomLeft": "Inferior izquierdo", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomPage": "Final de la página", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomRight": "Inferior derecho", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffFirst": "Primera página diferente", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffOdd": "Páginas impares y pares diferentes", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textFrom": "Empezar a", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromBottom": "Pie de página desde abajo", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromTop": "Encabezado desde arriba", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textInsertCurrent": "Introducir en la posición actual", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textOptions": "Opciones", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNum": "Insertar número de página", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNumbering": "Numeración de páginas", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPosition": "Posición", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPrev": "Continuar desde el anterior", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textSameAs": "Enlazar con anterior", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopCenter": "Superior centro", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopLeft": "Superior izquierdo", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopPage": "Principio de la página", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopRight": "Superior derecho", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Aceptar", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Fragmento de texto seleccionado", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Mostrar", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Enlace externo", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Configuración de hiperenlace", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Información en pantalla", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Enlace a", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Principio del documento", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Marcadores", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo es obligatorio", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Este campo debe ser URL en el formato \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostrar ajustes avanzados", @@ -1182,6 +1291,24 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Títulos", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODO DE DESARROLLO", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODO DE PRUEBA", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Marcador", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Actualizar", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Nota a pie de página", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsLink": "Hiperenlace", + "DE.Views.Links.confirmDeleteFootnotes": "¿Usted desea eliminar todas", + "DE.Views.Links.mniDelFootnote": "Eliminar todas las notas al pie de página", + "DE.Views.Links.mniInsFootnote": "Introducir nota a pie de página", + "DE.Views.Links.mniNoteSettings": "Ajustes de notas", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsRemove": "Elimine la tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsSettings": "Ajustes", + "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Ir a las notas a pie de página", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Actualize toda la tabla", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Actualize solo los números de página", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Introducir tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Actualize la tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Añadir hiperenlace", + "DE.Views.Links.tipNotes": "Introducir o editar notas a pie de página", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.filePlaceholder": "PDF", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.okButtonText": "Enviar", @@ -1234,6 +1361,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "a registro anterior", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Sin título", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Imposible empezar fusión", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Desplegar todo", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Degradar", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Este documento no", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Encabezado vacío", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Expandir todo", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Expandir a nivel", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Título nuevo después ", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Título nuevo antes", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Subtítulo nuevo", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Promover", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Seleccione contenido", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Aplicar", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Aplicar cambios a", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Cancelar", @@ -1268,6 +1406,7 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Altura", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Tamaño de página", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Ancho", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Personalizado", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Espaciado de línea", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Espaciado de Párafo ", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "No añadir intervalo entre párrafos del mismo estilo", @@ -1312,8 +1451,10 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Espaciado entre caracteres", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Tabulador Predeterminado", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Efectos", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeader": "Director", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Izquierdo", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNewColor": "Añadir Color Personalizado Nuevo", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNone": "Ninguno", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "Posición", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Eliminar", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Eliminar todo", @@ -1394,11 +1535,21 @@ "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTight": "Estrecho", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Superior e inferior", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Madera", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Elimine la firma", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Detalles de la firma", "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Firmas invalidas", "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "Firmas requeridas", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "Preparación de la firma", "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Firmar", "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Firma", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "Firmante", "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Firmas valida", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Editar de todas maneras", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "La edición eliminará", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "Este documento necesita", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Las firmas válidas han sido", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Algunos de los digitales", "DE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "Ir a página", "DE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "Página {0} de {1}", "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "Ajustar a la página", @@ -1413,6 +1564,26 @@ "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Title", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo es obligatorio", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "El campo no puede estar vacío", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.okButtonText ": "OK", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strAlign": "Alinee los números de página a la derecha", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strLinks": "Formatear tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strShowPages": "Mostrar números de página", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textBuildTable": "Crear tabla de contenidos desde", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLeader": "Director", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevel": "Nivel", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevels": "Niveles", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textNone": "Ninguna", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioLevels": "Niveles de perfil", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioStyles": "Seleccione estilos", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyle": "Estilo", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyles": "Estilos", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textTitle": "Tabla de contenidos", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtClassic": "Clásico", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtCurrent": "Actual", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtModern": "Moderna", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtSimple": "Simple", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtStandard": "Estándar", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Borrar columna", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Borrar fila", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Borrar tabla", @@ -1434,11 +1605,15 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Color", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Estilo de bordes", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "Cancelar", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Tamaño de la celda", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Columnas", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Distribuir columnas", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Distribuir filas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Filas y columnas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Sin plantillas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "primero", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Encabezado", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Altura", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Última", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Añadir Color Personalizado Nuevo", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textOK": "Aceptar", @@ -1446,6 +1621,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Seleccione bordes que usted desea cambiar aplicando estilo seleccionado", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Seleccionar de plantilla", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Ancho", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Fijar borde exterior y todas líneas interiores ", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Fijar sólo borde exterior inferior", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Fijar sólo líneas interiores", @@ -1555,6 +1731,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnColumns": "Columnas", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Comentario", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsChart": "Diagram", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsControls": "Controles de contenido", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "Quitar capitlización", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "Ecuación", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Encabezado/Pie de página", @@ -1573,6 +1750,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "Agrupar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgWrapping": "Ajustando", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "Insertar tabla personalizada", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditControls": "Ajustes de control", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditDropCap": "Ajustes de letra capital", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditFooter": "Editar pie de página", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditHeader": "Editar encabezado", @@ -1594,14 +1772,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Derecho", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Tres", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Dos", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Ver Barra de herramientas compacta", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Página continua", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Página par", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Ajustar a la página", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Ajustar a ancho", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ocultar reglas", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de estado", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ocultar barra de título", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "En margen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insertar Grieta de Columna", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Insertar el número de páginas", @@ -1626,8 +1798,11 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "Márgenes personalizados", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageSizeCustom": "Tamaño de página personalizado", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPie": "Gráfico circular", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPlainControl": "Introducir contenido de texto simple", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPoint": "XY (Dispersión)", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "Vertical", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRemoveControl": "Elimine el control de contenido", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRichControl": "Introducir contenido de texto rico", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "Derecho: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "De cotizaciones", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Tachado", @@ -1640,17 +1815,18 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subíndice", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Sobreíndice", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Superficie", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Colaboración", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Archivo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Inicio", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insertar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Diseño", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "Referencias", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Proteción", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "Revisar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Error", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "A la posición actual", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Subrayado", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Ajustes avanzados", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Alinear al centro", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Alineado", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Alinear a la izquierda", @@ -1660,6 +1836,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Borrar estilo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Cambiar combinación de colores", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Insertar columnas", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipControls": "Introducir controles de contenido", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copiar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copiar estilo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Reducir tamaño de letra", @@ -1682,7 +1859,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Insertar número de página", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insertar autoforma", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insertar tabla", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insertar texto", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insertar cuadro de texto", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Insertar Texto Arte", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Espaciado de línea de párrafo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Combinación de Correspondencia", @@ -1705,7 +1882,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Caracteres no imprimibles", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "El documento ha sido cambiado por otro usuario. Por favor haga clic para guardar sus cambios y recargue las actualizaciones.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Deshacer", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Mostrar ajustes", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Oficina", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Intermedio", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/fr.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/fr.json index b37bee7c2..a9f0db815 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/fr.json @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoBreakBefore": "Pas de saut de page avant", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoContextual": "Ajouter un intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoKeepLines": "Ne gardez pas de lignes ensemble", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoKeepNext": "Ne gardez pas avec le prochaine", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoKeepNext": "Ne gardez pas avec la prochaine", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNot": "Non", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoWidow": "Pas de contrôle des veuves", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNum": "Changer la numérotation", @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "Annuler", "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "Fermer", "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "Commentaires", - "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "Modifier", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "OK", "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "Entrez votre commentaire ici", "Common.Views.Comments.textHintAddComment": "Ajouter un commentaire", "Common.Views.Comments.textOpenAgain": "Ouvrir à nouveau", @@ -140,9 +140,26 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textClose": "Fermer", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Enregistrer et quitter", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Destinataires de fusion et publipostage", + "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Le document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Paramètres avancés", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Aller aux Documents", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Masquer la barre d'outils", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Masquer les règles", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Masquer la barre d'état", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Enregistrement en cours...", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modifié", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Toutes les modifications ont été enregistrées", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Toutes les modifications ont été enregistrées", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Grossissement", + "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Gérer les droits d'accès au document", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Télécharger le fichier", + "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Modifier le fichier courant", + "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Imprimer le fichier", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Rétablir", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Enregistrer", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Paramètres d'affichage", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Afficher les utilisateurs et gérer les droits d'accès aux documents", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Modifier les droits d'accès", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Renommer", "Common.Views.History.textCloseHistory": "Fermer l'historique", @@ -164,52 +181,121 @@ "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMinText": "La valeur minimale pour ce champ est {0}.", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "Nombre de lignes", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "Taille du tableau", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "Fractionner la cellule", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnCancel": "Annuler", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Sélectionner la langue du document", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Fermer le fichier", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Codage ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Le mot de passe est incorrect.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Mot de passe", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Aperçu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Choisir %1 des options ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Fichier protégé", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Un mot de passe est requis pour ouvrir ce document", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Indiquez un mot de passe pour protéger ce document", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Le mot de passe de confirmation n'est pas identique", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Mot de passe", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Confirmer le mot de passe", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Définir un mot de passe", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Chargement", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Modules complémentaires", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Chargement", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Démarrer", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Arrêter", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Chiffrer avec mot de passe", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Modifier ou supprimer le mot de passe", "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Ajouter une signature électronique ou", "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Ajouter un mot de passe", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Modifier le mot de passe", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Supprimer le mot de passe", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Chiffrer", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Ajouter une signature électronique", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Signature", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Zone de signature", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Nom de fichier", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Un nom de fichier ne peut pas contenir les caractères suivants :", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "À la modification suivante", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "À la modification précédente", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Rapide", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Co-édition en temps réel. Tous les changements sont enregistrés automatiquement.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Strict", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Utilisez le bouton \"Enregistrer\" pour synchroniser les modifications que vous et d'autres personnes faites.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Accepter la modification actuelle", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Définir le mode de co-édition", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Afficher versions", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Rejeter cette modification", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Suivi des modifications", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Sélectionner le mode souhaité.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Définir la langue du document", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Vérification de l'orthographe", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Gérer les droits d'accès au document", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Accepter", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Accepter toutes les modifications", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Accepter les modifications", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accepter la modification actuelle", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Fermer", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Mode de co-édition ", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Langue", - "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "À la modification prochaine", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Toutes les modifications acceptées (aperçu)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Final", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Historique des versions", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Toutes les modifications (édition)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Balisage", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "À la modification suivante", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Toutes les modifications rejetées (Aperçu)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Original", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "À la modification précédente", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Rejeter", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Refuser tous les changements", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Rejeter les modifications", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Refuser des changements actuels", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Partage", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Vérification de l'orthographe", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Suivi des modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Mode d'affichage", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.textTitle": "Examiner les modifications", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtAccept": "Accepter", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtAcceptAll": "Accepter toutes les modifications", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accepter la modification actuelle", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtNext": "À la modification suivante", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtPrev": "À la modification précédente", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtReject": "Rejeter", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectAll": "Rejeter toutes les modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectCurrent": "Rejeter cette modification", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Gras", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certificat", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Modifier", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Nom du signataire d'entrée", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Italique", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "But de la signature du document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Sélectionner", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Sélectionner une image", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "La signature ressemble à", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Signer le document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ou cliquez sur \"Sélectionner une image\" afin d'utiliser une image en tant que signature", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Valide de %1 à %2", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Nom de la police", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Taille de la police", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Autoriser le signataire à ajouter un commentaire dans la boîte de dialogue de la signature", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Information à propos du signataire", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "Adresse de messagerie", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Nom", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Titre du signataire", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instructions pour les signataires", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Afficher la date de signature à côté de la signature", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Mise en place de la signature", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ce champ est obligatoire.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "Toutes les modifications non enregistrées dans ce document seront perdus.
    Cliquez sur \"Annuler\", puis \"Enregistrer\" pour les sauver. Cliquez sur \"OK\" pour annuler toutes les modifications non enregistrées.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Document sans nom", @@ -238,7 +324,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Erreur externe.
    Erreur de connexion à la base de données. Si l'erreur persiste veillez contactez l'assistance technique.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Plage de données incorrecte.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Code d'erreur: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le document est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le fichier est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Une erreur est survenue lors de l'enregistrement du fichier. Veuillez utiliser l'option «Télécharger en tant que» pour enregistrer le fichier sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou réessayer plus tard.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descripteur de clés inconnu", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descripteur clé a expiré", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Échec du chargement", @@ -293,7 +380,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Cliquez pour fermer le conseil", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contacter l'équipe de ventes", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Chargement du document", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "La version open source de ONLYOFFICE", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Limitation de connexion ONLYOFFICE", "DE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Forme", "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Mode strict", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Les fonctions annuler/rétablir sont désactivées pour le mode de co-édition rapide.
    Cliquez sur le bouton \"Mode strict\" pour passer au mode de la co-édition stricte pour modifier le fichier sans interférence d'autres utilisateurs et envoyer vos modifications seulement après que vous les enregistrez. Vous pouvez basculer entre les modes de co-édition à l'aide de paramètres avancés d'éditeur.", @@ -303,9 +390,12 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Au-dessus", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Votre texte ici", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Formes de base", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "En dessous", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBookmarkError": "Erreur! Marque-page non défini.", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Boutons", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Légendes", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Graphiques", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Document actuel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Titre du graphique", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Définissez le mode d'édition...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "Chargement de histoire a échoué", @@ -317,10 +407,15 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Lignes", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Maths", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Vous avez des mises à jour", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNoTableOfContents": "Aucune entrée de table des matières trouvée.", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Page impaire", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "sur la page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rectangles", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Identique au précédent", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Section", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Série", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Étoiles et rubans", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texte de la note de bas de page", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Titre 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Titre 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Titre 3", @@ -330,7 +425,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "Titre 7", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "Titre 8", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "Titre 9", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Intense_Quote": "Citation intense", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_List_Paragraph": "Paragraphe de liste", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "Pas d'espacement", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "Normal", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Citation", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Sous-titres", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titre", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Table des matières", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Axe X", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Axe Y", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Erreur inconnue.", @@ -343,10 +445,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "L'application est peu compatible avec IE9. Utilisez IE10 ou version plus récente", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le paramètre actuel de zoom de votre navigateur n'est pas accepté. Veuillez rétablir le niveau de zoom par défaut en appuyant sur Ctrl+0.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
    Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous utilisez la version open source de ONLYOFFICE. La version a des limitations en connexions simultanées au serveur de documents (20 connexions à la fois).
    Pour en avoir plus, veuillez envisager l'achat d'une licence commerciale.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les connexions simultanées au serveur de documents.
    Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les utilisateurs simultanés.
    Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Le droit d'édition du fichier vous a été refusé.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Début du document", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Aller au début du document", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "Nouveaux changements ont été suivis", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "Le document est ouvert avec le mode Suivi des modifications activé", + "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Suivi des modifications", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "La police que vous allez enregistrer n'est pas disponible sur l'appareil actuel.
    Le style du texte sera affiché à l'aide de l'une des polices de système, la police sauvée sera utilisée lorsqu'il est disponible.
    Voulez-vous continuer?", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avertissement", @@ -683,6 +789,15 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Trois points verticaux", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zêta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Ajuster à la page", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Ajuster à la largeur", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Ajouter", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Fermer", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Supprimer", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Emplacement", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Nom", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Trier par", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Signets", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Afficher les paramètres avancés", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "En aires", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "En barre", @@ -697,6 +812,7 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "Taille", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textStock": "Boursier", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "Style", + "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textSurface": "Surface", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textUndock": "Détacher du panneau", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "Largeur", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textWrap": "Style d'habillage", @@ -708,8 +824,19 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTight": "Rapproché", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTitle": "Graphique", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Haut et bas", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textLock": "Verrouillage ", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textName": "Titre", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTag": "Tag", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paramètres de contrôle du contenu", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockDelete": "Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockEdit": "Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "Nombre de colonnes", + "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textSeparator": "Diviseur de colonne", + "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textSpacing": "Espacement entre les colonnes", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textTitle": "Colonnes", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.aboveText": "Au-dessus", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.addCommentText": "Ajouter un commentaire", @@ -771,27 +898,48 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.spellcheckText": "Vérification orthographique", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "Fractionner la cellule...", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Fractionner la cellule", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "Supprimer la signature", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "Détails de la signature", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "Mise en place de la signature", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "Signer", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.styleText": "En tant que style", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Tableau", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Aligner", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrange": "Organiser", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Mettre en arrière-plan", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Déplacer vers l'arrière", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Déplacer vers l'avant", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Reculer", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Avancer", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Mettre au premier plan", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "Contrôle du contenu", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copier", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Couper", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribuer les colonnes", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribuer les lignes", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Paramètres de contrôle du contenu", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "D'un fichier", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "D'une URL", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Tableau imbriqué", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Page suivante", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Coller", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Page précédente", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Actualiser le champ", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Supprimer", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Supprimer le contrôle du contenu", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Remplacer l’image", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Paramètres", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Aligner en bas", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Aligner au centre", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Aligner à gauche", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Aligner au milieu", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Aligner à droite", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Aligner en haut", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "Table des matières", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "Paramètres de la table des matières", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Annuler", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateAll": "Actualiser le tableau entier", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdatePages": "Actualiser les numéros de page uniquement", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "Actualiser la table des matières", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "Style d'habillage", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Cet élément est en cours d'édition par un autre utilisateur.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Ajouter bordure inférieure", @@ -844,12 +992,15 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Insérer pause manuelle", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Insérer équation après", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Insérez l'équation avant", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Gardez le texte seulement", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Modifier d'emplacement des locations", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Limite au-dessous le texte", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Limite en dessous le texte", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Egaler crochets à la hauteur de l'argument", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Alignement de la matrice", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Barre au-dessus d'un texte", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Remplacer les cellules", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Garder la mise en forme source", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Appuyez sur Ctrl et cliquez sur le lien", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Supprimer la barre de fraction", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Supprimer la limite", @@ -918,7 +1069,7 @@ "DE.Views.DropcapSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "En haut", "DE.Views.DropcapSettingsAdvanced.textVertical": "Vertical", "DE.Views.DropcapSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Largeur", - "DE.Views.DropcapSettingsAdvanced.tipFontName": "Nom de la police", + "DE.Views.DropcapSettingsAdvanced.tipFontName": "Police", "DE.Views.DropcapSettingsAdvanced.txtNoBorders": "Pas de bordures", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Aller aux Documents", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Fermer le menu", @@ -928,6 +1079,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHistoryCaption": "Historique des versions", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Descriptif du document...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Imprimer", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Protéger", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Ouvrir récent...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Renommer...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Retour au Document", @@ -957,6 +1109,17 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtWords": "Mots", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Changer les droits d'accès", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Personnes qui ont des droits", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avertissement", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Avec mot de passe", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Protéger le document", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Avec signature", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Modifier le document", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "L'édition supprimera les signatures du document.
    Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer?", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Ce document a été protégé par mot de passe", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "Ce document doit être signé.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Des signatures valides ont été ajoutées au document. Le document est protégé contre l'édition.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Certaines signatures numériques dans le document sont invalides ou n'ont pas pu être vérifiées. Le document est protégé contre l'édition.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Voir les signatures", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Appliquer", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Activer les repères d'alignement", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "Activer la récupération automatique", @@ -969,6 +1132,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strForcesave": "Toujours enregistrer sur le serveur ( sinon enregistrer sur le serveur lors de la fermeture du document )", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strInputMode": "Activer des hiéroglyphes", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strLiveComment": "Activer l'affichage des commentaires", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strResolvedComment": "Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "Visibilité des modifications en co-édition", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "Activer la vérification de l'orthographe", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "Strict", @@ -1000,26 +1164,37 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "comme Windows", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomCenter": "En bas au centre", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomLeft": "En bas à gauche", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomPage": "Bas de page", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomRight": "En bas à droite", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffFirst": "Première page différente", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffOdd": "Pages paires et impaires différentes", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textFrom": "Début", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromBottom": "Pied de page à partir du bas", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromTop": "En-tête à partir du haut", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textInsertCurrent": "Insérer à la position actuelle", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textOptions": "Options", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNum": "Insérer le numéro de page", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNumbering": "Numérotation des pages", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPosition": "Position", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPrev": "Continuer à partir de la section précédente", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textSameAs": "Lier au précédent", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopCenter": "Haut au centre", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopLeft": "En haut à gauche", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopPage": "Haut de page", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopRight": "En haut à droite", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Fragment du texte sélectionné", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Afficher", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Lien externe", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Endroit dans le document", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paramètres du lien hypertexte", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Texte de l'info-bulle ", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Lien vers", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Début du document", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Signets", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ce champ est obligatoire", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "En-têtes", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Ce champ doit être une URL au format \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Afficher les paramètres avancés", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Modifier", @@ -1099,6 +1274,7 @@ "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTop": "En haut", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textTopMargin": "Marge supérieure", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textVertical": "Vertical", + "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Poids et flèches", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Largeur", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWrap": "Style d'habillage", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWrapBehindTooltip": "Derrière", @@ -1116,6 +1292,25 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Commentaires & assistance", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titres", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODE DEVELOPPEUR", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "MODE DEMO", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Signet", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Actualiser", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Table des matières", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Note de bas de page", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsLink": "Lien hypertexte", + "DE.Views.Links.confirmDeleteFootnotes": "Souhaitez-vous supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page ?", + "DE.Views.Links.mniDelFootnote": "Supprimer les notes de bas de page", + "DE.Views.Links.mniInsFootnote": "Insérer une note de bas de page", + "DE.Views.Links.mniNoteSettings": "Paramètres des notes", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsRemove": "Supprimer la table des matières", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsSettings": "Paramètres", + "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Accéder aux notes de bas de page", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Actualiser le tableau entier", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Actualiser les numéros de page uniquement", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Insérer la table des matières", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Actualiser la table des matières", + "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Ajouter un lien hypertexte", + "DE.Views.Links.tipNotes": "Insérer ou modifier les notes de bas de page", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.filePlaceholder": "PDF", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.okButtonText": "Envoyer", @@ -1168,6 +1363,16 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "A l'enregistrement précédent", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Sans titre", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Fusion a échoué", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Réduire tout", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Dégrader", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Ce document ne contient pas d'en-têtes", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "En-tête vide", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Développer tout", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Nouvel en-tête après", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Nouvel en-tête avant", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Nouveau sous-titre", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Promouvoir", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Sélectionner le contenu", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Appliquer", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Appliquer les modifications", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Annuler", @@ -1202,6 +1407,7 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Hauteur", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Taille de la page", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Largeur", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Personnalisé", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Interligne", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Espacement de paragraphe", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Ne pas ajouter d'intervalle entre paragraphes du même style", @@ -1246,8 +1452,10 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Espacement des caractères", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Par défaut", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Effets", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeader": "Guide", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "A gauche", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNewColor": "Couleur personnalisée", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNone": "Aucune", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "Position", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Supprimer", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Supprimer tout", @@ -1275,6 +1483,7 @@ "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtMailMergeSettings": "Paramètres de fusion et publipostage", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Paramètres du paragraphe", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Paramètres de la forme", + "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Paramètre de signature", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Paramètres du tableau", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Paramètres de texte d'art", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Couleur d'arrière-plan", @@ -1327,6 +1536,21 @@ "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTight": "Rapproché", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Haut et bas", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Bois", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avertissement", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Supprimer la signature", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Détails de la signature", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Signatures non valides", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "Signatures requises", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "Mise en place de la signature", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Signer", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Signature", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "Signataire", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Signatures valides", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Modifier malgré tout", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "L'édition supprimera les signatures du document.
    Êtes-vous sûr de vouloir continuer?", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "Ce document doit être signé.", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Des signatures valides ont été ajoutées au document. Le document est protégé contre l'édition.", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Certaines signatures numériques dans le document sont invalides ou n'ont pas pu être vérifiées. Le document est protégé contre l'édition.", "DE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "Aller à la page", "DE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "Page {0} de {1}", "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "Ajuster à la page", @@ -1341,6 +1565,26 @@ "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Titre", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "Ce champ est obligatoire", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "Le champ ne doit pas être vide", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.okButtonText ": "Ok", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strAlign": "Aligner les numéros de page à droite", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strLinks": "Mettre la table des matières sous forme de liens", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strShowPages": "Afficher les numéros de page", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textBuildTable": "Construire la table des matières à partir de", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLeader": "Guide", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevel": "Niveau", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevels": "Niveaux", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textNone": "Aucune", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioLevels": "Niveaux hiérarchiques", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioStyles": "Styles sélectionnés", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyle": "Style", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyles": "Styles", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textTitle": "Table des matières", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtClassic": "Classique", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtCurrent": "Actuel", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtModern": "Moderne", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtSimple": "Simple", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtStandard": "Standard", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Supprimer la colonne", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Supprimer la ligne", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Supprimer le tableau", @@ -1362,11 +1606,15 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Couleur", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Style des bordures", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "Annuler", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Taille de la cellule", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Colonnes", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Distribuer les colonnes", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Distribuer les lignes", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Lignes et colonnes", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Aucun modèle", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Premier", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "En-tête", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Hauteur", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Dernier", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Couleur personnalisée", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textOK": "OK", @@ -1374,6 +1622,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Sélectionnez les bordures à modifier en appliquant le style choisi ci-dessus", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Largeur", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Bordure extérieure et la totalité des lignes intérieures", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Seulement bordure extérieure inférieure", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Seulement lignes intérieures", @@ -1483,13 +1732,26 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnColumns": "Colonnes", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Commentaire", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsChart": "Graphique", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsControls": "Contrôles de contenu", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "Lettrine", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "Équation", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "En-tête/Pied de page", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsImage": "Image", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsPagebreak": "Sauts", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsShape": "Forme", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTable": "Tableau", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextart": "Text Art", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextbox": "Zone de texte", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "Marges", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "Orientation", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "Taille", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgAlign": "Aligner", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "Reculer", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgForward": "Déplacer vers l'avant", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "Grouper", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgWrapping": "Retour à la ligne", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "Inserer un tableau personnalisé", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditControls": "Paramètres de contrôle", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditDropCap": "Paramètres de la lettrine", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditFooter": "Modifier le pied de page", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditHeader": "Modifier l'en-tête", @@ -1511,14 +1773,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "A droite", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Trois", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Deux", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Afficher la barre d'outils compacte", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Page continue", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Page paire", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Ajuster à la page", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Ajuster à la largeur", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Masquer les règles", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Masquer la barre d'état", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Masquer la barre de titres", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "Dans la Marge", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insérer un saut de colonne", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Insérer le nombre de pages", @@ -1543,8 +1799,11 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "Marges personnalisées", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageSizeCustom": "Taille personnalisée", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPie": "Graphiques à secteurs", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPlainControl": "Insérer un contrôle de contenu en texte brut", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPoint": "Nuages de points (XY)", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "Portrait", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRemoveControl": "Supprimer le contrôle du contenu", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRichControl": "Insérer un contrôle de contenu en texte enrichi", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "A droite: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Boursier", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Barré", @@ -1556,13 +1815,19 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuUpdate": "Mettre à jour selon la sélection", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Indice", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Exposant", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Surface", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Collaboration", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Fichier", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Accueil", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insérer", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Disposition", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "Références", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protection", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "Révision", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Erreur", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "À la position actuelle", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "En haut: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Souligné", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Paramètres avancés", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Aligner au centre", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Justifié", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Aligner à gauche", @@ -1572,6 +1837,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Effacer le style", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Modifier le jeu de couleurs", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Insérer des colonnes ", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipControls": "Insérer des contrôles de contenu", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copier", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copier le style", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Réduire la taille de la police", @@ -1579,12 +1845,13 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipDropCap": "Insérer une lettrine", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipEditHeader": "Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Couleur de police", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Nom de la police", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Police", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Taille de la police", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alignement horizontal", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipHighlightColor": "Couleur de surlignage", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgAlign": "Aligner les objets", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgGroup": "Grouper les objets", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgWrapping": "Renvoyer à la ligne automatiquement", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "Augmenter la taille de la police", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Augmenter le retrait", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insérer un graphique", @@ -1593,7 +1860,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Insérer le numéro de page", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insérer une forme automatique", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insérer un tableau", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insérer du texte", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insérez zone de texte", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Insérer Text Art", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Interligne du paragraphe", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Fusion et publipostage", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Puces", @@ -1611,10 +1879,10 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSave": "Enregistrer", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSaveCoauth": "Enregistrez vos modifications pour que les autres utilisateurs puissent les voir.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendBackward": "Envoyer vers l'arrière.", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSendForward": "Déplacer vers l'avant", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Caractères non imprimables", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Le document a été modifié par un autre utilisateur. Cliquez pour enregistrer vos modifications et recharger des mises à jour.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Annuler", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Voir paramètres d'affichage", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Bureau", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Médian", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Métro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/it.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/it.json index 0849e167c..3302fb11e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/it.json @@ -7,14 +7,14 @@ "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningText": "L'oggetto è disabilitato perché si sta modificando da un altro utente.", "Common.Controllers.ExternalDiagramEditor.warningTitle": "Avviso", "Common.Controllers.ExternalMergeEditor.textAnonymous": "Anonimo", - "Common.Controllers.ExternalMergeEditor.textClose": "Close", + "Common.Controllers.ExternalMergeEditor.textClose": "Chiudi", "Common.Controllers.ExternalMergeEditor.warningText": "The object is disabled because it is being edited by another user.", "Common.Controllers.ExternalMergeEditor.warningTitle": "Warning", "Common.Controllers.History.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textAtLeast": "almeno", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textAuto": "auto", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textBaseline": "Baseline", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textBold": "Bold", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textBold": "Grassetto", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textBreakBefore": "Page break before", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textCaps": "Maiuscole", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textCenter": "Align center", @@ -137,19 +137,28 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textClose": "Chiudi", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Salva ed esci", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Modifica grafico", - "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textClose": "Close", + "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textClose": "Chiudi", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Save & Exit", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Mail Merge Recipients", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "È in corso la modifica del documento da parte di più utenti.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Impostazioni avanzate", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Va' ai Documenti", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Nascondi righelli", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Nascondi barra di stato", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Salvataggio in corso...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modificato", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Tutte le modifiche sono state salvate", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Tutte le modifiche sono state salvate", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Ingrandimento", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Gestisci i diritti di accesso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Scarica file", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Modifica il file corrente", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Stampa file", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Ripristina", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Salva", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Annulla", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Mostra impostazioni", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Mostra gli utenti e gestisci i diritti di accesso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Modifica diritti di accesso", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Rinomina", @@ -177,21 +186,24 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Seleziona la lingua del documento", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Chiudi File", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Codificazione", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Password errata", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Password", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Anteprima", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Una volta inserita la password e aperto il file, verrà ripristinata la password corrente sul file.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Seleziona parametri %1", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "File protetto", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "É richiesta la password per aprire il documento", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "É richiesta la password per proteggere il documento", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "la password di conferma non corrisponde", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Password", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Ripeti password", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Imposta password", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Caricamento", - "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Componenti Aggiuntivi", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plugin", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plugin", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Caricamento", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Avvio", @@ -229,7 +241,8 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Accetta tutte le modifiche", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Accetta modifiche", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accetta la modifica corrente", - "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Close", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Chiudi", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modalità di co-editing", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Lingua", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Tutti i cambiamenti accettati (anteprima)", @@ -266,6 +279,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Inserisci nome firmatario", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Corsivo", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Motivo della firma del documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Seleziona", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Seleziona Immagine", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "La firma appare come", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Firma Documento", @@ -282,7 +296,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Titolo del Firmatario", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Istruzioni per i Firmatari", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Mostra la data nella riga di Firma", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni della Firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni firma", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Campo obbligatorio", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "Tutte le modifiche non salvate nel documento verranno perse.
    Clicca \"Annulla\" e poi \"Salva\" per salvarle. Clicca \"OK\" per annullare tutte le modifiche non salvate.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Documento senza nome", @@ -293,6 +307,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "La sostituzione è stata effettuata. {0} occorrenze sono state saltate.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "La ricerca è stata effettuata. Occorrenze sostituite: {0}", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "Se continua a salvare in questo formato tutte le caratteristiche tranne il testo saranno perse.
    Sei sicuro di voler continuare?", + "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAsRTF": "Se si continua a salvare in questo formato, parte della formattazione potrebbe andare persa.
    Vuoi continuare?", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "Caricamento delle modifiche in corso...", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Caricamento delle modifiche", "DE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "E' stato superato il tempo limite della conversione.", @@ -309,9 +324,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Connessione al server persa. Impossibile modificare il documento.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
    When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

    Find more information about connecting Document Server here", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Errore esterno.
    Errore di connessione a banca dati. Si prega di contattare l'assistenza tecnica nel caso in cui l'errore persiste.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Le modifiche crittografate sono state ricevute, non possono essere decifrate.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Intervallo di dati non corretto.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Codice errore: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il documento è protetto da una password. Impossibile aprirlo.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il file è protetto da una password. Impossibile aprirlo.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Si è verificato un errore durante il salvataggio del file. Utilizzare l'opzione 'Scarica come' per salvare il file sul disco rigido del computer o riprovare più tardi.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descrittore di chiave sconosciuto", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descrittore di chiave scaduto", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Loading failed", @@ -349,7 +366,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "Stampa del documento", "DE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Ricarica pagina", "DE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Qualcuno sta modificando questo documento. Si prega di provare più tardi.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Accesso vietato", + "DE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Accesso negato", "DE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Si è verificato un errore al salvataggio del file", "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparazione al salvataggio ", "DE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparazione al salvataggio. Si prega di aspettare...", @@ -401,6 +418,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Sezione", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stelle e nastri", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Nota a piè di pagina", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Titolo 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Titolo 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Titolo 3", @@ -417,6 +435,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Cita", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Sottotitolo", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titolo", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Sommario", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Asse X", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Asse Y", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Errore sconosciuto.", @@ -428,10 +447,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Caricamento dell'immagine", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "L'applicazione è poco compatibile con IE9. Usa IE10 o più recente", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le impostazioni correnti di zoom del tuo browser non sono completamente supportate. Per favore, ritorna allo zoom predefinito premendo Ctrl+0.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Il numero di connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
    Contattare l'amministratore per ulteriori informazioni.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
    Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Il numero di utenti simultaei è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
    Per ulteriori informazioni, contattare l'amministratore.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
    Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE Editors presenta alcune limitazioni per gli utenti simultanei.
    Se hai bisogno di più, ti preghiamo di considerare l'aggiornamento della tua licenza attuale o l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
    Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Ci stato negato il diritto alla modifica del file.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Inizio del documento", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Vai all'inizio del documento", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "New changes have been tracked", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "The document is opened with the Track Changes mode enabled", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Traccia cambiamenti", @@ -688,7 +711,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_about": "Approssimativamente", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_additional": "Complement", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_aleph": "Alef", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "Alpha", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_alpha": "Alfa", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_approx": "Quasi uguale a", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_ast": "Operatore asterisco", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_beta": "Beta", @@ -771,6 +794,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertical Ellipsis", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Adatta alla pagina", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Adatta alla larghezza", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Aggiungi", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textBookmarkName": "Nome segnalibro", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Chiudi", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Elimina", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textGoto": "Vai a", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textHidden": "Segnalibri nascosti", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Percorso", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Nome", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Ordina per", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Segnalibri", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostra impostazioni avanzate", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Aerogramma", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "A barre", @@ -861,7 +896,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.removeHyperlinkText": "Elimina collegamento ipertestuale", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.rightText": "A destra", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.rowText": "Riga", - "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.saveStyleText": "Create new style", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.saveStyleText": "Crea nuovo stile", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectCellText": "Seleziona cella", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectColumnText": "Seleziona colonna", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.selectRowText": "Seleziona riga", @@ -886,14 +921,20 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "Controllo Contenuto", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copia", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Taglia", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribuisci colonne", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribuisci righe", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Impostazioni di controllo del contenuto", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Modifica bordi disposizione testo", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Da file", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Da URL", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Tabella nidificata", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Pagina successiva", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Incolla", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Pagina precedente", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Aggiorna campo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Elimina", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Rimuovi il controllo del contenuto", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Sostituisci immagine", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Impostazioni", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Allinea in basso", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Allinea al centro", @@ -901,7 +942,12 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Allinea in mezzo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Allinea a destra", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Allinea in alto", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "Sommario", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "Impostazioni sommario", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Annulla", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateAll": "Aggiorna intera tabella", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdatePages": "Aggiorna solo numeri di pagina", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "Aggiorna Sommario", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "Stile di disposizione testo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Questo elemento sta modificando da un altro utente.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Aggiungi bordo inferiore", @@ -962,6 +1008,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrix alignment", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Barra sopra al testo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Sovrascrivi celle", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Mantieni la formattazione sorgente", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Premi CTRL e clicca sul collegamento", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Rimuovi la barra di frazione", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Remove limit", @@ -1045,7 +1092,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Rinomina...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Torna al documento", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRightsCaption": "Diritti di accesso...", - "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "Salva con", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "Salva con Nome", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCaption": "Salva", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnSettingsCaption": "Impostazioni avanzate...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnToEditCaption": "Modifica documento", @@ -1147,10 +1194,15 @@ "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Testo selezionato", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Visualizza", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Collegamento esterno", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Inserisci nel documento", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Testo del suggerimento", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Collega a", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Inizio del documento", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Segnalibri", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Questo campo è richiesto", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "Intestazioni", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Il formato URL richiesto è \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostra impostazioni avanzate", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Modifica", @@ -1243,12 +1295,14 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "Informazioni su", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Chat", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Commenti", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipNavigation": "Navigazione", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Plugin", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Ricerca", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback & Support", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titoli", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODALITÀ SVILUPPATORE", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "Modalità di prova", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Segnalibro", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Aggiorna", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Sommario", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Nota a piè di pagina", @@ -1262,6 +1316,7 @@ "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Passa alle note a piè di pagina", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Aggiorna intera tabella", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Aggiorna solo numeri di pagina", + "DE.Views.Links.tipBookmarks": "Crea un segnalibro", "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Inserisci Sommario", "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Aggiorna Sommario", "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale", @@ -1318,6 +1373,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "To previous record", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Untitled", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Starting merge failed", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Comprimi tutto", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Retrocedere", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Questo documento non contiene intestazioni", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Intestazione vuota", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Espandi tutto", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Espandi al livello", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Nuova intestazione dopo", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Nuova intestazione prima", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Nuovo sottotitolo", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Promuovere", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Scegli contenuto", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Applica", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Applica modifiche a", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Annulla", @@ -1350,8 +1416,10 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Height", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textPreset": "Preimpostazione", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Page Size", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Width", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Personalizzato", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Interlinea", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Spaziatura del paragrafo", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Non aggiungere intervallo tra paragrafi dello stesso stile", @@ -1504,7 +1572,7 @@ "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "Zoom avanti", "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "Zoom indietro", "DE.Views.Statusbar.txtPageNumInvalid": "Numero pagina non valido", - "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textHeader": "Create New Style", + "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textHeader": "Crea nuovo stile", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textNextStyle": "Next paragraph style", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Title", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", @@ -1550,11 +1618,15 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Colore", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Stile bordo", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "Annulla", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Dimensioni cella", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Colonne", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Distribuisci colonne", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Distribuisci righe", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Righe e colonne", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Nessun modello", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Prima", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Intestazione", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Altezza", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Ultima", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Colore personalizzato", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textOK": "OK", @@ -1562,6 +1634,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Seleziona i bordi che desideri modificare applicando lo stile scelto sopra", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Seleziona da modello", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Totale", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Larghezza", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Imposta bordo esterno e tutte le linee interne", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Imposta solo bordo esterno inferiore", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Imposta solo linee interne", @@ -1592,7 +1665,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBorderWidth": "Dimensioni bordo", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "In basso", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCellOptions": "Opzioni della cella", - "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCellProps": "Celle", + "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCellProps": "Cella", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCellSize": "Dimensioni cella", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCenter": "Al centro", "DE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCenterTooltip": "Al centro", @@ -1712,14 +1785,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Right", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Pagina continua", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Pagina pari", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Adatta alla pagina", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Adatta alla larghezza", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Nascondi righelli", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Nascondi barra di stato", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Nascondi barra di titolo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "Nel margine", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insert Column Break", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Inserisci numero delle pagine", @@ -1754,7 +1821,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Barrato", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDelete": "Delete style", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDeleteAll": "Delete all custom styles", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuNew": "New style from selection", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuNew": "Nuovo stile da selezione", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuRestore": "Restore to default", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuRestoreAll": "Restore all to default styles", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuUpdate": "Update from selection", @@ -1766,14 +1833,13 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Home", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Inserisci", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Layout di Pagina", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "Riferimenti", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protezione", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "Revisione", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Errore", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Alla posizione corrente", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Sottolineato", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Impostazioni avanzate", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Allinea al centro", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Giustifica", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Allinea a sinistra", @@ -1806,7 +1872,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Inserisci numero di pagina", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Inserisci forma", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Inserisci tabella", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Inserisci testo", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Inserisci casella di testo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Inserisci Text Art", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Interlinea tra i paragrafi", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Unione della Corrispondenza", @@ -1829,7 +1895,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Caratteri non stampabili", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Il documento è stato modificato da un altro utente. Clicca per salvare le modifiche e ricaricare gli aggiornamenti.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Annulla", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Mostra impostazioni", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Ufficio", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Luna", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ja.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ja.json index 77eaae5d4..917f44e6b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ja.json @@ -1373,14 +1373,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "右に", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "三", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "二", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "コンパクトのツールバー", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "連続ページ表示", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "偶数ページから開始", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "ページに合わせる", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "幅を合わせる", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "ルーラーを表示しない", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "ステータスバーを表示しない", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "タイトルバーを表示しない", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "余白", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "段区切りの挿入", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageNumber": "ページ番号の挿入", @@ -1419,8 +1413,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "現在の場所", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "トップ：", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下線", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "ズーム", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "詳細設定", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "中央揃え", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "両端揃え", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "左揃え", @@ -1468,7 +1460,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "編集記号の表示", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "ドキュメントは他のユーザーによって変更されました。変更を保存するためにここでクリックし、アップデートを再ロードしてください。", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "元に戻す", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "設定の表示", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "オフィス", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "デザート", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "メトロ", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ko.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ko.json index 21a9da8f6..2a188425e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ko.json @@ -115,6 +115,7 @@ "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "덧글 추가", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddCommentToDoc": "문서에 설명 추가", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "답장 추가", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAnonym": "손님", "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "취소", "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "닫기", "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "Comments", @@ -140,12 +141,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "저장 및 종료", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "편지 병합받는 사람", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "문서는 현재 여러 사용자가 편집하고 있습니다.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "고급 설정", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "문서로 이동", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "보기 컴팩트 도구 모음", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "눈금자 숨기기", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "상태 표시 줄 숨기기", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "저장 중 ...", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "수정된", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "모든 변경 사항이 저장되었습니다", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "모든 변경 사항이 저장되었습니다", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "확대 / 축소", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "문서 액세스 권한 관리", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "파일을 다운로드", + "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "현재 파일 편집", + "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "파일 출력", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "다시 실행", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "저장", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "실행 취소", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "보기 설정", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "사용자보기 및 문서 액세스 권한 관리", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "액세스 권한 변경", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "이름 바꾸기", @@ -173,46 +186,82 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "Ok", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "문서 언어 선택", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "파일 닫기", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "인코딩", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "비밀번호가 맞지 않음", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "비밀번호", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "미리보기", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "% 1 옵션 선택", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "보호 된 파일", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "문서 보호용 비밀번호를 세팅하세요", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "확인 비밀번호가 같지 않음", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "암호", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "비밀번호 반복", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "비밀번호 설정", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "로드 중", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "플러그인", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "플러그인", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "로드 중", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "시작", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "정지", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "비밀번호로 암호화", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "비밀번호 변경 또는 삭제", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "디지털 서명 또는 서명 라인을 추가 ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "비밀번호 추가", "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "비밀번호를 변경", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "비밀번호 삭제", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "암호화", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "디지털 서명을 추가", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "서명", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "서명 라인", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "파일 이름", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "파일 이름에 다음 문자를 포함 할 수 없습니다 :", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "다음 변경 사항", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "이전 변경으로", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "빠르게", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "실시간 협력 편집. 모든 변경사항들은 자동적으로 저장됨.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "엄격한", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "귀하와 다른 사람이 변경사항을 동기화 하려면 '저장'버튼을 사용하세요.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "현재 변경 내용 적용", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "협력 편집 모드 세팅", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "버전 표시", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "현재 변경 거부", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "변경 내용 추적", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "변경사항이 표시될 모드 선택", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "문서 언어 설정", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "맞춤법 검사", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "문서 액세스 권한 관리", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "수락", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "모든 변경 내용 적용", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "변경 접수", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "현재 변경 내용 적용", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "채팅", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "닫기", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "공동 편집 모드", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "언어", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "모든 변경 접수됨 (미리보기)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "최종", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "버전 기록", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "모든 변경 (편집)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "마크업", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "다음 변경 사항", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "모든 변경 거부됨 (미리보기)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "오리지널", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "이전 변경으로", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "거부", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "모든 변경 사항 거부", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "변경 거부", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "현재 변경 거부", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "공유", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "맞춤법 검사", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "변경 내용 추적", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "디스플레이 모드", + "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.textTitle": "변경사항 다시보기", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtAccept": "수락", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtAcceptAll": "모든 변경 내용 적용", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtAcceptCurrent": "현재 변경 내용 적용", @@ -224,11 +273,29 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "볼드체", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "인증", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "변경", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "서명자 성함을 입력하세요", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "이탈릭", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "이 문서에 서명하는 목적", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "선택", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "이미지 선택", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "서명은 처럼 보임", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "서명문서", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "또는 서명으로 그림을 사용하려면 '이미지 선택'을 클릭", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "%1에서 %2까지 유효", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "폰트명", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "글꼴 크기", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "서명 대화창에 서명자의 코멘트 추가 허용", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "서명자 정보", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "이메일", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "이름", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "서명자 타이틀", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "서명자용 지침", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "서명라인에 서명 날짜를 보여주세요", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "서명 셋업", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "이 입력란은 필수 항목", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "이 문서의 모든 저장되지 않은 변경 사항이 손실됩니다.
    취소 를 클릭 한 다음저장 \"을 클릭하여 저장하십시오. 저장되지 않은 변경 사항. ", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Unnamed document", @@ -257,7 +324,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "외부 오류.
    데이터베이스 연결 오류입니다. 오류가 계속 발생하면 지원부에 문의하십시오.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "잘못된 데이터 범위입니다.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "오류 코드 : % 1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "이 문서는 암호로 보호되어있어 열 수 없습니다.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "문서가 암호로 보호되어 있습니다.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "파일 저장중 문제 발생됨. 컴퓨터 하드 드라이브에 파일을 저장하려면 '로 다운로드' 옵션을 사용 또는 나중에 다시 시도하세요.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "알 수없는 키 설명자", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "키 설명자가 만료되었습니다", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "로드 실패", @@ -323,22 +391,31 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "여기에 귀하의 텍스트", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "기본 도형", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "아래", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBookmarkError": "문제발생! 북마크가 정의되지 않음", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Buttons", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "콜 아웃", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Charts", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "현재 문서", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "차트 제목", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "편집 모드 설정 ...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "기록로드 실패", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "짝수 페이지", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "그림 화살표", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "첫 페이지", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "꼬리말", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "머리글", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Lines", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "수학", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "업데이트가 있습니다.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNoTableOfContents": "테이블 콘텐츠 항목 없슴", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "홀수 페이지", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "페이지상", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "직사각형", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "이전과 동일", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "섹션", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stars & Ribbons", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "꼬리말 글", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "제목 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "제목 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "제목 3", @@ -355,6 +432,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Quote", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "자막", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "제목", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "콘텐츠 테이블", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X 축", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y 축", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "알 수없는 오류.", @@ -370,6 +448,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "이 버전의 ONLYOFFICE 편집자는 문서 서버에 대한 동시 연결에 특정 제한 사항이 있습니다.
    더 많은 정보가 필요하면 현재 라이센스를 업그레이드하거나 상업용 라이센스를 구입하십시오.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "ONLYOFFICE 편집자의이 버전은 동시 사용자에게 일정한 제한이 있습니다.
    더 필요한 것이 있으면 현재 라이센스를 업그레이드하거나 상용 라이센스를 구입하십시오.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "파일 편집 권한이 거부되었습니다.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "문서의 시작", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "문서의 시작점으로 이동", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "새로운 변경 사항이 추적되었습니다", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "변경 내용 추적 모드를 사용하여 문서가 열립니다.", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "변경 내용 추적", @@ -709,6 +789,15 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "세로 줄임표", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "페이지에 맞춤", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "너비에 맞춤", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "추가", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "닫기", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "삭제", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "위치", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "이름", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "정렬", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "책갈피", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "고급 설정 표시", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "영역", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Bar", @@ -737,8 +826,12 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "상단 및 하단", "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textLock": "잠그기", "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textName": "제목", "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTag": "꼬리표", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTitle": "콘텐트 제어 세팅", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockDelete": "콘텐트 제어가 삭제될 수 없슴", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockEdit": "콘텐트가 편집될 수 없슴", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "열 수", @@ -805,6 +898,10 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.spellcheckText": "맞춤법 검사", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "셀 분할 ...", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "셀 분할", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "서명 삭제", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "서명 상세", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "서명 셋업", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "서명", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.styleText": "스타일로 서식 지정", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "테이블", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "정렬", @@ -813,13 +910,23 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "뒤로 이동", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "앞으로 이동", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "포 그라운드로 가져 오기", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "콘텐트 제어", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "복사", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "잘라 내기", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "컬럼 배포", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "행 배포", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "콘텐트 제어 세팅", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "둘러싸 기 경계 편집", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "파일로부터", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "URL로부터", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "네스트 테이블", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "다음 페이지", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "붙여 넣기", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "이전 페이지", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "필드 새로고침", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "삭제", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "콘텐트 제어 삭제", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "이미지 바꾸기", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "설정", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "아래쪽 정렬", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "정렬 중심", @@ -827,7 +934,12 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "가운데 정렬", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "오른쪽 정렬", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "정렬", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "콘텍츠 테이블", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "콘텐츠 테이블 세팅", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "실행 취소", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateAll": "전체 테이블을 새로고침하세요", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdatePages": "페이지 번호만 새로고침하세요", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "콘텐트 테이블 새로고침", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "배치 스타일", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "이 요소는 현재 다른 사용자가 편집 중입니다.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "아래쪽 테두리 추가", @@ -887,6 +999,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "대괄호를 인수 높이에 대응", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "매트릭스 정렬", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "텍스트 위에 가로 막기", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "셀에 덮어쓰기", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "소스 포맷을 유지하세요", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "CTRL 키를 누른 상태에서 링크 클릭", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "분수 막대 제거", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "제한 제거", @@ -965,6 +1079,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHistoryCaption": "버전 기록", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "문서 정보 ...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "인쇄", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "보호", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "최근 열기 ...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Rename ...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "문서로 돌아 가기", @@ -995,7 +1110,16 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "액세스 권한 변경", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "권한이있는 사람", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "경고", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "비밀번호로", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "문서 보호", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "서명으로", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "문서 편집", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "편집은 문서에서 서명을 지울것입니다.
    계속 진행하시겠습니까?", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "이 문서는 비밀번호로 보호된 적이 있슴", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "이 문서는 서명되어야 합니다.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "유효한 서명이 당 문서에 추가되었슴. 이 문서는 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "문서에 있는 몇 가지 디지털 서명 이 맞지 않거나 확인되지 않음. 이 문서는 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "서명 보기", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "적용", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "정렬 안내선 켜기", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "자동 검색 켜기", @@ -1040,30 +1164,40 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "Windows로", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomCenter": "하단 중앙", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomLeft": "왼쪽 하단", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomPage": "페이지 끝", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomRight": "오른쪽 하단", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffFirst": "다른 첫 페이지", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffOdd": "다른 홀수 및 짝수 페이지", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textFrom": "시작 시간", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromBottom": "하단에서 바닥 글", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromTop": "머리글을 맨 위부터", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textInsertCurrent": "현재 위치로 삽입", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textOptions": "옵션", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNum": "페이지 번호 삽입", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNumbering": "페이지 넘버링", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPosition": "위치", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPrev": "이전 섹션에서 계속하기", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textSameAs": "이전 링크", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopCenter": "Top Center", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopLeft": "왼쪽 상단", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopPage": "페이지 시작", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopRight": "오른쪽 상단", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "선택한 텍스트 조각", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "표시", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "외부 링크", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "하이퍼 링크 설정", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "스크린 팁 텍스트", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "링크 대상", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "문서의 시작", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "책갈피", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "이 입력란은 필수 항목입니다.", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "이 필드는 \"http://www.example.com\"형식의 URL이어야합니다.", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "고급 설정 표시", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "편집", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEditObject": "개체 편집", + "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textFitMargins": "여백에 맞추기", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromFile": "파일로부터", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textFromUrl": "From URL", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textHeight": "높이", @@ -1157,6 +1291,24 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "제목", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "개발자 모드", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "시험 모드", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "책갈피", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "재실행", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "콘텍츠 테이블", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "각주", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsLink": "하이퍼 링크", + "DE.Views.Links.confirmDeleteFootnotes": "모든 각주를 삭제 하시겠습니까?", + "DE.Views.Links.mniDelFootnote": "모든 각주 삭제", + "DE.Views.Links.mniInsFootnote": "각주 삽입", + "DE.Views.Links.mniNoteSettings": "메모 설정", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsRemove": "콘텐츠 테이블을 지우세요", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsSettings": "세팅", + "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "각주로 이동", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "전체 테이블을 새로고침하세요", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "페이지 번호만 새로고침하세요", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "콘텐트 테이블 삽입", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "콘텐트 테이블 새로고침", + "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "하이퍼 링크 추가", + "DE.Views.Links.tipNotes": "각주 삽입 또는 편집", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.cancelButtonText": "취소", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.filePlaceholder": "PDF", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.okButtonText": "보내기", @@ -1207,7 +1359,19 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtLast": "마지막 기록", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtNext": "다음 레코드로", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "이전 레코드로", + "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "제목미정", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "병합 시작 실패", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "모두 접기", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "강등", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "이 문서는 헤딩을 포함하지 않음", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "머리말 없슴", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "모두 확장", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "레벨로 확장하기", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "뒤에 신규 머리글 ", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "전에 신규 머리글 ", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "신규 서브헤딩", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "승급", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "콘텐트 선택", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "적용", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "변경 사항 적용", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "취소", @@ -1242,6 +1406,7 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "높이", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "페이지 크기", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "너비", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "사용자 정의", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "줄 간격", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "단락 간격", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "같은 스타일의 단락 사이에 간격을 추가하지 마십시오.", @@ -1286,8 +1451,10 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "문자 간격", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "기본 탭", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "효과", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeader": "리더", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "왼쪽", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNewColor": "새 맞춤 색상 추가", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNone": "없음", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "위치", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "제거", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "모두 제거", @@ -1315,6 +1482,7 @@ "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtMailMergeSettings": "편지 병합 설정", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "단락 설정", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "도형 설정", + "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "서명 세팅", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "표 설정", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "텍스트 아트 설정", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "배경색", @@ -1368,6 +1536,20 @@ "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "상단 및 하단", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Wood", "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "경고", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "서명 삭제", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "서명 상세", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "잘못된 서명", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "요청 서명", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "서명 셋업", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "서명", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "서명", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "서명자", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "유효 서명", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "무조건 편집", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "편집은 문서에서 서명을 지울것입니다.
    계속 진행하시겠습니까?", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "이 문서는 서명되어야 합니다.", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "유효한 서명이 당 문서에 추가되었슴. 이 문서는 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "문서에 있는 몇 가지 디지털 서명 이 맞지 않거나 확인되지 않음. 이 문서는 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", "DE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "페이지로 이동", "DE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "{1}의 페이지 {0}", "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "페이지에 맞춤", @@ -1382,6 +1564,26 @@ "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "제목", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "이 입력란은 필수 항목", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "필드가 비어 있어서는 안됩니다.", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "취소", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.okButtonText ": "확인", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strAlign": "오른쪽 정렬 페이지 번호", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strLinks": "콘텐츠 테이블을 포맷하세요", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strShowPages": "페이지 번호를 보여주세요", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textBuildTable": "콘텐츠 테이블을 작성하세요", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLeader": "리더", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevel": "레벨", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevels": "레벨들", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textNone": "없음", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioLevels": "레벨을 간략하게 서술하세요", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioStyles": "선택 스타일", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyle": "스타일", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyles": "스타일들", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textTitle": "콘텍츠 테이블", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtClassic": "클래식", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtCurrent": "현재", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtModern": "모던", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtSimple": "간단한", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtStandard": "기준", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "열 삭제", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "행 삭제", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "테이블 삭제", @@ -1403,11 +1605,15 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Color", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "테두리 스타일", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "취소", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "셀 크기", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "열", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "컬럼 배포", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "행 배포", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "행 및 열", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "템플릿 없음", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "First", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "머리글", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "높이", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Last", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "새 사용자 지정 색 추가", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textOK": "OK", @@ -1415,6 +1621,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "위에서 선택한 스타일 적용을 변경하려는 테두리 선택", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "템플릿에서 선택", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "너비", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "바깥 쪽 테두리 및 모든 안쪽 선 설정", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "바깥 쪽 테두리 만 설정", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "내부 라인 만 설정", @@ -1524,10 +1731,16 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnColumns": "열", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "댓글", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsChart": "차트", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsControls": "콘텐트 제어", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "드롭 캡", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "수식", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "머리말/꼬리말", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsImage": "그림", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsPagebreak": "나누기", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsShape": "쉐이프", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTable": "테이블", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextart": "텍스트 아트", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextbox": "텍스트 박스", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "여백", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "오리엔테이션", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "크기", @@ -1535,7 +1748,9 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgBackward": "뒤로 이동", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgForward": "앞으로 이동", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "그룹", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgWrapping": "포장", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "사용자 정의 테이블 삽입", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditControls": "제어 세팅", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditDropCap": "드롭 캡 설정", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditFooter": "바닥 글 편집", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditHeader": "머리글 편집", @@ -1557,14 +1772,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "오른쪽", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "3", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "2", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "보기 컴팩트 도구 모음", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "연속 페이지", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "짝수 페이지", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "페이지에 맞춤", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "너비에 맞춤", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "눈금자 숨기기", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "상태 표시 줄 숨기기", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "제목 표시 줄 숨기기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "여백 있음", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "열 구분 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "페이지 수 삽입", @@ -1589,8 +1798,11 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "사용자 정의 여백", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageSizeCustom": "사용자 정의 페이지 크기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPie": "파이", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPlainControl": "일반 텍스트 콘텐트 제어 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPoint": "XY (Scatter)", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "Portrait", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRemoveControl": "콘텐트 제어 삭제", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRichControl": "리치 텍스트 콘텐트 제어 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "오른쪽 :", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Stock", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Strikeout", @@ -1603,16 +1815,18 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subscript", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Superscript", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Surface", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "합치기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "파일", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "집", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "레이아웃", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "레퍼런스", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "보호", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "다시보기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "오류", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "현재 위치로", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top :", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "밑줄", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "확대 / 축소", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "고급 설정", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Align Center", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Justified", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "왼쪽 정렬", @@ -1622,6 +1836,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "스타일 지우기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Change Color Scheme", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "열 삽입", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipControls": "콘텐트 제어를 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "복사", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "스타일 복사", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "글꼴 크기 줄이기", @@ -1633,6 +1848,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "글꼴 크기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "수평 정렬", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipHighlightColor": "Highlight Color", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgAlign": "오브젝트 정렬", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgGroup": "그룹 오브젝트", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipImgWrapping": "텍스트 줄 바꾸기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncFont": "증가 글꼴 크기", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "들여 쓰기 늘리기", @@ -1642,7 +1859,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "페이지 번호 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "도형 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "표 삽입", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "텍스트 삽입", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "텍스트 상자 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "텍스트 아트 삽입", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "단락 줄 간격", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "편지 병합", @@ -1665,7 +1882,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "인쇄되지 않는 문자", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "다른 사용자가 문서를 변경했습니다. 변경 사항을 저장하고 업데이트를 다시로드하려면 클릭하십시오.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "실행 취소", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "보기 설정", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Office", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "중앙값", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/lv.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/lv.json index 5b4cb20ff..932147c3c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/lv.json @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textImage": "Image", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textIndentLeft": "Indent left", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textIndentRight": "Indent right", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textInserted": "Inserted:", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textInserted": "Ievietots:", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textItalic": "Italic", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textJustify": "Align justify", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textKeepLines": "Keep lines together", @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNot": "Not ", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNoWidow": "No widow control", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textNum": "Change numbering", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaDeleted": "Paragraph Deleted ", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaDeleted": "Dzēsta rindkopa ", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaFormatted": "Paragraph Formatted", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaInserted": "Paragraph Inserted ", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaInserted": "Ievietota rindkopa ", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textPosition": "Position", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textRight": "Align right", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textShape": "Shape", @@ -141,15 +141,21 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Save & Exit", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Mail Merge Recipients", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Šobrīd dokumentu rediģē vairāki lietotāji.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Papildu iestatījumi", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Iet uz Dokumenti", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Slēpt rīkjoslu", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Saglabā ...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Pārveidots", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Visas izmaiņas saglabātas", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Visas izmaiņas saglabātas", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Palielināšana", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Pārvaldīt dokumenta piekļuves tiesības", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Lejupielādēt failu", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Rediģēt šībrīža failu", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Drukāt failu", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Pārtaisīt", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Saglabāt", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Atsaukt", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Apskatīt lietotājus un pārvaldīt dokumentu piekļuves tiesības", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Izmainīt pieejas tiesības", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Pārdēvēt", @@ -177,15 +183,17 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Izvēlēties dokumenta valodu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Aizvērt failu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Encoding ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Parole nav pareiza.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Parole", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Priekšskatījums", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Choose %1 options", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Aizsargāts fails", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Atcelt", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Lai atvērtu šo dokumentu, ir nepieciešama parole", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Lai pasargātu šo dokumentu, uzstādiet paroli", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Apstiprinājuma parole nesakrīt", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Parole", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Atkārtot paroli", @@ -212,27 +220,41 @@ "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Faila nosaukums nedrīkst saturēt šādas zīmes:", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Uz nākamo izmaiņu", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Uz iepriekšējo izmaiņu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Ātri", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Kopīga rediģēšana reāllaikā. Visas izmaiņas tiek automātiski saglabātas.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Strikti", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Izmantojiet \"Saglabāt\" taustiņu, lai sinhronizētu sevis un citu veiktās izmaiņas.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Pieņemt šībrīža izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Uzstādīt kopīgās rediģēšanas režīmu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Parādīt versiju vēsturi", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Noraidīt šībrīža izmaiņas", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Izmaiņu reģistrēšana", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Izvēlēties režīmu, kurā vēlaties atainot izmaiņas", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Uzstādīt dokumenta valodu", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Pareizrakstības pārbaude", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Pārvaldīt dokumenta piekļuves tiesības", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Accept", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Accept All Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Pieņemt izmaiņas", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accept Current Changes", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Čats", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Close", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Kopīgās rediģēšanas režīms", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Valoda", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Visas izmaiņas pieņemtas (priekšskats)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Gala", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Versiju vēsture", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Visas izmaiņas (rediģēšana)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Atzīme", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "To Next Change", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Visas izmaiņas noraidīts (priekšskats)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Oriģināls", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "To Previous Change", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Reject", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Reject All Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Noraidīt izmaiņas", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Reject Current Changes", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Kopīgošana", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Pareizrakstības pārbaude", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Izmaiņu reģistrēšana", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Attēlošanas režīms", @@ -253,6 +275,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Ievadiet parakstītāja vārdu", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Kursīvs", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Šī dokumenta parakstīšanas mērķis", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Izvēlēties", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Izvēlēties attēlu", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Kā izskatās paraksts", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Parakstīt dokumentu", @@ -269,7 +292,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Parakstītāja amats", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Norādījumi parakstītājam", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Rādīt datumu paraksta līnijā", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paraksta uzstādījumi", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paraksta uzstādīšana", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Šis lauks ir jāaizpilda", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "All unsaved changes in this document will be lost.
    Click \"Cancel\" then \"Save\" to save them. Click \"OK\" to discard all the unsaved changes.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Dokuments bez nosaukuma", @@ -298,7 +321,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
    Database connection error. Please contact support in case the error persists.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Incorrect data range.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Kļūdas kods: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The document is password protected and could not be opened.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Fails ir aizsargāts ar paroli un to nevar atvērt.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Faila noglabāšanas laikā radās kļūda. Lūdzu, izmantojiet iespēju \"Lejupielādēt kā\", lai noglabātu failu datora cietajā diskā, vai mēģiniet vēlāk vēlreiz.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unknown key descriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Key descriptor expired", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Loading failed", @@ -368,6 +392,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Buttons", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Callouts", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Charts", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Pašreizējais dokuments", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Chart Title", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Set editing mode...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "History loading failed", @@ -379,6 +404,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Lines", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Math", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Jums ir atjauninājumi", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNoTableOfContents": "Nav satura rādītāja ierakstu.", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Nepāra lappuse", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "lapā", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rectangles", @@ -386,15 +412,16 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-sadaļā", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stars & Ribbons", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Galvene 1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Galvene 2", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Galvene 3", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Apakšējās piezīmes teksts", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Virsraksts 1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Virsraksts 2", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Virsraksts 3", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "Galvene 4", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_5": "Galvene 5", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_6": "Galvene 6", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "Galvene 7", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "Galvene 8", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "Galvene 9", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_5": "Virsraksts 5", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_6": "Virsraksts 6", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "Virsraksts 7", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "Virsraksts 8", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "Virsraksts 9", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Intense_Quote": "Izcelts citāts", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_List_Paragraph": "Saraksta rindkopa", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "Bez atstarpēm", @@ -402,6 +429,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Citāts", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Apakšvirsraksts", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Nosaukums", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Satura rādītājs", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X Axis", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y Axis", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Nezināma kļūda.", @@ -417,6 +445,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Šai ONLYOFFICE Editors versijai ir noteikti ierobežojumi saistībā ar vienlaicīgu pieslēgšanos dokumentu serverim.
    Ja jums ir nepieciešams vairāk, lūdzu, apsveriet Jūsu šībrīža licences līmeņa paaugstināšanu vai komerciālās licences iegādi.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Šai ONLYOFFICE Editors versijai ir noteikti ierobežojumi saistībā ar vairāku lietotāju vienlaicīgu darbību.
    Ja jums ir nepieciešams vairāk, lūdzu, apsveriet paaugstināt šībrīža licences līmeni vai komerciālās licences iegādi.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "You have been denied the right to edit the file.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Dokumenta sākums", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Doties uz dokumenta sākumu", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "New changes have been tracked", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "The document is opened with the Track Changes mode enabled", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Izmaiņu reģistrēšana", @@ -451,7 +481,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketBot": "Underbrace", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_CurveBracketTop": "Overbrace", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_1": "Vector A", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ABC With Overbar", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_2": "ABC ar augšējo joslu", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_Custom_3": "x XOR y With Overbar", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDDot": "Triple Dot", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtAccent_DDot": "Double Dot", @@ -613,28 +643,28 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "Minimum", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMarginsH": "Top and bottom margins are too high for a given page height", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMarginsW": "Left and right margins are too wide for a given page width", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 Empty Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 Empty Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 Empty Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 Empty Matrix", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "Tukša matrica 1 x 2", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 tukša matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 tukša matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 tukša matrica", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "Empty Matrix with Brackets", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "Empty Matrix with Brackets", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "Empty Matrix with Brackets", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_SquareBracket": "Empty Matrix with Brackets", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3 Empty Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1 Empty Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 Empty Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 Empty Matrix", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_3": "2x3 tukša matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_1": "3x1 tukša matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 tukša matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 tukša matrica", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "Baseline Dots", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Midline Dots", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "Diagonal Dots", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "Vertical Dots", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "Sparse Matrix", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Square": "Sparse Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 Identity Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 Identity Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 Identity Matrix", - "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3_NoZeros": "3x3 Identity Matrix", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2": "2x2 identitātes matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_2_NoZeros": "3x3 identitātes matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3": "3x3 identitātes matrica", + "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Identity_3_NoZeros": "3x3 identitātes matrica", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Bot": "Right-Left Arrow Below", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowD_Top": "Right-Left Arrow Above", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtOperator_ArrowL_Bot": "Leftwards Arrow Below", @@ -756,6 +786,15 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertical Ellipsis", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Saskaņot ar lapu", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Saskaņot ar platumu", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Pievienot", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Aizvērt", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Izdzēst", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Novietojums", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Nosaukums", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Šķirot pēc", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Grāmatzīmes", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Show advanced settings", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Area Chart", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Bar Chart", @@ -871,13 +910,20 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "Satura kontrole", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copy", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Cut", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Izplatīt kolonnas", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Izplatīt rindas", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Satura kontroles uzstādījumi", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Edit Wrap Boundary", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "No faila", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "No URL", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Tabula tabulā", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Next Page", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Paste", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Previous Page", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Atsvaidzināt lauku", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Dzēst", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Noņemt satura kontroles elementu", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Aizvietot attēlu", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Iestatījumi", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Align Bottom", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Align Center", @@ -885,7 +931,12 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Align Middle", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Align Right", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Align Top", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "Satura rādītājs", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "Satura rādītāja uzstādījumi", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Atsaukt", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateAll": "Atsvaidzināt visu tabulu", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdatePages": "Atsvaidzināt vienīgi lappušu numurus", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "Atsvaidzināt satura rādītāju", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "Wrapping Style", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Šo elementu šobrīd rediģē cits lietotājs.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Add bottom border", @@ -945,6 +996,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Match brackets to argument height", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrix alignment", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Bar over text", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Pārrakstīt šūnas", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Atstāt sākotnējo formatējumu", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Nospiediet CTRL un noklikšķiniet saiti", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Remove fraction bar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Remove limit", @@ -1108,25 +1161,34 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "as Windows", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomCenter": "apakšā centrā", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomLeft": "apakšā pa kreisi", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomPage": "Lapas apakša", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomRight": "apakšā pa labi", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffFirst": "Atšķirīga pirmā lappuse", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffOdd": "Dažādi nepāra un pāra lapas", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textFrom": "Sākt ar", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromBottom": "Galvene no apakša", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromTop": "Galvene no augša", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textInsertCurrent": "Ievietot šībrīža pozīcijā", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textOptions": "Opcijas", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNum": "Ievietot lappuses numuru", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNumbering": "Lappušu numerācija", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPosition": "Pozicija", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPrev": "Turpināt no iepriekšējās sadaļas", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textSameAs": "Link to Previous", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopCenter": "augšā centrā", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopLeft": "augšā pa kreisi", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopPage": "Lappuses augšpuse", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopRight": "augšā pa labi", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Atcelt", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Atlasīts teksta fragments", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Radīt", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Ārējā saite", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hyperlink Settings", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Ekrāna padomu teksts", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Saistīt ar", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Dokumenta sākums", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Grāmatzīmes", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Šis lauks ir nepieciešams", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Šis lauks jābūt URL formātā \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Radīt papildu iestatījumus", @@ -1217,7 +1279,7 @@ "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWrapThroughTooltip": "Through", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWrapTightTooltip": "Tight", "DE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textWrapTopbottomTooltip": "Top and Bottom", - "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "About", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "Par", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Čats", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Komentāri", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Spraudņi", @@ -1226,6 +1288,24 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Nosaukumi", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "IZSTRĀDĀTĀJA REŽĪMS", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "IZMĒĢINĀJUMA REŽĪMS", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Grāmatzīme", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Atsvaidzināt", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Satura rādītājs", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Apakšējā piezīme", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsLink": "Hipersaite", + "DE.Views.Links.confirmDeleteFootnotes": "Vai vēlaties dzēst visas zemsvītras piezīmes?", + "DE.Views.Links.mniDelFootnote": "Dzēst visas zemteksta piezīmes", + "DE.Views.Links.mniInsFootnote": "Ievietot apakšējo piezīmi", + "DE.Views.Links.mniNoteSettings": "Piezīmju uzstādījumi", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsRemove": "Dzēst satura rādītāju", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsSettings": "Iestatījumi", + "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Doties uz apakšējām piezīmēm", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Atsvaidzināt visu tabulu", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Atsvaidzināt vienīgi lappušu numurus", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Ievietot satura rādītāju", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Atsvaidzināt satura rādītāju", + "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Pievienot hipersaiti", + "DE.Views.Links.tipNotes": "Ievietot vai rediģēt apakšējās piezīmes", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.filePlaceholder": "PDF", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.okButtonText": "Send", @@ -1278,6 +1358,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "To previous record", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Untitled", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Starting merge failed", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Slēpt visas", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Pazemināt", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Šajā dokumentā nav virsrakstu", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Tukšs virsraksts", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Parādīt visas", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Parādīt līdz līmenim", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Jauns virsraksts pēc", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Jauns virsraksts pirms", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Jauns apakšvirsraksts", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Veicināt", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Izvēlēties saturu", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Piemērot", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Piemērot izmaiņas", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Atcelt", @@ -1312,6 +1403,7 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Height", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Page Size", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Width", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Personalizēts", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Rindstarpas", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Atstatums", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Nepievienojiet intervālu starp rindkopam vienā stila", @@ -1356,8 +1448,10 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Character Spacing", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Default Tab", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Effects", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeader": "Vadītājs", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Left", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNewColor": "Pievienot jauno krāsu", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNone": "Neviens", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "Position", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Remove", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Remove All", @@ -1467,6 +1561,26 @@ "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Title", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "Field must not be empty", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "Atcelt", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.okButtonText ": "OK", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strAlign": "Lappušu numuru labais izlīdzinājums", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strLinks": "Formatēt satura rādītāju kā saites", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strShowPages": "Rādīt lappušu numurus", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textBuildTable": "Izveidot satura rādītāju no", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLeader": "Vadītājs", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevel": "Līmenis", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevels": "Līmeņi", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textNone": "Neviens", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioLevels": "Kontūras līmeņi", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioStyles": "Izvēlētie stili", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyle": "Stils", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyles": "Stili", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textTitle": "Satura rādītājs", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtClassic": "Klasiskais", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtCurrent": "Pašreizējais", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtModern": "Moderns", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtSimple": "Vienkāršs", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtStandard": "Standarta", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Dzēst kolonnu", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Dzēst rindu", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Dzēst tabulu", @@ -1488,11 +1602,15 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Krāsa", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Apmales stils", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "Atcelt", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Šūnas izmērs", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Columns", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Izplatīt kolonnas", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Izplatīt rindas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Rindas & Kolonnas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "No templates", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "First", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Header", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Augstums", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Last", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Pievienot jauno krāsu", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textOK": "OK", @@ -1500,6 +1618,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Apmales stilu piemerošanai", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Select From Template", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Platums", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Set Outer Border and All Inner Lines", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Set Outer Bottom Border Only", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Set Inner Lines Only", @@ -1650,14 +1769,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Right", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "View Compact Toolbar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Continuous Page", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Even Page", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Fit Page", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Fit Width", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Hide Lines", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Hide Title Bar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "In Margin", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insert Column Break", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Ievietot lappušu skaitu", @@ -1699,18 +1812,18 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Apakšraksts", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Augšraksts", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Virsma", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Sadarbība", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Fails", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Sākums", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Ievietot", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Izklājums", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "Atsauces", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Aizsardzība", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "Apskats", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Kļūda", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Uz šo poziciju", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Pasvītrots", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Advanced Settings", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Līdzināt pa centru", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Pamatoti", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Līdzināt pa kreisi", @@ -1743,7 +1856,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Ievietot lapas numuru", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insert Autoshape", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Ievietot tabulu", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insert Text", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Ievadīt tekstlodziņu", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Ievietot Text Art objektu", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Rindkopas rindstarpa", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Mail Merge", @@ -1766,7 +1879,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Nedrukājamās rakstzīmes", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Dokumentu mainīja cits lietotājs. Lūdzu, noklikšķiniet, lai saglabātu izmaiņas un pārlādēt atjauninājumus.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Undo", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "View Settings", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Jewels", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Median", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/nl.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/nl.json index 31785cd8d..fc34c10f6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/nl.json @@ -141,15 +141,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Opslaan en afsluiten", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Geadresseerden voor Afdruk samenvoegen", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Document wordt op dit moment bewerkt door verschillende gebruikers.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Geavanceerde instellingen", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Naar documenten", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Werkbalk Verbergen", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Linialen verbergen", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Statusbalk verbergen", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Opslaan...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Gewijzigd", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Alle wijzigingen zijn opgeslagen", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Alle wijzigingen zijn opgeslagen", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Zoomen", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Toegangsrechten van documenten beheren", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Bestand downloaden", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Huidig bestand bewerken", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Bestand afdrukken", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Opnieuw", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Opslaan", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Ongedaan maken", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Weergave-instellingen", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Gebruikers weergeven en toegangsrechten voor documenten beheren", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Toegangsrechten wijzigen", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Hernoemen", @@ -177,44 +186,78 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Taal van document selecteren", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Bestand sluiten", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Versleuteling", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Wachtwoord is niet juist", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Voorbeeld", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Opties voor %1 kiezen", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Beschermd bestand", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Pas een wachtwoord toe om dit document te beveiligen", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Bevestig wachtwoord is niet identiek", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Herhaal wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Wachtwoord instellen", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Laden", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Laden", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Starten", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Stoppen", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Versleutelen met wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Verander of verwijder wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Digitale handtekening toevoegen of handtekening lijn", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Wachtwoord toevoegen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Verander wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Wachtwoord verwijderen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Versleutelen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Digitale handtekening toevoegen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Handtekening", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Handtekening lijn", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Bestandsnaam", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "De bestandsnaam mag geen van de volgende tekens bevatten:", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Naar Volgende Wijziging", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Naar Vorige Wijziging", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Snel", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Real-time samenwerken. Alle wijzigingen worden automatisch opgeslagen.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Strikt", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Gebruik de 'Opslaan' knop om de wijzigingen van u en andere te synchroniseren.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Huidige wijziging accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Zet samenwerkings modus", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Toon versie geschiedenis", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Huidige wijziging afwijzen", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Wijzigingen Bijhouden", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Selecteer de modus waarin u de veranderingen weer wilt laten geven", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Taal van Document Instellen", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Spellingcontrole", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Toegangsrechten documenten beheren", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Accepteren", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Alle wijzigingen accepteren", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Wijzigingen Accepteren", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Huidige wijziging accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Sluiten", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modus Gezamenlijk bewerken", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Taal", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Alle veranderingen geaccepteerd (Voorbeeld)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Einde", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Versie geschiedenis", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Alle veranderingen (Bewerken)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Markup", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Naar volgende wijziging", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Alle veranderingen afgekeurd (Voorbeeld)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Origineel", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Naar vorige wijziging", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Afwijzen", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Alle wijzigingen afwijzen", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Wijzigingen Afwijzen", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Huidige wijziging afwijzen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Delen", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Spellingcontrole", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Wijzigingen Bijhouden", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Weergavemodus", @@ -227,6 +270,33 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtReject": "Afkeuren", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectAll": "Alle Wijzigingen Afwijzen", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectCurrent": "Huidige Wijziging Afwijzen", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Vet", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certificaat", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Wijzigen", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Naam ondertekenaar invoeren", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Cursief", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Doel voor het ondertekenen van dit document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Selecteren", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Selecteer afbeelding", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Handtekening lijkt op", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Onderteken document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "of click 'Selecteer afbeelding' om een afbeelding als handtekening te gebruiken", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Geldig van %1 tot %2", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Lettertype", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Tekengrootte", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Sta ondertekenaar toe commentaar toe te voegen in het handtekening venster.", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Ondertekenaar info", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "E-mail", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Naam", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Ondertekenaar titel", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instructies voor ondertekenaar", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Toon signeer datum in handtekening regel", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Handtekening opzet", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Dit veld is vereist", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "Alle niet-opgeslagen wijzigingen in dit document zullen verloren gaan.
    Klik op \"Annuleren\" en dan op \"Opslaan\" om de wijzigingen op te slaan. Klik \"OK\" om de wijzigingen te negeren.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Naamloos document", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", @@ -254,7 +324,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externe fout.
    Fout in databaseverbinding. Neem contact op met Support als deze fout zich blijft voordoen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Onjuist gegevensbereik.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Foutcode: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het document is beschermd met een wachtwoord en kan niet worden geopend.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het bestand is beschermd met een wachtwoord en kan niet worden geopend.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Er is een fout ontstaan bij het opslaan van het bestand. Gebruik de 'Download als' knop om het bestand op te slaan op uw computer of probeer het later nog eens.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Onbekende sleuteldescriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Sleuteldescriptor vervallen", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Laden mislukt", @@ -309,28 +380,42 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Klik om de tip te sluiten", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact opnemen met Verkoop", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Document wordt geladen", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Open source-versie ONLYOFFICE", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Only Office verbindingslimiet", "DE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Vorm", "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Strikte modus", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "De functies Ongedaan maken/Opnieuw worden uitgeschakeld in de modus Snel gezamenlijk bewerken.
    Klik op de knop 'Strikte modus' om over te schakelen naar de strikte modus voor gezamenlijk bewerken. U kunt het bestand dan zonder interferentie van andere gebruikers bewerken en uw wijzigingen verzenden wanneer u die opslaat. U kunt schakelen tussen de modi voor gezamenlijke bewerking via Geavanceerde instellingen van de editor.", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licentie vervallen", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor bijgewerkt", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Versie gewijzigd", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtAbove": "Boven", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Hier tekst invoeren", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Basisvormen", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBelow": "Onder", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBookmarkError": "Fout! Bladwijzer is niet gedefinieerd.", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Knoppen", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Callouts", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Grafieken", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCurrentDocument": "Huidig document", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Grafiektitel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Bewerkmodus instellen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "Laden historie mislukt", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEvenPage": "Even pagina", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Pijlvormen", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Eerste pagina", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Voettekst", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Koptekst", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Lijnen", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Wiskunde", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "U hebt updates", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNoTableOfContents": "Geen regels voor de inhoudsopgave gevonden", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOddPage": "Oneven pagina", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "op pagina", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rechthoeken", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Zelfde als vorige", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Sectie", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Sterren en linten", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Voetnoot tekst", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Kop 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Kop 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Kop 3", @@ -347,6 +432,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Citaat", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Subtitel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titel", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Inhoudsopgave", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X-as", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y-as", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Onbekende fout.", @@ -359,8 +445,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Met IE9 heeft de toepassing beperkte mogelijkheden. Gebruik IE10 of hoger.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "De huidige zoominstelling van uw browser wordt niet ondersteund. Zet de zoominstelling terug op de standaardwaarde door op Ctrl+0 te drukken.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
    Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U gebruikt een Open source-versie van ONLYOFFICE. In die versie geldt voor het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de documentserver een limiet van 20 verbindingen.
    Als u er meer nodig hebt, kunt u overwegen een commerciële licentie aan te schaffen.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
    Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
    Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Het recht om het bestand te bewerken is u ontzegd.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Begin van het document", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Ga naar het begin van het document", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "Er zijn nieuwe wijzigingen bijgehouden", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "Het document is geopend met de modus 'Wijzigingen bijhouden' geactiveerd", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Wijzigingen Bijhouden", @@ -700,6 +789,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Verticale ellips", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Aan pagina aanpassen", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Aan breedte aanpassen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Toevoegen", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textBookmarkName": "Bladwijzer naam", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Sluiten", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Verwijder", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textGoto": "Ga naar", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textHidden": "Verborgen bladwijzers", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Locatie", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Naam", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Sorteren op", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Bladwijzers", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Geavanceerde instellingen tonen", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Vlak", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Staaf", @@ -726,6 +827,14 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTight": "Strak", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTitle": "Grafiek", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Boven en onder", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textLock": "Vergrendeling", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textName": "Titel", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTag": "Tag", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Inhoud beheer instellingen", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockDelete": "Inhoud beheer kan niet verwijderd worden", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockEdit": "Inhoud kan niet aangepast worden", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "Aantal kolommen", @@ -792,6 +901,10 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.spellcheckText": "Spellingcontrole", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "Cel splitsen...", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Cel splitsen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "Handtekening verwijderen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "Handtekening details", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "Handtekening opzet", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSign": "Onderteken", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.styleText": "Opmaak als stijl", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Tabel", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Uitlijnen", @@ -800,19 +913,36 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Naar Achteren Verplaatsen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Naar Voren Verplaatsen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Naar voorgrond brengen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "Inhoud beheer", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Kopiëren", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Knippen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Kolommen verdelen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Rijen verdelen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Inhoud beheer instellingen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Rand tekstterugloop bewerken", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Van bestand", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Van URL", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Geneste tabel", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Volgende pagina", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Plakken", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Vorige pagina", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Ververs veld", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Verwijderen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Inhoud beheer verwijderen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Afbeelding vervangen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Instellingen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Onder uitlijnen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Midden uitlijnen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Links uitlijnen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Midden uitlijnen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Rechts uitlijnen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Boven uitlijnen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "Inhoudsopgave", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "Inhoudsopgave instellingen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Ongedaan maken", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateAll": "Volledige tabel verversen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdatePages": "Alleen paginanummers verversen", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "Inhoudsopgave verversen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "Terugloopstijl", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Dit element wordt op dit moment bewerkt door een andere gebruiker.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Onderrand toevoegen", @@ -872,6 +1002,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Haakjes aanpassen aan hoogte argumenten", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrixuitlijning", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Streep boven tekst", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Cellen overschrijven", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Behoud bronopmaak", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Druk op Ctrl en klik op koppeling", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Deelteken verwijderen", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Limiet verwijderen", @@ -950,6 +1082,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHistoryCaption": "Versiehistorie", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Documentinfo...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Afdrukken", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Beveilig", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Recente openen...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Hernoemen...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Terug naar document", @@ -979,6 +1112,17 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtWords": "Woorden", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Toegangsrechten wijzigen", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Personen met rechten", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Met wachtwoord", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Beveilig document", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Met handtekening", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Document bewerken", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "Aanpassingen zorgen ervoor dat de handtekeningen verwijderd worden.
    Weet u zeker dat u door wilt gaan?", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Dit document is beveiligd met een wachtwoord", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "Dit document moet ondertekend worden", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Geldige handtekeningen zijn toegevoegd aan dit document. Dit document is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Een of meer digitale handtekeningen in dit document zijn niet geldig of konden niet worden geverifieerd. Dit document is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Toon handtekeningen", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Toepassen", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Uitlijningshulplijnen inschakelen", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "AutoHerstel inschakelen", @@ -1023,26 +1167,37 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.txtWin": "als Windows", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomCenter": "Middenonder", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomLeft": "Linksonder", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomPage": "Onderkant pagina", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textBottomRight": "Rechtsonder", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffFirst": "Eerste pagina afwijkend", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffOdd": "Even en oneven pagina's afwijkend", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textFrom": "Beginnen bij", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromBottom": "Voettekst vanaf onder", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromTop": "Koptekst vanaf boven", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textInsertCurrent": "Invoegen op huidige positie", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textOptions": "Opties", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNum": "Paginanummer invoegen", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNumbering": "Paginanummering", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPosition": "Positie", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPrev": "Doorgaan vanuit volgende sectie", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textSameAs": "Koppelen aan vorige", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopCenter": "Middenboven", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopLeft": "Linksboven", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopPage": "Bovenaan de pagina", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopRight": "Rechtsboven", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Geselecteerd tekstfragment", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Weergeven", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Externe koppeling", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Plaast in document", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Instellingen hyperlink", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Tekst van Scherminfo", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Koppelen aan", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Begin van het document", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Bladwijzers", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Dit veld is vereist", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "Koppen", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Dit veld moet een URL in de notatie \"http://www.voorbeeld.com\" bevatten", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Geavanceerde instellingen tonen", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Bewerken", @@ -1140,6 +1295,26 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback en Support", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titels", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ONTWIKKELAARSMODUS", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TEST MODUS", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Bladwijzer", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Verversen", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Inhoudsopgave", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Voetnoot", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsLink": "Hyperlink", + "DE.Views.Links.confirmDeleteFootnotes": "Wilt u alle voetnoten verwijderen?", + "DE.Views.Links.mniDelFootnote": "Alle voetnoten verwijderen", + "DE.Views.Links.mniInsFootnote": "Voetnoot invoegen", + "DE.Views.Links.mniNoteSettings": "Instellingen voor notities", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsRemove": "Inhoudsopgave verwijderen", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsSettings": "Instellingen", + "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Naar voetnoten", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Volledige tabel verversen", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Alleen paginanummers verversen", + "DE.Views.Links.tipBookmarks": "Maak een bladwijzer", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Inhoudsopgave toevoegen", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Inhoudsopgave verversen", + "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Hyperlink toevoegen", + "DE.Views.Links.tipNotes": "Voetnoten invoegen of bewerken", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.filePlaceholder": "PDF", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.okButtonText": "Verzenden", @@ -1192,6 +1367,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "Naar vorige record", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Naamloos", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Starten samenvoeging mislukt", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Alles inklappen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Degraderen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Dit document bevat geen koppen", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Lege koptekst", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Alle uitbreiden", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Uitbreiden tot niveau", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Nieuwe kop na", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Nieuwe kop voor", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Nieuwe subkop", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Promoveren", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Selecteer inhoud", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Toepassen", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Wijzigingen toepassen op", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Annuleren", @@ -1226,6 +1412,7 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Hoogte", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Paginaformaat", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Breedte", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Aangepast", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Regelafstand", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Afstand tussen alinea's", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Geen interval toevoegen tussen alinea's met dezelfde stijl", @@ -1270,8 +1457,10 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Tekenafstand", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Standaardtabblad", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Effecten", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeader": "Leader", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Links", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNewColor": "Nieuwe aangepaste kleur toevoegen", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNone": "Geen", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "Positie", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemove": "Verwijderen", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textRemoveAll": "Alles verwijderen", @@ -1299,6 +1488,7 @@ "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtMailMergeSettings": "Instellingen voor Afdruk samenvoegen", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Alinea-instellingen", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Vorminstellingen", + "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Handtekening instellingen", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Tabelinstellingen", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "TextArt-instellingen", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Achtergrondkleur", @@ -1351,6 +1541,21 @@ "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTight": "Strak", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Boven en onder", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Hout", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Handtekening verwijderen", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Handtekening details", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Ongeldige handtekeningen", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "Gevraagde handtekeningen", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSetup": "Handtekening opzet", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Onderteken", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Handtekening", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "Ondertekenaar", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Geldige handtekeningen", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Hoe dan ook bewerken", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "Aanpassingen zorgen ervoor dat de handtekeningen verwijderd worden.
    Weet u zeker dat u door wilt gaan?", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "Dit document moet ondertekend worden", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Geldige handtekeningen zijn toegevoegd aan dit document. Dit document is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Een of meer digitale handtekeningen in dit document zijn niet geldig of konden niet worden geverifieerd. Dit document is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", "DE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "Naar pagina", "DE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "Pagina {0} van {1}", "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "Aan pagina aanpassen", @@ -1365,6 +1570,26 @@ "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Titel", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "Dit veld is vereist", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "Veld mag niet leeg zijn", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.okButtonText ": "OK", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strAlign": "Paginanummers rechts uitlijnen", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strLinks": "Inhoudsopgave als link gebruiken", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strShowPages": "Toon paginanummers", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textBuildTable": "Maak inhoudsopgave van", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLeader": "Leader", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevel": "Niveau", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevels": "Niveaus", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textNone": "Geen", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioLevels": "Overzicht niveaus", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioStyles": "Geselecteerde stijlen", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyle": "Stijl", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyles": "Stijlen", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textTitle": "Inhoudsopgave", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtClassic": "Klassiek", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtCurrent": "Huidig", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtModern": "Modern", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtSimple": "Simpel", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtStandard": "Standaard", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Kolom verwijderen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Rij verwijderen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Tabel verwijderen", @@ -1386,11 +1611,15 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Kleur", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Randstijl", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "Annuleren", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Celgrootte", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Kolommen", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Kolommen verdelen", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Rijen verdelen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Rijen en kolommen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Geen sjablonen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Eerste", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Koptekst", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Hoogte", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Laatste", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Nieuwe aangepaste kleur toevoegen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textOK": "OK", @@ -1398,6 +1627,7 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Selecteer de randen die u wilt wijzigen door de hierboven gekozen stijl toe te passen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Selecteren uit sjabloon", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Totaal", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Breedte", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Buitenrand en alle binnenlijnen instellen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Alleen buitenrand onder instellen", "DE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Alleen binnenlijnen instellen", @@ -1507,6 +1737,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnColumns": "Kolommen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Opmerking", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsChart": "Grafiek", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsControls": "Inhoud beheer", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "Initiaal", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "Vergelijking", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Kopteksten/voetteksten", @@ -1515,7 +1746,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsShape": "Vorm", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTable": "Tabel", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextart": "Text Art", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextbox": "Tekst", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsTextbox": "Tekstvak", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnMargins": "Marges", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageOrient": "Oriëntatie ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnPageSize": "Grootte", @@ -1525,6 +1756,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "Groep", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgWrapping": "Tekstterugloop", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "Aangepaste tabel invoegen", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditControls": "Beheer instellingen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditDropCap": "Instellingen decoratieve initiaal", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditFooter": "Voettekst bewerken", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditHeader": "Koptekst bewerken", @@ -1546,14 +1778,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Rechts", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Drie", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Twee", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Compacte werkbalk weergeven", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Doorlopende pagina", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Even pagina", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Aan pagina aanpassen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Aan breedte aanpassen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Linialen verbergen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Statusbalk verbergen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Titelbalk verbergen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "In marge", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Invoegen kolomeinde", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Aantal pagina's invoegen", @@ -1578,8 +1804,11 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "Aangepaste marges", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageSizeCustom": "Aangepast paginaformaat", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPie": "Cirkel", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPlainControl": "Platte tekst inhoud beheer toevoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPoint": "Spreiding", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "Staand", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRemoveControl": "Inhoud beheer verwijderen", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRichControl": "Uitgebreide tekst inhoud beheer toevoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "Rechts:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Voorraad", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Doorhalen", @@ -1592,17 +1821,18 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subscript", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Superscript", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Oppervlak", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Samenwerking", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Bestand", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Home", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Invoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Pagina-indeling", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "Verwijzingen", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Beveiliging", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "Beoordelen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Fout", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Naar huidige positie", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Boven:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Onderstrepen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoomen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Geavanceerde instellingen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Midden uitlijnen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Uitgevuld", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Links uitlijnen", @@ -1612,6 +1842,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Stijl wissen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Kleurenschema wijzigen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Kolommen invoegen", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipControls": "Inhoud beheer toevoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Kopiëren", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Stijl kopiëren", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Tekengrootte verminderen", @@ -1634,7 +1865,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Paginanummer invoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "AutoVorm invoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Tabel invoegen", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Tekst invoegen", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Tekstvak invoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Text Art Invoegen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Regelafstand alinea", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Afdruk samenvoegen", @@ -1657,7 +1888,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Niet-afdrukbare tekens", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Het document is gewijzigd door een andere gebruiker. Klik om uw wijzigingen op te slaan en de updates opnieuw te laden.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Ongedaan maken", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Weergave-instellingen", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Kantoor", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Mediaan", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pl.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pl.json index f3b4f0676..293a751bf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pl.json @@ -1547,14 +1547,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Prawy", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Trzy", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Dwa", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Wyświetl kompaktowy pasek narzędzi", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Ciągła strona", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Z parzystej strony", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Dopasuj do strony", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Dopasuj do szerokości", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ukryj linijki", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ukryj pasek stanu", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ukryj pasek tytułowy", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "W marginesie", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Wstaw podział kolumny", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Wstaw liczbę stron", @@ -1602,8 +1596,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Do aktualnej pozycji", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Góra:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podkreśl", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Powiększenie", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Zaawansowane ustawienia", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Wyrównaj do środka", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Wyjustowany", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Wyrównaj do lewej", @@ -1658,7 +1650,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Znaki niedrukowane", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Dokument został zmieniony przez innego użytkownika. Kliknij, aby zapisać swoje zmiany i ponownie załadować zmiany.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Cofnij", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Wyświetl ustawienia", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Biuro", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Mediana", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pt.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pt.json index 17b181337..5736fcd7e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/pt.json @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textColor": "Font color", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textContextual": "Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textDeleted": "Deleted:", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textDStrikeout": "Double strikeout", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textDStrikeout": "Tachado duplo", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textEquation": "Equação", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textExact": "exactly", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textFirstLine": "First line", @@ -51,14 +51,14 @@ "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaFormatted": "Paragraph Formatted", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textParaInserted": "Paragraph Inserted ", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textPosition": "Position", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textRight": "Align right", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textRight": "Alinhar à direita", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textShape": "Shape", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textShd": "Background color", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textSmallCaps": "Small caps", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textSpacing": "Spacing", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textSpacingAfter": "Spacing after", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textSpacingBefore": "Spacing before", - "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textStrikeout": "Strikeout", + "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textStrikeout": "Taxado", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textSubScript": "Subscript", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textSuperScript": "Superscript", "Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges.textTabs": "Change tabs", @@ -150,6 +150,7 @@ "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Baixar arquivo", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Editar arquivo atual", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Imprimir arquivo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Visualizar configurações", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Ver usuários e gerenciar direitos de acesso ao documento", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Alterar direitos de acesso", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Renomear", @@ -177,37 +178,60 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Selecionar idioma do documento", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Fechar Arquivo", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Encoding ", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Senha incorreta.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Senha", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Choose %1 options", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Arquivo protegido", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Defina uma senha para proteger o documento", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "A confirmação da senha não é idêntica", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Repetir a senha", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Definir senha", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Carregamento", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plugins", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plugins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Carregamento", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Iniciar", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Parar", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Criptografar com senha", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Inserir assinatura digital ou linha de assinatura", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Inserir a senha", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Criptografar", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Inserir assinatura digital", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Assinatura", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Linha de assinatura", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Aceitar", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Nome de arquivo", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Nome de arquivo não pode conter os seguintes caracteres:", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Para a próxima alteração", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Para a alteração anterior", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Rápido", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Coedição em tempo real. Todas as alterações são salvas automaticamente.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Estrito", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Use o botão 'Salvar' para sincronizar as alterações que você e outros realizaram.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Aceitar a alteração atual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Definir modo de coedição", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Exibir histórico de versão", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Rejeitar alterações atuais", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Track Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Selecione o modo que você quiser que as alterações sejam exibidas", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Definir idioma do documento", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Verificação ortográfica", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Gerenciar os direitos de acesso ao documento", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Accept", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Accept All Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Aceitar as alterações", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accept Current Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Close", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modo de Coedição", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Idioma", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Todas as alterações aceitas (Visualizar)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Histórico de Versão", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Todas as alterações (Editar)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Marcação", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "To Next Change", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Todas as alterações rejeitadas (Visualizar)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "To Previous Change", @@ -215,6 +239,7 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Reject All Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Rejeitar alterações", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Reject Current Changes", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Compartilhar", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Verificação ortográfica", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Track Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Modo de exibição", @@ -227,15 +252,30 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtReject": "Rejeitar", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectAll": "Rejeitar todas as alterações", "Common.Views.ReviewChangesDialog.txtRejectCurrent": "Rejeitar alterações atuais", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certificado", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Objetivo para assinar o documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Selecionar Imagem", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Assinar o Documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ou clique 'Selecionar Imagem' para usar uma figura como assinatura", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Válido de %1 até %2", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Nome da Fonte", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Tamanho da fonte", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Permitir ao signatário inserir comentários no diálogo de assinatura", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Dados do signatário", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Título do Signatário", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Exibir a data da assinatura na linha da assinatura", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Configurações da Assinatura", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "O campo é obrigatório", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.leavePageText": "All unsaved changes in this document will be lost.
    Click \"Cancel\" then \"Save\" to save them. Click \"OK\" to discard all the unsaved changes.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Documento sem nome", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Solicitando direitos de edição...", - "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textLoadHistory": "Loading versions history...", + "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textLoadHistory": "Carregando o histórico de versões...", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "Os dados que você tem estado procurando não podem ser encontrados. Ajuste suas opções de pesquisa.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "A substituição foi realizada. {0} ocorrências foram ignoradas.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "A pesquisa foi realizada. Ocorrências substituídas: {0}", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "If you continue saving in this format all features except the text will be lost.
    Are you sure you want to continue?", + "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAsRTF": "Se você continuar salvando neste formato algumas formatações podem ser perdidas.
    Você tem certeza que deseja continuar?", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "Carregando as alterações...", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Carregando as alterações", "DE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Tempo limite de conversão excedido.", @@ -250,11 +290,12 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Você está tentando executar uma ação que você não tem direitos.
    Contate o administrador do Servidor de Documentos.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL de imagem está incorreta", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Conexão com servidor perdida. O documento não pode ser editado neste momento.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
    When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

    Find more information about connecting Document Server here", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "O documento não pode ser salvo. Verifique as configurações de conexão ou entre em contato com o seu administrador.
    Quando você clicar no botão \"OK\", poderá baixar o documento.

    Encontre mais informações sobre conexão com o Document Server aqui", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Erro externo.
    Erro de conexão ao banco de dados. Entre em contato com o suporte caso o erro persista.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Intervalo de dados incorreto.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Código do erro: %1", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "O documento é protegido por senha e não pode ser aberto.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Ocorreu um erro enquanto o arquivo estava sendo gravado. Favor utilizar a opção 'Baixar como' para salvar o arquivo em seu computador ou tente novamente mais tarde.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descritor de chave desconhecido", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descritor de chave expirado", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Loading failed", @@ -311,13 +352,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Carregando documento", "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE versão open source", "DE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Forma", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Strict mode", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.
    Click the 'Strict mode' button to switch to the Strict co-editing mode to edit the file without other users interference and send your changes only after you save them. You can switch between the co-editing modes using the editor Advanced settings.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Modo estrito", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "As funções Desfazer/Refazer ficam desabilitadas no modo de Coedição Rápida.
    Selecione o modo 'Estrito' para editar o aquivo sem que outros usuários interfiram e envie suas mudanças somente ao salvar o documento. Você pode alternar entre os modos de coedição usando as Configurações Avançadas.\",", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "A licença expirou", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor atualizado", "DE.Controllers.Main.titleUpdateVersion": "Versão alterada", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Your text here", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Formas básicas", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtBookmarkError": "Erro! Bookmark não definido", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Botões", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Textos explicativos", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Gráficos", @@ -325,12 +367,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Definir modo de edição...", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtErrorLoadHistory": "O carregamento de histórico falhou", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Setas figuradas", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFirstPage": "Primeira Página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Linhas", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Matemática", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Você tem atualizações", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtNoTableOfContents": "Nenhuma entrada de tabela de conteúdo foi encontrada.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtOnPage": "na página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Retângulos", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSameAsPrev": "Mesmo da Anterior", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Seção", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Série", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Estrelas e arco-íris", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texto de notas de rodapé", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Cabeçalho 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Cabeçalho 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Cabeçalho 3", @@ -347,6 +395,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Citar", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Legenda", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titulo", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Tabela de Conteúdo", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Eixo X", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Eixo Y", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Erro desconhecido.", @@ -360,7 +409,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "A configuração de zoom atual de seu navegador não é completamente suportada. Redefina para o zoom padrão pressionando Ctrl+0.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Sua licença expirou.
    Atualize sua licença e refresque a página.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Você está usando uma versão de código aberto de ONLYOFFICE. A versão tem limitações para conexões simultâneas com servidor de documentos (20 conexões por vez).
    Se você precisar de mais, por favor considere a compra de uma licença comercial.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Você está usando uma versão de código aberto de ONLYOFFICE. A versão tem limitações para conexões simultâneas com servidor de documentos (20 conexões por vez).
    Se você precisar de mais, por favor considere a compra de uma licença comercial.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Foi negado a você o direito de editar o arquivo.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Início do documento", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Ir para o início do documento", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "New changes have been tracked", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "The document is opened with the Track Changes mode enabled", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Track Changes", @@ -700,6 +752,12 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Reticências verticais", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textBookmarkName": "Nome do favorito", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Fechar", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Excluir", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textGoto": "Ir para", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textHidden": "Favoritos ocultos", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Favoritos", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Exibir configurações avançadas", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Área", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Barra", @@ -726,6 +784,12 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTight": "Justo", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTitle": "Gráfico", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Parte superior e inferior", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textLock": "Travar", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textName": "Título", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTag": "Etiqueta", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Propriedades do controle de conteúdo", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockDelete": "Controle de Conteúdo não pode ser excluído", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.txtLockEdit": "Conteúdo não pode ser editado", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.CustomColumnsDialog.textColumns": "Número de colunas", @@ -792,6 +856,9 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.spellcheckText": "Verificação ortográfica", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellsText": "Dividir célula...", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Dividir célula", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDelete": "Remover assinatura", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strDetails": "Detalhes da Assinatura", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.strSetup": "Configuração da Assinatura", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.styleText": "Formatting as Style", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Tabela", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textAlign": "Alinhar", @@ -800,19 +867,27 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Enviar para trás", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Trazer para frente", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Trazer para primeiro plano", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textContentControls": "Controle de conteúdo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copiar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Cortar", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Propriedades do controle de conteúdo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Editar limite de disposição", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Tabela aninhada", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Próxima página", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Colar", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Página anterior", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Atualizar o campo", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Remover Controle de Conteúdo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Alinhar à parte inferior", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Alinhar ao centro", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Alinhar à esquerda", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignMiddle": "Alinhar ao meio", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignRight": "Alinhar à direita", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignTop": "Alinhar à parte superior", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOC": "Tabela de Conteúdo", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textTOCSettings": "Definições da tabela de conteúdo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUndo": "Desfazer", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textUpdateTOC": "Atualizar a tabela de conteúdo", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textWrap": "Estilo da quebra automática", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.tipIsLocked": "Este elemento está sendo atualmente editado por outro usuário.", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtAddBottom": "Adicionar borda inferior", @@ -872,6 +947,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Combinar parênteses com a altura do argumento", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Alinhamento de matriz", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Barra sobre texto", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Sobrescrever células", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Manter formatação da origem", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Pressione CTRL e clique no link", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Remover barra de fração", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Remover limite", @@ -947,9 +1024,10 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Criar novo", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnDownloadCaption": "Baixar como...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "Ajuda...", - "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHistoryCaption": "Version History", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnHistoryCaption": "Histórico de Versão", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Informações do documento...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Imprimir", + "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Proteger", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Abrir recente...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Renomear...", "DE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Voltar para documento", @@ -979,14 +1057,23 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtWords": "Palavras", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Alterar direitos de acesso", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Pessoas que têm direitos", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Com senha", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Proteger o Documento", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Com assinatura", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Este documento foi protegido com senha.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtRequestedSignatures": "O documento deve ser assinado.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Assinaturas válidas foram adicionadas ao documento. O documento está protegido para edição.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Algumas das assinaturas digitais no documento estão inválidas ou não puderam ser verificadas. O documento está protegido para edição.", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Visualizar assinaturas", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Aplicar", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Ativar guias de alinhamento", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "Ativar recuperação automática", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutosave": "Ativar salvamento automático", - "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthMode": "Co-editing mode", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthMode": "Modo de Coedição", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthModeDescFast": "Other users will see your changes at once", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strCoAuthModeDescStrict": "You will need to accept changes before you can see them", - "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFast": "Fast", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFast": "Rápido", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strFontRender": "Dicas de fonte", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strForcesave": "Sempre salvar para o servidor (caso contrário, salvar para servidor no documento fechado)", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strInputMode": "Ativar hieróglifos", @@ -994,7 +1081,7 @@ "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strResolvedComment": "Ativar exibição dos comentários resolvidos", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strShowChanges": "Alterações de colaboração em tempo real", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strSpellCheckMode": "Ativar a opção de verificação ortográfica", - "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "Strict", + "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strStrict": "Estrito", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strUnit": "Unidade de medida", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strZoom": "Valor de zoom padrão", "DE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.text10Minutes": "Cada 10 minutos", @@ -1028,21 +1115,28 @@ "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textDiffOdd": "Páginas pares e ímpares diferentes", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromBottom": "Rodapé abaixo", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textHeaderFromTop": "Cabeçalho no início", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textInsertCurrent": "Inserir na Posição Atual ", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textOptions": "Opções", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNum": "Inserir número da página", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPageNumbering": "Numeração da página", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPosition": "Posição", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textPrev": "Continuar da seção anterior", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textSameAs": "Vincular a Anterior", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopCenter": "Superior central", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopLeft": "Superior esquerdo", + "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopPage": "Topo da Página", "DE.Views.HeaderFooterSettings.textTopRight": "Superior direito", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Fragmento de texto selecionado", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Exibir", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Colocar no Documento", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Configurações de hiperlink", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Texto de dica de tela:", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Vincular a", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Favoritos", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo é obrigatório", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "Títulos", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Este campo deve ser uma URL no formato \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Exibir configurações avançadas", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Editar", @@ -1140,6 +1234,16 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback e Suporte", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Títulos", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "MODO DE DESENVOLVEDOR", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Favorito", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Atualizar", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Tabela de Conteúdo", + "DE.Views.Links.mniDelFootnote": "Excluir todas as notas de rodapé", + "DE.Views.Links.textContentsRemove": "Remover tabela de conteúdo", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Atualizar toda a tabela", + "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Atualizar somente os números de páginas", + "DE.Views.Links.tipBookmarks": "Criar Favorito", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Inserir tabela de conteúdo", + "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Atualizar a tabela de conteúdo", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.filePlaceholder": "PDF", "DE.Views.MailMergeEmailDlg.okButtonText": "Send", @@ -1192,6 +1296,15 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "To previous record", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Untitled", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Starting merge failed", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Rebaixar", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Este documento não possuí títulos.", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Título Vazio", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Expandir ao nível", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Novo título após", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Novo título antes de", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Novo subtítulo", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Promover", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Selecionar conteúdo", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Aplicar", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Aplicar alterações a", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Cancelar", @@ -1270,6 +1383,7 @@ "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textCharacterSpacing": "Espaçamento entre caracteres", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textDefault": "Aba padrão", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textEffects": "Efeitos", + "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeader": "Guia", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textLeft": "Esquerda", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textNewColor": "Adicionar nova cor personalizada", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.textPosition": "Posição", @@ -1300,7 +1414,7 @@ "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Configurações do parágrafo", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Configurações da forma", "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Configurações da tabela", - "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Text Art Settings", + "DE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Configurações de Arte de Texto", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.strBackground": "Cor do plano de fundo", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.strChange": "Alterar forma automática", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.strColor": "Cor", @@ -1351,6 +1465,14 @@ "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTight": "Justo", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "Parte superior e inferior", "DE.Views.ShapeSettings.txtWood": "Madeira", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strRequested": "Assinaturas solicitadas", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Assinar", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSigner": "Signatário", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Assinaturas válidas", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Editar de qualquer maneira", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtRequestedSignatures": "O documento deve ser assinado.", + "DE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Assinaturas válidas foram adicionadas ao documento. O documento está protegido para edição.", "DE.Views.Statusbar.goToPageText": "Ir para a Página", "DE.Views.Statusbar.pageIndexText": "Página {0} de {1}", "DE.Views.Statusbar.tipFitPage": "Ajustar página", @@ -1365,6 +1487,22 @@ "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.textTitle": "Title", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", "DE.Views.StyleTitleDialog.txtNotEmpty": "Field must not be empty", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strAlign": "Números de página alinhados à direita", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strLinks": "Formatar tabela de conteúdo como links", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.strShowPages": "Mostrar números de páginas", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textBuildTable": "Construir tabela de conteúdo de", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevel": "Nível", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textLevels": "Níveis", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioLevels": "Níveis do marcador", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textRadioStyles": "Estilos selecionados", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyle": "Estilo", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textStyles": "Estilos", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.textTitle": "Tabela de Conteúdo", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtClassic": "Clássico", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtModern": "Moderno", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtSimple": "Simples", + "DE.Views.TableOfContentsSettings.txtStandard": "Padrão", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteColumnText": "Excluir coluna", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteRowText": "Excluir linha", "DE.Views.TableSettings.deleteTableText": "Excluir tabela", @@ -1387,6 +1525,8 @@ "DE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Estilo de bordas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textCancel": "Cancelar", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Colunas", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Colunas distribuídas", + "DE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Linhas distribuídas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Linhas e Colunas", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Sem modelos", "DE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Primeiro", @@ -1507,6 +1647,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnColumns": "Colunas", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnComment": "Comentário", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsChart": "Gráfico", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsControls": "Controles de Conteúdo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "Letra capitular", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "Equação", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Cabeçalho/rodapé", @@ -1525,6 +1666,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgGroup": "Grupo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capImgWrapping": "Quebra Automática", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "Inserir tabela personalizada", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditControls": "Propriedades de Controle", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditDropCap": "Configurações avançadas de Letra capitular", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditFooter": "Editar rodapé", "DE.Views.Toolbar.mniEditHeader": "Editar cabeçalho", @@ -1546,14 +1688,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Direita", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Três", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Duas", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Visualizar barra de ferramentas compacta", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Página contínua", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Página par", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Ajustar página", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Ajustar largura", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ocultar réguas", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de status", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ocultar barra de título", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "Na margem", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Inserir quebra de coluna", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Inserir número de páginas", @@ -1578,11 +1714,14 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageMarginsCustom": "Margens personalizadas", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPageSizeCustom": "Tamanho de página personalizado", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPie": "Gráfico de pizza", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPlainControl": "Adicionar Controle de Conteúdo de Texto sem formatação", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPoint": "Gráfico de pontos", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textPortrait": "Retrato ", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRemoveControl": "Remover Controle de Conteúdo", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRichControl": "Adicionar Controle de Conteúdo de Rich Text", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textRight": "Direita:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Gráfico de ações", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Riscado", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Taxado", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDelete": "Delete style", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuDeleteAll": "Delete all custom styles", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textStyleMenuNew": "New style from selection", @@ -1592,17 +1731,18 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subscrito", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Sobrescrito", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Superfície", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Colaboração", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Arquivo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Página Inicial", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Inserir", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLayout": "Layout", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabLinks": "Referências", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Proteção", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTabReview": "Revisar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Erro", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Para posição atual", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Parte superior: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Sublinhado", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Configurações avançadas", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Alinhar ao centro", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Justificado", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Alinhar à esquerda", @@ -1612,6 +1752,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Limpar estilo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColorSchemas": "Alterar esquema de cor", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipColumns": "Inserir colunas", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipControls": "Adicionar controles de conteúdo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopy": "Copiar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copiar estilo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecFont": "Diminuir tamanho da fonte", @@ -1657,7 +1798,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Caracteres não imprimíveis", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "O documento foi alterado por outro usuário. Clique para salvar suas alterações e recarregar as atualizações.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Desfazer", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Visualizar configurações", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Office", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Mediana", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ru.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ru.json index ded18f894..7b0f568f8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/ru.json @@ -141,15 +141,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textSave": "Сохранить и выйти", "Common.Views.ExternalMergeEditor.textTitle": "Получатели слияния", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Документ редактируется несколькими пользователями.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Дополнительные параметры", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Перейти к Документам", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Скрыть панель инструментов", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Скрыть линейки", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Скрыть строку состояния", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Сохранение...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Изменен", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Все изменения сохранены", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Все изменения сохранены", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Масштаб", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Управление правами доступа к документу", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Скачать файл", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Редактировать текущий файл", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Напечатать файл", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Повторить", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Сохранить", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Отменить", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Параметры представления", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Просмотр пользователей и управление правами доступа к документу", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Изменить права доступа", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Переименовать", @@ -183,11 +192,12 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Указан неверный пароль.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Пароль", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPreview": "Просмотр", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Как только вы введете пароль и откроете файл, текущий пароль к файлу будет сброшен.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Выбрать параметры %1", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Защищенный файл", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Отмена", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Для открытия этого документа требуется пароль", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Задайте пароль, чтобы защитить этот документ", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Пароль и его подтверждение не совпадают", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Пароль", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Повторить пароль", @@ -207,7 +217,7 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Шифровать", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Добавить цифровую подпись", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Подпись", - "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Строка подписи", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Добавить строку подписи", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Отмена", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Имя файла", @@ -269,6 +279,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Введите имя подписывающего", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Курсив", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Цель подписания документа", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Выбрать", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Выбрать изображение", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Как выглядит подпись:", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Подписание документа", @@ -296,6 +307,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSkipped": "Замена выполнена. Пропущено вхождений - {0}.", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textReplaceSuccess": "Поиск выполнен. Заменено вхождений: {0}", "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAs": "Если Вы продолжите сохранение в этот формат, весь функционал, кроме текста, будет потерян.
    Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", + "DE.Controllers.LeftMenu.warnDownloadAsRTF": "Если вы продолжите сохранение в этот формат, часть форматирования может быть потеряна.
    Вы действительно хотите продолжить?", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTextText": "Загрузка изменений...", "DE.Controllers.Main.applyChangesTitleText": "Загрузка изменений", "DE.Controllers.Main.convertationTimeoutText": "Превышено время ожидания конвертации.", @@ -312,9 +324,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Потеряно соединение с сервером. В данный момент нельзя отредактировать документ.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Не удается сохранить документ. Проверьте параметры подключения или обратитесь к вашему администратору.
    Когда вы нажмете на кнопку 'OK', вам будет предложено скачать документ.

    Дополнительную информацию о подключении Сервера документов можно найти здесь", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Внешняя ошибка.
    Ошибка подключения к базе данных. Если ошибка повторяется, пожалуйста, обратитесь в службу поддержки.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Получены зашифрованные изменения, их нельзя расшифровать.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Некорректный диапазон данных.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Код ошибки: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Документ защищен паролем и не может быть открыт.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Файл защищен паролем и не может быть открыт.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "При сохранении файла произошла ошибка. Используйте опцию 'Скачать как', чтобы сохранить файл на жестком диске компьютера или повторите попытку позже.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Неизвестный дескриптор ключа", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Срок действия дескриптора ключа истек", @@ -405,6 +418,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSection": "-Раздел", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Ряд", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Звезды и ленты", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Текст сноски", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Заголовок 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Заголовок 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Заголовок 3", @@ -421,6 +435,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Цитата", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Подзаголовок", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Название", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtTableOfContents": "Оглавление", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Ось X", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Ось Y", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Неизвестная ошибка.", @@ -432,10 +447,14 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Загрузка изображения", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "В IE9 приложение имеет низкую производительность. Используйте IE10 или более позднюю версию.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Текущее значение масштаба страницы в браузере поддерживается не полностью. Вернитесь к масштабу по умолчанию, нажав Ctrl+0.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременных подключений к серверу документов, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
    Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
    Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
    Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
    Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременно работающих пользователей, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
    Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
    Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
    Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Вам было отказано в праве на редактирование этого файла.", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtBeginning": "Начало документа", + "DE.Controllers.Navigation.txtGotoBeginning": "Перейти в начало документа", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textHasChanges": "Отслежены новые изменения", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.textTrackChanges": "Документ открыт при включенном режиме отслеживания изменений", "DE.Controllers.Statusbar.tipReview": "Отслеживать изменения", @@ -775,6 +794,18 @@ "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Вертикальное многоточие", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Кси", "DE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Дзета", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "По размеру страницы", + "DE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "По ширине", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textAdd": "Добавить", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textBookmarkName": "Имя закладки", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textClose": "Закрыть", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textDelete": "Удалить", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textGoto": "Перейти", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textHidden": "Скрытые закладки", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textLocation": "Положение", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textName": "Имя", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textSort": "Порядок", + "DE.Views.BookmarksDialog.textTitle": "Закладки", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Дополнительные параметры", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "С областями", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Линейчатая", @@ -894,6 +925,8 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Выровнять высоту строк", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditControls": "Параметры элемента управления содержимым", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textEditWrapBoundary": "Изменить границу обтекания", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Из файла", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "По URL", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNest": "Вставить как вложенную таблицу", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Следующая страница", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Вставить", @@ -901,6 +934,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRefreshField": "Обновить поле", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemove": "Удалить", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textRemoveControl": "Удалить элемент управления содержимым", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Заменить изображение", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textSettings": "Настройки", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Выровнять по нижнему краю", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Выровнять по центру", @@ -974,6 +1008,7 @@ "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Выравнивание матрицы", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Черта над текстом", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverwriteCells": "Заменить содержимое ячеек", + "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Сохранить исходное форматирование", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Нажмите CTRL и щелкните по ссылке", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Удалить дробную черту", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Удалить предел", @@ -1159,10 +1194,15 @@ "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDefault": "Выделенный фрагмент текста", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textDisplay": "Отображать", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternal": "Внешняя ссылка", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternal": "Место в документе", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Параметры гиперссылки", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTooltip": "Текст подсказки", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textUrl": "Связать с", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBeginning": "Начало документа", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtBookmarks": "Закладки", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Это поле обязательно для заполнения", + "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtHeadings": "Заголовки", "DE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtNotUrl": "Это поле должно быть URL-адресом в формате \"http://www.example.com\"", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textAdvanced": "Дополнительные параметры", "DE.Views.ImageSettings.textEdit": "Редактировать", @@ -1255,13 +1295,15 @@ "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipAbout": "О программе", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipChat": "Чат", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipComments": "Комментарии", + "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipNavigation": "Навигация", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipPlugins": "Плагины", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSearch": "Поиск", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Обратная связь и поддержка", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Заголовки", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "РЕЖИМ РАЗРАБОТЧИКА", "DE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "ПРОБНЫЙ РЕЖИМ", - "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Обновление", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnBookmarks": "Закладка", + "DE.Views.Links.capBtnContentsUpdate": "Обновить", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsContents": "Оглавление", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsFootnote": "Сноска", "DE.Views.Links.capBtnInsLink": "Гиперссылка", @@ -1274,6 +1316,7 @@ "DE.Views.Links.textGotoFootnote": "Перейти к сноскам", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdateAll": "Обновить целиком", "DE.Views.Links.textUpdatePages": "Обновить только номера страниц", + "DE.Views.Links.tipBookmarks": "Создать закладку", "DE.Views.Links.tipContents": "Вставить оглавление", "DE.Views.Links.tipContentsUpdate": "Обновить оглавление", "DE.Views.Links.tipInsertHyperlink": "Добавить гиперссылку", @@ -1330,6 +1373,17 @@ "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtPrev": "Предыдущая запись", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.txtUntitled": "Без имени", "DE.Views.MailMergeSettings.warnProcessMailMerge": "Не удалось начать слияние", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtCollapse": "Свернуть все", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtDemote": "Понизить уровень", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmpty": "Этот документ не содержит заголовков", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtEmptyItem": "Пустой заголовок", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpand": "Развернуть все", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtExpandToLevel": "Развернуть до уровня", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingAfter": "Новый заголовок после", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtHeadingBefore": "Новый заголовок перед", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtNewHeading": "Новый подзаголовок", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtPromote": "Повысить уровень", + "DE.Views.Navigation.txtSelect": "Выделить содержимое", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApply": "Применить", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textApplyTo": "Применить изменения", "DE.Views.NoteSettingsDialog.textCancel": "Отмена", @@ -1362,8 +1416,10 @@ "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.cancelButtonText": "Отмена", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textHeight": "Высота", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textPreset": "Предустановка", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textTitle": "Размер страницы", "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.textWidth": "Ширина", + "DE.Views.PageSizeDialog.txtCustom": "Особый", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Междустрочный интервал", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Интервал между абзацами", "DE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSomeParagraphSpace": "Не добавлять интервал между абзацами одного стиля", @@ -1729,14 +1785,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Справа", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Три", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Две", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Скрыть панель инструментов", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "На текущей странице", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "С четной страницы", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "По размеру страницы", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "По ширине", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Скрыть линейки", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Скрыть строку состояния", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Скрыть строку заголовка", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "На поле", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Вставить разрыв колонки", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Вставить число страниц", @@ -1790,8 +1840,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "В текущей позиции", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Верхнее: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Подчеркнутый", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Масштаб", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Дополнительные параметры", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Выравнивание по центру", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Выравнивание по ширине", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Выравнивание по левому краю", @@ -1824,7 +1872,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertNum": "Вставить номер страницы", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Вставить автофигуру", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Вставить таблицу", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Вставить текст", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Вставить надпись", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Вставить объект Text Art", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Междустрочный интервал в абзацах", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipMailRecepients": "Слияние", @@ -1847,7 +1895,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Непечатаемые символы", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Документ изменен другим пользователем. Нажмите, чтобы сохранить свои изменения и загрузить обновления.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Отменить", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Параметры представления", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Стандартная", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Обычная", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Метро", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sk.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sk.json index f73278204..339778760 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sk.json @@ -1565,7 +1565,7 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsChart": "Graf", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsDropcap": "Iniciála", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsEquation": "Rovnica", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Záhlavie/päta ", + "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsHeader": "Záhlavie/päta", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsImage": "Obrázok", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsPagebreak": "Oddeľovač stránky/zlom strany", "DE.Views.Toolbar.capBtnInsShape": "Tvar", @@ -1602,14 +1602,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Vpravo", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Tri", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Dva", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Zobraziť kompaktnú lištu nástrojov", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Súvislá/neprerušovaná strana", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Párna stránka", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Prispôsobiť na stranu", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Prispôsobiť na šírku", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Skryť pravítka", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Schovať stavový riadok", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Skryť lištu nadpisu", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "V okraji", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Vložiť stĺpcové zalomenie ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Zadajte počet strán", @@ -1657,8 +1651,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Na aktuálnu pozíciu", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Hore:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podčiarknuť", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Priblíženie", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Pokročilé nastavenia", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Centrovať", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Podľa okrajov", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Zarovnať doľava", @@ -1713,7 +1705,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Formátovacie značky", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Dokument bol zmenený ďalším používateľom. Prosím, kliknite na uloženie zmien a opätovne načítajte aktualizácie.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Krok späť", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Zobraziť nastavenia", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Kancelária", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Medián", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sl.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sl.json index 7ddd6dd87..6964a8ac3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/sl.json @@ -1350,14 +1350,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Right", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Poglej kompaktno orodno vrstico", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Neprekinjena stran", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Tudi stran", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Prilagodi stran", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Prilagodi širino", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Skrij pravila", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Skrij statusno vrstico", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Skrij naslovno vrstico", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "v Meji", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insert Column Break", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageNumber": "Vstavi številko strani", @@ -1395,8 +1389,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Do trenutnega položaja", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podčrtaj", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Povečava", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Napredne nastavitve", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Poravnaj središče", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Upravičena", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Poravnaj levo", @@ -1444,7 +1436,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Nenatisljivi znaki", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Dokument je spremenil drug uporabnik. Prosim pritisnite za shranjevanje svojih sprememb in osvežitev posodobitev.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Razveljavi", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Poglej nastavitve", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Pisarna", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Mediana", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/tr.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/tr.json index 0128a52ea..1239175b4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/tr.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/tr.json @@ -1547,14 +1547,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Right", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Three", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Two", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Kompakt Aletçantasını göster", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Devam Eden Sayfa", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Çift Sayfa", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Sayfaya Sığdır", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Genişliğe Sığdır", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Cetvelleri Gizle", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Durum Çubuğunu Gizle", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Başlık Çubuğunu Gizle", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "Kenar boşluğunda", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Insert Column Break", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Sayfa sayısı ekle", @@ -1602,8 +1596,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Mevcut pozisyona", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Top: ", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Altı çizili", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zum", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Gelişmiş Ayarlar", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Ortaya Hizala", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "İki yana yaslı", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Sola Hizala", @@ -1658,7 +1650,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Basılmaz Karakterler", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Döküman başka bir kullanıcı tarafından değiştirildi. Lütfen değişikleri kaydetmek için tıklayın ve güncellemeleri yenileyin.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Geri Al", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Ayarları Göster", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Ofis", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Medyan", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/uk.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/uk.json index 2e945bb30..ad7a9b809 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/uk.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/uk.json @@ -1546,14 +1546,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Право", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Три", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Два", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Сховати панель інструментів", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Неперервна Сторінка", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Навіть сторінка", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "За розміром сторінки", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Придатний до ширини", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Сховати лінійки", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Сховати панель стану", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Сховати заголовний рядок", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "на полях", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Вставити розрив стовпчика", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Вставити кількість сторінок", @@ -1601,8 +1595,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "До поточної позиції", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Верх:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Підкреслений", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Збільшити", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Розширені налаштування", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Вирівняти центр", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Обгрунтовано", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Вирівняти зліва", @@ -1657,7 +1649,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "недруковані символи", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Документ був змінений іншим користувачем. Будь ласка, натисніть, щоб зберегти зміни та перезавантажити оновлення.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Скасувати", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Налаштування перегляду", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Офіс", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Медіана", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Метро", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/vi.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/vi.json index 705731a46..b4ca361ef 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/vi.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/vi.json @@ -1547,14 +1547,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "Bên phải", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "Ba", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "Hai", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Xem thanh công cụ nhỏ gọn", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "Trang liên tục", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "Trang chẵn", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Vừa với trang", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Vừa với Chiều rộng", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ẩn Thước", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ẩn thanh trạng thái", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ẩn thanh Tiêu đề", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "Trong lề", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "Chèn ngắt cột", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "Chèn số trang", @@ -1602,8 +1596,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "Đến vị trí hiện tại", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "Trên cùng:", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Gạch chân", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Thu phóng", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Cài đặt nâng cao", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "Căn giữa", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "Canh đều", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "Căn trái", @@ -1658,7 +1650,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "Ký tự không in", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "Tài liệu đã được thay đổi bởi một người dùng khác. Vui lòng nhấp để lưu thay đổi của bạn và tải lại các cập nhật.", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "Hoàn tác", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "Xem Cài đặt", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "Office", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "Median", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "Metro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/zh.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/zh.json index 98cb2b915..ecc0155db 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/locale/zh.json @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "点击关闭提示", "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "联系销售", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "文件加载中…", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "NLYOFFICE开源版本", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE开源版本", "DE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "形状", "DE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "严格模式", "DE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "对于快速的协同编辑模式，取消/重做功能是禁用的。< br >单击“严格模式”按钮切换到严格co-editing模式编辑该文件没有其他用户干扰和发送您的更改只后你拯救他们。您可以使用编辑器高级设置在编辑模式之间切换。", @@ -290,6 +290,22 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "矩形", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "系列", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "星星和丝带", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "标题1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "标题2", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "标题3", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "标题4", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_5": "标题5", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_6": "标题6", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "标题7", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "标题8", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "标题9", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Intense_Quote": "直接引用", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_List_Paragraph": "排列段落", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "无空格", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "正常", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "引用", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "副标题", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "标题", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X轴", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y轴", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "示知错误", @@ -667,6 +683,7 @@ "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTight": "紧", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTitle": "图表", "DE.Views.ChartSettings.txtTopAndBottom": "上下", + "DE.Views.ControlSettingsDialog.textName": "标题", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.aboveText": "以上", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.addCommentText": "发表评论", "DE.Views.DocumentHolder.advancedFrameText": "框架高级设置", @@ -1458,14 +1475,8 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsRight": "右", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsThree": "三", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textColumnsTwo": "二", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "查看紧凑工具栏", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textContPage": "连续页", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textEvenPage": "偶数页", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "适合页面", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "适合宽度", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "隐藏标尺", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "隐藏状态栏", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "隐藏标题栏", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInMargin": "在边际", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsColumnBreak": "插入列中断", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textInsertPageCount": "插入页数", @@ -1507,8 +1518,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.textToCurrent": "到当前位置", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textTop": "顶边：", "DE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下划线", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "放大", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "高级设置", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignCenter": "居中对齐", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignJust": "正当", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipAlignLeft": "左对齐", @@ -1557,7 +1566,6 @@ "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipShowHiddenChars": "不打印字符", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipSynchronize": "该文档已被另一个用户更改。请点击保存更改并重新加载更新", "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipUndo": "复原", - "DE.Views.Toolbar.tipViewSettings": "视图设置", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme1": "办公室", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme10": "中位数", "DE.Views.Toolbar.txtScheme11": "组件", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json index acca59a60..8566cb962 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json @@ -20,13 +20,17 @@ "src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Layout" }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "name": "Registerkarte Referenzen" + }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "name": "Registerkarte Überprüfen" + "name": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "name": "Registerkarte Plug-in" + "name": "Registerkarte Plug-ins" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", @@ -145,6 +149,14 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Textobjekte einfügen" }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "name": "Inhaltssteuerelemente einfügen" + }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "name": "Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen" + }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Objekte auf einer Seite anordnen und ausrichten" @@ -187,7 +199,7 @@ }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", - "name": "Einstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge anzeigen" + "name": "Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 2af5f9281..45c184bdf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
    - +

    Über den Dokumenteneditor

    Der Dokumenteneditor ist eine Online-Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können.

    -

    Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Dokumente unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PDF-, TXT-, DOCX-, DOC-, ODT-, RTF-, HTML- oder EPUB-Dateien speichern.

    +

    Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Dokumente unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als DOCX-, PDF-, TXT-, ODT-, RTF- oder HTML-Dateien speichern.

    Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Über Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index eaa1d9b29..79223605d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Erweiterte Einstellungen des Dokumenteneditors

    Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Dokumenteneditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Symbol Erweiterte Einstellungen Symbol in der rechten oberen Ecke der Registerkarte Start anklicken.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index dd4e17e43..aaebdddf8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,55 +11,56 @@
    - +

    Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Dokumenten

    Im Dokumenteneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einem Dokument zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst:

    • gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf das bearbeitete Dokument
    • visuelle Markierung von Textabschnitten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden
      • -
    • Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick
      • +
    • Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick.
    • Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten des Dokuments
      • -
    • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen
      • +
    • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen.

    Co-Bearbeitung

    -

    Im Dokumenteneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden.

    +

    Im Dokumenteneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

    +

    Menü Co-Bearbeitung

    Wenn ein Dokument im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Textpassagen mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben.

    -

    Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die am aktuellen Dokument arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten, wer gerade die Datei gerade bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

    -

    Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind.

    -

    Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol Speichern speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um die Änderungen zu speichern und die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Speichern in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste. Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde.

    +

    Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die am aktuellen Dokument arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

    +

    Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

    +

    Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol Speichern speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern. Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde.

    Sie können festlegen, welche Änderungen bei der Co-Bearbeitung hervorgehoben werden sollen: Klicken Sie dazu in der Registerkarte Datei auf die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wählen Sie zwischen keine, alle und letzte Änderungen in Echtzeit. Wenn Sie die Option Alle anzeigen auswählen, werden alle während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen hervorgehoben. Wenn Sie die Option Letzte anzeigen auswählen, werden alle Änderungen hervorgehoben, die Sie vorgenommen haben, seit Sie das letzte Mal das Symbol Speichern Speichern angeklickt haben. Wenn Sie die Option Keine anzeigen auswählen, werden die während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen nicht hervorgehoben.

    Chat

    Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw.

    -

    Die Chatnachrichten werden nur während einer Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Dokumentinhalt zu besprechen, ist es besser, Kommentare zu verwenden, die bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden.

    -

    Um auf den Chat zuzugreifen und eine Nachricht für die anderen Benutzer zu hinterlassen:

    +

    Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden.

    +

    Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen:

      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Chat in der linken Seitenleiste.
      2. -
    2. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende nachfolgende Feld ein.
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf Senden.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol Chat oder
      wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat Chat.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein.
      6. +
    6. klicken Sie auf Senden.

    Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - Chat.

    -

    Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Chat Symbol.

    +

    Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Chat oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat Chat.

    Kommentare

    Einen Kommentar hinterlassen:

    1. Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, der Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem enthält.
      2. -
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Überprüfen und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Kommentare Kommentare, oder
      nutzen Sie das Kommentare Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder
      klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den gewünschten Textabschnitt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.
      3. +
    3. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Kommentar Kommentare, oder
      nutzen Sie das Kommentare Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder
      klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den gewünschten Textabschnitt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.
    4. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein.
      5. -
    5. Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen.
      6. +
    6. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen.
    -

    Der Kommentar erscheint auf der Leiste links. Ein anderer Benutzer kann auf den hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführte Arbeit berichten. Um auf einen Kommentar zu reagieren, klicken Sie auf unterhalb des Kommentars auf die Schaltfläche Antwort hinzufügen.

    +

    Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar.

    Der von Ihnen kommentierte Textabschnitt wird im Dokument markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie innerhalb des Abschnitts mit der Maus. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.

    -

    Sie können die von Ihnen hinzugefügten Kommentare wie folgt verwalten:

    +

    Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten:

    • bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf Bearbeiten
    • löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Löschen
      • -
    • die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, nur wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.
      • +
    • die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.

    Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern geklickt haben.

    -

    Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf Kommentare in der linken Seitenleiste.

    +

    Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf Kommentare.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 324f8341a..a32985126 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Tastenkombinationen

    ', + '', + '', + '
    ', + '
    ', '', '
    ', '    		', + '', '', '
    ', '    		', - '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', '
    ', '
    ', '', - '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', + '
    ', '
    ', - '', + '', '
    ', '
    @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index b07b79bd0..92be9dd2f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Einstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge anzeigen

    Der Dokumenteneditor bietet mehrere Werkzeuge, um Ihnen die Navigation durch Ihr Dokument zu erleichtern: Lineale, Zoom, Seitenzahlen usw.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index 7e4951b41..57c26727b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Dokumentenprüfung

    Wenn jemand eine Datei mit Überprüfungsberechtigung mit Ihnen teilt, müssen Sie die Funktion für die Überprüfung verwenden.

    @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@

    Um Änderungen anzuzeigen, die von einem Rezensenten vorgeschlagen wurden, aktivieren Sie die Option Änderungen nachverfolgen:

    • Klicken Sie in der rechten unteren Statusleiste auf das Änderungen nachverfolgen Symbol oder
      • -
    • wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Überprüfen und klicken Sie auf Änderungen nachverfolgen Änderungen nachverfolgen.
      • +
    • Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Änderungen nachverfolgen Änderungen nachverfolgen.

    Hinweis: Der Rezensent muss die Option Änderungen nachverfolgen nicht aktivieren. Die Funktion ist standardmäßig aktiviert und kann nicht deaktiviert werden, wenn das Dokument mit Zugriffsrechten nur für die Überprüfung freigegeben ist.

    Modus Änderungen anzeigen lassen

    @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
    • Alle Änderungen (Bearbeiten) - diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Dieser Modus ermöglicht es Änderungsvorschläge anzuzeigen und das Dokument zu bearbeiten.
    • Alle Änderungen angenommen - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie angenommen worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich akzeptiert, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen angenommen werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden.
      • -
    • Alle Änderungen abgelehnt - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie abgelehnt worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich abgelehnt, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen abgelehnt werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden.
      • +
    • Original - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie abgelehnt worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich abgelehnt, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen abgelehnt werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden.

    Änderungen annehmen oder ablehnen

    Über die Schaltflächen Vorherige Änderung Vorherige und Nächste Änderung Nächste in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie zwischen den Änderungen navigieren.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index ede265d70..fb7267553 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Suchen und Ersetzen

    Wenn Sie im aktuellen Dokument nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen möchten, klicken Sie auf das Suche Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 650f0ff1e..626855c22 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,16 +11,15 @@
    - +

    Rechtschreibprüfung

    Der Dokumenteneditor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, die Rechtschreibung Ihres Textes in einer bestimmten Sprache zu überprüfen und Fehler während der Bearbeitung zu korrigieren.

    -

    Wählen Sie zunächst die Sprache für Ihr Dokument aus Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Überprüfen und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Dokumentsprache festlegen Sprache. Wählen Sie nun im angezeigten Fenster die gewünschte Sprache und klicken Sie auf OK. Die ausgewählte Sprache wird auf das gesamte Dokument angewandt.

    +

    Wählen Sie zunächst die Sprache für Ihr Dokument aus. Klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Dokumentsprache festlegen Rechtschreibprüfung. Wählen Sie nun im angezeigten Fenster die gewünschte Sprache und klicken Sie auf OK. Die ausgewählte Sprache wird auf das gesamte Dokument angewandt.

    Fenster Dokumentsprache festlegen

    Um für einen Abschnitt im Dokument eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, markieren Sie den entsprechenden Abschnitt mit der Maus und klicken Sie anschließend auf das Rechtschreibprüfung - Sprachenauswahl Menü in der Statusleiste.

    Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren:

      -
    • Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Überprüfen auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung obere Symbolleiste Rechtschreibprüfung oder
    • klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung deaktiviert Rechtschreibprüfung oder
    • öffnen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option erweiterte Einstellungen..., setzen Sie das Häkchen in der Box Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren und klicken Sie auf Übernehmen.
    @@ -34,7 +33,6 @@

    Rechtschreibprüfung

    Rechtschreibprüfung deaktivieren:

      -
    • klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Überprüfen auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung obere Symbolleiste Rechtschreibprüfung oder
    • klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung aktiviert Rechtschreibprüfung oder
    • öffnen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option erweiterte Einstellungen..., entfernen Sie das Häkchen in der Box Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren und klicken Sie auf Übernehmen.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 3ed71e51e..83642f476 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Dokumenten

    Elektronische Dokumente stellen die am meisten benutzte Computerdateien dar. Dank des inzwischen hoch entwickelten Computernetzwerks ist es bequemer anstatt von gedruckten Dokumenten elektronische Dokumente zu verbreiten. Aufgrund der Vielfältigkeit der Geräte, die für die Anzeige der Dokumente verwendet werden, gibt es viele proprietäre und offene Dateiformate. Der Dokumenteneditor unterstützt die geläufigsten Formate.

    @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
    - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 4e04eedb0..8e4024cb5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Registerkarte Datei

    Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 7ee0620b0..bf1d23897 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Registerkarte Start

    Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie ein beliebiges Dokument öffnen. Über diese Registerkarte können Sie Schriftart und Absätze formatieren. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, wie Seriendruck, Farbschemata und Ansichtseinstellungen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index e56d1b4cb..0c27ce575 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
    - +

    Registerkarte einfügen

    Die Registerkarte Einfügen ermöglicht das Hinzufügen einiger Seitenformatierungselemente sowie visueller Objekte und Kommentare.

    Registerkarte einfügen

    -

    Über diese Registerkarte können Sie:

    +

    Sie können:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index aabaa455c..7d101c457 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Registerkarte Layout

    Über die Registerkarte Layout, können Sie die Darstellung des Dokuments ändern: Legen Sie die Seitenparameter fest und definieren Sie die Anordnung der visuellen Elemente.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index e3a7bc890..545a0c606 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Registerkarte Plug-in + Registerkarte Plug-ins @@ -11,22 +11,24 @@
    - +
    -

    Registerkarte Plug-in

    -

    Die Registerkarte Plugins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern.

    -

    Registerkarte Plug-in

    -

    Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung:

    +

    Registerkarte Plug-ins

    +

    Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen.

    +

    Registerkarte Plug-ins

    +

    Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation.

    +

    Derzeit stehen folgende standardmäßig folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung:

    • ClipArt ermöglicht das Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung.
    • OCR ermöglicht es, in einem Bild enthaltene Texte zu erkennen und in den Dokumenttext einzufügen.
      • -
    • PhotoEditor ermöglicht das Bearbeiten von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw.
      • +
    • PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw.
    • Speech ermöglicht es, ausgewählten Text in Sprache zu konvertieren.
      • -
    • Symbol Table ermöglicht das Einfügen spezieller Symbole in Ihren Text.
      • -
    • Translator ermöglicht das Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen.
      • -
    • YouTube ermöglicht das Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihr Dokument.
      • +
    • Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text.
      • +
    • Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen.
      • +
    • YouTube ermöglicht das Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihrem Dokument.
    -

    Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

    +

    Die Plug-ins Wordpress und EasyBib können verwendet werden, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Dienste in Ihren Portaleinstellungen einrichten. Sie können die folgenden Anleitungen für die Serverversion oder für die SaaS-Version verwenden.

    +

    Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 938d5161e..6921ee75d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,20 +11,20 @@
    - +

    Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Dokumenteneditors

    Der Dokumenteneditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind.

    Editor

    -

    Die Editor-Oberfläche besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

    +

    Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

    1. In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name des Dokuments angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können.

      Symbole in der Kopfzeile des Editors

      2. -
    2. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Überprüfen, Plug-ins.

      Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

      +
    3. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Referenzen, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.

      Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

      Symbole in der oberen Menüleiste

    4. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters finden Sie die Anzeige der Seitennummer und Benachrichtigungen vom System (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert" etc.), außerdem können Sie die Textsprache festlegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren, den Modus Änderungen nachverfolgen einschalten und den Zoom anpassen.
      5. -
    5. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen.
      6. +
    6. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare, Chats und die Navigation öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen.
    7. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie im Text ein bestimmtes Objekt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern.
    8. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale ermöglichen das Ausrichten von Text und anderen Elementen in einem Dokument sowie das Festlegen von Rändern, Tabstopps und Absatzeinzügen.
    9. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Dokumentinhalt anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten.
      10. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1d7abd7c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Referenzen + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Registerkarte Referenzen

      +

      Unter der Registerkarte Referenzen, können Sie verschiedene Arten von Referenzen verwalten: Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen und aktualisieren, Fußnoten erstellen und bearbeiten, Links einfügen.

      +

      Registerkarte Referenzen

      +

      Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie:

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index c497a66d7..82070bbcd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Registerkarte Überprüfen + Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit - + @@ -11,18 +11,21 @@
      - +
      -

      Registerkarte Überprüfen

      -

      Die Registerkarte Überprüfen ermöglicht die Überprüfung des Dokuments: Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Rechtschreibung des Textes korrekt ist, verwalten Sie Kommentare und verfolgen Sie Änderungen, die von einem Rezensenten vorgenommen wurden.

      -

      Registerkarte Überprüfen

      -

      Über diese Registerkarte können Sie:

      +

      Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

      +

      Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit im Dokument organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten, vorgenommene Änderungen verfolgen, alle Versionen und Revisionen einsehen.

      +

      Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

      +

      Sie können:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index eef23957a..d9e7d5171 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Rahmen hinzufügen

      Hinzufügen eines Rahmens in einen Absatz eine Seite oder das ganze Dokument:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index afefd1901..98a46207a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@
      - +

      Hyperlink einfügen

      Einfügen eines Hyperlinks

      1. Platzieren Sie Ihren Mauszeiger an die Stelle im Text, die Sie in den Link integrieren möchten.
        2. -
      2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen
        3. -
      3. Klicken Sie im Menü Einfügen auf Hyperlink Hyperlink.
        4. +
      4. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Verweise.
        5. +
      5. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste.
      6. Im sich nun öffnenden Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink, können Sie die Parameter für den Hyperlink bestimmen:
          -
        • Link zu - geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com ein.
          • +
        • Link zu - geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com ein.
        • Angezeigter Text - geben Sie den klickbaren Text ein, der zu der im oberen Feld angegebenen Webadresse führt.
        • Infobox - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert.
        @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
      7. Klicken Sie auf OK.

      Um einen Hyperlink hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch mit der rechten Maustaste irgendwo im Dokument klicken und die Option Hyperlink im Kontextmenü auswählen, dadurch wird das oben angezeigte Fenster geöffnet.

      -

      Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, ein Zeichen, Wort, eine Wortverbindung oder einen Textabschnitt mit der Maus oder über die Tastatur auszuwählen. Klicken Sie anschließend in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf Hyperlink Hyperlink oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Hyperlink aus. Danach öffnet sich das oben dargestellte Fenster und im Feld Angezeigter Text erscheint der ausgewählte Textabschnitt.

      -

      Bewegen Sie nun den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink wird der von Ihnen in der Infobox angegebene Text angezeigt. Sie können dem Link folgen, indem Sie die Taste STRG drücken und dann auf den Link in Ihrem Dokument klicken.

      +

      Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, ein Zeichen, Wort, eine Wortverbindung oder einen Textabschnitt mit der Maus oder über die Tastatur auszuwählen. Klicken Sie anschließend in den Registerkarten Einfügen oder Referenzen auf Hyperlink Hyperlink oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Hyperlink aus. Danach öffnet sich das oben dargestellte Fenster und im Feld Angezeigter Text erscheint der ausgewählte Textabschnitt.

      +

      Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Sie können dem Link folgen, indem Sie die Taste STRG drücken und dann auf den Link in Ihrem Dokument klicken.

      Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu bearbeiten oder zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Link und wählen Sie Hyperlink Optionen und anschließend Hyperlink bearbeiten oder Hyperlink entfernen.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 46214e5cc..bd38259ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Objekte auf einer Seite anordnen und ausrichten

      Die hinzugefügten Autoformen, Bilder, Diagramme und Textboxen können auf einer Seite ausgerichtet, gruppiert und angeordnet werden. Um eine dieser Aktionenauszuführen, wählen Sie zuerst ein einzelnes Objekt oder mehrere Objekte auf der Seite aus. Um mehrere Objekte zu wählen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und klicken Sie auf die gewünschten Objekte. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Danach können Sie über Symbole in der Registerkarte Layout navigieren, die nachstehend beschrieben werden, oder die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü nutzen.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 052ce8051..f14058400 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Text in einem Absatz ausrichten

      Üblicherweise unterscheidet man zwischen vier verschiedenen Textausrichtungen: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, Blocksatz, zentriert. Text ausrichten:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index 832821d4d..75deb91fd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Hintergrundfarbe für einen Absatz festlegen

      Der gesamte Absatz, einschließlich Leerzeichen und Zeilenabständen wird mit der gewählten Farbe hinterlegt.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index f822979c9..bbfa9c71b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Farbschema ändern

      Farbschemata werden auf das gesamte Dokument angewendet. Sie werden verwendet, um das Layout Ihres Dokuments zu verändern und definieren die Palette der Designfarben für Dokumentenelemente (Schrift, Hintergrund, Tabellen, AutoFormen, Diagramme). Wenn Sie bestimmte Designfarben auf Dokumentenelemente angewendet haben und dann ein anderes Farbschema auswählen, ändern sich die Farben in Ihrem Dokument entsprechend.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm index 98dd5ca25..986fe3ab4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Textumbruch ändern

      Die Option Textumbruch legt fest, wie ein Objekt relativ zum Text positioniert wird. Sie können den Umbruchstil für eingefügt Objekte ändern, wie beispielsweise Formen, Bilder, Diagramme, Textfelder oder Tabellen.

      @@ -41,20 +41,16 @@

    Wenn Sie die Formate Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter festzulegen - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Werte und klicken Sie auf OK.

    Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, steht Ihnen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen auch die Gruppe Position zur Verfügung. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Parametern finden Sie auf den entsprechenden Seiten mit Anweisungen zum Umgang mit Formen, Bildern oder Diagrammen.

    -

    Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit, die Umbruchränder für Bilder oder Formen zu bearbeiten. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeitung der Umbruchsgrenze. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten

    +

    Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit, die Umbruchränder für Bilder oder Formen zu bearbeiten. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeitung der Umbruchsgrenze. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten

    Textumbruch für Tabellen ändern

    -

    Für Tabellen stehen die folgenden Umbruchstile zur Verfügung: Mit Text verschieben und Position auf der Seite fixieren.

    +

    Für Tabellen stehen die folgenden Umbruchstile zur Verfügung: Mit Text verschieben und Umgebend.

    Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils:

      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle.
      2. -
    2. Öffnen Sie die Einstellungen für den Textumbruch:
        - -
      • Wählen Sie die Option Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch oder
        • -
      • wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen aus dem Kontextmenü aus:
          -
        • Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig.
          • -
        • Textumbruch - umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben.
          • -
        -
        • +
      • Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle-Erweiterte Einstellungen.
        • +
      • Wechseln Sie nun im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch und
        • +
      • wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:
          +
        • Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig.
          • +
        • Textumbruch - Umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 202e8c035..db38630d5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Textformatierung übernehmen/entfernen

    Kopieren einer bestimmte Textformatierung:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 2b6089072..5ff2d7eff 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Textpassagen kopieren/einfügen, Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen

    Zwischenablage verwenden

    @@ -23,18 +23,24 @@

    Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen:

      -
    • Strg+X - Ausschneiden;
      • -
    • Strg+C - Kopieren;
      • -
    • Strg+V - Einfügen.
      • +
    • STRG+X - Ausschneiden
      • +
    • STRG+C - Kopieren
      • +
    • STRG+V - Einfügen

    Hinweis: Anstatt Text innerhalb desselben Dokuments auszuschneiden und einzufügen, können Sie die erforderliche Textpassage einfach auswählen und an die gewünschte Position ziehen und ablegen.

    Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen

    -

    Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügeoptionen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

    +

    Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

    Zum Einfügen von Textsegmenten oder Text in Verbindung mit AutoFormen sind folgende Optionen verfügbar:

    • Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - der kopierte Text wird in Originalformatierung eingefügt.
    • Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst.
    +

    Wenn Sie die kopierte Tabelle in eine vorhandene Tabelle einfügen, sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar:

    +
      +
    • Zellen überschreiben - vorhandenen Tabelleninhalt durch die eingefügten Daten ersetzen. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt.
      • +
    • Geschachtelt die kopierte Tabelle wird als geschachtelte Tabelle in die ausgewählte Zelle der vorhandenen Tabelle eingefügt.
      • +
    • Nur den Text übernehmen - die Tabelleninhalte werden als Textwerte eingefügt, die durch das Tabulatorzeichen getrennt sind.
      • +

    Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen

    Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 1770d63b6..905a9c72a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Listen erstellen

      Liste in einem Dokument erstellen:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19962a39a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen

      +

      Ein Inhaltsverzeichnis enthält eine Liste aller Kapitel (Abschnitte usw.) in einem Dokument und zeigt die jeweilige Seitennummer an, auf der ein Kapitel beginnt. Mithilfe eines Inhaltsverzeichnisses können Sie leicht durch ein mehrseitiges Dokument navigieren und schnell zu gewünschten Textstellen wechseln. Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird automatisch basierend auf mit vordefinierten Stilen formatierten Dokumentüberschriften generiert. So können Sie Ihr Inhaltsverzeichnis bequem aktualisieren wenn der Text im Dokument geändert wurde, ohne dass Sie Überschriften bearbeiten und Seitenzahlen manuell ändern müssen.

      +

      Überschriftenstruktur festlegen

      +

      Überschriften formatieren

      +

      Formatieren Sie zunächst alle Überschriften in Ihrem Dokument mit einer der Stilvorlagen. Überschriften formatieren:

      +
        +
      1. Wählen Sie den Text aus, den Sie in das Inhaltsverzeichnis aufnehmen wollen.
        2. +
      2. Öffnen Sie rechts in der Registerkarte Start das Menü mit den Stilvorlagen.
        3. +
      3. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Stil. Standardmäßig können Sie die Stile Überschrift 1 - Überschrift 9 nutzen.

        Hinweis: wenn Sie einen anderen Stil verwenden (z.B. Titel, Untertitel etc.), um Überschriften zu formatieren, die im Inhaltsverzeichnis angezeigt werden sollen, müssen Sie zunächst die Einstellungen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis anpassen (wie im nachfolgenden Absatz beschrieben). Weitere Informationen zu verfügbaren Formatvorlagen finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

        +
        4. +
      + +

      Wenn Sie die Überschriften formatiert haben, können Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf Navigation Navigation klicken, um das Fenster mit den Überschriften mit den entsprechenden Verschachtelungsebenen zu öffnen. Dieser Bereich ermöglicht die einfache Navigation zwischen Überschriften im Dokumenttext sowie die Verwaltung der Überschriftenstruktur

      +

      Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Überschrift in der Liste und verwenden Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus dem Menü:

      +

      Navigationsleiste

      +
        +
      • Heraufstufen - um die aktuell ausgewählte Überschrift in der hierarchischen Struktur auf die höhere Ebene zu verschieben, z. B. von Überschrift2 auf Überschrift1.
        • +
      • Herabstufen - um die aktuell ausgewählte Überschrift in der hierarchischen Struktur auf die niedrigere Ebene zu verschieben, z. B. von Überschrift1 auf Überschrift2.
        • +
      • Neue Überschrift davor - um eine neue leere Überschrift derselben Ebene vor der aktuell ausgewählten hinzuzufügen.
        • +
      • Neue Überschrift dahinter - um eine neue leere Überschrift derselben Ebene hinter der aktuell ausgewählten hinzuzufügen.
        • +
      • Neue Zwischenüberschrift - um eine neue leere Neue Zwischenüberschrift (z.B. eine Überschrift auf einer niedrigeren Ebene) hinter der aktuell ausgewählten hinzuzufügen.

        Wenn die Überschrift oder Zwischenüberschrift hinzugefügt wurde, klicken Sie auf die hinzugefügte leere Überschrift in der Liste und geben Sie Ihren eigenen Text ein. Das kann sowohl im Dokumenttext als auch in der Navigationsleiste selbst erfolgen.

        +
        • +
      • Inhalt auswählen - um den Text unterhalb der aktuellen Überschrift im Dokument auszuwählen (einschließlich des Textes für alle Zwischenüberschriften dieser Überschrift).
        • +
      • Alle erweitern - um alle Überschriften-Ebenen in der Navigationsleiste zu erweitern.
        • +
      • Alle ausblenden - um alle Überschriften-Ebenen außer Ebene 1 in der Navigationsleiste auszublenden.
        • +
      • Erweitern auf Ebene - um die Überschriftenstruktur auf die ausgewählte Ebene zu erweitern. Wenn Sie z. B. Ebene 3 wählen, werden die Level 1, 2 und 3 erweitert, während Level 4 und alle niedrigeren Level ausgeblendet werden.
        • +
      +

      Um separate Überschriftenebenen manuell zu erweitern oder auszublenden, verwenden Sie die Pfeile links von den Überschriften.

      +

      Um die Navigationsleiste zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf Navigation Navigation.

      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis in Ihr aktuelles Dokument einfügen

      +

      Ein Inhaltsverzeichnis in Ihr aktuelles Dokument einfügen:

      +
        +
      1. Platzieren Sie die Einfügemarke an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzufügen möchten.
        2. +
      2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Referenzen.
        3. +
      3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Inhaltsverzeichnis Inhaltsverzeichnis in der oberen Symbolleiste oder
        klicken Sie auf das Pfeilsymbol neben diesem Symbol und wählen Sie die gewünschte Layout-Option aus dem Menü aus. Sie haben die Wahl zwischen einem Inhaltsverzeichnis, das Überschriften, Seitenzahlen und Leader anzeigt oder nur Überschriften.

        Inhaltsverzeichnis - Optionen

        +

        Hinweis: Die Formatierung des Inhaltsverzeichnisses kann später über die Einstellungen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses angepasst werden.

        +
        4. +
      +

      Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Um die Position des Inhaltsverzeichnisses zu ändern, können Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis auswählen (Steuerelement) und einfach an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Klicken Sie dazu auf die Schaltfläche Inhaltsverzeichnis - Steuerelement, in der oberen linken Ecke des Inhaltsverzeichnisses und ziehen Sie es mit gedrückter Maustaste an die gewünschte Position.

      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis verschieben

      +

      Um zwischen den Überschriften zu navigieren, drücken Sie die Taste STRG auf Ihrer Tastatur und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Überschrift im Inhaltsverzeichnis. Sie wechseln automatisch auf die entsprechende Seite.

      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis anpassen

      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren

      +

      Nach dem Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses, können Sie Ihren Text weiter bearbeiten und beispielsweise neue Kapitel hinzufügen, die Reihenfolge ändern, Absätze entfernen oder den Text für eine Überschrift erweitern. Durch solche Vorgänge ändern sich die Seitenzahlen. Über die Option Aktualisieren übernehmen Sie alle Änderungen in Ihrem Inhaltsverzeichnis.

      +

      Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Referenzen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Aktualisieren Aktualisieren und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus dem Menü aus.

      +
        +
      • Gesamtes Verzeichnis aktualisieren - die von Ihnen eingefügten Überschriften werden dem Verzeichnis hinzugefügt, gelöschte Überschriften werden entfernt, bearbeitete (umbenannte) Überschriften sowie Seitenzahlen werden aktualisiert.
        • +
      • Nur Seitenzahlen aktualisieren - nur die Seitenzahlen werden aktualisiert, Änderungen an Überschriften werden nicht übernommen.
        • +
      +

      Alternativ können Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis direkt im Dokument auswählen, wählen Sie dann oben im Verzeichnis das Symbol Aktualisieren Aktualisieren aus, um die zuvor beschriebenen Optionen anzuzeigen.

      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren

      +

      Sie können auch einfach mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltsverzeichnis klicken und die gewünschte Option aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen.

      +

      Kontextmenü

      +

      Einstellungen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis anpassen

      +

      Zum Öffnen der Einstellungen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis, gehen Sie vor wie folgt:

      +
        +
      • Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben Inhaltsverzeichnis Inhaltsverzeichnis in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis aus, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil und wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus.

        Inhaltsverzeichnis - Optionen

        +
        • +
      • Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wählen sie die Option Inhaltsverzeichnis - Einstellungen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.
        • +
      +

      Im sich nun öffnenden Fenstern können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen:

      +

      Fenstern Inhaltsverzeichnis - Einstellungen

      +
        +
      • Seitenzahlen anzeigen - mit dieser Option wählen Sie aus, ob Seitenzahlen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht.
        • +
      • Seitenzahlen rechtsbündig ausrichten - mit dieser Option legen Sie fest, ob die Seitenzahlen am rechten Seitenrand ausgerichtet werden sollen oder nicht.
        • +
      • Leader - mit dieser Option können Sie die Art des Leaders auswählen, den Sie verwenden möchten. Ein Leader ist eine Reihe von Zeichen (Punkte oder Trennzeichen), die den Abstand zwischen einer Überschrift und der entsprechenden Seitenzahl ausfüllen. Wenn Sie keinen Leader nutzen wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keinen.
        • +
      • Einträge Inhaltsverzeichnis als Links formatieren - diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Wenn Sie das Kontrollkästchen deaktivieren, können Sie nicht länger in ein gewünschtes Kapitel wechseln, indem Sie die Taste STRG drücken und die entsprechende Überschrift anklicken.
        • +
      • Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen aus - In diesem Abschnitt können Sie die erforderliche Anzahl von Gliederungsebenen sowie die Standardstile angeben, die zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses verwendet werden sollen. Aktivieren Sie das erforderliche Optionsfeld:
          +
        • Gliederungsebenen - ist diese Option ausgewählt, können Sie die Anzahl der hierarchischen Ebenen anpassen, die im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet werden. Klicken Sie auf die Pfeile im Feld Ebenen, um die Anzahl der Ebenen zu verringern oder zu erhöhen (es sind die Werte 1 bis 9 verfügbar). Wenn Sie z. B. den Wert 3 auswählen, werden Überschriften der Ebenen 4 - 9 nicht in das Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen.
          • +
        • Ausgewählte Stile - ist diese Option ausgewählt, können Sie zusätzliche Stile angeben, die zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses verwendet werden können, und ihnen eine entsprechende Gliederungsebene zuweisen. Geben Sie die gewünschte Ebene in das Feld rechts neben dem Stil ein. Sobald Sie die Einstellungen gespeichert haben, können Sie diesen Stil zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses verwenden.

          Fenstern Inhaltsverzeichnis - Einstellungen

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Stile - mit dieser Option wählen Sie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis in dem von Ihnen gewünschte Stil aus einer Liste mit Vorlagen aus. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Stil aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Im Feld Vorschau sehen Sie wie das Inhaltsverzeichnis mit dem gewählten Stil aussehen würde.

        Die folgenden vier Standardstile sind verfügbar: Einfach, Standard, Modern, Klassisch. Mit der Option Aktuell können Sie den Stil des Inhaltsverzeichnisses nach Ihren eigenen Wünschen anpassen.

        +
        • +
      +

      Klicken Sie im Fenster Einstellungen auf OK, um die Änderungen zu bestätigen.

      +

      Stil des Inhaltsverzeichnisses anpassen

      +

      Nachdem Sie eine der Standardvorlagen für Verzeichnisstile Fenster Inhaltsverzeichnis - Einstellungen angewendet haben, können Sie diesen Stil auch ändern, sodass der Text im Feld Inhaltsverzeichnis Ihren Wünschen entsprechend formatiert ist.

      +
        +
      1. Wählen Sie den Text innerhalb des Inhaltsverzeichnisfelds aus, z. B. indem Sie im Steuerungskasten für das Inhaltsverzeichnis auf die Schaltfläche Inhaltsverzeichnis - Steuerelement klicken.
        2. +
      2. Sie können die Elemente des Inhaltsverzeichnisses wie gewohnt formatieren und z. B. Schriftart, Größe, Farbe oder den Stile für die Schriftgestaltung ändern.
        3. +
      3. Aktualisieren Sie entsprechend die Stile für die Elemente jeder Ebene. Um den Stil zu aktualisieren, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das formatierte Element, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Formatierung als Stil aus und klicken Sie auf die Option toc N Stil aktualisieren (Stil toc 2 entspricht Elementen der Ebene 2, Stil toc 3 entspricht Elementen der Ebene 3 usw.).

        Stili des Inhaltsverzeichnisses aktualisieren

        +
        4. +
      4. Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren
        5. +
      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis entfernen

      +

      Inhaltsverzeichnis aus dem Dokument entfernen:

      +
        +
      • Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben Inhaltsverzeichnis Inhaltsverzeichnis in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Inhaltsverzeichnis entfernen aus dem Menü aus,
        • +
      • oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Steuerelement Inhaltsverzeichnis und wählen Sie die Option Inhaltsverzeichnis entfernen aus.
        • +
      +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index ceaa4806c..a8ec253d2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Dekoschriften anwenden

      Das Symbol für Dekoschriften finden sie unter der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 2920c2f2a..6c4f8f914 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen

      Sie können Schriftart, Größe und Farbe der Schrift mithilfe der entsprechenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 2ab07ec5f..fc8d19184 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Formatvorlagen anwenden

      Jede Formatvorlage besteht aus einer Reihe vordefinierter Formatierungsoptionen: (Schriftgröße, Farbe, Zeilenabstand, Ausrichtung usw.). Mit den Vorlagen können Sie verschiedene Segmente des Dokuments schnell formatieren (Überschriften, Zwischenüberschriften, Listen, normaler Text, Zitate) und müssen nicht jedes Mal mehrere Formatierungsoptionen einzeln anwenden. Gleichzeitig stellen Sie auf diese Weise auch ein einheitliches Erscheinungsbild für das gesamte Dokument sicher. Eine Vorlage kann immer nur bis zum Ende eines Absatzes angewendet werden.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 767b9228a..b3a8c5ef1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      AutoFormen einfügen

      Eine AutoForm einfügen

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 576caab91..aafa44fe2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,43 +11,43 @@
      - +

      Diagramme einfügen

      Diagramm einfügen

      Einfügen eines Diagramms

      1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten.
        2. -
      2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen
        3. -
      3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagramm Diagramm.
        4. +
      4. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
        5. +
      5. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm Diagramm.
      6. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.

        Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung.

      7. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben:
          -
        • Kopieren und Einfügen - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten
          • +
        • Kopieren und Einfügen - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten.
        • Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen.
        • Funktion einfügen - Einfügen einer Funktion
          • -
        • Dezimalstelle löschen und Dezimalstelle hinzufügen - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen
          • -
        • Zahlenformat - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden
          • +
        • Dezimalstelle löschen und Dezimalstelle hinzufügen - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen.
          • +
        • Zahlenformat - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden
        -

        Fenster Diagramme bearbeiten

        +

        Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten

      8. Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet.

        Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten ändern, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten.

          -
        • Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich.
          • +
        • Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.
        • Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4.
          • -
        • Wählen Sie die Art aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten.
          • +
        • Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten.

        Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen

        Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern.

        • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
          • Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt.
            • -
          • Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagramm angezeigt.
            • +
          • Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
          • Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt.
          • -
        • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
            +
          • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus:
            • Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt
            • Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt
            • Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt
              • @@ -58,27 +58,27 @@
          • Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten):
              -
            • wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp.
                +
              • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp.
                • Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
                • Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten.
                  • -
                • Für Kreisdiagramme können Sie aus folgenden Optionen wählen: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
                  • -
                • Für Kartenbereiche sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, können Sie aus folgenden Optionen wählen: Keine, zentriert.
                  • +
                • Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
                  • +
                • Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert.
                • -
              • Wählen Sie die Daten aus für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert.
                • +
              • Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert.
              • Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten.
            • Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen.
            • Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).

              Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung.

              • -
            • Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen, können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Dropdown-Liste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung eingeben:
                -
              • Legen Sie fest, ob die horizontalen Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
                  +
                • Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen:
                    +
                  • Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus:
                    • Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt.
                    • Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt.
                    • -
                  • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
                      +
                    • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus:
                      • Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt.
                      • Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt.
                      • Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt.
                        • @@ -86,18 +86,18 @@
                      • -
                    • Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

                      Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

                      +
                    • Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

                      Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

                    Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen

                    Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind.

                    -

                    Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen.

                    +

                    Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen.

                    • Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden:
                      • Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben.
                      • Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben.
                      • Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest.
                        • -
                      • Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer angezeigt möchten (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren.
                        • +
                      • Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren.
                      • Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt.
                      • @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
                    • Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt.
                    • -
                  • Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen die Werte anzeigen anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus:
                      +
                    • Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus:
                      • Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt.
                      • Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
                      • Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
                        • @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@
                      • Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen.
                      • -
                    • Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von der Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen.
                        +
                      • Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen.
                        • Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt.
                        • Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung.
                        • Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw.
                          • @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

                        Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

                        -

                        Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

                        +

                        Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

      @@ -148,18 +148,18 @@

      Diagrammelemente bearbeiten

      Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein.

      -

      Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftgröße und Schriftfarbe oder DekoStile zu bearbeiten.

      +

      Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftgröße und Schriftfarbe oder DekoStile zu bearbeiten.

      Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur.

      -

      Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, bis ein blaues gestricheltes Feld angezeigt wird. Ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger ohne die Maustaste loszulassen in die gewünschte Richtung, um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern.

      +

      Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen.

      3D-Diagramm

      Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen

      Registerkarte Diagrammeinstellungen

      -

      Einige Diagrammeigenschaften können mithilfe der Registerkarte Diagrammeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Die folgenden Eigenschaften können geändert werden:

      +

      Einige Diagrammeigenschaften können mithilfe der Registerkarte Diagrammeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Hier können die folgenden Eigenschaften geändert werden:

      • Größe - zeigt die aktuelle Breite und Höhe des Diagramms an.
      • Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen).
        • -
      • Diagrammtyp ändern - ändern Sie den ausgewählten Diagrammtyp bzw. -stil.

        Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern das zweite Dropdown-Menü.

        +
      • Diagrammtyp ändern - ändern Sie den ausgewählten Diagrammtyp bzw. -stil.

        Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste.

      • Daten bearbeiten - das Fenster „Diagrammtools“ wird geöffnet.

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrem Dokument enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“.

        • @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@

        Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen: Größe

        Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter:

          -
        • Breite und Höhe - nutzen Sie diese Optionen, um die Breite und/oder Höhe des Diagramms zu ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten.
          • +
        • Breite und Höhe - nutzen Sie diese Optionen, um die Breite und/oder Höhe des Diagramms zu ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten.

        Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen: Textumbruch

        Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter:

        @@ -217,7 +217,7 @@
      • Überlappung zulassen legt fest, ob zwei Diagramme einander überlagern können oder nicht, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen.

      Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

      -

      Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

      +

      Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76ab25053 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Inhaltssteuerelemente einfügen + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Inhaltssteuerelemente einfügen

      +

      Mithilfe von Inhaltssteuerelementen können Sie ein Formular mit Eingabefeldern erstellen, die von anderen Benutzern ausgefüllt werden können; oder Sie können Teile des Dokuments davor schützen, bearbeitet oder gelöscht zu werden. Inhaltssteuerelemente sind Objekte die Text enthalten, der formatiert werden kann. Inhaltssteuerelemente für einfachen Text können nur einen Absatz enthalten, während Steuerelemente für Rich-Text-Inhalte mehrere Absätze, Listen und Objekte (Bilder, Formen, Tabellen usw.) enthalten können.

      +

      Inhaltssteuerelemente hinzufügen

      +

      Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text erstellen:

      +
        +
      1. Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt innerhalb einer Textzeile, in der das Steuerelement hinzugefügt werden soll
        oder wählen Sie eine Textpassage aus, die Sie zum Steuerungsinhalt machen wollen.
        2. +
      2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
        3. +
      3. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente Inhaltssteuerelemente.
        4. +
      4. Wählen sie die Option Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text einfügen aus dem Menü aus.
        5. +
      +

      Das Steuerelement wird an der Einfügemarke innerhalb einer Zeile des vorhandenen Texts eingefügt. Bei Steuerelementen für einfachen Text können keine Zeilenumbrüche hinzugefügt werden und sie dürfen keine anderen Objekte wie Bilder, Tabellen usw. enthalten.

      +

      Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text

      +

      Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text erstellen:

      +
        +
      1. Positionieren Sie den Einfügemarke am Ende eines Absatzes, nach dem das Steuerelement hinzugefügt werden soll
        oder wählen Sie einen oder mehrere der vorhandenen Absätze aus, die Sie zum Steuerungsinhalt machen wollen.
        2. +
      2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
        3. +
      3. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente Inhaltssteuerelemente.
        4. +
      4. Wählen sie die Option Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text einfügen aus dem Menü aus.
        5. +
      +

      Das Steuerungselement wird in einem neuen Paragraphen eingefügt. Rich-Text-Inhaltssteuerelemente ermöglichen das Hinzufügen von Zeilenumbrüchen und Sie können multiple Absätze sowie auch Objekte enthalten, z. B. Bilder, Tabellen, andere Inhaltssteuerelemente usw.

      +

      Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text:

      +

      Hinweis: Der Rahmen des Textfelds für das Inhaltssteuerelement ist nur sichtbar, wenn das Steuerelement ausgewählt ist. In der gedruckten Version sind die Ränder nicht zu sehen.

      +

      Inhaltssteuerelemente verschieben

      +

      Steuerelemente können an eine andere Stelle im Dokument verschoben werden: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche links neben dem Rahmen des Steuerelements, um das Steuerelement auszuwählen und ziehen Sie mit gedrückter Maustaste an die gewünschte Position.

      +

      Inhaltssteuerelemente verschieben

      +

      Sie können Inhaltssteuerelemente auch kopieren und einfügen: wählen Sie das entsprechende Steuerelement aus und verwenden Sie die Tastenkombinationen STRG+C/STRG+V.

      +

      Inhaltssteuerelemente bearbeiten

      +

      Ersetzen Sie den Standardtext im Steuerelement („Text eingeben") durch Ihren eigenen Text: Wählen Sie den Standardtext aus und geben Sie einen neuen Text ein oder kopieren Sie eine beliebige Textpassage und fügen Sie diese in das Inhaltssteuerelement ein.

      +

      Der Text im Inhaltssteuerelement eines beliebigen Typs (für einfachen Text und Rich-Text) kann mithilfe der Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste formatiert werden: Sie können Schriftart, Größe und Farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften und Formatierungsvorgaben anwenden. Es ist auch möglich die Texteigenschaften im Fenster Paragraph - Erweiterte Einstellungen zu ändern, das Ihnen im Kontextmenü oder in der rechten Seitenleiste zur Verfügung steht. Text in Rich-Text-Inhaltssteuerelementen kann wie ein normaler Text im Dokument formatiert werden, so können Sie beispielsweise den Zeilenabstand festlegen, Absatzeinzüge ändern oder Tab-Stopps anpassen.

      +

      Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente ändern

      +

      Die Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente öffnen Sie wie folgt:

      +
        +
      • Wählen Sie das gewünschte Inhaltssteuerelement aus und klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente Inhaltssteuerelemente in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Einstellungen Steuerelemente aus dem Menü aus.
        • +
      • Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltssteuerelement und nutzen Sie die Option Einstellungen Steuerungselement im Kontextmenü.
        • +
      +

      Im sich nun öffnenden Fenstern können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen:

      +

      Fenster Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente

      +
        +
      • Legen Sie in den entsprechenden Feldern Titel oder Tag des Steuerelements fest.
        • +
      • Im Abschnitt Sperren können Sie das Inhaltssteuerelement mit der entsprechenden Option vor dem ungewollten Löschen oder Bearbeiten schützen:
          +
        • Inhaltssteuerelement kann nicht gelöscht werden - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um ein Löschen des Steuerelements zu verhindern.
          • +
        • Inhaltssteuerelement kann nicht bearbeitet werden - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um ein Bearbeiten des Steuerelements zu verhindern.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Klicken Sie im Fenster Einstellungen auf OK, um die Änderungen zu bestätigen.

      +

      Inhaltssteuerelemente entfernen

      +

      Um ein Steuerelement zu entfernen ohne den Inhalt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Ssteuerelement und gehen Sie vor wie folgt:

      +
        +
      • Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente Inhaltssteuerelemente in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Steuerelement entfernen aus dem Menü aus.
        • +
      • Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Steuerungselement und wählen Sie die Option Steuerungselement entfernen im Kontextmenü aus.
        • +
      +

      Um ein Steuerelement einschließlich Inhalt zu entfernen, wählen Sie das entsprechende Steuerelement aus und drücken Sie die Taste Löschen auf der Tastatur.

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index bee6be5a0..e21b93166 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Initialbuchstaben einfügen

      Ein Initial ist der erste Buchstabe eines Absatzes, der viel größer als die anderen ist sich in der Höhe über mehrere Zeilen erstreckt.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 8a66f0213..7d501182c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Formeln einfügen

      Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.).

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 9baeedd16..c52a690bf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
      - +

      Fußnoten einfügen

      Sie haben die Möglichkeit Fußnoten einzufügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw.

      Eine Fußnote einfügen:

      1. Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten.
        2. -
      2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
        3. -
      3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder
        klicken Sie auf das Pfeilsymbol Fußnote Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.

        Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. Das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite.

        +
      4. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise.
        5. +
      5. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder
        klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.

        Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite.

      6. Geben Sie den Text der Fußnote ein.
      @@ -29,19 +29,19 @@

      Fußnotentext

      Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokumenttext zu navigieren,

        -
      1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
        2. +
      2. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
      3. Navigieren Sie nun im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten wechseln über die Pfeile Vorherige Fußnote und Nächste Fußnote zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote.
      -

      Einstellungen der Fußnotenändern:

      +

      Einstellungen der Fußnoten ändern:

        -
      1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
        2. -
      2. Wählen Sie die Option Fußnoteneinstellungen aus dem Menü aus.
        3. +
      3. Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
        4. +
      4. Wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen Fußnoten aus dem Menü aus.
      5. Ändern Sie im Fenster Einstellungen Fußnoten die aktuellen Parameter:

        Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen

        • Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen auswählen:
          • Seitenende - um Fußnoten am unteren Seitenrand zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt).
            • -
          • Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dichter am Text zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält.
            • +
          • Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dicht am entsprechenden Textabschnitt zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält.
        • Format der Fußnoten anpassen:
            @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

            Um eine einzelne Fußnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Fußnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Fußnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert.

            Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entferen,

              -
            1. klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
              2. +
            2. Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote Fußnote.
            3. Wählen Sie die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen aus dem Menü aus.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index c3a5006d4..461d326f7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Kopf- und Fußzeilen einfügen

      Kopf- oder Fußzeile hinzuzufügen oder die vorhandene Kopf- oder Fußzeile bearbeiten:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 5953b86fd..9c1e0ca57 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Bilder einfügen

      Im Dokumenteneditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihr Dokument einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      @@ -21,9 +21,9 @@
    • Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten.
    • Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
    • Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Bild Bild.
      • -
    • Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen zum Hochladen des Bildes:
        +
      • Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen:
        • Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen.
          • -
        • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster, zum eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
          • +
        • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
      • Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe, Eigenschaften und Position ändern.
        • @@ -32,30 +32,31 @@

        Um die Bild verschiebenBildgröße zu ändern, ziehen Sie die kleine Quadrate Quadrat an den Rändern. Um das Originalseitenverhältnis des gewählten Bildes bei der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole.

        Verwenden Sie zum Ändern der Bildposition das Symbol Pfeil, das angezeigt wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Bild bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Bild an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen.

        Wenn Sie die das Bild verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, damit Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als mit Text in Zeile ausgewählt haben).

        -

        Um das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Bild im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um die Drehung in 15-Grad-Stufen durchzuführen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

        +

        Um das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Bild im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

        Bildeinstellungen anpassen

        -

        Registerkarte BildeinstellungenEinige der Bildeinstellungen können mithilfe der Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um diese zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Bild und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen aus. Die folgenden Eigenschaften können geändert werden:

        +

        Registerkarte BildeinstellungenEinige der Bildeinstellungen können mithilfe der Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um diese zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Bild und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen aus. Hier können die folgenden Eigenschaften geändert werden:

        • Größe - wird genutzt, um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen. Bei Bedarf können Sie die Standardbildgröße wiederherstellen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Standardgröße klicken. An Seitenränder anpassen - ändern Sie die Bildgröße und passen Sie das Bild an den linken und rechten Seitenrand an.
        • Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen).
        • Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild aus Datei oder Onlinebilder zu ersetzen.
          • -
        -

        Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Rechtsklickmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind:

        +
      +

      Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Rechtsklickmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind:

      • Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition.
      • Anordnen - um das ausgewählte Bild in den Vordergrund bzw. Hintergrund oder eine Ebene nach vorne bzw. hinten zu verschieben sowie Bilder zu gruppieren und die Gruppierung aufzuheben (um diese wie ein einzelnes Objekt behandeln zu können). Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite.
      • Ausrichten wird verwendet, um das Bild linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig, oben, mittig oder unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite.
        • -
      • Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten
        • +
      • Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Die Option Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten
      • Standardgröße - die aktuelle Bildgröße auf die Standardgröße ändern.
      • Erweiterte Einstellungen - das Fenster „Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ öffnen.
      +

      Registerkarte Formeinstellungen Ist das Bild ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Entsprechend ändern sich die Form des Bildes.

      Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

      Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen: Größe

      Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter:

        -
      • Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprünglichen Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.
        • +
      • Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.

      Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen: Textumbruch

      Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter:

      @@ -93,7 +94,7 @@
    • Überlappen zulassen legt fest, ob zwei Bilder einander überlagern können oder nicht, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen.

    Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen:

    -

    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild vorhanden sind.

    +

    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index cd28842b5..fe7f941b1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Seitenzahlen einfügen

    Seitenzahlen in ein Dokument einfügen:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 8504a3d24..b55f99e4e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Tabellen einfügen

    Eine Tabelle einfügen

    @@ -19,19 +19,30 @@
    1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Tabelle einfügen möchten.
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabelle Tabelle.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Tabelle Tabelle.
    5. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option für die Erstellung einer Tabelle:

      • Tabelle mit einer vordefinierten Zellenanzahl (maximal 10 x 8 Zellen)

        Wenn Sie schnell eine Tabelle erstellen möchten, wählen Sie einfach die Anzahl der Zeilen (maximal 8) und Spalten (maximal 10) aus.

        • -

      • Eine benutzerdefinierte Tabelle

        +

      • Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle

        Wenn Sie eine Tabelle mit mehr als 10 x 8 Zellen benötigen, wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle einfügen. Geben Sie nun im geöffneten Fenster die gewünschte Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten an und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK.

        Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle

      6. -
    6. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle eingefügt haben, können Sie Eigenschaften und Position verändern.
      7. +
    7. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle eingefügt haben, können Sie Eigenschaften, Größe und Position verändern.
    -
    +

    Um die Größe einer Tabelle zu ändern, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über das Symbol Quadrat in der unteren rechten Ecke und ziehen Sie an der Fläche, bis die Tabelle die gewünschte Größe aufweist.

    +

    Tabellengröße ändern

    +

    Sie können die Breite einer bestimmten Spalte oder die Höhe einer Zeile auch manuell ändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der Spalte, so dass der Cursor in den bidirektionalen Pfeil Cursor bei der Änderung der Spaltenbreite wechselt und ziehen Sie den Rand nach links oder rechts, um die gewünschte Breite festzulegen. Um die Höhe einer einzelnen Zeile manuell zu ändern, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den unteren Rand der Zeile, so dass der Cursor in den bidirektionalen Pfeil Cursor bei der Änderung der Zeilenhöhe wechselt und ziehen Sie den Rand nach oben oder nach unten.

    +

    Um eine Tabelle zu verschieben, halten Sie mit dem Cursor das Symbol Tabellen-Handle auswählen fest und ziehen Sie die Tabelle an die gewünschte Stelle im Dokument.

    +
    +

    Eine Tabelle oder Tabelleninhalte auswählen

    +

    Um eine ganze Tabelle auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf das Tabellen-Handle auswählen Handle in der oberen linken Ecke.

    +

    Um eine bestimmte Zelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zur linken Seite der gewünschten Zelle, so dass der Cursor zum schwarzen Pfeil Zelle auswählen wird und klicken Sie dann mit der linken Maustaste.

    +

    Um eine bestimmte Zeile auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zum linken Rand der gewünschten Zeile, so dass der Cursor zum horizontalen schwarzen Pfeil Zeile auswählen wird und klicken Sie dann mit der linken Maustaste.

    +

    Um eine bestimmte Spalte auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zum oberen Rand der gewünschten Spalte, so dass der Cursor zum nach unten gerichteten schwarzen Pfeil Spalte auswählen wird und klicken Sie dann mit der linken Maustaste.

    +

    Es ist auch möglich, eine Zelle, Zeile, Spalte oder Tabelle mithilfe von Optionen aus dem Kontextmenü oder aus dem Abschnit Zeilen und Spalten in der rechten Seitenleiste auszuwählen.

    +

    Tabelleneinstellungen anpassen

    Einige der Tabelleneigenschaften sowie die Struktur können mithilfe des Rechtsklickmenüs verändert werden. Die Menüoptionen sind:

      @@ -40,14 +51,14 @@
    • Einfügen - um eine Zeile oberhalb oder unterhalb bzw. eine Spalte rechts oder links von der Zeile einzufügen, in der sich der Cursor aktuell befindet.
    • Löschen - um eine Zeile, Spalte oder Tabelle zu löschen.
    • Zellen verbinden - auswählen von zwei oder mehr Zellen, die in einer Zelle zusammengeführt werden sollen.
      • -
    • Zelle teilen... - in einem neuen Fenster können Sie die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten und Zeilen auswählen können, in die Zelle geteilt wird.
      • -
    • Vertikale Ausrichtung in Zellen - den Text in der gewählten Zelle am oberen, unteren Rand oder zentriert ausrichten.
      • -
    • Textrichtung - Textrichtung in einer Zelle festlegen Sie können den Text horizontal platzieren und vertikal von oben nach unten ausrichten (Text um 90° drehen) oder vertikale von unten nach oben aurichten (Text um 270° drehen).
      • -
    • Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig.
      • -
    • Textumbruch - Umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben.
      • +
    • Zelle teilen... - in einem neuen Fenster können Sie die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten und Zeilen auswählen, in die die Zelle geteilt wird.
      • +
    • Zeilen verteilen - die ausgewählten Zellen werden so angepasst, dass sie dieselbe Höhe haben, ohne dass die Gesamthöhe der Tabelle geändert wird.
      • +
    • Spalten verteilen - die ausgewählten Zellen werden so angepasst, dass sie dieselbe Breite haben, ohne dass die Gesamtbreite der Tabelle geändert wird.
      • +
    • Vertikale Ausrichtung in Zellen - den Text in der gewählten Zelle am oberen, unteren Rand oder zentriert ausrichten.
      • +
    • Textrichtung - Textrichtung in einer Zelle festlegen Sie können den Text horizontal platzieren und vertikal von oben nach unten ausrichten (Text um 90° drehen) oder vertikal von unten nach oben ausrichten (Text um 270° drehen).
    • Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen - öffnen Sie das Fenster „Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen“.
      • -
    • Hyperlink - fügen Sie einen Hyperlink ein.
      • -
    • Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen - öffnen Sie das Fenster „Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen“.
      • +
    • Hyperlink - einen Hyperlink einfügen.
      • +
    • Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen - das Fenster „Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen“ wird geöffnet.

    Rechte Seitenleiste - Tabelleneinstellungen

    @@ -69,8 +80,8 @@

  • Aus Vorlage auswählen - wählen Sie eine verfügbare Tabellenvorlage aus.

  • Rahmenstil - Linienstärke, -farbe, Rahmenstil und Hintergrundfarbe bestimmen.

    • -

  • Textumbruch - Stil des Textumbruchs auswählen: - Mit Text in Zeile oder umgebend.

  • Zeilen & Spalten - auswählen, löschen und einfügen von Zeilen und Spalten, Zellen verbinden und teilen.

    • +

  • Zellengröße - anpassen von Breite und Höhe der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle. In diesem Abschnitt können Sie auch Zeilen verteilen auswählen, so dass alle ausgewählten Zellen die gleiche Höhe haben oder "Spalten verteilen, so dass alle ausgewählten Zellen die gleiche Breite haben.

  • Gleiche Kopfzeile auf jeder Seite wiederholen - in langen Tabellen wird am Anfang jeder neuen Seite die gleiche Kopfzeile eingefügt.

  • Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen - öffnet das Fenster „Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen“

    • @@ -86,7 +97,7 @@
  • Automatische Anpassung der Größe an den Inhalt - die automatische Änderung jeder Spaltenbreite gemäß dem jeweiligen Text innerhalb der Zellen wird aktiviert.
    • -
  • Im Abschnitt Standardzellenbegrenzungen - passen Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Zellen und den standardmäßig verwendeten Zellenbegrenzungen an.
    • +
  • Im Abschnitt Standardzellenbegrenzungen können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Zellen und den standardmäßig verwendeten Zellenbegrenzungen angeben.
  • Im Abschnitt Optionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter ändern:
    • Abstand zwischen Zellen - der Zellenabstand, der mit der Hintergrundfarbe der Tabelle gefüllt wird.
    @@ -96,7 +107,7 @@

    In der Gruppe Zelle können Sie die Eigenschaften von einzelnen Zellen ändern. Wählen Sie zunächst die Zelle aus, die Sie ändern wollen oder markieren Sie die gesamte Tabelle, um die Eigenschaften aller Zellen zu ändern.

    • Die Registerkarte Zellengröße enthält die folgenden Parameter:
        -
      • Bevorzugte Breite - legen Sie Ihre gewünschte Zellenbreite fest. Alle Zellen werden nach entsprechend diesem Wert ausgerichtet, allerdings kann es in Einzelfällen vorkommen, dass es nicht möglich ist eine bestimmte Zelle auf genau diesen Wert anzupassen. Wenn der Text innerhalb einer Zelle beispielsweise die angegebene Breite überschreitet, wird er in die nächste Zeile aufgeteilt, sodass die bevorzugte Zellenbreite unverändert bleibt. Fügen Sie jedoch eine neue Spalte ein, wird die bevorzugte Breite reduziert.
        • +
      • Bevorzugte Breite - legen Sie Ihre gewünschte Zellenbreite fest. Alle Zellen werden nach diesem Wert ausgerichtet, allerdings kann es in Einzelfällen vorkommen, dass es nicht möglich ist eine bestimmte Zelle auf genau diesen Wert anzupassen. Wenn der Text innerhalb einer Zelle beispielsweise die angegebene Breite überschreitet, wird er in die nächste Zeile aufgeteilt, sodass die bevorzugte Zellenbreite unverändert bleibt. Fügen Sie jedoch eine neue Spalte ein, wird die bevorzugte Breite reduziert.
      • Gemessen in - legen Sie fest, ob Sie die Zellenbreite in absoluten Einheiten angeben wollen, wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...) oder als Prozentsatz der gesamten Tabellenbreite.

        Hinweis: Sie können die Zellengröße auch manuell anpassen. Wenn Sie eine einzelne Zelle in einer Spalte kleiner oder größer als die Spaltenbreite machen wollen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der gewünschten Zelle, bis dieser zum bidirektionalen Pfeil wird und ziehen Sie den Rahmen in die gewünschte Position. Verwenden Sie die Tabelle - Markierung Spaltenbreite Markierungen auf dem horizontalen Lineal, um die Spaltenbreite zu ändern.

      @@ -110,7 +121,7 @@

      Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen

      Die Registerkarte Rahmen & Hintergrund enthält die folgenden Parameter:

        -
      • Rahmeneinstellungen (Größe, Farbe und An- oder Abwesenheit) - legen Sie Linienstärke, Farbe und Ansichtstyp fest.

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie den Tabellenrahmen unsichtbar machen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Kein Rahmen klicken oder alle Rahmenlinien manuell in der Tabelle manuell deaktivieren, werden diese im Dokument mit einer Punktlinie markiert. Um die Rahmenlinien vollständig auszublenden, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Formatierungszeichen Formatierungszeichen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die Option Tabellenrahmen ausblenden.

        +
      • Rahmeneinstellungen (Größe, Farbe und An- oder Abwesenheit) - legen Sie Linienstärke, Farbe und Ansichtstyp fest.

        Hinweis: Wenn Sie den Tabellenrahmen unsichtbar machen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Kein Rahmen klicken oder alle Rahmenlinien in der Tabelle manuell deaktivieren, werden diese im Dokument mit einer gepunkteten Linie angedeutet. Um die Rahmenlinien vollständig auszublenden, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Formatierungszeichen Formatierungszeichen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die Option Tabellenrahmen ausblenden.

      • Zellenhintergrund - dem Zellenhintergrund eine Farbe zuweisen (nur verfügbar, wenn eine oder mehrere Zellen gewählt sind oder die Option Abstand zwischen Zellen zulassen auf der Registerkarte Breite & Abstand aktiviert ist).
      • Tabellenhintergrund - der Tabelle wird eine Hintergrundfarbe zugewiesen bzw. die Abstände zwischen den Zellen werden farblich markiert, wenn die Option Abstand zwischen Zellen zulassen auf der Registerkarte Breite & Abstand aktiviert ist.
        • @@ -137,7 +148,7 @@

      Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen

      -

      Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle vorhanden sind.

      +

      Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind.

    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index b2b3ebdb2..035e37f95 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Textobjekte einfügen

    Um Ihren Text lesbarer zu gestalten und die Aufmerksamkeit auf einen bestimmten Teil des Dokuments zu lenken, können Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArt-Textfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) einfügen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index 6e6c71ac2..c8437d8a3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Zeilenabstand in Absätzen festlegen

    Der Dokumenteneditor ermöglicht Ihnen die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Abstände zwischen den einzelnen Absätzen festzulegen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index 2934d2088..8e1247e9d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Formatierungszeichen ein-/ausblenden

    Die Formatierungszeichen helfen Ihnen bei der Bearbeitung eines Dokuments. Sie zeigen das Vorhandensein verschiedener Formatierungen an, aber sie werden nicht mit dem Dokument gedruckt, auch wenn sie auf dem Bildschirm angezeigt werden.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index e57f67a49..0efbec879 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Ein neues Dokument erstellen oder ein vorhandenes öffnen

    Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einem Dokument abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einem vorhandenen Dokument übergehen, dass Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, ein neues Dokument erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Dokumenten öffnen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index 4e088a607..e4a1aa374 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Seitenumbrüche einfügen

    Im Dokumenteneditor können Sie einen Seitenumbruch einfügen, um eine neue Seite zu beginnen und die Optionen der Seitennummerierung einzustellen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 0450470ca..ed90b21c9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Absatzeinzüge ändern

    Im Document Editor können Sie den Einzug der ersten Zeile vom linken Seitenrand sowie die Absatzeinzüge von links und rechts einstellen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 3b752c29b..2c323bc1a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Dokument speichern/runterladen/drucken

    Standardmäßig speichert der Dokumenteneditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabschlusses zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus bearbeiten, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt bearbeiten, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Bearbeitungs-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

    @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
    1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie nach Bedarf eines der verfügbaren Formate aus: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML.
      4. +
    4. Wählen Sie nach Bedarf eines der verfügbaren Formate aus: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.

    Aktuelles Dokument drucken

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index b897b2ded..c787ea0a0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen

    Mithilfe von Abschnittsumbrüchen können Sie ein anderes Layout oder eine andere Formatierung für bestimmten Abschnitte in Ihrem Dokument festlegen. Sie können beispielsweise Kopf- und Fußzeilen, Seitennummerierungen, Fußnotenformate, Ränder, Größe, Ausrichtung oder Spaltennummer für jeden einzelnen Abschnitt individuell festlegen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index b9664df2d..0cade2688 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Seitenparameter festlegen

    Um das Seitenlayout zu ändern, d. H. Seitenausrichtung und Seitengröße festzulegen, die Ränder anzupassen und Spalten einzufügen, verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Layout der oberen Symbolleiste.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index ae0697cfc..7003d3dce 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Tabstopps setzen

    Es ist möglich die Tabstopps im Dokumenteneditor zu verändern, d.h., zu ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken.

    @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
  • Rechtsbündig Rechtsbündiger Tabstopp - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links, also rückwärts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung Markierung rechtsbündiger Tabstopp angezeigt.
    • -
  • Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal.

    Horizontales Lineal mit Tabstopps hinzugefügt

    +
  • Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal.

    Horizontales Lineal mit den hinzugefügten Tabstopps

    • @@ -31,8 +31,9 @@
    • Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Wenn Sie zuvor Tabstopps mithilfe des Lineals hinzugefügt haben, werden alle diese Tabulatorpositionen ebenfalls in der Liste angezeigt.
    • Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.
      • -
    • Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen.

      Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp aus und klicken Sie auf Entfernen oder Alle entfernen.

      -
      • +
    • Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, wählen Sie die Option Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig aus der Menüliste aus und klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen.
      • +
    • Leader - ermöglicht die Auswahl eines Zeichens, um für jede Tab-Position einen Leader zu erstellen. Ein Leader ist eine Reihe von Zeichen (Punkte oder Trennzeichen), die den Abstand zwischen den Registerkarten ausfüllen. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, wählen Sie die Art des Leaders aus der Menüliste aus und klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen.

      Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen.

      +
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index 9f521b093..5811d3923 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Seriendruck verwenden

    Hinweis: Diese Option ist nur in der bezahlten Version verfügbar.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 624608e7b..40d75006a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Dokumenteigenschaften anzeigen

    Um detaillierte Informationen über das aktuelle Dokument einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Dokumenteigenschaften....

    @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

    Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern.

    Versionsverlauf

    Hinweis: Diese Option steht für kostenlose Konten und im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung.

    -

    Um alle Änderungen an diesem Dokument anzuzeigen, wählen Sie die Option Versionsverlauf in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie sehen eine Liste mit allen Dokumentversionen (Hauptänderungen) und Revisionen (geringfügige Änderungen), unter Angabe aller jeweiligen Autoren sowie Erstellungsdatum und -zeit. Für Dokumentversionen wird auch die Versionsnummer angegeben (z.B. Ver. 2). Für eine detaillierte Anzeige der jeweiligen Änderungen in jeder einzelnen Version/Revision, können Sie die gewünschte Version anzeigen, indem Sie in der linken Seitenleiste darauf klicken. Die vom Autor der Version/Revision vorgenommenen Änderungen sind mit der Farbe markiert, die neben dem Autorennamen in der linken Seitenleiste angezeigt wird. Über den unterhalb der gewählten Version/Revision angezeigten Link Wiederherstellen, gelangen Sie in die jeweilige Version.

    +

    Um alle Änderungen an diesem Dokument anzuzeigen, wählen Sie die Option Versionsverlauf in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können den Versionsverlauf auch über das Symbol Versionsverlauf Versionsverlauf in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit öffnen. Sie sehen eine Liste mit allen Dokumentversionen (Hauptänderungen) und Revisionen (geringfügige Änderungen), unter Angabe aller jeweiligen Autoren sowie Erstellungsdatum und -zeit. Für Dokumentversionen wird auch die Versionsnummer angegeben (z.B. Ver. 2). Für eine detaillierte Anzeige der jeweiligen Änderungen in jeder einzelnen Version/Revision, können Sie die gewünschte Version anzeigen, indem Sie in der linken Seitenleiste darauf klicken. Die vom Autor der Version/Revision vorgenommenen Änderungen sind mit der Farbe markiert, die neben dem Autorennamen in der linken Seitenleiste angezeigt wird. Über den unterhalb der gewählten Version/Revision angezeigten Link Wiederherstellen, gelangen Sie in die jeweilige Version.

    Versionsverlauf

    Um zur aktuellen Version des Dokuments zurückzukehren, klicken Sie oben in der Liste mit Versionen auf Verlauf schließen.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png index d7fedfab2..531bf927d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png index 0163e35aa..cc9312668 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addedcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addedcontentcontrol.png index 74c9b1bc9..4b526385d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addedcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addedcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addfootnote.png index 3b2a05b3d..b0baf66eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png index 491f4ade7..547bb0afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png index f3131e729..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png index 7fe7d69d3..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png index 604d37a45..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anchor.png index 8a1eeaaaf..89fd1ee20 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anchor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anchor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png index af1efb5a3..5929239d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index b3528be17..673b22ccf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png index aca81bb63..4e44f88e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ccsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6ab4c4dc2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties.png index dc467de7a..c1f70aa33 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_1.png index 75aa57f61..f6023082f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_2.png index bd22edd6b..d6e63dcb7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_3.png index 48aaaef3f..5a355b5b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png index e0aeadcb8..124847a03 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png index 5bf1340d6..d64263da2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png index da6c03fa2..5a65638d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png index 19d7e501e..39f027a2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png index 27c299795..1662d0ba1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png index b63689f79..4f84f2054 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png index ec3d84134..40b553863 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd6d14a9e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapse.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapse.png index 4b94a3389..d299a1667 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapse.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/collapse.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png index 75be25906..1acc3fce4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnbreak.png index 0a94b6cc9..9e735a07a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnspacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnspacing.png index 19346554b..2a07aac23 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnspacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnspacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png index fa8f7f62e..1c2846ec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png index c54295065..c51b1a456 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/createnewstylewindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/createnewstylewindow.png index 71500068e..757abab94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/createnewstylewindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/createnewstylewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customcolumns.png index ba26528ef..fe5b6743c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custommargins.png index 161de7c50..fd4a32dcb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custommargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custompagesize.png index 18c08ccac..ff053d425 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custompagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customstylemenu.png index 327af56c7..6e23b8ad0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png index bd469c038..ff3cd595f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png index c769cf890..1eb108779 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png index 59a3122ce..22509e437 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png index be55b26f7..476c603a4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_example.png index 914f77210..459b946ae 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png index 02ce09c9c..4aee9c1d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png index c121e00c8..67fabb7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index b859b0fff..a421150df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index d7a764bcc..a4dbc8d2c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png index 6827c724d..564adbaad 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png index 5e5c070e7..a5722ed5d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation.png index bb2e87ed1..3922f469f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation2.png index 42750bad0..cfa3aeaa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedequation2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedstylemenu.png index 36b3d512c..1ab4da9f8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editedstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png index 8180905eb..1eb632c58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expand.png index 5de391576..8966c2028 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expand.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png index 026ea00b7..f7bb71c1d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png index bc7a7084b..88e73bb97 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png index 7ddacc60d..272831544 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png index 5ac787074..4b8a257ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png index fa64bdf10..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png index b6cb6d80d..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png index c374bb2ec..e2ffb2a59 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes.png index 2232db084..6d13abc82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png index 1be92bd7e..3d4e93872 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotesadded.png index f779060d6..06057af75 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotesadded.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotetext.png index 6cabae048..fb2e4ad7c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotetext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/footnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png index d5459a326..33ddefb7d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png index aa440a2e2..25206b1fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png index b43d254e7..6e40942bd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_2.png index bcc7dfdab..262f7452e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_3.png index 39d896b0e..b984407a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png index 3848e209c..f54f7d875 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png index 04b5f4d96..1df6147ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png index b5eefac2a..70e89b5bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png index 31cfd067d..08317a86a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png index 484bf2d6a..85ef0822b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 39ddae103..0460b3aba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png index 44847e883..1c805c775 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png index 8342762e7..a7a267788 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png index 20ad34159..2a620d6d2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_3.png index 51bd79f68..497267f7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagespalette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagespalette.png index cb79b166f..a4775fcf6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagespalette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagespalette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png index 3cdfcba84..64d60b66f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertccicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b11b4c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcolumns.png index 04b7bbe3a..195a08a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png index b4ee95016..d69a4a0d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedfields.png index 5091d8a50..78597ccbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 49c19dab5..d35f69146 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png index 1f0f208cf..0478f7cf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png index 3a5eb42ed..1d235a46b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png index a3aedf8fa..2d75581dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png index 1ba2c37d4..0249972b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png index 41b61f3c0..f3f1306f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 41ce150ac..b0bc81fe3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c7279274 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 6c4af1048..e219def41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png index c4ac00764..97401f9ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png index 3ecc78044..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png index ba55ea942..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftcolumn.png index 0ad06fb47..ee3cd7ac6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergeicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergeicon.png index 800bdfe47..7852d229b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergeicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergerecipients.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergerecipients.png index b2808c4fb..2b1552f73 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergerecipients.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mailmergerecipients.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/margins.png index 2abf0a228..92f58f589 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergefields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergefields.png index b256d88b2..e8c8218f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergefields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergefields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergeto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergeto.png index 0349e4836..1172e6cd3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergeto.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mergeto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movecontentcontrol.png index 731fc56f6..213726035 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movecontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f383bf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/movetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_chart.png index 2cf728e79..6b19441a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png index 9fb3f597e..7daf2b777 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/navigationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/navigationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5876f69ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/navigationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/navigationpanel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/navigationpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..397d9a0f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/navigationpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png index 3e39fbac6..80a047f94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newequation.png index 0151e7f8b..d609fe222 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png index e3ab8fc13..1cb3017f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextfootnote.png index eb50b4b91..450c404f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png index 29afe93fb..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 92e0e7b8a..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png index 6093c8b92..4f106ef74 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/onecolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/onecolumn.png index ff0e02e20..28c6f038b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/onecolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/onecolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png index 6921d0f38..e800cc47b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png index a4bcd2e76..6260ac3e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png index 1e9bb3196..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png index 86b73bf82..18aa6ab48 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagemargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagemargins.png index eaca1378f..a1047e26d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagemargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagemargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png index 9c41c5898..bffdbaaa0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png index 8b20132d9..24ff1f439 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png index c7545f4ae..0e9d3f345 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index bdbd37a5c..9d047750a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png index b66633448..e960d7c7c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index 7afce5c6b..6e5fc8733 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index e39aef398..265cb7efa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png index f7f5f5242..f7107e640 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png index 8feb3c534..95409ea6a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previewinsertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previewinsertedfields.png index 4d8a8d14c..db5c6f66b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previewinsertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previewinsertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousfootnote.png index dab90e652..4068f95eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png index ee58ffc80..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png index 66dbb6235..92a6dc3c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1428ae3b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11eadb006 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aec0b30fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accept.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accept.png index bc5637425..ee3198d58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accept.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accept.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png index 4df148500..312d5ab44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_delete.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_delete.png index be4b11b9a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_delete.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_delete.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_displaymode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_displaymode.png index 4fd1ec836..63314d079 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_displaymode.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_displaymode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_next.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_next.png index 3ff9b5028..e960aecdd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_next.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_next.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_panel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_panel.png index 403417f26..88b0963f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_panel.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_previous.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_previous.png index d3c969f61..936e0cf5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_previous.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_previous.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_reject.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_reject.png index 7f9c3c99f..51b84c6f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_reject.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_reject.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png index d544472cf..4db0a3f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1aea5cf3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png index b55a4e2be..80b4e1f11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png index 4d26f126a..2eb7048b1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png index 1967d1dbc..21fb6c43e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png index d50af47e9..ea8b8bc02 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2964507a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_mailmerge.png index 46661d0d0..69e7f0151 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_mailmerge.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png index 94eaae05c..36b8f2f81 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png index e161a1b44..e031898a6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png index 7d211d50e..f0e60257f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightcolumn.png index e8c431dcc..2290b9e3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameasprevious_label.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameasprevious_label.png index f107aa52b..25407bdf2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameasprevious_label.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameasprevious_label.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png index eded18d7f..a762bb815 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png index fe0bec4b3..efb58120b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png index 247e7004c..1fcf79662 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png index 0b693be81..7d364fc55 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/select_text_languages.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/select_text_languages.png index 122a47807..0013f0f5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/select_text_languages.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/select_text_languages.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcellpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcellpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad8ca31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcellpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumnpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumnpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1381f0196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectcolumnpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrowpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrowpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86bad841 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectrowpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png index d32086103..26039e511 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoemail.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoemail.png index 3a1dd26d4..a18176e96 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoemail.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoemail.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png index f5429e87f..906a070da 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png index eb8630c6c..f19e3937a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png index a25e56a05..68eddadd8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png index 0103c9d00..6ca64b195 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png index a95b5049d..4a252585f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png index ad52188ff..003ee97f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png index 65911ba82..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png index 6d021b78a..394b45a1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png index 1824d1cc1..7ddac860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png index ab8ebcec9..10c5a53c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png index b9bc7808f..7f0b4ca47 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png index 1936f22fb..8ff8fcdb0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png index cc76ccb91..c86c98b11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png index 5a31c5ddd..44bd00768 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png index ec2a880ab..0c6d36d39 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png index 15a6f43f3..01ad0bba9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png index 092653a45..a7b0a12e9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png index 6822238ee..32ff2e101 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_6.png index 22cd6b390..828e9fd2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png index 5d5e8c4a8..0ebef067b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png index 2262d5f35..49e9897de 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png index df4504599..522606875 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png index bb0528c9e..da6472268 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/threecolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/threecolumns.png index 9bd102179..109060750 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/threecolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/threecolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ac670010 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9b35320d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7006ced9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tociconmenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tociconmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efdab83d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tociconmenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocmove.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocmove.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..937130e4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocmove.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..767fc98cf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..902f2a85c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e252e08f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..712d438a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingscc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingscc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fdacc7362 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingscc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25e96ae12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a11ef86c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tocsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png index 99bfb5950..c39959e6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png index 62a6b7a92..7428127df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/twocolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/twocolumns.png index a1038b20f..2905d32f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/twocolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/twocolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png index f5319b8ce..1f1cee612 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistory.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistory.png index eb519c3e9..65120571b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistory.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistory.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistoryicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistoryicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe6cdf49f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/versionhistoryicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..02a46ce28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrap_boundary.png index 87e6c5e20..d6677e175 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrap_boundary.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrap_boundary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png index 9bc87b65e..6da453caa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png index 409501be9..b896c3a1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png index 466ea1e46..c55960390 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png index 50eab3493..94326cee0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png index 882bde69c..0abde3256 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png index 42ccecda8..84850fd50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png index a3c94c458..48f8c7bc6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square.png index c27b0f50a..f3e7033b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png index 800bee149..2d8f18512 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through.png index 12293d3e3..fd0f92d57 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png index 083d2d3ff..dc17f6f66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png index 8a70505a1..0e906f090 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png index 6d8a46833..a5cd45fbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png index 55fd0bd3c..9f78d316d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png index 3fb047a00..5be2017dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js index a0ee93eba..0b093406f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "Über den Dokumenteneditor", - "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor ist eine Online- Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Dokumente unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PDF-, TXT-, DOCX-, DOC-, ODT-, RTF-, HTML- oder EPUB-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste." + "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor ist eine Online- Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Dokumente unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als DOCX-, PDF-, TXT-, ODT-, RTF- oder HTML-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", @@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Dokumenten", - "body": "Im Dokumenteneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einem Dokument zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf das bearbeitete Dokument visuelle Markierung von Textabschnitten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten des Dokuments Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen Co-Bearbeitung Im Dokumenteneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Wenn ein Dokument im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Textpassagen mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die am aktuellen Dokument arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten, wer gerade die Datei gerade bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um die Änderungen zu speichern und die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie aufs Symbol in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste. Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Sie können festlegen, welche Änderungen bei der Co-Bearbeitung hervorgehoben werden sollen: Klicken Sie dazu in der Registerkarte Datei auf die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wählen Sie zwischen keine, alle und letzte Änderungen in Echtzeit. Wenn Sie die Option Alle anzeigen auswählen, werden alle während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen hervorgehoben. Wenn Sie die Option Letzte anzeigen auswählen, werden alle Änderungen hervorgehoben, die Sie vorgenommen haben, seit Sie das letzte Mal das Symbol Speichern angeklickt haben. Wenn Sie die Option Keine anzeigen auswählen, werden die während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen nicht hervorgehoben. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chatnachrichten werden nur während einer Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Dokumentinhalt zu besprechen, ist es besser, Kommentare zu verwenden, die bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Um auf den Chat zuzugreifen und eine Nachricht für die anderen Benutzer zu hinterlassen: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende nachfolgende Feld ein. Klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Kommentare Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, der Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem enthält. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Überprüfen und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Kommentare, oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den gewünschten Textabschnitt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Der Kommentar erscheint auf der Leiste links. Ein anderer Benutzer kann auf den hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführte Arbeit berichten. Um auf einen Kommentar zu reagieren, klicken Sie auf unterhalb des Kommentars auf die Schaltfläche Antwort hinzufügen. Der von Ihnen kommentierte Textabschnitt wird im Dokument markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie innerhalb des Abschnitts mit der Maus. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Sie können die von Ihnen hinzugefügten Kommentare wie folgt verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, nur wenn Sie auf klicken. Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf geklickt haben. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf in der linken Seitenleiste." + "body": "Im Dokumenteneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einem Dokument zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf das bearbeitete Dokument visuelle Markierung von Textabschnitten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten des Dokuments Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen. Co-Bearbeitung Im Dokumenteneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Wenn ein Dokument im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Textpassagen mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die am aktuellen Dokument arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Sie können festlegen, welche Änderungen bei der Co-Bearbeitung hervorgehoben werden sollen: Klicken Sie dazu in der Registerkarte Datei auf die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wählen Sie zwischen keine, alle und letzte Änderungen in Echtzeit. Wenn Sie die Option Alle anzeigen auswählen, werden alle während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen hervorgehoben. Wenn Sie die Option Letzte anzeigen auswählen, werden alle Änderungen hervorgehoben, die Sie vorgenommen haben, seit Sie das letzte Mal das Symbol Speichern angeklickt haben. Wenn Sie die Option Keine anzeigen auswählen, werden die während der aktuellen Sitzung vorgenommenen Änderungen nicht hervorgehoben. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat. Kommentare Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie einen Textabschnitt, der Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem enthält. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Kommentare, oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den gewünschten Textabschnitt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Der von Ihnen kommentierte Textabschnitt wird im Dokument markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie innerhalb des Abschnitts mit der Maus. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf geklickt haben. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Tastenkombinationen", - "body": "Ein Dokument bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie das aktuelle Dokument speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, ein neues Dokument erstellen oder ein vorhandenes öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. Suchmaske öffnen STRG+F Über die Suchmaske können Sie im aktuellen Dokument nach Zeichen/Wörtern/Phrasen suchen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H Öffnet ein Textfeld zum Hinzufügen eines Kommentars. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q Öffnet die Leiste Chat zum Senden einer Nachricht. Dokument speichern STRG+S Speichert alle Änderungen im aktuellen Dokument. Dokument drucken STRG+P Ausdrucken mit einem verfügbaren Drucker oder speichern als Datei. Speichern unter... Strg+Unschalt+S Das Dokument wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML. Vollbild F11 Dokumenteneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfe-Menü F1 Das Hilfe-Menü wird geöffnet. Navigation Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen POS1 Der Cursor wird an den Anfang der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. Zum Anfang eines Dokuments springen STRG+POS1 Der Cursor wird an den Anfang des aktuellen Dokuments verschoben. Zum Ende der Zeile springen ENDE Der Cursor wird an das Ende der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. Zum Ende des Dokuments springen STRG+ENDE Der Cursor wird an das Ende der Dokuments verschoben. Nach unten scrollen BILD unten Wechsel zum Ende der Seite. Nach oben scrollen BILD oben Wechsel zum Anfang der Seite. Nächste Seite ALT+BILD unten Geht zur nächsten Seite im aktuellen Dokument über. Vorherige Seite ALT+BILD oben Geht zur vorherigen Seite im aktuellen Dokument über. Vergrößern STRG+Plus (+) Vergrößert die Ansicht des aktuellen Dokuments. Verkleinern STRG+Minus (-) Verkleinert die Ansicht des aktuellen Dokuments. Schreiben Absatz beenden Eingabetaste Endet den aktuellen und beginnt einen neuen Absatz. Zeilenumbruch einfügen UMSCHALT+Eingabetaste Fügt einen Zeilenumbruch ein, ohne einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen. ENTF RÜCKTASTE, ENTF Löscht ein Zeichen links (RÜCKTASTE) oder rechts (ENTF) vom Cursor. Geschütztes Leerzeichen erstellen STRG+UMSCHALT+LEERTASTE Erstellt ein Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen, das nicht zum Anfang einer neuen Zeile führt. Geschützten Bindestrich erstellen STRG+UMSCHALT+BINDESTRICH Erstellt einen Bindestrich zwischen den Zeichen, der nicht zum Anfang einer neuen Zeile führt. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+Y Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden STRG+X, UMSCHALT+ENTF Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird gelöscht und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Der kopierte Text kann später an einer anderen Stelle in demselben Dokument, in einem anderen Dokument oder einem anderen Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, UMSCHALT+EINFG Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Der kopierte Text kann später an einer anderen Stelle in demselben Dokument, in einem anderen Dokument oder einem anderen Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFG Der vorher kopierte Textabschnitt wird aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Der Text kann aus demselben Dokument, aus einem anderen Dokument bzw. Programm kopiert werden. Hyperlink einfügen STRG+K Fügt einen Hyperlink ein, der einen Übergang beispielsweise zu einer Webadresse ermöglicht. Format übertragen STRG+UMSCHALT+C Kopiert die Formatierung des gewählten Textabschnitts. Die kopierte Formatierung kann später auf einen anderen Textabschnitt in demselben Dokument angewandt werden. Format anwenden STRG+UMSCHALT+V Wendet die vorher kopierte Formatierung auf den Text im aktuellen Dokument an. Textauswahl Alles wählen STRG+A Der gesamte Text wird ausgewählt, einschließlich Tabellen und Bildern. Fragment wählen UMSCHALT+Pfeil Wählen Sie Text Zeichen für Zeichen aus. Von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenanfang auswählen UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Von der Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenende auswählen UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Textformatierung Fett STRG+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett im gewählten Textabschnitt. Kursiv STRG+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv im gewählten Textabschnitt. Unterstrichen STRG+U Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen STRG+5 Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durchgestrichen. Tiefgestellt STRG+. (Punkt) Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt STRG+, (Komma) Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird vergrößert und hochgestellt. Überschrift 1 ALT+1 (Windows und Linux) ALT+UMSCHALT+1 (Mac) Dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird die Überschriftenformatvorlage Überschrift 1 zugwiesen. Überschrift 2 ALT+2 (Windows und Linux) ALT+UMSCHALT+2 (Mac) Dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird die Überschriftenformatvorlage Überschrift 2 zugwiesen. Überschrift 3 ALT+3 (Windows und Linux) ALT+UMSCHALT+3 (Mac) Dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird die Überschriftenformatvorlage Überschrift 3 zugwiesen. Aufzählungsliste STRG+UMSCHALT+L Erstellt eine Aufzählungsliste anhand des gewählten Textabschnitts oder beginnt eine neue Liste. Formatierung entfernen STRG+LEERTASTE Entfernt die Formatierung im gewählten Textabschnitt. Schrift vergrößern STRG+] Vergrößert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt. Schrift verkleinern STRG+[ Verkleinert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt. Zentriert/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+E Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von zentriert auf linksbündig. Blocksatz/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+J, STRG+L Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von Blocksatz auf linksbündig. Rechtsbündig/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+R Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von rechtsbündig auf linksbündig. Einzug vergrößern STRG+M Vergrößert den linken Einzug des Absatzes schrittweise. Einzug verkleinern STRG+UMSCHALT+M Verkleinert den linken Einzug des Absatzes schrittweise. Seitenzahl einfügen STRG+UMSCHALT+P Die aktuelle Seitenzahl wird im Text oder in der Fußnote eingefügt. Bearbeiten von Objekten Verschiebung begrenzen UMSCHALT+ziehen Begrenzt die Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts horizontal oder vertikal. 15-Grad-Drehung einschalten UMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Drehen) Begrenzt den Drehungswinkel auf 15-Grad-Stufen. Seitenverhältnis beibehalten UMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) Behält den Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts bei der Größenänderung bei. Bewegung in 1-Pixel-Stufen STRG Halten Sie die STRG-Taste gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt um ein Pixel auf einmal zu verschieben." + "body": "Ein Dokument bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie das aktuelle Dokument speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, ein neues Dokument erstellen oder ein vorhandenes öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. Suchmaske öffnen STRG+F Über die Suchmaske können Sie im aktuellen Dokument nach Zeichen/Wörtern/Phrasen suchen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H Öffnet ein Textfeld zum Hinzufügen eines Kommentars. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q Öffnet die Leiste Chat zum Senden einer Nachricht. Dokument speichern STRG+S Speichert alle Änderungen im aktuellen Dokument. Dokument drucken STRG+P Ausdrucken mit einem verfügbaren Drucker oder speichern als Datei. Speichern unter... Strg+Unschalt+S Das Dokument wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Vollbild F11 Dokumenteneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfe-Menü F1 Das Hilfe-Menü wird geöffnet. Navigation Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen POS1 Der Cursor wird an den Anfang der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. Zum Anfang eines Dokuments springen STRG+POS1 Der Cursor wird an den Anfang des aktuellen Dokuments verschoben. Zum Ende der Zeile springen ENDE Der Cursor wird an das Ende der aktuellen Zeile verschoben. Zum Ende des Dokuments springen STRG+ENDE Der Cursor wird an das Ende der Dokuments verschoben. Nach unten scrollen BILD unten Wechsel zum Ende der Seite. Nach oben scrollen BILD oben Wechsel zum Anfang der Seite. Nächste Seite ALT+BILD unten Geht zur nächsten Seite im aktuellen Dokument über. Vorherige Seite ALT+BILD oben Geht zur vorherigen Seite im aktuellen Dokument über. Vergrößern STRG+Plus (+) Vergrößert die Ansicht des aktuellen Dokuments. Verkleinern STRG+Minus (-) Verkleinert die Ansicht des aktuellen Dokuments. Schreiben Absatz beenden Eingabetaste Endet den aktuellen und beginnt einen neuen Absatz. Zeilenumbruch einfügen UMSCHALT+Eingabetaste Fügt einen Zeilenumbruch ein, ohne einen neuen Absatz zu beginnen. ENTF RÜCKTASTE, ENTF Löscht ein Zeichen links (RÜCKTASTE) oder rechts (ENTF) vom Cursor. Geschütztes Leerzeichen erstellen STRG+UMSCHALT+LEERTASTE Erstellt ein Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen, das nicht zum Anfang einer neuen Zeile führt. Geschützten Bindestrich erstellen STRG+UMSCHALT+BINDESTRICH Erstellt einen Bindestrich zwischen den Zeichen, der nicht zum Anfang einer neuen Zeile führt. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+Y Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden STRG+X, UMSCHALT+ENTF Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird gelöscht und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Der kopierte Text kann später an einer anderen Stelle in demselben Dokument, in einem anderen Dokument oder einem anderen Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, UMSCHALT+EINFG Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Der kopierte Text kann später an einer anderen Stelle in demselben Dokument, in einem anderen Dokument oder einem anderen Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFG Der vorher kopierte Textabschnitt wird aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Der Text kann aus demselben Dokument, aus einem anderen Dokument bzw. Programm kopiert werden. Hyperlink einfügen STRG+K Fügt einen Hyperlink ein, der einen Übergang beispielsweise zu einer Webadresse ermöglicht. Format übertragen STRG+UMSCHALT+C Kopiert die Formatierung des gewählten Textabschnitts. Die kopierte Formatierung kann später auf einen anderen Textabschnitt in demselben Dokument angewandt werden. Format anwenden STRG+UMSCHALT+V Wendet die vorher kopierte Formatierung auf den Text im aktuellen Dokument an. Textauswahl Alles wählen STRG+A Der gesamte Text wird ausgewählt, einschließlich Tabellen und Bildern. Fragment wählen UMSCHALT+Pfeil Wählen Sie Text Zeichen für Zeichen aus. Von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenanfang auswählen UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Von der Cursorposition bis zum Zeilenende auswählen UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Textabschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Textformatierung Fett STRG+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett im gewählten Textabschnitt. Kursiv STRG+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv im gewählten Textabschnitt. Unterstrichen STRG+U Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen STRG+5 Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durchgestrichen. Tiefgestellt STRG+. (Punkt) Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt STRG+, (Komma) Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird vergrößert und hochgestellt. Überschrift 1 ALT+1 (Windows und Linux) ALT+UMSCHALT+1 (Mac) Dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird die Überschriftenformatvorlage Überschrift 1 zugwiesen. Überschrift 2 ALT+2 (Windows und Linux) ALT+UMSCHALT+2 (Mac) Dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird die Überschriftenformatvorlage Überschrift 2 zugwiesen. Überschrift 3 ALT+3 (Windows und Linux) ALT+UMSCHALT+3 (Mac) Dem gewählten Textabschnitt wird die Überschriftenformatvorlage Überschrift 3 zugwiesen. Aufzählungsliste STRG+UMSCHALT+L Erstellt eine Aufzählungsliste anhand des gewählten Textabschnitts oder beginnt eine neue Liste. Formatierung entfernen STRG+LEERTASTE Entfernt die Formatierung im gewählten Textabschnitt. Schrift vergrößern STRG+] Vergrößert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt. Schrift verkleinern STRG+[ Verkleinert die Schrift des gewählten Textabschnitts um 1 Punkt. Zentriert/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+E Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von zentriert auf linksbündig. Blocksatz/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+J, STRG+L Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von Blocksatz auf linksbündig. Rechtsbündig/linksbündig ausrichten STRG+R Wechselt die Ausrichtung des Absatzes von rechtsbündig auf linksbündig. Einzug vergrößern STRG+M Vergrößert den linken Einzug des Absatzes schrittweise. Einzug verkleinern STRG+UMSCHALT+M Verkleinert den linken Einzug des Absatzes schrittweise. Seitenzahl einfügen STRG+UMSCHALT+P Die aktuelle Seitenzahl wird im Text oder in der Fußnote eingefügt. Bearbeiten von Objekten Verschiebung begrenzen UMSCHALT+ziehen Begrenzt die Verschiebung des gewählten Objekts horizontal oder vertikal. 15-Grad-Drehung einschalten UMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Drehen) Begrenzt den Drehungswinkel auf 15-Grad-Stufen. Seitenverhältnis beibehalten UMSCHALT+ziehen (beim Ändern der Größe) Behält den Seitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts bei der Größenänderung bei. Bewegung in 1-Pixel-Stufen STRG Halten Sie die STRG-Taste gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt um ein Pixel auf einmal zu verschieben." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Dokumentenprüfung", - "body": "Wenn jemand eine Datei mit Überprüfungsberechtigung mit Ihnen teilt, müssen Sie die Funktion für die Überprüfung verwenden. Wenn Sie der Rezensent sind, können Sie die Option Überprüfung verwenden, um das Dokument zu überprüfen, Sätze, Phrasen und andere Seitenelemente zu ändern, die Rechtschreibung zu korrigieren und andere Aktionen im Dokument vorzunehmen, ohne es tatsächlich zu bearbeiten. Alle Änderungen werden gespeichert und der Person angezeigt, die Ihnen das Dokument gesendet hat. Wenn Sie die Datei für die Überprüfung gesendet haben, müssen Sie alle vorgenommenen Änderungen anzeigen lassen und entweder akzeptieren oder ablehnen. Die Funktion Änderungen nachverfolgen aktivieren Um Änderungen anzuzeigen, die von einem Rezensenten vorgeschlagen wurden, aktivieren Sie die Option Änderungen nachverfolgen: Klicken Sie in der rechten unteren Statusleiste auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Überprüfen und klicken Sie auf Änderungen nachverfolgen. Hinweis: Der Rezensent muss die Option Änderungen nachverfolgen nicht aktivieren. Die Funktion ist standardmäßig aktiviert und kann nicht deaktiviert werden, wenn das Dokument mit Zugriffsrechten nur für die Überprüfung freigegeben ist. Modus Änderungen anzeigen lassen Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Anzeigemodus und wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Modi aus der Liste aus: Alle Änderungen (Bearbeiten) - diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Dieser Modus ermöglicht es Änderungsvorschläge anzuzeigen und das Dokument zu bearbeiten. Alle Änderungen angenommen - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie angenommen worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich akzeptiert, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen angenommen werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden. Alle Änderungen abgelehnt - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie abgelehnt worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich abgelehnt, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen abgelehnt werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden. Änderungen annehmen oder ablehnen Über die Schaltflächen Vorherige und Nächste in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie zwischen den Änderungen navigieren. Annehmen von aktuell ausgewählten Änderungen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Annehmen oder klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderung annehmen (in diesem Fall wird die Änderung angenommen und Sie fahren mit der nächsten Änderung fort) oder klicken Sie in der Gruppe Änderungsbenachrichtigungen auf Annehmen . Um alle Änderungen sofort anzunehmen, klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen annehmen aus. Ablehnen von aktuell ausgewählten Änderungen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste das Symbol Ablehnen oder klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderung ablehnen aus (in diesem Fall wird die Änderung abgelehnt und Sie fahren mit der nächsten verfügbaren Änderung fort) oder klicken Sie in der Gruppe Änderungsbenachrichtigungen auf Ablehnen . Um alle Änderungen direkt abzulehnen, klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen ablehnen. Hinweis: Im Modus überprüfen, stehen Ihnen die Optionen Annehmen und Ablehnen nicht zur Verfügung. Sie können Ihre Änderungen mit dem entsprechenden Symbol in der Änderungssprechblase löschen." + "body": "Wenn jemand eine Datei mit Überprüfungsberechtigung mit Ihnen teilt, müssen Sie die Funktion für die Überprüfung verwenden. Wenn Sie der Rezensent sind, können Sie die Option Überprüfung verwenden, um das Dokument zu überprüfen, Sätze, Phrasen und andere Seitenelemente zu ändern, die Rechtschreibung zu korrigieren und andere Aktionen im Dokument vorzunehmen, ohne es tatsächlich zu bearbeiten. Alle Änderungen werden gespeichert und der Person angezeigt, die Ihnen das Dokument gesendet hat. Wenn Sie die Datei für die Überprüfung gesendet haben, müssen Sie alle vorgenommenen Änderungen anzeigen lassen und entweder akzeptieren oder ablehnen. Die Funktion Änderungen nachverfolgen aktivieren Um Änderungen anzuzeigen, die von einem Rezensenten vorgeschlagen wurden, aktivieren Sie die Option Änderungen nachverfolgen: Klicken Sie in der rechten unteren Statusleiste auf das Symbol oder Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Änderungen nachverfolgen. Hinweis: Der Rezensent muss die Option Änderungen nachverfolgen nicht aktivieren. Die Funktion ist standardmäßig aktiviert und kann nicht deaktiviert werden, wenn das Dokument mit Zugriffsrechten nur für die Überprüfung freigegeben ist. Modus Änderungen anzeigen lassen Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Anzeigemodus und wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Modi aus der Liste aus: Alle Änderungen (Bearbeiten) - diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Dieser Modus ermöglicht es Änderungsvorschläge anzuzeigen und das Dokument zu bearbeiten. Alle Änderungen angenommen - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie angenommen worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich akzeptiert, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen angenommen werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden. Original - In diesem Modus werden alle Änderungen so angezeigt, als wären sie abgelehnt worden. Die Änderungen werden nicht wirklich abgelehnt, die Funktion ermöglicht Ihnen lediglich eine Vorschau, für den Fall, dass alle Änderungen abgelehnt werden. In diesem Modus kann das Dokument nicht bearbeitet werden. Änderungen annehmen oder ablehnen Über die Schaltflächen Vorherige und Nächste in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie zwischen den Änderungen navigieren. Annehmen von aktuell ausgewählten Änderungen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Annehmen oder klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderung annehmen (in diesem Fall wird die Änderung angenommen und Sie fahren mit der nächsten Änderung fort) oder klicken Sie in der Gruppe Änderungsbenachrichtigungen auf Annehmen . Um alle Änderungen sofort anzunehmen, klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Annehmen und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen annehmen aus. Ablehnen von aktuell ausgewählten Änderungen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste das Symbol Ablehnen oder klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen und wählen Sie die Option Aktuelle Änderung ablehnen aus (in diesem Fall wird die Änderung abgelehnt und Sie fahren mit der nächsten verfügbaren Änderung fort) oder klicken Sie in der Gruppe Änderungsbenachrichtigungen auf Ablehnen . Um alle Änderungen direkt abzulehnen, klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil unter der Schaltfläche Ablehnen und wählen Sie die Option Alle Änderungen ablehnen. Hinweis: Im Modus überprüfen, stehen Ihnen die Optionen Annehmen und Ablehnen nicht zur Verfügung. Sie können Ihre Änderungen mit dem entsprechenden Symbol in der Änderungssprechblase löschen." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Rechtschreibprüfung", - "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, die Rechtschreibung Ihres Textes in einer bestimmten Sprache zu überprüfen und Fehler während der Bearbeitung zu korrigieren. Wählen Sie zunächst die Sprache für Ihr Dokument aus Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Überprüfen und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Sprache. Wählen Sie nun im angezeigten Fenster die gewünschte Sprache und klicken Sie auf OK. Die ausgewählte Sprache wird auf das gesamte Dokument angewandt. Um für einen Abschnitt im Dokument eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, markieren Sie den entsprechenden Abschnitt mit der Maus und klicken Sie anschließend auf das Menü in der Statusleiste. Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren: Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Überprüfen auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung oder klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung oder öffnen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option erweiterte Einstellungen..., setzen Sie das Häkchen in der Box Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren und klicken Sie auf Übernehmen. Falsch geschriebene Wörter werden mit einer roten Linie unterstrichen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Wort, um das Kontextmenü zu aktivieren, und: wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Varianten aus, um das falsch geschriebene Wort durch die korrekte Rechtschreibung zu ersetzen. Wenn zu viel Möglichkeiten vorliegen, wird die Option Weitere... im Menü angezeigt; wählen Sie die Option Ignorieren, um ein Wort zu überspringen und die rote Linie auszublenden oder Alle ignorieren, um ein bestimmtes Fehlerergebnis für den gesamten Text zu überspringen; wählen Sie für dieses Wort eine andere Sprache. Rechtschreibprüfung deaktivieren: klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Überprüfen auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung oder klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung oder öffnen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option erweiterte Einstellungen..., entfernen Sie das Häkchen in der Box Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren und klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." + "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, die Rechtschreibung Ihres Textes in einer bestimmten Sprache zu überprüfen und Fehler während der Bearbeitung zu korrigieren. Wählen Sie zunächst die Sprache für Ihr Dokument aus. Klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung. Wählen Sie nun im angezeigten Fenster die gewünschte Sprache und klicken Sie auf OK. Die ausgewählte Sprache wird auf das gesamte Dokument angewandt. Um für einen Abschnitt im Dokument eine andere Sprache auszuwählen, markieren Sie den entsprechenden Abschnitt mit der Maus und klicken Sie anschließend auf das Menü in der Statusleiste. Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren: klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung oder öffnen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option erweiterte Einstellungen..., setzen Sie das Häkchen in der Box Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren und klicken Sie auf Übernehmen. Falsch geschriebene Wörter werden mit einer roten Linie unterstrichen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Wort, um das Kontextmenü zu aktivieren, und: wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Varianten aus, um das falsch geschriebene Wort durch die korrekte Rechtschreibung zu ersetzen. Wenn zu viel Möglichkeiten vorliegen, wird die Option Weitere... im Menü angezeigt; wählen Sie die Option Ignorieren, um ein Wort zu überspringen und die rote Linie auszublenden oder Alle ignorieren, um ein bestimmtes Fehlerergebnis für den gesamten Text zu überspringen; wählen Sie für dieses Wort eine andere Sprache. Rechtschreibprüfung deaktivieren: klicken Sie in der Statusleiste auf das Symbol Rechtschreibprüfung oder öffnen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option erweiterte Einstellungen..., entfernen Sie das Häkchen in der Box Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren und klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Dokumenten", - "body": "Elektronische Dokumente stellen die am meisten benutzte Computerdateien dar. Dank des inzwischen hoch entwickelten Computernetzwerks ist es bequemer anstatt von gedruckten Dokumenten elektronische Dokumente zu verbreiten. Aufgrund der Vielfältigkeit der Geräte, die für die Anzeige der Dokumente verwendet werden, gibt es viele proprietäre und offene Dateiformate. Der Dokumenteneditor unterstützt die geläufigsten Formate. Format Beschreibung Anzeigen Bearbeiten Download DOC Dateierweiterung für Textverarbeitungsdokumente, die mit Microsoft Word erstellt werden + + DOCX Office Open XML Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + ODT Textverarbeitungsformat von OpenDocument, ein offener Standard für elektronische Dokumente + + + RTF Rich Text Format Plattformunabhängiges Datei- und Datenaustauschformat von Microsoft für formatierte Texte + + TXT Dateierweiterung reiner Textdateien mit wenig Formatierung + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Hauptauszeichnungssprache für Webseiten + EPUB Electronic Publication Offener Standard für E-Books vom International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Offenes, lizenzfreies Dokumentenformat von Microsoft mit festem Layout + DjVu Dateiformat, das hauptsächlich zur Speicherung gescannter Dokumente (vor allem solcher mit Text, Rastergrafiken und Fotos) konzipiert wurde +" + "body": "Elektronische Dokumente stellen die am meisten benutzte Computerdateien dar. Dank des inzwischen hoch entwickelten Computernetzwerks ist es bequemer anstatt von gedruckten Dokumenten elektronische Dokumente zu verbreiten. Aufgrund der Vielfältigkeit der Geräte, die für die Anzeige der Dokumente verwendet werden, gibt es viele proprietäre und offene Dateiformate. Der Dokumenteneditor unterstützt die geläufigsten Formate. Format Beschreibung Anzeigen Bearbeiten Download DOC Dateierweiterung für Textverarbeitungsdokumente, die mit Microsoft Word erstellt werden + + DOCX Office Open XML Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + ODT Textverarbeitungsformat von OpenDocument, ein offener Standard für elektronische Dokumente + + + RTF Rich Text Format Plattformunabhängiges Datei- und Datenaustauschformat von Microsoft für formatierte Texte + + + TXT Dateierweiterung reiner Textdateien mit wenig Formatierung + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Hauptauszeichnungssprache für Webseiten + EPUB Electronic Publication Offener Standard für E-Books vom International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Offenes, lizenzfreies Dokumentenformat von Microsoft mit festem Layout + DjVu Dateiformat, das hauptsächlich zur Speicherung gescannter Dokumente (vor allem solcher mit Text, Rastergrafiken und Fotos) konzipiert wurde +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte einfügen", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Einfügen ermöglicht das Hinzufügen einiger Seitenformatierungselemente sowie visueller Objekte und Kommentare. Über diese Registerkarte können Sie: Seitenumbrüche, Abschnittsumbrüche und Spaltenumbrüche einfügen, Kopf- und Fußzeilen und Seitenzahlen einfügen, Tabellen, Bilder, Diagramme und Formen einfügen Hyerlinks, Fußnoten und Kommentare einfügen, Textboxen und TextArt Objekte, Gleichungen und Initialbuchstaben einfügen." + "body": "Die Registerkarte Einfügen ermöglicht das Hinzufügen einiger Seitenformatierungselemente sowie visueller Objekte und Kommentare. Sie können: Seitenumbrüche, Abschnittsumbrüche und Spaltenumbrüche einfügen, Kopf- und Fußzeilen und Seitenzahlen einfügen, Tabellen, Bilder, Diagramme und Formen einfügen Hyperlinks, Kommentare einfügen, Textboxen und TextArt Objekte, Gleichungen, Initialbuchstaben und Inhaltskontrollen einfügen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", @@ -67,18 +67,23 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "title": "Registerkarte Plug-in", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Plugins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt ermöglicht das Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. OCR ermöglicht es, in einem Bild enthaltene Texte zu erkennen und in den Dokumenttext einzufügen. PhotoEditor ermöglicht das Bearbeiten von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Speech ermöglicht es, ausgewählten Text in Sprache zu konvertieren. Symbol Table ermöglicht das Einfügen spezieller Symbole in Ihren Text. Translator ermöglicht das Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube ermöglicht das Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihr Dokument. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." + "title": "Registerkarte Plug-ins", + "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende standardmäßig folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt ermöglicht das Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. OCR ermöglicht es, in einem Bild enthaltene Texte zu erkennen und in den Dokumenttext einzufügen. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Speech ermöglicht es, ausgewählten Text in Sprache zu konvertieren. Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text. Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube ermöglicht das Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihrem Dokument. Die Plug-ins Wordpress und EasyBib können verwendet werden, wenn Sie die entsprechenden Dienste in Ihren Portaleinstellungen einrichten. Sie können die folgenden Anleitungen für die Serverversion oder für die SaaS-Version verwenden. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Dokumenteneditors", - "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Editor-Oberfläche besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name des Dokuments angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Überprüfen, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters finden Sie die Anzeige der Seitennummer und Benachrichtigungen vom System (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert\" etc.), außerdem können Sie die Textsprache festlegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren, den Modus Änderungen nachverfolgen einschalten und den Zoom anpassen. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie im Text ein bestimmtes Objekt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale ermöglichen das Ausrichten von Text und anderen Elementen in einem Dokument sowie das Festlegen von Rändern, Tabstopps und Absatzeinzügen. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Dokumentinhalt anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie mehrseitige Dokumente nach oben oder unten scrollen. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name des Dokuments angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Layout, Referenzen, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters finden Sie die Anzeige der Seitennummer und Benachrichtigungen vom System (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert\" etc.), außerdem können Sie die Textsprache festlegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren, den Modus Änderungen nachverfolgen einschalten und den Zoom anpassen. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare, Chats und die Navigation öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie im Text ein bestimmtes Objekt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale ermöglichen das Ausrichten von Text und anderen Elementen in einem Dokument sowie das Festlegen von Rändern, Tabstopps und Absatzeinzügen. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Dokumentinhalt anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie mehrseitige Dokumente nach oben oder unten scrollen. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Referenzen", + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Referenzen, können Sie verschiedene Arten von Referenzen verwalten: Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen und aktualisieren, Fußnoten erstellen und bearbeiten, Links einfügen. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie: Ein Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen und aktualisieren. Fußnoten einfügen. Links einfügen." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "title": "Registerkarte Überprüfen", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Überprüfen ermöglicht die Überprüfung des Dokuments: Stellen Sie sicher, dass die Rechtschreibung des Textes korrekt ist, verwalten Sie Kommentare und verfolgen Sie Änderungen, die von einem Rezensenten vorgenommen wurden. Über diese Registerkarte können Sie: die Dokumentsprache ändern und die Rechtschreibprüfung aktivieren, Kommentare zum Dokument hinzufügen, die Funktion Änderungen nachverfolgen aktivieren, Änderungen anzeigen lassen und die vorgeschlagenen Änderungen verwalten." + "title": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit", + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit im Dokument organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten, vorgenommene Änderungen verfolgen, alle Versionen und Revisionen einsehen. Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen, zwischen den verfügbaren Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung wechseln, Strikt und Schnell, Kommentare zum Dokument hinzufügen, die Funktion Änderungen nachverfolgen aktivieren, Änderungen anzeigen lassen, die vorgeschlagenen Änderungen verwalten, die Chatleiste öffnen, und die Versionshistorie verfolgen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Hyperlink einfügen", - "body": "Einfügen eines Hyperlinks Platzieren Sie Ihren Mauszeiger an die Stelle im Text, die Sie in den Link integrieren möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen Klicken Sie im Menü Einfügen auf Hyperlink. Im sich nun öffnenden Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink, können Sie die Parameter für den Hyperlink bestimmen: Link zu - geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com ein. Angezeigter Text - geben Sie den klickbaren Text ein, der zu der im oberen Feld angegebenen Webadresse führt. Infobox - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert. Klicken Sie auf OK. Um einen Hyperlink hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch mit der rechten Maustaste irgendwo im Dokument klicken und die Option Hyperlink im Kontextmenü auswählen, dadurch wird das oben angezeigte Fenster geöffnet. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, ein Zeichen, Wort, eine Wortverbindung oder einen Textabschnitt mit der Maus oder über die Tastatur auszuwählen. Klicken Sie anschließend in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf Hyperlink oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Hyperlink aus. Danach öffnet sich das oben dargestellte Fenster und im Feld Angezeigter Text erscheint der ausgewählte Textabschnitt. Bewegen Sie nun den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink wird der von Ihnen in der Infobox angegebene Text angezeigt. Sie können dem Link folgen, indem Sie die Taste STRG drücken und dann auf den Link in Ihrem Dokument klicken. Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu bearbeiten oder zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Link und wählen Sie Hyperlink Optionen und anschließend Hyperlink bearbeiten oder Hyperlink entfernen." + "body": "Einfügen eines Hyperlinks Platzieren Sie Ihren Mauszeiger an die Stelle im Text, die Sie in den Link integrieren möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Verweise. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste. Im sich nun öffnenden Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink, können Sie die Parameter für den Hyperlink bestimmen: Link zu - geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com ein. Angezeigter Text - geben Sie den klickbaren Text ein, der zu der im oberen Feld angegebenen Webadresse führt. Infobox - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert. Klicken Sie auf OK. Um einen Hyperlink hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch mit der rechten Maustaste irgendwo im Dokument klicken und die Option Hyperlink im Kontextmenü auswählen, dadurch wird das oben angezeigte Fenster geöffnet. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, ein Zeichen, Wort, eine Wortverbindung oder einen Textabschnitt mit der Maus oder über die Tastatur auszuwählen. Klicken Sie anschließend in den Registerkarten Einfügen oder Referenzen auf Hyperlink oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Hyperlink aus. Danach öffnet sich das oben dargestellte Fenster und im Feld Angezeigter Text erscheint der ausgewählte Textabschnitt. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Sie können dem Link folgen, indem Sie die Taste STRG drücken und dann auf den Link in Ihrem Dokument klicken. Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu bearbeiten oder zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Link und wählen Sie Hyperlink Optionen und anschließend Hyperlink bearbeiten oder Hyperlink entfernen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Textumbruch ändern", - "body": "Die Option Textumbruch legt fest, wie ein Objekt relativ zum Text positioniert wird. Sie können den Umbruchstil für eingefügt Objekte ändern, wie beispielsweise Formen, Bilder, Diagramme, Textfelder oder Tabellen. Textumbruch für Formen, Bilder, Diagramme oder Tabellen ändern Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils: Wählen Sie über einen Linksklick ein einzelnes Objekt auf der Seite aus. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Öffnen Sie die Einstellungen für den Textumbruch: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Layout und klicken Sie auf das den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Textumbruch oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweitere Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Umbruchstil aus: Mit Text verschieben - das Bild wird als Teil vom Text behandelt und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Bild verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Falls einer der folgenden Stile gewählt ist, kann das Bild unabhängig vom Text verschoben werden und genau auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten, der das Bild begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten um. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten um und füllt den offenen weißen Raum innerhalb des Bildes. Wählen Sie für diesen Effekt die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Bildes. Vor den Text - das Bild überlappt mit dem Text. Hinter den Text - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Bild. Wenn Sie die Formate Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter festzulegen - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Werte und klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, steht Ihnen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen auch die Gruppe Position zur Verfügung. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Parametern finden Sie auf den entsprechenden Seiten mit Anweisungen zum Umgang mit Formen, Bildern oder Diagrammen. Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit, die Umbruchränder für Bilder oder Formen zu bearbeiten. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeitung der Umbruchsgrenze. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Textumbruch für Tabellen ändern Für Tabellen stehen die folgenden Umbruchstile zur Verfügung: Mit Text verschieben und Position auf der Seite fixieren. Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle. Öffnen Sie die Einstellungen für den Textumbruch: Wählen Sie die Option Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch oder wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen aus dem Kontextmenü aus: Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig. Textumbruch - umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben. Über die Gruppe Textumbruch im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen, können Sie außerdem die folgenden Parameter einrichten. Für Tabellen, die mit dem Text verschoben werden, können Sie die Ausrichtung der Tabelle festlegen (linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig) sowie den Einzug vom linken Seitenrand. Für Tabellen, deren Position auf einer Seite fixiert ist, können Sie den Abstand vom Text sowie die Tabellenposition in der Gruppe Tabellenposition festlegen." + "body": "Die Option Textumbruch legt fest, wie ein Objekt relativ zum Text positioniert wird. Sie können den Umbruchstil für eingefügt Objekte ändern, wie beispielsweise Formen, Bilder, Diagramme, Textfelder oder Tabellen. Textumbruch für Formen, Bilder, Diagramme oder Tabellen ändern Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils: Wählen Sie über einen Linksklick ein einzelnes Objekt auf der Seite aus. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Öffnen Sie die Einstellungen für den Textumbruch: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Layout und klicken Sie auf das den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Textumbruch oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweitere Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Umbruchstil aus: Mit Text verschieben - das Bild wird als Teil vom Text behandelt und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Bild verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Falls einer der folgenden Stile gewählt ist, kann das Bild unabhängig vom Text verschoben werden und genau auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten, der das Bild begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten um. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten um und füllt den offenen weißen Raum innerhalb des Bildes. Wählen Sie für diesen Effekt die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Bildes. Vor den Text - das Bild überlappt mit dem Text. Hinter den Text - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Bild. Wenn Sie die Formate Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter festzulegen - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Werte und klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, steht Ihnen im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen auch die Gruppe Position zur Verfügung. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Parametern finden Sie auf den entsprechenden Seiten mit Anweisungen zum Umgang mit Formen, Bildern oder Diagrammen. Wenn Sie die Option Position auf der Seite fixieren wählen, haben Sie außerdem die Möglichkeit, die Umbruchränder für Bilder oder Formen zu bearbeiten. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Objekt, wählen Sie die Option Textumbruch im Kontextmenü aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeitung der Umbruchsgrenze. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Textumbruch für Tabellen ändern Für Tabellen stehen die folgenden Umbruchstile zur Verfügung: Mit Text verschieben und Umgebend. Ändern des aktuellen Umbruchstils: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle-Erweiterte Einstellungen. Wechseln Sie nun im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Gruppe Textumbruch und wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig. Textumbruch - Umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben. Über die Gruppe Textumbruch im Fenster Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen, können Sie außerdem die folgenden Parameter einrichten. Für Tabellen, die mit dem Text verschoben werden, können Sie die Ausrichtung der Tabelle festlegen (linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig) sowie den Einzug vom linken Seitenrand. Für Tabellen, deren Position auf einer Seite fixiert ist, können Sie den Abstand vom Text sowie die Tabellenposition in der Gruppe Tabellenposition festlegen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", @@ -123,13 +128,18 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Textpassagen kopieren/einfügen, Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen", - "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um Textpassagen und eingefügte Objekte (AutoFormen, Bilder, Diagramme) innerhalb des aktuellen Dokuments auszuschneiden, zu kopieren und einzufügen, verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole, die auf jeder Registerkarte der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie eine Textpassage oder ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle im selben Dokument wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie eine Textpassage oder ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Kopieren im Rechtsklickmenü oder das Symbol Kopieren in der oberen Symbolleiste, um die Auswahl in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die kopierten Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle im selben Dokument wieder eingefügt werden. Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle im Dokument, an der Sie den zuvor kopierten Text/das Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen . Der Text/das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Dokument kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: Strg+X - Ausschneiden; Strg+C - Kopieren; Strg+V - Einfügen. Hinweis: Anstatt Text innerhalb desselben Dokuments auszuschneiden und einzufügen, können Sie die erforderliche Textpassage einfach auswählen und an die gewünschte Position ziehen und ablegen. Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Zum Einfügen von Textsegmenten oder Text in Verbindung mit AutoFormen sind folgende Optionen verfügbar: Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - der kopierte Text wird in Originalformatierung eingefügt. Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst. Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen: Rückgängig – klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Rückgängig oder verwenden Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+Z, um die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Wiederholen oder verwenden Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+Y, um die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion zu wiederholen." + "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um Textpassagen und eingefügte Objekte (AutoFormen, Bilder, Diagramme) innerhalb des aktuellen Dokuments auszuschneiden, zu kopieren und einzufügen, verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole, die auf jeder Registerkarte der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie eine Textpassage oder ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle im selben Dokument wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie eine Textpassage oder ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Kopieren im Rechtsklickmenü oder das Symbol Kopieren in der oberen Symbolleiste, um die Auswahl in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die kopierten Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle im selben Dokument wieder eingefügt werden. Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle im Dokument, an der Sie den zuvor kopierten Text/das Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen . Der Text/das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Dokument kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: STRG+X - Ausschneiden STRG+C - Kopieren STRG+V - Einfügen Hinweis: Anstatt Text innerhalb desselben Dokuments auszuschneiden und einzufügen, können Sie die erforderliche Textpassage einfach auswählen und an die gewünschte Position ziehen und ablegen. Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Zum Einfügen von Textsegmenten oder Text in Verbindung mit AutoFormen sind folgende Optionen verfügbar: Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - der kopierte Text wird in Originalformatierung eingefügt. Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst. Wenn Sie die kopierte Tabelle in eine vorhandene Tabelle einfügen, sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Zellen überschreiben - vorhandenen Tabelleninhalt durch die eingefügten Daten ersetzen. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Geschachtelt die kopierte Tabelle wird als geschachtelte Tabelle in die ausgewählte Zelle der vorhandenen Tabelle eingefügt. Nur den Text übernehmen - die Tabelleninhalte werden als Textwerte eingefügt, die durch das Tabulatorzeichen getrennt sind. Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen: Rückgängig – klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Rückgängig oder verwenden Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+Z, um die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Wiederholen oder verwenden Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+Y, um die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion zu wiederholen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Listen erstellen", "body": "Liste in einem Dokument erstellen: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, wo Sie die Liste beginnen möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile handeln oder eine bereits vorhandene). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start. Wählen Sie einen Listentyp: Aufzählung mit Markern - klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf das Symbol Aufzählungszeichen Nummerierte Liste mit Zahlen oder Buchstaben - klicken Sie in der Menüleiste auf das Symbol Nummerierte Liste Hinweis: Über den schwarzen Pfeil neben dem Symbol Aufzählungszeichen oder Nummerierte Liste, können Sie das Format der Liste näher bestimmen. Jedes Mal, wenn Sie nun zum Ende der Zeile die Eingabetaste drücken, erscheint eine neue Aufzählung oder eine neue Position der Nummerierten Liste. Um die Liste zu beenden, drücken Sie die Rücktaste und fahren Sie mit einem üblichen Textabsatz fort. Sie können den Texteinzug in den Listen und die dazugehörigen Verschachtelung ändern. Klicken Sie dazu auf Listeneinzug anpassen , Einzug verkleinern und Einzug vergrößern in der Registerkarte Start. Hinweis: Die zusätzlichen Einzugs- und Abstandparameter können im rechten Seitenbereich und im Fenster mit den erweiterten Einstellungen geändert werden. Weitere Informationen dazu erhalten in den Abschnitten Absatzeinzüge ändern und Zeilenabstand festlegen." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "title": "Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen", + "body": "Ein Inhaltsverzeichnis enthält eine Liste aller Kapitel (Abschnitte usw.) in einem Dokument und zeigt die jeweilige Seitennummer an, auf der ein Kapitel beginnt. Mithilfe eines Inhaltsverzeichnisses können Sie leicht durch ein mehrseitiges Dokument navigieren und schnell zu gewünschten Textstellen wechseln. Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird automatisch basierend auf mit vordefinierten Stilen formatierten Dokumentüberschriften generiert. So können Sie Ihr Inhaltsverzeichnis bequem aktualisieren wenn der Text im Dokument geändert wurde, ohne dass Sie Überschriften bearbeiten und Seitenzahlen manuell ändern müssen. Überschriftenstruktur festlegen Überschriften formatieren Formatieren Sie zunächst alle Überschriften in Ihrem Dokument mit einer der Stilvorlagen. Überschriften formatieren: Wählen Sie den Text aus, den Sie in das Inhaltsverzeichnis aufnehmen wollen. Öffnen Sie rechts in der Registerkarte Start das Menü mit den Stilvorlagen. Klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Stil. Standardmäßig können Sie die Stile Überschrift 1 - Überschrift 9 nutzen.Hinweis: wenn Sie einen anderen Stil verwenden (z.B. Titel, Untertitel etc.), um Überschriften zu formatieren, die im Inhaltsverzeichnis angezeigt werden sollen, müssen Sie zunächst die Einstellungen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis anpassen (wie im nachfolgenden Absatz beschrieben). Weitere Informationen zu verfügbaren Formatvorlagen finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Überschriften verwalten Wenn Sie die Überschriften formatiert haben, können Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf Navigation klicken, um das Fenster mit den Überschriften mit den entsprechenden Verschachtelungsebenen zu öffnen. Dieser Bereich ermöglicht die einfache Navigation zwischen Überschriften im Dokumenttext sowie die Verwaltung der Überschriftenstruktur Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Überschrift in der Liste und verwenden Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus dem Menü: Heraufstufen - um die aktuell ausgewählte Überschrift in der hierarchischen Struktur auf die höhere Ebene zu verschieben, z. B. von Überschrift2 auf Überschrift1. Herabstufen - um die aktuell ausgewählte Überschrift in der hierarchischen Struktur auf die niedrigere Ebene zu verschieben, z. B. von Überschrift1 auf Überschrift2. Neue Überschrift davor - um eine neue leere Überschrift derselben Ebene vor der aktuell ausgewählten hinzuzufügen. Neue Überschrift dahinter - um eine neue leere Überschrift derselben Ebene hinter der aktuell ausgewählten hinzuzufügen. Neue Zwischenüberschrift - um eine neue leere Neue Zwischenüberschrift (z.B. eine Überschrift auf einer niedrigeren Ebene) hinter der aktuell ausgewählten hinzuzufügen.Wenn die Überschrift oder Zwischenüberschrift hinzugefügt wurde, klicken Sie auf die hinzugefügte leere Überschrift in der Liste und geben Sie Ihren eigenen Text ein. Das kann sowohl im Dokumenttext als auch in der Navigationsleiste selbst erfolgen. Inhalt auswählen - um den Text unterhalb der aktuellen Überschrift im Dokument auszuwählen (einschließlich des Textes für alle Zwischenüberschriften dieser Überschrift). Alle erweitern - um alle Überschriften-Ebenen in der Navigationsleiste zu erweitern. Alle ausblenden - um alle Überschriften-Ebenen außer Ebene 1 in der Navigationsleiste auszublenden. Erweitern auf Ebene - um die Überschriftenstruktur auf die ausgewählte Ebene zu erweitern. Wenn Sie z. B. Ebene 3 wählen, werden die Level 1, 2 und 3 erweitert, während Level 4 und alle niedrigeren Level ausgeblendet werden. Um separate Überschriftenebenen manuell zu erweitern oder auszublenden, verwenden Sie die Pfeile links von den Überschriften. Um die Navigationsleiste zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf Navigation. Inhaltsverzeichnis in Ihr aktuelles Dokument einfügen Ein Inhaltsverzeichnis in Ihr aktuelles Dokument einfügen: Platzieren Sie die Einfügemarke an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis hinzufügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Referenzen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Inhaltsverzeichnis in der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie auf das Pfeilsymbol neben diesem Symbol und wählen Sie die gewünschte Layout-Option aus dem Menü aus. Sie haben die Wahl zwischen einem Inhaltsverzeichnis, das Überschriften, Seitenzahlen und Leader anzeigt oder nur Überschriften. Hinweis: Die Formatierung des Inhaltsverzeichnisses kann später über die Einstellungen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses angepasst werden. Das Inhaltsverzeichnis wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Um die Position des Inhaltsverzeichnisses zu ändern, können Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis auswählen (Steuerelement) und einfach an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Klicken Sie dazu auf die Schaltfläche , in der oberen linken Ecke des Inhaltsverzeichnisses und ziehen Sie es mit gedrückter Maustaste an die gewünschte Position. Um zwischen den Überschriften zu navigieren, drücken Sie die Taste STRG auf Ihrer Tastatur und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Überschrift im Inhaltsverzeichnis. Sie wechseln automatisch auf die entsprechende Seite. Inhaltsverzeichnis anpassen Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren Nach dem Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses, können Sie Ihren Text weiter bearbeiten und beispielsweise neue Kapitel hinzufügen, die Reihenfolge ändern, Absätze entfernen oder den Text für eine Überschrift erweitern. Durch solche Vorgänge ändern sich die Seitenzahlen. Über die Option Aktualisieren übernehmen Sie alle Änderungen in Ihrem Inhaltsverzeichnis. Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Referenzen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Aktualisieren und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus dem Menü aus. Gesamtes Verzeichnis aktualisieren - die von Ihnen eingefügten Überschriften werden dem Verzeichnis hinzugefügt, gelöschte Überschriften werden entfernt, bearbeitete (umbenannte) Überschriften sowie Seitenzahlen werden aktualisiert. Nur Seitenzahlen aktualisieren - nur die Seitenzahlen werden aktualisiert, Änderungen an Überschriften werden nicht übernommen. Alternativ können Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis direkt im Dokument auswählen, wählen Sie dann oben im Verzeichnis das Symbol Aktualisieren aus, um die zuvor beschriebenen Optionen anzuzeigen. Sie können auch einfach mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltsverzeichnis klicken und die gewünschte Option aus dem Kontextmenü auswählen. Einstellungen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis anpassen Zum Öffnen der Einstellungen für das Inhaltsverzeichnis, gehen Sie vor wie folgt: Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben Inhaltsverzeichnis in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Wählen Sie das Inhaltsverzeichnis aus, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil und wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltsverzeichnis und wählen sie die Option Inhaltsverzeichnis - Einstellungen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Im sich nun öffnenden Fenstern können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Seitenzahlen anzeigen - mit dieser Option wählen Sie aus, ob Seitenzahlen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Seitenzahlen rechtsbündig ausrichten - mit dieser Option legen Sie fest, ob die Seitenzahlen am rechten Seitenrand ausgerichtet werden sollen oder nicht. Leader - mit dieser Option können Sie die Art des Leaders auswählen, den Sie verwenden möchten. Ein Leader ist eine Reihe von Zeichen (Punkte oder Trennzeichen), die den Abstand zwischen einer Überschrift und der entsprechenden Seitenzahl ausfüllen. Wenn Sie keinen Leader nutzen wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keinen. Einträge Inhaltsverzeichnis als Links formatieren - diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Wenn Sie das Kontrollkästchen deaktivieren, können Sie nicht länger in ein gewünschtes Kapitel wechseln, indem Sie die Taste STRG drücken und die entsprechende Überschrift anklicken. Inhaltsverzeichnis erstellen aus - In diesem Abschnitt können Sie die erforderliche Anzahl von Gliederungsebenen sowie die Standardstile angeben, die zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses verwendet werden sollen. Aktivieren Sie das erforderliche Optionsfeld: Gliederungsebenen - ist diese Option ausgewählt, können Sie die Anzahl der hierarchischen Ebenen anpassen, die im Inhaltsverzeichnis verwendet werden. Klicken Sie auf die Pfeile im Feld Ebenen, um die Anzahl der Ebenen zu verringern oder zu erhöhen (es sind die Werte 1 bis 9 verfügbar). Wenn Sie z. B. den Wert 3 auswählen, werden Überschriften der Ebenen 4 - 9 nicht in das Inhaltsverzeichnis aufgenommen. Ausgewählte Stile - ist diese Option ausgewählt, können Sie zusätzliche Stile angeben, die zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses verwendet werden können, und ihnen eine entsprechende Gliederungsebene zuweisen. Geben Sie die gewünschte Ebene in das Feld rechts neben dem Stil ein. Sobald Sie die Einstellungen gespeichert haben, können Sie diesen Stil zum Erstellen des Inhaltsverzeichnisses verwenden. Stile - mit dieser Option wählen Sie ein Inhaltsverzeichnis in dem von Ihnen gewünschte Stil aus einer Liste mit Vorlagen aus. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Stil aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Im Feld Vorschau sehen Sie wie das Inhaltsverzeichnis mit dem gewählten Stil aussehen würde.Die folgenden vier Standardstile sind verfügbar: Einfach, Standard, Modern, Klassisch. Mit der Option Aktuell können Sie den Stil des Inhaltsverzeichnisses nach Ihren eigenen Wünschen anpassen. Klicken Sie im Fenster Einstellungen auf OK, um die Änderungen zu bestätigen. Stil des Inhaltsverzeichnisses anpassen Nachdem Sie eine der Standardvorlagen für Verzeichnisstile Fenster Inhaltsverzeichnis - Einstellungen angewendet haben, können Sie diesen Stil auch ändern, sodass der Text im Feld Inhaltsverzeichnis Ihren Wünschen entsprechend formatiert ist. Wählen Sie den Text innerhalb des Inhaltsverzeichnisfelds aus, z. B. indem Sie im Steuerungskasten für das Inhaltsverzeichnis auf die Schaltfläche klicken. Sie können die Elemente des Inhaltsverzeichnisses wie gewohnt formatieren und z. B. Schriftart, Größe, Farbe oder den Stile für die Schriftgestaltung ändern. Aktualisieren Sie entsprechend die Stile für die Elemente jeder Ebene. Um den Stil zu aktualisieren, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das formatierte Element, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Formatierung als Stil aus und klicken Sie auf die Option toc N Stil aktualisieren (Stil toc 2 entspricht Elementen der Ebene 2, Stil toc 3 entspricht Elementen der Ebene 3 usw.). Inhaltsverzeichnis aktualisieren Inhaltsverzeichnis entfernen Inhaltsverzeichnis aus dem Dokument entfernen: Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben Inhaltsverzeichnis in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Inhaltsverzeichnis entfernen aus dem Menü aus, oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Steuerelement Inhaltsverzeichnis und wählen Sie die Option Inhaltsverzeichnis entfernen aus." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "title": "Dekoschriften anwenden", @@ -153,7 +163,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Diagramme einfügen", - "body": "Diagramm einfügen Einfügen eines Diagramms Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben: und - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten und - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. - Einfügen einer Funktion und - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten ändern, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie die Art aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagramm angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme können Sie aus folgenden Optionen wählen: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Kartenbereiche sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, können Sie aus folgenden Optionen wählen: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen, können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Dropdown-Liste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung eingeben: Legen Sie fest, ob die horizontalen Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer angezeigt möchten (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen die Werte anzeigen anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von der Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Diagramme verschieben und Diagrammgröße ändern Wenn Sie ein Diagramm hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern. Um die Diagrammgröße zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten die an den Ecken eingeblendet werden. Um das Originalseitenverhältnis des gewählten Diagramms bei der Größenänderung zu behalten, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie eines der Symbole an den Ecken. Um die Diagrammposition zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das erscheint, wenn Sie mit Ihrem Mauszeiger über das Diagramm fahren. Ziehen Sie das Diagramm an die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie die Diagramm Bild verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, damit Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als mit Text in Zeile ausgewählt haben). Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftgröße und Schriftfarbe oder DekoStile zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, bis ein blaues gestricheltes Feld angezeigt wird. Ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger ohne die Maustaste loszulassen in die gewünschte Richtung, um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen Einige Diagrammeigenschaften können mithilfe der Registerkarte Diagrammeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Die folgenden Eigenschaften können geändert werden: Größe - zeigt die aktuelle Breite und Höhe des Diagramms an. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Diagrammtyp ändern - ändern Sie den ausgewählten Diagrammtyp bzw. -stil.Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern das zweite Dropdown-Menü. Daten bearbeiten - das Fenster „Diagrammtools“ wird geöffnet.Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrem Dokument enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“. Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Rechtsklickmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition. Anordnen - um das ausgewählte Diagramm in den Vordergrund bzw. Hintergrund oder eine Ebene nach vorne bzw. hinten zu verschieben sowie Formen zu gruppieren und die Gruppierung aufzuheben (um diese wie ein einzelnes Objekt behandeln zu können). Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um das Diagramm linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig, oben, mittig oder unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten. Die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten ist für Diagramme nicht verfügbar. Daten bearbeiten - das Fenster „Diagrammtools“ wird geöffnet. Erweiterte Diagrammeinstellungen - das Fenster „Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ wird geöffnet. Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleisten zu öffnen und passen sie Form Füllung, Linienstärke und Umbruchart. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Um die erweiterten Diagrammeinstellungen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie die Option Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü aus oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste einfach auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - nutzen Sie diese Optionen, um die Breite und/oder Höhe des Diagramms zu ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Textumbruch - legen Sie fest, wie das Diagramm im Verhältnis zum Text positioniert wird: entweder als Teil des Textes (wenn Sie die Option „Mit Text verschieben“ auswählen) oder an allen Seiten von Text umgeben (wenn Sie einen anderen Stil auswählen). Mit Text verschieben - das Diagramm wird Teil des Textes (wie ein Zeichen) und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Diagramm verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Ist eine der folgenden Umbrucharten ausgewählt, kann das Diagramm unabhängig vom Text verschoben und präzise auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten herum, der das Diagramm begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten herum. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Diagrammkanten herum und füllt den offenen weißen Leerraum innerhalb des Diagramms. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Diagramms. Vorne - das Diagramm überlappt mit dem Text. Hinten - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Diagramm. Wenn Sie die Stile Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter einzugeben - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Hier können Sie abhängig vom gewählten Format des Textumbruchs die folgenden Parameter festlegen: In der Gruppe Horizontal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, zentriert, rechts) gemessen an Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), rechts von Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. In der Gruppe Vertikal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, zentriert, unten) gemessen von Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Rand, Abschnitt, Seite oder oberer Rand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), unterhalb Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Absatz, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Im Kontrollkästchen Objekt mit Text verschieben können Sie festlegen, ob sich das Diagramm zusammen mit dem Text bewegen lässt, mit dem es verankert wurde. Überlappung zulassen legt fest, ob zwei Diagramme einander überlagern können oder nicht, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind." + "body": "Diagramm einfügen Einfügen eines Diagramms Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben: und - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten. und - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. - Einfügen einer Funktion und - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen. - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten ändern, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen: Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Diagramme verschieben und Diagrammgröße ändern Wenn Sie ein Diagramm hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern. Um die Diagrammgröße zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten die an den Ecken eingeblendet werden. Um das Originalseitenverhältnis des gewählten Diagramms bei der Größenänderung zu behalten, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie eines der Symbole an den Ecken. Um die Diagrammposition zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das erscheint, wenn Sie mit Ihrem Mauszeiger über das Diagramm fahren. Ziehen Sie das Diagramm an die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie die Diagramm Bild verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, damit Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als mit Text in Zeile ausgewählt haben). Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftgröße und Schriftfarbe oder DekoStile zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen Einige Diagrammeigenschaften können mithilfe der Registerkarte Diagrammeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Hier können die folgenden Eigenschaften geändert werden: Größe - zeigt die aktuelle Breite und Höhe des Diagramms an. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Diagrammtyp ändern - ändern Sie den ausgewählten Diagrammtyp bzw. -stil.Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste. Daten bearbeiten - das Fenster „Diagrammtools“ wird geöffnet.Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrem Dokument enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“. Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Rechtsklickmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition. Anordnen - um das ausgewählte Diagramm in den Vordergrund bzw. Hintergrund oder eine Ebene nach vorne bzw. hinten zu verschieben sowie Formen zu gruppieren und die Gruppierung aufzuheben (um diese wie ein einzelnes Objekt behandeln zu können). Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um das Diagramm linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig, oben, mittig oder unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten. Die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten ist für Diagramme nicht verfügbar. Daten bearbeiten - das Fenster „Diagrammtools“ wird geöffnet. Erweiterte Diagrammeinstellungen - das Fenster „Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ wird geöffnet. Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleisten zu öffnen und passen sie Form Füllung, Linienstärke und Umbruchart. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Um die erweiterten Diagrammeinstellungen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie die Option Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü aus oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste einfach auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - nutzen Sie diese Optionen, um die Breite und/oder Höhe des Diagramms zu ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Textumbruch - legen Sie fest, wie das Diagramm im Verhältnis zum Text positioniert wird: entweder als Teil des Textes (wenn Sie die Option „Mit Text verschieben“ auswählen) oder an allen Seiten von Text umgeben (wenn Sie einen anderen Stil auswählen). Mit Text verschieben - das Diagramm wird Teil des Textes (wie ein Zeichen) und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Diagramm verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Ist eine der folgenden Umbrucharten ausgewählt, kann das Diagramm unabhängig vom Text verschoben und präzise auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten herum, der das Diagramm begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten herum. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Diagrammkanten herum und füllt den offenen weißen Leerraum innerhalb des Diagramms. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Diagramms. Vorne - das Diagramm überlappt mit dem Text. Hinten - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Diagramm. Wenn Sie die Stile Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter einzugeben - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Hier können Sie abhängig vom gewählten Format des Textumbruchs die folgenden Parameter festlegen: In der Gruppe Horizontal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, zentriert, rechts) gemessen an Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), rechts von Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. In der Gruppe Vertikal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, zentriert, unten) gemessen von Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Rand, Abschnitt, Seite oder oberer Rand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), unterhalb Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Absatz, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Im Kontrollkästchen Objekt mit Text verschieben können Sie festlegen, ob sich das Diagramm zusammen mit dem Text bewegen lässt, mit dem es verankert wurde. Überlappung zulassen legt fest, ob zwei Diagramme einander überlagern können oder nicht, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "title": "Inhaltssteuerelemente einfügen", + "body": "Mithilfe von Inhaltssteuerelementen können Sie ein Formular mit Eingabefeldern erstellen, die von anderen Benutzern ausgefüllt werden können; oder Sie können Teile des Dokuments davor schützen, bearbeitet oder gelöscht zu werden. Inhaltssteuerelemente sind Objekte die Text enthalten, der formatiert werden kann. Inhaltssteuerelemente für einfachen Text können nur einen Absatz enthalten, während Steuerelemente für Rich-Text-Inhalte mehrere Absätze, Listen und Objekte (Bilder, Formen, Tabellen usw.) enthalten können. Inhaltssteuerelemente hinzufügen Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text erstellen: Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt innerhalb einer Textzeile, in der das Steuerelement hinzugefügt werden soll oder wählen Sie eine Textpassage aus, die Sie zum Steuerungsinhalt machen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente. Wählen sie die Option Inhaltssteuerelement für einfachen Text einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Das Steuerelement wird an der Einfügemarke innerhalb einer Zeile des vorhandenen Texts eingefügt. Bei Steuerelementen für einfachen Text können keine Zeilenumbrüche hinzugefügt werden und sie dürfen keine anderen Objekte wie Bilder, Tabellen usw. enthalten. Neues Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text erstellen: Positionieren Sie den Einfügemarke am Ende eines Absatzes, nach dem das Steuerelement hinzugefügt werden soll oder wählen Sie einen oder mehrere der vorhandenen Absätze aus, die Sie zum Steuerungsinhalt machen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente. Wählen sie die Option Inhaltssteuerelement für Rich-Text einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Das Steuerungselement wird in einem neuen Paragraphen eingefügt. Rich-Text-Inhaltssteuerelemente ermöglichen das Hinzufügen von Zeilenumbrüchen und Sie können multiple Absätze sowie auch Objekte enthalten, z. B. Bilder, Tabellen, andere Inhaltssteuerelemente usw. Hinweis: Der Rahmen des Textfelds für das Inhaltssteuerelement ist nur sichtbar, wenn das Steuerelement ausgewählt ist. In der gedruckten Version sind die Ränder nicht zu sehen. Inhaltssteuerelemente verschieben Steuerelemente können an eine andere Stelle im Dokument verschoben werden: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche links neben dem Rahmen des Steuerelements, um das Steuerelement auszuwählen und ziehen Sie mit gedrückter Maustaste an die gewünschte Position. Sie können Inhaltssteuerelemente auch kopieren und einfügen: wählen Sie das entsprechende Steuerelement aus und verwenden Sie die Tastenkombinationen STRG+C/STRG+V. Inhaltssteuerelemente bearbeiten Ersetzen Sie den Standardtext im Steuerelement („Text eingeben\") durch Ihren eigenen Text: Wählen Sie den Standardtext aus und geben Sie einen neuen Text ein oder kopieren Sie eine beliebige Textpassage und fügen Sie diese in das Inhaltssteuerelement ein. Der Text im Inhaltssteuerelement eines beliebigen Typs (für einfachen Text und Rich-Text) kann mithilfe der Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste formatiert werden: Sie können Schriftart, Größe und Farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften und Formatierungsvorgaben anwenden. Es ist auch möglich die Texteigenschaften im Fenster Paragraph - Erweiterte Einstellungen zu ändern, das Ihnen im Kontextmenü oder in der rechten Seitenleiste zur Verfügung steht. Text in Rich-Text-Inhaltssteuerelementen kann wie ein normaler Text im Dokument formatiert werden, so können Sie beispielsweise den Zeilenabstand festlegen, Absatzeinzüge ändern oder Tab-Stopps anpassen. Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente ändern Die Einstellungen für Inhaltssteuerelemente öffnen Sie wie folgt: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Inhaltssteuerelement aus und klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Einstellungen Steuerelemente aus dem Menü aus. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine beliebige Stelle im Inhaltssteuerelement und nutzen Sie die Option Einstellungen Steuerungselement im Kontextmenü. Im sich nun öffnenden Fenstern können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Legen Sie in den entsprechenden Feldern Titel oder Tag des Steuerelements fest. Im Abschnitt Sperren können Sie das Inhaltssteuerelement mit der entsprechenden Option vor dem ungewollten Löschen oder Bearbeiten schützen: Inhaltssteuerelement kann nicht gelöscht werden - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um ein Löschen des Steuerelements zu verhindern. Inhaltssteuerelement kann nicht bearbeitet werden - Aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um ein Bearbeiten des Steuerelements zu verhindern. Klicken Sie im Fenster Einstellungen auf OK, um die Änderungen zu bestätigen. Inhaltssteuerelemente entfernen Um ein Steuerelement zu entfernen ohne den Inhalt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Ssteuerelement und gehen Sie vor wie folgt: Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Inhaltssteuerelemente in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie dann die Option Steuerelement entfernen aus dem Menü aus. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Steuerungselement und wählen Sie die Option Steuerungselement entfernen im Kontextmenü aus. Um ein Steuerelement einschließlich Inhalt zu entfernen, wählen Sie das entsprechende Steuerelement aus und drücken Sie die Taste Löschen auf der Tastatur." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -163,12 +178,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Formeln einfügen", - "body": "Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.). Eine neue Formel einfügen Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der gewünschten Stelle. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operators, Matrizen. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Gleichung. Das ausgewählte Symbol/die ausgewählte Formel wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Wenn die ausgewählte Zeile leer ist, wird die Gleichung zentriert. Um die Formel links- oder rechtsbündig auszurichten, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Start auf oder .Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Setzen Sie in alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein. Hinweis: Um eine Gleichung zu erstellen, können Sie auch die Tastenkombination Alt + = verwenden. Werte eingeben Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten. Wenn Sie unter dem Slot einen neuen Platzhalter erstellen wollen, positionieren Sie den Cursor in der ausgwählten Vorlage und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in den Platzhaltern einfügen: Geben Sie geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein. Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus. Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen. Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen: Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen. Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts. Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben werden, d.h. \\sqrt(4&x^3). Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden. Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Wenn Sie einen manuellen Zeilenumbruch eingefügt haben können Sie die neue Zeile mithilfe der Tab- Taste an die mathematischen Operatoren der vorherigen Zeile anpassen und die Zeile entsprechend ausrichten. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen. Formeln formatieren Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen und in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst. Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel nötig und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern: Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab). Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus. Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden. Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden. Um die Position der Zeichen in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen für die Box-Formel aus der Gruppe Akzente angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten: Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Gleichung, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts. Formelelemente löschen Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF. Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden. Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie diese aus, entweder durch Markieren mit der Maus oder durch einen Doppelklick auf das Formelfeld und drücken Sie dann auf die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen: Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus. Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar. Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus. Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus. Diese Option ist auch für andere Formelarten verfügbar, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste neue Platzhalter hinzugefügt haben. Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus. Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab). Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen." + "body": "Mit dem Dokumenteneditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.). Eine neue Formel einfügen Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der gewünschten Stelle. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operators, Matrizen. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Gleichung. Das ausgewählte Symbol/die ausgewählte Formel wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Wenn die ausgewählte Zeile leer ist, wird die Gleichung zentriert. Um die Formel links- oder rechtsbündig auszurichten, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Start auf oder .Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Setzen Sie in alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein. Hinweis: Um eine Gleichung zu erstellen, können Sie auch die Tastenkombination Alt + = verwenden. Werte eingeben Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten. Wenn Sie unter dem Slot einen neuen Platzhalter erstellen wollen, positionieren Sie den Cursor in der ausgwählten Vorlage und drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in den Platzhaltern einfügen: Geben Sie geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein. Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus. Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen. Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen: Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen. Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts. Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben werden, d.h. \\sqrt(4&x^3). Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden. Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Wenn Sie einen manuellen Zeilenumbruch eingefügt haben können Sie die neue Zeile mithilfe der Tab- Taste an die mathematischen Operatoren der vorherigen Zeile anpassen und die Zeile entsprechend ausrichten. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen. Formeln formatieren Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen und in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst. Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel nötig und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern: Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab). Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus. Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden. Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden. Um die Position der Zeichen in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen für die Box-Formel aus der Gruppe Akzente angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten: Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Gleichung, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts. Formelelemente löschen Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF. Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden. Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie diese aus, entweder durch Markieren mit der Maus oder durch einen Doppelklick auf das Formelfeld und drücken Sie dann auf die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen: Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus. Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar. Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus. Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus. Diese Option ist auch für andere Formelarten verfügbar, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste neue Platzhalter hinzugefügt haben. Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus. Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab). Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Fußnoten einfügen", - "body": "Sie haben die Möglichkeit Fußnoten einzufügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw. Eine Fußnote einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie auf das Pfeilsymbol Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. Das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite. Geben Sie den Text der Fußnote ein. Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Fußnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Fußnoten werden automatisch nummeriert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Fußnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Fußnotentext. Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokumenttext zu navigieren, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Navigieren Sie nun im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten wechseln über die Pfeile und zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote. Einstellungen der Fußnotenändern: klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Wählen Sie die Option Fußnoteneinstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Ändern Sie im Fenster Einstellungen Fußnoten die aktuellen Parameter: Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen auswählen: Seitenende - um Fußnoten am unteren Seitenrand zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt). Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dichter am Text zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält. Format der Fußnoten anpassen: Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Beginnen mit - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten. Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Fußnoten nummerieren möchten: Fortlaufend - um Fußnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren. Jeder Abschnitt neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Jede Seite neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Benutzerdefinierte Markierung - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Fußnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen. Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden auf auf fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Fußnoteneinstellungen auf das gesamte Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen.Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Fußnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen. Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen. Um eine einzelne Fußnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Fußnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Fußnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert. Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entferen, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Wählen Sie die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen aus dem Menü aus." + "body": "Sie haben die Möglichkeit Fußnoten einzufügen, um Kommentare zu bestimmten Sätzen oder Begriffen in Ihrem Text einzufügen, Referenzen und Quellen anzugeben usw. Eine Fußnote einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt am Ende der Textpassage, der Sie eine Fußnote hinzufügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Verweise. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Fußnote in der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote und wählen Sie die Option Fußnote einfügen aus dem Menü aus.Das Fußnotenzeichen (d.h. das hochgestellte Zeichen, das eine Fußnote anzeigt) wird im Dokumenttext angezeigt und die Textmarke springt an das unteren Ende der aktuellen Seite. Geben Sie den Text der Fußnote ein. Wiederholen Sie den beschriebenen Vorgang, um weitere Fußnoten für andere Textpassagen in Ihrem Dokument hinzuzufügen. Die Fußnoten werden automatisch nummeriert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Fußnotenzeichen bewegen, öffnet sich ein kleines Popup-Fenster mit dem Fußnotentext. Um zwischen den hinzugefügten Fußnoten im Dokumenttext zu navigieren, klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Navigieren Sie nun im Abschnitt Zu Fußnoten wechseln über die Pfeile und zur nächsten oder zur vorherigen Fußnote. Einstellungen der Fußnoten ändern: Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Wählen Sie die Option Einstellungen Fußnoten aus dem Menü aus. Ändern Sie im Fenster Einstellungen Fußnoten die aktuellen Parameter: Legen Sie die Position der Fußnoten auf der Seite fest, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen auswählen: Seitenende - um Fußnoten am unteren Seitenrand zu positionieren (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt). Unter dem Text - um Fußnoten dicht am entsprechenden Textabschnitt zu positionieren. Diese Option ist nützlich, wenn eine Seite nur einen kurzen Textabschnitt enthält. Format der Fußnoten anpassen: Zahlenformat - wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus der Liste mit verfügbaren Formaten aus: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Beginnen mit - über die Pfeiltasten können Sie festlegen, bei welchem Buchstaben oder welcher Zahl Sie beginnen möchten. Nummerierung - wählen Sie aus, auf welche Weise Sie Ihre Fußnoten nummerieren möchten: Fortlaufend - um Fußnoten im gesamten Dokument fortlaufend zu nummerieren. Jeder Abschnitt neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt in jedem neuen Abschnitt wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Jede Seite neu - die Nummerierung der Fußnoten beginnt auf jeder neuen Seite wieder bei 1 (oder einem anderen festgelegten Wert). Benutzerdefinierte Markierung - Legen Sie ein Sonderzeichen oder ein Wort fest, das Sie als Fußnotenzeichen verwenden möchten (z. B. * oder Note1). Geben Sie das gewünschte Wort/Zeichen in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein und klicken Sie auf Einfügen im Fenster Fußnoteneinstellungen. Legen Sie in der Dropdown-Liste Änderungen anwenden auf auf fest, ob Sie die angegebenen Fußnoteneinstellungen auf das gesamte Dokument oder nur den aktuellen Abschnitt anwenden wollen.Hinweis: Um unterschiedliche Fußnotenformatierungen in verschiedenen Teilen des Dokuments zu verwenden, müssen Sie zunächst Abschnittsumbrüche einfügen. Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen. Um eine einzelne Fußnote zu entfernen, positionieren Sie den Einfügepunkt direkt vor der Fußnotenmarkierung und drücken Sie auf ENTF. Andere Fußnoten werden automatisch neu nummeriert. Um alle Fußnoten in einem Dokument zu entferen, Klicken Sie auf der Registerkarte Verweise in der oberen Symbolleiste auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Fußnote. Wählen Sie die Option Alle Fußnoten löschen aus dem Menü aus." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -178,7 +193,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Bilder einfügen", - "body": "Im Dokumenteneditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihr Dokument einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild einfügen Ein Bild in das aktuelle Dokument einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen zum Hochladen des Bildes: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster, zum eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe, Eigenschaften und Position ändern. Bilder bewegen und die Größe ändern Um die Bildgröße zu ändern, ziehen Sie die kleine Quadrate an den Rändern. Um das Originalseitenverhältnis des gewählten Bildes bei der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Verwenden Sie zum Ändern der Bildposition das Symbol , das angezeigt wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Bild bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Bild an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie die das Bild verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, damit Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als mit Text in Zeile ausgewählt haben). Um das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Bild im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um die Drehung in 15-Grad-Stufen durchzuführen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Einige der Bildeinstellungen können mithilfe der Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um diese zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Bild und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen aus. Die folgenden Eigenschaften können geändert werden: Größe - wird genutzt, um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen. Bei Bedarf können Sie die Standardbildgröße wiederherstellen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Standardgröße klicken. An Seitenränder anpassen - ändern Sie die Bildgröße und passen Sie das Bild an den linken und rechten Seitenrand an. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild aus Datei oder Onlinebilder zu ersetzen. Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Rechtsklickmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition. Anordnen - um das ausgewählte Bild in den Vordergrund bzw. Hintergrund oder eine Ebene nach vorne bzw. hinten zu verschieben sowie Bilder zu gruppieren und die Gruppierung aufzuheben (um diese wie ein einzelnes Objekt behandeln zu können). Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um das Bild linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig, oben, mittig oder unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Standardgröße - die aktuelle Bildgröße auf die Standardgröße ändern. Erweiterte Einstellungen - das Fenster „Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ öffnen. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprünglichen Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Textumbruch - legen Sie fest, wie das Bild im Verhältnis zum Text positioniert wird: entweder als Teil des Textes (wenn Sie die Option „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen) oder an allen Seiten von Text umgeben (wenn Sie einen anderen Stil auswählen). Mit Text verschieben - das Bild wird Teil des Textes (wie ein Zeichen) und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Bild verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Ist eine der folgenden Umbrucharten ausgewählt, kann das Bild unabhängig vom Text verschoben und auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten herum, der das Bild begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten herum. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten herum und füllt den offenen weißen Leerraum innerhalb des Bildes. Wählen Sie für diesen Effekt die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Bildes. Vorne - das Bild überlappt mit dem Text. Hinten - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Bild. Wenn Sie die Formate Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter festzulegen - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Hier können Sie abhängig vom gewählten Format des Textumbruchs die folgenden Parameter festlegen: In der Gruppe Horizontal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, zentriert, rechts) gemessen an Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), rechts von Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. In der Gruppe Vertikal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, zentriert, unten) gemessen von Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Rand, Abschnitt, Seite oder oberer Rand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), unterhalb Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Absatz, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Im Kontrollkästchen Objekt mit Text verschieben können Sie festlegen, ob sich das Bild zusammen mit dem Text bewegen lässt, mit dem es verankert wurde. Überlappen zulassen legt fest, ob zwei Bilder einander überlagern können oder nicht, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild vorhanden sind." + "body": "Im Dokumenteneditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihr Dokument einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild einfügen Ein Bild in das aktuelle Dokument einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe, Eigenschaften und Position ändern. Bilder bewegen und die Größe ändern Um die Bildgröße zu ändern, ziehen Sie die kleine Quadrate an den Rändern. Um das Originalseitenverhältnis des gewählten Bildes bei der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Verwenden Sie zum Ändern der Bildposition das Symbol , das angezeigt wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über das Bild bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Bild an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn Sie die das Bild verschieben, werden Hilfslinien angezeigt, damit Sie das Objekt präzise auf der Seite positionieren können (wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als mit Text in Zeile ausgewählt haben). Um das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Bild im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Einige der Bildeinstellungen können mithilfe der Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um diese zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Bild und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen aus. Hier können die folgenden Eigenschaften geändert werden: Größe - wird genutzt, um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen. Bei Bedarf können Sie die Standardbildgröße wiederherstellen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche Standardgröße klicken. An Seitenränder anpassen - ändern Sie die Bildgröße und passen Sie das Bild an den linken und rechten Seitenrand an. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild aus Datei oder Onlinebilder zu ersetzen. Einige dieser Optionen finden Sie auch im Rechtsklickmenü. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition. Anordnen - um das ausgewählte Bild in den Vordergrund bzw. Hintergrund oder eine Ebene nach vorne bzw. hinten zu verschieben sowie Bilder zu gruppieren und die Gruppierung aufzuheben (um diese wie ein einzelnes Objekt behandeln zu können). Weitere Informationen zum Anordnen von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Ausrichten wird verwendet, um das Bild linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig, oben, mittig oder unten auszurichten. Weitere Informationen zum Ausrichten von Objekten finden Sie auf dieser Seite. Textumbruch - der Stil für den Textumbruch wird aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen ausgewählt: Mit Text in Zeile, Quadrat, Eng, Transparent, Oben und unten, Vorne, Hinten (für weitere Information lesen Sie die folgende Beschreibung der erweiterten Einstellungen). Die Option Umbruchgrenze bearbeiten ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Ziehen Sie die Umbruchpunkte, um die Grenze benutzerdefiniert anzupassen. Um einen neuen Rahmenpunkt zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle auf der roten Linie und ziehen Sie diese an die gewünschte Position. Standardgröße - die aktuelle Bildgröße auf die Standardgröße ändern. Erweiterte Einstellungen - das Fenster „Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ öffnen. Ist das Bild ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Entsprechend ändern sich die Form des Bildes. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Textumbruch - legen Sie fest, wie das Bild im Verhältnis zum Text positioniert wird: entweder als Teil des Textes (wenn Sie die Option „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen) oder an allen Seiten von Text umgeben (wenn Sie einen anderen Stil auswählen). Mit Text verschieben - das Bild wird Teil des Textes (wie ein Zeichen) und wenn der Text verschoben wird, wird auch das Bild verschoben. In diesem Fall sind die Positionsoptionen nicht verfügbar. Ist eine der folgenden Umbrucharten ausgewählt, kann das Bild unabhängig vom Text verschoben und auf der Seite positioniert werden: Quadrat - der Text bricht um den rechteckigen Kasten herum, der das Bild begrenzt. Eng - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten herum. Transparent - der Text bricht um die Bildkanten herum und füllt den offenen weißen Leerraum innerhalb des Bildes. Wählen Sie für diesen Effekt die Option Umbruchsgrenze bearbeiten aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Oben und unten - der Text ist nur oberhalb und unterhalb des Bildes. Vorne - das Bild überlappt mit dem Text. Hinten - der Text überlappt sich mit dem Bild. Wenn Sie die Formate Quadrat, Eng, Transparent oder Oben und unten auswählen, haben Sie die Möglichkeit zusätzliche Parameter festzulegen - Abstand vom Text auf allen Seiten (oben, unten, links, rechts). Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn Sie einen anderen Umbruchstil als „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen. Hier können Sie abhängig vom gewählten Format des Textumbruchs die folgenden Parameter festlegen: In der Gruppe Horizontal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (links, zentriert, rechts) gemessen an Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), rechts von Zeichen, Spalte, linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von linker Seitenrand, Seitenrand, Seite oder rechter Seitenrand. In der Gruppe Vertikal, können Sie eine der folgenden drei Bildpositionierungstypen auswählen: Ausrichtung (oben, zentriert, unten) gemessen von Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Rand, Abschnitt, Seite oder oberer Rand. Absolute Position, gemessen in absoluten Einheiten wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...), unterhalb Zeile, Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Absatz, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Relative Position in Prozent, gemessen von Seitenrand, unterer Seitenrand, Seite oder oberer Seitenrand. Im Kontrollkästchen Objekt mit Text verschieben können Sie festlegen, ob sich das Bild zusammen mit dem Text bewegen lässt, mit dem es verankert wurde. Überlappen zulassen legt fest, ob zwei Bilder einander überlagern können oder nicht, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", @@ -188,7 +203,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Tabellen einfügen", - "body": "Eine Tabelle einfügen Einfügen einer Tabelle im aktuellen Dokument: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Tabelle einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Tabelle. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option für die Erstellung einer Tabelle: Tabelle mit einer vordefinierten Zellenanzahl (maximal 10 x 8 Zellen) Wenn Sie schnell eine Tabelle erstellen möchten, wählen Sie einfach die Anzahl der Zeilen (maximal 8) und Spalten (maximal 10) aus. Eine benutzerdefinierte Tabelle Wenn Sie eine Tabelle mit mehr als 10 x 8 Zellen benötigen, wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle einfügen. Geben Sie nun im geöffneten Fenster die gewünschte Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten an und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle eingefügt haben, können Sie Eigenschaften und Position verändern. Tabelleneinstellungen anpassen Einige der Tabelleneigenschaften sowie die Struktur können mithilfe des Rechtsklickmenüs verändert werden. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition. Auswählen - um eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle oder Tabelle auszuwählen. Einfügen - um eine Zeile oberhalb oder unterhalb bzw. eine Spalte rechts oder links von der Zeile einzufügen, in der sich der Cursor aktuell befindet. Löschen - um eine Zeile, Spalte oder Tabelle zu löschen. Zellen verbinden - auswählen von zwei oder mehr Zellen, die in einer Zelle zusammengeführt werden sollen. Zelle teilen... - in einem neuen Fenster können Sie die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten und Zeilen auswählen können, in die Zelle geteilt wird. Vertikale Ausrichtung in Zellen - den Text in der gewählten Zelle am oberen, unteren Rand oder zentriert ausrichten. Textrichtung - Textrichtung in einer Zelle festlegen Sie können den Text horizontal platzieren und vertikal von oben nach unten ausrichten (Text um 90° drehen) oder vertikale von unten nach oben aurichten (Text um 270° drehen). Textumbruch - Mit Text in Zeile: der Text wird durch die Tabelle umgebrochen, außerdem können Sie die Ausrichtung wählen: linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig. Textumbruch - Umgebend: bei diesem Format wird die Tabelle innerhalb des Textes eingefügt und entsprechend an allen Seiten vom Text umgeben. Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen - öffnen Sie das Fenster „Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen“. Hyperlink - fügen Sie einen Hyperlink ein. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen - öffnen Sie das Fenster „Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen“. Sie können die Tabelleneigenschaften auch in der rechten Seitenleiste ändern: Zeilen und Spalten - wählen Sie die Tabellenabschnitte aus, die Sie hervorheben möchten. Für Zeilen: Kopfzeile - um die erste Zeile hervorzuheben Letzte - um die letzte Zeile hervorzuheben Zusammengebunden - um jede zweite Zeile hervorzuheben Für Spalten: Erste - um die erste Spalte hervorzuheben Letzte - um die letzte Spalte hervorzuheben Zusammengebunden - um jede zweite Spalte hervorzuheben Aus Vorlage auswählen - wählen Sie eine verfügbare Tabellenvorlage aus. Rahmenstil - Linienstärke, -farbe, Rahmenstil und Hintergrundfarbe bestimmen. Textumbruch - Stil des Textumbruchs auswählen: - Mit Text in Zeile oder umgebend. Zeilen & Spalten - auswählen, löschen und einfügen von Zeilen und Spalten, Zellen verbinden und teilen. Gleiche Kopfzeile auf jeder Seite wiederholen - in langen Tabellen wird am Anfang jeder neuen Seite die gleiche Kopfzeile eingefügt. Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen - öffnet das Fenster „Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ Um die erweiterten Tabelleneinstellungen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü aus oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: In der Registerkarte Tabelle können die Tabelleneigenschaften der gesamten Tabelle geändert werden. Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite - Standardmäßig wird die Tabellenbreite automatisch an die Seitenbreite angepasst (die Tabelle belegt den gesamten Abstand zwischen dem linken und rechten Seitenrand). Sie können das Kontrollkästchen aktivieren und die gewünschte Tabellenbreite manuell eingeben. Gemessen in - legen Sie fest, ob Sie die Tabellenbreite in absoluten Einheiten angeben wollen, wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...) oder als Prozentsatz der gesamten Tabellenbreite.Hinweis: Sie können die Tabellengröße auch manuell anpassen, indem Sie Zeilenhöhe und Spaltenbreite ändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über einen Zeilen-/Spaltenrand, bis dieser zum bidirektionalen Pfeil wird und ziehen Sie den Rahmen in die gewünschte Position. Sie können auch die Markierungen auf dem horizontalen Lineal verwenden, um die Spaltenbreite zu ändern bzw. die Markierungen auf dem vertikalen Lineal, um die Zeilenhöhe zu ändern. Automatische Anpassung der Größe an den Inhalt - die automatische Änderung jeder Spaltenbreite gemäß dem jeweiligen Text innerhalb der Zellen wird aktiviert. Im Abschnitt Standardzellenbegrenzungen - passen Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Zellen und den standardmäßig verwendeten Zellenbegrenzungen an. Im Abschnitt Optionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter ändern: Abstand zwischen Zellen - der Zellenabstand, der mit der Hintergrundfarbe der Tabelle gefüllt wird. In der Gruppe Zelle können Sie die Eigenschaften von einzelnen Zellen ändern. Wählen Sie zunächst die Zelle aus, die Sie ändern wollen oder markieren Sie die gesamte Tabelle, um die Eigenschaften aller Zellen zu ändern. Die Registerkarte Zellengröße enthält die folgenden Parameter: Bevorzugte Breite - legen Sie Ihre gewünschte Zellenbreite fest. Alle Zellen werden nach entsprechend diesem Wert ausgerichtet, allerdings kann es in Einzelfällen vorkommen, dass es nicht möglich ist eine bestimmte Zelle auf genau diesen Wert anzupassen. Wenn der Text innerhalb einer Zelle beispielsweise die angegebene Breite überschreitet, wird er in die nächste Zeile aufgeteilt, sodass die bevorzugte Zellenbreite unverändert bleibt. Fügen Sie jedoch eine neue Spalte ein, wird die bevorzugte Breite reduziert. Gemessen in - legen Sie fest, ob Sie die Zellenbreite in absoluten Einheiten angeben wollen, wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...) oder als Prozentsatz der gesamten Tabellenbreite.Hinweis: Sie können die Zellengröße auch manuell anpassen. Wenn Sie eine einzelne Zelle in einer Spalte kleiner oder größer als die Spaltenbreite machen wollen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der gewünschten Zelle, bis dieser zum bidirektionalen Pfeil wird und ziehen Sie den Rahmen in die gewünschte Position. Verwenden Sie die Markierungen auf dem horizontalen Lineal, um die Spaltenbreite zu ändern. Im Abschnitt Zellenbegrenzungen können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text in den Zellen und der Zellenbegrenzung anpassen. Wenn Sie keine Auswahl treffen, werden Standardwerte verwendet (diese können in der Registerkarte Tabelle geändert werden), Sie können jedoch das Kontrollkästchen Standardbegrenzungen deaktivieren und die gewünschten Werte manuell eingeben. Im Abschnitt Zelloptionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter ändern: Die Option Zeilenumbruch ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Wenn der Text innerhalb einer Zeile länger ist als die vorhandene Zellenbreite, erfolgt ein automatischer Umbruch, so wird die Zelle zwar Höher aber die Spaltenbreite bleibt gleich. Die Registerkarte Rahmen & Hintergrund enthält die folgenden Parameter: Rahmeneinstellungen (Größe, Farbe und An- oder Abwesenheit) - legen Sie Linienstärke, Farbe und Ansichtstyp fest.Hinweis: Wenn Sie den Tabellenrahmen unsichtbar machen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche klicken oder alle Rahmenlinien manuell in der Tabelle manuell deaktivieren, werden diese im Dokument mit einer Punktlinie markiert. Um die Rahmenlinien vollständig auszublenden, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Formatierungszeichen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die Option Tabellenrahmen ausblenden. Zellenhintergrund - dem Zellenhintergrund eine Farbe zuweisen (nur verfügbar, wenn eine oder mehrere Zellen gewählt sind oder die Option Abstand zwischen Zellen zulassen auf der Registerkarte Breite & Abstand aktiviert ist). Tabellenhintergrund - der Tabelle wird eine Hintergrundfarbe zugewiesen bzw. die Abstände zwischen den Zellen werden farblich markiert, wenn die Option Abstand zwischen Zellen zulassen auf der Registerkarte Breite & Abstand aktiviert ist. Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn die Option Umgebend auf der Registerkarte Textumbruch ausgewählt ist, und enthält die folgenden Parameter: Die Parameter Horizontal beinhalten die Ausrichtung der Tabelle (linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig) im Verhältnis zu Rand, Seite oder Text sowie die Tabellenposition rechts von Rand, Seite oder Text. Die Parameter Vertikal beinhalten die Ausrichtung der Tabelle (oben, zentriert, unten) im Verhältnis zu Rand, Seite oder Text sowie die Tabellenposition unterhalb des Randes, der Seite oder des Textes. Über die Registerkarte Rahmen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Im Kontrollkästchen Objekt mit Text verschieben können Sie festlegen, ob sich die Tabelle zusammen mit dem Text bewegen lässt, mit dem sie verankert wurde. Überlappung zulassen bestimmt, ob zwei Tabellen in einer großen Tabelle verbunden werden oder überlappen, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen. Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Umbruchstil - Mit Text verschieben oder Umgebend. Legen Sie fest, wie die Tabelle im Verhältnis zum Text positioniert wird: entweder als Teil des Textes (wenn Sie die Option „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen) oder an allen Seiten von Text umgeben (im Format „Umgebend“). Wenn Sie den Umbruchstil ausgewählt haben, können die zusätzlichen Umbruchparameter für beide Umbruchformate festlegen. Für den Stil „Mit Text in Zeile“ können Sie die Ausrichtung und den linken Einzug der Tabelle festlegen. Im Format „umgebend“ können Sie in der Gruppe Tabellenposition den Abstand zum Text sowie die Position der Tabelle festlegen. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle vorhanden sind." + "body": "Eine Tabelle einfügen Einfügen einer Tabelle im aktuellen Dokument: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Tabelle einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Tabelle. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option für die Erstellung einer Tabelle: Tabelle mit einer vordefinierten Zellenanzahl (maximal 10 x 8 Zellen) Wenn Sie schnell eine Tabelle erstellen möchten, wählen Sie einfach die Anzahl der Zeilen (maximal 8) und Spalten (maximal 10) aus. Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle Wenn Sie eine Tabelle mit mehr als 10 x 8 Zellen benötigen, wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Tabelle einfügen. Geben Sie nun im geöffneten Fenster die gewünschte Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten an und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK. Wenn Sie eine Tabelle eingefügt haben, können Sie Eigenschaften, Größe und Position verändern. Um die Größe einer Tabelle zu ändern, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über das Symbol in der unteren rechten Ecke und ziehen Sie an der Fläche, bis die Tabelle die gewünschte Größe aufweist. Sie können die Breite einer bestimmten Spalte oder die Höhe einer Zeile auch manuell ändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der Spalte, so dass der Cursor in den bidirektionalen Pfeil wechselt und ziehen Sie den Rand nach links oder rechts, um die gewünschte Breite festzulegen. Um die Höhe einer einzelnen Zeile manuell zu ändern, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den unteren Rand der Zeile, so dass der Cursor in den bidirektionalen Pfeil wechselt und ziehen Sie den Rand nach oben oder nach unten. Um eine Tabelle zu verschieben, halten Sie mit dem Cursor das Symbol fest und ziehen Sie die Tabelle an die gewünschte Stelle im Dokument. Eine Tabelle oder Tabelleninhalte auswählen Um eine ganze Tabelle auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf das Handle in der oberen linken Ecke. Um eine bestimmte Zelle auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zur linken Seite der gewünschten Zelle, so dass der Cursor zum schwarzen Pfeil wird und klicken Sie dann mit der linken Maustaste. Um eine bestimmte Zeile auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zum linken Rand der gewünschten Zeile, so dass der Cursor zum horizontalen schwarzen Pfeil wird und klicken Sie dann mit der linken Maustaste. Um eine bestimmte Spalte auszuwählen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger zum oberen Rand der gewünschten Spalte, so dass der Cursor zum nach unten gerichteten schwarzen Pfeil wird und klicken Sie dann mit der linken Maustaste. Es ist auch möglich, eine Zelle, Zeile, Spalte oder Tabelle mithilfe von Optionen aus dem Kontextmenü oder aus dem Abschnit Zeilen und Spalten in der rechten Seitenleiste auszuwählen. Tabelleneinstellungen anpassen Einige der Tabelleneigenschaften sowie die Struktur können mithilfe des Rechtsklickmenüs verändert werden. Die Menüoptionen sind: Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen - Standardoptionen zum Ausschneiden oder Kopieren ausgewählter Textpassagen/Objekte und zum Einfügen von zuvor ausgeschnittenen/kopierten Textstellen oder Objekten an der aktuellen Cursorposition. Auswählen - um eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle oder Tabelle auszuwählen. Einfügen - um eine Zeile oberhalb oder unterhalb bzw. eine Spalte rechts oder links von der Zeile einzufügen, in der sich der Cursor aktuell befindet. Löschen - um eine Zeile, Spalte oder Tabelle zu löschen. Zellen verbinden - auswählen von zwei oder mehr Zellen, die in einer Zelle zusammengeführt werden sollen. Zelle teilen... - in einem neuen Fenster können Sie die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten und Zeilen auswählen, in die die Zelle geteilt wird. Zeilen verteilen - die ausgewählten Zellen werden so angepasst, dass sie dieselbe Höhe haben, ohne dass die Gesamthöhe der Tabelle geändert wird. Spalten verteilen - die ausgewählten Zellen werden so angepasst, dass sie dieselbe Breite haben, ohne dass die Gesamtbreite der Tabelle geändert wird. Vertikale Ausrichtung in Zellen - den Text in der gewählten Zelle am oberen, unteren Rand oder zentriert ausrichten. Textrichtung - Textrichtung in einer Zelle festlegen Sie können den Text horizontal platzieren und vertikal von oben nach unten ausrichten (Text um 90° drehen) oder vertikal von unten nach oben ausrichten (Text um 270° drehen). Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen - öffnen Sie das Fenster „Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen“. Hyperlink - einen Hyperlink einfügen. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen - das Fenster „Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen“ wird geöffnet. Sie können die Tabelleneigenschaften auch in der rechten Seitenleiste ändern: Zeilen und Spalten - wählen Sie die Tabellenabschnitte aus, die Sie hervorheben möchten. Für Zeilen: Kopfzeile - um die erste Zeile hervorzuheben Letzte - um die letzte Zeile hervorzuheben Zusammengebunden - um jede zweite Zeile hervorzuheben Für Spalten: Erste - um die erste Spalte hervorzuheben Letzte - um die letzte Spalte hervorzuheben Zusammengebunden - um jede zweite Spalte hervorzuheben Aus Vorlage auswählen - wählen Sie eine verfügbare Tabellenvorlage aus. Rahmenstil - Linienstärke, -farbe, Rahmenstil und Hintergrundfarbe bestimmen. Zeilen & Spalten - auswählen, löschen und einfügen von Zeilen und Spalten, Zellen verbinden und teilen. Zellengröße - anpassen von Breite und Höhe der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle. In diesem Abschnitt können Sie auch Zeilen verteilen auswählen, so dass alle ausgewählten Zellen die gleiche Höhe haben oder \"Spalten verteilen, so dass alle ausgewählten Zellen die gleiche Breite haben. Gleiche Kopfzeile auf jeder Seite wiederholen - in langen Tabellen wird am Anfang jeder neuen Seite die gleiche Kopfzeile eingefügt. Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen - öffnet das Fenster „Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen“ Um die erweiterten Tabelleneinstellungen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Tabelle und wählen Sie die Option Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü aus oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: In der Registerkarte Tabelle können die Tabelleneigenschaften der gesamten Tabelle geändert werden. Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite - Standardmäßig wird die Tabellenbreite automatisch an die Seitenbreite angepasst (die Tabelle belegt den gesamten Abstand zwischen dem linken und rechten Seitenrand). Sie können das Kontrollkästchen aktivieren und die gewünschte Tabellenbreite manuell eingeben. Gemessen in - legen Sie fest, ob Sie die Tabellenbreite in absoluten Einheiten angeben wollen, wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...) oder als Prozentsatz der gesamten Tabellenbreite.Hinweis: Sie können die Tabellengröße auch manuell anpassen, indem Sie Zeilenhöhe und Spaltenbreite ändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über einen Zeilen-/Spaltenrand, bis dieser zum bidirektionalen Pfeil wird und ziehen Sie den Rahmen in die gewünschte Position. Sie können auch die Markierungen auf dem horizontalen Lineal verwenden, um die Spaltenbreite zu ändern bzw. die Markierungen auf dem vertikalen Lineal, um die Zeilenhöhe zu ändern. Automatische Anpassung der Größe an den Inhalt - die automatische Änderung jeder Spaltenbreite gemäß dem jeweiligen Text innerhalb der Zellen wird aktiviert. Im Abschnitt Standardzellenbegrenzungen können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Zellen und den standardmäßig verwendeten Zellenbegrenzungen angeben. Im Abschnitt Optionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter ändern: Abstand zwischen Zellen - der Zellenabstand, der mit der Hintergrundfarbe der Tabelle gefüllt wird. In der Gruppe Zelle können Sie die Eigenschaften von einzelnen Zellen ändern. Wählen Sie zunächst die Zelle aus, die Sie ändern wollen oder markieren Sie die gesamte Tabelle, um die Eigenschaften aller Zellen zu ändern. Die Registerkarte Zellengröße enthält die folgenden Parameter: Bevorzugte Breite - legen Sie Ihre gewünschte Zellenbreite fest. Alle Zellen werden nach diesem Wert ausgerichtet, allerdings kann es in Einzelfällen vorkommen, dass es nicht möglich ist eine bestimmte Zelle auf genau diesen Wert anzupassen. Wenn der Text innerhalb einer Zelle beispielsweise die angegebene Breite überschreitet, wird er in die nächste Zeile aufgeteilt, sodass die bevorzugte Zellenbreite unverändert bleibt. Fügen Sie jedoch eine neue Spalte ein, wird die bevorzugte Breite reduziert. Gemessen in - legen Sie fest, ob Sie die Zellenbreite in absoluten Einheiten angeben wollen, wie Zentimeter/Punkte/Zoll (abhängig von der Voreinstellung in der Registerkarte Datei -> Erweiterte Einstellungen...) oder als Prozentsatz der gesamten Tabellenbreite.Hinweis: Sie können die Zellengröße auch manuell anpassen. Wenn Sie eine einzelne Zelle in einer Spalte kleiner oder größer als die Spaltenbreite machen wollen, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der gewünschten Zelle, bis dieser zum bidirektionalen Pfeil wird und ziehen Sie den Rahmen in die gewünschte Position. Verwenden Sie die Markierungen auf dem horizontalen Lineal, um die Spaltenbreite zu ändern. Im Abschnitt Zellenbegrenzungen können Sie den Abstand zwischen dem Text in den Zellen und der Zellenbegrenzung anpassen. Wenn Sie keine Auswahl treffen, werden Standardwerte verwendet (diese können in der Registerkarte Tabelle geändert werden), Sie können jedoch das Kontrollkästchen Standardbegrenzungen deaktivieren und die gewünschten Werte manuell eingeben. Im Abschnitt Zelloptionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter ändern: Die Option Zeilenumbruch ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Wenn der Text innerhalb einer Zeile länger ist als die vorhandene Zellenbreite, erfolgt ein automatischer Umbruch, so wird die Zelle zwar Höher aber die Spaltenbreite bleibt gleich. Die Registerkarte Rahmen & Hintergrund enthält die folgenden Parameter: Rahmeneinstellungen (Größe, Farbe und An- oder Abwesenheit) - legen Sie Linienstärke, Farbe und Ansichtstyp fest.Hinweis: Wenn Sie den Tabellenrahmen unsichtbar machen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche klicken oder alle Rahmenlinien in der Tabelle manuell deaktivieren, werden diese im Dokument mit einer gepunkteten Linie angedeutet. Um die Rahmenlinien vollständig auszublenden, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Formatierungszeichen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die Option Tabellenrahmen ausblenden. Zellenhintergrund - dem Zellenhintergrund eine Farbe zuweisen (nur verfügbar, wenn eine oder mehrere Zellen gewählt sind oder die Option Abstand zwischen Zellen zulassen auf der Registerkarte Breite & Abstand aktiviert ist). Tabellenhintergrund - der Tabelle wird eine Hintergrundfarbe zugewiesen bzw. die Abstände zwischen den Zellen werden farblich markiert, wenn die Option Abstand zwischen Zellen zulassen auf der Registerkarte Breite & Abstand aktiviert ist. Die Registerkarte Position ist nur verfügbar, wenn die Option Umgebend auf der Registerkarte Textumbruch ausgewählt ist, und enthält die folgenden Parameter: Die Parameter Horizontal beinhalten die Ausrichtung der Tabelle (linksbündig, zentriert, rechtsbündig) im Verhältnis zu Rand, Seite oder Text sowie die Tabellenposition rechts von Rand, Seite oder Text. Die Parameter Vertikal beinhalten die Ausrichtung der Tabelle (oben, zentriert, unten) im Verhältnis zu Rand, Seite oder Text sowie die Tabellenposition unterhalb des Randes, der Seite oder des Textes. Über die Registerkarte Rahmen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Im Kontrollkästchen Objekt mit Text verschieben können Sie festlegen, ob sich die Tabelle zusammen mit dem Text bewegen lässt, mit dem sie verankert wurde. Überlappung zulassen bestimmt, ob zwei Tabellen in einer großen Tabelle verbunden werden oder überlappen, wenn Sie diese auf einer Seite dicht aneinander bringen. Die Registerkarte Textumbruch enthält die folgenden Parameter: Umbruchstil - Mit Text verschieben oder Umgebend. Legen Sie fest, wie die Tabelle im Verhältnis zum Text positioniert wird: entweder als Teil des Textes (wenn Sie die Option „Mit Text in Zeile“ auswählen) oder an allen Seiten von Text umgeben (im Format „Umgebend“). Wenn Sie den Umbruchstil ausgewählt haben, können die zusätzlichen Umbruchparameter für beide Umbruchformate festlegen. Für den Stil „Mit Text in Zeile“ können Sie die Ausrichtung und den linken Einzug der Tabelle festlegen. Im Format „umgebend“ können Sie in der Gruppe Tabellenposition den Abstand zum Text sowie die Position der Tabelle festlegen. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", @@ -198,7 +213,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Zeilenabstand in Absätzen festlegen", - "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor ermöglicht Ihnen die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Abstände zwischen den einzelnen Absätzen festzulegen. Gehen Sie dazu wie folgt vor: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus oder markieren Sie den gesamten Text mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder in der rechten Seitenleiste, um das gewünschte Ergebnis zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen Sie haben drei Optionen zur Auswahl: mindestens (mithilfe dieser Option wird der für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile erforderliche Mindestabstand zwischen den Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird der Zeilenabstand in Zahlen größer als 1 festgelegt), genau (unabhängig von der Größe der eingegebenen Zeichen oder Objekte wird der voreingestellte Abstandswert genau eingehalten). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz. Kein Abstand zwischen Absätzen gleicher Formatierung - aktivieren Sie dieses Feld, wenn Sie keinen zusätzlichen Abstand zwischen Absätzen gleicher Formatierung einfügen möchten. Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0." + "body": "Der Dokumenteneditor ermöglicht Ihnen die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Abstände zwischen den einzelnen Absätzen festzulegen. Gehen Sie dazu wie folgt vor: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus oder markieren Sie den gesamten Text mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder in der rechten Seitenleiste, um das gewünschte Ergebnis zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen Sie haben drei Optionen zur Auswahl: mindestens (mithilfe dieser Option wird der für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile erforderliche Mindestabstand zwischen den Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird der Zeilenabstand in Zahlen größer als 1 festgelegt), genau (unabhängig von der Größe der eingegebenen Zeichen oder Objekte wird der voreingestellte Abstandswert genau eingehalten). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz. Kein Abstand zwischen Absätzen gleicher Formatierung - aktivieren Sie dieses Feld, wenn Sie keinen zusätzlichen Abstand zwischen Absätzen gleicher Formatierung einfügen möchten. Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", @@ -223,7 +238,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Dokument speichern/runterladen/drucken", - "body": "Dokument speichern/runterladen /drucken Standardmäßig speichert der Dokumenteneditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabschlusses zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus bearbeiten, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt bearbeiten, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Bearbeitungs-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren. Aktuelles Dokument manuell speichern: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Speichern oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+S oder wechseln Sie die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Aktuelles Dokument auf dem PC speichern Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als. Wählen Sie nach Bedarf eines der verfügbaren Formate aus: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML. Aktuelles Dokument drucken Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. Danach wird basierend auf dem Dokument eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken." + "body": "Dokument speichern/runterladen /drucken Standardmäßig speichert der Dokumenteneditor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabschlusses zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus bearbeiten, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt bearbeiten, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Bearbeitungs-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren. Aktuelles Dokument manuell speichern: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Speichern oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+S oder wechseln Sie die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Aktuelles Dokument auf dem PC speichern Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als. Wählen Sie nach Bedarf eines der verfügbaren Formate aus: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Aktuelles Dokument drucken Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. Danach wird basierend auf dem Dokument eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", @@ -238,16 +253,16 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Tabstopps setzen", - "body": "Es ist möglich die Tabstopps im Dokumenteneditor zu verändern, d.h., zu ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. Um die Tabstopps festzulegen, können Sie das horizontale Lineal nutzen: Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs. Folgende Tabstopparten sind verfügbar: Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links, also rückwärts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal. Sie können Ihre Tabstopps auch über das Fenster Absatzeigenschaften anpassen. Klicken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen im Kontextmenü aus oder nutzen Sie die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste, und wechseln Sie im geöffneten Fenster Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen in das Dialogfenster Tabulator.Sie können die folgende Parameter festlegen: Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Wenn Sie zuvor Tabstopps mithilfe des Lineals hinzugefügt haben, werden alle diese Tabulatorpositionen ebenfalls in der Liste angezeigt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen.Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp aus und klicken Sie auf Entfernen oder Alle entfernen." + "body": "Es ist möglich die Tabstopps im Dokumenteneditor zu verändern, d.h., zu ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. Um die Tabstopps festzulegen, können Sie das horizontale Lineal nutzen: Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs. Folgende Tabstopparten sind verfügbar: Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links, also rückwärts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal. Sie können Ihre Tabstopps auch über das Fenster Absatzeigenschaften anpassen. Klicken Sie die rechte Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen im Kontextmenü aus oder nutzen Sie die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste, und wechseln Sie im geöffneten Fenster Absatz - Erweiterte Einstellungen in das Dialogfenster Tabulator.Sie können die folgende Parameter festlegen: Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Wenn Sie zuvor Tabstopps mithilfe des Lineals hinzugefügt haben, werden alle diese Tabulatorpositionen ebenfalls in der Liste angezeigt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, wählen Sie die Option Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig aus der Menüliste aus und klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Leader - ermöglicht die Auswahl eines Zeichens, um für jede Tab-Position einen Leader zu erstellen. Ein Leader ist eine Reihe von Zeichen (Punkte oder Trennzeichen), die den Abstand zwischen den Registerkarten ausfüllen. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, wählen Sie die Art des Leaders aus der Menüliste aus und klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen.Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Seriendruck verwenden", - "body": "Hinweis: Diese Option ist nur in der bezahlten Version verfügbar. Mit der Funktion Seriendruck ist es möglich eine Reihe von Dokumenten zu erstellen, die einen gemeinsamen Inhalt aus einem Textdokument sowie einige individuelle Komponenten (Variablen, wie Namen, Begrüßungen usw.) aus einer Tabelle (z. B. eine Kundenliste) kombinieren. Das kann sehr nützlich sein, um eine Vielzahl von personalisierten Briefen zu erstellen und an Empfänger zu senden. Die Funktion Seriendruck verwenden. Erstellen Sie ein Datenquelle und laden Sie diese in das Hauptdokument. Bei einer für den Seriendruck verwendeten Datenquelle muss es sich um eine .xlsx-Tabelle handeln, die in Ihrem Portal gespeichert ist. Öffnen Sie eine vorhandene Tabelle oder erstellen Sie eine neue und stellen Sie sicher, dass diese die folgenden Anforderungen erfüllt:Die Tabelle muss eine Kopfzeile mit Spaltentiteln enthalten, da Werte in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte die Felder für die Zusammenführung bestimmen (Variablen, die Sie in den Text einfügen können). Jede Spalte sollte eine Reihe von tatsächlichen Werten für eine Variable enthalten. Jede Zeile in der Tabelle sollte einem separaten Datensatz entsprechen (einem Satz von Werten, der zu einem bestimmten Empfänger gehört). Während der Zusammenführung wird für jeden Datensatz eine Kopie des Hauptdokuments erstellt und jedes in den Haupttext eingefügte Zusammenführungsfeld wird durch einen tatsächlichen Wert aus der entsprechenden Spalte ersetzt. Wenn Sie Ergebnisse per E-Mail senden möchten, muss die Tabelle auch eine Spalte mit den E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger enthalten. Öffnen Sie ein vorhandenes Dokument oder erstellen Sie ein neues. Dieses Dokument muss den Haupttext enthalten, der für jede Version des Seriendruckdokuments identisch ist. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste, unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Seriendruck . Das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen wird geöffnet. Es wird eine Liste all Ihrer .xlsx-Tabellen angezeigt, die im Abschnitt Meine Dokumente gespeichert sind. Um zwischen anderen Modulabschnitten zu wechseln, verwenden Sie das Menü im linken Teil des Fensters. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Datei aus und klicken Sie auf OK. Sobald die Datenquelle geladen ist, wird die Registerkarte Einstellungen für das Zusammenführen in der rechten Seitenleiste angezeigt. Empfängerliste verifizieren oder ändern Klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Empfängerliste bearbeiten, um das Fenster Empfänger Seriendruck zu öffnen, in dem der Inhalt der ausgewählten Datenquelle angezeigt wird. Hier können Sie bei Bedarf neue Informationen hinzufügen bzw. vorhandene Daten bearbeiten oder löschen. Um das Arbeiten mit Daten zu vereinfachen, können Sie die Symbole oben im Fenster verwenden: und - zum Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten. und - um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen und zu wiederholen. und - um Ihre Daten in einem Zellenbereich in aufsteigender oder absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren. - um den Filter für den zuvor ausgewählten Zellenbereich zu aktivieren oder den aktuellen Filter zu entfernen. - um alle angewendeten Filterparameter zu löschen.Hinweis: Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung des Filters finden Sie im Abschnitt Sortieren und Filtern von Daten im Hilfemenü des Tabelleneditors. - um nach einem bestimmten Wert zu suchen und ihn gegebenenfalls durch einen anderen zu ersetzen.Hinweis: Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung des Werkzeugs Suchen und Ersetzen finden Sie im Abschnitt Suchen und Ersetzen von Funktionen im Hilfemenü des Tabelleneditors. Wenn Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf Speichern & Schließen. Um die Änderungen zu verwerfen, klicken Sie auf Schließen. Einfügen von Seriendruckfeldern und überprüfen der Ergebnisse Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im Text des Hauptdokuments an der Stelle an der Sie ein Seriendruckfeld einfügen möchten, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Seriendruckfeld einfügen und wählen Sie das erforderliche Feld aus der Liste aus Die verfügbaren Felder entsprechen den Daten in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte der ausgewählten Datenquelle. Fügen Sie alle benötigten Felder an beliebiger Stelle im Dokument ein. Aktivieren Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste den Schalter Seriendruckfelder hervorheben, um die eingefügten Felder im Text deutlicher zu kennzeichnen. Aktivieren Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste den Schalter Ergebnisvorschau, um den Dokumenttext mit den aus der Datenquelle eingesetzten tatsächlichen Werten anzuzeigen. Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltasten, um für jeden Datensatz eine Vorschau des zusammengeführten Dokuments anzuzeigen. Um ein eingefügtes Feld zu löschen, deaktivieren sie den Modus Ergebnisvorschau, wählen Sie das entsprechende Feld mit der Maus aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf der Tastatur. Um ein eingefügtes Feld zu ersetzen, deaktivieren sie den Modus Ergebnisvorschau, wählen Sie das entsprechende Feld mit der Maus aus, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Seriendruckfeld einfügen und wählen Sie ein neues Feld aus der Liste aus. Parameter für den Seriendruck festlegen Wählen Sie den Zusammenführungstyp aus. Sie können den Massenversand beginnen oder das Ergebnis als Datei im PDF- oder Docx-Format speichern und es später drucken oder bearbeiten. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste Zusammenführen als aus: PDF - um ein einzelnes Dokument im PDF-Format zu erstellen, das alle zusammengeführten Kopien enthält, damit Sie diese später drucken können DOCX - um ein einzelnes Dokument im DOCX-Format zu erstellen, das alle zusammengeführten Kopien enthält, damit Sie diese später bearbeiten können E-Mail - um die Ergebnisse als E-Mail an die Empfänger zu sendenNote: Die E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger müssen in der geladenen Datenquelle angegeben werden und Sie müssen mindestens ein E-Mail-Konto im Mail-Modul in Ihrem Portal hinterlegt haben. Wählen Sie die Datensätze aus, auf die Sie die Zusammenführung anwenden möchten: Alle Datensätze - (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt) - um zusammengeführte Dokumente für alle Datensätze aus der geladenen Datenquelle zu erstellen Aktueller Datensatz - zum Erstellen eines zusammengeführten Dokuments für den aktuell angezeigten Datensatz Von... Bis - um ein zusammengeführtes Dokument für eine Reihe von Datensätzen zu erstellen (in diesem Fall müssen Sie zwei Werte angeben: die Werte für den ersten und den letzten Datensatz im gewünschten Bereich)Note: Es können maximal 100 Empfänger angegeben werden. Wenn Sie mehr als 100 Empfänger in Ihrer Datenquelle haben, führen Sie den Seriendruck schrittweise aus: Geben Sie die Werte von 1 bis 100 ein, warten Sie, bis der Serienbriefprozess abgeschlossen ist, und wiederholen Sie den Vorgang mit den Werten von 101 bis N. Serienbrief abschließen Wenn Sie sich entschieden haben, die Ergebnisse der Zusammenführung als Datei zu speichern, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Herunterladen als, um die Datei an einem beliebigen Ort auf Ihrem PC zu speichern. Sie finden die Datei in Ihrem Standardordner für Downloads. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Speichern, um die Datei in Ihrem Portal zu speichern. Im Fenster Speichern unter können Sie den Dateinamen ändern und den Ort angeben, an dem Sie die Datei speichern möchten. Sie können auch das Kontrollkästchen Zusammengeführtes Dokument in neuem Tab öffnen aktivieren, um das Ergebnis zu überprüfen, sobald der Serienbriefprozess abgeschlossen ist. Klicken Sie zum Schluss im Fenster Speichern unter auf Speichern. Wenn Sie die Option E-Mail ausgewählt haben, erscheint in der rechten Seitenleiste die Schaltfläche Teilen. Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche klicken, öffnet sich das Fenster An E-Mail senden: Wenn Sie mehrere Konten mit Ihrem Mail-Modul verbunden haben, wählen Sie in der Liste Von das E-Mail-Konto aus, das Sie zum Senden der E-Mails verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie in der Liste An das Seriendruckfeld aus, das den E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger entspricht, falls es nicht automatisch ausgewählt wurde. Geben Sie den Betreff Ihrer Nachricht in die Betreffzeile ein. Wählen sie das Mailformat aus der Liste aus: HTML, als DOCX anhängen oder als PDF anhängen. Wenn eine der beiden letzteren Optionen ausgewählt ist, müssen Sie auch den Dateinamen für Anhänge angeben und die Nachricht eingeben (der Text Ihres Briefes, der an die Empfänger gesendet wird). Klicken Sie auf Senden. Sobald das Mailing abgeschlossen ist, erhalten Sie an die im Feld Von angegebene E-Mail-Adresse eine Benachrichtigung." + "body": "Hinweis: Diese Option ist nur in der bezahlten Version verfügbar. Mit der Funktion Seriendruck ist es möglich eine Reihe von Dokumenten zu erstellen, die einen gemeinsamen Inhalt aus einem Textdokument sowie einige individuelle Komponenten (Variablen, wie Namen, Begrüßungen usw.) aus einer Tabelle (z. B. eine Kundenliste) kombinieren. Das kann sehr nützlich sein, um eine Vielzahl von personalisierten Briefen zu erstellen und an Empfänger zu senden. Die Funktion Seriendruck verwenden. Erstellen Sie ein Datenquelle und laden Sie diese in das Hauptdokument. Bei einer für den Seriendruck verwendeten Datenquelle muss es sich um eine .xlsx-Tabelle handeln, die in Ihrem Portal gespeichert ist. Öffnen Sie eine vorhandene Tabelle oder erstellen Sie eine neue und stellen Sie sicher, dass diese die folgenden Anforderungen erfüllt:Die Tabelle muss eine Kopfzeile mit Spaltentiteln enthalten, da Werte in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte die Felder für die Zusammenführung bestimmen (Variablen, die Sie in den Text einfügen können). Jede Spalte sollte eine Reihe von tatsächlichen Werten für eine Variable enthalten. Jede Zeile in der Tabelle sollte einem separaten Datensatz entsprechen (einem Satz von Werten, der zu einem bestimmten Empfänger gehört). Während der Zusammenführung wird für jeden Datensatz eine Kopie des Hauptdokuments erstellt und jedes in den Haupttext eingefügte Zusammenführungsfeld wird durch einen tatsächlichen Wert aus der entsprechenden Spalte ersetzt. Wenn Sie Ergebnisse per E-Mail senden möchten, muss die Tabelle auch eine Spalte mit den E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger enthalten. Öffnen Sie ein vorhandenes Dokument oder erstellen Sie ein neues. Dieses Dokument muss den Haupttext enthalten, der für jede Version des Seriendruckdokuments identisch ist. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste, unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Seriendruck . Das Fenster Datenquelle auswählen wird geöffnet. Es wird eine Liste all Ihrer .xlsx-Tabellen angezeigt, die im Abschnitt Meine Dokumente gespeichert sind. Um zwischen anderen Modulabschnitten zu wechseln, verwenden Sie das Menü im linken Teil des Fensters. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Datei aus und klicken Sie auf OK. Sobald die Datenquelle geladen ist, wird die Registerkarte Einstellungen für das Zusammenführen in der rechten Seitenleiste angezeigt. Empfängerliste verifizieren oder ändern Klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Empfängerliste bearbeiten, um das Fenster Empfänger Seriendruck zu öffnen, in dem der Inhalt der ausgewählten Datenquelle angezeigt wird. Hier können Sie bei Bedarf neue Informationen hinzufügen bzw. vorhandene Daten bearbeiten oder löschen. Um das Arbeiten mit Daten zu vereinfachen, können Sie die Symbole oben im Fenster verwenden: und - zum Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten. und - um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen und zu wiederholen. und - um Ihre Daten in einem Zellenbereich in aufsteigender oder absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren. - um den Filter für den zuvor ausgewählten Zellenbereich zu aktivieren oder den aktuellen Filter zu entfernen. - um alle angewendeten Filterparameter zu löschen.Hinweis: Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung des Filters finden Sie im Abschnitt Sortieren und Filtern von Daten im Hilfemenü des Tabelleneditors. - um nach einem bestimmten Wert zu suchen und ihn gegebenenfalls durch einen anderen zu ersetzen.Hinweis: Weitere Informationen zur Verwendung des Werkzeugs Suchen und Ersetzen finden Sie im Abschnitt Suchen und Ersetzen von Funktionen im Hilfemenü des Tabelleneditors. Wenn Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf Speichern & Schließen. Um die Änderungen zu verwerfen, klicken Sie auf Schließen. Einfügen von Seriendruckfeldern und überprüfen der Ergebnisse Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im Text des Hauptdokuments an der Stelle an der Sie ein Seriendruckfeld einfügen möchten, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Seriendruckfeld einfügen und wählen Sie das erforderliche Feld aus der Liste aus Die verfügbaren Felder entsprechen den Daten in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte der ausgewählten Datenquelle. Fügen Sie alle benötigten Felder an beliebiger Stelle im Dokument ein. Aktivieren Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste den Schalter Seriendruckfelder hervorheben, um die eingefügten Felder im Text deutlicher zu kennzeichnen. Aktivieren Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste den Schalter Ergebnisvorschau, um den Dokumenttext mit den aus der Datenquelle eingesetzten tatsächlichen Werten anzuzeigen. Verwenden Sie die Pfeiltasten, um für jeden Datensatz eine Vorschau des zusammengeführten Dokuments anzuzeigen. Um ein eingefügtes Feld zu löschen, deaktivieren sie den Modus Ergebnisvorschau, wählen Sie das entsprechende Feld mit der Maus aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf der Tastatur. Um ein eingefügtes Feld zu ersetzen, deaktivieren sie den Modus Ergebnisvorschau, wählen Sie das entsprechende Feld mit der Maus aus, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Schaltfläche Seriendruckfeld einfügen und wählen Sie ein neues Feld aus der Liste aus. Parameter für den Seriendruck festlegen Wählen Sie den Zusammenführungstyp aus. Sie können den Massenversand beginnen oder das Ergebnis als Datei im PDF- oder Docx-Format speichern und es später drucken oder bearbeiten. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste Zusammenführen als aus: PDF - um ein einzelnes Dokument im PDF-Format zu erstellen, das alle zusammengeführten Kopien enthält, damit Sie diese später drucken können DOCX - um ein einzelnes Dokument im DOCX-Format zu erstellen, das alle zusammengeführten Kopien enthält, damit Sie diese später bearbeiten können E-Mail - um die Ergebnisse als E-Mail an die Empfänger zu sendenNote: Die E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger müssen in der geladenen Datenquelle angegeben werden und Sie müssen mindestens ein E-Mail-Konto im Mail-Modul in Ihrem Portal hinterlegt haben. Wählen Sie die Datensätze aus, auf die Sie die Zusammenführung anwenden möchten: Alle Datensätze - (diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt) - um zusammengeführte Dokumente für alle Datensätze aus der geladenen Datenquelle zu erstellen Aktueller Datensatz - zum Erstellen eines zusammengeführten Dokuments für den aktuell angezeigten Datensatz Von... Bis - um ein zusammengeführtes Dokument für eine Reihe von Datensätzen zu erstellen (in diesem Fall müssen Sie zwei Werte angeben: die Werte für den ersten und den letzten Datensatz im gewünschten Bereich)Note: Es können maximal 100 Empfänger angegeben werden. Wenn Sie mehr als 100 Empfänger in Ihrer Datenquelle haben, führen Sie den Seriendruck schrittweise aus: Geben Sie die Werte von 1 bis 100 ein, warten Sie, bis der Serienbriefprozess abgeschlossen ist, und wiederholen Sie den Vorgang mit den Werten von 101 bis N. Serienbrief abschließen Wenn Sie sich entschieden haben, die Ergebnisse der Zusammenführung als Datei zu speichern, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Herunterladen als, um die Datei an einem beliebigen Ort auf Ihrem PC zu speichern. Sie finden die Datei in Ihrem Standardordner für Downloads. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Speichern, um die Datei in Ihrem Portal zu speichern. Im Fenster Speichern unter können Sie den Dateinamen ändern und den Ort angeben, an dem Sie die Datei speichern möchten. Sie können auch das Kontrollkästchen Zusammengeführtes Dokument in neuem Tab öffnen aktivieren, um das Ergebnis zu überprüfen, sobald der Serienbriefprozess abgeschlossen ist. Klicken Sie zum Schluss im Fenster Speichern unter auf Speichern. Wenn Sie die Option E-Mail ausgewählt haben, erscheint in der rechten Seitenleiste die Schaltfläche Teilen. Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche klicken, öffnet sich das Fenster An E-Mail senden: Wenn Sie mehrere Konten mit Ihrem Mail-Modul verbunden haben, wählen Sie in der Liste Von das E-Mail-Konto aus, das Sie zum Senden der E-Mails verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie in der Liste An das Seriendruckfeld aus, das den E-Mail-Adressen der Empfänger entspricht, falls es nicht automatisch ausgewählt wurde. Geben Sie den Betreff Ihrer Nachricht in die Betreffzeile ein. Wählen sie das Mailformat aus der Liste aus: HTML, als DOCX anhängen oder als PDF anhängen. Wenn eine der beiden letzteren Optionen ausgewählt ist, müssen Sie auch den Dateinamen für Anhänge angeben und die Nachricht eingeben (der Text Ihres Briefes, der an die Empfänger gesendet wird). Klicken Sie auf Senden. Sobald das Mailing abgeschlossen ist, erhalten Sie an die im Feld Von angegebene E-Mail-Adresse eine Benachrichtigung." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Dokumenteigenschaften anzeigen", - "body": "Um detaillierte Informationen über das aktuelle Dokument einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Dokumenteigenschaften.... Allgemeine Eigenschaften Die allgemeinen Dokumenteigenschaften beinhalten den Titel, Autor, Speicherort, das Erstelldatum und die folgenden Statistiken: Anzahl der Seiten, Absätze, Wörter, Zeichen, Buchstaben (mit Leerzeichen). Hinweis: Sie können den Namen des Dokuments direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer das Recht hat, das Dokument anzuzeigen oder zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Versionsverlauf Hinweis: Diese Option steht für kostenlose Konten und im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um alle Änderungen an diesem Dokument anzuzeigen, wählen Sie die Option Versionsverlauf in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie sehen eine Liste mit allen Dokumentversionen (Hauptänderungen) und Revisionen (geringfügige Änderungen), unter Angabe aller jeweiligen Autoren sowie Erstellungsdatum und -zeit. Für Dokumentversionen wird auch die Versionsnummer angegeben (z.B. Ver. 2). Für eine detaillierte Anzeige der jeweiligen Änderungen in jeder einzelnen Version/Revision, können Sie die gewünschte Version anzeigen, indem Sie in der linken Seitenleiste darauf klicken. Die vom Autor der Version/Revision vorgenommenen Änderungen sind mit der Farbe markiert, die neben dem Autorennamen in der linken Seitenleiste angezeigt wird. Über den unterhalb der gewählten Version/Revision angezeigten Link Wiederherstellen, gelangen Sie in die jeweilige Version. Um zur aktuellen Version des Dokuments zurückzukehren, klicken Sie oben in der Liste mit Versionen auf Verlauf schließen. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und zur Dokumentbearbeitung zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." + "body": "Um detaillierte Informationen über das aktuelle Dokument einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Dokumenteigenschaften.... Allgemeine Eigenschaften Die allgemeinen Dokumenteigenschaften beinhalten den Titel, Autor, Speicherort, das Erstelldatum und die folgenden Statistiken: Anzahl der Seiten, Absätze, Wörter, Zeichen, Buchstaben (mit Leerzeichen). Hinweis: Sie können den Namen des Dokuments direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer das Recht hat, das Dokument anzuzeigen oder zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Versionsverlauf Hinweis: Diese Option steht für kostenlose Konten und im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um alle Änderungen an diesem Dokument anzuzeigen, wählen Sie die Option Versionsverlauf in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können den Versionsverlauf auch über das Symbol Versionsverlauf in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit öffnen. Sie sehen eine Liste mit allen Dokumentversionen (Hauptänderungen) und Revisionen (geringfügige Änderungen), unter Angabe aller jeweiligen Autoren sowie Erstellungsdatum und -zeit. Für Dokumentversionen wird auch die Versionsnummer angegeben (z.B. Ver. 2). Für eine detaillierte Anzeige der jeweiligen Änderungen in jeder einzelnen Version/Revision, können Sie die gewünschte Version anzeigen, indem Sie in der linken Seitenleiste darauf klicken. Die vom Autor der Version/Revision vorgenommenen Änderungen sind mit der Farbe markiert, die neben dem Autorennamen in der linken Seitenleiste angezeigt wird. Über den unterhalb der gewählten Version/Revision angezeigten Link Wiederherstellen, gelangen Sie in die jeweilige Version. Um zur aktuellen Version des Dokuments zurückzukehren, klicken Sie oben in der Liste mit Versionen auf Verlauf schließen. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und zur Dokumentbearbeitung zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html index 23c6f96ba..b5c8869af 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
    - +

    Suche...

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 071d6eb35..45f80b50a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -3,8 +3,9 @@ {"src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "name": "File tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Home Tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Insert tab"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Layout tab"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "name": "Review tab"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Layout tab" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "name": "References tab"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "name": "Collaboration tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", "name": "Change color scheme", "headername": "Basic operations"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions"}, @@ -34,6 +35,8 @@ {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Insert autoshapes"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Insert charts" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Insert text objects" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "name": "Insert content controls" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Create table of contents" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Align and arrange objects on a page" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "name": "Change wrapping style" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Use mail merge", "headername": "Mail Merge"}, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm index ada6445c2..e853f1609 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
    - +

    About Document Editor

    Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit documents directly in your browser.

    Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive - as PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, or HTML files.

    + as DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, or HTML files.

    To view the current software version and licensor details, click the About icon icon at the left sidebar.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 7645170c0..5a96e26c6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@
    - +

    Advanced Settings of Document Editor

    -

    Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also use the Advanced settings icon icon in the right upper corner at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

    The advanced settings are:

    • Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option:
      • Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments Comments icon icon at the left sidebar.
        • -
      • Turn on display of the resolved comments - if you disable this feature, the resolved comments will be hidden in the document text. You'll be able to view such comments only if you click the Comments Comments icon icon at the left sidebar.
        • +
      • Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments Comments icon icon at the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text.
    • Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option.
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 13d123f22..5efa4d43d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Collaborative Document Editing

      Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes:

      @@ -24,10 +24,11 @@

    Co-editing

    -

    Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save Save icon icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings.

    +

    Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save Save icon icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

    +

    Co-editing Mode menu

    When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text.

    The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

    -

    When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon.

    +

    When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon. It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar.

    As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the Save icon icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed.

    You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last realtime collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted.

    Chat

    @@ -35,19 +36,21 @@

    The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them.

    To access the chat and leave a message for other users,

      -
    1. click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar,
      2. +
    2. click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar, or
      + switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat icon Chat button, +
    3. enter your text into the corresponding field below,
    4. press the Send button.

    All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - Chat icon.

    -

    To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon once again.

    +

    To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button at the top toolbar once again.

    Comments

    To leave a comment,

    1. select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem,
    2. - switch to the Insert or Review tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment icon Comment button, or
      + switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment icon Comment button, or
      use the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
      right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu,
      3. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 5683eadb1..9043572c0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Keyboard Shortcuts

    Speichern unter... Strg+Unschalt+SDas Dokument wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML.Das Dokument wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.
    Vollbild Rich Text Format
    Plattformunabhängiges Datei- und Datenaustauschformat von Microsoft für formatierte Texte    		 + ++
    TXT
    @@ -24,10 +24,15 @@ - + - + + + + + + @@ -46,7 +51,7 @@ - + @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ - + @@ -67,6 +72,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -93,34 +118,74 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -218,6 +283,36 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -312,6 +407,21 @@ --> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -325,10 +435,30 @@ - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + @@ -345,11 +475,63 @@ + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings.
    Open 'Search' panelOpen 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+FOpen the Search panel to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document.Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document.
    Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement fieldCtrl+HOpen the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters.
    Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+Shift+H
    Save document Ctrl+SSave all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor.Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format.
    Print document
    Download As... Ctrl+Shift+SSave the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML.Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.
    Full screenHelp menu F1 Open Document Editor Help menu.
    Open existing fileCtrl+OOn the Open local file tab in desktop editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file.
    Element contextual menuShift+F10Open the selected element contextual menu.
    Close fileCtrl+WClose the selected document window.
    Close the window (tab)Ctrl+F4Close the tab in a browser.
    Navigation
    Scroll downPgDnPage Down Scroll the document approximately one visible page down.
    Scroll upPgUpPage Up Scroll the document approximately one visible page up.
    Next pageAlt+PgDnAlt+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document.
    Previous pageAlt+PgUpAlt+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document.
    Zoom InCtrl+plus (+)Ctrl+Plus sign (+) Zoom in the currently edited document.
    Zoom OutCtrl+minus (-)Ctrl+Minus sign (-) Zoom out the currently edited document.
    Move one character to the leftLeft arrowMove the cursor one character to the left.
    Move one character to the rightRight arrowMove the cursor one character to the right.
    Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the leftCtrl+Left arrowMove the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left.
    Move one word to the rightCtrl+Right arrowMove the cursor one word to the right.
    Move one line upUp arrowMove the cursor one line up.
    Move one line downDown arrowMove the cursor one line down.
    Writing
    Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line.
    Select one character to the rightShift+Right arrowSelect one character to the right of the cursor position.
    Select one character to the leftShift+Left arrowSelect one character to the left of the cursor position.
    Select to the end of a wordCtrl+Shift+Right arrowSelect a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word.
    Select to the beginning of a wordCtrl+Shift+Left arrowSelect a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word.
    Select one line upShift+Up arrowSelect one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line).
    Select one line downShift+Down arrowSelect one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line).
    Text Styling
    Ctrl+L Align left with the text lined up by the left side of the page, the right side remains unaligned. If your text is initially left-aligned
    Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing)Ctrl+Equal sign (=)Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment.
    Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing)Ctrl+Shift+Plus sign (+)Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment.
    Insert page breakCtrl+EnterInsert a page break at the current cursor position.
    Increase indent Ctrl+M
    Add page number Ctrl+Shift+PAdd the current page number to the text or to the page footer.Add the current page number at the current cursor position.
    Nonprinting charactersCtrl+Shift+Num8Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters.
    Delete one character to the leftBackspaceDelete one character to the left of the cursor.
    Delete one character to the rightDeleteDelete one character to the right of the cursor.
    Modifying ObjectsModifying Objects
    Constrain movementShift+drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing.
    Draw straight line or arrowShift+drag (when drawing lines/arrows)Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow.
    Movement by one-pixel incrementsCtrlCtrl+Arrow keys Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time.
    Working with Tables
    Move to the next cell in a rowTabGo to the next cell in a table row.
    Move to the previous cell in a rowShift+TabGo to the previous cell in a table row.
    Move to the next rowDown arrowGo to the next row in a table.
    Move to the previous rowUp arrowGo to the previous row in a table.
    Start new paragraphEnterStart a new paragraph within a cell.
    Add new rowTab in the lower right table cell.Add a new row at the bottom of the table.
    Inserting special characters
    Insert formulaAlt+Equal sign (=)Insert a formula at the current cursor position.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index b2cb0f37b..445b96aa9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
    - +

    View Settings and Navigation Tools

    Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc.

    Adjust the View Settings

    -

    To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings View settings icon icon at the upper right corner and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. +

    To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list:

    • - Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it.
      To disable this mode switch to the Home tab, then click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. + Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it.
      To disable this mode, click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time.

      Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again.

    • Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Page Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again.
      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index be8b60c57..7e46ee77f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Document Review

      When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature.

      @@ -21,15 +21,15 @@

      To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways:

      • click the Track changes button button in the right lower corner at the status bar, or
        • -
      • switch to the Review tab at the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button Track Changes button.
        • +
      • switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button Track Changes button.

      Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights.

      Choose the changes display mode

      Click the Display Mode button Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list:

        -
      • All changes (Editing) - this option is selected by default. It allows both to view suggested changes and edit the document.
        • -
      • All changes accepted (Preview) - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document.
        • -
      • All changes rejected (Preview) - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document.
        • +
      • Markup - this option is selected by default. It allows both to view suggested changes and edit the document.
        • +
      • Final - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document.
        • +
      • Original - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document.

      Accept or reject changes

      Use the To Previous Change button Previous and the To Next Change button Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 5d6d380b9..60f27953b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
      - +

      Search and Replace Function

      To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, - click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar.

      + click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

      The Find and Replace window will open:

      Find and Replace Window

        @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

      The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered.

      -

      To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field. The Find and Replace window will change:

      +

      To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change:

      Find and Replace Window

      1. Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field.
        2. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 6da0f23dd..5ad6c6295 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,16 +11,15 @@
        - +

        Spell-checking

        Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing.

        -

        First of all, choose a language for your document. Switch to the Review tab of the top toolbar and click the Set Document Language icon Language icon. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document.

        +

        First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon Set Document Language icon at the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document.

        Set Document Language window

        To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the Spell-checking - Text Language selector menu at the status bar.

        To enable the spell checking option, you can:

          -
        • click the Spell Checking top toolbar icon Spell Checking icon at the Review tab of the top toolbar, or
        • click the Spell checking deactivated icon Spell checking icon at the status bar, or
        • open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button.
        @@ -34,7 +33,6 @@

        Spell-checking

        To disable the spell checking option, you can:

          -
        • click the Spell Checking top toolbar icon Spell Checking icon at the Review tab of the top toolbar, or
        • click the Spell checking activated icon Spell checking icon at the status bar, or
        • open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button.
        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 57b8817a8..c92a6bbb0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Supported Formats of Electronic Documents

        Electronic documents represent one of the most commonly used computer files. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Rich Text Format
        Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + - + + TXT diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index ad4767617..b34aa506a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

        - +

        File tab

        The File tab allows to perform some basic operations on the current file.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 6a1b15e40..7dd5ad011 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
        - +

        Home tab

        -

        The Home tab opens by default when you open a document. It allows to format font and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge, color schemes, view settings.

        +

        The Home tab opens by default when you open a document. It allows to format font and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge and color schemes.

        Home tab

        Using this tab, you can:

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 63abbbaf5..1e2e32785 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Insert tab

        The Insert tab allows to add some page formatting elements, as well as visual objects and comments.

        @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
      2. insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks,
      3. insert headers and footers and page numbers,
      4. insert tables, pictures, charts, shapes,
        5. -
      5. insert hyperlinks, footnotes, comments,
        6. -
      6. insert text boxes and Text Art objects, equations, drop caps.
        7. +
      7. insert hyperlinks, comments,
        8. +
      8. insert text boxes and Text Art objects, equations, drop caps, content controls.
    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index cbbebac0f..32b10a7a9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Layout tab

    The Layout tab allows to change the document appearance: set up page parameters and define the arrangement of visual elements.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index f902da209..5bef60a2e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@
    - +

    Plugins tab

    -

    The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components.

    +

    The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations.

    Plugins tab

    -

    Currently, the following plugins are available:

    +

    The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation.

    +

    Currently, the following plugins are available by default:

    • ClipArt allows to add images from the clipart collection into your document,
    • OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text,
      • @@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
    • Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages,
    • YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document.
    +

    The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version.

    To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index c0bead45a..ebb9517ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,22 +11,22 @@
    - +

    Introducing the Document Editor user interface

    Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality.

    Editor window

    The editor interface consists of the following main elements:

      -
    1. Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, document name as well as two icons on the right that allow to set access rights and return to the Documents list. +
    2. Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, document name as well as three icons on the right that allow to set access rights, return to the Documents list, adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings.

      Icons in the editor header

      3. -
    3. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Review, Plugins. +
    4. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Plugins.

      The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo and Redo options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

      Icons on the top toolbar

    5. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the page number indicator, displays some notifications (such as "All changes saved" etc.), allows to set text language, enable spell checking, turn on the track changes mode, adjust zoom.
      6. -
    6. Left sidebar contains icons that allow to use the Search and Replace tool, open the Comments and Chat panel, contact our support team and view the information about the program.
      7. +
    7. Left sidebar contains icons that allow to use the Search and Replace tool, open the Comments, Chat and Navigation panel, contact our support team and view the information about the program.
    8. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar.
    9. Horizontal and vertical Rulers allow to align text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents.
    10. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data.
      11. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd622df09 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + References tab + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      References tab

      +

      The References tab allows to manage different types of references: add and refresh a table of contents, create and edit footnotes, insert hyperlinks.

      +

      References tab

      +

      Using this tab, you can:

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index 6899f9e83..0fd056100 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Review tab + Collaboration tab - + @@ -11,18 +11,21 @@
      - +
      -

      Review tab

      -

      The Review tab allows to proof the document: make sure that the spelling of the text is correct, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer.

      -

      Review tab

      +

      Collaboration tab

      +

      The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the document: share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer, view all versions and revisions.

      +

      Collaboration tab

      Using this tab, you can:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 52f0665fb..d64076c78 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Add borders

      To add borders to a paragraph, page, or the whole document,

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 1261744dc..f413784a5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
      - +

      Add hyperlinks

      To add a hyperlink,

      1. place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added,
        2. -
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar,
      4. click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar,
      5. after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters:
          -
        • Link to - enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com.
          • +
        • Link to - enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com.
        • Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field.
        • ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to.
        @@ -29,10 +29,9 @@
      6. Click the OK button.
      -

      To add a hyperlink, you can also click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the menu that opens the window displayed above.

      -

      Note: it's also possible to select a caracter, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and - click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selection and choose the Hyperlink option in the menu. - After that the window displayed above will open with the Display field filled with the text fragment you selected.

      +

      To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu.

      +

      Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and + then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected.

      By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document.

      To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index d8e1dc55a..e9cc928e2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Align and arrange objects on a page

      The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped and ordered on a page. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects on the page. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 52fa0820a..6486d3b5e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Align your text in a paragraph

      The text is commonly aligned in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that,

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index b7597f06d..66ae17d19 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Select background color for a paragraph

      Background color is applied to the whole paragraph and completely fills all the paragraph space from the left page margin to the right page margin.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index 11d90172d..1f5e4f768 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Change color scheme

      Color schemes are applied to the whole document. They are used to quickly change the appearance of your document, since they are define the Theme Colors palette for document elements (font, background, tables, autoshapes, charts). If you've applied some Theme Colors to document elements and then selected a different Color Scheme, the applied colors in your document change correspondingly.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm index e66381996..1954f7bce 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Change text wrapping

      The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables.

      @@ -45,20 +45,17 @@

      If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts.

      If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Editing Wrap Boundary

      Change text wrapping for tables

      -

      For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline and Flow.

      +

      For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table.

      To change the currently selected wrapping style:

        -
      1. right-click the table,
        2. -
      2. open the text wrapping settings: +
      3. right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option,
        4. +
      4. switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, +
        5. +
      5. + select one of the following options:
          - -
        • select the Table Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, or
          • -
        • select one of the following options from the contextual menu: -
            -
          • Wrapping Style - Inline is used to select the inline style (when the text is broken by the table) as well as the alignment: left, center, right.
            • -
          • Wrapping Style - Flow is used to select the flow style when the text is wrapped around the table.
            • -
          -
          • +
        • Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right.
          • +
        • Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index f082e9289..dcf74785a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Copy/clear text formatting

      To copy a certain text formatting,

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 43e324cd7..88c53f3bf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions

      Use basic clipboard operations

      @@ -36,6 +36,12 @@
    11. Paste - allows to paste the copied text keeping its original formatting.
    12. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting.
      13. +

      If you paste the copied table into an existing table, the following options are available:

      +
        +
      • Overwrite cells - allows to replace the existing table contents with the pasted data. This option is selected by default.
        • +
      • Nest table - allows to paste the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table.
        • +
      • Keep text only - allows to paste the table contents as text values separated by the tab character.
        • +

      Undo/redo your actions

      To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar or keyboard shortcuts:

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 5e823c844..e5ca35649 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Create lists

        To create a list in your document,

        @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
      • now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph.
    -

    You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Outline Outline icon, Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    +

    You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list Multilevel list icon, Decrease indent Decrease indent icon, and Increase indent Increase indent icon icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc4d4346f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + + + + Create a Table of Contents + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Create a Table of Contents

    +

    A table of contents contains a list of all chapters (sections etc.) in a document and displays the numbers of the pages where each chapter is started. This allows to easily navigate through a multi-page document quickly switching to the necessary part of the text. The table of contents is generated automatically on the base of the document headings formatted using built-in styles. This makes it easy to update the created table of contents without the necessity to edit headings and change page numbers manually if the document text has been changed.

    +

    Define the heading structure

    +

    Format headings

    +

    First of all, format headings in you document using one of the predefined styles. To do that,

    +
      +
    1. Select the text you want to include into the table of contents.
      2. +
    2. Open the style menu on the right side of the Home tab at the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. Click the style you want to apply. By default, you can use the Heading 1 - Heading 9 styles. +

      Note: if you want to use other styles (e.g. Title, Subtitle etc.) to format headings that will be included into the table of contents, you will need to adjust the table of contents settings first (see the corresponding section below). To learn more about available formatting styles, you can refer to this page.

      +
      4. +
    + +

    Once the headings are formatted, you can click the Navigation icon Navigation icon at the left sidebar to open the panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. This panel allows to easily navigate between headings in the document text as well as manage the heading structure.

    +

    Right-click on a heading in the list and use one of the available options from the menu:

    +

    Navigation panel

    +
      +
    • Promote - to move the currently selected heading up to the higher level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 2 to Heading 1.
      • +
    • Demote - to move the currently selected heading down to the lower level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 1 to Heading 2.
      • +
    • New heading before - to add a new empty heading of the same level before the currently selected one.
      • +
    • New heading after - to add a new empty heading of the same level after the currently selected one.
      • +
    • New subheading - to add a new empty subheading (i.e. a heading with lower level) after the currently selected heading. +

      When the heading or subheading is added, click on the added empty heading in the list and type in your own text. This can be done both in the document text and on the Navigation panel itself.

      +
      • +
    • Select content - to select the text below the current heading in the document (including the text related to all subheadings of this heading).
      • +
    • Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Navigation panel.
      • +
    • Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Navigation panel.
      • +
    • Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed.
      • +
    +

    To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings.

    +

    To close the Navigation panel, click the Navigation icon Navigation icon at the left sidebar once again.

    +

    Insert a Table of Contents into the document

    +

    To insert a table of contents into your document:

    +
      +
    1. Position the insertion point where you want to add the table of contents.
      2. +
    2. Switch to the References tab of the top toolbar.
      3. +
    3. Click the Table of Contents icon Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar, or
      + click the arrow next to this icon and select the necessary layout option from the menu. You can select the table of contents that displays headings, page numbers and leaders, or headings only. +

      Table of Contents options

      +

      Note: the table of content appearance can be adjusted later via the table of contents settings.

      +
      4. +
    +

    The table of contents will be added at the current cursor position. To change the position of the table of contents, you can select the table of contents field (content control) and simply drag it to the desired place. To do that, click the Table of Contents content control button button in the upper left corner of the table of contents field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text.

    +

    Moving the table of contents

    +

    To navigate between headings, press the Ctrl key and click the necessary heading within the table of contents field. You will go to the corresponding page.

    +

    Adjust the created Table of Contents

    +

    Refresh the Table of Contents

    +

    After the table of contents is created, you may continue editing your text by adding new chapters, changing their order, removing some paragraphs, or expanding the text related to a heading so that the page numbers that correspond to the preceding or subsequent section may change. In this case, use the Refresh option to automatically apply all changes to the table of contents.

    +

    Click the arrow next to the Refresh icon Refresh icon at the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu:

    +
      +
    • Refresh entire table - to add the headings that you added to the document, remove the ones you deleted from the document, update the edited (renamed) headings as well as update page numbers.
      • +
    • Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings.
      • +
    +

    Alternatively, you can select the table of contents in the document text and click the Refresh icon Refresh icon at the top of the table of contents field to display the above mentioned options.

    +

    Refreshing the table of contents

    +

    It's also possible to right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the corresponding options from the contextual menu.

    +

    Contextual menu

    +

    Adjust the Table of Contents settings

    +

    To open the table of contents settings, you can proceed in the following ways:

    +
      +
    • Click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and select the Settings option from the menu.
      • +
    • Select the table of contents in the document text, click the arrow next to the table of contents field title and select the Settings option from the menu. +

      Table of Contents options

      +
      • +
    • Right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the Table of contents settings option from the contextual menu.
      • +
    +

    A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings:

    +

    Table of Contents settings window

    +
      +
    • Show page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to display page numbers or not.
      • +
    • Right align page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to align page numbers by the right side of the page or not.
      • +
    • Leader - this option allows to choose the leader type you want to use. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between a heading and a corresponding page number. It's also possible to select the None option if you do not want to use leaders.
      • +
    • Format Table of Contents as links - this option is checked by default. If you uncheck it, you will not be able to switch to the necessary chapter by pressing Ctrl and clicking the corresponding heading.
      • +
    • Build table of contents from - this section allows to specify the necessary number of outline levels as well as the default styles that will be used to create the table of contents. Check the necessary radio button: +
        +
      • Outline levels - when this option is selected, you will be able to adjust the number of hierarchical levels used in the table of contents. Click the arrows in the Levels field to decrease or increase the number of levels (the values from 1 to 9 are available). E.g., if you select the value of 3, headings that have levels 4 - 9 will not be included into the table of contents. +
        • +
      • Selected styles - when this option is selected, you can specify additional styles that can be used to build the table of contents and assign a corresponding outline level to each of them. Specify the desired level value in the field to the right of the style. Once you save the settings, you will be able to use this style when creating the table of contents. +

        Table of Contents settings window

        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Styles - this options allows to select the desired appearance of the table of contents. Select the necessary style from the drop-down list. The preview field above displays how the table of contents should look like. +

      The following four default styles are available: Simple, Standard, Modern, Classic. The Current option is used if you customize the table of contents style.

      +
      • +
    +

    Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes.

    +

    Customize the Table of Contents style

    +

    After you apply one of the default table of contents styles within the Table of Contents settings window, you can additionally modify this style so that the text within the table of contents field looks like you need.

    +
      +
    1. Select the text within the table of contents field, e.g. pressing the Table of Contents content control button button in the upper left corner of the table of contents content control.
      2. +
    2. Format table of contents items changing their font type, size, color or applying the font decoration styles.
      3. +
    3. Consequently update styles for items of each level. To update the style, right-click the formatted item, select the Formatting as Style option from the contextual menu and click the Update toc N style option (toc 2 style corresponds to items that have level 2, toc 3 style corresponds to items with level 3 and so on). +

      Update Table of Contents style

      +
      4. +
    4. Refresh the table of contents.
      5. +
    +

    Remove the Table of Contents

    +

    To remove the table of contents from the document:

    +
      +
    • click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and use the Remove table of contents option,
      • +
    • or click the arrow next to the table of contents content control title and use the Remove table of contents option.
      • +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index 7bf0e6054..37c15b971 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Apply font decoration styles

    You can apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index eaee1449e..869698c01 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Set font type, size, and color

    You can select the font type, its size and color using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index a6b2a7038..7241c708c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Apply formatting styles

    Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document. A style can be applied to the whole paragraph only.

    @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
  • place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to,
  • select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar.
    • -

    The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph.

    +

    The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text.

    Formatting styles

    Edit existing styles and create new ones

    To change an existing style:

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 8042aaeee..ec461e8a3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Insert autoshapes

    Insert an autoshape

    @@ -34,7 +34,10 @@ To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging.

    To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

    -
    +

    + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

    +

    Adjust autoshape settings

    To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index ee3d370ff..d0a642f86 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert charts

      Insert a chart

      @@ -171,12 +171,15 @@

      Move and resize charts

      Moving chartOnce the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares Square icon situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

      To alter the chart position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected).

      -
      +

      + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

      +

      Edit chart elements

      To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead.

      To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style.

      To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

      -

      You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button until a blue dashed box appears. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

      +

      You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

      3D chart

      Adjust chart settings

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f015e35ad --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + Insert content controls + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Insert content controls

      +

      Using content controls you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted. Content controls are objects containing text that can be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph, while rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.).

      +

      Adding content controls

      +

      To create a new plain text content control,

      +
        +
      1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added,
        or select a text passage you want to become the control contents.
        2. +
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
        3. +
      3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
        4. +
      4. choose the Insert plain text content control option from the menu.
        5. +
      +

      The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc.

      +

      New plain text content control

      +

      To create a new rich text content control,

      +
        +
      1. position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added,
        or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents.
        2. +
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar.
        3. +
      3. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon.
        4. +
      4. choose the Insert rich text content control option from the menu.
        5. +
      +

      The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc.

      +

      Rich text content control

      +

      Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version.

      +

      Moving content controls

      +

      Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text.

      +

      Moving content control

      +

      You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations.

      +

      Editing content controls

      +

      Replace the default text within the control ("Your text here") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control.

      +

      Text within the content control of any type (both plain text and rich text content controls) can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops.

      +

      Changing content control settings

      +

      To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways:

      +
        +
      • Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu.
        • +
      • Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu.
        • +
      +

      A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings:

      +

      Content Control settings window

      +
        +
      • Specify the content control Title or Tag in the corresponding fields.
        • +
      • Protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the option from the Locking section: +
          +
        • Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted.
          • +
        • Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes.

      +

      Removing content controls

      +

      To remove a control and leave all its contents, click the content control to select it, then proceed in one of the following ways:

      +
        +
      • Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu.
        • +
      • Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu.
        • +
      +

      To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 0fc2938b7..c113e67bc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert a drop cap

      A Drop cap is the first letter of a paragraph that is much larger than others and takes up several lines in height.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 078ccd780..b4e322c4e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert equations

      Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.).

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 7f1b9a477..c41ae5ef0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
      - +

      Insert footnotes

      You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc.

      To insert a footnote into your document,

      1. position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to,
        2. -
      2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
        3. +
      3. switch to the References tab of the top toolbar,
      4. click the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or
        click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu,

        The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page.

        @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@

        Footnote text

        To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text,

          -
        1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          2. +
        2. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
        3. in the Go to Footnotes section, use the Previous footnote icon arrow to go to the previous footnote or the Next footnote icon arrow to go to the next footnote.

        To edit the footnotes settings,

          -
        1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
          2. +
        2. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
        3. select the Notes Settings option from the menu,
        4. change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens:

          Footnotes Settings window

          @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

          To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically.

          To delete all the footnotes in the document,

            -
          1. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar,
            2. +
          2. click the arrow next to the Footnote icon Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar,
          3. select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index 845dd6569..3ce7b066c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert headers and footers

      To add a header or footer to your document or edit the existing one,

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 61ea99a8a..fae84f69b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert images

      In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      @@ -34,25 +34,30 @@

      To alter the image position, use the Arrow icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button.

      When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected).

      To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle Rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating.

      -
      +

      + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

      +

      Adjust image settings

      Image Settings tabSome of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties:

      • Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the default image size clicking the Default Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin.
      • Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below).
        • -
      • Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one from file or URL.
        • -
      -

      Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

      +
    • Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL.
      • +
    +

    Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are:

    • Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position.
    • Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page.
    • Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page.
    • Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Editing Wrap Boundary
    • Default Size is used to change the current image size to the default one.
      • +
    • Replace image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL.
    • Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window.
    +

    Shape Settings tab When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

    -

    To change its advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open:

    +

    To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open:

    Image - Advanced Settings: Size

    The Size tab contains the following parameters:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index 42b3b98d6..9200aa93e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert page numbers

      To insert page numbers into your document,

      @@ -22,7 +22,11 @@
    • select one of the following options:
      • To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page.
        • -
      • To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option.
        • +
      • To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. +

        + Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. +

        +
      • @@ -42,9 +46,15 @@
    • Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page.
    • Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all.
    • Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages.
      • -
    • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed.
      • +
    • The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. + If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). + By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. + Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. +

      Same as previous label

      • +
    • The Page Numbering section allows to adjust page numbering options across different sections of the document. + The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and allows to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. + If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the necessary starting value in the field on the right.
    -

    Same as previous label

    To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area.

    diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertRichTextContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertRichTextContentControls.htm deleted file mode 100644 index ba22a4c40..000000000 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertRichTextContentControls.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - - - - Create forms - - - - - - - -
    -
    - -
    -

    Create forms

    -

    Using rich text content controls you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted. Rich text content controls are objects containing text that can be formatted. Inline controls cannot contain more than one paragraph, while floating controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.).

    -

    Adding controls

    -

    To create a new inline control,

    -
      -
    1. position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added,
      or select a text passage you want to become the control contents.
      2. -
    2. press Shift+F1
      3. -
    -

    The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Inline controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc.

    -

    New inline content control

    -

    To create a new floating control,

    -
      -
    1. position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added,
      or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents.
      2. -
    2. press Shift+F2
      3. -
    -

    The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Floating controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc.

    -

    Floating content control

    -

    Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version.

    -

    Moving controls

    -

    Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text.

    -

    Moving content control

    -

    You can also copy and paste inline controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations.

    -

    Editing control contents

    -

    To switch to the control editing mode, press Shift+F9. You will be able to navigate between the controls only using the keyboard arrow buttons.

    -

    Replace the default text within the control ("Your text here") with your own one: select the default text, press the Delete key and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control.

    -

    Text within the rich text content control of any type (both inline and floating) can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within floating controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops.

    -

    Protecting controls

    -

    You can prevent users from editing or deleting some individual content controls. Use one of the following keyboard shortcuts:

    -
      -
    • To protect a control from being edited (but not from being deleted), select the necessary control and press Shift+F6
      • -
    • To protect a control from being deleted (but not from being edited), select the necessary control and press Shift+F7
      • -
    • To protect a control from being both edited and deleted, select the necessary control and press Shift+F8
      • -
    • To disable the protection from editing/deleting, select the necessary control and press Shift+F5
      • -
    -

    Removing controls

    -

    If you do not need a control anymore, you can use one of the following keyboard shortcuts:

    -
      -
    • To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press Shift+F3
      • -
    • To remove a control and leave all its contents, select the necessary control and press Shift+F4
      • -
    - -
    - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 04d82b511..8f7624983 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Insert tables

    Insert a table

    @@ -30,9 +30,23 @@ -
  • once the table is added you can change its properties and position.
    • +
  • once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position.
    • -
    +

    To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the Square icon handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size.

    +

    Resize table

    +

    You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing column width and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing row height and drag the border up or down.

    +

    To move a table, hold down the Select table handle handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document.

    +
    +

    Select a table or its part

    +

    To select an entire table, click the Select table handle handle in its upper left corner.

    +

    To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow Select cell, then left-click.

    +

    To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow Select row, then left-click.

    +

    To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow Select column, then left-click.

    +

    It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar.

    +

    + Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. +

    +

    Adjust table settings

    Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are:

      @@ -42,10 +56,10 @@
    • Delete is used to delete a row, column or table.
    • Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them.
    • Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in.
      • -
    • Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell.
      • +
    • Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height.
      • +
    • Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width.
      • +
    • Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell.
    • Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate at 90°), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate at 270°).
      • -
    • Wrapping Style - Inline is used to select the inline style (when the text is broken by the table) as well as the alignment: left, center, right.
      • -
    • Wrapping Style - Flow is used to select the flow style when the text is wrapped around the table.
    • Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window.
    • Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink.
    • Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window.
      • @@ -70,8 +84,8 @@

    • Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones.

    • Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color.

      • -

    • Wrapping Style is used to select between two text wrapping styles - inline and flow.

    • Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell.

      • +

    • Cell Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width.

    • Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables.

    • Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window.

    @@ -132,7 +146,7 @@
  • Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab.

    • Table - Advanced Settings

    -

    The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters:

    +

    The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters:

    • Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text.
    • Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text.
      • @@ -146,12 +160,12 @@

      Table - Advanced Settings

      The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters:

        -
      • Text wrapping style - Inline or Flow. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow style).
        • +
      • Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table).
      • - After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow wrapping style: + After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables:
          -
        • For the inline style, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left.
          • -
        • For the flow style, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab.
          • +
        • For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left.
          • +
        • For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 07649e6a4..cc66eed45 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insert text objects

      To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects).

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index f840d8dfb..f83e3e0de 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Set paragraph line spacing

      In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index 58d10162c..a57a3793d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
      - +

      Show/hide nonprinting characters

      Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen.

      -

      To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

      +

      To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination.

      Nonprinting characters include:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index d76775cc7..4e4ef8ae4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Create a new document or open an existing one

      After you finished working at one document, you can immediately proceed to an already existing document that you have recently edited, create a new one, or return to the list of existing documents.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index b33fa123f..40258c732 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
      - +

      Insert page breaks

      In Document Editor, you can add the page break to start a new page and adjust pagination options.

      -

      To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu.

      +

      To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination.

      To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page:

      • click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or
        • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 1f64fa9aa..b94a410ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Change paragraph indents

        In Document Editor, you can change the first line offset from the left part of the page as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right sides of the page.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 2a7a6a79f..e28115e3e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Save/download/print your document

        By default, Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

        @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
        1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
        2. select the Download as... option,
          3. -
        3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML.
          4. +
        4. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.

        To print out the current document,

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index 917dd6745..385e9642e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Insert section breaks

        Section breaks allow you to apply a different layout or formatting for the certain parts of your document. For example, you can use individual headers and footers, page numbering, footnotes format, margins, size, orientation, or column number for each separate section.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index 841e41678..ee8bc1847 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Set page parameters

        To change page layout, i.e. set page orientation and size, adjust margins and insert columns, use the corresponding icons at the Layout tab of the top toolbar.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 08bfd88c8..36e26b105 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Set tab stops

        In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard.

        @@ -35,9 +35,10 @@
        • Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list.
        • Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box.
          • -
        • Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right radio button and press the Specify button. -

          To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

          -
          • +
        • Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button.
          • +
        • Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. +

          To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button.

          +
        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index 10948e565..1e5c99b4a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Use Mail Merge

        Note: this option is available for paid versions only.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index f315f3c23..ac32465b8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        View document information

        To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option.

        @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

        You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section.

        Version History

        Note: this option is not available for free accounts as well as for users with the Read Only permissions.

        -

        To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it.

        +

        To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon Version History icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it.

        Version History

        To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png index c8b1281d7..73cb87169 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png index 0163e35aa..cc9312668 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addedcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addedcontentcontrol.png index 74c9b1bc9..8b54df3d3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addedcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addedcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addfootnote.png index 3b2a05b3d..b0baf66eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/align_toptoolbar.png index 491f4ade7..547bb0afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/align_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png index f3131e729..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png index 7fe7d69d3..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png index 604d37a45..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/anchor.png index 8a1eeaaaf..89fd1ee20 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/anchor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/anchor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png index af1efb5a3..5929239d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index b3528be17..673b22ccf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png index aca81bb63..4e44f88e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e64d9e00e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties.png index 48f32f701..bcbacae90 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_1.png index 30079065c..2fffd7740 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_2.png index 9e9e856db..775e792d1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_3.png index 95ddb6fea..658e8b643 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png index 0775305dd..6e5b86e38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png index d67deb65f..b81b33688 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png index 9cf408b40..56c7789ad 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png index 16d40b060..e5bf1738e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png index f37c62cc6..82dc42b11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png index 1762bfc52..eb13de886 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearfilter.png index ec3d84134..40b553863 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10f201198 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/collapse.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/collapse.png index 4b94a3389..d299a1667 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/collapse.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/collapse.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png index 01b5c299f..7d6fc0e8f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnbreak.png index 0a94b6cc9..9e735a07a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnspacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnspacing.png index 19346554b..2a07aac23 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnspacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnspacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comments.png index fa8f7f62e..1c2846ec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle_selected.png index c54295065..c51b1a456 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/createnewstylewindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/createnewstylewindow.png index 8a730c1e7..91c50c2e6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/createnewstylewindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/createnewstylewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customcolumns.png index 3ef5c5b65..79df63f09 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custommargins.png index 5cb5cc393..8e01d6e9b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custommargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custompagesize.png index 8e83fe239..bdf69dd89 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custompagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customstylemenu.png index c1ab6d926..f7882db1c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customtable.png index 537d6c383..98c9e1fb8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png index c769cf890..1129fb73e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png index 59a3122ce..e9c3ed7a7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png index e4b4c4414..664678731 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_example.png index b45bdb0b5..0582db003 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_margin.png index 02ce09c9c..4aee9c1d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_none.png index c121e00c8..67fabb7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_none.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index 6840bdceb..e2d365075 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index 56de4033c..891cbd5e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_3.png index 43fcebcd2..2830b3698 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_text.png index 5e5c070e7..a5722ed5d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation.png index bb2e87ed1..3922f469f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation2.png index 42750bad0..59b8d219d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedequation2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedstylemenu.png index 3a5a48d1a..f23731f5b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editedstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png index 8180905eb..1eb632c58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand.png index 5de391576..8966c2028 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/expand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png index c2b2d7173..9af90a540 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index b94eb17fb..a63a16d95 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png index fbc382ffc..e1291c139 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png index 3d415cd72..acd1cd7de 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png index fa64bdf10..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png index b6cb6d80d..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png deleted file mode 100644 index c374bb2ec..000000000 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes.png index 2232db084..6d13abc82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png index 6289bdb67..8112c9f17 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotesadded.png index 28b9526fd..5aee8e80c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotesadded.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotetext.png index c0ea870ae..e33961d50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotetext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/footnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png index d5459a326..2d9fc86c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formattingpresets.png index 60c1ac73a..0918685da 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formattingpresets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_1.png index f018d5a27..6fd05c333 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_2.png index bcc7dfdab..262f7452e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_3.png index 39d896b0e..b984407a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/frame_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png index 3848e209c..f54f7d875 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group_toptoolbar.png index 04b5f4d96..1df6147ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/headerfooter.png index b5eefac2a..70e89b5bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png index 31cfd067d..08317a86a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png index 484bf2d6a..85ef0822b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 166f0f4c4..254272023 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png index f13fc1e69..1f605cabd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_1.png index b128c15b9..e194d6cfc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_2.png index c47bc86d6..ef7d0fa8f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_3.png index 8629aecd2..7e91c7d12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagespalette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagespalette.png index cb79b166f..a4775fcf6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagespalette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagespalette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png index 3cdfcba84..64d60b66f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertccicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b11b4c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcolumns.png index 04b7bbe3a..195a08a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png index b4ee95016..d69a4a0d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedfields.png index 5091d8a50..78597ccbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index d08db806c..d0c047d22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png index 8feef0c97..09234c30d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 842e9c9f6..5d1f58e8c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index 158535306..d704ebeee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png index 2c61f50c2..489616f9b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png index 41b61f3c0..f3f1306f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 1408fbe4e..4b780d2fa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18de53429 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 414de0134..bb6e87527 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png index c4ac00764..97401f9ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png index 3ecc78044..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png index ba55ea942..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftcolumn.png index 0ad06fb47..ee3cd7ac6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergeicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergeicon.png index 800bdfe47..7852d229b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergeicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergerecipients.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergerecipients.png index 985bec445..78c37064d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergerecipients.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mailmergerecipients.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png index 2abf0a228..92f58f589 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergefields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergefields.png index 980a17a0e..2e7118ccb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergefields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergefields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergeto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergeto.png index a17e493e3..bb4f20ff0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergeto.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/mergeto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movecontentcontrol.png index 731fc56f6..b73ff26f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movecontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f383bf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/movetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_chart.png index 2cf728e79..748f6221b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_image.png index 9fb3f597e..7daf2b777 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/navigationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/navigationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5876f69ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/navigationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/navigationpanel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/navigationpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12770bb44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/navigationpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png index 3e39fbac6..f9a30fe84 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newequation.png index 0151e7f8b..d609fe222 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png index e3ab8fc13..e42fbacb6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextfootnote.png index eb50b4b91..450c404f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png index 29afe93fb..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 92e0e7b8a..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png index 25f913e1b..67adee6d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/onecolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/onecolumn.png index ff0e02e20..28c6f038b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/onecolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/onecolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png index 6921d0f38..e800cc47b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png index a4bcd2e76..6260ac3e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak.png index 1e9bb3196..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak1.png index 86b73bf82..18aa6ab48 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagemargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagemargins.png index eaca1378f..a1047e26d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagemargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagemargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png index 9c41c5898..bffdbaaa0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette.png index dc9b9acab..05fa2386e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png index cd816dc2a..3ff31dddd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index f2daa0854..902992c32 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_font.png index 836b8049b..779b9c2d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index 366ac3633..9fa27dc2d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index 5a39a0900..0b23dd60b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_tab.png index 07915ddad..34369518a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png index 8feb3c534..95409ea6a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previewinsertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previewinsertedfields.png index 4d8a8d14c..db5c6f66b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previewinsertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previewinsertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousfootnote.png index dab90e652..4068f95eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png index ee58ffc80..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png index 66dbb6235..92a6dc3c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1428ae3b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11eadb006 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review.png index 85b139a26..aec0b30fc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accept.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accept.png index bc5637425..ee3198d58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accept.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accept.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png index 4df148500..312d5ab44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_delete.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_delete.png index be4b11b9a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_delete.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_delete.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_displaymode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_displaymode.png index 4fd1ec836..63314d079 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_displaymode.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_displaymode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_next.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_next.png index 3ff9b5028..e960aecdd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_next.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_next.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_panel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_panel.png index 403417f26..635045919 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_panel.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_previous.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_previous.png index d3c969f61..936e0cf5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_previous.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_previous.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_reject.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_reject.png index 7f9c3c99f..51b84c6f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_reject.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_reject.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png index d544472cf..4db0a3f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3481ad56 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png index 97f25e53a..2290c7202 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png index 9beef8b0d..00a208a0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png index 795de54a3..70a5a8604 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png index ee15ec0d1..65ca9e644 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36426178f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png index a7e7c6218..54a44d3f8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png index 87f9bc12a..f376dfa4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png index b84461b27..4a6c0af37 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png index 981c45c6d..f09d6d246 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rightcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rightcolumn.png index e8c431dcc..2290b9e3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rightcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rightcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sameasprevious_label.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sameasprevious_label.png index f107aa52b..48bcaf15e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sameasprevious_label.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sameasprevious_label.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_options.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_options.png index eded18d7f..a762bb815 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_options.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png index 1367d3ca6..4290729cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png index acc1ced2d..5a2855ebb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sectionbreak.png index 0b693be81..7d364fc55 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sectionbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/select_text_languages.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/select_text_languages.png index 122a47807..0013f0f5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/select_text_languages.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/select_text_languages.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcellpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcellpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad8ca31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcellpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumnpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumnpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1381f0196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectcolumnpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrowpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrowpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86bad841 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectrowpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png index d32086103..26039e511 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoemail.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoemail.png index 4a52f8ca6..863c0f8b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoemail.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoemail.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png index ac0da9a1b..d9698f2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png index e101069bc..867adb96f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png index 0664cd19c..795335ba1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png index 942e46933..697e9d04a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png index 1a44af63e..06c777457 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png index 20251a5a9..923fce6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png index 65911ba82..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortandfilter.png index 6d021b78a..394b45a1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortandfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortatoz.png index 1824d1cc1..7ddac860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortatoz.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortztoa.png index ab8ebcec9..10c5a53c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortztoa.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png index 24516110b..5f0c86a41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png index 8d78de208..bf41db56c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png index cc76ccb91..c86c98b11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_1.png index 8e6f3d6c8..bbb10bee6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_2.png index 3a8273f43..0e011f1f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png index a53192c6b..0e17aed4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_4.png index 5819f50db..fbbdf23ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_5.png index e1a963e38..ee00e2257 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_6.png index 511ec01df..71ac5d914 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png index 5d5e8c4a8..0ebef067b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png index 805c091f0..4bccb6f01 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png index d01a42343..7585011bc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png index 0987be940..311adb715 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/threecolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/threecolumns.png index 9bd102179..109060750 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/threecolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/threecolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ac670010 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..165f7b029 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7006ced9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tociconmenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tociconmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76bca6b44 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tociconmenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocmove.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocmove.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72e5121b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocmove.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfc7f820a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..809a63e13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e252e08f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..712d438a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingscc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingscc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ada964a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingscc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7933ea7ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5cc4dd17c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tocsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png index 99bfb5950..c39959e6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png index 62a6b7a92..7428127df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/twocolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/twocolumns.png index a1038b20f..2905d32f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/twocolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/twocolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png index f5319b8ce..1f1cee612 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistory.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistory.png index b23b73245..47e50bef9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistory.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistory.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistoryicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistoryicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe6cdf49f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/versionhistoryicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..02a46ce28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrap_boundary.png index 87e6c5e20..d6677e175 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrap_boundary.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrap_boundary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png index 9bc87b65e..6da453caa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png index 409501be9..b896c3a1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png index 466ea1e46..c55960390 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png index 50eab3493..94326cee0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png index 882bde69c..0abde3256 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png index 42ccecda8..84850fd50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png index a3c94c458..48f8c7bc6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square.png index c27b0f50a..f3e7033b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png index 800bee149..2d8f18512 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through.png index 12293d3e3..fd0f92d57 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png index 083d2d3ff..dc17f6f66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png index 8a70505a1..0e906f090 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png index 6d8a46833..a5cd45fbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png index 55fd0bd3c..9f78d316d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png index 3fb047a00..5be2017dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index cffff194c..cd726dd8f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -3,47 +3,47 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "About Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, or HTML files. To view the current software version and licensor details, click the icon at the left sidebar." + "body": "Document Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit documents directly in your browser . Using Document Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited documents keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, or HTML files. To view the current software version and licensor details, click the icon at the left sidebar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also use the icon in the right upper corner at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - if you disable this feature, the resolved comments will be hidden in the document text. You'll be able to view such comments only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Autosave is used to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in realtime once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Realtime Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "Document Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Commenting Display is used to turn on/off the live commenting option: Turn on display of the comments - if you disable this feature, the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Turn on display of the resolved comments - this feature is disabled by default so that the resolved comments were hidden in the document text. You can view such comments only if you click the Comments icon at the left sidebar. Enable this option if you want to display resolved comments in the document text. Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the page precisely. Autosave is used to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in realtime once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Realtime Collaboration Changes is used to specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing: Selecting the View None option, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Selecting the View All option, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting the View Last option, only the changes made since you last time clicked the Save icon will be highlighted. This option is only available when the Strict co-editing mode is selected. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Page or Fit to Width option. Font Hinting is used to select the type a font is displayed in Document Editor: Choose As Windows if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on Windows, i.e. using Windows font hinting. Choose As OS X if you like the way fonts are usually displayed on a Mac, i.e. without any font hinting at all. Choose Native if you want your text to be displayed with the hinting embedded into font files. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Collaborative Document Editing", - "body": "Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited document visual indication of passages that are being edited by other users synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular document parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved Co-editing Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last realtime collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon once again. Comments To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Review tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment. The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the icon. You can manage the comments you added in the following way: edit them by clicking the icon, delete them by clicking the icon, close the discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." + "body": "Document Editor offers you the possibility to work at a document collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited document visual indication of passages that are being edited by other users synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular document parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved Co-editing Document Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: When a document is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited text passages are marked with dashed lines of different colors. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current document is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them permissions to edit, read or review the document, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. You can specify what changes you want to be highlighted during co-editing if you click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and choose between none, all and last realtime collaboration changes. Selecting View all changes, all the changes made during the current session will be highlighted. Selecting View last changes, only the changes made since you last time clicked the icon will be highlighted. Selecting View None changes, changes made during the current session will not be highlighted. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon at the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again. Comments To leave a comment, select a text passage where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected text passage and select the Add Сomment option from the contextual menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment. The text passage you commented will be highlighted in the document. To view the comment, just click within the passage. If you need to disable this feature, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option and uncheck the Turn on display of the comments box. In this case the commented passages will be highlighted only if you click the icon. You can manage the comments you added in the following way: edit them by clicking the icon, delete them by clicking the icon, close the discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. If you want to hide resolved comments, click the File tab at the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on display of the resolved comments box and click Apply. In this case the resolved comments will be highlighted only if you click the icon. If you are using the Strict co-editing mode, new comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' panel Ctrl+F Open the Search panel to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. Print document Ctrl+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+Shift+S Save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Open Document Editor Help menu. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Scroll down PgDn Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up PgUp Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+PgDn Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+PgUp Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl+plus (+) Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+minus (-) Zoom out the currently edited document. Writing End paragraph Enter End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break Shift+Enter Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment Shift+Arrow Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+dot (.) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+comma (,) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers) Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers) Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers) Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Increase indent Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+Shift+P Add the current page number to the text or to the page footer. Modifying Objects Constrain movement Shift+drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation Shift+drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions Shift+drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time." + "body": "Working with Document Open 'File' panel Alt+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current document, view its info, create a new document or open an existing one, access Document Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box Ctrl+F Open the Find and Replace dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited document. Open 'Find and Replace' dialog box with replacement field Ctrl+H Open the Find and Replace dialog box with the replacement field to replace one or more occurrences of the found characters. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save document Ctrl+S Save all the changes to the document currently edited with Document Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print document Ctrl+P Print the document with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited document to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Document Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Open Document Editor Help menu. Open existing file Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in desktop editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Element contextual menu Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Close file Ctrl+W Close the selected document window. Close the window (tab) Ctrl+F4 Close the tab in a browser. Navigation Jump to the beginning of the line Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the document Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the very beginning of the currently edited document. Jump to the end of the line End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the document Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the very end of the currently edited document. Scroll down Page Down Scroll the document approximately one visible page down. Scroll up Page Up Scroll the document approximately one visible page up. Next page Alt+Page Down Go to the next page in the currently edited document. Previous page Alt+Page Up Go to the previous page in the currently edited document. Zoom In Ctrl+Plus sign (+) Zoom in the currently edited document. Zoom Out Ctrl+Minus sign (-) Zoom out the currently edited document. Move one character to the left Left arrow Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right Right arrow Move the cursor one character to the right. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+Left arrow Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+Right arrow Move the cursor one word to the right. Move one line up Up arrow Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down Down arrow Move the cursor one line down. Writing End paragraph Enter End the current paragraph and start a new one. Add line break Shift+Enter Add a line break without starting a new paragraph. Delete Backspace, Delete Delete one character to the left (Backspace) or to the right (Delete) of the cursor. Create nonbreaking space Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar Create a space between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Create nonbreaking hyphen Ctrl+Shift+Hyphen Create a hyphen between characters which cannot be used to start a new line. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Delete the selected text fragment and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Send the selected text fragment to the computer clipboard memory. The copied text can be later inserted to another place in the same document, into another document, or into some other program. Paste Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Insert the previously copied text fragment from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The text can be previously copied from the same document, from another document, or from some other program. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address. Copy style Ctrl+Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same document. Apply style Ctrl+Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited document. Text Selection Select all Ctrl+A Select all the document text with tables and images. Select fragment Shift+Arrow Select the text character by character. Select from cursor to beginning of line Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select from cursor to end of line Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right Shift+Right arrow Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left Shift+Left arrow Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+Shift+Right arrow Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+Shift+Left arrow Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up Shift+Up arrow Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down Shift+Down arrow Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Ctrl+5 Make the selected text fragment struck out with the line going through the letters. Subscript Ctrl+dot (.) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+comma (,) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Heading 1 style Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers) Apply the style of the heading 1 to the selected text fragment. Heading 2 style Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers) Apply the style of the heading 2 to the selected text fragment. Heading 3 style Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers) Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers) Apply the style of the heading 3 to the selected text fragment. Bulleted list Ctrl+Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Apply subscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+Equal sign (=) Apply subscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Apply superscript formatting (automatic spacing) Ctrl+Shift+Plus sign (+) Apply superscript formatting to the selected text fragment. Insert page break Ctrl+Enter Insert a page break at the current cursor position. Increase indent Ctrl+M Indent a paragraph from the left incrementally. Decrease indent Ctrl+Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally. Add page number Ctrl+Shift+P Add the current page number at the current cursor position. Nonprinting characters Ctrl+Shift+Num8 Show or hide the display of nonprinting characters. Delete one character to the left Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Modifying Objects Constrain movement Shift+drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree rotation Shift+drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15-degree increments. Maintain proportions Shift+drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Draw straight line or arrow Shift+drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Movement by one-pixel increments Ctrl+Arrow keys Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row Shift+Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row Down arrow Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row Up arrow Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph Enter Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Inserting special characters Insert formula Alt+Equal sign (=) Insert a formula at the current cursor position." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", - "body": "Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode switch to the Home tab, then click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Page Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to align text, graphics, tables, and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your document, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the document page width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole document page to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit page icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. The Page Number Indicator shows the current page as a part of all the pages in the current document (page 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the page number and quickly go to it." + "body": "Document Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your document: zoom, page number indicator etc. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the document, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Page Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to align text, graphics, tables, and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object (e.g. image, chart, shape) or text passage and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. When the Comments or Chat panel is opened, the left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the right to extend the sidebar width. To restore its original width move the border to the left. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your document, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current document. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the document page width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole document page to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit page icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. The Page Number Indicator shows the current page as a part of all the pages in the current document (page 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the page number and quickly go to it." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Document Review", - "body": "When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature. If you are the reviewer, then you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, and do other things to the document without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent the document to you. If you are the person who sends the file for the review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them. Enable the Track Changes feature To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways: click the button in the right lower corner at the status bar, or switch to the Review tab at the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button. Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: All changes (Editing) - this option is selected by default. It allows both to view suggested changes and edit the document. All changes accepted (Preview) - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. All changes rejected (Preview) - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change notification. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change notification. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Note: if you review the document the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the icon within the change balloon." + "body": "When somebody shares a file with you that has review permissions, you need to use the document Review feature. If you are the reviewer, then you can use the Review option to review the document, change the sentences, phrases and other page elements, correct spelling, and do other things to the document without actually editing it. All your changes will be recorded and shown to the person who sent the document to you. If you are the person who sends the file for the review, you will need to display all the changes which were made to it, view and either accept or reject them. Enable the Track Changes feature To see changes suggested by a reviewer, enable the Track Changes option in one of the following ways: click the button in the right lower corner at the status bar, or switch to the Collaboration tab at the top toolbar and press the Track Changes button. Note: it is not necessary for the reviewer to enable the Track Changes option. It is enabled by default and cannot be disabled when the document is shared with review only access rights. Choose the changes display mode Click the Display Mode button at the top toolbar and select one of the available modes from the list: Markup - this option is selected by default. It allows both to view suggested changes and edit the document. Final - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were accepted. This option does not actually accept all changes, it only allows you to see how the document will look like after you accept all the changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Original - this mode is used to display all the changes as if they were rejected. This option does not actually reject all changes, it only allows you to view the document without changes. In this mode, you cannot edit the document. Accept or reject changes Use the Previous and the Next buttons at the top toolbar to navigate among the changes. To accept the currently selected change you can: click the Accept button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept Current Change option (in this case, the change will be accepted and you will proceed to the next change), or click the Accept button of the change notification. To quickly accept all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Accept button and select the Accept All Changes option. To reject the current change you can: click the Reject button at the top toolbar, or click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject Current Change option (in this case, the change will be rejected and you will move on to the next available change), or click the Reject button of the change notification. To quickly reject all the changes, click the downward arrow below the Reject button and select the Reject All Changes option. Note: if you review the document the Accept and Reject options are not available for you. You can delete your changes using the icon within the change balloon." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Search and Replace Function", - "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated at the left sidebar. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again. Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight click the option once again. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the document (if you click the button) or towards the end of the document (if you click the button) from the current position. Note: when the Highlight results option is enabled, use these buttons to navigate through the highlighted results. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." + "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited document, click the icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Find and Replace window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Specify search parameters by clicking the icon and checking the necessary options: Case sensitive - is used to find only the occurrences typed in the same case as your inquiry (e.g. if your inquiry is 'Editor' and this option is selected, such words as 'editor' or 'EDITOR' etc. will not be found). To disable this option click it once again. Highlight results - is used to highlight all found occurrences at once. To disable this option and remove the highlight click the option once again. Click one of the arrow buttons at the bottom right corner of the window. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the document (if you click the button) or towards the end of the document (if you click the button) from the current position. Note: when the Highlight results option is enabled, use these buttons to navigate through the highlighted results. The first occurrence of the required characters in the selected direction will be highlighted on the page. If it is not the word you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next occurrence of the characters you entered. To replace one or more occurrences of the found characters click the Replace link below the data entry field or use the Ctrl+H key combination. The Find and Replace window will change: Type in the replacement text into the bottom data entry field. Click the Replace button to replace the currently selected occurrence or the Replace All button to replace all the found occurrences. To hide the replace field, click the Hide Replace link." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Spell-checking", - "body": "Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. First of all, choose a language for your document. Switch to the Review tab of the top toolbar and click the Language icon. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu at the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell Checking icon at the Review tab of the top toolbar, or click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell Checking icon at the Review tab of the top toolbar, or click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." + "body": "Document Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing. First of all, choose a language for your document. Click the Set Document Language icon at the status bar. In the window that appears, select the necessary language and click OK. The selected language will be applied to the whole document. To choose a different language for any piece of text within the document, select the necessary text passage with the mouse and use the menu at the status bar. To enable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, check the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button. Incorrectly spelled words will be underlined by a red line. Right click on the necessary word to activate the menu and: choose one of the suggested similar words spelled correctly to replace the misspelled word with the suggested one. If too many variants are found, the More variants... option appears in the menu; use the Ignore option to skip just that word and remove underlining or Ignore All to skip all the identical words repeated in the text; select a different language for this word. To disable the spell checking option, you can: click the Spell checking icon at the status bar, or open the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Advanced Settings... option, uncheck the Turn on spell checking option box and click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Documents", - "body": "Electronic documents represent one of the most commonly used computer files. Thanks to the computer network highly developed nowadays, it's possible and more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Due to the variety of devices used for document presentation, there are a lot of proprietary and open file formats. Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +" + "body": "Electronic documents represent one of the most commonly used computer files. Thanks to the computer network highly developed nowadays, it's possible and more convenient to distribute electronic documents than printed ones. Due to the variety of devices used for document presentation, there are a lot of proprietary and open file formats. Document Editor handles the most popular of them. Formats Description View Edit Download DOC Filename extension for word processing documents created with Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + ODT Word processing file format of OpenDocument, an open standard for electronic documents + + + RTF Rich Text Format Document file format developed by Microsoft for cross-platform document interchange + + + TXT Filename extension for text files usually containing very little formatting + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems + + HTML HyperText Markup Language The main markup language for web pages + EPUB Electronic Publication Free and open e-book standard created by the International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Open royalty-free fixed-layout document format developed by Microsoft + DjVu File format designed primarily to store scanned documents, especially those containing a combination of text, line drawings, and photographs +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a document. It allows to format font and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge, color schemes, view settings. Using this tab, you can: adjust font type, size, color, apply font decoration styles, select background color for a paragraph, create bulleted and numbered lists, change paragraph indents, set paragraph line spacing, align your text in a paragraph, show/hide nonprinting characters, copy/clear text formatting, change color scheme, use Mail Merge, manage styles, adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings." + "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a document. It allows to format font and paragraphs. Some other options are also available here, such as Mail Merge and color schemes. Using this tab, you can: adjust font type, size, color, apply font decoration styles, select background color for a paragraph, create bulleted and numbered lists, change paragraph indents, set paragraph line spacing, align your text in a paragraph, show/hide nonprinting characters, copy/clear text formatting, change color scheme, use Mail Merge, manage styles." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Insert tab", - "body": "The Insert tab allows to add some page formatting elements, as well as visual objects and comments. Using this tab, you can: insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, insert headers and footers and page numbers, insert tables, pictures, charts, shapes, insert hyperlinks, footnotes, comments, insert text boxes and Text Art objects, equations, drop caps." + "body": "The Insert tab allows to add some page formatting elements, as well as visual objects and comments. Using this tab, you can: insert page breaks, section breaks and column breaks, insert headers and footers and page numbers, insert tables, pictures, charts, shapes, insert hyperlinks, comments, insert text boxes and Text Art objects, equations, drop caps, content controls." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", @@ -68,17 +68,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Currently, the following plugins are available: ClipArt allows to add images from the clipart collection into your document, OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, resize them, apply effects etc., Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech, Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available by default: ClipArt allows to add images from the clipart collection into your document, OCR allows to recognize text included into a picture and insert it into the document text, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, resize them, apply effects etc., Speech allows to convert the selected text into speech, Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your document. The Wordpress and EasyBib plugins can be used if you connect the corresponding services in your portal settings. You can use the following instructions for the server version or for the SaaS version. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the Document Editor user interface", - "body": "Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, document name as well as two icons on the right that allow to set access rights and return to the Documents list. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, Review, Plugins. The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo and Redo options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the page number indicator, displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.), allows to set text language, enable spell checking, turn on the track changes mode, adjust zoom. Left sidebar contains icons that allow to use the Search and Replace tool, open the Comments and Chat panel, contact our support team and view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers allow to align text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "body": "Document Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, document name as well as three icons on the right that allow to set access rights, return to the Documents list, adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Layout, References, Collaboration, Plugins. The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo and Redo options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the page number indicator, displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.), allows to set text language, enable spell checking, turn on the track changes mode, adjust zoom. Left sidebar contains icons that allow to use the Search and Replace tool, open the Comments, Chat and Navigation panel, contact our support team and view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object in the text, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers allow to align text and other elements in a document, set up margins, tab stops, and paragraph indents. Working area allows to view document content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll up and down multi-page documents. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "title": "References tab", + "body": "The References tab allows to manage different types of references: add and refresh a table of contents, create and edit footnotes, insert hyperlinks. Using this tab, you can: create and automatically update a table of contents, insert footnotes, insert hyperlinks." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "title": "Review tab", - "body": "The Review tab allows to proof the document: make sure that the spelling of the text is correct, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer. Using this tab, you can: switch document language and enable spell checking, add comments to the document, enable the Track Changes feature, choose the changes display mode, manage the suggested changes." + "title": "Collaboration tab", + "body": "The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the document: share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments, track changes made by a reviewer, view all versions and revisions. Using this tab, you can: specify sharing settings, switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes, add comments to the document, enable the Track Changes feature, choose the changes display mode, manage the suggested changes, open the Chat panel, track version history." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Link to - enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the menu that opens the window displayed above. Note: it's also possible to select a caracter, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and click the Hyperlink icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selection and choose the Hyperlink option in the menu. After that the window displayed above will open with the Display field filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert or References tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings window will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Link to - enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word, word combination, text passage with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your document. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Change text wrapping", - "body": "The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: select a separate object on the page left-clicking it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills in the open white space within the object. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the necessary values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline and Flow. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table, open the text wrapping settings: select the Table Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, or select one of the following options from the contextual menu: Wrapping Style - Inline is used to select the inline style (when the text is broken by the table) as well as the alignment: left, center, right. Wrapping Style - Flow is used to select the flow style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position at the Table Position tab." + "body": "The Wrapping Style option determines the way the object is positioned relative to the text. You can change the text wrapping style for inserted objects, such as shapes, images, charts, text boxes or tables. Change text wrapping for shapes, images, charts, text boxes To change the currently selected wrapping style: select a separate object on the page left-clicking it. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. open the text wrapping settings: switch to the the Layout tab of the top toolbar and click the arrow next to the Wrapping icon, or right-click the object and select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu, or right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. select the necessary wrapping style: Inline - the object is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the object moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the object can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the object. Tight - the text wraps the actual object edges. Through - the text wraps around the object edges and fills in the open white space within the object. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the object. In front - the object overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the object. If you select the Square, Tight, Through, or Top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - Distance from Text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). To access these parameters, right-click the object, select the Advanced Settings option and switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the object Advanced Settings window. Set the necessary values and click OK. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, the Position tab is also available in the object Advanced Settings window. To learn more on these parameters, please refer to the corresponding pages with the instructions on how to work with shapes, images or charts. If you select a wrapping style other than Inline, you can also edit the wrap boundary for images or shapes. Right-click the object, select the Wrapping Style option from the contextual menu and click the Edit Wrap Boundary option. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Change text wrapping for tables For tables, the following two wrapping styles are available: Inline table and Flow table. To change the currently selected wrapping style: right-click the table and select the Table Advanced Settings option, switch to the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window, select one of the following options: Inline table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is broken by the table as well as to set the alignment: left, center, right. Flow table is used to select the wrapping style when the text is wrapped around the table. Using the Text Wrapping tab of the Table - Advanced Settings window you can also set up the following additional parameters: For inline tables, you can set the table Alignment type (left, center or right) and Indent from left. For floating tables, you can set the Distance from text and the table position at the Table Position tab." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", @@ -123,12 +128,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copy/paste text passages, undo/redo your actions", - "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) within the current document use the corresponding options from the right-click menu or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The text/object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. To copy or paste data from/into another document or some other program use the following key combinations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text within the same document you can just select the necessary text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting the paragraph text or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Paste - allows to paste the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting. Undo/redo your actions To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon at the top toolbar or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon at the top toolbar or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste text passages and inserted objects (autoshapes, images, charts) within the current document use the corresponding options from the right-click menu or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select a text fragment or an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Copy – select a text fragment or an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu, or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same document. Paste – find the place in your document where you need to paste the previously copied text fragment/object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu, or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The text/object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same document. To copy or paste data from/into another document or some other program use the following key combinations: Ctrl+X key combination for cutting; Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting. Note: instead of cutting and pasting text within the same document you can just select the necessary text passage and drag and drop it to the necessary position. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied text is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting the paragraph text or some text within autoshapes, the following options are available: Paste - allows to paste the copied text keeping its original formatting. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting. If you paste the copied table into an existing table, the following options are available: Overwrite cells - allows to replace the existing table contents with the pasted data. This option is selected by default. Nest table - allows to paste the copied table as a nested table into the selected cell of the existing table. Keep text only - allows to paste the table contents as text values separated by the tab character. Undo/redo your actions To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon at the top toolbar or the Ctrl+Z key combination to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon at the top toolbar or the Ctrl+Y key combination to redo the last undone operation." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Create lists", - "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated at the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Outline , Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section." + "body": "To create a list in your document, place the cursor to the position where a list will be started (this can be a new line or the already entered text), switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the list type you would like to start: Unordered list with markers is created using the Bullets icon situated at the top toolbar Ordered list with digits or letters is created using the Numbering icon situated at the top toolbar Note: click the downward arrow next to the Bullets or Numbering icon to select how the list is going to look like. now each time you press the Enter key at the end of the line a new ordered or unordered list item will appear. To stop that, press the Backspace key and continue with the common text paragraph. You can also change the text indentation in the lists and their nesting using the Multilevel list , Decrease indent , and Increase indent icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: the additional indentation and spacing parameters can be changed at the right sidebar and in the advanced settings window. To learn more about it, read the Change paragraph indents and Set paragraph line spacing section." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "title": "Create a Table of Contents", + "body": "A table of contents contains a list of all chapters (sections etc.) in a document and displays the numbers of the pages where each chapter is started. This allows to easily navigate through a multi-page document quickly switching to the necessary part of the text. The table of contents is generated automatically on the base of the document headings formatted using built-in styles. This makes it easy to update the created table of contents without the necessity to edit headings and change page numbers manually if the document text has been changed. Define the heading structure Format headings First of all, format headings in you document using one of the predefined styles. To do that, Select the text you want to include into the table of contents. Open the style menu on the right side of the Home tab at the top toolbar. Click the style you want to apply. By default, you can use the Heading 1 - Heading 9 styles. Note: if you want to use other styles (e.g. Title, Subtitle etc.) to format headings that will be included into the table of contents, you will need to adjust the table of contents settings first (see the corresponding section below). To learn more about available formatting styles, you can refer to this page. Manage headings Once the headings are formatted, you can click the Navigation icon at the left sidebar to open the panel that displays the list of all headings with corresponding nesting levels. This panel allows to easily navigate between headings in the document text as well as manage the heading structure. Right-click on a heading in the list and use one of the available options from the menu: Promote - to move the currently selected heading up to the higher level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 2 to Heading 1. Demote - to move the currently selected heading down to the lower level in the hierarchical structure, e.g. change it from Heading 1 to Heading 2. New heading before - to add a new empty heading of the same level before the currently selected one. New heading after - to add a new empty heading of the same level after the currently selected one. New subheading - to add a new empty subheading (i.e. a heading with lower level) after the currently selected heading. When the heading or subheading is added, click on the added empty heading in the list and type in your own text. This can be done both in the document text and on the Navigation panel itself. Select content - to select the text below the current heading in the document (including the text related to all subheadings of this heading). Expand all - to expand all levels of headings at the Navigation panel. Collapse all - to collapse all levels of headings, excepting level 1, at the Navigation panel. Expand to level - to expand the heading structure to the selected level. E.g. if you select level 3, then levels 1, 2 and 3 will be expanded, while level 4 and all lower levels will be collapsed. To manually expand or collapse separate heading levels, use the arrows to the left of the headings. To close the Navigation panel, click the Navigation icon at the left sidebar once again. Insert a Table of Contents into the document To insert a table of contents into your document: Position the insertion point where you want to add the table of contents. Switch to the References tab of the top toolbar. Click the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to this icon and select the necessary layout option from the menu. You can select the table of contents that displays headings, page numbers and leaders, or headings only. Note: the table of content appearance can be adjusted later via the table of contents settings. The table of contents will be added at the current cursor position. To change the position of the table of contents, you can select the table of contents field (content control) and simply drag it to the desired place. To do that, click the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents field and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. To navigate between headings, press the Ctrl key and click the necessary heading within the table of contents field. You will go to the corresponding page. Adjust the created Table of Contents Refresh the Table of Contents After the table of contents is created, you may continue editing your text by adding new chapters, changing their order, removing some paragraphs, or expanding the text related to a heading so that the page numbers that correspond to the preceding or subsequent section may change. In this case, use the Refresh option to automatically apply all changes to the table of contents. Click the arrow next to the Refresh icon at the References tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the menu: Refresh entire table - to add the headings that you added to the document, remove the ones you deleted from the document, update the edited (renamed) headings as well as update page numbers. Refresh page numbers only - to update page numbers without applying changes to the headings. Alternatively, you can select the table of contents in the document text and click the Refresh icon at the top of the table of contents field to display the above mentioned options. It's also possible to right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the corresponding options from the contextual menu. Adjust the Table of Contents settings To open the table of contents settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and select the Settings option from the menu. Select the table of contents in the document text, click the arrow next to the table of contents field title and select the Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the table of contents and use the Table of contents settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings: Show page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to display page numbers or not. Right align page numbers - this option allows to choose if you want to align page numbers by the right side of the page or not. Leader - this option allows to choose the leader type you want to use. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between a heading and a corresponding page number. It's also possible to select the None option if you do not want to use leaders. Format Table of Contents as links - this option is checked by default. If you uncheck it, you will not be able to switch to the necessary chapter by pressing Ctrl and clicking the corresponding heading. Build table of contents from - this section allows to specify the necessary number of outline levels as well as the default styles that will be used to create the table of contents. Check the necessary radio button: Outline levels - when this option is selected, you will be able to adjust the number of hierarchical levels used in the table of contents. Click the arrows in the Levels field to decrease or increase the number of levels (the values from 1 to 9 are available). E.g., if you select the value of 3, headings that have levels 4 - 9 will not be included into the table of contents. Selected styles - when this option is selected, you can specify additional styles that can be used to build the table of contents and assign a corresponding outline level to each of them. Specify the desired level value in the field to the right of the style. Once you save the settings, you will be able to use this style when creating the table of contents. Styles - this options allows to select the desired appearance of the table of contents. Select the necessary style from the drop-down list. The preview field above displays how the table of contents should look like. The following four default styles are available: Simple, Standard, Modern, Classic. The Current option is used if you customize the table of contents style. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. Customize the Table of Contents style After you apply one of the default table of contents styles within the Table of Contents settings window, you can additionally modify this style so that the text within the table of contents field looks like you need. Select the text within the table of contents field, e.g. pressing the button in the upper left corner of the table of contents content control. Format table of contents items changing their font type, size, color or applying the font decoration styles. Consequently update styles for items of each level. To update the style, right-click the formatted item, select the Formatting as Style option from the contextual menu and click the Update toc N style option (toc 2 style corresponds to items that have level 2, toc 3 style corresponds to items with level 3 and so on). Refresh the table of contents. Remove the Table of Contents To remove the table of contents from the document: click the arrow next to the Table of Contents icon at the top toolbar and use the Remove table of contents option, or click the arrow next to the table of contents content control title and use the Remove table of contents option." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", @@ -143,17 +153,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "title": "Apply formatting styles", - "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document. A style can be applied to the whole paragraph only. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to, select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." + "body": "Each formatting style is a set of predefined formatting options: (font size, color, line spacing, alignment etc.). The styles allow you to quickly format different parts of the document (headings, subheadings, lists, normal text, quotes) instead of applying several formatting options individually each time. This also ensures a consistent appearance throughout the entire document. A style can be applied to the whole paragraph only. Use default styles To apply one of the available text formatting styles, place the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs you want to apply one of the formatting styles to, select the needed style from the style gallery on the right at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The following formatting styles are available: normal, no spacing, heading 1-9, title, subtitle, quote, intense quote, list paragraph, footer, header, footnote text. Edit existing styles and create new ones To change an existing style: Apply the necessary style to a paragraph. Select the paragraph text and change all the formatting parameters you need. Save the changes made: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Update 'StyleName' Style option ('StyleName' corresponds to the style you've applied at the step 1), or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery, right-click the style you want to change and select the Update from selection option. Once the style is modified, all the paragraphs within the document formatted using this style will change their appearance correspondingly. To create a completely new style: Format a text passage as you need. Select an appropriate way to save the style: right-click the edited text, select the Formatting as Style option and then choose the Create new Style option, or select the edited text passage with the mouse, drop-down the style gallery and click the New style from selection option. Set the new style parameters in the Create New Style window that opens: Specify the new style name in the text entry field. Select the desired style for the subsequent paragraph from the Next paragraph style list. Click the OK button. The created style will be added to the style gallery. Manage your custom styles: To restore the default settings of a certain style you've changed, right-click the style you want to restore and select the Restore to default option. To restore the default settings of all the styles you've changed, right-click any default style in the style gallery and select the Restore all to default styles option. To delete one of the new styles you've created, right-click the style you want to delete and select the Delete style option. To delete all the new styles you've created, right-click any new style you've created and select the Delete all custom styles option." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon at the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the autoshape moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two autoshapes overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Shape Settings tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape to your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Shape icon at the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: basic shapes, figured arrows, math, charts, stars & ribbons, callouts, buttons, rectangles, lines, click the necessary autoshape within the selected group, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the page and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). Move and resize autoshapes To change the autoshape size, drag small squares situated on the shape edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected autoshape while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. When modifying some shapes, for example figured arrows or callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows you to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. To alter the autoshape position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the autoshape. Drag the autoshape to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the autoshape, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To move the autoshape by one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the autoshape strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To rotate the autoshape, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust autoshape settings To align and arrange autoshapes, use the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected autoshape to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup shapes to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the shape left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Shape Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window. Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the shape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of the selected autoshape with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. If you wish to use an image as a background for the shape, you can add an image From File selecting it on your computer HDD or From URL inserting the appropriate URL address into the opened window. If you wish to use a texture as a background for the shape, open the From Texture menu and select the necessary texture preset. Currently, the following textures are available: canvas, carton, dark fabric, grain, granite, grey paper, knit, leather, brown paper, papyrus, wood. In case the selected Picture has less or more dimensions than the autoshape has, you can choose the Stretch or Tile setting from the dropdown list. The Stretch option allows you to adjust the image size to fit the autoshape size so that it could fill the space completely. The Tile option allows you to display only a part of the bigger image keeping its original dimensions or repeat the smaller image keeping its original dimensions over the autoshape surface so that it could fill the space completely. Note: any selected Texture preset fills the space completely, but you can apply the Stretch effect if necessary. Pattern - select this option to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. Pattern - select one of the predefined designs from the menu. Foreground color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern elements. Background color - click this color box to change the color of the pattern background. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Opacity - use this section to set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Wrapping Style - use this section to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Autoshape - use this section to replace the current autoshape with another one selected from the dropdown list. To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click it and select the Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The 'Shape - Advanced Settings' window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width - use one of these options to change the autoshape width. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the left margin width, the margin (i.e. the distance between the left and right margins), the page width, or the right margin width. Height - use one of these options to change the autoshape height. Absolute - specify an exact value measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab). Relative - specify a percentage relative to the margin (i.e. the distance between the top and bottom margins), the bottom margin height, the page height, or the top margin height. If the Lock aspect ratio option is checked, the width and height will be changed together preserving the original shape aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the shape is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the shape is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the shape moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the shape can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the shape. Tight - the text wraps the actual shape edges. Through - the text wraps around the shape edges and fills in the open white space within the shape. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the shape. In front - the shape overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the shape. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three autoshape positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the autoshape moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two autoshapes overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Shape Settings tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the dropdown lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insert charts", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button until a blue dashed box appears. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current chart Width and Height. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the chart moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two charts overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart." + "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your document, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to change the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to apply: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), or Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. Move and resize charts Once the chart is added, you can change its size and position. To change the chart size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected chart while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the chart position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the chart. Drag the chart to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the chart, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, size, color or its decoration style. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings Some of the chart settings can be altered using the Chart settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current chart Width and Height. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Change Chart Type is used to change the selected chart type and/or style. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart in the document. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected chart to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup charts to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the chart left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is unavailable for charts. Edit Data is used to open the 'Chart Editor' window. Chart Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Chart - Advanced Settings' window. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill, Stroke and Wrapping Style. Note that you cannot change the shape type. To change the chart advanced settings, click the needed chart with the right mouse button and select Chart Advanced Settings from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The chart properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant Proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the chart is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the chart is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the chart moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the chart can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the chart. Tight - the text wraps the actual chart edges. Through - the text wraps around the chart edges and fills in the open white space within the chart. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the chart. In front - the chart overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the chart. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three chart positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the chart moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two charts overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "title": "Insert content controls", + "body": "Using content controls you can create a form with input fields that can be filled in by other users, or protect some parts of the document from being edited or deleted. Content controls are objects containing text that can be formatted. Plain text content controls cannot contain more than one paragraph, while rich text content controls can contain several paragraphs, lists, and objects (images, shapes, tables etc.). Adding content controls To create a new plain text content control, position the insertion point within a line of the text where you want the control to be added, or select a text passage you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Insert plain text content control option from the menu. The control will be inserted at the insertion point within a line of the existing text. Plain text content controls do not allow adding line breaks and cannot contain other objects such as images, tables etc. To create a new rich text content control, position the insertion point at the end of a paragraph after which you want the control to be added, or select one or more of the existing paragraphs you want to become the control contents. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar. click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon. choose the Insert rich text content control option from the menu. The control will be inserted in a new paragraph. Rich text content controls allow adding line breaks, i.e. can contain multiple paragraphs as well as some objects, such as images, tables, other content controls etc. Note: The content control border is visible when the control is selected only. The borders do not appear on a printed version. Moving content controls Controls can be moved to another place in the document: click the button to the left of the control border to select the control and drag it without releasing the mouse button to another position in the document text. You can also copy and paste content controls: select the necessary control and use the Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V key combinations. Editing content controls Replace the default text within the control (\"Your text here\") with your own one: select the default text, and type in a new text or copy a text passage from anywhere and paste it into the content control. Text within the content control of any type (both plain text and rich text content controls) can be formatted using the icons on the top toolbar: you can adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets. It's also possible to use the Paragraph - Advanced settings window accessible from the contextual menu or from the right sidebar to change the text properties. Text within rich text content controls can be formatted like a regular text of the document, i.e. you can set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops. Changing content control settings To open the content control settings, you can proceed in the following ways: Select the necessary content control, click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Control Settings option from the menu. Right-click anywhere within the content control and use the Content control settings option from the contextual menu. A new window will open where you can adjust the following settings: Specify the content control Title or Tag in the corresponding fields. Protect the content control from being deleted or edited using the option from the Locking section: Content control cannot be deleted - check this box to protect the content control from being deleted. Contents cannot be edited - check this box to protect the contents of the content control from being edited. Click the OK button within the settings window to apply the changes. Removing content controls To remove a control and leave all its contents, click the content control to select it, then proceed in one of the following ways: Click the arrow next to the Content Controls icon at the top toolbar and select the Remove content control option from the menu. Right-click the content control and use the Remove content control option from the contextual menu. To remove a control and all its contents, select the necessary control and press the Delete key on the keyboard." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -163,12 +178,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insert equations", - "body": "Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, put the cursor within the necessary line , switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation left or right, click on the equation box and use the or icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down. If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the and buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. This option is also available for equations of other types if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." + "body": "Document Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, put the cursor within the necessary line , switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted at the cursor position. If the selected line is empty, the equation will be centered. To align such an equation left or right, click on the equation box and use the or icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Note: to start creating an equation, you can also use the Alt + = keyboard shortcut. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right or one line up/down. If you need to create a new placeholder below the slot with the insertion point within the selected template, press Enter. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. Once the manual line break is added, you can press the Tab key to align the new line to any math operator of the previous line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and use the and buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar or select the necessary font size from the list. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group (or equations of other types, if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter), you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, select it completely by dragging the mouse or double-clicking on the equation box and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. This option is also available for equations of other types if you've previously added new placeholders by pressing Enter. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Insert footnotes", - "body": "You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc. To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens: Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list to select if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When ready, click the Apply button. To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu." + "body": "You can add footnotes to provide explanations or comments for certain sentences or terms used in your text, make references to the sources etc. To insert a footnote into your document, position the insertion point at the end of the text passage that you want to add a footnote to, switch to the References tab of the top toolbar, click the Footnote icon at the top toolbar, or click the arrow next to the Footnote icon and select the Insert Footnote option from the menu, The footnote mark (i.e. the superscript character that indicates a footnote) appears in the document text and the insertion point moves to the bottom of the current page. type in the footnote text. Repeat the above mentioned operations to add subsequent footnotes for other text passages in the document. The footnotes are numbered automatically. If you hover the mouse pointer over the footnote mark in the document text, a small pop-up window with the footnote text appears. To easily navigate between the added footnotes within the document text, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, in the Go to Footnotes section, use the arrow to go to the previous footnote or the arrow to go to the next footnote. To edit the footnotes settings, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Notes Settings option from the menu, change the current parameters in the Notes Settings window that opens: Set the Location of footnotes on the page selecting one of the available options: Bottom of page - to position footnotes at the bottom of the page (this option is selected by default). Below text - to position footnotes closer to the text. This option can be useful in cases when the page contains a short text. Adjust the footnotes Format: Number Format - select the necessary number format from the available ones: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Start at - use the arrows to set the number or letter you want to start numbering with. Numbering - select a way to number your footnotes: Continuous - to number footnotes sequentially throughout the document, Restart each section - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each section, Restart each page - to start footnote numbering with the number 1 (or some other specified character) at the beginning of each page. Custom Mark - set a special character or a word you want to use as the footnote mark (e.g. * or Note1). Enter the necessary character/word into the text entry field and click the Insert button at the bottom of the Notes Settings window. Use the Apply changes to drop-down list to select if you want to apply the specified notes settings to the Whole document or the Current section only. Note: to use different footnotes formatting in separate parts of the document, you need to add section breaks first. When ready, click the Apply button. To remove a single footnote, position the insertion point directly before the footnote mark in the document text and press Delete. Other footnotes will be renumbered automatically. To delete all the footnotes in the document, click the arrow next to the Footnote icon at the References tab of the top toolbar, select the Delete All Footnotes option from the menu." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -178,32 +193,32 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insert images", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Picture icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Picture from File option will open the standard Windows dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Picture from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the default image size clicking the Default Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one from file or URL. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Default Size is used to change the current image size to the default one. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. To change its advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the default size of the added image, click the Default Size button. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image." + "body": "In Document Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your document. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insert an image To insert an image into the document text, place the cursor where you want the image to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Picture icon at the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Picture from File option will open the standard Windows dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Picture from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size, properties, and position. Move and resize images To change the image size, drag small squares situated on its edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected image while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To alter the image position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the image. Drag the image to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. When you move the image, guide lines are displayed to help you position the object on the page precisely (if a wrapping style other than inline is selected). To rotate the image, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Adjust image settings Some of the image settings can be altered using the Image settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Size is used to view the current image Width and Height. If necessary, you can restore the default image size clicking the Default Size button. The Fit to Margin button allows to resize the image, so that it occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind (for more information see the advanced settings description below). Replace Image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Some of these options you can also find in the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Arrange is used to bring the selected image to foreground, send to background, move forward or backward as well as group or ungroup images to perform operations with several of them at once. To learn more on how to arrange objects you can refer to this page. Align is used to align the image left, center, right, top, middle, bottom. To learn more on how to align objects you can refer to this page. Wrapping Style is used to select a text wrapping style from the available ones - inline, square, tight, through, top and bottom, in front, behind - or edit the wrap boundary. The Edit Wrap Boundary option is available only if you select a wrapping style other than Inline. Drag wrap points to customize the boundary. To create a new wrap point, click anywhere on the red line and drag it to the necessary position. Default Size is used to change the current image size to the default one. Replace image is used to replace the current image loading another one From File or From URL. Image Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Image - Advanced Settings' window. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. To change the image advanced settings, click the image with the right mouse button and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or just click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will open: The Size tab contains the following parameters: Width and Height - use these options to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the default size of the added image, click the Default Size button. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Wrapping Style - use this option to change the way the image is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select one of the other styles). Inline - the image is considered to be a part of the text, like a character, so when the text moves, the image moves as well. In this case the positioning options are inaccessible. If one of the following styles is selected, the image can be moved independently of the text and positioned on the page exactly: Square - the text wraps the rectangular box that bounds the image. Tight - the text wraps the actual image edges. Through - the text wraps around the image edges and fills in the open white space within the image. So that the effect can appear, use the Edit Wrap Boundary option from the right-click menu. Top and bottom - the text is only above and below the image. In front - the image overlaps the text. Behind - the text overlaps the image. If you select the square, tight, through, or top and bottom style, you will be able to set up some additional parameters - distance from text at all sides (top, bottom, left, right). The Position tab is available only if you select a wrapping style other than inline. This tab contains the following parameters that vary depending on the selected wrapping style: The Horizontal section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (left, center, right) relative to character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) to the right of character, column, left margin, margin, page or right margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the left margin, margin, page or right margin. The Vertical section allows you to select one of the following three image positioning types: Alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Absolute Position measured in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) below line, margin, bottom margin, paragraph, page or top margin, Relative position measured in percent relative to the margin, bottom margin, page or top margin. Move object with text controls whether the image moves as the text to which it is anchored moves. Allow overlap controls whether two images overlap or not if you drag them near each other on the page. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Insert page numbers", - "body": "To insert page numbers into your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, choose the Insert Page Number submenu, select one of the following options: To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page. To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry): put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, select the Insert number of pages option. To edit the page number settings, double-click the page number added, change the current parameters at the right sidebar: Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area." + "body": "To insert page numbers into your document, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, choose the Insert Page Number submenu, select one of the following options: To put a page number to each page of your document, select the page number position on the page. To insert a page number at the current cursor position, select the To Current Position option. Note: to insert a current page number at the current cursor position you can also use the Ctrl+Shift+P key combination. To insert the total number of pages in your document (e.g. if you want to create the Page X of Y entry): put the cursor where you want to insert the total number of pages, click the Header/Footer icon at the top toolbar, select the Insert number of pages option. To edit the page number settings, double-click the page number added, change the current parameters at the right sidebar: Set the Position of page numbers on the page as well as relative to the top and bottom of the page. Check the Different first page box to apply a different page number to the very first page or in case you don't want to add any number to it at all. Use the Different odd and even pages box to insert different page numbers for odd and even pages. The Link to Previous option is available in case you've previously added sections into your document. If not, it will be grayed out. Moreover, this option is also unavailable for the very first section (i.e. when a header or footer that belongs to the first section is selected). By default, this box is checked, so that unified numbering is applied to all the sections. If you select a header or footer area, you will see that the area is marked with the Same as Previous label. Uncheck the Link to Previous box to use different page numbering for each section of the document. The Same as Previous label will no longer be displayed. The Page Numbering section allows to adjust page numbering options across different sections of the document. The Continue from previous section option is selected by default and allows to keep continuous page numbering after a section break. If you want to start page numbering with a specific number in the current section of the document, select the Start at radio button and enter the necessary starting value in the field on the right. To return to the document editing, double-click within the working area." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insert tables", - "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into the document text, place the cursor where you want the table to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. once the table is added you can change its properties and position. Adjust table settings Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table. Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. Delete is used to delete a row, column or table. Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell. Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate at 90°), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate at 270°). Wrapping Style - Inline is used to select the inline style (when the text is broken by the table) as well as the alignment: left, center, right. Wrapping Style - Flow is used to select the flow style when the text is wrapped around the table. Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink. Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window. You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar: Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted. For rows: Header - to highlight the first row Total - to highlight the last row Banded - to highlight every other row For columns: First - to highlight the first column Last - to highlight the last column Banded - to highlight every other column Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones. Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color. Wrapping Style is used to select between two text wrapping styles - inline and flow. Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell. Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables. Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table. The Table Size section contains the following parameters: Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height. Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells. The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default. The Options section allows to change the following parameter: Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color. The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells. The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width. The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually. The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged. The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab). Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab. The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters: Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text. Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text. The Options section allows to change the following parameters: Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves. Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Text wrapping style - Inline or Flow. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline style) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow style). After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow wrapping style: For the inline style, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left. For the flow style, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table." + "body": "Insert a table To insert a table into the document text, place the cursor where you want the table to be put, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. once the table is added you can change its properties, size and position. To resize a table, hover the mouse cursor over the handle in its lower right corner and drag it until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border up or down. To move a table, hold down the handle in its upper left corner and drag it to the necessary place in the document. Select a table or its part To select an entire table, click the handle in its upper left corner. To select a certain cell, move the mouse cursor to the left side of the necessary cell so that the cursor turns into the black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain row, move the mouse cursor to the left border of the table next to the necessary row so that the cursor turns into the horizontal black arrow , then left-click. To select a certain column, move the mouse cursor to the top border of the necessary column so that the cursor turns into the downward black arrow , then left-click. It's also possible to select a cell, row, column or table using options from the contextual menu or from the Rows & Columns section at the right sidebar. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. Adjust table settings Some of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right-click menu. The menu options are: Cut, Copy, Paste - standard options which are used to cut or copy a selected text/object and paste a previously cut/copied text passage or object to the current cursor position. Select is used to select a row, column, cell, or table. Insert is used to insert a row above or row below the row where the cursor is placed as well as to insert a column at the left or right side from the column where the cursor is placed. Delete is used to delete a row, column or table. Merge Cells is available if two or more cells are selected and is used to merge them. Split Cell... is used to open a window where you can select the needed number of columns and rows the cell will be split in. Distribute rows is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same height without changing the overall table height. Distribute columns is used to adjust the selected cells so that they have the same width without changing the overall table width. Cell Vertical Alignment is used to align the text top, center or bottom in the selected cell. Text Direction - is used to change the text orientation in a cell. You can place the text horizontally, vertically from top to bottom (Rotate at 90°), or vertically from bottom to top (Rotate at 270°). Table Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. Hyperlink is used to insert a hyperlink. Paragraph Advanced Settings is used to open the 'Paragraph - Advanced Settings' window. You can also change the table properties at the right sidebar: Rows and Columns are used to select the table parts that you want to be highlighted. For rows: Header - to highlight the first row Total - to highlight the last row Banded - to highlight every other row For columns: First - to highlight the first column Last - to highlight the last column Banded - to highlight every other column Select from Template is used to choose a table template from the available ones. Borders Style is used to select the border size, color, style as well as background color. Rows & Columns is used to perform some operations with the table: select, delete, insert rows and columns, merge cells, split a cell. Cell Size is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. Repeat as header row at the top of each page is used to insert the same header row at the top of each page in long tables. Show advanced settings is used to open the 'Table - Advanced Settings' window. To change the advanced table properties, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will open: The Table tab allows to change properties of the entire table. The Table Size section contains the following parameters: Width - by default, the table width is automatically adjusted to fit the page width, i.e. the table occupies all the space between the left and right page margin. You can check this box and specify the necessary table width manually. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the table width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall page width. Note: you can also adjust the table size manually changing the row height and column width. Move the mouse cursor over a row/column border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border. You can also use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width and the markers on the vertical ruler to change the row height. Automatically resize to fit contents - enables automatic change of each column width in accordance with the text within its cells. The Default Cell Margins section allows to change the space between the text within the cells and the cell border used by default. The Options section allows to change the following parameter: Spacing between cells - the cell spacing which will be filled with the Table Background color. The Cell tab allows to change properties of individual cells. First you need to select the cell you want to apply the changes to or select the entire table to change properties of all its cells. The Cell Size section contains the following parameters: Preferred width - allows to set a preferred cell width. This is the size that a cell strives to fit to, but in some cases it may not be possible to fit to this exact value. For example, if the text within a cell exceeds the specified width, it will be broken into the next line so that the preferred cell width remains unchanged, but if you insert a new column, the preferred width will be reduced. Measure in - allows to specify if you want to set the cell width in absolute units i.e. Centimeters/Points/Inches (depending on the option specified at the File -> Advanced Settings... tab) or in Percent of the overall table width. Note: you can also adjust the cell width manually. To make a single cell in a column wider or narrower than the overall column width, select the necessary cell and move the mouse cursor over its right border until it turns into the bidirectional arrow, then drag the border. To change the width of all the cells in a column, use the markers on the horizontal ruler to change the column width. The Cell Margins section allows to adjust the space between the text within the cells and the cell border. By default, standard values are used (the default values can also be altered at the Table tab), but you can uncheck the Use default margins box and enter the necessary values manually. The Cell Options section allows to change the following parameter: The Wrap text option is enabled by default. It allows to wrap text within a cell that exceeds its width onto the next line expanding the row height and keeping the column width unchanged. The Borders & Background tab contains the following parameters: Border parameters (size, color and presence or absence) - set the border size, select its color and choose the way it will be displayed in the cells. Note: in case you select not to show table borders clicking the button or deselecting all the borders manually on the diagram, they will be indicated by a dotted line in the document. To make them disappear at all, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the Hidden Table Borders option. Cell Background - the color for the background within the cells (available only if one or more cells are selected or the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab). Table Background - the color for the table background or the space background between the cells in case the Allow spacing between cells option is selected at the Table tab. The Table Position tab is available only if the Flow table option at the Text Wrapping tab is selected and contains the following parameters: Horizontal parameters include the table alignment (left, center, right) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position to the right of margin, page or text. Vertical parameters include the table alignment (top, center, bottom) relative to margin, page or text as well as the table position below margin, page or text. The Options section allows to change the following parameters: Move object with text controls whether the table moves as the text into which it is inserted moves. Allow overlap controls whether two tables are merged into one large table or overlap if you drag them near each other on the page. The Text Wrapping tab contains the following parameters: Text wrapping style - Inline table or Flow table. Use the necessary option to change the way the table is positioned relative to the text: it will either be a part of the text (in case you select the inline table) or bypassed by it from all sides (if you select the flow table). After you select the wrapping style, the additional wrapping parameters can be set both for inline and flow tables: For the inline table, you can specify the table alignment and indent from left. For the flow table, you can specify the distance from text and table position at the Table Position tab. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insert text objects", - "body": "To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, wrapping style or replace the rectangular box with a different shape, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects you can refer to this page. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate at 90° (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate at 270° (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can: align the text horizontally within the text box adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box insert a hyperlink You can also click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar and change some style parameters. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of letters with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the letters with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Note: if one of these two options is selected, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Adjust the font Stroke width, color and type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + "body": "To make your text more emphatic and draw attention to a specific part of the document, you can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Add a text object You can add a text object anywhere on the page. To do that: switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary text object type: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added at the current cursor position. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the document. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame with text in it (Text Art objects have invisible text box borders by default) and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, wrapping style or replace the rectangular box with a different shape, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align the text box on the page, arrange text boxes as related to other objects, change a wrapping style or access the shape advanced settings, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. To learn more on how to arrange and align objects you can refer to this page. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. To rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate at 90° (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate at 270° (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). To align the text vertically within the text box, right-click the text, select the Vertical Alignment option and then choose one of the available options: Align Top, Align Center or Align Bottom. Other formatting options that you can apply are the same as the ones for regular text. Please refer to the corresponding help sections to learn more about the necessary operation. You can: align the text horizontally within the text box adjust the font type, size, color, apply decoration styles and formatting presets set line spacing, change paragraph indents, adjust tab stops for the multi-line text within the text box insert a hyperlink You can also click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar and change some style parameters. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font Fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to fill the inner space of letters with. Click the colored box below and select the necessary color from the available color sets or specify any color you like: Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the letters with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Style - choose one of the available options: Linear (colors change in a straight line i.e. along a horizontal/vertical axis or diagonally at a 45 degree angle) or Radial (colors change in a circular path from the center to the edges). Direction - choose a template from the menu. If the Linear gradient is selected, the following directions are available: top-left to bottom-right, top to bottom, top-right to bottom-left, right to left, bottom-right to top-left, bottom to top, bottom-left to top-right, left to right. If the Radial gradient is selected, only one template is available. Gradient - click on the left slider under the gradient bar to activate the color box which corresponds to the first color. Click on the color box on the right to choose the first color in the palette. Drag the slider to set the gradient stop i.e. the point where one color changes into another. Use the right slider under the gradient bar to specify the second color and set the gradient stop. Note: if one of these two options is selected, you can also set an Opacity level dragging the slider or entering the percent value manually. The default value is 100%. It corresponds to the full opacity. The 0% value corresponds to the full transparency. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. Adjust the font Stroke width, color and type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size dropdown list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Alternatively, select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Set paragraph line spacing", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, use the corresponding fields at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - check this box in case you don't need any space between paragraphs of the same style. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines." + "body": "In Document Editor, you can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse or all the text in the document by pressing the Ctrl+A key combination, use the corresponding fields at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. Don't add interval between paragraphs of the same style - check this box in case you don't need any space between paragraphs of the same style. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Paragraph line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Show/hide nonprinting characters", - "body": "Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen. To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Nonprinting characters include: Spaces Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. It creates a space between characters. Tabs Inserted when you press the Tab key. It's used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop. Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Inserted when you press the Enter key. It ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. It contains information about the paragraph formatting. Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. It breaks the current line and puts lines of text close together. Soft return is primarily used in titles and headings. Nonbreaking spaces Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. It creates a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line. Page breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Page Break option, or select the Page break before option in the right-click menu or advanced settings window. Section breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Column breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables These markers contain formatting codes for the individual cell and row, respectively. Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph It indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before. Anchor symbols They indicate the position of floating objects (those with a wrapping style other than Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible." + "body": "Nonprinting characters help you edit a document. They indicate the presence of various types of formatting, but they do not print with the document, even when they are displayed on the screen. To show or hide nonprinting characters, click the Nonprinting characters icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Alternatively, you can use the Ctrl+Shift+Num8 key combination. Nonprinting characters include: Spaces Inserted when you press the Spacebar on the keyboard. It creates a space between characters. Tabs Inserted when you press the Tab key. It's used to advance the cursor to the next tab stop. Paragraph marks (i.e. hard returns) Inserted when you press the Enter key. It ends a paragraph and adds a bit of space after it. It contains information about the paragraph formatting. Line breaks (i.e. soft returns) Inserted when you use the Shift+Enter key combination. It breaks the current line and puts lines of text close together. Soft return is primarily used in titles and headings. Nonbreaking spaces Inserted when you use the Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar key combination. It creates a space between characters which can't be used to start a new line. Page breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Page Break option, or select the Page break before option in the right-click menu or advanced settings window. Section breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select one of the Insert Section Break submenu options (the section break indicator differs depending on which option is selected: Next Page, Continuous Page, Even Page or Odd Page). Column breaks Inserted when you use the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar and then select the Insert Column Break option. End-of-cell and end-of row markers in tables These markers contain formatting codes for the individual cell and row, respectively. Small black square in the margin to the left of a paragraph It indicates that at least one of the paragraph options was applied, e.g. Keep lines together, Page break before. Anchor symbols They indicate the position of floating objects (those with a wrapping style other than Inline), e.g. images, autoshapes, charts. You should select an object to make its anchor visible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -213,7 +228,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "title": "Insert page breaks", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can add the page break to start a new page and adjust pagination options. To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page: click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph), click the right mouse button and select the Keep lines together option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options: Keep with next - is used to prevent a page break between the selected paragraph and the next one. Orphan control - is selected by default and used to prevent a single line of the paragraph (the first or last) from appearing at the top or bottom of the page." + "body": "In Document Editor, you can add the page break to start a new page and adjust pagination options. To insert a page break at the current cursor position click the Breaks icon at the Insert or Layout tab of the top toolbar or click the arrow next to this icon and select the Insert Page Break option from the menu. You can also use the Ctrl+Enter key combination. To insert a page break before the selected paragraph i.e. to start this paragraph at the top of a new page: click the right mouse button and select the Page break before option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Page break before box in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. To keep lines together so that only whole paragraphs will be moved to the new page (i.e. there will be no page break between the lines within a single paragraph), click the right mouse button and select the Keep lines together option in the menu, or click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and check the Keep lines together box in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. The Paragraph - Advanced Settings window allows you to set two more pagination options: Keep with next - is used to prevent a page break between the selected paragraph and the next one. Orphan control - is selected by default and used to prevent a single line of the paragraph (the first or last) from appearing at the top or bottom of the page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", @@ -223,7 +238,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/download/print your document", - "body": "Save/download/ print your document By default, Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually, press the Save icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. To download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML. To print out the current document, click the Print icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. After that a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later." + "body": "Save/download/ print your document By default, Document Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current document manually, press the Save icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. To download the resulting document onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as... option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. To print out the current document, click the Print icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. After that a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the document. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", @@ -238,16 +253,16 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Set tab stops", - "body": "In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tab tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right radio button and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." + "body": "In Document Editor, you can change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. To set tab stops you can use the horizontal ruler: Select the necessary tab stop type clicking the button in the upper left corner of the working area. The following three tab types are available: Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centers the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. You can also use the paragraph properties window to adjust tab stops. Click the right mouse button, select the Paragraph Advanced Settings option in the menu or use the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar, and switch to the Tab tab in the opened Paragraph - Advanced Settings window. You can set the following parameters: Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. If you've previously added some tab stops using the ruler, all these tab positions will also be displayed in the list. Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right option from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. Leader - allows to choose a character used to create a leader for each of the tab positions. A leader is a line of characters (dots or hyphens) that fills the space between tabs. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the leader type from the drop-down list and press the Specify button. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Use Mail Merge", - "body": "Note: this option is available for paid versions only. The Mail Merge feature is used to create a set of documents combining a common content which is taken from a text document and some individual components (variables, such as names, greetings etc.) taken from a spreadsheet (for example, a customer list). It can be useful if you need to create a lot of personalized letters and send them to recipients. To start working with the Mail Merge feature, Prepare a data source and load it to the main document A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements. The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the file you need and click OK. Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar. Verify or change the recipients list Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed. Here you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data, if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons on the top of the window: and - to copy and paste the copied data and - to undo and redo undone actions and - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter - to clear all the applied filter parameters Note: to learn more on how to use the filter you can refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool you can refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button. Insert merge fields and check the results Place the mouse cursor in the text of the main document where you want a merge field to be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. Add all the fields you need anywhere in the document. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher at the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the document text. Turn on the Preview results switcher at the right sidebar to view the document text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview versions of the merged document for each record. To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list. Specify the merge parameters Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a file in the PDF or Docx format to be able to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: PDF - to create a single document in the PDF format that includes all the merged copies so that you can print them later Docx - to create a single document in the Docx format that includes all the merged copies so that you can edit individual copies later Email - to send the results to recipients by email Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal. Choose the records you want to apply the merge to: All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc. Complete the merge If you've decided to save the merge results as a file, click the Download button to store the file anywhere on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder. click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the Folder for save window that opens, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result once the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window. If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open: In the From list, select the mail account you want to use for sending mail, if you have several accounts connected in the Mail module. In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to email addresses of the recipients, if it was not selected automatically. Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field. Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients). Click the Send button. Once the mailing is over you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field." + "body": "Note: this option is available for paid versions only. The Mail Merge feature is used to create a set of documents combining a common content which is taken from a text document and some individual components (variables, such as names, greetings etc.) taken from a spreadsheet (for example, a customer list). It can be useful if you need to create a lot of personalized letters and send them to recipients. To start working with the Mail Merge feature, Prepare a data source and load it to the main document A data source used for the mail merge must be an .xlsx spreadsheet stored on your portal. Open an existing spreadsheet or create a new one and make sure that it meets the following requirements. The spreadsheet should have a header row with the column titles, as values in the first cell of each column will designate merge fields (i.e. variables that you can insert into the text). Each column should contain a set of actual values for a variable. Each row in the spreadsheet should correspond to a separate record (i.e. a set of values that belongs to a certain recipient). During the merge process, a copy of the main document will be created for each record and each merge field inserted into the main text will be replaced with an actual value from the corresponding column. If you are goung to send results by email, the spreadsheet must also include a column with the recipients' email addresses. Open an existing text document or create a new one. It must contain the main text which will be the same for each version of the merged document. Click the Mail Merge icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The Select Data Source window will open. It displays the list of all your .xlsx spreadsheets stored in the My Documents section. To navigate between other Documents module sections use the menu in the left part of the window. Select the file you need and click OK. Once the data source is loaded, the Mail Merge setting tab will be available on the right sidebar. Verify or change the recipients list Click the Edit recipients list button on the top of the right sidebar to open the Mail Merge Recipients window, where the content of the selected data source is displayed. Here you can add new information, edit or delete the existing data, if necessary. To simplify working with data, you can use the icons on the top of the window: and - to copy and paste the copied data and - to undo and redo undone actions and - to sort your data within a selected range of cells in ascending or descending order - to enable the filter for the previously selected range of cells or to remove the applied filter - to clear all the applied filter parameters Note: to learn more on how to use the filter you can refer to the Sort and filter data section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. - to search for a certain value and replace it with another one, if necessary Note: to learn more on how to use the Find and Replace tool you can refer to the Search and Replace Functions section of the Spreadsheet Editor help. After all the necessary changes are made, click the Save & Exit button. To discard the changes, click the Close button. Insert merge fields and check the results Place the mouse cursor in the text of the main document where you want a merge field to be inserted, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and select the necessary field from the list. The available fields correspond to the data in the first cell of each column of the selected data source. Add all the fields you need anywhere in the document. Turn on the Highlight merge fields switcher at the right sidebar to make the inserted fields more noticeable in the document text. Turn on the Preview results switcher at the right sidebar to view the document text with the merge fields replaced with actual values from the data source. Use the arrow buttons to preview versions of the merged document for each record. To delete an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To replace an inserted field, disable the Preview results mode, select the field with the mouse, click the Insert Merge Field button at the right sidebar and choose a new field from the list. Specify the merge parameters Select the merge type. You can start mass mailing or save the result as a file in the PDF or Docx format to be able to print or edit it later. Select the necessary option from the Merge to list: PDF - to create a single document in the PDF format that includes all the merged copies so that you can print them later Docx - to create a single document in the Docx format that includes all the merged copies so that you can edit individual copies later Email - to send the results to recipients by email Note: the recipients' email addresses must be specified in the loaded data source and you need to have at least one email account connected in the Mail module on your portal. Choose the records you want to apply the merge to: All records (this option is selected by default) - to create merged documents for all records from the loaded data source Current record - to create a merged document for the record that is currently displayed From ... To - to create merged documents for a range of records (in this case you need to specify two values: the number of the first record and the last record in the desired range) Note: the maximum allowed quantity of recipients is 100. If you have more than 100 recipients in your data source, please, perform the mail merge by stages: specify the values from 1 to 100, wait until the mail merge process is over, then repeat the operation specifying the values from 101 to N etc. Complete the merge If you've decided to save the merge results as a file, click the Download button to store the file anywhere on your PC. You'll find the downloaded file in your default Downloads folder. click the Save button to save the file on your portal. In the Folder for save window that opens, you can change the file name and specify the folder where you want to save the file. You can also check the Open merged document in new tab box to check the result once the merge process is finished. Finally, click Save in the Folder for save window. If you've selected the Email option, the Merge button will be available on the right sidebar. After you click it, the Send to Email window will open: In the From list, select the mail account you want to use for sending mail, if you have several accounts connected in the Mail module. In the To list, select the merge field corresponding to email addresses of the recipients, if it was not selected automatically. Enter your message subject in the Subject Line field. Select the mail format from the list: HTML, Attach as DOCX or Attach as PDF. When one of the two latter options is selected, you also need to specify the File name for attachments and enter the Message (the text of your letter that will be sent to recipients). Click the Send button. Once the mailing is over you'll receive a notification to your email specified in the From field." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "View document information", - "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option. General Information The document information includes document title, author, location, creation date, and statistics: the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the document title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out, who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. Version History Note: this option is not available for free accounts as well as for users with the Read Only permissions. To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it. To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option." + "body": "To access the detailed information about the currently edited document, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Document Info... option. General Information The document information includes document title, author, location, creation date, and statistics: the number of pages, paragraphs, words, symbols, symbols with spaces. Note: Online Editors allow you to change the document title directly from the editor interface. To do that, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Rename... option, then enter the necessary File name in a new window that opens and click OK. Permission Information Note: this option is not available for users with the Read Only permissions. To find out, who have rights to view or edit the document, select the Access Rights... option at the left sidebar. You can also change currently selected access rights by pressing the Change access rights button in the Persons who have rights section. Version History Note: this option is not available for free accounts as well as for users with the Read Only permissions. To view all the changes made to this document, select the Version History option at the left sidebar. It's also possible to open the history of versions using the Version History icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. You'll see the list of this document versions (major changes) and revisions (minor changes) with the indication of each version/revision author and creation date and time. For document versions, the version number is also specified (e.g. ver. 2). To know exactly which changes have been made in each separate version/revision, you can view the one you need by clicking it at the left sidebar. The changes made by the version/revision author are marked with the color which is displayed next to the author name on the left sidebar. You can use the Restore link below the selected version/revision to restore it. To return to the document current version, use the Close History option on the top of the version list. To close the File panel and return to document editing, select the Close Menu option." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html index 06f59b876..97576e91e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
        - +

        Searching...

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json index 945318695..5a0a9840a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña Archivo" + "name": "Pestaña de archivo" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", @@ -14,19 +14,23 @@ }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Insertar" + "name": "Pestaña Insertar" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Pestaña Configuración de Formato" }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "name": "Pestaña de Referencias" + }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Revisión" + "name": "Pestaña de Colaboración" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña Puglins" + "name": "Pestaña de Plugins" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", @@ -68,7 +72,7 @@ }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", - "name": "Alinee su texto a una línea o un párrafo", + "name": "Alinee su texto en un párrafo", "headername": "Formato de párrafo" }, { @@ -118,7 +122,7 @@ }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", - "name": "Añada hiperenlaces" + "name": "Añadir hiperenlace" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -145,6 +149,14 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Insertar objetos con texto" }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "name": "Insertar controles de contenido" + }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "name": "Crear tabla de contenidos" + }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Alinee y arregle objetos en una página" @@ -175,7 +187,7 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Vea información sobre documento", - "headername": "Herramientas y configuraciones" + "headername": "Herramientas y ajustes" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", @@ -199,7 +211,7 @@ }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", - "name": "Sobre el editor de documentos", + "name": "Sobre Document Editor", "headername": "Consejos útiles" }, { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 5bc95b091..3ef9263a0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
        - +

        Sobre el editor de documentos

        El Editor de documentos es una aplicación en línea que le permite revisar y editar documentos directamente en su navegador.

        -

        Cuando usa el Editor de documentos, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor desktop, imprimir los documentos editados manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlos en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT o HTML.

        +

        Cuando usa el Editor de documentos, puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor desktop, imprimir los documentos editados manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlos en el disco duro de su ordenador como archivos DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF o HTML.

        Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de licenciador, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra de menú a la izquierda.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 47cc2056d..7ddd2a140 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Ajustes avanzados del editor de documentos

        El editor de documentos le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a ellos, pulse la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... También puede usar el Icono de Ajustes avanzados icono en la esquina derecha de arriba en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index b253b0150..203b8ee38 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Edición Colaborativa de Documentos

        Editor de Documentos le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en el documento en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye:

        @@ -24,31 +24,32 @@

      Co-edición

      -

      Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus cambios propios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados.

      +

      Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

      +

      Menú del modo de Co-edición

      Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los pasajes de texto editados aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto.

      El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la esquina inferior izquierda del encabezado para editar - Icono Número de usuarios. Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios.

      -

      Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así Icono de gestión de derechos de acceso al documento permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso a los derechos del archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer, o revisar el documento, o niegue el acceso a los derechos del archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios.

      -

      Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar, los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que ha hecho para que otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardados por sus co-editores haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que pueda verificar qué exactamente se ha cambiado.

      +

      Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así Gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso a los derechos del archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer, o revisar el documento, o niegue el acceso a los derechos del archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

      +

      Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar, los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta.

      Puede especificar qué cambios se requiere resaltar durante el proceso de co-edición si hace clic en la pestaña d la barra de herramientas superior, selecciona la opción Ajustes Avanzados... y elija entre Ver ningunos, Ver todo y Ver últimos cambios de colaboración en tiempo real. Seleccionando la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual serán resaltados. Seleccinando la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios que han sido introducidos desde la última vez que hizo clic en el icono Icono Guardar se resaltarán. Seleccionando la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no serán resaltados.

      Chat

      -

      Puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para organizar con tus colaborados qué hace qué, asignar los párrafos que va a editar ahora, etc.

      -

      Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que decida eliminarlos.

      -

      Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje a otros usuarios,

      +

      Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted.

      +

      Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenen hasta que decida eliminarlos.

      +

      Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios,

        -
      1. Haga clic en el icono Chat icono en la barra lateral izquierda,
        2. +
      2. Haga clic en el Icono Chat ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o
        cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Icono Chat Chat,
      3. introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo,
      4. pulse el botón Enviar.
      -

      Todos los mensajes enviados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel de la izquierda. Si hay nuevos mensajes que todavía no ha leído, el icono de Chat parecerá así - Icono Chat.

      -

      Para cerrar este panel con los mensajes de Chat, haga clic en el icono Icono Chat una vez más.

      +

      Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - Icono Chat.

      +

      Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono Icono Chat en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Icono Chat Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más.

      Comentarios

      Para dejar un comentario,

      1. seleccione un pasaje de texto donde hay un error o problema, en su opinión,
        2. -
      2. Cambie a la pestaña de Insertar o Revisión en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en Icono Comentarios el botón Comentarios, o use el Icono Comentarios icono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace de Añadir comentarios al Documento, o
        haga clic derecho en el pasaje del texto seleccionado y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú contextual,
        3. +
      3. Cambie a la pestaña de Insertar o Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en Icono de Comentario el botón Comentarios, o use el Icono Comentarios icono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace de Añadir comentarios al Documento, o
        haga clic derecho en el pasaje del texto seleccionado y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú contextual,
      4. introduzca el texto necesario,
        5. -
      5. pulse el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir.
        6. +
      6. Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir.

      El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario.

      El pasaje de texto que ha comentado será resaltado en el documento. Para ver el comentario solo haga clic dentro de este pasaje. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso los pasajes comentados serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono Icono Comentarios.

      @@ -56,10 +57,10 @@
      • editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono Icono Editar,
      • eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono Icono Borrar,
        • -
      • cerrar la discusión pulsando en el icono Icono resolver si la tarea o el problema que ha indicado en su comentario fue resuelto, después de eso la discusión que ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelto. Para abrirlo de nuevo, haga clic en el Icono abrir de nuevo icono. Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resultos serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono icono Comentarios.
        • +
      • cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono Icono resolver si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono Icono Abrir de nuevo. Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resueltos se resaltarán solo si usted hace clic en el icono Icono Comentarios.
      -

      Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas.

      -

      Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono Icono Comentarios en la barra de herramientas otra vez.

      +

      Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior.

      +

      Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono Icono Comentarios situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más.

      \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 8791a54ab..7257e2b00 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Atajos de teclado

      @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 9ad9b2a29..ffe2588af 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Configuración de la vista y herramientas de navegación

      Editor de Documentos ofrece varias herramientas para ayudarle a ver y navegar por su documento: ampliación (zoom), botones de la página anterior/siguiente, indicador de número de la página.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index a01fe0af6..61ac3e183 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Revisión de documentos

      Cuando alguien comparte un archivo con usted y que tiene permiso de revisión, use la función de Revisión del documento.

      @@ -21,22 +21,22 @@

      Para ver los cambios sugeridos por un revisor, activa la opción de Rastrear Cambios en una de las siguientes maneras:

      • Haga clic en el en el botón de Rastrear cambios botón en la esquina de abajo derecha en la barra de estado, o
        • -
      • cambie a la pestaña Revisar en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Botón de rastreo de cambios rastrear cambios.
        • +
      • cambie a la pestaña Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Botón de rastreo de cambios Rastrear Cambios.

      Nota: no es necesario para el revisor habilitar la opción de Rastrear Cambios. Está habilitada por defecto y no se puede deshabilitar cuando el documento se comparte solo con los derechos de acceso de revisar.

      Elegir el modo de mostrar cambios

      Haga clic en el Botón de Visualizar Modo botón de Visualizar Modo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione uno de los modos disponibles de la lista:

        -
      • Todos los cambios (Editar) - esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Permite tanto ver los cambios sugeridos como editar el documento.
        • -
      • Todos los cambios aceptados (vista previa) - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si se aceptaran. Esta opción no acepta los cambios, simplemente permite ver cómo se vería el documento después de aceptar los cambios. En este modo, no se puede editar el documento.
        • -
      • Todos los cambios rechazados (vista previa) - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si se rechazaran. Esta opción no rechaza todos los cambios, simplemente permite ver el documento sin los cambios. en este modo, no puede editar el documento.
        • +
      • Marcado - esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Permite tanto ver los cambios sugeridos como editar el documento.
        • +
      • Final - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si ellos fueran aceptados. Esta opción no acepta los cambios, simplemente permite ver cómo se vería el documento después de aceptar los cambios. En este modo, no se puede editar el documento.
        • +
      • Original - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si se rechazaran. Esta opción no rechaza todos los cambios, simplemente permite ver el documento sin los cambios. en este modo, no puede editar el documento.

      Aceptar o rechazar cambios

      -

      Use los Botón Cambio Anterior botones Anterior y Botón Cambio Siguiente Siguiente en la barra de herramientas superior para navegar entre los cambios.

      +

      Use los Botón Cambio Anterior botones Anterior y Botón Cambio Siguiente Siguiente en la barra de herramientas superior para navegar entre los cambios.

      Para aceptar el cambio actualmente seleccionado puede:

      • pulsar el icono Botón aceptar Aceptar en la barra de herramientas superior, o
        • -
      • haga clic en la flecha que mira hacia abajo del botón de Aceptar y seleccione la opción de Aceptar Cambio Actual (en este caso el cambio se aceptará y cambiará al siguiente cambio), o
        • +
      • haga clic en la flecha que mira hacia abajo del botón de Aceptar y seleccione la opción de Aceptar Cambio Actual (en este caso el cambio se aceptará y cambiará al siguiente cambio), o
      • haga clic en el Botón aceptar botón Aceptar en la notificación de cambio.

      Para aceptar de forma rápida todos los cambios, haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón Botón aceptar Aceptar y seleccione la opción Rechazar Todos los Cambios.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 1bd933935..f5a1857f9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Función "Encontrar y Reemplazar"

      Para encontrar unos carácteres necesarios, palabras o frases usados en el documento que Usted está editando en este momento, haga clic en el icono Icono Buscar situado en la barra lateral izquierda.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 77b19c5a3..e06c99b38 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,32 +11,30 @@
      - +

      Corrección ortográfica

      El editor de documentos le permite comprobar la ortografía de su texto en un cierto idioma y corregir errores durante la edición.

      -

      Ante todo, establezca el idioma de su documento. Cambie a la pestaña Revisar en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el icono Icono Establecer idioma de documento Idiomas. En la ventana correspondiente, seleccione el idioma necesario y pulse OK. El idioma seleccionado se aplicará a todo el documento.

      +

      Ante todo, establezca el idioma de su documento. Haga clic en el icono Icono Establecer idioma de documento Establecer Idioma del Documento en la barra de estado. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione el idioma necesario y pulse OK. El idioma seleccionado se aplicará a todo el documento.

      Ventana Establecer idioma de documento

      Para elegir un idioma diferente para cualquier parte de texto en el documento, seleccione un pasaje de texto necesario con el ratón y utilice el menú Corrección ortográfica - selector de idioma de texto en la Barra de estado.

      -

      Para habilitar la opción de revisión ortográfica, puede:

      +

      Para activar la opción de corrección ortográfica, puede:

        -
      • haga clic en Icono de Revisión Ortográfica en la barra de herramientas superior icono Revisión Ortográfica en la pestaña de Revisión en la barra de herramientas superior, o
        • -
      • haga clic en el icono Icono Corrección ortográfica desactivada Revisión Ortográfica en la barra del estado, o
        • -
      • abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción de Ajustes Avanzados..., confirme el cuadrante de Activar la opción de Revisión Ortográfica y haga clic en el botón Aplicar.
        • +
      • hacer clic en el icono Icono Corrección ortográfica desactivada Corrección ortográfica en la barra de estado, o
        • +
      • Abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados..., seleccione la casilla de Activar la opción de corrección ortográfica y haga clic en el botón Aplicar.

      Las palabras mal escritas se subrayarán con una línea roja.

      Haga clic derecho en la palabra necesaria para activar el menú y:

        -
      • elija una de las palabras sugeridas escritas correctamente para reemplazar la palabra mal escrita con una sugerida. Si se han encontrado demasiado variantes, la opción Más variantes... aparecerá en el menú;
        • -
      • utilice la opción Ignorar para omitir solo esta palabra y eliminar subrayado o Ignorar todo para omitir todas las palabras idénticas repetidas en el texto;
        • +
      • elija una de las palabras similares sugeridas escritas correctamente para reemplazar la palabra mal escrita con una sugerida. Si se han encontrado demasiado variantes, la opción Más variantes... aparecerá en el menú;
        • +
      • utilice la opción Ignorar para omitir solo esa palabra y eliminar subrayado o Ignorar todo para omitir todas las palabras idénticas repetidas en el texto;
      • seleccione un idioma diferente para esta palabra.

      Corrección ortográfica

      -

      Para deshabilitar la opción de revisión ortográfica, puede:

      +

      Para desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica, usted puede:

        -
      • hacer clic en el Icono de Revisión Ortográfica en la barra de herramientas superior icono Revisión Ortográfica en la pestaña de Revisión en la barra de herramientas superior, o
        • -
      • hacer clic en el icono Icono Corrección ortográfica activada Revisión Ortográfica en la barra del estado, o
        • -
      • abrir la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción de Ajustes Avanzados..., anular el cuadrante de Activar la opción de Revisión Ortográfica y hacer clic en el botón Aplicar.
        • +
      • hacer clic en el icono Icono Corrección ortográfica activada Corrección ortográfica en la barra de estado, o
        • +
      • abrir la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccionar la opción Ajustes avanzados..., desvalidar la casilla de Activar opción de corrección ortográfica y hacer clic en el botón Aplicar.
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 9ad8aa899..1cc590527 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Formatos Soportados de Documentos Electrónicos

      Documentos electrónicos representan uno de los archivos infórmaticos más comúnmente utilizados. Gracias a un nivel alto de desarrollo de las redes infórmaticas actuales es más conveniente distribuir documentos de forma electrónica. Debido a una variedad de dispositivos usados para presentación de documentos existen muchos formatos de archivos patentados y abiertos. Document Editor soporta los formatos más populares.

      @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
      - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 214142081..a24dfbd54 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Pestaña Archivo

      La pestaña Archivo permite realizar algunas operaciones básicas en la carpeta actual.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 1875ab51c..f404659e7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Pestaña de Inicio

      La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre un documento. Le permite cambiar el tipo de letra y los párrafos. También hay más opciones disponibles como Combinación de Correspondencia, combinación de colores y ajustes de vista.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 321ebeb47..bfaa7be07 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Pestaña de Insertar + Pestaña Insertar @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
      - +
      -

      Pestaña de Insertar

      +

      Pestaña Insertar

      La pestaña de Insertar le permite añadir elementos para editar, así como objetos visuales y comentarios.

      -

      Pestaña de Insertar

      -

      Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

      +

      Pestaña Insertar

      +

      Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 21b20240f..c79cb884f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Pestaña Configuración de Formato + Pestaña Diseño - + @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
      - +
      -

      Pestaña Configuración de Formato

      -

      La pestaña de Configuración de Formato le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales.

      -

      Pestaña Configuración de Formato

      +

      Pestaña Diseño

      +

      La pestaña de Diseño le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales.

      +

      Pestaña Diseño

      Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

      • ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página,
        • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index a42b9e9db..0f74e55d3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Pestaña Puglins + Pestaña de Extensiones @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@
        - +
        -

        Pestaña Puglins

        -

        La pestaña Puglins permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros.

        -

        Pestaña Puglins

        -

        Actualmente, estos son los puglins disponibles:

        +

        Pestaña de Extensiones

        +

        La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias.

        +

        Pestaña Plugins

        +

        El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre macros puede referirse a nuestra Documentación de API.

        +

        Actualmente, los siguientes plugins están disponibles por defecto:

        • ArteClip permite añadir imágenes de la colección de arteclip a su documento,
        • OCR permite reconocer el texto incluido en una imagen e insertarlo en el texto de un documento,
          • @@ -26,7 +27,8 @@
        • Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado en otros idiomas,
        • YouTube permite incorporar vídeos en su documento.
        -

        Para aprender más sobre los puglins refiérase a nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos actuales que existen están disponibles en GitHub.

        +

        Los plugins Wordpress y EasyBib pueden usarse si conecta los servicios correspondientes en la configuración de su portal. Puede utilizar las siguientes instrucciones para la versión de servidor o para la versión SaaS.

        +

        Para aprender más sobre los plugins por favor refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Todos los ejemplos de plugin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index ced5df294..d658bf1c0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Introduciendo el Editor de Documento Interfaz de Usuario - + @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Introduciendo el Editor de Documento Interfaz de Usuario

        El Editor del Documento usa un interfaz intercalada donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de forma funcional.

        @@ -20,12 +20,12 @@
        1. El encabezado de editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre del documento así como dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso y volver a la lista del Documento.

          Iconos en el encabezado del editor

          2. -
        2. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un set de comandos de edición dependiendo en la pestaña de menú seleccionada. Actualmente, las siguientes pestanas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Revisar, Plugins.

          Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

          +
        3. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Referencias, Colaboración, Extensiones.

          Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

          Los iconos en la barra de herramientas superior

          4. -
        4. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortgrafía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom.
          5. -
        5. La barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios y Chat, contactar nuestro equipo de apoyo y mostrar la información sobre el programa.
          6. -
        6. La barra lateral derecha permite ajustar los parámetros adicionales de objetos diferentes. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha.
          7. +
        7. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortografía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom.
          8. +
        8. La barra de herramientas izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios, Chat y and Navegación contactar a nuestro equipo de soporte y mostrar la información sobre el programa.
          9. +
        9. La Barra de herramientas derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha.
        10. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales permiten alinear el texto y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y sangrados de párrafos.
        11. El área de trabajo permite ver el contenido del documento, introducir y editar datos.
        12. La barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazarte arriba y abajo en documentos de varias páginas.
          13. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..09c9c7602 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Pestaña de referencias + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Pestaña de referencias

          +

          La pestaña de Referencias permite gestionar diferentes tipos de referencias: añadir y actualizar una tabla de contenidos, crear y editar notas en el pie de página, insertar hipervínculos.

          +

          Pestaña de referencias

          +

          Usando esta pestaña podrá:

          + +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index 36bad74f4..d58c25b37 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Pestaña de Revisión + Pestaña de colaboración - + @@ -11,18 +11,21 @@
          - +
          -

          Pestaña de Revisión

          -

          La pestaña de Revisión permite revisar el documento: se asegura de que la ortografía del texto es correcta, gestiona comentarios, rastrea cambios hechos por un revisor.

          -

          Pestaña de Revisión

          -

          Al usar esta pestaña podrás:

          +

          Pestaña de colaboración

          +

          La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en el documento: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios, realizar un seguimiento de los cambios realizados por un revisor, ver todas las versiones y revisiones.

          +

          Pestaña de colaboración

          +

          Si usa esta pestaña podrá:

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 3f8f17b50..f67568dae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Añadir bordes

          Para añadir bordes a un párrafo, una página o a un documento,

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 96f3bd3b8..649ba47fe 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@
          - +

          Añada hiperenlaces

          Para añadir un hiperenlace,

          1. posicione el cursor en un lugar donde un hiperenlace se añadirá,
            2. -
          2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
            3. -
          3. haga clic en el Icono de hiperenlace icono hiperenlace en la barra de herramientas superior,
            4. +
          4. cambie a la pestaña Insertar o Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior,
            5. +
          5. Pulse haga clic en el icono Icono hiperenlace Hiperenlaceen la barra de herramientas superior,
          6. luego, verá la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace, donde podrá especificar los parámetros de hiperenlace:
              -
            • Enlace a - introduzca un URL en formato http://www.example.com.
              • +
            • Enlace a - introduzca un URL en formato http://www.example.com.
            • Mostrar - introduzca un texto en el cual podrá hacer clic y le dirigirá a la dirección web especificada en el campo de arriba.
            • Información en pantalla - introduzca un texto que se hará visible en una ventana emergente y le proporciona una nota breve o una etiqueta que pertenece al enlace.
            @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@
          7. Haga clic en el botón OK.

          Para añadir un hiperenlace, también puede hacer clic con el botón secundario en un lugar donde un hiperenlace será añadido y seleccionar la opción Hiperenlace en el menú que abre la ventana de arriba.

          -

          Nota: también es posible seleccionar un carácter, una palabra, una combinación de palabras, un pasaje del texto con el ratón o con el teclado y hacer clic en el icono de Hiperenlace en la barra de herramientas superior Insertar o hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la selección y elegir la opción Hiperenlace del menú. Luego, la ventana que se muestra arriba se abrirá con el campo de Expositor con el fragmento de texto seleccionado.

          -

          Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, la Información de la pantalla aparecerá y contendrá el texto que ha especificado. Puede seguir el enlace pulsando el tecla CTRL y haciendo clic en el enlace en su documento.

          +

          Nota: también es posible seleccionar un carácter, palabra, combinación de palabras, pasaje del texto con el ratón o usando el teclado y hacer clic en el icono de Hiperenlace en la pestaña de la barra de herramientas superior Insertar o Referencias de la barra de herramientas superior o hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la selección y elegir la opción Hiperenlace del menú. Después de que la ventana que se muestra arriba se abra con el campo de Mostrar, completado con el texto del fragmento seleccionado.

          +

          Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, aparecerá la Información en pantalla con el texto que ha especificado. Puede seguir el enlace pulsando el tecla CTRL y haciendo clic en el enlace en su documento.

          Para editar o eliminar el hiperenlace añadido, púlselo con el botón secundario del ratón, seleccione la opción Hiperenlace y después haga clic en la acción usted quiera realizar - Editar hiperenlace or Eliminar hiperenlace.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index c58d79a8d..a44f7d327 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Alinee y arregle objetos en una página

          Los bloques de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, pueden ser alineados, agrupados y ordenados en una página. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en la página. Para seleccionar varios objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un bloque de texto, haga clic en su borde, no en el texto de dentro. Después, puede usar o los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior de Formato que se describen más abajo o las opciones análogas del menú contextual.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 8c8c19111..6a80c8f2e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Alinee su texto a una línea o un párrafo

          Normalmente el texto se alinea de cuatros modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo,

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index 40693e31b..75d67d3c3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Seleccione color de fondo para un párrafo

          El color de fondo se aplica a todo el párrafo y rellena completamente todo el espacio del párrafo del margen izquierdo al margen derecho de la página.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index cd6f96d2a..5ceebc77a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Cambie combinación de colores

          La combinación de colores se aplica a todo el documento. Se usa para cambiar el aspecto del documento, porque define la paleta Colores de tema para los elementos de un documento (letra, fondo, tablas, autoformas, gráficos). Si aplica algunos Colores de tema a los elementos del documento y después selecciona una Combinación de colores, los colores aplicados en su documentos se cambiarán de forma correspondiente.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm index 3c8f1e6d1..fd514c77d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Cambiar la justificación del texto

          La opción de Justificación de estilo determina la manera en la que el objeto se posiciona en relación con el texto. Puede cambiar el estilo de justificación del texto por objetos insertados, como formas, imágenes, gráficos, cuadros de texto o tablas.

          @@ -41,20 +41,16 @@

        Si selecciona el estilo Cuadrado, Ajustado, a través, o superior e inferior, podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - Distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). Para acceder a estos parámetros, haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados. Fije los valores necesarios y haga clic en OK.

        Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, la pestaña Posición también está disponible en la ventana del objeto de Ajustes avanzados. Para saber más sobre estos parámetros, refiérase a las páginas correspondientes con las instrucciones sobre cómo trabajar con formas, imágenes o gráficos.

        -

        Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, también puede editar los límites de justificación para imágenes o formas. Haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Estilo de justificación del menú contextual y haga clic en la opción Editar límites de justificación. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Editar límite de justificación

        +

        Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, también puede editar los límites de justificación para imágenes o formas. Haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Estilo de justificación del menú contextual y haga clic en la opción Editar límites de justificación. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Editar límite de ajuste

        Cambiar la justificación de texto para tablas

        -

        Para tablas, los siguientes estilos de justificación están disponibles: En línea y Flujo.

        +

        Para tablas, los siguientes estilos de justificación están disponibles: Tabla en línea y Tabla de flujo.

        Para cambiar el estilo de justificación de estilo actual:

          -
        1. haga clic derecho en la tabla,
          2. -
        2. abra los ajustes de justificación de texto:
            - -
          • seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados de tabla y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados, o
            • -
          • seleccione una de las opciones siguientes del menú contextual:
              -
            • Estilo de Justificación - En línea se usa para seleccionar estilo en línea (el texto se interrumpe por la tabla) y también el tipo de alineación: a la izquierda, centro, a la derecha.
              • -
            • Estilo de Justificación - Flujo se usa para seleccionar el estilo flujo (cuando la tabla está rodeada por el texto).
              • -
            -
            • +
          • Haga clic derecho en la tabla y seleccione la opción de Ajustes Avanzados de la Tabla,
            • +
          • pase a la pestaña Ajuste de Texto en la ventana Tabla - Ajustes Avanzados,
            • +
          • seleccione una de las opciones siguientes:
              +
            • Tabla en Línea se usa para seleccionar estilo en línea (cuando el texto se interrumpe por la tabla) y también el tipo de alineación: a la izquierda, centro, a la derecha.
              • +
            • Tabla de Flujo se usa para seleccionar el estilo de flujo cuando el texto está rodeando la tabla).
        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 269b97e4f..d366a8c7d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Copie/borre formato de texto

        Para copiar un formato de texto en concreto,

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 50f1aa0c2..c60897c7a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Copie/pegue pasajes de texto, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

        Use operaciones de portapapeles básico

        @@ -35,6 +35,12 @@
      • Pegar - permite pegar el texto copiado manteniendo el formato original.
      • Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original.
      +

      Si pega la tabla copiada en una tabla existente, dispone de las siguientes opciones:

      +
        +
      • Sobre escribir celdas - le permite sustituir el contenido de la tabla existente por los datos pegados. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto.
        • +
      • Anidar tabla - permite pegar la tabla copiada como una tabla anidada en la celda seleccionada de la tabla existente.
        • +
      • Solo Mantener Texto - permite pegar el contenido de la tabla como valores de texto separados por el carácter de tabulación.
        • +

      Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

      Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior o atajos de teclado:

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 713b4280b..310fa8b2f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Cree listas

        Para crear una lista en su documento,

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ef8ada9f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + Crear una tabla de contenidos + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Crear una tabla de contenidos

        +

        Una tabla de contenidos contiene una lista de todos los capítulos (secciones, etc.) de un documento y muestra los números de las páginas donde se inicia cada capítulo. Esto permite navegar fácilmente a través de un documento de varias páginas cambiando rápidamente a la parte necesaria del texto. La tabla de contenidos se genera automáticamente sobre la base de los encabezados del documento formateados usando estilos incorporados. Esto facilita la actualización de la tabla de contenidos creada sin necesidad de editar manualmente los encabezados y cambiar los números de página si se ha modificado el texto del documento.

        +

        Definir la estructura de título

        +

        Formato de encabezados

        +

        En primer lugar, formatee los encabezados en su documento utilizando uno de los estilos predefinidos. Para hacerlo,

        +
          +
        1. Seleccione el texto que desea incluir en la tabla de contenidos.
          2. +
        2. Abra el menú de estilo en el lado derecho de la pestaña Inicio en la barra de tareas superior.
          3. +
        3. Haga clic en el estilo que desea aplicar. Por defecto, usted puede usar los estilos Encabezado 1 - Encabezado 9.

          Nota: si quiere usar otros estilos (por ejemplo Título, Subtítulo, etc.) para dar formato a los encabezados que se incluirán en la tabla de contenidos, primero tendrá que ajustar la configuración de la tabla de contenidos (consulte la sección correspondiente a continuación). Para saber más sobre cómo los formatos disponibles de estilos, puede visitar esta página.

          +
          4. +
        + +

        Una vez formateados los encabezados, puede hacer clic en el icono Icono de navegación Navegación en la barra de tareas izquierda para abrir el panel que muestra la lista de todos los encabezados con los niveles de anidamiento correspondientes. Este panel permite navegar fácilmente entre los encabezados del texto del documento, así como administrar la estructura de encabezados.

        +

        Haga clic derecho en un encabezado de la lista y utilice una de las opciones disponibles en el menú:

        +

        Panel de navegación

        +
          +
        • Promover - para desplazar el encabezado actualmente seleccionado al nivel superior de la estructura jerárquica, por ejemplo, modificarlo de Encabezado 2 a Encabezado 1.
          • +
        • Rebajar - para desplazar el encabezado actualmente seleccionado al nivel inferior de la estructura jerárquica, por ejemplo, modificarlo de Encabezado 1 a Encabezado 2.
          • +
        • Nuevo encabezado anterior - para añadir un nuevo encabezado vacío del mismo nivel antes del seleccionado actualmente.
          • +
        • Nuevo encabezado después - para añadir un nuevo encabezado vacío del mismo nivel después del seleccionado actualmente.
          • +
        • Nuevo subencabezado - para añadir un nuevo subencabezado vacío (es decir, un encabezado con un nivel inferior) después del encabezado actualmente seleccionado.

          Cuando se agrega el encabezado o subencabezado, haga clic en el encabezado vacío agregado en la lista y escriba su propio texto. Esto se puede hacer tanto en el texto del documento como en el mismo panel de Navegación.

          +
          • +
        • Seleccionar contenido - para seleccionar el texto debajo del encabezado actual del documento (incluido el texto relativo a todos los subencabezados de este encabezado).
          • +
        • Expandir todo - para expandir todos los niveles de encabezados en el panel Navegación.
          • +
        • Colapsar todo - para colapsar todos los niveles de encabezados, excepto el nivel 1, en el panel de Navegación.
          • +
        • Expandir al nivel - para expandir la estructura de título al nivel seleccionado. Por ejemplo, si usted selecciona nivel 3, luego los niveles 1, 2 y 3 serán expandidos, mientras que el nivel 4 y todos los niveles inferiores se colapsarán.
          • +
        +

        Para expandir u ocultar manualmente niveles de encabezado separados, utilice las flechas a la izquierda de los encabezados.

        +

        Para cerrar el panel de Navegación, haga clic en el icono Icono de navegación situado en la barra de tareas izquierda una vez más.

        +

        Inserta una Tabla de Contenidos en el documento

        +

        Para insertar una tabla de contenidos en su documento,

        +
          +
        1. Posicione el punto de inserción donde desea añadir la tabla de contenidos.
          2. +
        2. Cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior,
          3. +
        3. Haga clic en el Icono de tabla de contenidos icono de la Tabla de Contenidos en la barra de herramientas superior, o
          haga clic en la flecha al lado de este icono y seleccione la opción de diseño del menú, Usted puede seleccionar la tabla de contenidos que muestra los encabezados, números de página y líderes, o sólo los encabezados.

          Opciones de tabla de contenidos

          +

          Nota: la apariencia de la tabla de contenidos se puede ajustar más tarde a través de la configuración de la tabla de contenidos.

          +
          4. +
        +

        La tabla de contenidos se añadirá en la posición actual del cursor. Para cambiar la posición de la tabla de contenidos, puede seleccionar el campo de la tabla de contenidos (control de contenido) y simplemente arrastrarlo al lugar deseado. Para hacer eso, haga clic en el Botón de control del contenido de la Tabla de Contenidos botón en la esquina superior izquierda del campo de la tabla de contenidos y arrástrelo sin soltar el botón del ratón a otra posición en el texto del documento.

        +

        Moviendo la tabla de contenidos

        +

        Para navegar entre encabezados, presione la tecla Ctrl y haga clic en el encabezado necesario dentro del campo de la tabla de contenidos. Irá a la página correspondiente.

        +

        Ajuste la tabla de contenidos creada

        +

        Refrescar la tabla de contenidos

        +

        Una vez creada la tabla de contenidos, puede seguir editando su texto añadiendo nuevos capítulos, cambiando su orden, eliminando algunos párrafos o ampliando el texto relacionado con un título para que puedan cambiar los números de página correspondientes a la sección precedente o subsecuente. En este caso, use la opción Refrescar para aplicar automáticamente todos los cambios al índice de contenidos.

        +

        Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Icono Refrescar Refrescar en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria del menú.

        +
          +
        • Refrescar toda la tabla - para agregar los encabezados que agregó al documento, elimine los que eliminó del documento, actualice los encabezados editados (renombrados), así como actualice los números de página.
          • +
        • Refrescar solo los números de página - para actualizar los números de página sin aplicar cambios a los encabezados.
          • +
        +

        Alternativamente, también puede seleccionar la tabla de contenidos en el texto del documento y hacer clic en el icono Icono Refrescar Refrescar en la parte superior del campo de la tabla de contenidos para mostrar las opciones mencionadas anteriormente.

        +

        Refrescar la tabla de contenidos

        +

        También es posible hacer clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte de la tabla de contenidos y utilizar las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual.

        +

        Menú contextual

        +

        Ajustar la configuración de la Tabla de Contenidos

        +

        Para abrir las configuraciones de la tabla de contenidos, puede proceder de las siguientes maneras:

        +
          +
        • Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Icono de la Tabla de Contenidos Tabla de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes del menú.
          • +
        • Seleccione la tabla de contenidos en el texto del documento, haga clic en la flecha situada junto al título del campo de la tabla de contenidos y seleccione el icono Ajustes del menú.

          Opciones de Tabla de Contenidos

          +
          • +
        • Haga clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte de la tabla de contenidos y use la opción Ajustes de la tabla de contenidos del menú contextual.
          • +
        +

        Se abrirá una nueva ventana donde podrá ajustar los siguientes ajustes:

        +

        Ventana de Ajustes de la Tabla de Contenidos

        +
          +
        • Mostrar números de página - esta opción permite elegir si desea mostrar o no los números de página.
          • +
        • Alinear los números de página a la derecha - esta opción permite elegir si desea alinear los números de página al lado derecho de la pantalla o no.
          • +
        • Líder - esta opción permite elegir el tipo de líder que desea usar. Un líder es una línea de caracteres (puntos o guiones) que llena el espacio entre un encabezado y el número de página correspondiente. También es posible seleccionar la opción Ninguno si no quiere usar líderes.
          • +
        • Formatear la tabla de contenidos como enlaces - esta opción está seleccionada por defecto. Si la desmarca, no podrá cambiar al capítulo necesario pulsando Ctrl y haciendo clic en el encabezado correspondiente.
          • +
        • De donde construir la tabla de contenidos - esta sección permite especificar el número necesario de niveles de esquema, así como los estilos predeterminados que se usarán para crear la tabla de contenidos. Compruebe el botón de selección necesario:
            +
          • Niveles de esquema - al seleccionar esta opción, podrá ajustar el número de niveles jerárquicos utilizados en la tabla de contenidos. Haga clic en las flechas en el campo Niveles para disminuir o aumentar el número de niveles (los valores de 1 a 9 están disponibles). Por ejemplo, si selecciona el valor de 3, los encabezados que tienen niveles 4 - 9 no se incluirán en la tabla de contenidos.
            • +
          • Estilos seleccionados - cuando se selecciona esta opción, puede especificar estilos adicionales que se pueden utilizar para construir la tabla de contenidos y asignar un nivel de esquema correspondiente a cada uno de ellos. Especifique el valor del nivel deseado en el campo situado a la derecha del estilo. Una vez guardada la configuración, podrá utilizar este estilo al crear la tabla de contenidos.

            Ventana de Ajustes de la Tabla de Contenidos

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Estilos - esta opción permite seleccionar la apariencia deseada de la tabla de contenidos. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: El campo de vista previa de arriba muestra el aspecto que debe tener la tabla de contenidos.

          Los siguientes cuatro estilos por defecto están disponibles: Simple, Estándar, Moderno, Clásico. La opción Actual es usada si usted personaliza el estilo de la tabla de contenidos.

          +
          • +
        +

        Haga clic en el botón OK de la ventana de ajustes para aplicar los cambios.

        +

        Ajustar el estilo de la Tabla de Contenidos

        +

        Después de aplicar uno de los estilos de tabla de contenidos predeterminados dentro de la ventana de ajustes de la Tabla de Contenidos, puede modificar adicionalmente este estilo para que el texto dentro del campo de la tabla de contenidos se vea como usted lo necesita.

        +
          +
        1. Seleccione el texto dentro del campo del índice, por ejemplo, pulsando la tecla Botón de control del contenido de la Tabla de Contenidos en la esquina superior izquierda del control de contenido de la tabla de contenidos.
          2. +
        2. Formatee los elementos de la tabla de contenidos cambiando su tipo de fuente, tamaño, color o aplicando los estilos de decoración de fuentes.
          3. +
        3. En consecuencia, actualice los estilos de los elementos de cada nivel. Para actualizar el estilo, haga clic derecho en el elemento seleccionado, seleccione la opción Formatear como Estilo del menú contextual y haga clic en la opción Actualizar estilo N de la tabla de contenidos (El estilo2 de la tabla de contenidos corresponde a elementos que tienen el nivel 2, el estilo 3 de la tabla de contenidos corresponde a elementos con el nivel 3 y así sucesivamente).

          Ajustar el estilo de la Tabla de Contenidos

          +
          4. +
        4. Refrescar la tabla de contenidos
          5. +
        +

        Remover la tabla de contenidos

        +

        Para remover la tabla de contenidos del documento:

        +
          +
        • Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Icono de la Tabla de Contenidos Tabla de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y use la opción Remover tabla de contenidos.
          • +
        • o haga clic en la flecha al lado de controlar contenido del título de la tabla de contenidos y use la opción Remover tabla de contenidos.
          • +
        +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index c098606c9..fba3a73f0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Aplique estilos de letra

        Puede aplicar varios estilos de letra usando los iconos correspondientes que se sitúan en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 8849b81b7..44d37edb2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Establezca tipo,tamaño y color de letra

        Puede seleccionar el tipo, tamaño y color de la letra usando los iconos correspondientes que están disponibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 87d6e8d29..5e0685d86 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Aplique estilos predeterminados de formato

        Cada estilo de formato es un conjunto de opciones de formato predeterminado: (tamaño de letra, color, espaciado, alineamiento, etc.) Los estilos le permiten formatear de forma rápida las distintas partes del documento (encabezados, subtítulos, listas, texto normal, citas) en vez de aplicar varias opciones de forma individual cada vez. Esto también asegura una apariencia consistente en todo el documento. Un estilo se puede aplicar a un solo párrafo.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 2d2b02faf..b645f4e88 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Inserte autoformas

        Inserte un autoforma

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index c030774a1..7d227af0a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Inserte gráficos

        Inserte un gráfico

        @@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
      • después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles:
        • Copiar y Pegar para copiar y pegar los datos copiados
        • Deshacer y Rehacer para deshacer o rehacer acciones
          • -
        • Inserte funciones para insertar una función
          • -
        • Disminuir decimales y Aumentar decimales para disminuir o aumentar los lugares de decimales
          • -
        • Formato de números para cambiar el formato de los número, es decir, la manera en que los números que introduce se muestran en las celdas
          • +
        • Inserte una función para insertar una función
          • +
        • Disminuir decimales y Aumentar decimales para disminuir o aumentar decimales
          • +
        • Formato de número para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas

        Ventana Editor de gráfico

        • @@ -41,14 +41,14 @@

        Ventana Gráfico - ajustes avanzados

        La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico.

          -
        • Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
            +
          • Especifique la posición del Título del gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
            • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico,
            • Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título,
            • Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico.
          • Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
              -
            • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestre la leyenda,
              • +
            • Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestre una leyenda,
            • Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico,
            • Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico,
            • Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico,
              • @@ -59,81 +59,81 @@
            • Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
              • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado.
                  -
                • Para los gráficos de Columnas/Barras, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Nada, Centrado, Fondo Interior, Cima Interior, Cima Exterior.
                  • -
                • Para los gráficos de Línea/XY (disperso)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Nada, Centro, Izquierda, Derecha, Arriba, Fondo.
                  • -
                • Para los gráficos de Pastel, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Nada, Centrado, Ajustado a la Talla, Cima Interior, Cima Exterior.
                  • -
                • Para los gráficos de Área y para los de 3D, Columnas, Línea y Barras, puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Nada, Centrado.
                  • +
                • Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior.
                  • +
                • Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior.
                  • +
                • Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior.
                  • +
                • Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado.
                • -
              • seleccione los datos que quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, nombre de categoría, Valor,
                • -
              • inserte un carácter (coma, punto y coma etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de acceso Separador de Etiquetas de Datos.
                • +
              • seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor,
                • +
              • Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos.
              • -
            • Líneas - se usa para elegir el estilo de una línea para los gráficos de Línea/XY (disperso). Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre los puntos de datos, Suave para usar curvas suaves entre los puntos de datos, o Nada para que no aparezcan las líneas.
              • -
            • Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores deben mostrarse (si la casilla está marcada) o no (si la casilla no está marcada) para los gráficos de Línea/XY (disperso).

              Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para los gráficos de Línea y gráficos de XY (disperso).

              +
            • Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas.
              • +
            • Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).

              Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos).

              • -
            • La sección de Ajustes de Ejes permite especificar si desea visualizar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no seleccionar la opción de Mostrar u Ocultar de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros de Título Eje Horizontal/Vertical:
                +
              • La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical:
                • Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                    -
                  • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal,
                    • +
                  • Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar un título del eje horizontal,
                  • Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal.
                • Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                    -
                  • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical,
                    • -
                  • Girado - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical,
                    • +
                  • Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical,
                    • +
                  • Girada - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical,
                  • Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical.
                • -
              • Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.

                Nota: las secciones Título de eje horizontal/vertical y Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes ni líneas cuadrículas.

                +
              • Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas de cuadrícula usando la opción Ninguno.

                Nota: las secciones Ajustes de eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas de cuadrículas.

              Ventana Gráfico - ajustes avanzados

              Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes.

              -

              La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta que para los Gráficos de barras el eje vertical será el eje de categoría que muestra etiquetas de texto, en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a unas descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de XY (dispersos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

              +

              La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

              • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                • Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                  • -
                • Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo de la derecha.
                  • -
                • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                  • -
                • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Millares, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volverse a las unidades por defecto.
                  • +
                • Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                  • +
                • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                  • +
                • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto.
                • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior.
                • -
              • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes:
                  -
                • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores,
                  • +
                • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes:
                    +
                  • Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores,
                  • Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje,
                    • -
                  • En - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje,
                    • +
                  • Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje,
                  • Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                • La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                  • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación,
                  • Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico,
                    • -
                  • Alto - si quiere que algunas etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico,
                    • -
                  • Al lado de eje - si quiere que algunas etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje.
                    • +
                  • Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico,
                    • +
                  • Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje.

                Ventana Gráfico - ajustes avanzados

                -

                La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que para el Gráfico de barras el eje horizontal será el eje de valores que mostrará valores numéricos, por lo que en este caso, las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de XY (dispersos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                +

                La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal para el Gráfico de barras será el valor del eje de mostrará valores numéricos, y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                    -
                  • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal.
                    • -
                  • Posición de eje - se usa para especificar dónde se deben colocar las etiquetas de texto del eje: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación.
                    • +
                  • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal.
                    • +
                  • Posición del eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación.
                  • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda.
                  • -
                • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes:
                    -
                  • Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las siguientes opciones de disposición: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, En - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                    • +
                  • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes:
                      +
                    • Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                    • Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas.
                  • La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías.
                    • Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje.
                      • -
                    • Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y etiquetas.
                      • -
                    • Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría.
                      • +
                    • Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas.
                      • +
                    • Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc.
                  @@ -147,15 +147,15 @@

                  Para cambiar la posición de gráfico, use el Flecha icono que aparece cuando mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el gráfico. Arrastre el gráfico a la posición necesaria manteniendo apretado el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve el gráfico, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente.

                  Editar elementos del gráfico

                  -

                  Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto por defecto con el ratón e introduzca el que desee.

                  -

                  Para cambiar el formato de la fuente en los elementos del texto, como el título del gráfico, el título de los ejes, el acceso de la leyenda, etiquetas de datos, etc, seleccione los elementos del texto necesarios haciendo clic izquierdo en ellos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo.

                  +

                  Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar.

                  +

                  Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo.

                  Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado.

                  -

                  También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo dentro del área y mantenga apretado el botón del ratón hasta que una casilla con bordes azules aparezca. Arrastre el curso sin soltar el ratón para cambiar a una orientación de gráfico en 3D.

                  +

                  También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D.

                  Gráfico 3D

                  -

                  Ajustar configuraciones de gráfico

                  +

                  Ajustes de gráfico

                  Pestaña Ajustes de gráfico

                  -

                  Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes:

                  +

                  Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar las siguientes propiedades:

                  • Tamaño - se usa para ver los Ancho y Altura del gráfico actual.
                  • Justificación de texto se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más abajo).
                    • @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
                    • Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual.
                    • Arreglar - se usa para traer el gráfico seleccionado al primer plano, enviarlo al fondo, traerlo adelante o enviarlo atrás, así como para agrupar o des-agrupar gráficos para realizar operaciones con unos gráficos a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página.
                      • -
                    • Alinear - se usa para alinear el gráfico a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.
                      • +
                    • Alinear - se usa para alinear el gráfico a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página.
                    • Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás. La opción Editar límite de ajuste no está disponible para los gráficos.
                    • Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'.
                    • Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados'.
                      • @@ -191,15 +191,15 @@

                    • Ajuste de texto - cuadrado Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita el gráfico.

                    • Ajuste de texto - estrecho Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales del gráfico.

                    • Ajuste de texto - a través A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco del gráfico.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto - superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto - adelante Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto.

                      • +

                    • Estilo de ajuste- superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico.

                      • +

                    • Estilo de ajuste - adelante Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto.

                    • Ajuste de texto - detrás Detrás - el texto solapa el gráfico.

                  -

                  Si selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha).

                  +

                  Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha).

                  Gráfico-ajustes avanzados: Posición

                  -

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta sección contiene los siguientes parámetros, los cuales dependen del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  +

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros, los cuales dependen del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  • La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos:
                    • Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación con el carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho,
                      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b038fefe0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Insertar controles de contenido + + + + + + + +
                      +
                      + +
                      +

                      Insertar controles de contenido

                      +

                      Utilizar los controles de contenido puede crear un formulario con campos de entrada que pueden ser rellenados por otros usuarios, o proteger algunas partes del documento para que no sean editadas o eliminadas. Los controles de contenido son objetos que contienen texto que se puede formatear. Los controles de contenido de texto sin formato no pueden contener más de un párrafo, mientras que los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido pueden contener varios párrafos, listas y objetos (imágenes, formas, tablas, etc.).

                      +

                      Insertar controles de contenido

                      +

                      Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto simple,

                      +
                        +
                      1. posicione el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto donde desea que se añada el control,
                        o seleccione un pasaje de texto que desee que se convierta en el control del contenido.
                        2. +
                      2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        3. +
                      3. Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Icono de controles de contenido Controles de contenido.
                        4. +
                      4. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto simple del menú.
                        5. +
                      +

                      El control se insertará en el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto existente. Los controles de contenido del texto plano no permiten añadir saltos de línea y no pueden contener otros objetos como imágenes, tablas, etc.

                      +

                      Control de contenido de texto nuevo simple

                      +

                      Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto enriquecido,

                      +
                        +
                      1. posicione el punto de inserción al final de un párrafo después del que desee que se añada el control,
                        o seleccione uno o más de los pasajes de texto existentes que desea que se conviertan en el control del contenido.
                        2. +
                      2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        3. +
                      3. haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono icono de controles de contenido Controles de contenido.
                        4. +
                      4. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto enriquecido del menú.
                        5. +
                      +

                      El control se insertará en un nuevo párrafo. Los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido permiten añadir saltos de línea, es decir, pueden contener varios párrafos, así como algunos objetos, como imágenes, tablas, otros controles de contenido, etc.

                      +

                      Control de contenido de texto enriquecido

                      +

                      Nota: El borde del control de contenido es visible solo cuando se selecciona el control. Los bordes no aparecen en una versión impresa.

                      +

                      Moviendo controles de contenido

                      +

                      Los controles pueden ser movidos a otro lugar del documento: haga clic en el botón situado a la izquierda del borde de control para seleccionar el control y arrástrelo sin soltar el botón del ratón a otra posición del texto del documento.

                      +

                      Moviendo controles de contenido

                      +

                      Usted también puede copiar y pegar controles de contenido: seleccione el control necesario y utilice las combinaciones de teclas Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V.

                      +

                      Editando los controles de contenido

                      +

                      Reemplace el texto predeterminado dentro del control ("Su texto aquí") con el suyo propio: seleccione el texto predeterminado y escriba un nuevo texto o copie un pasaje de texto desde cualquier lugar y péguelo en el control de contenido.

                      +

                      El texto dentro del control de contenido de cualquier tipo (tanto de texto sin formato como de texto enriquecido) puede formatearse utilizando los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: usted puede ajustar tipo, tamaño y color de fuente, aplicar estilos de decoración y preajustes de formato. También es posible usar la ventana de Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados accesible desde el menú contextual o desde la barra de tareas derecha para cambiar las propiedades del texto. El texto dentro de los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido se puede formatear como un texto normal del documento, es decir, se puede establecer interlineado, cambiar indentaciones de párrafo, ajustar topes de tabulaciones.

                      +

                      Cambiando la configuración del control de contenido

                      +

                      Para abrir las configuraciones de la tabla de contenidos, puede proceder de las siguientes maneras:

                      +
                        +
                      • Seleccione el control de contenido necesario y haga clic en la flecha situada junto al icono Icono de controles de contenido Controles de contenido en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción de Ajustes de Control del menú.
                        • +
                      • Haga clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte del control de contenido y use la opción Ajustes de control de contenido del menú contextual.
                        • +
                      +

                      Se abrirá una nueva ventana donde podrá ajustar los siguientes ajustes:

                      +

                      Ventana de ajustes de control de contenido

                      +
                        +
                      • Especifique el Título o Etiqueta del control de contenido en los campos correspondientes.
                        • +
                      • Proteja el control de contenido para que no sea eliminado o editado usando la opción de la sección Bloqueando:
                          +
                        • No se puede eliminar el control de contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el control de contenido de ser eliminado.
                          • +
                        • No se puede editar el contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el contenido de ser editado.
                          • +
                        +
                        • +
                      +

                      Haga clic en el botón OK dentro de las ventanas de ajustes para aplicar los cambios.

                      +

                      Removiendo controles de contenido

                      +

                      Para eliminar un control y dejar todo su contenido, haga clic en el control de contenido para seleccionarlo y, a continuación, proceda de una de las siguientes maneras:

                      +
                        +
                      • Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Icono de controles de contenido Controles de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción Remover control de contenido del menú.
                        • +
                      • Haga clic derecho en el control de contenido y use la opción de Eliminar control de contenido del menú contextual,
                        • +
                      +

                      Para eliminar un control y todo su contenido, seleccione el control necesario y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado.

                      + +
                      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 06d489dba..f34d37aee 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Inserte una letra mayúscula

                      La letra mayúscula es la primera letra de un párrafo que es más grande que las otras y ocupa unas líneas en altura.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 9701227f2..6e0775ec4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Inserte ecuación

                      El Editor de Documentos le permite crear ecuaciones usando las plantillas predeterminadas, editarlas, añadir caracteres especiales (incluyendo operaciones matemáticas, letras Griegas, acentos, etc).

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 364d0135c..aea023bc9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
                      - +

                      Insertar pies de página

                      Puede añadir pies de página para proporcionar explicaciones o comentarios para algunas oraciones o términos usados en el texto, hacer referencia a fuentes y más.

                      Para insertar un pie de página en su documento,

                      1. posicione el punto de inserción al final del pasaje del texto al que quiera añadir el pie de página,
                        2. -
                      2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas,
                        3. +
                      3. cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior,
                      4. haga clic en el Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior, o
                        haga clic en la flecha al lado del Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página y seleccione la opción de Añadir Pie de página del menú,

                        La marca del pie de página (por ejemplo, el carácter del superíndice que indica un pie de página) aparece en el texto y el punto de inserción se mueve al final de la página actual.

                      5. escriba en el texto del pie de página.
                        6. @@ -29,13 +29,13 @@

                        Texto de pie de página

                        para navegar de forma fácil entre los pies de página añadidos dentro del texto del documento,

                          -
                        1. haga clic en la flecha de al lado del Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Añadir en la barra de herramientas superior.
                          2. +
                        2. haga clic en la flecha al lado del Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior.
                        3. en la sección de Ir a Pies de Página, use la Icono de pie de página anterior flecha para ir al pie de página anterior o la Icono de pie de página siguiente flecha para ir al siguiente pie de página.

                        Para editar los ajustes de pie de página,

                          -
                        1. haga clic en la flecha de al lado del Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Añadir en la barra de herramientas superior.
                          2. +
                        2. haga clic en la flecha al lado del Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior.
                        3. seleccione la opción Seleccionar todo en el menú,
                        4. Cambie los parámetros actuales en la venta Ajustes de notas que se abre:

                          Ventana de ajustes de pies de página

                            @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

                            Para eliminar un pie de página, posicione el punto de inserción antes de la marca del pie de página en el texto del documento y presione Borrar. Los otros pies de página se enumerarán de forma automática.

                            Para borrar todos los pies de página en el documento,

                              -
                            1. haga clic en la flecha de al lado del Icono de pie de página icono de Pie de página en la pestaña de Añadir en la barra de herramientas superior.
                              2. +
                            2. haga clic en la flecha al lado del Icono de pie de página icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior.
                            3. seleccione la opción Borrar todos los pies de página en el menú.
                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index fa2ad0647..812f88bc7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Inserte encabezados y pies de página

                      Para añadir encabezados o pies de página a su documento o editar los existentes,

                      @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
                    • Fije Posición del texto respecto a la parte superior (para encabezados) o inferior (para pies) de la página.
                    • Marque la casilla Primera página deferente para aplicar un encabezado o pie de página diferente o si usted no quiere añadir qualquier encabezado/pie a la primera página.
                    • Use la casilla Páginas impares y pares diferentes para añadir encabezados/pies de página diferentes a páginas impares y pares.
                      • -
                    • La opción Enlazar con anterior está disponible si usted ha añadido las secciones a su documento. Si no, la opción estará desactivada. Además, esta opción también está desactivada para la primera sección (es decir, cuando un encabezado o pie de la primera sección está seleccionado). De manera predeterminada, la casilla está desactivada, para que los mismos encabezados/pies de página se apliquen a todas las secciones. Si usted selecciona el área de encabezado o pie de página, verá que el área está marcada con la etiqueta Como antes. Desmarque la casilla Enlazar con anterior para usar encabezados/pies diferentes para cada sección del documento. La etiqueta Como antes será ocultada.
                      • +
                    • La opción Enlazar con anterior está disponible si usted ha añadido las secciones a su documento. Si no, la opción estará desactivada. Además, esta opción también está desactivada para la primera sección (es decir, cuando un encabezado o pie de la primera sección está seleccionado). De manera predeterminada, la casilla está desactivada, para que los mismos encabezados/pies de página se apliquen a todas las secciones. Si usted selecciona el área de encabezado o pie de página, verá que el área está marcada con la etiqueta Igual al Anterior. Desmarque la casilla Enlazar con anterior para usar encabezados/pies diferentes para cada sección del documento. La etiqueta Igual al Anterior será ocultada.

                    Etiqueta Como antes

                    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 52d5d0baf..db039fed7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Inserte imágenes

                    En el editor de documentos, usted puede insertar imágenes de formatos más populares en su documento. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

                    @@ -20,28 +20,28 @@
                    1. ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen,
                    2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                      3. -
                    3. pulse el Icono imagen icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior,
                      4. -
                    4. seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para subir la imagen:
                        -
                      • la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo Windows estándar para selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo y pulse el botón Abrir
                        • -
                      • la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen necesaria, después pulse el botón OK
                        • +
                      • haga clic en el icono Icono imagen Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior,
                        • +
                      • seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen:
                          +
                        • la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo de Windows para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir
                          • +
                        • la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK
                      • una vez añadida la imagen cambie su tamaño, parámetros y posición.

                    Mover y cambiar el tamaño de imágenes

                    -

                    Mover imagen Para cambiar el tamaño de la imagen, arrastre pequeños cuadrados Icono Cuadrado situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales de una imagen seleccionada mientras el proceso de redimensionamiento, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina.

                    +

                    Mover imagen Para cambiar el tamaño de la imagen, arrastre pequeños cuadrados Icono cuadrado situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales de una imagen seleccionada mientras el proceso de redimensionamiento, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina.

                    Para cambiar la posición de la imagen, use el Flecha icono que aparece cuando usted mantiene cursor del ratón sobre la imagen. Arrastre la imagen a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón.

                    Cuando mueve la imagen, las línes guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente.

                    -

                    Para girar la imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón encima del controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta el incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                    +

                    Para girar la imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón encima del controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

                    Ajustes de ajuste de imagen

                    -

                    Pestaña de ajustes de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el Icono Ajustes de imagen icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes:

                    +

                    Pestaña de ajustes de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el Icono Ajustes de imagen icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes:

                    • Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho.
                    • Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo).
                    • Reemplazar imagen - se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando una imagen nueva de archivo o URL.
                      • -
                    -

                    También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son las siguientes:

                    +
                  +

                  También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son las siguientes:

                  • Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual.
                  • Arreglar - se usa para traer al primer plano la imagen seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página.
                    • @@ -50,14 +50,15 @@
                  • Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado.
                  • Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'.
                  +

                  Pestaña Ajustes de forma Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente.

                  Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen:

                  Imagen - ajustes avanzados Tamaño

                  La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                    -
                  • Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono Proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
                    • +
                  • Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
                  -

                  Imagen - ajustes avanzados Ajuste de texto

                  +

                  Imagen - Ajustes Avanzados: Ajuste de texto

                  La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                  • Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la imagen en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos).
                      @@ -67,15 +68,15 @@

                    • Ajuste de texto - cuadrado Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen.

                    • Ajuste de texto - estrecho Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen.

                    • Ajuste de texto - a través A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco de la imagen. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto - superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto - adelante Adelante - la imagen solapa el texto.

                      • +

                    • Ajuste de texto - Superior e inferior Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen.

                      • +

                    • Ajuste de texto - Adelante Adelante - la imagen solapa el texto.

                    • Ajuste de texto - detrás Detrás - el texto solapa la imagen.

                  Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha).

                  Imagen - ajustes avanzados: Posición

                  -

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta sección contiene los parámetros siguientes que dependen de estilo de ajuste de texto seleccionado:

                  +

                  La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado:

                  • La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas:
                    • Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho,
                      • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index 033c6b5b7..da6e042e8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Inserte números de páginas

                      Para insertar números de las páginas en su documento,

                      @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
                    • Fije Posición del texto respecto a la parte superior (para encabezados) o inferior (para pies) de la página.
                    • Marque la casilla Primera página deferente para aplicar un encabezado o pie de página diferente o si usted no quiere añadir qualquier encabezado/pie a la primera página.
                    • Use la casilla Páginas impares y pares diferentes para añadir encabezados/pies de página diferentes a páginas impares y pares.
                      • -
                    • La opción Enlazar con anterior está disponible si usted ha añadido las secciones a su documento. Si no, la opción estará desactivada. Además, esta opción está tampoco desactivada para la primera sección (es decir, cuando un encabezado o pie de la primera sección está seleccionado). De manera predeterminada, la casilla está desactivada, para que los mismos encabezados/pies de página se apliquen a todas las secciones. Si selecciona el área de encabezado o pie de página, verá que el área está marcada con la etiqueta Como antes. Desmarque la casilla Enlazar con anterior para usar encabezados/pies diferentes para cada sección del documento. La etiqueta Como antes se ocultará.
                      • +
                    • La opción Enlazar con anterior está disponible si usted ha añadido las secciones a su documento. Si no, la opción estará desactivada. Además, esta opción está tampoco desactivada para la primera sección (es decir, cuando un encabezado o pie de la primera sección está seleccionado). De manera predeterminada, la casilla está desactivada, para que los mismos encabezados/pies de página se apliquen a todas las secciones. Si selecciona el área de encabezado o pie de página, verá que el área está marcada con la etiqueta Igual al Anterior. Desmarque la casilla Enlazar con anterior para usar encabezados/pies diferentes para cada sección del documento. La etiqueta Igual al Anterior se ocultará.

                    Etiqueta Como antes

                    • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 54905b756..28b8cca8e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Inserte tablas

                    Inserte una tabla

                    @@ -21,18 +21,29 @@
                  • cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                  • pulse el Icono tabla icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior,
                  • seleccione la opción para crear una tabla:
                      -

                    • una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (10 por 8 celdas máximo)

                      -

                      Si quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo).

                      • +

                    • tanto una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas)

                      +

                      Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo).

                    • o una tabla personalizada

                      -

                      Si necesita una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, después pulse el botón OK.

                      +

                      En caso de que usted necesite una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, respectivamente, después pulse el botón OK.

                      Tabla personalizada

                    • -
                  • una vez añadida la tabla usted puede cambiar sus parámetros y posición.
                    • +
                  • una vez añadida la tabla usted puede cambiar sus propiedades, tamaño y posición.
                    • -
                    -

                    Ajustar los ajuste de la tabla

                    +

                    Para cambiar el tamaño de una tabla, pase el cursor del ratón sobre la manija Icono cuadrado en su esquina inferior derecha y arrástrela hasta que la tabla alcance el tamaño necesario.

                    +

                    Cambie de tamaño a la tabla

                    +

                    También se puede modificar manualmente el ancho de una columna determinada o la altura de una línea. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde derecho de la columna para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional. El cursor del ratón cuando cambia el ancho de la columna y arrastre el borde hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para establecer el ancho necesario. Para cambiar la anchura de una sola columna de forma manual, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde inferior de la fila hasta que el cursor cambie a una flecha con doble sentido El cursor del ratón cuando cambia el ancho de la columna y arrástrelo hacia arriba o hacia abajo.

                    +

                    Para mover una tabla, mantenga pulsada la manija Seleccione el icono de la tabla. en su esquina superior izquierda y arrástrela hasta el lugar necesario en el documento.

                    +
                    +

                    Seleccionar una tabla o su parte

                    +

                    Para seleccionar una tabla completa, haga clic en el Seleccione el icono de la tabla. icono en su esquina superior izquierda.

                    +

                    Para seleccionar una celda determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón a la parte izquierda de la celda necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra Seleccionar la celda, luego haga clic izquierdo.

                    +

                    Para seleccionar una fila determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde izquierdo de la tabla junto a la fila necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra Seleccionar fila, luego haga clic izquierdo.

                    +

                    Para seleccionar una columna determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde superior de la columna necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra Seleccionar columna, luego haga clic izquierdo.

                    +

                    También es posible seleccionar una celda, fila, columna o tabla utilizando las opciones del menú contextual o de la sección Filas y Columnas en la barra de tareas derecha.

                    +
                    +

                    Ajustes de tablas

                    Unos parámetros de la tabla y también su estructura pueden ser cambiados usando el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones:

                    • Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual.
                      • @@ -41,10 +52,10 @@
                    • Borrar se usa para borrar una fila, columna o tabla.
                    • Unir celdas está disponible si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas, se usa para unirlas.
                    • Dividir celda... se usa para abrir una ventana donde usted puede seleccionar el número necesario de columnas y filas para dividir la celda.
                      • -
                    • Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada.
                      • +
                    • Distribuir filas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan la misma altura sin cambiar la altura total de la tabla.
                      • +
                    • Distribuir columnas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan el mismo ancho sin cambiar el ancho total de la tabla.
                      • +
                    • Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada.
                    • Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede poner el texto de forma horizontal, vertical de arriba hacia abajo (Rotación a 90°), o vertical de abajo a arriba (Rotación a 270°).
                      • -
                    • Estilo - En línea se usa para seleccionar estilo en línea (el texto se interrumpe por la tabla) y también el tipo de alineación: a la izquierda, centro, a la derecha.
                      • -
                    • Estilo - Flujo se usa para seleccionar el estilo flujo (cuando la tabla está rodeada por el texto).
                    • Ajustes avanzados de tabla se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'.
                    • Hiperenlace se usa para insertar un hiperenlace.
                    • Párrafo se usa para mantener las líneas juntas o abrir la ventana 'Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados'.
                      • @@ -69,8 +80,8 @@

                    • Seleccionar de plantilla se usa para elegir la plantilla de tabla de las disponibles.

                    • Estilo de bordes se usa para seleccionar el tamaño, color, estilo de bordes y también el color de fondo.

                      • -

                    • Ajuste de texto se usa para alternar entre dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo.

                      • -

                    • Filas y columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda.

                      • +

                    • Filas & columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda.

                      • +

                    • Tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho.

                    • Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas.

                    • Mostrar ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'.

                    @@ -108,15 +119,15 @@

                  Tabla - ajustes avanzados

                  -

                  La sección Bordes y fondo contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                  +

                  La pestaña Bordes & fondo contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                    -
                  • Parámetros de Borde (tamaño, color, presencia o ausencia) - establezca el tamaño, seleccione el color de borde y elija como se muestra en las celdas.

                    Nota: si desea ocultar los bordes de la tabla pulse el Sin bordes botón o cancele la selección de todos los bordes manualmente en una diagrama, en el documento los bordes se indicarán con una línea de puntos. Si quiere eliminarlos completamente, pulse el icono Caracteres no imprimibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Bordes de tabla escogidos.

                    +
                  • Parámetros de Borde (tamaño, color, presencia o ausencia) - establezca el tamaño, seleccione el color de borde y elija como se muestra en las celdas.

                    Nota: si desea ocultar los bordes de la tabla pulse el Sin bordes botón o cancele la selección de todos los bordes manualmente en una diagrama, en el documento los bordes se indicarán con una línea de puntos. Si quiere eliminarlos completamente, haga clic en el icono Caracteres no imprimibles Caracteres no imprimibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Bordes de Tabla Ocultos.

                  • Fondo de celda - el color de fondo en celdas (disponible solo si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas o si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios).
                  • Fondo de tabla - el color de fondo de una tabla o de espacio entre las celdas, está disponible si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios.

                  Tabla - ajustes avanzados

                  -

                  La sección Posición está disponible solo si la opción Flujo en la tabla Ajuste de texto está activada y contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                  +

                  La sección Posición de Tabla está disponible solo si la opción Tabla de Flujo en la tabla Ajuste de Texto está activada y contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                  • Los parámetros Horizontal consisten en alineación de la tabla (izquierdo, al centro, derecho) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla a la derecha de margen, página o texto.
                  • Los parámetros Vertical consisten en alineación de la tabla (superior, al centro, inferior) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla debajo de margen, página o texto.
                    • @@ -129,10 +140,10 @@

                    Tabla - ajustes avanzados

                    La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes:

                      -
                    • Estilo de texto - En línea o Flujo. Use la opción necesaria para cambiar la posición de la tabla en texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si selecciona estilo en línea) o rodeada por texto (si seleccione estilo flujo).
                      • -
                    • Cuando usted seleccione el estilo flujo, los parámetros adicionales del estilo flujo pueden aplicarse para los dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo:
                        +
                      • Texto Estilo de ajuste - Tabla en línea o Tabla de Flujo. Use la opción necesaria para cambiar la posición en que la tabla está relacionada con el texto: puede ser una parte del texto (si selecciona estilo en línea) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona tabla de flujo).
                        • +
                      • Cuando usted seleccione el estilo de flujo, los parámetros adicionales del estilo de flujo pueden aplicarse para los dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo:
                        • Para el estilo en línea usted puede especificar alineación y sangría a la izquierda.
                          • -
                        • Para el estilo flujo, usted puede especificar distancia del texto y posición de la tabla en la sección Posición.
                          • +
                        • Para el estilo de flujo, usted puede especificar distancia del texto y posición en la pestaña Posición de Tabla.
                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 6f8436b10..1bcc1c570 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Insertar objetos con texto

                      Para hacer su texto más enfático y captar atención a una parte concreta del documento, puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto).

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index 971fcd13e..8031f5607 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Establezca espaciado de línea de párrafo

                      En el editor de documentos, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto en un párrafo y también márgenes entre el párrafo actual, el previo o el posterior.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index 74323df31..222003169 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Muestre/oculte caracteres no imprimibles

                      Los caracteres no imprimibles le ayuda a editar un documento. Indican la presencia de diferentes tipos de formato, pero no se imprimen con el documento si no que solo se muestran en la pantalla.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 09efe9d50..9ba94b214 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Cree un documento nuevo o abra el documento existente

                      Cuando usted ha terminado de trabajar con un documento, usted puede dirigirse al documento que ha sido editado últimamente, crear un documento nuevo, o volver a la lista de documentos existentes.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index c884672f9..6cdd457a2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Inserte saltos de página

                      En el editor de documentos, usted puede añadir un salto de página para empezar una página nueva y ajustar las opciones de paginación.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 3950f7a42..c33b74591 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Cambie sangrías de párrafo

                      En el editor de documentos, usted puede desplazar la primera línea de párrafo desde la parte izquierda de la página y también todo el párrafo desde las partes derecha y izquierda de la página.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 901d81fc2..2dc2121a5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Guarde/imprima/descargue su documento

                      Cuando usted trabaja en su documento el editor de documentos guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si co-edita el archivo en el modo Rápido, el tiempo requerido para actualizaciones es de 25 cada segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias prsonas a la vez, los cambios se guardan cada 10 minutos. Se puede fácilmente desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

                      @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
                      1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo de la barra de herramientas superior,
                      2. seleccione la opción Descargar como...,
                        3. -
                      3. elija uno de los formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
                        4. +
                      4. elija uno de los formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.

                      Para imprimir el documento corriente,

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index ba7b01f68..9202300be 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Inserte saltos de sección

                      La opción saltos de sección le permite aplicar un diseño o formato diferente a las ciertas partes de su documento. Por ejemplo, usted puede usar encabezados y pies de página, numeración de páginas, márgenes, tamaño, u orientación para cada sección separada.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index a8d672c85..cff8aa3fe 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
                      - +

                      Establezca parámetros de página

                      -

                      Para establecer la orientación de la página y su tamaño, ajustar márgenes e insertar columnas, use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña Configuración de Formato en barra de herramientas superior.

                      +

                      Para establecer la orientación de la página y su tamaño, ajustar márgenes e insertar columnas, use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña Diseño en barra de herramientas superior.

                      Nota: todos estos parámetros se aplican al documento entero. Si necesita aplicar distintos márgenes, orientación, tamaño, tamaño o número de columna para las partes separadas del documento de la página, por favor visite esta página.

                      Orientación de página

                      Cambie el tipo de orientación actual haciendo clic en el Icono orientación icono Orientación. El tipo de orientación predeterminado es Vertical pero usted puede cambiarla en Horizontal.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 03d9893f1..fbd7603b2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Fije tabuladores

                      En el editor de documentos, usted puede cambiar tabuladores, es decir, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado.

                      @@ -19,8 +19,8 @@
                      1. Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón Botón de tabulador izquierdo en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo. Hay tres tipos de tabuladores disponibles:
                        • Izquierdo Botón de tabulador izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la derecha del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el Marcador de tabulador izquierdo marcador .
                          • -
                        • Centro - alinea el texto por el centro en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el Marcador de tabulador central marcador .
                          • -
                        • Derecho Botón Tabulador derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la izquierda del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el Marcador de tabulador derecho marcador .
                          • +
                        • Centro - alinea el texto por el centro en la posición de tabulador. Tal tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador central.
                          • +
                        • Derecho Botón Tabulador derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la izquierda del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador derecho.
                      2. Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla.

                        Regla Horizontal con los tabuladores añadidos

                        @@ -29,10 +29,11 @@

                        Usted también puede utilizar la ventana de propiedades del párrafo para ajustar tabuladores. Haga clic derecho, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o utilice el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y pase a la pestaña Tab en la ventana abierta Párrafo - ajustes avanzados.

                        Propiedades de párrafo - Tabulador

                        Usted puede establecer los parámetros siguientes:

                          -
                        • Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tabulador personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Todos los tabuladores anteriormente añadidos usando la regla se mostrarán también en la lista.
                          • +
                        • Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Todos los tabuladores anteriormente añadidos usando la regla se mostrarán también en la lista.
                        • El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro.
                          • -
                        • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione el tabulador necesario en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.

                          Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo.

                          -
                          • +
                        • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione el tabulador necesario en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
                          • +
                        • Líder - permite elegir un caracter usado para crear un líder para cada una de las posiciones de tabulación. Un líder es una línea de caracteres (puntos o guiones) que llena el espacio entre tabulaciones. Seleccione la posición del tabulador necesaria en la lista, elija el tipo de líder de la lista desplegable y presione el botón Especificar.

                          Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo.

                          +
                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index 57649b886..34fb204dd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Usar la Combinación de Correspondencia

                      Nota: esta opción solo está disponible para versiones de pago.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 422931da3..c7b345c62 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
                      - +

                      Vea información sobre documento

                      -

                      Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento....

                      +

                      Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento....

                      Información General

                      La información del documento incluye el título del documento, autor, localización, fecha de creación, y estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios.

                      @@ -27,9 +27,9 @@

                      También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos.

                      Historial de versión

                      Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con una cuenta gratis así como usuarios con permisos de Solo Lectura.

                      -

                      para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo.

                      +

                      para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También es posible abrir el historial de versiones usando el icono Icono de historial de versión Historial de versión en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo.

                      Historial de versión

                      -

                      Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones.

                      +

                      Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones.

                      Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición del documento, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png index 5e04aa9a9..8e16dc83c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/Frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/Frame_properties_1.png index f358c3392..705e15358 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/Frame_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/Frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png index 0163e35aa..ce5b842a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addedcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addedcontentcontrol.png index 74c9b1bc9..2817d029e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addedcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addedcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addfootnote.png index 3b2a05b3d..b0baf66eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png index 491f4ade7..547bb0afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png index f3131e729..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png index 7fe7d69d3..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png index 604d37a45..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/anchor.png index 8a1eeaaaf..89fd1ee20 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/anchor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/anchor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png index af1efb5a3..5929239d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index b3528be17..673b22ccf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png index aca81bb63..4e44f88e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb16a0b93 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties.png index 51c5f5b66..3c22de186 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_1.png index 336eb1bee..0e1d74bb6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_2.png index 6ec7f5a2d..4980838ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_3.png index ece082272..ef28c33ae 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png index 3cb755b42..35895b3fc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png index aefd35974..8a08b8216 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png index fa098f2c8..541e153c1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png index 6bfeb95b9..ee93c018d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png index 990b10005..923a8f52e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png index 8d1be35c7..d1787cf58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearfilter.png index ec3d84134..40b553863 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c5a1a886 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/collapse.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/collapse.png index 4b94a3389..d299a1667 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/collapse.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/collapse.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png index 65ff28691..eb49d6dbe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnbreak.png index 0a94b6cc9..9e735a07a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnspacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnspacing.png index 19346554b..2a07aac23 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnspacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnspacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png index c54295065..c51b1a456 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/createnewstylewindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/createnewstylewindow.png index 699286ef0..1cd24324b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/createnewstylewindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/createnewstylewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customcolumns.png index da4e66a69..686c2de28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custommargins.png index b702c8c39..740cf3291 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custommargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png index 5b67073e1..fdc1d3d78 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customstylemenu.png index 31f809771..a7f9faef1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customtable.png index 3a8a2a2e0..1b273edd9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png index c769cf890..555bb39d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png index 59a3122ce..e9c3ed7a7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png index 1cd228c07..6f203dea0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_example.png index 6a87dd4ad..15b755397 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_margin.png index 02ce09c9c..4aee9c1d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_none.png index c121e00c8..67fabb7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_none.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index cca26ff29..41b202085 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index 349398762..c569dea6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_3.png index 5260ea6ec..198e8b396 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_text.png index 5e5c070e7..a5722ed5d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation.png index bb2e87ed1..3922f469f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation2.png index 42750bad0..3ef59aeaf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedequation2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedstylemenu.png index 543fdebfa..09c3af036 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editedstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png index 8180905eb..1eb632c58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/expand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/expand.png index 5de391576..8966c2028 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/expand.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/expand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png index cc41e844d..5d030a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png index b11fadbdf..fccdfc3f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png index 59e272087..90515958c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png index 17fe90162..f51cbf1cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png index fa64bdf10..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png index b6cb6d80d..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png index c374bb2ec..e2ffb2a59 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes.png index 2232db084..6d13abc82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes_settings.png index b2c816024..ea58013f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotesadded.png index 3cc2b962a..88694addc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotesadded.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotetext.png index 32857a0b4..a72a064f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotetext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/footnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png index d5459a326..75ee4e95a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formattingpresets.png index 3dfdc376d..9185d2e1c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formattingpresets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png index 3848e209c..7a9b2e1eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png index 04b5f4d96..1df6147ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/headerfooter.png index b5eefac2a..70e89b5bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png index 31cfd067d..08317a86a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png index 484bf2d6a..85ef0822b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index b13e12588..7e30f08c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png index 064edb907..1073ed2a9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png index 30b6ea4c1..0662661ff 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png index 79e7169ce..f6f20a27c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png index 319303ae1..e24d0713e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagespalette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagespalette.png index cb79b166f..a4775fcf6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagespalette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagespalette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png index 3cdfcba84..64d60b66f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertccicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b11b4c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertcolumns.png index 04b7bbe3a..195a08a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png index b4ee95016..d69a4a0d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedfields.png index 5091d8a50..78597ccbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 0501a5240..663d34a25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png index 95d18b36b..bffcdb6e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png index fd984ca00..e6816f604 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png index 9cd2b126b..be4aaa483 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png index 0d086522c..fa2b5d74f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png index 41b61f3c0..f3f1306f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 30bdd92ad..3646bd76a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68af11eae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 4bd0a6278..88b4b8fe4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png index c4ac00764..97401f9ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png index 3ecc78044..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png index ba55ea942..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftcolumn.png index 0ad06fb47..ee3cd7ac6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergeicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergeicon.png index 800bdfe47..7852d229b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergeicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergerecipients.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergerecipients.png index 47685842c..32754728f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergerecipients.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mailmergerecipients.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/margins.png index 2abf0a228..92f58f589 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergefields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergefields.png index 3f1f03ad7..b33d5c099 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergefields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergefields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergeto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergeto.png index b0cdb4682..c2cb612db 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergeto.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/mergeto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movecontentcontrol.png index 731fc56f6..628fdb2de 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movecontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f383bf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/movetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_chart.png index 2cf728e79..7f55aeae6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_image.png index 9fb3f597e..7daf2b777 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/navigationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/navigationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cc2df6fd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/navigationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/navigationpanel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/navigationpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..049e88236 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/navigationpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png index 3e39fbac6..6235956cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newequation.png index 0151e7f8b..d609fe222 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png index e3ab8fc13..bdc26bbd3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextfootnote.png index eb50b4b91..450c404f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png index 29afe93fb..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 92e0e7b8a..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png index 25f913e1b..67adee6d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/onecolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/onecolumn.png index ff0e02e20..28c6f038b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/onecolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/onecolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png index 6921d0f38..e800cc47b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png index a4bcd2e76..6260ac3e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak.png index 1e9bb3196..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak1.png index 86b73bf82..18aa6ab48 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagemargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagemargins.png index eaca1378f..a1047e26d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagemargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagemargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png index 9c41c5898..bffdbaaa0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette.png index 4bfe0ff79..0f35ef765 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png index bdfc49941..6b1b09eda 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index c366d83bd..3ae2a9cab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_font.png index b1ff01efe..799762a50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index 3440f54d0..0a8a4a7d8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index 7b6fa21a4..66b300442 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_tab.png index 6dd9c964a..6c984aae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png index 8feb3c534..95409ea6a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previewinsertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previewinsertedfields.png index 4d8a8d14c..db5c6f66b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previewinsertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previewinsertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousfootnote.png index dab90e652..4068f95eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png index ee58ffc80..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png index 66dbb6235..92a6dc3c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17afa8d6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11eadb006 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accept.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accept.png index bc5637425..ee3198d58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accept.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accept.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png index 4df148500..312d5ab44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_delete.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_delete.png index be4b11b9a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_delete.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_delete.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_displaymode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_displaymode.png index 4fd1ec836..63314d079 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_displaymode.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_displaymode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_next.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_next.png index 3ff9b5028..e960aecdd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_next.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_next.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_panel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_panel.png index 403417f26..a6f5541de 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_panel.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_previous.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_previous.png index d3c969f61..936e0cf5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_previous.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_previous.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_reject.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_reject.png index 7f9c3c99f..51b84c6f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_reject.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_reject.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png index d544472cf..4db0a3f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..266a88ea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png index fef6445b4..4ef165fe5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_chart.png index 0f79f6fd0..1239c62b7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_headerfooter.png index 0b33bbdb1..555b90dbe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png index 6fb55bf2e..afe85a3c5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bb4b73a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_mailmerge.png index 70596077a..1fa3c85d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_mailmerge.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_paragraph.png index 95096df6a..a16cd463c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png index 9e29cda3a..79236cf74 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png index dbc2deb2e..180b5ced2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rightcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rightcolumn.png index e8c431dcc..2290b9e3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rightcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rightcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sameasprevious_label.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sameasprevious_label.png index f107aa52b..7a9f731c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sameasprevious_label.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sameasprevious_label.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png index eded18d7f..a762bb815 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png index 5040624fc..474ce9fca 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png index 1cb8af424..61dc008c1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sectionbreak.png index 0b693be81..7d364fc55 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sectionbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/select_text_languages.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/select_text_languages.png index 122a47807..0013f0f5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/select_text_languages.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/select_text_languages.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectcellpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectcellpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad8ca31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectcellpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectcolumnpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectcolumnpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1381f0196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectcolumnpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectrowpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectrowpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86bad841 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectrowpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png index d32086103..26039e511 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoemail.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoemail.png index 815cc6e90..ed6c71e79 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoemail.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoemail.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png index 895567073..93daea6a8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png index 6c652e6a3..92463640c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png index c288f3edd..c06202042 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png index d07bc658c..90bd8223d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png index 8a535be9b..e544e04d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png index 395c25e75..411d50e0f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png index 65911ba82..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortandfilter.png index 6d021b78a..394b45a1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortandfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortatoz.png index 1824d1cc1..7ddac860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortatoz.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortztoa.png index ab8ebcec9..10c5a53c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortztoa.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking.png index ed15e72d4..21f4770bc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png index ffe9e4673..7daa327ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png index cc76ccb91..c86c98b11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_1.png index 878447fec..8203ab6e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_2.png index 0f2f27cab..1ec9d6f16 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_3.png index 7161158a1..75877dcf0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_4.png index c0c90060f..99e50f66f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_5.png index cb33e326f..2ab7cbdfb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_6.png index 8b78fa4a0..7d5cdb6b7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png index 5d5e8c4a8..0ebef067b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png index 4503e9ddd..8a9047e3f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png index 0026f145e..efc27aa93 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png index aa5c78145..daf114cf4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/threecolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/threecolumns.png index 9bd102179..109060750 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/threecolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/threecolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/toccontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/toccontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ac670010 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/toccontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/toccustomize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f21282892 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7006ced9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tociconmenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tociconmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a6b6fb2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tociconmenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocmove.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocmove.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fbdf1ce16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocmove.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..babb59c1e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b8c8ca6c9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e252e08f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..712d438a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingscc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingscc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d445d43b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingscc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4350e15d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..548aea9c6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tocsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png index 99bfb5950..c39959e6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png index 62a6b7a92..7428127df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/twocolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/twocolumns.png index a1038b20f..2905d32f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/twocolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/twocolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png index f5319b8ce..c3299c6fa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistory.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistory.png index 49eaac727..c381044ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistory.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistory.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistoryicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistoryicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe6cdf49f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/versionhistoryicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..02a46ce28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrap_boundary.png index 87e6c5e20..d6677e175 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrap_boundary.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrap_boundary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png index 9bc87b65e..6da453caa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png index 409501be9..b896c3a1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png index 466ea1e46..c55960390 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png index 50eab3493..94326cee0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png index 882bde69c..0abde3256 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png index 42ccecda8..84850fd50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png index a3c94c458..48f8c7bc6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square.png index c27b0f50a..f3e7033b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png index 800bee149..2d8f18512 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through.png index 12293d3e3..fd0f92d57 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png index 083d2d3ff..dc17f6f66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png index 8a70505a1..0e906f090 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png index 6d8a46833..a5cd45fbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png index 55fd0bd3c..9f78d316d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png index 3fb047a00..5be2017dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js index 381aac2c8..f36c2ffd4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edición Colaborativa de Documentos", - "body": "Editor de Documentos le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en el documento en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de multi-usuarios al documento editado indicación visual de pasajes que se están editando por otros usuarios sincronización de los cambios al pulsar el botón chat para compartir ideas respecto a las partes particulares de documento comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver Co-edición Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus cambios propios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los pasajes de texto editados aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la esquina inferior izquierda del encabezado para editar - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso a los derechos del archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer, o revisar el documento, o niegue el acceso a los derechos del archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que ha hecho para que otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardados por sus co-editores haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que pueda verificar qué exactamente se ha cambiado. Puede especificar qué cambios se requiere resaltar durante el proceso de co-edición si hace clic en la pestaña d la barra de herramientas superior, selecciona la opción Ajustes Avanzados... y elija entre Ver ningunos, Ver todo y Ver últimos cambios de colaboración en tiempo real. Seleccionando la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual serán resaltados. Seleccinando la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios que han sido introducidos desde la última vez que hizo clic en el icono se resaltarán. Seleccionando la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no serán resaltados. Chat Puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para organizar con tus colaborados qué hace qué, asignar los párrafos que va a editar ahora, etc. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje a otros usuarios, Haga clic en el icono en la barra lateral izquierda, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes enviados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel de la izquierda. Si hay nuevos mensajes que todavía no ha leído, el icono de Chat parecerá así - . Para cerrar este panel con los mensajes de Chat, haga clic en el icono una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario, seleccione un pasaje de texto donde hay un error o problema, en su opinión, Cambie a la pestaña de Insertar o Revisión en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentarios, o use el icono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace de Añadir comentarios al Documento, o haga clic derecho en el pasaje del texto seleccionado y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú contextual, introduzca el texto necesario, pulse el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. El pasaje de texto que ha comentado será resaltado en el documento. Para ver el comentario solo haga clic dentro de este pasaje. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso los pasajes comentados serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono . Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cerrar la discusión pulsando en el icono si la tarea o el problema que ha indicado en su comentario fue resuelto, después de eso la discusión que ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelto. Para abrirlo de nuevo, haga clic en el icono. Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resultos serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono . Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono en la barra de herramientas otra vez." + "body": "Editor de Documentos le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en el documento en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de multi-usuarios al documento editado indicación visual de pasajes que se están editando por otros usuarios sincronización de los cambios al pulsar el botón chat para compartir ideas respecto a las partes particulares de documento comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver Co-edición Editor de documentos permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios en tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando un documento se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los pasajes de texto editados aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editandolo en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los coeditores cuando ellos están editando el texto. El número de los usuarios que están trabajando en el documento actual se especifica en la esquina inferior izquierda del encabezado para editar - . Si quiere ver quién está editando el archivo en ese preciso momento, pulse este icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario esté viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editar se verá así permitiéndole gestionar qué usuarios tienen acceso a los derechos del archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios dándoles permiso para editar, leer, o revisar el documento, o niegue el acceso a los derechos del archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para manejar acceso al archivo; este se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono parece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Puede especificar qué cambios se requiere resaltar durante el proceso de co-edición si hace clic en la pestaña d la barra de herramientas superior, selecciona la opción Ajustes Avanzados... y elija entre Ver ningunos, Ver todo y Ver últimos cambios de colaboración en tiempo real. Seleccionando la opción Ver todo, todos los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual serán resaltados. Seleccinando la opción Ver últimos, solo tales cambios que han sido introducidos desde la última vez que hizo clic en el icono se resaltarán. Seleccionando la opción Ver ningunos, los cambios hechos durante la sesión actual no serán resaltados. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenen hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, Haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario, seleccione un pasaje de texto donde hay un error o problema, en su opinión, Cambie a la pestaña de Insertar o Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentarios, o use el icono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace de Añadir comentarios al Documento, o haga clic derecho en el pasaje del texto seleccionado y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú contextual, introduzca el texto necesario, Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. Otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. El pasaje de texto que ha comentado será resaltado en el documento. Para ver el comentario solo haga clic dentro de este pasaje. Si tiene que desactivar esta función, pulse lapestana Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios en tiempo real. En este caso los pasajes comentados serán resaltados solo si hace clic en el icono . Puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de esta manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión haciendo clic en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelta. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Si tiene que esconder comentarios resueltos, haga clic en la pestaña de Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados... y desmarque la casilla Activar opción de comentarios resueltos y haga clic en Aplicar. En este caso los comentarios resueltos se resaltarán solo si usted hace clic en el icono . Si está usando el modo de co-edición Estricto, nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios serán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas superior. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Revisión de documentos", - "body": "Cuando alguien comparte un archivo con usted y que tiene permiso de revisión, use la función de Revisión del documento. Si es el que revisa, entonces puede usar la opción de Revisar para revisar el documento, cambiar las oraciones, frases y otros elementos de la página, corregir ortografía, y hacer otras cosas en el documento sin editarlo. Todos sus cambios se grabarán y mostrarán a la persona que le envió el documento. Si usted fue la persona que mandó el archivo para revisar, necesitará mostrar todos los cambios que se hicieron en el documento, verlos, aceptarlos o rechazarlos. Activar la característica de rastrear cambios Para ver los cambios sugeridos por un revisor, activa la opción de Rastrear Cambios en una de las siguientes maneras: Haga clic en el botón en la esquina de abajo derecha en la barra de estado, o cambie a la pestaña Revisar en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón rastrear cambios. Nota: no es necesario para el revisor habilitar la opción de Rastrear Cambios. Está habilitada por defecto y no se puede deshabilitar cuando el documento se comparte solo con los derechos de acceso de revisar. Elegir el modo de mostrar cambios Haga clic en el botón de Visualizar Modo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione uno de los modos disponibles de la lista: Todos los cambios (Editar) - esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Permite tanto ver los cambios sugeridos como editar el documento. Todos los cambios aceptados (vista previa) - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si se aceptaran. Esta opción no acepta los cambios, simplemente permite ver cómo se vería el documento después de aceptar los cambios. En este modo, no se puede editar el documento. Todos los cambios rechazados (vista previa) - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si se rechazaran. Esta opción no rechaza todos los cambios, simplemente permite ver el documento sin los cambios. en este modo, no puede editar el documento. Aceptar o rechazar cambios Use los botones Anterior y Siguiente en la barra de herramientas superior para navegar entre los cambios. Para aceptar el cambio actualmente seleccionado puede: pulsar el icono Aceptar en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha que mira hacia abajo del botón de Aceptar y seleccione la opción de Aceptar Cambio Actual (en este caso el cambio se aceptará y cambiará al siguiente cambio), o haga clic en el botón Aceptar en la notificación de cambio. Para aceptar de forma rápida todos los cambios, haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón Aceptar y seleccione la opción Rechazar Todos los Cambios. Para rechazar el cambio actualmente seleccionado puede: pulse el icono Rechazar en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón de Rechazar y seleccione la opción de Rechazar cambio actual (en este caso, el cambio se rechazará y cambiará al siguiente cambio disponible), o haga clic en el botón de Rechazar de la notificación de cambio. Para rechazar de forma rápida todos los cambios, haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón Rechazar y seleccione la opción Rechazar Todos los Cambios. Nota: si revisa el documento, las opciones de Aceptar y de Rechazar no están disponibles para usted. Puede eliminar sus cambios usando el icono dentro del bocadillo de cambio." + "body": "Cuando alguien comparte un archivo con usted y que tiene permiso de revisión, use la función de Revisión del documento. Si es el que revisa, entonces puede usar la opción de Revisar para revisar el documento, cambiar las oraciones, frases y otros elementos de la página, corregir ortografía, y hacer otras cosas en el documento sin editarlo. Todos sus cambios se grabarán y mostrarán a la persona que le envió el documento. Si usted fue la persona que mandó el archivo para revisar, necesitará mostrar todos los cambios que se hicieron en el documento, verlos, aceptarlos o rechazarlos. Activar la característica de rastrear cambios Para ver los cambios sugeridos por un revisor, activa la opción de Rastrear Cambios en una de las siguientes maneras: Haga clic en el botón en la esquina de abajo derecha en la barra de estado, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Rastrear Cambios. Nota: no es necesario para el revisor habilitar la opción de Rastrear Cambios. Está habilitada por defecto y no se puede deshabilitar cuando el documento se comparte solo con los derechos de acceso de revisar. Elegir el modo de mostrar cambios Haga clic en el botón de Visualizar Modo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione uno de los modos disponibles de la lista: Marcado - esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Permite tanto ver los cambios sugeridos como editar el documento. Final - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si ellos fueran aceptados. Esta opción no acepta los cambios, simplemente permite ver cómo se vería el documento después de aceptar los cambios. En este modo, no se puede editar el documento. Original - este modo se usa para mostrar todos los cambios como si se rechazaran. Esta opción no rechaza todos los cambios, simplemente permite ver el documento sin los cambios. en este modo, no puede editar el documento. Aceptar o rechazar cambios Use los botones Anterior y Siguiente en la barra de herramientas superior para navegar entre los cambios. Para aceptar el cambio actualmente seleccionado puede: pulsar el icono Aceptar en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha que mira hacia abajo del botón de Aceptar y seleccione la opción de Aceptar Cambio Actual (en este caso el cambio se aceptará y cambiará al siguiente cambio), o haga clic en el botón Aceptar en la notificación de cambio. Para aceptar de forma rápida todos los cambios, haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón Aceptar y seleccione la opción Rechazar Todos los Cambios. Para rechazar el cambio actualmente seleccionado puede: pulse el icono Rechazar en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón de Rechazar y seleccione la opción de Rechazar cambio actual (en este caso, el cambio se rechazará y cambiará al siguiente cambio disponible), o haga clic en el botón de Rechazar de la notificación de cambio. Para rechazar de forma rápida todos los cambios, haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo debajo del botón Rechazar y seleccione la opción Rechazar Todos los Cambios. Nota: si revisa el documento, las opciones de Aceptar y de Rechazar no están disponibles para usted. Puede eliminar sus cambios usando el icono dentro del bocadillo de cambio." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Corrección ortográfica", - "body": "El editor de documentos le permite comprobar la ortografía de su texto en un cierto idioma y corregir errores durante la edición. Ante todo, establezca el idioma de su documento. Cambie a la pestaña Revisar en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el icono Idiomas. En la ventana correspondiente, seleccione el idioma necesario y pulse OK. El idioma seleccionado se aplicará a todo el documento. Para elegir un idioma diferente para cualquier parte de texto en el documento, seleccione un pasaje de texto necesario con el ratón y utilice el menú en la Barra de estado. Para habilitar la opción de revisión ortográfica, puede: haga clic en icono Revisión Ortográfica en la pestaña de Revisión en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en el icono Revisión Ortográfica en la barra del estado, o abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción de Ajustes Avanzados..., confirme el cuadrante de Activar la opción de Revisión Ortográfica y haga clic en el botón Aplicar. Las palabras mal escritas se subrayarán con una línea roja. Haga clic derecho en la palabra necesaria para activar el menú y: elija una de las palabras sugeridas escritas correctamente para reemplazar la palabra mal escrita con una sugerida. Si se han encontrado demasiado variantes, la opción Más variantes... aparecerá en el menú; utilice la opción Ignorar para omitir solo esta palabra y eliminar subrayado o Ignorar todo para omitir todas las palabras idénticas repetidas en el texto; seleccione un idioma diferente para esta palabra. Para deshabilitar la opción de revisión ortográfica, puede: hacer clic en el icono Revisión Ortográfica en la pestaña de Revisión en la barra de herramientas superior, o hacer clic en el icono Revisión Ortográfica en la barra del estado, o abrir la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción de Ajustes Avanzados..., anular el cuadrante de Activar la opción de Revisión Ortográfica y hacer clic en el botón Aplicar." + "body": "El editor de documentos le permite comprobar la ortografía de su texto en un cierto idioma y corregir errores durante la edición. Ante todo, establezca el idioma de su documento. Haga clic en el icono Establecer Idioma del Documento en la barra de estado. En la ventana que aparece, seleccione el idioma necesario y pulse OK. El idioma seleccionado se aplicará a todo el documento. Para elegir un idioma diferente para cualquier parte de texto en el documento, seleccione un pasaje de texto necesario con el ratón y utilice el menú en la Barra de estado. Para activar la opción de corrección ortográfica, puede: hacer clic en el icono Corrección ortográfica en la barra de estado, o Abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados..., seleccione la casilla de Activar la opción de corrección ortográfica y haga clic en el botón Aplicar. Las palabras mal escritas se subrayarán con una línea roja. Haga clic derecho en la palabra necesaria para activar el menú y: elija una de las palabras similares sugeridas escritas correctamente para reemplazar la palabra mal escrita con una sugerida. Si se han encontrado demasiado variantes, la opción Más variantes... aparecerá en el menú; utilice la opción Ignorar para omitir solo esa palabra y eliminar subrayado o Ignorar todo para omitir todas las palabras idénticas repetidas en el texto; seleccione un idioma diferente para esta palabra. Para desactivar la opción de corrección ortográfica, usted puede: hacer clic en el icono Corrección ortográfica en la barra de estado, o abrir la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccionar la opción Ajustes avanzados..., desvalidar la casilla de Activar opción de corrección ortográfica y hacer clic en el botón Aplicar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", @@ -57,28 +57,33 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", - "title": "Pestaña de Insertar", - "body": "La pestaña de Insertar le permite añadir elementos para editar, así como objetos visuales y comentarios. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, insertar encabezados y pies de página y números de página, insertar tablas, imágenes, gráficos, formas, insertar hiperenlaces, pies de página, comentarios, insertar cuadros de texto y Cuadros para Objetos de Arte, ecuaciones, mayúsculas." + "title": "Pestaña Insertar", + "body": "La pestaña de Insertar le permite añadir elementos para editar, así como objetos visuales y comentarios. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, insertar encabezados y pies de página y números de página, insertar tablas, imágenes, gráficos, formas, insertar hyperlinks, comentarios, insertar cuadros de texto y Cuadros para Objetos de Arte, ecuaciones, mayúsculas olvidadas, controles de contenido." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", - "title": "Pestaña Configuración de Formato", - "body": "La pestaña de Configuración de Formato le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página, añadir columnas, insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, alinear y organizar objetos (tablas, imágenes, gráficos, formas), cambiar el estilo de envolturas." + "title": "Pestaña Diseño", + "body": "La pestaña de Diseño le permite cambiar el formato del documento: configurar parámetros de la página y definir la disposición de los elementos visuales. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: ajustar los márgenes, orientación, y tamaño de la página, añadir columnas, insertar saltos de página, saltos de sección y saltos de columnas, alinear y organizar objetos (tablas, imágenes, gráficos, formas), cambiar el estilo de envolturas." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "title": "Pestaña Puglins", - "body": "La pestaña Puglins permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Actualmente, estos son los puglins disponibles: ArteClip permite añadir imágenes de la colección de arteclip a su documento, OCR permite reconocer el texto incluido en una imagen e insertarlo en el texto de un documento, EditordeImágenes permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar el tamaño, aplicar efectos etc., Discurso permite convertir el texto seleccionado en un discurso, Tabla de Símbolos permite insertar símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado en otros idiomas, YouTube permite incorporar vídeos en su documento. Para aprender más sobre los puglins refiérase a nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos actuales que existen están disponibles en GitHub." + "title": "Pestaña de Extensiones", + "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre macros puede referirse a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, los siguientes plugins están disponibles por defecto: ArteClip permite añadir imágenes de la colección de arteclip a su documento, OCR permite reconocer el texto incluido en una imagen e insertarlo en el texto de un documento, EditordeImágenes permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar el tamaño, aplicar efectos etc., Discurso permite convertir el texto seleccionado en un discurso, Tabla de Símbolos permite insertar símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado en otros idiomas, YouTube permite incorporar vídeos en su documento. Los plugins Wordpress y EasyBib pueden usarse si conecta los servicios correspondientes en la configuración de su portal. Puede utilizar las siguientes instrucciones para la versión de servidor o para la versión SaaS. Para aprender más sobre los plugins por favor refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Todos los ejemplos de plugin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introduciendo el Editor de Documento Interfaz de Usuario", - "body": "El Editor del Documento usa un interfaz intercalada donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de forma funcional. El editor de interfaz consisten en los siguientes elementos principales: El encabezado de editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre del documento así como dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso y volver a la lista del Documento. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un set de comandos de edición dependiendo en la pestaña de menú seleccionada. Actualmente, las siguientes pestanas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Revisar, Plugins.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortgrafía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom. La barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios y Chat, contactar nuestro equipo de apoyo y mostrar la información sobre el programa. La barra lateral derecha permite ajustar los parámetros adicionales de objetos diferentes. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales permiten alinear el texto y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y sangrados de párrafos. El área de trabajo permite ver el contenido del documento, introducir y editar datos. La barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazarte arriba y abajo en documentos de varias páginas. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar algunos componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo si es necesario. Para saber más sobre cómo ajustar parámetros para mostrar, puede visitar esta página." + "body": "El Editor del Documento usa un interfaz intercalada donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de forma funcional. El editor de interfaz consisten en los siguientes elementos principales: El encabezado de editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, nombre del documento así como dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar los derechos de acceso y volver a la lista del Documento. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Diseño, Referencias, Colaboración, Extensiones.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Rehacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de Herramientas, independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. Estatus de Barras al final de la ventana de edición contiene el indicador de la numeración de páginas, muestra algunas notificaciones (como «Todos los cambios se han guardado»), permite ajustar el idioma del texto, mostar revisión de ortografía, activar el modo de rastrear cambios, ajustar el zoom. La barra de herramientas izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta de Buscar y Reemplazar, abrir el panel de Comentarios, Chat y and Navegación contactar a nuestro equipo de soporte y mostrar la información sobre el programa. La Barra de herramientas derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en el texto, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales permiten alinear el texto y otros elementos en un documento, establecer márgenes, tabuladores y sangrados de párrafos. El área de trabajo permite ver el contenido del documento, introducir y editar datos. La barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazarte arriba y abajo en documentos de varias páginas. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar algunos componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo si es necesario. Para saber más sobre cómo ajustar parámetros para mostrar, puede visitar esta página." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "title": "Pestaña de referencias", + "body": "La pestaña de Referencias permite gestionar diferentes tipos de referencias: añadir y actualizar una tabla de contenidos, crear y editar notas en el pie de página, insertar hipervínculos. Usando esta pestaña podrá: Crear y actualizar automáticamente tablas de contenidos, Insertar pies de página Insertar hiperenlaces" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "title": "Pestaña de Revisión", - "body": "La pestaña de Revisión permite revisar el documento: se asegura de que la ortografía del texto es correcta, gestiona comentarios, rastrea cambios hechos por un revisor. Al usar esta pestaña podrás: cambiar el idioma de documentos y activar el control ortográfico, añadir comentarios al documento, activar la característica de rastrear cambios, elegir el modo de mostrar cambios, controlar los cambios sugeridos" + "title": "Pestaña de colaboración", + "body": "La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en el documento: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios, realizar un seguimiento de los cambios realizados por un revisor, ver todas las versiones y revisiones. Si usa esta pestaña podrá: especificar configuraciones de compartir, cambiar entre los modos de co-ediciónEstricto y Rápido, añadir comentarios al documento, activar la característica de rastrear cambios, elegir el modo de mostrar cambios, controlar los cambios sugeridos abrir el panel Chat seguir el historial de versiones," }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Añada hiperenlaces", - "body": "Para añadir un hiperenlace, posicione el cursor en un lugar donde un hiperenlace se añadirá, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono hiperenlace en la barra de herramientas superior, luego, verá la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace, donde podrá especificar los parámetros de hiperenlace: Enlace a - introduzca un URL en formato http://www.example.com. Mostrar - introduzca un texto en el cual podrá hacer clic y le dirigirá a la dirección web especificada en el campo de arriba. Información en pantalla - introduzca un texto que se hará visible en una ventana emergente y le proporciona una nota breve o una etiqueta que pertenece al enlace. Haga clic en el botón OK. Para añadir un hiperenlace, también puede hacer clic con el botón secundario en un lugar donde un hiperenlace será añadido y seleccionar la opción Hiperenlace en el menú que abre la ventana de arriba. Nota: también es posible seleccionar un carácter, una palabra, una combinación de palabras, un pasaje del texto con el ratón o con el teclado y hacer clic en el icono de Hiperenlace en la barra de herramientas superior Insertar o hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la selección y elegir la opción Hiperenlace del menú. Luego, la ventana que se muestra arriba se abrirá con el campo de Expositor con el fragmento de texto seleccionado. Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, la Información de la pantalla aparecerá y contendrá el texto que ha especificado. Puede seguir el enlace pulsando el tecla CTRL y haciendo clic en el enlace en su documento. Para editar o eliminar el hiperenlace añadido, púlselo con el botón secundario del ratón, seleccione la opción Hiperenlace y después haga clic en la acción usted quiera realizar - Editar hiperenlace or Eliminar hiperenlace." + "body": "Para añadir un hiperenlace, posicione el cursor en un lugar donde un hiperenlace se añadirá, cambie a la pestaña Insertar o Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior, Pulse haga clic en el icono Hiperenlaceen la barra de herramientas superior, luego, verá la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace, donde podrá especificar los parámetros de hiperenlace: Enlace a - introduzca un URL en formato http://www.example.com. Mostrar - introduzca un texto en el cual podrá hacer clic y le dirigirá a la dirección web especificada en el campo de arriba. Información en pantalla - introduzca un texto que se hará visible en una ventana emergente y le proporciona una nota breve o una etiqueta que pertenece al enlace. Haga clic en el botón OK. Para añadir un hiperenlace, también puede hacer clic con el botón secundario en un lugar donde un hiperenlace será añadido y seleccionar la opción Hiperenlace en el menú que abre la ventana de arriba. Nota: también es posible seleccionar un carácter, palabra, combinación de palabras, pasaje del texto con el ratón o usando el teclado y hacer clic en el icono de Hiperenlace en la pestaña de la barra de herramientas superior Insertar o Referencias de la barra de herramientas superior o hacer clic con el botón derecho del ratón en la selección y elegir la opción Hiperenlace del menú. Después de que la ventana que se muestra arriba se abra con el campo de Mostrar, completado con el texto del fragmento seleccionado. Si mantiene el cursor encima del hiperenlace añadido, aparecerá la Información en pantalla con el texto que ha especificado. Puede seguir el enlace pulsando el tecla CTRL y haciendo clic en el enlace en su documento. Para editar o eliminar el hiperenlace añadido, púlselo con el botón secundario del ratón, seleccione la opción Hiperenlace y después haga clic en la acción usted quiera realizar - Editar hiperenlace or Eliminar hiperenlace." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Cambiar la justificación del texto", - "body": "La opción de Justificación de estilo determina la manera en la que el objeto se posiciona en relación con el texto. Puede cambiar el estilo de justificación del texto por objetos insertados, como formas, imágenes, gráficos, cuadros de texto o tablas. Cambie la justificación del texto por formas, imágenes, gráficos, cuadros de texto Para cambiar el estilo de justificación de estilo actual: seleccione un objeto separado en la página haciendo clic izquierdo en este. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto. abra los ajustes de justificación de texto: cambie a la pestaña de Formato de la barra de herramientas y haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono de Justificación, o haga clic derecho en el objeto y seleccione la opción de Estilo de justificación del menú contextual, o haga clic en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados. seleccione los estilos de justificación necesarios: Alineado - el objeto se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueve el texto, la imagen se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, el objeto se moverá independientemente del texto y se posicionará en la página: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen. Ajustado - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellena el espacio en blanco del objeto. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen. Adelante - el objeto solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa el objeto. Si selecciona el estilo Cuadrado, Ajustado, a través, o superior e inferior, podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - Distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). Para acceder a estos parámetros, haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados. Fije los valores necesarios y haga clic en OK. Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, la pestaña Posición también está disponible en la ventana del objeto de Ajustes avanzados. Para saber más sobre estos parámetros, refiérase a las páginas correspondientes con las instrucciones sobre cómo trabajar con formas, imágenes o gráficos. Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, también puede editar los límites de justificación para imágenes o formas. Haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Estilo de justificación del menú contextual y haga clic en la opción Editar límites de justificación. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Cambiar la justificación de texto para tablas Para tablas, los siguientes estilos de justificación están disponibles: En línea y Flujo. Para cambiar el estilo de justificación de estilo actual: haga clic derecho en la tabla, abra los ajustes de justificación de texto: seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados de tabla y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados, o seleccione una de las opciones siguientes del menú contextual: Estilo de Justificación - En línea se usa para seleccionar estilo en línea (el texto se interrumpe por la tabla) y también el tipo de alineación: a la izquierda, centro, a la derecha. Estilo de Justificación - Flujo se usa para seleccionar el estilo flujo (cuando la tabla está rodeada por el texto). Usando la pestaña de Justificación de texto de la ventana de Tabla - ajustes avanzados, puede ajustar los parámetros adicionales siguientes: Para tablas en línea, puede fijar la tabla con tipo de Alineación (izquierda, centro o derecha) e Indentación izquierda. Para tablas variables, puede especificar la distancia desde el texto y la posición de la tabla en la pestaña Posición." + "body": "La opción de Justificación de estilo determina la manera en la que el objeto se posiciona en relación con el texto. Puede cambiar el estilo de justificación del texto por objetos insertados, como formas, imágenes, gráficos, cuadros de texto o tablas. Cambie la justificación del texto por formas, imágenes, gráficos, cuadros de texto Para cambiar el estilo de justificación de estilo actual: seleccione un objeto separado en la página haciendo clic izquierdo en este. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto. abra los ajustes de justificación de texto: cambie a la pestaña de Formato de la barra de herramientas y haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono de Justificación, o haga clic derecho en el objeto y seleccione la opción de Estilo de justificación del menú contextual, o haga clic en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados. seleccione los estilos de justificación necesarios: Alineado - el objeto se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueve el texto, la imagen se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, el objeto se moverá independientemente del texto y se posicionará en la página: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen. Ajustado - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellena el espacio en blanco del objeto. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen. Adelante - el objeto solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa el objeto. Si selecciona el estilo Cuadrado, Ajustado, a través, o superior e inferior, podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - Distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). Para acceder a estos parámetros, haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Ajustes avanzados y cambie a la pestaña de Texto justificado de los objetos de la ventana de Ajustes avanzados. Fije los valores necesarios y haga clic en OK. Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, la pestaña Posición también está disponible en la ventana del objeto de Ajustes avanzados. Para saber más sobre estos parámetros, refiérase a las páginas correspondientes con las instrucciones sobre cómo trabajar con formas, imágenes o gráficos. Si selecciona un estilo de justificación diferente a En línea, también puede editar los límites de justificación para imágenes o formas. Haga clic derecho en el objeto, seleccione la opción de Estilo de justificación del menú contextual y haga clic en la opción Editar límites de justificación. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Cambiar la justificación de texto para tablas Para tablas, los siguientes estilos de justificación están disponibles: Tabla en línea y Tabla de flujo. Para cambiar el estilo de justificación de estilo actual: Haga clic derecho en la tabla y seleccione la opción de Ajustes Avanzados de la Tabla, pase a la pestaña Ajuste de Texto en la ventana Tabla - Ajustes Avanzados, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes: Tabla en Línea se usa para seleccionar estilo en línea (cuando el texto se interrumpe por la tabla) y también el tipo de alineación: a la izquierda, centro, a la derecha. Tabla de Flujo se usa para seleccionar el estilo de flujo cuando el texto está rodeando la tabla). Usando la pestaña de Justificación de texto de la ventana de Tabla - ajustes avanzados, puede ajustar los parámetros adicionales siguientes: Para tablas en línea, puede fijar la tabla con tipo de Alineación (izquierda, centro o derecha) e Indentación izquierda. Para tablas variables, puede especificar la distancia desde el texto y la posición de la tabla en la pestaña Posición." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", @@ -123,13 +128,18 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copie/pegue pasajes de texto, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones", - "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básico Para cortar, copiar y pegar pasajes de texto y objetos insertados (autoformas, imágenes, gráficos) en el documento actual use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual o iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú conextual para borrar la selección y enviarla a portapapeles. Los datos que se han cortado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Copiar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual, o use el icono Copiar para copiar el fragmento seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos que se han copiado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Pegar – busque un lugar en su documento donde necesite pegar el fragmento de texto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual, o el icono Pegar de la barra de herramientas. El texto se insertará en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar previamente del mismo documento. Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otro documento u otro programa use las combinaciones de teclas siguientes: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar texto del mismo documento usted puede seleccionar un pasaje de texto necesario, arrastrar y soltarlo en un lugar necesario. Use la característica de Pegar Especial una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Cuando pegue el texto del párrafo u otro texto con autoformas, las siguientes opciones estarán disponibles: Pegar - permite pegar el texto copiado manteniendo el formato original. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior o atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Y para rehacer la última operación deshecha." + "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básico Para cortar, copiar y pegar pasajes de texto y objetos insertados (autoformas, imágenes, gráficos) en el documento actual use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual o iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú conextual para borrar la selección y enviarla a portapapeles. Los datos que se han cortado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Copiar – seleccione un fragmento de texto o un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual, o use el icono Copiar para copiar el fragmento seleccionado a la memoria portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos que se han copiado se pueden insertar más adelante en otros lugares del mismo documento. Pegar – busque un lugar en su documento donde necesite pegar el fragmento de texto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual, o el icono Pegar de la barra de herramientas. El texto se insertará en la posición actual del cursor. Los datos se pueden copiar previamente del mismo documento. Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otro documento u otro programa use las combinaciones de teclas siguientes: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar: La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; Nota: en vez de cortar y pegar texto del mismo documento usted puede seleccionar un pasaje de texto necesario, arrastrar y soltarlo en un lugar necesario. Use la característica de Pegar Especial una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Cuando pegue el texto del párrafo u otro texto con autoformas, las siguientes opciones estarán disponibles: Pegar - permite pegar el texto copiado manteniendo el formato original. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Si pega la tabla copiada en una tabla existente, dispone de las siguientes opciones: Sobre escribir celdas - le permite sustituir el contenido de la tabla existente por los datos pegados. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Anidar tabla - permite pegar la tabla copiada como una tabla anidada en la celda seleccionada de la tabla existente. Solo Mantener Texto - permite pegar el contenido de la tabla como valores de texto separados por el carácter de tabulación. Deshaga/rehaga sus acciones Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior o atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer en la barra de herramientas o la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Y para rehacer la última operación deshecha." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Cree listas", "body": "Para crear una lista en su documento, Ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera empezar una lista (puede ser una línea nueva o texto ya introducido), cambie a la pestaña Inicio de la barra de herramientas, seleccione el tipo de lista que quiere crear: La Lista desordenada con marcadores puede ser creada usando el icono Viñetas que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superior La Lista ordenada con números o letras puede ser creada usando el icono Numeración que se sitúa en la barra de herramientas superiorNota: haga clic en la flecha hacia abajo junto al icono Viñetas o Numeración para seleccionar qué aspecto debe tener la lista. ahora cada vez que pulsa la tecla Enter en el fin de línea un elemento nuevo de una lista ordenada o desordenada aparecerá. Para parar esto, pulse la tecla retroceso y continúe con un párrafo de texto común. También puede cambiar sangrías de texto en las listas y su anidamiento usando los iconos Esquema , Disminuir sangría , y Aumentar sangría en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: la sangría adicional y los parámetros de espacio se pueden cambiar en la barra lateral de la derecha y en la ventana de ajustes avanzados. Para obtener más información lea las secciones Cambie sangrías de párrafo y Establezca líneas de espacio de párrafo." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "title": "Crear una tabla de contenidos", + "body": "Una tabla de contenidos contiene una lista de todos los capítulos (secciones, etc.) de un documento y muestra los números de las páginas donde se inicia cada capítulo. Esto permite navegar fácilmente a través de un documento de varias páginas cambiando rápidamente a la parte necesaria del texto. La tabla de contenidos se genera automáticamente sobre la base de los encabezados del documento formateados usando estilos incorporados. Esto facilita la actualización de la tabla de contenidos creada sin necesidad de editar manualmente los encabezados y cambiar los números de página si se ha modificado el texto del documento. Definir la estructura de título Formato de encabezados En primer lugar, formatee los encabezados en su documento utilizando uno de los estilos predefinidos. Para hacerlo, Seleccione el texto que desea incluir en la tabla de contenidos. Abra el menú de estilo en el lado derecho de la pestaña Inicio en la barra de tareas superior. Haga clic en el estilo que desea aplicar. Por defecto, usted puede usar los estilos Encabezado 1 - Encabezado 9.Nota: si quiere usar otros estilos (por ejemplo Título, Subtítulo, etc.) para dar formato a los encabezados que se incluirán en la tabla de contenidos, primero tendrá que ajustar la configuración de la tabla de contenidos (consulte la sección correspondiente a continuación). Para saber más sobre cómo los formatos disponibles de estilos, puede visitar esta página. Manejando los encabezados Una vez formateados los encabezados, puede hacer clic en el icono Navegación en la barra de tareas izquierda para abrir el panel que muestra la lista de todos los encabezados con los niveles de anidamiento correspondientes. Este panel permite navegar fácilmente entre los encabezados del texto del documento, así como administrar la estructura de encabezados. Haga clic derecho en un encabezado de la lista y utilice una de las opciones disponibles en el menú: Promover - para desplazar el encabezado actualmente seleccionado al nivel superior de la estructura jerárquica, por ejemplo, modificarlo de Encabezado 2 a Encabezado 1. Rebajar - para desplazar el encabezado actualmente seleccionado al nivel inferior de la estructura jerárquica, por ejemplo, modificarlo de Encabezado 1 a Encabezado 2. Nuevo encabezado anterior - para añadir un nuevo encabezado vacío del mismo nivel antes del seleccionado actualmente. Nuevo encabezado después - para añadir un nuevo encabezado vacío del mismo nivel después del seleccionado actualmente. Nuevo subencabezado - para añadir un nuevo subencabezado vacío (es decir, un encabezado con un nivel inferior) después del encabezado actualmente seleccionado.Cuando se agrega el encabezado o subencabezado, haga clic en el encabezado vacío agregado en la lista y escriba su propio texto. Esto se puede hacer tanto en el texto del documento como en el mismo panel de Navegación. Seleccionar contenido - para seleccionar el texto debajo del encabezado actual del documento (incluido el texto relativo a todos los subencabezados de este encabezado). Expandir todo - para expandir todos los niveles de encabezados en el panel Navegación. Colapsar todo - para colapsar todos los niveles de encabezados, excepto el nivel 1, en el panel de Navegación. Expandir al nivel - para expandir la estructura de título al nivel seleccionado. Por ejemplo, si usted selecciona nivel 3, luego los niveles 1, 2 y 3 serán expandidos, mientras que el nivel 4 y todos los niveles inferiores se colapsarán. Para expandir u ocultar manualmente niveles de encabezado separados, utilice las flechas a la izquierda de los encabezados. Para cerrar el panel de Navegación, haga clic en el icono situado en la barra de tareas izquierda una vez más. Inserta una Tabla de Contenidos en el documento Para insertar una tabla de contenidos en su documento, Posicione el punto de inserción donde desea añadir la tabla de contenidos. Cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior, Haga clic en el icono de la Tabla de Contenidos en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha al lado de este icono y seleccione la opción de diseño del menú, Usted puede seleccionar la tabla de contenidos que muestra los encabezados, números de página y líderes, o sólo los encabezados. Nota: la apariencia de la tabla de contenidos se puede ajustar más tarde a través de la configuración de la tabla de contenidos. La tabla de contenidos se añadirá en la posición actual del cursor. Para cambiar la posición de la tabla de contenidos, puede seleccionar el campo de la tabla de contenidos (control de contenido) y simplemente arrastrarlo al lugar deseado. Para hacer eso, haga clic en el botón en la esquina superior izquierda del campo de la tabla de contenidos y arrástrelo sin soltar el botón del ratón a otra posición en el texto del documento. Para navegar entre encabezados, presione la tecla Ctrl y haga clic en el encabezado necesario dentro del campo de la tabla de contenidos. Irá a la página correspondiente. Ajuste la tabla de contenidos creada Refrescar la tabla de contenidos Una vez creada la tabla de contenidos, puede seguir editando su texto añadiendo nuevos capítulos, cambiando su orden, eliminando algunos párrafos o ampliando el texto relacionado con un título para que puedan cambiar los números de página correspondientes a la sección precedente o subsecuente. En este caso, use la opción Refrescar para aplicar automáticamente todos los cambios al índice de contenidos. Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Refrescar en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria del menú. Refrescar toda la tabla - para agregar los encabezados que agregó al documento, elimine los que eliminó del documento, actualice los encabezados editados (renombrados), así como actualice los números de página. Refrescar solo los números de página - para actualizar los números de página sin aplicar cambios a los encabezados. Alternativamente, también puede seleccionar la tabla de contenidos en el texto del documento y hacer clic en el icono Refrescar en la parte superior del campo de la tabla de contenidos para mostrar las opciones mencionadas anteriormente. También es posible hacer clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte de la tabla de contenidos y utilizar las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual. Ajustar la configuración de la Tabla de Contenidos Para abrir las configuraciones de la tabla de contenidos, puede proceder de las siguientes maneras: Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Tabla de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes del menú. Seleccione la tabla de contenidos en el texto del documento, haga clic en la flecha situada junto al título del campo de la tabla de contenidos y seleccione el icono Ajustes del menú. Haga clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte de la tabla de contenidos y use la opción Ajustes de la tabla de contenidos del menú contextual. Se abrirá una nueva ventana donde podrá ajustar los siguientes ajustes: Mostrar números de página - esta opción permite elegir si desea mostrar o no los números de página. Alinear los números de página a la derecha - esta opción permite elegir si desea alinear los números de página al lado derecho de la pantalla o no. Líder - esta opción permite elegir el tipo de líder que desea usar. Un líder es una línea de caracteres (puntos o guiones) que llena el espacio entre un encabezado y el número de página correspondiente. También es posible seleccionar la opción Ninguno si no quiere usar líderes. Formatear la tabla de contenidos como enlaces - esta opción está seleccionada por defecto. Si la desmarca, no podrá cambiar al capítulo necesario pulsando Ctrl y haciendo clic en el encabezado correspondiente. De donde construir la tabla de contenidos - esta sección permite especificar el número necesario de niveles de esquema, así como los estilos predeterminados que se usarán para crear la tabla de contenidos. Compruebe el botón de selección necesario: Niveles de esquema - al seleccionar esta opción, podrá ajustar el número de niveles jerárquicos utilizados en la tabla de contenidos. Haga clic en las flechas en el campo Niveles para disminuir o aumentar el número de niveles (los valores de 1 a 9 están disponibles). Por ejemplo, si selecciona el valor de 3, los encabezados que tienen niveles 4 - 9 no se incluirán en la tabla de contenidos. Estilos seleccionados - cuando se selecciona esta opción, puede especificar estilos adicionales que se pueden utilizar para construir la tabla de contenidos y asignar un nivel de esquema correspondiente a cada uno de ellos. Especifique el valor del nivel deseado en el campo situado a la derecha del estilo. Una vez guardada la configuración, podrá utilizar este estilo al crear la tabla de contenidos. Estilos - esta opción permite seleccionar la apariencia deseada de la tabla de contenidos. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: El campo de vista previa de arriba muestra el aspecto que debe tener la tabla de contenidos.Los siguientes cuatro estilos por defecto están disponibles: Simple, Estándar, Moderno, Clásico. La opción Actual es usada si usted personaliza el estilo de la tabla de contenidos. Haga clic en el botón OK de la ventana de ajustes para aplicar los cambios. Ajustar el estilo de la Tabla de Contenidos Después de aplicar uno de los estilos de tabla de contenidos predeterminados dentro de la ventana de ajustes de la Tabla de Contenidos, puede modificar adicionalmente este estilo para que el texto dentro del campo de la tabla de contenidos se vea como usted lo necesita. Seleccione el texto dentro del campo del índice, por ejemplo, pulsando la tecla en la esquina superior izquierda del control de contenido de la tabla de contenidos. Formatee los elementos de la tabla de contenidos cambiando su tipo de fuente, tamaño, color o aplicando los estilos de decoración de fuentes. En consecuencia, actualice los estilos de los elementos de cada nivel. Para actualizar el estilo, haga clic derecho en el elemento seleccionado, seleccione la opción Formatear como Estilo del menú contextual y haga clic en la opción Actualizar estilo N de la tabla de contenidos (El estilo2 de la tabla de contenidos corresponde a elementos que tienen el nivel 2, el estilo 3 de la tabla de contenidos corresponde a elementos con el nivel 3 y así sucesivamente). Refrescar la tabla de contenidos Remover la tabla de contenidos Para remover la tabla de contenidos del documento: Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Tabla de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y use la opción Remover tabla de contenidos. o haga clic en la flecha al lado de controlar contenido del título de la tabla de contenidos y use la opción Remover tabla de contenidos." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "title": "Aplique estilos de letra", @@ -153,7 +163,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Inserte gráficos", - "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su documento, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico de las diferentes opciones disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Pastel, Barras, Área, XY (dispersa), o Cotizaciones,Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible. después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar los lugares de decimales para cambiar el formato de los número, es decir, la manera en que los números que introduce se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, su estilo y también los datos. Seleccione un Tipo de gráfico que quiere aplicar: Columna, Línea, Pastel, Barras, Áreas, XY (disperso), o Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestre la leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos de Columnas/Barras, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Nada, Centrado, Fondo Interior, Cima Interior, Cima Exterior. Para los gráficos de Línea/XY (disperso)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Nada, Centro, Izquierda, Derecha, Arriba, Fondo. Para los gráficos de Pastel, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Nada, Centrado, Ajustado a la Talla, Cima Interior, Cima Exterior. Para los gráficos de Área y para los de 3D, Columnas, Línea y Barras, puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Nada, Centrado. seleccione los datos que quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, nombre de categoría, Valor, inserte un carácter (coma, punto y coma etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de acceso Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir el estilo de una línea para los gráficos de Línea/XY (disperso). Puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre los puntos de datos, Suave para usar curvas suaves entre los puntos de datos, o Nada para que no aparezcan las líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores deben mostrarse (si la casilla está marcada) o no (si la casilla no está marcada) para los gráficos de Línea/XY (disperso).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para los gráficos de Línea y gráficos de XY (disperso). La sección de Ajustes de Ejes permite especificar si desea visualizar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no seleccionar la opción de Mostrar u Ocultar de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros de Título Eje Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girado - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Título de eje horizontal/vertical y Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes ni líneas cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta que para los Gráficos de barras el eje vertical será el eje de categoría que muestra etiquetas de texto, en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a unas descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de XY (dispersos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo de la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Millares, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volverse a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, En - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que algunas etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que algunas etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que para el Gráfico de barras el eje horizontal será el eje de valores que mostrará valores numéricos, por lo que en este caso, las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de XY (dispersos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición de eje - se usa para especificar dónde se deben colocar las etiquetas de texto del eje: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las siguientes opciones de disposición: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, En - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos Una vez añadido el gráfico, puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de gráfico, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales del gráfico seleccionado, mientras redimensionamiento mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de gráfico, use el icono que aparece cuando mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el gráfico. Arrastre el gráfico a la posición necesaria manteniendo apretado el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve el gráfico, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto por defecto con el ratón e introduzca el que desee. Para cambiar el formato de la fuente en los elementos del texto, como el título del gráfico, el título de los ejes, el acceso de la leyenda, etiquetas de datos, etc, seleccione los elementos del texto necesarios haciendo clic izquierdo en ellos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo dentro del área y mantenga apretado el botón del ratón hasta que una casilla con bordes azules aparezca. Arrastre el curso sin soltar el ratón para cambiar a una orientación de gráfico en 3D. Ajustar configuraciones de gráfico Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes: Tamaño - se usa para ver los Ancho y Altura del gráfico actual. Justificación de texto se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más abajo). Cambiar tipo de gráfico - se usa para cambiar el tipo o estilo del gráfico seleccionado.Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'.Nota: si quiere abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico', haga doble clic sobre el gráfico en el documento. También puede encontrar unas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer el gráfico seleccionado al primer plano, enviarlo al fondo, traerlo adelante o enviarlo atrás, así como para agrupar o des-agrupar gráficos para realizar operaciones con unos gráficos a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear el gráfico a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás. La opción Editar límite de ajuste no está disponible para los gráficos. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados'. Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Puede pulsar este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar Relleno , Trazo y Estilo de Justificación de la forma. Note por favor, que no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para cambiar ajustes avanzados del gráfico, pulse el gráfico necesario con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o solo haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. La ventana con propiedades del gráfico se abrirá: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de autoforma. Si el botón Proporciones constantes está apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición del gráfico en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeado por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - el gráfico se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, el gráfico se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, el gráfico se moverá de forma independiente al texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita el gráfico. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales del gráfico. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco del gráfico. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico. Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa el gráfico. Si selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta sección contiene los siguientes parámetros, los cuales dependen del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación con el carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si el gráfico insertado en el texto se mueve junto con este si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos gráficos se sobreponen o no cuando usted los arrastra uno cerca del otro en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico." + "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su documento, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico de las diferentes opciones disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Pastel, Barras, Área, XY (dispersa), o Cotizaciones,Nota: para los gráficos de Columna, Línea, Pastel o Barras, un formato en 3D también se encuentra disponible. después aparecerá la ventana Editor de gráfico donde puede introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, su estilo y también los datos. Seleccione un Tipo de gráfico que quiere aplicar: Columna, Línea, Pastel, Barras, Áreas, XY (disperso), o Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título del gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestre una leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar un título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguna - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girada - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas de cuadrícula usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas de cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, que para los ejes verticales habrá una categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barras por lo tanto en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Miles de millones, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal para el Gráfico de barras será el valor del eje de mostrará valores numéricos, y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición del eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de las marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguna - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de gráficos Una vez añadido el gráfico, puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de gráfico, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales del gráfico seleccionado, mientras redimensionamiento mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de gráfico, use el icono que aparece cuando mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el gráfico. Arrastre el gráfico a la posición necesaria manteniendo apretado el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve el gráfico, las líneas guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el gráfico Título seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego, use los iconos en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, tamaño, color de la fuente o su estilo decorativo. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, haga clic en él con el ratón izquierdo y seleccione la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráfico Puede cambiar algunos ajustes usando la pestaña Ajustes de gráfico en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, pulse el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar las siguientes propiedades: Tamaño - se usa para ver los Ancho y Altura del gráfico actual. Justificación de texto se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados más abajo). Cambiar tipo de gráfico - se usa para cambiar el tipo o estilo del gráfico seleccionado.Para seleccionar los Estilos de gráfico necesarios, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección de Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'.Nota: si quiere abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico', haga doble clic sobre el gráfico en el documento. También puede encontrar unas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer el gráfico seleccionado al primer plano, enviarlo al fondo, traerlo adelante o enviarlo atrás, así como para agrupar o des-agrupar gráficos para realizar operaciones con unos gráficos a la vez. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear el gráfico a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar un estilo de ajuste de texto - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás. La opción Editar límite de ajuste no está disponible para los gráficos. Editar datos - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico'. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados'. Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Puede pulsar este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar Relleno , Trazo y Estilo de Justificación de la forma. Note por favor, que no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para cambiar ajustes avanzados del gráfico, pulse el gráfico necesario con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o solo haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. La ventana con propiedades del gráfico se abrirá: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho/altura de autoforma. Si el botón Proporciones constantes está apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición del gráfico en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeado por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - el gráfico se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, el gráfico se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si selecciona uno de estos estilos, el gráfico se moverá de forma independiente al texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita el gráfico. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales del gráfico. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco del gráfico. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo del gráfico. Adelante - el gráfico solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa el gráfico. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros, los cuales dependen del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación con el carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, margen de la página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de gráficos: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si el gráfico insertado en el texto se mueve junto con este si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos gráficos se sobreponen o no cuando usted los arrastra uno cerca del otro en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información del gráfico." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "title": "Insertar controles de contenido", + "body": "Utilizar los controles de contenido puede crear un formulario con campos de entrada que pueden ser rellenados por otros usuarios, o proteger algunas partes del documento para que no sean editadas o eliminadas. Los controles de contenido son objetos que contienen texto que se puede formatear. Los controles de contenido de texto sin formato no pueden contener más de un párrafo, mientras que los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido pueden contener varios párrafos, listas y objetos (imágenes, formas, tablas, etc.). Insertar controles de contenido Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto simple, posicione el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto donde desea que se añada el control, o seleccione un pasaje de texto que desee que se convierta en el control del contenido. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenido. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto simple del menú. El control se insertará en el punto de inserción dentro de una línea del texto existente. Los controles de contenido del texto plano no permiten añadir saltos de línea y no pueden contener otros objetos como imágenes, tablas, etc. Para crear un nuevo control de contenido de texto enriquecido, posicione el punto de inserción al final de un párrafo después del que desee que se añada el control, o seleccione uno o más de los pasajes de texto existentes que desea que se conviertan en el control del contenido. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenido. escoja la opción Insertar control de contenido de texto enriquecido del menú. El control se insertará en un nuevo párrafo. Los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido permiten añadir saltos de línea, es decir, pueden contener varios párrafos, así como algunos objetos, como imágenes, tablas, otros controles de contenido, etc. Nota: El borde del control de contenido es visible solo cuando se selecciona el control. Los bordes no aparecen en una versión impresa. Moviendo controles de contenido Los controles pueden ser movidos a otro lugar del documento: haga clic en el botón situado a la izquierda del borde de control para seleccionar el control y arrástrelo sin soltar el botón del ratón a otra posición del texto del documento. Usted también puede copiar y pegar controles de contenido: seleccione el control necesario y utilice las combinaciones de teclas Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Editando los controles de contenido Reemplace el texto predeterminado dentro del control (\"Su texto aquí\") con el suyo propio: seleccione el texto predeterminado y escriba un nuevo texto o copie un pasaje de texto desde cualquier lugar y péguelo en el control de contenido. El texto dentro del control de contenido de cualquier tipo (tanto de texto sin formato como de texto enriquecido) puede formatearse utilizando los iconos de la barra de herramientas superior: usted puede ajustar tipo, tamaño y color de fuente, aplicar estilos de decoración y preajustes de formato. También es posible usar la ventana de Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados accesible desde el menú contextual o desde la barra de tareas derecha para cambiar las propiedades del texto. El texto dentro de los controles de contenido de texto enriquecido se puede formatear como un texto normal del documento, es decir, se puede establecer interlineado, cambiar indentaciones de párrafo, ajustar topes de tabulaciones. Cambiando la configuración del control de contenido Para abrir las configuraciones de la tabla de contenidos, puede proceder de las siguientes maneras: Seleccione el control de contenido necesario y haga clic en la flecha situada junto al icono Controles de contenido en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción de Ajustes de Control del menú. Haga clic con el botón derecho en cualquier parte del control de contenido y use la opción Ajustes de control de contenido del menú contextual. Se abrirá una nueva ventana donde podrá ajustar los siguientes ajustes: Especifique el Título o Etiqueta del control de contenido en los campos correspondientes. Proteja el control de contenido para que no sea eliminado o editado usando la opción de la sección Bloqueando: No se puede eliminar el control de contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el control de contenido de ser eliminado. No se puede editar el contenido - marque esta casilla para proteger el contenido de ser editado. Haga clic en el botón OK dentro de las ventanas de ajustes para aplicar los cambios. Removiendo controles de contenido Para eliminar un control y dejar todo su contenido, haga clic en el control de contenido para seleccionarlo y, a continuación, proceda de una de las siguientes maneras: Haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Controles de contenidos en la barra de tareas superior y seleccione la opción Remover control de contenido del menú. Haga clic derecho en el control de contenido y use la opción de Eliminar control de contenido del menú contextual, Para eliminar un control y todo su contenido, seleccione el control necesario y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -163,12 +178,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Inserte ecuación", - "body": "El Editor de Documentos le permite crear ecuaciones usando las plantillas predeterminadas, editarlas, añadir caracteres especiales (incluyendo operaciones matemáticas, letras Griegas, acentos, etc). Añadir una ecuación nueva Para añadir una ecuación nueva de la galería, coloque cursor en la línea necesaria, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse la flecha de al lado de el icono Insertar ecuación en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una categoría de ecuación en la lista desplegable. Aquí están las categorías disponibles: Símbolos, Fracciones, Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores grandes, Paréntesis, Funciones, Acentos, Límites y logaritmos, Operadores, Matrices, haga clic sobre un símbolo/ecuación en el conjunto de plantillas correspondiente. La casilla de símbolo/ecuación seleccionada se insertará en la posición del cursor. Si la línea seleccionada está vacía, la ecuación se centrará. Para alinear la ecuación a la derecha o a la izquierda, haga clic en la casilla de ecuación y use el icono o en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.Cada plantilla de ecuación representa un conjunto de huecos. Un hueco es una posición para cada elemento que está presente en la ecuación. Un hueco vacío (también llamado marcador) tiene un contorno punteado . Necesita rellenar todos los marcadores especificando los valores necesarios. Nota: para crear una ecuación, también puede usar el atajo de teclado Alt + =. Introduzca valores El Punto de inserción especifica dónde aparecerá el próximo carácter. Para posicionar el punto de inserción de forma precisa, haga clic en el marcador y use las flechas del teclado para mover el punto de inserción un carácter a la izquierda/derecha o una línea arriba/abajo. Si necesita crear un nuevo marcador debajo del hueco con el punto de inserción dentro de las plantillas seleccionadas, presione Enter.Una vez que el punto de inserción está posicionado, puede rellenar el marcador: introduzca el valor numérico/literal deseado usando el teclado, Inserte un carácter especial usando la paleta de Símbolos del menú de Ecuación en la pestaña de Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, añada otra plantilla de ecuación de la paleta para crear una ecuación compleja. El tamaño de la ecuación primaria se ajustará de manera automática para cuadrar el contenido. El tamaño de los elementos de la ecuación depende del tamaño del marcador de ecuación primaria, pero no puede ser más pequeño que el tamaño del sub-subíndice. Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puedes usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para añadir un argumento nuevo que vaya antes o después de la ecuación existente dentro de Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento existente y seleccionar la opción Insertar argumento después/antes del menú. Para añadir una ecuación nueva dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes (o ecuaciones de otro tipo, si ya has añadido marcadores nuevos presionando Enter), puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador vacío o rellenarlo con una ecuación y seleccionar la opción Insertar ecuación antes/después del menú. Para añadir una nueva fila o columna en una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador, selecciona la opción Insertar del menú, luego seleccione Fila arriba/abajo o Columna izquierda/derecha. Nota: actualmente, las ecuaciones no pueden añadirse usando el formato linear, por ejemplo, \\sqrt(4&x^3). Cuando introduzca los valores de las expresiones matemáticas, no tiene que usar el Espaciador ya que los espacios entre caracteres y signos de las operaciones se ajustan de forma automática. Si la ecuación es demasiado larga y no entra en una sola línea, el salto de línea ocurre de forma automática mientras escribe. También puede insertar un salto de línea en una posición específica haciendo clic derecho en un operador matemático y seleccionando la opción de Insertar salto manual desde el menú. El operador seleccionado empezará una línea nueva. Una vez que el salto de línea manual se añada, puede presionar la tecla Tab para alinear la nueva línea a cualquier operador matemático de la línea anterior. Para borrar el salto de línea manual que has añadido, haga clic derecho en el operador matemático que empieza una nueva línea y seleccione la opción Borrar salto manual. Formatear ecuaciones Para aumentar o disminuir el tamaño de letra de la ecuación, haga clic en cualquier sitio del cuadro de la ecuación y use los botones y en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior o seleccione el tamaño de letra necesario de la lista. Todos los elementos de la ecuación cambiarán de forma correspondiente. Las letras dentro de la ecuación se pondrán en cursiva de manera predeterminada. Si es necesario, puede cambiar el estilo de letra (negrita, cursiva, tachado) o color para toda la ecuación o cualquiera de sus partes. El estilo subrayado se puede aplicar a la ecuación entera, no solo a caracteres individuales. Seleccione las partes de la ecuación necesaria haciendo clic y arrastrándolas. La parte seleccionada se destacarán en azul. Luego, usa los botones necesarios en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para formatear la selección. Por ejemplo, puedes eliminar el formato de cursiva para palabras ordinarias que no son variables o constantes.Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para cambiar el formato de Fracciones, puede hacer clic derecho en una fracción y seleccionar la opción de Cambiar a fracción desigual/linear/acumulada del menú (las opciones disponibles varían dependiendo en el tipo de fracción seleccionada). Para cambiar la posición de los Scripts en relación con el texto, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación que incluye scripts y seleccionar la opción de Scripts antes/después del texto del menú. Para cambiar el tamaño del argumento a Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores grandes, Límites y Logaritmos, Operadores así como por encima braces/abajo braces y plantillas con símbolos agrupados del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento que quiere cambiar y seleccionar la opción Aumentar/Reducir el tamaño de los argumentos del menú. Para especificar si un marcador vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en la radical y seleccionar la opción Mostrar/Esconder grado del menú. Para especificar si una marcador de límite vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Integral o Operador Grande, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Mostrar/Esconder límite de arriba/abajo del menú. Para cambiar los límites de posición en relación con las señales integrales y de operador para Integrales o Operadores Grandes, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Cambiar límites de localización del menú. Los límites pueden mostrase a la derecha de la señal del operador (como subíndices y superíndices) o directamente encima o abajo de la señal de operador. Para cambiar la posición de los límites relacionados al texto para Límites y Logaritmos y las plantillas con caracteres agrupados del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Límite encima/debajo del texto del menú. Para elegir cual de los Corchetes debe mostrarse, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión y seleccionar la opción de Mostrar/Ocultar corchetes abiertos/cerrados del menú. Para controlar el tamaño de los Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión de dentro. La opción Expandir corchetes se selecciona por defecto, para que los corchetes puedan expandirse de acuerdo a la expresión dentro de estos, pero puedes de seleccionar esta opción para prevenir que los corchetes se extiendan. Cuando esta opción está activada, también puede usar la opción Combine corchetes a la altura del argumento Para cambiar la posición de los caracteres relacionados al texto para encima de braces/debajo de braces o encima de barras/ debajo de barras del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la plantilla y seleccionar la opción de Gráfico/Barras encima/debajo del texto del menú. Para elegir qué bordes deben mostrarse para una Fórmula en caja del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Propiedades de bordes del menú, luego selecciona Mostrar/Ocultar borde de Arriba/abajo/izquierda/derecha o Añadir/Ocultar línea horizontal/vertical/diagonal. Para especificar si un marcador vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Matriz puede hacer clic derecho en la radical y seleccionar la opción Mostrar/Esconder grado del menú. Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para añadir una ecuación nueva dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes (o ecuaciones de otro tipo, si ya ha añadido marcadores nuevos presionando Enter), puede hacer clic derecho en una ecuación, seleccionar la opción Alinear del menú, y después seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Arriba, Centro, o Abajo Para alinear un Matriz de forma vertical, puede hacer clic derecho en la matriz, seleccionar la opción de Alineamiento de Matriz del menú, y luego seleccione el tipo de alineación: Arriba, Centro, o Abajo Para alinear elementos dentro de una Matriz de columna horizontal, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador dentro de la columna, seleccione la opción de Alineamiento de Columna del menú, luego seleccione el tipo de alineamiento: Izquierdo , Centro, o Derecho . Borre elementos de la ecuación Para borrar una parte de la ecuación, seleccione la parte que quiere eliminar arrastrando el ratón o presionando la tecla de Cambiar y usando los botones de flechas, luego presione la tecla de Borrar en el teclado. Un hueco solo se puede borrar junto con la plantilla a la que pertenece. Para borrar la ecuación entera, selecciónala de forma completa arrastrando el ratón sobre ella o haz clic dos veces en el cuadro de la ecuación y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado.Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para borrar una Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en esta y seleccionar la opción Borrar radical en el menú. Para borrar un Subíndice y/o Superíndice, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión que la contiene y seleccionar la opción Borrar subíndice/superíndice del menú. Si la expresión contiene scripts que van antes que el texto, la opción Borrar scripts se encuentra disponible. Para borrar los Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión dentro de esta y seleccionar la opción Borrar caracteres adjuntos o Borrar caracteres y separadores adjuntos del menú. Si la expresión dentro de los Corchetes incluye más de un argumento, puede hacer clic derecho en al argumento que quiere borrar y seleccionar la opción Borrar argumento del menú. Si los Corchetes contienen más de una ecuación (por ejemplo Casos con varias condiciones), puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación que quiere borrar y seleccionar la opción de Borrar ecuación del menú. Esta opción también está disponible para ecuaciones de otro tipo si previamente has añadido nuevos marcadores presionando Enter. Para borrar un Límite, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción de Borrar límite del menú. Para borrar un Acento, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción de Borrar símbolo de acento, Borrar gráfico o Borrar barras del menú (las opciones disponibles dependen del acento seleccionado). Para borrar una fila o columna de una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en el marcador dentro de una columna/fila que quiera borrar, seleccionar la opción Borrar del menú, y luego seleccionar Borrar Fila/Columna." + "body": "El Editor de Documentos le permite crear ecuaciones usando las plantillas predeterminadas, editarlas, añadir caracteres especiales (incluyendo operaciones matemáticas, letras Griegas, acentos, etc). Añadir una ecuación nueva Para añadir una ecuación nueva de la galería, coloque cursor en la línea necesaria, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse la flecha de al lado de el icono Insertar ecuación en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una categoría de ecuación en la lista desplegable. Aquí están las categorías disponibles: Símbolos, Fracciones, Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores grandes, Paréntesis, Funciones, Acentos, Límites y logaritmos, Operadores, Matrices, haga clic sobre un símbolo/ecuación en el conjunto de plantillas correspondiente. La casilla de símbolo/ecuación seleccionada se insertará en la posición del cursor. Si la línea seleccionada está vacía, la ecuación se centrará. Para alinear la ecuación a la derecha o a la izquierda, haga clic en la casilla de ecuación y use el icono o en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.Cada plantilla de ecuación representa un conjunto de huecos. Un hueco es una posición para cada elemento que está presente en la ecuación. Un hueco vacío (también llamado marcador) tiene un contorno punteado . Necesita rellenar todos los marcadores especificando los valores necesarios. Nota: para crear una ecuación, también puede usar el atajo de teclado Alt + =. Introduzca valores El Punto de inserción especifica dónde aparecerá el próximo carácter. Para posicionar el punto de inserción de forma precisa, haga clic en el marcador y use las flechas del teclado para mover el punto de inserción un carácter a la izquierda/derecha o una línea arriba/abajo. Si necesita crear un nuevo marcador debajo del hueco con el punto de inserción dentro de las plantillas seleccionadas, presione Enter.Una vez que el punto de inserción está posicionado, puede rellenar el marcador: introduzca el valor numérico/literal deseado usando el teclado, Inserte un carácter especial usando la paleta de Símbolos del menú de Ecuación en la pestaña de Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, añada otra plantilla de ecuación de la paleta para crear una ecuación compleja. El tamaño de la ecuación primaria se ajustará de manera automática para cuadrar el contenido. El tamaño de los elementos de la ecuación depende del tamaño del marcador de ecuación primaria, pero no puede ser más pequeño que el tamaño del sub-subíndice. Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puedes usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para añadir un argumento nuevo que vaya antes o después de la ecuación existente dentro de Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento existente y seleccionar la opción Insertar argumento después/antes del menú. Para añadir una ecuación nueva dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes (o ecuaciones de otro tipo, si ya has añadido marcadores nuevos presionando Enter), puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador vacío o rellenarlo con una ecuación y seleccionar la opción Insertar ecuación antes/después del menú. Para añadir una nueva fila o columna en una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador, selecciona la opción Insertar del menú, luego seleccione Fila arriba/abajo o Columna izquierda/derecha. Nota: actualmente, las ecuaciones no pueden añadirse usando el formato linear, por ejemplo, \\sqrt(4&x^3). Cuando introduzca los valores de las expresiones matemáticas, no tiene que usar el Espaciador ya que los espacios entre caracteres y signos de las operaciones se ajustan de forma automática. Si la ecuación es demasiado larga y no entra en una sola línea, el salto de línea ocurre de forma automática mientras escribe. También puede insertar un salto de línea en una posición específica haciendo clic derecho en un operador matemático y seleccionando la opción de Insertar salto manual desde el menú. El operador seleccionado empezará una línea nueva. Una vez que el salto de línea manual se añada, puede presionar la tecla Tab para alinear la nueva línea a cualquier operador matemático de la línea anterior. Para borrar el salto de línea manual que has añadido, haga clic derecho en el operador matemático que empieza una nueva línea y seleccione la opción Borrar salto manual. Formatear ecuaciones Para aumentar o disminuir el tamaño de letra de la ecuación, haga clic en cualquier sitio del cuadro de la ecuación y use los botones y en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior o seleccione el tamaño de letra necesario de la lista. Todos los elementos de la ecuación cambiarán de forma correspondiente. Las letras dentro de la ecuación se pondrán en cursiva de manera predeterminada. Si es necesario, puede cambiar el estilo de letra (negrita, cursiva, tachado) o color para toda la ecuación o cualquiera de sus partes. El estilo subrayado se puede aplicar a la ecuación entera, no solo a caracteres individuales. Seleccione las partes de la ecuación necesaria haciendo clic y arrastrándolas. La parte seleccionada se destacarán en azul. Luego, usa los botones necesarios en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para formatear la selección. Por ejemplo, puedes eliminar el formato de cursiva para palabras ordinarias que no son variables o constantes.Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para cambiar el formato de Fracciones, puede hacer clic derecho en una fracción y seleccionar la opción de Cambiar a fracción desigual/linear/acumulada del menú (las opciones disponibles varían dependiendo en el tipo de fracción seleccionada). Para cambiar la posición de los Scripts en relación con el texto, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación que incluye scripts y seleccionar la opción de Scripts antes/después del texto del menú. Para cambiar el tamaño del argumento a Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores grandes, Límites y Logaritmos, Operadores así como por encima braces/abajo braces y plantillas con símbolos agrupados del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento que quiere cambiar y seleccionar la opción Aumentar/Reducir el tamaño de los argumentos del menú. Para especificar si un marcador vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en la radical y seleccionar la opción Mostrar/Esconder grado del menú. Para especificar si una marcador de límite vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Integral o Operador Grande, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Mostrar/Esconder límite de arriba/abajo del menú. Para cambiar los límites de posición en relación con las señales integrales y de operador para Integrales o Operadores Grandes, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Cambiar límites de localización del menú. Los límites pueden mostrase a la derecha de la señal del operador (como subíndices y superíndices) o directamente encima o abajo de la señal de operador. Para cambiar la posición de los límites relacionados al texto para Límites y Logaritmos y las plantillas con caracteres agrupados del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Límite encima/debajo del texto del menú. Para elegir cual de los Corchetes debe mostrarse, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión y seleccionar la opción de Mostrar/Ocultar corchetes abiertos/cerrados del menú. Para controlar el tamaño de los Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión de dentro. La opción Expandir corchetes se selecciona por defecto, para que los corchetes puedan expandirse de acuerdo a la expresión dentro de estos, pero puedes de seleccionar esta opción para prevenir que los corchetes se extiendan. Cuando esta opción está activada, también puede usar la opción Combine corchetes a la altura del argumento Para cambiar la posición de los caracteres relacionados al texto para encima de braces/debajo de braces o encima de barras/ debajo de barras del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la plantilla y seleccionar la opción de Gráfico/Barras encima/debajo del texto del menú. Para elegir qué bordes deben mostrarse para una Fórmula en caja del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción de Propiedades de bordes del menú, luego selecciona Mostrar/Ocultar borde de Arriba/abajo/izquierda/derecha o Añadir/Ocultar línea horizontal/vertical/diagonal. Para especificar si un marcador vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Matriz puede hacer clic derecho en la radical y seleccionar la opción Mostrar/Esconder grado del menú. Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para añadir una ecuación nueva dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes (o ecuaciones de otro tipo, si ya ha añadido marcadores nuevos presionando Enter), puede hacer clic derecho en una ecuación, seleccionar la opción Alinear del menú, y después seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Arriba, Centro, o Abajo Para alinear un Matriz de forma vertical, puede hacer clic derecho en la matriz, seleccionar la opción de Alineamiento de Matriz del menú, y luego seleccione el tipo de alineación: Arriba, Centro, o Abajo Para alinear elementos dentro de una Matriz de columna horizontal, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador dentro de la columna, seleccione la opción de Alineamiento de Columna del menú, luego seleccione el tipo de alineamiento: Izquierdo , Centro, o Derecho . Borre elementos de la ecuación Para borrar una parte de la ecuación, seleccione la parte que quiere eliminar arrastrando el ratón o presionando la tecla de Cambiar y usando los botones de flechas, luego presione la tecla de Borrar en el teclado. Un hueco solo se puede borrar junto con la plantilla a la que pertenece. Para borrar la ecuación entera, selecciónala de forma completa arrastrando el ratón sobre ella o haz clic dos veces en el cuadro de la ecuación y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado.Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuaciones, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para borrar una Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en esta y seleccionar la opción Borrar radical en el menú. Para borrar un Subíndice y/o Superíndice, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión que la contiene y seleccionar la opción Borrar subíndice/superíndice del menú. Si la expresión contiene scripts que van antes que el texto, la opción Borrar scripts se encuentra disponible. Para borrar los Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión dentro de esta y seleccionar la opción Borrar caracteres adjuntos o Borrar caracteres y separadores adjuntos del menú. Si la expresión dentro de los Corchetes incluye más de un argumento, puede hacer clic derecho en al argumento que quiere borrar y seleccionar la opción Borrar argumento del menú. Si los Corchetes contienen más de una ecuación (por ejemplo Casos con varias condiciones), puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación que quiere borrar y seleccionar la opción de Borrar ecuación del menú. Esta opción también está disponible para ecuaciones de otro tipo si previamente has añadido nuevos marcadores presionando Enter. Para borrar un Límite, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción de Borrar límite del menú. Para borrar un Acento, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción de Borrar símbolo de acento, Borrar gráfico o Borrar barras del menú (las opciones disponibles dependen del acento seleccionado). Para borrar una fila o columna de una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en el marcador dentro de una columna/fila que quiera borrar, seleccionar la opción Borrar del menú, y luego seleccionar Borrar Fila/Columna." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Insertar pies de página", - "body": "Puede añadir pies de página para proporcionar explicaciones o comentarios para algunas oraciones o términos usados en el texto, hacer referencia a fuentes y más. Para insertar un pie de página en su documento, posicione el punto de inserción al final del pasaje del texto al que quiera añadir el pie de página, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas, haga clic en el icono Pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Pie de página y seleccione la opción de Añadir Pie de página del menú,La marca del pie de página (por ejemplo, el carácter del superíndice que indica un pie de página) aparece en el texto y el punto de inserción se mueve al final de la página actual. escriba en el texto del pie de página. Repita las operaciones mencionadas anteriormente para añadir más pies de página para otros pasajes de texto en el documento. Los pies de página se numeran de forma automática. Si coloca el cursor del ratón por encima de la marca del pie de página en el texto del documento, una ventana aparecerá con el texto del pie de página. para navegar de forma fácil entre los pies de página añadidos dentro del texto del documento, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Añadir en la barra de herramientas superior. en la sección de Ir a Pies de Página, use la flecha para ir al pie de página anterior o la flecha para ir al siguiente pie de página. Para editar los ajustes de pie de página, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Añadir en la barra de herramientas superior. seleccione la opción Seleccionar todo en el menú, Cambie los parámetros actuales en la venta Ajustes de notas que se abre: Ajuste la Localización de pies de página en la página seleccionando una de las opciones disponibles: Final de la página - para posicionar pies de página al final de esta página (esta opción está seleccionado por defecto). Debajo del texto - para posicionar los pies de página al lado del texto. Esta opción puede ser útil en los casos en que la página contiene un texto corto. Ajuste el Formato de los pies de página: Formato de número - seleccione el formato de número necesario de los que están disponibles: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Empezar en - use las flechas para ajustar el número o letra con la que quiere empezar a numerar. Numerar - seleccione una manera de numerar sus pies de página: De forma continua - para numerar los pies de página de forma secuencial en el documento, Volver a empezar en cada sección - para empezar la numeración de pies de página con el número 1 (u otro carácter) al principio de cada sección, Volver a empezar cada página - para empezar la numeración de pie de página con el número 1 (u otro carácter) al principio de cada página. Marca personalizada - ajuste un símbolo o palabra especial que quiera para usar como la marca de pie de página (por ejemplo * o Nota1). Introduzca el símbolo/palabra necesario en el campo de entrada del texto y haga clic en el botón de Insertar al final de la venta de Ajustes de Notas. Use la lista despegable de Aplicar Cambios para seleccionar si quiere aplicar estos ajustes de notas específicos a Todo el documento o solo a la Sección actual.Nota: para usar distintos formatos de pie de página en partes separadas del documento, se necesita añadir los saltos de sección primero. Cuando esté listo, haga clic en el botón Aplicar. Para eliminar un pie de página, posicione el punto de inserción antes de la marca del pie de página en el texto del documento y presione Borrar. Los otros pies de página se enumerarán de forma automática. Para borrar todos los pies de página en el documento, haga clic en la flecha de al lado del icono de Pie de página en la pestaña de Añadir en la barra de herramientas superior. seleccione la opción Borrar todos los pies de página en el menú." + "body": "Puede añadir pies de página para proporcionar explicaciones o comentarios para algunas oraciones o términos usados en el texto, hacer referencia a fuentes y más. Para insertar un pie de página en su documento, posicione el punto de inserción al final del pasaje del texto al que quiera añadir el pie de página, cambie a la pestaña Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Pie de página en la barra de herramientas superior, o haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Pie de página y seleccione la opción de Añadir Pie de página del menú,La marca del pie de página (por ejemplo, el carácter del superíndice que indica un pie de página) aparece en el texto y el punto de inserción se mueve al final de la página actual. escriba en el texto del pie de página. Repita las operaciones mencionadas anteriormente para añadir más pies de página para otros pasajes de texto en el documento. Los pies de página se numeran de forma automática. Si coloca el cursor del ratón por encima de la marca del pie de página en el texto del documento, una ventana aparecerá con el texto del pie de página. para navegar de forma fácil entre los pies de página añadidos dentro del texto del documento, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior. en la sección de Ir a Pies de Página, use la flecha para ir al pie de página anterior o la flecha para ir al siguiente pie de página. Para editar los ajustes de pie de página, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior. seleccione la opción Seleccionar todo en el menú, Cambie los parámetros actuales en la venta Ajustes de notas que se abre: Ajuste la Localización de pies de página en la página seleccionando una de las opciones disponibles: Final de la página - para posicionar pies de página al final de esta página (esta opción está seleccionado por defecto). Debajo del texto - para posicionar los pies de página al lado del texto. Esta opción puede ser útil en los casos en que la página contiene un texto corto. Ajuste el Formato de los pies de página: Formato de número - seleccione el formato de número necesario de los que están disponibles: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Empezar en - use las flechas para ajustar el número o letra con la que quiere empezar a numerar. Numerar - seleccione una manera de numerar sus pies de página: De forma continua - para numerar los pies de página de forma secuencial en el documento, Volver a empezar en cada sección - para empezar la numeración de pies de página con el número 1 (u otro carácter) al principio de cada sección, Volver a empezar cada página - para empezar la numeración de pie de página con el número 1 (u otro carácter) al principio de cada página. Marca personalizada - ajuste un símbolo o palabra especial que quiera para usar como la marca de pie de página (por ejemplo * o Nota1). Introduzca el símbolo/palabra necesario en el campo de entrada del texto y haga clic en el botón de Insertar al final de la venta de Ajustes de Notas. Use la lista despegable de Aplicar Cambios para seleccionar si quiere aplicar estos ajustes de notas específicos a Todo el documento o solo a la Sección actual.Nota: para usar distintos formatos de pie de página en partes separadas del documento, se necesita añadir los saltos de sección primero. Cuando esté listo, haga clic en el botón Aplicar. Para eliminar un pie de página, posicione el punto de inserción antes de la marca del pie de página en el texto del documento y presione Borrar. Los otros pies de página se enumerarán de forma automática. Para borrar todos los pies de página en el documento, haga clic en la flecha al lado del icono Pie de página en la pestaña de Referencias en la barra de herramientas superior. seleccione la opción Borrar todos los pies de página en el menú." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", @@ -178,7 +193,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Inserte imágenes", - "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede insertar imágenes de formatos más populares en su documento. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserte una imagen Para insertar una imagen en texto de su documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para subir la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo Windows estándar para selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo y pulse el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen necesaria, después pulse el botón OK una vez añadida la imagen cambie su tamaño, parámetros y posición. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de imágenes Para cambiar el tamaño de la imagen, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales de una imagen seleccionada mientras el proceso de redimensionamiento, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de la imagen, use el icono que aparece cuando usted mantiene cursor del ratón sobre la imagen. Arrastre la imagen a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la imagen, las línes guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Para girar la imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón encima del controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta el incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Ajustes de ajuste de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí puede cambiar los ajustes siguientes: Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo). Reemplazar imagen - se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando una imagen nueva de archivo o URL. También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son las siguientes: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer al primer plano la imagen seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear la imagen a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la imagen en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - la imagen se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, la imagen se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si seleccione uno de estos estilos, la imagen se moverá independientemente del texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco de la imagen. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen. Adelante - la imagen solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa la imagen. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta sección contiene los parámetros siguientes que dependen de estilo de ajuste de texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de imágenes: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la imagen insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos imágenes sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." + "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede insertar imágenes de formatos más populares en su documento. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Inserte una imagen Para insertar una imagen en texto de su documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde quiera que aparezca la imagen, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo de Windows para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK una vez añadida la imagen cambie su tamaño, parámetros y posición. Mover y cambiar el tamaño de imágenes Para cambiar el tamaño de la imagen, arrastre pequeños cuadrados situados en sus bordes. Para mantener las proporciones originales de una imagen seleccionada mientras el proceso de redimensionamiento, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de la esquina. Para cambiar la posición de la imagen, use el icono que aparece cuando usted mantiene cursor del ratón sobre la imagen. Arrastre la imagen a la posición necesaria apretando el botón del ratón. Cuando mueve la imagen, las línes guía se muestran para ayudarle a colocar el objeto en la página más precisamente. Para girar la imagen, mantenga el cursor del ratón encima del controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota. Ajustes de ajuste de imagen Se puede cambiar unos ajustes de la imagen usando la pestaña Ajustes de imagen en la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla pulse la imagen y elija el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha. Aquí usted puede cambiar los siguientes ajustes: Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen. Si es necesario, puede restaurar el tamaño por defecto de la imagen si hace clic en el botón de Tamaño por Defecto. El botón Ajustar al Margen le permite volver a dar tamaño a la imagen, para que ocupe todo el espacio entre el margen de la página izquierdo y derecho. Ajuste de texto - se usa para seleccionar el estilo de ajuste de texto de los disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás (para obtener más información lea la descripción de ajustes avanzados debajo). Reemplazar imagen - se usa para reemplazar la imagen actual cargando una imagen nueva de archivo o URL. También puede encontrar estas opciones en el menú contextual. Las opciones del menú son las siguientes: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Arreglar - se usa para traer al primer plano la imagen seleccionada, enviarla al fondo, traerla adelante o enviarla atrás. Para saber más sobre cómo organizar objetos puede visitar esta página. Alinear - se usa para alinear la imagen a la izquierda, al centro, a la derecha, en la parte superior, al medio, en la parte inferior. Para saber más sobre cómo alinear objetos puede visitar esta página. Ajuste de texto se usa para seleccionar el ajuste de texto de los estilos disponibles - alineado, cuadrado, estrecho, a través, superior e inferior, adelante, detrás - o editar límite de ajuste. La opción Editar límite de ajuste estará disponible solo si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Arrastre puntos de ajuste para personalizar el borde. Para crear un punto de ajuste nuevo, haga clic en cualquier lugar de la línea roja y arrástrela a la posición necesaria. Predeterminado - se usa para cambiar el tamaño actual de la imagen al tamaño predeterminado. Ajustes avanzados - se usa para abrir la ventana 'Imagen - Ajustes avanzados'. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados, haga clic derecho sobre la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados en el menú contextual o pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con parámetros de la imagen: La sección Tamaño contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho y Altura - use estas opciones para cambiar ancho o altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y la altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, pulse el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ajuste de texto - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de la imagen en relativo al texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si usted seleccione estilo alineado) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona uno de los otros estilos). Alineado - la imagen se considera una parte del texto, como un carácter, así cuando se mueva el texto, la imagen se moverá también. En este caso no se puede acceder a las opciones de posición. Si seleccione uno de estos estilos, la imagen se moverá independientemente del texto: Cuadrado - el texto rodea una caja rectangular que limita la imagen. Estrecho - el texto rodea los bordes reales de la imagen. A través - el texto rodea los bordes y rellene el espacio en blanco de la imagen. Para que se muestre este efecto, utilice la opción Editar límite de ajuste en el menú contextual. Superior e inferior - el texto se sitúa solo arriba y debajo de la imagen. Adelante - la imagen solapa el texto. Detrás - el texto solapa la imagen. Si usted selecciona el estilo cuadrado, estrecho, a través, o superior e inferior, usted podrá establecer unos parámetros adicionales - distancia del texto en todas partes (superior, inferior, izquierda, derecha). La sección Posición estará disponible si selecciona cualquier ajuste de texto excepto alineado. Esta pestaña contiene los siguientes parámetros varían dependiendo del estilo del ajuste del texto seleccionado: La sección Horizontal permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de autoformas: Alineación (izquierda, centro, derecha) en relación al carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes avanzados...) a la derecha del carácter, columna, margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen izquierdo, margen, página o margen derecho. La sección Vertical permite seleccionar uno de los siguientes tres tipos de posición de imágenes: Alineación (arriba, centro, abajo) en relación con la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición absoluta se mide en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) debajo de la línea, margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La Posición relativa se mide en porcentajes relativos al margen, margen del fondo, párrafo, margen de la página o margen de arriba, La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la imagen insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos imágenes sobreponen o no cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", @@ -188,7 +203,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Inserte tablas", - "body": "Inserte una tabla Para añadir una tabla al texto del documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde usted quiere insertar la tabla, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción para crear una tabla: una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (10 por 8 celdas máximo) Si quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo). o una tabla personalizada Si necesita una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, después pulse el botón OK. una vez añadida la tabla usted puede cambiar sus parámetros y posición. Ajustar los ajuste de la tabla Unos parámetros de la tabla y también su estructura pueden ser cambiados usando el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Seleccionar se usa para seleccionar una fila, columna, celda o tabla. Insertar se usa para insertar una fila arriba o debajo de la fila donde usted ha colocado cursor o para insertar una columna al lado izquierdo o derecho de la columna donde usted ha colocado el cursor. Borrar se usa para borrar una fila, columna o tabla. Unir celdas está disponible si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas, se usa para unirlas. Dividir celda... se usa para abrir una ventana donde usted puede seleccionar el número necesario de columnas y filas para dividir la celda. Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada. Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede poner el texto de forma horizontal, vertical de arriba hacia abajo (Rotación a 90°), o vertical de abajo a arriba (Rotación a 270°). Estilo - En línea se usa para seleccionar estilo en línea (el texto se interrumpe por la tabla) y también el tipo de alineación: a la izquierda, centro, a la derecha. Estilo - Flujo se usa para seleccionar el estilo flujo (cuando la tabla está rodeada por el texto). Ajustes avanzados de tabla se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Hiperenlace se usa para insertar un hiperenlace. Párrafo se usa para mantener las líneas juntas o abrir la ventana 'Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados'. Usted también puede cambiar los parámetros de tabla usando la barra derecha lateral: Se usan Filas y Columnas para seleccionar las partes de una tabla para que sean resaltadas. Para filas: Encabezado - para resaltar la primera fila Total - para resaltar la última fila Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra fila Para columnas: Primera - para resaltar la primera columna Última - para resaltar la última columna Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra columna Seleccionar de plantilla se usa para elegir la plantilla de tabla de las disponibles. Estilo de bordes se usa para seleccionar el tamaño, color, estilo de bordes y también el color de fondo. Ajuste de texto se usa para alternar entre dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo. Filas y columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda. Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas. Mostrar ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de una tabla, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la tabla y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades: La pestaña de Tabla le permite cambiar las propiedades de la tabla entera. La sección del Tamaño de la tabla contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho - de forma predeterminada, el ancho de la tabla se ajusta de manera automática para ajustarse al ancho de la página, es decir, la tabla ocupa todo el espacio entre el margen izquierdo y derecho de la página. Puede verificar esta casilla y especificar el ancho necesario de la tabla de forma manual. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el tamaño de la tabla manualmente cambiando altura de fila y ancho de columna. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de fila/columna hasta que conviértase en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde. También puede usar los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna y los marcadores en la regla vertical para cambiar la altura de fila. Cambiar tamaño automáticamente para ajustar a contenido - activa el cambio automático de ancho de cada columna de acuerdo con el texto dentro de celdas. Márgenes predeterminados - el espacio entre el texto en celdas y el borde de celdas que se utiliza de manera predeterminada. La sección Opciones le permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: Permitir espacio entre celdas - el espacio entre celdas que será llenado de color Fondo de tabla . La pestaña Celda permite cambiar las propiedades de celdas individuales. Primero, tiene que seleccionar las celdas en las que quiere aplicar los cambios o seleccionar la tabla por completo para cambiar propiedades de todas sus celdas. La sección de Tamaño de Celda contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ancho preferido - permite ajustar el ancho de la celda que desee. Este es el amano que una celda aspira a ajustarse, pero en algunos casos, no será posible hacerlo al valor exacto. Por ejemplo, si el texto dentro de una celda excede el ancho especificado, se partirá en la línea siguiente para que la anchura de la celda preferida permanezca sin cambiar, pero si inserta una columna nueva, el ancho preferido se reducirá. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el ancho de la celda de forma manual. Para aumentar o disminuir el ancho de una celda en una columna más que al ancho de la columna en general, seleccione la celda necesaria y mueva el cursor del ratón por su borde derecho hasta que se vuelva en una flecha con doble sentido, luego arrastre el borde. Para cambiar el ancho de todas las celdas en una columna, use los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna. La sección de Márgenes de celda le permite ajustar el espacio entre el texto de las celdas y el borde de la celda. Por defecto, los valores estándares se usan (los valores por defecto también se pueden alterar en la pestaña de Tabla, pero puede no validar la casilla Usar márgenes de defecto e introducir los valores necesarios de forma manual. La sección Opciones de celda permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Ajuste de Texto está disponible por defecto. Permite ajustar el texto dentro de una celda que excede su anchura en la línea siguiente, expandiendo la altura de la fila y manteniendo la anchura de la columna sin cambiar. La sección Bordes y fondo contiene los parámetros siguientes: Parámetros de Borde (tamaño, color, presencia o ausencia) - establezca el tamaño, seleccione el color de borde y elija como se muestra en las celdas.Nota: si desea ocultar los bordes de la tabla pulse el botón o cancele la selección de todos los bordes manualmente en una diagrama, en el documento los bordes se indicarán con una línea de puntos. Si quiere eliminarlos completamente, pulse el icono Caracteres no imprimibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Bordes de tabla escogidos. Fondo de celda - el color de fondo en celdas (disponible solo si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas o si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios). Fondo de tabla - el color de fondo de una tabla o de espacio entre las celdas, está disponible si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios. La sección Posición está disponible solo si la opción Flujo en la tabla Ajuste de texto está activada y contiene los parámetros siguientes: Los parámetros Horizontal consisten en alineación de la tabla (izquierdo, al centro, derecho) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla a la derecha de margen, página o texto. Los parámetros Vertical consisten en alineación de la tabla (superior, al centro, inferior) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla debajo de margen, página o texto. La sección Opciones permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la tabla insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos tablas se unen en una tabla grande o sobreponen cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Estilo de texto - En línea o Flujo. Use la opción necesaria para cambiar la posición de la tabla en texto: puede ser una parte de texto (si selecciona estilo en línea) o rodeada por texto (si seleccione estilo flujo). Cuando usted seleccione el estilo flujo, los parámetros adicionales del estilo flujo pueden aplicarse para los dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo: Para el estilo en línea usted puede especificar alineación y sangría a la izquierda. Para el estilo flujo, usted puede especificar distancia del texto y posición de la tabla en la sección Posición. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." + "body": "Inserte una tabla Para añadir una tabla al texto del documento, ponga el cursor en un lugar donde usted quiere insertar la tabla, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción para crear una tabla: tanto una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas) Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo). o una tabla personalizada En caso de que usted necesite una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, respectivamente, después pulse el botón OK. una vez añadida la tabla usted puede cambiar sus propiedades, tamaño y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de una tabla, pase el cursor del ratón sobre la manija en su esquina inferior derecha y arrástrela hasta que la tabla alcance el tamaño necesario. También se puede modificar manualmente el ancho de una columna determinada o la altura de una línea. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde derecho de la columna para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional. y arrastre el borde hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para establecer el ancho necesario. Para cambiar la anchura de una sola columna de forma manual, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde inferior de la fila hasta que el cursor cambie a una flecha con doble sentido y arrástrelo hacia arriba o hacia abajo. Para mover una tabla, mantenga pulsada la manija en su esquina superior izquierda y arrástrela hasta el lugar necesario en el documento. Seleccionar una tabla o su parte Para seleccionar una tabla completa, haga clic en el icono en su esquina superior izquierda. Para seleccionar una celda determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón a la parte izquierda de la celda necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. Para seleccionar una fila determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde izquierdo de la tabla junto a la fila necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. Para seleccionar una columna determinada, mueva el cursor del ratón al borde superior de la columna necesaria para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha negra , luego haga clic izquierdo. También es posible seleccionar una celda, fila, columna o tabla utilizando las opciones del menú contextual o de la sección Filas y Columnas en la barra de tareas derecha. Ajustes de tablas Unos parámetros de la tabla y también su estructura pueden ser cambiados usando el menú contextual: Aquí tiene las opciones: Cortar, Copiar, Pegar - opciones estándar usadas para cortar, copiar un texto/objeto seleccionado y pegar un pasaje de texto u objeto anteriormente cortado/copiado a una posición de cursor actual. Seleccionar se usa para seleccionar una fila, columna, celda o tabla. Insertar se usa para insertar una fila arriba o debajo de la fila donde usted ha colocado cursor o para insertar una columna al lado izquierdo o derecho de la columna donde usted ha colocado el cursor. Borrar se usa para borrar una fila, columna o tabla. Unir celdas está disponible si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas, se usa para unirlas. Dividir celda... se usa para abrir una ventana donde usted puede seleccionar el número necesario de columnas y filas para dividir la celda. Distribuir filas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan la misma altura sin cambiar la altura total de la tabla. Distribuir columnas se utiliza para ajustar las celdas seleccionadas para que tengan el mismo ancho sin cambiar el ancho total de la tabla. Alineación vertical de celda se usa para alinear la parte superior central o inferior de un texto en la celda seleccionada. Dirección del Texto - se usa para cambiar la orientación del texto en una celda. Puede poner el texto de forma horizontal, vertical de arriba hacia abajo (Rotación a 90°), o vertical de abajo a arriba (Rotación a 270°). Ajustes avanzados de tabla se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Hiperenlace se usa para insertar un hiperenlace. Párrafo se usa para mantener las líneas juntas o abrir la ventana 'Párrafo - Ajustes avanzados'. Usted también puede cambiar los parámetros de tabla usando la barra derecha lateral: Se usan Filas y Columnas para seleccionar las partes de una tabla para que sean resaltadas. Para filas: Encabezado - para resaltar la primera fila Total - para resaltar la última fila Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra fila Para columnas: Primera - para resaltar la primera columna Última - para resaltar la última columna Con bandas - para resaltar cualquier otra columna Seleccionar de plantilla se usa para elegir la plantilla de tabla de las disponibles. Estilo de bordes se usa para seleccionar el tamaño, color, estilo de bordes y también el color de fondo. Filas & columnas se usa para realizar unas operaciones con la tabla: seleccionar, borrar, insertar filas y columnas, unir celdas, dividir una celda. Tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho. Repetir con una fila de encabezado en la parte superior se usa para insertar el mismo encabezado en la parte superior de cada página en las tablas largas. Mostrar ajustes avanzados se usa para abrir la ventana 'Tabla - Ajustes avanzados'. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de una tabla, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la tabla y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o use el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la derecha barra lateral. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades: La pestaña de Tabla le permite cambiar las propiedades de la tabla entera. La sección del Tamaño de la tabla contiene los parámetros siguientes: Ancho - de forma predeterminada, el ancho de la tabla se ajusta de manera automática para ajustarse al ancho de la página, es decir, la tabla ocupa todo el espacio entre el margen izquierdo y derecho de la página. Puede verificar esta casilla y especificar el ancho necesario de la tabla de forma manual. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el tamaño de la tabla manualmente cambiando altura de fila y ancho de columna. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde de fila/columna hasta que conviértase en una flecha bidireccional y arrastre el borde. También puede usar los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna y los marcadores en la regla vertical para cambiar la altura de fila. Cambiar tamaño automáticamente para ajustar a contenido - activa el cambio automático de ancho de cada columna de acuerdo con el texto dentro de celdas. Márgenes predeterminados - el espacio entre el texto en celdas y el borde de celdas que se utiliza de manera predeterminada. La sección Opciones le permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: Permitir espacio entre celdas - el espacio entre celdas que será llenado de color Fondo de tabla . La pestaña Celda permite cambiar las propiedades de celdas individuales. Primero, tiene que seleccionar las celdas en las que quiere aplicar los cambios o seleccionar la tabla por completo para cambiar propiedades de todas sus celdas. La sección de Tamaño de Celda contiene los siguientes parámetros: Ancho preferido - permite ajustar el ancho de la celda que desee. Este es el amano que una celda aspira a ajustarse, pero en algunos casos, no será posible hacerlo al valor exacto. Por ejemplo, si el texto dentro de una celda excede el ancho especificado, se partirá en la línea siguiente para que la anchura de la celda preferida permanezca sin cambiar, pero si inserta una columna nueva, el ancho preferido se reducirá. Medida en - permite especificar si quiere ajustar el ancho de la tabla en unidades absolutas, por ejemplo, Centímetros/Puntos (dependiendo de la opción especificada en la pestaña de Archivo -> Ajustes Avanzados...) o en Porcentaje del ancho general de la página.Nota: también puede ajustar el ancho de la celda de forma manual. Para aumentar o disminuir el ancho de una celda en una columna más que al ancho de la columna en general, seleccione la celda necesaria y mueva el cursor del ratón por su borde derecho hasta que se vuelva en una flecha con doble sentido, luego arrastre el borde. Para cambiar el ancho de todas las celdas en una columna, use los marcadores en la regla horizontal para cambiar el ancho de la columna. La sección de Márgenes de celda le permite ajustar el espacio entre el texto de las celdas y el borde de la celda. Por defecto, los valores estándares se usan (los valores por defecto también se pueden alterar en la pestaña de Tabla, pero puede no validar la casilla Usar márgenes de defecto e introducir los valores necesarios de forma manual. La sección Opciones de celda permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Ajuste de Texto está disponible por defecto. Permite ajustar el texto dentro de una celda que excede su anchura en la línea siguiente, expandiendo la altura de la fila y manteniendo la anchura de la columna sin cambiar. La pestaña Bordes & fondo contiene los parámetros siguientes: Parámetros de Borde (tamaño, color, presencia o ausencia) - establezca el tamaño, seleccione el color de borde y elija como se muestra en las celdas.Nota: si desea ocultar los bordes de la tabla pulse el botón o cancele la selección de todos los bordes manualmente en una diagrama, en el documento los bordes se indicarán con una línea de puntos. Si quiere eliminarlos completamente, haga clic en el icono Caracteres no imprimibles en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Bordes de Tabla Ocultos. Fondo de celda - el color de fondo en celdas (disponible solo si usted ha seleccionado dos o más celdas o si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios). Fondo de tabla - el color de fondo de una tabla o de espacio entre las celdas, está disponible si la opción Permitir espacio entre celdas está activada en la sección Ancho y espacios. La sección Posición de Tabla está disponible solo si la opción Tabla de Flujo en la tabla Ajuste de Texto está activada y contiene los parámetros siguientes: Los parámetros Horizontal consisten en alineación de la tabla (izquierdo, al centro, derecho) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla a la derecha de margen, página o texto. Los parámetros Vertical consisten en alineación de la tabla (superior, al centro, inferior) en relación a margen, página o texto y también posición de la tabla debajo de margen, página o texto. La sección Opciones permite cambiar los parámetros siguientes: La opción Desplazar objeto con texto controla si la tabla insertada en el texto se mueve junto con ello si el texto se mueve. La opción Superposición controla si dos tablas se unen en una tabla grande o sobreponen cuando usted las arrastra una cerca de la otra en la página. La sección Ajuste de texto contiene los parámetros siguientes: Texto Estilo de ajuste - Tabla en línea o Tabla de Flujo. Use la opción necesaria para cambiar la posición en que la tabla está relacionada con el texto: puede ser una parte del texto (si selecciona estilo en línea) o rodeada por texto (si selecciona tabla de flujo). Cuando usted seleccione el estilo de flujo, los parámetros adicionales del estilo de flujo pueden aplicarse para los dos estilos de texto - en línea y flujo: Para el estilo en línea usted puede especificar alineación y sangría a la izquierda. Para el estilo de flujo, usted puede especificar distancia del texto y posición en la pestaña Posición de Tabla. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerán a las personas con problemas de visión o cognitivos para ayudarles a entender mejor la información de la forma." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", @@ -198,7 +213,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Establezca espaciado de línea de párrafo", - "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto en un párrafo y también márgenes entre el párrafo actual, el previo o el posterior. Para hacerlo, ponga el cursor en el párrafo que necesita, o elija varios párrafos usando el ratón o todo el texto pulsando combinación de teclas Ctrl+A use los campos correspondientes de la barra derecha lateral para alcanzar los resultados deseados: Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. puede seleccionar entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo. No añadir intervalo entre párrafos del mismo estilo - use esta opción si no necesita ningún espacio entre párrafos del mismo estilo. Para cambiar rápidamente el espaciado de línea del párrafo actual, puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea de párrafo en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor de la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas." + "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto en un párrafo y también márgenes entre el párrafo actual, el previo o el posterior. Para hacerlo, ponga el cursor en el párrafo que necesita, o elija varios párrafos usando el ratón o todo el texto pulsando combinación de teclas Ctrl+A use los campos correspondientes de la barra derecha lateral para alcanzar los resultados deseados: Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. puede seleccionar entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo. No añadir intervalo entre párrafos del mismo estilo - use esta opción si no necesita ningún espacio entre párrafos del mismo estilo. Para cambiar rápidamente el espaciado de línea del párrafo actual, puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea de párrafo en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor de la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", @@ -233,21 +248,21 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "title": "Establezca parámetros de página", - "body": "Para establecer la orientación de la página y su tamaño, ajustar márgenes e insertar columnas, use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña Configuración de Formato en barra de herramientas superior. Nota: todos estos parámetros se aplican al documento entero. Si necesita aplicar distintos márgenes, orientación, tamaño, tamaño o número de columna para las partes separadas del documento de la página, por favor visite esta página. Orientación de página Cambie el tipo de orientación actual haciendo clic en el icono Orientación. El tipo de orientación predeterminado es Vertical pero usted puede cambiarla en Horizontal. Tamaño de página Cambie el formato A4 predeterminado pulsando el icono Tamaño y seleccionando un formato necesario de la lista. Los tamaños preestablecidos son: US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) También puede ajustar un tamaño de página especial seleccionando la opción Personalizar Tamaño de página de la lista. La ventana de Tamaño de página se abrirá donde sea capaz de ajustar los valores de Anchura y Altura necesarios. Introduzca sus valores nuevos en los campos de entrada o ajuste los valores existentes usando los botones de flechas. cuando esté listo, pulse OK para realizar los cambios. Márgenes de Página Cambie los márgenes predeterminados, por ejemplo, el espacio en blanco a la izquierda, derecha, arriba o abajo de los bordes de la página y el texto del párrafo, haciendo clic en el icono Márgenes y seleccionando uno de los pre-ajustes disponibles: Normal, Normal US, Estrecho, Moderado, Ancho. También puede usar la opción de Personalizar Márgenes para ajustar sus valores propios en la ventana de Márgenes que se abre. Introduzca los valores del márgenes de Página Arriba, Abajo, Izquierda, Derecha en los campos de entrada o ajuste los valores existentes usando los botones de flecha. Cuando este listo, haga clic en OK. Los márgenes personalizados se aplicarán al documento actual y la opción Última Personalización con los parámetros específicos aparecerá en la lista Márgenes para que pueda aplicarlos a otros documentos. También puede cambiar los márgenes de forma manual arrastrando el borde entre las áreas grises y blancas en las reglas (las áreas grises de las reglas indican un margen de página): Columnas Aplique una disposición de varias columnas haciendo clic en el icono Columnas seleccionando el tipo de columna necesario de la lista despegable. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Dos - para añadir dos columnas de la misma anchura, Tres - para añadir tres columnas de la misma anchura, Izquierda - para añadir dos columnas: una columna estrecha en la parte izquierda y una columna ancha en la parte derecha, Derecha - para añadir dos columnas: una columna estrecha en la parte derecha y una columna ancha en la parte izquierda. Si quiere ajustar los ajustes de la columna, seleccione la opción Personalizar Columnas de la lista. La ventana Columnas se abrirá cuando sea capaz de ajustar el Número de columnas (es posible añadir hasta 12 columnas) y el Espaciado entre columnas. Introduzca sus valores nuevos en los campos de entrada o ajuste los valores existentes usando los botones de flechas. Verifique la casilla Divisor de columna para añadir una línea vertical entre las columnas. Cuando esté listo, pulse OK para realizar los cambios. Para especificar de forma exacta donde debe empezar una columna, coloque el cursos antes del texto que quiere mover en la nueva columna, haga clic en el icono de Saltos en la barra de herramientas superior y luego seleccione la opción Insertar Saltos de Columna. El texto se moverá a la siguiente columna. Los saltos de sección añadidos se indican en su documento con una línea de puntos doble: . Si no ve los saltos de sección insertados, pulse el icono en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para mostrarlos. Para eliminar un salto de página selecciónelo con el ratón y pulse la tecla Delete. Para cambiar de forma manual el espaciado y anchura de la columna, puede usar ua regla horizontal. Para cancelar columnas y volver a un formato regular de una sola columna, haga clic en el icono Columnas en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Una de la lista." + "body": "Para establecer la orientación de la página y su tamaño, ajustar márgenes e insertar columnas, use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña Diseño en barra de herramientas superior. Nota: todos estos parámetros se aplican al documento entero. Si necesita aplicar distintos márgenes, orientación, tamaño, tamaño o número de columna para las partes separadas del documento de la página, por favor visite esta página. Orientación de página Cambie el tipo de orientación actual haciendo clic en el icono Orientación. El tipo de orientación predeterminado es Vertical pero usted puede cambiarla en Horizontal. Tamaño de página Cambie el formato A4 predeterminado pulsando el icono Tamaño y seleccionando un formato necesario de la lista. Los tamaños preestablecidos son: US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) También puede ajustar un tamaño de página especial seleccionando la opción Personalizar Tamaño de página de la lista. La ventana de Tamaño de página se abrirá donde sea capaz de ajustar los valores de Anchura y Altura necesarios. Introduzca sus valores nuevos en los campos de entrada o ajuste los valores existentes usando los botones de flechas. cuando esté listo, pulse OK para realizar los cambios. Márgenes de Página Cambie los márgenes predeterminados, por ejemplo, el espacio en blanco a la izquierda, derecha, arriba o abajo de los bordes de la página y el texto del párrafo, haciendo clic en el icono Márgenes y seleccionando uno de los pre-ajustes disponibles: Normal, Normal US, Estrecho, Moderado, Ancho. También puede usar la opción de Personalizar Márgenes para ajustar sus valores propios en la ventana de Márgenes que se abre. Introduzca los valores del márgenes de Página Arriba, Abajo, Izquierda, Derecha en los campos de entrada o ajuste los valores existentes usando los botones de flecha. Cuando este listo, haga clic en OK. Los márgenes personalizados se aplicarán al documento actual y la opción Última Personalización con los parámetros específicos aparecerá en la lista Márgenes para que pueda aplicarlos a otros documentos. También puede cambiar los márgenes de forma manual arrastrando el borde entre las áreas grises y blancas en las reglas (las áreas grises de las reglas indican un margen de página): Columnas Aplique una disposición de varias columnas haciendo clic en el icono Columnas seleccionando el tipo de columna necesario de la lista despegable. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Dos - para añadir dos columnas de la misma anchura, Tres - para añadir tres columnas de la misma anchura, Izquierda - para añadir dos columnas: una columna estrecha en la parte izquierda y una columna ancha en la parte derecha, Derecha - para añadir dos columnas: una columna estrecha en la parte derecha y una columna ancha en la parte izquierda. Si quiere ajustar los ajustes de la columna, seleccione la opción Personalizar Columnas de la lista. La ventana Columnas se abrirá cuando sea capaz de ajustar el Número de columnas (es posible añadir hasta 12 columnas) y el Espaciado entre columnas. Introduzca sus valores nuevos en los campos de entrada o ajuste los valores existentes usando los botones de flechas. Verifique la casilla Divisor de columna para añadir una línea vertical entre las columnas. Cuando esté listo, pulse OK para realizar los cambios. Para especificar de forma exacta donde debe empezar una columna, coloque el cursos antes del texto que quiere mover en la nueva columna, haga clic en el icono de Saltos en la barra de herramientas superior y luego seleccione la opción Insertar Saltos de Columna. El texto se moverá a la siguiente columna. Los saltos de sección añadidos se indican en su documento con una línea de puntos doble: . Si no ve los saltos de sección insertados, pulse el icono en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para mostrarlos. Para eliminar un salto de página selecciónelo con el ratón y pulse la tecla Delete. Para cambiar de forma manual el espaciado y anchura de la columna, puede usar ua regla horizontal. Para cancelar columnas y volver a un formato regular de una sola columna, haga clic en el icono Columnas en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Una de la lista." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Fije tabuladores", - "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede cambiar tabuladores, es decir, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal: Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo. Hay tres tipos de tabuladores disponibles: Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la derecha del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Centro - alinea el texto por el centro en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la izquierda del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla. Usted también puede utilizar la ventana de propiedades del párrafo para ajustar tabuladores. Haga clic derecho, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o utilice el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y pase a la pestaña Tab en la ventana abierta Párrafo - ajustes avanzados.Usted puede establecer los parámetros siguientes: Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tabulador personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Todos los tabuladores anteriormente añadidos usando la regla se mostrarán también en la lista. El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione el tabulador necesario en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo." + "body": "En el editor de documentos, usted puede cambiar tabuladores, es decir, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal: Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo. Hay tres tipos de tabuladores disponibles: Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la derecha del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Centro - alinea el texto por el centro en la posición de tabulador. Tal tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto se mueva a la izquierda del tabulador cuando escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla. Usted también puede utilizar la ventana de propiedades del párrafo para ajustar tabuladores. Haga clic derecho, seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de párrafo en el menú o utilice el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra derecha lateral, y pase a la pestaña Tab en la ventana abierta Párrafo - ajustes avanzados.Usted puede establecer los parámetros siguientes: Posición del tabulador - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Todos los tabuladores anteriormente añadidos usando la regla se mostrarán también en la lista. El Tabulador Predeterminado se ha fijado a 1.25 cm. Puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el cuadro. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición del tabulador en la lista de arriba. Seleccione el tabulador necesario en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Líder - permite elegir un caracter usado para crear un líder para cada una de las posiciones de tabulación. Un líder es una línea de caracteres (puntos o guiones) que llena el espacio entre tabulaciones. Seleccione la posición del tabulador necesaria en la lista, elija el tipo de líder de la lista desplegable y presione el botón Especificar.Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Usar la Combinación de Correspondencia", - "body": "Nota: esta opción solo está disponible para versiones de pago. La característica de Combinación de Correspondencia se usa para crear un set de documentos que combinen un contenido común, el cual se toma de un texto de un documento y varios componentes individuales (variables, como nombres, saludos etc.) tomados de una hoja de cálculo (por ejemplo, una lista de consumidores). Puede ser útil si necesita crear muchas cartas personalizadas y enviarlas a los recipientes. Para empezar a trabajar con la característica de Combinación de Correspondencia, Prepare una fuente de datos y cárgala al documento principal Una fuente de datos que se usa para la combinación de correspondencia debe ser una hoja de cálculo .xlsx que se encuentra almacenada en su portal. Abra una hoja de cálculo existente o cree una nueva y asegúrese de que contiene los siguientes requisitos.La hoja de cálculo debe tener una columna de encabezado con los títulos de las columnas, como los valores en la primera celda de cada columna designarán los campos de combinación (es decir, las variables que puede introducir en el texto). Cada columna debe contener un set de valores actuales para cada variable. Cada fila en la hoja de cálculo debe corresponder a un registro separado (es decir, un set de valores que pertenecen a un recipiente en concreto). Durante el proceso de combinación, se creará una copia del documento principal para cada registro y cada campo de combinación insertado en el texto principal se reemplazará con el valor actual de la columna correspondiente. Si va a mandar los resultados por correo electrónico, la hoja de cálculo también debe incluir una columna con los correos electrónicos de los recipientes. Abra un documento existente o cree uno nuevo. Debe contener el texto principal, que será el mismo para cada versión del documento combinado. Haga clic en el icono Combinación de Correspondencia en la pestaña de Inicio barra de herramientas superior. Se abrirá la ventana Seleccione la Fuente de Datos. La lista se muestra con todas sus hojas de cálculo .xlsx almacenadas en la sección de Mis Documentos. Para navegar entre las secciones de módulos de Documentos, use el menú en la parte izquierda de la ventana. Seleccione el archivo que necesita y haga clic en OK. Una vez que la fuente de datos está cargada, la pestaña de Ajustes de Combinación de Correspondencia estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Verifique o cambie la lista de recipientes Haga clic en el botón de Editar la lista de recipientes arriba de la barra lateral derecha para abrir la ventana de Recipientes de Combinación de Correspondencia, donde el contenido de la fuente de datos seleccionada se muestra. Aquí puede añadir información nueva editar o borrar los datos existentes, si es necesario. Para simplificar el trabajo con datos, puede usar los iconos en la parte superior de la ventana: y - para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y - para deshacer o rehacer acciones y - para organizar sus datos dentro de un rango de celdas seleccionado de manera ascendiente o descendiente - para habilitar el filtro del rango de celdas previamente seleccionado o para eliminar los filtros aplicados - para eliminar todos los parámetros de filtros aplicadosNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar el filtro puede referirse a la sección de Organizar y Filtrar Datos de la ayuda de Editor de hojas de cálculo. - para buscar un valor en concreto y reemplazarlo con otro, si es necesarioNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar la herramienta de Búsqueda y Sustitución puede referirse a la sección de Funciones de Búsqueda y Sustitución de la ayuda del Editor de Hojas de Cálculo. Después de que todos los cambios necesarios se han hecho, haga clic en el botón de Guardar y Salir. Para descartar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Cerrar. Introduzca los campos de combinación y valide los resultados Ponga el cursos del ratón en el texto del documento principal donde quiera combinar un campo para que se inserte, haga clic en el botón de Introduzca Campo de Combinación a la derecha de la barra lateral y seleccione el campo necesario de la lista. Los campos disponibles corresponden a los datos en la primera celda de cada columna de la fuente de datos seleccionados. Añada todos los campos que necesite en cualquier parte del documento. Active el cambiador Destacar campos de combinación en la barra lateral derecha para crear los campos introducidos más visibles en el texto del documento. Active el cambiador Visualizar resultados en la barra lateral derecha para ver el texto de documento con los campos combinados reemplazados con valores reales de la fuente de datos. Use los botones de las flechas para visualizar versiones de los documentos combinados para cada registro. Para eliminar un campo insertado, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para reemplazar e introducir un campo, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón, haga clic en el botón Insertar Campos de Combinación en la barra lateral derecha y elija un campo nuevo de la lista. Especifique los parámetros de combinación Seleccione el tipo de combinación. Puede empezar a o guardar los resultados como un documento PDF o Docx para poder imprimir o editarlo más adelante. Seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista Combinar a: PDF - para crear un solo documento en formato PDF que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda imprimir más adelante Docx - para crear un solo documento en formato Docx que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda editar de forma individual más adelante Email - para enviar los resultados a recipientes por correo electrónicoNota: los correos electrónicos de los recipientes deben especificarse en la fuente de datos cargados y tiene que tener al menos un correo electrónico conectado en el módulo de Correo en su portal. Elija los registros a los que quiere aplicar la combinación: Todos los registros (esta opción está seleccionada por defecto) - para crear documentos combinados para todos los registros de la fuente de datos cargados Registro actual - para crear un documento combinado para el registro que está mostrándose de forma actual Desde... A - para crear documentos combinados para una variedad de registros (en este caso necesita especificar dos valores: el número del primer registro y el último registro en el rango deseado)Nota: la cantidad máxima permitida de recipientes es de 100. Si tiene más de 100 recipientes en su fuente de datos, por favor, realice la combinación de correspondencia en pasos: especifique los valores del 1 al 100, espere hasta que el proceso de combinación de correspondencia se termine, luego repita la operación especificando los valores del 101 a N etc. Completar la combinación Si ha decidido guardar los resultados de combinación como un archivo, Haga clic en el botón de Descarga para almacenar el archivo en cualquier sitio de su PC. Encontrará el archivo descargado en su carpeta de defecto de Descargas. haga clic en el botón Guardar para guardar el archivo en su portal. En la ventana de Archivo para guardar que se abre, puede cambiar el nombre del archivo y especificar la carpeta donde quiera guardar el archivo. También puede verificar la casilla Abrir documento combinado en nueva pestaña para ver el resultado una vez que el proceso haya terminado. Finalmente, haga clic en Guardar en la ventana de Archivo para guardar. si has seleccionado la opción de Correo Electrónico, el botón de Combinar estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Después de hacer clic, la ventana de Mandar a correo electrónico se abrirá: En la lista de Desde, seleccione la cuenta de correo que quiera usar para mandar el correo electrónico, si tiene varias cuentas conectadas en el módulo de Correo electrónico. En la lista de Para, seleccione el campo de combinación correspondiente a las direcciones de correo electrónico de los recipiente, si no se ha elegido de forma automática. Introduzca el tema de su mensaje en el campo Línea de Tema. Seleccione el formato del correo electrónico de la lista: HTML, Adjunto como DOCX, o Adjunto como PDF. Cuando una de las dos últimas opciones se selecciona, también necesita especificar el Nombre de Archivo de los adjuntos e introducir el Mensaje (el texto de su correo que se enviará a los recipientes). Pulse el botón Enviar. Una vez que que el envío de correo electrónicos haya finalizado, recibirá una notificación a su email en el campo de Desde." + "body": "Nota: esta opción solo está disponible para versiones de pago. La característica de Combinación de Correspondencia se usa para crear un set de documentos que combinen un contenido común, el cual se toma de un texto de un documento y varios componentes individuales (variables, como nombres, saludos etc.) tomados de una hoja de cálculo (por ejemplo, una lista de consumidores). Puede ser útil si necesita crear muchas cartas personalizadas y enviarlas a los recipientes. Para empezar a trabajar con la característica de Combinación de Correspondencia, Prepare una fuente de datos y cárgala al documento principal Una fuente de datos que se usa para la combinación de correspondencia debe ser una hoja de cálculo .xlsx que se encuentra almacenada en su portal. Abra una hoja de cálculo existente o cree una nueva y asegúrese de que contiene los siguientes requisitos.La hoja de cálculo debe tener una columna de encabezado con los títulos de las columnas, como los valores en la primera celda de cada columna designarán los campos de combinación (es decir, las variables que puede introducir en el texto). Cada columna debe contener un set de valores actuales para cada variable. Cada fila en la hoja de cálculo debe corresponder a un registro separado (es decir, un set de valores que pertenecen a un recipiente en concreto). Durante el proceso de combinación, se creará una copia del documento principal para cada registro y cada campo de combinación insertado en el texto principal se reemplazará con el valor actual de la columna correspondiente. Si va a mandar los resultados por correo electrónico, la hoja de cálculo también debe incluir una columna con los correos electrónicos de los recipientes. Abra un documento existente o cree uno nuevo. Debe contener el texto principal, que será el mismo para cada versión del documento combinado. Haga clic en el icono Combinación de Correspondencia en la pestaña de Inicio barra de herramientas superior. Se abrirá la ventana Seleccione la Fuente de Datos. La lista se muestra con todas sus hojas de cálculo .xlsx almacenadas en la sección de Mis Documentos. Para navegar entre las secciones de módulos de Documentos, use el menú en la parte izquierda de la ventana. Seleccione el archivo que necesita y haga clic en OK. Una vez que la fuente de datos está cargada, la pestaña de Ajustes de Combinación de Correspondencia estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Verifique o cambie la lista de recipientes Haga clic en el botón de Editar la lista de recipientes arriba de la barra lateral derecha para abrir la ventana de Recipientes de Combinación de Correspondencia, donde el contenido de la fuente de datos seleccionada se muestra. Aquí puede añadir información nueva editar o borrar los datos existentes, si es necesario. Para simplificar el trabajo con datos, puede usar los iconos en la parte superior de la ventana: y - para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y - para deshacer o rehacer acciones y - para organizar sus datos dentro de un rango de celdas seleccionado de manera ascendiente o descendiente - para habilitar el filtro del rango de celdas previamente seleccionado o para eliminar los filtros aplicados - para eliminar todos los parámetros de filtros aplicadosNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar el filtro puede referirse a la sección de Organizar y Filtrar Datos de la ayuda de Editor de hojas de cálculo. - para buscar un valor en concreto y reemplazarlo con otro, si es necesarioNota: para aprender más sobre cómo usar la herramienta de Búsqueda y Sustitución puede referirse a la sección de Funciones de Búsqueda y Sustitución de la ayuda del Editor de Hojas de Cálculo. Después de que todos los cambios necesarios se han hecho, haga clic en el botón de Guardar y Salir. Para descartar los cambios realizados, pulse el botón Cerrar. Introduzca los campos de combinación y valide los resultados Ponga el cursos del ratón en el texto del documento principal donde quiera combinar un campo para que se inserte, haga clic en el botón de Introduzca Campo de Combinación a la derecha de la barra lateral y seleccione el campo necesario de la lista. Los campos disponibles corresponden a los datos en la primera celda de cada columna de la fuente de datos seleccionados. Añada todos los campos que necesite en cualquier parte del documento. Active el cambiador Destacar campos de combinación en la barra lateral derecha para crear los campos introducidos más visibles en el texto del documento. Active el cambiador Visualizar resultados en la barra lateral derecha para ver el texto de documento con los campos combinados reemplazados con valores reales de la fuente de datos. Use los botones de las flechas para visualizar versiones de los documentos combinados para cada registro. Para eliminar un campo insertado, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para reemplazar e introducir un campo, deshabilite el modo de Visualizar resultados, seleccione el campo con el ratón, haga clic en el botón Insertar Campos de Combinación en la barra lateral derecha y elija un campo nuevo de la lista. Especifique los parámetros de combinación Seleccione el tipo de combinación. Puede empezar a o guardar los resultados como un documento PDF o Docx para poder imprimir o editarlo más adelante. Seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista Combinar a: PDF - para crear un solo documento en formato PDF que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda imprimir más adelante Docx - para crear un solo documento en formato Docx que incluya todas las copias combinadas para que las pueda editar de forma individual más adelante Email - para enviar los resultados a recipientes por correo electrónicoNota: los correos electrónicos de los recipientes deben especificarse en la fuente de datos cargados y tiene que tener al menos un correo electrónico conectado en el módulo de Correo en su portal. Elija los registros a los que quiere aplicar la combinación: Todos los registros (esta opción está seleccionada por defecto) - para crear documentos combinados para todos los registros de la fuente de datos cargados Registro actual - para crear un documento combinado para el registro que está mostrándose de forma actual Desde... A - para crear documentos combinados para una variedad de registros (en este caso necesita especificar dos valores: el número del primer registro y el último registro en el rango deseado)Nota: la cantidad máxima permitida de recipientes es de 100. Si tiene más de 100 recipientes en su fuente de datos, por favor, realice la combinación de correspondencia en pasos: especifique los valores del 1 al 100, espere hasta que el proceso de combinación de correspondencia se termine, luego repita la operación especificando los valores del 101 a N etc. Completar la combinación Si ha decidido guardar los resultados de combinación como un archivo, Haga clic en el botón de Descarga para almacenar el archivo en cualquier sitio de su PC. Encontrará el archivo descargado en su carpeta de defecto de Descargas. haga clic en el botón Guardar para guardar el archivo en su portal. En la ventana de Archivo para guardar que se abre, puede cambiar el nombre del archivo y especificar la carpeta donde quiera guardar el archivo. También puede verificar la casilla Abrir documento combinado en nueva pestaña para ver el resultado una vez que el proceso haya terminado. Finalmente, haga clic en Guardar en la ventana de Archivo para guardar. si has seleccionado la opción de Correo Electrónico, el botón de Combinar estará disponible en la barra lateral de la derecha. Después de hacer clic, la ventana de Mandar a correo electrónico se abrirá: En la lista de Desde, seleccione la cuenta de correo que quiera usar para mandar el correo electrónico, si tiene varias cuentas conectadas en el módulo de Correo electrónico. En la lista de Para, seleccione el campo de combinación correspondiente a las direcciones de correo electrónico de los recipiente, si no se ha elegido de forma automática. Introduzca el tema de su mensaje en el campo Línea de Tema. Seleccione el formato del correo electrónico de la lista: HTML, Adjunto como DOCX, o Adjunto como PDF. Cuando una de las dos últimas opciones se selecciona, también necesita especificar el Nombre de Archivo de los adjuntos e introducir el Mensaje (el texto de su correo que se enviará a los recipientes). Pulse el botón Enviar. Una vez que que el envío de correo electrónicos haya finalizado, recibirá una notificación a su email en el campo de Desde." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Vea información sobre documento", - "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento.... Información General La información del documento incluye el título del documento, autor, localización, fecha de creación, y estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios. Nota: Los editores en línea le permiten cambiar el título del documento directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos para ver o editar el documento, seleccione la opción Acceder a Derechos... en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Historial de versión Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con una cuenta gratis así como usuarios con permisos de Solo Lectura. para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo. Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición del documento, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." + "body": "Para acceder a la información detallada sobre el documento actualmente editado, pulse el icono Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Información sobre documento.... Información General La información del documento incluye el título del documento, autor, localización, fecha de creación, y estadísticas: el número de páginas, párrafos, palabras, símbolos, símbolos con espacios. Nota: Los editores en línea le permiten cambiar el título del documento directamente desde el interfaz del editor. Para realizar esto, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior, y seleccione la opción Renombrar luego introduzca el Nombre de archivo necesario en una nueva ventana que se abre y haga clic en OK. Información de Permiso Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con los permisos de Solo Lectura. Para descubrir quién tiene derechos para ver o editar el documento, seleccione la opción Acceder a Derechos... en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También puede cambiar los derechos de acceso actualmente seleccionados pulsando el botón Cambiar derechos de acceso en la sección Personas que tienen derechos. Historial de versión Nota: esta opción no está disponible para usuarios con una cuenta gratis así como usuarios con permisos de Solo Lectura. para ver todos los cambios que se han producido en este documento, seleccione la opción de Historial de Versiones en la barra lateral de la izquierda. También es posible abrir el historial de versiones usando el icono Historial de versión en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior. Podrá ver la lista de versiones de este documento (los cambios más grandes) y revisiones (los cambios más pequeños) con el indicador de cada versión/revisión del autor y fecha y hora de creación. Para versiones de documentos, el número de versión también se especifica (por ejemplo, ver. 2). Para saber de forma exacta qué cambios se han realizado en cada versión/revisión separada, puede ver el que necesita haciendo clic en este en la barra lateral izquierda. Los cambios hecho por el autor en la versión/revisión se marcan con el color que se muestra al lado del nombre del autor en la barra lateral izquierda. Puede usar el enlace de Restaurar que se encuentra abajo de la versión/revisión seleccionada para restaurarlo. Para volver a la versión del documento actual, use la opción de Cerrar Historia arriba de la lista de versiones. Para cerrar el panel de Archivo y volver a la edición del documento, seleccione la opción Cerrar Menú." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html index 57c4ec458..318efd8e2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
                      - +

                      Búsqueda...

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json index 8f334ebd6..d6471809f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json @@ -20,9 +20,13 @@ "src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Onglet Mise en page" }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "name": "Onglet Références" + }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "name": "Onglet Révision" + "name": "Onglet Collaboration" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", @@ -145,6 +149,14 @@ "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Insérer des objets textuels" }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "name": "Insérer des contrôles de contenu" + }, + { + "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "name": "Créer une table des matières" + }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Aligner et organiser des objets sur une page" diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 55872129d..5261d9015 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
                      - +

                      À propos de Document Editor

                      Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents directement sur le portail .

                      -

                      En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme en utilisant n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, et EPUB.

                      +

                      En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme en utilisant n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, et HTML.

                      Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les détails de la licence, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index b9914e0a3..e37be6cbb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Paramètres avancés de Document Editor

                      Document Editor vous permet de modifier ses paramètres avancés. Pour y accéder, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés.... Vous pouvez également utiliser l'icône Paramètres avancés dans le coin supérieur droit de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

                      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index ab30b314e..d72ea2180 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Edition collaborative des documents

                      Document Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur un document simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut :

                      @@ -24,10 +24,11 @@

                    Edition collaborative

                    -

                    Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés.

                    +

                    Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Icône Mode de co-édition Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure:

                    +

                    Menu Mode de co-édition

                    Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte.

                    Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée.

                    -

                    Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence Icône Gérer les droits d'accès au document et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant les permissions pour modifier, lire ou réviser le document ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs.

                    +

                    Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence Icône Gérer les droits d'accès au document et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant les permissions pour modifier, lire ou réviser le document ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Icône Partage Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure.

                    Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer, les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et installer des mises à jour cliquez sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié.

                    Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance.

                    Chat

                    @@ -35,18 +36,18 @@

                    Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer.

                    Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs :

                      -
                    1. cliquez sur l'icône Chat de la barre latérale gauche,
                      2. +
                    2. cliquez sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou
                      passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat Chat,
                    3. saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant,
                    4. cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer.

                    Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - Chat.

                    -

                    Pour fermer le panneau avec les messages, cliquez sur l'icône Chat encore une fois.

                    +

                    Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure.

                    Commentaires

                    Pour laisser un commentaire :

                    1. sélectionnez le fragment du texte que vous voulez commenter,
                      2. -
                    2. passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaires Commentaire ou
                      utilisez l'icône icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou
                      cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu contextuel,
                      3. +
                    3. passez à l'onglet Insérer ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaires Commentaire ou
                      utilisez l'icône icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou
                      cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option dans le menu contextuel,
                    4. saisissez le texte nécessaire,
                    5. cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter.
                    @@ -56,9 +57,9 @@
                    • pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône Editer,
                    • pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône Supprimer,
                      • -
                    • fermer la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Résoudre si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Ouvrir à nouveau. Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus et cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône icône Commentaires.
                      • +
                    • fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Résoudre si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Ouvrir à nouveau. Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus puis cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône Icône Commentaires.
                    -

                    Si vous utilisez le mode Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure.

                    +

                    Si vous utilisez le mode de co-édition Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure.

                    Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône Icône Commentaires encore une fois.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 0ebf242bc..b52d9a6d4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Raccourcis clavier

      Descargar como... Ctrl+Shift+SGuarda el documento actualmente editado en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.Guarda el documento actualmente editado en la unidad de disco duro del ordenador en uno de los formatos admitidos: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.
      Pantalla completa Rich Text Format
      Formato de archivos de documentos desarrollado por Microsoft para intercambio de documentos entre plataformas      		 + ++
      TXT
      @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index ab889d1a5..41d3c19de 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
      - +

      Paramètres d'affichage et outils de navigation

      Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document : les règles, le zoom, les boutons page précédente / suivante, l'affichage des numéros de page.

      Régler les paramètres d'affichage

      -

      Pour régler les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus convenable pour travailler avec le document, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres Icône Afficher les paramètres dans le coin supérieur droit et sélectionnez les éléments de l'interface à afficher/masquer. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres :

      +

      Pour régler les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus convenable pour travailler avec le document, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage Icône Paramètres d'affichage dans le coin supérieur droit et sélectionnez les éléments de l'interface à afficher/masquer. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage :

        -
      • Masquer la barre d'outils - masque la barre d'outils supérieure contenant les commandes pendant que les onglets restent visibles. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur n'importe quel onglet pour afficher la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils s'affiche jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez ailleurs.
        Pour désactiver ce mode, passez à l'onglet Accueil, puis cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres Icône Afficher les paramètres et cliquez de nouveau sur l'option Masquer la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils supérieure sera affichée tout le temps.

        Remarque : vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur un onglet pour masquer la barre d'outils supérieure ou l'afficher à nouveau.

        +
      • Masquer la barre d'outils - masque la barre d'outils supérieure contenant les commandes pendant que les onglets restent visibles. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur n'importe quel onglet pour afficher la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils s'affiche jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez ailleurs.
        Pour désactiver ce mode, passez à l'onglet Accueil, puis cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage Icône Paramètres d'affichage et cliquez de nouveau sur l'option Masquer la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils supérieure sera affichée tout le temps.

        Remarque : vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur un onglet pour masquer la barre d'outils supérieure ou l'afficher à nouveau.

      • Masquer la barre d'état sert à masquer la barre qui se situe tout en bas avec les boutons Affichage des numéros de page et Zoom. Pour afficher la Barre d'état masquée cliquez sur cette option encore une fois.
      • Masquer les règles - masque les règles qui sont utilisées pour aligner le texte, les graphiques, les tableaux et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe. Pour afficher les Règles masquées cliquez sur cette option encore une fois.
        • @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@

        Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer : placez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à droite.

        Utiliser les outils de navigation

        Pour naviguer à travers votre document, utilisez les outils suivants :

        -

        Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom actuellement sélectionnée qui s'affiche en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles à partir de la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant Bouton Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière Bouton Zoom arrière. Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur Bouton Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page bouton Ajuster à la largeur. Les paramètres de zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres Icône Afficher les paramètres ce qui peut être utile si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état.

        +

        Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom actuellement sélectionnée qui s'affiche en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles à partir de la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant Bouton Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière Bouton Zoom arrière. Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur Bouton Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page bouton Ajuster à la largeur. Les paramètres de zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage Icône Paramètres d'affichage ce qui peut être utile si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état.

        L'Indicateur de numéros de page affiche la page active dans l'ensemble des pages du document actif (page 'n' sur 'nn'). Cliquez sur ce libellé pour ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez entrer le numéro de la page et y accéder rapidement.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index da2e64320..46d36cd77 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Révision du document

      Lorsque quelqu'un partage avec vous un fichier disposant des autorisations de révision, vous devez utiliser la fonction Révision du document.

      @@ -21,15 +21,15 @@

      Pour voir les modifications suggérées par un réviseur, activez l'option Suivi des modifications de l'une des manières suivantes :

      • cliquez sur le bouton le bouton Suivi des modifications dans le coin inférieur droit de la barre d'état, ou
        • -
      • passez à l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Bouton Suivi des modifications Suivi des modifications.
        • +
      • passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Bouton Suivi des modifications Suivi des modifications.

      Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire que le réviseur active l'option Suivi des modifications. Elle est activée par défaut et ne peut pas être désactivée lorsque le document est partagé avec des droits d'accès de révision uniquement.

      Choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications,

      Cliquez sur le bouton bouton Mode d'affichage Mode d'affichage dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'un des modes disponibles dans la liste :

        -
      • Toutes les modifications (Édition) - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document.
        • -
      • Toutes les modifications acceptées (Aperçu) - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document.
        • -
      • Toutes les modifications rejetées (Aperçu) - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document.
        • +
      • Marques de révision - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document.
        • +
      • Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document.
        • +
      • Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document.

      Accepter ou rejeter les modifications

      Utilisez les boutons Bouton Modification précédente Modification précédente et Bouton Modification suivante Modification suivante de la barre d'outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications.

      @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
    • cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou
    • cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter Bouton Rejeter de la notification de modification.
      • -

      Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Bouton Rejeter Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter toutes les modifications.

      +

      Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton bouton Rejeter Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter toutes les modifications.

      Remarque : si vous révisez le document, les options Accepter et Rejeter ne sont pas disponibles pour vous. Vous pouvez supprimer vos modifications en utilisant l'icône Bouton Supprimer la modification dans le ballon de changement.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 4d1a3c233..415b44e42 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Fonctions de recherche et remplacement

      Pour rechercher les caractères voulus, des mots ou des phrases utilisés dans le document en cours d'édition, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Recherche située sur la barre latérale gauche.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index f9a1f1d89..c43c10bb3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,18 +11,17 @@
      - +

      Vérification de l'orthographe

      Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition.

      -

      Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. Passez à l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur l'icône Définir la langue du document Langue. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document.

      +

      Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. cliquer sur l'icône Définir la langue du document Définir la langue du document dans la barre d'état. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document.

      Définir la langue du document

      Pour sélectionner une langue différente pour un fragment, sélectionnez le fragment nécessaire avec la souris et utilisez le menu Vérification de l'orthographe - Langue du texte de la barre d'état.

      -

      Pour activer l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez :

      +

      Pour activer l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez :

        -
      • cliquez sur l'icône Icône de vérification orthographique de la barre d'outils supérieure Vérification orthographique dans l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • -
      • cliquez sur l'icône Icône Vérification orthographique désactivée Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou
        • -
      • Ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... , cochez la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer.
        • +
      • cliquer sur l'icône Icône Vérification orthographique désactivée Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou
        • +
      • Basculer vers l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, aller à la section Paramètres avancés..., cocher la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer.

      Les mots mal orthographiés seront soulignés par une ligne rouge.

      Cliquez droit sur le mot nécessaire pour activer le menu et :

      @@ -34,9 +33,8 @@

      Vérification de l'orthographe

      Pour désactiver l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez :

        -
      • cliquez sur l'icône Icône de vérification orthographique de la barre d'outils supérieure Vérification orthographique dans l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        • -
      • cliquez sur l'icône Icône Vérification orthographique activée Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou
        • -
      • ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer.
        • +
      • cliquer sur l'icône Icône Vérification orthographique activée Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou
        • +
      • Ouvrir l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionner l'option , décocher la case et cliquer sur le bouton .
      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 5de8f8db8..1c4f21bac 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Formats des documents électroniques pris en charge

      Les documents électroniques représentent l'un des types des fichiers les plus utilisés en informatique. Grâce à l'utilisation du réseau informatique tant développé aujourd'hui, il est possible et plus pratique de distribuer des documents électroniques que des versions imprimées. Les formats de fichier ouverts et propriétaires sont bien nombreux à cause de la variété des périphériques utilisés pour la présentation des documents. Document Editor prend en charge les formats les plus populaires.

      @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
      - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index f0326eec1..6c0009d45 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Onglet Fichier

      L'onglet Fichier permet d'effectuer certaines opérations de base sur le fichier en cours.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index dbe28db59..d6ddf03a9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Onglet Accueil

      L'onglet Accueil s'ouvre par défaut lorsque vous ouvrez un document. Il permet de formater la police et les paragraphes. D'autres options sont également disponibles ici, telles que Publipostage, schémas de couleurs, paramètres d'affichage.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 4a3b4d543..f387967f8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Onglet Insertion + Onglet Insérer - + @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
      - +
      -

      Onglet Insertion

      -

      L'onglet Insertion permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires.

      -

      Onglet Insertion

      +

      Onglet Insérer

      +

      L'onglet Insérer permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires.

      +

      Onglet Insérer

      Dans cet onglet vous pouvez :

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index 047214b80..1fb6304f6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Onglet Mise en page + Onglet Disposition - + @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
      - +
      -

      Onglet Mise en page

      -

      L'onglet Mise en page permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels.

      -

      Onglet Mise en page

      +

      Onglet Disposition

      +

      L'onglet Disposition permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels.

      +

      Onglet Disposition

      Dans cet onglet vous pouvez :

      • ajuster les marges, l'orientation, la taille de la page,
        • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 432988861..204a1eea5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@
        - +

        Onglet Modules complémentaires

        -

        L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles.

        +

        L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine.

        Onglet Modules complémentaires

        +

        Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros vous pouvez vous référer à la documentation de notre API.

        Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles :

        • ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre document,
          • @@ -26,7 +27,8 @@
        • Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues,
        • YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre document.
        -

        Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub.

        +

        Les modules Wordpress et EasyBib peuvent être utilisés si vous connectez les services correspondants dans les paramètres de votre portail. Vous pouvez utiliser les instructions suivantes pour la version serveur ou pour la version SaaS.

        +

        Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub.

        \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index e7dd03f1e..22da2fb9b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Présentation de l'interface de Document Editor

        Document Editor utilise une interface à onglets où les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité.

        @@ -20,17 +20,17 @@
        1. L'En-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets de menu, le nom du document ainsi que deux icônes sur la droite qui permettent de définir les droits d'accès et de revenir à la liste des documents.

          Icônes dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur

          2. -
        2. La barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Mise en page, Révision, Modules complémentaires.

          Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler et Rétablir sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné.

          +
        3. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insérer, Disposition, Références, Collaboration, Modules complémentaires.

          Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler et Rétablir sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné.

          Icônes dans la barre d'outils supérieure

        4. La Barre d'état au bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'indicateur du numéro de page, affiche certaines notifications (telles que "Toutes les modifications sauvegardées", etc.), permet de définir la langue du texte, activer la vérification orthographique, activer le mode suivi des modifications, régler le zoom.
          5. -
        5. La Barre latérale gauche contient des icônes qui permettent d'utiliser l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, d'ouvrir les panneaux Commentaires et Discussion, de contacter notre équipe d'assistance et d'afficher les informations sur le programme.
          6. -
        6. La barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster les paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite.
          7. +
        7. La Barre latérale gauche contient des icônes qui permettent d'utiliser l'outil de Recherche, d'ouvrir les panneaux Commentaires, Discussion et Navigation, de contacter notre équipe de support et d'afficher les informations sur le programme.
          8. +
        8. La Barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster des paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite.
        9. Les Règles horizontales et verticales permettent d'aligner le texte et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des taquets et des retraits de paragraphe.
        10. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu du document, d'entrer et de modifier les données.
        11. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler vers le haut et vers le bas des documents multi-page.
        -

        Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur le réglage des paramètres d'affichage, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.

        +

        Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur l'ajustement des paramètres d'affichage, reportez-vous à cette page.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c69fa8c82 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Onglet Références + + + + + + + +
        +
        + +
        +

        Onglet Références

        +

        L'onglet Références permet de gérer différents types de références: ajouter et rafraîchir une table des matières, créer et éditer des notes de bas de page, insérer des hyperliens.

        +

        Onglet Références

        +

        En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez :

        + +
        + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index 2ad8707f5..3dd495d48 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Onglet Révision + Onglet Collaboration - + @@ -11,18 +11,21 @@
        - +
        -

        Onglet Révision

        -

        L'onglet Révision permet de vérifier le document : assurez-vous que l'orthographe du texte est correcte, gérez les commentaires, suivez les modifications apportées par un relecteur.

        -

        Onglet Révision

        -

        Dans cet onglet vous pouvez :

        +

        Onglet Collaboration

        +

        L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur le document: partage du fichier, sélection d'un mode de co-édition, gestion des commentaires, suivi des modifications effectuées par un réviseur, affichage de toutes les versions et révisions.

        +

        Onglet Collaboration

        +

        En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez :

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index f7db843f3..38409dd3b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Ajouter des bordures

        Pour ajouter des bordures à un paragraphe, à une page ou à tout le document,

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index a8846c74c..ccb2b10a2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,26 +11,26 @@
        - +

        Ajouter des liens hypertextes

        Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte,

        1. placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un lien hypertexte,
          2. -
        2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          3. -
        3. cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          4. +
        4. passez à l'onglet Insérer ou Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          5. +
        5. cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte Icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        6. dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte :
            -
          • Lien vers - entrez une URL au format http://www.exemple.com.
            • +
          • Lien vers - entrez une URL au format http://www.exemple.com.
          • Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et amènera à l'adresse Web indiquée dans le champ supérieur.
          • Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte.
          -

          Fenêtre Ajouter un lien hypertexte

          +

          Fenêtre Paramètres de lien hypertexte

        7. Cliquez sur le bouton OK.

        Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris à l'endroit nécessaire et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel pour ouvrir la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus.

        -

        Remarque : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, mot, combinaison de mots, passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier puis de cliquer sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte Icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte sur la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquer droit sur la sélection et choisir l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel. Après quoi la fenêtre indiquée ci-dessus s'ouvre et le fragment du texte sélectionné s'affiche dans le champ Afficher.

        -

        Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'infobulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document.

        +

        Remarque : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, mot, combinaison de mots, passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier puis de cliquer sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte Icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte sur l'onglet ou de la barre d'outils supérieure ou en cliquant droit sur la sélection et en choisissant l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel. Après quoi la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus s'ouvre avec le champ Afficher rempli du texte que vous avez sélectionné.

        +

        Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document.

        Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez-le droit, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte et l'opération à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 10824072a..de8e17cbf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
        - +

        Aligner et organiser des objets sur une page

        -

        Les blocs de texte, les formes automatiques, les images et les graphiques ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel.

        +

        Les blocs de texte, les formes automatiques, les images et les graphiques ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel.

        Aligner des objets

        -

        Pour aligner un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés, cliquez sur l'icône icône Aligner Aligner dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

        +

        Pour aligner un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés, cliquez sur l'icône icône Aligner Aligner dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

        • Aligner à gauche icône Aligner à gauche - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté gauche de la page,
        • Aligner au centre icône Aligner au centre - pour aligner les objets horizontalement au centre de la page,
          • @@ -26,20 +26,20 @@
        • Aligner en bas - pour aligner les objets verticalement sur le côté inférieur de la page.

        Grouper plusieurs objets

        -

        Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône icône Grouper Grouper dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste :

        +

        Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône icône Grouper Grouper dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste :

        • Grouper icône Grouper - pour combiner plusieurs objets de sorte que vous puissiez les faire pivoter, déplacer, redimensionner, aligner, organiser, copier, coller, mettre en forme simultanément comme un objet unique.
        • Dissocier icône Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné des objets préalablement combinés.

        Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier.

        Ordonner plusieurs objets

        -

        Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes icône Avancer d'un plan Avancer et icône Reculer d'un plan Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste.

        -

        Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône icône Avancer d'un plan Avancer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

        +

        Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes icône Avancer d'un plan Avancer et icône Reculer d'un plan Reculer dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste.

        +

        Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône icône Avancer d'un plan Avancer dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

        • Mettre au premier plan icône Mettre au premier plan - pour déplacer les objets devant tous les autres objets,
        • Avancer d'un plan icône Avancer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en avant par rapport à d'autres objets.
        -

        Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône icône Reculer d'un plan Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

        +

        Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône icône Reculer d'un plan Reculer dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste :

        • Mettre en arrière-plan icône Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets,
        • Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets.
          • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 46deb737e..768dd3ebe 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Alignement du texte d'un paragraphe

          Le texte peut être aligné de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, centré, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour le faire,

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index d1854e70a..0ac11aa5e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Sélectionner la couleur d'arrière-plan pour un paragraphe

          La couleur d'arrière-plan est appliquée au paragraphe entier et remplit complètement l’espace du paragraphe de la marge de page gauche à la marge de page droite.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index e258ed67d..2d88896c1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Modifier le jeu de couleurs

          Les jeux de couleurs s'appliquent au document entier. Utilisés pour le changement rapide de l'apparence de votre document, les jeux de couleurs définissent la palette Couleurs de thème pour les éléments du document (police, arrière-plan, tableaux, formes automatiques, graphiques). Si vous appliquez des Couleurs de thèmes aux éléments du document et sélectionnez un nouveau Jeu de couleurs, les couleurs appliquées aux éléments de votre document, par conséquent, seront modifiées.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm index e1ace48af..289f17e8e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Changer l'habillage du texte

          L'option Style d'habillage détermine la position de l'objet par rapport au texte. Vous pouvez modifier le style d'habillage de texte pour les objets insérés, tels que les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte ou les tableaux.

          @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
          1. sélectionnez un objet séparé sur la page en cliquant dessus. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur.
          2. ouvrez les paramètres d'habillage du texte :
              -
            • Passez à l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur la flèche située en regard de l'icône l'icône d'habillage Habillage, ou
              • +
            • Passez à l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur la flèche située en regard de l'icône l'icône d'habillage Habillage, ou
            • cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet et sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel, ou
            • cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet.
            @@ -41,20 +41,16 @@

          Si vous avez choisi l'un des styles Carré, Rapproché, Au travers, Haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droite, gauche). Pour accéder à ces paramètres, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Définissez les valeurs voulues et cliquez sur OK.

          Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, l'onglet Position est également disponible dans la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Pour en savoir plus sur ces paramètres, reportez-vous aux pages correspondantes avec les instructions sur la façon de travailler avec des formes, des images ou des graphiques.

          -

          Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, vous pouvez également modifier la limite d'habillage pour les images ou les formes. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option Modifier la limite d'habillage. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne

          +

          Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, vous pouvez également modifier la limite d'habillage pour les images ou les formes. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option . Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne

          Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les tableaux

          -

          Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Aligné et Flottant.

          +

          Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Tableau aligné et Tableau flottant.

          Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné :

            -
          1. cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le tableau,
            2. -
          2. ouvrez les paramètres d'habillage du texte :
              - -
            • sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés de l'objet, ou
              • -
            • sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes dans le menu contextuel :
                -
              • Style d'habillage - Aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style aligné (où le tableau est incorporé dans le texte) ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit.
                • -
              • Style d'habillage - Objet flottant sert à sélectionner le style flottant lorsque le texte est enroulé autour du tableau.
                • -
              -
              • +
            • cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau,
              • +
            • passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte dans la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés ouverte,
              • +
            • sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes :
                +
              • Tableau aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style d’habillage où le texte est interrompu par le tableau ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit.
                • +
              • Tableau flottant est utilisé pour sélectionner le style d’habillage où le texte est enroulé autour du tableau.
          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index b45ca3473..a1e3f3d6f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Copier/effacer la mise en forme du texte

          Pour copier une certaine mise en forme du texte,

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index c1432e08f..51b457bea 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Copier/coller les passages de texte, annuler/rétablir vos actions

          Utiliser les opérations basiques du presse-papier

          @@ -35,6 +35,12 @@
        • Coller - permet de coller le texte copié en conservant sa mise en forme d'origine.
        • Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine.
        +

        Si vous collez le tableau copié dans un tableau existant, les options suivantes sont disponibles:

        +
          +
        • Remplacer les cellules - permet de remplacer le contenu de la table existante par les données collées. Cette option est sélectionnée par défaut.
          • +
        • Imbriquer le tableau - permet de coller le tableau copié en tant que tableau imbriqué dans la cellule sélectionnée du tableau existant.
          • +
        • Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le contenu du tableau sous forme de valeurs de texte séparées par le caractère de tabulation.
          • +

        Annuler/rétablir vos actions

        Pour annuler / rétablir les actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes de la barre d'outils supérieure ou les raccourcis clavier :

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index c3263e256..2260d2fdd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Créer des listes

          Pour créer une liste dans votre document,

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df9a09554 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + + + + Créer une table des matières + + + + + + + +
          +
          + +
          +

          Créer une table des matières

          +

          Une table des matières contient une liste de tous les chapitres (sections, etc.) d'un document et affiche les numéros des pages où chaque chapitre est démarré. Cela permet de naviguer facilement dans un document de plusieurs pages en passant rapidement à la partie voulue du texte. La table des matières est générée automatiquement sur la base des titres de document formatés à l'aide de styles prédéfinis. Cela facilite la mise à jour de la table des matières créée sans qu'il soit nécessaire de modifier les titres et de changer manuellement les numéros de page si le texte du document a été modifié.

          +

          Définir la structure des titres

          +

          Formater les titres

          +

          Tout d'abord, formatez les titres dans votre document en utilisant l'un des styles prédéfinis. Pour le faire,

          +
            +
          1. Sélectionnez le texte que vous souhaitez inclure dans la table des matières.
            2. +
          2. Ouvrez le menu Style sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil dans la barre d'outils supérieure.
            3. +
          3. Cliquez sur le style que vous souhaitez appliquer. Par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser les styles Titre 1 - Titre 9.

            Remarque: si vous souhaitez utiliser d'autres styles (par exemple Titre, Sous-titre, etc.) pour formater les titres qui seront inclus dans la table des matières, vous devrez d'abord ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières (voir la section correspondante ci-dessous). Pour en savoir plus sur les styles de mise en forme disponibles, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.

            +
            4. +
          + +

          Une fois les titres formatés, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Icône Navigation Navigation dans la barre latérale de gauche pour ouvrir le panneau qui affiche la liste de tous les titres avec les niveaux d'imbrication correspondants. Ce panneau permet de naviguer facilement entre les titres dans le texte du document et de gérer la structure de titre.

          +

          Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur un titre de la liste et utilisez l'une des options disponibles dans le menu:

          +

          Panneau de navigation

          +
            +
          • Promouvoir - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau supérieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de Titre 2 à Titre 1.
            • +
          • Abaisser - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau inférieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de à .
            • +
          • Nouveau titre avant - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau avant celui actuellement sélectionné.
            • +
          • - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau après celui actuellement sélectionné.
            • +
          • Nouveau sous-titre - pour ajouter un nouveau sous-titre vide (c'est-à-dire un titre de niveau inférieur) après le titre actuellement sélectionné.

            Lorsque le titre ou la sous-rubrique est ajouté, cliquez sur l'en-tête vide ajouté dans la liste et tapez votre propre texte. Cela peut être fait à la fois dans le texte du document et sur le panneau Navigation lui-même.

            +
            • +
          • Sélectionner le contenu - pour sélectionner le texte sous le titre actuel du document (y compris le texte relatif à tous les sous-titres de cette rubrique).
            • +
          • Tout développer - pour développer tous les niveaux de titres dans le panneau Navigation.
            • +
          • Tout réduire - pour réduire tous les niveaux de titres excepté le niveau 1 dans le panneau .
            • +
          • Développer au niveau - pour étendre la structure de titre au niveau sélectionné. Par exemple. Si vous sélectionnez le niveau 3, les niveaux 1, 2 et 3 seront développés, tandis que le niveau 4 et tous les niveaux inférieurs seront réduits.
            • +
          +

          Pour développer ou réduire manuellement des niveaux de titre différents, utilisez les flèches situées à gauche des en-têtes.

          +

          Pour fermer le panneau Navigation cliquez sur l'icône Icône Navigation encore une fois.

          +

          Insérer une table des matières dans le document

          +

          Pour insérer une table des matières dans votre document:

          +
            +
          1. Positionnez le point d'insertion à l'endroit où vous souhaitez ajouter la table des matières.
            2. +
          2. passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            3. +
          3. cliquez sur l'icône Icône Table des matières Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou
            cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu. Vous pouvez sélectionner la table des matières qui affiche les titres, les numéros de page et les repères, ou les en-têtes uniquement.

            Options de la table des matières

            +

            Remarque: l'apparence de la table des matières peut être ajustée ultérieurement via les paramètres de la table des matières.

            +
            4. +
          +

          La table des matières sera insérée à la position actuelle du curseur. Pour modifier la position de la table des matières, vous pouvez sélectionner le champ de la table des matières (contrôle du contenu) et le faire simplement glisser vers l'emplacement souhaité. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton Bouton de contrôle du contenu de la table des matières dans le coin supérieur gauche du champ Table des matières et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris sur une autre position dans le texte du document.

          +

          Déplacer la table des matières

          +

          Pour naviguer entre les titres, appuyez sur la touche Ctrl et cliquez sur le titre souhaité dans le champ de la table des matières. Vous serez ramené à la page correspondante.

          +

          Ajuster la table des matières créée

          +

          Actualiser la table des matières

          +

          Une fois la table des matières créée, vous pouvez continuer à modifier votre texte en ajoutant de nouveaux chapitres, en modifiant leur ordre, en supprimant certains paragraphes ou en développant le texte associé à un titre de manière à changer les numéros de page correspondants à la section considérée. Dans ce cas, utilisez l'option Actualiser pour appliquer automatiquement toutes les modifications à la table des matières.

          +

          Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Actualiser Actualiser dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu:

          +
            +
          • Actualiser la totalité de la table: pour ajouter les titres que vous avez ajoutés au document, supprimer ceux que vous avez supprimés du document, mettre à jour les titres modifiés (renommés) et les numéros de page.
            • +
          • Actualiser uniquement les numéros de page pour mettre à jour les numéros de page sans appliquer de modifications aux titres.
            • +
          +

          Vous pouvez également sélectionner la table des matières dans le texte du document et cliquer sur l'icône Icône Actualiser Actualiser en haut du champ Table des matières pour afficher les options mentionnées ci-dessus.

          +

          Actualiser la table des matières

          +

          Il est également possible de cliquer avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et d'utiliser les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel.

          +

          Menu contextuel

          +

          Ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières

          +

          Pour ouvrir les paramètres de la table des matières, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante:

          +
            +
          • Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Table des matières Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu.
            • +
          • Sélectionnez la table des matières dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté du titre du champ Table des matières et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu.

            Options de la table des matières

            +
            • +
          • Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et utilisez l'option Paramètres de table des matières dans le menu contextuel.
            • +
          +

          Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants:

          +

          Fenêtre des paramètres de la table des matières

          +
            +
          • Afficher les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez afficher les numéros de page ou non.
            • +
          • Aligner à droite les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez aligner les numéros de page sur le côté droit de la page ou non.
            • +
          • Points de suite - cette option permet de choisir le type de points de suite que vous voulez utiliser. Un point de suite est une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplit l'espace entre un titre et le numéro de page correspondant. Il est également possible de sélectionner l'option Aucun si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser de points de suite.
            • +
          • Mettre en forme la table des matières en tant que liens - cette option est cochée par défaut. Si vous le décochez, vous ne pourrez pas passer au chapitre souhaité en appuyant sur Ctrl et en cliquant sur le titre correspondant.
            • +
          • Créer une table des matières à partir de - cette section permet de spécifier le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques voulus ainsi que les styles par défaut qui seront utilisés pour créer la table des matières. Cochez le champ correspondant:
              +
            • Niveaux hiérarchiques - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez ajuster le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques utilisés dans la table des matières. Cliquez sur les flèches dans le champ Niveaux pour diminuer ou augmenter le nombre de niveaux (les valeurs de 1 à 9 sont disponibles). Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez la valeur 3, les en-têtes de niveau 4 à 9 ne seront pas inclus dans la table des matières.
              • +
            • Styles sélectionnés - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez spécifier des styles supplémentaires pouvant être utilisés pour créer la table des matières et affecter un niveau de plan correspondant à chacun d'eux. Spécifiez la valeur de niveau souhaitée dans le champ situé à droite du style. Une fois les paramètres enregistrés, vous pourrez utiliser ce style lors de la création de la table des matières.

              Fenêtre des paramètres de la table des matières

              +
              • +
            +
            • +
          • Styles - cette option permet de sélectionner l'apparence souhaitée de la table des matières. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Le champ d'aperçu ci-dessus affiche l'apparence de la table des matières.

            Les quatre styles par défaut suivants sont disponibles: Simple, Standard, Moderne, Classique. L'option Actuel est utilisée si vous personnalisez le style de la table des matières.

            +
            • +
          +

          cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements.

          +

          Personnaliser le style de la table des matières

          +

          Après avoir appliqué l'un des styles de table des matières par défaut dans la fenêtre des paramètres de la Table des matières, vous pouvez le modifier afin que le texte figurant dans le champ de la table des matières ressemble au résultat que vous recherchez.

          +
            +
          1. Sélectionnez le texte dans le champ de la table des matières, par ex. en appuyant sur le bouton Bouton de contrôle du contenu de la table des matières dans le coin supérieur gauche du contrôle du contenu de la table des matières.
            2. +
          2. Mettez en forme la table des matières en modifiant le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou en appliquant les styles de décoration de police.
            3. +
          3. Mettez à jour les styles pour les éléments de chaque niveau. Pour mettre à jour le style, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'élément mis en forme, sélectionnez l'option Mise en forme du style dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option Mettre à jour le style TM N (le style TM 2 correspond aux éléments de niveau 2, le style correspond aux éléments de et ainsi de suite).

            Mettre à jour le style de la table des matières

            +
            4. +
          4. Actualiser la table des matières.
            5. +
          +

          Supprimer la table des matières

          +

          Pour supprimer la table des matières du document:

          +
            +
          • cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Table des matières Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières,
            • +
          • ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard du titre de contrôle du contenu de la table des matières et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières.
            • +
          +
          + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index a298206c3..ca8e59cff 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Appliquer les styles de police

          Vous pouvez appliquer différents styles de police à l'aide des icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 8b050f80a..9c1b8b5ac 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Définir le type de police, la taille et la couleur

          Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police à l'aide des icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index bb795b9a6..32ccdaf9e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Appliquer les styles de formatage

          Chaque style de mise en forme représente un ensemble des options de mise en forme : (taille de la police, couleur, interligne, alignment etc.). Les styles permettent de mettre en forme rapidement les parties différentes du texte (en-têtes, sous-titres, listes,texte normal, citations) au lieu d'appliquer les options de mise en forme différentes individuellement chaque fois que vous en avez besoin. Cela permet également d'assurer une apparence uniforme de tout le document. Un style n'est appliqué au'au paragraphe entier.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 9a12d83cd..240940b63 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
          - +

          Insérer des formes automatiques

          Insérer une forme automatique

          Pour insérer une forme automatique à votre document,

            -
          1. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            2. +
          2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une forme automatique Forme de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          4. sélectionnez l'un des groupes des formes automatiques disponibles : Formes de base, Flèches figurées, Maths, Graphiques, Étoiles et rubans, Légendes, Boutons, Rectangles, Lignes,
          5. cliquez sur la forme automatique nécessaire du groupe sélectionné,
            6. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index ede0b705b..d4c30ad82 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
            - +

            Insérer des graphiques

            Insérer un graphique

            Pour insérer un graphique dans votre document,

            1. placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique,
              2. -
            2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
              3. -
            3. cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer un graphique,
              4. +
            4. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
              5. +
            5. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            6. sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - colonne, ligne, secteurs, barres, aires, graphique en points , boursier - et sélectionnez son style,

              Remarque: pour les graphiques en Colonne, Ligne, Camembert, ou Barre, un format 3D est aussi disponible.

            7. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes :
                @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@
              • Annuler et Rétablir pour annuler et rétablir les actions
              • Insérer une fonction pour insérer une fonction
              • Réduire les décimales et Ajouter une décimale pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales
                • -
              • Format de numéro pour changer le format des chiffres, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules
                • +
              • Format de numéro pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules

              Éditeur de graphique

              8. @@ -41,104 +41,104 @@

              Paramètres du graphique

              L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique.

                -
              • Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique par rapport à votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                  -
                • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de titre,
                  • +
                • Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                    +
                  • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique,
                  • Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé,
                  • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé.
                  • -
                • Spécifiez la position de la Légende par rapport à votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                    -
                  • Aucune pour ne pas afficher de légende,
                    • -
                  • En bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                    • -
                  • En haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au haut de la zone de tracé,
                    • -
                  • Sur la droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé,
                    • -
                  • Sur la gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                    • -
                  • Superposée à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                    • -
                  • Superposée à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé.
                    • +
                  • Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                      +
                    • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende,
                      • +
                    • Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                      • +
                    • Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé,
                      • +
                    • Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé,
                      • +
                    • Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                      • +
                    • Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                      • +
                    • Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé.
                    • -
                  • Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte qui représentent les valeurs exactes des données) :
                      -
                    • spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné.
                        -
                      • Pour les graphiques Colonne/Barre, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre, Intérieur bas, Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                        • -
                      • Pour les graphiques Ligne/XY (Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas.
                        • -
                      • Pour les graphiques Camembert, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre, Ajuster à la Largeur, Intérieur Haut, Extérieur Haut.
                        • -
                      • Pour les graphiques Aire de même que Colonne, Ligne et Barre en 3D, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre.
                        • +
                      • Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) :
                          +
                        • spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné.
                            +
                          • Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                            • +
                          • Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas.
                            • +
                          • Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                            • +
                          • Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre.
                          • -
                        • sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes : Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur,
                          • -
                        • entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur.
                          • +
                        • sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur,
                          • +
                        • Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données.
                        • -
                      • Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques Ligne/XY (Nuage). Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes.
                        • -
                      • Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY (Nuage).

                        Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques Ligne et XY (Nuage).

                        +
                      • Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes.
                        • +
                      • Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).

                        Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et .

                        • -
                      • La section Paramètres des axes permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou pas en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre de l'axe horizontal/vertical :
                          -
                        • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou pas en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                            -
                          • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de titre,
                            • -
                          • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre sous l'axe horizontal.
                            • +
                          • La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical :
                              +
                            • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                +
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal,
                                • +
                              • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal.
                              • -
                            • Spécifiez l'orientation du Titre de l'axe vertical en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                -
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de titre,
                                • -
                              • Pivoter pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical,
                                • +
                              • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                  +
                                • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical,
                                  • +
                                • Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical,
                                • Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical.
                              • -
                            • La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeur, Mineur ou Majeur et Mineur. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.

                              Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les diagrammes en Camembert, car les diagrammes de ce type n'ont pas d'axes ni de lignes de quadrillage.

                              +
                            • La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.

                              Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage.

                            Paramètres du graphique

                            -

                            Remarque : les onglets Axe horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les diagrammes en Camembert, car les diagrammes de ce type n'ont pas d'axes.

                            +

                            Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes.

                            L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelé axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les diagrammes XY (Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                            • La section Option des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                              • Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                                • -
                              • Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus haute affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                                • -
                              • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas le point d'intersection des axes est calculé automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical.
                                • -
                              • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer une représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant l'affichage en Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour revenir aux unités par défaut.
                                • -
                              • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont rangées de haut en bas.
                                • +
                              • Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                                • +
                              • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical.
                                • +
                              • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option pour revenir aux unités par défaut.
                                • +
                              • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas.
                              • -
                            • La section Options de graduation permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant leur valeur numérique. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes :
                                -
                              • Aucun pour ne pas afficher les marques de graduation majeures/mineures,
                                • -
                              • Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/ mineures des deux côtés de l'axe,
                                • -
                              • Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'intérieur de l'axe,
                                • +
                              • La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes :
                                  +
                                • Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures,
                                  • +
                                • Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe,
                                  • +
                                • Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe,
                                • Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                • -
                              • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Spécifiez la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                  -
                                • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de libellé,
                                  • -
                                • Bas pour afficher les libellés des graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                                  • -
                                • Haut pour afficher les libellés des graduations à droite de la zone de tracé,
                                  • -
                                • À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés des graduations à côté de l'axe.
                                  • +
                                • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                                    +
                                  • Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations,
                                    • +
                                  • Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé,
                                    • +
                                  • Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé,
                                    • +
                                  • À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.

                                Paramètres du graphique

                                -

                                L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelé axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des étiquettes de texte. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondront à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les diagrammes XY (Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                                +

                                L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelé axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des étiquettes de texte. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondront à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                                  -
                                • La section Options des axes permet de définir les paramètres suivants :
                                    -
                                  • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas le point d'intersection des axes est calculé automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum (qui correspond à la première et dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal.
                                    • +
                                  • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                                      +
                                    • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal.
                                    • Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations.
                                      • -
                                    • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont affichées gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont rangées de droite à gauche.
                                      • +
                                    • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche.
                                    • -
                                  • La section Options de graduation permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les les plus grandes qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant leur catégorie. Les graduations mineures sont les petites divisions qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants :
                                      -
                                    • Type de majeure/mineure - est utilisé pour définir les options de placement suivantes : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les marques de graduation majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures / mineures à l'intérieur de l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures / mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                      • +
                                    • La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants :
                                        +
                                      • Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                      • Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes.
                                      • -
                                    • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des étiquettes qui affichent les catégories.
                                        -
                                      • Position de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier où les étiquettes doivent être placées par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de catégorie, Bas pour afficher les libellés de catégorie en bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de catégorie en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de catégorie à côté de l'axe.
                                        • -
                                      • Distance de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier à quelle distance de l'axe les étiquettes doivent être placées. Spécifiez la valeur voulue dans le champ d'entrée. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les étiquettes est grande.
                                        • -
                                      • Intervalle entre les étiquettes - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les étiquettes doivent être affichées. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les étiquettes sont affichées pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les étiquettes d'une catégorie sur 2 etc.
                                        • +
                                      • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories.
                                          +
                                        • Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                                          • +
                                        • Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande.
                                          • +
                                        • Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux.

                                      Graphique - Paramètres avancés :

                                      -

                                      L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau.

                                      +

                                      L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

            @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@

            Modifier les éléments du graphique

            Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place.

            -

            Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc. ; sélectionnez l'élément de texte choisi en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration.

            +

            Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration.

            Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

            Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé jusqu'à ce qu'une boîte pointillée bleue apparaisse. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D.

            Graphique 3D

            @@ -157,7 +157,7 @@

            Onglet Paramètres du graphique

            Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants :

              -
            • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur du graphique actuel.
              • +
            • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la et la du graphique actuel.
            • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
            • Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné.

              Pour sélectionner le Style voulu, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Changer le type de graphique.

              • @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@

              Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre propriétés du graphique s'ouvre :

              Graphique - Paramètres avancés : Taille

              -

              L'onglet Taille vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants :

              +

              L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants :

              • Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton Proportions constantes (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci Icône Proportions constantes active), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé.
              @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@

            Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche).

            Graphique - Paramètres avancés : Position

            -

            L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné :

            +

            L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné :

            • La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants :
              • Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite,
                • @@ -216,7 +216,7 @@
              • Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné.
              • Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page.
              -

              Graphique - Paramètres avancés :

              +

              Graphique - Paramètres avancés

              L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..920b72085 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -0,0 +1,72 @@ + + + + Insérer des contrôles de contenu + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Insérer des contrôles de contenu

            +

            À l'aide des contrôles de contenu, vous pouvez créer un formulaire avec des champs de saisie pouvant être renseignés par d'autres utilisateurs ou protéger certaines parties du document contre l'édition ou la suppression. Les contrôles de contenu sont des objets contenant du texte pouvant être mis en forme. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne peuvent pas contenir plus d'un paragraphe, tandis que les contrôles de contenu en texte enrichi peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes, listes et objets (images, formes, tableaux, etc.).

            +

            Ajouter des contrôles de contenu

            +

            Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte brut,

            +
              +
            1. positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle,
              ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contenu du contrôle.
              2. +
            2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
              3. +
            3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
              4. +
            4. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte brut dans le menu.
              5. +
            +

            Le contrôle sera inséré au point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte existant. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne permettent pas l'ajout de sauts de ligne et ne peuvent pas contenir d'autres objets tels que des images, des tableaux, etc.

            +

            Nouveau contrôle du contenu de texte brut

            +

            Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi,

            +
              +
            1. positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin d'un paragraphe après lequel vous voulez ajouter le contrôle,
              ou sélectionnez un ou plusieurs des paragraphes existants que vous voulez convertir en contenu du contrôle.
              2. +
            2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure.
              3. +
            3. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu.
              4. +
            4. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi dans le menu.
              5. +
            +

            Le contrôle sera inséré dans un nouveau paragraphe. Les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi permettent d'ajouter des sauts de ligne, c'est-à-dire peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes ainsi que certains objets, tels que des images, des tableaux, d'autres contrôles de contenu, etc.

            +

            Contrôle du contenu de texte enrichi

            +

            Remarque: La bordure du contrôle de contenu est visible uniquement lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné. Les bordures n'apparaissent pas sur une version imprimée.

            +

            Déplacer des contrôles de contenu

            +

            Les contrôles peuvent être déplacés à un autre endroit du document: cliquez sur le bouton à gauche de la bordure de contrôle pour sélectionner le contrôle et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris à un autre endroit dans le texte du document.

            +

            Déplacer des contrôles de contenu

            +

            Vous pouvez également copier et coller des contrôles de contenu: sélectionnez le contrôle voulu et utilisez les combinaisons de touches Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V.

            +

            Modifier des contrôles de contenu

            +

            Remplacez le texte par défaut dans le contrôle ("Votre texte ici") par votre propre texte: sélectionnez le texte par défaut, et tapez un nouveau texte ou copiez un passage de texte de n'importe où et collez-le dans le contrôle de contenu.

            +

            Le texte contenu dans le contrôle de contenu (texte brut ou texte enrichi) peut être formaté à l'aide des icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure: vous pouvez ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et les préréglages de mise en forme. Il est également possible d'utiliser la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés accessible depuis le menu contextuel ou depuis la barre latérale de droite pour modifier les propriétés du texte. Le texte contenu dans les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi peut être mis en forme comme un texte normal du document, c'est-à-dire que vous pouvez définir l'interlignage, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets de tabulation.

            +

            Modification des paramètres de contrôle du contenu

            +

            Pour ouvrir les paramètres de contrôle du contenu, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante:

            +
              +
            • Sélectionnez le contrôle de contenu nécessaire, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de contrôle dans le menu.
              • +
            • Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel.
              • +
            +

            Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants:

            +

            Fenêtre des paramètres de contrôle du contenu

            +
              +
            • Spécifiez le Titre ou l'Étiquette du contrôle de contenu dans les champs correspondants.
              • +
            • Empêchez le contrôle de contenu d'être supprimé ou modifié en utilisant l'option de la section Verrouillage:
                +
              • Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé - cochez cette case pour empêcher la suppression du contrôle de contenu.
                • +
              • Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié - cochez cette case pour protéger le contenu du contrôle de contenu contre une modification.
                • +
              +
              • +
            +

            cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements.

            +

            Retirer des contrôles de contenu

            +

            Pour supprimer un contrôle et laisser tout son contenu, cliquez sur le contrôle de contenu pour le sélectionner, puis procédez de l'une des façons suivantes:

            +
              +
            • Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Icône Contrôles de contenu Contrôles du contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Retirer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu.
              • +
            • Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la sélection et choisissez l'option Supprimer le contrôle de contenu dans le menu contextuel,
              • +
            +

            Pour supprimer un contrôle et tout son contenu, sélectionnez le contrôle nécessaire et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.

            + +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 569a4c985..417e83b83 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
            - +

            Insérer une lettrine

            Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale du paragraphe, elle est plus grande que les autres lettres et occupe une hauteur supérieure à la ligne courante.

            Pour ajouter une lettrine,

            1. placez le curseur à l'intérieur du paragraphe dans lequel vous voulez insérer une lettrine,
              2. -
            2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
              3. +
            3. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            4. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
            5. sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante :
              • Dans le texte Insérer une lettrine - Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe.
                • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 65db0b6af..c23e4aa2d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insérer des équations

                Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.).

                @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@

                Pour insérer une équation depuis la galerie,

                1. placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la ligne choisie,
                  2. -
                2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                  3. +
                3. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                4. cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône icône Équation Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
                5. sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices,
                6. cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation voulu(e) dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant.
                  7. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 3e78978a7..28a899537 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
                  - +

                  Insérer les notes de bas de page

                  Vous pouvez ajouter des notes de bas de page pour fournir des explications ou des commentaires sur certaines phrases ou termes utilisés dans votre texte, faire des références aux sources, etc.

                  Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document,

                  1. positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin du passage de texte auquel vous souhaitez ajouter une note de bas de page,
                    2. -
                  2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                    3. -
                  3. cliquez sur l'icône Icône note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou
                    cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Note de bas de page et sélectionnez l'option Insérer note de bas de page dans le menu,

                    La marque de note de bas de page (c'est-à-dire le caractère en exposant qui indique une note de bas de page) apparaît dans le texte du document et le point d'insertion se déplace vers le bas de la page actuelle.

                    +
                  4. passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                    5. +
                  5. cliquez sur l'icône Icône note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou
                    cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône et sélectionnez l'option dans le menu,

                    La marque de note de bas de page (c'est-à-dire le caractère en exposant qui indique une note de bas de page) apparaît dans le texte du document et le point d'insertion se déplace vers le bas de la page actuelle.

                  6. tapez le texte de la note de bas de page.
                  @@ -29,13 +29,13 @@

                  Texte de la note

                  Pour naviguer facilement entre les notes de bas de page ajoutées dans le texte du document,

                    -
                  1. cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                    2. +
                  2. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                  3. dans la section Aller aux notes de bas de page, utilisez la flèche icône note de bas de page suivante pour accéder à la note de bas de page précédente ou la flèche icône note de bas de page précédente pour accéder à la note de bas de page suivante.

                  Pour modifier les paramètres des notes de bas de page,

                    -
                  1. cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page sur l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                    2. +
                  2. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                  3. sélectionnez l'option Paramètres des notes du menu contextuel,
                  4. changez les paramètres actuels dans la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes qui s'ouvre :

                    Fenêtre Paramètres d'impression

                      @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@

                      Pour supprimer une seule note de bas de page, positionnez le point d'insertion directement avant le repère de note de bas de page dans le texte du document et appuyez sur Suppr. Les autres notes de bas de page seront automatiquement renumérotées.

                      Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document,

                        -
                      1. cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Icône note de bas de page Note de bas de page sur l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                        2. +
                      2. cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Icône Note de bas de page Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                      3. sélectionnez l'option Supprimer toutes les notes du menu contextuel,
                  diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index f6b361046..d65a1c65f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
                  - +

                  Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page

                  Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent ,

                    -
                  1. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                    2. +
                  2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                  3. cliquez sur l'icône icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure,
                  4. sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes :
                    • Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête.
                      • @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
                    • Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure (en-têtes) ou inférieure (pour pieds) de la page.
                    • Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page.
                    • Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires.
                      • -
                    • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Same as Previous. Décochez la case Lien vers Préсédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Same as Previous sera indisponible.
                      • +
                    • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lien vers Préсédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible.

                    Same as previous label

                    5. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 53f350cd0..fc4245ee0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Insérer des images

                    Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

                    @@ -19,11 +19,11 @@

                    Pour insérer une image dans votre document de texte,

                    1. placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer une image,
                      2. -
                    2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                      3. -
                    3. cliquez sur l'icône icône Insérer une image Image de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                      4. +
                    4. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                      5. +
                    5. cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure icône Insérer une image Insérer une image,
                    6. sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image :
                        -
                      • l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier voulu sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir
                        • -
                      • l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web voulue et cliquez sur le bouton OK
                        • +
                      • l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier recherché sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir
                        • +
                      • l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton OK
                    7. après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses propriétés et sa position.
                      8. @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@

                      Ajuster les paramètres de l'image

                      Onglet Paramètres de l'imageCertains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés dans l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous y pouvez modifier les paramètres suivants :

                        -
                      • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'image par défaut en cliquant sur le bouton Taille par défaut. Le bouton Ajuster à la marge permet de redimensionner l'image, de sorte qu'elle occupe tout l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page.
                        • +
                      • Taille est utilisée pour afficher la et la de l'image actuelle. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'image par défaut en cliquant sur le bouton Taille par défaut. Le bouton Ajuster à la marge permet de redimensionner l'image, de sorte qu'elle occupe tout l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page.
                      • Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous).
                      • Remplacer image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre à partir d'un fichier ou d'une URL.
                        • -
                      -

                      Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes :

                      +
              +

              Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes :

              • Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur.
              • Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page.
                • @@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
              • Taille par défaut sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image ou rétablir la taille par défaut.
              • Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Image - Paramètres avancés'.
              +

              Onglet Paramètres de la forme Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de forme Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type, la taille et la couleur de Contour ainsi que changer le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence.

              Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur l'image avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte :

              Image - Paramètres avancés : Taille

              @@ -75,7 +76,7 @@

        Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche).

        Image - Paramètres avancés : Position

        -

        L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné :

        +

        L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Cet onglet contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné :

        • La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants :
          • Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite,
            • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index 29e638a10..bf5aa9d2e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
            - +

            Insérer les numéros de page

            Pour insérer des numéros de page dans votre document,

              -
            1. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
              2. +
            2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            3. cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure,
            4. sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu,
            5. sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes :
                @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
              • Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page.
              • Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro.
              • Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires.
                • -
              • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Same as Previous. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document, par exemple, pour commencer la numérotation de chaque section à 1. L'étiquette Same as Previous sera indisponible.
                • +
              • L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document, par exemple, pour commencer la numérotation de chaque section à 1. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible.

              Same as previous label

              6. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 4bde4e860..dc7afeac1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
              - +

              Insérer des tableaux

              Insérer un tableau

              Pour insérer un tableau dans le texte de votre document,

              1. placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau,
                2. -
              2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                3. -
              3. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure,
                4. +
              4. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                5. +
              5. cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure,
              6. sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau :

                • soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum)

                  Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum).

                  • @@ -29,9 +29,20 @@
                7. -
              7. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés et sa position.
                8. +
              8. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés, sa taille et sa position.
              -
              +

              Pour redimensionner un tableau, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée Icône Carreaux dans son coin inférieur droit et faites-la glisser jusqu'à ce que la taille du tableau soit atteinte.

              +

              Redimensionner le tableau

              +

              Vous pouvez également modifier manuellement la largeur d'une certaine colonne ou la hauteur d'une ligne. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure droite de la colonne de sorte que le curseur se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle Curseur de la souris lors de la modification de la largeur d'une colonne et faites glisser la bordure vers la gauche ou la droite pour définir la largeur nécessaire. Pour modifier manuellement la hauteur d'une seule ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure inférieure de la ligne afin que le curseur devienne la flèche bidirectionnelle Curseur de la souris lors de la modification de la hauteur d'une ligne et déplacez la bordure vers le haut ou le bas.

              +

              Pour déplacer une table, maintenez la poignée Poignée Sélectionner un tableau dans son coin supérieur gauche et faites-la glisser à l'endroit voulu dans le document.

              +
              +

              Sélectionnez un tableau ou une portion de tableau

              +

              Pour sélectionner un tableau entier, cliquez sur la poignée Poignée Sélectionner un tableau dans son coin supérieur gauche.

              +

              Pour sélectionner une certaine cellule, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur le côté gauche de la cellule nécessaire pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire Sélectionner la cellule, puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris.

              +

              Pour sélectionner une certaine ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche du tableau à côté de la ligne voulue pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire horizontale Sélectionner une ligne, puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris.

              +

              Pour sélectionner une certaine colonne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure supérieure de la colonne voulue pour que le curseur se transforme en flèche noire dirigée vers le bas Sélectionner une colonne, puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris.

              +

              Il est également possible de sélectionner une cellule, une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau à l'aide des options du menu contextuel ou de la section Lignes et colonnes de la barre latérale droite.

              +

              Ajuster les paramètres du tableau

              Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes :

                @@ -41,10 +52,10 @@
              • Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau.
              • Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner.
              • Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée.
                • -
              • Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée.
                • +
              • Distribuer les lignes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même hauteur sans changer la hauteur globale du tableau.
                • +
              • Distribuer les colonnes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même largeur sans modifier la largeur globale du tableau.
                • +
              • Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée.
              • Orientation du texte - sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horisontallement, verticallement de haut en bas (Rotation 90°), ou verticcalement de bas en haut (Rotation 270°).
                • -
              • Style d'habillage - Aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style aligné (où le tableau est incorporé dans le texte) ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit.
                • -
              • Style d'habillage - Objet flottant sert à sélectionner le style flottant lorsque le texte est enroulé autour du tableau.
              • Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'.
              • Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte.
              • Paramètres avancés du paragraphe- sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'.
                • @@ -69,8 +80,8 @@

              • Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles.

              • Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan.

                • -

              • Habillage du texte sert à choisir entre deux styles d'habillage du texte - aligné sur le texte et flottant.

                • -

              • Lignes et colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule.

                • +

              • Lignes & colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule.

                • +

              • Taille de cellule est utilisée pour ajuster la largeur et la hauteur de la cellule actuellement sélectionnée. Dans cette section, vous pouvez également Distribuer les lignes afin que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même hauteur ou Distribuer les colonnes de sorte que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même largeur.

              • Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs.

              • Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'.

              @@ -108,7 +119,7 @@

          Tableau - Paramètres avancés

          -

          L'onglet Bordures et arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants :

          +

          L'onglet Bordures & arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants:

          • Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules.

            Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton Pas de bordures ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées.

            • @@ -116,7 +127,7 @@
          • Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est chosie dans l'onglet Tableau.

          Tableau - Paramètres avancés

          -

          L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible si l'option Flottant de l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants :

          +

          L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible uniquement si l'option Flottant de l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants :

          • Horizontal sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte.
          • Vertical sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte.
            • @@ -129,10 +140,10 @@

            Tableau - Paramètres avancés

            L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants :

              -
            • Style d'habillage du texte - Aligné ou Flottant. Utilisez l'option nécessaire pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant).
              • -
            • Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour le style d'habillage aligné et flottant :
                -
              • Pour le style d'habillage aligné, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignment du tableau et le Retrait à gauche.
                • -
              • Pour le style d'habillage flottant, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau.
                • +
              • Style d'habillage du texte - Tableau aligné ou Tableau flottant. Utilisez l'option voulue pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant).
                • +
              • Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour les tableaux alignés et flottants :
                  +
                • Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignement du tableau et le Retrait à gauche.
                  • +
                • Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau.
              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 6a3bb388a..91f3e52ff 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
              - +

              Insérer des objets textuels

              Pour rendre votre texte plus explicite et attirer l'attention sur une partie spécifique du document, vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police prédéfini et couleur qui permet d'appliquer certains effets de texte).

              Ajouter un objet textuel

              Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire :

                -
              1. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                2. +
              2. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure,
              3. sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel désiré :
                • Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Zone de texte Zone de texte dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez à l'endroit où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure de la zone de texte pour spécifier sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.

                  Remarque : il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Insérer une forme automatique Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme Insérer une forme automatique dans le groupe Formes de base.

                  • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index a7fd3ce0b..da76e1468 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Régler l'interligne du paragraphe

                  En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez définir la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et précédent ou suivant.

                  diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index c2d299a8a..d948321df 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables

                  Les caractères non imprimables aident à éditer le document. Ils indiquent la présence de différents types de mises en forme, mais ils ne sont pas imprimés, même quand ils sont affichés à l'écran.

                  @@ -46,17 +46,17 @@
      - + - + - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 8eed71cfc..212fcba0d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un document existant

      Une fois que vous avez fini de travailler sur un document, vous pouvez immédiatement passer au document existant que vous avez récemment édité, créer un nouveau, ou revenir à la liste des documents existants.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index 21fbee52e..ca48c8465 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
      - +

      Insérer des sauts de page

      En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez ajouter le saut de page pour commencer une nouvelle page et régler les options de pagination.

      -

      Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Sauts de page Sauts de page de l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu.

      +

      Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Sauts de page Sauts de page de l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu.

      Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page :

      • cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou
        • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 8a245f799..4848a208e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Changer les retraits de paragraphe

        En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez changer le premier décalage de la ligne sur la partie gauche de la page aussi bien que le décalage du paragraphe du côté gauche et du côté droit de la page.

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 45e74fdd7..cc449ace6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Enregistrer / télécharger / imprimer votre document

        Par défaut, quand vous travaillez Document Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes visant à prévenir la perte des données au cas d'une fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement enregistrées toutes les 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés.

        @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
        1. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        2. sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme,
          3. -
        3. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
          4. +
        4. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.

        Pour imprimer le document actif,

        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index 964fc12db..bc91c2018 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
        - +

        Insérer les sauts de section

        Les sauts de section vous permettent d'appliquer des mises en page et mises en formes différentes pour de certaines parties de votre document. Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser des en-têtes et pieds de page, des numérotations des pages, des marges, la taille, l'orientation, ou le numéro de colonne individuels pour chaque section séparée.

        Remarque : un saut de section inséré définit la mise en page de la partie précédente du document.

        Pour insérer un saut de section à la position actuelle du curseur :

          -
        1. cliquez sur l'icône icône Saut de section Saut de section dans l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure,
          2. +
        2. cliquez sur l'icône icône Saut de section Saut de section dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        3. sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de section
        4. sélectionnez le type du saut de section nécessaire:
          • Page suivante - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante
            • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index 09d545edf..8f6be4185 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
            - +

            Régler les paramètres de page

            -

            Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure.

            +

            Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure.

            Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page.

            Orientation de page

            -

            Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation de page Icône Orientation. Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Album.

            +

            Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation de page Icône Orientation. Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Paysage.

            Taille de la page

            Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants :

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 0e8a8320c..8edda4958 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Définir des taquets de tabulation

              Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier.

              @@ -31,8 +31,9 @@
              • Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté qualques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste.
              • La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ.
                • -
              • Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez la case d'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier.

                Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste.

                -
                • +
              • Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez l'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier.
                • +
              • Points de suite - permet de choisir un caractère utilisé pour créer des points de suite pour chacune des positions de tabulation. Les points de suite sont une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplissent l'espace entre les taquets. Sélectionnez le taquet voulu dans la liste, choisissez le type de points de suite dans la liste dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton .

                Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste.

                +
              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index e7dc9f8fd..98e98c3fb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Utiliser le Publipostage

              Remarque : cette option est disponible uniquement pour les versions payantes.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 3caa7f934..827867cc4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Afficher les informations sur le document

              Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Informations sur le document....

              @@ -22,12 +22,12 @@

              Informations d'autorisation

              -

              Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs ne disposant que des autorisations en lecture seule.

              +

              Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule.

              Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche.

              Si vous avez l'accès complet à cette présentation, vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits.

              Historique des versions

              Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les comptes gratuits ou les utilisateurs ne disposant que des autorisations en lecture seule.

              -

              Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer.

              +

              Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Il est également possible d'ouvrir l'historique des versions à l'aide de l'icône Icône Historique des versions Historique des versions de l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer.

              Historique des versions

              Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png index 32aab5488..6018c1e25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png index 0163e35aa..cc9312668 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addedcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addedcontentcontrol.png index 74c9b1bc9..73fd189b7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addedcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addedcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png index 3b2a05b3d..b0baf66eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png index 491f4ade7..547bb0afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png index f3131e729..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png index 7fe7d69d3..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png index 604d37a45..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/anchor.png index 8a1eeaaaf..89fd1ee20 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/anchor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/anchor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png index af1efb5a3..5929239d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index b3528be17..673b22ccf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png index aca81bb63..4e44f88e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b9fe0514d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties.png index c630fedb3..24abea569 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_1.png index 13f875995..7507304ca 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_2.png index 567892aec..06fdaee04 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_3.png index 61f3fab1e..983099d04 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png index c74439da6..3917c70f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png index 6a8101211..0e5e126e7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png index 79ca22783..1488fa269 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png index 499ecc685..4d523807b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png index 00f24dec9..d96d8961a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png index 50cf00226..5b43a9184 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearfilter.png index ec3d84134..40b553863 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eaa597b91 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/collapse.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/collapse.png index 4b94a3389..d299a1667 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/collapse.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/collapse.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png index 1d94132eb..a2d216fd1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnbreak.png index 0a94b6cc9..9e735a07a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnspacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnspacing.png index 19346554b..2a07aac23 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnspacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnspacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comments.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c2846ec2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png index c54295065..c51b1a456 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/createnewstylewindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/createnewstylewindow.png index fa573cd8e..92f58dd40 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/createnewstylewindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/createnewstylewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customcolumns.png index 304d3c4ec..a038d9b6a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png index c5b9f1cd5..4ae63136d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custompagesize.png index 15f417a20..25db6767f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custompagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customstylemenu.png index b25cb2072..7976dcd23 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png index d9c0aa9ab..fc46f500f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png index c769cf890..995c556ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png index 59a3122ce..e9c3ed7a7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png index c10f90c15..228bed858 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png index b868e2ac6..0259039ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png index 02ce09c9c..4aee9c1d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_none.png index c121e00c8..67fabb7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_none.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index 564a9152c..2dbcc5e62 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index 0c17e59ea..fc26c01ef 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_3.png index 42323d7cf..c37caac2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png index 5e5c070e7..a5722ed5d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation.png index bb2e87ed1..3922f469f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation2.png index 42750bad0..f3070f2cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedequation2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedstylemenu.png index 80f7918df..222eb75b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editedstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png index 8180905eb..1eb632c58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/expand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/expand.png index 5de391576..8966c2028 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/expand.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/expand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png index ced25cea0..754a8fbaa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png index 5c422cfe2..c46b644d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png index 1456d2273..8aae91dd6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png index 70ae6f213..edcfcc655 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png index fa64bdf10..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png index b6cb6d80d..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png index c374bb2ec..e2ffb2a59 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes.png index 2232db084..6d13abc82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png index 1417b9fee..41c891799 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotesadded.png index a74e170d4..9199ae0d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotesadded.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotetext.png index 9d20bdc11..66f379b77 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotetext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/footnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png index d5459a326..08b2d9674 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formattingpresets.png index 60c1ac73a..cf5a5aa81 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formattingpresets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_1.png index 64becb8d5..cd0868157 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..262f7452e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b984407a3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/frame_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png index 3848e209c..f54f7d875 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group_toptoolbar.png index 04b5f4d96..1df6147ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/headerfooter.png index b5eefac2a..70e89b5bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png index 31cfd067d..08317a86a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png index 484bf2d6a..85ef0822b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index e4d218ad8..09ed2f330 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png index 7dcc3f38d..2d3e9b0e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_1.png index d2d517a34..428fb6dc8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_2.png index 222440d49..9f696907e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_3.png index 308f84154..af93af288 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagespalette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagespalette.png index cb79b166f..a4775fcf6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagespalette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagespalette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png index 3cdfcba84..64d60b66f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b11b4c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertcolumns.png index 04b7bbe3a..195a08a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png index b4ee95016..d69a4a0d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedfields.png index 5091d8a50..78597ccbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 8d0f0457e..129359008 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png index a1f8a175a..a1c52a192 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png index 36546ba9d..6877f9137 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png index 781f1a3a6..aaf501e52 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png index 031216ec1..cece00680 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png index 41b61f3c0..f3f1306f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png index d047d9a7d..24db09cb7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d729cd020 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 95a5b1007..a0bc9c05c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png index c4ac00764..97401f9ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png index 3ecc78044..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png index ba55ea942..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftcolumn.png index 0ad06fb47..ee3cd7ac6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergeicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergeicon.png index 800bdfe47..7852d229b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergeicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergerecipients.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergerecipients.png index 94e2c9e77..452b22beb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergerecipients.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mailmergerecipients.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/margins.png index 2abf0a228..92f58f589 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergefields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergefields.png index 4d0325714..b3d4d19f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergefields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergefields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergeto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergeto.png index d9c228c29..ddfebe0c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergeto.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/mergeto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movecontentcontrol.png index 731fc56f6..1e00917fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movecontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f383bf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/movetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_chart.png index 2cf728e79..6e34eebef 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_image.png index 9fb3f597e..7daf2b777 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/navigationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/navigationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5876f69ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/navigationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/navigationpanel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/navigationpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77b1aca52 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/navigationpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png index 3e39fbac6..aab7cca53 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newequation.png index 0151e7f8b..d609fe222 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png index e3ab8fc13..e57b0ebf4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextfootnote.png index eb50b4b91..450c404f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png index 29afe93fb..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 92e0e7b8a..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png index 14f03b023..3ebee1efb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/onecolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/onecolumn.png index ff0e02e20..28c6f038b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/onecolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/onecolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png index 6921d0f38..e800cc47b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png index a4bcd2e76..6260ac3e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak.png index 1e9bb3196..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak1.png index 86b73bf82..18aa6ab48 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagemargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagemargins.png index eaca1378f..a1047e26d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagemargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagemargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png index 9c41c5898..bffdbaaa0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette.png index c058089db..e9057069c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png index 837377a48..de7ac6d1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index 61ead51ef..c897bbe92 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png index e39a6849c..ab0128e5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index a6ec9a918..69e7c2b79 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index 812b76448..237347394 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_tab.png index f83e6a160..f9bec00b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png index 8feb3c534..95409ea6a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previewinsertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previewinsertedfields.png index 4d8a8d14c..db5c6f66b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previewinsertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previewinsertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousfootnote.png index dab90e652..4068f95eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png index ee58ffc80..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png index 66dbb6235..92a6dc3c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e1428ae3b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11eadb006 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aec0b30fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accept.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accept.png index bc5637425..ee3198d58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accept.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accept.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png index 4df148500..312d5ab44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_delete.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_delete.png index be4b11b9a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_delete.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_delete.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_displaymode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_displaymode.png index 4fd1ec836..63314d079 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_displaymode.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_displaymode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_next.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_next.png index 3ff9b5028..e960aecdd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_next.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_next.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_panel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_panel.png index 403417f26..27c928f92 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_panel.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_previous.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_previous.png index d3c969f61..936e0cf5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_previous.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_previous.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_reject.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_reject.png index 7f9c3c99f..51b84c6f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_reject.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_reject.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png index d544472cf..4db0a3f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..365ff9429 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_autoshape.png index 99c11eb25..20ad30d22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_chart.png index cb21cba6e..2672c8288 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_headerfooter.png index 56bb90150..7ec77c2fe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png index da9b65e53..d1c033da8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..884ce4a43 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_mailmerge.png index 170b5155e..1f18760b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_mailmerge.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_paragraph.png index 12f6fa24a..fce20bab6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png index 074865ce0..094e9a99b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png index feff81b22..f95febd16 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rightcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rightcolumn.png index e8c431dcc..2290b9e3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rightcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rightcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sameasprevious_label.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sameasprevious_label.png index f107aa52b..79cf8ec8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sameasprevious_label.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sameasprevious_label.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_options.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_options.png index eded18d7f..a762bb815 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_options.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png index 454d9fe41..a80f4aba4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png index 14b2c9b43..c8fb2484b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sectionbreak.png index 0b693be81..7d364fc55 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sectionbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/select_text_languages.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/select_text_languages.png index 122a47807..0013f0f5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/select_text_languages.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/select_text_languages.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcellpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcellpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad8ca31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcellpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcolumnpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcolumnpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1381f0196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectcolumnpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectrowpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectrowpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86bad841 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectrowpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png index d32086103..26039e511 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoemail.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoemail.png index fb7e0c9f3..6ec92f303 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoemail.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoemail.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png index 4fb2022eb..f9b77d315 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png index 521b248d4..cf9f9e6bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png index bd16489d5..725f90ed4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png index e2e634b3b..fd7488a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png index 5a21fd4d5..99e8a7c2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png index ab3e89700..b55622f2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png index 65911ba82..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortandfilter.png index 6d021b78a..394b45a1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortandfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortatoz.png index 1824d1cc1..7ddac860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortatoz.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortztoa.png index ab8ebcec9..10c5a53c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortztoa.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking.png index 5a8dd1ca0..80a6bb5d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png index d72a3d990..5dab438f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png index cc76ccb91..c86c98b11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_1.png index d2f49a9db..b64adff16 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_2.png index 89c419ff7..3da1701d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_3.png index ce99f7ec8..e47572734 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_4.png index 4b5aef3b9..0d72f200c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_5.png index ab47ef28b..74b2fd8ef 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_6.png index 9559934f2..51896d6a9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png index 5d5e8c4a8..0ebef067b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png index 09382d1c9..aa860efcb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png index aea59788c..2e254860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png index 80686f5dd..0e0c40193 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/threecolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/threecolumns.png index 9bd102179..109060750 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/threecolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/threecolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/toccontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/toccontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ac670010 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/toccontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/toccustomize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30e772c83 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7006ced9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tociconmenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tociconmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50519f61c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tociconmenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocmove.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocmove.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..199862217 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocmove.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cbea68c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..471bfba36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e252e08f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..712d438a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingscc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingscc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f612bc1c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingscc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c4ce44e7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70e1d6e11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tocsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png index 99bfb5950..c39959e6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png index 62a6b7a92..7428127df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/twocolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/twocolumns.png index a1038b20f..2905d32f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/twocolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/twocolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png index f5319b8ce..1f1cee612 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistory.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistory.png index be6899265..b252504cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistory.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistory.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistoryicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistoryicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe6cdf49f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/versionhistoryicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..02a46ce28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrap_boundary.png index 87e6c5e20..d6677e175 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrap_boundary.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrap_boundary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png index 9bc87b65e..6da453caa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png index 409501be9..b896c3a1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png index 466ea1e46..c55960390 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png index 50eab3493..94326cee0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png index 882bde69c..0abde3256 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png index 42ccecda8..84850fd50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png index a3c94c458..48f8c7bc6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square.png index c27b0f50a..f3e7033b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png index 800bee149..2d8f18512 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through.png index 12293d3e3..fd0f92d57 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png index 083d2d3ff..dc17f6f66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png index 8a70505a1..0e906f090 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png index 6d8a46833..a5cd45fbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png index 55fd0bd3c..9f78d316d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png index 3fb047a00..5be2017dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js index 709670f53..bec669329 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "À propos de Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents directement sur le portail . En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme en utilisant n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, et EPUB. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les détails de la licence, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche." + "body": "Document Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de parcourir et de modifier des documents directement sur le portail . En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme en utilisant n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les documents modifiés en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, et HTML. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les détails de la licence, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", @@ -13,22 +13,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edition collaborative des documents", - "body": "Document Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur un document simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut : accès simultané au document édité par plusieurs utilisateurs indication visuelle des fragments qui sont en train d'être édités par d'autres utilisateurs synchronisation des changements en un seul clic chat pour partager des idées concernant certaines parties du document commentaires avec la description d'une tâche ou d'un problème à résoudre Edition collaborative Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte. Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - . S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée. Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant les permissions pour modifier, lire ou réviser le document ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci . Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône , les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et installer des mises à jour cliquez sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié. Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance. Chat Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc. Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer. Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs : cliquez sur l'icône de la barre latérale gauche, saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant, cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - . Pour fermer le panneau avec les messages, cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois. Commentaires Pour laisser un commentaire : sélectionnez le fragment du texte que vous voulez commenter, passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaire ou utilisez l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu contextuel, saisissez le texte nécessaire, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter. Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire. Le fragment du texte commenté sera marqué dans le document. Pour voir le commentaire, cliquez à l'intérieur du fragment. Si vous devez désactiver cette fonctionnalité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires. Dans ce cas, les passages commentés ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante : pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône , pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône , fermer la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus et cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous utilisez le mode Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois." + "body": "Document Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur un document simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut : accès simultané au document édité par plusieurs utilisateurs indication visuelle des fragments qui sont en train d'être édités par d'autres utilisateurs synchronisation des changements en un seul clic chat pour partager des idées concernant certaines parties du document commentaires avec la description d'une tâche ou d'un problème à résoudre Edition collaborative Document Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure: Lorsqu'un document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les passages de texte modifiés sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte. Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - . S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée. Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant les permissions pour modifier, lire ou réviser le document ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci . Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône , les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et installer des mises à jour cliquez sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié. Vous pouvez spécifier les modifications que vous souhaitez mettre en surbrillance pendant la co-édition si vous cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et choisissez entre aucune, toutes et récentes modifications de collaboration en temps réel. Quand l'option Afficher toutes les modifications sélectionnée, toutes les modifications effectuées au cours de la session seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant Afficher les modifications récentes, seules les modifications effectuées depuis la dernière fois que vous avez cliqué sur l'icône seront mises en surbrillance. En sélectionnant N'afficher aucune modification, aucune des modifications effectuées au cours de la session ne sera mise en surbrillance. Chat Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc. Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer. Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs : cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat, saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant, cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - . Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Commentaires Pour laisser un commentaire : sélectionnez le fragment du texte que vous voulez commenter, passez à l'onglet Insérer ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaire ou utilisez l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option dans le menu contextuel, saisissez le texte nécessaire, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter. Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire. Le fragment du texte commenté sera marqué dans le document. Pour voir le commentaire, cliquez à l'intérieur du fragment. Si vous devez désactiver cette fonctionnalité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... et décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires. Dans ce cas, les passages commentés ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante : pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône , pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône , fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous souhaitez masquer les commentaires résolus, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer l'affichage des commentaires résolus puis cliquez sur Appliquer. Dans ce cas, les commentaires résolus ne seront mis en évidence que si vous cliquez sur l'icône . Si vous utilisez le mode de co-édition Strict, les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône dans le coin supérieur gauche de la barre supérieure. Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Raccourcis clavier", - "body": "Traitement du document Ouvrir le volet 'Fichier' Alt+F Ouvrir le volet Fichier pour enregistrer, télécharger, imprimer le document actuel, afficher ses informations, créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un existant, accéder à l'aide de Document Editor ou aux paramètres avancés. Ouvrir le volet 'Recherche' Ctrl+F Ouvrir le volet Recherche pour commencer la recherche d'un caractère/mot/expression dans le document en cours d'édition. Ouvrir le volet 'Commentaires' Ctrl+Shift+H Ouvrir le volet Commentaires pour ajouter votre commentaire ou pour répondre aux commentaires des autres utilisateurs. Ouvrir un champ commentaire Alt+H Ouvrir un champ de saisie où vous pouvez ajouter le texte de votre commentaire. Ouvrir le volet 'Discussion instantanée' Alt+Q Ouvrir le volet Chat et envoyer un message. Enregistrer le document Ctrl+S Enregistrer toutes les modifications dans le document actuellement modifié à l'aide de Document Editor. Imprimer le document Ctrl+P Imprimer le document avec l'une des imprimantes disponibles ou l'enregistrer sous forme de fichier. Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+Maj+S Enregistrer le document en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB. Plein écran F11 Passer à l'affichage plein écran pour adapter Document Editor à votre écran. Menu d'aide F1 Ouvrir le menu Aide de Document Editor Navigation Sauter au début de la ligne Début Placer le curseur au début de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter au début du document Ctrl+Début Placer le curseur au début du document en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin de la ligne Fin Placer le curseur à la fin de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin du document Ctrl+Fin Placer le curseur à la fin du document en cours d'édition. Faire défiler vers le bas Pg. suiv Faire défiler le document vers le bas d'une page visible. Faire défiler vers le haut Pg. préc Faire défiler le document vers le haut d'une page visible. Page suivante Alt+Pg.suiv Passer à la page suivante du document en cours d'édition. Page précédente Alt+Pg.préc Passer à la page précédente du document en cours d'édition. Zoom avant Ctrl++ Agrandir le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Zoom arrière Ctrl+- Réduire le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Écriture Terminer le paragraphe Entrée Terminer le paragraphe actuel et commencer un nouveau. Ajouter un saut de ligne Maj+Entrée Ajouter un saut de ligne sans commencer un nouveau paragraphe. Supprimer Retour arrière, Supprimer Effacer un caractère à gauche (Retour arrière) ou à droite (Supprimer) du curseur. Créer un espace insécable Ctrl+Maj+Barre d'espace Créer un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Créer un trait d'union insécable Ctrl+Maj+Trait d'union Créer un trait d'union entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Annuler et Rétablir Annuler Ctrl+Z Inverser la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir Ctrl+Y Répéter la dernière action annulée. Couper, Copier et Coller Couper Ctrl+X Supprimer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Copier Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Inser Envoyer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Coller Ctrl+V, Shift+Inser Insérer le fragment du texte précédemment copié du presse-papiers à la position actuelle du texte. Le texte peut être copié précédemment à partir du même document, à partir d'un autre document, ou provenant d'un autre programme. Insérer un lien hypertexte Ctrl+K Insérer un lien hypertexte qui peut être utilisé pour accéder à une adresse web. Copier le style Ctrl+Maj+C Copier la mise en forme du fragment sélectionné du texte en cours d'édition. La mise en forme copiée peut être ensuite appliquée à un autre texte dans le même document. Appliquer le style Ctrl+Maj+V Appliquer la mise en forme précédemment copiée dans le texte du document en cours d'édition. Sélection de texte Sélectionner tout Ctrl+A Sélectionner tout le texte du document avec des tableaux et des images. Sélectionner une plage Maj+Touche de direction Sélectionner le texte caractère par caractère. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne Maj+Début Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne Maj+Fin Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne actuelle. Style de texte Gras Ctrl+B Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Ctrl+I Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Ctrl+U Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Barré Ctrl+5 Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Indice Ctrl+point (.) Rendre le fragment du texte sélectionné plus petit et le placer à la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Exposant Ctrl+virgule (,) Sélectionner le fragment du texte et le placer sur la partie supérieure de la ligne de texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Style Titre 1 Alt+1 (pour les navigateurs Windows et Linux) Alt+Ctrl+1 (pour les navigateurs Mac) Appliquer le style Titre 1 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 2 Alt+2 (pour les navigateurs Windows et Linux) Alt+Ctrl+2 (pour les navigateurs Mac) Appliquer le style Titre 2 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 3 Alt+3 (pour les navigateurs Windows et Linux) Alt+Ctrl+3 (pour les navigateurs Mac) Appliquer le style Titre 3 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Liste à puces Ctrl+Maj+L Créer une liste à puces non numérotée à partir du fragment de texte sélectionné ou créer une nouvelle liste. Supprimer la mise en forme Ctrl+Espace Supprimer la mise en forme du fragment du texte sélectionné. Agrandir la police Ctrl+] Augmenter la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Réduire la police Ctrl+[ Réduire la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Alignement centré/à gauche Ctrl+E Passer de l'alignement centré à l'alignement à gauche. Justifié/à gauche Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Passer de l'alignement justifié à gauche. Alignement à droite/à gauche Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche. Augmenter le retrait Ctrl+M Augmenter le retrait gauche. Réduire le retrait Ctrl+Maj+M Diminuer le retrait gauche. Ajouter un numéro de page Ctrl+Maj+P Ajouter le numéro de la page actuelle au texte ou au pied de page. Modification des objets Limiter le déplacement Maj+faire glisser Limiter le déplacement de l'objet sélectionné horizontalement ou verticalement. Régler une rotation de 15 degrés Maj+faire glisser (lors de la rotation) Contraindre une rotation à un angle de 15 degrés. Conserver les proportions Maj+faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) Conserver les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement. Mouvement par incréments de 1 pixel Ctrl Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser et utilisez les flèches pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné d'un pixel à la fois." + "body": "Traitement du document Ouvrir le volet 'Fichier' Alt+F Ouvrir le volet Fichier pour enregistrer, télécharger, imprimer le document actuel, afficher ses informations, créer un nouveau document ou ouvrir un existant, accéder à l'aide de Document Editor ou aux paramètres avancés. Ouvrir le volet 'Recherche' Ctrl+F Ouvrir le volet Recherche pour commencer la recherche d'un caractère/mot/expression dans le document en cours d'édition. Ouvrir le volet 'Commentaires' Ctrl+Shift+H Ouvrir le volet Commentaires pour ajouter votre commentaire ou pour répondre aux commentaires des autres utilisateurs. Ouvrir un champ commentaire Alt+H Ouvrir un champ de saisie où vous pouvez ajouter le texte de votre commentaire. Ouvrir le volet 'Discussion instantanée' Alt+Q Ouvrir le volet Chat et envoyer un message. Enregistrer le document Ctrl+S Enregistrer toutes les modifications dans le document actuellement modifié à l'aide de Document Editor. Imprimer le document Ctrl+P Imprimer le document avec l'une des imprimantes disponibles ou l'enregistrer sous forme de fichier. Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+Maj+S Enregistrer le document en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Plein écran F11 Passer à l'affichage plein écran pour adapter Document Editor à votre écran. Menu d'aide F1 Ouvrir le menu Aide de Document Editor Navigation Sauter au début de la ligne Début Placer le curseur au début de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter au début du document Ctrl+Début Placer le curseur au début du document en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin de la ligne Fin Placer le curseur à la fin de la ligne en cours d'édition. Sauter à la fin du document Ctrl+Fin Placer le curseur à la fin du document en cours d'édition. Faire défiler vers le bas Pg. suiv Faire défiler le document vers le bas d'une page visible. Faire défiler vers le haut Pg. préc Faire défiler le document vers le haut d'une page visible. Page suivante Alt+Pg.suiv Passer à la page suivante du document en cours d'édition. Page précédente Alt+Pg.préc Passer à la page précédente du document en cours d'édition. Zoom avant Ctrl++ Agrandir le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Zoom arrière Ctrl+- Réduire le zoom du document en cours d'édition. Écriture Terminer le paragraphe Entrée Terminer le paragraphe actuel et commencer un nouveau. Ajouter un saut de ligne Maj+Entrée Ajouter un saut de ligne sans commencer un nouveau paragraphe. Supprimer Retour arrière, Supprimer Effacer un caractère à gauche (Retour arrière) ou à droite (Supprimer) du curseur. Créer un espace insécable Ctrl+Maj+Barre d'espace Créer un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Créer un trait d'union insécable Ctrl+Maj+Trait d'union Créer un trait d'union entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour passer à la ligne suivante. Annuler et Rétablir Annuler Ctrl+Z Inverser la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir Ctrl+Y Répéter la dernière action annulée. Couper, Copier et Coller Couper Ctrl+X Supprimer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Copier Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Inser Envoyer le fragment du texte sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. Le texte copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans le même document, dans un autre document, ou dans un autre programme. Coller Ctrl+V, Shift+Inser Insérer le fragment du texte précédemment copié du presse-papiers à la position actuelle du texte. Le texte peut être copié précédemment à partir du même document, à partir d'un autre document, ou provenant d'un autre programme. Insérer un lien hypertexte Ctrl+K Insérer un lien hypertexte qui peut être utilisé pour accéder à une adresse web. Copier le style Ctrl+Maj+C Copier la mise en forme du fragment sélectionné du texte en cours d'édition. La mise en forme copiée peut être ensuite appliquée à un autre texte dans le même document. Appliquer le style Ctrl+Maj+V Appliquer la mise en forme précédemment copiée dans le texte du document en cours d'édition. Sélection de texte Sélectionner tout Ctrl+A Sélectionner tout le texte du document avec des tableaux et des images. Sélectionner une plage Maj+Touche de direction Sélectionner le texte caractère par caractère. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne Maj+Début Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne Maj+Fin Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne actuelle. Style de texte Gras Ctrl+B Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Ctrl+I Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Ctrl+U Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Barré Ctrl+5 Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Indice Ctrl+point (.) Rendre le fragment du texte sélectionné plus petit et le placer à la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Exposant Ctrl+virgule (,) Sélectionner le fragment du texte et le placer sur la partie supérieure de la ligne de texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Style Titre 1 Alt+1 (pour les navigateurs Windows et Linux) Alt+Ctrl+1 (pour les navigateurs Mac) Appliquer le style Titre 1 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 2 Alt+2 (pour les navigateurs Windows et Linux) Alt+Ctrl+2 (pour les navigateurs Mac) Appliquer le style Titre 2 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Style Titre 3 Alt+3 (pour les navigateurs Windows et Linux) Alt+Ctrl+3 (pour les navigateurs Mac) Appliquer le style Titre 3 au fragment du texte sélectionné. Liste à puces Ctrl+Maj+L Créer une liste à puces non numérotée à partir du fragment de texte sélectionné ou créer une nouvelle liste. Supprimer la mise en forme Ctrl+Espace Supprimer la mise en forme du fragment du texte sélectionné. Agrandir la police Ctrl+] Augmenter la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Réduire la police Ctrl+[ Réduire la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Alignement centré/à gauche Ctrl+E Passer de l'alignement centré à l'alignement à gauche. Justifié/à gauche Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Passer de l'alignement justifié à gauche. Alignement à droite/à gauche Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche. Augmenter le retrait Ctrl+M Augmenter le retrait gauche. Réduire le retrait Ctrl+Maj+M Diminuer le retrait gauche. Ajouter un numéro de page Ctrl+Maj+P Ajouter le numéro de la page actuelle au texte ou au pied de page. Modification des objets Limiter le déplacement Maj+faire glisser Limiter le déplacement de l'objet sélectionné horizontalement ou verticalement. Régler une rotation de 15 degrés Maj+faire glisser (lors de la rotation) Contraindre une rotation à un angle de 15 degrés. Conserver les proportions Maj+faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) Conserver les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement. Mouvement par incréments de 1 pixel Ctrl Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser et utilisez les flèches pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné d'un pixel à la fois." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Paramètres d'affichage et outils de navigation", - "body": "Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document : les règles, le zoom, les boutons page précédente / suivante, l'affichage des numéros de page. Régler les paramètres d'affichage Pour régler les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus convenable pour travailler avec le document, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres dans le coin supérieur droit et sélectionnez les éléments de l'interface à afficher/masquer. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres : Masquer la barre d'outils - masque la barre d'outils supérieure contenant les commandes pendant que les onglets restent visibles. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur n'importe quel onglet pour afficher la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils s'affiche jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez ailleurs. Pour désactiver ce mode, passez à l'onglet Accueil, puis cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres et cliquez de nouveau sur l'option Masquer la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils supérieure sera affichée tout le temps.Remarque : vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur un onglet pour masquer la barre d'outils supérieure ou l'afficher à nouveau. Masquer la barre d'état sert à masquer la barre qui se situe tout en bas avec les boutons Affichage des numéros de page et Zoom. Pour afficher la Barre d'état masquée cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. Masquer les règles - masque les règles qui sont utilisées pour aligner le texte, les graphiques, les tableaux et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe. Pour afficher les Règles masquées cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. La barre latérale droite est minimisée par défaut. Pour l'agrandir, sélectionnez un objet (par exemple, image, graphique, forme) ou un passage de texte et cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet actuellement activé sur la droite. Pour réduire la barre latérale droite, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône. Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer : placez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à droite. Utiliser les outils de navigation Pour naviguer à travers votre document, utilisez les outils suivants : Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom actuellement sélectionnée qui s'affiche en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles à partir de la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière . Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page . Les paramètres de zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Afficher les paramètres ce qui peut être utile si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état. L'Indicateur de numéros de page affiche la page active dans l'ensemble des pages du document actif (page 'n' sur 'nn'). Cliquez sur ce libellé pour ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez entrer le numéro de la page et y accéder rapidement." + "body": "Document Editor est doté de plusieurs outils qui vous aide à visionner et naviguer à travers votre document : les règles, le zoom, les boutons page précédente / suivante, l'affichage des numéros de page. Régler les paramètres d'affichage Pour régler les paramètres d'affichage par défaut et définir le mode le plus convenable pour travailler avec le document, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage dans le coin supérieur droit et sélectionnez les éléments de l'interface à afficher/masquer. Vous pouvez choisir une des options suivantes de la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage : Masquer la barre d'outils - masque la barre d'outils supérieure contenant les commandes pendant que les onglets restent visibles. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez cliquer sur n'importe quel onglet pour afficher la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils s'affiche jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez ailleurs. Pour désactiver ce mode, passez à l'onglet Accueil, puis cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres d'affichage et cliquez de nouveau sur l'option Masquer la barre d'outils. La barre d'outils supérieure sera affichée tout le temps.Remarque : vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur un onglet pour masquer la barre d'outils supérieure ou l'afficher à nouveau. Masquer la barre d'état sert à masquer la barre qui se situe tout en bas avec les boutons Affichage des numéros de page et Zoom. Pour afficher la Barre d'état masquée cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. Masquer les règles - masque les règles qui sont utilisées pour aligner le texte, les graphiques, les tableaux et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe. Pour afficher les Règles masquées cliquez sur cette option encore une fois. La barre latérale droite est minimisée par défaut. Pour l'agrandir, sélectionnez un objet (par exemple, image, graphique, forme) ou un passage de texte et cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet actuellement activé sur la droite. Pour réduire la barre latérale droite, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône. Quand le panneau Commentaires ou Chat est ouvert, vous pouvez régler la largeur de la barre gauche avec un simple glisser-déposer : placez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche de la barre latérale. Pour rétablir sa largeur originale faites glisser le bord à droite. Utiliser les outils de navigation Pour naviguer à travers votre document, utilisez les outils suivants : Les boutons Zoom sont situés en bas à droite et sont utilisés pour faire un zoom avant et arrière dans le document actif. Pour modifier la valeur de zoom actuellement sélectionnée qui s'affiche en pourcentage, cliquez dessus et sélectionnez l'une des options de zoom disponibles à partir de la liste ou utilisez les boutons Zoom avant ou Zoom arrière . Cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la largeur pour adapter la largeur de la page du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail. Pour adapter la page entière du document à la partie visible de la zone de travail, cliquez sur l'icône Ajuster à la page . Les paramètres de zoom sont également disponibles dans la liste déroulante Paramètres d'affichage ce qui peut être utile si vous décidez de masquer la Barre d'état. L'Indicateur de numéros de page affiche la page active dans l'ensemble des pages du document actif (page 'n' sur 'nn'). Cliquez sur ce libellé pour ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez entrer le numéro de la page et y accéder rapidement." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Révision du document", - "body": "Lorsque quelqu'un partage avec vous un fichier disposant des autorisations de révision, vous devez utiliser la fonction Révision du document. Si vous êtes le relecteur, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Révision pour réviser le document, modifier les phrases, les expressions et les autres éléments de la page, corriger l'orthographe et faire d'autres choses dans le document sans l'éditer. Toutes vos modifications seront enregistrées et montrées à la personne qui vous a envoyé le document. Si vous êtes la personne qui envoie le fichier pour la révision, vous devrez afficher toutes les modifications qui y ont été apportées, les afficher et les accepter ou les rejeter. Activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications Pour voir les modifications suggérées par un réviseur, activez l'option Suivi des modifications de l'une des manières suivantes : cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin inférieur droit de la barre d'état, ou passez à l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Suivi des modifications. Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire que le réviseur active l'option Suivi des modifications. Elle est activée par défaut et ne peut pas être désactivée lorsque le document est partagé avec des droits d'accès de révision uniquement. Choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, Cliquez sur le bouton Mode d'affichage dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'un des modes disponibles dans la liste : Toutes les modifications (Édition) - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document. Toutes les modifications acceptées (Aperçu) - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Toutes les modifications rejetées (Aperçu) - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Accepter ou rejeter les modifications Utilisez les boutons Modification précédente et Modification suivante de la barre d'outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications. Pour accepter la modification actuellement sélectionnée, vous pouvez : cliquer sur le bouton Accepter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera acceptée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Accepter de la notification de modification. Pour accepter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter toutes les modifications. Pour rejeter la modification actuelle, vous pouvez : cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la notification de modification. Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter toutes les modifications. Remarque : si vous révisez le document, les options Accepter et Rejeter ne sont pas disponibles pour vous. Vous pouvez supprimer vos modifications en utilisant l'icône dans le ballon de changement." + "body": "Lorsque quelqu'un partage avec vous un fichier disposant des autorisations de révision, vous devez utiliser la fonction Révision du document. Si vous êtes le relecteur, vous pouvez utiliser l'option Révision pour réviser le document, modifier les phrases, les expressions et les autres éléments de la page, corriger l'orthographe et faire d'autres choses dans le document sans l'éditer. Toutes vos modifications seront enregistrées et montrées à la personne qui vous a envoyé le document. Si vous êtes la personne qui envoie le fichier pour la révision, vous devrez afficher toutes les modifications qui y ont été apportées, les afficher et les accepter ou les rejeter. Activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications Pour voir les modifications suggérées par un réviseur, activez l'option Suivi des modifications de l'une des manières suivantes : cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin inférieur droit de la barre d'état, ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Suivi des modifications. Remarque : il n'est pas nécessaire que le réviseur active l'option Suivi des modifications. Elle est activée par défaut et ne peut pas être désactivée lorsque le document est partagé avec des droits d'accès de révision uniquement. Choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, Cliquez sur le bouton Mode d'affichage dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'un des modes disponibles dans la liste : Marques de révision - cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Elle permet à la fois d'afficher les modifications suggérées et de modifier le document. Final - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles étaient acceptées. Cette option n'accepte pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet seulement de voir à quoi ressemblera le document après avoir accepté toutes les modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Original - ce mode est utilisé pour afficher toutes les modifications comme si elles avaient été rejetées. Cette option ne rejette pas toutes les modifications, elle vous permet uniquement d'afficher le document sans modifications. Dans ce mode, vous ne pouvez pas modifier le document. Accepter ou rejeter les modifications Utilisez les boutons Modification précédente et Modification suivante de la barre d'outils supérieure pour naviguer parmi les modifications. Pour accepter la modification actuellement sélectionnée, vous pouvez : cliquer sur le bouton Accepter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera acceptée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Accepter de la notification de modification. Pour accepter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Accepter et sélectionnez l'option Accepter toutes les modifications. Pour rejeter la modification actuelle, vous pouvez : cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la barre d'outils supérieure, ou cliquer sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter la modification en cours (dans ce cas, la modification sera rejetée et vous passerez à la modification suivante), ou cliquez sur le bouton Rejeter de la notification de modification. Pour rejeter rapidement toutes les modifications, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas sous le bouton Rejeter et sélectionnez l'option Rejeter toutes les modifications. Remarque : si vous révisez le document, les options Accepter et Rejeter ne sont pas disponibles pour vous. Vous pouvez supprimer vos modifications en utilisant l'icône dans le ballon de changement." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Vérification de l'orthographe", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition. Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. Passez à l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur l'icône Langue. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document. Pour sélectionner une langue différente pour un fragment, sélectionnez le fragment nécessaire avec la souris et utilisez le menu de la barre d'état. Pour activer l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquez sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou Ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés... , cochez la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer. Les mots mal orthographiés seront soulignés par une ligne rouge. Cliquez droit sur le mot nécessaire pour activer le menu et : choisissez une des variantes suggérées pour remplacer le mot mal orthographié. S'il y a trop de variantes, l'option Plus de variantes... apparaît dans le menu ; utilisez l'option Ignorer pour ignorer juste ce mot et supprimer le surlignage ou Ignorer tout pour ignorer tous les mots identiques présentés dans le texte; sélectionnez une autre langue pour ce mot. Pour désactiver l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquez sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans l'onglet Révision de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés..., décochez la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition. Tout d'abord, choisissez la langue pour tout le document. cliquer sur l'icône Définir la langue du document dans la barre d'état. Dans la fenêtre ouverte sélectionnez la langue nécessaire et cliquez sur OK. La langue sélectionnée sera appliquée à tout le document. Pour sélectionner une langue différente pour un fragment, sélectionnez le fragment nécessaire avec la souris et utilisez le menu de la barre d'état. Pour activer l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquer sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou Basculer vers l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, aller à la section Paramètres avancés..., cocher la case Activer la vérification orthographique et cliquer sur le bouton Appliquer. Les mots mal orthographiés seront soulignés par une ligne rouge. Cliquez droit sur le mot nécessaire pour activer le menu et : choisissez une des variantes suggérées pour remplacer le mot mal orthographié. S'il y a trop de variantes, l'option Plus de variantes... apparaît dans le menu ; utilisez l'option Ignorer pour ignorer juste ce mot et supprimer le surlignage ou Ignorer tout pour ignorer tous les mots identiques présentés dans le texte; sélectionnez une autre langue pour ce mot. Pour désactiver l'option de vérification orthographique, vous pouvez : cliquer sur l'icône Vérification orthographique dans la barre d'état, ou Ouvrir l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionner l'option , décocher la case et cliquer sur le bouton ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Formats des documents électroniques pris en charge", - "body": "Les documents électroniques représentent l'un des types des fichiers les plus utilisés en informatique. Grâce à l'utilisation du réseau informatique tant développé aujourd'hui, il est possible et plus pratique de distribuer des documents électroniques que des versions imprimées. Les formats de fichier ouverts et propriétaires sont bien nombreux à cause de la variété des périphériques utilisés pour la présentation des documents. Document Editor prend en charge les formats les plus populaires. Formats Description Affichage Edition Téléchargement DOC L'extension de nom de fichier pour les documents du traitement textuel créé avec Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Le format de fichier compressé basé sur XML développé par Microsoft pour représenter des feuilles de calcul et les graphiques, les présentations et les document du traitement textuel + + + ODT Le format de fichier du traitement textuel d'OpenDocument, le standard ouvert pour les documents électroniques + + + RTF Rich Text Format Le format de fichier du document développé par Microsoft pour la multiplateforme d'échange des documents + + TXT L'extension de nom de fichier pour les fichiers de texte contenant habituellement une mise en forme minimale + + + PDF Portable Document Format Format de fichier utilisé pour représenter les documents d'une manière indépendante du logiciel, du matériel et des systèmes d'exploitation + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Le principale langage de balisage pour les pages web + EPUB Electronic Publication Le format ebook standardisé, gratuit et ouvert créé par l'International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Le format ouvert de la mise en page fixe, libre de redevance créé par Microsoft + DjVu Le format de fichier conçu principalement pour stocker les documents numérisés, en particulier ceux qui contiennent une combinaison du texte, des dessins au trait et des photographies +" + "body": "Les documents électroniques représentent l'un des types des fichiers les plus utilisés en informatique. Grâce à l'utilisation du réseau informatique tant développé aujourd'hui, il est possible et plus pratique de distribuer des documents électroniques que des versions imprimées. Les formats de fichier ouverts et propriétaires sont bien nombreux à cause de la variété des périphériques utilisés pour la présentation des documents. Document Editor prend en charge les formats les plus populaires. Formats Description Affichage Edition Téléchargement DOC L'extension de nom de fichier pour les documents du traitement textuel créé avec Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML Le format de fichier compressé basé sur XML développé par Microsoft pour représenter des feuilles de calcul et les graphiques, les présentations et les document du traitement textuel + + + ODT Le format de fichier du traitement textuel d'OpenDocument, le standard ouvert pour les documents électroniques + + + RTF Rich Text Format Le format de fichier du document développé par Microsoft pour la multiplateforme d'échange des documents + + + TXT L'extension de nom de fichier pour les fichiers de texte contenant habituellement une mise en forme minimale + + + PDF Portable Document Format Format de fichier utilisé pour représenter les documents d'une manière indépendante du logiciel, du matériel et des systèmes d'exploitation + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Le principale langage de balisage pour les pages web + EPUB Electronic Publication Le format ebook standardisé, gratuit et ouvert créé par l'International Digital Publishing Forum + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Le format ouvert de la mise en page fixe, libre de redevance créé par Microsoft + DjVu Le format de fichier conçu principalement pour stocker les documents numérisés, en particulier ceux qui contiennent une combinaison du texte, des dessins au trait et des photographies +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -57,28 +57,33 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", - "title": "Onglet Insertion", - "body": "L'onglet Insertion permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires. Dans cet onglet vous pouvez : insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, insérer des en-têtes et pieds de page et des numéros de page, insérer des tableaux, des images, des graphiques, des formes, Insérer des liens hypertexte, notes de bas de page, commentaires, insérer des des zones de texte et des objets Text Art, des équations, des lettrines." + "title": "Onglet Insérer", + "body": "L'onglet Insérer permet d'ajouter des éléments de mise en page, ainsi que des objets visuels et des commentaires. Dans cet onglet vous pouvez : insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, insérer des en-têtes et pieds de page et des numéros de page, insérer des tableaux, des images, des graphiques, des formes, insérer des liens hypertexte, et des commentaires, insérer des des zones de texte et des objets Text Art, des équations, des lettrines, des contrôles de contenu." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", - "title": "Onglet Mise en page", - "body": "L'onglet Mise en page permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels. Dans cet onglet vous pouvez : ajuster les marges, l'orientation, la taille de la page, ajouter des colonnes, insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, aligner et organiser les objets (tableaux, images, graphiques, formes), changer le style d'habillage." + "title": "Onglet Disposition", + "body": "L'onglet Disposition permet de modifier l'apparence du document : configurer les paramètres de la page et définir la disposition des éléments visuels. Dans cet onglet vous pouvez : ajuster les marges, l'orientation, la taille de la page, ajouter des colonnes, insérer des sauts de page, des sauts de section et des sauts de colonne, aligner et organiser les objets (tableaux, images, graphiques, formes), changer le style d'habillage." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Modules complémentaires", - "body": "L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles : ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre document, ROC permet de reconnaître le texte inclus dans une image et l'insérer dans le texte du document, Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images: recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc. Synthèse vocale permet de convertir le texte sélectionné en paroles, Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte, Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues, YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre document. Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub." + "body": "L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine. Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros vous pouvez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles : ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre document, ROC permet de reconnaître le texte inclus dans une image et l'insérer dans le texte du document, Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images: recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc. Synthèse vocale permet de convertir le texte sélectionné en paroles, Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte, Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues, YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre document. Les modules Wordpress et EasyBib peuvent être utilisés si vous connectez les services correspondants dans les paramètres de votre portail. Vous pouvez utiliser les instructions suivantes pour la version serveur ou pour la version SaaS. Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Présentation de l'interface de Document Editor", - "body": "Document Editor utilise une interface à onglets où les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité. L'interface de l'éditeur est composée des éléments principaux suivants : L'En-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets de menu, le nom du document ainsi que deux icônes sur la droite qui permettent de définir les droits d'accès et de revenir à la liste des documents. La barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Mise en page, Révision, Modules complémentaires.Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler et Rétablir sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné. La Barre d'état au bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'indicateur du numéro de page, affiche certaines notifications (telles que \"Toutes les modifications sauvegardées\", etc.), permet de définir la langue du texte, activer la vérification orthographique, activer le mode suivi des modifications, régler le zoom. La Barre latérale gauche contient des icônes qui permettent d'utiliser l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, d'ouvrir les panneaux Commentaires et Discussion, de contacter notre équipe d'assistance et d'afficher les informations sur le programme. La barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster les paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite. Les Règles horizontales et verticales permettent d'aligner le texte et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des taquets et des retraits de paragraphe. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu du document, d'entrer et de modifier les données. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler vers le haut et vers le bas des documents multi-page. Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur le réglage des paramètres d'affichage, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page." + "body": "Document Editor utilise une interface à onglets où les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité. L'interface de l'éditeur est composée des éléments principaux suivants : L'En-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets de menu, le nom du document ainsi que deux icônes sur la droite qui permettent de définir les droits d'accès et de revenir à la liste des documents. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insérer, Disposition, Références, Collaboration, Modules complémentaires.Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler et Rétablir sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné. La Barre d'état au bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'indicateur du numéro de page, affiche certaines notifications (telles que \"Toutes les modifications sauvegardées\", etc.), permet de définir la langue du texte, activer la vérification orthographique, activer le mode suivi des modifications, régler le zoom. La Barre latérale gauche contient des icônes qui permettent d'utiliser l'outil de Recherche, d'ouvrir les panneaux Commentaires, Discussion et Navigation, de contacter notre équipe de support et d'afficher les informations sur le programme. La Barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster des paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier dans le texte, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite. Les Règles horizontales et verticales permettent d'aligner le texte et d'autres éléments dans un document, définir des marges, des taquets et des retraits de paragraphe. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu du document, d'entrer et de modifier les données. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler vers le haut et vers le bas des documents multi-page. Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur l'ajustement des paramètres d'affichage, reportez-vous à cette page." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "title": "Onglet Références", + "body": "L'onglet Références permet de gérer différents types de références: ajouter et rafraîchir une table des matières, créer et éditer des notes de bas de page, insérer des hyperliens. En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : créer et mettre à jour automatiquement une table des matières, Insérer ses notes de bas de page, Insérer des liens hypertexte." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "title": "Onglet Révision", - "body": "L'onglet Révision permet de vérifier le document : assurez-vous que l'orthographe du texte est correcte, gérez les commentaires, suivez les modifications apportées par un relecteur. Dans cet onglet vous pouvez : changer la langue du document et activer la vérification orthographique, ajouter des commentaires au document, activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications, choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, gérer les changements suggérés." + "title": "Onglet Collaboration", + "body": "L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur le document: partage du fichier, sélection d'un mode de co-édition, gestion des commentaires, suivi des modifications effectuées par un réviseur, affichage de toutes les versions et révisions. En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez : spécifier les paramètres de partage, basculer entre les modes de coédition Strict et Rapide, ajouter des commentaires au document, activer la fonctionnalité Suivi des modifications, choisir le mode d'affichage des modifications, gérer les changements suggérés. Ouvrir le panneau Chat, suivre l'historique des versions." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", @@ -88,12 +93,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Ajouter des liens hypertextes", - "body": "Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un lien hypertexte, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte : Lien vers - entrez une URL au format http://www.exemple.com. Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et amènera à l'adresse Web indiquée dans le champ supérieur. Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris à l'endroit nécessaire et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel pour ouvrir la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus. Remarque : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, mot, combinaison de mots, passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier puis de cliquer sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte sur la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquer droit sur la sélection et choisir l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel. Après quoi la fenêtre indiquée ci-dessus s'ouvre et le fragment du texte sélectionné s'affiche dans le champ Afficher. Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'infobulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document. Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez-le droit, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte et l'opération à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte." + "body": "Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer un lien hypertexte, passez à l'onglet Insérer ou Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte : Lien vers - entrez une URL au format http://www.exemple.com. Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et amènera à l'adresse Web indiquée dans le champ supérieur. Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris à l'endroit nécessaire et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel pour ouvrir la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus. Remarque : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, mot, combinaison de mots, passage de texte avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier puis de cliquer sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte sur l'onglet ou de la barre d'outils supérieure ou en cliquant droit sur la sélection et en choisissant l'option Lien hypertexte du menu contextuel. Après quoi la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus s'ouvre avec le champ Afficher rempli du texte que vous avez sélectionné. Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre document. Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez-le droit, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte et l'opération à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "title": "Aligner et organiser des objets sur une page", - "body": "Les blocs de texte, les formes automatiques, les images et les graphiques ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel. Aligner des objets Pour aligner un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés, cliquez sur l'icône Aligner dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Aligner à gauche - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté gauche de la page, Aligner au centre - pour aligner les objets horizontalement au centre de la page, Aligner à droite - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté droit de la page, Aligner en haut - pour aligner les objets verticalement sur le côté supérieur de la page, Aligner au milieu - pour aligner les objets verticalement au milieu de la page, Aligner en bas - pour aligner les objets verticalement sur le côté inférieur de la page. Grouper plusieurs objets Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Grouper dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste : Grouper - pour combiner plusieurs objets de sorte que vous puissiez les faire pivoter, déplacer, redimensionner, aligner, organiser, copier, coller, mettre en forme simultanément comme un objet unique. Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné des objets préalablement combinés. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier. Ordonner plusieurs objets Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes Avancer et Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Avancer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre au premier plan - pour déplacer les objets devant tous les autres objets, Avancer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en avant par rapport à d'autres objets. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Reculer dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets, Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets." + "body": "Les blocs de texte, les formes automatiques, les images et les graphiques ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement sur une page. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, sélectionnez d'abord un ou plusieurs objets sur la page. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel. Aligner des objets Pour aligner un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés, cliquez sur l'icône Aligner dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Aligner à gauche - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté gauche de la page, Aligner au centre - pour aligner les objets horizontalement au centre de la page, Aligner à droite - pour aligner les objets horizontalement sur le côté droit de la page, Aligner en haut - pour aligner les objets verticalement sur le côté supérieur de la page, Aligner au milieu - pour aligner les objets verticalement au milieu de la page, Aligner en bas - pour aligner les objets verticalement sur le côté inférieur de la page. Grouper plusieurs objets Pour grouper deux ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés ou les dissocier, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Grouper dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option nécessaire depuis la liste : Grouper - pour combiner plusieurs objets de sorte que vous puissiez les faire pivoter, déplacer, redimensionner, aligner, organiser, copier, coller, mettre en forme simultanément comme un objet unique. Dissocier - pour dissocier le groupe sélectionné des objets préalablement combinés. Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les objets sélectionnés, choisir l'option Ordonner dans le menu contextuel, puis utiliser l'option Grouper ou Dissocier. Ordonner plusieurs objets Pour ordonner les objets sélectionnés (c'est à dire pour modifier leur ordre lorsque plusieurs objets se chevauchent), vous pouvez utiliser les icônes Avancer et Reculer dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionner le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'avant, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Avancer dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre au premier plan - pour déplacer les objets devant tous les autres objets, Avancer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en avant par rapport à d'autres objets. Pour déplacer un ou plusieurs objets sélectionnés vers l'arrière, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Reculer dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le type d'arrangement nécessaire dans la liste : Mettre en arrière-plan - pour déplacer les objets derrière tous les autres objets, Reculer d'un plan - pour déplacer les objets d'un niveau en arrière par rapport à d'autres objets." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", @@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Changer l'habillage du texte", - "body": "L'option Style d'habillage détermine la position de l'objet par rapport au texte. Vous pouvez modifier le style d'habillage de texte pour les objets insérés, tels que les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte ou les tableaux. Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné : sélectionnez un objet séparé sur la page en cliquant dessus. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. ouvrez les paramètres d'habillage du texte : Passez à l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur la flèche située en regard de l'icône Habillage, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet et sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. sélectionnez le style d'habillage voulu : Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celle-ci. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi l'un des styles Carré, Rapproché, Au travers, Haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droite, gauche). Pour accéder à ces paramètres, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Définissez les valeurs voulues et cliquez sur OK. Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, l'onglet Position est également disponible dans la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Pour en savoir plus sur ces paramètres, reportez-vous aux pages correspondantes avec les instructions sur la façon de travailler avec des formes, des images ou des graphiques. Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, vous pouvez également modifier la limite d'habillage pour les images ou les formes. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option Modifier la limite d'habillage. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les tableaux Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Aligné et Flottant. Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le tableau, ouvrez les paramètres d'habillage du texte : sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés de l'objet, ou sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes dans le menu contextuel : Style d'habillage - Aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style aligné (où le tableau est incorporé dans le texte) ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit. Style d'habillage - Objet flottant sert à sélectionner le style flottant lorsque le texte est enroulé autour du tableau. À l'aide de l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés vous pouvez également configurer les paramètres suivants : Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez définir le type d'Alignement du tableau (gauche, centre ou droite) et le Retrait de gauche. Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la Distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau." + "body": "L'option Style d'habillage détermine la position de l'objet par rapport au texte. Vous pouvez modifier le style d'habillage de texte pour les objets insérés, tels que les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte ou les tableaux. Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les formes, les images, les graphiques, les zones de texte Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné : sélectionnez un objet séparé sur la page en cliquant dessus. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. ouvrez les paramètres d'habillage du texte : Passez à l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur la flèche située en regard de l'icône Habillage, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet et sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. sélectionnez le style d'habillage voulu : Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celle-ci. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi l'un des styles Carré, Rapproché, Au travers, Haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droite, gauche). Pour accéder à ces paramètres, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés et passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Définissez les valeurs voulues et cliquez sur OK. Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, l'onglet Position est également disponible dans la fenêtre Paramètres avancés de l'objet. Pour en savoir plus sur ces paramètres, reportez-vous aux pages correspondantes avec les instructions sur la façon de travailler avec des formes, des images ou des graphiques. Si vous sélectionnez un style d'habillage autre que Aligné, vous pouvez également modifier la limite d'habillage pour les images ou les formes. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet, sélectionnez l'option Style d'habillage dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option . Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Modifier l'habillage de texte pour les tableaux Pour les tableaux, les deux styles d'habillage suivants sont disponibles : Tableau aligné et Tableau flottant. Pour changer le style d'habillage actuellement sélectionné : cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau, passez à l'onglet Habillage du texte dans la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés ouverte, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Tableau aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style d’habillage où le texte est interrompu par le tableau ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit. Tableau flottant est utilisé pour sélectionner le style d’habillage où le texte est enroulé autour du tableau. À l'aide de l'onglet Habillage du texte de la fenêtre Tableau - Paramètres avancés vous pouvez également configurer les paramètres suivants : Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez définir le type d'Alignement du tableau (gauche, centre ou droite) et le Retrait de gauche. Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la Distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", @@ -123,13 +128,18 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copier/coller les passages de texte, annuler/rétablir vos actions", - "body": "Utiliser les opérations basiques du presse-papier Pour couper, copier, coller des passages de texte et des objets insérés (formes automatiques, images, graphiques) dans le document actuel utilisez les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel ou les icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure : Couper – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Couper dans le menu contextuel pour supprimer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Copier – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre document où vous voulez coller le fragment de texte/l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le texte / objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. Le texte peut être copié à partir du même document. Pour copier, coller les données à partir de / dans un autre document ou autre programme, utilisez les combinaisons de touches suivantes : Ctrl+X pour couper ; Ctrl+C pour copier ; Ctrl+V pour coller. Remarque : au lieu de couper et coller du texte dans le même document, vous pouvez sélectionner le passage de texte nécessaire et le faire glisser à la position nécessaire. Utilisez la fonctionnalité Collage spécial Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage désirée. Lorsque vous collez le texte de paragraphe ou du texte dans des formes automatiques, les options suivantes sont disponibles : Coller - permet de coller le texte copié en conservant sa mise en forme d'origine. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine. Annuler/rétablir vos actions Pour annuler / rétablir les actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes de la barre d'outils supérieure ou les raccourcis clavier : Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler de la barre d'outils supérieure ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler la dernière opération effectuée. Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir de la barre d'outils supérieure ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Y pour rétablir l’opération précédemment annulée." + "body": "Utiliser les opérations basiques du presse-papier Pour couper, copier, coller des passages de texte et des objets insérés (formes automatiques, images, graphiques) dans le document actuel utilisez les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel ou les icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure : Couper – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Couper dans le menu contextuel pour supprimer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Copier – sélectionnez un fragment de texte ou un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées plus tard dans un autre endroit dans le même document. Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre document où vous voulez coller le fragment de texte/l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le texte / objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. Le texte peut être copié à partir du même document. Pour copier, coller les données à partir de / dans un autre document ou autre programme, utilisez les combinaisons de touches suivantes : Ctrl+X pour couper ; Ctrl+C pour copier ; Ctrl+V pour coller. Remarque : au lieu de couper et coller du texte dans le même document, vous pouvez sélectionner le passage de texte nécessaire et le faire glisser à la position nécessaire. Utilisez la fonctionnalité Collage spécial Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage désirée. Lorsque vous collez le texte de paragraphe ou du texte dans des formes automatiques, les options suivantes sont disponibles : Coller - permet de coller le texte copié en conservant sa mise en forme d'origine. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine. Si vous collez le tableau copié dans un tableau existant, les options suivantes sont disponibles: Remplacer les cellules - permet de remplacer le contenu de la table existante par les données collées. Cette option est sélectionnée par défaut. Imbriquer le tableau - permet de coller le tableau copié en tant que tableau imbriqué dans la cellule sélectionnée du tableau existant. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le contenu du tableau sous forme de valeurs de texte séparées par le caractère de tabulation. Annuler/rétablir vos actions Pour annuler / rétablir les actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes de la barre d'outils supérieure ou les raccourcis clavier : Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler de la barre d'outils supérieure ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler la dernière opération effectuée. Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir de la barre d'outils supérieure ou la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Y pour rétablir l’opération précédemment annulée." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Créer des listes", "body": "Pour créer une liste dans votre document, placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez commencer la liste ( une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi), passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de liste à créer : Liste à puces avec les marqueurs. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Puces de la barre d'outils supérieure Liste numérotée avec les chiffres ou les lettres. Pour la créer, utilisez l'icône Numérotation de la barre d'outils supérieureRemarque : cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Puces ou Numérotation pour sélectionner le format de puces ou de numérotation voulu. appuyez sur la touche Entrée à la fin de la ligne pour ajouter un nouvel élément à la liste. Pour terminer la liste, appuyez sur la touche Retour arrière et continuez le travail. Vous pouvez aussi changer le retrait du texte dans les listes et leur imbrication en utilisant les icônes Liste multiniveau , Réduire le retrait , et Augmenter le retrait sur la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: les paramètres supplémentaires du retrait et de l'espacemente peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite et la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Pour en savoir plus, consultez les pages Modifier le retrait des paragraphes et Régler l'interligne du paragraphe." }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "title": "Créer une table des matières", + "body": "Une table des matières contient une liste de tous les chapitres (sections, etc.) d'un document et affiche les numéros des pages où chaque chapitre est démarré. Cela permet de naviguer facilement dans un document de plusieurs pages en passant rapidement à la partie voulue du texte. La table des matières est générée automatiquement sur la base des titres de document formatés à l'aide de styles prédéfinis. Cela facilite la mise à jour de la table des matières créée sans qu'il soit nécessaire de modifier les titres et de changer manuellement les numéros de page si le texte du document a été modifié. Définir la structure des titres Formater les titres Tout d'abord, formatez les titres dans votre document en utilisant l'un des styles prédéfinis. Pour le faire, Sélectionnez le texte que vous souhaitez inclure dans la table des matières. Ouvrez le menu Style sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Cliquez sur le style que vous souhaitez appliquer. Par défaut, vous pouvez utiliser les styles Titre 1 - Titre 9.Remarque: si vous souhaitez utiliser d'autres styles (par exemple Titre, Sous-titre, etc.) pour formater les titres qui seront inclus dans la table des matières, vous devrez d'abord ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières (voir la section correspondante ci-dessous). Pour en savoir plus sur les styles de mise en forme disponibles, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Gérer les titres Une fois les titres formatés, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Navigation dans la barre latérale de gauche pour ouvrir le panneau qui affiche la liste de tous les titres avec les niveaux d'imbrication correspondants. Ce panneau permet de naviguer facilement entre les titres dans le texte du document et de gérer la structure de titre. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur un titre de la liste et utilisez l'une des options disponibles dans le menu: Promouvoir - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau supérieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de Titre 2 à Titre 1. Abaisser - pour déplacer le titre actuellement sélectionné vers le niveau inférieur de la structure hiérarchique, par ex. le changer de à . Nouveau titre avant - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau avant celui actuellement sélectionné. - pour ajouter un nouveau titre vide du même niveau après celui actuellement sélectionné. Nouveau sous-titre - pour ajouter un nouveau sous-titre vide (c'est-à-dire un titre de niveau inférieur) après le titre actuellement sélectionné.Lorsque le titre ou la sous-rubrique est ajouté, cliquez sur l'en-tête vide ajouté dans la liste et tapez votre propre texte. Cela peut être fait à la fois dans le texte du document et sur le panneau Navigation lui-même. Sélectionner le contenu - pour sélectionner le texte sous le titre actuel du document (y compris le texte relatif à tous les sous-titres de cette rubrique). Tout développer - pour développer tous les niveaux de titres dans le panneau Navigation. Tout réduire - pour réduire tous les niveaux de titres excepté le niveau 1 dans le panneau . Développer au niveau - pour étendre la structure de titre au niveau sélectionné. Par exemple. Si vous sélectionnez le niveau 3, les niveaux 1, 2 et 3 seront développés, tandis que le niveau 4 et tous les niveaux inférieurs seront réduits. Pour développer ou réduire manuellement des niveaux de titre différents, utilisez les flèches situées à gauche des en-têtes. Pour fermer le panneau Navigation cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois. Insérer une table des matières dans le document Pour insérer une table des matières dans votre document: Positionnez le point d'insertion à l'endroit où vous souhaitez ajouter la table des matières. passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu. Vous pouvez sélectionner la table des matières qui affiche les titres, les numéros de page et les repères, ou les en-têtes uniquement. Remarque: l'apparence de la table des matières peut être ajustée ultérieurement via les paramètres de la table des matières. La table des matières sera insérée à la position actuelle du curseur. Pour modifier la position de la table des matières, vous pouvez sélectionner le champ de la table des matières (contrôle du contenu) et le faire simplement glisser vers l'emplacement souhaité. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche du champ Table des matières et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris sur une autre position dans le texte du document. Pour naviguer entre les titres, appuyez sur la touche Ctrl et cliquez sur le titre souhaité dans le champ de la table des matières. Vous serez ramené à la page correspondante. Ajuster la table des matières créée Actualiser la table des matières Une fois la table des matières créée, vous pouvez continuer à modifier votre texte en ajoutant de nouveaux chapitres, en modifiant leur ordre, en supprimant certains paragraphes ou en développant le texte associé à un titre de manière à changer les numéros de page correspondants à la section considérée. Dans ce cas, utilisez l'option Actualiser pour appliquer automatiquement toutes les modifications à la table des matières. Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Actualiser dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option voulue dans le menu: Actualiser la totalité de la table: pour ajouter les titres que vous avez ajoutés au document, supprimer ceux que vous avez supprimés du document, mettre à jour les titres modifiés (renommés) et les numéros de page. Actualiser uniquement les numéros de page pour mettre à jour les numéros de page sans appliquer de modifications aux titres. Vous pouvez également sélectionner la table des matières dans le texte du document et cliquer sur l'icône Actualiser en haut du champ Table des matières pour afficher les options mentionnées ci-dessus. Il est également possible de cliquer avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et d'utiliser les options correspondantes dans le menu contextuel. Ajuster les paramètres de la table des matières Pour ouvrir les paramètres de la table des matières, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante: Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu. Sélectionnez la table des matières dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté du titre du champ Table des matières et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans la table des matières et utilisez l'option Paramètres de table des matières dans le menu contextuel. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants: Afficher les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez afficher les numéros de page ou non. Aligner à droite les numéros de page - cette option permet de choisir si vous souhaitez aligner les numéros de page sur le côté droit de la page ou non. Points de suite - cette option permet de choisir le type de points de suite que vous voulez utiliser. Un point de suite est une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplit l'espace entre un titre et le numéro de page correspondant. Il est également possible de sélectionner l'option Aucun si vous ne souhaitez pas utiliser de points de suite. Mettre en forme la table des matières en tant que liens - cette option est cochée par défaut. Si vous le décochez, vous ne pourrez pas passer au chapitre souhaité en appuyant sur Ctrl et en cliquant sur le titre correspondant. Créer une table des matières à partir de - cette section permet de spécifier le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques voulus ainsi que les styles par défaut qui seront utilisés pour créer la table des matières. Cochez le champ correspondant: Niveaux hiérarchiques - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez ajuster le nombre de niveaux hiérarchiques utilisés dans la table des matières. Cliquez sur les flèches dans le champ Niveaux pour diminuer ou augmenter le nombre de niveaux (les valeurs de 1 à 9 sont disponibles). Par exemple, si vous sélectionnez la valeur 3, les en-têtes de niveau 4 à 9 ne seront pas inclus dans la table des matières. Styles sélectionnés - lorsque cette option est sélectionnée, vous pouvez spécifier des styles supplémentaires pouvant être utilisés pour créer la table des matières et affecter un niveau de plan correspondant à chacun d'eux. Spécifiez la valeur de niveau souhaitée dans le champ situé à droite du style. Une fois les paramètres enregistrés, vous pourrez utiliser ce style lors de la création de la table des matières. Styles - cette option permet de sélectionner l'apparence souhaitée de la table des matières. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Le champ d'aperçu ci-dessus affiche l'apparence de la table des matières.Les quatre styles par défaut suivants sont disponibles: Simple, Standard, Moderne, Classique. L'option Actuel est utilisée si vous personnalisez le style de la table des matières. cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements. Personnaliser le style de la table des matières Après avoir appliqué l'un des styles de table des matières par défaut dans la fenêtre des paramètres de la Table des matières, vous pouvez le modifier afin que le texte figurant dans le champ de la table des matières ressemble au résultat que vous recherchez. Sélectionnez le texte dans le champ de la table des matières, par ex. en appuyant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche du contrôle du contenu de la table des matières. Mettez en forme la table des matières en modifiant le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou en appliquant les styles de décoration de police. Mettez à jour les styles pour les éléments de chaque niveau. Pour mettre à jour le style, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'élément mis en forme, sélectionnez l'option Mise en forme du style dans le menu contextuel et cliquez sur l'option Mettre à jour le style TM N (le style TM 2 correspond aux éléments de niveau 2, le style correspond aux éléments de et ainsi de suite). Actualiser la table des matières. Supprimer la table des matières Pour supprimer la table des matières du document: cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Table des matières dans la barre d'outils supérieure et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières, ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard du titre de contrôle du contenu de la table des matières et utilisez l'option Supprimer la table des matières." + }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "title": "Appliquer les styles de police", @@ -148,62 +158,67 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insérer des formes automatiques", - "body": "Insérer une forme automatique Pour insérer une forme automatique à votre document, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Forme de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'un des groupes des formes automatiques disponibles : Formes de base, Flèches figurées, Maths, Graphiques, Étoiles et rubans, Légendes, Boutons, Rectangles, Lignes, cliquez sur la forme automatique nécessaire du groupe sélectionné, placez le curseur de la souris là où vous voulez insérer la forme, après avoir ajouté la forme automatique vous pouvez modifier sa taille, sa position et ses propriétés.Remarque: pour ajouter une légende à la forme, assurez-vous que la forme est sélectionnée et commencez à taper le texte. Le texte que vous ajoutez fait partie de la forme (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter la forme, le texte change de position lui aussi). Déplacer et redimensionner des formes automatiques Pour modifier la taille de la forme automatique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur les bords de la forme. Pour garder les proportions de la forme automatique sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Lors de la modification des formes, par exemple des flèches figurées ou les légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche. Pour modifier la position de la forme automatique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur la forme. Faites glisser la forme à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez la forme automatique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour déplacer la forme automatique de trois incréments, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer la forme automatique strictement horizontallement / verticallement et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du déplacement. Pour faire pivoter la forme automatique, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Régler les paramètres de la forme automatique Pour aligner et organiser les formes automatiques, utilisez le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer la forme automatique choisie au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper les formes pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs formes à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner la forme à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Forme - Paramètres avancés'. Certains paramètres de la forme automatique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de la forme de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, sélectionnez la forme ajoutée avec la souris et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de la forme à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Remplissage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner le remplissage de la forme automatique. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles et remplir la forme. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que arrière-plan de la forme. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, vous pouvez ajouter l'image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une texture en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, utilisez le menu déroulant D'une texture et sélectionnez le préréglage de la texture voulue.Actuellement, les textures suivantes sont disponibles : Toile, Carton, Tissu foncé, Grain, Granit, Papier gris, Tricot, Cuir, Papier brun, Papyrus, Bois. Si l'Image sélectionnée est plus grande ou plus petite que la forme automatique, vous pouvez choisir parmi les options : Étirement ou Mosaïque depuis la liste déroulante.L'option Étirement permet de régler la taille de l'image pour l'adapter à la taille de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. L'option Mosaïque permet d'afficher seulement une partie de l'image plus grande en gardant ses dimensions d'origine, ou de répéter l'image plus petite en conservant ses dimensions initiales sur la surface de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. Remarque : tout préréglage Texture sélectionné remplit l'espace de façon uniforme, mais vous pouvez toujours appliquer l'effet Étirement si nécessaire. Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner le modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés. Modèle - sélectionnez un des modèles prédéfinis du menu. Couleur de premier plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer la couleur des éléments du modèle. Couleur d'arrière-plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer de l'arrière-plan du modèle. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de remplissage. Opacité - utilisez cette section pour régler le niveau d'Opacité des formes automatiques en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Contour - utilisez cette section pour changer la largeur et la couleur du contour de la forme automatique. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de contour. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Style d'habillage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Modifier la forme - utilisez cette section pour remplacer la forme automatique insérée par une autre sélectionnée de la liste déroulante. Pour changer les paramètres avancés de la forme automatique, cliquez sur la forme avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre \"Forme - Paramètres avancés\" s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Largeur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la largeur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la largeur de la marge de gauche, la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges gauche et droite), la largeur de la page ou la largeur de la marge de droite. Hauteur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la hauteur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges supérieure et inférieure), la hauteur de la marge inférieure, la hauteur de la page ou la hauteur de la marge supérieure. Si l'option Verrouiller le ratio d'aspect est cochée, la largeur et la hauteur seront modifiées en conservant le ratio d'aspect original. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la façon dont la forme est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - la forme fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, la forme est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de la forme. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de la forme. Devant le texte - la forme est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur la forme. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si la forme automatique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux formes automatiques sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Paramètres de la forme contient les paramètres suivants : Style de ligne - ce groupe d'options vous permet de spécifier les paramètres suivants : Type d'extrémité - cette option permet de définir le style de l'extrémité de la ligne, par conséquent elle peut être appliquée seulement aux formes avec un contour ouvert telles que des lignes, des polylignes etc.: Plat - les points finaux seront plats. Arrondi - les points finaux seront arrondis. Carré - les points finaux seront carrés. Type de jointure - cette option permet de définir le style de l'intersection de deux lignes : par exemple, une polyligne, les coins du triangle ou le contour du rectangle : Arrondi - le coin sera arrondi. Biseauté - le coin sera coupé d'une manière angulaire. Onglet - l'angle sera aiguisé. Bien adapté pour les formes à angles nets. Remarque : l'effet sera plus visible si vous utilisez un contour plus épais. Flèches - ce groupe d'options est disponible pour les formes du groupe Lignes. Il permet de définir le Style de début et Style de fin aussi bien que la Taille des flèches en sélectionnant l'option appropriée de la liste déroulante. L'onglet Marges vous permet de changer les marges internes En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite (c'est-à-dire la distance entre le texte à l'intérieur de la forme et les bordures de la forme automatique). Remarque : cet onglet n'est disponible que si du texte est ajouté dans la forme automatique, sinon l'onglet est désactivé. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de la forme." + "body": "Insérer une forme automatique Pour insérer une forme automatique à votre document, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Forme de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'un des groupes des formes automatiques disponibles : Formes de base, Flèches figurées, Maths, Graphiques, Étoiles et rubans, Légendes, Boutons, Rectangles, Lignes, cliquez sur la forme automatique nécessaire du groupe sélectionné, placez le curseur de la souris là où vous voulez insérer la forme, après avoir ajouté la forme automatique vous pouvez modifier sa taille, sa position et ses propriétés.Remarque: pour ajouter une légende à la forme, assurez-vous que la forme est sélectionnée et commencez à taper le texte. Le texte que vous ajoutez fait partie de la forme (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter la forme, le texte change de position lui aussi). Déplacer et redimensionner des formes automatiques Pour modifier la taille de la forme automatique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur les bords de la forme. Pour garder les proportions de la forme automatique sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Lors de la modification des formes, par exemple des flèches figurées ou les légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche. Pour modifier la position de la forme automatique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur la forme. Faites glisser la forme à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez la forme automatique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour déplacer la forme automatique de trois incréments, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer la forme automatique strictement horizontallement / verticallement et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du déplacement. Pour faire pivoter la forme automatique, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Régler les paramètres de la forme automatique Pour aligner et organiser les formes automatiques, utilisez le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer la forme automatique choisie au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper les formes pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs formes à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner la forme à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Forme - Paramètres avancés'. Certains paramètres de la forme automatique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres de la forme de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, sélectionnez la forme ajoutée avec la souris et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de la forme à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Remplissage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner le remplissage de la forme automatique. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à remplir l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles et remplir la forme. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que arrière-plan de la forme. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une image en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, vous pouvez ajouter l'image D'un fichier en la sélectionnant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou D'une URL en insérant l'adresse URL appropriée dans la fenêtre ouverte. Si vous souhaitez utiliser une texture en tant que arrière-plan de la forme, utilisez le menu déroulant D'une texture et sélectionnez le préréglage de la texture voulue.Actuellement, les textures suivantes sont disponibles : Toile, Carton, Tissu foncé, Grain, Granit, Papier gris, Tricot, Cuir, Papier brun, Papyrus, Bois. Si l'Image sélectionnée est plus grande ou plus petite que la forme automatique, vous pouvez choisir parmi les options : Étirement ou Mosaïque depuis la liste déroulante.L'option Étirement permet de régler la taille de l'image pour l'adapter à la taille de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. L'option Mosaïque permet d'afficher seulement une partie de l'image plus grande en gardant ses dimensions d'origine, ou de répéter l'image plus petite en conservant ses dimensions initiales sur la surface de la forme automatique afin qu'elle puisse remplir tout l'espace uniformément. Remarque : tout préréglage Texture sélectionné remplit l'espace de façon uniforme, mais vous pouvez toujours appliquer l'effet Étirement si nécessaire. Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner le modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés. Modèle - sélectionnez un des modèles prédéfinis du menu. Couleur de premier plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer la couleur des éléments du modèle. Couleur d'arrière-plan - cliquez sur cette palette de couleurs pour changer de l'arrière-plan du modèle. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de remplissage. Opacité - utilisez cette section pour régler le niveau d'Opacité des formes automatiques en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Contour - utilisez cette section pour changer la largeur et la couleur du contour de la forme automatique. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de contour. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Style d'habillage - utilisez cette section pour sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Modifier la forme - utilisez cette section pour remplacer la forme automatique insérée par une autre sélectionnée de la liste déroulante. Pour changer les paramètres avancés de la forme automatique, cliquez sur la forme avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre \"Forme - Paramètres avancés\" s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Largeur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la largeur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la largeur de la marge de gauche, la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges gauche et droite), la largeur de la page ou la largeur de la marge de droite. Hauteur - utilisez l'une de ces options pour modifier la hauteur de la forme automatique. Absolue - spécifiez une valeur exacte mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...). Relatif - spécifiez un pourcentage relatif à la marge (c'est-à-dire la distance entre les marges supérieure et inférieure), la hauteur de la marge inférieure, la hauteur de la page ou la hauteur de la marge supérieure. Si l'option Verrouiller le ratio d'aspect est cochée, la largeur et la hauteur seront modifiées en conservant le ratio d'aspect original. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la façon dont la forme est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - la forme fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, la forme est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de la forme. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de la forme et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de la forme. Devant le texte - la forme est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur la forme. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de forme automatique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si la forme automatique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux formes automatiques sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Paramètres de la forme contient les paramètres suivants : Style de ligne - ce groupe d'options vous permet de spécifier les paramètres suivants : Type d'extrémité - cette option permet de définir le style de l'extrémité de la ligne, par conséquent elle peut être appliquée seulement aux formes avec un contour ouvert telles que des lignes, des polylignes etc.: Plat - les points finaux seront plats. Arrondi - les points finaux seront arrondis. Carré - les points finaux seront carrés. Type de jointure - cette option permet de définir le style de l'intersection de deux lignes : par exemple, une polyligne, les coins du triangle ou le contour du rectangle : Arrondi - le coin sera arrondi. Biseauté - le coin sera coupé d'une manière angulaire. Onglet - l'angle sera aiguisé. Bien adapté pour les formes à angles nets. Remarque : l'effet sera plus visible si vous utilisez un contour plus épais. Flèches - ce groupe d'options est disponible pour les formes du groupe Lignes. Il permet de définir le Style de début et Style de fin aussi bien que la Taille des flèches en sélectionnant l'option appropriée de la liste déroulante. L'onglet Marges vous permet de changer les marges internes En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite (c'est-à-dire la distance entre le texte à l'intérieur de la forme et les bordures de la forme automatique). Remarque : cet onglet n'est disponible que si du texte est ajouté dans la forme automatique, sinon l'onglet est désactivé. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de la forme." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insérer des graphiques", - "body": "Insérer un graphique Pour insérer un graphique dans votre document, placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer un graphique, sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - colonne, ligne, secteurs, barres, aires, graphique en points , boursier - et sélectionnez son style,Remarque: pour les graphiques en Colonne, Ligne, Camembert, ou Barre, un format 3D est aussi disponible. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions pour insérer une fonction et pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales pour changer le format des chiffres, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre. L'onglet Type &amp données vous permet de modifier le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer ce graphique. Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez utiliser : Colonne, Ligne, Camembert, Barre, Zone, XY (Nuage) ou Boursier. Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4. Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes. L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique. Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique par rapport à votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de titre, Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez la position de la Légende par rapport à votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucune pour ne pas afficher de légende, En bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, En haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au haut de la zone de tracé, Sur la droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé, Sur la gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposée à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposée à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte qui représentent les valeurs exactes des données) : spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. Pour les graphiques Colonne/Barre, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre, Intérieur bas, Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques Ligne/XY (Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas. Pour les graphiques Camembert, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre, Ajuster à la Largeur, Intérieur Haut, Extérieur Haut. Pour les graphiques Aire de même que Colonne, Ligne et Barre en 3D, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre. sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes : Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur, entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur. Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques Ligne/XY (Nuage). Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes. Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY (Nuage).Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques Ligne et XY (Nuage). La section Paramètres des axes permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou pas en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre de l'axe horizontal/vertical : Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou pas en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de titre, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre sous l'axe horizontal. Spécifiez l'orientation du Titre de l'axe vertical en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de titre, Pivoter pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical, Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical. La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeur, Mineur ou Majeur et Mineur. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les diagrammes en Camembert, car les diagrammes de ce type n'ont pas d'axes ni de lignes de quadrillage. Remarque : les onglets Axe horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les diagrammes en Camembert, car les diagrammes de ce type n'ont pas d'axes. L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelé axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les diagrammes XY (Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Option des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus haute affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas le point d'intersection des axes est calculé automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical. Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer une représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant l'affichage en Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour revenir aux unités par défaut. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont rangées de haut en bas. La section Options de graduation permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant leur valeur numérique. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les marques de graduation majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/ mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'intérieur de l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Spécifiez la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de libellé, Bas pour afficher les libellés des graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés des graduations à droite de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés des graduations à côté de l'axe. L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelé axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des étiquettes de texte. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondront à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les diagrammes XY (Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de définir les paramètres suivants : Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas le point d'intersection des axes est calculé automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum (qui correspond à la première et dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal. Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont affichées gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont rangées de droite à gauche. La section Options de graduation permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les les plus grandes qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant leur catégorie. Les graduations mineures sont les petites divisions qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants : Type de majeure/mineure - est utilisé pour définir les options de placement suivantes : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les marques de graduation majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures / mineures à l'intérieur de l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures / mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des étiquettes qui affichent les catégories. Position de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier où les étiquettes doivent être placées par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de catégorie, Bas pour afficher les libellés de catégorie en bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de catégorie en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de catégorie à côté de l'axe. Distance de l'étiquette - est utilisé pour spécifier à quelle distance de l'axe les étiquettes doivent être placées. Spécifiez la valeur voulue dans le champ d'entrée. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les étiquettes est grande. Intervalle entre les étiquettes - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les étiquettes doivent être affichées. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les étiquettes sont affichées pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les étiquettes d'une catégorie sur 2 etc. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau. Déplacer et redimensionner des graphiques une fois le graphique ajouté, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Pour changer la taille du graphique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position du graphique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez le graphique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Modifier les éléments du graphique Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place. Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc. ; sélectionnez l'élément de texte choisi en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration. Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé jusqu'à ce qu'une boîte pointillée bleue apparaisse. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D. Ajuster les paramètres du graphique Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur du graphique actuel. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné.Pour sélectionner le Style voulu, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Changer le type de graphique. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphique\".Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphiques\", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans le document. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer le graphique sélectionné au premier plan, envoyer à l'arrière-plan, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des graphiques pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte. L'option Modifier la limite d'habillage n'est pas disponible pour les graphiques. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre « Éditeur de graphique ». Paramètres avancés du graphique sert à ouvrir la fenêtre \"Graphique - Paramètres avancés\". Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage, le Contour et le Style d'habillage de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre propriétés du graphique s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton Proportions constantes (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci ), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont le graphique est positionné par rapport au texte : il peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style « aligné sur le texte ») ou être contourné par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - le graphique fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer le graphique indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour du graphique. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas du graphique. Devant le texte - le graphique est affiché sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur le graphique. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné. Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique." + "body": "Insérer un graphique Pour insérer un graphique dans votre document, placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles - colonne, ligne, secteurs, barres, aires, graphique en points , boursier - et sélectionnez son style,Remarque: pour les graphiques en Colonne, Ligne, Camembert, ou Barre, un format 3D est aussi disponible. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions pour insérer une fonction et pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre. L'onglet Type &amp données vous permet de modifier le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer ce graphique. Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez utiliser : Colonne, Ligne, Camembert, Barre, Zone, XY (Nuage) ou Boursier. Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4. Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes. L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique. Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique, Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé, Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé, Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) : spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas. Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre. sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur, Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données. Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes. Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et . La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical : Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal. Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical, Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical, Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical. La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage. Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes. L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelé axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les diagrammes XY (Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Option des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical. Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option pour revenir aux unités par défaut. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas. La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelé axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des étiquettes de texte. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondront à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal. Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants : Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories. Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande. Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique. Déplacer et redimensionner des graphiques une fois le graphique ajouté, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Pour changer la taille du graphique, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position du graphique, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position choisie sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez le graphique, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Modifier les éléments du graphique Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place. Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, la taille, la couleur ou le style de décoration. Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le en cliquant sur le bouton gauche de la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé jusqu'à ce qu'une boîte pointillée bleue apparaisse. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D. Ajuster les paramètres du graphique Certains paramètres du graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant l'onglet Paramètres du graphique de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. Vous pouvez y modifier les paramètres suivants : Taille est utilisée pour afficher la et la du graphique actuel. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Changer le type de graphique permet de modifier le type et/ou le style du graphique sélectionné.Pour sélectionner le Style voulu, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Changer le type de graphique. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphique\".Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphiques\", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans le document. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer le graphique sélectionné au premier plan, envoyer à l'arrière-plan, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des graphiques pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte. L'option Modifier la limite d'habillage n'est pas disponible pour les graphiques. Modifier les données est utilisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre « Éditeur de graphique ». Paramètres avancés du graphique sert à ouvrir la fenêtre \"Graphique - Paramètres avancés\". Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage, le Contour et le Style d'habillage de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur le graphique avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du graphique du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre propriétés du graphique s'ouvre : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour changer la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si vous cliquez sur le bouton Proportions constantes (dans ce cas, il ressemble à ceci ), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont le graphique est positionné par rapport au texte : il peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style « aligné sur le texte ») ou être contourné par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - le graphique fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, le graphique est déplacé lui aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer le graphique indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour du graphique. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords du graphique et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur de celui-ci. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas du graphique. Devant le texte - le graphique est affiché sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur le graphique. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement de graphique suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si le graphique se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel il est aligné. Chevauchement détermine si deux graphiques se chevauchent ou non si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "title": "Insérer des contrôles de contenu", + "body": "À l'aide des contrôles de contenu, vous pouvez créer un formulaire avec des champs de saisie pouvant être renseignés par d'autres utilisateurs ou protéger certaines parties du document contre l'édition ou la suppression. Les contrôles de contenu sont des objets contenant du texte pouvant être mis en forme. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne peuvent pas contenir plus d'un paragraphe, tandis que les contrôles de contenu en texte enrichi peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes, listes et objets (images, formes, tableaux, etc.). Ajouter des contrôles de contenu Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte brut, positionnez le point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte où vous souhaitez ajouter le contrôle, ou sélectionnez un passage de texte que vous souhaitez transformer en contenu du contrôle. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte brut dans le menu. Le contrôle sera inséré au point d'insertion dans une ligne du texte existant. Les contrôles de contenu de texte brut ne permettent pas l'ajout de sauts de ligne et ne peuvent pas contenir d'autres objets tels que des images, des tableaux, etc. Pour créer un nouveau contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi, positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin d'un paragraphe après lequel vous voulez ajouter le contrôle, ou sélectionnez un ou plusieurs des paragraphes existants que vous voulez convertir en contenu du contrôle. passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure. cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu. choisissez l'option Insérer un contrôle de contenu de texte enrichi dans le menu. Le contrôle sera inséré dans un nouveau paragraphe. Les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi permettent d'ajouter des sauts de ligne, c'est-à-dire peuvent contenir plusieurs paragraphes ainsi que certains objets, tels que des images, des tableaux, d'autres contrôles de contenu, etc. Remarque: La bordure du contrôle de contenu est visible uniquement lorsque le contrôle est sélectionné. Les bordures n'apparaissent pas sur une version imprimée. Déplacer des contrôles de contenu Les contrôles peuvent être déplacés à un autre endroit du document: cliquez sur le bouton à gauche de la bordure de contrôle pour sélectionner le contrôle et faites-le glisser sans relâcher le bouton de la souris à un autre endroit dans le texte du document. Vous pouvez également copier et coller des contrôles de contenu: sélectionnez le contrôle voulu et utilisez les combinaisons de touches Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Modifier des contrôles de contenu Remplacez le texte par défaut dans le contrôle (\"Votre texte ici\") par votre propre texte: sélectionnez le texte par défaut, et tapez un nouveau texte ou copiez un passage de texte de n'importe où et collez-le dans le contrôle de contenu. Le texte contenu dans le contrôle de contenu (texte brut ou texte enrichi) peut être formaté à l'aide des icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure: vous pouvez ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et les préréglages de mise en forme. Il est également possible d'utiliser la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés accessible depuis le menu contextuel ou depuis la barre latérale de droite pour modifier les propriétés du texte. Le texte contenu dans les contrôles de contenu de texte enrichi peut être mis en forme comme un texte normal du document, c'est-à-dire que vous pouvez définir l'interlignage, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets de tabulation. Modification des paramètres de contrôle du contenu Pour ouvrir les paramètres de contrôle du contenu, vous pouvez procéder de la manière suivante: Sélectionnez le contrôle de contenu nécessaire, cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles de contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres de contrôle dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit n'importe où dans le contrôle de contenu et utilisez l'option Paramètres de contrôle du contenu dans le menu contextuel. Une nouvelle fenêtre s'ouvrira où vous pourrez ajuster les paramètres suivants: Spécifiez le Titre ou l'Étiquette du contrôle de contenu dans les champs correspondants. Empêchez le contrôle de contenu d'être supprimé ou modifié en utilisant l'option de la section Verrouillage: Le contrôle du contenu ne peut pas être supprimé - cochez cette case pour empêcher la suppression du contrôle de contenu. Le contenu ne peut pas être modifié - cochez cette case pour protéger le contenu du contrôle de contenu contre une modification. cliquez sur le bouton OK dans la fenêtre des paramètres pour appliquer les changements. Retirer des contrôles de contenu Pour supprimer un contrôle et laisser tout son contenu, cliquez sur le contrôle de contenu pour le sélectionner, puis procédez de l'une des façons suivantes: Cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Contrôles du contenu dans la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Retirer le contrôle du contenu dans le menu. Cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la sélection et choisissez l'option Supprimer le contrôle de contenu dans le menu contextuel, Pour supprimer un contrôle et tout son contenu, sélectionnez le contrôle nécessaire et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "title": "Insérer une lettrine", - "body": "Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale du paragraphe, elle est plus grande que les autres lettres et occupe une hauteur supérieure à la ligne courante. Pour ajouter une lettrine, placez le curseur à l'intérieur du paragraphe dans lequel vous voulez insérer une lettrine, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante : Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe. Dans la marge - pour placer une lettrine dans la marge gauche. La lettre initiale du paragraphe sélectionné sera transformée en une lettrine. Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter quelques lettres, vous pouvez le faire manuellement : sélectionnez la lettrine et tapez les lettres nécessaires. Pour régler l'apparence de la lettrine (par exemple, taille de police, type, style de décoration ou couleur), sélectionnez la lettre et utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure. La lettrine sélectionnée est entourée par un cadre (un conteneur utilisé pour positionner la lettrine sur la page). Vous pouvez facilement changer la taille du cadre en faisant glisser ses bordures ou changer sa position en utilisant l'icône qui apparaît si vous positionnez le curseur sur le cadre. Pour supprimer la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine de la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Aucune dans la liste déroulante. Pour modifier les paramètres de la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer une lettrine et choisissez l'option Paramètres de la lettrine dans la liste déroulante. La fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre : L'onglet Lettrine vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Position sert à changer l'emplacement de la lettrine. Sélectionnez l'option Dans le texte ou Dans la marge, ou cliquez sur Aucune pour supprimer la lettrine. Police sert à sélectionner la police dans la liste des polices disponibles. Hauteur des lignes sert à spécifier le nombre des lignes occupées par la lettrine. Il est possible de sélectionner de 1 à 10 lignes. Distance du texte sert à spécifier l'espace entre le texte du paragraphe et la bordure droite du cadre qui entoure la lettrine. L'onglet Bordures et remplissage vous permet d'ajouter une bordure autour de la lettrine et de régler ses paramètres. Ils sont les suivants : Paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, sa présence ou absence) - définissez la taille des bordures, sélectionnez leur couleur et choisissez les bordures auxquelles (en haut, en bas, à gauche, à droite ou quelques unes à la fois) vous voulez appliquer ces paramètres. Couleur d'arrère-plan - choisissez la couleur pour l'arrère-plan de la lettrine. L'onglet Marges vous permet de définir la distance entre la lettrine et les bordures En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite autour d'elle (si les bordures ont été préalablement ajoutées). Après avoir ajouté la lettrine vous pouvez également changer les paramètres du Cadre. Pour y accéder, cliquez droit à l'intérieur du cadre et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancées du cadre du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Cadre - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre : L'onglet Cadre vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Position sert à sélectionner une des styles d'habillage Aligné ou Flottant. Ou vous pouvez cliquer sur Aucune pour supprimer le cadre. Largeur et Hauteur servent à changer la taille du cadre. L'option Auto vous permet de régler la taille du cadre automatiquement en l'ajustant à la lettrine à l'intérieur. L'option Exactement vous permet de spécifier les valeurs fixes. L'option Au moins est utilisée pour définir la hauteur minimale (si vous changez la taille du cadre, la hauteur du cadre change en conséquence, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la valeur spécifiée). Horizontal sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou la colonne, ou à aligner le cadre (à gauche, au centre ou à droite) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte horizontale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures verticales du cadre et le texte du paragraphe. Vertical sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou le paragraphe, ou à aligner le cadre (en haut, au centre ou en bas) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte verticale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures horizontales et le texte du paragraphe. Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la litterine se déplace comme le paragraphe auquel elle est liée. Les onglets Bordures et remplissage et Marges permettent de définir les mêmes paramètres que dans les onglets de la fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés." + "body": "Une Lettrine est une lettre initiale du paragraphe, elle est plus grande que les autres lettres et occupe une hauteur supérieure à la ligne courante. Pour ajouter une lettrine, placez le curseur à l'intérieur du paragraphe dans lequel vous voulez insérer une lettrine, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante : Dans le texte - pour insérer une lettrine dans le paragraphe. Dans la marge - pour placer une lettrine dans la marge gauche. La lettre initiale du paragraphe sélectionné sera transformée en une lettrine. Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter quelques lettres, vous pouvez le faire manuellement : sélectionnez la lettrine et tapez les lettres nécessaires. Pour régler l'apparence de la lettrine (par exemple, taille de police, type, style de décoration ou couleur), sélectionnez la lettre et utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure. La lettrine sélectionnée est entourée par un cadre (un conteneur utilisé pour positionner la lettrine sur la page). Vous pouvez facilement changer la taille du cadre en faisant glisser ses bordures ou changer sa position en utilisant l'icône qui apparaît si vous positionnez le curseur sur le cadre. Pour supprimer la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer une lettrine de la barre d'outils supérieure et choisissez l'option Aucune dans la liste déroulante. Pour modifier les paramètres de la lettrine ajoutée, sélectionnez-la, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer une lettrine et choisissez l'option Paramètres de la lettrine dans la liste déroulante. La fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre : L'onglet Lettrine vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Position sert à changer l'emplacement de la lettrine. Sélectionnez l'option Dans le texte ou Dans la marge, ou cliquez sur Aucune pour supprimer la lettrine. Police sert à sélectionner la police dans la liste des polices disponibles. Hauteur des lignes sert à spécifier le nombre des lignes occupées par la lettrine. Il est possible de sélectionner de 1 à 10 lignes. Distance du texte sert à spécifier l'espace entre le texte du paragraphe et la bordure droite du cadre qui entoure la lettrine. L'onglet Bordures et remplissage vous permet d'ajouter une bordure autour de la lettrine et de régler ses paramètres. Ils sont les suivants : Paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, sa présence ou absence) - définissez la taille des bordures, sélectionnez leur couleur et choisissez les bordures auxquelles (en haut, en bas, à gauche, à droite ou quelques unes à la fois) vous voulez appliquer ces paramètres. Couleur d'arrère-plan - choisissez la couleur pour l'arrère-plan de la lettrine. L'onglet Marges vous permet de définir la distance entre la lettrine et les bordures En haut, En bas, A gauche et A droite autour d'elle (si les bordures ont été préalablement ajoutées). Après avoir ajouté la lettrine vous pouvez également changer les paramètres du Cadre. Pour y accéder, cliquez droit à l'intérieur du cadre et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancées du cadre du menu contextuel. La fenêtre Cadre - Paramètres avancés s'ouvre : L'onglet Cadre vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Position sert à sélectionner une des styles d'habillage Aligné ou Flottant. Ou vous pouvez cliquer sur Aucune pour supprimer le cadre. Largeur et Hauteur servent à changer la taille du cadre. L'option Auto vous permet de régler la taille du cadre automatiquement en l'ajustant à la lettrine à l'intérieur. L'option Exactement vous permet de spécifier les valeurs fixes. L'option Au moins est utilisée pour définir la hauteur minimale (si vous changez la taille du cadre, la hauteur du cadre change en conséquence, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la valeur spécifiée). Horizontal sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou la colonne, ou à aligner le cadre (à gauche, au centre ou à droite) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte horizontale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures verticales du cadre et le texte du paragraphe. Vertical sert à définir la position exacte du cadre des unités sélectionnées par rapport à la marge, la page ou le paragraphe, ou à aligner le cadre (en haut, au centre ou en bas) par rapport à un des points de référence. Vous pouvez également définir la Distance du texte verticale c'est-à-dire l'espace entre les bordures horizontales et le texte du paragraphe. Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la litterine se déplace comme le paragraphe auquel elle est liée. Les onglets Bordures et remplissage et Marges permettent de définir les mêmes paramètres que dans les onglets de la fenêtre Lettrine - Paramètres avancés." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insérer des équations", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.). Ajouter une nouvelle équation Pour insérer une équation depuis la galerie, placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la ligne choisie, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices, cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation voulu(e) dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant. La boîte de symbole/équation sélectionnée sera insérée à la position du curseur. Si la ligne sélectionnée est vide, l'équation sera centrée. Pour aligner une telle équation à gauche ou à droite, cliquez sur la boîte d'équation et utilisez l'icône ou dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.Chaque modèle d'équation comporte un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé un espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé . Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires. Remarque : pour commencer à créer une équation, vous pouvez également utiliser le raccourci clavier Alt + =. Entrer des valeurs Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/la droite ou d'une ligne vers le haut/bas. Si vous devez créer un espace réservé sous l'emplacement avec le point d'insertion dans le modèle sélectionné, appuyez sur Entrée.Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé : entrez la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier, insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu Équation de l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, ajoutez un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice. Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite. Remarque : actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \\sqrt(4&x^3). Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement. Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Une fois le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche Tab pour aligner la nouvelle ligne avec n'importe quel opérateur mathématique de la ligne précédente. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel. Mise en forme des équations Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et utilisez les boutons et de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence. Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.Pour modifier certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné). Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu. Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les Modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier. sélectionnez l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé de limite vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu. Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur. Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu. Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument. Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu. Pour aligner certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Gauche, Centre ou Droite. Supprimer les éléments d'une équation Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient. Pour supprimer toute l'équation, sélectionnez-la complètement en faisant glisser la souris ou en double-cliquant sur la boîte d'équation et en appuyant sur la touche Suppr du clavier.Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu. Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible. Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères et séparateurs englobants dans le menu. Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu. Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Cette option est également disponible pour les équations d'autres types si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces réservés en appuyant sur Entrée. Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné). Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les modifier, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (à savoir des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.). Ajouter une nouvelle équation Pour insérer une équation depuis la galerie, placez le curseur à l'intérieur de la ligne choisie, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Équation sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices, cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation voulu(e) dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant. La boîte de symbole/équation sélectionnée sera insérée à la position du curseur. Si la ligne sélectionnée est vide, l'équation sera centrée. Pour aligner une telle équation à gauche ou à droite, cliquez sur la boîte d'équation et utilisez l'icône ou dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.Chaque modèle d'équation comporte un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé un espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé . Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires. Remarque : pour commencer à créer une équation, vous pouvez également utiliser le raccourci clavier Alt + =. Entrer des valeurs Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/la droite ou d'une ligne vers le haut/bas. Si vous devez créer un espace réservé sous l'emplacement avec le point d'insertion dans le modèle sélectionné, appuyez sur Entrée.Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé : entrez la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier, insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu Équation de l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, ajoutez un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice. Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite. Remarque : actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \\sqrt(4&x^3). Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement. Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Une fois le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, vous pouvez appuyer sur la touche Tab pour aligner la nouvelle ligne avec n'importe quel opérateur mathématique de la ligne précédente. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel. Mise en forme des équations Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et utilisez les boutons et de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure ou sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence. Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.Pour modifier certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné). Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu. Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les Modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier. sélectionnez l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé de limite vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu. Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur. Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu. Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument. Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu. Pour aligner certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets (ou des équations d'autres types, si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces en appuyant sur Entrée), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de Colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Gauche, Centre ou Droite. Supprimer les éléments d'une équation Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient. Pour supprimer toute l'équation, sélectionnez-la complètement en faisant glisser la souris ou en double-cliquant sur la boîte d'équation et en appuyant sur la touche Suppr du clavier.Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu. Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible. Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères et séparateurs englobants dans le menu. Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu. Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Cette option est également disponible pour les équations d'autres types si vous avez déjà ajouté de nouveaux espaces réservés en appuyant sur Entrée. Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné). Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Insérer les notes de bas de page", - "body": "Vous pouvez ajouter des notes de bas de page pour fournir des explications ou des commentaires sur certaines phrases ou termes utilisés dans votre texte, faire des références aux sources, etc. Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document, positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin du passage de texte auquel vous souhaitez ajouter une note de bas de page, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône Note de bas de page et sélectionnez l'option Insérer note de bas de page dans le menu,La marque de note de bas de page (c'est-à-dire le caractère en exposant qui indique une note de bas de page) apparaît dans le texte du document et le point d'insertion se déplace vers le bas de la page actuelle. tapez le texte de la note de bas de page. Répétez les opérations mentionnées ci-dessus pour ajouter les notes de bas de page suivantes à d'autres passages de texte dans le document. Les notes de bas de page sont numérotées automatiquement. Si vous placez le pointeur de la souris sur la marque de la note de bas de page dans le texte du document, une petite fenêtre contextuelle avec le texte de la note apparaît. Pour naviguer facilement entre les notes de bas de page ajoutées dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la section Aller aux notes de bas de page, utilisez la flèche pour accéder à la note de bas de page précédente ou la flèche pour accéder à la note de bas de page suivante. Pour modifier les paramètres des notes de bas de page, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page sur l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres des notes du menu contextuel, changez les paramètres actuels dans la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes qui s'ouvre : Définissez l'Emplacement des notes de bas de page sur la page en sélectionnant l'une des options disponibles : Bas de la page - pour positionner les notes de bas de page au bas de la page (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut). Sous le texte - pour positionner les notes de bas de page plus près du texte. Cette option peut être utile dans les cas où la page contient un court texte. Ajuster le Format des notes de bas de page : Format de numérotation - sélectionnez le format de numérotation voulu parmi ceux disponibles : 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Commencer par - utilisez les flèches pour définir le numéro ou la lettre par laquelle vous voulez commencer à numéroter. Numérotation - sélectionnez un moyen de numéroter vos notes de bas de page : Continu - pour numéroter les notes de bas de page de manière séquentielle dans tout le document, Redémarrer à chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque section, Redémarrer à chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque page. Marque personnalisée - définissez un caractère spécial ou un mot que vous souhaitez utiliser comme marque de note de bas de page (par exemple, * ou Note1). Entrez le caractère/mot choisie dans le champ de saisie de texte et cliquez sur le bouton Insérer en bas de la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes. Utilisez la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à pour sélectionner si vous souhaitez appliquer les paramètres de notes spécifiés au Document entier ou à la Section en cours uniquement.Remarque : pour utiliser différentes mises en forme de notes de bas de page dans des parties distinctes du document, vous devez d'abord ajouter des sauts de section. Lorsque vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer. Pour supprimer une seule note de bas de page, positionnez le point d'insertion directement avant le repère de note de bas de page dans le texte du document et appuyez sur Suppr. Les autres notes de bas de page seront automatiquement renumérotées. Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document, cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page sur l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Supprimer toutes les notes du menu contextuel," + "body": "Vous pouvez ajouter des notes de bas de page pour fournir des explications ou des commentaires sur certaines phrases ou termes utilisés dans votre texte, faire des références aux sources, etc. Pour insérer une note de bas de page dans votre document, positionnez le point d'insertion à la fin du passage de texte auquel vous souhaitez ajouter une note de bas de page, passez à l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Note de bas de page dans la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de l'icône et sélectionnez l'option dans le menu,La marque de note de bas de page (c'est-à-dire le caractère en exposant qui indique une note de bas de page) apparaît dans le texte du document et le point d'insertion se déplace vers le bas de la page actuelle. tapez le texte de la note de bas de page. Répétez les opérations mentionnées ci-dessus pour ajouter les notes de bas de page suivantes à d'autres passages de texte dans le document. Les notes de bas de page sont numérotées automatiquement. Si vous placez le pointeur de la souris sur la marque de la note de bas de page dans le texte du document, une petite fenêtre contextuelle avec le texte de la note apparaît. Pour naviguer facilement entre les notes de bas de page ajoutées dans le texte du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la section Aller aux notes de bas de page, utilisez la flèche pour accéder à la note de bas de page précédente ou la flèche pour accéder à la note de bas de page suivante. Pour modifier les paramètres des notes de bas de page, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres des notes du menu contextuel, changez les paramètres actuels dans la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes qui s'ouvre : Définissez l'Emplacement des notes de bas de page sur la page en sélectionnant l'une des options disponibles : Bas de la page - pour positionner les notes de bas de page au bas de la page (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut). Sous le texte - pour positionner les notes de bas de page plus près du texte. Cette option peut être utile dans les cas où la page contient un court texte. Ajuster le Format des notes de bas de page : Format de numérotation - sélectionnez le format de numérotation voulu parmi ceux disponibles : 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Commencer par - utilisez les flèches pour définir le numéro ou la lettre par laquelle vous voulez commencer à numéroter. Numérotation - sélectionnez un moyen de numéroter vos notes de bas de page : Continu - pour numéroter les notes de bas de page de manière séquentielle dans tout le document, Redémarrer à chaque section - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque section, Redémarrer à chaque page - pour commencer la numérotation des notes de bas de page avec le numéro 1 (ou un autre caractère spécifié) au début de chaque page. Marque personnalisée - définissez un caractère spécial ou un mot que vous souhaitez utiliser comme marque de note de bas de page (par exemple, * ou Note1). Entrez le caractère/mot choisie dans le champ de saisie de texte et cliquez sur le bouton Insérer en bas de la fenêtre Paramètres de Notes. Utilisez la liste déroulante Appliquer les modifications à pour sélectionner si vous souhaitez appliquer les paramètres de notes spécifiés au Document entier ou à la Section en cours uniquement.Remarque : pour utiliser différentes mises en forme de notes de bas de page dans des parties distinctes du document, vous devez d'abord ajouter des sauts de section. Lorsque vous êtes prêt, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer. Pour supprimer une seule note de bas de page, positionnez le point d'insertion directement avant le repère de note de bas de page dans le texte du document et appuyez sur Suppr. Les autres notes de bas de page seront automatiquement renumérotées. Pour supprimer toutes les notes de bas de page du document, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Note de bas de page dans l'onglet Références de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Supprimer toutes les notes du menu contextuel," }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Insérer les en-têtes et pieds de page", - "body": "Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent , passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête. Modifier le pied de page pour insérer ou modifier le texte de pied de page. modifiez les paramètres actuels pour les en-têtes ou pieds de page sur la barre latérale droite Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure (en-têtes) ou inférieure (pour pieds) de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Same as Previous. Décochez la case Lien vers Préсédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Same as Previous sera indisponible. Pour saisir un texte ou modifier le texte déjà saisi et régler les paramètres de l'en-tête ou le pied de page, vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur la partie supérieure ou inférieure de la page ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option - Modifier l'en-tête ou Modifier le pied de page du menu contextuel. Pour passer au corps du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail. Le texte que vous utilisez dans l'en-tête ou dans le pied de page sera affiché en gris. Remarque : consultez la section Insérer les numéros de page pour apprendre à ajouter des numéros de page à votre document." + "body": "Pour ajouter un en-tête ou un pied de page à votre document ou modifier ceux qui déjà existent , passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page sur la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Modifier l'en-tête pour insérer ou modifier le texte d'en-tête. Modifier le pied de page pour insérer ou modifier le texte de pied de page. modifiez les paramètres actuels pour les en-têtes ou pieds de page sur la barre latérale droite Définissez la Position du texte par rapport à la partie supérieure (en-têtes) ou inférieure (pour pieds) de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un en-tête ou un pied de page différent pour la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas ajouter un en-tête / un pied de page. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour ajouter de différents en-têtes ou pieds de page pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, alors que les mêmes en-têtes/pieds de page sont appliqués à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lien vers Préсédent pour utiliser de différents en-têtes et pieds de page pour chaque section du document. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible. Pour saisir un texte ou modifier le texte déjà saisi et régler les paramètres de l'en-tête ou le pied de page, vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur la partie supérieure ou inférieure de la page ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option - Modifier l'en-tête ou Modifier le pied de page du menu contextuel. Pour passer au corps du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail. Le texte que vous utilisez dans l'en-tête ou dans le pied de page sera affiché en gris. Remarque : consultez la section Insérer les numéros de page pour apprendre à ajouter des numéros de page à votre document." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insérer des images", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insérer une image Pour insérer une image dans votre document de texte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer une image, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Image de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image : l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier voulu sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web voulue et cliquez sur le bouton OK après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses propriétés et sa position. Déplacer et redimensionner des images Pour changer la taille de l'image, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'image sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position de l'image, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'image à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez l'image, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour faire pivoter l'image, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Ajuster les paramètres de l'image Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés dans l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous y pouvez modifier les paramètres suivants : Taille est utilisée pour afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'image par défaut en cliquant sur le bouton Taille par défaut. Le bouton Ajuster à la marge permet de redimensionner l'image, de sorte qu'elle occupe tout l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Remplacer image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre à partir d'un fichier ou d'une URL. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Taille par défaut sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image ou rétablir la taille par défaut. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Image - Paramètres avancés'. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur l'image avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour modifier langeur / hauteur de l'image. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est cliqué (dans ce cas il ressemble à ceci ), les proportions d'image originales sera gardées lors de la modification de la largeur/hauteur. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Par défaut. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont l'image est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Il contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si l'image se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux images sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Insérer une image Pour insérer une image dans votre document de texte, placez le curseur là où vous voulez insérer une image, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône de la barre d'outils supérieure Insérer une image, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image : l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier recherché sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton OK après avoir ajouté l'image, vous pouvez modifier sa taille, ses propriétés et sa position. Déplacer et redimensionner des images Pour changer la taille de l'image, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur ses bords. Pour garder les proportions de l'image sélectionnée lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour modifier la position de l'image, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'image. Faites glisser l'image à la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Lorsque vous déplacez l'image, des lignes de guidage s'affichent pour vous aider à positionner l'objet sur la page avec précision (si un style d'habillage autre que aligné est sélectionné). Pour faire pivoter l'image, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation ronde et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée. Ajuster les paramètres de l'image Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être modifiés dans l'onglet Paramètres de l'image de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur l'image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Vous y pouvez modifier les paramètres suivants : Taille est utilisée pour afficher la et la de l'image actuelle. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez restaurer la taille d'image par défaut en cliquant sur le bouton Taille par défaut. Le bouton Ajuster à la marge permet de redimensionner l'image, de sorte qu'elle occupe tout l'espace entre les marges gauche et droite de la page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte (pour en savoir plus, consultez la section des paramètres avancés ci-dessous). Remplacer image sert à remplacer l'image actuelle et charger une autre à partir d'un fichier ou d'une URL. Certains paramètres de l'image peuvent être également modifiés en utilisant le menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Organiser sert à placer l'image sélectionnée au premier plan, envoyer à fond, avancer ou reculer ainsi que grouper ou dégrouper des images pour effectuer des opérations avec plusieurs images à la fois. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Aligner sert à aligner le texte à gauche, au centre, à droite, en haut, au milieu, en bas. Pour en savoir plus sur l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Style d'habillage sert à sélectionner un des styles d'habillage - aligné sur le texte, carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, devant le texte, derrière le texte - ou modifier le contour de l'habillage. L'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous sélectionnez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Faites glisser les points d'habillage pour personnaliser les limites. Pour créer un nouveau point d'habillage, cliquez sur la ligne rouge et faites-la glisser vers la position désirée. Taille par défaut sert à changer la taille actuelle de l'image ou rétablir la taille par défaut. Paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Image - Paramètres avancés'. Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type, la taille et la couleur de Contour ainsi que changer le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés, cliquez sur l'image avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez Paramètres avancés du menu contextuel ou cliquez sur le lien de la barre latérale droite Afficher paramètres avancés. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte : L'onglet Taille comporte les paramètres suivants : Largeur et Hauteur - utilisez ces options pour modifier langeur / hauteur de l'image. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est cliqué (dans ce cas il ressemble à ceci ), les proportions d'image originales sera gardées lors de la modification de la largeur/hauteur. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Par défaut. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage - utilisez cette option pour changer la manière dont l'image est positionnée par rapport au texte : elle peut faire partie du texte (si vous sélectionnez le style 'aligné sur le texte') ou être contournée par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous sélectionnez l'un des autres styles). Aligné sur le texte - l'image fait partie du texte, comme un caractère, ainsi si le texte est déplacé, l'image est déplacée elle aussi. Dans ce cas-là les options de position ne sont pas accessibles. Si vous sélectionnez un des styles suivants, vous pouvez déplacer l'image indépendamment du texte et définir sa position exacte : Carré - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image. Rapproché - le texte est ajusté sur le contour de l' image. Au travers - le texte est ajusté autour des bords de l'image et occupe l'espace vide à l'intérieur d'elle. Pour créer l'effet, utilisez l'option Modifier les limites du renvoi à la ligne du menu contextuel. Haut et bas - le texte est ajusté en haut et en bas de l'image. Devant le texte - l'image est affichée sur le texte. Derrière le texte - le texte est affiché sur l'image. Si vous avez choisi le style carré, rapproché, au travers, haut et bas, vous avez la possibilité de configurer des paramètres supplémentaires - Distance du texte de tous les côtés (haut, bas, droit, gauche). L'onglet Position n'est disponible qu'au cas où vous choisissez le style d'habillage autre que 'aligné sur le texte'. Cet onglet contient les paramètres suivants qui varient selon le type d'habillage sélectionné : La section Horizontal vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants : Alignement (gauche, centre, droite) par rapport au caractère, à la colonne, à la marge de gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) à droite du caractère, de la colonne, de la marge de gauche, de la marge, de la page ou de la marge de droite, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge gauche, à la marge, à la page ou à la marge de droite. La section Vertical vous permet de sélectionner l'un des trois types de positionnement d'image suivants : Alignement (haut, centre, bas) par rapport à la ligne, à la marge, à la marge inférieure, au paragraphe, à la page ou à la marge supérieure, Position absolue mesurée en unités absolues, c.-à-d. Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) sous la ligne, la marge, la marge inférieure, le paragraphe, la page la marge supérieure, Position relative mesurée en pourcentage par rapport à la marge, à la marge inférieure, à la page ou à la marge supérieure. Déplacer avec le texte détermine si l'image se déplace en même temps que le texte sur lequel elle est alignée. Chevauchement détermine si deux images sont fusionnées en une seule ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les unes près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Insérer les numéros de page", - "body": "Pour insérer des numéros de page dans votre document, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Pour mettre un numéro de page à chaque page de votre document, sélectionnez la position de numéro de page sur la page. Pour insérer un numéro de page à la position actuelle du curseur, sélectionnez l'option À la position actuelle. Pour insérer le nombre total de pages dans votre document (par ex. si vous souhaitez créer une saisie Page X de Y): placez le curseur où vous souhaitez insérer le nombre total de pages, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le nombre de pages. Pour modifier les paramètres de la numérotation des pages, double-cliquez sur le numéro de page ajouté, modifiez les paramètres actuels en utilisant la barre latérale droite : Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Same as Previous. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document, par exemple, pour commencer la numérotation de chaque section à 1. L'étiquette Same as Previous sera indisponible. Pour retourner à l'édition du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail." + "body": "Pour insérer des numéros de page dans votre document, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le numéro de page du sous-menu, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes : Pour mettre un numéro de page à chaque page de votre document, sélectionnez la position de numéro de page sur la page. Pour insérer un numéro de page à la position actuelle du curseur, sélectionnez l'option À la position actuelle. Pour insérer le nombre total de pages dans votre document (par ex. si vous souhaitez créer une saisie Page X de Y): placez le curseur où vous souhaitez insérer le nombre total de pages, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier l'en-tête ou le pied de page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer le nombre de pages. Pour modifier les paramètres de la numérotation des pages, double-cliquez sur le numéro de page ajouté, modifiez les paramètres actuels en utilisant la barre latérale droite : Définissez la Position des numéros de page ainsi que la position par rapport à la partie supérieure et inférieure de la page. Cochez la case Première page différente pour appliquer un numéro différent à la première page ou si vous ne voulez pas du tout ajouter le numéro. Utilisez la case Pages paires et impaires différentes pour insérer des numéros de page différents pour les pages paires et impaires. L'option Lier au précédent est disponible si vous avez déjà ajouté des sections dans votre document. Sinon, elle sera grisée. En outre, cette option est non disponible pour toute première section (c'est-à-dire quand un en-tête ou un pied qui appartient à la première section est choisi). Par défaut, cette case est cochée, de sorte que la numérotation unifiée est appliquée à toutes les sections. Si vous sélectionnez une zone d’en-tête ou de pied de page, vous verrez que сette zone est marquée par l'étiquette Identique au précédent. Décochez la case Lier au précédent pour utiliser la numérotation des pages différente pour chaque section du document, par exemple, pour commencer la numérotation de chaque section à 1. L'étiquette Identique au précédent sera indisponible. Pour retourner à l'édition du document, double-cliquez sur la zone de travail." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insérer des tableaux", - "body": "Insérer un tableau Pour insérer un tableau dans le texte de votre document, placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau : soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum) Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum). soit un tableau personnalisé Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés et sa position. Ajuster les paramètres du tableau Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionner sert à sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule ou un tableau. Insérer sert à insérer une ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de la ligne où le curseur est placé ainsi qu'insérer une colonne à gauche ou à droite de la сolonne à la position actuelle du curseur. Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau. Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner. Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée. Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée. Orientation du texte - sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horisontallement, verticallement de haut en bas (Rotation 90°), ou verticcalement de bas en haut (Rotation 270°). Style d'habillage - Aligné est utilisé pour sélectionner le style aligné (où le tableau est incorporé dans le texte) ainsi que l'alignement : gauche, au centre, droit. Style d'habillage - Objet flottant sert à sélectionner le style flottant lorsque le texte est enroulé autour du tableau. Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte. Paramètres avancés du paragraphe- sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'. Vous pouvez également modifier les propriétés du tableau en utilisant la barre latérale droite : Lignes et Colonnes servent à sélectionner les parties du tableau à souligner. Pour les lignes : En-tête - pour souligner la première ligne Total - pour souligner la dernière ligne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième ligne Pour les colonnes : Premier - pour souligner la première colonne Dernier - pour souligner la dernière colonne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième colonne Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles. Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan. Habillage du texte sert à choisir entre deux styles d'habillage du texte - aligné sur le texte et flottant. Lignes et colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule. Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs. Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Pour modifier les paramètres du tableau avancés, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre : L'onglet Tableau permet de modifier les paramètres de tout le tableau. La section Taille du tableau contient les paramètres suivants : Largeur - par défaut, la largeur du tableau est ajustée automatiquement à la largeur de la page, c-à-d le tableau occupe tout l'espace entre la marge gauche et la marge droite de la page. Vous pouvez cocher cette case et spécifier la largeur du tableau manuellement. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur du tableau en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option choisie dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés... tab) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale de la page.Remarque: vous pouvez aussi ajuster la taille du tableau manuellement en changeant la hauteur des lignes et la largeur des colonnes. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la ligne/ de la colonne jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour changer la largeur de la colonne et les marqueurs sur la règle verticale pour modifier la hauteur de la ligne. Redimensionner automatiquement pour ajuster au contenu - permet de changer automatiquement la largeur de chaque colonne selon le texte dans ses cellules. La section Marges des cellules par défaut permet de changer l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule utilisé par défaut. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Espacement entre les cellules - l'espacement des cellules qui sera rempli par la couleur de l'Arrière-plan de tableau. L'onglet Cellule permet de modifier les paramètres des cellules individuelles. D'abord vous devez sélectionner la cellule à appliquer les modifications ou sélectionner le tableau à modifier les propriétés de toutes ses cellules. La section Taille de la cellule contient les paramètres suivants : Largeur préférée - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule par défaut. C'est la taille à laquelle la cellule essaie de correspondre, mais dans certains cas ce n'est pas possible se s'adapter à cette valeur exacte. Par exemple, si le texte dans une cellule dépasse la largeur spécifiée, il sera rompu par la ligne suivante de sorte que la largeur de cellule préférée reste intacte, mais si vous insérez une nouvelle colonne, la largeur préférée sera réduite. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale du tableau.Remarque : vous pouvez aussi définir la largeur de la cellule manuellement. Pour rendre une cellule plus large ou plus étroite dans une colonne, sélectionnez la cellule nécessaire et déplacez le curseur de la souris sur sa bordure droite jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle, puis faites glisser la bordure. Pour modifier la largeur de toutes les cellules d'une colonne, utilisez les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour modifier la largeur de la colonne. La section Marges de la cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule. Par défaut, les valeurs standard sont utilisées (les valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées également en utilisant l'onglet Tableau), mais vous pouvez désactiver l'option Utiliser marges par défaut et entrer les valeurs nécessaires manuellement. La section Option de la cellule permet de modifier le paramètre suivant : L'option Envelopper le texte est activée par défaut. Il permet d'envelopper le texte dans une cellule qui dépasse sa largeur sur la ligne suivante en agrandissant la hauteur de la rangée et en gardant la largeur de la colonne inchangée. L'onglet Bordures et arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants : Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules.Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées. Fond de la cellule - la couleur d'arrière plan dans les cellules (disponible uniquement si une ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées ou l'option Espacement entre les cellules est sélectionnée dans l'onglet Tableau ). Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est chosie dans l'onglet Tableau. L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible si l'option Flottant de l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants : Horizontal sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte. Vertical sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la tableau se déplace comme le texte dans lequel il est inséré. Autoriser le chevauchement sert à déterminer si deux tableaux sont fusionnés en un seul grand tableau ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les uns près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage du texte - Aligné ou Flottant. Utilisez l'option nécessaire pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant). Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour le style d'habillage aligné et flottant : Pour le style d'habillage aligné, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignment du tableau et le Retrait à gauche. Pour le style d'habillage flottant, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau." + "body": "Insérer un tableau Pour insérer un tableau dans le texte de votre document, placez le curseur à l'endroit où vous voulez insérer le tableau, passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau : soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum) Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum). soit un tableau personnalisé Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés, sa taille et sa position. Pour redimensionner un tableau, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée dans son coin inférieur droit et faites-la glisser jusqu'à ce que la taille du tableau soit atteinte. Vous pouvez également modifier manuellement la largeur d'une certaine colonne ou la hauteur d'une ligne. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure droite de la colonne de sorte que le curseur se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure vers la gauche ou la droite pour définir la largeur nécessaire. Pour modifier manuellement la hauteur d'une seule ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure inférieure de la ligne afin que le curseur devienne la flèche bidirectionnelle et déplacez la bordure vers le haut ou le bas. Pour déplacer une table, maintenez la poignée dans son coin supérieur gauche et faites-la glisser à l'endroit voulu dans le document. Sélectionnez un tableau ou une portion de tableau Pour sélectionner un tableau entier, cliquez sur la poignée dans son coin supérieur gauche. Pour sélectionner une certaine cellule, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur le côté gauche de la cellule nécessaire pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Pour sélectionner une certaine ligne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure gauche du tableau à côté de la ligne voulue pour que le curseur devienne la flèche noire horizontale , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Pour sélectionner une certaine colonne, déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure supérieure de la colonne voulue pour que le curseur se transforme en flèche noire dirigée vers le bas , puis cliquez avec le bouton gauche de la souris. Il est également possible de sélectionner une cellule, une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau à l'aide des options du menu contextuel ou de la section Lignes et colonnes de la barre latérale droite. Ajuster les paramètres du tableau Certaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide du menu contextuel. Les options du menu sont les suivantes : Couper, Copier, Coller - les options nécessaires pour couper ou coller le texte / l'objet sélectionné et coller un passage de texte précedement coupé / copié ou un objet à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionner sert à sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule ou un tableau. Insérer sert à insérer une ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de la ligne où le curseur est placé ainsi qu'insérer une colonne à gauche ou à droite de la сolonne à la position actuelle du curseur. Supprimer sert à supprimer une ligne, une colonne ou un tableau. Fusionner les cellules est disponible si deux ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées et est utilisé pour les fusionner. Fractionner la cellule... sert à ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez sélectionner le nombre nécessaire de colonnes et de lignes de la cellule qui doit être divisée. Distribuer les lignes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même hauteur sans changer la hauteur globale du tableau. Distribuer les colonnes est utilisé pour ajuster les cellules sélectionnées afin qu'elles aient la même largeur sans modifier la largeur globale du tableau. Alignement vertical de cellule sert à aligner le texte en haut, au centre ou en bas de la cellule sélectionnée. Orientation du texte - sert à modifier l'orientation du texte dans une cellule. Vous pouvez placer le texte horisontallement, verticallement de haut en bas (Rotation 90°), ou verticcalement de bas en haut (Rotation 270°). Paramètres avancés du tableau sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Lien hypertexte sert à insérer un lien hypertexte. Paramètres avancés du paragraphe- sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés'. Vous pouvez également modifier les propriétés du tableau en utilisant la barre latérale droite : Lignes et Colonnes servent à sélectionner les parties du tableau à souligner. Pour les lignes : En-tête - pour souligner la première ligne Total - pour souligner la dernière ligne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième ligne Pour les colonnes : Premier - pour souligner la première colonne Dernier - pour souligner la dernière colonne À bandes - pour souligner chaque deuxième colonne Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle sert à choisir un modèle de tableau à partir de ceux qui sont disponibles. Style des bordures sert à sélectionner la taille de la bordure, la couleur, le style ainsi que la couleur d'arrière-plan. Lignes & colonnes sert à effectuer certaines opérations avec le tableau : sélectionner, supprimer, insérer des lignes et des colonnes, fusionner des cellules, fractionner une cellule. Taille de cellule est utilisée pour ajuster la largeur et la hauteur de la cellule actuellement sélectionnée. Dans cette section, vous pouvez également Distribuer les lignes afin que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même hauteur ou Distribuer les colonnes de sorte que toutes les cellules sélectionnées aient la même largeur. Répéter en haut de chaque page en tant que ligne d'en-tête sert à insérer la même rangée d'en-tête en haut de chaque page dans les tableaux longs. Afficher les paramètres avancés sert à ouvrir la fenêtre 'Tableau - Paramètres avancés'. Pour modifier les paramètres du tableau avancés, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre : L'onglet Tableau permet de modifier les paramètres de tout le tableau. La section Taille du tableau contient les paramètres suivants : Largeur - par défaut, la largeur du tableau est ajustée automatiquement à la largeur de la page, c-à-d le tableau occupe tout l'espace entre la marge gauche et la marge droite de la page. Vous pouvez cocher cette case et spécifier la largeur du tableau manuellement. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur du tableau en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option choisie dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés... tab) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale de la page.Remarque: vous pouvez aussi ajuster la taille du tableau manuellement en changeant la hauteur des lignes et la largeur des colonnes. Déplacez le curseur de la souris sur la bordure de la ligne/ de la colonne jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle et faites glisser la bordure. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour changer la largeur de la colonne et les marqueurs sur la règle verticale pour modifier la hauteur de la ligne. Redimensionner automatiquement pour ajuster au contenu - permet de changer automatiquement la largeur de chaque colonne selon le texte dans ses cellules. La section Marges des cellules par défaut permet de changer l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule utilisé par défaut. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Espacement entre les cellules - l'espacement des cellules qui sera rempli par la couleur de l'Arrière-plan de tableau. L'onglet Cellule permet de modifier les paramètres des cellules individuelles. D'abord vous devez sélectionner la cellule à appliquer les modifications ou sélectionner le tableau à modifier les propriétés de toutes ses cellules. La section Taille de la cellule contient les paramètres suivants : Largeur préférée - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule par défaut. C'est la taille à laquelle la cellule essaie de correspondre, mais dans certains cas ce n'est pas possible se s'adapter à cette valeur exacte. Par exemple, si le texte dans une cellule dépasse la largeur spécifiée, il sera rompu par la ligne suivante de sorte que la largeur de cellule préférée reste intacte, mais si vous insérez une nouvelle colonne, la largeur préférée sera réduite. Mesure en - permet de définir la largeur de la cellule en unités absolues c-à-d Centimètres/Points/Pouces (selon l'option spécifiée dans l'onglet Fichier -> Paramètres avancés...) ou en Pour cent de la largeur totale du tableau.Remarque : vous pouvez aussi définir la largeur de la cellule manuellement. Pour rendre une cellule plus large ou plus étroite dans une colonne, sélectionnez la cellule nécessaire et déplacez le curseur de la souris sur sa bordure droite jusqu'à ce qu'elle se transforme en flèche bidirectionnelle, puis faites glisser la bordure. Pour modifier la largeur de toutes les cellules d'une colonne, utilisez les marqueurs sur la règle horizontale pour modifier la largeur de la colonne. La section Marges de la cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule. Par défaut, les valeurs standard sont utilisées (les valeurs par défaut peuvent être modifiées également en utilisant l'onglet Tableau), mais vous pouvez désactiver l'option Utiliser marges par défaut et entrer les valeurs nécessaires manuellement. La section Option de la cellule permet de modifier le paramètre suivant : L'option Envelopper le texte est activée par défaut. Il permet d'envelopper le texte dans une cellule qui dépasse sa largeur sur la ligne suivante en agrandissant la hauteur de la rangée et en gardant la largeur de la colonne inchangée. L'onglet Bordures & arrière-plan contient les paramètres suivants: Les paramètres de la Bordure (taille, couleur, présence ou absence) - définissez la taille de la bordure, sélectionnez sa couleur et choisissez la façon d'affichage dans les cellules.Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en cliquant sur le bouton ou en désélectionnant toutes les bordures manuellement sur le diagramme, les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Pour les faire disparaître, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Bordures du tableau cachées. Fond de la cellule - la couleur d'arrière plan dans les cellules (disponible uniquement si une ou plusieurs cellules sont sélectionnées ou l'option Espacement entre les cellules est sélectionnée dans l'onglet Tableau ). Fond du tableau - la couleur d'arrière plan du tableau ou le fond de l'espacement entre les cellules dans le cas où l'option Espacement entre les cellules est chosie dans l'onglet Tableau. L'onglet Position du tableau est disponible uniquement si l'option Flottant de l'onglet Habillage du texte est sélectionnée et contient les paramètres suivants : Horizontal sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position à droite de la marge, la page ou le texte. Vertical sert à régler l'alignment du tableau (à gauche, au centre, à droite) par rapport à la marge, la page ou le texte aussi bien que la position en dessous de la marge, la page ou le texte. La section Options permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Déplacer avec le texte contrôle si la tableau se déplace comme le texte dans lequel il est inséré. Autoriser le chevauchement sert à déterminer si deux tableaux sont fusionnés en un seul grand tableau ou se chevauchent si vous les faites glisser les uns près des autres sur la page. L'onglet Habillage du texte contient les paramètres suivants : Style d'habillage du texte - Tableau aligné ou Tableau flottant. Utilisez l'option voulue pour changer la façon de positionner le tableau par rapport au texte : soit il sera une partie du texte ( si vous avez choisi le style aligné), soit il sera entouré par le texte de tous les côtés (si vous avez choisi le style flottant). Après avoir sélectionné le style d'habillage, les paramètres d'habillage supplémentaires peuvent être définis pour les tableaux alignés et flottants : Pour les tableaux alignés, vous pouvez spécifier l'Alignement du tableau et le Retrait à gauche. Pour les tableaux flottants, vous pouvez spécifier la distance du texte et la position du tableau dans l'onglet Position du tableau. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Insérer des objets textuels", - "body": "Pour rendre votre texte plus explicite et attirer l'attention sur une partie spécifique du document, vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police prédéfini et couleur qui permet d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Ajouter un objet textuel Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire : passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel désiré : Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Zone de texte dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez à l'endroit où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure de la zone de texte pour spécifier sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.Remarque : il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme dans le groupe Formes de base. Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Text Art dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte. cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir au document. Le texte de l'objet textuel fait partie de celui-ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet, le texte change de position lui aussi). Comme un objet texte inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire contenant du texte (les objets Text Art ont des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) et que ce cadre est une forme automatique simple, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte. Pour supprimer l'objet texte ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé. Mettre en forme une zone de texte Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées). Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme. Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour, le style d'habillage de la zone de texte ou remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale de droite et utilisez les options correspondantes. Pour aligner la zone de texte sur la page, organiser les zones de texte en fonction d'autres objets, modifier un style d'habillage ou accéder aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de zone de texte et utilisez les options du menu contextuel. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation et l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées. Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte sélectionnée précédemment. Pour faire pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation à 90° (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation à 270° (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut). Pour aligner le texte verticalement dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Alignement vertical, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas. Les autres options de mise en forme que vous pouvez appliquer sont les mêmes que celles du texte standard. Veuillez vous reporter aux sections d'aide correspondantes pour en savoir plus sur l'opération concernée. Vous pouvez : Aligner le texte horizontalement dans la zone de texte ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et des préréglages de formatage définir l'interligne, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets pour le texte multiligne dans la zone de texte Insérer un lien hypertexte Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône des Paramètres du Text Art dans la barre latérale droite et modifier certains paramètres de style. Modifier un style Text Art Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite. Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police, une taille, etc. Changer le Remplissage de la police. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie pour le remplissage de l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner deux couleurs et remplir les lettres d'une transition douce entre elles. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Remarque : si une de ces deux options est sélectionnée, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Ajustez la largeur, la couleur et le type du Contour de la police. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de contour. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte nécessaire dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose." + "body": "Pour rendre votre texte plus explicite et attirer l'attention sur une partie spécifique du document, vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police prédéfini et couleur qui permet d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Ajouter un objet textuel Vous pouvez ajouter un objet texte n'importe où sur la page. Pour le faire : passez à l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'objet textuel désiré : Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Zone de texte dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez à l'endroit où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure de la zone de texte pour spécifier sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.Remarque : il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme dans le groupe Formes de base. Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Text Art dans la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté à la position actuelle du curseur. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte. cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir au document. Le texte de l'objet textuel fait partie de celui-ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet, le texte change de position lui aussi). Comme un objet texte inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire contenant du texte (les objets Text Art ont des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) et que ce cadre est une forme automatique simple, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte. Pour supprimer l'objet texte ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé. Mettre en forme une zone de texte Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées). Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme. Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour, le style d'habillage de la zone de texte ou remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale de droite et utilisez les options correspondantes. Pour aligner la zone de texte sur la page, organiser les zones de texte en fonction d'autres objets, modifier un style d'habillage ou accéder aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de zone de texte et utilisez les options du menu contextuel. Pour en savoir plus sur l'organisation et l'alignement des objets, vous pouvez vous référer à cette page. Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées. Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte sélectionnée précédemment. Pour faire pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation à 90° (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation à 270° (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut). Pour aligner le texte verticalement dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Alignement vertical, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas. Les autres options de mise en forme que vous pouvez appliquer sont les mêmes que celles du texte standard. Veuillez vous reporter aux sections d'aide correspondantes pour en savoir plus sur l'opération concernée. Vous pouvez : Aligner le texte horizontalement dans la zone de texte ajuster le type, la taille, la couleur de police, appliquer des styles de décoration et des préréglages de formatage définir l'interligne, modifier les retraits de paragraphe, ajuster les taquets pour le texte multiligne dans la zone de texte Insérer un lien hypertexte Vous pouvez également cliquer sur l'icône des Paramètres du Text Art dans la barre latérale droite et modifier certains paramètres de style. Modifier un style Text Art Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite. Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police, une taille, etc. Changer le Remplissage de la police. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie pour le remplissage de l'espace intérieur de la forme automatique sélectionnée. Cliquez sur la case de couleur et sélectionnez la couleur voulue à partir de l'ensemble de couleurs disponibles ou spécifiez n'importe quelle couleur de votre choix : Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour sélectionner deux couleurs et remplir les lettres d'une transition douce entre elles. Style - choisissez une des options disponibles : Linéaire (la transition se fait selon un axe horizontal/vertical ou en diagonale, sous l'angle de 45 degrés) ou Radial (la transition se fait autour d'un point, les couleurs se fondent progressivement du centre aux bords en formant un cercle). Direction - choisissez un modèle du menu. Si vous avez sélectionné le style Linéaire, vous pouvez choisir une des directions suivantes : du haut à gauche vers le bas à droite, du haut en bas, du haut à droite vers le bas à gauche, de droite à gauche, du bas à droite vers le haut à gauche, du bas en haut, du bas à gauche vers le haut à droite, de gauche à droite. Si vous avez choisi le style Radial, il n'est disponible qu'un seul modèle. Dégradé - cliquez sur le curseur de dégradé gauche au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour activer la palette de couleurs qui correspond à la première couleur. Cliquez sur la palette de couleurs à droite pour sélectionner la première couleur. Faites glisser le curseur pour définir le point de dégradé c'est-à-dire le point quand une couleur se fond dans une autre. Utilisez le curseur droit au-dessous de la barre de dégradé pour spécifier la deuxième couleur et définir le point de dégradé. Remarque : si une de ces deux options est sélectionnée, vous pouvez toujours régler le niveau d'Opacité en faisant glisser le curseur ou en saisissant la valeur de pourcentage à la main. La valeur par défaut est 100%. Elle correspond à l'opacité complète. La valeur 0% correspond à la transparence totale. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Ajustez la largeur, la couleur et le type du Contour de la police. Pour modifier la largeur du trait, sélectionnez une des options disponibles depuis la liste déroulante Taille. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : 0,5 pt, 1 pt, 1,5 pt, 2,25 pt, 3 pt, 4,5 pt, 6 pt ou Pas de ligne si vous ne voulez pas utiliser de contour. Pour changer la couleur du contour, cliquez sur la case colorée et sélectionnez la couleur voulue. Pour modifier le type de contour, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante correspondante (une ligne continue est appliquée par défaut, vous pouvez la remplacer par l'une des lignes pointillées disponibles). Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte nécessaire dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "title": "Régler l'interligne du paragraphe", - "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez définir la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et précédent ou suivant. Pour le faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe choisi, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A, utilisez les champs correspondants de la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires : Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe. Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe. N'ajoutez pas l'intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style - cochez cette case si vous n'avez pas besoin d'espace entre les paragraphes du même style. Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe actuel, vous cliquez sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes." + "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez définir la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et précédent ou suivant. Pour le faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe choisi, ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris ou tout le texte en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+A, utilisez les champs correspondants de la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires : Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe. Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe. N'ajoutez pas l'intervalle entre les paragraphes du même style - cochez cette case si vous n'avez pas besoin d'espace entre les paragraphes du même style. Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe actuel, vous cliquez sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Afficher/masquer les caractères non imprimables", - "body": "Les caractères non imprimables aident à éditer le document. Ils indiquent la présence de différents types de mises en forme, mais ils ne sont pas imprimés, même quand ils sont affichés à l'écran. Pour afficher ou masquer les caractères non imprimables, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Les caractères non imprimables sont les suivants : Espaces Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la Barre d'espacement sur le clavier. Il crée un espace entre les caractères. Tabulations Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche Tabulation. Il est utilisé pour faire avancer le curseur sur le prochain taquet de tabulation. Marques de paragraphe Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche Entrée. Il est utilisé pour terminer un paragraphe et ajouter un peu d'espace après. Il contient des informations sur la mise en forme du paragraphe. Sauts de ligne Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez la combinaison de touches Maj+Entrée. Il rompt la ligne actuelle et met des lignes de texte très rapprochées. Retour à la ligne est principalement utilisé dans les titres et les en-têtes. Espace insécable Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Maj+Espace. Il crée un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour commencer une nouvelle ligne. Sauts de page Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page ou sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel ou de la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Sauts de section Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez une des options du sous-menu Insérer un saut de section (l’indicateur de saut de section diffère selon l'option choisie : Page suivante, Page continue, Page paire ou Page impaire). Sauts de colonne Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Marquers des tableaux Fin de cellule et Fin de ligne Ces marqueurs contiennent des codes de mise en forme de la cellule individuelle et de la ligne respectivement. Petit carré noir dans la marge gauche d'un paragraphe Il indique qu'au moins une des options de paragraphe a été appliquée, par exemple Lignes solidaires, Saut de page avant. Symboles d'ancre Ils indiquent la position des objets flottants ( valables pour tout style d'habillage sauf le style En ligne), par exemple images, formes automatiques, graphiques. Vous devez sélectionner un objet pour faire son ancre visible." + "body": "Les caractères non imprimables aident à éditer le document. Ils indiquent la présence de différents types de mises en forme, mais ils ne sont pas imprimés, même quand ils sont affichés à l'écran. Pour afficher ou masquer les caractères non imprimables, cliquez sur l'icône Caractères non imprimables dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Les caractères non imprimables sont les suivants : Espaces Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la Barre d'espacement sur le clavier. Il crée un espace entre les caractères. Tabulations Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche Tabulation. Il est utilisé pour faire avancer le curseur sur le prochain taquet de tabulation. Marques de paragraphe Il est inséré lorsque vous appuyez sur la touche Entrée. Il est utilisé pour terminer un paragraphe et ajouter un peu d'espace après. Il contient des informations sur la mise en forme du paragraphe. Sauts de ligne Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez la combinaison de touches Maj+Entrée. Il rompt la ligne actuelle et met des lignes de texte très rapprochées. Retour à la ligne est principalement utilisé dans les titres et les en-têtes. Espace insécable Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Maj+Espace. Il crée un espace entre les caractères qui ne peuvent pas être utilisés pour commencer une nouvelle ligne. Sauts de page Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page ou sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel ou de la fenêtre des paramètres avancés. Sauts de section Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez une des options du sous-menu Insérer un saut de section (l’indicateur de saut de section diffère selon l'option choisie : Page suivante, Page continue, Page paire ou Page impaire). Sauts de colonne Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Marquers des tableaux Fin de cellule et Fin de ligne Ces marqueurs contiennent des codes de mise en forme de la cellule individuelle et de la ligne respectivement. Petit carré noir dans la marge gauche d'un paragraphe Il indique qu'au moins une des options de paragraphe a été appliquée, par exemple Lignes solidaires, Saut de page avant. Symboles d'ancre Ils indiquent la position des objets flottants ( valables pour tout style d'habillage sauf le style En ligne), par exemple images, formes automatiques, graphiques. Vous devez sélectionner un objet pour faire son ancre visible." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -213,7 +228,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "title": "Insérer des sauts de page", - "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez ajouter le saut de page pour commencer une nouvelle page et régler les options de pagination. Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page de l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu. Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Saut de page avant dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. Pour garder les lignes solidaires de sorte que seuleument des paragraphes entiers seront placés sur la nouvelle page (c'est-à-dire il n'y aura aucun saut de page entre les lignes dans un seul paragraphe), cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Lignes solidaires du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Lignes solidaires dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. La fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés vous permet de définir deux autres options de pagination : Paragraphes solidaires sert à empêcher l’application du saut de page entre le paragraphe sélectionné et celui-ci qui le suit. Éviter orphelines est sélectionné par défaut et sert à empêcher l’application d'une ligne (première ou dernière) d'un paragraphe en haut ou en bas d'une page." + "body": "En utilisant Document Editor, vous pouvez ajouter le saut de page pour commencer une nouvelle page et régler les options de pagination. Pour insérer un saut de page à la position actuelle du curseur, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page de l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquez sur la flèche en regard de cette icône et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page dans le menu. Pour insérer un saut de page avant le paragraphe sélectionné c'est-à-dire pour commencer ce paragraphe en haut d'une nouvelle page : cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Saut de page avant dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. Pour garder les lignes solidaires de sorte que seuleument des paragraphes entiers seront placés sur la nouvelle page (c'est-à-dire il n'y aura aucun saut de page entre les lignes dans un seul paragraphe), cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Lignes solidaires du menu contextuel, ou cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite et cochez la case Lignes solidaires dans la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés ouverte. La fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés vous permet de définir deux autres options de pagination : Paragraphes solidaires sert à empêcher l’application du saut de page entre le paragraphe sélectionné et celui-ci qui le suit. Éviter orphelines est sélectionné par défaut et sert à empêcher l’application d'une ligne (première ou dernière) d'un paragraphe en haut ou en bas d'une page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", @@ -223,31 +238,31 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Enregistrer / télécharger / imprimer votre document", - "body": "Par défaut, quand vous travaillez Document Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes visant à prévenir la perte des données au cas d'une fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement enregistrées toutes les 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés. Pour enregistrer votre document actuel à la main, cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou Passez à l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer. Pour télécharger le document courant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme, sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB. Pour imprimer le document actif, cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer. Après cela, un fichier PDF sera généré sur la base du document édité. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard." + "body": "Par défaut, quand vous travaillez Document Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes visant à prévenir la perte des données au cas d'une fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement enregistrées toutes les 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés. Pour enregistrer votre document actuel à la main, cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou Passez à l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer. Pour télécharger le document courant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme, sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Pour imprimer le document actif, cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer. Après cela, un fichier PDF sera généré sur la base du document édité. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "title": "Insérer les sauts de section", - "body": "Les sauts de section vous permettent d'appliquer des mises en page et mises en formes différentes pour de certaines parties de votre document. Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser des en-têtes et pieds de page, des numérotations des pages, des marges, la taille, l'orientation, ou le numéro de colonne individuels pour chaque section séparée. Remarque : un saut de section inséré définit la mise en page de la partie précédente du document. Pour insérer un saut de section à la position actuelle du curseur : cliquez sur l'icône Saut de section dans l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de section sélectionnez le type du saut de section nécessaire: Page suivante - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante Page continue - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page actuelle Page paire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante paire Page impaire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante impaire Des sauts d'une section ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par un double trait pointillé: Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de section, sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur la touche Supprimer. Lorsque vous supprimez un saut de section, la mise en forme de cette section sera également supprimée, car un saut de section définit la mise en forme de la section précédente. La partie du document qui précède le saut de section supprimé acquiert la mise en forme de la partie qui la suive." + "body": "Les sauts de section vous permettent d'appliquer des mises en page et mises en formes différentes pour de certaines parties de votre document. Par exemple, vous pouvez utiliser des en-têtes et pieds de page, des numérotations des pages, des marges, la taille, l'orientation, ou le numéro de colonne individuels pour chaque section séparée. Remarque : un saut de section inséré définit la mise en page de la partie précédente du document. Pour insérer un saut de section à la position actuelle du curseur : cliquez sur l'icône Saut de section dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de section sélectionnez le type du saut de section nécessaire: Page suivante - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante Page continue - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page actuelle Page paire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante paire Page impaire - pour commencer une nouvelle section sur la page suivante impaire Des sauts d'une section ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par un double trait pointillé: Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil sur la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de section, sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur la touche Supprimer. Lorsque vous supprimez un saut de section, la mise en forme de cette section sera également supprimée, car un saut de section définit la mise en forme de la section précédente. La partie du document qui précède le saut de section supprimé acquiert la mise en forme de la partie qui la suive." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "title": "Régler les paramètres de page", - "body": "Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page. Orientation de page Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation de page . Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Album. Taille de la page Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants : US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) Vous pouvez définir une taille de la page particulière en utilisant l'option Taille personnalisée dans la liste. Dans la fenêtre Taille de la page vous pouvez définir les valeurs nécessaires Largeur et Hauteur. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Marges de la page Modifiez les marges par défaut, c-à-d l’espace entre les bords de la page et le texte du paragraphe, en cliquant sur l'icône Marges et sélectionnez un des paramètres prédéfinis : Normal, US Normal, Étroit, Modérer, Large. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option Marges personnalisées pour définir les valeurs nécessaires dans la fenêtre Marges qui s'ouvre. Entrez les valeurs des marges Haut, Bas, Gauche et Droite de la page dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK. Les marges personnalisées seront appliquées au document actuel et l'option Dernière mesure avec les paramètres spécifiés apparaît dans la liste des Marges de la page pour que vous puissiez les appliquer à d'autres documents. Vous pouvez également modifier les marges manuellement en faisant glisser la bordure entre les zones grises et blanches sur les règles (les zones grises des règles indiquent les marges de page): Colonnes Pour appliquez une mise en page multicolonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes et sélectionnez le type de la colonne nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : Deux - pour ajouter deux colonnes de la même largeur, Trois - pour ajouter trois colonnes de la même largeur, A gauche - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à gauche et une large colonne à droite, A droite - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à droite et une large colonne à gauche. Si vous souhaitez ajuster les paramètres de colonne, sélectionnez l'option Colonnes personnalisées dans la liste. La fenêtre Colonnes s'ouvrira où vous pourrez définir le Nombre de colonnes nécessaire (il est possible d'ajouter jusqu'à 12 colonnes) et l'Espacement entre les colonnes. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Cochez la case Diviseur de colonne pour ajouter une ligne verticale entre les colonnes. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Pour spécifier exactement la position d'une nouvelle colonne, placez le curseur avant le texte à déplacer dans une nouvelle colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Le texte sera déplacé vers la colonne suivante. Les sauts de colonne ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par une ligne pointillée: . Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de colonne,sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur une touche Supprimer. Pour modifier manuellement la largeur et l'espacement entre les colonnes, vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale. Pour annuler les colonnes et revenir à la disposition en une seule colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Une dans la liste." + "body": "Pour modifier la mise en page, c'est-à-dire définir l'orientation et la taille de la page, ajuster les marges et insérer des colonnes, utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque: tous ces paramètres sont appliqués au document entier. Si vous voulez définir de différentes marges de page, l'orientation, la taille, ou le numéro de colonne pour les parties différentes de votre document, consultez cette page. Orientation de page Changez l'orientation de page actuelle en cliquant sur l'icône Orientation de page . Le type d'orientation par défaut est Portrait qui peut être commuté sur Paysage. Taille de la page Changez le format A4 par défaut en cliquant sur l'icône Taille de la page et sélectionnez la taille nécessaire dans la liste. Les formats offerts sont les suivants : US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm) US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm) A4 (21cm x 29,7cm) A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm) B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm) Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm) Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm) Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm) AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm) Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm) ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm) Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm) Vous pouvez définir une taille de la page particulière en utilisant l'option Taille personnalisée dans la liste. Dans la fenêtre Taille de la page vous pouvez définir les valeurs nécessaires Largeur et Hauteur. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Marges de la page Modifiez les marges par défaut, c-à-d l’espace entre les bords de la page et le texte du paragraphe, en cliquant sur l'icône Marges et sélectionnez un des paramètres prédéfinis : Normal, US Normal, Étroit, Modérer, Large. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser l'option Marges personnalisées pour définir les valeurs nécessaires dans la fenêtre Marges qui s'ouvre. Entrez les valeurs des marges Haut, Bas, Gauche et Droite de la page dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK. Les marges personnalisées seront appliquées au document actuel et l'option Dernière mesure avec les paramètres spécifiés apparaît dans la liste des Marges de la page pour que vous puissiez les appliquer à d'autres documents. Vous pouvez également modifier les marges manuellement en faisant glisser la bordure entre les zones grises et blanches sur les règles (les zones grises des règles indiquent les marges de page): Colonnes Pour appliquez une mise en page multicolonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes et sélectionnez le type de la colonne nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : Deux - pour ajouter deux colonnes de la même largeur, Trois - pour ajouter trois colonnes de la même largeur, A gauche - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à gauche et une large colonne à droite, A droite - pour ajouter deux colonnes: une étroite colonne à droite et une large colonne à gauche. Si vous souhaitez ajuster les paramètres de colonne, sélectionnez l'option Colonnes personnalisées dans la liste. La fenêtre Colonnes s'ouvrira où vous pourrez définir le Nombre de colonnes nécessaire (il est possible d'ajouter jusqu'à 12 colonnes) et l'Espacement entre les colonnes. Entrez vos nouvelles valeurs dans les champs d'entrées ou ajustez les valeurs existantes en utilisant les boutons de direction. Cochez la case Diviseur de colonne pour ajouter une ligne verticale entre les colonnes. Lorsque tout est prêt, cliquez sur OK pour appliquer les changements. Pour spécifier exactement la position d'une nouvelle colonne, placez le curseur avant le texte à déplacer dans une nouvelle colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Sauts de page de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne. Le texte sera déplacé vers la colonne suivante. Les sauts de colonne ajoutés sont indiqués dans votre document par une ligne pointillée: . Si vous ne voyez pas de sauts de section insérés, cliquez sur l'icône de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour les afficher. Pour supprimer un saut de colonne,sélectionnez-le avec le souris et appuyez sur une touche Supprimer. Pour modifier manuellement la largeur et l'espacement entre les colonnes, vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale. Pour annuler les colonnes et revenir à la disposition en une seule colonne, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer des colonnes de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Une dans la liste." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Définir des taquets de tabulation", - "body": "Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier. Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale : Sélectionnez le type du taquet de tabulation en cliquant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail. Trois types de taquets de tabulationsont disponibles : De gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Du centre - sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . De droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. Vous pouvez également utiliser la fenêtre des paramètres avancés du paragraphe pour régler les taquets de tabulation. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, et passez à l'onglet Tabulation de la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés.Vous y pouvez définir les paramètres suivants : Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté qualques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste. La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ. Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez la case d'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier.Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste." + "body": "Document Editor vous permet de changer des taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier. Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale : Sélectionnez le type du taquet de tabulation en cliquant sur le bouton dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail. Trois types de taquets de tabulationsont disponibles : De gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Du centre - sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . De droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation ; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. Vous pouvez également utiliser la fenêtre des paramètres avancés du paragraphe pour régler les taquets de tabulation. Cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du paragraphe du menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite, et passez à l'onglet Tabulation de la fenêtre Paragraphe - Paramètres avancés.Vous y pouvez définir les paramètres suivants : Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. Si vous avez déjà ajouté qualques taquets de tabulation en utilisant la règle, tous ces taquets seront affichés dans cette liste. La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ. Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez l'option A gauche, Au centre ou A droite dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. Points de suite - permet de choisir un caractère utilisé pour créer des points de suite pour chacune des positions de tabulation. Les points de suite sont une ligne de caractères (points ou traits d'union) qui remplissent l'espace entre les taquets. Sélectionnez le taquet voulu dans la liste, choisissez le type de points de suite dans la liste dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le bouton .Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Utiliser le Publipostage", - "body": "Remarque : cette option est disponible uniquement pour les versions payantes. La fonctionnalité Publipostage est utilisée pour créer un ensemble de documents combinant un contenu commun provenant d'un document texte et des composants individuels (variables, tels que des noms, des messages d'accueil, etc.) extraits d'une feuille de calcul (d'une liste de clients par exemple). Elle peut se révéler utile si vous devez créer beaucoup de lettres personnalisées à envoyer aux destinataires. Pour commencer à travailler avec la fonctionnalité Publipostage, Préparer une source de données et la charger dans le document principal La source de données utilisée pour le publipostage doit être une feuille de calcul .xlsx stockée sur votre portail. Ouvrez une feuille de calcul existante ou créez-en une nouvelle et assurez-vous qu'elle réponde aux exigences suivantes.La feuille de calcul doit comporter une ligne d'en-tête avec les titres des colonnes, car les valeurs de la première cellule de chaque colonne désignent des champs de fusion (c'est-à-dire des variables que vous pouvez insérer dans le texte). Chaque colonne doit contenir un ensemble de valeurs réelles pour une variable. Chaque ligne de la feuille de calcul doit correspondre à un enregistrement distinct (c'est-à-dire un ensemble de valeurs appartenant à un destinataire donné). Pendant le processus de fusion, une copie du document principal sera créée pour chaque enregistrement et chaque champ de fusion inséré dans le texte principal sera remplacé par une valeur réelle de la colonne correspondante. Si vous devez envoyer le résultat par courrier électronique, la feuille de calcul doit également inclure une colonne avec les adresses électroniques des destinataires. Ouvrez un document texte existant ou créez-en un nouveau. Il doit contenir le texte principal qui sera le même pour chaque version du document fusionné. Cliquez sur l'icône Fusionner dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. La fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données s'ouvre : Elle affiche la liste de toutes vos feuilles de calcul .xlsx stockées dans la section Mes documents. Pour naviguer entre les autres sections du module Documents, utilisez le menu dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre. Sélectionnez le fichier dont vous avez besoin et cliquez sur OK. Une fois la source de données chargée, l'onglet Paramètres de publipostage sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Vérifier ou modifier la liste des destinataires Cliquez sur le bouton Modifier la liste des destinataires en haut de la barre latérale droite pour ouvrir la fenêtre Fusionner les destinataires, où le contenu de la source de données sélectionnée est affiché. Ici, vous pouvez ajouter de nouvelles informations, modifier ou supprimer les données existantes, si nécessaire. Pour simplifier l'utilisation des données, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes situées au haut de la fenêtre : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions et - pour trier vos données dans une plage sélectionnée de cellules dans l'ordre croissant ou décroissant - pour activer le filtre pour la plage de cellules sélectionnée précédemment ou supprimer le filtre appliqué - pour effacer tous les paramètres de filtre appliquésRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation des filtres, reportez-vous à la section Trier et filtrer les données de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. - pour rechercher une certaine valeur et la remplacer par une autre, si nécessaireRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation de l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, reportez-vous à la section Fonctions rechercher et remplacer de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. Une fois toutes les modifications nécessaires effectuées, cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer et quitter. Pour annuler les modifications, cliquez sur le bouton Fermer. Insérer des champs de fusion et vérifier les résultats Placez le curseur de la souris dans le texte du document principal où vous souhaitez insérer un champ de fusion, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale droite et sélectionnez le champ voulu dans la liste. Les champs disponibles correspondent aux données de la première cellule de chaque colonne de la source de données sélectionnée. Ajoutez tous les champs que vous voulez n'importe où dans le document. Activez l'option Mettre en surbrillance les champs de fusion dans la barre latérale droite pour rendre les champs insérés plus visibles dans le texte du document. Activez le sélecteur Aperçu des résultats dans la barre latérale droite pour afficher le texte du document avec les champs de fusion remplacés par les valeurs réelles de la source de données. Utilisez les boutons fléchés pour prévisualiser les versions du document fusionné pour chaque enregistrement. Pour supprimer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Pour remplacer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale de droite et choisissez un nouveau champ dans la liste. Spécifier les paramètres de fusion Sélectionnez le type de fusion. Vous pouvez lancer le publipostage ou enregistrer le résultat sous forme de fichier au format PDF ou Docx pour pouvoir l'imprimer ou le modifier ultérieurement. Sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste Fusionner vers : PDF - pour créer un document unique au format PDF qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez les imprimer plus tard Docx - pour créer un document unique au format Docx qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez éditer les copies individuelles plus tard Email - pour envoyer les résultats aux destinataires par emailRemarque : les adresses e-mail des destinataires doivent être spécifiées dans la source de données chargée et vous devez disposer d'au moins un compte de messagerie connecté dans le module Courrier de votre portail. Choisissez les enregistrements auxquels vous voulez appliquer la fusion : Tous les enregistrements (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour tous les enregistrements de la source de données chargée Enregistrement actuel - pour créer un document fusionné pour l'enregistrement actuellement affiché De ... À - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour une série d'enregistrements (dans ce cas, vous devez spécifier deux valeurs : le numéro du premier enregistrement et celui du dernier enregistrement dans la plage souhaitée)Remarque : la quantité maximale autorisée de destinataires est de 100. Si vous avez plus de 100 destinataires dans votre source de données, exécutez le publipostage par étapes : spécifiez les valeurs comprises entre 1 et 100, attendez la fin du processus de fusion, puis répétez l'opération en spécifiant les valeurs comprises entre 101 et N etc. . Terminer la fusion Si vous avez décidé d'enregistrer les résultats de la fusion sous forme de fichier, cliquez sur le bouton Télécharger pour stocker le fichier n'importe où sur votre PC. Vous trouverez le fichier téléchargé dans votre dossier Téléchargements par défaut. cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer pour enregistrer le fichier sur votre portail. Dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde qui s'ouvre, vous pouvez modifier le nom du fichier et spécifier le dossier dans lequel vous souhaitez enregistrer le fichier. Vous pouvez également cocher la case Ouvrir le document fusionné dans un nouvel onglet pour vérifier le résultat une fois le processus de fusion terminé. Enfin, cliquez sur Enregistrer dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde. Si vous avez sélectionné l'option Email, le bouton Fusionner sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Après avoir cliqué dessus, la fenêtre Envoyer par Email s'ouvre : Dans la liste De, sélectionnez le compte de messagerie que vous souhaitez utiliser pour l'envoi du mail, si plusieurs comptes sont connectés dans le module Courrier. Dans la liste À, sélectionnez le champ de fusion correspondant aux adresses e-mail des destinataires, s'il n'a pas été sélectionné automatiquement. Entrez l'objet de votre message dans le champ Objet. Sélectionnez le format du mail dans la liste déroulante : HTML, Joindre en DOCX ou Joindre en PDF. Lorsque l'une des deux dernières options est sélectionnée, vous devez également spécifier le Nom du fichier pour les pièces jointes et entrer le Message (le texte qui sera envoyé aux destinataires). Cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Une fois l'envoi terminé, vous recevrez une notification à votre adresse e-mail spécifiée dans le champ De." + "body": "Remarque : cette option est disponible uniquement pour les versions payantes. La fonctionnalité Publipostage est utilisée pour créer un ensemble de documents combinant un contenu commun provenant d'un document texte et des composants individuels (variables, tels que des noms, des messages d'accueil, etc.) extraits d'une feuille de calcul (d'une liste de clients par exemple). Elle peut se révéler utile si vous devez créer beaucoup de lettres personnalisées à envoyer aux destinataires. Pour commencer à travailler avec la fonctionnalité Publipostage, Préparer une source de données et la charger dans le document principal La source de données utilisée pour le publipostage doit être une feuille de calcul .xlsx stockée sur votre portail. Ouvrez une feuille de calcul existante ou créez-en une nouvelle et assurez-vous qu'elle réponde aux exigences suivantes.La feuille de calcul doit comporter une ligne d'en-tête avec les titres des colonnes, car les valeurs de la première cellule de chaque colonne désignent des champs de fusion (c'est-à-dire des variables que vous pouvez insérer dans le texte). Chaque colonne doit contenir un ensemble de valeurs réelles pour une variable. Chaque ligne de la feuille de calcul doit correspondre à un enregistrement distinct (c'est-à-dire un ensemble de valeurs appartenant à un destinataire donné). Pendant le processus de fusion, une copie du document principal sera créée pour chaque enregistrement et chaque champ de fusion inséré dans le texte principal sera remplacé par une valeur réelle de la colonne correspondante. Si vous devez envoyer le résultat par courrier électronique, la feuille de calcul doit également inclure une colonne avec les adresses électroniques des destinataires. Ouvrez un document texte existant ou créez-en un nouveau. Il doit contenir le texte principal qui sera le même pour chaque version du document fusionné. Cliquez sur l'icône Fusionner dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. La fenêtre Sélectionner la source de données s'ouvre : Elle affiche la liste de toutes vos feuilles de calcul .xlsx stockées dans la section Mes documents. Pour naviguer entre les autres sections du module Documents, utilisez le menu dans la partie gauche de la fenêtre. Sélectionnez le fichier dont vous avez besoin et cliquez sur OK. Une fois la source de données chargée, l'onglet Paramètres de publipostage sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Vérifier ou modifier la liste des destinataires Cliquez sur le bouton Modifier la liste des destinataires en haut de la barre latérale droite pour ouvrir la fenêtre Fusionner les destinataires, où le contenu de la source de données sélectionnée est affiché. Ici, vous pouvez ajouter de nouvelles informations, modifier ou supprimer les données existantes, si nécessaire. Pour simplifier l'utilisation des données, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes situées au haut de la fenêtre : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions et - pour trier vos données dans une plage sélectionnée de cellules dans l'ordre croissant ou décroissant - pour activer le filtre pour la plage de cellules sélectionnée précédemment ou supprimer le filtre appliqué - pour effacer tous les paramètres de filtre appliquésRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation des filtres, reportez-vous à la section Trier et filtrer les données de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. - pour rechercher une certaine valeur et la remplacer par une autre, si nécessaireRemarque : pour en savoir plus sur l'utilisation de l'outil Rechercher et remplacer, reportez-vous à la section Fonctions rechercher et remplacer de l'aide de Spreadsheet Editor. Une fois toutes les modifications nécessaires effectuées, cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer et quitter. Pour annuler les modifications, cliquez sur le bouton Fermer. Insérer des champs de fusion et vérifier les résultats Placez le curseur de la souris dans le texte du document principal où vous souhaitez insérer un champ de fusion, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale droite et sélectionnez le champ voulu dans la liste. Les champs disponibles correspondent aux données de la première cellule de chaque colonne de la source de données sélectionnée. Ajoutez tous les champs que vous voulez n'importe où dans le document. Activez l'option Mettre en surbrillance les champs de fusion dans la barre latérale droite pour rendre les champs insérés plus visibles dans le texte du document. Activez le sélecteur Aperçu des résultats dans la barre latérale droite pour afficher le texte du document avec les champs de fusion remplacés par les valeurs réelles de la source de données. Utilisez les boutons fléchés pour prévisualiser les versions du document fusionné pour chaque enregistrement. Pour supprimer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Pour remplacer un champ inséré, désactivez le mode Aperçu des résultats, sélectionnez le champ avec la souris, cliquez sur le bouton Insérer un champ de fusion dans la barre latérale de droite et choisissez un nouveau champ dans la liste. Spécifier les paramètres de fusion Sélectionnez le type de fusion. Vous pouvez lancer le publipostage ou enregistrer le résultat sous forme de fichier au format PDF ou Docx pour pouvoir l'imprimer ou le modifier ultérieurement. Sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste Fusionner vers : PDF - pour créer un document unique au format PDF qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez les imprimer plus tard Docx - pour créer un document unique au format Docx qui inclut toutes les copies fusionnées afin que vous puissiez éditer les copies individuelles plus tard Email - pour envoyer les résultats aux destinataires par emailRemarque : les adresses e-mail des destinataires doivent être spécifiées dans la source de données chargée et vous devez disposer d'au moins un compte de messagerie connecté dans le module Courrier de votre portail. Choisissez les enregistrements auxquels vous voulez appliquer la fusion : Tous les enregistrements (cette option est sélectionnée par défaut) - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour tous les enregistrements de la source de données chargée Enregistrement actuel - pour créer un document fusionné pour l'enregistrement actuellement affiché De ... À - pour créer des documents fusionnés pour une série d'enregistrements (dans ce cas, vous devez spécifier deux valeurs : le numéro du premier enregistrement et celui du dernier enregistrement dans la plage souhaitée)Remarque : la quantité maximale autorisée de destinataires est de 100. Si vous avez plus de 100 destinataires dans votre source de données, exécutez le publipostage par étapes : spécifiez les valeurs comprises entre 1 et 100, attendez la fin du processus de fusion, puis répétez l'opération en spécifiant les valeurs comprises entre 101 et N etc. . Terminer la fusion Si vous avez décidé d'enregistrer les résultats de la fusion sous forme de fichier, cliquez sur le bouton Télécharger pour stocker le fichier n'importe où sur votre PC. Vous trouverez le fichier téléchargé dans votre dossier Téléchargements par défaut. cliquez sur le bouton Enregistrer pour enregistrer le fichier sur votre portail. Dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde qui s'ouvre, vous pouvez modifier le nom du fichier et spécifier le dossier dans lequel vous souhaitez enregistrer le fichier. Vous pouvez également cocher la case Ouvrir le document fusionné dans un nouvel onglet pour vérifier le résultat une fois le processus de fusion terminé. Enfin, cliquez sur Enregistrer dans la fenêtre Dossier de sauvegarde. Si vous avez sélectionné l'option Email, le bouton Fusionner sera disponible dans la barre latérale droite. Après avoir cliqué dessus, la fenêtre Envoyer par Email s'ouvre : Dans la liste De, sélectionnez le compte de messagerie que vous souhaitez utiliser pour l'envoi du mail, si plusieurs comptes sont connectés dans le module Courrier. Dans la liste À, sélectionnez le champ de fusion correspondant aux adresses e-mail des destinataires, s'il n'a pas été sélectionné automatiquement. Entrez l'objet de votre message dans le champ Objet. Sélectionnez le format du mail dans la liste déroulante : HTML, Joindre en DOCX ou Joindre en PDF. Lorsque l'une des deux dernières options est sélectionnée, vous devez également spécifier le Nom du fichier pour les pièces jointes et entrer le Message (le texte qui sera envoyé aux destinataires). Cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Une fois l'envoi terminé, vous recevrez une notification à votre adresse e-mail spécifiée dans le champ De." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Afficher les informations sur le document", - "body": "Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Informations sur le document.... Informations générales Les informations sur le document comprennent le titre du document, l'auteur, l'emplacement, la date de création et les statistiques : le nombre de pages, de paragraphes, de mots, de symboles et de symboles avec des espaces. Remarque : Les éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre du document directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK. Informations d'autorisation Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs ne disposant que des autorisations en lecture seule. Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche. Si vous avez l'accès complet à cette présentation, vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits. Historique des versions Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les comptes gratuits ou les utilisateurs ne disposant que des autorisations en lecture seule. Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer. Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions. Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre document, sélectionnez l'option Retour au document." + "body": "Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur le document actuellement édité, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Informations sur le document.... Informations générales Les informations sur le document comprennent le titre du document, l'auteur, l'emplacement, la date de création et les statistiques : le nombre de pages, de paragraphes, de mots, de symboles et de symboles avec des espaces. Remarque : Les éditeurs en ligne vous permettent de modifier le titre du document directement à partir de l'interface de l'éditeur. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Renommer..., puis entrez le Nom de fichier voulu dans la nouvelle fenêtre qui s'ouvre et cliquez sur OK. Informations d'autorisation Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les utilisateurs disposant des autorisations en Lecture seule. Pour savoir qui a le droit d'afficher ou de modifier le document, sélectionnez l'option Droits d'accès... dans la barre latérale de gauche. Si vous avez l'accès complet à cette présentation, vous pouvez également changer les droits d'accès actuels en cliquant sur le bouton Changer les droits d'accès dans la section Personnes qui ont des droits. Historique des versions Remarque : cette option n'est pas disponible pour les comptes gratuits ou les utilisateurs ne disposant que des autorisations en lecture seule. Pour afficher toutes les modifications apportées à ce document, sélectionnez l'option Historique des versions dans la barre latérale de gauche. Il est également possible d'ouvrir l'historique des versions à l'aide de l'icône Historique des versions de l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Vous verrez la liste des versions de ce document (changements majeurs) et des révisions (modifications mineures) avec l'indication de l'auteur de chaque version/révision et la date et l'heure de création. Pour les versions de document, le numéro de version est également spécifié (par exemple ver. 2). Pour savoir exactement quels changements ont été apportés à chaque version/révision, vous pouvez voir celle qui vous intéresse en cliquant dessus dans la barre latérale de gauche. Les modifications apportées par l'auteur de la version/révision sont marquées avec la couleur qui est affichée à côté du nom de l'auteur dans la barre latérale gauche. Vous pouvez utiliser le lien Restaurer sous la version/révision sélectionnée pour la restaurer. Pour revenir à la version actuelle du document, utilisez l'option Fermer l'historique en haut de la liste des versions. Pour fermer l'onglet Fichier et reprendre le travail sur votre document, sélectionnez l'option Retour au document." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html index 6eec06b51..ac32537c0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
              - +

              Recherche...

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json index 0a09d4791..5113249c3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json @@ -1,36 +1,36 @@ -[ - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Impostare parametri di pagina", "headername": "Istruzioni d'uso"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Applicare preset di formattazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "name": "Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "name": "Modificare rientri di paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Impostare interlinea di paragrafo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "name": "Inserire interruzione di pagina"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Aggiungere bordi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di decorazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Impostare punti di tabulazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire tabelle"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire immagini"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire forme"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire grafici"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Inserire un capolettera"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Inserire numeri di pagina"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Visualizzare informazioni sul documento"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor", "headername": "Suggerimenti"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Formati di documenti elettronici supportati"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Visualizzazione e navigazione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Ricerca e sostituzione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Modifica collaborativa dei documenti"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Controllo ortografia"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Tasti di scelta rapida"} +[ + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Impostare parametri di pagina", "headername": "Istruzioni d'uso"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Applicare preset di formattazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "name": "Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "name": "Modificare rientri di paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Impostare interlinea di paragrafo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "name": "Inserire interruzione di pagina"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Aggiungere bordi"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Applicare stili di decorazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Impostare punti di tabulazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire tabelle"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire immagini"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire forme"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire grafici"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", "name": "Inserire un capolettera"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "name": "Inserire numeri di pagina"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "name": "Visualizzare informazioni sul documento"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor", "headername": "Suggerimenti"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Formati di documenti elettronici supportati"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Visualizzazione e navigazione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Ricerca e sostituzione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Modifica collaborativa dei documenti"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "name": "Controllo ortografia"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Tasti di scelta rapida"} ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm similarity index 97% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/About.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 83207c405..53366be38 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -1,19 +1,19 @@ - - - - Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor - - - - - -
              -

              Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor

              -

              TeamLab Document Editor è un'applicazione in linea che permette di aprire e modificare i documenti - direttamente nel vostro portale TeamLab.

              -

              Usando TeamLab Document Editor potete effettuare diverse operazioni di modifica, - stampare i documenti modificati mantenendo tutti i dettagli di formattazione o scaricarli nei formati PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML o EPUB - salvando sul disco rigido del computer.

              -
              - + + + + Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor + + + + + +
              +

              Informazioni su TeamLab Document Editor

              +

              TeamLab Document Editor è un'applicazione in linea che permette di aprire e modificare i documenti + direttamente nel vostro portale TeamLab.

              +

              Usando TeamLab Document Editor potete effettuare diverse operazioni di modifica, + stampare i documenti modificati mantenendo tutti i dettagli di formattazione o scaricarli nei formati PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML o EPUB + salvando sul disco rigido del computer.

              +
              + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index ef6d4bb7e..629c9cb85 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -1,42 +1,42 @@ - - - - Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor - - - - - -
              -

              Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor

              -

              Potete sempre regolare certe impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor. Per farlo, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate.... Potete usare anche l'icona Impostazioni avanzate nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore.

              -

              Le impostazioni avanzate sono le seguenti:

              -
                -
              • Input alternativo si usa per attivare/disattivare i geroglifici.
                • -
              • Commenti in tempo reale si usa per attivare/disattivare i commenti in tempo reale. Se questa opzione è disattivata, i frammenti commentati vengono evidenziati solo se cliccate sull'icona Commenti Commenti.
                • -
              • Valore di zoom predefinito si usa per impostare il valore di zoom predefinito selezionandolo dall'elenco delle opzioni disponibili da 50% a 200%.
                • -
              • Evidenzia modifiche di collaborazione si usa per specificare le modifiche che desiderate evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa: -
                  -
                • Selezionate l'opzione Tutte per evidenziare tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente.
                  • -
                • Selezionate l'opzione Ultime per evidenziare solo le modifiche apportate a partire dall'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva Salva.
                  • -
                -
                • -
              • Hinting dei caratteri si usa per selezionare la tecnica di visualizzazione dei caratteri in TeamLab Document Editor: -
                  -
                • Selezionate come Windows se vi piace la tecnica di visualizzazione dei caratteri usata di solito da Windows.
                  • -
                • Selezionate come OS X se vi piace la tecnica di visualizzazione dei caratteri su Mac, cioè senza hinting.
                  • -
                • Selezionate Nativo se desiderate visualizzare il testo con hinting incorporati nei file dei caratteri.
                  • -
                -
                • -
              • Salvataggio automatico si usa per specificare la frequenza con cui vengono salvate le modifiche apportate al documento. -
                  -
                • Selezionate uno degli intervalli disponibili: Ogni 10 minuti, Ogni 30 minuti o Ogni ora.
                  • -
                • Selezionate l'opzione Disattivato, se non desiderate che TeamLab Document Editor salvi le modifiche automaticamente.
                  • -
                -
                • -
              • Unità di misura si usa per specificare le unità di misura da usare sui righelli e nelle finestre di proprietà per misurare i parametri degli elementi tra quali la larghezza, l'altezza, la spaziatura, i margini ecc. Potete selezionare una di due opzioni: Centimetro o Punto.
                • -
              -

              Per salvare le modifiche apportate, cliccate su Applica.

              -
              - + + + + Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor + + + + + +
              +

              Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor

              +

              Potete sempre regolare certe impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Document Editor. Per farlo, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate.... Potete usare anche l'icona Impostazioni avanzate nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore.

              +

              Le impostazioni avanzate sono le seguenti:

              +
                +
              • Input alternativo si usa per attivare/disattivare i geroglifici.
                • +
              • Commenti in tempo reale si usa per attivare/disattivare i commenti in tempo reale. Se questa opzione è disattivata, i frammenti commentati vengono evidenziati solo se cliccate sull'icona Commenti Commenti.
                • +
              • Valore di zoom predefinito si usa per impostare il valore di zoom predefinito selezionandolo dall'elenco delle opzioni disponibili da 50% a 200%.
                • +
              • Evidenzia modifiche di collaborazione si usa per specificare le modifiche che desiderate evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa: +
                  +
                • Selezionate l'opzione Tutte per evidenziare tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente.
                  • +
                • Selezionate l'opzione Ultime per evidenziare solo le modifiche apportate a partire dall'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva Salva.
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • Hinting dei caratteri si usa per selezionare la tecnica di visualizzazione dei caratteri in TeamLab Document Editor: +
                  +
                • Selezionate come Windows se vi piace la tecnica di visualizzazione dei caratteri usata di solito da Windows.
                  • +
                • Selezionate come OS X se vi piace la tecnica di visualizzazione dei caratteri su Mac, cioè senza hinting.
                  • +
                • Selezionate Nativo se desiderate visualizzare il testo con hinting incorporati nei file dei caratteri.
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • Salvataggio automatico si usa per specificare la frequenza con cui vengono salvate le modifiche apportate al documento. +
                  +
                • Selezionate uno degli intervalli disponibili: Ogni 10 minuti, Ogni 30 minuti o Ogni ora.
                  • +
                • Selezionate l'opzione Disattivato, se non desiderate che TeamLab Document Editor salvi le modifiche automaticamente.
                  • +
                +
                • +
              • Unità di misura si usa per specificare le unità di misura da usare sui righelli e nelle finestre di proprietà per misurare i parametri degli elementi tra quali la larghezza, l'altezza, la spaziatura, i margini ecc. Potete selezionare una di due opzioni: Centimetro o Punto.
                • +
              +

              Per salvare le modifiche apportate, cliccate su Applica.

              +
              + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index ee3c229c8..8b5ec8d7a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -1,55 +1,55 @@ - - - - Modifica collaborativa dei documenti - - - - - -
              -

              Modifica collaborativa dei documenti

              -

              TeamLab Document Editor vi offre la possibilità di lavorare su un documento insieme con altri utenti. Questa funzionalità include:

              -
                -
              • accesso simultaneo di più utenti al documento modificato
                • -
              • messa in evidenza dei frammenti che stanno modificando da altri utenti
                • -
              • sincronizzazione delle modifiche con un semplice clic
                • -
              • chat per condividere le idee e discutere il documento
                • -
              • commenti con la descrizione dell'attività o del problema da risolvere
                • -
              -

              Modifica collaborativa

              -

              Quando un documento sta modificando da più utenti simultaneamente, i frammenti del testo modificato vengono segnati dalle linee punteggiate di colori diversi. Puntate il frammento modificato con il mouse per visualizzare il nome dell'utente che lo sta modificando al presente. Il numero di utenti che stanno lavorando sul documento corrente viene specificato nell'angolo sinistro della barra di stato - Numero di utenti. Per visualizzare chi essattamente sta modificando il file, posizionate il cursore su questa icona - i nomi degli utenti vengono visualizzati nella finestra contestuale. Se ci sono tanti utenti, fate clic su questa icona per aprire il pannello Chat con tutti gli utenti elencati.

              -

              Quando un utente salva le sue modifiche, una nota verrà visualizzata sulla barra di stato indicando che ci sono gli aggiornamenti disponibili. Per salvare le modifiche ed installare gli aggiornamenti, cliccate sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore. Gli aggiornamenti vengono evidenziati per permettervi di controllare le modifiche apportate.

              -

              Potete specificare le modifiche da evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa cliccando sull'icona File sulla barra sinistra, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e scegliete tra tutte e ultime modifiche di collaborazione. Se selezionate Tutte le modifiche, vengono evidenziate tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente. Se selezionate Ultime modifiche, vengono evidenziate solo le modifiche apportate dopo l'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva.

              -

              Chat

              -

              Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio ad altri utenti,

              -
                -
              1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
                2. -
              2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
                3. -
              3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
                4. -
              -

              Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue Chat.

              -

              Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

              -

              Commenti

              -

              Per lasciare un commento,

              -
                -
              1. selezionate un frammento di testo con un eventuale sbaglio o un problema,
                2. -
              2. cliccate sull'icona Commenti sulla barra sinistra per aprire il pannello Commenti e fate clic sul collegamento Aggiungi commento al documento, o
                - fate clic destro sul testo selezionato e usate l'opzione Aggiungi commento dal menu, -
                3. -
              3. inserite il testo desiderato,
                4. -
              4. cliccate sul pulsante Aggiungi commento/Aggiungi.
                5. -
              -

              Il commento verrà visualizzato sul pannelo a sinistra. Ogni altro utente può rispondere al commento aggiunto: fare una domanda o un riferimento al lavoro fatto. Per farlo, basta cliccare sul collegamento Aggiungi risposta al di sotto del commento.

              -

              Il frammento di testo commentato viene evidenziato. Per leggere il commento, cliccate sul frammento. Se desiderate disattivare questa funzionalità, cliccate sull'icona File, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e deselezionate la casella Attiva commenti in tempo reale. In questo caso il frammento commentato verrà evidenziato solo se cliccate sull'icona Commenti.

              -

              Potete gestire i commenti aggiunti:

              -
                -
              • modificarli cliccando sull'icona Modifica,
                • -
              • eliminarli cliccando sull'icona Elimina,
                • -
              • chiudere la discussione cliccando sul collegamento Chiudi se l'attività o il problema è stato risolto, dopo questo la discussione operta ottiene lo stato chiuso. Per riaprirla cliccate su Chiuso accanto e selezionate l'opzione Apri di nuovo.
                • -
              -

              Nuovi commenti aggiunti da altri utenti vengono visualizzati solo dopo un clic sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore.

              -

              Per chiudere il pannello con i commenti, cliccate sull'icona Commenti di nuovo.

              -
              - + + + + Modifica collaborativa dei documenti + + + + + +
              +

              Modifica collaborativa dei documenti

              +

              TeamLab Document Editor vi offre la possibilità di lavorare su un documento insieme con altri utenti. Questa funzionalità include:

              +
                +
              • accesso simultaneo di più utenti al documento modificato
                • +
              • messa in evidenza dei frammenti che stanno modificando da altri utenti
                • +
              • sincronizzazione delle modifiche con un semplice clic
                • +
              • chat per condividere le idee e discutere il documento
                • +
              • commenti con la descrizione dell'attività o del problema da risolvere
                • +
              +

              Modifica collaborativa

              +

              Quando un documento sta modificando da più utenti simultaneamente, i frammenti del testo modificato vengono segnati dalle linee punteggiate di colori diversi. Puntate il frammento modificato con il mouse per visualizzare il nome dell'utente che lo sta modificando al presente. Il numero di utenti che stanno lavorando sul documento corrente viene specificato nell'angolo sinistro della barra di stato - Numero di utenti. Per visualizzare chi essattamente sta modificando il file, posizionate il cursore su questa icona - i nomi degli utenti vengono visualizzati nella finestra contestuale. Se ci sono tanti utenti, fate clic su questa icona per aprire il pannello Chat con tutti gli utenti elencati.

              +

              Quando un utente salva le sue modifiche, una nota verrà visualizzata sulla barra di stato indicando che ci sono gli aggiornamenti disponibili. Per salvare le modifiche ed installare gli aggiornamenti, cliccate sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore. Gli aggiornamenti vengono evidenziati per permettervi di controllare le modifiche apportate.

              +

              Potete specificare le modifiche da evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa cliccando sull'icona File sulla barra sinistra, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e scegliete tra tutte e ultime modifiche di collaborazione. Se selezionate Tutte le modifiche, vengono evidenziate tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente. Se selezionate Ultime modifiche, vengono evidenziate solo le modifiche apportate dopo l'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva.

              +

              Chat

              +

              Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio ad altri utenti,

              +
                +
              1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
                2. +
              2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
                3. +
              3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
                4. +
              +

              Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue Chat.

              +

              Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

              +

              Commenti

              +

              Per lasciare un commento,

              +
                +
              1. selezionate un frammento di testo con un eventuale sbaglio o un problema,
                2. +
              2. cliccate sull'icona Commenti sulla barra sinistra per aprire il pannello Commenti e fate clic sul collegamento Aggiungi commento al documento, o
                + fate clic destro sul testo selezionato e usate l'opzione Aggiungi commento dal menu, +
                3. +
              3. inserite il testo desiderato,
                4. +
              4. cliccate sul pulsante Aggiungi commento/Aggiungi.
                5. +
              +

              Il commento verrà visualizzato sul pannelo a sinistra. Ogni altro utente può rispondere al commento aggiunto: fare una domanda o un riferimento al lavoro fatto. Per farlo, basta cliccare sul collegamento Aggiungi risposta al di sotto del commento.

              +

              Il frammento di testo commentato viene evidenziato. Per leggere il commento, cliccate sul frammento. Se desiderate disattivare questa funzionalità, cliccate sull'icona File, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e deselezionate la casella Attiva commenti in tempo reale. In questo caso il frammento commentato verrà evidenziato solo se cliccate sull'icona Commenti.

              +

              Potete gestire i commenti aggiunti:

              +
                +
              • modificarli cliccando sull'icona Modifica,
                • +
              • eliminarli cliccando sull'icona Elimina,
                • +
              • chiudere la discussione cliccando sul collegamento Chiudi se l'attività o il problema è stato risolto, dopo questo la discussione operta ottiene lo stato chiuso. Per riaprirla cliccate su Chiuso accanto e selezionate l'opzione Apri di nuovo.
                • +
              +

              Nuovi commenti aggiunti da altri utenti vengono visualizzati solo dopo un clic sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore.

              +

              Per chiudere il pannello con i commenti, cliccate sull'icona Commenti di nuovo.

              +
              + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm similarity index 97% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index b49c74659..1fb3a29af 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -1,334 +1,334 @@ - - - - Tasti di scelta rapida - - - - - -
              -

              Tasti di scelta rapida

              -
      Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+Maj+SEnregistrer le document en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.Enregistrer le document en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.
      Plein écran Rich Text Format
      Le format de fichier du document développé par Microsoft pour la multiplateforme d'échange des documents      		 + ++
      TXT
      Sauts de page Sauts de pageIl est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône icône Sauts de page Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page ou sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel ou de la fenêtre des paramètres avancés.Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône icône Sauts de page Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de page ou sélectionnez l'option Saut de page avant du menu contextuel ou de la fenêtre des paramètres avancés.
      Sauts de section Section breakIl est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône icône Sauts de page Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez une des options du sous-menu Insérer un saut de section (l’indicateur de saut de section diffère selon l'option choisie : Page suivante, Page continue, Page paire ou Page impaire).Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône icône Sauts de page Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez une des options du sous-menu Insérer un saut de section (l’indicateur de saut de section diffère selon l'option choisie : Page suivante, Page continue, Page paire ou Page impaire).
      Sauts de colonne Saut de colonneIl est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône icône Sauts de page Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insertion ou Mise en page de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne.Il est inséré lorsque vous utilisez l'icône icône Sauts de page Sauts de page dans l'onglet Insérer ou Disposition de la barre d'outils supérieure puis sélectionnez l'option Insérer un saut de colonne.
      Marquers des tableaux Fin de cellule et Fin de ligne
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Lavoro con documenti
      Salva documentoCtrl+SSalvare tutte le modifiche apportate al documento attualmente modificato con TeamLab Document Editor.
      RicercaCtrl+FAprire il pannello Ricerca documento per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nel documento attualmente modificato.
      Stampa documentoCtrl+PStampare il documento usando una delle stampanti o salvarlo in un file.
      Apri il pannello 'Ricerca documento'Ctrl+FAprire il pannello Ricerca documento per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nel documento attualmente modificato.
      Apri il pannello 'Commenti'Ctrl+Shift+HAprire il pannello Commenti per aggiungere i commenti o rispondere ai commenti di altri.
      Apri campo del commentoAlt+HAprire il campo per inserire il testo del commento.
      Apri il pannello 'Chat'Alt+QAprire il pannello Chat ed inviare un messaggio.
      Salva con (Scarica in)Ctrl+Shift+SSalvare il documento attualmente modificato sul disco rigido del computer in uno dei formati supportati: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
      Schermo interoF11Visualizzazione TeamLab Document Editor a schermo intero.
      Navigazione
      Spostati all'inizio della rigaHomeRimandare il cursore all'inizio della riga attualmente modificata.
      Spostati all'inizio del documentoCtrl+HomeRimandare il cursore all'inizio del documento attualmente modificato.
      Spostati alla fine della rigaFineRimandare il cursore alla fine della riga attualmente modificata.
      Spostati alla fine del documentoCtrl+FineRimandare il cursore alla fine del documento attualmente modificato.
      Spostati giùPgDnMuoversi nel documento di una videata giù.
      Spostati suPgUpMuoversi nel documento di una videata su.
      Pagina successivaAlt+PgDnSpostarsi alla pagina successiva del documento attualmente modificato.
      Pagina precedenteAlt+PgUpSpostarsi alla pagina precedente del documento attualmente modificato.
      Zoom avantiCtrl++Ingrandire il documento attualmente modificato.
      Zoom indietroCtrl+-Diminuire il documento attualmente modificato.
      Scrittura
      Fine paragrafoEnterTerminare il paragrafo corrente ed iniziare un paragrafo nuovo.
      Inserisci interruzione di paginaShift+EnterAggiungere un'interruzione di pagina senza iniziare un paragrafo nuovo.
      EliminaBackspace, DeleteEliminare un carattere a sinistra (Backspace) o a destra (Delete) del cursore.
      Crea spazio unificatoreCtrl+Shift+SpacebarCreare uno spazio tra caratteri per impedire di mandare a capo automaticamente le righe di testo.
      Crea segno meno unificatoreCtrl+Shift+HyphenCreare un segno meno tra i caratteri per impedire di mandare a capo automaticamente le righe di testo.
      Annulla e Ripristina
      AnnullaCtrl+ZAnnullare l'ultima azione effettuata.
      RipristinaCtrl+YRipetere l'ultima azione annullata.
      Taglia, Copia ed Incolla
      TagliaCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteEliminare il frammento di testo selezionato ed inviarlo agli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto nello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.
      CopiaCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertInviare il frammento di testo selezionato agli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto nello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.
      IncollaCtrl+V, Shift+InsertInserire il frammento di testo copiato prima dagli appunti del computer nella posizione corrente. Il testo può essere copiato dallo stesso documento, da un altro documento, o da un certo altro programma.
      Inserisci collegamento ipertestualeCtrl+KInserire un collegamento ipertestuale da utilizzare per passare ad un sito web.
      Copia formattazioneCtrl+Shift+CCopiare la formattazione dal frammento selezionato del testo modificato. La formattazione copiata può essere applicata ad un altro testo nello stesso documento.
      Applica formattazioneCtrl+Shift+VApplicare la formattazione copiata prima al testo nel documento modificato.
      Selezione testo
      Seleziona tuttoCtrl+ASelezionare tutto il testo nel documento con tabelle ed immagini.
      Seleziona frammentoShift+ArrowSelezionare il testo carattere dopo carattere.
      Seleziona dal cursore all'inizio della rigaShift+HomeSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore all'inizio della riga corrente.
      Seleziona dal cursore alla fine della rigaShift+EndSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore alla fine della riga corrente.
      Stile testo
      GrassettoCtrl+BFormattare in grassetto il frammento selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCtrl+IFormattare in corsivo il frammento selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoCtrl+USottolineare il frammento selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      ApiceCtrl+.(punto)Rendere più piccolo e sollevare il frammento selezionato.
      PediceCtrl+,(virgola)Rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il frammento selezionato.
      Titolo 1 - Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers) -
      Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers) -       		Applicare lo stile del titolo 1 al testo selezionato.
      Titolo 2 - Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers) -
      Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers) -       		Applicare lo stile del titolo 2 al testo selezionato.
      Titolo 3 - Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers) -
      Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers) -       		Applicare lo stile del titolo 3 al testo selezionato.
      Elenco puntatoCtrl+Shift+LCreare un elenco puntato dal testo selezionato o iniziare un elenco nuovo.
      Cancella formattazioneCtrl+SpacebarRimuovere la formattazione dal testo selezionato.
      Aumenta dimensione caratteriCtrl+]Aumentare la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Riduci dimensione caratteriCtrl+[Ridurre la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Allinea al centro/a sinistraCtrl+EAllineare un paragrafo centrato a sinistra.
      Giustifica/Allinea a sinistraCtrl+J, Ctrl+LAllineare un paragrafo giustificato a sinistra.
      Allinea a destra/a sinistraCtrl+RAllineare un paragrafo allineato a destra a sinistra.
      Aumenta rientroCtrl+MAumentare il riento di un paragrafo.
      Riduci rientroCtrl+Shift+MRidurre il rientro di un paragrafo.
      Modifica degli oggetti
      Limita movimentoShift+dragLimitare il movimento dell'oggetto selezionato orizzontalmente o verticalmente.
      Ruota di 15 gradiShift+drag (durante la rotazione)Limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi.
      Proporzioni costantiShift+drag (durante il ridimensionamento)Mantenere le proporzioni dell'oggetto selezionato durante il ridimensionamento.
      Sposta di tre pixelCtrlPremere il tasto Ctrl e utilizzare le frecce della tastiera per spostare l'oggetto selezionato di tre pixel.
      -
      - + + + + Tasti di scelta rapida + + + + + +
      +

      Tasti di scelta rapida

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Lavoro con documenti
      Salva documentoCtrl+SSalvare tutte le modifiche apportate al documento attualmente modificato con TeamLab Document Editor.
      RicercaCtrl+FAprire il pannello Ricerca documento per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nel documento attualmente modificato.
      Stampa documentoCtrl+PStampare il documento usando una delle stampanti o salvarlo in un file.
      Apri il pannello 'Ricerca documento'Ctrl+FAprire il pannello Ricerca documento per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nel documento attualmente modificato.
      Apri il pannello 'Commenti'Ctrl+Shift+HAprire il pannello Commenti per aggiungere i commenti o rispondere ai commenti di altri.
      Apri campo del commentoAlt+HAprire il campo per inserire il testo del commento.
      Apri il pannello 'Chat'Alt+QAprire il pannello Chat ed inviare un messaggio.
      Salva con (Scarica in)Ctrl+Shift+SSalvare il documento attualmente modificato sul disco rigido del computer in uno dei formati supportati: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
      Schermo interoF11Visualizzazione TeamLab Document Editor a schermo intero.
      Navigazione
      Spostati all'inizio della rigaHomeRimandare il cursore all'inizio della riga attualmente modificata.
      Spostati all'inizio del documentoCtrl+HomeRimandare il cursore all'inizio del documento attualmente modificato.
      Spostati alla fine della rigaFineRimandare il cursore alla fine della riga attualmente modificata.
      Spostati alla fine del documentoCtrl+FineRimandare il cursore alla fine del documento attualmente modificato.
      Spostati giùPgDnMuoversi nel documento di una videata giù.
      Spostati suPgUpMuoversi nel documento di una videata su.
      Pagina successivaAlt+PgDnSpostarsi alla pagina successiva del documento attualmente modificato.
      Pagina precedenteAlt+PgUpSpostarsi alla pagina precedente del documento attualmente modificato.
      Zoom avantiCtrl++Ingrandire il documento attualmente modificato.
      Zoom indietroCtrl+-Diminuire il documento attualmente modificato.
      Scrittura
      Fine paragrafoEnterTerminare il paragrafo corrente ed iniziare un paragrafo nuovo.
      Inserisci interruzione di paginaShift+EnterAggiungere un'interruzione di pagina senza iniziare un paragrafo nuovo.
      EliminaBackspace, DeleteEliminare un carattere a sinistra (Backspace) o a destra (Delete) del cursore.
      Crea spazio unificatoreCtrl+Shift+SpacebarCreare uno spazio tra caratteri per impedire di mandare a capo automaticamente le righe di testo.
      Crea segno meno unificatoreCtrl+Shift+HyphenCreare un segno meno tra i caratteri per impedire di mandare a capo automaticamente le righe di testo.
      Annulla e Ripristina
      AnnullaCtrl+ZAnnullare l'ultima azione effettuata.
      RipristinaCtrl+YRipetere l'ultima azione annullata.
      Taglia, Copia ed Incolla
      TagliaCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteEliminare il frammento di testo selezionato ed inviarlo agli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto nello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.
      CopiaCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertInviare il frammento di testo selezionato agli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto nello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.
      IncollaCtrl+V, Shift+InsertInserire il frammento di testo copiato prima dagli appunti del computer nella posizione corrente. Il testo può essere copiato dallo stesso documento, da un altro documento, o da un certo altro programma.
      Inserisci collegamento ipertestualeCtrl+KInserire un collegamento ipertestuale da utilizzare per passare ad un sito web.
      Copia formattazioneCtrl+Shift+CCopiare la formattazione dal frammento selezionato del testo modificato. La formattazione copiata può essere applicata ad un altro testo nello stesso documento.
      Applica formattazioneCtrl+Shift+VApplicare la formattazione copiata prima al testo nel documento modificato.
      Selezione testo
      Seleziona tuttoCtrl+ASelezionare tutto il testo nel documento con tabelle ed immagini.
      Seleziona frammentoShift+ArrowSelezionare il testo carattere dopo carattere.
      Seleziona dal cursore all'inizio della rigaShift+HomeSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore all'inizio della riga corrente.
      Seleziona dal cursore alla fine della rigaShift+EndSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore alla fine della riga corrente.
      Stile testo
      GrassettoCtrl+BFormattare in grassetto il frammento selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCtrl+IFormattare in corsivo il frammento selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoCtrl+USottolineare il frammento selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      ApiceCtrl+.(punto)Rendere più piccolo e sollevare il frammento selezionato.
      PediceCtrl+,(virgola)Rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il frammento selezionato.
      Titolo 1 + Alt+1 (for Windows and Linux browsers) +
      Alt+Ctrl+1 (for Mac browsers) +       		Applicare lo stile del titolo 1 al testo selezionato.
      Titolo 2 + Alt+2 (for Windows and Linux browsers) +
      Alt+Ctrl+2 (for Mac browsers) +       		Applicare lo stile del titolo 2 al testo selezionato.
      Titolo 3 + Alt+3 (for Windows and Linux browsers) +
      Alt+Ctrl+3 (for Mac browsers) +       		Applicare lo stile del titolo 3 al testo selezionato.
      Elenco puntatoCtrl+Shift+LCreare un elenco puntato dal testo selezionato o iniziare un elenco nuovo.
      Cancella formattazioneCtrl+SpacebarRimuovere la formattazione dal testo selezionato.
      Aumenta dimensione caratteriCtrl+]Aumentare la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Riduci dimensione caratteriCtrl+[Ridurre la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Allinea al centro/a sinistraCtrl+EAllineare un paragrafo centrato a sinistra.
      Giustifica/Allinea a sinistraCtrl+J, Ctrl+LAllineare un paragrafo giustificato a sinistra.
      Allinea a destra/a sinistraCtrl+RAllineare un paragrafo allineato a destra a sinistra.
      Aumenta rientroCtrl+MAumentare il riento di un paragrafo.
      Riduci rientroCtrl+Shift+MRidurre il rientro di un paragrafo.
      Modifica degli oggetti
      Limita movimentoShift+dragLimitare il movimento dell'oggetto selezionato orizzontalmente o verticalmente.
      Ruota di 15 gradiShift+drag (durante la rotazione)Limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi.
      Proporzioni costantiShift+drag (durante il ridimensionamento)Mantenere le proporzioni dell'oggetto selezionato durante il ridimensionamento.
      Sposta di tre pixelCtrlPremere il tasto Ctrl e utilizzare le frecce della tastiera per spostare l'oggetto selezionato di tre pixel.
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 09b2ce415..081bbdcbb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -1,42 +1,42 @@ - - - - Visualizzazione e navigazione - - - - - -
      -

      Visualizzazione e navigazione

      -

      TeamLab Document Editor fornisce certi strumenti per aiutarvi a visualizzare e navigare nel vostro documento: righelli, zoom, pulsanti di pagina precedente/successiva, indicatore del numero di pagina.

      -

      Regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione

      -

      Per regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione predefinite e impostare il modo di lavoro più conveniente, fate clic sull'icona Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate gli elementi di interfaccia da nascondere o visualizzare. - Potete usare le seguenti opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Impostazioni di visualizzazione: -

      -
        -
      • Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta si usa per attivare la modalità compatta della barra degli strumenti superiore che fornisce tutte le funzionalità di base. Per mostrare la barra predefinita fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • -
      • Nascondi barra di titolo si usa per nascondere la barra la più alta sulla quale viene visualizzato il nome del documento e l'opzione Va' ai Documenti. Per mostrare la Barra di titolo nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • -
      • Nascondi barra di stato si usa per nascondere la barra la più bassa sulla quale si trovano l'Indicatore del numero di pagina e i pulsanti di Zoom. Per mostrare la Barra di stato nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • -
      -

      La barra destra è minimizzata di default. Per espanderla, selezionate qualsiasi oggetto/testo e fate clic sull'icona della scheda attualmente attivata a destra (fate clic sull'icona ancora una volta per minimizzare la barra destra di nuovo).

      -

      Quando il pannello Commenti o Chat è aperto, potete rigolare la barra sinistra con un semplice trascinamento: - posizionate il puntatore del mouse sul bordo della barra sinistra (il puntatore viene trasformato nella freccia bidirezionale) e trascinate il bordo a destra per estendere la barra. Per ripristinare la larghezza predefinita spostate il bordo a sinistra.

      -

      Usare gli strumenti di navigazione

      -

      Per navigare nel documento, usate i seguenti strumenti:

      -

      I Righelli si usano per allineare testi, figure grafiche, tabelle e altri elementi in un documento, impostare margini, tabulazioni e rientri di paragrafo. Le zone riempite dei righelli consentono di segnare i margini della pagina. - I righelli sono visualizzati di default. Per nasconderli cliccate sull'icona Nascondi/Mostra righelli Nascondi/Mostra righelli a destra. - Questa icona è anche usata per visualizzare i righelli se sono nascosti.

      -

      I pulsanti di Zoom sono situati nell'angolo destro inferiore e si usano per ingrandire/diminuire il documento corrente. - Per cambiare il valore di zoom selezionato visualizzato in percentuale, cliccatelo e selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili dall'elenco o - utilizzate i pulsanti Zoom avanti Zoom avanti o Zoom indietro Zoom indietro. - Cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla larghezza Adatta alla larghezza per adattare la larghezza della pagina del documento alla videata. - Per adattare tutta la pagina del documento alla videata cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla pagina Adatta alla pagina. - Le impostazioni di zoom sono disponibili anche nell'elenco Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione. Questo può essere molto utile se decidete di nascondere la Barra di stato. -

      -

      I pulsanti Pagina precedente Pagina precedente e Pagina successiva Pagina successiva situati nell'angolo destro inferiore sotto la barra di scorrimento si usano per spostarvi alla pagina precedente o successiva nel documento corrente.

      -

      L'Indicatore del numero di pagina mostra la pagina corrente nell'insieme delle pagine del documento corrente (pagina 'n' di 'nn'). - Cliccate su questa opzione e nella finestra visualizzata inserite il numero di pagina da aprire.

      -
      - + + + + Visualizzazione e navigazione + + + + + +
      +

      Visualizzazione e navigazione

      +

      TeamLab Document Editor fornisce certi strumenti per aiutarvi a visualizzare e navigare nel vostro documento: righelli, zoom, pulsanti di pagina precedente/successiva, indicatore del numero di pagina.

      +

      Regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione

      +

      Per regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione predefinite e impostare il modo di lavoro più conveniente, fate clic sull'icona Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate gli elementi di interfaccia da nascondere o visualizzare. + Potete usare le seguenti opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Impostazioni di visualizzazione: +

      +
        +
      • Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta si usa per attivare la modalità compatta della barra degli strumenti superiore che fornisce tutte le funzionalità di base. Per mostrare la barra predefinita fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • +
      • Nascondi barra di titolo si usa per nascondere la barra la più alta sulla quale viene visualizzato il nome del documento e l'opzione Va' ai Documenti. Per mostrare la Barra di titolo nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • +
      • Nascondi barra di stato si usa per nascondere la barra la più bassa sulla quale si trovano l'Indicatore del numero di pagina e i pulsanti di Zoom. Per mostrare la Barra di stato nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • +
      +

      La barra destra è minimizzata di default. Per espanderla, selezionate qualsiasi oggetto/testo e fate clic sull'icona della scheda attualmente attivata a destra (fate clic sull'icona ancora una volta per minimizzare la barra destra di nuovo).

      +

      Quando il pannello Commenti o Chat è aperto, potete rigolare la barra sinistra con un semplice trascinamento: + posizionate il puntatore del mouse sul bordo della barra sinistra (il puntatore viene trasformato nella freccia bidirezionale) e trascinate il bordo a destra per estendere la barra. Per ripristinare la larghezza predefinita spostate il bordo a sinistra.

      +

      Usare gli strumenti di navigazione

      +

      Per navigare nel documento, usate i seguenti strumenti:

      +

      I Righelli si usano per allineare testi, figure grafiche, tabelle e altri elementi in un documento, impostare margini, tabulazioni e rientri di paragrafo. Le zone riempite dei righelli consentono di segnare i margini della pagina. + I righelli sono visualizzati di default. Per nasconderli cliccate sull'icona Nascondi/Mostra righelli Nascondi/Mostra righelli a destra. + Questa icona è anche usata per visualizzare i righelli se sono nascosti.

      +

      I pulsanti di Zoom sono situati nell'angolo destro inferiore e si usano per ingrandire/diminuire il documento corrente. + Per cambiare il valore di zoom selezionato visualizzato in percentuale, cliccatelo e selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili dall'elenco o + utilizzate i pulsanti Zoom avanti Zoom avanti o Zoom indietro Zoom indietro. + Cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla larghezza Adatta alla larghezza per adattare la larghezza della pagina del documento alla videata. + Per adattare tutta la pagina del documento alla videata cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla pagina Adatta alla pagina. + Le impostazioni di zoom sono disponibili anche nell'elenco Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione. Questo può essere molto utile se decidete di nascondere la Barra di stato. +

      +

      I pulsanti Pagina precedente Pagina precedente e Pagina successiva Pagina successiva situati nell'angolo destro inferiore sotto la barra di scorrimento si usano per spostarvi alla pagina precedente o successiva nel documento corrente.

      +

      L'Indicatore del numero di pagina mostra la pagina corrente nell'insieme delle pagine del documento corrente (pagina 'n' di 'nn'). + Cliccate su questa opzione e nella finestra visualizzata inserite il numero di pagina da aprire.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Search.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 01a3d35eb..95cd5b3b5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -1,37 +1,37 @@ - - - - Ricerca e sostituzione - - - - - -
      -

      Ricerca e sostituzione

      -

      Per trovare i caratteri, le parole e le frasi necessari usati nel documento modificato cliccate sull'icona Ricerca della barra sinistra.

      -

      Si apre la finestra Trova e sostituisci:

      - Trova e sostituisci -
        -
      1. Digitate la vostra richiesta nel campo corrispondente.
        2. -
      2. Regolate le opzioni di ricerca selezionando le caselle adatte: -
          -
        • Sensibile al maiuscolo/minuscolo si usa per trovare solo le occorenze alle maiuscole o alle minuscole secondo come è scritto (es. se scrivete 'Editor' e selezionate questa opzione, le parole 'editor' o 'EDITOR' ecc. non vengono trovate). Per disattivare questa opzione deselezionate la casella.
          • -
        • Evidenzia risultati si usa per evidenziare tutte le occorenze trovate in una volta. Per disattivare questa opzione ed eliminare la messa in evidenza, deselezionate questa casella.
          • -
        -
        3. -
      3. Fate clic su uno dei pulsanti frecce a destra. - La ricerca viene effettuata verso l'inizio del documento (se fate clic sul pulsante Freccia sinistra) o verso la fine del documento (se fate clic sul pulsante Freccia destra) dalla posizione attuale. -

        Nota: se l'opzione Evidenzia risultati è attivata, usate questi pulsanti per navigare tra i risultati evidenziati.

        -
        4. -
      -

      La prima occorenza dei caratteri richiesti nella direzione selezionata sarà evidenziata nella pagina. Se questa occorenza non è quella che cercate, fate clic sul pulsante di nuovo per passare all'occorenza successiva.

      -

      Per sostituire una o più occorenze dei caratteri richiesti fate clic sul pulsante Sostituisci al di sotto dei pulsanti frecce. La finestra Trova e sostituisci cambia:

      - Trova e sostituisci -
        -
      1. Digitate il testo di sostituzione nel campo inferiore.
        2. -
      2. Fate clic sul pulsante Sostituisci per sostituire l'occorenza selezionata o usate il pulsante Sostituisci tutto per sostituire tutte le occorenze.
        3. -
      -
      - + + + + Ricerca e sostituzione + + + + + +
      +

      Ricerca e sostituzione

      +

      Per trovare i caratteri, le parole e le frasi necessari usati nel documento modificato cliccate sull'icona Ricerca della barra sinistra.

      +

      Si apre la finestra Trova e sostituisci:

      + Trova e sostituisci +
        +
      1. Digitate la vostra richiesta nel campo corrispondente.
        2. +
      2. Regolate le opzioni di ricerca selezionando le caselle adatte: +
          +
        • Sensibile al maiuscolo/minuscolo si usa per trovare solo le occorenze alle maiuscole o alle minuscole secondo come è scritto (es. se scrivete 'Editor' e selezionate questa opzione, le parole 'editor' o 'EDITOR' ecc. non vengono trovate). Per disattivare questa opzione deselezionate la casella.
          • +
        • Evidenzia risultati si usa per evidenziare tutte le occorenze trovate in una volta. Per disattivare questa opzione ed eliminare la messa in evidenza, deselezionate questa casella.
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. Fate clic su uno dei pulsanti frecce a destra. + La ricerca viene effettuata verso l'inizio del documento (se fate clic sul pulsante Freccia sinistra) o verso la fine del documento (se fate clic sul pulsante Freccia destra) dalla posizione attuale. +

        Nota: se l'opzione Evidenzia risultati è attivata, usate questi pulsanti per navigare tra i risultati evidenziati.

        +
        4. +
      +

      La prima occorenza dei caratteri richiesti nella direzione selezionata sarà evidenziata nella pagina. Se questa occorenza non è quella che cercate, fate clic sul pulsante di nuovo per passare all'occorenza successiva.

      +

      Per sostituire una o più occorenze dei caratteri richiesti fate clic sul pulsante Sostituisci al di sotto dei pulsanti frecce. La finestra Trova e sostituisci cambia:

      + Trova e sostituisci +
        +
      1. Digitate il testo di sostituzione nel campo inferiore.
        2. +
      2. Fate clic sul pulsante Sostituisci per sostituire l'occorenza selezionata o usate il pulsante Sostituisci tutto per sostituire tutte le occorenze.
        3. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index d99232a26..7f0b7222f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ - - - - Controllo ortografia - - - - - -
      -

      Controllo ortografia

      -

      TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di controllare l'ortografia del vostro testo in una certa lingua e correggere gli errori durante la modifica.

      -

      Prima di tutto, impostate la lingua per il vostro documento. Cliccate sull'icona Imposta lingua del documento nella parte destra della Barra di stato. Nella finestra aperta selezionate la lingua necessaria e cliccate su OK. La lingua selezionata sarà applicata a tutto il documento.

      -

      Imposta lingua del documento

      -

      Per impostare una lingua diversa per un frammento, selezionate il frammento con il mouse e usate il menu Controllo ortografia - Seleziona lingua del testo sulla Barra di stato.

      -

      Le parole con errori vengono sottolineate in rosso.

      -

      Cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla parola per attivare il menu contestuale e:

      -
        -
      • selezionate una delle parole suggerite scritte in modo corretto per sostituire la parola con errore da quella suggerita. Se ci sono tante varianti trovate, usate l'opzione Più varianti... per visualizzarle tutte;
        • -
      • usate l'opzione Ignora per saltare questa sola parola ed eliminare la sottolineatura o Ignora tutto per saltare tutte le parole identiche nel testo;
        • -
      • selezionate una lingua diversa per questa parola.
        • -
      - Spell-checking -
      - + + + + Controllo ortografia + + + + + +
      +

      Controllo ortografia

      +

      TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di controllare l'ortografia del vostro testo in una certa lingua e correggere gli errori durante la modifica.

      +

      Prima di tutto, impostate la lingua per il vostro documento. Cliccate sull'icona Imposta lingua del documento nella parte destra della Barra di stato. Nella finestra aperta selezionate la lingua necessaria e cliccate su OK. La lingua selezionata sarà applicata a tutto il documento.

      +

      Imposta lingua del documento

      +

      Per impostare una lingua diversa per un frammento, selezionate il frammento con il mouse e usate il menu Controllo ortografia - Seleziona lingua del testo sulla Barra di stato.

      +

      Le parole con errori vengono sottolineate in rosso.

      +

      Cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla parola per attivare il menu contestuale e:

      +
        +
      • selezionate una delle parole suggerite scritte in modo corretto per sostituire la parola con errore da quella suggerita. Se ci sono tante varianti trovate, usate l'opzione Più varianti... per visualizzarle tutte;
        • +
      • usate l'opzione Ignora per saltare questa sola parola ed eliminare la sottolineatura o Ignora tutto per saltare tutte le parole identiche nel testo;
        • +
      • selezionate una lingua diversa per questa parola.
        • +
      + Spell-checking +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm similarity index 97% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index d283b1f04..6bf5cf3dc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -1,111 +1,111 @@ - - - - Formati di documenti elettronici supportati - - - - - -
      -

      Formati di documenti elettronici supportati

      -

      I documenti elettronici rappresentono i file più comunamente usati. - Grazie alla rete di computer molto sviluppata è diventato possibile e anche più conveniente distribuire i documenti elettronici che i documenti stampati. - A causa della varietà dei dispositivi usati per la presentazione dei documenti ci sono numerosi formati di file proprietari e aperti. - TeamLab Document Editor supporta quelli più popolari.

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      FormatiDescrizioneVisualizzazioneModificaDownload
      DOCEstensione file per i documenti creati da Microsoft Word+++
      DOCXOffice Open XML
      Formato file archiviato basato su XML sviluppato da Microsoft per la rappresentazione dei fogli elettronici, tabelle, presentazioni e documenti di testo      		+++
      ODTFormato file di testo di OpenDocument, uno standard aperto per i documenti elettronici+++
      RTFRich Text Format
      Formato file di testo sviluppato da Microsoft per l'interscambio dei documenti tra le piattaforme      		+++
      TXTEstensione file per i file di testo di solito con dati poco formattati+++
      PDFPortable Document Format
      Formato file usato per rappresentare i documenti nel modo indipendente dai software, hardware e sistemi operativi      		++
      HTMLHyperText Markup Language
      Linguaggio principale di marcatura delle pagine web      		+
      EPUBElectronic Publication
      Standard e-book gratuito e aperto creato dal forum internazionale di editoria digitale      		+
      XPSOpen XML Paper Specification
      Formato file aperto libero da brevetti creato da Microsoft      		+
      DjVuFormato file specialmente progettato per memorizzare i documenti scansionati, sopratutto che contengono un insieme del testo, dei disegni e delle fotografie+
      -
      - + + + + Formati di documenti elettronici supportati + + + + + +
      +

      Formati di documenti elettronici supportati

      +

      I documenti elettronici rappresentono i file più comunamente usati. + Grazie alla rete di computer molto sviluppata è diventato possibile e anche più conveniente distribuire i documenti elettronici che i documenti stampati. + A causa della varietà dei dispositivi usati per la presentazione dei documenti ci sono numerosi formati di file proprietari e aperti. + TeamLab Document Editor supporta quelli più popolari.

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      FormatiDescrizioneVisualizzazioneModificaDownload
      DOCEstensione file per i documenti creati da Microsoft Word+++
      DOCXOffice Open XML
      Formato file archiviato basato su XML sviluppato da Microsoft per la rappresentazione dei fogli elettronici, tabelle, presentazioni e documenti di testo      		+++
      ODTFormato file di testo di OpenDocument, uno standard aperto per i documenti elettronici+++
      RTFRich Text Format
      Formato file di testo sviluppato da Microsoft per l'interscambio dei documenti tra le piattaforme      		+++
      TXTEstensione file per i file di testo di solito con dati poco formattati+++
      PDFPortable Document Format
      Formato file usato per rappresentare i documenti nel modo indipendente dai software, hardware e sistemi operativi      		++
      HTMLHyperText Markup Language
      Linguaggio principale di marcatura delle pagine web      		+
      EPUBElectronic Publication
      Standard e-book gratuito e aperto creato dal forum internazionale di editoria digitale      		+
      XPSOpen XML Paper Specification
      Formato file aperto libero da brevetti creato da Microsoft      		+
      DjVuFormato file specialmente progettato per memorizzare i documenti scansionati, sopratutto che contengono un insieme del testo, dei disegni e delle fotografie+
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 387ffe7f7..d817ec94a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ - - - - Aggiungere bordi - - - - - -
      -

      Aggiungere bordi

      -

      Per aggiungere i bordi ad un paragrafo, una pagina o tutto il documento,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. -
      2. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra,
        3. -
      3. aprite la scheda Bordi e riempimento nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta,
        4. -
      4. impostate un valore adatto per la Dimensioni bordo e selezionate un Colore bordo,
        5. -
      5. cliccate all'interno del diagramma disponibile oppure utilizzate i pulsanti per selezionare i bordi ed applicare lo stile scelto ad essi,
        6. -
      6. cliccate su OK.
        7. -
      -

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Bordi e riempimento

      -

      Dopo aver aggiunto i bordi, potete anche impostare i margini cioè la distanza tra il bordo destro, sinistro, superiore e inferiore e il testo del paragrafo.

      -

      Per specificare il valore desiderato, aprite la scheda Margini della finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate:

      -

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Margini

      -
      - + + + + Aggiungere bordi + + + + + +
      +

      Aggiungere bordi

      +

      Per aggiungere i bordi ad un paragrafo, una pagina o tutto il documento,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. +
      2. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra,
        3. +
      3. aprite la scheda Bordi e riempimento nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta,
        4. +
      4. impostate un valore adatto per la Dimensioni bordo e selezionate un Colore bordo,
        5. +
      5. cliccate all'interno del diagramma disponibile oppure utilizzate i pulsanti per selezionare i bordi ed applicare lo stile scelto ad essi,
        6. +
      6. cliccate su OK.
        7. +
      +

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Bordi e riempimento

      +

      Dopo aver aggiunto i bordi, potete anche impostare i margini cioè la distanza tra il bordo destro, sinistro, superiore e inferiore e il testo del paragrafo.

      +

      Per specificare il valore desiderato, aprite la scheda Margini della finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate:

      +

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Margini

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 0a7606ccd..e543a61a9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -1,36 +1,36 @@ - - - - Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale - - - - - - -
      -

      Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale

      -

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il collegamento ipertestuale,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. nella finestra aperta specificate i parametri del collegamento ipertestuale: -
          -
        • Collega a - inserite URL nel formato http://www.example.com.
          • -
        • Visualizza - digitate un testo da cliccare per passare al sito specificato nel campo superiore.
          • -
        • Testo del suggerimento - digitate un testo da visualizzare nella piccola finestra pop-up che fornisce una corta nota o etichetta.
          • -
        -

        Finestra Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale

        -
        4. -
      4. cliccate su OK.
        5. -
      -

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale potete anche cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse nel punto dove desiderate inserirlo e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu per aprire la finestra sopra visualizzata.

      -

      Nota: è anche possibile selezionare un carattere, una parola, una frase, un testo con immagine con il mouse o usando la tastiera e - cliccare sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore o cliccare con il tasto destro sulla selezione e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale nel menu. - In questo caso il testo selezionato viene visualizzato nel campo Visualizza della finestra di sopra.

      -

      Puntate sul collegamento ipertestuale per visualizzare il suggerimento con il testo specificato. - Per seguire il collegamento premete il tasto CTRL e cliccate sul collegamento nel vostro documento.

      -

      Per modificare o eliminare il collegamento ipertestuale aggiunto cliccatelo con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale e l'azione da fare - Modifica collegamento ipertestuale o Elimina collegamento ipertestuale.

      -
      - - + + + + Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale + + + + + + +
      +

      Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale

      +

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il collegamento ipertestuale,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. nella finestra aperta specificate i parametri del collegamento ipertestuale: +
          +
        • Collega a - inserite URL nel formato http://www.example.com.
          • +
        • Visualizza - digitate un testo da cliccare per passare al sito specificato nel campo superiore.
          • +
        • Testo del suggerimento - digitate un testo da visualizzare nella piccola finestra pop-up che fornisce una corta nota o etichetta.
          • +
        +

        Finestra Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale

        +
        4. +
      4. cliccate su OK.
        5. +
      +

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale potete anche cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse nel punto dove desiderate inserirlo e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu per aprire la finestra sopra visualizzata.

      +

      Nota: è anche possibile selezionare un carattere, una parola, una frase, un testo con immagine con il mouse o usando la tastiera e + cliccare sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore o cliccare con il tasto destro sulla selezione e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale nel menu. + In questo caso il testo selezionato viene visualizzato nel campo Visualizza della finestra di sopra.

      +

      Puntate sul collegamento ipertestuale per visualizzare il suggerimento con il testo specificato. + Per seguire il collegamento premete il tasto CTRL e cliccate sul collegamento nel vostro documento.

      +

      Per modificare o eliminare il collegamento ipertestuale aggiunto cliccatelo con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale e l'azione da fare - Modifica collegamento ipertestuale o Elimina collegamento ipertestuale.

      +
      + + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index e38e46024..af272ca39 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ - - - - Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo - - - - - -
      -

      Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo

      -

      Il testo è di solito allineato nel seguente modo: a sinistra, a destra, al centro o giustificato. Per farlo,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
        2. -
      2. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: -
          -
        • A sinistra - l'allineamento del testo sul lato sinistro della pagina (il lato destro rimane non allineato) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea a sinistra Allinea a sinistra situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • -
        • Al centro - l'allineamento del testo al centro della pagina (i lati sinistro e destro rimangono non allineati) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea al centro Allinea al centro situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • -
        • A destra - l'allineamento del testo sul lato destro della pagina (il lato sinistro rimane non allineato) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea a destra Allinea a destra situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • -
        • Giustifica - l'allineamento del testo sui lati destro e sinistro della pagina (vengono aggiunti gli spazi addizionali dove necessario per mantenere l'allineamento) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Giustifica Giustifica situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • -
        -
        3. -
      -
      - + + + + Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo + + + + + +
      +

      Allineare testo nella riga o paragrafo

      +

      Il testo è di solito allineato nel seguente modo: a sinistra, a destra, al centro o giustificato. Per farlo,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
        2. +
      2. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: +
          +
        • A sinistra - l'allineamento del testo sul lato sinistro della pagina (il lato destro rimane non allineato) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea a sinistra Allinea a sinistra situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • +
        • Al centro - l'allineamento del testo al centro della pagina (i lati sinistro e destro rimangono non allineati) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea al centro Allinea al centro situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • +
        • A destra - l'allineamento del testo sul lato destro della pagina (il lato sinistro rimane non allineato) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Allinea a destra Allinea a destra situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • +
        • Giustifica - l'allineamento del testo sui lati destro e sinistro della pagina (vengono aggiunti gli spazi addizionali dove necessario per mantenere l'allineamento) si fa per mezzo dell'icona Giustifica Giustifica situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
          • +
        +
        3. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index 881ea6aa3..25c54a68e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ - - - - Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo - - - - - -
      -

      Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo

      -

      Il colore sfondo viene applicato a tutto il paragrafo.

      -

      Per applicare un colore sfondo ad un certo paragrafo o cambiare il colore attuale,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate una combinazione colori per il vostro documento dalle combinazioni disponibili cliccando sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. -
      2. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        3. -
      3. aprite la tavolozza cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo sulla barra destra, -

        Nota: potete anche accedere alla tavolozza cliccando sul collegamento 'Mostra impostazioni avanzate' sulla barra destra o selezionando l'opzione 'Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo' dal menu contestuale, e poi passando alla scheda 'Bordi e riempimento' della finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate' e cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo.

        -
        4. -
      4. selezionate un colore dalle tavolozze disponibili: -

        Tavolozza

        -
          -
        • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori del documento.
          • -
        • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
          • -
        • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: -

          Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

          -

          Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato al paragrafo e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato.

          -
          • -
        -
        5. -
      -

      Per cancellare il colore sfondo di un certo paragrafo,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. -
      2. aprite la tavolozza cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo sulla barra destra,
        3. -
      3. selezionate l'icona Nessun riempimento nella tavolozza.
        4. -
      -
      - + + + + Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo + + + + + +
      +

      Selezionare colore sfondo per un paragrafo

      +

      Il colore sfondo viene applicato a tutto il paragrafo.

      +

      Per applicare un colore sfondo ad un certo paragrafo o cambiare il colore attuale,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate una combinazione colori per il vostro documento dalle combinazioni disponibili cliccando sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. +
      2. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        3. +
      3. aprite la tavolozza cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo sulla barra destra, +

        Nota: potete anche accedere alla tavolozza cliccando sul collegamento 'Mostra impostazioni avanzate' sulla barra destra o selezionando l'opzione 'Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo' dal menu contestuale, e poi passando alla scheda 'Bordi e riempimento' della finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate' e cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo.

        +
        4. +
      4. selezionate un colore dalle tavolozze disponibili: +

        Tavolozza

        +
          +
        • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori del documento.
          • +
        • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
          • +
        • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: +

          Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

          +

          Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato al paragrafo e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato.

          +
          • +
        +
        5. +
      +

      Per cancellare il colore sfondo di un certo paragrafo,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario oppure selezionate i paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. +
      2. aprite la tavolozza cliccando sul campo colore accanto a Colore sfondo sulla barra destra,
        3. +
      3. selezionate l'icona Nessun riempimento nella tavolozza.
        4. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index d3231b374..b4dfb8c79 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ - - - - Copiare/cancellare formattazione - - - - - - -
      -

      Copiare/cancellare formattazione

      -

      Per copiare una certa formattazione,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate il testo con la formattazione da copiare con il mouse o usando la tastiera,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate il testo a cui desiderate applicare la stessa formattazione.
        4. -
      -

      Per facilmente cancellare la formattazione applicata al testo,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate il testo la cui formattazione desiderate cancellare,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Cancella stile Cancella stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. -
      -
      - + + + + Copiare/cancellare formattazione + + + + + + +
      +

      Copiare/cancellare formattazione

      +

      Per copiare una certa formattazione,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate il testo con la formattazione da copiare con il mouse o usando la tastiera,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate il testo a cui desiderate applicare la stessa formattazione.
        4. +
      +

      Per facilmente cancellare la formattazione applicata al testo,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate il testo la cui formattazione desiderate cancellare,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Cancella stile Cancella stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index c599f94e8..fc056a22b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ - - - - Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni - - - - - -
      -

      Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni

      -

      Per effettuare queste operazioni, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

      -
        -
      • Copia – selezionate un testo e utilizzate l'icona Copia Copia per copiare la selezione negli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi nell'altro punto dello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.
        • -
      • Incolla – trovate il punto nel documento dove desiderate incollare il testo copiato prima e utilizzate l'icona Incolla Incolla. - Il testo verrà inserito nella posizione del cursore corrente. Il testo può essere copiato prima dallo stesso documento, da qualsiasi altro documento o un certo altro programma.
        • -
      • Annulla – utilizzate l'icona Annulla Annulla per annullare l'ultima operazione effettuata.
        • -
      • Ripristina – utilizzate l'icona Ripristina Ripristina per ripetere l'ultima azione annullata.
        • -
      -

      Nota: per motivi di sicurezza certi browser non permettono di accedere agli appunti del tuo computer. Quindi quando provate ad effettuare una di queste operazioni il programma vi richiederà di utilizzare i tasti di scelta rapida comuni per tutti i browser: Ctrl+X per tagliare, Ctrl+C per copiare, Ctrl+V per incollare.

      -
      - + + + + Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni + + + + + +
      +

      Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni

      +

      Per effettuare queste operazioni, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

      +
        +
      • Copia – selezionate un testo e utilizzate l'icona Copia Copia per copiare la selezione negli appunti del computer. Il testo copiato può essere inserito più tardi nell'altro punto dello stesso documento, in un altro documento, o in un certo altro programma.
        • +
      • Incolla – trovate il punto nel documento dove desiderate incollare il testo copiato prima e utilizzate l'icona Incolla Incolla. + Il testo verrà inserito nella posizione del cursore corrente. Il testo può essere copiato prima dallo stesso documento, da qualsiasi altro documento o un certo altro programma.
        • +
      • Annulla – utilizzate l'icona Annulla Annulla per annullare l'ultima operazione effettuata.
        • +
      • Ripristina – utilizzate l'icona Ripristina Ripristina per ripetere l'ultima azione annullata.
        • +
      +

      Nota: per motivi di sicurezza certi browser non permettono di accedere agli appunti del tuo computer. Quindi quando provate ad effettuare una di queste operazioni il programma vi richiederà di utilizzare i tasti di scelta rapida comuni per tutti i browser: Ctrl+X per tagliare, Ctrl+C per copiare, Ctrl+V per incollare.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 9f6271924..5a69b2ffd 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ - - - - Creare elenchi - - - - - - -
      -

      Creare elenchi

      -

      Per creare un elenco nel vostro documento,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate iniziare un elenco (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo già digitato),
        2. -
      2. selezionate il tipo elenco da creare: -
          -
        • Elenco non ordinato con marcatori si crea usando l'icona Elenchi puntati Elenchi puntati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore
          • -
        • Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere si crea usando l'icona Elenchi numerati Elenchi numerati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore -

          Nota: cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco.

          -
          • -
        -
        3. -
      3. adesso quando premete il tasto Enter alla fine della riga viene creata automaticamente la voce di elenco successiva. Per terminare l'elenco, premete il tasto Backspace e continuate il lavoro.
        4. -
      -

      Potete anche cambiare il rientro del testo negli elenchi e il loro annidamento usando l'icona Struttura Struttura, Riduci rientro Riduci rientro, e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Nota: i parametri addizionali del rientro e della spaziatura possono essere cambiate sulla barra destra e nella finestra di impostazioni avanzate. Per saperne di più leggete la sezione Cambiare rientri di paragrafo e Impostare interlinea di paragrafo.

      -
      - + + + + Creare elenchi + + + + + + +
      +

      Creare elenchi

      +

      Per creare un elenco nel vostro documento,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate iniziare un elenco (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo già digitato),
        2. +
      2. selezionate il tipo elenco da creare: +
          +
        • Elenco non ordinato con marcatori si crea usando l'icona Elenchi puntati Elenchi puntati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore
          • +
        • Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere si crea usando l'icona Elenchi numerati Elenchi numerati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore +

          Nota: cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco.

          +
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. adesso quando premete il tasto Enter alla fine della riga viene creata automaticamente la voce di elenco successiva. Per terminare l'elenco, premete il tasto Backspace e continuate il lavoro.
        4. +
      +

      Potete anche cambiare il rientro del testo negli elenchi e il loro annidamento usando l'icona Struttura Struttura, Riduci rientro Riduci rientro, e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Nota: i parametri addizionali del rientro e della spaziatura possono essere cambiate sulla barra destra e nella finestra di impostazioni avanzate. Per saperne di più leggete la sezione Cambiare rientri di paragrafo e Impostare interlinea di paragrafo.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index f8c946428..7103d7213 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -1,72 +1,72 @@ - - - - Applicare stili di decorazione - - - - - - -
      -

      Applicare stili di decorazione

      -

      Potete applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri diversi usando le icone corrispondenti situate sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Nota: se desiderate applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera ed applicate la formattazione.

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Aumenta dimensione caratteriAumenta dimensione caratteriSi usa per cambiare la dimensione dei caratteri per renderli più grandi ogni volta che il tasto è premuto.
      Riduci dimensione caratteriRiduci dimensione caratteriSi usa per cambiare la dimensione dei caratteri per renderli più piccoli di un punto ogni volta che il tasto è premuto.
      GrassettoGrassettoSi usa per formattare in grassetto il testo selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCorsivoSi usa per formattare in corsivo il testo selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoSottolineatoSi usa per sottolineare il testo selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      BarratoBarratoSi usa per barrare il testo selezionato da una linea che passa attraverso le lettere.
      ApiceApiceSi usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
      PedicePediceSi usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
      -

      Per accedere alle impostazioni avanzate, cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate dove passate alla scheda Tipo di caratteri.

      -

      Qui potete usare i seguenti stili e parametri per la formattazione dei caratteri:

      -
        -
      • Barrato si usa per barrare il testo con una linea.
        • -
      • Barrato doppio si usa per barrare il testo con due linee.
        • -
      • Apice si usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
        • -
      • Pedice si usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
        • -
      • Maiuscoletto si usa per rendere maiuscole piccole tutte le lettere.
        • -
      • Maiuscole si usa per rendere maiuscole tutte le lettere.
        • -
      • Spaziatura si usa per impostare lo spazio tra i caratteri.
        • -
      • Posizione si usa per impostare la posizione dei caratteri in una stringa.
        • -
      -

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Tipo di caratteri

      -
      - + + + + Applicare stili di decorazione + + + + + + +
      +

      Applicare stili di decorazione

      +

      Potete applicare stili di decorazione dei caratteri diversi usando le icone corrispondenti situate sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Nota: se desiderate applicare la formattazione al testo già presente nel documento, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera ed applicate la formattazione.

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Aumenta dimensione caratteriAumenta dimensione caratteriSi usa per cambiare la dimensione dei caratteri per renderli più grandi ogni volta che il tasto è premuto.
      Riduci dimensione caratteriRiduci dimensione caratteriSi usa per cambiare la dimensione dei caratteri per renderli più piccoli di un punto ogni volta che il tasto è premuto.
      GrassettoGrassettoSi usa per formattare in grassetto il testo selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCorsivoSi usa per formattare in corsivo il testo selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoSottolineatoSi usa per sottolineare il testo selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      BarratoBarratoSi usa per barrare il testo selezionato da una linea che passa attraverso le lettere.
      ApiceApiceSi usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
      PedicePediceSi usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
      +

      Per accedere alle impostazioni avanzate, cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate dove passate alla scheda Tipo di caratteri.

      +

      Qui potete usare i seguenti stili e parametri per la formattazione dei caratteri:

      +
        +
      • Barrato si usa per barrare il testo con una linea.
        • +
      • Barrato doppio si usa per barrare il testo con due linee.
        • +
      • Apice si usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
        • +
      • Pedice si usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
        • +
      • Maiuscoletto si usa per rendere maiuscole piccole tutte le lettere.
        • +
      • Maiuscole si usa per rendere maiuscole tutte le lettere.
        • +
      • Spaziatura si usa per impostare lo spazio tra i caratteri.
        • +
      • Posizione si usa per impostare la posizione dei caratteri in una stringa.
        • +
      +

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Tipo di caratteri

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 1ca612138..4dbb0580f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ - - - - Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore - - - - - - -
      -

      Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore

      -

      Potete selezionare il tipo caratteri, la loro dimensione e il colore usando le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Nota: se desiderate applicare la formattazione ad un testo già presente nel documento, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera e applicate la formattazione.

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Nome tipo di carattereNome tipo di carattereSi usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco a discesa.
      Dimensione carattereDimensione carattereSi usa per selezionare un valore preimpostato dall'elenco a discesa, può essere anche inserita a mano nel campo della dimensione carattere.
      Colore evidenziatoreColore evidenziatoreSi usa per cambiare lo sfondo usato per le frasi, le parole oppure i caratteri separati. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore. Per cancellare il colore sfondo, selezionate l'opzione Nessun riempimento. Il Colore evidenziatore è diverso dal Colore sfondo perché l'ultimo viene applicato a tutto il paragrafo.
      Colore caratteriColore caratteriSi usa per cambiare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore. I colori delle tavolozze dipendono dalla combinazione colori scelta cliccando sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
      -
      - + + + + Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore + + + + + + +
      +

      Impostare tipo di carattere, dimensione e colore

      +

      Potete selezionare il tipo caratteri, la loro dimensione e il colore usando le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Nota: se desiderate applicare la formattazione ad un testo già presente nel documento, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera e applicate la formattazione.

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Nome tipo di carattereNome tipo di carattereSi usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco a discesa.
      Dimensione carattereDimensione carattereSi usa per selezionare un valore preimpostato dall'elenco a discesa, può essere anche inserita a mano nel campo della dimensione carattere.
      Colore evidenziatoreColore evidenziatoreSi usa per cambiare lo sfondo usato per le frasi, le parole oppure i caratteri separati. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore. Per cancellare il colore sfondo, selezionate l'opzione Nessun riempimento. Il Colore evidenziatore è diverso dal Colore sfondo perché l'ultimo viene applicato a tutto il paragrafo.
      Colore caratteriColore caratteriSi usa per cambiare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore. I colori delle tavolozze dipendono dalla combinazione colori scelta cliccando sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 81c0dd07c..c797fe7d6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -1,21 +1,21 @@ - - - - Applicare preset di formattazione - - - - - -
      -

      Applicare preset di formattazione

      -

      Per applicare uno dei preset di formattazione di testo disponibili,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nella riga o selezionate più righe o paragrafi a cui desiderate applicare uno dei preset di formattazione,
        2. -
      2. selezionate il preset necessario a destra sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. -
      -

      I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: normal (normale), no spacing (senza spaziatura), heading 1-9 (titolo 1-9), title (titolo pagina), subtitle (sottotitolo), quote (citazione), intense quote (citazione intensa), list paragraph (paragrafo elenco).

      -

      Preset di formattazione

      -
      - + + + + Applicare preset di formattazione + + + + + +
      +

      Applicare preset di formattazione

      +

      Per applicare uno dei preset di formattazione di testo disponibili,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nella riga o selezionate più righe o paragrafi a cui desiderate applicare uno dei preset di formattazione,
        2. +
      2. selezionate il preset necessario a destra sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. +
      +

      I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: normal (normale), no spacing (senza spaziatura), heading 1-9 (titolo 1-9), title (titolo pagina), subtitle (sottotitolo), quote (citazione), intense quote (citazione intensa), list paragraph (paragrafo elenco).

      +

      Preset di formattazione

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index f64506455..b5644d7c3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -1,165 +1,165 @@ - - - - Inserire forme - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire forme

      -

      Per inserire una forma in un documento,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. -
      2. selezionate uno dei gruppi disponibili: Figure di base, Frecce decorate, Matematica, Grafici, Stelle e nastri, Callout, Bottoni, Rettangoli, Linee,
        3. -
      3. cliccate sulla forma necessaria dal gruppo selezionato,
        4. -
      4. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserirlo, -
        5. -
      5. una volta aggiunta la forma potete cambiare la sua dimensione, la posizione e le proprietà. -

        Nota: per scrivere un testo nella forma assicuratevi che la forma è selezionata nella pagina e cominciate a scrivere il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).

        -
        6. -
      -

      Rimodellare formaPer cambiare la dimensione della forma, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete il tasto Shift e trascinate uno dei quadrati negli angoli.

      -

      Quando modificate certe forme, ad esempio Frecce decorate o Callout, è anche disponibile l'icona a forma di diamante giallo Diamante giallo. Questa icona permette di regolare certi aspetti della forma, ad esempio, la lunghezza della testa di una freccia.

      -

      Per alterare la posizione della forma, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse. - Per spostare la forma di tre pixel, premete il tasto Ctrl e usate le frecce della tastiera. - Per spostare la forma precisamente orizzontalmente/verticalmente, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante lo spostamento.

      -

      Per ruotare la forma, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione Punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

      -
      -

      Per allineare e disporre le forme, usate il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

      -
        -
      • Disponi si usa per portare la forma selezionata in primo piano, in secondo piano, avanti o indietro e anche raggruppare per effettuare le operazioni con più forme in una volta o separare le forme raggruppate.
        • -
      • Allinea si usa per allineare la forma a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, in mezzo, in basso.
        • -
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo - o modificare bordi disposizione testo. L'opzione Modifica bordi disposizione testo è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile diverso da 'in linea'. Trascinate i punti per personalizzare i bordi. Per creare un nuovo punto, fate clic sulla linea rossa e trascinatela nella posizione desiderata. Modifica bordi disposizione testo
        • -
      • Impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Forma - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • -
      -
      -

      Certe impostazioni della forma possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni scheda sulla barra destra che appare se cliccate sulla forma selezionata con il tasto sinistro del mouse. Qui potete cambiare le seguenti impostazioni:

      -
        -
      • Riempimento - usate questa opzione per selezionare il riempimento per la forma. Potete usare una delle opzioni: -
          -
        • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore che desiderate utilizzare per riempire la forma. -

          Colore di riempimento

          -

          Cliccate sulla casella di sotto e selezionate il colore necessario dalla tavolozza o specificate qualsiasi altro colore:

          -

          Tavolozza

          -
            -
          • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori del documento.
            • -
          • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
            • -
          • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: -

            Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

            -

            Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato all'oggetto e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato del menu.

            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori. -

          Sfumatura

          -
            -
          • Stile - selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili: Lineare (la sfumatura viene applicata in linea retta: in orizzontale, in verticale e in diagonale ad un angolo di 45 gradi) o Radiale (la sfumatura viene applicata con progressione circolare dal centro ai bordi).
            • -
          • Direzione - selezionate un modello dal menu. Se viene selezionata la sfumatura Lineare, potete scegliere una delle seguenti direzioni: da alto a sinistra verso il basso a destra, verso il basso, da alto a destra verso il basso a sinistra, da destra a sinistra, da basso a destra verso l'alto a sinistra, verso l'alto, da basso a sinistra verso l'alto a destra, da sinistra a destra. Per la sfumatura Radiale c'è un solo modello disponibile.
            • -
          • Sfumatura - fate clic sul dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro Dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro sotto la barra della sfumatura per attivare la casella di colore che corrisponde al primo colore. Fate clic sulla casella di colore a destra per selezionare il primo colore nella tavolozza. Trascinate il dispositivo di scorrimento per impostare l'interruzione sfumatura, cioè, il punto in cui la fusione di due colori termina. Usate il dispositivo destro sotto la barra della sfumatura per specificare il secondo colore ed impostare l'interruzione sfumatura.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della forma. -

          Immagine e trama

          -
            -
          • Se desiderate usare un'immagine per lo sfondo della forma, potete aggiungerla Da file selezionandola sul disco rigido del computer o Da URL inserendo l'URL adatto nella finestra aperta.
            • -
          • Se desiderata usare una trama per lo sfondo della forma, aprite il menu Da trama e selezionate una trama necessaria. -

            Al presente, sono disponibili le seguenti trame: Tappeto, Cartone, Tessuto scuro, Grano, Granito, Carta grigia, A maglia, Cuoio, Carta da pacchi, Papiro, Legno.

            -
            • -
          -
            -
          • Se la dimensione dell'Immagine selezionata è superiore o inferiore alle dimensioni della forma, potete selezionare il parametro Estendi o Tela dall'elenco a discesa. -

            L'opzione Estendi vi permette di regolare la dimensione dell'immagine per adattarla alle dimensioni della forma per riempire tutto lo spazio.

            -

            L'opzione Tela vi permette di visualizzare solo una parte di un'immagine grande mantenendo le dimensioni originali, o ripetere un'immagine piccola le sue dimensioni originali per riempire tutto lo spazio.

            -

            Nota: qualsiasi Trama predefinita riempe tutto lo spazio, però potete impostare il parametro Estendi se necessario.

            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti. -

          Modello

          -
            -
          • Modello - selezionate un disegno predefinito dal menu.
            • -
          • Colore primo piano - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore degli elementi del modello scelto.
            • -
          • Colore sfondo - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore dello sfondo del modello.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire la forma.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -

      Impostazioni forma

      -
        -
      • Opacità - usate questa sezione per impostare il livello di Opacità trascinando la barra o inserendo il valore a mano. Il valore predefinito è 100%. Questo corrisponde all'opacità completa. Il valore 0% corrisponde alla trasparenza completa.
        • -
      • Tratto - usate questa sezione per cambiare il colore e lo spessore del tratto per la forma. -
          -
        • Per cambiare lo spessore, selezionate una delle opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Dimensione. Le opzioni disponibili sono: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. O selezionate l'opzione Nessuna linea se non desiderate usare il tratto.
          • -
        • Per cambiare il colore, cliccate sulla casella di colore e selezionate un colore desiderato.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo (per dettagli vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate qui sotto).
        • -
      • Modifica forma - usate questa sezione per sostituire la forma attuale selezionando un'altra dall'elenco a discesa.
        • -
      -
      -

      Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sulla forma con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra 'Forma - Impostazioni avanzate':

      - Forma - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Larghezza e Altezza - usate queste opzioni per modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza della forma. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza della forma originale.
        • -
      -

      Forma - Impostazioni avanzate

      -

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Stile di disposizione testo - usate questa opzione per cambiare il modo da posizionare la forma rispetto al testo: questa può fare parte del testo (se selezionate lo stile 'in linea') o essere bypassata da tutti i lati (se selezionate uno di altri stili). -
          -

        • Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - la forma rimane insieme al testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, anche la forma si sposta. In questo caso le opzioni di posizione non sono accessibili.

          -

          Se selezionate uno di seguenti stili, potete spostare l'immagine independamente dal testo e selezionare una posizione più esatta:

          -
          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato si usa per disporre il testo intorno al bordo della forma.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato si usa per ravvicinare il testo intorno alla forma.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - All'interno All'interno si usa per disporre il testo vicino alla forma in modo da riempire lo spazio negativo intorno alla forma.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto si usa per disporre il testo sopra e sotto la forma posizionando la forma sulla propria linea.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo si usa per visualizzare il testo sopra la forma.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo si usa per visualizzare la forma sopra il testo.

          • -
        -
        • -
      -

      Se selezionate lo stile quadrato, stretto, attraverso, o sopra e sotto avrete la possibilità di impostare certi parametri addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

      -

      Forma - Impostazioni avanzate

      -

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

      -
        -
      • Orizzontale include l'allineamento della forma (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro e anche la posizione a destra di carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro.
        • -
      • Verticale include l'allineamento della forma (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore e anche la posizione al di sotto di stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore.
        • -
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con la forma inserita.
        • -
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due forme quando sono trascinate l'una vicino all'altra.
        • -
      -

      Forma - Impostazioni avanzate

      -

      La scheda Impostazioni forma contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Stile linea - questo gruppo di opzioni vi permette di specificare i seguenti parametri: -
          -
        • Tipo estremità - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per la fine della linea. Può essere impostato per le forme con il contorno aperto: linee, polilinee ecc.: -
            -
          • Uniforme - le estremità saranno uniformi.
            • -
          • Rotondo - le estremità saranno arrotondate.
            • -
          • Quadrato - le estremità saranno quadrate.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Tipo giunzione - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per l'intersezione di due linee, ad esempio, una polilinea, gli angoli di un triangolo o il contorno di un rettangolo: -
            -
          • Rotondo - l'angolo sarà arrotondato.
            • -
          • Smussato - l'angolo sarà smussato.
            • -
          • Acuto - l'angolo sarà acuto. E' perfetto per le forme con gli angoli nitidi.
            • -
          -

          Nota: l'effetto sarà più evidente se usate un contorno più largo.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Frecce - questo gruppo di opzioni è disponibile solo per le forme dal gruppo Linee e vi permette di impostare lo Stile e la Dimesnione dell'inizio e della fine selezionando l'opzione adatta dagli elenchi a discesa.
        • -
      - Forma - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Margini vi permette di cambiare i margini interni della forma In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (cioè, la distanza tra il testo nella forma e i suoi bordi).

      -
      - + + + + Inserire forme + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire forme

      +

      Per inserire una forma in un documento,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. +
      2. selezionate uno dei gruppi disponibili: Figure di base, Frecce decorate, Matematica, Grafici, Stelle e nastri, Callout, Bottoni, Rettangoli, Linee,
        3. +
      3. cliccate sulla forma necessaria dal gruppo selezionato,
        4. +
      4. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserirlo, +
        5. +
      5. una volta aggiunta la forma potete cambiare la sua dimensione, la posizione e le proprietà. +

        Nota: per scrivere un testo nella forma assicuratevi che la forma è selezionata nella pagina e cominciate a scrivere il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).

        +
        6. +
      +

      Rimodellare formaPer cambiare la dimensione della forma, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete il tasto Shift e trascinate uno dei quadrati negli angoli.

      +

      Quando modificate certe forme, ad esempio Frecce decorate o Callout, è anche disponibile l'icona a forma di diamante giallo Diamante giallo. Questa icona permette di regolare certi aspetti della forma, ad esempio, la lunghezza della testa di una freccia.

      +

      Per alterare la posizione della forma, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse. + Per spostare la forma di tre pixel, premete il tasto Ctrl e usate le frecce della tastiera. + Per spostare la forma precisamente orizzontalmente/verticalmente, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante lo spostamento.

      +

      Per ruotare la forma, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione Punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

      +
      +

      Per allineare e disporre le forme, usate il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

      +
        +
      • Disponi si usa per portare la forma selezionata in primo piano, in secondo piano, avanti o indietro e anche raggruppare per effettuare le operazioni con più forme in una volta o separare le forme raggruppate.
        • +
      • Allinea si usa per allineare la forma a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, in mezzo, in basso.
        • +
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo - o modificare bordi disposizione testo. L'opzione Modifica bordi disposizione testo è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile diverso da 'in linea'. Trascinate i punti per personalizzare i bordi. Per creare un nuovo punto, fate clic sulla linea rossa e trascinatela nella posizione desiderata. Modifica bordi disposizione testo
        • +
      • Impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Forma - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • +
      +
      +

      Certe impostazioni della forma possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni scheda sulla barra destra che appare se cliccate sulla forma selezionata con il tasto sinistro del mouse. Qui potete cambiare le seguenti impostazioni:

      +
        +
      • Riempimento - usate questa opzione per selezionare il riempimento per la forma. Potete usare una delle opzioni: +
          +
        • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore che desiderate utilizzare per riempire la forma. +

          Colore di riempimento

          +

          Cliccate sulla casella di sotto e selezionate il colore necessario dalla tavolozza o specificate qualsiasi altro colore:

          +

          Tavolozza

          +
            +
          • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori del documento.
            • +
          • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
            • +
          • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: +

            Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

            +

            Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato all'oggetto e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato del menu.

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori. +

          Sfumatura

          +
            +
          • Stile - selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili: Lineare (la sfumatura viene applicata in linea retta: in orizzontale, in verticale e in diagonale ad un angolo di 45 gradi) o Radiale (la sfumatura viene applicata con progressione circolare dal centro ai bordi).
            • +
          • Direzione - selezionate un modello dal menu. Se viene selezionata la sfumatura Lineare, potete scegliere una delle seguenti direzioni: da alto a sinistra verso il basso a destra, verso il basso, da alto a destra verso il basso a sinistra, da destra a sinistra, da basso a destra verso l'alto a sinistra, verso l'alto, da basso a sinistra verso l'alto a destra, da sinistra a destra. Per la sfumatura Radiale c'è un solo modello disponibile.
            • +
          • Sfumatura - fate clic sul dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro Dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro sotto la barra della sfumatura per attivare la casella di colore che corrisponde al primo colore. Fate clic sulla casella di colore a destra per selezionare il primo colore nella tavolozza. Trascinate il dispositivo di scorrimento per impostare l'interruzione sfumatura, cioè, il punto in cui la fusione di due colori termina. Usate il dispositivo destro sotto la barra della sfumatura per specificare il secondo colore ed impostare l'interruzione sfumatura.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della forma. +

          Immagine e trama

          +
            +
          • Se desiderate usare un'immagine per lo sfondo della forma, potete aggiungerla Da file selezionandola sul disco rigido del computer o Da URL inserendo l'URL adatto nella finestra aperta.
            • +
          • Se desiderata usare una trama per lo sfondo della forma, aprite il menu Da trama e selezionate una trama necessaria. +

            Al presente, sono disponibili le seguenti trame: Tappeto, Cartone, Tessuto scuro, Grano, Granito, Carta grigia, A maglia, Cuoio, Carta da pacchi, Papiro, Legno.

            +
            • +
          +
            +
          • Se la dimensione dell'Immagine selezionata è superiore o inferiore alle dimensioni della forma, potete selezionare il parametro Estendi o Tela dall'elenco a discesa. +

            L'opzione Estendi vi permette di regolare la dimensione dell'immagine per adattarla alle dimensioni della forma per riempire tutto lo spazio.

            +

            L'opzione Tela vi permette di visualizzare solo una parte di un'immagine grande mantenendo le dimensioni originali, o ripetere un'immagine piccola le sue dimensioni originali per riempire tutto lo spazio.

            +

            Nota: qualsiasi Trama predefinita riempe tutto lo spazio, però potete impostare il parametro Estendi se necessario.

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti. +

          Modello

          +
            +
          • Modello - selezionate un disegno predefinito dal menu.
            • +
          • Colore primo piano - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore degli elementi del modello scelto.
            • +
          • Colore sfondo - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore dello sfondo del modello.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire la forma.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Impostazioni forma

      +
        +
      • Opacità - usate questa sezione per impostare il livello di Opacità trascinando la barra o inserendo il valore a mano. Il valore predefinito è 100%. Questo corrisponde all'opacità completa. Il valore 0% corrisponde alla trasparenza completa.
        • +
      • Tratto - usate questa sezione per cambiare il colore e lo spessore del tratto per la forma. +
          +
        • Per cambiare lo spessore, selezionate una delle opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Dimensione. Le opzioni disponibili sono: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. O selezionate l'opzione Nessuna linea se non desiderate usare il tratto.
          • +
        • Per cambiare il colore, cliccate sulla casella di colore e selezionate un colore desiderato.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo (per dettagli vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate qui sotto).
        • +
      • Modifica forma - usate questa sezione per sostituire la forma attuale selezionando un'altra dall'elenco a discesa.
        • +
      +
      +

      Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sulla forma con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra 'Forma - Impostazioni avanzate':

      + Forma - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Larghezza e Altezza - usate queste opzioni per modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza della forma. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza della forma originale.
        • +
      +

      Forma - Impostazioni avanzate

      +

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Stile di disposizione testo - usate questa opzione per cambiare il modo da posizionare la forma rispetto al testo: questa può fare parte del testo (se selezionate lo stile 'in linea') o essere bypassata da tutti i lati (se selezionate uno di altri stili). +
          +

        • Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - la forma rimane insieme al testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, anche la forma si sposta. In questo caso le opzioni di posizione non sono accessibili.

          +

          Se selezionate uno di seguenti stili, potete spostare l'immagine independamente dal testo e selezionare una posizione più esatta:

          +
          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato si usa per disporre il testo intorno al bordo della forma.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato si usa per ravvicinare il testo intorno alla forma.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - All'interno All'interno si usa per disporre il testo vicino alla forma in modo da riempire lo spazio negativo intorno alla forma.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto si usa per disporre il testo sopra e sotto la forma posizionando la forma sulla propria linea.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo si usa per visualizzare il testo sopra la forma.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo si usa per visualizzare la forma sopra il testo.

          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Se selezionate lo stile quadrato, stretto, attraverso, o sopra e sotto avrete la possibilità di impostare certi parametri addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

      +

      Forma - Impostazioni avanzate

      +

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

      +
        +
      • Orizzontale include l'allineamento della forma (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro e anche la posizione a destra di carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro.
        • +
      • Verticale include l'allineamento della forma (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore e anche la posizione al di sotto di stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore.
        • +
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con la forma inserita.
        • +
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due forme quando sono trascinate l'una vicino all'altra.
        • +
      +

      Forma - Impostazioni avanzate

      +

      La scheda Impostazioni forma contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Stile linea - questo gruppo di opzioni vi permette di specificare i seguenti parametri: +
          +
        • Tipo estremità - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per la fine della linea. Può essere impostato per le forme con il contorno aperto: linee, polilinee ecc.: +
            +
          • Uniforme - le estremità saranno uniformi.
            • +
          • Rotondo - le estremità saranno arrotondate.
            • +
          • Quadrato - le estremità saranno quadrate.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Tipo giunzione - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per l'intersezione di due linee, ad esempio, una polilinea, gli angoli di un triangolo o il contorno di un rettangolo: +
            +
          • Rotondo - l'angolo sarà arrotondato.
            • +
          • Smussato - l'angolo sarà smussato.
            • +
          • Acuto - l'angolo sarà acuto. E' perfetto per le forme con gli angoli nitidi.
            • +
          +

          Nota: l'effetto sarà più evidente se usate un contorno più largo.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Frecce - questo gruppo di opzioni è disponibile solo per le forme dal gruppo Linee e vi permette di impostare lo Stile e la Dimesnione dell'inizio e della fine selezionando l'opzione adatta dagli elenchi a discesa.
        • +
      + Forma - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Margini vi permette di cambiare i margini interni della forma In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (cioè, la distanza tra il testo nella forma e i suoi bordi).

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 6ca9d55c7..f6ce02fdf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -1,95 +1,95 @@ - - - - Inserire grafici - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire grafici

      -

      Per inserire un grafico nel documento,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il vostro grafico,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci grafico Inserisci grafico sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezonate il tipo grafico necessario - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile,
        4. -
      4. dopo questo si apre la finestra Modifica grafico dove potete inserire i dati necessari nelle celle usando i seguenti controlli: -
          -
        • Copia e Incolla per copiare ed incollare i dati copiati
          • -
        • Annulla e Ripristina per annullare e ripristinare le azioni
          • -
        • Inserisci funzione per inserire una funzione
          • -
        • Diminuisci decimali e Aumenta decimali per diminuire e aumentare i decimali
          • -
        • Formato numerico per cambiare il formato numerico, cioè il modo da presentare i dati inseriti nelle celle
          • -
        -

        Modifica grafico

        -
        5. -
      5. regolate le impostazioni del grafico cliccando sul pulsante Modifica grafico nella finestra Modifica grafico. Si apre la finestra Impostazioni grafico. Nella scheda Tipo di grafico, stile e intervallo di dati potete regolare le seguenti impostazioni: -

        Impostazioni grafico

        -
          -
        • Tipo e stile grafico - selezonate il tipo grafico da inserire - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile.
          • -
        • Intervallo di dati - verificate l'intervallo di celle selezionato, modificatelo, se necessario, e selezionate il modo di ordinare i dati. Potete selezionare sia Serie di dati nelle righe sia Serie di dati nelle colonne da utilizzare sull'asse X.
          • -
        -

        Impostazioni grafico

        -

        La scheda Elementi di grafico e legenda di grafico vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

        -
          -
        • Elementi di grafico - specificate un Titolo di grafico e gli elementi da visualizzare: Valori di grafico, Bordi di grafico, Asse e Linee di griglia e anche cambiate i titoli di assi nei campi corrispondenti.
          • -
        • Legenda di grafico - specificate se visualizzare la legenda per il vostro grafico o non. Se desiderate visualizzare la legenda, lasciate selezionata la casella corrispondente e specificate la sua posizione rispetto al grafico selezionando l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa: In basso, In alto, A destra, A sinistra.
          • -
        -
        6. -
      -
      -

      Spostamento graficoUna volta inserito il grafico potete cambiare la sua dimensione e la posizione. Per cambiare la dimensione del grafico, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete il tasto Shift e trascinate uno dei quadrati negli angoli.

      -

      Per alterare la posizione del grafico, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sul grafico. Trascinate il grafico nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse.

      -
      -

      Impostazioni grafico -

      Certe impostazioni del grafico possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni grafico della barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sul grafico, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni grafico Impostazioni grafico a destra e regolate le seguente impostazioni, se necessario:

      -
        -
      • Dimensione si usa per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza del grafico selezionato.
        • -
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo (per dettagli vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate qui sotto).
        • -
      • Cambia tipo grafico si usa per cambiare il tipo e/o lo stile del grafico selezionato.
        • -
      • Modifica dati si usa per aprire la finestra 'Modifica grafico'.
        • -
      -

      Certe impostazioni sono disponibili anche nel menu contestuale. Le impostazioni da regolare sono le seguenti:

      -
        -
      • Disponi si usa per portare il grafico selezionato in primo piano, in secondo piano, avanti o indietro e anche raggruppare per effettuare le operazioni con più grafici in una volta o separare i grafici raggruppati.
        • -
      • Allinea si usa per allineare il grafico a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, in mezzo, in basso.
        • -
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo. L'opzione Modifica bordi disposizione testo non è disponibile per i grafici.
        • -
      • Modifica dati si usa per aprire la finestra 'Modifica grafico'.
        • -
      • Impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • -
      -
      -

      Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sul grafico con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra di impostazioni:

      -

      Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Dimensione

      -

      La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Larghezza e Altezza - usate queste opzioni per modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza del grafico. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza del grafico originale.
        • -
      -

      Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Disposizione testo

      -

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Stile di disposizione testo - usate questa opzione per cambiare il modo da posizionare il grafico rispetto al testo: questo può fare parte del testo (se selezionate lo stile In linea) o essere bypassato da tutti i lati (se selezionate uno di altri stili). -
          -

        • Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - il grafico rimane insieme al testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, anche il grafico si sposta. In questo caso le opzioni di posizione non sono accessibili.

          -

          Se selezionate uno di seguenti stili, potete spostare il grafico independamente dal testo e selezionare una posizione più esatta:

          -
          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato si usa per disporre il testo intorno al bordo del rettangolo del grafico.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato si usa per ravvicinare il testo intorno al grafico.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - All'interno All'interno si usa per disporre il testo vicino al grafico in modo da riempire lo spazio negativo intorno al grafico.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto si usa per disporre il testo sopra e sotto il grafico posizionando il grafico sulla propria linea.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo si usa per visualizzare il testo sopra il grafico.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo si usa per visualizzare il grafico sopra il testo.

          • -
        -
      -

      Se selezionate lo stile quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto avrete la possibilità di impostare certi parametri addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

      -

      Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Posizione

      -

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

      -
        -
      • Orizzontale include l'allineamento del grafico (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro e anche la posizione a destra di carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro.
        • -
      • Verticale include l'allineamento del grafico (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore e anche la posizione al di sotto di stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore.
        • -
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con il grafico inserito.
        • -
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due grafici quando sono trascinati l'uno vicino all'altro.
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Inserire grafici + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire grafici

      +

      Per inserire un grafico nel documento,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il vostro grafico,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci grafico Inserisci grafico sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezonate il tipo grafico necessario - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile,
        4. +
      4. dopo questo si apre la finestra Modifica grafico dove potete inserire i dati necessari nelle celle usando i seguenti controlli: +
          +
        • Copia e Incolla per copiare ed incollare i dati copiati
          • +
        • Annulla e Ripristina per annullare e ripristinare le azioni
          • +
        • Inserisci funzione per inserire una funzione
          • +
        • Diminuisci decimali e Aumenta decimali per diminuire e aumentare i decimali
          • +
        • Formato numerico per cambiare il formato numerico, cioè il modo da presentare i dati inseriti nelle celle
          • +
        +

        Modifica grafico

        +
        5. +
      5. regolate le impostazioni del grafico cliccando sul pulsante Modifica grafico nella finestra Modifica grafico. Si apre la finestra Impostazioni grafico. Nella scheda Tipo di grafico, stile e intervallo di dati potete regolare le seguenti impostazioni: +

        Impostazioni grafico

        +
          +
        • Tipo e stile grafico - selezonate il tipo grafico da inserire - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile.
          • +
        • Intervallo di dati - verificate l'intervallo di celle selezionato, modificatelo, se necessario, e selezionate il modo di ordinare i dati. Potete selezionare sia Serie di dati nelle righe sia Serie di dati nelle colonne da utilizzare sull'asse X.
          • +
        +

        Impostazioni grafico

        +

        La scheda Elementi di grafico e legenda di grafico vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

        +
          +
        • Elementi di grafico - specificate un Titolo di grafico e gli elementi da visualizzare: Valori di grafico, Bordi di grafico, Asse e Linee di griglia e anche cambiate i titoli di assi nei campi corrispondenti.
          • +
        • Legenda di grafico - specificate se visualizzare la legenda per il vostro grafico o non. Se desiderate visualizzare la legenda, lasciate selezionata la casella corrispondente e specificate la sua posizione rispetto al grafico selezionando l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa: In basso, In alto, A destra, A sinistra.
          • +
        +
        6. +
      +
      +

      Spostamento graficoUna volta inserito il grafico potete cambiare la sua dimensione e la posizione. Per cambiare la dimensione del grafico, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete il tasto Shift e trascinate uno dei quadrati negli angoli.

      +

      Per alterare la posizione del grafico, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sul grafico. Trascinate il grafico nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse.

      +
      +

      Impostazioni grafico +

      Certe impostazioni del grafico possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni grafico della barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sul grafico, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni grafico Impostazioni grafico a destra e regolate le seguente impostazioni, se necessario:

      +
        +
      • Dimensione si usa per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza del grafico selezionato.
        • +
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo (per dettagli vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate qui sotto).
        • +
      • Cambia tipo grafico si usa per cambiare il tipo e/o lo stile del grafico selezionato.
        • +
      • Modifica dati si usa per aprire la finestra 'Modifica grafico'.
        • +
      +

      Certe impostazioni sono disponibili anche nel menu contestuale. Le impostazioni da regolare sono le seguenti:

      +
        +
      • Disponi si usa per portare il grafico selezionato in primo piano, in secondo piano, avanti o indietro e anche raggruppare per effettuare le operazioni con più grafici in una volta o separare i grafici raggruppati.
        • +
      • Allinea si usa per allineare il grafico a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, in mezzo, in basso.
        • +
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo. L'opzione Modifica bordi disposizione testo non è disponibile per i grafici.
        • +
      • Modifica dati si usa per aprire la finestra 'Modifica grafico'.
        • +
      • Impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • +
      +
      +

      Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sul grafico con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra di impostazioni:

      +

      Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Dimensione

      +

      La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Larghezza e Altezza - usate queste opzioni per modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza del grafico. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza del grafico originale.
        • +
      +

      Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Disposizione testo

      +

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Stile di disposizione testo - usate questa opzione per cambiare il modo da posizionare il grafico rispetto al testo: questo può fare parte del testo (se selezionate lo stile In linea) o essere bypassato da tutti i lati (se selezionate uno di altri stili). +
          +

        • Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - il grafico rimane insieme al testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, anche il grafico si sposta. In questo caso le opzioni di posizione non sono accessibili.

          +

          Se selezionate uno di seguenti stili, potete spostare il grafico independamente dal testo e selezionare una posizione più esatta:

          +
          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato si usa per disporre il testo intorno al bordo del rettangolo del grafico.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato si usa per ravvicinare il testo intorno al grafico.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - All'interno All'interno si usa per disporre il testo vicino al grafico in modo da riempire lo spazio negativo intorno al grafico.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto si usa per disporre il testo sopra e sotto il grafico posizionando il grafico sulla propria linea.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo si usa per visualizzare il testo sopra il grafico.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo si usa per visualizzare il grafico sopra il testo.

          • +
        +
      +

      Se selezionate lo stile quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto avrete la possibilità di impostare certi parametri addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

      +

      Grafico - Impostazioni avanzate: Posizione

      +

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

      +
        +
      • Orizzontale include l'allineamento del grafico (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro e anche la posizione a destra di carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro.
        • +
      • Verticale include l'allineamento del grafico (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore e anche la posizione al di sotto di stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore.
        • +
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con il grafico inserito.
        • +
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due grafici quando sono trascinati l'uno vicino all'altro.
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 0b59af957..655e1ca3c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -1,63 +1,63 @@ - - - - Inserire un capolettera - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire un capolettera

      -

      Un Capolettera è la prima lettera di un paragrafo di dimensione maggiore che gli altri.

      -

      Per inserire una capolettera,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa aperto: -
          -
        • Nel testo Inserisci capolettera - Nel testo - per inserire il capolettera nel paragrafo.
          • -
        • Nel margine Inserisci capolettera - Nel margine - per inserire il capolettera nel margine sinistro.
          • -
        -
        4. -
      -

      Esempio di capoletteraLa lettera iniziale del paragrafo selezionato sarà trasformata in un capolettera. Se desiderate aggiungere più lettere ad un capolettera, fatelo a mano: selezionatelo e digitate gli altri caratteri.

      -

      Per regolare l'aspetto del capolettera (es. dimensione, tipo, stile o colore), selezionatela e usate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Il capolettera selezionato ha una cornice (un contenitore usato per posizionare il capolettera nella pagina). Potete velocemente cambiare la dimensione della cornice trascinando i suoi bordi o la sua posizione usando l'icona Freccia che appare quando puntate con il mouse la cornice.

      -

      Per eliminare il capolettera aggiunto, selezionatelo, cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Nessuno Inserisci capolettera - Nessuno dall'elenco a discesa.

      -
      -

      Per regolare i parametri del capolettera, selezionatela, cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni capolettera dall'elenco a discesa. Si apre la finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate:

      - Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Capolettera vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

      -
        -
      • Posizione - si usa per cambiare la posizione del capolettera. Selezionate tra due opzioni Nel testo e Nel margine, o cliccate Nessuno per eliminare il capolettera.
        • -
      • Tipo di carattere - si usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco dei tipi disponibili.
        • -
      • Altezza righe - si usa per specificare il numero di righe occupate dal capolettera. E' possibile selezionare un valore da 1 a 10.
        • -
      • Distanza dal testo - si usa per specificare lo spazio tra il testo del paragrafo e il bordo destro della cornice.
        • -
      - Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Bordi e riempimento vi permette di aggiungere un bordo attorno al capolettera e regolare le sue proprietà. Sono le seguenti:

      -
        -
      • I parametri del Bordo (dimensione, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostate la dimensione del bordo, selezionate il suo colore e i bordi (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra o la loro combinazione) ai quali desiderate applicare i parametri.
        • -
      • Colore di sfondo - selezionate il colore dello sfondo del capolettera.
        • -
      - Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Margini vi permette di impostare la distanza tra il capolettera e i bordi In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (se i bordi sono stati aggiunti prima).

      -
      -

      Dopo aver aggiunto il capolettera potete cambiare anche i parametri della Cornice. Per farlo, fate clic destro sulla cornice e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della cornice dal menu. Si apre la finestra Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate:

      - Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Cornice vi permette di regolare le sequenti impostazioni:

      -
        -
      • Posizione si usa per selezionare tra Cornice in linea e Cornice mobile. Oppure potete fare clic su Nessuno per eliminare la cornice.
        • -
      • Larghezza e Altezza si usano per cambiare le dimensioni della cornice. L'opzione Auto vi permette di automaticamente regolare la dimensione della cornice per adattare il capolettera ad essa. L'opzione Esatta vi permette di specificare i valori esatti. L'opzione Minima si usa per impostare un'altezza minima (se cambiate la dimensione del capolettera, l'altezza della cornice cambia conformemente, però non può essere inferiore al valore specificato).
        • -
      • Orizzontale si usa per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto al margine, pagina o colonna, oppure allineare la cornice (a sinistra, al centro o a destra) rispetto a uno dei punti di riferimento. Potete impostare la Distanza dal testo orizzontale cioè lo spazio tra i bordi verticali e il testo del paragrafo.
        • -
      • Verticale si usa per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto al margine, pagina o paragrafo, oppure allineare la cornice (in alto, al centro o in basso) rispetto a uno dei punti di riferimento. Potete impostare la Distanza dal testo verticale cioè lo spazio tra i bordi verticali e il testo del paragrafo.
        • -
      • Sposta col testo - si usa per controllare che la cornice si sposta insieme con il paragrafo nel quale la cornice è integrata.
        • -
      - -

      Le schede Bordi e riempimento e Margini vi permettono di regolare le impostazioni uguali a quelle presenti nelle stesse schede della finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate.

      - -
      - + + + + Inserire un capolettera + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire un capolettera

      +

      Un Capolettera è la prima lettera di un paragrafo di dimensione maggiore che gli altri.

      +

      Per inserire una capolettera,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa aperto: +
          +
        • Nel testo Inserisci capolettera - Nel testo - per inserire il capolettera nel paragrafo.
          • +
        • Nel margine Inserisci capolettera - Nel margine - per inserire il capolettera nel margine sinistro.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +

      Esempio di capoletteraLa lettera iniziale del paragrafo selezionato sarà trasformata in un capolettera. Se desiderate aggiungere più lettere ad un capolettera, fatelo a mano: selezionatelo e digitate gli altri caratteri.

      +

      Per regolare l'aspetto del capolettera (es. dimensione, tipo, stile o colore), selezionatela e usate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Il capolettera selezionato ha una cornice (un contenitore usato per posizionare il capolettera nella pagina). Potete velocemente cambiare la dimensione della cornice trascinando i suoi bordi o la sua posizione usando l'icona Freccia che appare quando puntate con il mouse la cornice.

      +

      Per eliminare il capolettera aggiunto, selezionatelo, cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Nessuno Inserisci capolettera - Nessuno dall'elenco a discesa.

      +
      +

      Per regolare i parametri del capolettera, selezionatela, cliccate sull'icona Inserisci capolettera Inserisci capolettera sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni capolettera dall'elenco a discesa. Si apre la finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate:

      + Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Capolettera vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

      +
        +
      • Posizione - si usa per cambiare la posizione del capolettera. Selezionate tra due opzioni Nel testo e Nel margine, o cliccate Nessuno per eliminare il capolettera.
        • +
      • Tipo di carattere - si usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco dei tipi disponibili.
        • +
      • Altezza righe - si usa per specificare il numero di righe occupate dal capolettera. E' possibile selezionare un valore da 1 a 10.
        • +
      • Distanza dal testo - si usa per specificare lo spazio tra il testo del paragrafo e il bordo destro della cornice.
        • +
      + Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Bordi e riempimento vi permette di aggiungere un bordo attorno al capolettera e regolare le sue proprietà. Sono le seguenti:

      +
        +
      • I parametri del Bordo (dimensione, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostate la dimensione del bordo, selezionate il suo colore e i bordi (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra o la loro combinazione) ai quali desiderate applicare i parametri.
        • +
      • Colore di sfondo - selezionate il colore dello sfondo del capolettera.
        • +
      + Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Margini vi permette di impostare la distanza tra il capolettera e i bordi In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (se i bordi sono stati aggiunti prima).

      +
      +

      Dopo aver aggiunto il capolettera potete cambiare anche i parametri della Cornice. Per farlo, fate clic destro sulla cornice e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della cornice dal menu. Si apre la finestra Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate:

      + Cornice - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Cornice vi permette di regolare le sequenti impostazioni:

      +
        +
      • Posizione si usa per selezionare tra Cornice in linea e Cornice mobile. Oppure potete fare clic su Nessuno per eliminare la cornice.
        • +
      • Larghezza e Altezza si usano per cambiare le dimensioni della cornice. L'opzione Auto vi permette di automaticamente regolare la dimensione della cornice per adattare il capolettera ad essa. L'opzione Esatta vi permette di specificare i valori esatti. L'opzione Minima si usa per impostare un'altezza minima (se cambiate la dimensione del capolettera, l'altezza della cornice cambia conformemente, però non può essere inferiore al valore specificato).
        • +
      • Orizzontale si usa per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto al margine, pagina o colonna, oppure allineare la cornice (a sinistra, al centro o a destra) rispetto a uno dei punti di riferimento. Potete impostare la Distanza dal testo orizzontale cioè lo spazio tra i bordi verticali e il testo del paragrafo.
        • +
      • Verticale si usa per impostare la posizione esatta della cornice nelle unità di misura selezionate rispetto al margine, pagina o paragrafo, oppure allineare la cornice (in alto, al centro o in basso) rispetto a uno dei punti di riferimento. Potete impostare la Distanza dal testo verticale cioè lo spazio tra i bordi verticali e il testo del paragrafo.
        • +
      • Sposta col testo - si usa per controllare che la cornice si sposta insieme con il paragrafo nel quale la cornice è integrata.
        • +
      + +

      Le schede Bordi e riempimento e Margini vi permettono di regolare le impostazioni uguali a quelle presenti nelle stesse schede della finestra Capolettera - Impostazioni avanzate.

      + +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index f42e2c674..9d4c4f914 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ - - - - Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina

      -

      Per inserire un'intestazione o un piè di pagina nel vostro documento o modificare quelli esistenti,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Modifica intestazioni e piè di pagina Modifica intestazioni e piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. -
      2. selezionate una delle opzioni seguenti: -
          -
        • Modifica intestazione per inserire o modificare il testo d'intestazione.
          • -
        • Modifica piè di pagina per inserire o modificare il testo di piè di pagina.
          • -
        -
        3. -
      3. regolate i parametri attuali per intestazione o piè di pagina sulla barra destra: la posizione del testo rispetto alla parte superiore (per intestazioni) o alla parte inferiore (per piè di pagina) della pagina. - Potete selezionare anche la casella Diversi per la prima pagina per applicare un'intestazione o un piè di pagina diverso alla prima pagina o se non desiderate inserire nessuna intestazione/piè di pagina. La casella Diversi per pagine pari e dispari si usa per inserire le intestazioni/piè di pagina diverse nelle pagine pari e dispari. -

        Barra destra - Impostazioni intestazioni e piè di pagina

        -
        4. -
      -

      Per inserire un testo o modificare il testo già inserito e configurare le impostazioni delle intestazioni e dei piè di pagina, potete anche fare doppio clic all'interno della parte superiore o inferiore di una pagina o cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare l'unica opzione presente nel menu - Modifica intestazione o Modifica piè di pagina.

      -

      Per passare al corpo del documento, fate doppio clic all'interno della zona di lavoro. Il testo usato per intestazione o piè di pagina viene colorato di grigio.

      -

      Nota: visitate la sezione Inserire numeri di pagina per sapere come fare per aggiungere i numeri di pagina al vostro documento.

      -
      - - + + + + Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire intestazioni e piè di pagina

      +

      Per inserire un'intestazione o un piè di pagina nel vostro documento o modificare quelli esistenti,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Modifica intestazioni e piè di pagina Modifica intestazioni e piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. +
      2. selezionate una delle opzioni seguenti: +
          +
        • Modifica intestazione per inserire o modificare il testo d'intestazione.
          • +
        • Modifica piè di pagina per inserire o modificare il testo di piè di pagina.
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. regolate i parametri attuali per intestazione o piè di pagina sulla barra destra: la posizione del testo rispetto alla parte superiore (per intestazioni) o alla parte inferiore (per piè di pagina) della pagina. + Potete selezionare anche la casella Diversi per la prima pagina per applicare un'intestazione o un piè di pagina diverso alla prima pagina o se non desiderate inserire nessuna intestazione/piè di pagina. La casella Diversi per pagine pari e dispari si usa per inserire le intestazioni/piè di pagina diverse nelle pagine pari e dispari. +

        Barra destra - Impostazioni intestazioni e piè di pagina

        +
        4. +
      +

      Per inserire un testo o modificare il testo già inserito e configurare le impostazioni delle intestazioni e dei piè di pagina, potete anche fare doppio clic all'interno della parte superiore o inferiore di una pagina o cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare l'unica opzione presente nel menu - Modifica intestazione o Modifica piè di pagina.

      +

      Per passare al corpo del documento, fate doppio clic all'interno della zona di lavoro. Il testo usato per intestazione o piè di pagina viene colorato di grigio.

      +

      Nota: visitate la sezione Inserire numeri di pagina per sapere come fare per aggiungere i numeri di pagina al vostro documento.

      +
      + + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 91cd7b480..49e5d1625 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -1,78 +1,78 @@ - - - - Inserire immagini - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire immagini

      -

      TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di inserire le immagini nei formati più popolari. I formati supportati sono i seguenti: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      -

      Per inserire un'immagine nel vostro documento,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore dove desiderate inserire la vostra immagine,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci immagine Inserisci immagine sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate una delle opzioni per caricare l'immagine: -
          -
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da file per aprire la finestra standard di selezione file. Sfogliate il disco rigido del vostro computer per trovare il file necessario e cliccate su Apri
          • -
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da URL per aprire la finestra, inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine e cliccare su OK
          • -
        -
        4. -
      4. dopo aver aggiunto l'immagine potete modificare la sua dimensione, le proprietà e la posizione.
        5. -
      -

      Spostamento immaginePer cambiare la dimensione dell'immagine, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto, premete e tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante il ridimensionamento.

      -

      Per alterare la posizione dell'immagine, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse.

      -

      Per ruotare l'immagine, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione Punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

      -
      -

      Impostazioni immagineCerte impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra destra. Per attivarla, fate clic sull'immagine, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni immagine Impostazioni immagine a destra e regolate le seguenti impostazioni, se necessario:

      -
        -
      • Dimensione si usa per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza dell'immagine selezionata o ripristinare la dimensione Predefinita se necessario.
        • -
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo (per dettagli vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate qui sotto).
        • -
      • Sostituisci immagine si usa per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricando un'altra da file o URL.
        • -
      -

      Certe impostazioni possono essere regolate anche usando il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

      -
        -
      • Disponi si usa per portare l'immagine selezionata in primo piano, in secondo piano, avanti o indietro e anche raggruppare per effettuare le operazioni con più immagini in una volta o separare le immagini raggruppate.
        • -
      • Allinea si usa per allineare l'immagine a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, in mezzo, in basso.
        • -
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo - o modificare bordi disposizione testo. L'opzione Modifica bordi disposizione testo è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile diverso da 'in linea'. Trascinate i punti per personalizzare i bordi. Per creare un nuovo punto, fate clic sulla linea rossa e trascinatela nella posizione desiderata. Modifica bordi disposizione testo
        • -
      • Dimensione predefinita si usa per modificare la dimensione attuale dell'immagine impostando la dimensione predefinita.
        • -
      • Impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • -
      -
      -

      Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sull'immagine con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra di impostazioni:

      -

      Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Dimensione

      -

      La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Larghezza e Altezza - usate queste opzioni per modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza dell'immagine. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza dell'immagine originale. Per restituire la dimensione predefinita dell'immagine aggiunta, cliccate su Predefinita.
        • -
      -

      Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Disposizione testo

      -

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Stile di disposizione testo - usate questa opzione per cambiare il modo da posizionare l'immagine rispetto al testo: questa può fare parte del testo (se selezionate lo stile In linea) o essere bypassata da tutti i lati (se selezionate uno di altri stili). -
          -

        • Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - l'immagine rimane insieme al testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, anche l'immagine si sposta. In questo caso le opzioni di posizione non sono accessibili.

          -

          Se selezionate uno di seguenti stili, potete spostare l'immagine independamente dal testo e selezionare una posizione più esatta:

          -
          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato si usa per disporre il testo intorno al bordo dell'immagine.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato si usa per ravvicinare il testo intorno all'immagine.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - All'interno All'interno si usa per disporre il testo vicino all'immagine in modo da riempire lo spazio negativo intorno all'immagine.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto si usa per disporre il testo sopra e sotto l'immagine posizionando l'immagine sulla propria linea.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo si usa per visualizzare il testo sopra l'immagine.

          • -

        • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo si usa per visualizzare l'immagine sopra il testo.

          • -
        -
        • -
      -

      Se selezionate lo stile 'quadrato', 'ravvicinato', 'all'interno', 'sopra e sotto', potete di regolare certe impostazioni addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

      -

      Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Posizione

      -

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

      -
        -
      • Orizzontale permette di regolare l'allineamento dell'immagine (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro e anche la posizione a destra di carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro.
        • -
      • Verticale permette di regolare l'allineamento dell'immagine (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore e anche la posizione al di sotto di stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore.
        • -
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con l'immagine inserita.
        • -
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due immagini quando sono trascinate l'una vicino all'altra.
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Inserire immagini + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire immagini

      +

      TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di inserire le immagini nei formati più popolari. I formati supportati sono i seguenti: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      +

      Per inserire un'immagine nel vostro documento,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore dove desiderate inserire la vostra immagine,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci immagine Inserisci immagine sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate una delle opzioni per caricare l'immagine: +
          +
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da file per aprire la finestra standard di selezione file. Sfogliate il disco rigido del vostro computer per trovare il file necessario e cliccate su Apri
          • +
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da URL per aprire la finestra, inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine e cliccare su OK
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. dopo aver aggiunto l'immagine potete modificare la sua dimensione, le proprietà e la posizione.
        5. +
      +

      Spostamento immaginePer cambiare la dimensione dell'immagine, trascinate i quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto, premete e tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante il ridimensionamento.

      +

      Per alterare la posizione dell'immagine, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse.

      +

      Per ruotare l'immagine, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione Punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

      +
      +

      Impostazioni immagineCerte impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra destra. Per attivarla, fate clic sull'immagine, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni immagine Impostazioni immagine a destra e regolate le seguenti impostazioni, se necessario:

      +
        +
      • Dimensione si usa per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza dell'immagine selezionata o ripristinare la dimensione Predefinita se necessario.
        • +
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo (per dettagli vedere la descrizione delle impostazioni avanzate qui sotto).
        • +
      • Sostituisci immagine si usa per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricando un'altra da file o URL.
        • +
      +

      Certe impostazioni possono essere regolate anche usando il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

      +
        +
      • Disponi si usa per portare l'immagine selezionata in primo piano, in secondo piano, avanti o indietro e anche raggruppare per effettuare le operazioni con più immagini in una volta o separare le immagini raggruppate.
        • +
      • Allinea si usa per allineare l'immagine a sinistra, al centro, a destra, in alto, in mezzo, in basso.
        • +
      • Disposizione testo si usa per selezionare la disposizione testo dagli stili disponibili - in linea, quadrato, ravvicinato, all'interno, sopra e sotto, davanti al testo, dietro al testo - o modificare bordi disposizione testo. L'opzione Modifica bordi disposizione testo è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile diverso da 'in linea'. Trascinate i punti per personalizzare i bordi. Per creare un nuovo punto, fate clic sulla linea rossa e trascinatela nella posizione desiderata. Modifica bordi disposizione testo
        • +
      • Dimensione predefinita si usa per modificare la dimensione attuale dell'immagine impostando la dimensione predefinita.
        • +
      • Impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • +
      +
      +

      Per regolare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sull'immagine con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra di impostazioni:

      +

      Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Dimensione

      +

      La scheda Dimensione contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Larghezza e Altezza - usate queste opzioni per modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza dell'immagine. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza dell'immagine originale. Per restituire la dimensione predefinita dell'immagine aggiunta, cliccate su Predefinita.
        • +
      +

      Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Disposizione testo

      +

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Stile di disposizione testo - usate questa opzione per cambiare il modo da posizionare l'immagine rispetto al testo: questa può fare parte del testo (se selezionate lo stile In linea) o essere bypassata da tutti i lati (se selezionate uno di altri stili). +
          +

        • Stile di disposizione - In linea In linea - l'immagine rimane insieme al testo, come un carattere, quindi quando il testo si sposta, anche l'immagine si sposta. In questo caso le opzioni di posizione non sono accessibili.

          +

          Se selezionate uno di seguenti stili, potete spostare l'immagine independamente dal testo e selezionare una posizione più esatta:

          +
          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Quadrato Quadrato si usa per disporre il testo intorno al bordo dell'immagine.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Ravvicinato Ravvicinato si usa per ravvicinare il testo intorno all'immagine.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - All'interno All'interno si usa per disporre il testo vicino all'immagine in modo da riempire lo spazio negativo intorno all'immagine.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Sopra e sotto Sopra e sotto si usa per disporre il testo sopra e sotto l'immagine posizionando l'immagine sulla propria linea.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Davanti al testo Davanti al testo si usa per visualizzare il testo sopra l'immagine.

          • +

        • Stile di disposizione - Dietro al testo Dietro al testo si usa per visualizzare l'immagine sopra il testo.

          • +
        +
        • +
      +

      Se selezionate lo stile 'quadrato', 'ravvicinato', 'all'interno', 'sopra e sotto', potete di regolare certe impostazioni addizionali - distanza dal testo (in alto, in basso, a sinistra, a destra).

      +

      Immagine - Impostazioni avanzate: Posizione

      +

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se selezionate uno stile di disposizione diverso da 'in linea'. Le impostazioni in questa scheda variano secondo lo stile di disposizione scelto:

      +
        +
      • Orizzontale permette di regolare l'allineamento dell'immagine (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro e anche la posizione a destra di carattere, colonna, margine sinistro, margine, pagina o margine destro.
        • +
      • Verticale permette di regolare l'allineamento dell'immagine (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore e anche la posizione al di sotto di stringa, margine, margine inferiore, paragrafo, pagina o margine superiore.
        • +
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con l'immagine inserita.
        • +
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due immagini quando sono trascinate l'una vicino all'altra.
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index 72e290926..e2bae6000 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ - - - - Inserire numeri di pagina - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire numeri di pagina

      -

      Per inserire i numeri di pagina nel vostro documento,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. -
      2. cliccate su Inserisci numero di pagina Inserisci numero di pagina,
        3. -
      3. selezionate una delle seguenti opzioni: -
          -
        • Per mettere un numero su ogni pagina del vostro documento, specificate la posizione del numero nella pagina.
          • -
        • Per inserire un numero alla posizione attuale del cursore, selezionare l'opzione Alla posizione corrente.
          • -
        -
        4. -
      -

      Per modificare le impostazioni della numerazione,

      -
        -
      1. fate doppio clic sul numero di pagina inserito,
        2. -
      2. cambiate i parametri attuali sulla barra destra: la posizione dei numeri nella pagina e anche rispetto alla parte superiore e quella inferiore della pagina. - Potete anche selezionare la casella Diversi per la prima pagina per inserire un numero diverso nella prima pagina o se non desiderate aggiungere nessun numero. La casella Diversi per pagine pari e dispari si usa per inserire i numeri di pagina diversi nelle pagine pari e dispari. -

        Barra destra - Impostazioni intestazione o piè di pagina

        -
        3. -
      -

      Per riprendere la modifica del documento, fate doppio clic all'interno della zona di lavoro.

      -
      - + + + + Inserire numeri di pagina + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire numeri di pagina

      +

      Per inserire i numeri di pagina nel vostro documento,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina Modifica intestazione o piè di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. +
      2. cliccate su Inserisci numero di pagina Inserisci numero di pagina,
        3. +
      3. selezionate una delle seguenti opzioni: +
          +
        • Per mettere un numero su ogni pagina del vostro documento, specificate la posizione del numero nella pagina.
          • +
        • Per inserire un numero alla posizione attuale del cursore, selezionare l'opzione Alla posizione corrente.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +

      Per modificare le impostazioni della numerazione,

      +
        +
      1. fate doppio clic sul numero di pagina inserito,
        2. +
      2. cambiate i parametri attuali sulla barra destra: la posizione dei numeri nella pagina e anche rispetto alla parte superiore e quella inferiore della pagina. + Potete anche selezionare la casella Diversi per la prima pagina per inserire un numero diverso nella prima pagina o se non desiderate aggiungere nessun numero. La casella Diversi per pagine pari e dispari si usa per inserire i numeri di pagina diversi nelle pagine pari e dispari. +

        Barra destra - Impostazioni intestazione o piè di pagina

        +
        3. +
      +

      Per riprendere la modifica del documento, fate doppio clic all'interno della zona di lavoro.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 5d6e64df1..90f040147 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -1,112 +1,112 @@ - - - - Inserire tabelle - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire tabelle

      -

      Per inserire una tabella nel documento,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire la tabella,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci tabella Inserisci tabella sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate per creare: -
          -

        • una tabella con il numero di celle predefinito (10 per 8 celle maximum)

          -

          Se desiderate velocemente aggiungere una tabella, selezionate il numero di righe (8 maximum) e di colonne (10 maximum).

          • -

        • una tabella personalizzata

          -

          Se avete bisogno di una tabella superiore a 10 per 8 celle, selezionate l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata per aprire la finestra corrispondente, inserite il numero di righe e colonne necessario e cliccate sul pulsante OK.

          • -
        -
        4. -
      4. dopo aver inserito la tabella potete cambiare i suoi parametri e la posizione.
        5. -
      -
      -

      Certi parametri della tabella e anche la sua struttura possono essere modificati usando il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

      -
        -
      • Seleziona si usa per selezionare una riga, una colonna, una cella, o una tabella per intera.
        • -
      • Inserisci riga si usa per inserire una riga al di sopra o al di sotto della riga sulla quale è posizionato il cursore.
        • -
      • Inserisci colonna si usa per inserire una colonna a sinistra o a destra della colonna sulla quale è posizionato il cursore.
        • -
      • Elimina si usa per eliminare una riga, una colonna o una tabella.
        • -
      • Unisci celle si usa per unire due o più celle selezionate.
        • -
      • Dividi cella... si usa per aprire la finestra e specificare il numero di colonne e di righe necessario per dividere la cella.
        • -
      • Allineamento verticale celle si usa per allineare il testo in alto, al centro o in basso nella cella selezionata.
        • -
      • Stile - In linea si usa per disporre la tabella in linea con il testo e anche regolare il suo allineamento: a sinistra, al centro, a destra.
        • -
      • Stile - Mobile si usa per disporre il testo attorno alla tabella.
        • -
      • Impostazioni avanzate della tabella si usa per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • -
      • Collegamento ipertestuale si usa per inserire un collegamento ipertestuale.
        • -
      • Paragrafo si usa per mettere le stringhe insieme o aprire la finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • -
      -
      -

      Barra destra - Impostazioni tabella

      -

      Potete configurare le impostazioni della tabella anche sulla barra destra:

      -
        -

      • Righe e Colonne si usano per selezionare le parti da evidenziare.

        -

        Per righe:

        -
          -
        • Intestazione - per evidenziare la prima riga
          • -
        • Totale - per evidenziare l'ultima riga
          • -
        • Altera - per attivare le righe alternate evidenziate
          • -
        -

        Per colonne:

        -
          -
        • Prima - per evidenziare la prima colonna sinistra
          • -
        • Ultima - per evidenziare l'ultima colonna
          • -
        • Altera - per attivare le colonne alternate evidenziate
          • -
        -
        • -

      • Seleziona da modello si usa per selezionare un modello di tabella da applicare.

        • -

      • Stile bordi si usa per selezionare lo spessore bordi, il colore, lo stile e anche il colore sfondo.

        • -

      • Disposizione testo si usa per applicare uno degli stili: in linea o mobile.

        • -

      • Righe e colonne si usa per effettuare le operazioni con la tabella: selezionare, eliminare, inserire righe e colonne, unire celle, dividere una cella.

        • -

      • Ripeti come riga di intestazione in ogni pagina si usa per inserire la stessa riga di intestazione nella parte superiore di ogni pagina nelle tabelle lunghe.

        • -

      • Mostra impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'.

        • -
      -
      -

      Per modificare le impostazioni della tabella avanzate, cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della tabella dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la seguente finestra:

      - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Larghezza e spazi contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Larghezza - la larghezza della tabella selezionata regolata a mano o automaticamente per adattare alla larghezza della pagina.
        • -
      • Consenti spaziatura tra celle - la spaziatura della cella da riempire con il colore di Sfondo tabella.
        • -
      • Adatta automaticamente al contenuto - la modifica automatica della larghezza della colonna per adattarla al testo nella cella.
        • -
      • Margini predefiniti - lo spazio predefinito tra il testo nella cella e i bordi della cella. I valori possono essere modificati.
        • -
      -
      - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Tipo di disposizione testo - Tabella in linea o Tabella mobile. Utilizzate l'opzione necessaria per cambiare il modo da posizionare la tabella rispetto al testo: la tabella può rimanere insieme al testo (in linea con il testo) o il testo può essere disposto attorno alla tabella (mobile).
        • -
      • Dopo aver selezionato il tipo di disposizione, impostate i parametri addizionali: -
          -
        • Per la tabella in linea, potete specificare l'allineamento della tabella e il rientro da sinistra.
          • -
        • Per la tabella mobile, potete specificare la distanza da testo e la posizione della tabella nella pagina (calcolata dalla parte superiore e dalla parte sinistra della pagina).
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Bordi e sfondo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Parametri di Bordo (spessore, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostate lo spessore del bordo, selezionate il suo colore e il modo da visualizzare nelle celle. -

        Nota: se selezionate non visualizzare i bordi della tabella cliccando sul pulsante Nessun bordo o deselezionando tutti i bordi a mano sul diagramma, i bordi vengono indicati da una linea punteggiata nel documento. - Per far sparirli completamente, cliccate sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili Caratteri non stampabili sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Bordi tabella nascosti.

        -
        • -
      • Sfondo cella - il colore dello sfondo nella cella.
        • -
      • Sfondo tabella - il colore dello sfondo per lo spazio tra le celle nel caso in cui l'opzione Consenti spaziatura tra celle è selezionata nella scheda Larghezza e spazi.
        • -
      - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se viene selezionato il tipo di disposizione Tabella dinamica nella scheda Disposizione testo e contiene i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Orizzontale permette di regolare l'allineamento della tabella (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a margine, pagina o testo e anche la posizione a destra di margine, pagina o testo.
        • -
      • Verticale permette di regolare l'allineamento della tabella (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a margine, pagina o testo e anche la posizione al di sotto del margine, pagina o testo.
        • -
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con la tabella inserita.
        • -
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due tabelle (se l'opzione è attivata) oppure unirle quando sono trascinate l'una vicino l'altra.
        • -
      - Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate -

      La scheda Proprietà cella vi permette di regolare i Margini cella cioè lo spazio tra il testo nella cella e i suoi bordi. Potete usare i valori predefiniti (potete modificarli nella scheda Larghezza e spazi), o inserirli a mano.

      -
      - + + + + Inserire tabelle + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire tabelle

      +

      Per inserire una tabella nel documento,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire la tabella,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci tabella Inserisci tabella sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate per creare: +
          +

        • una tabella con il numero di celle predefinito (10 per 8 celle maximum)

          +

          Se desiderate velocemente aggiungere una tabella, selezionate il numero di righe (8 maximum) e di colonne (10 maximum).

          • +

        • una tabella personalizzata

          +

          Se avete bisogno di una tabella superiore a 10 per 8 celle, selezionate l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata per aprire la finestra corrispondente, inserite il numero di righe e colonne necessario e cliccate sul pulsante OK.

          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. dopo aver inserito la tabella potete cambiare i suoi parametri e la posizione.
        5. +
      +
      +

      Certi parametri della tabella e anche la sua struttura possono essere modificati usando il menu contestuale. Le opzioni del menu sono le seguenti:

      +
        +
      • Seleziona si usa per selezionare una riga, una colonna, una cella, o una tabella per intera.
        • +
      • Inserisci riga si usa per inserire una riga al di sopra o al di sotto della riga sulla quale è posizionato il cursore.
        • +
      • Inserisci colonna si usa per inserire una colonna a sinistra o a destra della colonna sulla quale è posizionato il cursore.
        • +
      • Elimina si usa per eliminare una riga, una colonna o una tabella.
        • +
      • Unisci celle si usa per unire due o più celle selezionate.
        • +
      • Dividi cella... si usa per aprire la finestra e specificare il numero di colonne e di righe necessario per dividere la cella.
        • +
      • Allineamento verticale celle si usa per allineare il testo in alto, al centro o in basso nella cella selezionata.
        • +
      • Stile - In linea si usa per disporre la tabella in linea con il testo e anche regolare il suo allineamento: a sinistra, al centro, a destra.
        • +
      • Stile - Mobile si usa per disporre il testo attorno alla tabella.
        • +
      • Impostazioni avanzate della tabella si usa per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • +
      • Collegamento ipertestuale si usa per inserire un collegamento ipertestuale.
        • +
      • Paragrafo si usa per mettere le stringhe insieme o aprire la finestra 'Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate'.
        • +
      +
      +

      Barra destra - Impostazioni tabella

      +

      Potete configurare le impostazioni della tabella anche sulla barra destra:

      +
        +

      • Righe e Colonne si usano per selezionare le parti da evidenziare.

        +

        Per righe:

        +
          +
        • Intestazione - per evidenziare la prima riga
          • +
        • Totale - per evidenziare l'ultima riga
          • +
        • Altera - per attivare le righe alternate evidenziate
          • +
        +

        Per colonne:

        +
          +
        • Prima - per evidenziare la prima colonna sinistra
          • +
        • Ultima - per evidenziare l'ultima colonna
          • +
        • Altera - per attivare le colonne alternate evidenziate
          • +
        +
        • +

      • Seleziona da modello si usa per selezionare un modello di tabella da applicare.

        • +

      • Stile bordi si usa per selezionare lo spessore bordi, il colore, lo stile e anche il colore sfondo.

        • +

      • Disposizione testo si usa per applicare uno degli stili: in linea o mobile.

        • +

      • Righe e colonne si usa per effettuare le operazioni con la tabella: selezionare, eliminare, inserire righe e colonne, unire celle, dividere una cella.

        • +

      • Ripeti come riga di intestazione in ogni pagina si usa per inserire la stessa riga di intestazione nella parte superiore di ogni pagina nelle tabelle lunghe.

        • +

      • Mostra impostazioni avanzate si usa per aprire la finestra 'Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate'.

        • +
      +
      +

      Per modificare le impostazioni della tabella avanzate, cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della tabella dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la seguente finestra:

      + Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Larghezza e spazi contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Larghezza - la larghezza della tabella selezionata regolata a mano o automaticamente per adattare alla larghezza della pagina.
        • +
      • Consenti spaziatura tra celle - la spaziatura della cella da riempire con il colore di Sfondo tabella.
        • +
      • Adatta automaticamente al contenuto - la modifica automatica della larghezza della colonna per adattarla al testo nella cella.
        • +
      • Margini predefiniti - lo spazio predefinito tra il testo nella cella e i bordi della cella. I valori possono essere modificati.
        • +
      +
      + Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Disposizione testo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Tipo di disposizione testo - Tabella in linea o Tabella mobile. Utilizzate l'opzione necessaria per cambiare il modo da posizionare la tabella rispetto al testo: la tabella può rimanere insieme al testo (in linea con il testo) o il testo può essere disposto attorno alla tabella (mobile).
        • +
      • Dopo aver selezionato il tipo di disposizione, impostate i parametri addizionali: +
          +
        • Per la tabella in linea, potete specificare l'allineamento della tabella e il rientro da sinistra.
          • +
        • Per la tabella mobile, potete specificare la distanza da testo e la posizione della tabella nella pagina (calcolata dalla parte superiore e dalla parte sinistra della pagina).
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      + Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Bordi e sfondo contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Parametri di Bordo (spessore, colore e presenza o assenza) - impostate lo spessore del bordo, selezionate il suo colore e il modo da visualizzare nelle celle. +

        Nota: se selezionate non visualizzare i bordi della tabella cliccando sul pulsante Nessun bordo o deselezionando tutti i bordi a mano sul diagramma, i bordi vengono indicati da una linea punteggiata nel documento. + Per far sparirli completamente, cliccate sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili Caratteri non stampabili sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione Bordi tabella nascosti.

        +
        • +
      • Sfondo cella - il colore dello sfondo nella cella.
        • +
      • Sfondo tabella - il colore dello sfondo per lo spazio tra le celle nel caso in cui l'opzione Consenti spaziatura tra celle è selezionata nella scheda Larghezza e spazi.
        • +
      + Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Posizione è disponibile solo se viene selezionato il tipo di disposizione Tabella dinamica nella scheda Disposizione testo e contiene i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Orizzontale permette di regolare l'allineamento della tabella (a sinistra, al centro, a destra) rispetto a margine, pagina o testo e anche la posizione a destra di margine, pagina o testo.
        • +
      • Verticale permette di regolare l'allineamento della tabella (in alto, al centro, in basso) rispetto a margine, pagina o testo e anche la posizione al di sotto del margine, pagina o testo.
        • +
      • Sposta oggetto con testo si usa per spostare il testo insieme con la tabella inserita.
        • +
      • Consenti sovrapposizione si usa per sovrappore due tabelle (se l'opzione è attivata) oppure unirle quando sono trascinate l'una vicino l'altra.
        • +
      + Tabella - Impostazioni avanzate +

      La scheda Proprietà cella vi permette di regolare i Margini cella cioè lo spazio tra il testo nella cella e i suoi bordi. Potete usare i valori predefiniti (potete modificarli nella scheda Larghezza e spazi), o inserirli a mano.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index d2ba7bfa0..962b3d4f1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ - - - - Impostare interlinea di paragrafo - - - - - -
      -

      Impostare interlinea di paragrafo

      -

      TeamLab Document Editor vi offre la possibilità d'impostare l'altezza della stringa per le stringhe di testo all'interno del paragrafo e anche i margini tra il paragrafo attuale e quello precedente o successivo.

      -

      Per farlo,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. -
      2. utilizzate i campi corrispondenti sulla barra destra per ottenere il risultato desiderato: -
          -
        • Interlinea - impostate l'altezza della riga per le righe di testo all'interno del paragrafo. Potete selezionare una di tre opzioni disponibili: minima (imposta un'interlinea minima necessaria per adattare i caratteri o i grafici più grandi nella riga), multipla (imposta un'interlinea espressa con un valore in numeri superiori a 1), esatta (imposta un'interlinea fissa). Nel campo A specificate il volore necessario.
          • -
        • Prima - impostate lo spazio prima del paragrafo.
          • -
        • Dopo - impostate lo spazio dopo il paragrafo.
          • -
        • Non aggiungere intervallo tra paragrafi dello stesso stile - selezionate questa casella se non avete bisogno di nessuno spazio tra i paragrafi dello stesso stile. -

          Barra destra - Impostazioni paragrafo

          -
          • -
        -
        3. -
      -

      Per velocemente cambiare l'interlinea attuale del paragrafo, potete anche utilizzare l'icona Interlinea tra i paragrafi Interlinea tra i paragrafi sulla barra degli strumenti superiore selezionando il valore necessario dall'elenco: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0.

      -
      - + + + + Impostare interlinea di paragrafo + + + + + +
      +

      Impostare interlinea di paragrafo

      +

      TeamLab Document Editor vi offre la possibilità d'impostare l'altezza della stringa per le stringhe di testo all'interno del paragrafo e anche i margini tra il paragrafo attuale e quello precedente o successivo.

      +

      Per farlo,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. +
      2. utilizzate i campi corrispondenti sulla barra destra per ottenere il risultato desiderato: +
          +
        • Interlinea - impostate l'altezza della riga per le righe di testo all'interno del paragrafo. Potete selezionare una di tre opzioni disponibili: minima (imposta un'interlinea minima necessaria per adattare i caratteri o i grafici più grandi nella riga), multipla (imposta un'interlinea espressa con un valore in numeri superiori a 1), esatta (imposta un'interlinea fissa). Nel campo A specificate il volore necessario.
          • +
        • Prima - impostate lo spazio prima del paragrafo.
          • +
        • Dopo - impostate lo spazio dopo il paragrafo.
          • +
        • Non aggiungere intervallo tra paragrafi dello stesso stile - selezionate questa casella se non avete bisogno di nessuno spazio tra i paragrafi dello stesso stile. +

          Barra destra - Impostazioni paragrafo

          +
          • +
        +
        3. +
      +

      Per velocemente cambiare l'interlinea attuale del paragrafo, potete anche utilizzare l'icona Interlinea tra i paragrafi Interlinea tra i paragrafi sulla barra degli strumenti superiore selezionando il valore necessario dall'elenco: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index 921d3c295..61c3129d7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ - - - - Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili - - - - - -
      -

      Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili

      -

      I caratteri non stampabili vi aiutano a modificare i documenti. Servono a evidenziare la presenza dei tipi di formattazione diversi, ma non vengono inclusi nel documento durante la stampa, anche quando sono visualizzati sullo schermo.

      -

      Per visualizzare o nascondere i caratteri non stampabili, cliccate sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili Caratteri non stampabili sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      I caratteri non stampabili includono:

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      SpaziSpaziVengono inseriti quando premete Spacebar sulla tastiera. Crea uno spazio tra i caratteri.
      TabulazioniTabulazioneVengono inserite quando premete Tab sulla tastiera. Si usa per spostare il cursore alla tabulazione successiva.
      Segni di paragrafo (ritorno a capo)Ritorno a capoVengono inseriti quando premete Enter sulla tastiera. Finisce un paragrafo e aggiunge uno spazio dopo questo.
      Interruzioni di rigaInterruzioni di rigaVengono inserite quando premete Shift+Enter sulla tastiera. Interrompe la riga attuale e mette le righe vicino l'una all'altra. Si usano principalmente nei titoli.
      Spazi unificatoriSpazi unificatoriVengono inseriti quando premete Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar. Crea uno spazio tra i caratteri che non permette di iniziare una nuova riga.
      Interruzioni di paginaInterruzione di paginaVengono inserite quando cliccate sull'icona Inserisci interruzione di pagina Inserisci interruzione di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionate l'opzione Anteponi interruzione dal menu di clic destro o nella finestra delle impostazioni avanzate.
      Segni di fine di cella e fine di riga nelle tabelleSegni in tabelleQuesti segni contengono i codici di formattazione per una cella o una riga, rispettivamente.
      Piccolo quadrato nero sul margine a sinistra di un paragrafoQuadrato neroIndica che viene applicata almeno una delle opzioni di paragrafo, ad es. Mantieni assieme le righe, Anteponi interruzione.
      AncoraggioAncoraggioIndica la posizione degli oggetti, es. immagini, figure, grafici.
      -
      - + + + + Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili + + + + + +
      +

      Visualizzare/nascondere caratteri non stampabili

      +

      I caratteri non stampabili vi aiutano a modificare i documenti. Servono a evidenziare la presenza dei tipi di formattazione diversi, ma non vengono inclusi nel documento durante la stampa, anche quando sono visualizzati sullo schermo.

      +

      Per visualizzare o nascondere i caratteri non stampabili, cliccate sull'icona Caratteri non stampabili Caratteri non stampabili sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      I caratteri non stampabili includono:

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      SpaziSpaziVengono inseriti quando premete Spacebar sulla tastiera. Crea uno spazio tra i caratteri.
      TabulazioniTabulazioneVengono inserite quando premete Tab sulla tastiera. Si usa per spostare il cursore alla tabulazione successiva.
      Segni di paragrafo (ritorno a capo)Ritorno a capoVengono inseriti quando premete Enter sulla tastiera. Finisce un paragrafo e aggiunge uno spazio dopo questo.
      Interruzioni di rigaInterruzioni di rigaVengono inserite quando premete Shift+Enter sulla tastiera. Interrompe la riga attuale e mette le righe vicino l'una all'altra. Si usano principalmente nei titoli.
      Spazi unificatoriSpazi unificatoriVengono inseriti quando premete Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar. Crea uno spazio tra i caratteri che non permette di iniziare una nuova riga.
      Interruzioni di paginaInterruzione di paginaVengono inserite quando cliccate sull'icona Inserisci interruzione di pagina Inserisci interruzione di pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, selezionate l'opzione Anteponi interruzione dal menu di clic destro o nella finestra delle impostazioni avanzate.
      Segni di fine di cella e fine di riga nelle tabelleSegni in tabelleQuesti segni contengono i codici di formattazione per una cella o una riga, rispettivamente.
      Piccolo quadrato nero sul margine a sinistra di un paragrafoQuadrato neroIndica che viene applicata almeno una delle opzioni di paragrafo, ad es. Mantieni assieme le righe, Anteponi interruzione.
      AncoraggioAncoraggioIndica la posizione degli oggetti, es. immagini, figure, grafici.
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 0a0123417..1681ffe29 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ - - - - Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente - - - - - -
      -

      Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente

      -

      Dopo aver terminato il lavoro su un documento, potete passare ad un documento già esistente modificato di recente, creare un nuovo documento, o tornare all'elenco dei documenti esistenti.

      -

      Per creare un nuovo documento,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Crea nuovo oggetto....
        3. -
      -

      Per aprire un documento modificato di recente con TeamLab Document Editor,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Apri recenti...,
        3. -
      3. scegliete il documento necessario dall'elenco dei documenti modificati di recente.
        4. -
      -

      Per tornare all'elenco dei documenti esistenti, cliccate sul collegamento Va' ai Documenti nell'angolo destro superiore o sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Va' ai Documenti.

      -
      - + + + + Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente + + + + + +
      +

      Creare nuovo documento o aprire documento esistente

      +

      Dopo aver terminato il lavoro su un documento, potete passare ad un documento già esistente modificato di recente, creare un nuovo documento, o tornare all'elenco dei documenti esistenti.

      +

      Per creare un nuovo documento,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Crea nuovo oggetto....
        3. +
      +

      Per aprire un documento modificato di recente con TeamLab Document Editor,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Apri recenti...,
        3. +
      3. scegliete il documento necessario dall'elenco dei documenti modificati di recente.
        4. +
      +

      Per tornare all'elenco dei documenti esistenti, cliccate sul collegamento Va' ai Documenti nell'angolo destro superiore o sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Va' ai Documenti.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index a62ca136e..2b803a705 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ - - - - Inserire interruzione di pagina - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire interruzione di pagina

      -

      TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di aggiungere l'interruzione di pagina per iniziare una nuova pagina e regolare le opzioni di paginazione.

      -

      Per inserire un'interruzione di pagina alla posizione attuale del cursore fate clic sull'icona Iserisci interruzione pagina Iserisci interruzione pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Per inserire un'interruzione di pagina prima del paragrafo selezionato cioè per spostare questo paragrafo all'unizio di una nuova pagina:

      -
        -
      • cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare l'opzione Anteponi interruzione dal menu, oppure
        • -
      • cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzare il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e selezionare la casella Anteponi interruzione nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta.
        • -
      -

      Per mantenere assieme le righe in modo da spostare solo il paragrafo per intero nella nuova pagina (non c'è nessuna interruzione di pagina tra le righe all'interno di un singolo paragrafo),

      -
        -
      • cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Mantieni assieme le righe dal menu, oppure
        • -
      • cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e selezionate la casella Mantieni assieme le righe nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta.
        • -
      -

      La finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate vi permette di regolare anche due altre opzioni:

      -
        -
      • Mantieni con il successivo si usa per evitare un'interrruzione di pagina tra il paragrafo selezionato e il successivo.
        • -
      • Controllo righe isolate è impostata di default e si usa per impedire che vengono visualizzate singole righe di un paragrafo (la prima o l'ultima riga) all'inizio o alla fine di una pagina.
        • -
      -

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento

      -
      - + + + + Inserire interruzione di pagina + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire interruzione di pagina

      +

      TeamLab Document Editor vi permette di aggiungere l'interruzione di pagina per iniziare una nuova pagina e regolare le opzioni di paginazione.

      +

      Per inserire un'interruzione di pagina alla posizione attuale del cursore fate clic sull'icona Iserisci interruzione pagina Iserisci interruzione pagina sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Per inserire un'interruzione di pagina prima del paragrafo selezionato cioè per spostare questo paragrafo all'unizio di una nuova pagina:

      +
        +
      • cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionare l'opzione Anteponi interruzione dal menu, oppure
        • +
      • cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionare l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzare il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e selezionare la casella Anteponi interruzione nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta.
        • +
      +

      Per mantenere assieme le righe in modo da spostare solo il paragrafo per intero nella nuova pagina (non c'è nessuna interruzione di pagina tra le righe all'interno di un singolo paragrafo),

      +
        +
      • cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Mantieni assieme le righe dal menu, oppure
        • +
      • cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e selezionate la casella Mantieni assieme le righe nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate aperta.
        • +
      +

      La finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate vi permette di regolare anche due altre opzioni:

      +
        +
      • Mantieni con il successivo si usa per evitare un'interrruzione di pagina tra il paragrafo selezionato e il successivo.
        • +
      • Controllo righe isolate è impostata di default e si usa per impedire che vengono visualizzate singole righe di un paragrafo (la prima o l'ultima riga) all'inizio o alla fine di una pagina.
        • +
      +

      Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index 3f7371b9b..2a26c1a76 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -1,33 +1,33 @@ - - - - Modificare rientri di paragrafo - - - - - -
      -

      Modificare rientri di paragrafo

      -

      TeamLab Document Editor vi da la possibilità di modificare lo spostamento della prima riga dalla parte sinistra della pagina e anche lo spostamento del paragrafo a destra e a sinistra nella pagina.

      -

      Per farlo,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. -
      2. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra,
        3. -
      3. nella finestra aperta Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate impostate il rientro necessario per la prima riga e lo spostamento del paragrafo a sinistra e a destra nella pagina,
        4. -
      4. cliccate su OK. -

        Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento

        -
        5. -
      -

      Per velocemente cambiare il rientro del paragrafo a sinistra, potete utilizzare anche le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore: Riduci rientro Riduci rientro e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro.

      -

      Potete anche usare i righelli orizzontali per impostare i rientri.

      - Righelli - Marcatori rientri -

      Selezionate il paragrafo necessario e trascinate il marcatore di rientro lungo il righello.

      -
        -
      • Marcatore del rientro della prima riga Marcatore del rientro della prima riga si usa per regolare la posizione iniziale di un paragrafo.
        • -
      • Marcatore del rientro sporgente Marcatore del rientro sporgente si usa per regolare la seconda riga e le successive righe di un paragrafo.
        • -
      • Marcatore del rientro destro Marcatore del rientro destro si usa per l'estensione di un paragrafo verso il lato destro della pagina.
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Modificare rientri di paragrafo + + + + + +
      +

      Modificare rientri di paragrafo

      +

      TeamLab Document Editor vi da la possibilità di modificare lo spostamento della prima riga dalla parte sinistra della pagina e anche lo spostamento del paragrafo a destra e a sinistra nella pagina.

      +

      Per farlo,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore all'interno del paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse o tutto il testo nel documento premendo i tasti Ctrl+A,
        2. +
      2. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo dal menu o utilizzate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra,
        3. +
      3. nella finestra aperta Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate impostate il rientro necessario per la prima riga e lo spostamento del paragrafo a sinistra e a destra nella pagina,
        4. +
      4. cliccate su OK. +

        Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento

        +
        5. +
      +

      Per velocemente cambiare il rientro del paragrafo a sinistra, potete utilizzare anche le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore: Riduci rientro Riduci rientro e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro.

      +

      Potete anche usare i righelli orizzontali per impostare i rientri.

      + Righelli - Marcatori rientri +

      Selezionate il paragrafo necessario e trascinate il marcatore di rientro lungo il righello.

      +
        +
      • Marcatore del rientro della prima riga Marcatore del rientro della prima riga si usa per regolare la posizione iniziale di un paragrafo.
        • +
      • Marcatore del rientro sporgente Marcatore del rientro sporgente si usa per regolare la seconda riga e le successive righe di un paragrafo.
        • +
      • Marcatore del rientro destro Marcatore del rientro destro si usa per l'estensione di un paragrafo verso il lato destro della pagina.
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 1d3e88768..5df24f514 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -1,35 +1,35 @@ - - - - Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento - - - - - - -
      -

      Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento

      -

      Di default, TeamLab Document Editor salva il file automaticamente ogni 10 minuti durante il lavoro per evitare perdite di dati causate dalla chiusura inaspettata del programma. Se è necessario, potete facilmente cambiare la frequenza con cui viene salvato il documento o anche disattivare questa opzione nella pagina Impostazioni avanzate.

      -

      Per salvare il documento attuale a mano,

      -
        -
      • cliccate sull'icona Salva Salva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • -
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+S, oppure
        • -
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Salva.
        • -
      -

      Per scaricare il documento risultante sul disco rigido del vostro computer,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Scarica in,
        3. -
      3. scegliete uno dei formati disponibili che vi conviene: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
        4. -
      -

      Per stampare il documento attuale,

      -
        -
      • cliccate sull'icona Stampa Stampa sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • -
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+P, oppure
        • -
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Stampa.
        • -
      -

      Dopo questo viene generato un file PDF a base del documento modificato. Potete aprirlo e stamparlo, oppure salvarlo sul disco rigido del vostro computer o un dispositivo rimovibile per stamparlo in seguito.

      -
      - + + + + Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento + + + + + + +
      +

      Salvare/scaricare/stampare documento

      +

      Di default, TeamLab Document Editor salva il file automaticamente ogni 10 minuti durante il lavoro per evitare perdite di dati causate dalla chiusura inaspettata del programma. Se è necessario, potete facilmente cambiare la frequenza con cui viene salvato il documento o anche disattivare questa opzione nella pagina Impostazioni avanzate.

      +

      Per salvare il documento attuale a mano,

      +
        +
      • cliccate sull'icona Salva Salva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • +
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+S, oppure
        • +
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Salva.
        • +
      +

      Per scaricare il documento risultante sul disco rigido del vostro computer,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Scarica in,
        3. +
      3. scegliete uno dei formati disponibili che vi conviene: PDF, TXT, DOCX, DOC, ODT, RTF, HTML, EPUB.
        4. +
      +

      Per stampare il documento attuale,

      +
        +
      • cliccate sull'icona Stampa Stampa sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • +
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+P, oppure
        • +
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Stampa.
        • +
      +

      Dopo questo viene generato un file PDF a base del documento modificato. Potete aprirlo e stamparlo, oppure salvarlo sul disco rigido del vostro computer o un dispositivo rimovibile per stamparlo in seguito.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index 56f72e64e..4bdff67c1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -1,35 +1,35 @@ - - - - Impostare parametri di pagina - - - - - -
      -

      Impostare parametri di pagina

      -

      Per regolare l'orientamento e la dimensione della pagina, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

      -
        -
      • Orientamento di pagina - cambiate il tipo di orientamento attuale cliccando sull'icona Orientamento di pagina Orientamento di pagina. L'orientamento predefinito è Verticale che potete cambiare a Orizzontale.
        • -
      • Dimensione di pagina - cambiate il formato predefinito A4 cliccando sull'icona Dimensione di pagina Dimensione di pagina e selezionando il formato necessario dall'elenco. I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: -
          -
        • US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm)
          • -
        • US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm)
          • -
        • A4 (21cm x 29,7cm)
          • -
        • A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm)
          • -
        • B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm)
          • -
        • Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm)
          • -
        • Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm)
          • -
        • Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm)
          • -
        • AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm)
          • -
        • Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm)
          • -
        • ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm)
          • -
        • Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm)
          • -
        • Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm)
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Impostare parametri di pagina + + + + + +
      +

      Impostare parametri di pagina

      +

      Per regolare l'orientamento e la dimensione della pagina, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

      +
        +
      • Orientamento di pagina - cambiate il tipo di orientamento attuale cliccando sull'icona Orientamento di pagina Orientamento di pagina. L'orientamento predefinito è Verticale che potete cambiare a Orizzontale.
        • +
      • Dimensione di pagina - cambiate il formato predefinito A4 cliccando sull'icona Dimensione di pagina Dimensione di pagina e selezionando il formato necessario dall'elenco. I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: +
          +
        • US Letter (21,59cm x 27,94cm)
          • +
        • US Legal (21,59cm x 35,56cm)
          • +
        • A4 (21cm x 29,7cm)
          • +
        • A5 (14,81cm x 20,99cm)
          • +
        • B5 (17,6cm x 25,01cm)
          • +
        • Envelope #10 (10,48cm x 24,13cm)
          • +
        • Envelope DL (11,01cm x 22,01cm)
          • +
        • Tabloid (27,94cm x 43,17cm)
          • +
        • AЗ (29,7cm x 42,01cm)
          • +
        • Tabloid Oversize (30,48cm x 45,71cm)
          • +
        • ROC 16K (19,68cm x 27,3cm)
          • +
        • Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99cm x 23,49cm)
          • +
        • Super B/A3 (33,02cm x 48,25cm)
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 37683bec7..6c0a51e00 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ - - - - Impostare punti di tabulazione - - - - - -
      -

      Impostare punti di tabulazione

      -

      In TeamLab Document Editor, potete modificare i punti di tabulazione, cioè la posizione nella quale si sposta il cursore quando premete il tasto Tab sulla tastiera.

      -

      Per impostare la tabulazione potete utilizzare il righello orizzontale:

      -
        -
      1. Selezionate il tipo di tabulazione necessario cliccando sul pulsante Tabulazione sinistra nell'angolo sinistro superiore dell'area di lavoro. Sono disponibili i seguenti tipi: -
          -
        • A sinistra Tabulazione sinistra - si usa per allineare il testo al lato sinistro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione sinistra.
          • -
        • Al centro Tabulazione centrata - si usa per centrare il testo nella posizione della tabulazione. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione centrata.
          • -
        • A destra Tabulazione destra - si usa per allineare il testo al lato destro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione destra.
          • -
        -
        2. -
      2. Cliccate sul bordo inferiore del righello nel punto dove desiderate aggiungere una tabulazione. Trascinatela lungo il righello per cambiare la sua posizione. Per eliminare la tabulazione trascinatela fuori del righello. -

        Righello orizzontale con le tabulazioni aggiunte

        -
        3. -
      -
      -

      Potete usare anche la finestra dei parametri del paragrafo per regolare i punti di tabulazione. Cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo nel menu contestuale oppure usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e aprite la scheda Tabulazione nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate.

      - Impostazioni del paragrafo - Tabulazione -

      Potete regolare i seguenti parametri:

      -
        -
      • Posizione si usa per impostare i punti di tabulazione personalizzati. Inserite il valore necessario nella casella adatta, regolatelo usando le frecce e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. Il punto di tabulazione specificato sarà aggiunto nell'elenco nel campo al di sotto. Se avete già aggiunto certi punti usando il righello, tutti questi punti vengono anche elencati.
        • -
      • La tabulazione Predefinita è impostata a 1.25 cm. Potete aumentare o diminuire questo valore usando le frecce o inserire il valore necessario nella casella.
        • -
      • Allineamento si usa per impostare il tipo di allineamento per ogni punto di tabulazione nell'elenco. Selezionate il punto adatto prima, poi una delle opzioni A sinistra, Al centro o A destra e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. -

        Per eliminare un punto di tabulazione dall'elenco, selezionatelo e cliccate su Elimina o usate il pulsante Elimina tutto per svuotare l'elenco.

        -
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Impostare punti di tabulazione + + + + + +
      +

      Impostare punti di tabulazione

      +

      In TeamLab Document Editor, potete modificare i punti di tabulazione, cioè la posizione nella quale si sposta il cursore quando premete il tasto Tab sulla tastiera.

      +

      Per impostare la tabulazione potete utilizzare il righello orizzontale:

      +
        +
      1. Selezionate il tipo di tabulazione necessario cliccando sul pulsante Tabulazione sinistra nell'angolo sinistro superiore dell'area di lavoro. Sono disponibili i seguenti tipi: +
          +
        • A sinistra Tabulazione sinistra - si usa per allineare il testo al lato sinistro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione sinistra.
          • +
        • Al centro Tabulazione centrata - si usa per centrare il testo nella posizione della tabulazione. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione centrata.
          • +
        • A destra Tabulazione destra - si usa per allineare il testo al lato destro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione destra.
          • +
        +
        2. +
      2. Cliccate sul bordo inferiore del righello nel punto dove desiderate aggiungere una tabulazione. Trascinatela lungo il righello per cambiare la sua posizione. Per eliminare la tabulazione trascinatela fuori del righello. +

        Righello orizzontale con le tabulazioni aggiunte

        +
        3. +
      +
      +

      Potete usare anche la finestra dei parametri del paragrafo per regolare i punti di tabulazione. Cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo nel menu contestuale oppure usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra, e aprite la scheda Tabulazione nella finestra Paragrafo - Impostazioni avanzate.

      + Impostazioni del paragrafo - Tabulazione +

      Potete regolare i seguenti parametri:

      +
        +
      • Posizione si usa per impostare i punti di tabulazione personalizzati. Inserite il valore necessario nella casella adatta, regolatelo usando le frecce e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. Il punto di tabulazione specificato sarà aggiunto nell'elenco nel campo al di sotto. Se avete già aggiunto certi punti usando il righello, tutti questi punti vengono anche elencati.
        • +
      • La tabulazione Predefinita è impostata a 1.25 cm. Potete aumentare o diminuire questo valore usando le frecce o inserire il valore necessario nella casella.
        • +
      • Allineamento si usa per impostare il tipo di allineamento per ogni punto di tabulazione nell'elenco. Selezionate il punto adatto prima, poi una delle opzioni A sinistra, Al centro o A destra e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. +

        Per eliminare un punto di tabulazione dall'elenco, selezionatelo e cliccate su Elimina o usate il pulsante Elimina tutto per svuotare l'elenco.

        +
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 5c7861400..85e6a3d80 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ - - - - Visualizzare informazioni sul documento - - - - - -
      -

      Visualizzare informazioni sul documento

      -

      Per accedere alle informazioni dettagliate sul documento modificato, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Informazioni documento....

      -

      Le informazioni sul documento includono i dati seguenti: titolo, autore, percorso, data di creazione, persone con i diritti di visualizzazione e modifica del documento, e statistiche: numero di pagine, paragrafi, parole, simboli, simboli con spazi.

      -

      Se avete un accesso completo a questo documento, potete anche cambiare i diritti di accesso impostati facendo clic dul pulsante Cambia diritti di accesso nella sezione Persone con i diritti.

      -

      Per chiudere il pannello File e riprendere la modifica del documento, selezionate l'opzione Torna al documento.

      -
      - + + + + Visualizzare informazioni sul documento + + + + + +
      +

      Visualizzare informazioni sul documento

      +

      Per accedere alle informazioni dettagliate sul documento modificato, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Informazioni documento....

      +

      Le informazioni sul documento includono i dati seguenti: titolo, autore, percorso, data di creazione, persone con i diritti di visualizzazione e modifica del documento, e statistiche: numero di pagine, paragrafi, parole, simboli, simboli con spazi.

      +

      Se avete un accesso completo a questo documento, potete anche cambiare i diritti di accesso impostati facendo clic dul pulsante Cambia diritti di accesso nella sezione Persone con i diritti.

      +

      Per chiudere il pannello File e riprendere la modifica del documento, selezionate l'opzione Torna al documento.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/callback.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/callback.js similarity index 97% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/callback.js rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/callback.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/editor.css similarity index 93% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/editor.css index cf3e4f141..0b550e306 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/editor.css @@ -1,155 +1,155 @@ -body -{ -font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; -font-size: 12px; -color: #444; -background: #fff; -} - -img -{ -border: none; -vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; -} - -img.floatleft -{ -float: left; -margin-right: 30px; -margin-bottom: 10px; -} - -li -{ -line-height: 2em; -} - -.mainpart -{ -margin: 0; -padding: 10px 20px; -} - -.mainpart h1 -{ -font-size: 16px; -font-weight: bold; -} - -table, -tr, -td, -th -{ -border-left: 0; -border-right: 0; -border-bottom: solid 1px #E4E4E4; -border-collapse: collapse; -padding: 8px; -text-align: left; -} - -table -{ -margin: 20px 0; -width: 100%; -} - -th -{ -font-size: 14px; -font-weight: bold; -padding-top: 20px; -} - -td.function -{ -width: 35%; -} - -td.shortfunction -{ -width: 20%; -} - -td.combination -{ -width: 15%; -} - -td.description -{ -width: 50%; -} - -td.longdescription -{ -width: 80%; -} - -.note -{ -background: #F4F4F4 url(images/help.png) no-repeat 7px 5px; -font-size: 11px; -padding: 10px 20px 10px 37px; -width: 90%; -margin: 10px 0; -line-height: 1em; -min-height: 14px; -} - -hr -{ -height: 1px; -width: 90%; -text-align: left; -margin: 10px 0 15px; -color: #E4E4E4; -background-color: #E4E4E4; -border: 0; -clear: both; -} - -a -{ -color: #7496DD; -text-decoration: underline; -} - -a:hover -{ -text-decoration: none; -} -a.sup_link { -text-decoration: none; -} - -.search-field { - display: block; - float: right; -} -.search-field input { - width: 250px; - height: 25px; - box-sizing: border-box; - padding: 4px 10px 4px 25px; - border: 1px solid #e1e1e1; - border-radius: 6px; - background: url('data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAoAAAAKCAYAAACNMs+9AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAQVJREFUGBl1j71KxUAQhe8uJkZcC/ERfADBRsheCSkFwcLKxkbuM1jaa2+l1pZ6FW2EJJgUdqYOdinsAuIfRDZ+E24qceAw55w5O7urRlRRFKtt2x5DQ/AGrn3fPwrD8Avel5qFnlEOTMFK13Vb9CcwjuP4hz6aY9MJ3Xmet26tfREzy7ID59yZ1nofeSGeBhZcDSExoyg6V0o1bN4ULSXBd7AsYqgkSQL4AvgcPM2pG8R2mqZ7YlZVNc+2U/yAq+XNfak8z5d45yNqjcAr3RAyMkXfwXf50LcSQ7bUdT2Bjhl+0G8JHNI30A/GmJ0+iPGnZjfdM7CEp/8G5WRZlotN01xCg18HsWi9HzrHEgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==') center left 9px no-repeat; -} - -.search-field input:focus { - outline:0 !important; -} - -.subtitle { - font-size: 0.9em; - font-style: italic; -} -#search-results a { - font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; - font-size: 1em; - font-weight: bold; - color: #444; +body +{ +font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; +font-size: 12px; +color: #444; +background: #fff; +} + +img +{ +border: none; +vertical-align: middle; +max-width: 95%; +} + +img.floatleft +{ +float: left; +margin-right: 30px; +margin-bottom: 10px; +} + +li +{ +line-height: 2em; +} + +.mainpart +{ +margin: 0; +padding: 10px 20px; +} + +.mainpart h1 +{ +font-size: 16px; +font-weight: bold; +} + +table, +tr, +td, +th +{ +border-left: 0; +border-right: 0; +border-bottom: solid 1px #E4E4E4; +border-collapse: collapse; +padding: 8px; +text-align: left; +} + +table +{ +margin: 20px 0; +width: 100%; +} + +th +{ +font-size: 14px; +font-weight: bold; +padding-top: 20px; +} + +td.function +{ +width: 35%; +} + +td.shortfunction +{ +width: 20%; +} + +td.combination +{ +width: 15%; +} + +td.description +{ +width: 50%; +} + +td.longdescription +{ +width: 80%; +} + +.note +{ +background: #F4F4F4 url(images/help.png) no-repeat 7px 5px; +font-size: 11px; +padding: 10px 20px 10px 37px; +width: 90%; +margin: 10px 0; +line-height: 1em; +min-height: 14px; +} + +hr +{ +height: 1px; +width: 90%; +text-align: left; +margin: 10px 0 15px; +color: #E4E4E4; +background-color: #E4E4E4; +border: 0; +clear: both; +} + +a +{ +color: #7496DD; +text-decoration: underline; +} + +a:hover +{ +text-decoration: none; +} +a.sup_link { +text-decoration: none; +} + +.search-field { + display: block; + float: right; +} +.search-field input { + width: 250px; + height: 25px; + box-sizing: border-box; + padding: 4px 10px 4px 25px; + border: 1px solid #e1e1e1; + border-radius: 6px; + background: url('data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAoAAAAKCAYAAACNMs+9AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAQVJREFUGBl1j71KxUAQhe8uJkZcC/ERfADBRsheCSkFwcLKxkbuM1jaa2+l1pZ6FW2EJJgUdqYOdinsAuIfRDZ+E24qceAw55w5O7urRlRRFKtt2x5DQ/AGrn3fPwrD8Avel5qFnlEOTMFK13Vb9CcwjuP4hz6aY9MJ3Xmet26tfREzy7ID59yZ1nofeSGeBhZcDSExoyg6V0o1bN4ULSXBd7AsYqgkSQL4AvgcPM2pG8R2mqZ7YlZVNc+2U/yAq+XNfak8z5d45yNqjcAr3RAyMkXfwXf50LcSQ7bUdT2Bjhl+0G8JHNI30A/GmJ0+iPGnZjfdM7CEp/8G5WRZlotN01xCg18HsWi9HzrHEgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==') center left 9px no-repeat; +} + +.search-field input:focus { + outline:0 !important; +} + +.subtitle { + font-size: 0.9em; + font-style: italic; +} +#search-results a { + font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; + font-size: 1em; + font-weight: bold; + color: #444; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/SearchOptions.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/addhyperlink.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/advanced_settings_icon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/aligncenter.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignleft.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignright.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/anchor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/anchor.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/anchor.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/arrow.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/back.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bgcolor.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bold.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bullets.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/cellrow.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/changecolorscheme.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_properties.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_properties_2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_properties_2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_settings_icon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/charteditor.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon_new.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/circle.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/clearstyle.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comments.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/comments.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/comments.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/commentsicon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/constantproportions.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copy.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copystyle.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customtable.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/customtable.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/customtable.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreasedec.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreaseindent.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deletecommenticon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deleteicon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/document_language.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language_window.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/document_language_window.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/document_language_window.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_example.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_example.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_example.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_margin.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_margin.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_margin.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_none.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_none.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_none.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_properties_2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_3.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_properties_3.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_properties_3.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_text.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/dropcap_text.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/dropcap_text.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/editcommenticon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/file.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_color.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_gradient.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_pattern.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_picture.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/firstline_indent.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/firstline_indent.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/firstline_indent.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitpage.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitwidth.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontcolor.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontfamily.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontsize.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formattingpresets.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/formattingpresets.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/formattingpresets.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/frame_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/frame_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/frame_properties_2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/frame_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_3.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/frame_properties_3.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/frame_properties_3.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/gradientslider.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/greencircle.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hanging.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hanging.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hanging.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hard.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/headerfooter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/headerfooter.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/headerfooter.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/help.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hiderulers.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/highlightcolor.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hyperlinkwindow.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties_2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties_2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_settings_icon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/imagespalette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagespalette.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/imagespalette.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagespalette.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increasedec.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increaseindent.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/indents_ruler.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/indents_ruler.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/indents_ruler.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertautoshape.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertautoshape.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertautoshape.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertchart.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertfunction.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertpagenumber.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertpagenumber.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertpagenumber.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/italic.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/justify.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/larger.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/linespacing.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_chart.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/moving_chart.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_chart.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_image.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/moving_image.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/moving_image.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nextpage.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/noborders.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nofill.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonbreakspace.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nonbreakspace.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonbreakspace.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonprintingcharacters.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nonprintingcharacters.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nonprintingcharacters.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numberformat.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numbering.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/orientation.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/outline.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagebreak.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagebreak1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagebreak1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagesize.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palette.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palette_custom.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_borders.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_borders.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_borders.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_font.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_font.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_font.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_indents.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_indents.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_indents.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_margins.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_margins.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_margins.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_tab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paradvsettings_tab.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paradvsettings_tab.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paste.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/previouspage.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/print.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/redo.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/reshaping.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/resize_square.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_autoshape.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_autoshape.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_autoshape.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_chart.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_chart.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_chart.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_headerfooter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_headerfooter.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_headerfooter.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_image.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_image.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_indent.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_indent.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_indent.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_paragraph.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_paragraph.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_paragraph.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_table.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/right_table.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/right_table.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/save.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/saveupdate.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_replace_window.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_window.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchbuttons.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchdownbutton.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchicon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchupbutton.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/select_text_languages.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/select_text_languages.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/select_text_languages.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/select_text_languages.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_3.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_3.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_3.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_4.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties_4.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties_4.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_settings_icon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/smaller.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/soft.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/space.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/spellchecking.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_language.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/spellchecking_language.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/spellchecking_language.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/square.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/strike.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sub.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sup.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tab.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_1.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_1.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_2.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_2.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_3.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_3.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_3.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_4.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_4.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_4.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_5.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties_5.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties_5.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft_marker.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright_marker.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstops_ruler.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstops_ruler.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstops_ruler.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/underline.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/undo.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/usersnumber.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/viewsettingsicon.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrap_boundary.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrap_boundary.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrap_boundary.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_square.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_square.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_through.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_through.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/yellowdiamond.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomin.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomout.png rename to apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json index 849c5518d..fd2586dd8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json @@ -3,13 +3,14 @@ {"src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Файл"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Главная"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Вставка"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Макет"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Рецензирование"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Макет" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Ссылки"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Совместная работа"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Плагины" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", "name": "Изменение цветовой схемы", "headername": "Базовые операции" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Копирование/вставка текста, отмена/повтор действий"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Создание нового документа или открытие существующего"}, - {"src":"UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Задание параметров страницы", "headername": "Форматирование страницы" }, + {"src":"UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", "name": "Настройка параметров страницы", "headername": "Форматирование страницы" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "name": "Отображение/скрытие непечатаемых символов"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", "name": "Вставка разрывов раздела"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "name": "Вставка колонтитулов"}, @@ -18,13 +19,13 @@ {"src":"UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", "name": "Выравнивание текста в абзаце", "headername": "Форматирование абзаца" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm", "name": "Выбор цвета фона для абзаца"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", "name": "Изменение отступов абзацев"}, - {"src":"UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Задание междустрочного интервала в абзацах"}, + {"src":"UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", "name": "Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "name": "Вставка разрывов страниц" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", "name": "Добавление границ" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "name": "Установка позиций табуляции"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Создание списков"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "name": "Применение стилей форматирования", "headername": "Форматирование текста"}, - {"src":"UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Задание типа, размера и цвета шрифта"}, + {"src":"UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", "name": "Настройка типа, размера и цвета шрифта"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", "name": "Применение стилей оформления шрифта"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Копирование/очистка форматирования текста" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Добавление гиперссылок"}, @@ -35,7 +36,9 @@ {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Вставка диаграмм" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "name": "Вставка текстовых объектов" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на странице" }, - {"src":"UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "name": "Изменение стиля обтекания текстом"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "name": "Изменение стиля обтекания текстом" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", "name": "Вставка элементов управления содержимым" }, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", "name": "Создание оглавления" }, {"src":"UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "name": "Использование слияния", "headername": "Слияние"}, {"src":"UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы"}, {"src":"HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Совместное редактирование документа", "headername": "Совместное редактирование документов"}, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm index ba403667f..3ce22869c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,18 +11,17 @@
      - +

      О редакторе документов

      -

      Онлайн-редактор документов - это +

      Редактор документов - это онлайн-приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать документы непосредственно в браузере.

      Используя - онлайн- -редактор документов, Вы можете выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, + онлайн-редактор документов, Вы можете выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные документы, сохраняя все детали форматирования, или сохранять документы на жесткий диск компьютера - как файлы в формате PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT или HTML. + как файлы в формате DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF или HTML.

      Для просмотра текущей версии программы и информации о владельце лицензии щелкните по значку Значок О программе на левой боковой панели инструментов.

      diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 3c689ef89..f33e7d5f0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@
      - +

      Дополнительные параметры редактора документов

      -

      Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора документов. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также использовать значок Значок Дополнительные параметры, расположенный в правом верхнем углу на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

      +

      Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора документов. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры.

      Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры:

      • Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени:
        • Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии Значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели.
          • -
        • Включить отображение решенных комментариев - если отключить эту функцию, решенные комментарии в тексте документа будут скрыты. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно будет только при нажатии на значок Комментарии Значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели.
          • +
        • Включить отображение решенных комментариев - эта функция отключена по умолчанию, чтобы решенные комментарии были скрыты в тексте документа. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно только при нажатии на значок Комментарии Значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включите эту опцию, если требуется отображать решенные комментарии в тексте документа.
      • Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии.
        • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index a3e4e8bb4..f8150bb48 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Совместное редактирование документа

        В онлайн-редакторе документов вы можете работать над документом совместно с другими пользователями. Эта возможность включает в себя следующее:

        @@ -24,13 +24,14 @@

      Совместное редактирование

      -

      В редакторе документов можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить Значок Сохранить, чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках.

      +

      В редакторе документов можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить Значок Сохранить, чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках. Нужный режим также можно выбрать, используя значок Значок Режим совместного редактирования Режим совместного редактирования на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов:

      +

      Меню Режим совместного редактирования

      Когда документ редактируют одновременно несколько пользователей в Строгом режиме, редактируемые фрагменты текста помечаются пунктирными линиями разных цветов. При наведении курсора мыши на один из редактируемых фрагментов отображается имя того пользователя, который в данный момент его редактирует. В Быстром режиме действия и имена участников совместного редактирования отображаются непосредственно в процессе редактирования текста.

      Количество пользователей, которые в данный момент работают над текущим документом, отображается в правой части шапки редактора - Значок Количество пользователей. Чтобы увидеть, кто именно редактирует файл в настоящий момент, можно щелкнуть по этому значку или открыть панель Чата с полным списком пользователей.

      -

      Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: Значок Управление правами доступа к документу. С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им права на редактирование, просмотр или рецензирование документа, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: Значок Количество пользователей.

      +

      Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: Значок Управление правами доступа к документу. С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им права на редактирование, просмотр или рецензирование документа, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: Значок Количество пользователей. Права доступа также можно задать, используя значок Значок Совместный доступ Совместный доступ на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов.

      Как только один из пользователей сохранит свои изменения, нажав на значок Значок Сохранить, все остальные увидят в строке состояния примечание, которое сообщает о наличии обновлений. Чтобы сохранить внесенные вами изменения и сделать их доступными для других пользователей, а также получить обновления, сохраненные другими пользователями, нажмите на значок Значок Сохранить и получить обновления в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Обновления будут подсвечены, чтобы Вы могли проверить, что конкретно изменилось.

      Можно указать, какие изменения требуется подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., а затем укажите, отображать ли все или последние изменения, внесенные при совместной работе. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок Значок Сохранить и получить изменения. При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные во время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут.

      Чат

      @@ -38,19 +39,21 @@

      Сообщения в чате хранятся только в течение одной сессии. Для обсуждения содержания документа лучше использовать комментарии, которые хранятся до тех пор, пока вы не решите их удалить.

      Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей:

        -
      1. нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели,
        2. +
      2. нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели или
        + переключитесь на вкладку Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Значок Чат Чат, +
      3. введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже,
      4. нажмите кнопку Отправить.

      Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - Значок Чат.

      -

      Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок Значок Чат еще раз.

      +

      Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели или кнопку Значок Чат Чат на верхней панели инструментов еще раз.

      Комментарии

      Чтобы оставить комментарий:

      1. выделите фрагмент текста, в котором, по Вашему мнению, содержится какая-то ошибка или проблема,
      2. - переключитесь на вкладку Вставка или Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Значок Комментарий Комментарий или
        + переключитесь на вкладку Вставка или Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Значок Комментарий Комментарий или
        используйте значок Значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и нажмите на ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу или
        щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному фрагменту текста и выберите в контекстном меню команду Добавить комментарий,
        3. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index eaaf01f73..8b6a30728 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Сочетания клавиш

        @@ -21,13 +21,18 @@ - + - + - + + + + + + @@ -46,7 +51,7 @@ - + @@ -56,7 +61,7 @@ - + @@ -68,6 +73,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -93,34 +118,74 @@ - + - + - + - + - + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -141,12 +206,12 @@ - + - + @@ -205,7 +270,7 @@ - + @@ -218,6 +283,36 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -282,7 +377,7 @@ - + @@ -310,6 +405,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -323,10 +433,30 @@ - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + - + @@ -343,11 +473,63 @@ + + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
        Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+FОткрыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, загрузить, распечатать текущий документ, просмотреть сведения о нем, создать новый документ или открыть существующий, получить доступ к Справке по редактору документов или дополнительным параметрам.Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущий документ, просмотреть сведения о нем, создать новый документ или открыть существующий, получить доступ к Справке по редактору документов или дополнительным параметрам.
        Открыть панель 'Поиск'Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' Ctrl+FОткрыть панель Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемом документе.Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемом документе.
        Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' с полем заменыCtrl+HОткрыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена с полем замены, чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов.
        Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+Shift+H
        Сохранить документ Ctrl+SСохранить все изменения в редактируемом документе.Сохранить все изменения в редактируемом документе. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате.
        Печать документа
        Скачать как... Ctrl+Shift+SСохранить редактируемый документ на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML.Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемый документ на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.
        Полноэкранный режимF1 Открыть меню Справка редактора документов.
        Открыть существующий файлCtrl+OНа вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла.
        Контекстное меню элементаShift+F10Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента.
        Закрыть файлCtrl+WЗакрыть выбранный документ.
        Закрыть окно (вкладку)Ctrl+F4Закрыть вкладку в браузере.
        Навигация
        Прокрутить внизPgDnPage Down Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вниз.
        Прокрутить вверхPgUpPage Up Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вверх.
        Следующая страницаAlt+PgDnAlt+Page Down Перейти на следующую страницу редактируемого документа.
        Предыдущая страницаAlt+PgUpAlt+Page Up Перейти на предыдущую страницу редактируемого документа.
        УвеличитьCtrl+плюс (+)Ctrl+Знак "Плюс" (+) Увеличить масштаб редактируемого документа.
        УменьшитьCtrl+минус (-)Ctrl+Знак "Минус" (-) Уменьшить масштаб редактируемого документа.
        Перейти на один символ влевоСтрелка влевоПереместить курсор на один символ влево.
        Перейти на один символ вправоСтрелка вправоПереместить курсор на один символ вправо.
        Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влевоCtrl+Стрелка влевоПереместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево.
        Перейти на одно слово вправоCtrl+Стрелка вправоПереместить курсор на одно слово вправо.
        Перейти на одну строку вверхСтрелка вверхПереместить курсор на одну строку вверх.
        Перейти на одну строку внизСтрелка внизПереместить курсор на одну строку вниз.
        Написание
        Создать неразрываемый пробелCtrl+Shift+SpacebarCtrl+Shift+Пробел Создать между символами пробел, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки.
        Создать неразрываемый дефисCtrl+Shift+HyphenCtrl+Shift+Дефис Создать между символами дефис, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки.
        Выделить фрагментShift+ArrowShift+Стрелка Выделить текст посимвольно.
        Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки.
        Выделить один символ справаShift+Стрелка вправоВыделить один символ справа от позиции курсора.
        Выделить один символ слеваShift+Стрелка влевоВыделить один символ слева от позиции курсора.
        Выделить до конца словаCtrl+Shift+Стрелка вправоВыделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова.
        Выделить до начала словаCtrl+Shift+Стрелка влевоВыделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова.
        Выделить одну строку вышеShift+Стрелка вверхВыделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки).
        Выделить одну строку нижеShift+Стрелка внизВыделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки).
        Оформление текста
        Убрать форматированиеCtrl+SpacebarCtrl+Пробел Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста.
        Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю.
        Применение форматирования подстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов)Ctrl+Знак "Равно" (=)Применить форматирование подстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста.
        Применение форматирования надстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов)Ctrl+Shift+Знак "Плюс" (+)Применить форматирование надстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста.
        Вставка разрыва страницыCtrl+EnterВставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора.
        Увеличить отступ Ctrl+M
        Добавить номер страницы Ctrl+Shift+PДобавить текущий номер в текст на странице или к нижнему колонтитулу.Добавить номер текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора.
        Непечатаемые символыCtrl+Shift+Num8Показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы.
        Удалить один символ слеваBackspaceУдалить один символ слева от курсора.
        Удалить один символ справаDeleteУдалить один символ справа от курсора.
        Модификация объектовМодификация объектов
        Ограничить движениеShift+перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера.
        Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелкуShift+перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок)Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов.
        Перемещение с шагом в один пиксельCtrlCtrl+Клавиши со стрелками Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз.
        Работа с таблицами
        Перейти к следующей ячейке в строкеTabПерейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы.
        Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строкеShift+TabПерейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы.
        Перейти к следующей строкеСтрелка внизПерейти к следующей строке таблицы.
        Перейти к предыдущей строкеСтрелка вверхПерейти к предыдущей строке таблицы.
        Начать новый абзацEnterНачать новый абзац внутри ячейки.
        Добавить новую строкуTab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы.Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы.
        Вставка специальных символов
        Вставка формулыAlt+Знак "Равно" (=)Вставить формулу в текущей позиции курсора.
        diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index e6c02b881..2f3135c38 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
        - +

        Параметры представления и инструменты навигации

        В редакторе документов доступен ряд инструментов, позволяющих облегчить просмотр и навигацию по документу: масштаб, указатель номера страницы и другие.

        Настройте параметры представления

        -

        Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с документом, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. +

        Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с документом, нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции:

        • - Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами.
          Чтобы отключить этот режим, перейдите на вкладку Главная, затем нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. + Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами.
          Чтобы отключить этот режим, нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно.

          Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова.

        • Скрыть строку состояния - скрывает самую нижнюю панель, на которой находится Указатель номера страницы и кнопки Масштаба. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку состояния, щелкните по этой опции еще раз.
          • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Review.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Review.htm index 6484e6ab6..b94ded4f0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Review.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Review.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Рецензирование документа

          Когда кто-то предоставляет вам доступ к файлу с правами на рецензирование, используйте функцию Рецензирования документа.

          @@ -21,15 +21,15 @@

          Чтобы увидеть изменения, предложенные рецензентом, включите опцию Отслеживание изменений одним из следующих способов:

          • нажмите кнопку Кнопка Отслеживать изменения в правом нижнем углу строки состояния или
            • -
          • перейдите на вкладку Рецензирование на верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Кнопка Отслеживание изменений Отслеживание изменений.
            • +
          • перейдите на вкладку Совместная работа на верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Кнопка Отслеживание изменений Отслеживание изменений.

          Примечание: рецензенту нет необходимости включать опцию Отслеживание изменений. Она включена по умолчанию, и ее нельзя отключить, если к документу предоставлен доступ с правами только на рецензирование.

          Выбор режима отображения изменений

          Нажмите кнопку Кнопка Отображение Отображение на верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка один из доступных режимов:

            -
          • Все изменения (Редактирование) - эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет и просматривать предложенные изменения, и редактировать документ.
            • -
          • Все изменения приняты (Просмотр) - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были приняты. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности принять все изменения, а только дает возможность увидеть, как будет выглядеть документ после того, как вы примете все изменения. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать.
            • -
          • Все изменения отклонены (Просмотр) - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были отклонены. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности отклонить все изменения, а только дает возможность просмотреть документ без изменений. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать.
            • +
          • Изменения - эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет и просматривать предложенные изменения, и редактировать документ.
            • +
          • Измененный документ - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были приняты. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности принять все изменения, а только дает возможность увидеть, как будет выглядеть документ после того, как вы примете все изменения. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать.
            • +
          • Исходный документ - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были отклонены. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности отклонить все изменения, а только дает возможность просмотреть документ без изменений. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать.

          Принятие и отклонение изменений

          Используйте кнопки Кнопка К предыдущему изменению К предыдущему и Кнопка К следующему изменению К следующему на верхней панели инструментов для навигации по изменениям.

          diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 9a83377c7..2b57d8d3c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
          - +

          Функция поиска и замены

          Чтобы найти нужные символы, слова или фразы, использованные в документе, который Вы в данный момент редактируете, - нажмите на значок Значок Поиск, расположенный на левой боковой панели.

          + нажмите на значок Значок Поиск, расположенный на левой боковой панели, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+F.

          Откроется окно Поиск и замена:

          Окно Поиск и замена

            @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@

          Первое вхождение искомых символов в выбранном направлении будет подсвечено на странице. Если это не то слово, которое вы ищете, нажмите на выбранную кнопку еще раз, чтобы найти следующее вхождение символов, которые Вы ввели.

          -

          Чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов, нажмите на ссылку Заменить, расположенную под полем для ввода данных. Окно Поиск и замена изменится:

          +

          Чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов, нажмите на ссылку Заменить, расположенную под полем для ввода данных, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+H. Окно Поиск и замена изменится:

          Окно Поиск и замена

          1. Введите текст для замены в нижнее поле ввода данных.
            2. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 9c4309024..40bc27838 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,16 +11,15 @@
            - +

            Проверка орфографии

            В редакторе документов можно проверять правописание текста на определенном языке и исправлять ошибки в ходе редактирования.

            -

            Прежде всего выберите язык документа. Перейдите на вкладку Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на значок Значок Задать язык документа Язык. В окне, которое появится, выберите нужный язык и нажмите кнопку OK. Выбранный язык будет применен ко всему документу.

            +

            Прежде всего выберите язык документа. Нажмите на значок Значок Задать язык документа Задать язык документа в строке состояния. В окне, которое появится, выберите нужный язык и нажмите кнопку OK. Выбранный язык будет применен ко всему документу.

            Окно выбора языка документа

            -

            Чтобы выбрать какой-то другой язык для любого фрагмента текста в этом документе, выделите мышью нужную часть теста и используйте меню Проверка орфографии - выбор языка текста, которое находится в строке состояния.

            +

            Чтобы выбрать какой-то другой язык для любого фрагмента текста в этом документе, выделите мышью нужную часть теста и используйте меню Проверка орфографии - выбор языка текста, которое находится в строке состояния.

            Для включения функции проверки орфографии можно сделать следующее:

              -
            • нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии - верхняя панель инструментов Проверка орфографии на вкладке Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов или
            • нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии отключена Проверка орфографии в строке состояния или
            • откройте вкладку Файл верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., поставьте галочку рядом с опцией Включить проверку орфографии и нажмите кнопку Применить.
            @@ -34,7 +33,6 @@

            Проверка орфографии

            Для отключения функции проверки орфографии можно сделать следующее:

              -
            • нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии - верхняя панель инструментов Проверка орфографии на вкладке Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов или
            • нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии включена Проверка орфографии в строке состояния или
            • откройте вкладку Файл верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., уберите галочку рядом с опцией Включить проверку орфографии и нажмите кнопку Применить.
            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index a6acb8058..2b53f603e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,20 +11,20 @@
            - +

            Поддерживаемые форматы электронных документов

            Электронные документы - это одни из наиболее широко используемых компьютерных файлов. Благодаря высокому уровню развития современных компьютерных сетей распространять электронные документы становится удобнее, чем печатные. Многообразие устройств, используемых для представления документов, обуславливает большое количество проприетарных и открытых файловых форматов. - Онлайн-редактор документов работает с самыми популярными из них.

            + Редактор документов работает с самыми популярными из них.

            - - + + @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 47d9a6fd7..63114dbb5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Файл

            Вкладка Файл позволяет выполнить некоторые базовые операции с текущим файлом.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 52b0fa899..a434d1194 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Главная

            -

            Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии документа. Она позволяет форматировать шрифт и абзацы. Здесь также доступны некоторые другие опции, такие как cлияние, цветовые схемы, параметры представления.

            +

            Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии документа. Она позволяет форматировать шрифт и абзацы. Здесь также доступны некоторые другие опции, такие как cлияние и цветовые схемы.

            Вкладка Главная

            С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 7d007fa40..bc5a3d15d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Вставка

            Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять элементы форматирования страницы, а также визуальные объекты и комментарии.

            @@ -21,8 +21,8 @@
          2. вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок,
          3. вставлять колонтитулы и номера страниц,
          4. вставлять таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры,
            5. -
          5. вставлять гиперссылки, сноски, комментарии,
            6. -
          6. вставлять текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, формулы, буквицы.
            7. +
          7. вставлять гиперссылки, комментарии,
            8. +
          8. вставлять текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, формулы, буквицы, элементы управления содержимым.
            9. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm index a9547ec47..18c778a89 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Макет

            Вкладка Макет позволяет изменить внешний вид документа: задать параметры страницы и определить расположение визуальных элементов.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 6c386e673..35302666f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Плагины

            -

            Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты.

            +

            Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты. Здесь также можно использовать макросы для автоматизации рутинных задач.

            Вкладка Плагины

            -

            В настоящее время доступны следующие плагины:

            +

            Кнопка Macros позволяет открыть окно, в котором можно создавать собственные макросы и запускать их. Для получения дополнительной информации о макросах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API.

            +

            В настоящее время по умолчанию доступны следующие плагины:

            • ClipArt позволяет добавлять в документ изображения из коллекции картинок,
            • OCR позволяет распознавать текст с картинки и вставлять его в текст документа,
              • @@ -26,6 +27,7 @@
            • Translator позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки,
            • YouTube позволяет встраивать в документ видео с YouTube.
            +

            Плагины Wordpress и EasyBib можно использовать, если подключить соответствующие сервисы в настройках портала. Можно воспользоваться следующими инструкциями для серверной версии или для SaaS-версии.

            Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. Все существующие в настоящий момент примеры плагинов с открытым исходным кодом доступны на GitHub.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index afb78b6bb..7096dcb8e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
            - +

            Знакомство с пользовательским интерфейсом редактора документов

            В редакторе документов используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности.

            Окно редактора

            Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов:

              -
            1. В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название документа. Cправа также находятся два значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа и вернуться в список документов. +
            2. В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название документа. Cправа также находятся три значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа, вернуться в список документов, настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора.

              Значки в шапке редактора

              3. -
            3. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Макет, Рецензирование, Плагины. +
            4. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Макет, Ссылки, Совместная работа, Плагины.

              Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить и Повторить всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки.

              Значки на верхней панели инструментов

              5. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fbece530 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Вкладка Ссылки + + + + + + + +
              +
              + +
              +

              Вкладка Ссылки

              +

              Вкладка Ссылки позволяет управлять различными типами ссылок: добавлять и обновлять оглавление, создавать и редактировать сноски, вставлять гиперссылки.

              +

              Вкладка Ссылки

              +

              С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

              + +
              + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm index f122a1c75..75c5bcdbc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Вкладка Рецензирование + Вкладка Совместная работа - + @@ -11,18 +11,21 @@
              - +
              -

              Вкладка Рецензирование

              -

              Вкладка Рецензирование позволяет проверить документ: убедиться в отсутствии орфографических ошибок, управлять комментариями, отслеживать изменения, внесенные рецензентом.

              -

              Вкладка Рецензирование

              +

              Вкладка Совместная работа

              +

              Вкладка Совместная работа позволяет организовать совместную работу над документом: предоставлять доступ к файлу, выбирать режим совместного редактирования, управлять комментариями, отслеживать изменения, внесенные рецензентом, просматривать все версии и ревизии.

              +

              Вкладка Совместная работа

              С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 771e97e18..d65581a62 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Добавление границ

              Для добавления границ к абзацу, странице или всему документу:

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 1fef8827b..078e4b523 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
              - +

              Добавление гиперссылок

              Для добавления гиперссылки:

              1. установите курсор в том месте, где надо добавить гиперссылку,
                2. -
              2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                3. +
              3. перейдите на вкладку Вставка или Сссылки верхней панели инструментов,
              4. нажмите значок Значок Гиперссылка Гиперссылка,
              5. после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором Вы можете указать параметры гиперссылки:
                  -
                • Связать с - введите URL-адрес в формате http://www.example.com.
                  • +
                • Связать с - введите URL-адрес в формате http://www.example.com.
                • Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по веб-адресу, указанному в поле выше.
                • Текст подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора.
                @@ -29,10 +29,9 @@
              6. Нажмите кнопку OK.
              -

              Для добавления гиперссылки можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать в меню опцию Гиперссылка, которая открывает окно, показанное выше.

              -

              Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово, словосочетание, отрывок текста и - нажать значок Значок Гиперссылка Гиперссылка на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или щелкнуть по выделенному фрагменту правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать в меню опцию Гиперссылка. - После этого откроется окно, показанное выше, при этом поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент.

              +

              Для добавления гиперссылки можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка.

              +

              Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово, словосочетание, отрывок текста, а затем + открыть окно Параметры гиперссылки, как описано выше. В этом случае поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент.

              При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Вы можете перейти по ссылке, нажав клавишу CTRL и щелкнув по ссылке в документе.

              Чтобы отредактировать или удалить добавленную гиперссылку, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Гиперссылка, а затем действие, которое хотите выполнить, - Изменить гиперссылку или Удалить гиперссылку.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 55a7204dc..b8bb11fa0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на странице

              Добавленные автофигуры, изображения, диаграммы или текстовые поля на странице можно выровнять, сгруппировать и расположить в определенном порядке. Для выполнения любого из этих действий сначала выберите отдельный объект или несколько объектов на странице. Для выделения нескольких объектов удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и щелкайте по нужным объектам левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить текстовое поле, щелкайте по его границе, а не по тексту внутри него. После этого можно использовать или описанные ниже значки, расположенные на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов, или аналогичные команды контекстного меню, вызываемого правой кнопкой мыши.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 34fdb5555..66effb8ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Выравнивание текста в абзаце

              Текст обычно выравнивается четырьмя способами: по левому краю, по правому краю, по центру или по ширине. Для этого:

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm index 200d6e328..07dff5222 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/BackgroundColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Выбор цвета фона для абзаца

              Цвет фона применяется ко всему абзацу и полностью заполняет пространство абзаца от левого поля страницы до правого поля страницы.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm index 7c2b70b9b..c5e0961f3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Выбор цветовой схемы

              Цветовые схемы применяются ко всему документу. Они используются для быстрого изменения вида документа, поскольку они определяют палитру diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm index 87dd46445..c4c060c76 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

              - +

              Изменение стиля обтекания текстом

              Опция Стиль обтекания определяет способ размещения объекта относительно текста. Можно изменить стиль обтекания текстом для вставленных объектов, таких как фигуры, изображения, диаграммы, текстовые поля или таблицы.

              @@ -45,20 +45,16 @@

              Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта также становится доступна вкладка Положение. Для получения дополнительной информации об этих параметрах обратитесь к соответствующим страницам с инструкциями по работе с фигурами, изображениями или диаграммами.

              Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, можно также редактировать контур обтекания для изображений или фигур. Щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания и щелкните по опции Изменить границу обтекания. Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Изменение границы обтекания

              Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для таблиц

              -

              Для таблиц доступны два следующих стиля обтекания: Встроенный и Плавающий.

              +

              Для таблиц доступны два следующих стиля обтекания: Встроенная таблица и Плавающая таблица.

              Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания:

                -
              1. щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши,
                2. -
              2. откройте настройки обтекания текстом: +
              3. щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры таблицы,
                4. +
              4. перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры
                5. +
              5. + выберите одну из следующих опций:
                  - -
                • выберите пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры таблицы и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры или
                  • -
                • выберите один из следующих пунктов контекстного меню: -
                    -
                  • Стиль обтекания - Встроенный - используется для выбора встроенного стиля обтекания (при котором таблица разрывает текст), а также выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю.
                    • -
                  • Стиль обтекания - Плавающий - используется для выбора плавающего стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы.
                    • -
                  -
                  • +
                • Встроенная таблица - используется для выбора стиля обтекания, при котором таблица разрывает текст, а также для настройки выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю.
                  • +
                • Плавающая таблица - используется для выбора стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы.
              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 875e5a39d..1aac0c6d6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Копирование/очистка форматирования текста

              Чтобы скопировать определенное форматирование текста,

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 31b2708fc..8a6ba6cea 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Копирование/вставка текста, отмена/повтор действий

              Использование основных операций с буфером обмена

              @@ -35,6 +35,12 @@
            5. Вставить - позволяет вставить скопированный текст, сохранив его исходное форматирование.
            6. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования.
              7. +

              При вставке скопированной таблицы в существующую таблицу доступны следующие параметры:

              +
                +
              • Заменить содержимое ячеек - позволяет заменить текущее содержимое таблицы вставленными данными. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию.
                • +
              • Вставить как вложенную таблицу - позволяет вставить скопированную таблицу как вложенную таблицу в выделенную ячейку существующей таблицы.
                • +
              • Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить содержимое таблицы как текстовые значения, разделенные символом табуляции.
                • +

              Отмена / повтор действий

              Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов, или сочетания клавиш:

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 911b9326d..92f7675ac 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Создание списков

                Для создания в документе списка:

                @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@
              • теперь при каждом нажатии в конце строки клавиши Enter будет появляться новый элемент упорядоченного или неупорядоченного списка. Чтобы закончить список, нажмите клавишу Backspace и продолжайте текст обычного абзаца.
            -

            Можно также изменить отступы текста в списках и их вложенность с помощью значков Структура Значок Структура, Уменьшить отступ Значок Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ Значок Увеличить отступ на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

            -

            Примечание: дополнительные параметры отступов и интервалов можно изменить на правой боковой панели и в окне дополнительных параметров. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию об этом, прочитайте разделы Изменение отступов абзацев и Задание междустрочного интервала в абзацах.

            +

            Можно также изменить отступы текста в списках и их вложенность с помощью значков Многоуровневый список Значок Многоуровневый список, Уменьшить отступ Значок Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ Значок Увеличить отступ на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

            +

            Примечание: дополнительные параметры отступов и интервалов можно изменить на правой боковой панели и в окне дополнительных параметров. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию об этом, прочитайте разделы Изменение отступов абзацев и Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах.

            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d50d3c42d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm @@ -0,0 +1,121 @@ + + + + Создание оглавления + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Создание оглавления

            +

            В оглавлении содержится список всех глав (разделов и т.д.) документа и отображаются номера страниц, на которых начинается каждая глава. Это позволяет легко перемещаться по многостраничному документу, быстро переходя к нужной части текста. Оглавление генерируется автоматически на основе заголовков документа, отформатированных с помощью встроенных стилей. Это позволяет легко обновлять созданное оглавление без необходимости редактировать заголовки и изменять номера страниц вручную при изменении текста документа.

            +

            Определение структуры заголовков

            +

            Форматирование заголовков

            +

            Прежде всего отформатируйте заголовки в документе с помощью одного из предустановленных стилей. Для этого:

            +
              +
            1. Выделите текст, который требуется включить в оглавление.
              2. +
            2. Откройте меню стилей в правой части вкладки Главная на верхней панели инструментов.
              3. +
            3. Щелкните по стилю, который хотите применить. По умолчанию можно использовать стили Заголовок 1 - Заголовок 9. +

              Примечание: если вы хотите использовать другие стили (например, Название, Подзаголовок и другие) для форматирования заголовков, которые будут включены в оглавление, сначала потребуется изменить настройки оглавления (обратитесь к соответствующему разделу ниже). Для получения дополнительной информации о доступных стилях форматирования можно обратиться к этой странице.

              +
              4. +
            + +

            Когда заголовки будут отформатированы, можно нажать на значок Значок Навигация Навигация на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель, на которой отображается список всех заголовков с учетом соответствующих уровней вложенности. С помощью этой панели можно легко перемещаться между заголовками в тексте документа, а также управлять структурой заголовков.

            +

            Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по заголовку в списке и используйте один из доступных пунктов меню:

            +

            Панель навигации

            +
              +
            • Повысить уровень - чтобы перенести выбранный заголовок на более высокий уровень в иерархической структуре, например, изменить Заголовок 2 на Заголовок 1.
              • +
            • Понизить уровень - чтобы перенести выбранный заголовок на более низкий уровень в иерархической структуре, например, изменить Заголовок 1 на Заголовок 2.
              • +
            • Новый заголовок перед - чтобы добавить новый пустой заголовок такого же уровня перед выбранным заголовком.
              • +
            • Новый заголовок после - чтобы добавить новый пустой заголовок такого же уровня после выбранного заголовка.
              • +
            • Новый подзаголовок - чтобы добавить новый пустой подзаголовок (то есть заголовок более низкого уровня) после выбранного заголовка. +

              После того, как заголовок или подзаголовок будет добавлен, щелкните по добавленному пустому заголовку в списке и введите свой текст. Это можно сделать и в тексте документа, и непосредственно на панели Навигации.

              +
              • +
            • Выделить содержимое - чтобы выделить в документе текст, относящийся к выбранному заголовку (включая текст, относящийся ко всем подзаголовкам этого заголовка).
              • +
            • Развернуть все - чтобы развернуть все уровни заголовков на панели Навигации.
              • +
            • Свернуть все - чтобы свернуть все уровни заголовков, кроме уровня 1, на панели Навигации.
              • +
            • Развернуть до уровня - чтобы развернуть структуру заголовков до выбранного уровня. Например, если выбрать уровень 3, то будут развернуты уровни 1, 2 и 3, а уровень 4 и все более низкие уровни будут свернуты.
              • +
            +

            Чтобы вручную развернуть или свернуть определенные уровни заголовков, используйте стрелки слева от заголовков.

            +

            Чтобы закрыть панель Навигации, нажмите на значок Значок Навигация Навигация на левой боковой панели еще раз.

            +

            Вставка оглавления в документ

            +

            Чтобы вставить в документ оглавление:

            +
              +
            1. Установите курсор там, где требуется добавить оглавление.
              2. +
            2. Перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов.
              3. +
            3. Нажмите на значок Значок Оглавление Оглавление на верхней панели инструментов или
              + нажмите на стрелку рядом с этим значком и выберите из меню нужный вариант макета. Можно выбрать оглавление, в котором отображаются заголовки, номера страниц и заполнители или только заголовки. +

              Варианты макета оглавления

              +

              Примечание: внешний вид оглавления можно изменить позже, используя настройки оглавления.

              +
              4. +
            +

            Оглавление будет добавлено в текущей позиции курсора. Чтобы изменить местоположение оглавления, можно выделить поле оглавления (элемент управления содержимым) и просто перетащить его на нужное место. Для этого нажмите на кнопку Кнопка поля оглавления в левом верхнем углу поля оглавления и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши.

            +

            Перемещение оглавления

            +

            Для перемещения между заголовками нажмите клавишу Ctrl и щелкните по нужному заголовку в поле оглавления. Вы перейдете на соответствующую страницу.

            +

            Изменение созданного оглавления

            +

            Обновление оглавления

            +

            После того, как оглавление будет создано, вы можете продолжить редактирование текста, добавляя новые главы, изменяя их порядок, удаляя какие-то абзацы или дополняя текст, относящийся к заголовку, так что номера страниц, соответствующие предыдущему или следующему разделу могут измениться. В этом случае используйте опцию Обновление, чтобы автоматически применить все изменения к оглавлению.

            +

            Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Обновление Обновление на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню нужную опцию:

            +
              +
            • Обновить целиком - чтобы добавить в оглавление заголовки, добавленные в документ, удалить те, которые были удалены из документа, обновить отредактированные (переименованные) заголовки, а также обновить номера страниц.
              • +
            • Обновить только номера страниц - чтобы обновить номера страниц, не применяя изменения к заголовкам.
              • +
            +

            Можно выделить оглавление в тексте документа и нажать на значок Значок Обновление Обновление в верхней части поля оглавления, чтобы показать указанные выше опции.

            +

            Обновление оглавления

            +

            Можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по оглавлению и использовать соответствующие команды контекстного меню.

            +

            Контекстное меню

            +

            Изменение настроек оглавления

            +

            Чтобы открыть настройки оглавления, можно действовать одним из следующих способов:

            +
              +
            • Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Оглавление Оглавление на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Настройки.
              • +
            • Выделите оглавление в тексте документа, нажмите на стрелку рядом с заголовком поля оглавления и выберите в меню опцию Настройки. +

              Настройки оглавления

              +
              • +
            • Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по оглавлению и используйте команду контекстного меню Параметры оглавления.
              • +
            +

            Откроется новое окно, в котором можно настроить следующие параметры:

            +

            Окно настроек оглавления

            +
              +
            • Показать номера страниц - эта опция позволяет выбрать, надо ли отображать номера страниц или нет.
              • +
            • Номера страниц по правом краю - эта опция позволяет выбрать, надо ли выравнивать номера страниц по правому краю или нет.
              • +
            • Заполнитель - эта опция позволяет выбрать тип используемого заполнителя. Заполнитель - это строка символов (точек или дефисов), заполняющая пространство между заголовком и соответствующим номером страницы. Можно также выбрать опцию Нет, если вы не хотите использовать заполнители.
              • +
            • Форматировать оглавление как ссылки - эта опция отмечена по умолчанию. Если убрать галочку, нельзя будет переходить к нужной главе, нажав клавишу Ctrl и щелкнув по соответствующему заголовку.
              • +
            • Собрать оглавление, используя - в этом разделе можно указать нужное количество уровней структуры, а также стили по умолчанию, которые будут использоваться для создания оглавления. Выберите нужный переключатель: +
                +
              • Уровни структуры - когда выбрана эта опция, вы сможете изменить количество иерархических уровней, используемых в оглавлении. Используйте стрелки в поле Уровни, чтобы уменьшить или увеличить число уровней (доступны значения от 1 до 9). Например, если выбрать значение 3, заголовки уровней 4 - 9 не будут включены в оглавление. +
                • +
              • Выделенные стили - когда выбрана эта опция, можно указать дополнительные стили, которые будут использоваться для создания оглавления, и назначить каждому из них соответствующий уровень структуры. Укажите нужное значение уровня в поле справа от стиля. После сохранения настроек вы сможете использовать этот стиль при создании оглавления. +

                Окно настроек оглавления

                +
                • +
              +
              • +
            • Стили - эта опция позволяет выбрать нужное оформление оглавления. Выберите нужный стиль из выпадающего списка. В поле предварительного просмотра выше отображается то, как должно выглядеть оглавление. +

              Доступны следующие четыре стиля по умолчанию: Простой, Стандартный, Современный, Классический. Опция Текущий используется, если вы применили к стилю оглавления пользовательские настройки.

              +
              • +
            +

            Нажмите кнопку OK в окне настроек, чтобы применить изменения.

            +

            Настройка стиля оглавления

            +

            После применения в окне настроек Оглавления одного из стилей оглавления по умолчанию этот стиль можно дополнительно изменить, чтобы текст в поле оглавления выглядел так, как вам нужно.

            +
              +
            1. Выделите текст в поле оглавления, например, нажав на кнопку Кнопка поля оглавления в левом верхнем углу поля оглавления.
              2. +
            2. Отформатируйте элементы оглавления, изменив тип, размер, цвет шрифта или применив стили оформления шрифта.
              3. +
            3. Последовательно обновите стили для элементов всех уровней. Чтобы обновить стиль, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по отформатированному элементу, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Форматирование как стиль и используйте опцию Обновить стиль toc N (стиль toc 2 соответствует элементам с уровнем 2, стиль toc 3 соответствует элементам с уровнем 3 и так далее). +

              Обновление стиля оглавления

              +
              4. +
            4. Обновите оглавление.
              5. +
            +

            Удаление оглавления

            +

            Чтобы удалить оглавление из документа:

            +
              +
            • Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Оглавление Оглавление на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить оглавление,
              • +
            • или нажмите стрелку рядом с заголовком поля оглавления и используйте опцию Удалить оглавление.
              • +
            +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm index 4c32c8531..76d131b85 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Применение стилей оформления шрифта

            Вы можете применять различные стили оформления шрифта, используя соответствующие значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm index 27fa17325..efc19927b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Задание типа, размера и цвета шрифта + Настройка типа, размера и цвета шрифта @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
            - +
            -

            Задание типа, размера и цвета шрифта

            +

            Настройка типа, размера и цвета шрифта

            Вы можете выбрать тип шрифта, его размер и цвет, используя соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

            Примечание: если требуется отформатировать текст, который уже есть в документе, выделите его мышью или с помощью клавиатуры, а затем примените форматирование.

            Форматы Описание ПросмотрПравкаЗагрузкаРедактированиеСкачивание
            DOCRich Text Format
            Формат документов, разработанный компанией Microsoft, для кроссплатформенного обмена документами            		 + ++
            TXT
            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm index 6e4e7b27e..2024bbfb7 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Применение стилей форматирования

            Каждый стиль форматирования - это набор предварительно заданных параметров форматирования: (размер, цвет шрифта, междустрочный интервал, выравнивание и т.д.). Стили позволяют быстро форматировать различные части документа (заголовки, подзаголовки, списки, обычный текст, цитаты) вместо того, чтобы каждый раз применять несколько параметров форматирования по отдельности. Это также обеспечивает единое оформление на протяжении всего документа. Стиль можно применить только ко всему абзацу.

            @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
          9. установите курсор внутри нужного абзаца или выделите несколько абзацев, к которым требуется применить стиль форматирования,
          10. выберите нужный стиль из библиотеки стилей, расположенной справа на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.
            11. -

            Доступны следующие стили форматирования: обычный, без интервала, заголовок 1-9, название, подзаголовок, цитата, выделенная цитата, абзац списка.

            +

            Доступны следующие стили форматирования: обычный, без интервала, заголовок 1-9, название, подзаголовок, цитата, выделенная цитата, абзац списка, нижний колонтитул, верхний колонтитул, текст сноски.

            Стили форматирования

            Редактирование существующих стилей и создание новых

            Чтобы изменить существующий стиль:

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index c6a2ab3c8..6fda1518f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вставка автофигур

            Вставка автофигуры

            @@ -34,7 +34,10 @@ При перемещении автофигуры на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте"). Чтобы перемещать автофигуру с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать автофигуру строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить ее смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift.

            Чтобы повернуть автофигуру, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота Маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift.

            -
            +

            + Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. +

            +

            Изменение параметров автофигуры

            Чтобы выровнять или расположить автофигуры в определенном порядке, используйте контекстное меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты:

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 8f2303295..63bb2b7c2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Вставка диаграмм

              Вставка диаграммы

              @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка:
              • - Нет, чтобы заговок диаграммы не отображался, + Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
              • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, @@ -289,12 +289,15 @@

                Перемещение диаграммы После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты Значок Квадрат , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков.

                Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок Стрелка, который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте").

                -
                +

                + Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. +

                +

                Редактирование элементов диаграммы

                Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный.

                Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта или его стиль оформления.

                Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

                -

                Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши до появления голубой пунктирной рамки. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

                +

                Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

                3D-диаграмма

                Изменение параметров диаграммы

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9aeeeaaa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm @@ -0,0 +1,73 @@ + + + + Вставка элементов управления содержимым + + + + + + + +
                +
                + +
                +

                Вставка элементов управления содержимым

                +

                Используя элементы управления содержимым, вы можете создать форму с полями ввода, которую могут заполнять другие пользователи, или защитить некоторые части документа от редактирования или удаления. Элементы управления содержимым - это объекты, содержащие текст, который можно форматировать. Элементы управления содержимым "Обычный текст" могут содержать не более одного абзаца, тогда как элементы управления содержимым "Форматированный текст" могут содержать несколько абзацев, списки и объекты (изображения, фигуры, таблицы и так далее).

                +

                Добавление элементов управления содержимым

                +

                Для создания нового элемента управления содержимым "Обычный текст",

                +
                  +
                1. установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления,
                  или выделите фрагмент текста, который должен стать содержимым элемента управления.
                  2. +
                2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов.
                  3. +
                3. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Элементы управления содержимым Элементы управления содержимым.
                  4. +
                4. выберите в меню опцию Вставить элемент управления содержимым "Обычный текст".
                  5. +
                +

                Элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора в строке существующего текста. Элементы управления содержимым "Обычный текст" не позволяют добавлять разрывы строки и не могут содержать другие объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы и так далее.

                +

                Элемент управления содержимым Обычный текст

                +

                Для создания нового элемента управления содержимым "Форматированный текст",

                +
                  +
                1. установите курсор в конце абзаца, после которого требуется добавить элемент управления,
                  или выделите один или несколько существующих абзацев, которые должны стать содержимым элемента управления.
                  2. +
                2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов.
                  3. +
                3. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Элементы управления содержимым Элементы управления содержимым.
                  4. +
                4. выберите в меню опцию Вставить элемент управления содержимым "Форматированный текст".
                  5. +
                +

                Элемент управления содержимым "Форматированный текст" будет вставлен в новом абзаце. Элементы управления содержимым "Форматированный текст" позволяют добавлять разрывы строки, то есть могут содержать несколько абзацев, а также какие-либо объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы, другие элементы управления содержимым и так далее.

                +

                Элемент управления содержимым Форматированный текст

                +

                Примечание: Граница элемента управления содержимым видна только при выделении элемента управления. Границы не отображаются в печатной версии.

                +

                Перемещение элементов управления содержимым

                +

                Элементы управления можно перемещать на другое место в документе: нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши, на другое место в тексте документа.

                +

                Перемещение элементов управления

                +

                Элементы управления содержимым можно также копировать и вставлять: выделите нужный элемент управления и используйте сочетания клавиш Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V.

                +

                Редактирование содержимого элементов управления

                +

                Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления ("Введите ваш текст") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым.

                +

                Текст внутри элемента управления содержимым любого типа (и "Обычный текст", и "Форматированный текст") можно отформатировать с помощью значков на верхней панели инструментов: вы можете изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования. Для изменения свойств текста можно также использовать окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, доступное из контекстного меню или с правой боковой панели. Текст в элементах управления "Форматированный текст" можно форматировать, как обычный текст документа, то есть вы можете задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции.

                +

                Изменение настроек элементов управления содержимым

                +

                Чтобы открыть настройки элемента управления содержимым, можно действовать следующим образом:

                +
                  +
                • Выделите нужный элемент управления содержимым, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Элементы управления содержимым Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Параметры элемента управления.
                  • +
                • Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Параметры элемента управления содержимым.
                  • +
                +

                Откроется новое окно, в котором можно настроить следующие параметры:

                +

                Окно настроек элемента управления содержимым

                +
                  +
                • Укажите Заголовок или Тег элемента управления содержимым в соответствующих полях.
                  • +
                • Защитите элемент управления содержимым от удаления или редактирования, используя параметры из раздела Блокировка: +
                    +
                  • Элемент управления содержимым нельзя удалить - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления.
                    • +
                  • Содержимое нельзя редактировать - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить содержимое элемента управления от редактирования.
                    • +
                  +
                  • +
                +

                Нажмите кнопку OK в окне настроек, чтобы применить изменения.

                +

                Удаление элементов управления содержимым

                +

                Чтобы удалить элемент управления и оставить все его содержимое, щелкните по элементу управления содержимым, чтобы выделить его, затем действуйте одним из следующих способов:

                +
                  +
                • Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Элементы управления содержимым Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить элемент управления содержимым.
                  • +
                • Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Удалить элемент управления содержимым.
                  • +
                +

                Чтобы удалить элемент управления и все его содержимое, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

                + +
                + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm index 48f87aae8..20f1520c3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Вставка буквицы

                Буквица - это первая буква абзаца, которая намного больше всех остальных и занимает в высоту несколько строк.

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 0781d9e51..f623e393f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Вставка формул

                В редакторе документов вы можете создавать формулы, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.).

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm index 6c04e62f1..2012fd432 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
                - +

                Вставка сносок

                Сноски можно добавлять, чтобы пояснить или прокомментировать какие-то фразы или термины, использованные в тексте, указать ссылки на источники и так далее.

                Чтобы вставить сноску в документ:

                1. установите курсор в конце фрагмента текста, к которому надо добавить сноску,
                  2. -
                2. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                  3. +
                3. перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
                4. нажмите на значок Значок Сноска Сноска на верхней панели инструментов или
                  нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска и выберите в меню опцию Вставить сноску,

                  В тексте документа появится знак сноски (то есть надстрочный знак, обозначающий сноску), а курсор переместится в нижнюю часть текущей страницы.

                  @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@

                  Текст сноски

                  Чтобы легко переходить между добавленными сносками в тексте документа:

                    -
                  1. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                    2. +
                  2. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
                  3. в разделе Перейти к сноскам используйте стрелку Значок Предыдущая сноска для перехода к предыдущей сноске или стрелку Значок Следующая сноска для перехода к следующей сноске.

                  Чтобы изменить параметры сносок:

                    -
                  1. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                    2. +
                  2. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
                  3. выберите в меню опцию Параметры сносок,
                  4. измените текущие параметры в открывшемся окне Параметры сносок:

                    Окно параметры сносок

                    @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@

                    Чтобы удалить отдельную сноску, установите курсор непосредственно перед знаком сноски в тексте документа и нажмите клавишу Delete. Нумерация оставшихся сносок изменится автоматически.

                    Чтобы удалить все сноски в документе:

                      -
                    1. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов,
                      2. +
                    2. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Значок Сноска Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов,
                    3. выберите в меню опцию Удалить все сноски.
                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm index b9ba9978c..a610de05a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Вставка колонтитулов

                Чтобы добавить в документ верхний или нижний колонтитулы или изменить существующие,

                @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@
              • Опция Связать с предыдущим доступна, если вы ранее добавили в документ разделы. В противном случае она будет неактивна. Кроме того, эта опция недоступна для самого первого раздела (то есть когда выделен верхний или нижний колонтитул, относящийся к первому разделу). По умолчанию эта опция включена и ко всем разделам применяются одни и те же верхние/нижние колонтитулы. Если выбрать область верхних или нижних колонтитулов, - она будет отмечена надписью Same as previous. Для того чтобы использовать разные верхние/нижние колонтитулы в каждом разделе документа, - уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Same as previous больше отображаться не будет.
                • + она будет отмечена надписью Как в предыдущем. Для того чтобы использовать разные верхние/нижние колонтитулы в каждом разделе документа, + уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Как в предыдущем больше отображаться не будет.
              -

              Надпись Same as previous

              +

              Надпись Как в предыдущем

              Чтобы ввести текст или отредактировать уже введенный текст и настроить параметры верхнего или нижнего колонтитулов, можно также дважды щелкнуть в верхней или нижней части страницы или щелкнуть там правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать единственную опцию меню - Изменить верхний колонтитул или Изменить нижний колонтитул.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index a9985a3a1..0a76078ed 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Вставка изображений

              В редакторе документов можно вставлять в документ изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

              @@ -34,24 +34,29 @@

              Для изменения местоположения изображения используйте значок Стрелка, который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на изображение. Перетащите изображение на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши.

              При перемещении изображения на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте").

              Чтобы повернуть изображение, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота Маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift.

              -
              +

              + Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. +

              +

              Изменение параметров изображения

              Вкладка Параметры изображения

              Некоторые параметры изображения можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по изображению и выберите значок Параметры изображения Значок Параметры изображения справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства:

              • Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения. При необходимости можно восстановить размер изображения по умолчанию, нажав кнопку По умолчанию. Кнопка Вписать позволяет изменить размер изображения таким образом, чтобы оно занимало все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы.
              • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже).
                • -
              • Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое из файла или по URL.
                • +
              • Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL.

              Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты:

                -
              • Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор.
                • -
              • Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранное изображение на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать изображения для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице.
                • +
              • Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор.
                • +
              • Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранное изображение на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать изображения для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице.
              • Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять изображение по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице.
              • Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля "В тексте". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Изменение границы обтекания
              • Размер по умолчанию - используется для смены текущего размера изображения на размер по умолчанию.
                • +
              • Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL.
              • Дополнительные параметры изображения - используется для вызова окна 'Изображение - дополнительные параметры'.
              +

              Вкладка Параметры фигуры Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры Значок Параметры фигуры. Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом.

              Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения:

              Изображение - дополнительные параметры: Размер

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm index d55027a39..26a482019 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Вставка номеров страниц

              Для вставки в документ номеров страниц:

              @@ -22,7 +22,11 @@
            • выберите одну из следующих опций:
              • Чтобы поместить номер страницы на каждую страницу документа, выберите положение номеров страниц на странице.
                • -
              • Чтобы вставить номер страницы в текущей позиции курсора, выберите опцию В текущей позиции.
                • +
              • Чтобы вставить номер текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора, выберите опцию В текущей позиции. +

                + Примечание: для вставки номера текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+P. +

                +
              • @@ -45,10 +49,13 @@
            • Опция Связать с предыдущим доступна, если вы ранее добавили в документ разделы. В противном случае она будет неактивна. Кроме того, эта опция недоступна для самого первого раздела (то есть когда выделен верхний или нижний колонтитул, относящийся к первому разделу). По умолчанию эта опция включена и ко всем разделам применяются одна и та же нумерация страниц. Если выбрать область верхних или нижних колонтитулов, - она будет отмечена надписью Same as previous. Для того чтобы использовать разную нумерацию страниц в каждом разделе документа, - уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Same as previous больше отображаться не будет.
              • + она будет отмечена надписью Как в предыдущем. Для того чтобы использовать разную нумерацию страниц в каждом разделе документа, + уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Как в предыдущем больше отображаться не будет. +

              Надпись Как в предыдущем

              +
            • Раздел Нумерация страниц позволяет настроить параметры нумерации страниц между различными разделами документа. + По умолчанию выбрана опция Продолжить, которая позволяет сохранить последовательную нумерацию страниц после разрыва раздела. + Если вы хотите начать нумерацию страниц текущего раздела документа с особого номера, выберите переключатель Начать с и введите нужное начальное значение в поле справа.
            -

            Надпись Same as previous

            Чтобы вернуться к редактированию документа, дважды щелкните по рабочей области.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertRichTextContentControls.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertRichTextContentControls.htm deleted file mode 100644 index d752e2c59..000000000 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertRichTextContentControls.htm +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ - - - - Создание форм - - - - - - - -
            -
            - -
            -

            Создание форм

            -

            Используя элементы управления содержимым "форматированный текст", вы можете создать форму с полями ввода, которую могут заполнять другие пользователи, или защитить некоторые части документа от редактирования или удаления. Элементы управления содержимым "форматированный текст" - это объекты, содержащие текст, который можно форматировать. Встроенные элементы управления могут содержать не более одного абзаца, тогда как плавающие элементы управления могут содержать несколько абзацев, списки и объекты (изображения, фигуры, таблицы и так далее).

            -

            Добавление элементов управления

            -

            Для создания нового встроенного элемента управления,

            -
              -
            1. установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления,
              или выделите фрагмент текста, который должен стать содержимым элемента управления.
              2. -
            2. нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F1
              3. -
            -

            Элемент управления будет вставлен в позицию курсора в строке существующего текста. Встроенные элементы управления не позволяют добавлять разрывы строки и не могут содержать другие объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы и так далее.

            -

            Новый встроенный элемент управления

            -

            Для создания нового плавающего элемента управления,

            -
              -
            1. установите курсор в конце абзаца, после которого требуется добавить элемент управления,
              или выделите один или несколько существующих абзацев, которые должны стать содержимым элемента управления.
              2. -
            2. нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F2
              3. -
            -

            Элемент управления будет вставлен в новом абзаце. Плавающие элементы управления позволяют добавлять разрывы строки, то есть могут содержать несколько абзацев, а также какие-либо объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы, другие элементы управления содержимым и так далее.

            -

            Плавающий элемент управления

            -

            Примечание: Граница элемента управления содержимым видна только при выделении элемента управления. Границы не отображаются в печатной версии.

            -

            Перемещение элементов управления

            -

            Элементы управления можно перемещать на другое место в документе: нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши, на другое место в тексте документа.

            -

            Перемещение элементов управления

            -

            Встроенные элементы управления можно также копировать и вставлять: выделите нужный элемент управления и используйте сочетания клавиш Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V.

            -

            Редактирование содержимого элементов управления

            -

            Для перехода в режим редактирования элементов управления нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F9. Вы сможете перемещаться только между элементами управления, используя кнопки со стрелками на клавиатуре.

            -

            Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления ("Введите ваш текст") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст, нажмите клавишу Delete и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым.

            -

            Текст внутри элемента управления содержимым "форматированный текст" любого типа (и встроенного, и плавающего) можно отформатировать с помощью значков на верхней панели инструментов: вы можете изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования. Для изменения свойств текста можно также использовать окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, доступное из контекстного меню или с правой боковой панели. Текст в плавающих элементах управления можно форматировать, как обычный текст документа, то есть вы можете задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции.

            -

            Защита элементов управления

            -

            Можно запретить пользователям редактирование или удаление некоторых отдельных элементов управления содержимым. Используйте одно из следующих сочетаний клавиш:

            -
              -
            • Чтобы защитить элемент управления от редактирования (но не от удаления), выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F6
              • -
            • Чтобы защитить элемент управления от удаления (но не от редактирования), выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F7
              • -
            • Чтобы защитить элемент управления от редактирования и удаления одновременно, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F8
              • -
            • Чтобы снять защиту от редактирования/удаления, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F5
              • -
            -

            Удаление элементов управления

            -

            Если вам больше не нужен какой-то элемент управления, вы можете использовать одно из следующих сочетаний клавиш:

            -
              -
            • Чтобы удалить элемент управления и все его содержимое, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F3
              • -
            • Чтобы удалить элемент управления и оставить все его содержимое, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите сочетание клавиш Shift+F4
              • -
            - -
            - - \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index d8d36de08..525a1d139 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вставка таблиц

            Вставка таблицы

            @@ -32,6 +32,20 @@
          11. после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение.
            12. +

            Чтобы изменить размер таблицы, наведите курсор мыши на маркер Маркер изменения размера в правом нижнем углу и перетаскивайте его, пока таблица не достигнет нужного размера.

            +

            Изменение размера таблицы

            +

            Вы также можете вручную изменить ширину определенного столбца или высоту строки. Наведите курсор мыши на правую границу столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку Курсор при изменении ширины столбца, и перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать нужную ширину. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, наведите курсор мыши на нижнюю границу строки, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку Курсор при изменении высоты строки, и перетащите границу вверх или вниз.

            +

            Чтобы переместить таблицу, удерживайте маркер Маркер выбора таблицы в левом верхнем углу и перетащите его на нужное место в документе.

            +
            +

            Выделение таблицы или ее части

            +

            Чтобы выделить всю таблицу, нажмите на маркер Маркер выбора таблицы в левом верхнем углу.

            +

            Чтобы выделить определенную ячейку, подведите курсор мыши к левой части нужной ячейки, чтобы курсор превратился в черную стрелку Выделение ячейки, затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши.

            +

            Чтобы выделить определенную строку, подведите курсор мыши к левой границе таблицы рядом с нужной строкой, чтобы курсор превратился в горизонтальную черную стрелку Выделение строки, затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши.

            +

            Чтобы выделить определенный столбец, подведите курсор мыши к верхней границе нужного столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в направленную вниз черную стрелку Выделение столбца, затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши.

            +

            Можно также выделить ячейку, строку, столбец или таблицу с помощью опций контекстного меню или раздела Строки и столбцы на правой боковой панели.

            +

            + Примечание: для перемещения по таблице можно использовать сочетания клавиш. +

            Изменение параметров таблицы

            Некоторые свойства таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью контекстного меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты:

            @@ -42,10 +56,10 @@
          12. Удалить - используется для удаления строки, столбца или таблицы.
          13. Объединить ячейки - этот пункт доступен при выделении двух или более ячеек и используется для их объединения.
          14. Разделить ячейку... - используется для вызова окна, в котором можно выбрать нужное количество столбцов и строк, на которое будет разделена ячейка.
            15. +
          15. Выровнять высоту строк - используется для изменения выделенных ячеек таким образом, чтобы все они имели одинаковую высоту, без изменения общей высоты таблицы.
            16. +
          16. Выровнять ширину столбцов - используется для изменения выделенных ячеек таким образом, чтобы все они имели одинаковую ширину, без изменения общей ширины таблицы.
          17. Вертикальное выравнивание в ячейках - используется для выравнивания текста в выделенной ячейке по верхнему краю, центру или нижнему краю.
          18. Направление текста - используется для изменения ориентации текста в ячейке. Текст можно расположить по горизонтали, по вертикали сверху вниз (Поворот на 90°), или по вертикали снизу вверх (Поворот на 270°).
            19. -
          19. Стиль обтекания - Встроенный - используется для выбора встроенного стиля обтекания (при котором таблица разрывает текст), а также выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю.
            20. -
          20. Стиль обтекания - Плавающий - используется для выбора плавающего стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы.
          21. Дополнительные параметры таблицы - используется для вызова окна 'Таблица - дополнительные параметры'.
          22. Гиперссылка - используется для вставки гиперссылки.
          23. Дополнительные параметры абзаца - используется для вызова окна 'Абзац - дополнительные параметры'.
            24. @@ -70,9 +84,9 @@

          24. По шаблону - используется для выбора одного из доступных шаблонов таблиц.

          25. Стиль границ - используется для выбора толщины, цвета и стиля границ, а также цвета фона.

            26. -

          26. Стиль обтекания - используется для выбора одного из двух стилей обтекания текстом - встроенного и плавающего.

          27. Строки и столбцы - используется для выполнения некоторых операций с таблицей: выделения, удаления, вставки строк и столбцов, объединения ячеек, разделения ячейки.

            28. -

          28. Повторять как заголовок на каждой странице - в длинных таблицах используется для вставки одной и той же строки заголовка наверху каждой страницы.

            29. +

          29. Размер ячейки - используется для изменения ширины и высоты выделенной ячейки. В этом разделе можно также Выровнять высоту строк, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую высоту, или Выровнять ширину столбцов, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую ширину.

            30. +

          30. Повторять как заголовок на каждой странице - в длинных таблицах используется для вставки одной и той же строки заголовка наверху каждой страницы.

          31. Дополнительные параметры - используется для вызова окна 'Таблица - дополнительные параметры'.

            32. @@ -136,7 +150,7 @@
          32. Фон таблицы - цвет фона таблицы или фона пространства между ячейками в том случае, если выбрана опция Интервалы между ячейками на вкладке Таблица.

            33. Таблица - дополнительные параметры

            -

            Вкладка Положение таблицы доступна только в том случае, если на вкладке Обтекание текстом выбран Плавающий стиль обтекания, и содержит следующие параметры:

            +

            Вкладка Положение таблицы доступна только в том случае, если на вкладке Обтекание текстом выбрана опция Плавающая таблица. Эта вкладка содержит следующие параметры:

            • Параметры раздела По горизонтали включают в себя выравнивание таблицы (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно поля, страницы или текста, а также положение таблицы справа от поля, страницы или текста.
            • Параметры раздела По вертикали включают в себя выравнивание таблицы (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно поля, страницы или текста, а также положение таблицы ниже поля, страницы или текста.
              • @@ -151,12 +165,12 @@

              Таблица - дополнительные параметры

              Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры:

                -
              • Стиль обтекания текстом - Встроенный или Плавающий. Используйте нужную опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения таблицы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если Вы выбрали встроенный стиль), или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если Вы выбрали плавающий стиль).
                • +
              • Стиль обтекания текстом - Встроенная таблица или Плавающая таблица. Используйте нужную опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения таблицы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если Вы выбрали вариант "Встроенная таблица"), или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если Вы выбрали вариант "Плавающая таблица").
              • - После того, как Вы выберете тип обтекания, можно задать дополнительные параметры обтекания как для встроенного, так и для плавающего типа: + После того, как Вы выберете стиль обтекания, можно задать дополнительные параметры обтекания как для встроенных, так и для плавающих таблиц:
                  -
                • Для встроенного типа Вы можете указать выравнивание таблицы и отступ слева.
                  • -
                • Для плавающего типа Вы можете указать расстояние до текста и положение таблицы на вкладке Положение таблицы.
                  • +
                • Для встроенной таблицы Вы можете указать выравнивание таблицы и отступ слева.
                  • +
                • Для плавающей таблицы Вы можете указать расстояние до текста и положение таблицы на вкладке Положение таблицы.
              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm index 8350e753d..7250876d1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Вставка текстовых объектов

              Чтобы сделать текст более выразительным и привлечь внимание к определенной части документа, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты).

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm index 912833f15..078284551 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Задание междустрочного интервала в абзацах + Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@
              - +
              -

              Задание междустрочного интервала в абзацах

              +

              Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах

              В редакторе документов можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем.

              Для этого:

                diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm index 3c07c5d8a..10c046341 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
                - +

                Отображение/скрытие непечатаемых символов

                Непечатаемые символы помогают редактировать документ. Они обозначают присутствие разных типов форматирования, но не выводятся на печать при печати документа, даже если отображаются на экране.

                -

                Чтобы показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы, нажмите значок Непечатаемые символы Непечатаемые символы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

                +

                Чтобы показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы, нажмите значок Непечатаемые символы Непечатаемые символы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Вы также можете использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+Num8.

                Непечатаемые символы включают в себя:

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index e7e5e6884..dd0dc092a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Создание нового документа или открытие существующего

            После того как вы закончите работу над одним документом, можно сразу же перейти к уже существующему документу, который вы недавно редактировали, создать новый, или вернуться к списку существующих документов.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm index 2b604d3b5..f3aaa2e24 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
            - +

            Вставка разрывов страниц

            В редакторе документов можно добавить разрыв страницы, чтобы начать новую страницу, а также настроить параметры разбивки на страницы.

            Чтобы вставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора, нажмите значок Разрыв страницы Разрывы на вкладке Вставка или Макет верхней панели инструментов или - щелкните по направленной вниз стрелке этого значка и выберите из меню опцию Вставить разрыв страницы.

            + щелкните по направленной вниз стрелке этого значка и выберите из меню опцию Вставить разрыв страницы. Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Enter.

            Чтобы вставить разрыв страницы перед выбранным абзацем, то есть начать этот абзац в верхней части новой страницы:

            • щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт С новой страницы, или
              • diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm index f0733b706..d1c6f9480 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Изменение отступов абзацев

              В редакторе документов можно изменить смещение первой строки абзаца от левого поля страницы, а также смещение всего абзаца от правого и левого полей страницы.

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index a2b460920..7b93dd61e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Сохранение / скачивание / печать документа

              По умолчанию онлайн-редактор документов автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры.

              @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
              1. нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов,
              2. выберите опцию Скачать как...,
                3. -
              3. выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML.
                4. +
              4. выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML.

              Чтобы распечатать текущий документ,

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm index 5f484b73b..d7ed4da83 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Вставка разрывов раздела

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm index d3739e819..bd5514524 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Задание параметров страницы + Настройка параметров страницы @@ -11,9 +11,9 @@

              - +
              -

              Задание параметров страницы

              +

              Настройка параметров страницы

              Чтобы изменить разметку страницы, а именно задать ориентацию и размер страницы, настроить поля и вставить колонки, используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов.

              Примечание: все эти параметры применяются ко всему документу. Если вам нужно установить разные поля, ориентацию, размер страниц или количество колонок в разных частях документа, обратитесь к этой странице.

              Ориентация страницы

              diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm index 05dabfb8d..4c5b43fd5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Установка позиций табуляции

              В онлайн-редакторе документов можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре.

              @@ -35,10 +35,12 @@
              • Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Если ранее Вы добавили какие-то позиции табуляции при помощи линейки, все эти позиции тоже будут отображены в списке.
              • Позиция табуляци По умолчанию имеет значение 1.25 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение.
                • -
              • Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите переключатель По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. -

                Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все.

                -
                • -
              +
            • Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите опцию По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю из выпадающего списка и нажмите на кнопку Задать.
              • +
            • + Заполнитель - позволяет выбрать символ, который используется для создания заполнителя для каждой из позиций табуляции. Заполнитель - это строка символов (точек или дефисов), заполняющая пространство между позициями табуляции. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите тип заполнителя из выпадающего списка и нажмите на кнопку Задать. +

              Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все.

              +
              • +
            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm index bf08c8579..b0a84dc8a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Использование слияния

            Примечание: эта возможность доступна только для платных версий.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 70bebf66a..d4f802c2d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Просмотр сведений о документе

            Чтобы получить доступ к подробным сведениям о редактируемом документе, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сведения о документе....

            @@ -25,10 +25,10 @@

            Примечание: эта опция недоступна для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение.

            Чтобы узнать, у кого есть права на просмотр и редактирование этого документа, выберите опцию Права доступа... на левой боковой панели.

            Вы можете также изменить выбранные в настоящий момент права доступа, нажав на кнопку Изменить права доступа в разделе Люди, имеющие права.

            -

            Журнал версий

            +

            История версий

            Примечание: эта опция недоступна для бесплатных аккаунтов, а также для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение.

            -

            Чтобы просмотреть все внесенные в документ изменения, выберите опцию Журнал версий на левой боковой панели. Вы увидите список версий (существенных изменений) и ревизий (незначительных изменений) этого документа с указанием автора и даты и времени создания каждой версии/ревизии. Для версий документа также указан номер версии (например, вер. 2). Чтобы точно знать, какие изменения были внесены в каждой конкретной версии/ревизии, можно просмотреть нужную, нажав на нее на левой боковой панели. Изменения, внесенные автором версии/ревизии, помечены цветом, который показан рядом с именем автора на левой боковой панели. Можно использовать ссылку Восстановить, расположенную под выбранной версией/ревизией, чтобы восстановить ее.

            -

            Журнал версий

            +

            Чтобы просмотреть все внесенные в документ изменения, выберите опцию История версий на левой боковой панели. Историю версий можно также открыть, используя значок Значок История версий История версий на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов. Вы увидите список версий (существенных изменений) и ревизий (незначительных изменений) этого документа с указанием автора и даты и времени создания каждой версии/ревизии. Для версий документа также указан номер версии (например, вер. 2). Чтобы точно знать, какие изменения были внесены в каждой конкретной версии/ревизии, можно просмотреть нужную, нажав на нее на левой боковой панели. Изменения, внесенные автором версии/ревизии, помечены цветом, который показан рядом с именем автора на левой боковой панели. Можно использовать ссылку Восстановить, расположенную под выбранной версией/ревизией, чтобы восстановить ее.

            +

            История версий

            Чтобы вернуться к текущей версии документа, нажмите на ссылку Закрыть историю над списком версий.

            Чтобы закрыть панель Файл и вернуться к редактированию документа, выберите опцию Закрыть меню.

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png index baed73789..0d4bccb2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png index 0163e35aa..cc9312668 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addedcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addedcontentcontrol.png index 3b41b3d90..19065dac3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addedcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addedcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addfootnote.png index 3b2a05b3d..b0baf66eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/align_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/align_toptoolbar.png index 491f4ade7..547bb0afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/align_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/align_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png index f3131e729..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png index 7fe7d69d3..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png index 604d37a45..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/anchor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/anchor.png index 8a1eeaaaf..89fd1ee20 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/anchor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/anchor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png index af1efb5a3..5929239d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png index b3528be17..673b22ccf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/backgroundcolor_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png index aca81bb63..4e44f88e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ef56d793 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ccsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme_obstructed.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme_obstructed.png index 4df095026..e65bb401e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme_obstructed.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme_obstructed.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties.png index cfa9628a6..561f43dcf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_1.png index 0016c5747..18af7f700 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_2.png index 6317516c6..011012446 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png index fac3a217e..2a85685f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png index 4245ded86..dc625b19e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png index b2f541474..8b97db994 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png index 0faed4ff3..dc56b8b2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png index 6398a67ad..f4709617a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png index c6126c722..533dc0e82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png index fdb31a631..2b1029ffc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearfilter.png index ec3d84134..40b553863 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17f9e2201 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/collapse.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/collapse.png index 4b94a3389..d299a1667 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/collapse.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/collapse.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png index 16e5529a7..80c2e9ae4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnbreak.png index 0a94b6cc9..9e735a07a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnspacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnspacing.png index 19346554b..2a07aac23 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnspacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnspacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comments.png index fa8f7f62e..1c2846ec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle_selected.png index c54295065..c51b1a456 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle_selected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/createnewstylewindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/createnewstylewindow.png index 799e8859e..231d0db4e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/createnewstylewindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/createnewstylewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customcolumns.png index 8e152ec0e..51b82d0b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custommargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custommargins.png index 5c8feebc5..b0f04d52d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custommargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custommargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custompagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custompagesize.png index 305de3df2..3cd763474 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custompagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/custompagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customstylemenu.png index e63283157..bd24411c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customtable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customtable.png index 735c1dd65..7d4b52dee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customtable.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png index c769cf890..6b7d98b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png index 59a3122ce..e9c3ed7a7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png index f4d7994b0..972a75de9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_example.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_example.png index 864089f5e..6df90358c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_example.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_example.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_margin.png index 02ce09c9c..4aee9c1d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_margin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_none.png index c121e00c8..67fabb7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_none.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_1.png index 0d6d71642..bff124672 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_2.png index 86e7bbfab..b258a64f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_3.png index 1b4a4c306..46b2569b7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_text.png index 5e5c070e7..a5722ed5d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_text.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation.png index bb2e87ed1..3922f469f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation2.png index 42750bad0..8b8414480 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedequation2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedstylemenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedstylemenu.png index 4caf007b6..dc8ece240 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedstylemenu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editedstylemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png index 8180905eb..1eb632c58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/expand.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/expand.png index 5de391576..8966c2028 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/expand.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/expand.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png index 72618c512..00097a4bd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png index 53548e3e8..63c2e0f00 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png index be8e098bc..2e963f45b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png index 5a51042ea..e633369ef 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png index fa64bdf10..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png index b6cb6d80d..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png index ec1355056..28260b252 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/floatingcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes.png index 2232db084..6d13abc82 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes_settings.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes_settings.png index 5d59dd6f6..6c479f614 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes_settings.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotes_settings.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotesadded.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotesadded.png index 5a97a4eb9..8965c3c53 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotesadded.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotesadded.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotetext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotetext.png index cf1d7c1f0..d122b41f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotetext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/footnotetext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png index d5459a326..d19ab7c9a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formattingpresets.png index f23f04cdc..8c8c11642 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formattingpresets.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/frame_properties_1.png index 008caa611..dfdddaf03 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/frame_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png index 3848e209c..f54f7d875 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group_toptoolbar.png index 04b5f4d96..1df6147ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/headerfooter.png index b5eefac2a..70e89b5bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png index 31cfd067d..08317a86a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlight_color_mouse_pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png index 484bf2d6a..85ef0822b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index c5ef8d12a..717025b9e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png index 691574dd8..84165cf64 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_1.png index 9f170278f..b8364dedd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_2.png index 990478d59..0d2d62476 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_3.png index 2d8547929..c89aa7783 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png index 3cdfcba84..64d60b66f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertccicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertccicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98b11b4c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertccicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcolumns.png index 04b7bbe3a..195a08a34 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png index b4ee95016..d69a4a0d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedfields.png index 62fb006d2..b6a2c9b6f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png index fa9ca9f38..ced5972ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png index 40cd267a7..f00ce7383 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png index 043b121dd..a5f8d3f11 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png index f9ba6ed0d..eef0cf05c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png index ccee5c73e..7711ac4ca 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/layouttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png index 41b61f3c0..f3f1306f3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 07595e6d5..314301f3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae20cd1e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/referencestab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/reviewtab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/reviewtab.png index 0f55ed5d0..ffe913e5d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/reviewtab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/reviewtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png index c4ac00764..97401f9ab 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png index 3ecc78044..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png index ba55ea942..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftcolumn.png index 0ad06fb47..ee3cd7ac6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergeicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergeicon.png index a56f1806e..4b1ac72e1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergeicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergerecipients.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergerecipients.png index 9024abab3..303007599 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergerecipients.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mailmergerecipients.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/margins.png index 2abf0a228..92f58f589 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergefields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergefields.png index 8e40054ce..f419d0571 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergefields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergefields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergeto.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergeto.png index 64cc7905a..0cec33e24 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergeto.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/mergeto.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movecontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movecontentcontrol.png index e6bb47d0a..e676d8c72 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movecontentcontrol.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movecontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f383bf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/movetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_chart.png index 2cf728e79..a6332c909 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_image.png index 9fb3f597e..7daf2b777 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/navigationicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/navigationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5876f69ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/navigationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/navigationpanel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/navigationpanel.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36c3da088 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/navigationpanel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png index 3e39fbac6..f28bd530d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newequation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newequation.png index 0151e7f8b..d609fe222 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newequation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png index e3ab8fc13..0bc2c7886 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextfootnote.png index eb50b4b91..450c404f9 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png index 29afe93fb..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 92e0e7b8a..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png index 0ccda5311..3a4842e4f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/onecolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/onecolumn.png index ff0e02e20..28c6f038b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/onecolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/onecolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png index 6921d0f38..e800cc47b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png index a4bcd2e76..6260ac3e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak.png index 1e9bb3196..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak1.png index 86b73bf82..18aa6ab48 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagemargins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagemargins.png index eaca1378f..a1047e26d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagemargins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagemargins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png index 9c41c5898..bffdbaaa0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette.png index 1ebf252cd..6974a1962 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png index 75c59cbd2..e13ee0df1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_borders.png index fa26c7a30..5406a4510 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_borders.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_font.png index bd9bf723b..c4a48defe 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_font.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_indents.png index 2a2e8d7e4..91befeaf7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_indents.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_margins.png index 4058263c1..cd39133bc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_margins.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_tab.png index 1432f9a6b..e2a1501db 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png index 8feb3c534..95409ea6a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previewinsertedfields.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previewinsertedfields.png index af71a7f03..4327cff4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previewinsertedfields.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previewinsertedfields.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousfootnote.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousfootnote.png index dab90e652..4068f95eb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousfootnote.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousfootnote.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png index ee58ffc80..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png index 66dbb6235..92a6dc3c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c0cefa9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable_handle.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable_handle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11eadb006 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable_handle.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review.png index 85b139a26..aec0b30fc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accept.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accept.png index bc5637425..ee3198d58 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accept.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accept.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png index 4df148500..312d5ab44 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_accepttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_delete.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_delete.png index be4b11b9a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_delete.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_delete.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_displaymode.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_displaymode.png index 4fd1ec836..63314d079 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_displaymode.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_displaymode.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_next.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_next.png index 3ff9b5028..e960aecdd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_next.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_next.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_panel.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_panel.png index 13cee7a2f..a96e02cf5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_panel.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_panel.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_previous.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_previous.png index d3c969f61..936e0cf5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_previous.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_previous.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_reject.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_reject.png index 7f9c3c99f..51b84c6f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_reject.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_reject.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png index d544472cf..4db0a3f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/review_rejecttoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..909b4e743 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/richtextcontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png index b8e91fd5e..ce6bf5b87 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_chart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_chart.png index 9a738b14c..1cdfce06d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_chart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_headerfooter.png index 49d41a891..cc23c9074 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_headerfooter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png index c7ff41c30..af91f5f27 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9c002cd7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_mailmerge.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_mailmerge.png index 644e993b8..25d2f9044 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_mailmerge.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_mailmerge.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_paragraph.png index be2fe78ca..919f197fb 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_paragraph.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png index 2a628708b..32693e0fc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png index 20ac6cf62..394b342ca 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rightcolumn.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rightcolumn.png index e8c431dcc..2290b9e3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rightcolumn.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rightcolumn.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sameasprevious_label.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sameasprevious_label.png index f107aa52b..9eb7d82ef 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sameasprevious_label.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sameasprevious_label.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_options.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_options.png index eded18d7f..a762bb815 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_options.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png index 1624f419b..97d30a480 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png index d063c7ec9..37b9f4cd5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sectionbreak.png index 0b693be81..7d364fc55 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sectionbreak.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcellpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcellpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dad8ca31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcellpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumnpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumnpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1381f0196 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectcolumnpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrowpointer.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrowpointer.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d86bad841 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectrowpointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png index d32086103..26039e511 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoemail.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoemail.png index 76db4915e..57f1928df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoemail.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoemail.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png index 55deeacb6..6c3f232af 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png index c8cf80b65..b1bc447e5 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png index fa7e00e9c..74e412d93 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png index 40862bfd7..176dfc5af 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png index 291b988ee..9ed69a4c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png index 56ae62434..e672242bc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png index 65911ba82..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortandfilter.png index 6d021b78a..394b45a1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortandfilter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortatoz.png index 1824d1cc1..7ddac860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortatoz.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortztoa.png index ab8ebcec9..10c5a53c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortztoa.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking.png index f56c96085..6bc7a28b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png index cb959c5f2..7530f33cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_1.png index 676b3ba0c..3078c86ea 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_2.png index 53ca884e0..ab812a040 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png index 896048809..0e5f24f62 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_4.png index 99639e437..d4f382de0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_4.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_5.png index 1ea5d56e5..e5b294f6e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_5.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_6.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_6.png index 55173847a..256bea2cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_6.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties_6.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png index 5d5e8c4a8..0ebef067b 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png index 2f9028d12..95f8e2055 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png index b89f7cbac..1d86eb9d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png index 4603d7584..3151ce78c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/threecolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/threecolumns.png index 9bd102179..109060750 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/threecolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/threecolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/toccontentcontrol.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/toccontentcontrol.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ac670010 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/toccontentcontrol.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/toccustomize.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/toccustomize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b2cc9d3a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/toccustomize.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7006ced9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tociconmenu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tociconmenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c3c5731f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tociconmenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocmove.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocmove.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61c76c3c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocmove.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59e8b9338 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8d1c7a9e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshcontextual.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e252e08f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..712d438a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocrefreshiconcc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingscc.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingscc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bdfd3b37d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingscc.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingswindow.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingswindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..889fa8f90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingswindow2.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingswindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..16db45ad1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tocsettingswindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png index 99bfb5950..c39959e6c 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangesstatusbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png index 62a6b7a92..7428127df 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/trackchangestoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/twocolumns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/twocolumns.png index a1038b20f..2905d32f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/twocolumns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/twocolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png index f5319b8ce..1f1cee612 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistory.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistory.png index 24dc44c88..080b39e4f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistory.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistory.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistoryicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistoryicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe6cdf49f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/versionhistoryicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..02a46ce28 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrap_boundary.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrap_boundary.png index 87e6c5e20..d6677e175 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrap_boundary.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrap_boundary.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png index 9bc87b65e..6da453caa 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrapping_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png index 409501be9..b896c3a1f 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png index 466ea1e46..c55960390 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_behind_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png index 50eab3493..94326cee0 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png index 882bde69c..0abde3256 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_infront_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png index 42ccecda8..84850fd50 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png index a3c94c458..48f8c7bc6 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_inline_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square.png index c27b0f50a..f3e7033b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png index 800bee149..2d8f18512 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_square_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through.png index 12293d3e3..fd0f92d57 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png index 083d2d3ff..dc17f6f66 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_through_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png index 8a70505a1..0e906f090 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png index 6d8a46833..a5cd45fbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_tight_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png index 55fd0bd3c..9f78d316d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png index 3fb047a00..5be2017dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/wrappingstyle_topandbottom_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js index 11321ac20..285f187e3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js @@ -3,47 +3,47 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "О редакторе документов", - "body": "Онлайн-редактор документов - это онлайн- приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать документы непосредственно в браузере . Используя онлайн- редактор документов, Вы можете выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные документы, сохраняя все детали форматирования, или сохранять документы на жесткий диск компьютера как файлы в формате PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT или HTML. Для просмотра текущей версии программы и информации о владельце лицензии щелкните по значку на левой боковой панели инструментов." + "body": "Редактор документов - это онлайн- приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать документы непосредственно в браузере . Используя онлайн- редактор документов, Вы можете выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные документы, сохраняя все детали форматирования, или сохранять документы на жесткий диск компьютера как файлы в формате DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF или HTML. Для просмотра текущей версии программы и информации о владельце лицензии щелкните по значку на левой боковой панели инструментов." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Дополнительные параметры редактора документов", - "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора документов. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также использовать значок , расположенный в правом верхнем углу на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени: Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включить отображение решенных комментариев - если отключить эту функцию, решенные комментарии в тексте документа будут скрыты. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно будет только при нажатии на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии. Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на странице. Автосохранение - используется для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Отображать изменения при совместной работе* - используется для определения изменений, которые необходимо подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок Сохранить . Эта опция доступна только в том случае, если выбран Строгий режим совместного редактирования. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру страницы или По ширине. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в редакторе документов: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора документов. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Отображение комментариев - используется для включения/отключения опции комментирования в реальном времени: Включить отображение комментариев в тексте - если отключить эту функцию, прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включить отображение решенных комментариев - эта функция отключена по умолчанию, чтобы решенные комментарии были скрыты в тексте документа. Просмотреть такие комментарии можно только при нажатии на значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели. Включите эту опцию, если требуется отображать решенные комментарии в тексте документа. Проверка орфографии - используется для включения/отключения опции проверки орфографии. Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на странице. Автосохранение - используется для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Отображать изменения при совместной работе* - используется для определения изменений, которые необходимо подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок Сохранить . Эта опция доступна только в том случае, если выбран Строгий режим совместного редактирования. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру страницы или По ширине. Хинтинг шрифтов - используется для выбора типа отображения шрифта в редакторе документов: Выберите опцию Как Windows, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Windows, то есть с использованием хинтинга шрифтов Windows. Выберите опцию Как OS X, если вам нравится отображение шрифтов в операционной системе Mac, то есть вообще без хинтинга шрифтов. Выберите опцию Собственный, если хотите, чтобы текст отображался с хинтингом, встроенным в файлы шрифтов. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Совместное редактирование документа", - "body": "В онлайн-редакторе документов вы можете работать над документом совместно с другими пользователями. Эта возможность включает в себя следующее: одновременный многопользовательский доступ к редактируемому документу визуальная индикация фрагментов, которые редактируются другими пользователями синхронизация изменений одним нажатием кнопки чат для обмена идеями по поводу отдельных частей документа комментарии, содержащие описание задачи или проблемы, которую необходимо решить Совместное редактирование В редакторе документов можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить , чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках. Когда документ редактируют одновременно несколько пользователей в Строгом режиме, редактируемые фрагменты текста помечаются пунктирными линиями разных цветов. При наведении курсора мыши на один из редактируемых фрагментов отображается имя того пользователя, который в данный момент его редактирует. В Быстром режиме действия и имена участников совместного редактирования отображаются непосредственно в процессе редактирования текста. Количество пользователей, которые в данный момент работают над текущим документом, отображается в правой части шапки редактора - . Чтобы увидеть, кто именно редактирует файл в настоящий момент, можно щелкнуть по этому значку или открыть панель Чата с полным списком пользователей. Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: . С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им права на редактирование, просмотр или рецензирование документа, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: . Как только один из пользователей сохранит свои изменения, нажав на значок , все остальные увидят в строке состояния примечание, которое сообщает о наличии обновлений. Чтобы сохранить внесенные вами изменения и сделать их доступными для других пользователей, а также получить обновления, сохраненные другими пользователями, нажмите на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Обновления будут подсвечены, чтобы Вы могли проверить, что конкретно изменилось. Можно указать, какие изменения требуется подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., а затем укажите, отображать ли все или последние изменения, внесенные при совместной работе. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок . При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные во время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут. Чат Этот инструмент можно использовать для оперативного согласования процесса совместного редактирования, например, для того, чтобы договориться с другими участниками, кто и что должен делать, какой абзац вы собираетесь сейчас отредактировать и т.д. Сообщения в чате хранятся только в течение одной сессии. Для обсуждения содержания документа лучше использовать комментарии, которые хранятся до тех пор, пока вы не решите их удалить. Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей: нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели, введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже, нажмите кнопку Отправить. Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - . Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок еще раз. Комментарии Чтобы оставить комментарий: выделите фрагмент текста, в котором, по Вашему мнению, содержится какая-то ошибка или проблема, переключитесь на вкладку Вставка или Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Комментарий или используйте значок на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и нажмите на ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному фрагменту текста и выберите в контекстном меню команду Добавить комментарий, введите нужный текст, нажмите кнопку Добавить. Комментарий появится на панели слева. Любой другой пользователь может ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, расположенную под комментарием. Фрагмент текста, который Вы прокомментировали, будет подсвечен в документе. Для просмотра комментария щелкните по этому фрагменту. Если требуется отключить эту функцию, для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры... и снимите флажок Включить отображение комментариев в тексте. В этом случае прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок . Вы можете управлять добавленными комментариями следующим образом: отредактировать их, нажав значок , удалить их, нажав значок , закрыть обсуждение, нажав на значок , если задача или проблема, обозначенная в комментарии, решена; после этого обсуждение, которое Вы открыли своим комментарием, приобретет статус решенного. Чтобы вновь его открыть, нажмите на значок . Если Вы хотите скрыть решенные комментарии, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры... и снимите флажок Включить отображение решенных комментариев. В этом случае решенные комментарии будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок . Если Вы используете Строгий режим совместного редактирования, новые комментарии, добавленные другими пользователями, станут видимыми только после того, как Вы нажмете на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок еще раз." + "body": "В онлайн-редакторе документов вы можете работать над документом совместно с другими пользователями. Эта возможность включает в себя следующее: одновременный многопользовательский доступ к редактируемому документу визуальная индикация фрагментов, которые редактируются другими пользователями синхронизация изменений одним нажатием кнопки чат для обмена идеями по поводу отдельных частей документа комментарии, содержащие описание задачи или проблемы, которую необходимо решить Совместное редактирование В редакторе документов можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить , чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках. Нужный режим также можно выбрать, используя значок Режим совместного редактирования на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов: Когда документ редактируют одновременно несколько пользователей в Строгом режиме, редактируемые фрагменты текста помечаются пунктирными линиями разных цветов. При наведении курсора мыши на один из редактируемых фрагментов отображается имя того пользователя, который в данный момент его редактирует. В Быстром режиме действия и имена участников совместного редактирования отображаются непосредственно в процессе редактирования текста. Количество пользователей, которые в данный момент работают над текущим документом, отображается в правой части шапки редактора - . Чтобы увидеть, кто именно редактирует файл в настоящий момент, можно щелкнуть по этому значку или открыть панель Чата с полным списком пользователей. Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: . С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им права на редактирование, просмотр или рецензирование документа, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: . Права доступа также можно задать, используя значок Совместный доступ на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов. Как только один из пользователей сохранит свои изменения, нажав на значок , все остальные увидят в строке состояния примечание, которое сообщает о наличии обновлений. Чтобы сохранить внесенные вами изменения и сделать их доступными для других пользователей, а также получить обновления, сохраненные другими пользователями, нажмите на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Обновления будут подсвечены, чтобы Вы могли проверить, что конкретно изменилось. Можно указать, какие изменения требуется подсвечивать во время совместного редактирования: для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., а затем укажите, отображать ли все или последние изменения, внесенные при совместной работе. При выборе опции Все будут подсвечиваться все изменения, внесенные за время текущей сессии. При выборе опции Последние будут подсвечиваться только те изменения, которые были внесены с момента, когда Вы последний раз нажимали на значок . При выборе опции Никакие изменения, внесенные во время текущей сессии, подсвечиваться не будут. Чат Этот инструмент можно использовать для оперативного согласования процесса совместного редактирования, например, для того, чтобы договориться с другими участниками, кто и что должен делать, какой абзац вы собираетесь сейчас отредактировать и т.д. Сообщения в чате хранятся только в течение одной сессии. Для обсуждения содержания документа лучше использовать комментарии, которые хранятся до тех пор, пока вы не решите их удалить. Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей: нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели или переключитесь на вкладку Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Чат, введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже, нажмите кнопку Отправить. Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - . Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели или кнопку Чат на верхней панели инструментов еще раз. Комментарии Чтобы оставить комментарий: выделите фрагмент текста, в котором, по Вашему мнению, содержится какая-то ошибка или проблема, переключитесь на вкладку Вставка или Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Комментарий или используйте значок на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и нажмите на ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному фрагменту текста и выберите в контекстном меню команду Добавить комментарий, введите нужный текст, нажмите кнопку Добавить. Комментарий появится на панели слева. Любой другой пользователь может ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, расположенную под комментарием. Фрагмент текста, который Вы прокомментировали, будет подсвечен в документе. Для просмотра комментария щелкните по этому фрагменту. Если требуется отключить эту функцию, для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры... и снимите флажок Включить отображение комментариев в тексте. В этом случае прокомментированные фрагменты будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок . Вы можете управлять добавленными комментариями следующим образом: отредактировать их, нажав значок , удалить их, нажав значок , закрыть обсуждение, нажав на значок , если задача или проблема, обозначенная в комментарии, решена; после этого обсуждение, которое Вы открыли своим комментарием, приобретет статус решенного. Чтобы вновь его открыть, нажмите на значок . Если Вы хотите скрыть решенные комментарии, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры... и снимите флажок Включить отображение решенных комментариев. В этом случае решенные комментарии будут подсвечиваться, только когда Вы нажмете на значок . Если Вы используете Строгий режим совместного редактирования, новые комментарии, добавленные другими пользователями, станут видимыми только после того, как Вы нажмете на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок еще раз." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Сочетания клавиш", - "body": "Работа с документом Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, загрузить, распечатать текущий документ, просмотреть сведения о нем, создать новый документ или открыть существующий, получить доступ к Справке по редактору документов или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть панель 'Поиск' Ctrl+F Открыть панель Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемом документе. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить документ Ctrl+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемом документе. Печать документа Ctrl+P Распечатать документ на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+Shift+S Сохранить редактируемый документ на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть редактор документов на весь экран. Меню Справка F1 Открыть меню Справка редактора документов. Навигация Перейти в начало строки Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало документа Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в самом начале редактируемого документа. Перейти в конец строки End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец документа Ctrl+End Установить курсор в самом конце редактируемого документа. Прокрутить вниз PgDn Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вниз. Прокрутить вверх PgUp Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вверх. Следующая страница Alt+PgDn Перейти на следующую страницу редактируемого документа. Предыдущая страница Alt+PgUp Перейти на предыдущую страницу редактируемого документа. Увеличить Ctrl+плюс (+) Увеличить масштаб редактируемого документа. Уменьшить Ctrl+минус (-) Уменьшить масштаб редактируемого документа. Написание Закончить абзац Enter Завершить текущий абзац и начать новый. Добавить разрыв строки Shift+Enter Сделать перевод строки, не начиная новый абзац. Удалить Backspace, Delete Удалить один символ слева (Backspace) или справа (Delete) от курсора. Создать неразрываемый пробел Ctrl+Shift+Spacebar Создать между символами пробел, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Создать неразрываемый дефис Ctrl+Shift+Hyphen Создать между символами дефис, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Удалить выделенный фрагмент текста и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Отправить выделенный фрагмент текста в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Вставить Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Вставить ранее скопированный текст из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Текст может быть ранее скопирован из того же самого документа, из другого документа или из какой-то другой программы. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этом же документе. Применить форматирование Ctrl+Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого документа. Выделение текста Выделить все Ctrl+A Выделить весь текст документа вместе с таблицами и изображениями. Выделить фрагмент Shift+Arrow Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить с позиции курсора до начала строки Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить с позиции курсора до конца строки Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Оформление текста Жирный шрифт Ctrl+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста жирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+точка (.) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+запятая (,) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Стиль Заголовок 1 Alt+1 (для браузеров под Windows и Linux) Alt+Ctrl+1 (для браузеров под Mac) Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 1. Стиль Заголовок 2 Alt+2 (для браузеров под Windows и Linux) Alt+Ctrl+2 (для браузеров под Mac) Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 2. Стиль Заголовок 3 Alt+3 (для браузеров под Windows и Linux) Alt+Ctrl+3 (для браузеров под Mac) Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 3. Маркированный список Ctrl+Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+Spacebar Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру/левому краю Ctrl+E Переключать абзац между выравниванием по центру и по левому краю. Выровнять по ширине/левому краю Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Переключать абзац между выравниванием по ширине и по левому краю. Выровнять по правому краю/левому краю Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю. Увеличить отступ Ctrl+M Увеличить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Уменьшить отступ Ctrl+Shift+M Уменьшить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Добавить номер страницы Ctrl+Shift+P Добавить текущий номер в текст на странице или к нижнему колонтитулу. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение Shift+перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов Shift+перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции Shift+перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Перемещение с шагом в один пиксель Ctrl Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз." + "body": "Работа с документом Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущий документ, просмотреть сведения о нем, создать новый документ или открыть существующий, получить доступ к Справке по редактору документов или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' Ctrl+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемом документе. Открыть окно 'Поиск и замена' с полем замены Ctrl+H Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск и замена с полем замены, чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить документ Ctrl+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемом документе. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать документа Ctrl+P Распечатать документ на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемый документ на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть редактор документов на весь экран. Меню Справка F1 Открыть меню Справка редактора документов. Открыть существующий файл Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Контекстное меню элемента Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Закрыть файл Ctrl+W Закрыть выбранный документ. Закрыть окно (вкладку) Ctrl+F4 Закрыть вкладку в браузере. Навигация Перейти в начало строки Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало документа Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в самом начале редактируемого документа. Перейти в конец строки End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец документа Ctrl+End Установить курсор в самом конце редактируемого документа. Прокрутить вниз Page Down Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вниз. Прокрутить вверх Page Up Прокрутить документ примерно на одну видимую область страницы вверх. Следующая страница Alt+Page Down Перейти на следующую страницу редактируемого документа. Предыдущая страница Alt+Page Up Перейти на предыдущую страницу редактируемого документа. Увеличить Ctrl+Знак \"Плюс\" (+) Увеличить масштаб редактируемого документа. Уменьшить Ctrl+Знак \"Минус\" (-) Уменьшить масштаб редактируемого документа. Перейти на один символ влево Стрелка влево Переместить курсор на один символ влево. Перейти на один символ вправо Стрелка вправо Переместить курсор на один символ вправо. Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влево Ctrl+Стрелка влево Переместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево. Перейти на одно слово вправо Ctrl+Стрелка вправо Переместить курсор на одно слово вправо. Перейти на одну строку вверх Стрелка вверх Переместить курсор на одну строку вверх. Перейти на одну строку вниз Стрелка вниз Переместить курсор на одну строку вниз. Написание Закончить абзац Enter Завершить текущий абзац и начать новый. Добавить разрыв строки Shift+Enter Сделать перевод строки, не начиная новый абзац. Удалить Backspace, Delete Удалить один символ слева (Backspace) или справа (Delete) от курсора. Создать неразрываемый пробел Ctrl+Shift+Пробел Создать между символами пробел, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Создать неразрываемый дефис Ctrl+Shift+Дефис Создать между символами дефис, который нельзя использовать для начала новой строки. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Удалить выделенный фрагмент текста и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Отправить выделенный фрагмент текста в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный текст можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа, в другой документ или в какую-то другую программу. Вставить Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Вставить ранее скопированный текст из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Текст может быть ранее скопирован из того же самого документа, из другого документа или из какой-то другой программы. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этом же документе. Применить форматирование Ctrl+Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого документа. Выделение текста Выделить все Ctrl+A Выделить весь текст документа вместе с таблицами и изображениями. Выделить фрагмент Shift+Стрелка Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить с позиции курсора до начала строки Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить с позиции курсора до конца строки Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Выделить один символ справа Shift+Стрелка вправо Выделить один символ справа от позиции курсора. Выделить один символ слева Shift+Стрелка влево Выделить один символ слева от позиции курсора. Выделить до конца слова Ctrl+Shift+Стрелка вправо Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова. Выделить до начала слова Ctrl+Shift+Стрелка влево Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова. Выделить одну строку выше Shift+Стрелка вверх Выделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить одну строку ниже Shift+Стрелка вниз Выделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки). Оформление текста Жирный шрифт Ctrl+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста жирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+5 Зачеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+точка (.) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+запятая (,) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Стиль Заголовок 1 Alt+1 (для браузеров под Windows и Linux) Alt+Ctrl+1 (для браузеров под Mac) Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 1. Стиль Заголовок 2 Alt+2 (для браузеров под Windows и Linux) Alt+Ctrl+2 (для браузеров под Mac) Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 2. Стиль Заголовок 3 Alt+3 (для браузеров под Windows и Linux) Alt+Ctrl+3 (для браузеров под Mac) Применить к выделенному фрагменту текста стиль Заголовок 3. Маркированный список Ctrl+Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+Пробел Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру/левому краю Ctrl+E Переключать абзац между выравниванием по центру и по левому краю. Выровнять по ширине/левому краю Ctrl+J, Ctrl+L Переключать абзац между выравниванием по ширине и по левому краю. Выровнять по правому краю/левому краю Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю. Применение форматирования подстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов) Ctrl+Знак \"Равно\" (=) Применить форматирование подстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста. Применение форматирования надстрочного текста (с автоматической установкой интервалов) Ctrl+Shift+Знак \"Плюс\" (+) Применить форматирование надстрочного текста к выделенному фрагменту текста. Вставка разрыва страницы Ctrl+Enter Вставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора. Увеличить отступ Ctrl+M Увеличить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Уменьшить отступ Ctrl+Shift+M Уменьшить отступ абзаца слева на одну позицию табуляции. Добавить номер страницы Ctrl+Shift+P Добавить номер текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора. Непечатаемые символы Ctrl+Shift+Num8 Показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы. Удалить один символ слева Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора. Удалить один символ справа Delete Удалить один символ справа от курсора. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение Shift+перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов Shift+перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции Shift+перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку Shift+перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Перемещение с шагом в один пиксель Ctrl+Клавиши со стрелками Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Работа с таблицами Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке Tab Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке Shift+Tab Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к следующей строке Стрелка вниз Перейти к следующей строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей строке Стрелка вверх Перейти к предыдущей строке таблицы. Начать новый абзац Enter Начать новый абзац внутри ячейки. Добавить новую строку Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы. Вставка специальных символов Вставка формулы Alt+Знак \"Равно\" (=) Вставить формулу в текущей позиции курсора." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Параметры представления и инструменты навигации", - "body": "В редакторе документов доступен ряд инструментов, позволяющих облегчить просмотр и навигацию по документу: масштаб, указатель номера страницы и другие. Настройте параметры представления Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с документом, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции: Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами. Чтобы отключить этот режим, перейдите на вкладку Главная, затем нажмите значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова. Скрыть строку состояния - скрывает самую нижнюю панель, на которой находится Указатель номера страницы и кнопки Масштаба. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку состояния, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть линейки - скрывает линейки, которые используются для выравнивания текста, графики, таблиц, и других элементов в документе, установки полей, позиций табуляции и отступов абзацев. Чтобы отобразить скрытые линейки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Правая боковая панель свернута по умолчанию. Чтобы ее развернуть, выделите любой объект или фрагмент текста и щелкните по значку вкладки, которая в данный момент активирована (чтобы свернуть правую боковую панель, щелкните по этому значку еще раз). Когда открыта панель Комментарии или Чат, левую боковую панель можно настроить путем простого перетаскивания: наведите курсор мыши на край левой боковой панели, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку, и перетащите край панели вправо, чтобы увеличить ширину панели. Чтобы восстановить исходную ширину, перетащите край панели влево. Используйте инструменты навигации Для осуществления навигации по документу используйте следующие инструменты: Кнопки Масштаб расположены в правом нижнем углу и используются для увеличения и уменьшения текущего документа. Чтобы изменить выбранное в текущий момент значение масштаба в процентах, щелкните по нему и выберите в списке один из доступных параметров масштабирования или используйте кнопки Увеличить или Уменьшить . Нажмите значок По ширине , чтобы ширина страницы документа соответствовала видимой части рабочей области. Чтобы вся страница целиком помещалась в видимой части рабочей области, нажмите значок По размеру страницы . Параметры масштаба доступны также из выпадающего списка Параметры представления , что может быть полезно в том случае, если Вы решили скрыть строку состояния. Указатель номера страницы показывает текущую страницу в составе всех страниц текущего документа (страница 'n' из 'nn'). Щелкните по этой надписи, чтобы открыть окно, в котором Вы можете ввести номер нужной страницы и быстро перейти на нее." + "body": "В редакторе документов доступен ряд инструментов, позволяющих облегчить просмотр и навигацию по документу: масштаб, указатель номера страницы и другие. Настройте параметры представления Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с документом, нажмите значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции: Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами. Чтобы отключить этот режим, нажмите значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова. Скрыть строку состояния - скрывает самую нижнюю панель, на которой находится Указатель номера страницы и кнопки Масштаба. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку состояния, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть линейки - скрывает линейки, которые используются для выравнивания текста, графики, таблиц, и других элементов в документе, установки полей, позиций табуляции и отступов абзацев. Чтобы отобразить скрытые линейки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Правая боковая панель свернута по умолчанию. Чтобы ее развернуть, выделите любой объект или фрагмент текста и щелкните по значку вкладки, которая в данный момент активирована (чтобы свернуть правую боковую панель, щелкните по этому значку еще раз). Когда открыта панель Комментарии или Чат, левую боковую панель можно настроить путем простого перетаскивания: наведите курсор мыши на край левой боковой панели, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку, и перетащите край панели вправо, чтобы увеличить ширину панели. Чтобы восстановить исходную ширину, перетащите край панели влево. Используйте инструменты навигации Для осуществления навигации по документу используйте следующие инструменты: Кнопки Масштаб расположены в правом нижнем углу и используются для увеличения и уменьшения текущего документа. Чтобы изменить выбранное в текущий момент значение масштаба в процентах, щелкните по нему и выберите в списке один из доступных параметров масштабирования или используйте кнопки Увеличить или Уменьшить . Нажмите значок По ширине , чтобы ширина страницы документа соответствовала видимой части рабочей области. Чтобы вся страница целиком помещалась в видимой части рабочей области, нажмите значок По размеру страницы . Параметры масштаба доступны также из выпадающего списка Параметры представления , что может быть полезно в том случае, если Вы решили скрыть строку состояния. Указатель номера страницы показывает текущую страницу в составе всех страниц текущего документа (страница 'n' из 'nn'). Щелкните по этой надписи, чтобы открыть окно, в котором Вы можете ввести номер нужной страницы и быстро перейти на нее." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Review.htm", "title": "Рецензирование документа", - "body": "Когда кто-то предоставляет вам доступ к файлу с правами на рецензирование, используйте функцию Рецензирования документа. Если вы рецензент, то вы можете использовать опцию Рецензирование для проверки документа, изменения предложений, фраз, других элементов страницы, исправления опечаток и выполнения других действий, не редактируя документ непосредственно. Все ваши исправления будут зафиксированы и показаны тому, кто отправил вам документ. Если вы отправляете файл на рецензию, вам потребуется отобразить все внесенные исправления, просмотреть их и принять или отклонить. Включение функции отслеживания изменений Чтобы увидеть изменения, предложенные рецензентом, включите опцию Отслеживание изменений одним из следующих способов: нажмите кнопку в правом нижнем углу строки состояния или перейдите на вкладку Рецензирование на верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Отслеживание изменений. Примечание: рецензенту нет необходимости включать опцию Отслеживание изменений. Она включена по умолчанию, и ее нельзя отключить, если к документу предоставлен доступ с правами только на рецензирование. Выбор режима отображения изменений Нажмите кнопку Отображение на верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка один из доступных режимов: Все изменения (Редактирование) - эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет и просматривать предложенные изменения, и редактировать документ. Все изменения приняты (Просмотр) - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были приняты. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности принять все изменения, а только дает возможность увидеть, как будет выглядеть документ после того, как вы примете все изменения. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать. Все изменения отклонены (Просмотр) - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были отклонены. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности отклонить все изменения, а только дает возможность просмотреть документ без изменений. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать. Принятие и отклонение изменений Используйте кнопки К предыдущему и К следующему на верхней панели инструментов для навигации по изменениям. Чтобы принять выделенное в данный момент изменение, можно сделать следующее: нажмите кнопку Принять на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Принять и выберите опцию Принять текущее изменение (в этом случае изменение будет принято, и вы перейдете к следующему изменению) или нажмите кнопку Принять во всплывающем оповещении об изменении. Чтобы быстро принять все изменения, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Принять и выберите опцию Принять все изменения. Чтобы отклонить текущее изменение, можно сделать следующее: нажмите кнопку Отклонить на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Отклонить и выберите опцию Отклонить текущее изменение (в этом случае изменение будет отклонено, и вы перейдете к следующему доступному изменению) или нажмите кнопку Отклонить во всплывающем оповещении об изменении. Чтобы быстро отклонить все изменения, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Отклонить и выберите опцию Отклонить все изменения. Примечание: если вы рецензируете документ, опции Принять и Отклонить для вас недоступны. Вы можете удалить свои изменения с помощью значка внутри всплывающего окна с изменением." + "body": "Когда кто-то предоставляет вам доступ к файлу с правами на рецензирование, используйте функцию Рецензирования документа. Если вы рецензент, то вы можете использовать опцию Рецензирование для проверки документа, изменения предложений, фраз, других элементов страницы, исправления опечаток и выполнения других действий, не редактируя документ непосредственно. Все ваши исправления будут зафиксированы и показаны тому, кто отправил вам документ. Если вы отправляете файл на рецензию, вам потребуется отобразить все внесенные исправления, просмотреть их и принять или отклонить. Включение функции отслеживания изменений Чтобы увидеть изменения, предложенные рецензентом, включите опцию Отслеживание изменений одним из следующих способов: нажмите кнопку в правом нижнем углу строки состояния или перейдите на вкладку Совместная работа на верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Отслеживание изменений. Примечание: рецензенту нет необходимости включать опцию Отслеживание изменений. Она включена по умолчанию, и ее нельзя отключить, если к документу предоставлен доступ с правами только на рецензирование. Выбор режима отображения изменений Нажмите кнопку Отображение на верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка один из доступных режимов: Изменения - эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Она позволяет и просматривать предложенные изменения, и редактировать документ. Измененный документ - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были приняты. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности принять все изменения, а только дает возможность увидеть, как будет выглядеть документ после того, как вы примете все изменения. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать. Исходный документ - этот режим используется, чтобы отобразить все изменения, как если бы они были отклонены. Эта опция не позволяет в действительности отклонить все изменения, а только дает возможность просмотреть документ без изменений. В этом режиме документ нельзя редактировать. Принятие и отклонение изменений Используйте кнопки К предыдущему и К следующему на верхней панели инструментов для навигации по изменениям. Чтобы принять выделенное в данный момент изменение, можно сделать следующее: нажмите кнопку Принять на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Принять и выберите опцию Принять текущее изменение (в этом случае изменение будет принято, и вы перейдете к следующему изменению) или нажмите кнопку Принять во всплывающем оповещении об изменении. Чтобы быстро принять все изменения, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Принять и выберите опцию Принять все изменения. Чтобы отклонить текущее изменение, можно сделать следующее: нажмите кнопку Отклонить на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Отклонить и выберите опцию Отклонить текущее изменение (в этом случае изменение будет отклонено, и вы перейдете к следующему доступному изменению) или нажмите кнопку Отклонить во всплывающем оповещении об изменении. Чтобы быстро отклонить все изменения, нажмите направленную вниз стрелку под кнопкой Отклонить и выберите опцию Отклонить все изменения. Примечание: если вы рецензируете документ, опции Принять и Отклонить для вас недоступны. Вы можете удалить свои изменения с помощью значка внутри всплывающего окна с изменением." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Функция поиска и замены", - "body": "Чтобы найти нужные символы, слова или фразы, использованные в документе, который Вы в данный момент редактируете, нажмите на значок , расположенный на левой боковой панели. Откроется окно Поиск и замена: Введите запрос в соответствующее поле ввода данных. Задайте параметры поиска, нажав на значок и отметив нужные опции: С учетом регистра - используется для поиска только тех вхождений, которые набраны в таком же регистре, что и Ваш запрос, (например, если Вы ввели запрос 'Редактор', такие слова, как 'редактор' или 'РЕДАКТОР' и т.д. не будут найдены). Чтобы отключить этот параметр, щелкните по флажку еще раз. Выделить результаты - используется для подсветки всех найденных вхождений сразу. Чтобы отключить этот параметр и убрать подсветку, щелкните по флажку еще раз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок со стрелками в нижнем правом углу окна. Поиск будет выполняться или по направлению к началу документа (если нажата кнопка ), или по направлению к концу документа (если нажата кнопка ), начиная с текущей позиции. Примечание: при включенном параметре Выделить результаты используйте эти кнопки для навигации по подсвеченным результатам. Первое вхождение искомых символов в выбранном направлении будет подсвечено на странице. Если это не то слово, которое вы ищете, нажмите на выбранную кнопку еще раз, чтобы найти следующее вхождение символов, которые Вы ввели. Чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов, нажмите на ссылку Заменить, расположенную под полем для ввода данных. Окно Поиск и замена изменится: Введите текст для замены в нижнее поле ввода данных. Нажмите кнопку Заменить для замены выделенного в данный момент вхождения или кнопку Заменить все для замены всех найденных вхождений. Чтобы скрыть поле замены, нажмите на ссылку Скрыть поле замены." + "body": "Чтобы найти нужные символы, слова или фразы, использованные в документе, который Вы в данный момент редактируете, нажмите на значок , расположенный на левой боковой панели, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+F. Откроется окно Поиск и замена: Введите запрос в соответствующее поле ввода данных. Задайте параметры поиска, нажав на значок и отметив нужные опции: С учетом регистра - используется для поиска только тех вхождений, которые набраны в таком же регистре, что и Ваш запрос, (например, если Вы ввели запрос 'Редактор', такие слова, как 'редактор' или 'РЕДАКТОР' и т.д. не будут найдены). Чтобы отключить этот параметр, щелкните по флажку еще раз. Выделить результаты - используется для подсветки всех найденных вхождений сразу. Чтобы отключить этот параметр и убрать подсветку, щелкните по флажку еще раз. Нажмите на одну из кнопок со стрелками в нижнем правом углу окна. Поиск будет выполняться или по направлению к началу документа (если нажата кнопка ), или по направлению к концу документа (если нажата кнопка ), начиная с текущей позиции. Примечание: при включенном параметре Выделить результаты используйте эти кнопки для навигации по подсвеченным результатам. Первое вхождение искомых символов в выбранном направлении будет подсвечено на странице. Если это не то слово, которое вы ищете, нажмите на выбранную кнопку еще раз, чтобы найти следующее вхождение символов, которые Вы ввели. Чтобы заменить одно или более вхождений найденных символов, нажмите на ссылку Заменить, расположенную под полем для ввода данных, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+H. Окно Поиск и замена изменится: Введите текст для замены в нижнее поле ввода данных. Нажмите кнопку Заменить для замены выделенного в данный момент вхождения или кнопку Заменить все для замены всех найденных вхождений. Чтобы скрыть поле замены, нажмите на ссылку Скрыть поле замены." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", "title": "Проверка орфографии", - "body": "В редакторе документов можно проверять правописание текста на определенном языке и исправлять ошибки в ходе редактирования. Прежде всего выберите язык документа. Перейдите на вкладку Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на значок Язык. В окне, которое появится, выберите нужный язык и нажмите кнопку OK. Выбранный язык будет применен ко всему документу. Чтобы выбрать какой-то другой язык для любого фрагмента текста в этом документе, выделите мышью нужную часть теста и используйте меню , которое находится в строке состояния. Для включения функции проверки орфографии можно сделать следующее: нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии на вкладке Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов или нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии в строке состояния или откройте вкладку Файл верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., поставьте галочку рядом с опцией Включить проверку орфографии и нажмите кнопку Применить. Слова, написанные с ошибками, будут подчеркнуты красной чертой. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слову, чтобы вызвать меню, и: выберите одно из предложенных похожих слов, которые написаны правильно, чтобы заменить слово с ошибкой на предложенное слово. Если найдено слишком много вариантов, в меню появляется пункт Больше вариантов...; используйте опцию Пропустить, чтобы пропустить только это слово и убрать подчеркивание или Пропустить все, чтобы пропустить все идентичные слова, повторяющиеся в тексте; выберите другой язык для этого слова. Для отключения функции проверки орфографии можно сделать следующее: нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии на вкладке Рецензирование верхней панели инструментов или нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии в строке состояния или откройте вкладку Файл верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., уберите галочку рядом с опцией Включить проверку орфографии и нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "В редакторе документов можно проверять правописание текста на определенном языке и исправлять ошибки в ходе редактирования. Прежде всего выберите язык документа. Нажмите на значок Задать язык документа в строке состояния. В окне, которое появится, выберите нужный язык и нажмите кнопку OK. Выбранный язык будет применен ко всему документу. Чтобы выбрать какой-то другой язык для любого фрагмента текста в этом документе, выделите мышью нужную часть теста и используйте меню , которое находится в строке состояния. Для включения функции проверки орфографии можно сделать следующее: нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии в строке состояния или откройте вкладку Файл верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., поставьте галочку рядом с опцией Включить проверку орфографии и нажмите кнопку Применить. Слова, написанные с ошибками, будут подчеркнуты красной чертой. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слову, чтобы вызвать меню, и: выберите одно из предложенных похожих слов, которые написаны правильно, чтобы заменить слово с ошибкой на предложенное слово. Если найдено слишком много вариантов, в меню появляется пункт Больше вариантов...; используйте опцию Пропустить, чтобы пропустить только это слово и убрать подчеркивание или Пропустить все, чтобы пропустить все идентичные слова, повторяющиеся в тексте; выберите другой язык для этого слова. Для отключения функции проверки орфографии можно сделать следующее: нажмите на значок Проверка орфографии в строке состояния или откройте вкладку Файл верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры..., уберите галочку рядом с опцией Включить проверку орфографии и нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных документов", - "body": "Электронные документы - это одни из наиболее широко используемых компьютерных файлов. Благодаря высокому уровню развития современных компьютерных сетей распространять электронные документы становится удобнее, чем печатные. Многообразие устройств, используемых для представления документов, обуславливает большое количество проприетарных и открытых файловых форматов. Онлайн-редактор документов работает с самыми популярными из них. Форматы Описание Просмотр Правка Загрузка DOC Расширение имени файла для текстовых документов, созданных программой Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + ODT Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument, открытый стандарт для электронных документов + + + RTF Rich Text Format Формат документов, разработанный компанией Microsoft, для кроссплатформенного обмена документами + + TXT Расширение имени файла для текстовых файлов, как правило, с минимальным форматированием + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Основной язык разметки веб-страниц + EPUB Electronic Publication Бесплатный открытый стандарт для электронных книг, созданный Международным форумом по цифровым публикациям (International Digital Publishing Forum) + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Открытый бесплатный формат фиксированной разметки, разработанный компанией Microsoft + DjVu Формат файлов, предназначенный главным образом для хранения отсканированных документов, особенно тех, которые содержат комбинацию текста, рисунков и фотографий +" + "body": "Электронные документы - это одни из наиболее широко используемых компьютерных файлов. Благодаря высокому уровню развития современных компьютерных сетей распространять электронные документы становится удобнее, чем печатные. Многообразие устройств, используемых для представления документов, обуславливает большое количество проприетарных и открытых файловых форматов. Редактор документов работает с самыми популярными из них. Форматы Описание Просмотр Редактирование Скачивание DOC Расширение имени файла для текстовых документов, созданных программой Microsoft Word + + DOCX Office Open XML разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + ODT Формат текстовых файлов OpenDocument, открытый стандарт для электронных документов + + + RTF Rich Text Format Формат документов, разработанный компанией Microsoft, для кроссплатформенного обмена документами + + + TXT Расширение имени файла для текстовых файлов, как правило, с минимальным форматированием + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем + + HTML HyperText Markup Language Основной язык разметки веб-страниц + EPUB Electronic Publication Бесплатный открытый стандарт для электронных книг, созданный Международным форумом по цифровым публикациям (International Digital Publishing Forum) + XPS Open XML Paper Specification Открытый бесплатный формат фиксированной разметки, разработанный компанией Microsoft + DjVu Формат файлов, предназначенный главным образом для хранения отсканированных документов, особенно тех, которые содержат комбинацию текста, рисунков и фотографий +" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Главная", - "body": "Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии документа. Она позволяет форматировать шрифт и абзацы. Здесь также доступны некоторые другие опции, такие как cлияние, цветовые схемы, параметры представления. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: задавать тип, размер и цвет шрифта, применять стили оформления шрифта, выбирать цвет фона для абзаца, создавать маркированные и нумерованные списки, изменять отступы абзацев, задавать междустрочный интервал в абзацах, выравнивать текст в абзаце, отображать и скрывать непечатаемые символы, копировать и очищать форматирование текста, изменять цветовую схему, использовать функцию слияния, управлять стилями, настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора." + "body": "Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии документа. Она позволяет форматировать шрифт и абзацы. Здесь также доступны некоторые другие опции, такие как cлияние и цветовые схемы. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: задавать тип, размер и цвет шрифта, применять стили оформления шрифта, выбирать цвет фона для абзаца, создавать маркированные и нумерованные списки, изменять отступы абзацев, задавать междустрочный интервал в абзацах, выравнивать текст в абзаце, отображать и скрывать непечатаемые символы, копировать и очищать форматирование текста, изменять цветовую схему, использовать функцию слияния, управлять стилями." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Вставка", - "body": "Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять элементы форматирования страницы, а также визуальные объекты и комментарии. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок, вставлять колонтитулы и номера страниц, вставлять таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры, вставлять гиперссылки, сноски, комментарии, вставлять текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, формулы, буквицы." + "body": "Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять элементы форматирования страницы, а также визуальные объекты и комментарии. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: вставлять разрывы страниц, разрывы разделов и разрывы колонок, вставлять колонтитулы и номера страниц, вставлять таблицы, изображения, диаграммы, фигуры, вставлять гиперссылки, комментарии, вставлять текстовые поля и объекты Text Art, формулы, буквицы, элементы управления содержимым." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/LayoutTab.htm", @@ -68,17 +68,22 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Плагины", - "body": "Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты. В настоящее время доступны следующие плагины: ClipArt позволяет добавлять в документ изображения из коллекции картинок, OCR позволяет распознавать текст с картинки и вставлять его в текст документа, PhotoEditor позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, изменять размер, применять эффекты и так далее, Speech позволяет преобразовать выделенный текст в речь, Symbol Table позволяет вставлять в текст специальные символы, Translator позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, YouTube позволяет встраивать в документ видео с YouTube. Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. Все существующие в настоящий момент примеры плагинов с открытым исходным кодом доступны на GitHub." + "body": "Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты. Здесь также можно использовать макросы для автоматизации рутинных задач. Кнопка Macros позволяет открыть окно, в котором можно создавать собственные макросы и запускать их. Для получения дополнительной информации о макросах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. В настоящее время по умолчанию доступны следующие плагины: ClipArt позволяет добавлять в документ изображения из коллекции картинок, OCR позволяет распознавать текст с картинки и вставлять его в текст документа, PhotoEditor позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, изменять размер, применять эффекты и так далее, Speech позволяет преобразовать выделенный текст в речь, Symbol Table позволяет вставлять в текст специальные символы, Translator позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, YouTube позволяет встраивать в документ видео с YouTube. Плагины Wordpress и EasyBib можно использовать, если подключить соответствующие сервисы в настройках портала. Можно воспользоваться следующими инструкциями для серверной версии или для SaaS-версии. Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. Все существующие в настоящий момент примеры плагинов с открытым исходным кодом доступны на GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Знакомство с пользовательским интерфейсом редактора документов", - "body": "В редакторе документов используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности. Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов: В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название документа. Cправа также находятся два значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа и вернуться в список документов. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Макет, Рецензирование, Плагины. Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить и Повторить всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки. В Строке состояния, расположенной внизу окна редактора, находится указатель номера страницы, отображаются некоторые оповещения (например, \"Все изменения сохранены\" и т.д.), с ее помощью также можно задать язык текста, включить проверку орфографии, включить режим отслеживания изменений, настроить масштаб. На Левой боковой панели находятся значки, позволяющие использовать инструмент поиска и замены, открыть панель Комментариев и Чата, обратиться в службу технической поддержки и посмотреть информацию о программе. Правая боковая панель позволяет настроить дополнительные параметры различных объектов. При выделении в тексте определенного объекта активируется соответствующий значок на правой боковой панели. Нажмите на этот значок, чтобы развернуть правую боковую панель. Горизонтальная и вертикальная Линейки позволяют выравнивать текст и другие элементы в документе, настраивать поля, позиции табуляции и отступы абзацев. В Рабочей области вы можете просматривать содержимое документа, вводить и редактировать данные. Полоса прокрутки, расположенная справа, позволяет прокручивать вверх и вниз многостраничные документы. Для удобства вы можете скрыть некоторые элементы и снова отобразить их при необходимости. Для получения дополнительной информации о настройке параметров представления, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этой странице." + "body": "В редакторе документов используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности. Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов: В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название документа. Cправа также находятся три значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа, вернуться в список документов, настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Макет, Ссылки, Совместная работа, Плагины. Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить и Повторить всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки. В Строке состояния, расположенной внизу окна редактора, находится указатель номера страницы, отображаются некоторые оповещения (например, \"Все изменения сохранены\" и т.д.), с ее помощью также можно задать язык текста, включить проверку орфографии, включить режим отслеживания изменений, настроить масштаб. На Левой боковой панели находятся значки, позволяющие использовать инструмент поиска и замены, открыть панель Комментариев и Чата, обратиться в службу технической поддержки и посмотреть информацию о программе. Правая боковая панель позволяет настроить дополнительные параметры различных объектов. При выделении в тексте определенного объекта активируется соответствующий значок на правой боковой панели. Нажмите на этот значок, чтобы развернуть правую боковую панель. Горизонтальная и вертикальная Линейки позволяют выравнивать текст и другие элементы в документе, настраивать поля, позиции табуляции и отступы абзацев. В Рабочей области вы можете просматривать содержимое документа, вводить и редактировать данные. Полоса прокрутки, расположенная справа, позволяет прокручивать вверх и вниз многостраничные документы. Для удобства вы можете скрыть некоторые элементы и снова отобразить их при необходимости. Для получения дополнительной информации о настройке параметров представления, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этой странице." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ReferencesTab.htm", + "title": "Вкладка Ссылки", + "body": "Вкладка Ссылки позволяет управлять различными типами ссылок: добавлять и обновлять оглавление, создавать и редактировать сноски, вставлять гиперссылки. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: создавать и автоматически обновлять оглавление, вставлять сноски, вставлять гиперссылки." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ReviewTab.htm", - "title": "Вкладка Рецензирование", - "body": "Вкладка Рецензирование позволяет проверить документ: убедиться в отсутствии орфографических ошибок, управлять комментариями, отслеживать изменения, внесенные рецензентом. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: переключать язык документа и включать проверку орфографии, добавлять комментарии к документу, включать функцию отслеживания изменений, выбирать режим отображения изменений, управлять предложенными изменениями." + "title": "Вкладка Совместная работа", + "body": "Вкладка Совместная работа позволяет организовать совместную работу над документом: предоставлять доступ к файлу, выбирать режим совместного редактирования, управлять комментариями, отслеживать изменения, внесенные рецензентом, просматривать все версии и ревизии. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: задавать настройки совместного доступа, переключаться между Строгим и Быстрым режимами совместного редактирования, добавлять комментарии к документу, включать функцию отслеживания изменений, выбирать режим отображения изменений, управлять предложенными изменениями, открывать панель Чата, отслеживать историю версий." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Добавление гиперссылок", - "body": "Для добавления гиперссылки: установите курсор в том месте, где надо добавить гиперссылку, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Гиперссылка, после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором Вы можете указать параметры гиперссылки: Связать с - введите URL-адрес в формате http://www.example.com. Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по веб-адресу, указанному в поле выше. Текст подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора. Нажмите кнопку OK. Для добавления гиперссылки можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать в меню опцию Гиперссылка, которая открывает окно, показанное выше. Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово, словосочетание, отрывок текста и нажать значок Гиперссылка на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или щелкнуть по выделенному фрагменту правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать в меню опцию Гиперссылка. После этого откроется окно, показанное выше, при этом поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент. При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Вы можете перейти по ссылке, нажав клавишу CTRL и щелкнув по ссылке в документе. Чтобы отредактировать или удалить добавленную гиперссылку, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Гиперссылка, а затем действие, которое хотите выполнить, - Изменить гиперссылку или Удалить гиперссылку." + "body": "Для добавления гиперссылки: установите курсор в том месте, где надо добавить гиперссылку, перейдите на вкладку Вставка или Сссылки верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Гиперссылка, после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором Вы можете указать параметры гиперссылки: Связать с - введите URL-адрес в формате http://www.example.com. Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по веб-адресу, указанному в поле выше. Текст подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора. Нажмите кнопку OK. Для добавления гиперссылки можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка. Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово, словосочетание, отрывок текста, а затем открыть окно Параметры гиперссылки, как описано выше. В этом случае поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент. При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Вы можете перейти по ссылке, нажав клавишу CTRL и щелкнув по ссылке в документе. Чтобы отредактировать или удалить добавленную гиперссылку, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Гиперссылка, а затем действие, которое хотите выполнить, - Изменить гиперссылку или Удалить гиперссылку." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -108,12 +113,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeColorScheme.htm", "title": "Выбор цветовой схемы", - "body": "Цветовые схемы применяются ко всему документу. Они используются для быстрого изменения вида документа, поскольку они определяют палитру Цвета темы для элементов документа (шрифт, фон, таблицы, автофигуры, диаграммы). Если вы применили какие-то Цвета темы к элементам документа, а потом выбрали другую Цветовую схему, то цвета, примененные в вашем документе, соответствующим образом изменятся. Для изменения цветовой схемы щелкните по направленной вниз стрелке рядом со значком Изменить цветовую схему на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную цветовую схему из имеющихся вариантов: Стандартная, Оттенки серого, Апекс, Аспект, Официальная, Открытая, Справедливость, Поток, Литейная, Обычная, Метро, Модульная, Изящная, Эркер, Начальная, Бумажная, Солнцестояние, Техническая, Трек, Городская, Яркая. Выбрав предпочтительную цветовую схему, вы сможете выбрать цвета в окне цветовых палитр, соответствующем тому элементу документа, к которому вы хотите применить тот или иной цвет. Для большинства элементов документа к окну цветовых палитр можно получить доступ, нажав на цветной прямоугольник на правой боковой панели, когда нужный элемент выделен. Для шрифта это окно можно открыть с помощью направленной вниз стрелки рядом со значком Цвет шрифта на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Предусмотрены следующие палитры: Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной цветовой схеме документа. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Выбранная цветовая схема на них не влияет. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если на доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предварительного просмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить: Пользовательский цвет будет применен к выбранному элементу и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет." + "body": "Цветовые схемы применяются ко всему документу. Они используются для быстрого изменения вида документа, поскольку они определяют палитру Цвета темы для элементов документа (шрифт, фон, таблицы, автофигуры, диаграммы). Если вы применили какие-то Цвета темы к элементам документа, а потом выбрали другую Цветовую схему, то цвета, примененные в вашем документе, соответствующим образом изменятся. Для изменения цветовой схемы щелкните по направленной вниз стрелке рядом со значком Изменить цветовую схему на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную цветовую схему из имеющихся вариантов: Стандартная, Оттенки серого, Апекс, Аспект, Официальная, Открытая, Справедливость, Поток, Литейная, Обычная, Метро, Модульная, Изящная, Эркер, Начальная, Бумажная, Солнцестояние, Техническая, Трек, Городская, Яркая. Выбрав предпочтительную цветовую схему, вы сможете выбрать цвета в окне цветовых палитр, соответствующем тому элементу документа, к которому вы хотите применить тот или иной цвет. Для большинства элементов документа к окну цветовых палитр можно получить доступ, нажав на цветной прямоугольник на правой боковой панели, когда нужный элемент выделен. Для шрифта это окно можно открыть с помощью направленной вниз стрелки рядом со значком Цвет шрифта на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Предусмотрены следующие палитры: Цвета темы - цвета, соответствующие выбранной цветовой схеме документа. Стандартные цвета - набор стандартных цветов. Выбранная цветовая схема на них не влияет. Пользовательский цвет - щелкните по этой надписи, если на доступных палитрах нет нужного цвета. Выберите нужный цветовой диапазон, перемещая вертикальный ползунок цвета, и определите конкретный цвет, перетаскивая инструмент для выбора цвета внутри большого квадратного цветового поля. Как только Вы выберете какой-то цвет, в полях справа отобразятся соответствующие цветовые значения RGB и sRGB. Также можно задать цвет на базе цветовой модели RGB, введя нужные числовые значения в полях R, G, B (красный, зеленый, синий), или указать шестнадцатеричный код sRGB в поле, отмеченном знаком #. Выбранный цвет появится в окне предварительного просмотра Новый. Если к объекту был ранее применен какой-то пользовательский цвет, этот цвет отображается в окне Текущий, так что вы можете сравнить исходный и измененный цвета. Когда цвет будет задан, нажмите на кнопку Добавить: Пользовательский цвет будет применен к выбранному элементу и добавлен в палитру Пользовательский цвет." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeWrappingStyle.htm", "title": "Изменение стиля обтекания текстом", - "body": "Опция Стиль обтекания определяет способ размещения объекта относительно текста. Можно изменить стиль обтекания текстом для вставленных объектов, таких как фигуры, изображения, диаграммы, текстовые поля или таблицы. Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для фигур, изображений, диаграмм, текстовых полей Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания: выделите отдельный объект на странице, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить текстовое поле, щелкайте по его границе, а не по тексту внутри него. откройте настройки обтекания текстом: перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Обтекание или щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания или щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта. выберите нужный стиль обтекания: В тексте - объект считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста объект тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, объект можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение объекта на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает объект. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры объекта. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров объекта и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри объекта. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже объекта. Перед текстом - объект перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает объект. При выборе стиля обтекания Вокруг рамки, По контуру, Сквозное или Сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - Расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Чтобы открыть эти настройки, щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта. Укажите нужные значения и нажмите кнопку OK. Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта также становится доступна вкладка Положение. Для получения дополнительной информации об этих параметрах обратитесь к соответствующим страницам с инструкциями по работе с фигурами, изображениями или диаграммами. Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, можно также редактировать контур обтекания для изображений или фигур. Щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания и щелкните по опции Изменить границу обтекания. Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для таблиц Для таблиц доступны два следующих стиля обтекания: Встроенный и Плавающий. Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания: щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши, откройте настройки обтекания текстом: выберите пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры таблицы и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры или выберите один из следующих пунктов контекстного меню: Стиль обтекания - Встроенный - используется для выбора встроенного стиля обтекания (при котором таблица разрывает текст), а также выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю. Стиль обтекания - Плавающий - используется для выбора плавающего стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы. На вкладке Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры можно также задать следующие дополнительные параметры: Для встроенных таблиц можно задать тип Выравнивания таблицы (по левому краю, по центру или по правому краю) и Отступ слева. Для плавающих таблиц можно задать Расстояние до текста и положение на вкладке Положение таблицы." + "body": "Опция Стиль обтекания определяет способ размещения объекта относительно текста. Можно изменить стиль обтекания текстом для вставленных объектов, таких как фигуры, изображения, диаграммы, текстовые поля или таблицы. Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для фигур, изображений, диаграмм, текстовых полей Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания: выделите отдельный объект на странице, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить текстовое поле, щелкайте по его границе, а не по тексту внутри него. откройте настройки обтекания текстом: перейдите на вкладку Макет верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Обтекание или щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания или щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта. выберите нужный стиль обтекания: В тексте - объект считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста объект тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, объект можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение объекта на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает объект. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры объекта. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров объекта и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри объекта. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже объекта. Перед текстом - объект перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает объект. При выборе стиля обтекания Вокруг рамки, По контуру, Сквозное или Сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - Расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Чтобы открыть эти настройки, щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры и перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта. Укажите нужные значения и нажмите кнопку OK. Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, в окне Дополнительные параметры объекта также становится доступна вкладка Положение. Для получения дополнительной информации об этих параметрах обратитесь к соответствующим страницам с инструкциями по работе с фигурами, изображениями или диаграммами. Если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля В тексте, можно также редактировать контур обтекания для изображений или фигур. Щелкните по объекту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Стиль обтекания и щелкните по опции Изменить границу обтекания. Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Изменение стиля обтекания текстом для таблиц Для таблиц доступны два следующих стиля обтекания: Встроенная таблица и Плавающая таблица. Для изменения выбранного в данный момент стиля обтекания: щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите пункт контекстного меню Дополнительные параметры таблицы, перейдите на вкладку Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры выберите одну из следующих опций: Встроенная таблица - используется для выбора стиля обтекания, при котором таблица разрывает текст, а также для настройки выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю. Плавающая таблица - используется для выбора стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы. На вкладке Обтекание текстом окна Таблица - дополнительные параметры можно также задать следующие дополнительные параметры: Для встроенных таблиц можно задать тип Выравнивания таблицы (по левому краю, по центру или по правому краю) и Отступ слева. Для плавающих таблиц можно задать Расстояние до текста и положение на вкладке Положение таблицы." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", @@ -123,12 +128,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Копирование/вставка текста, отмена/повтор действий", - "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для выполнения операций вырезания, копирования и вставки фрагментов текста и вставленных объектов (автофигур, рисунков, диаграмм) в текущем документе используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Копировать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Копировать или значок Копировать на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы скопировать выделенный фрагмент в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Вставить – найдите в документе то место, куда необходимо вставить ранее скопированный фрагмент текста/объект, и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вставить или значок Вставить на верхней панели инструментов. Текст/объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из того же самого документа. Для копирования данных из другого документа или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используйте следующие сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки. Примечание: вместо того чтобы вырезать и вставлять текст в рамках одного и того же документа, можно просто выделить нужный фрагмент текста и перетащить его мышкой в нужное место. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированного текста рядом со вставленным фрагментом текста появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке текста абзаца или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры: Вставить - позволяет вставить скопированный текст, сохранив его исходное форматирование. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов, или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие, используйте значок Отменить на верхней панели инструментов или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z. Повторить – чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие, используйте значок Повторить на верхней панели инструментов или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Y." + "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для выполнения операций вырезания, копирования и вставки фрагментов текста и вставленных объектов (автофигур, рисунков, диаграмм) в текущем документе используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Копировать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Копировать или значок Копировать на верхней панели инструментов, чтобы скопировать выделенный фрагмент в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этого же документа. Вставить – найдите в документе то место, куда необходимо вставить ранее скопированный фрагмент текста/объект, и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вставить или значок Вставить на верхней панели инструментов. Текст/объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Данные могут быть ранее скопированы из того же самого документа. Для копирования данных из другого документа или какой-то другой программы или вставки данных в них используйте следующие сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки. Примечание: вместо того чтобы вырезать и вставлять текст в рамках одного и того же документа, можно просто выделить нужный фрагмент текста и перетащить его мышкой в нужное место. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированного текста рядом со вставленным фрагментом текста появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке текста абзаца или текста в автофигурах доступны следующие параметры: Вставить - позволяет вставить скопированный текст, сохранив его исходное форматирование. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. При вставке скопированной таблицы в существующую таблицу доступны следующие параметры: Заменить содержимое ячеек - позволяет заменить текущее содержимое таблицы вставленными данными. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Вставить как вложенную таблицу - позволяет вставить скопированную таблицу как вложенную таблицу в выделенную ячейку существующей таблицы. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить содержимое таблицы как текстовые значения, разделенные символом табуляции. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов, или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие, используйте значок Отменить на верхней панели инструментов или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z. Повторить – чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие, используйте значок Повторить на верхней панели инструментов или сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Y." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "title": "Создание списков", - "body": "Для создания в документе списка: установите курсор в том месте, где начнется список (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст), перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите тип списка, который требуется создать: Неупорядоченный список с маркерами создается с помощью значка Маркированный список , расположенного на верхней панели инструментов Упорядоченный список с цифрами или буквами создается с помощью значка Нумерованный список , расположенного на верхней панели инструментов Примечание: нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком Маркированный список или Нумерованный список, чтобы выбрать, как должен выглядеть список. теперь при каждом нажатии в конце строки клавиши Enter будет появляться новый элемент упорядоченного или неупорядоченного списка. Чтобы закончить список, нажмите клавишу Backspace и продолжайте текст обычного абзаца. Можно также изменить отступы текста в списках и их вложенность с помощью значков Структура , Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: дополнительные параметры отступов и интервалов можно изменить на правой боковой панели и в окне дополнительных параметров. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию об этом, прочитайте разделы Изменение отступов абзацев и Задание междустрочного интервала в абзацах." + "body": "Для создания в документе списка: установите курсор в том месте, где начнется список (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст), перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите тип списка, который требуется создать: Неупорядоченный список с маркерами создается с помощью значка Маркированный список , расположенного на верхней панели инструментов Упорядоченный список с цифрами или буквами создается с помощью значка Нумерованный список , расположенного на верхней панели инструментов Примечание: нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком Маркированный список или Нумерованный список, чтобы выбрать, как должен выглядеть список. теперь при каждом нажатии в конце строки клавиши Enter будет появляться новый элемент упорядоченного или неупорядоченного списка. Чтобы закончить список, нажмите клавишу Backspace и продолжайте текст обычного абзаца. Можно также изменить отступы текста в списках и их вложенность с помощью значков Многоуровневый список , Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: дополнительные параметры отступов и интервалов можно изменить на правой боковой панели и в окне дополнительных параметров. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию об этом, прочитайте разделы Изменение отступов абзацев и Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateTableOfContents.htm", + "title": "Создание оглавления", + "body": "В оглавлении содержится список всех глав (разделов и т.д.) документа и отображаются номера страниц, на которых начинается каждая глава. Это позволяет легко перемещаться по многостраничному документу, быстро переходя к нужной части текста. Оглавление генерируется автоматически на основе заголовков документа, отформатированных с помощью встроенных стилей. Это позволяет легко обновлять созданное оглавление без необходимости редактировать заголовки и изменять номера страниц вручную при изменении текста документа. Определение структуры заголовков Форматирование заголовков Прежде всего отформатируйте заголовки в документе с помощью одного из предустановленных стилей. Для этого: Выделите текст, который требуется включить в оглавление. Откройте меню стилей в правой части вкладки Главная на верхней панели инструментов. Щелкните по стилю, который хотите применить. По умолчанию можно использовать стили Заголовок 1 - Заголовок 9. Примечание: если вы хотите использовать другие стили (например, Название, Подзаголовок и другие) для форматирования заголовков, которые будут включены в оглавление, сначала потребуется изменить настройки оглавления (обратитесь к соответствующему разделу ниже). Для получения дополнительной информации о доступных стилях форматирования можно обратиться к этой странице. Управление заголовками Когда заголовки будут отформатированы, можно нажать на значок Навигация на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель, на которой отображается список всех заголовков с учетом соответствующих уровней вложенности. С помощью этой панели можно легко перемещаться между заголовками в тексте документа, а также управлять структурой заголовков. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по заголовку в списке и используйте один из доступных пунктов меню: Повысить уровень - чтобы перенести выбранный заголовок на более высокий уровень в иерархической структуре, например, изменить Заголовок 2 на Заголовок 1. Понизить уровень - чтобы перенести выбранный заголовок на более низкий уровень в иерархической структуре, например, изменить Заголовок 1 на Заголовок 2. Новый заголовок перед - чтобы добавить новый пустой заголовок такого же уровня перед выбранным заголовком. Новый заголовок после - чтобы добавить новый пустой заголовок такого же уровня после выбранного заголовка. Новый подзаголовок - чтобы добавить новый пустой подзаголовок (то есть заголовок более низкого уровня) после выбранного заголовка. После того, как заголовок или подзаголовок будет добавлен, щелкните по добавленному пустому заголовку в списке и введите свой текст. Это можно сделать и в тексте документа, и непосредственно на панели Навигации. Выделить содержимое - чтобы выделить в документе текст, относящийся к выбранному заголовку (включая текст, относящийся ко всем подзаголовкам этого заголовка). Развернуть все - чтобы развернуть все уровни заголовков на панели Навигации. Свернуть все - чтобы свернуть все уровни заголовков, кроме уровня 1, на панели Навигации. Развернуть до уровня - чтобы развернуть структуру заголовков до выбранного уровня. Например, если выбрать уровень 3, то будут развернуты уровни 1, 2 и 3, а уровень 4 и все более низкие уровни будут свернуты. Чтобы вручную развернуть или свернуть определенные уровни заголовков, используйте стрелки слева от заголовков. Чтобы закрыть панель Навигации, нажмите на значок Навигация на левой боковой панели еще раз. Вставка оглавления в документ Чтобы вставить в документ оглавление: Установите курсор там, где требуется добавить оглавление. Перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов. Нажмите на значок Оглавление на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите на стрелку рядом с этим значком и выберите из меню нужный вариант макета. Можно выбрать оглавление, в котором отображаются заголовки, номера страниц и заполнители или только заголовки. Примечание: внешний вид оглавления можно изменить позже, используя настройки оглавления. Оглавление будет добавлено в текущей позиции курсора. Чтобы изменить местоположение оглавления, можно выделить поле оглавления (элемент управления содержимым) и просто перетащить его на нужное место. Для этого нажмите на кнопку в левом верхнем углу поля оглавления и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши. Для перемещения между заголовками нажмите клавишу Ctrl и щелкните по нужному заголовку в поле оглавления. Вы перейдете на соответствующую страницу. Изменение созданного оглавления Обновление оглавления После того, как оглавление будет создано, вы можете продолжить редактирование текста, добавляя новые главы, изменяя их порядок, удаляя какие-то абзацы или дополняя текст, относящийся к заголовку, так что номера страниц, соответствующие предыдущему или следующему разделу могут измениться. В этом случае используйте опцию Обновление, чтобы автоматически применить все изменения к оглавлению. Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Обновление на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню нужную опцию: Обновить целиком - чтобы добавить в оглавление заголовки, добавленные в документ, удалить те, которые были удалены из документа, обновить отредактированные (переименованные) заголовки, а также обновить номера страниц. Обновить только номера страниц - чтобы обновить номера страниц, не применяя изменения к заголовкам. Можно выделить оглавление в тексте документа и нажать на значок Обновление в верхней части поля оглавления, чтобы показать указанные выше опции. Можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по оглавлению и использовать соответствующие команды контекстного меню. Изменение настроек оглавления Чтобы открыть настройки оглавления, можно действовать одним из следующих способов: Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Оглавление на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Настройки. Выделите оглавление в тексте документа, нажмите на стрелку рядом с заголовком поля оглавления и выберите в меню опцию Настройки. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по оглавлению и используйте команду контекстного меню Параметры оглавления. Откроется новое окно, в котором можно настроить следующие параметры: Показать номера страниц - эта опция позволяет выбрать, надо ли отображать номера страниц или нет. Номера страниц по правом краю - эта опция позволяет выбрать, надо ли выравнивать номера страниц по правому краю или нет. Заполнитель - эта опция позволяет выбрать тип используемого заполнителя. Заполнитель - это строка символов (точек или дефисов), заполняющая пространство между заголовком и соответствующим номером страницы. Можно также выбрать опцию Нет, если вы не хотите использовать заполнители. Форматировать оглавление как ссылки - эта опция отмечена по умолчанию. Если убрать галочку, нельзя будет переходить к нужной главе, нажав клавишу Ctrl и щелкнув по соответствующему заголовку. Собрать оглавление, используя - в этом разделе можно указать нужное количество уровней структуры, а также стили по умолчанию, которые будут использоваться для создания оглавления. Выберите нужный переключатель: Уровни структуры - когда выбрана эта опция, вы сможете изменить количество иерархических уровней, используемых в оглавлении. Используйте стрелки в поле Уровни, чтобы уменьшить или увеличить число уровней (доступны значения от 1 до 9). Например, если выбрать значение 3, заголовки уровней 4 - 9 не будут включены в оглавление. Выделенные стили - когда выбрана эта опция, можно указать дополнительные стили, которые будут использоваться для создания оглавления, и назначить каждому из них соответствующий уровень структуры. Укажите нужное значение уровня в поле справа от стиля. После сохранения настроек вы сможете использовать этот стиль при создании оглавления. Стили - эта опция позволяет выбрать нужное оформление оглавления. Выберите нужный стиль из выпадающего списка. В поле предварительного просмотра выше отображается то, как должно выглядеть оглавление. Доступны следующие четыре стиля по умолчанию: Простой, Стандартный, Современный, Классический. Опция Текущий используется, если вы применили к стилю оглавления пользовательские настройки. Нажмите кнопку OK в окне настроек, чтобы применить изменения. Настройка стиля оглавления После применения в окне настроек Оглавления одного из стилей оглавления по умолчанию этот стиль можно дополнительно изменить, чтобы текст в поле оглавления выглядел так, как вам нужно. Выделите текст в поле оглавления, например, нажав на кнопку в левом верхнем углу поля оглавления. Отформатируйте элементы оглавления, изменив тип, размер, цвет шрифта или применив стили оформления шрифта. Последовательно обновите стили для элементов всех уровней. Чтобы обновить стиль, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по отформатированному элементу, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Форматирование как стиль и используйте опцию Обновить стиль toc N (стиль toc 2 соответствует элементам с уровнем 2, стиль toc 3 соответствует элементам с уровнем 3 и так далее). Обновите оглавление. Удаление оглавления Чтобы удалить оглавление из документа: Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Оглавление на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить оглавление, или нажмите стрелку рядом с заголовком поля оглавления и используйте опцию Удалить оглавление." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/DecorationStyles.htm", @@ -137,23 +147,28 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeColor.htm", - "title": "Задание типа, размера и цвета шрифта", + "title": "Настройка типа, размера и цвета шрифта", "body": "Вы можете выбрать тип шрифта, его размер и цвет, используя соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: если требуется отформатировать текст, который уже есть в документе, выделите его мышью или с помощью клавиатуры, а затем примените форматирование. Шрифт Используется для выбора шрифта из списка доступных. Размер шрифта Используется для выбора предустановленного значения размера шрифта из выпадающего списка, или же значение можно ввести вручную в поле размера шрифта. Увеличить размер шрифта Используется для изменения размера шрифта, делая его на один пункт крупнее при каждом нажатии на кнопку. Уменьшить размер шрифта Используется для изменения размера шрифта, делая его на один пункт мельче при каждом нажатии на кнопку. Цвет выделения Используется для выделения отдельных предложений, фраз, слов или даже символов путем добавления цветовой полосы, имитирующей отчеркивание текста маркером. Можно выделить нужную часть текста, а потом нажать направленную вниз стрелку рядом с этим значком, чтобы выбрать цвет на палитре (этот набор цветов не зависит от выбранной Цветовой схемы и включает в себя 16 цветов), и этот цвет будет применен к выбранному тексту. Или же можно сначала выбрать цвет выделения, а потом начать выделять текст мышью - указатель мыши будет выглядеть так: - и появится возможность выделить несколько разных частей текста одну за другой. Чтобы остановить выделение текста, просто еще раз щелкните по значку. Для очистки цвета выделения воспользуйтесь опцией Без заливки. Цвет выделения отличается от Цвета фона , поскольку последний применяется ко всему абзацу и полностью заполняет пространство абзаца от левого поля страницы до правого поля страницы. Цвет шрифта Используется для изменения цвета букв/символов в тексте. По умолчанию в новом пустом документе установлен автоматический цвет шрифта. Он отображается как черный шрифт на белом фоне. Если изменить цвет фона на черный, цвет шрифта автоматически изменится на белый, так чтобы текст по-прежнему был четко виден. Для выбора другого цвета нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком и выберите цвет на доступных палитрах (цвета на палитре Цвета темы зависят от выбранной цветовой схемы). После изменения цвета шрифта по умолчанию можно использовать опцию Автоматический в окне цветовых палитр для быстрого восстановления автоматического цвета выбранного фрагмента текста. Примечание: более подробно о работе с цветовыми палитрами рассказывается на этой странице." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/FormattingPresets.htm", "title": "Применение стилей форматирования", - "body": "Каждый стиль форматирования - это набор предварительно заданных параметров форматирования: (размер, цвет шрифта, междустрочный интервал, выравнивание и т.д.). Стили позволяют быстро форматировать различные части документа (заголовки, подзаголовки, списки, обычный текст, цитаты) вместо того, чтобы каждый раз применять несколько параметров форматирования по отдельности. Это также обеспечивает единое оформление на протяжении всего документа. Стиль можно применить только ко всему абзацу. Использование стандартных стилей Чтобы применить один из доступных стилей форматирования текста: установите курсор внутри нужного абзаца или выделите несколько абзацев, к которым требуется применить стиль форматирования, выберите нужный стиль из библиотеки стилей, расположенной справа на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Доступны следующие стили форматирования: обычный, без интервала, заголовок 1-9, название, подзаголовок, цитата, выделенная цитата, абзац списка. Редактирование существующих стилей и создание новых Чтобы изменить существующий стиль: Примените нужный стиль к абзацу. Выделите текст абзаца и измените все параметры форматирования, которые нужно. Сохраните внесенные изменения: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по отредактированному тексту, выберите опцию Форматирование как стиль, а затем - опцию Обновить стиль 'НазваниеСтиля' ('НазваниеСтиля' соответствует тому стилю, который вы применили на первом шаге), или выделите мышью отредактированный фрагмент текста, откройте библиотеку стилей, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по стилю, который требуется изменить, и выберите опцию Обновить из выделенного фрагмента. Как только стиль будет изменен, оформление всех абзацев в документе, отформатированных с помощью этого стиля, изменится соответствующим образом. Чтобы создать совершенно новый стиль: Отформатируйте фрагмент текста так, как вам нужно. Выберите подходящий способ сохранения стиля: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по отредактированному тексту, выберите опцию Форматирование как стиль, а затем - опцию Создать новый стиль, или выделите мышью отредактированный фрагмент текста, откройте библиотеку стилей и щелкните по надписи Новый стиль из выделенного фрагмента. Задайте параметры нового стиля в открывшемся окне Создание нового стиля: Укажите название нового стиля в поле ввода текста. Выберите из списка Стиль следующего абзаца нужный стиль для последующего абзаца. Нажмите кнопку OK. Созданный стиль будет добавлен в библиотеку стилей. Управление пользовательскими стилями: Чтобы восстановить параметры по умолчанию определенного стиля, который вы изменили, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по стилю, который вы хотите восстановить, и выберите опцию Восстановить параметры по умолчанию. Чтобы восстановить параметры по умолчанию всех стилей, которые вы изменили, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому стандартному стилю стилю в библиотеке стилей и выберите опцию Восстановить все стандартные стили. Чтобы удалить один из новых стилей, который вы создали, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по стилю, который вы хотите удалить, и выберите опцию Удалить стиль. Чтобы удалить все новые стили, которые вы создали, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому новому стилю, который вы создали, и выберите опцию Удалить все пользовательские стили." + "body": "Каждый стиль форматирования - это набор предварительно заданных параметров форматирования: (размер, цвет шрифта, междустрочный интервал, выравнивание и т.д.). Стили позволяют быстро форматировать различные части документа (заголовки, подзаголовки, списки, обычный текст, цитаты) вместо того, чтобы каждый раз применять несколько параметров форматирования по отдельности. Это также обеспечивает единое оформление на протяжении всего документа. Стиль можно применить только ко всему абзацу. Использование стандартных стилей Чтобы применить один из доступных стилей форматирования текста: установите курсор внутри нужного абзаца или выделите несколько абзацев, к которым требуется применить стиль форматирования, выберите нужный стиль из библиотеки стилей, расположенной справа на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Доступны следующие стили форматирования: обычный, без интервала, заголовок 1-9, название, подзаголовок, цитата, выделенная цитата, абзац списка, нижний колонтитул, верхний колонтитул, текст сноски. Редактирование существующих стилей и создание новых Чтобы изменить существующий стиль: Примените нужный стиль к абзацу. Выделите текст абзаца и измените все параметры форматирования, которые нужно. Сохраните внесенные изменения: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по отредактированному тексту, выберите опцию Форматирование как стиль, а затем - опцию Обновить стиль 'НазваниеСтиля' ('НазваниеСтиля' соответствует тому стилю, который вы применили на первом шаге), или выделите мышью отредактированный фрагмент текста, откройте библиотеку стилей, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по стилю, который требуется изменить, и выберите опцию Обновить из выделенного фрагмента. Как только стиль будет изменен, оформление всех абзацев в документе, отформатированных с помощью этого стиля, изменится соответствующим образом. Чтобы создать совершенно новый стиль: Отформатируйте фрагмент текста так, как вам нужно. Выберите подходящий способ сохранения стиля: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по отредактированному тексту, выберите опцию Форматирование как стиль, а затем - опцию Создать новый стиль, или выделите мышью отредактированный фрагмент текста, откройте библиотеку стилей и щелкните по надписи Новый стиль из выделенного фрагмента. Задайте параметры нового стиля в открывшемся окне Создание нового стиля: Укажите название нового стиля в поле ввода текста. Выберите из списка Стиль следующего абзаца нужный стиль для последующего абзаца. Нажмите кнопку OK. Созданный стиль будет добавлен в библиотеку стилей. Управление пользовательскими стилями: Чтобы восстановить параметры по умолчанию определенного стиля, который вы изменили, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по стилю, который вы хотите восстановить, и выберите опцию Восстановить параметры по умолчанию. Чтобы восстановить параметры по умолчанию всех стилей, которые вы изменили, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому стандартному стилю стилю в библиотеке стилей и выберите опцию Восстановить все стандартные стили. Чтобы удалить один из новых стилей, который вы создали, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по стилю, который вы хотите удалить, и выберите опцию Удалить стиль. Чтобы удалить все новые стили, которые вы создали, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому новому стилю, который вы создали, и выберите опцию Удалить все пользовательские стили." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Вставка автофигур", - "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры в документ: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на странице выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Перемещение и изменение размера автофигур Для изменения размера автофигуры перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям автофигуры. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной автофигуры при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Для изменения местоположения автофигуры используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на автофигуру. Перетащите автофигуру на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении автофигуры на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы перемещать автофигуру с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать автофигуру строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить ее смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы повернуть автофигуру, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Изменение параметров автофигуры Чтобы выровнять или расположить автофигуры в определенном порядке, используйте контекстное меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную автофигуру на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать автофигуры для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять фигуру по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Дополнительные параметры фигуры - используется для вызова окна 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры'. Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по фигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Непрозрачность - используйте этот раздел, чтобы задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Стиль обтекания - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры автофигуры, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить ширину автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно ширины левого поля, поля (то есть расстояния между левым и правым полями), ширины страницы или ширины правого поля. Высота - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить высоту автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно поля (то есть расстояния между верхним и нижним полями), высоты нижнего поля, высоты страницы или высоты верхнего поля. Если установлен флажок Сохранять пропорции, ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения автофигуры относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - автофигура считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста фигура тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, автофигуру можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение фигуры на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает автофигуру. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры автофигуры. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров автофигуры и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри фигуры. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже автофигуры. Перед текстом - автофигура перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает автофигуру. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли автофигура перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две автофигуры, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Параметры фигуры содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура." + "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры в документ: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на странице выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Перемещение и изменение размера автофигур Для изменения размера автофигуры перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям автофигуры. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной автофигуры при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Для изменения местоположения автофигуры используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на автофигуру. Перетащите автофигуру на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении автофигуры на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы перемещать автофигуру с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать автофигуру строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить ее смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы повернуть автофигуру, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение параметров автофигуры Чтобы выровнять или расположить автофигуры в определенном порядке, используйте контекстное меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную автофигуру на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать автофигуры для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять фигуру по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Дополнительные параметры фигуры - используется для вызова окна 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры'. Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по фигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство выбранной фигуры. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Если Вы хотите использовать изображение в качестве фона фигуры, можно добавить изображение Из файла, выбрав его на жестком диске компьютера, или По URL, вставив в открывшемся окне соответствующий URL-адрес. Если Вы хотите использовать текстуру в качестве фона фигуры, разверните меню Из текстуры и выберите нужную предустановленную текстуру. В настоящее время доступны следующие текстуры: Холст, Картон, Темная ткань, Песок, Гранит, Серая бумага, Вязание, Кожа, Крафт-бумага, Папирус, Дерево. В том случае, если выбранное изображение имеет большие или меньшие размеры, чем автофигура, можно выбрать из выпадающего списка параметр Растяжение или Плитка. Опция Растяжение позволяет подогнать размер изображения под размер автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Опция Плитка позволяет отображать только часть большего изображения, сохраняя его исходные размеры, или повторять меньшее изображение, сохраняя его исходные размеры, по всей площади автофигуры, чтобы оно могло полностью заполнить пространство. Примечание: любая выбранная предустановленная текстура полностью заполняет пространство, но в случае необходимости можно применить эффект Растяжение. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Узор - выберите один из готовых рисунков в меню. Цвет переднего плана - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет элементов узора. Цвет фона - нажмите на это цветовое поле, чтобы изменить цвет фона узора. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Непрозрачность - используйте этот раздел, чтобы задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Стиль обтекания - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить автофигуру - используйте этот раздел, чтобы заменить текущую автофигуру на другую, выбрав ее из выпадающего списка. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры автофигуры, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно 'Фигура - дополнительные параметры': Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить ширину автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно ширины левого поля, поля (то есть расстояния между левым и правым полями), ширины страницы или ширины правого поля. Высота - используйте одну из этих опций, чтобы изменить высоту автофигуры. Абсолютная - укажите точное значение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...). Относительная - укажите размер в процентах относительно поля (то есть расстояния между верхним и нижним полями), высоты нижнего поля, высоты страницы или высоты верхнего поля. Если установлен флажок Сохранять пропорции, ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения автофигуры относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - автофигура считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста фигура тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, автофигуру можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение фигуры на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает автофигуру. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры автофигуры. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров автофигуры и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри фигуры. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже автофигуры. Перед текстом - автофигура перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает автофигуру. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования автофигуры: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли автофигура перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две автофигуры, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Параметры фигуры содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Вставка диаграмм", - "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в документ: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, который требуется применить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Sheet1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заговок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. Перемещение и изменение размера диаграмм После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта или его стиль оформления. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши до появления голубой пунктирной рамки. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Некоторые параметры диаграммы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту диаграммы. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить тип диаграммы - используется, чтобы изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Примечание: для быстрого вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм' можно также дважды щелкнуть мышкой по диаграмме в документе. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную диаграмму на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать диаграммы для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять диаграмму по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом. Опция Изменить границу обтекания для диаграмм недоступна. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Дополнительные параметры диаграммы - используется для вызова окна 'Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры'. При выборе диаграммы справа также появляется значок Параметры фигуры , поскольку фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Щелкнув по этому значку, можно открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и задать заливку, обводку и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры диаграммы, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств диаграммы: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения диаграммы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - диаграмма считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста диаграмма тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, диаграмму можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение диаграммы на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает диаграмму. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры диаграммы. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров диаграммы и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри диаграммы. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже диаграммы. Перед текстом - диаграмма перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает диаграмму. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли диаграмма перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две диаграммы, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма." + "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в документ: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно изменить тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, который требуется применить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Sheet1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. На вкладке Вертикальная ось можно изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, где указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. На вкладке Горизонтальная ось можно изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. Перемещение и изменение размера диаграмм После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер и положение. Для изменения размера диаграммы перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по ее краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранной диаграммы при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения диаграммы используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на диаграмму. Перетащите диаграмму на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении диаграммы на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта или его стиль оформления. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Некоторые параметры диаграммы можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры диаграммы на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту диаграммы. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Изменить тип диаграммы - используется, чтобы изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Примечание: для быстрого вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм' можно также дважды щелкнуть мышкой по диаграмме в документе. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранную диаграмму на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать диаграммы для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять диаграмму по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом. Опция Изменить границу обтекания для диаграмм недоступна. Изменить данные - используется для вызова окна 'Редактор диаграмм'. Дополнительные параметры диаграммы - используется для вызова окна 'Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры'. При выборе диаграммы справа также появляется значок Параметры фигуры , поскольку фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Щелкнув по этому значку, можно открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и задать заливку, обводку и Стиль обтекания. Обратите внимание на то, что тип фигуры изменить нельзя. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры диаграммы, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры диаграммы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств диаграммы: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения диаграммы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - диаграмма считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста диаграмма тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, диаграмму можно перемещать независимо от текста и и точно задавать положение диаграммы на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает диаграмму. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры диаграммы. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров диаграммы и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри диаграммы. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже диаграммы. Перед текстом - диаграмма перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает диаграмму. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования диаграммы: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли диаграмма перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому она привязана. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться две диаграммы, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertContentControls.htm", + "title": "Вставка элементов управления содержимым", + "body": "Используя элементы управления содержимым, вы можете создать форму с полями ввода, которую могут заполнять другие пользователи, или защитить некоторые части документа от редактирования или удаления. Элементы управления содержимым - это объекты, содержащие текст, который можно форматировать. Элементы управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" могут содержать не более одного абзаца, тогда как элементы управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" могут содержать несколько абзацев, списки и объекты (изображения, фигуры, таблицы и так далее). Добавление элементов управления содержимым Для создания нового элемента управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\", установите курсор в строке текста там, где требуется добавить элемент управления, или выделите фрагмент текста, который должен стать содержимым элемента управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Вставить элемент управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\". Элемент управления будет вставлен в позиции курсора в строке существующего текста. Элементы управления содержимым \"Обычный текст\" не позволяют добавлять разрывы строки и не могут содержать другие объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы и так далее. Для создания нового элемента управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\", установите курсор в конце абзаца, после которого требуется добавить элемент управления, или выделите один или несколько существующих абзацев, которые должны стать содержимым элемента управления. перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов. нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым. выберите в меню опцию Вставить элемент управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\". Элемент управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" будет вставлен в новом абзаце. Элементы управления содержимым \"Форматированный текст\" позволяют добавлять разрывы строки, то есть могут содержать несколько абзацев, а также какие-либо объекты, такие как изображения, таблицы, другие элементы управления содержимым и так далее. Примечание: Граница элемента управления содержимым видна только при выделении элемента управления. Границы не отображаются в печатной версии. Перемещение элементов управления содержимым Элементы управления можно перемещать на другое место в документе: нажмите на кнопку слева от границы элемента управления, чтобы выделить элемент управления, и перетащите его, не отпуская кнопку мыши, на другое место в тексте документа. Элементы управления содержимым можно также копировать и вставлять: выделите нужный элемент управления и используйте сочетания клавиш Ctrl+C/Ctrl+V. Редактирование содержимого элементов управления Замените стандартный текст в элементе управления (\"Введите ваш текст\") на свой собственный: выделите стандартный текст и введите новый текст или скопируйте откуда-нибудь фрагмент текста и вставьте его в элемент управления содержимым. Текст внутри элемента управления содержимым любого типа (и \"Обычный текст\", и \"Форматированный текст\") можно отформатировать с помощью значков на верхней панели инструментов: вы можете изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования. Для изменения свойств текста можно также использовать окно Абзац - Дополнительные параметры, доступное из контекстного меню или с правой боковой панели. Текст в элементах управления \"Форматированный текст\" можно форматировать, как обычный текст документа, то есть вы можете задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции. Изменение настроек элементов управления содержимым Чтобы открыть настройки элемента управления содержимым, можно действовать следующим образом: Выделите нужный элемент управления содержимым, нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Параметры элемента управления. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Параметры элемента управления содержимым. Откроется новое окно, в котором можно настроить следующие параметры: Укажите Заголовок или Тег элемента управления содержимым в соответствующих полях. Защитите элемент управления содержимым от удаления или редактирования, используя параметры из раздела Блокировка: Элемент управления содержимым нельзя удалить - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить элемент управления содержимым от удаления. Содержимое нельзя редактировать - отметьте эту опцию, чтобы защитить содержимое элемента управления от редактирования. Нажмите кнопку OK в окне настроек, чтобы применить изменения. Удаление элементов управления содержимым Чтобы удалить элемент управления и оставить все его содержимое, щелкните по элементу управления содержимым, чтобы выделить его, затем действуйте одним из следующих способов: Нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Элементы управления содержимым на верхней панели инструментов и выберите в меню опцию Удалить элемент управления содержимым. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по элементу управления содержимым и используйте команду контекстного меню Удалить элемент управления содержимым. Чтобы удалить элемент управления и все его содержимое, выделите нужный элемент управления и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDropCap.htm", @@ -168,42 +183,42 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFootnotes.htm", "title": "Вставка сносок", - "body": "Сноски можно добавлять, чтобы пояснить или прокомментировать какие-то фразы или термины, использованные в тексте, указать ссылки на источники и так далее. Чтобы вставить сноску в документ: установите курсор в конце фрагмента текста, к которому надо добавить сноску, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на значок Сноска на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска и выберите в меню опцию Вставить сноску, В тексте документа появится знак сноски (то есть надстрочный знак, обозначающий сноску), а курсор переместится в нижнюю часть текущей страницы. введите текст сноски. Повторите вышеуказанные действия, чтобы добавить последующие сноски к другим фрагментам текста в документе. Сноски нумеруются автоматически. При наведении курсора на знак сноски в тексте документа появляется небольшое всплывающее окно с текстом сноски. Чтобы легко переходить между добавленными сносками в тексте документа: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, в разделе Перейти к сноскам используйте стрелку для перехода к предыдущей сноске или стрелку для перехода к следующей сноске. Чтобы изменить параметры сносок: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню опцию Параметры сносок, измените текущие параметры в открывшемся окне Параметры сносок: Задайте Положение сносок на странице, выбрав один из доступных вариантов: Внизу страницы - чтобы расположить сноски внизу страницы (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию). Под текстом - чтобы расположить сноски ближе к тексту. Эта опция может быть полезна в тех случаях, когда на странице содержится короткий текст. Настройте Формат сносок: Формат номера - выберите нужный формат номера из доступных вариантов: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Начать с - используйте стрелки, чтобы задать цифру или букву, с которой должна начинаться нумерация. Нумерация - выберите способ нумерации сносок: Непрерывная - чтобы нумеровать сноски последовательно во всем документе, В каждом разделе - чтобы начинать нумерацию сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждого раздела, На каждой странице - чтобы начинать нумерацию сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждой страницы. Особый символ - задайте специальный символ или слово, которые требуется использовать в качестве знака сноски (например, * или Прим.1). Введите в поле ввода текста нужный символ или слово и нажмите кнопку Вставить в нижней части окна Параметры сносок. Используйте раскрывающийся список Применить изменения, чтобы выбрать, требуется ли применить указанные параметры сносок Ко всему документу или только К текущему разделу. Примечание: чтобы использовать различное форматирование сносок в отдельных частях документа, сначала необходимо добавить разрывы раздела. Когда все будет готово, нажмите на кнопку Применить. Чтобы удалить отдельную сноску, установите курсор непосредственно перед знаком сноски в тексте документа и нажмите клавишу Delete. Нумерация оставшихся сносок изменится автоматически. Чтобы удалить все сноски в документе: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню опцию Удалить все сноски." + "body": "Сноски можно добавлять, чтобы пояснить или прокомментировать какие-то фразы или термины, использованные в тексте, указать ссылки на источники и так далее. Чтобы вставить сноску в документ: установите курсор в конце фрагмента текста, к которому надо добавить сноску, перейдите на вкладку Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, нажмите на значок Сноска на верхней панели инструментов или нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска и выберите в меню опцию Вставить сноску, В тексте документа появится знак сноски (то есть надстрочный знак, обозначающий сноску), а курсор переместится в нижнюю часть текущей страницы. введите текст сноски. Повторите вышеуказанные действия, чтобы добавить последующие сноски к другим фрагментам текста в документе. Сноски нумеруются автоматически. При наведении курсора на знак сноски в тексте документа появляется небольшое всплывающее окно с текстом сноски. Чтобы легко переходить между добавленными сносками в тексте документа: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, в разделе Перейти к сноскам используйте стрелку для перехода к предыдущей сноске или стрелку для перехода к следующей сноске. Чтобы изменить параметры сносок: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню опцию Параметры сносок, измените текущие параметры в открывшемся окне Параметры сносок: Задайте Положение сносок на странице, выбрав один из доступных вариантов: Внизу страницы - чтобы расположить сноски внизу страницы (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию). Под текстом - чтобы расположить сноски ближе к тексту. Эта опция может быть полезна в тех случаях, когда на странице содержится короткий текст. Настройте Формат сносок: Формат номера - выберите нужный формат номера из доступных вариантов: 1, 2, 3,..., a, b, c,..., A, B, C,..., i, ii, iii,..., I, II, III,.... Начать с - используйте стрелки, чтобы задать цифру или букву, с которой должна начинаться нумерация. Нумерация - выберите способ нумерации сносок: Непрерывная - чтобы нумеровать сноски последовательно во всем документе, В каждом разделе - чтобы начинать нумерацию сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждого раздела, На каждой странице - чтобы начинать нумерацию сносок с цифры 1 (или другого заданного символа) в начале каждой страницы. Особый символ - задайте специальный символ или слово, которые требуется использовать в качестве знака сноски (например, * или Прим.1). Введите в поле ввода текста нужный символ или слово и нажмите кнопку Вставить в нижней части окна Параметры сносок. Используйте раскрывающийся список Применить изменения, чтобы выбрать, требуется ли применить указанные параметры сносок Ко всему документу или только К текущему разделу. Примечание: чтобы использовать различное форматирование сносок в отдельных частях документа, сначала необходимо добавить разрывы раздела. Когда все будет готово, нажмите на кнопку Применить. Чтобы удалить отдельную сноску, установите курсор непосредственно перед знаком сноски в тексте документа и нажмите клавишу Delete. Нумерация оставшихся сносок изменится автоматически. Чтобы удалить все сноски в документе: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Сноска на вкладке Ссылки верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню опцию Удалить все сноски." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertHeadersFooters.htm", "title": "Вставка колонтитулов", - "body": "Чтобы добавить в документ верхний или нижний колонтитулы или изменить существующие, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Колонтитулы на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из следующих опций: Изменить верхний колонтитул, чтобы вставить или отредактировать текст верхнего колонтитула. Изменить нижний колонтитул, чтобы вставить или отредактировать текст нижнего колонтитула. измените текущие параметры колонтитулов на правой боковой панели: Установите положение текста относительно верхнего (для верхних колонтитулов) или нижнего (для нижних колонтитулов) края страницы. Установите флажок Особый для первой страницы, если надо применить особый верхний или нижний колонтитул для самой первой страницы или вообще не добавлять на нее колонтитулы. Опция Разные для четных и нечетных используется для вставки разных колонтитулов для четных и нечетных страниц. Опция Связать с предыдущим доступна, если вы ранее добавили в документ разделы. В противном случае она будет неактивна. Кроме того, эта опция недоступна для самого первого раздела (то есть когда выделен верхний или нижний колонтитул, относящийся к первому разделу). По умолчанию эта опция включена и ко всем разделам применяются одни и те же верхние/нижние колонтитулы. Если выбрать область верхних или нижних колонтитулов, она будет отмечена надписью Same as previous. Для того чтобы использовать разные верхние/нижние колонтитулы в каждом разделе документа, уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Same as previous больше отображаться не будет. Чтобы ввести текст или отредактировать уже введенный текст и настроить параметры верхнего или нижнего колонтитулов, можно также дважды щелкнуть в верхней или нижней части страницы или щелкнуть там правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать единственную опцию меню - Изменить верхний колонтитул или Изменить нижний колонтитул. Чтобы переключиться на текст документа, дважды щелкните по рабочей области. Текст, используемый в колонтитулах будет отображаться серым цветом. Примечание: пожалуйста, обратитесь к разделу Вставка номеров страниц, чтобы узнать, как добавить в документ номера страниц." + "body": "Чтобы добавить в документ верхний или нижний колонтитулы или изменить существующие, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Колонтитулы на верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из следующих опций: Изменить верхний колонтитул, чтобы вставить или отредактировать текст верхнего колонтитула. Изменить нижний колонтитул, чтобы вставить или отредактировать текст нижнего колонтитула. измените текущие параметры колонтитулов на правой боковой панели: Установите положение текста относительно верхнего (для верхних колонтитулов) или нижнего (для нижних колонтитулов) края страницы. Установите флажок Особый для первой страницы, если надо применить особый верхний или нижний колонтитул для самой первой страницы или вообще не добавлять на нее колонтитулы. Опция Разные для четных и нечетных используется для вставки разных колонтитулов для четных и нечетных страниц. Опция Связать с предыдущим доступна, если вы ранее добавили в документ разделы. В противном случае она будет неактивна. Кроме того, эта опция недоступна для самого первого раздела (то есть когда выделен верхний или нижний колонтитул, относящийся к первому разделу). По умолчанию эта опция включена и ко всем разделам применяются одни и те же верхние/нижние колонтитулы. Если выбрать область верхних или нижних колонтитулов, она будет отмечена надписью Как в предыдущем. Для того чтобы использовать разные верхние/нижние колонтитулы в каждом разделе документа, уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Как в предыдущем больше отображаться не будет. Чтобы ввести текст или отредактировать уже введенный текст и настроить параметры верхнего или нижнего колонтитулов, можно также дважды щелкнуть в верхней или нижней части страницы или щелкнуть там правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать единственную опцию меню - Изменить верхний колонтитул или Изменить нижний колонтитул. Чтобы переключиться на текст документа, дважды щелкните по рабочей области. Текст, используемый в колонтитулах будет отображаться серым цветом. Примечание: пожалуйста, обратитесь к разделу Вставка номеров страниц, чтобы узнать, как добавить в документ номера страниц." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Вставка изображений", - "body": "В редакторе документов можно вставлять в документ изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Вставка изображения Для вставки изображения в текст документа: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить изображение, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Изображение на верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно Windows для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором Вы можете ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажмите кнопку OK после того, как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер, свойства и положение. Перемещение и изменение размера изображений Для изменения размера изображения перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по его краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного изображения при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения изображения используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на изображение. Перетащите изображение на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении изображения на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы повернуть изображение, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Изменение параметров изображения Некоторые параметры изображения можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по изображению и выберите значок Параметры изображения справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения. При необходимости можно восстановить размер изображения по умолчанию, нажав кнопку По умолчанию. Кнопка Вписать позволяет изменить размер изображения таким образом, чтобы оно занимало все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое из файла или по URL. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранное изображение на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать изображения для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять изображение по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Размер по умолчанию - используется для смены текущего размера изображения на размер по умолчанию. Дополнительные параметры изображения - используется для вызова окна 'Изображение - дополнительные параметры'. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить размер по умолчанию добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку По умолчанию. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения изображения относительно текста: или оно будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать его со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - изображение считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста изображение тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, изображение можно перемещать независимо от текста и точно задавать положение изображения на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает изображение. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры изображения. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров изображения и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри него. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже изображения. Перед текстом - изображение перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает изображение. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли изображение перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому оно привязано. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться два изображения, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение." + "body": "В редакторе документов можно вставлять в документ изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Вставка изображения Для вставки изображения в текст документа: установите курсор там, где требуется поместить изображение, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Изображение на верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно Windows для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором Вы можете ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажмите кнопку OK после того, как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер, свойства и положение. Перемещение и изменение размера изображений Для изменения размера изображения перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по его краям. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного изображения при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Для изменения местоположения изображения используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на изображение. Перетащите изображение на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. При перемещении изображения на экране появляются направляющие, которые помогают точно расположить объект на странице (если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\"). Чтобы повернуть изображение, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение параметров изображения Некоторые параметры изображения можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры изображения на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по изображению и выберите значок Параметры изображения справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения. При необходимости можно восстановить размер изображения по умолчанию, нажав кнопку По умолчанию. Кнопка Вписать позволяет изменить размер изображения таким образом, чтобы оно занимало все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом (для получения дополнительной информации смотрите описание дополнительных параметров ниже). Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL. Некоторые из этих опций можно также найти в контекстном меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Порядок - используется, чтобы вынести выбранное изображение на передний план, переместить на задний план, перенести вперед или назад, а также сгруппировать или разгруппировать изображения для выполнения операций над несколькими из них сразу. Подробнее о расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы выровнять изображение по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю, по верхнему краю, по середине, по нижнему краю. Подробнее о выравнивании объектов рассказывается на этой странице. Стиль обтекания - используется, чтобы выбрать один из доступных стилей обтекания текстом - в тексте, вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное, сверху и снизу, перед текстом, за текстом - или для изменения границы обтекания. Опция Изменить границу обтекания доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Чтобы произвольно изменить границу, перетаскивайте точки границы обтекания. Чтобы создать новую точку границы обтекания, щелкните в любом месте на красной линии и перетащите ее в нужную позицию. Размер по умолчанию - используется для смены текущего размера изображения на размер по умолчанию. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы заменить текущее изображение, загрузив другое Из файла или По URL. Дополнительные параметры изображения - используется для вызова окна 'Изображение - дополнительные параметры'. Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры изображения. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Размер содержит следующие параметры: Ширина и Высота - используйте эти опции, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить размер по умолчанию добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку По умолчанию. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения изображения относительно текста: или оно будет являться частью текста (если выбран стиль обтекания \"В тексте\") или текст будет обтекать его со всех сторон (если выбран один из остальных стилей). В тексте - изображение считается частью текста, как отдельный символ, поэтому при перемещении текста изображение тоже перемещается. В этом случае параметры расположения недоступны. Если выбран один из следующих стилей, изображение можно перемещать независимо от текста и точно задавать положение изображения на странице: Вокруг рамки - текст обтекает прямоугольную рамку, которая окружает изображение. По контуру - текст обтекает реальные контуры изображения. Сквозное - текст обтекает вокруг контуров изображения и заполняет незамкнутое свободное место внутри него. Чтобы этот эффект проявился, используйте опцию Изменить границу обтекания из контекстного меню. Сверху и снизу - текст находится только выше и ниже изображения. Перед текстом - изображение перекрывает текст. За текстом - текст перекрывает изображение. При выборе стиля обтекания вокруг рамки, по контуру, сквозное или сверху и снизу можно задать дополнительные параметры - расстояние до текста со всех сторон (сверху, снизу, слева, справа). Вкладка Положение доступна только в том случае, если выбран стиль обтекания, отличный от стиля \"В тексте\". Вкладка содержит следующие параметры, которые различаются в зависимости от выбранного стиля обтекания: В разделе По горизонтали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), справа от символа, столбца, левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно левого поля, поля, страницы или правого поля. В разделе По вертикали можно выбрать один из следующих трех способов позиционирования изображения: Выравнивание (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Абсолютное Положение, определяемое в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...), ниже строки, поля, нижнего поля, абзаца, страницы или верхнего поля, Относительное положение, определяемое в процентах, относительно поля, нижнего поля, страницы или верхнего поля. Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли изображение перемещаться вместе с текстом, к которому оно привязано. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли перекрываться два изображения, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertPageNumbers.htm", "title": "Вставка номеров страниц", - "body": "Для вставки в документ номеров страниц: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Колонтитулы на верхней панели инструментов, выберите подменю Вставить номер страницы выберите одну из следующих опций: Чтобы поместить номер страницы на каждую страницу документа, выберите положение номеров страниц на странице. Чтобы вставить номер страницы в текущей позиции курсора, выберите опцию В текущей позиции. Для вставки общего числа страниц в документе (например, если вы хотите создать запись вида \"Страница X из Y\"): установите курсор там, где требуется вставить общее число страниц, нажмите значок Колонтитулы на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Вставить число страниц. Для изменения параметров номеров страниц: дважды щелкните в области, где расположен номер страницы, измените текущие параметры на правой боковой панели: Установите положение номеров страниц на странице, а также положение относительно верхнего и нижнего края страницы. Установите флажок Особый для первой страницы, если надо применить особый номер для самой первой страницы, или вообще не добавлять на нее номер. Установите флажок Разные для четных и нечетных для вставки разных номеров для четных и нечетных страниц. Опция Связать с предыдущим доступна, если вы ранее добавили в документ разделы. В противном случае она будет неактивна. Кроме того, эта опция недоступна для самого первого раздела (то есть когда выделен верхний или нижний колонтитул, относящийся к первому разделу). По умолчанию эта опция включена и ко всем разделам применяются одна и та же нумерация страниц. Если выбрать область верхних или нижних колонтитулов, она будет отмечена надписью Same as previous. Для того чтобы использовать разную нумерацию страниц в каждом разделе документа, уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Same as previous больше отображаться не будет. Чтобы вернуться к редактированию документа, дважды щелкните по рабочей области." + "body": "Для вставки в документ номеров страниц: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Колонтитулы на верхней панели инструментов, выберите подменю Вставить номер страницы выберите одну из следующих опций: Чтобы поместить номер страницы на каждую страницу документа, выберите положение номеров страниц на странице. Чтобы вставить номер текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора, выберите опцию В текущей позиции. Примечание: для вставки номера текущей страницы в текущей позиции курсора можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+P. Для вставки общего числа страниц в документе (например, если вы хотите создать запись вида \"Страница X из Y\"): установите курсор там, где требуется вставить общее число страниц, нажмите значок Колонтитулы на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Вставить число страниц. Для изменения параметров номеров страниц: дважды щелкните в области, где расположен номер страницы, измените текущие параметры на правой боковой панели: Установите положение номеров страниц на странице, а также положение относительно верхнего и нижнего края страницы. Установите флажок Особый для первой страницы, если надо применить особый номер для самой первой страницы, или вообще не добавлять на нее номер. Установите флажок Разные для четных и нечетных для вставки разных номеров для четных и нечетных страниц. Опция Связать с предыдущим доступна, если вы ранее добавили в документ разделы. В противном случае она будет неактивна. Кроме того, эта опция недоступна для самого первого раздела (то есть когда выделен верхний или нижний колонтитул, относящийся к первому разделу). По умолчанию эта опция включена и ко всем разделам применяются одна и та же нумерация страниц. Если выбрать область верхних или нижних колонтитулов, она будет отмечена надписью Как в предыдущем. Для того чтобы использовать разную нумерацию страниц в каждом разделе документа, уберите галочку Связать с предыдущим, и надпись Как в предыдущем больше отображаться не будет. Раздел Нумерация страниц позволяет настроить параметры нумерации страниц между различными разделами документа. По умолчанию выбрана опция Продолжить, которая позволяет сохранить последовательную нумерацию страниц после разрыва раздела. Если вы хотите начать нумерацию страниц текущего раздела документа с особого номера, выберите переключатель Начать с и введите нужное начальное значение в поле справа. Чтобы вернуться к редактированию документа, дважды щелкните по рабочей области." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Вставка таблиц", - "body": "Вставка таблицы Для вставки таблицы в текст документа: установите курсор там, где надо разместить таблицу, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Таблица на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию для создания таблицы: или таблица со стандартным количеством ячеек (максимум 10 на 8 ячеек) Если требуется быстро добавить таблицу, просто выделите мышью нужное количество строк (максимум 8) и столбцов (максимум 10). или пользовательская таблица Если Вам нужна таблица больше, чем 10 на 8 ячеек, выберите опцию Вставить пользовательскую таблицу, после чего откроется окно, в котором можно вручную ввести нужное количество строк и столбцов соответственно, затем нажмите кнопку OK. после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение. Изменение параметров таблицы Некоторые свойства таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью контекстного меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Выделить - используется для выделения строки, столбца, ячейки или таблицы. Вставить - используется для вставки строки выше или ниже той строки, в которой находится курсор, а также для вставки столбца слева или справа от того столбца, в котором находится курсор. Удалить - используется для удаления строки, столбца или таблицы. Объединить ячейки - этот пункт доступен при выделении двух или более ячеек и используется для их объединения. Разделить ячейку... - используется для вызова окна, в котором можно выбрать нужное количество столбцов и строк, на которое будет разделена ячейка. Вертикальное выравнивание в ячейках - используется для выравнивания текста в выделенной ячейке по верхнему краю, центру или нижнему краю. Направление текста - используется для изменения ориентации текста в ячейке. Текст можно расположить по горизонтали, по вертикали сверху вниз (Поворот на 90°), или по вертикали снизу вверх (Поворот на 270°). Стиль обтекания - Встроенный - используется для выбора встроенного стиля обтекания (при котором таблица разрывает текст), а также выравнивания: по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю. Стиль обтекания - Плавающий - используется для выбора плавающего стиля обтекания, при котором текст размещается вокруг таблицы. Дополнительные параметры таблицы - используется для вызова окна 'Таблица - дополнительные параметры'. Гиперссылка - используется для вставки гиперссылки. Дополнительные параметры абзаца - используется для вызова окна 'Абзац - дополнительные параметры'. Свойства таблицы можно также изменить на правой боковой панели: Строки и Столбцы - используются для выбора тех частей таблицы, которые необходимо выделить. Для строк: Заголовок - для выделения первой строки Итоговая - для выделения последней строки Чередовать - для выделения строк через одну Для столбцов: Первый - для выделения первого столбца Последний - для выделения последнего столбца Чередовать - для выделения столбцов через один По шаблону - используется для выбора одного из доступных шаблонов таблиц. Стиль границ - используется для выбора толщины, цвета и стиля границ, а также цвета фона. Стиль обтекания - используется для выбора одного из двух стилей обтекания текстом - встроенного и плавающего. Строки и столбцы - используется для выполнения некоторых операций с таблицей: выделения, удаления, вставки строк и столбцов, объединения ячеек, разделения ячейки. Повторять как заголовок на каждой странице - в длинных таблицах используется для вставки одной и той же строки заголовка наверху каждой страницы. Дополнительные параметры - используется для вызова окна 'Таблица - дополнительные параметры'. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры таблицы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы: На вкладке Таблица можно изменить свойства всей таблицы. Раздел Размер таблицы содержит следующие параметры: Ширина - по умолчанию ширина таблицы автоматически подгоняется по ширине страницы, то есть таблица занимает все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы. Можно установить этот флажок и указать нужную ширину таблицы вручную. Опция Единицы позволяет указать, надо ли задавать ширину таблицы в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...) или в Процентах от общей ширины страницы. Примечание: можно также регулировать размеры таблицы, изменяя высоту строк и ширину столбцов вручную. Наведите указатель мыши на границу строки/столбца, чтобы он превратился в двустороннюю стрелку, и перетащите границу. Кроме того, можно использовать маркеры на горизонтальной линейке для изменения ширины столбцов и маркеры на вертикальной линейке для изменения высоты строк. Автоподбор размеров по содержимому - разрешает автоматически изменять ширину каждого столбца в соответствии с текстом внутри его ячеек. Раздел Поля ячейки по умолчанию позволяет изменить используемые по умолчанию расстояния между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки. Раздел Параметры позволяет изменить следующий параметр: Интервалы между ячейками - разрешает использование между ячейками интервалов, которые будут заливаться цветом Фона таблицы. На вкладке Ячейка можно изменить свойства отдельных ячеек. Сначала надо выбрать ячейку, к которой требуется применить изменения, или выделить всю таблицу, чтобы изменить свойства всех ее ячеек. Раздел Размер ячейки содержит следующие параметры: Опция Ширина позволяет задать предпочтительную ширину ячейки. Это размер, которому ячейка стремится соответствовать, хотя в некоторых случаях точное соответствие может быть невозможно. Например, если текст внутри ячейки превышает заданную ширину, он будет переноситься на следующую строку, чтобы предпочтительная ширина ячейки оставалась неизменной, но если вставить новый столбец, предпочтительная ширина будет уменьшена. Опция Единицы - позволяет указать, надо ли задавать ширину ячейки в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...) или в Процентах от общей ширины таблицы. Примечание: можно также регулировать ширину ячейки вручную. Чтобы сделать отдельную ячейку в столбце шире или уже общей ширины столбца, выделите нужную ячейку, наведите указатель мыши на ее правую границу, чтобы он превратился в двустороннюю стрелку, затем перетащите границу. Чтобы изменить ширину всех ячеек в столбце, используйте маркеры на горизонтальной линейке для изменения ширины столбцов. Раздел Поля ячейки позволяет регулировать расстояние между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки. По умолчанию установлены стандартные значения (значения, используемые по умолчанию, тоже можно изменить на вкладке Таблица), но можно снять флажок Использовать поля по умолчанию и ввести нужные значения вручную. В разделе Параметры ячейки можно изменить следующий параметр: Опция Перенос текста включена по умолчанию. Она позволяет переносить текст внутри ячейки, превышающий ее ширину, на следующую строку, увеличивая высоту строки и оставляя ширину столбца неизменной. Вкладка Границы и фон содержит следующие параметры: Параметры границы (ширина, цвет и наличие или отсутствие) - задайте ширину границ, выберите их цвет и то, как они должны отображаться в ячейках. Примечание: если вы решили скрыть границы таблицы, нажав кнопку или отключив все границы вручную на схеме, в документе они будут обозначены пунктиром. Чтобы они совсем исчезли, нажмите значок Непечатаемые символы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Скрытые границы таблиц. Фон ячейки - цвет фона внутри ячейки (опция доступна только в том случае, если выделены одна или более ячеек или выбрана опция Интервалы между ячейками на вкладке Таблица). Фон таблицы - цвет фона таблицы или фона пространства между ячейками в том случае, если выбрана опция Интервалы между ячейками на вкладке Таблица. Вкладка Положение таблицы доступна только в том случае, если на вкладке Обтекание текстом выбран Плавающий стиль обтекания, и содержит следующие параметры: Параметры раздела По горизонтали включают в себя выравнивание таблицы (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно поля, страницы или текста, а также положение таблицы справа от поля, страницы или текста. Параметры раздела По вертикали включают в себя выравнивание таблицы (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно поля, страницы или текста, а также положение таблицы ниже поля, страницы или текста. В разделе Параметры можно изменить следующие параметры: Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли таблица перемещаться вместе с текстом, в который она вставлена. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли две таблицы объединяться в одну большую таблицу или перекрываться, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания текстом - Встроенный или Плавающий. Используйте нужную опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения таблицы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если Вы выбрали встроенный стиль), или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если Вы выбрали плавающий стиль). После того, как Вы выберете тип обтекания, можно задать дополнительные параметры обтекания как для встроенного, так и для плавающего типа: Для встроенного типа Вы можете указать выравнивание таблицы и отступ слева. Для плавающего типа Вы можете указать расстояние до текста и положение таблицы на вкладке Положение таблицы. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица." + "body": "Вставка таблицы Для вставки таблицы в текст документа: установите курсор там, где надо разместить таблицу, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Таблица на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию для создания таблицы: или таблица со стандартным количеством ячеек (максимум 10 на 8 ячеек) Если требуется быстро добавить таблицу, просто выделите мышью нужное количество строк (максимум 8) и столбцов (максимум 10). или пользовательская таблица Если Вам нужна таблица больше, чем 10 на 8 ячеек, выберите опцию Вставить пользовательскую таблицу, после чего откроется окно, в котором можно вручную ввести нужное количество строк и столбцов соответственно, затем нажмите кнопку OK. после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение. Чтобы изменить размер таблицы, наведите курсор мыши на маркер в правом нижнем углу и перетаскивайте его, пока таблица не достигнет нужного размера. Вы также можете вручную изменить ширину определенного столбца или высоту строки. Наведите курсор мыши на правую границу столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку , и перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать нужную ширину. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, наведите курсор мыши на нижнюю границу строки, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку , и перетащите границу вверх или вниз. Чтобы переместить таблицу, удерживайте маркер в левом верхнем углу и перетащите его на нужное место в документе. Выделение таблицы или ее части Чтобы выделить всю таблицу, нажмите на маркер в левом верхнем углу. Чтобы выделить определенную ячейку, подведите курсор мыши к левой части нужной ячейки, чтобы курсор превратился в черную стрелку , затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить определенную строку, подведите курсор мыши к левой границе таблицы рядом с нужной строкой, чтобы курсор превратился в горизонтальную черную стрелку , затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить определенный столбец, подведите курсор мыши к верхней границе нужного столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в направленную вниз черную стрелку , затем щелкните левой кнопкой мыши. Можно также выделить ячейку, строку, столбец или таблицу с помощью опций контекстного меню или раздела Строки и столбцы на правой боковой панели. Примечание: для перемещения по таблице можно использовать сочетания клавиш. Изменение параметров таблицы Некоторые свойства таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью контекстного меню. Меню содержит следующие пункты: Вырезать, копировать, вставить - стандартные опции, которые используются для вырезания или копирования выделенного текста/объекта и вставки ранее вырезанного/скопированного фрагмента текста или объекта в то место, где находится курсор. Выделить - используется для выделения строки, столбца, ячейки или таблицы. Вставить - используется для вставки строки выше или ниже той строки, в которой находится курсор, а также для вставки столбца слева или справа от того столбца, в котором находится курсор. Удалить - используется для удаления строки, столбца или таблицы. Объединить ячейки - этот пункт доступен при выделении двух или более ячеек и используется для их объединения. Разделить ячейку... - используется для вызова окна, в котором можно выбрать нужное количество столбцов и строк, на которое будет разделена ячейка. Выровнять высоту строк - используется для изменения выделенных ячеек таким образом, чтобы все они имели одинаковую высоту, без изменения общей высоты таблицы. Выровнять ширину столбцов - используется для изменения выделенных ячеек таким образом, чтобы все они имели одинаковую ширину, без изменения общей ширины таблицы. Вертикальное выравнивание в ячейках - используется для выравнивания текста в выделенной ячейке по верхнему краю, центру или нижнему краю. Направление текста - используется для изменения ориентации текста в ячейке. Текст можно расположить по горизонтали, по вертикали сверху вниз (Поворот на 90°), или по вертикали снизу вверх (Поворот на 270°). Дополнительные параметры таблицы - используется для вызова окна 'Таблица - дополнительные параметры'. Гиперссылка - используется для вставки гиперссылки. Дополнительные параметры абзаца - используется для вызова окна 'Абзац - дополнительные параметры'. Свойства таблицы можно также изменить на правой боковой панели: Строки и Столбцы - используются для выбора тех частей таблицы, которые необходимо выделить. Для строк: Заголовок - для выделения первой строки Итоговая - для выделения последней строки Чередовать - для выделения строк через одну Для столбцов: Первый - для выделения первого столбца Последний - для выделения последнего столбца Чередовать - для выделения столбцов через один По шаблону - используется для выбора одного из доступных шаблонов таблиц. Стиль границ - используется для выбора толщины, цвета и стиля границ, а также цвета фона. Строки и столбцы - используется для выполнения некоторых операций с таблицей: выделения, удаления, вставки строк и столбцов, объединения ячеек, разделения ячейки. Размер ячейки - используется для изменения ширины и высоты выделенной ячейки. В этом разделе можно также Выровнять высоту строк, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую высоту, или Выровнять ширину столбцов, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую ширину. Повторять как заголовок на каждой странице - в длинных таблицах используется для вставки одной и той же строки заголовка наверху каждой страницы. Дополнительные параметры - используется для вызова окна 'Таблица - дополнительные параметры'. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры таблицы. Или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы: На вкладке Таблица можно изменить свойства всей таблицы. Раздел Размер таблицы содержит следующие параметры: Ширина - по умолчанию ширина таблицы автоматически подгоняется по ширине страницы, то есть таблица занимает все пространство между левым и правым полями страницы. Можно установить этот флажок и указать нужную ширину таблицы вручную. Опция Единицы позволяет указать, надо ли задавать ширину таблицы в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...) или в Процентах от общей ширины страницы. Примечание: можно также регулировать размеры таблицы, изменяя высоту строк и ширину столбцов вручную. Наведите указатель мыши на границу строки/столбца, чтобы он превратился в двустороннюю стрелку, и перетащите границу. Кроме того, можно использовать маркеры на горизонтальной линейке для изменения ширины столбцов и маркеры на вертикальной линейке для изменения высоты строк. Автоподбор размеров по содержимому - разрешает автоматически изменять ширину каждого столбца в соответствии с текстом внутри его ячеек. Раздел Поля ячейки по умолчанию позволяет изменить используемые по умолчанию расстояния между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки. Раздел Параметры позволяет изменить следующий параметр: Интервалы между ячейками - разрешает использование между ячейками интервалов, которые будут заливаться цветом Фона таблицы. На вкладке Ячейка можно изменить свойства отдельных ячеек. Сначала надо выбрать ячейку, к которой требуется применить изменения, или выделить всю таблицу, чтобы изменить свойства всех ее ячеек. Раздел Размер ячейки содержит следующие параметры: Опция Ширина позволяет задать предпочтительную ширину ячейки. Это размер, которому ячейка стремится соответствовать, хотя в некоторых случаях точное соответствие может быть невозможно. Например, если текст внутри ячейки превышает заданную ширину, он будет переноситься на следующую строку, чтобы предпочтительная ширина ячейки оставалась неизменной, но если вставить новый столбец, предпочтительная ширина будет уменьшена. Опция Единицы - позволяет указать, надо ли задавать ширину ячейки в абсолютных единицах, то есть Сантиметрах/Пунктах/Дюймах (в зависимости от того, какой параметр указан на вкладке Файл -> Дополнительные параметры...) или в Процентах от общей ширины таблицы. Примечание: можно также регулировать ширину ячейки вручную. Чтобы сделать отдельную ячейку в столбце шире или уже общей ширины столбца, выделите нужную ячейку, наведите указатель мыши на ее правую границу, чтобы он превратился в двустороннюю стрелку, затем перетащите границу. Чтобы изменить ширину всех ячеек в столбце, используйте маркеры на горизонтальной линейке для изменения ширины столбцов. Раздел Поля ячейки позволяет регулировать расстояние между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки. По умолчанию установлены стандартные значения (значения, используемые по умолчанию, тоже можно изменить на вкладке Таблица), но можно снять флажок Использовать поля по умолчанию и ввести нужные значения вручную. В разделе Параметры ячейки можно изменить следующий параметр: Опция Перенос текста включена по умолчанию. Она позволяет переносить текст внутри ячейки, превышающий ее ширину, на следующую строку, увеличивая высоту строки и оставляя ширину столбца неизменной. Вкладка Границы и фон содержит следующие параметры: Параметры границы (ширина, цвет и наличие или отсутствие) - задайте ширину границ, выберите их цвет и то, как они должны отображаться в ячейках. Примечание: если вы решили скрыть границы таблицы, нажав кнопку или отключив все границы вручную на схеме, в документе они будут обозначены пунктиром. Чтобы они совсем исчезли, нажмите значок Непечатаемые символы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Скрытые границы таблиц. Фон ячейки - цвет фона внутри ячейки (опция доступна только в том случае, если выделены одна или более ячеек или выбрана опция Интервалы между ячейками на вкладке Таблица). Фон таблицы - цвет фона таблицы или фона пространства между ячейками в том случае, если выбрана опция Интервалы между ячейками на вкладке Таблица. Вкладка Положение таблицы доступна только в том случае, если на вкладке Обтекание текстом выбрана опция Плавающая таблица. Эта вкладка содержит следующие параметры: Параметры раздела По горизонтали включают в себя выравнивание таблицы (по левому краю, по центру, по правому краю) относительно поля, страницы или текста, а также положение таблицы справа от поля, страницы или текста. Параметры раздела По вертикали включают в себя выравнивание таблицы (по верхнему краю, по центру, по нижнему краю) относительно поля, страницы или текста, а также положение таблицы ниже поля, страницы или текста. В разделе Параметры можно изменить следующие параметры: Опция Перемещать с текстом определяет, будет ли таблица перемещаться вместе с текстом, в который она вставлена. Опция Разрешить перекрытие определяет, будут ли две таблицы объединяться в одну большую таблицу или перекрываться, если перетащить их близко друг к другу на странице. Вкладка Обтекание текстом содержит следующие параметры: Стиль обтекания текстом - Встроенная таблица или Плавающая таблица. Используйте нужную опцию, чтобы изменить способ размещения таблицы относительно текста: или она будет являться частью текста (если Вы выбрали вариант \"Встроенная таблица\"), или текст будет обтекать ее со всех сторон (если Вы выбрали вариант \"Плавающая таблица\"). После того, как Вы выберете стиль обтекания, можно задать дополнительные параметры обтекания как для встроенных, так и для плавающих таблиц: Для встроенной таблицы Вы можете указать выравнивание таблицы и отступ слева. Для плавающей таблицы Вы можете указать расстояние до текста и положение таблицы на вкладке Положение таблицы. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", "title": "Вставка текстовых объектов", - "body": "Чтобы сделать текст более выразительным и привлечь внимание к определенной части документа, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). Добавление текстового объекта Текстовый объект можно добавить в любом месте страницы. Для этого: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите нужный тип текстового объекта: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в текущей позиции курсора. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к документу. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку с текстом внутри (у объектов Text Art по умолчанию невидимые границы), а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку, стиль обтекания текстового поля или заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы выровнять текстовое поле на странице, расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, изменить стиль обтекания или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. Подробнее о выравнивании и расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Поворот на 90° (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Поворот на 270° (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Чтобы выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по вертикали, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Вертикальное выравнивание, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Другие параметры форматирования, которые можно применить, точно такие же, как и для обычного текста. Обратитесь к соответствующим разделам справки за дополнительными сведениями о нужном действии. Вы можете: выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по горизонтали изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля вставить гиперссылку Можно также нажать на значок Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели и изменить некоторые параметры стиля. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените Заливку шрифта. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство букв. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить буквы двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Примечание: при выборе одной из этих двух опций можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Настройте толщину, цвет и тип Обводки шрифта. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." + "body": "Чтобы сделать текст более выразительным и привлечь внимание к определенной части документа, можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). Добавление текстового объекта Текстовый объект можно добавить в любом месте страницы. Для этого: перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите нужный тип текстового объекта: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в текущей позиции курсора. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к документу. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку с текстом внутри (у объектов Text Art по умолчанию невидимые границы), а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку, стиль обтекания текстового поля или заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы выровнять текстовое поле на странице, расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, изменить стиль обтекания или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. Подробнее о выравнивании и расположении объектов в определенном порядке рассказывается на этой странице. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Поворот на 90° (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Поворот на 270° (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Чтобы выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по вертикали, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Вертикальное выравнивание, а затем - один из доступных вариантов: По верхнему краю, По центру или По нижнему краю. Другие параметры форматирования, которые можно применить, точно такие же, как и для обычного текста. Обратитесь к соответствующим разделам справки за дополнительными сведениями о нужном действии. Вы можете: выровнять текст внутри текстового поля по горизонтали изменить тип, размер, цвет шрифта, применить стили оформления и предустановленные стили форматирования задать междустрочный интервал, изменить отступы абзаца, настроить позиции табуляции для многострочного текста внутри текстового поля вставить гиперссылку Можно также нажать на значок Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели и изменить некоторые параметры стиля. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объекта Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените Заливку шрифта. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, которым требуется заполнить внутреннее пространство букв. Нажмите на цветной прямоугольник, расположенный ниже, и выберите нужный цвет из доступных наборов цветов или задайте любой цвет, который вам нравится: Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить буквы двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Стиль - выберите один из доступных вариантов: Линейный (цвета изменяются по прямой, то есть по горизонтальной/вертикальной оси или по диагонали под углом 45 градусов) или Радиальный (цвета изменяются по кругу от центра к краям). Направление - выберите шаблон из меню. Если выбран Линейный градиент, доступны следующие направления: из левого верхнего угла в нижний правый, сверху вниз, из правого верхнего угла в нижний левый, справа налево, из правого нижнего угла в верхний левый, снизу вверх, из левого нижнего угла в верхний правый, слева направо. Если выбран Радиальный градиент, доступен только один шаблон. Градиент - щелкните по левому ползунку под шкалой градиента, чтобы активировать цветовое поле, которое соответствует первому цвету. Щелкните по этому цветовому полю справа, чтобы выбрать первый цвет на палитре. Перетащите ползунок, чтобы установить ограничитель градиента, то есть точку, в которой один цвет переходит в другой. Используйте правый ползунок под шкалой градиента, чтобы задать второй цвет и установить ограничитель градиента. Примечание: при выборе одной из этих двух опций можно также задать уровень Непрозрачности, перетаскивая ползунок или вручную вводя значение в процентах. Значение, заданное по умолчанию, составляет 100%. Оно соответствует полной непрозрачности. Значение 0% соответствует полной прозрачности. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если Вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Настройте толщину, цвет и тип Обводки шрифта. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/LineSpacing.htm", - "title": "Задание междустрочного интервала в абзацах", - "body": "В редакторе документов можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Для этого: установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца или выделите мышью несколько абзацев или весь текст документа, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, используйте соответствующие поля на правой боковой панели для получения нужного результата: Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Можно выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Не добавлять интервал между абзацами одного стиля - установите этот флажок, если свободное пространство между абзацами одного стиля не требуется. Чтобы быстро изменить междустрочный интервал в текущем абзаце, можно также использовать значок Междустрочный интервал в абзацах на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выбрав нужное значение из списка: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, или 3.0 строки." + "title": "Настройка междустрочного интервала в абзацах", + "body": "В редакторе документов можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Для этого: установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца или выделите мышью несколько абзацев или весь текст документа, нажав сочетание клавиш Ctrl+A, используйте соответствующие поля на правой боковой панели для получения нужного результата: Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Можно выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Не добавлять интервал между абзацами одного стиля - установите этот флажок, если свободное пространство между абзацами одного стиля не требуется. Чтобы быстро изменить междустрочный интервал в текущем абзаце, можно также использовать значок Междустрочный интервал в абзацах на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выбрав нужное значение из списка: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, или 3.0 строки." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/NonprintingCharacters.htm", "title": "Отображение/скрытие непечатаемых символов", - "body": "Непечатаемые символы помогают редактировать документ. Они обозначают присутствие разных типов форматирования, но не выводятся на печать при печати документа, даже если отображаются на экране. Чтобы показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы, нажмите значок Непечатаемые символы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Непечатаемые символы включают в себя: Пробел Вставляется при нажатии на клавишу Пробел на клавиатуре. Создает пробел между символами. Символ табуляции Вставляется при нажатии на клавишу Tab. Используется для переноса курсора на следующую позицию табуляции. Символ конца абзаца (т.е. жесткий перевод строки) Вставляется при нажатии на клавишу Enter. Завершает абзац и добавляет после него некоторое свободное место. Содержит информацию о форматировании абзаца. Символ разрыва строки (т.е. мягкий перевод строки) Вставляется при использовании сочетания клавиш Shift+Enter. Разрывает текущую строку и помещает строки текста рядом друг с другом. Мягкий перевод строки используется, в основном, в названиях и заголовках. Неразрываемый пробел Вставляется при использовании сочетания клавиш Ctrl+Shift+Пробел. Создает пробел между символами, который нельзя использовать, чтобы начать новую строку. Символ разрыва страницы Вставляется при использовании значка Разрывы на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и последующем выборе опции Вставить разрыв страницы. Также вставляется при выборе опции С новой страницы в контекстном меню или окне дополнительных параметров. Символ разрыва раздела Вставляется при использовании значка Разрывы на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и последующем выборе одной из опций подменю Вставить разрыв раздела (используются различные указатели разрыва раздела в зависимости от того, какая опция выбрана: Со следующей страницы, На текущей странице, С четной страницы или С нечетной страницы). Символ разрыва колонки Вставляется при использовании значка Разрывы на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и последующем выборе опции Вставить разрыв колонки. Маркер ячейки и конца строки в таблицах Эти маркеры содержат коды форматирования для отдельных ячеек и строк соответственно. Маленький черный квадрат в поле слева от абзаца Он обозначает, что применен, по крайней мере, один из параметров абзаца, например, Не разрывать абзац, С новой страницы. Символы якоря Они показывают, где находятся плавающие объекты (то есть те, для которых выбран любой стиль обтекания, кроме стиля обтекания В тексте), например, изображения, автофигуры, диаграммы. Для отображения символа якоря выберите объект." + "body": "Непечатаемые символы помогают редактировать документ. Они обозначают присутствие разных типов форматирования, но не выводятся на печать при печати документа, даже если отображаются на экране. Чтобы показать или скрыть непечатаемые символы, нажмите значок Непечатаемые символы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Вы также можете использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Shift+Num8. Непечатаемые символы включают в себя: Пробел Вставляется при нажатии на клавишу Пробел на клавиатуре. Создает пробел между символами. Символ табуляции Вставляется при нажатии на клавишу Tab. Используется для переноса курсора на следующую позицию табуляции. Символ конца абзаца (т.е. жесткий перевод строки) Вставляется при нажатии на клавишу Enter. Завершает абзац и добавляет после него некоторое свободное место. Содержит информацию о форматировании абзаца. Символ разрыва строки (т.е. мягкий перевод строки) Вставляется при использовании сочетания клавиш Shift+Enter. Разрывает текущую строку и помещает строки текста рядом друг с другом. Мягкий перевод строки используется, в основном, в названиях и заголовках. Неразрываемый пробел Вставляется при использовании сочетания клавиш Ctrl+Shift+Пробел. Создает пробел между символами, который нельзя использовать, чтобы начать новую строку. Символ разрыва страницы Вставляется при использовании значка Разрывы на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и последующем выборе опции Вставить разрыв страницы. Также вставляется при выборе опции С новой страницы в контекстном меню или окне дополнительных параметров. Символ разрыва раздела Вставляется при использовании значка Разрывы на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и последующем выборе одной из опций подменю Вставить разрыв раздела (используются различные указатели разрыва раздела в зависимости от того, какая опция выбрана: Со следующей страницы, На текущей странице, С четной страницы или С нечетной страницы). Символ разрыва колонки Вставляется при использовании значка Разрывы на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов и последующем выборе опции Вставить разрыв колонки. Маркер ячейки и конца строки в таблицах Эти маркеры содержат коды форматирования для отдельных ячеек и строк соответственно. Маленький черный квадрат в поле слева от абзаца Он обозначает, что применен, по крайней мере, один из параметров абзаца, например, Не разрывать абзац, С новой страницы. Символы якоря Они показывают, где находятся плавающие объекты (то есть те, для которых выбран любой стиль обтекания, кроме стиля обтекания В тексте), например, изображения, автофигуры, диаграммы. Для отображения символа якоря выберите объект." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -213,7 +228,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PageBreaks.htm", "title": "Вставка разрывов страниц", - "body": "В редакторе документов можно добавить разрыв страницы, чтобы начать новую страницу, а также настроить параметры разбивки на страницы. Чтобы вставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора, нажмите значок Разрывы на вкладке Вставка или Макет верхней панели инструментов или щелкните по направленной вниз стрелке этого значка и выберите из меню опцию Вставить разрыв страницы. Чтобы вставить разрыв страницы перед выбранным абзацем, то есть начать этот абзац в верхней части новой страницы: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт С новой страницы, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели, затем в открывшемся окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры установите флажок С новой страницы. Чтобы располагать строки абзаца на одной странице и переносить на новую страницу только целые абзацы (то есть не допускать разрыва страниц между строками одного абзаца), щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт Не разрывать абзац или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели, и установите флажок Не разрывать абзац в открывшемся окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры. В окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры можно задать еще два параметра разбивки на страницы: Не отрывать от следующего - используется, чтобы запретить вставку разрыва страницы между выбранным абзацем и следующим. Запрет висячих строк - эта опция включена по умолчанию и используется, чтобы запретить появление одиночных первых или последних строк абзаца наверху или внизу страницы." + "body": "В редакторе документов можно добавить разрыв страницы, чтобы начать новую страницу, а также настроить параметры разбивки на страницы. Чтобы вставить разрыв страницы в текущей позиции курсора, нажмите значок Разрывы на вкладке Вставка или Макет верхней панели инструментов или щелкните по направленной вниз стрелке этого значка и выберите из меню опцию Вставить разрыв страницы. Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Enter. Чтобы вставить разрыв страницы перед выбранным абзацем, то есть начать этот абзац в верхней части новой страницы: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт С новой страницы, или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели, затем в открывшемся окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры установите флажок С новой страницы. Чтобы располагать строки абзаца на одной странице и переносить на новую страницу только целые абзацы (то есть не допускать разрыва страниц между строками одного абзаца), щелкните правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в меню пункт Не разрывать абзац или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели, и установите флажок Не разрывать абзац в открывшемся окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры. В окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры можно задать еще два параметра разбивки на страницы: Не отрывать от следующего - используется, чтобы запретить вставку разрыва страницы между выбранным абзацем и следующим. Запрет висячих строк - эта опция включена по умолчанию и используется, чтобы запретить появление одиночных первых или последних строк абзаца наверху или внизу страницы." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ParagraphIndents.htm", @@ -223,7 +238,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Сохранение / скачивание / печать документа", - "body": "По умолчанию онлайн-редактор документов автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущий документ вручную, нажмите значок Сохранить на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Чтобы скачать готовый документ и сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: PDF, TXT, DOCX, ODT, HTML. Чтобы распечатать текущий документ, нажмите значок Печать на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. После этого на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже." + "body": "По умолчанию онлайн-редактор документов автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущий документ вручную, нажмите значок Сохранить на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Чтобы скачать готовый документ и сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: DOCX, PDF, TXT, ODT, RTF, HTML. Чтобы распечатать текущий документ, нажмите значок Печать на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. После этого на основе данного документа будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Вы можете открыть и распечатать его, или сохранить его на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе чтобы распечатать позже." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SectionBreaks.htm", @@ -232,22 +247,22 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetPageParameters.htm", - "title": "Задание параметров страницы", + "title": "Настройка параметров страницы", "body": "Чтобы изменить разметку страницы, а именно задать ориентацию и размер страницы, настроить поля и вставить колонки, используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Макет верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: все эти параметры применяются ко всему документу. Если вам нужно установить разные поля, ориентацию, размер страниц или количество колонок в разных частях документа, обратитесь к этой странице. Ориентация страницы Измените текущий тип ориентации, нажав на значок Ориентация. По умолчанию используется Портретный тип ориентации, который можно переключить на Альбомный. Размер страницы Измените используемый по умолчанию формат A4, нажав на значок Размер и выбрав нужный из списка. Доступны следующие предустановленные размеры: US Letter (21,59 см x 27,94 см) US Legal (21,59 см x 35,56 см) A4 (21 см x 29,7 см) A5 (14,81 см x 20,99 см) B5 (17,6 см x 25,01 см) Envelope #10 (10,48 см x 24,13 см) Envelope DL (11,01 см x 22,01 см) Tabloid (27,94 см x 43,17 см) AЗ (29,7 см x 42,01 см) Tabloid Oversize (30,48 см x 45,71 см) ROC 16K (19,68 см x 27,3 см) Envelope Choukei 3 (11,99 см x 23,49 см) Super B/A3 (33,02 см x 48,25 см) Можно также задать нестандартный размер страницы, выбрав из списка опцию Особый размер страницы. Откроется окно Размер страницы, в котором можно будет указать нужные значения Ширины и Высоты. Введите новые значения в поля ввода или скорректируйте имеющиеся значения с помощью кнопок со стрелками. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения. Поля страницы Измените используемые по умолчанию поля, то есть пустое пространство между левым, правым, верхним и нижним краями страницы и текстом абзаца, нажав на значок Поля и выбрав один из доступных предустановленных вариантов: Обычные, Обычные (американский стандарт), Узкие, Средние, Широкие. Можно также использовать опцию Настраиваемые поля и указать свои собственные значения в открывшемся окне Поля. Введите в поля ввода нужные значения для Верхнего, Нижнего, Левого и Правого полей страницы или скорректируйте имеющиеся значения с помощью кнопок со стрелками. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK. Особые поля будут применены к текущему документу, а в списке Поля появится пункт Последние настраиваемые с указанными параметрами, чтобы можно было применить их к каким-то другим документам. Поля можно также изменить вручную, перемещая мышью границу между серой и белой областью на линейке (серые области на линейке обозначают поля страниц): Колонки Примените разметку с несколькими колонками, нажав на значок Колонки и выбрав из выпадающего списка нужный тип колонок. Доступны следующие варианты: Две - чтобы добавить две колонки одинаковой ширины, Три - чтобы добавить три колонки одинаковой ширины, Слева - чтобы добавить две колонки: узкую слева и широкую справа, Справа - чтобы добавить две колонки: узкую справа и широкую слева. Если требуется изменить параметры колонок, выберите из списка опцию Настраиваемые колонки. Откроется окно Колонки, в котором можно будет указать нужное Количество колонок (можно добавить не более 12 колонок) и Интервал между колонками. Введите новые значения в поля ввода или скорректируйте имеющиеся значения с помощью кнопок со стрелками. Отметьте опцию Разделитель, чтобы добавить вертикальную линию между колонками. Когда все будет готово, нажмите кнопку OK, чтобы применить изменения. Чтобы точно определить, где должна начинаться новая колонка, установите курсор перед текстом, который требуется перенести в новую колонку, нажмите на значок Разрывы на верхней панели инструментов, а затем выберите опцию Вставить разрыв колонки. Текст будет перенесен в следующую колонку. Добавленные разрывы колонок обозначаются в документе пунктирной линией: . Если вы не видите вставленных разрывов колонок, для их отображения нужно нажать на кнопку на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Для того чтобы убрать разрыв колонки, выделите его мышью и нажмите клавишу Delete. Чтобы вручную изменить ширину колонок и расстояние между ними, можно использовать горизонтальную линейку. Чтобы отменить разбиение на колонки и вернуться к обычной разметке с одной колонкой, нажмите на значок Колонки на верхней панели инструментов и выберите из списка опцию Одна ." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetTabStops.htm", "title": "Установка позиций табуляции", - "body": "В онлайн-редакторе документов можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре. Для установки позиций табуляции можно использовать горизонтальную линейку: Выберите нужный тип позиции табуляции, нажав на кнопку в левом верхнем углу рабочей области. Доступны следующие три типа табуляции: По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . Щелкните по нижнему краю линейки в том месте, где требуется установить позицию табуляции. Для изменения местоположения позиции табуляции перетащите ее по линейке. Для удаления добавленной позиции табуляции перетащите ее за пределы линейки. Для настройки позиций табуляции можно также использовать окно свойств абзаца. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. В открывшемся окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры переключитесь на вкладку Табуляция. Можно задать следующие параметры: Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Если ранее Вы добавили какие-то позиции табуляции при помощи линейки, все эти позиции тоже будут отображены в списке. Позиция табуляци По умолчанию имеет значение 1.25 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите переключатель По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все." + "body": "В онлайн-редакторе документов можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре. Для установки позиций табуляции можно использовать горизонтальную линейку: Выберите нужный тип позиции табуляции, нажав на кнопку в левом верхнем углу рабочей области. Доступны следующие три типа табуляции: По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . Щелкните по нижнему краю линейки в том месте, где требуется установить позицию табуляции. Для изменения местоположения позиции табуляции перетащите ее по линейке. Для удаления добавленной позиции табуляции перетащите ее за пределы линейки. Для настройки позиций табуляции можно также использовать окно свойств абзаца. Щелкните правой кнопкой мыши, выберите в контекстном меню пункт Дополнительные параметры абзаца или используйте ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. В открывшемся окне Абзац - дополнительные параметры переключитесь на вкладку Табуляция. Можно задать следующие параметры: Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Если ранее Вы добавили какие-то позиции табуляции при помощи линейки, все эти позиции тоже будут отображены в списке. Позиция табуляци По умолчанию имеет значение 1.25 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите опцию По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю из выпадающего списка и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Заполнитель - позволяет выбрать символ, который используется для создания заполнителя для каждой из позиций табуляции. Заполнитель - это строка символов (точек или дефисов), заполняющая пространство между позициями табуляции. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите тип заполнителя из выпадающего списка и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/UseMailMerge.htm", "title": "Использование слияния", - "body": "Примечание: эта возможность доступна только для платных версий. Функция слияния используется для создания набора документов, в которых сочетается общее содержание, взятое из текстового документа, и ряд индивидуальных компонентов (переменных, таких как имена, приветствия и т.д.), взятых из электронной таблицы (например, из списка клиентов). Это может быть полезно, если вам надо создать множество персонализированных писем и отправить их получателям. Чтобы начать работу с функцией Слияние, Подготовьте источник данных и загрузите его в основной документ Источник данных, используемый для слияния, должен быть электронной таблицей в формате .xlsx, сохраненной на вашем портале. Откройте существующую электронную таблицу или создайте новую и убедитесь, что она соответствует следующим требованиям. Таблица должна содержать строку заголовков с названиями столбцов, так как значения в первой ячейке каждого столбца определяют поля слияния (то есть переменные, которые можно вставить в текст). Каждый столбец должен содержать набор конкретных значений для переменной. Каждая строка в таблице должна соответствовать отдельной записи (то есть ряду значений, относящихся к определенному получателю). В ходе слияния для каждой записи будет создана копия основного документа, и каждое поле слияния, вставленное в основной текст, будет заменено фактическим значением из соответствующего столбца. Если вы собираетесь отправлять результаты по электронной почте, таблица также должна содержать столбец с адресами электронной почты получателей. Откройте существующий текстовый документ или создайте новый. Он должен содержать основной текст, который будет одинаковым для каждой версии документа, полученного в результате слияния. Нажмите значок Слияние на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. В нем отображается список всех ваших электронных таблиц в формате .xlsx, которые сохранены в разделе Мои документы. Для перехода по другим разделам модуля Документы используйте меню в левой части окна. Выберите нужный файл и нажмите кнопку OK. Когда источник данных будет загружен, на правой боковой панели станет доступна вкладка Параметры слияния. Проверьте или измените список получателей Нажмите на кнопку Изменить список получателей наверху правой боковой панели, чтобы открыть окно Получатели слияния, в котором отображается содержание выбранного источника данных. Здесь можно добавить новую информацию, изменить или удалить существующие данные, если это необходимо. Чтобы облегчить работу с данными, можно использовать значки в верхней части окна: и - чтобы копировать и вставлять скопированные данные и - чтобы отменять и повторять отмененные действия и - чтобы сортировать данные внутри выделенного диапазона ячеек в порядке возрастания или убывания - чтобы включить фильтр для предварительно выделенного диапазона ячеек или чтобы удалить примененный фильтр - чтобы очистить все примененные параметры фильтра Примечание: для получения дополнительной информации по использованию фильтра можно обратиться к разделу Сортировка и фильтрация данных в справке по Spreadsheet Editor. - чтобы найти определенное значение и заменить его на другое, если это необходимо Примечание: для получения дополнительной информации по использованию средства поиска и замены можно обратиться к разделу Функция поиска и замены в справке по Spreadsheet Editor. После того как все необходимые изменения будут внесены, нажмите кнопку Сохранить и выйти. Чтобы сбросить изменения, нажмите кнопку Закрыть. Вставьте поля слияния и проверьте результаты Установите курсор в тексте основного документа там, куда требуется вставить поле слияния, нажмите кнопку Вставить поле слияния на правой боковой панели и выберите нужное поле из списка. Доступные поля соответствуют данным в первой ячейке каждого столбца выбранного источника данных. Добавьте все поля, которые вам нужны, в любом месте документа. Включите переключатель Выделить поля слияния на правой боковой панели, чтобы вставленные поля стали заметнее в тексте документа. Включите переключатель Просмотр результатов на правой боковой панели, чтобы просмотреть текст документа с полями слияния, замененными на фактические значения из источника данных. Используйте кнопки со стрелками, чтобы просмотреть версии документа, созданного в результате слияния, для каждой записи. Чтобы удалить вставленное поле, отключите режим Просмотр результатов, выделите поле мышью и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы заменить вставленное поле, отключите режим Просмотр результатов, выделите поле мышью, нажмите кнопку Вставить поле слияния на правой боковой панели и выберите новое поле из списка. Задайте параметры слияния Выберите тип слияния. Вы можете запустить рассылку или сохранить результат как файл в формате PDF или Docx, чтобы в дальнейшем можно было распечатать или отредактировать его. Выберите нужную опцию из списка Слияние в: PDF - для создания единого документа в формате PDF, содержащего все копии, полученные в результате слияния, чтобы в дальнейшем его можно было распечатать Docx - для создания единого документа в формате Docx, содержащего все копии, полученные в результате слияния, чтобы в дальнейшем можно было отредактировать отдельные копии Email - для отправки результатов получателям по электронной почте Примечание: адреса электронной почты получателей должны быть указаны в загруженном источнике данных, а у вас должна быть хотя бы одна подключенная учетная запись электронной почты в модуле Почта на портале. Выберите записи, к которым надо применить слияние: Все записи (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию) - чтобы создать объединенные документы для всех записей из загруженного источника данных Текущая запись - чтобы создать объединенный документ для записи, отображенной в данный момент С ... По - чтобы создать объединенные документы для диапазона записей (в этом случае необходимо указать два значения: номер первой записи и последней записи в требуемом диапазоне) Примечание: максимально допустимое количество получателей - 100. Если в источнике данных более 100 получателей, выполните слияние поэтапно: укажите значения от 1 до 100, дождитесь завершения слияния, и повторите операцию, указав значения от 101 до N и т.д. Завершите слияние Если вы решили сохранить результаты слияния как файл, нажмите кнопку Скачать, чтобы сохранить файл на компьютере. Загруженный файл вы найдете в папке Загрузки, выбранной по умолчанию. нажмите кнопку Сохранить, чтобы сохранить файл на портале. В открывшемся окне Папка для сохранения можно изменить имя файла и задать папку, в которую надо его сохранить. Можно также установить флажок Открыть объединенный документ в новой вкладке, чтобы проверить результат сразу после слияния. Наконец нажмите кнопку Сохранить в окне выбора папки. Если вы выбрали опцию Email, на правой боковой панели будет доступна кнопка Слияние. После нажатия на нее откроется окно Отправить по электронной почте: В списке От кого выберите учетную запись электронной почты, которую вы хотите использовать для отправки писем, если у вас есть несколько подключенных учетных записей в модуле Почта. В списке Кому выберите поле слияния, соответствующее адресам электронной почты получателей, если оно не было выбрано автоматически. Введите тему сообщения в поле Тема. Выберите из списка формат: HTML, Прикрепить как DOCX или Прикрепить как PDF. При выборе одной из двух последних опций необходимо также задать Имя файла для вложений и ввести Сообщение (текст письма, которое будет отправлено получателям). Нажмите на кнопку Отправить. Когда рассылка завершится, вы получите оповещение на адрес электронной почты, указанный в поле От кого." + "body": "Примечание: эта возможность доступна только для платных версий. Функция слияния используется для создания набора документов, в которых сочетается общее содержание, взятое из текстового документа, и ряд индивидуальных компонентов (переменных, таких как имена, приветствия и т.д.), взятых из электронной таблицы (например, из списка клиентов). Это может быть полезно, если вам надо создать множество персонализированных писем и отправить их получателям. Чтобы начать работу с функцией Слияние, Подготовьте источник данных и загрузите его в основной документ Источник данных, используемый для слияния, должен быть электронной таблицей в формате .xlsx, сохраненной на вашем портале. Откройте существующую электронную таблицу или создайте новую и убедитесь, что она соответствует следующим требованиям. Таблица должна содержать строку заголовков с названиями столбцов, так как значения в первой ячейке каждого столбца определяют поля слияния (то есть переменные, которые можно вставить в текст). Каждый столбец должен содержать набор конкретных значений для переменной. Каждая строка в таблице должна соответствовать отдельной записи (то есть ряду значений, относящихся к определенному получателю). В ходе слияния для каждой записи будет создана копия основного документа, и каждое поле слияния, вставленное в основной текст, будет заменено фактическим значением из соответствующего столбца. Если вы собираетесь отправлять результаты по электронной почте, таблица также должна содержать столбец с адресами электронной почты получателей. Откройте существующий текстовый документ или создайте новый. Он должен содержать основной текст, который будет одинаковым для каждой версии документа, полученного в результате слияния. Нажмите значок Слияние на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Откроется окно Выбрать источник данных. В нем отображается список всех ваших электронных таблиц в формате .xlsx, которые сохранены в разделе Мои документы. Для перехода по другим разделам модуля Документы используйте меню в левой части окна. Выберите нужный файл и нажмите кнопку OK. Когда источник данных будет загружен, на правой боковой панели станет доступна вкладка Параметры слияния. Проверьте или измените список получателей Нажмите на кнопку Изменить список получателей наверху правой боковой панели, чтобы открыть окно Получатели слияния, в котором отображается содержание выбранного источника данных. Здесь можно добавить новую информацию, изменить или удалить существующие данные, если это необходимо. Чтобы облегчить работу с данными, можно использовать значки в верхней части окна: и - чтобы копировать и вставлять скопированные данные и - чтобы отменять и повторять отмененные действия и - чтобы сортировать данные внутри выделенного диапазона ячеек в порядке возрастания или убывания - чтобы включить фильтр для предварительно выделенного диапазона ячеек или чтобы удалить примененный фильтр - чтобы очистить все примененные параметры фильтра Примечание: для получения дополнительной информации по использованию фильтра можно обратиться к разделу Сортировка и фильтрация данных в справке по Spreadsheet Editor. - чтобы найти определенное значение и заменить его на другое, если это необходимо Примечание: для получения дополнительной информации по использованию средства поиска и замены можно обратиться к разделу Функция поиска и замены в справке по Spreadsheet Editor. После того как все необходимые изменения будут внесены, нажмите кнопку Сохранить и выйти. Чтобы сбросить изменения, нажмите кнопку Закрыть. Вставьте поля слияния и проверьте результаты Установите курсор в тексте основного документа там, куда требуется вставить поле слияния, нажмите кнопку Вставить поле слияния на правой боковой панели и выберите нужное поле из списка. Доступные поля соответствуют данным в первой ячейке каждого столбца выбранного источника данных. Добавьте все поля, которые вам нужны, в любом месте документа. Включите переключатель Выделить поля слияния на правой боковой панели, чтобы вставленные поля стали заметнее в тексте документа. Включите переключатель Просмотр результатов на правой боковой панели, чтобы просмотреть текст документа с полями слияния, замененными на фактические значения из источника данных. Используйте кнопки со стрелками, чтобы просмотреть версии документа, созданного в результате слияния, для каждой записи. Чтобы удалить вставленное поле, отключите режим Просмотр результатов, выделите поле мышью и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы заменить вставленное поле, отключите режим Просмотр результатов, выделите поле мышью, нажмите кнопку Вставить поле слияния на правой боковой панели и выберите новое поле из списка. Задайте параметры слияния Выберите тип слияния. Вы можете запустить рассылку или сохранить результат как файл в формате PDF или Docx, чтобы в дальнейшем можно было распечатать или отредактировать его. Выберите нужную опцию из списка Слияние в: PDF - для создания единого документа в формате PDF, содержащего все копии, полученные в результате слияния, чтобы в дальнейшем его можно было распечатать Docx - для создания единого документа в формате Docx, содержащего все копии, полученные в результате слияния, чтобы в дальнейшем можно было отредактировать отдельные копии Email - для отправки результатов получателям по электронной почте Примечание: адреса электронной почты получателей должны быть указаны в загруженном источнике данных, а у вас должна быть хотя бы одна подключенная учетная запись электронной почты в модуле Почта на портале. Выберите записи, к которым надо применить слияние: Все записи (эта опция выбрана по умолчанию) - чтобы создать объединенные документы для всех записей из загруженного источника данных Текущая запись - чтобы создать объединенный документ для записи, отображенной в данный момент С ... По - чтобы создать объединенные документы для диапазона записей (в этом случае необходимо указать два значения: номер первой записи и последней записи в требуемом диапазоне) Примечание: максимально допустимое количество получателей - 100. Если в источнике данных более 100 получателей, выполните слияние поэтапно: укажите значения от 1 до 100, дождитесь завершения слияния, и повторите операцию, указав значения от 101 до N и т.д. Завершите слияние Если вы решили сохранить результаты слияния как файл, нажмите кнопку Скачать, чтобы сохранить файл на компьютере. Загруженный файл вы найдете в папке Загрузки, выбранной по умолчанию. нажмите кнопку Сохранить, чтобы сохранить файл на портале. В открывшемся окне Папка для сохранения можно изменить имя файла и задать папку, в которую надо его сохранить. Можно также установить флажок Открыть объединенный документ в новой вкладке, чтобы проверить результат сразу после слияния. Наконец нажмите кнопку Сохранить в окне выбора папки. Если вы выбрали опцию Email, на правой боковой панели будет доступна кнопка Слияние. После нажатия на нее откроется окно Отправить по электронной почте: В списке От кого выберите учетную запись электронной почты, которую вы хотите использовать для отправки писем, если у вас есть несколько подключенных учетных записей в модуле Почта. В списке Кому выберите поле слияния, соответствующее адресам электронной почты получателей, если оно не было выбрано автоматически. Введите тему сообщения в поле Тема. Выберите из списка формат: HTML, Прикрепить как DOCX или Прикрепить как PDF. При выборе одной из двух последних опций необходимо также задать Имя файла для вложений и ввести Сообщение (текст письма, которое будет отправлено получателям). Нажмите на кнопку Отправить. Когда рассылка завершится, вы получите оповещение на адрес электронной почты, указанный в поле От кого." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", "title": "Просмотр сведений о документе", - "body": "Чтобы получить доступ к подробным сведениям о редактируемом документе, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сведения о документе.... Общие сведения Сведения о документе включают название документа, автора, размещение, дату создания, а также статистику: количество страниц, абзацев, слов, символов, символов с пробелами. Примечание: используя онлайн-редакторы, вы можете изменить название документа непосредственно из интерфейса редактора. Для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Переименовать..., затем введите нужное Имя файла в новом открывшемся окне и нажмите кнопку OK. Сведения о правах доступа Примечание: эта опция недоступна для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение. Чтобы узнать, у кого есть права на просмотр и редактирование этого документа, выберите опцию Права доступа... на левой боковой панели. Вы можете также изменить выбранные в настоящий момент права доступа, нажав на кнопку Изменить права доступа в разделе Люди, имеющие права. Журнал версий Примечание: эта опция недоступна для бесплатных аккаунтов, а также для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение. Чтобы просмотреть все внесенные в документ изменения, выберите опцию Журнал версий на левой боковой панели. Вы увидите список версий (существенных изменений) и ревизий (незначительных изменений) этого документа с указанием автора и даты и времени создания каждой версии/ревизии. Для версий документа также указан номер версии (например, вер. 2). Чтобы точно знать, какие изменения были внесены в каждой конкретной версии/ревизии, можно просмотреть нужную, нажав на нее на левой боковой панели. Изменения, внесенные автором версии/ревизии, помечены цветом, который показан рядом с именем автора на левой боковой панели. Можно использовать ссылку Восстановить, расположенную под выбранной версией/ревизией, чтобы восстановить ее. Чтобы вернуться к текущей версии документа, нажмите на ссылку Закрыть историю над списком версий. Чтобы закрыть панель Файл и вернуться к редактированию документа, выберите опцию Закрыть меню." + "body": "Чтобы получить доступ к подробным сведениям о редактируемом документе, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сведения о документе.... Общие сведения Сведения о документе включают название документа, автора, размещение, дату создания, а также статистику: количество страниц, абзацев, слов, символов, символов с пробелами. Примечание: используя онлайн-редакторы, вы можете изменить название документа непосредственно из интерфейса редактора. Для этого нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Переименовать..., затем введите нужное Имя файла в новом открывшемся окне и нажмите кнопку OK. Сведения о правах доступа Примечание: эта опция недоступна для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение. Чтобы узнать, у кого есть права на просмотр и редактирование этого документа, выберите опцию Права доступа... на левой боковой панели. Вы можете также изменить выбранные в настоящий момент права доступа, нажав на кнопку Изменить права доступа в разделе Люди, имеющие права. История версий Примечание: эта опция недоступна для бесплатных аккаунтов, а также для пользователей с правами доступа Только чтение. Чтобы просмотреть все внесенные в документ изменения, выберите опцию История версий на левой боковой панели. Историю версий можно также открыть, используя значок История версий на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов. Вы увидите список версий (существенных изменений) и ревизий (незначительных изменений) этого документа с указанием автора и даты и времени создания каждой версии/ревизии. Для версий документа также указан номер версии (например, вер. 2). Чтобы точно знать, какие изменения были внесены в каждой конкретной версии/ревизии, можно просмотреть нужную, нажав на нее на левой боковой панели. Изменения, внесенные автором версии/ревизии, помечены цветом, который показан рядом с именем автора на левой боковой панели. Можно использовать ссылку Восстановить, расположенную под выбранной версией/ревизией, чтобы восстановить ее. Чтобы вернуться к текущей версии документа, нажмите на ссылку Закрыть историю над списком версий. Чтобы закрыть панель Файл и вернуться к редактированию документа, выберите опцию Закрыть меню." } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html index a878817df..12e867c23 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
            - +

            Поиск...

            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/docformat.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/docformat.png deleted file mode 100644 index e8a3f98bd..000000000 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/docformat.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/docformat@2x.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/docformat@2x.png deleted file mode 100644 index 6b638d576..000000000 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/docformat@2x.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns.png index 0f4b97d68..cd89e203e 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns@2x.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns@2x.png index 56c646f90..4ac865ecd 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns@2x.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/popupmenu-btns@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png index 558dd83d4..7d8bad438 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png index 7f29f381c..b88f17f15 100644 Binary files a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png and b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/filemenu.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/filemenu.less index a37fdee1a..c800db23b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/filemenu.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/filemenu.less @@ -98,32 +98,15 @@ } } -.img-doc-format { - .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/docformat.png', '@{app-image-path}/docformat@2x.png', 1020px); -} - .btn-doc-format { display: block; width: 98px; height: 125px; cursor: pointer; - .icon-document-format(@shift-x, @shift-y: 0) { - background-position: @shift-x @shift-y; - - &:hover { - background-position: @shift-x+102 @shift-y; - } + svg&:hover { + opacity:0.85; } - - &.docx {.icon-document-format(-306px);} - &.doc {.icon-document-format(-102px);} - &.odt {.icon-document-format(-102px,-128px);} - &.rtf {.icon-document-format(-510px,-128px);} - &.txt {.icon-document-format(-714px,-128px);} - &.html {.icon-document-format(-714px);} - &.epub {.icon-document-format(-510px);} - &.pdf {.icon-document-format(-306px,-128px);} } #panel-settings { @@ -190,15 +173,10 @@ .blank-document-btn { display: inline-block; margin: 25px 20px 65px; - background-position: -816px 0; width: 102px; height: 128px; cursor: pointer; - - &:hover { - background-position: -918px 0; - } } hr { @@ -218,9 +196,6 @@ .thumb { width: 102px; height: 128px; - // .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/docformat.png', '@{app-image-path}/docformat@2x.png', 1020px); - // background-repeat: no-repeat; - // background-position: -816px -129px; } .title { @@ -296,6 +271,7 @@ .box-shadow(none); margin: 0; font-size: 12px; + float: none; &:not(.header-name) { &:hover, @@ -311,11 +287,12 @@ } .help-item-wrap { - padding: 7px 2px 7px 20px; + padding: 4px 2px 4px 20px; } .header-name { - padding: 7px 2px 7px 10px; + padding: 16px 2px 4px 10px; + font-size: 12px; } } } @@ -373,7 +350,7 @@ } #panel-protect { - label, span { + label { font-size: 12px; } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/navigation.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/navigation.less index 4825ecc32..a7a6d054f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/navigation.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/navigation.less @@ -17,9 +17,12 @@ #navigation-list { height: 100%; overflow: hidden; - padding: 8px 0; font-size: 12px; + .treeview { + padding: 8px 0; + } + .name.not-header { font-style: italic; } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less index fd5ae8334..7c05cebd1 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less @@ -31,6 +31,10 @@ display: block; } + .padding-extra-small { + padding-bottom: 2px; + } + .padding-small { padding-bottom: 8px; } @@ -287,6 +291,10 @@ button:active:not(.disabled) .btn-change-shape {background-position: -56px - &:hover, &.over { background-color: @secondary; + + .caret { + display: inline-block; + } } } @@ -310,7 +318,7 @@ button:active:not(.disabled) .btn-change-shape {background-position: -56px - border: 0; background-position: -43px -150px; margin: 8px 15px; - display: inline-block; + display: none; position: absolute; right: 0; diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/statusbar.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/statusbar.less index 98b196f4a..bfcb6842d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/statusbar.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/statusbar.less @@ -214,4 +214,4 @@ .button-normal-icon(btn-ic-zoomtowidth, 55, @toolbar-icon-size); .button-normal-icon(btn-ic-zoomtopage, 56, @toolbar-icon-size); -.button-normal-icon(btn-ic-changes, 68, @toolbar-icon-size); +.button-normal-icon(btn-ic-changes, 30, @toolbar-icon-size); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index b8516bb34..865c29994 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -2,10 +2,6 @@ @tabs-bg-color: #446995; .toolbar { - &:not(.cover) { - z-index: 1001; - } - &.masked { button.disabled .icon:not(.no-mask) { background-position-x: 0px !important; @@ -30,11 +26,11 @@ position: absolute; top: 32px; left: 48px; - right: 45px; + right: 0; bottom: 0; opacity: 0; background-color: @gray-light; - z-index: @zindex-tooltip + 1; + /* z-index: @zindex-tooltip + 1; */ } .toolbar-group-mask { @@ -54,37 +50,31 @@ height: 38px; } -a.item-contents { -} +.dropdown-menu { + > li > a.item-contents { + div { + .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/toolbar/contents.png', '@{app-image-path}/toolbar/contents@2x.png', 246px); + width: 246px; + height: 72px; -.btn-contents { - .dropdown-menu { - > li > a.item-contents { - div { - .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/toolbar/contents.png', '@{app-image-path}/toolbar/contents@2x.png', 246px); - width: 246px; - height: 72px; + .box-shadow(0 0 0 1px @gray); - .box-shadow(0 0 0 1px @gray); - - &:hover, - &.selected { - .box-shadow(0 0 0 2px @primary); - } + &:hover, + &.selected { + .box-shadow(0 0 0 2px @primary); } + } - &:hover, &:focus { - background-color: transparent; + &:hover, &:focus { + background-color: transparent; - div { - .box-shadow(0 0 0 2px @primary); - } + div { + .box-shadow(0 0 0 2px @primary); } } } } - .color-schemas-menu { span { &.colors { @@ -134,8 +124,9 @@ a.item-contents { // menu zoom .menu-zoom { + line-height: @line-height-base; .title { - padding: 5px 0 5px 20px; + padding: 5px 5px 5px 20px; float: left; //max-width: 95px; overflow: hidden; @@ -407,6 +398,8 @@ a.item-contents { font: 11px arial; white-space: nowrap; letter-spacing: 1px; + overflow: hidden; + text-overflow: ellipsis; } #id-toolbar-menu-auto-fontcolor > a.selected { diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app-dev.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app-dev.js index 43d1f574d..9a03f3b8c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app-dev.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app-dev.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app.js index 6f942ae20..2c9007e0c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 99df18990..ebb27a41a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/8/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -89,6 +89,7 @@ define([ me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onConnectionStateChanged', _.bind(me.onApiUserConnection, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDocumentContentReady', _.bind(me.onApiDocumentContentReady, me)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(me.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect', _.bind(me.onCoAuthoringDisconnect,me)); me.api.asc_coAuthoringGetUsers(); }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js index 1f1c08e41..81c5fe4cc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js index 056e34bad..b12f014c4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ define([ usersCount : 1, fastCoauth : true, lostEditingRights : false, - licenseWarning : false + licenseType : false }; // Initialize viewport @@ -102,13 +102,15 @@ define([ window["flat_desine"] = true; var styleNames = ['Normal', 'No Spacing', 'Heading 1', 'Heading 2', 'Heading 3', 'Heading 4', 'Heading 5', - 'Heading 6', 'Heading 7', 'Heading 8', 'Heading 9', 'Title', 'Subtitle', 'Quote', 'Intense Quote', 'List Paragraph'], + 'Heading 6', 'Heading 7', 'Heading 8', 'Heading 9', 'Title', 'Subtitle', 'Quote', 'Intense Quote', 'List Paragraph', 'footnote text'], translate = { 'Series': this.txtSeries, 'Diagram Title': this.txtDiagramTitle, 'X Axis': this.txtXAxis, 'Y Axis': this.txtYAxis, - 'Your text here': this.txtArt + 'Your text here': this.txtArt, + 'Header': this.txtHeader, + 'Footer': this.txtFooter }; styleNames.forEach(function(item){ translate[item] = me['txtStyle_' + item.replace(/ /g, '_')] || item; @@ -168,6 +170,18 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.on('showmessage', _.bind(me.onExternalMessage, me)); Common.Gateway.on('opendocument', _.bind(me.loadDocument, me)); Common.Gateway.appReady(); + + Common.Gateway.on('internalcommand', function(data) { + if (data.command=='hardBack') { + if ($('.modal-in').length>0) { + if ( !$(me.loadMask).hasClass('modal-in') ) + uiApp.closeModal(); + Common.Gateway.internalMessage('hardBack', false); + } else + Common.Gateway.internalMessage('hardBack', true); + } + }); + Common.Gateway.internalMessage('listenHardBack'); } }, @@ -276,6 +290,7 @@ define([ old_rights = this._state.lostEditingRights; this._state.lostEditingRights = !this._state.lostEditingRights; this.api.asc_coAuthoringDisconnect(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); if (!old_rights) { uiApp.alert( @@ -562,21 +577,43 @@ define([ } me.applyLicense(); + + $(document).on('contextmenu', _.bind(me.onContextMenu, me)); }, onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); - if (licType !== undefined && (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') { - this._state.licenseWarning = (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; - } + if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + this._state.licenseType = licType; - if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseWarning) + if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseType) this.applyLicense(); }, applyLicense: function() { var me = this; - if (me._state.licenseWarning) { + if (this._state.licenseType) { + var license = this._state.licenseType, + buttons = [{text: 'OK'}]; + if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; + } else { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; + buttons = [{ + text: me.textBuyNow, + bold: true, + onClick: function() { + window.open('https://www.onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); + } + }, + { + text: me.textContactUs, + onClick: function() { + window.open('mailto:sales@onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); + } + }]; + } DE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); DE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); @@ -589,22 +626,8 @@ define([ Common.localStorage.setItem("de-license-warning", now); uiApp.modal({ title: me.textNoLicenseTitle, - text : me._state.licenseWarning, - buttons: [ - { - text: me.textBuyNow, - bold: true, - onClick: function() { - window.open('https://www.onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); - } - }, - { - text: me.textContactUs, - onClick: function() { - window.open('mailto:sales@onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); - } - } - ] + text : license, + buttons: buttons }); } } else @@ -646,6 +669,7 @@ define([ me.appOptions.isOffline = me.api.asc_isOffline(); me.appOptions.isReviewOnly = (me.permissions.review === true) && (me.permissions.edit === false); me.appOptions.canRequestEditRights = me.editorConfig.canRequestEditRights; + me.appOptions.canRequestClose = me.editorConfig.canRequestClose; me.appOptions.canEdit = (me.permissions.edit !== false || me.permissions.review === true) && // can edit or review (me.editorConfig.canRequestEditRights || me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') && // if mode=="view" -> canRequestEditRights must be defined (!me.appOptions.isReviewOnly || me.appOptions.canLicense); // if isReviewOnly==true -> canLicense must be true @@ -853,6 +877,10 @@ define([ config.msg = this.errorBadImageUrl; break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted: + config.msg = this.errorDataEncrypted; + break; + default: config.msg = this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; @@ -873,6 +901,10 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('goback'); } } + if (id == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted) { + this.api.asc_coAuthoringDisconnect(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } } else { Common.Gateway.reportWarning(id, config.msg); @@ -1089,25 +1121,33 @@ define([ me.onLongActionEnd(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType.BlockInteraction, LoadingDocument); + var buttons = [{ + text: 'OK', + bold: true, + onClick: function () { + var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); + me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); + + if (!me._isDocReady) { + me.onLongActionBegin(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction'], LoadingDocument); + } + me._state.openDlg = null; + } + }]; + if (me.appOptions.canRequestClose) + buttons.push({ + text: me.closeButtonText, + onClick: function () { + Common.Gateway.requestClose(); + me._state.openDlg = null; + } + }); + me._state.openDlg = uiApp.modal({ title: me.advDRMOptions, - text: me.advDRMEnterPassword, + text: me.txtProtected, afterText: '
            ', - buttons: [ - { - text: 'OK', - bold: true, - onClick: function () { - var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); - me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); - - if (!me._isDocReady) { - me.onLongActionBegin(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction'], LoadingDocument); - } - me._state.openDlg = null; - } - } - ] + buttons: buttons }); // Vertical align @@ -1176,6 +1216,18 @@ define([ } }, + onContextMenu: function(event){ + var canCopyAttr = event.target.getAttribute('data-can-copy'), + isInputEl = (event.target instanceof HTMLInputElement) || (event.target instanceof HTMLTextAreaElement); + + if ((isInputEl && canCopyAttr === 'false') || + (!isInputEl && canCopyAttr !== 'true')) { + event.stopPropagation(); + event.preventDefault(); + return false; + } + }, + leavePageText: 'You have unsaved changes in this document. Click \'Stay on this Page\' to await the autosave of the document. Click \'Leave this Page\' to discard all the unsaved changes.', defaultTitleText: 'ONLYOFFICE Document Editor', criticalErrorTitle: 'Error', @@ -1219,7 +1271,7 @@ define([ errorKeyExpire: 'Key descriptor expired', errorUsersExceed: 'Count of users was exceed', errorCoAuthoringDisconnect: 'Server connection lost. You can\'t edit anymore.', - errorFilePassProtect: 'The document is password protected.', + errorFilePassProtect: 'The file is password protected and could not be opened.', txtEditingMode: 'Set editing mode...', textAnonymous: 'Anonymous', loadingDocumentTitleText: 'Loading document', @@ -1249,7 +1301,6 @@ define([ textTryUndoRedo: 'The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.', textBuyNow: 'Visit website', textNoLicenseTitle: 'ONLYOFFICE open source version', - warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', textContactUs: 'Contact sales', errorViewerDisconnect: 'Connection is lost. You can still view the document,
            but will not be able to download until the connection is restored.', warnLicenseExp: 'Your license has expired.
            Please update your license and refresh the page.', @@ -1287,7 +1338,16 @@ define([ txtStyle_Quote: 'Quote', txtStyle_Intense_Quote: 'Intense Quote', txtStyle_List_Paragraph: 'List Paragraph', - warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.' + txtStyle_footnote_text: 'Footnote Text', + txtHeader: "Header", + txtFooter: "Footer", + txtProtected: 'Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset', + warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnLicenseExceeded: 'The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.', + warnLicenseUsersExceeded: 'The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.', + errorDataEncrypted: 'Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.', + closeButtonText: 'Close File' } })(), DE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js index 69a4fb885..98918c7e5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/15/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js index d9074465a..79dd2388d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -193,7 +193,6 @@ define([ $('#settings-readermode input:checkbox').attr('checked', Common.SharedSettings.get('readerMode')); $('#settings-search').single('click', _.bind(me.onSearch, me)); $('#settings-readermode input:checkbox').single('change', _.bind(me.onReaderMode, me)); - $('#settings-edit-document').single('click', _.bind(me.onEditDocumet, me)); $('#settings-help').single('click', _.bind(me.onShowHelp, me)); $('#settings-download').single('click', _.bind(me.onDownloadOrigin, me)); } @@ -267,10 +266,6 @@ define([ // Handlers - onEditDocumet: function() { - Common.Gateway.requestEditRights(); - }, - onSearch: function (e) { var toolbarView = DE.getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 3c124346a..4293e2b3e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/23/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCanUndo', _.bind(this.onApiCanRevert, this, 'undo')); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCanRedo', _.bind(this.onApiCanRevert, this, 'redo')); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onFocusObject', _.bind(this.onApiFocusObject, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); }, @@ -163,7 +164,7 @@ define([ }, activateControls: function() { - $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back').removeClass('disabled'); + $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-edit-document').removeClass('disabled'); }, activateViewControls: function() { @@ -176,6 +177,12 @@ define([ onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { this.isDisconnected = true; + this.deactivateEditControls(); + $('#toolbar-undo').toggleClass('disabled', true); + $('#toolbar-redo').toggleClass('disabled', true); + DE.getController('AddContainer').hideModal(); + DE.getController('EditContainer').hideModal(); + DE.getController('Settings').hideModal(); }, dlgLeaveTitleText : 'You leave the application', diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js index 954532daa..8a4e0ad0a 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/14/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js index e717f7d20..93d8ebcae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/18/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js index 20322cef5..75120e581 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddOther.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/17/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js index fe165413b..98cf39d54 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/18/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js index d542e043f..c9fc7799f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/17/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js index 1922df86b..07d1bc962 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js index 7777bb4b6..ca0f8d0d4 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/27/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ define([ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditHyperlink.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditHyperlink.js index 0f98b730f..7f1b7d552 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditHyperlink.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditHyperlink.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js index bd133b4c3..31fe4f6f6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/3/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js index a4baffc1d..b65a8aa76 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditParagraph.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/14/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js index 5456338f9..500c620f2 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -175,8 +175,10 @@ define([ if (_shapeObject) { if (pageId == '#edit-shape-wrap') { me._initWrapView(); - } else if (pageId == '#edit-shape-style' || pageId == '#edit-shape-border-color-view') { + } else if (pageId == '#edit-shape-style' || pageId == '#edit-shape-style-nofill' || pageId == '#edit-shape-border-color-view') { me._initStyleView(); + } else { + me.getView('EditShape').isShapeCanFill = _shapeObject.get_ShapeProperties().get_CanFill(); } } }, @@ -534,6 +536,7 @@ define([ if (shapes.length > 0) { var object = shapes[shapes.length - 1]; // get top shape _shapeObject = object.get_ObjectValue(); + this.getView('EditShape').isShapeCanFill = _shapeObject.get_ShapeProperties().get_CanFill(); } else { _shapeObject = undefined; } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js index 30ee0fcb1..887740c9d 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/20/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js index 779934b59..68d8be317 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/4/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template index 144ced831..f9bb94f59 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template @@ -393,6 +393,47 @@
            +
            +
            +
            +
            <% if (!android) { %><%= scope.textBack %><% } %>
            +
            <%= scope.textBorder %>
            +
            <% if (phone) { %><% } %>
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            + +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template index 05f98691a..218a43a36 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template @@ -25,18 +25,6 @@ <% } %> -
          33. - -
            -
            - -
            -
            -
            <%= scope.textEditDoc %>
            -
            -
            -             -
          34. diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template index 7fbaf69d2..92137c8a0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -29,11 +29,14 @@ <% } %> + <% if (!phone) { %> diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index c9b3625f4..fc73b3c1e 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/8/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js index ae55a9aef..2e79b4242 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js index 5cc6ade1e..64ff90e86 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/15/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js index 7e3d041d3..bb8095528 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -55,7 +55,8 @@ define([ _canDownload = false, _canDownloadOrigin = false, _canReader = false, - _canAbout = true; + _canAbout = true, + _canHelp = true; return { // el: '.view-main', @@ -100,6 +101,10 @@ define([ if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { _canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); } + + if (mode.customization) { + _canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); + } }, rootLayout: function () { @@ -108,10 +113,8 @@ define([ isPhone = Common.SharedSettings.get('phone'); if (_isEdit) { - $layour.find('#settings-edit-document').hide(); $layour.find('#settings-search .item-title').text(this.textFindAndReplace) } else { - if (!_canEdit) $layour.find('#settings-edit-document').hide(); $layour.find('#settings-document').hide(); } if (!_canReader) @@ -123,6 +126,7 @@ define([ if (!_canDownload) $layour.find('#settings-download-as').hide(); if (!_canDownloadOrigin) $layour.find('#settings-download').hide(); if (!_canAbout) $layour.find('#settings-about').hide(); + if (!_canHelp) $layour.find('#settings-help').hide(); return $layour.html(); } @@ -213,7 +217,6 @@ define([ permissions = _.extend(permissions, data.doc.permissions); if (permissions.edit === false) { - $('#settings-edit-document').hide(); } } }, diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js index 0af0270a3..5be5a4727 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/23/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -62,7 +62,8 @@ define([ "click #toolbar-search" : "searchToggle", "click #toolbar-edit" : "showEdition", "click #toolbar-add" : "showInserts", - "click #toolbar-settings" : "showSettings" + "click #toolbar-settings" : "showSettings", + "click #toolbar-edit-document": "editDocument" }, // Set innerHTML and get the references to the DOM elements @@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ define([ })); $('.view-main .navbar').on('addClass removeClass', _.bind(me.onDisplayMainNavbar, me)); - $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back').addClass('disabled'); + $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-edit-document').addClass('disabled'); return me; }, @@ -100,6 +101,8 @@ define([ setMode: function (mode) { if (mode.isEdit) { $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-undo, #toolbar-redo').show(); + } else if (mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights){ + $('#toolbar-edit-document').show(); } }, @@ -147,6 +150,10 @@ define([ DE.getController('Settings').showModal(); }, + editDocument: function () { + Common.Gateway.requestEditRights(); + }, + textBack: 'Back' } })(), DE.Views.Toolbar || {})) diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js index 9ef133281..ee310fa99 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/18/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js index b588540da..32e5318ac 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddOther.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/17/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js index e89084102..5512a42d8 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/18/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js index 74777b499..aa675fb34 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/17/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js index 0eba29262..d2719baf5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditHyperlink.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditHyperlink.js index e428316d7..5cefdd7b0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditHyperlink.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditHyperlink.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/7/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js index d1fa6849f..2680a168c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/3/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditParagraph.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditParagraph.js index 32017f583..3ec86baea 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditParagraph.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditParagraph.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/14/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js index 8232c75e3..3e430abeb 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ define([ initialize: function () { Common.NotificationCenter.on('editcontainer:show', _.bind(this.initEvents, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('editcategory:show', _.bind(this.categoryShow, this)); + this.isShapeCanFill = true; }, initEvents: function () { @@ -142,9 +143,12 @@ define([ }, showStyle: function () { - var selector = '#edit-shape-style'; + var selector = this.isShapeCanFill ? '#edit-shape-style' : '#edit-shape-style-nofill'; this.showPage(selector, true); + if (!this.isShapeCanFill) + this.showStyleCategory(); + this.paletteFillColor = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#tab-shape-fill'), transparent: true diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js index 172c53ec3..36fe35cd3 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/20/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js index 3940470d4..f560218ae 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/4/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json index b3d7b0215..cfc99d9bf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/de.json @@ -49,19 +49,20 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.defaultTitleText": "ONLYOFFICE Document Editor", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadErrorText": "Herunterladen ist fehlgeschlagen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeText": "Wird heruntergeladen...", - "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "Wird heruntergeladen\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadMergeTitle": "Wird heruntergeladen", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTextText": "Dokument wird heruntergeladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Herunterladen des Dokuments", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL des Bildes ist falsch", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Verbindung zum Server ist verloren gegangen. Sie können nicht mehr editieren.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen, oder richten Sie an Ihren Administrator.
            Wann Sie auf den Button \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert, das Dokument herunterzuladen.

            Mehr Information zur Verbindung des Dokument Servers finden Sie             hier", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen oder wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator.
            Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert das Dokument herunterzuladen.

            Mehr Informationen über die Verbindung zum Dokumentenserver finden Sie hier", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externer Fehler.
            Datenbank-Verbindungsfehler. Wenden Sie sich an den Support.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Änderungen wurden verschlüsselt. Sie können nicht entschlüsselt werden.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Falscher Datenbereich.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Fehlercode: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Das Dokument ist kennwortgeschützt.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Das Dokument ist kennwortgeschützt und kann nicht geöffnet werden.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unbekannter Schlüsseldeskriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Der Schlüsseldeskriptor ist abgelaufen", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Fehler beim Laden\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Fehler beim Laden", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeSaveFile": "Verbinden ist fehlgeschlagen.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Fehler beim Speichern von Daten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorServerVersion": "Editor-Version wurde aktualisiert. Die Seite wird neu geladen, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen.", @@ -79,7 +80,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "Bilder werden geladen", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "Bild wird geladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "Bild wird geladen", - "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Dokument wird geladen...\t", + "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Dokument wird geladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Dokument wird geladen", "DE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileText": "Laden der Datenquellen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.mailMergeLoadFileTitle": "Laden der Datenquellen", @@ -119,7 +120,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Hier den Text eingeben", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Diagrammtitel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Bearbeitungsmodus einschalten...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Fußzeile", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Kopfzeile", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Sobald Sie das Passwort eingegeben und die Datei geöffnet haben, wird das aktuelle Passwort für die Datei zurückgesetzt", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Reihen", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Fußnotentext", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Heading 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Heading 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Heading 3", @@ -145,9 +150,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Die maximal zulässige Bildgröße ist überschritten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Bild wird hochgeladen...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Bild wird hochgeladen", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Die Anzahl gleichzeitiger Verbindungen zum Document Server wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
            Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
            Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zu Dokumentenserver.
            Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, aktualisieren Sie diese Version oder erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
            Wenn Sie mehr Nutzer benötigen, achten Sie bitte darauf, dass Sie entweder Ihre derzeitige Lizenz aktualisieren oder eine kommerzielle erwerben müssen.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Die Anzahl der gleichzeitigen Benutzer wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
            Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zum Dokumentenserver.
            Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
            Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Das Recht, die Datei zu bearbeiten, wurde Ihnen verweigert.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Der Text wurde nicht gefunden.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Alle ersetzen", @@ -317,7 +324,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditText.textAutomatic": "Automatisch", "DE.Views.EditText.textBack": "Zurück", "DE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "Aufzählung", - "DE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen\t", + "DE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen", "DE.Views.EditText.textDblSuperscript": "Hochgestellt", "DE.Views.EditText.textFontColor": "Schriftfarbe", "DE.Views.EditText.textFontColors": "Schriftfarben", @@ -335,7 +342,7 @@ "DE.Views.Search.textCase": "Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten", "DE.Views.Search.textDone": "Fertig", "DE.Views.Search.textFind": "Finden", - "DE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Suchen und ersetzen\t", + "DE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Suchen und ersetzen", "DE.Views.Search.textHighlight": "Ergebnisse markieren", "DE.Views.Search.textReplace": "Ersetzen", "DE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Suchen", @@ -356,7 +363,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "Dokument bearbeiten", "DE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "E-Mail", "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Finden", - "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Suchen und ersetzen\t", + "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Suchen und ersetzen", "DE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "Format", "DE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Hilfe", "DE.Views.Settings.textLandscape": "Querformat", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json index e335735a9..1efcda4ba 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/en.json @@ -54,11 +54,12 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Downloading Document", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Image URL is incorrect", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Server connection lost. You can't edit anymore.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": " The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
            When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

            Find more information about connecting Document Server here", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
            When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

            Find more information about connecting Document Server here", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
            Database connection error. Please, contact support.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Incorrect data range.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Error code: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The document is password protected.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The file is password protected and cannot be opened.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unknown key descriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Key descriptor expired", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Loading failed", @@ -119,7 +120,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Your text here", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Chart Title", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Set editing mode...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Footer", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Header", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Footnote Text", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Heading 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Heading 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Heading 3", @@ -145,10 +150,13 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Maximium image size limit exceeded.", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Uploading image...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Uploading Image", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
            Please update your license and refresh the page.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "You have been denied the right to edit the file.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "Close File", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text not Found", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Replace All", "DE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json index b039024e2..a4ec01486 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/es.json @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Cargando documento", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL de imagen es incorrecto", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "La conexión al servidor se ha perdido. Usted ya no puede editar.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "No se consiguió guardar el documento. Por favor, verifique los ajustes de conexión o contacte con su administrador.
            Cuando Usted pulse el botón 'OK', se le solicitará que descargue el documento.

            Encuentre más información acerca de conexión de Servidor de Documentos aquí", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "No se consiguió guardar el documento. Por favor, verifique los ajustes de conexión o contacte con su administrador.
            Cuando Usted pulse el botón 'OK', se le solicitará que descargue el documento.

            Encuentre más información acerca de la conexión de Servidor de Documentos aquí", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Error externo.
            Error de conexión a la base de datos. Por favor, contacte con el equipo de soporte técnico.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Rango de datos incorrecto.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Código de error: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El documento es protegido por contraseña.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El archivo está protegido por una contraseña y no puede ser abierto.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descriptor de clave desconocido", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descriptor de clave ha expirado", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Error de carga", @@ -119,7 +119,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Introduzca su texto aquí", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Título del gráfico", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Establecer el modo de edición...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Pie de página", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Encabezado", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texto de pie de página", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Título 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Título 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Título 3", @@ -147,6 +150,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Subiendo imagen", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
            Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene ciertas limitaciones respecto a la cantidad de conexiones concurrentes al servidor de documentos.
            Si requiere más, por favor considere mejorar su licencia actual o adquirir una comercial.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene varias limitaciones para usuarios actuales.
            Si necesita más, por favor considere actulizar su licencia actual o comprar una licencia comercial.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "El derecho de edición del archivo es denegado.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Texto no es encontrado", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Reemplazar todo", @@ -338,7 +342,7 @@ "DE.Views.Search.textHighlight": "Resaltar resultados", "DE.Views.Search.textReplace": "Reemplazar", "DE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Buscar", - "DE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Acerca de producto", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Acerca", "DE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "dirección", "DE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "Autor", "DE.Views.Settings.textBack": "Atrás", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json index a4847e579..df14d2d3c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/fr.json @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Téléchargement du document", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "L'URL de l'image est incorrecte", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "La connexion au serveur perdue. Désolé, vous ne pouvez plus modifier le document.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Impossible d'enregistrer le document. Veuillez vérifier vos paramètres de connexion ou contactez l'administrateur.
            Lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton 'OK', vous serez invité à télécharger le document.

            Trouvez plus d'informations sur la connexion de Document Server ici", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Impossible d'enregistrer le document. Veuillez vérifier vos paramètres de connexion ou contactez l'administrateur.
            Lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton 'OK', vous serez invité à télécharger le document.

            Trouvez plus d'informations sur la connexion au serveur de documents ici", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Erreur externe.
            Erreur de connexion à la base de données.Contactez le support.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Plage de données incorrecte.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Code d'erreur: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le document est protégé par mot de passe.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le fichier est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descripteur de clés inconnu", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descripteur de clés expiré", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Échec du chargement", @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contacter l'équipe de ventes", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Terminé", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Chargement du document", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "La version open source de ONLYOFFICE", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Limitation de connexion ONLYOFFICE", "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Mot de passe", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Chargement en cours...", @@ -119,23 +119,26 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Entrez votre texte", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Titre du graphique", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Définition du mode d'édition...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Pied de page", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "En-tête", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Séries", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Heading 1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Heading 2", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Heading 3", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "Heading 4", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_5": "Heading 5", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_6": "Heading 6", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "Heading 7", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "Heading 8", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "Heading 9", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Intense_Quote": "Intense Quote", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_List_Paragraph": "List Paragraph", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "No Spacing", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Texte de la note de bas de page", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Titre 1", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Titre 2", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Titre 3", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_4": "Titre 4", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_5": "Titre 5", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_6": "Titre 6", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_7": "Titre 7", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_8": "Titre 8", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_9": "Titre 9", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Intense_Quote": "Citation intense", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_List_Paragraph": "Paragraphe de liste", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_No_Spacing": "Pas d'espacement", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Normal": "Normal", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Quote", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Subtitle", - "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Title", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Quote": "Citation", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Subtitle": "Sous-titres", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Title": "Titre", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Axe X", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Axe Y", "DE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Erreur inconnue.", @@ -146,7 +149,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Chargement d'une image en cours...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Chargement d'une image", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
            Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous utilisez la version open source de ONLYOFFICE. La version a des limitations en connexions simultanées au serveur de documents (20 connexions à la fois).
            Pour en avoir plus, veuillez envisager l'achat d'une licence commerciale.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les connexions simultanées au serveur de documents.
            Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les utilisateurs simultanés.
            Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Le droit d'édition du fichier vous a été refusé.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Le texte est introuvable", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Remplacer tout", @@ -364,7 +368,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textPages": "Pages", "DE.Views.Settings.textParagraphs": "Paragraphes", "DE.Views.Settings.textPortrait": "Portrait", - "DE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Powered by", + "DE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Propulsé par ", "DE.Views.Settings.textReader": "Mode de lecture", "DE.Views.Settings.textSettings": "Paramètres", "DE.Views.Settings.textSpaces": "Espaces", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json index 7cacc244a..f70f5ede9 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/it.json @@ -54,11 +54,12 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Scaricamento del documento", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL dell'immagine non corretto", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Scollegato dal server. Non è possibile modificare.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Impossibile salvare il documento. Si prega di verificare i parametri di connessione o rivolgersi all'amministratore.
            Una volta cliccato il pulsante 'OK', si verrà invitati a scaricare il documento.

            Puoi trovare maggiori informazioni sulla connessione al Server dei Documenti qui", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Il documento non può essere salvato. Controllare le impostazioni di rete o contatta l'Amministratore.
            Quando clicchi 'OK' Ti verrà richiesto di scaricare il documento.

            Per maggiori dettagli sulla connessione al Document Server clicca qui", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Errore esterno.
            Errore di connessione al database. Si prega di contattare il supporto.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Le modifiche crittografate sono state ricevute, non possono essere decifrate.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Intervallo di dati non corretto.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Codice errore: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il documento è protetto da password", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il file è protetto da una password. Impossibile aprirlo.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descrittore di chiave sconosciuto", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descrittore di chiave scaduto", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Caricamento non riuscito", @@ -119,7 +120,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Il tuo testo qui", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Titolo del grafico", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Imposta metodo di modifica", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Piè di pagina", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Intestazione", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Una volta inserita la password e aperto il file, verrà ripristinata la password corrente sul file", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Nota a piè di pagina", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Titolo 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Titolo 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Titolo 3", @@ -145,7 +150,9 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "È stata superata la dimensione massima per l'immagine.", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Caricamento dell'immagine in corso...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Caricamento dell'immagine", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Il numero di connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
            Contattare l'amministratore per ulteriori informazioni.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
            Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Il numero di utenti simultaei è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
            Per ulteriori informazioni, contattare l'amministratore.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
            Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE Editors presenta alcune limitazioni per gli utenti simultanei.
            Se hai bisogno di più, ti preghiamo di considerare l'aggiornamento della tua licenza attuale o l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Ti è stato negato il diritto di modificare il file.", @@ -339,7 +346,7 @@ "DE.Views.Search.textHighlight": "Evidenzia risultati", "DE.Views.Search.textReplace": "Sostituisci", "DE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Cerca", - "DE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "A proposito", + "DE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Informazioni su", "DE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "indirizzo", "DE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "Autore", "DE.Views.Settings.textBack": "Indietro", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json index 1cca65ee8..adc1c0371 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ko.json @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "외부 오류입니다.
            데이터베이스 연결 오류입니다. 지원팀에 문의하십시오.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "잘못된 데이터 범위입니다.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "오류 코드 : % 1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "이 문서는 암호로 보호되어 있습니다.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "이 문서는 암호로 보호되어있어 열 수 없습니다.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "알 수없는 키 설명자", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "키 설명자가 만료되었습니다", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "로드 실패", @@ -119,7 +119,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "여기에 귀하의 텍스트", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "차트 제목", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "편집 모드 설정 ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Footer", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "머리글", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "꼬리말 글", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "제목 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "제목 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "제목 3", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json index fc2342207..88068908c 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/lv.json @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Ārējā kļūda.
            Datubāzes piekļuves kļūda. Lūdzu, sazinieties ar atbalsta daļu.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Nepareizs datu diapazons", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Kļūdas kods: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Dokumenta parole ir aizsargāta", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Fails ir aizsargāts ar paroli un to nevar atvērt.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Nezināms atslēgas deskriptors", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Atslēgas deskriptora termiņš beidzies", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Ielāde neizdevās", @@ -119,7 +119,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Ievadiet savu tekstu", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Diagrammas nosaukums", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Uzstāda rediģēšanas režīmu...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Kājene", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Galvene", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Rinda", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Zemteksta piezīmes teksts", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Virsraksts 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Virsraksts 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Virsraksts 3", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json index ca5379461..12c0dc3a0 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/nl.json @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externe fout.
            Fout in databaseverbinding. Neem contact op met Support.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Onjuist gegevensbereik", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Foutcode: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het document is beschermd met een wachtwoord.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het bestand is beschermd met een wachtwoord en kan niet worden geopend.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Onbekende sleuteldescriptor", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Sleuteldescriptor vervallen", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Laden mislukt", @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact opnemen met Verkoop", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Klaar", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Document wordt geladen", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Open source-versie ONLYOFFICE", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Only Office verbindingslimiet", "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Wachtwoord", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Laden...", @@ -119,7 +119,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Hier tekst invoeren", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Grafiektitel", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Bewerkmodus instellen...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Voettekst", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Koptekst", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Voetnoot tekst", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Kop 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Kop 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Kop 3", @@ -146,7 +149,8 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Afbeelding wordt geüpload...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Afbeelding wordt geüpload", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
            Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U gebruikt een Open source-versie van ONLYOFFICE. In die versie geldt voor het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de documentserver een limiet van 20 verbindingen.
            Als u er meer nodig hebt, kunt u overwegen een commerciële licentie aan te schaffen.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
            Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
            Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Het recht om het bestand te bewerken is u ontzegd.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Tekst niet gevonden", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Alles vervangen", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json index 74ccea933..af3b937cf 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/ru.json @@ -56,9 +56,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Подключение к серверу прервано. Редактирование недоступно.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Не удается сохранить документ. Проверьте параметры подключения или обратитесь к вашему администратору.
            Когда вы нажмете на кнопку 'OK', вам будет предложено скачать документ.

            Дополнительную информацию о подключении Сервера документов можно найти здесь", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Внешняя ошибка.
            Ошибка подключения к базе данных. Пожалуйста, обратитесь в службу технической поддержки.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Получены зашифрованные изменения, их нельзя расшифровать.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Некорректный диапазон данных.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Код ошибки: %1", - "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Документ защищен паролем.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Файл защищен паролем и не может быть открыт.", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Неизвестный дескриптор ключа", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Срок действия дескриптора ключа истек", "DE.Controllers.Main.errorMailMergeLoadFile": "Сбой при загрузке", @@ -119,7 +120,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Введите ваш текст", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Заголовок диаграммы", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Установка режима редактирования...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Нижний колонтитул", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Верхний колонтитул", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Как только вы введете пароль и откроете файл, текущий пароль к файлу будет сброшен", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Ряд", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Текст сноски", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Заголовок 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Заголовок 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Заголовок 3", @@ -145,9 +150,11 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Превышен максимальный размер изображения.", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Загрузка изображения...", "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Загрузка изображения", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременных подключений к серверу документов, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
            Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
            Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", - "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременно работающих пользователей, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
            Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Вам было отказано в праве на редактирование этого файла.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Текст не найден", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Заменить все", @@ -334,7 +341,7 @@ "DE.Views.EditText.textSubscript": "Подстрочные", "DE.Views.Search.textCase": "С учетом регистра", "DE.Views.Search.textDone": "Готово", - "DE.Views.Search.textFind": "Найти", + "DE.Views.Search.textFind": "Поиск", "DE.Views.Search.textFindAndReplace": "Поиск и замена", "DE.Views.Search.textHighlight": "Выделить результаты", "DE.Views.Search.textReplace": "Заменить", @@ -355,7 +362,7 @@ "DE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "Скачать как...", "DE.Views.Settings.textEditDoc": "Редактировать", "DE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "email", - "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Найти", + "DE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Поиск", "DE.Views.Settings.textFindAndReplace": "Поиск и замена", "DE.Views.Settings.textFormat": "Формат", "DE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Справка", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json index 3d55281df..0b166ce9f 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/sk.json @@ -119,7 +119,10 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Váš text tu", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Názov grafu", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Nastaviť režim úprav ...", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Päta stránky", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Hlavička", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Rady", + "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_footnote_text": "Text poznámky pod čiarou", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_1": "Nadpis 1", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_2": "Nadpis 2", "DE.Controllers.Main.txtStyle_Heading_3": "Nadpis 3", @@ -147,6 +150,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Nahrávanie obrázku", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Vaša licencia vypršala.
            Prosím, aktualizujte si svoju licenciu a obnovte stránku.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Táto verzia aplikácie ONLYOFFICE Editors má určité obmedzenia pre súbežné pripojenia k dokumentovému serveru.
            Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu aktuálnej licencie alebo zakúpenie komerčnej.", + "DE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Táto verzia ONLYOFFICE Editors má určité obmedzenia pre spolupracujúcich používateľov.
            Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu vašej aktuálnej licencie alebo kúpu komerčnej.", "DE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Bolo vám zamietnuté právo upravovať súbor.", "DE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text nebol nájdený", "DE.Controllers.Search.textReplaceAll": "Nahradiť všetko", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json index 15bd31c64..937036cb5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/locale/zh.json @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ "DE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "联系销售", "DE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "完成", "DE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "文件加载中…", - "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "NLYOFFICE开源版本", + "DE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE开源版本", "DE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "确定", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "密码", "DE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "载入中……", diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css index 714239efd..0a1b0fb72 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ select { } a { text-decoration: none; - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; } p { margin: 1em 0; @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .toolbar:before { color: #929292; } .tabbar a.active { - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; } .tabbar a.link { line-height: 1.4; @@ -2032,21 +2032,21 @@ i.icon { i.icon.icon-back { width: 12px; height: 20px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M10%2C0l2%2C2l-8%2C8l8%2C8l-2%2C2L0%2C10L10%2C0z'%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M10%2C0l2%2C2l-8%2C8l8%2C8l-2%2C2L0%2C10L10%2C0z'%20fill%3D'%23446995'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-forward { width: 12px; height: 20px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M2%2C20l-2-2l8-8L0%2C2l2-2l10%2C10L2%2C20z'%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M2%2C20l-2-2l8-8L0%2C2l2-2l10%2C10L2%2C20z'%20fill%3D'%23446995'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-bars { width: 21px; height: 14px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2021%2014'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h2v2H0V0z%20M4%2C0h17v1H4V0z%20M0%2C6h2v2H0V6z%20M4%2C6h17v1H4V6z%20M0%2C12h2v2H0V12z%20M4%2C12h17v1H4V12z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2021%2014'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23446995'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h2v2H0V0z%20M4%2C0h17v1H4V0z%20M0%2C6h2v2H0V6z%20M4%2C6h17v1H4V6z%20M0%2C12h2v2H0V12z%20M4%2C12h17v1H4V12z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } @media (-webkit-min-device-pixel-ratio: 2), (min-resolution: 2ddpx) { i.icon.icon-bars { - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2042%2026'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h4v4H0V0z%20M8%2C1h34v2H8V1z%20M0%2C11h4v4H0V11z%20M8%2C12h34v2H8V12z%20M0%2C22h4v4H0V22z%20M8%2C23h34v2H8V23z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2042%2026'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23446995'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h4v4H0V0z%20M8%2C1h34v2H8V1z%20M0%2C11h4v4H0V11z%20M8%2C12h34v2H8V12z%20M0%2C22h4v4H0V22z%20M8%2C23h34v2H8V23z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); height: 13px; } } @@ -2067,10 +2067,10 @@ i.icon.icon-prev { height: 15px; } i.icon.icon-next { - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%20d%3D'M1%2C1.6l11.8%2C5.8L1%2C13.4V1.6%20M0%2C0v15l15-7.6L0%2C0L0%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23446995'%20d%3D'M1%2C1.6l11.8%2C5.8L1%2C13.4V1.6%20M0%2C0v15l15-7.6L0%2C0L0%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-prev { - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%20d%3D'M14%2C1.6v11.8L2.2%2C7.6L14%2C1.6%20M15%2C0L0%2C7.6L15%2C15V0L15%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23446995'%20d%3D'M14%2C1.6v11.8L2.2%2C7.6L14%2C1.6%20M15%2C0L0%2C7.6L15%2C15V0L15%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-plus { width: 25px; @@ -3034,8 +3034,8 @@ html.android .label-switch input[type="checkbox"] + .checkbox:before { transition-duration: 0; } .button { - border: 1px solid #4066D7; - color: #4066D7; + border: 1px solid #446995; + color: #446995; text-decoration: none; text-align: center; display: block; @@ -3065,13 +3065,13 @@ input[type="button"].button { } html:not(.watch-active-state) .button:active, .button.active-state { - background: rgba(64, 102, 215, 0.15); + background: rgba(68, 105, 149, 0.15); } .button.button-round { border-radius: 27px; } .button.active { - background: #4066D7; + background: #446995; color: #fff; } .button.button-big { @@ -3081,7 +3081,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button:active, } .button.button-fill { color: #fff; - background: #4066D7; + background: #446995; border-color: transparent; } html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, @@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, height: 2px; margin-top: -1px; z-index: 1; - background: #4066D7; + background: #446995; content: ' '; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-moz-range-track { @@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, top: 50%; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-lower { - background: #4066D7; + background: #446995; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-upper { background: #b7b8b7; @@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"] { label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox { border: none; - background-color: #4066D7; + background-color: #446995; } label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after { @@ -3322,7 +3322,7 @@ label.label-radio input[type="radio"] ~ .item-inner { label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner { background: no-repeat center; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2013%2010'%3E%3Cpolygon%20fill%3D'%234066D7'%20points%3D'11.6%2C0%204.4%2C7.2%201.4%2C4.2%200%2C5.6%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%2013%2C1.4%20'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2013%2010'%3E%3Cpolygon%20fill%3D'%23446995'%20points%3D'11.6%2C0%204.4%2C7.2%201.4%2C4.2%200%2C5.6%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%2013%2C1.4%20'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); background-position: 90% center; background-position: -webkit-calc(100% - 15px) center; background-position: calc(100% - 15px) center; @@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ html.ios-gt-8 .modal-title { font-size: 17px; line-height: 44px; text-align: center; - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; display: block; position: relative; white-space: nowrap; @@ -3911,7 +3911,7 @@ html.ios-gt-8 .actions-modal-label.actions-modal-button-bold { height: 57px; line-height: 57px; font-size: 20px; - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; white-space: normal; text-overflow: ellipsis; } @@ -4821,7 +4821,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { } .progressbar span { width: 100%; - background: #4066D7; + background: #446995; height: 100%; position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -4838,7 +4838,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { top: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; - background: #4066D7; + background: #446995; -webkit-transform: translate3d(0, 0, 0); transform: translate3d(0, 0, 0); -webkit-transform-origin: left center; @@ -5982,7 +5982,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .settings.popover .list-block ul:last-child:after { height: 22px; right: -5px; bottom: -5px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } .item-content .item-after.splitter { color: #000; @@ -6002,10 +6002,10 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .settings.popover .list-block ul:last-child:after { text-align: right; } .item-content .item-after input.field { - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; } .item-content .item-after input.field.placeholder-color::-webkit-input-placeholder { - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; } .item-content .item-after input.field.right { text-align: right; @@ -6048,7 +6048,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .settings.popover .list-block ul:last-child:after { padding-right: 15px; } .list-block .item-link.list-button { - color: #4066D7; + color: #446995; } .button.active i.icon { background-color: #fff; @@ -6195,7 +6195,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .document-menu .list-block li:last-child li .item-inner:after position: absolute; width: 100%; height: 100%; - box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #4066D7; + box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #446995; z-index: 1; border-radius: 1px; } @@ -6314,208 +6314,213 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .document-menu .list-block li:last-child li .item-inner:after i.icon.icon-search { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.8%2C15c1.4-1.6%2C2.2-3.7%2C2.2-5.9c0-5-4-9-9-9C4%2C0%2C0%2C4%2C0%2C9c0%2C5%2C4%2C9%2C9%2C9c2.3%2C0%2C4.4-0.9%2C5.9-2.2l5.8%2C5.8l0.2-0.6l0.7-0.2L15.8%2C15z%20M9%2C17c-4.4%2C0-8-3.6-8-8c0-4.4%2C3.6-8%2C8-8c4.4%2C0%2C8%2C3.6%2C8%2C8C17%2C13.5%2C13.5%2C17%2C9%2C17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.8%2C15c1.4-1.6%2C2.2-3.7%2C2.2-5.9c0-5-4-9-9-9C4%2C0%2C0%2C4%2C0%2C9c0%2C5%2C4%2C9%2C9%2C9c2.3%2C0%2C4.4-0.9%2C5.9-2.2l5.8%2C5.8l0.2-0.6l0.7-0.2L15.8%2C15z%20M9%2C17c-4.4%2C0-8-3.6-8-8c0-4.4%2C3.6-8%2C8-8c4.4%2C0%2C8%2C3.6%2C8%2C8C17%2C13.5%2C13.5%2C17%2C9%2C17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-burger { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2217%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%229%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%225%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2217%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%229%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%225%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-edit { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2219.3%2C5.3%206.1%2C18.4%204.6%2C16.9%2017.8%2C3.8%2017.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2219.3%2C5.3%206.1%2C18.4%204.6%2C16.9%2017.8%2C3.8%2017.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} +i.icon.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%201L3%2015h1.19995l1.77686-5h5.04638l.61573%201.7325.87988-.87988L9%201zm.5%201.9L10.66772%209H6.33228z%22%20clip-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%20fill-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.3%2011.3l-9.2%209.1-1.5-1.5%209.2-9.1-.7-.7-9.6%209.6L6%2022l3.3-.5%209.6-9.6zm1.2%200L21%209.8s-.2-1.2-.9-1.9c-.7-.8-1.9-.9-1.9-.9l-1.5%201.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-undo { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C16v2h-1v-2l0%2C0c0-2.9-2.1-5-5-5l0%2C0H1.9L5%2C14c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-0.4%2C0.4c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-4.2-4.2c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l0.4-0.4h0.1L4.4%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l0.5%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3L1.9%2C10H16l0%2C0C19.3%2C10%2C22%2C12.7%2C22%2C16L22%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C16v2h-1v-2l0%2C0c0-2.9-2.1-5-5-5l0%2C0H1.9L5%2C14c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-0.4%2C0.4c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-4.2-4.2c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l0.4-0.4h0.1L4.4%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l0.5%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3L1.9%2C10H16l0%2C0C19.3%2C10%2C22%2C12.7%2C22%2C16L22%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-redo { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C16c0-3.3%2C2.7-6%2C6-6v0h14.1l-3.3-3.3c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3L17.3%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l3.8%2C3.8c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0l0.4%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-4.2%2C4.2c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-0.4-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l3.1-3H6v0c-2.9%2C0-5%2C2.1-5%2C5h0v2H0L0%2C16L0%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C16c0-3.3%2C2.7-6%2C6-6v0h14.1l-3.3-3.3c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3L17.3%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l3.8%2C3.8c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0l0.4%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-4.2%2C4.2c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-0.4-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l3.1-3H6v0c-2.9%2C0-5%2C2.1-5%2C5h0v2H0L0%2C16L0%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-reader { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-download { width: 22px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-doc-setup { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-4%206%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_2_%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C27H-1V15h6V8l0%2C0h10V27z%20M16%2C7H4.2L-2%2C13.6V28h18V7z%20M4%2C8.8V14h-4.9L4%2C8.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-4%206%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_2_%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C27H-1V15h6V8l0%2C0h10V27z%20M16%2C7H4.2L-2%2C13.6V28h18V7z%20M4%2C8.8V14h-4.9L4%2C8.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-info { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-plus { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C12H12v10h-1V12H1v-1h10V1h1v10h10V12z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C12H12v10h-1V12H1v-1h10V1h1v10h10V12z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-settings { width: 24px; height: 24px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.8%2C3l0.4%2C2c0.1%2C0.7%2C0.6%2C1.1%2C1.3%2C1.1c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.1%2C0.7-0.2l1.9-1.2l1.1%2C1.1l-1.1%2C1.8C15.8%2C8%2C15.8%2C8.5%2C16%2C8.9c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.7%2C1%2C0.8l2.1%2C0.5v1.6L17%2C12.2c-0.5%2C0.1-0.8%2C0.4-1%2C0.8c-0.2%2C0.4-0.1%2C0.9%2C0.1%2C1.2l1.2%2C1.9l-1.1%2C1.1l-1.8-1.1c-0.2-0.2-0.5-0.2-0.8-0.2c-0.6%2C0-1.2%2C0.5-1.3%2C1.1l-0.5%2C2.1h-1.6l-0.4-2C9.7%2C16.4%2C9.2%2C16%2C8.5%2C16c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.1-0.7%2C0.2l-1.9%2C1.2l-1.1-1.1l1.1-1.8c0.3-0.4%2C0.3-0.9%2C0.1-1.3c-0.2-0.4-0.5-0.7-1-0.8l-2.1-0.5v-1.6l2-0.4c0.5-0.1%2C0.8-0.4%2C1-0.8C6.1%2C8.7%2C6%2C8.2%2C5.8%2C7.9l-1-2l1.1-1.1l1.8%2C1.1C8%2C6.1%2C8.2%2C6.2%2C8.5%2C6.2c0.6%2C0%2C1.2-0.5%2C1.3-1.1L10.3%2C3H11.8%20M11%2C15.5c2.5%2C0%2C4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5s-2-4.5-4.5-4.5s-4.5%2C2-4.5%2C4.5S8.5%2C15.5%2C11%2C15.5%20M12.1%2C2H9.9C9.6%2C2%2C9.4%2C2.2%2C9.3%2C2.5L8.8%2C4.9c0%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.3-0.3%2C0.3s-0.1%2C0-0.2-0.1L6.2%2C3.8C6.1%2C3.7%2C6%2C3.7%2C5.8%2C3.7c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0.1L3.8%2C5.4c-0.1%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.8l1.3%2C2.1c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.5L2.5%2C9.3C2.2%2C9.4%2C2%2C9.6%2C2%2C9.9v2.2c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.6l2.4%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5l-1.3%2C2.1c-0.2%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.6%2C0.1%2C0.8l1.6%2C1.6c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.2s0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1L8.3%2C17c0.1-0.1%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1s0.3%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.3l0.5%2C2.3C9.4%2C19.8%2C9.6%2C20%2C9.9%2C20h2.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.6-0.5l0.5-2.4c0-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0.1l2.1%2C1.3c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2l1.6-1.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.1-0.8l-1.3-2.1c-0.2-0.2-0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.5l2.4-0.5c0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.5-0.6V9.8c0-0.3-0.2-0.5-0.5-0.6l-2.4-0.5c-0.3-0.1-0.4-0.3-0.2-0.5l1.3-2.1c0.2-0.2%2C0.1-0.6-0.1-0.8l-1.6-1.6c-0.1-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.4-0.2c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0.1l-2.1%2C1.3C13.6%2C5%2C13.6%2C5%2C13.5%2C5c-0.1%2C0-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.3l-0.5-2.2C12.6%2C2.2%2C12.4%2C2%2C12.1%2C2L12.1%2C2z%20M11%2C14.5c-1.9%2C0-3.5-1.6-3.5-3.5S9.1%2C7.5%2C11%2C7.5s3.5%2C1.6%2C3.5%2C3.5S12.9%2C14.5%2C11%2C14.5L11%2C14.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.8%2C3l0.4%2C2c0.1%2C0.7%2C0.6%2C1.1%2C1.3%2C1.1c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.1%2C0.7-0.2l1.9-1.2l1.1%2C1.1l-1.1%2C1.8C15.8%2C8%2C15.8%2C8.5%2C16%2C8.9c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.7%2C1%2C0.8l2.1%2C0.5v1.6L17%2C12.2c-0.5%2C0.1-0.8%2C0.4-1%2C0.8c-0.2%2C0.4-0.1%2C0.9%2C0.1%2C1.2l1.2%2C1.9l-1.1%2C1.1l-1.8-1.1c-0.2-0.2-0.5-0.2-0.8-0.2c-0.6%2C0-1.2%2C0.5-1.3%2C1.1l-0.5%2C2.1h-1.6l-0.4-2C9.7%2C16.4%2C9.2%2C16%2C8.5%2C16c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.1-0.7%2C0.2l-1.9%2C1.2l-1.1-1.1l1.1-1.8c0.3-0.4%2C0.3-0.9%2C0.1-1.3c-0.2-0.4-0.5-0.7-1-0.8l-2.1-0.5v-1.6l2-0.4c0.5-0.1%2C0.8-0.4%2C1-0.8C6.1%2C8.7%2C6%2C8.2%2C5.8%2C7.9l-1-2l1.1-1.1l1.8%2C1.1C8%2C6.1%2C8.2%2C6.2%2C8.5%2C6.2c0.6%2C0%2C1.2-0.5%2C1.3-1.1L10.3%2C3H11.8%20M11%2C15.5c2.5%2C0%2C4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5s-2-4.5-4.5-4.5s-4.5%2C2-4.5%2C4.5S8.5%2C15.5%2C11%2C15.5%20M12.1%2C2H9.9C9.6%2C2%2C9.4%2C2.2%2C9.3%2C2.5L8.8%2C4.9c0%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.3-0.3%2C0.3s-0.1%2C0-0.2-0.1L6.2%2C3.8C6.1%2C3.7%2C6%2C3.7%2C5.8%2C3.7c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0.1L3.8%2C5.4c-0.1%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.8l1.3%2C2.1c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.5L2.5%2C9.3C2.2%2C9.4%2C2%2C9.6%2C2%2C9.9v2.2c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.6l2.4%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5l-1.3%2C2.1c-0.2%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.6%2C0.1%2C0.8l1.6%2C1.6c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.2s0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1L8.3%2C17c0.1-0.1%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1s0.3%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.3l0.5%2C2.3C9.4%2C19.8%2C9.6%2C20%2C9.9%2C20h2.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.6-0.5l0.5-2.4c0-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0.1l2.1%2C1.3c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2l1.6-1.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.1-0.8l-1.3-2.1c-0.2-0.2-0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.5l2.4-0.5c0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.5-0.6V9.8c0-0.3-0.2-0.5-0.5-0.6l-2.4-0.5c-0.3-0.1-0.4-0.3-0.2-0.5l1.3-2.1c0.2-0.2%2C0.1-0.6-0.1-0.8l-1.6-1.6c-0.1-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.4-0.2c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0.1l-2.1%2C1.3C13.6%2C5%2C13.6%2C5%2C13.5%2C5c-0.1%2C0-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.3l-0.5-2.2C12.6%2C2.2%2C12.4%2C2%2C12.1%2C2L12.1%2C2z%20M11%2C14.5c-1.9%2C0-3.5-1.6-3.5-3.5S9.1%2C7.5%2C11%2C7.5s3.5%2C1.6%2C3.5%2C3.5S12.9%2C14.5%2C11%2C14.5L11%2C14.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-about { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-help { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-versions { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-additional { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.5%2C15.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C15.5%2C18.5%2C15.5z%20M18.5%2C18.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C18.1%2C19.1%2C18.5%2C18.5%2C18.5z%20M18.5%2C7.5c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2s-2%2C0.9-2%2C2C16.5%2C6.6%2C17.4%2C7.5%2C18.5%2C7.5z%20M18.5%2C4.5c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1s-0.4%2C1-1%2C1s-1-0.4-1-1S17.9%2C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.5z%20M18.5%2C9.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C9.5%2C18.5%2C9.5z%20M18.5%2C12.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C12.1%2C19.1%2C12.5%2C18.5%2C12.5z%20M6.9%2C3.8L1%2C18.9h1.5l1.8-4.7h6.9l1.7%2C4.7h1.5L8.6%2C3.8H6.9z%20M4.7%2C12.9l3-7.9l3%2C7.9H4.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.5%2C15.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C15.5%2C18.5%2C15.5z%20M18.5%2C18.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C18.1%2C19.1%2C18.5%2C18.5%2C18.5z%20M18.5%2C7.5c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2s-2%2C0.9-2%2C2C16.5%2C6.6%2C17.4%2C7.5%2C18.5%2C7.5z%20M18.5%2C4.5c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1s-0.4%2C1-1%2C1s-1-0.4-1-1S17.9%2C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.5z%20M18.5%2C9.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C9.5%2C18.5%2C9.5z%20M18.5%2C12.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C12.1%2C19.1%2C12.5%2C18.5%2C12.5z%20M6.9%2C3.8L1%2C18.9h1.5l1.8-4.7h6.9l1.7%2C4.7h1.5L8.6%2C3.8H6.9z%20M4.7%2C12.9l3-7.9l3%2C7.9H4.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-color { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.9%2C12l2.3-6.3l2.2%2C6.3H8.9z%20M4.7%2C17.8h2l1.6-4.3h5.6l1.5%2C4.3h2.1L12.3%2C3.5h-2.2L4.7%2C17.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.9%2C12l2.3-6.3l2.2%2C6.3H8.9z%20M4.7%2C17.8h2l1.6-4.3h5.6l1.5%2C4.3h2.1L12.3%2C3.5h-2.2L4.7%2C17.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-selection { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7.6%2C10.3c0.2%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.2%2C0.6%2C0.3%2C1%2C0.3c0.7%2C0%2C1.3-0.3%2C1.7-0.8c0.4-0.5%2C0.6-1.2%2C0.6-2.1c0-0.9-0.2-1.5-0.6-2c-0.4-0.4-0.9-0.7-1.6-0.7c-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9%2C0.2C8%2C6%2C7.8%2C6.2%2C7.6%2C6.4V3.8H6.8V11h0.8V10.3z%20M8%2C6.9c0.3-0.3%2C0.7-0.4%2C1.1-0.4c0.5%2C0%2C0.8%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.5c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.4c0%2C0.6-0.1%2C1.1-0.4%2C1.5c-0.2%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.6-1.1%2C0.6c-0.6%2C0-1.1-0.3-1.3-0.9C7.6%2C9.2%2C7.6%2C8.8%2C7.6%2C8.3C7.6%2C7.7%2C7.7%2C7.2%2C8%2C6.9z%20M5.7%2C10.4c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.2-0.1c0-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2v-3c0-0.5-0.2-0.9-0.6-1.1C4.4%2C5.8%2C4%2C5.6%2C3.3%2C5.6c-0.5%2C0-1%2C0.1-1.4%2C0.4C1.5%2C6.3%2C1.3%2C6.7%2C1.3%2C7.4h0.8c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.5-0.4%2C1-0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.3C4.4%2C7.7%2C4.3%2C7.8%2C4.1%2C7.8L2.7%2C8C2.2%2C8.1%2C1.8%2C8.2%2C1.5%2C8.5C1.2%2C8.8%2C1%2C9.1%2C1%2C9.6c0%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.5%2C1.1c0.3%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.4%2C1.2%2C0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.8-0.1%2C1.1-0.3c0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.8-0.6c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.5c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3%2C0c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1v-0.6c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0C5.8%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4z%20M4.5%2C9.1c0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.9-0.7%2C1.2c-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.2-0.9%2C0.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5-0.1-0.7-0.2C2%2C10.1%2C2%2C9.9%2C2%2C9.6C2%2C9.3%2C2.1%2C9%2C2.4%2C8.9c0.2-0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.2l0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2V9.1z%20M18.5%2C5L8.3%2C15.3l-0.5%2C2c-0.6%2C0.4-1.3%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.6c-0.3%2C0.4%2C0.9%2C0.4%2C1.5%2C0.3c0.4%2C0%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.5-0.2l2.2-0.6L20.7%2C7.1L18.5%2C5z%20M9%2C15.3l9.5-9.5L20%2C7.1l-9.5%2C9.5L9%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7.6%2C10.3c0.2%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.2%2C0.6%2C0.3%2C1%2C0.3c0.7%2C0%2C1.3-0.3%2C1.7-0.8c0.4-0.5%2C0.6-1.2%2C0.6-2.1c0-0.9-0.2-1.5-0.6-2c-0.4-0.4-0.9-0.7-1.6-0.7c-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9%2C0.2C8%2C6%2C7.8%2C6.2%2C7.6%2C6.4V3.8H6.8V11h0.8V10.3z%20M8%2C6.9c0.3-0.3%2C0.7-0.4%2C1.1-0.4c0.5%2C0%2C0.8%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.5c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.4c0%2C0.6-0.1%2C1.1-0.4%2C1.5c-0.2%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.6-1.1%2C0.6c-0.6%2C0-1.1-0.3-1.3-0.9C7.6%2C9.2%2C7.6%2C8.8%2C7.6%2C8.3C7.6%2C7.7%2C7.7%2C7.2%2C8%2C6.9z%20M5.7%2C10.4c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.2-0.1c0-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2v-3c0-0.5-0.2-0.9-0.6-1.1C4.4%2C5.8%2C4%2C5.6%2C3.3%2C5.6c-0.5%2C0-1%2C0.1-1.4%2C0.4C1.5%2C6.3%2C1.3%2C6.7%2C1.3%2C7.4h0.8c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.5-0.4%2C1-0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.3C4.4%2C7.7%2C4.3%2C7.8%2C4.1%2C7.8L2.7%2C8C2.2%2C8.1%2C1.8%2C8.2%2C1.5%2C8.5C1.2%2C8.8%2C1%2C9.1%2C1%2C9.6c0%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.5%2C1.1c0.3%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.4%2C1.2%2C0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.8-0.1%2C1.1-0.3c0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.8-0.6c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.5c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3%2C0c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1v-0.6c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0C5.8%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4z%20M4.5%2C9.1c0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.9-0.7%2C1.2c-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.2-0.9%2C0.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5-0.1-0.7-0.2C2%2C10.1%2C2%2C9.9%2C2%2C9.6C2%2C9.3%2C2.1%2C9%2C2.4%2C8.9c0.2-0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.2l0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2V9.1z%20M18.5%2C5L8.3%2C15.3l-0.5%2C2c-0.6%2C0.4-1.3%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.6c-0.3%2C0.4%2C0.9%2C0.4%2C1.5%2C0.3c0.4%2C0%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.5-0.2l2.2-0.6L20.7%2C7.1L18.5%2C5z%20M9%2C15.3l9.5-9.5L20%2C7.1l-9.5%2C9.5L9%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-bullets { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C4v1h15V4H7z%20M1%2C6h3V3H1V6z%20M7%2C12h15v-1H7V12z%20M1%2C13h3v-3H1V13z%20M7%2C19h15v-1H7V19z%20M1%2C20h3v-3H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C4v1h15V4H7z%20M1%2C6h3V3H1V6z%20M7%2C12h15v-1H7V12z%20M1%2C13h3v-3H1V13z%20M7%2C19h15v-1H7V19z%20M1%2C20h3v-3H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-numbers { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C3.8v1h15v-1H7z%20M7%2C11.8h15v-1H7V11.8z%20M7%2C18.8h15v-1H7V18.8z%20M3.1%2C6.9h0.7V2H3.3C3.2%2C2.4%2C3.1%2C2.6%2C2.9%2C2.7C2.7%2C2.8%2C2.4%2C2.9%2C2%2C2.9v0.5h1.2V6.9z%20M3.3%2C9C2.6%2C9%2C2.1%2C9.2%2C1.9%2C9.7c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C1h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.7c0.2-0.3%2C0.5-0.5%2C0.9-0.5c0.3%2C0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.7%2C0.3s0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4l-0.7%2C0.4c-0.4%2C0.3-0.7%2C0.5-0.9%2C0.9c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.7-0.3%2C1.1h3.4v-0.6H2.2c0.1-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.4-0.7c0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.5-0.4L3.6%2C12c0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.4%2C0.9-0.6c0.3-0.3%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.4-1c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4.3%2C9.1%2C3.9%2C9%2C3.3%2C9z%20M4.1%2C18.3c0.2-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.4-0.3c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.4%2C0.2-0.7c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4%2C16.1%2C3.6%2C16%2C3.1%2C16c-0.6%2C0-1.1%2C0.2-1.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C0.9h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.6c0.2-0.3%2C0.4-0.4%2C0.9-0.4c0.2%2C0%2C0.4%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.2C4%2C16.9%2C4.1%2C17%2C4.1%2C17.3c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0v0.5c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.3-0.8%2C0.3c-0.4%2C0-0.7-0.1-0.9-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.2-0.4-0.2-0.7H1.5c0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.2C2.1%2C20.8%2C2.5%2C21%2C3.1%2C21c0.6%2C0%2C1-0.1%2C1.3-0.4c0.3-0.3%2C0.5-0.7%2C0.5-1.1c0-0.3-0.1-0.5-0.2-0.7C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.3%2C18.3%2C4.1%2C18.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C3.8v1h15v-1H7z%20M7%2C11.8h15v-1H7V11.8z%20M7%2C18.8h15v-1H7V18.8z%20M3.1%2C6.9h0.7V2H3.3C3.2%2C2.4%2C3.1%2C2.6%2C2.9%2C2.7C2.7%2C2.8%2C2.4%2C2.9%2C2%2C2.9v0.5h1.2V6.9z%20M3.3%2C9C2.6%2C9%2C2.1%2C9.2%2C1.9%2C9.7c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C1h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.7c0.2-0.3%2C0.5-0.5%2C0.9-0.5c0.3%2C0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.7%2C0.3s0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4l-0.7%2C0.4c-0.4%2C0.3-0.7%2C0.5-0.9%2C0.9c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.7-0.3%2C1.1h3.4v-0.6H2.2c0.1-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.4-0.7c0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.5-0.4L3.6%2C12c0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.4%2C0.9-0.6c0.3-0.3%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.4-1c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4.3%2C9.1%2C3.9%2C9%2C3.3%2C9z%20M4.1%2C18.3c0.2-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.4-0.3c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.4%2C0.2-0.7c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4%2C16.1%2C3.6%2C16%2C3.1%2C16c-0.6%2C0-1.1%2C0.2-1.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C0.9h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.6c0.2-0.3%2C0.4-0.4%2C0.9-0.4c0.2%2C0%2C0.4%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.2C4%2C16.9%2C4.1%2C17%2C4.1%2C17.3c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0v0.5c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.3-0.8%2C0.3c-0.4%2C0-0.7-0.1-0.9-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.2-0.4-0.2-0.7H1.5c0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.2C2.1%2C20.8%2C2.5%2C21%2C3.1%2C21c0.6%2C0%2C1-0.1%2C1.3-0.4c0.3-0.3%2C0.5-0.7%2C0.5-1.1c0-0.3-0.1-0.5-0.2-0.7C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.3%2C18.3%2C4.1%2C18.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-linespacing { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_7_%22%20points%3D%2222%2C4%2022%2C3%2012%2C3%2011%2C3%201%2C3%201%2C4%2011%2C4%2011%2C4.3%208%2C7.4%208.7%2C8.1%2011%2C5.7%2011%2C17.3%208.7%2C14.9%208%2C15.6%2011%2C18.7%2011%2C19%201%2C19%201%2C20%2011%2C20%2012%2C20%2022%2C20%2022%2C19%2012%2C19%2012%2C18.6%2015%2C15.6%2014.3%2C14.9%2012%2C17.2%2012%2C5.8%2014.3%2C8.1%2015%2C7.4%2012%2C4.4%2012%2C4%20%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_7_%22%20points%3D%2222%2C4%2022%2C3%2012%2C3%2011%2C3%201%2C3%201%2C4%2011%2C4%2011%2C4.3%208%2C7.4%208.7%2C8.1%2011%2C5.7%2011%2C17.3%208.7%2C14.9%208%2C15.6%2011%2C18.7%2011%2C19%201%2C19%201%2C20%2011%2C20%2012%2C20%2022%2C20%2022%2C19%2012%2C19%2012%2C18.6%2015%2C15.6%2014.3%2C14.9%2012%2C17.2%2012%2C5.8%2014.3%2C8.1%2015%2C7.4%2012%2C4.4%2012%2C4%20%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-center { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-jast { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-de-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-in-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-prev { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16%2C20.5L15%2C21.5L4.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L15%2C0.5L16%2C1.5L6.6%2C11L16%2C20.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16%2C20.5L15%2C21.5L4.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L15%2C0.5L16%2C1.5L6.6%2C11L16%2C20.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-next { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.5%2C11L6%2C1.5l1.1-1.1L17.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L7.1%2C21.5L6%2C20.5L15.5%2C11z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.5%2C11L6%2C1.5l1.1-1.1L17.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L7.1%2C21.5L6%2C20.5L15.5%2C11z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-above { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-below { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-column { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-row { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-expand-down { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C6.5l1.1%2C1.1L11%2C18l0%2C0l0%2C0L0.5%2C7.5l1.1-1.1l9.5%2C9.5L20.5%2C6.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C6.5l1.1%2C1.1L11%2C18l0%2C0l0%2C0L0.5%2C7.5l1.1-1.1l9.5%2C9.5L20.5%2C6.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagebreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-sectionbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-stringbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagenumber { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-link { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-image-library { width: 22px; @@ -6525,160 +6530,160 @@ i.icon.icon-image-library { i.icon.icon-table-borders-all { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-none { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-inner { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-outer { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-left { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-center { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-right { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-top { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-middle { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-bottom { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-inline { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.31c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.91-2.82%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.48a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0l-0.78-1.9a0.47%2C0.47%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.57%2C9.29%2C9.88%2C8.31s-3.55-2-3.8-.53%2C0.23%2C1.42.37%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.75A6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.24-2.14%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.86%2C1.83%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.34-2.78a26.9%2C26.9%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.84%2C8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.73%2C26.73%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.84c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.84%2C2.34%2C2.78s1.8-4.18%2C1.83-4.92-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.44c0.48-.41.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.75s0.62-.62.37-2S17.77%2C7.33%2C16.08%2C8.31Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.31c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.91-2.82%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.48a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0l-0.78-1.9a0.47%2C0.47%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.57%2C9.29%2C9.88%2C8.31s-3.55-2-3.8-.53%2C0.23%2C1.42.37%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.75A6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.24-2.14%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.86%2C1.83%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.34-2.78a26.9%2C26.9%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.84%2C8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.73%2C26.73%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.84c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.84%2C2.34%2C2.78s1.8-4.18%2C1.83-4.92-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.44c0.48-.41.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.75s0.62-.62.37-2S17.77%2C7.33%2C16.08%2C8.31Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-square { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.33c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.91-2.82%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.5a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0l-0.78-1.9a0.47%2C0.47%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.57%2C9.3%2C9.88%2C8.33s-3.55-2-3.8-.53%2C0.23%2C1.42.37%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.75A6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.24-2.14%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.86%2C1.83%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.34-2.78a26.9%2C26.9%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.84%2C8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.73%2C26.73%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.84c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.84%2C2.34%2C2.78s1.8-4.18%2C1.83-4.92-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.44c0.48-.41.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.75s0.62-.62.37-2S17.77%2C7.35%2C16.08%2C8.33Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.33c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.91-2.82%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.5a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0l-0.78-1.9a0.47%2C0.47%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.57%2C9.3%2C9.88%2C8.33s-3.55-2-3.8-.53%2C0.23%2C1.42.37%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.75A6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.24-2.14%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.86%2C1.83%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.34-2.78a26.9%2C26.9%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.84%2C8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.39%2C8.39%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.73%2C26.73%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.84c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.84%2C2.34%2C2.78s1.8-4.18%2C1.83-4.92-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.19%2C6.19%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.44c0.48-.41.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.75s0.62-.62.37-2S17.77%2C7.35%2C16.08%2C8.33Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-tight { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2219%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2212%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%222%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2211%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.07%2C8.3c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.91-2.82%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.47a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.08%2C9.61a0.47%2C0.47%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.56%2C9.28%2C9.87%2C8.3s-3.55-2-3.8-.53%2C0.23%2C1.42.37%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.76A6.17%2C6.17%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.25-2.14%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.86%2C1.83%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.34-2.79a27%2C27%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.85%2C8.41%2C8.41%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.41%2C8.41%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.81%2C26.81%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.85c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.85%2C2.34%2C2.79s1.8-4.18%2C1.83-4.92-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.17%2C6.17%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.44c0.48-.42.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.76s0.62-.62.37-2S17.76%2C7.32%2C16.07%2C8.3Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2219%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2212%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%222%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2211%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.07%2C8.3c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.91-2.82%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.47a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.08%2C9.61a0.47%2C0.47%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.56%2C9.28%2C9.87%2C8.3s-3.55-2-3.8-.53%2C0.23%2C1.42.37%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.76A6.17%2C6.17%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.25-2.14%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.86%2C1.83%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.34-2.79a27%2C27%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.85%2C8.41%2C8.41%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.41%2C8.41%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.81%2C26.81%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.85c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.85%2C2.34%2C2.79s1.8-4.18%2C1.83-4.92-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.17%2C6.17%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.44c0.48-.42.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.76s0.62-.62.37-2S17.76%2C7.32%2C16.07%2C8.3Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-through { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2219%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.09%2C8.31c-1.68%2C1-2.8%2C3.93-2.8%2C3.93s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.77-1.91A0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.49a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.2l-0.77%2C1.91a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.12%2C9.64a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.2%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.92a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.61%2C9.3%2C9.93%2C8.31s-3.53-2-3.78-.54%2C0.22%2C1.43.36%2C2.05%2C0.28%2C2.35.76%2C2.77A6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.68%2C13S7.52%2C14.3%2C7.55%2C15%2C8.17%2C19.92%2C9.37%2C20s2-1.88%2C2.32-2.8a27.27%2C27.27%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92-2.86%2C8.53%2C8.53%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.52c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.53%2C8.53%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.52%2C27.09%2C27.09%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92%2C2.86c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.12%2C2.86%2C2.32%2C2.8s1.79-4.2%2C1.82-4.94-2.13-2-2.13-2a6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.41-.45c0.48-.42.62-2.14%2C0.76-2.77s0.62-.62.36-2.05S17.77%2C7.33%2C16.09%2C8.31Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2219%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2220%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%225%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.09%2C8.31c-1.68%2C1-2.8%2C3.93-2.8%2C3.93s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.77-1.91A0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.49a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.2l-0.77%2C1.91a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.12%2C9.64a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.2%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.92a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.61%2C9.3%2C9.93%2C8.31s-3.53-2-3.78-.54%2C0.22%2C1.43.36%2C2.05%2C0.28%2C2.35.76%2C2.77A6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.68%2C13S7.52%2C14.3%2C7.55%2C15%2C8.17%2C19.92%2C9.37%2C20s2-1.88%2C2.32-2.8a27.27%2C27.27%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92-2.86%2C8.53%2C8.53%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.52c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.53%2C8.53%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.52%2C27.09%2C27.09%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92%2C2.86c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.12%2C2.86%2C2.32%2C2.8s1.79-4.2%2C1.82-4.94-2.13-2-2.13-2a6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.41-.45c0.48-.42.62-2.14%2C0.76-2.77s0.62-.62.36-2.05S17.77%2C7.33%2C16.09%2C8.31Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-top-bottom { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.3c-1.68%2C1-2.8%2C3.91-2.8%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.77-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.47a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.77%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.12%2C9.61a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.6%2C9.28%2C9.92%2C8.3s-3.52-2-3.77-.53%2C0.22%2C1.42.36%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.76a6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.4.44s-2.15%2C1.25-2.12%2C2%2C0.61%2C4.86%2C1.82%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.32-2.79a27.11%2C27.11%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92-2.85%2C8.47%2C8.47%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.47%2C8.47%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.94%2C26.94%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92%2C2.85c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.12%2C2.85%2C2.32%2C2.79s1.79-4.18%2C1.82-4.92-2.12-2-2.12-2a6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.4-.44c0.48-.42.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.76s0.61-.62.36-2S17.75%2C7.32%2C16.08%2C8.3Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.3c-1.68%2C1-2.8%2C3.91-2.8%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.77-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.47a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.77%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.12%2C9.61a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.6%2C9.28%2C9.92%2C8.3s-3.52-2-3.77-.53%2C0.22%2C1.42.36%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.76a6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.4.44s-2.15%2C1.25-2.12%2C2%2C0.61%2C4.86%2C1.82%2C4.92%2C2-1.87%2C2.32-2.79a27.11%2C27.11%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92-2.85%2C8.47%2C8.47%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.47%2C8.47%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.94%2C26.94%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92%2C2.85c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.12%2C2.85%2C2.32%2C2.79s1.79-4.18%2C1.82-4.92-2.12-2-2.12-2a6.08%2C6.08%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.4-.44c0.48-.42.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.76s0.61-.62.36-2S17.75%2C7.32%2C16.08%2C8.3Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-infront { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.29c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.93-2.82%2C3.93s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.91A0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.47a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.2l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.09%2C9.61a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.2%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.92a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.57%2C9.27%2C9.88%2C8.29s-3.55-2-3.8-.54%2C0.23%2C1.43.37%2C2.05%2C0.28%2C2.35.76%2C2.77A6.16%2C6.16%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.25-2.14%2C2S8.1%2C19.89%2C9.31%2C20s2-1.87%2C2.34-2.8a27.1%2C27.1%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.86%2C8.46%2C8.46%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.52c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.46%2C8.46%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.52%2C26.92%2C26.92%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.86c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.86%2C2.34%2C2.8s1.8-4.19%2C1.83-4.94-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.16%2C6.16%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.45c0.48-.42.62-2.14%2C0.76-2.77s0.62-.62.37-2.05S17.77%2C7.31%2C16.08%2C8.29Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16.08%2C8.29c-1.69%2C1-2.82%2C3.93-2.82%2C3.93s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.78-1.91A0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.47a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.2l-0.78%2C1.9a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0L12.09%2C9.61a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.2%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.46%2C0.46%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.92a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.57%2C9.27%2C9.88%2C8.29s-3.55-2-3.8-.54%2C0.23%2C1.43.37%2C2.05%2C0.28%2C2.35.76%2C2.77A6.16%2C6.16%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.62%2C13s-2.17%2C1.25-2.14%2C2S8.1%2C19.89%2C9.31%2C20s2-1.87%2C2.34-2.8a27.1%2C27.1%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93-2.86%2C8.46%2C8.46%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.52c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.46%2C8.46%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.52%2C26.92%2C26.92%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.93%2C2.86c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.13%2C2.86%2C2.34%2C2.8s1.8-4.19%2C1.83-4.94-2.14-2-2.14-2a6.16%2C6.16%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.42-.45c0.48-.42.62-2.14%2C0.76-2.77s0.62-.62.37-2.05S17.77%2C7.31%2C16.08%2C8.29Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-behind { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M16.07%2C8.34c-1.68%2C1-2.8%2C3.91-2.8%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.77-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.51a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.77%2C1.89a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0l-0.77-1.9a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.6%2C9.32%2C9.92%2C8.34s-3.52-2-3.78-.53%2C0.22%2C1.42.36%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.75A6.1%2C6.1%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.67%2C13s-2.15%2C1.24-2.13%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.85%2C1.82%2C4.91%2C2-1.86%2C2.32-2.78a27%2C27%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92-2.84%2C8.43%2C8.43%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.43%2C8.43%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.83%2C26.83%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92%2C2.84c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.12%2C2.84%2C2.32%2C2.78s1.79-4.17%2C1.82-4.91-2.13-2-2.13-2a6.1%2C6.1%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.41-.44c0.48-.41.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.75s0.62-.62.36-2S17.75%2C7.36%2C16.07%2C8.34Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M16.07%2C8.34c-1.68%2C1-2.8%2C3.91-2.8%2C3.91s-0.19.06-.07-0.22a0.33%2C0.33%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.45l0.77-1.9A0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C14%2C9.51a0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.23%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14.18%2C0.49%2C0.49%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.19l-0.77%2C1.89a0.17%2C0.17%2C0%2C0%2C0-.11%2C0%2C0.25%2C0.25%2C0%2C0%2C1-.11%2C0l-0.77-1.9a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.19%2C0.24%2C0.24%2C0%2C0%2C0-.14-0.18%2C0.26%2C0.26%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.23%2C0.45%2C0.45%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.1.17l0.78%2C1.91a0.32%2C0.32%2C0%2C0%2C0-.05.44c0.12%2C0.29-.07.22-0.07%2C0.22S11.6%2C9.32%2C9.92%2C8.34s-3.52-2-3.78-.53%2C0.22%2C1.42.36%2C2%2C0.28%2C2.34.76%2C2.75A6.1%2C6.1%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C9.67%2C13s-2.15%2C1.24-2.13%2C2%2C0.62%2C4.85%2C1.82%2C4.91%2C2-1.86%2C2.32-2.78a27%2C27%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92-2.84%2C8.43%2C8.43%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14%2C1.51c0.11%2C0.3.25%2C0.26%2C0.25%2C0.26s0.14%2C0%2C.25-0.26a8.43%2C8.43%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.14-1.51%2C26.83%2C26.83%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C.92%2C2.84c0.34%2C0.92%2C1.12%2C2.84%2C2.32%2C2.78s1.79-4.17%2C1.82-4.91-2.13-2-2.13-2a6.1%2C6.1%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C2.41-.44c0.48-.41.62-2.13%2C0.76-2.75s0.62-.62.36-2S17.75%2C7.36%2C16.07%2C8.34Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-table-inline { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2214%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2214%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-wrap-table-flow { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2214%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2219%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2223%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%224%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%227%22%20width%3D%2214%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-block-align-left { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-block-align-center { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%228.08%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2210.92%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%228.08%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2210.92%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-block-align-right { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-color: #4066D7; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2215%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2215%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-backward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-forward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-background { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-foreground { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%234066D7%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-docx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2266px%22%20height%3D%2266px%22%20viewBox%3D%2222.015%2020.75%2066%2066%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D7%3B%7D.cls-2%7Bfill%3A%23fff%3B%7D.cls-3%7Bfill%3A%234066D6%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22g3103%22%20transform%3D%22translate(-21.015556%2C0)%22%20display%3D%22none%22%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M78.521%2C0h7.475c0%2C3.337%2C0%2C6.663%2C0%2C10%20%20%20c13.375%2C0.075%2C26.738-0.138%2C40.101%2C0.075c2.85-0.288%2C5.087%2C1.925%2C4.825%2C4.775c0.212%2C24.625-0.051%2C49.262%2C0.125%2C73.887%20%20%20c-0.125%2C2.525%2C0.25%2C5.325-1.213%2C7.563c-1.825%2C1.3-4.188%2C1.138-6.313%2C1.237C111.008%2C97.475%2C98.508%2C97.5%2C85.996%2C97.5%20%20%20c0%2C3.338%2C0%2C6.662%2C0%2C10h-7.813c-19.024-3.475-38.1-6.662-57.162-10c-0.013-29.162%2C0-58.325%2C0-87.475%20%20%20C40.183%2C6.675%2C59.359%2C3.413%2C78.521%2C0z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M85.996%2C13.75c13.75%2C0%2C27.5%2C0%2C41.25%2C0%20%20%20c0%2C26.663%2C0%2C53.338%2C0%2C80c-13.75%2C0-27.5%2C0-41.25%2C0c0-3.338%2C0-6.662%2C0-10c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25%20%20%20c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0C85.996%2C19.587%2C85.996%2C16.663%2C85.996%2C13.75z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M46.846%2C35.837%20%20%20c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987%20%20%20c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125%20%20%20c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438%20%20%20c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862%20%20%20C43.297%2C52.188%2C45.096%2C44.013%2C46.846%2C35.837z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-3%22%20d%3D%22M50.69%2C36.792c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362%20%20c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375%20%20c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813%20%20c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95%20%20c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862C47.14%2C53.143%2C48.94%2C44.968%2C50.69%2C36.792z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2266px%22%20height%3D%2266px%22%20viewBox%3D%2222.015%2020.75%2066%2066%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D.cls-2%7Bfill%3A%23fff%3B%7D.cls-3%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22g3103%22%20transform%3D%22translate(-21.015556%2C0)%22%20display%3D%22none%22%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M78.521%2C0h7.475c0%2C3.337%2C0%2C6.663%2C0%2C10%20%20%20c13.375%2C0.075%2C26.738-0.138%2C40.101%2C0.075c2.85-0.288%2C5.087%2C1.925%2C4.825%2C4.775c0.212%2C24.625-0.051%2C49.262%2C0.125%2C73.887%20%20%20c-0.125%2C2.525%2C0.25%2C5.325-1.213%2C7.563c-1.825%2C1.3-4.188%2C1.138-6.313%2C1.237C111.008%2C97.475%2C98.508%2C97.5%2C85.996%2C97.5%20%20%20c0%2C3.338%2C0%2C6.662%2C0%2C10h-7.813c-19.024-3.475-38.1-6.662-57.162-10c-0.013-29.162%2C0-58.325%2C0-87.475%20%20%20C40.183%2C6.675%2C59.359%2C3.413%2C78.521%2C0z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M85.996%2C13.75c13.75%2C0%2C27.5%2C0%2C41.25%2C0%20%20%20c0%2C26.663%2C0%2C53.338%2C0%2C80c-13.75%2C0-27.5%2C0-41.25%2C0c0-3.338%2C0-6.662%2C0-10c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25%20%20%20c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0C85.996%2C19.587%2C85.996%2C16.663%2C85.996%2C13.75z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M46.846%2C35.837%20%20%20c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987%20%20%20c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125%20%20%20c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438%20%20%20c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862%20%20%20C43.297%2C52.188%2C45.096%2C44.013%2C46.846%2C35.837z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-3%22%20d%3D%22M50.69%2C36.792c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362%20%20c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375%20%20c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813%20%20c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95%20%20c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862C47.14%2C53.143%2C48.94%2C44.968%2C50.69%2C36.792z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-txt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-14.47%20-14.5%2058%2058%22%20height%3D%2258px%22%20width%3D%2258px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D6%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-14.47%20-14.5%2058%2058%22%20height%3D%2258px%22%20width%3D%2258px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2033%2033%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D7%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.875%2C18.648c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.437-5.107l0%2C0%20%20l0.288-0.7c-0.95-3.616-1.52-6.519-1.011-8.396l0%2C0c0.137-0.489%2C0.704-0.786%2C1.31-0.786l0%2C0l0.369%2C0.005h0.068%20%20c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.683-0.243%2C1.839-0.243%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0%20%20c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.204-0.965-1.275l0%2C0c-0.148%2C0.099-0.292%2C0.304-0.342%2C0.699l0%2C0c-0.103%2C0.553-0.133%2C1.252-0.133%2C1.612l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.683l0%2C0c0.093-0.268%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.767l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.901%2C0.743-2.901l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.355-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0c-0.048%2C0.215-0.102%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0%20%20c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.264%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0%20%20c0.238%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.365%2C0.83l0%2C0c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.07%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.518-1.297-0.938l0%2C0%20%20c-1.034-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.307%2C1.968%2C6.137%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.449-0.437%2C0.449-0.437l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.441l0%2C0c-1.311%2C0.35-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0%20%20c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.393-9.897%2C2.353l0%2C0c-2.874%2C5.037-5.035%2C7.351-6.793%2C6.471l0%2C0L3.63%2C28.833%20%20c-0.263-0.15-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C6.005%2C28.594%2C8.573%2C25.109%2C11.875%2C18.648%20%20%20M12.921%2C19.184c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0%20%20c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0c-1.554-1.314-2.737-2.955-3.595-4.681l0%2C0C14.636%2C15.607%2C13.989%2C17.166%2C12.921%2C19.184%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2033%2033%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.875%2C18.648c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.437-5.107l0%2C0%20%20l0.288-0.7c-0.95-3.616-1.52-6.519-1.011-8.396l0%2C0c0.137-0.489%2C0.704-0.786%2C1.31-0.786l0%2C0l0.369%2C0.005h0.068%20%20c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.683-0.243%2C1.839-0.243%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0%20%20c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.204-0.965-1.275l0%2C0c-0.148%2C0.099-0.292%2C0.304-0.342%2C0.699l0%2C0c-0.103%2C0.553-0.133%2C1.252-0.133%2C1.612l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.683l0%2C0c0.093-0.268%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.767l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.901%2C0.743-2.901l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.355-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0c-0.048%2C0.215-0.102%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0%20%20c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.264%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0%20%20c0.238%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.365%2C0.83l0%2C0c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.07%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.518-1.297-0.938l0%2C0%20%20c-1.034-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.307%2C1.968%2C6.137%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.449-0.437%2C0.449-0.437l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.441l0%2C0c-1.311%2C0.35-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0%20%20c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.393-9.897%2C2.353l0%2C0c-2.874%2C5.037-5.035%2C7.351-6.793%2C6.471l0%2C0L3.63%2C28.833%20%20c-0.263-0.15-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C6.005%2C28.594%2C8.573%2C25.109%2C11.875%2C18.648%20%20%20M12.921%2C19.184c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0%20%20c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0c-1.554-1.314-2.737-2.955-3.595-4.681l0%2C0C14.636%2C15.607%2C13.989%2C17.166%2C12.921%2C19.184%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-odt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%20193.631%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.631px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D7%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C59.725v-0.006%20%20c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.004-0.497c-5.357-2.586-11.257-4.287-17.526-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678%20%20c-6.13-3.477-13.072-5.741-20.542-6.448c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135%20%20c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017%20%20c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.683%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011%20%20c0.436%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.265-0.024c10.524-12.2%2C26.663-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355%20%20c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C60.166%2C193.486%2C59.886%2C193.16%2C59.725L193.16%2C59.725z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.053%2C102.654c-0.056-0.029-0.106-0.046-0.154-0.066%20%20c-10.517-4.349-22.02-6.758-34.093-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.155%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C120.154%2C0%2C120.528%2C0%2C120.957%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.324%2C1.323%2C1.324c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.028%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.633%2C61.08%2C20.68c0.038%2C0.029%2C0.071%2C0.066%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.189%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.004%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.07%20%20c16.246-22.216%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.846-33.172c2.128%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.337%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.874%2C0.144%2C1.903%2C0.144%20%20c0.726%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.324C173.796%2C103.313%2C173.492%2C102.862%2C173.053%2C102.654L173.053%2C102.654z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%20193.631%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.631px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C59.725v-0.006%20%20c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.004-0.497c-5.357-2.586-11.257-4.287-17.526-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678%20%20c-6.13-3.477-13.072-5.741-20.542-6.448c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135%20%20c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017%20%20c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.683%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011%20%20c0.436%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.265-0.024c10.524-12.2%2C26.663-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355%20%20c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C60.166%2C193.486%2C59.886%2C193.16%2C59.725L193.16%2C59.725z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.053%2C102.654c-0.056-0.029-0.106-0.046-0.154-0.066%20%20c-10.517-4.349-22.02-6.758-34.093-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.155%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C120.154%2C0%2C120.528%2C0%2C120.957%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.324%2C1.323%2C1.324c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.028%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.633%2C61.08%2C20.68c0.038%2C0.029%2C0.071%2C0.066%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.189%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.004%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.07%20%20c16.246-22.216%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.846-33.172c2.128%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.337%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.874%2C0.144%2C1.903%2C0.144%20%20c0.726%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.324C173.796%2C103.313%2C173.492%2C102.862%2C173.053%2C102.654L173.053%2C102.654z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-html { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2262px%22%20height%3D%2262px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2062%2062%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D5%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M24.993%2C38.689L11.34%2C32.753v-3.288l13.653-5.91v3.872l-9.523%2C3.641l9.523%2C3.777V38.689z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M27.09%2C41.298l4.931-20.596h2.867l-4.986%2C20.596H27.09z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M36.986%2C38.703v-3.845l9.536-3.75L36.986%2C27.4v-3.817l13.666%2C5.91v3.261L36.986%2C38.703z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2262px%22%20height%3D%2262px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2062%2062%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M24.993%2C38.689L11.34%2C32.753v-3.288l13.653-5.91v3.872l-9.523%2C3.641l9.523%2C3.777V38.689z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M27.09%2C41.298l4.931-20.596h2.867l-4.986%2C20.596H27.09z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M36.986%2C38.703v-3.845l9.536-3.75L36.986%2C27.4v-3.817l13.666%2C5.91v3.261L36.986%2C38.703z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } #editor_sdk { position: absolute; @@ -6726,7 +6731,7 @@ i.icon.icon-format-html { .shapes li .thumb { width: 100%; height: 100%; - background-color: #4066D7; + background-color: #446995; } .chart-types li { width: 60px; @@ -6788,3 +6793,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .numbers li { z-index: 10; -webkit-appearance: none; } +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; +} diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css index 02f6fc756..f9609bdb5 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ select { } a { text-decoration: none; - color: #5a7dc9; + color: #446995; } p { margin: 1em 0; @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ p { .navbar, .toolbar, .subnavbar { - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; } .navbar a.link, .toolbar a.link, @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .tabbar a.tab-link:active, left: 0; bottom: 0; height: 3px; - background: #3557a2; + background: #2c4460; background: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5); -webkit-transition-duration: 300ms; transition-duration: 300ms; @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .tabbar a.tab-link:active, .searchbar { height: 48px; width: 100%; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0 16px; overflow: hidden; @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .list-block li:last-child li .item-inner:after { } .list-block .focus-state .label, .list-block .focus-state .floating-label { - color: #5a7dc9; + color: #446995; } .item-input-field, .input-field { @@ -2882,7 +2882,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .input-field:after { .focus-state .input-field:after, .not-empty-state .item-input-field:after, .not-empty-state .input-field:after { - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; -webkit-transform: scaleY(2) !important; transform: scaleY(2) !important; } @@ -2939,18 +2939,18 @@ textarea.resizable { display: none; } .label-switch input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .checkbox { - background: rgba(90, 125, 201, 0.5); + background: rgba(68, 105, 149, 0.5); } .label-switch input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .checkbox:after { -webkit-transform: translateX(16px); transform: translateX(16px); - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; } .item-input .label-switch { top: 11px; } .button { - color: #5a7dc9; + color: #446995; text-decoration: none; text-align: center; display: block; @@ -2991,12 +2991,12 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button:active, background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); } .button.button-fill { - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; color: #fff; } html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, .button.button-fill.active-state { - background: #3e66bd; + background: #375579; } .button.button-big { height: 48px; @@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 20px; width: 20px; position: relative; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; border-radius: 20px; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-webkit-slider-thumb:before { @@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 2px; margin-top: -1px; z-index: 1; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; content: ' '; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-moz-range-track { @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 20px; width: 20px; position: relative; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; border-radius: 20px; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-track { @@ -3148,11 +3148,11 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 20px; width: 20px; position: relative; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; border-radius: 20px; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-lower { - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-upper { background: #b7b8b7; @@ -3199,8 +3199,8 @@ label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-ch label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-checkbox, label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-checkbox, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-checkbox { - border-color: #5a7dc9; - background-color: #5a7dc9; + border-color: #446995; + background-color: #446995; } label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after, @@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ label.label-radio i.icon-form-radio:after { top: 50%; margin-left: -5px; margin-top: -5px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; border-radius: 100%; -webkit-transform: scale(0); transform: scale(0); @@ -3249,7 +3249,7 @@ label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio, label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio { - border-color: #5a7dc9; + border-color: #446995; } label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-radio:after, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-radio:after, @@ -3257,7 +3257,7 @@ label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio:after, label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio:after, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio:after { - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; -webkit-transform: scale(1); transform: scale(1); } @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ label.label-radio.active-state .item-inner:after { border-radius: 50%; z-index: 1500; box-shadow: 0 10px 20px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.19), 0 6px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.23); - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; color: #fff; overflow: hidden; -webkit-transition-duration: 300ms; @@ -3331,7 +3331,7 @@ label.label-radio.active-state .item-inner:after { } html:not(.watch-active-state) .floating-button:active, .floating-button.active-state { - background: #3e66bd; + background: #375579; } .floating-button-toolbar, .speed-dial { @@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .floating-button:active, position: relative; z-index: 1; overflow: hidden; - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; -webkit-transition-duration: 300ms; transition-duration: 300ms; display: -webkit-box; @@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .floating-button:active, } html:not(.watch-active-state) .speed-dial-buttons a:active, .speed-dial-buttons a.active-state { - background: #3e66bd; + background: #375579; } .speed-dial-buttons a + a { margin-bottom: 16px; @@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .speed-dial-buttons a:active, } .modal-button, .modal-buttons .button { - color: #5a7dc9; + color: #446995; text-decoration: none; text-align: center; display: block; @@ -3651,14 +3651,14 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .modal-buttons .button:active, } .modal-button.button-fill, .modal-buttons .button.button-fill { - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; color: #fff; } html:not(.watch-active-state) .modal-button.button-fill:active, html:not(.watch-active-state) .modal-buttons .button.button-fill:active, .modal-button.button-fill.active-state, .modal-buttons .button.button-fill.active-state { - background: #3e66bd; + background: #375579; } .modal-button.button-big, .modal-buttons .button.button-big { @@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay .popup.tablet-fullscreen { height: 48px; } .picker-modal .picker-header { - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; } .picker-modal .picker-header + .toolbar .toolbar-inner { overflow: visible; @@ -4652,7 +4652,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { padding-top: 20px; } .statusbar-overlay { - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; z-index: 10000; position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -4998,7 +4998,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { position: relative; -webkit-transform-origin: center bottom; transform-origin: center bottom; - background: rgba(90, 125, 201, 0.5); + background: rgba(68, 105, 149, 0.5); } .progressbar { display: block; @@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { .progressbar span { content: ''; width: 100%; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; height: 100%; position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -5030,7 +5030,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { top: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; - background: #5a7dc9; + background: #446995; -webkit-transform-origin: left center; transform-origin: left center; } @@ -5527,7 +5527,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .picker-center-highlight:after { margin-left: 16px; } .notifications .button.close-notification { - color: #7898de; + color: #4d81bf; } .notifications .notification-item { margin: 0 auto; @@ -5664,11 +5664,11 @@ a.item-link, } .settings.popup .popover-view, .settings.popover .popover-view { - border-radius: 3px; + border-radius: 2px; } .settings.popup .popover-view > .pages, .settings.popover .popover-view > .pages { - border-radius: 3px; + border-radius: 2px; } .settings .categories { width: 100%; @@ -5705,7 +5705,7 @@ a.item-link, height: 22px; right: -5px; bottom: -5px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } .item-content .item-after.splitter label { color: #000; @@ -5740,7 +5740,7 @@ a.item-link, } .item-content.buttons .item-inner > .row .button.active { color: #fff; - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; } .item-content .color-preview { width: 30px; @@ -5792,7 +5792,7 @@ html.phone .document-menu .list-block .item-link { position: absolute; width: 100%; height: 100%; - box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #5a7dc9; + box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #446995; z-index: 1; border-radius: 1px; } @@ -5918,138 +5918,143 @@ i.icon.icon-expand-down { i.icon.icon-search { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19.5%2C16.8L16%2C13.3c0.7-1.1%2C1.1-2.4%2C1.1-3.8C17%2C5.4%2C13.6%2C2%2C9.5%2C2S2%2C5.4%2C2%2C9.5S5.4%2C17%2C9.5%2C17c1.4%2C0%2C2.7-0.4%2C3.8-1.1l3.5%2C3.5c0.7%2C0.7%2C1.9%2C0.7%2C2.6%2C0C20.2%2C18.7%2C20.2%2C17.6%2C19.5%2C16.8z%20M9.5%2C15.3c-3.2%2C0-5.8-2.6-5.8-5.8s2.6-5.8%2C5.8-5.8s5.8%2C2.6%2C5.8%2C5.8S12.7%2C15.3%2C9.5%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19.5%2C16.8L16%2C13.3c0.7-1.1%2C1.1-2.4%2C1.1-3.8C17%2C5.4%2C13.6%2C2%2C9.5%2C2S2%2C5.4%2C2%2C9.5S5.4%2C17%2C9.5%2C17c1.4%2C0%2C2.7-0.4%2C3.8-1.1l3.5%2C3.5c0.7%2C0.7%2C1.9%2C0.7%2C2.6%2C0C20.2%2C18.7%2C20.2%2C17.6%2C19.5%2C16.8z%20M9.5%2C15.3c-3.2%2C0-5.8-2.6-5.8-5.8s2.6-5.8%2C5.8-5.8s5.8%2C2.6%2C5.8%2C5.8S12.7%2C15.3%2C9.5%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-edit { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2217.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2217.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} +i.icon.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M2.5%2015L8%201h2l4.4146%2011.2574-1.6009%201.6008L12.12012%2012h-6.25L4.75%2015zM9%203.66998L6.62012%2010h4.75976z%22%20clip-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20fill-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2019.50035V22h2.49965l7.37231-7.37231-2.49965-2.49965zm11.805-6.80572c.26-.25997.26-.67991%200-.93987l-1.5598-1.559787c-.25992-.259964-.67986-.259964-.93983%200L18.08554%2011.4148l2.49966%202.49966z%22%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-reader { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-download { width: 22px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-doc-setup { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-4%206%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_2_%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C27H-1V15h6V8l0%2C0h10V27z%20M16%2C7H4.2L-2%2C13.6V28h18V7z%20M4%2C8.8V14h-4.9L4%2C8.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-4%206%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_2_%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C27H-1V15h6V8l0%2C0h10V27z%20M16%2C7H4.2L-2%2C13.6V28h18V7z%20M4%2C8.8V14h-4.9L4%2C8.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-info { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-about { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-help { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-versions { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-center { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-jast { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-de-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-in-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-above { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-below { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-column { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-row { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagebreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-sectionbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-stringbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagenumber { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-link { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-image-library { width: 22px; @@ -6059,115 +6064,115 @@ i.icon.icon-image-library { i.icon.icon-table-borders-all { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-none { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-inner { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-outer { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-left { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-center { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-right { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-top { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-middle { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-bottom { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-block-align-left { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-block-align-center { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%228.08%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2210.92%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%227%22%20y%3D%228.08%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2210.92%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-block-align-right { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-color: #5a7dc9; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2215%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #446995; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2225%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%2222%22%20width%3D%2226%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2215%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2212%22%20height%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-backward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-forward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-background { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-foreground { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%235a7dc9%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23446995%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-docx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2266px%22%20height%3D%2266px%22%20viewBox%3D%2222.015%2020.75%2066%2066%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D7%3B%7D.cls-2%7Bfill%3A%23fff%3B%7D.cls-3%7Bfill%3A%234066D6%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22g3103%22%20transform%3D%22translate(-21.015556%2C0)%22%20display%3D%22none%22%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M78.521%2C0h7.475c0%2C3.337%2C0%2C6.663%2C0%2C10%20%20%20c13.375%2C0.075%2C26.738-0.138%2C40.101%2C0.075c2.85-0.288%2C5.087%2C1.925%2C4.825%2C4.775c0.212%2C24.625-0.051%2C49.262%2C0.125%2C73.887%20%20%20c-0.125%2C2.525%2C0.25%2C5.325-1.213%2C7.563c-1.825%2C1.3-4.188%2C1.138-6.313%2C1.237C111.008%2C97.475%2C98.508%2C97.5%2C85.996%2C97.5%20%20%20c0%2C3.338%2C0%2C6.662%2C0%2C10h-7.813c-19.024-3.475-38.1-6.662-57.162-10c-0.013-29.162%2C0-58.325%2C0-87.475%20%20%20C40.183%2C6.675%2C59.359%2C3.413%2C78.521%2C0z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M85.996%2C13.75c13.75%2C0%2C27.5%2C0%2C41.25%2C0%20%20%20c0%2C26.663%2C0%2C53.338%2C0%2C80c-13.75%2C0-27.5%2C0-41.25%2C0c0-3.338%2C0-6.662%2C0-10c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25%20%20%20c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0C85.996%2C19.587%2C85.996%2C16.663%2C85.996%2C13.75z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M46.846%2C35.837%20%20%20c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987%20%20%20c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125%20%20%20c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438%20%20%20c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862%20%20%20C43.297%2C52.188%2C45.096%2C44.013%2C46.846%2C35.837z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-3%22%20d%3D%22M50.69%2C36.792c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362%20%20c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375%20%20c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813%20%20c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95%20%20c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862C47.14%2C53.143%2C48.94%2C44.968%2C50.69%2C36.792z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2266px%22%20height%3D%2266px%22%20viewBox%3D%2222.015%2020.75%2066%2066%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D.cls-2%7Bfill%3A%23fff%3B%7D.cls-3%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22g3103%22%20transform%3D%22translate(-21.015556%2C0)%22%20display%3D%22none%22%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M78.521%2C0h7.475c0%2C3.337%2C0%2C6.663%2C0%2C10%20%20%20c13.375%2C0.075%2C26.738-0.138%2C40.101%2C0.075c2.85-0.288%2C5.087%2C1.925%2C4.825%2C4.775c0.212%2C24.625-0.051%2C49.262%2C0.125%2C73.887%20%20%20c-0.125%2C2.525%2C0.25%2C5.325-1.213%2C7.563c-1.825%2C1.3-4.188%2C1.138-6.313%2C1.237C111.008%2C97.475%2C98.508%2C97.5%2C85.996%2C97.5%20%20%20c0%2C3.338%2C0%2C6.662%2C0%2C10h-7.813c-19.024-3.475-38.1-6.662-57.162-10c-0.013-29.162%2C0-58.325%2C0-87.475%20%20%20C40.183%2C6.675%2C59.359%2C3.413%2C78.521%2C0z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M85.996%2C13.75c13.75%2C0%2C27.5%2C0%2C41.25%2C0%20%20%20c0%2C26.663%2C0%2C53.338%2C0%2C80c-13.75%2C0-27.5%2C0-41.25%2C0c0-3.338%2C0-6.662%2C0-10c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-2.088%2C0-4.162%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.662%2C0-3.338%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25%20%20%20c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0%20%20%20c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0c0-2.087%2C0-4.163%2C0-6.25c10.838%2C0%2C21.663%2C0%2C32.5%2C0c0-1.663%2C0-3.337%2C0-5%20%20%20c-10.837%2C0-21.662%2C0-32.5%2C0C85.996%2C19.587%2C85.996%2C16.663%2C85.996%2C13.75z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-2%22%20d%3D%22M46.846%2C35.837%20%20%20c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987%20%20%20c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125%20%20%20c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438%20%20%20c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862%20%20%20C43.297%2C52.188%2C45.096%2C44.013%2C46.846%2C35.837z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-3%22%20d%3D%22M50.69%2C36.792c2.375-0.137%2C4.75-0.237%2C7.125-0.362%20%20c1.662%2C8.438%2C3.362%2C16.862%2C5.162%2C25.262c1.413-8.675%2C2.976-17.325%2C4.487-25.987c2.5-0.087%2C5-0.225%2C7.488-0.375%20%20c-2.825%2C12.112-5.301%2C24.325-8.388%2C36.362c-2.088%2C1.088-5.213-0.05-7.688%2C0.125c-1.663-8.274-3.601-16.5-5.088-24.813%20%20c-1.462%2C8.075-3.362%2C16.075-5.037%2C24.101c-2.4-0.125-4.813-0.275-7.226-0.438c-2.074-11-4.512-21.925-6.449-32.95%20%20c2.137-0.1%2C4.287-0.188%2C6.425-0.263c1.287%2C7.962%2C2.75%2C15.888%2C3.875%2C23.862C47.14%2C53.143%2C48.94%2C44.968%2C50.69%2C36.792z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-txt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-14.47%20-14.5%2058%2058%22%20height%3D%2258px%22%20width%3D%2258px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D6%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-14.47%20-14.5%2058%2058%22%20height%3D%2258px%22%20width%3D%2258px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2216%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%228%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20y%3D%224%22%20%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20height%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2229.063%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2033%2033%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D7%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.875%2C18.648c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.437-5.107l0%2C0%20%20l0.288-0.7c-0.95-3.616-1.52-6.519-1.011-8.396l0%2C0c0.137-0.489%2C0.704-0.786%2C1.31-0.786l0%2C0l0.369%2C0.005h0.068%20%20c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.683-0.243%2C1.839-0.243%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0%20%20c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.204-0.965-1.275l0%2C0c-0.148%2C0.099-0.292%2C0.304-0.342%2C0.699l0%2C0c-0.103%2C0.553-0.133%2C1.252-0.133%2C1.612l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.683l0%2C0c0.093-0.268%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.767l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.901%2C0.743-2.901l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.355-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0c-0.048%2C0.215-0.102%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0%20%20c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.264%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0%20%20c0.238%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.365%2C0.83l0%2C0c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.07%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.518-1.297-0.938l0%2C0%20%20c-1.034-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.307%2C1.968%2C6.137%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.449-0.437%2C0.449-0.437l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.441l0%2C0c-1.311%2C0.35-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0%20%20c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.393-9.897%2C2.353l0%2C0c-2.874%2C5.037-5.035%2C7.351-6.793%2C6.471l0%2C0L3.63%2C28.833%20%20c-0.263-0.15-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C6.005%2C28.594%2C8.573%2C25.109%2C11.875%2C18.648%20%20%20M12.921%2C19.184c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0%20%20c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0c-1.554-1.314-2.737-2.955-3.595-4.681l0%2C0C14.636%2C15.607%2C13.989%2C17.166%2C12.921%2C19.184%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2033%2033%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.875%2C18.648c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.437-5.107l0%2C0%20%20l0.288-0.7c-0.95-3.616-1.52-6.519-1.011-8.396l0%2C0c0.137-0.489%2C0.704-0.786%2C1.31-0.786l0%2C0l0.369%2C0.005h0.068%20%20c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.683-0.243%2C1.839-0.243%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0%20%20c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.204-0.965-1.275l0%2C0c-0.148%2C0.099-0.292%2C0.304-0.342%2C0.699l0%2C0c-0.103%2C0.553-0.133%2C1.252-0.133%2C1.612l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.683l0%2C0c0.093-0.268%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.767l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.901%2C0.743-2.901l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.355-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0c-0.048%2C0.215-0.102%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0%20%20c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.264%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0%20%20c0.238%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.365%2C0.83l0%2C0c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.07%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.518-1.297-0.938l0%2C0%20%20c-1.034-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.307%2C1.968%2C6.137%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.449-0.437%2C0.449-0.437l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.441l0%2C0c-1.311%2C0.35-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0%20%20c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.393-9.897%2C2.353l0%2C0c-2.874%2C5.037-5.035%2C7.351-6.793%2C6.471l0%2C0L3.63%2C28.833%20%20c-0.263-0.15-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0%20%20c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C6.005%2C28.594%2C8.573%2C25.109%2C11.875%2C18.648%20%20%20M12.921%2C19.184c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0%20%20c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0c-1.554-1.314-2.737-2.955-3.595-4.681l0%2C0C14.636%2C15.607%2C13.989%2C17.166%2C12.921%2C19.184%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-odt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%20193.631%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.631px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D7%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C59.725v-0.006%20%20c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.004-0.497c-5.357-2.586-11.257-4.287-17.526-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678%20%20c-6.13-3.477-13.072-5.741-20.542-6.448c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135%20%20c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017%20%20c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.683%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011%20%20c0.436%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.265-0.024c10.524-12.2%2C26.663-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355%20%20c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C60.166%2C193.486%2C59.886%2C193.16%2C59.725L193.16%2C59.725z%20%20%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.053%2C102.654c-0.056-0.029-0.106-0.046-0.154-0.066%20%20c-10.517-4.349-22.02-6.758-34.093-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.155%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C120.154%2C0%2C120.528%2C0%2C120.957%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.324%2C1.323%2C1.324c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.028%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.633%2C61.08%2C20.68c0.038%2C0.029%2C0.071%2C0.066%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.189%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.004%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.07%20%20c16.246-22.216%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.846-33.172c2.128%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.337%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.874%2C0.144%2C1.903%2C0.144%20%20c0.726%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.324C173.796%2C103.313%2C173.492%2C102.862%2C173.053%2C102.654L173.053%2C102.654z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%20193.631%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.631px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C59.725v-0.006%20%20c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.004-0.497c-5.357-2.586-11.257-4.287-17.526-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678%20%20c-6.13-3.477-13.072-5.741-20.542-6.448c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135%20%20c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017%20%20c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.683%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011%20%20c0.436%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.265-0.024c10.524-12.2%2C26.663-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355%20%20c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C60.166%2C193.486%2C59.886%2C193.16%2C59.725L193.16%2C59.725z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.053%2C102.654c-0.056-0.029-0.106-0.046-0.154-0.066%20%20c-10.517-4.349-22.02-6.758-34.093-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.155%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C120.154%2C0%2C120.528%2C0%2C120.957%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.324%2C1.323%2C1.324c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.028%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.633%2C61.08%2C20.68c0.038%2C0.029%2C0.071%2C0.066%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.189%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.004%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.07%20%20c16.246-22.216%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.846-33.172c2.128%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.337%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.874%2C0.144%2C1.903%2C0.144%20%20c0.726%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.324C173.796%2C103.313%2C173.492%2C102.862%2C173.053%2C102.654L173.053%2C102.654z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-html { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2262px%22%20height%3D%2262px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2062%2062%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%234066D5%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M24.993%2C38.689L11.34%2C32.753v-3.288l13.653-5.91v3.872l-9.523%2C3.641l9.523%2C3.777V38.689z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M27.09%2C41.298l4.931-20.596h2.867l-4.986%2C20.596H27.09z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M36.986%2C38.703v-3.845l9.536-3.75L36.986%2C27.4v-3.817l13.666%2C5.91v3.261L36.986%2C38.703z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2262px%22%20height%3D%2262px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2062%2062%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23446995%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M24.993%2C38.689L11.34%2C32.753v-3.288l13.653-5.91v3.872l-9.523%2C3.641l9.523%2C3.777V38.689z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M27.09%2C41.298l4.931-20.596h2.867l-4.986%2C20.596H27.09z%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M36.986%2C38.703v-3.845l9.536-3.75L36.986%2C27.4v-3.817l13.666%2C5.91v3.261L36.986%2C38.703z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } .navbar i.icon.icon-undo { width: 22px; @@ -6229,6 +6234,13 @@ textarea { -webkit-user-select: text; user-select: text; } +#editor-navbar.navbar .right { + padding-right: 4px; +} +#editor-navbar.navbar .right a.link, +#editor-navbar.navbar .left a.link { + padding: 0 13px; +} #editor_sdk { position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -6275,7 +6287,7 @@ textarea { .shapes li .thumb { width: 100%; height: 100%; - background-color: #5a7dc9; + background-color: #446995; } .chart-types li { width: 60px; @@ -6328,3 +6340,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .numbers li { color: #ffffff; white-space: nowrap; } +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; +} diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less index e42921ccf..67725e2b6 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/ios/_colors-vars.less'); // Colors -@themeColor: #4066D7; // (64,102,215) +@themeColor: #446995; // (64,102,215) @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/ios/intro.less'); @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/ios/grid.less'); @@ -227,4 +227,9 @@ input, textarea { box-shadow: 0 2px 4px rgba(0,0,0,0.4); z-index: 10; -webkit-appearance: none; +} + +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less index 6793958ad..79b5b7acc 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/material/_colors-vars.less'); // Colors -@themeColor: #5a7dc9; // (64,102,215) +@themeColor: #446995; // (64,102,215) @navBarIconColor: #fff; @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/material/intro.less'); @@ -68,6 +68,15 @@ input, textarea { user-select:text; } +// Main Toolbar +#editor-navbar.navbar .right { + padding-right: 4px; +} +#editor-navbar.navbar .right a.link, +#editor-navbar.navbar .left a.link { + padding: 0 13px; +} + // Top offset #editor_sdk { @@ -208,4 +217,9 @@ input, textarea { padding: 3px 10px; color: #ffffff; white-space: nowrap; +} + +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less index d4667ebb4..4fcb5f35b 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less @@ -15,6 +15,11 @@ i.icon { height: 22px; .encoded-svg-background(''); } + &.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } &.icon-undo { width: 22px; height: 22px; @@ -353,26 +358,26 @@ i.icon { &.icon-format-docx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-txt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-odt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-html { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less index 10c6e9ed6..139e2a979 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less @@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ i.icon { height: 22px; .encoded-svg-background(''); } + &.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } &.icon-reader { width: 22px; height: 22px; @@ -275,27 +280,27 @@ i.icon { &.icon-format-docx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-txt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-odt { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-html { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } } diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/tests/de-mobile-edit-tablet-ios.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/tests/de-mobile-edit-tablet-ios.js index e79654844..055ae1995 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/tests/de-mobile-edit-tablet-ios.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/tests/de-mobile-edit-tablet-ios.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * de-mobile-edit-tablet-ios.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/10/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/utils.js b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/utils.js index d40fec75c..078af7897 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/utils.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/mobile/test/utils.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * utils.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/11/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/documenteditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js b/apps/documenteditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js index 26652e11d..6efa61aea 100644 --- a/apps/documenteditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js +++ b/apps/documenteditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js @@ -129,11 +129,16 @@ var sdk_dev_scrpipts = [ "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Paragraph_Recalculate.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Sections.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/SectionsChanges.js", - "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/HeaderFooter.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Common.js", - "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering.js", - "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/NumberingChanges.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/NumberingCommon.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/NumberingLvl.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/AbstractNum.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/AbstractNumChanges.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/Num.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/NumChanges.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/PresentationNumbering.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/Numbering.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Table.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Table/TableChanges.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Table/TableRecalculate.js", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js index d598967e4..0f33ee84b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -224,6 +224,9 @@ var ApplicationController = new(function(){ } hidePreloader(); + var zf = (config.customization && config.customization.zoom ? parseInt(config.customization.zoom) : -1); + (zf == -1) ? api.zoomFitToPage() : ((zf == -2) ? api.zoomFitToWidth() : api.zoom(zf>0 ? zf : 100)); + if ( !embedConfig.shareUrl ) $('#idt-share').hide(); @@ -411,7 +414,6 @@ var ApplicationController = new(function(){ api.asc_setViewMode(true); api.asc_LoadDocument(); api.Resize(); - api.zoomFitToPage(); } function onOpenDocument(progress) { @@ -545,7 +547,6 @@ var ApplicationController = new(function(){ function onDocumentResize() { if (api) { api.Resize(); - api.zoomFitToPage(); } } diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js index 058c7bde5..f8dcfdbeb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/application.js b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/application.js index c4e64459f..374a14e7c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/application.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/embed/js/application.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.js index 88c9a9a38..ba356b5a7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 26 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -190,6 +190,7 @@ require([ 'common/main/lib/controller/ExternalDiagramEditor' ,'common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges' ,'common/main/lib/controller/Protection' + ,'common/main/lib/controller/Desktop' ], function() { app.start(); }); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.reporter.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.reporter.js index 383955224..c8ca6aa80 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.reporter.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app.reporter.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Maxim.Kadushkin on 17 July 2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js index 3768c7043..0a858fbe4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * EquationGroups.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 29/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js index ec87e8cc7..8a503e808 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeGroups.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideLayouts.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideLayouts.js index 391376db9..ea82dbfcf 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideLayouts.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideLayouts.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SlideLayouts.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/18/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideThemes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideThemes.js index 4515c2722..793b68ade 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideThemes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/collection/SlideThemes.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SlideThemes.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 8/07/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 211ae1ecc..8a60e91d8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * DocumentHolder controller * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 1/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js index fb96c0f19..174054b64 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/LeftMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Controller * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 10 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -61,6 +61,7 @@ define([ 'hide': _.bind(this.onHideChat, this) }, 'Common.Views.Header': { + 'file:settings': _.bind(this.clickToolbarSettings,this), 'click:users': _.bind(this.clickStatusbarUsers, this) }, 'Common.Views.Plugins': { @@ -89,7 +90,8 @@ define([ 'Toolbar': { 'file:settings': _.bind(this.clickToolbarSettings,this), 'file:open': this.clickToolbarTab.bind(this, 'file'), - 'file:close': this.clickToolbarTab.bind(this, 'other') + 'file:close': this.clickToolbarTab.bind(this, 'other'), + 'save:disabled' : this.changeToolbarSaveState.bind(this) }, 'SearchDialog': { 'hide': _.bind(this.onSearchDlgHide, this), @@ -305,6 +307,10 @@ define([ this.leftMenu.menuFile.hide(); }, + changeToolbarSaveState: function (state) { + this.leftMenu.menuFile.getButton('save').setDisabled(state); + }, + /** coauthoring begin **/ clickStatusbarUsers: function() { this.leftMenu.menuFile.panels['rights'].changeAccessRights(); @@ -387,12 +393,12 @@ define([ }, onApiCountPages: function(count) { - if (this._state.no_slides !== (count<=0) && this.mode.isEdit) { + if (this._state.no_slides !== (count<=0)) { this._state.no_slides = (count<=0); /** coauthoring begin **/ - this.leftMenu.btnComments.setDisabled(this._state.no_slides); + this.leftMenu.btnComments && this.leftMenu.btnComments.setDisabled(this._state.no_slides); /** coauthoring end **/ - this.leftMenu.btnSearch.setDisabled(this._state.no_slides); + this.leftMenu.btnSearch && this.leftMenu.btnSearch.setDisabled(this._state.no_slides); } }, @@ -483,7 +489,7 @@ define([ } return false; case 'help': - if ( this.mode.isEdit ) { // TODO: unlock 'help' panel for 'view' mode + if ( this.mode.isEdit && this.mode.canHelp ) { // TODO: unlock 'help' panel for 'view' mode if (!previewPanel || !previewPanel.isVisible()){ Common.UI.Menu.Manager.hideAll(); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js index fb734334e..2107e270f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Main.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Main controller * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 26 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -102,8 +102,9 @@ define([ onLaunch: function() { var me = this; - this._state = {isDisconnected: false, usersCount: 1, fastCoauth: true, lostEditingRights: false, licenseWarning: false}; + this._state = {isDisconnected: false, usersCount: 1, fastCoauth: true, lostEditingRights: false, licenseType: false}; this.languages = null; + this.translationTable = []; window.storagename = 'presentation'; @@ -123,6 +124,7 @@ define([ // Initialize api window["flat_desine"] = true; + this.api = new Asc.asc_docs_api({ 'id-view' : 'editor_sdk', 'translate': { @@ -151,6 +153,11 @@ define([ } }); + var themeNames = ['blank', 'pixel', 'classic', 'official', 'green', 'lines', 'office', 'safari', 'dotted', 'corner', 'turtle']; + themeNames.forEach(function(item){ + me.translationTable[item] = me['txtTheme_' + item.replace(/ /g, '_')] || item; + }); + if (this.api){ this.api.SetDrawingFreeze(true); this.api.SetThemesPath("../../../../sdkjs/slide/themes/"); @@ -191,11 +198,15 @@ define([ me.dontCloseDummyComment = true; else if (/chat-msg-text/.test(e.target.id)) me.dontCloseChat = true; + else if (!me.isModalShowed && /form-control/.test(e.target.className)) + me.inFormControl = true; } }); $(document.body).on('blur', 'input, textarea', function(e) { if (!me.isModalShowed) { + if (/form-control/.test(e.target.className)) + me.inFormControl = false; if (!e.relatedTarget || !/area_id/.test(e.target.id) && ($(e.target).parent().find(e.relatedTarget).length<1 || e.target.localName == 'textarea') /* Check if focus in combobox goes from input to it's menu button or menu items, or from comment editing area to Ok/Cancel button */ && (e.relatedTarget.localName != 'input' || !/form-control/.test(e.relatedTarget.className)) /* Check if focus goes to text input with class "form-control" */ @@ -288,13 +299,16 @@ define([ this.plugins = this.editorConfig.plugins; appHeader = this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'); - appHeader.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true); + appHeader.setCanBack(this.appOptions.canBackToFolder === true, (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder) ? this.editorConfig.customization.goback.text : '') + .setUserName(this.appOptions.user.fullname); if (this.editorConfig.lang) this.api.asc_setLocale(this.editorConfig.lang); if (this.appOptions.location == 'us' || this.appOptions.location == 'ca') Common.Utils.Metric.setDefaultMetric(Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.inch); + + Common.Controllers.Desktop.init(this.appOptions); }, loadDocument: function(data) { @@ -371,7 +385,8 @@ define([ _supported = [ Asc.c_oAscFileType.PPTX, Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODP, - Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF + Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF, + Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA ]; if ( !_format || _supported.indexOf(_format) < 0 ) @@ -393,31 +408,28 @@ define([ }, goBack: function() { - var href = this.appOptions.customization.goback.url; - if (this.appOptions.customization.goback.blank!==false) { - window.open(href, "_blank"); - } else { - parent.location.href = href; - } + var me = this; + if ( !Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('goback') ) { + var href = me.appOptions.customization.goback.url; + if (me.appOptions.customization.goback.blank!==false) { + window.open(href, "_blank"); + } else { + parent.location.href = href; + } + } }, onEditComplete: function(cmp) { var application = this.getApplication(), - toolbarController = application.getController('Toolbar'), - toolbarView = toolbarController.getView('Toolbar'); + toolbarView = application.getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); application.getController('DocumentHolder').getView('DocumentHolder').focus(); - if (this.api && this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave) { + if (this.api && this.appOptions.isEdit && this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave) { var cansave = this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave(), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, - isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + isSyncButton = (toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.rendered) ? toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch') : false, isDisabled = !cansave && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, @@ -456,7 +468,7 @@ define([ if ((id==Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['Save'] || id==Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['ForceSaveButton']) && (!this._state.fastCoauth || this._state.usersCount<2)) this.synchronizeChanges(); - if (type == Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType.BlockInteraction && !((id == Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['LoadDocumentFonts'] || id == Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['ApplyChanges']) && (this.dontCloseDummyComment || this.dontCloseChat || this.isModalShowed ))) { + if (type == Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType.BlockInteraction && !((id == Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['LoadDocumentFonts'] || id == Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction['ApplyChanges']) && (this.dontCloseDummyComment || this.dontCloseChat || this.isModalShowed || this.inFormControl))) { this.onEditComplete(this.loadMask); this.api.asc_enableKeyEvents(true); } @@ -748,16 +760,27 @@ define([ onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); - if (licType !== undefined && (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') { - this._state.licenseWarning = (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; - } + if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + this._state.licenseType = licType; if (this._isDocReady) this.applyLicense(); }, applyLicense: function() { - if (this._state.licenseWarning) { + if (this._state.licenseType) { + var license = this._state.licenseType, + buttons = ['ok'], + primary = 'ok'; + if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; + } else { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; + buttons = [{value: 'buynow', caption: this.textBuyNow}, {value: 'contact', caption: this.textContactUs}]; + primary = 'buynow'; + } + this.disableEditing(true); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); @@ -769,12 +792,9 @@ define([ Common.UI.info({ width: 500, title: this.textNoLicenseTitle, - msg : this._state.licenseWarning, - buttons: [ - {value: 'buynow', caption: this.textBuyNow}, - {value: 'contact', caption: this.textContactUs} - ], - primary: 'buynow', + msg : license, + buttons: buttons, + primary: primary, callback: function(btn) { if (btn == 'buynow') window.open('https://www.onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); @@ -836,12 +856,14 @@ define([ this.appOptions.canComments = this.appOptions.canComments && !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.comments===false); this.appOptions.canChat = this.appOptions.canLicense && !this.appOptions.isOffline && !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.chat===false); this.appOptions.canPrint = (this.permissions.print !== false); - this.appOptions.canRename = !!this.permissions.rename; + this.appOptions.canRename = this.editorConfig.canRename && !!this.permissions.rename; this.appOptions.canForcesave = this.appOptions.isEdit && !this.appOptions.isOffline && (typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && !!this.editorConfig.customization.forcesave); this.appOptions.forcesave = this.appOptions.canForcesave; this.appOptions.canEditComments= this.appOptions.isOffline || !(typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object' && this.editorConfig.customization.commentAuthorOnly); this.appOptions.trialMode = params.asc_getLicenseMode(); - this.appOptions.canProtect = this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport(); + this.appOptions.isProtectSupport = true; // remove in 5.2 + this.appOptions.canProtect = this.appOptions.isProtectSupport && this.appOptions.isEdit && this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && this.appOptions.isOffline && this.api.asc_isSignaturesSupport(); + this.appOptions.canHelp = !((typeof (this.editorConfig.customization) == 'object') && this.editorConfig.customization.help===false); this.appOptions.canBranding = (licType === Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Success) && (typeof this.editorConfig.customization == 'object'); if (this.appOptions.canBranding) @@ -877,14 +899,15 @@ define([ var app = this.getApplication(), viewport = app.getController('Viewport').getView('Viewport'), statusbarView = app.getController('Statusbar').getView('Statusbar'), - documentHolder = app.getController('DocumentHolder').getView('DocumentHolder'); + documentHolder = app.getController('DocumentHolder').getView('DocumentHolder'), + toolbarController = app.getController('Toolbar'); // appHeader.setHeaderCaption(this.appOptions.isEdit ? 'Presentation Editor' : 'Presentation Viewer'); // appHeader.setVisible(!this.appOptions.nativeApp && !value && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp); viewport && viewport.setMode(this.appOptions, true); statusbarView && statusbarView.setMode(this.appOptions); - + toolbarController.setMode(this.appOptions); documentHolder.setMode(this.appOptions); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onSendThemeColors', _.bind(this.onSendThemeColors, this)); @@ -924,20 +947,17 @@ define([ viewport.applyEditorMode(); + var rightmenuView = rightmenuController.getView('RightMenu'); + if (rightmenuView) { + rightmenuView.setApi(me.api); + rightmenuView.on('editcomplete', _.bind(me.onEditComplete, me)); + rightmenuView.setMode(me.appOptions); + } + var toolbarView = (toolbarController) ? toolbarController.getView('Toolbar') : null; - - _.each([ - toolbarView, - rightmenuController.getView('RightMenu') - ], function(view) { - if (view) { - view.setApi(me.api); - view.on('editcomplete', _.bind(me.onEditComplete, me)); - view.setMode(me.appOptions); - } - }); - if (toolbarView) { + toolbarView.setApi(me.api); + toolbarView.on('editcomplete', _.bind(me.onEditComplete, me)); toolbarView.on('insertimage', _.bind(me.onInsertImage, me)); toolbarView.on('inserttable', _.bind(me.onInsertTable, me)); toolbarView.on('insertshape', _.bind(me.onInsertShape, me)); @@ -992,7 +1012,7 @@ define([ this.onLongActionEnd(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction'], LoadingDocument); var config = { - closable: false + closable: true }; switch (id) @@ -1084,6 +1104,7 @@ define([ case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.Warning: config.msg = this.errorConnectToServer; + config.closable = false; break; case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.SessionAbsolute: @@ -1115,8 +1136,12 @@ define([ console.warn(config.msg); break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted: + config.msg = this.errorDataEncrypted; + break; + default: - config.msg = this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); + config.msg = (typeof id == 'string') ? id : this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; } @@ -1128,8 +1153,9 @@ define([ config.title = this.criticalErrorTitle; config.iconCls = 'error'; + config.closable = false; - if (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp) { + if (this.appOptions.canBackToFolder && !this.appOptions.isDesktopApp && typeof id !== 'string') { config.msg += '

            ' + this.criticalErrorExtText; config.fn = function(btn) { if (btn == 'ok') { @@ -1137,6 +1163,10 @@ define([ } } } + if (id == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted) { + this.api.asc_coAuthoringDisconnect(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } } else { Common.Gateway.reportWarning(id, config.msg); @@ -1257,31 +1287,19 @@ define([ var toolbarView = this.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); if (toolbarView) { - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + var isSyncButton = toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, isDisabled = !isModified && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, onDocumentCanSaveChanged: function (isCanSave) { - var application = this.getApplication(), - toolbarController = application.getController('Toolbar'), - toolbarView = toolbarController.getView('Toolbar'); - if (toolbarView) { - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + var toolbarView = this.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); + if ( toolbarView ) { + var isSyncButton = toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, isDisabled = !isCanSave && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, @@ -1333,6 +1351,8 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'main'); $('#loading-mask').hide().remove(); + + Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('preloader:hide'); }, onDownloadUrl: function(url) { @@ -1621,6 +1641,7 @@ define([ Common.localStorage.setItem("pe-settings-coauthmode", 0); this.api.asc_SetFastCollaborative(false); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("pe-settings-coauthmode", false); + this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').applySettings(); this._state.fastCoauth = false; } this.onEditComplete(); @@ -1709,6 +1730,7 @@ define([ me._state.openDlg = new Common.Views.OpenDialog({ closable: me.appOptions.canRequestClose, type: type, + warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline), validatePwd: !!me._state.isDRM, handler: function (result, value) { me.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -1944,7 +1966,7 @@ define([ errorUsersExceed: 'Count of users was exceed', txtEditingMode: 'Set editing mode...', errorCoAuthoringDisconnect: 'Server connection lost. You can\'t edit anymore.', - errorFilePassProtect: 'The document is password protected.', + errorFilePassProtect: 'The file is password protected and cannot be opened.', textAnonymous: 'Anonymous', txtNeedSynchronize: 'You have an updates', applyChangesTitleText: 'Loading Data', @@ -1973,7 +1995,6 @@ define([ textStrict: 'Strict mode', textBuyNow: 'Visit website', textNoLicenseTitle: 'ONLYOFFICE open source version', - warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', textContactUs: 'Contact sales', errorViewerDisconnect: 'Connection is lost. You can still view the document,
            but will not be able to download or print until the connection is restored.', warnLicenseExp: 'Your license has expired.
            Please update your license and refresh the page.', @@ -2006,9 +2027,24 @@ define([ saveTextText: 'Saving document...', txtLoading: 'Loading...', txtAddNotes: 'Click to add notes', - warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', errorForceSave: "An error occurred while saving the file. Please use the 'Download as' option to save the file to your computer hard drive or try again later.", - txtAddFirstSlide: 'Click to add first slide' + txtAddFirstSlide: 'Click to add first slide', + txtTheme_blank: 'Blank', + txtTheme_pixel: 'Pixel', + txtTheme_classic: 'Classic', + txtTheme_official: 'Official', + txtTheme_green: 'Green', + txtTheme_lines: 'Lines', + txtTheme_office: 'Office', + txtTheme_safari: 'Safari', + txtTheme_dotted: 'Dotted', + txtTheme_corner: 'Corner', + txtTheme_turtle: 'Turtle', + warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnLicenseExceeded: 'The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.', + warnLicenseUsersExceeded: 'The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.', + errorDataEncrypted: 'Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.' } })(), PE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js index 6aedd397a..ee427b30f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RightMenu.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js index 0ac99b94b..87ef91725 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Statusbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Statusbar controller * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 8 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -56,12 +56,22 @@ define([ ], initialize: function() { + var me = this; this.addListeners({ 'FileMenu': { 'settings:apply': _.bind(this.applySettings, this) }, 'Statusbar': { 'langchanged': this.onLangMenu + }, + 'Common.Views.Header': { + 'statusbar:hide': function (view, status) { + me.statusbar.setVisible(!status); + Common.localStorage.setBool('pe-hidden-status', status); + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'status'); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.statusbar); + } } }); this._state = { diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 3b76c7730..2d2e92eb4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Toolbar controller * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/16/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -129,10 +129,16 @@ define([ 'menu:show': this.onFileMenu.bind(this, 'show') }, 'Common.Views.Header': { + 'toolbar:setcompact': this.onChangeCompactView.bind(this), 'print': function (opts) { var _main = this.getApplication().getController('Main'); _main.onPrint(); }, + 'save': function (opts) { + this.api.asc_Save(); + }, + 'undo': this.onUndo, + 'redo': this.onRedo, 'downloadas': function (opts) { var _main = this.getApplication().getController('Main'); var _file_type = _main.document.fileType, @@ -143,7 +149,8 @@ define([ var _supported = [ Asc.c_oAscFileType.PPTX, - Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODP + Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODP, + Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA ]; if ( !_format || _supported.indexOf(_format) < 0 ) @@ -212,10 +219,11 @@ define([ }, onLaunch: function() { - // Create toolbar view - this.toolbar = this.createView('Toolbar'); - var me = this; + + // Create toolbar view + me.toolbar = me.createView('Toolbar'); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', me.onAppReady.bind(me)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:face', me.onAppShowed.bind(me)); @@ -232,6 +240,11 @@ define([ }); }, + setMode: function(mode) { + this.mode = mode; + this.toolbar.applyLayout(mode); + }, + attachUIEvents: function(toolbar) { /** * UI Events @@ -243,8 +256,11 @@ define([ toolbar.btnPreview.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onPreviewItemClick, this)); toolbar.btnPrint.on('click', _.bind(this.onPrint, this)); toolbar.btnSave.on('click', _.bind(this.onSave, this)); + toolbar.btnSave.on('disabled', _.bind(this.onBtnChangeState, this, 'save:disabled')); toolbar.btnUndo.on('click', _.bind(this.onUndo, this)); + toolbar.btnUndo.on('disabled', _.bind(this.onBtnChangeState, this, 'undo:disabled')); toolbar.btnRedo.on('click', _.bind(this.onRedo, this)); + toolbar.btnRedo.on('disabled', _.bind(this.onBtnChangeState, this, 'redo:disabled')); toolbar.btnCopy.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, true)); toolbar.btnPaste.on('click', _.bind(this.onCopyPaste, this, false)); toolbar.btnBold.on('click', _.bind(this.onBold, this)); @@ -284,18 +300,10 @@ define([ toolbar.btnInsertTable.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onInsertTableClick, this)); toolbar.btnClearStyle.on('click', _.bind(this.onClearStyleClick, this)); toolbar.btnCopyStyle.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onCopyStyleToggle, this)); - toolbar.btnAdvSettings.on('click', _.bind(this.onAdvSettingsClick, this)); toolbar.btnColorSchemas.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onColorSchemaClick, this)); toolbar.btnSlideSize.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSlideSize, this)); toolbar.mnuInsertChartPicker.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectChart, this)); toolbar.listTheme.on('click', _.bind(this.onListThemeSelect, this)); - toolbar.mnuitemHideStatusBar.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onHideStatusBar, this)); - toolbar.mnuitemHideRulers.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onHideRulers, this)); - toolbar.mnuitemCompactToolbar.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onChangeCompactView, this)); - toolbar.btnFitPage.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onZoomToPageToggle, this)); - toolbar.btnFitWidth.on('toggle', _.bind(this.onZoomToWidthToggle, this)); - toolbar.mnuZoomIn.on('click', _.bind(this.onZoomInClick, this)); - toolbar.mnuZoomOut.on('click', _.bind(this.onZoomOutClick, this)); toolbar.btnInsertEquation.on('click', _.bind(this.onInsertEquationClick, this)); }, @@ -360,7 +368,6 @@ define([ var me = this; Common.Utils.asyncCall(function () { me.onChangeCompactView(null, !me.toolbar.isCompact()); - me.toolbar.mnuitemCompactToolbar.setChecked(me.toolbar.isCompact(), true); }); } }, @@ -505,14 +512,9 @@ define([ btnHorizontalAlign.menu.clearAll(); } - if (btnHorizontalAlign.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', btnHorizontalAlign.cmpEl); - - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = align; - iconEl.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - } + if ( btnHorizontalAlign.rendered && btnHorizontalAlign.$icon ) { + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls).addClass(align); + btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = align; } } }, @@ -538,14 +540,9 @@ define([ btnVerticalAlign.menu.clearAll(); } - if (btnVerticalAlign.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', btnVerticalAlign.cmpEl); - - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); - btnVerticalAlign.options.icls = align; - iconEl.addClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); - } + if ( btnVerticalAlign.rendered && btnVerticalAlign.$icon ) { + btnVerticalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls).addClass(align); + btnVerticalAlign.options.icls = align; } } }, @@ -776,18 +773,7 @@ define([ this.editMode = false; }, - onApiZoomChange: function(percent, type) { - if (this._state.zoom_type !== type) { - this.toolbar.btnFitPage.setChecked(type == 2, true); - this.toolbar.btnFitWidth.setChecked(type == 1, true); - this._state.zoom_type = type; - } - if (this._state.zoom_percent !== percent) { - $('.menu-zoom .zoom', this.toolbar.el).html(percent + '%'); - this._state.zoom_percent = percent; - } - this.toolbar.mnuZoom.options.value = percent; - }, + onApiZoomChange: function(percent, type) {}, onApiInitEditorStyles: function(themes) { if (themes) { @@ -903,24 +889,27 @@ define([ var toolbar = this.toolbar; if (this.api && this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave) { var isModified = this.api.asc_isDocumentCanSave(); - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', this.toolbar.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'); + var isSyncButton = this.toolbar.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'); if (!isModified && !isSyncButton && !this.toolbar.mode.forcesave) return; this.api.asc_Save(); } - toolbar.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(!toolbar.mode.forcesave); - } - }); + toolbar.btnSave.setDisabled(!toolbar.mode.forcesave); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('Save'); Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Save'); }, + onBtnChangeState: function(prop) { + if ( /\:disabled$/.test(prop) ) { + var _is_disabled = arguments[2]; + this.toolbar.fireEvent(prop, [_is_disabled]); + } + }, + onUndo: function(btn, e) { if (this.api) { this.api.Undo(); @@ -1034,14 +1023,11 @@ define([ onMenuHorizontalAlignSelect: function(menu, item) { this._state.pralign = undefined; - var btnHorizontalAlign = this.toolbar.btnHorizontalAlign, - iconEl = $('.icon', btnHorizontalAlign.cmpEl); + var btnHorizontalAlign = this.toolbar.btnHorizontalAlign; - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = !item.checked ? 'btn-align-left' : item.options.icls; - iconEl.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - } + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); + btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = !item.checked ? 'btn-align-left' : item.options.icls; + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); if (this.api && item.checked) this.api.put_PrAlign(item.value); @@ -1051,14 +1037,11 @@ define([ }, onMenuVerticalAlignSelect: function(menu, item) { - var btnVerticalAlign = this.toolbar.btnVerticalAlign, - iconEl = $('.icon', btnVerticalAlign.cmpEl); + var btnVerticalAlign = this.toolbar.btnVerticalAlign; - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); - btnVerticalAlign.options.icls = !item.checked ? 'btn-align-middle' : item.options.icls; - iconEl.addClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); - } + btnVerticalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); + btnVerticalAlign.options.icls = !item.checked ? 'btn-align-middle' : item.options.icls; + btnVerticalAlign.$icon.addClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); this._state.vtextalign = undefined; if (this.api && item.checked) @@ -1445,11 +1428,6 @@ define([ this.modeAlwaysSetStyle = state; }, - onAdvSettingsClick: function(btn, e) { - this.toolbar.fireEvent('file:settings', this); - btn.cmpEl.blur(); - }, - onColorSchemaClick: function(menu, item) { if (this.api) { this.api.ChangeColorScheme(item.value); @@ -1563,69 +1541,6 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); }, - onHideStatusBar: function(item, checked) { - var headerView = this.getApplication().getController('Statusbar').getView('Statusbar'); - headerView && headerView.setVisible(!checked); - - Common.localStorage.setBool('pe-hidden-status', checked); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'status'); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onHideRulers: function(item, checked) { - if (this.api) { - this.api.asc_SetViewRulers(!checked); - } - - Common.localStorage.setBool('pe-hidden-rulers', checked); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'rulers'); - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomToPageToggle: function(item, state) { - if (this.api) { - this._state.zoom_type = undefined; - this._state.zoom_percent = undefined; - if (state) - this.api.zoomFitToPage(); - else - this.api.zoomCustomMode(); - } - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomToWidthToggle: function(item, state) { - if (this.api) { - this._state.zoom_type = undefined; - this._state.zoom_percent = undefined; - if (state) - this.api.zoomFitToWidth(); - else - this.api.zoomCustomMode(); - } - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomInClick: function(btn) { - this._state.zoom_type = undefined; - this._state.zoom_percent = undefined; - if (this.api) - this.api.zoomIn(); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomOutClick: function(btn) { - this._state.zoom_type = undefined; - this._state.zoom_percent = undefined; - if (this.api) - this.api.zoomOut(); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - _clearBullets: function() { this.toolbar.btnMarkers.toggle(false, true); this.toolbar.btnNumbers.toggle(false, true); @@ -1972,7 +1887,8 @@ define([ me.toolbar.listTheme.menuPicker.store.reset([]); // remove all - var themeStore = this.getCollection('SlideThemes'); + var themeStore = this.getCollection('SlideThemes'), + mainController = this.getApplication().getController('Main'); if (themeStore) { var arr = []; _.each(defaultThemes.concat(docThemes), function(theme) { @@ -1980,13 +1896,15 @@ define([ imageUrl: theme.get_Image(), uid : Common.UI.getId(), themeId : theme.get_Index(), + tip : mainController.translationTable[theme.get_Name()] || theme.get_Name(), itemWidth : 85, itemHeight : 38 })); me.toolbar.listTheme.menuPicker.store.add({ imageUrl: theme.get_Image(), uid : Common.UI.getId(), - themeId : theme.get_Index() + themeId : theme.get_Index(), + tip : mainController.translationTable[theme.get_Name()] || theme.get_Name() }); }); themeStore.reset(arr); @@ -2051,7 +1969,8 @@ define([ var toolbar = this.toolbar; toolbar.$el.find('.toolbar').toggleClass('masked', disable); - this.toolbar.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.menuFileOpen, disable, {array: [toolbar.btnsAddSlide, toolbar.btnChangeSlide, toolbar.btnPreview, toolbar.btnHide]}); + if (toolbar.btnsAddSlide) // toolbar buttons are rendered + this.toolbar.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.menuFileOpen, disable, {array: toolbar.btnsAddSlide.concat(toolbar.btnChangeSlide, toolbar.btnPreview)}); if(disable) { mask = $("
            ").appendTo(toolbar.$el.find('.toolbar')); Common.util.Shortcuts.suspendEvents('command+k, ctrl+k, alt+h, command+f5, ctrl+f5'); @@ -2081,22 +2000,37 @@ define([ me.toolbar.render(_.extend({compactview: compactview}, config)); if ( config.isEdit ) { + me.toolbar.setMode(config); + var tab = {action: 'review', caption: me.toolbar.textTabCollaboration}; var $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').createToolbarPanel(); if ( $panel ) me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 3); - if (config.isDesktopApp && config.isOffline) { - tab = {action: 'protect', caption: me.toolbar.textTabProtect}; - $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Protection').createToolbarPanel(); - if ( $panel ) - me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 4); + if ( config.isDesktopApp ) { + // hide 'print' and 'save' buttons group and next separator + me.toolbar.btnPrint.$el.parents('.group').hide().next().hide(); + + // hide 'undo' and 'redo' buttons and get container + var $box = me.toolbar.btnUndo.$el.hide().next().hide().parent(); + + // move 'paste' button to the container instead of 'undo' and 'redo' + me.toolbar.btnPaste.$el.detach().appendTo($box); + me.toolbar.btnCopy.$el.removeClass('split'); + + if ( config.isProtectSupport && config.isOffline ) { // don't add protect panel to toolbar + tab = {action: 'protect', caption: me.toolbar.textTabProtect}; + $panel = me.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.Protection').createToolbarPanel(); + if ($panel) + me.toolbar.addTab(tab, $panel, 4); + } } } }, onAppReady: function (config) { var me = this; + me.appOptions = config; this.btnsComment = []; if ( config.canCoAuthoring && config.canComments ) { @@ -2129,16 +2063,16 @@ define([ this.toolbar.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.noSlides, this._state.no_slides, { array: this.btnsComment }); } } - - Common.Utils.asyncCall(function () { - if ( config.isEdit ) { - me.toolbar.onAppReady(config); - } - }); }, onFileMenu: function (opts) { - this.toolbar.setTab( opts == 'show' ? 'file' : undefined ); + if ( opts == 'show' ) { + if ( !this.toolbar.isTabActive('file') ) + this.toolbar.setTab('file'); + } else { + if ( this.toolbar.isTabActive('file') ) + this.toolbar.setTab(); + } }, textEmptyImgUrl : 'You need to specify image URL.', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js index 9d90c4485..52f111403 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/controller/Viewport.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Controller for the viewport * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 26 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ define([ ], function (Viewport) { 'use strict'; - PE.Controllers.Viewport = Backbone.Controller.extend({ + PE.Controllers.Viewport = Backbone.Controller.extend(_.assign({ // Specifying a Viewport model models: [], @@ -69,6 +69,10 @@ define([ // This most important part when we will tell our controller what events should be handled this.addListeners({ + 'FileMenu': { + 'menu:hide': me.onFileMenu.bind(me, 'hide'), + 'menu:show': me.onFileMenu.bind(me, 'show') + }, 'Toolbar': { 'render:before' : function (toolbar) { var config = PE.getController('Main').appOptions; @@ -76,7 +80,27 @@ define([ toolbar.setExtra('left', me.header.getPanel('left', config)); }, 'view:compact' : function (toolbar, state) { - me.viewport.vlayout.panels[0].height = state ? 32 : 32+67; + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.setChecked(state, true); + me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('toolbar').height = state ? + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-compact') : Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-normal'); + }, + 'undo:disabled' : function (state) { + if ( me.header.btnUndo ) { + if ( me.header.btnUndo.keepState ) + me.header.btnUndo.keepState.disabled = state; + else me.header.btnUndo.setDisabled(state); + } + }, + 'redo:disabled' : function (state) { + if ( me.header.btnRedo ) { + if ( me.header.btnRedo.keepState ) + me.header.btnRedo.keepState.disabled = state; + else me.header.btnRedo.setDisabled(state); + } + }, + 'save:disabled' : function (state) { + if ( me.header.btnSave ) + me.header.btnSave.setDisabled(state); } }, // Events generated by main view @@ -89,6 +113,9 @@ define([ setApi: function(api) { this.api = api; + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onZoomChange', this.onApiZoomChange.bind(this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect',this.onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect.bind(this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', this.onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect.bind(this)); }, @@ -111,20 +138,160 @@ define([ Common.localStorage.setItem('pe-mainmenu-width',leftPanel.width()); }, this); + this.header.mnuitemFitPage = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); + this.header.mnuitemFitWidth = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:face', this.onAppShowed.bind(this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', this.onAppReady.bind(this)); }, onAppShowed: function (config) { var me = this; + me.appConfig = config; + + var _intvars = Common.Utils.InternalSettings; + var $filemenu = $('.toolbar-fullview-panel'); + $filemenu.css('top', _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs')); if ( !config.isEdit || ( !Common.localStorage.itemExists("pe-compact-toolbar") && config.customization && config.customization.compactToolbar )) { - me.viewport.vlayout.panels[0].height = 32; + me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('toolbar').height = _intvars.get('toolbar-height-compact'); + } + + if ( config.isDesktopApp && config.isEdit ) { + var $title = me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('title').el; + $title.html(me.header.getPanel('title', config)).show(); + + var toolbar = me.viewport.vlayout.getItem('toolbar'); + toolbar.el.addClass('top-title'); + toolbar.height -= _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs') - _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs-top-title'); + + var _tabs_new_height = _intvars.get('toolbar-height-tabs-top-title'); + _intvars.set('toolbar-height-tabs', _tabs_new_height); + _intvars.set('toolbar-height-compact', _tabs_new_height); + _intvars.set('toolbar-height-normal', _tabs_new_height + _intvars.get('toolbar-height-controls')); + + $filemenu.css('top', _tabs_new_height + _intvars.get('document-title-height')); + + toolbar = me.getApplication().getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); + toolbar.btnCollabChanges = me.header.btnSave; } }, + onAppReady: function (config) { + var me = this; + if ( me.header.btnOptions ) { + var compactview = !config.isEdit; + if ( config.isEdit ) { + if ( Common.localStorage.itemExists("pe-compact-toolbar") ) { + compactview = Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-compact-toolbar"); + } else + if ( config.customization && config.customization.compactToolbar ) + compactview = true; + } + + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textCompactView, + checked: compactview, + checkable: true, + value: 'toolbar' + }); + if (!config.isEdit) { + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.hide(); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ + if (action=='plugins' && visible) { + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar.show(); + } + }, this)); + } + + var mnuitemHideStatusBar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textHideStatusBar, + checked: Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-hidden-status"), + checkable: true, + value: 'statusbar' + }); + + if ( config.canBrandingExt && config.customization && config.customization.statusBar === false ) + mnuitemHideStatusBar.hide(); + + var mnuitemHideRulers = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textHideLines, + checked: Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-hidden-rulers", true), + checkable: true, + value: 'rulers' + }); + + me.header.mnuitemFitPage = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textFitPage, + checkable: true, + checked: me.header.mnuitemFitPage.isChecked(), + value: 'zoom:page' + }); + + me.header.mnuitemFitWidth = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textFitWidth, + checkable: true, + checked: me.header.mnuitemFitWidth.isChecked(), + value: 'zoom:width' + }); + + me.header.mnuZoom = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + template: _.template([ + '' + ].join('')), + stopPropagation: true, + value: me.header.mnuZoom.options.value + }); + + me.header.btnOptions.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'pull-right', + style: 'min-width: 180px;', + items: [ + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar, + mnuitemHideStatusBar, + mnuitemHideRulers, + {caption:'--'}, + me.header.mnuitemFitPage, + me.header.mnuitemFitWidth, + me.header.mnuZoom, + {caption:'--'}, + new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textAdvSettings, + value: 'advanced' + }) + ] + }) + ); + + var _on_btn_zoom = function (btn) { + btn == 'up' ? me.api.zoomIn() : me.api.zoomOut(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + }; + + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el : $('#hdr-menu-zoom-out', me.header.mnuZoom.$el), + cls : 'btn-toolbar' + })).on('click', _on_btn_zoom.bind(me, 'down')); + + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el : $('#hdr-menu-zoom-in', me.header.mnuZoom.$el), + cls : 'btn-toolbar' + })).on('click', _on_btn_zoom.bind(me, 'up')); + + me.header.btnOptions.menu.on('item:click', me.onOptionsItemClick.bind(this)); + } + }, onLayoutChanged: function(area) { switch (area) { @@ -201,6 +368,62 @@ define([ element.msRequestFullscreen(); } } - } - }); + }, + + onFileMenu: function (opts) { + var me = this; + var _need_disable = opts == 'show'; + + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'undo', _need_disable ); + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'redo', _need_disable ); + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'opts', _need_disable ); + }, + + onApiZoomChange: function(percent, type) { + this.header.mnuitemFitPage.setChecked(type == 2, true); + this.header.mnuitemFitWidth.setChecked(type == 1, true); + this.header.mnuZoom.options.value = percent; + + if ( this.header.mnuZoom.$el ) + $('.menu-zoom label.zoom', this.header.mnuZoom.$el).html(percent + '%'); + }, + + onOptionsItemClick: function (menu, item, e) { + var me = this; + + switch ( item.value ) { + case 'toolbar': me.header.fireEvent('toolbar:setcompact', [menu, item.isChecked()]); break; + case 'statusbar': me.header.fireEvent('statusbar:hide', [item, item.isChecked()]); break; + case 'rulers': + me.api.asc_SetViewRulers(!item.isChecked()); + Common.localStorage.setBool('pe-hidden-rulers', item.isChecked()); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'rulers'); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + break; + case 'zoom:page': + item.isChecked() ? me.api.zoomFitToPage() : me.api.zoomCustomMode(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + break; + case 'zoom:width': + item.isChecked() ? me.api.zoomFitToWidth() : me.api.zoomCustomMode(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + break; + case 'advanced': me.header.fireEvent('file:settings', me.header); break; + } + }, + + onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { + if (this.header) { + if (this.header.btnDownload) + this.header.btnDownload.hide(); + if (this.header.btnPrint) + this.header.btnPrint.hide(); + if (this.header.btnEdit) + this.header.btnEdit.hide(); + } + }, + + textFitPage: 'Fit to Page', + textFitWidth: 'Fit to Width' + }, PE.Controllers.Viewport)); }); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js index b4c5493f5..cb98b5a4f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * EquationGroup.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 29/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/Pages.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/Pages.js index 2d692c8d5..66fcb0100 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/Pages.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/Pages.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js index 37667c136..8ee0e99ef 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeGroup.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/SlideLayout.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/SlideLayout.js index c7637ec57..e87d46884 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/SlideLayout.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/model/SlideLayout.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SlideLayout.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/18/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template index a66ccad0e..33e675bcd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -1,22 +1,7 @@
            -
            - - < - - - - > - -
            + <%= tabsmarkup %>
            @@ -111,16 +96,7 @@
            -
            -
            -
            -
            - -
            -
            - -
            -
            +
            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e92b7992b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +
            +
            +
            + <%= tabsmarkup %> +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template index 2a5121016..5307c1f08 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template @@ -1,9 +1,10 @@
            - +
            +
            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js index 354956e0b..6d208a271 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ChartSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -430,7 +430,11 @@ define([ stylesStore.reset(stylearray, {silent: false}); } } + } else { + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.reset(); + this.cmbChartStyle.clearComboView(); } + this.cmbChartStyle.setDisabled(!styles || styles.length<1 || this._locked); }, onWidthChange: function(field, newValue, oldValue, eOpts){ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsAdvanced.js index 9d62b8d73..7ef6aa9e4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ChartSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 1/18/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index 00c4f95ba..0ff9ee452 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -530,12 +530,13 @@ define([ ToolTip = getUserName(moveData.get_UserId()); showPoint = [moveData.get_X()+me._XY[0], moveData.get_Y()+me._XY[1]]; + var maxwidth = showPoint[0]; showPoint[0] = me._BodyWidth - showPoint[0]; showPoint[1] -= ((moveData.get_LockedObjectType()==2) ? me._TtHeight : 0); if (showPoint[1] > me._XY[1] && showPoint[1]+me._TtHeight < me._XY[1]+me._Height) { src.text(ToolTip); - src.css({visibility: 'visible', top: showPoint[1] + 'px', right: showPoint[0] + 'px'}); + src.css({visibility: 'visible', top: showPoint[1] + 'px', right: showPoint[0] + 'px', 'max-width': maxwidth + 'px'}); } } /** coauthoring end **/ @@ -2722,6 +2723,42 @@ define([ } }); + var menuImgReplace = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : me.textReplace, + menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ + menuAlign: 'tl-tr', + items: [ + new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : this.textFromFile + }).on('click', function(item) { + setTimeout(function(){ + if (me.api) me.api.ChangeImageFromFile(); + me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); + }, 10); + }), + new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : this.textFromUrl + }).on('click', function(item) { + (new Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog({ + handler: function(result, value) { + if (result == 'ok') { + if (me.api) { + var checkUrl = value.replace(/ /g, ''); + if (!_.isEmpty(checkUrl)) { + var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); + props.put_ImageUrl(checkUrl); + me.api.ImgApply(props); + } + } + } + me.fireEvent('editcomplete', me); + } + })).show(); + }) + ] + }) + }); + /** coauthoring begin **/ var menuAddCommentPara = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ caption : me.addCommentText @@ -3116,18 +3153,23 @@ define([ mnuGroupImg.setDisabled(!me.api.canGroup()); } - var imgdisabled = (value.imgProps!==undefined && value.imgProps.locked), + var isimage = (_.isUndefined(value.shapeProps) || value.shapeProps.value.get_FromImage()) && _.isUndefined(value.chartProps), + imgdisabled = (value.imgProps!==undefined && value.imgProps.locked), shapedisabled = (value.shapeProps!==undefined && value.shapeProps.locked), chartdisabled = (value.chartProps!==undefined && value.chartProps.locked), - disabled = imgdisabled || shapedisabled || chartdisabled || (value.slideProps!==undefined && value.slideProps.locked); + disabled = imgdisabled || shapedisabled || chartdisabled || (value.slideProps!==undefined && value.slideProps.locked), + pluginGuid = (value.imgProps) ? value.imgProps.value.asc_getPluginGuid() : null; // image properties - menuImgOriginalSize.setVisible((_.isUndefined(value.shapeProps) || value.shapeProps.value.get_FromImage()) && _.isUndefined(value.chartProps)); - + menuImgOriginalSize.setVisible(isimage); if (menuImgOriginalSize.isVisible()) menuImgOriginalSize.setDisabled(disabled || _.isNull(value.imgProps.value.get_ImageUrl()) || _.isUndefined(value.imgProps.value.get_ImageUrl())); - menuImageAdvanced.setVisible((_.isUndefined(value.shapeProps) || value.shapeProps.value.get_FromImage()) && _.isUndefined(value.chartProps)); + menuImgReplace.setVisible(isimage && (pluginGuid===null || pluginGuid===undefined)); + if (menuImgReplace.isVisible()) + menuImgReplace.setDisabled(disabled || pluginGuid===null); + + menuImageAdvanced.setVisible(isimage); menuShapeAdvanced.setVisible(_.isUndefined(value.imgProps) && _.isUndefined(value.chartProps)); menuChartEdit.setVisible(_.isUndefined(value.imgProps) && !_.isUndefined(value.chartProps) && (_.isUndefined(value.shapeProps) || value.shapeProps.isChart)); menuImgShapeSeparator.setVisible(menuImageAdvanced.isVisible() || menuShapeAdvanced.isVisible() || menuChartEdit.isVisible()); @@ -3154,6 +3196,7 @@ define([ menuImgShapeAlign, menuImgShapeSeparator, menuImgOriginalSize, + menuImgReplace, menuImageAdvanced, menuShapeAdvanced ,menuChartEdit @@ -3398,7 +3441,10 @@ define([ txtPasteSourceFormat: 'Keep source formatting', txtPasteDestFormat: 'Use destination theme', textDistributeRows: 'Distribute rows', - textDistributeCols: 'Distribute columns' + textDistributeCols: 'Distribute columns', + textReplace: 'Replace image', + textFromUrl: 'From URL', + textFromFile: 'From File' }, PE.Views.DocumentHolder || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentPreview.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentPreview.js index a2d60240a..2350f3951 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentPreview.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/DocumentPreview.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * DocumentPreview.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/18/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -294,8 +294,13 @@ define([ me.previewControls.css('display', 'none'); me.$el.css('cursor', 'none'); }, 3000); - }); + if (!me.previewControls.hasClass('over')) { + me.timerMove = setTimeout(function () { + me.previewControls.css('display', 'none'); + me.$el.css('cursor', 'none'); + }, 3000); + } }, 1000); $('#viewport-vbox-layout').css('z-index','0'); this.fireEvent('editcomplete', this); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js index 91ca8a383..cc7ac1a13 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Describes menu 'File' for the left tool menu * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 14 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -157,6 +157,13 @@ define([ canFocused: false }); + this.miHelp = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + el : $('#fm-btn-help',this.el), + action : 'help', + caption : this.btnHelpCaption, + canFocused: false + }); + this.items = []; this.items.push( new Common.UI.MenuItem({ @@ -187,12 +194,7 @@ define([ caption : this.btnSettingsCaption, canFocused: false }), - new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - el : $('#fm-btn-help',this.el), - action : 'help', - caption : this.btnHelpCaption, - canFocused: false - }), + this.miHelp, new Common.UI.MenuItem({ el : $('#fm-btn-back',this.el), action : 'exit', @@ -206,8 +208,7 @@ define([ 'saveas' : (new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ViewSaveAs({menu:me})).render(), 'opts' : (new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings({menu:me})).render(), 'info' : (new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo({menu:me})).render(), - 'rights' : (new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights({menu:me})).render(), - 'help' : (new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Help({menu:me})).render() + 'rights' : (new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights({menu:me})).render() }; me.$el.find('.content-box').hide(); @@ -258,6 +259,9 @@ define([ this.mode.canBack ? this.$el.find('#fm-btn-back').show().prev().show() : this.$el.find('#fm-btn-back').hide().prev().hide(); + this.miHelp[this.mode.canHelp ?'show':'hide'](); + this.miHelp.$el.prev()[this.mode.canHelp ?'show':'hide'](); + this.panels['opts'].setMode(this.mode); this.panels['info'].setMode(this.mode).updateInfo(this.document); this.panels['rights'].setMode(this.mode).updateInfo(this.document); @@ -283,7 +287,10 @@ define([ } } - this.panels['help'].setLangConfig(this.mode.lang); + if (this.mode.canHelp) { + this.panels['help'] = ((new PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Help({menu: this})).render()); + this.panels['help'].setLangConfig(this.mode.lang); + } }, setMode: function(mode, delay) { @@ -315,7 +322,7 @@ define([ if ( menu ) { var item = this._getMenuItem(menu), panel = this.panels[menu]; - if ( item.isDisabled() ) { + if ( item.isDisabled() || !item.isVisible()) { item = this._getMenuItem(defMenu); panel = this.panels[defMenu]; } diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js index c578cbe04..2e38b60dd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Contains views for menu 'File' * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 20 February 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ define([ formats: [[ {name: 'PPTX', imgCls: 'pptx', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PPTX}, {name: 'PDF', imgCls: 'pdf', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF}, + {name: 'PDFA', imgCls: 'pdfa', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA}, {name: 'ODP', imgCls: 'odp', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODP} ]], @@ -64,7 +65,9 @@ define([ '<% _.each(rows, function(row) { %>', '
            35. ', '<% _.each(row, function(item) { %>', - '', + '', '<% }) %>', '', '<% }) %>', @@ -88,19 +91,13 @@ define([ }); } - this.flatFormats = _.flatten(this.formats); return this; }, onFormatClick: function(e) { - var format = /\s(\w+)/.exec(e.currentTarget.className); - if (format) { - format = format[1]; - var item = _.findWhere(this.flatFormats, {imgCls: format}); - - if (item && this.menu) { - this.menu.fireEvent('saveas:format', [this.menu, item.type]); - } + var type = e.currentTarget.attributes['format']; + if (!_.isUndefined(type) && this.menu) { + this.menu.fireEvent('saveas:format', [this.menu, parseInt(type.value)]); } } }); @@ -436,7 +433,11 @@ define([ template: _.template([ '

            <%= scope.fromBlankText %>

            ', '
            ', - '
            ', + '
            ', + '', + '', + '', + '
            ', '
            ', '

            <%= scope.newDocumentText %>

            ', '<%= scope.newDescriptionText %>', @@ -446,7 +447,13 @@ define([ '
            ', '<% _.each(docs, function(item) { %>', '
            ', - '
            style="background-image: url(<%= item.icon %>);" <% } %> />', + '
            \")' + + ' } else { ' + + 'print(\">\")' + + ' } %>', + '
            ', '
            <%= item.name %>
            ', '
            ', '<% }) %>', @@ -880,7 +887,7 @@ define([ '
            ', '
            ', + '', + '
            ', '', - '', + '', '', '', '', @@ -904,7 +911,7 @@ define([ this.templateSignature = _.template([ '
            <%= scope.txtEncrypted %>
            ', '', - '', + '', '', '', '', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js index 4d79ef530..796a8e1c9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/19/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -69,14 +69,14 @@ define([ }, options || {}); this.template = [ - '
            ', - '
            ', - '', + '
            ', + '
            ', + '', + '', '
            ', - '', '', @@ -89,11 +89,11 @@ define([ '', '
            ', '
            ', - '', + '', '
            ', '', '
            ', - '', + '', '
            ', '', '
            ', @@ -116,23 +116,22 @@ define([ var me = this, $window = this.getChild(); - me._arrTypeSrc = [ - {displayValue: me.textInternalLink, value: c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink}, - {displayValue: me.textExternalLink, value: c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink} - ]; - - me.cmbLinkType = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - el: $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-type'), - cls: 'input-group-nr', - style: 'width: 100%;', - menuStyle: 'min-width: 318px;', - editable: false, - data: this._arrTypeSrc + me.btnExternal = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-external'), + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'hyperlink-type', + allowDepress: false, + pressed: true }); - me.cmbLinkType.setValue(me._arrTypeSrc[1].value); - me.cmbLinkType.on('selected', _.bind(function(combo, record) { - this.ShowHideElem(record.value); - }, me)); + me.btnExternal.on('click', _.bind(me.onLinkTypeClick, me, c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink)); + + me.btnInternal = new Common.UI.Button({ + el: $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-internal'), + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'hyperlink-type', + allowDepress: false + }); + me.btnInternal.on('click', _.bind(me.onLinkTypeClick, me, c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink)); me.inputUrl = new Common.UI.InputField({ el : $('#id-dlg-hyperlink-url'), @@ -217,7 +216,7 @@ define([ var me = this; var type = me.parseUrl(props.get_Value()); - me.cmbLinkType.setValue(type); + (type == c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink) ? me.btnExternal.toggle(true) : me.btnInternal.toggle(true); me.ShowHideElem(type); if (props.get_Text()!==null) { @@ -239,7 +238,7 @@ define([ var me = this, props = new Asc.CHyperlinkProperty(); var def_display = ''; - if (me.cmbLinkType.getValue() == c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink) { + if (this.btnInternal.isActive()) {//InternalLink var url = "ppaction://hlink"; var tip = ''; var txttip = me.inputTip.getValue(); @@ -298,7 +297,7 @@ define([ _handleInput: function(state) { if (this.options.handler) { if (state == 'ok') { - var checkurl = (this.cmbLinkType.getValue() == c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink) ? this.inputUrl.checkValidate() : true, + var checkurl = (this.btnExternal.isActive()) ? this.inputUrl.checkValidate() : true, checkdisp = this.inputDisplay.checkValidate(); if (checkurl !== true) { this.inputUrl.cmpEl.find('input').focus(); @@ -321,6 +320,10 @@ define([ this.internalPanel.toggleClass('hidden', value !== c_oHyperlinkType.InternalLink); }, + onLinkTypeClick: function(type, btn, event) { + this.ShowHideElem(type); + }, + parseUrl: function(url) { if (url===null || url===undefined || url=='' ) return c_oHyperlinkType.WebLink; @@ -364,13 +367,12 @@ define([ }, textTitle: 'Hyperlink Settings', - textInternalLink: 'Place In This Document', - textExternalLink: 'File or Web Page', + textInternalLink: 'Slide In This Presentation', + textExternalLink: 'External Link', textEmptyLink: 'Enter link here', textEmptyDesc: 'Enter caption here', textEmptyTooltip: 'Enter tooltip here', txtSlide: 'Slide', - textLinkType: 'Link Type', strDisplay: 'Display', textTipText: 'Screen Tip Text', strLinkTo: 'Link To', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js index 2919e53b7..189eb1188 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ImageSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ define([ this.btnOriginalSize.setDisabled(props.get_ImageUrl()===null || props.get_ImageUrl()===undefined || this._locked); var pluginGuid = props.asc_getPluginGuid(); - value = (pluginGuid !== null && pluginGuid !== undefined); + value = (pluginGuid !== null && pluginGuid !== undefined); // undefined - only images are selected, null - selected images and ole-objects if (this._state.isOleObject!==value) { this.btnInsertFromUrl.setVisible(!value); this.btnInsertFromFile.setVisible(!value); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js index c818cb90f..1fd3b5887 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ImageSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ImageSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/16/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js index d72f0912a..c85945d25 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/LeftMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * LeftMenu.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 10 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ define([ } else { btn.panel['hide'](); } - if (this.mode.isEdit) PE.getController('Toolbar').DisableToolbar(state==true); + PE.getController('Toolbar').DisableToolbar(state==true); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'leftmenu'); }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js index 78ca4306d..09ee3a182 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ParagraphSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js index b849cc88d..932bb2931 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js index 0551372cf..d9ce5013f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/RightMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RightMenu.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js index 3a20fbd5f..ca5de8ee2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/14/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -1458,7 +1458,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); this.btnFGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsFG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsFGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-foreground-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); + this.btnFGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); this.btnBGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1496,7 +1496,7 @@ define([ value: 'ffffff' }); this.colorsBG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-background-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); + this.btnBGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); this.btnGradColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1515,7 +1515,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsGrad.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsGradientSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-gradient-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); + this.btnGradColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); this.btnBorderColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsBorder.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#shape-border-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); } this.colorsBorder.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettingsAdvanced.js index b1144788e..abe18a36c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/ShapeSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js index 0d9deec6a..aa7b4db8f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SignatureSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SignatureSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 5/24/17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -109,6 +109,8 @@ define([ this.viewValidList.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectSignature, this)); this.viewInvalidList.on('item:click', _.bind(this.onSelectSignature, this)); + this.viewValidList.on('item:contextmenu', _.bind(this.onItemContextMenu, this)); + this.viewInvalidList.on('item:contextmenu', _.bind(this.onItemContextMenu, this)); this.signatureMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ menuAlign : 'tr-br', @@ -175,6 +177,26 @@ define([ me.disableEditing(me._state.hasValid || me._state.hasInvalid); }, + onItemContextMenu: function(picker, item, record, e){ + var menu = this.signatureMenu; + if (menu.isVisible()) { + menu.hide(); + } + + var offsetParent = $(this.el).offset(), + showPoint = [e.clientX*Common.Utils.zoom() - offsetParent.left + 5, e.clientY*Common.Utils.zoom() - offsetParent.top + 5]; + + this.showSignatureMenu(record, showPoint); + + menu.menuAlign = 'tl-bl'; + menu.menuAlignEl = null; + menu.setOffset(15, 5); + menu.show(); + _.delay(function() { + menu.cmpEl.focus(); + }, 10); + }, + onSelectSignature: function(picker, item, record, e){ if (!record) return; @@ -186,41 +208,14 @@ define([ return; } - var showPoint, me = this, - currentTarget = $(e.currentTarget), - parent = $(this.el), + var currentTarget = $(e.currentTarget), offset = currentTarget.offset(), - offsetParent = parent.offset(); + offsetParent = $(this.el).offset(), + showPoint = [offset.left - offsetParent.left + currentTarget.width(), offset.top - offsetParent.top + currentTarget.height()/2]; - showPoint = [offset.left - offsetParent.left + currentTarget.width(), offset.top - offsetParent.top + currentTarget.height()/2]; - - var menuContainer = parent.find('#menu-signature-container'); - if (!menu.rendered) { - if (menuContainer.length < 1) { - menuContainer = $('', menu.id); - parent.append(menuContainer); - } - menu.render(menuContainer); - menu.cmpEl.attr({tabindex: "-1"}); - - menu.on({ - 'show:after': function(cmp) { - if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) - cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', true); - }, - 'hide:after': function(cmp) { - if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) - cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', false); - } - }); - } - menu.items[1].setDisabled(this._locked); - - menu.items[0].cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('certificateId')); // view certificate - menu.cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('guid')); - - menuContainer.css({left: showPoint[0], top: showPoint[1]}); + this.showSignatureMenu(record, showPoint); + menu.menuAlign = 'tr-br'; menu.menuAlignEl = currentTarget; menu.setOffset(-20, -currentTarget.height()/2 + 3); menu.show(); @@ -232,6 +227,36 @@ define([ } }, + showSignatureMenu: function(record, showPoint) { + var menu = this.signatureMenu, + parent = $(this.el), + menuContainer = parent.find('#menu-signature-container'); + if (!menu.rendered) { + if (menuContainer.length < 1) { + menuContainer = $('', menu.id); + parent.append(menuContainer); + } + menu.render(menuContainer); + menu.cmpEl.attr({tabindex: "-1"}); + + menu.on({ + 'show:after': function(cmp) { + if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) + cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', true); + }, + 'hide:after': function(cmp) { + if (cmp && cmp.menuAlignEl) + cmp.menuAlignEl.toggleClass('over', false); + } + }); + } + menu.items[1].setDisabled(this._locked); + menu.items[0].cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('certificateId')); // view certificate + menu.cmpEl.attr('data-value', record.get('guid')); + + menuContainer.css({left: showPoint[0], top: showPoint[1]}); + }, + onMenuSignatureClick: function(menu, item) { var guid = menu.cmpEl.attr('data-value'); switch (item.value) { diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js index a72138855..530e86113 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SlideSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/14/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -1011,7 +1011,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#slide-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); this.btnFGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1030,7 +1030,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsFG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsFGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#slide-foreground-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); + this.btnFGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); this.btnBGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ define([ value: 'ffffff' }); this.colorsBG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#slide-background-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); + this.btnBGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); this.btnGradColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsGrad.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsGradientSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#slide-gradient-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); + this.btnGradColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); } this.colorsBack.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSizeSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSizeSettings.js index 74ad4ef1c..8e2837b2e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSizeSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideSizeSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SlideSizeSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/19/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideshowSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideshowSettings.js index d2827f2f4..173b8fcd6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideshowSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/SlideshowSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * SlideshowSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 6/17/16 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js index dc6fe182a..ddad2dda6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Statusbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * StatusBar View * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 8 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js index 251b624cd..8b0f4c512 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/11/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ define([ el: $('#table-border-color-menu') }); this.borderColor.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#table-border-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.borderColor, this.btnBorderColor)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.borderColor, this.btnBorderColor)); this.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -646,7 +646,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#table-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); } this.colorsBack.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); this.borderColor.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js index a766177dd..9273ea3be 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TableSettingsAdvanced.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableSettingsAdvanced.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/15/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js index a568842db..1e4cb2cc9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/TextArtSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TextArtSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 7/10/15 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -1483,7 +1483,7 @@ define([ transparent: true }); this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-back-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); this.btnFGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1502,7 +1502,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsFG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsFGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-foreground-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); + this.btnFGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFG, this.btnFGColor)); this.btnBGColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1521,7 +1521,7 @@ define([ value: 'ffffff' }); this.colorsBG.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBGSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-background-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); + this.btnBGColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBG, this.btnBGColor)); this.btnGradColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsGrad.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsGradientSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-gradient-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); + this.btnGradColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsGrad, this.btnGradColor)); this.btnBorderColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsBorder.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#textart-border-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBorder, this.btnBorderColor)); } this.colorsBorder.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js index 0aad9bcc8..49b7e3ebf 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,13 +36,14 @@ * Toolbar view * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/16/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ define([ 'backbone', 'text!presentationeditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template', + 'text!presentationeditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template', 'common/main/lib/collection/Fonts', 'common/main/lib/component/Button', 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBox', @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ define([ 'common/main/lib/component/ComboDataView' ,'common/main/lib/component/SynchronizeTip' ,'common/main/lib/component/Mixtbar' -], function (Backbone, template) { +], function (Backbone, template, template_view) { 'use strict'; PE.enumLock = { @@ -83,45 +84,6 @@ define([ commentLock: 'can-comment' }; - var buttonsArray = function (opts) { - var arr = []; - arr.push.apply(arr, arguments); - arr.__proto__ = buttonsArray.prototype; - return arr; - }; - - buttonsArray.prototype = new Array; - - buttonsArray.prototype.disable = function (state) { - this.forEach(function(btn) { - btn.setDisabled(state); - }); - }; - - buttonsArray.prototype.toggle = function (state, suppress) { - this.forEach(function(btn) { - btn.toggle(state, suppress); - }); - }; - - buttonsArray.prototype.pressed = function () { - return this.some(function(btn) { - return btn.pressed; - }); - }; - - buttonsArray.prototype.on = function (event, func) { - this.forEach(function(btn) { - btn.on.apply(btn, arguments); - }); - }; - - buttonsArray.prototype.contains = function (id) { - return this.some(function(btn) { - return btn.id == id; - }); - }; - PE.Views.Toolbar = Common.UI.Mixtbar.extend(_.extend((function(){ return { @@ -135,19 +97,12 @@ define([ initialize: function () { var me = this; - Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.initialize.call(this, { - template: _.template(template), - tabs: [ - { caption: me.textTabFile, action: 'file', extcls: 'canedit'}, - { caption: me.textTabHome, action: 'home', extcls: 'canedit'}, - { caption: me.textTabInsert, action: 'ins', extcls: 'canedit'} - ]} - ); - me.paragraphControls = []; me.shapeControls = []; me.slideOnlyControls = []; me.synchTooltip = undefined; + me.needShowSynchTip = false; + me.schemeNames = [ me.txtScheme1, me.txtScheme2, me.txtScheme3, me.txtScheme4, me.txtScheme5, me.txtScheme6, me.txtScheme7, me.txtScheme8, me.txtScheme9, me.txtScheme10, @@ -158,685 +113,705 @@ define([ me._state = { hasCollaborativeChanges: undefined }; - me.btnSaveCls = 'btn-save'; - me.btnSaveTip = this.tipSave + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); - /** - * UI Components - */ - var _set = PE.enumLock; + Common.NotificationCenter.on('app:ready', me.onAppReady.bind(this)); + return this; + }, - me.btnChangeSlide = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-button-change-slide', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-changeslide', - lock : [_set.menuFileOpen, _set.slideDeleted, _set.slideLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : true - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnChangeSlide); + applyLayout: function (config) { + var me = this; - me.btnPreview = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-button-preview', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-preview', - lock : [_set.menuFileOpen, _set.slideDeleted, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - split : true, - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items : [ - {caption: this.textShowBegin, value: 0}, - {caption: this.textShowCurrent, value: 1}, - {caption: this.textShowPresenterView, value: 2}, - {caption: '--'}, - me.mnuShowSettings = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textShowSettings, - value: 3, - lock: [_set.lostConnect] - }) - ] - }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnPreview); - - me.btnPrint = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-print', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-print no-mask', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.noSlides, _set.cantPrint] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnPrint); - - me.btnSave = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-save', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'no-mask ' + me.btnSaveCls, - lock : [_set.lostConnect] - }); - me.btnsSave = [me.btnSave]; - - me.btnUndo = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-undo', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-undo', - lock : [_set.undoLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.disableOnStart] - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnUndo); - - me.btnRedo = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-redo', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-redo', - lock : [_set.redoLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.disableOnStart] - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnRedo); - - me.btnCopy = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-copy', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-copy', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart] - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnCopy); - - me.btnPaste = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-paste', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-paste', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnPaste); - - me.cmbFontName = new Common.UI.ComboBoxFonts({ - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuCls : 'scrollable-menu', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 325px;', - hint : me.tipFontName, - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - store : new Common.Collections.Fonts() - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.cmbFontName); - - me.cmbFontSize = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ - cls : 'input-group-nr', - menuStyle : 'min-width: 55px;', - hint : me.tipFontSize, - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - data : [ - { value: 8, displayValue: "8" }, - { value: 9, displayValue: "9" }, - { value: 10, displayValue: "10" }, - { value: 11, displayValue: "11" }, - { value: 12, displayValue: "12" }, - { value: 14, displayValue: "14" }, - { value: 16, displayValue: "16" }, - { value: 18, displayValue: "18" }, - { value: 20, displayValue: "20" }, - { value: 22, displayValue: "22" }, - { value: 24, displayValue: "24" }, - { value: 26, displayValue: "26" }, - { value: 28, displayValue: "28" }, - { value: 36, displayValue: "36" }, - { value: 48, displayValue: "48" }, - { value: 72, displayValue: "72" } - ] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.cmbFontSize); - - me.btnBold = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-bold', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-bold', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - enableToggle: true - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnBold); - - me.btnItalic = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-italic', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-italic', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - enableToggle: true - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnItalic); - - me.btnUnderline = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-underline', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-underline', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - enableToggle: true - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnUnderline); - - me.btnStrikeout = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-strikeout', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-strikeout', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - enableToggle: true - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnStrikeout); - - me.btnSuperscript = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-superscript', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-superscript', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock, _set.inEquation], - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup : 'superscriptGroup' - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnSuperscript); - - me.btnSubscript = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-subscript', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-subscript', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock, _set.inEquation], - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup : 'superscriptGroup' - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnSubscript); - - me.btnFontColor = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-fontcolor', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-fontcolor', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], - split : true, - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { template: _.template('
            ') }, - { template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '') } - ] - }) - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnFontColor); - - me.btnClearStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-clearstyle', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-clearstyle', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnClearStyle); - - me.btnCopyStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-copystyle', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-copystyle', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected, _set.disableOnStart], - enableToggle: true - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnCopyStyle); - - me.btnMarkers = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-markers', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-setmarkers', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup : 'markersGroup', - split : true, - menu : true - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnMarkers); - - me.btnNumbers = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-numbering', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-numbering', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], - enableToggle: true, - toggleGroup : 'markersGroup', - split : true, - menu : true - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnNumbers); - - var clone = function(source) { - var obj = {}; - for (var prop in source) - obj[prop] = (typeof(source[prop])=='object') ? clone(source[prop]) : source[prop]; - return obj; - }; - - this.mnuMarkersPicker = { - conf: {index:0}, - selectByIndex: function (idx) { - this.conf.index = idx; - } - }; - this.mnuNumbersPicker = clone(this.mnuMarkersPicker); - - me.btnHorizontalAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-halign', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-align-left', - icls : 'btn-align-left', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption : me.textAlignLeft + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+L'), - iconCls : 'mnu-align-left', - icls : 'btn-align-left', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'halignGroup', - checked : true, - value : 1 - }, - { - caption : me.textAlignCenter + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+E'), - iconCls : 'mnu-align-center', - icls : 'btn-align-center', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'halignGroup', - value : 2 - }, - { - caption : me.textAlignRight + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+R'), - iconCls : 'mnu-align-right', - icls : 'btn-align-right', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'halignGroup', - value : 0 - }, - { - caption : me.textAlignJust + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+J'), - iconCls : 'mnu-align-just', - icls : 'btn-align-just', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'halignGroup', - value : 3 + if ( config.isEdit ) { + Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.initialize.call(this, { + template: _.template(template), + tabs: [ + {caption: me.textTabFile, action: 'file', extcls: 'canedit', haspanel:false}, + {caption: me.textTabHome, action: 'home', extcls: 'canedit'}, + {caption: me.textTabInsert, action: 'ins', extcls: 'canedit'} + ] } + ); + + me.btnSaveCls = 'btn-save'; + me.btnSaveTip = this.tipSave + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); + + /** + * UI Components + */ + var _set = PE.enumLock; + + me.btnChangeSlide = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-button-change-slide', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-changeslide', + lock: [_set.menuFileOpen, _set.slideDeleted, _set.slideLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: true + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnChangeSlide); + + me.btnPreview = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-button-preview', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-preview', + lock: [_set.menuFileOpen, _set.slideDeleted, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {caption: this.textShowBegin, value: 0}, + {caption: this.textShowCurrent, value: 1}, + {caption: this.textShowPresenterView, value: 2}, + {caption: '--'}, + me.mnuShowSettings = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: this.textShowSettings, + value: 3, + lock: [_set.lostConnect] + }) + ] + }) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnPreview); + + me.btnPrint = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-print', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-print no-mask', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.noSlides, _set.cantPrint] + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnPrint); + + me.btnSave = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-save', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'no-mask ' + me.btnSaveCls, + lock: [_set.lostConnect], + signals: ['disabled'] + }); + me.btnCollabChanges = me.btnSave; + + me.btnUndo = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-undo', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-undo', + lock: [_set.undoLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.disableOnStart], + signals: ['disabled'] + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnUndo); + + me.btnRedo = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-redo', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-redo', + lock: [_set.redoLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.disableOnStart], + signals: ['disabled'] + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnRedo); + + me.btnCopy = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-copy', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-copy', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart] + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnCopy); + + me.btnPaste = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-paste', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-paste', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides] + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnPaste); + + me.cmbFontName = new Common.UI.ComboBoxFonts({ + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuCls: 'scrollable-menu', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 325px;', + hint: me.tipFontName, + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + store: new Common.Collections.Fonts() + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.cmbFontName); + + me.cmbFontSize = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ + cls: 'input-group-nr', + menuStyle: 'min-width: 55px;', + hint: me.tipFontSize, + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + data: [ + {value: 8, displayValue: "8"}, + {value: 9, displayValue: "9"}, + {value: 10, displayValue: "10"}, + {value: 11, displayValue: "11"}, + {value: 12, displayValue: "12"}, + {value: 14, displayValue: "14"}, + {value: 16, displayValue: "16"}, + {value: 18, displayValue: "18"}, + {value: 20, displayValue: "20"}, + {value: 22, displayValue: "22"}, + {value: 24, displayValue: "24"}, + {value: 26, displayValue: "26"}, + {value: 28, displayValue: "28"}, + {value: 36, displayValue: "36"}, + {value: 48, displayValue: "48"}, + {value: 72, displayValue: "72"} ] - }) - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnHorizontalAlign); + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.cmbFontSize); - me.btnVerticalAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-valign', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected, _set.noObjectSelected], - iconCls : 'btn-align-middle', - icls : 'btn-align-middle', - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption : me.textAlignTop, - iconCls : 'mnu-align-top', - icls : 'btn-align-top', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'valignGroup', - value : Asc.c_oAscVAlign.Top - }, - { - caption : me.textAlignMiddle, - iconCls : 'mnu-align-middle', - icls : 'btn-align-middle', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'valignGroup', - value : Asc.c_oAscVAlign.Center, - checked : true - }, - { - caption : me.textAlignBottom, - iconCls : 'mnu-align-bottom', - icls : 'btn-align-bottom', - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'valignGroup', - value : Asc.c_oAscVAlign.Bottom - } - ] - }) - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnVerticalAlign); + me.btnBold = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-bold', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-bold', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + enableToggle: true + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnBold); - me.btnDecLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-decoffset', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-decoffset', - lock : [_set.decIndentLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnDecLeftOffset); + me.btnItalic = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-italic', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-italic', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + enableToggle: true + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnItalic); - me.btnIncLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-incoffset', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-incoffset', - lock : [_set.incIndentLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnIncLeftOffset); + me.btnUnderline = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-underline', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-underline', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + enableToggle: true + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnUnderline); - me.btnLineSpace = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-linespace', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-linespace', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'min-width: 60px;', - items: [ - { caption: '1.0', value: 1.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize' }, - { caption: '1.15', value: 1.15, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize' }, - { caption: '1.5', value: 1.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize' }, - { caption: '2.0', value: 2.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize' }, - { caption: '2.5', value: 2.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize' }, - { caption: '3.0', value: 3.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize' } - ] - }) - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnLineSpace); + me.btnStrikeout = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-strikeout', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-strikeout', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + enableToggle: true + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnStrikeout); - me.btnInsertTable = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'tlbtn-inserttable', - cls : 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls : 'btn-inserttable', - caption : me.capInsertTable, - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { template: _.template('
            ') }, - { caption: me.mniCustomTable, value: 'custom' } - ] - }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnInsertTable); + me.btnSuperscript = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-superscript', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-superscript', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock, _set.inEquation], + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'superscriptGroup' + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnSuperscript); - me.btnInsertChart = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'tlbtn-insertchart', - cls : 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls : 'btn-insertchart', - caption : me.capInsertChart, - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - style: 'width: 435px;', - items: [ - { template: _.template('') } - ] - }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnInsertChart); + me.btnSubscript = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-subscript', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-subscript', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock, _set.inEquation], + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'superscriptGroup' + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnSubscript); - me.btnInsertEquation = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'tlbtn-insertequation', - cls : 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls : 'btn-insertequation', - caption : me.capInsertEquation, - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - split : true, - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({cls: 'menu-shapes'}) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(this.btnInsertEquation); + me.btnFontColor = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-fontcolor', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-fontcolor', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noTextSelected, _set.shapeLock], + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {template: _.template('
            ')}, + {template: _.template('' + me.textNewColor + '')} + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnFontColor); - me.btnInsertHyperlink = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'tlbtn-insertlink', - cls : 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls : 'btn-inserthyperlink', - caption : me.capInsertHyperlink, - lock : [_set.hyperlinkLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] - }); - me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnInsertHyperlink); + me.btnClearStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-clearstyle', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-clearstyle', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnClearStyle); - me.btnInsertTextArt = new Common.UI.Button({ - id: 'tlbtn-inserttextart', - cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', - iconCls: 'btn-textart', - caption: me.capInsertTextArt, - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'menu-shapes', - items: [ - {template: _.template('
            ')} - ] - }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnInsertTextArt); + me.btnCopyStyle = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-copystyle', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-copystyle', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected, _set.disableOnStart], + enableToggle: true + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnCopyStyle); - me.btnColorSchemas = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-colorschemas', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-colorschemas', - lock : [_set.themeLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items : [], - maxHeight : 560, - restoreHeight: 560 - }).on('show:before', function(mnu) { + me.btnMarkers = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-markers', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-setmarkers', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'markersGroup', + split: true, + menu: true + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnMarkers); + + me.btnNumbers = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-numbering', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-numbering', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], + enableToggle: true, + toggleGroup: 'markersGroup', + split: true, + menu: true + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnNumbers); + + var clone = function (source) { + var obj = {}; + for (var prop in source) + obj[prop] = (typeof(source[prop]) == 'object') ? clone(source[prop]) : source[prop]; + return obj; + }; + + this.mnuMarkersPicker = { + conf: {index: 0}, + selectByIndex: function (idx) { + this.conf.index = idx; + } + }; + this.mnuNumbersPicker = clone(this.mnuMarkersPicker); + + me.btnHorizontalAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-halign', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-left', + icls: 'btn-align-left', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: me.textAlignLeft + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+L'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-left', + icls: 'btn-align-left', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + checked: true, + value: 1 + }, + { + caption: me.textAlignCenter + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+E'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-center', + icls: 'btn-align-center', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + value: 2 + }, + { + caption: me.textAlignRight + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+R'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-right', + icls: 'btn-align-right', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + value: 0 + }, + { + caption: me.textAlignJust + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+J'), + iconCls: 'mnu-align-just', + icls: 'btn-align-just', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'halignGroup', + value: 3 + } + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnHorizontalAlign); + + me.btnVerticalAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-valign', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected, _set.noObjectSelected], + iconCls: 'btn-align-middle', + icls: 'btn-align-middle', + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: me.textAlignTop, + iconCls: 'mnu-align-top', + icls: 'btn-align-top', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'valignGroup', + value: Asc.c_oAscVAlign.Top + }, + { + caption: me.textAlignMiddle, + iconCls: 'mnu-align-middle', + icls: 'btn-align-middle', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'valignGroup', + value: Asc.c_oAscVAlign.Center, + checked: true + }, + { + caption: me.textAlignBottom, + iconCls: 'mnu-align-bottom', + icls: 'btn-align-bottom', + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'valignGroup', + value: Asc.c_oAscVAlign.Bottom + } + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnVerticalAlign); + + me.btnDecLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-decoffset', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-decoffset', + lock: [_set.decIndentLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnDecLeftOffset); + + me.btnIncLeftOffset = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-incoffset', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-incoffset', + lock: [_set.incIndentLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnIncLeftOffset); + + me.btnLineSpace = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-linespace', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-linespace', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'min-width: 60px;', + items: [ + {caption: '1.0', value: 1.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '1.15', value: 1.15, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '1.5', value: 1.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '2.0', value: 2.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '2.5', value: 2.5, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'}, + {caption: '3.0', value: 3.0, checkable: true, toggleGroup: 'linesize'} + ] + }) + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnLineSpace); + + me.btnInsertTable = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-inserttable', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-inserttable', + caption: me.capInsertTable, + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + {template: _.template('
            ')}, + {caption: me.mniCustomTable, value: 'custom'} + ] + }) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnInsertTable); + + me.btnInsertChart = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertchart', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-insertchart', + caption: me.capInsertChart, + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + style: 'width: 435px;', + items: [ + {template: _.template('')} + ] + }) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnInsertChart); + + me.btnInsertEquation = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertequation', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-insertequation', + caption: me.capInsertEquation, + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + split: true, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({cls: 'menu-shapes'}) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(this.btnInsertEquation); + + me.btnInsertHyperlink = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-insertlink', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-inserthyperlink', + caption: me.capInsertHyperlink, + lock: [_set.hyperlinkLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.paragraphLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noParagraphSelected] + }); + me.paragraphControls.push(me.btnInsertHyperlink); + + me.btnInsertTextArt = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'tlbtn-inserttextart', + cls: 'btn-toolbar x-huge icon-top', + iconCls: 'btn-textart', + caption: me.capInsertTextArt, + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'menu-shapes', + items: [ + {template: _.template('
            ')} + ] + }) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnInsertTextArt); + + me.btnColorSchemas = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-colorschemas', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-colorschemas', + lock: [_set.themeLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [], + maxHeight: 560, + restoreHeight: 560 + }).on('show:before', function (mnu) { this.scroller = new Common.UI.Scroller({ el: $(this.el).find('.dropdown-menu '), - useKeyboard: this.enableKeyEvents && !this.handleSelect, - minScrollbarLength : 40, - alwaysVisibleY: true - }); + useKeyboard: this.enableKeyEvents && !this.handleSelect, + minScrollbarLength: 40, + alwaysVisibleY: true + }); }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnColorSchemas); + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnColorSchemas); - me.btnHide = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-hidebars', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-hidebars no-mask', - lock : [_set.menuFileOpen, _set.slideDeleted, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : true - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnHide); + me.btnShapeAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-shape-align', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-align-shape', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.shapeLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noObjectSelected, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: me.textShapeAlignLeft, + iconCls: 'mnu-shape-align-left', + value: Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_LEFT + }, + { + caption: me.textShapeAlignCenter, + iconCls: 'mnu-shape-align-center', + value: Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_CENTER + }, + { + caption: me.textShapeAlignRight, + iconCls: 'mnu-shape-align-right', + value: Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_RIGHT + }, + { + caption: me.textShapeAlignTop, + iconCls: 'mnu-shape-align-top', + value: Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_TOP + }, + { + caption: me.textShapeAlignMiddle, + iconCls: 'mnu-shape-align-middle', + value: Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_MIDDLE + }, + { + caption: me.textShapeAlignBottom, + iconCls: 'mnu-shape-align-bottom', + value: Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_BOTTOM + }, + {caption: '--'}, + { + caption: me.txtDistribHor, + iconCls: 'mnu-distrib-hor', + value: 6 + }, + { + caption: me.txtDistribVert, + iconCls: 'mnu-distrib-vert', + value: 7 + } + ] + }) + }); + me.shapeControls.push(me.btnShapeAlign); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnShapeAlign); - this.btnFitPage = { - conf: {checked:false}, - setChecked: function(val) { this.conf.checked = val;}, - isChecked: function () { return this.conf.checked; } - }; - this.btnFitWidth = clone(this.btnFitPage); - this.mnuZoom = {options: {value: 100}}; + me.btnShapeArrange = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-shape-arrange', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-arrange-shape', + lock: [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noObjectSelected, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: me.textArrangeFront, + iconCls: 'mnu-arrange-front', + value: 1 + }, + { + caption: me.textArrangeBack, + iconCls: 'mnu-arrange-back', + value: 2 + }, + { + caption: me.textArrangeForward, + iconCls: 'mnu-arrange-forward', + value: 3 + }, + { + caption: me.textArrangeBackward, + iconCls: 'mnu-arrange-backward', + value: 4 + }, + {caption: '--'}, + me.mnuGroupShapes = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.txtGroup, + iconCls: 'mnu-group', + value: 5 + }), + me.mnuUnGroupShapes = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.txtUngroup, + iconCls: 'mnu-ungroup', + value: 6 + }) + ] + }) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnShapeArrange); - me.btnAdvSettings = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-settings', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-settings no-mask', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.disableOnStart] - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnAdvSettings); + me.btnSlideSize = new Common.UI.Button({ + id: 'id-toolbar-btn-slide-size', + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: 'btn-slidesize', + lock: [_set.docPropsLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.disableOnStart], + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { + caption: me.mniSlideStandard, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'slidesize', + value: 0 + }, + { + caption: me.mniSlideWide, + checkable: true, + toggleGroup: 'slidesize', + value: 1 + }, + {caption: '--'}, + { + caption: me.mniSlideAdvanced, + value: 'advanced' + } + ] + }) + }); + me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnSlideSize); - me.btnShapeAlign = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-shape-align', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-align-shape', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.shapeLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noObjectSelected, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption : me.textShapeAlignLeft, - iconCls : 'mnu-shape-align-left', - value : Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_LEFT - }, - { - caption : me.textShapeAlignCenter, - iconCls : 'mnu-shape-align-center', - value : Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_CENTER - }, - { - caption : me.textShapeAlignRight, - iconCls : 'mnu-shape-align-right', - value : Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_RIGHT - }, - { - caption : me.textShapeAlignTop, - iconCls : 'mnu-shape-align-top', - value : Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_TOP - }, - { - caption : me.textShapeAlignMiddle, - iconCls : 'mnu-shape-align-middle', - value : Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_MIDDLE - }, - { - caption : me.textShapeAlignBottom, - iconCls : 'mnu-shape-align-bottom', - value : Asc.c_oAscAlignShapeType.ALIGN_BOTTOM - }, - {caption: '--' }, - { - caption : me.txtDistribHor, - iconCls : 'mnu-distrib-hor', - value : 6 - }, - { - caption : me.txtDistribVert, - iconCls : 'mnu-distrib-vert', - value : 7 + me.listTheme = new Common.UI.ComboDataView({ + cls: 'combo-styles', + itemWidth: 85, + enableKeyEvents: true, + itemHeight: 38, + lock: [_set.themeLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides], + beforeOpenHandler: function (e) { + var cmp = this, + menu = cmp.openButton.menu, + minMenuColumn = 6; + + if (menu.cmpEl) { + var itemEl = $(cmp.cmpEl.find('.dataview.inner .style').get(0)).parent(); + var itemMargin = /*parseInt($(itemEl.get(0)).parent().css('margin-right'))*/-1; + var itemWidth = itemEl.is(':visible') ? parseInt(itemEl.css('width')) : + (cmp.itemWidth + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-left')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-right')) + + parseInt(itemEl.css('border-left-width')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('border-right-width'))); + + var minCount = cmp.menuPicker.store.length >= minMenuColumn ? minMenuColumn : cmp.menuPicker.store.length, + columnCount = Math.min(cmp.menuPicker.store.length, Math.round($('.dataview', $(cmp.fieldPicker.el)).width() / (itemMargin + itemWidth) + 0.5)); + + columnCount = columnCount < minCount ? minCount : columnCount; + menu.menuAlignEl = cmp.cmpEl; + + menu.menuAlign = 'tl-tl'; + var offset = cmp.cmpEl.width() - cmp.openButton.$el.width() - columnCount * (itemMargin + itemWidth) - 1; + menu.setOffset(Math.min(offset, 0)); + + menu.cmpEl.css({ + 'width': columnCount * (itemWidth + itemMargin), + 'min-height': cmp.cmpEl.height() + }); } - ] - }) - }); - me.shapeControls.push(me.btnShapeAlign); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnShapeAlign); - me.btnShapeArrange = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-shape-arrange', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-arrange-shape', - lock : [_set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides, _set.noObjectSelected, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption : me.textArrangeFront, - iconCls : 'mnu-arrange-front', - value : 1 - }, - { - caption : me.textArrangeBack, - iconCls : 'mnu-arrange-back', - value : 2 - }, - { - caption : me.textArrangeForward, - iconCls : 'mnu-arrange-forward', - value : 3 - }, - { - caption : me.textArrangeBackward, - iconCls : 'mnu-arrange-backward', - value : 4 - }, - {caption: '--' }, - me.mnuGroupShapes = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.txtGroup, - iconCls: 'mnu-group', - value: 5 - }), - me.mnuUnGroupShapes = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: me.txtUngroup, - iconCls: 'mnu-ungroup', - value: 6 - }) - ] - }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnShapeArrange ); - - me.btnSlideSize = new Common.UI.Button({ - id : 'id-toolbar-btn-slide-size', - cls : 'btn-toolbar', - iconCls : 'btn-slidesize', - lock : [_set.docPropsLock, _set.slideDeleted, _set.lostConnect, _set.disableOnStart], - menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ - items: [ - { - caption : me.mniSlideStandard, - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'slidesize', - value : 0 - }, - { - caption : me.mniSlideWide, - checkable : true, - toggleGroup : 'slidesize', - value : 1 - }, - {caption: '--'}, - { - caption : me.mniSlideAdvanced, - value : 'advanced' + if (cmp.menuPicker.scroller) { + cmp.menuPicker.scroller.update({ + includePadding: true, + suppressScrollX: true + }); } - ] - }) - }); - me.slideOnlyControls.push(me.btnSlideSize); - - me.listTheme = new Common.UI.ComboDataView({ - cls : 'combo-styles', - itemWidth : 85, - enableKeyEvents: true, - itemHeight : 38, - hint: this.tipSlideTheme, - lock: [_set.themeLock, _set.lostConnect, _set.noSlides], - beforeOpenHandler: function(e) { - var cmp = this, - menu = cmp.openButton.menu, - minMenuColumn = 6; - - if (menu.cmpEl) { - var itemEl = $(cmp.cmpEl.find('.dataview.inner .style').get(0)).parent(); - var itemMargin = /*parseInt($(itemEl.get(0)).parent().css('margin-right'))*/-1; - var itemWidth = itemEl.is(':visible') ? parseInt(itemEl.css('width')) : - (cmp.itemWidth + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-left')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('padding-right')) + - parseInt(itemEl.css('border-left-width')) + parseInt(itemEl.css('border-right-width'))); - - var minCount = cmp.menuPicker.store.length >= minMenuColumn ? minMenuColumn : cmp.menuPicker.store.length, - columnCount = Math.min(cmp.menuPicker.store.length, Math.round($('.dataview', $(cmp.fieldPicker.el)).width() / (itemMargin + itemWidth) + 0.5)); - - columnCount = columnCount < minCount ? minCount : columnCount; - menu.menuAlignEl = cmp.cmpEl; - - menu.menuAlign = 'tl-tl'; - var offset = cmp.cmpEl.width() - cmp.openButton.$el.width() - columnCount * (itemMargin + itemWidth) - 1; - menu.setOffset(Math.min(offset, 0)); - - menu.cmpEl.css({ - 'width' : columnCount * (itemWidth + itemMargin), - 'min-height': cmp.cmpEl.height() - }); } + }); - if (cmp.menuPicker.scroller) { - cmp.menuPicker.scroller.update({ - includePadding: true, - suppressScrollX: true - }); + me.listTheme.fieldPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ + '
            ', + '
            ', + '
            ' + ].join('')); + me.listTheme.menuPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ + '
            ', + '
            ', + '
            ' + ].join('')); + + this.lockControls = [this.btnChangeSlide, this.btnSave, + this.btnCopy, this.btnPaste, this.btnUndo, this.btnRedo, this.cmbFontName, this.cmbFontSize, + this.btnBold, this.btnItalic, this.btnUnderline, this.btnStrikeout, this.btnSuperscript, + this.btnSubscript, this.btnFontColor, this.btnClearStyle, this.btnCopyStyle, this.btnMarkers, + this.btnNumbers, this.btnDecLeftOffset, this.btnIncLeftOffset, this.btnLineSpace, this.btnHorizontalAlign, + this.btnVerticalAlign, this.btnShapeArrange, this.btnShapeAlign, this.btnInsertTable, this.btnInsertChart, + this.btnInsertEquation, this.btnInsertHyperlink, this.btnColorSchemas, this.btnSlideSize, this.listTheme, this.mnuShowSettings + ]; + + // Disable all components before load document + _.each([me.btnSave] + .concat(me.paragraphControls), + function (cmp) { + if (_.isFunction(cmp.setDisabled)) + cmp.setDisabled(true); + }); + this.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.disableOnStart, true, {array: me.slideOnlyControls.concat(me.shapeControls)}); + this.on('render:after', _.bind(this.onToolbarAfterRender, this)); + } else { + Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.initialize.call(this, { + template: _.template(template_view), + tabs: [ + {caption: me.textTabFile, action: 'file', haspanel:false} + ] } - } - }); + ); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('tab:visible', _.bind(function(action, visible){ + if (action=='plugins' && visible) { + var compactview = false; + if ( Common.localStorage.itemExists("pe-compact-toolbar") ) { + compactview = Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-compact-toolbar"); + } else if ( config.customization && config.customization.compactToolbar ) + compactview = true; - me.listTheme.fieldPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ - '
            ', - '
            ', - '
            ' - ].join('')); - me.listTheme.menuPicker.itemTemplate = _.template([ - '
            ', - '
            ', - '
            ' - ].join('')); - - this.lockControls = [ this.btnChangeSlide, this.btnSave, - this.btnCopy, this.btnPaste, this.btnUndo, this.btnRedo, this.cmbFontName, this.cmbFontSize, - this.btnBold, this.btnItalic, this.btnUnderline, this.btnStrikeout, this.btnSuperscript, - this.btnSubscript, this.btnFontColor, this.btnClearStyle, this.btnCopyStyle, this.btnMarkers, - this.btnNumbers, this.btnDecLeftOffset, this.btnIncLeftOffset, this.btnLineSpace, this.btnHorizontalAlign, - this.btnVerticalAlign, this.btnShapeArrange, this.btnShapeAlign, this.btnInsertTable, this.btnInsertChart, - this.btnInsertEquation, this.btnInsertHyperlink, this.btnColorSchemas, this.btnSlideSize, this.listTheme, this.mnuShowSettings - ]; - - // Disable all components before load document - _.each([me.btnSave] - .concat(me.paragraphControls), - function(cmp) { - if (_.isFunction(cmp.setDisabled)) - cmp.setDisabled(true); - }); - this.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.disableOnStart, true, {array: me.slideOnlyControls.concat(me.shapeControls)}); - - this.on('render:after', _.bind(this.onToolbarAfterRender, this)); + if (!compactview) { + me.setFolded(false); + me.setTab('plugins'); + me.fireEvent('view:compact', [me, compactview]); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'toolbar'); + } + } + }, this)); + } return this; }, @@ -897,40 +872,41 @@ define([ } else { me.$layout.find('.canedit').hide(); me.$layout.addClass('folded'); - me.$el.html(me.$layout); } this.fireEvent('render:after', [this]); Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.afterRender.call(this); - Common.NotificationCenter.on({ 'window:resize': function() { Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.onResize.apply(me, arguments); } }); - if ( me.isCompactView ) - me.setFolded(true); else + if ( mode.isEdit ) me.setTab('home'); + if ( me.isCompactView ) + me.setFolded(true); + return this; }, onTabClick: function (e) { - var tab = $(e.target).data('tab'), - me = this; + var me = this, + tab = $(e.currentTarget).find('> a[data-tab]').data('tab'), + is_file_active = me.isTabActive('file'); - if ( !me.isTabActive(tab) ) { - if ( tab == 'file' ) { - me.fireEvent('file:open'); - } else - if ( me.isTabActive('file') ) - me.fireEvent('file:close'); + Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.onTabClick.apply(me, arguments); + + if ( is_file_active ) { + me.fireEvent('file:close'); + } else + if ( tab == 'file' ) { + me.fireEvent('file:open'); + me.setTab(tab); } - - Common.UI.Mixtbar.prototype.onTabClick.apply(this, arguments); }, rendererComponents: function (html) { @@ -979,11 +955,9 @@ define([ _injectComponent('#slot-btn-colorschemas', this.btnColorSchemas); _injectComponent('#slot-btn-slidesize', this.btnSlideSize); _injectComponent('#slot-field-styles', this.listTheme); - _injectComponent('#slot-btn-hidebars', this.btnHide); - _injectComponent('#slot-btn-settings', this.btnAdvSettings); function _injectBtns(opts) { - var array = new buttonsArray; + var array = createButtonSet(); var $slots = $host.find(opts.slot); var id = opts.btnconfig.id; $slots.each(function(index, el) { @@ -992,7 +966,7 @@ define([ var button = new Common.UI.Button(opts.btnconfig); button.render( $slots.eq(index) ); - array.push(button); + array.add(button); }); return array; @@ -1044,7 +1018,7 @@ define([ iconCls : 'btn-addslide', split : true, caption : me.capAddSlide, - lock : [PE.enumLock.menuFileOpen, PE.enumLock.slideDeleted, PE.enumLock.lostConnect, PE.enumLock.disableOnStart], + lock : [PE.enumLock.menuFileOpen, PE.enumLock.lostConnect, PE.enumLock.disableOnStart], menu : true } }); @@ -1141,8 +1115,6 @@ define([ this.btnInsertHyperlink.updateHint(this.tipInsertHyperlink + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+K')); this.btnInsertTextArt.updateHint(this.tipInsertTextArt); this.btnColorSchemas.updateHint(this.tipColorSchemas); - this.btnHide.updateHint(this.tipViewSettings); - this.btnAdvSettings.updateHint(this.tipAdvSettings); this.btnShapeAlign.updateHint(this.tipShapeAlign); this.btnShapeArrange.updateHint(this.tipShapeArrange); this.btnSlideSize.updateHint(this.tipSlideSize); @@ -1151,66 +1123,6 @@ define([ var me = this; - this.btnHide.setMenu( - new Common.UI.Menu({ - cls: 'pull-right', - style: 'min-width: 180px;', - items: [ - this.mnuitemCompactToolbar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textCompactView, - checkable: true, - checked: me.isCompactView - }), - this.mnuitemHideStatusBar = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textHideStatusBar, - checkable: true - }), - this.mnuitemHideRulers = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textHideLines, - checkable: true - }), - {caption: '--'}, - this.btnFitPage = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textFitPage, - checkable: true, - checked: this.btnFitPage.isChecked() - }), - this.btnFitWidth = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - caption: this.textFitWidth, - checkable: true, - checked: this.btnFitWidth.isChecked() - }), - this.mnuZoom = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - template: _.template([ - '' - ].join('')), - stopPropagation: true, - value: this.mnuZoom.options.value - }) - ] - }) - ); - if (this.mode.canBrandingExt && this.mode.customization && this.mode.customization.statusBar === false) - this.mnuitemHideStatusBar.hide(); - - this.mnuZoomOut = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('#id-menu-zoom-out'), - cls: 'btn-toolbar' - }); - this.mnuZoomIn = new Common.UI.Button({ - el: $('#id-menu-zoom-in'), - cls: 'btn-toolbar' - }); - this.btnMarkers.setMenu( new Common.UI.Menu({ style: 'min-width: 139px', @@ -1375,22 +1287,11 @@ define([ me.mnuChangeSlidePicker._needRecalcSlideLayout = true; }); - this.mnuitemHideStatusBar.setChecked(Common.localStorage.getBool('pe-hidden-status'), true); - this.mnuitemHideRulers.setChecked(Common.localStorage.getBool("pe-hidden-rulers", true), true); - // // Enable none paragraph components this.lockToolbar(PE.enumLock.disableOnStart, false, {array: this.slideOnlyControls.concat(this.shapeControls)}); - var btnsave = PE.getController('LeftMenu').getView('LeftMenu').getMenu('file').getButton('save'); - if (btnsave && this.btnsSave) { - this.btnsSave.push(btnsave); - this.lockControls.push(btnsave); - btnsave.setDisabled(this.btnsSave[0].isDisabled()); - } - /** coauthoring begin **/ this.showSynchTip = !Common.localStorage.getBool('pe-hide-synch'); - this.needShowSynchTip = false; if (this.needShowSynchTip) { this.needShowSynchTip = false; @@ -1511,7 +1412,7 @@ define([ /** coauthoring begin **/ onCollaborativeChanges: function () { if (this._state.hasCollaborativeChanges) return; - if (!this.btnSave.rendered) { + if (!this.btnCollabChanges.rendered) { this.needShowSynchTip = true; return; } @@ -1523,59 +1424,48 @@ define([ } this._state.hasCollaborativeChanges = true; - var iconEl = $('.icon', this.btnSave.cmpEl); - iconEl.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls); - iconEl.addClass('btn-synch'); + this.btnCollabChanges.$icon.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls).addClass('btn-synch'); if (this.showSynchTip) { - this.btnSave.updateHint(''); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(''); if (this.synchTooltip === undefined) this.createSynchTip(); this.synchTooltip.show(); } else { - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); } - this.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(false); - } - }); + this.btnSave.setDisabled(false); Common.Gateway.collaborativeChanges(); }, createSynchTip: function () { this.synchTooltip = new Common.UI.SynchronizeTip({ - target: $('#id-toolbar-btn-save') + extCls: this.mode.isDesktopApp ? 'inc-index' : undefined, + target: this.btnCollabChanges.$el }); this.synchTooltip.on('dontshowclick', function () { this.showSynchTip = false; this.synchTooltip.hide(); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); Common.localStorage.setItem("pe-hide-synch", 1); }, this); this.synchTooltip.on('closeclick', function () { this.synchTooltip.hide(); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.tipSynchronize + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S')); }, this); }, synchronizeChanges: function () { - if (this.btnSave.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', this.btnSave.cmpEl), - me = this; + if (this.btnCollabChanges.rendered) { + var me = this; - if (iconEl.hasClass('btn-synch')) { - iconEl.removeClass('btn-synch'); - iconEl.addClass(this.btnSaveCls); + if ( me.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch') ) { + me.btnCollabChanges.$icon.removeClass('btn-synch').addClass(this.btnSaveCls); if (this.synchTooltip) this.synchTooltip.hide(); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); - this.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(!me.mode.forcesave); - } - }); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); + this.btnSave.setDisabled(!me.mode.forcesave); this._state.hasCollaborativeChanges = false; } @@ -1591,14 +1481,12 @@ define([ var length = _.size(editusers); var cls = (length > 1) ? 'btn-save-coauth' : 'btn-save'; - if (cls !== this.btnSaveCls && this.btnSave.rendered) { + if (cls !== this.btnSaveCls && this.btnCollabChanges.rendered) { this.btnSaveTip = ((length > 1) ? this.tipSaveCoauth : this.tipSave ) + Common.Utils.String.platformKey('Ctrl+S'); - var iconEl = $('.icon', this.btnSave.cmpEl); - if (!iconEl.hasClass('btn-synch')) { - iconEl.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls); - iconEl.addClass(cls); - this.btnSave.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); + if ( !this.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch') ) { + this.btnCollabChanges.$icon.removeClass(this.btnSaveCls).addClass(cls); + this.btnCollabChanges.updateHint(this.btnSaveTip); } this.btnSaveCls = cls; } @@ -1769,9 +1657,9 @@ define([ tipIncPrLeft: 'Increase Indent', tipLineSpace: 'Line Spacing', tipInsertTable: 'Insert Table', - tipInsertImage: 'Insert Picture', - mniImageFromFile: 'Picture from file', - mniImageFromUrl: 'Picture from url', + tipInsertImage: 'Insert Image', + mniImageFromFile: 'Image from file', + mniImageFromUrl: 'Image from url', mniCustomTable: 'Insert Custom Table', tipInsertHyperlink: 'Add Hyperlink', tipInsertText: 'Insert Text', @@ -1804,15 +1692,6 @@ define([ mniSlideWide: 'Widescreen (16:9)', mniSlideAdvanced: 'Advanced Settings', tipSlideSize: 'Select Slide Size', - tipViewSettings: 'View Settings', - tipAdvSettings: 'Advanced Settings', - textCompactView: 'Hide Toolbar', - textHideTitleBar: 'Hide Title Bar', - textHideStatusBar: 'Hide Status Bar', - textHideLines: 'Hide Rulers', - textFitPage: 'Fit to Slide', - textFitWidth: 'Fit to Width', - textZoom: 'Zoom', tipInsertChart: 'Insert Chart', textLine: 'Line', textColumn: 'Column', @@ -1853,7 +1732,7 @@ define([ tipChangeChart: 'Change Chart Type', capInsertText: 'Text', capInsertTextArt: 'Text Art', - capInsertImage: 'Picture', + capInsertImage: 'Image', capInsertShape: 'Shape', capInsertTable: 'Table', capInsertChart: 'Chart', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js index e1be9b2d2..62652613f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app/view/Viewport.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * View for viewport * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 26 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -86,13 +86,19 @@ define([ this.vlayout = new Common.UI.VBoxLayout({ box: $container, items: [{ - el: items[0], - height: Common.localStorage.getBool('pe-compact-toolbar') ? 32 : 32+67 + el: $container.find('> .layout-item#app-title').hide(), + alias: 'title', + height: Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('document-title-height') }, { el: items[1], - stretch: true + alias: 'toolbar', + height: Common.localStorage.getBool('pe-compact-toolbar') ? + Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-compact') : Common.Utils.InternalSettings.get('toolbar-height-normal') }, { el: items[2], + stretch: true + }, { + el: items[3], height: 25 }] }); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.js index d23302912..e7fbad44b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 26 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -181,6 +181,7 @@ require([ 'common/main/lib/controller/ExternalDiagramEditor' ,'common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges' ,'common/main/lib/controller/Protection' + ,'common/main/lib/controller/Desktop' ], function() { window.compareVersions = true; app.start(); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.reporter.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.reporter.js index 95d58fdc3..75d204e7a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.reporter.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/app_dev.reporter.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Maxim.Kadushkin on 17 July 2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html index ec74ec7ae..340badc67 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.html @@ -261,6 +261,11 @@ + + + + + + + + + +
            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html index d6f5525b7..332a66b91 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ - + ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html.deploy b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html.deploy index 8f7fca68c..10d9bc0dd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html.deploy +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/index.reporter.html.deploy @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ - + ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json index 49812e1d9..2d1073623 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/cs.json @@ -875,7 +875,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Zde zadejte popisek", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Externí odkaz", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Slide In This Presentation", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Typ odkazu", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Text rady", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Nastavení hypertextového odkazu", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Toto pole je povinné", @@ -1282,12 +1281,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Zrušit", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Grafy", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Sloupec", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Skrýt panel nástrojů", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Přizpůsobit snímku", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Přizpůsobit šířce", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Schovat pravítka", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Skrýt stavový řádek", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Skrýt lištu s nadpisem", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Kurzíva", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Čára", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Vlastní barva", @@ -1314,9 +1307,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Vložit", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Chyba", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podtržení", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Přiblížit", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Přidat snímek", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Pokročilé nastavení", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Zpět", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Změnit typ grafu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Change Slide Layout", @@ -1329,7 +1320,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Velikost písma", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontální zarovnání", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Skrýt lištu s nadpisem & Stavový řádek", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Zvětšit odsazení", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Vložit graf", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Vložit rovnici", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json index 030978885..65b5e3ea5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/de.json @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Speichern und beenden", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Diagramm bearbeiten", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Das Dokument wird gerade von mehreren Benutzern bearbeitet.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Erweiterte Einstellungen", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Zu Dokumenten übergehen", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Symbolleiste ausblenden", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Lineale verbergen", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Statusleiste verbergen", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Speicherung...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Verändert", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Alle Änderungen sind gespeichert", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Alle Änderungen sind gespeichert", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Zoom", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Zugriffsrechte für das Dokument verwalten", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Datei herunterladen", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Aktuelle Datei bearbeiten", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Datei drucken", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Wiederholen", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Speichern", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Rückgängig machen", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Ansichts-Einstellungen", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Benutzer ansehen und Zugriffsrechte für das Dokument verwalten", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Zugriffsrechte ändern", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Umbenennen", @@ -100,10 +109,10 @@ "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.textInvalidRowsCols": "Sie müssen eine gültige Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten angeben.", - "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtColumns": "Anzahl von Spalten\t", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtColumns": "Anzahl von Spalten", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMaxText": "Der maximale Wert für dieses Feld ist {0}.", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtMinText": "Der minimale Wert für dieses Feld ist {0}.", - "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "Anzahl von Zeilen\t", + "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtRows": "Anzahl von Zeilen", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitle": "Größe der Tabelle", "Common.Views.InsertTableDialog.txtTitleSplit": "Zelle teilen", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnCancel": "Abbrechen", @@ -115,11 +124,12 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Verschlüsselung", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Kennwort ist falsch.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Kennwort", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Sobald Sie das Passwort eingegeben und die Datei geöffnet haben, wird das aktuelle Passwort für die Datei zurückgesetzt.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "%1-Optionen wählen", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Geschützte Datei", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Zum Öffnen dieses Dokuments ist ein Passwort erforderlich", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Legen Sie ein Passwort fest, um dieses Dokument zu schützen", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Bestätigungseingabe ist nicht identisch", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Kennwort", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Kennwort wiederholen", @@ -139,7 +149,7 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Verschlüsseln", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Fügen Sie eine digitale Signatur hinzu", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Signatur", - "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Signaturzeile", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Signaturzeile hinzufügen", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Abbrechen", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Dateiname", @@ -192,6 +202,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Name des Signaturgebers eingeben", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Kursiv", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Zweck der Signierung dieses Dokuments", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Wählen", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Bild auswählen", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Wie sieht Signatur aus:", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Dokument signieren", @@ -225,8 +236,9 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorAccessDeny": "Sie haben versucht die Änderungen im Dokument, zu dem Sie keine Berechtigungen haben, vorzunehemen.
            Wenden Sie sich an Ihren Serveradministrator.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL des Bildes ist falsch", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Verbindung zum Server verloren. Das Dokument kann momentan nicht bearbeitet werden.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen, oder richten Sie an Ihren Administrator.
            Wann Sie auf den Button \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert das Dokument herunterzuladen.

            Mehr Information zur Verbindung des Dokument Servers finden Sie hier", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen oder wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator.
            Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert das Dokument herunterzuladen.

            Mehr Informationen über die Verbindung zum Dokumentenserver finden Sie hier", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externer Fehler.
            Fehler beim Verbinden zur Datenbank. Bitte wenden Sie sich an den Kundendienst, falls der Fehler bestehen bleibt.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Änderungen wurden verschlüsselt. Sie können nicht entschlüsselt werden.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Falscher Datenbereich.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Fehlercode: %1", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Das Dokument ist kennwortgeschützt und kann nicht geöffnet werden.", @@ -254,7 +266,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "Bilder werden geladen", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "Bild wird geladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "Bild wird geladen", - "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Präsentation wird geladen...\t", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Präsentation wird geladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Präsentation wird geladen ", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTextText": "Design wird geladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTitleText": "Laden des Designs", @@ -352,6 +364,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Folientext", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Folientitel", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Sterne & Bänder", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Leer", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Klassisch", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "Ecke", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "Punktiert", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Grün", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Linien", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Büro", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "Offiziell", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Pixel", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "Schildkröte", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "x-Achse", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "y-Achse", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Unbekannter Fehler.", @@ -363,9 +386,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Bild wird hochgeladen", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Die Anwendung hat geringe Fähigkeiten in IE9. Nutzen Sie IE10 oder höher.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Die aktuelle Zoom-Einstellung Ihres Webbrowsers wird nicht völlig unterstützt. Bitte stellen Sie die Standardeinstellung mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+0 wieder her.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Die Anzahl gleichzeitiger Verbindungen zum Document Server wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
            Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
            Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zu Dokumentenserver.
            Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, aktualisieren Sie diese Version oder erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
            Wenn Sie mehr Nutzer benötigen, achten Sie bitte darauf, dass Sie entweder Ihre derzeitige Lizenz aktualisieren oder eine kommerzielle erwerben müssen.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Die Anzahl der gleichzeitigen Benutzer wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
            Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zum Dokumentenserver.
            Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
            Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Das Recht, die Datei zu bearbeiten, wurde Ihnen verweigert.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Die Schriftart, die Sie verwenden wollen, ist auf diesem Gerät nicht verfügbar.
            Der Textstil wird mit einer der Systemschriften angezeigt, die gespeicherte Schriftart wird verwendet, wenn sie verfügbar ist.
            Wollen Sie fortsetzen?", @@ -465,7 +490,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cosh": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Kosinusfunktion", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Cot": "Umgekehrte Kotangensfunktion", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Coth": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Kotangensfunktion", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "Umgekehrte Kosekansfunktion\t", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csc": "Umgekehrte Kosekansfunktion", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Csch": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Kosekans-Funktion", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sec": "Umgekehrte Sekansfunktion", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtFunction_1_Sech": "Hyperbolische umgekehrte Sekansfunktion", @@ -506,9 +531,9 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleCenterSubSup": "Volumenintegral", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralOrientedTripleSubSup": "Volumenintegral", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralSubSup": "Integral", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "Dreifaches Integral\t", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral\t", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral\t", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTriple": "Dreifaches Integral", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleCenterSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtIntegralTripleSubSup": "Dreifaches Integral", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction": "Keil", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSub": "Keil", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLargeOperator_Conjunction_CenterSubSup": "Keil", @@ -570,7 +595,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_2": "3x2 Leere Matrix", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_3_3": "3x3 Leere Matrix", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Baseline": "Grundlinienpunkte", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Mittellinienpunkte\t", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Center": "Mittellinienpunkte", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Diagonal": "Diagonale Punkte", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Dots_Vertical": "Vertikale Punkte", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_Flat_Round": "Dünnbesetzte Matrix", @@ -641,7 +666,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_equiv": "Identisch mit", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_eta": "Eta", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_exists": "Vorhanden", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "Faktoriell\t", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_factorial": "Faktoriell", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_fahrenheit": "Grad Fahrenheit", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_forall": "Für alle", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_gamma": "Gamma", @@ -700,6 +725,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertikale Ellipse", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Folie anpassen", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Breite anpassen", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Flächen", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Balken", @@ -721,7 +748,7 @@ "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Der alternative Text", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Beschreibung", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Die alternative textbasierte Darstellung der visuellen Objektinformation, die den Menschen mit geistigen Behinderungen oder Sehbehinderungen vorgelesen wird, um besser verstehen zu können, was genau auf dem Bild, AutoForm, Diagramm oder der Tabelle dargestellt wurde.", - "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel\t", + "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.textTitle": "Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.aboveText": "Oben", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.addCommentText": "Kommentar hinzufügen", @@ -742,7 +769,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct270Text": "Text nach oben drehen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.direct90Text": "Text nach unten drehen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directHText": "Horizontal", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "Textausrichtung\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.directionText": "Textausrichtung", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.editChartText": "Daten ändern", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.editHyperlinkText": "Hyperlink bearbeiten", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.hyperlinkText": "Hyperlink", @@ -778,9 +805,12 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Ausschneiden", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Spalten verteilen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Zeilen verteilen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Aus Datei", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Aus URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Nächste Folie", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Einfügen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Vorherige Folie", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Bild ersetzen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Unten ausrichten", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Zentriert ausrichten", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Links ausrichten", @@ -809,11 +839,11 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeTheme": "Thema ändern", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "Spaltenausrichtung", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "Argumentgröße reduzieren", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "Argument löschen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "Argument löschen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteBreak": "Manuellen Umbruch löschen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteChars": "Einschlusszeichen löschen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteCharsAndSeparators": "Einschlusszeichen und Trennzeichen löschen", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Formel löschen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteEq": "Formel löschen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteGroupChar": "Zeichen löschen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteRadical": "Wurzel löschen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteSlide": "Folie löschen", @@ -841,16 +871,16 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideTopLimit": "Obergrenze verbergen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtHideVer": "Vertikale Linie verbergen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtIncreaseArg": "Argumentgröße erhöhen", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "Argument nachher einfügen\t", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "Argument vorher einfügen\t", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Manuellen Umbruch einfügen\t", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Formel nachher einfügen\t", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Formel vorher einfügen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgAfter": "Argument nachher einfügen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertArgBefore": "Argument vorher einfügen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Manuellen Umbruch einfügen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Formel nachher einfügen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Formel vorher einfügen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Nur Text beibehalten", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Grenzwerten ändern ", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Grenzen über dem Text", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Grenzen unter dem Text", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrixausrichtung", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "Neue Folie", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Linie über dem Text", @@ -860,10 +890,10 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Drücken Sie auf die STRG-Taste und klicken Sie auf den Link", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "Vorschau starten", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Bruchstrich entfernen", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Grenzwert entfernen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemLimit": "Grenzwert entfernen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveAccentChar": "Akzentzeichen entfernen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemoveBar": "Leiste entfernen", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "Skripts entfernen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemScripts": "Skripts entfernen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSubscript": "Tiefstellung entfernen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemSuperscript": "Hochstellung entfernen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtScriptsAfter": "Scripts nach dem Text", @@ -871,13 +901,13 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSelectAll": "Alle wählen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowBottomLimit": "Untere Grenze zeigen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowCloseBracket": "Schließende eckige Klammer anzeigen", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "Grad anzeigen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowDegree": "Grad anzeigen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowOpenBracket": "Öffnende eckige Klammer anzeigen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "Platzhaltertext anzeigen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "Höchstgrenze anzeigen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlide": "Folie", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlideHide": "Folie ausblenden ", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern dehnen\t", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "Eckige Klammern dehnen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "Oben", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "Linie unter dem Text ", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUngroup": "Gruppierung aufheben", @@ -980,7 +1010,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Geben Sie den QuickInfo-Text hier ein", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Externer Link", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Folie in dieser Präsentation", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Hyperlinktyp", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "QuickInfo-Text", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hyperlink-Einstellungen", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Dieses Feld ist erforderlich", @@ -1005,7 +1034,7 @@ "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Der alternative Text", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Beschreibung", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Die alternative textbasierte Darstellung der visuellen Objektinformation, die den Menschen mit geistigen Behinderungen oder Sehbehinderungen vorgelesen wird, um besser verstehen zu können, was genau auf dem Bild, AutoForm, Diagramm oder der Tabelle dargestellt wurde.", - "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel\t", + "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textHeight": "Höhe", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textKeepRatio": "Seitenverhältnis beibehalten", "PE.Views.ImageSettingsAdvanced.textOriginalSize": "Standardgröße", @@ -1038,7 +1067,7 @@ "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.noTabs": "Die festgelegten Registerkarten werden in diesem Feld erscheinen", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.okButtonText": "OK", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strAllCaps": "Alle Großbuchstaben", - "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen\t", + "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strDoubleStrike": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsFirstLine": "Erste Zeile", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsLeftText": "Links", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettingsAdvanced.strIndentsRightText": "Rechts", @@ -1118,14 +1147,14 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Der alternative Text", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Beschreibung", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Die alternative textbasierte Darstellung der visuellen Objektinformation, die den Menschen mit geistigen Behinderungen oder Sehbehinderungen vorgelesen wird, um besser verstehen zu können, was genau auf dem Bild, AutoForm, Diagramm oder der Tabelle dargestellt wurde.", - "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel\t", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textArrows": "Pfeile", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginSize": "Startgröße", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBeginStyle": "Startlinienart", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBevel": "Schräge Kante", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "Unten", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textCapType": "Abschlusstyp", - "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textColNumber": "Anzahl von Spalten\t", + "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textColNumber": "Anzahl von Spalten", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndSize": "Endgröße", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textEndStyle": "Endlinienart", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textFlat": "Flach", @@ -1318,7 +1347,7 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAlt": "Der alternative Text", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltDescription": "Beschreibung", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTip": "Die alternative textbasierte Darstellung der visuellen Objektinformation, die den Menschen mit geistigen Behinderungen oder Sehbehinderungen vorgelesen wird, um besser verstehen zu können, was genau auf dem Bild, AutoForm, Diagramm oder der Tabelle dargestellt wurde.", - "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel\t", + "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textAltTitle": "Titel", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textBottom": "Unten", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textCheckMargins": "Standardränder nutzen", "PE.Views.TableSettingsAdvanced.textDefaultMargins": "Standardränder", @@ -1357,7 +1386,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTemplate": "Vorlage", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTexture": "Aus Textur", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTile": "Kachel", - "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Transformieren\t", + "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.textTransform": "Transformieren", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtBrownPaper": "Kraftpapier", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCanvas": "Canvas", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtCarton": "Pappe", @@ -1405,12 +1434,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Abbrechen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Diagramme", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Spalte", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Symbolleiste ausblenden", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Folie anpassen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Breite anpassen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Lineale verbergen ", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Statusleiste verbergen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Titelleiste verbergen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Kursiv", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Linie", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Benutzerdefinierte Farbe", @@ -1439,9 +1462,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Schutz", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Fehler", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Unterstrichen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Folie hinzufügen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Erweiterte Einstellungen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Zurück", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Diagrammtyp ändern", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Folienlayout ändern", @@ -1454,7 +1475,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Schriftart", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Schriftgrad", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontale Ausrichtung", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Titel- und Statusleiste verbergen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Einzug vergrößern", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Diagramm einfügen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Formel einfügen", @@ -1462,7 +1482,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Bild einfügen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "AutoForm einfügen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Tabelle einfügen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Text einfügen", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Textfeld einfügen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "TextArt einfügen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Zeilenabstand", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Aufzählung", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json index 7105b1eee..e9a07a9e7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/en.json @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Save & Exit", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Chart Editor", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Document is currently being edited by several users.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Advanced settings", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Go to Documents", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Hide Toolbar", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Saving...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modified", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "All changes saved", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "All changes saved", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Zoom", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Manage document access rights", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Download file", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Edit current file", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Print file", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Redo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Save", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Undo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "View settings", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "View users and manage document access rights", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Change access rights", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Rename", @@ -115,11 +124,12 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Encoding ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Password is incorrect.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Password", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Choose %1 options", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Protected File", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "A password is required to open this document", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Set a password to protect this document", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Confirmation password is not identical", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Password", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Repeat password", @@ -139,7 +149,7 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Encrypt", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Add digital signature", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Signature", - "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Signature line", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Add signature line", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "File name", @@ -184,6 +194,14 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Spell Checking", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Track Changes", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Display Mode", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAdd": "Add", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textAddReply": "Add Reply", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textCancel": "Cancel", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textClose": "Close", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textEdit": "OK", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textOpenAgain": "Open Again", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textReply": "Reply", + "Common.Views.ReviewPopover.textResolve": "Resolve", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancel", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Bold", @@ -192,6 +210,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Input signer name", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Italic", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Purpose for signing this document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Select", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Select Image", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Signature looks as", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Sign Document", @@ -208,7 +227,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Signer Title", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instructions for Signer", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Show sign date in signature line", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Signature Settings", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Signature Setup", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Unnamed presentation", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Requesting editing rights...", @@ -227,9 +246,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Server connection lost. The document cannot be edited right now.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
            When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

            Find more information about connecting Document Server here", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
            Database connection error. Please contact support in case the error persists.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Incorrect data range.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Error code: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The document is password protected and could not be opened.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The file is password protected and cannot be opened.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "An error occurred while saving the file. Please use the 'Download as' option to save the file to your computer hard drive or try again later.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unknown key descriptor", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Key descriptor expired", @@ -352,6 +372,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Slide text", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Slide title", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stars & Ribbons", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Blank", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Classic", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "Corner", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "Dotted", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Green", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Lines", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Office", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "Official", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Pixel", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "Turtle", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X Axis", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y Axis", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Unknown error.", @@ -363,9 +394,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Uploading Image", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "The application has low capabilities on IE9. Use IE10 or higher", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Your browser current zoom setting is not fully supported. Please reset to the default zoom by pressing Ctrl+0.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
            Please update your license and refresh the page.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
            Please contact your administrator for more information.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
            If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "You have been denied the right to edit the file.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "The font you are going to save is not available on the current device.
            The text style will be displayed using one of the system fonts, the saved font will be used when it is available.
            Do you want to continue?", @@ -700,6 +733,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertical ellipsis", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Fit to Slide", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Fit to Width", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Show advanced settings", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Area", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Bar", @@ -778,9 +813,12 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Cut", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribute columns", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribute rows", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "From File", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "From URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Next Slide", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Paste", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Previous Slide", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Replace image", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Align Bottom", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Align Center", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Align Left", @@ -980,7 +1018,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Enter tooltip here", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "External Link", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Slide In This Presentation", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Link Type", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "ScreenTip Text", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hyperlink Settings", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", @@ -1375,7 +1412,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertChart": "Chart", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "Equation", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "Hyperlink", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "Picture", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "Image", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "Shape", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "Table", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "Text Box", @@ -1383,8 +1420,8 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "Home", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "Insert", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "Insert Custom Table", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Picture from File", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Picture from URL", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "Image from File", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "Image from URL", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideAdvanced": "Advanced Settings", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideStandard": "Standard (4:3)", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniSlideWide": "Widescreen (16:9)", @@ -1405,12 +1442,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Cancel", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Charts", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Column", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Hide Toolbar", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Fit to Slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Fit to Width", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Hide Title Bar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Italic", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Line", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Custom Color", @@ -1424,8 +1455,8 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignRight": "Align Right", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignTop": "Align Top", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowBegin": "Show from Beginning", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "Show from Current slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "Show presenter view", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "Show from Current Slide", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "Show Presenter View", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowSettings": "Show Settings", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Stock", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Strikethrough", @@ -1439,9 +1470,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protection", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Error", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Underline", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Add slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Advanced settings", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Back", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Change chart type", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Change slide layout", @@ -1454,15 +1483,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Font", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Font size", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontal align", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Hide Title bar & Status bar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Increase indent", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insert chart", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Insert equation", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "Add hyperlink", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insert picture", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insert image", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insert autoshape", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insert table", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insert text", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insert text box", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Insert Text Art", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Line spacing", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Bullets", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json index 0dbf8ce8b..b0bb2d346 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/es.json @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Guardar y salir", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Editor de gráfico", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "El documento actualmente está siendo editado por varios usuarios.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Ajustes avanzados", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Ir a Documentos", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Esconder barra de herramientas", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Ocultar reglas", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de estado", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Guardando...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modificado", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Todos los cambios son guardados", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Todos los cambios son guardados", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Ampliación", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Gestionar derechos de acceso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Descargar archivo", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Editar el archivo actual", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Imprimir archivo", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Rehacer", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Guardar", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Deshacer", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Mostrar ajustes", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Ver usuarios y administrar derechos de acceso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Cambiar derechos de acceso", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Renombrar", @@ -110,22 +119,107 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Seleccionar el idioma de documento", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Cerrar archivo", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Codificación", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Clave incorrecta", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Contraseña", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Elegir opciones de %1", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Archivo protegido", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "Aceptar", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Establezca una contraseña para proteger este documento", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "La contraseña de confirmación no es idéntica", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Contraseña", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Repita la contraseña", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Establezca una contraseña", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Cargando", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Extensiones", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plugins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Cargando", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Iniciar", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Detener", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Encriptar con contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Cambie o elimine la contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Añadir firma digital o", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Añadir contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Cambiar contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Eliminar contraseña", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Encriptar", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Añadir firma digital", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Firma", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Línea de la firma", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Nombre de archivo", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "El nombre de archivo no debe contener los símbolos siguientes:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Al siguiente cambio", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Al cambio anterior", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Rápido", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Co-edición a tiempo real. Todos los cambios se guardan de forma automática.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Estricto", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Use el botón \"Guardar\" para sincronizar los cambios que o tú u otros habéis realizado", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Aceptar cambio actual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Establezca el modo de co-edición", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Mostrar historial de versiones", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Rechazar Cambio Actual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Rastrear cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Seleccionar el modo en el que quiere que se presenten los cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Establecer el idioma de documento", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Сorrección ortográfica", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Gestionar derechos de acceso al documento", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Aceptar", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Aceptar todos los cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Aceptar cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Aceptar cambio actual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Cerrar", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modo de co-edición", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Idioma", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Todos los cambio aceptados (vista previa)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Final", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Historial de versiones", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Todos los cambios (Edición)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Margen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Siguiente", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Todos los cambios rechazados (Vista previa)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Original", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Anterior", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Rechazar", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Rechazar todos los cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Rechazar cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Rechazar Cambio Actual", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Compartir", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Сorrección ortográfica", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Rastrear cambios", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Modo de visualización", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "Aceptar", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Negrita", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certificar", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Cambiar", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Ingresar nombre de quien firma", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Cursiva", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Propósito al firmar este documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Seleccionar", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Seleccionar Imagen", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "La firma se ve como", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Firmar documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "o pulsar 'Seleccionar Imagen' para usar una imagen como firma", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Válido desde %1 hasta %2", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Nombre del tipo de letra", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Tamaño de letra", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Cancelar", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "Aceptar", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Permitir a quien firma añadir comentarios en el diálogo de firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Información de quien firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "Correo electrónico", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Nombre", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Título de quien firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instrucciones para quien firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Presentar fecha de la firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Preparación de la firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo es obligatorio", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Presentación sin nombre", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Solicitando derechos de edición...", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "No se puede encontrar los datos que usted busca. Por favor, ajuste los parámetros de búsqueda.", @@ -145,7 +239,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Error externo.
            Error de conexión de base de datos. Por favor póngase en contacto con soporte si el error se mantiene.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Rango de datos incorrecto.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Código de error: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El documento está protegido por una contraseña y no puede ser abierto.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El archivo está protegido por una contraseña y no puede ser abierto.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Ha ocurrido un error mientras guardaba el archivo. Por favor use la opción \"Descargar\" para guardar el archivo en el disco duro de su ordenador o inténtelo de nuevo más tarde.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descriptor de clave desconocido", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descriptor de clave ha expirado", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Problemas al guardar", @@ -196,12 +291,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Pulse para cerrar el consejo", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contactar con equipo de ventas", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Cargando presentación", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Limitación de conexiones a ONLYOFFICE", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Límite de conexión de ONLYOFFICE", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Forma", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Modo estricto", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Las funciones Anular/Rehacer se desactivan para el modo co-edición rápido.
            Haga Clic en el botón \"modo estricto\" para cambiar al modo de co-edición estricta para editar el archivo sin la interferencia de otros usuarios y enviar sus cambios sólo después de guardarlos. Se puede cambiar entre los modos de co-edición usando los ajustes avanzados de edición.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licencia ha expirado", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor ha sido actualizado", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Haga clic para añadir la primera diapositiva", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Haga clic para añadir notas", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Su texto aquí", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Formas básicas", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Botones", @@ -265,6 +362,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Texto de diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Título de diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Cintas y estrellas", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "En blanco", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Clásico", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Verde", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Líneas", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Oficina", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Eje X", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Eje Y", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Error desconocido.", @@ -277,7 +379,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Este aplicación tiene baja capacidad en IE9. Utilice IE10 o superior", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "La configuración actual de zoom de su navegador no está soportada por completo. Por favor restablezca zoom predeterminado pulsando Ctrl+0.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
            Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene ciertas limitaciones respecto a la cantidad de conexiones concurrentes al servidor de documentos.
            Si requiere más, por favor considere mejorar su licencia actual o adquirir una comercial.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene ciertas limitaciones respecto a la cantidad de conexiones concurrentes al servidor de documentos.
            Si requiere más, considere mejorar su licencia actual o adquirir una comercial. ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene varias limitaciones para usuarios actuales.
            Si necesita más, por favor considere actualizar su licencia actual o comprar una licencia comercial.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "El derecho de edición del archivo es denegado.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "El tipo de letra que usted va a guardar no está disponible en este dispositivo.
            El estilo de letra se mostrará usando uno de los tipos de letra del dispositivo, el tipo de letra guardado va a usarse cuando esté disponible.
            ¿Desea continuar?", @@ -612,6 +715,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Elipsis vertical", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Csi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Dseda", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Ajustar a la diapositiva", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Ajustar al ancho", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostrar ajustes avanzados", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Gráfico de área", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Gráfico de barras", @@ -688,9 +793,14 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Traer al frente", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copiar", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Cortar", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribuir columnas", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribuir filas", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "De archivo", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "De URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Diapositiva siguiente", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Pegar", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Diapositiva anterior", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Reemplazar imagen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Alinear en la parte inferior", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Alinear al centro", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Alinear a la izquierda", @@ -756,6 +866,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Insertar salto manual", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Insertar ecuación después", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Insertar ecuación antes", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Mantener solo texto", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Cambiar ubicación de límites", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Límite sobre el texto", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Límite debajo del texto", @@ -763,6 +874,9 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Alineación de la matriz", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "Diapositiva nueva", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Barra sobre texto", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "Use el tema de destino", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Imagen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Mantener el formato original", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Pulse CTRL y haga clic en enlace", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "Iniciar presentación", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Quitar la barra de fracción", @@ -809,6 +923,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "Ayuda...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Info sobre presentación...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Imprimir", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Proteger", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Abrir reciente...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Renombrar...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Ir a presentación", @@ -830,6 +945,16 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "Título de presentación", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Cambiar derechos de acceso", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Personas que tienen derechos", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Con contraseña", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Proteger presentación", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Con firma", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Editar presentación", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "La edición eliminará las firmas de la presentación.
            ¿Está seguro de que quiere continuar?", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Esta presentación se ha protegido con una contraseña", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Firmas válidas se han añadido a la presentación. La presentación está protegida y no se puede editar.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Algunas de las firmas digitales en la presentación son inválidas o no se pudieron verificar. La presentación está protegida y no se puede editar.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Ver firmas", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Aplicar", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Activar guías de alineación", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "Activar autorecuperación", @@ -875,7 +1000,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Introduzca informacíon sobre herramientas aquí", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Enlace externo", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Diapositiva en esta presentación", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Típo de enlace", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Información en pantalla", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Configuración de hiperenlace", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo es obligatorio", @@ -960,6 +1084,7 @@ "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Ajustes de imagen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Ajustes de texto", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Ajustes de forma", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Configuración de firma", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlideSettings": "Ajustes de diapositiva", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Ajustes de tabla", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "Text Art Settings", @@ -1039,6 +1164,17 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Grosores y flechas", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Ancho", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "ninguno", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Elimine la firma", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Detalles de la firma", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Firmas invalidas", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Firmar", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Firma", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Firmas valida", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Editar de todas maneras", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "La edición eliminará las firmas de la presentación.
            ¿Está seguro de que quiere continuar?", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Firmas válidas se han añadido a la presentación. La presentación está protegida y no se puede editar.", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Algunas de las firmas digitales en la presentación son inválidas o no se pudieron verificar. La presentación está protegida y no se puede editar.", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "Color de fondo", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "Color", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDelay": "Retraso", @@ -1169,17 +1305,22 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Con bandas", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Color", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Estilo de bordes", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Tamaño de Celda", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Columnas", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Distribuir columnas", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Distribuir filas", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Filas y columnas", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Sin plantillas", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "primero", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Encabezado", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Altura", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Último", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Color personalizado", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Filas", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Seleccione bordes que usted desea cambiar aplicando estilo seleccionado", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Seleccionar de plantilla", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Ancho", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Fijar borde exterior y todas líneas interiores ", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Fijar sólo borde exterior inferior", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Fijar sólo líneas interiores", @@ -1283,12 +1424,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Cancelar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Gráficos", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Histograma", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Esconder barra de herramientas", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Ajustar a la diapositiva", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Ajustar a ancho", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ocultar reglas", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de estado", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ocultar barra de título", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Cursiva", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Línea", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Color personalizado", @@ -1310,14 +1445,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subíndice", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Sobreíndice", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Superficie", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Colaboración", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Archivo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Inicio", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insertar", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protección", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Error", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Subrayar", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Añadir diapositiva", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Ajustes avanzados", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Atrás", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Cambiar tipo de gráfico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Cambiar diseño de diapositiva", @@ -1327,10 +1462,9 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipCopyStyle": "Copiar estilo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipDecPrLeft": "Reducir sangría", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontColor": "Color de letra", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Tipo de letra", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Letra ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Tamaño de letra", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alineación horizontal", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Ocultar barras de título y estado", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Aumentar sangría", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insertar gráfico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Insertar ecuación", @@ -1338,7 +1472,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insertar imagen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insertar autoforma", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insertar tabla", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insertar texto", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insertar cuadro de texto", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Insertar Texto Arte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Espaciado de línea", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Viñetas", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json index 6a818eeb7..d493ffac3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/fr.json @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "Annuler", "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "Fermer", "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "Commentaires", - "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "Modifier", + "Common.Views.Comments.textEdit": "OK", "Common.Views.Comments.textEnterCommentHint": "Entrez votre commentaire ici", "Common.Views.Comments.textHintAddComment": "Ajouter un commentaire", "Common.Views.Comments.textOpenAgain": "Ouvrir à nouveau", @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Enregistrer", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Éditeur de graphique", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Le document est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Paramètres avancés", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Aller aux Documents", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Masquer la barre d'outils", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Masquer les règles", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Masquer la barre d'état", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Enregistrement en cours...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modifié", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Toutes les modifications sont enregistrées", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Toutes les modifications sont enregistrées", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Grossissement", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Gérer les droits d'accès au document", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Télécharger le fichier", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Modifier le fichier courant", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Imprimer le fichier", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Rétablir", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Enregistrer", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Paramètres d'affichage", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Afficher les utilisateurs et gérer les droits d'accès aux documents", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Modifier les droits d'accès", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Renommer", @@ -110,6 +119,7 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "Ok", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Sélectionner la langue du document", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Fermer le fichier", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Codage ", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Le mot de passe est incorrect.", @@ -118,7 +128,7 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Fichier protégé", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Un mot de passe est requis pour ouvrir ce document", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Indiquez un mot de passe pour protéger ce document", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Le mot de passe de confirmation n'est pas identique", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Mot de passe", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Confirmer le mot de passe", @@ -143,6 +153,46 @@ "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Nom de fichier", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Un nom de fichier ne peut pas contenir les caractères suivants :", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "À la modification suivante", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "À la modification précédente", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Rapide", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Co-édition en temps réel. Tous les changements sont enregistrés automatiquement.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Strict", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Utilisez le bouton \"Enregistrer\" pour synchroniser les modifications que vous et d'autres personnes faites.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Accepter la modification actuelle", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Définir le mode de co-édition", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Afficher versions", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Rejeter cette modification", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Suivi des modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Sélectionner le mode souhaité.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Définir la langue du document", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Vérification de l'orthographe", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Gérer les droits d'accès au document", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Accepter", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Accepter toutes les modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Accepter les modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accepter la modification actuelle", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Fermer", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Mode de co-édition ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Langue", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Toutes les modifications acceptées (aperçu)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Final", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Historique des versions", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Toutes les modifications (édition)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Balisage", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Suivant", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Toutes les modifications rejetées (Aperçu)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Original", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Précédent", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Rejeter", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Rejeter toutes les modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Rejeter les modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Rejeter cette modification", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Partage", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Vérification de l'orthographe", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Suivi des modifications", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Mode d'affichage", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Gras", @@ -151,9 +201,12 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Nom du signataire d'entrée", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Italique", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "But de la signature du document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Sélectionner", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Sélectionner une image", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "La signature ressemble à", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Signer le document", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "ou cliquer sur \"Sélectionner une image\" afin d'utiliser une image en tant que signature", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Valide de %1 à %2", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Nom de la police", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Taille de la police", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", @@ -165,7 +218,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Titre du signataire", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instructions pour les signataires", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Afficher la date de signature à côté de la signature", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paramètre de signature", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Mise en place de la signature", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Ce champ est obligatoire", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Présentation sans nom", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Demande des droits de modification...", @@ -186,7 +239,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Erreur externe.
            Erreur de connexion à la base de données. Si l'erreur persiste veillez contactez l'assistance technique.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Plage de données incorrecte.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Code d'erreur: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le document est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le fichier est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Une erreur est survenue lors de l'enregistrement du fichier. Veuillez utiliser l'option «Télécharger en tant que» pour enregistrer le fichier sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur ou réessayer plus tard.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descripteur de clés inconnu", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descripteur de clés expiré", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Échec de l'enregistrement", @@ -237,12 +291,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Cliquez pour fermer la conseil", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contacter l'équipe de ventes", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Chargement de présentation", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "La version open source de ONLYOFFICE", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Limitation de connexion ONLYOFFICE", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Forme", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Mode strict", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Les fonctions annuler/rétablir sont désactivées pour le mode de co-édition rapide.
            Cliquez sur le bouton \"Mode strict\" pour passer au mode de la co-édition stricte pour modifier le fichier sans interférence d'autres utilisateurs et envoyer vos modifications seulement après que vous les enregistrez. Vous pouvez basculer entre les modes de co-édition à l'aide de paramètres avancés d'éditeur.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licence expirée", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "L'éditeur est mis à jour", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Cliquez pour ajouter la première diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Cliquez pour ajouter des notes", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Entrez votre texte", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Formes de base", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Boutons", @@ -302,10 +358,16 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "Titre vertical et texte sur graphique", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "Texte vertical", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "Numéro de diapositive", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "Sous-titre", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Texte", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Titre", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "Sous-titre de diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Texte de la diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Titre de la diapositive", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Étoiles et rubans", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Vide", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Classique", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "Angulaire", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Vert", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Lignes", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Bureau", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Axe X", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Axe Y", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Erreur inconnue.", @@ -318,8 +380,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "L'application est peu compatible avec IE9. Utilisez IE10 ou version plus récente", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le paramètre actuel de zoom de votre navigateur n'est pas accepté. Veuillez rétablir le niveau de zoom par défaut en appuyant sur Ctrl+0.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
            Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous utilisez la version open source de ONLYOFFICE. La version a des limitations en connexions simultanées au serveur de documents (20 connexions à la fois).
            Pour en avoir plus, veuillez envisager l'achat d'une licence commerciale.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Vous avez atteint le nombre maximal d'utilisateurs connectées simultanément permise par votre licence.
            Si cette limite ne vous convient pas, merci de faire évoluer votre licence actuelle ou d'en acheter une. ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les connexions simultanées au serveur de documents.
            Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les utilisateurs simultanés.
            Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Le droit d'édition du fichier vous a été refusé.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoom {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "La police que vous allez enregistrer n'est pas disponible sur l'appareil actuel.
            Le style du texte sera affiché à l'aide de l'une des polices de système, la police sauvée sera utilisée lorsqu'elle est disponible.
            Voulez-vous continuer?", @@ -654,6 +716,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Trois points verticaux", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zêta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Ajuster à la diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Ajuster à la largeur", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Afficher les paramètres avancés", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "En aires", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "À barres", @@ -668,6 +732,7 @@ "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textSize": "Taille", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textStock": "Boursier", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textStyle": "Style", + "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textSurface": "Surface", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textWidth": "Largeur", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.cancelButtonText": "Annuler", "PE.Views.ChartSettingsAdvanced.okButtonText": "OK", @@ -724,14 +789,19 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Fractionner la cellule", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Tableau", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Mettre en arrière-plan", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Déplacer vers l'arrière", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Reculer", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Déplacer vers l'avant", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Mettre au premier plan", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copier", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Couper", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribuer les colonnes", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribuer les lignes", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "D'un fichier", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "D'une URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Diapositive suivante", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Coller", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Diapositive précédente", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Remplacer l’image", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Aligner en bas", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Aligner au centre", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Aligner à gauche", @@ -797,6 +867,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Insérer pause manuelle", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Insérer équation après", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Insérer l'équation avant", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Garder le texte seulement", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Modifier l'emplacement des limites", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Limite au-dessous du texte", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Limite en dessous du texte", @@ -804,6 +875,9 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Alignement de la matrice", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "Nouvelle diapositive", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Barre au-dessus d'un texte", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "Utiliser le thème de destination", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Image", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Garder la mise en forme source", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Appuyez sur Ctrl et cliquez sur le lien", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "Démarrer le diaporama", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Supprimer la barre de fraction", @@ -927,7 +1001,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Enterez une info-bulle ici", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Lien externe", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Emplacement dans cette présentation", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Type de lien", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Texte de l'info-bulle ", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paramètres du lien hypertexte", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Champ obligatoire", @@ -1210,7 +1283,7 @@ "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipSetDocLang": "Définir la langue du document", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipSetLang": "Définir la langue du texte", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipSetSpelling": "Vérification de l'orthographe", - "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "Grossissement", + "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomFactor": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomIn": "Zoom avant", "PE.Views.Statusbar.tipZoomOut": "Zoom arrière", "PE.Views.Statusbar.txtPageNumInvalid": "Numéro de la diapositive non valide", @@ -1233,17 +1306,22 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Bordé", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Couleur", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Style des bordures", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Taille de la cellule", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Colonnes", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Distribuer les colonnes", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Distribuer les lignes", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Lignes et colonnes", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Aucun modèle", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Premier", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "En-tête", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Hauteur", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Dernier", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Couleur personnalisée", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Lignes", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Sélectionnez les bordures à modifier en appliquant le style choisi ci-dessus", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Largeur", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Bordure extérieure et la totalité des lignes intérieures", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Seulement bordure extérieure inférieure", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Seulement lignes intérieures", @@ -1339,7 +1417,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "Aligner le texte en haut", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArea": "En aires", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBack": "Mettre en arrière-plan", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBackward": "Déplacer vers l'arrière", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBackward": "Reculer", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeForward": "Déplacer vers l'avant", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeFront": "Mettre au premier plan", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBar": "À barres", @@ -1347,12 +1425,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Annuler", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Graphiques", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Histogramme", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Masquer la barre d'outils", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Ajuster à la diapositive", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Ajuster à la largeur", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Masquer les règles", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Masquer la barre d'état", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Masquer la barre de titres", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Italique", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "En ligne", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Couleur personnalisée", @@ -1373,15 +1445,15 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Barré", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Indice", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Exposant", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Surface", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Collaboration", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Fichier", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Accueil", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insertion", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protection", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Erreur", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Souligné", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Ajouter diapositive", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Paramètres avancés", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "En arrière", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Modifier le type de graphique", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Modifier la disposition de diapositive", @@ -1394,7 +1466,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Taille de la police", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alignement horizontal", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Masquer la barre de titre et la barre d'état", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Augmenter le retrait", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insérer un graphique", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Insérer une équation", @@ -1402,7 +1473,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insérer une image", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insérer une forme automatique", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insérer un tableau", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insérer du texte", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insérez zone de texte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Insérer Text Art", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Interligne", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Puces", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json index 15ce7560b..fa04c432f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/it.json @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Salva ed esci", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Modifica grafico", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "È in corso la modifica del documento da parte di più utenti.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Impostazioni avanzate", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Va' ai Documenti", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Nascondi righelli", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Nascondi barra di stato", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Salvataggio in corso...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modificato", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Tutte le modifiche sono state salvate", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Tutte le modifiche sono state salvate", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Ingrandimento", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Gestisci i diritti di accesso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Scarica file", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Modifica il file corrente", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Stampa file", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Ripristina", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Salva", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Annulla", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Mostra impostazioni", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Mostra gli utenti e gestisci i diritti di accesso al documento", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Modifica diritti di accesso", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Rinomina", @@ -115,17 +124,18 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Codifica", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Password errata", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Password", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Una volta inserita la password e aperto il file, verrà ripristinata la password corrente sul file.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Seleziona parametri %1", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "File protetto", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annulla", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "É richiesta la password per aprire il documento", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "É richiesta la password per proteggere il documento", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "la password di conferma non corrisponde", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Password", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Ripeti password", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Imposta password", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Caricamento", - "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Componenti Aggiuntivi", + "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plugin", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plugin", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Caricamento", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Avvio", @@ -163,6 +173,7 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Accetta tutte le modifiche", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Accetta modifiche", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Accetta la modifica corrente", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Chiudi", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modalità di co-editing", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Lingua", @@ -191,6 +202,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Inserisci nome firmatario", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Corsivo", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Motivo della firma del documento", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Seleziona", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Seleziona Immagine", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "La firma appare come", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Firma Documento", @@ -207,7 +219,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Titolo del Firmatario", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Istruzioni per i Firmatari", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Mostra la data nella riga di Firma", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni della Firma", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni firma", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Campo obbligatorio", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Presentazione senza nome", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Richiesta di autorizzazione di modifica...", @@ -226,9 +238,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Connessione al server persa. Impossibile modificare il documento.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
            When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

            Find more information about connecting Document Server here", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Errore esterno.
            Errore di connessione a banca dati. Si prega di contattare l'assistenza tecnica nel caso in cui l'errore persiste.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Le modifiche crittografate sono state ricevute, non possono essere decifrate.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Intervallo di dati non corretto.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Codice errore: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il documento è protetto da una password. Impossibile aprirlo.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il file è protetto da una password. Impossibile aprirlo.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Si è verificato un errore durante il salvataggio del file. Utilizzare l'opzione 'Scarica come' per salvare il file sul disco rigido del computer o riprovare più tardi.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descrittore di chiave sconosciuto", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descrittore di chiave scaduto", @@ -265,7 +278,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.printTitleText": "Stampa della presentazione", "PE.Controllers.Main.reloadButtonText": "Ricarica pagina", "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedMessageText": "Qualcuno sta modificando questa presentazione. Si prega di provare più tardi.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Accesso vietato", + "PE.Controllers.Main.requestEditFailedTitleText": "Accesso negato", "PE.Controllers.Main.saveErrorText": "Si è verificato un errore al salvataggio del file", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingText": "Preparazione al salvataggio ", "PE.Controllers.Main.savePreparingTitle": "Preparazione al salvataggio. Si prega di aspettare...", @@ -286,6 +299,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Le funzioni Annulla/Ripristina sono disabilitate per la Modalità di Co-editing Veloce.
            Clicca il pulsante 'Modalità Rigorosa' per passare alla Modalità di Co-editing Rigorosa per poter modificare il file senza l'interferenza di altri utenti e inviare le modifiche solamente dopo averle salvate. Puoi passare da una modalità all'altra di co-editing utilizzando le Impostazioni avanzate dell'editor.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "La licenza è scaduta", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "L'editor è stato aggiornato", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Fare click per aggiungere la prima diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Clicca per aggiungere note", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Your text here", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Figure di base", @@ -350,6 +364,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Testo diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Titolo diapositiva", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stelle e nastri", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Vuoto", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Classico", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "angolo", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "Punteggiato", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Verde", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Linee", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Ufficio", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "Ufficiale", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Pixel", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "Turtle", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Asse X", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Asse Y", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Errore sconosciuto.", @@ -361,7 +386,9 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Caricamento dell'immagine", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "L'applicazione è poco compatibile con IE9. Usa IE10 o più recente", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Le impostazioni correnti di zoom del tuo browser non sono completamente supportate. Per favore, ritorna allo zoom predefinito premendo Ctrl+0.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Il numero di connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
            Contattare l'amministratore per ulteriori informazioni.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
            Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Il numero di utenti simultaei è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
            Per ulteriori informazioni, contattare l'amministratore.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
            Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
            Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Ci stato negato il diritto alla modifica del file.", @@ -555,10 +582,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_LogBase": "Logaritmo", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Max": "Massimo", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtLimitLog_Min": "Minimo", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 Matrice Vuota", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 Matrice Vuota", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 Matrice Vuota", - "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 Matrice Vuota", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_2": "1x2 Matrice vuota", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_1_3": "1x3 Matrice vuota", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_1": "2x1 Matrice vuota", + "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2": "2x2 Matrice vuota", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_DLineBracket": "Matrice vuota con parentesi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_LineBracket": "Matrice vuota con parentesi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtMatrix_2_2_RoundBracket": "Matrice vuota con parentesi", @@ -698,6 +725,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Ellissi verticale", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Adatta alla diapositiva", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Adatta alla larghezza", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Mostra impostazioni avanzate", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Area", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Barra", @@ -776,9 +805,12 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Taglia", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Distribuisci colonne", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Distribuisci righe", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Da file", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Da URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Diapositiva successiva", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Incolla", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Diapositiva precedente", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Sostituisci immagine", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Allinea in basso", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Allinea al centro", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Allinea a sinistra", @@ -893,7 +925,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPlay": "Avvia presentazione", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtPrev": "Diapositiva precedente", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtReset": "Reimposta", - "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnAboutCaption": "Informazioni sul programma", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnAboutCaption": "Informazioni su", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnBackCaption": "Va' ai Documenti", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCloseMenuCaption": "Chiudi il menù", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnCreateNewCaption": "Crea nuovo oggetto", @@ -906,7 +938,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Rinomina...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Torna alla presentazione", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRightsCaption": "Access Rights...", - "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "Salva con", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveAsCaption": "Salva con Nome", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSaveCaption": "Salva", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnSettingsCaption": "Impostazioni avanzate...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnToEditCaption": "Modifica presentazione", @@ -978,7 +1010,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Inserisci descrizione comando qui", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Collegamento esterno", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Diapositiva in questa presentazione", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Tipo collegamento", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Testo del suggerimento", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Impostazioni collegamento ipertestuale", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Questo campo è richiesto", @@ -1403,12 +1434,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Annulla", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Grafici", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Colonna", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Adatta alla diapositiva", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Adatta alla larghezza", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Nascondi righelli", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Nascondi barra di stato", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Nascondi barra di titolo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Corsivo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Linea", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Colore personalizzato", @@ -1437,9 +1462,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Protezione", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Errore", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Sottolineato", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Aggiungi diapositiva", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Impostazioni avanzate", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Indietro", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Cambia tipo di grafico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Cambia layout diapositiva", @@ -1452,7 +1475,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Tipo di carattere", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Dimensione carattere", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Allineamento orizzontale", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Nascondi barra di titolo e barra di stato", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Aumenta rientro", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Inserisci grafico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Inserisci Equazione", @@ -1460,7 +1482,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Inserisci immagine", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Inserisci forma", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Inserisci tabella", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Inserisci testo", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Inserisci casella di testo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Inserisci Text Art", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Interlinea", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Elenchi puntati", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json index 561afc59d..c8c0e7e2a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ja.json @@ -378,7 +378,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "ここでヒントを挿入してください。", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "外部リンク", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "プレゼンテーションのスライド", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "リンクの種類", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "ヒントのテキスト:", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "ハイパーリンクの設定", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "このフィールドは必須項目です", @@ -740,12 +739,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "太字", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "キャンセル", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "縦棒グラフ", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "コンパクトのツールバー", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "スライドを拡大または縮小します。", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "幅を合わせる", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "ルーラーを表示しない", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "ステータスバーを表示しない", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "タイトルバーを表示しない", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "斜体", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "折れ線グラフ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "ユーザー設定の色", @@ -764,9 +757,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "上付き文字", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "エラー", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下線", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "ズーム", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "スライドの追加", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "詳細設定", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "戻る", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "レイアウトスライドの変更", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "スタイルのクリア", @@ -778,7 +769,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "フォント名", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "フォントのサイズ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "左右の整列", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "タイトルバーとステータスバーを表示しない。", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "インデントを増やす", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "グラフの挿入", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "ハイパーリンクの追加", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json index dc2f95369..9f5fe02bd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ko.json @@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ "Common.Views.Comments.textAddComment": "덧글 추가", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddCommentToDoc": "문서에 설명 추가", "Common.Views.Comments.textAddReply": "답장 추가", + "Common.Views.Comments.textAnonym": "손님", "Common.Views.Comments.textCancel": "취소", "Common.Views.Comments.textClose": "닫기", "Common.Views.Comments.textComments": "Comments", @@ -79,12 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "저장 및 종료", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "차트 편집기", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "문서는 현재 여러 사용자가 편집하고 있습니다.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "고급 설정", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "문서로 이동", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "보기 컴팩트 도구 모음", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "눈금자 숨기기", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "상태 표시 줄 숨기기", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "저장 중 ...", + "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "수정된", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "모든 변경 사항이 저장되었습니다", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "모든 변경 사항이 저장되었습니다", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "확대 / 축소", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "문서 액세스 권한 관리", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "파일을 다운로드", + "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "현재 파일 편집", + "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "파일 출력", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "다시 실행", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "저장", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "실행 취소", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "보기 설정", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "사용자보기 및 문서 액세스 권한 관리", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "액세스 권한 변경", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "이름 바꾸기", @@ -106,55 +119,106 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "Ok", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "문서 언어 선택", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "파일 닫기", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "인코딩", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "비밀번호가 맞지 않음", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "비밀번호", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "% 1 옵션 선택", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "보호 된 파일", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "문서 보호용 비밀번호를 세팅하세요", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "확인 비밀번호가 같지 않음", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "암호", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "비밀번호 반복", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "비밀번호 설정", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "로드 중", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "플러그인", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "플러그인", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "로드 중", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "시작", + "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "정지", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "비밀번호로 암호화", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "비밀번호 변경 또는 삭제", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "디지털 서명 또는 서명 라인을 추가 ", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "비밀번호 추가", "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "비밀번호를 변경", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "비밀번호 삭제", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "암호화", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "디지털 서명을 추가", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "서명", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "서명 라인", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "파일 이름", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "파일 이름에 다음 문자를 포함 할 수 없습니다 :", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "다음 변경 사항", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "이전 변경으로", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "빠르게", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "실시간 협력 편집. 모든 변경사항들은 자동적으로 저장됨.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "엄격한", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "귀하와 다른 사람이 변경사항을 동기화 하려면 '저장'버튼을 사용하세요.", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "현재 변경 내용 적용", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "협력 편집 모드 세팅", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "버전 표시", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "현재 변경 거부", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "변경 내용 추적", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "변경사항이 표시될 모드 선택", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "문서 언어 설정", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "맞춤법 검사", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "문서 액세스 권한 관리", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "수락", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "모든 변경 내용 적용", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "변경 접수", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "현재 변경 내용 적용", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "채팅", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "완료", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "공동 편집 모드", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "언어", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "모든 변경 접수됨 (미리보기)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "최종", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "버전 기록", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "모든 변경 (편집)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "마크업", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "다음", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "모든 변경 거부됨 (미리보기)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "오리지널", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "이전", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "거부", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "모든 변경 사항 거부", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "변경 거부", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "현재 변경 거부", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "공유", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "맞춤법 검사", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "변경 내용 추적", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "디스플레이 모드", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "볼드체", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "인증", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "변경", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "서명자 성함을 입력하세요", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "이탤릭", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "이 문서에 서명하는 목적", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "선택", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "이미지 선택", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "서명은 처럼 보임", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "서명문서", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "또는 서명으로 그림을 사용하려면 '이미지 선택'을 클릭", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "%1에서 %2까지 유효", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "폰트명", "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "글꼴 크기", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "취소", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "서명 대화창에 서명자의 코멘트 추가 허용", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "서명자 정보", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "이메일", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "이름", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "서명자 타이틀", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "서명자용 지침", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "서명라인에 서명 날짜를 보여주세요", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "서명 셋업", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "이 입력란은 필수 항목", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "명명되지 않은 프레젠테이션", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "편집 권한 요청 중 ...", @@ -175,7 +239,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "외부 오류입니다.
            데이터베이스 연결 오류입니다. 오류가 계속 발생하면 지원 담당자에게 문의하십시오.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "잘못된 데이터 범위입니다.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "오류 코드 : % 1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "이 문서는 암호로 보호되어있어 열 수 없습니다.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "문서가 암호로 보호되어 있습니다.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "파일 저장중 문제 발생됨. 컴퓨터 하드 드라이브에 파일을 저장하려면 '로 다운로드' 옵션을 사용 또는 나중에 다시 시도하세요.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "알 수없는 키 설명자", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "키 설명자가 만료되었습니다", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "저장하지 못했습니다.", @@ -232,6 +297,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "빠른 편집 편집 모드에서는 실행 취소 / 다시 실행 기능이 비활성화됩니다.
            \"엄격 모드 \"버튼을 클릭하면 Strict 동시 편집 모드로 전환되어 파일을 편집 할 수 있습니다. 다른 사용자가 방해를해서 저장 한 후에 만 ​​변경 사항을 보내십시오. 편집자 고급 설정을 사용하여 공동 편집 모드간에 전환 할 수 있습니다. ", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "라이센스 만료", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "편집기가 업데이트되었습니다", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "첫번째 슬라이드를 추가하려면 클릭", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "노트를 추가하려면 클릭", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "여기에 귀하의 텍스트", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "기본 도형", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "버튼", @@ -295,6 +362,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "슬라이드 텍스트", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "슬라이드 제목", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "별 & 리본", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "공백", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "클래식", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "녹색", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "선", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "사무실", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X 축", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y 축", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "알 수없는 오류.", @@ -643,6 +715,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "세로 줄임표", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "슬라이드에 맞추기", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "너비에 맞춤", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "고급 설정 표시", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "영역", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Bar", @@ -719,9 +793,14 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "전경으로 가져 오기", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "복사", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "잘라 내기", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "컬럼 배포", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "행 배포", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "파일로부터", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "URL로부터", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "다음 슬라이드", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "붙여 넣기", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "이전 슬라이드", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "이미지 바꾸기", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "아래쪽 정렬", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "가운데 맞춤", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "왼쪽 정렬", @@ -747,6 +826,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBorderProps": "테두리 속성", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtBottom": "Bottom", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeLayout": "레이아웃 변경", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtChangeTheme": "테마 변경", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtColumnAlign": "열 정렬", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDecreaseArg": "인수 크기 감소", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtDeleteArg": "인수 삭제", @@ -794,7 +874,9 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "매트릭스 정렬", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "새 슬라이드", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "텍스트 위에 가로 막기", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "목적 테마를 사용하기", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "그림", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "소스 포맷을 유지하세요", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "CTRL 키를 누른 상태에서 링크 클릭", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "슬라이드 쇼 시작", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "분수 막대 제거", @@ -814,6 +896,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowPlaceholder": "자리 표시 자 표시", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtShowTopLimit": "상한 표시", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlide": "슬라이드", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtSlideHide": "슬라이드 감추기", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtStretchBrackets": "스트레치 괄호", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtTop": "Top", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtUnderbar": "텍스트 아래에 바", @@ -822,6 +905,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.goToSlideText": "슬라이드로 이동", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.slideIndexText": "{1} 중 {0} 슬라이드", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtClose": "슬라이드 쇼 닫기", + "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtEndSlideshow": "슬라이드쇼 끝", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtExitFullScreen": "전체 화면 나가기", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtFinalMessage": "슬라이드 미리보기의 끝입니다. 끝내려면 클릭하십시오.", "PE.Views.DocumentPreview.txtFullScreen": "전체 화면", @@ -839,6 +923,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "Help ...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "프레젠테이션 정보 ...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "인쇄", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "보호", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "최근 열기 ...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Rename ...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "프레젠테이션으로 돌아 가기", @@ -861,7 +946,15 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "액세스 권한 변경", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "권한이있는 사람", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "경고", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "비밀번호로", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "프리젠테이션 보호", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "서명으로", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "프리젠 테이션 편집", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "편집은 프리젠테이션에서 서명을 삭제할 것입니다.
            계속하시겠습니까?", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "이 프리젠테이션은 비밀번호로 보호되었슴.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "유효 서명자가 프리젠테이션에 추가되었슴. 이 프리젠테이션은 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "프리젠테이션내 몇가지 디지털 서명이 유효하지 않거나 확인되지 않음. 이 프리젠테이션은 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "서명 보기", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "적용", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "정렬 안내선 켜기", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "자동 검색 켜기", @@ -907,7 +1000,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "여기에 툴팁 입력", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "외부 링크", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "이 프리젠 테이션에서 슬라이드", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "링크 유형", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "스크린 팁 텍스트", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "하이퍼 링크 설정", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "이 입력란은 필수 항목", @@ -992,6 +1084,7 @@ "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "이미지 설정", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "텍스트 설정", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "도형 설정", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "서명 세팅", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlideSettings": "슬라이드 설정", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "표 설정", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "텍스트 아트 설정", @@ -1072,6 +1165,16 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "너비", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "없음", "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "경고", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "서명 삭제", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "서명 상세", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "잘못된 서명", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "서명", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "서명", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "유효 서명", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "무조건 편집", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "편집은 프리젠테이션에서 서명을 삭제할 것입니다.
            계속하시겠습니까?", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "유효 서명자가 프리젠테이션에 추가되었슴. 이 프리젠테이션은 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "프리젠테이션내 몇가지 디지털 서명이 유효하지 않거나 확인되지 않음. 이 프리젠테이션은 편집할 수 없도록 보호됨.", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "배경색", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "Color", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDelay": "지연", @@ -1202,17 +1305,22 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "줄무늬", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Color", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "테두리 스타일", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "셀 크기", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "열", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "컬럼 배포", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "행 배포", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "행 및 열", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "템플릿 없음", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "First", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "머리글", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "높이", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "마지막", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "사용자 정의 색상", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "행", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "위에서 선택한 스타일 적용을 변경하려는 테두리 선택", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "템플릿에서 선택", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "합계", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "너비", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "바깥 쪽 테두리 및 모든 안쪽 선 설정", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "바깥 쪽 테두리 만 설정", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "내부 라인 만 설정", @@ -1287,7 +1395,9 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertEquation": "수식", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertHyperlink": "하이퍼 링크", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "그림", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertShape": "쉐이프", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertTable": "테이블", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertText": "텍스트 박스", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabFile": "파일", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabHome": "집", "PE.Views.Toolbar.capTabInsert": "삽입", @@ -1314,12 +1424,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "취소", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "차트", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Column", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "보기 컴팩트 도구 모음", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "슬라이드에 맞추기", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "너비에 맞춤", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "눈금자 숨기기", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "상태 표시 줄 숨기기", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "제목 표시 줄 숨기기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Italic", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Line", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "사용자 정의 색상", @@ -1334,20 +1438,21 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShapeAlignTop": "정렬", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowBegin": "처음부터 보여주기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowCurrent": "현재 슬라이드에서보기", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowPresenterView": "프리젠터뷰를 보기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textShowSettings": "설정 표시", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStock": "Stock", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textStrikeout": "Strikeout", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "아래 첨자", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "위첨자", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Surface", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "합치기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "파일", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "집", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "삽입", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "보호", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "오류", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "밑줄", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "확대 / 축소", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "슬라이드 추가", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "고급 설정", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "뒤로", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "차트 유형 변경", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "슬라이드 레이아웃 변경", @@ -1360,7 +1465,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "글꼴", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "글꼴 크기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "수평 정렬", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "제목 표시 줄 및 상태 표시 줄 숨기기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "들여 쓰기", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "차트 삽입", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "수식 삽입", @@ -1368,7 +1472,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "그림 삽입", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "도형 삽입", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "표 삽입", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "텍스트 삽입", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "텍스트 상자 삽입", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "텍스트 아트 삽입", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "줄 간격", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "글 머리 기호", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json index b1877d2c4..4aae36a83 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/lv.json @@ -80,15 +80,21 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Save & Exit", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Chart Editor", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Šobrīd dokumentu rediģē vairāki lietotāji.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Papildu iestatījumi", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Go to Documents", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Slēpt rīkjoslu", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Saglabā ...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Pārveidots", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Visas izmaiņas saglabātas", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Visas izmaiņas saglabātas", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Palielināšana", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Pārvaldīt dokumenta piekļuves tiesības", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Lejupielādēt failu", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Rediģēt šībrīža failu", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Drukāt failu", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Pārtaisīt", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Saglabāt", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Atsaukt", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Apskatīt lietotājus un pārvaldīt dokumentu piekļuves tiesības", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Izmainīt pieejas tiesības", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Pārdēvēt", @@ -110,6 +116,7 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Izvēlēties dokumenta valodu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Atcelt", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Aizvērt failu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Kodēšana", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Parole nav pareiza.", @@ -118,7 +125,7 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Aizsargāts fails", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Atcelt", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Lai atvērtu šo dokumentu, ir nepieciešama parole", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Lai pasargātu šo dokumentu, uzstādiet paroli", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Apstiprinājuma parole nesakrīt", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Parole", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Atkārtot paroli", @@ -143,6 +150,46 @@ "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Faila nosaukums", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "Faila nosaukums nedrīkst saturēt šādas zīmes:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Uz nākamo izmaiņu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Uz iepriekšējo izmaiņu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Ātri", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Kopīga rediģēšana reāllaikā. Visas izmaiņas tiek automātiski saglabātas.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Strikti", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Izmantojiet \"Saglabāt\" taustiņu, lai sinhronizētu sevis un citu veiktās izmaiņas.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Pieņemt šībrīža izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Uzstādīt kopīgās rediģēšanas režīmu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Parādīt versiju vēsturi", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Noraidīt šībrīža izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Izmaiņu reģistrēšana", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Izvēlēties režīmu, kurā vēlaties atainot izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Uzstādīt dokumenta valodu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Pareizrakstības pārbaude", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Pārvaldīt dokumenta piekļuves tiesības", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Pieņemt", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Pieņemt visas izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Pieņemt izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Pieņemt šībrīža izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Čats", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Aizvērt", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Kopīgās rediģēšanas režīms", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Valoda", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Visas izmaiņas pieņemtas (priekšskats)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Gala", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Versiju vēsture", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Visas izmaiņas (rediģēšana)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Atzīme", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Tālāk", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Visas izmaiņas noraidīts (priekšskats)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Oriģināls", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Atpakaļ", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Noraidīt", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Noraidīt visas izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Noraidīt izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Noraidīt šībrīža izmaiņas", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Kopīgošana", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Pareizrakstības pārbaude", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Izmaiņu reģistrēšana", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Attēlošanas režīms", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Atcelt", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Treknraksts", @@ -151,6 +198,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Ievadiet parakstītāja vārdu", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Kursīvs", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Šī dokumenta parakstīšanas mērķis", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Izvēlēties", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Izvēlēties attēlu", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Kā izskatās paraksts", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Parakstīt dokumentu", @@ -167,7 +215,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Parakstītāja amats", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Norādījumi parakstītājam", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Rādīt datumu paraksta līnijā", - "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paraksta uzstādījumi", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Paraksta uzstādīšana", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Šis lauks ir jāaizpilda", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Unnamed presentation", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Requesting editing rights...", @@ -188,7 +236,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
            Database connection error. Please contact support in case the error persists.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Incorrect data range.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Error code: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The document is password protected and could not be opened.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Fails ir aizsargāts ar paroli un to nevar atvērt.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Faila noglabāšanas laikā radās kļūda. Lūdzu, izmantojiet iespēju \"Lejupielādēt kā\", lai noglabātu failu datora cietajā diskā, vai mēģiniet vēlāk vēlreiz.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unknown key descriptor", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Key descriptor expired", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Saving failed.", @@ -245,6 +294,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.
            Click the 'Strict mode' button to switch to the Strict co-editing mode to edit the file without other users interference and send your changes only after you save them. You can switch between the co-editing modes using the editor Advanced settings.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licencei beidzies termiņš", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Atjaunināts redaktors", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Noklikšķiniet, lai pievienotu pirmo slaidu", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Noklikšķiniet, lai pievienotu piezīmes", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Your text here", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Basic Shapes", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Buttons", @@ -308,6 +359,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Slaida teksts", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Slaida nosaukums", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Stars & Ribbons", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Tukšs", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Klasiskais", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Zaļš", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Līnijas", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Birojs", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X Axis", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y Axis", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Unknown error.", @@ -656,6 +712,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertikālā elipse", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Ksi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Saskaņot ar slaidu", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Saskaņot ar platumu", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Radīt papildu iestatījumus", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Area Chart", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Bar Chart", @@ -732,9 +790,14 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Bring To Foreground", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Copy", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Cut", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Izplatīt kolonnas", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Izplatīt rindas", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "No faila", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "No URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Next Slide", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Paste", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Previous Slide", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Aizvietot attēlu", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Align Bottom", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Align Center", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Align Left", @@ -800,6 +863,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Ievietot manuālo atstarpi", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Ievietot vienādojumu pēc", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Ievietot vienādojumu pirms", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Paturēt tikai tekstu", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Mainīt robežu atrašanās vietu", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Robeža pāri tekstam", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Robeža zem teksta", @@ -807,6 +871,9 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matricu līdzināšana", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "New Slide", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Josla pāri tekstam", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "Izmantot galamērķa dizainu", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Attēls", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Atstāt sākotnējo formatējumu", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Press CTRL and click link", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "Preview", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Noņemt dalījuma joslu", @@ -930,7 +997,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Enter tooltip here", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "External Link", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Slide In This Presentation", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Link Type", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "ScreenTip Text", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hyperlink Settings", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "This field is required", @@ -1236,17 +1302,22 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Banded", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Color", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Borders Style", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Šūnas izmērs", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Columns", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Izplatīt kolonnas", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Izplatīt rindas", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Rows & Columns", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "No templates", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "First", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Header", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Augstums", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Last", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Custom Color", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Rows", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Select borders you want to change applying style chosen above", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Select From Template", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Total", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Platums", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Set Outer Border and All Inner Lines", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Set Outer Bottom Border Only", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Set Inner Lines Only", @@ -1350,12 +1421,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Cancel", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Diagrammas", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Column Chart", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Slēpt rīkjoslu", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Fit Slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Fit Width", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Hide Rulers", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Hide Status Bar", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Hide Title Bar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Italic", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Line Chart", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Custom Color", @@ -1377,15 +1442,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subscript", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Superscript", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Virsma", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Sadarbība", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Fails", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Sākums", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Insert", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Aizsardzība", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Error", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Underline", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Add Slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Advanced Settings", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Back", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Izmainīt diagrammas veidu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Change Slide Layout", @@ -1398,7 +1462,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Fonts", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Font Size", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontal Align", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Hide Title bar & Status bar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Increase Indent", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Insert Chart", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Ievietot vienādojumu", @@ -1406,7 +1469,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Insert Picture", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Insert Autoshape", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Insert Table", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Insert Text", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Ievadīt tekstlodziņu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Ievietot Text Art objektu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Line Spacing", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Bullets", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json index 387e49baa..b4d3504ff 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/nl.json @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Opslaan en afsluiten", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Grafiekeditor", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Document wordt op dit moment bewerkt door verschillende gebruikers.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Geavanceerde instellingen", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Naar documenten", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Werkbalk Verbergen", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Linialen verbergen", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Statusbalk verbergen", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Opslaan...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Gewijzigd", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Alle wijzigingen zijn opgeslagen.", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Alle wijzigingen zijn opgeslagen.", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Zoomen", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Toegangsrechten van documenten beheren", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Bestand downloaden", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Huidig bestand bewerken", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Bestand afdrukken", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Opnieuw", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Opslaan", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Ongedaan maken", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Weergave-instellingen", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Gebruikers weergeven en toegangsrechten voor documenten beheren", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Toegangsrechten wijzigen", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Hernoemen", @@ -110,21 +119,107 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Taal van document selecteren", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Bestand sluiten", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Versleuteling", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Wachtwoord is niet juist", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Wachtwoord", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Opties voor %1 kiezen", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Beschermd bestand", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Pas een wachtwoord toe om dit document te beveiligen", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Bevestig wachtwoord is niet identiek", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Herhaal wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtTitle": "Wachtwoord instellen", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Laden", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.strPlugins": "Plug-ins", "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Laden", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Starten", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Stoppen", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintAddPwd": "Versleutelen met wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Verander of verwijder wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Digitale handtekening toevoegen of handtekening lijn", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Wachtwoord toevoegen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Verander wachtwoord", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Wachtwoord verwijderen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Versleutelen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Digitale handtekening toevoegen", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Handtekening", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Handtekening lijn", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Bestandsnaam", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.txtInvalidName": "De bestandsnaam mag geen van de volgende tekens bevatten:", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintNext": "Naar volgende wijziging", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.hintPrev": "Naar vorige wijziging", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFast": "Snel", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strFastDesc": "Real-time samenwerken. Alle wijzigingen worden automatisch opgeslagen.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrict": "Strikt", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.strStrictDesc": "Gebruik de 'Opslaan' knop om de wijzigingen van u en andere te synchroniseren.", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipAcceptCurrent": "Huidige wijziging accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipCoAuthMode": "Zet samenwerkings modus", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipHistory": "Toon versie geschiedenis", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipRejectCurrent": "Huidige wijziging afwijzen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReview": "Wijzigingen bijhouden", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipReviewView": "Selecteer de modus waarin u de veranderingen weer wilt laten geven", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetDocLang": "Taal van document instellen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSetSpelling": "Spellingcontrole", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.tipSharing": "Toegangsrechten documenten beheren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAccept": "Accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Alle wijzigingen accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Wijzigingen Accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Huidige wijziging accepteren", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Chat", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Sluiten", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Modus Gezamenlijk bewerken", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtDocLang": "Taal", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Alle veranderingen geaccepteerd (Voorbeeld)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinalCap": "Einde", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtHistory": "Versie geschiedenis", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Alle veranderingen (Bewerken)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkupCap": "Markup", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtNext": "Volgende", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Alle veranderingen afgekeurd (Voorbeeld)", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginalCap": "Origineel", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Vorige", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtReject": "Afwijzen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectAll": "Alle wijzigingen afwijzen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectChanges": "Wijzigingen Afwijzen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtRejectCurrent": "Huidige wijziging afwijzen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSharing": "Delen", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtSpelling": "Spellingcontrole", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtTurnon": "Wijzigingen bijhouden", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Weergavemodus", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Vet", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certificaat", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Wijzigen", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Naam ondertekenaar invoeren", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Cursief", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Doel voor het ondertekenen van dit document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Selecteren", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Selecteer afbeelding", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Handtekening lijkt op", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Onderteken document", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "of klik 'Selecteer afbeelding' om een afbeelding als handtekening te gebruiken", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textValid": "Geldig van %1 tot %2", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Lettertype", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Tekengrootte", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Annuleren", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Sta ondertekenaar toe commentaar toe te voegen in het handtekening venster.", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfo": "Ondertekenaar info", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "E-mail", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Naam", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoTitle": "Ondertekenaar titel", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInstructions": "Instructies voor ondertekenaar", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textShowDate": "Toon signeer datum in handtekening regel", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Handtekening opzet", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Dit veld is vereist", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Presentatie zonder naam", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Bewerkrechten worden aangevraagd...", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.textNoTextFound": "De gegevens waarnaar u zoekt, zijn niet gevonden. Pas uw zoekopties aan.", @@ -144,7 +239,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externe fout.
            Fout in databaseverbinding. Neem contact op met Support als deze fout zich blijft voordoen.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Onjuist gegevensbereik.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Foutcode: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het document is beschermd met een wachtwoord en kan niet worden geopend.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het bestand is beschermd met een wachtwoord en kan niet worden geopend.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Er is een fout ontstaan bij het opslaan van het bestand. Gebruik de 'Download als' knop om het bestand op te slaan op uw computer of probeer het later nog eens.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Onbekende sleuteldescriptor", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Sleuteldescriptor vervallen", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Opslaan mislukt.", @@ -195,12 +291,14 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "Klik om de tip te sluiten", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact opnemen met Verkoop", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Presentatie wordt geladen", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Open source-versie ONLYOFFICE", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Only Office verbindingslimiet", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "Vorm", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "Strikte modus", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "De functies Ongedaan maken/Opnieuw worden uitgeschakeld in de modus Snel gezamenlijk bewerken.
            Klik op de knop 'Strikte modus' om over te schakelen naar de strikte modus voor gezamenlijk bewerken. U kunt het bestand dan zonder interferentie van andere gebruikers bewerken en uw wijzigingen verzenden wanneer u die opslaat. U kunt schakelen tussen de modi voor gezamenlijke bewerking via Geavanceerde instellingen van de editor.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Licentie vervallen", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor bijgewerkt", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Klik om de eerste slide te maken", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Klik om notities toe te voegen", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Hier tekst invoeren", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Basisvormen", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Knoppen", @@ -216,7 +314,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Koptekst", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "Afbeelding", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Lijnen", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLoading": "Aan het laden...", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLoading": "Bezig met laden...", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Wiskunde", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Media", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "U hebt updates", @@ -264,6 +362,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Tekst van dia", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Diatitel", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Sterren en linten", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Leeg", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Klassiek", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "Hoek", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "Stippels", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Groen", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Lijnen", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Kantoor", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "Officieel", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Pixel", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Safari", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "Turtle", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X-as", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y-as", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Onbekende fout.", @@ -276,7 +385,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "Met IE9 heeft de toepassing beperkte mogelijkheden. Gebruik IE10 of hoger.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "De huidige zoominstelling van uw browser wordt niet ondersteund. Zet de zoominstelling terug op de standaardwaarde door op Ctrl+0 te drukken.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
            Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U gebruikt een Open source-versie van ONLYOFFICE. In die versie geldt voor het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de documentserver een limiet van 20 verbindingen.
            Als u er meer nodig hebt, kunt u overwegen een commerciële licentie aan te schaffen.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
            Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
            Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Het recht om het bestand te bewerken is u ontzegd.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Zoomen {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Het lettertype dat u probeert op te slaan, is niet beschikbaar op het huidige apparaat.
            De tekststijl wordt weergegeven met een van de systeemlettertypen. Het opgeslagen lettertype wordt gebruikt wanneer het beschikbaar is.
            Wilt u doorgaan?", @@ -611,6 +721,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Verticale ellips", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Xi", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zeta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Aanpassen aan dia", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Aan breedte aanpassen", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Geavanceerde instellingen tonen", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Vlak", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Staaf", @@ -682,14 +794,19 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.splitCellTitleText": "Cel splitsen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.tableText": "Tabel", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBack": "Naar achtergrond sturen", - "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Naar achter verplaatsen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeBackward": "Naar achteren", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeForward": "Naar Voren Verplaatsen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Naar voorgrond brengen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Kopiëren", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Knippen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Kolommen verdelen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Rijen verdelen", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Van bestand", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Van URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Volgende dia", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Plakken", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Vorige dia", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Afbeelding vervangen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Onder uitlijnen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Midden uitlijnen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Links uitlijnen", @@ -755,6 +872,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertBreak": "Handmatig einde invoegen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqAfter": "Vergelijking invoegen na", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtInsertEqBefore": "Vergelijking invoegen vóór", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtKeepTextOnly": "Alleen tekst behouden", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitChange": "Locatie limieten wijzigen", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitOver": "Limiet over tekst", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtLimitUnder": "Limiet onder tekst", @@ -762,6 +880,9 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "Matrixuitlijning", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "Nieuwe dia", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "Streep boven tekst", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteDestFormat": "Gebruik doel thema", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "Afbeelding", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPasteSourceFormat": "Behoud bronopmaak", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "Druk op Ctrl en klik op koppeling", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "Diavoorstelling starten", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "Deelteken verwijderen", @@ -808,6 +929,7 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnHelpCaption": "Help...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnInfoCaption": "Info over presentatie...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnPrintCaption": "Afdrukken", + "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnProtectCaption": "Beveilig", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRecentFilesCaption": "Recente openen...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnRenameCaption": "Hernoemen...", "PE.Views.FileMenu.btnReturnCaption": "Terug naar presentatie", @@ -829,6 +951,16 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "Presentatietitel", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Toegangsrechten wijzigen", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Personen met rechten", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strEncrypt": "Met wachtwoord", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strProtect": "Beveilig presentatie", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.strSignature": "Met handtekening", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Presentatie bewerken", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "Aanpassingen zorgen ervoor dat de handtekening van deze presentatie verwijderd worden.
            Weet u zeker dat u door wilt gaan?", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEncrypted": "Deze presentatie is beveiligd met een wachtwoord", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSigned": "Geldige hantekeningen zijn toegevoegd aan de presentatie. Deze presentatie is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtSignedInvalid": "Een of meer digitale handtekeningen in deze presentatie zijn ongeldig of konden niet geverifieerd worden. Deze presentatie is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtView": "Toon handtekeningen", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Toepassen", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Uitlijningshulplijnen inschakelen", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "AutoHerstel inschakelen", @@ -874,7 +1006,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Tooltip hier invoeren", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Externe koppeling", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Dia in deze presentatie", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Type koppeling", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Tekst van Scherminfo", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Instellingen hyperlink", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Dit veld is vereist", @@ -917,6 +1048,7 @@ "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipSupport": "Feedback en Support", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.tipTitles": "Titels", "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtDeveloper": "ONTWIKKELAARSMODUS", + "PE.Views.LeftMenu.txtTrial": "TEST MODUS", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strLineHeight": "Regelafstand", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strParagraphSpacing": "Afstand tussen alinea's", "PE.Views.ParagraphSettings.strSpacingAfter": "Na", @@ -958,6 +1090,7 @@ "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtImageSettings": "Afbeeldingsinstellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtParagraphSettings": "Tekstinstellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtShapeSettings": "Vorminstellingen", + "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSignatureSettings": "Handtekening instellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtSlideSettings": "Dia-instellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTableSettings": "Tabelinstellingen", "PE.Views.RightMenu.txtTextArtSettings": "TextArt-instellingen", @@ -1037,6 +1170,17 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Gewichten & pijlen", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Breedte", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "Geen", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDelete": "Handtekening verwijderen", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strDetails": "Handtekening details", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strInvalid": "Ongeldige handtekeningen", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSign": "Onderteken", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strSignature": "Handtekening", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.strValid": "Geldige handtekeningen", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtContinueEditing": "Hoe dan ook bewerken", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "Aanpassingen zorgen ervoor dat de handtekening van deze presentatie verwijderd worden.
            Weet u zeker dat u door wilt gaan?", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSigned": "Geldige hantekeningen zijn toegevoegd aan de presentatie. Deze presentatie is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtSignedInvalid": "Een of meer digitale handtekeningen in deze presentatie zijn ongeldig of konden niet geverifieerd worden. Deze presentatie is beveiligd tegen aanpassingen.", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "Achtergrondkleur", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "Kleur", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDelay": "Vertragen", @@ -1167,17 +1311,22 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Gestreept", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Kleur", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Randstijl", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Celgrootte", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Kolommen", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Kolommen verdelen", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Rijen verdelen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Rijen en kolommen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Geen sjablonen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Eerste", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeader": "Koptekst", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textHeight": "Hoogte", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textLast": "Laatste", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textNewColor": "Aangepaste kleur", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textRows": "Rijen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textSelectBorders": "Selecteer de randen die u wilt wijzigen door de hierboven gekozen stijl toe te passen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTemplate": "Selecteren uit sjabloon", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textTotal": "Totaal", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textWidth": "Breedte", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipAll": "Buitenrand en alle binnenlijnen instellen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipBottom": "Alleen buitenrand onder instellen", "PE.Views.TableSettings.tipInner": "Alleen binnenlijnen instellen", @@ -1273,7 +1422,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textAlignTop": "Tekst bovenaan uitlijnen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArea": "Vlak", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBack": "Naar achtergrond sturen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBackward": "Naar achter verplaatsen", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeBackward": "Naar achteren", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeForward": "Naar Voren Verplaatsen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textArrangeFront": "Naar voorgrond brengen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBar": "Staaf", @@ -1281,12 +1430,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Annuleren", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Grafieken", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Kolom", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Compacte werkbalk weergeven", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Aanpassen aan dia", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Aan breedte aanpassen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Linialen verbergen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Statusbalk verbergen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Titelbalk verbergen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Cursief", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Lijn", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Aangepaste kleur", @@ -1308,14 +1451,14 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Subscript", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Superscript", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Oppervlak", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Samenwerking", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Bestand", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Home", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Invoegen", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Beveiliging", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Fout", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Onderstrepen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoomen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Dia toevoegen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Geavanceerde instellingen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Terug", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Grafiektype wijzigen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Dia-indeling wijzigen", @@ -1328,7 +1471,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Lettertype", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Tekengrootte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontale uitlijning", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Titelbalk en statusbalk verbergen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Inspringing vergroten", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Grafiek invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Vergelijking invoegen", @@ -1336,7 +1478,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Afbeelding invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "AutoVorm invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Tabel invoegen", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Tekst invoegen", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Tekstvak invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Text Art Invoegen", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Regelafstand", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Opsommingstekens", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json index 1da1fb267..9db5e81f2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pl.json @@ -875,7 +875,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Podaj tutaj etykietkę", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Link zewnętrzny", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Slajd w tej prezentacji", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Typ linku", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Tekst wskazówki na ekranie", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Ustawienia hiperlinku", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "To pole jest wymagane", @@ -1282,12 +1281,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Anulować", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Wykresy", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Kolumna", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Wyświetl kompaktowy pasek narzędzi", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Dopasuj do slajdu", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Dopasuj do szerokości", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ukryj linijki", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ukryj pasek stanu", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ukryj pasek tytułowy", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Kursywa", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Wykres", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Własny kolor", @@ -1314,9 +1307,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Wstawić", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Błąd", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podkreśl", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Powiększenie", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Dodaj slajd", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Zaawansowane ustawienia", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Powrót", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Zmień typ wykresu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Zmień układ slajdów", @@ -1329,7 +1320,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Czcionka", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Rozmiar czcionki", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Wyrównaj poziomo", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Ukryj pasek tytułowy i stanu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Zwiększ wcięcie", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Wstaw wykres", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Wstaw równanie", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json index a62f65bd5..cf365dbe5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/pt.json @@ -874,7 +874,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Inserir dica de ferramenta aqui", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Link externo", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Slide nesta apresentação", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Tipo de link", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Texto de dica de tela:", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Configurações de hiperlink", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Este campo é obrigatório", @@ -1281,12 +1280,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Cancelar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Gráficos", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Gráfico de coluna", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Ocultar barra de ferramentas", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Ajustar slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Ajustar largura", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ocultar réguas", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ocultar barra de status", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ocultar barra de título", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Itálico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Gráfico de linha", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Cor personalizada", @@ -1313,9 +1306,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Inserir", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Erro", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Sublinhado", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zoom", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Adicionar slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Configurações avançadas", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Voltar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Alterar tipo de gráfico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Alterar slide de layout", @@ -1328,7 +1319,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Tamanho da fonte", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Alinhamento horizontal", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Ocultar barra de título e barra de status", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Aumentar recuo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Inserir gráfico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Inserir equação", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json index 5729ef90b..5e0afc390 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/ru.json @@ -80,15 +80,24 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Сохранить и выйти", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Редактор диаграмм", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Документ редактируется несколькими пользователями.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Дополнительные параметры", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Перейти к Документам", + "Common.Views.Header.textCompactView": "Скрыть панель инструментов", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideLines": "Скрыть линейки", + "Common.Views.Header.textHideStatusBar": "Скрыть строку состояния", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Сохранение...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Изменен", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveEnd": "Все изменения сохранены", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveExpander": "Все изменения сохранены", + "Common.Views.Header.textZoom": "Масштаб", "Common.Views.Header.tipAccessRights": "Управление правами доступа к документу", "Common.Views.Header.tipDownload": "Скачать файл", "Common.Views.Header.tipGoEdit": "Редактировать текущий файл", "Common.Views.Header.tipPrint": "Напечатать файл", + "Common.Views.Header.tipRedo": "Повторить", + "Common.Views.Header.tipSave": "Сохранить", + "Common.Views.Header.tipUndo": "Отменить", + "Common.Views.Header.tipViewSettings": "Параметры представления", "Common.Views.Header.tipViewUsers": "Просмотр пользователей и управление правами доступа к документу", "Common.Views.Header.txtAccessRights": "Изменить права доступа", "Common.Views.Header.txtRename": "Переименовать", @@ -115,11 +124,12 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Кодировка", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Указан неверный пароль.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtPassword": "Пароль", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtProtected": "Как только вы введете пароль и откроете файл, текущий пароль к файлу будет сброшен.", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitle": "Выбрать параметры %1", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Защищенный файл", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Отмена", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", - "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Для открытия этого документа требуется пароль", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtDescription": "Задайте пароль, чтобы защитить этот документ", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Пароль и его подтверждение не совпадают", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Пароль", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtRepeat": "Повторить пароль", @@ -139,7 +149,7 @@ "Common.Views.Protection.txtEncrypt": "Шифровать", "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Добавить цифровую подпись", "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignature": "Подпись", - "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Строка подписи", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtSignatureLine": "Добавить строку подписи", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Отмена", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "Ok", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Имя файла", @@ -192,6 +202,7 @@ "Common.Views.SignDialog.textInputName": "Введите имя подписывающего", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textItalic": "Курсив", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textPurpose": "Цель подписания документа", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelect": "Выбрать", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSelectImage": "Выбрать изображение", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textSignature": "Как выглядит подпись:", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textTitle": "Подписание документа", @@ -227,9 +238,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Потеряно соединение с сервером. В данный момент нельзя отредактировать документ.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Не удается сохранить документ. Проверьте параметры подключения или обратитесь к вашему администратору.
            Когда вы нажмете на кнопку 'OK', вам будет предложено скачать документ.

            Дополнительную информацию о подключении Сервера документов можно найти здесь", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Внешняя ошибка.
            Ошибка подключения к базе данных. Если ошибка повторяется, пожалуйста, обратитесь в службу поддержки.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Получены зашифрованные изменения, их нельзя расшифровать.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Некорректный диапазон данных.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Код ошибки: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Документ защищен паролем и не может быть открыт.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Файл защищен паролем и не может быть открыт.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "При сохранении файла произошла ошибка. Используйте опцию 'Скачать как', чтобы сохранить файл на жестком диске компьютера или повторите попытку позже.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Неизвестный дескриптор ключа", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Срок действия дескриптора ключа истек", @@ -352,6 +364,17 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Текст слайда", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Заголовок слайда", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Звезды и ленты", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Пустой слайд", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Классическая", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_corner": "Угловая", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_dotted": "Точечная", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_green": "Зеленая", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_lines": "Линии", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_office": "Офис", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_official": "Официальная", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_pixel": "Пиксельная", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_safari": "Сафари", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_turtle": "Черепаха", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Ось X", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Ось Y", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Неизвестная ошибка.", @@ -363,9 +386,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Загрузка изображения", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserIE9": "В IE9 приложение имеет низкую производительность. Используйте IE10 или более позднюю версию.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnBrowserZoom": "Текущее значение масштаба страницы в браузере поддерживается не полностью. Вернитесь к масштабу по умолчанию, нажав Ctrl+0", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременных подключений к серверу документов, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
            Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
            Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременно работающих пользователей, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
            Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
            Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Вам было отказано в праве на редактирование этого файла.", "PE.Controllers.Statusbar.zoomText": "Масштаб {0}%", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.confirmAddFontName": "Шрифт, который вы хотите сохранить, недоступен на этом устройстве.
            Стиль текста будет отображаться с помощью одного из системных шрифтов. Сохраненный шрифт будет использоваться, когда он станет доступен.
            Вы хотите продолжить?", @@ -700,6 +725,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Вертикальное многоточие", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Кси", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Дзета", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "По размеру слайда", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "По ширине", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Дополнительные параметры", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "С областями", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Линейчатая", @@ -778,9 +805,12 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Вырезать", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Выровнять ширину столбцов", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Выровнять высоту строк", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Из файла", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "По URL", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Следующий слайд", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Вставить", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Предыдущий слайд", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textReplace": "Заменить изображение", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignBottom": "Выровнять по нижнему краю", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignCenter": "Выровнять по центру", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textShapeAlignLeft": "Выровнять по левому краю", @@ -980,7 +1010,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Введите здесь подсказку", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Внешняя ссылка", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Слайд в этой презентации", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Тип ссылки", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Текст подсказки", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Параметры гиперссылки", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Это поле обязательно для заполнения", @@ -1405,12 +1434,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Отмена", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Диаграммы", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Гистограмма", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Скрыть панель инструментов", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "По размеру слайда", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "По ширине", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Скрыть линейки", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Скрыть строку состояния", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Скрыть строку заголовка", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Курсив", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "График", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Пользовательский цвет", @@ -1439,9 +1462,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabProtect": "Защита", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Ошибка", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Подчеркнутый", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Масштаб", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Добавить слайд", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Дополнительные параметры", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Назад", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Изменить тип диаграммы", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Изменить макет слайда", @@ -1454,7 +1475,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Шрифт", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Размер шрифта", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Горизонтальное выравнивание", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Скрыть строки заголовка и статуса", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Увеличить отступ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Вставить диаграмму", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Вставить формулу", @@ -1462,7 +1482,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertImage": "Вставить изображение", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertShape": "Вставить автофигуру", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTable": "Вставить таблицу", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Вставить текст", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertText": "Вставить надпись", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertTextArt": "Вставить объект Text Art", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipLineSpace": "Междустрочный интервал", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipMarkers": "Маркированный список", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json index 6d3fd681d..ed09c81c6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sk.json @@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textSave": "Uložiť a Zavrieť", "Common.Views.ExternalDiagramEditor.textTitle": "Editor grafu", "Common.Views.Header.labelCoUsersDescr": "Dokument v súčasnosti upravuje niekoľko používateľov.", + "Common.Views.Header.textAdvSettings": "Pokročilé nastavenia", "Common.Views.Header.textBack": "Prejsť do Dokumentov", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveBegin": "Ukladanie ...", "Common.Views.Header.textSaveChanged": "Modifikovaný", @@ -110,6 +111,7 @@ "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.btnOk": "OK", "Common.Views.LanguageDialog.labelSelect": "Vybrať jazyk dokumentu", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", + "Common.Views.OpenDialog.closeButtonText": "Zatvoriť súbor", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtEncoding": "Kódovanie", "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Heslo je nesprávne.", @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ "Common.Views.OpenDialog.txtTitleProtected": "Chránený súbor", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.okButtonText": "OK", + "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtIncorrectPwd": "Heslá sa nezhodujú", "Common.Views.PasswordDialog.txtPassword": "Heslo", "Common.Views.PluginDlg.textLoading": "Nahrávanie", "Common.Views.Plugins.groupCaption": "Pluginy", @@ -125,6 +128,12 @@ "Common.Views.Plugins.textLoading": "Nahrávanie", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStart": "Začať/začiatok", "Common.Views.Plugins.textStop": "Stop", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintPwd": "Zmeniť alebo odstrániť heslo", + "Common.Views.Protection.hintSignature": "Pridajte riadok digitálneho podpisu alebo podpisu", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtAddPwd": "Pridajte heslo", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtChangePwd": "Zmeniť heslo", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtDeletePwd": "Odstrániť heslo", + "Common.Views.Protection.txtInvisibleSignature": "Pridajte digitálny podpis", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.RenameDialog.textName": "Názov súboru", @@ -135,21 +144,26 @@ "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptAll": "Akceptovať všetky zmeny", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptChanges": "Akceptovať zmeny", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtAcceptCurrent": "Akceptovať aktuálnu zmenu", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtChat": "Rozhovor", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtClose": "Zavrieť", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtCoAuthMode": "Režim spoločnej úpravy", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtFinal": "Všetky zmeny prijaté (ukážka)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtMarkup": "Všetky zmeny (upravované)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtOriginal": "Všetky zmeny boli zamietnuté (ukážka)", "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtPrev": "Predchádzajúce", + "Common.Views.ReviewChanges.txtView": "Režim zobrazenia", "Common.Views.SignDialog.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", "Common.Views.SignDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textBold": "Tučné", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textCertificate": "Certifikát", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textChange": "Zmeniť", "Common.Views.SignDialog.textUseImage": "alebo kliknite na položku 'Vybrať obrázok' ak chcete použiť obrázok ako podpis", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontName": "Názov písma", + "Common.Views.SignDialog.tipFontSize": "Veľkosť písma", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.cancelButtonText": "Zrušiť", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.okButtonText": "OK", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textAllowComment": "Povoliť signatárovi pridať komentár do podpisového dialógu", + "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoEmail": "E-mail", "Common.Views.SignSettingsDialog.textInfoName": "Názov", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.newDocumentTitle": "Nepomenovaná prezentácia", "PE.Controllers.LeftMenu.requestEditRightsText": "Žiadanie o práva na úpravu ...", @@ -171,6 +185,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Nesprávny rozsah údajov.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Kód chyby: %1", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Dokument je chránený heslom a nie je možné ho otvoriť.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorForceSave": "Pri ukladaní súboru sa vyskytla chyba. Ak chcete súbor uložiť na pevný disk počítača, použite možnosť 'Prevziať ako' alebo to skúste znova neskôr.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Neznámy kľúč deskriptoru", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Kľúč deskriptora vypršal", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Ukladanie zlyhalo.", @@ -227,6 +242,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "Funkcie späť/zopakovať sú vypnuté pre rýchly spolueditačný režim.
            Kliknite na tlačítko \"Prísny režim\", aby ste prešli do prísneho spolueditačného režimu a aby ste upravovali súbor bez rušenia ostatných užívateľov a odosielali vaše zmeny iba po ich uložení. Pomocou Rozšírených nastavení editoru môžete prepínať medzi spolueditačnými režimami.", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleLicenseExp": "Platnosť licencie uplynula", "PE.Controllers.Main.titleServerVersion": "Editor bol aktualizovaný", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddFirstSlide": "Kliknutím pridajte prvú snímku", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtAddNotes": "Kliknutím pridáte poznámky", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtArt": "Váš text tu", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtBasicShapes": "Základné tvary", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "Tlačidlá", @@ -290,6 +307,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Text snímku", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Názov snímku", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Hviezdy a stuhy", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_blank": "Prázdny", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtTheme_classic": "Classic", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Os X", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Os Y", "PE.Controllers.Main.unknownErrorText": "Neznáma chyba.", @@ -637,6 +656,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_vdots": "Vertikálna elipsa/vypustenie", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_xsi": "Ksí ", "PE.Controllers.Toolbar.txtSymbol_zeta": "Zéta", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitPage": "Prispôsobiť snímke", + "PE.Controllers.Viewport.textFitWidth": "Prispôsobiť na šírku", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textAdvanced": "Zobraziť pokročilé nastavenia", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textArea": "Plošný graf", "PE.Views.ChartSettings.textBar": "Vodorovná čiarka", @@ -713,6 +734,10 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textArrangeFront": "Premiestniť do popredia", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCopy": "Kopírovať", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textCut": "Vystrihnúť", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeCols": "Rozdeliť stĺpce", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textDistributeRows": "Rozdeliť riadky", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromFile": "Zo súboru", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textFromUrl": "Z URL adresy ", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textNextPage": "Nasledujúca snímka", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPaste": "Vložiť", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.textPrevPage": "Predchádzajúca snímka", @@ -856,6 +881,8 @@ "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo.txtTitle": "Názov prezentácie", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtBtnAccessRights": "Zmeniť prístupové práva", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights.txtRights": "Osoby s oprávneniami", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEdit": "Upraviť prezentáciu", + "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ProtectDoc.txtEditWarning": "Úprava odstráni podpisy z prezentácie.
            Naozaj chcete pokračovať?", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.okButtonText": "Použiť", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAlignGuides": "Zapnúť tipy zarovnávania", "PE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings.strAutoRecover": "Zapnúť automatickú obnovu", @@ -901,7 +928,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Tu zadajte popisku", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Externý odkaz", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Snímok v tejto prezentácii", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Typ odkazu", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Popis", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Nastavenie hypertextového odkazu", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Toto pole sa vyžaduje", @@ -1065,6 +1091,7 @@ "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWeightArrows": "Nastavenia tvaru", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.textWidth": "Šírka", "PE.Views.ShapeSettingsAdvanced.txtNone": "Žiadny", + "PE.Views.SignatureSettings.txtEditWarning": "Úprava odstráni podpisy z prezentácie.
            Naozaj chcete pokračovať?", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strBackground": "Farba pozadia", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strColor": "Farba", "PE.Views.SlideSettings.strDelay": "Oneskorenie", @@ -1195,7 +1222,10 @@ "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBanded": "Pruhovaný/pásikovaný", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorderColor": "Farba", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textBorders": "Štýl orámovania", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textCellSize": "Veľkosť bunky", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textColumns": "Stĺpce", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeCols": "Rozdeliť stĺpce", + "PE.Views.TableSettings.textDistributeRows": "Rozdeliť riadky", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEdit": "Riadky a stĺpce", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textEmptyTemplate": "Žiadne šablóny", "PE.Views.TableSettings.textFirst": "Prvý", @@ -1309,12 +1339,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Zrušiť", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Grafy", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Stĺpec", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Skryť panel s nástrojmi", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Prispôsobiť snímke", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Prispôsobiť na šírku", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Skryť pravítka", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Schovať stavový riadok", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Skryť lištu nadpisu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Kurzíva", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Čiara/líniový graf", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Vlastná farba", @@ -1336,14 +1360,13 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSubscript": "Dolný index", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Horný index", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSurface": "Povrch", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabCollaboration": "Spolupráca", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabFile": "Súbor", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabHome": "Hlavná stránka", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Vložiť", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Chyba", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podčiarknuť", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Priblíženie", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Pridať snímku", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Pokročilé nastavenia", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Späť", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Zmeniť typ grafu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Zmeniť usporiadanie snímky", @@ -1356,7 +1379,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Písmo", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Veľkosť písma", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontálne zarovnanie", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Skryť titulok a stavový riadok", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Zväčšiť zarážku", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Vložiť graf", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Vložiť rovnicu", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json index 0ba0619ae..6d0936570 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/sl.json @@ -371,7 +371,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Namig vnesite tu", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Zunanja povezava", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Diapozitiv v tej predstavitvi", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Vrsta povezave", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Besedila zaslonskega tipa", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Nastavitve hiperpovezave", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "To polje je obvezno", @@ -732,12 +731,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textBold": "Krepko", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Prekliči", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Stolpični grafikon", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Poglej kompaktno orodno vrstico", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Prilagodi diapozitiv", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Prilagodi širino", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Skrij pravila", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Skrij statusno vrstico", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Skrij naslovno vrstico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Poševno", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Vrstični grafikon", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Barva po meri", @@ -756,9 +749,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "Nadpis", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Napaka", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Podčrtaj", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Povečava", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Dodaj diapozitiv", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Napredne nastavitve", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Nazaj", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Spremeni postavitev diapozitiva", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipClearStyle": "Počisti stil", @@ -770,7 +761,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Ime pisave", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Velikost pisave", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Horizontalno poravnano", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Skrij naslovno vrstico & Statusno vrstico", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Povečajte zamik", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Vstavi grafikon", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertHyperlink": "Dodaj Hiperpovezavo", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json index d06aa81cc..1a06d3c31 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/tr.json @@ -875,7 +875,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Araç bilgisini buraya girin", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Dosya yada İnternet Sayfası", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Bu Dökümana Yerleştir", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Bağlantı tipi", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Ekranİpucu metni", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Hiper bağ Ayarları", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Bu alan gereklidir", @@ -1282,12 +1281,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "İptal Et", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Grafikler", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Sütun grafik", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Araç listesini gizle", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Slaytı sığdır", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Genişliğe Sığdır", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Cetvelleri Gizle", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Durum Çubuğunu Gizle", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Başlık Çubuğunu Gizle", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "İtalik", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Çizgi grafiği", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Özel Renk", @@ -1314,9 +1307,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Ekle", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Hata", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Altı çizili", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Zum", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Slayt ekle", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Gelişmiş Ayarlar", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Geri", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Grafik Tipini Değiştir", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Slayt Tasarımını Değiştir", @@ -1329,7 +1320,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Yazı Tipi", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Yazıtipi boyutu", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Yatay Hizala", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Başlık Çubuğu & Durum Çubuğunu Gizle", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Girintiyi Arttır", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Tablo ekle", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Denklem Ekle", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json index 7e861c391..cb26cefb2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/uk.json @@ -874,7 +874,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Введіть підказку тут", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Зовнішнє посилання", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Слайд у цій Презентації", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Тип посилання", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Текст ScreenTip", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Налаштування гіперсилки", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Це поле є обов'язковим", @@ -1281,12 +1280,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Скасувати", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Діаграми", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Колона", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Сховати панель інструментів", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Пристосувати до слайду", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Придатний до ширини", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Сховати лінійки", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Сховати панель стану", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Сховати заголовний рядок", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Курсив", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Лінія", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Власний колір", @@ -1313,9 +1306,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Вставити", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Помилка", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Підкреслений", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Збільшити", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Додати слайд", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Розширені налаштування", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Назад", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Змінити тип діаграми", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Змінити розміщення слайду", @@ -1328,7 +1319,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Шрифт", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Розмір шрифта", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Горизонтальне вирівнювання", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Сховати панель заголовків і панель стану", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Збільшити відступ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Вставити діаграму", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Вставити рівняння", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json index 497b0ce78..ff26f1f63 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/vi.json @@ -875,7 +875,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "Nhập tooltip ở đây", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "Liên kết ngoài", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "Slide trong Bản trình chiếu này", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "Loại liên kết", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "Văn bản ScreenTip", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "Cài đặt Siêu liên kết", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "Trường bắt buộc", @@ -1282,12 +1281,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "Hủy", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "Biểu đồ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "Cột", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "Xem thanh công cụ nhỏ gọn", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "Vừa với Slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "Vừa với Chiều rộng", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "Ẩn Thước", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "Ẩn thanh trạng thái", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "Ẩn thanh Tiêu đề", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "Nghiêng", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "Đường kẻ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "Màu tùy chỉnh", @@ -1314,9 +1307,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTabInsert": "Chèn", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "Lỗi", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "Gạch chân", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "Thu phóng", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "Thêm slide", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "Cài đặt nâng cao", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "Quay lại", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "Thay đổi Loại biểu đồ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "Thay đổi Bố cục slide", @@ -1329,7 +1320,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "Phông chữ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "Cỡ chữ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "Căn chỉnh ngang", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "Ẩn Thanh tiêu đề và Thanh trạng thái", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "Tăng thụt lề", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "Chèn biểu đồ", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "Chèn phương trình", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json index c31beaf5a..2a7109e0c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/locale/zh.json @@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textCloseTip": "点击关闭提示", "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "联系销售", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "载入演示", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "NLYOFFICE开源版本", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE开源版本", "PE.Controllers.Main.textShape": "形状", "PE.Controllers.Main.textStrict": "严格模式", "PE.Controllers.Main.textTryUndoRedo": "对于快速的协同编辑模式，取消/重做功能是禁用的。< br >单击“严格模式”按钮切换到严格co-editing模式编辑该文件没有其他用户干扰和发送您的更改只后你拯救他们。您可以使用编辑器高级设置在编辑模式之间切换。", @@ -193,12 +193,20 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtButtons": "按钮", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "标注", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "图表", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtClipArt": "剪贴画", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDateTime": "日期与时间", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagram": "SmartArt", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "图表标题", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "设置编辑模式..", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "图形箭头", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "页脚", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "头", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "图片", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "行", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "数学", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "媒体", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "你有更新", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "图片", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "矩形", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "系列", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "空白", @@ -237,6 +245,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTx": "垂直标题和文字", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "垂直标题和文字在图表上", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "垂直文本", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "幻灯片编号", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "幻灯片副标题", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "幻灯片文本", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "幻灯片标题", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "星星和丝带", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "X轴", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Y轴", @@ -734,6 +746,7 @@ "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtMatrixAlign": "矩阵对齐", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtNewSlide": "新幻灯片", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtOverbar": "文本上一条", + "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPastePicture": "图片", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPressLink": "按CTRL并单击链接", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtPreview": "开始幻灯片放映", "PE.Views.DocumentHolder.txtRemFractionBar": "删除分数栏", @@ -843,7 +856,6 @@ "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textEmptyTooltip": "在这里输入工具提示", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textExternalLink": "外部链接", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textInternalLink": "幻灯片在本演示文稿", - "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textLinkType": "链接类型", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTipText": "屏幕提示文字", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.textTitle": "超链接设置", "PE.Views.HyperlinkSettingsDialog.txtEmpty": "这是必填栏", @@ -1215,6 +1227,7 @@ "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtNoBorders": "没有线", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtPapyrus": "纸莎草", "PE.Views.TextArtSettings.txtWood": "木头", + "PE.Views.Toolbar.capInsertImage": "图片", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniCustomTable": "插入自定义表", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromFile": "图片文件", "PE.Views.Toolbar.mniImageFromUrl": "图片来自网络", @@ -1238,12 +1251,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCancel": "取消", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCharts": "图表", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textColumn": "列", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textCompactView": "查看紧凑工具栏", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitPage": "适合幻灯片", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textFitWidth": "适合宽度", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideLines": "隐藏标尺", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideStatusBar": "隐藏状态栏", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textHideTitleBar": "隐藏标题栏", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textItalic": "斜体", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textLine": "线", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textNewColor": "自定义颜色", @@ -1265,9 +1272,7 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.textSuperscript": "上标", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textTitleError": "错误", "PE.Views.Toolbar.textUnderline": "下划线", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.textZoom": "放大", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAddSlide": "添加幻灯片", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipAdvSettings": "高级设置", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipBack": "返回", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeChart": "更改图表类型", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipChangeSlide": "更改幻灯片布局", @@ -1280,7 +1285,6 @@ "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontName": "字体名称", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipFontSize": "字体大小", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHAligh": "水平对齐", - "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipHideBars": "隐藏标题栏和状态栏", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipIncPrLeft": "增加缩进", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertChart": "插入图表", "PE.Views.Toolbar.tipInsertEquation": "插入方程", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json index 9ffef1441..16dc4ace0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/Contents.json @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Einfügen" }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "name": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit" + }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Registerkarte Plug-ins" @@ -57,7 +61,7 @@ }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", - "name": "Nummerierte Listen erstellen" + "name": "Listen erstellen" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 0134e0522..a4711db85 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
            - +

            Über den Präsentationseditor

            Der Präsentationseditor ist eine Online- Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Dokumente direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können.

            -

            Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Präsentationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PDF-, TXT-, DOCX-, DOC-, ODT-, RTF-, HTML- oder EPUB-Dateien speichern.

            +

            Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Präsentationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PPTX-, PDF- oder ODP-Dateien speichern.

            Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Über Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 2d6552737..56b25c3bb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Erweiterte Einstellungen des Präsentationseditors

            Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Präsentationseditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Erweiterte Einstellungen Symbol in der rechten oberen Ecke der Registerkarte Start anklicken.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 43f6c0993..d1073e619 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,47 +11,50 @@
            - +

            Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Präsentationen

            Im Präsentationseneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Präsentation zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst:

            • gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Präsentation
            • visuelle Markierung von Objekten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden
              • -
            • Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick
              • +
            • Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick.
            • Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten der Präsentation
              • -
            • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen
              • +
            • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen.

            Co-Bearbeitung

            -

            Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden.

            +

            Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

            +

            Menü Co-Bearbeitung

            Wenn eine Präsentation im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Objekte (AutoFormen, Textobjekte, Tabellen, Bilder und Diagramme) mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Das Objekt, das Sie bearbeiten, ist von der grünen gestrichelten Linie umgeben. Rote gestrichelte Linien zeigen, dass die Objekte von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben.

            -

            Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten, wer gerade die Präsentation bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

            -

            Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind.

            +

            Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

            +

            Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

            Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol Speichern speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern. Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde.

            Chat

            Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw.

            -

            Die Chatnachrichten werden nur während einer Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden.

            +

            Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden.

            Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen:

              -
            1. Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol Chat.
              2. -
            2. Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende nachfolgende Feld ein.
              3. -
            3. Klicken Sie auf Senden.
              4. +
            4. Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol Chat oder
              wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat Chat.
              5. +
            5. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein.
              6. +
            6. klicken Sie auf Senden.

            Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - Chat.

            -

            Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Chat Symbol.

            +

            Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Chat oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat Chat.

            Kommentare

            -

            Einen Kommentar hinterlassen:

            +

            Einen Kommentar bezüglich eines bestimmten Objekts (Textbox, Form etc.) hinterlassen:

            1. Wählen Sie ein Objekt, das Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet.
              2. -
            2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie auf Kommentare Kommentare, oder
              nutzen Sie das Kommentare Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder
              klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschten Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.
              3. +
            3. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentar Kommentare, oder
              klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschten Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.
            4. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein.
              5. -
            5. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen.
              6. +
            6. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen.
            -

            Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. Das von Ihnen markierte Objekt wird mit dem Symbol Kommentiertes Objekt markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf dieses Symbol.

            -

            Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführten Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar.

            -

            Hinzugefügten Kommentare verwalten:

            +

            Das von Ihnen markierte Objekt wird mit dem Symbol Kommentiertes Objekt markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf dieses Symbol.

            +

            Um einer bestimmten Folie einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Folie aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit auf Kommentar Kommentar. Der hinzugefügte Kommentar wird in der unteren linken Ecke der Folie angezeigt.

            +

            Um der gesamten Präsentation einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, der sich nicht auf ein einzelnes Objekt oder eine einzelne Folie bezieht, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen und klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen. Der Kommentar für die gesamte Präsentation wird im Kommentarfeld angezeigt. Auch Kommentare in Bezug auf Objekte und einzelne Folien sind hier verfügbar.

            +

            Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar.

            +

            Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten:

            • bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf Bearbeiten
            • löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Löschen
              • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 8d02fd008..9ebab160b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Tastenkombinationen

            <%= tipText %>
            @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 4909f131b..38a1c2cd4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge

            Der Präsentationseditor bietet mehrere Werkzeuge, um Ihnen die Ansicht und Navigation in Ihrer Präsentation zu erleichtern: Zoom, vorherige/nächste folie, Anzeige der Foliennummer.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index e3d370953..652fcce55 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Suchfunktion

            Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Präsentation nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Suche Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 1c10f6d81..94a1b7a74 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Rechtschreibprüfung

            Der Präsentationseditor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, die Rechtschreibung Ihres Textes in einer bestimmten Sprache zu überprüfen und Fehler während der Bearbeitung zu korrigieren.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index ea23dd3dc..1301e63e2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Unterstützte Formate elektronischer Präsentationen

            Eine Präsentation besteht aus einer Reihe von Folien, die verschiedene Arten von Inhalten enthalten können, z. B. Bilder, Mediendateien, Text, Effekte etc. Der Präsentationseditor unterstützt die folgenden Formate:

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37e2e3377 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

            +

            Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Präsentation organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten.

            +

            Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

            +

            Sie können:

            + +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 534344dbb..523fa6a04 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Registerkarte Datei

            Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 0e2c8e977..89648de68 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Registerkarte Start

            Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Präsentation öffnen. Hier können Sie allgemeine Folienparameter festlegen, Text formatieren und Objekte einfügen und diesen ausrichten und anordnen.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 0564df22c..fe729f356 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Registerkarte Einfügen

            Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Präsentation hinzufügen.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 30dfd7d45..7b256bdd2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -11,20 +11,21 @@
            - +

            Registerkarte Plug-ins

            -

            Die Registerkarte Plugins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern.

            +

            Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen.

            Registerkarte Plug-ins

            +

            Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation.

            Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung:

              -
            • ClipArt ermöglicht das Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung
              • -
            • PhotoEditor ermöglicht das Bearbeiten von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw
              • -
            • Symbol Table ermöglicht das Einfügen spezieller Symbole in Ihren Text
              • -
            • Translator ermöglicht das Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen
              • -
            • YouTube ermöglicht das Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Präsentation
              • +
            • ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung.
              • +
            • PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw.
              • +
            • Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text.
              • +
            • Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen.
              • +
            • YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Präsentation.
            -

            Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

            +

            Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 971d0c1cc..4c4eff472 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@
            - +

            Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Präsentationseditors

            Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind.

            Editor

            -

            Die Editor-Oberfläche besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

            +

            Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

            1. In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Präsentation angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können.

              Symbole in der Kopfzeile des Editors

              2. -
            2. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Plug-ins.

              Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen, Wiederholen und Folie hinzufügen stehe unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

              +
            3. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.

              Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

              Symbole in der oberen Menüleiste

            4. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie einige Navigationswerkzeuge: Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert" etc.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren.
              5. @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
            5. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Präsentation anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten.
            6. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren.
            -

            Für eine übersichtlichere Darstellung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

            +

            Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 30a0fc121..5391f54ea 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Hyperlink einfügen

            Einfügen eines Hyperlinks

            @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
          35. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
          36. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste.
          37. Sie können nun Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink, die Parameter für den Hyperlink festlegen:
              -
            • Linktyp - wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten, aus dem Listenmenü aus:
                +
              • wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten:
                • Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu externen Website führt, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein.

                  Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

                • Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einer bestimmten Folie in der aktuellen Präsentation führt, wählen Sie die Option Folie aus dieser Präsentation und geben Sie die gewünschte Folie an. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Nächste Folie, Vorherige Folie, Erste Folie, Letze Folie, Folie

                  Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index b61ed9669..d31d96b9e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Objekte auf einer Folie anordnen und ausrichten

                  Die hinzugefügten Textbereiche, AutoFormen, Diagramme und Bilder können auf der Folie ausgerichtet, gruppiert, angeordnet und horizontal oder vertikal verteilt werden. Um einen dieser Vorgänge auszuführen, wählen Sie zuerst ein einzelnes Objekt oder mehrere Objekte auf der Folie aus. Um mehrere Objekte zu wählen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und klicken Sie auf die gewünschten Objekte. Um ein Textfeld auszuwählen, klicken Sie auf den Rahmen und nicht auf den darin befindlichen Text. Danach können Sie entweder über die nachstehend beschriebenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Layout navigieren oder Sie nutzen die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü.

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index 627d0ae62..a6c08d705 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Übergänge hinzufügen

                  Ein Übergang ist ein Animationseffekt, beim Wechsel zwischen zwei Folien, während einer Bildschirmdemonstration. Sie können den gleichen Übergang zu allen Folien hinzufügen oder verschiedene Übergänge auf jede einzelne Folie anwenden und die Eigenschaften der Übergänge anpassen.

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 4741ba3f9..ae25d99e7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Formatierung übernehmen/entfernen

                  Kopieren einer bestimmte Textformatierung:

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 8197845ea..6988768ba 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,21 +11,38 @@
                  - +

                  Daten kopieren/einfügen, Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen

                  +

                  Zwischenablage verwenden

                  Um gewählte Objekte (Folien, Textabschnitte, AutoFormen) in Ihrer Präsentation auszuschneiden, zu kopieren, einzufügen oder Aktionen rückgängig zu machen bzw. zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind:

                  • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden.
                  • Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, Kopieren um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden.
                    • -
                  • Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen. Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorpositionn eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite.
                    • +
                  • Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen. Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite.

                  Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen:

                    -
                  • STRG+C - Kopieren;
                    • +
                  • STRG+C - Kopieren
                  • STRG+V - Einfügen;
                    • -
                  • Strg+X - Ausschneiden;
                    • +
                  • STRG+X - Ausschneiden;
                  +

                  Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen

                  +

                  Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage oder dem eingefügten Objekt das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

                  +

                  Für das Einfügen von Textpassagen stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung:

                  +
                    +
                  • An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt.
                    • +
                  • Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - die ursprüngliche Formatierung des kopierten Textabschnitts wird in die Präsentation eingefügt.
                    • +
                  • Bild - der Text wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden.
                    • +
                  • Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst.
                    • +
                  +

                  Einfügeoptionen

                  +

                  Für das Einfügen von Objekten (AutoFormen, Diagramme, Tabellen) stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung:

                  +
                    +
                  • An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt.
                    • +
                  • Bild - das Objekt wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden.
                    • +
                  +

                  Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen

                  Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen:

                  • Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig Rückgängig, um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen.
                    • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 33e6ac935..5bc1b430d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Nummerierte Listen erstellen

                    Nummerierte Liste in einer Präsentation erstellen:

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 6db541537..036964717 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen

                    Sie haben die Möglichkeit für Folien, AutoFormen und DekoSchriften verschiedene Füllfarben und Hintergründe zu verwenden.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index e857c7183..e4cc2b5a3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren

                    AutoForm einfügen

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index eef5f754c..4263db12a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,23 +11,23 @@
                    - +

                    Diagramme einfügen und bearbeiten

                    Ein Diagramm einfügen

                    Ein Diagramm einfügen:

                      -
                    1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm hinzufügen wollen.
                      2. +
                    2. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten.
                    3. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
                      4. -
                    4. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagramm Diagramm.
                      5. +
                    5. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm Diagramm.
                    6. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.

                      Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung.

                    7. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben:
                        -
                      • Kopieren und Einfügen - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten
                        • +
                      • Kopieren und Einfügen - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten.
                      • Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen.
                      • Funktion einfügen - Einfügen einer Funktion
                        • -
                      • Dezimalstelle löschen und Dezimalstelle hinzufügen zum Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen
                        • -
                      • Zahlenformat - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden
                        • +
                      • Dezimalstelle löschen und Dezimalstelle hinzufügen - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen.
                        • +
                      • Zahlenformat - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden

                      Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten

                      8. @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@
                      • Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich.
                      • Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4.
                        • -
                      • Wählen Sie die Art aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten.
                        • +
                      • Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten.

                      Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen

                      Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern.

                      • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
                        • Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt.
                          • -
                        • Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagramm angezeigt.
                          • +
                        • Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
                        • Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt.
                        • -
                      • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
                          +
                        • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus:
                          • Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt
                          • Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt
                          • Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt
                            • @@ -58,11 +58,11 @@
                        • Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten):
                            -
                          • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp.
                              +
                            • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp.
                              • Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
                              • Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten.
                              • Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
                                • -
                              • Für Kartenbereiche sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert.
                                • +
                              • Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert.
                            • Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert.
                              • @@ -72,13 +72,13 @@
                            • Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen.
                            • Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).

                              Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung.

                              • -
                            • Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen, können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Dropdown-Liste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen:
                                -
                              • Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontalen Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
                                  +
                                • Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen:
                                    +
                                  • Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus:
                                    • Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt.
                                    • Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt.
                                    • -
                                  • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
                                      +
                                    • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus:
                                      • Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt.
                                      • Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt.
                                      • Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt.
                                        • @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@
                                      • -
                                    • Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

                                      Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

                                      +
                                    • Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

                                      Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

                                    Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen

                                    @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@

                                  Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen

                                  -

                                  Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

                                  +

                                  Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

                                • Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.

                                  Sie können die Position des Diagramms auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie es vertikal oder horizontal verschieben.

                                  • @@ -146,18 +146,20 @@

                                  Diagrammelemente bearbeiten

                                  Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein.

                                  -

                                  Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schrifform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten.

                                  +

                                  Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten.

                                  Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur.

                                  -

                                  Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, bis ein blaues gestricheltes Feld angezeigt wird. Ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger ohne die Maustaste loszulassen in die gewünschte Richtung, um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern.

                                  +

                                  Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen.

                                  3D-Diagramm

                                  Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen

                                  Registerkarte Diagramme

                                  Diagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen aus.

                                  -

                                  Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das Diagrammseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten

                                  +

                                  Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten.

                                  Im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern können Sie den gewählten Diagrammtyp und -stil über die entsprechende Auswahlliste ändern.

                                  Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste.

                                  Über die Schaltfläche Daten ändern können Sie das Fenster Diagrammtools öffnen und die Daten ändern (wie oben beschrieben).

                                  Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrer Präsentation enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“.

                                  -

                                  Ist das Diagramm ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Füllung und Linienstärke an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können.

                                  +

                                  Die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste ermöglicht das Öffnen des Fensters Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen, über das Sie den alternativen Text festlegen können:

                                  +

                                  Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen

                                  +

                                  Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Füllung und Linienstärke der Form an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können.

                                  Um das hinzugefügte Diagramm zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur.

                                  Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Diagramms auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Objekte, finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen.

                                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 716781888..704d1921e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                                  - +

                                  Formeln einfügen

                                  Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.).

                                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 9886f5ff5..01308c770 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                                  - +

                                  Bilder einfügen und anpassen

                                  Ein Bild einfügen

                                  @@ -22,25 +22,27 @@
                                • Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Bild Bild.
                                • Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen:
                                  • Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen.
                                    • -
                                  • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster, zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
                                    • +
                                  • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
                                • Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern.
                    -

                    Bildeinstellungen anpassen

                    Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen

                    Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte:

                    -

                    Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen.

                    +

                    Bildeinstellungen anpassen

                    +

                    Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte:

                    Registerkarte Bildeinstellungen

                    Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen.

                    Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild zu ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auszuwählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL.

                    +

                    Ist das Bild ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Entsprechend ändern sich die Form des Bildes.

                    +

                    Registerkarte Formeinstellungen

                    Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

                    Bildeigenschaften

                    Im Fenster platzieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen:

                      -
                    • Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprünglichen Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.
                      • +
                    • Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.
                    • Position - über diese Option können Sie die Position des Bildes auf der Folie ändern (die Position wird im Verhältnis zum oberen und linken Rand der Folie berechnet).

                    Bildeigenschaften

                    -

                    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind.

                    +

                    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind.

                    Um das eingefügte Bild zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur.

                    Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Bildes auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Bilder finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 83fa5a485..b2ec73e85 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Tabellen einfügen und formatieren

                    Eine Tabelle einfügen

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 354b187b4..3ba091851 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Text einfügen und formatieren

                    Text einfügen

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index e98f6d00a..df4ac18db 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Folien verwalten

                    Standardmäßig besteht eine neu erstellte Präsentation aus einer leeren Titelfolie. Sie haben nun die Möglichkeit neue Folien zu erstellen, eine Folie zu kopieren, um sie an anderer Stelle in der Folienliste einzufügen, Folien zu duplizieren, Folien mit dem Cursor in eine andere Position zu ziehen, um die Reihenfolge zu verändern, überflüssige Folien zu löschen, ausgewählte Folien auszublenden.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 159de1193..98fee4373 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -11,23 +11,23 @@
                    - +

                    Objekte formatieren

                    Sie können die verschiedene Objekte auf einer Folie mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte manuell verschieben, drehen und ihre Größe ändern. Alternativ können Sie über die rechte Seitenleiste oder das Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen genaue Werte für die Abmessungen und die Position von Objekten festlegen.

                    Größe von Objekten ändern

                    -

                    Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten Quadrat an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole.

                    -

                    Seitenverhältnis beibehalten

                    +

                    Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten Quadrat an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole.

                    +

                    Seitenverhältnis sperren

                    Um die präzise Breite und Höhe eines Diagramms festzulegen, wählen Sie es auf der Folie aus und navigieren Sie über den Bereich Größe, der in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert wird.

                    Um die präzise Abmessungen eines Bildes oder einer AutoForm festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Bild/AutoForm - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie benötigte Werte in die Registerkarte Größe im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK.

                    Die Form einer AutoForm ändern

                    Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol Gelber Diamant verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes.

                    Form einer AutoForm ändern

                    Objekte verschieben

                    -

                    Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol Pfeil, das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich in eine senkrechten Richtung bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt.

                    +

                    Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol Pfeil, das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt.

                    Um die exakte Position eines Bildes festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie gewünschten Werte im Bereich Position im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK.

                    Objekte drehen

                    -

                    Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

                    +

                    Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt.

                    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 87529e7b5..ccaeb7722 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen

                    Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Präsentation abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Präsentation übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Präsentation erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Präsentationen öffnen.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index 7598bdfc9..c9e9d8eaa 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Vorschau einer Präsentation

                    Vorschau beginnen

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index f0c09f076..6646e4705 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Präsentation speichern/drucken/herunterladen

                    Standardmäßig speichert wird Ihre Datei im Präsentationseditor während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden gespeichert, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabsturzes zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Wenn Sie die Datei im Modus Strikt co-editieren, werden Änderungen automatisch alle 10 Minuten gespeichert. Sie können den bevorzugten Co-Modus nach Belieben auswählen oder die Funktion AutoSave auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

                    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
                    1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
                    2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.
                      3. -
                    3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PDF, PPTX oder ODP.
                      4. +
                    4. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: PPTX, PDF oder ODP.
                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index 433bf91f7..f76c0022d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Folienparameter festlegen

                    Um Ihre Präsentation zu personalisieren, können Sie ein Thema und ein Farbschema sowie die Foliengröße und -ausrichtung für die gesamte Präsentation auswählen, Hintergrundfarbe oder Folienlayout für jede einzelne Folie ändern und Übergänge zwischen den Folien hinzufügen. Es ist außerdem möglich Notizen zu jeder Folie einzufüllen, die hilfreich sein können, wenn Sie die Präsentation in der Referentenansicht wiedergeben.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index fdc6150bf..4a85958ed 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                    - +

                    Präsentationseigenschaften anzeigen

                    Um detaillierte Informationen über die aktuelle Präsentation einzusehen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Präsentationseigenschaften....

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png index bf3f24806..c4bbb4908 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/TextSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/TextSettingsTab.png index f634021ce..15edcae5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/TextSettingsTab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/TextSettingsTab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png index a8330a8d1..091a1c115 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/added_comment_icon.png index 1754ee6fb..425e00a8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/added_comment_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/added_comment_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addslide.png index a55e3d1a7..46740f27e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png index 640287ba3..a70ad75d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..e5647b97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..1a6b762c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png index 6598e2aff..3219f9ab1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..4ef463b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignshape.png index 4283c97e3..f0844b596 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png index cc749a928..17a0a9301 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrangeshape.png index 683495725..cb8b897c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrangeshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrangeshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoshape.png index 8b624d227..8c4895175 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordersize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordersize.png index 7c4d9c851..1562d5223 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordersize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordersize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordertype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordertype.png index 41e1a4bb3..016968c1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordertype.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordertype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changelayout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changelayout.png index b1a062a85..8675a2862 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changelayout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changelayout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png index fe4881c6f..7b34235ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png index 06e9d9941..ecafb91af 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png index 11c6c17d7..cc0cf3e23 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png index 66074babd..928b426b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png index f36966050..7eaef2ca9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png index be3fe82fc..57a38b286 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..43611036c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charttab.png index 42ee9aef5..b89a685c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/closepreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/closepreview.png index 4af964818..831ffae2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/closepreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/closepreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76ad69208 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png index 5030ac9f7..af495ba34 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png index 3c0b5cfd1..a4e405e91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png index c04c8f8cd..5c0be3319 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png index a3fe82088..9c01c6a99 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png index 21c6e2ff5..763742489 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png index c9bf8c516..c3a666051 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png index 66aa1022a..2c00d553b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png index 85d374e93..bfc336279 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png index 815ab254a..8e33a0c28 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png index 124e9acac..1e5f39011 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png index efaa0e861..4fb48ec51 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png index be55b26f7..476c603a4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png index 0fdc9a0b4..634b3600a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exitfullscreen.png index 57f77b4f2..0950bb8f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exitfullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exitfullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png index 37e4a954f..73d98df00 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png index 005cfbb7e..13a511eb0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png index 8b62001b2..45af91740 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png index a12758534..bc34b969b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..eaea54bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitslide.png index e1fe5bda0..61d79799b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png index b5a81cd9f..eae730c65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png index bbb6e1884..16983f9c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fullscreen.png index 9401ceb32..60dc5618a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png index 0ad9d357d..d34888957 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hidden_slide.png index 9599cd32e..7b55b6e5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hidden_slide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hidden_slide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..11a262f37 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalign.png index 06d53b6e9..b3665ab84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 3cf2e5c56..8d8c4ee09 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png index b10af7995..dd3627b65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png index 555d3a40c..23dd02818 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png index d9173d40a..9bf82013e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png index ca2a6e548..8aadb093e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png index bea14781e..d5685e4dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttable.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttable.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2a84e722 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png index d2706a0d3..4e262ad50 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png index 376242861..bbcdf483d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png index 03290331c..d4a1df2e8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png index 0eecce4d1..c7e464f91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png index 27cb01343..f447a1f86 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 76f54e4db..5d7ebc178 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png index 87fc463a5..ddbd3d8cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..8e4691997 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..ab2e3ed91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png index 5afeeec2c..bbde677a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png index f731dec78..c758995aa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png index 5dcaf8e8b..f3407b0d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png index 63180207f..e2559cbbb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextslide.png index cadbd443e..adbc19b84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png index 6093c8b92..4f106ef74 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png index 17b594435..41dd5dc33 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..de30b856a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png index 39f8e3de8..c6d101658 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png index e64ca08d2..00e8374a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palettes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palettes.png index be8f44571..aa1007bb0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palettes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palettes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1949e5fec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92209700c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pausepresentation.png index d0432a4f6..2885f6d0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pausepresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pausepresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer.png index 32306dd3e..46e469d16 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_enabled.png index bfa4789ab..a04b85ebd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_enabled.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_enabled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_screen.png index e2665204c..fb95e8a84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_screen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pointer_screen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presenter_mode.png index 84e89f836..37bf1c258 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presenter_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presenter_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/preview_mode.png index 63b531b5d..bf9827d9c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/preview_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/preview_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png index 09c4448bb..0e4625158 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousslide.png index 3343d3d29..245e935cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previousslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png index 094442fcb..ab1a695b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9367b2a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6c45c98ad Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png index 1b38be46d..f1dce1b0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png index 3be96f57d..32cc16da6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png index 94b46c3a4..2ac147cef 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png index 48b9fd573..c9a84d4d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectedequation.png index 2b5d0c0d2..479c50ed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectslidesizeicon.png index b58b8f356..af38231ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectslidesizeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png index 3284517f3..97c2064f8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png index 80307a8c9..b2db8948c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png index c0d1162ed..b1809540f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png index f10000861..47af9427a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png index b39f9eaaf..1786e336d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png index 11d6dde00..f9b7a690b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/showsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/showsettings.png index 8b6fc7219..b748fe8b5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/showsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/showsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slide_settings_icon.png index 87936aa3d..dd6e22065 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slide_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slide_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesettingstab.png index a81d8e8df..51920df2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png index 56061e6ae..0fe4f57f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..31bb2d6c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png index 8b72ef871..f31912b1d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index 734870b39..e59b1cf71 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/split_cells.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/split_cells.png index 5f19fc277..130e732e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/split_cells.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/split_cells.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpresentation.png index 879d2d62f..4a72b75e1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpreview.png index 6c5ce79b1..00a5c4da2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/startpreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png index c65d9d32b..71c0dee67 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png index 5776555e8..105872f87 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties1.png index 10f1e48fa..e8bad8627 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png index 13cf22dc1..f650f83e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png index d1b51ecc2..011aa2ed5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png index a341671f6..d8043d718 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png index 922fba1c3..07590c61b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_settings_icon.png index d8ce1e1ee..9a558c1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png index 909b7433a..34063cc43 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png index 76815ba50..0a827047f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png index e50571eb7..cad7da71c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png index 800463b32..86beafa5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png index 6274fec33..3050be337 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png index 382e6db08..143d2cbb9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/themes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/themes.png index 78fabcba7..a471abb91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/themes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/themes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png index becee0dc3..5fb2d8f00 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalign.png index 8c812c3a6..cb0e4f62b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..50ce274cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js index 41f04207c..bdc9cb98d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Präsentationen", - "body": "Im Präsentationseneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Präsentation zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Präsentation visuelle Markierung von Objekten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten der Präsentation Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen Co-Bearbeitung Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Wenn eine Präsentation im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Objekte (AutoFormen, Textobjekte, Tabellen, Bilder und Diagramme) mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Das Objekt, das Sie bearbeiten, ist von der grünen gestrichelten Linie umgeben. Rote gestrichelte Linien zeigen, dass die Objekte von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten, wer gerade die Präsentation bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chatnachrichten werden nur während einer Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol . Geben Sie Ihren Text in das entsprechende nachfolgende Feld ein. Klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Kommentare Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie ein Objekt, das Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie auf Kommentare, oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschten Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen. Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. Das von Ihnen markierte Objekt wird mit dem Symbol markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf dieses Symbol. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführten Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügten Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, werden erst sichtbar, wenn Sie in der in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf klicken. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." + "body": "Im Präsentationseneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Präsentation zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Präsentation visuelle Markierung von Objekten, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten der Präsentation Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen. Co-Bearbeitung Im Präsentationseneditor stehen die folgenden Modelle für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Wenn eine Präsentation im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Objekte (AutoFormen, Textobjekte, Tabellen, Bilder und Diagramme) mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Das Objekt, das Sie bearbeiten, ist von der grünen gestrichelten Linie umgeben. Rote gestrichelte Linien zeigen, dass die Objekte von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Passagen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Passage aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Präsentation arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus dem Dokument auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige des Dokuments beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der Statusleiste eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Die Updates werden hervorgehoben, damit Sie nachvollziehen können, was genau geändert wurde. Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Absatz Sie jetzt bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Präsentation zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste erneut auf Chat. Kommentare Einen Kommentar bezüglich eines bestimmten Objekts (Textbox, Form etc.) hinterlassen: Wählen Sie ein Objekt, das Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem beinhaltet. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentare, oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschten Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Das von Ihnen markierte Objekt wird mit dem Symbol markiert. Um den Kommentar einzusehen, klicken Sie einfach auf dieses Symbol. Um einer bestimmten Folie einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie die Folie aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit auf Kommentar. Der hinzugefügte Kommentar wird in der unteren linken Ecke der Folie angezeigt. Um der gesamten Präsentation einen Kommentar hinzuzufügen, der sich nicht auf ein einzelnes Objekt oder eine einzelne Folie bezieht, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol , um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen und klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen. Der Kommentar für die gesamte Präsentation wird im Kommentarfeld angezeigt. Auch Kommentare in Bezug auf Objekte und einzelne Folien sind hier verfügbar. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügte Kommentare antworten, Fragen stellen oder über durchgeführte Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, werden erst sichtbar, wenn Sie in der in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf klicken. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Unterstützte Formate von elektronischen Präsentationen", "body": "Unterstützte Formate elektronischer Präsentationen Eine Präsentation besteht aus einer Reihe von Folien, die verschiedene Arten von Inhalten enthalten können, z. B. Bilder, Mediendateien, Text, Effekte etc. Der Präsentationseditor unterstützt die folgenden Formate: Formate Beschreibung Anzeigen Bearbeiten Download PPTX Office Open XML Presentation Gezipptes, XML-basiertes, von Microsoft entwickeltes Dateiformat zur Präsentation von Kalkulationstabellen, Diagrammen, Präsentationen und Textverarbeitungsdokumenten + + + PPT Dateiformat, das in Microsoft PowerPoint verwendet wird + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation Dateiformat, das mit der Anwendung Impress erstellte Präsentationen darstellt; diese Anwendung ist ein Bestandteil des OpenOffice-Pakets + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, das Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und von der Hardwareplattform originalgetreu weitergeben kann +" }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit", + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Präsentation organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten. Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen, zwischen den verfügbaren Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung wechseln, Strikt und Schnell, Kommentare in die Präsentation einfügen, die Chatleiste öffnen." + }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Datei", @@ -58,12 +63,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Registerkarte Plug-ins", - "body": "Die Registerkarte Plugins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt ermöglicht das Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung PhotoEditor ermöglicht das Bearbeiten von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw Symbol Table ermöglicht das Einfügen spezieller Symbole in Ihren Text Translator ermöglicht das Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen YouTube ermöglicht das Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Präsentation Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." + "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text. Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Präsentation. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Präsentationseditors", - "body": "Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Editor-Oberfläche besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Präsentation angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen, Wiederholen und Folie hinzufügen stehe unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie einige Navigationswerkzeuge: Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert\" etc.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, die Folienliste verkleinern und erweitern, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einer Folie auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale unterstützen Sie dabei Objekte auf einer Folie präzise zu positionieren und Tabulatoren und Absätze in Textfeldern festzulegen. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Präsentation anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren. Für eine übersichtlichere Darstellung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + "body": "Der Präsentationseditor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Präsentation angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen, Wiederholen und Folie hinzufügen stehe unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie das Symbol für den Beginn der Bildschirmpräsentation sowie einige Navigationswerkzeuge: Foliennummer und Zoom. Außerdem werden in der Statusleiste Benachrichtigungen vom System angezeigt (wie beispielsweise „Alle Änderungen wurden gespeichert\" etc.) und Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Textsprache festzulegen und die Rechtschreibprüfung zu aktivieren. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, die Folienliste verkleinern und erweitern, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einer Folie auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Horizontale und vertikale Lineale unterstützen Sie dabei Objekte auf einer Folie präzise zu positionieren und Tabulatoren und Absätze in Textfeldern festzulegen. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Präsentation anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Über die Scroll-Leiste auf der rechten Seite können Sie in der Präsentation hoch und runter navigieren. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Daten kopieren/einfügen, Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen", - "body": "Um gewählte Objekte (Folien, Textabschnitte, AutoFormen) in Ihrer Präsentation auszuschneiden, zu kopieren, einzufügen oder Aktionen rückgängig zu machen bzw. zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden. Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen . Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorpositionn eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: STRG+C - Kopieren; STRG+V - Einfügen; Strg+X - Ausschneiden; Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen: Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.Alternativ können Si Vorgänge auch mit der Tastenkombination STRG+Z rückgängig machen bzw. mit STRG+Y wiederholen." + "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um gewählte Objekte (Folien, Textabschnitte, AutoFormen) in Ihrer Präsentation auszuschneiden, zu kopieren, einzufügen oder Aktionen rückgängig zu machen bzw. zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Tastenkombinationen oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die Auswahl zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie ein Objekt aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Das kopierte Objekt kann später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Präsentation eingefügt werden. Einfügen – platzieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle in Ihrer Präsentation, an der Sie das zuvor kopierte Objekt einfügen möchten und wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Einfügen oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen . Das Objekt wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Das Objekt kann vorher aus derselben Präsentation kopiert werden oder auch aus einem anderen Dokument oder Programm oder von einer Webseite. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Präsentation oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: STRG+C - Kopieren STRG+V - Einfügen; STRG+X - Ausschneiden; Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Nachdem der kopierte Text eingefügt wurde, erscheint neben der eingefügten Textpassage oder dem eingefügten Objekt das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Für das Einfügen von Textpassagen stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Ursprüngliche Formatierung beibehalten - die ursprüngliche Formatierung des kopierten Textabschnitts wird in die Präsentation eingefügt. Bild - der Text wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. Nur den Text übernehmen - der kopierte Text wird in an die vorhandene Formatierung angepasst. Für das Einfügen von Objekten (AutoFormen, Diagramme, Tabellen) stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: An Zielformatierung anpassen - die Formatierung der aktuellen Präsentation wird auf den eingefügten Text angewendet. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Bild - das Objekt wird als Bild eingefügt und kann nicht bearbeitet werden. Vorgänge rückgängig machen/wiederholen Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste oder alternativ die folgenden Tastenkombinationen: Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.Alternativ können Si Vorgänge auch mit der Tastenkombination STRG+Z rückgängig machen bzw. mit STRG+Y wiederholen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -108,17 +113,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Diagramme einfügen und bearbeiten", - "body": "Ein Diagramm einfügen Ein Diagramm einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm hinzufügen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben: und - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten und - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. - Einfügen einer Funktion und zum Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten wählen, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie die Art aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagramm angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Kartenbereiche sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen, können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Dropdown-Liste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen: Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontalen Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.Sie können die Position des Diagramms auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie es vertikal oder horizontal verschieben. Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schrifform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, bis ein blaues gestricheltes Feld angezeigt wird. Ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger ohne die Maustaste loszulassen in die gewünschte Richtung, um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassenDiagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das Diagrammseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten Im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern können Sie den gewählten Diagrammtyp und -stil über die entsprechende Auswahlliste ändern. Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste. Über die Schaltfläche Daten ändern können Sie das Fenster Diagrammtools öffnen und die Daten ändern (wie oben beschrieben). Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrer Präsentation enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“. Ist das Diagramm ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Füllung und Linienstärke an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Um das hinzugefügte Diagramm zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Diagramms auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Objekte, finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." + "body": "Ein Diagramm einfügen Ein Diagramm einfügen: Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie ein Diagramm einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus den verfügbaren Vorlagen aus - Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Wenn Sie Ihre Auswahl getroffen haben, öffnet sich das Fenster Diagramm bearbeiten und Sie können die gewünschten Daten mithilfe der folgenden Steuerelemente in die Zellen eingeben: und - Kopieren und Einfügen der kopierten Daten. und - Aktionen Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen. - Einfügen einer Funktion und - Löschen und Hinzufügen von Dezimalstellen. - Zahlenformat ändern, d.h. das Format in dem die eingegebenen Zahlen in den Zellen dargestellt werden Die Diagrammeinstellungen ändern Sie durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Diagramm bearbeiten im Fenster Diagramme. Das Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten wählen, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY), Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen: Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.Sie können die Position des Diagramms auf der Folie bestimmen, indem Sie es vertikal oder horizontal verschieben. Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassenDiagrammgröße, -typ und -stil sowie die zur Erstellung des Diagramms verwendeten Daten, können in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden. Um das Menü zu aktivieren, klicken Sie auf das Diagramm und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen aus. Im Abschnitt Größe können Sie Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Diagramms ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis des Diagramms wird beibehalten. Im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern können Sie den gewählten Diagrammtyp und -stil über die entsprechende Auswahlliste ändern. Um den gewünschten Diagrammstil auszuwählen, verwenden Sie im Abschnitt Diagrammtyp ändern die zweite Auswahlliste. Über die Schaltfläche Daten ändern können Sie das Fenster Diagrammtools öffnen und die Daten ändern (wie oben beschrieben). Hinweis: Wenn Sie einen Doppelklick auf einem in Ihrer Präsentation enthaltenen Diagramm ausführen, öffnet sich das Fenster „Diagrammtools“. Die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste ermöglicht das Öffnen des Fensters Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen, über das Sie den alternativen Text festlegen können: Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Füllung und Linienstärke der Form an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Um das hinzugefügte Diagramm zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Diagramms auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Objekte, finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Formeln einfügen", - "body": "Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.). Eine neue Formel einfügen Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operatoren, Matrizen. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Formel. Das ausgewählte Symbol/die ausgewählte Formel wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt.Wenn der Rahmen des Formelfelds nicht angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle innerhalb der Formel - der Rahmen wird als gestrichelte Linie dargestellt. Das Formelfeld kann auf der Folie beliebig verschoben, in der Größe verändert oder gedreht werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Rahmen des Formelfelds (der Rahmen wird alsdurchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Bedienelemente.Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Setzen Sie in alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein. Werte eingeben Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt, mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile, um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten.Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in den Platzhaltern einfügen: Geben Sie geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein. Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus. Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein, als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen. Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen: Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen. Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts. Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben werden, d.h. \\sqrt(4&x^3). Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden. Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen. Formeln formatieren Standardmäßig wird die Formel innerhalb des Textfelds horizontal zentriert und vertikal am oberen Rand des Textfelds ausgerichtet. Um die horizontale/vertikale Ausrichtung zu ändern, platzieren Sie den Cursor im Formelfeld (die Rahmen des Textfelds werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt) und verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start, auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und wählen Sie in der Registerkarte Start die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst. Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel möglich und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern: Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab). Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus. Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden. Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden. Um die Position der Zeichen, in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen aus der Gruppe Akzente für die umrandete Formel angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten: Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Formel, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts. Formelelemente löschen Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF. Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden. Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, klicken Sie auf die Umrandung der Formel (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und drücken Sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen: Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus. Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar. Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option Umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus. Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus. Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus. Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab). Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen." + "body": "Mit dem Präsentationseditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.). Eine neue Formel einfügen Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operatoren, Matrizen. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Formel. Das ausgewählte Symbol/die ausgewählte Formel wird an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt.Wenn der Rahmen des Formelfelds nicht angezeigt wird, klicken Sie auf eine beliebige Stelle innerhalb der Formel - der Rahmen wird als gestrichelte Linie dargestellt. Das Formelfeld kann auf der Folie beliebig verschoben, in der Größe verändert oder gedreht werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Rahmen des Formelfelds (der Rahmen wird alsdurchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Bedienelemente.Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Setzen Sie in alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein. Werte eingeben Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt, mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile, um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten.Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in den Platzhaltern einfügen: Geben Sie geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein. Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus. Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein, als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen. Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen: Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen. Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts. Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben werden, d.h. \\sqrt(4&x^3). Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden. Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen. Formeln formatieren Standardmäßig wird die Formel innerhalb des Textfelds horizontal zentriert und vertikal am oberen Rand des Textfelds ausgerichtet. Um die horizontale/vertikale Ausrichtung zu ändern, platzieren Sie den Cursor im Formelfeld (die Rahmen des Textfelds werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt) und verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start, auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und wählen Sie in der Registerkarte Start die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst. Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel möglich und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern: Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab). Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus. Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden. Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden. Um die Position der Zeichen, in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen aus der Gruppe Akzente für die umrandete Formel angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten: Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Formel, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts. Formelelemente löschen Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF. Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden. Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, klicken Sie auf die Umrandung der Formel (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und drücken Sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen: Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus. Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar. Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option Umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus. Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus. Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus. Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab). Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Bilder einfügen und anpassen", - "body": "Ein Bild einfügen Im Präsentationseditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Präsentation einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild in eine Folie einfügen Markieren Sie mit dem Cursor die Folie in der Folienliste links, in die Sie ein Bild einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster, zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Bildeinstellungen anpassenKlicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte: Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen. Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild zu ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auszuwählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Im Fenster platzieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen: Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprünglichen Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Position - über diese Option können Sie die Position des Bildes auf der Folie ändern (die Position wird im Verhältnis zum oberen und linken Rand der Folie berechnet). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das eingefügte Bild zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Bildes auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Bilder finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." + "body": "Ein Bild einfügen Im Präsentationseditor können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Präsentation einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild in eine Folie einfügen Markieren Sie mit dem Cursor die Folie in der Folienliste links, in die Sie ein Bild einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste ein Bild an und wählen Sie rechts das Symbol Bildeinstellungen aus, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu aktivieren. Hier finden Sie die folgenden Abschnitte:Größe - um Breite und Höhe des aktuellen Bildes einzusehen oder bei Bedarf die Standardgröße des Bildes wiederherzustellen. Bild ersetzen - um das aktuelle Bild durch ein anderes Bild zu ersetzen und die entsprechende Quelle auszuwählen. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Aus Datei oder Aus URL. Ist das Bild ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Entsprechend ändern sich die Form des Bildes. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - erweiterte Einstellungen im Menü aus, oder klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf die Verknüpfung Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Im Fenster platzieren können Sie die folgenden Bildeigenschaften festlegen: Größe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe des Bildes ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Position - über diese Option können Sie die Position des Bildes auf der Folie ändern (die Position wird im Verhältnis zum oberen und linken Rand der Folie berechnet). Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das eingefügte Bild zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur. Informationen zum Ausrichten eines Bildes auf der Folie oder zum Anordnen mehrerer Bilder finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte auf einer Folie ausrichten und anordnen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", @@ -128,7 +133,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Text einfügen und formatieren", - "body": "Text einfügen Für die Eingabe von neuem Text, haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl: Einen Textabschnitt in den entsprechenden Textplatzhalter auf der Folie einfügen. Platzieren Sie den Cursor im Platzhalter unter und geben Sie Ihren Text ein oder fügen Sie diesen mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+V ein. Einen Textabschnitt an beliebiger Stelle auf einer Folie einfügen. Fügen Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in die Folie ein. Abhängig vom ausgewählten Textobjekt haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte der Folie eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. Einen Textabschnitt in eine AutoForm einfügen. Wählen Sie eine Form aus und geben Sie Ihren Text ein. Klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zur Folie zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt von einem rechteckigen Rahmen umgeben ist (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt. Sie können einen Textplatzhalter/-bereich mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um ein Textfeld auf einer Folie auszurichten oder Textfelder mit andern Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Text im Textfeld ausrichten Der Text kann auf vier Arten horizontal ausgerichtet werden: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, zentriert oder im Blocksatz. Text horizontal ausrichten: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Horizontale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Die Option Text linksbündig ausrichten lässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Durch die Option Text zentrieren wird der Text im Textbereich zentriert ausgerichtet (die rechte Seite und linke Seite bleiben unausgerichtet). Die Option Text rechtsbündig ausrichten lässt den rechten Textrand parallel zum rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Die Option Im Blocksatz ausrichten lässt den Text parallel zum linken und rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (zusätzlicher Abstand wird hinzugefügt, wo es notwendig ist, um die Ausrichtung beizubehalten). Der Text kann vertikal auf drei Arten ausgerichtet werden: oben, mittig oder unten. Text horizontal ausrichten: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Vertikale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Über die Option Text am oberen Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am oberen Rand des Textfelds aus. Über die Option Text mittig ausrichten richten Sie den Text im Textfelds mittig aus. Über die Option Text am unteren Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am unteren Rand des Textfelds aus. Textrichtung ändern Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes zu drehen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, klicken Sie auf Textausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Schriftart, -größe und -farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften anwenden In der Registerkarte Start können Sie über die Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste Schriftart, -größe und -Farbe festelgen und verschiedene DekoSchriften anwenden. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Text anwenden wollen, der bereits in der Präsentation vorhanden ist, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung fest. Schriftart Schriftart - eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den Vorlagen auswählen. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann ein voreingestellter Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder der gewünschte Wert kann manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden. Schriftfarbe Um die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen im Text zu ändern. Klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil neben dem Symbol, um eine Farbe auszuwählen. Fett Dient dazu eine Textstelle durch fette Schrift hervorzuheben. Kursiv Dient dazu eine Textstelle durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorzuheben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hochgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im oberen Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in Bruchzahlen. Tiefgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im unteren Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in chemischen Formeln. Bestimmen Sie den Zeilenabstand und ändern Sie die Absatzeinzüge Im Präsentationseditor können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für den Text innerhalb der Absätze sowie den Abstand zwischen dem aktuellen Absatz und dem vorherigen oder nächsten Absatz festlegen. Zeilenhöhe festlegen: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder der Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste, um die gewünschten Ergebnisse zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen Sie haben drei Optionen zur Auswahl: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor Absatz - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0 Zeilen. Um den Absatzversatz von der linken Seite des Textfelds zu ändern, positionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Einzug verkleinern und Einzug vergrößern . Außerdem können Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Alternativ können Sie die Einzüge auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen.Wählen Sie den gewünschten Absatz (Absätze) und ziehen Sie die Einzugsmarken auf dem Lineal in die gewünschte Position. Mit der Markierung für den Erstzeileneinzug lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Rand des Textfeld für die erste Zeile eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der Einzugsmarke für den hängenden Einzug lässt sich der Versatz vom linken inneren Seitenrand für die zweite Zeile sowie alle Folgezeilen eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der linken Einzugsmarke lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festlegen. Die Marke Rechter Einzug wird genutzt, um den Versatz des Absatzes vom rechten inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festzulegen. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen Über die Registerkarte Tabstopp können Sie die Tabstopps verändern, d.h. Sie ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. Alternativ können Sie die Tabstopps auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen. Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs, um den gewünschten Tabstopp auszuwählen: Links , Zentriert oder Rechts . Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen." + "body": "Text einfügen Für die Eingabe von neuem Text, haben Sie drei Möglichkeiten zur Auswahl: Einen Textabschnitt in den entsprechenden Textplatzhalter auf der Folie einfügen. Platzieren Sie den Cursor im Platzhalter unter und geben Sie Ihren Text ein oder fügen Sie diesen mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+V ein. Einen Textabschnitt an beliebiger Stelle auf einer Folie einfügen. Fügen Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in die Folie ein. Abhängig vom ausgewählten Textobjekt haben Sie folgende Möglichkeiten: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in den Registerkarten Start oder Einfügen auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der Registerkarte Einfügen und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte der Folie eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. Einen Textabschnitt in eine AutoForm einfügen. Wählen Sie eine Form aus und geben Sie Ihren Text ein. Klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zur Folie zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt von einem rechteckigen Rahmen umgeben ist (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt. Sie können einen Textplatzhalter/-bereich mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um ein Textfeld auf einer Folie auszurichten oder Textfelder mit andern Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Text im Textfeld ausrichten Der Text kann auf vier Arten horizontal ausgerichtet werden: linksbündig, rechtsbündig, zentriert oder im Blocksatz. Text horizontal ausrichten: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Horizontale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Die Option Text linksbündig ausrichten lässt den linken Textrand parallel zum linken Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der rechte Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Durch die Option Text zentrieren wird der Text im Textbereich zentriert ausgerichtet (die rechte Seite und linke Seite bleiben unausgerichtet). Die Option Text rechtsbündig ausrichten lässt den rechten Textrand parallel zum rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (der linke Textrand bleibt unausgerichtet). Die Option Im Blocksatz ausrichten lässt den Text parallel zum linken und rechten Rand des Textbereichs verlaufen (zusätzlicher Abstand wird hinzugefügt, wo es notwendig ist, um die Ausrichtung beizubehalten). Der Text kann vertikal auf drei Arten ausgerichtet werden: oben, mittig oder unten. Text horizontal ausrichten: Bewegen Sie den Cursor an die Stelle, an der Sie den Text ausrichten möchten (dabei kann es sich um eine neue Zeile oder um bereits eingegebenen Text handeln). Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start und klicken Sie auf Vertikale Ausrichtung , um die Auswahlliste zu öffnen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp: Über die Option Text am oberen Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am oberen Rand des Textfelds aus. Über die Option Text mittig ausrichten richten Sie den Text im Textfelds mittig aus. Über die Option Text am unteren Rand ausrichten richten Sie den Text am unteren Rand des Textfelds aus. Textrichtung ändern Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes zu drehen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, klicken Sie auf Textausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Schriftart, -größe und -farbe anpassen und DekoSchriften anwenden In der Registerkarte Start können Sie über die Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste Schriftart, -größe und -Farbe festelgen und verschiedene DekoSchriften anwenden. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Text anwenden wollen, der bereits in der Präsentation vorhanden ist, wählen Sie diesen mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung fest. Schriftart Schriftart - eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den Vorlagen auswählen. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann ein voreingestellter Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder der gewünschte Wert kann manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden. Schriftfarbe Um die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen im Text zu ändern. Klicken Sie auf den Abwärtspfeil neben dem Symbol, um eine Farbe auszuwählen. Fett Dient dazu eine Textstelle durch fette Schrift hervorzuheben. Kursiv Dient dazu eine Textstelle durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorzuheben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hochgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im oberen Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in Bruchzahlen. Tiefgestellt Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird verkleinert und im unteren Teil der Textzeile platziert, wie z.B. in chemischen Formeln. Bestimmen Sie den Zeilenabstand und ändern Sie die Absatzeinzüge Im Präsentationseditor können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für den Text innerhalb der Absätze sowie den Abstand zwischen dem aktuellen Absatz und dem vorherigen oder nächsten Absatz festlegen. Zeilenhöhe festlegen: Postitionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus. Nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Felder der Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste, um die gewünschten Ergebnisse zu erzielen: Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen Sie haben drei Optionen zur Auswahl: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor Absatz - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Um den aktuellen Zeilenabstand zu ändern, können Sie auch auf der Registerkarte Start das Symbol Zeilenabstand anklicken und den gewünschten Wert aus der Liste auswählen: 1,0; 1,15; 1,5; 2,0; 2,5; oder 3,0 Zeilen. Um den Absatzversatz von der linken Seite des Textfelds zu ändern, positionieren Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes oder wählen Sie mehrere Absätze mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Einzug verkleinern und Einzug vergrößern . Außerdem können Sie die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Alternativ können Sie die Einzüge auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen.Wählen Sie den gewünschten Absatz (Absätze) und ziehen Sie die Einzugsmarken auf dem Lineal in die gewünschte Position. Mit der Markierung für den Erstzeileneinzug lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Rand des Textfeld für die erste Zeile eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der Einzugsmarke für den hängenden Einzug lässt sich der Versatz vom linken inneren Seitenrand für die zweite Zeile sowie alle Folgezeilen eines Absatzes festlegen. Mit der linken Einzugsmarke lässt sich der Versatz des Absatzes vom linken inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festlegen. Die Marke Rechter Einzug wird genutzt, um den Versatz des Absatzes vom rechten inneren Seitenrand der Textbox festzulegen. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden.Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen Über die Registerkarte Tabstopp können Sie die Tabstopps verändern, d.h. Sie ändern, an welche Position die Schreibmarke vorrückt, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf Ihrer Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das angezeigte Feld ein, über die Pfeiltasten können Sie den Wert präzise anpassen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus, Ihnen stehen die Optionen Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig zur Verfügung, klicken sie anschließend auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Ein solcher Tabstopp wird auf dem horizontalen Lineal durch die Markierung angezeigt. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. Alternativ können Sie die Tabstopps auch mithilfe des horizontale Lineals festlegen. Klicken Sie zum Auswählen des gewünschten Tabstopps auf das Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke des Arbeitsbereichs, um den gewünschten Tabstopp auszuwählen: Links , Zentriert oder Rechts . Klicken Sie an der unteren Kante des Lineals auf die Position, an der Sie einen Tabstopp setzen möchten. Ziehen Sie die Markierung nach links oder rechts, um die Position zu ändern. Um den hinzugefügten Tabstopp zu entfernen, ziehen Sie die Markierung aus dem Lineal. Hinweis: Wenn die Lineale nicht angezeigt werden, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und deaktivieren Sie die Option Lineale ausblenden. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", @@ -138,7 +143,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Objekte formatieren", - "body": "Sie können die verschiedene Objekte auf einer Folie mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte manuell verschieben, drehen und ihre Größe ändern. Alternativ können Sie über die rechte Seitenleiste oder das Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen genaue Werte für die Abmessungen und die Position von Objekten festlegen. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Um die präzise Breite und Höhe eines Diagramms festzulegen, wählen Sie es auf der Folie aus und navigieren Sie über den Bereich Größe, der in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert wird. Um die präzise Abmessungen eines Bildes oder einer AutoForm festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Bild/AutoForm - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie benötigte Werte in die Registerkarte Größe im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Die Form einer AutoForm ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich in eine senkrechten Richtung bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Um die exakte Position eines Bildes festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie gewünschten Werte im Bereich Position im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Objekte drehen Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt." + "body": "Sie können die verschiedene Objekte auf einer Folie mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte manuell verschieben, drehen und ihre Größe ändern. Alternativ können Sie über die rechte Seitenleiste oder das Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen genaue Werte für die Abmessungen und die Position von Objekten festlegen. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen oder Textboxen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Um die präzise Breite und Höhe eines Diagramms festzulegen, wählen Sie es auf der Folie aus und navigieren Sie über den Bereich Größe, der in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert wird. Um die präzise Abmessungen eines Bildes oder einer AutoForm festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie die Option Bild/AutoForm - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie benötigte Werte in die Registerkarte Größe im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Die Form einer AutoForm ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern, Diagrammen, Tabellen und Textfeldern zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt in die gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Um die exakte Position eines Bildes festzulegen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen aus dem Menü aus. Legen Sie gewünschten Werte im Bereich Position im Fenster Erweiterte Einstellungen fest und drücken Sie auf OK. Objekte drehen Um AutoFormen, Bilder und Textfelder zu drehen, positionieren Sie den Cursor auf dem Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie das Objekt im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn in die gewünschte Position. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste bei der Drehung gedrückt." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "title": "Folienparameter festlegen", - "body": "Um Ihre Präsentation zu personalisieren, können Sie ein Thema und ein Farbschema sowie die Foliengröße und -ausrichtung für die gesamte Präsentation auswählen, Hintergrundfarbe oder Folienlayout für jede einzelne Folie ändern und Übergänge zwischen den Folien hinzufügen. Es ist außerdem möglich Notizen zu jeder Folie einzufüllen, die hilfreich sein können, wenn Sie die Präsentation in der Referentenansicht wiedergeben. Über die Vorlagen in Themen können Sie das Design der Präsentation schnell ändern, insbesondere den Hintergrund der Folien, vordefinierte Schriftarten für Titel und Texte sowie das Farbschema, das für die Präsentationselemente verwendet wird. Um ein Thema für die Präsentation zu wählen, klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Themenvorlage auf der rechten Seite der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start. Wenn Sie nicht im Vorfeld bestimmte Folien ausgewählt haben, wird das gewählte Thema auf alle Folien angewendet. Um das ausgewählte Thema für eine oder mehrere Folien zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Folien in der Liste (oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Folie im Bearbeitungsbereich), wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Design ändern und wählen Sie das gewünschte Thema aus. Der Farbentwurf beeinflusst die vordefinierten Farben für die Präsentationselemente (Schriftarten, Linien, Füllungen usw.) und ermöglicht eine einheitliche Farbgebung für die gesamte Präsentation. Um den Farbentwurf zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Farbentwurf ändern in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie den gewünschten Entwuf aus dem Listenmenü aus. Der ausgewählte Entwurf wird auf alle Folien angewendet. Um die Foliengröße für die ganze Präsentation zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Foliengröße wählen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option im Listenmenü aus. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Auswahl: eine der zwei Voreinstellungen - Standard (4:3) oder Breitbildschirm (16:9), die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen. Klicken Sie auf diese Option, öffnet sich das Fenster Einstellungen Foliengröße und Sie können eine der verfügbaren Voreinstellungen auswählen oder eine benutzerdefinierte Größe festlegen, durch die Angabe der gewünschten Breite und Höhe. Verfügbare Voreinstellungen: Die verfügbaren Voreinstellungen sind Standard (4:3), Breitbild (16:9), Breitbild (16:10), Briefpapier (8.5x11 in), Ledger (11x17 in), A3 Papier (297x420 mm), A4 (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Papier (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Papier (176x250 mm), 35 mm Folien, Overhead, Banner. Im Menü Folienausrichtung können Sie den aktuell ausgewählten Ausrichtungstyp ändern. Die Standardeinstellung ist Querformat. Es ist möglich das Format auf Hochformat zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe der Folie ändern: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Folie in der Folienliste aus: Oder klicken Sie im Folienbearbeitungsbereich innerhalb der aktuell bearbeiteten Folie auf ein beliebiges leeres Feld, um den Fülltyp für diese separate Folie zu ändern Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option auf der Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie die notwendige Option: Farbfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Farbe festzulegen, die Sie auf die ausgwählten Folien anwenden wollen. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Folie in zwei Farben zu gestalten, die sanft ineinander übergehen. Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Folienhintergrund festzulegen. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Folie mit dem zweifarbigen Design, das aus regelmässig wiederholten Elementen besteht, zu füllen. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen. Durch Übergänge wird Ihre Präsentation dynamischer. Diese helfen Ihnen sich die Aufmerksamkeit des Publikums zu sichern. Einen Übergang hinzufügen: Wählen Sie die Folien, auf die Sie einen Übergang einfügen wollen links in der Folienliste aus. wählen Sie einen Übergang im Listenmenü Effekt in der Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen,Hinweis: Um die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen zu öffnen, klicken Sie im Folienbearbeitungsbereich auf das Symbol Folieneinstellungen oder öffnen Sie das Rechtsklickmenü und wählen Sie Folieneinstellungen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Eigenschaften des Übergangs anpassen: wählen Sie Art und Dauer des Übergangs und die Art des Folienwechsels, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Auf alle Folien anwenden, um den gleichen Übergang auf alle Folien in der Präsentation anzuwenden.Weitere Informationen über diese Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Übergänge anwenden. Folienlayout ändern: wählen Sie links in der Folienliste die Folien aus, auf die Sie ein neues Layout anwenden wollen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Smybol Folienlayout ändern. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Layout im Menü aus.Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Folie in der Liste links klicken, wählen Sie die Option Layout ändern im Kontextmenü wählen aus und bestimmen Sie das gewünschte Layout. Hinweis: Aktuell sind die folgenden Layoutoptionen verfügbar: Titel, Titel und Objekt, Abschnittsüberschrift, Zwei Objekte, Zwei Inhalte und zwei Objekte, Nur Titel, Leer, Objekt und Bildunterschrift, Bild und Bildunterschrift, Vertikaler Text, Vertikaler Titel und Text. Notizen einfügen: Wählen Sie die Folie aus der Liste aus, die Sie mit Notizen versehen wollen. Klicken Sie unterhalb dem Bearbeitungsbereich auf Notizen hinzufügen Geben Sie Ihre Notizen ein.Hinweis: In der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie den Text formatieren. Wenn Sie die Präsentation in der Referentenansicht starten, werden Ihnen alle vorhandenen Notizen unterhalb der Vorschauansicht angezeigt." + "body": "Um Ihre Präsentation zu personalisieren, können Sie ein Thema und ein Farbschema sowie die Foliengröße und -ausrichtung für die gesamte Präsentation auswählen, Hintergrundfarbe oder Folienlayout für jede einzelne Folie ändern und Übergänge zwischen den Folien hinzufügen. Es ist außerdem möglich Notizen zu jeder Folie einzufüllen, die hilfreich sein können, wenn Sie die Präsentation in der Referentenansicht wiedergeben. Über die Vorlagen in Themen können Sie das Design der Präsentation schnell ändern, insbesondere den Hintergrund der Folien, vordefinierte Schriftarten für Titel und Texte sowie das Farbschema, das für die Präsentationselemente verwendet wird. Um ein Thema für die Präsentation zu wählen, klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Themenvorlage auf der rechten Seite der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start. Wenn Sie nicht im Vorfeld bestimmte Folien ausgewählt haben, wird das gewählte Thema auf alle Folien angewendet. Um das ausgewählte Thema für eine oder mehrere Folien zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählten Folien in der Liste (oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Folie im Bearbeitungsbereich), wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Design ändern und wählen Sie das gewünschte Thema aus. Der Farbentwurf beeinflusst die vordefinierten Farben für die Präsentationselemente (Schriftarten, Linien, Füllungen usw.) und ermöglicht eine einheitliche Farbgebung für die gesamte Präsentation. Um den Farbentwurf zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Farbentwurf ändern in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie den gewünschten Entwuf aus dem Listenmenü aus. Der ausgewählte Entwurf wird auf alle Folien angewendet. Um die Foliengröße für die ganze Präsentation zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Foliengröße wählen in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie die gewünschte Option im Listenmenü aus. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Auswahl: eine der zwei Voreinstellungen - Standard (4:3) oder Breitbildschirm (16:9), die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen. Klicken Sie auf diese Option, öffnet sich das Fenster Einstellungen Foliengröße und Sie können eine der verfügbaren Voreinstellungen auswählen oder eine benutzerdefinierte Größe festlegen, durch die Angabe der gewünschten Breite und Höhe. Verfügbare Voreinstellungen: Die verfügbaren Voreinstellungen sind Standard (4:3), Breitbild (16:9), Breitbild (16:10), Briefpapier (8.5x11 in), Ledger (11x17 in), A3 Papier (297x420 mm), A4 (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Papier (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Papier (176x250 mm), 35 mm Folien, Overhead, Banner. Im Menü Folienausrichtung können Sie den aktuell ausgewählten Ausrichtungstyp ändern. Die Standardeinstellung ist Querformat. Es ist möglich das Format auf Hochformat zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe der Folie ändern: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Folie in der Folienliste aus: Oder klicken Sie im Folienbearbeitungsbereich innerhalb der aktuell bearbeiteten Folie auf ein beliebiges leeres Feld, um den Fülltyp für diese separate Folie zu ändern Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option auf der Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste und wählen Sie die notwendige Option: Farbfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Farbe festzulegen, die Sie auf die ausgwählten Folien anwenden wollen. Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Folie in zwei Farben zu gestalten, die sanft ineinander übergehen. Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Folienhintergrund festzulegen. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Folie mit dem zweifarbigen Design, das aus regelmässig wiederholten Elementen besteht, zu füllen. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Weitere Informationen zu diesen Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Objekte ausfüllen und Farben auswählen. Durch Übergänge wird Ihre Präsentation dynamischer. Diese helfen Ihnen sich die Aufmerksamkeit des Publikums zu sichern. Einen Übergang hinzufügen: Wählen Sie die Folien, auf die Sie einen Übergang einfügen wollen links in der Folienliste aus. wählen Sie einen Übergang im Listenmenü Effekt in der Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen,Hinweis: Um die Registerkarte Folieneinstellungen zu öffnen, klicken Sie im Folienbearbeitungsbereich auf das Symbol Folieneinstellungen oder öffnen Sie das Rechtsklickmenü und wählen Sie Folieneinstellungen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Eigenschaften des Übergangs anpassen: wählen Sie Art und Dauer des Übergangs und die Art des Folienwechsels, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Auf alle Folien anwenden, um den gleichen Übergang auf alle Folien in der Präsentation anzuwenden.Weitere Informationen über diese Optionen finden Sie im Abschnitt Übergänge anwenden. Folienlayout ändern: wählen Sie links in der Folienliste die Folien aus, auf die Sie ein neues Layout anwenden wollen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Smybol Folienlayout ändern. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Layout im Menü aus.Alternativ können Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Folie in der Liste links klicken, wählen Sie die Option Layout ändern im Kontextmenü wählen aus und bestimmen Sie das gewünschte Layout. Hinweis: Aktuell sind die folgenden Layoutoptionen verfügbar: Titel, Titel und Objekt, Abschnittsüberschrift, Zwei Objekte, Zwei Inhalte und zwei Objekte, Nur Titel, Leer, Objekt und Bildunterschrift, Bild und Bildunterschrift, Vertikaler Text, Vertikaler Titel und Text. Notizen einfügen: Wählen Sie die Folie aus der Liste aus, die Sie mit Notizen versehen wollen. Klicken Sie unterhalb dem Bearbeitungsbereich auf Notizen hinzufügen Geben Sie Ihre Notizen ein.Hinweis: In der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie den Text formatieren. Wenn Sie die Präsentation in der Referentenansicht starten, werden Ihnen alle vorhandenen Notizen unterhalb der Vorschauansicht angezeigt." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html index 23c6f96ba..b5c8869af 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/de/search/search.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
                    - +

                    Suche...

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json index 27d83ea93..16ce086c5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/Contents.json @@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ {"src": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "name": "Introducing Presentation Editor user interface", "headername": "Program Interface"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "name": "File tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Home Tab"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Insert tab"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Insert tab" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "name": "Collaboration tab"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Plugins tab"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Create a new presentation or open an existing one", "headername": "Basic operations" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions"}, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 2b88ccd2f..198598dca 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,14 +11,14 @@
                    - +

                    About Presentation Editor

                    Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit presentations directly in your browser.

                    Using Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive - as PDF, PPTX, or ODP files.

                    + as PPTX, PDF, or ODP files.

                    To view the current software version and licensor details, click the About icon icon at the left sidebar.

                    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index cb39e6749..90a000a3c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
                    - +

                    Advanced Settings of Presentation Editor

                    -

                    Presentation Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also use the Advanced settings icon icon in the right upper corner at the Home tab of the top toolbar.

                    +

                    Presentation Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option.

                    The advanced settings are:

                    • Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option.
                      • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index c468b0b40..7bbc81f66 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Collaborative Presentation Editing

                      Presentation Editor offers you the possibility to work at a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes:

                      @@ -24,35 +24,40 @@

                    Co-editing

                    -

                    Presentation Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save Save icon icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings.

                    +

                    Presentation Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save Save icon icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar:

                    +

                    Co-editing Mode menu

                    When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text.

                    The number of users who are working at the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - Number of users icon. If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users.

                    -

                    When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them either full or read-only access, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon.

                    +

                    When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like Manage document access rights icon allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them either full or read-only access, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like Number of users icon. It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar.

                    As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the Save icon icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the Save icon icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed.

                    Chat

                    You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc.

                    The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them.

                    To access the chat and leave a message for other users,

                      -
                    1. click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar,
                      2. +
                    2. + click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar, or
                      + switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat icon Chat button, +
                    3. enter your text into the corresponding field below,
                    4. press the Send button.

                    All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - Chat icon.

                    -

                    To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon once again.

                    +

                    To close the panel with chat messages, click the Chat icon icon at the left sidebar or the Chat icon Chat button at the top toolbar once again.

                    Comments

                    -

                    To leave a comment:

                    +

                    To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape etc.):

                    1. select an object where you think there is an error or problem,
                      2. -
                    2. switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment icon Comment button, or
                      - use the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or
                      - right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, +
                    3. switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment icon Comment button, or
                      + right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu,
                    4. enter the needed text,
                    5. click the Add Comment/Add button.
                    -

                    The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. The object you commented will be marked with the Commented object icon icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon.

                    +

                    The object you commented will be marked with the Commented object icon icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon.

                    +

                    To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment icon Comment button at the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide.

                    +

                    To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the Comments icon icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed at the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here.

                    Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment.

                    You can manage the comments you added in the following way:

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index d2273310b..05c8d246c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Keyboard Shortcuts

            38. Herunterladen als STRG+UMSCHALT+SDie aktuelle Präsentation wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: PDF, PPTX.Die aktuelle Präsentation wird in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte gespeichert: PPTX, PDF, ODP.
            Vollbild
            @@ -24,9 +24,9 @@ - + - + @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ - + @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + @@ -67,6 +67,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -83,32 +103,22 @@ - + - + - - - - - - - - - - - + - + @@ -126,26 +136,26 @@ - + - + - + - + - + @@ -162,6 +172,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -182,9 +207,43 @@ - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -195,17 +254,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -285,6 +344,36 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -363,6 +452,79 @@ --> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
            Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access Presentation Editor help or advanced settings.
            Open 'Search' panelOpen 'Search' dialog box Ctrl+FOpen the Search panel to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation.Open the Search dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation.
            Open 'Comments' panel
            Save presentation Ctrl+SSave all the changes to the presentation currently edited with Presentation Editor.Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format.
            Print presentation
            Download As... Ctrl+Shift+SSave the currently edited presentation to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PDF, PPTX, ODP.Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP.
            Full screenHelp menu F1 Open Presentation Editor Help menu.
            Open existing fileCtrl+OOn the Open local file tab in desktop editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file.
            Element contextual menuShift+F10Open the selected element contextual menu.
            Close fileCtrl+WClose the selected presentation window.
            Close the window (tab)Ctrl+F4Close the tab in a browser.
            Navigation
            Next slidePgDnPage Down Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation.
            Previous slidePgUpPage Up Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation.
            Select the next shapeTabSelect the next shape after the currently selected one.
            Select the previous shapeShift+TabSelect the previous shape before the currently selected one.
            Zoom InCtrl+plus (+)Ctrl+Plus sign (+) Zoom in the currently edited presentation.
            Zoom OutCtrl+minus (-)Ctrl+Minus sign (-) Zoom out the currently edited presentation.
            Move slide upCtrl+Up ARROWCtrl+Up Arrow Move the selected slide above the previous one in the list.
            Move slide downCtrl+Down ARROWCtrl+Down Arrow Move the selected slide below the following one in the list.
            Move slide to beginningCtrl+Shift+Up ARROWCtrl+Shift+Up Arrow Move the selected slide to the very first position in the list.
            Move slide to endCtrl+Shift+Down ARROWCtrl+Shift+Down Arrow Move the selected slide to the very last position in the list.
            Performing Actions on ObjectsPerforming Actions on Objects
            Create a copyCtrl+Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects.
            Select the next objectTabSelect the next object after the currently selected one.
            Select the previous objectShift+TabSelect the previous object before the currently selected one.
            Draw straight line or arrowShift+drag (when drawing lines/arrows)Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow.
            Modifying Objects
            Movement pixel by pixelCtrlCtrl+Arrow keys Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time.
            Working with Tables
            Move to the next cell in a rowTabGo to the next cell in a table row.
            Move to the previous cell in a rowShift+TabGo to the previous cell in a table row.
            Move to the next rowDown arrowGo to the next row in a table.
            Move to the previous rowUp arrowGo to the previous row in a table.
            Start new paragraphEnterStart a new paragraph within a cell.
            Add new rowTab in the lower right table cell.Add a new row at the bottom of the table.
            Previewing Presentation
            Navigate forwardENTER, PAGE DOWN, RIGHT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, or SPACEBAREnter, Page Down, Right arrow, Down arrow, or Spacebar Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide.
            Navigate backwardPAGE UP, LEFT ARROW, UP ARROWPage Up, Left arrow, Up arrow Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide.
            Close previewESCEsc End a presentation.
            Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line.
            Select one character to the rightShift+Right arrowSelect one character to the right of the cursor position.
            Select one character to the leftShift+Left arrowSelect one character to the left of the cursor position.
            Select to the end of a wordCtrl+Shift+Right arrowSelect a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word.
            Select to the beginning of a wordCtrl+Shift+Left arrowSelect a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word.
            Select one line upShift+Up arrowSelect one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line).
            Select one line downShift+Down arrowSelect one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line).
            Text Styling
            Ctrl+Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally.
            Delete one character to the leftBackspaceDelete one character to the left of the cursor.
            Delete one character to the rightDeleteDelete one character to the right of the cursor.
            Moving around in text
            Move one character to the leftLeft arrowMove the cursor one character to the left.
            Move one character to the rightRight arrowMove the cursor one character to the right.
            Move one line upUp arrowMove the cursor one line up.
            Move one line downDown arrowMove the cursor one line down.
            Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the leftCtrl+Left arrowMove the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left.
            Move one word to the rightCtrl+Right arrowMove the cursor one word to the right.
            Jump to the beginning of the lineHomePut the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line.
            Jump to the end of the lineEndPut the cursor to the end of the currently edited line.
            Jump to the beginning of the text boxCtrl+HomePut the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited text box.
            Jump to the end of the text boxCtrl+EndPut the cursor to the end of the currently edited text box.
            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 15d2408d1..9f4f4490c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,16 +11,16 @@
            - +

            View Settings and Navigation Tools

            Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons, slide number indicator.

            Adjust the View Settings

            -

            To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings View settings icon icon at the upper left corner and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. +

            To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, click the View settings View settings icon icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list:

              -
            • Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode switch to the Home tab, then click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. +
            • Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings View settings icon icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time.

              Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again.

            • Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again.
              • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 87a6bc31f..bf5722add 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
              - +

              Search Function

              To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited presentation, - click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar.

              + click the Search icon icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination.

              The Search window will open:

              Search Window
                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index f30d7189d..e989e91a0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Spell-checking

                Presentation Editor allows you to check the spelling of your text in a certain language and correct mistakes while editing.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 62304abd2..4a59efe2e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Supported Formats of Electronic Presentation

                Presentation is a set of slides that may include different type of content such as images, media files, text, effects etc. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e888faca --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + Collaboration tab + + + + + + + +

                +
                + +
                +

                Collaboration tab

                +

                The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the presentation: share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments.

                +

                Collaboration tab

                +

                Using this tab, you can:

                + +
                + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index ac9db0432..99b49a219 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                File tab

                The File tab allows to perform some basic operations on the current file.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 57fe0018a..8394c5eb8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Home tab

                The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them.

                @@ -23,8 +23,7 @@
              1. insert text boxes, pictures, shapes,
              2. align and arrange objects on a slide,
              3. copy/clear text formatting,
                4. -
              4. change a theme, color scheme or slide size,
                5. -
              5. adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings.
                6. +
              6. change a theme, color scheme or slide size.
            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 5e8834358..117a5b688 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Insert tab

            The Insert tab allows to add visual objects and comments into your presentation.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index b586f5832..2f140a031 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@
            - +

            Plugins tab

            -

            The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components.

            +

            The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations.

            Plugins tab

            +

            The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation.

            Currently, the following plugins are available:

            • ClipArt allows to add images from the clipart collection into your presentation,
              • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index c99aa1823..6c3fc2ed5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
              - +

              Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface

              Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality.

              Editor window

              The editor interface consists of the following main elements:

                -
              1. Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, presentation name as well as two icons on the right that allow to set access rights and return to the Documents list. +
              2. Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, presentation name as well as three icons on the right that allow to set access rights, return to the Documents list, adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings.

                Icons in the editor header

                3. -
              3. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Plugins. -

                The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo, Redo and Add Slide options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

                +
              4. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Collaboration, Plugins. +

                The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo and Redo options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab.

                Icons on the top toolbar

              5. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as "All changes saved" etc.) and allows to set text language and enable spell checking.
                6. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index f4860fdee..58d0d4254 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Add hyperlinks

                To add a hyperlink,

                @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
              6. click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar,
              7. after that the Hyperlink Settings will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters:
                  -
                • Link Type select a link type you wish to insert from the drop-down list: +
                • Select a link type you wish to insert:
                  • Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website.

                    Hyperlink Settings window

                    @@ -37,10 +37,9 @@
                  • Click the OK button.
              -

              To add a hyperlink, you can also click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu or press the Ctrl+K key combination.

              -

              Note: it's also possible to select a caracter, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and - click the Hyperlink icon Hyperlink icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selection and choose the Hyperlink option in the menu. - After that the window displayed above will open with the Display field filled with the text fragment you selected.

              +

              To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu.

              +

              Note: it's also possible to select a character, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and + then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected.

              By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your presentation.

              To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 19fea7ce3..9d1e5f0c2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Align and arrange objects on a slide

              The added autoshapes, images, charts or text boxes can be aligned, grouped, ordered, distributed horizontally and vertically on a slide. To perform any of these actions, first select a separate object or several objects in the slide editing area. To select several objects, hold down the Ctrl key and left-click the necessary objects. To select a text box, click on its border, not the text within it. After that you can use either the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar described below or the analogous options from the right-click menu.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index 5623120b2..940df40e3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Apply transitions

              A transition is an effect that appears between two slides when one slide advances to the next one during a demonstration. You can apply the same transition to all slides or apply different transitions to each separate slide and adjust the transition properties.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 47c757a67..6d0c04e91 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Copy/clear formatting

              To copy a certain text formatting,

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 03a13463d..5bdd5c36b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@
              - +

              Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions

              +

              Use basic clipboard operations

              To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar:

              • Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation.
                • @@ -26,6 +27,22 @@
              • Ctrl+V key combination for pasting;
              • Ctrl+X key combination for cutting.
              +

              Use the Paste Special feature

              +

              Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option.

              +

              When pasting text passages, the following options are available:

              +
                +
              • Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
                • +
              • Keep source formatting - allows to keep the source formatting of the copied text.
                • +
              • Picture - allows to paste the text as an image so that it cannot be edited.
                • +
              • Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting.
                • +
              +

              Paste options

              +

              When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables) the following options are available:

              +
                +
              • Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default.
                • +
              • Picture - allows to paste the object as an image so that it cannot be edited.
                • +
              +

              Use the Undo/Redo operations

              To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar or keyboard shortcuts:

              • Undo – use the Undo Undo icon icon to undo the last operation you performed.
                • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index dbb52f1e1..484788fa9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Create lists

                To create a list in your presentation,

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 3bdbec839..7851d7bdd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Fill objects and select colors

                You can apply different fills for the slide, autoshape and Text Art font background.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 98782a9d2..a1970c0c6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insert and format autoshapes

                Insert an autoshape

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index e2adc507f..d360f7d8c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insert and edit charts

                Insert a chart

                @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@

                To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead.

                To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color.

                To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                -

                You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button until a blue dashed box appears. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

                +

                You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation.

                3D chart

                Adjust chart settings

                @@ -194,6 +194,8 @@

                To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section.

                The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above.

                Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart on the slide.

                +

                The Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar allows to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text:

                +

                Chart Advanced Settings window

                When the chart is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type.

                To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index d1a8ba6f7..83bebdcaa 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insert equations

                Presentation Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.).

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 2f23aee42..e8b52dd8a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insert and adjust images

                Insert an image

                @@ -30,10 +30,12 @@

          Adjust image settings

          - Image Settings tab

          The right sidebar is activated when you left-click an image and choose the Image settings Image settings icon icon on the right. It contains the following sections:

          -

          Size - is used to view the current image Width and Height or restore the image Default Size if necessary.

          -

          Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File or From URL.

          + Image Settings tab +

          Size - is used to view the current image Width and Height or restore the image Default Size if necessary.

          +

          Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu.

          +

          When the image is selected, the Shape settings Shape settings icon icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly.

          +

          Shape Settings tab

          To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened:

          Image Properties

          diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 8d3e0738e..86108a8b0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Insert and format tables

          Insert a table

          @@ -30,7 +30,13 @@
        • once the table is added you can change its properties and position.
      +

      To resize a table, drag the handles Square icon situated on its edges until the table reaches the necessary size.

      +

      Resize table

      +

      You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing column width and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row until the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow Mouse Cursor when changing row height and drag it up or down.

      You can specify the table position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally.

      +

      + Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. +

      Adjust table settings

      Table settings tab @@ -51,7 +57,6 @@
      • Border parameters - set the border width using the Border Size list list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells clicking on the icons:

        Border Type icons

        -

        Note: in case you select not to show table borders choosing an appropriate template, or selecting the No borders option, or clicking the No borders icon, they will be indicated by a dotted line on the slide.

      • Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells.
      @@ -67,6 +72,7 @@

    Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu.

    +

    The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu.

    To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened:

    Table Properties

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 55f9a4002..eca5a035d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Insert and format your text

    Insert your text

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index a0082dc4e..c31417186 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Manage slides

    By default, a newly created presentation has one blank Title Slide. You can create new slides, copy a slide to be able to paste it to another place in the slide list, duplicate slides, move slides to change their order in the slide list, delete unnecessary slides, mark some slides as hidden.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 2a252fe68..5d64cecc4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -11,12 +11,15 @@
    - +

    Manipulate objects on a slide

    You can resize, move, rotate different objects on a slide manually using the special handles. You can also specify the dimensions and position of some objects exactly using the right sidebar or Advanced Settings window.

    -

    Resize objects

    -

    To change the autoshape/image/chart/text box size, drag small squares Square icon situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

    +

    + Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. +

    +

    Resize objects

    +

    To change the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box size, drag small squares Square icon situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons.

    Maintaining proportions

    To specify the precise width and height of a chart, select it on a slide and use the Size section of the right sidebar that will be activated.

    To specify the precise dimensions of an image or autoshape, right-click the necessary object on the slide and select the Image/Shape Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values on the Size tab of the Advanced Settings window and press OK.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index ea0ca5064..8de448ae5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Create a new presentation or open an existing one

    When Presentation Editor is open, you can immediately proceed to an already existing presentation that you have recently edited, create a new one, or return to the list of existing presentations.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index 0bcc4976d..8ac6a9ffc 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Preview your presentation

    Start the preview

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 868dd7d48..91f18af9d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Save/print/download your presentation

    By default, Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page.

    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
    1. click the File tab of the top toolbar,
    2. select the Download as option,
      3. -
    3. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PDF, PPTX, or ODP.
      4. +
    4. choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, PDF, or ODP.
    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index c09d4a879..1a2f3b5a4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Set slide parameters

    To customize your presentation, you can select a theme, color scheme, slide size and orientation for the entire presentation, change the background fill or slide layout for each separate slide, apply transitions between the slides. It's also possible to add explanatory notes to each slide that can be helpful when demonstrating the presentation in the Presenter mode.

    @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
  • click the Change slide layout icon Change slide layout icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
  • select the necessary layout from the menu.

    Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout.

    -

    Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title, Title and Object, Section Header, Two Objects, Two Texts and Two Objects, Title Only, Blank, Title, Object and Caption, Picture and Caption, Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text.

    +

    Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title Slide, Title and Content, Section Header, Two Content, Comparison, Title Only, Blank, Content with Caption, Picture with Caption, Title and Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text.

    • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index 1a44a05c2..cb48b5d99 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    View presentation information

    To access the detailed information about the currently edited presentation, click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Presentation Info option.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png index c8b1281d7..13af12ddb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png index a8330a8d1..02e871c63 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png index 1754ee6fb..425e00a8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/added_comment_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png index a55e3d1a7..46740f27e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/addslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignbottom.png index 640287ba3..a70ad75d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..e5647b97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..1a6b762c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignmiddle.png index 6598e2aff..3219f9ab1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..4ef463b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png index 4283c97e3..f0844b596 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/alignshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligntop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligntop.png index cc749a928..17a0a9301 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligntop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/aligntop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png index 683495725..cb8b897c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrangeshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png index 8b624d227..8c4895175 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png index 7c4d9c851..1562d5223 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordersize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png index 41e1a4bb3..016968c1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bordertype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png index b1a062a85..8675a2862 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changelayout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png index 0775305dd..6e5b86e38 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png index c66f2048e..e9629e276 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png index d339be584..a96b45f67 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png index bc85e0acf..39ae35aa9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png index 1ffbcc2a9..3a95232ee 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png index eeb6305e6..a9974dd62 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..753dab979 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png index 9b0dce8d9..022637d0c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/charttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png index 4af964818..831ffae2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/closepreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1637736af Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png index 4e44d8b55..e3e967890 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectionpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectionpoint.png index 3c0b5cfd1..a4e405e91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectionpoint.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectionpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors.png index 9b0ebad41..d821dbe21 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_firstshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_firstshape.png index a3fe82088..9c01c6a99 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_firstshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_firstshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_moveshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_moveshape.png index 21c6e2ff5..763742489 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_moveshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_moveshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_secondshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_secondshape.png index c9bf8c516..c3a666051 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_secondshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/connectors_secondshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..8c41e6ea5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copypastewindow.png index 66aa1022a..2c00d553b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copypastewindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copypastewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png index 85d374e93..bfc336279 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributehorizontally.png index 815ab254a..8e33a0c28 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributehorizontally.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributevertically.png index 124e9acac..1e5f39011 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributevertically.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png index efaa0e861..4fb48ec51 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png index e4b4c4414..664678731 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png index 0fdc9a0b4..634b3600a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png index 57f77b4f2..0950bb8f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/exitfullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png index b6225c3da..a5b7b1e1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png index 4323bf344..916241857 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png index 1baabf0a5..e010c8b01 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png index f182cd822..46c931639 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..eaea54bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png index e1fe5bda0..61d79799b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png index b5a81cd9f..eae730c65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png index bbb6e1884..16983f9c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png index 9401ceb32..60dc5618a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/fullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png index 0ad9d357d..d34888957 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png index 9599cd32e..7b55b6e5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hidden_slide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..11a262f37 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png index 06d53b6e9..b3665ab84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/horizontalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 552746292..98f953f55 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png index 7a7a0b041..5ae547659 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png index 2e813179e..60af49c64 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png index 8b38b00f5..0b10e892d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png index 3d6555642..07d1e4f0a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png index bea14781e..d5685e4dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57918bfec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png index e2e18ab14..82d17e973 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png index 3eaeaf1ec..ef1c179dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png index 4e753c14a..5bdf7d65d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png index 9a338bcae..d92872867 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png index 27cb01343..2371ab024 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png index d9e966151..a5cd34f17 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png index 87fc463a5..ddbd3d8cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..8e4691997 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..ab2e3ed91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/maintain_proportions.png index 5afeeec2c..bbde677a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/maintain_proportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/maintain_proportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png index f731dec78..c758995aa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png index 5dcaf8e8b..f3407b0d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png index 63180207f..e2559cbbb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png index cadbd443e..adbc19b84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nextslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png index 25f913e1b..67adee6d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png index 17b594435..41dd5dc33 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..de30b856a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png index 39f8e3de8..c6d101658 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png index cd816dc2a..3ff31dddd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png index dc9b9acab..a86769efc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/palettes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f70180c71 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92209700c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png index d0432a4f6..2885f6d0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pausepresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png index 32306dd3e..46e469d16 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png index bfa4789ab..a04b85ebd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_enabled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png index e2665204c..fb95e8a84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/pointer_screen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png index e2daa196f..4bcca422a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/presenter_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png index 28e1c4792..498c1b380 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/preview_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png index 09c4448bb..0e4625158 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png index 3343d3d29..245e935cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/previousslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png index 094442fcb..ab1a695b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9367b2a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70b8d2e42 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png index 2d48dfb90..efff21a89 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowsandcolumns.png index 3be96f57d..32cc16da6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowsandcolumns.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png index 94b46c3a4..2ac147cef 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png index ed7521158..3bbaed419 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png index 2b5d0c0d2..479c50ed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png index b58b8f356..af38231ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/selectslidesizeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png index 58ea20c12..835021c16 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png index 22e23dc45..c7f86337e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png index cf60355fa..1cf9b86ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png index b854897f6..4e31547ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png index af954f1e7..82ed7956c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png index b166c4f2d..80c88abf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png index 80246c16c..570c94cc5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/showsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png index 87936aa3d..dd6e22065 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slide_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png index 8c95efcb3..f7e8c173a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png index 06846e9ce..40ef300c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..31bb2d6c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png index 8d78de208..bf41db56c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index 81199bb37..1b9ece1c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png index 8dceceac4..9e0925c76 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/split_cells.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png index 879d2d62f..4a72b75e1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png index 6c5ce79b1..00a5c4da2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/startpreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png index c65d9d32b..71c0dee67 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png index baca2c595..004ad736b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png index f7aef9824..3f8ccf0a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png index 13cf22dc1..f650f83e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png index ecb7a0bb7..32ff8e2cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png index a341671f6..d8043d718 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png index 922fba1c3..07590c61b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png index d8ce1e1ee..9a558c1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/text_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings1.png index ebc14e13d..96c436b82 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings2.png index ff36e232f..a71ef973d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings3.png index 1e60f0244..9608acf2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textadvancedsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png index 39f86f3b5..4cb131a42 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png index 18c3358fe..7eb7a2af4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png index d3a103dc3..c4bd864b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textsettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textsettingstab.png index 77308a6be..c0b367b71 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textsettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/textsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png index 78fabcba7..a471abb91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/themes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png index becee0dc3..f37331548 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png index 8c812c3a6..cb0e4f62b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/verticalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..50ce274cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js index 286fda011..2de552160 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/indexes.js @@ -3,32 +3,32 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "About Presentation Editor", - "body": "Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit presentations directly in your browser . Using Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as PDF, PPTX, or ODP files. To view the current software version and licensor details, click the icon at the left sidebar." + "body": "Presentation Editor is an online application that lets you look through and edit presentations directly in your browser . Using Presentation Editor, you can perform various editing operations like in any desktop editor, print the edited presentations keeping all the formatting details or download them onto your computer hard disk drive as PPTX, PDF, or ODP files. To view the current software version and licensor details, click the icon at the left sidebar." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Advanced Settings of Presentation Editor", - "body": "Presentation Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also use the icon in the right upper corner at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The advanced settings are: Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the slide precisely. Autosave is used to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in realtime once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Slide or Fit to Width option. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." + "body": "Presentation Editor lets you change its advanced settings. To access them, open the File tab at the top toolbar and select the Advanced Settings... option. You can also click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select the Advanced settings option. The advanced settings are: Spell Checking is used to turn on/off the spell checking option. Alternate Input is used to turn on/off hieroglyphs. Alignment Guides is used to turn on/off alignment guides that appear when you move objects and allow you to position them on the slide precisely. Autosave is used to turn on/off automatic saving of changes you make while editing. Co-editing Mode is used to select the display of the changes made during the co-editing: By default the Fast mode is selected, the users who take part in the document co-editing will see the changes in realtime once they are made by other users. If you prefer not to see other user changes (so that they do not disturb you, or for some other reason), select the Strict mode and all the changes will be shown only after you click the Save icon notifying you that there are changes from other users. Default Zoom Value is used to set the default zoom value selecting it in the list of available options from 50% to 200%. You can also choose the Fit to Slide or Fit to Width option. Unit of Measurement is used to specify what units are used on the rulers and in properties windows for measuring elements parameters such as width, height, spacing, margins etc. You can select the Centimeter, Point, or Inch option. To save the changes you made, click the Apply button." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Collaborative Presentation Editing", - "body": "Presentation Editor offers you the possibility to work at a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited presentation visual indication of objects that are being edited by other users synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular presentation parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved Co-editing Presentation Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them either full or read-only access, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon once again. Comments To leave a comment: select an object where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or use the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and click the Add Comment to Document link, or right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The comment will be seen on the panel on the left. The object you commented will be marked with the icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment. You can manage the comments you added in the following way: edit them by clicking the icon, delete them by clicking the icon, close the discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. New comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." + "body": "Presentation Editor offers you the possibility to work at a presentation collaboratively with other users. This feature includes: simultaneous multi-user access to the edited presentation visual indication of objects that are being edited by other users synchronization of changes with one button click chat to share ideas concerning particular presentation parts comments containing the description of a task or problem that should be solved Co-editing Presentation Editor allows to select one of the two available co-editing modes. Fast is used by default and shows the changes made by other users in realtime. Strict is selected to hide other user changes until you click the Save icon to save your own changes and accept the changes made by others. The mode can be selected in the Advanced Settings. It's also possible to choose the necessary mode using the Co-editing Mode icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar: When a presentation is being edited by several users simultaneously in the Strict mode, the edited objects (autoshapes, text objects, tables, images, charts) are marked with dashed lines of different colors. The object that you are editing is surrounded by the green dashed line. Red dashed lines indicate that objects are being edited by other users. By hovering the mouse cursor over one of the edited passages, the name of the user who is editing it at the moment is displayed. The Fast mode will show the actions and the names of the co-editors once they are editing the text. The number of users who are working at the current presentation is specified on the right side of the editor header - . If you want to see who exactly are editing the file now, you can click this icon or open the Chat panel with the full list of the users. When no users are viewing or editing the file, the icon in the editor header will look like allowing you to manage the users who have access to the file right from the document: invite new users giving them either full or read-only access, or deny some users access rights to the file. Click this icon to manage the access to the file; this can be done both when there are no other users who view or co-edit the document at the moment and when there are other users and the icon looks like . It's also possible to set access rights using the Sharing icon at the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. As soon as one of the users saves his/her changes by clicking the icon, the others will see a note within the status bar stating that they have updates. To save the changes you made, so that other users can view them, and get the updates saved by your co-editors, click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. The updates will be highlighted for you to check what exactly has been changed. Chat You can use this tool to coordinate the co-editing process on-the-fly, for example, to arrange with your collaborators about who is doing what, which paragraph you are going to edit now etc. The chat messages are stored during one session only. To discuss the document content it is better to use comments which are stored until you decide to delete them. To access the chat and leave a message for other users, click the icon at the left sidebar, or switch to the Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Chat button, enter your text into the corresponding field below, press the Send button. All the messages left by users will be displayed on the panel on the left. If there are new messages you haven't read yet, the chat icon will look like this - . To close the panel with chat messages, click the icon at the left sidebar or the Chat button at the top toolbar once again. Comments To leave a comment to a certain object (text box, shape etc.): select an object where you think there is an error or problem, switch to the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar and click the Comment button, or right-click the selected object and select the Add Сomment option from the menu, enter the needed text, click the Add Comment/Add button. The object you commented will be marked with the icon. To view the comment, just click on this icon. To add a comment to a certain slide, select the slide and use the Comment button at the Insert or Collaboration tab of the top toolbar. The added comment will be displayed in the upper left corner of the slide. To create a presentation-level comment which is not related to a certain object or slide, click the icon at the left sidebar to open the Comments panel and use the Add Comment to Document link. The presentation-level comments can be viewed at the Comments panel. Comments related to objects and slides are also available here. Any other user can answer to the added comment asking questions or reporting on the work he/she has done. For this purpose, click the Add Reply link situated under the comment. You can manage the comments you added in the following way: edit them by clicking the icon, delete them by clicking the icon, close the discussion by clicking the icon if the task or problem you stated in your comment was solved, after that the discussion you opened with your comment gets the resolved status. To open it again, click the icon. New comments added by other users will become visible only after you click the icon in the left upper corner of the top toolbar. To close the panel with comments, click the icon at the left sidebar once again." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Keyboard Shortcuts", - "body": "Working with Presentation Open 'File' panel Alt+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' panel Ctrl+F Open the Search panel to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save presentation Ctrl+S Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with Presentation Editor. Print presentation Ctrl+P Print the presentation with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+Shift+S Save the currently edited presentation to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PDF, PPTX, ODP. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Open Presentation Editor Help menu. Navigation The first slide Home Go to the first slide of the currently edited presentation. The last slide End Go to the last slide of the currently edited presentation. Next slide PgDn Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation. Previous slide PgUp Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation. Select the next shape Tab Select the next shape after the currently selected one. Select the previous shape Shift+Tab Select the previous shape before the currently selected one. Zoom In Ctrl+plus (+) Zoom in the currently edited presentation. Zoom Out Ctrl+minus (-) Zoom out the currently edited presentation. Performing Actions on Slides New slide Ctrl+M Create a new slide and add it after the selected one in the list. Duplicate slide Ctrl+D Duplicate the selected slide in the list. Move slide up Ctrl+Up ARROW Move the selected slide above the previous one in the list. Move slide down Ctrl+Down ARROW Move the selected slide below the following one in the list. Move slide to beginning Ctrl+Shift+Up ARROW Move the selected slide to the very first position in the list. Move slide to end Ctrl+Shift+Down ARROW Move the selected slide to the very last position in the list. Performing Actions on Objects Create a copy Ctrl+drag or Ctrl+D Hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the selected object or press Ctrl+D to create its copy. Group Ctrl+G Group the selected objects. Ungroup Ctrl+Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects. Modifying Objects Constrain movement Shift+drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree-rotation Shift+drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments. Maintain proportions Shift+drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Movement pixel by pixel Ctrl Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Previewing Presentation Start preview from the beginning Ctrl+F5 Start a presentation from the beginning. Navigate forward ENTER, PAGE DOWN, RIGHT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, or SPACEBAR Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide. Navigate backward PAGE UP, LEFT ARROW, UP ARROW Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide. Close preview ESC End a presentation. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Cut the selected object and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Send the selected object to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Insert the previously copied object from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address or to a certain slide in the presentation. Copy style Ctrl+Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same presentation. Apply style Ctrl+Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited text box. Selecting with the Mouse Add to the selected fragment Shift Start the selection, hold down the Shift key and click where you need to end the selection. Selecting using the Keyboard Select all Ctrl+A Select all the slides (in the slides list) or all the objects within the slide (in the slide editing area) or all the text (within the text box) - depending on where the mouse cursor is located. Select text fragment Shift+Arrow Select the text character by character. Select text from cursor to beginning of line Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select text from cursor to end of line Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Subscript Ctrl+dot (.) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+comma (,) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list Ctrl+Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Align left Ctrl+L Align left with the text lined up by the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned." + "body": "Working with Presentation Open 'File' panel Alt+F Open the File panel to save, download, print the current presentation, view its info, create a new presentation or open an existing one, access Presentation Editor help or advanced settings. Open 'Search' dialog box Ctrl+F Open the Search dialog box to start searching for a character/word/phrase in the currently edited presentation. Open 'Comments' panel Ctrl+Shift+H Open the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments. Open comment field Alt+H Open a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment. Open 'Chat' panel Alt+Q Open the Chat panel and send a message. Save presentation Ctrl+S Save all the changes to the presentation currently edited with Presentation Editor. The active file will be saved with its current file name, location, and file format. Print presentation Ctrl+P Print the presentation with one of the available printers or save it to a file. Download As... Ctrl+Shift+S Open the Download as... panel to save the currently edited presentation to the computer hard disk drive in one of the supported formats: PPTX, PDF, ODP. Full screen F11 Switch to the full screen view to fit Presentation Editor into your screen. Help menu F1 Open Presentation Editor Help menu. Open existing file Ctrl+O On the Open local file tab in desktop editors, opens the standard dialog box that allows to select an existing file. Element contextual menu Shift+F10 Open the selected element contextual menu. Close file Ctrl+W Close the selected presentation window. Close the window (tab) Ctrl+F4 Close the tab in a browser. Navigation The first slide Home Go to the first slide of the currently edited presentation. The last slide End Go to the last slide of the currently edited presentation. Next slide Page Down Go to the next slide of the currently edited presentation. Previous slide Page Up Go to the previous slide of the currently edited presentation. Zoom In Ctrl+Plus sign (+) Zoom in the currently edited presentation. Zoom Out Ctrl+Minus sign (-) Zoom out the currently edited presentation. Performing Actions on Slides New slide Ctrl+M Create a new slide and add it after the selected one in the list. Duplicate slide Ctrl+D Duplicate the selected slide in the list. Move slide up Ctrl+Up Arrow Move the selected slide above the previous one in the list. Move slide down Ctrl+Down Arrow Move the selected slide below the following one in the list. Move slide to beginning Ctrl+Shift+Up Arrow Move the selected slide to the very first position in the list. Move slide to end Ctrl+Shift+Down Arrow Move the selected slide to the very last position in the list. Performing Actions on Objects Create a copy Ctrl+drag or Ctrl+D Hold down the Ctrl key when dragging the selected object or press Ctrl+D to create its copy. Group Ctrl+G Group the selected objects. Ungroup Ctrl+Shift+G Ungroup the selected group of objects. Select the next object Tab Select the next object after the currently selected one. Select the previous object Shift+Tab Select the previous object before the currently selected one. Draw straight line or arrow Shift+drag (when drawing lines/arrows) Draw a straight vertical/horizontal/45-degree line or arrow. Modifying Objects Constrain movement Shift+drag Constrain the movement of the selected object horizontally or vertically. Set 15-degree-rotation Shift+drag (when rotating) Constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments. Maintain proportions Shift+drag (when resizing) Maintain the proportions of the selected object when resizing. Movement pixel by pixel Ctrl+Arrow keys Hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows to move the selected object by one pixel at a time. Working with Tables Move to the next cell in a row Tab Go to the next cell in a table row. Move to the previous cell in a row Shift+Tab Go to the previous cell in a table row. Move to the next row Down arrow Go to the next row in a table. Move to the previous row Up arrow Go to the previous row in a table. Start new paragraph Enter Start a new paragraph within a cell. Add new row Tab in the lower right table cell. Add a new row at the bottom of the table. Previewing Presentation Start preview from the beginning Ctrl+F5 Start a presentation from the beginning. Navigate forward Enter, Page Down, Right arrow, Down arrow, or Spacebar Display the next transition effect or advance to the next slide. Navigate backward Page Up, Left arrow, Up arrow Display the previous transition effect or return to the previous slide. Close preview Esc End a presentation. Undo and Redo Undo Ctrl+Z Reverse the latest performed action. Redo Ctrl+Y Repeat the latest undone action. Cut, Copy, and Paste Cut Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Cut the selected object and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Send the selected object to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Insert the previously copied object from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. Insert hyperlink Ctrl+K Insert a hyperlink which can be used to go to a web address or to a certain slide in the presentation. Copy style Ctrl+Shift+C Copy the formatting from the selected fragment of the currently edited text. The copied formatting can be later applied to another text fragment in the same presentation. Apply style Ctrl+Shift+V Apply the previously copied formatting to the text in the currently edited text box. Selecting with the Mouse Add to the selected fragment Shift Start the selection, hold down the Shift key and click where you need to end the selection. Selecting using the Keyboard Select all Ctrl+A Select all the slides (in the slides list) or all the objects within the slide (in the slide editing area) or all the text (within the text box) - depending on where the mouse cursor is located. Select text fragment Shift+Arrow Select the text character by character. Select text from cursor to beginning of line Shift+Home Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of the current line. Select text from cursor to end of line Shift+End Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of the current line. Select one character to the right Shift+Right arrow Select one character to the right of the cursor position. Select one character to the left Shift+Left arrow Select one character to the left of the cursor position. Select to the end of a word Ctrl+Shift+Right arrow Select a text fragment from the cursor to the end of a word. Select to the beginning of a word Ctrl+Shift+Left arrow Select a text fragment from the cursor to the beginning of a word. Select one line up Shift+Up arrow Select one line up (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Select one line down Shift+Down arrow Select one line down (with the cursor at the beginning of a line). Text Styling Bold Ctrl+B Make the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight. Italic Ctrl+I Make the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Ctrl+U Make the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters. Subscript Ctrl+dot (.) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Superscript Ctrl+comma (,) Make the selected text fragment smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Bulleted list Ctrl+Shift+L Create an unordered bulleted list from the selected text fragment or start a new one. Remove formatting Ctrl+Spacebar Remove formatting from the selected text fragment. Increase font Ctrl+] Increase the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Decrease font Ctrl+[ Decrease the size of the font for the selected text fragment 1 point. Align center/left Ctrl+E Switch a paragraph between centered and left-aligned. Align justified/left Ctrl+J Switch a paragraph between justified and left-aligned. Align right/left Ctrl+R Switch a paragraph between right-aligned and left-aligned. Align left Ctrl+L Align left with the text lined up by the left side of the text box, the right side remains unaligned. Delete one character to the left Backspace Delete one character to the left of the cursor. Delete one character to the right Delete Delete one character to the right of the cursor. Moving around in text Move one character to the left Left arrow Move the cursor one character to the left. Move one character to the right Right arrow Move the cursor one character to the right. Move one line up Up arrow Move the cursor one line up. Move one line down Down arrow Move the cursor one line down. Move to the beginning of a word or one word to the left Ctrl+Left arrow Move the cursor to the beginning of a word or one word to the left. Move one word to the right Ctrl+Right arrow Move the cursor one word to the right. Jump to the beginning of the line Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited line. Jump to the end of the line End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited line. Jump to the beginning of the text box Ctrl+Home Put the cursor to the beginning of the currently edited text box. Jump to the end of the text box Ctrl+End Put the cursor to the end of the currently edited text box." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "View Settings and Navigation Tools", - "body": "Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons, slide number indicator. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper left corner and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode switch to the Home tab, then click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object/slide and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. The left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left to reduce the sidebar width or to the right to extend it. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your presentation, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current presentation. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the slide width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole slide to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit slide icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. Note: you can set a default zoom value. Switch to the File tab of the top toolbar, go to the Advanced Settings... section, choose the necessary Default Zoom Value from the list and click the Apply button. To go to the previous or next slide when editing the presentation, you can use the and buttons at the top and bottom of the vertical scroll bar located to the right of the slide. The Slide Number Indicator shows the current slide as a part of all the slides in the current presentation (slide 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the slide number and quickly go to it. If you decide to hide the Status Bar, this tool will become inaccessible." + "body": "Presentation Editor offers several tools to help you view and navigate through your presentation: zoom, previous/next slide buttons, slide number indicator. Adjust the View Settings To adjust default view settings and set the most convenient mode to work with the presentation, click the View settings icon on the right side of the editor header and select which interface elements you want to be hidden or shown. You can select the following options from the View settings drop-down list: Hide Toolbar - hides the top toolbar that contains commands while tabs remain visible. When this option is enabled, you can click any tab to display the toolbar. The toolbar is displayed until you click anywhere outside it. To disable this mode, click the View settings icon and click the Hide Toolbar option once again. The top toolbar will be displayed all the time. Note: alternatively, you can just double-click any tab to hide the top toolbar or display it again. Hide Status Bar - hides the bottommost bar where the Slide Number Indicator and Zoom buttons are situated. To show the hidden Status Bar click this option once again. Hide Rulers - hides rulers which are used to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. To show the hidden Rulers click this option once again. The right sidebar is minimized by default. To expand it, select any object/slide and click the icon of the currently activated tab on the right. To minimize the right sidebar, click the icon once again. The left sidebar width is adjusted by simple drag-and-drop: move the mouse cursor over the left sidebar border so that it turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left to reduce the sidebar width or to the right to extend it. Use the Navigation Tools To navigate through your presentation, use the following tools: The Zoom buttons are situated in the right lower corner and are used to zoom in and out the current presentation. To change the currently selected zoom value that is displayed in percent, click it and select one of the available zoom options from the list or use the Zoom in or Zoom out buttons. Click the Fit width icon to fit the slide width to the visible part of the working area. To fit the whole slide to the visible part of the working area, click the Fit slide icon. Zoom settings are also available in the View settings drop-down list that can be useful if you decide to hide the Status Bar. Note: you can set a default zoom value. Switch to the File tab of the top toolbar, go to the Advanced Settings... section, choose the necessary Default Zoom Value from the list and click the Apply button. To go to the previous or next slide when editing the presentation, you can use the and buttons at the top and bottom of the vertical scroll bar located to the right of the slide. The Slide Number Indicator shows the current slide as a part of all the slides in the current presentation (slide 'n' of 'nn'). Click this caption to open the window where you can enter the slide number and quickly go to it. If you decide to hide the Status Bar, this tool will become inaccessible." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Search Function", - "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited presentation, click the icon situated at the left sidebar. The Search window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Click one of the arrow buttons on the right. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the presentation (if you click the button) or towards the end of the presentation (if you click the button) from the current position. The first slide in the selected direction that contains the characters you entered will be highlighted in the slide list and displayed in the working area with the required characters outlined. If it is not the slide you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next slide containing the characters you entered." + "body": "To search for the needed characters, words or phrases used in the currently edited presentation, click the icon situated at the left sidebar or use the Ctrl+F key combination. The Search window will open: Type in your inquiry into the corresponding data entry field. Click one of the arrow buttons on the right. The search will be performed either towards the beginning of the presentation (if you click the button) or towards the end of the presentation (if you click the button) from the current position. The first slide in the selected direction that contains the characters you entered will be highlighted in the slide list and displayed in the working area with the required characters outlined. If it is not the slide you are looking for, click the selected button again to find the next slide containing the characters you entered." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Supported Formats of Electronic Presentations", "body": "Supported Formats of Electronic Presentation Presentation is a set of slides that may include different type of content such as images, media files, text, effects etc. Presentation Editor handles the following presentation formats: Formats Description View Edit Download PPTX Office Open XML Presentation Zipped, XML-based file format developed by Microsoft for representing spreadsheets, charts, presentations, and word processing documents + + + PPT File format used by Microsoft PowerPoint + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation File format that represents presentation document created by Impress application, which is a part of OpenOffice based office suites + + + PDF Portable Document Format File format used to represent documents in a manner independent of application software, hardware, and operating systems +" }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "title": "Collaboration tab", + "body": "The Collaboration tab allows to organize collaborative work on the presentation: share the file, select a co-editing mode, manage comments. Using this tab, you can: specify sharing settings, switch between the Strict and Fast co-editing modes, add comments to the presentation, open the Chat panel." + }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "File tab", @@ -48,7 +53,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Home tab", - "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them. Using this tab, you can: manage slides and start slideshow, format text within a text box, insert text boxes, pictures, shapes, align and arrange objects on a slide, copy/clear text formatting, change a theme, color scheme or slide size, adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings." + "body": "The Home tab opens by default when you open a presentation. It allows to set general slide parameters, format text, insert some objects, align and arrange them. Using this tab, you can: manage slides and start slideshow, format text within a text box, insert text boxes, pictures, shapes, align and arrange objects on a slide, copy/clear text formatting, change a theme, color scheme or slide size." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", @@ -58,17 +63,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Plugins tab", - "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Currently, the following plugins are available: ClipArt allows to add images from the clipart collection into your presentation, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, resize them, apply effects etc., Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your presentation. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." + "body": "The Plugins tab allows to access advanced editing features using available third-party components. Here you can also use macros to simplify routine operations. The Macros button allows to open the window where you can create your own macros and run them. To learn more about macros you can refer to our API Documentation. Currently, the following plugins are available: ClipArt allows to add images from the clipart collection into your presentation, PhotoEditor allows to edit images: crop, resize them, apply effects etc., Symbol Table allows to insert special symbols into your text, Translator allows to translate the selected text into other languages, YouTube allows to embed YouTube videos into your presentation. To learn more about plugins please refer to our API Documentation. All the currently existing open source plugin examples are available on GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introducing the Presentation Editor user interface", - "body": "Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, presentation name as well as two icons on the right that allow to set access rights and return to the Documents list. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Plugins. The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo, Redo and Add Slide options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.) and allows to set text language and enable spell checking. Left sidebar contains icons that allow to use the Search tool, minimize/expand the slide list, open the Comments and Chat panel, contact our support team and view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. Working area allows to view presentation content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll the presentation up and down. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." + "body": "Presentation Editor uses a tabbed interface where editing commands are grouped into tabs by functionality. The editor interface consists of the following main elements: Editor header displays the logo, menu tabs, presentation name as well as three icons on the right that allow to set access rights, return to the Documents list, adjust View Settings and access the editor Advanced Settings. Top toolbar displays a set of editing commands depending on the selected menu tab. Currently, the following tabs are available: File, Home, Insert, Collaboration, Plugins. The Print, Save, Copy, Paste, Undo, Redo and Add Slide options are always available at the left part of the Top toolbar regardless of the selected tab. Status bar at the bottom of the editor window contains the Start slideshow icon, some navigation tools: slide number indicator and zoom buttons. The Status bar also displays some notifications (such as \"All changes saved\" etc.) and allows to set text language and enable spell checking. Left sidebar contains icons that allow to use the Search tool, minimize/expand the slide list, open the Comments and Chat panel, contact our support team and view the information about the program. Right sidebar allows to adjust additional parameters of different objects. When you select a particular object on a slide, the corresponding icon is activated at the right sidebar. Click this icon to expand the right sidebar. Horizontal and vertical Rulers help you place objects on a slide and allow to set up tab stops and paragraph indents within the text boxes. Working area allows to view presentation content, enter and edit data. Scroll bar on the right allows to scroll the presentation up and down. For your convenience you can hide some components and display them again when it is necessary. To learn more on how to adjust view settings please refer to this page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Add hyperlinks", - "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position within the text box where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Link Type select a link type you wish to insert from the drop-down list: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Slide In This Presentation option and select one of the options below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain slide in the same presentation. You can check one of the following radiobuttons: Next Slide, Previous Slide, First Slide, Last Slide, Slide with the specified number. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address/slide specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu or press the Ctrl+K key combination. Note: it's also possible to select a caracter, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and click the Hyperlink icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar or right-click the selection and choose the Hyperlink option in the menu. After that the window displayed above will open with the Display field filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your presentation. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." + "body": "To add a hyperlink, place the cursor to a position within the text box where a hyperlink will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Hyperlink icon at the top toolbar, after that the Hyperlink Settings will appear where you can specify the hyperlink parameters: Select a link type you wish to insert: Use the External Link option and enter a URL in the format http://www.example.com in the Link to field below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to an external website. Use the Slide In This Presentation option and select one of the options below if you need to add a hyperlink leading to a certain slide in the same presentation. You can check one of the following radiobuttons: Next Slide, Previous Slide, First Slide, Last Slide, Slide with the specified number. Display - enter a text that will get clickable and lead to the web address/slide specified in the upper field. ScreenTip text - enter a text that will become visible in a small pop-up window that provides a brief note or label pertaining to the hyperlink being pointed to. Click the OK button. To add a hyperlink, you can also use the Ctrl+K key combination or click with the right mouse button at a position where a hyperlink will be added and select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu. Note: it's also possible to select a character, word or word combination with the mouse or using the keyboard and then open the Hyperlink Settings window as described above. In this case, the Display field will be filled with the text fragment you selected. By hovering the cursor over the added hyperlink, the ScreenTip will appear containing the text you specified. You can follow the link by pressing the CTRL key and clicking the link in your presentation. To edit or delete the added hyperlink, click it with the right mouse button, select the Hyperlink option in the right-click menu and then the action you want to perform - Edit Hyperlink or Remove Hyperlink." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copy/paste data, undo/redo your actions", - "body": "To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. To copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program use the following key combinations: Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting; Ctrl+X key combination for cutting. To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing." + "body": "Use basic clipboard operations To cut, copy and paste selected objects (slides, text passages, autoshapes) in the current presentation or undo/redo your actions use the corresponding options from the right-click menu, or keyboard shortcuts, or icons available at any tab of the top toolbar: Cut – select an object and use the Cut option from the right-click menu to delete the selection and send it to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Copy – select an object and use the Copy option from the right-click menu or the Copy icon at the top toolbar to copy the selection to the computer clipboard memory. The copied object can be later inserted to another place in the same presentation. Paste – find the place in your presentation where you need to paste the previously copied object and use the Paste option from the right-click menu or the Paste icon at the top toolbar. The object will be inserted at the current cursor position. The object can be previously copied from the same presentation. To copy or paste data from/into another presentation or some other program use the following key combinations: Ctrl+C key combination for copying; Ctrl+V key combination for pasting; Ctrl+X key combination for cutting. Use the Paste Special feature Once the copied data is pasted, the Paste Special button appears next to the inserted text passage/object. Click this button to select the necessary paste option. When pasting text passages, the following options are available: Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Keep source formatting - allows to keep the source formatting of the copied text. Picture - allows to paste the text as an image so that it cannot be edited. Keep text only - allows to paste the text without its original formatting. When pasting objects (autoshapes, charts, tables) the following options are available: Use destination theme - allows to apply the formatting specified by the theme of the current presentation. This option is used by default. Picture - allows to paste the object as an image so that it cannot be edited. Use the Undo/Redo operations To perform the undo/redo operations, use the corresponding icons available at any tab of the top toolbar or keyboard shortcuts: Undo – use the Undo icon to undo the last operation you performed. Redo – use the Redo icon to redo the last undone operation. You can also use the Ctrl+Z key combination for undoing or Ctrl+Y for redoing." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -103,32 +108,32 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Insert and format autoshapes", - "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the autoshape to, click the Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: Basic Shapes, Figured Arrows, Math, Charts, Stars & Ribbons, Callouts, Buttons, Rectangles, Lines, click on the necessary autoshape within the selected group, in the slide editing area, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, Note: you can click and drag to stretch the shape. once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the slide and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). Adjust autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the autoshape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected shape. Gradient Fill - to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. Pattern - to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size drop-down list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Or select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. You can use the selected theme color, a standard color or choose a custom color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click the shape and select the Shape Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click it and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The shape properties window will be opened: The Size tab allows to change the autoshape Width and/or Height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original autoshape aspect ratio. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape. To replace the added autoshape, left-click it and use the Change Autoshape drop-down list at the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To delete the added autoshape, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align an autoshape on the slide or arrange several autoshapes, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely shape 10, 11 and 12), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." + "body": "Insert an autoshape To add an autoshape on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the autoshape to, click the Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the available autoshape groups: Basic Shapes, Figured Arrows, Math, Charts, Stars & Ribbons, Callouts, Buttons, Rectangles, Lines, click on the necessary autoshape within the selected group, in the slide editing area, place the mouse cursor where you want the shape to be put, Note: you can click and drag to stretch the shape. once the autoshape is added you can change its size, position and properties. Note: to add a caption within the autoshape make sure the shape is selected on the slide and start typing your text. The text you add in this way becomes a part of the autoshape (when you move or rotate the shape, the text moves or rotates with it). Adjust autoshape settings Some of the autoshape settings can be altered using the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To activate it click the autoshape and choose the Shape settings icon on the right. Here you can change the following properties: Fill - use this section to select the autoshape fill. You can choose the following options: Color Fill - to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected shape. Gradient Fill - to fill the shape with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - to use an image or a predefined texture as the shape background. Pattern - to fill the shape with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Stroke - use this section to change the autoshape stroke width, color or type. To change the stroke width, select one of the available options from the Size drop-down list. The available options are: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Or select the No Line option if you don't want to use any stroke. To change the stroke color, click on the colored box below and select the necessary color. You can use the selected theme color, a standard color or choose a custom color. To change the stroke type, select the necessary option from the corresponding dropdown list (a solid line is applied by default, you can change it to one of the available dashed lines). To change the advanced settings of the autoshape, right-click the shape and select the Shape Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click it and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The shape properties window will be opened: The Size tab allows to change the autoshape Width and/or Height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original autoshape aspect ratio. The Weights & Arrows tab contains the following parameters: Line Style - this option group allows to specify the following parameters: Cap Type - this option allows to set the style for the end of the line, therefore it can be applied only to the shapes with the open outline, such as lines, polylines etc.: Flat - the end points will be flat. Round - the end points will be rounded. Square - the end points will be square. Join Type - this option allows to set the style for the intersection of two lines, for example, it can affect a polyline or the corners of the triangle or rectangle outline: Round - the corner will be rounded. Bevel - the corner will be cut off angularly. Miter - the corner will be pointed. It goes well to shapes with sharp angles. Note: the effect will be more noticeable if you use a large outline width. Arrows - this option group is available if a shape from the Lines shape group is selected. It allows to set the arrow Start and End Style and Size by selecting the appropriate option from the drop-down lists. The Text Padding tab allows to change the autoshape Top, Bottom, Left and Right internal margins (i.e. the distance between the text within the shape and the autoshape borders). Note: this tab is only available if text is added within the autoshape, otherwise the tab is disabled. The Columns tab allows to add columns of text within the autoshape specifying the necessary Number of columns (up to 16) and Spacing between columns. Once you click OK, the text that already exists or any other text you enter within the autoshape will appear in columns and will flow from one column to another. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the shape. To replace the added autoshape, left-click it and use the Change Autoshape drop-down list at the Shape settings tab of the right sidebar. To delete the added autoshape, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align an autoshape on the slide or arrange several autoshapes, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section. Join autoshapes using connectors You can connect autoshapes using lines with connection points to demonstrate dependencies between the objects (e.g. if you want to create a flowchart). To do that, click the Shape icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select the Lines group from the menu, click the necessary shape within the selected group (excepting the last three shapes which are not connectors, namely shape 10, 11 and 12), hover the mouse cursor over the first autoshape and click one of the connection points that appear on the shape outline, drag the mouse cursor towards the second autoshape and click the necessary connection point on its outline. If you move the joined autoshapes, the connector remains attached to the shapes and moves together with them. You can also detach the connector from the shapes and then attach it to any other connection points." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insert and edit charts", - "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your presentation, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to select the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. once the chart is added you can also change its size and position. You can specify the chart position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button until a blue dashed box appears. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings The chart size, type and style as well as data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the selected chart type and/or style using the corresponding drop-down menu. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart on the slide. When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type. To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align a chart on the slide or arrange several objects, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." + "body": "Insert a chart To insert a chart into your presentation, put the cursor at the place where you want to add a chart, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Chart icon at the top toolbar, select the needed chart type from the available ones - Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock, Note: for Column, Line, Pie, or Bar charts, a 3D format is also available. after that the Chart Editor window will appear where you can enter the necessary data into the cells using the following controls: and for copying and pasting the copied data and for undoing and redoing actions for inserting a function and for decreasing and increasing decimal places for changing the number format, i.e. the way the numbers you enter appear in cells change the chart settings clicking the Edit Chart button situated in the Chart Editor window. The Chart - Advanced Settings window will open. The Type & Data tab allows you to select the chart type as well as the data you wish to use to create a chart. Select a chart Type you wish to insert: Column, Line, Pie, Bar, Area, XY (Scatter), Stock. Check the selected Data Range and modify it, if necessary, clicking the Select Data button and entering the desired data range in the following format: Sheet1!A1:B4. Choose the way to arrange the data. You can either select the Data series to be used on the X axis: in rows or in columns. The Layout tab allows you to change the layout of chart elements. Specify the Chart Title position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a chart title, Overlay to overlay and center a title on the plot area, No Overlay to display the title above the plot area. Specify the Legend position in regard to your chart selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a legend, Bottom to display the legend and align it to the bottom of the plot area, Top to display the legend and align it to the top of the plot area, Right to display the legend and align it to the right of the plot area, Left to display the legend and align it to the left of the plot area, Left Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the left on the plot area, Right Overlay to overlay and center the legend to the right on the plot area. Specify the Data Labels (i.e. text labels that represent exact values of data points) parameters: specify the Data Labels position relative to the data points selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list. The available options vary depending on the selected chart type. For Column/Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Inner Bottom, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Line/XY (Scatter)/Stock charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Left, Right, Top, Bottom. For Pie charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center, Fit to Width, Inner Top, Outer Top. For Area charts as well as for 3D Column, Line and Bar charts, you can choose the following options: None, Center. select the data you wish to include into your labels checking the corresponding boxes: Series Name, Category Name, Value, enter a character (comma, semicolon etc.) you wish to use for separating several labels into the Data Labels Separator entry field. Lines - is used to choose a line style for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. You can choose one of the following options: Straight to use straight lines between data points, Smooth to use smooth curves between data points, or None to not display lines. Markers - is used to specify whether the markers should be displayed (if the box is checked) or not (if the box is unchecked) for Line/XY (Scatter) charts. Note: the Lines and Markers options are available for Line charts and XY (Scatter) charts only. The Axis Settings section allows to specify if you wish to display Horizontal/Vertical Axis or not selecting the Show or Hide option from the drop-down list. You can also specify Horizontal/Vertical Axis Title parameters: Specify if you wish to display the Horizontal Axis Title or not selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a horizontal axis title, No Overlay to display the title below the horizontal axis. Specify the Vertical Axis Title orientation selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display a vertical axis title, Rotated to display the title from bottom to top to the left of the vertical axis, Horizontal to display the title horizontally to the left of the vertical axis. The Gridlines section allows to specify which of the Horizontal/Vertical Gridlines you wish to display selecting the necessary option from the drop-down list: Major, Minor, or Major and Minor. You can hide the gridlines at all using the None option. Note: the Axis Settings and Gridlines sections will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes and gridlines. Note: the Vertical/Horizontal Axis tabs will be disabled for Pie charts since charts of this type have no axes. The Vertical Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the vertical axis also referred to as the values axis or y-axis which displays numeric values. Note that the vertical axis will be the category axis which displays text labels for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Vertical Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the next section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Minimum Value - is used to specify a lowest value displayed at the vertical axis start. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the minimum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Maximum Value - is used to specify a highest value displayed at the vertical axis end. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the maximum value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Fixed option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right. Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the vertical axis where the horizontal axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value on the vertical axis. Display Units - is used to determine a representation of the numeric values along the vertical axis. This option can be useful if you're working with great numbers and wish the values on the axis to be displayed in more compact and readable way (e.g. you can represent 50 000 as 50 by using the Thousands display units). Select desired units from the drop-down list: Hundreds, Thousands, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billions, Trillions, or choose the None option to return to the default units. Values in reverse order - is used to display values in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, the lowest value is at the bottom and the highest value is at the top of the axis. When the box is checked, the values are ordered from top to bottom. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the vertical scale. Major tick marks are the larger scale divisions which can have labels displaying numeric values. Minor tick marks are the scale subdivisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. The Major/Minor Type drop-down lists contain the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of major tick mark labels which display values. To specify a Label Position in regard to the vertical axis, select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display tick mark labels, Low to display tick mark labels to the left of the plot area, High to display tick mark labels to the right of the plot area, Next to axis to display tick mark labels next to the axis. The Horizontal Axis tab allows you to change the parameters of the horizontal axis also referred to as the categories axis or x-axis which displays text labels. Note that the horizontal axis will be the value axis which displays numeric values for the Bar charts, therefore in this case the Horizontal Axis tab options will correspond to the ones described in the previous section. For the XY (Scatter) charts, both axes are value axes. The Axis Options section allows to set the following parameters: Axis Crosses - is used to specify a point on the horizontal axis where the vertical axis should cross it. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case the axes intersection point value is calculated automatically depending on the selected data range. You can select the Value option from the drop-down list and specify a different value in the entry field on the right, or set the axes intersection point at the Minimum/Maximum Value (that corresponds to the first and last category) on the horizontal axis. Axis Position - is used to specify where the axis text labels should be placed: On Tick Marks or Between Tick Marks. Values in reverse order - is used to display categories in an opposite direction. When the box is unchecked, categories are displayed from left to right. When the box is checked, the categories are ordered from right to left. The Tick Options section allows to adjust the appearance of tick marks on the horizontal scale. Major tick marks are the larger divisions which can have labels displaying category values. Minor tick marks are the smaller divisions which are placed between the major tick marks and have no labels. Tick marks also define where gridlines can be displayed, if the corresponding option is set at the Layout tab. You can adjust the following tick mark parameters: Major/Minor Type - is used to specify the following placement options: None to not display major/minor tick marks, Cross to display major/minor tick marks on both sides of the axis, In to display major/minor tick marks inside the axis, Out to display major/minor tick marks outside the axis. Interval between Marks - is used to specify how many categories should be displayed between two adjacent tick marks. The Label Options section allows to adjust the appearance of labels which display categories. Label Position - is used to specify where the labels should be placed in regard to the horizontal axis. Select the necessary option from the drop-down list: None to not display category labels, Low to display category labels at the bottom of the plot area, High to display category labels at the top of the plot area, Next to axis to display category labels next to the axis. Axis Label Distance - is used to specify how closely the labels should be placed to the axis. You can specify the necessary value in the entry field. The more the value you set, the more the distance between the axis and labels is. Interval between Labels - is used to specify how often the labels should be displayed. The Auto option is selected by default, in this case labels are displayed for every category. You can select the Manual option from the drop-down list and specify the necessary value in the entry field on the right. For example, enter 2 to display labels for every other category etc. The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the chart. once the chart is added you can also change its size and position. You can specify the chart position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally. Edit chart elements To edit the chart Title, select the default text with the mouse and type in your own one instead. To change the font formatting within text elements, such as the chart title, axes titles, legend entries, data labels etc., select the necessary text element by left-clicking it. Then use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to change the font type, style, size, or color. To delete a chart element, select it by left-clicking and press the Delete key on the keyboard. You can also rotate 3D charts using the mouse. Left-click within the plot area and hold the mouse button. Drag the cursor without releasing the mouse button to change the 3D chart orientation. Adjust chart settings The chart size, type and style as well as data used to create the chart can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the chart and choose the Chart settings icon on the right. The Size section allows you to change the chart width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original chart aspect ratio. The Change Chart Type section allows you to change the selected chart type and/or style using the corresponding drop-down menu. To select the necessary chart Style, use the second drop-down menu in the Change Chart Type section. The Edit Data button allows you to open the Chart Editor window and start editing data as described above. Note: to quickly open the 'Chart Editor' window you can also double-click the chart on the slide. The Show advanced settings option at the right sidebar allows to open the Chart - Advanced Settings window where you can set the alternative text: When the chart is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right, since a shape is used as a background for the chart. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Fill and Stroke. Note that you cannot change the shape type. To delete the inserted chart, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align a chart on the slide or arrange several objects, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insert equations", - "body": "Presentation Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted in the center of the current slide. If you do not see the equation box border, click anywhere within the equation - the border will be displayed as a dashed line. The equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the slide. To do that click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use corresponding handles. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the text box, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations By default, the equation within the text box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the text box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the text box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and select the necessary font size from the list at the Home tab of the top toolbar. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." + "body": "Presentation Editor allows you to build equations using the built-in templates, edit them, insert special characters (including mathematical operators, Greek letters, accents etc.). Add a new equation To insert an equation from the gallery, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the arrow next to the Equation icon at the top toolbar, in the opened drop-down list select the equation category you need. The following categories are currently available: Symbols, Fractions, Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Brackets, Functions, Accents, Limits and Logarithms, Operators, Matrices, click the certain symbol/equation in the corresponding set of templates. The selected symbol/equation box will be inserted in the center of the current slide. If you do not see the equation box border, click anywhere within the equation - the border will be displayed as a dashed line. The equation box can be freely moved, resized or rotated on the slide. To do that click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and use corresponding handles. Each equation template represents a set of slots. Slot is a position for each element that makes up the equation. An empty slot (also called as a placeholder) has a dotted outline . You need to fill in all the placeholders specifying the necessary values. Enter values The insertion point specifies where the next character you enter will appear. To position the insertion point precisely, click within a placeholder and use the keyboard arrows to move the insertion point by one character left/right. Once the insertion point is positioned, you can fill in the placeholder: enter the desired numeric/literal value using the keyboard, insert a special character using the Symbols palette from the Equation menu at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, add another equation template from the palette to create a complex nested equation. The size of the primary equation will be automatically adjusted to fit its content. The size of the nested equation elements depends on the primary equation placeholder size, but it cannot be smaller than the sub-subscript size. To add some new equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To add a new argument that goes before or after the existing one within Brackets, you can right-click on the existing argument and select the Insert argument before/after option from the menu. To add a new equation within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an empty placeholder or entered equation within it and select the Insert equation before/after option from the menu. To add a new row or a column in a Matrix, you can right-click on a placeholder within it, select the Insert option from the menu, then select Row Above/Below or Column Left/Right. Note: currently, equations cannot be entered using the linear format, i.e. \\sqrt(4&x^3). When entering the values of the mathematical expressions, you do not need to use Spacebar as the spaces between the characters and signs of operations are set automatically. If the equation is too long and does not fit to a single line within the text box, automatic line breaking occurs as you type. You can also insert a line break in a specific position by right-clicking on a mathematical operator and selecting the Insert manual break option from the menu. The selected operator will start a new line. To delete the added manual line break, right-click on the mathematical operator that starts a new line and select the Delete manual break option. Format equations By default, the equation within the text box is horizontally centered and vertically aligned to the top of the text box. To change its horizontal/vertical alignment, put the cursor within the the equation box (the text box borders will be displayed as dashed lines) and use the corresponding icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. To increase or decrease the equation font size, click anywhere within the equation box and select the necessary font size from the list at the Home tab of the top toolbar. All the equation elements will change correspondingly. The letters within the equation are italicized by default. If necessary, you can change the font style (bold, italic, strikeout) or color for a whole equation or its part. The underlined style can be applied to the entire equation only, not to individual characters. Select the necessary part of the equation by clicking and dragging. The selected part will be highlighted blue. Then use the necessary buttons at the Home tab of the top toolbar to format the selection. For example, you can remove the italic format for ordinary words that are not variables or constants. To modify some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To change the Fractions format, you can right-click on a fraction and select the Change to skewed/linear/stacked fraction option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected fraction type). To change the Scripts position relating to text, you can right-click on the equation that includes scripts and select the Scripts before/after text option from the menu. To change the argument size for Scripts, Radicals, Integrals, Large Operators, Limits and Logarithms, Operators as well as for overbraces/underbraces and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the argument you want to change and select the Increase/Decrease argument size option from the menu. To specify whether an empty degree placeholder should be displayed or not for a Radical, you can right-click on the radical and select the Hide/Show degree option from the menu. To specify whether an empty limit placeholder should be displayed or not for an Integral or Large Operator, you can right-click on the equation and select the Hide/Show top/bottom limit option from the menu. To change the limits position relating to the integral or operator sign for Integrals or Large Operators, you can right-click on the equation and select the Change limits location option from the menu. The limits can be displayed to the right of the operator sign (as subscripts and superscripts) or directly above and below the operator sign. To change the limits position relating to text for Limits and Logarithms and templates with grouping characters from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Limit over/under text option from the menu. To choose which of the Brackets should be displayed, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Hide/Show opening/closing bracket option from the menu. To control the Brackets size, you can right-click on the expression within them. The Stretch brackets option is selected by default so that the brackets can grow according to the expression within them, but you can deselect this option to prevent brackets from stretching. When this option is activated, you can also use the Match brackets to argument height option. To change the character position relating to text for overbraces/underbraces or overbars/underbars from the Accents group, you can right-click on the template and select the Char/Bar over/under text option from the menu. To choose which borders should be displayed for a Boxed formula from the Accents group, you can right-click on the equation and select the Border properties option from the menu, then select Hide/Show top/bottom/left/right border or Add/Hide horizontal/vertical/diagonal line. To specify whether empty placeholders should be displayed or not for a Matrix, you can right-click on it and select the Hide/Show placeholder option from the menu. To align some equation elements you can use the right-click menu options: To align equations within Cases with several conditions from the Brackets group, you can right-click on an equation, select the Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align a Matrix vertically, you can right-click on the matrix, select the Matrix Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Top, Center, or Bottom. To align elements within a Matrix column horizontally, you can right-click on a placeholder within the column, select the Column Alignment option from the menu, then select the alignment type: Left, Center, or Right. Delete equation elements To delete a part of the equation, select the part you want to delete by dragging the mouse or holding down the Shift key and using the arrow buttons, then press the Delete key on the keyboard. A slot can only be deleted together with the template it belongs to. To delete the entire equation, click on the equation box border (it will be displayed as a solid line) and and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To delete some equation elements you can also use the right-click menu options: To delete a Radical, you can right-click on it and select the Delete radical option from the menu. To delete a Subscript and/or Superscript, you can right-click on the expression that contains them and select the Remove subscript/superscript option from the menu. If the expression contains scripts that go before text, the Remove scripts option is available. To delete Brackets, you can right-click on the expression within them and select the Delete enclosing characters or Delete enclosing characters and separators option from the menu. If the expression within Brackets inclides more than one argument, you can right-click on the argument you want to delete and select the Delete argument option from the menu. If Brackets enclose more than one equation (i.e. Cases with several conditions), you can right-click on the equation you want to delete and select the Delete equation option from the menu. To delete a Limit, you can right-click on it and select the Remove limit option from the menu. To delete an Accent, you can right-click on it and select the Remove accent character, Delete char or Remove bar option from the menu (the available options differ depending on the selected accent). To delete a row or a column of a Matrix, you can right-click on the placeholder within the row/column you need to delete, select the Delete option from the menu, then select Delete Row/Column." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insert and adjust images", - "body": "Insert an image In Presentation Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your presentation. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. To add an image on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the image to, click the Picture icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Picture from File option will open the standard Windows dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Picture from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size and position. Adjust image settings The right sidebar is activated when you left-click an image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. It contains the following sections: Size - is used to view the current image Width and Height or restore the image Default Size if necessary. Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File or From URL. To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened: The Placement tab allows you to set the following image properties: Size - use this option to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the default size of the added image, click the Default Size button. Position - use this option to change the image position on the slide (the position is calculated from the top and the left side of the slide). The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image. To delete the inserted image, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align an image on the slide or arrange several images, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." + "body": "Insert an image In Presentation Editor, you can insert images in the most popular formats into your presentation. The following image formats are supported: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. To add an image on a slide, in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add the image to, click the Picture icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, select one of the following options to load the image: the Picture from File option will open the standard Windows dialog window for file selection. Browse your computer hard disk drive for the necessary file and click the Open button the Picture from URL option will open the window where you can enter the necessary image web address and click the OK button once the image is added you can change its size and position. Adjust image settings The right sidebar is activated when you left-click an image and choose the Image settings icon on the right. It contains the following sections: Size - is used to view the current image Width and Height or restore the image Default Size if necessary. Replace Image - is used to load another image instead of the current one selecting the desired source. You can select one of the options: From File or From URL. The Replace image option is also available in the right-click menu. When the image is selected, the Shape settings icon is also available on the right. You can click this icon to open the Shape settings tab at the right sidebar and adjust the shape Stroke type, size and color as well as change the shape type selecting another shape from the Change Autoshape menu. The shape of the image will change correspondingly. To change the advanced settings of the image, right-click the image and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the contextual menu or left-click the image and press the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The image properties window will be opened: The Placement tab allows you to set the following image properties: Size - use this option to change the image width and/or height. If the Constant proportions button is clicked (in this case it looks like this ), the width and height will be changed together preserving the original image aspect ratio. To restore the default size of the added image, click the Default Size button. Position - use this option to change the image position on the slide (the position is calculated from the top and the left side of the slide). The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the image. To delete the inserted image, left-click it and press the Delete key on the keyboard. To learn how to align an image on the slide or arrange several images, refer to the Align and arrange objects on a slide section." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insert and format tables", - "body": "Insert a table To insert a table onto a slide, select the slide where a table will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. once the table is added you can change its properties and position. You can specify the table position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally. Adjust table settings Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the table and choose the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - emphasizes the topmost row in the table with a special formatting. Total - emphasizes the bottommost row in the table with a special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with a special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with a special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cells range you want to change the formatting for and set all the parameters manually. Border parameters - set the border width using the list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells clicking on the icons: Note: in case you select not to show table borders choosing an appropriate template, or selecting the No borders option, or clicking the icon, they will be indicated by a dotted line on the slide. Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, cell (depending on the cursor position), or the entire table. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Merge Cells - to merge previously selected cells into a single one. Split Cell... - to split any previously selected cell into a certain number of rows and columns. This option opens the following window: Enter the Number of Columns and Number of Rows that the selected cell should be split into and press OK. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened: The Margins tab allows to set the space between the text within the cells and the cell border: enter necessary Cell Margins values manually, or check the Use default margins box to apply the predefined values (if necessary, they can also be adjusted). The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table. To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu that appears when you click the table with the right mouse button includes two additional options: Cell vertical alignment - it allows you to set the preferred type of the text vertical alignment within the selected cells: Align Top, Align Center, or Align Bottom. Hyperlink - it allows you to insert a hyperlink into the selected cell." + "body": "Insert a table To insert a table onto a slide, select the slide where a table will be added, switch to the Insert tab of the top toolbar, click the Table icon at the top toolbar, select the option to create a table: either a table with predefined number of cells (10 by 8 cells maximum) If you want to quickly add a table, just select the number of rows (8 maximum) and columns (10 maximum). or a custom table In case you need more than 10 by 8 cell table, select the Insert Custom Table option that will open the window where you can enter the necessary number of rows and columns respectively, then click the OK button. once the table is added you can change its properties and position. To resize a table, drag the handles situated on its edges until the table reaches the necessary size. You can also manually change the width of a certain column or the height of a row. Move the mouse cursor over the right border of the column so that the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag the border to the left or right to set the necessary width. To change the height of a single row manually, move the mouse cursor over the bottom border of the row until the cursor turns into the bidirectional arrow and drag it up or down. You can specify the table position on the slide dragging it vertically or horizontally. Note: to move around in a table you can use keyboard shortcuts. Adjust table settings Most of the table properties as well as its structure can be altered using the right sidebar. To activate it click the table and choose the Table settings icon on the right. The Rows and Columns sections on the top allow you to emphasize certain rows/columns applying a specific formatting to them, or highlight different rows/columns with the different background colors to clearly distinguish them. The following options are available: Header - emphasizes the topmost row in the table with a special formatting. Total - emphasizes the bottommost row in the table with a special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even rows. First - emphasizes the leftmost column in the table with a special formatting. Last - emphasizes the rightmost column in the table with a special formatting. Banded - enables the background color alternation for odd and even columns. The Select From Template section allows you to choose one of the predefined tables styles. Each template combines certain formatting parameters, such as a background color, border style, row/column banding etc. Depending on the options checked in the Rows and/or Columns sections above, the templates set will be displayed differently. For example, if you've checked the Header option in the Rows section and the Banded option in the Columns section, the displayed templates list will include only templates with the header row and banded columns enabled: The Borders Style section allows you to change the applied formatting that corresponds to the selected template. You can select the entire table or a certain cells range you want to change the formatting for and set all the parameters manually. Border parameters - set the border width using the list (or choose the No borders option), select its Color in the available palettes and determine the way it will be displayed in the cells clicking on the icons: Background color - select the color for the background within the selected cells. The Rows & Columns section allows you to perform the following operations: Select a row, column, cell (depending on the cursor position), or the entire table. Insert a new row above or below the selected one as well as a new column to the left or to the right of the selected one. Delete a row, column (depending on the cursor position or the selection), or the entire table. Merge Cells - to merge previously selected cells into a single one. Split Cell... - to split any previously selected cell into a certain number of rows and columns. This option opens the following window: Enter the Number of Columns and Number of Rows that the selected cell should be split into and press OK. Note: the options of the Rows & Columns section are also accessible from the right-click menu. The Cell Size section is used to adjust the width and height of the currently selected cell. In this section, you can also Distribute rows so that all the selected cells have equal height or Distribute columns so that all the selected cells have equal width. The Distribute rows/columns options are also accessible from the right-click menu. To change the advanced table settings, click the table with the right mouse button and select the Table Advanced Settings option from the right-click menu or click the Show advanced settings link at the right sidebar. The table properties window will be opened: The Margins tab allows to set the space between the text within the cells and the cell border: enter necessary Cell Margins values manually, or check the Use default margins box to apply the predefined values (if necessary, they can also be adjusted). The Alternative Text tab allows to specify a Title and Description which will be read to the people with vision or cognitive impairments to help them better understand what information there is in the table. To format the entered text within the table cells, you can use icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. The right-click menu that appears when you click the table with the right mouse button includes two additional options: Cell vertical alignment - it allows you to set the preferred type of the text vertical alignment within the selected cells: Align Top, Align Center, or Align Bottom. Hyperlink - it allows you to insert a hyperlink into the selected cell." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Insert and format your text", - "body": "Insert your text You can add a new text in three different ways: Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder provided on the slide layout. To do that just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination in place of the according default text. Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text. Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align a text box on the slide or arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. Align your text within the text box The text is aligned horizontally in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Horizontal align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text left option allows you to line up your text by the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned). the Align text center option allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned). the Align text right option allows you to line up your text by the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned). the Justify option allows you to line up your text by both the left and the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). The text is aligned vertically in three ways: top, middle or bottom. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Vertical align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text to the top option allows you to line up your text by the top of the text box. the Align text to the middle option allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box. the Align text to the bottom option allows you to line up your text by the bottom of the text box. Change the text direction To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate at 90° (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate at 270° (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Adjust font type, size, color and apply decoration styles You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the presentation, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list, or can be entered manually to the font size field. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Superscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Set line spacing and change paragraph indents You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse, use the corresponding fields of the Text settings tab at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines. To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . You can also change the advanced settings of the paragraph. Put the cursor within the paragraph you need - the Text settings tab will be activated at the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened: The Indents & Placement tab allows to change the first line offset from the left internal margin of the text box as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right internal margins of the text box. You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the first line of the paragraph. Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the second and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box. Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. The Font tab contains the following parameters: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. The Tab tab allows to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right radiobutton and press the Specify button. Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button. To set tab stops you can also use the horizontal ruler: Click the tab selector button in the upper left corner of the working area to choose the necessary tab stop type: Left , Center , Right . Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + "body": "Insert your text You can add a new text in three different ways: Add a text passage within the corresponding text placeholder provided on the slide layout. To do that just put the cursor within the placeholder and type in your text or paste it using the Ctrl+V key combination in place of the according default text. Add a text passage anywhere on a slide. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text. Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text. Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide. The text within the text object is a part of the latter (when you move or rotate the text object, the text moves or rotates with it). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align a text box on the slide or arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Format the text within the text box Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. Align your text within the text box The text is aligned horizontally in four ways: left, right, center or justified. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Horizontal align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text left option allows you to line up your text by the left side of the text box (the right side remains unaligned). the Align text center option allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box (the right and the left sides remains unaligned). the Align text right option allows you to line up your text by the right side of the text box (the left side remains unaligned). the Justify option allows you to line up your text by both the left and the right sides of the text box (additional spacing is added where necessary to keep the alignment). The text is aligned vertically in three ways: top, middle or bottom. To do that: place the cursor to the position where you want the alignment to be applied (this can be a new line or already entered text), drop-down the Vertical align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the alignment type you would like to apply: the Align text to the top option allows you to line up your text by the top of the text box. the Align text to the middle option allows you to line up your text by the center of the text box. the Align text to the bottom option allows you to line up your text by the bottom of the text box. Change the text direction To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate at 90° (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate at 270° (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Adjust font type, size, color and apply decoration styles You can select the font type, its size and color as well as apply various font decoration styles using the corresponding icons situated at the Home tab of the top toolbar. Note: in case you want to apply the formatting to the text already present in the presentation, select it with the mouse or using the keyboard and apply the formatting. Font Is used to select one of the fonts from the list of the available ones. Font size Is used to select among the preset font size values from the dropdown list, or can be entered manually to the font size field. Font color Is used to change the color of the letters/characters in the text. Click the downward arrow next to the icon to select the color. Bold Is used to make the font bold giving it more weight. Italic Is used to make the font italicized giving it some right side tilt. Underline Is used to make the text underlined with the line going under the letters. Strikeout Is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Superscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript Is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Set line spacing and change paragraph indents You can set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph as well as the margins between the current and the preceding or the subsequent paragraph. To do that, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse, use the corresponding fields of the Text settings tab at the right sidebar to achieve the desired results: Line Spacing - set the line height for the text lines within the paragraph. You can select among three options: at least (sets the minimum line spacing that is needed to fit the largest font or graphic on the line), multiple (sets line spacing that can be expressed in numbers greater than 1), exactly (sets fixed line spacing). You can specify the necessary value in the field on the right. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Before - set the amount of space before the paragraph. After - set the amount of space after the paragraph. To quickly change the current paragraph line spacing, you can also use the Line spacing icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar selecting the needed value from the list: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, or 3.0 lines. To change the paragraph offset from the left side of the text box, put the cursor within the paragraph you need, or select several paragraphs with the mouse and use the respective icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar: Decrease indent and Increase indent . You can also change the advanced settings of the paragraph. Put the cursor within the paragraph you need - the Text settings tab will be activated at the right sidebar. Press the Show advanced settings link. The paragraph properties window will be opened: The Indents & Placement tab allows to change the first line offset from the left internal margin of the text box as well as the paragraph offset from the left and right internal margins of the text box. You can also use the horizontal ruler to set indents. Select the necessary paragraph(s) and drag the indent markers along the ruler. First Line Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the first line of the paragraph. Hanging Indent marker is used to set the offset from the left internal margin of the text box for the second and all the subsequent lines of the paragraph. Left Indent marker is used to set the entire paragraph offset from the left internal margin of the text box. Right Indent marker is used to set the paragraph offset from the right internal margin of the text box. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. The Font tab contains the following parameters: Strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the line going through the letters. Double strikethrough is used to make the text struck out with the double line going through the letters. Superscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the upper part of the text line, e.g. as in fractions. Subscript is used to make the text smaller and place it to the lower part of the text line, e.g. as in chemical formulas. Small caps is used to make all letters lower case. All caps is used to make all letters upper case. Character Spacing is used to set the space between the characters. The Tab tab allows to change tab stops i.e. the position the cursor advances to when you press the Tab key on the keyboard. Tab Position - is used to set custom tab stops. Enter the necessary value in this box, adjust it more precisely using the arrow buttons and press the Specify button. Your custom tab position will be added to the list in the field below. Default Tab is set at 1.25 cm. You can decrease or increase this value using the arrow buttons or enter the necessary one in the box. Alignment - is used to set the necessary alignment type for each of the tab positions in the list above. Select the necessary tab position in the list, choose the Left, Center or Right radiobutton and press the Specify button. Left - lines up your text by the left side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the right from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Center - centres the text at the tab stop position. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. Right - lines up your text by the right side at the tab stop position; the text moves to the left from the tab stop as you type. Such a tab stop will be indicated on the horizontal ruler by the marker. To delete tab stops from the list select a tab stop and press the Remove or Remove All button. To set tab stops you can also use the horizontal ruler: Click the tab selector button in the upper left corner of the working area to choose the necessary tab stop type: Left , Center , Right . Click on the bottom edge of the ruler where you want to place the tab stop. Drag it along the ruler to change its position. To remove the added tab stop drag it out of the ruler. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", @@ -138,7 +143,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Manipulate objects on a slide", - "body": "You can resize, move, rotate different objects on a slide manually using the special handles. You can also specify the dimensions and position of some objects exactly using the right sidebar or Advanced Settings window. Resize objects To change the autoshape/image/chart/text box size, drag small squares situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To specify the precise width and height of a chart, select it on a slide and use the Size section of the right sidebar that will be activated. To specify the precise dimensions of an image or autoshape, right-click the necessary object on the slide and select the Image/Shape Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values on the Size tab of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Reshape autoshapes When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. Move objects To alter the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. To move the object by the one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the object strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To specify the precise position of an image, right-click it on a slide and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values in the Position section of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Rotate objects To rotate an autoshape/image/text box, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating." + "body": "You can resize, move, rotate different objects on a slide manually using the special handles. You can also specify the dimensions and position of some objects exactly using the right sidebar or Advanced Settings window. Note: the list of keyboard shortcuts that can be used when working with objects is available here. Resize objects To change the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box size, drag small squares situated on the object edges. To maintain the original proportions of the selected object while resizing, hold down the Shift key and drag one of the corner icons. To specify the precise width and height of a chart, select it on a slide and use the Size section of the right sidebar that will be activated. To specify the precise dimensions of an image or autoshape, right-click the necessary object on the slide and select the Image/Shape Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values on the Size tab of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Reshape autoshapes When modifying some shapes, for example Figured arrows or Callouts, the yellow diamond-shaped icon is also available. It allows to adjust some aspects of the shape, for example, the length of the head of an arrow. Move objects To alter the autoshape/image/chart/table/text box position, use the icon that appears after hovering your mouse cursor over the object. Drag the object to the necessary position without releasing the mouse button. To move the object by the one-pixel increments, hold down the Ctrl key and use the keybord arrows. To move the object strictly horizontally/vertically and prevent it from moving in a perpendicular direction, hold down the Shift key when dragging. To specify the precise position of an image, right-click it on a slide and select the Image Advanced Settings option from the menu. Specify necessary values in the Position section of the Advanced Settings window and press OK. Rotate objects To rotate an autoshape/image/text box, hover the mouse cursor over the rotation handle and drag it clockwise or counterclockwise. To constrain the rotation angle to 15 degree increments, hold down the Shift key while rotating." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -153,12 +158,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Save/print/download your presentation", - "body": "By default, Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current presentation manually, press the Save icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. To print out the current presentation, click the Print icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. After that a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the presentation. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. To download the resulting presentation onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PDF, PPTX, or ODP." + "body": "By default, Рresentation Editor automatically saves your file each 2 seconds when you work on it preventing your data loss in case of the unexpected program closing. If you co-edit the file in the Fast mode, the timer requests for updates 25 times a second and saves the changes if they have been made. When the file is being co-edited in the Strict mode, changes are automatically saved at 10-minute intervals. If you need, you can easily select the preferred co-editing mode or disable the Autosave feature on the Advanced Settings page. To save your current presentation manually, press the Save icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+S key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Save option. To print out the current presentation, click the Print icon at the top toolbar, or use the Ctrl+P key combination, or click the File tab of the top toolbar and select the Print option. After that a PDF file will be generated on the basis of the presentation. You can open and print it out, or save onto your computer hard disk drive or removable medium to print it out later. To download the resulting presentation onto your computer hard disk drive, click the File tab of the top toolbar, select the Download as option, choose one of the available formats depending on your needs: PPTX, PDF, or ODP." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "title": "Set slide parameters", - "body": "To customize your presentation, you can select a theme, color scheme, slide size and orientation for the entire presentation, change the background fill or slide layout for each separate slide, apply transitions between the slides. It's also possible to add explanatory notes to each slide that can be helpful when demonstrating the presentation in the Presenter mode. Themes allow you to quickly change the presentation design, notably the slides background appearance, predefined fonts for titles and texts and the color scheme that is used for the presentation elements. To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to. To change the selected theme for one or more slides, you can right-click the selected slides in the list on the left (or right-click a slide in the editing area), select the Change Theme option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary theme. Color Schemes affect the predefined colors used for the presentation elements (fonts, lines, fills etc.) and allow you to maintain color consistency throughout the entire presentation. To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected scheme will be applied to all the slides. To change a slide size for all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select: one of the two quick-access presets - Standard (4:3) or Widescreen (16:9), the Advanced Settings option that opens the Slide Size Settings window where you can select one of the available presets or set a Custom size specifying the desired Width and Height values. The available presets are: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner. The Slide Orientation menu allows to change the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait. To change a background fill: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply the fill to. Or click at any blank space within the currently edited slide in the slide editing area to change the fill type for this separate slide. at the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected slides. Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the slide background. Pattern - select this option to fill the slide with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Transitions help make your presentation more dynamic and keep your audience's attention. To apply a transition: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a transition to, choose a transition in the Effect drop-down list on the Slide settings tab, Note: to open the Slide settings tab you can click the Slide settings icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. adjust the transition properties: choose a transition variation, duration and the way to advance slides, click the Apply to All Slides button if you want to apply the same transition to all slides in the presentation. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Apply transitions section. To change a slide layout: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a new layout to, click the Change slide layout icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary layout from the menu. Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout. Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title, Title and Object, Section Header, Two Objects, Two Texts and Two Objects, Title Only, Blank, Title, Object and Caption, Picture and Caption, Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text. To add notes to a slide: in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add a note to, click the Click to add notes caption below the slide editing area, type in the text of your note. Note: you can format the text using the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. When you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you will be able to see all the slide notes below the slide preview area." + "body": "To customize your presentation, you can select a theme, color scheme, slide size and orientation for the entire presentation, change the background fill or slide layout for each separate slide, apply transitions between the slides. It's also possible to add explanatory notes to each slide that can be helpful when demonstrating the presentation in the Presenter mode. Themes allow you to quickly change the presentation design, notably the slides background appearance, predefined fonts for titles and texts and the color scheme that is used for the presentation elements. To select a theme for the presentation, click on the necessary predefined theme from the themes gallery on the right side of the top toolbar Home tab. The selected theme will be applied to all the slides if you have not previously selected certain slides to apply the theme to. To change the selected theme for one or more slides, you can right-click the selected slides in the list on the left (or right-click a slide in the editing area), select the Change Theme option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary theme. Color Schemes affect the predefined colors used for the presentation elements (fonts, lines, fills etc.) and allow you to maintain color consistency throughout the entire presentation. To change a color scheme, click the Change color scheme icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary scheme from the drop-down list. The selected scheme will be applied to all the slides. To change a slide size for all the slides in the presentation, click the Select slide size icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar and select the necessary option from the drop-down list. You can select: one of the two quick-access presets - Standard (4:3) or Widescreen (16:9), the Advanced Settings option that opens the Slide Size Settings window where you can select one of the available presets or set a Custom size specifying the desired Width and Height values. The available presets are: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner. The Slide Orientation menu allows to change the currently selected orientation type. The default orientation type is Landscape that can be switched to Portrait. To change a background fill: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply the fill to. Or click at any blank space within the currently edited slide in the slide editing area to change the fill type for this separate slide. at the Slide settings tab of the right sidebar, select the necessary option: Color Fill - select this option to specify the solid color you want to apply to the selected slides. Gradient Fill - select this option to fill the slide with two colors which smoothly change from one to another. Picture or Texture - select this option to use an image or a predefined texture as the slide background. Pattern - select this option to fill the slide with a two-colored design composed of regularly repeated elements. No Fill - select this option if you don't want to use any fill. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Fill objects and select colors section. Transitions help make your presentation more dynamic and keep your audience's attention. To apply a transition: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a transition to, choose a transition in the Effect drop-down list on the Slide settings tab, Note: to open the Slide settings tab you can click the Slide settings icon on the right or right-click the slide in the slide editing area and select the Slide Settings option from the contextual menu. adjust the transition properties: choose a transition variation, duration and the way to advance slides, click the Apply to All Slides button if you want to apply the same transition to all slides in the presentation. For more detailed information on these options please refer to the Apply transitions section. To change a slide layout: in the slide list on the left, select the slides you want to apply a new layout to, click the Change slide layout icon at the Home tab of the top toolbar, select the necessary layout from the menu. Alternatively, you can right-click the necessary slide in the list on the left or in the editing area, select the Change Layout option from the contextual menu and choose the necessary layout. Note: currently, the following layouts are available: Title Slide, Title and Content, Section Header, Two Content, Comparison, Title Only, Blank, Content with Caption, Picture with Caption, Title and Vertical Text, Vertical Title and Text. To add notes to a slide: in the slide list on the left, select the slide you want to add a note to, click the Click to add notes caption below the slide editing area, type in the text of your note. Note: you can format the text using the icons at the Home tab of the top toolbar. When you start the slideshow in the Presenter mode, you will be able to see all the slide notes below the slide preview area." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html index 06f59b876..97576e91e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/en/search/search.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
    - +

    Searching...

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json index dec484070..e9f9c4ad0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/Contents.json @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ { "src": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "name": "Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Presentación", - "headername": "Interfaz de usuario" + "headername": "Interfaz del Programa" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de archivo" + "name": "Pestaña de Archivo" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", @@ -14,11 +14,15 @@ }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Insertar" + "name": "Pestaña Insertar" + }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "name": "Pestaña de Colaboración" }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "name": "Pestaña de Puglins" + "name": "Pestaña Plugins" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -49,11 +53,11 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "name": "Inserte su texto y dele formato", - "headername": "Formato de texto" + "headername": "Formato del texto" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", - "name": "Añada hiperenlaces" + "name": "Añadir hiperenlace" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -100,12 +104,12 @@ { "src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Edición de presentación colaborativa", - "headername": "Co-edición de presentaciones" + "headername": "Presentación con co-edición" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "name": "Vea información sobre presentación", - "headername": "Herramientas y configuraciones" + "headername": "Herramientas y ajustes" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", @@ -134,7 +138,7 @@ }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", - "name": "Formatos compatibles de presentaciones electrónicas" + "name": "Formatos soportados para presentaciones electrónicas" }, { "src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 4531fd8bc..5e4ad4f69 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
    - +

    Acerca del editor de presentaciones

    El editor de presentaciones es una aplicación en línea que le permite ver y editar presentaciones directamente en su navegador.

    -

    Usando el editor de presentaciones, usted puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir las presentaciones editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas al disco duro de su ordenador como PDF o PPTX.

    +

    Usando el editor de presentaciones, usted puede realizar varias operaciones de edición como en cualquier editor de escritorio, imprimir las presentaciones editadas manteniendo todos los detalles de formato o descargarlas al disco duro de su ordenador como PPTX, PDF o ODP.

    Para ver la versión de software actual y los detalles de licenciador, haga clic en el icono Icono Acerca de en la barra de menú a la izquierda.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 85c2c8218..809b8ab45 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Ajustes avanzados del editor de presentaciones

    El editor de presentaciones le permite cambiar los ajustes avanzados. Para acceder a estos, abra la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados.... Usted también puede usar el icono Icono Ajustes avanzados en la esquina derecha en la pestaña Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 5c9f2c902..8126ba302 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,54 +11,57 @@
    - +

    Edición de presentación en colaboración

    -

    El editor de presentaciones le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en una presentación en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye:

    +

    El editor de presentaciones le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en una presentación en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta característica incluye:

    • acceso simultáneo de varios usuarios a la presentación editada
    • indicación visual de objetos que otros usuarios están editando
    • sincronización de los cambios al hacer clic e un botón
    • chat para compartir ideas sobre partes en concreto de una presentación
      • -
    • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver
      • +
    • comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que debe resolverse

    Co-edición

    -

    El Editor de Presentación permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios a tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus cambios propios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados.

    +

    El Editor de Presentación permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios a tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar Icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Icono del modo de Co-edición Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

    +

    Menú del modo de Co-edición

    Cuando una presentación se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los objetos editados (autoformas, objetos de texto, tablas, imágenes, gráficos) aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. El objeto que está editando se rodea con una línea discontinua de color verde. Las líneas rojas discontinuas indican que los objetos se están editando por otros usuarios. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados, se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editando ese objeto en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los co-editores cuando estos estén editando el texto.

    El número de usuarios que están trabajando en la presentación actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado de editor -Icono Número de usuarios . Si quiere ver de forma exacta quién está editando la presentación, puede hacer clic ene ste icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios.

    -

    Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así Icono gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos, y le permitirá organizar a los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios y otórgueles acceso completo o solo de lectura, o deniegue derechos de acceso al archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para gestionar el acceso al archivo; esto se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono aparece así Icono Número de usuarios.

    +

    Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así Icono gestionar derechos de acceso de documentos, y le permitirá a usted organizar los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invitar a nuevos usuarios y otorgarles acceso completo o de solo lectura, o niegue a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para organizar el acceso al archivo; esto se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono aparece como Icono Número de usuarios. También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Icono de comparitr Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior:

    Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar, los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta.

    Chat

    -

    Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo Usted va a editar en ese momento etc.

    -

    Los mensajes de chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que decida eliminarlos.

    +

    Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted, etc.

    +

    Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que decida eliminarlos.

    Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios,

      -
    1. haga clic en el icono Icono Chat en la barra lateral de la izquierda,
      2. -
    2. introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente de más abajo,
      3. +
    3. haga clic en el Icono Chat ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o
      cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Icono Chat Chat,
      4. +
    4. introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente de debajo,
    5. pulse el botón Enviar.
    -

    Todos los mensajes enviados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - Icono Chat.

    -

    Para cerrar el panel con los mensajes de chat, haga clic en el icono Icono Chat una vez más.

    +

    Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - Icono Chat.

    +

    Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono Icono Chat en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Icono Chat Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más.

    Comentarios

    -

    Para dejar un comentario:

    +

    Para dejar un comentario a un objeto determinado (cuadro de texto, forma, etc.):

    1. seleccione un objeto que en su opinión tiene un error o problema,
      2. -
    2. cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Icono Comentario Comentario o
      use el icono Icono Comentarios en la barra lateral izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento, o
      haga clic derecho en el objeto seleccionado y seleccione la opción de Añadir Comentario del menú,
      3. +
    3. cambie a la pestaña Insertar o Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Icono Comentario Comentario, o haga
      clic derecho en el objeto seleccioando y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú,
    4. introduzca el texto necesario,
      5. -
    5. Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir.
      6. +
    6. haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir.
    -

    El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. El objeto que usted ha comentado será marcado con el icono Icono objeto comentado. Para ver el comentario, solo pulse este icono.

    +

    El objeto que usted ha comentado será marcado con el icono Icono objeto comentado. Para ver el comentario, solo pulse este icono.

    +

    Para agregar un comentario a una determinada diapositiva, seleccione la diapositiva y utilice el botón Icono Comentario Comentario en la pestaña Insertar o Colaborar de la barra de herramientas superior. El comentario agregado se mostrará en la esquina superior izquierda de la diapositiva.

    +

    Para crear un comentario a nivel de presentación que no esté relacionado con un determinado objeto o diapositiva, haga clic en el icono Icono Comentarios en la barra de herramientas izquierda para abrir el panel Comentarios y usar el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento. Los comentarios a nivel de presentación se pueden ver en el panel Comentarios. Los comentarios relacionados con objetos y diapositivas también están disponibles aquí.

    Cualquier otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario.

    Usted puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de la siguiente manera:

    • editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono Icono Editar,
    • eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono Icono Borrar,
      • -
    • cerrar la discusión pulsando en el icono Icono Resuelto si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario ya se ha resuelto, después de esto la discusión que ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelto. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono Icono Abrir de nuevo.
      • +
    • cierre la discusión pulsando en el icono Icono Resuelto si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelto. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono Icono Abrir de nuevo.

    Nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios se harán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono Icono Guardar en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas.

    -

    Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, pulse el icono Icono Comentarios en la barra lateral izquierda una vez más.

    +

    Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, pulse el icono Icono Comentarios situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index e01b73036..07217cd66 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Atajos de teclado

    @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 458e71e86..d7f2e0b89 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Configuración de la vista y herramientas de navegación

    El editor de presentaciones ofrece varias herramientas para ayudarle a visualizar y navegar por su presentación: zoom, los botones de diapositiva anterior/siguiente, el indicador del numero de diapositiva.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 6ed2e238e..a636c8bf8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Función de búsqueda

    Para buscar los caracteres necesarios, palabras o frases usadas en la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en el Icono Buscar icono situado en la barra izquierda lateral.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 93edc9c7d..8b662d4ee 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Corrección ortográfica

    El editor de documentos le permite comprobar la ortografía de su texto en un idioma concreto y corregir errores mientras edita.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index de942fc01..ffd558888 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Formatos compatibles de presentaciones electrónicas

    La presentación es un conjunto de diapositivas que puede incluir distintos tipos de contenido por como imágenes, archivos multimedia, texto, efectos etc. El editor de presentaciones es compatible con los siguientes formatos de presentaciones:

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..79d42011b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + Pestaña de colaboración + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Pestaña de colaboración

    +

    La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la presentación: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios.

    +

    Pestaña de colaboración

    +

    Usando esta pestaña, usted podrá:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index d327dd08f..f78a99d05 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Pestaña de archivo

    La pestaña de Archivo permite realizar operaciones básicas en el archivo actual.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index c5ae8ac4e..d9dfc07e9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Pestaña de Inicio

    La pestaña de Inicio se abre por defecto cuando abre una presentación. Permite fijar parámetros generales con respecto a diapositivas, formato del texto, insertar, alinear y organizar varios objetos.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index fe854e163..b5a903726 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Pestaña Insertar

    La pestaña Insertar permite añadir objetos visuales y comentarios a su presentación.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 8833306b2..e984d8e4c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@  - Pestaña de Puglins + Pestaña de Extensiones - + @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@
    - +
    -

    Pestaña de Puglins

    -

    La pestaña de Puglins permite acceder a funciones de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros.

    -

    Pestaña de Puglins

    -

    Actualmente, los siguientes puglins están disponibles:

    +

    Pestaña de Extensiones

    +

    La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias.

    +

    Pestaña de Extensiones

    +

    El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API.

    +

    Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles:

    • ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su presentación,
    • Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc.
      • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 9a1b94b29..6fea159ac 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Presentación

      El Editor de Presentación usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional.

      @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
      1. El Encabezado del editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, el nombre de la presentación y dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar derechos de acceso y volver a la lista de Documentos.

        Iconos en el encabezado del editor

        2. -
      2. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Puglins.

        Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer, Volver a hacer y Añadir diapositiva están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de herramientas superior independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

        +
      3. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Colaboración, Extensiones.

        Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer y Volver a hacer están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de herramientas superior independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada.

        Iconos en la barra de herramientas superior

      4. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene el icono Empezar presentación de diapositivas, y varias herramientas de navegación: indicador de número de diapositivas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra varias notificaciones (como "Todos los cambios se han guardado" etc.) y permite ajustar un idioma para el texto y activar la corrección ortográfica.
        5. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 13d3a44c6..1745d95f3 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Añada hiperenlace

        Para añadir un hiperenlace,

        @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
      5. cambie a al pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
      6. pulse el icono Icono hiperenlace Hiperenlaceen la barra de herramientas superior,
      7. Después de estos pasos, la ventana Configuración de hiperenlace se abrirá, y usted podrá especificar los parámetros del hiperenlace:
          -
        • Tipo de enlace seleccione el tipo de enlace que quiere insertar en la lista desplegable:
            +
          • seleccione el tipo de enlace que quiere insertar:
            • Use la opción Enlace externo e introduzca una URL en el formato http://www.example.com en el campo debajo de Enlace a si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace a un sitio web externo.

              Ventana Ajustes de hiperenlace

            • Use la opción Diapositiva en esta presentación y seleccione una de las opciones de debajo si usted necesita añadir un hiperenlace a una cierta diapositiva de la misma presentación. Usted puede verificar una de las siguientes casillas: Diapositiva siguiente, Diapositiva anterior, Primera diapositiva, Última diapositiva, Diapositiva con el número especificado.

              Ventana Ajustes de hiperenlace

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index af8121695..7129faec5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva

              Los cuadros de texto o autoformas, gráficos e imágenes añadidos, se pueden alinear, agrupar, ordenar, o distribuir horizontal y verticalmente en una diapositiva. Para realizar una de estas acciones, primero seleccione un objeto o varios objetos en el área de edición de diapositiva. Para seleccionar unos objetos, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y haga clic sobre los objetos necesarios. Para seleccionar un cuadro de texto, haga clic en su borde y no en el texto de dentro. Después, puede utilizar o los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio de la barra de herramientas superior que se describen más adelante o las opciones análogas del menú contextual.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index 7008c2a7b..5fe16b862 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Aplique transiciones

              La transición es un efecto de animación que se aplica entre dos diapositivas cuando una diapositiva avanza a la otra durante una demonstración. Usted puede aplicar la misma transición a todas las diapositivas o aplicar distintas transiciones a cada diapositiva por separado y ajustar los parámetros de transición.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 8681a6a75..05b7298f7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Copie/elimine formato

              Para copiar un formato de un texto en particular,

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index d06434e93..76a78fa45 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@
              - +

              Copie/pegue sus datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones

              +

              Use operaciones de portapapeles básicas

              Para cortar, copiar y pegar los objetos seleccionados (diapositivas, párrafos de texto, autoformas) en su presentación o deshacer y reahecer sus acciones, use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual, o los atajos de teclado, o los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior:

              • Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación.
                • @@ -26,10 +27,26 @@
              • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar;
              • La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar.
              -

              Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes que estan disponibles en la barra de herramientas superior o los atajos de teclado:

              +

              Use la característica de Pegar Especial

              +

              Una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el Pegado Especial botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje/objeto del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria.

              +

              Para pegar pasajes de texto las siguientes opciones están disponibles:

              +
                +
              • Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto.
                • +
              • Mantener formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen del texto copiado.
                • +
              • Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado.
                • +
              • Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original.
                • +
              +

              Opciones de pegado

              +

              Al pegar objetos (formas automáticas, gráficos, tablas) están disponibles las siguientes opciones:

              +
                +
              • Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto.
                • +
              • Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado.
                • +
              +

              Usar las operaciones Deshacer/Rehacer

              +

              Para deshacer/rehacer operaciones, use los iconos correspondientes que estan disponibles en la barra de herramientas superior o los atajos de teclado:

              • Deshacer – use el icono Icono Deshacer Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.
                • -
              • Rehacer – use el icono Icono Rehacer Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.

                Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla.

                +
              • Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer Icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.

                Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 7cc7a1ba5..fcabf9cec 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Cree listas

              Para crear una lista en su presentación,

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 5f8c10579..775d359cf 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Rellene objetos y seleccione colores

              Usted puede aplicar rellenos distintos al fondo de diapositivas, autoformas y Text Art.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 12e0861ef..849907074 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Inserte y dé formato a autoformas

              Inserte un autoforma

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 0ca9150a2..3c8c4fac5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,15 +11,15 @@
              - +

              Inserte y edite gráficos

              Inserte un gráfico

              Para insertar un gráfico en su presentación,

              1. coloque el cursor en el lugar donde usted quiere insertar un gráfico,
                2. -
              2. cambie a al pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior,
                3. -
              3. pulse el iconoIcono Gráfico Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior,
                4. +
              4. cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior,
                5. +
              5. pulse el Icono Gráfico icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior,
              6. Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.

                Nota: para los gráficos de Columnas, Líneas, Circular o Barras, también está disponible un formato 3D.

              7. después, la ventana Editor de gráfico aparecerá, y usted podrá introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles:
                  @@ -36,104 +36,104 @@
                  • Seleccione el Tipo de gráfico que quiere insertar: Columna, Línea, Circular, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.
                  • Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4.
                    • -
                  • Elija el modo de organizar los datos. Usted puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas.
                    • +
                  • Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas.
                  -

                  Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                  +

                  Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                  La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico.

                    -
                  • Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable:
                      -
                    • Ninguno para no mostrar el título del gráfico,
                      • -
                    • Superposición para superponer y centrar un título en el área de trazado del gráfico,
                      • -
                    • Sin superposición para mostrar el título en la parte superior del área de trazado del gráfico.
                      • +
                    • Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                        +
                      • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico,
                        • +
                      • Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título,
                        • +
                      • Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico.
                      • -
                    • Especifique la posición de la Leyenda con respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable:
                        -
                      • Ninguno para no mostrar la leyenda,
                        • -
                      • Inferior para mostrar la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte inferior del área de trazado del gráfico,
                        • -
                      • Superior para mostrar la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte superior del área de trazado del gráfico,
                        • -
                      • Derecho para mostrar la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte derecha del área de trazado del gráfico,
                        • -
                      • Izquierdo para mostrar la la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte izquierda del área de trazado del gráfico,
                        • -
                      • Superposición a la izquierda para superponer y centrar la leyenda a la parte izquierda del área de trazado del gráfico,
                        • -
                      • Superposición a la derecha para superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área de trazado del gráfico.
                        • +
                      • Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                          +
                        • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestre la leyenda,
                          • +
                        • Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico,
                          • +
                        • Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico,
                          • +
                        • Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico,
                          • +
                        • Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico,
                          • +
                        • Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico,
                          • +
                        • Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico.
                        • -
                      • Especifique los parámetros de las Etiquetas de Datos (por ejemplo, las etiquetas de datos que representan los valores exactos de los puntos de datos):
                          -
                        • Especifique la posición relativa de las Etiquetas de Datos en relación a los puntos de datos seleccionando la opción necesaria del menú despegable. Las opciones disponibles varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado.
                            -
                          • Para los gráfico Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior.
                            • +
                          • Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                              +
                            • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado.
                                +
                              • Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior.
                              • Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior.
                              • Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior.
                              • Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado.
                            • seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor,
                              • -
                            • Introduzca in carácter (coma, punto y coma etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos.
                              • +
                            • Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos.
                            • -
                          • Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas.
                            • +
                          • Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas.
                          • Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).

                            Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos).

                          • La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical:
                            • Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                                -
                              • Ninguno para no mostrar el título del eje horizontal,
                                • -
                              • Sin superposición para no mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal.
                                • +
                              • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal,
                                • +
                              • Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal.
                            • Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable:
                                -
                              • Ninguno para no mostrar el título del eje vertical,
                                • -
                              • Girado para que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical,
                                • -
                              • Horizontal -para mostrar el título horizontal a la izquierda del eje vertical.
                                • +
                              • Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical,
                                • +
                              • Girado - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical,
                                • +
                              • Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical.
                            • -
                          • La sección Cuadrícula le permite especificar cuales de las Cuadrículas Horizontales/verticales quiere mostrar seleccionando la opción correspondiente de la lista despegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, puede ocultar las líneas de las cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.

                            Nota: las secciones Ajustes de Ejes y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares ya que estos gráficos no tienen ejes ni líneas de cuadrículas.

                            +
                          • Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.

                            Nota: las secciones Ajustes de Eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas cuadrículas.

                          Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                          Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes.

                          -

                          La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, por favor, que para los Gráficos de barras el eje vertical será el eje de categoría que muestra etiquetas de texto, por lo que en este caso, las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de puntos XY (Esparcidos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                          +

                          La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta que para los ejes verticales habrá la categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barra, y que en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a unas descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                            -
                          • La sección Opciones de ejes permite fijar los siguientes parámetros:
                              -
                            • Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo que se muestra en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo de la derecha.
                              • -
                            • Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo al final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo de la derecha.
                              • -
                            • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                              • -
                            • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billones, Trillones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto.
                              • +
                            • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                                +
                              • Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                                • +
                              • Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha.
                                • +
                              • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de las celdas seleccionadas. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical.
                                • +
                              • Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Millardos, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volverse a las unidades por defecto.
                              • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior.
                              • -
                            • La sección Opciones de marca de verificación permite ajustar la apariencia de las marcas de verificación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de verificación principales son las divisiones más grandes a escala y que pueden tener etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de verificación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y las que no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de verificación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de cuadrículas, si la opción correspondiente está elegida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes:
                                -
                              • Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de verificación principales/menores,
                                • -
                              • Intersección si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje,
                                • -
                              • En si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores dentro del eje,
                                • -
                              • Fuera si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                • +
                              • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes:
                                  +
                                • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores,
                                  • +
                                • Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje,
                                  • +
                                • Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje,
                                  • +
                                • Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                • -
                              • La sección Opciones de Etiqueta permite ajustar la apariencia de marcas de verificación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar la Posición de etiqueta con respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable:
                                  -
                                • Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de verificación,
                                  • -
                                • Bajo si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación a la izquierda del área del gráfico,
                                  • -
                                • Alto si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación a la derecha del área del gráfico,
                                  • -
                                • Al lado del eje si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación al lado del eje.
                                  • +
                                • La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable:
                                    +
                                  • Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación,
                                    • +
                                  • Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico,
                                    • +
                                  • Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico,
                                    • +
                                  • Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje.
                                -

                                Ventana Ajustes de Gráfico

                                -

                                La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Note que el eje horizontal será el valor de eje que muestre valores numéricos para el Gráfico de barras por lo que en este caso, las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de puntos XY (Esparcidos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                                +

                                Ventana de Ajustes de Gráfico

                                +

                                La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal será el eje de valores que mostrará valores numéricos, para los Gráficos de barras y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a unas descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor.

                                  -
                                • La sección Opciones de Eje permite fijar los siguientes parámetros:
                                    -
                                  • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal.
                                    • -
                                  • Posición de eje - se usa para especificar dónde se deben colocar las etiquetas de eje de texto: Marcas de verificación o Entre marcas de verificación.
                                    • -
                                  • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada, las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda.
                                    • +
                                  • La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes:
                                      +
                                    • Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de los datos seleccionados. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal.
                                      • +
                                    • Posición de eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación.
                                      • +
                                    • Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda.
                                    • -
                                  • La sección Opciones de Verificación permite ajustar la apariencia de marcas de verificación en la escala horizontal. Las marcas de verificación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala que pueden tener etiquetas mostrando los valores de categorías. Las marcas de verificación menores son las subdivisiones más pequeñas las cuales se colocan entre las marcas de verificación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de verificación también definen donde se pueden mostrar las líneas de cuadrículas, si la opción correspondiente se elige en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los siguientes parámetros de marcas de verificación:
                                      -
                                    • Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren marcas de verificación principales/menores, Intersección si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, En si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                      • -
                                    • Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar el número de categorías que deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de verificación vecinas.
                                      • +
                                    • La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes:
                                        +
                                      • Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje.
                                        • +
                                      • Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas.
                                      • -
                                    • La sección Opciones de etiqueta permite ajustar la apariencia de etiquetas que muestran categorías.
                                        -
                                      • Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar el lugar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse con respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del área del gráfico, Alto si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje.
                                        • -
                                      • Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más grande sea el valor que fije, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas.
                                        • -
                                      • Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con qué frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para otra categoría etc.
                                        • +
                                      • La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías.
                                          +
                                        • Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje.
                                          • +
                                        • Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y etiquetas.
                                          • +
                                        • Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc.
                                      @@ -147,17 +147,19 @@

                                      Editar elementos del gráfico

                                      Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar.

                                      Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego use los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, estilo, tamano o color de la letra.

                                      -

                                      Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, selecciónelo con el botón izquierdo del ratón y presione la tecla Delete en su teclado.

                                      -

                                      También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haz clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado hasta que el trazo de un cuadro azul aparezca. Arrastre el cursos sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D.

                                      +

                                      Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, púlselo haciendo clic izquierdo y haga clic en la tecla Borrar en su teclado.

                                      +

                                      También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D.

                                      Gráfico 3D

                                      Ajustes de gráfico

                                      Pestaña Gráfico

                                      Se puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, haga clic en el gráfico y elija el icono Icono ajustes de gráfico Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha.

                                      -

                                      La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Icono Proporciones constantes Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así Icono Proporciones constantes activado), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico.

                                      +

                                      La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Icono Proporciones constantes Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así Proporciones constantes de icono activadas), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico.

                                      La sección Cambiar tipo de gráfico le permite cambiar el tipo de gráfico seleccionado y/o su estilo usando el menú desplegable correspondiente.

                                      Para seleccionar el Estilo del gráfico correspondiente, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico.

                                      El botón Editar datos le permite abrir la ventana Editor de gráfico y empezar a editar los datos como se descrito arriba.

                                      Nota: para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico' de forma rápida, haga doble clic sobre la diapositiva.

                                      -

                                      Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Icono Ajustes de forma Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que usted no puede cambiar el tipo de forma.

                                      +

                                      La opción Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra de herramientas derecha permite abrir la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados donde puede establecer el texto alternativo:

                                      +

                                      Ajustes avanzados de la ventana de gráfico

                                      +

                                      Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma está disponible a la derecha, porque una forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que usted no puede cambiar el tipo de forma.

                                      Para borrar el gráfico insertado, haga clic en este y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado.

                                      Para descubrir como alinear un gráfico en la diapositiva u organizar varios objetos, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva.

                                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index f59fd4ab6..c99b64b41 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                                      - +

                                      Inserte ecuación

                                      El Editor de Presentación le permite construir ecuaciones usando las plantillas incorporadas, editarlas, insertar caracteres especiales (incluyendo operadores matemáticos, letras griegas, acentos, etc.).

                                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index 6713ac9db..c8a28e91a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                                      - +

                                      Inserte y ajuste imágenes

                                      Inserte una imagen

                                      @@ -28,15 +28,17 @@
                                    • una vez que la imagen esté añadida, usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.
              -

              Ajustes de imagen

              Pestaña de Ajustes de Imagen

              Al hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Icono Ajustes de imagen Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones:

              -

              Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario.

              +

              Ajustes de imagen

              +

              Al hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Icono ajustes de imagen Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones:

              Pestaña de Ajustes de Imagen

              Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario.

              Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL.

              +

              Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma Icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente.

              +

              Pestaña Ajustes de forma

              Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la imagen, haga clic con el botón derecho en la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades de la imagen:

              Propiedades de imagen

              La pestaña Posición le permite ajustar las siguientes propiedades de imagen:

                -
              • Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón Icono Proporciones constantes proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono Proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, haga clic en el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
                • +
              • Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón Icono Proporciones constantes proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así Icono de proporciones constantes activado), el ancho y altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, haga clic en el botón Tamaño Predeterminado.
              • Posición - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de imagen en la diapositiva (la posición se calcula respecto a las partes superior e izquierda de la diapositiva).

              Propiedades de imagen

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 7c293b554..0d2929978 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Inserte tablas y deles formato

              Inserte una tabla

              @@ -24,14 +24,17 @@

            • o una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas)

              Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo).

            • o una tabla personalizada

              -

              Si usted necesita una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, después pulse el botón OK.

              • +

              En caso de que usted necesite una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, respectivamente, después pulse el botón OK.

          • una vez que la tabla se ha añadido, usted puede cambiar sus parámetros y posición.
      +

      Para cambiar el tamaño de una tabla, arrastre las manijas Icono cuadrado situadas en sus bordes hasta que la tabla alcance el tamaño necesario.

      +

      Cambie de tamaño a la tabla

      +

      También se puede modificar manualmente el ancho de una columna determinada o la altura de una línea. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde derecho de la columna para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional. El cursor del ratón cuando cambia el ancho de la columna y arrastre el borde hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para establecer el ancho necesario. Para cambiar la anchura de una sola columna de forma manual, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde inferior de la fila hasta que el cursor cambie a una flecha con doble sentido El cursor del ratón cuando cambia el ancho de la columna y arrástrelo hacia arriba o hacia abajo.

      Usted puede especificar posición de tabla arrastrándola verticalmente o horizontalmente.

      -

      Ajustes de tablas

      Pestaña Ajustes de tablas

      Es posible cambiar la mayoría de las propiedades de la tabla y también su estructura usando la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la tabla y elija el icono Icono Ajustes de tabla Ajustes de tabla a la derecha.

      +

      Ajustes de tablas

      Pestaña Ajustes de tablas

      Es posible cambiar la mayoría de las propiedades de la tabla y también su estructura usando la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la tabla y elija el icono Icono Ajustes de tabla Ajustes de tabla a la derecha.

      Las secciones Filas y Columnas en la parte superior le permiten seleccionar ciertas filas/columnas aplicando algún formato a ellas, o rellenar filas/columnas con los colores de fondo distintos para poder distinguirlas de forma clara. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles:

      • Encabezado - resalta la fila superior de la tabla dándole un formato especial.
        • @@ -39,14 +42,13 @@
      • Con bandas - activa el color de fondo para las filas impares y pares.
      • Primero - resalta la columna del extremo izquierdo de la tabla dándole un formato especial.
      • Último - resalta la columna del extremo derecho de la tabla dándole un formato especial.
        • -
      • Con bandas - activa el color de fondo para las columnas pares y impares.
        • +
      • Con bandas - activa el color de fondo diferente para las columnas pares y impares.
      -

      La sección Seleccionar de plantilla le permite elegir uno de los estilos de tablas predefinidos. Cada plantilla combina ciertos parámetros de formato, como color de fondo, estilo de bordes, bandas de fila/columna etc. El conjunto de plantillas varía dependiendo de las opciones marcadas en la secciones Filas y/o Columnas. Por ejemplo, si marca la opción Encabezado en la sección Filas y la opción Con bandas en la sección Columnas, en la lista solo habrá plantillas que coincidan con su solicitud:

      +

      La sección Seleccionar de plantilla le permite elegir uno de los estilos de tablas predefinidos. Cada plantilla combina ciertos parámetros de formato: color de fondo, estilo de bordes, bandas de fila/columna, etc. El conjunto de plantillas varía dependiendo de las opciones marcadas en la secciones Filas y/o Columnas de arriba, las plantillas serán mostradas de manera diferente. Por ejemplo, si marca la opción Encabezado en la sección Filas y la opción Con bandas en la sección Columnas, en la lista habrá solo plantillas que coinciden con su solicitud:

      Lista de plantillas

      La sección Estilo de bordes le permite cambiar el formato aplicado que corresponde a la plantilla seleccionada. Usted puede seleccionar toda la tabla o varias celdas para cambiar el formato y establecer todos los parámetros manualmente.

      • Parámetros de Borde - establezca el ancho del borde usando la lista Lista de tamaño de borde (o elija la opción Sin bordes), seleccione el Color en las paletas disponibles y determine la forma en la que quiere aplicar este ajuste para mostrarlos en celdas pulsando los iconos:

        Iconos Tipo de Borde

        -

        Nota: si usted decide que no quiere que se muestren los bordes de la tabla, elija una plantilla apropiada, o seleccione la opción Sin bordes, o pulse el icono Sin bordes, pero los bordes se indicarán con una línea punteada en la diapositiva.

      • Color de fondo - seleccione el color de fondo dentro de las celdas seleccionadas.
      @@ -61,6 +63,7 @@

    Nota: las opciones de la sección Filas y columnas también están disponibles en el menú contextual.

    +

    La sección de tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho. Las opciones de la sección Distribuir filas/columnas también están disponibles en el menú de clic derecho.

    Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la tabla, haga clic sobre la tabla con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con los parámetros de la tabla:

    Parámetros de la tabla

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 64e6f99b2..7d0da7003 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -11,79 +11,79 @@
    - +

    Inserte su texto y dele formato

    Inserte su texto

    -

    Usted puede añadir un texto nuevo de dos modos:

    +

    Usted puede añadir un texto nuevo de dos modos:

      -
    • Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado.
      • -
    • Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following:
        -
      • to add a text box, click the Text Box icon Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text.

        Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the Inserte un autoforma shape from the Basic Shapes group.

        +
      • Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado.
        • +
      • Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. Puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Dependiendo del tipo de objeto con texto necesario puede hacer lo siguiente:
          +
        • Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el Icono de Cuadro de Texto icono de Cuadro de Texto en la pestaña Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.

          Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el Icono forma icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma Inserte Texto en una autoforma del grupo Formas Básicas.

          • -
        • to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text.
          • +
        • para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el Icono de Arte de Texto icono Arte Texto en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto.
        • -
      • Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text.
        • +
      • Añada un pasaje de texto dentro de una autoforma. Seleccione una forma y empiece a escribir su texto.
      -

      Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide.

      -

      El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones).

      -

      As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties.

      -

      To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted.

      -

      Format a text box

      -

      Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines.

      -

      Text box selected

      +

      Haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva a la diapositiva.

      +

      El texto dentro del texto del objeto es parte de este último (cuando usted mueva o gira el texto del objeto, el texto realiza las mismas acciones).

      +

      A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular (con bordes de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) con texto en este y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto.

      +

      Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará.

      +

      Formatee un cuadro de texto

      +

      Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos).

      +

      Cuadro de Texto seleccionado

        -
      • to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape.
        • -
      • to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icono Ajustes de forma icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options.
        • -
      • to align a text box on the slide or arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options.
        • -
      • to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window.
        • +
      • para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma.
        • +
      • para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el Icono Ajustes de forma icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes.
        • +
      • para alinear un cuadro de texto en la diapositiva u organizar cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual.
        • +
      • para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados.
      -

      Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto

      -

      Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines.

      -

      Text selected

      -

      Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately.

      +

      Formatee su texto en el cuadro de texto

      +

      Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos.

      +

      Texto seleccionado

      +

      Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada.

      Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto

      Se puede alinear el texto horizontalmente de cuatro modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo:

        -
      1. coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido),
        2. -
      2. drop-down the Horizontal align Icono alineación horizontal list at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
        3. -
      3. seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar:
          -
        • la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación).
          • -
        • la opción Centrar texto le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto (las partes derecha e izquierda permanecen sin alineación).
          • -
        • la opción Alinear texto a la derecha le permite alinear su texto por la parte derecha del bloque de texto (la parte izquierda permanece sin alineación).
          • -
        • la opción Justificar le permite alinear su texto por las dos partes derecha e izquierda del bloque de texto (el espacio adicional se añade donde es necesario para mantener la alineación).
          • +
        • coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido),
          • +
        • desplegar la lista Icono alineación horizontal Formato de número en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior,
          • +
        • seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar:
            +
          • la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda Icono alinear a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación).
            • +
          • la opción Centrar texto Icono alinear al centro le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto (las partes derecha e izquierda permanecen sin alineación).
            • +
          • la opción Alinear texto a la derecha Icono alinear a la derecha le permite alinear su texto por la parte derecha del bloque de texto (la parte izquierda permanece sin alineación).
            • +
          • la opción Justificar Icono justificar le permite alinear su texto por las dos partes derecha e izquierda del bloque de texto (el espacio adicional se añade donde es necesario para mantener la alineación).

      Se puede alinear el texto verticalmente de tres modos: en la parte superior, al medio o en la parte inferior. Para hacerlo:

        -
      1. coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido),
        2. -
      2. drop-down the Vertical align icono alineación vertical list at the Home tab of the top toolbar,
        3. -
      3. seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar:
          -
        • la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto.
          • -
        • la opción Alinear texto al medio le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto.
          • -
        • la opción Alinear texto en la parte inferior le permite alinear su texto por la parte inferior del bloque de texto.
          • +
        • coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido),
          • +
        • desplegar la lista Icono alineación vertical Alineación vertical en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior,
          • +
        • seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar:
            +
          • la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior Icono Alinear arriba le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto.
            • +
          • la opción Alinear texto al medio Icono Alinear al medio le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto.
            • +
          • la opción Alinear texto en la parte inferior Icono Alinear abajo le permite alinear su texto por la parte inferior del bloque de texto.
      -

      Change the text direction

      -

      To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate at 90° (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate at 270° (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top).

      +

      Cambie la dirección del texto

      +

      Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba).

      -

      Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración

      -

      Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la barra de herramientas superior.

      -

      Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario.

      +

      Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración

      +

      Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior.

      +

      Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario.

    Descargar como... Ctrl+Shift+SGuarda la presentación actualmente editada al disco duro de su ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: PDF, PPTX.Guarda la presentación actualmente editada al disco duro de su ordenador en uno de los formatos compatibles: PPTX, PDF, ODP.
    Pantalla completa
    - - + + - - - + + + @@ -93,12 +93,12 @@ - + - + @@ -108,83 +108,83 @@ - + - - - + + + - - - + + +
    FontFontFuenteFuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles.
    Tamaño de letraTamaño de letraSe usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra.Tamaño de letraTamaño de letraSe usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra.
    Color de letra
    Negrita NegritaPone la letra en negrita dándole más peso.Pone la letra en negrita dándole más peso.
    Cursiva CursivaPone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha.Pone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha.
    Subrayado
    Tachado TachadoSe usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras.Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras.
    SubíndiceSubíndiceSe usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fórmulas químicas.SubíndiceSubíndiceSe usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fórmulas químicas.
    SobreíndiceSobreíndiceSe usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.SobreíndiceSobreíndiceSe usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.
    -

    Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo

    -

    En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también margenes entre el párrafo corriente y precedente o el párrafo posterior.

    -

    pestaña Ajustes de forma

    +

    Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo

    +

    En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también margenes entre el párrafo corriente y precedente o el párrafo posterior.

    +

    Pestaña Ajustes de forma

    Para hacerlo,

      -
    1. coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón,
      2. -
    2. use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la derecha barra lateral para alcanzar los resultados deseados:
        -
      • Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede alternar entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente.
        • -
      • Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs.
          -
        • Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo.
          • -
        • Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo.
          • +
        • coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón,
          • +
        • use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto Icono de ajustes de Texto en la barra lateral derecha para alcanzar los resultados deseados:
            +
          • Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente de la derecha.
            • +
          • Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos.
              +
            • Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo.
              • +
            • Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo.
    -

    Para cambiar espaciado de línea actual rápidamente, usted también puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor necesario en la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas.

    -

    Para cambiar desplazamiento contra la parte derecha del bloque de texto, coloque el cursor encima del párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón y use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Reducir sangría y Aumentar sangría .

    +

    Para cambiar espaciado de línea actual rápidamente, usted también puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea Espaciado de línea en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor necesario en la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas.

    +

    Para cambiar desplazamiento contra la parte derecha del bloque de texto, coloque el cursor encima del párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón y use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior: Reducir sangría Disminuir sangría y Aumentar sangría Aumentar sangría.

    -

    Usted también puede cambiar los ajustes avanzados del párrafo. Coloque cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades:

    Propiedades de párrafo - sangrías y disposición

    La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un bloque de texto.

    -

    Usted también puede usar la regla horizontal para establecer sangrías.

    Regla - marcadores de sangría

    Seleccione los párrafos necesarios y arrastre los marcadores de sangría a lo largo de la regla.

    +

    Usted también puede cambiar los ajustes avanzados del párrafo. Coloque el cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto Icono de ajustes de Texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades:

    Propiedades de párrafo - sangrías y disposición

    La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un bloque de texto.

    +

    Usted también puede usar la regla horizontal para establecer sangrías.

    Regla - marcadores de sangría

    Seleccione los párrafos necesarios y arrastre los marcadores de sangría a lo largo de la regla.

      -
    • El marcador de sangría de primera línea se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la primera línea de un párrafo.
      • -
    • El marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la línea segunda y líneas posteriores líneas de un párrafo.
      • -
    • El marcador de sangría derecha e usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto.
      • -
    • El marcador de sangría derecha e usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto.
      • +
    • El marcador de sangría de primera línea Marcador de sangría de primera línea se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la primera línea de un párrafo.
      • +
    • El marcador de sangría francesa Marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la línea segunda y líneas posteriores líneas de un párrafo.
      • +
    • El marcador de sangría izquierda Marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto.
      • +
    • El marcador de sangría derecha Marcador de sangría derecha se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno derecho del bloque de texto.
    -

    Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icono Mostrar ajustes icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them.

    Propiedades de párrafo - letra

    La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes:

    +

    Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas.

    Propiedades de párrafo - letra

    La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes:

      -
    • Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras.
      • -
    • Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
      • -
    • Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.
      • -
    • Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas.
      • -
    • Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas.
      • -
    • Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas.
      • +
    • Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras.
      • +
    • Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras.
      • +
    • Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones.
      • +
    • Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas.
      • +
    • Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas.
      • +
    • Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas.
    • Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres.
      • -
    propiedades de párrafo - Tab

    La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado.

    + Propiedades de párrafo - Pestaña Tab

    La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado.

      -
    • Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo más precisamente usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo.
      • -
    • Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo.
      • -
    • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
        -
      • Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador .
        • -
      • Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador .
        • -
      • Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador .
        • +
      • Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo.
        • +
      • Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo.
        • +
      • Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar.
          +
        • Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador izquierdo.
          • +
        • Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador central.
          • +
        • Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador Marcador de tabulador derecho.
        -

        Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo.

        +

        Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo.

      Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal:

        -
      1. Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo para elegir el tipo de tabulador necesario: Izquierdo , Centro , Derecho .
        2. -
      2. Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla.

        Horizontal Ruler with the Tab stops added

        -

        Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icono Mostrar ajustes icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them.

        +
      3. Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo para elegir el tipo de tabulador necesario: Izquierdo , Centro , Derecho .
        4. +
      4. Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla.

        Regla Horizontal con los tabuladores añadidos

        +

        Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes Icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas.

      -

      Edit a Text Art style

      -

      Select a text object and click the Text Art settings Text Art settings icon icon on the right sidebar.

      -

      Text Art setting tab

      +

      Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte

      +

      Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el Icono de ajustes Arte de Texto icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral.

      +

      Pestaña Ajustes de Texto de Arte

        -
      • Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc.
        • -
      • Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes.
        • -
      • Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle.
        • +
      • Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente.
        • +
      • Cambie el relleno y trazo de la letra. Las opciones disponibles son las mismas que para las autoformas.
        • +
      • Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa.
      -

      Text Art Transformation

      +

      Transformación del Texto de Arte

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index 1ec98dd30..4622b7019 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Gestione diapositivas

    De manera predeterminada, una presentación nueva tiene una diapositiva en blanco con una Diapositiva de Título. Puede crear diapositivas nuevas, copiar una diapositiva y pegarla en otra posición de la lista de diapositivas, duplicar diapositivas, mover diapositivas para cambiar su orden en la lista en diapositivas, eliminar diapositivas innecesarias, marcar algunas diapositivas como ocultas.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index a0a516ffb..2812d60a7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@
    - +

    Maneje objetos en una diapositiva

    Usted puede cambiar el tamaño de objetos diferentes, moverlos, girarlos en una diapositiva de forma manual usando los controladores especiales. Usted también puede especificar de forma exacta las dimensiones y posición de varios objetos usando la barra derecha lateral o la ventana Ajustes avanzados.

    Cambiar el tamaño de objetos

    -

    Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños Icono Cuadrado situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño/forma, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas.

    +

    Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños Icono cuadrado situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas.

    Mantener proporciones

    Para especificar el ancho y altura precisos de un gráfico, selecciónelo en una diapositiva y utilice la sección Tamaño en la barra derecha lateral que se activará.

    Para especificar las dimensiones precisas de una imagen o autoforma, haga clic derecho en el objeto necesario en una diapositiva y seleccione Ajustes avanzados de imagen/forma en el menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la pestaña Tamaño de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK.

    @@ -24,10 +24,10 @@

    Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, el icono amarillo en forma de rombo está disponible Icono rombo amarillo. Le permite ajustar varios aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha.

    Cambiar la forma de una autoforma

    Mover objetos

    -

    Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono Flecha que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontal o verticalmente y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto.

    +

    Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono Flecha que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto.

    Para especificar la posición precisa de una imagen, haga clic en esta con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen del menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la sección Posición de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK.

    Girar objetos

    -

    Para girar autoforma/imagen/cuadros de texto, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta el incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

    +

    Para girar autoforma/imagen/cuadros de texto, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro Controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota.

    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 99fabefb5..2da4322c4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Cree una presentación nueva o abra una existente

    Si el editor de presentaciones está abierto, usted puede abrir una presentación existente recién editada, crear una presentación nueva, o volver a la lista de presentaciones existentes de forma rápida.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index 2e582ce9d..af65b3f00 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Obtenga vista previa de su presentación

    Empezar la vista previa

    @@ -52,12 +52,12 @@
  • El Temporizador muestra el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación en el formato hh.mm.ss.
  • el botón Icono detener presentación Pausar presentación permite parar la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón Icono iniciar presentación.
  • el botón Icono iniciar presentación Empezar presentación permite volver a la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón Icono detener presentación.
    • -
  • el botón Reiniciar permite reiniciar el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación.
    • +
  • el botón Restablecer permite reiniciar el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación.
  • el botón Icono diapositiva anterior de Diapositiva anterior permite volver a la diapositiva anterior.
  • el botón Icono diapositiva siguiente de Diapositiva siguiente le permite ir a la siguiente diapositiva.
  • el indicador del número de diapositiva muestra el número de diapositiva actual así como el número total de diapositivas en la presentación.
  • el botón Icono puntero Puntero le permite destacar elementos en la pantalla mientras está mostrando la presentación. Cuando está opción está desactivada, el botón se muestra así: Icono puntero. Para señalar elementos ponga el cursor del ratón encima del área de la vista previa de la diapositiva y mueva el puntero alrededor de la diapositiva. El puntero estará así: Icono puntero. Para desactivar esta opción haga clic en el botón Icono puntero de nuevo.
    • -
  • el botón Finalizar presentación le permite salir del modo Presentador.
    • +
  • el botón Terminar presentación le permite salir del modo Presentador.
    • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 42ca68cc1..a36e49160 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Guarde/imprima/descargue su presentación

    Cuando usted trabaja en su presentación, el editor de presentaciones guarda su archivo cada 2 segundos automáticamente preveniendo la pérdida de datos en caso de un cierre inesperado del programa. Si está editando el archivo con varias personas a la vez en el modo Rápido, el temporizador requiere actualizaciones 25 veces por segundo y guarda los cambios si estos se han producido. Si el archivo se está editando por varias personas a la vez en el modo Estricto, los cambios se guardan de forma automática cada 10 minutos. Si lo necesita, puede de forma fácil seleccionar el modo de co-edición preferido o desactivar la función Autoguardado en la página Ajustes avanzados.

    @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
    1. haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra de herramientas superior,
    2. seleccione la opción Descargar como,
      3. -
    3. elija uno de los siguientes formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: PDF, PPTX o ODP.
      4. +
    4. elija uno de los siguientes formatos disponibles dependiendo en sus necesidades: PPTX, PDF o ODP.
    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index c6ae7fb58..fd57f1963 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Establezca parámetros de diapositiva

    Para personalizar su presentación, usted puede seleccionar un tema, la combinación de colores y el tamaño de la diapositiva para toda la presentación, también puede cambiar el relleno del fondo o el diseño de cada diapositiva de forma separada, e introducir transiciones entre diapositivas. También es posible añadir notas explicativas a cada diapositiva que puedan ser de ayuda cuando muestra la presentación en el modo Presentar.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index cabc59647..2a6adb885 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Vea información sobre la presentación

    Para acceder a la información detallada sobre la presentación actualmente editada, haga clic en la pestaña Archivo en la barra izquierda lateral y seleccione la opción Información sobre presentación.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png index 319141b5a..590277d42 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png index 29f918d95..5aac898a8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ShapeSettingsTab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SlideSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SlideSettingsTab.png index e3883552a..f6bde0031 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SlideSettingsTab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/SlideSettingsTab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/TextSettingsTab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/TextSettingsTab.png index ad2be1af8..7d8901662 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/TextSettingsTab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/TextSettingsTab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png index a8330a8d1..9b6dbc1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/added_comment_icon.png index 1754ee6fb..425e00a8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/added_comment_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/added_comment_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addslide.png index a55e3d1a7..46740f27e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/addslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignbottom.png index 640287ba3..a70ad75d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..e5647b97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..1a6b762c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignmiddle.png index 6598e2aff..3219f9ab1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..4ef463b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignshape.png index 4283c97e3..f0844b596 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/alignshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligntop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligntop.png index cc749a928..17a0a9301 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligntop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/aligntop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrangeshape.png index 683495725..cb8b897c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrangeshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrangeshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/autoshape.png index 8b624d227..8c4895175 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordersize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordersize.png index 7c4d9c851..1562d5223 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordersize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordersize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordertype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordertype.png index 41e1a4bb3..016968c1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordertype.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bordertype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0e0f6f75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changelayout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changelayout.png index b1a062a85..8675a2862 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changelayout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changelayout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a4f7eecb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png index 641e94d23..8613d347e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png index f0e978a99..c812bd34f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png index 41b9e0ece..cf019a8fd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png index f8e3e277a..5b80d972e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png index a3746b5c4..97633cb1c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png index bdfa5a41c..3b4b0e0a4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a6f3aaef7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charttab.png index 2f63f5a83..8f79631bc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/charttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/closepreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/closepreview.png index 4af964818..831ffae2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/closepreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/closepreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d91359fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png index 16d56f5fc..70b2f4286 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectionpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectionpoint.png index 3c0b5cfd1..a4e405e91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectionpoint.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectionpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors.png index cb338be97..038a5b086 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_firstshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_firstshape.png index a3fe82088..9c01c6a99 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_firstshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_firstshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_moveshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_moveshape.png index 21c6e2ff5..763742489 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_moveshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_moveshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_secondshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_secondshape.png index c9bf8c516..c3a666051 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_secondshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/connectors_secondshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copypastewindow.png index 66aa1022a..2c00d553b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copypastewindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copypastewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png index 85d374e93..bfc336279 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png index 815ab254a..8e33a0c28 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png index 124e9acac..1e5f39011 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png index efaa0e861..4fb48ec51 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png index 1cd228c07..6f203dea0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png index 0fdc9a0b4..634b3600a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/exitfullscreen.png index 57f77b4f2..0950bb8f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/exitfullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/exitfullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png index a5c28b4e6..99d41d8f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png index 85d48d9da..48a73f55f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png index 1974249b3..f4486984e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png index 390d8ad77..1a78c1c37 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..eaea54bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitslide.png index e1fe5bda0..61d79799b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png index b5a81cd9f..eae730c65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png index bbb6e1884..16983f9c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fullscreen.png index 9401ceb32..60dc5618a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/fullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png index 0ad9d357d..d34888957 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hidden_slide.png index 9599cd32e..7b55b6e5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hidden_slide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hidden_slide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..11a262f37 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/horizontalalign.png index 06d53b6e9..b3665ab84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/horizontalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/horizontalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 7c18d8672..fd63c5b06 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png index 9aa6206f2..5725a49d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png index 95cc0ca1a..d016c6394 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png index fbb34c4e9..c5ffef88d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png index 33fca6afb..10edac573 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png index bea14781e..d5685e4dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttable.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttable.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf8d61499 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png index 6a0783bc3..78e2e25bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png index 27b9af0ab..808aa84b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png index ca1a7b876..e3a069baf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png index f1b7bbbc9..c3d941213 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png index 27cb01343..2371ab024 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png index d9e966151..6957bdec0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png index 87fc463a5..ddbd3d8cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..8e4691997 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..ab2e3ed91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/maintain_proportions.png index 5afeeec2c..bbde677a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/maintain_proportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/maintain_proportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png index f731dec78..c758995aa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png index 5dcaf8e8b..f3407b0d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png index 63180207f..e2559cbbb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextslide.png index cadbd443e..adbc19b84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nextslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png index 25f913e1b..67adee6d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png index 17b594435..41dd5dc33 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..de30b856a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png index 39f8e3de8..c6d101658 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png index 2d69d6d7e..ab793e5de 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palettes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palettes.png index cce261049..b6df7f253 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palettes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/palettes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85478db3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d37a7e88 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pausepresentation.png index d0432a4f6..2885f6d0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pausepresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pausepresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer.png index 32306dd3e..46e469d16 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_enabled.png index bfa4789ab..a04b85ebd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_enabled.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_enabled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_screen.png index e2665204c..fb95e8a84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_screen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/pointer_screen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/presenter_mode.png index ca1a87da4..1d3f058d8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/presenter_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/presenter_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/preview_mode.png index dbe2d7ec6..e1fb5bac6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/preview_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/preview_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png index 09c4448bb..0e4625158 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousslide.png index 3343d3d29..245e935cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/previousslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png index 094442fcb..ab1a695b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0cc45dd9f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7616eb46 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png index c630a8a18..6bce84756 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowsandcolumns.png index 3be96f57d..32cc16da6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowsandcolumns.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png index 94b46c3a4..2ac147cef 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png index fa29d756a..1d8519c27 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectedequation.png index 2b5d0c0d2..479c50ed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectslidesizeicon.png index b58b8f356..af38231ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/selectslidesizeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png index b104b0434..b819629e6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png index 8302ef9ea..e2d855ccc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png index 023477d62..fa564dbd4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png index 17cb0bdb5..e7c8a02cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png index 8fcba8897..8a33af97e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/showsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/showsettings.png index c6e03feec..cabff3d1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/showsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/showsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slide_settings_icon.png index 87936aa3d..dd6e22065 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slide_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slide_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png index 910d164ea..058172e02 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..31bb2d6c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png index c10b95ec8..a5cc6193d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index 541266078..4928e553e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/split_cells.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/split_cells.png index 81e53956b..15a6c3da7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/split_cells.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/split_cells.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpresentation.png index 879d2d62f..4a72b75e1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpreview.png index 6c5ce79b1..00a5c4da2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/startpreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png index c65d9d32b..71c0dee67 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png index 0dca8f2e1..178aa3e8a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties1.png index d9f51330d..26390657e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_settings_icon.png index 13cf22dc1..f650f83e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tablesettingstab.png index a14c9ab9d..176da05f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/templateslist.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/templateslist.png index a341671f6..d8043d718 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png index 922fba1c3..07590c61b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_settings_icon.png index d8ce1e1ee..9a558c1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/text_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings1.png index 64bef3c5c..a2b596901 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings2.png index 04f7d80a9..53d299432 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings3.png index 6b6bdd909..a37a7c540 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textadvancedsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png index 709849f20..fcc29e91d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png index 4fcb2edd0..57a45f081 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png index cecab6d68..a2e1fcb39 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/themes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/themes.png index 78fabcba7..a471abb91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/themes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/themes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png index becee0dc3..e4a9564ea 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/verticalalign.png index 8c812c3a6..cb0e4f62b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/verticalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/verticalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..50ce274cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js index c7eb3fa3a..4f44e991d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/indexes.js @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edición de presentación en colaboración", - "body": "El editor de presentaciones le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en una presentación en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta función incluye: acceso simultáneo de varios usuarios a la presentación editada indicación visual de objetos que otros usuarios están editando sincronización de los cambios al hacer clic e un botón chat para compartir ideas sobre partes en concreto de una presentación comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que hay que resolver Co-edición El Editor de Presentación permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios a tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus cambios propios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. Cuando una presentación se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los objetos editados (autoformas, objetos de texto, tablas, imágenes, gráficos) aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. El objeto que está editando se rodea con una línea discontinua de color verde. Las líneas rojas discontinuas indican que los objetos se están editando por otros usuarios. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados, se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editando ese objeto en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los co-editores cuando estos estén editando el texto. El número de usuarios que están trabajando en la presentación actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado de editor - . Si quiere ver de forma exacta quién está editando la presentación, puede hacer clic ene ste icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así , y le permitirá organizar a los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invite a nuevos usuarios y otórgueles acceso completo o solo de lectura, o deniegue derechos de acceso al archivo a usuarios. Haga clic en este icono para gestionar el acceso al archivo; esto se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono aparece así . Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo Usted va a editar en ese momento etc. Los mensajes de chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, haga clic en el icono en la barra lateral de la izquierda, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente de más abajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes enviados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con los mensajes de chat, haga clic en el icono una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario: seleccione un objeto que en su opinión tiene un error o problema, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Comentario o use el icono en la barra lateral izquierda para abrir el panel de Comentarios y haga clic en el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento, o haga clic derecho en el objeto seleccionado y seleccione la opción de Añadir Comentario del menú, introduzca el texto necesario, Haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El comentario se mostrará en el panel izquierdo. El objeto que usted ha comentado será marcado con el icono . Para ver el comentario, solo pulse este icono. Cualquier otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. Usted puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de la siguiente manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cerrar la discusión pulsando en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario ya se ha resuelto, después de esto la discusión que ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelto. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios se harán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, pulse el icono en la barra lateral izquierda una vez más." + "body": "El editor de presentaciones le ofrece la posibilidad de trabajar en una presentación en colaboración con otros usuarios. Esta característica incluye: acceso simultáneo de varios usuarios a la presentación editada indicación visual de objetos que otros usuarios están editando sincronización de los cambios al hacer clic e un botón chat para compartir ideas sobre partes en concreto de una presentación comentarios que contienen la descripción de una tarea o un problema que debe resolverse Co-edición El Editor de Presentación permite seleccionar uno de los dos modos de co-edición disponibles. Rápido se usa de forma predeterminada y muestra los cambios hechos por otros usuarios a tiempo real. Estricto se selecciona para ocultar los cambios de otros usuarios hasta que usted haga clic en el icono Guardar para guardar sus propios cambios y aceptar los cambios hechos por otros usuarios. El modo se puede seleccionar en los Ajustes Avanzados. También es posible elegir el modo necesario utilizando el icono Modo de Co-edición en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando una presentación se está editando por varios usuarios simultáneamente en el modo Estricto, los objetos editados (autoformas, objetos de texto, tablas, imágenes, gráficos) aparecen marcados con línea discontinua de diferentes colores. El objeto que está editando se rodea con una línea discontinua de color verde. Las líneas rojas discontinuas indican que los objetos se están editando por otros usuarios. Al poner el cursor del ratón sobre uno de los pasajes editados, se muestra el nombre del usuario que está editando ese objeto en este momento. El modo Rápido mostrará las acciones y los nombres de los co-editores cuando estos estén editando el texto. El número de usuarios que están trabajando en la presentación actual se especifica en la parte derecha del encabezado de editor - . Si quiere ver de forma exacta quién está editando la presentación, puede hacer clic ene ste icono o abrir el panel Chat con la lista completa de los usuarios. Cuando ningún usuario está viendo o editando el archivo, el icono en el encabezado del editor estará así , y le permitirá a usted organizar los usuarios que tienen acceso al archivo desde el documento: invitar a nuevos usuarios y otorgarles acceso completo o de solo lectura, o niegue a algunos usuarios los derechos de acceso al archivo. Haga clic en este icono para organizar el acceso al archivo; esto se puede realizar cuando no hay otros usuarios que están viendo o co-editando el documento en este momento y cuando hay otros usuarios y el icono aparece como . También es posible establecer derechos de acceso utilizando el icono Compartir en la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior: Cuando uno de los usuarios guarda sus cambios al hacer clic en el icono , los otros verán una nota dentro de la barra de estado indicando que hay actualizaciones. Para guardar los cambios que usted ha realizado, y que así otros usuarios puedan verlos y obtener las actualizaciones guardadas por sus co-editores, haga clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra de herramientas. Las actualizaciones se resaltarán para que usted pueda verificar qué se ha cambiado de forma concreta. Chat Usted puede usar esta herramienta para coordinar el proceso de co-edición sobre la marcha, por ejemplo, para asignar los párrafos a cada compañero de trabajo y especificar, que párrafo va a editar ahora usted, etc. Los mensajes de Chat se almacenan solo durante una sesión. Para discutir el contenido del documento es mejor usar comentarios que se almacenan hasta que decida eliminarlos. Para acceder al chat y dejar un mensaje para otros usuarios, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda, o cambie a la pestaña Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón de Chat, introduzca su texto en el campo correspondiente de debajo, pulse el botón Enviar. Todos los mensajes dejados por otros usuarios se mostrarán en el panel a la izquierda. Si hay mensajes nuevos que no ha leído todavía, el icono de chat aparecerá así - . Para cerrar el panel con mensajes de chat, haga clic en el ícono en la barra de herramientas de la izquierda o el botón Chat en la barra de herramientas superior una vez más. Comentarios Para dejar un comentario a un objeto determinado (cuadro de texto, forma, etc.): seleccione un objeto que en su opinión tiene un error o problema, cambie a la pestaña Insertar o Colaboración de la barra de herramientas superior y haga clic en el botón Comentario, o haga clic derecho en el objeto seleccioando y seleccione la opción Añadir Comentario del menú, introduzca el texto necesario, haga clic en el botón Añadir comentario/Añadir. El objeto que usted ha comentado será marcado con el icono . Para ver el comentario, solo pulse este icono. Para agregar un comentario a una determinada diapositiva, seleccione la diapositiva y utilice el botón Comentario en la pestaña Insertar o Colaborar de la barra de herramientas superior. El comentario agregado se mostrará en la esquina superior izquierda de la diapositiva. Para crear un comentario a nivel de presentación que no esté relacionado con un determinado objeto o diapositiva, haga clic en el icono en la barra de herramientas izquierda para abrir el panel Comentarios y usar el enlace Añadir Comentario al Documento. Los comentarios a nivel de presentación se pueden ver en el panel Comentarios. Los comentarios relacionados con objetos y diapositivas también están disponibles aquí. Cualquier otro usuario puede contestar al comentario añadido haciendo preguntas o informando sobre el trabajo realizado. Para hacerlo, pulse el enlace Añadir respuesta que se sitúa debajo del comentario. Usted puede gestionar sus comentarios añadidos de la siguiente manera: editar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , eliminar los comentarios pulsando en el icono , cierre la discusión pulsando en el icono si la tarea o el problema que usted ha indicado en su comentario se ha solucionado, después de esto la discusión que usted ha abierto con su comentario obtendrá el estado de resuelto. Para abrir la discusión de nuevo, haga clic en el icono . Nuevos comentarios añadidos por otros usuarios se harán visibles solo después de hacer clic en el icono en la esquina superior izquierda de la barra superior de herramientas. Para cerrar el panel con comentarios, pulse el icono situado en la barra de herramientas izquierda una vez más." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Formatos compatibles de presentaciones electrónicas", "body": "La presentación es un conjunto de diapositivas que puede incluir distintos tipos de contenido por como imágenes, archivos multimedia, texto, efectos etc. El editor de presentaciones es compatible con los siguientes formatos de presentaciones: Formatos Descripción Ver Editar Descargar PPTX Presentación Office Open XML El formato de archivo comprimido, basado en XML desarrollado por Microsoft para representación de hojas de cálculo, gráficos, presentaciones, y documentos de procesamiento de texto + + + PPT Formato de archivo usado por Microsoft PowerPoint + + ODP Presentación OpenDocument El formato que representa un documento de presentación creado por la aplicación Impress, que es parte de las oficinas suites basadas en OpenOffice + + + PDF Formato de documento portátil Es un formato de archivo usado para la representación de documentos en una manera independiente de la aplicación de software, hardware, y sistemas operativos +" }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "title": "Pestaña de colaboración", + "body": "La pestaña de Colaboración permite organizar el trabajo colaborativo en la presentación: compartir el archivo, seleccionar un modo de co-edición, gestionar comentarios. Usando esta pestaña, usted podrá: especificar configuraciones de compartir, cambiar entre los modos de co-ediciónEstricto y Rápido, añadir comentarios a la presentación, Abrir el panel Chat" + }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Pestaña de archivo", @@ -57,13 +62,13 @@ var indexes = }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", - "title": "Pestaña de Puglins", - "body": "La pestaña de Puglins permite acceder a funciones de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Actualmente, los siguientes puglins están disponibles: ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su presentación, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en su presentación. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" + "title": "Pestaña de Extensiones", + "body": "La pestaña de Extensiones permite acceso a características de edición avanzadas usando componentes disponibles de terceros. Aquí también puede utilizar macros para simplificar las operaciones rutinarias. El botón Macros permite abrir la ventana donde puede crear sus propias macros y ejecutarlas. Para aprender más sobre los plugins refiérase a nuestra Documentación de API. Actualmente, estos son los plugins disponibles: ClipArt permite añadir imágenes de la colección de clipart a su presentación, Editor de Fotos permite editar imágenes: cortar, cambiar tamaño, usar efectos etc. Tabla de símbolos permite introducir símbolos especiales en su texto, Traductor permite traducir el texto seleccionado a otros idiomas, Youtube permite adjuntar vídeos de YouTube en su presentación. Para aprender más sobre plugins, por favor, lea nuestra Documentación API. Todos los ejemplos de puglin existentes y de acceso libre están disponibles en GitHub" }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Introduciendo el interfaz de usuario de Editor de Presentación", - "body": "El Editor de Presentación usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional. El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El Encabezado del editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, el nombre de la presentación y dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar derechos de acceso y volver a la lista de Documentos. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Puglins.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer, Volver a hacer y Añadir diapositiva están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de herramientas superior independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene el icono Empezar presentación de diapositivas, y varias herramientas de navegación: indicador de número de diapositivas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra varias notificaciones (como \"Todos los cambios se han guardado\" etc.) y permite ajustar un idioma para el texto y activar la corrección ortográfica. La Barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta Buscar, minimizar/expandir la lista de diapositivas, abrir el panel Comentarios y Chat, contactar a nuestro equipo de ayuda y ver la información del programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una diapositiva, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales le ayudan a colocar objetos en una diapositiva y le permiten establecer paradas del tabulador y sangrías dentro de cuadros de texto. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de presentación, introducir y editar datos. La Barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazar la presentación hacia arriba y hacia abajo. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." + "body": "El Editor de Presentación usa un interfaz de pestañas donde los comandos de edición se agrupan en pestañas de manera funcional. El interfaz de edición consiste en los siguientes elementos principales: El Encabezado del editor muestra el logo, pestañas de menú, el nombre de la presentación y dos iconos a la derecha que permiten ajustar derechos de acceso y volver a la lista de Documentos. La Barra de herramientas superior muestra un conjunto de comandos para editar dependiendo de la pestaña del menú que se ha seleccionado. Actualmente, las siguientes pestañas están disponibles: Archivo, Inicio, Insertar, Colaboración, Extensiones.Las opciones de Imprimir, Guardar, Copiar, Pegar, Deshacer, Volver a hacer y Añadir diapositiva están siempre disponibles en la parte izquierda de la Barra de herramientas superior independientemente de la pestaña seleccionada. La Barra de estado de debajo de la ventana del editor contiene el icono Empezar presentación de diapositivas, y varias herramientas de navegación: indicador de número de diapositivas y botones de zoom. La Barra de estado también muestra varias notificaciones (como \"Todos los cambios se han guardado\" etc.) y permite ajustar un idioma para el texto y activar la corrección ortográfica. La Barra lateral izquierda contiene iconos que permiten el uso de la herramienta Buscar, minimizar/expandir la lista de diapositivas, abrir el panel Comentarios y Chat, contactar a nuestro equipo de ayuda y ver la información del programa. La Barra lateral derecha permite ajustar parámetros adicionales de objetos distintos. Cuando selecciona un objeto en particular en una diapositiva, el icono correspondiente se activa en la barra lateral derecha. Haga clic en este icono para expandir la barra lateral derecha. Las Reglas horizontales y verticales le ayudan a colocar objetos en una diapositiva y le permiten establecer paradas del tabulador y sangrías dentro de cuadros de texto. El área de trabajo permite ver contenido de presentación, introducir y editar datos. La Barra de desplazamiento a la derecha permite desplazar la presentación hacia arriba y hacia abajo. Para su conveniencia, puede ocultar varios componentes y mostrarlos de nuevo cuando sea necesario. Para aprender más sobre cómo ajustar los ajustes de vista vaya a esta página." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copie/pegue sus datos, deshaga/rehaga sus acciones", - "body": "Para cortar, copiar y pegar los objetos seleccionados (diapositivas, párrafos de texto, autoformas) en su presentación o deshacer y reahecer sus acciones, use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual, o los atajos de teclado, o los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación. Copiar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual o el icono Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior para copiarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto copiado se puede copiar más adelante en otra parte de la misma presentación. Pegar – encuentre un lugar en su presentación donde quiera pegar el objeto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual o el icono Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior. El objeto se insertará en la posición actual de la posición del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar previamente de la misma presentación. Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otra presentación u otro programa use las combinaciones de las teclas siguientes: La combinación de letras Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar. Para deshacer/rehacer la última operación, use los iconos correspondientes que estan disponibles en la barra de herramientas superior o los atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla." + "body": "Use operaciones de portapapeles básicas Para cortar, copiar y pegar los objetos seleccionados (diapositivas, párrafos de texto, autoformas) en su presentación o deshacer y reahecer sus acciones, use las opciones correspondientes del menú contextual, o los atajos de teclado, o los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Cortar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Cortar del menú contextual para borrar lo que ha seleccionado y enviarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. Los datos eliminados pueden insertarse mas tarde a otro lugar de la misma presentación. Copiar – seleccione un objeto y use la opción Copiar del menú contextual o el icono Copiar en la barra de herramientas superior para copiarlo al portapapeles de su ordenador. El objeto copiado se puede copiar más adelante en otra parte de la misma presentación. Pegar – encuentre un lugar en su presentación donde quiera pegar el objeto anteriormente copiado y use la opción Pegar del menú contextual o el icono Pegar en la barra de herramientas superior. El objeto se insertará en la posición actual de la posición del cursor. El objeto se puede copiar previamente de la misma presentación. Para copiar o pegar datos de/en otra presentación u otro programa use las combinaciones de las teclas siguientes: La combinación de letras Ctrl+C para copiar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V para pegar; La combinación de las teclas Ctrl+X para cortar. Use la característica de Pegar Especial Una vez que el texto copiado se ha pegado, el botón de Pegado Especial aparece al lado del pasaje/objeto del texto insertado. Haga clic en el botón para seleccionar la opción de pegado necesaria. Para pegar pasajes de texto las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Mantener formato de origen - permite mantener el formato de origen del texto copiado. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado. Mantener solo el texto - permite pegar el texto sin su formato original. Al pegar objetos (formas automáticas, gráficos, tablas) están disponibles las siguientes opciones: Usar tema de destino - permite aplicar el formato especificado por el tema de la presentación actual. Esta opción se selecciona por defecto. Imagen - permite pegar el texto como imagen para que no pueda ser editado. Usar las operaciones Deshacer/Rehacer Para deshacer/rehacer operaciones, use los iconos correspondientes que estan disponibles en la barra de herramientas superior o los atajos de teclado: Deshacer – use el icono Deshacer para deshacer la última operación que usted ha realizado. Rehacer – use el icono Rehacer para rehacer la última operación que usted ha realizado.Usted también puede usar la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+Z para desahecer una acción o Ctrl+Y para rehacerla." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -108,27 +113,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Inserte y edite gráficos", - "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su presentación, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde usted quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a al pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.Nota: para los gráficos de Columnas, Líneas, Circular o Barras, también está disponible un formato 3D. después, la ventana Editor de gráfico aparecerá, y usted podrá introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y Datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, así como los datos que quiere usar para crear un gráfico. Seleccione el Tipo de gráfico que quiere insertar: Columna, Línea, Circular, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de organizar los datos. Usted puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable: Ninguno para no mostrar el título del gráfico, Superposición para superponer y centrar un título en el área de trazado del gráfico, Sin superposición para mostrar el título en la parte superior del área de trazado del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda con respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable: Ninguno para no mostrar la leyenda, Inferior para mostrar la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte inferior del área de trazado del gráfico, Superior para mostrar la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte superior del área de trazado del gráfico, Derecho para mostrar la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte derecha del área de trazado del gráfico, Izquierdo para mostrar la la leyenda y que esta se alinee en la parte izquierda del área de trazado del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda para superponer y centrar la leyenda a la parte izquierda del área de trazado del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha para superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área de trazado del gráfico. Especifique los parámetros de las Etiquetas de Datos (por ejemplo, las etiquetas de datos que representan los valores exactos de los puntos de datos): Especifique la posición relativa de las Etiquetas de Datos en relación a los puntos de datos seleccionando la opción necesaria del menú despegable. Las opciones disponibles varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráfico Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca in carácter (coma, punto y coma etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno para no mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición para no mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno para no mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girado para que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal -para mostrar el título horizontal a la izquierda del eje vertical. La sección Cuadrícula le permite especificar cuales de las Cuadrículas Horizontales/verticales quiere mostrar seleccionando la opción correspondiente de la lista despegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, puede ocultar las líneas de las cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de Ejes y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares ya que estos gráficos no tienen ejes ni líneas de cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta, por favor, que para los Gráficos de barras el eje vertical será el eje de categoría que muestra etiquetas de texto, por lo que en este caso, las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a las descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de puntos XY (Esparcidos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Opciones de ejes permite fijar los siguientes parámetros: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo que se muestra en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo de la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo al final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo de la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Billones, Trillones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volver a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Opciones de marca de verificación permite ajustar la apariencia de las marcas de verificación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de verificación principales son las divisiones más grandes a escala y que pueden tener etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de verificación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y las que no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de verificación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de cuadrículas, si la opción correspondiente está elegida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de verificación principales/menores, Intersección si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, En si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Opciones de Etiqueta permite ajustar la apariencia de marcas de verificación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar la Posición de etiqueta con respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria de la lista desplegable: Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de verificación, Bajo si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación a la izquierda del área del gráfico, Alto si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación a la derecha del área del gráfico, Al lado del eje si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Note que el eje horizontal será el valor de eje que muestre valores numéricos para el Gráfico de barras por lo que en este caso, las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a las descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de puntos XY (Esparcidos), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Opciones de Eje permite fijar los siguientes parámetros: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor de punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de datos seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición de eje - se usa para especificar dónde se deben colocar las etiquetas de eje de texto: Marcas de verificación o Entre marcas de verificación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada, las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Opciones de Verificación permite ajustar la apariencia de marcas de verificación en la escala horizontal. Las marcas de verificación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala que pueden tener etiquetas mostrando los valores de categorías. Las marcas de verificación menores son las subdivisiones más pequeñas las cuales se colocan entre las marcas de verificación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de verificación también definen donde se pueden mostrar las líneas de cuadrículas, si la opción correspondiente se elige en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los siguientes parámetros de marcas de verificación: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren marcas de verificación principales/menores, Intersección si quiere mostrar marcas de verificación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, En si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera si quiere mostrar las marcas de verificación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar el número de categorías que deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de verificación vecinas. La sección Opciones de etiqueta permite ajustar la apariencia de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar el lugar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse con respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del área del gráfico, Alto si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más grande sea el valor que fije, mas será la distancia entre el eje y las etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con qué frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para otra categoría etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en el gráfico. una vez añadido el gráfico usted también puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.Usted puede especificar la posición del gráfico en la diapositiva arrastrándolo vertical u horizontalmente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego use los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, estilo, tamano o color de la letra. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, selecciónelo con el botón izquierdo del ratón y presione la tecla Delete en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haz clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado hasta que el trazo de un cuadro azul aparezca. Arrastre el cursos sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráficoSe puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, haga clic en el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Cambiar tipo de gráfico le permite cambiar el tipo de gráfico seleccionado y/o su estilo usando el menú desplegable correspondiente. Para seleccionar el Estilo del gráfico correspondiente, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. El botón Editar datos le permite abrir la ventana Editor de gráfico y empezar a editar los datos como se descrito arriba. Nota: para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico' de forma rápida, haga doble clic sobre la diapositiva. Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha, porque la forma se usa como fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que usted no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para borrar el gráfico insertado, haga clic en este y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para descubrir como alinear un gráfico en la diapositiva u organizar varios objetos, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." + "body": "Inserte un gráfico Para insertar un gráfico en su presentación, coloque el cursor en el lugar donde usted quiere insertar un gráfico, cambie a la pestaña Insertar de la barra de herramientas superior, pulse el icono Gráfico en la barra de herramientas superior, Seleccione el tipo de gráfico que necesita de los disponibles - Columnas, Líneas, Circular, Barras, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones.Nota: para los gráficos de Columnas, Líneas, Circular o Barras, también está disponible un formato 3D. después, la ventana Editor de gráfico aparecerá, y usted podrá introducir los datos necesarios en las celdas usando los siguientes controles: y para copiar y pegar los datos copiados y para deshacer o rehacer acciones para insertar una función y para disminuir o aumentar decimales para cambiar el formato del número, es decir, la manera en que los números introducidos se muestran en las celdas cambie los ajustes de gráfico pulsando el botón Editar gráfico situado en la ventana Editor de gráfico. Se abrirá la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes avanzados. La pestaña Tipo y Datos le permite seleccionar el tipo de gráfico, así como los datos que quiere usar para crear un gráfico. Seleccione el Tipo de gráfico que quiere insertar: Columna, Línea, Circular, Área, Puntos XY (disperso), Cotizaciones. Compruebe el Rango de datos y modifíquelo, si es necesario, pulsando el botón Selección de datos e introduciendo el rango de datos deseado en el formato siguiente: Sheet1!A1:B4. Elija el modo de arreglar los datos. Puede seleccionar Serie de datos para el eje X: en filas o en columnas. La pestaña Diseño le permite cambiar el diseño de elementos del gráfico. Especifique la posición del Título de gráfico respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título de gráfico, Superposición - si quiere que el gráfico superponga el título, Sin superposición - si quiere que el título se muestre arriba del gráfico. Especifique la posición de la Leyenda respecto a su gráfico seleccionando la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestre la leyenda, Inferior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte inferior del área del gráfico, Superior - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte superior del área del gráfico, Derecho - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Izquierdo - si quiere que la leyenda se alinee en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico, Superposición a la izquierda - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte derecha del área del gráfico, Superposición a la derecha - si quiere superponer y centrar la leyenda en la parte izquierda del área del gráfico. Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Las siguientes opciones varían dependiendo del tipo de gráfico seleccionado. Para los gráficos Columnas/Barras, usted puede elegir las opciones siguientes: Ninguno, Centrado, Interior Inferior, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráficos Línea/ Puntos XY (Esparcido)/Cotizaciones, puede seleccionar las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Izquierda, Derecha, Superior, Inferior. Para los gráficos Circulares, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado, Ajustar al ancho, Interior Superior, Exterior Superior. Para los gráfico Área, así como los gráficos 3D Columnas, Líneas y Barras, puede elegir las siguientes opciones: Ninguno, Centrado. seleccione los datos que usted quiere añadir a sus etiquetas marcando las casillas correspondientes: Nombre de serie, Nombre de categoría, Valor, Introduzca un carácter (coma, punto y coma, etc.) que quiera usar para separar varias etiquetas en el campo de entrada Separador de Etiquetas de Datos. Líneas - se usa para elegir un estilo de línea para gráficos de Línea/Punto XY (Esparcido). Usted puede seleccionar las opciones siguientes: Recto para usar líneas rectas entre puntos de datos, Uniforme para usar curvas uniformes entre puntos de datos, o Nada para no mostrar líneas. Marcadores - se usa para especificar si los marcadores se deben mostrar (si la casilla se verifica) o no (si la casilla no se verifica) para gráficos de Línea/Puntos XY (Esparcidos).Nota: las opciones de Líneas y Marcadores solo están disponibles para gráficos de líneas y Puntos XY (Esparcidos). La sección de Ajustes del eje permite especificar si desea mostrar Ejes Horizontales/Verticales o no, seleccionando la opción Mostrar o Esconder de la lista despegable. También puede especificar los parámetros Título de Ejes Horizontal/Vertical: Especifique si quiere mostrar o no el Título de eje horizontal seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje horizontal, Sin superposición - si quiere mostrar el título debajo del eje horizontal. Especifique la orientación del Título de eje vertical seleccionando la opción correspondiente en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere mostrar el título del eje vertical, Girado - si quiere que el título se muestre de arriba hacia abajo a la izquierda del eje vertical, Horizontal - si quiere que el título se muestre de abajo hacia arriba a la izquierda del eje vertical. Elija la opción necesaria para Líneas de cuadrícula horizontales/verticales en la lista desplegable: Principal, Menor, o Principal y menor. También, usted puede ocultar las líneas cuadrículas usando la opción Ninguno.Nota: las secciones Ajustes de Eje y Líneas de cuadrícula estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes y líneas cuadrículas. Nota: las pestañas Eje vertical/horizontal estarán desactivadas para Gráficos circulares porque los gráficos de este tipo no tienen ejes. La pestaña Eje vertical le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje vertical que también se llama eje de valor o eje y que muestra los valores numéricos. Tenga en cuenta que para los ejes verticales habrá la categoría ejes que mostrará etiquetas de texto para los Gráficos de barra, y que en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje vertical corresponderán a unas descritas en la siguiente sección. Para los gráficos de punto, los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Valor mínimo - se usa para especificar el valor mínimo en el comienzo del eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor mínimo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Valor máximo - se usa para especificar el valor máximo en el final de eje vertical. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso el valor máximo se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de celdas seleccionado. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Corregido en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha. Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje vertical donde el eje horizontal lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de las celdas seleccionadas. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje vertical. Unidades de visualización - se usa para determinar una representación de valores numéricos a lo largo del eje vertical. Esta opción puede servirle si usted trabaja con números grandes y quiere que los valores en el eje se muestren de modo más compacto y legible (por ejemplo el número 50 000 puede ser escrito como 50 usando la unidad de visualización Miles). Seleccione unidades deseadas en la lista desplegable: Cientos, Miles, 10 000, 100 000, Millones, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Millardos, Billones, o seleccione la opción Ninguno para volverse a las unidades por defecto. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada el valor mínimo está en la parte inferior y el valor máximo en la parte superior del eje. Cuando la casilla está activada, los valores se ordenan de la parte superior a la parte inferior. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje vertical. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. En las listas desplegables Tipo principal/menor usted puede seleccionar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación principales que muestran valores. Para especificar Posición de etiqueta respecto al eje vertical, seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren etiquetas de las marcas de graduación, Bajo - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la izquierda del gráfico, Alto - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren a la derecha del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere que etiquetas de las marcas de graduación se muestren al lado del eje. La pestaña Eje horizontal le permite cambiar los parámetros del eje horizontal que también se llama el eje de categorías o el eje x que muestra etiquetas de texto. Tenga en cuenta que el eje horizontal será el eje de valores que mostrará valores numéricos, para los Gráficos de barras y que más en este caso las opciones de la pestaña Eje horizontal corresponderán a unas descritas en la sección anterior. Para los gráficos de punto XY (esparcido), los dos ejes son los ejes de valor. La sección Parámetros de eje permite fijar los parámetros siguientes: Intersección con eje - se usa para especificar un punto en el eje horizontal donde el eje vertical lo debe cruzar. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso en que el valor del punto de intersección de los ejes se calcula automáticamente en función del rango de los datos seleccionados. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Valor en la lista desplegable y especificar un valor diferente en el campo a la derecha o fijar el Valor máximo/mínimo (que corresponde a la primera y última categoría) del punto de intersección de ejes en el eje horizontal. Posición de eje - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas de texto del eje deben colocarse: Marcas de graduación o Entre marcas de graduación. Valores en orden inverso - se usa para mostrar valores en sentido contrario. Cuando la casilla está desactivada las categorías se muestran de izquierda a derecha. Cuando la casilla está activada, las categorías se ordenan de derecha a izquierda. La sección Parámetros de marcas de graduación permite ajustar la posición de marcas de graduación en el eje horizontal. Las marcas de graduación principales son las divisiones más grandes de escala con las etiquetas que muestran valores numéricos. Las marcas de graduación menores son las subdivisiones de escala colocadas entre las marcas de graduación principales y no tienen etiquetas. Las marcas de graduación también definen donde pueden mostrarse las líneas de graduación, si la opción correspondiente está elejida en la pestaña Diseño. Usted puede ajustar los parámetros de marcas de graduación siguientes: Tipo principal/menor - se usa para especificar las opciones de disposición siguientes: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren marcas de graduación principales/menores, Intersección - si quiere mostrar marcas de graduación principales/menores en ambas partes del eje, Dentro - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores dentro del eje, Fuera - si quiere mostrar las marcas de graduación principales/menores fuera del eje. Intervalo entre marcas - se usa para especificar cuantas categorías deben mostrarse entre dos marcas de graduación vecinas. La sección Parámetros de etiqueta permite ajustar posición de etiquetas que muestran categorías. Posición de etiqueta - se usa para especificar donde las etiquetas deben colocarse respecto al eje horizontal. Seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable: Ninguno - si no quiere que se muestren las etiquetas de categorías, Bajo - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías debajo del gráfico, Alto - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías arriba del gráfico, Al lado de eje - si quiere mostrar las etiquetas de categorías al lado de eje. Distancia entre eje y etiqueta - se usa para especificar la distancia entre el eje y una etiqueta. Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Cuanto más valor esté fijado, mas será la distancia entre el eje y etiquetas. Intervalo entre etiquetas - se usa para especificar con que frecuencia deben colocarse las etiquetas. La opción Auto está seleccionada de manera predeterminada, en este caso las etiquetas se muestran para cada categoría. Usted puede seleccionar la opción Manualmente en la lista desplegable y especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente a la derecha. Por ejemplo, introduzca 2 para mostrar etiquetas para cada segunda categoría, etc. La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en el gráfico. una vez añadido el gráfico usted también puede cambiar su tamaño y posición.Usted puede especificar la posición del gráfico en la diapositiva arrastrándolo vertical u horizontalmente. Editar elementos del gráfico Para editar el Título del gráfico, seleccione el texto predeterminado con el ratón y escriba el suyo propio en su lugar. Para cambiar el formato del tipo de letra de texto dentro de elementos, como el título del gráfico, títulos de ejes, leyendas, etiquetas de datos etc, seleccione los elementos del texto apropiados haciendo clic izquierdo en estos. Luego use los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para cambiar el tipo, estilo, tamano o color de la letra. Para borrar un elemento del gráfico, púlselo haciendo clic izquierdo y haga clic en la tecla Borrar en su teclado. También puede rotar gráficos 3D usando el ratón. Haga clic izquierdo en el área del gráfico y mantenga el botón del ratón presionado. Arrastre el cursor sin soltar el botón del ratón para cambiar la orientación del gráfico en 3D. Ajustes de gráficoSe puede cambiar el tamaño, tipo y estilo del gráfico y también sus datos usando la barra derecha lateral. Para activarla, haga clic en el gráfico y elija el icono Ajustes de gráfico a la derecha. La sección Tamaño le permite cambiar el ancho y/o altura del gráfico. Si el botón Proporciones constantes se mantiene apretado (en este caso estará así ), se cambiarán el ancho y altura preservando la relación original de aspecto de gráfico. La sección Cambiar tipo de gráfico le permite cambiar el tipo de gráfico seleccionado y/o su estilo usando el menú desplegable correspondiente. Para seleccionar el Estilo del gráfico correspondiente, use el segundo menú despegable en la sección Cambiar Tipo de Gráfico. El botón Editar datos le permite abrir la ventana Editor de gráfico y empezar a editar los datos como se descrito arriba. Nota: para abrir la ventana 'Editor de gráfico' de forma rápida, haga doble clic sobre la diapositiva. La opción Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra de herramientas derecha permite abrir la ventana Gráfico - Ajustes Avanzados donde puede establecer el texto alternativo: Una vez seleccionado el gráfico, el icono Ajustes de forma está disponible a la derecha, porque una forma se usa como el fondo para el gráfico. Usted puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de forma en la barra lateral derecha y ajustar el Relleno y Trazo de la forma. Note por favor, que usted no puede cambiar el tipo de forma. Para borrar el gráfico insertado, haga clic en este y pulse la tecla Borrar en el teclado. Para descubrir como alinear un gráfico en la diapositiva u organizar varios objetos, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Inserte ecuación", - "body": "El Editor de Presentación le permite construir ecuaciones usando las plantillas incorporadas, editarlas, insertar caracteres especiales (incluyendo operadores matemáticos, letras griegas, acentos, etc.). Añadir ecuación nueva Para añadir una ecuación de la galería, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse la flecha al lado del icono Ecuación en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una categoría de ecuación en la lista desplegable. Aquí están las categorías disponibles: Símbolos, Fracciones, Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores grandes, Paréntesis, Funciones, Acentos, Límites y logaritmos, Operadores, Matrices, haga clic sobre un símbolo/ecuación en concreto en el conjunto correspondiente de plantillas. La casilla de símbolo/ecuación seleccionada se insertará en el centro de la diapositiva actual.Si no ve el borde del cuadro de la ecuación, haga clic en cualquier lugar dentro de la ecuación - el borde se mostrará con una línea discontinua. El cuadro de la ecuación se puede mover, cambiar de tamaño o rotar en la diapositiva de forma libre. Para realizar esto, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de la ecuación (se mostrará con una línea sólida) y use las manivelas correspondientes.Cada plantilla de ecuación representa un conjunto de espacios. El espacio es la posición para cada elemento que constituye la ecuación. Un espacio libre (también llamado marcador) tiene un borde punteado . Necesita rellenar todos los marcadores especificando sus valores necesarios. Introduzca valores Los puntos de inserción especifican dónde aparecerá el carácter siguiente que añada. Para posicionar el punto de inserción de forma precisa, haga clic dentro del marcador y use las flechas del teclado para mover el punto de inserción un carácter a la izquierda/derecha.Una vez que el punto de inserción está posicionado, puede rellenar el marcador: introduzca el valor numérico/literal deseado usando el teclado, Introduzca un carácter especial usando la paleta Símbolos del menú Ecuación en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, añada otra plantilla de ecuación de la paleta de para crear una ecuación compleja anidada. El tamaño de la ecuacin principal se ajustará de manera automática para ajustarse al contenido. El tamaño de los elementos de la ecuación anidada depende del tamaño del marcador de la ecuación principal, pero no puede ser más pequeño que el tamaño del sub-subíndice. Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuación también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para añadir un argumento nuevo que va antes o después del que existe entre Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento existente y seleccionar la opción Insertar argumento antes/después del menú. Para añadir una ecuación nueva dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador vacío o introducir una ecuación dentro de este y seleccionar la opción Inserte ecuación antes/después del menú. Para añadir una nueva columna o fila en una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho dentro de un marcador, seleccionar la opción Insertar del menú, luego seleccionar Fila Encima/Debajo o Columna Izquierda/Derecha. Nota: actualmente, las ecuaciones no se pueden insertar con formato linear, es decir, \\sqrt(4&x^3). Cuando introduzca los valores de las expresiones matemáticas, no necesita usar la Barra Espaciadora ya que los espacios entre los caracteres y símbolos de operaciones se establecen de forma automática. Si la ecuación es muy larga y no cabe en una sola línea dentro del cuadro de texto, un salto de línea ocurrirá de manera automática a la vez que escribe. También puede insertar un salto de línea en una posición específica si hace clic derecho en un operador matemático y selecciona la opción Insertar salto manual del menú. El operador seleccionado empezará una nueva línea. Para eliminar el salto de línea añadido manualmente, haga clic derecho en el operador matemático que empieza una nueva línea y seleccione la opción Eliminar salto manual. Formatear ecuaciones De forma predeterminada, la ecuación dentro del cuadro de texto se centra de manera horizontal y se alinea de manera vertical a la parte superior del cuadro de texto. Para cambiar su alineación horizontal/vertical, ponga el cursor dentro del cuadro de la ecuación (los bordes del cuadro de texto se mostrarán con líneas discontinuas) y use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Para aumentar o disminuir el tamaño de letra de la ecuación, haga clic en cualquier parte dentro del cuadro de la ecuación y seleccione el tamaño de letra necesario de la lista en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Todos los elementos de la ecuación cambiarán de forma respectiva. Las letras dentro de la ecuación se ponen en cursiva de manera predeterminada. Si es necesario, puede cambiar el estilo de letra (negrita, cursiva, tachada) o color de una ecuación entera o de alguna de sus partes. El estilo subrayado se puede usar solo para toda la ecuación, no para caracteres individuales. Seleccione las partes necesarias de la ecuación haciendo clic y arrastrando. La parte seleccionada se resaltará en azul. Luego use los botones necesarios en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para formatear la selección. Por ejemplo, puede eliminar el formato cursiva para palabras ordinarias que no son variables o constantes.Para modificar algunos elementos de la ecuación, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para cambiar el formato de Fracciones, puede hacer clic derecho en una fracción y seleccionar la opción Cambiar a fracción desigual/linear/apilada del menú (las opciones disponibles varían dependiendo del tipo de fracción seleccionada). Para cambiar la posición de los Scripts relacionados con el texto, haga clic derecho en la ecuación que incluye scripts y seleccione la opción Scripts antes/después del texto del menú. Para cambiar el tamaño del argumento de Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores Grandes, Límites y Logaritmos, Operadores, así como de llaves superiores/llaves inferiores y plantillas con caracteres agrupados del grupo Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento que quiere cambiar y seleccionar la opción Aumentar/Disminuir tamaño del argumento del menú. Para especificar si un marcador de grado vacío debe mostrarse o no para un Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en el radical y seleccionar la opción Ocultar/Mostrar grado del menú. Para especificar si un marcador de límite vacío debe mostrarse o no para un Integral u Operador Grande, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Ocultar/Mostrar límite superior/inferior del menú. Para cambiar la posición de los límites en relación con la señal integral o de operación para Integrales u Operadores Grandes, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Cambiar posición de límites del menú. Los límites pueden mostrarse a la derecha del símbolo del operador (como super-índices o sub-índices) o directamente encima y debajo del símbolo del operador. Para cambiar los límites de la posición en relación al texto para Límites y Logaritmos y plantillas con caracteres agrupados del grupo Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Límite por encima/por debajo del texto del menú. Para cambiar cuales de los Corchetes debe mostrarse, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión de dentro y seleccionar la opción Mostrar/Ocultar corchete abierto/cerrado del menú. Para controlar el tamaño de los Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión de dentro. La opción de Expandir corchetes se selecciona de manera predeterminada para que los corchetes puedan crecer de acuerdo a la expresión dentro de esta, pero usted puede anular esta opción para prevenir que los corchetes se expandan. Cuando esta opción está activada, usted también puede usar la opción Igualar corchetes a la altura del argumento. Para cambiar la posición de los caracteres en relación al texto para corchetes superiores/corchetes inferiores o barras superiores/barras inferiores del grupo Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la plantilla y seleccionar la opción Gráfico/Barra por encima/por debajo del texto del menú. Para elegir qué bordes deben mostrarse para una Fórmula en caja del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Propiedades de borde del menú, luego seleccione Ocultar/Mostrar borde superior/inferior/izquierdo/derecho o Añadir/Ocultar línea horizontal/vertical/diagonal. Para especificar si un marcador vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Ocultar/Mostrar marcador del menú. Para alinear algunos elementos de la ecuación, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para alinear ecuaciones dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en una ecuación, seleccionar la opción Alineamiento del menú, luego seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Superior, Centro o Inferior. Para alinear una Matriz verticalmente, puede hacer clic derecho en la matriz, seleccionar la opción de Alineamiento de Matriz del menú, luego seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Superior, Centro o Inferior. Para alinear elementos dentro de una columna de Matriz horizontalmente, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador dentro de la columna, seleccionar la opción de Alineamiento de Columna del menú, y luego seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Izquierdo , Centro o Derecho . Elimine elementos de ecuación Para eliminar un parte de la ecuación, seleccione la parte que quiere eliminar arrastrando el ratón o manteniendo la tecla Shift y usando los botones de flechas, luego presiona la tecla Eliminar en el teclado. Un hueco solo se puede eliminar junto con la plantilla a la que pertenece. Para eliminar la ecuación por completo, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de la ecuación (se mostrará como una línea sólida) y presione la tecla Eliminar del teclado.Para eliminar algunos elementos de la ecuación, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para eliminar un Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Eliminar radical del menú. Para eliminar un Sub-índice y/o Super-índice, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión que lo contiene y seleccionar la opción de Eliminar su-índice/super-índice del menú. Si la expresión contiene scripts que van antes que el texto, la opción de Eliminar scripts está disponible. Para eliminar Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión dentro de esta y luego seleccionar la opción Eliminar caracteres adjuntos o Eliminar caracteres y separadores adjuntos del menú. Si la expresión de dentro de los Corchetes incluye más de un argumento, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento que quiere eliminar y seleccionar la opción Eliminar argumento del menú. Si los Corchetes incluyen más de una ecuación (es decir Casos con varias condiciones), puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación que quiere eliminar y seleccionar la opción Eliminar ecuación del menú. Para eliminar un Límite, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Eliminar radical del menú. Para eliminar un Acento, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Eliminar carácter de acento, Eliminar gráfico o Eliminar barra del menú (las opciones disponibles difieren del acento seleccionado). Para eliminar una fila o columna de una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en el marcador dentro de la fila/columna que necesita eliminar, seleccionar la opción Eliminar del menú, y luego seleccionar Eliminar Fila/Columna." + "body": "El Editor de Presentación le permite construir ecuaciones usando las plantillas incorporadas, editarlas, insertar caracteres especiales (incluyendo operadores matemáticos, letras griegas, acentos, etc.). Añadir ecuación nueva Para añadir una ecuación de la galería, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, pulse la flecha al lado del icono Ecuación en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una categoría de ecuación en la lista desplegable. Aquí están las categorías disponibles: Símbolos, Fracciones, Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores grandes, Paréntesis, Funciones, Acentos, Límites y logaritmos, Operadores, Matrices, haga clic sobre un símbolo/ecuación en concreto en el conjunto correspondiente de plantillas. La casilla de símbolo/ecuación seleccionada se insertará en el centro de la diapositiva actual.Si no ve el borde del cuadro de la ecuación, haga clic en cualquier lugar dentro de la ecuación - el borde se mostrará con una línea discontinua. El cuadro de la ecuación se puede mover, cambiar de tamaño o rotar en la diapositiva de forma libre. Para realizar esto, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de la ecuación (se mostrará con una línea sólida) y use las manivelas correspondientes.Cada plantilla de ecuación representa un conjunto de espacios. El espacio es la posición para cada elemento que constituye la ecuación. Un espacio libre (también llamado marcador) tiene un borde punteado . Necesita rellenar todos los marcadores especificando sus valores necesarios. Introduzca valores Los puntos de inserción especifican dónde aparecerá el carácter siguiente que añada. Para posicionar el punto de inserción de forma precisa, haga clic dentro del marcador y use las flechas del teclado para mover el punto de inserción un carácter a la izquierda/derecha.Una vez que el punto de inserción está posicionado, puede rellenar el marcador: introduzca el valor numérico/literal deseado usando el teclado, Introduzca un carácter especial usando la paleta Símbolos del menú Ecuación en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, añada otra plantilla de ecuación de la paleta de para crear una ecuación compleja anidada. El tamaño de la ecuacin principal se ajustará de manera automática para ajustarse al contenido. El tamaño de los elementos de la ecuación anidada depende del tamaño del marcador de la ecuación principal, pero no puede ser más pequeño que el tamaño del sub-subíndice. Para añadir nuevos elementos de ecuación también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para añadir un argumento nuevo que va antes o después del que existe entre Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento existente y seleccionar la opción Insertar argumento antes/después del menú. Para añadir una ecuación nueva dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador vacío o introducir una ecuación dentro de este y seleccionar la opción Inserte ecuación antes/después del menú. Para añadir una nueva columna o fila en una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho dentro de un marcador, seleccionar la opción Insertar del menú, luego seleccionar Fila Encima/Debajo o Columna Izquierda/Derecha. Nota: actualmente, las ecuaciones no se pueden insertar con formato linear, es decir, \\sqrt(4&x^3). Cuando introduzca los valores de las expresiones matemáticas, no necesita usar la Barra Espaciadora ya que los espacios entre los caracteres y símbolos de operaciones se establecen de forma automática. Si la ecuación es muy larga y no cabe en una sola línea dentro del cuadro de texto, un salto de línea ocurrirá de manera automática a la vez que escribe. También puede insertar un salto de línea en una posición específica si hace clic derecho en un operador matemático y selecciona la opción Insertar salto manual del menú. El operador seleccionado empezará una nueva línea. Para eliminar el salto de línea añadido manualmente, haga clic derecho en el operador matemático que empieza una nueva línea y seleccione la opción Eliminar salto manual. Formatear ecuaciones De forma predeterminada, la ecuación dentro del cuadro de texto se centra de manera horizontal y se alinea de manera vertical a la parte superior del cuadro de texto. Para cambiar su alineación horizontal/vertical, ponga el cursor dentro del cuadro de la ecuación (los bordes del cuadro de texto se mostrarán con líneas discontinuas) y use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Para aumentar o disminuir el tamaño de letra de la ecuación, haga clic en cualquier parte dentro del cuadro de la ecuación y seleccione el tamaño de letra necesario de la lista en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Todos los elementos de la ecuación cambiarán de forma respectiva. Las letras dentro de la ecuación se ponen en cursiva de manera predeterminada. Si es necesario, puede cambiar el estilo de letra (negrita, cursiva, tachada) o color de una ecuación entera o de alguna de sus partes. El estilo subrayado se puede usar solo para toda la ecuación, no para caracteres individuales. Seleccione las partes necesarias de la ecuación haciendo clic y arrastrando. La parte seleccionada se resaltará en azul. Luego use los botones necesarios en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior para formatear la selección. Por ejemplo, puede eliminar el formato cursiva para palabras ordinarias que no son variables o constantes.Para modificar algunos elementos de la ecuación, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para cambiar el formato de Fracciones, puede hacer clic derecho en una fracción y seleccionar la opción Cambiar a fracción desigual/linear/apilada del menú (las opciones disponibles varían dependiendo del tipo de fracción seleccionada). Para cambiar la posición de los Scripts relacionados con el texto, haga clic derecho en la ecuación que incluye scripts y seleccione la opción Scripts antes/después del texto del menú. Para cambiar el tamaño del argumento de Scripts, Radicales, Integrales, Operadores Grandes, Límites y Logaritmos, Operadores, así como de llaves superiores/llaves inferiores y plantillas con caracteres agrupados del grupo Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento que quiere cambiar y seleccionar la opción Aumentar/Disminuir tamaño del argumento del menú. Para especificar si un marcador de grado vacío debe mostrarse o no para un Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en el radical y seleccionar la opción Ocultar/Mostrar grado del menú. Para especificar si un marcador de límite vacío debe mostrarse o no para un Integral u Operador Grande, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Ocultar/Mostrar límite superior/inferior del menú. Para cambiar la posición de los límites en relación con la señal integral o de operación para Integrales u Operadores Grandes, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Cambiar posición de límites del menú. Los límites pueden mostrarse a la derecha del símbolo del operador (como super-índices o sub-índices) o directamente encima y debajo del símbolo del operador. Para cambiar los límites de la posición en relación al texto para Límites y Logaritmos y plantillas con caracteres agrupados del grupo Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Límite por encima/por debajo del texto del menú. Para cambiar cuales de los Corchetes debe mostrarse, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión de dentro y seleccionar la opción Mostrar/Ocultar corchete abierto/cerrado del menú. Para controlar el tamaño de los Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión de dentro. La opción de Expandir corchetes se selecciona de manera predeterminada para que los corchetes puedan crecer de acuerdo a la expresión dentro de esta, pero usted puede anular esta opción para prevenir que los corchetes se expandan. Cuando esta opción está activada, usted también puede usar la opción Igualar corchetes a la altura del argumento. Para cambiar la posición de los caracteres en relación al texto para corchetes superiores/corchetes inferiores o barras superiores/barras inferiores del grupo Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la plantilla y seleccionar la opción Gráfico/Barra por encima/por debajo del texto del menú. Para elegir qué bordes deben mostrarse para una Fórmula en caja del grupo de Acentos, puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación y seleccionar la opción Propiedades de borde del menú, luego seleccione Ocultar/Mostrar borde superior/inferior/izquierdo/derecho o Añadir/Ocultar línea horizontal/vertical/diagonal. Para especificar si un marcador vacío debe mostrarse o no para una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Ocultar/Mostrar marcador del menú. Para alinear algunos elementos de la ecuación, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para alinear ecuaciones dentro de Casos con varias condiciones del grupo de Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en una ecuación, seleccionar la opción Alineamiento del menú, luego seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Superior, Centro o Inferior. Para alinear una Matriz verticalmente, puede hacer clic derecho en la matriz, seleccionar la opción de Alineamiento de Matriz del menú, luego seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Superior, Centro o Inferior. Para alinear elementos dentro de una columna de Matriz horizontalmente, puede hacer clic derecho en un marcador dentro de la columna, seleccionar la opción de Alineamiento de Columna del menú, y luego seleccionar el tipo de alineamiento: Izquierdo , Centro o Derecho . Elimine elementos de ecuación Para eliminar un parte de la ecuación, seleccione la parte que quiere eliminar arrastrando el ratón o manteniendo la tecla Shift y usando los botones de flechas, luego presiona la tecla Eliminar en el teclado. Un hueco solo se puede eliminar junto con la plantilla a la que pertenece. Para eliminar la ecuación por completo, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de la ecuación (se mostrará como una línea sólida) y presione la tecla Eliminar del teclado.Para eliminar algunos elementos de la ecuación, también puede usar las opciones del menú contextual: Para eliminar un Radical, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Eliminar radical del menú. Para eliminar un Sub-índice y/o Super-índice, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión que lo contiene y seleccionar la opción de Eliminar su-índice/super-índice del menú. Si la expresión contiene scripts que van antes que el texto, la opción de Eliminar scripts está disponible. Para eliminar Corchetes, puede hacer clic derecho en la expresión dentro de esta y luego seleccionar la opción Eliminar caracteres adjuntos o Eliminar caracteres y separadores adjuntos del menú. Si la expresión de dentro de los Corchetes incluye más de un argumento, puede hacer clic derecho en el argumento que quiere eliminar y seleccionar la opción Eliminar argumento del menú. Si los Corchetes incluyen más de una ecuación (es decir Casos con varias condiciones), puede hacer clic derecho en la ecuación que quiere eliminar y seleccionar la opción Eliminar ecuación del menú. Para eliminar un Límite, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Eliminar radical del menú. Para eliminar un Acento, puede hacer clic derecho en este y seleccionar la opción Eliminar carácter de acento, Eliminar gráfico o Eliminar barra del menú (las opciones disponibles difieren del acento seleccionado). Para eliminar una fila o columna de una Matriz, puede hacer clic derecho en el marcador dentro de la fila/columna que necesita eliminar, seleccionar la opción Eliminar del menú, y luego seleccionar Eliminar Fila/Columna." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Inserte y ajuste imágenes", - "body": "Inserte una imagen En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede insertar las imágenes en su presentación con los formatos más populares. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Para añadir una imagen a una diapositiva, en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una imagen, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo Windows para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK una vez que la imagen esté añadida, usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Ajustes de imagenAl hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones: Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario. Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la imagen, haga clic con el botón derecho en la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades de la imagen: La pestaña Posición le permite ajustar las siguientes propiedades de imagen: Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, haga clic en el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. Posición - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de imagen en la diapositiva (la posición se calcula respecto a las partes superior e izquierda de la diapositiva). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en la imagen. Para borrar la imagen que se añadido, haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse la tecla Delete en el teclado. Para saber como alinear una imagen en la diapositiva u organizar varias imágenes, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." + "body": "Inserte una imagen En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede insertar las imágenes en su presentación con los formatos más populares. Los siguientes formatos de imágenes son compatibles: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Para añadir una imagen a una diapositiva, en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una imagen, haga clic en el icono Imagen en la pestaña de Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione una de las opciones siguientes para cargar la imagen: la opción Imagen desde archivo abrirá la ventana de diálogo Windows para la selección de archivo. Navegue el disco duro de su ordenador para encontrar un archivo correspondiente y haga clic en el botón Abrir la opción Imagen desde URL abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir la dirección web de la imagen correspondiente; después haga clic en el botón OK una vez que la imagen esté añadida, usted puede cambiar su tamaño y posición. Ajustes de imagen Al hacer clic izquierdo en una imagen y elegir el icono Ajustes de imagen a la derecha, la barra derecha lateral se activa. Esta incluye las siguientes secciones:Tamaño - se usa para ver el Ancho y Altura de la imagen actual o para restaurar el tamaño predeterminado si es necesario. Reemplazar imagen - se usa para cargar otra imagen en vez de la actual seleccionando la fuente deseada. Usted puede seleccionar una de las siguientes opciones: De archivo o De URL. Cuando se selecciona la imagen, el icono Ajustes de forma también está disponible a la derecha. Puede hacer clic en este icono para abrir la pestañaAjustes de forma en la barra de tareas derecha y ajustar la forma, tipo de estilo, tamaño y color así como cambiar el tipo de forma seleccionando otra forma del menú Cambiar autoforma. La forma de la imagen cambiará correspondientemente. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la imagen, haga clic con el botón derecho en la imagen y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen en el menú contextual o haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral de la derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con propiedades de la imagen: La pestaña Posición le permite ajustar las siguientes propiedades de imagen: Tamaño - use esta opción para cambiar el ancho/altura de la imagen. Si hace clic en el botón proporciones constantes (en este caso estará así ), el ancho y altura se cambiarán manteniendo la relación de aspecto original de la imagen. Para recuperar el tamaño predeterminado de la imagen añadida, haga clic en el botón Tamaño Predeterminado. Posición - use esta opción para cambiar la posición de imagen en la diapositiva (la posición se calcula respecto a las partes superior e izquierda de la diapositiva). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en la imagen. Para borrar la imagen que se añadido, haga clic izquierdo sobre la imagen y pulse la tecla Delete en el teclado. Para saber como alinear una imagen en la diapositiva u organizar varias imágenes, consulte la sección Alinee y organice objetos en una diapositiva." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Inserte tablas y deles formato", - "body": "Inserte una tabla Para insertar una tabla en una diapositiva, seleccione la diapositiva donde usted quiere añadir una tabla, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, Haga clic en el icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción para crear una tabla: o una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas) Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo). o una tabla personalizada Si usted necesita una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, después pulse el botón OK. una vez que la tabla se ha añadido, usted puede cambiar sus parámetros y posición. Usted puede especificar posición de tabla arrastrándola verticalmente o horizontalmente. Ajustes de tablasEs posible cambiar la mayoría de las propiedades de la tabla y también su estructura usando la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la tabla y elija el icono Ajustes de tabla a la derecha. Las secciones Filas y Columnas en la parte superior le permiten seleccionar ciertas filas/columnas aplicando algún formato a ellas, o rellenar filas/columnas con los colores de fondo distintos para poder distinguirlas de forma clara. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Encabezado - resalta la fila superior de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Total - resalta la fila inferior de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Con bandas - activa el color de fondo para las filas impares y pares. Primero - resalta la columna del extremo izquierdo de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Último - resalta la columna del extremo derecho de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Con bandas - activa el color de fondo para las columnas pares y impares. La sección Seleccionar de plantilla le permite elegir uno de los estilos de tablas predefinidos. Cada plantilla combina ciertos parámetros de formato, como color de fondo, estilo de bordes, bandas de fila/columna etc. El conjunto de plantillas varía dependiendo de las opciones marcadas en la secciones Filas y/o Columnas. Por ejemplo, si marca la opción Encabezado en la sección Filas y la opción Con bandas en la sección Columnas, en la lista solo habrá plantillas que coincidan con su solicitud: La sección Estilo de bordes le permite cambiar el formato aplicado que corresponde a la plantilla seleccionada. Usted puede seleccionar toda la tabla o varias celdas para cambiar el formato y establecer todos los parámetros manualmente. Parámetros de Borde - establezca el ancho del borde usando la lista (o elija la opción Sin bordes), seleccione el Color en las paletas disponibles y determine la forma en la que quiere aplicar este ajuste para mostrarlos en celdas pulsando los iconos: Nota: si usted decide que no quiere que se muestren los bordes de la tabla, elija una plantilla apropiada, o seleccione la opción Sin bordes, o pulse el icono , pero los bordes se indicarán con una línea punteada en la diapositiva. Color de fondo - seleccione el color de fondo dentro de las celdas seleccionadas. La sección Filas y columnas le permite realizar las operaciones siguientes: Seleccionar una fila, columna, celda (depende de la posición del cursor), o toda la tabla. Insertar una nueva fila arriba o debajo de la fila seleccionada y también una nueva columna a la izquierda o a la derecha de la columna seleccionada. Borrar una fila, columna (depende de la posición del cursor o de la selección), o toda la tabla. Unir celdas - para unir las celdas seleccionadas en una sola celda. Dividir celda... - para dividir la celda seleccionada previamente en un número de filas y columnas concreto. Esta opción abra la ventana siguiente: Introduzca el Número de columnas y Número de filas en los que la celda seleccionada debe separarse y pulse el botón OK. Nota: las opciones de la sección Filas y columnas también están disponibles en el menú contextual. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la tabla, haga clic sobre la tabla con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con los parámetros de la tabla: La pestaña Márgenes le permite ajustar el espacio entre el texto dentro de las celdas y el borde de la celda: introduzca los valores de Márgenes de celda manualmente, o marque la casilla Usar márgenes predeterminados para aplicar los valores predeterminados (si es necesario, los valores predeterminados también pueden ajustarse). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en la tabla. Para dar un formato al texto introducido dentro de las celdas de la tabla, usted puede usar los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. El menú contextual, que aparece cuando usted hace clic sobre la tabla con el botón derecho del ratón, proporciona dos opciones adicionales: Alineación vertical de celda - le permite establecer el tipo preferido de alineación vertical de texto en las celdas seleccionadas: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior. Hiperenlace - le permite insertar un hiperenlace en la celda seleccionada." + "body": "Inserte una tabla Para insertar una tabla en una diapositiva, seleccione la diapositiva donde usted quiere añadir una tabla, cambie a la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, Haga clic en el icono Tabla en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione la opción para crear una tabla: o una tabla con un número de celdas predefinido (máximo de 10 por 8 celdas) Si usted quiere añadir una tabla de forma rápida, seleccione el número de filas (8 máximo) y columnas (10 máximo). o una tabla personalizada En caso de que usted necesite una tabla de más de 10 por 8 celdas, seleccione la opción Insertar tabla personalizada y se abrirá la ventana donde usted puede introducir el número necesario de filas y columnas, respectivamente, después pulse el botón OK. una vez que la tabla se ha añadido, usted puede cambiar sus parámetros y posición. Para cambiar el tamaño de una tabla, arrastre las manijas situadas en sus bordes hasta que la tabla alcance el tamaño necesario. También se puede modificar manualmente el ancho de una columna determinada o la altura de una línea. Mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde derecho de la columna para que el cursor se convierta en la flecha bidireccional. y arrastre el borde hacia la izquierda o hacia la derecha para establecer el ancho necesario. Para cambiar la anchura de una sola columna de forma manual, mueva el cursor del ratón sobre el borde inferior de la fila hasta que el cursor cambie a una flecha con doble sentido y arrástrelo hacia arriba o hacia abajo. Usted puede especificar posición de tabla arrastrándola verticalmente o horizontalmente. Ajustes de tablasEs posible cambiar la mayoría de las propiedades de la tabla y también su estructura usando la derecha barra lateral. Para activarla haga clic en la tabla y elija el icono Ajustes de tabla a la derecha. Las secciones Filas y Columnas en la parte superior le permiten seleccionar ciertas filas/columnas aplicando algún formato a ellas, o rellenar filas/columnas con los colores de fondo distintos para poder distinguirlas de forma clara. Las siguientes opciones están disponibles: Encabezado - resalta la fila superior de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Total - resalta la fila inferior de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Con bandas - activa el color de fondo para las filas impares y pares. Primero - resalta la columna del extremo izquierdo de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Último - resalta la columna del extremo derecho de la tabla dándole un formato especial. Con bandas - activa el color de fondo diferente para las columnas pares y impares. La sección Seleccionar de plantilla le permite elegir uno de los estilos de tablas predefinidos. Cada plantilla combina ciertos parámetros de formato: color de fondo, estilo de bordes, bandas de fila/columna, etc. El conjunto de plantillas varía dependiendo de las opciones marcadas en la secciones Filas y/o Columnas de arriba, las plantillas serán mostradas de manera diferente. Por ejemplo, si marca la opción Encabezado en la sección Filas y la opción Con bandas en la sección Columnas, en la lista habrá solo plantillas que coinciden con su solicitud: La sección Estilo de bordes le permite cambiar el formato aplicado que corresponde a la plantilla seleccionada. Usted puede seleccionar toda la tabla o varias celdas para cambiar el formato y establecer todos los parámetros manualmente. Parámetros de Borde - establezca el ancho del borde usando la lista (o elija la opción Sin bordes), seleccione el Color en las paletas disponibles y determine la forma en la que quiere aplicar este ajuste para mostrarlos en celdas pulsando los iconos: Color de fondo - seleccione el color de fondo dentro de las celdas seleccionadas. La sección Filas y columnas le permite realizar las operaciones siguientes: Seleccionar una fila, columna, celda (depende de la posición del cursor), o toda la tabla. Insertar una nueva fila arriba o debajo de la fila seleccionada y también una nueva columna a la izquierda o a la derecha de la columna seleccionada. Borrar una fila, columna (depende de la posición del cursor o de la selección), o toda la tabla. Unir celdas - para unir las celdas seleccionadas en una sola celda. Dividir celda... - para dividir la celda seleccionada previamente en un número de filas y columnas concreto. Esta opción abra la ventana siguiente: Introduzca el Número de columnas y Número de filas en los que la celda seleccionada debe separarse y pulse el botón OK. Nota: las opciones de la sección Filas y columnas también están disponibles en el menú contextual. La sección de tamaño de celda se usa para ajustar el ancho y alto de la celda actualmente seleccionada. En esta sección, usted también puede Distribuir filas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan la misma altura o Distribuir columnas para que todas las celdas seleccionadas tengan el mismo ancho. Las opciones de la sección Distribuir filas/columnas también están disponibles en el menú de clic derecho. Para cambiar los ajustes avanzados de la tabla, haga clic sobre la tabla con el botón derecho del ratón y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de tabla en el menú contextual o haga clic en el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados en la barra lateral derecha. Se abrirá la ventana con los parámetros de la tabla: La pestaña Márgenes le permite ajustar el espacio entre el texto dentro de las celdas y el borde de la celda: introduzca los valores de Márgenes de celda manualmente, o marque la casilla Usar márgenes predeterminados para aplicar los valores predeterminados (si es necesario, los valores predeterminados también pueden ajustarse). La pestaña de Texto Alternativo permite especificar un Título y Descripción que se leerá a las personas con deficiencias de visión o cognitivas para ayudarles a entender mejor la información que hay en la tabla. Para dar un formato al texto introducido dentro de las celdas de la tabla, usted puede usar los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. El menú contextual, que aparece cuando usted hace clic sobre la tabla con el botón derecho del ratón, proporciona dos opciones adicionales: Alineación vertical de celda - le permite establecer el tipo preferido de alineación vertical de texto en las celdas seleccionadas: Alinear en la parte superior, Alinear al centro, o Alinear en la parte inferior. Hiperenlace - le permite insertar un hiperenlace en la celda seleccionada." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Inserte su texto y dele formato", - "body": "Inserte su texto Usted puede añadir un texto nuevo de dos modos: Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado. Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. You can insert a text box (a rectangular frame that allows to enter text within it) or a Text Art object (a text box with a predefined font style and color that allows to apply some text effects). Depending on the necessary text object type you can do the following: to add a text box, click the Text Box icon at the Home or Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click where you want to insert the text box, hold the mouse button and drag the text box border to specify its size. When you release the mouse button, the insertion point will appear in the added text box, allowing you to enter your text.Note: it's also possible to insert a text box by clicking the Shape icon at the top toolbar and selecting the shape from the Basic Shapes group. to add a Text Art object, click the Text Art icon at the Insert tab of the top toolbar, then click on the desired style template – the Text Art object will be added in the center of the slide. Select the default text within the text box with the mouse and replace it with your own text. Add a text passage within an autoshape. Select a shape and start typing your text. Click outside of the text object to apply the changes and return to the slide. El texto introducido de tal modo forma la parte del autoforma (cuando usted mueva o gira el autoforma, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). As an inserted text object represents a rectangular frame (it has invisible text box borders by default) with text in it and this frame is a common autoshape, you can change both the shape and text properties. To delete the added text object, click on the text box border and press the Delete key on the keyboard. The text within the text box will also be deleted. Format a text box Select the text box clicking on its border to be able to change its properties. When the text box is selected, its borders are displayed as solid (not dashed) lines. to resize, move, rotate the text box use the special handles on the edges of the shape. to edit the text box fill, stroke, replace the rectangular box with a different shape, or access the shape advanced settings, click the Shape settings icon on the right sidebar and use the corresponding options. to align a text box on the slide or arrange text boxes as related to other objects, right-click on the text box border and use the contextual menu options. to create columns of text within the text box, right-click on the text box border, click the Shape Advanced Settings option and switch to the Columns tab in the Shape - Advanced Settings window. Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto Click the text within the text box to be able to change its properties. When the text is selected, the text box borders are displayed as dashed lines. Note: it's also possible to change text formatting when the text box (not the text itself) is selected. In such a case, any changes will be applied to all the text within the text box. Some font formatting options (font type, size, color and decoration styles) can be applied to a previously selected portion of the text separately. Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto Se puede alinear el texto horizontalmente de cuatro modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido), drop-down the Horizontal align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación). la opción Centrar texto le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto (las partes derecha e izquierda permanecen sin alineación). la opción Alinear texto a la derecha le permite alinear su texto por la parte derecha del bloque de texto (la parte izquierda permanece sin alineación). la opción Justificar le permite alinear su texto por las dos partes derecha e izquierda del bloque de texto (el espacio adicional se añade donde es necesario para mantener la alineación). Se puede alinear el texto verticalmente de tres modos: en la parte superior, al medio o en la parte inferior. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido), drop-down the Vertical align list at the Home tab of the top toolbar, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto al medio le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto en la parte inferior le permite alinear su texto por la parte inferior del bloque de texto. Change the text direction To Rotate the text within the text box, right-click the text, select the Text Direction option and then choose one of the available options: Horizontal (is selected by default), Rotate at 90° (sets a vertical direction, from top to bottom) or Rotate at 270° (sets a vertical direction, from bottom to top). Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario. Font Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Tamaño de letra Se usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres del texto. Para seleccionar el color pulse la flecha hacia abajo al lado del icono. Negrita Pone la letra en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Pone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fórmulas químicas. Sobreíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también margenes entre el párrafo corriente y precedente o el párrafo posterior. Para hacerlo, coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón, use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la derecha barra lateral para alcanzar los resultados deseados: Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede alternar entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente. Paragraph Spacing - set the amount of space between paragraphs. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo. Para cambiar espaciado de línea actual rápidamente, usted también puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor necesario en la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas. Para cambiar desplazamiento contra la parte derecha del bloque de texto, coloque el cursor encima del párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón y use los iconos correspondientes en la barra de herramientas superior: Reducir sangría y Aumentar sangría . Usted también puede cambiar los ajustes avanzados del párrafo. Coloque cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades:La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un bloque de texto. Usted también puede usar la regla horizontal para establecer sangrías.Seleccione los párrafos necesarios y arrastre los marcadores de sangría a lo largo de la regla. El marcador de sangría de primera línea se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la primera línea de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la línea segunda y líneas posteriores líneas de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría derecha e usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto. El marcador de sangría derecha e usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them.La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes: Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo más precisamente usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo. Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal: Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo para elegir el tipo de tabulador necesario: Izquierdo , Centro , Derecho . Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla. Note: if you don't see the rulers, switch to the Home tab of the top toolbar, click the View settings icon at the upper right corner and uncheck the Hide Rulers option to display them. Edit a Text Art style Select a text object and click the Text Art settings icon on the right sidebar. Change the applied text style selecting a new Template from the gallery. You can also change the basic style additionally by selecting a different font type, size etc. Change the font fill and stroke. The available options are the same as the ones for autoshapes. Apply a text effect by selecting the necessary text transformation type from the Transform gallery. You can adjust the degree of the text distortion by dragging the pink diamond-shaped handle." + "body": "Inserte su texto Usted puede añadir un texto nuevo de dos modos: Añada un pasaje de texto al marcador de texto correspondiente provisto en el diseño de diapositiva. Para hecerlo coloque el cursor en el marcador de texto y introduzca su texto o péguelo usando la combinación de las teclas Ctrl+V en lugar del texto predeterminado. Añada un pasaje de texto al cualquier lugar de una diapositiva. Puede insertar una casilla de texto (un marco rectangular que permita introducir texto) o un objeto de Arte de texto (una casilla de texto con un estilo de letra y color predeterminado que permite aplicar algunos efectos de texto). Dependiendo del tipo de objeto con texto necesario puede hacer lo siguiente: Para añadir un cuadro de texto, haga clic en el icono de Cuadro de Texto en la pestaña Inicio o Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic donde quiera para insertar el cuadro de texto, mantenga el botón del ratón y arrastre el borde del cuadro de texto para especificar su tamaño. Cuando suelte el botón del ratón, el punto de inserción aparecerá en el cuadro de texto añadido, permitiendo introducir su texto.Nota: también es posible insertar un cuadro de texto haciendo clic en el icono de Forma en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionando la forma del grupo Formas Básicas. para añadir un objeto de Arte de Texto, haga clic en el icono Arte Texto en la pestaña Insertar en la barra de herramientas superior, luego haga clic en la plantilla del estilo deseada - el objeto de Arte de Texto se añadirá en la posición del cursor actual. Seleccione el texto por defecto dentro del cuadro de texto con el ratón y reemplázelo con su texto. Añada un pasaje de texto dentro de una autoforma. Seleccione una forma y empiece a escribir su texto. Haga clic fuera del objeto con texto para aplicar los cambios y vuelva a la diapositiva. El texto dentro del texto del objeto es parte de este último (cuando usted mueva o gira el texto del objeto, el texto realiza las mismas acciones). A la vez que un objeto con texto insertado representa un marco rectangular (con bordes de texto invisibles de manera predeterminada) con texto en este y este marco es una autoforma común, se puede cambiar tanto la forma como las propiedades del texto. Para eliminar el objeto de texto añadido, haga clic en el borde del cuadro de texto y presione la tecla Borrar en el teclado. el texto dentro del cuadro de texto también se eliminará. Formatee un cuadro de texto Seleccione el cuadro de texto haciendo clic en sus bordes para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el cuadro de texto está seleccionado, sus bordes se muestran con líneas sólidas (no con puntos). para cambiar el tamaño, mover, rotar el cuadro de texto use las manillas especiales en los bordes de la forma. para editar el relleno, trazo del cuadro de texto, reemplace el cuadro rectangular con una forma distinta, o acceda a los ajustes avanzados de forma, haga clic en el icono de Ajustes de forma a la derecha de la barra de herramientas y use las opciones correspondientes. para alinear un cuadro de texto en la diapositiva u organizar cuadros de texto según se relacionan con otros objetos, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro del texto y use las opciones del menú contextual. para crear columnas de texto dentro del cuadro de texto, haga clic derecho en el borde del cuadro de texto, haga clic en la opción Ajustes avanzados de Formas y cambie a la pestaña Columnas en la ventana Forma - Ajustes avanzados. Formatee su texto en el cuadro de texto Haga clic en el texto dentro del cuadro de texto para ser capaz de cambiar sus propiedades. Cuando el texto está seleccionado, los bordes del cuadro de texto se muestran con líneas con puntos. Nota: también es posible cambiar el formato de texto cuando el cuadrado de texto (no el texto) se selecciona. En este caso, cualquier cambio se aplicará a todo el texto dentro del cuadrado de texto. Algunas opciones de formateo de letra (tipo de letra, tamaño, color y estilo de diseño) se pueden aplicar a una porción previamente seleccionada del texto de forma separada. Alinee su texto en el bloque de texto Se puede alinear el texto horizontalmente de cuatro modos: a la izquierda, a la derecha, al centro o justificado. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido), desplegar la lista Formato de número en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto a la izquierda le permite alinear su texto por la parte izquierda del bloque de texto (la parte derecha permanece sin alineación). la opción Centrar texto le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto (las partes derecha e izquierda permanecen sin alineación). la opción Alinear texto a la derecha le permite alinear su texto por la parte derecha del bloque de texto (la parte izquierda permanece sin alineación). la opción Justificar le permite alinear su texto por las dos partes derecha e izquierda del bloque de texto (el espacio adicional se añade donde es necesario para mantener la alineación). Se puede alinear el texto verticalmente de tres modos: en la parte superior, al medio o en la parte inferior. Para hacerlo: coloque el cursor en la posición donde usted quiere aplicar alineación (puede ser una línea nueva o el texto ya introducido), desplegar la lista Alineación vertical en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el tipo de alineación que usted desea aplicar: la opción Alinear texto en la parte superior le permite alinear su texto por la parte superior del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto al medio le permite alinear su texto por el centro del bloque de texto. la opción Alinear texto en la parte inferior le permite alinear su texto por la parte inferior del bloque de texto. Cambie la dirección del texto Para rotar el texto dentro del cuadro del texto, haga clic derecho en el texto, seleccione la opción de Dirección del Texto y luego elija una de las siguientes opciones disponibles: Horizontal (se selecciona de manera predeterminada), Rote a 90° (fija la dirección vertical, de arriba a abajo) o Rote a 270° (fija la dirección vertical, de abajo a arriba). Ajuste el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y aplique los estilos de decoración Usted puede seleccionar el tipo de letra, su tamaño, color y también aplicar estilos de letra diferentes usando los iconos correspondientes situados en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Nota: si usted quiere aplicar el formato al texto que ya existe en la presentación, selecciónelo con el ratón o usando el teclado y aplique el formato necesario. Fuente Se usa para elegir una letra en la lista de letras disponibles. Tamaño de letra Se usa para elegir un tamaño de la letra en el menú desplegable, también se puede introducirlo a mano en el campo de tamaño de letra. Color de letra Se usa para cambiar el color de letras/caracteres del texto. Para seleccionar el color pulse la flecha hacia abajo al lado del icono. Negrita Pone la letra en negrita dándole más peso. Cursiva Pone la letra en cursiva dándole el plano inclinado a la derecha. Subrayado Subraya un fragmento del texto seleccionado. Tachado Se usa para tachar el fragmento del texto seleccionado con una línea que va a través de las letras. Subíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fórmulas químicas. Sobreíndice Se usa para poner el fragmento del texto seleccionado en letras pequeñas y ponerlo en la parte superior de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Establezca espaciado de línea y cambie sangrías de párrafo En el editor de presentaciones, usted puede establecer la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo y también margenes entre el párrafo corriente y precedente o el párrafo posterior. Para hacerlo, coloque el cursor sobre el párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón, use los campos correspondientes de la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra lateral derecha para alcanzar los resultados deseados: Espaciado de línea - establece la altura de línea para las líneas de texto dentro de un párrafo. Usted puede elegir entre tres opciones: por lo menos (establece el espaciado de línea mínimo para que la letra más grande o cualquiera gráfica pueda encajar en una línea), múltiple (establece el espaciado de línea que puede ser expresado en números mayores que 1), exacto (establece el espaciado de línea fijo). Usted puede especificar el valor necesario en el campo correspondiente de la derecha. Espaciado de Párrafo - ajusta la cantidad de espacio entre párrafos. Antes - establece la cantidad de espacio antes de párrafo. Después - establece la cantidad de espacio después de párrafo. Para cambiar espaciado de línea actual rápidamente, usted también puede usar el icono Espaciado de línea en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior eligiendo el valor necesario en la lista: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0 líneas. Para cambiar desplazamiento contra la parte derecha del bloque de texto, coloque el cursor encima del párrafo necesario, o seleccione unos párrafos con el ratón y use los iconos correspondientes en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior: Reducir sangría y Aumentar sangría . Usted también puede cambiar los ajustes avanzados del párrafo. Coloque el cursor en el párrafo necesario - se activará la pestaña Ajustes de texto en la barra derecha lateral. Pulse el enlace Mostrar ajustes avanzados. Se abrirá la ventana de propiedades:La pestaña Sangrías y disposición permite cambiar el offset del margen interno izquierdo de un bloque de texto y también el offset del párrafo de los márgenes internos izquierdo y derecho de un bloque de texto. Usted también puede usar la regla horizontal para establecer sangrías.Seleccione los párrafos necesarios y arrastre los marcadores de sangría a lo largo de la regla. El marcador de sangría de primera línea se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la primera línea de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría francesa se usa para poner el offset desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto para la línea segunda y líneas posteriores líneas de un párrafo. El marcador de sangría izquierda se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno izquierdo del bloque de texto. El marcador de sangría derecha se usa para poner el offset de un párrafo desde el margen interno derecho del bloque de texto. Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas.La pestaña Letra contiene los parámetros siguientes: Tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con una línea que va por el centro de las letras. Doble tachado - se usa para tachar el texto con dos líneas que van por el centro de las letras. Sobreíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte superior del texto, por ejemplo como en fracciones. Subíndice - se usa para poner el texto en letras pequeñas y meterlo en la parte baja de la línea del texto, por ejemplo como en formulas químicas. Mayúsculas pequeñas - se usa para poner todas las letras en minúsculas. Mayúsculas - se usa para poner todas las letras en mayúsculas. Espaciado entre caracteres - se usa para establecer un espaciado entre caracteres. La pestaña Tab permite cambiar tabulaciones, a saber, la posición que avanza el cursor al pulsar la tecla Tab en el teclado. Posición de tab - se usa para establecer los tabuladores personalizados. Introduzca el valor necesario en este campo, ajústelo de forma más precisa usando los botones de flechas y pulse el botón Especificar. Su posición de tab personalizada se añadirá a la lista en el campo debajo. Predeterminado se fijó a 1.25 cm. Usted puede aumentar o disminuir este valor usando los botones de flechas o introducir el botón necesario en el campo. Alineación - se usa para establecer el tipo de alineación necesario para cada posición de tab en la lista de arriba. Seleccione la posición de tab necesaria en la lista, elija la opción Izquierdo, Al centro o Derecho y pulse el botón Especificar. Izquierdo - alinea su texto por la parte izquierda en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la derecha del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Al centro - centra el texto en la posición de tabulador. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Derecho - alinea su texto por la parte derecha en la posición de tabulador; el texto mueve a la izquierda del tabulador cuando usted escribe. El tabulador se indicará en el control deslizante horizontal con el marcador . Para borrar los tabuladores de la lista, seleccione el tabulador y pulse el botón Eliminar o Eliminar todo. Para fijar los tabuladores, usted puede utilizar la regla horizontal: Seleccione un tipo de tabulador pulsando el botón en la esquina izquierda superior del área de trabajo para elegir el tipo de tabulador necesario: Izquierdo , Centro , Derecho . Haga clic en el borde inferior de la regla donde usted quiere colocar el tabulador. Arrástrelo a lo largo de la regla para cambiar su posición. Para eliminar el tabulador añadido arrástrelo fuera de la regla. Nota: si no ve las reglas, cambie a la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, haga clic en el icono Mostrar ajustes en la esquina superior derecha y des-verifique la opción Ocultar Reglas para mostrarlas. Editar un estilo de Texto de Arte Seleccione un objeto de texto y haga clic en el icono Ajustes de Arte de Texto en la barra lateral. Cambie el estilo de texto aplicado seleccionando una nueva Plantilla de la galería. También puede cambiar los estilos básicos adicionales seleccionando un tipo de letra o tamaño diferente. Cambie el relleno y trazo de la letra. Las opciones disponibles son las mismas que para las autoformas. Aplique un efecto de texto seleccionando el texto necesario para el tipo de transformación de la galería de Transformar. Puede ajustar el grado de la distorsión del texto si arrastra la manivela con forma de diamante rosa." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", @@ -138,7 +143,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Maneje objetos en una diapositiva", - "body": "Usted puede cambiar el tamaño de objetos diferentes, moverlos, girarlos en una diapositiva de forma manual usando los controladores especiales. Usted también puede especificar de forma exacta las dimensiones y posición de varios objetos usando la barra derecha lateral o la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Cambiar el tamaño de objetos Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño/forma, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas. Para especificar el ancho y altura precisos de un gráfico, selecciónelo en una diapositiva y utilice la sección Tamaño en la barra derecha lateral que se activará. Para especificar las dimensiones precisas de una imagen o autoforma, haga clic derecho en el objeto necesario en una diapositiva y seleccione Ajustes avanzados de imagen/forma en el menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la pestaña Tamaño de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Cambiar la forma de autoformas Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, el icono amarillo en forma de rombo está disponible . Le permite ajustar varios aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Mover objetos Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontal o verticalmente y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto. Para especificar la posición precisa de una imagen, haga clic en esta con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen del menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la sección Posición de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Girar objetos Para girar autoforma/imagen/cuadros de texto, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta el incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota." + "body": "Usted puede cambiar el tamaño de objetos diferentes, moverlos, girarlos en una diapositiva de forma manual usando los controladores especiales. Usted también puede especificar de forma exacta las dimensiones y posición de varios objetos usando la barra derecha lateral o la ventana Ajustes avanzados. Cambiar el tamaño de objetos Para cambiar el tamaño de imagen/autoforma/gráfico/cuadro de texto, arrastre los cuadrados pequeños situados en los bordes del objeto. Para mantener las proporciones originales del objeto seleccionado mientras cambia de tamaño, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift y arrastre uno de los iconos de las esquinas. Para especificar el ancho y altura precisos de un gráfico, selecciónelo en una diapositiva y utilice la sección Tamaño en la barra derecha lateral que se activará. Para especificar las dimensiones precisas de una imagen o autoforma, haga clic derecho en el objeto necesario en una diapositiva y seleccione Ajustes avanzados de imagen/forma en el menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la pestaña Tamaño de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Cambiar la forma de autoformas Al modificar unas formas, por ejemplo flechas o llamadas, el icono amarillo en forma de rombo está disponible . Le permite ajustar varios aspectos de forma, por ejemplo, la longitud de la punta de flecha. Mover objetos Para cambiar la posición de imagen/gráfico/autoforma/tabla/cuadro de texto, use el icono que aparece si mantiene el cursor de su ratón sobre el objeto. Arrastre el objeto a la posición necesaria sin soltar el botón de ratón. Para desplazar el objeto en incrementos de un píxel, mantenga apretada la tecla Ctrl y use las flechas en el teclado. Para desplazar los objetos horizontalmente o verticalmente y para que no se muevan en una dirección perpendicular, mantenga la tecla Shift apretada al arrastrar el objeto. Para especificar la posición precisa de una imagen, haga clic en esta con el botón derecho y seleccione la opción Ajustes avanzados de imagen del menú. Especifique los valores necesarios en la sección Posición de la ventana Ajustes avanzados y pulse OK. Girar objetos Para girar autoforma/imagen/cuadros de texto, mantenga el cursor del ratón sobre el controlador de giro y arrástrelo en la dirección de las manecillas de reloj o en el sentido contrario. Para limitar el ángulo de rotación hasta un incremento de 15 grados, mantenga apretada la tecla Shift mientras rota." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -148,7 +153,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", "title": "Obtenga vista previa de su presentación", - "body": "Empezar la vista previa Para visualizar la presentación que está editando actualmente, puede: hacer clic en el icono Empezar presentación en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior o en la parte izquierda de la barra de estado, o seleccionar una diapositiva en concreto dentro de la lisa de diapositivas a la izquierda, hacer clic derecho en esta y elegir la opción Empezar presentación en el menú contextual. La vista previa empezará desde la diapositiva elegida. También puede hacer clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Empezar presentación en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar una de las opciones siguientes: Mostrar desde el principio - para empezar la vista previa desde la primera diapositiva, Mostrar desde la diapositiva seleccionada actualmente - para empezar la vista previa desde la diapositiva seleccionada actualmente, Mostrar vista previa en presentador - para empezar la vista previa en el modo Presentador que permite mostrar la presentación a su público sin notas en las diapositivas mientras visualiza la presentación con las notas de diapositivas en otra pantalla. Mostrar ajustes - para abrir una ventana de ajustes que permite elegir una sola opción: Repite continuamente hasta que se presiona la tecla ‘Esc’. Valide esta opción si es necesario y haga clic en OK. Si valida esta opción, la presentación se mostrará hasta que presione la tecla de Escape en el teclado, por ejemplo, cuando llegue a la última diapositiva de la presentación, será capaz de volver a la primera diapositiva etc. Si esta opción está desactivada, una vez que llegue a la última diapositiva de la presentación, una pantalla negra aparecerá informando que la presentación se ha acabado y que puede salir de la Vista previa Usar el modo de vista previa En el modo Vista previa, puede usar los siguientes controles en la esquina inferior izquierda. el botón de Diapositiva anterior permite volver a la diapositiva anterior. el botón Pausar presentación permite parar la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón Empezar presentación permite volver a la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón de Diapositiva siguiente le permite ir a la siguiente diapositiva. el indicador del número de diapositiva muestra el número de diapositiva actual así como el número total de diapositivas en la presentación. Para pasar a una cierta diapositiva en el modo de vista previa, pulse el Indicador del número de diapositiva e introduzca el número de diapositiva correspondiente en la ventana abierta y presione Enter. el botón Pantalla completa le permite cambiar al modo de pantalla completa. el botón Salir de la pantalla completa le permite salir del modo de pantalla completa. el botón de Cerrar presentación le permite salir del modo de vista previa. También puede usar los atajos de teclado para navegar entre diapositivas en el modo de vista previa. Usar el modo presentador En el modo Presentador, puede ver sus presentaciones con notas de diapositivas en una ventana separada, mientras la muestra sin notas en una pantalla diferente. Las notas para cada diapositiva se muestran debajo del área de vista previa de diapositivas. Para navegar entre diapositivas puede usar los botones y o hacer clic en las diapositivas en la lista de la izquierda. Los números ocultos de las diapositivas están tachados en la lista de diapositivas de la izquierda. Si quiere mostrar una diapositiva marcada como oculta, haga clic en esta en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda - la diapositiva aparecerá. Puede usar los controles siguientes en la parte inferior del área de vista previa de las diapositivas: El Temporizador muestra el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación en el formato hh.mm.ss. el botón Pausar presentación permite parar la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón Empezar presentación permite volver a la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón Reiniciar permite reiniciar el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación. el botón de Diapositiva anterior permite volver a la diapositiva anterior. el botón de Diapositiva siguiente le permite ir a la siguiente diapositiva. el indicador del número de diapositiva muestra el número de diapositiva actual así como el número total de diapositivas en la presentación. el botón Puntero le permite destacar elementos en la pantalla mientras está mostrando la presentación. Cuando está opción está desactivada, el botón se muestra así: . Para señalar elementos ponga el cursor del ratón encima del área de la vista previa de la diapositiva y mueva el puntero alrededor de la diapositiva. El puntero estará así: . Para desactivar esta opción haga clic en el botón de nuevo. el botón Finalizar presentación le permite salir del modo Presentador." + "body": "Empezar la vista previa Para visualizar la presentación que está editando actualmente, puede: hacer clic en el icono Empezar presentación en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior o en la parte izquierda de la barra de estado, o seleccionar una diapositiva en concreto dentro de la lisa de diapositivas a la izquierda, hacer clic derecho en esta y elegir la opción Empezar presentación en el menú contextual. La vista previa empezará desde la diapositiva elegida. También puede hacer clic en la flecha de al lado del icono Empezar presentación en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccionar una de las opciones siguientes: Mostrar desde el principio - para empezar la vista previa desde la primera diapositiva, Mostrar desde la diapositiva seleccionada actualmente - para empezar la vista previa desde la diapositiva seleccionada actualmente, Mostrar vista previa en presentador - para empezar la vista previa en el modo Presentador que permite mostrar la presentación a su público sin notas en las diapositivas mientras visualiza la presentación con las notas de diapositivas en otra pantalla. Mostrar ajustes - para abrir una ventana de ajustes que permite elegir una sola opción: Repite continuamente hasta que se presiona la tecla ‘Esc’. Valide esta opción si es necesario y haga clic en OK. Si valida esta opción, la presentación se mostrará hasta que presione la tecla de Escape en el teclado, por ejemplo, cuando llegue a la última diapositiva de la presentación, será capaz de volver a la primera diapositiva etc. Si esta opción está desactivada, una vez que llegue a la última diapositiva de la presentación, una pantalla negra aparecerá informando que la presentación se ha acabado y que puede salir de la Vista previa Usar el modo de vista previa En el modo Vista previa, puede usar los siguientes controles en la esquina inferior izquierda. el botón de Diapositiva anterior permite volver a la diapositiva anterior. el botón Pausar presentación permite parar la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón Empezar presentación permite volver a la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón de Diapositiva siguiente le permite ir a la siguiente diapositiva. el indicador del número de diapositiva muestra el número de diapositiva actual así como el número total de diapositivas en la presentación. Para pasar a una cierta diapositiva en el modo de vista previa, pulse el Indicador del número de diapositiva e introduzca el número de diapositiva correspondiente en la ventana abierta y presione Enter. el botón Pantalla completa le permite cambiar al modo de pantalla completa. el botón Salir de la pantalla completa le permite salir del modo de pantalla completa. el botón de Cerrar presentación le permite salir del modo de vista previa. También puede usar los atajos de teclado para navegar entre diapositivas en el modo de vista previa. Usar el modo presentador En el modo Presentador, puede ver sus presentaciones con notas de diapositivas en una ventana separada, mientras la muestra sin notas en una pantalla diferente. Las notas para cada diapositiva se muestran debajo del área de vista previa de diapositivas. Para navegar entre diapositivas puede usar los botones y o hacer clic en las diapositivas en la lista de la izquierda. Los números ocultos de las diapositivas están tachados en la lista de diapositivas de la izquierda. Si quiere mostrar una diapositiva marcada como oculta, haga clic en esta en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda - la diapositiva aparecerá. Puede usar los controles siguientes en la parte inferior del área de vista previa de las diapositivas: El Temporizador muestra el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación en el formato hh.mm.ss. el botón Pausar presentación permite parar la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón Empezar presentación permite volver a la vista previa. Cuando presiona el botón, se convierte en el botón . el botón Restablecer permite reiniciar el tiempo transcurrido de la presentación. el botón de Diapositiva anterior permite volver a la diapositiva anterior. el botón de Diapositiva siguiente le permite ir a la siguiente diapositiva. el indicador del número de diapositiva muestra el número de diapositiva actual así como el número total de diapositivas en la presentación. el botón Puntero le permite destacar elementos en la pantalla mientras está mostrando la presentación. Cuando está opción está desactivada, el botón se muestra así: . Para señalar elementos ponga el cursor del ratón encima del área de la vista previa de la diapositiva y mueva el puntero alrededor de la diapositiva. El puntero estará así: . Para desactivar esta opción haga clic en el botón de nuevo. el botón Terminar presentación le permite salir del modo Presentador." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", @@ -158,7 +163,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "title": "Establezca parámetros de diapositiva", - "body": "Para personalizar su presentación, usted puede seleccionar un tema, la combinación de colores y el tamaño de la diapositiva para toda la presentación, también puede cambiar el relleno del fondo o el diseño de cada diapositiva de forma separada, e introducir transiciones entre diapositivas. También es posible añadir notas explicativas a cada diapositiva que puedan ser de ayuda cuando muestra la presentación en el modo Presentar. La opción Temas le permite a usted cambiar el diseño de presentación de manera rápida, el fondo de la diapositiva, los tipos de letra predefinidos para textos y títulos y la combinación de colores que se usa para elementos de la presentación. Para seleccionar un tema para la presentación, haga clic en el tema preestablecido en la galería de temas en la parte derecha de la barra de herramientas superior en la pestaña de Inicio. El tema seleccionado se aplicará a todas las diapositivas si usted no selecciona de ante mano varias diapositivas a las que aplicar el tema. Para cambiar el tema seleccionado para una o más diapositivas, puede hacer clic derecho en las diapositivas seleccionadas en la lista a la izquierda (o haga clic derecho en el área de edición), seleccione la opción Cambiar Tema del menú contextual y elija el tema necesario. Combinación de colores afecta los colores predefinidos usados para los elementos de la presentación (tipo de letra, líneas, rellenos etc.) y le permite mantener la consistencia de colores en la presentación. Para cambiar una combinación de colores, pulse el icono Cambiar combinación de colores en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una combinación de colores necesaria en la lista desplegable. La combinación seleccionada se aplicará a todas las diapositivas. Para cambiar el tamaño de diapositiva y aplicar este cambio a todas las diapositivas de la presentación, haga clic en el icono Seleccionar tamaño de diapositiva en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable. Usted puede seleccionar: una de las variantes predeterminadas de acceso rápido - Estándar (4:3) o Panorámico (16:9), la opción Ajustes avanzados que abre la ventana Ajustes de tamaño de diapositiva donde usted puede seleccionar una variante predeterminada o establecer el tamaño personalizado especificando los valores de Ancho y Altura deseados. Las variantes disponibles son: Estándar (4:3), Panorámico (16:9), Panorámico (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), Hoja A3 (297x420 mm), Hoja A4 (210x297 mm), Hoja B4 (ICO) (250x353 mm), Hoja B5 (ICO) (176x250 mm), Diapositivas 35 mm, Transparencia, Banner. el menú de Orientación de Diapositiva le permite cambiar el tipo de orientación seleccionado en ese momento. El tipo de orientación predeterminado es Vertical pero usted puede cambiarlo a Horizontal. Para cambiar un relleno de fondo: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione las diapositivas a las que usted quiere aplicar un relleno. O haga clic sobre el espacio en blanco en el área de edición de diapositiva para cambiar el tipo de relleno de esta diapositiva. en la pestaña Ajustes de diapositiva en la barra lateral de la derecha, seleccione la opción necesaria: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color que usted quiere aplicar a las diapositivas seleccionadas. Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para aplicar dos colores a su diapositiva, los cuales cambian de uno a otro de forma suave. Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para usar una imagen o textura predefinida como el fondo de la diapositiva. Patrón - seleccione esta opción para aplicar a su diapositiva un diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de elementos repetidos. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Para obtener información detallada sobre estas opciones, por favor, consulte la sección Rellene objetos y seleccione colores. Las transiciones le ayudan a hacer su presentación más dinámica y mantener la atención de su público. Para aplicar una transición: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione las diapositivas a las que usted quiere aplicar la transición, elija una transición en la lista desplegable Efecto de la pestaña Ajustes de diapositiva,Nota: para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de diapositiva, puede hacer clic en el icono Ajustes de diapositiva a la derecha o hacer clic derecho en la diapositiva en el área de editar diapositivas y seleccionar la opción Ajustes de diapositiva del menú contextual. ajuste las propiedades de transición: elija variante, duración de transición, y el modo de avanzar diapositivas, Haga clic en el botón Aplicar a todas diapositivas si usted quiere aplicar la misma transición a todas las diapositivas de la presentación.Para obtener información más detallada sobre estas opciones consulte la sección Aplique la transición. Para cambiar el diseño de diapositiva: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione las diapositivas a las que quiere aplicar un nuevo diseño, haga clic en el icono Cambiar diseño de diapositiva en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el diseño necesario del menú.De forma alternativa, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la diapositiva necesaria a la izquierda en el área de edición, luego seleccione la opción Cambiar diseño en el menú contextual y elija el diseño correspondiente. Nota: los siguientes diseños están disponibles: Título, Título y objeto, Encabezado de sección, Dos objetos,Dos textos y dos objetos, Solo título, En blanco, Título, objeto y leyenda, Imagen y leyenda, Texto vertical, Título vertical y texto. Para añadir notas a una diapositiva: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una nota, haga clic en la captura haga clic para añadir notas debajo del área de edición de la diapositiva, escriba el texto de su nota.Nota: puede formatear el texto usando los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Cuando empieza la presentación de diapositivas en el modo Presentación, será capaz de ver todas las notas de diapositivas en el área de visualización de diapositivas." + "body": "Para personalizar su presentación, usted puede seleccionar un tema, la combinación de colores y el tamaño de la diapositiva para toda la presentación, también puede cambiar el relleno del fondo o el diseño de cada diapositiva de forma separada, e introducir transiciones entre diapositivas. También es posible añadir notas explicativas a cada diapositiva que puedan ser de ayuda cuando muestra la presentación en el modo Presentar. La opción Temas le permite a usted cambiar el diseño de presentación de manera rápida, el fondo de la diapositiva, los tipos de letra predefinidos para textos y títulos y la combinación de colores que se usa para elementos de la presentación. Para seleccionar un tema para la presentación, haga clic en el tema preestablecido en la galería de temas en la parte derecha de la barra de herramientas superior en la pestaña de Inicio. El tema seleccionado se aplicará a todas las diapositivas si usted no selecciona de ante mano varias diapositivas a las que aplicar el tema. Para cambiar el tema seleccionado para una o más diapositivas, puede hacer clic derecho en las diapositivas seleccionadas en la lista a la izquierda (o haga clic derecho en el área de edición), seleccione la opción Cambiar Tema del menú contextual y elija el tema necesario. Combinación de colores afecta los colores predefinidos usados para los elementos de la presentación (tipo de letra, líneas, rellenos etc.) y le permite mantener la consistencia de colores en la presentación. Para cambiar una combinación de colores, pulse el icono Cambiar combinación de colores en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione una combinación de colores necesaria en la lista desplegable. La combinación seleccionada se aplicará a todas las diapositivas. Para cambiar el tamaño de diapositiva y aplicar este cambio a todas las diapositivas de la presentación, haga clic en el icono Seleccionar tamaño de diapositiva en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior y seleccione la opción necesaria en la lista desplegable. Usted puede seleccionar: una de las variantes predeterminadas de acceso rápido - Estándar (4:3) o Panorámico (16:9), la opción Ajustes avanzados que abre la ventana Ajustes de tamaño de diapositiva donde usted puede seleccionar una variante predeterminada o establecer el tamaño personalizado especificando los valores de Ancho y Altura deseados. Las variantes disponibles son: Estándar (4:3), Panorámico (16:9), Panorámico (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), Hoja A3 (297x420 mm), Hoja A4 (210x297 mm), Hoja B4 (ICO) (250x353 mm), Hoja B5 (ICO) (176x250 mm), Diapositivas 35 mm, Transparencia, Banner. el menú de Orientación de Diapositiva le permite cambiar el tipo de orientación seleccionado en ese momento. El tipo de orientación predeterminado es Vertical pero usted puede cambiarlo a Horizontal. Para cambiar un relleno de fondo: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione las diapositivas a las que usted quiere aplicar un relleno. O haga clic sobre el espacio en blanco en el área de edición de diapositiva para cambiar el tipo de relleno de esta diapositiva. en la pestaña Ajustes de diapositiva en la barra lateral de la derecha, seleccione la opción necesaria: Color de relleno - seleccione esta opción para especificar el color que usted quiere aplicar a las diapositivas seleccionadas. Relleno degradado - seleccione esta opción para aplicar dos colores a su diapositiva, los cuales cambian de uno a otro de forma suave. Imagen o textura - seleccione esta opción para usar una imagen o textura predefinida como el fondo de la diapositiva. Patrón - seleccione esta opción para aplicar a su diapositiva un diseño de dos colores que está compuesto de elementos repetidos. Sin relleno - seleccione esta opción si no desea usar ningún relleno. Para obtener información detallada sobre estas opciones, por favor, consulte la sección Rellene objetos y seleccione colores. Las transiciones le ayudan a hacer su presentación más dinámica y mantener la atención de su público. Para aplicar una transición: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione las diapositivas a las que usted quiere aplicar la transición, elija una transición en la lista desplegable Efecto de la pestaña Ajustes de diapositiva,Nota: para abrir la pestaña Ajustes de diapositiva, puede hacer clic en el icono Ajustes de diapositiva a la derecha o hacer clic derecho en la diapositiva en el área de editar diapositivas y seleccionar la opción Ajustes de diapositiva del menú contextual. ajuste las propiedades de transición: elija variante, duración de transición, y el modo de avanzar diapositivas, Haga clic en el botón Aplicar a todas diapositivas si usted quiere aplicar la misma transición a todas las diapositivas de la presentación.Para obtener información más detallada sobre estas opciones consulte la sección Aplique la transición. Para cambiar el diseño de diapositiva: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione las diapositivas a las que quiere aplicar un nuevo diseño, haga clic en el icono Cambiar diseño de diapositiva en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior, seleccione el diseño necesario del menú.De forma alternativa, haga clic con el botón derecho sobre la diapositiva necesaria a la izquierda en el área de edición, luego seleccione la opción Cambiar diseño en el menú contextual y elija el diseño correspondiente. Nota: los siguientes diseños están disponibles: Título, Título y objeto, Encabezado de sección, Dos objetos,Dos textos y dos objetos, Solo título, En blanco, Título, objeto y leyenda, Imagen y leyenda, Texto vertical, Título vertical y texto. Para añadir notas a una diapositiva: en la lista de diapositivas a la izquierda, seleccione la diapositiva a la que usted quiere añadir una nota, haga clic en la captura haga clic para añadir notas debajo del área de edición de la diapositiva, escriba el texto de su nota.Nota: puede formatear el texto usando los iconos en la pestaña de Inicio en la barra de herramientas superior. Cuando empieza la presentación de diapositivas en el modo Presentación, será capaz de ver todas las notas de diapositivas en el área de visualización de diapositivas." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html index 57c4ec458..318efd8e2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/es/search/search.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
    - +

    Búsqueda...

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json index 022d2820d..61925c063 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/Contents.json @@ -16,6 +16,10 @@ "src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Onglet Insertion" }, + { + "src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "name": "Onglet Collaboration" + }, { "src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Onglet Modules complémentaires" @@ -23,7 +27,7 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Créer une nouvelle présentation ou ouvrir une présentation existante", - "headername": "Opérations de base" + "headername": "Onglet Modules complémentaires" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", @@ -66,7 +70,7 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Insérer et mettre en forme des formes automatiques", - "headername": "Opérations sur des objets" + "headername": "Opérations sur les objets" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 85d3963d0..9eae3ed22 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
    - +

    A propos de Presentation Editor

    Presentation Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de visionner et de modifier des présentations directement sur le portail .

    -

    En utlisant Presentation Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme à l'aide de n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les présentations modifiées en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format PDF ou PPTX.

    +

    En utlisant Presentation Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme à l'aide de n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les présentations modifiées en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format PPTX, PDF, ou ODP.

    Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les détails de licence, cliquez sur l'icône Icône À propos dans la barre latérale gauche.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index c73598c46..d4080ab19 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Paramètres avancés de Presentation Editor

    Presentation Editor vous permet de modifier ses paramètres avancés. Pour y accéder, ouvrez l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés.... Vous pouvez également utiliser l'icône Paramètres avancés dans le coin supérieur droit de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure.

    diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 57bafe0a7..46f435960 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
    - +

    Edition collaborative des présentations

    Presentation Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur votre présentation simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut :

    @@ -24,32 +24,35 @@

    Edition collaborative

    -

    Presentation Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés.

    +

    Presentation Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer Icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Icône Mode de co-édition Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure:

    +

    Menu Mode de co-édition

    Lorsqu'une présentation est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les objets modifiés (formes automatiques, objets textuels, tableaux, images, graphiques) sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. L'objet que vous modifiez actuellement est entouré d'une ligne pointillée verte. Les lignes pointillées rouges indiquent les objets en train d'être modifiés par d'autres utilisateurs. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte.

    Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée.

    -

    Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence Icône Gérer les droits d'accès au document et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant les permissions pour modifier, lire ou réviser le document ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs.

    +

    Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence Icône Gérer les droits d'accès au document et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier depuis le document: inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant un accès complet ou en lecture seule ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci Icône Nombre d'utilisateurs. Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Icône Partage Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure.

    Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer, les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et installer des mises à jour cliquez sur l'icône Icône Enregistrer dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié.

    Chat

    Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc.

    Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer.

    Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs :

      -
    1. cliquez sur l'icône Chat de la barre latérale gauche,
      2. +
    2. cliquez sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou
      passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat Chat,
    3. saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant,
    4. cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer.

    Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - Chat.

    -

    Pour fermer le panneau avec les messages, cliquez sur l'icône Chat encore une fois.

    +

    Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône Chat dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure.

    Commentaires

    -

    Pour laisser un commentaire :

    +

    Pour laisser un commentaire à un certain objet (zone de texte, forme etc.):

    1. sélectionnez l'objet que vous voulez commenter,
      2. -
    2. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaires Commentaire ou
      utilisez l'icône Icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu contextuel,
      3. +
    3. passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaires Commentaire ou
      cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu,
    4. saisissez le texte nécessaire,
    5. cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter.
    -

    Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. L'objet que vous commentez sera marqué par l'icône Objet commenté. Pour lire le commentaire, il suffit de cliquer sur cette icône.

    +

    L'objet que vous commentez sera marqué par l'icône Objet commenté. Pour lire le commentaire, il suffit de cliquer sur cette icône.

    +

    Pour ajouter un commentaire à une diapositive donnée, sélectionnez la diapositive et utilisez le bouton Commentaires Commentaire dans l'onglet Insertion ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le commentaire ajouté sera affiché dans le coin supérieur gauche de la diapositive.

    +

    Pour créer un commentaire de niveau présentation qui n'est pas lié à un objet ou une diapositive spécifique, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Commentaires dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et utilisez le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document. Les commentaires au niveau de la présentation peuvent être consultés dans le panneau Commentaires. Les commentaires relatifs aux objets et aux diapositives y sont également disponibles.

    Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire.

    Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante :

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 874259820..c72b4dc8a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Raccourcis clavier

      @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 24c6038c5..9bbb2352b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Paramètres d'affichage et outils de navigation

      Presentation Editor vous offre plusieurs outils afin de vous aider à visionner et naviguer à travers votre présentation : les règles, le zoom, les boutons diapositive précédente / suivante, l'indicateur du numéro de diapositive.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index d6e40d503..701fedba1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Fonction de recherche

      Pour rechercher des caractères, des mots ou des phrases dans la présentation actuelle, cliquez sur l'icône Icône Recherche située sur la barre latérale gauche.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 845b2fcfa..a38b5f987 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Vérification de l'orthographe

      Presentation Editor vous permet de vérifier l'orthographe du texte saisi dans une certaine langue et corriger des fautes lors de l'édition.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 7f5b92310..c43c3fab4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Formats des présentations électroniques pris en charge

      La présentation est un ensemble des diapositives qui peut inclure de différents types de contenu tels que des images, des fichiers multimédias, des textes, des effets etc. Presentation Editor supporte les formats suivants :

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..486eda8fe --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + Onglet Collaboration + + + + + + + +
      +
      + +
      +

      Onglet Collaboration

      +

      L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur la présentation: partage du fichier, sélection d'un mode de co-édition, gestion des commentaires.

      +

      Onglet Collaboration

      +

      En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez:

      + +
      + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index e5a1cfadf..c258022f0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Onglet Fichier

      L'onglet Fichier permet d'effectuer certaines opérations de base sur le fichier en cours.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index e655dda9a..269c80f39 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Onglet Accueil

      L'onglet Accueil s'ouvre par défaut lorsque vous ouvrez une présentation. Il permet de définir les paramètres généraux de la diapositive, formater le texte, insérer des objets, les aligner et les organiser.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index ca617c640..3ef167b43 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Onglet Insertion

      L'onglet Insertion permet d'ajouter des objets visuels et des commentaires dans votre présentation.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 562171d9b..620046ba9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ Onglet Modules complémentaires - + @@ -11,11 +11,12 @@
      - +

      Onglet Modules complémentaires

      -

      L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles.

      +

      L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine.

      Onglet Modules complémentaires

      +

      Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API.

      Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles :

      • ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre présentation,
        • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index 145a93843..8ccb22be5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Présentation de l'interface utilisateur de Presentation Editor

        Presentation Editor utilise une interface à onglets dans laquelle les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité.

        @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
        1. L'En-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets de menu, le nom de la présentation ainsi que deux icônes sur la droite qui permettent de définir les droits d'accès et de revenir à la liste Documents.

          Icônes dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur

          2. -
        2. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Modules complémentaires.

          Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler, Rétablir et Ajouter une diapositive sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné.

          +
        3. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Collaboration, Modules complémentaires.

          Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler et Rétablir sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné.

          Icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure

        4. La Barre d'état en bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'icône Démarrer le diaporama et certains outils de navigation : l'indicateur de numéro de diapositive et les boutons de zoom. La Barre d'état affiche également certaines notifications (telles que "Toutes les modifications enregistrées", etc.) et permet de définir la langue du texte et d'activer la vérification orthographique.
          5. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index e8d0f642b..15c5f4a5c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
          - +

          Ajouter des liens hypertextes

          Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte,

          @@ -20,10 +20,10 @@
        5. passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        6. cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte Icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure,
        7. dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte :
            -
          • Type de lien - sélectionnez un type de lien à insérer depuis la liste déroulante :
              -
            • Utilisez l'option Fichier ou page web et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe.

              Fenêtre Paramètres du lien hypertexte

              +
            • sélectionnez un type de lien à insérer :
                +
              • Utilisez l'option Lien externe et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe.

                Fenêtre Paramètres du lien hypertexte

                • -
              • Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans ce document et sélectionnez l'une des options si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à une certaine diapositive dans la même présentation. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Diapositive suivante, Diapositive précédente, Première diapositive, Dernière diapositive, Diapositive dont les numéro est indiqué.

                Fenêtre Paramètres du lien hypertexte

                +
              • Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans cette présentation et sélectionnez l'une des options si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à une certaine diapositive dans la même présentation. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Diapositive suivante, Diapositive précédente, Première diapositive, Dernière diapositive, Diapositive dont les numéro est indiqué.

                Fenêtre Paramètres du lien hypertexte

              • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index a46977f94..e079a0c02 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Aligner et organiser des objets dans une diapositive

              Les formes automatiques, images, graphiques et blocs de texte ajoutés peuvent être alignés, regroupés, triés, répartis horizontalement et verticalement dans une diapositive. Pour effectuer une de ces actions, premièrement sélectionnez un objet ou plusieurs objets dans la zone de travail. Pour sélectionner plusieurs objets, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur les objets nécessaires. Pour sélectionner un bloc de texte, cliquez sur son bord, pas sur le texte à l'intérieur. Après quoi vous pouvez utiliser soit les icônes de la barre d'outils supérieure décrites ci-après soit les options similaires du menu contextuel.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index 7b1ad94dd..fd890f821 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Appliquer des transitions

              Une transition est un effet d'animation qui apparaît entre deux diapositives quand une diapositive avance vers la suivante pendant la démonstration. Vous pouvez appliquer une même transition à toutes les diapositives ou de differentes transitions à chaque diapositive séparée et régler leurs propriétés.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index b82732369..56e9cf349 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Copier/effacer la mise en forme

              Pour copier une certaine mise en forme du texte,

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index d4af9b3c8..ede18bbed 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@
              - +

              Copier/coller les données, annuler/rétablir vos actions

              +

              Utiliser les opérations de base du presse-papiers

              Pour couper, copier et coller les objets sélectionnés (diapositives, passages de texte, formes automatiques) de votre présentation ou annuler/rétablir vos actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure :

              • Couper – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Couper du menu contextuel pour effacer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées ensuite à un autre endroit de la même présentation
                • @@ -26,6 +27,22 @@
              • Ctrl+V pour coller ;
              • Ctrl+X pour couper.
              +

              Utiliser la fonctionnalité Collage spécial

              +

              Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage requise.

              +

              Lors du collage de passages de texte, les options suivantes sont disponibles:

              +
                +
              • Utiliser le thème de destination - permet d'appliquer la mise en forme spécifiée par le thème de la présentation en cours. Cette option est utilisée par défaut.
                • +
              • Garder la mise en forme de la source - permet de conserver la mise en forme de la source des données copiées.
                • +
              • Image - permet de coller le texte en tant qu'image afin qu'il ne puisse pas être modifié.
                • +
              • Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine.
                • +
              +

              Options de collage

              +

              Lorsque vous collez des objets (formes automatiques, graphiques, tableaux), les options suivantes sont disponibles:

              +
                +
              • Utiliser le thème de destination - permet d'appliquer la mise en forme spécifiée par le thème de la présentation en cours. Cette option est utilisée par défaut.
                • +
              • Image - permet de coller l'objet en tant qu'image afin qu'il ne puisse pas être modifié.
                • +
              +

              Utiliser les opérations Annuler/Rétablir

              Pour annuler / rétablir les actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes de la barre d'outils supérieure ou les raccourcis clavier :

              • Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler Icône Annuler pour annuler la dernière action effectuée.
                • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index 6714a7991..c459d6a95 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Créer des listes

                Pour créer une liste dans votre présentation,

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index c4e480e94..5cc60c7d9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Remplir des objets et sélectionner des couleurs

                Vous pouvez appliquer de différents remplissages pour l'arrière-plan de diapositives ainsi que pour les formes automatiques.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 7c2aa75a4..5236e8d0a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insérer et mettre en forme des formes automatiques

                Insérer une forme automatique

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 2022bb0ea..ee48aa4a0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Insérer et modifier des graphiques

                Insérer un graphique

                @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@
                • Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez insérer : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier.
                • Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4.
                  • -
                • Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes.
                  • +
                • Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X: en lignes ou en colonnes.

                fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique.

                  -
                • Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                    +
                  • Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante:
                    • Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique,
                    • Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé,
                    • Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé.
                    • -
                  • Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                      +
                    • Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante:
                      • Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende,
                      • Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé,
                      • Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé,
                        • @@ -59,10 +59,10 @@
                      • Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) :
                        • spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné.
                            -
                          • Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                            • +
                          • Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                          • Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas.
                          • Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut.
                            • -
                          • Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre.
                            • +
                          • Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucun, Centre.
                        • sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur,
                          • @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
                      • Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes.
                        • -
                      • Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).

                        Remarque: les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et XY(Nuage).

                        +
                      • Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).

                        Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et .

                      • La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical :
                        • Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante :
                            @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@
                          • Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                          • Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite.
                          • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical.
                            • -
                          • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut.
                            • +
                          • Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option pour revenir aux unités par défaut.
                          • Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas.
                          • -
                        • La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes :
                            +
                          • La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes :
                            • Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures,
                            • Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe,
                            • Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe,
                              • @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@

                            fenêtre Paramètres du graphique

                            -

                            L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                            +

                            L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondront à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur.

                            • La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants :
                              • Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal.
                                • @@ -126,13 +126,13 @@
                            • La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants :
                                -
                              • Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                                • +
                              • Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes: Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe.
                              • Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes.
                            • La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories.
                              • Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe.
                                • -
                              • Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur voulue dans le champ d'entrée. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande.
                                • +
                              • Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande.
                              • Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux.
                              • @@ -146,9 +146,9 @@

                              Modifier les éléments de graphique

                              Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place.

                              -

                              Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, le style, la taille ou la couleur.

                              +

                              Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte voulu en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, le style, la taille ou la couleur.

                              Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

                              -

                              Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé jusqu'à ce qu'une boîte pointillée bleue apparaisse. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D.

                              +

                              Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D.

                              Graphique 3D

                              Ajuster les paramètres du graphique

                              Onglet Graphique

                              La taille du graphique, le type et le style ainsi que les données utilisées pour créer le graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique Paramètres du graphique à droite.

                              @@ -157,6 +157,8 @@

                              Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique.

                              Le bouton Modifier les données vous permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre de l'Éditeur de graphiques et de commencer à éditer les données comme décrit ci-dessus.

                              Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre "Éditeur de graphiques", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans la diapositive.

                              +

                              L'option Afficher les paramètres avancés dans la barre latérale droite permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés dans laquelle vous pouvez définir le texte alternatif:

                              +

                              Fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés

                              Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme Paramètres de la forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage et le Contour de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme.

                              Pour supprimer un graphique inséré, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr.

                              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index 7d4e6bcc1..a88a48a12 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                              - +

                              Insérer des équations

                              Presentation Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les éditer, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (y compris des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.).

                              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index fdd115790..4755c748e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                              - +

                              Insérer et modifier des images

                              Insérer une image

                              @@ -21,16 +21,18 @@
                            • sélectionnez la diapositive à laquelle vous voulez ajouter une image dans la liste des diapositives à gauche,
                            • cliquez sur l'icône icône Insérer une image Image dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure,
                            • sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image :
                                -
                              • l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier nécessaire sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir
                                • -
                              • l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre une fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton OK
                                • +
                              • l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier de votre choix sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir
                                • +
                              • l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web souhaitée et cliquez sur le bouton OK
                            • une fois l'image ajoutée, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position.
        -

        Ajuster les paramètres de l'image

        Onglet Paramètres de l'image

        La barre latérale droite est activée lorsque vous cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur une image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image Paramètres de l'image à droite. Elle comporte les sections suivantes :

        -

        Taille - permet d'afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle ou de restaurer la Taille par défaut de l'image si nécessaire.

        +

        Ajuster les paramètres de l'image

        +

        La barre latérale droite est activée lorsque vous cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur une image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image Paramètres de l'image à droite. Elle comporte les sections suivantes :

        Onglet Paramètres de l'image

        Taille - permet d'afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle ou de restaurer la Taille par défaut de l'image si nécessaire.

        Remplacer l'image - est utilisé pour charger une autre image à la place de celle en cours en sélectionnant la source désirée. Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : A partir du fichier ou A partir de l'URL.

        +

        Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de la forme Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type de contour, la taille et la couleur ainsi que le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence.

        +

        Onglet Paramètres de la forme

        Pour changer les paramètres avancés de l'image, cliquez sur celle ci avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte :

        Propriétés de l'image

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index cef127dbe..4d6ac91ab 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Insérer et mettre en forme des tableaux

        Insérer un tableau

        @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
      • Insérer une nouvelle ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de celle sélectionnée ainsi qu'une nouvelle colonne à gauche ou à droite de celle sélectionnée.
      • Supprimer une ligne, une colonne (en fonction de la position du curseur ou de la sélection) ou la totalité du tableau.
      • Fusionner les cellules - pour fusionner les cellules précédemment sélectionnées en une seule.
        • -
      • Scinder les cellules... - scinder une cellule précédemment sélectionnée en un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Cette option ouvre la fenêtre suivante :

        Fenêtre Scinder les cellules

        +
      • Fractionner la cellule... - scinder une cellule précédemment sélectionnée en un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Cette option ouvre la fenêtre suivante :

        Fenêtre Scinder les cellules

        Entrez le Nombre de colonnes et le Nombre de lignes en lesquelles la cellule sélectionnée doit être divisée et appuyez sur OK.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 44b06cb10..2ef4920bc 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Insérer et mettre en forme votre texte

      Insérer votre texte

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index da5c99cae..5a0d6c58c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Gérer des diapositives

      Par défaut, une présentation nouvellement créée a une diapositive de titre vide. Vous pouvez créer de nouvelles diapositives, copier une diapositive pour pouvoir la coller à un autre endroit de la liste, dupliquer des diapositives, déplacer des diapositives pour modifier leur ordre dans la liste des diapositives, supprimer des diapositives inutiles, marquer certaines diapositives comme masquées.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 9d52cb131..56638081b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
      - +

      Manipuler des objets

      Vous pouvez redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter différents objets manuellement sur une diapositive à l'aide des poignées spéciales. Vous pouvez également spécifier les dimensions et la position de certains objets à l'aide de la barre latérale droite ou de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés.

      Redimensionner des objets

      -

      Pour changer la taille d'une forme automatique/image/graphique/bloc de texte, faites glisser des petits carreaux Icône Carreaux situés sur les bords de l'objet. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin.

      +

      Pour changer la taille d'une forme automatique/image/graphique/zone de texte, faites glisser les petits carreaux Icône Carreaux situés sur les bords de l'objet. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin.

      Conserver les proportions

      Pour spécifier la largeur et la hauteur précise d'un graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et utilisez la section Taille de la barre latérale droite activée.

      Pour spécifier les dimensions précises d'une image ou d'une forme automatique, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'objet nécessaire et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés de l'image / forme automatique du menu contextuel. Réglez les valeurs nécessaires dans l'onglet Taille de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés et cliquez sur le bouton OK.

      Modifier des formes automatiques

      -

      Lorsque vous modifiez des formes, par exemple des flèches figurées ou légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant icône en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle vous permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche.

      -

      Modifier une forme automatique

      +

      Lors de la modification des formes, par exemple des Flèches figurées ou les légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant Icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle vous permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche.

      +

      Modifier les formes automatiques

      Déplacer des objets

      Pour modifier la position d'une forme automatique/image/tableau/graphique/bloc de texte, utilisez l'icône Flèche qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'objet. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Pour déplacer l'objet par incrément équivaut à un pixel, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer l'objet strictement à l'horizontale/verticale et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du glissement.

      Pour spécifier les dimensions précises d'une image, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'objet nécessaire et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés de l'image du menu contextuel. Réglez les valeurs nécessaires dans l'onglet Taille de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés et cliquez sur le bouton OK.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 840e5a372..8e3dac259 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Créer une nouvelle présentation ou ouvrir une présentation existante

      Quand Presentation Editor est ouvert, vous pouvez ouvrir une présentation existante récemment modifiée, créer une nouvelle présentation, ou revenir à la liste des présentations existantes.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index c2ecececc..edb2c6b32 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Aperçu de la présentation

      Démarrer l'aperçu

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index d9caf5aa2..8f1f3470b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Enregistrer/imprimer/télécharger votre présentation

      Par défaut, quand vous travaillez Presentation Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes visant à prévenir la perte des données au cas d'une fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement enregistrées toutes les 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés.

      @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
      1. cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure,
      2. sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme,
        3. -
      3. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : PDF, PPTX ou ODP.
        4. +
      4. sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : PPTX, PDF, ou ODP.
      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index 56386bb4e..7b4d4039a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Définir les paramètres de la diapositive

      Pour personnaliser votre présentation, vous pouvez sélectionner un thème, un jeu de couleurs et la taille de la diapositive pour toute la présentation, changer le remplissage de l'arrière-plan ou la mise en page pour chaque diapositive séparée aussi bien qu'appliquer des transitions entre les diapositives. Il est également possible d'ajouter des notes explicatives à chaque diapositive qui peuvent être utiles lorsque la présentation est en mode Présentateur.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index dec13135f..a058be40b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
      - +

      Afficher les informations sur la présentation

      Pour accéder aux informations détaillées sur la présentation actuellement modifiée, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Infos sur la présentation.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png index b18b7c5fa..96fd142fe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png index a8330a8d1..9b6dbc1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png index 1754ee6fb..425e00a8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/added_comment_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png index a55e3d1a7..46740f27e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/addslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignbottom.png index 640287ba3..a70ad75d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..e5647b97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..1a6b762c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignmiddle.png index 6598e2aff..3219f9ab1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..4ef463b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png index 4283c97e3..f0844b596 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/alignshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligntop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligntop.png index cc749a928..17a0a9301 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligntop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/aligntop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png index 683495725..cb8b897c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrangeshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png index 8b624d227..8c4895175 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png index 7c4d9c851..1562d5223 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordersize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png index 41e1a4bb3..016968c1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bordertype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png index b1a062a85..8675a2862 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changelayout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png index 67b65a7f9..f56ffbb21 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png index 75132f93d..031a19c6e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png index 474051866..9a1f83021 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png index 6fab7fde7..11b6023b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png index 6fd43708d..337767358 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png index 98d07417b..5a8583407 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bfd42989a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png index 88257b087..d9d825650 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/charttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png index 4af964818..831ffae2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/closepreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb0a1cd3c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png index 4c80dbaf6..9034817be 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectionpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectionpoint.png index 3c0b5cfd1..a4e405e91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectionpoint.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectionpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors.png index 8dd90a700..e14857ce4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_firstshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_firstshape.png index a3fe82088..9c01c6a99 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_firstshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_firstshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_moveshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_moveshape.png index 21c6e2ff5..763742489 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_moveshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_moveshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_secondshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_secondshape.png index c9bf8c516..c3a666051 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_secondshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/connectors_secondshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copypastewindow.png index 66aa1022a..2c00d553b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copypastewindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copypastewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png index 85d374e93..bfc336279 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png index 815ab254a..8e33a0c28 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png index 124e9acac..1e5f39011 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png index efaa0e861..4fb48ec51 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png index 4f0b2fecf..35f666540 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png index 0fdc9a0b4..634b3600a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png index 57f77b4f2..0950bb8f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/exitfullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png index 41a6e0489..0e5008c51 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png index 75b2d6564..8f1070a09 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png index 32c5f7121..f90f05ce7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png index f824bf5c1..a0afef754 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..eaea54bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png index e1fe5bda0..61d79799b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png index b5a81cd9f..eae730c65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png index bbb6e1884..16983f9c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png index 9401ceb32..60dc5618a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/fullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png index 0ad9d357d..d34888957 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png index 9599cd32e..7b55b6e5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hidden_slide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..11a262f37 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png index 06d53b6e9..b3665ab84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/horizontalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 32732eed5..976819c09 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png index 43805a682..de8bca9ad 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png index d8b381104..f401f2263 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png index 59c0ddf9c..c77d453f8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png index 594c548ae..7bcb03f2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png index 652c966dc..5a5f35896 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png index bea14781e..d5685e4dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c539849c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png index fe05fbbb2..1ee5f2c65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png index 230e16bad..0d657b99f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png index 7194b3983..502b4a168 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png index 695a35b93..271686dd1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png index 27cb01343..f447a1f86 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png index f122087a3..575bccf06 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png index 87fc463a5..ddbd3d8cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..8e4691997 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..ab2e3ed91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/maintain_proportions.png index 5afeeec2c..bbde677a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/maintain_proportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/maintain_proportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png index f731dec78..c758995aa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png index 5dcaf8e8b..f3407b0d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png index 63180207f..e2559cbbb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png index cadbd443e..adbc19b84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nextslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png index ba0d834be..45a5b4b2f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png index 90d87794a..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png index c98c4acec..f94bed9e4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png index 17b594435..41dd5dc33 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..de30b856a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png index 39f8e3de8..c6d101658 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png index 61e1613f4..1f8d48597 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png index 8de7a4b70..0668ab3ca 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/palettes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e81498e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92209700c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png index d0432a4f6..2885f6d0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pausepresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png index 32306dd3e..46e469d16 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png index bfa4789ab..a04b85ebd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_enabled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png index e2665204c..fb95e8a84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/pointer_screen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png index be6afbafe..3bba077d3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/presenter_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png index fb191873b..c76c0e8b8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/preview_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png index 09c4448bb..0e4625158 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png index 3343d3d29..245e935cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/previousslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png index 094442fcb..ab1a695b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9367b2a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ea56aeae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png index 8809337ab..43ecc82ef 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png index 3be96f57d..32cc16da6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png index 94b46c3a4..2ac147cef 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png index 34d8e329e..0b7ccd962 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchoptions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchoptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchoptions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchoptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png index 2b5d0c0d2..479c50ed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png index b58b8f356..af38231ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/selectslidesizeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png index 821ba24f7..d7a12a8d8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png index dfcb8c9ad..75cc4580c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png index 02f091d40..00ff967fe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png index a730b48ea..c92f9a1ca 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png index 2295f15f6..6ff6d77b1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png index 70c29c0cd..b23ebc673 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png index e95ee03d0..45dfecff1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/showsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png index 87936aa3d..dd6e22065 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slide_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png index 0f7c00a14..e03145731 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png index 13e62a4fe..70d393828 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..31bb2d6c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 63cc45628..14d99736a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png index 4745d842a..e1257e3ea 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index e70843364..e5e82f3ea 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png index 7c6e601c0..14be47e2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png index c39a201d7..dddc2bec6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/spellchecking_toptoolbar_activated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png index 0fd347e27..1c96b430b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/split_cells.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png index 879d2d62f..4a72b75e1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png index 6c5ce79b1..00a5c4da2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/startpreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71c0dee67 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png index f80a3772a..ff21d5e72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png index 5c2333356..23fa3037a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png index 13cf22dc1..f650f83e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png index e13a7843d..c25d72ceb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png index 5ee5602f5..d5b631af6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png index 34dcbf8b6..4fa703b69 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png index 54161ffeb..cc8627584 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png index a341671f6..d8043d718 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png index 922fba1c3..07590c61b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png index d8ce1e1ee..9a558c1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/text_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings1.png index dff77e513..6dae7339d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings2.png index b7ccbe1b0..5090e23bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings3.png index 6537ad0b7..2ced05ad7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textadvancedsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png index 08c79a552..cb273552b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png index 53b70d71c..b46e83649 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png index 2c0f7790a..eb1e53ea2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textsettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textsettingstab.png index 1c1850019..295cd6f98 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textsettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/textsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png index 78fabcba7..a471abb91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/themes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png index becee0dc3..e7f2489ae 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png index 8c812c3a6..cb0e4f62b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/verticalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..50ce274cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js index e6756a6c3..ddb172696 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/indexes.js @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "A propos de Presentation Editor", - "body": "Presentation Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de visionner et de modifier des présentations directement sur le portail . En utlisant Presentation Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme à l'aide de n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les présentations modifiées en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format PDF ou PPTX. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les détails de licence, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche." + "body": "Presentation Editor est une application en ligne qui vous permet de visionner et de modifier des présentations directement sur le portail . En utlisant Presentation Editor, vous pouvez effectuer de différentes opérations d'édition comme à l'aide de n'importe quel éditeur de bureau, imprimer les présentations modifiées en gardant la mise en forme ou les télécharger sur votre disque dur au format PPTX, PDF, ou ODP. Pour afficher la version actuelle du logiciel et les détails de licence, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", @@ -13,12 +13,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Edition collaborative des présentations", - "body": "Presentation Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur votre présentation simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut : accès simultané à la présentation éditée par plusieurs utilisateurs indication visuelle des objets qui sont en train d'être édités par d'autres utilisateurs synchronisation des changements en un seul clic chat pour partager des idées concernant certaines parties de la présentation commentaires avec la description d'une tâche ou d'un problème à résoudre Edition collaborative Presentation Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Lorsqu'une présentation est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les objets modifiés (formes automatiques, objets textuels, tableaux, images, graphiques) sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. L'objet que vous modifiez actuellement est entouré d'une ligne pointillée verte. Les lignes pointillées rouges indiquent les objets en train d'être modifiés par d'autres utilisateurs. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte. Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - . S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée. Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier : inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant les permissions pour modifier, lire ou réviser le document ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci . Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône , les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et installer des mises à jour cliquez sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié. Chat Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc. Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer. Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs : cliquez sur l'icône de la barre latérale gauche, saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant, cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - . Pour fermer le panneau avec les messages, cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois. Commentaires Pour laisser un commentaire : sélectionnez l'objet que vous voulez commenter, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaire ou utilisez l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et cliquez sur le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le passage de texte sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu contextuel, saisissez le texte nécessaire, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter. Le commentaire sera affiché sur le panneau à gauche. L'objet que vous commentez sera marqué par l'icône . Pour lire le commentaire, il suffit de cliquer sur cette icône. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire. Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante : pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône , pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône , fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône . Les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois." + "body": "Presentation Editor vous offre la possibilité de travailler sur votre présentation simultanément avec d'autres utilisateurs. Cette fonction inclut : accès simultané à la présentation éditée par plusieurs utilisateurs indication visuelle des objets qui sont en train d'être édités par d'autres utilisateurs synchronisation des changements en un seul clic chat pour partager des idées concernant certaines parties de la présentation commentaires avec la description d'une tâche ou d'un problème à résoudre Edition collaborative Presentation Editor permet de sélectionner l'un des deux modes de coédition disponibles. Rapide est utilisé par défaut et affiche les modifications effectuées par d'autres utilisateurs en temps réel. Strict est sélectionné pour masquer les modifications des autres utilisateurs jusqu'à ce que vous cliquiez sur l'icône Enregistrer pour enregistrer vos propres modifications et accepter les modifications apportées par d'autres utilisateurs. Le mode peut être sélectionné dans les Paramètres avancés. Il est également possible de choisir le mode voulu à l'aide de l'icône Mode de coédition dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure: Lorsqu'une présentation est en cours de modification par plusieurs utilisateurs simultanément dans le mode Strict, les objets modifiés (formes automatiques, objets textuels, tableaux, images, graphiques) sont marqués avec des lignes pointillées de couleurs différentes. L'objet que vous modifiez actuellement est entouré d'une ligne pointillée verte. Les lignes pointillées rouges indiquent les objets en train d'être modifiés par d'autres utilisateurs. Pour voir qui est en train d'éditer le fichier au présent, placez le curseur de la souris sur cette icône - les noms des utilisateurs seront affichés dans la fenêtre contextuelle. Le mode Rapide affichera les actions et les noms des co-éditeurs tandis qu'ils modifient le texte. Le nombre d'utilisateurs qui travaillent sur le document actuel est spécifié sur le côté droit de l'en-tête de l'éditeur - . S'il y a trop d'utilisateurs, cliquez sur cette icône pour ouvrir le panneau Chat avec la liste complète affichée. Quand aucun utilisateur ne consulte ou ne modifie le fichier, l'icône dans l'en-tête de l'éditeur aura cette apparence et vous permettra de gérer les utilisateurs qui ont accès au fichier depuis le document: inviter de nouveaux utilisateurs en leur donnant un accès complet ou en lecture seule ou refuser à certains utilisateurs des droits d'accès au fichier. Cliquez sur cette icône pour gérer l'accès au fichier ; cela peut être fait aussi bien lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'autres utilisateurs qui voient ou co-éditent le document pour le moment que quand il y a d'autres utilisateurs. L'icône ressemble à ceci . Il est également possible de définir des droits d'accès à l'aide de l'icône Partage dans l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Dès que l'un des utilisateurs enregistre ses modifications en cliquant sur l'icône , les autres verront une note dans la barre d'état indiquant qu'il y a des mises à jour. Pour enregistrer les changements effectués et installer des mises à jour cliquez sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Les mises à jour seront marquées pour vous aider à controller ce qui a été exactement modifié. Chat Vous pouvez utiliser cet outil pour coordonner en temps réel le processus de co-édition, par exemple, pour décider avec vos collaborateurs de qui fait quoi, quel paragraphe vous allez éditer maintenant, etc. Les messages de discussion sont stockés pendant une session seulement. Pour discuter du contenu du document, il est préférable d'utiliser les commentaires qui sont stockés jusqu'à ce que vous décidiez de les supprimer. Pour accéder à Chat et envoyer un message à d'autres utilisateurs : cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou passez à l'onglet Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Chat, saisissez le texte dans le champ correspondant, cliquez sur le bouton Envoyer. Tous les messages envoyés par les utilisateurs seront affichés sur le panneau à gauche. S'il y a de nouveaux messages à lire, l'icône chat sera affichée de la manière suivante - . Pour fermer le panneau avec des messages de discussion, cliquez à nouveau sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche ou sur le bouton Chat dans la barre d'outils supérieure. Commentaires Pour laisser un commentaire à un certain objet (zone de texte, forme etc.): sélectionnez l'objet que vous voulez commenter, passez à l'onglet Insertion ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure et cliquez sur le bouton Commentaire ou cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'objet sélectionné et sélectionnez l'option Ajouter un commentaire dans le menu, saisissez le texte nécessaire, cliquez sur le bouton Ajouter commentaire/Ajouter. L'objet que vous commentez sera marqué par l'icône . Pour lire le commentaire, il suffit de cliquer sur cette icône. Pour ajouter un commentaire à une diapositive donnée, sélectionnez la diapositive et utilisez le bouton Commentaire dans l'onglet Insertion ou Collaboration de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le commentaire ajouté sera affiché dans le coin supérieur gauche de la diapositive. Pour créer un commentaire de niveau présentation qui n'est pas lié à un objet ou une diapositive spécifique, cliquez sur l'icône dans la barre latérale gauche pour ouvrir le panneau Commentaires et utilisez le lien Ajouter un commentaire au document. Les commentaires au niveau de la présentation peuvent être consultés dans le panneau Commentaires. Les commentaires relatifs aux objets et aux diapositives y sont également disponibles. Tout autre utilisateur peut répondre au commentaire ajouté en posant une question ou en faisant référance au travail fait. Pour le faire il suffit de cliquer sur le lien Ajouter une réponse situé au-dessus du commentaire. Pour gérer les commentaires ajoutés, procédez de la manière suivante : pour les modifier, cliquez sur l'icône , pour les supprimer, cliquez sur l'icône , fermez la discussion en cliquant sur l'icône si la tâche ou le problème décrit dans votre commentaire est résolu, après quoi la discussion ouverte par votre commentaire reçoit le statut résolu. Pour l'ouvrir à nouveau, cliquez sur l'icône . Les nouveaux commentaires ajoutés par d'autres utilisateurs ne seront visibles qu'après un clic sur l'icône dans le coin gauche de la barre supérieure. Pour fermer le panneau avec les commentaires cliquez sur l'icône encore une fois." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Raccourcis clavier", - "body": "En travaillant sur la présentation Ouvrir le panneau « Fichier » Alt+F Ouvrir le panneau Fichier pour enregistrer, télécharger, imprimer la présentation actuelle, voir ses informations, créer une nouvelle présentation ou ouvrir une présentation existatante, accéder à l'aide de Presentation Editor ou aux paramètres avancés. Ouvrir la fenêtre « Recherche » Ctrl+F Ouvrir la fenêtre Recherche pour commencer à chercher un caractère/mot/phrase dans la présentation actuelle. Ouvrir le panneau « Commentaires » Ctrl+Shift+H Ouvrir le volet Commentaires pour ajouter votre commentaire ou pour répondre aux commentaires des autres utilisateurs. Ouvrir le champ de commentaires Alt+H Ouvrir un champ de saisie où vous pouvez ajouter le texte de votre commentaire. Ouvrir le panneau « Chat » Alt+Q Ouvrir le panneau Chat et envoyer un message. Enregistrer la présentation Ctrl+S Enregistrer toutes les modifications dans la présentation en cours d'édition dans Presentation Editor. Imprimer la présentation Ctrl+P Imprimer la présentation avec l'une des imprimantes disponibles ou l'enregistrer sous forme de fichier. Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+Maj+S Enregistrer la présentation en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: PDF, PPTX. Plein écran F11 Passer à l'affichage en plein écran pour adapter Presentation Editor à votre écran. Menu d'aide F1 Ouvrir le menu Aide de Presentation Editor. Navigation Première diapositive Début Passer à la première diapositive de la présentation actuelle. Dernière diapositive Fin Passer à la dernière diapositive de la présentation actuelle. Diapositive suivante Pg. suiv Passer à la diapositive suivante de la présentation actuelle. Diapositive précédente Pg. préc Passer à la diapositive précédente de la présentation actuelle. Sélectionner la forme suivante Tab Sélectionner la forme suivante située après la présentation actuellement sélectionnée. Sélectionner la forme précédente Maj+Tab Sélectionner la forme précédente située avant la présentation actuellement sélectionnée. Zoom avant Ctrl++ Agrandir la présentation en cours d'édition. Zoom arrière Ctrl+- Effectuer un zoom arrière de la présentation en cours d'édition. Exécuter des actions sur des diapositives Nouvelle diapositive Ctrl+M Créer une nouvelle diapositive et l'ajouter après la diapositive sélectionnée dans la liste. Dupliquer la diapositive Ctrl+D Dupliquer la diapositive sélectionnée dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive vers le haut Ctrl+Flèche vers le haut Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée au-dessus de la diapositive précedente dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive vers le bas Ctrl+Flèche vers le bas Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée dessous la diapositive suivante dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive au début Ctrl+Maj+Flèche vers le haut Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée à la première position dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive à la fin Ctrl+Maj+Flèche vers le bas Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée à la dernière position dans la liste. Exécuter des actions sur des objets Créer une copie Ctrl+faire glisser ou Ctrl+D Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser l'objet sélectionnée ou appuyez sur Ctrl+D pour créer sa copie. Grouper Ctrl+G Grouper les objets sélectionnés. Dissocier Ctrl+Maj+G Dissocier le groupe d'objets sélectionnés. Modification des objets Limiter le mouvement Maj+faire glisser Limiter le déplacement de l'objet sélectionné horizontalement ou verticalement. Définir la rotation de 15 degrés Maj+faire glisser (lors de la rotation) Limiter l'angle de rotation à des incréments de 15 degrés. Conserver les proportions Maj+faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) Conserver les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement. Mouvement pixel par pixel Ctrl Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser et utilisez les flèches pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné d'un pixel à la fois. Prévisualisation de la présentation Démarrer l'affichage de l'aperçu dès le début Ctrl+F5 Démarrer une présentation dès le début. Naviguer vers l'avant Entrée, Page suivante, Flèche droite, Flèche vers le bas, ou Barre d'espacement Effectuer l'animation suivante ou passer à la diapositive suivant. Navigation à rebours Page précédente, Flèche gauche, Flèche vers le haut Effectuer l'animation précédente ou revenir à la diapositive précédente. Fermer l'aperçu Échap Terminer la présentation. Annuler et Rétablir Annuler Ctrl+Z Inverser la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir Ctrl+Y Répéter la dernière action annulée. Couper, Copier et Coller Couper Ctrl+X, Maj+Suppr Couper l'objet sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. L'objet sélectionné peut inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation. Copier Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Inser Envoyer l'objet sélectionné et vers le presse-papiers. L'objet copié peut être insérées ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation. Coller Ctrl+V, Maj+Inser Insérer l'objet précédemment copié depuis le presse-papiers à la position actuelle du curseur. L'objet peut être copié à partir de la même présentation. Insérer un lien hypertexte Ctrl+K Insérer un lien hypertexte qui peut être utilisé pour accéder à une adresse web ou à une certaine diapositive de la présentation. Copier le style Ctrl+Maj+C Copier la mise en forme du fragment sélectionné du texte en cours d'édition. La mise en forme copiée peut être appliquée à un autre fragment du texte dans la même présentation. Appliquer le style Ctrl+Maj+V Appliquer la mise en forme précedemment copiée au texte de la partie en cours d'édition. Sélectionner avec la souris Ajouter au fragment sélectionné Maj Lancez la sélection, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et cliquez à l'emplacement où vous voulez terminer la sélection. Sélectionner avec le clavier Sélectionner tout Ctrl+A Sélectionner toutes les diapositives (dans la liste des diapositives) ou tous les objets de la diapositive (dans la zone d'édition de la diapositive) ou tout le texte (dans le bloc de texte) - selon la position du curseur de la souris. Sélectionner le fragment du texte Maj+Touche de direction Sélectionner le texte caractère par caractère. Sélectionner le texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne Maj+Début Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner le texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne Maj+Fin Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne actuelle. Style de texte Gras Ctrl+B Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Ctrl+I Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Ctrl+U Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Indice Ctrl+. Rendre le fragment du texte sélectionné plus petit et le placer à la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Exposant Ctrl+, Sélectionner le fragment du texte et le placer sur la partie supérieure de la ligne de texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Liste à puces Ctrl+Maj+L Créer une liste à puces non numérotée du fragment de texte sélectionné ou créer une nouvelle liste. Supprimer la mise en forme Ctrl+Espace Supprimer la mise en forme du fragment du texte sélectionné. Agrandir la police Ctrl+] Augmenter la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Réduire la police Ctrl+[ Réduire la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Alignement centré/à gauche Ctrl+E Passer de l'alignement centré à l'alignement à gauche. Justifié/à gauche Ctrl+J Passer de l'alignement justifié à gauche. Alignement à droite/à gauche Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche. Alignement à gauche Ctrl+L Aligner à gauche avec le texte aligné par le côté gauche du bloc de texte, le côté droit reste non aligné." + "body": "En travaillant sur la présentation Ouvrir le panneau « Fichier » Alt+F Ouvrir le panneau Fichier pour enregistrer, télécharger, imprimer la présentation actuelle, voir ses informations, créer une nouvelle présentation ou ouvrir une présentation existatante, accéder à l'aide de Presentation Editor ou aux paramètres avancés. Ouvrir la fenêtre « Recherche » Ctrl+F Ouvrir la fenêtre Recherche pour commencer à chercher un caractère/mot/phrase dans la présentation actuelle. Ouvrir le panneau « Commentaires » Ctrl+Shift+H Ouvrir le volet Commentaires pour ajouter votre commentaire ou pour répondre aux commentaires des autres utilisateurs. Ouvrir le champ de commentaires Alt+H Ouvrir un champ de saisie où vous pouvez ajouter le texte de votre commentaire. Ouvrir le panneau « Chat » Alt+Q Ouvrir le panneau Chat et envoyer un message. Enregistrer la présentation Ctrl+S Enregistrer toutes les modifications dans la présentation en cours d'édition dans Presentation Editor. Imprimer la présentation Ctrl+P Imprimer la présentation avec l'une des imprimantes disponibles ou l'enregistrer sous forme de fichier. Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+Maj+S Enregistrer la présentation en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: PPTX, PDF, ou ODP. Plein écran F11 Passer à l'affichage en plein écran pour adapter Presentation Editor à votre écran. Menu d'aide F1 Ouvrir le menu Aide de Presentation Editor. Navigation Première diapositive Début Passer à la première diapositive de la présentation actuelle. Dernière diapositive Fin Passer à la dernière diapositive de la présentation actuelle. Diapositive suivante Pg. suiv Passer à la diapositive suivante de la présentation actuelle. Diapositive précédente Pg. préc Passer à la diapositive précédente de la présentation actuelle. Sélectionner la forme suivante Tab Sélectionner la forme suivante située après la présentation actuellement sélectionnée. Sélectionner la forme précédente Maj+Tab Sélectionner la forme précédente située avant la présentation actuellement sélectionnée. Zoom avant Ctrl++ Agrandir la présentation en cours d'édition. Zoom arrière Ctrl+- Effectuer un zoom arrière de la présentation en cours d'édition. Exécuter des actions sur des diapositives Nouvelle diapositive Ctrl+M Créer une nouvelle diapositive et l'ajouter après la diapositive sélectionnée dans la liste. Dupliquer la diapositive Ctrl+D Dupliquer la diapositive sélectionnée dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive vers le haut Ctrl+Flèche vers le haut Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée au-dessus de la diapositive précedente dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive vers le bas Ctrl+Flèche vers le bas Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée dessous la diapositive suivante dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive au début Ctrl+Maj+Flèche vers le haut Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée à la première position dans la liste. Déplacer la diapositive à la fin Ctrl+Maj+Flèche vers le bas Déplacer la diapositive sélectionnée à la dernière position dans la liste. Exécuter des actions sur des objets Créer une copie Ctrl+faire glisser ou Ctrl+D Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser l'objet sélectionnée ou appuyez sur Ctrl+D pour créer sa copie. Grouper Ctrl+G Grouper les objets sélectionnés. Dissocier Ctrl+Maj+G Dissocier le groupe d'objets sélectionnés. Modification des objets Limiter le mouvement Maj+faire glisser Limiter le déplacement de l'objet sélectionné horizontalement ou verticalement. Définir la rotation de 15 degrés Maj+faire glisser (lors de la rotation) Limiter l'angle de rotation à des incréments de 15 degrés. Conserver les proportions Maj+faire glisser (lors du redimensionnement) Conserver les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement. Mouvement pixel par pixel Ctrl Maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée en faisant glisser et utilisez les flèches pour déplacer l'objet sélectionné d'un pixel à la fois. Prévisualisation de la présentation Démarrer l'affichage de l'aperçu dès le début Ctrl+F5 Démarrer une présentation dès le début. Naviguer vers l'avant Entrée, Page suivante, Flèche droite, Flèche vers le bas, ou Barre d'espacement Effectuer l'animation suivante ou passer à la diapositive suivant. Navigation à rebours Page précédente, Flèche gauche, Flèche vers le haut Effectuer l'animation précédente ou revenir à la diapositive précédente. Fermer l'aperçu Échap Terminer la présentation. Annuler et Rétablir Annuler Ctrl+Z Inverser la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir Ctrl+Y Répéter la dernière action annulée. Couper, Copier et Coller Couper Ctrl+X, Maj+Suppr Couper l'objet sélectionné et l'envoyer vers le presse-papiers. L'objet sélectionné peut inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation. Copier Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Inser Envoyer l'objet sélectionné et vers le presse-papiers. L'objet copié peut être insérées ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation. Coller Ctrl+V, Maj+Inser Insérer l'objet précédemment copié depuis le presse-papiers à la position actuelle du curseur. L'objet peut être copié à partir de la même présentation. Insérer un lien hypertexte Ctrl+K Insérer un lien hypertexte qui peut être utilisé pour accéder à une adresse web ou à une certaine diapositive de la présentation. Copier le style Ctrl+Maj+C Copier la mise en forme du fragment sélectionné du texte en cours d'édition. La mise en forme copiée peut être appliquée à un autre fragment du texte dans la même présentation. Appliquer le style Ctrl+Maj+V Appliquer la mise en forme précedemment copiée au texte de la partie en cours d'édition. Sélectionner avec la souris Ajouter au fragment sélectionné Maj Lancez la sélection, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et cliquez à l'emplacement où vous voulez terminer la sélection. Sélectionner avec le clavier Sélectionner tout Ctrl+A Sélectionner toutes les diapositives (dans la liste des diapositives) ou tous les objets de la diapositive (dans la zone d'édition de la diapositive) ou tout le texte (dans le bloc de texte) - selon la position du curseur de la souris. Sélectionner le fragment du texte Maj+Touche de direction Sélectionner le texte caractère par caractère. Sélectionner le texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne Maj+Début Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'au début de la ligne actuelle. Sélectionner le texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne Maj+Fin Sélectionner le fragment du texte depuis le curseur jusqu'à la fin de la ligne actuelle. Style de texte Gras Ctrl+B Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Ctrl+I Mettre la police du fragment de texte sélectionné en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Ctrl+U Souligner le fragment de texte sélectionné avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Indice Ctrl+. Rendre le fragment du texte sélectionné plus petit et le placer à la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Exposant Ctrl+, Sélectionner le fragment du texte et le placer sur la partie supérieure de la ligne de texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Liste à puces Ctrl+Maj+L Créer une liste à puces non numérotée du fragment de texte sélectionné ou créer une nouvelle liste. Supprimer la mise en forme Ctrl+Espace Supprimer la mise en forme du fragment du texte sélectionné. Agrandir la police Ctrl+] Augmenter la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Réduire la police Ctrl+[ Réduire la taille de la police du fragment de texte sélectionné de 1 point. Alignement centré/à gauche Ctrl+E Passer de l'alignement centré à l'alignement à gauche. Justifié/à gauche Ctrl+J Passer de l'alignement justifié à gauche. Alignement à droite/à gauche Ctrl+R Passer de l'aligné à droite à l'aligné à gauche. Alignement à gauche Ctrl+L Aligner à gauche avec le texte aligné par le côté gauche du bloc de texte, le côté droit reste non aligné." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", @@ -40,6 +40,11 @@ var indexes = "title": "Formats des présentations électroniques pris en charge", "body": "La présentation est un ensemble des diapositives qui peut inclure de différents types de contenu tels que des images, des fichiers multimédias, des textes, des effets etc. Presentation Editor supporte les formats suivants : Formats Description Affichage Edition Téléchargement PPTX Présentation Office Open XML Compressé, le format de fichier basé sur XML développé par Microsoft pour représenter des classeurs, des tableaux, des présentations et des documents de traitement de texte + + + PPT Format de fichier utilisé par Microsoft PowerPoint + + ODP Présentation OpenDocument Format de fichier utilisé pour les présentations créées par l'application Impress, qui fait partie des applications OpenOffice + + + PDF Portable Document Format Format de fichier utilisé pour représenter les documents d'une manière indépendante du logiciel, du matériel et des systèmes d'exploitation +" }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "title": "Onglet Collaboration", + "body": "L'onglet Collaboration permet d'organiser le travail collaboratif sur la présentation: partage du fichier, sélection d'un mode de co-édition, gestion des commentaires. En utilisant cet onglet, vous pouvez: spécifier les paramètres de partage, basculer entre les modes de coédition Strict et Rapide, ajouter des commentaires au document, Ouvrir le panneau Chat." + }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Fichier", @@ -58,17 +63,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Onglet Modules complémentaires", - "body": "L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles : ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre présentation, Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images : recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc. Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte, Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues, YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre présentation. Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub." + "body": "L'onglet Modules complémentaires permet d'accéder à des fonctions d'édition avancées à l'aide de composants tiers disponibles. Ici vous pouvez également utiliser des macros pour simplifier les opérations de routine. Le bouton Macros permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre où vous pouvez créer vos propres macros et les exécuter. Pour en savoir plus sur les macros, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Actuellement, les modules suivants sont disponibles : ClipArt permet d'ajouter des images de la collection clipart dans votre présentation, Éditeur photo permet d'éditer des images : recadrer, redimensionner, appliquer des effets, etc. Table de symboles permet d'insérer des symboles spéciaux dans votre texte, Traducteur permet de traduire le texte sélectionné dans d'autres langues, YouTube permet d'intégrer des vidéos YouTube dans votre présentation. Pour en savoir plus sur les modules complémentaires, veuillez vous référer à la documentation de notre API. Tous les exemples de modules open source actuellement disponibles sont disponibles sur GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Présentation de l'interface utilisateur de Presentation Editor", - "body": "Presentation Editor utilise une interface à onglets dans laquelle les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité. L'interface de l'éditeur est composée des éléments principaux suivants : L'En-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets de menu, le nom de la présentation ainsi que deux icônes sur la droite qui permettent de définir les droits d'accès et de revenir à la liste Documents. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Modules complémentaires.Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler, Rétablir et Ajouter une diapositive sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné. La Barre d'état en bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'icône Démarrer le diaporama et certains outils de navigation : l'indicateur de numéro de diapositive et les boutons de zoom. La Barre d'état affiche également certaines notifications (telles que \"Toutes les modifications enregistrées\", etc.) et permet de définir la langue du texte et d'activer la vérification orthographique. La Barre latérale gauche contient des icônes qui permettent d'utiliser l'outil de Recherche, de réduire/agrandir la liste des diapositives, d'ouvrir les panneaux Commentaires et Discussion, de contacter notre équipe de support et d'afficher les informations sur le programme. La Barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster des paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier sur une diapositive, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite. Les Règles horizontales et verticales vous aident à placer des objets sur une diapositive et permettent de définir des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe dans les zones de texte. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu de la présentation, d'entrer et de modifier les données. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler la présentation de haut en bas. Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur l'ajustement des paramètres d'affichage, reportez-vous à cette page." + "body": "Presentation Editor utilise une interface à onglets dans laquelle les commandes d'édition sont regroupées en onglets par fonctionnalité. L'interface de l'éditeur est composée des éléments principaux suivants : L'En-tête de l'éditeur affiche le logo, les onglets de menu, le nom de la présentation ainsi que deux icônes sur la droite qui permettent de définir les droits d'accès et de revenir à la liste Documents. La Barre d'outils supérieure affiche un ensemble de commandes d'édition en fonction de l'onglet de menu sélectionné. Actuellement, les onglets suivants sont disponibles : Fichier, Accueil, Insertion, Collaboration, Modules complémentaires.Les options Imprimer, Enregistrer, Copier, Coller, Annuler, Rétablir et Ajouter une diapositive sont toujours disponibles dans la partie gauche de la Barre d'outils supérieure, quel que soit l'onglet sélectionné. La Barre d'état en bas de la fenêtre de l'éditeur contient l'icône Démarrer le diaporama et certains outils de navigation : l'indicateur de numéro de diapositive et les boutons de zoom. La Barre d'état affiche également certaines notifications (telles que \"Toutes les modifications enregistrées\", etc.) et permet de définir la langue du texte et d'activer la vérification orthographique. La Barre latérale gauche contient des icônes qui permettent d'utiliser l'outil de Recherche, de réduire/agrandir la liste des diapositives, d'ouvrir les panneaux Commentaires et Discussion, de contacter notre équipe de support et d'afficher les informations sur le programme. La Barre latérale droite permet d'ajuster des paramètres supplémentaires de différents objets. Lorsque vous sélectionnez un objet particulier sur une diapositive, l'icône correspondante est activée dans la barre latérale droite. Cliquez sur cette icône pour développer la barre latérale droite. Les Règles horizontales et verticales vous aident à placer des objets sur une diapositive et permettent de définir des tabulations et des retraits de paragraphe dans les zones de texte. La Zone de travail permet d'afficher le contenu de la présentation, d'entrer et de modifier les données. La Barre de défilement sur la droite permet de faire défiler la présentation de haut en bas. Pour plus de commodité, vous pouvez masquer certains composants et les afficher à nouveau lorsque cela est nécessaire. Pour en savoir plus sur l'ajustement des paramètres d'affichage, reportez-vous à cette page." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Ajouter des liens hypertextes", - "body": "Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, placez le curseur dans le bloc de texte à une position où vous voulez ajouter un lien hypertexte, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte : Type de lien - sélectionnez un type de lien à insérer depuis la liste déroulante : Utilisez l'option Fichier ou page web et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe. Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans ce document et sélectionnez l'une des options si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à une certaine diapositive dans la même présentation. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Diapositive suivante, Diapositive précédente, Première diapositive, Dernière diapositive, Diapositive dont les numéro est indiqué. Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et mène vers l'adresse web / à la diapositive spécifiée dans le champ supérieur. Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte ou utiliser la combinaison des touches Ctrl+K. Remarque : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, mot, une combinaison de mots avec la souris ou à l'aide du clavier et cliquer sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la sélection et choisir l'option Lien hypertexte dans le menu. Après quoi la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus s'ouvre avec le champ Afficher rempli du texte que vous avez sélectionné. Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien, appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre présentation. Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez sur le lien avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte dans le menu contextuel et ensuite l'action à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte." + "body": "Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, placez le curseur dans le bloc de texte à une position où vous voulez ajouter un lien hypertexte, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte de la barre d'outils supérieure, dans la fenêtre ouverte précisez les paramètres du lien hypertexte : sélectionnez un type de lien à insérer : Utilisez l'option Lien externe et entrez une URL au format http://www.example.com dans le champ Lien vers si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant vers un site externe. Utilisez l'option Emplacement dans cette présentation et sélectionnez l'une des options si vous avez besoin d'ajouter un lien hypertexte menant à une certaine diapositive dans la même présentation. Les options disponibles sont les suivantes : Diapositive suivante, Diapositive précédente, Première diapositive, Dernière diapositive, Diapositive dont les numéro est indiqué. Afficher - entrez un texte qui sera cliquable et mène vers l'adresse web / à la diapositive spécifiée dans le champ supérieur. Texte de l'infobulle - entrez un texte qui sera visible dans une petite fenêtre contextuelle offrant une courte note ou étiquette lorsque vous placez le curseur sur un lien hypertexte. Cliquez sur le bouton OK. Pour ajouter un lien hypertexte, vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Lien hypertexte ou utiliser la combinaison des touches Ctrl+K. Remarque : il est également possible de sélectionner un caractère, mot, une combinaison de mots avec la souris ou à l'aide du clavier et cliquer sur l'icône Ajouter un lien hypertexte dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure ou cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur la sélection et choisir l'option Lien hypertexte dans le menu. Après quoi la fenêtre affichée ci-dessus s'ouvre avec le champ Afficher rempli du texte que vous avez sélectionné. Si vous placez le curseur sur le lien hypertexte ajouté, vous verrez l'info-bulle contenant le texte que vous avez spécifié. Pour suivre le lien, appuyez sur la touche CTRL et cliquez sur le lien dans votre présentation. Pour modifier ou supprimer le lien hypertexte ajouté, cliquez sur le lien avec le bouton droit de la souris, sélectionnez l'option Lien hypertexte dans le menu contextuel et ensuite l'action à effectuer - Modifier le lien hypertexte ou Supprimer le lien hypertexte." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Copier/coller les données, annuler/rétablir vos actions", - "body": "Pour couper, copier et coller les objets sélectionnés (diapositives, passages de texte, formes automatiques) de votre présentation ou annuler/rétablir vos actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure : Couper – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Couper du menu contextuel pour effacer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées ensuite à un autre endroit de la même présentation Copier – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. L'objet copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation. Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre présentation où vous voulez coller l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller du menu contextuel ou l'icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. L'objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. L'objet peut être copié depuis la même présentation. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les combinaisons de touches suivantes pour effectuer les opérations nécessaires : Ctrl+C pour copier ; Ctrl+V pour coller ; Ctrl+X pour couper. Pour annuler / rétablir les actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes de la barre d'outils supérieure ou les raccourcis clavier : Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler pour annuler la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir pour rétablir la dernière action annulée.Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler ou pour rétablir Ctrl+Y." + "body": "Utiliser les opérations de base du presse-papiers Pour couper, copier et coller les objets sélectionnés (diapositives, passages de texte, formes automatiques) de votre présentation ou annuler/rétablir vos actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes sur la barre d'outils supérieure : Couper – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Couper du menu contextuel pour effacer la sélection et l'envoyer dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. Les données coupées peuvent être insérées ensuite à un autre endroit de la même présentation Copier – sélectionnez un objet et utilisez l'option Copier dans le menu contextuel, ou l'icône Copier de la barre d'outils supérieure pour copier la sélection dans le presse-papiers de l'ordinateur. L'objet copié peut être inséré ensuite à un autre endroit dans la même présentation. Coller – trouvez l'endroit dans votre présentation où vous voulez coller l'objet précédemment copié et utilisez l'option Coller du menu contextuel ou l'icône Coller de la barre d'outils supérieure. L'objet sera inséré à la position actuelle du curseur. L'objet peut être copié depuis la même présentation. Vous pouvez aussi utiliser les combinaisons de touches suivantes pour effectuer les opérations nécessaires : Ctrl+C pour copier ; Ctrl+V pour coller ; Ctrl+X pour couper. Utiliser la fonctionnalité Collage spécial Une fois le texte copié collé, le bouton Collage spécial apparaît à côté du passage de texte inséré. Cliquez sur ce bouton pour sélectionner l'option de collage requise. Lors du collage de passages de texte, les options suivantes sont disponibles: Utiliser le thème de destination - permet d'appliquer la mise en forme spécifiée par le thème de la présentation en cours. Cette option est utilisée par défaut. Garder la mise en forme de la source - permet de conserver la mise en forme de la source des données copiées. Image - permet de coller le texte en tant qu'image afin qu'il ne puisse pas être modifié. Conserver le texte uniquement - permet de coller le texte sans sa mise en forme d'origine. Lorsque vous collez des objets (formes automatiques, graphiques, tableaux), les options suivantes sont disponibles: Utiliser le thème de destination - permet d'appliquer la mise en forme spécifiée par le thème de la présentation en cours. Cette option est utilisée par défaut. Image - permet de coller l'objet en tant qu'image afin qu'il ne puisse pas être modifié. Utiliser les opérations Annuler/Rétablir Pour annuler / rétablir les actions, utilisez les icônes correspondantes de la barre d'outils supérieure ou les raccourcis clavier : Annuler – utilisez l'icône Annuler pour annuler la dernière action effectuée. Rétablir – utilisez l'icône Rétablir pour rétablir la dernière action annulée.Vous pouvez aussi utiliser la combinaison de touches Ctrl+Z pour annuler ou pour rétablir Ctrl+Y." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -108,27 +113,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Insérer et modifier des graphiques", - "body": "Insérer un graphique Pour insérer un graphique dans votre présentation, placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier,Remarque : les graphiques Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, ou Barre sont aussi disponibles au format 3D. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions pour insérer une fonction et pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre. L'onglet Type et données vous permet de sélectionner le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer un graphique. Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez insérer : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier. Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4. Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X : en lignes ou en colonnes. L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique. Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique, Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé, Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé, Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) : spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas. Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucun, Centre. sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur, Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données. Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes. Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).Remarque: les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et XY(Nuage). La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical : Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal. Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical, Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical, Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical. La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage. Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes. L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelés axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical. Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option Aucun pour retourner aux unités par défaut. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondent à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal. Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants : Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories. Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur voulue dans le champ d'entrée. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande. Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique. une fois le graphique ajouté vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position.Vous pouvez spécifier la position du graphique sur la diapositive en le faisant glisser verticalement ou horizontalement. Modifier les éléments de graphique Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place. Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte nécessaire en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, le style, la taille ou la couleur. Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé jusqu'à ce qu'une boîte pointillée bleue apparaisse. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D. Ajuster les paramètres du graphiqueLa taille du graphique, le type et le style ainsi que les données utilisées pour créer le graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. La section Taille vous permet de modifier la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est activé (auquel cas il ressemble à ceci ), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé. La section Modifier le type de graphique vous permet de modifier le type et/ou le style de graphique sélectionné à l'aide du menu déroulant correspondant. Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique. Le bouton Modifier les données vous permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre de l'Éditeur de graphiques et de commencer à éditer les données comme décrit ci-dessus. Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphiques\", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans la diapositive. Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage et le Contour de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme. Pour supprimer un graphique inséré, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Pour apprendre à aligner un graphique sur la diapositive ou à organiser plusieurs objets, reportez-vous à la section Aligner et organiser les objets dans une diapositive." + "body": "Insérer un graphique Pour insérer un graphique dans votre présentation, placez le curseur là où vous souhaitez ajouter un graphique, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un graphique de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type de graphique nécessaire parmi ceux qui sont disponibles : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier,Remarque : les graphiques Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, ou Barre sont aussi disponibles au format 3D. après une fenêtre Éditeur de graphique s'ouvre où vous pouvez entrer les données nécessaires dans les cellules en utilisant les commandes suivantes : et pour copier et coller les données copiées et pour annuler et rétablir les actions pour insérer une fonction et pour diminuer et augmenter les décimales pour changer le format de nombre, c'est à dire la façon d'afficher les chiffres dans les cellules modifiez les paramètres du graphique en cliquant sur le bouton Modifier graphique situé dans la fenêtre Éditeur de graphique. La fenêtre Paramètres du graphique s'ouvre. L'onglet Type et données vous permet de sélectionner le type de graphique ainsi que les données que vous souhaitez utiliser pour créer un graphique. Sélectionnez le Type de graphique que vous souhaitez insérer : Colonne, Ligne, Secteur, Barre, Aire, XY(Nuage), Boursier. Vérifiez la Plage de données sélectionnée et modifiez-la, si nécessaire, en cliquant sur le bouton Sélectionner les données et en entrant la plage de données souhaitée dans le format suivant : Sheet1!A1:B4. Choisissez la disposition des données. Vous pouvez sélectionner la Série de données à utiliser sur l'axe X: en lignes ou en colonnes. L'onglet Disposition vous permet de modifier la disposition des éléments de graphique. Spécifiez la position du Titre du graphique sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre du graphique, Superposition pour superposer et centrer le titre sur la zone de tracé, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre au-dessus de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez la position de la Légende sur votre graphique en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante: Aucun pour ne pas afficher de légende, Bas pour afficher la légende et l'aligner au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher la légende et l'aligner en haut de la zone de tracé, Droite pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à droite de la zone de tracé, Gauche pour afficher la légende et l'aligner à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à gauche pour superposer et centrer la légende à gauche de la zone de tracé, Superposer à droite pour superposer et centrer la légende à droite de la zone de tracé. Spécifiez les paramètres des Étiquettes de données (c'est-à-dire les étiquettes de texte représentant les valeurs exactes des points de données) : spécifiez la position des Étiquettes de données par rapport aux points de données en sélectionnant l'option nécessaire dans la liste déroulante. Les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de graphique sélectionné. Pour les graphiques en Colonnes/Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucune, Centre, Intérieur bas,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage)/Boursier, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Gauche, Droite, Haut, Bas. Pour les graphiques Secteur, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes : Aucune, Centre, Ajusté à la largeur,Intérieur haut, Extérieur haut. Pour les graphiques en Aire ainsi que pour les graphiques 3D en Colonnes, en Lignes et en Barres, vous pouvez choisir les options suivantes: Aucun, Centre. sélectionnez les données que vous souhaitez inclure dans vos étiquettes en cochant les cases correspondantes: Nom de la série, Nom de la catégorie, Valeur, Entrez un caractère (virgule, point-virgule, etc.) que vous souhaitez utiliser pour séparer plusieurs étiquettes dans le champ de saisie Séparateur d'étiquettes de données. Lignes - permet de choisir un style de ligne pour les graphiques en Ligne/XY(Nuage). Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : Droite pour utiliser des lignes droites entre les points de données, Courbe pour utiliser des courbes lisses entre les points de données, ou Aucune pour ne pas afficher les lignes. Marqueurs - est utilisé pour spécifier si les marqueurs doivent être affichés (si la case est cochée) ou non (si la case n'est pas cochée) pour les graphiques Ligne/XY(Nuage).Remarque : les options Lignes et Marqueurs sont disponibles uniquement pour les graphiques en Ligne et . La section Paramètres de l'axe permet de spécifier si vous souhaitez afficher l'Axe horizontal/vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option Afficher ou Masquer dans la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez également spécifier les paramètres de Titre d'axe horizontal/vertical : Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe horizontal ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe horizontal, Pas de superposition pour afficher le titre en-dessous de l'axe horizontal. Indiquez si vous souhaitez afficher le Titre de l'axe vertical ou non en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher le titre de l'axe vertical, Tourné pour afficher le titre de bas en haut à gauche de l'axe vertical, Horizontal pour afficher le titre horizontalement à gauche de l'axe vertical. La section Quadrillage permet de spécifier les lignes du Quadrillage horizontal/vertical que vous souhaitez afficher en sélectionnant l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Majeures, Mineures ou Majeures et mineures. Vous pouvez masquer le quadrillage à l'aide de l'option Aucun.Remarque : les sections Paramètres des axes et Quadrillage seront désactivées pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont ni axes ni lignes de quadrillage. Remarque : les onglets Axe Horizontal/vertical seront désactivés pour les Graphiques à secteurs, car les graphiques de ce type n'ont pas d'axes. L'onglet Axe vertical vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe vertical, également appelés axe des valeurs ou axe y, qui affiche des valeurs numériques. Notez que l'axe vertical sera l'axe des catégories qui affiche des étiquettes de texte pour les Graphiques à barres. Dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe vertical correspondront à celles décrites dans la section suivante. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Valeur minimale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus basse affichée au début de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur minimale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Valeur maximale - sert à spécifier la valeur la plus élevée affichée à la fin de l'axe vertical. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur maximale est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Fixe dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe vertical où l'axe horizontal doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum sur l'axe vertical. Unités d'affichage - est utilisé pour déterminer la représentation des valeurs numériques le long de l'axe vertical. Cette option peut être utile si vous travaillez avec de grands nombres et souhaitez que les valeurs sur l'axe soient affichées de manière plus compacte et plus lisible (par exemple, vous pouvez représenter 50 000 comme 50 en utilisant les unités d'affichage de Milliers). Sélectionnez les unités souhaitées dans la liste déroulante : Centaines, Milliers, 10 000, 100 000, Millions, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Milliards, Billions, ou choisissez l'option pour revenir aux unités par défaut. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les valeurs dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, la valeur la plus basse est en bas et la valeur la plus haute est en haut de l'axe. Lorsque la case est cochée, les valeurs sont triées de haut en bas. La section Options de graduationspermet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle verticale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant des valeurs numériques. Les graduations mineures sont les subdivisions d'échelle qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Les listes déroulantes Type de majeure/mineure contiennent les options de placement suivantes : Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés de graduations majeures qui affichent des valeurs. Pour spécifier la Position du libellé par rapport à l'axe vertical, sélectionnez l'option voulue dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations à gauche de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations à droite de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. L'onglet Axe horizontal vous permet de modifier les paramètres de l'axe horizontal, également appelés axe des catégories ou axe x, qui affiche des libellés textuels. Notez que l'axe horizontal sera l'axe des valeurs qui affiche des valeurs numériques pour les diagrammes en Barre, dans ce cas, les options de l'onglet Axe horizontal correspondront à celles décrites dans la section précédente. Pour les Graphiques XY(Nuage), les deux axes sont des axes de valeur. La section Options des axes permet de modifier les paramètres suivants : Axes croisés - est utilisé pour spécifier un point sur l'axe horizontal où l'axe vertical doit le traverser. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas la valeur du point d'intersection est calculée automatiquement en fonction de la plage de données sélectionnée. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Valeur dans la liste déroulante et spécifier une valeur différente dans le champ de saisie à droite, ou définir le point d'intersection des axes à la Valeur minimum/maximum(qui correspond à la première/dernière catégorie) sur l'axe horizontal. Position de l'axe - permet de spécifier où les étiquettes de texte de l'axe doivent être placées : Sur les graduations ou Entre les graduations. Valeurs dans l'ordre inverse - est utilisé pour afficher les catégories dans la direction opposée. Lorsque la case n'est pas cochée, les catégories sont affichées de gauche à droite. Lorsque la case est cochée, les catégories sont triées de droite à gauche. La section Options de graduations permet d'ajuster l'apparence des graduations sur l'échelle horizontale. Les graduations majeures sont les divisions à plus grande échelle qui peuvent avoir des étiquettes affichant les catégories. Les graduations mineures sont les divisions plus petites qui sont placées entre les graduations majeures et n'ont pas d'étiquettes. Les graduations définissent également l'endroit où le quadrillage peut être affiché, si l'option correspondante est définie dans l'onglet Disposition. Vous pouvez ajuster les paramètres de graduation suivants : Type de majeure/mineure est utilisé pour spécifier les options de placement suivantes: Aucune pour ne pas afficher les graduations majeures/mineures, Croix pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures des deux côtés de l'axe, Intérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures dans l'axe, Extérieur pour afficher les graduations majeures/mineures à l'extérieur de l'axe. Intervalle entre les graduations - est utilisé pour spécifier le nombre de catégories à afficher entre deux marques de graduation adjacentes. La section Options de libellé permet d'ajuster l'apparence des libellés qui affichent les catégories. Position du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier où les libellés doivent être placés par rapport à l'axe horizontal. Sélectionnez l'option souhaitée dans la liste déroulante : Aucun pour ne pas afficher les libellés de graduations, Bas pour afficher les libellés de graduations au bas de la zone de tracé, Haut pour afficher les libellés de graduations en haut de la zone de tracé, À côté de l'axe pour afficher les libellés de graduations à côté de l'axe. Distance du libellé - est utilisé pour spécifier la distance entre les libellés et l'axe. Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Plus la valeur que vous définissez est élevée, plus la distance entre l'axe et les libellés est grande. Intervalle entre les libellés - est utilisé pour spécifier la fréquence à laquelle les libellés doivent être affichés. L'option Auto est sélectionnée par défaut, dans ce cas les libellés sont affichés pour chaque catégorie. Vous pouvez sélectionner l'option Manuel dans la liste déroulante et spécifier la valeur voulue dans le champ de saisie sur la droite. Par exemple, entrez 2 pour afficher les libellés pour une catégorie sur deux. L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du graphique. une fois le graphique ajouté vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position.Vous pouvez spécifier la position du graphique sur la diapositive en le faisant glisser verticalement ou horizontalement. Modifier les éléments de graphique Pour modifier le Titre du graphique, sélectionnez le texte par défaut à l'aide de la souris et saisissez le vôtre à la place. Pour modifier la mise en forme de la police dans les éléments de texte, tels que le titre du graphique, les titres des axes, les entrées de légende, les étiquettes de données, etc., sélectionnez l'élément de texte voulu en cliquant dessus. Utilisez ensuite les icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour modifier le type de police, le style, la taille ou la couleur. Pour supprimer un élément de graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Vous pouvez également faire pivoter les graphiques 3D à l'aide de la souris. Faites un clic gauche dans la zone de tracé et maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé. Faites glisser le curseur sans relâcher le bouton de la souris pour modifier l'orientation du graphique 3D. Ajuster les paramètres du graphiqueLa taille du graphique, le type et le style ainsi que les données utilisées pour créer le graphique peuvent être modifiés en utilisant la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le graphique et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du graphique à droite. La section Taille vous permet de modifier la largeur et/ou la hauteur du graphique. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est activé (auquel cas il ressemble à ceci ), la largeur et la hauteur seront changées en même temps, le ratio d'aspect du graphique original sera préservé. La section Modifier le type de graphique vous permet de modifier le type et/ou le style de graphique sélectionné à l'aide du menu déroulant correspondant. Pour sélectionner le Style de graphique nécessaire, utilisez le deuxième menu déroulant de la section Modifier le type de graphique. Le bouton Modifier les données vous permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre de l'Éditeur de graphiques et de commencer à éditer les données comme décrit ci-dessus. Remarque : pour ouvrir rapidement la fenêtre \"Éditeur de graphiques\", vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le graphique dans la diapositive. L'option Afficher les paramètres avancés dans la barre latérale droite permet d'ouvrir la fenêtre Graphique - Paramètres avancés dans laquelle vous pouvez définir le texte alternatif: Lorsque le graphique est sélectionné, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite, car une forme est utilisée comme arrière-plan pour le graphique. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le Remplissage et le Contour de la forme. Notez que vous ne pouvez pas modifier le type de forme. Pour supprimer un graphique inséré, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Pour apprendre à aligner un graphique sur la diapositive ou à organiser plusieurs objets, reportez-vous à la section Aligner et organiser les objets dans une diapositive." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "title": "Insérer des équations", - "body": "Presentation Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les éditer, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (y compris des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.). Ajouter une nouvelle équation Pour insérer une nouvelle équation depuis la galerie, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Équation dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation voulue dans la liste déroulante. Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices, cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant. Le symbole/l'équation sera inséré(e) au centre de la diapositive actuelle.Si vous ne voyez pas la bordure de la boîte d'équations, cliquez n'importe où dans l'équation - la bordure sera affichée en pointillé. La boîte d'équation peut être librement déplacée, redimensionnée ou pivotée sur la diapositive. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur la bordure de la boîte d'équation (elle sera affichée en trait plein) et utilisez les poignées correspondantes.Chaque modèle d'équation représente un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé . Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires. Entrer des valeurs Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/droite.Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé : entrer la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier, insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu Équation de l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, ajouter un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice. Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite. Remarque : actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \\sqrt(4&x^3). Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement. Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel. Mise en forme des équations Par défaut, l'équation dans la zone de texte est centrée horizontalement et alignée verticalement au haut de la zone de texte. Pour modifier son alignement horizontal/vertical, placez le curseur dans la boîte d'équation (les bordures de la zone de texte seront affichées en pointillés) et utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence. Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.Pour modifier des éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné). Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu. Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier et sélectionnez l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu. Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur. Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu. Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument. Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur celle-ci et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu. Pour aligner des éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas. Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas. Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne de Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Gauche, Centre ou Droite. Supprimer les éléments d'une équation Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient. Pour supprimer toute l'équation, cliquez sur la bordure de la boîte d'équation (elle sera affichée en trait continu) et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu. Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible. Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères englobants et séparateurs dans le menu. Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu. Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné). Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne." + "body": "Presentation Editor vous permet de créer des équations à l'aide des modèles intégrés, de les éditer, d'insérer des caractères spéciaux (y compris des opérateurs mathématiques, des lettres grecques, des accents, etc.). Ajouter une nouvelle équation Pour insérer une nouvelle équation depuis la galerie, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur la flèche à côté de l'icône Équation dans la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez la catégorie d'équation voulue dans la liste déroulante. Les catégories suivantes sont actuellement disponibles : Symboles, Fractions, Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Crochets, Fonctions, Accentuations, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs, Matrices, cliquez sur le symbole/l'équation dans l'ensemble de modèles correspondant. Le symbole/l'équation sera inséré(e) au centre de la diapositive actuelle.Si vous ne voyez pas la bordure de la boîte d'équations, cliquez n'importe où dans l'équation - la bordure sera affichée en pointillé. La boîte d'équation peut être librement déplacée, redimensionnée ou pivotée sur la diapositive. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur la bordure de la boîte d'équation (elle sera affichée en trait plein) et utilisez les poignées correspondantes.Chaque modèle d'équation représente un ensemble d'emplacements. Un emplacement est une position pour chaque élément qui compose l'équation. Un emplacement vide (également appelé espace réservé) a un contour en pointillé . Vous devez remplir tous les espaces réservés en spécifiant les valeurs nécessaires. Entrer des valeurs Le point d'insertion spécifie où le prochain caractère que vous entrez apparaîtra. Pour positionner le point d'insertion avec précision, cliquez dans un espace réservé et utilisez les flèches du clavier pour déplacer le point d'insertion d'un caractère vers la gauche/droite.Une fois le point d'insertion positionné, vous pouvez remplir l'espace réservé : entrer la valeur numérique/littérale souhaitée à l'aide du clavier, insérer un caractère spécial à l'aide de la palette Symboles dans le menu Équation de l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, ajouter un autre modèle d'équation à partir de la palette pour créer une équation imbriquée complexe. La taille de l'équation primaire sera automatiquement ajustée pour s'adapter à son contenu. La taille des éléments de l'équation imbriquée dépend de la taille de l'espace réservé de l'équation primaire, mais elle ne peut pas être inférieure à la taille de sous-indice. Pour ajouter de nouveaux éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour ajouter un nouvel argument avant ou après celui existant dans les Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument existant et sélectionner l'option Insérer un argument avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle équation dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé vide ou une équation entrée et sélectionner l'option Insérer une équation avant/après dans le menu. Pour ajouter une nouvelle ligne ou une colonne dans une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur un espace réservé, sélectionner l'option Insérer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Ligne au-dessus/en dessous ou Colonne à gauche/à droite. Remarque : actuellement, les équations ne peuvent pas être entrées en utilisant le format linéaire, c'est-à-dire \\sqrt(4&x^3). Lorsque vous entrez les valeurs des expressions mathématiques, vous n'avez pas besoin d'utiliser la Barre d'espace car les espaces entre les caractères et les signes des opérations sont définis automatiquement. Si l'équation est trop longue et ne tient pas en une seule ligne, le saut de ligne automatique se produit pendant que vous tapez. Vous pouvez également insérer un saut de ligne à une position spécifique en cliquant avec le bouton droit sur un opérateur mathématique et en sélectionnant l'option Insérer un saut manuel dans le menu. L'opérateur sélectionné va commencer une nouvelle ligne. Pour supprimer le saut de ligne manuel ajouté, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur l'opérateur mathématique qui commence une nouvelle ligne et sélectionnez l'option Supprimer un saut manuel. Mise en forme des équations Par défaut, l'équation dans la zone de texte est centrée horizontalement et alignée verticalement au haut de la zone de texte. Pour modifier son alignement horizontal/vertical, placez le curseur dans la boîte d'équation (les bordures de la zone de texte seront affichées en pointillés) et utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Pour augmenter ou diminuer la taille de la police d'équation, cliquez n'importe où dans la boîte d'équation et sélectionnez la taille de police nécessaire dans la liste de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Tous les éléments d'équation changeront en conséquence. Les lettres de l'équation sont en italique par défaut. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez changer le style de police (gras, italique, barré) ou la couleur pour une équation entière ou une portion. Le style souligné peut être appliqué uniquement à l'équation entière et non aux caractères individuels. Sélectionnez la partie de l'équation voulue en cliquant et en faisant glisser. La partie sélectionnée sera surlignée en bleu. Utilisez ensuite les boutons nécessaires dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure pour formater la sélection. Par exemple, vous pouvez supprimer le format italique pour les mots ordinaires qui ne sont pas des variables ou des constantes.Pour modifier des éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour modifier le format des Fractions, vous pouvez cliquer sur une fraction avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Changer en fraction en biais/linéaire/empilée dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction du type de fraction sélectionné). Pour modifier la position des Scripts par rapport au texte, vous pouvez faire un clic droit sur l'équation contenant des scripts et sélectionner l'option Scripts avant/après le texte dans le menu. Pour modifier la taille des arguments pour Scripts, Radicaux, Intégrales, Grands opérateurs, Limites et Logarithmes, Opérateurs ainsi que pour les accolades supérieures/inférieures et les modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'argument que vous souhaitez modifier et sélectionnez l'option Augmenter/Diminuer la taille de l'argument dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour un Radical, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur le radical et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher le degré dans le menu. Pour spécifier si un espace libre vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Intégrale ou un Grand opérateur, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher la limite supérieure/inférieure dans le menu. Pour modifier la position des limites relative au signe d'intégrale ou d'opérateur pour les Intégrales ou les Grands opérateurs, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Modifier l'emplacement des limites dans le menu. Les limites peuvent être affichées à droite du signe de l'opérateur (sous forme d'indices et d'exposants) ou directement au-dessus et au-dessous du signe de l'opérateur. Pour modifier la position des limites par rapport au texte des Limites et des Logarithmes et des modèles avec des caractères de regroupement du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation et sélectionner l'option Limites sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir lequel des Crochets doit être affiché, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qui s'y trouve et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher les parenthèses ouvrantes/fermantes dans le menu. Pour contrôler la taille des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui s'y trouve. L'option Étirer les parenthèses est sélectionnée par défaut afin que les parenthèses puissent croître en fonction de l'expression qu'elles contiennent, mais vous pouvez désélectionner cette option pour empêcher l'étirement des parenthèses. Lorsque cette option est activée, vous pouvez également utiliser l'option Faire correspondre les crochets à la hauteur de l'argument. Pour modifier la position du caractère par rapport au texte des accolades ou des barres supérieures/inférieures du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur le modèle et sélectionner l'option Caractère/Barre sur/sous le texte dans le menu. Pour choisir les bordures à afficher pour une Formule encadrée du groupe Accentuations, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'équation avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Propriétés de bordure dans le menu, puis sélectionner Masquer/Afficher bordure supérieure/inférieure/gauche/droite ou Ajouter/Masquer ligne horizontale/verticale/diagonale. Pour spécifier si un espace réservé vide doit être affiché ou non pour une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur celle-ci et sélectionner l'option Masquer/Afficher l'espace réservé dans le menu. Pour aligner des éléments d'équation, vous pouvez utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour aligner des équations dans les Cas avec plusieurs conditions du groupe Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur une équation, sélectionner l'option Alignement dans le menu, puis sélectionnez le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas. Pour aligner une Matrice verticalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la matrice, sélectionner l'option Alignement de matrice dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Haut, Centre ou Bas. Pour aligner les éléments d'une colonne de Matrice horizontalement, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la colonne, sélectionner l'option Alignement de colonne dans le menu, puis sélectionner le type d'alignement : Gauche, Centre ou Droite. Supprimer les éléments d'une équation Pour supprimer une partie de l'équation, sélectionnez la partie que vous souhaitez supprimer en faisant glisser la souris ou en maintenant la touche Maj enfoncée et en utilisant les boutons fléchés, puis appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Un emplacement ne peut être supprimé qu'avec le modèle auquel il appartient. Pour supprimer toute l'équation, cliquez sur la bordure de la boîte d'équation (elle sera affichée en trait continu) et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier.Pour supprimer certains éléments d'équation, vous pouvez également utiliser les options du menu contextuel : Pour supprimer un Radical, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer radical dans le menu. Pour supprimer un Indice et/ou un Exposant, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'expression qui les contient et sélectionner l'option Supprimer indice/exposant dans le menu. Si l'expression contient des scripts qui viennent avant le texte, l'option Supprimer les scripts est disponible. Pour supprimer des Crochets, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'expression qu'ils contiennent et sélectionner l'option Supprimer les caractères englobants ou Supprimer les caractères englobants et séparateurs dans le menu. Si l'expression contenue dans les Crochets comprend plus d'un argument, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'argument que vous voulez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'argument dans le menu. Si les Crochets contiennent plus d'une équation (c'est-à-dire des Cas avec plusieurs conditions), vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur l'équation que vous souhaitez supprimer et sélectionner l'option Supprimer l'équation dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Limite, vous pouvez faire un clic droit dessus et sélectionner l'option Supprimer limite dans le menu. Pour supprimer une Accentuation, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris et sélectionner l'option Supprimer le caractère d'accentuation, Supprimer le caractère ou Supprimer la barre dans le menu (les options disponibles varient en fonction de l'accent sélectionné). Pour supprimer une ligne ou une colonne d'une Matrice, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'espace réservé dans la ligne/colonne à supprimer, sélectionner l'option Supprimer dans le menu, puis sélectionner Supprimer la ligne/Colonne." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Insérer et modifier des images", - "body": "Insérer une image Presentation Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires dans votre présentation. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Pour ajouter une image à une diapositive, sélectionnez la diapositive à laquelle vous voulez ajouter une image dans la liste des diapositives à gauche, cliquez sur l'icône Image dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image : l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier nécessaire sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre une fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web nécessaire et cliquez sur le bouton OK une fois l'image ajoutée, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Ajuster les paramètres de l'imageLa barre latérale droite est activée lorsque vous cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur une image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Elle comporte les sections suivantes : Taille - permet d'afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle ou de restaurer la Taille par défaut de l'image si nécessaire. Remplacer l'image - est utilisé pour charger une autre image à la place de celle en cours en sélectionnant la source désirée. Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : A partir du fichier ou A partir de l'URL. Pour changer les paramètres avancés de l'image, cliquez sur celle ci avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte : L'onglet Placement vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Taille - utilisez cette options pour modifier la largeur/hauteur de l'image. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est cliqué(auquel cas il ressemble à ceci ), les proportions d'image originales seront préservées lors de la modification de la largeur/hauteur. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Par défaut. Position - utilisez cette option pour modifier la position de l'image sur la diapositive (la position est calculée à partir des côtés supérieur et gauche de la diapositive). L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image. Pour supprimer une image insérée, sélectionnez-la avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Pour apprendre à aligner une image sur la diapositive ou à organiser plusieurs images, reportez-vous à la section Aligner et organiser les objets dans une diapositive." + "body": "Insérer une image Presentation Editor vous permet d'insérer des images aux formats populaires dans votre présentation. Les formats d'image pris en charge sont les suivants : BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Pour ajouter une image à une diapositive, sélectionnez la diapositive à laquelle vous voulez ajouter une image dans la liste des diapositives à gauche, cliquez sur l'icône Image dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'une des options suivantes pour charger l'image : l'option Image à partir d'un fichier ouvre la fenêtre de dialogue Windows standard pour sélectionner le fichier. Sélectionnez le fichier de votre choix sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur et cliquez sur le bouton Ouvrir l'option Image à partir d'une URL ouvre la fenêtre où vous pouvez saisir l'adresse Web de l'image. Saisissez l'adresse Web souhaitée et cliquez sur le bouton OK une fois l'image ajoutée, vous pouvez modifier sa taille et sa position. Ajuster les paramètres de l'image La barre latérale droite est activée lorsque vous cliquez avec le bouton gauche sur une image et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres de l'image à droite. Elle comporte les sections suivantes :Taille - permet d'afficher la Largeur et la Hauteur de l'image actuelle ou de restaurer la Taille par défaut de l'image si nécessaire. Remplacer l'image - est utilisé pour charger une autre image à la place de celle en cours en sélectionnant la source désirée. Vous pouvez choisir parmi les options suivantes : A partir du fichier ou A partir de l'URL. Lorsque l'image est sélectionnée, l'icône Paramètres de forme est également disponible sur la droite. Vous pouvez cliquer sur cette icône pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et ajuster le type de contour, la taille et la couleur ainsi que le type de forme en sélectionnant une autre forme dans le menu Modifier la forme automatique. La forme de l'image changera en conséquence. Pour changer les paramètres avancés de l'image, cliquez sur celle ci avec le bouton droit et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés dans le menu ou utilisez le lien Afficher paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre des propriétés de l'image sera ouverte : L'onglet Placement vous permet de régler les paramètres suivants : Taille - utilisez cette options pour modifier la largeur/hauteur de l'image. Si le bouton Proportions constantes est cliqué(auquel cas il ressemble à ceci ), les proportions d'image originales seront préservées lors de la modification de la largeur/hauteur. Pour rétablir la taille par défaut de l'image ajoutée, cliquez sur le bouton Par défaut. Position - utilisez cette option pour modifier la position de l'image sur la diapositive (la position est calculée à partir des côtés supérieur et gauche de la diapositive). L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information de l'image. Pour supprimer une image insérée, sélectionnez-la avec la souris et appuyez sur la touche Suppr. Pour apprendre à aligner une image sur la diapositive ou à organiser plusieurs images, reportez-vous à la section Aligner et organiser les objets dans une diapositive." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Insérer et mettre en forme des tableaux", - "body": "Insérer un tableau Pour insérer un tableau sur une diapositive, sélectionnez la diapositive où le tableau sera ajouté, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau : soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum) Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum). soit un tableau personnalisé Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés et sa position. Vous pouvez spécifier la position du tableau sur la diapositive en le faisant glisser verticalement ou horizontalement. Ajuster les paramètres du tableauCertaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du tableau à droite. Les sections Lignes et Colonnes situées en haut vous permettent de mettre en évidence certaines lignes/colonnes en leur appliquant une mise en forme spécifique ou de mettre en évidence différentes lignes/colonnes avec des couleurs d'arrière-plan différentes pour les distinguer clairement. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : En-tête - accentue la ligne la plus haute du tableau avec un formatage spécial. Total -accentue la ligne la plus basse du tableau avec un formatage spécial. En bandes - permet l'alternance des couleurs d'arrière-plan pour les lignes paires et impaires. Première - accentue la colonne la plus à gauche du tableau avec un formatage spécial. Dernière - accentue la colonne la plus à droite du tableau avec un formatage spécial. En bandes - permet l'alternance des couleurs d'arrière-plan pour les colonnes paires et impaires. La section Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle vous permet de choisir l'un des styles de tableaux prédéfinis. Chaque modèle combine certains paramètres de formatage, tels qu'une couleur d'arrière-plan, un style de bordure, des lignes/colonnes en bandes, etc. Selon les options cochées dans les sections Lignes et/ou Colonnes ci-dessus, l'ensemble de modèles sera affiché différemment. Par exemple, si vous avez coché l'option En-tête dans la section Lignes et l'option Bandes dans la section Colonnes, la liste des modèles affichés inclura uniquement les modèles avec la ligne d'en-tête et les colonnes en bandes activées : La section Style de bordure vous permet de modifier la mise en forme appliquée qui correspond au modèle sélectionné. Vous pouvez sélectionner toute la table ou une certaine plage de cellules dont vous souhaitez modifier la mise en forme et définir tous les paramètres manuellement. Paramètres de Bordure - définissez la largeur de la bordure en utilisant la liste (ou choisissez l'option Aucune bordure), sélectionnez sa Couleur dans les palettes disponibles et déterminez la façon dont elle sera affichée dans les cellules en cliquant sur les icônes : Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en choisissant un modèle approprié, en cliquant sur le bouton ou en sélectionnant l'option Aucune bordure les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Couleur d'arrière-plan - sélectionnez la couleur de l'arrière-plan dans les cellules sélectionnées. La section Lignes et colonnes vous permet d'effectuer les opérations suivantes : Sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule (en fonction de la position du curseur) ou la totalité du tableau. Insérer une nouvelle ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de celle sélectionnée ainsi qu'une nouvelle colonne à gauche ou à droite de celle sélectionnée. Supprimer une ligne, une colonne (en fonction de la position du curseur ou de la sélection) ou la totalité du tableau. Fusionner les cellules - pour fusionner les cellules précédemment sélectionnées en une seule. Scinder les cellules... - scinder une cellule précédemment sélectionnée en un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Cette option ouvre la fenêtre suivante : Entrez le Nombre de colonnes et le Nombre de lignes en lesquelles la cellule sélectionnée doit être divisée et appuyez sur OK. Remarque : les options de la section Lignes et Colonnes sont également accessibles depuis le menu contextuel. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés du tableau, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre : La section Marges de cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule : entrez manuellement les valeurs de Marges de cellule, ou Cochez la case Utiliser les marges par défaut pour appliquer les valeurs prédéfinies (si nécessaire, elles peuvent également être ajustées). L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau. Pour mettre en forme le texte entré dans les cellules du tableau, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le menu contextuel qui s'affiche lorsque vous cliquez sur la table avec le bouton droit de la souris inclut deux options supplémentaires: Alignement vertical des cellules - vous permet de définir le type préféré d'alignement vertical du texte dans les cellules sélectionnées : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas. Lien hypertexte - vous permet d'insérer un lien hypertexte dans la cellule sélectionnée." + "body": "Insérer un tableau Pour insérer un tableau sur une diapositive, sélectionnez la diapositive où le tableau sera ajouté, passez à l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Insérer un tableau sur la la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une des options pour créer le tableau : soit un tableau avec le nombre prédéfini de cellules (10 par 8 cellules maximum) Si vous voulez ajouter rapidement un tableau, il vous suffit de sélectionner le nombre de lignes (8 au maximum) et de colonnes (10 au maximum). soit un tableau personnalisé Si vous avez besoin d'un tableau de plus de 10 par 8 cellules, sélectionnez l'option Insérer un tableau personnalisé pour ouvrir la fenêtre et spécifiez le nombre nécessaire de lignes et de colonnes, ensuite cliquez sur le bouton OK. après avoir ajouté le tableau, vous pouvez modifier ses propriétés et sa position. Vous pouvez spécifier la position du tableau sur la diapositive en le faisant glisser verticalement ou horizontalement. Ajuster les paramètres du tableauCertaines paramètres du tableau ainsi que sa structure peuvent être modifiés à l'aide de la barre latérale droite. Pour l'activer, cliquez sur le tableau et sélectionnez l'icône Paramètres du tableau à droite. Les sections Lignes et Colonnes situées en haut vous permettent de mettre en évidence certaines lignes/colonnes en leur appliquant une mise en forme spécifique ou de mettre en évidence différentes lignes/colonnes avec des couleurs d'arrière-plan différentes pour les distinguer clairement. Les options suivantes sont disponibles : En-tête - accentue la ligne la plus haute du tableau avec un formatage spécial. Total -accentue la ligne la plus basse du tableau avec un formatage spécial. En bandes - permet l'alternance des couleurs d'arrière-plan pour les lignes paires et impaires. Première - accentue la colonne la plus à gauche du tableau avec un formatage spécial. Dernière - accentue la colonne la plus à droite du tableau avec un formatage spécial. En bandes - permet l'alternance des couleurs d'arrière-plan pour les colonnes paires et impaires. La section Sélectionner à partir d'un modèle vous permet de choisir l'un des styles de tableaux prédéfinis. Chaque modèle combine certains paramètres de formatage, tels qu'une couleur d'arrière-plan, un style de bordure, des lignes/colonnes en bandes, etc. Selon les options cochées dans les sections Lignes et/ou Colonnes ci-dessus, l'ensemble de modèles sera affiché différemment. Par exemple, si vous avez coché l'option En-tête dans la section Lignes et l'option Bandes dans la section Colonnes, la liste des modèles affichés inclura uniquement les modèles avec la ligne d'en-tête et les colonnes en bandes activées : La section Style de bordure vous permet de modifier la mise en forme appliquée qui correspond au modèle sélectionné. Vous pouvez sélectionner toute la table ou une certaine plage de cellules dont vous souhaitez modifier la mise en forme et définir tous les paramètres manuellement. Paramètres de Bordure - définissez la largeur de la bordure en utilisant la liste (ou choisissez l'option Aucune bordure), sélectionnez sa Couleur dans les palettes disponibles et déterminez la façon dont elle sera affichée dans les cellules en cliquant sur les icônes : Remarque : si vous choisissez de ne pas afficher les bordures du tableau en choisissant un modèle approprié, en cliquant sur le bouton ou en sélectionnant l'option Aucune bordure les bordures seront indiquées par une ligne pointillée. Couleur d'arrière-plan - sélectionnez la couleur de l'arrière-plan dans les cellules sélectionnées. La section Lignes et colonnes vous permet d'effectuer les opérations suivantes : Sélectionner une ligne, une colonne, une cellule (en fonction de la position du curseur) ou la totalité du tableau. Insérer une nouvelle ligne au-dessus ou en dessous de celle sélectionnée ainsi qu'une nouvelle colonne à gauche ou à droite de celle sélectionnée. Supprimer une ligne, une colonne (en fonction de la position du curseur ou de la sélection) ou la totalité du tableau. Fusionner les cellules - pour fusionner les cellules précédemment sélectionnées en une seule. Fractionner la cellule... - scinder une cellule précédemment sélectionnée en un certain nombre de lignes et de colonnes. Cette option ouvre la fenêtre suivante : Entrez le Nombre de colonnes et le Nombre de lignes en lesquelles la cellule sélectionnée doit être divisée et appuyez sur OK. Remarque : les options de la section Lignes et Colonnes sont également accessibles depuis le menu contextuel. Pour modifier les paramètres avancés du tableau, cliquez sur le tableau avec le clic droit de la souris et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés du tableau du menu contextuel ou utilisez le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés sur la barre latérale droite. La fenêtre Propriétés du tableau s'ouvre : La section Marges de cellule permet d'ajuster l'espace entre le texte dans les cellules et la bordure de la cellule : entrez manuellement les valeurs de Marges de cellule, ou Cochez la case Utiliser les marges par défaut pour appliquer les valeurs prédéfinies (si nécessaire, elles peuvent également être ajustées). L'onglet Texte de remplacement permet de spécifier un Titre et une Description qui sera lue aux personnes avec des déficiences cognitives ou visuelles pour les aider à mieux comprendre l'information du tableau. Pour mettre en forme le texte entré dans les cellules du tableau, vous pouvez utiliser les icônes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le menu contextuel qui s'affiche lorsque vous cliquez sur la table avec le bouton droit de la souris inclut deux options supplémentaires: Alignement vertical des cellules - vous permet de définir le type préféré d'alignement vertical du texte dans les cellules sélectionnées : Aligner en haut, Aligner au centre ou Aligner en bas. Lien hypertexte - vous permet d'insérer un lien hypertexte dans la cellule sélectionnée." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Insérer et mettre en forme votre texte", - "body": "Insérer votre texte Vous pouvez ajouter un nouveau texte de trois manières différentes : Ajoutez un passage de texte dans l'espace réservé de texte correspondant inclus dans la présentation de diapositive. Pour ce faire, placez simplement le curseur dans l'espace réservé et tapez votre texte ou collez-le en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+V à la place du texte par défaut correspondant. Ajoutez un passage de texte n'importe où sur une diapositive. Vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police et une couleur prédéfinis permettant d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Selon le type d'objet textuel voulu, vous pouvez effectuer les opérations suivantes : Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Zone de texte dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme dans le groupe Formes de base. Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Text Art dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté au centre de la diapositive. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte. Ajouter un passage de texte dans une forme automatique. Sélectionnez une forme et commencez à taper votre texte. Cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir à la diapositive. Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi). Comme un objet texte inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire (avec des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) avec du texte à l'intérieur et que ce cadre est une forme automatique commune, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte. Pour supprimer l'objet texte ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé. Mettre en forme une zone de texte Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées). Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme. Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour de la zone de texte, remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, ou accédez aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et utilisez les options correspondantes. Pour aligner une zone de texte sur la diapositive ou organiser des zones de texte par rapport à d'autres objets, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de la zone de texte et utilisez les options de menu contextuel. Pour créer des colonnes de texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de la zone de texte, cliquez ensuite sur l'option Paramètres avancés de forme et passez à l'onglet Colonnes de la fenêtre Forme - Paramètres avancés. Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées. Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée. Aligner votre texte dans la zone de texte Le texte peut être aligné horizontalement de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, centré, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour ce faire : placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ), faites dérouler la liste Alignement horizontal dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer : l'option Aligner le texte à gauche vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le côté gauche de la zone de texte (le côté droit reste non aligné). l'option Aligner le texte au centre vous permet d'aligner votre texte au centre de la zone de texte (les côtés droit et gauche ne sont pas alignés). l'option Aligner le texte à droite vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le côté droit de la zone de texte (le côté gauche reste non aligné). l'option Justifier vous permet d'aligner votre texte par les côtés gauche et droit de la zone de texte (l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement). Le texte peut être aligné verticalement de trois façons : haut, milieu ou bas. Pour ce faire : placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ), faites dérouler la liste Alignement vertical dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer : l'option Aligner le texte en haut vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le haut de la zone de texte. l'option Aligner le texte au milieu vous permet d'aligner votre texte au centre de la zone de texte. l'option Aligner le texte en bas vous permet d'aligner votre texte au bas de la zone de texte. Changer la direction du texte Pour faire Pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation à 90° (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation à 270° (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut). Ajuster le type de police, la taille, la couleur et appliquer les styles de décoration Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police et appliquer l'un des styles de décoration en utilisant les icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque : si vous voulez appliquer la mise en forme au texte déjà saisi, sélectionnez-le avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier et appliquez la mise en forme. Nom de la police Sert à sélectionner l'une des polices disponibles dans la liste. Taille de la police Sert à sélectionner la taille de la police parmi les valeurs disponibles dans la liste déroulante, ou la saisir à la main dans le champ de la taille de police. Couleur de police Sert à changer la couleur des lettres /characters dans le texte. Cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône pour sélectionner la couleur. Gras Sert à mettre la police en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Sert à mettre la police en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Sert à souligner le texte avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Barré Sert à barrer le texte par la ligne passant par les lettres. Exposant Sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie supérieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Indice Sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Définir l'interligne et modifier les retraits de paragraphe Vous pouvez définir l'interligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et le précédent ou le suivant. Pour le faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris, utilisez les champs correspondants de l'onglet Paramètres de texte dans la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires : Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe. Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe. Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes. Pour modifier le décalage de paragraphe du côté gauche de la zone de texte, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes à l'aide de la souris et utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure : Réduire le retrait et Augmenter le retrait . Vous pouvez également modifier les paramètres avancés du paragraphe. Placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix - l'onglet Paramètres du texte sera activé dans la barre latérale droite. Appuyez sur le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre Propriétés du paragraphe s'ouvre :L'onglet Retrait et placement permet de modifier le décalage de la première ligne par rapport à la marge interne gauche de la zone de texte, ainsi que le décalage de paragraphe par rapport aux marges internes gauche et droite de la zone de texte. Vous pouvez également utilisez la régle horizontale pour changer les retraits.Sélectionnez le(s) paragraphe(s) et faites glisser les marqueurs tout au long de la règle. Le marqueur Retrait de première ligne sert à définir le décalage de la marge interne gauche de la zone de texte pour la première ligne du paragraphe. Le marqueur Retrait négatif sert à définir le décalage du côté gauche de la zone de texte pour la deuxième ligne et toutes les lignes suivantes du paragraphe. Le marqueur Retrait de gauche sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la zone de texte. Le marqueur Retrait de droite sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la zone de texte. Remarque : si vous ne voyez pas les règles, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres dans le coin supérieur droit et décochez l'option Masquer les règles pour les afficher.L'onglet Police inclut les paramètres suivants : Barré sert à barrer le texte par la ligne passant par les lettres. Barré double sert à barrer le texte par la ligne double passant par les lettres. Exposant sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie supérieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Indice sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Petites majuscules sert à mettre toutes les lettres en petite majuscule. Majuscules sert à mettre toutes les lettres en majuscule. Espacement sert à définir l'espace entre les caractères. L'onglet Tabulation vous permet de changer les taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier. Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ. Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez la case d'option À gauche, Au centre ou À droite et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. De gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Du centre - sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . De droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste. Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale : Cliquez sur le bouton de sélection de tabulation dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail pour choisir le type d'arrêt de tabulation requis : Gauche , Centre ou Droite . Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. Remarque : si vous ne voyez pas les règles, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres dans le coin supérieur droit et décochez l'option Masquer les règles pour les afficher. Modifier un style Text Art Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite. Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc. Changez le remplissage et le contour de police. Les options disponibles sont les mêmes que pour les formes automatiques. Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose." + "body": "Insérer votre texte Vous pouvez ajouter un nouveau texte de trois manières différentes : Ajoutez un passage de texte dans l'espace réservé de texte correspondant inclus dans la présentation de diapositive. Pour ce faire, placez simplement le curseur dans l'espace réservé et tapez votre texte ou collez-le en utilisant la combinaison de touches Ctrl+V à la place du texte par défaut correspondant. Ajoutez un passage de texte n'importe où sur une diapositive. Vous pouvez insérer une zone de texte (un cadre rectangulaire qui permet de saisir du texte) ou un objet Text Art (une zone de texte avec un style de police et une couleur prédéfinis permettant d'appliquer certains effets de texte). Selon le type d'objet textuel voulu, vous pouvez effectuer les opérations suivantes : Pour ajouter une zone de texte, cliquez sur l'icône Zone de texte dans l'onglet Accueil ou Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur l'emplacement où vous souhaitez insérer la zone de texte, maintenez le bouton de la souris enfoncé et faites glisser la bordure pour définir sa taille. Lorsque vous relâchez le bouton de la souris, le point d'insertion apparaîtra dans la zone de texte ajoutée, vous permettant d'entrer votre texte.Remarque: il est également possible d'insérer une zone de texte en cliquant sur l'icône Forme dans la barre d'outils supérieure et en sélectionnant la forme dans le groupe Formes de base. Pour ajouter un objet Text Art, cliquez sur l'icône Text Art dans l'onglet Insertion de la barre d'outils supérieure, puis cliquez sur le modèle de style souhaité - l'objet Text Art sera ajouté au centre de la diapositive. Sélectionnez le texte par défaut dans la zone de texte avec la souris et remplacez-le par votre propre texte. Ajouter un passage de texte dans une forme automatique. Sélectionnez une forme et commencez à taper votre texte. Cliquez en dehors de l'objet texte pour appliquer les modifications et revenir à la diapositive. Le texte dans l'objet textuel fait partie de celui ci (ainsi si vous déplacez ou faites pivoter l'objet textuel, le texte change de position lui aussi). Comme un objet texte inséré représente un cadre rectangulaire (avec des bordures de zone de texte invisibles par défaut) avec du texte à l'intérieur et que ce cadre est une forme automatique commune, vous pouvez modifier aussi bien les propriétés de forme que de texte. Pour supprimer l'objet texte ajouté, cliquez sur la bordure de la zone de texte et appuyez sur la touche Suppr du clavier. Le texte dans la zone de texte sera également supprimé. Mettre en forme une zone de texte Sélectionnez la zone de texte en cliquant sur sa bordure pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque la zone de texte est sélectionnée, ses bordures sont affichées en tant que lignes pleines (non pointillées). Pour redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter la zone de texte, utilisez les poignées spéciales sur les bords de la forme. Pour modifier le remplissage, le contour de la zone de texte, remplacer la boîte rectangulaire par une forme différente, ou accédez aux paramètres avancés de forme, cliquez sur l'icône Paramètres de forme dans la barre latérale droite et utilisez les options correspondantes. Pour aligner une zone de texte sur la diapositive ou organiser des zones de texte par rapport à d'autres objets, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de la zone de texte et utilisez les options de menu contextuel. Pour créer des colonnes de texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur la bordure de la zone de texte, cliquez ensuite sur l'option Paramètres avancés de forme et passez à l'onglet Colonnes de la fenêtre Forme - Paramètres avancés. Mettre en forme le texte dans la zone de texte Cliquez sur le texte dans la zone de texte pour pouvoir modifier ses propriétés. Lorsque le texte est sélectionné, les bordures de la zone de texte sont affichées en lignes pointillées. Remarque : il est également possible de modifier le formatage du texte lorsque la zone de texte (et non le texte lui-même) est sélectionnée. Dans ce cas, toutes les modifications seront appliquées à tout le texte dans la zone de texte. Certaines options de mise en forme de police (type de police, taille, couleur et styles de décoration) peuvent être appliquées séparément à une partie du texte précédemment sélectionnée. Aligner votre texte dans la zone de texte Le texte peut être aligné horizontalement de quatre façons : aligné à gauche, centré, aligné à droite et justifié. Pour ce faire : placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ), faites dérouler la liste Alignement horizontal dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer : l'option Aligner le texte à gauche vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le côté gauche de la zone de texte (le côté droit reste non aligné). l'option Aligner le texte au centre vous permet d'aligner votre texte au centre de la zone de texte (les côtés droit et gauche ne sont pas alignés). l'option Aligner le texte à droite vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le côté droit de la zone de texte (le côté gauche reste non aligné). l'option Justifier vous permet d'aligner votre texte par les côtés gauche et droit de la zone de texte (l'espacement supplémentaire est ajouté si nécessaire pour garder l'alignement). Le texte peut être aligné verticalement de trois façons : haut, milieu ou bas. Pour ce faire : placez le curseur à la position où vous voulez appliquer l'alignement (une nouvelle ligne ou le texte déjà saisi ), faites dérouler la liste Alignement vertical dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez le type d'alignement que vous allez appliquer : l'option Aligner le texte en haut vous permet d'aligner votre texte sur le haut de la zone de texte. l'option Aligner le texte au milieu vous permet d'aligner votre texte au centre de la zone de texte. l'option Aligner le texte en bas vous permet d'aligner votre texte au bas de la zone de texte. Changer la direction du texte Pour faire Pivoter le texte dans la zone de texte, cliquez avec le bouton droit sur le texte, sélectionnez l'option Direction du texte, puis choisissez l'une des options disponibles : Horizontal (sélectionné par défaut), Rotation à 90° (définit une direction verticale, de haut en bas) ou Rotation à 270° (définit une direction verticale, de bas en haut). Ajuster le type de police, la taille, la couleur et appliquer les styles de décoration Vous pouvez sélectionner le type, la taille et la couleur de police et appliquer l'un des styles de décoration en utilisant les icônes correspondantes situées dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Remarque : si vous voulez appliquer la mise en forme au texte déjà saisi, sélectionnez-le avec la souris ou en utilisant le clavier et appliquez la mise en forme. Nom de la police Sert à sélectionner l'une des polices disponibles dans la liste. Taille de la police Sert à sélectionner la taille de la police parmi les valeurs disponibles dans la liste déroulante, ou la saisir à la main dans le champ de la taille de police. Couleur de police Sert à changer la couleur des lettres /characters dans le texte. Cliquez sur la flèche vers le bas à côté de l'icône pour sélectionner la couleur. Gras Sert à mettre la police en gras pour lui donner plus de poids. Italique Sert à mettre la police en italique pour lui donner une certaine inclinaison à droite. Souligné Sert à souligner le texte avec la ligne qui passe sous les lettres. Barré Sert à barrer le texte par la ligne passant par les lettres. Exposant Sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie supérieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Indice Sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Définir l'interligne et modifier les retraits de paragraphe Vous pouvez définir l'interligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe ainsi que les marges entre le paragraphe courant et le précédent ou le suivant. Pour le faire, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes avec la souris, utilisez les champs correspondants de l'onglet Paramètres de texte dans la barre latérale droite pour obtenir les résultats nécessaires : Interligne - réglez la hauteur de la ligne pour les lignes de texte dans le paragraphe. Vous pouvez choisir parmi trois options : Au moins (sert à régler l'interligne minimale qui est nécessaire pour adapter la plus grande police ou le graphique à la ligne), Multiple (sert à régler l'interligne exprimée en nombre supérieur à 1), Exactement (sert à définir l'interligne fixe). Spécifiez la valeur nécessaire dans le champ situé à droite. Espacement de paragraphe - définissez l'espace entre les paragraphes. Avant - réglez la taille de l'espace avant le paragraphe. Après - réglez la taille de l'espace après le paragraphe. Pour modifier rapidement l'interligne du paragraphe, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Interligne du paragraphe de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez la valeur nécessaire dans la liste : 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, ou 3.0 lignes. Pour modifier le décalage de paragraphe du côté gauche de la zone de texte, placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix ou sélectionnez plusieurs paragraphes à l'aide de la souris et utilisez les icônes correspondantes dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure : Réduire le retrait et Augmenter le retrait . Vous pouvez également modifier les paramètres avancés du paragraphe. Placez le curseur dans le paragraphe de votre choix - l'onglet Paramètres du texte sera activé dans la barre latérale droite. Appuyez sur le lien Afficher les paramètres avancés. La fenêtre Propriétés du paragraphe s'ouvre :L'onglet Retrait et placement permet de modifier le décalage de la première ligne par rapport à la marge interne gauche de la zone de texte, ainsi que le décalage de paragraphe par rapport aux marges internes gauche et droite de la zone de texte. Vous pouvez également utilisez la régle horizontale pour changer les retraits.Sélectionnez le(s) paragraphe(s) et faites glisser les marqueurs tout au long de la règle. Le marqueur Retrait de première ligne sert à définir le décalage de la marge interne gauche de la zone de texte pour la première ligne du paragraphe. Le marqueur Retrait négatif sert à définir le décalage du côté gauche de la zone de texte pour la deuxième ligne et toutes les lignes suivantes du paragraphe. Le marqueur Retrait de gauche sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la zone de texte. Le marqueur Retrait de droite sert à définir le décalage du paragraphe du côté droit de la zone de texte. Remarque : si vous ne voyez pas les règles, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres dans le coin supérieur droit et décochez l'option Masquer les règles pour les afficher.L'onglet Police inclut les paramètres suivants : Barré sert à barrer le texte par la ligne passant par les lettres. Barré double sert à barrer le texte par la ligne double passant par les lettres. Exposant sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie supérieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les fractions. Indice sert à rendre le texte plus petit et le déplacer vers la partie inférieure de la ligne du texte, par exemple comme dans les formules chimiques. Petites majuscules sert à mettre toutes les lettres en petite majuscule. Majuscules sert à mettre toutes les lettres en majuscule. Espacement sert à définir l'espace entre les caractères. L'onglet Tabulation vous permet de changer les taquets de tabulation c'est-à-dire l'emplacement où le curseur s'arrête quand vous appuyez sur la touche Tab du clavier. Position sert à personnaliser les taquets de tabulation. Saisissez la valeur nécessaire dans ce champ, réglez-la en utilisant les boutons à flèche et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. La position du taquet de tabulation personnalisée sera ajoutée à la liste dans le champ au-dessous. La tabulation Par défaut est 1.25 cm. Vous pouvez augmenter ou diminuer cette valeur en utilisant les boutons à flèche ou en saisissant la valeur nécessaire dans le champ. Alignement sert à définir le type d'alignment pour chaque taquet de tabulation de la liste. Sélectionnez le taquet nécessaire dans la liste, choisissez la case d'option À gauche, Au centre ou À droite et cliquez sur le bouton Spécifier. De gauche - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté gauche du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à droite du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Du centre - sert à centrer le texte à l'emplacement du taquet de tabulation. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . De droite - sert à aligner le texte sur le côté droit du taquet de tabulation; le texte se déplace à gauche du taquet de tabulation quand vous saisissez le texte. Le taquet de tabulation sera indiqué sur la règle horizontale par le marqueur . Pour supprimer un taquet de tabulation de la liste sélectionnez-le et cliquez sur le bouton Supprimer ou utilisez le bouton Supprimer tout pour vider la liste. Pour définir les taquets de tabulation vous pouvez utiliser la règle horizontale : Cliquez sur le bouton de sélection de tabulation dans le coin supérieur gauche de la zone de travail pour choisir le type d'arrêt de tabulation requis : Gauche , Centre ou Droite . Cliquez sur le bord inférieur de la règle là où vous voulez positionner le taquet de tabulation. Faites-le glisser tout au long de la règle pour changer son emplacement. Pour supprimer le taquet de tabulation ajouté faites-le glisser en dehors de la règle. Remarque : si vous ne voyez pas les règles, passez à l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, cliquez sur l'icône Afficher les paramètres dans le coin supérieur droit et décochez l'option Masquer les règles pour les afficher. Modifier un style Text Art Sélectionnez un objet texte et cliquez sur l'icône des Paramètres Text Art dans la barre latérale de droite. Modifiez le style de texte appliqué en sélectionnant un nouveau Modèle dans la galerie. Vous pouvez également modifier le style de base en sélectionnant un type de police différent, une autre taille, etc. Changez le remplissage et le contour de police. Les options disponibles sont les mêmes que pour les formes automatiques. Appliquez un effet de texte en sélectionnant le type de transformation de texte voulu dans la galerie Transformation. Vous pouvez ajuster le degré de distorsion du texte en faisant glisser la poignée en forme de diamant rose." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", @@ -138,7 +143,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "title": "Manipuler des objets", - "body": "Vous pouvez redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter différents objets manuellement sur une diapositive à l'aide des poignées spéciales. Vous pouvez également spécifier les dimensions et la position de certains objets à l'aide de la barre latérale droite ou de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés. Redimensionner des objets Pour changer la taille d'une forme automatique/image/graphique/bloc de texte, faites glisser des petits carreaux situés sur les bords de l'objet. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour spécifier la largeur et la hauteur précise d'un graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et utilisez la section Taille de la barre latérale droite activée. Pour spécifier les dimensions précises d'une image ou d'une forme automatique, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'objet nécessaire et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés de l'image / forme automatique du menu contextuel. Réglez les valeurs nécessaires dans l'onglet Taille de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés et cliquez sur le bouton OK. Modifier des formes automatiques Lorsque vous modifiez des formes, par exemple des flèches figurées ou légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle vous permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche. Déplacer des objets Pour modifier la position d'une forme automatique/image/tableau/graphique/bloc de texte, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'objet. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Pour déplacer l'objet par incrément équivaut à un pixel, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer l'objet strictement à l'horizontale/verticale et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du glissement. Pour spécifier les dimensions précises d'une image, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'objet nécessaire et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés de l'image du menu contextuel. Réglez les valeurs nécessaires dans l'onglet Taille de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés et cliquez sur le bouton OK. Faire pivoter des objets Pour faire pivoter une forme automatique/image/bloc de texte, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou vers la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée." + "body": "Vous pouvez redimensionner, déplacer, faire pivoter différents objets manuellement sur une diapositive à l'aide des poignées spéciales. Vous pouvez également spécifier les dimensions et la position de certains objets à l'aide de la barre latérale droite ou de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés. Redimensionner des objets Pour changer la taille d'une forme automatique/image/graphique/zone de texte, faites glisser les petits carreaux situés sur les bords de l'objet. Pour garder les proportions de l'objet sélectionné lors du redimensionnement, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée et faites glisser l'une des icônes de coin. Pour spécifier la largeur et la hauteur précise d'un graphique, sélectionnez-le avec la souris et utilisez la section Taille de la barre latérale droite activée. Pour spécifier les dimensions précises d'une image ou d'une forme automatique, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'objet nécessaire et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés de l'image / forme automatique du menu contextuel. Réglez les valeurs nécessaires dans l'onglet Taille de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés et cliquez sur le bouton OK. Modifier des formes automatiques Lors de la modification des formes, par exemple des Flèches figurées ou les légendes, l'icône jaune en forme de diamant est aussi disponible. Elle vous permet d'ajuster certains aspects de la forme, par exemple, la longueur de la pointe d'une flèche. Déplacer des objets Pour modifier la position d'une forme automatique/image/tableau/graphique/bloc de texte, utilisez l'icône qui apparaît si vous placez le curseur de votre souris sur l'objet. Faites glisser l'objet vers la position nécessaire sans relâcher le bouton de la souris. Pour déplacer l'objet par incrément équivaut à un pixel, maintenez la touche Ctrl enfoncée et utilisez les flèches du clavier. Pour déplacer l'objet strictement à l'horizontale/verticale et l'empêcher de se déplacer dans une direction perpendiculaire, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée lors du glissement. Pour spécifier les dimensions précises d'une image, cliquez avec le bouton droit de la souris sur l'objet nécessaire et sélectionnez l'option Paramètres avancés de l'image du menu contextuel. Réglez les valeurs nécessaires dans l'onglet Taille de la fenêtre Paramètres avancés et cliquez sur le bouton OK. Faire pivoter des objets Pour faire pivoter une forme automatique/image/bloc de texte, placez le curseur de la souris sur la poignée de rotation et faites-la glisser vers la droite ou vers la gauche. Pour limiter la rotation de l'angle à des incréments de 15 degrés, maintenez la touche Maj enfoncée." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -153,12 +158,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Enregistrer/imprimer/télécharger votre présentation", - "body": "Par défaut, quand vous travaillez Presentation Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes visant à prévenir la perte des données au cas d'une fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement enregistrées toutes les 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés. Pour enregistrer votre présentation actuelle manuellement, cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer. Pour imprimer votre présentation actuelle, cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer. Un fichier PDF sera généré sur la base de la présentation. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard. Pour télécharger le document courant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme, sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : PDF, PPTX ou ODP." + "body": "Par défaut, quand vous travaillez Presentation Editor enregistre automatiquement votre fichier toutes les 2 secondes visant à prévenir la perte des données au cas d'une fermeture inattendue de l'éditeur. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Rapide, le minuteur récupère les mises à jour 25 fois par seconde et enregistre les modifications si elles ont été effectuées. Si vous co-éditez le fichier en mode Strict, les modifications sont automatiquement enregistrées toutes les 10 minutes. Si nécessaire, vous pouvez facilement changer la périodicité de l'enregistrement automatique ou même désactiver cette fonction sur la page Paramètres avancés. Pour enregistrer votre présentation actuelle manuellement, cliquez sur l'icône Enregistrer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+S, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Enregistrer. Pour imprimer votre présentation actuelle, cliquez sur l'icône Imprimer sur la barre d'outils supérieure, ou utilisez la combinaison des touches Ctrl+P, ou cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez l'option Imprimer. Un fichier PDF sera généré sur la base de la présentation. Vous pouvez l'ouvrir et l'imprimer, ou l'enregistrer sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur ou sur un support amovible pour l'imprimer plus tard. Pour télécharger le document courant sur le disque dur de votre ordinateur, cliquez sur l'onglet Fichier de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez l'option Télécharger comme, sélectionnez l'un des formats disponibles selon vos besoins : PPTX, PDF, ou ODP." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "title": "Définir les paramètres de la diapositive", - "body": "Pour personnaliser votre présentation, vous pouvez sélectionner un thème, un jeu de couleurs et la taille de la diapositive pour toute la présentation, changer le remplissage de l'arrière-plan ou la mise en page pour chaque diapositive séparée aussi bien qu'appliquer des transitions entre les diapositives. Il est également possible d'ajouter des notes explicatives à chaque diapositive qui peuvent être utiles lorsque la présentation est en mode Présentateur. Les Thèmes vous permettent de changer rapidement la conception de présentation, notamment l'apparence d'arrière-plan de diapositives, les polices prédéfinies pour les titres et les textes, la palette de couleurs qui est utilisée pour les éléments de présentation. Pour sélectionner un thème pour la présentation, cliquez sur le thème prédéfini voulu dans la galerie de thèmes sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le thème choisi sera appliqué à toutes les diapositives à moins que vous n'en ayez choisi quelques-unes pour appliquer le thème. Pour modifier le thème sélectionné pour une ou plusieurs diapositives, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les diapositives sélectionnées dans la liste de gauche (ou cliquer avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive dans la zone d'édition), sélectionner l'option Changer de thème dans le menu contextuel et choisir le thème voulu. Les Jeux de couleurs servent à définir des couleurs prédéfinies utilisées pour les éléments de présentation (polices, lignes, remplissages etc.) et vous permettent de maintenir la cohérence des couleurs dans toute la présentation. Pour changer de jeu de couleurs, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier le jeu de couleurs dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le jeu nécessaire de la liste déroulante. Le jeu de couleurs sélectionné sera appliqué à toutes les diapositives. Pour changer la taille de toutes les diapositives de la présentation, cliquez sur l'icône Sélectionner la taille de la diapositive sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une option nécessaire depuis la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez sélectionner : l'un des deux paramètres prédéfinis - Standard (4:3) ou Widescreen (16:9), l'option Paramètres avancés pour ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de taille et sélectionnez l'un des préréglages disponibles ou définissez la taille Personnalisée en spécifiant les valeurs de Largeur et Hauteur. Les préréglages disponibles sont les suivants : Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner. Le menu Orientation de la diapositive permet de changer le type d'orientation actuellement sélectionné. Le type d'orientation par défaut est Paysage qui peut être commuté sur Portrait. Pour modifier le remplissage de l'arrière-plan : sélectionnez les diapositives dons le remplissage vous voulez modifier de la liste des diapositives à gauche. Ou cliquez sur n'importe quel espace vide dans la diapositive en cours de la modification dans la zone de travail pour changer le type de remplissage de cette diapositive séparée. dans l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive de la barre latérale droite, sélectionnez une des options : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à appliquer aux diapositives sélectionnées. Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles. Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que l'arrière-plan. Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour appliquer un modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Pour en savoir plus consultez le chapitre Remplir les objets et sélectionner les couleurs. Transitions vous aident à rendre votre présentation plus dinamique et captiver l'attention de votre auditoire. Pour appliquer une transition : sélectionnez les diapositives auxquelles vous voulez appliquer la transition de la liste de diapositives à gauche, sélectionnez une transition de la liste déroulante Effet de l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive à droite,Remarque : pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Paramètres de la diapositive à droite ou cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive dans la zone d'édition de la diapositive et sélectionner l'option Paramètres de la diapositive dans le menu contextuel. réglez les paramètres de la transition : choisissez le type de la transition, la durée et le mode de l'avancement des diapositives, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à toutes les diapositives si vous voulez appliquer la même transition à toutes les diapositives de la présentation.Pour en savoir plus sur ces options consultez le chapitre Appliquer des transitions. Pour appliquer une mise en page : sélectionnez les diapositives auxquelles vous voulez appliquer une nouvelle mise en page de la liste de diapositives à gauche, cliquez sur l'icône Changer la disposition de la diapositive dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une mise en page nécessaire de la liste déroulante.Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive nécessaire dans la liste située à gauche, sélectionnez l'option Modifier la disposition depuis le menu contextuel et sélectionnez la mise en page nécessaire. Remarque : actuellement les mises en page suivantes sont disponibles : Titre, Titre et objet, En-tête de section, Objet et deux objets, Deux textes et deux objets, Titre seulement, Vide, Titre, Objet et Légende, Image et Légende, Texte vertical, Texte vertical et texte. Pour ajouter des notes à une diapositive : sélectionnez la diapositive à laquelle vous voulez ajouter une note dans la liste de diapositives à gauche, Cliquez sur la légende Cliquez pour ajouter des notes sous la zone d'édition de la diapositive, tapez le texte de votre note.Remarque : vous pouvez formater le texte à l'aide des icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Lorsque vous démarrez le diaporama en mode Présentateur, vous pouvez voir toutes les notes de la diapositive sous la zone d'aperçu de la diapositive." + "body": "Pour personnaliser votre présentation, vous pouvez sélectionner un thème, un jeu de couleurs et la taille de la diapositive pour toute la présentation, changer le remplissage de l'arrière-plan ou la mise en page pour chaque diapositive séparée aussi bien qu'appliquer des transitions entre les diapositives. Il est également possible d'ajouter des notes explicatives à chaque diapositive qui peuvent être utiles lorsque la présentation est en mode Présentateur. Les Thèmes vous permettent de changer rapidement la conception de présentation, notamment l'apparence d'arrière-plan de diapositives, les polices prédéfinies pour les titres et les textes, la palette de couleurs qui est utilisée pour les éléments de présentation. Pour sélectionner un thème pour la présentation, cliquez sur le thème prédéfini voulu dans la galerie de thèmes sur le côté droit de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Le thème choisi sera appliqué à toutes les diapositives à moins que vous n'en ayez choisi quelques-unes pour appliquer le thème. Pour modifier le thème sélectionné pour une ou plusieurs diapositives, vous pouvez cliquer avec le bouton droit sur les diapositives sélectionnées dans la liste de gauche (ou cliquer avec le bouton droit sur une diapositive dans la zone d'édition), sélectionner l'option Changer de thème dans le menu contextuel et choisir le thème voulu. Les Jeux de couleurs servent à définir des couleurs prédéfinies utilisées pour les éléments de présentation (polices, lignes, remplissages etc.) et vous permettent de maintenir la cohérence des couleurs dans toute la présentation. Pour changer de jeu de couleurs, cliquez sur l'icône Modifier le jeu de couleurs dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez le jeu nécessaire de la liste déroulante. Le jeu de couleurs sélectionné sera appliqué à toutes les diapositives. Pour changer la taille de toutes les diapositives de la présentation, cliquez sur l'icône Sélectionner la taille de la diapositive sur la barre d'outils supérieure et sélectionnez une option nécessaire depuis la liste déroulante. Vous pouvez sélectionner : l'un des deux paramètres prédéfinis - Standard (4:3) ou Widescreen (16:9), l'option Paramètres avancés pour ouvrir la fenêtre Paramètres de taille et sélectionnez l'un des préréglages disponibles ou définissez la taille Personnalisée en spécifiant les valeurs de Largeur et Hauteur. Les préréglages disponibles sont les suivants : Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner. Le menu Orientation de la diapositive permet de changer le type d'orientation actuellement sélectionné. Le type d'orientation par défaut est Paysage qui peut être commuté sur Portrait. Pour modifier le remplissage de l'arrière-plan : sélectionnez les diapositives dons le remplissage vous voulez modifier de la liste des diapositives à gauche. Ou cliquez sur n'importe quel espace vide dans la diapositive en cours de la modification dans la zone de travail pour changer le type de remplissage de cette diapositive séparée. dans l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive de la barre latérale droite, sélectionnez une des options : Couleur - sélectionnez cette option pour spécifier la couleur unie à appliquer aux diapositives sélectionnées. Dégradé - sélectionnez cette option pour specifier deux couleurs pour créer une transition douce entre elles. Image ou texture - sélectionnez cette option pour utiliser une image ou une texture prédéfinie en tant que l'arrière-plan. Modèle - sélectionnez cette option pour appliquer un modèle à deux couleurs composé des éléments répétés. Pas de remplissage - sélectionnez cette option si vous ne voulez pas utiliser un remplissage. Pour en savoir plus consultez le chapitre Remplir les objets et sélectionner les couleurs. Transitions vous aident à rendre votre présentation plus dinamique et captiver l'attention de votre auditoire. Pour appliquer une transition : sélectionnez les diapositives auxquelles vous voulez appliquer la transition de la liste de diapositives à gauche, sélectionnez une transition de la liste déroulante Effet de l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive à droite,Remarque : pour ouvrir l'onglet Paramètres de la diapositive, vous pouvez cliquer sur l'icône Paramètres de la diapositive à droite ou cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive dans la zone d'édition de la diapositive et sélectionner l'option Paramètres de la diapositive dans le menu contextuel. réglez les paramètres de la transition : choisissez le type de la transition, la durée et le mode de l'avancement des diapositives, cliquez sur le bouton Appliquer à toutes les diapositives si vous voulez appliquer la même transition à toutes les diapositives de la présentation.Pour en savoir plus sur ces options consultez le chapitre Appliquer des transitions. Pour appliquer une mise en page : sélectionnez les diapositives auxquelles vous voulez appliquer une nouvelle mise en page de la liste de diapositives à gauche, cliquez sur l'icône Changer la disposition de la diapositive dans l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure, sélectionnez une mise en page nécessaire de la liste déroulante.Vous pouvez également cliquer avec le bouton droit sur la diapositive nécessaire dans la liste située à gauche, sélectionnez l'option Modifier la disposition depuis le menu contextuel et sélectionnez la mise en page nécessaire. Remarque : actuellement les mises en page suivantes sont disponibles : Titre, Titre et objet, En-tête de section, Objet et deux objets, Deux textes et deux objets, Titre seulement, Vide, Titre, Objet et Légende, Image et Légende, Texte vertical, Texte vertical et texte. Pour ajouter des notes à une diapositive : sélectionnez la diapositive à laquelle vous voulez ajouter une note dans la liste de diapositives à gauche, Cliquez sur la légende Cliquez pour ajouter des notes sous la zone d'édition de la diapositive, tapez le texte de votre note.Remarque : vous pouvez formater le texte à l'aide des icônes de l'onglet Accueil de la barre d'outils supérieure. Lorsque vous démarrez le diaporama en mode Présentateur, vous pouvez voir toutes les notes de la diapositive sous la zone d'aperçu de la diapositive." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html index 6eec06b51..ac32537c0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/fr/search/search.html @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@
      - +

      Recherche...

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json index ddd7c7156..117c42784 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/Contents.json @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -[ - {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Creare nuova presentazione o aprire presentazione esistente", "headername": "Istruzioni d'uso"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", "name": "Gestire diapositive"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "name": "Impostare parametri di diapositiva"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", "name": "Applicare transizioni"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire e formattare forme"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire e modificare grafici"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire e regolare immagini"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Manipolare oggetti"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "name": "Inserire e formattare testo"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire e formattare tabelle"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "name": "Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", "name": "Visualizzare presentazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "name": "Visualizzare informazioni sulla presentazione"}, - {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Salvare/stampare/scaricare presentazione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Informazioni su TeamLab Presentation Editor", "headername": "Suggerimenti"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Formati di presentazioni elettroniche supportati"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Visualizzazione e navigazione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Ricerca e sostituzione"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Modifica collaborativa delle presentazioni"}, - {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Tasti di scelta rapida"} +[ + {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Creare nuova presentazione o aprire presentazione esistente", "headername": "Istruzioni d'uso"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", "name": "Gestire diapositive"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "name": "Impostare parametri di diapositiva"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm", "name": "Applicare transizioni"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "name": "Inserire e formattare forme"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Inserire e modificare grafici"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "name": "Inserire e regolare immagini"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Manipolare oggetti"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "name": "Inserire e formattare testo"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "name": "Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", "name": "Creare elenchi"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Inserire e formattare tabelle"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "name": "Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm", "name": "Copiare/cancellare formattazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", "name": "Visualizzare presentazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", "name": "Visualizzare informazioni sulla presentazione"}, + {"src": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "name": "Salvare/stampare/scaricare presentazione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "name": "Informazioni su TeamLab Presentation Editor", "headername": "Suggerimenti"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "name": "Formati di presentazioni elettroniche supportati"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "name": "Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "name": "Visualizzazione e navigazione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "name": "Ricerca e sostituzione"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Modifica collaborativa delle presentazioni"}, + {"src": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "name": "Tasti di scelta rapida"} ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/About.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 2cb18584e..41dff807b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ - - - - Informazioni su TeamLab Presentation Editor - - - - - -
      -

      Informazioni su TeamLab Presentation Editor

      -

      TeamLab Presentation Editor è un'applicazione in linea che permette di aprire e modificare le presentazioni direttamente nell'ufficio TeamLab.

      -

      Con TeamLab Presentation Editor, potete effettuare diverse operazioni di modifica, - stampare le presentazioni modificate mantenendo tutti i dettagli di formattazione o scaricarle nei formati PDF o PPTX salvando sul disco rigido del computer.

      -
      - + + + + Informazioni su TeamLab Presentation Editor + + + + + +
      +

      Informazioni su TeamLab Presentation Editor

      +

      TeamLab Presentation Editor è un'applicazione in linea che permette di aprire e modificare le presentazioni direttamente nell'ufficio TeamLab.

      +

      Con TeamLab Presentation Editor, potete effettuare diverse operazioni di modifica, + stampare le presentazioni modificate mantenendo tutti i dettagli di formattazione o scaricarle nei formati PDF o PPTX salvando sul disco rigido del computer.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 93f31640f..d16a4cd5f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ - - - - Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor - - - - - -
      -

      Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor

      -

      Potete sempre regolare certe impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor. Per farlo, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate.... Potete usare anche l'icona Impostazioni avanzate nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Le impostazioni avanzate sono le seguenti:

      -
        -
      • Input alternativo si usa per attivare/disattivare i geroglifici.
        • -
      • Valore di zoom predefinito si usa per impostare il valore di zoom predefinito selezionandolo dall'elenco delle opzioni disponibili da 50% a 200%.
        • -
      • Evidenzia modifiche di collaborazione si usa per specificare le modifiche che desiderate evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa: -
          -
        • Selezionate l'opzione Tutte per evidenziare tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente.
          • -
        • Selezionate l'opzione Ultime per evidenziare solo le modifiche apportate a partire dall'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva Salva.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Salvataggio automatico si usa per specificare la frequenza con cui vengono salvate le modifiche apportate alla presentazione. -
          -
        • Selezionate uno degli intervalli disponibili: Ogni 10 minuti, Ogni 30 minuti o Ogni ora.
          • -
        • Selezionate l'opzione Disattivato, se non desiderate che TeamLab Presentation Editor salvi le modifiche automaticamente.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Unità di misura si usa per specificare le unità di misura da usare sui righelli e nelle finestre di proprietà per i parametri degli elementi: larghezza, altezza, spaziatura, margini ecc. Potete selezionare una di due opzioni: Centimetro o Punto.
        • -
      -

      Per applicare i parametri modificati, cliccate su Applica.

      -
      - + + + + Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor + + + + + +
      +

      Impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor

      +

      Potete sempre regolare certe impostazioni avanzate di TeamLab Presentation Editor. Per farlo, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate.... Potete usare anche l'icona Impostazioni avanzate nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Le impostazioni avanzate sono le seguenti:

      +
        +
      • Input alternativo si usa per attivare/disattivare i geroglifici.
        • +
      • Valore di zoom predefinito si usa per impostare il valore di zoom predefinito selezionandolo dall'elenco delle opzioni disponibili da 50% a 200%.
        • +
      • Evidenzia modifiche di collaborazione si usa per specificare le modifiche che desiderate evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa: +
          +
        • Selezionate l'opzione Tutte per evidenziare tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente.
          • +
        • Selezionate l'opzione Ultime per evidenziare solo le modifiche apportate a partire dall'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva Salva.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Salvataggio automatico si usa per specificare la frequenza con cui vengono salvate le modifiche apportate alla presentazione. +
          +
        • Selezionate uno degli intervalli disponibili: Ogni 10 minuti, Ogni 30 minuti o Ogni ora.
          • +
        • Selezionate l'opzione Disattivato, se non desiderate che TeamLab Presentation Editor salvi le modifiche automaticamente.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Unità di misura si usa per specificare le unità di misura da usare sui righelli e nelle finestre di proprietà per i parametri degli elementi: larghezza, altezza, spaziatura, margini ecc. Potete selezionare una di due opzioni: Centimetro o Punto.
        • +
      +

      Per applicare i parametri modificati, cliccate su Applica.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 0ac6ae833..a517c14da 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -1,55 +1,55 @@ - - - - Modifica collaborativa delle presentazioni - - - - - -
      -

      Modifica collaborativa delle presentazioni

      -

      TeamLab Presentation Editor vi offre la possibilità di lavorare su una presentazione insieme con altri utenti. Questa funzionalità include:

      -
        -
      • accesso simultaneo di più utenti alla presentazione modificata
        • -
      • messa in evidenza degli oggetti che stanno modificando da altri utenti
        • -
      • sincronizzazione delle modifiche con un semplice clic
        • -
      • chat per condividere le idee e discutere la presentazione
        • -
      • commenti con la descrizione dell'attività o del problema da risolvere
        • -
      -

      Modifica collaborativa

      -

      Quando una presentazione sta modificando da più utenti simultaneamente, gli oggetti modificati (forme automatiche, caselle e segnaposto testo, tabelle, immagini, grafici) sono evidenziati da linee punteggiate di colori diversi. L'oggetto che state modificando è evidenziato da una linea punteggiata verde. Le linee punteggiate rosse indicano che gli oggetti sono modificati da altri utenti. Puntate un oggetto modificato con il mouse per visualizzare il nome dell'utente che lo sta modificando al presente. Il numero di utenti che stanno lavorando sul documento corrente viene specificato nell'angolo sinistro della barra di stato - Numero di utenti. - Per visualizzare chi essattamente sta modificando il file, posizionate il cursore su questa icona - i nomi degli utenti vengono visualizzati nella finestra contestuale. Se ci sono tanti utenti, fate clic su questa icona per aprire il pannello Chat con tutti gli utenti elencati.

      -

      Quando un utente salva le sue modifiche, una nota verrà visualizzata sulla barra di stato indicando che ci sono gli aggiornamenti disponibili. Per salvare le modifiche ed installare gli aggiornamenti, cliccate sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore. Gli aggiornamenti vengono evidenziati per permettervi di controllare le modifiche apportate.

      -

      Potete specificare le modifiche da evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa cliccando sull'icona File sulla barra sinistra, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e scegliete tra tutte e ultime modifiche di collaborazione. Se selezionate Tutte le modifiche, vengono evidenziate tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente. Se selezionate Ultime modifiche, vengono evidenziate solo le modifiche apportate dopo l'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva.

      -

      Chat

      -

      Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio ad altri utenti,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
        3. -
      3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
        4. -
      -

      Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue - Chat.

      -

      Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

      -

      Commenti

      -

      Per lasciare un commento:

      -
        -
      1. selezionate un oggetto con un eventuale sbaglio o un problema,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Commenti sulla barra sinistra per aprire il pannello Commenti e fate clic sul collegamento Aggiungi commento al documento, o
        - fate clic destro sul testo selezionato e usate l'opzione Aggiungi commento dal menu,
        3. -
      3. inserite il testo desiderato,
        4. -
      4. cliccate sul pulsante Aggiungi commento/Aggiungi.
        5. -
      -

      Il commento verrà visualizzato sul pannelo a sinistra. L'oggetto comentato sarà segnato dall'icona Oggetto comentato. Per leggere il commento, fate clic su questa icona.

      -

      Ogni altro utente può rispondere al commento aggiunto: fare una domanda o un riferimento al lavoro fatto. Per farlo, basta fare clic sul collegamento Aggiungi risposta al di sotto del commento.

      -

      Potete gestire i commenti aggiunti:

      -
        -
      • modificarli cliccando sull'icona Modifica,
        • -
      • eliminarli cliccando sull'icona Elimina,
        • -
      • chiudere la discussione cliccando sul collegamento Chiudi se il problema è stato risolto, dopo questo la discussione operta ottiene lo stato chiuso. Per riaprirla cliccate su Chiuso accanto e selezionate l'opzione Apri di nuovo.
        • -
      -

      Nuovi commenti aggiunti da altri utenti vengono visualizzati solo dopo un clic sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore.

      -

      Per chiudere il pannello con i commenti, cliccate sull'icona Commenti di nuovo.

      -
      - + + + + Modifica collaborativa delle presentazioni + + + + + +
      +

      Modifica collaborativa delle presentazioni

      +

      TeamLab Presentation Editor vi offre la possibilità di lavorare su una presentazione insieme con altri utenti. Questa funzionalità include:

      +
        +
      • accesso simultaneo di più utenti alla presentazione modificata
        • +
      • messa in evidenza degli oggetti che stanno modificando da altri utenti
        • +
      • sincronizzazione delle modifiche con un semplice clic
        • +
      • chat per condividere le idee e discutere la presentazione
        • +
      • commenti con la descrizione dell'attività o del problema da risolvere
        • +
      +

      Modifica collaborativa

      +

      Quando una presentazione sta modificando da più utenti simultaneamente, gli oggetti modificati (forme automatiche, caselle e segnaposto testo, tabelle, immagini, grafici) sono evidenziati da linee punteggiate di colori diversi. L'oggetto che state modificando è evidenziato da una linea punteggiata verde. Le linee punteggiate rosse indicano che gli oggetti sono modificati da altri utenti. Puntate un oggetto modificato con il mouse per visualizzare il nome dell'utente che lo sta modificando al presente. Il numero di utenti che stanno lavorando sul documento corrente viene specificato nell'angolo sinistro della barra di stato - Numero di utenti. + Per visualizzare chi essattamente sta modificando il file, posizionate il cursore su questa icona - i nomi degli utenti vengono visualizzati nella finestra contestuale. Se ci sono tanti utenti, fate clic su questa icona per aprire il pannello Chat con tutti gli utenti elencati.

      +

      Quando un utente salva le sue modifiche, una nota verrà visualizzata sulla barra di stato indicando che ci sono gli aggiornamenti disponibili. Per salvare le modifiche ed installare gli aggiornamenti, cliccate sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore. Gli aggiornamenti vengono evidenziati per permettervi di controllare le modifiche apportate.

      +

      Potete specificare le modifiche da evidenziare durante la modifica collaborativa cliccando sull'icona File sulla barra sinistra, selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate... e scegliete tra tutte e ultime modifiche di collaborazione. Se selezionate Tutte le modifiche, vengono evidenziate tutte le modifiche apportate durante la sessione corrente. Se selezionate Ultime modifiche, vengono evidenziate solo le modifiche apportate dopo l'ultimo clic sull'icona Salva.

      +

      Chat

      +

      Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio ad altri utenti,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
        3. +
      3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
        4. +
      +

      Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue - Chat.

      +

      Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

      +

      Commenti

      +

      Per lasciare un commento:

      +
        +
      1. selezionate un oggetto con un eventuale sbaglio o un problema,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Commenti sulla barra sinistra per aprire il pannello Commenti e fate clic sul collegamento Aggiungi commento al documento, o
        + fate clic destro sul testo selezionato e usate l'opzione Aggiungi commento dal menu,
        3. +
      3. inserite il testo desiderato,
        4. +
      4. cliccate sul pulsante Aggiungi commento/Aggiungi.
        5. +
      +

      Il commento verrà visualizzato sul pannelo a sinistra. L'oggetto comentato sarà segnato dall'icona Oggetto comentato. Per leggere il commento, fate clic su questa icona.

      +

      Ogni altro utente può rispondere al commento aggiunto: fare una domanda o un riferimento al lavoro fatto. Per farlo, basta fare clic sul collegamento Aggiungi risposta al di sotto del commento.

      +

      Potete gestire i commenti aggiunti:

      +
        +
      • modificarli cliccando sull'icona Modifica,
        • +
      • eliminarli cliccando sull'icona Elimina,
        • +
      • chiudere la discussione cliccando sul collegamento Chiudi se il problema è stato risolto, dopo questo la discussione operta ottiene lo stato chiuso. Per riaprirla cliccate su Chiuso accanto e selezionate l'opzione Apri di nuovo.
        • +
      +

      Nuovi commenti aggiunti da altri utenti vengono visualizzati solo dopo un clic sull'icona Salva nell'angolo sinistro della barra superiore.

      +

      Per chiudere il pannello con i commenti, cliccate sull'icona Commenti di nuovo.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm similarity index 97% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index ec47dcdd1..55e458ed9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -1,369 +1,369 @@ - - - - Tasti di scelta rapida - - - - - -
      -

      Tasti di scelta rapida

      -
      Enregistrer (Télécharger comme) Ctrl+Maj+SEnregistrer la présentation en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: PDF, PPTX.Enregistrer la présentation en cours d'édition sur le disque dur de l'ordinateur dans l'un des formats pris en charge: PPTX, PDF, ou ODP.
      Plein écran
      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Lavoro con presentazioni
      Apri il pannello 'File'Alt+FAprire il pannello File per salvare, scaricare, stampare la presentazione corrente, visualizzare le sue proprietà, creare una nuova presentazione o aprire una presentazione esistente, accedere alla guida di TeamLab Presentation Editor ed alle impostazioni avanzate.
      Apri la finestra 'Ricerca'Ctrl+FAprire la finestra Ricerca per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nella presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Open 'Comments' panelCtrl+Shift+HOpen the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments.
      Open comment fieldAlt+HOpen a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment.
      Apri il pannello 'Chat'Alt+QAprire il pannello Chat ed inviare un messaggio.
      Salva presentazioneCtrl+SSalvare tutte le modifiche apportate alla presentazione attualmente modificata con TeamLab Presentation Editor.
      Stampa presentazioneCtrl+PStampare la presentazione usando una delle stampanti o salvarlo in un file.
      Salva con (Scarica in)Ctrl+Shift+SSalvare la presentazione attualmente modificata sul disco rigido del computer in uno dei formati supportati: PDF, PPTX.
      Schermo interoF11Visualizzare TeamLab Presentation Editor a schermo intero.
      Navigazione
      Prima diapositivaHomeSpostarsi alla prima diapositiva della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Ultima diapositivaEndSpostarsi all'ultima diapositiva della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Diapositiva successivaPgDnSpostarsi alla diapositiva successiva della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Diapositiva precedentePgUpSpostarsi alla diapositiva precedente della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Forma successivaTabSelezionare la forma successiva dopo la forma attualmente modificata.
      Forma precedenteShift+TabSelezionare la forma precedente prima della forma attualmente modificata.
      Zoom avantiCtrl++Ingrandire la presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Zoom indietroCtrl+-Diminuire la presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Lavoro con diapositive
      Nuova diapositivaCtrl+MCreare una nuova diapositiva ed aggiungerla dopo la diapositiva attualmente selezionata.
      Duplica diapositivaCtrl+DDuplicare la diapositiva attualmente selezionata.
      Sposta diapositiva suCtrl+Up ARROW (freccia verso l'alto)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata al di sopra della diapositiva precedente nell'elenco.
      Sposta diapositiva giùCtrl+Down ARROW (freccia verso il basso)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata al di sotto della diapositiva precedente nell'elenco.
      Sposta diapositiva all'inizioCtrl+Shift+Up ARROW (freccia verso l'alto)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata all'inizio dell'elenco.
      Sposta diapositiva alla fineCtrl+Shift+Down ARROW (freccia verso il basso)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata alla fine dell'elenco.
      Lavoro con oggetti
      Crea copiaCtrl+DDuplicare l'oggetto selezionato. E' possibile anche premere il tasto Ctrl e trascinare l'oggetto per creare la sua copia
      GruppaCtrl+GGruppare gli oggetti selezionati.
      SeparaCtrl+Shift+GSepara gli oggetti del gruppo selezionato.
      Modifica degli oggetti
      Limita movimentoShift+dragLimitare il movimento dell'oggetto selezionato orizzontalmente o verticalmente.
      Ruota di 15 gradiShift+drag (durante la rotazione)Limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi.
      Proporzioni costantiShift+drag (durante il ridimensionamento)Mantenere le proporzioni dell'oggetto selezionato durante il ridimensionamento.
      Sposta di un pixelCtrlPremere il tasto Ctrl e utilizzare le frecce della tastiera per spostare l'oggetto selezionato di un pixel.
      Anteprima
      Anteprima dall'inizioCtrl+F5Visualizzare la presentazione a partire dall'inizio.
      AvantiENTER, PAGE DOWN, RIGHT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, o SPACEBARSpostarsi avanti alla diapositiva successiva.
      IndietroPAGE UP, LEFT ARROW, UP ARROWSpostarsi indietro alla diapositiva precedente.
      Diapositiva specificatanumero+ENTERPassare alla diapositiva con il numero specificato.
      Arresta o riavvia anteprimaSArrestare o riavviare la visualizzazione della presentazione.
      Chiudi anteprimaESCTerminare la presentazione.
      Annulla e Ripristina
      AnnullaCtrl+ZAnnullare l'ultima azione effettuata.
      RipristinaCtrl+YRipetere l'ultima azione annullata.
      Taglia, Copia ed Incolla
      TagliaCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteEliminare l'oggetto selezionato ed inviarlo agli appunti del computer. L'oggetto tagliato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto della stessa presentazione.
      CopiaCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertInviare l'oggetto selezionato agli appunti del computer. L'oggetto copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto della stessa presentazione.
      IncollaCtrl+V, Shift+InsertInserire l'oggetto copiato prima dagli appunti del computer nella posizione corrente. L'oggetto può essere copiato dalla stessa presentazione.
      Inserisci collegamento ipertestualeCtrl+KInserire un collegamento ipertestuale che fa riferimento ad una pagina web o ad una certa diapositiva nella presentazione.
      Copia formattazioneCtrl+Shift+CCopiare la formattazione dal frammento selezionato del testo modificato. La formattazione copiata può essere applicata ad un altro testo nella stessa presentazione.
      Applica formattazioneCtrl+Shift+VApplicare la formattazione copiata prima al testo nel documento modificato.
      Selezione con il mouse
      Seleziona frammentoShiftCominciare la seleziona, premere il tasto Shift e cliccare nel punto dove si desidera terminare la selezione.
      Selezione con la tastiera
      Seleziona tuttoCtrl+ASelezionare tutte le diapositive (dall'elenco di diapositive) o tutti gli oggetti della diapositiva (nell'area di modifica) o tutto il testo (nella casella di testo) - secondo la posizione del cursore.
      Seleziona frammentoShift+ArrowSelezionare il testo carattere dopo carattere.
      Seleziona dal cursore all'inizio della rigaShift+HomeSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore all'inizio della riga corrente.
      Seleziona dal cursore alla fine della rigaShift+EndSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore alla fine della riga corrente.
      Stile testo
      GrassettoCtrl+BFormattare in grassetto il frammento selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCtrl+IFormattare in corsivo il frammento selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoCtrl+USottolineare il frammento selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      ApiceCtrl+.(punto)Rendere più piccolo e sollevare il frammento selezionato.
      PediceCtrl+,(virgola)Rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il frammento selezionato.
      Elenco puntatoCtrl+Shift+LCreare un elenco puntato dal testo selezionato o iniziare un elenco nuovo.
      Cancella formattazioneCtrl+SpacebarRimuovere la formattazione dal testo selezionato.
      Aumenta dimensione caratteriCtrl+]Aumentare la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Riduci dimensione caratteriCtrl+[Ridurre la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Allinea al centro/a sinistraCtrl+EAllineare un paragrafo centrato a sinistra.
      Giustifica/Allinea a sinistraCtrl+J, Ctrl+LAllineare un paragrafo giustificato a sinistra.
      Allinea a destra/a sinistraCtrl+RAllineare un paragrafo allineato a destra a sinistra.
      Allinea a sinistraCtrl+LAllineare il testo sul lato sinistro della casella di testo, il lato destro rimane non allineato.
      -
      - + + + + Tasti di scelta rapida + + + + + +
      +

      Tasti di scelta rapida

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Lavoro con presentazioni
      Apri il pannello 'File'Alt+FAprire il pannello File per salvare, scaricare, stampare la presentazione corrente, visualizzare le sue proprietà, creare una nuova presentazione o aprire una presentazione esistente, accedere alla guida di TeamLab Presentation Editor ed alle impostazioni avanzate.
      Apri la finestra 'Ricerca'Ctrl+FAprire la finestra Ricerca per cominciare a cercare un carattere/parola/frase nella presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Open 'Comments' panelCtrl+Shift+HOpen the Comments panel to add your own comment or reply to other users' comments.
      Open comment fieldAlt+HOpen a data entry field where you can add the text of your comment.
      Apri il pannello 'Chat'Alt+QAprire il pannello Chat ed inviare un messaggio.
      Salva presentazioneCtrl+SSalvare tutte le modifiche apportate alla presentazione attualmente modificata con TeamLab Presentation Editor.
      Stampa presentazioneCtrl+PStampare la presentazione usando una delle stampanti o salvarlo in un file.
      Salva con (Scarica in)Ctrl+Shift+SSalvare la presentazione attualmente modificata sul disco rigido del computer in uno dei formati supportati: PDF, PPTX.
      Schermo interoF11Visualizzare TeamLab Presentation Editor a schermo intero.
      Navigazione
      Prima diapositivaHomeSpostarsi alla prima diapositiva della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Ultima diapositivaEndSpostarsi all'ultima diapositiva della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Diapositiva successivaPgDnSpostarsi alla diapositiva successiva della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Diapositiva precedentePgUpSpostarsi alla diapositiva precedente della presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Forma successivaTabSelezionare la forma successiva dopo la forma attualmente modificata.
      Forma precedenteShift+TabSelezionare la forma precedente prima della forma attualmente modificata.
      Zoom avantiCtrl++Ingrandire la presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Zoom indietroCtrl+-Diminuire la presentazione attualmente modificata.
      Lavoro con diapositive
      Nuova diapositivaCtrl+MCreare una nuova diapositiva ed aggiungerla dopo la diapositiva attualmente selezionata.
      Duplica diapositivaCtrl+DDuplicare la diapositiva attualmente selezionata.
      Sposta diapositiva suCtrl+Up ARROW (freccia verso l'alto)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata al di sopra della diapositiva precedente nell'elenco.
      Sposta diapositiva giùCtrl+Down ARROW (freccia verso il basso)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata al di sotto della diapositiva precedente nell'elenco.
      Sposta diapositiva all'inizioCtrl+Shift+Up ARROW (freccia verso l'alto)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata all'inizio dell'elenco.
      Sposta diapositiva alla fineCtrl+Shift+Down ARROW (freccia verso il basso)Spostare la diapositiva selezionata alla fine dell'elenco.
      Lavoro con oggetti
      Crea copiaCtrl+DDuplicare l'oggetto selezionato. E' possibile anche premere il tasto Ctrl e trascinare l'oggetto per creare la sua copia
      GruppaCtrl+GGruppare gli oggetti selezionati.
      SeparaCtrl+Shift+GSepara gli oggetti del gruppo selezionato.
      Modifica degli oggetti
      Limita movimentoShift+dragLimitare il movimento dell'oggetto selezionato orizzontalmente o verticalmente.
      Ruota di 15 gradiShift+drag (durante la rotazione)Limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi.
      Proporzioni costantiShift+drag (durante il ridimensionamento)Mantenere le proporzioni dell'oggetto selezionato durante il ridimensionamento.
      Sposta di un pixelCtrlPremere il tasto Ctrl e utilizzare le frecce della tastiera per spostare l'oggetto selezionato di un pixel.
      Anteprima
      Anteprima dall'inizioCtrl+F5Visualizzare la presentazione a partire dall'inizio.
      AvantiENTER, PAGE DOWN, RIGHT ARROW, DOWN ARROW, o SPACEBARSpostarsi avanti alla diapositiva successiva.
      IndietroPAGE UP, LEFT ARROW, UP ARROWSpostarsi indietro alla diapositiva precedente.
      Diapositiva specificatanumero+ENTERPassare alla diapositiva con il numero specificato.
      Arresta o riavvia anteprimaSArrestare o riavviare la visualizzazione della presentazione.
      Chiudi anteprimaESCTerminare la presentazione.
      Annulla e Ripristina
      AnnullaCtrl+ZAnnullare l'ultima azione effettuata.
      RipristinaCtrl+YRipetere l'ultima azione annullata.
      Taglia, Copia ed Incolla
      TagliaCtrl+X, Shift+DeleteEliminare l'oggetto selezionato ed inviarlo agli appunti del computer. L'oggetto tagliato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto della stessa presentazione.
      CopiaCtrl+C, Ctrl+InsertInviare l'oggetto selezionato agli appunti del computer. L'oggetto copiato può essere inserito più tardi in un'altro punto della stessa presentazione.
      IncollaCtrl+V, Shift+InsertInserire l'oggetto copiato prima dagli appunti del computer nella posizione corrente. L'oggetto può essere copiato dalla stessa presentazione.
      Inserisci collegamento ipertestualeCtrl+KInserire un collegamento ipertestuale che fa riferimento ad una pagina web o ad una certa diapositiva nella presentazione.
      Copia formattazioneCtrl+Shift+CCopiare la formattazione dal frammento selezionato del testo modificato. La formattazione copiata può essere applicata ad un altro testo nella stessa presentazione.
      Applica formattazioneCtrl+Shift+VApplicare la formattazione copiata prima al testo nel documento modificato.
      Selezione con il mouse
      Seleziona frammentoShiftCominciare la seleziona, premere il tasto Shift e cliccare nel punto dove si desidera terminare la selezione.
      Selezione con la tastiera
      Seleziona tuttoCtrl+ASelezionare tutte le diapositive (dall'elenco di diapositive) o tutti gli oggetti della diapositiva (nell'area di modifica) o tutto il testo (nella casella di testo) - secondo la posizione del cursore.
      Seleziona frammentoShift+ArrowSelezionare il testo carattere dopo carattere.
      Seleziona dal cursore all'inizio della rigaShift+HomeSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore all'inizio della riga corrente.
      Seleziona dal cursore alla fine della rigaShift+EndSelezionare un frammento di testo dal cursore alla fine della riga corrente.
      Stile testo
      GrassettoCtrl+BFormattare in grassetto il frammento selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCtrl+IFormattare in corsivo il frammento selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoCtrl+USottolineare il frammento selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      ApiceCtrl+.(punto)Rendere più piccolo e sollevare il frammento selezionato.
      PediceCtrl+,(virgola)Rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il frammento selezionato.
      Elenco puntatoCtrl+Shift+LCreare un elenco puntato dal testo selezionato o iniziare un elenco nuovo.
      Cancella formattazioneCtrl+SpacebarRimuovere la formattazione dal testo selezionato.
      Aumenta dimensione caratteriCtrl+]Aumentare la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Riduci dimensione caratteriCtrl+[Ridurre la dimensione dei caratteri del testo selezionato di 1 punto.
      Allinea al centro/a sinistraCtrl+EAllineare un paragrafo centrato a sinistra.
      Giustifica/Allinea a sinistraCtrl+J, Ctrl+LAllineare un paragrafo giustificato a sinistra.
      Allinea a destra/a sinistraCtrl+RAllineare un paragrafo allineato a destra a sinistra.
      Allinea a sinistraCtrl+LAllineare il testo sul lato sinistro della casella di testo, il lato destro rimane non allineato.
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 026935b6e..0ec0b0c2c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -1,40 +1,40 @@ - - - - Visualizzazione e navigazione - - - - - -
      -

      Visualizzazione e navigazione

      -

      TeamLab Presentation Editor fornisce certi strumenti per aiutare a visualizzare e navigare nella vostra presentazione: righelli, zoom, pulsanti di diapositiva precedente/successiva, indicatore del numero di diapositive.

      -

      Regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione

      -

      Per regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione predefinite e impostare il modo di lavoro più conveniente, fate clic sull'icona Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate gli elementi di interfaccia da nascondere o visualizzare. - Potete usare le seguenti opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Impostazioni di visualizzazione: -

      -
        -
      • Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta si usa per attivare la modalità compatta della barra degli strumenti superiore che fornisce tutte le funzionalità di base. Per mostrare la barra predefinita fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • -
      • Nascondi barra di titolo si usa per nascondere la barra la più alta sulla quale viene visualizzato il nome del documento e l'opzione Va' ai Documenti. Per mostrare la Barra di titolo nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • -
      • Nascondi barra di stato si usa per nascondere la barra la più bassa sulla quale si trovano l'Indicatore del numero di diapositiva e i pulsanti di Zoom. Per mostrare la Barra di stato nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • -
      -

      La barra destra è minimizzata di default. Per espanderla, selezionate qualsiasi oggetto/diapositiva e fate clic sull'icona della scheda attualmente attivata a destra (fate clic sull'icona ancora una volta per minimizzare la barra destra di nuovo). La larghezza della barra sinistra può essere regolata con un semplice trascinamento: - posizionate il puntatore del mouse sul bordo della barra sinistra (il puntatore viene trasformato nella freccia bidirezionale) e trascinate il bordo a destra per estendere la barra. Per ripristinare la larghezza predefinita spostate il bordo a sinistra.

      -

      Usare gli strumenti di navigazione

      -

      I Righelli si usano per impostare margini, tabulazioni e rientri di paragrafo nelle caselle di testo. Quando una casella di testo è selezionata, la sua posizione è visualizzata sui righelli. - I righelli sono nascosti di default. Per visualizzarli cliccate sull'icona Nascondi/Mostra righelli Nascondi/Mostra righelli a destra. - Questa icona è anche usata per nascondere i righelli di nuovo. Quando i righelli sono visualizzati, anche il pulsante Punto di tabulazione Punto di tabulazione sinistro è disponibile a sinistra. Si usa per impostare i punti di tabulazione.

      -

      I pulsanti di Zoom sono situati nell'angolo destro inferiore e si usano per ingrandire/diminuire la posizione corrente. - Per cambiare il valore di zoom selezionato visualizzato in percentuale, cliccatelo e selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili dall'elenco o - utilizzate i pulsanti Zoom avanti Zoom avanti o Zoom indietro Zoom indietro. - Cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla larghezza Adatta alla larghezza per adattare la larghezza della diapositiva del documento alla videata. - Per adattare tutta la diapositiva alla videata, cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla diapositiva Adatta alla diapositiva.

      - Le impostazioni di zoom sono disponibili anche nell'elenco Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione Questo può essere molto utile quando la Barra di stato è nascosta. -

      Nota: potete impostare un valore di zoom predefinito. Cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra, passate alla sezione Impostazioni avanzate..., selezionate il Valore zoom predefinito dall'elenco e cliccate su Applica.

      -

      I pulsanti Diapositiva precedente Diapositiva precedente e Diapositiva successiva Diapositiva successiva situati nell'angolo destro inferiore sotto la barra di scorrimento si usano per spostarvi alla diapositiva precedente o successiva della presentazione corrente.

      -

      L'Indicatore del numero di diapositiva mostra la diapositiva corrente nell'insieme delle diapositive della presentazione corrente (diapositiva 'n' di 'nn'). - Cliccate su questa opzione e inserite il numero di diapositiva da aprire nella finestra contestuale. Se la Barra di stato è nascosta, questo strumento non è accessibile.

      -
      - + + + + Visualizzazione e navigazione + + + + + +
      +

      Visualizzazione e navigazione

      +

      TeamLab Presentation Editor fornisce certi strumenti per aiutare a visualizzare e navigare nella vostra presentazione: righelli, zoom, pulsanti di diapositiva precedente/successiva, indicatore del numero di diapositive.

      +

      Regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione

      +

      Per regolare le impostazioni di visualizzazione predefinite e impostare il modo di lavoro più conveniente, fate clic sull'icona Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione nell'angolo destro della barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate gli elementi di interfaccia da nascondere o visualizzare. + Potete usare le seguenti opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Impostazioni di visualizzazione: +

      +
        +
      • Mostra barra degli strumenti compatta si usa per attivare la modalità compatta della barra degli strumenti superiore che fornisce tutte le funzionalità di base. Per mostrare la barra predefinita fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • +
      • Nascondi barra di titolo si usa per nascondere la barra la più alta sulla quale viene visualizzato il nome del documento e l'opzione Va' ai Documenti. Per mostrare la Barra di titolo nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • +
      • Nascondi barra di stato si usa per nascondere la barra la più bassa sulla quale si trovano l'Indicatore del numero di diapositiva e i pulsanti di Zoom. Per mostrare la Barra di stato nascosta fate clic su questa opzione ancora una volta.
        • +
      +

      La barra destra è minimizzata di default. Per espanderla, selezionate qualsiasi oggetto/diapositiva e fate clic sull'icona della scheda attualmente attivata a destra (fate clic sull'icona ancora una volta per minimizzare la barra destra di nuovo). La larghezza della barra sinistra può essere regolata con un semplice trascinamento: + posizionate il puntatore del mouse sul bordo della barra sinistra (il puntatore viene trasformato nella freccia bidirezionale) e trascinate il bordo a destra per estendere la barra. Per ripristinare la larghezza predefinita spostate il bordo a sinistra.

      +

      Usare gli strumenti di navigazione

      +

      I Righelli si usano per impostare margini, tabulazioni e rientri di paragrafo nelle caselle di testo. Quando una casella di testo è selezionata, la sua posizione è visualizzata sui righelli. + I righelli sono nascosti di default. Per visualizzarli cliccate sull'icona Nascondi/Mostra righelli Nascondi/Mostra righelli a destra. + Questa icona è anche usata per nascondere i righelli di nuovo. Quando i righelli sono visualizzati, anche il pulsante Punto di tabulazione Punto di tabulazione sinistro è disponibile a sinistra. Si usa per impostare i punti di tabulazione.

      +

      I pulsanti di Zoom sono situati nell'angolo destro inferiore e si usano per ingrandire/diminuire la posizione corrente. + Per cambiare il valore di zoom selezionato visualizzato in percentuale, cliccatelo e selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili dall'elenco o + utilizzate i pulsanti Zoom avanti Zoom avanti o Zoom indietro Zoom indietro. + Cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla larghezza Adatta alla larghezza per adattare la larghezza della diapositiva del documento alla videata. + Per adattare tutta la diapositiva alla videata, cliccate sull'icona Adatta alla diapositiva Adatta alla diapositiva.

      + Le impostazioni di zoom sono disponibili anche nell'elenco Impostazioni di visualizzazione Impostazioni di visualizzazione Questo può essere molto utile quando la Barra di stato è nascosta. +

      Nota: potete impostare un valore di zoom predefinito. Cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra, passate alla sezione Impostazioni avanzate..., selezionate il Valore zoom predefinito dall'elenco e cliccate su Applica.

      +

      I pulsanti Diapositiva precedente Diapositiva precedente e Diapositiva successiva Diapositiva successiva situati nell'angolo destro inferiore sotto la barra di scorrimento si usano per spostarvi alla diapositiva precedente o successiva della presentazione corrente.

      +

      L'Indicatore del numero di diapositiva mostra la diapositiva corrente nell'insieme delle diapositive della presentazione corrente (diapositiva 'n' di 'nn'). + Cliccate su questa opzione e inserite il numero di diapositiva da aprire nella finestra contestuale. Se la Barra di stato è nascosta, questo strumento non è accessibile.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Search.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 795c3f699..e1ab5b5ce 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -1,24 +1,24 @@ - - - - Funzione di ricerca - - - - - -
      -

      Funzione di ricerca

      -

      Per trovare i caratteri, le parole e le frasi necessari usati nella presentazione modificata, - cliccate sull'icona Ricerca della barra sinistra.

      -

      Si apre la finestra Ricerca:

      - Ricerca -
        -
      1. Inserite la vostra domanda nel campo corrispondente.
        2. -
      2. Fate clic su uno dei pulsanti frecce a destra. - La ricerca può essere effettuata sia verso l'inizio della presentazione (se usate il pulsante Freccia sinistra) sia verso la fine della presentazione (se usate il pulsante Freccia destra) dalla posizione attuale.
        3. -
      -

      La prima diapositivia nella direzione selezionata che contiene i caratteri desiderati viene evidenziata nell'elenco di diapositive e visualizzata nell'area di lavoro con i caratteri evidenziati. Se cercate un'altra diapositiva, cliccate sul pulsante adatto ancora una volta per trovare la diapositiva successiva contenente i caratteri inseriti.

      -
      - + + + + Funzione di ricerca + + + + + +
      +

      Funzione di ricerca

      +

      Per trovare i caratteri, le parole e le frasi necessari usati nella presentazione modificata, + cliccate sull'icona Ricerca della barra sinistra.

      +

      Si apre la finestra Ricerca:

      + Ricerca +
        +
      1. Inserite la vostra domanda nel campo corrispondente.
        2. +
      2. Fate clic su uno dei pulsanti frecce a destra. + La ricerca può essere effettuata sia verso l'inizio della presentazione (se usate il pulsante Freccia sinistra) sia verso la fine della presentazione (se usate il pulsante Freccia destra) dalla posizione attuale.
        3. +
      +

      La prima diapositivia nella direzione selezionata che contiene i caratteri desiderati viene evidenziata nell'elenco di diapositive e visualizzata nell'area di lavoro con i caratteri evidenziati. Se cercate un'altra diapositiva, cliccate sul pulsante adatto ancora una volta per trovare la diapositiva successiva contenente i caratteri inseriti.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm similarity index 97% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index b742198bb..c9dea9058 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -1,53 +1,53 @@ - - - - Formati di presentazioni elettroniche supportati - - - - - -
      -

      Formati di presentazioni elettroniche supportati

      -

      Presentazione è un insieme delle diapositive che può includere vari tipi di contenuto tra i quali immagini, file multimediali, testi, effetti ecc. - TeamLab Presentation Editor supporta i seguenti formati:

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      FormatiDescrizioneVisualizzazioneModificaDownload
      PPTXOffice Open XML Presentation
      Formato file archiviato basato su XML sviluppato da Microsoft per la rappresentazione dei fogli elettronici, tabelle, presentazioni e documenti di testo      		+++
      PPTFormato file usato da Microsoft PowerPoint++
      ODPOpenDocument Presentation
      Formato file creato per la rappresentazione delle presentazioni create dall'applicazione Impress che fa parte di OpenOffice      		++
      PDFPortable Document Format
      Formato file usato per rappresentare i documenti nel modo indipendente dai software, hardware e sistemi operativi      		+
      -
      - + + + + Formati di presentazioni elettroniche supportati + + + + + +
      +

      Formati di presentazioni elettroniche supportati

      +

      Presentazione è un insieme delle diapositive che può includere vari tipi di contenuto tra i quali immagini, file multimediali, testi, effetti ecc. + TeamLab Presentation Editor supporta i seguenti formati:

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      FormatiDescrizioneVisualizzazioneModificaDownload
      PPTXOffice Open XML Presentation
      Formato file archiviato basato su XML sviluppato da Microsoft per la rappresentazione dei fogli elettronici, tabelle, presentazioni e documenti di testo      		+++
      PPTFormato file usato da Microsoft PowerPoint++
      ODPOpenDocument Presentation
      Formato file creato per la rappresentazione delle presentazioni create dall'applicazione Impress che fa parte di OpenOffice      		++
      PDFPortable Document Format
      Formato file usato per rappresentare i documenti nel modo indipendente dai software, hardware e sistemi operativi      		+
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm index a9d5125af..3f682e6dc 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/HelpfulHints/UsingChat.htm @@ -1,23 +1,23 @@ - - - - Strumento Chat - - - - - -
      -

      Strumento Chat

      -

      TeamLab Presentation Editor vi offre la possibilità di chattare con altri utenti per condividere le idee sulla presentazione.

      -

      Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
        3. -
      3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
        4. -
      -

      Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue Chat.

      -

      Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

      -
      - + + + + Strumento Chat + + + + + +
      +

      Strumento Chat

      +

      TeamLab Presentation Editor vi offre la possibilità di chattare con altri utenti per condividere le idee sulla presentazione.

      +

      Per accedere alla chat ed inviare un messaggio,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Chat sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. scrivete il vostro testo nel campo corrispondente di sotto,
        3. +
      3. cliccate sul pulsante Invia.
        4. +
      +

      Tutti i messaggi inviati da utenti vengono visualizzati a sinistra. Se ci sono nuovi messaggi da leggere, l'icona viene visualizzata come segue Chat.

      +

      Per chiudere il pannello con i messaggi, cliccate sull'icona Chat di nuovo.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index d940a1d66..58a7d0b5d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -1,43 +1,43 @@ - - - - Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale - - - - - - -
      -

      Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale

      -

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto all'interno della casella di testo dove desiderate aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. nella finestra aperta specificate i parametri del collegamento ipertestuale: -
          -
        • Tipo collegamento - selezionate il tipo collegamento che desiderate inserire dall'elenco a discesa: -
            -
          • Usate l'opzione File o pagina web ed inserite un URL nel formato http://www.example.com nel campo Collega a al di sotto se desiderate aggiungere un collegamento ad un sito web esterno. -

            Finestra Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale

            -
            • -
          • Usate l'opzione Metti in questo documento e selezionate una delle opzioni al di sotto se desiderate aggiungere un collegamento ad una certa diapositiva nella stassa presentazione. Potete selezionare una delle seguenti opzioni: Diapositiva successiva, Diapositiva precedente, Prima diapositiva, Ultima diapositiva, Diapositiva con un numero specificato. -

            Finestra Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale

            -
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Visualizza - digitate un testo da cliccare per passare al sito specificato nel campo superiore.
          • -
        • Testo del suggerimento - digitate un testo da visualizzare nella piccola finestra pop-up che fornisce una corta nota o etichetta.
          • -
        -
        4. -
      4. Cliccate su OK.
        5. -
      -

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale, potete anche cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse nel punto dove desiderate inserire il collegamento e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu contestuale o premere i tasti Ctrl+K.

      -

      Nota: è possibile anche selezionare un carattere, una parola o un frammento con il mouse o usando la tastiera e - cliccare sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore o cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse sulla selezione e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu contestuale. - In questo caso il frammento selezionato sarà visualizzato nel campo Visualizza della finestra aperta.

      -

      Se puntate il cursore sul collegamento ipertestuale, potete visualizzare il testo della descrizione specificato. Per seguire il collegamento basta premere il tasto CTRL e cliccare sul collegamento nella presentazione.

      -

      Per modificare o eliminare il collegamento inserito, cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu contestuale e l'azione da effettuare - Modifica collegamento ipertestuale o Elimina collegamento ipertestuale.

      -
      - - + + + + Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale + + + + + + +
      +

      Aggiungere collegamento ipertestuale

      +

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto all'interno della casella di testo dove desiderate aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. nella finestra aperta specificate i parametri del collegamento ipertestuale: +
          +
        • Tipo collegamento - selezionate il tipo collegamento che desiderate inserire dall'elenco a discesa: +
            +
          • Usate l'opzione File o pagina web ed inserite un URL nel formato http://www.example.com nel campo Collega a al di sotto se desiderate aggiungere un collegamento ad un sito web esterno. +

            Finestra Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale

            +
            • +
          • Usate l'opzione Metti in questo documento e selezionate una delle opzioni al di sotto se desiderate aggiungere un collegamento ad una certa diapositiva nella stassa presentazione. Potete selezionare una delle seguenti opzioni: Diapositiva successiva, Diapositiva precedente, Prima diapositiva, Ultima diapositiva, Diapositiva con un numero specificato. +

            Finestra Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale

            +
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Visualizza - digitate un testo da cliccare per passare al sito specificato nel campo superiore.
          • +
        • Testo del suggerimento - digitate un testo da visualizzare nella piccola finestra pop-up che fornisce una corta nota o etichetta.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. Cliccate su OK.
        5. +
      +

      Per aggiungere un collegamento ipertestuale, potete anche cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse nel punto dove desiderate inserire il collegamento e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu contestuale o premere i tasti Ctrl+K.

      +

      Nota: è possibile anche selezionare un carattere, una parola o un frammento con il mouse o usando la tastiera e + cliccare sull'icona Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale Aggiungi collegamento ipertestuale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore o cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse sulla selezione e selezionare l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu contestuale. + In questo caso il frammento selezionato sarà visualizzato nel campo Visualizza della finestra aperta.

      +

      Se puntate il cursore sul collegamento ipertestuale, potete visualizzare il testo della descrizione specificato. Per seguire il collegamento basta premere il tasto CTRL e cliccare sul collegamento nella presentazione.

      +

      Per modificare o eliminare il collegamento inserito, cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse, selezionate l'opzione Collegamento ipertestuale dal menu contestuale e l'azione da effettuare - Modifica collegamento ipertestuale o Elimina collegamento ipertestuale.

      +
      + + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 58daedb7e..e7dcf7e68 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -1,41 +1,41 @@ - - - - Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva - - - - - -
      -

      Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva

      -

      Le caselle di testo, le forme, le immagini e i grafici possono essere allineati, raggruppati, ordinati, distribuiti orizzontalmente o verticalmente in una diapositiva. Per effettuare una di queste azioni, prima di tutto selezionate uno o più oggetti nell'area di modifica. Per selezionare più oggetti, premete il tasto Ctrl e cliccate con il tasto sinistro sugli oggetti necessari. Per selezionare una casella di testo, fate clic sul suo bordo, non il testo all'interno. Dopo questo potete sia utilizzare le icone della barra degli strumenti superiore descritte qui sotto che le opzioni analoghe dal menu contestuale.

      -

      Per allineare gli oggetti selezionati, cliccate sull'icona Allinea forma Allinea forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate il tipo di allineamento necessario:

      -
        -
      • Allinea a sinistra Allinea a sinistra - per allineare un oggetto orizzontalmente sul lato sinistro della diapositiva,
        • -
      • Allinea al centro Allinea al centro - per allineare un oggetto orizzontalmente al centro della diapositiva,
        • -
      • Allinea a destra Allinea a destra - per allineare un oggetto orizzontalmente sul lato destro della diapositiva,
        • -
      • Allinea in alto Allinea in alto - per allineare un oggetto verticalmente sul lato superiore della diapositiva,
        • -
      • Allinea in mezzo Allinea in mezzo - per allineare un oggetto verticalmente in mezzo della diapositiva,
        • -
      • Allinea in basso Allinea in basso - per allineare un oggetto verticalmente sul lato inferiore della diapositiva.
        • -
      -

      Per distribuire due o più oggetti selezionati orizzontalmente o verticalmente, cliccate sull'icona Allinea forma Allinea forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate il tipo di distribuzione necessario:

      -
        -
      • Distribuisci orizzontalmente Distribuisci orizzontalmente - per centrare gli oggetti selezionati orizzontalmente,
        • -
      • Distribuisci verticalmente Distribuisci verticalmente - per centrare gli oggetti selezionati verticalmente.
        • -
      -

      Per disporre gli oggetti selezionati (per cambiare il loro ordine quando più oggetti sono sovrapposti), cliccate sull'icona Disponi forma Disponi forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate il tipo di disposizione necessario:

      -
        -
      • Porta in primo piano Porta in primo piano - per portare un oggetto in primo piano in un gruppo di oggetti in pila,
        • -
      • Porta in secondo piano Porta in secondo piano - per portare un oggetto sul fondo in un gruppo di oggetti in pila,
        • -
      • Porta avanti Porta avanti - per spostare un oggetto un passo avanti rispetto a tutti gli altri oggetti in pila,
        • -
      • Porta indietro Porta indietro - per spostare un oggetto un passo indietro rispetto a tutti gli altri oggetti in pila.
        • -
      -

      Per raggruppare due o più oggetti selezionati o separarli, cliccate sull'icona Disponi forma Disponi forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione necessaria:

      -
        -
      • Raggruppa Raggruppa - per unire più oggetti in un gruppo per poter ruotarli, sportarli, ridimensionarli, allinearli, copiarli, incollarli, formattarli come un singolo oggetto.
        • -
      • Separa Separa - per separare gli oggetti uniti prima in un gruppo.
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva + + + + + +
      +

      Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva

      +

      Le caselle di testo, le forme, le immagini e i grafici possono essere allineati, raggruppati, ordinati, distribuiti orizzontalmente o verticalmente in una diapositiva. Per effettuare una di queste azioni, prima di tutto selezionate uno o più oggetti nell'area di modifica. Per selezionare più oggetti, premete il tasto Ctrl e cliccate con il tasto sinistro sugli oggetti necessari. Per selezionare una casella di testo, fate clic sul suo bordo, non il testo all'interno. Dopo questo potete sia utilizzare le icone della barra degli strumenti superiore descritte qui sotto che le opzioni analoghe dal menu contestuale.

      +

      Per allineare gli oggetti selezionati, cliccate sull'icona Allinea forma Allinea forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate il tipo di allineamento necessario:

      +
        +
      • Allinea a sinistra Allinea a sinistra - per allineare un oggetto orizzontalmente sul lato sinistro della diapositiva,
        • +
      • Allinea al centro Allinea al centro - per allineare un oggetto orizzontalmente al centro della diapositiva,
        • +
      • Allinea a destra Allinea a destra - per allineare un oggetto orizzontalmente sul lato destro della diapositiva,
        • +
      • Allinea in alto Allinea in alto - per allineare un oggetto verticalmente sul lato superiore della diapositiva,
        • +
      • Allinea in mezzo Allinea in mezzo - per allineare un oggetto verticalmente in mezzo della diapositiva,
        • +
      • Allinea in basso Allinea in basso - per allineare un oggetto verticalmente sul lato inferiore della diapositiva.
        • +
      +

      Per distribuire due o più oggetti selezionati orizzontalmente o verticalmente, cliccate sull'icona Allinea forma Allinea forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate il tipo di distribuzione necessario:

      +
        +
      • Distribuisci orizzontalmente Distribuisci orizzontalmente - per centrare gli oggetti selezionati orizzontalmente,
        • +
      • Distribuisci verticalmente Distribuisci verticalmente - per centrare gli oggetti selezionati verticalmente.
        • +
      +

      Per disporre gli oggetti selezionati (per cambiare il loro ordine quando più oggetti sono sovrapposti), cliccate sull'icona Disponi forma Disponi forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate il tipo di disposizione necessario:

      +
        +
      • Porta in primo piano Porta in primo piano - per portare un oggetto in primo piano in un gruppo di oggetti in pila,
        • +
      • Porta in secondo piano Porta in secondo piano - per portare un oggetto sul fondo in un gruppo di oggetti in pila,
        • +
      • Porta avanti Porta avanti - per spostare un oggetto un passo avanti rispetto a tutti gli altri oggetti in pila,
        • +
      • Porta indietro Porta indietro - per spostare un oggetto un passo indietro rispetto a tutti gli altri oggetti in pila.
        • +
      +

      Per raggruppare due o più oggetti selezionati o separarli, cliccate sull'icona Disponi forma Disponi forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione necessaria:

      +
        +
      • Raggruppa Raggruppa - per unire più oggetti in un gruppo per poter ruotarli, sportarli, ridimensionarli, allinearli, copiarli, incollarli, formattarli come un singolo oggetto.
        • +
      • Separa Separa - per separare gli oggetti uniti prima in un gruppo.
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index 2d9d89f09..162f9542d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -1,38 +1,38 @@ - - - - Applicare transizioni - - - - - -
      -

      Applicare transizioni

      -

      Una transizione è un effetto di animazione che viene riprodotto nella presentazione durante lo spostamento da una diapositiva alla successiva. Potete applicare la stessa transizione a tutte le diapositive o applicare le transizioni diverse ad ogni diapositiva separata e regolare le loro proprietà.

      -

      Per applicare una transizione ad una certa diapositiva o più diapositive selezionate:

      -

      Impostazioni diapositiva

      -
        -
      1. Selezionate una diapositiva (o più diapositive) dall'elenco. La scheda Impostazioni diapositiva sarà attivata sulla barra destra. Per aprirla cliccate sull'icona Impostazioni diapositiva Impostazioni diapositiva a destra. -
        2. -
      2. Selezionate una transizione dall'elenco Effetti. -

        Le transizioni disponibili sono le seguenti: Dissolvenza, Spinta, Tendina, Dividi, Scopri, Copri, Orologio, Zoom.

        -
        3. -
      3. Selezionate un tipo adatto della transizione scelta dall'elenco di sotto per specificare il modo di apparizione dell'effetto. Ad esempio, se selezionate la transizione Zoom, potete selezionare uno di tre tipi: Zoom avanti, Zoom indietro e Zoom e rotazione.
        4. -
      4. Impostate la durata di una transizione. Inserite o selezionate un valore necessario in secondi nella casella Durata.
        5. -
      5. Fate clic sul pulsante Anteprima per visualizzare la dispositiva con la transizione applicata nell'area di modifica.
        6. -
      6. Specificate quanto tempo deve trascorrere prima che la diapositiva corrente avanzi a quella successiva: -
          -
        • Inizia al clic del mouse – selezionate questa casella se non desiderate limitare il tempo di visualizzazione di una diapositiva. La diapositiva corrente avanza a quella successiva solo quando fate clic del mouse.
          • -
        • Ritardo – usate questa opzione se desiderate che la diapositiva corrente avanzi a quella successiva dopo un intervallo di tempo specificato. Selezionate questa casella e specificate l'intervallo di tempo adatto misurato in secondi. -

          Nota: se selezionate solo la casella Ritardo, le diapositive avanzano automaticamente dopo un intervallo di tempo specificato. Se selezionate entrambe le caselle Inizia al clic del mouse e Ritardo e impostate il valore, le diaposittive avanzato anche automaticamente, però potete fare in modo che la diapositiva avanzi anche dopo un clic del mouse.

          -
          • -
        -
        7. -
      -

      Per applicare una transizione a tutte le diapositive nella presentazione: eseguite la procedura descritta e fate clic sul pulsante Applica a tutte le diapositive.

      -

      Per eliminare una transizione: selezionate la diapositiva necessaria, quindi l'opzione Niente dall'elenco Effetti.

      -

      Per eliminare tutte le transizioni: selezionate una diapositiva, quindi l'opzione Niente dall'elenco Effetti e fate clic sul pulsante Applica a tutte le diapositive.

      -
      - - + + + + Applicare transizioni + + + + + +
      +

      Applicare transizioni

      +

      Una transizione è un effetto di animazione che viene riprodotto nella presentazione durante lo spostamento da una diapositiva alla successiva. Potete applicare la stessa transizione a tutte le diapositive o applicare le transizioni diverse ad ogni diapositiva separata e regolare le loro proprietà.

      +

      Per applicare una transizione ad una certa diapositiva o più diapositive selezionate:

      +

      Impostazioni diapositiva

      +
        +
      1. Selezionate una diapositiva (o più diapositive) dall'elenco. La scheda Impostazioni diapositiva sarà attivata sulla barra destra. Per aprirla cliccate sull'icona Impostazioni diapositiva Impostazioni diapositiva a destra. +
        2. +
      2. Selezionate una transizione dall'elenco Effetti. +

        Le transizioni disponibili sono le seguenti: Dissolvenza, Spinta, Tendina, Dividi, Scopri, Copri, Orologio, Zoom.

        +
        3. +
      3. Selezionate un tipo adatto della transizione scelta dall'elenco di sotto per specificare il modo di apparizione dell'effetto. Ad esempio, se selezionate la transizione Zoom, potete selezionare uno di tre tipi: Zoom avanti, Zoom indietro e Zoom e rotazione.
        4. +
      4. Impostate la durata di una transizione. Inserite o selezionate un valore necessario in secondi nella casella Durata.
        5. +
      5. Fate clic sul pulsante Anteprima per visualizzare la dispositiva con la transizione applicata nell'area di modifica.
        6. +
      6. Specificate quanto tempo deve trascorrere prima che la diapositiva corrente avanzi a quella successiva: +
          +
        • Inizia al clic del mouse – selezionate questa casella se non desiderate limitare il tempo di visualizzazione di una diapositiva. La diapositiva corrente avanza a quella successiva solo quando fate clic del mouse.
          • +
        • Ritardo – usate questa opzione se desiderate che la diapositiva corrente avanzi a quella successiva dopo un intervallo di tempo specificato. Selezionate questa casella e specificate l'intervallo di tempo adatto misurato in secondi. +

          Nota: se selezionate solo la casella Ritardo, le diapositive avanzano automaticamente dopo un intervallo di tempo specificato. Se selezionate entrambe le caselle Inizia al clic del mouse e Ritardo e impostate il valore, le diaposittive avanzato anche automaticamente, però potete fare in modo che la diapositiva avanzi anche dopo un clic del mouse.

          +
          • +
        +
        7. +
      +

      Per applicare una transizione a tutte le diapositive nella presentazione: eseguite la procedura descritta e fate clic sul pulsante Applica a tutte le diapositive.

      +

      Per eliminare una transizione: selezionate la diapositiva necessaria, quindi l'opzione Niente dall'elenco Effetti.

      +

      Per eliminare tutte le transizioni: selezionate una diapositiva, quindi l'opzione Niente dall'elenco Effetti e fate clic sul pulsante Applica a tutte le diapositive.

      +
      + + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index 4092660f0..dd9740288 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ - - - - Copiare/cancellare formattazione - - - - - - -
      -

      Copiare/cancellare formattazione

      -

      Per copiare una certa formattazione del testo,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate il testo con la formattazione da copiare con il mouse o usando la tastiera,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate il testo a cui desiderate applicare la stessa formattazione.
        4. -
      -

      Per facilmente cancellare la formattazione applicata al testo,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate il testo la cui formattazione desiderate cancellare,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Cancella stile Cancella stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. -
      -
      - + + + + Copiare/cancellare formattazione + + + + + + +
      +

      Copiare/cancellare formattazione

      +

      Per copiare una certa formattazione del testo,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate il testo con la formattazione da copiare con il mouse o usando la tastiera,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Copia stile Copia stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate il testo a cui desiderate applicare la stessa formattazione.
        4. +
      +

      Per facilmente cancellare la formattazione applicata al testo,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate il testo la cui formattazione desiderate cancellare,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Cancella stile Cancella stile sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.
        3. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index 9756f7765..d9e360535 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -1,29 +1,29 @@ - - - - Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni - - - - - -
      -

      Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni

      -

      Per tagliare, copiare ed incollare gli oggetti selezionati (diapositive, testo, figure) nella vostra presentazione, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

      -
        -
      • Copia – selezionate un oggetto e utilizzate l'icona Copia Copia per copiare la selezione negli appunti del computer. L'oggetto copiato può essere inserito più tardi nell'altro punto della stessa presentazione.
        • -
      • Incolla – trovate il punto nella presentazione dove desiderate incollare l'oggetto copiato prima e utilizzate l'icona Incolla Incolla. L'oogetto verrà inserito nella posizione del cursore corrente. Il testo può essere copiato prima dalla stessa presentazione. -

        Potete usare i seguenti tasti per effettuare le operazioni necessarie:

        -
          -
        • Ctrl+C per copiare;
          • -
        • Ctrl+V per incollare;
          • -
        • Ctrl+X per tagliare.
          • -

        -
        • -
      • Annulla – utilizzate l'icona Annulla Annulla per annullare l'ultima operazione effettuata.
        • -
      • Ripristina – utilizzate l'icona Ripristina Ripristina per ripetere l'ultima azione annullata.
        • -

        Potete usare anche i tasti Ctrl+Z per annullare o Ctrl+Y per ripristinare.

        -
      -
      - + + + + Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni + + + + + +
      +

      Copiare/incollare testo, annullare/ripristinare azioni

      +

      Per tagliare, copiare ed incollare gli oggetti selezionati (diapositive, testo, figure) nella vostra presentazione, utilizzate le icone corrispondenti sulla barra degli strumenti superiore:

      +
        +
      • Copia – selezionate un oggetto e utilizzate l'icona Copia Copia per copiare la selezione negli appunti del computer. L'oggetto copiato può essere inserito più tardi nell'altro punto della stessa presentazione.
        • +
      • Incolla – trovate il punto nella presentazione dove desiderate incollare l'oggetto copiato prima e utilizzate l'icona Incolla Incolla. L'oogetto verrà inserito nella posizione del cursore corrente. Il testo può essere copiato prima dalla stessa presentazione. +

        Potete usare i seguenti tasti per effettuare le operazioni necessarie:

        +
          +
        • Ctrl+C per copiare;
          • +
        • Ctrl+V per incollare;
          • +
        • Ctrl+X per tagliare.
          • +

        +
        • +
      • Annulla – utilizzate l'icona Annulla Annulla per annullare l'ultima operazione effettuata.
        • +
      • Ripristina – utilizzate l'icona Ripristina Ripristina per ripetere l'ultima azione annullata.
        • +

        Potete usare anche i tasti Ctrl+Z per annullare o Ctrl+Y per ripristinare.

        +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index b5c952522..bbca93085 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ - - - - Creare elenchi - - - - - -
      -

      Creare elenchi

      -

      Per creare un elenco nella vostra presentazione,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto all'interno della casella di testo dove desiderate iniziare un elenco (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo già inserito),
        2. -
      2. selezionate il tipo elenco da creare: -
          -
        • Elenco non ordinato con marcatori si crea usando l'icona Elenchi puntati Elenchi puntati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore
          • -
        • Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere si crea usando l'icona Elenchi numerati Elenchi numerati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore -

          Nota: cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco.

          -
          • -
        -
        3. -
      3. adesso quando premete il tasto Enter alla fine della riga viene creata automaticamente la voce di elenco successiva. Per terminare l'elenco, premete il tasto Backspace e continuate il lavoro.
        4. -
      -
      - + + + + Creare elenchi + + + + + +
      +

      Creare elenchi

      +

      Per creare un elenco nella vostra presentazione,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto all'interno della casella di testo dove desiderate iniziare un elenco (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo già inserito),
        2. +
      2. selezionate il tipo elenco da creare: +
          +
        • Elenco non ordinato con marcatori si crea usando l'icona Elenchi puntati Elenchi puntati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore
          • +
        • Elenco ordinato con cifre o lettere si crea usando l'icona Elenchi numerati Elenchi numerati situata sulla barra degli strumenti superiore +

          Nota: cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona Elenchi puntati o Elenchi numerati per selezionare l'aspetto dell'elenco.

          +
          • +
        +
        3. +
      3. adesso quando premete il tasto Enter alla fine della riga viene creata automaticamente la voce di elenco successiva. Per terminare l'elenco, premete il tasto Backspace e continuate il lavoro.
        4. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index 45e8a5082..9b6c70a76 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -1,87 +1,87 @@ - - - - Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori - - - - - -
      -

      Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori

      -

      Potete usare vari riempimenti per lo sfondo della diapositiva e delle forme.

      -
        -
      1. Selezionate un oggetto. -

        Per cambiare il riempimento dello sfondo, selezionate una diapositiva nell'elenco a sinistra. La scheda Impostazioni diapositiva viene attivata sulla barra destra.

        -

        Per cambiare il riempimento della forma, cliccate sulla forma necessaria con il tasto sinistro. La scheda Impostazioni forma viene attivata sulla barra destra.

        -
        2. -
      2. Impostate il tipo di riempimento adatto.
        3. -
      3. Regolate le proprietà del riempimento scelto (leggete la descrizione dettagliata di ogni tipo di riempimento qui sotto) -

        Nota: per le forme, independamenete dal tipo di riempimento scelto, potete impostare il livello di Opacità trascinando la barra o inserendo il valore a mano. Il valore predefinito è 100%. Questo corrisponde all'opacità completa. Il valore 0% corrisponde alla trasparenza completa.

        -
        4. -
      -

      I tipi di riempimento disponibili sono i seguenti:

      -
        -
      • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore unito che desiderate utilizzare per riempire lo spazio interno della forma/diapositiva selezionata. -

        Colore di riempimento

        -

        Cliccate sulla casella di sotto e selezionate il colore necessario dalla tavolozza o specificare qualsiasi altro colore:

        -

        Tavolozza

        -
          -
        • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori/tema della presentazione. L'insieme dei Colori tema viene cambiato secondo il tema/combinazione colore scelto.
          • -
        • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
          • -
        • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: -

          Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

          -

          Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato all'oggetto e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato del menu.

          -

          Nota: potete usare gli stessi tipi selezionando il colore per i contorni della forma o regolando il colore di sfondo o cambiando il colore sfondo della tabella o bordi.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori. -

        Sfumatura

        -
          -
        • Stile - selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili: Lineare (la sfumatura viene applicata in linea retta: in orizzontale, in verticale e in diagonale ad un angolo di 45 gradi) o Radiale (la sfumatura viene applicata con progressione circolare dal centro ai bordi).
          • -
        • Direzione - selezionate un modello dal menu. Se viene selezionata la sfumatura Lineare, potete scegliere una delle seguenti direzioni: da alto a sinistra verso il basso a destra, verso il basso, da alto a destra verso il basso a sinistra, da destra a sinistra, da basso a destra verso l'alto a sinistra, verso l'alto, da basso a sinistra verso l'alto a destra, da sinistra a destra. Per la sfumatura Radiale c'è un solo modello disponibile.
          • -
        • Sfumatura - fate clic sul dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro Dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro sotto la barra della sfumatura per attivare la casella di colore che corrisponde al primo colore. Fate clic sulla casella di colore a destra per selezionare il primo colore nella tavolozza. Trascinate il dispositivo di scorrimento per impostare l'interruzione sfumatura, cioè, il punto in cui la fusione di due colori termina. Usate il dispositivo destro sotto la barra della sfumatura per specificare il secondo colore ed impostare l'interruzione sfumatura.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della forma/diapositiva. -

        Immagine e trama

        -
          -
        • Se desiderate usare un'immagine per lo sfondo della forma/diapositiva, potete aggiungerla Da file selezionandola sul disco rigido del computer o Da URL inserendo l'URL adatto nella finestra aperta.
          • -
        • Se desiderata usare una trama per lo sfondo della forma/diapositiva, aprite il menu Da trama e selezionate una trama necessaria. -

          Al presente, sono disponibili le seguenti trame: Tappeto, Cartone, Tessuto scuro, Grano, Granito, Carta grigia, A maglia, Cuoio, Carta da pacchi, Papiro, Legno.

          -
          • -
        -
          -
        • Se la dimensione dell'Immagine selezionata è superiore o inferiore alle dimensioni della forma o della diapositiva, potete selezionare il parametro Estendi o Tela dall'elenco a discesa. -

          L'opzione Estendi vi permette di regolare la dimensione dell'immagine per adattarla alle dimensioni della diapositiva o forma per riempire tutto lo spazio.

          -

          L'opzione Tela vi permette di visualizzare solo una parte di un'immagine grande mantenendo le dimensioni originali, o ripetere un'immagine piccola le sue dimensioni originali per riempire tutto lo spazio.

          -

          Nota: qualsiasi Trama predefinita riempe tutto lo spazio, però potete impostare il parametro Estendi se necessario.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti. -

        Modello

        -
          -
        • Modello - selezionate un disegno predefinito dal menu.
          • -
        • Colore primo piano - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore degli elementi del modello scelto.
          • -
        • Colore sfondo - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore dello sfondo del modello.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -
        -
      • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire un oggetto.
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori + + + + + +
      +

      Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori

      +

      Potete usare vari riempimenti per lo sfondo della diapositiva e delle forme.

      +
        +
      1. Selezionate un oggetto. +

        Per cambiare il riempimento dello sfondo, selezionate una diapositiva nell'elenco a sinistra. La scheda Impostazioni diapositiva viene attivata sulla barra destra.

        +

        Per cambiare il riempimento della forma, cliccate sulla forma necessaria con il tasto sinistro. La scheda Impostazioni forma viene attivata sulla barra destra.

        +
        2. +
      2. Impostate il tipo di riempimento adatto.
        3. +
      3. Regolate le proprietà del riempimento scelto (leggete la descrizione dettagliata di ogni tipo di riempimento qui sotto) +

        Nota: per le forme, independamenete dal tipo di riempimento scelto, potete impostare il livello di Opacità trascinando la barra o inserendo il valore a mano. Il valore predefinito è 100%. Questo corrisponde all'opacità completa. Il valore 0% corrisponde alla trasparenza completa.

        +
        4. +
      +

      I tipi di riempimento disponibili sono i seguenti:

      +
        +
      • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore unito che desiderate utilizzare per riempire lo spazio interno della forma/diapositiva selezionata. +

        Colore di riempimento

        +

        Cliccate sulla casella di sotto e selezionate il colore necessario dalla tavolozza o specificare qualsiasi altro colore:

        +

        Tavolozza

        +
          +
        • Colori tema sono i colori che corrispondono alla combinazione colori/tema della presentazione. L'insieme dei Colori tema viene cambiato secondo il tema/combinazione colore scelto.
          • +
        • Colori standard sono i colori predefiniti.
          • +
        • Colore personalizzato - selezionate questa opzione se non avete trovato il colore adatto tra quelli disponibili. Selezionate l'intervallo di colori necessario spostando la barra verticale ed impostate il colore specificato trascinando lo strumento di selezione colori all'interno del campo colori grande. Una volta selezionato il colore, i valori RGB e sRGB corrispondenti vengono visualizzati nei campi a destra. Potete anche specificare un colore in base al modello colore RGB inserendo i valori numerici adatti nei campi R, G, B (Red (rosso), Green (verde), Blue (blu)) o inserire il codice sRGB esadecimale nel campo segnato da #. Il colore selezionato appare nella casella di visualizzazione Nuovo. Se c'è già un colore personalizzato, questo colore viene visualizzato nella casella Attuale per darvi la possibilità di confrontare il colore originale e modificato. Una volta specificato il colore, cliccate su Aggiungi: +

          Tavolozza - Colore personalizzato

          +

          Il colore personalizzato sarà applicato all'oggetto e aggiunto alla tavolozza Colore personalizzato del menu.

          +

          Nota: potete usare gli stessi tipi selezionando il colore per i contorni della forma o regolando il colore di sfondo o cambiando il colore sfondo della tabella o bordi.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      +
        +
      • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori. +

        Sfumatura

        +
          +
        • Stile - selezionate una delle opzioni disponibili: Lineare (la sfumatura viene applicata in linea retta: in orizzontale, in verticale e in diagonale ad un angolo di 45 gradi) o Radiale (la sfumatura viene applicata con progressione circolare dal centro ai bordi).
          • +
        • Direzione - selezionate un modello dal menu. Se viene selezionata la sfumatura Lineare, potete scegliere una delle seguenti direzioni: da alto a sinistra verso il basso a destra, verso il basso, da alto a destra verso il basso a sinistra, da destra a sinistra, da basso a destra verso l'alto a sinistra, verso l'alto, da basso a sinistra verso l'alto a destra, da sinistra a destra. Per la sfumatura Radiale c'è un solo modello disponibile.
          • +
        • Sfumatura - fate clic sul dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro Dispositivo di scorrimento sinistro sotto la barra della sfumatura per attivare la casella di colore che corrisponde al primo colore. Fate clic sulla casella di colore a destra per selezionare il primo colore nella tavolozza. Trascinate il dispositivo di scorrimento per impostare l'interruzione sfumatura, cioè, il punto in cui la fusione di due colori termina. Usate il dispositivo destro sotto la barra della sfumatura per specificare il secondo colore ed impostare l'interruzione sfumatura.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      +
        +
      • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della forma/diapositiva. +

        Immagine e trama

        +
          +
        • Se desiderate usare un'immagine per lo sfondo della forma/diapositiva, potete aggiungerla Da file selezionandola sul disco rigido del computer o Da URL inserendo l'URL adatto nella finestra aperta.
          • +
        • Se desiderata usare una trama per lo sfondo della forma/diapositiva, aprite il menu Da trama e selezionate una trama necessaria. +

          Al presente, sono disponibili le seguenti trame: Tappeto, Cartone, Tessuto scuro, Grano, Granito, Carta grigia, A maglia, Cuoio, Carta da pacchi, Papiro, Legno.

          +
          • +
        +
          +
        • Se la dimensione dell'Immagine selezionata è superiore o inferiore alle dimensioni della forma o della diapositiva, potete selezionare il parametro Estendi o Tela dall'elenco a discesa. +

          L'opzione Estendi vi permette di regolare la dimensione dell'immagine per adattarla alle dimensioni della diapositiva o forma per riempire tutto lo spazio.

          +

          L'opzione Tela vi permette di visualizzare solo una parte di un'immagine grande mantenendo le dimensioni originali, o ripetere un'immagine piccola le sue dimensioni originali per riempire tutto lo spazio.

          +

          Nota: qualsiasi Trama predefinita riempe tutto lo spazio, però potete impostare il parametro Estendi se necessario.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      +
        +
      • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti. +

        Modello

        +
          +
        • Modello - selezionate un disegno predefinito dal menu.
          • +
        • Colore primo piano - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore degli elementi del modello scelto.
          • +
        • Colore sfondo - fate clic su questa casella di colore per cambiare il colore dello sfondo del modello.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      +
        +
      • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire un oggetto.
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index 6a96bc409..031ca0d10 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -1,83 +1,83 @@ - - - - Inserire e formattare forme - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire e formattare forme

      -

      Per inserire una forma in una diapositiva,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate una diapositiva nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate uno dei gruppi disponibili: Figure di base, Frecce decorate, Matematica, Grafici, Stelle e nastri, Callout, Bottoni, Rettangoli, Linee,
        4. -
      4. cliccate sulla forma necessaria dal gruppo selezionato,
        5. -
      5. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire la forma, -

        Nota: potete cliccare e trascinare per allungare la forma.

        -
        6. -
      6. una volta aggiunta la forma potete cambiare la sua dimensione, la posizione e le proprietà. -

        Nota: per scrivere un testo nella forma assicuratevi che la forma è selezionata nella diapositiva e cominciate a scrivere il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).

        -
        7. -
      -
      -

      Certe impostazioni della forma possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni forma sulla barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sulla forma, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni forma Impostazioni forma a destra e regolate le seguenti parametri, se necessario:

      -

      Impostazioni forma

      -
        -
      • Riempimento - usate questa opzione per selezionare il riempimento per la forma. Potete usare una delle opzioni: -
          -
        • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore che desiderate utilizzare per riempire la forma.
          • -
        • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori.
          • -
        • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della forma
          • -
        • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti.
          • -
        • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire la forma.
          • -
        -

        Per ulteriori informazioni su queste opzioni visitate la sezione Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori.

        -
        • -
      • Tratto - usate questa sezione per cambiare il colore e lo spessore del tratto per la forma. -
          -
        • Per cambiare lo spessore, selezionate una delle opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Dimensione. Le opzioni disponibili sono: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. O selezionate l'opzione Nessuna linea se non desiderate usare il tratto.
          • -
        • Per cambiare il colore, cliccate sulla casella di colore e selezionate il colore necessario. Potete usare un colore tema, un colore standard o creare un colore personalizzato.
          • -
        -
        • -
      -
      -

      Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sulla forma con il tasto sinistro del mouse e usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la seguente finestra:

      - Impostazioni forma - Dimensione -

      La scheda Dimensione vi permette di cambiare la Larghezza e/o l'Altezza della forma. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza della forma originale.

      - Impostazioni forma - Larghezza e frecce -

      La scheda Larghezza e frecce contiene le seguenti impostazioni:

      -
        -
      • Stile linea - questo gruppo di opzioni vi permette di specificare i seguenti parametri: -
          -
        • Tipo estremità - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per la fine della linea. Può essere impostato per le forme con il contorno aperto: linee, polilinee ecc.: -
            -
          • Uniforme - le estremità saranno uniformi.
            • -
          • Rotondo - le estremità saranno arrotondate.
            • -
          • Quadrato - le estremità saranno quadrate.
            • -
          -
          • -
        • Tipo giunzione - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per l'intersezione di due linee, ad esempio, una polilinea, gli angoli di un triangolo o il contorno di un rettangolo: -
            -
          • Rotondo - l'angolo sarà arrotondato.
            • -
          • Smussato - l'angolo sarà smussato.
            • -
          • Acuto - l'angolo sarà acuto. E' perfetto per le forme con gli angoli nitidi.
            • -
          -

          Nota: l'effetto sarà più evidente se usate un contorno più largo.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Frecce - questo gruppo di opzioni è disponibile se è selezionata una forma dal gruppo Linee. Questo vi permette di impostare lo Stile e la Dimesnione dell'inizio e della fine selezionando l'opzione adatta dagli elenchi a discesa.
        • -
      - Impostazioni forma - Margini -

      La scheda Margini vi permette di modificare i margini interni della forma In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (cioè, la distanza tra il testo nella forma e i suoi bordi).

      -
      -

      Per sostituire la forma inserita, cliccatela con il tasto sinistro del mouse e usate l'elenco a discesa Cambia forma nella scheda Impostazioni forma sulla barra destra.

      -

      Per eliminare la forma inserita, cliccatela con il tasto sinistro del mouse e premete il tasto Delete sulla tastiera.

      -

      Per sapere come allineare una forma nella diapositiva o disporre più forme, visitate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      -
      - + + + + Inserire e formattare forme + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire e formattare forme

      +

      Per inserire una forma in una diapositiva,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate una diapositiva nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate uno dei gruppi disponibili: Figure di base, Frecce decorate, Matematica, Grafici, Stelle e nastri, Callout, Bottoni, Rettangoli, Linee,
        4. +
      4. cliccate sulla forma necessaria dal gruppo selezionato,
        5. +
      5. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire la forma, +

        Nota: potete cliccare e trascinare per allungare la forma.

        +
        6. +
      6. una volta aggiunta la forma potete cambiare la sua dimensione, la posizione e le proprietà. +

        Nota: per scrivere un testo nella forma assicuratevi che la forma è selezionata nella diapositiva e cominciate a scrivere il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).

        +
        7. +
      +
      +

      Certe impostazioni della forma possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni forma sulla barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sulla forma, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni forma Impostazioni forma a destra e regolate le seguenti parametri, se necessario:

      +

      Impostazioni forma

      +
        +
      • Riempimento - usate questa opzione per selezionare il riempimento per la forma. Potete usare una delle opzioni: +
          +
        • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore che desiderate utilizzare per riempire la forma.
          • +
        • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori.
          • +
        • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della forma
          • +
        • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti.
          • +
        • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire la forma.
          • +
        +

        Per ulteriori informazioni su queste opzioni visitate la sezione Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori.

        +
        • +
      • Tratto - usate questa sezione per cambiare il colore e lo spessore del tratto per la forma. +
          +
        • Per cambiare lo spessore, selezionate una delle opzioni dall'elenco a discesa Dimensione. Le opzioni disponibili sono: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. O selezionate l'opzione Nessuna linea se non desiderate usare il tratto.
          • +
        • Per cambiare il colore, cliccate sulla casella di colore e selezionate il colore necessario. Potete usare un colore tema, un colore standard o creare un colore personalizzato.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      +

      Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sulla forma con il tasto sinistro del mouse e usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la seguente finestra:

      + Impostazioni forma - Dimensione +

      La scheda Dimensione vi permette di cambiare la Larghezza e/o l'Altezza della forma. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza della forma originale.

      + Impostazioni forma - Larghezza e frecce +

      La scheda Larghezza e frecce contiene le seguenti impostazioni:

      +
        +
      • Stile linea - questo gruppo di opzioni vi permette di specificare i seguenti parametri: +
          +
        • Tipo estremità - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per la fine della linea. Può essere impostato per le forme con il contorno aperto: linee, polilinee ecc.: +
            +
          • Uniforme - le estremità saranno uniformi.
            • +
          • Rotondo - le estremità saranno arrotondate.
            • +
          • Quadrato - le estremità saranno quadrate.
            • +
          +
          • +
        • Tipo giunzione - questa opzione vi permette di impostare lo stile per l'intersezione di due linee, ad esempio, una polilinea, gli angoli di un triangolo o il contorno di un rettangolo: +
            +
          • Rotondo - l'angolo sarà arrotondato.
            • +
          • Smussato - l'angolo sarà smussato.
            • +
          • Acuto - l'angolo sarà acuto. E' perfetto per le forme con gli angoli nitidi.
            • +
          +

          Nota: l'effetto sarà più evidente se usate un contorno più largo.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Frecce - questo gruppo di opzioni è disponibile se è selezionata una forma dal gruppo Linee. Questo vi permette di impostare lo Stile e la Dimesnione dell'inizio e della fine selezionando l'opzione adatta dagli elenchi a discesa.
        • +
      + Impostazioni forma - Margini +

      La scheda Margini vi permette di modificare i margini interni della forma In alto, In basso, A sinistra e A destra (cioè, la distanza tra il testo nella forma e i suoi bordi).

      +
      +

      Per sostituire la forma inserita, cliccatela con il tasto sinistro del mouse e usate l'elenco a discesa Cambia forma nella scheda Impostazioni forma sulla barra destra.

      +

      Per eliminare la forma inserita, cliccatela con il tasto sinistro del mouse e premete il tasto Delete sulla tastiera.

      +

      Per sapere come allineare una forma nella diapositiva o disporre più forme, visitate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 30e2b7cf8..1cab041a4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -1,55 +1,55 @@ - - - - Inserire e modificare grafici - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire e modificare grafici

      -

      Per inserire un grafico nella presentazione,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il vostro grafico,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci grafico Inserisci grafico sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezonate il tipo grafico necessario - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile,
        4. -
      4. dopo questo si apre la finestra Modifica grafico dove potete inserire i dati necessari nelle celle usando i seguenti controlli: -
          -
        • Copia e Incolla per copiare ed incollare i dati copiati
          • -
        • Annulla e Ripristina per annullare e ripristinare le azioni
          • -
        • Inserisci funzione per inserire una funzione
          • -
        • Diminuisci decimali e Aumenta decimali per diminuire e aumentare i decimali
          • -
        • Formato numerico per cambiare il formato numerico, cioè il modo da presentare i dati inseriti nelle celle
          • -
        -

        Modifica grafico

        -
        5. -
      5. regolate le impostazioni del grafico cliccando sul pulsante Modifica grafico nella finestra Modifica grafico. Si apre la finestra Impostazioni grafico. Nella scheda Tipo di grafico, stile e intervallo di dati potete regolare le seguenti impostazioni: -

        Impostazioni grafico

        -
          -
        • Tipo e stile grafico - selezonate il tipo grafico da inserire - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile.
          • -
        • Intervallo di dati - verificate l'intervallo di celle selezionato, modificatelo, se necessario, e selezionate il modo di ordinare i dati. Potete selezionare sia Serie di dati nelle righe sia Serie di dati nelle colonne da utilizzare sull'asse X.
          • -
        -

        Impostazioni grafico

        -

        La scheda Elementi di grafico e legenda di grafico vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

        -
          -
        • Elementi di grafico - specificate un Titolo di grafico e gli elementi da visualizzare: Valori di grafico, Bordi di grafico, Asse e Linee di griglia e anche cambiate i titoli di assi nei campi corrispondenti.
          • -
        • Legenda di grafico - specificate se visualizzare la legenda per il vostro grafico o non. Se desiderate visualizzare la legenda, lasciate selezionata la casella corrispondente e specificate la sua posizione rispetto al grafico selezionando l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa: in basso, in alto, a destra, a sinistra.
          • -
        -
        6. -
      6. Una volta inserito il grafico potete cambiare la sua dimensione e la posizione. -

        Potete cambiare la posizione del grafico in una diapositiva trascinandolo in verticale o in orizzontale.

        -
      -
      - Grafico -

      La dimensione del grafico, il suo tipo e lo stile e anche i dati usati per creare il grafico possono essere modificati sulla barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sul grafico, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni grafico Impostazioni grafico a destra.

      -

      La sezione Dimensione vi permette di modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza del grafico. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza del grafico originale.

      -

      La sezione Cambia tipo grafico vi permette di cambiare il tipo e/o lo stile del grafico selezionato usando un menu a discesa corrispondente.

      -

      Il pulsante Modifica dati vi permette di aprire la finestra Modifica grafico e modificare i dati come descritto qui sopra.

      -
      -

      Per eliminare il grafico inserito, selezionatelo con il mouse e premete il tasto Delete sulla tastiera.

      -

      Per sapere come allineare un grafico in una diapositiva o disporre certi oggetti, consultate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      -
      - + + + + Inserire e modificare grafici + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire e modificare grafici

      +

      Per inserire un grafico nella presentazione,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate inserire il vostro grafico,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci grafico Inserisci grafico sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezonate il tipo grafico necessario - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile,
        4. +
      4. dopo questo si apre la finestra Modifica grafico dove potete inserire i dati necessari nelle celle usando i seguenti controlli: +
          +
        • Copia e Incolla per copiare ed incollare i dati copiati
          • +
        • Annulla e Ripristina per annullare e ripristinare le azioni
          • +
        • Inserisci funzione per inserire una funzione
          • +
        • Diminuisci decimali e Aumenta decimali per diminuire e aumentare i decimali
          • +
        • Formato numerico per cambiare il formato numerico, cioè il modo da presentare i dati inseriti nelle celle
          • +
        +

        Modifica grafico

        +
        5. +
      5. regolate le impostazioni del grafico cliccando sul pulsante Modifica grafico nella finestra Modifica grafico. Si apre la finestra Impostazioni grafico. Nella scheda Tipo di grafico, stile e intervallo di dati potete regolare le seguenti impostazioni: +

        Impostazioni grafico

        +
          +
        • Tipo e stile grafico - selezonate il tipo grafico da inserire - colonna, linea, torta, barra, area, punto, azionario - e il suo stile.
          • +
        • Intervallo di dati - verificate l'intervallo di celle selezionato, modificatelo, se necessario, e selezionate il modo di ordinare i dati. Potete selezionare sia Serie di dati nelle righe sia Serie di dati nelle colonne da utilizzare sull'asse X.
          • +
        +

        Impostazioni grafico

        +

        La scheda Elementi di grafico e legenda di grafico vi permette di regolare le seguenti impostazioni:

        +
          +
        • Elementi di grafico - specificate un Titolo di grafico e gli elementi da visualizzare: Valori di grafico, Bordi di grafico, Asse e Linee di griglia e anche cambiate i titoli di assi nei campi corrispondenti.
          • +
        • Legenda di grafico - specificate se visualizzare la legenda per il vostro grafico o non. Se desiderate visualizzare la legenda, lasciate selezionata la casella corrispondente e specificate la sua posizione rispetto al grafico selezionando l'opzione adatta dall'elenco a discesa: in basso, in alto, a destra, a sinistra.
          • +
        +
        6. +
      6. Una volta inserito il grafico potete cambiare la sua dimensione e la posizione. +

        Potete cambiare la posizione del grafico in una diapositiva trascinandolo in verticale o in orizzontale.

        +
      +
      + Grafico +

      La dimensione del grafico, il suo tipo e lo stile e anche i dati usati per creare il grafico possono essere modificati sulla barra destra. Per attivarla fate clic sul grafico, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni grafico Impostazioni grafico a destra.

      +

      La sezione Dimensione vi permette di modificate la larghezza e/o l'altezza del grafico. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è attivata, la larghezza e l'altezza saranno modificate insieme matenendo il rapporto larghezza/altezza del grafico originale.

      +

      La sezione Cambia tipo grafico vi permette di cambiare il tipo e/o lo stile del grafico selezionato usando un menu a discesa corrispondente.

      +

      Il pulsante Modifica dati vi permette di aprire la finestra Modifica grafico e modificare i dati come descritto qui sopra.

      +
      +

      Per eliminare il grafico inserito, selezionatelo con il mouse e premete il tasto Delete sulla tastiera.

      +

      Per sapere come allineare un grafico in una diapositiva o disporre certi oggetti, consultate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index f9bcd3b21..2fbdfceb1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ - - - - Inserire e regolare immagini - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire e regolare immagini

      -

      TeamLab Presentation Editor vi permette di inserire le immagini nei formati più popolari. I formati supportati sono i seguenti: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      -

      Per inserire un'immagine in una diapositiva,

      -
        -
      1. dall'elenco a sinistra selezionate la diapositiva nella quale desiderate inserire un'immagine,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci immagine Inserisci immagine sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. select one of the following options to load the image: -
          -
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da file per aprire la finestra di dialogo Windows standard di selezione file. Sfogliate il disco rigido del vostro computer per trovare il file necessario e cliccate su Apri
          • -
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da URL per aprire la finestra, inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine e cliccare su OK
          • -
        -
        4. -
      4. dopo aver aggiunto l'immagine potete modificare la sua dimensione e la posizione.
        5. -
      -
      - Impostazioni immagine -

      Certe impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra destra. Per attivarla, fate clic sull'immagine, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni immagine Impostazioni immagine a destra e regolate le seguenti impostazioni, se necessario:

      -

      Dimensione si usa per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza dell'immagine selezionata o ripristinare la dimensione Predefinita se necessario.

      -

      Sostituisci immagine si usa per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricando un'altra Da file o Da URL.

      -
      -

      Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sull'immagine con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra delle proprietà:

      - Proprietà di immagine -

      Qui potete impostare le seguenti proprietà:

      -
        -
      • Dimensione - utilizzate questa opzione per modificare la larghezza/altezza dell'immagine. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è abilitata, la larghezza e l'altezza vengono modificate insieme mantenendo il rapporto dell'immagine originale. Per ripristinare la dimensione predefinita dell'immagine aggiunta, cliccate su Predefinita.
        • -
      • Disposizione testo - utilizzate questa opzione per modificare la posizione dell'immagine nella diapositiva (la posizione è calcolata dall'alto e dal lato sinistro della diapositiva).
        • -
      -
      -

      Per eliminare l'immagine inserita cliccatela e premete il tasto Delete della tastiera.

      -

      Per sapere come allineare un'immagine nella diapositiva o ordinare più immagini, visitate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      -
      - + + + + Inserire e regolare immagini + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire e regolare immagini

      +

      TeamLab Presentation Editor vi permette di inserire le immagini nei formati più popolari. I formati supportati sono i seguenti: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

      +

      Per inserire un'immagine in una diapositiva,

      +
        +
      1. dall'elenco a sinistra selezionate la diapositiva nella quale desiderate inserire un'immagine,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci immagine Inserisci immagine sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. select one of the following options to load the image: +
          +
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da file per aprire la finestra di dialogo Windows standard di selezione file. Sfogliate il disco rigido del vostro computer per trovare il file necessario e cliccate su Apri
          • +
        • utilizzate l'opzione Immagine da URL per aprire la finestra, inserire l'indirizzo web dell'immagine e cliccare su OK
          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. dopo aver aggiunto l'immagine potete modificare la sua dimensione e la posizione.
        5. +
      +
      + Impostazioni immagine +

      Certe impostazioni dell'immagine possono essere regolate nella scheda Impostazioni immagine della barra destra. Per attivarla, fate clic sull'immagine, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni immagine Impostazioni immagine a destra e regolate le seguenti impostazioni, se necessario:

      +

      Dimensione si usa per visualizzare la Larghezza e l'Altezza dell'immagine selezionata o ripristinare la dimensione Predefinita se necessario.

      +

      Sostituisci immagine si usa per sostituire l'immagine corrente caricando un'altra Da file o Da URL.

      +
      +

      Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sull'immagine con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate Impostazioni avanzate dal menu contestuale o usate il collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra delle proprietà:

      + Proprietà di immagine +

      Qui potete impostare le seguenti proprietà:

      +
        +
      • Dimensione - utilizzate questa opzione per modificare la larghezza/altezza dell'immagine. Se l'opzione Proporzioni costanti Proporzioni costanti è abilitata, la larghezza e l'altezza vengono modificate insieme mantenendo il rapporto dell'immagine originale. Per ripristinare la dimensione predefinita dell'immagine aggiunta, cliccate su Predefinita.
        • +
      • Disposizione testo - utilizzate questa opzione per modificare la posizione dell'immagine nella diapositiva (la posizione è calcolata dall'alto e dal lato sinistro della diapositiva).
        • +
      +
      +

      Per eliminare l'immagine inserita cliccatela e premete il tasto Delete della tastiera.

      +

      Per sapere come allineare un'immagine nella diapositiva o ordinare più immagini, visitate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 84f5e608d..1f2e360f8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -1,79 +1,79 @@ - - - - Inserire e formattare tabelle - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire e formattare tabelle

      -

      Per inserire una tabella in una diapositiva,

      -
        -
      1. selezionate la diapositiva nella quale desiderate inserire la tabella,
        2. -
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci tabella Inserisci tabella sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate per creare: -
          -

        • sia una tabella con il numero di celle predefinito (10 per 8 celle maximum)

          -

          Se desiderate velocemente aggiungere una tabella, selezionate il numero di righe (8 maximum) e di colonne (10 maximum).

          • -

        • oppure una tabella personalizzata

          -

          Nel caso in cui avete bisogno di una tabella superiore a 10 per 8 celle, selezionate l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata per aprire la finestra, inserite il numero di righe e colonne necessario e cliccate sul pulsante OK.

          • -
        -
        4. -
      4. dopo aver inserito la tabella potete cambiare i suoi parametri e la posizione.
        5. -
      -

      Potete specificare la posizione della tabella nella diapositiva trascinandola verticalmente oppure orizzontalmente.

      -
      - Impostazioni tabella -

      La maggior parte delle proprietà e anche la sua struttura possono essere modificate sulla barra destra. Per attivrla fate clic sulla tabella, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni tabella Impostazioni tabella a destra.

      -

      Le sezioni Righe e Colonne nella parte superiore vi permette di evidenziare certe righe/colonne applicando una formattazione specifica, o usando i colori diversi. Sono disponibili le seguenti opzioni:

      -
        -
      • Intestazione si usa per evidenziare la riga la più alta nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • -
      • Totale si usa per evidenziare la riga la più bassa nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • -
      • Altera si usa per attivare l'alternanza dei colori per le righe pari e dispari.
        • -
      • Prima si usa per evidenziare la colonna sinistra nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • -
      • Ultima si usa per evidenziare la colonna destra nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • -
      • Altera si usa per attivare l'alternanza dei colori per le colonne pari e dispari.
        • -
      -

      La sezione Seleziona da modello vi permette di selezionare uno stile predefinito. Ogni modello combina certi parametri di formattazione tra quali colore sfondo, stile bordo, righe/colonne alternate evidenziate ecc. - Secondo l'opzione scelta nelle sezioni Righe e/o Colonne al di sopra, i modelli vengono visualizzati in modo diverso. Ad esempio, se selezionate l'opzione Intestazione nella sezione Righe e Altera nella sezione Colonne, vengono elencati solo i modelli con l'intestazione e le colonne alterate evidenziate:

      -

      Elenco modelli

      -

      La sezione Stile bordo vi permette di cambiare la formattazione applicata corrispondente al modello scelto. Potete selezionare tutta la tabella o solo certe celle la cui formattazione desiderate cambiare ed impostare tutti i parametri a mano.

      -
        -
      • Bordo - impostate lo spessore bordi usando l'elenco Spessore bordo (o selezionate l'opzione Nessun bordo), selezionate il loro Colore nella tavolozza e specificate il modo da visualizzare nelle celle cliccando su una delle icone: -

        Tipo bordo

        -

        Nota: se selezionate non visualizzare i bordi della tabella selezionando un modello adatto, o selezionando l'opzione Nessun bordo, o cliccando sull'icona Nessun bordo, i bordi vengono segnati dalle linee tratteggiate nella diapositiva.

        -
        • -
      • Colore sfondo - selezionate il colore per lo sfondo delle celle scelte.
        • -
      -

      La sezione Righe e colonne Righe e colonne vi permette di effettuare le seguenti operazioni:

      -
        -
      • Seleziona una riga, colonna, cella (secondo la posizione del cursore), o un'intera tabella.
        • -
      • Inserisci una nuova riga al di sopra o al di sotto della riga selezionata e anche una nuova colonna a sinistra o a destra della colonna selezionata.
        • -
      • Elimina una riga, colonna (secondo la posizione del cursore o la selezione), o un'intera tabella.
        • -
      • Unisci celle in una singola cella.
        • -
      • Dividi cella... - si usa per dividere la cella selezionata in un certo numero di righe e colonne. In questo caso si apre la seguente finestra: -

        Separa celle

        -

        Inserite il Numero di colonne e Numero di righe e cliccate su OK.

        -
        • -
      -

      Nota: le opzioni della sezione Righe e colonne sono accessibili anche dal menu contestuale.

      -
      -

      Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della tabella dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra:

      -

      Impostazioni avanzate

      -

      Qui potete impostare lo spazio tra il testo nelle celle e i loro bordi:

      -
        -
      • inserite i valori di Margini cella a mano, o
        • -
      • selezionate l'opzione Utilizza margini predefiniti per applicare i valori predefiniti (in caso di necessatà, anche questi valori possono essere modificati).
        • -
      -
      -

      Per formattare il testo inserito nelle celle, usate le icone sulla barra degli strumenti superiore. Il menu contestuale che appare quando cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse include due opzioni addizionali:

      -
        -
      • Allineamento verticale cella - vi permette di selezionare il tipo di allineamento testo nella cella: Allinea in alto, Allinea al centro, o Allinea in basso.
        • -
      • Collegamento ipertestuale vi permette di inserire un collegamento ipertestuale nella cella selezionata.
        • -
      -
      - - + + + + Inserire e formattare tabelle + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire e formattare tabelle

      +

      Per inserire una tabella in una diapositiva,

      +
        +
      1. selezionate la diapositiva nella quale desiderate inserire la tabella,
        2. +
      2. cliccate sull'icona Inserisci tabella Inserisci tabella sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate per creare: +
          +

        • sia una tabella con il numero di celle predefinito (10 per 8 celle maximum)

          +

          Se desiderate velocemente aggiungere una tabella, selezionate il numero di righe (8 maximum) e di colonne (10 maximum).

          • +

        • oppure una tabella personalizzata

          +

          Nel caso in cui avete bisogno di una tabella superiore a 10 per 8 celle, selezionate l'opzione Inserisci tabella personalizzata per aprire la finestra, inserite il numero di righe e colonne necessario e cliccate sul pulsante OK.

          • +
        +
        4. +
      4. dopo aver inserito la tabella potete cambiare i suoi parametri e la posizione.
        5. +
      +

      Potete specificare la posizione della tabella nella diapositiva trascinandola verticalmente oppure orizzontalmente.

      +
      + Impostazioni tabella +

      La maggior parte delle proprietà e anche la sua struttura possono essere modificate sulla barra destra. Per attivrla fate clic sulla tabella, quindi sull'icona Impostazioni tabella Impostazioni tabella a destra.

      +

      Le sezioni Righe e Colonne nella parte superiore vi permette di evidenziare certe righe/colonne applicando una formattazione specifica, o usando i colori diversi. Sono disponibili le seguenti opzioni:

      +
        +
      • Intestazione si usa per evidenziare la riga la più alta nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • +
      • Totale si usa per evidenziare la riga la più bassa nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • +
      • Altera si usa per attivare l'alternanza dei colori per le righe pari e dispari.
        • +
      • Prima si usa per evidenziare la colonna sinistra nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • +
      • Ultima si usa per evidenziare la colonna destra nella tabella usando una formattazione speciale.
        • +
      • Altera si usa per attivare l'alternanza dei colori per le colonne pari e dispari.
        • +
      +

      La sezione Seleziona da modello vi permette di selezionare uno stile predefinito. Ogni modello combina certi parametri di formattazione tra quali colore sfondo, stile bordo, righe/colonne alternate evidenziate ecc. + Secondo l'opzione scelta nelle sezioni Righe e/o Colonne al di sopra, i modelli vengono visualizzati in modo diverso. Ad esempio, se selezionate l'opzione Intestazione nella sezione Righe e Altera nella sezione Colonne, vengono elencati solo i modelli con l'intestazione e le colonne alterate evidenziate:

      +

      Elenco modelli

      +

      La sezione Stile bordo vi permette di cambiare la formattazione applicata corrispondente al modello scelto. Potete selezionare tutta la tabella o solo certe celle la cui formattazione desiderate cambiare ed impostare tutti i parametri a mano.

      +
        +
      • Bordo - impostate lo spessore bordi usando l'elenco Spessore bordo (o selezionate l'opzione Nessun bordo), selezionate il loro Colore nella tavolozza e specificate il modo da visualizzare nelle celle cliccando su una delle icone: +

        Tipo bordo

        +

        Nota: se selezionate non visualizzare i bordi della tabella selezionando un modello adatto, o selezionando l'opzione Nessun bordo, o cliccando sull'icona Nessun bordo, i bordi vengono segnati dalle linee tratteggiate nella diapositiva.

        +
        • +
      • Colore sfondo - selezionate il colore per lo sfondo delle celle scelte.
        • +
      +

      La sezione Righe e colonne Righe e colonne vi permette di effettuare le seguenti operazioni:

      +
        +
      • Seleziona una riga, colonna, cella (secondo la posizione del cursore), o un'intera tabella.
        • +
      • Inserisci una nuova riga al di sopra o al di sotto della riga selezionata e anche una nuova colonna a sinistra o a destra della colonna selezionata.
        • +
      • Elimina una riga, colonna (secondo la posizione del cursore o la selezione), o un'intera tabella.
        • +
      • Unisci celle in una singola cella.
        • +
      • Dividi cella... - si usa per dividere la cella selezionata in un certo numero di righe e colonne. In questo caso si apre la seguente finestra: +

        Separa celle

        +

        Inserite il Numero di colonne e Numero di righe e cliccate su OK.

        +
        • +
      +

      Nota: le opzioni della sezione Righe e colonne sono accessibili anche dal menu contestuale.

      +
      +

      Per modificare le impostazioni avanzate, cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate della tabella dal menu contestuale o cliccate sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate sulla barra destra. Si apre la finestra:

      +

      Impostazioni avanzate

      +

      Qui potete impostare lo spazio tra il testo nelle celle e i loro bordi:

      +
        +
      • inserite i valori di Margini cella a mano, o
        • +
      • selezionate l'opzione Utilizza margini predefiniti per applicare i valori predefiniti (in caso di necessatà, anche questi valori possono essere modificati).
        • +
      +
      +

      Per formattare il testo inserito nelle celle, usate le icone sulla barra degli strumenti superiore. Il menu contestuale che appare quando cliccate sulla tabella con il tasto destro del mouse include due opzioni addizionali:

      +
        +
      • Allineamento verticale cella - vi permette di selezionare il tipo di allineamento testo nella cella: Allinea in alto, Allinea al centro, o Allinea in basso.
        • +
      • Collegamento ipertestuale vi permette di inserire un collegamento ipertestuale nella cella selezionata.
        • +
      +
      + + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index b64306148..8ea91a800 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -1,157 +1,157 @@ - - - - Inserire e formattare testo - - - - - - -
      -

      Inserire e formattare testo

      -

      Inserire un testo

      -

      Potete inserire il testo in due modi diversi:

      -
        -
      • Inserire un testo nel segnaposto testo corrispondente prevista dal layout di diapositiva. Per farlo basta puntare sul segnaposto testo e digitare il testo o incollarlo usando i tasti Ctrl+V al posto del testo predefinito.
        • -
      • Inserire un testo in qualsiasi punto di una diapositiva. Per farlo: -
          -
        1. fate clic sull'icona Inserisci testo Inserisci testo sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
          - fate clic sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate la forma Inserisci testo dal gruppo Forme di base, -
          2. -
        2. posizionate il cursore del mouse nel punto dove desiderate inserire il testo e trascinate il bordo della casella di testo,
          3. -
        3. inserisci il testo desiderato o incollatelo usando i tasti Ctrl+V nella casella che appare.
          4. -
        -
        • -
      • Inserire un testo in una forma. Selezionate la forma e digitate il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).
        • -
      -

      Per ridimensionare, ruotare o spostare una casella/segnaposto testo, usate i quadratini speciali.

      -

      Per sapere come allineare una casella di testo in una diapositiva o disporre le caselle di testo, visitate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      -

      Per modificare il bordo o riempimento di una casella/segnaposto testo, fate clic sul bordo per attivare la scheda Impostazioni forma della barra destra. Per ulteriori informazioni visitate la sezione Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori.

      -
      -

      Inserire il testo nella casella

      -

      Potete allineare il testo orizzontalmente a sinistra, a destra, al centro o giustificarlo. Per farlo:

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
        2. -
      2. aprite l'elenco Allineamento orrizontale Allineamento orrizontale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: -
          -
        • l'opzione Allinea testo a sinistra Allinea a sinistra vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato sinistro della casella (il lato destro rimane non allineato).
          • -
        • l'opzione Centra testo Allinea al centro vi permette di centrare il testo nella casella (i lati sinistro e destro rimangono non allineati).
          • -
        • l'opzione Allinea testo a destra Allinea a destra vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato destro della casella (il lato sinistro rimane non allineato).
          • -
        • l'opzione Giustifica Giustifica vi permette di allineare il testo sui lati destro e sinistro della casella (vengono aggiunti gli spazi addizionali dove necessario per mantenere l'allineamento).
          • -
        -
        4. -
      -

      Per allineare il testo verticalemte usate una di tre opzioni: in alto, in mezzo o in basso. Per farlo:

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
        2. -
      2. aprite l'elenco Allineamento verticale Allineamento verticale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. -
      3. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: -
          -
        • l'opzione Allinea testo in alto Allinea in alto vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato superiore della casella.
          • -
        • l'opzione Allinea testo in mezzo Allinea in mezzo vi permette di allineare il testo in mezzo della casella.
          • -
        • l'opzione Allinea testo in basso Allinea in basso vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato inferiore della casella.
          • -
        -
        4. -
      -
      -

      Modificare il tipo caratteri, la dimensione, il colore e lo stile

      -

      Potete selezionare il tipo caratteri, la loro dimensione e colore e anche lo stile using the correspondingusando le icone sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      -

      Nota: se desiderate formattare il testo già presente nella presentazione, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera e applicate la formattazione.

      - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
      Nome tipo di carattereNome tipo di carattereSi usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco a discesa.
      Dimensione carattereDimensione carattereSi usa per selezionare un valore preimpostato dall'elenco a discesa, può essere anche inserita a mano nel campo della dimensione carattere.
      Colore caratteriColore caratteriSi usa per cambiare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore.
      GrassettoGrassettoSi usa per formattare in grassetto il testo selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCorsivoSi usa per formattare in corsivo il testo selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoSottolineatoSi usa per sottolineare il testo selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      BarratoBarratoSi usa per barrare il testo selezionato da una linea che passa attraverso le lettere.
      ApiceApiceSi usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
      PedicePediceSi usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
      -
      -

      Impostare l'interlinea e cambiare il rientro

      -

      In TeamLab Presentation Editor, potete impostare l'interlinea all'interno di un paragrafo e anche i margini tra i paragrafi.

      -

      Shape Settings tab

      -

      Per farlo,

      -
        -
      1. posizionate il cursore sul paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse,
        2. -
      2. usate i campi corrispondenti nella scheda Impostazioni testo sulla barra destra per ottenere il risultato desiderato: -
          -
        • Interlinea - impostate l'altezza della riga per le righe di testo all'interno del paragrafo. Potete selezionare una di tre opzioni disponibili: minima (imposta un'interlinea minima necessaria per adattare i caratteri o i grafici più grandi nella riga), multipla (imposta un'interlinea espressa con un valore in numeri superiori a 1), esatta (imposta un'interlinea fissa). Nel campo A specificate il volore necessario.
          • -
        • Prima - impostate lo spazio prima del paragrafo.
          • -
        • Dopo - impostate lo spazio dopo il paragrafo.
          • -
        -
        3. -
      -

      Per velocemente cambiare l'interlinea attuale del paragrafo, potete anche utilizzare l'icona Interlinea tra i paragrafi Interlinea tra i paragrafi sulla barra degli strumenti superiore selezionando il valore necessario dall'elenco: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0.

      -

      Per cambiare l'offset del paragrafo dal lato sinistro della casella, posizionate il cursore sul paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse e usate le icone adatte sulla barra degli strumenti superiore: Diminuisci rientro Diminuisci rientro e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro.

      -
      -

      Potete anche modificare le impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo. Posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario, viene attivata la scheda Impostazioni testo della barra destra. Fate clic sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate per aprire la seguente finestra:

      - Impostazioni paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento -

      La scheda Rientri e posizionamento vi permette di impostare il rientro per la prima riga dal margine interno sinistro della casella di testo, e anche il rientro dai margini interni sinistro e destro della casella di testo.

      - Impostazioni paragrafo - Tipo di carattere -

      La scheda Tipo di carattere contiene le seguenti impostazioni:

      -
        -
      • Barrato si usa per barrare il testo con una linea.
        • -
      • Barrato doppio si usa per barrare il testo con due linee.
        • -
      • Apice si usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
        • -
      • Pedice si usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
        • -
      • Maiuscoletto si usa per rendere maiuscole piccole tutte le lettere.
        • -
      • Maiuscole si usa per rendere maiuscole tutte le lettere.
        • -
      • Spaziatura si usa per impostare lo spazio tra i caratteri.
        • -
      - Impostazioni paragrafo - Tabulazione -

      La scheda Tabulazione vi permette di modificare i punti di tabulazione, cioè la posizione nella quale si sposta il cursore quando premete il tasto Tab sulla tastiera..

      -
        -
      • Posizione si usa per impostare i punti di tabulazione personalizzati. Inserite il valore necessario nella casella adatta, regolatelo usando le frecce e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. Il punto di tabulazione specificato sarà aggiunto nell'elenco nel campo al di sotto.
        • -
      • La tabulazione Predefinita è impostata a 1.25 cm. Potete aumentare o diminuire questo valore usando le frecce o inserire il valore necessario nella casella.
        • -
      • Allineamento si usa per impostare il tipo di allineamento per ogni punto di tabulazione nell'elenco. Selezionate il punto adatto prima, poi una delle opzioni A sinistra, Al centro o A destra e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. -
          -
        • A sinistra si usa per allineare il testo al lato sinistro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione sinistra.
          • -
        • Al centro si usa per centrare il testo nella posizione della tabulazione. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione centrata.
          • -
        • A destra si usa per allineare il testo al lato destro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione destra.
          • -
        -

        Per eliminare un punto di tabulazione dall'elenco, selezionatelo e cliccate su Elimina o usate il pulsante Elimina tutto per svuotare l'elenco.

        -
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Inserire e formattare testo + + + + + + +
      +

      Inserire e formattare testo

      +

      Inserire un testo

      +

      Potete inserire il testo in due modi diversi:

      +
        +
      • Inserire un testo nel segnaposto testo corrispondente prevista dal layout di diapositiva. Per farlo basta puntare sul segnaposto testo e digitare il testo o incollarlo usando i tasti Ctrl+V al posto del testo predefinito.
        • +
      • Inserire un testo in qualsiasi punto di una diapositiva. Per farlo: +
          +
        1. fate clic sull'icona Inserisci testo Inserisci testo sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
          + fate clic sull'icona Inserisci forma Inserisci forma sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate la forma Inserisci testo dal gruppo Forme di base, +
          2. +
        2. posizionate il cursore del mouse nel punto dove desiderate inserire il testo e trascinate il bordo della casella di testo,
          3. +
        3. inserisci il testo desiderato o incollatelo usando i tasti Ctrl+V nella casella che appare.
          4. +
        +
        • +
      • Inserire un testo in una forma. Selezionate la forma e digitate il testo. Il testo aggiunto in tale modo rimane insieme alla forma (quando spostate o ruotate la forma, il testo si sposta e si ruota con essa).
        • +
      +

      Per ridimensionare, ruotare o spostare una casella/segnaposto testo, usate i quadratini speciali.

      +

      Per sapere come allineare una casella di testo in una diapositiva o disporre le caselle di testo, visitate la sezione Allineare e disporre oggetti nella diapositiva.

      +

      Per modificare il bordo o riempimento di una casella/segnaposto testo, fate clic sul bordo per attivare la scheda Impostazioni forma della barra destra. Per ulteriori informazioni visitate la sezione Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori.

      +
      +

      Inserire il testo nella casella

      +

      Potete allineare il testo orizzontalmente a sinistra, a destra, al centro o giustificarlo. Per farlo:

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
        2. +
      2. aprite l'elenco Allineamento orrizontale Allineamento orrizontale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: +
          +
        • l'opzione Allinea testo a sinistra Allinea a sinistra vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato sinistro della casella (il lato destro rimane non allineato).
          • +
        • l'opzione Centra testo Allinea al centro vi permette di centrare il testo nella casella (i lati sinistro e destro rimangono non allineati).
          • +
        • l'opzione Allinea testo a destra Allinea a destra vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato destro della casella (il lato sinistro rimane non allineato).
          • +
        • l'opzione Giustifica Giustifica vi permette di allineare il testo sui lati destro e sinistro della casella (vengono aggiunti gli spazi addizionali dove necessario per mantenere l'allineamento).
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +

      Per allineare il testo verticalemte usate una di tre opzioni: in alto, in mezzo o in basso. Per farlo:

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore nel punto dove desiderate applicare l'allineamento (questo può essere una nuova riga o un testo inserito),
        2. +
      2. aprite l'elenco Allineamento verticale Allineamento verticale sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        3. +
      3. selezionate il tipo di allineamento da applicare: +
          +
        • l'opzione Allinea testo in alto Allinea in alto vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato superiore della casella.
          • +
        • l'opzione Allinea testo in mezzo Allinea in mezzo vi permette di allineare il testo in mezzo della casella.
          • +
        • l'opzione Allinea testo in basso Allinea in basso vi permette di allineare il testo sul lato inferiore della casella.
          • +
        +
        4. +
      +
      +

      Modificare il tipo caratteri, la dimensione, il colore e lo stile

      +

      Potete selezionare il tipo caratteri, la loro dimensione e colore e anche lo stile using the correspondingusando le icone sulla barra degli strumenti superiore.

      +

      Nota: se desiderate formattare il testo già presente nella presentazione, selezionatelo con il mouse o usando la tastiera e applicate la formattazione.

      + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
      Nome tipo di carattereNome tipo di carattereSi usa per selezionare uno dei tipi di carattere dall'elenco a discesa.
      Dimensione carattereDimensione carattereSi usa per selezionare un valore preimpostato dall'elenco a discesa, può essere anche inserita a mano nel campo della dimensione carattere.
      Colore caratteriColore caratteriSi usa per cambiare il colore delle lettere/caratteri nel testo. Cliccate sulla freccia verso il basso accanto all'icona per selezionare il colore.
      GrassettoGrassettoSi usa per formattare in grassetto il testo selezionato per renderlo più scuro e intenso.
      CorsivoCorsivoSi usa per formattare in corsivo il testo selezionato per renderlo inclinato verso destra.
      SottolineatoSottolineatoSi usa per sottolineare il testo selezionato tracciando una linea sotto i caratteri.
      BarratoBarratoSi usa per barrare il testo selezionato da una linea che passa attraverso le lettere.
      ApiceApiceSi usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
      PedicePediceSi usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
      +
      +

      Impostare l'interlinea e cambiare il rientro

      +

      In TeamLab Presentation Editor, potete impostare l'interlinea all'interno di un paragrafo e anche i margini tra i paragrafi.

      +

      Shape Settings tab

      +

      Per farlo,

      +
        +
      1. posizionate il cursore sul paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse,
        2. +
      2. usate i campi corrispondenti nella scheda Impostazioni testo sulla barra destra per ottenere il risultato desiderato: +
          +
        • Interlinea - impostate l'altezza della riga per le righe di testo all'interno del paragrafo. Potete selezionare una di tre opzioni disponibili: minima (imposta un'interlinea minima necessaria per adattare i caratteri o i grafici più grandi nella riga), multipla (imposta un'interlinea espressa con un valore in numeri superiori a 1), esatta (imposta un'interlinea fissa). Nel campo A specificate il volore necessario.
          • +
        • Prima - impostate lo spazio prima del paragrafo.
          • +
        • Dopo - impostate lo spazio dopo il paragrafo.
          • +
        +
        3. +
      +

      Per velocemente cambiare l'interlinea attuale del paragrafo, potete anche utilizzare l'icona Interlinea tra i paragrafi Interlinea tra i paragrafi sulla barra degli strumenti superiore selezionando il valore necessario dall'elenco: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, o 3.0.

      +

      Per cambiare l'offset del paragrafo dal lato sinistro della casella, posizionate il cursore sul paragrafo necessario, o selezionate più paragrafi con il mouse e usate le icone adatte sulla barra degli strumenti superiore: Diminuisci rientro Diminuisci rientro e Aumenta rientro Aumenta rientro.

      +
      +

      Potete anche modificare le impostazioni avanzate del paragrafo. Posizionate il cursore nel paragrafo necessario, viene attivata la scheda Impostazioni testo della barra destra. Fate clic sul collegamento Mostra impostazioni avanzate per aprire la seguente finestra:

      + Impostazioni paragrafo - Rientri e posizionamento +

      La scheda Rientri e posizionamento vi permette di impostare il rientro per la prima riga dal margine interno sinistro della casella di testo, e anche il rientro dai margini interni sinistro e destro della casella di testo.

      + Impostazioni paragrafo - Tipo di carattere +

      La scheda Tipo di carattere contiene le seguenti impostazioni:

      +
        +
      • Barrato si usa per barrare il testo con una linea.
        • +
      • Barrato doppio si usa per barrare il testo con due linee.
        • +
      • Apice si usa per rendere più piccolo e sollevare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle frazioni.
        • +
      • Pedice si usa per rendere più piccolo ed abbassare il testo selezionato, ad esempio nelle formule chimiche.
        • +
      • Maiuscoletto si usa per rendere maiuscole piccole tutte le lettere.
        • +
      • Maiuscole si usa per rendere maiuscole tutte le lettere.
        • +
      • Spaziatura si usa per impostare lo spazio tra i caratteri.
        • +
      + Impostazioni paragrafo - Tabulazione +

      La scheda Tabulazione vi permette di modificare i punti di tabulazione, cioè la posizione nella quale si sposta il cursore quando premete il tasto Tab sulla tastiera..

      +
        +
      • Posizione si usa per impostare i punti di tabulazione personalizzati. Inserite il valore necessario nella casella adatta, regolatelo usando le frecce e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. Il punto di tabulazione specificato sarà aggiunto nell'elenco nel campo al di sotto.
        • +
      • La tabulazione Predefinita è impostata a 1.25 cm. Potete aumentare o diminuire questo valore usando le frecce o inserire il valore necessario nella casella.
        • +
      • Allineamento si usa per impostare il tipo di allineamento per ogni punto di tabulazione nell'elenco. Selezionate il punto adatto prima, poi una delle opzioni A sinistra, Al centro o A destra e cliccate sul pulsante Specifica. +
          +
        • A sinistra si usa per allineare il testo al lato sinistro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a destra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione sinistra.
          • +
        • Al centro si usa per centrare il testo nella posizione della tabulazione. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione centrata.
          • +
        • A destra si usa per allineare il testo al lato destro alla posizione della tabulazione; il testo si sposta a sinistra quando lo digitate. Questa tabulazione sarà segnata sul righello orizzontale dal marcatore Tabulazione destra.
          • +
        +

        Per eliminare un punto di tabulazione dall'elenco, selezionatelo e cliccate su Elimina o usate il pulsante Elimina tutto per svuotare l'elenco.

        +
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index f43801846..25752a749 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -1,58 +1,58 @@ - - - - Gestire diapositive - - - - - - -
      -

      Gestire diapositive

      -

      La presentazione creata, di default, ha una sola diapositiva vuota.

      -

      Per creare una nuova diapositiva:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Aggiungi diapositiva Add Slide icon sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. -
      2. seleziona una diapositiva con un layout necessario dal menu. -

        Nota: potete cambiare il layout della diapositiva aggiunta in qualsiasi momento. Per ulteriori informazioni visitate la sezione Impostare parametri di diapositiva.

        -
        3. -
      -

      Inoltre, potete cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse su quasiasi diapositiva e selezionare l'opzione Nuova diapositiva dal menu contestuale.

      -

      Una nuova diapositiva sarà inserita dopo la diapositiva scelta nell'elenco a sinistra.

      -

      Per duplicare una diapositiva:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla diapositiva necessaria nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Duplica diapositiva dal menu contestuale.
        3. -
      -

      La diapositiva duplicata sarà inserita dopo la diapositiva scelta nell'elenco a sinistra.

      -

      Per copiare una diapositiva:

      -
        -
      1. selezionate la diapositiva da copiare nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. -
      2. premete i tasti Ctrl+C,
        3. -
      3. selezionate la diapositiva dopo la cui desiderate incollare la diapositiva copiata,
        4. -
      4. premete i tasti Ctrl+V.
        5. -
      -

      Per spostare una diapositiva esistente:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate con il tasto sinistro del mouse sulla diapositiva esistente nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. -
      2. mantenendo il tasto premuto, trascinatela nella posizione desiderata nell'elenco (una linea orizzontale indica una nuova locazione).
        3. -
      -

      Per eliminare una diapositiva inutile:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla diapositiva da eliminare nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Elimina diapositiva dal menu contestuale.
        3. -
      -

      Per selezionare tutte le diapositive in una volta:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse su qualsiasi diapositiva nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Seleziona tutto dal menu contestuale.
        3. -
      -

      Per selezionare più diapositive:

      -
        -
      1. premete il tasto Ctrl,
        2. -
      2. selezionate le diapositive necessarie cliccando con il tasto sinistro del mouse.
        3. -
      -
      - + + + + Gestire diapositive + + + + + + +
      +

      Gestire diapositive

      +

      La presentazione creata, di default, ha una sola diapositiva vuota.

      +

      Per creare una nuova diapositiva:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Aggiungi diapositiva Add Slide icon sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
        2. +
      2. seleziona una diapositiva con un layout necessario dal menu. +

        Nota: potete cambiare il layout della diapositiva aggiunta in qualsiasi momento. Per ulteriori informazioni visitate la sezione Impostare parametri di diapositiva.

        +
        3. +
      +

      Inoltre, potete cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse su quasiasi diapositiva e selezionare l'opzione Nuova diapositiva dal menu contestuale.

      +

      Una nuova diapositiva sarà inserita dopo la diapositiva scelta nell'elenco a sinistra.

      +

      Per duplicare una diapositiva:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla diapositiva necessaria nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Duplica diapositiva dal menu contestuale.
        3. +
      +

      La diapositiva duplicata sarà inserita dopo la diapositiva scelta nell'elenco a sinistra.

      +

      Per copiare una diapositiva:

      +
        +
      1. selezionate la diapositiva da copiare nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. +
      2. premete i tasti Ctrl+C,
        3. +
      3. selezionate la diapositiva dopo la cui desiderate incollare la diapositiva copiata,
        4. +
      4. premete i tasti Ctrl+V.
        5. +
      +

      Per spostare una diapositiva esistente:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate con il tasto sinistro del mouse sulla diapositiva esistente nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. +
      2. mantenendo il tasto premuto, trascinatela nella posizione desiderata nell'elenco (una linea orizzontale indica una nuova locazione).
        3. +
      +

      Per eliminare una diapositiva inutile:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse sulla diapositiva da eliminare nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Elimina diapositiva dal menu contestuale.
        3. +
      +

      Per selezionare tutte le diapositive in una volta:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate con il tasto destro del mouse su qualsiasi diapositiva nell'elenco a sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Seleziona tutto dal menu contestuale.
        3. +
      +

      Per selezionare più diapositive:

      +
        +
      1. premete il tasto Ctrl,
        2. +
      2. selezionate le diapositive necessarie cliccando con il tasto sinistro del mouse.
        3. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm similarity index 99% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 0fc35a2c6..4b5d3ec2e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ - - - - Manipolare oggetti - - - - - -
      -

      Manipolare oggetti

      -

      Potete ridimensionare, spostare, ruotare differenti oggetti in una diapositiva a mano usando i quadratini speciali. Potete anche specificare le dimensioni e la posizione esatta di certi oggetti sulla barra destra o nella finestra Impostazioni avanzate.

      -

      Ridimensionare oggetti

      -

      Per cambiare la dimensione di un'immagine/forma/casella di testo/grafico, trascinate i piccoli quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete e tenete premuto il tasto Shift.

      -

      Mantenere proporzioni

      -

      Per specificare la larghezza e l'altezza esatta di un grafico, selezionatelo in una diapositiva e usate la sezione Dimensione sulla barra destra attivata.

      -

      Per specificare le dimensioni esatte di un'immagine o una forma, fate un clic destro sull'oggetto necessario in una diapositiva e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine/forma dal menu. Inserite i valori necessari nella scheda Dimensione della finestra Impostazioni avanzate e fate clic su OK.

      -

      Rimodellare forme

      -

      Quando modificate certe forme, ad esempio Frecce decorate o Callout, è disponibile anche l'icona a forma di diamante giallo Diamante giallo. Questa icona permette di regolare certi aspetti della forma, ad esempio, la lunghezza della testa di una freccia.

      -

      Rimodellare forme

      -

      Spostare oggetti

      -

      Per alterare la posizione di una forma/immagine/tabella/casella di testo/grafico, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse. - Per spostare l'oggetto di un pixel, premete il tasto Ctrl e usate le frecce della tastiera. - Per spostare l'oggetto precisamente in orizzontale/verticale, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante lo spostamento.

      -

      Per specificare la posizione esatta di un'immagine, fate un clic destro su questa immagine e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine dal menu. Inserite i valori necessari nella sezione Posizione della finestra Impostazioni avanzate e fate clic su OK.

      -

      Ruotare oggetti

      -

      Per ruotare una forma/immagine/casella di testo, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

      -
      - + + + + Manipolare oggetti + + + + + +
      +

      Manipolare oggetti

      +

      Potete ridimensionare, spostare, ruotare differenti oggetti in una diapositiva a mano usando i quadratini speciali. Potete anche specificare le dimensioni e la posizione esatta di certi oggetti sulla barra destra o nella finestra Impostazioni avanzate.

      +

      Ridimensionare oggetti

      +

      Per cambiare la dimensione di un'immagine/forma/casella di testo/grafico, trascinate i piccoli quadrati Quadrato situati negli angoli dell'oggetto. Per mantenere le proporzioni originali dell'oggetto scelto durante il ridimensionamento, premete e tenete premuto il tasto Shift.

      +

      Mantenere proporzioni

      +

      Per specificare la larghezza e l'altezza esatta di un grafico, selezionatelo in una diapositiva e usate la sezione Dimensione sulla barra destra attivata.

      +

      Per specificare le dimensioni esatte di un'immagine o una forma, fate un clic destro sull'oggetto necessario in una diapositiva e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine/forma dal menu. Inserite i valori necessari nella scheda Dimensione della finestra Impostazioni avanzate e fate clic su OK.

      +

      Rimodellare forme

      +

      Quando modificate certe forme, ad esempio Frecce decorate o Callout, è disponibile anche l'icona a forma di diamante giallo Diamante giallo. Questa icona permette di regolare certi aspetti della forma, ad esempio, la lunghezza della testa di una freccia.

      +

      Rimodellare forme

      +

      Spostare oggetti

      +

      Per alterare la posizione di una forma/immagine/tabella/casella di testo/grafico, usate la freccia Freccia che appare quando posizionate il cursore del mouse sull'oggetto. Trascinate l'oggetto nella posizione necessaria mantenendo premuto il tasto del mouse. + Per spostare l'oggetto di un pixel, premete il tasto Ctrl e usate le frecce della tastiera. + Per spostare l'oggetto precisamente in orizzontale/verticale, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante lo spostamento.

      +

      Per specificare la posizione esatta di un'immagine, fate un clic destro su questa immagine e selezionate l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate dell'immagine dal menu. Inserite i valori necessari nella sezione Posizione della finestra Impostazioni avanzate e fate clic su OK.

      +

      Ruotare oggetti

      +

      Per ruotare una forma/immagine/casella di testo, posizionate il cursore del mouse sul punto di manipolazione di rotazione punto di manipolazione di rotazione e trascinatelo in senso orario o antiorario. Per limitare l'angolo di rotazione a 15 gradi, tenete premuto il tasto Shift durante la rotazione.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 45e18ab14..348a38351 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ - - - - Creare nuova presentazione o aprire presentazione esistente - - - - - -
      -

      Creare nuova presentazione o aprire presentazione esistente

      -

      Quando TeamLab Presentation Editor è aperto, potete subito passare ad una presentazione esistente che avete già modificato, creare una nuova presentazione, o tornare all'elenco delle presentazioni esistenti.

      -

      Per creare una nuova presentazione,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Crea nuovo oggetto....
        3. -
      -

      Per aprire una presentazione modificata di recente con TeamLab Presentation Editor:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Apri recenti,
        3. -
      3. scegliete il documento necessario dall'elenco delle presentazioni modificate di recente.
        4. -
      -

      Per tornare all'elenco delle presentazioni esistenti, cliccate sul collegamento Va' ai Documenti nell'angolo destro superiore o sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Va' ai Documenti.

      -
      - + + + + Creare nuova presentazione o aprire presentazione esistente + + + + + +
      +

      Creare nuova presentazione o aprire presentazione esistente

      +

      Quando TeamLab Presentation Editor è aperto, potete subito passare ad una presentazione esistente che avete già modificato, creare una nuova presentazione, o tornare all'elenco delle presentazioni esistenti.

      +

      Per creare una nuova presentazione,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Crea nuovo oggetto....
        3. +
      +

      Per aprire una presentazione modificata di recente con TeamLab Presentation Editor:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Apri recenti,
        3. +
      3. scegliete il documento necessario dall'elenco delle presentazioni modificate di recente.
        4. +
      +

      Per tornare all'elenco delle presentazioni esistenti, cliccate sul collegamento Va' ai Documenti nell'angolo destro superiore o sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Va' ai Documenti.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index 45f97431c..ebabe2f0b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ - - - - Visualizzare presentazione - - - - - - -
      -

      Visualizzare presentazione

      -

      Per visualizzare la presentazione attualmente modificata in anteprima:

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona Avvia anteprima Avvia anteprima sulla barra degli strumenti superiore. -

        Nota: per visualizzare la presentazione a partire da una certa diapositiva, potete selezionarla nell'elenco a sinistra, cliccare con il tasto destro e selezionare l'opzione Anteprima dal menu.

        -

        Viene attivata la modalità di Anteprima.

        -
        2. -
      2. cliccate sul pulsante Avvia presentazione Avvia presentazione nell'angolo sinistro inferiore della schermata.
        3. -
      -

      Usate i contolli corrispondenti nell'angolo sinistro inferiore per Sospendere presentazione Sospendi presentazione, passare alla Diapositiva successiva Diapositiva successiva, tornare alla Diapositiva precedente Diapositiva precedente, Chiudere anteprima Chiudi anteprima o usate i tasti di scelta rapida.

      -

      Nota: per passare ad una certa diapositiva quando è attivata la modalità di anteprima, cliccate sull'Indicatore del numero di diapositive ed inserite il numero della diapositiva nella finestra aperta.

      -
      - + + + + Visualizzare presentazione + + + + + + +
      +

      Visualizzare presentazione

      +

      Per visualizzare la presentazione attualmente modificata in anteprima:

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona Avvia anteprima Avvia anteprima sulla barra degli strumenti superiore. +

        Nota: per visualizzare la presentazione a partire da una certa diapositiva, potete selezionarla nell'elenco a sinistra, cliccare con il tasto destro e selezionare l'opzione Anteprima dal menu.

        +

        Viene attivata la modalità di Anteprima.

        +
        2. +
      2. cliccate sul pulsante Avvia presentazione Avvia presentazione nell'angolo sinistro inferiore della schermata.
        3. +
      +

      Usate i contolli corrispondenti nell'angolo sinistro inferiore per Sospendere presentazione Sospendi presentazione, passare alla Diapositiva successiva Diapositiva successiva, tornare alla Diapositiva precedente Diapositiva precedente, Chiudere anteprima Chiudi anteprima o usate i tasti di scelta rapida.

      +

      Nota: per passare ad una certa diapositiva quando è attivata la modalità di anteprima, cliccate sull'Indicatore del numero di diapositive ed inserite il numero della diapositiva nella finestra aperta.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 573094273..9b83ce36a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -1,35 +1,35 @@ - - - - Salvare/stampare/scaricare presentazione - - - - - - -
      -

      Salvare/stampare/scaricare presentazione

      -

      Di default, TeamLab Рresentation Editor salva il file automaticamente ogni 10 minuti durante il lavoro per evitare perdite di dati causate dalla chiusura inaspettata del programma. Se è necessario, potete facilmente cambiare la frequenza con cui viene salvata la presentazione o anche disattivare questa opzione nella pagina Impostazioni avanzate.

      -

      Per salvare la presentazione attuale a mano,

      -
        -
      • cliccate sull'icona Salva Salva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • -
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+S, oppure
        • -
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Salva.
        • -
      -

      Per stampare la presentazione attuale,

      -
        -
      • cliccate sull'icona Stampa Stampa sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • -
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+P, oppure
        • -
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Stampa.
        • -
      -

      Dopo questo viene generato un file PDF a base della presentazione modificata. Potete aprirla e stamparla, oppure salvarla sul disco rigido del vostro computer o un dispositivo rimovibile per stamparla in seguito.

      -

      Per scaricare la presentazione risultante sul disco rigido del vostro computer,

      -
        -
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. -
      2. selezionate l'opzione Scarica in,
        3. -
      3. scegliete uno dei formati disponibili che vi conviene: PDF, PPTX.
        4. -
      -
      - + + + + Salvare/stampare/scaricare presentazione + + + + + + +
      +

      Salvare/stampare/scaricare presentazione

      +

      Di default, TeamLab Рresentation Editor salva il file automaticamente ogni 10 minuti durante il lavoro per evitare perdite di dati causate dalla chiusura inaspettata del programma. Se è necessario, potete facilmente cambiare la frequenza con cui viene salvata la presentazione o anche disattivare questa opzione nella pagina Impostazioni avanzate.

      +

      Per salvare la presentazione attuale a mano,

      +
        +
      • cliccate sull'icona Salva Salva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • +
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+S, oppure
        • +
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Salva.
        • +
      +

      Per stampare la presentazione attuale,

      +
        +
      • cliccate sull'icona Stampa Stampa sulla barra degli strumenti superiore, oppure
        • +
      • utilizzate i tasti Ctrl+P, oppure
        • +
      • cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Stampa.
        • +
      +

      Dopo questo viene generato un file PDF a base della presentazione modificata. Potete aprirla e stamparla, oppure salvarla sul disco rigido del vostro computer o un dispositivo rimovibile per stamparla in seguito.

      +

      Per scaricare la presentazione risultante sul disco rigido del vostro computer,

      +
        +
      1. cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra,
        2. +
      2. selezionate l'opzione Scarica in,
        3. +
      3. scegliete uno dei formati disponibili che vi conviene: PDF, PPTX.
        4. +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index 03c7ca7ff..df6e4a980 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -1,70 +1,70 @@ - - - - Impostare parametri di diapositiva - - - - - - -
      -

      Impostare parametri di diapositiva

      -

      Per personalizzare la vostra presentazione, potete selezionare un tema, una combinazione colori e la dimensione della diapositiva per tutta la presentazione, cambiare il riempimento di sfondo o il layout per ogni diapositiva separata, e anche applicare transizioni diverse tra le diapositive.

      -
        -
      • Temi vi permettono di velocemente cambiare il design della presentazione: lo sfondo delle diapositive, il tipo di caratteri predefinito per i titoli e i testi e la combinazione colori usata per gli elementi della presentazione. - Per selezionare un tema per la presentazione, cliccate sul tema necessario nella galleria nella parte destra della barra degli strumenti superiore. Il tema selezionato sarà applicato a tutte le diapositive se non avete scelto prima certe diapositive. -

        Galleria temi

        -
        • -
      • Combinazioni colori vi permettono di selezionare un insieme dei colori predefinito usato per gli elementi della presentazione (caratteri, linee, riempimento ecc.) e di mantenere la densità dei colori per tutta la presentazione. - Per cambiare una combinazione colori per la presentaione, cliccate sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate la combinazione necessaria dall'elenco a discesa. La combinazione selezionata sarà applicata a tutte le diapositive. -

        Combinazioni colori

        -
        • -
      • Per cambiare la dimensione di tutte le diapositive nella presentazione, cliccate sull'icona Seleziona dimensione diapositiva Seleziona dimensione diapositiva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione necessaria dall'elenco a discesa. Potete selezionare: -
          -
        • uno di due preset - Standard (4:3) o Widescreen (16:9),
          • -
        • l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate per aprire la finestra Impostazioni dimensione diapositiva dove potete selezionare uno dei preset disponibili o impostare la dimensione Personalizzata specificando i valori Larghezza e Altezza desiderati. -

          Finestra Impostazioni dimensione diapositiva

          -

          I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Per cambiare il riempimento, -
          -
        1. selezionate le diapositive nell'elenco a sinistra. O cliccate in qualsiasi punto vuoto all'interno della diapositiva modificata nell'area di modifica per cambiare il riempimento solo per questa diapositiva.
          2. -
        2. nella scheda Impostazioni diapositiva sulla barra destra selezionate l'opzione necessaria: -
            -
          • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore unito che desiderate utilizzare per riempire la diapositiva.
            • -
          • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori.
            • -
          • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della diapositiva
            • -
          • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti.
            • -
          • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire la diapositiva.
            • -
          -

          Per ulteriori informazioni su queste opzioni visitate la sezione Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori.

          -
          3. -
        -
        • -
      • Transizioni aiuatano a rendere più dinamica la vostra presentazione e attirare l'attenzione del vostro pubblico. Per applicare una transizione: -
          -
        1. selezionate le diapositive alle quali desiderate applicare transizioni,
          2. -
        2. selezionate una transizione dall'elenco Effetti nella scheda Impostazioni diapositiva della barra destra,
          3. -
        3. regolate le impostazioni della transizione: selezionate il tipo della transizione, la sua durata e il modo di avanzamento,
          4. -
        4. cliccate sul pulsante Applica a tutte le diapositive se desiderate applicare la stessa transizione a tutte le diapositive nella presentazione. -

          Per ulteriori informazioni su queste opzioni visitate la sezione Applicare transizioni.

          -
          5. -
        -
        • -
      • Per cambiare il layout di una diapositiva: -
          -
        1. selezionate le diapositive nell'elenco a sinistra il cui layout desiderate cambiare,
          2. -
        2. cliccate sull'icona Cambia layout diapositiva Cambia layout diapositiva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
          3. -
        3. selezionate il layout necessario dal menu. -

          Inoltre, potete cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse sulla diapositiva necessaria nell'elenco a sinistra, selezionare l'opzione Cambia layout dal menu contestuale e selezionate il layout necessario.

          -

          Nota: al presente, sono disponibili i seguenti layout: Titolo, Titolo e oggetto, Intestazione sezione, Due oggetti, Due testi e due oggetti, Solo titolo, Vuoto, Titolo, oggetto e didascialia, Immagine e didascalia, Testo verticale, Titolo verticale e testo.

          -
          4. -
        -
        • -
      -
      - + + + + Impostare parametri di diapositiva + + + + + + +
      +

      Impostare parametri di diapositiva

      +

      Per personalizzare la vostra presentazione, potete selezionare un tema, una combinazione colori e la dimensione della diapositiva per tutta la presentazione, cambiare il riempimento di sfondo o il layout per ogni diapositiva separata, e anche applicare transizioni diverse tra le diapositive.

      +
        +
      • Temi vi permettono di velocemente cambiare il design della presentazione: lo sfondo delle diapositive, il tipo di caratteri predefinito per i titoli e i testi e la combinazione colori usata per gli elementi della presentazione. + Per selezionare un tema per la presentazione, cliccate sul tema necessario nella galleria nella parte destra della barra degli strumenti superiore. Il tema selezionato sarà applicato a tutte le diapositive se non avete scelto prima certe diapositive. +

        Galleria temi

        +
        • +
      • Combinazioni colori vi permettono di selezionare un insieme dei colori predefinito usato per gli elementi della presentazione (caratteri, linee, riempimento ecc.) e di mantenere la densità dei colori per tutta la presentazione. + Per cambiare una combinazione colori per la presentaione, cliccate sull'icona Cambia combinazione colori Cambia combinazione colori sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate la combinazione necessaria dall'elenco a discesa. La combinazione selezionata sarà applicata a tutte le diapositive. +

        Combinazioni colori

        +
        • +
      • Per cambiare la dimensione di tutte le diapositive nella presentazione, cliccate sull'icona Seleziona dimensione diapositiva Seleziona dimensione diapositiva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore e selezionate l'opzione necessaria dall'elenco a discesa. Potete selezionare: +
          +
        • uno di due preset - Standard (4:3) o Widescreen (16:9),
          • +
        • l'opzione Impostazioni avanzate per aprire la finestra Impostazioni dimensione diapositiva dove potete selezionare uno dei preset disponibili o impostare la dimensione Personalizzata specificando i valori Larghezza e Altezza desiderati. +

          Finestra Impostazioni dimensione diapositiva

          +

          I preset disponibili sono i seguenti: Standard (4:3), Widescreen (16:9), Widescreen (16:10), Letter Paper (8.5x11 in), Ledger Paper (11x17 in), A3 Paper (297x420 mm), A4 Paper (210x297 mm), B4 (ICO) Paper (250x353 mm), B5 (ICO) Paper (176x250 mm), 35 mm Slides, Overhead, Banner.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Per cambiare il riempimento, +
          +
        1. selezionate le diapositive nell'elenco a sinistra. O cliccate in qualsiasi punto vuoto all'interno della diapositiva modificata nell'area di modifica per cambiare il riempimento solo per questa diapositiva.
          2. +
        2. nella scheda Impostazioni diapositiva sulla barra destra selezionate l'opzione necessaria: +
            +
          • Colore di riempimento - selezionate questa opzione per specificare il colore unito che desiderate utilizzare per riempire la diapositiva.
            • +
          • Sfumatura - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma creando una fusione graduale di due colori.
            • +
          • Immagine e trama - selezionate questa opzione per utilizzare un'immagine o una trama predefinita per lo sfondo della diapositiva
            • +
          • Modello - selezionate questa opzione per riempire la forma da un disegno bicolore composto dagli elementi ripetuti.
            • +
          • Nessun riempimento - selezionate questa opzione se non desiderate riempire la diapositiva.
            • +
          +

          Per ulteriori informazioni su queste opzioni visitate la sezione Riempire oggetti e selezionare colori.

          +
          3. +
        +
        • +
      • Transizioni aiuatano a rendere più dinamica la vostra presentazione e attirare l'attenzione del vostro pubblico. Per applicare una transizione: +
          +
        1. selezionate le diapositive alle quali desiderate applicare transizioni,
          2. +
        2. selezionate una transizione dall'elenco Effetti nella scheda Impostazioni diapositiva della barra destra,
          3. +
        3. regolate le impostazioni della transizione: selezionate il tipo della transizione, la sua durata e il modo di avanzamento,
          4. +
        4. cliccate sul pulsante Applica a tutte le diapositive se desiderate applicare la stessa transizione a tutte le diapositive nella presentazione. +

          Per ulteriori informazioni su queste opzioni visitate la sezione Applicare transizioni.

          +
          5. +
        +
        • +
      • Per cambiare il layout di una diapositiva: +
          +
        1. selezionate le diapositive nell'elenco a sinistra il cui layout desiderate cambiare,
          2. +
        2. cliccate sull'icona Cambia layout diapositiva Cambia layout diapositiva sulla barra degli strumenti superiore,
          3. +
        3. selezionate il layout necessario dal menu. +

          Inoltre, potete cliccare con il tasto destro del mouse sulla diapositiva necessaria nell'elenco a sinistra, selezionare l'opzione Cambia layout dal menu contestuale e selezionate il layout necessario.

          +

          Nota: al presente, sono disponibili i seguenti layout: Titolo, Titolo e oggetto, Intestazione sezione, Due oggetti, Due testi e due oggetti, Solo titolo, Vuoto, Titolo, oggetto e didascialia, Immagine e didascalia, Testo verticale, Titolo verticale e testo.

          +
          4. +
        +
        • +
      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm similarity index 98% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index 594c303e6..29815e97c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ - - - - Visualizzare informazioni sulla presentazione - - - - - -
      -

      Visualizzare informazioni sulla presentazione

      -

      Per accedere alle informazioni dettagliate sulla presentazione modificata, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Informazioni presentazione.

      -

      Le informazioni sul documento includono i dati seguenti: titolo, autore, percorso, data di creazione, persone con i diritti di visualizzazione o modifica della presentazione.

      -

      Se avete un accesso completo a questa presentazione, potete anche cambiare i diritti di accesso impostati facendo clic dul pulsante Cambia diritti di accesso nella sezione Persone con i diritti.

      -

      Per chiudere il pannello File e riprendere la modifica della presentazione, selezionate l'opzione Torna alla presentazione.

      -
      - + + + + Visualizzare informazioni sulla presentazione + + + + + +
      +

      Visualizzare informazioni sulla presentazione

      +

      Per accedere alle informazioni dettagliate sulla presentazione modificata, cliccate sull'icona File File sulla barra sinistra e selezionate l'opzione Informazioni presentazione.

      +

      Le informazioni sul documento includono i dati seguenti: titolo, autore, percorso, data di creazione, persone con i diritti di visualizzazione o modifica della presentazione.

      +

      Se avete un accesso completo a questa presentazione, potete anche cambiare i diritti di accesso impostati facendo clic dul pulsante Cambia diritti di accesso nella sezione Persone con i diritti.

      +

      Per chiudere il pannello File e riprendere la modifica della presentazione, selezionate l'opzione Torna alla presentazione.

      +
      + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/callback.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/callback.js similarity index 97% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/callback.js rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/callback.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/editor.css similarity index 93% rename from apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/editor.css index cf3e4f141..0b550e306 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/it/editor.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/editor.css @@ -1,155 +1,155 @@ -body -{ -font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; -font-size: 12px; -color: #444; -background: #fff; -} - -img -{ -border: none; -vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; -} - -img.floatleft -{ -float: left; -margin-right: 30px; -margin-bottom: 10px; -} - -li -{ -line-height: 2em; -} - -.mainpart -{ -margin: 0; -padding: 10px 20px; -} - -.mainpart h1 -{ -font-size: 16px; -font-weight: bold; -} - -table, -tr, -td, -th -{ -border-left: 0; -border-right: 0; -border-bottom: solid 1px #E4E4E4; -border-collapse: collapse; -padding: 8px; -text-align: left; -} - -table -{ -margin: 20px 0; -width: 100%; -} - -th -{ -font-size: 14px; -font-weight: bold; -padding-top: 20px; -} - -td.function -{ -width: 35%; -} - -td.shortfunction -{ -width: 20%; -} - -td.combination -{ -width: 15%; -} - -td.description -{ -width: 50%; -} - -td.longdescription -{ -width: 80%; -} - -.note -{ -background: #F4F4F4 url(images/help.png) no-repeat 7px 5px; -font-size: 11px; -padding: 10px 20px 10px 37px; -width: 90%; -margin: 10px 0; -line-height: 1em; -min-height: 14px; -} - -hr -{ -height: 1px; -width: 90%; -text-align: left; -margin: 10px 0 15px; -color: #E4E4E4; -background-color: #E4E4E4; -border: 0; -clear: both; -} - -a -{ -color: #7496DD; -text-decoration: underline; -} - -a:hover -{ -text-decoration: none; -} -a.sup_link { -text-decoration: none; -} - -.search-field { - display: block; - float: right; -} -.search-field input { - width: 250px; - height: 25px; - box-sizing: border-box; - padding: 4px 10px 4px 25px; - border: 1px solid #e1e1e1; - border-radius: 6px; - background: url('data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAoAAAAKCAYAAACNMs+9AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAQVJREFUGBl1j71KxUAQhe8uJkZcC/ERfADBRsheCSkFwcLKxkbuM1jaa2+l1pZ6FW2EJJgUdqYOdinsAuIfRDZ+E24qceAw55w5O7urRlRRFKtt2x5DQ/AGrn3fPwrD8Avel5qFnlEOTMFK13Vb9CcwjuP4hz6aY9MJ3Xmet26tfREzy7ID59yZ1nofeSGeBhZcDSExoyg6V0o1bN4ULSXBd7AsYqgkSQL4AvgcPM2pG8R2mqZ7YlZVNc+2U/yAq+XNfak8z5d45yNqjcAr3RAyMkXfwXf50LcSQ7bUdT2Bjhl+0G8JHNI30A/GmJ0+iPGnZjfdM7CEp/8G5WRZlotN01xCg18HsWi9HzrHEgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==') center left 9px no-repeat; -} - -.search-field input:focus { - outline:0 !important; -} - -.subtitle { - font-size: 0.9em; - font-style: italic; -} -#search-results a { - font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; - font-size: 1em; - font-weight: bold; - color: #444; +body +{ +font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; +font-size: 12px; +color: #444; +background: #fff; +} + +img +{ +border: none; +vertical-align: middle; +max-width: 95%; +} + +img.floatleft +{ +float: left; +margin-right: 30px; +margin-bottom: 10px; +} + +li +{ +line-height: 2em; +} + +.mainpart +{ +margin: 0; +padding: 10px 20px; +} + +.mainpart h1 +{ +font-size: 16px; +font-weight: bold; +} + +table, +tr, +td, +th +{ +border-left: 0; +border-right: 0; +border-bottom: solid 1px #E4E4E4; +border-collapse: collapse; +padding: 8px; +text-align: left; +} + +table +{ +margin: 20px 0; +width: 100%; +} + +th +{ +font-size: 14px; +font-weight: bold; +padding-top: 20px; +} + +td.function +{ +width: 35%; +} + +td.shortfunction +{ +width: 20%; +} + +td.combination +{ +width: 15%; +} + +td.description +{ +width: 50%; +} + +td.longdescription +{ +width: 80%; +} + +.note +{ +background: #F4F4F4 url(images/help.png) no-repeat 7px 5px; +font-size: 11px; +padding: 10px 20px 10px 37px; +width: 90%; +margin: 10px 0; +line-height: 1em; +min-height: 14px; +} + +hr +{ +height: 1px; +width: 90%; +text-align: left; +margin: 10px 0 15px; +color: #E4E4E4; +background-color: #E4E4E4; +border: 0; +clear: both; +} + +a +{ +color: #7496DD; +text-decoration: underline; +} + +a:hover +{ +text-decoration: none; +} +a.sup_link { +text-decoration: none; +} + +.search-field { + display: block; + float: right; +} +.search-field input { + width: 250px; + height: 25px; + box-sizing: border-box; + padding: 4px 10px 4px 25px; + border: 1px solid #e1e1e1; + border-radius: 6px; + background: url('data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAoAAAAKCAYAAACNMs+9AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAQVJREFUGBl1j71KxUAQhe8uJkZcC/ERfADBRsheCSkFwcLKxkbuM1jaa2+l1pZ6FW2EJJgUdqYOdinsAuIfRDZ+E24qceAw55w5O7urRlRRFKtt2x5DQ/AGrn3fPwrD8Avel5qFnlEOTMFK13Vb9CcwjuP4hz6aY9MJ3Xmet26tfREzy7ID59yZ1nofeSGeBhZcDSExoyg6V0o1bN4ULSXBd7AsYqgkSQL4AvgcPM2pG8R2mqZ7YlZVNc+2U/yAq+XNfak8z5d45yNqjcAr3RAyMkXfwXf50LcSQ7bUdT2Bjhl+0G8JHNI30A/GmJ0+iPGnZjfdM7CEp/8G5WRZlotN01xCg18HsWi9HzrHEgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==') center left 9px no-repeat; +} + +.search-field input:focus { + outline:0 !important; +} + +.subtitle { + font-size: 0.9em; + font-style: italic; +} +#search-results a { + font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; + font-size: 1em; + font-weight: bold; + color: #444; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/SearchOptions.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/SearchOptions.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/added_comment_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/added_comment_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/added_comment_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/addhyperlink.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addhyperlink.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/addslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addslide.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/addslide.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/addslide.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/advanced_settings_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/advanced_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignbottom.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignbottom.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignbottom.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/aligncenter.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligncenter.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignleft.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignleft.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignmiddle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignmiddle.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignmiddle.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectbottom.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectbottom.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectbottom.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectcenter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectcenter.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectcenter.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectleft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectleft.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectleft.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectmiddle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectmiddle.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectmiddle.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectright.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjectright.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjectright.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjecttop.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignobjecttop.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignobjecttop.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignright.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignright.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignshape.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/alignshape.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/alignshape.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/aligntop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligntop.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/aligntop.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/aligntop.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrangeshape.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/arrangeshape.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrangeshape.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/arrow.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/arrow.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/autoshape.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/autoshape.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/autoshape.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/back.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/back.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/back.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bgcolor.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bgcolor.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bold.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bold.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bordersize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bordersize.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bordersize.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bordersize.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bordertype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bordertype.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bordertype.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bordertype.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bringforward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bringforward.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringforward.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringtofront.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bringtofront.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bringtofront.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bullets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/bullets.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/bullets.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/cellrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/cellrow.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/cellrow.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/changecolorscheme.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changecolorscheme.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/changelayout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changelayout.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/changelayout.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/changelayout.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chart_settings_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chart_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/charteditor.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charteditor.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chartsettings2.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chartsettings2.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/charttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charttab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/charttab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/charttab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/chaticon_new.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/chaticon_new.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/circle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/circle.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/circle.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/clearstyle.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/clearstyle.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/closepreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/closepreview.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/closepreview.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/closepreview.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/colorscheme.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/colorscheme.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/colorscheme.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/commentsicon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/commentsicon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/constantproportions.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/constantproportions.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copy.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copy.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copy.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copypastewindow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copypastewindow.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copypastewindow.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copystyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/copystyle.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/copystyle.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreasedec.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreasedec.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/decreaseindent.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/decreaseindent.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deletecommenticon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deletecommenticon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/deleteicon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/deleteicon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributehorizontally.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/distributehorizontally.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributehorizontally.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributevertically.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/distributevertically.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/distributevertically.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/editcommenticon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/editcommenticon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/file.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/file.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/file.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_color.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_color.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_gradient.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_gradient.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_pattern.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_pattern.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fill_picture.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fill_picture.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitpage.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitpage.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitslide.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitslide.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitslide.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fitwidth.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fitwidth.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontcolor.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontcolor.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontfamily.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontfamily.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontsize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/fontsize.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/fontsize.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/gradientslider.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/gradientslider.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/greencircle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/greencircle.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/greencircle.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/group.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/group.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/group.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hard.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hard.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hard.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/help.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/help.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/help.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hiderulers.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hiderulers.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/highlightcolor.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/highlightcolor.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/horizontalalign.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/horizontalalign.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/horizontalalign.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hyperlinkwindow.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_properties.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_properties.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/image_settings_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/image_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagesettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/imagesettingstab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/imagesettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increasedec.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increasedec.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/increaseindent.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/increaseindent.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertchart.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertchart.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/insertfunction.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/insertfunction.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/inserttable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttable.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/inserttable.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttable.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttexticon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/inserttexticon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/inserttexticon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/italic.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/italic.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/justify.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/justify.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/justify.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/larger.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/larger.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/larger.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/linespacing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/linespacing.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/linespacing.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/maintain_proportions.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/maintain_proportions.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/maintain_proportions.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nextpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nextpage.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextpage.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nextslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextslide.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nextslide.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nextslide.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/noborders.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/noborders.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/noborders.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nofill.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/nofill.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/nofill.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numberformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numberformat.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numberformat.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numbering.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/numbering.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/numbering.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/orientation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/orientation.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/orientation.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/outline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/outline.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/outline.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagesize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pagesize.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pagesize.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palette_custom.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palette_custom.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palettes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palettes.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/palettes.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/palettes.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paste.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/paste.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/paste.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pausepresentation.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/pausepresentation.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/pausepresentation.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/previouspage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/previouspage.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previouspage.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/previousslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previousslide.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/previousslide.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/previousslide.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/print.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/print.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/redo.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/redo.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/reshaping.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/reshaping.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/reshaping.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/resize_square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/resize_square.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/resize_square.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rowsandcolumns.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/rowsandcolumns.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/rowsandcolumns.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/save.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/save.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/saveupdate.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/saveupdate.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_replace_window.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_replace_window.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/search_window.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/search_window.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchbuttons.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchbuttons.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchdownbutton.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchdownbutton.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchicon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchicon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/searchupbutton.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/searchupbutton.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectslidesizeicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/selectslidesizeicon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/selectslidesizeicon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sendbackward.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendbackward.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoback.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sendtoback.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sendtoback.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties1.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties1.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties3.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_properties3.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_properties3.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shape_settings_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shape_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shapesettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/shapesettingstab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/shapesettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/slide_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/slide_settings_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/slide_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/slidesettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/slidesettingstab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/slidesettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/smaller.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/smaller.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/smaller.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/soft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/soft.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/soft.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/space.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/space.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/space.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/split_cells.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/split_cells.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/split_cells.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/split_cells.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/square.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/square.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/startpresentation.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/startpresentation.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/startpresentation.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/startpreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/startpreview.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/startpreview.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/startpreview.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/strike.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/strike.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sub.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sub.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/sup.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/sup.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_properties.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_properties.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_settings_icon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/table_settings_icon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/table_settings_icon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tablesettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tablesettingstab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tablesettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopleft_marker.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopleft_marker.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/tabstopright_marker.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/tabstopright_marker.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/templateslist.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/templateslist.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/templateslist.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/templateslist.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/text_autoshape.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/text_autoshape.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/text_autoshape.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textadvancedsettings1.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textadvancedsettings1.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textadvancedsettings1.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textadvancedsettings2.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textadvancedsettings2.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textadvancedsettings2.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textadvancedsettings3.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textadvancedsettings3.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textadvancedsettings3.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textsettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textsettingstab.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/textsettingstab.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/textsettingstab.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/themes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/themes.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/themes.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/themes.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/underline.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/underline.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/undo.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/undo.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/ungroup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ungroup.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/ungroup.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/ungroup.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/usersnumber.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/usersnumber.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/verticalalign.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/verticalalign.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/verticalalign.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/viewsettingsicon.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/viewsettingsicon.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/yellowdiamond.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/yellowdiamond.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomin.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomin.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png similarity index 100% rename from apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it/images/zoomout.png rename to apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/it_/images/zoomout.png diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json index ed4983944..eab931b93 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/Contents.json @@ -2,7 +2,8 @@ {"src": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "name": "Знакомство с пользовательским интерфейсом редактора презентаций", "headername": "Интерфейс программы"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Файл"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Главная"}, - {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Вставка"}, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Вставка" }, + {"src": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Совместная работа"}, {"src": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "name": "Вкладка Плагины"}, {"src": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", "name": "Создание новой презентации или открытие существующей", "headername": "Базовые операции" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "name": "Копирование / вставка данных, отмена / повтор действий"}, @@ -19,7 +20,7 @@ { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "name": "Вставка и редактирование диаграмм" }, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "name": "Вставка и форматирование таблиц" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm", "name": "Заливка объектов и выбор цветов"}, - { "src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Манипулирование объектами на слайде" }, + { "src": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", "name": "Работа с объектами на слайде" }, {"src": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", "name": "Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде"}, { "src": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", "name": "Вставка формул", "headername": "Математические формулы" }, {"src": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "name": "Совместное редактирование презентаций", "headername": "Совместное редактирование презентаций" }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 326e4cd8a..9fc0595ba 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
      - +

      О редакторе презентаций

      -

      Онлайн-редактор презентаций - это онлайн-приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать презентации непосредственно в браузере.

      -

      Используя онлайн-редактор презентаций, можно выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные презентации, +

      Редактор презентаций - это онлайн-приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать презентации непосредственно в браузере.

      +

      Используя онлайн-редактор презентаций, можно выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные презентации, сохраняя все детали форматирования, или сохранять их на жесткий диск компьютера как файлы в формате - PDF, PPTX или ODP.

      + PPTX, PDF или ODP.

      Чтобы посмотреть текущую версию программы и сведения о владельце лицензии, щелкните по значку Значок О программе на левой боковой панели инструментов.

      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index 251d1c180..9ff9a71ea 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -11,10 +11,10 @@
      - +

      Дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций

      -

      Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также использовать значок Значок Дополнительные параметры, расположенный в правом верхнем углу на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

      +

      Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры.

      Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры:

      • Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов.
        • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 8d4022785..c261cec5a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Совместное редактирование презентаций

        В онлайн-редакторе презентаций вы можете работать над презентацией совместно с другими пользователями. Эта возможность включает в себя следующее:

        @@ -24,35 +24,40 @@

      Совместное редактирование

      -

      В редакторе презентаций можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить Значок Сохранить, чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках.

      +

      В редакторе презентаций можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить Значок Сохранить, чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках. Нужный режим также можно выбрать, используя значок Значок Режим совместного редактирования Режим совместного редактирования на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов:

      +

      Меню Режим совместного редактирования

      Когда презентацию редактируют одновременно несколько пользователей в Строгом режиме, редактируемые объекты (автофигуры, текстовые объекты, таблицы, изображения, диаграммы) помечаются пунктирными линиями разных цветов. Объект, который редактируете Вы, окружен зеленой пунктирной линией. Красные пунктирные линии означают, что объекты редактируются другими пользователями. При наведении курсора мыши на один из редактируемых объектов отображается имя того пользователя, который в данный момент его редактирует. В Быстром режиме действия и имена участников совместного редактирования отображаются непосредственно в процессе редактирования.

      Количество пользователей, которые в данный момент работают над текущей презентацией, отображается в правой части шапки редактора - Значок Количество пользователей. Чтобы увидеть, кто именно редактирует файл в настоящий момент, можно щелкнуть по этому значку или открыть панель Чата с полным списком пользователей.

      -

      Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: Значок Управление правами доступа к документу. С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им полный доступ или доступ только для чтения, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: Значок Количество пользователей.

      +

      Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: Значок Управление правами доступа к документу. С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им полный доступ или доступ только для чтения, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: Значок Количество пользователей. Права доступа также можно задать, используя значок Значок Совместный доступ Совместный доступ на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов.

      Как только один из пользователей сохранит свои изменения, нажав на значок Значок Сохранить, все остальные увидят в строке состояния примечание, которое сообщает о наличии обновлений. Чтобы сохранить внесенные вами изменения и сделать их доступными для других пользователей, а также получить обновления, сохраненные другими пользователями, нажмите на значок Значок Сохранить и получить обновления в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Обновления будут подсвечены, чтобы Вы могли проверить, что конкретно изменилось.

      Чат

      Этот инструмент можно использовать для оперативного согласования процесса совместного редактирования, например, для того, чтобы договориться с другими участниками, кто и что должен делать, какой абзац вы собираетесь сейчас отредактировать и т.д.

      Сообщения в чате хранятся только в течение одной сессии. Для обсуждения содержания документа лучше использовать комментарии, которые хранятся до тех пор, пока вы не решите их удалить.

      Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей:

        -
      1. нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели,
        2. +
      2. + нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели или
        + переключитесь на вкладку Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Значок Чат Чат, +
      3. введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже,
      4. нажмите кнопку Отправить.

      Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - Значок Чат.

      -

      Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок Значок Чат еще раз.

      +

      Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок Значок Чат на левой боковой панели или кнопку Значок Чат Чат на верхней панели инструментов еще раз.

      Комментарии

      -

      Чтобы оставить комментарий:

      +

      Чтобы оставить комментарий к определенному объекту (текстовому полю, фигуре и так далее):

      1. выделите объект, в котором, по Вашему мнению, содержится какая-то ошибка или проблема,
        2. -
      2. переключитесь на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Значок Комментарий Комментарий или
        - используйте значок Значок Комментарии на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и нажмите на ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу или
        +
      3. переключитесь на вкладку Вставка или Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Значок Комментарий Комментарий или
        щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному объекту и выберите в меню команду Добавить комментарий,
      4. введите нужный текст,
      5. нажмите кнопку Добавить.
      -

      Комментарий появится на панели слева. Объект, который Вы прокомментировали, будет помечен значком Значок рядом с прокомментированным объектом. Для просмотра комментария щелкните по этому значку.

      +

      Объект, который вы прокомментировали, будет помечен значком Значок рядом с прокомментированным объектом. Для просмотра комментария щелкните по этому значку.

      +

      Чтобы добавить комментарий к определенному слайду, выделите слайд и используйте кнопку Значок Комментарий Комментарий на вкладке Вставка или Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов. Добавленный комментарий будет отображаться в левом верхнем углу слайда.

      +

      Чтобы создать комментарий уровня презентации, который не относится к определенному объекту или слайду, нажмите на значок Значок Комментарий на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и используйте ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу. Комментарии уровня презентации можно просмотреть на панели Комментарии. Здесь также доступны комментарии, относящиеся к объектам и слайдам.

      Любой другой пользователь может ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, расположенную под комментарием.

      Вы можете управлять добавленными комментариями следующим образом:

        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index cfbdba523..87df74811 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
        - +

        Сочетания клавиш

        @@ -21,12 +21,12 @@ - + - + - + @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ - + @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ - + @@ -67,6 +67,26 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -83,32 +103,22 @@ - + - + - - - - - - - - - - - + - + @@ -126,26 +136,26 @@ - + - + - + - + - + @@ -162,6 +172,21 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -182,9 +207,42 @@ - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -195,17 +253,17 @@ - + - + - + @@ -285,6 +343,36 @@ + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + @@ -363,6 +451,79 @@ --> + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
        Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+FОткрыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, загрузить, распечатать текущую презентацию, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую презентацию или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору презентаций или дополнительным параметрам.Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущую презентацию, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую презентацию или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору презентаций или дополнительным параметрам.
        Открыть панель 'Поиск'Открыть окно 'Поиск' Ctrl+FОткрыть панель Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемой презентации.Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемой презентации.
        Открыть панель 'Комментарии'
        Сохранить презентацию Ctrl+SСохранить все изменения в редактируемой презентации.Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой презентации. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате.
        Печать презентации
        Скачать как... Ctrl+Shift+SСохранить редактируемую презентацию на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PDF, PPTX, ODP.Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемую презентацию на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP.
        Полноэкранный режимВызов справки F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора презентаций.
        Открыть существующий файлCtrl+OНа вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла.
        Контекстное меню элементаShift+F10Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента.
        Закрыть файлCtrl+WЗакрыть выбранную презентацию.
        Закрыть окно (вкладку)Ctrl+F4Закрыть вкладку в браузере.
        Навигация
        Следующий слайдPgDnPage Down Перейти к следующему слайду редактируемой презентации.
        Предыдущий слайдPgUpPage Up Перейти к предыдущему слайду редактируемой презентации.
        Выделить следующую фигуруTabВыделить следующую фигуру после выбранной в данный момент.
        Выделить предыдущую фигуруShift+TabВыделить предыдущую фигуру перед выбранной в данный момент.
        Увеличить масштабCtrl+плюс (+)Ctrl+Знак "Плюс" (+) Увеличить масштаб редактируемой презентации.
        Уменьшить масштабCtrl+минус (-)Ctrl+Знак "Минус" (-) Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой презентации.
        Переместить слайд вверхCtrl+СТРЕЛКА вверхCtrl+Стрелка вверх Поместить выделенный слайд над предыдущим в списке.
        Переместить слайд внизCtrl+СТРЕЛКА внизCtrl+Стрелка вниз Поместить выделенный слайд под последующим в списке.
        Переместить слайд в началоCtrl+Shift+СТРЕЛКА вверхCtrl+Shift+Стрелка вверх Переместить выделенный слайд в самое начало списка.
        Переместить слайд в конецCtrl+Shift+СТРЕЛКА внизCtrl+Shift+Стрелка вниз Переместить выделенный слайд в самый конец списка.
        Выполнение действий с объектамиВыполнение действий с объектами
        Создать копиюCtrl+Shift+G Разгруппировать выбранную группу объектов.
        Выделить следующий объектTabВыделить следующий объект после выбранного в данный момент.
        Выделить предыдущий объектShift+TabВыделить предыдущий объект перед выбранным в данный момент.
        Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелкуShift+перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок)Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов.
        Модификация объектов
        Попиксельное перемещениеCtrlCtrl+Клавиши со стрелками Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз.
        Работа с таблицами
        Перейти к следующей ячейке в строкеTabПерейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы.
        Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строкеShift+TabПерейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы.
        Перейти к следующей строкеСтрелка внизПерейти к следующей строке таблицы.
        Перейти к предыдущей строкеСтрелка вверхПерейти к предыдущей строке таблицы.
        Начать новый абзацEnterНачать новый абзац внутри ячейки.
        Добавить новую строкуTab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы.Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы.
        Просмотр презентации
        Перейти впередENTER, PAGE DOWN, СТРЕЛКА ВПРАВО, СТРЕЛКА ВНИЗ или ПРОБЕЛEnter, Page Down, Стрелка вправо, Стрелка вниз или Пробел Показать следующий эффект перехода или перейти к следующему слайду.
        Перейти назадPAGE UP, СТРЕЛКА ВЛЕВО, СТРЕЛКА ВВЕРХPage Up, Стрелка влево, Стрелка вверх Показать предыдущий эффект перехода или вернуться к предыдущему слайду.
        Закрыть просмотрESCEsc Закончить просмотр слайдов.
        Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки.
        Выделить один символ справаShift+Стрелка вправоВыделить один символ справа от позиции курсора.
        Выделить один символ слеваShift+Стрелка влевоВыделить один символ слева от позиции курсора.
        Выделить до конца словаCtrl+Shift+Стрелка вправоВыделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова.
        Выделить до начала словаCtrl+Shift+Стрелка влевоВыделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова.
        Выделить одну строку вышеShift+Стрелка вверхВыделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки).
        Выделить одну строку нижеShift+Стрелка внизВыделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки).
        Оформление текста
        Ctrl+Shift+M Remove a paragraph indent from the left incrementally.
        Удалить один символ слеваBackspaceУдалить один символ слева от курсора.
        Удалить один символ справаDeleteУдалить один символ справа от курсора.
        Перемещение по тексту
        Перейти на один символ влевоСтрелка влевоПереместить курсор на один символ влево.
        Перейти на один символ вправоСтрелка вправоПереместить курсор на один символ вправо.
        Перейти на одну строку вверхСтрелка вверхПереместить курсор на одну строку вверх.
        Перейти на одну строку внизСтрелка внизПереместить курсор на одну строку вниз.
        Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влевоCtrl+Стрелка влевоПереместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево.
        Перейти на одно слово вправоCtrl+Стрелка вправоПереместить курсор на одно слово вправо.
        Перейти в начало строкиHomeУстановить курсор в начале редактируемой строки.
        Перейти в конец строкиEndУстановить курсор в конце редактируемой строки.
        Перейти в начало текстового поляCtrl+HomeУстановить курсор в начале редактируемого текстового поля.
        Перейти в конец текстового поляCtrl+EndУстановить курсор в конце редактируемого текстового поля.
        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index ff6330bb6..9d3c8692d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@
        - +

        Параметры представления и инструменты навигации

        В редакторе презентаций доступен ряд инструментов, позволяющих облегчить просмотр и навигацию по презентации: масштаб, кнопки перехода на предыдущий/следующий слайд, указатель номера слайда.

        Настройте параметры представления

        -

        Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с презентацией, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. +

        Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с презентацией, нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции:

        • - Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами.
          Чтобы отключить этот режим, перейдите на вкладку Главная, затем нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. + Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами.
          Чтобы отключить этот режим, нажмите значок Параметры представления Значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно.

          Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова.

        • Скрыть строку состояния - скрывает самую нижнюю панель, на которой находится Указатель номера слайда и кнопки Масштаба. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку состояния, щелкните по этой опции еще раз.
          • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index cc17debf3..fc151f485 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
          - +

          Функция поиска

          Чтобы найти нужные символы, слова или фразы, которые используются в редактируемой презентации, - щелкните по значку Значок Поиск, расположенному на левой боковой панели.

          + щелкните по значку Значок Поиск, расположенному на левой боковой панели, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+F.

          Откроется окно Поиск:

          Окно Поиск
            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm index 6cc6c389d..e2c8b13ee 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Проверка орфографии

            В редакторе презентаций можно проверять правописание текста на определенном языке и исправлять ошибки в ходе редактирования.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index 70c8285f1..b5f718d92 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
            - +

            Поддерживаемые форматы электронных презентаций

            Презентация - это серия слайдов, которые могут содержать различные типы контента, такие как изображения, файлы мультимедиа, текст, эффекты и т.д. - Онлайн-редактор презентаций работает со следующими форматами презентаций:

            + Редактор презентаций работает со следующими форматами презентаций:

            - - + + diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6533c2003 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + Вкладка Совместная работа + + + + + + + +
            +
            + +
            +

            Вкладка Совместная работа

            +

            Вкладка Совместная работа позволяет организовать совместную работу над презентацией: предоставлять доступ к файлу, выбирать режим совместного редактирования, управлять комментариями.

            +

            Вкладка Совместная работа

            +

            С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия:

            + +
            + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm index 38f639202..3fda62199 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Файл

            Вкладка Файл позволяет выполнить некоторые базовые операции с текущим файлом.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm index 33abd0947..3cc1c3f83 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Главная

            Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии презентации. Она позволяет задать основные параметры слайда, форматировать текст, вставлять некоторые объекты, выравнивать и располагать их в определенном порядке.

            @@ -23,8 +23,7 @@
          1. вставлять текстовые поля, изображения, фигуры,
          2. выравнивать и упорядочивать объекты на слайде,
          3. копировать и очищать форматирование текста,
            4. -
          4. изменять тему, цветовую схему или размер слайдов,
            5. -
          5. настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора.
            6. +
          6. изменять тему, цветовую схему или размер слайдов.
            7. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm index 231992b89..68d82eacd 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Вставка

            Вкладка Вставка позволяет добавлять в презентацию визуальные объекты и комментарии.

            diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm index 14679aeae..8e4306394 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -11,12 +11,13 @@
            - +

            Вкладка Плагины

            -

            Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты.

            +

            Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты. Здесь также можно использовать макросы для автоматизации рутинных задач.

            Вкладка Плагины

            -

            В настоящее время доступны следующие плагины:

            +

            Кнопка Macros позволяет открыть окно, в котором можно создавать собственные макросы и запускать их. Для получения дополнительной информации о макросах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API.

            +

            В настоящее время по умолчанию доступны следующие плагины:

            • ClipArt позволяет добавлять в презентацию изображения из коллекции картинок,
            • PhotoEditor позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, изменять размер, применять эффекты и так далее,
              • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm index bce15e49f..56fcb03f1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@
              - +

              Знакомство с пользовательским интерфейсом редактора презентаций

              В редакторе презентаций используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности.

              Окно редактора

              Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов:

                -
              1. В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название презентации. Cправа также находятся два значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа и вернуться в список документов. +
              2. В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название презентации. Cправа также находятся три значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа, вернуться в список документов, настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора.

                Значки в шапке редактора

                3. -
              3. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Плагины. -

                Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить, Повторить и Добавить слайд всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки.

                +
              4. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Совместная работа, Плагины. +

                Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить и Повторить всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки.

                Значки на верхней панели инструментов

              5. В Строке состояния, расположенной внизу окна редактора, находится значок Начать показ слайдов, некоторые инструменты навигации: указатель номера слайда и кнопки масштаба. В Строке состояния отображаются некоторые оповещения (например, "Все изменения сохранены" и т.д.), с ее помощью также можно задать язык текста и включить проверку орфографии.
                6. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index 3fdd2d80c..1eeec826a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Добавление гиперссылок

                Для добавления гиперссылки:

                @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
              6. нажмите значок Значок Гиперссылка Гиперссылка,
              7. после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором можно указать параметры гиперссылки:
                  -
                • Тип ссылки - выберите из выпадающего списка тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить: +
                • Выберите тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить:
                  • Используйте опцию Внешняя ссылка и введите URL в формате http://www.example.com в расположенном ниже поле Связать с, если требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на внешний сайт.

                    Окно Параметры гиперссылки

                    @@ -37,10 +37,9 @@
                  • нажмите кнопку OK.
              -

              Для добавления гиперссылки можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка или использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K.

              -

              Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово или словосочетание и - щелкнуть по значку Значок Гиперссылка Гиперссылка на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или щелкнуть по выделенному элементу правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать в меню опцию Гиперссылка. - После этого откроется окно, показанное выше, при этом поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент.

              +

              Для добавления гиперссылки можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка.

              +

              Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово или словосочетание, а затем + открыть окно Параметры гиперссылки, как описано выше. В этом случае поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент.

              При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Для перехода по ссылке нажмите клавишу CTRL и щелкните по ссылке в презентации.

              Для редактирования или удаления добавленной гиперссылки, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Гиперссылка, а затем действие, которое хотите выполнить, - Изменить гиперссылку или Удалить гиперссылку.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm index 7dd07473f..610621b35 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде

              Добавленные автофигуры, изображения, диаграммы или текстовые поля на слайде можно выровнять, сгруппировать, расположить в определенном порядке, распределить по горизонтали и вертикали. Для выполнения любого из этих действий сначала выберите отдельный объект или несколько объектов в области редактирования слайда. Для выделения нескольких объектов удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и щелкайте по нужным объектам левой кнопкой мыши. Чтобы выделить текстовое поле, щелкайте по его границе, а не по тексту внутри него. После этого можно использовать или описанные ниже значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, или аналогичные команды контекстного меню, вызываемого правой кнопкой мыши.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm index cd3e9ae1f..d0a8a4db5 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ApplyTransitions.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Применение переходов

              Переход - это эффект, который появляется между двумя слайдами при смене одного слайда другим во время показа. Можно применить один и тот же переход ко всем слайдам или разные переходы к каждому отдельному слайду и настроить свойства перехода.

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm index a845fa547..1765f497f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyClearFormatting.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
              - +

              Копирование/очистка форматирования текста

              Чтобы скопировать определенное форматирование текста,

              diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm index df1528425..45cb1e801 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm @@ -11,9 +11,10 @@
              - +

              Копирование / вставка данных, отмена / повтор действий

              +

              Использование основных операций с буфером обмена

              Для вырезания, копирования и вставки выделенных объектов (слайдов, фрагментов текста, автофигур) в текущей презентации или отмены / повтора действий используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов:

              • Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации.
                • @@ -26,6 +27,22 @@
              • сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки;
              • сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания.
              +

              Использование функции Специальная вставка

              +

              После вставки скопированных данных рядом со вставленным текстовым фрагментом или объектом появляется кнопка Специальная вставка Специальная вставка. Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки.

              +

              При вставке фрагментов текста доступны следующие параметры:

              +
                +
              • Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция используется по умолчанию.
                • +
              • Сохранить исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированного текста.
                • +
              • Изображение - позволяет вставить текст как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать.
                • +
              • Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования.
                • +
              +

              Параметры вставки

              +

              При вставке объектов (автофигур, диаграмм, таблиц) доступны следующие параметры:

              +
                +
              • Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию.
                • +
              • Изображение - позволяет вставить объект как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать.
                • +
              +

              Отмена / повтор действий

              Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов, или сочетания клавиш:

              • Отменить – используйте значок Отменить Значок Отменить, чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие.
                • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm index aae8c468b..7e0ba4c5a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Создание списков

                Для создания списка в презентации:

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm index efea88b36..82120ea76 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/FillObjectsSelectColor.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Заливка объектов и выбор цветов

                Можно использовать различные заливки для фона слайда, автофигур и шрифта объектов Text Art.

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index c56c60407..707963ed1 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Вставка и форматирование автофигур

                Вставка автофигуры

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm index 85ac8ac72..6e4689ded 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                - +

                Вставка и редактирование диаграмм

                Вставка диаграммы

                @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
                • Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка:
                    -
                  • Нет, чтобы заговок диаграммы не отображался,
                    • +
                  • Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался,
                  • Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру,
                  • Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы.
                  @@ -226,7 +226,7 @@

                  Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный.

                  Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта.

                  Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре.

                  -

                  Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши до появления голубой пунктирной рамки. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

                  +

                  Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы.

                  3D-диаграмма

                  Изменение параметров диаграммы

                  @@ -237,7 +237,9 @@

                  Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы.

                  Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше.

                  Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде.

                  -

                  +

                  Опция Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели позволяет открыть окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры, в котором можно задать альтернативный текст:

                  +

                  Окно дополнительных параметров диаграммы

                  +

                  При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры Значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm index c99511ed9..083eab7b9 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@

                  - +

                  Вставка формул

                  В редакторе презентаций вы можете создавать формулы, используя встроенные шаблоны, редактировать их, вставлять специальные символы (в том числе математические знаки, греческие буквы, диакритические знаки и т.д.).

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index d530fdc09..5bb2cea5a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Вставка и настройка изображений

                  Вставка изображения

                  @@ -30,11 +30,13 @@

                  Изменение параметров изображения

                  - Вкладка Параметры изображения

                  Правая боковая панель активируется при щелчке по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и выборе значка Параметры изображения Значок Параметры изображения справа. Вкладка содержит следующие разделы:

                  -

                  Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения или при необходимости восстановить размер изображения По умолчанию.

                  -

                  Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла или По URL.

                  -
                  + Вкладка Параметры изображения +

                  Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения или при необходимости восстановить размер изображения По умолчанию.

                  +

                  Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла или По URL. Опция Заменить изображение также доступна в контекстном меню, вызываемом правой кнопкой мыши.

                  +

                  Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры Значок Параметры фигуры. Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом.

                  +

                  Вкладка Параметры фигуры

                  +

                  Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры изображения или щелкните по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения:

                  Свойства изображения

                  Вкладка Положение позволяет задать следующие свойства изображения:

                  diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm index 8ef162d30..b1ccb2c4e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                  - +

                  Вставка и форматирование таблиц

                  Вставка таблицы

                  @@ -30,8 +30,14 @@
                • после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение.
                  • +

                  Чтобы изменить размер таблицы, перетаскивайте маркеры Значок Квадрат, расположенные по ее краям, пока таблица не достигнет нужного размера.

                  +

                  Изменение размера таблицы

                  +

                  Вы также можете вручную изменить ширину определенного столбца или высоту строки. Наведите курсор мыши на правую границу столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку Курсор при изменении ширины столбца, и перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать нужную ширину. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, наведите курсор мыши на нижнюю границу строки, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку Курсор при изменении высоты строки, и перетащите границу вверх или вниз.

                  Можно задать положение таблицы на слайде путем перетаскивания ее по вертикали или по горизонтали.

                  -
                  +

                  + Примечание: для перемещения по таблице можно использовать сочетания клавиш. +

                  +

                  Изменение параметров таблицы

                  Вкладка Параметры таблицы

                  Большинство свойств таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по таблице и выберите значок Параметры таблицы Значок Параметры таблицы справа.

                  @@ -67,6 +73,7 @@

                Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню.

                +

                Раздел Размер ячейки используется для изменения ширины и высоты выделенной ячейки. В этом разделе можно также Выровнять высоту строк, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую высоту, или Выровнять ширину столбцов, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую ширину. Опции Выровнять высоту строк / ширину столбцов также доступны из контекстного меню.

                Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры таблицы или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы:

                Свойства таблицы

                diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm index 3db88e54c..e56bf6743 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm @@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
                - +

                Вставка и форматирование текста

                Вставка текста

                Новый текст можно добавить тремя разными способами:

                  -
                • Добавить фрагмент текста внутри соответствующей текстовой рамки предусмотренной на макете слайда. Для этого установите курсор внутри текстовой рамки и напишите свой текст или вставьте его, используя сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V, вместо соответствующего текста по умолчанию.
                  • +
                • Добавить фрагмент текста внутри соответствующей текстовой рамки, предусмотренной на макете слайда. Для этого установите курсор внутри текстовой рамки и напишите свой текст или вставьте его, используя сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V, вместо соответствующего текста по умолчанию.
                • Добавить фрагмент текста в любом месте на слайде. Можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). В зависимости от требуемого типа текстового объекта можно сделать следующее:
                  • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm index 0241762b2..6fd722a54 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm @@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
                    - +

                    Управление слайдами

                    По умолчанию новая созданная презентация содержит один пустой титульный слайд. Вы можете создавать новые слайды, копировать слайды, чтобы затем можно было вставить их в другое место в списке слайдов, дублировать слайды, перемещать слайды, чтобы изменить их порядок в списке, удалять ненужные слайды, помечать отдельные слайды как скрытые.

                    -

                    Для создания нового слайда с макетом Title and Content (Заголовок и объект):

                    +

                    Для создания нового слайда с макетом Заголовок и объект:

                    • щелкните по значку Значок Добавить слайд Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов или
                    • щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Новый слайд или
                      • diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index f07783653..ee4bc6fc2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@  - Манипулирование объектами на слайде + Работа с объектами на слайде @@ -11,12 +11,15 @@
                      - +
                      -

                      Манипулирование объектами на слайде

                      +

                      Работа с объектами на слайде

                      Можно изменять размер различных объектов, перемещать и поворачивать их на слайде вручную при помощи специальных маркеров. Можно также точно задать размеры некоторых объектов и их положение с помощью правой боковой панели или окна Дополнительные параметры.

                      -

                      Изменение размера объектов

                      -

                      Для изменения размера автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/текстового поля перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты Значок Квадрат, расположенные по краям объекта. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков.

                      +

                      + Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. +

                      +

                      Изменение размера объектов

                      +

                      Для изменения размера автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/таблицы/текстового поля перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты Значок Квадрат, расположенные по краям объекта. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков.

                      Сохранение пропорций

                      Чтобы задать точную ширину и высоту диаграммы, выделите ее на слайде и используйте раздел Размер на правой боковой панели, которая будет активирована.

                      Чтобы задать точные размеры изображения или автофигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному объекту на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения/фигуры. Укажите нужные значения на вкладке Размер окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK.

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index 87faa202b..57884bbbb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Создание новой презентации или открытие существующей

                      Когда онлайн-редактор презентаций открыт, Вы можете сразу же перейти к уже существующей презентации, которую Вы недавно редактировали, создать новую, или вернуться к списку существующих презентаций.

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm index fda2760ad..867ff286a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Просмотр презентации

                      Запуск просмотра слайдов

                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index b56b1665f..ae0d00495 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Сохранение / печать / скачивание презентации

                      @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@

                      1. нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов,
                      2. выберите опцию Скачать как...,
                        3. -
                      3. выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: PDF, PPTX или ODP.
                        4. +
                      4. выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: PPTX, PDF или ODP.
                      diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm index c829e24c8..3223e316a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                      - +

                      Настройка параметров слайда

                      Чтобы настроить внешний вид презентации, можно выбрать тему, цветовую схему, размер и ориентацию слайдов для всей презентации, изменить заливку фона или макет слайда для каждого отдельного слайда, применить переходы между слайдами. Также можно добавить поясняющие заметки к каждому слайду, которые могут пригодиться при показе презентации в режиме докладчика.

                      @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@
                    • щелкните по значку Изменить макет слайда Значок Изменить макет слайда на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов,
                    • выберите в меню нужный макет.

                      Вы можете также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке слева, выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Изменить макет и выбрать нужный макет.

                      -

                      Примечание: в настоящий момент доступны следующие макеты: Титульный слайд, Заголовок и объект, Заголовок раздела, Два объекта, Два текста и два объекта, Только заголовок, Пустой слайд, Заголовок, объект и подпись, Рисунок с подписью, Вертикальный текст, Вертикальный заголовок и текст.

                      +

                      Примечание: в настоящий момент доступны следующие макеты: Титульный слайд, Заголовок и объект, Заголовок раздела, Два объекта, Сравнение, Только заголовок, Пустой слайд, Объект с подписью, Рисунок с подписью, Заголовок и вертикальный текст, Вертикальный заголовок и текст.

                      • @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Для добавления заметок к слайду:
                      1. в списке слайдов слева выберите слайд, к которому требуется добавить заметку,
                        2. -
                      2. щелкните по надписи Click to add notes под областью редактирования слайда,
                        3. +
                      3. щелкните по надписи Нажмите, чтобы добавить заметки под областью редактирования слайда,
                      4. введите текст заметки.

                        Примечание: текст можно отформатировать с помощью значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm index 21aca69b2..8d857a01a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
                        - +

                        Просмотр сведений о презентации

                        Чтобы получить доступ к подробным сведениям о редактируемой презентации, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сведения о презентации.

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png index 5b364e0e4..bcae9a64d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png index fff3cc513..b59d72eac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png index 2d3c2310b..36d9f52b4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png index a8330a8d1..fbae48205 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png index 1754ee6fb..425e00a8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/added_comment_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png index 47b4c40df..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png index a55e3d1a7..46740f27e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/addslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index 2d137006e..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignbottom.png index 640287ba3..a70ad75d0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..e5647b97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..1a6b762c8 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignmiddle.png index 6598e2aff..3219f9ab1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png index 11bf4ab9c..77c129b08 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png index c606bf885..d5dfa006b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png index a18fa0fdf..f517f1408 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png index a22936bac..aeb9b0b60 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png index 125207da0..db5acf7f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjectright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png index f9699e8e2..05c1957f6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignobjecttop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..4ef463b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png index 4283c97e3..f0844b596 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/alignshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligntop.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligntop.png index cc749a928..17a0a9301 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligntop.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/aligntop.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png index 683495725..cb8b897c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrangeshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png index 8b624d227..8c4895175 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png index 4ecd8de87..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png index 7c4d9c851..1562d5223 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordersize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png index 41e1a4bb3..016968c1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bordertype.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png index 91ff2770f..907456044 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringforward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png index bdd785688..527971b49 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bringtofront.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png index ee3ef519e..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png index a2d3d1afa..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..53bbb8131 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png index b1a062a85..8675a2862 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changelayout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a8e4df36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/changerowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png index 4320e8051..d479753b6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png index 73e44c08a..24e685580 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png index ab31e96ba..4900a5554 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png index 1e8f3df1d..b2187cc5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png index 65cef06db..0c7eae447 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png index 51a23dca1..ca0f0ef41 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png index a95a2456f..2baf0a73c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings5.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..174a033aa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chartsettings6.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png index 6e9575d00..2f1e69e42 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/charttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png index e639de4a2..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png index 106eb213d..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png index 9557833eb..1511f730d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png index 4af964818..831ffae2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/closepreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67a126ab1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png index a62e15937..6b44c07b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/colorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png index 830b37510..402fb9d7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/columnwidthmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png index a33649d46..68285e369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png index 6f028a2d5..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectionpoint.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectionpoint.png index 3c0b5cfd1..a4e405e91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectionpoint.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectionpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors.png index 41c4e226a..4bf939cf2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_firstshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_firstshape.png index a3fe82088..9c01c6a99 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_firstshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_firstshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_moveshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_moveshape.png index 21c6e2ff5..763742489 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_moveshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_moveshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_secondshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_secondshape.png index c9bf8c516..c3a666051 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_secondshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/connectors_secondshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png index 31f60e7d9..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png index 0efdbcb8d..7e9da62e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png index 70c3c4fc1..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copypastewindow.png index 05259090f..b33d6b5b9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copypastewindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copypastewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png index f7f13c167..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png index 70e41fbf6..be92fa39b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png index 15db433a9..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png index 0db36f287..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png index 85d374e93..bfc336279 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributehorizontally.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributehorizontally.png index 815ab254a..8e33a0c28 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributehorizontally.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributehorizontally.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributevertically.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributevertically.png index 124e9acac..1e5f39011 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributevertically.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/distributevertically.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png index efaa0e861..4fb48ec51 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png index f4d7994b0..972a75de9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png index 704344af5..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png index 0fdc9a0b4..634b3600a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png index 57f77b4f2..0950bb8f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/exitfullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png index 461cb98c0..c61246b1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png index cbfc6f745..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png index 6aa0e60c6..790a7d996 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png index 31ce76904..9078fbf26 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png index 21413a828..516e35e1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png index 348577d43..032196755 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png index 80cd3a280..72d1364e2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/firstline_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..eaea54bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png index e1fe5bda0..61d79799b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png index b5a81cd9f..eae730c65 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png index 3ec7a7068..611a90afa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png index 4d5f12496..3dc6afa7e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png index 2d2aed941..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png index bbb6e1884..16983f9c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png index 9401ceb32..60dc5618a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/fullscreen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png index 0ad9d357d..d34888957 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png index 354ffe1cb..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png index b277d90b8..4c6c848ed 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/group.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png index 51e673343..09eecbb72 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hanging.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png index 9599cd32e..7b55b6e5e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hidden_slide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..11a262f37 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png index 06d53b6e9..b3665ab84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/horizontalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index 4bc5cfb56..f5c305218 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png index 6ce8f393b..91bac1439 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/hyperlinkwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png index 58ca36dde..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png index e58729d3b..d5d961a13 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png index 8e997c30d..8e7c70d76 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png index c7393a315..541eba72f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png index 82fcba3ff..f6cbc9ca9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/imagesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png index ef1415bb3..6cf64f8ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png index d73c69e8d..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png index 09b2df17c..30d1675a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/indents_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png index 315c8474c..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png index c439ab44f..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png index bea14781e..d5685e4dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png index 7dcd29b1c..cce825b4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png index 512bc7801..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png index b7ea58122..71c0dee67 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png index 7b40e327f..62d170fda 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png index 26fbaac13..d700c078e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40c28d93c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png index f2ba4e07f..a72d67c80 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png index 3902703e3..5f804e62b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png index 27feeb3c9..b64ec8ba9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png index 4f7b5f067..0a747c177 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png index 64bc035e8..d75691900 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png index 48c4c0ae5..fd98cc72a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png index 87fc463a5..ddbd3d8cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png index 140e59544..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..8e4691997 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..ab2e3ed91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png index fafac7f07..fbb16de5f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/leftindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png index 0ee8c640d..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/maintain_proportions.png index 5afeeec2c..bbde677a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/maintain_proportions.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/maintain_proportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png index f731dec78..c758995aa 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png index 5dcaf8e8b..f3407b0d5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png index 63180207f..e2559cbbb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png index cadbd443e..adbc19b84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nextslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png index 44b45a0fc..4beb78948 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png index f5299f8a8..cf6b98ee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png index 33048f652..a05f22544 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png index b963a2179..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png index 17b594435..41dd5dc33 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..de30b856a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png index 39f8e3de8..c6d101658 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png index 9aa3e65c9..314793041 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png index 58a28b9f7..fe6afa24f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/palettes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png index 02e6cd422..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png index c582ae9d7..f369824f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0556b2d37 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92209700c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png index d0432a4f6..2885f6d0e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pausepresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png index 32306dd3e..46e469d16 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png index bfa4789ab..a04b85ebd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_enabled.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png index e2665204c..fb95e8a84 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/pointer_screen.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png index d3433d27f..49ea06a4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/presenter_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png index 8818e8d33..9e8237cdb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/preview_mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png index 09c4448bb..0e4625158 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png index 3343d3d29..245e935cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/previousslide.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png index 4e957db04..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png index 9ac1899ce..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png index 094442fcb..ab1a695b2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png index ab61bab71..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9367b2a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png index cd8161a10..a58d43490 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png index 08767ffc8..e33c13b12 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82f46d041 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png index 88e82c682..0f0d9203f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_indent.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png index 08abc727d..72cd6c331 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png index 6002ebf4b..90a923c02 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowheightmarker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowsandcolumns.png index 3be96f57d..32cc16da6 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowsandcolumns.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png index e49d53838..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png index 8e04928ff..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png index 5ba096d20..a62d2c35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png index 94b46c3a4..2ac147cef 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png index 7f1a573f9..712d386f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png index fa4f91077..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png index 6b3cff5ad..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png index 35ec93c58..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png index 2b5d0c0d2..479c50ed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png index b58b8f356..af38231ce 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/selectslidesizeicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png index 646d2b181..1387bf2bf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendbackward.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png index 1f7d60ff0..c126f4534 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sendtoback.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png index bebd6129d..495118088 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png index 1e761e51b..19c3f5fe2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png index c1ee6aec6..81c369ab2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png index afe55d680..a1f5c43b9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png index 75a68d532..dc76c5037 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_properties4.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png index a0647a312..c7f91b715 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png index 7deb13236..276ff0a8b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/shapesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png index 7ab85a214..5872fddf2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/showsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png index f08f07681..b0d54ed07 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slide_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png index 8cb3fe974..69e858730 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png index aa6722e77..7fe3447cc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/slidesizesettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..31bb2d6c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png index 33564f1d2..8fde00a0a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png index 637a0eb63..f55473551 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellcheckdeactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png index cb959c5f2..7530f33cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png index c6e8cb4cb..0c656e0ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/spellchecking_presentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png index 55b1f6cc0..925f8b8c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/split_cells.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png index 879d2d62f..4a72b75e1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpresentation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png index 6c5ce79b1..00a5c4da2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/startpreview.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png index a2b2c0739..5aa076a4a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png index c7bcbbd05..40f36f42a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png index b342fd76e..2390f6aa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png index 0e8b33b19..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png index 64eaf0b43..6a6351168 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png index 4fc502de1..19b717b56 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_properties1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png index 13cf22dc1..f650f83e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png index 3a3d6d63d..2ca36fec5 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png index ce7c38460..77e9ff04d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png index ad71ba498..12d91ce41 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png index c88100730..e3323ffc2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png index 89787ce28..ade45c824 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/tabstops_ruler.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png index a341671f6..d8043d718 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png index f0f9cfcaa..4962fdbaf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png index d8ce1e1ee..9a558c1f2 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/text_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings1.png index ee20ca0bf..61e7fc1dc 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings1.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings2.png index 6eac59030..6ca1b4292 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings2.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings3.png index 7ef67c859..d11f15616 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings3.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textadvancedsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png index 730babd93..a3a940d25 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png index 420160b10..63797f73f 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png index a1fed7b45..4695f6dda 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png index c342ac519..6fd5a4d99 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textsettingstab.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textsettingstab.png index 96b2d4731..6b03b224e 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textsettingstab.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/textsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png index 78fabcba7..a471abb91 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/themes.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png index e9a7e0f65..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png index 2bf3f7e18..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png index fba764eb1..4586364f7 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/ungroup.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png index becee0dc3..92e813852 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png index 8c812c3a6..cb0e4f62b 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/verticalalign.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 929e590aa..50ce274cf 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png index 82747bd00..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png index ef925c257..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js index a8c5e7799..d43c83454 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/indexes.js @@ -3,32 +3,32 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", "title": "О редакторе презентаций", - "body": "Онлайн-редактор презентаций - это онлайн- приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать презентации непосредственно в браузере . Используя онлайн-редактор презентаций, можно выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные презентации, сохраняя все детали форматирования, или сохранять их на жесткий диск компьютера как файлы в формате PDF, PPTX или ODP. Чтобы посмотреть текущую версию программы и сведения о владельце лицензии, щелкните по значку на левой боковой панели инструментов." + "body": "Редактор презентаций - это онлайн- приложение, которое позволяет просматривать и редактировать презентации непосредственно в браузере . Используя онлайн- редактор презентаций, можно выполнять различные операции редактирования, как в любом десктопном редакторе, распечатывать отредактированные презентации, сохраняя все детали форматирования, или сохранять их на жесткий диск компьютера как файлы в формате PPTX, PDF или ODP. Чтобы посмотреть текущую версию программы и сведения о владельце лицензии, щелкните по значку на левой боковой панели инструментов." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", "title": "Дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций", - "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также использовать значок , расположенный в правом верхнем углу на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на слайде. Автосохранение - используется для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру слайда или По ширине. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." + "body": "Вы можете изменить дополнительные параметры редактора презентаций. Для перехода к ним откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Дополнительные параметры.... Можно также нажать на значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выбрать опцию Дополнительные параметры. Доступны следующие дополнительные параметры: Альтернативный ввод - используется для включения/отключения иероглифов. Направляющие выравнивания - используется для включения/отключения направляющих выравнивания, которые появляются при перемещении объектов и позволяют точно расположить их на слайде. Автосохранение - используется для включения/отключения опции автоматического сохранения изменений, внесенных при редактировании. Режим совместного редактирования - используется для выбора способа отображения изменений, вносимых в ходе совместного редактирования: По умолчанию выбран Быстрый режим, при котором пользователи, участвующие в совместном редактировании документа, будут видеть изменения в реальном времени, как только они внесены другими пользователями. Если вы не хотите видеть изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, (чтобы они не мешали вам или по какой-то другой причине), выберите Строгий режим, и все изменения будут отображаться только после того, как вы нажмете на значок Сохранить с оповещением о наличии изменений от других пользователей. Стандартное значение масштаба - используется для установки стандартного значения масштаба путем его выбора из списка доступных вариантов от 50% до 200%. Можно также выбрать опцию По размеру слайда или По ширине. Единица измерения - используется для определения единиц, которые должны использоваться на линейках и в окнах свойств для измерения параметров элементов, таких как ширина, высота, интервалы, поля и т.д. Можно выбрать опцию Сантиметр, Пункт или Дюйм. Чтобы сохранить внесенные изменения, нажмите кнопку Применить." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", "title": "Совместное редактирование презентаций", - "body": "В онлайн-редакторе презентаций вы можете работать над презентацией совместно с другими пользователями. Эта возможность включает в себя следующее: одновременный многопользовательский доступ к редактируемой презентации визуальная индикация объектов, которые редактируются другими пользователями синхронизация изменений одним нажатием кнопки чат для обмена идеями по поводу отдельных частей презентации комментарии, содержащие описание задачи или проблемы, которую необходимо решить Совместное редактирование В редакторе презентаций можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить , чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках. Когда презентацию редактируют одновременно несколько пользователей в Строгом режиме, редактируемые объекты (автофигуры, текстовые объекты, таблицы, изображения, диаграммы) помечаются пунктирными линиями разных цветов. Объект, который редактируете Вы, окружен зеленой пунктирной линией. Красные пунктирные линии означают, что объекты редактируются другими пользователями. При наведении курсора мыши на один из редактируемых объектов отображается имя того пользователя, который в данный момент его редактирует. В Быстром режиме действия и имена участников совместного редактирования отображаются непосредственно в процессе редактирования. Количество пользователей, которые в данный момент работают над текущей презентацией, отображается в правой части шапки редактора - . Чтобы увидеть, кто именно редактирует файл в настоящий момент, можно щелкнуть по этому значку или открыть панель Чата с полным списком пользователей. Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: . С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им полный доступ или доступ только для чтения, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: . Как только один из пользователей сохранит свои изменения, нажав на значок , все остальные увидят в строке состояния примечание, которое сообщает о наличии обновлений. Чтобы сохранить внесенные вами изменения и сделать их доступными для других пользователей, а также получить обновления, сохраненные другими пользователями, нажмите на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Обновления будут подсвечены, чтобы Вы могли проверить, что конкретно изменилось. Чат Этот инструмент можно использовать для оперативного согласования процесса совместного редактирования, например, для того, чтобы договориться с другими участниками, кто и что должен делать, какой абзац вы собираетесь сейчас отредактировать и т.д. Сообщения в чате хранятся только в течение одной сессии. Для обсуждения содержания документа лучше использовать комментарии, которые хранятся до тех пор, пока вы не решите их удалить. Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей: нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели, введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже, нажмите кнопку Отправить. Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - . Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок еще раз. Комментарии Чтобы оставить комментарий: выделите объект, в котором, по Вашему мнению, содержится какая-то ошибка или проблема, переключитесь на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Комментарий или используйте значок на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и нажмите на ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному объекту и выберите в меню команду Добавить комментарий, введите нужный текст, нажмите кнопку Добавить. Комментарий появится на панели слева. Объект, который Вы прокомментировали, будет помечен значком . Для просмотра комментария щелкните по этому значку. Любой другой пользователь может ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, расположенную под комментарием. Вы можете управлять добавленными комментариями следующим образом: отредактировать их, нажав значок , удалить их, нажав значок , закрыть обсуждение, нажав на значок , если задача или проблема, обозначенная в комментарии, решена; после этого обсуждение, которое Вы открыли своим комментарием, приобретет статус решенного. Чтобы вновь его открыть, нажмите на значок . Новые комментарии, добавленные другими пользователями, станут видимыми только после того, как Вы нажмете на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок еще раз." + "body": "В онлайн-редакторе презентаций вы можете работать над презентацией совместно с другими пользователями. Эта возможность включает в себя следующее: одновременный многопользовательский доступ к редактируемой презентации визуальная индикация объектов, которые редактируются другими пользователями синхронизация изменений одним нажатием кнопки чат для обмена идеями по поводу отдельных частей презентации комментарии, содержащие описание задачи или проблемы, которую необходимо решить Совместное редактирование В редакторе презентаций можно выбрать один из двух доступных режимов совместного редактирования. Быстрый используется по умолчанию, в нем изменения, вносимые другими пользователями, отображаются в реальном времени. Строгий режим позволяет скрывать изменения, внесенные другими пользователями, до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете значок Сохранить , чтобы сохранить ваши изменения и принять изменения, внесенные другими. Режим можно выбрать в Дополнительных настройках. Нужный режим также можно выбрать, используя значок Режим совместного редактирования на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов: Когда презентацию редактируют одновременно несколько пользователей в Строгом режиме, редактируемые объекты (автофигуры, текстовые объекты, таблицы, изображения, диаграммы) помечаются пунктирными линиями разных цветов. Объект, который редактируете Вы, окружен зеленой пунктирной линией. Красные пунктирные линии означают, что объекты редактируются другими пользователями. При наведении курсора мыши на один из редактируемых объектов отображается имя того пользователя, который в данный момент его редактирует. В Быстром режиме действия и имена участников совместного редактирования отображаются непосредственно в процессе редактирования. Количество пользователей, которые в данный момент работают над текущей презентацией, отображается в правой части шапки редактора - . Чтобы увидеть, кто именно редактирует файл в настоящий момент, можно щелкнуть по этому значку или открыть панель Чата с полным списком пользователей. Если файл не просматривают или не редактируют другие пользователи, значок в шапке редактора будет выглядеть следующим образом: . С его помощью можно непосредственно из документа управлять пользователями, имеющими доступ к файлу: приглашать новых пользователей, предоставляя им полный доступ или доступ только для чтения, или запрещать доступ к файлу для некоторых пользователей. Нажмите на этот значок для управления доступом к файлу; это можно сделать и в отсутствие других пользователей, которые просматривают или совместно редактируют документ в настоящий момент, и при наличии других пользователей, когда значок выглядит так: . Права доступа также можно задать, используя значок Совместный доступ на вкладке Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов. Как только один из пользователей сохранит свои изменения, нажав на значок , все остальные увидят в строке состояния примечание, которое сообщает о наличии обновлений. Чтобы сохранить внесенные вами изменения и сделать их доступными для других пользователей, а также получить обновления, сохраненные другими пользователями, нажмите на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Обновления будут подсвечены, чтобы Вы могли проверить, что конкретно изменилось. Чат Этот инструмент можно использовать для оперативного согласования процесса совместного редактирования, например, для того, чтобы договориться с другими участниками, кто и что должен делать, какой абзац вы собираетесь сейчас отредактировать и т.д. Сообщения в чате хранятся только в течение одной сессии. Для обсуждения содержания документа лучше использовать комментарии, которые хранятся до тех пор, пока вы не решите их удалить. Чтобы войти в чат и оставить сообщение для других пользователей: нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели или переключитесь на вкладку Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Чат, введите текст в соответствующем поле ниже, нажмите кнопку Отправить. Все сообщения, оставленные пользователями, будут отображаться на панели слева. Если есть новые сообщения, которые Вы еще не прочитали, значок чата будет выглядеть так - . Чтобы закрыть панель с сообщениями чата, нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели или кнопку Чат на верхней панели инструментов еще раз. Комментарии Чтобы оставить комментарий к определенному объекту (текстовому полю, фигуре и так далее): выделите объект, в котором, по Вашему мнению, содержится какая-то ошибка или проблема, переключитесь на вкладку Вставка или Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов и нажмите на кнопку Комментарий или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенному объекту и выберите в меню команду Добавить комментарий, введите нужный текст, нажмите кнопку Добавить. Объект, который вы прокомментировали, будет помечен значком . Для просмотра комментария щелкните по этому значку. Чтобы добавить комментарий к определенному слайду, выделите слайд и используйте кнопку Комментарий на вкладке Вставка или Совместная работа верхней панели инструментов. Добавленный комментарий будет отображаться в левом верхнем углу слайда. Чтобы создать комментарий уровня презентации, который не относится к определенному объекту или слайду, нажмите на значок на левой боковой панели, чтобы открыть панель Комментарии, и используйте ссылку Добавить комментарий к документу. Комментарии уровня презентации можно просмотреть на панели Комментарии. Здесь также доступны комментарии, относящиеся к объектам и слайдам. Любой другой пользователь может ответить на добавленный комментарий, чтобы дать ответ на вопросы или отчитаться о проделанной работе. Для этого надо нажать на ссылку Добавить ответ, расположенную под комментарием. Вы можете управлять добавленными комментариями следующим образом: отредактировать их, нажав значок , удалить их, нажав значок , закрыть обсуждение, нажав на значок , если задача или проблема, обозначенная в комментарии, решена; после этого обсуждение, которое Вы открыли своим комментарием, приобретет статус решенного. Чтобы вновь его открыть, нажмите на значок . Новые комментарии, добавленные другими пользователями, станут видимыми только после того, как Вы нажмете на значок в левом верхнем углу верхней панели инструментов. Чтобы закрыть панель с комментариями, нажмите на значок еще раз." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", "title": "Сочетания клавиш", - "body": "Работа с презентацией Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, загрузить, распечатать текущую презентацию, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую презентацию или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору презентаций или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть панель 'Поиск' Ctrl+F Открыть панель Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемой презентации. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить презентацию Ctrl+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой презентации. Печать презентации Ctrl+P Распечатать презентацию на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+Shift+S Сохранить редактируемую презентацию на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PDF, PPTX, ODP. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть онлайн-редактор презентаций на весь экран. Вызов справки F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора презентаций. Навигация Первый слайд Home Перейти к первому слайду редактируемой презентации. Последний слайд End Перейти к последнему слайду редактируемой презентации. Следующий слайд PgDn Перейти к следующему слайду редактируемой презентации. Предыдущий слайд PgUp Перейти к предыдущему слайду редактируемой презентации. Выделить следующую фигуру Tab Выделить следующую фигуру после выбранной в данный момент. Выделить предыдущую фигуру Shift+Tab Выделить предыдущую фигуру перед выбранной в данный момент. Увеличить масштаб Ctrl+плюс (+) Увеличить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Уменьшить масштаб Ctrl+минус (-) Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Выполнение действий со слайдами Новый слайд Ctrl+M Создать новый слайд и добавить его после выделенного в списке слайдов. Дублировать слайд Ctrl+D Дублировать выделенный в списке слайд. Переместить слайд вверх Ctrl+СТРЕЛКА вверх Поместить выделенный слайд над предыдущим в списке. Переместить слайд вниз Ctrl+СТРЕЛКА вниз Поместить выделенный слайд под последующим в списке. Переместить слайд в начало Ctrl+Shift+СТРЕЛКА вверх Переместить выделенный слайд в самое начало списка. Переместить слайд в конец Ctrl+Shift+СТРЕЛКА вниз Переместить выделенный слайд в самый конец списка. Выполнение действий с объектами Создать копию Ctrl+перетаскивание или Ctrl+D Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании выбранного объекта или нажмите Ctrl+D, чтобы создать копию объекта. Сгруппировать Ctrl+G Сгруппировать выделенные объекты. Разгруппировать Ctrl+Shift+G Разгруппировать выбранную группу объектов. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение Shift+перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов Shift+перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции Shift+перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Попиксельное перемещение Ctrl Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Просмотр презентации Начать просмотр с начала Ctrl+F5 Запустить презентацию с начала. Перейти вперед ENTER, PAGE DOWN, СТРЕЛКА ВПРАВО, СТРЕЛКА ВНИЗ или ПРОБЕЛ Показать следующий эффект перехода или перейти к следующему слайду. Перейти назад PAGE UP, СТРЕЛКА ВЛЕВО, СТРЕЛКА ВВЕРХ Показать предыдущий эффект перехода или вернуться к предыдущему слайду. Закрыть просмотр ESC Закончить просмотр слайдов. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Вырезать выделенный объект и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Отправить выделенный объект и в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Вставить ранее скопированный объект из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу или для перехода на определенный слайд этой презентации. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этой же презентации. Применить форматирование Ctrl+Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого текстового поля. Выделение с помощью мыши Добавить в выделенный фрагмент Shift Начните выделение, удерживайте клавишу Shift и щелкните там, где требуется закончить выделение. Выделение с помощью клавиатуры Выделить все Ctrl+A Выделить все слайды (в списке слайдов), или все объекты на слайде (в области редактирования слайда), или весь текст (внутри текстового поля) - в зависимости от того, где установлен курсор мыши. Выделить фрагмент текста Shift+Стрелка Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до начала строки Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до конца строки Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Оформление текста Жирный шрифт Ctrl+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста жирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+точка (.) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+запятая (,) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Маркированный список Ctrl+Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+Пробел Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру/левому краю Ctrl+E Переключать абзац между выравниванием по центру и по левому краю. Выровнять по ширине/левому краю Ctrl+J Переключать абзац между выравниванием по ширине и по левому краю. Выровнять по правому краю/левому краю Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю. Выровнять по левому краю Ctrl+L Выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным)." + "body": "Работа с презентацией Открыть панель 'Файл' Alt+F Открыть панель Файл, чтобы сохранить, скачать, распечатать текущую презентацию, просмотреть сведения о ней, создать новую презентацию или открыть существующую, получить доступ к Справке по онлайн-редактору презентаций или дополнительным параметрам. Открыть окно 'Поиск' Ctrl+F Открыть диалоговое окно Поиск, чтобы начать поиск символа/слова/фразы в редактируемой презентации. Открыть панель 'Комментарии' Ctrl+Shift+H Открыть панель Комментарии, чтобы добавить свой комментарий или ответить на комментарии других пользователей. Открыть поле комментария Alt+H Открыть поле ввода данных, в котором можно добавить текст комментария. Открыть панель 'Чат' Alt+Q Открыть панель Чат и отправить сообщение. Сохранить презентацию Ctrl+S Сохранить все изменения в редактируемой презентации. Активный файл будет сохранен с текущим именем, в том же местоположении и формате. Печать презентации Ctrl+P Распечатать презентацию на одном из доступных принтеров или сохранить в файл. Скачать как... Ctrl+Shift+S Открыть панель Скачать как..., чтобы сохранить редактируемую презентацию на жестком диске компьютера в одном из поддерживаемых форматов: PPTX, PDF, ODP. Полноэкранный режим F11 Переключиться в полноэкранный режим, чтобы развернуть онлайн-редактор презентаций на весь экран. Вызов справки F1 Открыть меню Справка онлайн-редактора презентаций. Открыть существующий файл Ctrl+O На вкладке Открыть локальный файл в десктопных редакторах позволяет открыть стандартное диалоговое окно для выбора существующего файла. Контекстное меню элемента Shift+F10 Открыть контекстное меню выбранного элемента. Закрыть файл Ctrl+W Закрыть выбранную презентацию. Закрыть окно (вкладку) Ctrl+F4 Закрыть вкладку в браузере. Навигация Первый слайд Home Перейти к первому слайду редактируемой презентации. Последний слайд End Перейти к последнему слайду редактируемой презентации. Следующий слайд Page Down Перейти к следующему слайду редактируемой презентации. Предыдущий слайд Page Up Перейти к предыдущему слайду редактируемой презентации. Увеличить масштаб Ctrl+Знак \"Плюс\" (+) Увеличить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Уменьшить масштаб Ctrl+Знак \"Минус\" (-) Уменьшить масштаб редактируемой презентации. Выполнение действий со слайдами Новый слайд Ctrl+M Создать новый слайд и добавить его после выделенного в списке слайдов. Дублировать слайд Ctrl+D Дублировать выделенный в списке слайд. Переместить слайд вверх Ctrl+Стрелка вверх Поместить выделенный слайд над предыдущим в списке. Переместить слайд вниз Ctrl+Стрелка вниз Поместить выделенный слайд под последующим в списке. Переместить слайд в начало Ctrl+Shift+Стрелка вверх Переместить выделенный слайд в самое начало списка. Переместить слайд в конец Ctrl+Shift+Стрелка вниз Переместить выделенный слайд в самый конец списка. Выполнение действий с объектами Создать копию Ctrl+перетаскивание или Ctrl+D Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl при перетаскивании выбранного объекта или нажмите Ctrl+D, чтобы создать копию объекта. Сгруппировать Ctrl+G Сгруппировать выделенные объекты. Разгруппировать Ctrl+Shift+G Разгруппировать выбранную группу объектов. Выделить следующий объект Tab Выделить следующий объект после выбранного в данный момент. Выделить предыдущий объект Shift+Tab Выделить предыдущий объект перед выбранным в данный момент. Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку Shift+перетаскивание (при рисовании линий или стрелок) Нарисовать прямую линию или стрелку: горизонтальную, вертикальную или под углом 45 градусов. Модификация объектов Ограничить движение Shift+перетаскивание Ограничить перемещение выбранного объекта по горизонтали или вертикали. Задать угол поворота в 15 градусов Shift+перетаскивание (при поворачивании) Ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов. Сохранять пропорции Shift+перетаскивание (при изменении размера) Сохранять пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера. Попиксельное перемещение Ctrl+Клавиши со стрелками Удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре, чтобы перемещать выбранный объект на один пиксель за раз. Работа с таблицами Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке Tab Перейти к следующей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке Shift+Tab Перейти к предыдущей ячейке в строке таблицы. Перейти к следующей строке Стрелка вниз Перейти к следующей строке таблицы. Перейти к предыдущей строке Стрелка вверх Перейти к предыдущей строке таблицы. Начать новый абзац Enter Начать новый абзац внутри ячейки. Добавить новую строку Tab в правой нижней ячейке таблицы. Добавить новую строку внизу таблицы. Просмотр презентации Начать просмотр с начала Ctrl+F5 Запустить презентацию с начала. Перейти вперед Enter, Page Down, Стрелка вправо, Стрелка вниз или Пробел Показать следующий эффект перехода или перейти к следующему слайду. Перейти назад Page Up, Стрелка влево, Стрелка вверх Показать предыдущий эффект перехода или вернуться к предыдущему слайду. Закрыть просмотр Esc Закончить просмотр слайдов. Отмена и повтор Отменить Ctrl+Z Отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить Ctrl+Y Повторить последнее отмененное действие. Вырезание, копирование и вставка Вырезать Ctrl+X, Shift+Delete Вырезать выделенный объект и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать Ctrl+C, Ctrl+Insert Отправить выделенный объект и в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить Ctrl+V, Shift+Insert Вставить ранее скопированный объект из буфера обмена компьютера в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. Вставить гиперссылку Ctrl+K Вставить гиперссылку, которую можно использовать для перехода по веб-адресу или для перехода на определенный слайд этой презентации. Копировать форматирование Ctrl+Shift+C Скопировать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента редактируемого текста. Скопированное форматирование можно затем применить к другому тексту в этой же презентации. Применить форматирование Ctrl+Shift+V Применить ранее скопированное форматирование к тексту редактируемого текстового поля. Выделение с помощью мыши Добавить в выделенный фрагмент Shift Начните выделение, удерживайте клавишу Shift и щелкните там, где требуется закончить выделение. Выделение с помощью клавиатуры Выделить все Ctrl+A Выделить все слайды (в списке слайдов), или все объекты на слайде (в области редактирования слайда), или весь текст (внутри текстового поля) - в зависимости от того, где установлен курсор мыши. Выделить фрагмент текста Shift+Стрелка Выделить текст посимвольно. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до начала строки Shift+Home Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала текущей строки. Выделить текст с позиции курсора до конца строки Shift+End Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца текущей строки. Выделить один символ справа Shift+Стрелка вправо Выделить один символ справа от позиции курсора. Выделить один символ слева Shift+Стрелка влево Выделить один символ слева от позиции курсора. Выделить до конца слова Ctrl+Shift+Стрелка вправо Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до конца слова. Выделить до начала слова Ctrl+Shift+Стрелка влево Выделить фрагмент текста с позиции курсора до начала слова. Выделить одну строку выше Shift+Стрелка вверх Выделить одну строку выше (курсор находится в начале строки). Выделить одну строку ниже Shift+Стрелка вниз Выделить одну строку ниже (курсор находится в начале строки). Оформление текста Жирный шрифт Ctrl+B Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста жирным, придав ему большую насыщенность. Курсив Ctrl+I Сделать шрифт в выделенном фрагменте текста курсивным, придав ему наклон вправо. Подчеркнутый шрифт Ctrl+U Подчеркнуть выделенный фрагмент текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Подстрочные знаки Ctrl+точка (.) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Надстрочные знаки Ctrl+запятая (,) Сделать выделенный фрагмент текста мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Маркированный список Ctrl+Shift+L Создать из выделенного фрагмента текста неупорядоченный маркированный список или начать новый список. Убрать форматирование Ctrl+Пробел Убрать форматирование из выделенного фрагмента текста. Увеличить шрифт Ctrl+] Увеличить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Уменьшить шрифт Ctrl+[ Уменьшить на 1 пункт размер шрифта для выделенного фрагмента текста. Выровнять по центру/левому краю Ctrl+E Переключать абзац между выравниванием по центру и по левому краю. Выровнять по ширине/левому краю Ctrl+J Переключать абзац между выравниванием по ширине и по левому краю. Выровнять по правому краю/левому краю Ctrl+R Переключать абзац между выравниванием по правому краю и по левому краю. Выровнять по левому краю Ctrl+L Выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным). Удалить один символ слева Backspace Удалить один символ слева от курсора. Удалить один символ справа Delete Удалить один символ справа от курсора. Перемещение по тексту Перейти на один символ влево Стрелка влево Переместить курсор на один символ влево. Перейти на один символ вправо Стрелка вправо Переместить курсор на один символ вправо. Перейти на одну строку вверх Стрелка вверх Переместить курсор на одну строку вверх. Перейти на одну строку вниз Стрелка вниз Переместить курсор на одну строку вниз. Перейти в начало слова или на одно слово влево Ctrl+Стрелка влево Переместить курсор в начало слова или на одно слово влево. Перейти на одно слово вправо Ctrl+Стрелка вправо Переместить курсор на одно слово вправо. Перейти в начало строки Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемой строки. Перейти в конец строки End Установить курсор в конце редактируемой строки. Перейти в начало текстового поля Ctrl+Home Установить курсор в начале редактируемого текстового поля. Перейти в конец текстового поля Ctrl+End Установить курсор в конце редактируемого текстового поля." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", "title": "Параметры представления и инструменты навигации", - "body": "В редакторе презентаций доступен ряд инструментов, позволяющих облегчить просмотр и навигацию по презентации: масштаб, кнопки перехода на предыдущий/следующий слайд, указатель номера слайда. Настройте параметры представления Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с презентацией, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции: Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами. Чтобы отключить этот режим, перейдите на вкладку Главная, затем нажмите значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова. Скрыть строку состояния - скрывает самую нижнюю панель, на которой находится Указатель номера слайда и кнопки Масштаба. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку состояния, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть линейки - скрывает линейки, которые используются для установки позиций табуляции и отступов абзацев внутри текстовых полей. Чтобы отобразить скрытые линейки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Правая боковая панель свернута по умолчанию. Чтобы ее развернуть, выделите любой объект или слайд и щелкните по значку вкладки, которая в данный момент активирована (чтобы свернуть правую боковую панель, щелкните по этому значку еще раз). Левую боковую панель можно настроить путем простого перетаскивания: наведите курсор мыши на край левой боковой панели, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку, и перетащите край панели влево, чтобы уменьшить ширину панели, или вправо, чтобы ее увеличить. Используйте инструменты навигации Для осуществления навигации по презентации используйте следующие инструменты: Кнопки Масштаб расположены в правом нижнем углу и используются для увеличения и уменьшения масштаба текущей презентации. Чтобы изменить выбранное в текущий момент значение масштаба в процентах, щелкните по нему и выберите в списке один из доступных параметров масштабирования или используйте кнопки Увеличить или Уменьшить . Щелкните по значку По ширине чтобы ширина слайда соответствовала видимой части рабочей области. Чтобы весь слайд целиком помещался в видимой части рабочей области, нажмите значок По размеру слайда . Параметры масштаба доступны также из выпадающего списка Параметры представления , что может быть полезно в том случае, если Вы решили скрыть строку состояния. Примечание: можно задать значение масштаба по умолчанию. Откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, перейдите в раздел Дополнительные параметры..., выберите из списка нужное Стандартное значение масштаба и нажмите кнопку Применить. Для перехода на предыдущий или следующий слайд в ходе редактирования презентации можно использовать кнопки и , расположенные сверху и снизу вертикальной полосы прокрутки, которая находится справа от слайда. Указатель номера слайда показывает текущий слайд в составе всех слайдов текущей презентации (слайд 'n' из 'nn'). Щелкните по этой надписи, чтобы открыть окно, в котором можно ввести номер нужного слайда и быстро перейти к нему. Если Вы решите скрыть строку состояния, этот инструмент станет недоступен." + "body": "В редакторе презентаций доступен ряд инструментов, позволяющих облегчить просмотр и навигацию по презентации: масштаб, кнопки перехода на предыдущий/следующий слайд, указатель номера слайда. Настройте параметры представления Чтобы настроить стандартные параметры представления и установить наиболее удобный режим работы с презентацией, нажмите значок Параметры представления в правой части шапки редактора и выберите, какие элементы интерфейса требуется скрыть или отобразить. Из выпадающего списка Параметры представления можно выбрать следующие опции: Скрыть панель инструментов - скрывает верхнюю панель инструментов, которая содержит команды. Вкладки при этом остаются видимыми. Чтобы показать панель инструментов, когда эта опция включена, можно нажать на любую вкладку. Панель инструментов будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не щелкнете мышью где-либо за ее пределами. Чтобы отключить этот режим, нажмите значок Параметры представления и еще раз щелкните по опции Скрыть панель инструментов. Верхняя панель инструментов будет отображаться постоянно. Примечание: можно также дважды щелкнуть по любой вкладке, чтобы скрыть верхнюю панель инструментов или отобразить ее снова. Скрыть строку состояния - скрывает самую нижнюю панель, на которой находится Указатель номера слайда и кнопки Масштаба. Чтобы отобразить скрытую строку состояния, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Скрыть линейки - скрывает линейки, которые используются для установки позиций табуляции и отступов абзацев внутри текстовых полей. Чтобы отобразить скрытые линейки, щелкните по этой опции еще раз. Правая боковая панель свернута по умолчанию. Чтобы ее развернуть, выделите любой объект или слайд и щелкните по значку вкладки, которая в данный момент активирована (чтобы свернуть правую боковую панель, щелкните по этому значку еще раз). Левую боковую панель можно настроить путем простого перетаскивания: наведите курсор мыши на край левой боковой панели, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку, и перетащите край панели влево, чтобы уменьшить ширину панели, или вправо, чтобы ее увеличить. Используйте инструменты навигации Для осуществления навигации по презентации используйте следующие инструменты: Кнопки Масштаб расположены в правом нижнем углу и используются для увеличения и уменьшения масштаба текущей презентации. Чтобы изменить выбранное в текущий момент значение масштаба в процентах, щелкните по нему и выберите в списке один из доступных параметров масштабирования или используйте кнопки Увеличить или Уменьшить . Щелкните по значку По ширине чтобы ширина слайда соответствовала видимой части рабочей области. Чтобы весь слайд целиком помещался в видимой части рабочей области, нажмите значок По размеру слайда . Параметры масштаба доступны также из выпадающего списка Параметры представления , что может быть полезно в том случае, если Вы решили скрыть строку состояния. Примечание: можно задать значение масштаба по умолчанию. Откройте вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, перейдите в раздел Дополнительные параметры..., выберите из списка нужное Стандартное значение масштаба и нажмите кнопку Применить. Для перехода на предыдущий или следующий слайд в ходе редактирования презентации можно использовать кнопки и , расположенные сверху и снизу вертикальной полосы прокрутки, которая находится справа от слайда. Указатель номера слайда показывает текущий слайд в составе всех слайдов текущей презентации (слайд 'n' из 'nn'). Щелкните по этой надписи, чтобы открыть окно, в котором можно ввести номер нужного слайда и быстро перейти к нему. Если Вы решите скрыть строку состояния, этот инструмент станет недоступен." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", "title": "Функция поиска", - "body": "Чтобы найти нужные символы, слова или фразы, которые используются в редактируемой презентации, щелкните по значку , расположенному на левой боковой панели. Откроется окно Поиск: Введите запрос в соответствующее поле ввода данных. Нажмите на одну из кнопок со стрелками справа. Поиск будет выполняться или по направлению к началу презентации (если нажата кнопка ), или по направлению к концу презентации (если нажата кнопка ), начиная с текущей позиции. Первый слайд в в выбранном направлении, содержащий заданные символы, будет выделен в списке слайдов и отображен в рабочей области. Нужные символы будут подсвечены. Если это не тот слайд, который вы ищете, нажмите на выбранную кнопку еще раз, чтобы найти следующий слайд, содержащий заданные символы." + "body": "Чтобы найти нужные символы, слова или фразы, которые используются в редактируемой презентации, щелкните по значку , расположенному на левой боковой панели, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+F. Откроется окно Поиск: Введите запрос в соответствующее поле ввода данных. Нажмите на одну из кнопок со стрелками справа. Поиск будет выполняться или по направлению к началу презентации (если нажата кнопка ), или по направлению к концу презентации (если нажата кнопка ), начиная с текущей позиции. Первый слайд в в выбранном направлении, содержащий заданные символы, будет выделен в списке слайдов и отображен в рабочей области. Нужные символы будут подсвечены. Если это не тот слайд, который вы ищете, нажмите на выбранную кнопку еще раз, чтобы найти следующий слайд, содержащий заданные символы." }, { "id": "HelpfulHints/SpellChecking.htm", @@ -38,7 +38,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", "title": "Поддерживаемые форматы электронных презентаций", - "body": "Презентация - это серия слайдов, которые могут содержать различные типы контента, такие как изображения, файлы мультимедиа, текст, эффекты и т.д. Онлайн-редактор презентаций работает со следующими форматами презентаций: Форматы Описание Просмотр Правка Загрузка PPTX Office Open XML Presentation разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + PPT Формат файлов, используемый программой Microsoft PowerPoint + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation Формат файлов, который представляет презентации, созданные приложением Impress, входящим в состав пакетов офисных приложений на базе OpenOffice + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем +" + "body": "Презентация - это серия слайдов, которые могут содержать различные типы контента, такие как изображения, файлы мультимедиа, текст, эффекты и т.д. Редактор презентаций работает со следующими форматами презентаций: Форматы Описание Просмотр Редактирование Скачивание PPTX Office Open XML Presentation разработанный компанией Microsoft формат файлов на основе XML, сжатых по технологии ZIP. Предназначен для представления электронных таблиц, диаграмм, презентаций и текстовых документов + + + PPT Формат файлов, используемый программой Microsoft PowerPoint + + ODP OpenDocument Presentation Формат файлов, который представляет презентации, созданные приложением Impress, входящим в состав пакетов офисных приложений на базе OpenOffice + + + PDF Portable Document Format Формат файлов, используемый для представления документов независимо от программного обеспечения, аппаратных средств и операционных систем +" + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "title": "Вкладка Совместная работа", + "body": "Вкладка Совместная работа позволяет организовать совместную работу над презентацией: предоставлять доступ к файлу, выбирать режим совместного редактирования, управлять комментариями. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: задавать настройки совместного доступа, переключаться между Строгим и Быстрым режимами совместного редактирования, добавлять комментарии к презентации, открывать панель Чата." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", @@ -48,7 +53,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Главная", - "body": "Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии презентации. Она позволяет задать основные параметры слайда, форматировать текст, вставлять некоторые объекты, выравнивать и располагать их в определенном порядке. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: управлять слайдами и начать показ слайдов, форматировать текст внутри текстового поля, вставлять текстовые поля, изображения, фигуры, выравнивать и упорядочивать объекты на слайде, копировать и очищать форматирование текста, изменять тему, цветовую схему или размер слайдов, настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора." + "body": "Вкладка Главная открывается по умолчанию при открытии презентации. Она позволяет задать основные параметры слайда, форматировать текст, вставлять некоторые объекты, выравнивать и располагать их в определенном порядке. С помощью этой вкладки вы можете выполнить следующие действия: управлять слайдами и начать показ слайдов, форматировать текст внутри текстового поля, вставлять текстовые поля, изображения, фигуры, выравнивать и упорядочивать объекты на слайде, копировать и очищать форматирование текста, изменять тему, цветовую схему или размер слайдов." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", @@ -58,17 +63,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", "title": "Вкладка Плагины", - "body": "Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты. В настоящее время доступны следующие плагины: ClipArt позволяет добавлять в презентацию изображения из коллекции картинок, PhotoEditor позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, изменять размер, применять эффекты и так далее, Symbol Table позволяет вставлять в текст специальные символы, Translator позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, YouTube позволяет встраивать в презентацию видео с YouTube. Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. Все существующие в настоящий момент примеры плагинов с открытым исходным кодом доступны на GitHub." + "body": "Вкладка Плагины позволяет получить доступ к дополнительным возможностям редактирования, используя доступные сторонние компоненты. Здесь также можно использовать макросы для автоматизации рутинных задач. Кнопка Macros позволяет открыть окно, в котором можно создавать собственные макросы и запускать их. Для получения дополнительной информации о макросах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. В настоящее время по умолчанию доступны следующие плагины: ClipArt позволяет добавлять в презентацию изображения из коллекции картинок, PhotoEditor позволяет редактировать изображения: обрезать, изменять размер, применять эффекты и так далее, Symbol Table позволяет вставлять в текст специальные символы, Translator позволяет переводить выделенный текст на другие языки, YouTube позволяет встраивать в презентацию видео с YouTube. Для получения дополнительной информации о плагинах, пожалуйста, обратитесь к нашей Документации по API. Все существующие в настоящий момент примеры плагинов с открытым исходным кодом доступны на GitHub." }, { "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", "title": "Знакомство с пользовательским интерфейсом редактора презентаций", - "body": "В редакторе презентаций используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности. Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов: В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название презентации. Cправа также находятся два значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа и вернуться в список документов. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Плагины. Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить, Повторить и Добавить слайд всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки. В Строке состояния, расположенной внизу окна редактора, находится значок Начать показ слайдов, некоторые инструменты навигации: указатель номера слайда и кнопки масштаба. В Строке состояния отображаются некоторые оповещения (например, \"Все изменения сохранены\" и т.д.), с ее помощью также можно задать язык текста и включить проверку орфографии. На Левой боковой панели находятся значки, позволяющие использовать инструмент поиска, свернуть или развернуть список слайдов, открыть панель Комментариев и Чата, обратиться в службу технической поддержки и посмотреть информацию о программе. Правая боковая панель позволяет настроить дополнительные параметры различных объектов. При выделении на слайде определенного объекта активируется соответствующий значок на правой боковой панели. Нажмите на этот значок, чтобы развернуть правую боковую панель. Горизонтальная и вертикальная Линейки помогают располагать объекты на слайде и позволяют настраивать позиции табуляции и отступы абзацев внутри текстовых полей. В Рабочей области вы можете просматривать содержимое презентации, вводить и редактировать данные. Полоса прокрутки, расположенная справа, позволяет прокручивать презентацию вверх и вниз. Для удобства вы можете скрыть некоторые элементы и снова отобразить их при необходимости. Для получения дополнительной информации о настройке параметров представления, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этой странице." + "body": "В редакторе презентаций используется вкладочный интерфейс, в котором команды редактирования сгруппированы во вкладки по функциональности. Интерфейс редактора состоит из следующих основных элементов: В Шапке редактора отображается логотип, вкладки меню, название презентации. Cправа также находятся три значка, с помощью которых можно задать права доступа, вернуться в список документов, настраивать параметры представления и получать доступ к дополнительным параметрам редактора. На Верхней панели инструментов отображается набор команд редактирования в зависимости от выбранной вкладки меню. В настоящее время доступны следующие вкладки: Файл, Главная, Вставка, Совместная работа, Плагины. Опции Печать, Сохранить, Копировать, Вставить, Отменить, Повторить и Добавить слайд всегда доступны в левой части Верхней панели инструментов, независимо от выбранной вкладки. В Строке состояния, расположенной внизу окна редактора, находится значок Начать показ слайдов, некоторые инструменты навигации: указатель номера слайда и кнопки масштаба. В Строке состояния отображаются некоторые оповещения (например, \"Все изменения сохранены\" и т.д.), с ее помощью также можно задать язык текста и включить проверку орфографии. На Левой боковой панели находятся значки, позволяющие использовать инструмент поиска, свернуть или развернуть список слайдов, открыть панель Комментариев и Чата, обратиться в службу технической поддержки и посмотреть информацию о программе. Правая боковая панель позволяет настроить дополнительные параметры различных объектов. При выделении на слайде определенного объекта активируется соответствующий значок на правой боковой панели. Нажмите на этот значок, чтобы развернуть правую боковую панель. Горизонтальная и вертикальная Линейки помогают располагать объекты на слайде и позволяют настраивать позиции табуляции и отступы абзацев внутри текстовых полей. В Рабочей области вы можете просматривать содержимое презентации, вводить и редактировать данные. Полоса прокрутки, расположенная справа, позволяет прокручивать презентацию вверх и вниз. Для удобства вы можете скрыть некоторые элементы и снова отобразить их при необходимости. Для получения дополнительной информации о настройке параметров представления, пожалуйста, обратитесь к этой странице." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", "title": "Добавление гиперссылок", - "body": "Для добавления гиперссылки: установите курсор на том месте внутри текстового поля, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Гиперссылка, после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором можно указать параметры гиперссылки: Тип ссылки - выберите из выпадающего списка тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить: Используйте опцию Внешняя ссылка и введите URL в формате http://www.example.com в расположенном ниже поле Связать с, если требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на внешний сайт. Используйте опцию Слайд в этой презентации и выберите один из вариантов ниже, если требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на определенный слайд в этой же презентации. Можно выбрать один из следующих переключателей: Следующий слайд, Предыдущий слайд, Первый слайд, Последний слайд, Слайд с указанным номером. Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по заданному веб-адресу или на слайд, указанный в поле выше. Текст подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора. нажмите кнопку OK. Для добавления гиперссылки можно также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка или использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K. Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово или словосочетание и щелкнуть по значку Гиперссылка на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов или щелкнуть по выделенному элементу правой кнопкой мыши и выбрать в меню опцию Гиперссылка. После этого откроется окно, показанное выше, при этом поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент. При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Для перехода по ссылке нажмите клавишу CTRL и щелкните по ссылке в презентации. Для редактирования или удаления добавленной гиперссылки, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Гиперссылка, а затем действие, которое хотите выполнить, - Изменить гиперссылку или Удалить гиперссылку." + "body": "Для добавления гиперссылки: установите курсор на том месте внутри текстового поля, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Гиперссылка, после этого появится окно Параметры гиперссылки, в котором можно указать параметры гиперссылки: Выберите тип ссылки, которую требуется вставить: Используйте опцию Внешняя ссылка и введите URL в формате http://www.example.com в расположенном ниже поле Связать с, если требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на внешний сайт. Используйте опцию Слайд в этой презентации и выберите один из вариантов ниже, если требуется добавить гиперссылку, ведущую на определенный слайд в этой же презентации. Можно выбрать один из следующих переключателей: Следующий слайд, Предыдущий слайд, Первый слайд, Последний слайд, Слайд с указанным номером. Отображать - введите текст, который должен стать ссылкой и будет вести по заданному веб-адресу или на слайд, указанный в поле выше. Текст подсказки - введите текст краткого примечания к гиперссылке, который будет появляться в маленьком всплывающем окне при наведении на гиперссылку курсора. нажмите кнопку OK. Для добавления гиперссылки можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+K или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши там, где требуется добавить гиперссылку, и выбрать в контекстном меню команду Гиперссылка. Примечание: также можно выделить мышью или с помощью клавиатуры символ, слово или словосочетание, а затем открыть окно Параметры гиперссылки, как описано выше. В этом случае поле Отображать будет содержать выделенный текстовый фрагмент. При наведении курсора на добавленную гиперссылку появится подсказка с заданным текстом. Для перехода по ссылке нажмите клавишу CTRL и щелкните по ссылке в презентации. Для редактирования или удаления добавленной гиперссылки, щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Гиперссылка, а затем действие, которое хотите выполнить, - Изменить гиперссылку или Удалить гиперссылку." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignArrangeObjects.htm", @@ -88,7 +93,7 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteUndoRedo.htm", "title": "Копирование / вставка данных, отмена / повтор действий", - "body": "Для вырезания, копирования и вставки выделенных объектов (слайдов, фрагментов текста, автофигур) в текущей презентации или отмены / повтора действий используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать – выделите объект и используйте значок Копировать чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить – найдите то место в презентации, куда надо вставить ранее скопированный объект и используйте значок Вставить . Объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. Для копирования данных из другой презентации или какой-то другой программы или вставки в них данных используйте следующие сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания. Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов, или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – используйте значок Отменить , чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить – используйте значок Повторить , чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие. Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z для отмены или Ctrl+Y для повтора действия." + "body": "Использование основных операций с буфером обмена Для вырезания, копирования и вставки выделенных объектов (слайдов, фрагментов текста, автофигур) в текущей презентации или отмены / повтора действий используйте соответствующие команды контекстного меню или значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов: Вырезать – выделите фрагмент текста или объект и используйте опцию контекстного меню Вырезать, чтобы удалить выделенный фрагмент и отправить его в буфер обмена компьютера. Вырезанные данные можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Копировать – выделите объект и используйте значок Копировать чтобы отправить выделенные данные в буфер обмена компьютера. Скопированный объект можно затем вставить в другое место этой же презентации. Вставить – найдите то место в презентации, куда надо вставить ранее скопированный объект и используйте значок Вставить . Объект будет вставлен в текущей позиции курсора. Объект может быть ранее скопирован из этой же презентации. Для копирования данных из другой презентации или какой-то другой программы или вставки в них данных используйте следующие сочетания клавиш: сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C для копирования; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V для вставки; сочетание клавиш Ctrl+X для вырезания. Использование функции Специальная вставка После вставки скопированных данных рядом со вставленным текстовым фрагментом или объектом появляется кнопка Специальная вставка . Нажмите на эту кнопку, чтобы выбрать нужный параметр вставки. При вставке фрагментов текста доступны следующие параметры: Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция используется по умолчанию. Сохранить исходное форматирование - позволяет сохранить исходное форматирование скопированного текста. Изображение - позволяет вставить текст как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать. Сохранить только текст - позволяет вставить текст без исходного форматирования. При вставке объектов (автофигур, диаграмм, таблиц) доступны следующие параметры: Использовать конечную тему - позволяет применить форматирование, определяемое темой текущей презентации. Эта опция выбрана по умолчанию. Изображение - позволяет вставить объект как изображение, чтобы его нельзя было редактировать. Отмена / повтор действий Для выполнения операций отмены/повтора используйте соответствующие значки, доступные на любой вкладке верхней панели инструментов, или сочетания клавиш: Отменить – используйте значок Отменить , чтобы отменить последнее выполненное действие. Повторить – используйте значок Повторить , чтобы повторить последнее отмененное действие. Можно также использовать сочетание клавиш Ctrl+Z для отмены или Ctrl+Y для повтора действия." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/CreateLists.htm", @@ -103,12 +108,12 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", "title": "Вставка и форматирование автофигур", - "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить автофигуру, щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, в области редактирования слайда установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, Примечание: чтобы растянуть фигуру, можно перетащить курсор при нажатой кнопке мыши. после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на слайде выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Изменение параметров автофигуры Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по автофигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранной фигуре. Градиентная заливка - чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Изображение или текстура - чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Узор - чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Можно использовать цвет выбранной темы, стандартный цвет или выбрать пользовательский цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Для изменения дополнительных параметров автофигуры щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры фигуры или щелкните левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств фигуры: На вкладке Размер можно изменить Ширину и/или Высоту автофигуры. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура. Чтобы заменить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и используйте выпадающий список Изменить автофигуру на вкладке Параметры фигуры правой боковой панели. Чтобы удалить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять автофигуру на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько автофигур, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде. Соединение автофигур с помощью соединительных линий Автофигуры можно соединять, используя линии с точками соединения, чтобы продемонстрировать зависимости между объектами (например, если вы хотите создать блок-схему). Для этого: щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню группу Линии, щелкните по нужной фигуре в выбранной группе (кроме трех последних фигур, которые не являются соединительными линиями, а именно фигура 10, 11 и 12), наведите указатель мыши на первую автофигуру и щелкните по одной из точек соединения , появившихся на контуре фигуры, перетащите указатель мыши ко второй фигуре и щелкните по нужной точке соединения на ее контуре. При перемещении соединенных автофигур соединительная линия остается прикрепленной к фигурам и перемещается вместе с ними. Можно также открепить соединительную линию от фигур, а затем прикрепить ее к любым другим точкам соединения." + "body": "Вставка автофигуры Для добавления автофигуры на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить автофигуру, щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите одну из доступных групп автофигур: Основные фигуры, Фигурные стрелки, Математические знаки, Схемы, Звезды и ленты, Выноски, Кнопки, Прямоугольники, Линии, щелкните по нужной автофигуре внутри выбранной группы, в области редактирования слайда установите курсор там, где требуется поместить автофигуру, Примечание: чтобы растянуть фигуру, можно перетащить курсор при нажатой кнопке мыши. после того, как автофигура будет добавлена, можно изменить ее размер, местоположение и свойства. Примечание: чтобы добавить надпись внутри фигуры, убедитесь, что фигура на слайде выделена, и начинайте печатать текст. Текст, добавленный таким способом, становится частью автофигуры (при перемещении или повороте автофигуры текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ней). Изменение параметров автофигуры Некоторые параметры автофигуры можно изменить с помощью вкладки Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по автофигуре и выберите значок Параметры фигуры справа. Здесь можно изменить следующие свойства: Заливка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы выбрать заливку автофигуры. Можно выбрать следующие варианты: Заливка цветом - чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранной фигуре. Градиентная заливка - чтобы залить фигуру двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Изображение или текстура - чтобы использовать в качестве фона фигуры какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Узор - чтобы залить фигуру с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов. Обводка - используйте этот раздел, чтобы изменить толщину, цвет или тип обводки. Для изменения толщины обводки выберите из выпадающего списка Толщина одну из доступных опций. Доступны следующие опции: 0.5 пт, 1 пт, 1.5 пт, 2.25 пт, 3 пт, 4.5 пт, 6 пт. Или выберите опцию Без линии, если вы вообще не хотите использовать обводку. Для изменения цвета обводки щелкните по цветному прямоугольнику и выберите нужный цвет. Можно использовать цвет выбранной темы, стандартный цвет или выбрать пользовательский цвет. Для изменения типа обводки выберите нужную опцию из соответствующего выпадающего списка (по умолчанию применяется сплошная линия, ее можно изменить на одну из доступных пунктирных линий). Для изменения дополнительных параметров автофигуры щелкните по ней правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню пункт Дополнительные параметры фигуры или щелкните левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств фигуры: На вкладке Размер можно изменить Ширину и/или Высоту автофигуры. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон фигуры. Вкладка Линии и стрелки содержит следующие параметры: Стиль линии - эта группа опций позволяет задать такие параметры: Тип окончания - эта опция позволяет задать стиль окончания линии, поэтому ее можно применить только для фигур с разомкнутым контуром, таких как линии, ломаные линии и т.д.: Плоский - конечные точки будут плоскими. Закругленный - конечные точки будут закругленными. Квадратный - конечные точки будут квадратными. Тип соединения - эта опция позволяет задать стиль пересечения двух линий, например, она может повлиять на контур ломаной линии или углов треугольника или прямоугольника: Закругленный - угол будет закругленным. Скошенный - угол будет срезан наискось. Прямой - угол будет заостренным. Хорошо подходит для фигур с острыми углами. Примечание: эффект будет лучше заметен при использовании контура большей толщины. Стрелки - эта группа опций доступна только в том случае, если выбрана фигура из группы автофигур Линии. Она позволяет задать Начальный и Конечный стиль и Размер стрелки, выбрав соответствующие опции из выпадающих списков. На вкладке Поля вокруг текста можно изменить внутренние поля автофигуры Сверху, Снизу, Слева и Справа (то есть расстояние между текстом внутри фигуры и границами автофигуры). Примечание: эта вкладка доступна, только если в автофигуру добавлен текст, в противном случае вкладка неактивна. На вкладке Колонки можно добавить колонки текста внутри автофигуры, указав нужное Количество колонок (не более 16) и Интервал между колонками. После того как вы нажмете кнопку ОК, уже имеющийся текст или любой другой текст, который вы введете, в этой автофигуре будет представлен в виде колонок и будет перетекать из одной колонки в другую. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит фигура. Чтобы заменить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и используйте выпадающий список Изменить автофигуру на вкладке Параметры фигуры правой боковой панели. Чтобы удалить добавленную автофигуру, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять автофигуру на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько автофигур, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде. Соединение автофигур с помощью соединительных линий Автофигуры можно соединять, используя линии с точками соединения, чтобы продемонстрировать зависимости между объектами (например, если вы хотите создать блок-схему). Для этого: щелкните по значку Фигура на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню группу Линии, щелкните по нужной фигуре в выбранной группе (кроме трех последних фигур, которые не являются соединительными линиями, а именно фигура 10, 11 и 12), наведите указатель мыши на первую автофигуру и щелкните по одной из точек соединения , появившихся на контуре фигуры, перетащите указатель мыши ко второй фигуре и щелкните по нужной точке соединения на ее контуре. При перемещении соединенных автофигур соединительная линия остается прикрепленной к фигурам и перемещается вместе с ними. Можно также открепить соединительную линию от фигур, а затем прикрепить ее к любым другим точкам соединения." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertCharts.htm", "title": "Вставка и редактирование диаграмм", - "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Sheet1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заговок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позхволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно также изменить ее размер и положение. Можно задать положение диаграммы на слайде, перетаскивая ее по горизонтали или по вертикали. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши до появления голубой пунктирной рамки. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше. Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде. При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить тип фигуры. Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." + "body": "Вставка диаграммы Для вставки диаграммы в презентацию, установите курсор там, где требуется поместить диаграмму, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Диаграмма на верхней панели инструментов, выберите из доступных типов диаграммы тот, который вам нужен - гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая, Обратите внимание: для Гистограмм, Графиков, Круговых или Линейчатых диаграмм также доступен формат 3D. после этого появится окно Редактор диаграмм, в котором можно ввести в ячейки необходимые данные при помощи следующих элементов управления: и для копирования и вставки скопированных данных и для отмены и повтора действий для вставки функции и для уменьшения и увеличения числа десятичных знаков для изменения числового формата, то есть того, каким образом выглядят введенные числа в ячейках измените параметры диаграммы, нажав на кнопку Изменить диаграмму в окне Редактор диаграмм. Откроется окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры. На вкладке Тип и данные можно выбрать тип диаграммы, а также данные, которые вы хотите использовать для создания диаграммы. Выберите Тип диаграммы, которую требуется вставить: гистограмма, график, круговая, линейчатая, с областями, точечная, биржевая. Проверьте выбранный Диапазон данных и при необходимости измените его, нажав на кнопку Выбор данных и указав желаемый диапазон данных в следующем формате: Sheet1!A1:B4. Измените способ расположения данных. Можно выбрать ряды данных для использования по оси X: в строках или в столбцах. На вкладке Макет можно изменить расположение элементов диаграммы: Укажите местоположение Заголовка диаграммы относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы заголовок диаграммы не отображался, Наложение, чтобы наложить заголовок на область построения диаграммы и выровнять его по центру, Без наложения, чтобы показать заголовок над областью построения диаграммы. Укажите местоположение Условных обозначений относительно диаграммы, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы условные обозначения не отображались, Снизу, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд под областью построения диаграммы, Сверху, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их в ряд над областью построения диаграммы, Справа, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их справа от области построения диаграммы, Слева, чтобы показать условные обозначения и расположить их слева от области построения диаграммы, Наложение слева, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру слева, Наложение справа, чтобы наложить условные обозначения на область построения диаграммы и выровнять их по центру справа. Определите параметры Подписей данных (то есть текстовых подписей, показывающих точные значения элементов данных): укажите местоположение Подписей данных относительно элементов данных, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Доступные варианты зависят от выбранного типа диаграммы. Для Гистограмм и Линейчатых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Внутри снизу, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для Графиков и Точечных или Биржевых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, Слева, Справа, Сверху, Снизу. Для Круговых диаграмм можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру, По ширине, Внутри сверху, Снаружи сверху. Для диаграмм С областями, а также для Гистограмм, Графиков и Линейчатых диаграмм в формате 3D можно выбрать следующие варианты: Нет, По центру. выберите данные, которые вы хотите включить в ваши подписи, поставив соответствующие флажки: Имя ряда, Название категории, Значение, введите символ (запятая, точка с запятой и т.д.), который вы хотите использовать для разделения нескольких подписей, в поле Разделитель подписей данных. Линии - используется для выбора типа линий для линейчатых/точечных диаграмм. Можно выбрать одну из следующих опций: Прямые для использования прямых линий между элементами данных, Сглаженные для использования сглаженных кривых линий между элементами данных или Нет для того, чтобы линии не отображались. Маркеры - используется для указания того, нужно показывать маркеры (если флажок поставлен) или нет (если флажок снят) на линейчатых/точечных диаграммах. Примечание: Опции Линии и Маркеры доступны только для Линейчатых диаграмм и Точечных диаграмм. В разделе Параметры оси можно указать, надо ли отображать Горизонтальную/Вертикальную ось, выбрав из выпадающего списка опцию Показать или Скрыть. Можно также задать параметры Названий горизонтальной/вертикальной оси: Укажите, надо ли отображать Название горизонтальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название горизонтальной оси не отображалось, Без наложения, чтобы показать название под горизонтальной осью. Укажите ориентацию Названия вертикальной оси, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы название вертикальной оси не отображалось, Повернутое, чтобы показать название снизу вверх слева от вертикальной оси, По горизонтали, чтобы показать название по горизонтали слева от вертикальной оси. В разделе Линии сетки можно указать, какие из Горизонтальных/вертикальных линий сетки надо отображать, выбрав нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Основные, Дополнительные или Основные и дополнительные. Можно вообще скрыть линии сетки, выбрав из списка опцию Нет. Примечание: разделы Параметры оси и Линии сетки будут недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей и линий сетки. Примечание: Вкладки Вертикальная/горизонтальная ось недоступны для круговых диаграмм, так как у круговых диаграмм нет осей. Вкладка Вертикальная ось позволяет изменить параметры вертикальной оси, которую называют также осью значений или осью Y, на которой указываются числовые значения. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что для гистограмм вертикальная ось является осью категорий, на которой показываются текстовые подписи, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Вертикальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, о которых пойдет речь в следующей вкладке. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями категорий. Раздел Параметры оси позволяет установить следующие параметры: Минимум - используется для указания наименьшего значения, которое отображается в начале вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае минимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Максимум - используется для указания наибольшего значения, которое отображается в конце вертикальной оси. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае максимальное значение высчитывается автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Фиксированный и указать в поле справа другое значение. Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на вертикальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с горизонтальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум на вертикальной оси. Единицы отображения - используется для определения порядка числовых значений на вертикальной оси. Эта опция может пригодиться, если вы работаете с большими числами и хотите, чтобы отображение цифр на оси было более компактным и удобочитаемым (например, можно сделать так, чтобы 50 000 показывалось как 50, воспользовавшись опцией Тысячи). Выберите желаемые единицы отображения из выпадающего списка: Сотни, Тысячи, 10 000, 100 000, Миллионы, 10 000 000, 100 000 000, Миллиарды, Триллионы или выберите опцию Нет, чтобы вернуться к единицам отображения по умолчанию. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения значений в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, наименьшее значение находится внизу, а наибольшее - наверху. Когда этот флажок отмечен, значения располагаются сверху вниз. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определить местоположение делений на вертикальной оси. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие цифровые значения. Деления дополнительного типа - это вспомогательные деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. В выпадающих списках Основной/Дополнительный тип содержатся следующие опции размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы показывать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет определить положение подписей основных делений, отображающих значения. Для того, чтобы задать Положение подписи относительно вертикальной оси, выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи не отображались, Ниже, чтобы показывать подписи слева от области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы показывать подписи справа от области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы показывать подписи рядом с осью. Вкладка Горизонтальная ось позволяет изменить параметры горизонтальной оси, которую также называют осью категорий или осью X, где отображаются текстовые подписи. Обратите внимание, что для Гистограмм горизонтальная ось является осью значений, на которой отображаются числовые значения, так что в этом случае опции вкладки Горизонтальная ось будут соответствовать опциям, описанным в предыдущем разделе. Для точечных диаграмм обе оси являются осями значений. Раздел Параметры оси позхволяет установить следующие параметры: Пересечение с осью - используется для указания точки на горизонтальной оси, в которой она должна пересекаться с вертикальной осью. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае точка пересечения осей определяется автоматически в зависимости от выбранного диапазона данных. Можно выбрать из выпадающего списка опцию Значение и указать в поле справа другое значение или установить точку пересечения осей на Минимум/Максимум (что соответствует первой и последней категории) на горизонтальной оси. Положение оси - используется для указания того, куда нужно выводить текстовые подписи на ось: на Деления или Между делениями. Значения в обратном порядке - используется для отображения категорий в обратном порядке. Когда этот флажок снят, категории располагаются слева направо. Когда этот флажок отмечен, категории располагаются справа налево. Раздел Параметры делений позволяет определять местоположение делений на горизонтальной шкале. Деления основного типа - это более крупные деления шкалы, у которых могут быть подписи, отображающие значения категорий. Деления дополнительного типа - это более мелкие деления шкалы, которые располагаются между делениями основного типа и у которых нет подписей. Кроме того, деления шкалы указывают, где могут отображаться линии сетки, если на вкладке Макет выбрана соответствующая опция. Можно регулировать следующие параметры делений: Основной/Дополнительный тип - используется для указания следующих вариантов размещения: Нет, чтобы деления основного/дополнительного типа не отображались, На пересечении, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа по обеим сторонам оси, Внутри, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с внутренней стороны оси, Снаружи, чтобы отображать деления основного/дополнительного типа с наружной стороны оси. Интервал между делениями - используется для указания того, сколько категорий нужно показывать между двумя соседними делениями. Раздел Параметры подписи позволяет установить местоположение подписей, которые отражают категории. Положение подписи - используется для указания того, где следует располагать подписи относительно горизонтальной оси. Выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка: Нет, чтобы подписи категорий не отображались, Ниже, чтобы подписи категорий располагались снизу области диаграммы, Выше, чтобы подписи категорий располагались наверху области диаграммы, Рядом с осью, чтобы подписи категорий отображались рядом с осью. Расстояние до подписи - используется для указания того, насколько близко подписи должны располагаться от осей. Можно указать нужное значение в поле ввода. Чем это значение больше, тем дальше расположены подписи от осей. Интервал между подписями - используется для указания того, как часто нужно показывать подписи. По умолчанию выбрана опция Авто; в этом случае подписи отображаются для каждой категории. Можно выбрать опцию Вручную и указать нужное значение в поле справа. Например, введите 2, чтобы отображать подписи у каждой второй категории, и т.д. Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит диаграмма. После того, как диаграмма будет добавлена, можно также изменить ее размер и положение. Можно задать положение диаграммы на слайде, перетаскивая ее по горизонтали или по вертикали. Редактирование элементов диаграммы Чтобы изменить Заголовок диаграммы, выделите мышью стандартный текст и введите вместо него свой собственный. Чтобы изменить форматирование шрифта внутри текстовых элементов, таких как заголовок диаграммы, названия осей, элементы условных обозначений, подписи данных и так далее, выделите нужный текстовый элемент, щелкнув по нему левой кнопкой мыши. Затем используйте значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, чтобы изменить тип, стиль, размер или цвет шрифта. Чтобы удалить элемент диаграммы, выделите его, щелкнув левой кнопкой мыши, и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Можно также поворачивать 3D-диаграммы с помощью мыши. Щелкните левой кнопкой мыши внутри области построения диаграммы и удерживайте кнопку мыши. Не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите курсор, чтобы изменить ориентацию 3D-диаграммы. Изменение параметров диаграммы Размер, тип и стиль диаграммы, а также данные, используемые для построения диаграммы, можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по диаграмме и выберите значок Параметры диаграммы справа. Раздел Размер позволяет изменить ширину и/или высоту диаграммы. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон диаграммы. Раздел Изменить тип диаграммы позволяет изменить выбранный тип и/или стиль диаграммы с помощью соответствующего выпадающего меню. Для выбора нужного Стиля диаграммы используйте второе выпадающее меню в разделе Изменить тип диаграммы. Кнопка Изменить данные позволяет вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм и начать редактирование данных, как описано выше. Примечание: чтобы быстро вызвать окно Редактор диаграмм, можно также дважды щелкнуть мышью по диаграмме на слайде. Опция Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели позволяет открыть окно Диаграмма - дополнительные параметры, в котором можно задать альтернативный текст: При выборе диаграммы становится также активным значок Параметры фигуры справа, так как фигура используется в качестве фона для диаграммы. Можно щелкнуть по этому значку, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели инструментов и изменить параметры Заливки и Обводки фигуры. Обратите, пожалуйста, внимание, что вы не можете изменить тип фигуры. Чтобы удалить добавленную диаграмму, щелкните по ней левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять диаграмму на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько объектов, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", @@ -118,27 +123,27 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", "title": "Вставка и настройка изображений", - "body": "Вставка изображения В онлайн-редакторе презентаций можно вставлять в презентацию изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Для добавления изображения на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить изображение, щелкните по значку Изображение на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно Windows для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором можно ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажать кнопку OK после того как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер и положение. Изменение параметров изображения Правая боковая панель активируется при щелчке по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и выборе значка Параметры изображения справа. Вкладка содержит следующие разделы: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения или при необходимости восстановить размер изображения По умолчанию. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла или По URL. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры изображения или щелкните по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Положение позволяет задать следующие свойства изображения: Размер - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить размер по умолчанию добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку По умолчанию. Положение - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить положение изображения на слайде (вычисляется относительно верхней и левой стороны слайда). Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение. Чтобы удалить вставленное изображение, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять изображение на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько изображений, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." + "body": "Вставка изображения В онлайн-редакторе презентаций можно вставлять в презентацию изображения самых популярных форматов. Поддерживаются следующие форматы изображений: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Для добавления изображения на слайд: в списке слайдов слева выберите тот слайд, на который требуется добавить изображение, щелкните по значку Изображение на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, для загрузки изображения выберите одну из следующих опций: при выборе опции Изображение из файла откроется стандартное диалоговое окно Windows для выбора файлов. Выберите нужный файл на жестком диске компьютера и нажмите кнопку Открыть при выборе опции Изображение по URL откроется окно, в котором можно ввести веб-адрес нужного изображения, а затем нажать кнопку OK после того как изображение будет добавлено, можно изменить его размер и положение. Изменение параметров изображения Правая боковая панель активируется при щелчке по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и выборе значка Параметры изображения справа. Вкладка содержит следующие разделы: Размер - используется, чтобы просмотреть текущую Ширину и Высоту изображения или при необходимости восстановить размер изображения По умолчанию. Заменить изображение - используется, чтобы загрузить другое изображение вместо текущего, выбрав нужный источник. Можно выбрать одну из опций: Из файла или По URL. Опция Заменить изображение также доступна в контекстном меню, вызываемом правой кнопкой мыши. Когда изображение выделено, справа также доступен значок Параметры фигуры . Можно щелкнуть по нему, чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и настроить тип, толщину и цвет Обводки фигуры, а также изменить тип фигуры, выбрав другую фигуру в меню Изменить автофигуру. Форма изображения изменится соответствующим образом. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры изображения, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры изображения или щелкните по изображению левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств изображения: Вкладка Положение позволяет задать следующие свойства изображения: Размер - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить ширину и/или высоту изображения. Если нажата кнопка Сохранять пропорции (в этом случае она выглядит так: ), ширина и высота будут изменены пропорционально, сохраняя исходное соотношение сторон изображения. Чтобы восстановить размер по умолчанию добавленного изображения, нажмите кнопку По умолчанию. Положение - используйте эту опцию, чтобы изменить положение изображения на слайде (вычисляется относительно верхней и левой стороны слайда). Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит изображение. Чтобы удалить вставленное изображение, щелкните по нему левой кнопкой мыши и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Чтобы узнать, как выровнять изображение на слайде или расположить в определенном порядке несколько изображений, обратитесь к разделу Выравнивание и упорядочивание объектов на слайде." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTables.htm", "title": "Вставка и форматирование таблиц", - "body": "Вставка таблицы Для вставки таблицы на слайд: выберите слайд, на который надо добавить таблицу, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Таблица на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию для создания таблицы: или таблица со стандартным количеством ячеек (максимум 10 на 8 ячеек) Если требуется быстро добавить таблицу, просто выделите мышью нужное количество строк (максимум 8) и столбцов (максимум 10). или пользовательская таблица Если Вам нужна таблица больше, чем 10 на 8 ячеек, выберите опцию Вставить пользовательскую таблицу, после чего откроется окно, в котором можно вручную ввести нужное количество строк и столбцов соответственно, затем нажмите кнопку OK. после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение. Можно задать положение таблицы на слайде путем перетаскивания ее по вертикали или по горизонтали. Изменение параметров таблицы Большинство свойств таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по таблице и выберите значок Параметры таблицы справа. Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции: Заголовок - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования самую верхнюю строку в таблице. Итоговая - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования самую нижнюю строку в таблице. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк. Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице. Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов. Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов: Раздел Стиль границ позволяет изменить примененное форматирование, соответствующее выбранному шаблону. Можно выделить всю таблицу или определенный диапазон ячеек, для которого необходимо изменить форматирование, и задать все параметры вручную. Параметры Границ - задайте толщину границы с помощью списка (или выберите опцию Без границ), выберите ее Цвет на доступных палитрах и определите, как они должны отображаться в ячейках, нажимая на значки: Примечание: если Вы решили скрыть границы таблицы, выбрав соответствующий шаблон или опцию Без границ, или нажав на значок , на слайде они будут обозначены пунктиром. Цвет фона - выберите цвет фона внутри выбранных ячеек. Раздел Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции: Выбрать строку, столбец, ячейку (в зависимости от позиции курсора) или всю таблицу. Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного. Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу. Объединить ячейки - чтобы объединить предварительно выделенные ячейки в одну. Разделить ячейку... - чтобы разделить предварительно выделенную ячейку на определенное количество строк и столбцов. Эта команда вызывает следующее окно: Укажите Количество столбцов и Количество строк, на которое необходимо разделить выбранную ячейку, и нажмите OK. Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры таблицы или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы: Вкладка Поля позволяет задать расстояние между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки: введите нужные значения Полей ячейки вручную или установите флажок Использовать поля по умолчанию, чтобы применить предустановленные значения (при необходимости их тоже можно изменить). Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица. Для форматирования введенного текста внутри ячеек таблицы можно использовать значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Контекстное меню, вызываемое правым щелчком мыши по таблице, содержит две дополнительных опции: Вертикальное выравнивание в ячейках - позволяет задать предпочтительный тип вертикального выравнивания текста внутри выделенных ячеек: По верхнему краю, По центру, или По нижнему краю. Гиперссылка - позволяет вставить гиперссылку в выделенную ячейку." + "body": "Вставка таблицы Для вставки таблицы на слайд: выберите слайд, на который надо добавить таблицу, перейдите на вкладку Вставка верхней панели инструментов, нажмите значок Таблица на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию для создания таблицы: или таблица со стандартным количеством ячеек (максимум 10 на 8 ячеек) Если требуется быстро добавить таблицу, просто выделите мышью нужное количество строк (максимум 8) и столбцов (максимум 10). или пользовательская таблица Если Вам нужна таблица больше, чем 10 на 8 ячеек, выберите опцию Вставить пользовательскую таблицу, после чего откроется окно, в котором можно вручную ввести нужное количество строк и столбцов соответственно, затем нажмите кнопку OK. после того, как таблица будет добавлена, Вы сможете изменить ее свойства и положение. Чтобы изменить размер таблицы, перетаскивайте маркеры , расположенные по ее краям, пока таблица не достигнет нужного размера. Вы также можете вручную изменить ширину определенного столбца или высоту строки. Наведите курсор мыши на правую границу столбца, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку , и перетащите границу влево или вправо, чтобы задать нужную ширину. Чтобы вручную изменить высоту отдельной строки, наведите курсор мыши на нижнюю границу строки, чтобы курсор превратился в двунаправленную стрелку , и перетащите границу вверх или вниз. Можно задать положение таблицы на слайде путем перетаскивания ее по вертикали или по горизонтали. Примечание: для перемещения по таблице можно использовать сочетания клавиш. Изменение параметров таблицы Большинство свойств таблицы, а также ее структуру можно изменить с помощью правой боковой панели. Чтобы ее активировать, щелкните по таблице и выберите значок Параметры таблицы справа. Разделы Строки и Столбцы, расположенные наверху, позволяют выделить некоторые строки или столбцы при помощи особого форматирования, или выделить разные строки и столбцы с помощью разных цветов фона для их четкого разграничения. Доступны следующие опции: Заголовок - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования самую верхнюю строку в таблице. Итоговая - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования самую нижнюю строку в таблице. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных строк. Первый - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний левый столбец в таблице. Последний - выделяет при помощи особого форматирования крайний правый столбец в таблице. Чередовать - включает чередование цвета фона для четных и нечетных столбцов. Раздел По шаблону позволяет выбрать один из готовых стилей таблиц. Каждый шаблон сочетает в себе определенные параметры форматирования, такие как цвет фона, стиль границ, чередование строк или столбцов и т.д. Набор шаблонов отображается по-разному в зависимости от параметров, указанных в разделах Строки и/или Столбцы выше. Например, если Вы отметили опцию Заголовок в разделе Строки и опцию Чередовать в разделе Столбцы, отображаемый список шаблонов будет содержать только шаблоны со строкой заголовка и чередованием столбцов: Раздел Стиль границ позволяет изменить примененное форматирование, соответствующее выбранному шаблону. Можно выделить всю таблицу или определенный диапазон ячеек, для которого необходимо изменить форматирование, и задать все параметры вручную. Параметры Границ - задайте толщину границы с помощью списка (или выберите опцию Без границ), выберите ее Цвет на доступных палитрах и определите, как они должны отображаться в ячейках, нажимая на значки: Примечание: если Вы решили скрыть границы таблицы, выбрав соответствующий шаблон или опцию Без границ, или нажав на значок , на слайде они будут обозначены пунктиром. Цвет фона - выберите цвет фона внутри выбранных ячеек. Раздел Строки и столбцы позволяет выполнить следующие операции: Выбрать строку, столбец, ячейку (в зависимости от позиции курсора) или всю таблицу. Вставить новую строку выше или ниже выделенной, а также новый столбец слева или справа от выделенного. Удалить строку, столбец (в зависимости от позиции курсора или выделения) или всю таблицу. Объединить ячейки - чтобы объединить предварительно выделенные ячейки в одну. Разделить ячейку... - чтобы разделить предварительно выделенную ячейку на определенное количество строк и столбцов. Эта команда вызывает следующее окно: Укажите Количество столбцов и Количество строк, на которое необходимо разделить выбранную ячейку, и нажмите OK. Примечание: опции раздела Строки и столбцы также доступны из контекстного меню. Раздел Размер ячейки используется для изменения ширины и высоты выделенной ячейки. В этом разделе можно также Выровнять высоту строк, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую высоту, или Выровнять ширину столбцов, чтобы все выделенные ячейки имели одинаковую ширину. Опции Выровнять высоту строк / ширину столбцов также доступны из контекстного меню. Чтобы изменить дополнительные параметры таблицы, щелкните по таблице правой кнопкой мыши и выберите из контекстного меню опцию Дополнительные параметры таблицы или нажмите ссылку Дополнительные параметры на правой боковой панели. Откроется окно свойств таблицы: Вкладка Поля позволяет задать расстояние между текстом внутри ячейки и границами ячейки: введите нужные значения Полей ячейки вручную или установите флажок Использовать поля по умолчанию, чтобы применить предустановленные значения (при необходимости их тоже можно изменить). Вкладка Альтернативный текст позволяет задать Заголовок и Описание, которые будут зачитываться для людей с нарушениями зрения или когнитивными нарушениями, чтобы помочь им лучше понять, какую информацию содержит таблица. Для форматирования введенного текста внутри ячеек таблицы можно использовать значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Контекстное меню, вызываемое правым щелчком мыши по таблице, содержит две дополнительных опции: Вертикальное выравнивание в ячейках - позволяет задать предпочтительный тип вертикального выравнивания текста внутри выделенных ячеек: По верхнему краю, По центру, или По нижнему краю. Гиперссылка - позволяет вставить гиперссылку в выделенную ячейку." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertText.htm", "title": "Вставка и форматирование текста", - "body": "Вставка текста Новый текст можно добавить тремя разными способами: Добавить фрагмент текста внутри соответствующей текстовой рамки предусмотренной на макете слайда. Для этого установите курсор внутри текстовой рамки и напишите свой текст или вставьте его, используя сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V, вместо соответствующего текста по умолчанию. Добавить фрагмент текста в любом месте на слайде. Можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). В зависимости от требуемого типа текстового объекта можно сделать следующее: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в центре слайда. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. Добавить фрагмент текста внутри автофигуры. Выделите фигуру и начинайте печатать текст. Щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к слайду. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку (у нее по умолчанию невидимые границы) с текстом внутри, а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку текстового поля, заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы выровнять текстовое поле на слайде или расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. чтобы создать колонки текста внутри текстового поля, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля, нажмите на пункт меню Дополнительные параметры фигуры и перейдите на вкладку Колонки в окне Фигура - дополнительные параметры. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Выравнивание текста внутри текстового поля Горизонтально текст выравнивается четырьмя способами: по левому краю, по правому краю, по центру или по ширине. Для этого: установите курсор в том месте, где требуется применить выравнивание (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст), разверните список Горизонтальное выравнивание на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите тип выравнивания, который вы хотите применить: опция Выравнивание текста по левому краю позволяет выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным). опция Выравнивание текста по центру позволяет выровнять текст по центру текстового поля (правый и левый края остаются невыровненными). опция Выравнивание текста по правому краю позволяет выровнять текст по правому краю текстового поля (левый край остается невыровненным). опция Выравнивание текста по ширине позволяет выровнять текст как по левому, так и по правому краю текстового поля (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо). Вертикально текст выравнивается тремя способами: по верхнему краю, по середине или по нижнему краю. Для этого: установите курсор в том месте, где требуется применить выравнивание (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст), разверните список Вертикальное выравнивание на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите тип выравнивания, который вы хотите применить: опция Выравнивание текста по верхнему краю позволяет выровнять текст по верхнему краю текстового поля. опция Выравнивание текста по середине позволяет выровнять текст по центру текстового поля. опция Выравнивание текста по нижнему краю позволяет выровнять текст по нижнему краю текстового поля. Изменение направления текста Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем выберите один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Поворот на 90° (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Поворот на 270° (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Настройка типа, размера, цвета шрифта и применение стилей оформления Можно выбрать тип, размер и цвет шрифта, а также применить различные стили оформления шрифта, используя соответствующие значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: если необходимо применить форматирование к тексту, который уже есть в презентации, выделите его мышью или с помощью клавиатуры, а затем примените форматирование. Шрифт Используется для выбора шрифта из списка доступных. Размер шрифта Используется для выбора предустановленного значения размера шрифта из выпадающего списка, или же значение можно ввести вручную в поле размера шрифта. Цвет шрифта Используется для изменения цвета букв/символов в тексте. Для выбора цвета нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком. Жирный Используется для придания шрифту большей насыщенности. Курсив Используется для придания шрифту наклона вправо. Подчеркнутый Используется для подчеркивания текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый Используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Надстрочные знаки Используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Подстрочные знаки Используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Задание междустрочного интервала и изменение отступов абзацев Можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Для этого: установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца, или выделите мышью несколько абзацев, используйте соответствующие поля вкладки Параметры текста на правой боковой панели, чтобы добиться нужного результата: Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Вы можете выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Чтобы быстро изменить междустрочный интервал в текущем абзаце, можно также использовать значок Междустрочный интервал на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выбрав нужное значение из списка: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, или 3.0 строки. Чтобы изменить смещение абзаца от левого края текстового поля, установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца или выделите мышью несколько абзацев и используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов: Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ . Можно также изменить дополнительные параметры абзаца. Установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца - на правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры текста. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры. Откроется окно свойств абзаца: На вкладке Отступы и положение можно изменить смещение первой строки абзаца от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта, а также смещение всего абзаца от левого и правого внутреннего поля текстового объекта. Чтобы задать отступы, можно также использовать горизонтальную линейку. Выделите нужный абзац или абзацы и перетащите маркеры отступов по линейке. Маркер отступа первой строки используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для первой строки абзаца. Маркер выступа используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для второй и всех последующих строк абзаца. Маркер отступа слева используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для всего абзаца. Маркер отступа справа используется, чтобы задать смещение абзаца от правого внутреннего поля текстового объекта. Примечание: если вы не видите линеек, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и снимите отметку с опции Скрыть линейки, чтобы отобразить их. Вкладка Шрифт содержит следующие параметры: Зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Двойное зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста двойной чертой, проведенной по буквам. Надстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Подстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Малые прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы строчными. Все прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы прописными. Межзнаковый интервал - используется, чтобы задать расстояние между символами. На вкладке Табуляция можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре. Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Позиция табуляци По умолчанию имеет значение 1.25 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите переключатель По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все. Для установки позиций табуляции можно также использовать горизонтальную линейку: Выберите нужный тип позиции табуляции, нажав на кнопку в левом верхнем углу рабочей области: По левому краю , По центру , По правому краю . Щелкните по нижнему краю линейки в том месте, где требуется установить позицию табуляции. Для изменения местоположения позиции табуляции перетащите ее по линейке. Для удаления добавленной позиции табуляции перетащите ее за пределы линейки. Примечание: если вы не видите линеек, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и снимите отметку с опции Скрыть линейки, чтобы отобразить их. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объектов Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените заливку и обводку шрифта. Доступны точно такие же опции, как и для автофигур. Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." + "body": "Вставка текста Новый текст можно добавить тремя разными способами: Добавить фрагмент текста внутри соответствующей текстовой рамки, предусмотренной на макете слайда. Для этого установите курсор внутри текстовой рамки и напишите свой текст или вставьте его, используя сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V, вместо соответствующего текста по умолчанию. Добавить фрагмент текста в любом месте на слайде. Можно вставить надпись (прямоугольную рамку, внутри которой вводится текст) или объект Text Art (текстовое поле с предварительно заданным стилем и цветом шрифта, позволяющее применять текстовые эффекты). В зависимости от требуемого типа текстового объекта можно сделать следующее: чтобы добавить текстовое поле, щелкните по значку Надпись на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните там, где требуется поместить надпись, удерживайте кнопку мыши и перетаскивайте границу текстового поля, чтобы задать его размер. Когда вы отпустите кнопку мыши, в добавленном текстовом поле появится курсор, и вы сможете ввести свой текст. Примечание: надпись можно также вставить, если щелкнуть по значку Фигура на верхней панели инструментов и выбрать фигуру из группы Основные фигуры. чтобы добавить объект Text Art, щелкните по значку Text Art на вкладке Вставка верхней панели инструментов, затем щелкните по нужному шаблону стиля – объект Text Art будет добавлен в центре слайда. Выделите мышью стандартный текст внутри текстового поля и напишите вместо него свой текст. Добавить фрагмент текста внутри автофигуры. Выделите фигуру и начинайте печатать текст. Щелкните за пределами текстового объекта, чтобы применить изменения и вернуться к слайду. Текст внутри текстового объекта является его частью (при перемещении или повороте текстового объекта текст будет перемещаться или поворачиваться вместе с ним). Поскольку вставленный текстовый объект представляет собой прямоугольную рамку (у нее по умолчанию невидимые границы) с текстом внутри, а эта рамка является обычной автофигурой, можно изменять свойства и фигуры, и текста. Чтобы удалить добавленный текстовый объект, щелкните по краю текстового поля и нажмите клавишу Delete на клавиатуре. Текст внутри текстового поля тоже будет удален. Форматирование текстового поля Выделите текстовое поле, щелкнув по его границе, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текстовое поле выделено, его границы отображаются как сплошные, а не пунктирные линии. чтобы изменить размер текстового поля, переместить, повернуть его, используйте специальные маркеры по краям фигуры. чтобы изменить заливку, обводку текстового поля, заменить прямоугольное поле на какую-то другую фигуру или открыть дополнительные параметры фигуры, щелкните по значку Параметры фигуры на правой боковой панели и используйте соответствующие опции. чтобы выровнять текстовое поле на слайде или расположить текстовые поля в определенном порядке относительно других объектов, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля и используйте опции контекстного меню. чтобы создать колонки текста внутри текстового поля, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по границе текстового поля, нажмите на пункт меню Дополнительные параметры фигуры и перейдите на вкладку Колонки в окне Фигура - дополнительные параметры. Форматирование текста внутри текстового поля Щелкните по тексту внутри текстового поля, чтобы можно было изменить его свойства. Когда текст выделен, границы текстового поля отображаются как пунктирные линии. Примечание: форматирование текста можно изменить и в том случае, если выделено текстовое поле, а не сам текст. В этом случае любые изменения будут применены ко всему тексту в текстовом поле. Некоторые параметры форматирования шрифта (тип, размер, цвет и стили оформления шрифта) можно отдельно применить к предварительно выделенному фрагменту текста. Выравнивание текста внутри текстового поля Горизонтально текст выравнивается четырьмя способами: по левому краю, по правому краю, по центру или по ширине. Для этого: установите курсор в том месте, где требуется применить выравнивание (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст), разверните список Горизонтальное выравнивание на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите тип выравнивания, который вы хотите применить: опция Выравнивание текста по левому краю позволяет выровнять текст по левому краю текстового поля (правый край остается невыровненным). опция Выравнивание текста по центру позволяет выровнять текст по центру текстового поля (правый и левый края остаются невыровненными). опция Выравнивание текста по правому краю позволяет выровнять текст по правому краю текстового поля (левый край остается невыровненным). опция Выравнивание текста по ширине позволяет выровнять текст как по левому, так и по правому краю текстового поля (выравнивание осуществляется за счет добавления дополнительных интервалов там, где это необходимо). Вертикально текст выравнивается тремя способами: по верхнему краю, по середине или по нижнему краю. Для этого: установите курсор в том месте, где требуется применить выравнивание (это может быть новая строка или уже введенный текст), разверните список Вертикальное выравнивание на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите тип выравнивания, который вы хотите применить: опция Выравнивание текста по верхнему краю позволяет выровнять текст по верхнему краю текстового поля. опция Выравнивание текста по середине позволяет выровнять текст по центру текстового поля. опция Выравнивание текста по нижнему краю позволяет выровнять текст по нижнему краю текстового поля. Изменение направления текста Чтобы повернуть текст внутри текстового поля, щелкните по тексту правой кнопкой мыши, выберите опцию Направление текста, а затем выберите один из доступных вариантов: Горизонтальное (выбран по умолчанию), Поворот на 90° (задает вертикальное направление, сверху вниз) или Поворот на 270° (задает вертикальное направление, снизу вверх). Настройка типа, размера, цвета шрифта и применение стилей оформления Можно выбрать тип, размер и цвет шрифта, а также применить различные стили оформления шрифта, используя соответствующие значки, расположенные на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. Примечание: если необходимо применить форматирование к тексту, который уже есть в презентации, выделите его мышью или с помощью клавиатуры, а затем примените форматирование. Шрифт Используется для выбора шрифта из списка доступных. Размер шрифта Используется для выбора предустановленного значения размера шрифта из выпадающего списка, или же значение можно ввести вручную в поле размера шрифта. Цвет шрифта Используется для изменения цвета букв/символов в тексте. Для выбора цвета нажмите направленную вниз стрелку рядом со значком. Жирный Используется для придания шрифту большей насыщенности. Курсив Используется для придания шрифту наклона вправо. Подчеркнутый Используется для подчеркивания текста чертой, проведенной под буквами. Зачеркнутый Используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Надстрочные знаки Используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Подстрочные знаки Используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Задание междустрочного интервала и изменение отступов абзацев Можно задать высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце, а также поля между текущим и предыдущим или последующим абзацем. Для этого: установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца, или выделите мышью несколько абзацев, используйте соответствующие поля вкладки Параметры текста на правой боковой панели, чтобы добиться нужного результата: Междустрочный интервал - задайте высоту строки для строк текста в абзаце. Вы можете выбрать одну из трех опций: минимум (устанавливает минимальный междустрочный интервал, который требуется, чтобы соответствовать самому крупному шрифту или графическому элементу на строке), множитель (устанавливает междустрочный интервал, который может быть выражен в числах больше 1), точно (устанавливает фиксированный междустрочный интервал). Необходимое значение можно указать в поле справа. Интервал между абзацами - задайте величину свободного пространства между абзацами. Перед - задайте величину свободного пространства перед абзацем. После - задайте величину свободного пространства после абзаца. Чтобы быстро изменить междустрочный интервал в текущем абзаце, можно также использовать значок Междустрочный интервал на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выбрав нужное значение из списка: 1.0, 1.15, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, или 3.0 строки. Чтобы изменить смещение абзаца от левого края текстового поля, установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца или выделите мышью несколько абзацев и используйте соответствующие значки на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов: Уменьшить отступ и Увеличить отступ . Можно также изменить дополнительные параметры абзаца. Установите курсор в пределах нужного абзаца - на правой боковой панели будет активирована вкладка Параметры текста. Нажмите на ссылку Дополнительные параметры. Откроется окно свойств абзаца: На вкладке Отступы и положение можно изменить смещение первой строки абзаца от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта, а также смещение всего абзаца от левого и правого внутреннего поля текстового объекта. Чтобы задать отступы, можно также использовать горизонтальную линейку. Выделите нужный абзац или абзацы и перетащите маркеры отступов по линейке. Маркер отступа первой строки используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для первой строки абзаца. Маркер выступа используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для второй и всех последующих строк абзаца. Маркер отступа слева используется, чтобы задать смещение от левого внутреннего поля текстового объекта для всего абзаца. Маркер отступа справа используется, чтобы задать смещение абзаца от правого внутреннего поля текстового объекта. Примечание: если вы не видите линеек, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и снимите отметку с опции Скрыть линейки, чтобы отобразить их. Вкладка Шрифт содержит следующие параметры: Зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста чертой, проведенной по буквам. Двойное зачёркивание - используется для зачеркивания текста двойной чертой, проведенной по буквам. Надстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в верхней части строки, например, как в дробях. Подстрочные - используется, чтобы сделать текст мельче и поместить его в нижней части строки, например, как в химических формулах. Малые прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы строчными. Все прописные - используется, чтобы сделать все буквы прописными. Межзнаковый интервал - используется, чтобы задать расстояние между символами. На вкладке Табуляция можно изменить позиции табуляции, то есть те позиции, куда переходит курсор при нажатии клавиши Tab на клавиатуре. Позиция - используется, чтобы задать пользовательские позиции табуляции. Введите в этом поле нужное значение, настройте его более точно, используя кнопки со стрелками, и нажмите на кнопку Задать. Пользовательская позиция табуляции будет добавлена в список в расположенном ниже поле. Позиция табуляци По умолчанию имеет значение 1.25 см. Это значение можно уменьшить или увеличить, используя кнопки со стрелками или введя в поле нужное значение. Выравнивание - используется, чтобы задать нужный тип выравнивания для каждой из позиций табуляции в расположенном выше списке. Выделите нужную позицию табуляции в списке, выберите переключатель По левому краю, По центру или По правому краю и нажмите на кнопку Задать. По левому краю - выравнивает текст по левому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется вправо от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По центру - центрирует текст относительно позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . По правому краю - выравнивает текст по правому краю относительно позиции табуляции; при наборе текст движется влево от позиции табуляции. Такая позиция табуляции будет обозначена на горизонтальной линейке маркером . Для удаления позиций табуляции из списка выделите позицию табуляции и нажмите кнопку Удалить или Удалить все. Для установки позиций табуляции можно также использовать горизонтальную линейку: Выберите нужный тип позиции табуляции, нажав на кнопку в левом верхнем углу рабочей области: По левому краю , По центру , По правому краю . Щелкните по нижнему краю линейки в том месте, где требуется установить позицию табуляции. Для изменения местоположения позиции табуляции перетащите ее по линейке. Для удаления добавленной позиции табуляции перетащите ее за пределы линейки. Примечание: если вы не видите линеек, перейдите на вкладку Главная верхней панели инструментов, щелкните по значку Параметры представления в правом верхнем углу и снимите отметку с опции Скрыть линейки, чтобы отобразить их. Изменение стиля объекта Text Art Выделите текстовый объект и щелкните по значку Параметры объектов Text Art на правой боковой панели. Измените примененный стиль текста, выбрав из галереи новый Шаблон. Можно также дополнительно изменить этот базовый стиль, выбрав другой тип, размер шрифта и т.д. Измените заливку и обводку шрифта. Доступны точно такие же опции, как и для автофигур. Примените текстовый эффект, выбрав нужный тип трансформации текста из галереи Трансформация. Можно скорректировать степень искривления текста, перетаскивая розовый маркер в форме ромба." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSlides.htm", "title": "Управление слайдами", - "body": "По умолчанию новая созданная презентация содержит один пустой титульный слайд. Вы можете создавать новые слайды, копировать слайды, чтобы затем можно было вставить их в другое место в списке слайдов, дублировать слайды, перемещать слайды, чтобы изменить их порядок в списке, удалять ненужные слайды, помечать отдельные слайды как скрытые. Для создания нового слайда с макетом Title and Content (Заголовок и объект): щелкните по значку Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Новый слайд или нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+M. Для создания нового слайда с другим макетом: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню слайд с нужным макетом. Примечание: вы в любое время сможете изменить макет добавленного слайда. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию о том, как это сделать, обратитесь к разделу Настройка параметров слайда. Новый слайд будет вставлен после выделенного слайда в списке существующих слайдов слева. Для дублирования слайда: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Дублировать слайд. Дублированный слайд будет вставлен после выделенного слайда в списке слайдов. Для копирования слайда: в списке существующих слайдов слева выделите слайд, который требуется скопировать, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C, выделите в списке слайд, после которого требуется вставить скопированный, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V. Для перемещения существующего слайда: щелкните левой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева, не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите его на нужное место в списке (горизонтальная линия обозначает новую позицию). Для удаления ненужного слайда: в списке существующих слайдов слева щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду, который требуется удалить, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Удалить слайд. Для скрытия слайда: в списке существующих слайдов слева щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду, который требуется скрыть, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Скрыть слайд. Номер, соответствующий скрытому слайду, будет перечеркнут в списке слайдов слева. Чтобы отображать скрытый слайд как обычный слайд в списке, щелкните по опции Скрыть слайд еще раз. Примечание: эту опцию можно использовать, если вы не хотите демонстрировать зрителям некоторые слайды, но вам требуется, чтобы в случае необходимости к этим слайдам можно было получить доступ. При запуске показа слайдов в режиме докладчика все имеющиеся слайды отображаются в списке слева, при этом номера скрытых слайдов перечеркнуты. Если вы захотите показать зрителям слайд, помеченный как скрытый, просто щелкните по нему в списке слайдов слева - слайд будет отображен. Для выделения всех существующих слайдов сразу: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Выделить все. Для выделения нескольких слайдов: удерживайте клавишу Ctrl, выделите нужные слайды в списке существующих слайдов слева, щелкая по ним левой кнопкой мыши. Примечание: все сочетания клавиш, которые можно использовать для управления слайдами, перечислены на странице Сочетания клавиш." + "body": "По умолчанию новая созданная презентация содержит один пустой титульный слайд. Вы можете создавать новые слайды, копировать слайды, чтобы затем можно было вставить их в другое место в списке слайдов, дублировать слайды, перемещать слайды, чтобы изменить их порядок в списке, удалять ненужные слайды, помечать отдельные слайды как скрытые. Для создания нового слайда с макетом Заголовок и объект: щелкните по значку Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Новый слайд или нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+M. Для создания нового слайда с другим макетом: нажмите на стрелку рядом со значком Добавить слайд на вкладке Главная или Вставка верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню слайд с нужным макетом. Примечание: вы в любое время сможете изменить макет добавленного слайда. Чтобы получить дополнительную информацию о том, как это сделать, обратитесь к разделу Настройка параметров слайда. Новый слайд будет вставлен после выделенного слайда в списке существующих слайдов слева. Для дублирования слайда: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Дублировать слайд. Дублированный слайд будет вставлен после выделенного слайда в списке слайдов. Для копирования слайда: в списке существующих слайдов слева выделите слайд, который требуется скопировать, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+C, выделите в списке слайд, после которого требуется вставить скопированный, нажмите сочетание клавиш Ctrl+V. Для перемещения существующего слайда: щелкните левой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева, не отпуская кнопку мыши, перетащите его на нужное место в списке (горизонтальная линия обозначает новую позицию). Для удаления ненужного слайда: в списке существующих слайдов слева щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду, который требуется удалить, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Удалить слайд. Для скрытия слайда: в списке существующих слайдов слева щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду, который требуется скрыть, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Скрыть слайд. Номер, соответствующий скрытому слайду, будет перечеркнут в списке слайдов слева. Чтобы отображать скрытый слайд как обычный слайд в списке, щелкните по опции Скрыть слайд еще раз. Примечание: эту опцию можно использовать, если вы не хотите демонстрировать зрителям некоторые слайды, но вам требуется, чтобы в случае необходимости к этим слайдам можно было получить доступ. При запуске показа слайдов в режиме докладчика все имеющиеся слайды отображаются в списке слева, при этом номера скрытых слайдов перечеркнуты. Если вы захотите показать зрителям слайд, помеченный как скрытый, просто щелкните по нему в списке слайдов слева - слайд будет отображен. Для выделения всех существующих слайдов сразу: щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по любому слайду в списке существующих слайдов слева, в контекстном меню выберите пункт Выделить все. Для выделения нескольких слайдов: удерживайте клавишу Ctrl, выделите нужные слайды в списке существующих слайдов слева, щелкая по ним левой кнопкой мыши. Примечание: все сочетания клавиш, которые можно использовать для управления слайдами, перечислены на странице Сочетания клавиш." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", - "title": "Манипулирование объектами на слайде", - "body": "Можно изменять размер различных объектов, перемещать и поворачивать их на слайде вручную при помощи специальных маркеров. Можно также точно задать размеры некоторых объектов и их положение с помощью правой боковой панели или окна Дополнительные параметры. Изменение размера объектов Для изменения размера автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/текстового поля перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям объекта. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Чтобы задать точную ширину и высоту диаграммы, выделите ее на слайде и используйте раздел Размер на правой боковой панели, которая будет активирована. Чтобы задать точные размеры изображения или автофигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному объекту на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения/фигуры. Укажите нужные значения на вкладке Размер окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Изменение формы автофигур При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Перемещение объектов Для изменения местоположения автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/таблицы/текстового поля используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на объект. Перетащите объект на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. Чтобы перемещать объект с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать объект строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить его смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы задать точное положение изображения, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по изображению на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения. Укажите нужные значения в разделе Положение окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Поворот объектов Чтобы повернуть автофигуру/изображение/текстовое поле, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift." + "title": "Работа с объектами на слайде", + "body": "Можно изменять размер различных объектов, перемещать и поворачивать их на слайде вручную при помощи специальных маркеров. Можно также точно задать размеры некоторых объектов и их положение с помощью правой боковой панели или окна Дополнительные параметры. Примечание: список сочетаний клавиш, которые можно использовать при работе с объектами, доступен здесь. Изменение размера объектов Для изменения размера автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/таблицы/текстового поля перетаскивайте маленькие квадраты , расположенные по краям объекта. Чтобы сохранить исходные пропорции выбранного объекта при изменении размера, удерживайте клавишу Shift и перетаскивайте один из угловых значков. Чтобы задать точную ширину и высоту диаграммы, выделите ее на слайде и используйте раздел Размер на правой боковой панели, которая будет активирована. Чтобы задать точные размеры изображения или автофигуры, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по нужному объекту на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения/фигуры. Укажите нужные значения на вкладке Размер окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Изменение формы автофигур При изменении некоторых фигур, например, фигурных стрелок или выносок, также доступен желтый значок в форме ромба . Он позволяет изменять отдельные параметры формы, например, длину указателя стрелки. Перемещение объектов Для изменения местоположения автофигуры/изображения/диаграммы/таблицы/текстового поля используйте значок , который появляется после наведения курсора мыши на объект. Перетащите объект на нужное место, не отпуская кнопку мыши. Чтобы перемещать объект с шагом в один пиксель, удерживайте клавишу Ctrl и используйте стрелки на клавиатуре. Чтобы перемещать объект строго по горизонтали/вертикали и предотвратить его смещение в перпендикулярном направлении, при перетаскивании удерживайте клавишу Shift. Чтобы задать точное положение изображения, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по изображению на слайде и выберите пункт меню Дополнительные параметры изображения. Укажите нужные значения в разделе Положение окна Дополнительные параметры и нажмите кнопку OK. Поворот объектов Чтобы повернуть автофигуру/изображение/текстовое поле, наведите курсор мыши на маркер поворота и перетащите его по часовой стрелке или против часовой стрелки. Чтобы ограничить угол поворота шагом в 15 градусов, при поворачивании удерживайте клавишу Shift." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", @@ -148,17 +153,17 @@ var indexes = { "id": "UsageInstructions/PreviewPresentation.htm", "title": "Просмотр презентации", - "body": "Запуск просмотра слайдов Чтобы просмотреть презентацию, которую вы в данный момент редактируете, можно сделать следующее: щелкните по значку Начать показ слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или в левой части строки состояния или выберите определенный слайд в списке слайдов слева, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Начать показ слайдов. Просмотр начнется с выделенного в данный момент слайда. Можно также нажать на стрелку рядом со значком Начать показ слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выбрать одну из доступных опций: Показ слайдов с начала - чтобы начать показ слайдов с самого первого слайда, Показ слайдов с текущего слайда - чтобы начать показ слайдов со слайда, выделенного в данный момент, Показ слайдов в режиме докладчика - чтобы начать показ слайдов в режиме докладчика, позволяющем демонстрировать презентацию зрителям, не показывая заметок к слайдам, и одновременно просматривать презентацию с заметками к слайдам на другом мониторе. Параметры показа слайдов - чтобы открыть окно настроек, позволяющее задать только один параметр: Непрерывный цикл до нажатия клавиши 'Esc'. Отметьте эту опцию в случае необходимости и нажмите кнопку OK. Если эта опция включена, презентация будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете клавишу Escape на клавиатуре, то есть, при достижении последнего слайда в презентации вы сможете снова перейти к первому слайду и так далее. Если эта опция отключена, то при достижении последнего слайда в презентации появится черный экран с информацией о том, что презентация завершена и вы можете выйти из режима просмотра. Использование режима просмотра В режиме просмотра можно использовать следующие элементы управления, расположенные в левом нижнем углу: кнопка Предыдущий слайд позволяет вернуться к предыдущему слайду. кнопка Приостановить презентацию позволяет приостановить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Запустить презентацию позволяет возобновить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Следующий слайд позволяет перейти к следующему слайду. Указатель номера слайда отображает номер текущего слайда, а также общее количество слайдов в презентации. Для перехода к определенному слайду в режиме просмотра щелкните по Указателю номера слайда, введите в открывшемся окне номер нужного слайда и нажмите клавишу Enter. кнопка Полноэкранный режим позволяет перейти в полноэкранный режим. кнопка Выйти из полноэкранного режима позволяет выйти из полноэкранного режима. кнопка Завершить показ слайдов позволяет выйти из режима просмотра. Для навигации по слайдам в режиме просмотра можно также использовать сочетания клавиш. Использование режима докладчика В режиме докладчика вы можете просматривать презентацию с заметками к слайдам в отдельном окне, и одновременно демонстрировать презентацию зрителям на другом мониторе, не показывая заметок к слайдам. Заметки к каждому слайду отображаются под областью просмотра слайда. Для навигации по слайдам можно использовать кнопки и или щелкать по слайдам в списке слева. Номера скрытых слайдов в списке перечеркнуты. Если вы захотите показать зрителям слайд, помеченный как скрытый, просто щелкните по нему в списке слайдов слева - слайд будет отображен. Можно использовать следующие элементы управления, расположенные под областью просмотра слайда: Таймер показывает истекшее время презентации в формате чч.мм.сс. кнопка Приостановить презентацию позволяет приостановить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Запустить презентацию позволяет возобновить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Сброс позволяет сбросить истекшее время презентации. кнопка Предыдущий слайд позволяет вернуться к предыдущему слайду. кнопка Следующий слайд позволяет перейти к следующему слайду. Указатель номера слайда отображает номер текущего слайда, а также общее количество слайдов в презентации. кнопка Указка позволяет выделить что-то на экране при показе презентации. Когда эта опция включена, кнопка выглядит следующим образом: . Чтобы указать на какие-то объекты, наведите курсор мыши на область просмотра слайда и перемещайте указку по слайду. Указка будет выглядеть так: . Чтобы отключить эту опцию, нажмите кнопку еще раз. кнопка Завершить показ слайдов позволяет выйти из режима докладчика." + "body": "Запуск просмотра слайдов Чтобы просмотреть презентацию, которую вы в данный момент редактируете, можно сделать следующее: щелкните по значку Начать показ слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов или в левой части строки состояния или выберите определенный слайд в списке слайдов слева, щелкните по нему правой кнопкой мыши и выберите в контекстном меню пункт Начать показ слайдов. Просмотр начнется с выделенного в данный момент слайда. Можно также нажать на стрелку рядом со значком Начать показ слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выбрать одну из доступных опций: Показ слайдов с начала - чтобы начать показ слайдов с самого первого слайда, Показ слайдов с текущего слайда - чтобы начать показ слайдов со слайда, выделенного в данный момент, Показ слайдов в режиме докладчика - чтобы начать показ слайдов в режиме докладчика, позволяющем демонстрировать презентацию зрителям, не показывая заметок к слайдам, и одновременно просматривать презентацию с заметками к слайдам на другом мониторе. Параметры показа слайдов - чтобы открыть окно настроек, позволяющее задать только один параметр: Непрерывный цикл до нажатия клавиши 'Esc'. Отметьте эту опцию в случае необходимости и нажмите кнопку OK. Если эта опция включена, презентация будет отображаться до тех пор, пока вы не нажмете клавишу Escape на клавиатуре, то есть, при достижении последнего слайда в презентации вы сможете снова перейти к первому слайду и так далее. Если эта опция отключена, то при достижении последнего слайда в презентации появится черный экран с информацией о том, что презентация завершена и вы можете выйти из режима просмотра. Использование режима просмотра В режиме просмотра можно использовать следующие элементы управления, расположенные в левом нижнем углу: кнопка Предыдущий слайд позволяет вернуться к предыдущему слайду. кнопка Приостановить презентацию позволяет приостановить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Запустить презентацию позволяет возобновить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Следующий слайд позволяет перейти к следующему слайду. Указатель номера слайда отображает номер текущего слайда, а также общее количество слайдов в презентации. Для перехода к определенному слайду в режиме просмотра щелкните по Указателю номера слайда, введите в открывшемся окне номер нужного слайда и нажмите клавишу Enter. кнопка Полноэкранный режим позволяет перейти в полноэкранный режим. кнопка Выйти из полноэкранного режима позволяет выйти из полноэкранного режима. кнопка Завершить показ слайдов позволяет выйти из режима просмотра. Для навигации по слайдам в режиме просмотра можно также использовать сочетания клавиш. Использование режима докладчика В режиме докладчика вы можете просматривать презентацию с заметками к слайдам в отдельном окне, и одновременно демонстрировать презентацию зрителям на другом мониторе, не показывая заметок к слайдам. Заметки к каждому слайду отображаются под областью просмотра слайда. Для навигации по слайдам можно использовать кнопки и или щелкать по слайдам в списке слева. Номера скрытых слайдов в списке перечеркнуты. Если вы захотите показать зрителям слайд, помеченный как скрытый, просто щелкните по нему в списке слайдов слева - слайд будет отображен. Можно использовать следующие элементы управления, расположенные под областью просмотра слайда: Таймер показывает истекшее время презентации в формате чч.мм.сс. кнопка Приостановить презентацию позволяет приостановить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Запустить презентацию позволяет возобновить просмотр. После нажатия эта кнопка превращается в кнопку . кнопка Сброс позволяет сбросить истекшее время презентации. кнопка Предыдущий слайд позволяет вернуться к предыдущему слайду. кнопка Следующий слайд позволяет перейти к следующему слайду. Указатель номера слайда отображает номер текущего слайда, а также общее количество слайдов в презентации. кнопка Указка позволяет выделить что-то на экране при показе презентации. Когда эта опция включена, кнопка выглядит следующим образом: . Чтобы указать на какие-то объекты, наведите курсор мыши на область просмотра слайда и перемещайте указку по слайду. Указка будет выглядеть так: . Чтобы отключить эту опцию, нажмите кнопку еще раз. кнопка Завершить показ слайдов позволяет выйти из режима докладчика." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", "title": "Сохранение / печать / скачивание презентации", - "body": "По умолчанию онлайн-редактор презентаций автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда Вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущую презентацию вручную, щелкните по значку Сохранить на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Чтобы распечатать текущую презентацию, щелкните по значку Печать на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. После этого на основе данной презентации будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Его можно открыть и распечатать или сохранить на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе, чтобы распечатать позже. Чтобы скачать готовую презентацию и сохранить ее на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: PDF, PPTX или ODP." + "body": "По умолчанию онлайн-редактор презентаций автоматически сохраняет файл каждые 2 секунды, когда Вы работаете над ним, чтобы не допустить потери данных в случае непредвиденного закрытия программы. Если вы совместно редактируете файл в Быстром режиме, таймер запрашивает наличие изменений 25 раз в секунду и сохраняет их, если они были внесены. При совместном редактировании файла в Строгом режиме изменения автоматически сохраняются каждые 10 минут. При необходимости можно легко выбрать предпочтительный режим совместного редактирования или отключить функцию автоматического сохранения на странице Дополнительные параметры. Чтобы сохранить текущую презентацию вручную, щелкните по значку Сохранить на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+S, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Сохранить. Чтобы распечатать текущую презентацию, щелкните по значку Печать на верхней панели инструментов, или используйте сочетание клавиш Ctrl+P, или нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов и выберите опцию Печать. После этого на основе данной презентации будет сгенерирован файл PDF. Его можно открыть и распечатать или сохранить на жестком диске компьютера или съемном носителе, чтобы распечатать позже. Чтобы скачать готовую презентацию и сохранить ее на жестком диске компьютера, нажмите на вкладку Файл на верхней панели инструментов, выберите опцию Скачать как..., выберите один из доступных форматов в зависимости от того, что вам нужно: PPTX, PDF или ODP." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/SetSlideParameters.htm", "title": "Настройка параметров слайда", - "body": "Чтобы настроить внешний вид презентации, можно выбрать тему, цветовую схему, размер и ориентацию слайдов для всей презентации, изменить заливку фона или макет слайда для каждого отдельного слайда, применить переходы между слайдами. Также можно добавить поясняющие заметки к каждому слайду, которые могут пригодиться при показе презентации в режиме докладчика. Темы позволяют быстро изменить дизайн презентации, а именно оформление фона слайдов, предварительно заданные шрифты для заголовков и текстов и цветовую схему, которая используется для элементов презентации. Для выбора темы презентации щелкните по нужной готовой теме из галереи тем, расположенной в правой части вкладки Главная верхней панели инструментов. Выбранная тема будет применена ко всем слайдам, если вы предварительно не выделили определенные слайды, к которым надо применить эту тему. Чтобы изменить выбранную тему для одного или нескольких слайдов, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным слайдам в списке слева (или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда), выберите в контекстном меню пункт Изменить тему, а затем выберите нужную тему. Цветовые схемы влияют на предварительно заданные цвета, используемые для элементов презентации (шрифтов, линий, заливок и т.д.) и позволяют обеспечить сочетаемость цветов во всей презентации. Для изменения цветовой схемы презентации щелкните по значку Изменение цветовой схемы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную схему из выпадающего списка. Выбранная схема будет применена ко всем слайдам. Для изменения размера всех слайдов в презентации, щелкните по значку Выбор размеров слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Можно выбрать: один из двух быстродоступных пресетов - Стандартный (4:3) или Широкоэкранный (16:9), команду Дополнительные параметры, которая вызывает окно Настройки размера слайда, где можно выбрать один из имеющихся предустановленных размеров или задать Пользовательский размер, указав нужные значения Ширины и Высоты. Доступны следующие предустановленные размеры: Стандартный (4:3), Широкоэкранный (16:9), Широкоэкранный (16:10), Лист Letter (8.5x11 дюймов), Лист Ledger (11x17 дюймов), Лист A3 (297x420 мм), Лист A4 (210x297 мм), Лист B4 (ICO) (250x353 мм), Лист B5 (ICO) (176x250 мм), Слайды 35 мм, Прозрачная пленка, Баннер. Меню Ориентация слайда позволяет изменить выбранный в настоящий момент тип ориентации слайда. По умолчанию используется Альбомная ориентация, которую можно изменить на Книжную. Для изменения заливки фона: в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, к которым требуется применить заливку. Или в области редактирования слайдов щелкните по любому свободному месту внутри слайда, который в данный момент редактируется, чтобы изменить тип заливки для этого конкретного слайда. на вкладке Параметры слайда на правой боковой панели выберите нужную опцию: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранным слайдам. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы чтобы залить слайд двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона слайда какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов. Переходы помогают сделать презентацию более динамичной и удерживать внимание аудитории. Для применения перехода: в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, к которым требуется применить переход, на вкладке Параметры слайда выберите переход из выпадающего списка Эффект, Примечание: чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры слайда, можно щелкнуть по значку Параметры слайда справа или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда и выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Параметры слайда. настройте свойства перехода: выберите вариант перехода, его длительность и то, каким образом должны сменяться слайды, если требуется применить один и тот же переход ко всем слайдам в презентации, нажмите кнопку Применить ко всем слайдам. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Применение переходов. Для изменения макета слайда: в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, для которых требуется применить новый макет, щелкните по значку Изменить макет слайда на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню нужный макет. Вы можете также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке слева, выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Изменить макет и выбрать нужный макет. Примечание: в настоящий момент доступны следующие макеты: Титульный слайд, Заголовок и объект, Заголовок раздела, Два объекта, Два текста и два объекта, Только заголовок, Пустой слайд, Заголовок, объект и подпись, Рисунок с подписью, Вертикальный текст, Вертикальный заголовок и текст. Для добавления заметок к слайду: в списке слайдов слева выберите слайд, к которому требуется добавить заметку, щелкните по надписи Click to add notes под областью редактирования слайда, введите текст заметки. Примечание: текст можно отформатировать с помощью значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. При показе слайдов в режиме докладчика заметки к слайду будут отображаться под областью просмотра слайда." + "body": "Чтобы настроить внешний вид презентации, можно выбрать тему, цветовую схему, размер и ориентацию слайдов для всей презентации, изменить заливку фона или макет слайда для каждого отдельного слайда, применить переходы между слайдами. Также можно добавить поясняющие заметки к каждому слайду, которые могут пригодиться при показе презентации в режиме докладчика. Темы позволяют быстро изменить дизайн презентации, а именно оформление фона слайдов, предварительно заданные шрифты для заголовков и текстов и цветовую схему, которая используется для элементов презентации. Для выбора темы презентации щелкните по нужной готовой теме из галереи тем, расположенной в правой части вкладки Главная верхней панели инструментов. Выбранная тема будет применена ко всем слайдам, если вы предварительно не выделили определенные слайды, к которым надо применить эту тему. Чтобы изменить выбранную тему для одного или нескольких слайдов, щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по выделенным слайдам в списке слева (или щелкните правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда), выберите в контекстном меню пункт Изменить тему, а затем выберите нужную тему. Цветовые схемы влияют на предварительно заданные цвета, используемые для элементов презентации (шрифтов, линий, заливок и т.д.) и позволяют обеспечить сочетаемость цветов во всей презентации. Для изменения цветовой схемы презентации щелкните по значку Изменение цветовой схемы на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную схему из выпадающего списка. Выбранная схема будет применена ко всем слайдам. Для изменения размера всех слайдов в презентации, щелкните по значку Выбор размеров слайдов на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов и выберите нужную опцию из выпадающего списка. Можно выбрать: один из двух быстродоступных пресетов - Стандартный (4:3) или Широкоэкранный (16:9), команду Дополнительные параметры, которая вызывает окно Настройки размера слайда, где можно выбрать один из имеющихся предустановленных размеров или задать Пользовательский размер, указав нужные значения Ширины и Высоты. Доступны следующие предустановленные размеры: Стандартный (4:3), Широкоэкранный (16:9), Широкоэкранный (16:10), Лист Letter (8.5x11 дюймов), Лист Ledger (11x17 дюймов), Лист A3 (297x420 мм), Лист A4 (210x297 мм), Лист B4 (ICO) (250x353 мм), Лист B5 (ICO) (176x250 мм), Слайды 35 мм, Прозрачная пленка, Баннер. Меню Ориентация слайда позволяет изменить выбранный в настоящий момент тип ориентации слайда. По умолчанию используется Альбомная ориентация, которую можно изменить на Книжную. Для изменения заливки фона: в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, к которым требуется применить заливку. Или в области редактирования слайдов щелкните по любому свободному месту внутри слайда, который в данный момент редактируется, чтобы изменить тип заливки для этого конкретного слайда. на вкладке Параметры слайда на правой боковой панели выберите нужную опцию: Заливка цветом - выберите эту опцию, чтобы задать сплошной цвет, который требуется применить к выбранным слайдам. Градиентная заливка - выберите эту опцию, чтобы чтобы залить слайд двумя цветами, плавно переходящими друг в друга. Изображение или текстура - выберите эту опцию, чтобы использовать в качестве фона слайда какое-то изображение или готовую текстуру. Узор - выберите эту опцию, чтобы залить слайд с помощью двухцветного рисунка, который образован регулярно повторяющимися элементами. Без заливки - выберите эту опцию, если вы вообще не хотите использовать заливку. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Заливка объектов и выбор цветов. Переходы помогают сделать презентацию более динамичной и удерживать внимание аудитории. Для применения перехода: в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, к которым требуется применить переход, на вкладке Параметры слайда выберите переход из выпадающего списка Эффект, Примечание: чтобы открыть вкладку Параметры слайда, можно щелкнуть по значку Параметры слайда справа или щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по слайду в области редактирования слайда и выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Параметры слайда. настройте свойства перехода: выберите вариант перехода, его длительность и то, каким образом должны сменяться слайды, если требуется применить один и тот же переход ко всем слайдам в презентации, нажмите кнопку Применить ко всем слайдам. Чтобы получить более подробную информацию об этих опциях, обратитесь к разделу Применение переходов. Для изменения макета слайда: в списке слайдов слева выделите слайды, для которых требуется применить новый макет, щелкните по значку Изменить макет слайда на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов, выберите в меню нужный макет. Вы можете также щелкнуть правой кнопкой мыши по нужному слайду в списке слева, выбрать в контекстном меню пункт Изменить макет и выбрать нужный макет. Примечание: в настоящий момент доступны следующие макеты: Титульный слайд, Заголовок и объект, Заголовок раздела, Два объекта, Сравнение, Только заголовок, Пустой слайд, Объект с подписью, Рисунок с подписью, Заголовок и вертикальный текст, Вертикальный заголовок и текст. Для добавления заметок к слайду: в списке слайдов слева выберите слайд, к которому требуется добавить заметку, щелкните по надписи Нажмите, чтобы добавить заметки под областью редактирования слайда, введите текст заметки. Примечание: текст можно отформатировать с помощью значков на вкладке Главная верхней панели инструментов. При показе слайдов в режиме докладчика заметки к слайду будут отображаться под областью просмотра слайда." }, { "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewPresentationInfo.htm", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html index a878817df..12e867c23 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/help/ru/search/search.html @@ -225,7 +225,7 @@
                        - +

                        Поиск...

                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/docformat.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/docformat.png deleted file mode 100644 index 77528805a..000000000 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/docformat.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/docformat@2x.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/docformat@2x.png deleted file mode 100644 index 5cab80522..000000000 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/docformat@2x.png and /dev/null differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png index 13271481d..695b0428a 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png index b6a317b03..4f8500885 100644 Binary files a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png and b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/img/toolbar-menu@2x.png differ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/document-preview.less b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/document-preview.less index a5f751d95..dc6160cfb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/document-preview.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/document-preview.less @@ -1,3 +1,6 @@ +#pe-preview { + z-index: @zindex-navbar+3; +} .preview-controls { display: table; background: @gray-light; diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less index a269387b9..98ca17e83 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/leftmenu.less @@ -80,6 +80,17 @@ overflow: hidden; } +.btn-doc-format { + display: block; + width: 98px; + height: 125px; + cursor: pointer; + + svg&:hover { + opacity:0.85; + } +} + #file-menu-panel { > div { height: 100%; @@ -181,27 +192,7 @@ margin-bottom: 65px; .btn-doc-format { - display: block; - width: 98px; - height: 125px; - cursor: pointer; margin: 65px 25px 0px; - - background-repeat: no-repeat; - background-position: 0 0; - .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/docformat.png', '@{app-image-path}/docformat@2x.png', 918px); - - .icon-document-format(@shift-x, @shift-y: 0) { - background-position: @shift-x @shift-y; - - &:hover { - background-position: @shift-x+102 @shift-y; - } - } - - &.pptx {.icon-document-format(-102px);} - &.pdf {.icon-document-format(-306px);} - &.odp {.icon-document-format(-816px);} } } } @@ -267,17 +258,10 @@ .blank-document-btn { display: inline-block; margin: 25px 20px 65px; - .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/docformat.png', '@{app-image-path}/docformat@2x.png', 714px); - background-repeat: no-repeat; - background-position: -408px 0; width: 102px; height: 128px; cursor: pointer; - - &:hover { - background-position: -510px 0; - } } hr { @@ -297,9 +281,6 @@ .thumb { width: 102px; height: 128px; - .background-ximage('@{app-image-path}/docformat.png', '@{app-image-path}/docformat@2x.png', 714px); - background-repeat: no-repeat; - background-position: -612px 0; } .title { @@ -376,6 +357,7 @@ .box-shadow(none); margin: 0; font-size: 12px; + float: none; &:not(.header-name) { &:hover, @@ -391,11 +373,11 @@ } .help-item-wrap { - padding: 7px 2px 7px 20px; + padding: 4px 2px 4px 20px; } .header-name { - padding: 7px 2px 7px 10px; + padding: 16px 2px 4px 10px; } } } @@ -454,7 +436,7 @@ } #panel-protect { - label, span { + label { font-size: 12px; } diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less index 3a09c2032..fed728d9b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/rightmenu.less @@ -223,6 +223,10 @@ button:active:not(.disabled) .btn-change-shape {background-position: -56px - &:hover, &.over { background-color: @secondary; + + .caret { + display: inline-block; + } } } @@ -246,7 +250,7 @@ button:active:not(.disabled) .btn-change-shape {background-position: -56px - border: 0; background-position: -43px -150px; margin: 8px 15px; - display: inline-block; + display: none; position: absolute; right: 0; diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less index f49b5a87a..8840f802f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/main/resources/less/toolbar.less @@ -1,10 +1,6 @@ @tabs-bg-color: #aa5252; .toolbar { - &:not(.cover) { - z-index: 1001; - } - &.masked { button.disabled .icon:not(.no-mask) { background-position-x: 0px !important; @@ -25,11 +21,11 @@ position: absolute; top: 32px; left: 48px; - right: 45px; + right: 0; bottom: 0; opacity: 0; background-color: @gray-light; - z-index: @zindex-tooltip + 1; + /*z-index: @zindex-tooltip + 1;*/ } .menu-layouts { @@ -90,8 +86,9 @@ // menu zoom .menu-zoom { + line-height: @line-height-base; .title { - padding: 5px 0 5px 20px; + padding: 5px 5px 5px 20px; float: left; max-width: 95px; overflow: hidden; @@ -341,6 +338,8 @@ font: 11px arial; white-space: nowrap; letter-spacing: 1px; + overflow: hidden; + text-overflow: ellipsis; } .item-equation { diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js index 6da7e7c12..5445061a0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app-dev.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js index 8cecad6f4..714b8840b 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index 4f34bb20a..0746d7c6a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/19/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -82,6 +82,7 @@ define([ me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onHidePopMenu', _.bind(me.onApiHidePopMenu, me)); me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onDocumentContentReady', _.bind(me.onApiDocumentContentReady, me)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(me.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, me)); + me.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect', _.bind(me.onCoAuthoringDisconnect,me)); }, setMode: function (mode) { diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentPreview.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentPreview.js index c6be912e1..d52655d40 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentPreview.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/DocumentPreview.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js index b666c2a84..ee8eb2d5a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Editor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js index 125e483d2..4cc20fff8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Main.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Document Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ define([ usersCount : 1, fastCoauth : true, lostEditingRights : false, - licenseWarning : false + licenseType : false }; // Initialize viewport @@ -169,6 +169,18 @@ define([ Common.Gateway.on('showmessage', _.bind(me.onExternalMessage, me)); Common.Gateway.on('opendocument', _.bind(me.loadDocument, me)); Common.Gateway.appReady(); + + Common.Gateway.on('internalcommand', function(data) { + if (data.command=='hardBack') { + if ($('.modal-in').length>0) { + if ( !$(me.loadMask).hasClass('modal-in') ) + uiApp.closeModal(); + Common.Gateway.internalMessage('hardBack', false); + } else + Common.Gateway.internalMessage('hardBack', true); + } + }); + Common.Gateway.internalMessage('listenHardBack'); } me.initNames(); @@ -519,21 +531,43 @@ define([ } me.applyLicense(); + + $(document).on('contextmenu', _.bind(me.onContextMenu, me)); }, onLicenseChanged: function(params) { var licType = params.asc_getLicenseType(); - if (licType !== undefined && (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') { - this._state.licenseWarning = (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; - } + if (licType !== undefined && this.appOptions.canEdit && this.editorConfig.mode !== 'view' && + (licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS || licType===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCountOS)) + this._state.licenseType = licType; - if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseWarning) + if (this._isDocReady && this._state.licenseType) this.applyLicense(); }, applyLicense: function() { var me = this; - if (me._state.licenseWarning) { + if (this._state.licenseType) { + var license = this._state.licenseType, + buttons = [{text: 'OK'}]; + if (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections || license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.UsersCount) { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.Connections) ? this.warnLicenseExceeded : this.warnLicenseUsersExceeded; + } else { + license = (license===Asc.c_oLicenseResult.ConnectionsOS) ? this.warnNoLicense : this.warnNoLicenseUsers; + buttons = [{ + text: me.textBuyNow, + bold: true, + onClick: function() { + window.open('https://www.onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); + } + }, + { + text: me.textContactUs, + onClick: function() { + window.open('mailto:sales@onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); + } + }]; + } PE.getController('Toolbar').activateViewControls(); PE.getController('Toolbar').deactivateEditControls(); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); @@ -546,22 +580,8 @@ define([ Common.localStorage.setItem("pe-license-warning", now); uiApp.modal({ title: me.textNoLicenseTitle, - text : me._state.licenseWarning, - buttons: [ - { - text: me.textBuyNow, - bold: true, - onClick: function() { - window.open('https://www.onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); - } - }, - { - text: me.textContactUs, - onClick: function() { - window.open('mailto:sales@onlyoffice.com', "_blank"); - } - } - ] + text : license, + buttons: buttons }); } } else @@ -603,6 +623,7 @@ define([ me.appOptions.isOffline = me.api.asc_isOffline(); me.appOptions.isReviewOnly = (me.permissions.review === true) && (me.permissions.edit === false); me.appOptions.canRequestEditRights = me.editorConfig.canRequestEditRights; + me.appOptions.canRequestClose = me.editorConfig.canRequestClose; me.appOptions.canEdit = (me.permissions.edit !== false || me.permissions.review === true) && // can edit or review (me.editorConfig.canRequestEditRights || me.editorConfig.mode !== 'view') && // if mode=="view" -> canRequestEditRights must be defined (!me.appOptions.isReviewOnly || me.appOptions.canLicense); // if isReviewOnly==true -> canLicense must be true @@ -806,6 +827,10 @@ define([ config.msg = this.errorBadImageUrl; break; + case Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted: + config.msg = this.errorDataEncrypted; + break; + default: config.msg = this.errorDefaultMessage.replace('%1', id); break; @@ -826,6 +851,10 @@ define([ Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('goback'); } } + if (id == Asc.c_oAscError.ID.DataEncrypted) { + this.api.asc_coAuthoringDisconnect(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('api:disconnect'); + } } else { Common.Gateway.reportWarning(id, config.msg); @@ -1035,25 +1064,33 @@ define([ me.onLongActionEnd(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType.BlockInteraction, LoadingDocument); + var buttons = [{ + text: 'OK', + bold: true, + onClick: function () { + var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); + me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); + + if (!me._isDocReady) { + me.onLongActionBegin(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction'], LoadingDocument); + } + me._state.openDlg = null; + } + }]; + if (me.appOptions.canRequestClose) + buttons.push({ + text: me.closeButtonText, + onClick: function () { + Common.Gateway.requestClose(); + me._state.openDlg = null; + } + }); + me._state.openDlg = uiApp.modal({ title: me.advDRMOptions, - text: me.advDRMEnterPassword, + text: me.txtProtected, afterText: '
                        ', - buttons: [ - { - text: 'OK', - bold: true, - onClick: function () { - var password = $(me._state.openDlg).find('.modal-text-input[name="modal-password"]').val(); - me.api.asc_setAdvancedOptions(type, new Asc.asc_CDRMAdvancedOptions(password)); - - if (!me._isDocReady) { - me.onLongActionBegin(Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType['BlockInteraction'], LoadingDocument); - } - me._state.openDlg = null; - } - } - ] + buttons: buttons }); // Vertical align @@ -1133,6 +1170,18 @@ define([ } }, + onContextMenu: function(event){ + var canCopyAttr = event.target.getAttribute('data-can-copy'), + isInputEl = (event.target instanceof HTMLInputElement) || (event.target instanceof HTMLTextAreaElement); + + if ((isInputEl && canCopyAttr === 'false') || + (!isInputEl && canCopyAttr !== 'true')) { + event.stopPropagation(); + event.preventDefault(); + return false; + } + }, + // Translation leavePageText: 'You have unsaved changes in this document. Click \'Stay on this Page\' to await the autosave of the document. Click \'Leave this Page\' to discard all the unsaved changes.', defaultTitleText: 'ONLYOFFICE Presentation Editor', @@ -1224,7 +1273,7 @@ define([ errorUsersExceed: 'Count of users was exceed', txtEditingMode: 'Set editing mode...', errorCoAuthoringDisconnect: 'Server connection lost. You can\'t edit anymore.', - errorFilePassProtect: 'The document is password protected.', + errorFilePassProtect: 'The file is password protected and cannot be opened.', textAnonymous: 'Anonymous', txtNeedSynchronize: 'You have an updates', applyChangesTitleText: 'Loading Data', @@ -1252,7 +1301,6 @@ define([ textTryUndoRedo: 'The Undo/Redo functions are disabled for the Fast co-editing mode.', textBuyNow: 'Visit website', textNoLicenseTitle: 'ONLYOFFICE open source version', - warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
                        If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', textContactUs: 'Contact sales', errorViewerDisconnect: 'Connection is lost. You can still view the document,
                        but will not be able to download or print until the connection is restored.', warnLicenseExp: 'Your license has expired.
                        Please update your license and refresh the page.', @@ -1285,7 +1333,13 @@ define([ txtSlideNumber: 'Slide number', txtSlideSubtitle: 'Slide subtitle', txtSlideTitle: 'Slide title', - warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
                        If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.' + txtProtected: 'Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset', + warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
                        If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
                        If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnLicenseExceeded: 'The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
                        Please contact your administrator for more information.', + warnLicenseUsersExceeded: 'The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
                        Please contact your administrator for more information.', + errorDataEncrypted: 'Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.', + closeButtonText: 'Close File' } })(), PE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js index 67b4223f1..81ce45a43 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Search.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js index 03d09b096..d33751306 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Settings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -155,7 +155,6 @@ define([ var me = this; $('#settings-search').single('click', _.bind(me._onSearch, me)); $('#settings-readermode input:checkbox').single('change', _.bind(me._onReaderMode, me)); - $('#settings-edit-presentation').single('click', _.bind(me._onEditPresentation, me)); $(modalView).find('.formats a').single('click', _.bind(me._onSaveFormat, me)); $('#page-settings-setup-view li').single('click', _.bind(me._onSlideSize, me)); @@ -224,10 +223,6 @@ define([ $('#settings-presentation-title').html(name ? name : '-'); }, - _onEditPresentation: function() { - Common.Gateway.requestEditRights(); - }, - _onSearch: function (e) { var toolbarView = PE.getController('Toolbar').getView('Toolbar'); diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js index 38fe181cc..65670c686 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ define([ this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCanUndo', _.bind(this.onApiCanRevert, this, 'undo')); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCanRedo', _.bind(this.onApiCanRevert, this, 'redo')); this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onFocusObject', _.bind(this.onApiFocusObject, this)); + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onCoAuthoringDisconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('api:disconnect', _.bind(this.onCoAuthoringDisconnect, this)); }, @@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ define([ }, activateControls: function() { - $('#toolbar-preview, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back').removeClass('disabled'); + $('#toolbar-preview, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-edit-document').removeClass('disabled'); }, activateViewControls: function() { @@ -187,6 +188,12 @@ define([ onCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { this.isDisconnected = true; + this.deactivateEditControls(); + $('#toolbar-undo').toggleClass('disabled', true); + $('#toolbar-redo').toggleClass('disabled', true); + PE.getController('AddContainer').hideModal(); + PE.getController('EditContainer').hideModal(); + PE.getController('Settings').hideModal(); }, dlgLeaveTitleText : 'You leave the application', diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js index 872d130d9..35772918c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddContainer.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js index ec98c648f..d639bc617 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddLink.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddLink.js index 0fed8e2fe..e1036bf0a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddLink.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddLink.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/01/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js index 2364c4072..38f22fdbe 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/28/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddSlide.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddSlide.js index 28fd10073..2b8a939d6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddSlide.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddSlide.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/06/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js index 59791ed6a..42490257f 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/add/AddTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js index 2fe6d65c8..b69b5f4ed 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditChart.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/19/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js index 7856cb163..d70ae3b8e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditContainer.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 9/27/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ define([ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js index fb0a696ac..0d5b740e8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditLink.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditLink.js index 59696c2ab..73685cd87 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditLink.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditLink.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/06/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js index c319eb06c..37fc11849 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/25/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -140,8 +140,10 @@ define([ // me.api && me.api.UpdateInterfaceState(); if (_shapeObject) { - if (pageId == '#edit-shape-style' || pageId == '#edit-shape-border-color-view') { + if (pageId == '#edit-shape-style' || pageId == '#edit-shape-style-nofill' || pageId == '#edit-shape-border-color-view') { me._initStyleView(); + } else { + me.getView('EditShape').isShapeCanFill = _shapeObject.get_CanFill(); } } }, @@ -386,6 +388,7 @@ define([ if (shapes.length > 0) { var object = shapes[shapes.length - 1]; // get top shape _shapeObject = object.get_ObjectValue(); + this.getView('EditShape').isShapeCanFill = _shapeObject.get_CanFill(); } else { _shapeObject = undefined; } diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js index 4a297040f..ede4bcbf0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditSlide.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/07/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js index 431eaa9ea..ebb72ade6 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js index 2deb3eadd..48e8deb3a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/controller/edit/EditText.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/4/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template index 8b43d106d..16ed68947 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/EditShape.template @@ -220,6 +220,47 @@
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        <% if (!android) { %><%= scope.textBack %><% } %>
                        +
                        <%= scope.textBorder %>
                        +
                        <% if (phone) { %><% } %>
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        + +
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        +
                        diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template index 9b427b810..147a0ea46 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Settings.template @@ -25,18 +25,6 @@
                        5. <% } %> -
                      5. - -
                        -
                        - -
                        -
                        -
                        <%= scope.textEditPresent %>
                        -
                        -
                        -                         -
                      6. diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template index 3fdbea786..5db722d62 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -32,11 +32,14 @@ + <% if (!phone) { %> diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index db0377eb8..4e5d232fb 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/19/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentPreview.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentPreview.js index 10507d581..10f68e5ec 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentPreview.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/DocumentPreview.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js index 26f34025b..3084ccf0e 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Editor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js index 9b9c89cdc..73e9a3c02 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Search.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js index 40afdc56d..40084d3a0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Settings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/22/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -53,7 +53,8 @@ define([ var isEdit, canEdit = false, canDownload = false, - canAbout = true; + canAbout = true, + canHelp = true; return { // el: '.view-main', @@ -101,6 +102,10 @@ define([ if (mode.customization && mode.canBrandingExt) { canAbout = (mode.customization.about!==false); } + + if (mode.customization) { + canHelp = (mode.customization.help!==false); + } }, rootLayout: function () { @@ -109,11 +114,9 @@ define([ isPhone = Common.SharedSettings.get('phone'); if (isEdit) { - $layour.find('#settings-edit-presentation').hide(); $layour.find('#settings-readermode').hide(); $layour.find('#settings-search .item-title').text(this.textFindAndReplace) } else { - if (!canEdit) $layour.find('#settings-edit-presentation').hide(); $layour.find('#settings-presentation-setup').hide(); $layour.find('#settings-readermode input:checkbox') .attr('checked', Common.SharedSettings.get('readerMode')) @@ -121,6 +124,7 @@ define([ } if (!canDownload) $layour.find('#settings-download').hide(); if (!canAbout) $layour.find('#settings-about').hide(); + if (!canHelp) $layour.find('#settings-help').hide(); return $layour.html(); } @@ -190,7 +194,6 @@ define([ permissions = _.extend(permissions, data.doc.permissions); if (permissions.edit === false) { - $('#settings-edit-presentation').hide(); } } }, diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js index bc6e3891f..051af1eae 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/Toolbar.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 11/21/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -63,7 +63,8 @@ define([ "click #toolbar-edit" : "showEdition", "click #toolbar-add" : "showInserts", "click #toolbar-settings" : "showSettings", - "click #toolbar-preview" : "showPreview" + "click #toolbar-preview" : "showPreview", + "click #toolbar-edit-document": "editDocument" }, // Set innerHTML and get the references to the DOM elements @@ -93,7 +94,7 @@ define([ })); $('.view-main .navbar').on('addClass removeClass', _.bind(me.onDisplayMainNavbar, me)); - $('#toolbar-preview, #toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back').addClass('disabled'); + $('#toolbar-preview, #toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-settings, #toolbar-search, #document-back, #toolbar-edit-document').addClass('disabled'); return me; }, @@ -101,6 +102,8 @@ define([ setMode: function (mode) { if (mode.isEdit) { $('#toolbar-edit, #toolbar-add, #toolbar-undo, #toolbar-redo').show(); + } else if (mode.canEdit && mode.canRequestEditRights){ + $('#toolbar-edit-document').show(); } }, @@ -152,6 +155,10 @@ define([ PE.getController('DocumentPreview').show(); }, + editDocument: function () { + Common.Gateway.requestEditRights(); + }, + textBack: 'Back' } })(), PE.Views.Toolbar || {})) diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js index 9b32a9d36..3a07446ed 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddLink.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddLink.js index b4cfaf0ab..04f984286 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddLink.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddLink.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/01/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js index a1627fd2a..a4a00fb05 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/28/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddSlide.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddSlide.js index b2984c9ed..fc41fc75d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddSlide.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddSlide.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/06/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js index fd084189e..1ebd6a146 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/add/AddTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js index 7508662d9..416b0b751 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditChart.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/19/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js index b323fb772..c151a367d 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditImage.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditLink.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditLink.js index 017179a60..3696fd708 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditLink.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditLink.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/06/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js index 7c5ad3cc6..89c527e55 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditShape.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/25/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ define([ initialize: function () { Common.NotificationCenter.on('editcontainer:show', _.bind(this.initEvents, this)); Common.NotificationCenter.on('editcategory:show', _.bind(this.categoryShow, this)); + this.isShapeCanFill = true; }, initEvents: function () { @@ -142,9 +143,12 @@ define([ }, showStyle: function () { - var selector = '#edit-shape-style'; + var selector = this.isShapeCanFill ? '#edit-shape-style' : '#edit-shape-style-nofill'; this.showPage(selector, true); + if (!this.isShapeCanFill) + this.showStyleCategory(); + this.paletteFillColor = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#tab-shape-fill'), transparent: true diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditSlide.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditSlide.js index 3acc66e2b..04b19b590 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditSlide.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditSlide.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 12/07/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js index d0cf8c92a..a508eb069 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 11/30/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js index 3891a84ee..84b0932d0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/app/view/edit/EditText.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Presentation Editor * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 10/4/16 - * Copyright (c) 2016 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json index ba6289dff..5bca626ee 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/de.json @@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Herunterladen des Dokuments", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL des Bildes ist falsch", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Verbindung zum Server ist verloren gegangen. Sie können nicht mehr editieren.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen, oder kontaktieren Sie Ihren Administrator.
                        Wann Sie auf den Button \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert, das Dokument herunterzuladen.

                        Mehr Information zur Verbindung des Dokument Servers finden Sie                         hier", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Das Dokument konnte nicht gespeichert werden. Bitte überprüfen Sie die Verbindungseinstellungen oder wenden Sie sich an Ihren Administrator.
                        Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche \"OK\" klicken, werden Sie aufgefordert das Dokument herunterzuladen.

                        Mehr Informationen über die Verbindung zum Dokumentenserver finden Sie hier", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externer Fehler.
                        Datenbank-Verbindungsfehler. Wenden Sie sich an den Support.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Änderungen wurden verschlüsselt. Sie können nicht entschlüsselt werden.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Falscher Datenbereich.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Fehlercode: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Das Dokument ist kennwortgeschützt.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Das Dokument ist kennwortgeschützt und kann nicht geöffnet werden.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unbekannter Schlüsseldeskriptor", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Der Schlüsseldeskriptor ist abgelaufen", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Fehler beim Speichern von Daten.", @@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImagesTitleText": "Bilder werden geladen", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTextText": "Bild wird geladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadImageTitleText": "Bild wird geladen", - "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Präsentation wird geladen...\t", + "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTextText": "Präsentation wird geladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadingDocumentTitleText": "Präsentation wird geladen ", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTextText": "Design wird geladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.loadThemeTitleText": "Laden des Designs", @@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Medien", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Änderungen wurden vorgenommen", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Bild", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Sobald Sie das Passwort eingegeben und die Datei geöffnet haben, wird das aktuelle Passwort für die Datei zurückgesetzt", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rechtecke", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Reihen", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "Leer", @@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTPicTx": "Bild und Überschrift", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTSecHead": "Überschrift des Abschnitts", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTbl": "Tabelle", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitle": "Titel\t", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitle": "Titel", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTitleOnly": "Nur Titel", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoColTx": "Zweispaltiger Text", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTTwoObj": "Zwei Objekte", @@ -202,9 +204,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Die maximal zulässige Bildgröße ist überschritten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Bild wird hochgeladen...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Bild wird hochgeladen", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Die Anzahl gleichzeitiger Verbindungen zum Document Server wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
                        Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Ihre Lizenz ist abgelaufen.
                        Bitte aktualisieren Sie Ihre Lizenz und laden Sie die Seite neu.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zu Dokumentenserver.
                        Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, aktualisieren Sie diese Version oder erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
                        Wenn Sie mehr Nutzer benötigen, achten Sie bitte darauf, dass Sie entweder Ihre derzeitige Lizenz aktualisieren oder eine kommerzielle erwerben müssen.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Die Anzahl der gleichzeitigen Benutzer wurde überschritten und das Dokument wird nur zum Anzeigen geöffnet.
                        Wenden Sie sich an den Administrator, um weitere Informationen zu erhalten.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat gewisse Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Verbindungen zum Dokumentenserver.
                        Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Diese Version von ONLYOFFICE Editoren hat bestimmte Einschränkungen für gleichzeitige Benutzer.
                        Wenn Sie mehr Verbindungen benötigen, erwerben Sie eine kommerzielle Lizenz.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Das Recht, die Datei zu bearbeiten, wurde Ihnen verweigert.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Der Text wurde nicht gefunden.", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Achtung", @@ -351,7 +355,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditSlide.textStyle": "Stil", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTheme": "Thema", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTop": "Oben", - "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopLeft": "\tOben links", + "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopLeft": "Oben links", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTopRight": "Oben rechts", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textTransition": "Übergang", "PE.Views.EditSlide.textType": "Typ", @@ -403,7 +407,7 @@ "PE.Views.EditText.textBack": "Zurück", "PE.Views.EditText.textBefore": "Vor Absatz", "PE.Views.EditText.textBullets": "Aufzählung", - "PE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen\t", + "PE.Views.EditText.textDblStrikethrough": "Doppeltes Durchstreichen", "PE.Views.EditText.textDblSuperscript": "Hochgestellt", "PE.Views.EditText.textFontColor": "Schriftfarbe", "PE.Views.EditText.textFontColors": "Schriftfarben", @@ -420,7 +424,7 @@ "PE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Suche", "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideStandard": "Standard (4:3)", "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideWide": "Breitbildschirm (16:9)", - "PE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Über", + "PE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "Über das Produkt", "PE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "Adresse", "PE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "Autor", "PE.Views.Settings.textBack": "Zurück", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json index ef5060bc6..dddd1571c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/en.json @@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Downloading Document", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "Image URL is incorrect", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Server connection lost. You can't edit anymore.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": " The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
                        When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

                        Find more information about connecting Document Server here", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "The document could not be saved. Please check connection settings or contact your administrator.
                        When you click the 'OK' button, you will be prompted to download the document.

                        Find more information about connecting Document Server here", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "External error.
                        Database connection error. Please, contact support.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Incorrect data range.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Error code: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The document is password protected.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "The file is password protected and cannot be opened.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Unknown key descriptor", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Key descriptor expired", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Saving is failed.", @@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Media", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "You have updates", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Picture", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Once you enter the password and open the file, the current password to the file will be reset", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rectangles", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Series", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "Blank", @@ -202,10 +204,13 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Maximium image size limit exceeded.", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Uploading image...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Uploading Image", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
                        Please contact your administrator for more information.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Your license has expired.
                        Please update your license and refresh the page.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
                        If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
                        If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
                        Please contact your administrator for more information.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
                        If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
                        If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "You have been denied the right to edit the file.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.closeButtonText": "Close File", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text not Found", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Warning", "PE.Controllers.Settings.txtLoading": "Loading...", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json index 56e22eb86..3fc931256 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/es.json @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Error externo.
                        Error de conexión a la base de datos. Por favor, contacte con el equipo de soporte técnico.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Rango de datos incorrecto.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Código de error: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El documento es protegido por contraseña.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "El archivo está protegido por una contraseña y no puede ser abierto.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descriptor de clave desconocido", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descriptor de clave ha expirado", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Fallo en guardar", @@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Subiendo imagen", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Su licencia ha expirado.
                        Por favor, actualice su licencia y después recargue la página.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene ciertas limitaciones respecto a la cantidad de conexiones concurrentes al servidor de documentos.
                        Si requiere más, considere mejorar su licencia actual o adquirir una comercial. ", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Esta versión de ONLYOFFICE Editors tiene varias limitaciones para usuarios actuales.
                        Si necesita más, por favor considere actualizar su licencia actual o comprar una licencia comercial.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "El derecho de edición del archivo es denegado.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Texto no es encontrado", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Aviso", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json index e43a5def9..652183933 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/fr.json @@ -69,11 +69,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Téléchargement du document", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "L'URL de l'image est incorrecte", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "La connexion au serveur perdue. Désolé, vous ne pouvez plus modifier le document.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Impossible d'enregistrer le document. Veuillez vérifier vos paramètres de connexion ou contactez l'administrateur.
                        Lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton 'OK', vous serez invité à télécharger le document.

                        Trouvez plus d'informations sur la connexion de Document Server ici", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Impossible d'enregistrer le document. Veuillez vérifier vos paramètres de connexion ou contactez l'administrateur.
                        Lorsque vous cliquez sur le bouton 'OK', vous serez invité à télécharger le document.

                        Trouvez plus d'informations sur la connexion au serveur de documents ici", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Erreur externe.
                        Erreur de connexion à la base de données.Contactez le support.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Plage de données incorrecte.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Code d'erreur: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le document est protégé par un mot de passe.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Le fichier est protégé par le mot de passe et ne peut être ouvert.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descripteur de clés inconnu", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descripteur clé a expiré", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Échec de l‘enregistrement.", @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contacter l'équipe de ventes", "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Terminé", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Chargement de la présentation", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "La version open source de ONLYOFFICE", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Limitation de connexion ONLYOFFICE", "PE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Mot de passe", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Chargement en cours...", @@ -137,19 +137,19 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCallouts": "Légendes", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtCharts": "Graphiques", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtClipArt": "Clip Art", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDateTime": "Date and time", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDateTime": "Date et heure", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagram": "SmartArt", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtDiagramTitle": "Titre du graphique", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtEditingMode": "Définition du mode d'édition...", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFiguredArrows": "Flèches figurées", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Footer", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "Header", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtFooter": "Pied de page", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtHeader": "En-tête", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtImage": "Image", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtLines": "Lignes", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMath": "Maths", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Media", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Média", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Vous avez des mises à jour", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Picture", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Image", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rectangles", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Série", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "Vide", @@ -188,10 +188,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTx": "Titre vertical et texte", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTitleAndTxOverChart": "Titre vertical et texte sur graphique", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTVertTx": "Texte vertical", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "Slide number", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "Slide subtitle", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Slide text", - "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Slide title", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideNumber": "Numéro de diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideSubtitle": "Sous-titre de diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideText": "Texte de la diapositive", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSlideTitle": "Titre de la diapositive", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtStarsRibbons": "Étoiles et rubans", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtXAxis": "Axe X", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtYAxis": "Axe Y", @@ -203,7 +203,8 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Chargement d'une image en cours...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Chargement d'une image", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Votre licence a expiré.
                        Veuillez mettre à jour votre licence et actualisez la page.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Vous utilisez la version open source de ONLYOFFICE. La version a des limitations en connexions simultanées au serveur de documents (20 connexions à la fois).
                        Pour en avoir plus, veuillez envisager l'achat d'une licence commerciale.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les connexions simultanées au serveur de documents.
                        Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Cette version de ONLYOFFICE Editors a certaines limitations pour les utilisateurs simultanés.
                        Si vous avez besoin de plus, pensez à mettre à jour votre licence actuelle ou à acheter une licence commerciale.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Le droit d'édition du fichier vous a été refusé.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Le texte est introuvable", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avertissement", @@ -419,7 +420,7 @@ "PE.Views.Search.textSearch": "Rechercher", "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideStandard": "Standard (4:3)", "PE.Views.Settings.mniSlideWide": "Écran large (16:9)", - "PE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "À propos du produit", + "PE.Views.Settings.textAbout": "A propos", "PE.Views.Settings.textAddress": "adresse", "PE.Views.Settings.textAuthor": "Auteur", "PE.Views.Settings.textBack": "Retour", @@ -432,7 +433,7 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Trouver", "PE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Aide", "PE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "Chargement en cours...", - "PE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Powered by", + "PE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Propulsé par ", "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentInfo": "Infos sur présentation", "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentSetup": "Paramètres de la présentation", "PE.Views.Settings.textPresentTitle": "Titre de la présentation", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json index 4a4142ad5..d7b6999f4 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/it.json @@ -69,11 +69,12 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.downloadTitleText": "Download del documento", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorBadImageUrl": "URL dell'immagine non corretto", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Scollegato dal server. Non è possibile modificare.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Impossibile salvare il documento. Si prega di verificare i parametri di connessione o rivolgersi all'amministratore.
                        Una volta cliccato il pulsante 'OK', si verrà invitati a scaricare il documento.

                        Puoi trovare maggiori informazioni sulla connessione al Server dei Documenti qui", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Il documento non può essere salvato. Controllare le impostazioni di rete o contatta l'Amministratore.
                        Quando clicchi 'OK' Ti verrà richiesto di scaricare il documento.

                        Per maggiori dettagli sulla connessione al Document Server clicca qui", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Errore esterno.
                        Errore di connessione al database. Si prega di contattare il supporto.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Le modifiche crittografate sono state ricevute, non possono essere decifrate.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Intervallo di dati non corretto.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Codice errore: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il documento è protetto da password", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Il file è protetto da una password. Impossibile aprirlo.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Descrittore di chiave sconosciuto", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Descrittore di chiave scaduto", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Salvataggio non riuscito", @@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Multimedia", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Ci sono aggiornamenti disponibili", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Foto", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Una volta inserita la password e aperto il file, verrà ripristinata la password corrente sul file", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Rettangoli", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Serie", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "Vuoto", @@ -202,9 +204,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "È stata superata la dimensione massima per l'immagine.", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Caricamento dell'immagine in corso...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Caricamento dell'immagine", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Il numero di connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
                        Contattare l'amministratore per ulteriori informazioni.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "La tua licenza è scaduta.
                        Si prega di aggiornare la licenza e ricaricare la pagina.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Il numero di utenti simultaei è stato superato e il documento verrà aperto solo per la visualizzazione.
                        Per ulteriori informazioni, contattare l'amministratore.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
                        Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE® Editors presenta delle limitazioni per le connessioni simultanee al server dei documenti.
                        Se necessiti di avere di più, considera l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Questa versione di ONLYOFFICE Editors presenta alcune limitazioni per gli utenti simultanei.
                        Se hai bisogno di più, ti preghiamo di considerare l'aggiornamento della tua licenza attuale o l'acquisto di una licenza commerciale.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Ti è stato negato il diritto di modificare il file.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Testo non trovato", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Avviso", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ko.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ko.json index f11234b50..fd1c3d326 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ko.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ko.json @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "외부 오류입니다.
                        데이터베이스 연결 오류입니다. 지원팀에 문의하십시오.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "잘못된 데이터 범위입니다.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "오류 코드 : % 1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "문서가 암호로 보호되어 있습니다.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "이 문서는 암호로 보호되어있어 열 수 없습니다.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "알 수없는 키 설명자", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "키 설명자가 만료되었습니다", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "저장이 실패했습니다.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lv.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lv.json index c2df46cd6..a429df705 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lv.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/lv.json @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Iekšējā kļūda.
                        Datubāzes piekļuves kļūda. Lūdzu, sazinieties ar atbalsta daļu.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Nepareizs datu diapazons", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Kļūdas kods: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Dokumenta parole ir aizsargāta", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Fails ir aizsargāts ar paroli un to nevar atvērt.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Nezināms atslēgas deskriptors", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Atslēgas deskriptora termiņš beidzies", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Saglabāšana neizdevās.", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json index b9f7221e2..7ff477de2 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/nl.json @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Externe fout.
                        Fout in databaseverbinding. Neem contact op met Support.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Onjuist gegevensbereik.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Foutcode: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het document is beschermd met een wachtwoord.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Het bestand is beschermd met een wachtwoord en kan niet worden geopend.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Onbekende sleuteldescriptor", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Sleuteldescriptor vervallen", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Opslaan mislukt.", @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "Contact opnemen met Verkoop", "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "Klaar", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "Presentatie wordt geladen", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Open source-versie ONLYOFFICE", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "Only Office verbindingslimiet", "PE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "OK", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "Wachtwoord", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "Bezig met laden...", @@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Afbeelding wordt geüpload", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Uw licentie is vervallen.
                        Werk uw licentie bij en vernieuw de pagina.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "U gebruikt een Open source-versie van ONLYOFFICE. In die versie geldt voor het aantal gelijktijdige verbindingen met de documentserver een limiet van 20 verbindingen.
                        Als u er meer nodig hebt, kunt u overwegen een commerciële licentie aan te schaffen.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Deze versie van Only Office bevat limieten voor het aantal gelijktijdige gebruikers.
                        Indien meer nodig is, upgrade dan de huidige licentie of schaf een commerciële licentie aan.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Het recht om het bestand te bewerken is u ontzegd.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Tekst niet gevonden", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Waarschuwing", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json index ee32c3e65..b7fb4a322 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/ru.json @@ -71,9 +71,10 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.errorCoAuthoringDisconnect": "Подключение к серверу прервано. Редактирование недоступно.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorConnectToServer": "Не удается сохранить документ. Проверьте параметры подключения или обратитесь к вашему администратору.
                        Когда вы нажмете на кнопку 'OK', вам будет предложено скачать документ.

                        Дополнительную информацию о подключении Сервера документов можно найти здесь", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDatabaseConnection": "Внешняя ошибка.
                        Ошибка подключения к базе данных. Пожалуйста, обратитесь в службу технической поддержки.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataEncrypted": "Получены зашифрованные изменения, их нельзя расшифровать.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDataRange": "Некорректный диапазон данных.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorDefaultMessage": "Код ошибки: %1", - "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Документ защищен паролем.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.errorFilePassProtect": "Файл защищен паролем и не может быть открыт.", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyEncrypt": "Неизвестный дескриптор ключа", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorKeyExpire": "Срок действия дескриптора ключа истек", "PE.Controllers.Main.errorProcessSaveResult": "Не удалось завершить сохранение.", @@ -150,6 +151,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.txtMedia": "Клип мультимедиа", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtNeedSynchronize": "Есть обновления", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtPicture": "Рисунок", + "PE.Controllers.Main.txtProtected": "Как только вы введете пароль и откроете файл, текущий пароль к файлу будет сброшен", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtRectangles": "Прямоугольники", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSeries": "Ряд", "PE.Controllers.Main.txtSldLtTBlank": "Пустой слайд", @@ -202,9 +204,11 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageSizeMessage": "Превышен максимальный размер изображения.", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTextText": "Загрузка изображения...", "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Загрузка изображения", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременных подключений к серверу документов, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
                        Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Истек срок действия лицензии.
                        Обновите лицензию, а затем обновите страницу.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
                        Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", - "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
                        Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос об обновлении текущей лицензии или покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseUsersExceeded": "Превышено допустимое число одновременно работающих пользователей, и документ откроется только на просмотр.
                        Обратитесь к администратору за дополнительной информацией.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по количеству одновременных подключений к серверу документов.
                        Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Эта версия редакторов ONLYOFFICE имеет некоторые ограничения по числу одновременно работающих пользователей.
                        Если требуется больше, рассмотрите вопрос о покупке коммерческой лицензии.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Вам было отказано в праве на редактирование этого файла.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Текст не найден", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Внимание", @@ -430,7 +434,7 @@ "PE.Views.Settings.textDownloadAs": "Скачать как...", "PE.Views.Settings.textEditPresent": "Редактировать", "PE.Views.Settings.textEmail": "email", - "PE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Найти", + "PE.Views.Settings.textFind": "Поиск", "PE.Views.Settings.textHelp": "Справка", "PE.Views.Settings.textLoading": "Загрузка...", "PE.Views.Settings.textPoweredBy": "Powered by", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json index c212453cc..6080ce717 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/sk.json @@ -204,6 +204,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.uploadImageTitleText": "Nahrávanie obrázku", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnLicenseExp": "Vaša licencia vypršala.
                        Prosím, aktualizujte si svoju licenciu a obnovte stránku.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicense": "Táto verzia aplikácie ONLYOFFICE Editors má určité obmedzenia pre súbežné pripojenia k dokumentovému serveru.
                        Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu aktuálnej licencie alebo zakúpenie komerčnej.", + "PE.Controllers.Main.warnNoLicenseUsers": "Táto verzia ONLYOFFICE Editors má určité obmedzenia pre spolupracujúcich používateľov.
                        Ak potrebujete viac, zvážte aktualizáciu vašej aktuálnej licencie alebo kúpu komerčnej.", "PE.Controllers.Main.warnProcessRightsChange": "Bolo vám zamietnuté právo upravovať súbor.", "PE.Controllers.Search.textNoTextFound": "Text nebol nájdený", "PE.Controllers.Settings.notcriticalErrorTitle": "Upozornenie", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/zh.json b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/zh.json index 02ebf2b33..e05809b4c 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/zh.json +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/locale/zh.json @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ "PE.Controllers.Main.textContactUs": "联系销售", "PE.Controllers.Main.textDone": "完成", "PE.Controllers.Main.textLoadingDocument": "载入演示", - "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "NLYOFFICE开源版本", + "PE.Controllers.Main.textNoLicenseTitle": "ONLYOFFICE开源版本", "PE.Controllers.Main.textOK": "确定", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPassword": "密码", "PE.Controllers.Main.textPreloader": "载入中…", diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css index c2dc39bd4..bce01f9a0 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-ios.css @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ select { } a { text-decoration: none; - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } p { margin: 1em 0; @@ -1423,7 +1423,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .toolbar:before { color: #929292; } .tabbar a.active { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } .tabbar a.link { line-height: 1.4; @@ -2032,21 +2032,21 @@ i.icon { i.icon.icon-back { width: 12px; height: 20px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M10%2C0l2%2C2l-8%2C8l8%2C8l-2%2C2L0%2C10L10%2C0z'%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M10%2C0l2%2C2l-8%2C8l8%2C8l-2%2C2L0%2C10L10%2C0z'%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-forward { width: 12px; height: 20px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M2%2C20l-2-2l8-8L0%2C2l2-2l10%2C10L2%2C20z'%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2012%2020'%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D'M2%2C20l-2-2l8-8L0%2C2l2-2l10%2C10L2%2C20z'%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-bars { width: 21px; height: 14px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2021%2014'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h2v2H0V0z%20M4%2C0h17v1H4V0z%20M0%2C6h2v2H0V6z%20M4%2C6h17v1H4V6z%20M0%2C12h2v2H0V12z%20M4%2C12h17v1H4V12z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2021%2014'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h2v2H0V0z%20M4%2C0h17v1H4V0z%20M0%2C6h2v2H0V6z%20M4%2C6h17v1H4V6z%20M0%2C12h2v2H0V12z%20M4%2C12h17v1H4V12z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } @media (-webkit-min-device-pixel-ratio: 2), (min-resolution: 2ddpx) { i.icon.icon-bars { - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2042%2026'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h4v4H0V0z%20M8%2C1h34v2H8V1z%20M0%2C11h4v4H0V11z%20M8%2C12h34v2H8V12z%20M0%2C22h4v4H0V22z%20M8%2C23h34v2H8V23z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2042%2026'%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%20d%3D'M0%2C0h4v4H0V0z%20M8%2C1h34v2H8V1z%20M0%2C11h4v4H0V11z%20M8%2C12h34v2H8V12z%20M0%2C22h4v4H0V22z%20M8%2C23h34v2H8V23z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); height: 13px; } } @@ -2067,10 +2067,10 @@ i.icon.icon-prev { height: 15px; } i.icon.icon-next { - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%20d%3D'M1%2C1.6l11.8%2C5.8L1%2C13.4V1.6%20M0%2C0v15l15-7.6L0%2C0L0%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%20d%3D'M1%2C1.6l11.8%2C5.8L1%2C13.4V1.6%20M0%2C0v15l15-7.6L0%2C0L0%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-prev { - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%20d%3D'M14%2C1.6v11.8L2.2%2C7.6L14%2C1.6%20M15%2C0L0%2C7.6L15%2C15V0L15%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2015%2015'%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%20d%3D'M14%2C1.6v11.8L2.2%2C7.6L14%2C1.6%20M15%2C0L0%2C7.6L15%2C15V0L15%2C0z'%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-plus { width: 25px; @@ -3034,8 +3034,8 @@ html.android .label-switch input[type="checkbox"] + .checkbox:before { transition-duration: 0; } .button { - border: 1px solid #DF6737; - color: #DF6737; + border: 1px solid #aa5252; + color: #aa5252; text-decoration: none; text-align: center; display: block; @@ -3065,13 +3065,13 @@ input[type="button"].button { } html:not(.watch-active-state) .button:active, .button.active-state { - background: rgba(223, 103, 55, 0.15); + background: rgba(170, 82, 82, 0.15); } .button.button-round { border-radius: 27px; } .button.active { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; color: #fff; } .button.button-big { @@ -3081,7 +3081,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button:active, } .button.button-fill { color: #fff; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; border-color: transparent; } html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, @@ -3217,7 +3217,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, height: 2px; margin-top: -1px; z-index: 1; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; content: ' '; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-moz-range-track { @@ -3266,7 +3266,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, top: 50%; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-lower { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-upper { background: #b7b8b7; @@ -3299,7 +3299,7 @@ label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"] { label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox { border: none; - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; } label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after { @@ -3322,7 +3322,7 @@ label.label-radio input[type="radio"] ~ .item-inner { label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner { background: no-repeat center; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2013%2010'%3E%3Cpolygon%20fill%3D'%23DF6737'%20points%3D'11.6%2C0%204.4%2C7.2%201.4%2C4.2%200%2C5.6%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%2013%2C1.4%20'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20xmlns%3D'http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg'%20viewBox%3D'0%200%2013%2010'%3E%3Cpolygon%20fill%3D'%23aa5252'%20points%3D'11.6%2C0%204.4%2C7.2%201.4%2C4.2%200%2C5.6%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%204.4%2C10%2013%2C1.4%20'%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); background-position: 90% center; background-position: -webkit-calc(100% - 15px) center; background-position: calc(100% - 15px) center; @@ -3677,7 +3677,7 @@ html.ios-gt-8 .modal-title { font-size: 17px; line-height: 44px; text-align: center; - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; display: block; position: relative; white-space: nowrap; @@ -3911,7 +3911,7 @@ html.ios-gt-8 .actions-modal-label.actions-modal-button-bold { height: 57px; line-height: 57px; font-size: 20px; - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; white-space: normal; text-overflow: ellipsis; } @@ -4821,7 +4821,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { } .progressbar span { width: 100%; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; height: 100%; position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -4838,7 +4838,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { top: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; -webkit-transform: translate3d(0, 0, 0); transform: translate3d(0, 0, 0); -webkit-transform-origin: left center; @@ -5982,7 +5982,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .settings.popover .list-block ul:last-child:after { height: 22px; right: -5px; bottom: -5px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } .item-content .item-after.splitter { color: #000; @@ -6002,10 +6002,10 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .settings.popover .list-block ul:last-child:after { text-align: right; } .item-content .item-after input.field { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } .item-content .item-after input.field.placeholder-color::-webkit-input-placeholder { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } .item-content .item-after input.field.right { text-align: right; @@ -6048,7 +6048,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .settings.popover .list-block ul:last-child:after { padding-right: 15px; } .list-block .item-link.list-button { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } .button.active i.icon { background-color: #fff; @@ -6195,7 +6195,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .document-menu .list-block li:last-child li .item-inner:after position: absolute; width: 100%; height: 100%; - box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #DF6737; + box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #aa5252; z-index: 1; border-radius: 1px; } @@ -6273,213 +6273,218 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .document-menu .list-block li:last-child li .item-inner:after i.icon.icon-search { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.8%2C15c1.4-1.6%2C2.2-3.7%2C2.2-5.9c0-5-4-9-9-9C4%2C0%2C0%2C4%2C0%2C9c0%2C5%2C4%2C9%2C9%2C9c2.3%2C0%2C4.4-0.9%2C5.9-2.2l5.8%2C5.8l0.2-0.6l0.7-0.2L15.8%2C15z%20M9%2C17c-4.4%2C0-8-3.6-8-8c0-4.4%2C3.6-8%2C8-8c4.4%2C0%2C8%2C3.6%2C8%2C8C17%2C13.5%2C13.5%2C17%2C9%2C17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.8%2C15c1.4-1.6%2C2.2-3.7%2C2.2-5.9c0-5-4-9-9-9C4%2C0%2C0%2C4%2C0%2C9c0%2C5%2C4%2C9%2C9%2C9c2.3%2C0%2C4.4-0.9%2C5.9-2.2l5.8%2C5.8l0.2-0.6l0.7-0.2L15.8%2C15z%20M9%2C17c-4.4%2C0-8-3.6-8-8c0-4.4%2C3.6-8%2C8-8c4.4%2C0%2C8%2C3.6%2C8%2C8C17%2C13.5%2C13.5%2C17%2C9%2C17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-burger { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2217%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%229%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%225%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2217%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%229%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%225%22%20width%3D%2218%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-edit { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2219.3%2C5.3%206.1%2C18.4%204.6%2C16.9%2017.8%2C3.8%2017.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2219.3%2C5.3%206.1%2C18.4%204.6%2C16.9%2017.8%2C3.8%2017.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} +i.icon.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%201L3%2015h1.19995l1.77686-5h5.04638l.61573%201.7325.87988-.87988L9%201zm.5%201.9L10.66772%209H6.33228z%22%20clip-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%20fill-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.3%2011.3l-9.2%209.1-1.5-1.5%209.2-9.1-.7-.7-9.6%209.6L6%2022l3.3-.5%209.6-9.6zm1.2%200L21%209.8s-.2-1.2-.9-1.9c-.7-.8-1.9-.9-1.9-.9l-1.5%201.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-play { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M4.0464363%2C2.9884553c0.006526%2C0.00296%2C0.0142345%2C0.006835%2C0.0231438%2C0.0119021%20c0.5908604%2C0.3357637%2C12.7118397%2C7.2924433%2C13.8977489%2C8.0268402c-0.5831585%2C0.3417759-13.0137587%2C7.4879274-13.934659%2C7.9826727%20L4.0464363%2C2.9884553%20M3.9889357%2C2C3.4427795%2C2.0000577%2C3.000525%2C2.4533575%2C3.000525%2C3.015348%09c0%2C0.573487%2C0%2C15.1632957%2C0%2C15.9945221C3.000525%2C19.622963%2C3.4796104%2C20%2C3.9940588%2C20%20c0.1729372%2C0%2C0.3499191-0.0426311%2C0.5139763-0.1332226c0.8905602-0.491045%2C13.1880894-7.5583372%2C13.9407387-7.9994459%20c0.6751213-0.3955202%2C0.6867313-1.337512%2C0-1.7326603C17.4031754%2C9.5333271%2C5.1523852%2C2.501852%2C4.5393953%2C2.1535165%20C4.3526201%2C2.0472794%2C4.165401%2C1.9999813%2C3.9889357%2C2L3.9889357%2C2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M4.0464363%2C2.9884553c0.006526%2C0.00296%2C0.0142345%2C0.006835%2C0.0231438%2C0.0119021%20c0.5908604%2C0.3357637%2C12.7118397%2C7.2924433%2C13.8977489%2C8.0268402c-0.5831585%2C0.3417759-13.0137587%2C7.4879274-13.934659%2C7.9826727%20L4.0464363%2C2.9884553%20M3.9889357%2C2C3.4427795%2C2.0000577%2C3.000525%2C2.4533575%2C3.000525%2C3.015348%09c0%2C0.573487%2C0%2C15.1632957%2C0%2C15.9945221C3.000525%2C19.622963%2C3.4796104%2C20%2C3.9940588%2C20%20c0.1729372%2C0%2C0.3499191-0.0426311%2C0.5139763-0.1332226c0.8905602-0.491045%2C13.1880894-7.5583372%2C13.9407387-7.9994459%20c0.6751213-0.3955202%2C0.6867313-1.337512%2C0-1.7326603C17.4031754%2C9.5333271%2C5.1523852%2C2.501852%2C4.5393953%2C2.1535165%20C4.3526201%2C2.0472794%2C4.165401%2C1.9999813%2C3.9889357%2C2L3.9889357%2C2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-undo { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C16v2h-1v-2l0%2C0c0-2.9-2.1-5-5-5l0%2C0H1.9L5%2C14c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-0.4%2C0.4c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-4.2-4.2c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l0.4-0.4h0.1L4.4%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l0.5%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3L1.9%2C10H16l0%2C0C19.3%2C10%2C22%2C12.7%2C22%2C16L22%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C16v2h-1v-2l0%2C0c0-2.9-2.1-5-5-5l0%2C0H1.9L5%2C14c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-0.4%2C0.4c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-4.2-4.2c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l0.4-0.4h0.1L4.4%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l0.5%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3L1.9%2C10H16l0%2C0C19.3%2C10%2C22%2C12.7%2C22%2C16L22%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-redo { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C16c0-3.3%2C2.7-6%2C6-6v0h14.1l-3.3-3.3c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3L17.3%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l3.8%2C3.8c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0l0.4%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-4.2%2C4.2c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-0.4-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l3.1-3H6v0c-2.9%2C0-5%2C2.1-5%2C5h0v2H0L0%2C16L0%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C16c0-3.3%2C2.7-6%2C6-6v0h14.1l-3.3-3.3c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3L17.3%2C6c0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.3%2C0l3.8%2C3.8c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0l0.4%2C0.4c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3l-4.2%2C4.2c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0l-0.4-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3l3.1-3H6v0c-2.9%2C0-5%2C2.1-5%2C5h0v2H0L0%2C16L0%2C16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-reader { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-download { width: 22px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-info { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-plus { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C12H12v10h-1V12H1v-1h10V1h1v10h10V12z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C12H12v10h-1V12H1v-1h10V1h1v10h10V12z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-settings { width: 24px; height: 24px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.8%2C3l0.4%2C2c0.1%2C0.7%2C0.6%2C1.1%2C1.3%2C1.1c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.1%2C0.7-0.2l1.9-1.2l1.1%2C1.1l-1.1%2C1.8C15.8%2C8%2C15.8%2C8.5%2C16%2C8.9c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.7%2C1%2C0.8l2.1%2C0.5v1.6L17%2C12.2c-0.5%2C0.1-0.8%2C0.4-1%2C0.8c-0.2%2C0.4-0.1%2C0.9%2C0.1%2C1.2l1.2%2C1.9l-1.1%2C1.1l-1.8-1.1c-0.2-0.2-0.5-0.2-0.8-0.2c-0.6%2C0-1.2%2C0.5-1.3%2C1.1l-0.5%2C2.1h-1.6l-0.4-2C9.7%2C16.4%2C9.2%2C16%2C8.5%2C16c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.1-0.7%2C0.2l-1.9%2C1.2l-1.1-1.1l1.1-1.8c0.3-0.4%2C0.3-0.9%2C0.1-1.3c-0.2-0.4-0.5-0.7-1-0.8l-2.1-0.5v-1.6l2-0.4c0.5-0.1%2C0.8-0.4%2C1-0.8C6.1%2C8.7%2C6%2C8.2%2C5.8%2C7.9l-1-2l1.1-1.1l1.8%2C1.1C8%2C6.1%2C8.2%2C6.2%2C8.5%2C6.2c0.6%2C0%2C1.2-0.5%2C1.3-1.1L10.3%2C3H11.8%20M11%2C15.5c2.5%2C0%2C4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5s-2-4.5-4.5-4.5s-4.5%2C2-4.5%2C4.5S8.5%2C15.5%2C11%2C15.5%20M12.1%2C2H9.9C9.6%2C2%2C9.4%2C2.2%2C9.3%2C2.5L8.8%2C4.9c0%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.3-0.3%2C0.3s-0.1%2C0-0.2-0.1L6.2%2C3.8C6.1%2C3.7%2C6%2C3.7%2C5.8%2C3.7c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0.1L3.8%2C5.4c-0.1%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.8l1.3%2C2.1c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.5L2.5%2C9.3C2.2%2C9.4%2C2%2C9.6%2C2%2C9.9v2.2c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.6l2.4%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5l-1.3%2C2.1c-0.2%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.6%2C0.1%2C0.8l1.6%2C1.6c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.2s0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1L8.3%2C17c0.1-0.1%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1s0.3%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.3l0.5%2C2.3C9.4%2C19.8%2C9.6%2C20%2C9.9%2C20h2.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.6-0.5l0.5-2.4c0-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0.1l2.1%2C1.3c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2l1.6-1.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.1-0.8l-1.3-2.1c-0.2-0.2-0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.5l2.4-0.5c0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.5-0.6V9.8c0-0.3-0.2-0.5-0.5-0.6l-2.4-0.5c-0.3-0.1-0.4-0.3-0.2-0.5l1.3-2.1c0.2-0.2%2C0.1-0.6-0.1-0.8l-1.6-1.6c-0.1-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.4-0.2c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0.1l-2.1%2C1.3C13.6%2C5%2C13.6%2C5%2C13.5%2C5c-0.1%2C0-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.3l-0.5-2.2C12.6%2C2.2%2C12.4%2C2%2C12.1%2C2L12.1%2C2z%20M11%2C14.5c-1.9%2C0-3.5-1.6-3.5-3.5S9.1%2C7.5%2C11%2C7.5s3.5%2C1.6%2C3.5%2C3.5S12.9%2C14.5%2C11%2C14.5L11%2C14.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.8%2C3l0.4%2C2c0.1%2C0.7%2C0.6%2C1.1%2C1.3%2C1.1c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.1%2C0.7-0.2l1.9-1.2l1.1%2C1.1l-1.1%2C1.8C15.8%2C8%2C15.8%2C8.5%2C16%2C8.9c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.7%2C1%2C0.8l2.1%2C0.5v1.6L17%2C12.2c-0.5%2C0.1-0.8%2C0.4-1%2C0.8c-0.2%2C0.4-0.1%2C0.9%2C0.1%2C1.2l1.2%2C1.9l-1.1%2C1.1l-1.8-1.1c-0.2-0.2-0.5-0.2-0.8-0.2c-0.6%2C0-1.2%2C0.5-1.3%2C1.1l-0.5%2C2.1h-1.6l-0.4-2C9.7%2C16.4%2C9.2%2C16%2C8.5%2C16c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.1-0.7%2C0.2l-1.9%2C1.2l-1.1-1.1l1.1-1.8c0.3-0.4%2C0.3-0.9%2C0.1-1.3c-0.2-0.4-0.5-0.7-1-0.8l-2.1-0.5v-1.6l2-0.4c0.5-0.1%2C0.8-0.4%2C1-0.8C6.1%2C8.7%2C6%2C8.2%2C5.8%2C7.9l-1-2l1.1-1.1l1.8%2C1.1C8%2C6.1%2C8.2%2C6.2%2C8.5%2C6.2c0.6%2C0%2C1.2-0.5%2C1.3-1.1L10.3%2C3H11.8%20M11%2C15.5c2.5%2C0%2C4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5s-2-4.5-4.5-4.5s-4.5%2C2-4.5%2C4.5S8.5%2C15.5%2C11%2C15.5%20M12.1%2C2H9.9C9.6%2C2%2C9.4%2C2.2%2C9.3%2C2.5L8.8%2C4.9c0%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.3-0.3%2C0.3s-0.1%2C0-0.2-0.1L6.2%2C3.8C6.1%2C3.7%2C6%2C3.7%2C5.8%2C3.7c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0.1L3.8%2C5.4c-0.1%2C0.2-0.2%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.8l1.3%2C2.1c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.5L2.5%2C9.3C2.2%2C9.4%2C2%2C9.6%2C2%2C9.9v2.2c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.6l2.4%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5l-1.3%2C2.1c-0.2%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.6%2C0.1%2C0.8l1.6%2C1.6c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.2s0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1L8.3%2C17c0.1-0.1%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.2-0.1s0.3%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.3l0.5%2C2.3C9.4%2C19.8%2C9.6%2C20%2C9.9%2C20h2.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.6-0.5l0.5-2.4c0-0.2%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0.1l2.1%2C1.3c0.1%2C0.1%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2l1.6-1.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.1-0.8l-1.3-2.1c-0.2-0.2-0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.5l2.4-0.5c0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.5-0.6V9.8c0-0.3-0.2-0.5-0.5-0.6l-2.4-0.5c-0.3-0.1-0.4-0.3-0.2-0.5l1.3-2.1c0.2-0.2%2C0.1-0.6-0.1-0.8l-1.6-1.6c-0.1-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.4-0.2c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0.1l-2.1%2C1.3C13.6%2C5%2C13.6%2C5%2C13.5%2C5c-0.1%2C0-0.3-0.1-0.3-0.3l-0.5-2.2C12.6%2C2.2%2C12.4%2C2%2C12.1%2C2L12.1%2C2z%20M11%2C14.5c-1.9%2C0-3.5-1.6-3.5-3.5S9.1%2C7.5%2C11%2C7.5s3.5%2C1.6%2C3.5%2C3.5S12.9%2C14.5%2C11%2C14.5L11%2C14.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-about { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-help { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-setup { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C3v16h22V3H0z%20M21%2C17H1V5h20V17z%20M16.5%2C5.9l-7.2%2C7.2L8.8%2C15H4v1c0%2C0%2C3.2%2C0%2C5%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.2-0.2l2.2-0.6L18.7%2C8L16.5%2C5.9z%20M9.9%2C13.1l6.5-6.4L18%2C8l-6.5%2C6.4L9.9%2C13.1z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C3v16h22V3H0z%20M21%2C17H1V5h20V17z%20M16.5%2C5.9l-7.2%2C7.2L8.8%2C15H4v1c0%2C0%2C3.2%2C0%2C5%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.2-0.2l2.2-0.6L18.7%2C8L16.5%2C5.9z%20M9.9%2C13.1l6.5-6.4L18%2C8l-6.5%2C6.4L9.9%2C13.1z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-versions { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-additional { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.5%2C15.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C15.5%2C18.5%2C15.5z%20M18.5%2C18.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C18.1%2C19.1%2C18.5%2C18.5%2C18.5z%20M18.5%2C7.5c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2s-2%2C0.9-2%2C2C16.5%2C6.6%2C17.4%2C7.5%2C18.5%2C7.5z%20M18.5%2C4.5c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1s-0.4%2C1-1%2C1s-1-0.4-1-1S17.9%2C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.5z%20M18.5%2C9.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C9.5%2C18.5%2C9.5z%20M18.5%2C12.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C12.1%2C19.1%2C12.5%2C18.5%2C12.5z%20M6.9%2C3.8L1%2C18.9h1.5l1.8-4.7h6.9l1.7%2C4.7h1.5L8.6%2C3.8H6.9z%20M4.7%2C12.9l3-7.9l3%2C7.9H4.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18.5%2C15.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C15.5%2C18.5%2C15.5z%20M18.5%2C18.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C18.1%2C19.1%2C18.5%2C18.5%2C18.5z%20M18.5%2C7.5c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2s-2%2C0.9-2%2C2C16.5%2C6.6%2C17.4%2C7.5%2C18.5%2C7.5z%20M18.5%2C4.5c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1s-0.4%2C1-1%2C1s-1-0.4-1-1S17.9%2C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.5z%20M18.5%2C9.5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2s0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2s2-0.9%2C2-2S19.6%2C9.5%2C18.5%2C9.5z%20M18.5%2C12.5c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1s1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1C19.5%2C12.1%2C19.1%2C12.5%2C18.5%2C12.5z%20M6.9%2C3.8L1%2C18.9h1.5l1.8-4.7h6.9l1.7%2C4.7h1.5L8.6%2C3.8H6.9z%20M4.7%2C12.9l3-7.9l3%2C7.9H4.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-color { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.9%2C12l2.3-6.3l2.2%2C6.3H8.9z%20M4.7%2C17.8h2l1.6-4.3h5.6l1.5%2C4.3h2.1L12.3%2C3.5h-2.2L4.7%2C17.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.9%2C12l2.3-6.3l2.2%2C6.3H8.9z%20M4.7%2C17.8h2l1.6-4.3h5.6l1.5%2C4.3h2.1L12.3%2C3.5h-2.2L4.7%2C17.8z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-selection { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7.6%2C10.3c0.2%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.2%2C0.6%2C0.3%2C1%2C0.3c0.7%2C0%2C1.3-0.3%2C1.7-0.8c0.4-0.5%2C0.6-1.2%2C0.6-2.1c0-0.9-0.2-1.5-0.6-2c-0.4-0.4-0.9-0.7-1.6-0.7c-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9%2C0.2C8%2C6%2C7.8%2C6.2%2C7.6%2C6.4V3.8H6.8V11h0.8V10.3z%20M8%2C6.9c0.3-0.3%2C0.7-0.4%2C1.1-0.4c0.5%2C0%2C0.8%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.5c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.4c0%2C0.6-0.1%2C1.1-0.4%2C1.5c-0.2%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.6-1.1%2C0.6c-0.6%2C0-1.1-0.3-1.3-0.9C7.6%2C9.2%2C7.6%2C8.8%2C7.6%2C8.3C7.6%2C7.7%2C7.7%2C7.2%2C8%2C6.9z%20M5.7%2C10.4c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.2-0.1c0-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2v-3c0-0.5-0.2-0.9-0.6-1.1C4.4%2C5.8%2C4%2C5.6%2C3.3%2C5.6c-0.5%2C0-1%2C0.1-1.4%2C0.4C1.5%2C6.3%2C1.3%2C6.7%2C1.3%2C7.4h0.8c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.5-0.4%2C1-0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.3C4.4%2C7.7%2C4.3%2C7.8%2C4.1%2C7.8L2.7%2C8C2.2%2C8.1%2C1.8%2C8.2%2C1.5%2C8.5C1.2%2C8.8%2C1%2C9.1%2C1%2C9.6c0%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.5%2C1.1c0.3%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.4%2C1.2%2C0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.8-0.1%2C1.1-0.3c0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.8-0.6c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.5c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3%2C0c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1v-0.6c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0C5.8%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4z%20M4.5%2C9.1c0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.9-0.7%2C1.2c-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.2-0.9%2C0.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5-0.1-0.7-0.2C2%2C10.1%2C2%2C9.9%2C2%2C9.6C2%2C9.3%2C2.1%2C9%2C2.4%2C8.9c0.2-0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.2l0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2V9.1z%20M18.5%2C5L8.3%2C15.3l-0.5%2C2c-0.6%2C0.4-1.3%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.6c-0.3%2C0.4%2C0.9%2C0.4%2C1.5%2C0.3c0.4%2C0%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.5-0.2l2.2-0.6L20.7%2C7.1L18.5%2C5z%20M9%2C15.3l9.5-9.5L20%2C7.1l-9.5%2C9.5L9%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7.6%2C10.3c0.2%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.5%2C0.5c0.3%2C0.2%2C0.6%2C0.3%2C1%2C0.3c0.7%2C0%2C1.3-0.3%2C1.7-0.8c0.4-0.5%2C0.6-1.2%2C0.6-2.1c0-0.9-0.2-1.5-0.6-2c-0.4-0.4-0.9-0.7-1.6-0.7c-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9%2C0.2C8%2C6%2C7.8%2C6.2%2C7.6%2C6.4V3.8H6.8V11h0.8V10.3z%20M8%2C6.9c0.3-0.3%2C0.7-0.4%2C1.1-0.4c0.5%2C0%2C0.8%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.5c0.2%2C0.4%2C0.4%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.4c0%2C0.6-0.1%2C1.1-0.4%2C1.5c-0.2%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.6-1.1%2C0.6c-0.6%2C0-1.1-0.3-1.3-0.9C7.6%2C9.2%2C7.6%2C8.8%2C7.6%2C8.3C7.6%2C7.7%2C7.7%2C7.2%2C8%2C6.9z%20M5.7%2C10.4c-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0-0.2-0.1c0-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.1-0.2v-3c0-0.5-0.2-0.9-0.6-1.1C4.4%2C5.8%2C4%2C5.6%2C3.3%2C5.6c-0.5%2C0-1%2C0.1-1.4%2C0.4C1.5%2C6.3%2C1.3%2C6.7%2C1.3%2C7.4h0.8c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.2-0.6c0.2-0.2%2C0.5-0.4%2C1-0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.3C4.4%2C7.7%2C4.3%2C7.8%2C4.1%2C7.8L2.7%2C8C2.2%2C8.1%2C1.8%2C8.2%2C1.5%2C8.5C1.2%2C8.8%2C1%2C9.1%2C1%2C9.6c0%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.5%2C1.1c0.3%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.4%2C1.2%2C0.4c0.4%2C0%2C0.8-0.1%2C1.1-0.3c0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.8-0.6c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.4%2C0.2%2C0.5c0.1%2C0.2%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7%2C0.3c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3%2C0c0.1%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1v-0.6c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0C5.8%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4%2C5.7%2C10.4z%20M4.5%2C9.1c0%2C0.5-0.2%2C0.9-0.7%2C1.2c-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.2-0.9%2C0.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5-0.1-0.7-0.2C2%2C10.1%2C2%2C9.9%2C2%2C9.6C2%2C9.3%2C2.1%2C9%2C2.4%2C8.9c0.2-0.1%2C0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.2l0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.1c0.2%2C0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.4-0.2V9.1z%20M18.5%2C5L8.3%2C15.3l-0.5%2C2c-0.6%2C0.4-1.3%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.6c-0.3%2C0.4%2C0.9%2C0.4%2C1.5%2C0.3c0.4%2C0%2C0.5%2C0%2C0.5-0.2l2.2-0.6L20.7%2C7.1L18.5%2C5z%20M9%2C15.3l9.5-9.5L20%2C7.1l-9.5%2C9.5L9%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-bullets { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C4v1h15V4H7z%20M1%2C6h3V3H1V6z%20M7%2C12h15v-1H7V12z%20M1%2C13h3v-3H1V13z%20M7%2C19h15v-1H7V19z%20M1%2C20h3v-3H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C4v1h15V4H7z%20M1%2C6h3V3H1V6z%20M7%2C12h15v-1H7V12z%20M1%2C13h3v-3H1V13z%20M7%2C19h15v-1H7V19z%20M1%2C20h3v-3H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-numbers { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C3.8v1h15v-1H7z%20M7%2C11.8h15v-1H7V11.8z%20M7%2C18.8h15v-1H7V18.8z%20M3.1%2C6.9h0.7V2H3.3C3.2%2C2.4%2C3.1%2C2.6%2C2.9%2C2.7C2.7%2C2.8%2C2.4%2C2.9%2C2%2C2.9v0.5h1.2V6.9z%20M3.3%2C9C2.6%2C9%2C2.1%2C9.2%2C1.9%2C9.7c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C1h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.7c0.2-0.3%2C0.5-0.5%2C0.9-0.5c0.3%2C0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.7%2C0.3s0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4l-0.7%2C0.4c-0.4%2C0.3-0.7%2C0.5-0.9%2C0.9c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.7-0.3%2C1.1h3.4v-0.6H2.2c0.1-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.4-0.7c0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.5-0.4L3.6%2C12c0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.4%2C0.9-0.6c0.3-0.3%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.4-1c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4.3%2C9.1%2C3.9%2C9%2C3.3%2C9z%20M4.1%2C18.3c0.2-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.4-0.3c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.4%2C0.2-0.7c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4%2C16.1%2C3.6%2C16%2C3.1%2C16c-0.6%2C0-1.1%2C0.2-1.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C0.9h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.6c0.2-0.3%2C0.4-0.4%2C0.9-0.4c0.2%2C0%2C0.4%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.2C4%2C16.9%2C4.1%2C17%2C4.1%2C17.3c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0v0.5c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.3-0.8%2C0.3c-0.4%2C0-0.7-0.1-0.9-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.2-0.4-0.2-0.7H1.5c0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.2C2.1%2C20.8%2C2.5%2C21%2C3.1%2C21c0.6%2C0%2C1-0.1%2C1.3-0.4c0.3-0.3%2C0.5-0.7%2C0.5-1.1c0-0.3-0.1-0.5-0.2-0.7C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.3%2C18.3%2C4.1%2C18.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M7%2C3.8v1h15v-1H7z%20M7%2C11.8h15v-1H7V11.8z%20M7%2C18.8h15v-1H7V18.8z%20M3.1%2C6.9h0.7V2H3.3C3.2%2C2.4%2C3.1%2C2.6%2C2.9%2C2.7C2.7%2C2.8%2C2.4%2C2.9%2C2%2C2.9v0.5h1.2V6.9z%20M3.3%2C9C2.6%2C9%2C2.1%2C9.2%2C1.9%2C9.7c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C1h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.7c0.2-0.3%2C0.5-0.5%2C0.9-0.5c0.3%2C0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.7%2C0.3s0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4l-0.7%2C0.4c-0.4%2C0.3-0.7%2C0.5-0.9%2C0.9c-0.2%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.7-0.3%2C1.1h3.4v-0.6H2.2c0.1-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.4-0.7c0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.5-0.4L3.6%2C12c0.4-0.2%2C0.7-0.4%2C0.9-0.6c0.3-0.3%2C0.4-0.6%2C0.4-1c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4.3%2C9.1%2C3.9%2C9%2C3.3%2C9z%20M4.1%2C18.3c0.2-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.4-0.3c0.2-0.2%2C0.2-0.4%2C0.2-0.7c0-0.4-0.1-0.7-0.4-1C4%2C16.1%2C3.6%2C16%2C3.1%2C16c-0.6%2C0-1.1%2C0.2-1.3%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.3-0.2%2C0.6-0.2%2C0.9h0.6c0-0.3%2C0.1-0.5%2C0.1-0.6c0.2-0.3%2C0.4-0.4%2C0.9-0.4c0.2%2C0%2C0.4%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.2C4%2C16.9%2C4.1%2C17%2C4.1%2C17.3c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.6-0.4%2C0.7c-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.1%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0-0.2%2C0v0.5c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1%2C0%2C0.1%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.7%2C0.1%2C0.9%2C0.2c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.4%2C0.3%2C0.7c0%2C0.3-0.1%2C0.5-0.3%2C0.7c-0.2%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.3-0.8%2C0.3c-0.4%2C0-0.7-0.1-0.9-0.4c-0.1-0.1-0.2-0.4-0.2-0.7H1.5c0%2C0.5%2C0.1%2C0.8%2C0.4%2C1.2C2.1%2C20.8%2C2.5%2C21%2C3.1%2C21c0.6%2C0%2C1-0.1%2C1.3-0.4c0.3-0.3%2C0.5-0.7%2C0.5-1.1c0-0.3-0.1-0.5-0.2-0.7C4.5%2C18.5%2C4.3%2C18.3%2C4.1%2C18.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-linespacing { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_7_%22%20points%3D%2222%2C4%2022%2C3%2012%2C3%2011%2C3%201%2C3%201%2C4%2011%2C4%2011%2C4.3%208%2C7.4%208.7%2C8.1%2011%2C5.7%2011%2C17.3%208.7%2C14.9%208%2C15.6%2011%2C18.7%2011%2C19%201%2C19%201%2C20%2011%2C20%2012%2C20%2022%2C20%2022%2C19%2012%2C19%2012%2C18.6%2015%2C15.6%2014.3%2C14.9%2012%2C17.2%2012%2C5.8%2014.3%2C8.1%2015%2C7.4%2012%2C4.4%2012%2C4%20%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_7_%22%20points%3D%2222%2C4%2022%2C3%2012%2C3%2011%2C3%201%2C3%201%2C4%2011%2C4%2011%2C4.3%208%2C7.4%208.7%2C8.1%2011%2C5.7%2011%2C17.3%208.7%2C14.9%208%2C15.6%2011%2C18.7%2011%2C19%201%2C19%201%2C20%2011%2C20%2012%2C20%2022%2C20%2022%2C19%2012%2C19%2012%2C18.6%2015%2C15.6%2014.3%2C14.9%2012%2C17.2%2012%2C5.8%2014.3%2C8.1%2015%2C7.4%2012%2C4.4%2012%2C4%20%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-center { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-jast { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-de-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-in-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-prev { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16%2C20.5L15%2C21.5L4.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L15%2C0.5L16%2C1.5L6.6%2C11L16%2C20.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M16%2C20.5L15%2C21.5L4.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L15%2C0.5L16%2C1.5L6.6%2C11L16%2C20.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-next { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.5%2C11L6%2C1.5l1.1-1.1L17.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L7.1%2C21.5L6%2C20.5L15.5%2C11z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15.5%2C11L6%2C1.5l1.1-1.1L17.5%2C11l0%2C0l0%2C0L7.1%2C21.5L6%2C20.5L15.5%2C11z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-above { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-below { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-column { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-row { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-expand-down { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C6.5l1.1%2C1.1L11%2C18l0%2C0l0%2C0L0.5%2C7.5l1.1-1.1l9.5%2C9.5L20.5%2C6.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C6.5l1.1%2C1.1L11%2C18l0%2C0l0%2C0L0.5%2C7.5l1.1-1.1l9.5%2C9.5L20.5%2C6.5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagebreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-sectionbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-stringbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagenumber { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-link { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-image-library { width: 22px; @@ -6489,145 +6494,145 @@ i.icon.icon-image-library { i.icon.icon-text-valign-top { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%222%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2018%2011%2018%2011%207.83%208.65%209.8%208%208.94%2011.5%206%2015%209%2014.35%209.8%2012%207.83%2012%2018%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%222%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2018%2011%2018%2011%207.83%208.65%209.8%208%208.94%2011.5%206%2015%209%2014.35%209.8%2012%207.83%2012%2018%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-valign-middle { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%202%2012%202%2012%207.17%2014.35%205.2%2015%206.06%2011.5%209%208%206%208.65%205.2%2011%207.17%2011%202%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2021%2011%2021%2011%2015.83%208.65%2017.8%208%2016.94%2011.5%2014%2015%2017%2014.35%2017.8%2012%2015.83%2012%2021%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%202%2012%202%2012%207.17%2014.35%205.2%2015%206.06%2011.5%209%208%206%208.65%205.2%2011%207.17%2011%202%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2021%2011%2021%2011%2015.83%208.65%2017.8%208%2016.94%2011.5%2014%2015%2017%2014.35%2017.8%2012%2015.83%2012%2021%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-valign-bottom { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2218%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%204%2012%204%2012%2015.17%2014.35%2013.2%2015%2014.06%2011.5%2017%208%2014%208.65%2013.2%2011%2015.17%2011%204%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2218%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%204%2012%204%2012%2015.17%2014.35%2013.2%2015%2014.06%2011.5%2017%208%2014%208.65%2013.2%2011%2015.17%2011%204%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-all { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-none { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-inner { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-outer { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-left { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-center { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-right { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-top { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-middle { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-bottom { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-backward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-forward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-background { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-foreground { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C21h1V1H1V21z%20M4%2C13v4h16v-4H4z%20M12%2C5H4v4h8V5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C21h1V1H1V21z%20M4%2C13v4h16v-4H4z%20M12%2C5H4v4h8V5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-center { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2219%2C13%2011%2C13%2011%2C9%2015%2C9%2015%2C5%2011%2C5%2011%2C1%2010%2C1%2010%2C5%206%2C5%206%2C9%2010%2C9%2010%2C13%202%2C13%202%2C17%2010%2C17%2010%2C21%2011%2C21%2011%2C17%2019%2C17%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2219%2C13%2011%2C13%2011%2C9%2015%2C9%2015%2C5%2011%2C5%2011%2C1%2010%2C1%2010%2C5%206%2C5%206%2C9%2010%2C9%2010%2C13%202%2C13%202%2C17%2010%2C17%2010%2C21%2011%2C21%2011%2C17%2019%2C17%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_42_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_44_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M20%2C1v20h1V1H20z%20M2%2C17h16v-4H2V17z%20M10%2C9h8V5h-8V9z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_42_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_44_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M20%2C1v20h1V1H20z%20M2%2C17h16v-4H2V17z%20M10%2C9h8V5h-8V9z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-top { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M9%2C4H5v16h4V4z%20M17%2C12V4h-4v8H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M9%2C4H5v16h4V4z%20M17%2C12V4h-4v8H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-middle { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2213%2C2%2013%2C10%209%2C10%209%2C6%205%2C6%205%2C10%201%2C10%201%2C11%205%2C11%205%2C15%209%2C15%209%2C11%2013%2C11%2013%2C19%2017%2C19%2017%2C11%2021%2C11%2021%2C10%2017%2C10%2017%2C2%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2213%2C2%2013%2C10%209%2C10%209%2C6%205%2C6%205%2C10%201%2C10%201%2C11%205%2C11%205%2C15%209%2C15%209%2C11%2013%2C11%2013%2C19%2017%2C19%2017%2C11%2021%2C11%2021%2C10%2017%2C10%2017%2C2%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-bottom { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M21%2C20v-1H1v1H21z%20M9%2C1H5v16h4V1z%20M13%2C9v8h4V9H13z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M21%2C20v-1H1v1H21z%20M9%2C1H5v16h4V1z%20M13%2C9v8h4V9H13z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-horizontal { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M0.999999%2C19.0000076V20h20v-0.9999924H0.999999z%20M9.000001%2C2.9999995h-4v15h4V2.9999995z%20M17%2C13.999999V6.9999986h-3.999999v7.0000005H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M0.999999%2C19.0000076V20h20v-0.9999924H0.999999z%20M9.000001%2C2.9999995h-4v15h4V2.9999995z%20M17%2C13.999999V6.9999986h-3.999999v7.0000005H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-vertical { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M0.9999998%2C21h1v-20h-1V21z%20M19.0000076%2C21H20v-20h-0.9999924V21z%20M2.9999995%2C12.999999v3.999999h15%20v-3.999999H2.9999995z%20M13.999999%2C4.999999H6.9999986v4h7.0000005V4.999999z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M0.9999998%2C21h1v-20h-1V21z%20M19.0000076%2C21H20v-20h-0.9999924V21z%20M2.9999995%2C12.999999v3.999999h15%20v-3.999999H2.9999995z%20M13.999999%2C4.999999H6.9999986v4h7.0000005V4.999999z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-3.363%20-3.658%2033%2033%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23DF6737%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M8.512%2C14.989c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.438-5.107l0%2C0l0.287-0.699%20%20c-0.949-3.616-1.52-6.52-1.011-8.396l0%2C0C10.362%2C0.297%2C10.929%2C0%2C11.535%2C0l0%2C0l0.368%2C0.005h0.068c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453%20%20l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.684-0.242%2C1.839-0.242%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.203-0.965-1.274l0%2C0%20%20C11.604%2C0.25%2C11.46%2C0.455%2C11.411%2C0.85l0%2C0c-0.104%2C0.553-0.134%2C1.252-0.134%2C1.611l0%2C0c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.684l0%2C0%20%20c0.093-0.269%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.768l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.9%2C0.743-2.9l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.354-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0%20%20c-0.049%2C0.215-0.103%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0%20%20c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.265%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0c0.237%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.364%2C0.83l0%2C0%20%20c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.069%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.519-1.298-0.938l0%2C0c-1.033-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0%20%20c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.308%2C1.969%2C6.138%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.448-0.437%2C0.448-0.437l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0%20%20c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.44l0%2C0c-1.312%2C0.351-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.394-9.896%2C2.354l0%2C0%20%20c-2.874%2C5.036-5.036%2C7.35-6.793%2C6.47l0%2C0l-0.646-0.325c-0.263-0.149-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0%20%20c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0%20%20c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C2.643%2C24.936%2C5.21%2C21.45%2C8.512%2C14.989%20M9.559%2C15.525%20%20c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0%20%20c-1.555-1.313-2.737-2.955-3.596-4.681l0%2C0C11.273%2C11.948%2C10.626%2C13.507%2C9.559%2C15.525%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-3.363%20-3.658%2033%2033%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23aa5252%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M8.512%2C14.989c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.438-5.107l0%2C0l0.287-0.699%20%20c-0.949-3.616-1.52-6.52-1.011-8.396l0%2C0C10.362%2C0.297%2C10.929%2C0%2C11.535%2C0l0%2C0l0.368%2C0.005h0.068c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453%20%20l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.684-0.242%2C1.839-0.242%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.203-0.965-1.274l0%2C0%20%20C11.604%2C0.25%2C11.46%2C0.455%2C11.411%2C0.85l0%2C0c-0.104%2C0.553-0.134%2C1.252-0.134%2C1.611l0%2C0c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.684l0%2C0%20%20c0.093-0.269%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.768l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.9%2C0.743-2.9l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.354-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0%20%20c-0.049%2C0.215-0.103%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0%20%20c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.265%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0c0.237%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.364%2C0.83l0%2C0%20%20c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.069%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.519-1.298-0.938l0%2C0c-1.033-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0%20%20c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.308%2C1.969%2C6.138%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.448-0.437%2C0.448-0.437l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0%20%20c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.44l0%2C0c-1.312%2C0.351-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.394-9.896%2C2.354l0%2C0%20%20c-2.874%2C5.036-5.036%2C7.35-6.793%2C6.47l0%2C0l-0.646-0.325c-0.263-0.149-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0%20%20c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0%20%20c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C2.643%2C24.936%2C5.21%2C21.45%2C8.512%2C14.989%20M9.559%2C15.525%20%20c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0%20%20c-1.555-1.313-2.737-2.955-3.596-4.681l0%2C0C11.273%2C11.948%2C10.626%2C13.507%2C9.559%2C15.525%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pptx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2265%22%20height%3D%2265%22%20viewBox%3D%2219.951%2032.432%2065.000002%2065.000003%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23df6737%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M%2051.31066%2C44.356609%20C%2047.702785%2C44.433229%2043.9488%2C45.107%2040.5548%2C44.9445%20c%20-0.149%2C13.35%20-0.123719%2C26.7115%20-0.01172%2C40.0625%202.476001%2C0.199%204.9625%2C0.412%207.4375%2C0.625%20-0.011%2C-4.888%206.72e-4%2C-9.776062%200.01367%2C-14.664062%203.088%2C0.100999%206.336828%2C0.300562%209.173828%2C-1.148438%207.988%2C-3.913%209.413391%2C-15.938562%204.025391%2C-22.476562%20-2.8125%2C-2.544001%20-6.274937%2C-3.062954%20-9.882812%2C-2.986329%20z%20m%20-0.416016%2C7.244141%20c%201.641035%2C0.04387%203.222344%2C0.409844%204.261719%2C1.855469%201.425%2C2.45%201.350109%2C5.676172%200.162109%2C8.201172%20-1.425%2C2.575%20-4.650672%2C2.325%20-7.138672%2C2.625%20-0.262%2C-4.188%20-0.236218%2C-8.377172%20-0.199219%2C-12.576172%200.923626%2C-0.04237%201.929442%2C-0.131789%202.914063%2C-0.105469%20z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2265%22%20height%3D%2265%22%20viewBox%3D%2219.951%2032.432%2065.000002%2065.000003%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23aa5252%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M%2051.31066%2C44.356609%20C%2047.702785%2C44.433229%2043.9488%2C45.107%2040.5548%2C44.9445%20c%20-0.149%2C13.35%20-0.123719%2C26.7115%20-0.01172%2C40.0625%202.476001%2C0.199%204.9625%2C0.412%207.4375%2C0.625%20-0.011%2C-4.888%206.72e-4%2C-9.776062%200.01367%2C-14.664062%203.088%2C0.100999%206.336828%2C0.300562%209.173828%2C-1.148438%207.988%2C-3.913%209.413391%2C-15.938562%204.025391%2C-22.476562%20-2.8125%2C-2.544001%20-6.274937%2C-3.062954%20-9.882812%2C-2.986329%20z%20m%20-0.416016%2C7.244141%20c%201.641035%2C0.04387%203.222344%2C0.409844%204.261719%2C1.855469%201.425%2C2.45%201.350109%2C5.676172%200.162109%2C8.201172%20-1.425%2C2.575%20-4.650672%2C2.325%20-7.138672%2C2.625%20-0.262%2C-4.188%20-0.236218%2C-8.377172%20-0.199219%2C-12.576172%200.923626%2C-0.04237%201.929442%2C-0.131789%202.914063%2C-0.105469%20z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-odp { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%20-54.11%20193.63%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.63px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23DF6737%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C5.615V5.609c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.005-0.497%20%20c-5.356-2.586-11.256-4.287-17.525-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678c-6.13-3.477-13.071-5.741-20.542-6.448%20%20c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697%20%20c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015%20%20c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.684%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011c0.437%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.266-0.024%20%20c10.523-12.2%2C26.662-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167%20%20c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C6.056%2C193.485%2C5.776%2C193.16%2C5.615L193.16%2C5.615z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.054%2C48.544c-0.057-0.028-0.107-0.046-0.154-0.065%20%20c-10.518-4.35-22.021-6.758-34.094-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.154%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C66.044%2C0%2C66.418%2C0%2C66.848%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.323%2C1.323%2C1.323c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.027%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.634%2C61.08%2C20.681c0.038%2C0.028%2C0.071%2C0.065%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.188%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.005%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.069%20%20c16.246-22.217%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.845-33.172c2.129%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.338%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.873%2C0.144%2C1.902%2C0.144%20%20c0.727%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.323C173.796%2C49.203%2C173.492%2C48.752%2C173.054%2C48.544L173.054%2C48.544z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%20-54.11%20193.63%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.63px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23aa5252%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C5.615V5.609c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.005-0.497%20%20c-5.356-2.586-11.256-4.287-17.525-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678c-6.13-3.477-13.071-5.741-20.542-6.448%20%20c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697%20%20c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015%20%20c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.684%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011c0.437%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.266-0.024%20%20c10.523-12.2%2C26.662-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167%20%20c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C6.056%2C193.485%2C5.776%2C193.16%2C5.615L193.16%2C5.615z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.054%2C48.544c-0.057-0.028-0.107-0.046-0.154-0.065%20%20c-10.518-4.35-22.021-6.758-34.094-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.154%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C66.044%2C0%2C66.418%2C0%2C66.848%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.323%2C1.323%2C1.323c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.027%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.634%2C61.08%2C20.681c0.038%2C0.028%2C0.071%2C0.065%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.188%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.005%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.069%20%20c16.246-22.217%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.845-33.172c2.129%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.338%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.873%2C0.144%2C1.902%2C0.144%20%20c0.727%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.323C173.796%2C49.203%2C173.492%2C48.752%2C173.054%2C48.544L173.054%2C48.544z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } #editor_sdk { position: absolute; @@ -6664,7 +6669,7 @@ i.icon.icon-format-odp { .shapes li .thumb { width: 100%; height: 100%; - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; } .bullets ul, .numbers ul { @@ -6739,3 +6744,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .numbers li { z-index: 10; -webkit-appearance: none; } +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; +} diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css index 704d501ad..068a5713a 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/css/app-material.css @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ select { } a { text-decoration: none; - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } p { margin: 1em 0; @@ -1043,7 +1043,7 @@ p { .navbar, .toolbar, .subnavbar { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; } .navbar a.link, .toolbar a.link, @@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .tabbar a.tab-link:active, left: 0; bottom: 0; height: 3px; - background: #ae451c; + background: #763939; background: rgba(255, 255, 255, 0.5); -webkit-transition-duration: 300ms; transition-duration: 300ms; @@ -1621,7 +1621,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .tabbar a.tab-link:active, .searchbar { height: 48px; width: 100%; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; box-sizing: border-box; padding: 0 16px; overflow: hidden; @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .list-block li:last-child li .item-inner:after { } .list-block .focus-state .label, .list-block .focus-state .floating-label { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; } .item-input-field, .input-field { @@ -2882,7 +2882,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .input-field:after { .focus-state .input-field:after, .not-empty-state .item-input-field:after, .not-empty-state .input-field:after { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; -webkit-transform: scaleY(2) !important; transform: scaleY(2) !important; } @@ -2939,18 +2939,18 @@ textarea.resizable { display: none; } .label-switch input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .checkbox { - background: rgba(223, 103, 55, 0.5); + background: rgba(170, 82, 82, 0.5); } .label-switch input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .checkbox:after { -webkit-transform: translateX(16px); transform: translateX(16px); - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; } .item-input .label-switch { top: 11px; } .button { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; text-decoration: none; text-align: center; display: block; @@ -2991,12 +2991,12 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button:active, background: rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.1); } .button.button-fill { - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; color: #fff; } html:not(.watch-active-state) .button.button-fill:active, .button.button-fill.active-state { - background: #cc5221; + background: #8e4545; } .button.button-big { height: 48px; @@ -3096,7 +3096,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 20px; width: 20px; position: relative; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; border-radius: 20px; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-webkit-slider-thumb:before { @@ -3107,7 +3107,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 2px; margin-top: -1px; z-index: 1; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; content: ' '; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-moz-range-track { @@ -3127,7 +3127,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 20px; width: 20px; position: relative; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; border-radius: 20px; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-track { @@ -3148,11 +3148,11 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .button-raised:active, height: 20px; width: 20px; position: relative; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; border-radius: 20px; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-lower { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; } .range-slider input[type="range"]::-ms-fill-upper { background: #b7b8b7; @@ -3199,8 +3199,8 @@ label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-ch label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-checkbox, label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-checkbox, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-checkbox { - border-color: #DF6737; - background-color: #DF6737; + border-color: #aa5252; + background-color: #aa5252; } label.label-checkbox input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after, label.label-checkbox input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-checkbox:after, @@ -3232,7 +3232,7 @@ label.label-radio i.icon-form-radio:after { top: 50%; margin-left: -5px; margin-top: -5px; - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; border-radius: 100%; -webkit-transform: scale(0); transform: scale(0); @@ -3249,7 +3249,7 @@ label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio, label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio { - border-color: #DF6737; + border-color: #aa5252; } label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-radio:after, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked + .item-media i.icon-form-radio:after, @@ -3257,7 +3257,7 @@ label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-after i.icon-form-radio:after, label.label-radio input[type="checkbox"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio:after, label.label-radio input[type="radio"]:checked ~ .item-inner i.icon-form-radio:after { - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; -webkit-transform: scale(1); transform: scale(1); } @@ -3311,7 +3311,7 @@ label.label-radio.active-state .item-inner:after { border-radius: 50%; z-index: 1500; box-shadow: 0 10px 20px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.19), 0 6px 6px rgba(0, 0, 0, 0.23); - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; color: #fff; overflow: hidden; -webkit-transition-duration: 300ms; @@ -3331,7 +3331,7 @@ label.label-radio.active-state .item-inner:after { } html:not(.watch-active-state) .floating-button:active, .floating-button.active-state { - background: #cc5221; + background: #8e4545; } .floating-button-toolbar, .speed-dial { @@ -3400,7 +3400,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .floating-button:active, position: relative; z-index: 1; overflow: hidden; - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; -webkit-transition-duration: 300ms; transition-duration: 300ms; display: -webkit-box; @@ -3422,7 +3422,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .floating-button:active, } html:not(.watch-active-state) .speed-dial-buttons a:active, .speed-dial-buttons a.active-state { - background: #cc5221; + background: #8e4545; } .speed-dial-buttons a + a { margin-bottom: 16px; @@ -3603,7 +3603,7 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .speed-dial-buttons a:active, } .modal-button, .modal-buttons .button { - color: #DF6737; + color: #aa5252; text-decoration: none; text-align: center; display: block; @@ -3651,14 +3651,14 @@ html:not(.watch-active-state) .modal-buttons .button:active, } .modal-button.button-fill, .modal-buttons .button.button-fill { - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; color: #fff; } html:not(.watch-active-state) .modal-button.button-fill:active, html:not(.watch-active-state) .modal-buttons .button.button-fill:active, .modal-button.button-fill.active-state, .modal-buttons .button.button-fill.active-state { - background: #cc5221; + background: #8e4545; } .modal-button.button-big, .modal-buttons .button.button-big { @@ -4192,7 +4192,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay .popup.tablet-fullscreen { height: 48px; } .picker-modal .picker-header { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; } .picker-modal .picker-header + .toolbar .toolbar-inner { overflow: visible; @@ -4652,7 +4652,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { padding-top: 20px; } .statusbar-overlay { - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; z-index: 10000; position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -4998,7 +4998,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { position: relative; -webkit-transform-origin: center bottom; transform-origin: center bottom; - background: rgba(223, 103, 55, 0.5); + background: rgba(170, 82, 82, 0.5); } .progressbar { display: block; @@ -5009,7 +5009,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { .progressbar span { content: ''; width: 100%; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; height: 100%; position: absolute; left: 0; @@ -5030,7 +5030,7 @@ html.with-statusbar-overlay body .panel { top: 0; width: 100%; height: 100%; - background: #DF6737; + background: #aa5252; -webkit-transform-origin: left center; transform-origin: left center; } @@ -5527,7 +5527,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .picker-center-highlight:after { margin-left: 16px; } .notifications .button.close-notification { - color: #ef855a; + color: #c66969; } .notifications .notification-item { margin: 0 auto; @@ -5664,11 +5664,11 @@ a.item-link, } .settings.popup .popover-view, .settings.popover .popover-view { - border-radius: 3px; + border-radius: 2px; } .settings.popup .popover-view > .pages, .settings.popover .popover-view > .pages { - border-radius: 3px; + border-radius: 2px; } .settings .categories { width: 100%; @@ -5705,7 +5705,7 @@ a.item-link, height: 22px; right: -5px; bottom: -5px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Ccircle%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20cx%3D%2211%22%20cy%3D%2211%22%20r%3D%2211%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11%2C21A10%2C10%2C0%2C1%2C1%2C21%2C11%2C10%2C10%2C0%2C0%2C1%2C11%2C21h0ZM17.4%2C7.32L17.06%2C7a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67%2C0l-7%2C6.84L6.95%2C11.24a0.51%2C0.51%2C0%2C0%2C0-.59.08L6%2C11.66a0.58%2C0.58%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.65l3.19%2C3.35a0.38%2C0.38%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C.39%2C0L17.4%2C8a0.48%2C0.48%2C0%2C0%2C0%2C0-.67h0Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } .item-content .item-after.splitter label { color: #000; @@ -5740,7 +5740,7 @@ a.item-link, } .item-content.buttons .item-inner > .row .button.active { color: #fff; - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; } .item-content .color-preview { width: 30px; @@ -5792,7 +5792,7 @@ html.phone .document-menu .list-block .item-link { position: absolute; width: 100%; height: 100%; - box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #DF6737; + box-shadow: 0 0 0 1px white, 0 0 0 4px #aa5252; z-index: 1; border-radius: 1px; } @@ -5888,143 +5888,148 @@ i.icon.icon-expand-down { i.icon.icon-search { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19.5%2C16.8L16%2C13.3c0.7-1.1%2C1.1-2.4%2C1.1-3.8C17%2C5.4%2C13.6%2C2%2C9.5%2C2S2%2C5.4%2C2%2C9.5S5.4%2C17%2C9.5%2C17c1.4%2C0%2C2.7-0.4%2C3.8-1.1l3.5%2C3.5c0.7%2C0.7%2C1.9%2C0.7%2C2.6%2C0C20.2%2C18.7%2C20.2%2C17.6%2C19.5%2C16.8z%20M9.5%2C15.3c-3.2%2C0-5.8-2.6-5.8-5.8s2.6-5.8%2C5.8-5.8s5.8%2C2.6%2C5.8%2C5.8S12.7%2C15.3%2C9.5%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19.5%2C16.8L16%2C13.3c0.7-1.1%2C1.1-2.4%2C1.1-3.8C17%2C5.4%2C13.6%2C2%2C9.5%2C2S2%2C5.4%2C2%2C9.5S5.4%2C17%2C9.5%2C17c1.4%2C0%2C2.7-0.4%2C3.8-1.1l3.5%2C3.5c0.7%2C0.7%2C1.9%2C0.7%2C2.6%2C0C20.2%2C18.7%2C20.2%2C17.6%2C19.5%2C16.8z%20M9.5%2C15.3c-3.2%2C0-5.8-2.6-5.8-5.8s2.6-5.8%2C5.8-5.8s5.8%2C2.6%2C5.8%2C5.8S12.7%2C15.3%2C9.5%2C15.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-edit { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2217.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C20h22v1H0V20z%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2217.1%2C3.1%203.5%2C16.7%203%2C20%206.3%2C19.5%2019.9%2C5.9%20%09%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20.5%2C5.3L22%2C3.8c0%2C0-0.2-1.2-0.9-1.9C20.4%2C1.1%2C19.2%2C1%2C19.2%2C1l-1.5%2C1.5L20.5%2C5.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); +} +i.icon.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M2.5%2015L8%201h2l4.4146%2011.2574-1.6009%201.6008L12.12012%2012h-6.25L4.75%2015zM9%203.66998L6.62012%2010h4.75976z%22%20clip-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%20fill-rule%3D%22evenodd%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2019.50035V22h2.49965l7.37231-7.37231-2.49965-2.49965zm11.805-6.80572c.26-.25997.26-.67991%200-.93987l-1.5598-1.559787c-.25992-.259964-.67986-.259964-.93983%200L18.08554%2011.4148l2.49966%202.49966z%22%20fill%3D%22%23fff%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-play { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M4.0464363%2C2.9884553c0.006526%2C0.00296%2C0.0142345%2C0.006835%2C0.0231438%2C0.0119021%20c0.5908604%2C0.3357637%2C12.7118397%2C7.2924433%2C13.8977489%2C8.0268402c-0.5831585%2C0.3417759-13.0137587%2C7.4879274-13.934659%2C7.9826727%20L4.0464363%2C2.9884553%20M3.9889357%2C2C3.4427795%2C2.0000577%2C3.000525%2C2.4533575%2C3.000525%2C3.015348%09c0%2C0.573487%2C0%2C15.1632957%2C0%2C15.9945221C3.000525%2C19.622963%2C3.4796104%2C20%2C3.9940588%2C20%20c0.1729372%2C0%2C0.3499191-0.0426311%2C0.5139763-0.1332226c0.8905602-0.491045%2C13.1880894-7.5583372%2C13.9407387-7.9994459%20c0.6751213-0.3955202%2C0.6867313-1.337512%2C0-1.7326603C17.4031754%2C9.5333271%2C5.1523852%2C2.501852%2C4.5393953%2C2.1535165%20C4.3526201%2C2.0472794%2C4.165401%2C1.9999813%2C3.9889357%2C2L3.9889357%2C2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M4.0464363%2C2.9884553c0.006526%2C0.00296%2C0.0142345%2C0.006835%2C0.0231438%2C0.0119021%20c0.5908604%2C0.3357637%2C12.7118397%2C7.2924433%2C13.8977489%2C8.0268402c-0.5831585%2C0.3417759-13.0137587%2C7.4879274-13.934659%2C7.9826727%20L4.0464363%2C2.9884553%20M3.9889357%2C2C3.4427795%2C2.0000577%2C3.000525%2C2.4533575%2C3.000525%2C3.015348%09c0%2C0.573487%2C0%2C15.1632957%2C0%2C15.9945221C3.000525%2C19.622963%2C3.4796104%2C20%2C3.9940588%2C20%20c0.1729372%2C0%2C0.3499191-0.0426311%2C0.5139763-0.1332226c0.8905602-0.491045%2C13.1880894-7.5583372%2C13.9407387-7.9994459%20c0.6751213-0.3955202%2C0.6867313-1.337512%2C0-1.7326603C17.4031754%2C9.5333271%2C5.1523852%2C2.501852%2C4.5393953%2C2.1535165%20C4.3526201%2C2.0472794%2C4.165401%2C1.9999813%2C3.9889357%2C2L3.9889357%2C2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-reader { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M17%2C21H1V9h6V2l0%2C0h10v5h1V1H6.2L0%2C7.6V22h18v-3h-1V21z%20M6%2C2.8V8H1.1L6%2C2.8z%20M13%2C8c-5.1%2C0-9%2C5-9%2C5s4.1%2C5%2C9%2C5c5%2C0%2C9-5%2C9-5S18%2C8%2C13%2C8z%20M8.7%2C15.5C6.8%2C14.4%2C6.4%2C13%2C6.4%2C13s0.4-1.5%2C2.4-2.6C8.3%2C11.2%2C8%2C12%2C8%2C13C8%2C13.9%2C8.3%2C14.8%2C8.7%2C15.5z%20M13%2C16.7c-2.1%2C0-3.7-1.7-3.7-3.7c0-2.1%2C1.7-3.7%2C3.7-3.7c2.1%2C0%2C3.7%2C1.7%2C3.7%2C3.7C16.7%2C15.1%2C15.1%2C16.7%2C13%2C16.7z%20M17.3%2C15.5c0.4-0.7%2C0.7-1.6%2C0.7-2.5c0-1-0.3-1.8-0.7-2.6c2%2C1.1%2C3.4%2C2.6%2C3.4%2C2.6S19.2%2C14.4%2C17.3%2C15.5z%20M13%2C11.7c-0.7%2C0-1.3%2C0.6-1.3%2C1.3s0.6%2C1.3%2C1.3%2C1.3s1.3-0.6%2C1.3-1.3S13.7%2C11.7%2C13%2C11.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-download { width: 22px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%203%2022%2028%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20transform%3D%22rotate(180%2C10.5%2C12.4)%22%20points%3D%2210%2C21.2%2011%2C21.2%2011%2C5.6%2014.6%2C9.3%2015.3%2C8.5%2010.5%2C3.6%205.7%2C8.5%206.4%2C9.3%2010%2C5.6%20%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2213%2C12%2013%2C13%2019%2C13%2019%2C30%202%2C30%202%2C13%208%2C13%208%2C12%201%2C12%201%2C13%201%2C30%201%2C31%2020%2C31%2020%2C30%2020%2C13%2020%2C12%20%20%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-info { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C17h2V8h-2V17z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11s4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10S16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4-9-9s4-9%2C9-9s9%2C4%2C9%2C9S16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%20M10%2C7h2V5h-2V7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-about { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C18.5c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.6-1.2l2.6-1.2c0.6-0.3%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-8.9-4.1c-0.7-0.4-1.9-0.4-2.8%2C0l-8.9%2C4.1C-0.9%2C13.8-1%2C14.1-1%2C14.3s0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.6%2C1.2l-2.6%2C1.2C-0.9%2C18-1%2C18.4-1%2C18.5c0%2C0.2%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l2.5%2C1.2l-2.5%2C1.2C-0.9%2C22.1-1%2C22.5-1%2C22.7c0%2C0.3%2C0.1%2C0.6%2C0.7%2C0.9l8.9%2C4.1c0.5%2C0.2%2C0.8%2C0.3%2C1.4%2C0.3s1-0.1%2C1.4-0.3l8.9-4.1c0.6-0.4%2C0.7-0.6%2C0.7-0.9c0-0.3-0.1-0.6-0.7-0.9l-2.5-1.2l2.5-1.2C20.9%2C19.2%2C21%2C18.8%2C21%2C18.5z%20M-0.2%2C14.3L-0.2%2C14.3c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2L9%2C10c0.6-0.3%2C1.5-0.3%2C2%2C0l8.9%2C4.1c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C18.6c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1C-0.1%2C14.4-0.2%2C14.3-0.2%2C14.3z%20M20.2%2C22.7L20.2%2C22.7c0%2C0-0.1%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.2L11%2C27.1c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5C20.1%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7%2C20.2%2C22.7z%20M19.9%2C18.7L11%2C22.8c-0.6%2C0.3-1.5%2C0.3-2%2C0l-8.9-4.1c-0.2-0.1-0.3-0.2-0.3-0.2l0%2C0c0%2C0%2C0.1-0.1%2C0.3-0.2l3-1.5l5.5%2C2.6c0.7%2C0.4%2C1.9%2C0.4%2C2.8%2C0l5.5-2.6l3%2C1.5c0.2%2C0.1%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.3%2C0.2l0%2C0C20.2%2C18.5%2C20.1%2C18.6%2C19.9%2C18.7z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-help { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M11.6%2C1.3c-3.3%2C0-6%2C2.8-6%2C6.2c0.3%2C0%2C0.7%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-2.9%2C2.3-5.2%2C5.1-5.2s5.1%2C2.3%2C5.1%2C5.2c0%2C1.7-1.9%2C3.2-3%2C4.3C12.9%2C12.6%2C11%2C14.2%2C11%2C16c0%2C1.2%2C0%2C2.2%2C0%2C2.7c0.3%2C0%2C0.6%2C0%2C0.9%2C0c0-0.6%2C0-1.6%2C0-2.5c0-1.4%2C1.1-2.4%2C2.2-3.5c1.7-1.5%2C3.5-3.1%2C3.5-5.2C17.6%2C4.1%2C14.9%2C1.3%2C11.6%2C1.3z%20M11.5%2C20.2c-0.3%2C0-0.5%2C0.2-0.5%2C0.5v0.8c0%2C0.3%2C0.2%2C0.5%2C0.5%2C0.5s0.5-0.2%2C0.5-0.5v-0.8C11.9%2C20.4%2C11.7%2C20.2%2C11.5%2C20.2z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-setup { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C3v16h22V3H0z%20M21%2C17H1V5h20V17z%20M16.5%2C5.9l-7.2%2C7.2L8.8%2C15H4v1c0%2C0%2C3.2%2C0%2C5%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.2-0.2l2.2-0.6L18.7%2C8L16.5%2C5.9z%20M9.9%2C13.1l6.5-6.4L18%2C8l-6.5%2C6.4L9.9%2C13.1z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C3v16h22V3H0z%20M21%2C17H1V5h20V17z%20M16.5%2C5.9l-7.2%2C7.2L8.8%2C15H4v1c0%2C0%2C3.2%2C0%2C5%2C0c0.4%2C0%2C0.2%2C0%2C0.2-0.2l2.2-0.6L18.7%2C8L16.5%2C5.9z%20M9.9%2C13.1l6.5-6.4L18%2C8l-6.5%2C6.4L9.9%2C13.1z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-versions { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-1%207%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M19%2C12c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2c0-1.1-0.9-2-2-2H5c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2c-1.1%2C0-2%2C0.9-2%2C2v12c0%2C1.1%2C0.9%2C2%2C2%2C2h18c1.1%2C0%2C2-0.9%2C2-2V14C21%2C12.9%2C20.1%2C12%2C19%2C12z%20M5%2C9h10c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H4C4%2C9.4%2C4.4%2C9%2C5%2C9z%20M3%2C11h14c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1H2C2%2C11.4%2C2.4%2C11%2C3%2C11z%20M20%2C26c0%2C0.6-0.4%2C1-1%2C1H1c-0.6%2C0-1-0.4-1-1V14c0-0.6%2C0.4-1%2C1-1h18c0.6%2C0%2C1%2C0.4%2C1%2C1V26z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-center { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M4%2C7v1h14V7H4z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M4%2C15v1h14v-1H4z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-jast { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M1%2C8h21V7H1V8z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M1%2C16h21v-1H1V16z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M15%2C7H1v1h14V7z%20M1%2C12h21v-1H1V12z%20M15%2C15H1v1h14V15z%20M1%2C20h21v-1H1V20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-align-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C3v1h21V3H1z%20M8%2C8h14V7H8V8z%20M22%2C11H1v1h21V11z%20M8%2C16h14v-1H8V16z%20M22%2C19H1v1h21V19z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-de-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M11%2C15h11v1H11V15z%20M11%2C11h11v1H11V11z%20M11%2C7h11v1H11V7z%20M6.3%2C7L7%2C7.7l-3.8%2C3.8L7%2C15.3L6.3%2C16L2%2C11.8l-0.2-0.3L2%2C11.2L6.3%2C7z%20M1%2C3h21v1H1V3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-in-indent { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C20v-1h21v1H1z%20M12%2C16H1v-1h11V16z%20M12%2C12H1v-1h11V12z%20M12%2C8H1V7h11V8z%20M21%2C11.2l0.2%2C0.3L21%2C11.8L16.7%2C16L16%2C15.3l3.8-3.8L16%2C7.7L16.7%2C7L21%2C11.2z%20M22%2C4H1V3h21V4z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C19h-1H8H7v-1v-3H0V2h7h1h14v4v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H15z%20M15%2C18h6v-3h-6V18z%20M15%2C14h6v-3h-6V14z%20M8%2C18h6v-3H8V18z%20M8%2C14h6v-3H8V14z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M15%2C7v3h6V7H15z%20M3%2C16h1v2h2v1H4v2H3v-2H1v-1h2V16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-column-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M0%2C19l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-3l0-1l0-4h14h1h7v13h-7v3v1h-1H8H7H0z%20M7%2C15H1v3h6V15z%20M7%2C11H1v3h6V11z%20M14%2C15H8v3h6V15z%20M14%2C11H8v3h6V11z%20M14%2C10V7H8v3H14z%20M8%2C3v3h6V3H8z%20M1%2C6h6V3H1V6z%20M1%2C7v3h6V7H1z%20M19%2C18h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-above { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C20h-6h-1H8H7H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V8V7V1h15v6h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7%2C8H1v3h6V8z%20M7%2C12H1v3h6V12z%20M7%2C16H1v3h6V16z%20M8%2C19h6v-3H8V19z%20M8%2C15h6v-3H8V15z%20M8%2C11h6V8H8V11z%20M21%2C8h-6v3h6V8z%20M21%2C12h-6v3h6V12z%20M21%2C16h-6v3h6V16z%20M19%2C6h-1V4h-2V3h2V1h1v2h2v1h-2V6z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-add-row-below { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M22%2C1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1h-1h-6v6H0v-6v-1v-3V9V6V5V2V1h7h1h6h1h6H22z%20M7%2C10H1v3h6V10z%20M7%2C6H1v3h6V6z%20M7%2C2H1v3h6V2z%20M8%2C5h6V2H8V5z%20M8%2C9h6V6H8V9z%20M8%2C13h6v-3H8V13z%20M21%2C10h-6v3h6V10z%20M21%2C6h-6v3h6V6z%20M21%2C2h-6v3h6V2z%20M19%2C17h2v1h-2v2h-1v-2h-2v-1h2v-2h1V17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-column { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C11H8v0.1c1.9%2C0.2%2C3.5%2C1.3%2C4.4%2C2.9H14V11z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C11h-6v3h6V11z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-remove-row { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M21%2C19h-6h-1h-1.6c-0.9%2C1.8-2.7%2C3-4.9%2C3s-4-1.2-4.9-3H1H0v-1v-3v-1v-3v-1V7V6V3V2h7h1h6h1h6h1v1v3v1v3v1v3v1v3v1H21z%20M1%2C18h1.2C2.1%2C17.5%2C2%2C17%2C2%2C16.5c0-0.5%2C0.1-1%2C0.2-1.5H1V18z%20M7%2C3H1v3h6V3z%20M7%2C7H1v3h6V7z%20M7.5%2C12C5%2C12%2C3%2C14%2C3%2C16.5S5%2C21%2C7.5%2C21s4.5-2%2C4.5-4.5S10%2C12%2C7.5%2C12z%20M14%2C3H8v3h6V3z%20M14%2C7H8v3h6V7z%20M14%2C15h-1.2c0.1%2C0.5%2C0.2%2C1%2C0.2%2C1.5c0%2C0.5-0.1%2C1-0.2%2C1.5H14V15z%20M21%2C3h-6v3h6V3z%20M21%2C7h-6v3h6V7z%20M21%2C15h-6v3h6V15z%20M9.6%2C19.3l-2.1-2.1l-2.1%2C2.1l-0.7-0.7l2.1-2.1l-2.1-2.1l0.7-0.7l2.1%2C2.1l2.1-2.1l0.7%2C0.7l-2.1%2C2.1l2.1%2C2.1L9.6%2C19.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagebreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8%2C14v1h1v-1H8z%20M6%2C14v1h1v-1H6z%20M18%2C21H3v-6H2v7h17v-7h-1V21z%20M4%2C14v1h1v-1H4z%20M14%2C14v1h1v-1H14z%20M10%2C14v1h1v-1H10z%20M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V14h1V9h6V2l0%2C0h9v12h1V1H8.2z%20M8%2C8H3.1L8%2C2.8V8z%20M12%2C14v1h1v-1H12z%20M16%2C14v1h1v-1H16z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-sectionbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M20%2C14V2H3v12H2V1h19v13H20z%20M5%2C14v1H4v-1H5z%20M7%2C14v1H6v-1H7z%20M9%2C14v1H8v-1H9z%20M11%2C14v1h-1v-1H11z%20M13%2C14v1h-1v-1H13z%20M15%2C14v1h-1v-1H15z%20M17%2C14v1h-1v-1H17z%20M18%2C14h1v1h-1V14z%20M3%2C21h17v-6h1v7H2v-7h1V21z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-stringbreak { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M18%2C12H5.1L9%2C15.9l-0.7%2C0.7l-4.5-4.5l-0.6-0.6l0.6-0.6l4.5-4.5L9%2C7.1L5.1%2C11H18V5h1v6v1H18z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-pagenumber { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M8.2%2C1L2%2C7.6V22h17V1H8.2z%20M8%2C2.8V8H3.1L8%2C2.8z%20M18%2C21H3V9h6V2l0%2C0h9V21z%20M12%2C19h1v-4h-0.7c0%2C0.2-0.1-0.1-0.1%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0-0.3%2C0c-0.1%2C0.1-0.2%2C0.1-0.4%2C0.1c-0.1%2C0-0.3%2C0-0.4%2C0V16H12V19z%20M15.3%2C17.3C15%2C17.9%2C15.1%2C18.4%2C15%2C19h0.9c0-0.3%2C0-0.6%2C0.1-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.1-0.6%2C0.3-0.9c0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.6%2C0.4-0.9c0.2-0.3%2C0.1-0.3%2C0.3-0.5V15h-3v1h1.9C15.6%2C16.4%2C15.5%2C16.7%2C15.3%2C17.3z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-link { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M12.4%2C9.8c0%2C0-2.1-0.1-3.8%2C1.2c-2.8%2C2-3.3%2C4.3-3.3%2C4.3s1.6-1.7%2C3.5-2.5c1.7-0.7%2C3.7-0.4%2C3.7-0.4v1.9l4.8-3.3V11l-4.8-3.3V9.8z%20M11%2C1C5.5%2C1%2C1%2C5.5%2C1%2C11c0%2C5.5%2C4.5%2C10%2C10%2C10s10-4.5%2C10-10C21%2C5.5%2C16.5%2C1%2C11%2C1z%20M11%2C20c-5%2C0-9-4.1-9-9C2%2C6%2C6%2C2%2C11%2C2s9%2C4.1%2C9%2C9C20%2C16%2C16%2C20%2C11%2C20z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-image-library { width: 22px; @@ -6034,145 +6039,145 @@ i.icon.icon-image-library { i.icon.icon-text-valign-top { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%222%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2018%2011%2018%2011%207.83%208.65%209.8%208%208.94%2011.5%206%2015%209%2014.35%209.8%2012%207.83%2012%2018%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%222%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%224%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2018%2011%2018%2011%207.83%208.65%209.8%208%208.94%2011.5%206%2015%209%2014.35%209.8%2012%207.83%2012%2018%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-valign-middle { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%202%2012%202%2012%207.17%2014.35%205.2%2015%206.06%2011.5%209%208%206%208.65%205.2%2011%207.17%2011%202%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2021%2011%2021%2011%2015.83%208.65%2017.8%208%2016.94%2011.5%2014%2015%2017%2014.35%2017.8%2012%2015.83%2012%2021%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2210%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2212%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%202%2012%202%2012%207.17%2014.35%205.2%2015%206.06%2011.5%209%208%206%208.65%205.2%2011%207.17%2011%202%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2212%2021%2011%2021%2011%2015.83%208.65%2017.8%208%2016.94%2011.5%2014%2015%2017%2014.35%2017.8%2012%2015.83%2012%2021%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-text-valign-bottom { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-color: #DF6737; - -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2218%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%204%2012%204%2012%2015.17%2014.35%2013.2%2015%2014.06%2011.5%2017%208%2014%208.65%2013.2%2011%2015.17%2011%204%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-color: #aa5252; + -webkit-mask-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2218%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20x%3D%222%22%20y%3D%2220%22%20width%3D%2219%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3Cpolygon%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20points%3D%2211%204%2012%204%2012%2015.17%2014.35%2013.2%2015%2014.06%2011.5%2017%208%2014%208.65%2013.2%2011%2015.17%2011%204%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-all { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-none { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M26.9%2C0H0V27H27V0H26.9ZM13%2C26H1V14H13V26Zm0-13H1V1H13V13ZM26%2C26H14V14H26V26Zm0-13H14V1H26V13Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-inner { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpolygon%20points%3D%2226%2013%2014%2013%2014%201%2013%201%2013%2013%201%2013%201%2014%2013%2014%2013%2026%2014%2026%2014%2014%2026%2014%2026%2013%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-outer { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-left { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-center { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-right { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%221%22%20height%3D%2227%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-top { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-middle { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2213%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-table-borders-bottom { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M27%2C0H0V27H27V0ZM1%2C26V1H26V26H1Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20y%3D%2226%22%20width%3D%2227%22%20height%3D%221%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-backward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-forward { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M10%2C10V27H27V10H10ZM26%2C26H11V11H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%221%22%20y%3D%221%22%20width%3D%2217%22%20height%3D%2217%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-background { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Crect%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-move-foreground { width: 28px; height: 28px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2028%2028%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1V13H13V1H1ZM12%2C12H2V2H12V12Z%22%2F%3E%3Cpath%20opacity%3D%220.3%22%20d%3D%22M15%2C15V27H27V15H15ZM26%2C26H16V16H26V26Z%22%2F%3E%3Crect%20x%3D%228%22%20y%3D%228%22%20width%3D%2213%22%20height%3D%2213%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-left { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C21h1V1H1V21z%20M4%2C13v4h16v-4H4z%20M12%2C5H4v4h8V5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C21h1V1H1V21z%20M4%2C13v4h16v-4H4z%20M12%2C5H4v4h8V5z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-center { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2219%2C13%2011%2C13%2011%2C9%2015%2C9%2015%2C5%2011%2C5%2011%2C1%2010%2C1%2010%2C5%206%2C5%206%2C9%2010%2C9%2010%2C13%202%2C13%202%2C17%2010%2C17%2010%2C21%2011%2C21%2011%2C17%2019%2C17%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2219%2C13%2011%2C13%2011%2C9%2015%2C9%2015%2C5%2011%2C5%2011%2C1%2010%2C1%2010%2C5%206%2C5%206%2C9%2010%2C9%2010%2C13%202%2C13%202%2C17%2010%2C17%2010%2C21%2011%2C21%2011%2C17%2019%2C17%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-right { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_42_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_44_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M20%2C1v20h1V1H20z%20M2%2C17h16v-4H2V17z%20M10%2C9h8V5h-8V9z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_42_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_44_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20d%3D%22M20%2C1v20h1V1H20z%20M2%2C17h16v-4H2V17z%20M10%2C9h8V5h-8V9z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-top { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M9%2C4H5v16h4V4z%20M17%2C12V4h-4v8H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M9%2C4H5v16h4V4z%20M17%2C12V4h-4v8H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-middle { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2213%2C2%2013%2C10%209%2C10%209%2C6%205%2C6%205%2C10%201%2C10%201%2C11%205%2C11%205%2C15%209%2C15%209%2C11%2013%2C11%2013%2C19%2017%2C19%2017%2C11%2021%2C11%2021%2C10%2017%2C10%2017%2C2%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cstyle%20type%3D%22text%2Fcss%22%3E.st0%7Bfill-rule%3Aevenodd%3Bclip-rule%3Aevenodd%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_5_%22%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_24_%22%3E%3Cpolygon%20id%3D%22XMLID_25_%22%20class%3D%22st0%22%20points%3D%2213%2C2%2013%2C10%209%2C10%209%2C6%205%2C6%205%2C10%201%2C10%201%2C11%205%2C11%205%2C15%209%2C15%209%2C11%2013%2C11%2013%2C19%2017%2C19%2017%2C11%2021%2C11%2021%2C10%2017%2C10%2017%2C2%20%09%09%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-bottom { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M21%2C20v-1H1v1H21z%20M9%2C1H5v16h4V1z%20M13%2C9v8h4V9H13z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M21%2C20v-1H1v1H21z%20M9%2C1H5v16h4V1z%20M13%2C9v8h4V9H13z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-horizontal { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M0.999999%2C19.0000076V20h20v-0.9999924H0.999999z%20M9.000001%2C2.9999995h-4v15h4V2.9999995z%20M17%2C13.999999V6.9999986h-3.999999v7.0000005H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M1%2C1v1h20V1H1z%20M0.999999%2C19.0000076V20h20v-0.9999924H0.999999z%20M9.000001%2C2.9999995h-4v15h4V2.9999995z%20M17%2C13.999999V6.9999986h-3.999999v7.0000005H17z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-align-vertical { width: 22px; height: 22px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23DF6737%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M0.9999998%2C21h1v-20h-1V21z%20M19.0000076%2C21H20v-20h-0.9999924V21z%20M2.9999995%2C12.999999v3.999999h15%20v-3.999999H2.9999995z%20M13.999999%2C4.999999H6.9999986v4h7.0000005V4.999999z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20viewBox%3D%220%200%2022%2022%22%20style%3D%22enable-background%3Anew%200%200%2022%2022%3B%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20fill%3D%22%23aa5252%22%3E%3Cg%3E%3Cg%20id%3D%22XMLID_35_%22%3E%3Cpath%20id%3D%22XMLID_36_%22%20d%3D%22M0.9999998%2C21h1v-20h-1V21z%20M19.0000076%2C21H20v-20h-0.9999924V21z%20M2.9999995%2C12.999999v3.999999h15%20v-3.999999H2.9999995z%20M13.999999%2C4.999999H6.9999986v4h7.0000005V4.999999z%22%2F%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fg%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-3.363%20-3.658%2033%2033%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23DF6737%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M8.512%2C14.989c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.438-5.107l0%2C0l0.287-0.699%20%20c-0.949-3.616-1.52-6.52-1.011-8.396l0%2C0C10.362%2C0.297%2C10.929%2C0%2C11.535%2C0l0%2C0l0.368%2C0.005h0.068c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453%20%20l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.684-0.242%2C1.839-0.242%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.203-0.965-1.274l0%2C0%20%20C11.604%2C0.25%2C11.46%2C0.455%2C11.411%2C0.85l0%2C0c-0.104%2C0.553-0.134%2C1.252-0.134%2C1.611l0%2C0c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.684l0%2C0%20%20c0.093-0.269%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.768l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.9%2C0.743-2.9l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.354-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0%20%20c-0.049%2C0.215-0.103%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0%20%20c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.265%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0c0.237%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.364%2C0.83l0%2C0%20%20c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.069%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.519-1.298-0.938l0%2C0c-1.033-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0%20%20c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.308%2C1.969%2C6.138%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.448-0.437%2C0.448-0.437l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0%20%20c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.44l0%2C0c-1.312%2C0.351-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.394-9.896%2C2.354l0%2C0%20%20c-2.874%2C5.036-5.036%2C7.35-6.793%2C6.47l0%2C0l-0.646-0.325c-0.263-0.149-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0%20%20c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0%20%20c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C2.643%2C24.936%2C5.21%2C21.45%2C8.512%2C14.989%20M9.559%2C15.525%20%20c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0%20%20c-1.555-1.313-2.737-2.955-3.596-4.681l0%2C0C11.273%2C11.948%2C10.626%2C13.507%2C9.559%2C15.525%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2233px%22%20height%3D%2233px%22%20viewBox%3D%22-3.363%20-3.658%2033%2033%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23aa5252%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M8.512%2C14.989c0.8-1.567%2C1.709-3.334%2C2.438-5.107l0%2C0l0.287-0.699%20%20c-0.949-3.616-1.52-6.52-1.011-8.396l0%2C0C10.362%2C0.297%2C10.929%2C0%2C11.535%2C0l0%2C0l0.368%2C0.005h0.068c0.83-0.013%2C1.22%2C1.042%2C1.264%2C1.453%20%20l0%2C0c0.073%2C0.684-0.242%2C1.839-0.242%2C1.839l0%2C0c0-0.467%2C0.018-1.221-0.276-1.873l0%2C0c-0.343-0.753-0.671-1.203-0.965-1.274l0%2C0%20%20C11.604%2C0.25%2C11.46%2C0.455%2C11.411%2C0.85l0%2C0c-0.104%2C0.553-0.134%2C1.252-0.134%2C1.611l0%2C0c0%2C1.272%2C0.25%2C2.952%2C0.743%2C4.684l0%2C0%20%20c0.093-0.269%2C0.174-0.526%2C0.24-0.768l0%2C0c0.101-0.38%2C0.743-2.9%2C0.743-2.9l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.162%2C3.354-0.388%2C4.371l0%2C0%20%20c-0.049%2C0.215-0.103%2C0.427-0.158%2C0.644l0%2C0c0.812%2C2.268%2C2.121%2C4.292%2C3.68%2C5.75l0%2C0c0.615%2C0.575%2C1.393%2C1.038%2C2.128%2C1.461l0%2C0%20%20c1.605-0.229%2C3.084-0.338%2C4.318-0.324l0%2C0c1.637%2C0.021%2C2.838%2C0.265%2C3.324%2C0.743l0%2C0c0.237%2C0.232%2C0.335%2C0.514%2C0.364%2C0.83l0%2C0%20%20c0.007%2C0.122-0.053%2C0.41-0.069%2C0.482l0%2C0c0.018-0.088%2C0.018-0.519-1.298-0.938l0%2C0c-1.033-0.33-2.971-0.32-5.295-0.073l0%2C0%20%20c2.688%2C1.315%2C5.308%2C1.969%2C6.138%2C1.577l0%2C0c0.203-0.1%2C0.448-0.437%2C0.448-0.437l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.146%2C0.665-0.252%2C0.831l0%2C0%20%20c-0.134%2C0.18-0.396%2C0.376-0.646%2C0.44l0%2C0c-1.312%2C0.351-4.722-0.459-7.695-2.158l0%2C0c-3.322%2C0.489-6.972%2C1.394-9.896%2C2.354l0%2C0%20%20c-2.874%2C5.036-5.036%2C7.35-6.793%2C6.47l0%2C0l-0.646-0.325c-0.263-0.149-0.303-0.516-0.242-0.813l0%2C0%20%20c0.205-1.003%2C1.462-2.513%2C3.988-4.021l0%2C0c0.272-0.165%2C1.483-0.805%2C1.483-0.805l0%2C0c0%2C0-0.896%2C0.868-1.106%2C1.038l0%2C0%20%20c-2.016%2C1.652-3.504%2C3.73-3.467%2C4.536l0%2C0l0.007%2C0.069C2.643%2C24.936%2C5.21%2C21.45%2C8.512%2C14.989%20M9.559%2C15.525%20%20c-0.551%2C1.038-1.09%2C2.001-1.588%2C2.886l0%2C0c2.752-1.153%2C5.715-1.892%2C8.535-2.416l0%2C0c-0.379-0.262-0.746-0.539-1.093-0.832l0%2C0%20%20c-1.555-1.313-2.737-2.955-3.596-4.681l0%2C0C11.273%2C11.948%2C10.626%2C13.507%2C9.559%2C15.525%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-pptx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2265%22%20height%3D%2265%22%20viewBox%3D%2219.951%2032.432%2065.000002%2065.000003%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23df6737%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M%2051.31066%2C44.356609%20C%2047.702785%2C44.433229%2043.9488%2C45.107%2040.5548%2C44.9445%20c%20-0.149%2C13.35%20-0.123719%2C26.7115%20-0.01172%2C40.0625%202.476001%2C0.199%204.9625%2C0.412%207.4375%2C0.625%20-0.011%2C-4.888%206.72e-4%2C-9.776062%200.01367%2C-14.664062%203.088%2C0.100999%206.336828%2C0.300562%209.173828%2C-1.148438%207.988%2C-3.913%209.413391%2C-15.938562%204.025391%2C-22.476562%20-2.8125%2C-2.544001%20-6.274937%2C-3.062954%20-9.882812%2C-2.986329%20z%20m%20-0.416016%2C7.244141%20c%201.641035%2C0.04387%203.222344%2C0.409844%204.261719%2C1.855469%201.425%2C2.45%201.350109%2C5.676172%200.162109%2C8.201172%20-1.425%2C2.575%20-4.650672%2C2.325%20-7.138672%2C2.625%20-0.262%2C-4.188%20-0.236218%2C-8.377172%20-0.199219%2C-12.576172%200.923626%2C-0.04237%201.929442%2C-0.131789%202.914063%2C-0.105469%20z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20width%3D%2265%22%20height%3D%2265%22%20viewBox%3D%2219.951%2032.432%2065.000002%2065.000003%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%20%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23aa5252%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20d%3D%22M%2051.31066%2C44.356609%20C%2047.702785%2C44.433229%2043.9488%2C45.107%2040.5548%2C44.9445%20c%20-0.149%2C13.35%20-0.123719%2C26.7115%20-0.01172%2C40.0625%202.476001%2C0.199%204.9625%2C0.412%207.4375%2C0.625%20-0.011%2C-4.888%206.72e-4%2C-9.776062%200.01367%2C-14.664062%203.088%2C0.100999%206.336828%2C0.300562%209.173828%2C-1.148438%207.988%2C-3.913%209.413391%2C-15.938562%204.025391%2C-22.476562%20-2.8125%2C-2.544001%20-6.274937%2C-3.062954%20-9.882812%2C-2.986329%20z%20m%20-0.416016%2C7.244141%20c%201.641035%2C0.04387%203.222344%2C0.409844%204.261719%2C1.855469%201.425%2C2.45%201.350109%2C5.676172%200.162109%2C8.201172%20-1.425%2C2.575%20-4.650672%2C2.325%20-7.138672%2C2.625%20-0.262%2C-4.188%20-0.236218%2C-8.377172%20-0.199219%2C-12.576172%200.923626%2C-0.04237%201.929442%2C-0.131789%202.914063%2C-0.105469%20z%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } i.icon.icon-format-odp { width: 30px; height: 30px; - background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%20-54.11%20193.63%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.63px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23DF6737%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C5.615V5.609c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.005-0.497%20%20c-5.356-2.586-11.256-4.287-17.525-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678c-6.13-3.477-13.071-5.741-20.542-6.448%20%20c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697%20%20c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015%20%20c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.684%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011c0.437%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.266-0.024%20%20c10.523-12.2%2C26.662-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167%20%20c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C6.056%2C193.485%2C5.776%2C193.16%2C5.615L193.16%2C5.615z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.054%2C48.544c-0.057-0.028-0.107-0.046-0.154-0.065%20%20c-10.518-4.35-22.021-6.758-34.094-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.154%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C66.044%2C0%2C66.418%2C0%2C66.848%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.323%2C1.323%2C1.323c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.027%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.634%2C61.08%2C20.681c0.038%2C0.028%2C0.071%2C0.065%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.188%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.005%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.069%20%20c16.246-22.217%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.845-33.172c2.129%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.338%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.873%2C0.144%2C1.902%2C0.144%20%20c0.727%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.323C173.796%2C49.203%2C173.492%2C48.752%2C173.054%2C48.544L173.054%2C48.544z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); + background-image: url("data:image/svg+xml;charset=utf-8,%3Csvg%20version%3D%221.1%22%20xmlns%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F2000%2Fsvg%22%20xmlns%3Axlink%3D%22http%3A%2F%2Fwww.w3.org%2F1999%2Fxlink%22%20viewBox%3D%220%20-54.11%20193.63%20193.63%22%20height%3D%22193.63px%22%20width%3D%22193.63px%22%20y%3D%220px%22%20x%3D%220px%22%20xml%3Aspace%3D%22preserve%22%3E%3Cdefs%3E%3Cstyle%3E.cls-1%7Bfill%3A%23aa5252%3B%7D%3C%2Fstyle%3E%3C%2Fdefs%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M193.16%2C5.615V5.609c-0.334-0.173-0.671-0.334-1.005-0.497%20%20c-5.356-2.586-11.256-4.287-17.525-4.88c-11.083-1.049-21.673%2C1.496-30.622%2C6.678c-6.13-3.477-13.071-5.741-20.542-6.448%20%20c-10.298-0.974-20.17%2C1.16-28.697%2C5.629c-0.084%2C0.044-0.17%2C0.095-0.251%2C0.135c-0.207%2C0.162-0.347%2C0.414-0.347%2C0.697%20%20c0%2C0.492%2C0.392%2C0.89%2C0.889%2C0.89c0.046%2C0%2C0.091-0.007%2C0.139-0.017c0.021-0.002%2C0.042-0.011%2C0.061-0.015%20%20c4.586-0.848%2C9.368-1.088%2C14.243-0.627c13.684%2C1.293%2C25.609%2C5.521%2C33.975%2C15.011c0.437%2C0.455%2C0.822%2C0.427%2C1.266-0.024%20%20c10.523-12.2%2C26.662-17.021%2C44.006-15.382c0.968%2C0.094%2C1.921%2C0.213%2C2.871%2C0.355c0.33%2C0.05%2C0.836%2C0.134%2C1.133%2C0.167%20%20c0.572%2C0.063%2C0.88-0.397%2C0.88-0.891C193.629%2C6.056%2C193.485%2C5.776%2C193.16%2C5.615L193.16%2C5.615z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3Cpath%20d%3D%22M173.054%2C48.544c-0.057-0.028-0.107-0.046-0.154-0.065%20%20c-10.518-4.35-22.021-6.758-34.094-6.758c-19.293%2C0-37.154%2C6.127-51.757%2C16.524c-11.146-4.993-23.497-7.776-36.496-7.776%20%20c-18.485%2C0-35.648%2C5.617-49.895%2C15.237c-0.047%2C0.029-0.095%2C0.066-0.149%2C0.104C0.205%2C66.044%2C0%2C66.418%2C0%2C66.848%20%20c0%2C0.729%2C0.592%2C1.323%2C1.323%2C1.323c0.086%2C0%2C0.174-0.013%2C0.259-0.03c0.058-0.015%2C0.107-0.027%2C0.161-0.048%20%20c8.166-2.456%2C16.832-3.791%2C25.798-3.791c23.836%2C0%2C45.083%2C5.634%2C61.08%2C20.681c0.038%2C0.028%2C0.071%2C0.065%2C0.111%2C0.104%20%20c0.232%2C0.205%2C0.53%2C0.325%2C0.863%2C0.325c0.412%2C0%2C0.774-0.188%2C1.018-0.486c0.006%2C0.005%2C0.515-0.72%2C0.773-1.069%20%20c16.246-22.217%2C43.03-33.172%2C72.845-33.172c2.129%2C0%2C4.246%2C0.08%2C6.338%2C0.225c0.602%2C0.047%2C1.873%2C0.144%2C1.902%2C0.144%20%20c0.727%2C0%2C1.322-0.591%2C1.322-1.323C173.796%2C49.203%2C173.492%2C48.752%2C173.054%2C48.544L173.054%2C48.544z%22%20class%3D%22cls-1%22%20%2F%3E%3C%2Fsvg%3E"); } .navbar i.icon.icon-undo { width: 22px; @@ -6250,6 +6255,13 @@ textarea { -webkit-user-select: text; user-select: text; } +#editor-navbar.navbar .right { + padding-right: 4px; +} +#editor-navbar.navbar .right a.link, +#editor-navbar.navbar .left a.link { + padding: 0 13px; +} #add-table .page, #add-shape .page { background-color: #fff; @@ -6274,7 +6286,7 @@ textarea { .shapes li .thumb { width: 100%; height: 100%; - background-color: #DF6737; + background-color: #aa5252; } .bullets ul, .numbers ul { @@ -6340,3 +6352,7 @@ html.pixel-ratio-3 .numbers li { height: 100%; background-size: contain; } +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; +} diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less index 7e8269968..fe39acaf8 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-ios.less @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/ios/_colors-vars.less'); // Colors -@themeColor: #DF6737; // (223,103,55) +@themeColor: #aa5252; // (223,103,55) @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/ios/intro.less'); @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/ios/grid.less'); @@ -233,4 +233,9 @@ input, textarea { box-shadow: 0 2px 4px rgba(0,0,0,0.4); z-index: 10; -webkit-appearance: none; +} + +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less index debcf9c02..c4c352b17 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/app-material.less @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/material/_colors-vars.less'); // Colors -@themeColor: #DF6737; // (223,103,55) +@themeColor: #aa5252; // (223,103,55) @navBarIconColor: #fff; @import url('../../../../../vendor/framework7/src/less/material/intro.less'); @@ -81,6 +81,15 @@ input, textarea { user-select:text; } +// Main Toolbar +#editor-navbar.navbar .right { + padding-right: 4px; +} +#editor-navbar.navbar .right a.link, +#editor-navbar.navbar .left a.link { + padding: 0 13px; +} + // Add Container #add-table, @@ -214,4 +223,9 @@ input, textarea { background-size: contain; } } +} + +.modal.modal-in { + max-height: 100%; + overflow: auto; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less index 448b344b4..8eaaed2c7 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/ios/_icons.less @@ -15,6 +15,11 @@ i.icon { height: 22px; .encoded-svg-background(''); } + &.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } &.icon-play { width: 22px; height: 22px; @@ -356,16 +361,16 @@ i.icon { &.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-pptx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-odp { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less index 9c645a0f5..e25596a90 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/mobile/resources/less/material/_icons.less @@ -20,6 +20,11 @@ i.icon { height: 22px; .encoded-svg-background(''); } + &.icon-edit-settings { + width: 22px; + height: 22px; + .encoded-svg-background(''); + } &.icon-play { width: 22px; height: 22px; @@ -326,17 +331,17 @@ i.icon { &.icon-format-pdf { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-pptx { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } &.icon-format-odp { width: 30px; height: 30px; - .encoded-svg-background(''); + .encoded-svg-background(''); } } diff --git a/apps/presentationeditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js b/apps/presentationeditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js index c44352eac..1a057f337 100644 --- a/apps/presentationeditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js +++ b/apps/presentationeditor/sdk_dev_scripts.js @@ -86,8 +86,14 @@ var sdk_dev_scrpipts = [ "../../../../sdkjs/slide/Drawing/ThemeLoader.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/DocumentContentElementBase.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Serialize2.js", - "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering.js", - "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/NumberingChanges.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/NumberingCommon.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/NumberingLvl.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/AbstractNum.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/AbstractNumChanges.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/Num.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/NumChanges.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/PresentationNumbering.js", + "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering/Numbering.js", "../../../../sdkjs/slide/Editor/CollaborativeEditing.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Drawing/GraphicsEvents.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Drawing/Rulers.js", @@ -148,7 +154,6 @@ var sdk_dev_scrpipts = [ "../../../../sdkjs/slide/api.js", "../../../../sdkjs/common/Private/license.js", "../../../../sdkjs/slide/Private/comments.js", - "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Numbering.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/ParagraphContentBase.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/Hyperlink.js", "../../../../sdkjs/word/Editor/HyperlinkChanges.js", diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js index f02790f27..118fcce0b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationController.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -353,6 +353,8 @@ var ApplicationController = new(function(){ case Asc.c_oAscAsyncAction.Open: if (api) { api.asc_Resize(); + var zf = (config.customization && config.customization.zoom ? parseInt(config.customization.zoom)/100 : 1); + api.asc_setZoom(zf>0 ? zf : 1); } onDocumentContentReady(); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js index 52ffc9df1..bb799b5df 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/ApplicationView.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/application.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/application.js index 1a5efb932..bba314943 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/application.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/embed/js/application.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app.js index 6a342e504..fdf262dbe 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * app.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 21 March 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -196,6 +196,7 @@ require([ 'common/main/lib/controller/Plugins' ,'common/main/lib/controller/ReviewChanges' ,'common/main/lib/controller/Protection' + ,'common/main/lib/controller/Desktop' ], function() { app.start(); }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js index 288ec6b6c..bb1d72f6c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/EquationGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * EquationGroups.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 29/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/FormulaGroups.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/FormulaGroups.js index 0e7918745..9e13dd0eb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/FormulaGroups.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/FormulaGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * FormulaGroups.js * * Created by Alexey.Musinov on 11/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js index 32416ca97..0200e9179 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/ShapeGroups.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeGroups.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/TableTemplates.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/TableTemplates.js index 6133dfcba..17baf16e0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/TableTemplates.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/collection/TableTemplates.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableTemplates.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/7/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/CellEditor.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/CellEditor.js index b380d0642..7c9c69def 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/CellEditor.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/CellEditor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * CellEditor Controller * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 08 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -67,6 +67,13 @@ define([ 'CellEditor': {}, 'Viewport': { 'layout:resizedrag': _.bind(this.onLayoutResize, this) + }, + 'Common.Views.Header': { + 'formulabar:hide': function (state) { + this.editor.setVisible(!state); + Common.localStorage.setBool('sse-hidden-formula', state); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'celleditor', state?'hidden':'showed'); + }.bind(this) } }); }, diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js index c3f720159..9c4903b39 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * DocumentHolder controller * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -73,7 +73,8 @@ define([ }, row_column: { ttHeight: 20 - } + }, + filter: {ttHeight: 40} }; me.mouse = {}; me.popupmenu = false; @@ -82,7 +83,7 @@ define([ me._currentMathObj = undefined; me._currentParaObjDisabled = false; me._isDisabled = false; - + me._state = {}; /** coauthoring begin **/ this.wrapEvents = { apiHideComment: _.bind(this.onApiHideComment, this) @@ -194,6 +195,12 @@ define([ view.textInShapeMenu.on('render:after', _.bind(me.onTextInShapeAfterRender, me)); view.menuSignatureEditSign.on('click', _.bind(me.onSignatureClick, me)); view.menuSignatureEditSetup.on('click', _.bind(me.onSignatureClick, me)); + view.menuImgOriginalSize.on('click', _.bind(me.onOriginalSizeClick, me)); + view.menuImgReplace.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(me.onImgReplace, me)); + view.pmiNumFormat.menu.on('item:click', _.bind(me.onNumberFormatSelect, me)); + view.pmiNumFormat.menu.on('show:after', _.bind(me.onNumberFormatOpenAfter, me)); + view.pmiAdvancedNumFormat.on('click', _.bind(me.onCustomNumberFormat, me)); + } else { view.menuViewCopy.on('click', _.bind(me.onCopyPaste, me)); view.menuViewUndo.on('click', _.bind(me.onUndo, me)); @@ -530,6 +537,7 @@ define([ startvalue: item.value == 'row-height' ? me.api.asc_getRowHeight() : me.api.asc_getColumnWidth(), maxvalue: item.value == 'row-height' ? Asc.c_oAscMaxRowHeight : Asc.c_oAscMaxColumnWidth, step: item.value == 'row-height' ? 0.75 : 1, + rounding: (item.value == 'row-height'), defaultUnit: item.value == 'row-height' ? Common.Utils.Metric.getMetricName(Common.Utils.Metric.c_MetricUnits.pt) : me.textSym, handler: function(dlg, result) { if (result == 'ok') { @@ -815,7 +823,8 @@ define([ index_comments, /** coauthoring end **/ index_locked, - index_column, index_row; + index_column, index_row, + index_filter; for (var i = dataarray.length; i > 0; i--) { switch (dataarray[i-1].asc_getType()) { case Asc.c_oAscMouseMoveType.Hyperlink: @@ -835,6 +844,9 @@ define([ case Asc.c_oAscMouseMoveType.ResizeRow: index_row = i; break; + case Asc.c_oAscMouseMoveType.Filter: + index_filter = i; + break; } } @@ -845,7 +857,8 @@ define([ commentTip = me.tooltips.comment, /** coauthoring end **/ hyperlinkTip = me.tooltips.hyperlink, - row_columnTip = me.tooltips.row_column, + row_columnTip = me.tooltips.row_column, + filterTip = me.tooltips.filter, pos = [ me.documentHolder.cmpEl.offset().left - $(window).scrollLeft(), me.documentHolder.cmpEl.offset().top - $(window).scrollTop() @@ -853,6 +866,7 @@ define([ hyperlinkTip.isHidden = false; row_columnTip.isHidden = false; + filterTip.isHidden = false; /** coauthoring begin **/ var getUserName = function(id){ @@ -1063,6 +1077,56 @@ define([ me.hideCoAuthTips(); } } + + if (index_filter!==undefined && !(me.dlgFilter && me.dlgFilter.isVisible())) { + var data = dataarray[index_filter-1], + str = me.makeFilterTip(data.asc_getFilter()); + if (filterTip.ref && filterTip.ref.isVisible()) { + if (filterTip.text != str) { + filterTip.text = str; + filterTip.ref.setTitle(str); + filterTip.ref.updateTitle(); + } + } + + if (!filterTip.ref || !filterTip.ref.isVisible()) { + filterTip.text = str; + filterTip.ref = new Common.UI.Tooltip({ + owner : me.documentHolder, + html : true, + title : str, + cls: 'auto-tooltip' + }).on('tooltip:hide', function(tip) { + filterTip.ref = undefined; + filterTip.text = ''; + }); + + filterTip.ref.show([-10000, -10000]); + filterTip.isHidden = false; + + showPoint = [data.asc_getX() + pos[0] - 10, data.asc_getY() + pos[1] + 20]; + + var tipheight = filterTip.ref.getBSTip().$tip.width(); + if (showPoint[1] + filterTip.ttHeight > me.tooltips.coauth.bodyHeight ) { + showPoint[1] = me.tooltips.coauth.bodyHeight - filterTip.ttHeight - 5; + showPoint[0] += 20; + } + + var tipwidth = filterTip.ref.getBSTip().$tip.width(); + if (showPoint[0] + tipwidth > me.tooltips.coauth.bodyWidth ) + showPoint[0] = me.tooltips.coauth.bodyWidth - tipwidth - 20; + + filterTip.ref.getBSTip().$tip.css({ + top : showPoint[1] + 'px', + left: showPoint[0] + 'px' + }); + } + } else { + if (!filterTip.isHidden && filterTip.ref) { + filterTip.ref.hide(); + filterTip.isHidden = true; + } + } } }, @@ -1094,6 +1158,10 @@ define([ onApiAutofilter: function(config) { var me = this; + if (!me.tooltips.filter.isHidden && me.tooltips.filter.ref) { + me.tooltips.filter.ref.hide(); + me.tooltips.filter.isHidden = true; + } if (me.permissions.isEdit && !me.dlgFilter) { me.dlgFilter = new SSE.Views.AutoFilterDialog({api: this.api}).on({ 'close': function () { @@ -1124,6 +1192,99 @@ define([ } }, + makeFilterTip: function(props) { + var filterObj = props.asc_getFilterObj(), + filterType = filterObj.asc_getType(), + isTextFilter = props.asc_getIsTextFilter(), + colorsFill = props.asc_getColorsFill(), + colorsFont = props.asc_getColorsFont(), + str = ""; + + if (filterType === Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.CustomFilters) { + var customFilter = filterObj.asc_getFilter(), + customFilters = customFilter.asc_getCustomFilters(); + + str = this.getFilterName(Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.CustomFilters, customFilters[0].asc_getOperator()) + " \"" + customFilters[0].asc_getVal() + "\""; + if (customFilters.length>1) { + str += (customFilter.asc_getAnd() ? this.txtAnd : this.txtOr); + str = str + " " + this.getFilterName(Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.CustomFilters, customFilters[1].asc_getOperator()) + " \"" + customFilters[1].asc_getVal() + "\""; + } + } else if (filterType === Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.ColorFilter) { + var colorFilter = filterObj.asc_getFilter(); + if ( colorFilter.asc_getCellColor()===null ) { // cell color + str = this.txtEqualsToCellColor; + } else if (colorFilter.asc_getCellColor()===false) { // font color + str = this.txtEqualsToFontColor; + } + } else if (filterType === Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.DynamicFilter) { + str = this.getFilterName(Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.DynamicFilter, filterObj.asc_getFilter().asc_getType()); + } else if (filterType === Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.Top10) { + var top10Filter = filterObj.asc_getFilter(), + percent = top10Filter.asc_getPercent(); + + str = this.getFilterName(Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.Top10, top10Filter.asc_getTop()); + str += " " + top10Filter.asc_getVal() + " " + ((percent || percent===null) ? this.txtPercent : this.txtItems); + } else if (filterType === Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.Filters) { + var strlen = 0, visibleItems = 0, isBlankVisible = undefined, + values = props.asc_getValues(); + values.forEach(function (item) { + if (item.asc_getVisible()) { + visibleItems++; + if (strlen<100 && item.asc_getText()) { + str += item.asc_getText() + "; "; + strlen = str.length; + } + } + if (!item.asc_getText()) + isBlankVisible = item.asc_getVisible(); + }); + if (visibleItems == values.length) + str = this.txtAll; + else if (visibleItems==1 && isBlankVisible) + str = this.txtEquals + " \"" + this.txtBlanks + "\""; + else if (visibleItems == values.length-1 && (isBlankVisible==false)) + str = this.txtNotEquals + " \"" + this.txtBlanks + "\""; + else { + isBlankVisible && (str += this.txtBlanks + "; "); + str = this.txtEquals + " \"" + str.substring(0, str.length-2) + "\""; + } + } else if (filterType === Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.None) { + str = this.txtAll; + } + if (str.length>100) + str = str.substring(0, 100) + '...'; + str = "" + props.asc_getColumnName() + ":
                        " + str; + return str; + }, + + getFilterName: function(type, subtype) { + var str = ''; + if (type == Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.CustomFilters) { + switch (subtype) { + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.equals: str = this.txtEquals; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isGreaterThan: str = this.txtGreater; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isGreaterThanOrEqualTo: str = this.txtGreaterEquals; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isLessThan: str = this.txtLess; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isLessThanOrEqualTo: str = this.txtLessEquals; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.doesNotEqual: str = this.txtNotEquals; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.beginsWith: str = this.txtBegins; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.doesNotBeginWith: str = this.txtNotBegins; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.endsWith: str = this.txtEnds; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.doesNotEndWith: str = this.txtNotEnds; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.contains: str = this.txtContains; break; + case Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.doesNotContain: str = this.txtNotContains; break; + } + } else if (type == Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.DynamicFilter) { + switch (subtype) { + case Asc.c_oAscDynamicAutoFilter.aboveAverage: str = this.txtAboveAve; break; + case Asc.c_oAscDynamicAutoFilter.belowAverage: str = this.txtBelowAve; break; + } + } else if (type == Asc.c_oAscAutoFilterTypes.Top10) { + str = (subtype || subtype===null) ? this.txtFilterTop : this.txtFilterBottom; + } + return str; + }, + onUndo: function() { if (this.api) { this.api.asc_Undo(); @@ -1151,6 +1312,7 @@ define([ me.tooltips.coauth.apiHeight = me.documentHolder.cmpEl.height(); me.tooltips.coauth.rightMenuWidth = $('#right-menu').width(); me.tooltips.coauth.bodyWidth = $(window).width(); + me.tooltips.coauth.bodyHeight = $(window).height(); } }, @@ -1314,6 +1476,15 @@ define([ documentHolder.pmiImgPaste.setDisabled(isObjLocked); documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.setVisible(isimagemenu && (!isshapemenu || isimageonly) && !ischartmenu); documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.setDisabled(isObjLocked); + documentHolder.menuImgOriginalSize.setVisible(isimagemenu && (!isshapemenu || isimageonly) && !ischartmenu); + if (documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.imageInfo) + documentHolder.menuImgOriginalSize.setDisabled(isObjLocked || documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.imageInfo.get_ImageUrl()===null || documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.imageInfo.get_ImageUrl()===undefined); + + var pluginGuid = (documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.imageInfo) ? documentHolder.mnuImgAdvanced.imageInfo.asc_getPluginGuid() : null; + documentHolder.menuImgReplace.setVisible(isimageonly && (pluginGuid===null || pluginGuid===undefined)); + documentHolder.menuImgReplace.setDisabled(isObjLocked || pluginGuid===null); + + var isInSign = !!signGuid; documentHolder.menuSignatureEditSign.setVisible(isInSign); @@ -1385,9 +1556,6 @@ define([ this.clearEquationMenu(4); if (showMenu) this.showPopupMenu(documentHolder.textInShapeMenu, {}, event); - documentHolder.textInShapeMenu.items[3].setVisible( documentHolder.menuHyperlinkShape.isVisible() || - documentHolder.menuAddHyperlinkShape.isVisible() || - documentHolder.menuParagraphVAlign.isVisible() || isEquation); } else if (!this.permissions.isEditMailMerge && !this.permissions.isEditDiagram || (seltype !== Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeImage && seltype !== Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeShape && seltype !== Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeChart && seltype !== Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeChartText && seltype !== Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeShapeText)) { if (!showMenu && !documentHolder.ssMenu.isVisible()) return; @@ -1416,7 +1584,7 @@ define([ documentHolder.pmiFilterCells.setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit && !internaleditor); documentHolder.pmiReapply.setVisible((iscellmenu||isallmenu) && !iscelledit && !internaleditor); documentHolder.ssMenu.items[12].setVisible((iscellmenu||isallmenu||isinsparkline) && !iscelledit); - documentHolder.pmiInsFunction.setVisible(iscellmenu); + documentHolder.pmiInsFunction.setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit); documentHolder.pmiAddNamedRange.setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit && !internaleditor); if (isintable) { @@ -1446,7 +1614,7 @@ define([ documentHolder.ssMenu.items[17].setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit && this.permissions.canCoAuthoring && this.permissions.canComments); documentHolder.pmiAddComment.setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit && this.permissions.canCoAuthoring && this.permissions.canComments); /** coauthoring end **/ - documentHolder.pmiCellMenuSeparator.setVisible(iscellmenu || isrowmenu || iscolmenu || isallmenu); + documentHolder.pmiCellMenuSeparator.setVisible(iscellmenu && !iscelledit || isrowmenu || iscolmenu || isallmenu); documentHolder.pmiEntireHide.isrowmenu = isrowmenu; documentHolder.pmiEntireShow.isrowmenu = isrowmenu; @@ -1474,10 +1642,16 @@ define([ documentHolder.pmiEntriesList.setVisible(!iscelledit && !inPivot); + documentHolder.pmiNumFormat.setVisible(!iscelledit); + documentHolder.pmiAdvancedNumFormat.options.numformatinfo = documentHolder.pmiNumFormat.menu.options.numformatinfo = cellinfo.asc_getNumFormatInfo(); + documentHolder.pmiAdvancedNumFormat.options.numformat = cellinfo.asc_getNumFormat(); + _.each(documentHolder.ssMenu.items, function(item) { item.setDisabled(isCellLocked); }); documentHolder.pmiCopy.setDisabled(false); + documentHolder.pmiCut.setDisabled(isCellLocked || inPivot); // can't edit pivot cells + documentHolder.pmiPaste.setDisabled(isCellLocked || inPivot); documentHolder.pmiInsertEntire.setDisabled(isCellLocked || isTableLocked); documentHolder.pmiInsertCells.setDisabled(isCellLocked || isTableLocked || inPivot); documentHolder.pmiInsertTable.setDisabled(isCellLocked || isTableLocked); @@ -1490,6 +1664,7 @@ define([ documentHolder.pmiReapply.setDisabled(isCellLocked || isTableLocked|| (isApplyAutoFilter!==true)); documentHolder.menuHyperlink.setDisabled(isCellLocked || inPivot); documentHolder.menuAddHyperlink.setDisabled(isCellLocked || inPivot); + documentHolder.pmiInsFunction.setDisabled(isCellLocked || inPivot); if (showMenu) this.showPopupMenu(documentHolder.ssMenu, {}, event); } else if (this.permissions.isEditDiagram && seltype == Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeChartText) { @@ -1502,8 +1677,7 @@ define([ documentHolder.menuParagraphVAlign.setVisible(false); // убрать после того, как заголовок можно будет растягивать по вертикали!! documentHolder.menuParagraphDirection.setVisible(false); // убрать после того, как заголовок можно будет растягивать по вертикали!! documentHolder.pmiTextAdvanced.setVisible(false); - documentHolder.textInShapeMenu.items[3].setVisible(false); - documentHolder.textInShapeMenu.items[8].setVisible(false); + documentHolder.textInShapeMenu.items[9].setVisible(false); documentHolder.pmiTextCopy.setDisabled(false); if (showMenu) this.showPopupMenu(documentHolder.textInShapeMenu, {}, event); } @@ -2599,6 +2773,105 @@ define([ } }, + onOriginalSizeClick: function(item) { + if (this.api){ + var imgsize = this.api.asc_getOriginalImageSize(); + var w = imgsize.asc_getImageWidth(); + var h = imgsize.asc_getImageHeight(); + + var properties = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); + properties.asc_putWidth(w); + properties.asc_putHeight(h); + this.api.asc_setGraphicObjectProps(properties); + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.documentHolder); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('DocumentHolder', 'Set Image Original Size'); + } + }, + + onImgReplace: function(menu, item) { + var me = this; + if (this.api) { + if (item.value == 'file') { + setTimeout(function(){ + if (me.api) me.api.asc_changeImageFromFile(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.documentHolder); + }, 10); + } else { + (new Common.Views.ImageFromUrlDialog({ + handler: function(result, value) { + if (result == 'ok') { + if (me.api) { + var checkUrl = value.replace(/ /g, ''); + if (!_.isEmpty(checkUrl)) { + var props = new Asc.asc_CImgProperty(); + props.asc_putImageUrl(checkUrl); + me.api.asc_setGraphicObjectProps(props); + } + } + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.documentHolder); + } + })).show(); + } + } + }, + + onNumberFormatSelect: function(menu, item) { + if (item.value !== undefined && item.value !== 'advanced') { + if (this.api) + this.api.asc_setCellFormat(item.options.format); + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.documentHolder); + }, + + onCustomNumberFormat: function(item) { + var me = this, + value = me.api.asc_getLocale(); + (!value) && (value = ((me.permissions.lang) ? parseInt(Common.util.LanguageInfo.getLocalLanguageCode(me.permissions.lang)) : 0x0409)); + + (new SSE.Views.FormatSettingsDialog({ + api: me.api, + handler: function(result, settings) { + if (settings) { + me.api.asc_setCellFormat(settings.format); + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.documentHolder); + }, + props : {format: item.options.numformat, formatInfo: item.options.numformatinfo, langId: value} + })).show(); + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.documentHolder); + }, + + onNumberFormatOpenAfter: function(menu) { + if (this.api) { + var me = this, + value = me.api.asc_getLocale(); + (!value) && (value = ((me.permissions.lang) ? parseInt(Common.util.LanguageInfo.getLocalLanguageCode(me.permissions.lang)) : 0x0409)); + + if (this._state.langId !== value) { + this._state.langId = value; + + var info = new Asc.asc_CFormatCellsInfo(); + info.asc_setType(Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.None); + info.asc_setSymbol(this._state.langId); + var arr = this.api.asc_getFormatCells(info); // all formats + for (var i=0; i1 && !forcesave; - if (this.toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - this.toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + this.toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, onDocumentCanSaveChanged: function (isCanSave) { - if (this.toolbarView && this.toolbarView.btnSave) { - var isSyncButton = $('.icon', this.toolbarView.btnSave.cmpEl).hasClass('btn-synch'), + if (this.toolbarView && this.toolbarView.btnCollabChanges) { + var isSyncButton = this.toolbarView.btnCollabChanges.$icon.hasClass('btn-synch'), forcesave = this.appOptions.forcesave, isDisabled = !isCanSave && !isSyncButton && !forcesave || this._state.isDisconnected || this._state.fastCoauth && this._state.usersCount>1 && !forcesave; - if (this.toolbarView.btnSave.isDisabled() !== isDisabled) - this.toolbarView.btnsSave.forEach(function(button) { - if ( button ) { - button.setDisabled(isDisabled); - } - }); + this.toolbarView.btnSave.setDisabled(isDisabled); } }, @@ -1470,6 +1480,8 @@ define([ this.stackLongActions.pop({id: InitApplication, type: Asc.c_oAscAsyncActionType.BlockInteraction}); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'main'); $('#loading-mask').hide().remove(); + + Common.Controllers.Desktop.process('preloader:hide'); }, onDownloadUrl: function(url) { @@ -1536,6 +1548,7 @@ define([ me._state.openDlg = new Common.Views.OpenDialog({ closable: me.appOptions.canRequestClose, type: type, + warning: !(me.appOptions.isDesktopApp && me.appOptions.isOffline), validatePwd: !!me._state.isDRM, handler: function (result, value) { me.isShowOpenDialog = false; @@ -1726,6 +1739,8 @@ define([ case 'setMergeData': this.setMergeData(data.data); break; case 'getMergeData': this.getMergeData(); break; case 'setAppDisabled': + if (this.isAppDisabled===undefined && !data.data) // first editor opening + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'main'); this.isAppDisabled = data.data; break; case 'queryClose': @@ -1821,7 +1836,6 @@ define([ onNamedRangeLocked: function() { if ($('.asc-window.modal.alert:visible').length < 1) { Common.UI.alert({ - closable: false, msg: this.errorCreateDefName, title: this.notcriticalErrorTitle, iconCls: 'warn', @@ -1850,6 +1864,7 @@ define([ Common.localStorage.setItem("sse-settings-coauthmode", 0); this.api.asc_SetFastCollaborative(false); Common.Utils.InternalSettings.set("sse-settings-coauthmode", false); + this.getApplication().getController('Common.Controllers.ReviewChanges').applySettings(); this._state.fastCoauth = false; } this.onEditComplete(); @@ -2109,7 +2124,7 @@ define([ errorMoveRange: 'Cann\'t change a part of merged cell', errorBadImageUrl: 'Image url is incorrect', errorCoAuthoringDisconnect: 'Server connection lost. You can\'t edit anymore.', - errorFilePassProtect: 'The document is password protected.', + errorFilePassProtect: 'The file is password protected and cannot be opened.', errorLockedAll: 'The operation could not be done as the sheet has been locked by another user.', txtEditingMode: 'Set editing mode...', textLoadingDocument: 'Loading spreadsheet', @@ -2156,7 +2171,6 @@ define([ errorFrmlWrongReferences: 'The function refers to a sheet that does not exist.
                        Please check the data and try again.', textBuyNow: 'Visit website', textNoLicenseTitle: 'ONLYOFFICE open source version', - warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
                        If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', textContactUs: 'Contact sales', confirmPutMergeRange: 'The source data contains merged cells.
                        They will be unmerged before they are pasted into the table.', errorViewerDisconnect: 'Connection is lost. You can still view the document,
                        but will not be able to download or print until the connection is restored.', @@ -2197,9 +2211,13 @@ define([ txtStyle_Currency: 'Currency', txtStyle_Percent: 'Percent', txtStyle_Comma: 'Comma', - warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
                        If you need more please consider upgrading your current license or purchasing a commercial one.', errorForceSave: "An error occurred while saving the file. Please use the 'Download as' option to save the file to your computer hard drive or try again later.", - errorMaxPoints: "The maximum number of points in series per chart is 4096." + errorMaxPoints: "The maximum number of points in series per chart is 4096.", + warnNoLicense: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent connections to the document server.
                        If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnNoLicenseUsers: 'This version of ONLYOFFICE Editors has certain limitations for concurrent users.
                        If you need more please consider purchasing a commercial license.', + warnLicenseExceeded: 'The number of concurrent connections to the document server has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
                        Please contact your administrator for more information.', + warnLicenseUsersExceeded: 'The number of concurrent users has been exceeded and the document will be opened for viewing only.
                        Please contact your administrator for more information.', + errorDataEncrypted: 'Encrypted changes have been received, they cannot be deciphered.' } })(), SSE.Controllers.Main || {})) }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/PivotTable.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/PivotTable.js index 5f336a592..f78882bfb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/PivotTable.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/PivotTable.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * PivotTable.js * * Created by Julia.Radzhabova on 06.27.17 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -328,9 +328,7 @@ define([ var selectType = info.asc_getFlags().asc_getSelectionType(), pivotInfo = info.asc_getPivotTableInfo(); - var need_disable = info.asc_getLocked(); - - this.view.SetDisabled(!pivotInfo); + this.view.SetDisabled(!pivotInfo || info.asc_getLockedPivotTable()); if (pivotInfo) this.ChangeSettings(pivotInfo); }, diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Print.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Print.js index 714146b1f..307930a1b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Print.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/Print.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -69,7 +69,8 @@ define([ onAfterRender: function(view) { this.printSettings.cmbSheet.on('selected', _.bind(this.comboSheetsChange, this, this.printSettings)); this.printSettings.btnOk.on('click', _.bind(this.querySavePrintSettings, this)); - Common.NotificationCenter.on('print', _.bind(this.openPrintSettings, this)); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('print', _.bind(this.openPrintSettings, this, 'print')); + Common.NotificationCenter.on('download:settings', _.bind(this.openPrintSettings, this, 'download')); this.registerControlEvents(this.printSettings); }, @@ -219,9 +220,12 @@ define([ } }, - openPrintSettings: function(btn) { + openPrintSettings: function(type, cmp, format, asUrl) { if (this.api) { + this.asUrl = asUrl; + this.downloadFormat = format; this.printSettingsDlg = (new SSE.Views.PrintSettings({ + type: type, handler: _.bind(this.resultPrintSettings,this), afterrender: _.bind(function() { this._changedProps = []; @@ -245,10 +249,12 @@ define([ this.adjPrintParams.asc_setPrintType(printtype); Common.localStorage.setItem("sse-print-settings-range", printtype); - this.api.asc_Print(this.adjPrintParams, Common.Utils.isChrome || Common.Utils.isSafari || Common.Utils.isOpera); - - Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('Print'); - Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', 'Print'); + if ( this.printSettingsDlg.type=='print' ) + this.api.asc_Print(this.adjPrintParams, Common.Utils.isChrome || Common.Utils.isSafari || Common.Utils.isOpera); + else + this.api.asc_DownloadAs(this.downloadFormat, this.asUrl, this.adjPrintParams); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent((this.printSettingsDlg.type=='print') ? 'Print' : 'DownloadAs'); + Common.component.Analytics.trackEvent('ToolBar', (this.printSettingsDlg.type=='print') ? 'Print' : 'DownloadAs'); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', view); } else return true; diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js index a6b7c0601..8f7e14c09 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/controller/RightMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * RightMenu.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/27/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -61,7 +61,8 @@ define([ 'insertimage': this.onInsertImage.bind(this), 'insertshape': this.onInsertShape.bind(this), 'insertchart': this.onInsertChart.bind(this), - 'inserttextart': this.onInsertTextArt.bind(this) + 'inserttextart': this.onInsertTextArt.bind(this), + 'inserttable': this.onInsertTable.bind(this) }, 'RightMenu': { 'rightmenuclick': this.onRightMenuClick @@ -87,6 +88,7 @@ define([ this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Table] = {panelId: "id-table-settings", panel: rightMenu.tableSettings, btn: rightMenu.btnTable, hidden: 1, locked: false}; this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Pivot] = {panelId: "id-pivot-settings", panel: rightMenu.pivotSettings, btn: rightMenu.btnPivot, hidden: 1, locked: false}; this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Signature] = {panelId: "id-signature-settings", panel: rightMenu.signatureSettings, btn: rightMenu.btnSignature, hidden: 1, props: {}, locked: false}; + this._settings[Common.Utils.documentSettingsType.Cell] = {panelId: "id-cell-settings", panel: rightMenu.cellSettings, btn: rightMenu.btnCell, hidden: 1, locked: false}; }, setApi: function(api) { @@ -118,6 +120,7 @@ define([ selectType = info.asc_getFlags().asc_getSelectionType(), formatTableInfo = info.asc_getFormatTableInfo(), sparkLineInfo = info.asc_getSparklineInfo(), + cellInfo = info, pivotInfo = null;//info.asc_getPivotTableInfo(); if (selectType == Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeImage || selectType == Asc.c_oAscSelectionType.RangeShape || @@ -125,23 +128,24 @@ define([ SelectedObjects = this.api.asc_getGraphicObjectProps(); } - if (SelectedObjects.length<=0 && !formatTableInfo && !sparkLineInfo && !pivotInfo && !this.rightmenu.minimizedMode && + if (SelectedObjects.length<=0 && !cellInfo && !formatTableInfo && !sparkLineInfo && !pivotInfo && !this.rightmenu.minimizedMode && this.rightmenu.GetActivePane() !== 'id-signature-settings') { this.rightmenu.clearSelection(); this._openRightMenu = true; } - var need_disable = info.asc_getLocked(), - need_disable_table = (info.asc_getLockedTable()===true || !this.rightmenu.mode.canModifyFilter), - need_disable_spark = (info.asc_getLockedSparkline()===true); - - this.onFocusObject(SelectedObjects, formatTableInfo, sparkLineInfo, pivotInfo, need_disable, need_disable_table, need_disable_spark); + this.onFocusObject(SelectedObjects, cellInfo, formatTableInfo, sparkLineInfo, pivotInfo); }, - onFocusObject: function(SelectedObjects, formatTableInfo, sparkLineInfo, pivotInfo, isCellLocked, isTableLocked, isSparkLocked) { + onFocusObject: function(SelectedObjects, cellInfo, formatTableInfo, sparkLineInfo, pivotInfo) { if (!this.editMode) return; + var isCellLocked = cellInfo.asc_getLocked(), + isTableLocked = (cellInfo.asc_getLockedTable()===true || !this.rightmenu.mode.canModifyFilter), + isSparkLocked = (cellInfo.asc_getLockedSparkline()===true), + isPivotLocked = (cellInfo.asc_getLockedPivotTable()===true); + for (var i=0; i 0 && !(f > 2.)) { - this.api.asc_setZoom(f); - } - } - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onZoomOutClick: function(btn) { - if (this.api) { - var f = Math.ceil(this.api.asc_getZoom() * 10)/10; - f -= .1; - if (!(f < .5)) { - this.api.asc_setZoom(f); - } - } - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - - onHideMenu: function(menu, item) { - var params = {}, - option; - - switch(item.value) { - case 'title': params.title = item.checked; option = 'sse-hidden-title'; break; - case 'formula': params.formula = item.checked; option = 'sse-hidden-formula'; break; - case 'headings': params.headings = item.checked; break; - case 'gridlines': params.gridlines = item.checked; break; - case 'freezepanes': params.freezepanes = item.checked; break; - } - - this.hideElements(params); - option && Common.localStorage.setBool(option, item.checked); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this.toolbar); - }, - onListStyleSelect: function(combo, record) { this._state.prstyle = undefined; if (this.api) { @@ -1511,7 +1471,6 @@ define([ if ( from != 'file' ) { Common.Utils.asyncCall(function () { this.onChangeViewMode(null, !this.toolbar.isCompact()); - this.toolbar.mnuitemCompactToolbar.setChecked(this.toolbar.isCompact(), true); }, this); } }, @@ -1616,7 +1575,7 @@ define([ listStyles.menuPicker.store.reset([]); // remove all var mainController = this.getApplication().getController('Main'); - var merged_array = styles.asc_getDefaultStyles().concat(styles.asc_getDocStyles()); + var merged_array = styles.asc_getDocStyles().concat(styles.asc_getDefaultStyles()); _.each(merged_array, function(style){ listStyles.menuPicker.store.add({ imageUrl: style.asc_getImage(), @@ -1709,26 +1668,9 @@ define([ this.checkInsertAutoshape({action:'cancel'}); }, - onApiZoomChange: function(zf, type){ - switch (type) { - case 1: // FitWidth - case 2: // FitPage - case 0: - default: { - this.toolbar.mnuZoom.options.value = Math.floor((zf + .005) * 100); - $('.menu-zoom .zoom', this.toolbar.el).html(Math.floor((zf + .005) * 100) + '%'); - } - } - }, + onApiZoomChange: function(zf, type){}, - onApiSheetChanged: function() { - if ( this.api && !this.appConfig.isEditDiagram && !this.appConfig.isEditMailMerge ) { - var params = this.api.asc_getSheetViewSettings(); - this.toolbar.mnuitemHideHeadings.setChecked(!params.asc_getShowRowColHeaders()); - this.toolbar.mnuitemHideGridlines.setChecked(!params.asc_getShowGridLines()); - this.toolbar.mnuitemFreezePanes.setChecked(params.asc_getIsFreezePane()); - } - }, + onApiSheetChanged: function() {}, onApiEditorSelectionChanged: function(fontobj) { if (!this.editMode) return; @@ -1777,13 +1719,10 @@ define([ btnSubscript.menu.clearAll(); } else { btnSubscript.menu.items[index].setChecked(true); - if (btnSubscript.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', btnSubscript.cmpEl); - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); - btnSubscript.options.icls = btnSubscript.menu.items[index].options.icls; - iconEl.addClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); - } + if ( btnSubscript.rendered && btnSubscript.$icon ) { + btnSubscript.$icon.removeClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); + btnSubscript.options.icls = btnSubscript.menu.items[index].options.icls; + btnSubscript.$icon.addClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); } } @@ -1918,13 +1857,10 @@ define([ btnSubscript.menu.clearAll(); } else { btnSubscript.menu.items[index].setChecked(true); - if (btnSubscript.rendered) { - var iconEl = $('.icon', btnSubscript.cmpEl); - if (iconEl) { - iconEl.removeClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); - btnSubscript.options.icls = btnSubscript.menu.items[index].options.icls; - iconEl.addClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); - } + if ( btnSubscript.rendered ) { + btnSubscript.$icon.removeClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); + btnSubscript.options.icls = btnSubscript.menu.items[index].options.icls; + btnSubscript.$icon.addClass(btnSubscript.options.icls); } } @@ -2053,14 +1989,9 @@ define([ } var btnHorizontalAlign = this.toolbar.btnHorizontalAlign; - if (btnHorizontalAlign.rendered) { - var hIconEl = $('.icon', btnHorizontalAlign.cmpEl); - - if (hIconEl) { - hIconEl.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = align; - hIconEl.addClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls); - } + if ( btnHorizontalAlign.rendered ) { + btnHorizontalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls).addClass(align); + btnHorizontalAlign.options.icls = align; } } @@ -2088,14 +2019,9 @@ define([ toolbar.btnVerticalAlign.menu.items[index].setChecked(true, false); var btnVerticalAlign = this.toolbar.btnVerticalAlign; - if (btnVerticalAlign.rendered) { - var vIconEl = $('.icon', btnVerticalAlign.cmpEl); - - if (vIconEl) { - vIconEl.removeClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); - btnVerticalAlign.options.icls = align; - vIconEl.addClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls); - } + if ( btnVerticalAlign.rendered ) { + btnVerticalAlign.$icon.removeClass(btnVerticalAlign.options.icls).addClass(align); + btnVerticalAlign.options.icls = align; } } } @@ -2425,13 +2351,6 @@ define([ }, hideElements: function(opts) { - if (!_.isUndefined(opts.title)) { - var headerView = this.getApplication().getController('Viewport').getView('Common.Views.Header'); - headerView && headerView.setVisible(!opts.title); - - Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('layout:changed', 'header'); - } - if (!_.isUndefined(opts.compact)) { this.onChangeViewMode(opts.compact); } @@ -2888,12 +2807,17 @@ define([ buttons: ['ok', 'cancel'], callback: function(btn) { if (btn == 'ok') - setTimeout(function() { me.api.asc_addAutoFilter(fmtname, settings.range)}, 1); + setTimeout(function() { + me.toolbar.fireEvent('inserttable', me.toolbar); + me.api.asc_addAutoFilter(fmtname, settings.range); + }, 1); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.toolbar); } }); - else + else { + me.toolbar.fireEvent('inserttable', me.toolbar); me.api.asc_addAutoFilter(fmtname, settings.range); + } } } @@ -2923,12 +2847,17 @@ define([ buttons: ['ok', 'cancel'], callback: function(btn) { if (btn == 'ok') - setTimeout(function() { me.api.asc_addAutoFilter(fmtname)}, 1); + setTimeout(function() { + me.toolbar.fireEvent('inserttable', me.toolbar); + me.api.asc_addAutoFilter(fmtname); + }, 1); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.toolbar); } }); - else + else { + me.toolbar.fireEvent('inserttable', me.toolbar); me.api.asc_addAutoFilter(fmtname); + } } } } @@ -2995,7 +2924,7 @@ define([ var toolbar = this.toolbar; toolbar.$el.find('.toolbar').toggleClass('masked', disable); - this.toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.menuFileOpen, disable, {array: [toolbar.btnShowMode]}); + this.toolbar.lockToolbar(SSE.enumLock.menuFileOpen, disable); if(disable) { mask = $("
                        ").appendTo(toolbar.$el.find('.toolbar')); Common.util.Shortcuts.suspendEvents('command+l, ctrl+l, command+shift+l, ctrl+shift+l, command+k, ctrl+k, command+alt+h, ctrl+alt+h, command+1, ctrl+1'); @@ -3006,7 +2935,7 @@ define([ }, applyFormulaSettings: function() { - if (this.toolbar.rendered) { + if (this.toolbar.btnInsertFormula && this.toolbar.btnInsertFormula.rendered) { var formulas = this.toolbar.btnInsertFormula.menu.items; for (var i=0; i', + 'data-stopPropagation="true"', + '<% } %>', '>', + '', + '', + '', + '', + '
                        ' + ].join('')), + stopPropagation: true, + value: me.header.mnuZoom.options.value + }); + + var mnuitemAdvSettings = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.header.textAdvSettings, + value: 'advanced' + }); + + me.header.btnOptions.setMenu(new Common.UI.Menu({ + cls: 'pull-right', + style: 'min-width: 180px;', + items: [ + me.header.mnuitemCompactToolbar, + mnuitemHideFormulaBar, + {caption:'--'}, + me.header.mnuitemHideHeadings, + me.header.mnuitemHideGridlines, + {caption:'--'}, + me.header.mnuitemFreezePanes, + {caption:'--'}, + me.header.mnuZoom, + {caption:'--'}, + mnuitemAdvSettings + ] + }) + ); + + var _on_btn_zoom = function (btn) { + if ( btn == 'up' ) { + var _f = Math.floor(this.api.asc_getZoom() * 10)/10; + _f += .1; + if (_f > 0 && !(_f > 2.)) + this.api.asc_setZoom(_f); + } else { + _f = Math.ceil(this.api.asc_getZoom() * 10)/10; + _f -= .1; + if (!(_f < .5)) + this.api.asc_setZoom(_f); + } + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', me.header); + }; + + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el : $('#hdr-menu-zoom-out', me.header.mnuZoom.$el), + cls : 'btn-toolbar' + })).on('click', _on_btn_zoom.bind(me, 'down')); + + (new Common.UI.Button({ + el : $('#hdr-menu-zoom-in', me.header.mnuZoom.$el), + cls : 'btn-toolbar' + })).on('click', _on_btn_zoom.bind(me, 'up')); + + me.header.btnOptions.menu.on('item:click', me.onOptionsItemClick.bind(this)); } }, @@ -127,6 +313,10 @@ define([ this.boxFormula = $('#cell-editing-box'); this.boxSdk.css('border-left', 'none'); this.boxFormula.css('border-left', 'none'); + + this.header.mnuitemHideHeadings = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); + this.header.mnuitemHideGridlines = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); + this.header.mnuitemFreezePanes = this.header.fakeMenuItem(); }, onLayoutChanged: function(area) { @@ -171,6 +361,78 @@ define([ onWindowResize: function(e) { this.onLayoutChanged('window'); Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('window:resize'); - } - }); + }, + + onFileMenu: function (opts) { + var me = this; + var _need_disable = opts == 'show'; + + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'undo', _need_disable ); + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'redo', _need_disable ); + me.header.lockHeaderBtns( 'opts', _need_disable ); + }, + + onApiZoomChange: function(zf, type){ + switch (type) { + case 1: // FitWidth + case 2: // FitPage + case 0: + default: { + this.header.mnuZoom.options.value = Math.floor((zf + .005) * 100); + $('.menu-zoom .zoom', this.header.mnuZoom.$el).html(Math.floor((zf + .005) * 100) + '%'); + } + } + }, + + onApiSheetChanged: function() { + var me = this; + var appConfig = me.viewport.mode; + if ( !!appConfig && !appConfig.isEditDiagram && !appConfig.isEditMailMerge ) { + var params = me.api.asc_getSheetViewSettings(); + me.header.mnuitemHideHeadings.setChecked(!params.asc_getShowRowColHeaders()); + me.header.mnuitemHideGridlines.setChecked(!params.asc_getShowGridLines()); + me.header.mnuitemFreezePanes.setChecked(params.asc_getIsFreezePane()); + } + }, + + onApiEditCell: function(state) { + if ( state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart ) + this.header.lockHeaderBtns('opts', true); else + if ( state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editEnd ) + this.header.lockHeaderBtns('opts', false); + }, + + onCellsRange: function(status) { + this.onApiEditCell(status != Asc.c_oAscSelectionDialogType.None ? Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart : Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editEnd); + }, + + onOptionsItemClick: function (menu, item, e) { + var me = this; + + switch ( item.value ) { + case 'toolbar': me.header.fireEvent('toolbar:setcompact', [menu, item.isChecked()]); break; + case 'formula': me.header.fireEvent('formulabar:hide', [item.isChecked()]); break; + case 'headings': me.api.asc_setDisplayHeadings(!item.isChecked()); break; + case 'gridlines': me.api.asc_setDisplayGridlines(!item.isChecked()); break; + case 'freezepanes': me.api.asc_freezePane(); break; + case 'advanced': me.header.fireEvent('file:settings', me.header); break; + } + }, + + onApiCoAuthoringDisconnect: function() { + if (this.header) { + if (this.header.btnDownload) + this.header.btnDownload.hide(); + if (this.header.btnPrint) + this.header.btnPrint.hide(); + if (this.header.btnEdit) + this.header.btnEdit.hide(); + } + }, + + textHideFBar: 'Hide Formula Bar', + textHideHeadings: 'Hide Headings', + textHideGridlines: 'Hide Gridlines', + textFreezePanes: 'Freeze Panes' + }, SSE.Controllers.Viewport)); }); diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js index 6b463661a..c3954260e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/EquationGroup.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * EquationGroup.js * * Created by Alexey Musinov on 29/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/Formula.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/Formula.js index f032674f2..d287f230a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/Formula.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/Formula.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Models for formulas. * * Created by Alexey.Musinov on 11/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js index 96cb25ce9..281e2d6d5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/ShapeGroup.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ShapeGroup.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 2/10/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/TableTemplate.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/TableTemplate.js index 99f5e67ff..29c35e056 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/TableTemplate.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/model/TableTemplate.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * TableTemplate.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/7/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/CellSettings.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/CellSettings.template new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a0b70388 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/CellSettings.template @@ -0,0 +1,48 @@ +
            Форматы Описание ПросмотрПравкаЗагрузкаРедактированиеСкачивание
            PPTX
            + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
            + +
            +
            +
            + +
            +
            +
            + +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            +
            + +
            +
            \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/RightMenu.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/RightMenu.template index 9671d31bf..1264bef4d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/RightMenu.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/RightMenu.template @@ -16,9 +16,12 @@
            +
            +
            + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template index b4c6605f6..a7deee373 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Toolbar.template @@ -1,24 +1,8 @@
            -
            - - < - - - - > - -
            -
            -
            + <%= tabsmarkup %> +
            @@ -132,16 +116,7 @@
            -
            -
            -
            -
            - -
            -
            - -
            -
            +
    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95aebaed6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/ToolbarView.template @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +
    +
    +
    + <%= tabsmarkup %> +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +
    \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template index b6c6b4ce5..e9dd6ee38 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/Viewport.template @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
    +
    diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/AutoFilterDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/AutoFilterDialog.js index e1500b78b..9623612f6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/AutoFilterDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/AutoFilterDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Create filter for cell dialog. * * Created by Alexey.Musinov on 22/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -850,14 +850,16 @@ define([ newCustomFilter.asc_setCustomFilters((item.value == -2) ? [new Asc.CustomFilter(), new Asc.CustomFilter()]: [new Asc.CustomFilter()]); var newCustomFilters = newCustomFilter.asc_getCustomFilters(); - newCustomFilter.asc_setAnd(true); newCustomFilters[0].asc_setOperator((item.value == -2) ? Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isGreaterThanOrEqualTo : item.value); if (item.value == -2) { - newCustomFilters[0].asc_setVal((cond1 == Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isGreaterThanOrEqualTo && cond2 == Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isLessThanOrEqualTo) ? value1 : ''); + var isBetween = (cond1 == Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isGreaterThanOrEqualTo && cond2 == Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isLessThanOrEqualTo); + newCustomFilter.asc_setAnd(isBetween ? isAnd : true); + newCustomFilters[0].asc_setVal(isBetween ? value1 : ''); newCustomFilters[1].asc_setOperator(Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isLessThanOrEqualTo); - newCustomFilters[1].asc_setVal((cond1 == Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isGreaterThanOrEqualTo && cond2 == Asc.c_oAscCustomAutoFilter.isLessThanOrEqualTo) ? value2 : ''); + newCustomFilters[1].asc_setVal(isBetween ? value2 : ''); } else { + newCustomFilter.asc_setAnd(true); newCustomFilters[0].asc_setVal((item.value == cond1) ? value1 : ''); } diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellEditor.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellEditor.js index b5678ed54..5c19404f0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellEditor.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellEditor.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * CellEdit.js * * Created by Maxim Kadushkin on 04 April 2014 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js index b8a91cb4e..8fd7f5347 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellRangeDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * CellRangeDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 6/3/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb10bfcbe --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/CellSettings.js @@ -0,0 +1,347 @@ +/* + * + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 + * + * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or + * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) + * version 3 as published by the Free Software Foundation. In accordance with + * Section 7(a) of the GNU AGPL its Section 15 shall be amended to the effect + * that Ascensio System SIA expressly excludes the warranty of non-infringement + * of any third-party rights. + * + * This program is distributed WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied + * warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. For + * details, see the GNU AGPL at: http://www.gnu.org/licenses/agpl-3.0.html + * + * You can contact Ascensio System SIA at Lubanas st. 125a-25, Riga, Latvia, + * EU, LV-1021. + * + * The interactive user interfaces in modified source and object code versions + * of the Program must display Appropriate Legal Notices, as required under + * Section 5 of the GNU AGPL version 3. + * + * Pursuant to Section 7(b) of the License you must retain the original Product + * logo when distributing the program. Pursuant to Section 7(e) we decline to + * grant you any rights under trademark law for use of our trademarks. + * + * All the Product's GUI elements, including illustrations and icon sets, as + * well as technical writing content are licensed under the terms of the + * Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 4.0 International. See the License + * terms at http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode + * +*/ +/** + * CellSettings.js + * + * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 6/08/18 + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * + */ + +define([ + 'text!spreadsheeteditor/main/app/template/CellSettings.template', + 'jquery', + 'underscore', + 'backbone', + 'common/main/lib/component/Button', + 'common/main/lib/component/ThemeColorPalette', + 'common/main/lib/component/ColorButton', + 'common/main/lib/component/ComboBorderSize' +], function (menuTemplate, $, _, Backbone) { + 'use strict'; + + SSE.Views.CellSettings = Backbone.View.extend(_.extend({ + el: '#id-cell-settings', + + // Compile our stats template + template: _.template(menuTemplate), + + // Delegated events for creating new items, and clearing completed ones. + events: { + }, + + options: { + alias: 'CellSettings' + }, + + initialize: function () { + this._initSettings = true; + + this._state = { + BackColor: undefined, + DisabledControls: true + }; + this.lockedControls = []; + this._locked = true; + this.isEditCell = false; + this.BorderType = 1; + + this.render(); + this.createDelayedControls(); + + }, + + onColorsBackSelect: function(picker, color) { + this.btnBackColor.setColor(color); + + if (this.api) { + this.api.asc_setCellBackgroundColor(color == 'transparent' ? null : Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(color)); + } + + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this); + }, + + addNewColor: function(picker, btn) { + picker.addNewColor((typeof(btn.color) == 'object') ? btn.color.color : btn.color); + }, + + onColorsBorderSelect: function(picker, color) { + this.btnBorderColor.setColor(color); + }, + + onBtnBordersClick: function(btn, eOpts){ + if (this.api) { + var new_borders = [], + bordersWidth = this.BorderType, + bordersColor = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getRgbColor(this.btnBorderColor.color); + + if (btn.options.borderId == 'inner') { + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerV] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerH] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + } else if (btn.options.borderId == 'all') { + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerV] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerH] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Left] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Top] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Right] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Bottom] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + } else if (btn.options.borderId == 'outer') { + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Left] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Top] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Right] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + new_borders[Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Bottom] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + } else if (btn.options.borderId != 'none') { + new_borders[btn.options.borderId] = new Asc.asc_CBorder(bordersWidth, bordersColor); + } + + this.api.asc_setCellBorders(new_borders); + } + Common.NotificationCenter.trigger('edit:complete', this); + }, + + onBorderTypeSelect: function(combo, record) { + this.BorderType = record.value; + }, + + render: function () { + var el = $(this.el); + el.html(this.template({ + scope: this + })); + }, + + setApi: function(o) { + this.api = o; + if (o) { + this.api.asc_registerCallback('asc_onEditCell', this.onApiEditCell.bind(this)); + } + return this; + }, + + createDelayedControls: function() { + var _arrBorderPosition = [ + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Left, 'btn-borders-small btn-position-left', 'cell-button-border-left', this.tipLeft], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerV,'btn-borders-small btn-position-inner-vert','cell-button-border-inner-vert', this.tipInnerVert], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Right, 'btn-borders-small btn-position-right', 'cell-button-border-right', this.tipRight], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Top, 'btn-borders-small btn-position-top', 'cell-button-border-top', this.tipTop], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.InnerH,'btn-borders-small btn-position-inner-hor', 'cell-button-border-inner-hor', this.tipInnerHor], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.Bottom,'btn-borders-small btn-position-bottom', 'cell-button-border-bottom', this.tipBottom], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.DiagU, 'btn-borders-small btn-position-diagu', 'cell-button-border-diagu', this.tipDiagU], + [Asc.c_oAscBorderOptions.DiagD, 'btn-borders-small btn-position-diagd', 'cell-button-border-diagd', this.tipDiagD], + ['inner', 'btn-borders-small btn-position-inner', 'cell-button-border-inner', this.tipInner], + ['outer', 'btn-borders-small btn-position-outer', 'cell-button-border-outer', this.tipOuter], + ['all', 'btn-borders-small btn-position-all', 'cell-button-border-all', this.tipAll], + ['none', 'btn-borders-small btn-position-none', 'cell-button-border-none', this.tipNone] + ]; + + _.each(_arrBorderPosition, function(item, index, list){ + var _btn = new Common.UI.Button({ + cls: 'btn-toolbar', + iconCls: item[1], + borderId:item[0], + hint: item[3], + disabled: this._locked + }); + _btn.render( $('#'+item[2])) ; + _btn.on('click', _.bind(this.onBtnBordersClick, this)); + this.lockedControls.push(_btn); + }, this); + + this.cmbBorderType = new Common.UI.ComboBorderType({ + el: $('#cell-combo-border-type'), + cls: 'cell-border-type', + style: "width: 93px;", + menuStyle: 'min-width: 93px;', + disabled: this._locked, + data: [ + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Thin, offsety: 0}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Hair, offsety: 20}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Dotted, offsety: 40}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Dashed, offsety: 60}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.DashDot, offsety: 80}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.DashDotDot, offsety: 100}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Medium, offsety: 120}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.MediumDashed, offsety: 140}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.MediumDashDot, offsety: 160}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.MediumDashDotDot, offsety: 180}, + { value: Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Thick, offsety: 200} + ] + }).on('selected', _.bind(this.onBorderTypeSelect, this)); + this.BorderType = Asc.c_oAscBorderStyles.Thin; + this.cmbBorderType.setValue(this.BorderType); + this.lockedControls.push(this.cmbBorderType); + + this.btnBorderColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ + style: "width:45px;", + disabled: this._locked, + menu : true + }); + this.btnBorderColor.render( $('#cell-border-color-btn')); + this.btnBorderColor.setColor('000000'); + this.lockedControls.push(this.btnBorderColor); + + this.btnBackColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ + style: "width:45px;", + disabled: this._locked, + menu : true + }); + this.btnBackColor.render( $('#cell-back-color-btn')); + this.btnBackColor.setColor('transparent'); + this.lockedControls.push(this.btnBackColor); + }, + + createDelayedElements: function() { + this.UpdateThemeColors(); + this._initSettings = false; + }, + + ChangeSettings: function(props) { + if (this._initSettings) + this.createDelayedElements(); + + this.disableControls(this._locked); + + if (props ) + { + var color = props.asc_getFill().asc_getColor(), + clr; + if (color) { + if (color.get_type() == Asc.c_oAscColor.COLOR_TYPE_SCHEME) { + clr = {color: Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()), effectValue: color.get_value() }; + } else { + clr = Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getHexColor(color.get_r(), color.get_g(), color.get_b()); + } + } else { + clr = 'transparent'; + } + + var type1 = typeof(clr); + var type2 = typeof(this._state.BackColor); + if ( (type1 !== type2) || (type1=='object' && + (clr.effectValue!==this._state.BackColor.effectValue || this._state.BackColor.color.indexOf(clr.color)<0)) || + (type1!='object' && this._state.BackColor!==undefined && this._state.BackColor.indexOf(clr)<0 )) { + + this.btnBackColor.setColor(clr); + if (_.isObject(clr)) { + var isselected = false; + for (var i = 0; i < 10; i++) { + if (Common.Utils.ThemeColor.ThemeValues[i] == clr.effectValue) { + this.colorsBack.select(clr,true); + isselected = true; + break; + } + } + if (!isselected) this.colorsBack.clearSelection(); + } else { + this.colorsBack.select(clr, true); + } + this._state.BackColor = clr; + } + } + }, + + UpdateThemeColors: function() { + if (!this.borderColor) { + // create color buttons + this.btnBorderColor.setMenu( new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { template: _.template('
    ') }, + { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '') } + ] + })); + this.borderColor = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ + el: $('#cell-border-color-menu') + }); + this.borderColor.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBorderSelect, this)); + this.btnBorderColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.borderColor, this.btnBorderColor)); + + this.btnBackColor.setMenu( new Common.UI.Menu({ + items: [ + { template: _.template('
    ') }, + { template: _.template('' + this.textNewColor + '') } + ] + })); + this.colorsBack = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ + el: $('#cell-back-color-menu'), + transparent: true + }); + this.colorsBack.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsBackSelect, this)); + this.btnBackColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsBack, this.btnBackColor)); + } + this.colorsBack.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); + this.borderColor.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); + this.btnBorderColor.setColor(this.borderColor.getColor()); + }, + + onApiEditCell: function(state) { + this.isEditCell = (state != Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editEnd); + if ( state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editStart || state == Asc.c_oAscCellEditorState.editEnd) + this.disableControls(this._locked); + }, + + setLocked: function (locked) { + this._locked = locked; + }, + + disableControls: function(disable) { + if (this._initSettings) return; + disable = disable || this.isEditCell; + + if (this._state.DisabledControls!==disable) { + this._state.DisabledControls = disable; + _.each(this.lockedControls, function(item) { + item.setDisabled(disable); + }); + } + }, + + textBorders: 'Border\'s Style', + textBorderColor: 'Color', + textBackColor: 'Background color', + textSelectBorders : 'Select borders that you want to change', + textNewColor : 'Add New Custom Color', + tipTop: 'Set Outer Top Border Only', + tipLeft: 'Set Outer Left Border Only', + tipBottom: 'Set Outer Bottom Border Only', + tipRight: 'Set Outer Right Border Only', + tipAll: 'Set Outer Border and All Inner Lines', + tipNone: 'Set No Borders', + tipInner: 'Set Inner Lines Only', + tipInnerVert: 'Set Vertical Inner Lines Only', + tipInnerHor: 'Set Horizontal Inner Lines Only', + tipOuter: 'Set Outer Border Only', + tipDiagU: 'Set Diagonal Up Border', + tipDiagD: 'Set Diagonal Down Border' + + }, SSE.Views.CellSettings || {})); +}); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js index 9d7f453cf..dc43fba82 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettings.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ChartSettings.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ define([ value: '000000' }); this.colorsSpark.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsSparkSelect, this)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsSpark, this.btnSparkColor)); + this.btnSparkColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsSpark, this.btnSparkColor)); this.btnHighColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ define([ this.lockedControls.push(this.btnHighColor); this.colorsHigh = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#spark-high-color-menu') }); this.colorsHigh.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsPointSelect, this, 0, this.btnHighColor)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-high-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsHigh, this.btnHighColor)); + this.btnHighColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsHigh, this.btnHighColor)); this.btnLowColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ define([ this.lockedControls.push(this.btnLowColor); this.colorsLow = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#spark-low-color-menu') }); this.colorsLow.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsPointSelect, this, 1, this.btnLowColor)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-low-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsLow, this.btnLowColor)); + this.btnLowColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsLow, this.btnLowColor)); this.btnNegativeColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ define([ this.lockedControls.push(this.btnNegativeColor); this.colorsNegative = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#spark-negative-color-menu') }); this.colorsNegative.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsPointSelect, this, 2, this.btnNegativeColor)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-negative-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsNegative, this.btnNegativeColor)); + this.btnNegativeColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsNegative, this.btnNegativeColor)); this.btnFirstColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -598,8 +598,8 @@ define([ this.lockedControls.push(this.btnFirstColor); this.colorsFirst = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#spark-first-color-menu') }); this.colorsFirst.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsPointSelect, this, 3, this.btnFirstColor)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-first-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFirst, this.btnFirstColor)); this.btnFirstColor.setColor(this.defColor.color); + this.btnFirstColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsFirst, this.btnFirstColor)); this.btnLastColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -614,7 +614,7 @@ define([ this.lockedControls.push(this.btnLastColor); this.colorsLast = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#spark-last-color-menu') }); this.colorsLast.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsPointSelect, this, 4, this.btnLastColor)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-last-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsLast, this.btnLastColor)); + this.btnLastColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsLast, this.btnLastColor)); this.btnMarkersColor = new Common.UI.ColorButton({ style: "width:45px;", @@ -629,8 +629,7 @@ define([ this.lockedControls.push(this.btnMarkersColor); this.colorsMarkers = new Common.UI.ThemeColorPalette({ el: $('#spark-markers-color-menu') }); this.colorsMarkers.on('select', _.bind(this.onColorsPointSelect, this, 5, this.btnMarkersColor)); - $(this.el).on('click', '#spark-markers-color-new', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsMarkers, this.btnMarkersColor)); - + this.btnMarkersColor.menu.items[1].on('click', _.bind(this.addNewColor, this, this.colorsMarkers, this.btnMarkersColor)); } this.colorsSpark.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors()); this.colorsHigh.updateColors(Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getEffectColors(), Common.Utils.ThemeColor.getStandartColors(), defValue); @@ -1088,7 +1087,11 @@ define([ stylesStore.reset(stylearray, {silent: false}); } } + } else { + this.cmbChartStyle.menuPicker.store.reset(); + this.cmbChartStyle.clearComboView(); } + this.cmbChartStyle.setDisabled(!styles || styles.length<1 || this._locked); }, updateSparkStyles: function(styles) { diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js index 92dae25e3..41be78d56 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/ChartSettingsDlg.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * ChartSettingsDlg.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 4/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js index 1db222a64..cccc577ef 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/DocumentHolder.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * DocumentHolder view * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 3/28/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -404,6 +404,106 @@ define([ }) }); + var numFormatTemplate = _.template(''+ + '
    '+ + '
    <%= caption %>
    ' + + '' + + '
    '); + + me.pmiNumFormat = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.txtNumFormat, + menu: new Common.UI.Menu({ + menuAlign: 'tl-tr', + items: [ + { + caption: this.txtGeneral, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: 'General', + exampleval: '100', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.General + }, + { + caption: this.txtNumber, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '0.00', + exampleval: '100,00', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Number + }, + { + caption: this.txtScientific, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '0.00E+00', + exampleval: '1,00E+02', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Scientific + }, + { + caption: this.txtAccounting, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '_($* #,##0.00_);_($* (#,##0.00);_($* "-"??_);_(@_)', + exampleval: '100,00 $', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Accounting + }, + { + caption: this.txtCurrency, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '$#,##0.00', + exampleval: '100,00 $', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Currency + }, + { + caption: this.txtDate, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: 'MM-dd-yyyy', + exampleval: '04-09-1900', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Date + }, + { + caption: this.txtTime, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: 'HH:MM:ss', + exampleval: '00:00:00', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Time + }, + { + caption: this.txtPercentage, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '0.00%', + exampleval: '100,00%', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Percent + }, + { + caption: this.txtFraction, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '# ?/?', + exampleval: '100', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Fraction + }, + { + caption: this.txtText, + template: numFormatTemplate, + checkable: true, + format: '@', + exampleval: '100', + value: Asc.c_oAscNumFormatType.Text + }, + {caption: '--'}, + me.pmiAdvancedNumFormat = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption: me.textMoreFormats, + value: 'advanced' + }) + ] + }) + }); + me.ssMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ id : 'id-context-menu-cell', items : [ @@ -427,6 +527,7 @@ define([ {caption: '--'}, me.pmiAddComment, me.pmiCellMenuSeparator, + me.pmiNumFormat, me.pmiEntriesList, me.pmiAddNamedRange, me.pmiInsFunction, @@ -489,6 +590,21 @@ define([ me.menuSignatureEditSetup = new Common.UI.MenuItem({caption: this.strSetup, value: 2 }); me.menuEditSignSeparator = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ caption: '--' }); + me.menuImgOriginalSize = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : me.originalSizeText + }); + + me.menuImgReplace = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + caption : me.textReplace, + menu : new Common.UI.Menu({ + menuAlign: 'tl-tr', + items: [ + new Common.UI.MenuItem({caption : this.textFromFile, value: 'file'}), + new Common.UI.MenuItem({caption : this.textFromUrl, value: 'url'}) + ] + }) + }); + this.imgMenu = new Common.UI.Menu({ items: [ me.pmiImgCut, @@ -525,6 +641,8 @@ define([ me.mnuShapeSeparator, me.mnuChartEdit, me.mnuShapeAdvanced, + me.menuImgOriginalSize, + me.menuImgReplace, me.mnuImgAdvanced ] }); @@ -811,7 +929,23 @@ define([ strSign: 'Sign', strDetails: 'Signature Details', strSetup: 'Signature Setup', - strDelete: 'Remove Signature' + strDelete: 'Remove Signature', + originalSizeText: 'Default Size', + textReplace: 'Replace image', + textFromUrl: 'From URL', + textFromFile: 'From File', + txtNumFormat: 'Number Format', + txtGeneral: 'General', + txtNumber: 'Number', + txtScientific: 'Scientific', + txtAccounting: 'Accounting', + txtCurrency: 'Currency', + txtDate: 'Date', + txtTime: 'Time', + txtPercentage: 'Percentage', + txtFraction: 'Fraction', + txtText: 'Text', + textMoreFormats: 'More formats' }, SSE.Views.DocumentHolder || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FieldSettingsDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FieldSettingsDialog.js index 95783eedb..948fc5f57 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FieldSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FieldSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * FieldSettingsDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 17.07.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js index c5da026fb..76547cd4a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenu.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -151,6 +151,13 @@ define([ canFocused: false }); + this.miHelp = new Common.UI.MenuItem({ + el : $('#fm-btn-help',this.el), + action : 'help', + caption : this.btnHelpCaption, + canFocused: false + }); + this.items = []; this.items.push( new Common.UI.MenuItem({ @@ -176,12 +183,7 @@ define([ }), this.miAccess, this.miSettings, - new Common.UI.MenuItem({ - el : $('#fm-btn-help',this.el), - action : 'help', - caption : this.btnHelpCaption, - canFocused: false - }), + this.miHelp, new Common.UI.MenuItem({ el : $('#fm-btn-back',this.el), action : 'exit', @@ -195,8 +197,7 @@ define([ 'saveas' : (new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.ViewSaveAs({menu:me})).render(), 'opts' : (new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Settings({menu:me})).render(), 'info' : (new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentInfo({menu:me})).render(), - 'rights' : (new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights({menu:me})).render(), - 'help' : (new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Help({menu:me})).render() + 'rights' : (new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.DocumentRights({menu:me})).render() }; me.$el.find('.content-box').hide(); @@ -244,11 +245,14 @@ define([ this.mode.sharingSettingsUrl&&this.mode.sharingSettingsUrl.length))?'show':'hide'](); this.miSettings[(this.mode.isEdit || this.mode.canComments)?'show':'hide'](); - this.miSettings.$el.find('+.devider')[(this.mode.isEdit || this.mode.canComments)?'show':'hide'](); + this.miSettings.$el.prev()[(this.mode.isEdit || this.mode.canComments)?'show':'hide'](); this.mode.canBack ? this.$el.find('#fm-btn-back').show().prev().show() : this.$el.find('#fm-btn-back').hide().prev().hide(); + this.miHelp[this.mode.canHelp ?'show':'hide'](); + this.miHelp.$el.prev()[this.mode.canHelp ?'show':'hide'](); + this.panels['opts'].setMode(this.mode); this.panels['info'].setMode(this.mode).updateInfo(this.document); this.panels['rights'].setMode(this.mode).updateInfo(this.document); @@ -271,7 +275,10 @@ define([ this.panels['protect'].setMode(this.mode); } - this.panels['help'].setLangConfig(this.mode.lang); + if (this.mode.canHelp) { + this.panels['help'] = ((new SSE.Views.FileMenuPanels.Help({menu: this})).render()); + this.panels['help'].setLangConfig(this.mode.lang); + } }, setMode: function(mode, delay) { @@ -304,7 +311,7 @@ define([ if ( menu ) { var item = this._getMenuItem(menu), panel = this.panels[menu]; - if ( item.isDisabled() ) { + if ( item.isDisabled() || !item.isVisible()) { item = this._getMenuItem(defMenu); panel = this.panels[defMenu]; } diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js index 726bfbc8b..94585261c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FileMenuPanels.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ define([ formats: [[ {name: 'XLSX', imgCls: 'xlsx', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.XLSX}, {name: 'PDF', imgCls: 'pdf', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDF}, + {name: 'PDFA', imgCls: 'pdfa', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.PDFA} + ],[ {name: 'ODS', imgCls: 'ods', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.ODS}, {name: 'CSV', imgCls: 'csv', type: Asc.c_oAscFileType.CSV} ] @@ -58,7 +60,9 @@ define([ '<% _.each(rows, function(row) { %>', '', '<% _.each(row, function(item) { %>', - '', + '
    ', + '', + '
    ', '<% }) %>', '', '<% }) %>', @@ -82,19 +86,13 @@ define([ }); } - this.flatFormats = _.flatten(this.formats); return this; }, onFormatClick: function(e) { - var format = /\s(\w+)/.exec(e.currentTarget.className); - if (format) { - format = format[1]; - var item = _.findWhere(this.flatFormats, {imgCls: format}); - - if (item && this.menu) { - this.menu.fireEvent('saveas:format', [this.menu, item.type]); - } + var type = e.currentTarget.attributes['format']; + if (!_.isUndefined(type) && this.menu) { + this.menu.fireEvent('saveas:format', [this.menu, parseInt(type.value)]); } } }); @@ -602,6 +600,8 @@ define([ data : [ { value: 'en', displayValue: this.txtEn, exampleValue: this.txtExampleEn }, { value: 'de', displayValue: this.txtDe, exampleValue: this.txtExampleDe }, + { value: 'es', displayValue: this.txtEs, exampleValue: this.txtExampleEs }, + { value: 'fr', displayValue: this.txtFr, exampleValue: this.txtExampleFr }, { value: 'ru', displayValue: this.txtRu, exampleValue: this.txtExampleRu }, { value: 'pl', displayValue: this.txtPl, exampleValue: this.txtExamplePl } ] @@ -772,8 +772,8 @@ define([ info.asc_setSymbol(landId); var arr = this.api.asc_getFormatCells(info); // all formats text = this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(arr[4], 1000.01, landId); - text = text + ' ' + this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(arr[5], (new Date()).getExcelDateWithTime(), landId); - text = text + ' ' + this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(arr[6], (new Date()).getExcelDateWithTime(), landId); + text = text + ' ' + this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(arr[5], Asc.cDate().getExcelDateWithTime(), landId); + text = text + ' ' + this.api.asc_getLocaleExample(arr[6], Asc.cDate().getExcelDateWithTime(), landId); } $('#fms-lbl-reg-settings').text(_.isEmpty(text) ? '' : this.strRegSettingsEx + text); } @@ -807,10 +807,14 @@ define([ txtDe: 'Deutsch', txtRu: 'Russian', txtPl: 'Polish', + txtEs: 'Spanish', + txtFr: 'French', txtExampleEn: ' SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT', txtExampleDe: ' SUMME; MIN; MAX; ANZAHL', txtExampleRu: ' СУММ; МИН; МАКС; СЧЁТ', txtExamplePl: ' SUMA; MIN; MAX; ILE.LICZB', + txtExampleEs: ' SUMA; MIN; MAX; CALCULAR', + txtExampleFr: ' SOMME; MIN; MAX; NB', strFuncLocale: 'Formula Language', strFuncLocaleEx: 'Example: SUM; MIN; MAX; COUNT', strRegSettings: 'Regional Settings', @@ -890,7 +894,11 @@ define([ template: _.template([ '

    <%= scope.fromBlankText %>

    ', '
    ', - '
    ', + '
    ', + '', + '', + '', + '
    ', '
    ', '

    <%= scope.newDocumentText %>

    ', '<%= scope.newDescriptionText %>', @@ -900,7 +908,13 @@ define([ '
    ', '<% _.each(docs, function(item) { %>', '
    ', - '
    style="background-image: url(<%= item.icon %>);" <% } %> />', + '
    \")' + + ' } else { ' + + 'print(\">\")' + + ' } %>', + '
    ', '
    <%= item.name %>
    ', '
    ', '<% }) %>', @@ -1334,7 +1348,7 @@ define([ '
    ', '', '', - '', + '', '', '', '', @@ -1358,7 +1372,7 @@ define([ this.templateSignature = _.template([ '
    <%= scope.txtEncrypted %>
    ', '', - '', + '', '', '', '', diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js index 326dfc60c..0a74b9e3e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormatSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ * FormatSettingsDialog.js * * Created by Julia Radzhabova on 13.01.2017 - * Copyright (c) 2017 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaDialog.js index b16393f11..dd32d248b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ * Add formula to cell dialog * * Created by Alexey.Musinov on 11/04/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -115,7 +115,10 @@ define([ this.translationTable[name] = { en: this[translate], de: this[translate+'_de'], - ru: this[translate+'_ru'] + ru: this[translate+'_ru'], + pl: this[translate+'_pl'], + es: this[translate+'_es'], + fr: this[translate+'_fr'] }; } @@ -237,7 +240,7 @@ define([ if (this.formulasGroups.at(i).get('functions').length) { groupsListItems.push({ value : this.formulasGroups.at(i).get('index'), - displayValue : this.translationTable[this.formulasGroups.at(i).get('name')][lang] + displayValue : this.translationTable[this.formulasGroups.at(i).get('name')][lang] || this.translationTable[this.formulasGroups.at(i).get('name')]['en'] }); } } @@ -245,7 +248,7 @@ define([ if (!this.cmbFuncGroup) { this.cmbFuncGroup = new Common.UI.ComboBox({ el : $('#formula-dlg-combo-group'), - menuStyle : 'min-width: 268px;', + menuStyle : 'min-width: 278px;', cls : 'input-group-nr', data : groupsListItems, editable : false @@ -406,7 +409,7 @@ define([ sCategoryEngineering: 'Engineering', sCategoryFinancial: 'Financial', sCategoryInformation: 'Information', - sCategoryLookupAndReference: 'LookupAndReference', + sCategoryLookupAndReference: 'Lookup and reference', sCategoryMathematic: 'Math and trigonometry', sCategoryStatistical: 'Statistical', sCategoryTextAndData: 'Text and data', @@ -437,6 +440,43 @@ define([ sCategoryMathematic_ru: 'Математические', sCategoryStatistical_ru: 'Статистические', sCategoryTextAndData_ru: 'Текст и данные', - txtTitle: 'Insert Function' + txtTitle: 'Insert Function', + sCategoryAll_es: 'Todo', + sCategoryLogical_es: 'Lógico', + sCategoryCube_es: 'Cubo', + sCategoryDatabase_es: 'Base de Datos', + sCategoryDateAndTime_es: 'Fecha y hora', + sCategoryEngineering_es: 'Ingenería', + sCategoryFinancial_es: 'Financial', + sCategoryInformation_es: 'Información', + sCategoryLookupAndReference_es: 'Búsqueda y referencia', + sCategoryMathematic_es: 'Matemáticas y trigonometría', + sCategoryStatistical_es: 'Estadístico', + sCategoryTextAndData_es: 'Texto y datos', + sCategoryAll_fr: 'Tout', + sCategoryLogical_fr: 'Logique', + sCategoryCube_fr: 'Cube', + sCategoryDatabase_fr: 'Base de données', + sCategoryDateAndTime_fr: 'Date et heure', + sCategoryEngineering_fr: 'Ingénierie', + sCategoryFinancial_fr: 'Financier', + sCategoryInformation_fr: 'Information', + sCategoryLookupAndReference_fr: 'Recherche et référence', + sCategoryMathematic_fr: 'Maths et trigonométrie', + sCategoryStatistical_fr: 'Statistiques', + sCategoryTextAndData_fr: 'Texte et données', + sCategoryAll_pl: 'Wszystko', + sCategoryLogical_pl: 'Logiczny', + sCategoryCube_pl: 'Sześcian', + sCategoryDatabase_pl: 'Baza danych', + sCategoryDateAndTime_pl: 'Data i czas', + sCategoryEngineering_pl: 'Inżyniera', + sCategoryFinancial_pl: 'Finansowe', + sCategoryInformation_pl: 'Informacja', + sCategoryLookupAndReference_pl: 'Wyszukiwanie i odniesienie', + sCategoryMathematic_pl: 'Matematyczne i trygonometryczne', + sCategoryStatistical_pl: 'Statystyczny', + sCategoryTextAndData_pl: 'Tekst i data' + }, SSE.Views.FormulaDialog || {})); }); \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaLang.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaLang.js index 189a22f30..3caef4367 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaLang.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/FormulaLang.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js index 1a65109df..8fb87634e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/app/view/HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ * HyperlinkSettingsDialog.js * * Created by Alexander Yuzhin on 4/9/14 - * Copyright (c) 2014 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. + * Copyright (c) 2018 Ascensio System SIA. All rights reserved. * */ @@ -63,18 +63,17 @@ define([ this.template = [ '
    ', - '
    ', - '', + '
    ', + '', + '', '
    ', - '', - '
    <%= tipText %>
    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AUFGELZINS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUFGELZINS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    AUFGELZINS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/accrintm.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/accrintm.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2ebf7451 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/accrintm.htm @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + AUFGELZINSF-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AUFGELZINSF-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion AUFGELZINS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers zurück, die bei Fälligkeit ausgezahlt werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUFGELZINSF ist:

    +

    AUFGELZINSF(Emission;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission.

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers

    +

    Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers

    +

    Nennwert ist der Nennwert des Wertpapiers. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Wird kein Nennwert angegeben, nimmt die Funktion einen Nennwert in Höhe von 1.000 $ an.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AUFGELZINSF.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUFGELZINSF.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    AUFGELZINSF-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acos.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acos.htm index b3edefed0..b315f2278 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acos.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acos.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ACOS-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ACOS-Funktion

    -

    Die ACOS-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkuskosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ACOS-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ACOS(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert (der Kosinus des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten), der größer oder gleich -1 und kleiner oder gleich 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ACOS-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ACOS.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ACOS-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCCOS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCCOS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARCCOS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkuskosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOS ist:

    +

    ARCCOS(Zahl)

    +

    dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert zwischen -1 und 1 (der Kosinus des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten), der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ARCCOS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCCOS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acosh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acosh.htm index 805bfad7f..b96d1eceb 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acosh.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acosh.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ACOSH-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ACOSH-Funktion

    -

    Die ACOSH-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ACOSH-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ACOSH(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der größer oder gleich 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ACOSH-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ACOSH.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ACOSH-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCCOSHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCCOSHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die ARARCCOSHYP-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOSHYP:

    +

    ARCCOSHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl kann jede beliebige reelle Zahl sein, die größer gleich 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ARCCOSHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOSHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCCOSHYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acot.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acot.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e1821aea --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acot.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + ARCCOT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCCOT-Funktion

    +

    Die ARCCOT-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Hauptwert des Arkuskotangens (Umkehrfunktion des Kotangens) einer Zahl zurück. Der Ergebniswinkel wird im Bogenmaß (Radiant) im Wertebereich von 0 (Null) bis pi (Pi) angegeben.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOT lautet:

    +

    ARCCOT(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist der Kotangens des Winkels, den Sie berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss eine reelle Zahl sein, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ARCCOT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCCOT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acoth.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acoth.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8ef58c95 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/acoth.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + ARCCOTHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCCOTHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die ARCCOTHYP-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kotangens einer Zahl zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOTHYP:

    +

    ARCCOTHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ARCCOTHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOTHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCCOTHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/address.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/address.htm index 9044b42c4..9d4843aa2 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/address.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/address.htm @@ -1,60 +1,62 @@ - - - - ADDRESS Function - - - - - -
    -

    ADDRESS Function

    -

    The ADDRESS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a text representation of a cell address.

    -

    The ADDRESS function syntax is:

    -

    ADDRESS(row-number, col-number[ , [ref-type] [, [A1-ref-type-flag] [, sheet name]]])

    -

    where

    -

    row-number is a row number to use in a cell address.

    -

    col-number is a column number to use in a cell address.

    -

    ref-type is a type of reference. It can be one of the following numeric values:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Numeric valueMeaning
    1 or omittedAbsolute referencing
    2Absolute row; relative column
    3Relative row; absolute column
    4Relative referencing
    -

    A1-ref-type-flag is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, the function will analyse ref-text as an A1-style reference. If it is set to FALSE, the function will interpret ref-text as an R1C1-style reference.

    -

    sheet name is the name of the sheet to use in a cell address. It's an optional value. If it is omitted, the function will return the cell address without the sheet name indicated.

    -

    These arguments can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ADDRESS function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ADDRESS function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ADDRESS Function

    -
    - + + + + ADRESSE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ADRESSE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ADRESSE gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Bezug auf eine einzelne Zelle in einem Tabellenblatt als Text zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ADRESSE ist:

    +

    ADRESSE(Zeile;Spalte;[Abs];[A1];[Tabellenname])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zeile ist ein numerischer Wert, der die Zeilennummer angibt, die für den Zellbezug verwendet werden soll.

    +

    Spalte ist ein numerischer Wert, der die Spaltennummer angibt, die für den Zellbezug verwendet werden soll.

    +

    Abs ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welcher Bezugstyp zurückgegeben werden soll. Die folgenden Typen stehen zur Auswahl:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertBedeutung
    1 oder nicht angegebenAbsolut
    2Zeile absolut; Spalte relativ
    3Zeile relativ; Spalte absolut
    4Relativ
    +

    A1 ist ein optionaler Wahrheitswert. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist das A1-Argument mit WAHR belegt oder nicht angegeben, liegt der von der Funktion ADRESSE gelieferte Bezug in A1-Schreibweise vor. Ist das A1-Argument mit FALSCH belegt, liegt der von der Funktion ADRESSE gelieferte Bezug in der Z1S1-Schreibweise vor.

    +

    Tabellenname ist ein Textwert, der den Namen des Arbeitsblatts angibt, das als externer Bezug verwendet werden soll. Das Argument ist optional. Wird das Argument ausgelassen, wird kein solcher Name verwendet, und die von der Funktion zurückgegebene Adresse bezieht sich auf eine Zelle in der aktuellen Tabelle.

    +

    Die Argumente können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ADRESSE.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ADRESSE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ADRESSE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/aggregate.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/aggregate.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57134dbac --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/aggregate.htm @@ -0,0 +1,191 @@ + + + + AGGREGAT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AGGREGAT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion AGGREGAT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein Aggregat in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück. Mit der Funktion AGGREGAT können verschiedene Aggregatfunktionen auf eine Liste oder Datenbank mit der Option angewendet werden, ausgeblendete Zeilen sowie Fehlerwerte zu ignorieren.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AGGREGAT ist:

    +

    AGGREGAT(Funktion, Optionen, Bezug1, [Bezug2], …)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Funktion ist ein Wert von 1 bis 19, der die zu verwendende Funktion angibt. Die Zuordnung der Werte und Funktionen ist in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Funktionsnummer
    		Funktion
    1MITTELWERT
    2ANZAHL
    3ANZAHL2
    4MAX
    5MIN
    6PRODUKT
    7STABW.S
    8STABW.N
    9SUMME
    10VAR.S
    11VAR.P
    12MEDIAN
    13MODUS.EINF
    14KGRÖSSTE
    15KKLEINSTE
    16QUANTIL.INKL
    17QUARTILE.INKL
    18QUANTIL.EXKL
    19QUARTILE.EXKL
    +

    Optionen ist ein numerischer Wert, der bestimmt, welche Werte im Berechnungsbereich ignoriert werden sollen. Die Zuordnung der Werte und Funktionen ist in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Option
    		Verhalten
    0 oder nicht angegebenGeschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren
    1Ausgeblendete Zeilen, geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren
    2Fehlerwerte, geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren
    3Ausgeblendete Zeilen, Fehlerwerte, geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren
    4Nichts ignorieren
    5Ausgeblendete Zeilen ignorieren
    6Fehlerwerte ignorieren
    7Ausgeblendete Zeilen und Fehlerwerte ignorieren
    +

    Bezug1(2) sind bis zu 253 numerische Argumente für Funktionen, die mehrere numerische Argumente nutzen, für die Sie den Aggregatwert ermitteln möchten.

    +

    Hinweis: Wollen Sie eine der folgenden Funktionen verwenden: KGRÖSSTE, KKLEINSTE, QUANTIL.INKL, QUARTILE.INK, QUANTIL.EXKL, or QUARTILE.EXKL, so ist Bezug1 eine Matrix, eine Matrixformel oder ein Bezug auf einen Zellbereich und Bezug2 das zweite Argument, das für diese Funktionen erforderlich ist (k oder Quartil).

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Funktion
    		Syntax
    KGRÖSSTEKGRÖSSTE(Matrix;k)
    KKLEINSTEKKLEINSTE(Matrix;k)
    QUANTIL.INKLQUANTIL.INKL(Matrix;k)
    QUARTILE.INKLQUARTILE.INKL(Matrix;Quartil)
    QUANTIL.EXKLQUANTIL.EXKL(Matrix;k)
    QUARTILE.EXKLQUARTILE.EXKL(Matrix;Quartil)
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AGGREGAT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AGGREGAT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Die folgende Abbildung zeigt das Ergebnis der Funktion AGGREGATE, wenn die Funktion SUMME angewendet wird.

    +

    AGGREGAT-Funktion

    +

    Die folgende Abbildung zeigt das Ergebnis der Funktion AGGREGATE, wenn die Funktion KGRÖSSTE angewendet wird, Bezug1 ist ein Bezug auf den Zellbereich und k ist gleich 2. Die Funktion gibt den zweitgrößten Wert in den Zellen A1-A4 zurück.

    +

    AGGREGAT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amordegrc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amordegrc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a45a93cc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amordegrc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + AMORDEGRK-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AMORDEGRK-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion AMORDEGRK gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Abschreibung für die einzelnen Abschreibungszeiträume mithilfe eines Abschreibungskoeffizienten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AMORDEGRK ist:

    +

    AMORDEGRK(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Kaufdatum ist das Anschaffungsdatum des Anlageguts.

    +

    Erster_Zinstermin ist das Datum des Endes der ersten Periode.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Termin ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen.

    +

    Satz ist der Abschreibungssatz.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AMORDEGRK:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AMORDEGRK.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    AMORDEGRK-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amorintm.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amorintm.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f92b72b6a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amorintm.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + ZW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den zukünftigen Wert (Endwert) einer Investition zurück, basierend auf einem bestimmten Zinssatz und regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZW ist:

    +

    ZW(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Bw];[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition.

    +

    Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZW-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amorlinc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amorlinc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47fe9a8c4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/amorlinc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + AMORLINEARK-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AMORLINEARK-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion AMORLINEARK gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Abschreibung für die einzelnen Abschreibungszeiträume mithilfe einer linearen Abschreibungsmethode zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AMORLINEARK ist:

    +

    AMORLINEARK(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Kaufdatum ist das Anschaffungsdatum des Anlageguts.

    +

    Erster_Zinstermin ist das Datum des Endes der ersten Periode.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Termin ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen.

    +

    Satz ist der Abschreibungssatz.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AMORLINEARK:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AMORLINEARK.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    AMORLINEARK-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/and.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/and.htm index 7bb2586b6..98f5a30a5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/and.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/and.htm @@ -1,38 +1,39 @@ - - - - AND-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    AND-Funktion

    -

    Die AND-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob der eingegebene logische Wert TRUE (wahr) oder FALSE (falsch) ist. Die Funktion gibt den Wert TRUE zurück, falls alle Argumente TRUE sind.

    -

    Die AND-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    AND(logical1, logical2, ...)

    -

    wo logical1/2/n ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die AND-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion AND.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. -

      Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 265 logischen Werten eingeben.

      -
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Die Funktion gibt den Wert FALSE zurück, falls ein der Argumente FALSE ist.

    -

    Zum Beispiel:

    -

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: logical1 = A1<100, logical2 = 34<100, logical3 = 50<100, wo A1 12 ist. Alle logischen Ausdrücke sind TRUE. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert TRUE zurück.

    -

    AND-Funktion: TRUE

    -

    Falls man den Wert A1 von 12 nach 112 ändert, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSE zurück:

    -

    AND-Funktion: FALSE

    -
    - + + + + UND-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UND-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UND gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob der eingegebene logische Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Die Funktion gibt WAHR zurück, wenn alle zugehörigen Argumente WAHR sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UND ist:

    +

    UND(logisch1, logisch2, ...)

    +

    logisch1/2/n ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UND:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UND.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 265 logischen Werten eingeben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Die Funktion gibt den Wert FALSCH zurück, wenn mindestens eins der Argumente FALSCH ist.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: logisch1 = A1<100, logisch2 = 34<100, logisch3 = 50<100, dann gilt A1 ist 12. Alle logischen Ausdrücke sind WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück.

    +

    UND-Funktion WAHR

    +

    Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 112, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück:

    +

    UND-Funktion FALSCH

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/arabic.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/arabic.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f04df5a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/arabic.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + ARABISCH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARABISCH-Funktion

    +

    Die ARABISCH-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine römische Zahl in eine arabische Zahl um.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ARABISCH:

    +

    ARABISCH(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist

    +

    x eine Textdarstellung einer römischen Zahl: eine Zeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen, eine leere Zeichenfolge ("") oder ein Verweis auf eine Zelle, die Text enthält.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn eine leere Zeichenfolge ("") als Argument verwendet wird, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ARABISCH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ARABISCH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARABISCH-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asin.htm index a9b8dd02a..af049656f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asin.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asin.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ASIN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ASIN-Funktion

    -

    Die ASIN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkussinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ASIN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ASIN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert (der Sinus des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten), der größer oder gleich -1 und kleiner oder gleich 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ASIN-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ASIN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ASIN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCSIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCSIN-Funktion

    +

    Die ARCSIN-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkussinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Syntax der Funktion ARCSIN:

    +

    ARCSIN(Zahl)

    +

    dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert zwischen -1 und 1 (der Sinus des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten), der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der ARCSIN-Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCSIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCSIN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asinh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asinh.htm index 0a88331db..f04e67089 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asinh.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/asinh.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ASINH-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ASINH-Funktion

    -

    Die ASINH-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Sinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ASINH-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ASINH(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ASINH-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ASINH.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ASINH-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCSINHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCSINHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARCSINHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der umgekehrte hyperbolische Sinus einer Zahl zurückgeben.

    +

    Syntax der Funktion ARCSINHYP:

    +

    ARCSINHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist ein beliebiger numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen.

    +

    Anwenden der ARCSINHYP-Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCSINHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCSINHYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan.htm index e795effa7..40211fc54 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ATAN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ATAN-Funktion

    -

    Die ATAN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkustangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ATAN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ATAN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl der Tangens des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten, ist, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ATAN-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ATAN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ATAN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCTAN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCTAN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARCTAN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkustangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCTAN:

    +

    ARCTAN(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist der Tangens des Winkels, den Sie finden wollen, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    ARCTAN-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCTAN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCTAN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan2.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan2.htm index aee1b35c3..3c554361f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan2.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atan2.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ATAN2-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ATAN2-Funktion

    -

    Die ATAN2-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkustangens der X- und Y-Koordinaten zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ATAN2-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ATAN2(x, y)

    -

    wo x, y die X- und Y-Koordinaten eines Punkts sind, nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ATAN2-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ATAN2.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ATAN2-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCTAN2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCTAN2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARCTAN2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkustangens der X- und Y-Koordinaten zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCTAN2 ist:

    +

    ARCTAN2(x_Koordinate;y_Koordinate)

    +

    x und y sind die X- und Y-Koordinaten eines Punktes, nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ARCTAN2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ARCTAN2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCTAN2-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atanh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atanh.htm index 9d4bdf3aa..5a81a62d1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atanh.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/atanh.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ATANH-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ATANH-Funktion

    -

    Die ATANH-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die ATANH-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ATANH(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als -1 und kleiner als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, ist.

    -

    Um die ATANH-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ATANH.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ATANH-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ARCTANHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARCTANHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARCTANHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurück

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCTANHYP:

    +

    ARCTANHYP(Zahl)

    +

    wobei Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, größer als -1 und kleiner als 1, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    ARCTANHYP-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCTANHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARCTANHYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/avedev.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/avedev.htm index d70afaf45..89fff68bf 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/avedev.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/avedev.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - AVEDEV Function - - - - - -
    -

    AVEDEV Function

    -

    The AVEDEV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the average of the absolute deviations of numbers from their mean.

    -

    The AVEDEV function syntax is:

    -

    AVEDEV(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the AVEDEV function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the AVEDEV function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    AVEDEV Function

    -
    - + + + + MITTELABW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MITTELABW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELABW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die durchschnittliche absolute Abweichung von Datenpunkten von ihrem Mittelwert zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELABW ist:

    +

    MITTELABW(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MITTELABW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELABW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MITTELABW-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/average.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/average.htm index 7f401ab28..1e695139c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/average.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/average.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - AVERAGE Function - - - - - -
    -

    AVERAGE Function

    -

    The AVERAGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value.

    -

    The AVERAGE function syntax is:

    -

    AVERAGE(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the AVERAGE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the AVERAGE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    AVERAGE Function

    -
    - + + + + MITTELWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MITTELWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELWERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Mittelwert der Argumente zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERT:

    +

    MITTELWERT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    MITTELWERT-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MITTELWERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averagea.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averagea.htm index 6779bd20d..3c79f8eff 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averagea.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averagea.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - AVERAGEA Function - - - - - -
    -

    AVERAGEA Function

    -

    The AVERAGEA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data including text and logical values and find the average value. The AVERAGEA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1.

    -

    The AVERAGEA function syntax is:

    -

    AVERAGEA(argument-list)

    -

    where argumenti-list is up to 30 values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the AVERAGEA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the AVERAGEA function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    AVERAGEA Function

    -
    - + + + + MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Durchschnittswert für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, einschließlich Text und logische Werte, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen. Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN behandelt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERTWENN ist:

    +

    MITTELWERTWENN(Bereich, Kriterien, [Mittelwert_Bereich])

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageif.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageif.htm index fb38deabb..742905299 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageif.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageif.htm @@ -1,36 +1,37 @@ - - - - AVERAGEIF Function - - - - - -
    -

    AVERAGEIF Function

    -

    The AVERAGEIF function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the average value of all numbers in a range of cells, based on the specified criterion.

    -

    The AVERAGEIF function syntax is:

    -

    AVERAGEIF(cell-range, selection-criteria [,average-range])

    -

    where

    -

    cell-range is the selected range of cells to apply the criterion to.

    -

    selection-criteria is the criterion you wish to apply, a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    average-range is the selected range of cells you need to find the average in.

    -

    Note: average-range is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will find the average in cell-range. -

    To apply the AVERAGEIF function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the AVERAGEIF function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    AVERAGEIF Function

    -
    - + + + + MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERT ist:

    +

    MITTELWERTWENN(Bereich, Kriterien, [Mittelwert_Bereich])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Bereich ist der Zellbereich, den Sie nach Kriterien auswerten möchten.

    +

    Kriterien sind die Kriterien in Form einer Zahl, eines Ausdrucks, eines Zellbezugs oder eines Texts, mit denen definiert wird, für welche Zellen der Mittelwert berechnet werden soll.

    +

    Mittelwert_Bereich ist der tatsächliche Bereich der Zellen, für die der Mittelwert berechnet wird.

    +

    Hinweis: Das Argument Mittelwert_Bereich ist optional. Fehlt diese Argument, wird Bereich verwendet.

    Anwendung der Funktion MITTELWERTWENN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageifs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageifs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f678ab5df --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/averageifs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + MITTELWERTWENNS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MITTELWERTWENNS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) aller Zellen zurück, die mehreren Kriterien entsprechen

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS ist:

    +

    MITTELWERTWENNS(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Summe_Bereich ist der Bereich der Zellen, für die der Mittelwert berechnet wird. Das Argument ist zwingend erforderlich.

    +

    Kriterien_Bereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, auf den Kriterien1 angewendet werden soll. Das Argument ist zwingend erforderlich.

    +

    Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterien_Bereich1 angewendet und verwendet, um den Mittelwert der Zellen Summe_Bereich zu bestimmen. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Das Argument ist zwingend erforderlich.

    +

    Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2 sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Sie können bis zu 127 Bereiche und entsprechende Kriterien hinzufügen.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MITTELWERTWENNS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/base.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/base.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e31683a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/base.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BASIS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BASIS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BASIS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie konvertiert eine Zahl in eine Textdarstellung mit der angegebenen Basis.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BASIS ist:

    +

    BASIS(Zahl;Basis;[Mindestlänge])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Zahl, die Sie umwandeln möchten. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 0 und kleiner als 2^53 ist.

    +

    Basis ist die Zahl die Sie umwandeln möchten. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 2 und kleiner gleich 36 ist.

    +

    Mindestlänge der zurückgegebenen Zeichenfolge. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 256. Das Argument ist optional. Ist das Ergebnis kürzer als die angegebene Mindestlänge, werden dem Ergebnis führende Nullen hinzugefügt.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BASIS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion Basis.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BASIS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besseli.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besseli.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54cead0b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besseli.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + BESSELI -Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BESSELI -Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FALSCH gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion In(x) zurück, die der für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktion Jn entspricht.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELI:

    +

    BESSELI(x;n)

    +

    Dabei ist

    +

    x der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll und

    +

    n die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    BESSELI-Funktion anwenden.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die BESSELI-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BESSELI -Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besselj.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besselj.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25f8482cb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besselj.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + BESSELJ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BESSELJ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BESSELJ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu die Besselfunktion Jn(x) zurückzugeben.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELJ:

    +

    BESSELJ(x;n)

    +

    Dabei ist

    +

    x der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll und

    +

    n die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    BESSELJ-Funktion anwenden.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die BESSELJ-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BESSELJ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besselk.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besselk.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95ab57ccc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/besselk.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + BESSELK-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BESSELK-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BESSELK gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion zurück, die den für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktionen entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELK ist:

    +

    BESSELK(x;n)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0, und

    +

    n ist die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BESSELK:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BESSELK.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BESSELK-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bessely.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bessely.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3017b78db --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bessely.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + BESSELY-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BESSELY-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BESSELY gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Besselfunktion Jn(x) zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELY ist:

    +

    BESSELY(x;n)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0, und

    +

    n ist die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BESSELY:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BESSELY.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BESSELY-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/beta-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/beta-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f4f73ef70 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/beta-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + BETA.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BETA.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BETA.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der kumulierten Betaverteilungsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETA.VERT ist:

    +

    BETA.VERT(X;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert;[A];[B])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion im Intervall A und B ausgewertet werden soll.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt BETA.VERT den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt BETA.VERT den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für A die Standardverteilung 0.

    +

    B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für B die Standardverteilung 1.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BETA.VERT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETA.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BETA.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/beta-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/beta-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18e38797b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/beta-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + BETA.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BETA.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BETA.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der kumulierten Verteilungsfunktion für eine bestimmte Betaverteilung (BETA.VERT) zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETA.INV ist:

    +

    BETA.INV(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Betaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Eine Gerade Zahl, die größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETA.INV für A die Standardverteilung 0.

    +

    B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETA.INV für B die Standardverteilung 1.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BETA.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETA.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BETA.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/betadist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/betadist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c59175809 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/betadist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + BETAVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BETAVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BETAVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETAVERT ist:

    +

    BETAVERT(x;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion im Intervall A und B ausgewertet werden soll.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für A die Standardverteilung 0.

    +

    B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für B die Standardverteilung 1.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BETAVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETAVERT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BETAVERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2dec.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2dec.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d612ab1c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2dec.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + BININDEZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BININDEZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BININDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine dezimale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BININDEZ ist:

    +

    BININDEZ(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein binärer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits), gibt BININDEZ den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BININDEZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BININDEZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BININDEZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2hex.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2hex.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5e62a484 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2hex.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + BININHEX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BININHEX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BININHEX gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine hexadezimale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BININHEX ist:

    +

    BININHEX(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist ein binärer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von BININHEX die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende Hexadezimale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt BININHEX den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BININHEX:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BININHEX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BININHEX-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2oct.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2oct.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..945dac371 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bin2oct.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + BININOKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BININOKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BININOKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine oktale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BININOKT ist:

    +

    BININOKT(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist ein binärer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von BININOKT die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende oktale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt BININHEX den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BININOKT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BININOKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BININOKT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-dist-range.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-dist-range.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ed4b63377 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-dist-range.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + BINOM.VERT.BEREICH + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BINOM.VERT.BEREICH

    +

    Die Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit eines Versuchsergebnisses als Binomialverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH ist:

    +

    BINOM.VERT.BEREICH(Versuche;Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit;Zahl_Erfolge;[Zahl2_Erfolge])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Das Argument ist optional. Es gibt die maximale Anzahl der Erfolge in der Versuchsreihe, für die Sie die Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnen wollen an. Die Zahl muss größer oder gleich Zahl2_Erfolge und kleiner oder gleich Versuche sein.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BINOM.VERT.BEREICH

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cf78dab3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + BINOM.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BINOM.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BINOM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOM.VERT ist:

    +

    BINOM.VERT(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt BINOM.VERT die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BINOM.VERT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BINOM.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BINOM.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42d3bf522 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binom-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BINOM.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BINOM.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BINOM.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung kleiner oder gleich einer Grenzwahrscheinlichkeit sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOM.INV ist:

    +

    BINOM.INV(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Alpha ist die Grenzwahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BINOM.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BINOM.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BINOM.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binomdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binomdist.htm index 54c28b449..094e3d925 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binomdist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/binomdist.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - BINOMDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    BINOMDIST Function

    -

    The BINOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the individual term binomial distribution probability.

    -

    The BINOMDIST function syntax is:

    -

    BINOMDIST(number-successes, number-trials, success-probability, cumulative-flag)

    -

    where

    -

    number-successes is the number of successes in the trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0.

    -

    number-trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to number-successes.

    -

    success-probability is the success propability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1.

    -

    cumulative-flag is the function form. It is a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function. If it is FALSE, the function will return the probability mass function.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the BINOMDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the BINOMDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    BINOMDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + BINOMVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BINOMVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BINOMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück

    +

    Doe Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOMVERT ist:

    +

    BINOMVERT(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt BINOMVERT die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt BINOMVERT die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BINOMVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Anwendung der Funktion BINOMVERT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BINOMVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitand.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitand.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7138a827 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitand.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BITUND-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BITUND-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BITUND gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „Und“ zweier Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITUND ist:

    +

    BITUND(Zahl1;Zahl2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Der Wert einer Bitposition wird nur gezählt, wenn beide Bits der Parameter an dieser Position den Wert 1 haben.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BITUND:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITUND.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BITUND-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitlshift.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitlshift.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cedffc624 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitlshift.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Zahl zurück, die sich ergibt, nachdem die angegebene Zahl um die angegebene Anzahl von Bits nach links verschoben wurde.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion lautet:

    +

    BITLVERSCHIEB(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag)

    +

    Dabei ist

    +

    Zahl eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 0 ist und

    +

    Verschiebebetrag die Anzahl der Bits in Form einer ganzen Zahl, um die Sie die angegebene Zahl nach links verschieben wollen.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Das Verschieben einer Zahl nach links entspricht dem Hinzufügen von Nullen (0) rechts von der Binärdarstellung der Zahl.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb0c4263b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BITODER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BITODER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BITODER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „ODER“ zweier Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITODER ist:

    +

    BITODER(Zahl1;Zahl2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Der Wert einer Bitposition wird nur gezählt, wenn in mindestens einem der Parameter an dieser Position eine 1 steht.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BITODER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITODER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BITODER-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitrshift.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitrshift.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5fda0101 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitrshift.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt einen Zahlenwert zurück, der um {i>Verschiebebetrag-<i}Bits nach links verschoben ist

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB ist:

    +

    BITLVERSCHIEB(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 0 ist und

    +

    Verschiebebetrag ist die Anzahl der Bits in Form einer ganzen Zahl, um die Sie die angegebene Zahl nach links verschieben wollen.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Das Verschieben einer Zahl nach links entspricht dem Hinzufügen von Nullen (0) auf der rechten Seite der Binärdarstellung der Zahl.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitxor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitxor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e75969ea --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/bitxor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + BITXODER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BITXODER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BITXODER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „Ausschließliches Oder“ zweier Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITXODER ist:

    +

    BITXODER(Zahl1;Zahl2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Im Ergebnis enthält eine Bitposition eine 1, wenn die Werte, die die Parameter an dieser Position haben, ungleich sind.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BITXODER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITXODER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BITXODER-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceiling.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceiling.htm index 63e9694f0..03e4d48ca 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceiling.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceiling.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - CEILING-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    CEILING-Funktion

    -

    Die CEILING-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf das nächste Vielfache des Stellenwerts aufzurunden.

    -

    Die CEILING-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    CEILING(Zahl, Stellenwert)

    -

    wo

    -

    Zahl die Zahl zum Aufrunden ist,

    -

    Stellenwert das Vielfache des Stellenwerts, auf das die Zahl aufgerundet wird,

    -

    Nummerische Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Hinweis: Wenn die Zahl und der Stellenwert unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den #NUM!-Fehler zurück.

    -

    Um die CEILING-Funktion anzuwenden, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis sehen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion CEILING.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    CEILING-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + OBERGRENZE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    OBERGRENZE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE ist:

    +

    OBERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, den Sie runden möchten.

    +

    Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    OBERGRENZE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceilingmath.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceilingmath.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e32e03d3d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceilingmath.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts auf.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist:

    +

    OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;[Modus])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für Schritt kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion für B die Standardverteilung 1.

    +

    Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceilingprecise.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceilingprecise.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2539360fc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ceilingprecise.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + OBERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    OBERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU ist:

    +

    OBERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl, [Schritt])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das die Zahl gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    OBERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/char.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/char.htm index 3a60ab822..ff1cdda69 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/char.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/char.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - CHAR Function - - - - - -
    -

    CHAR Function

    -

    The CHAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the ASCII character specified by a number.

    -

    The CHAR function syntax is:

    -

    CHAR(number)

    -

    where number (from 1 to 255) is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the CHAR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CHAR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CHAR Function

    -
    - + + + + ZEICHEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZEICHEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZEICHEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt das der Codezahl entsprechende Zeichen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEICHEN ist:

    +

    ZEICHEN(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine Zahl von 1 bis 255, die das von Ihnen gewünschte Zeichen angibt.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ZEICHEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEICHEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZEICHEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chidist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chidist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07d91942c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chidist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHIVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIVERT ist:

    +

    CHIVERT(x;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Ein Zahlenwert größer als oder gleich 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIVERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chiinv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chiinv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4936e8666 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chiinv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHIINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIINV ist:

    +

    CHIINV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung gehörende Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIINV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIINV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-dist-rt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-dist-rt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7be8fb21c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-dist-rt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHIQU.VERT.RE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIQU.VERT.RE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE ist:

    +

    CHIQU.VERT.RE(x;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Ein Zahlenwert größer als oder gleich 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIQU.VERT.RE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e044de1a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + CHIQU.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIQU.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIQU.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.VERT ist:

    +

    CHIQU.VERT(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Ein Zahlenwert größer als oder gleich 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIQU.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-inv-rt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-inv-rt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bce8cc2e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-inv-rt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHIQU.INV.RE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIQU.INV.RE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE ist:

    +

    CHIQU.INV.RE(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung gehörende Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIQU.INV.RE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3eeab90f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHIQU.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIQU.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIQU.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Gibt Perzentile der linksseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.INV ist:

    +

    CHIQU.INV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung gehörende Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIQU.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-test.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-test.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9143be4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chisq-test.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHIQU.TEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHIQU.TEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHIQU.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.TEST ist:

    +

    CHIQU.TEST(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Beob_Messwerte ist der Bereich beobachteter Daten.

    +

    Erwart_Werte ist der Bereich erwarteter Beobachtungen.

    +

    Die Wertebereiche müssen jeweils die gleiche Anzahl an Datenpunkten enthalten. Alle erwarteten Werte sollte größer oder gleich 5 sein. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.TEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.TEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHIQU.TEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chitest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chitest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8deec5c74 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/chitest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + CHITEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CHITEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CHITEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHITEST ist:

    +

    CHITEST(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Beob_Messwerte ist der Bereich beobachteter Daten.

    +

    Erwart_Werte ist der Bereich erwarteter Beobachtungen.

    +

    Die Wertebereiche müssen jeweils die gleiche Anzahl an Datenpunkten enthalten. Alle erwarteten Werte sollte größer oder gleich 5 sein. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CHITEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHITEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CHITEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/choose.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/choose.htm index 2247b1b13..c2e34bb05 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/choose.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/choose.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - CHOOSE Function - - - - - -
    -

    CHOOSE Function

    -

    The CHOOSE function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value from a list of values based on a specified index (position).

    -

    The CHOOSE function syntax is:

    -

    CHOOSE(index, argument-list)

    -

    where

    -

    index is the position of the value in the argument-list, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of the number of values in the argument-list,

    -

    argument-list is the list of values or the selected range of cells you need to analyze.

    -

    To apply the CHOOSE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CHOOSE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CHOOSE Function

    -
    - + + + + WAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Wert aus einer Liste von Werten basierend auf einem angegebenen Index (Position) zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WAHL ist:

    +

    WAHL(Index;Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Index ist die Position des Wertes in der Liste der Argumente Wert1;[Wert2];..., ein numerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 1 ist aber kleiner als die Anzahl der Werte Wert1;[Wert2];....

    +

    Wert1;[Wert2];... ist die Liste der Werte oder der ausgewählte Zellbereich, den Sie analysieren wollen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WAHL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WAHL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/clean.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/clean.htm index 2af8f95fd..e192b9b52 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/clean.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/clean.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - CLEAN Function - - - - - -
    -

    CLEAN Function

    -

    The CLEAN function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to remove all the nonprintable characters from the selected string.

    -

    The CLEAN function syntax is:

    -

    CLEAN(string)

    -

    where string is a string with nonprintable characters you need to remove, data included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the CLEAN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CLEAN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CLEAN Function

    -
    - + + + + SÄUBERN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SÄUBERN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SÄUBERN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie dient dazu alle nicht druckbaren Zeichen aus einem Text zu löschen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SÄUBERN ist:

    +

    SÄUBERN(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist Text eine beliebige Arbeitsblattinformation, aus der Sie die nicht druckbaren Zeichen entfernen möchten.

    +

    Anwenden der SÄUBERN-Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SÄUBERN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SÄUBERN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/code.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/code.htm index f8e517ecd..9430121c5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/code.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/code.htm @@ -1,34 +1,35 @@ - - - - CODE Function - - - - - -
    -

    CODE Function

    -

    The CODE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the ASCII value of the specified character or the first character in a cell.

    -

    The CODE function syntax is:

    -

    CODE(string)

    -

    where string is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the CODE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CODE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -

      Note: the CODE function is case-sensitive.

      -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CODE Function

    -
    - + + + + CODE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    CODE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion CODE gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Gibt die Codezahl (den ASCII-Wert) des ersten Zeichens in einem Text zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CODE ist:

    +

    CODE(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist Text der Text, für den Sie die Codezahl des ersten Zeichens bestimmen möchten.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CODE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CODE:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.

      Hinweis: die Funktion CODE unterscheidet zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    CODE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/column.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/column.htm index 65eeea2ec..2acbd6db9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/column.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/column.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - COLUMN Function - - - - - -
    -

    COLUMN Function

    -

    The COLUMN function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the column number of a cell.

    -

    The COLUMN function syntax is:

    -

    COLUMN([reference])

    -

    where reference is a reference to a cell.

    -

    Note: reference is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will return the column number of a cell selected to display the Column function result.

    -

    To apply the COLUMN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COLUMN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COLUMN Function

    -
    - + + + + SPALTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SPALTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SPALTE gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Spaltennummer eines Bezugs zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SPALTE ist:

    +

    SPALTE([Bezug])

    +

    Der Bezug ist die Zelle oder der Bereich von Zellen, deren bzw. dessen Spaltennummer zurückgegeben werden soll.

    +

    Hinweis: Das Argument Bezug ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bezug, wird es als der Bezug der Zelle angenommen, in der die Funktion SPALTE enthalten ist.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SPALTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SPALTE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SPALTE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/columns.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/columns.htm index 85d4c7952..07dc90077 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/columns.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/columns.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - COLUMNS Function - - - - - -
    -

    COLUMNS Function

    -

    The COLUMNS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the number of columns in a cell reference.

    -

    The COLUMNS function syntax is:

    -

    COLUMNS(array)

    -

    where array is a reference to a range of cells.

    -

    To apply the COLUMNS function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COLUMNS function,
      5. -
    5. select a range of cells with the mouse or enter it manually, like this A1:B2,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COLUMNS Function

    -
    - + + + + SPALTEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SPALTEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SPALTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der innerhalb eines Bezugs aufgeführten Spalten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der SPALTEN-Funktion lautet:

    +

    SPALTEN(Matrix)

    +

    Dabei ist Matrix eine Matrixformel oder ein Bezug auf einen Zellbereich, dessen Spaltenanzahl Sie ermitteln möchten

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion SPALTEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SPALTEN.
      5. +
    5. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell ein, in der Form A1:B2 usw.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SPALTEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combin.htm index 28d6d311a..4b069ed8a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combin.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combin.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - COMBIN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    COMBIN-Funktion

    -

    Die COMBIN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Anzahl der Kombinationen für die angegebene Reihe von Elementen zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die COMBIN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    COMBIN(number, number-chosen)

    -

    wo

    -

    number die Anzahl der Elementen; nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist, ist.

    -

    number-chosen die Anzahl der Elementen in der Kombination; nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0, aber kleiner als number ist, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die COMBIN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion COMBIN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    COMBIN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + KOMBINATIONEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KOMBINATIONEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Anzahl der Kombinationen für die angegebene Reihe von Elementen zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN ist:

    +

    KOMBINATIONEN(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Anzahl der Elemente. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    gewählte_Zahl gibt an, aus wie vielen Elementen jede Kombination bestehen soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0, aber kleiner als n ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KOMBINATIONEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combina.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combina.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..17ddc76aa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/combina.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + KOMBINATIONEN2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KOMBINATIONEN2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Kombinationen (mit Wiederholungen) für eine bestimmte Anzahl von Elementen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2 ist:

    +

    KOMBINATIONEN2(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Gesamtanzahl der Elemente. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    gewählte_Zahl gibt an, aus wie vielen Elementen jede Kombination bestehen soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0, aber kleiner als n ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KOMBINATIONEN2-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/complex.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/complex.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aad15de28 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/complex.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + KOMPLEXE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KOMPLEXE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KOMPLEXE gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt den Real- und Imaginärteil in eine komplexe Zahl um, ausgedrückt in der Form a + bi oder a + bj.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOMPLEXE ist:

    +

    KOMPLEXE(Realteil;Imaginärteil;[Suffix])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Realteil ist der Realteil der komplexen Zahl.

    +

    Imaginärteil ist der Imaginärteil der komplexen Zahl.

    +

    Suffix ist der Buchstabe, der für die imaginäre Einheit der komplexen Zahl verwendet werden soll. Dabei kann es sich um „i“ oder „j“ in Kleinbuchstaben handeln. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt es, nimmt die Funktion das Argument Suffix als „i“ an.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KOMPLEXE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOMPLEXE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KOMPLEXE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concat.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e70306378 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + TEXTKETTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TEXTKETTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TEXTKETTE gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen. Diese Funktion ersetzt die VERKETTEN-Funktion.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEXTKETTE ist:

    +

    TEXTKETTE(Text1; [Text2];…)

    +

    Text1; [Text2];… kann bis zu 265 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TEXTKETTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEXTKETTE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: Text1 = A1 (John), Text2 = " " (Leerzeichen), Text3 = B1 (Adams). Also kombiniert die Funktion den Vornamen, das Leerzeichen und den Nachnamen zu einer Zelle und gibt das Ergebnis John Adams zurück.

    +

    TEXTKETTE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concatenate.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concatenate.htm index 2cdbe10dd..062b82419 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concatenate.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/concatenate.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - CONCATENATE Function - - - - - -
    -

    CONCATENATE Function

    -

    The CONCATENATE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to combine the data from two or more cells into a single one.

    -

    The CONCATENATE function syntax is:

    -

    CONCATENATE(text1, text2, ...)

    -

    where text1(2) is up to 265 data values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the CONCATENATE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CONCATENATE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    For example:

    -

    There are two arguments: text1 = A1, text2 = B1, where A1 is John, B1 is Adams. So the function will combine the first and the last name into one cell and return the result John Adams.

    -

    CONCATENATE Function

    -
    - + + + + VERKETTEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VERKETTEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VERKETTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VERKETTEN ist:

    +

    VERKETTEN(Text1;[Text2];...)

    +

    Text1; [Text2];… kann bis zu 265 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VERKETTEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VERKETTEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: Text1 = A1 (John), Text2 = " " (Leerzeichen), Text3 = B1 (Adams). Also kombiniert die Funktion den Vornamen, das Leerzeichen und den Nachnamen zu einer Zelle und gibt das Ergebnis John Adams zurück.

    +

    VERKETTEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence-norm.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence-norm.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48494ea34 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence-norm.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + KONFIDENZ.NORM-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KONFIDENZ.NORM-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Konfidenzintervall für ein Populationsmittel unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM ist:

    +

    KONFIDENZ.NORM(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Alpha ist die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit bei der Berechnung des Konfidenzintervalls. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Standabwn ist die als bekannt angenommene Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Umfang ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 1.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KONFIDENZ.NORM-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence-t.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence-t.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b371a0b73 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence-t.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + KONFIDENZ.T-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KONFIDENZ.T-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KONFIDENZ.T gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen zurück, unter Verwendung des Studentsche T-Tests.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KONFIDENZ.T ist:

    +

    KONFIDENZ.T(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Alpha ist die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit bei der Berechnung des Konfidenzintervalls. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Standabwn ist die als bekannt angenommene Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Umfang ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 1.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KONFIDENZ.T:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KONFIDENZ.T.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KONFIDENZ.T-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence.htm index 35290a162..93b9c93b9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/confidence.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - CONFIDENCE Function - - - - - -
    -

    CONFIDENCE Function

    -

    The CONFIDENCE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the confidence interval.

    -

    The CONFIDENCE function syntax is:

    -

    CONFIDENCE(alpha, standard-dev, size)

    -

    where

    -

    alpha is the significance level used to compute the confidence level, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1.

    -

    standard-dev is the population standard deviation, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    size is the sample size, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the CONFIDENCE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CONFIDENCE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CONFIDENCE Function

    -
    - + + + + KONFIDENZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KONFIDENZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KONFIDENZ gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KONFIDENZ ist:

    +

    KONFIDENZ(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Alpha ist die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit bei der Berechnung des Konfidenzintervalls. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Standabwn ist die als bekannt angenommene Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Umfang ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 1.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KONFIDENZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KONFIDENZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KONFIDENZ-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/convert.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/convert.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea205912c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/convert.htm @@ -0,0 +1,698 @@ + + + + UMWANDELN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UMWANDELN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UMWANDELN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine Zahl aus einem Maßsystem in ein anderes um. Beispielsweise kann UMWANDELN eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Meilen in eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Kilometern umwandeln.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UMWANDELN ist:

    +

    UMWANDELN(Zahl;Von_Maßeinheit;In_Maßeinheit)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die zu konvertierende Zahl.

    +

    Von_Maßeinheit ist die ursprüngliche Maßeinheit. Eine Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    +

    In_Maßeinheit ist die Maßeinheit in die das Argument Zahl umgewandelt werden soll. Eine Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    +

    Hinweis: die Argumente Von_Maßeinheit und In_Maßeinheit müssen kompatibel sein, d.h. Sie müssen zum gleichen Messtyp gehören.

    +

    Gewicht und Masse

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Gramm"g"
    Hyl (Slug)"sg"
    Pfund (Handelsgewicht)"lbm"
    U (Atommasseeinheit)"u"
    Unze (Handelsgewicht)"ozm"
    Gran"grain"
    US-Hundredweight (Short)"cwt" oder "shweight"
    UK-Hundredweight (Long)"uk_cwt" oder "lcwt" ("hweight")
    Stone"stone"
    Tonne"ton"
    UK-Tonne"uk_ton" oder "LTON" ("brton")
    +

    Entfernung

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Meter"m"
    Meile (Statute Mile, USA)"mi"
    Nautische Meile"Nmi"
    Zoll"in"
    Fuß"ft"
    Yard"yd"
    Ångstrom"ang"
    Elle"ell"
    Lichtjahr"ly"
    Parsec"parsec" oder "pc"
    Pica (1/72 Zoll)"Picapt" oder "Pica"
    Pica (1/6 Zoll)"pica"
    Meile (Survey Mile, USA)"survey_mi"
    +

    ZEIT

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Jahr"yr"
    Tag"day" oder "d"
    Stunde"hr"
    Minute"mn" oder "min"
    Sekunde"sec" oder "s"
    +

    Druck

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Pascal"Pa" (oder "p")
    Atmosphäre"atm" (oder "at")
    mm Quecksilbersäule"mmHg"
    PSI"psi"
    Torr"Torr"
    +

    Kraft

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Newton"N"
    Dyne"dyn" (oder "dy")
    Pound-Force"lbf"
    Pond"pond"
    +

    Energie

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Joule"J"
    Erg"e"
    Thermodynamische Kalorie"c"
    I.T.-Kalorie"cal"
    Elektronenvolt"eV" (oder "ev")
    PS-Stunde"HPh" (oder "hh")
    Wattstunde"Wh" (oder "wh")
    Foot-Pound"flb"
    BTU"BTU" (oder "btu")
    +

    Leistung

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Pferdestärken (PS)"HP" (oder "h")
    Pferdestärke"PS"
    Watt"W" (or "w")
    +

    Magnetismus

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Tesla"T"
    Gauss"ga"
    +

    Temperatur

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Grad Celsius"C" (oder "cel")
    Grad Fahrenheit"F" (oder "fah")
    Kelvin"K" (oder "kel")
    Grad Rankine"Rank"
    Grad Réaumur"Reau"
    +

    Volumen (oder Flüssigkeitsmaß)

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Teelöffel (TL)"tsp"
    Metrische TL (Teelöffel)"tspm"
    Esslöffel (El)"tbs"
    Flüssigunze"oz"
    Tasse"cup"
    US-Pint"pt" (oder "us_pt")
    UK-Pint"uk_pt"
    Quart"qt"
    UK-Quart"uk_qt"
    Gallone"gal"
    UK-Gallone"uk_gal"
    Liter"l" oder "L" ("lt")
    Kubikångström"ang3" oder "ang^3"
    US-Ölfass"barrel"
    US-Scheffel"bushel"
    Kubikfuß"ft3" oder "ft^3"
    Kubikzoll"in3" oder "in^3"
    Kubiklichtjahr"ly3" oder "ly^3"
    Kubikmeter"m3" oder "m^3"
    Kubikmeile"mi3" oder "mi^3"
    Kubikyard"yd3" oder "yd^3"
    Nautische Kubikmeile"Nmi3" oder "Nmi^3"
    Kubikpica"Picapt3", "Picapt^3", "Pica3" oder "Pica^3"
    Bruttoregistertonne"GRT" ("regton")
    Frachttonne"MTON"
    +

    Bereich

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    UK-Morgen"uk_acre"
    US-Morgen"us_acre"
    Quadratångström"ang2" oder “ang^2"
    Ar"ar"
    Quadratfuß"ft2" oder "ft^2"
    Hektar"ha"
    Quadratzoll"in2" oder "in^2"
    Quadratlichtjahr"ly2" oder "ly^2"
    Quadratmeter"m2" oder "m^2"
    Morgen"Morgen"
    Quadratmeile"mi2" oder "mi^2"
    Nautische Quadratmeile"Nmi2" oder "Nmi^2"
    Quadratpica"Picapt2", "Pica2", "Pica^2" oder "Picapt^2"
    Quadratyard"yd2" oder "yd^2"
    +

    Information

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Bit"bit"
    Byte"byte"
    +

    Geschwindigkeit

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitTextwert
    Admiralty-Knoten"admkn"
    Knoten"kn"
    Meter pro Stunde"m/h" oder "m/hr"
    Meter pro Sekunde"m/s" oder "m/sec"
    Meilen pro Stunde"mph"
    +

    Es ist außerdem möglich für Von_Maßeinheit und In_Maßeinheit Präfixe zu verwenden, wenn Sie z.B. das Präfix "k" vor der Einheit "g" hinzufügen, erhalten Sie den Wert "kg", der Kilogramm angibt.

    +

    Präfixe

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    PräfixMultiplikatorTextwert
    Yotta1E+24"Y"
    Zetta1E+21"Z"
    Exa1E+18"E"
    Peta1E+15"P"
    Tera1E+12"T"
    Giga1E+09"G"
    Mega1E+06"M"
    Kilo1E+03"k"
    Hekto1E+02"h"
    Deka1E+01"da" oder "e"
    Dezi1E-01"d"
    Zenti1E-02"c"
    Milli1E-03"m"
    Mikro1E-06"u"
    Nano1E-09"n"
    Piko1E-12"p"
    Femto1E-15"f"
    Atto1E-18"a"
    Zepto1E-21"z"
    Yocto1E-24"y"
    +

    Binärpräfixe

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    PräfixPräfixwertTextwert
    Yobi2^80 = 1 208 925 819 614 629 174 706 176"Yi"
    Zebi2^70 = 1 180 591 620 717 411 303 424"Zi"
    Exbi2^60 = 1 152 921 504 606 846 976"Ei"
    Pebi2^50 = 1 125 899 906 842 624"Pi"
    Tebi2^40 = 1 099 511 627 776"Ti"
    Gibi2^30 = 1 073 741 824"Gi"
    Mebi2^20 = 1 048 576"Mi"
    Kibi2^10 = 1024"ki"
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UMWANDELN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UMWANDELN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UMWANDELN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/correl.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/correl.htm index b4a3b4ed4..7d5ff9b40 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/correl.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/correl.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - CORREL Function - - - - - -
    -

    CORREL Function

    -

    The CORREL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the correlation coefficient of two range of cells.

    -

    The CORREL function syntax is:

    -

    CORREL(array-1, array-2)

    -

    where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements.

    -

    Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values.

    -

    To apply the CORREL function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CORREL function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CORREL Function

    -
    - + + + + KORREL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KORREL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KORREL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Korrelationskoeffizient einer zweidimensionalen Zufallsgröße in einem Zellbereich zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KORREL ist:

    +

    KORREL(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält das Argument Matrix1(2) Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KORREL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KORREL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KORREL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cos.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cos.htm index 70cc38f34..62f35a012 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cos.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cos.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - COS-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    COS-Funktion

    -

    Die COS-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Kosinus eines Winkels zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die COS-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    COS(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die COS-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion COS.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    COS-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + COS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    COS-Funktion

    +

    Die COS-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kosinus eines Winkels zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion COS:

    +

    COS(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen Kosinus Sie berechnen möchten, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    COS-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    COS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cosh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cosh.htm index b4c45c6ea..9497f43e2 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cosh.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cosh.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - COSH-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    COSH-Funktion

    -

    Die COSH-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die COSH-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    COSH(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die COSH-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion COSH.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    COSH-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + COSHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    COSHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion COSHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion COSHYP:

    +

    COSHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion COSHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COSHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    COSHYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cot.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cot.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..58e8eeafa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cot.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + COT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    COT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion COT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kotangens eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COT ist:

    +

    COT(Zahl)

    +

    x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, für den Sie den Kotangens berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion COT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    COT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coth.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coth.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8a637037 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coth.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + COTHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    COTHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion COTHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den hyperbolischen Kotangens eines hyperbolischen Winkels zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COTHYP ist:

    +

    COTHYP(x)

    +

    x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, für den Sie den hyperbolischen Kotangens berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion COTHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COTHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    COTHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/count.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/count.htm index dabb4fb2f..c79215292 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/count.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/count.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - COUNT Function - - - - - -
    -

    COUNT Function

    -

    The COUNT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells which contain numbers ignoring empty cells or those contaning text.

    -

    The COUNT function syntax is:

    -

    COUNT(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is a range of cells you wish to count.

    -

    To apply the COUNT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COUNT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COUNT Function

    -
    - + + + + ANZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ANZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ANZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder die Zahlen enthalten, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ANZAHL ist:

    +

    ANZAHL(Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Wert1;[Wert2];... ist der Zellbereich in dem vorhandene Zahlen ermittelt werden soll.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ANZAHL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ANZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ANZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/counta.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/counta.htm index ecf17cae0..9a0ed2f4c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/counta.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/counta.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - COUNTA Function - - - - - -
    -

    COUNTA Function

    -

    The COUNTA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and count the number of cells that are not empty.

    -

    The COUNTA function syntax is:

    -

    COUNTA(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is a range of cells you wish to count.

    -

    To apply the COUNTA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COUNTA function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COUNTA Function

    -
    - + + + + ANZAHL2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ANZAHL2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ANZAHL2 gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu ermitteln, wie viele Zellen in einem Zellbereich nicht leer sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ANZAHL2 ist:

    +

    ANZAHL2(Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Wert1;[Wert2];... ist der Zellbereich, in dem ermittelt werden soll, wie viele Zellen nicht leer sind.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ANZAHL2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ANZAHL2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ANZAHL2-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countblank.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countblank.htm index d6e1be92c..a4d339a57 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countblank.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countblank.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - COUNTBLANK Function - - - - - -
    -

    COUNTBLANK Function

    -

    The COUNTBLANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and return the number of the empty cells.

    -

    The COUNTBLANK function syntax is:

    -

    COUNTBLANK(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is is a range of cells you wish to count.

    -

    To apply the COUNTBLANK function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COUNTBLANK function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COUNTBLANK Function

    -
    - + + + + ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Anzahl der leeren Zellen in einem Bereich von Zellen zu zählen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN ist:

    +

    ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN (Bereich)

    +

    Bereich ist der Zellbereich, in dem die Anzahl der leeren Zellen ermittelt werden soll.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countif.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countif.htm index 4fdd18497..0a8454e46 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countif.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countif.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - COUNTIF Function - - - - - -
    -

    COUNTIF Function

    -

    The COUNTIF function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to count the number of the selected cells based on the specified criterion.

    -

    The COUNTIF function syntax is:

    -

    COUNTIF(cell-range, selection-criteria)

    -

    where

    -

    cell-range is the selected range of cells you wish to count applying the specified criterion,

    -

    selection-criteria is a criterion you wish to apply entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: selection-criteria can include the wildcard characters — the question mark (?) that matches a single character and the asterisk (*) that matches multiple characters. If you want to find a question mark or asterisk, type a tilde (~) before the character.

    -

    To apply the COUNTIF function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COUNTIF function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COUNTIF Function

    -
    - + + + + ZÄHLENWENN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZÄHLENWENN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZÄHLENWENN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die ein bestimmtes Kriterium erfüllen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZÄHLENWENN ist:

    +

    ZÄHLENWENN(Bereich;Suchkriterium)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Bereich ist der ausgewählte Zellenbereich, den Sie hinsichtlich des Kriteriums analysieren wollen.

    +

    Suchkriterium ist eine Zahl, ein Ausdruck, ein Zellbezug oder eine Textzeichenfolge, durch die bzw. den definiert wird, welche Zellen gezählt werden.

    +

    Hinweis: Suchkriterium kan Platzhalterzeichen enthalten - das Fragezeichen (?), das einem einzelnen Zeichen entspricht, und das Sternchen (*), das mehreren Zeichen entspricht. Wenn Sie ein Fragezeichen oder ein Sternchen suchen, geben Sie vor dem Zeichen eine Tilde (~) ein.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZÄHLENWENN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ZÄHLENWENN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZÄHLENWENN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countifs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countifs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41c2827cd --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/countifs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + ZÄHLENWENNS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZÄHLENWENNS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die bestimmte Kriterien erfüllen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS ist:

    +

    ZÄHLENWENNS(Kriterienbereich1;Kriterien1;[Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]…)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Kriterien_Bereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, auf den die Kriterien1 angewendet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist zwingend erforderlich.

    +

    Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterien_Bereich1 angewendet und verwendet, um die zu zählenden Zellen in Kriterien_Bereich1 zu bestimmen. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Dieses Argument ist zwingend erforderlich.

    +

    Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2,... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Sie können bis zu 127 Bereiche und entsprechende Kriterien hinzufügen.

    +

    Hinweis: Bei der Angabe von Kriterien können Sie Platzhalterzeichen verwenden. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Wenn Sie ein Fragezeichen oder ein Sternchen suchen, geben Sie vor dem Zeichen eine Tilde (~) ein.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZÄHLENWENNS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdaybs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdaybs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dcc982bb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdaybs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + ZINSTERMTAGVA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSTERMTAGVA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Tagen ab dem Beginn einer Zinsperiode bis zum Abrechnungstermin zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA ist:

    +

    ZINSTERMTAGVA(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSTERMTAGVA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdays.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdays.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6609b6d54 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdays.htm @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + ZINSTERMTAGE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSTERMTAGE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Tage der Zinsperiode zurück, die den Abrechnungstermin einschließt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE ist:

    +

    ZINSTERMTAGE(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSTERMTAGE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdaysnc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdaysnc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6119b0909 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupdaysnc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + ZINSTERMTAGNZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSTERMTAGNZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Tage vom Abrechnungstermin bis zum nächsten Zinstermin zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ ist:

    +

    ZINSTERMTAGNZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSTERMTAGNZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupncd.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupncd.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b6803787 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupncd.htm @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + ZINSTERMNZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSTERMNZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSTERMNZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den nächsten Zinstermin nach dem Abrechnungstermin angibt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMNZ ist:

    +

    ZINSTERMNZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMNZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMNZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSTERMNZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupnum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupnum.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..929e30833 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/coupnum.htm @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + ZINSTERMZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSTERMZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der zwischen dem Abrechnungsdatum und dem Fälligkeitsdatum zahlbaren Zinszahlungen an.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL ist:

    +

    ZINSTERMZAHL(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSTERMZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/couppcd.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/couppcd.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0afee27f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/couppcd.htm @@ -0,0 +1,66 @@ + + + + ZINSTERMVZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSTERMVZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSTERMVZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl an, die die letzte Zinszahlung vor dem Abrechnungstermin repräsentiert.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMVZ ist:

    +

    ZINSTERMVZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMVZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis sehen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMVZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSTERMVZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covar.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covar.htm index 27b97dfab..9cc335218 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covar.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covar.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - COVAR Function - - - - - -
    -

    COVAR Function

    -

    The COVAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the convariance of two ranges of data.

    -

    The COVAR function syntax is:

    -

    COVAR(array-1, array-2)

    -

    where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements.

    -

    Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values.

    -

    To apply the COVAR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the COVAR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments manually or select them with the mouse separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    COVAR Function

    -
    - + + + + KOVAR-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KOVAR-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KOVAR gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kovarianz, den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOVAR ist:

    +

    KOVAR(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KOVAR:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOVAR.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KOVAR-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covariance-p.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covariance-p.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b480cf283 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covariance-p.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + KOVARIANZ.P-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KOVARIANZ.P-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KOVARIANZ.P gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kovarianz einer Grundgesamtheit zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen. Die Kovarianz gibt Auskunft darüber, welcher Zusammenhang zwischen zwei Datengruppen besteht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOVARIANZ.P ist:

    +

    KOVARIANZ.P(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KOVARIANZ.P:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOVARIANZ.P.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KOVARIANZ.P-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covariance-s.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covariance-s.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..174416732 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/covariance-s.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + KOVARIANZ.S-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KOVARIANZ.S-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KOVARIANZ.S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kovarianz einer Stichprobe zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen in zwei Datensätzen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOVARIANZ.S ist:

    +

    KOVARIANZ.S(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KOVARIANZ.S:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOVARIANZ.S.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KOVARIANZ.S-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/critbinom.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/critbinom.htm index 05e67913f..bfd701a85 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/critbinom.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/critbinom.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - CRITBINOM Function - - - - - -
    -

    CRITBINOM Function

    -

    The CRITBINOM function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the smallest value for which the cumulative binomial distribution is greater than or equal to the specified alpha value.

    -

    The CRITBINOM function syntax is:

    -

    CRITBINOM(number-trials, success-probability, alpha)

    -

    where

    -

    number-trials is the number of trials, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0.

    -

    success-probability is the success probability of each trial, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1.

    -

    alpha is the criterion, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the CRITBINOM function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the CRITBINOM function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    CRITBINOM Function

    -
    - + + + + KRITBINOM-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KRITBINOM-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KRITBINOM gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung größer oder gleich dem angegebenen Alpha-Wert sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KRITBINOM ist:

    +

    KRITBINOM(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Versuche ist die Anzahl der Bernoulliexperimente. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Alpha ist das Kriterium. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KRITBINOM:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KRITBINOM:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KRITBINOM-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/csc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/csc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..516fbdffc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/csc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + COSEC-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    COSEC-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion COSEC gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COSEC ist:

    +

    COSEC(x)

    +

    x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen Kosekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von x muss kleiner sein als 2^27.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion COSEC.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COSEC.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    COSEC-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/csch.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/csch.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..672be6793 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/csch.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + COSECHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    COSECHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion COSECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den hyperbolischen Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COSECHYP ist:

    +

    COSECHYP(x)

    +

    x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen hyperbolischen Kosekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von x muss kleiner sein als 2^27.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion CSCH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COSECHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    COSECHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cumipmt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cumipmt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b08c2e69 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cumipmt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + KUMZINSZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KUMZINSZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KUMZINSZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die kumulierten Zinsen, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KUMZINSZ ist:

    +

    KUMZINSZ(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen.

    +

    Zeitraum_Anfang ist die erste in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    Zeitraum_Ende ist die letzte in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KUMZINSZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KUMZINSZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KUMZINSZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cumprinc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cumprinc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..680e7b32a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/cumprinc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + KUMKAPITAL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KUMKAPITAL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KUMKAPITAL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die aufgelaufene Tilgung eines Darlehens, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen ist, basierend auf einem festgelegten Zinssatz und einem konstanten Zahlungsplan.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KUMKAPITAL ist:

    +

    KUMKAPITAL(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen.

    +

    Zeitraum_Anfang ist die erste in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    Zeitraum_Ende ist die letzte in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KUMKAPITAL.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KUMKAPITAL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KUMKAPITAL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/date.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/date.htm index 690e2c26b..81c9f0f78 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/date.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/date.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - DATE Function - - - - - -
    -

    DATE Function

    -

    The DATE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add dates in the default format MM/dd/yyyy.

    -

    The DATE function syntax is:

    -

    DATE(year, month, day)

    -

    where year, month, day are values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the DATE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DATE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DATE Function

    -
    - + + + + DATUM-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DATUM-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DATUM gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie dient dazu eine fortlaufende Zahl zurückzugeben, die ein bestimmtes Datum darstellt, im Format MM/TT/JJ.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DATUM ist:

    +

    DATUM(Jahr;Monat;Tag)

    +

    Die Werte für Jahr, Monat und Tag werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion DATUM:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DATUM.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DATUM-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datedif.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datedif.htm index a9aa1680c..48fe886df 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datedif.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datedif.htm @@ -1,64 +1,66 @@ - - - - DATEDIF Function - - - - - -
    -

    DATEDIF Function

    -

    The DATEDIF function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the difference between two date values (start date and end date), based on the interval (unit) specified.

    -

    The DATEDIF function syntax is:

    -

    DATEDIF(start-date, end-date, unit)

    -

    where

    -

    start-date and end-date are two dates you wish to calculate the difference between.

    -

    unit is the specified interval that can be one of the following:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    UnitInterval Explanation
    YThe number of complete years.
    MThe number of complete months.
    DThe number of days.
    MDThe difference between the days (months and years are ignored).
    YMThe difference between the months (days and years are ignored).
    YDThe difference between the days (years are ignored).
    -

    To apply the DATEDIF function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DATEDIF function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DATEDIF Function

    -
    - + + + + DATUMIF-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DATUMIF-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DATUMIF gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Differenz zwischen zwei Datumsangaben (Start- und Enddatum), basierend auf der angegebenen Einheit.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DATUMIF ist:

    +

    DATEDIF(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;Einheit)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum sind die beiden Datumswerte, für die Sie die dazwischen liegenden Tage berechnen möchten.

    +

    Einheit ist das angegebene Zeitintervall. Mögliche Einheiten sind:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    EinheitBedeutung
    JDie Anzahl der vollständigen Jahre im Zeitraum
    MDie Anzahl der vollständigen Monate im Zeitraum
    TDie Anzahl der vollständigen Tage im Zeitraum
    MTDie Differenz zwischen den Tagen (Monate und Jahre werden ignoriert).
    JMDie Differenz zwischen den Monaten (Tage und Jahre werden ignoriert).
    JTDie Differenz zwischen den Tagen (Jahre werden ignoriert).
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DATUMIF.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DATUMIF.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DATUMIF-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datevalue.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datevalue.htm index 9c2df5688..49a7aca9d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datevalue.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/datevalue.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - DATEVALUE Function - - - - - -
    -

    DATEVALUE Function

    -

    The DATEVALUE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return a serial number of the specified date.

    -

    The DATEVALUE function syntax is:

    -

    DATEVALUE(date-time-string)

    -

    where date-time-string is a date from January 1, 1900, to December 31, 9999, entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the DATEVALUE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DATEVALUE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DATEVALUE Function

    -
    - + + + + DATWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DATWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DATWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DATWERT ist:

    +

    DATWERT(Datumstext)

    +

    Dabei ist Datumstext ein Text, der ein Datum zwischen dem 1. Januar 1900 und dem 31.12 9999 darstellt einem Excel-Datumsformat darstellt und der manuelle eingegeben oder durch Bezugnahme in die Formel aufgenommen wird.

    +

    DATWERT-Funktion eingeben.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DATWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DATWERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/daverage.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/daverage.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ce262e97 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/daverage.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBMITTELWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBMITTELWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBMITTELWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie liefert den Mittelwert aus den Werten eines Felds (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBMITTELWERT ist:

    +

    DBMITTELWERT(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Sie kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBMITTELWERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBMITTELWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBMITTELWERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/day.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/day.htm index 8b1d57666..21eb907a4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/day.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/day.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - DAY Function - - - - - -
    -

    DAY Function

    -

    The DAY function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the day (a number from 1 to 31) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default).

    -

    The DAY function syntax is:

    -

    DAY(date-value)

    -

    where date-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the DAY function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DAY function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DAY Function

    -
    - + + + + TAG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TAG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TAG gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl mit einem Wert von 1 bis 31 in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAG ist:

    +

    TAG(Datumswert)

    +

    Dabei ist Datumswert das Datum des Tages, den Sie suchen, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    TAG-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TAG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..796e7458e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + TAGE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TAGE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TAGE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Tagen zurück, die zwischen zwei Datumswerten liegen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAGE ist:

    +

    TAGE(Zieldatum;Ausgangsdatum)

    +

    Dabei sind

    +

    Zieldatum und Ausgangsdatum die beiden Datumswerte, für die Sie die dazwischen liegenden Tage berechnen möchten.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion TAGE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAGE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TAGE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days360.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days360.htm index aeedbde9d..408ded8de 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days360.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/days360.htm @@ -1,36 +1,36 @@ - - - - DAYS360 Function - - - - - -
    -

    DAYS360 Function

    -

    The DAYS360 function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the number of days between two dates (start-date and end-date) based on a 360-day year using one of the calculation method (US or European).

    -

    The DAYS360 function syntax is:

    -

    DAYS360(start-date, end-date [,method-flag])

    -

    where

    -

    start-date and end-date are two dates you wish to calculate the number of days between.

    -

    method-flag is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE, the calculation will be performed using the European method, according to which the start and end dates that occur on the 31st of a month become equal to the 30th of the same month.
    - If it is FALSE or omitted, the calculation will be performed using the US method, according to which if the start date is the last day of a month, it becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. If the end date is the last day of a month and the start date is earlier than the 30th of a month, the end date becomes equal to the 1st of the next month. Otherwise the end date becomes equal to the 30th of the same month. -

    -

    To apply the DAYS360 function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DAYS360 function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DAYS360 Function

    -
    - + + + + TAGE360-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TAGE360-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TAGE360 gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Anzahl der Tage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben ausgehend von einem Jahr, das 360 Tage hat

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAGE360 ist:

    +

    TAGE360(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Methode])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum sind die beiden Datumswerte, für die Sie die dazwischen liegenden Tage berechnen möchten.

    +

    Methode ist ein optionaler Wahrheitswert. WAHR oder FALSCH. Für WAHR wird die Berechnung basierend auf der Europäischen Methode durchgeführt. Jedes Ausgangs- und Enddatum, das auf den 31. Tag eines Monats fällt, wird zum 30. Tag desselben Monats.
    Für FALSCH oder keinen Wert wird, die Berechnung basierend auf der US-Methode durchgeführt. Ist das Ausgangsdatum der letzte Tag eines Monats wird es zum 30. Tag dieses Monats. Ist das Enddatum der letzte Tag eines Monats und das Ausgangsdatum ein Datum vor dem 30. Tag eines Monats, wird das Enddatum zum 1. Tag des darauffolgenden Monats. In allen anderen Fällen wird das Enddatum zum 30. Tag desselben Monats.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TAGE360:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAGE360.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TAGE360-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/db.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/db.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46a90fbda --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/db.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + GDA2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GDA2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GDA2 gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die geometrisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GDA2 ist:

    +

    GDA2(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Monate])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird.

    +

    Periode ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer.

    +

    Monate ist die Anzahl der Monate im ersten Jahr. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Argument Monate angegeben, wird der Wert 12 angenommen.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GDA2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GDA2-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dcount.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dcount.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4b4d9502 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dcount.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBANZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBANZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBANZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie ermittelt die Anzahl nicht leerer Zellen in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBANZAHL ist:

    +

    DBANZAHL(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Sie kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBANZAHL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion DBANZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBANZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dcounta.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dcounta.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1e8f5760b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dcounta.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBANZAHL2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBANZAHL2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBANZAHL2 gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie ermittelt die Anzahl nicht leerer Zellen (logische Werte und Text werden berücksichtigt) in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBANZAHL2 ist:

    +

    DBANZAHL2(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Sie kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBANZAHL2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion DBANZAHL2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBANZAHL2-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ddb.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ddb.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9322c8755 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ddb.htm @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ + + + + GDA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GDA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GDA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Abschreibung eines Anlagegutes für einen angegebenen Zeitraum unter Verwendung der degressiven Doppelraten-Abschreibung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GDA ist:

    +

    GDA(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Faktor])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird.

    +

    Periode ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer.

    +

    Faktor ist die Rate, um die der Restbuchwert abnimmt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Faktor, nimmt die Funktion den Faktor 2 an.

    +

    Hinweis: Alle Argumente müssen positive Zahlen enthalten.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GDA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GDA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GDA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2bin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2bin.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b318d86cd --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2bin.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DEZINBIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DEZINBIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DEZINBIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZINBIN ist:

    +

    DEZINBIN(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine dezimale ganze Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Stellen weniger oder gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DEZINBIN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZINBIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DEZINBIN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2hex.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2hex.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5930fc6a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2hex.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DEZINHEX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DEZINHEX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DEZINHEX gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZINHEX ist:

    +

    DEZINHEX(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine dezimale ganze Zahl, manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Stellen weniger oder gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DEZINHEX:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZINHEX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DEZINHEX-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2oct.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2oct.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd828981e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dec2oct.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DEZINOKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DEZINOKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DEZINOKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine oktale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZINOKT ist:

    +

    DEZINOKT(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine dezimale ganze Zahl, manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Stellen weniger oder gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DEZINOKT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZINOKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DEZINOKT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/decimal.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/decimal.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2183e3036 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/decimal.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DEZIMAL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DEZIMAL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DEZIMAL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie konvertiert eine Textdarstellung einer Zahl mit einer angegebenen Basis in eine Dezimalzahl.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZIMAL ist:

    +

    DEZIMAL(Text;Basis)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist die Textdarstellung der Zahl, die Sie konvertieren möchten. Text darf maximal 255 Zeichen lang sein.

    +

    Basis ist die Basis der Nummer. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 2 und kleiner gleich 36 ist.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DEZIMAL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZIMAL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DEZIMAL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/degrees.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/degrees.htm index 076530209..097517391 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/degrees.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/degrees.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - DEGREES-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    DEGREES-Funktion

    -

    Die DEGREES-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um Radiant in Grad umzurechnen.

    -

    Die DEGREES-Funkctionssyntax ist:

    -

    DEGREES(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert (Radianten) ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die DEGREES-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion DEGREES.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    DEGREES-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + GRAD-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GRAD-Funktion

    +

    Die GRAD-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um Radiant (Bogenmaß) in Grad umzurechnen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GRAD ist:

    +

    GRAD(Winkel)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist der in Bogenmaß (Radiant) gegebene Winkel, den Sie umwandeln möchten, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GRAD:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GRAD.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GRAD-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/delta.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/delta.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..248daec2a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/delta.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DELTA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DELTA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DELTA gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie überprüft, ob zwei Werte gleich sind. Sind die Werte gleich, gibt die Funktion 1 zurück. Andernfalls gibt sie 0 zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DELTA ist:

    +

    DELTA(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl1 ist die erste Zahl.

    +

    Zahl2 ist die zweite Zahl. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zahl2 wird es als 0 angenommen.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DELTA.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DELTA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DELTA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/devsq.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/devsq.htm index b41c908e2..8b0c29787 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/devsq.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/devsq.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - DEVSQ Function - - - - - -
    -

    DEVSQ Function

    -

    The DEVSQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and sum the squares of the deviations of numbers from their mean.

    -

    The DEVSQ function syntax is:

    -

    DEVSQ(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the DEVSQ function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DEVSQ function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select the range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DEVSQ Function

    -
    - + + + + SUMQUADABW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMQUADABW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMQUADABW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der quadrierten Abweichungen von Datenpunkten von deren Stichprobenmittelwert zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMQUADABW ist:

    +

    SUMQUADABW(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMQUADABW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMQUADABW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMQUADABW-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dget.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dget.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..429e2ecfb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dget.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBAUSZUG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBAUSZUG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBAUSZUG gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie gibt einen einzelnen Wert aus einer Spalte einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBAUSZUG ist:

    +

    DBAUSZUG(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Es kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBAUSZUG.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBAUSZUG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBAUSZUG-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/disc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/disc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0be02abc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/disc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + DISAGIO-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DISAGIO-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DISAGIO gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den in Prozent ausgedrückten Abzinsungssatz eines Wertpapiers zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DISAGIO ist:

    +

    DISAGIO(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs;Rückzahlung;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DISAGIO.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DISAGIO.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DISAGIO-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dmax.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dmax.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4a98c766 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dmax.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBMAX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBMAX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBMAX gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie gib den größten Wert in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBMAX ist:

    +

    DBMAX(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Es kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBMAX.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBMAX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBMAX-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dmin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dmin.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3548fa19d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dmin.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBMIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBMIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBMIN gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie gib den kleinsten Wert in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBMIN ist:

    +

    DBMIN(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Diese kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBMIN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBMIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBMIN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollar.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollar.htm index f60e5b037..ad8e2ff0a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollar.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollar.htm @@ -1,36 +1,37 @@ - - - - DOLLAR Function - - - - - -
    -

    DOLLAR Function

    -

    The DOLLAR function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a number to text, using a currency format $#.##.

    -

    The DOLLAR function syntax is:

    -

    DOLLAR(number [, num-decimal])

    -

    where

    -

    number is any number to convert.

    -

    num-decimal is a number of decimal places to display. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 2.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the DOLLAR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the DOLLAR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    DOLLAR Function

    -
    - + + + + EURO-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    EURO-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion EURO gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie konvertiert eine Zahl in ein Textformat und ordnet ein Währungssymbol zu (€#.##).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EURO ist:

    +

    Euro(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine beliebige zu konvertierende Zahl.

    +

    Dezimalstellen gibt an wie viele Dezimalstellen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 2 (Zwei) angenommen.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion EURO:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EURO.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    EURO-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollarde.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollarde.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cf485cc0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollarde.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + NOTIERUNGDEZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NOTIERUNGDEZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine Notierung, die durch eine Kombination aus ganzer Zahl und Dezimalbruch ausgedrückt wurde, in eine Dezimalzahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ ist:

    +

    NOTIERUNGDEZ(Zahl;Teiler)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine Zahl, die durch eine Kombination aus Ganzzahl und Dezimalbruch, getrennt durch ein Dezimaltrennzeichen ausgedrückt wurde.

    +

    Teiler Bruchzahl ist eine Ganzzahl, die Sie als Nenner zum Zähler Zahl verwenden möchten.

    +

    Hinweis: beispielsweise wird der Wert Zahl, ausgedrückt als 1,03, als 1 + 3/n interpretiert, wobei n der Wert von Teiler ist.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NOTIERUNGDEZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollarfr.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollarfr.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..adbacef57 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dollarfr.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + NOTIERUNGBRU-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NOTIERUNGBRU-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lassen sich als Dezimalzahlen angegebene Euro-Preise in Euro-Zahlen umwandeln, die als Dezimalbrüche formuliert sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU ist:

    +

    NOTIERUNGBRU(Zahl;Teiler)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine Dezimalzahl.

    +

    Teiler ist eine ganze Zahl, die als Nenner eines Dezimalbruchs verwendet wird.

    +

    Hinweis: beispielsweise wird der Rückgabewert von 1,03 als 1 + 3/n interpretiert, wobei n der Wert von Teiler ist.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NOTIERUNGBRU-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dproduct.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dproduct.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fbe771cc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dproduct.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBPRODUKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBPRODUKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBPRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie multipliziert die Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBPRODUKT ist:

    +

    DBPRODUKT(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBPRODUKT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBPRODUKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBPRODUKT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dstdev.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dstdev.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51d7633fa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dstdev.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBSTDABW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBSTDABW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBSTDABW gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie schätzt die Standardabweichung einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBSTDABW ist:

    +

    DBSTDABW(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBSTDABW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBSTDABW-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dstdevp.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dstdevp.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d36a019f3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dstdevp.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBSTDABWN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBSTDABWN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBSTDABWN gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Standardabweichung auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBSTDABWN ist:

    +

    DBSTDABWN(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBSTDABWN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBSTDABWN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBSTDABWN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dsum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dsum.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c05430650 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dsum.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBSUMME-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBSUMME-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBSUMME gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie summiert die Zahlen in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBSUMME ist:

    +

    DBSUMME(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBSUMME:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBSUMME.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBSUMME-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/duration.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/duration.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a02934f4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/duration.htm @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + DURATION-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DURATION-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DURATION gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt für einen angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € die Macauley-Dauer zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DURATION ist:

    +

    DURATION(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DURATION:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DURATION.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DURATION-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dvar.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dvar.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c41565c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dvar.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBVARIANZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBVARIANZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBVARIANZ gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBVARIANZ ist:

    +

    DBVARIANZ(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBVARIANZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBVARIANZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBVARIANZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dvarp.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dvarp.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63d19ff3b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/dvarp.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + DBVARIANZEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DBVARIANZEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DBVARIANZEN gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBVARIANZEN ist:

    +

    DBVARIANZEN(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten.

    +

    Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden.

    +

    Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DBVARIANZEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBVARIANZEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DBVARIANZEN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ecma-ceiling.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ecma-ceiling.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0bedc2796 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ecma-ceiling.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + ECMA.OBERGRENZE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ECMA.OBERGRENZE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Negative Zahlen werden gegen Null gerundet.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE ist:

    +

    ECMA.OBERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, den Sie runden möchten.

    +

    Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ECMA.OBERGRENZE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/edate.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/edate.htm index 27b522209..c1c7de9e6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/edate.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/edate.htm @@ -1,35 +1,36 @@ - - - - EDATE Function - - - - - - -
    -

    EDATE Function

    -

    The EDATE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the serial number of the date which comes the indicated number of months (month-offset) before or after the specified date (start-date).

    -

    The EDATE function syntax is:

    -

    EDATE(start-date, month-offset)

    -

    where

    -

    start-date is a number representing the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    month-offset is a number of months before or after start-day. If the month-offset has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start-date. If the month-offset has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start-date.

    -

    To apply the EDATE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the EDATE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    EDATE Function

    -
    - + + + + EDATUM-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    EDATUM-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion EDATUM gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor bzw. nach dem angegebenen Datum (Ausgangsdatum) liegt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EDATUM ist:

    +

    EDATUM(Ausgangsdatum;Monate)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist eine Zahl, die das erste Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Monate ist die Anzahl der Monate vor oder nach Ausgangsdatum. Hat Monate ein negatives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das vor dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum liegt. Hat ein positives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das nach dem angegebenen folgt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion EDATUM:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EDATUM.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    EDATUM-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/effect.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/effect.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a99f2e544 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/effect.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + EFFEKTIV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    EFFEKTIV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion EFFEKTIV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Effektivverzinsung zurück, ausgehend von einer Nominalverzinsung sowie der jeweiligen Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EFFEKTIV ist:

    +

    EFFEKTIV(Nominalzins;Perioden)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Nominalzins ist die jährliche Nominalverzinszung des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Perioden ist die Anzahl der jährlichen Verzinsungsperioden.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion EFFEKTIV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EFFEKTIV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    EFFEKTIV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/eomonth.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/eomonth.htm index 81080efc7..676736291 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/eomonth.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/eomonth.htm @@ -1,35 +1,36 @@ - - - - EOMONTH Function - - - - - - -
    -

    EOMONTH Function

    -

    The EOMONTH function is one of the date and time functions. Is used to return the serial number of the last day of the month that comes the indicated number of months before or after the specified start date.

    -

    The EOMONTH function syntax is:

    -

    EOMONTH(start-date, month-offset)

    -

    where

    -

    start-date is a number representing the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    month-offset is a number of months before or after start-day. If the month-offset has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start-date. If the month-offset has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start-date.

    -

    To apply the EOMONTH function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the EOMONTH function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    EOMONTH Function

    -
    - + + + + MONATSENDE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MONATSENDE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MONATSENDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des letzten Tages des Monats zurück, der eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor bzw. nach dem Ausgangsdatum liegt

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MONATSENDE ist:

    +

    MONATSENDE(Ausgangsdatum;Monate)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist eine Zahl, die das erste Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Monate ist die Anzahl der Monate vor oder nach Ausgangsdatum. Hat Monate ein negatives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das vor dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum liegt. Hat ein positives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das nach dem angegebenen folgt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MONATSENDE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MONATSENDE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MONATSENDE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erf-precise.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erf-precise.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1bd9efa5f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erf-precise.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + GAUSSF.GENAU-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAUSSF.GENAU-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAUSSF.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Fehlerfunktion integriert zwischen 0 und dem angegebenen unteren Grenzwert zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFL.GENAU ist:

    +

    GAUSSF.GENAU(x)

    +

    Dabei ist

    +

    Dabei ist x die untere Grenze für die Integration.

    +

    Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    GAUSSF.GENAU-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSF.GENAU.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAUSSF.GENAU-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erf.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erf.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ce10df90 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erf.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + GAUSSFEHLER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAUSSFEHLER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAUSSFEHLER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die zwischen den angegebenen unteren und oberen Grenzen integrierte Gauß'sche Fehlerfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFEHLER ist:

    +

    GAUSSFEHLER(Untere_Grenze;[Obere_Grenze])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Untere_Grenze ist die untere Grenze für die Integration in GAUSSFEHLER.

    +

    Obere_Grenze ist die obere Grenze für die Integration in GAUSSFEHLER. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument, integriert GAUSSFEHLER von 0 (Null) bis Untere_Grenze.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GAUSSFEHLER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFEHLER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAUSSFEHLER-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erfc-precise.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erfc-precise.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..821fa42f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erfc-precise.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU ist:

    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU(x)

    +

    Dabei ist x die untere Grenze für die Integration, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erfc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erfc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..46d334242 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/erfc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + GAUSSFKOMPL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL ist:

    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL(Untere_Grenze)

    +

    Dabei ist Untere_Grenze die untere Grenze für die Integration, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAUSSFKOMPL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/error.type.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/error.type.htm index d3ed0a84b..fb5390e36 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/error.type.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/error.type.htm @@ -1,74 +1,76 @@ - - - - ERROR.TYPE Function - - - - - -
    -

    ERROR.TYPE Function

    -

    The ERROR.TYPE function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the numeric representation of one of the existing errors.

    -

    The ERROR.TYPE function syntax is:

    -

    ERROR.TYPE(value)

    -

    where value is an error value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The error value can be one of the following:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Error valueNumeric representation
    #NULL!1
    #DIV/0!2
    #VALUE!3
    #REF!4
    #NAME?5
    #NUM!6
    #N/A7
    #GETTING_DATA8
    Other#N/A
    -

    To apply the ERROR.TYPE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ERROR.TYPE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ERROR.TYPE Function

    -
    - + + + + FEHLER.TYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FEHLER.TYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FEHLER.TYP gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die numerische Darstellung von einem der vorhandenen Fehler zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FEHLER.TYP ist:

    +

    FEHLER.TYP(Fehlerwert)

    +

    Fehlerwert ist der Fehlerwert dessen Kennnummer Sie finden möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Fehlerwerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    FehlerwertNummerische Darstellung
    #NULL!1
    #DIV/0!2
    #WERT!3
    #BEZUG!4
    #NAME?5
    #NUM!6
    #NV7
    #DATEN_ABRUFEN8
    Sonstige#NV
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion FEHLER.TYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FEHLER.TYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FEHLER.TYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/even.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/even.htm index ceb685cad..d9f53ca5d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/even.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/even.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - EVEN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    EVEN-Funktion

    -

    Die EVEN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf die nächste gerade Ganzzahl aufzurunden.

    -

    Die EVEN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    EVEN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl die Zahl zum Aufrunden ist, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die EVEN-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion EVEN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    EVEN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + GERADE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GERADE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GERADE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf die nächste gerade ganze Zahl aufzurunden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GERADE ist:

    +

    GERADE(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl der zu rundende Wert, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion GERADE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GERADE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GERADE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exact.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exact.htm index e66d28e37..544acd999 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exact.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exact.htm @@ -1,38 +1,39 @@ - - - - EXACT Function - - - - - -
    -

    EXACT Function

    -

    The EXACT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to compare data in two cells. The function returns TRUE if the data are the same, and FALSE if not.

    -

    The EXACT function syntax is:

    -

    EXACT(text1, text2)

    -

    where text1(2) is data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the EXACT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the EXACT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -

      Note: the EXACT function is case-sensitive.

      -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    For example:

    -

    There are two arguments: text1 = A1; text2 = B1, where A1 is MyPassword, B1 is mypassword. So the function returns FALSE.

    -

    EXACT Function: FALSE

    -

    If we change the A1 data converting all the uppercase letters to lowercase, the function returns TRUE:

    -

    EXACT Function: TRUE

    -
    - + + + + IDENTISCH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IDENTISCH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IDENTISCH gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit der Funktion lassen sich Daten in zwei Zellen vergleichen. Sind die Daten identisch, gibt die Funktion gibt den Wert WAHR zurück, anderfalls gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IDENTISCH ist:

    +

    IDENTISCH(Text1;Text2)

    +

    Text1(2)… ist die zu analysierende Zeichenfolge, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IDENTISCH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IDENTISCH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: die Funktionen IDENTISCH unterscheidet zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 2 Argumente: Text1 = A1; Text2 = B1; A1 ist MeinPasswort, B1 ist meinpasswort. In diesem Fall gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück.

    +

    IDENTISCH-Funktion FALSCH

    +

    Ändert man nun alle Zeichen in A1 von Groß- auf Kleinbuchstaben, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück:

    +

    IDENTISCH-Funktion WAHR

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exp.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exp.htm index 98b6e0555..58a7b89ae 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exp.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/exp.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - EXP-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    EXP-Funktion

    -

    Die EXP-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Basis e mit der als Argument angegebenen Zahl zu potenzieren. Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904.

    -

    Die EXP-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    EXP(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl das Argument, mit dem Sie e potenzieren möchten, ist, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die EXP-Funktion anzuwenden:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion EXP.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    EXP-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + EXP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    EXP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion EXP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Basis e mit der als Argument angegebenen Zahl zu potenzieren. Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EXP ist:

    +

    EXP(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist der Exponent zur Basis e, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion EXP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EXP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    EXP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expon-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expon-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d4c104f9 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expon-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + EXPON.VERT + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    EXPON.VERT

    +

    Die Funktion EXPON.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EXPON.VERT ist:

    +

    EXPON.VERT(x;Lambda;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert für die Funktion. Ein nummerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Lambada ist der übergebene Wert. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion EXPON.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EXPON.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    EXPON.VERT

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expondist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expondist.htm index cf28d74a1..3e9304349 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expondist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/expondist.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - EXPONDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    EXPONDIST Function

    -

    The EXPONDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the exponential distribution.

    -

    The EXPONDIST function syntax is:

    -

    EXPONDIST(x, lambda, cumulative-flag)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the value of the function, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0,

    -

    lambda is the parameter of the value, a numeriac value greater than 1,

    -

    cumulative-flag is the form of the function to return, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative-flag is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function, if FALSE, it will return the probability density function.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the EXPONDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the EXPONDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    EXPONDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + EXPONVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    EXPONVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion EXPONVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EXPONVERT ist:

    +

    EXPONVERT(x;Lambda;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert für die Funktion. Ein nummerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Lambada ist der übergebene Wert. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion EXPONVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EXPONVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    EXPONVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-dist-rt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-dist-rt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b2dd62a3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-dist-rt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + F.VERT.RE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    F.VERT.RE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion F.VERT.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurückzugeben. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.VERT.RE ist:

    +

    F.VERT.RE(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion F.VERT.RE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.VERT.RE-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    F.VERT.RE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57e65cd2b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + F.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    F.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion F.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer F-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.VERT ist:

    +

    F.VERT(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt F.VERT den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt F.VERT den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion F.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.VERT-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    F.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-inv-rt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-inv-rt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec45250c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-inv-rt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + F.INV.RE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    F.INV.RE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion F.INV.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der (rechtsseitigen) F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.INV.RE ist:

    +

    F.INV.RE(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur F-Verteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion F.INV.RE.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.INV.RE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    F.INV.RE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a93d0013 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + F.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    F.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion F.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der (rechtsseitigen) F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.INV ist:

    +

    F.INV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur F-Verteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der F.INV-Funktion.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    F.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-test.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-test.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..539d3ae64 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/f-test.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + F.TEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    F.TEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion F.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück, die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass sich die Varianzen in Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion F.TEST:

    +

    F.TEST(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix1 ist die erste Matrix oder der erste Wertebereich.

    +

    Matrix2 ist die zweite Matrix oder der zweite Wertebereich.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Enthält eines der Argumente weniger als 2 Datenpunkte, oder ist die Varianz eines Wertebereichs gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion F.TEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion .TEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    F.TEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fact.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fact.htm index 7e827d3f5..077a1b446 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fact.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fact.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - FACT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    FACT-Funktion

    -

    Die FACT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Fakultät einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die FACT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    FACT(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die FACT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion FACT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    FACT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + FAKULTÄT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FAKULTÄT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FAKULTÄT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Fakultät einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion FAKULTÄT ist:

    +

    FAKULTÄT(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen.

    +

    Die Funktion FAKULTÄT anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FAKULTÄT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FAKULTÄT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/factdouble.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/factdouble.htm index 98150d202..76a23cbf7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/factdouble.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/factdouble.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - FACTDOUBLE-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    FACTDOUBLE-Funktion

    -

    Die FACTDOUBLE-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die doppelte Fakultät einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die FACTDOUBLE-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    FACTDOUBLE(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die FACTDOUBLE-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion FACTDOUBLE.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    FACTDOUBLE-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ZWEIFAKULTÄT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZWEIFAKULTÄT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Diese Funktion gibt die Fakultät zu Zahl mit Schrittlänge 2 zurück

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT lautet:

    +

    ZWEIFAKULTÄT(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZWEIFAKULTÄT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/false.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/false.htm index 4299b7962..dcb928018 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/false.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/false.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - FALSE-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    FALSE-Funktion

    -

    Die FALSE-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wert FALSE zurück und verlangt kein Argument.

    -

    Die FALSE-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    FALSE()

    -

    Um die FALSE-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion FALSE.
      5. -
    5. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      6. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    FALSE-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + FALSCH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FALSCH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FALSCH gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wahrheitswert FALSCH zurück und die Syntax der Funktion enthält keine Argumente.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion FALSCH:

    +

    FALSCH()

    +

    FALSCH-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FALSCH.
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FALSCH-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fdist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51c26a550 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fdist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + FVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurückzugeben. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FVERT ist:

    +

    FVERT(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion FDIST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FVERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/find.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/find.htm index a30325338..e366b8ee7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/find.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/find.htm @@ -1,40 +1,41 @@ - - - - FIND/FINDB Function - - - - - -
    -

    FIND/FINDB Function

    -

    The FIND/FINDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to find the specified substring (string-1) within a string (string-2). The FIND function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while FINDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The FIND/FINDB function syntax is:

    -

    FIND(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos])

    -

    FINDB(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos])

    -

    where

    -

    string-1 is a string you are looking for,

    -

    string-2 is a string you are searching within,

    -

    start-pos is a position in a string where the search will start. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will start search from the beginning of the string.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: if there are no matches, the function will return the #VALUE! error.

    -

    To apply the FIND/FINDB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the FIND/FINDB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -

      Note: the FIND/FINDB function is case-sensitive.

      -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    FIND/FINDB Function

    -
    - + + + + FINDEN/FINDENB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FINDEN/FINDENB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie sucht einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert. Die Funktion FINDEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während FINDENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FINDEN/FINDENB ist:

    +

    FINDEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])

    +

    FINDENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Suchtext gibt den Text an, den Sie suchen.

    +

    Text ist der Text, der den Text enthält, den Sie suchen möchten.

    +

    Erstes_Zeichen gibt an, bei welchem Zeichen die Suche begonnen werden soll. Das Argument Erstes_Zeichen ist optional. Fehlt das Argument beginnt die Funktion mit dem ersten Zeichen des Textes.

    +

    Die Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Liegen keine Übereinstimmungen vor, geben die Funktionen FINDEN und FINDENB den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FINDEN oder FINDENB:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FINDEN/FINDENB-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/finv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/finv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a903bfb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/finv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + FINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der (rechtsseitigen) F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FINV ist:

    +

    FINV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur F-Verteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion FINV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FINV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisher.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisher.htm index 17bc90f3b..2ad5979f9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisher.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisher.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - FISHER Function - - - - - -
    -

    FISHER Function

    -

    The FISHER function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Fisher transformation of a number.

    -

    The FISHER function syntax is:

    -

    FISHER(number)

    -

    where number is a numeric value greater than - 1 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the FISHER function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the FISHER function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    FISHER Function

    -
    - + + + + FISHER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FISHER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FISHER gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Fisher-Transformation einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FISHERINV ist:

    +

    FISHER(x)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, größer als -1 und kleiner als 1, für den Sie die Transformation durchführen möchten. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder in der Zelle eingeschlossen sein, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    FISHER-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FISHER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FISHER-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisherinv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisherinv.htm index d432b9c33..11b4aca77 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisherinv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fisherinv.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - FISHERINV Function - - - - - -
    -

    FISHERINV Function

    -

    The FISHERINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to perform the inverse of Fisher transformation.

    -

    The FISHERINV function syntax is:

    -

    FISHERINV(number)

    -

    where number is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the FISHERINV function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the FISHERINV function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    FISHERINV Function

    -
    - + + + + FISHERINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FISHERINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FISHERINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Umkehrung der Fisher-Transformation zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FISHERINV ist:

    +

    FISHERINV(y)

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, dessen Transformation Sie umkehren möchten, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    FISHERINV-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FISHERINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FISHERINV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fixed.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fixed.htm index 9905bd4e6..548e4096e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fixed.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fixed.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - FIXED Function - - - - - -
    -

    FIXED Function

    -

    The FIXED function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the text representation of a number rounded to a specified number of decimal places.

    -

    The FIXED function syntax is:

    -

    FIXED(number [,[num-decimal] [,suppress-commas-flag])

    -

    where

    -

    number is a number to round.

    -

    num-decimal is a number of decimal places to display. It is an optional argument, if it's omitted, the function will assume it to be 2.

    -

    suppress-commas-flag is a logical value. If it is set to TRUE, the function will return the result without commas. If it is FALSE or omitted, the result will be displayed with commas.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the FIXED function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the FIXED function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    FIXED Function

    -
    - + + + + FEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FEST gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie formatiert eine Zahl als Text mit einer festen Anzahl von Nachkommastellen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FEST ist:

    +

    FEST(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen],[Keine_Punkte])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die zu rundende Zahl, die in Text umgewandelt werden soll.

    +

    Dezimalstellen gibt an wie viele Dezimalstellen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 2 (Zwei) angenommen.

    +

    Keine_Punkte ist ein Wahrheitswert. Ist Keine_Punkte mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis ohne Kommas zurück. Ist Keine_Punkte FALSCH oder nicht angegeben, enthält der zurückgegebene Text die üblicherweise verwendeten Punkte.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion FEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FEST-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floor.htm index a854d3e54..dc01798b7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floor.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floor.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - FLOOR-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    FLOOR-Funktion

    -

    Die FLOOR-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf das nächste Vielfache abzurunden.

    -

    Die FLOOR-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    FLOOR(number, significance)

    -

    wo

    -

    number eine Zahl, die Sie abrunden möchten, ist.

    -

    significance das Vielfache, auf das Sie abrunden möchten, ist.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls number und significance unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die FLOOR-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion FLOOR.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    FLOOR-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + UNTERGRENZE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNTERGRENZE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf das nächste Vielfache ab.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE ist:

    +

    UNTERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der numerische Wert, den Sie runden möchten.

    +

    Schritt ist das Vielfache, auf das Sie abrunden möchten.

    +

    Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNTERGRENZE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floormath.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floormath.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1456b4602 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floormath.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder auf das nächste Vielfache von Schritt ab.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist:

    +

    UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;Modus)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1.

    +

    Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floorprecise.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floorprecise.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ba7c0d68 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/floorprecise.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + UNTERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNTERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder das nächste Vielfache von "Schritt" ab. Die Zahl wird unabhängig vom Vorzeichen immer abgerundet.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU ist:

    +

    UNTERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl; [Schritt])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNTERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5d63f42a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm @@ -0,0 +1,107 @@ + + + + PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein Konfidenzintervall für den prognostizierten Wert an einem festgelegten Zieldatum zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT ist:

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Konfidenz_Niveau];[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ziel_Datum ist der Datenpunkt, für den ein Wert vorhergesagt werden soll. Das Zieldatum muss nach dem Ende der historischen Zeitachse liegen.

    +

    Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen.

    +

    Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden).

    +

    Konfidenz_Niveau ist ein numerischer Wert größer 0 und kleiner 1, der ein Konfidenzniveau für das berechnete Konfidenzintervall angibt Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 0,95.

    +

    Saisonalität ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, mit welcher Methode die Saisonalität ermittelt werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenDie Saisonalität wird automatisch erkannt. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion positive, ganzzahlige Werte.
    0Es liegt keine Saisonalität vor, die Vorhersage wird also linear sein.
    Eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 2 ist.Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion die angegebene Zahl.
    +

    Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenFehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet.
    0Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt.
    +

    Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertFunktion
    1 oder nicht angegebenMITTELWERT
    2ANZAHL
    3ANZAHL2
    4MAX
    5MEDIAN
    6MIN
    7SUMME
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-seasonality.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-seasonality.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9a275dfe --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-seasonality.htm @@ -0,0 +1,86 @@ + + + + PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Länge des repetitiven Musters zurück, das die Funktion in der angegebenen Zeitreihe erkannt hat.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT ist:

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT(Werte;Zeitachse;[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen.

    +

    Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden).

    +

    Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenFehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet.
    0Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt.
    +

    Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertFunktion
    1 oder nicht angegebenMITTELWERT
    2ANZAHL
    3ANZAHL2
    4MAX
    5MEDIAN
    6MIN
    7SUMME
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-stat.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-stat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..196ed92d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets-stat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,144 @@ + + + + PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt einen statistischen Wert als Ergebnis der Zeitreihenprognose zurück. Der Statistiktyp gibt an, welche Statistik von dieser Funktion angefordert wird

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT ist:

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT(Werte;Zeitachse;Statistiktyp;[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen.

    +

    Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden).

    +

    Statistiktyp ist ein numerischer Wert zwischen 1 und 8, der angibt, welche Statistik für die berechnete Prognose zurückgegeben wird. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertStatistik
    1Alpha-Parameter des ETS-Algorithmus - gibt den Werteparameter für „Basis“ zurück.
    2Beta-Parameter des ETS-Algorithmus - gibt den Werteparameter für „Trend“ zurück.
    3Gamma-Parameter des ETS-Algorithmus - gibt den Werteparameter für „Saisonalität“ zurück.
    4MASE-Metrik (Mean Absolute Scaled Error) - gibt die Metrik für den mittleren absoluten skalierten Fehler zurück.
    5SMAPE-Metrik (Symmetric Mean Absolute Percentage Error) - gibt die Metrik für den symmetrischen mittleren absoluten prozentualen Fehler zurück.
    6MAE-Metrik (Mean Absolute Error) - gibt die Metrik für den mittleren absoluten Fehler zurück.
    7RMSE-Metrik (Root Mean Squared Error) - gibt die Metrik für den mittleren quadratischen Gesamtfehler zurück.
    8Schrittgröße erkannt - gibt die auf der historischen Zeitachse erkannte Schrittgröße zurück.
    +

    Saisonalität ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, mit welcher Methode die Saisonalität ermittelt werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenDie Saisonalität wird automatisch erkannt. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion positive, ganzzahlige Werte.
    0Es liegt keine Saisonalität vor, die Vorhersage wird also linear sein.
    Eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 2 ist.Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion die angegebene Zahl.
    +

    Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenFehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet.
    0Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt.
    +

    Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertFunktion
    1 oder nicht angegebenMITTELWERT
    2ANZAHL
    3ANZAHL2
    4MAX
    5MEDIAN
    6MIN
    7SUMME
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22765f72b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-ets.htm @@ -0,0 +1,106 @@ + + + + PROGNOSE.ETS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient zur Berechnung oder Vorhersage eines zukünftigen Wertes basierend auf vorhandenen (historischen) Werten mithilfe der AAA-Version des Exponentialglättungsalgorithmus (ETS).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS ist:

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Saisonalität];[Daten_Vollständigkeit];[Aggregation])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ziel_Datum ist der Datenpunkt, für den ein Wert vorhergesagt werden soll. Das Zieldatum muss nach dem Ende der historischen Zeitachse liegen.

    +

    Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen.

    +

    Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden).

    +

    Saisonalität ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, mit welcher Methode die Saisonalität ermittelt werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenDie Saisonalität wird automatisch erkannt. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion positive, ganzzahlige Werte.
    0Es liegt keine Saisonalität vor, die Vorhersage wird also linear sein.
    Eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 2 ist.Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion die angegebene Zahl.
    +

    Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenFehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet.
    0Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt.
    +

    Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertFunktion
    1 oder nicht angegebenMITTELWERT
    2ANZAHL
    3ANZAHL2
    4MAX
    5MEDIAN
    6MIN
    7SUMME
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PROGNOSE.ETS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-linear.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-linear.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98d082ddb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast-linear.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + PROGNOSE.LINEAR-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PROGNOSE.LINEAR-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Schätzwert für einen linearen Trend zurück. Der Vorhersagewert ist ein Y-Wert bei einem gegebenen X-Wert. Bei den bekannten Werten handelt es sich um vorhandene X- und Y-Werte, und der neue Wert wird, ausgehend von einer linearen Regression, vorhergesagt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR ist:

    +

    PROGNOSE.LINEAR(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Datenpunkt, dessen Wert Sie schätzen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    wo Y_Werte ist eine abhängige Matrix oder ein abhängiger Datenbereich.

    +

    wo X_Werte ist eine unabhängige Matrix oder ein unabhängiger Datenbereich.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PROGNOSE.LINEAR-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast.htm index beb08389d..4bda93852 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/forecast.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - FORECAST Function - - - - - -
    -

    FORECAST Function

    -

    The FORECAST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to predict a future value based on existing values provided.

    -

    The FORECAST function syntax is:

    -

    FORECAST(x, array-1, array-2)

    -

    where

    -

    x is a x-value used to predict the y-value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements.

    -

    To apply the FORECAST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the FORECAST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    FORECAST Function

    -
    - + + + + PROGNOSE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PROGNOSE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PROGNOSE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um einen zukünftigen Wert basierend auf vorhandenen Werten vorherzusagen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE ist:

    +

    PROGNOSE(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Datenpunkt, dessen Wert Sie schätzen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Y_Werte(X_Werte) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PROGNOSE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/formulatext.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/formulatext.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5483f0e1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/formulatext.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + FORMELTEXT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FORMELTEXT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FORMELTEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt eine Formel als eine Zeichenfolge zurück (die Textzeichenfolge, die in der Bearbeitungsleiste angezeigt wird, wenn Sie die Zelle mit der Formel auswählen).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FORMELTEXT ist:

    +

    FORMELTEXT(Bezug)

    +

    Bezug ist ein Bezug auf eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich.

    +

    Enthält der Zellenbereich auf den Bezug genommen wird mehr als eine Formel, gibt die Formel FORMELTEXT den Wert in der linken oberen Zelle der Zeile, der Spalte oder des Bereichs zurück. Enthält die Zelle auf die Bezug genommen wird keine Formel, gibt die Formel FORMELTEXT den Fehlerwert #NV zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion FORMELTEXT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FORMELTEXT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FORMELTEXT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/frequency.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/frequency.htm index 1a63bbc07..643f1ec87 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/frequency.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/frequency.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - FREQUENCY Function - - - - - -
    -

    FREQUENCY Function

    -

    The FREQUENCY function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to сalculate how often values occur within the selected range of cells and display the first value of the returned vertical array of numbers.

    -

    The FREQUENCY function syntax is:

    -

    FREQUENCY(data-array, bins-array)

    -

    where

    -

    data-array is the selected range of cells you want to count the frequencies for,

    -

    bins-array is the selected range of cells containing intervals into which you want to group the values in data-array.

    -

    To apply the FREQUENCY function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the FREQUENCY function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    FREQUENCY Function

    -
    - + + + + HÄUFIGKEIT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HÄUFIGKEIT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet um zu ermitteln, wie oft Werte innerhalb des ausgewählten Zellenbereichs auftreten, und den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen vertikalen Zahlenfeldes anzuzeigen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT ist:

    +

    HÄUFIGKEIT(Daten;Klassen)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Daten entspricht einer Matrix von oder einem Bezug auf eine Wertemenge, deren Häufigkeiten Sie zählen möchten.

    +

    Klassen sind die als Matrix oder Bezug auf einen Zellbereich eingegebenen Intervallgrenzen, nach denen Sie die in Daten enthaltenen Werte einordnen möchten.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HÄUFIGKEIT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ftest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ftest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..483deb7b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ftest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + FTEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    FTEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion FTEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück. Ein F-Test berechnet die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass sich die Varianzen von Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FTEST ist:

    +

    FTEST(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix1 ist die erste Matrix oder der erste Wertebereich.

    +

    Matrix2 ist die zweite Matrix oder der zweite Wertebereich.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Enthält eines der Argumente weniger als 2 Datenpunkte, oder ist die Varianz eines Wertebereichs gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion FTEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FTEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    FTEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fv.htm index 4c0a05215..e3e0d2770 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fv.htm @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ - - - - FV-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    FV-Funktion

    -

    Die FV-Funktion ist eine der finanziellen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Zukunftswert der Investition auf Grund des angegebenen Zinssatzes und konstanten Zahlungsplans zu berechnen.

    -

    Die FV-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    FV(rate, nper, pmt [, [pv] [,[type]]])

    -

    wo

    -

    rate der Zinssatz der Anlage ist.

    -

    nper die Anzahl von Zahlungen ist.

    -

    pmt der Zahlungsbetrag ist.

    -

    pv jetziger Wert der Zahlungen ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen war, wird das Argument pv als 0 eingeschätzt.

    -

    type der Zeitraum, wenn die Zahlung fällig wird, ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es auf 0 gesetzt oder ausgelassen ist, wird vermutet, dass die Zahlungen fällig zum Ende des Zeitraums werden. Falls type auf 1 gesetzt wird, werden die Zahlungen zu Beginn des Zeitraums fällig.

    -

    Hinweis: die abgegebenen Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Spareinlagen) werden mit negativen Zahlen dargestellt; erhaltene Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Dividenden) werden mit positiven Zahlen dargestellt.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die FV-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematik aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion FV.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    FV-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ZW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den zukünftigen Wert (Endwert) einer Investition zurück, basierend auf einem bestimmten Zinssatz und regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZW ist:

    +

    ZW(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Bw];[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume.

    +

    Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für .

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZW-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fvschedule.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fvschedule.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..012f94e1e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/fvschedule.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + ZW2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZW2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZW2 gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den aufgezinsten Wert des Anfangskapitals für eine Reihe periodisch unterschiedlicher Zinssätze zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZW2 ist:

    +

    ZW2(Kapital;Zinsen)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Kapital ist der Gegenwert der Investition.

    +

    Zinsen ist eine Matrix, die die einzusetzenden Zinssätze enthält.

    +

    Hinweis: Zinsen können aus Zahlen oder leeren Zellen bestehen (leere Zellen wären als 0 interpretiert).

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZW2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZW2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZW2-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de11c3309 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + GAMMA.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMA.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMA.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMA.VERT ist:

    +

    GAMMA.VERT(X;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GAMMA.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMA.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMA.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47df79581 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + GAMMA.INV-Excel + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMA.INV-Excel

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMA.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMA.INV ist:

    +

    GAMMA.INV(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Gammaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GAMMA.INV.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMA.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMA.INV-Excel

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4f61e910d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gamma.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + GAMMA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Wert der Gammafunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion GAMMA ist:

    +

    GAMMA(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl eine negative ganze Zahl oder 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GAMMA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammadist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammadist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eae9a19f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammadist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + GAMMAVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMAVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMAVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMAVERT ist:

    +

    GAMMAVERT(X;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GAMMAVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMAVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMAVERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammainv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammainv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee7d6e15e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammainv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + GAMMAINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMAINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMAINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMAINV ist:

    +

    GAMMAINV(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Gammaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GAMMAINV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMAINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMAINV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln-precise.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln-precise.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c54fcd1c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln-precise.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + GAMMALN.GENAU-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMALN.GENAU-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMALN.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMALN.GENAU ist:

    +

    GAMMALN.GENAU(x)

    +

    Dabei ist x ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der GAMMALN.GENAU-Funktion.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMALN.GENAU.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMALN.GENAU-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln.htm index ccbe13c09..6f30ddf62 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gammaln.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - GAMMALN Function - - - - - -
    -

    GAMMALN Function

    -

    The GAMMALN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the natural logarithm of the gamma function.

    -

    The GAMMALN function syntax is:

    -

    GAMMALN(number)

    -

    where number is a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the GAMMALN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the GAMMALN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    GAMMALN Function

    -
    - + + + + GAMMALN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAMMALN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAMMALN gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der natürliche Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurückgeben.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion GAMMALN ist:

    +

    GAMMALN(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert der größer ist als 0 und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie verweisen.

    +

    GAMMALN-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMALN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAMMALN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gauss.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gauss.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f1b878a46 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gauss.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + GAUSS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GAUSS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GAUSS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass ein Element einer Standardgrundgesamtheit zwischen dem Mittelwert und z Standardabweichungen vom Mittelwert liegt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSS ist:

    +

    GAUSS(z)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der GAUSS-Funktion.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die GAUSS-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GAUSS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gcd.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gcd.htm index c9fdbccbf..f71284bc8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gcd.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gcd.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - GCD-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    GCD-Funktion

    -

    Die GCD-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den größten gemeinsamen Teiler von 2 oder mehreren Zahlen zurückzulassen.

    -

    Die GCD-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    GCD(Liste der Argumente)

    -

    wo Liste der Argumente die bis zu 30 nummerischen Werten sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die GCD-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion GCD.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    GCD-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + GGT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GGT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GGT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den größten gemeinsamen Teiler von zwei oder mehr Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GGT ist:

    +

    GGT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GGT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GGT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GGT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/geomean.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/geomean.htm index 538c8f765..c2b6e3119 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/geomean.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/geomean.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - GEOMEAN Function - - - - - -
    -

    GEOMEAN Function

    -

    The GEOMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the geometric mean of the argument list.

    -

    The GEOMEAN function syntax is:

    -

    GEOMEAN(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the GEOMEAN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the GEOMEAN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    GEOMEAN Function

    -
    - + + + + GEOMITTEL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GEOMITTEL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GEOMITTEL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den geometrischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GEOMITTEL ist:

    +

    GEOMITTEL(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... sind bis zu 30 nummerische Werte die größer sind als 0 und die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GEOMITTEL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GEOMITTEL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GEOMITTEL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gestep.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gestep.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..588ab48b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/gestep.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + GGANZZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GGANZZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GGANZZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich testen, ob eine Zahl größer als ein Schwellenwert ist. Die Funktion gibt 1 zurück, wenn die Zahl größer oder gleich Schritt ist, andernfalls 0.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GGANZZAHL ist:

    +

    GGANZZAHL(Zahl;[Schritt])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert der gegen Schritt geprüft werden soll.

    +

    Schritt ist der Schwellenwert. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für Schritt kein Wert angegeben, nimmt die Funktion für Schritt 0 an.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GGANZZAHL.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GGANZZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GGANZZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/harmean.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/harmean.htm index 09eeb5bb8..20345bc70 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/harmean.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/harmean.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - HARMEAN Function - - - - - -
    -

    HARMEAN Function

    -

    The HARMEAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the harmonic mean of the argument list.

    -

    The HARMEAN function syntax is:

    -

    HARMEAN(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the HARMEAN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the HARMEAN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    HARMEAN Function

    -
    - + + + + HARMITTEL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HARMITTEL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HARMITTEL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das harmonische Mittel zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HARMITTEL ist:

    +

    HARMITTEL(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente, Zahl1;[Zahl2];..., sind bis zu 30 nummerische Werte, die größer sind als 0 und manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HARMITTEL.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HARMITTEL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HARMITTEL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2bin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2bin.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77d30c872 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2bin.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + HEXINBIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HEXINBIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HEXINBIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HEXINBIN ist:

    +

    HEXINBIN(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine hexadezimale Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende Hexadezimale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HEXINBIN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HEXINBIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HEXINBIN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2dec.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2dec.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..953ab82d1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2dec.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + HEXINDEZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HEXINDEZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HEXINDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HEXINDEZ ist:

    +

    HEXINDEZ(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine hexadezimale Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits), gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HEXINDEZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HEXINDEZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HEXINDEZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2oct.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2oct.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fa1b84a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hex2oct.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + HEXINOKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HEXINOKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HEXINOKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine Oktalzahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HEXINOKT ist:

    +

    HEXINOKT(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine hexadezimale Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige hexadezimale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende Oktahlzahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HEXINOKT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HEXINOKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HEXINOKT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hlookup.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hlookup.htm index d980c1dcf..4a0e109e1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hlookup.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hlookup.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - HLOOKUP Function - - - - - -
    -

    HLOOKUP Function

    -

    The HLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the horizontal search for a value in the top row of a table or an array and return the value in the same column based on a specified row index number.

    -

    The HLOOKUP function syntax is:

    -

    HLOOKUP (lookup-value, table-array, row-index-num[, [range-lookup-flag]])

    -

    where

    -

    lookup-value is a value to search for.

    -

    table-array are two or more rows containing data sorted in ascending order.

    -

    row-index-num is a row number in the same column of the table-array, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of rows in the table-array.

    -

    range-lookup-flag is an optional argument. It is a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. Enter FALSE to find an exact match. Enter TRUE to find an approximate match, in this case if there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup-value, then the function will choose the next largest value less than the lookup-value. If this argument is absent, the function will find an approximate match.

    -

    Note: if the range-lookup-flag is set to FALSE, but no exact match is found, then the function will return the #N/A error.

    -

    To apply the HLOOKUP function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the HLOOKUP function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    HLOOKUP Function

    -
    - + + + + WVERWEIS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WVERWEIS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WVERWEIS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie sucht in der obersten Zeile einer Tabelle oder einer Matrix (Array) nach Werten und gibt dann in der gleichen Spalte einen Wert aus einer Zeile zurück, die Sie in der Tabelle oder Matrix angeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WVERWEIS ist:

    +

    WVERWEIS(Suchkriterium;Matrix;Zeilenindex;[Bereich_Verweis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Suchkriterium ist der Wert nach dem gesucht wird.

    +

    Matrix sind zwei oder mehr Spalten die in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind.

    +

    Zeilenindex ist eine Zeilennummer in der Matrix, ein numerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 1 ist, aber kleiner als die Gesamtanzahl der Spalten in Matrix.

    +

    Das Argument Bereich_Verweis ist optional. Es handelt sich um einen Wahrheitswert. WAHR oder FALSCH. Geben Sie FALSCH an, um eine genaue Übereinstimmung des Rückgabewerts zu finden. Geben Sie WAHR ein, um eine ungefähre Übereinstimmung zu finden; wenn keine genaue Übereinstimmung mit dem Suchkriterium vorliegt, wählt die Funktion den nächstgrößeren Wert aus, der kleiner ist als Suchkriterium. Fehlt das Argument, findet die Funktion eine genaue Übereinstimmung.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist für Übereinstimmung FALSCH festgelegt, aber es wird keine exakte Übereinstimmung gefunden wird, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NV zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WVERWEIS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WVERWEIS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WVERWEIS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hour.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hour.htm index 864f7fac5..3abb6e22d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hour.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hour.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - HOUR Function - - - - - -
    -

    HOUR Function

    -

    The HOUR function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the hour (a number from 0 to 23) of the time value.

    -

    The HOUR function syntax is:

    -

    HOUR( time-value )

    -

    where time-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: the time-value may be expressed as a string value (e.g. "13:39"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function in the default format - 9/26/12 13:39)

    -

    To apply the HOUR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the HOUR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    HOUR Function

    -
    - + + + + STUNDE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STUNDE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STUNDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Gibt die Stunde einer Zeitangabe zurück. Die Stunde wird als ganze Zahl ausgegeben, die einen Wert von 0 Uhr bis 23 Uhr annehmen kann.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STUNDE ist:

    +

    STUNDE(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STUNDE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STUNDE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STUNDE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4212f301e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + HYPGEOM.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HYPGEOM.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT ist:

    +

    HYPGEOM.VERT(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Erfolge_S ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als der kleinere der Werte von Umfang_S oder Erfolge_G.

    +

    Umfang_S ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 aber kleiner als Umfang_G.

    +

    Erfolge_G ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als Umfang_G.

    +

    Umfang_G ist die Größe der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HYPGEOM.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeomdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeomdist.htm index 5ce981dfd..a1b68c829 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeomdist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/hypgeomdist.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - HYPGEOMDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    HYPGEOMDIST Function

    -

    The HYPGEOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the hypergeometric distribution, the probability of a given number of sample successes, given the sample size, population successes, and population size.

    -

    The HYPGEOMDIST function syntax is:

    -

    HYPGEOMDIST(sample-successes , number-sample , population-successes , number-population)

    -

    where

    -

    sample-successes is the number of the successes in the given sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than the lesser of number-sample or population-successes.

    -

    number-sample - the size of the sample, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number-population.

    -

    population-successes - the number of the successes in the population, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than number-population.

    -

    number-population - the size of the population, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the HYPGEOMDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the HYPGEOMDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    HYPGEOMDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + HYPGEOMVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HYPGEOMVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HYPGEOMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HYPGEOMVERT ist:

    +

    HYPGEOMVERT(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Erfolge_S ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als der kleinere der Werte von Umfang_S oder Erfolge_G .

    +

    Umfang_S - ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 aber kleiner als Umfang_G.

    +

    Erfolge_G - ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als Umfang_G.

    +

    Umfang_G - ist die Größe der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion HYPGEOMVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HYPGEOMVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HYPGEOMVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/if.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/if.htm index 52cc70017..4fbac2a26 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/if.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/if.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - IF-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    IF-Funktion

    -

    Die IF-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den logischen Ausdruck zu überprüfen und einen Wert, falls es TRUE ist, oder den anderen, falls es FALSE ist, zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die IF-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    IF(logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false)

    -

    wo logical_test, value_if_true, value_if_false Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die IF-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion IF
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    Zum Beispiel:

    -

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: logical_test = A1<100, value_if_true = 0, value_if_false = 1, wo A1 12 ist. Dieser logische Ausdruck ist TRUE. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück.

    -

    IF-Funktion: TRUE

    -

    Falls man den Wert A1 von 12 nach 112 ändert, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück:

    -

    IF-Funktion: FALSE

    -
    - + + + + WENN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WENN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WENN gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den logischen Ausdruck zu überprüfen und einen Wert, falls es TRUE ist, oder den anderen, falls es FALSE ist, zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENN ist:

    +

    WENN(Prüfung;Dann_Wert;[Sonst_Wert])

    +

    Die Werte Prüfung, Dann_Wert und Sonst_Wert werdenmanuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WENN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: Prüfung = A1<100, Dann_Wert = 0, Sonst_Wert = 1; A1 ist gleich 12. Dieser logische Ausdruck ist WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück.

    +

    WENN-Funktion WAHR

    +

    Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 112, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück:

    +

    WENN-Funktion FALSCH

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iferror.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iferror.htm index c195ec29b..be47a9940 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iferror.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iferror.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - IFERROR-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    IFERROR-Funktion

    -

    Die IFERROR-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob es einen Fehler in der Formel im ersten Argument gibt. Die Funktion gibt das Ergebnis der Formel zurück, falls es keinen Fehler gibt, oder den Wert value_if_error, falls es einen Fehler gibt.

    -

    Die IFERROR-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    IFERROR(value, value_if_error,)

    -

    wo value und value_if_error Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die IFERROR-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion IFERROR.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    Zum Beispiel:

    -

    Es gibt 2 Argumente: value = A1/B1, value_if_error = "error", wo A1 12 ist, B1 3 ist. Die Formel im ersten Argument hat keinen Fehler. Also gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Berechnung zurück.

    -

    IFERROR-Funktion: no error

    -

    Falls man den Wert B1 von 3 nach 0 ändert, weil Division durch Null nicht möglich ist, gibt die Funktion den Wert error zurück:

    -

    IFERROR-Funktion: if error

    -
    - + + + + WENNFEHLER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WENNFEHLER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WENNFEHLER gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um zu überprüfen, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Liegt kein Fehler vor, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Formel aus. Im Falle eines Fehlers gibt die Formel den von Ihnen festgelegten Wert_falls_Fehler wieder.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENNFEHLER ist:

    +

    WENNFEHLER(Wert;Wert_falls_Fehler)

    +

    Wert und Wert_falls_Fehler werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WENNFEHLER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENNFEHLER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 2 Argumente: Wert = A1/B1, Wert_falls_Fehler = „Fehler"; A1 ist gleich 12 und B1 ist gleich 3. Die Formel im ersten Argument hat keinen Fehler. Also gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Berechnung zurück.

    +

    WENNFEHLER-Funktion: Kein Fehler

    +

    Ändert man B1 von 3 zu 0, gibt die Funktion Fehler zurück, da es nicht möglich ist durch Null zu teilen.

    +

    WENNFEHLER-Funktion: Fehler

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ifna.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ifna.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c5a87d5ff --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ifna.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + WENNNV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WENNNV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WENNNV gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um zu überprüfen, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Sie gibt den von Ihnen angegebenen Wert zurück, wenn die Formel den Fehlerwert #N/V liefert. Andernfalls wird das Ergebnis der Formel zurückgegeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENNNV ist:

    +

    WENNNV(Wert;Wert_bei_NV)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wert ist das Argument, das auf den Fehlerwert "#N/V" geprüft wird.

    +

    Wert_bei_NV ist der zurückzugebende Wert, wenn die Formel zum Fehlerwert "#N/V" ausgewertet wird.

    +

    Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WENNNV.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENNNV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WENNNV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ifs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ifs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f154cf4c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ifs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + WENNS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WENNS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WENNS gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion prüft, ob eine oder mehrere Bedingungen zutreffen und gibt den Wert zurück, der der ersten auf WAHR lautenden Bedingung entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENNS ist:

    +

    ([Logiktest1; Wert wenn Wahr1; [Logiktest2; Wert wenn Wahr2];…)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Logiktest1 ist die erste Bedingung, die auf WAHR oder FALSCH ausgewertet wird.

    +

    Wert wenn Wahr1 ist der Wert, der zurückgegeben wird, wenn der Logiktest1 WAHR ist.

    +

    Logiktest2; Wert wenn Wahr2... sind zusätzliche Bedingungen und Werte, die zurückgegeben werden sollen. Diese Argumente sind optional. Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 127 Bedingungen überprüfen.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WENNS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENNS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Die folgende Argumente liegen vor: Logiktest1 = A1<100, Wert_wenn_wahr1 = 1, Logiktest2 = A1>100, Wert_wenn_wahr2 = 2, dann gilt A1 ist 120. Der zweite logische Ausdruck ist WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert 2 zurück.

    +

    WENNS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imabs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imabs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af8fb83ee --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imabs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMABS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMABS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMABS gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Absolutwert einer komplexen Zahl zu ermitteln.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMABS ist:

    +

    IMABS(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    IMABS-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMABS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMABS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imaginary.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imaginary.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88cc7a240 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imaginary.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMAGINÄRTEIL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMAGINÄRTEIL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMAGINÄRTEIL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Imaginärteil einer komplexen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMAGINÄRTEIL ist:

    +

    IMAGINÄRTEIL(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    IMAGINÄRTEIL-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMAGINÄRTEIL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMAGINÄRTEIL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imargument.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imargument.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8cc55af17 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imargument.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMARGUMENT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMARGUMENT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMARGUMENT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Argument Theta zurück, einen Winkel, der als Bogenmaß ausgedrückt wird.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMARGUMENT ist:

    +

    IMARGUMENT(Komplexe-Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    IMARGUMENT-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMARGUMENT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMARGUMENT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imconjugate.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imconjugate.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35b13b072 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imconjugate.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMKONJUGIERTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMKONJUGIERTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die konjugiert komplexe Zahl zu einer komplexen Zahl zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE ist:

    +

    IMKONJUGIERTE(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + yi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMKONJUGIERTE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcos.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcos.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f0f130d8 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcos.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMCOS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMCOS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMCOS gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Kosinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben, die als Zeichenfolge der Form x + yi oder x + yj vorliegt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOS ist:

    +

    IMCOS(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + xi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMCOS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOS:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMCOS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcosh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcosh.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8e41dd7b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcosh.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMCOSHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMCOSHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMCOSHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOSHYP ist:

    +

    IMCOSHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMCOSHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOSHYP:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMCOSHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcot.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcot.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6704190b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcot.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMCOT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMCOT-Funktion

    +

    Die IMCOT-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich die Kotangens einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der IMCOT-Funktion lautet:

    +

    IMCOT(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + xi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    IMCOT-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf IMCOT-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMCOT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcsc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcsc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0fa65b6c1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcsc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMCOSEC-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMCOSEC-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMCOSEC gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich der Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOSEC ist:

    +

    IMCOSEC(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMCOSEC:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOSEC.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMCOSEC-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcsch.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcsch.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af7df0911 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imcsch.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMCOSECHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMCOSECHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMCOSECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOSECHYP ist:

    +

    IMCOSECHYP(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMCOSECHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOSECHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMCOSECHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imdiv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imdiv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4bb6bd25 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imdiv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + IMDIV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMDIV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMDIV gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Quotienten zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format x + yi oder x + yj zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMDIV ist:

    +

    IMDIV(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2)

    +

    Dabei ist:

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl1 der komplexe Zähler oder Dividend und

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl2 der komplexe Nenner oder Divisor.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMDIV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMDIV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMDIV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imexp.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imexp.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bcb91cf83 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imexp.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMEXP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMEXP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMEXP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die algebraische e-Konstante einer in exponentieller Form vorliegenden komplexen Zahl zurück Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMEXP ist:

    +

    IMEXP(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl die komplexe Zahl deren gewöhnlichen (dekadischen) Logarithmus Sie berechnen möchten, sie wird manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMEXP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMEXP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMEXP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imln.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imln.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..10b8ad68f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imln.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMLN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMLN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMLN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMLN ist:

    +

    IMLN(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMLN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMLN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMLN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imlog10.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imlog10.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32b56832f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imlog10.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMLOG10-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMLOG10-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMLOG10 gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMLOG10 ist:

    +

    IMLOG10(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl die komplexe Zahl deren gewöhnlichen (dekadischen) Logarithmus Sie berechnen möchten, sie wird manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMLOG10:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMLOG10.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMLOG10-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imlog2.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imlog2.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd8ac19ec --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imlog2.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMLOG2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMLOG2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMLOG2 gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 2 zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMLOG2 ist:

    +

    IMLOG2(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl die komplexe Zahl deren Zweierlogarithmus sie berechnen möchten, sie wird manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMLOG2 anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMLOG2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMLOG2-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/impower.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/impower.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..49f04c97b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/impower.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + IMAPOTENZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMAPOTENZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMAPOTENZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie potenziert eine komplexe Zahl, die als Zeichenfolge der Form x + yi oder x + yj vorliegt, mit einer ganzen Zahl.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMAPOTENZ ist:

    +

    IMAPOTENZ(Komplexe_Zahl;Potenz)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl ist eine komplexe Zahl im Format x + yi oder x + yj. Die Zahl wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Potenz ist der Exponent, mit dem die Zahl potenziert wird.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMAPOTENZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMAPOTENZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMAPOTENZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/improduct.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/improduct.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7ec9c54 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/improduct.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMPRODUKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMPRODUKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMPRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Produkt von komplexen Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMPRODUKT ist:

    +

    IMPRODUKT(Komplexe_Zahl1;[Komplexe_Zahl2];...)

    +

    Dabei umfasst Komplexe_Zahl bis zu 30 komplexe Zahlen die multipliziert werden sollen, ausgedrückt im Format x + yi oder x + yj, manuell eingegeben oder in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMPRODUKT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMPRODUKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMPRODUKT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imreal.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imreal.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f7f6361e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imreal.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMREALTEIL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMREALTEIL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMREALTEIL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMREALTEIL ist:

    +

    IMREALTEIL(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    IMREALTEIL-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMREALTEIL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMREALTEIL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsec.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsec.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b0131beaa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsec.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMSEC-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMSEC-Funktion

    +

    Die IMSEC-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich der Sekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der IMSEC-Funktion lautet:

    +

    IMSEC(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + xi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMSEC:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSEC.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMSEC-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsech.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsech.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fc3b8a20b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsech.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMSECHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMSECHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMSECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSECHYP ist:

    +

    IMSECHYP(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl ist eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + yi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMSECHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSECHYP:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMSECHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsin.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..451c5f200 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsin.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMSIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMSIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMSIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSIN ist:

    +

    IMSIN(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMSIN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMSIN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsinh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsinh.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c42bbcd82 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsinh.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMSINHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMSINHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMSINHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSINHYP ist:

    +

    IMSINHYP(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMSINHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSINHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMSINHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsqrt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsqrt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c72281bd5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsqrt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMWURZEL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMWURZEL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMWURZEL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quadratwurzel einer komplexen Zahl zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMWURZEL ist:

    +

    IMWURZEL(Komplexe_Zahl)

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl ist eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + yi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMWURZEL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMWURZEL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMWURZEL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsub.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsub.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5db84f092 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsub.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + IMSUB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMSUB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMSUB gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Differenz zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format x + yi oder x + yj zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSUB ist:

    +

    IMSUB(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl1 ist die komplexe Zahl, von der Komplexe_Zahl2 subtrahiert werden soll.

    +

    Komplexe_Zahl2 ist die komplexe Zahl, die von Komplexe_Zahl1 subtrahiert werden soll.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMSUB.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSUB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMSUB-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsum.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42ee31874 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imsum.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMSUMME-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMSUMME-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMSUMME gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe von komplexen Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSUMME ist:

    +

    IMSUMME(Komplexe_Zahl1;[Komplexe_Zahl2];...)

    +

    Dabei umfasst Komplexe_Zahl bis zu 30 komplexe Zahlen die addiert werden sollen, ausgedrückt im Format x + yi oder x + yj, manuell eingegeben oder in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IMSUMME:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSUMME.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMSUMME-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imtan.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imtan.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eaaa79752 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/imtan.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + IMTAN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IMTAN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IMTAN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich die Tangens einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMTAN ist:

    +

    IMTAN(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion IMTAN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMTAN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IMTAN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/index.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/index.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e99348655 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/index.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + INDEX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    INDEX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion INDEX gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Wert oder den Bezug auf einen Wert aus einer Tabelle oder einem Bereich zurück. Die Funktion INDEX kann auf zwei Arten verwendet werden.

    +

    In der Matrixversion ist die Formelsyntax der Funktion INDEX:

    +

    INDEX(Matrix;Zeile;[Spalte])

    +

    In der Bezugsversion ist die Formelsyntax der Funktion INDEX:

    +

    INDEX(Bezug;Zeile;[Spalte];[Bereich])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist ein Zellbereich oder eine Matrixkonstante.

    +

    Bezug ist der Bezug auf einen oder mehrere Zellbereiche.

    +

    Zeile markiert die Zeile in der Matrix, aus der ein Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Wird kein Wert angegeben, muss Spalte angegeben werden.

    +

    Spalte markiert die Spalte, aus der ein Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Wird kein Wert angegeben, muss Zeile angegeben werden.

    +

    Bereich ist der zu verwendende Bereich für den Fall, dass das die Matrix mehrere Bereiche enthält. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, verwendet die Funktion Bereich 1.

    +

    Die Argumente können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion INDEX:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion INDEX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    INDEX-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/indirect.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/indirect.htm index 345b6d323..a6a920348 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/indirect.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/indirect.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - INDIRECT Function - - - - - -
    -

    INDIRECT Function

    -

    The INDIRECT function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the reference to a cell based on its string representation.

    -

    The INDIRECT function syntax is:

    -

    INDIRECT(ref-text [, A1-ref-style-flag])

    -

    where

    -

    ref-text is a text representation of a cell.

    -

    A1-ref-style-flag is a representation style. It is an optional logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If it is set to TRUE or omitted, the function will analyse ref-text as an A1-style reference. If FALSE, the function will interpret ref-text as an R1C1-style reference.

    - -

    To apply the INDIRECT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the INDIRECT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    INDIRECT Function

    -
    - + + + + INDIREKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    INDIREKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion INDIREKT gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt den Bezug eines Textwerts zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion INDIREKT ist:

    +

    INDIREKT(Bezug;[A1])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Bezug ist eine Textdarstellung einer Zelle.

    +

    A1 ist die Schreibweise. Dieser Wahrheitswert ist optional. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist das A1-Argument mit WAHR belegt oder nicht angegeben, liegt der von der Funktion ADRESSE gelieferte Bezug in A1-Schreibweise vor. Ist das A1-Argument mit FALSCH belegt, liegt der von der Funktion gelieferte Bezug in der Z1S1-Schreibweise vor.

    + +

    Anwendung der Funktion INDIREKT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion INDIREKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    INDIREKT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/int.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/int.htm index c4655f9ac..12ba49b1d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/int.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/int.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - INT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    INT-Funktion

    -

    Die INT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die INT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    INT(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls die Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion die erste negative Zahl, die kleiner oder gleich der gewählten ist, zurück.

    -

    Um die INT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion INT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    INT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + GANZZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GANZZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GANZZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GANZZAHL ist:

    +

    GANZZAHL(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Falls die Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion die erste negative Zahl zurück, die kleiner oder gleich der gewählten Zahl ist.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GANZZAHL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GANZZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GANZZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intercept.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intercept.htm index 6b8361acc..3c9e2d29c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intercept.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intercept.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - INTERCEPT Function - - - - - -
    -

    INTERCEPT Function

    -

    The INTERCEPT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the first array values and second array values to calculate the intersection point.

    -

    The INTERCEPT function syntax is:

    -

    INTERCEPT(array-1, array-2)

    -

    where array-1(2) is the selected range of cells with the same number of elements (columns and rows).

    -

    To apply the INTERCEPT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the INTERCEPT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    INTERCEPT Function

    -
    - + + + + ACHSENABSCHNITT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ACHSENABSCHNITT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ACHSENABSCHNITT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Schnittpunkt der linearen Regressionsgeraden zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ACHSENABSCHNITT ist:

    +

    ACHSENABSCHNITT(Y_Werte;X_Werte)

    +

    Dabei bilden Y_Werte und X_WERTE die Gruppe der abhängigen bzw. unabhängigen Messdaten.

    +

    ACHSENABSCHNITT-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ACHSENABSCHNITT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ACHSENABSCHNITT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intrate.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intrate.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92f810a9f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/intrate.htm @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + ZINSSATZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSSATZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSSATZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Zinssatz eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSSATZ ist:

    +

    ZINSSATZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Anlage ist der Betrag, der in dem Wertpapier angelegt werden soll.

    +

    ist der Betrag, der bei Fälligkeit zu erwarten ist.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSSATZ.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSSATZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSSATZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ipmt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ipmt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..934ebe63c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ipmt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + ZINSZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINSZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINSZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Zinszahlung einer Investition für die angegebene Periode zurück, ausgehend von regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen und einem konstanten Zinssatz.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSZ ist:

    +

    ZINSZ(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zr der Zeitraum, für den Sie die Zinsen berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen.

    +

    Zw ist ein zukünftiger Wert (d. h. ein Restguthaben, das übrigbleibt, nachdem die letzte Zahlung getätigt wurde). Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzrn, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINSZ.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINSZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/irr.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/irr.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..464d88581 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/irr.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + IKV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    IKV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion IKV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Investition ohne Finanzierungskosten oder Reinvestitionsgewinne zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IKV ist:

    +

    IKV(Werte;[Schätzwert])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf Zellen, in denen die Zahlen stehen, für die Sie den internen Zinsfuß berechnen möchten. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein.

    +

    Schätzwert ist eine Zahl, von der Sie annehmen, dass sie dem Ergebnis der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS nahe kommt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, geht die Funktion vom Schätzwert 10 % aus.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion IKV.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IKV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    IKV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isblank.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isblank.htm index e8a908c3a..5990f3729 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isblank.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isblank.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISBLANK Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISBLANK Function

    -

    The ISBLANK function is one of the information functions. It is used to check if the cell is empty or not. If the cell does not contain any value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISBLANK function syntax is:

    -

    ISBLANK(value)

    -

    where value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISBLANK function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISBLANK function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISBLANK Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTLEER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTLEER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTLEER gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich überprüfen ob eine Zelle leer ist oder nicht. Wenn die Zelle keinen Wert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTLEER ist:

    +

    ISTLEER(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Bereich wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTLEER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTLEER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTLEER-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserr.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserr.htm index c366c2def..27ff4f96d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserr.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserr.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISERR Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISERR Function

    -

    The ISERR function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an error value. If the cell contains an error value (except #N/A), the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISERR function syntax is:

    -

    ISERR(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISERR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISERR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISERR Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTFEHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTFEHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTFEHL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert. Wenn die Zelle einen Fehlerwert enthält (mit Ausnahme von #N/V), gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTFEHL ist:

    +

    ISTFEHL(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTFEHL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTFEHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTFEHL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserror.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserror.htm index f1b9134a1..c667d2d5f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserror.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iserror.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISERROR Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISERROR Function

    -

    The ISERROR function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an error value. If the cell contains one of the error values: #N/A, #VALUE!, #REF!, #DIV/0!, #NUM!, #NAME? or #NULL, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISERROR function syntax is:

    -

    ISERROR(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISERROR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISERROR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISERROR Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTFEHLER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTFEHLER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTFEHLER gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert. Enthält der Zellbereich einen der folgenden Fehler: #NV, #WERT!, #BEZUG!, #DIV/0!, #ZAHL!, #NAME? oder #NULL!:, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTFEHLER ist:

    +

    ISTFEHLER(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTFEHLER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTFEHLER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTFEHLER-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iseven.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iseven.htm index f7567ee1e..2ba186853 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iseven.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/iseven.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - ISEVEN Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISEVEN Function

    -

    The ISEVEN function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an even value. If the cell contains an even value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is odd, it returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISEVEN function syntax is:

    -

    ISEVEN(number)

    -

    where number is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: if number is a nonnumeric value, ISEVEN returns the #VALUE! error value.

    -

    To apply the ISEVEN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISEVEN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISEVEN Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTGERADE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTGERADE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTGERADE gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen geraden Wert. Ist ein gerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein ungerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTGERADE ist:

    +

    ISTGERADE(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein Wert der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl kein numerischer Ausdruck, gibt ISTGERADE den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTGERADE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTGERADE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTGERADE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isformula.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isformula.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..682c13510 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isformula.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + ISTFORMEL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTFORMEL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTFORMEL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit dieser Formel lässt sich überprüfen ob ein Bezug auf eine Zelle verweist, die eine Formel enthält Ist eine Formel vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTFORMEL ist:

    +

    ISTFORMEL(Wert)

    +

    Wert ist der Bezug auf die zu prüfende Zelle. Der Bezug kann ein Zellbezug, eine Formel oder ein Name sein, der auf eine Zelle verweist.

    +

    Anwenden der ISTFORMEL-Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Formel ISTFORMEL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTFORMEL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/islogical.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/islogical.htm index a58079544..4d890d7f3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/islogical.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/islogical.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISLOGICAL Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISLOGICAL Function

    -

    The ISLOGICAL function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a logical value (TRUE or FALSE). If the cell contains a logical value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISLOGICAL function syntax is:

    -

    ISLOGICAL(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISLOGICAL function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISLOGICAL function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISLOGICAL Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTLOG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTLOG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTLOG gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf Wahrheitswertee (WAHR oder FALSCH). Ist ein Wahrheitswert vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTLOG ist:

    +

    ISTLOG(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTLOG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTLOG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTLOG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isna.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isna.htm index 556d3fe8c..3653fcf1a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isna.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isna.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISNA Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISNA Function

    -

    The ISNA function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a #N/A error. If the cell contains a #N/A error value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISNA function syntax is:

    -

    ISNA(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISNA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISNA function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISNA Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTNV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTNV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTNV gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt den Fehlerwert #NV zurück Wenn die Zelle einen #N/V-Fehlerwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTNV ist:

    +

    ISTNV(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Das Argument für den Wert kann eine leere Zelle, ein Fehlerwert, ein Wahrheitswert, Text, eine Zahl, ein Bezugswert oder ein Name sein, der sich auf eine dieser Möglichkeiten bezieht.

    +

    ISTNV-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTNV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTNV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnontext.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnontext.htm index c6a8a64c8..aed7f6507 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnontext.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnontext.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISNONTEXT Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISNONTEXT Function

    -

    The ISNONTEXT function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a value that is not a text. If the cell does not contain a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISNONTEXT function syntax is:

    -

    ISNONTEXT(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISNONTEXT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISNONTEXT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISNONTEXT Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTKTEXT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTKTEXT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTKTEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um nach einem Wert zu suchen, der kein Text ist. Wenn die Zelle keinen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTKTEXT ist:

    +

    ISTKTEXT(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTKTEXT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion .
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTKTEXT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnumber.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnumber.htm index 47ed3991b..d946eabef 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnumber.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isnumber.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISNUMBER Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISNUMBER Function

    -

    The ISNUMBER function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a numeric value. If the cell contains a numeric value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISNUMBER function syntax is:

    -

    ISNUMBER(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISNUMBER function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISNUMBER function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISNUMBER Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit der Funktion wird der ausgewählte Bereich auf Zahlen überprüft. Ist eine Zahl vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTZAHL ist:

    +

    ISTZAHL(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTZAHL.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isoceiling.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isoceiling.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13ce127fa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isoceiling.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + ISO.OBERGRENZE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISO.OBERGRENZE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE ist:

    +

    ISO.OBERGRENZE(Zahl;[Schritt])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Das Argument Schritt ist optional. Wird SCHRITT ausgelassen, beträgt der Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder.

    +

    Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISO.OBERGRENZE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isodd.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isodd.htm index de591ac95..dafa28d14 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isodd.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isodd.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - ISODD Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISODD Function

    -

    The ISODD function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for an odd value. If the cell contains an odd value, the function returns TRUE. If the value is even, it returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISODD function syntax is:

    -

    ISODD(number)

    -

    where number is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: if number is a nonnumeric value, ISODD returns the #VALUE! error value.

    -

    To apply the ISODD function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISODD function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISODD Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTUNGERADE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTUNGERADE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTUNGERADE gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen ungeraden Wert. Ist ein ungerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein gerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTUNGERADE ist:

    +

    ISTUNGERADE(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein Wert der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl kein numerischer Ausdruck, gibt ISTUNGERADE den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTUNGERADE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTUNGERADE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTUNGERADE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isoweeknum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isoweeknum.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77f95e30b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isoweeknum.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + ISOKALENDERWOCHE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISOKALENDERWOCHE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Zahl der ISO-Kalenderwoche des Jahres für ein angegebenes Datum zurück. Die Funktion gibt eine zahl zwischen 1 und 54 zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE ist:

    +

    ISOKALENDERWOCHE(Datum)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Datum das Datum für das Sie die ISO-Kalenderwoche finden wollen. Dabei kann es sich um einen Bezug zu einer Zelle mit einem Datum handeln oder ein Datum, dass durch die Funktion Datum oder eine andere Daten- und Zeitfunktion zurückgegeben wird.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISOKALENDERWOCHE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ispmt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ispmt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d993fbe14 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ispmt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + ISPMT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISPMT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTFEHL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die bei einem konstanten Zahlungsplan während eines bestimmten Zeitraums für eine Investition gezahlten Zinsen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISPMT ist:

    +

    ISPMT(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])

    +

    Dabei ist:

    +

    Zins die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zr der Zeitraum, für den Sie die Zinsen berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    Zzr die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition.

    +

    Bw der gegenwärtige Wert der Investition. Bei einem Kredit ist „Bw“ die Kreditsumme.

    +

    Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für .

    +

    Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISPMT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISPMT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISPMT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isref.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isref.htm index 95a50d267..b15f9e446 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isref.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/isref.htm @@ -1,32 +1,36 @@ - - - - ISREF Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISREF Function

    -

    The ISREF function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a reference. If the value is a reference, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISREF function syntax is:

    -

    ISREF(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISREF function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISREF function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISREF Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTBEZUG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTBEZUG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTBEZUG gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den angegebenen Wert auf einen Bezug.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTBEZUG ist:

    +

    ISTBEZUG(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTBEZUG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTBEZUG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Liegt ein Bezug vor, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder.

    +

    ISTBEZUG-Funktion

    +

    Liegt kein Bezug vor, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH wieder.

    +

    ISTBEZUG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/istext.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/istext.htm index 81e980c64..2125b02d7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/istext.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/istext.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ISTEXT Function - - - - - -
    -

    ISTEXT Function

    -

    The ISTEXT function is one of the information functions. It is used to check for a text value. If the cell contains a text value, the function returns TRUE, otherwise the function returns FALSE.

    -

    The ISTEXT function syntax is:

    -

    ISTEXT(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the ISTEXT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ISTEXT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ISTEXT Function

    -
    - + + + + ISTTEXT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ISTTEXT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ISTTEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um nach einem Textwert zu suchen. Wenn die Zelle einen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTTEXT ist:

    +

    ISTTEXT(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ISTTEXT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTTEXT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ISTTEXT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/kurt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/kurt.htm index 693abe011..352e8eb55 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/kurt.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/kurt.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - KURT Function - - - - - -
    -

    KURT Function

    -

    The KURT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the kurtosis of the argument list.

    -

    The KURT function syntax is:

    -

    KURT(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the KURT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the KURT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    KURT Function

    -
    - + + + + KURT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KURT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KURT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kurtosis (Exzess) einer Datengruppe zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KURT ist:

    +

    KURT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KURT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KURT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/large.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/large.htm index 19f900ac3..ec6618f46 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/large.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/large.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - LARGE Function - - - - - -
    -

    LARGE Function

    -

    The LARGE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of cells and return the nth largest value.

    -

    The LARGE function syntax is:

    -

    LARGE(array, k)

    -

    where

    -

    array is the selected range of cells you want to analyze.

    -

    k is the position of the number from the largest one, a numeric value greater than 0 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the LARGE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LARGE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LARGE Function

    -
    - + + + + KGRÖSSTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KGRÖSSTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KGRÖSSTE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den k-größten Wert eines Datasets in einem bestimmten Zellbereich zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KGRÖSSTE ist:

    +

    KGRÖSSTE(Matrix;k)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist die Matrix oder der Datenbereich, deren k-größten Wert Sie bestimmen möchten.

    +

    k ist der Rang des Elements einer Matrix oder eines Zellbereichs, dessen Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Der Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KGRÖSSTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KGRÖSSTE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KGRÖSSTE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lcm.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lcm.htm index 646c2d5d4..22397f9f6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lcm.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lcm.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - LCM-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    LCM-Funktion

    -

    Die LCM-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um das kleinste gemeinschaftliche Vielfache von 1 oder mehreren Zahlen zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die LCM-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    LCM(Liste der Argumente)

    -

    wo Liste der Argumente die bis zu 30 nummerischen Werten sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die LCM-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion LCM.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    LCM-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + KGV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KGV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KGV gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das kleinste gemeinsame Vielfache der als Argumente angegebenen ganzen Zahlen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KGV ist:

    +

    KGV(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich enthalten sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KGV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KGV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KGV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/left.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/left.htm index c95d3f966..599416160 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/left.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/left.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - LEFT/LEFTB Function - - - - - -
    -

    LEFT/LEFTB Function

    -

    The LEFT/LEFTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the substring from the specified string starting from the left character. The LEFT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LEFTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The LEFT/LEFTB function syntax is:

    -

    LEFT(string [, number-chars])

    -

    LEFTB(string [, number-chars])

    -

    where

    -

    string is a string you need to extract the substring from,

    -

    number-chars is a number of the substring characters. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume it to be 1.

    -

    The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the LEFT/LEFTB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LEFT/LEFTB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LEFT/LEFTB Function

    -
    - + + + + LINKS/LINKSB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LINKS/LINKSB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück. Die Funktion LINKS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LINKS für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB ist:

    +

    LINKS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen])

    +

    LINKSB(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten.

    +

    Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 1 angenommen.

    +

    Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LINKS/LINKSB-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/len.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/len.htm index 3b9dc747d..2f58beb15 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/len.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/len.htm @@ -1,34 +1,35 @@ - - - - LEN/LENB Function - - - - - -
    -

    LEN/LENB Function

    -

    The LEN/LENB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to analyse the specified string and return the number of characters it contains. The LEN function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while LENB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The LEN/LENB function syntax is:

    -

    LEN(string)

    -

    LENB(string)

    -

    where string is a data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the LEN/LENB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LEN/LENB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LEN/LENB Function

    -
    - + + + + LÄNGE/LÄNGEB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LÄNGE/LÄNGEB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebene Zeichenfolge zu analysieren und die Anzahl der enthaltenen Zeichen/Bytes zurückzugeben. Die Funktion LÄNGE ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LÄNGEB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB ist:

    +

    LÄNGE(Text)

    +

    LÄNGEB(Text)

    +

    Text ist der Text, dessen Länge Sie ermitteln möchten. Leerzeichen zählen als Zeichen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktionen LÄNGE/LÄNGEB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion LÄNGE bzw. LÄNGEB:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LÄNGE/LÄNGEB-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ln.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ln.htm index 4ceeffa61..5ec33ce11 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ln.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ln.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - LN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    LN-Funktion

    -

    Die LN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die LN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    LN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Er muss größer als 0 sein.

    -

    Um die LN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion LN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    LN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + LN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LN ist:

    +

    LN(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Die Zahl muss größer als 0 sein.

    +

    LN-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log.htm index 78ecce50c..645ed79f0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - LOG-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    LOG-Funktion

    -

    Die LOG-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Logarithmus einer Zahl zu der angegebenen Basis zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die LOG-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    LOG(number [,base])

    -

    wo

    -

    number der nummerische Wert, der größer als 0 ist, ist.

    -

    base die Basis für die Berechnung des Logarithmusses einer Zahl ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen ist, übernimmt die Funktion die Basis 10.

    -

    Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die LOG-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion LOG.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    LOG-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + LOG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LOG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LOG gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zu der angegebenen Basis zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOG ist:

    +

    LOG(Zahl;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist ein nummerische Wert, der größer als 0 ist.

    +

    Basis die für die Berechnung des Logarithmus verwendete Basis. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Basis, wird es als 10 angenommen.

    +

    Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LOG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LOG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log10.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log10.htm index 1151c9881..c3d2b19d9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log10.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/log10.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - LOG10-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    LOG10-Funktion

    -

    Die LOG10-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Logarithmus einer Zahl zu der Basis 10 zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die LOG10-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    LOG10(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, ist.

    -

    Um die LOG10-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion LOG10.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    LOG10-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + LOG10-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LOG10-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LOG10 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOG10 ist:

    +

    LOG10(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    LOG10-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion LOG10.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LOG10-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/loginv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/loginv.htm index 5adc6d90e..833e6d5e3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/loginv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/loginv.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - LOGINV Function - - - - - -
    -

    LOGINV Function

    -

    The LOGINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters.

    -

    The LOGINV function syntax is:

    -

    LOGINV(x, mean, standard-deviation)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the probability associated with the lognormal distribution, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0 but less than or equal to 1.

    -

    mean is the mean of the lognormal distribution of x, a numeric value.

    -

    standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the lognormal distribution of x, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the LOGINV function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LOGINV function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LOGINV Function

    -
    - + + + + LOGINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LOGINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LOGINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sieg gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von Wahrsch zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normal verteilt ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGINV ist:

    +

    LOGINV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Lognormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1.

    +

    Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LOGINV.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LOGINV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognorm-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognorm-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34dae9f0a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognorm-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + LOGNORM.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LOGNORM.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LOGNORM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion der Lognormalverteilung von x zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGNORM.VERT ist:

    +

    LOGNORM.VERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LOGNORM.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGNORM.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LOGNORM.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognorm-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognorm-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ee318c99 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognorm-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + LOGNORM.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LOGNORM.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LOGNORM.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von x zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGNORM.INV ist:

    +

    LOGNORM.INV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Lognormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LOGNORM.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGNORM.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LOGNORM.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognormdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognormdist.htm index 82ed9a5cc..911531106 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognormdist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lognormdist.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - LOGNORMDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    LOGNORMDIST Function

    -

    The LOGNORMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze logarithmically transformed data and return the lognormal cumulative distribution function of the given x value with the specified parameters.

    -

    The LOGNORMDIST function syntax is:

    -

    LOGNORMDIST(x, mean, standard-deviation)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the probability associated with the lognormal distribution, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    mean is the mean of the lognormal distribution of x, a numeric value.

    -

    standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the lognormal distribution of x, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the LOGNORMDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LOGNORMDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LOGNORMDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + LOGNORMVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LOGNORMVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LOGNORMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sieg gbt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer lognormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGNORMVERT ist:

    +

    LOGNORMVERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LOGNORMDIST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGNORMVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LOGNORMVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lookup.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lookup.htm index 0006093e6..de082f2be 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lookup.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lookup.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - LOOKUP Function - - - - - -
    -

    LOOKUP Function

    -

    The LOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return a value from a selected range (row or column containing the data in ascending order).

    -

    The LOOKUP function syntax is:

    -

    LOOKUP(lookup-value, lookup-vector, result-vector)

    -

    where

    -

    lookup-value is a value to search for.

    -

    lookup-vector is a single row or column containing data sorted in ascending order.

    -

    lookup-result is a single row or column of data that is the same size as the lookup-vector.

    -

    The function searches for the lookup-value in the lookup-vector and returns the value from the same position in the lookup-result.

    -

    Note: if the lookup-value is smaller than all of the values in the lookup-vector, the function will return the #N/A error. If there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup-value, the function chooses the largest value in the lookup-vector that is less than or equal to the value.

    -

    To apply the LOOKUP function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LOOKUP function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LOOKUP Function

    -
    - + + + + VERWEIS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VERWEIS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VERWEIS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Wert aus einem ausgewählten Bereich zurück (Zeile oder Spalte mit Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VERWEIS ist:

    +

    VERWEIS(Suchkriterium, Suchvektor, [Ergebnisvektor])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Suchkriterium ist der Wert nach dem gesucht wird.

    +

    Suchvektor ist eine einzelne Zeile oder Spalte mit Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge.

    +

    Ergebnisvektor ist eine einzelne Zeile oder Spalte mit der gleichen Größe wie Suchvektor.

    +

    Die Funktion sucht im Suchvektor nach dem Suchkriterium und gibt den Wert von der gleichen Postion im Ergebnisvektor zurück.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn das Suchkriterium kleiner ist als alle Werte im Ergebnisvektor, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Kann die Funktion keinen Wert finden, der mit dem jeweiligen Wert von Suchkriterium übereinstimmt, verwendet die Funktion den größten Wert in Suchvektor, der kleiner oder gleich dem Wert von Suchkriterium ist.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VERWEIS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VERWEIS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VERWEIS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lower.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lower.htm index f02190d1e..40e64c5da 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lower.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/lower.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - LOWER Function - - - - - -
    -

    LOWER Function

    -

    The LOWER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert uppercase letters to lowercase in the selected cell.

    -

    The LOWER function syntax is:

    -

    LOWER(text)

    -

    where text is data included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the LOWER function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the LOWER function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    LOWER Function

    -
    - + + + + KLEIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KLEIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KLEIN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Kleinbuchstaben umwandeln.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion GROSS ist:

    +

    KLEIN(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist Text der Text auf den Sie verweisen, der in Kleinbuchstaben umgewandelt werden soll.

    +

    GROSS-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KLEIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KLEIN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/match.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/match.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2ddf9221d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/match.htm @@ -0,0 +1,55 @@ + + + + VERGLEICH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VERGLEICH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VERGLEICH gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie sucht in einem Bereich von Zellen nach einem angegebenen Element und gibt anschließend die relative Position dieses Elements im Bereich zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VERGLEICH ist:

    +

    VERGLEICH(Suchkriterium;Suchmatrix;[Vergleichstyp])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Suchkriterium ist der Wert mit dem Sie Elemente in der Suchmatrix abgleichen möchten. Hierbei kann es sich um einen Wert (Zahl, Text oder logischen Wert) oder einen Zellbezug auf eine Zahl, einen Text oder einen logischen Wert handeln.

    +

    Suchmatrix ist der Zellbereich, der durchsucht wird.

    +

    Vergleichstyp gibt an, auf welche Weise die Werte in der Suchmatrix mit dem Wert für Suchkriterium abgeglichen werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die folgenden Typen stehen zur Auswahl:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    VergleichstypVerhalten
    1 oder nicht angegebenDie Werte müssen in aufsteigender Reihenfolge angeordnet sein. Liegt keine genaue Übereinstimmung vor, gibt die Funktion den größten Wert zurück, der kleiner ist als Suchmatrix.
    0Die Werte dürfen in beliebiger Reihenfolge angeordnet sein. Liegt keine genaue Übereinstimmung vor, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück.
    -1Die Werte müssen in absteigender Reihenfolge angeordnet sein. Liegt keine genaue Übereinstimmung vor, gibt die Funktion den kleinsten Wert zurück, der größer ist als Suchmatrix.
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VERGLEICH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VERGLEICH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VERGLEICH-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/max.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/max.htm index 5532801ce..718ada2ab 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/max.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/max.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - MAX Function - - - - - -
    -

    MAX Function

    -

    The MAX function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest number.

    -

    The MAX function syntax is:

    -

    MAX(number1, number2, ...)

    -

    where number1(2) is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MAX function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MAX function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MAX Function

    -
    - + + + + MAX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MAX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MAX gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MAX ist:

    +

    MAX(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MAX:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MAX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MAX-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxa.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxa.htm index 2d53219c7..6c9dbb4e3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxa.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxa.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - MAXA Function - - - - - -
    -

    MAXA Function

    -

    The MAXA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the largest value.

    -

    The MAXA function syntax is:

    -

    MAXA(number1, number2, ...)

    -

    where number1(2) is a data (number, text, logical value) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MAXA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MAXA function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MAXA Function

    -
    - + + + + MAXA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MAXA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MAXA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. Dazu zählen Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MAXA ist:

    +

    MAXA(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MAXA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MAXA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MAXA-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxifs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxifs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3cfe9d88e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/maxifs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + MAXWENNS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MAXWENNS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MAXWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Maximalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MAXWENNS ist:

    +

    MAXWENNS(Max_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)

    +

    Max_Bereich ist tatsächliche Zellenbereich, in dem das Maximum ermittelt wird.

    +

    Kriterienbereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, der auf Kriterien1 getestet wird.

    +

    Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterienbereich1 angewendet und bestimmt, welche Zellen im Max-Bereich als Maximum ausgewertet werden. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2, ... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MAXWENNS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MAXWENNS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MAXWENNS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mdeterm.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mdeterm.htm index 743b3bb61..db32b53c4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mdeterm.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mdeterm.htm @@ -1,34 +1,35 @@ - - - - MDETERM-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    MDETERM-Funktion

    -

    Die MDETERM-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Determinante der Matrix im Array zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die MDETERM-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    MDETERM(array)

    -

    wo array die Reihe von Zahlen ist.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls eine der Zellen im Array leere oder nicht-numerische Werte enthält, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #N/A zurück.
    - Wenn die Zeilenanzahl im Array nicht genauso wie die Anzahl der Spalten ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #VALUE! zurück.

    -

    Um die MDETERM-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MDETERM.
      5. -
    5. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus oder geben Sie das verlangte Argument manuell wie A1:B2, ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    MDETERM-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + MDET-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MDET-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MDET gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Determinante einer Matrix zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MDET ist:

    +

    MDET(Matrix)

    +

    Matrix ist eine Anordnung von Zahlen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn die Zellen in der Matrix leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten in Matrix nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MDET:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MDET.
      5. +
    5. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell als A1:B2 ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MDET-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mduration.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mduration.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..892cf30f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mduration.htm @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + MDURATION-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MDURATION-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MDURATION gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die modifizierte Macauley-Dauer eines Wertpapiers mit einem angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MDURATION ist:

    +

    MDURATION(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Nominalzins ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MDURATION:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MDURATION.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MDURATION-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/median.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/median.htm index a2cf140e8..2748bba9d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/median.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/median.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - MEDIAN Function - - - - - -
    -

    MEDIAN Function

    -

    The MEDIAN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to calculate the median of the argument list.

    -

    The MEDIAN function syntax is:

    -

    MEDIAN(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up tp 30 numerical values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MEDIAN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MEDIAN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MEDIAN Function

    -
    - + + + + MITTELWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MITTELWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MITTELWERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWER ist:

    +

    MITTELWERT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Dabei umfasst Zahl1;[Zahl2];... bis zu 255 Zahlen, Zellbezüge oder Bereiche, für die Sie den Mittelwert berechnen möchten.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MITTELWERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MITTELWERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mid.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mid.htm index c0c4204be..653dc01f5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mid.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mid.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - MID/MIDB Function - - - - - -
    -

    MID/MIDB Function

    -

    The MID/MIDB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract the characters from the specified string starting from any position. The MID function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while MIDB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The MID/MIDB function syntax is:

    -

    MID(string, start-pos, number-chars])

    -

    MIDB(string, start-pos, number-chars])

    -

    where

    -

    string is a string you need to extract the characters from.

    -

    start-pos is a position you need to start extracting from.

    -

    number-chars is a number of the characters you need to extract.

    -

    The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MID/MIDB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MID/MIDB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MID/MIDB Function

    -
    - + + + + TEIL/TEILB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TEIL/TEILB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktionen TEIL/TEILB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück. Die Funktion TEIL ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während TEILB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEIL/TEILB ist:

    +

    TEIL(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen)

    +

    TEILB(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten.

    +

    Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des ersten Zeichens, das Sie aus dem Text extrahieren möchten.

    +

    Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen.

    +

    Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TEIL/TEILB-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/min.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/min.htm index f4ec0e8f2..6cc210f74 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/min.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/min.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - MIN Function - - - - - -
    -

    MIN Function

    -

    The MIN function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest number.

    -

    The MIN function syntax is:

    -

    MIN(number1, number2, ...)

    -

    where number1(2) is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MIN function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MIN function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MIN Function

    -
    - + + + + MIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MIN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MIN ist:

    +

    MIN(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MIN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MIN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mina.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mina.htm index f19d2f84f..25f21aa7a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mina.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mina.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - MINA Function - - - - - -
    -

    MINA Function

    -

    The MINA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the smallest value.

    -

    The MINA function syntax is:

    -

    MINA(number1, number2, ...)

    -

    where number1(2) is a data (number, text, logical value) entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MINA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MINA function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MINA Function

    -
    - + + + + MINA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MINA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MINA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. Dazu zählen Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINA ist:

    +

    MINA(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MINA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klilcken Sie auf die Funktion MINA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MINA-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minifs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minifs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e7db88a2e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minifs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + MINWENNS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MINWENNS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MINWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Minimalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINWENNS ist:

    +

    MINWENNS(Min_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)

    +

    Min_Bereich ist er tatsächliche Zellenbereich, in dem das Minimum ermittelt wird.

    +

    Kriterienbereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, der auf Kriterien1 getestet wird.

    +

    Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterienbereich1 angewendet und bestimmt, welche Zellen im Min-Bereich als Minimum ausgewertet werden. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2, ... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MINWENNS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MINWENNS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MINWENNS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minute.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minute.htm index 1feb45a95..e4e3f68a9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minute.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minute.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - MINUTE Function - - - - - -
    -

    MINUTE Function

    -

    The MINUTE function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the minute (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value.

    -

    The MINUTE function syntax is:

    -

    MINUTE( time-value )

    -

    where time-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: the time-value may be expressed as a string value (e.g. "13:39"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function in the default format - 9/26/12 13:39)

    -

    To apply the MINUTE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MINUTE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MINUTE Function

    -
    - + + + + MINUTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MINUTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion Minute gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl (0-59) in Minute um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINUTE ist:

    +

    MINUTE(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl kann manuelle eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MINUTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MINUTE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MINUTE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minverse.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minverse.htm index 828dc8224..bc2234210 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minverse.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/minverse.htm @@ -1,34 +1,35 @@ - - - - MINVERSE-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    MINVERSE-Funktion

    -

    Die MINVERSE-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die zu einer Matrix gehörende Kehrmatrix zurückzugeben und den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen Arrays der Zahlen anzuzeigen.

    -

    Die MINVERSE-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    MINVERSE(array)

    -

    wo array ein Array der Zahlen ist.

    -

    Hinweis: Wenn Zellen im Array leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #N/A zurück.
    - Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten in Matrix nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #VALUE! zurück.

    -

    Um die MINVERSE-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MINVERSE.
      5. -
    5. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell als A1:B2 ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    MINVERSE-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + MINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MINV gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die zu einer Matrix gehörende Kehrmatrix zurückzugeben und den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen Arrays der Zahlen anzuzeigen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINV ist:

    +

    MINV(Matrix)

    +

    Matrix ist eine Anordnung von Zahlen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn die Zellen in der Matrix leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten in Matrix nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MINV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MINV.
      5. +
    5. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell als A1:B2 ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MINV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mirr.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mirr.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1be93149c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mirr.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + QIKV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QIKV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QIKV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt einen modifizierten internen Zinsfuß zurück, bei dem positive und negative Cashflows mit unterschiedlichen Zinssätzen finanziert werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QIKV ist:

    +

    QIKV(Werte;Investition;Reinvestition)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf Zellen, in denen die Zahlen stehen, für die Sie den internen Zinsfuß berechnen möchten. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein.

    +

    Investition ist der Zinssatz, den Sie für die gezahlten Gelder ansetzen.

    +

    Reinvestition ist der Zinssatz, den Sie für reinvestierte Gelder erzielen.

    + +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QIKV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QIKV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QIKV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mmult.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mmult.htm index 2c457acf9..5d1a16e35 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mmult.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mmult.htm @@ -1,34 +1,35 @@ - - - - MMULT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    MMULT-Funktion

    -

    Die MMULT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um das Produkt zweier Matrizen von 2 Arrays zurückzugeben und den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen Arrays der Zahlen anzuzeigen.

    -

    Die MMULT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    MMULT(array1, array2)

    -

    wo array1, array2 ein Array der Zahlen ist.

    -

    Hinweis: Wenn Zellen im Array leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #N/A zurück.
    - Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen in array1 und der Spalten in array2 nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #VALUE! zurück.

    -

    Um die MMULT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MMULT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    MMULT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + MMULT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MMULT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MMULT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie liefert das Produkt zweier Matrizen und zeigt den ersten Wert der zurückgegebenen Zahlenanordnungen an.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MMULT ist:

    +

    MMULT(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Matrix1;Matrix2 sind die Matrizen, die Sie multiplizieren möchten.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn die Zellen in der Matrix leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück.
    Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen in Matrix1 und der Spalten in Matrix2 nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MMULT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MMULT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MMULT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mod.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mod.htm index 3b3860d9e..7cf4536ef 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mod.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mod.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - MOD-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    MOD Function

    -

    Die MOD-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Restwert, der sich bei der Division einer Zahl durch einen Divisor ergibt, zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die MOD-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    MOD(number, divisor)

    -

    wo

    -

    number die Zahl, für die Sie den Restwert nach Durchführung der Division ermitteln möchten, ist.

    -

    divisor die Zahl, durch die dividiert wird, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls divisor 0 ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück.

    -

    Um die MOD-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MOD.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    MOD-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + REST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    REST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion REST gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rest einer Division zurück. Das Ergebnis hat dasselbe Vorzeichen wie Divisor.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion REST ist:

    +

    REST(Zahl;Divisor)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl die Zahl, für die der Rest einer Division gesucht wird.

    +

    Divisor ist die Zahl, durch die dividiert wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Divisor gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion REST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion REST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    REST-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode-mult.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode-mult.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51d5e377b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode-mult.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + MODUS.VIELF-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MODUS.VIELF-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MODUS.VIELF gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein vertikales Array der am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Werte in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MODUS.VIELF ist:

    +

    MODUS.VIELF((Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn sich in der Argumentenliste kein repetitiver Wert befindet, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MODUS.VIELF:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MODUS.VIELF.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MODUS.VIELF-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode-sngl.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode-sngl.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a90c2035d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode-sngl.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + MODUS.EINF-Excel + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MODUS.EINF-Excel

    +

    Die Funktion MODUS.EINF gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein vertikales Array der am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Werte in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MODUS.EINF ist:

    +

    MODUS.EINF(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn sich in der Argumentenliste kein repetitiver Wert befindet, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MODUS.EINF:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MODUS.EINF.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MODUS.EINF-Excel

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode.htm index 09ed399b1..ea9740a40 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mode.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - MODE Function - - - - - -
    -

    MODE Function

    -

    The MODE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the most frequently occurring value.

    -

    The MODE function syntax is:

    -

    MODE(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 255 numeric values entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: if there is no repetitive value in the argument list, the function will return the #VALUE! error.

    -

    To apply the MODE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MODE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MODE Function

    -
    - + + + + MODALWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MODALWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MODALWERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt den am häufigsten auftretenden Wert zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MODALWERT ist:

    +

    MODALWERT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn sich in der Argumentenliste kein repetitiver Wert befindet, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion MODALWERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MODALWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MODALWERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/month.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/month.htm index 9f9d6d0d2..d30912cf4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/month.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/month.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - MONTH Function - - - - - -
    -

    MONTH Function

    -

    The MONTH function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the month (a number from 1 to 12) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default).

    -

    The MONTH function syntax is:

    -

    MONTH(date-value)

    -

    where date-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the MONTH function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the MONTH function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    MONTH Function

    -
    - + + + + MONAT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MONAT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MONAT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl mit einem Wert von 1 bis 12 in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MONAT ist:

    +

    MONAT(Datumswert)

    +

    Dabei ist Datumswert das Datum des Monats, den Sie suchen, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion MONAT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MONAT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MONAT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mround.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mround.htm index d83f25066..9472ac6a9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mround.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/mround.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - MROUND-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    MROUND-Funktion

    -

    Die MROUND-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf das gewünschte Vielfache zu runden.

    -

    Die MROUND-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    MROUND(number, multiple)

    -

    wo

    -

    number die Zahl, die gerundet werden soll, ist.

    -

    multiple das Vielfache, auf das Sie die Zahl runden möchten, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls number und multiple unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NUM! zurück.

    -

    Um die MROUND-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MROUND.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    MROUND-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + VRUNDEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VRUNDEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VRUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine auf das gewünschte Vielfache gerundete Zahl zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VRUNDEN ist:

    +

    VRUNDEN(Zahl;Vielfaches)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Vielfaches ist das Vielfache, auf das Sie die Zahl runden möchten.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Falls die Werte von Zahl und Vielfaches unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VRUNDEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VRUNDEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VRUNDEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/multinomial.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/multinomial.htm index d6245f117..210562bcc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/multinomial.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/multinomial.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - MULTINOMIAL-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    MULTINOMIAL-Funktion

    -

    Die MULTINOMIAL-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um das Verhältnis der Fakultät von der Summe der Zahlen zum Produkt der Fakultäten zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die MULTINOMIAL-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    MULTINOMIAL(argument-list)

    -

    wo argument-list die bis zu 30 nummerischen Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die MULTINOMIAL-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion MULTINOMIAL.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    MULTINOMIAL-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + POLYNOMIAL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    POLYNOMIAL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion POLYNOMIAL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um das Verhältnis der Fakultät von der Summe der Zahlen zum Produkt der Fakultäten zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POLYNOMIAL ist:

    +

    POLYNOMIAL(Zahl1; [Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion POLYNOMIAL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POLYNOMIAL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    POLYNOMIAL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/n.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/n.htm index a17c5f0f2..6fa91c230 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/n.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/n.htm @@ -1,62 +1,64 @@ - - - - N Function - - - - - -
    -

    N Function

    -

    The N function is one of the information functions. It is used to convert a value to a number.

    -

    The N function syntax is:

    -

    N(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Below you will find the possible values and the result of their conversion:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    ValueNumber
    numbernumber
    datedate as serial number
    TRUE1
    FALSE0
    errorerror value
    Other0
    -

    To apply the N function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the N function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    N Function

    -
    - + + + + N-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    N-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion N gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine Zahl in Text um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion N ist:

    +

    N(Wert)

    +

    Wert ist der Wert, den Sie in eine Zahl umwandeln möchten, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Die Funktion wandelt Werte gemäß der folgenden Tabelle um.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    WertZahl
    ZahlZahl
    DatumDatum als fortlaufende Zahl.
    WAHR1
    FALSCH0
    FehlerFehlerwert
    Sonstige0
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion N:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion N.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    N-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/na.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/na.htm index 8f02e62b2..5efb35c66 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/na.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/na.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - NA Function - - - - - -
    -

    NA Function

    -

    The NA function is one of the information functions. It is used to return the #N/A error value. This function does not require an argument.

    -

    The NA function syntax is:

    -

    NA()

    -

    To apply the NA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NA function,
      5. -
    5. press the Enter button.
      6. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NA Function

    -
    - + + + + NV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NV-Funktion

    +

    Die NV-Funktion ist eine der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt den Fehlerwert #NV zurück Die Syntax der Funktion NV erfordert keine Argumente.

    +

    Syntax der NV- Funktion:

    +

    NA()

    +

    Anwendung der NV-Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die NV-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinom-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinom-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f611dc336 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinom-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + NEGBINOM.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NEGBINOM.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativen, binominal verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass es "Zahl_Mißerfolge" vor dem durch "Zahl_Erfolge" angegebenen Erfolg gibt, wobei "Erfolgswahrsch" die Wahrscheinlichkeit für den günstigen Ausgang des Experiments ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT ist:

    +

    NEGBINOM.VERT(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl_Mißerfolge ist die Anzahl der Mißerfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 1 ist.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NEGBINOM.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinomdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinomdist.htm index 18d4c7d16..8641c3bc3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinomdist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/negbinomdist.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - NEGBINOMDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    NEGBINOMDIST Function

    -

    The NEGBINOMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the negative binomial distribution.

    -

    The NEGBINOMDIST function syntax is:

    -

    NEGBINOMDIST(number-failures, number-successes, success-probability)

    -

    where

    -

    number-failures is the number of failures, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0.

    -

    number-successes is the the threshold number of successes, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0.

    -

    success-probability is the success propability of each trial, a numeric value greater than 0, but less than 1.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the NEGBINOMDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NEGBINOMDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NEGBINOMDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + NEGBINOMVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NEGBINOMVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NEGBINOMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativbinomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Doe Formelsyntax der Funktion NEGBINOMVERT ist:

    +

    NEGBINOMVERT(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl_Misserfolge ist die Anzahl der Misserfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NEGBINOMVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Anwendung der Funktion NEGBINOMVERT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NEGBINOMVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays-intl.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays-intl.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..867ef6dd1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays-intl.htm @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der vollen Arbeitstage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben zurück. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL ist:

    +

    NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Enddatum ist eine Zahl, die das letzte Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Wochenende ist ein optionales Argument, eine Wochenendnummer oder eine Zeichenfolge, die als Wochenenden zu betrachten sind. Mit Wochenendnummernwerten werden die folgenden Wochenendtage angegeben:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    WochenendnummerWochenendtage
    1 oder nicht angegebenSamstag, Sonntag
    2Sonntag, Montag
    3Montag, Dienstag
    4Dienstag, Mittwoch
    5Mittwoch, Donnerstag
    6Donnerstag, Freitag
    7Freitag, Samstag
    11Nur Sonntag
    12Nur Montag
    13Nur Dienstag
    14Nur Mittwoch
    15Nur Donnerstag
    16Nur Freitag
    17Nur Samstag
    +

    Wochenendzeichenfolgenwerte setzen sich immer aus sieben Zeichen zusammen. Jedes Zeichen in der Zeichenfolge stellt einen Wochentag dar, beginnend mit Montag. 0 steht für einen Arbeitstag und 1 steht für einen arbeitsfreien Tag. 0000011 ergibt z. B. ein Wochenende (Samstag und Sonntag). Die Zeichenfolge "1111111" ist ungültig.

    +

    Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Gruppe von Datumsangaben die zusätzlich zu Wochenende aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays.htm index fcff52112..f89f14a24 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/networkdays.htm @@ -1,36 +1,37 @@ - - - - NETWORKDAYS Function - - - - - - -
    -

    NETWORKDAYS Function

    -

    The NETWORKDAYS function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the number of the work days between two dates (start date and end-date) excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays.

    -

    The NETWORKDAYS function syntax is:

    -

    NETWORKDAYS(start-date, end-date [,holidays])

    -

    where

    -

    start-date is a number representing the first date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    end-date is a number representing the last date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    holidays are optional arguments entered manually as a list of serial numbers or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the NETWORKDAYS function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NETWORKDAYS function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NETWORKDAYS Function

    -
    - + + + + NETTOARBEITSTAGE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NETTOARBEITSTAGE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Arbeitstage in einem Zeitintervall zurück (Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum). Nicht zu den Arbeitstagen gezählt werden Wochenenden sowie die Tage, die als Feiertage angegeben sind.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE ist:

    +

    NETTOARBEITSTAGE(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Freie_Tage])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Enddatum ist eine Zahl, die das letzte Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Liste einer oder mehrerer Datumsangaben, die alle Arten von arbeitsfreien Tagen repräsentieren kann, die aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NETTOARBEITSTAGE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nominal.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nominal.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5001f6ed --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nominal.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + NOMINAL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NOMINAL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NOMINAL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Nominalverzinsung zurück, ausgehend vom effektiven Zinssatz sowie der Anzahl der Verzinsungsperioden innerhalb eines Jahres.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NOMINAL ist:

    +

    NOMINAL(Effektiver_Zins;Perioden)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Effektiver_Zins ist der effektive jährliche Zinssatz (Effektivverzinsung).

    +

    Perioden ist die Anzahl der jährlichen Zahlungsperioden.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NOMINAL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NOMINAL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NOMINAL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8525bd2b7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + NORM.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NORM.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NORM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.VERT ist:

    +

    NORM.VERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist Wert der Verteilung, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit Sie berechnen möchten.

    +

    Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion (kumulierte Dichtefunktion) zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NORM.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NORM.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1fb72c621 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + NORM.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NORM.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NORM.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.INV ist:

    +

    NORM.INV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Standardnormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit, ein nummerischer Wert größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1.

    +

    Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NORM.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NORM.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-s-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-s-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab6ecd20d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-s-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + NORM.S.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NORM.S.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NORM.S.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Standardnormalverteilung hat einen Mittelwert von 0 und eine Standardabweichung von 1.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.S.VERT ist:

    +

    NORM.S.VERT(z;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    z ist der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit Sie berechnen möchten, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nhemen.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NORM.S.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.S.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NORM.S.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-s-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-s-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d3961943 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norm-s-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + NORM.S.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NORM.S.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NORM.S.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Verteilung hat einen Mittelwert von Null und eine Standardabweichung von Eins.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.S.INV ist:

    +

    NORM.S.INV(Wahrsch)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 und kleiner als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NORM.S.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.S.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NORM.S.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normdist.htm index 5b2da2feb..30b24f20a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normdist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normdist.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - NORMDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    NORMDIST Function

    -

    The NORMDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the normal distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation.

    -

    The NORMDIST function syntax is:

    -

    NORMDIST(x , mean , standard-deviation , cumulative-flag)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the value you want to calculate the distribution for, any numeric value.

    -

    mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value.

    -

    standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    cumulative-flag is the form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative-flag is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative distribution function; if FALSE, it will return the probability mass function.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the NORMDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NORMDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NORMDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + NORMVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NORMVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NORMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORMVERT ist:

    +

    NORMVERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist Wert der Verteilung, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit Sie berechnen möchten.

    +

    Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion (kumulierte Dichtefunktion) zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NORMDIST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORMVERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NORMVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norminv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norminv.htm index 298d28216..07d561a68 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norminv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/norminv.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - NORMINV Function - - - - - -
    -

    NORMINV Function

    -

    The NORMINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the normal cumulative distribution for the specified mean and standard deviation.

    -

    The NORMINV function syntax is:

    -

    NORMINV(x, mean, standard-deviation)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the probability corresponding to the normal distribution, any numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 1.

    -

    mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution, any numeric value.

    -

    standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the distribution, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the NORMINV function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NORMINV function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NORMINV Function

    -
    - + + + + NORMINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NORMINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NORMINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORMINV ist:

    +

    NORMINV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die zur Standardnormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit, ein nummerischer Wert größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1.

    +

    Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung.

    +

    Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NORMINV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORMINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NORMINV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsdist.htm index 03021e092..f900c772e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsdist.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsdist.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - NORMSDIST Function - - - - - -
    -

    NORMSDIST Function

    -

    The NORMSDIST function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the standard normal cumulative distribution function.

    -

    The NORMSDIST function syntax is:

    -

    NORMSDIST(number)

    -

    where number is a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the NORMSDIST function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NORMSDIST function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NORMSDIST Function

    -
    - + + + + STANDNORMVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STANDNORMVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STANDNORMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer standardnormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion STANDNORMVERT ist:

    +

    STANDNORMVERT(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion STANDNORMVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STANDNORMVERT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STANDNORMVERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsinv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsinv.htm index 05b77e475..2fe0e788b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsinv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/normsinv.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - NORMSINV Function - - - - - -
    -

    NORMSINV Function

    -

    The NORMSINV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the inverse of the standard normal cumulative distribution.

    -

    The NORMSINV function syntax is:

    -

    NORMSINV(probability)

    -

    where probability is a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1 entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the NORMSINV function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NORMSINV function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NORMSINV Function

    -
    - + + + + STANDNORMINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STANDNORMINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STANDNORMINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STANDNORMINV ist:

    +

    STANDNORMINV(Wahrsch)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 und kleiner als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    STANDNORMINV-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STANDNORMINV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STANDNORMINV-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/not.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/not.htm index 171747e07..b5def8213 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/not.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/not.htm @@ -1,37 +1,38 @@ - - - - NOT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    NOT-Funktion

    -

    Die NOT-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob der eingegebene logische Wert TRUE oder FALSE ist. Die Funktion gibt den Wert TRUE zurück, falls das Argument FALSE ist und FALSE, falls das Argument TRUE ist.

    -

    Die NOT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    NOT(logical)

    -

    wo logical ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die NOT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion NOT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. -
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    Zum Beispiel:

    -

    Es gibt ein Argument: logical = A1<100, wo A1 12 ist. Dieser logische Ausdruck ist TRUE. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSE zurück.

    -

    NOT-Funktion: FALSE

    -

    Falls man den Wert A1 von 12 nach 112 ändert, gibt die Funktion den Wert TRUE zurück:

    -

    NOT-Funktion: TRUE

    -
    - + + + + NICHT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NICHT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NICHT gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich überprüfen, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Ist das Argument FALSCH ist, gibt die Funktion gibt den Wert WAHR zurück und wenn das Argument WAHR ist gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NICHT ist:

    +

    NICHT(Wahrheitswert)

    +

    Wahrheitswert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NICHT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NICHT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es liegt das folgende Argument vor: Wahrheitswert = A1<100, es gilt A1 ist 12. Dieser logische Ausdruck ist WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück.

    +

    NICHT-Funktion: FALSCH

    +

    Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 112, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück:

    +

    NICHT-Funktion: WAHR

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/now.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/now.htm index 041009023..591ee20ce 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/now.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/now.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - NOW Function - - - - - -
    -

    NOW Function

    -

    The NOW function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add the current date and time to your spreadsheet in the following format MM/dd/yy hh:mm. This function does not require an argument.

    -

    The NOW function syntax is:

    -

    NOW()

    -

    To apply the NOW function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the NOW function,
      5. -
    5. press the Enter button.
      6. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    NOW Function

    -
    - + + + + JETZT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    JETZT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion JETZT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich das aktuelle Datum im Format und die aktuelle Uhrzeit im Format MM/TT/JJ; hh:mm wiedergeben. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der JETZT-Funktion lautet:

    +

    JETZT()

    +

    JETZT-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion JETZT.
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    JETZT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nper.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nper.htm index c751916cb..726b33e62 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nper.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/nper.htm @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ - - - - NPER-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    NPER-Funktion

    -

    Die NPER-Funktion ist eine der finanziellen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Anzahl der Zahlungsperioden für die Investition auf Grund des angegebenen Zinssatzes und konstanten Zahlungsplans zu berechnen.

    -

    Die NPER-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    NPER(rate, pmt, pv [, [fv] [,[type]]])

    -

    wo

    -

    rate der Zinssatz ist.

    -

    pmt der Zahlungsbetrag ist.

    -

    pv jetziger Wert der Zahlungen ist.

    -

    fv der Zukunftswert der Investition ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen war, wird das Argument fv als 0 eingeschätzt.

    -

    type der Zeitraum, wenn die Zahlung fällig wird, ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es auf 0 gesetzt oder ausgelassen ist, wird vermutet, dass die Zahlungen fällig zum Ende des Zeitraums werden. Falls type auf 1 gesetzt wird, werden die Zahlungen zu Beginn des Zeitraums fällig.

    -

    Hinweis: die abgegebenen Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Spareinlagen) werden mit negativen Zahlen dargestellt; erhaltene Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Dividenden) werden mit positiven Zahlen dargestellt.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die NPER-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematik aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion NPER.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    NPER-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ZZR-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZZR-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZZR gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Zahlungsperioden einer Investition zurück, die auf periodischen, gleichbleibenden Zahlungen sowie einem konstanten Zinssatz basiert.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZZR ist:

    +

    ZZR(Zins,Rmz,Bw,[Zw],[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode.

    +

    Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag.

    +

    Bw ist der gegenwärtige Wert der Zahlungen.

    +

    Zw ist der Zukunftswert der Investition. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt den Zeitraum an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist das Argument 1, werden die Zahlungen zu Beginn des Zeitraums fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZZR:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZZR.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZZR-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/npv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/npv.htm index d1f6ded50..4ad167500 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/npv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/npv.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - NPV-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    NPV-Funktion

    -

    Die NPV-Funktion ist eine der finanziellen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Nettobarwert der Investition auf Grund des angegebenen Diskontsatzes zu berechnen.

    -

    Die NPV-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    NPV(rate, argument-list)

    -

    wo

    -

    rate der Diskontsatz ist.

    -

    argument-list die Liste der zukünftigen Zahlungen ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die NPV-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematik aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion NPV.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    NPV-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + NBW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    NBW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion NBW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie liefert den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Investition auf der Basis eines Abzinsungsfaktors für eine Reihe periodischer Zahlungen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NBW ist:

    +

    NBW(Zins;Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist der Abzinsungsfaktor für die Dauer einer Periode.

    +

    Wert1;[Wert2];... ist die Liste der zukünftigen Zahlungen.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion NBW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NBW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    NBW-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/numbervalue.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/numbervalue.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b7b2b10b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/numbervalue.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + ZAHLENWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZAHLENWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZAHLENWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie konvertiert Text in Zahlen auf eine Weise, die vom Gebietsschema unabhängig ist. Handelt es sich bei dem zu konvertierenden Text nicht um eine Zahl, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZAHLENWERT ist:

    +

    ZAHLENWERT(Text;[Dezimaltrennzeichen];[Gruppentrennzeichen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist der in eine Zahl zu konvertierende Text.

    +

    Dezimaltrennzeichen ist das Zeichen, das zum Trennen der ganzen Zahl von den Nachkommastellen des Ergebnisses verwendet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, werden die Trennzeichen des aktuellen Gebietsschemas verwendet.

    +

    Gruppentrennzeichen ist das Zeichen, das zum Trennen von Zahlengruppen verwendet wird, z. B. zwischen Tausender und Hunderter oder zwischen Millionen und Tausender. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, werden die Trennzeichen des aktuellen Gebietsschemas verwendet.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ZAHLENWERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZAHLENWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZAHLENWERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2bin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2bin.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb0a1d0b8 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2bin.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + OKTINBIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    OKTINBIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion OKTINBIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OKTINBIN ist:

    +

    OKTINBIN(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    wo Zahl ist die oktale Zahl, die Sie umwandeln möchten. Ein Wer, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von OKTINBIN die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige oktale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende binäre Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt BININHEX den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion OKTINBIN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OKTINBIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    OKTINBIN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2dec.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2dec.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60ab79275 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2dec.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + OKTINDEZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    OKTINDEZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion OKTINDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OKTINDEZ ist:

    +

    OKTINDEZ(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist die oktale Zahl, die Sie umwandeln möchten. Ein Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige oktale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits), gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion OKTINDEZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OKTINDEZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    OKTINDEZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2hex.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2hex.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12c833346 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oct2hex.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + OKTINHEX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    OKTINHEX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion OKTINHEX gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OKTINHEX ist:

    +

    OKTINHEX(Zahl;[Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist ein oktaler Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von OKTINHEX die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige oktale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende hexadezimale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion OKTINHEX:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OKTINHEX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    OKTINHEX-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/odd.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/odd.htm index e4e8fca6c..cc19a8385 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/odd.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/odd.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ODD-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ODD-Funktion

    -

    Die ODD-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf die nächste ungerade ganze Zahl aufzurunden.

    -

    Die ODD-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ODD(number)

    -

    wo number der zu rundende Wert, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, ist.

    -

    Um die ODD-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ODD.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ODD-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + UNGERADE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNGERADE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNGERADE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf die nächste ungerade ganze Zahl aufzurunden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNGERADE ist:

    +

    UNGERADE(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl der zu rundende Wert, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    UNGERADE-Funktion anwenden.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNGERADE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNGERADE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddfprice.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddfprice.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cdd3b3bea --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddfprice.htm @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + UNREGER.KURS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNREGER.KURS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNREGER.KURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGER.KURS:

    +

    UNREGER.KURS.REND(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission.

    +

    ist der erste Zinstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss nach dem Abwicklungsdatum, aber vor dem Fälligkeitsdatum liegen.

    +

    Zins ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Rendite ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNREGER.KURS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGER.KURS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNREGER.KURS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddfyield.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddfyield.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9f47c8833 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddfyield.htm @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ + + + + UNREGER.REND-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNREGER.REND-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNREGER.REND gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers mit einem unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin zurück (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGER.REND ist:

    +

    UNREGER.REND(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission.

    +

    ist der erste Zinstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss nach dem Abwicklungsdatum, aber vor dem Fälligkeitsdatum liegen.

    +

    Zins ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNREGER.REND.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGER.REND.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNREGER.REND-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddlprice.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddlprice.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2839c22fa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddlprice.htm @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + UNREGLE.KURS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNREGLE.KURS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNREGLE.KURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGLE.KURS ist:

    +

    UNREGLE.KURS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Letzter_Zinstermin ist der letzte Zinstermin des Wertpapiers vor dem Fälligkeitstermin. Dieses Datum muss vor dem Abwicklungsdatum liegen.

    +

    ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Rendite ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNREGLE.KURS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGLE.KURS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNREGLE.KURS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddlyield.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddlyield.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38bd494e7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/oddlyield.htm @@ -0,0 +1,70 @@ + + + + UNREGLE.REND-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNREGLE.REND-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNREGLE.REND gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers mit einem unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin unabhängig von der Dauer zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGLE.REND ist:

    +

    UNREGLE.REND(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Letzter_Zinstermin ist der letzte Zinstermin des Wertpapiers vor dem Fälligkeitstermin. Dieses Datum muss vor dem Abwicklungsdatum liegen.

    +

    ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNREGLE.REND.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGLE.REND.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNREGLE.REND-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/offset.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/offset.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48f18ad79 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/offset.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Verweis auf eine Zelle zurück, die von der angegebenen Zelle (oder der Zelle oben links im Zellenbereich) um eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeilen und Spalten verschoben wurde.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN ist:

    +

    BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN(Bezug;Zeilen;Spalten;[Höhe];[Breite])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Bezug ist der Bezug, der als Ausgangspunkt des Verschiebevorgangs dienen soll.

    +

    Zeilen ist die Anzahl der Zeilen, um die Sie die obere linke Eckzelle des Bereichs nach oben oder nach unten verschieben möchten. Bei positiven Zahlen wird das Ergebnis unter die ursprüngliche Zelle verschoben. Bei negativen Zahlen wird das Ergebnis über die ursprüngliche Zelle verschoben.

    +

    Spalten ist die Anzahl der Spalten, um die Sie die obere linke Eckzelle des Bereichs nach links oder nach rechts verschieben möchten. Bei positiven Zahlen wird das Ergebnis von der ursprünglichen Zelle aus nach rechts verschoben. Bei negativen Zahlen wird das Ergebnis von der ursprünglichen Zelle aus nach links verschoben.

    +

    Höhe ist die Höhe des neuen Bezugs in Zeilen. Hierfür muss ein positiver Wert angegeben werden. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument nimmt die Funktion an, dass der neue Bezug dieselbe Höhe hat wie Bezug.

    +

    Breite ist die Breite des neuen Bezugs in Spalten. Hierfür muss ein positiver Wert angegeben werden. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument nimmt die Funktion an, dass der neue Bezug dieselbe Breite hat wie Bezug.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/or.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/or.htm index 8a325b4de..03f5a181a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/or.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/or.htm @@ -1,38 +1,39 @@ - - - - OR-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    OR-Funktion

    -

    Die OR-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob der eingegebene logische Wert TRUE (wahr) oder FALSE (falsch) ist. Die Funktion gibt den Wert FALSE zurück, falls alle Argumente FALSE sind.

    -

    Die OR-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    OR(logical1, logical2, ...)

    -

    wo logical1 ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die OR-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion OR.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. -

      Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 265 logischen Werten eingeben.

      -
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Die Funktion gibt den Wert TRUE zurück, falls ein der Argumente TRUE ist.

    -

    Zum Beispiel:

    -

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: logical1 = A1<10, logical2 = 34<10, logical3 = 50<10, wo A1 12 ist. Alle logischen Ausdrücke sind FALSE. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSE zurück.

    -

    OR-Funktion: FALSE

    -

    Falls man den Wert A1 von 12 nach 2 ändert, gibt die Funktion den Wert TRUE zurück:

    -

    OR-Funktion: TRUE

    -
    - + + + + ODER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ODER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ODER gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob die eingegebene Bedingung in einer Prüfung WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Wenn alle Argumente als FALSCH bewertet werden, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ODER ist:

    +

    ODER(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ...)

    +

    Wahrheitswert1; Wahrheitswert2;... ist ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ODER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ODER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 255 logische Werte eingeben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Wenn eines der Argumente als WAHR bewertet wird, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 3 Argumente: Wahrheitswert1 = A1<10, Wahrheitswert2 = 34<10, Wahrheitswert3 = 50<10, es gilt A1 ist 12. Alle logischen Ausdrücke sind FALSCH. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück.

    +

    ODER-Funktion: FALSCH

    +

    Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 2, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück:

    +

    ODER-Funktion: WAHR

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pduration.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pduration.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27f1c4910 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pduration.htm @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ + + + + PDURATION-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PDURATION-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PDURATION gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Perioden zurück, die erforderlich sind, bis eine Investition einen angegebenen Wert erreicht hat

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PDURATION ist:

    +

    PDURATION(Zins;Bw;Zw)

    +

    Dabei ist:

    +

    Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode.

    +

    BW ist der aktuelle Wert der Investition.

    +

    Zw ist der angestrebte Zukunftswert der Investition.

    + +

    Hinweis: Alle Argumente müssen in Form von positiven Zahlen dargestellt werden.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PDURATION:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PDURATION.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PDURATION-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pearson.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pearson.htm index 79f945c9a..b55a41f6c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pearson.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pearson.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - PEARSON Function - - - - - -
    -

    PEARSON Function

    -

    The PEARSON function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient.

    -

    The PEARSON function syntax is:

    -

    PEARSON(array-1, array-2)

    -

    where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements.

    -

    Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values.

    -

    To apply the PEARSON function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the PEARSON function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    PEARSON Function

    -
    - + + + + PEARSON-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PEARSON-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PEARSON gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PEARSON ist:

    +

    PEARSON(Matrix1;Matrix2)

    +

    Matrix1 und Matrix2 sind die ausgewählten Bereiche von Zellen mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion PEARSON:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PEARSON.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PEARSON-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile-exc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile-exc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3b9f3e91 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile-exc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + QUANTIL.EXKL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUANTIL.EXKL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 ausschließlich liegt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL ist:

    +

    QUANTIL.EXKL(Matrix;k)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist der ausgewählte Zellbereich, für den Sie das k-Quantil berechnen möchten.

    +

    k ist der Quantilwert aus dem geschlossenen Intervall. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1 und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUANTIL.EXKL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile-inc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile-inc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0e43463a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile-inc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + QUANTIL.INKL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUANTIL.INKL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUANTIL.INKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 inklusive liegt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTIL.INKL ist:

    +

    QUANTIL.INKL(Matrix;k)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist der ausgewählte Zellbereich, für den Sie das k-Quantil berechnen möchten.

    +

    k ist der Quantilwert, ein Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner oder gleich 1, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUANTIL.INKL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTIL.INKL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUANTIL.INKL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile.htm index 2e213c005..64ddcab36 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentile.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - PERCENTILE Function - - - - - -
    -

    PERCENTILE Function

    -

    The PERCENTILE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the nth percentile.

    -

    The PERCENTILE function syntax is:

    -

    PERCENTILE(array, k)

    -

    where

    -

    array is the selected range of cells.

    -

    k is the percentile value, a numeric value greater than 0 but less than 1 value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the PERCENTILE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the PERCENTILE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    PERCENTILE Function

    -
    - + + + + QUANTIL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUANTIL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUANTIL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das k-Quantil einer Gruppe von Daten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTIL ist:

    +

    QUANTIL(Matrix;k)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist der ausgewählte Zellbereich, für den Sie das k-Quantil berechnen möchten.

    +

    k ist der Quantilwert, ein Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner oder gleich 1, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUANTIL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTIL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUANTIL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank-exc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank-exc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..608b4817b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank-exc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + QUANTILSRANG.EXKL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUANTILSRANG.EXKL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1, exklusiv) des Datensatzes zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL ist:

    +

    QUANTILSRANG.EXKL(Array;x;[Genauigkeit])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist der Zellbereich numerischer Daten, der die relative Lage der Daten beschreibt.

    +

    x ist der Wert, dessen Rang Sie bestimmen möchten. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Genauigkeit legt die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen des zurückgegebenen Quantilsrangs fest. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument geht die Funktion von der Genauigkeit 3 aus (drei Dezimalstellen).

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUANTILSRANG.EXKL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank-inc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank-inc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83806d5d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank-inc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + QUANTILSRANG.INKL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUANTILSRANG.INKL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1, inklusive) des Datensatzes zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL ist:

    +

    QUANTILSRANG.INKL(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist der Zellbereich numerischer Daten, der die relative Lage der Daten beschreibt.

    +

    x ist der Wert, dessen Rang Sie bestimmen möchten. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Genauigkeit legt die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen des zurückgegebenen Quantilsrangs fest. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument geht die Funktion von der Genauigkeit 3 aus (drei Dezimalstellen).

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUANTILSRANG.INKL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank.htm index 2dcc3ea96..81d73b69f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/percentrank.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - PERCENTRANK Function - - - - - -
    -

    PERCENTRANK Function

    -

    The PERCENTRANK function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the rank of a value in a set of values as a percentage of the set.

    -

    The PERCENTRANK function syntax is:

    -

    PERCENTRANK(array, x[, significance])

    -

    where

    -

    array is the selected range of cells containing the numeric values.

    -

    x is the value you want to find the rank for, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    significance is the number of significant digits to return the rank for. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will assume significance to be 3.

    -

    To apply the PERCENTRANK function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the PERCENTRANK function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    PERCENTRANK Function

    -
    - + + + + QUANTILSRANG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUANTILSRANG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUANTILSRANG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den prozentualen Rang eines Werts in einer Liste von Werten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTILSRANG ist:

    +

    QUANTILSRANG(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist der Zellbereich numerischer Daten, der die relative Lage der Daten beschreibt.

    +

    x ist der Wert, dessen Rang Sie bestimmen möchten. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Genauigkeit legt die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen des zurückgegebenen Quantilsrangs fest. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument geht die Funktion von der Genauigkeit 3 aus (drei Dezimalstellen).

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUANTILSRANG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTILSRANG:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUANTILSRANG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permut.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permut.htm index e05aae2cc..207b0cc63 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permut.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permut.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - PERMUT Function - - - - - -
    -

    PERMUT Function

    -

    The PERMUT function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the number of permutations for a specified number of items.

    -

    The PERMUT function syntax is:

    -

    PERMUT(number, number-chosen)

    -

    where

    -

    number is a number of items.

    -

    number-chosen is a number of items in one permutation.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the PERMUT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the PERMUT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    PERMUT Function

    -
    - + + + + VARIATION-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VARIATION-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VARIATION gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte zurück, die sich aus einem exponentiellen Trend ergeben

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIATION ist:

    +

    VARIATION(Zahl, gewählte Zahl)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine Anzahl von Werten.

    +

    gewählte Zahl ist eine Anzahl von Werten in einer Trendlinie.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VARIATION:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIATION.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VARIATION-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permutationa.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permutationa.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b86947bc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/permutationa.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + VARIATIONEN2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VARIATIONEN2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VARIATIONEN2 gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Permutationen für eine angegebene Anzahl von Objekten zurück (mit Wiederholungen), die aus der Gesamtmenge der Objekte ausgewählt werden können.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIATIONEN2 ist:

    +

    VARIATIONEN2(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine ganze Zahl zur Angabe der Gesamtzahl von Objekten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    gewählte_Zahl ist eine ganze Zahl zur Angabe der Anzahl von Objekten in jeder Permutation. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner als Zahl.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VARIATIONEN2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIATIONEN2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VARIATIONEN2-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/phi.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/phi.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..90c24d590 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/phi.htm @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ + + + + PHI-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PHI-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PHI gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Wert der Dichtefunktion für eine Standardnormalverteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PHI ist:

    +

    PHI(x)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Zahl, für die Sie die Dichte der Standardnormalverteilung ermitteln möchten.

    +

    Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PHI:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PHI.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PHI-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pi.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pi.htm index 0b4a3c80d..fca5f1ee0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pi.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pi.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - PI-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    PI-Funktion

    -

    Die PI-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt die mathematische Konstante Pi von 3.14159265358979 zurück. Sie verlangt kein Argument.

    -

    Die PI-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    PI()

    -

    Um die PI-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion PI.
      5. -
    5. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      6. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    PI-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + Die Funktion PI + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Die Funktion PI

    +

    Die Funktion PI gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der mathematische Konstante Pi zurück, der 3,14159265358979 entspricht. Die Syntax der Funktion PI enthält keine Argumente.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion PI ist:

    +

    PI()

    +

    PI-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PI.
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PI-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pmt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pmt.htm index e5ec63645..6f0893a1a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pmt.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pmt.htm @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ - - - - PMT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    PMT-Funktion

    -

    Die PMT-Funktion ist eine der finanziellen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Zahlungsbetrag für das Darlehen auf Grund des angegebenen Zinssatzes und konstanten Zahlungsplans zu berechnen.

    -

    Die PMT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    PMT(rate, nper, pv [, [fv] [,[type]]])

    -

    wo

    -

    rate der Zinssatz ist.

    -

    nper die Anzahl der Zahlungen ist.

    -

    pv jetziger Wert ist.

    -

    fv der nach allen Zahlungen restliche Zukunftswert ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen war, wird das Argument fv als 0 eingeschätzt.

    -

    type der Zeitraum, wenn die Zahlung fällig wird, ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es auf 0 gesetzt oder ausgelassen ist, wird vermutet, dass die Zahlungen fällig zum Ende des Zeitraums werden. Falls type auf 1 gesetzt wird, werden die Zahlungen zu Beginn des Zeitraums fällig.

    -

    Hinweis: die abgegebenen Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Spareinlagen) werden mit negativen Zahlen dargestellt; erhaltene Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Dividenden) werden mit positiven Zahlen dargestellt.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die PMT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematik aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion PMT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    PMT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + RMZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RMZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RMZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die konstante Zahlung einer Annuität pro Periode, wobei konstante Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RMZ ist:

    +

    RMZ(Zins;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungsperioden.

    +

    Bw ist der gegenwärtige Wert.

    +

    Zw ist der zukünftige Wert (Endwert) nach der letzten Zahlung. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument F, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt den Zeitraum an wann die Zahlung fällig ist. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für .

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RMZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RMZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RMZ-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7eb8a5cb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + POISSON.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    POISSON.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion POISSON.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Eine übliche Anwendung der Poissonverteilung ist die Modellierung der Anzahl der Ereignisse innerhalb eines bestimmten Zeitraumes, beispielsweise die Anzahl der Autos, die innerhalb 1 Minute an einer Zollstation eintreffen.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion POISSON.VERT ist:

    +

    POISSON.VERT(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Anzahl der Fälle. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Mittelwert ist der erwartete Zahlenwert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion der jeweiligen Poissonverteilung zurück; ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion POISSON.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POISSON.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    POISSON.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson.htm index 68527bf4d..db24b3339 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/poisson.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - POISSON Function - - - - - -
    -

    POISSON Function

    -

    The POISSON function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the Poisson distribution.

    -

    The POISSON function syntax is:

    -

    POISSON(x, mean, cumulative-flag)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the number of events, a numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    mean is the expected numeric value greater than 0.

    -

    cumulative-flag is the form of the function, a logical value: TRUE or FALSE. If cumulative-flag is TRUE, the function will return the cumulative Poisson probability; if FALSE, it will return the Poisson probability mass function.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the POISSON function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the POISSON function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    POISSON Function

    -
    - + + + + POISSON-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    POISSON-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion POISSON gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POISSON ist:

    +

    POISSON(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Anzahl der Fälle. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Mittelwert ist der erwartete Zahlenwert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion der jeweiligen Poissonverteilung zurück; ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion POISSON:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POISSON.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    POISSON-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/power.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/power.htm index 6ab575076..1d5304e3d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/power.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/power.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - POWER-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    POWER-Funktion

    -

    Die POWER-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um als Ergebnis eine potenzierte Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die POWER-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    POWER(number, power)

    -

    wo

    -

    number eine Zahl, die Sie potenzieren möchten, ist.

    -

    power der Exponent, mit dem die Zahl potenziert wird, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die POWER-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion POWER.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    POWER-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + POTENZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    POTENZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion POTENZ gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt als Ergebnis eine potenzierte Zahl zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POTENZ ist:

    +

    POTENZ(Zahl;Potenz)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Zahl, die Sie mit dem Exponenten potenzieren möchten.

    +

    Potenz ist der Exponent, mit dem die Zahl potenziert werden soll.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion POTENZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POTENZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    POTENZ-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ppmt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ppmt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..444661e9a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ppmt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + KAPZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KAPZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KAPZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kapitalrückzahlung einer Investition für eine angegebene Periode zurück. Es werden konstante periodische Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KAPZ ist:

    +

    KAPZ(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition.

    +

    Zr ist der Zeitraum, für den Sie die Tilgungszahlung berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen.

    +

    Zw ist ein zukünftiger Wert (d. h. ein Restguthaben, das übrigbleibt, nachdem die letzte Zahlung getätigt wurde). Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KAPZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KAPZ:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KAPZ-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/price.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/price.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d5047bb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/price.htm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + KURS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KURS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KURS ist:

    +

    KURS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung Der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KURS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KURS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pricedisc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pricedisc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0052f767a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pricedisc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + KURSDISAGIO-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KURSDISAGIO-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KURSDISAGIO gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion KURSDISAGIO ist:

    +

    KURSDISAGIO(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio;Rückzahlung;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Disagio ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KURSDISAGIO:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURSDISAGIO.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KURSDISAGIO-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pricemat.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pricemat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6461f03a5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pricemat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + KURSFÄLLIG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KURSFÄLLIG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KURSFÄLLIG gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion KURSFÄLLIG ist:

    +

    KURSFÄLLIG(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Rendite;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission.

    +

    ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers am Emissionsdatum.

    +

    Rendite ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KURSFÄLLIG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURSFÄLLIG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KURSFÄLLIG-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/prob.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/prob.htm index ea501d7ba..76ebb077d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/prob.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/prob.htm @@ -1,37 +1,39 @@ - - - - PROB Function - - - - - -
    -

    PROB Function

    -

    The PROB function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the probability that values in a range are between lower and upper limits.

    -

    The PROB function syntax is:

    -

    PROB(x-range, probability-range, lower-limit[, upper-limit])

    -

    where

    -

    x-range is the selected range of cells containing numeric values you want to associate the probabilities with.

    -

    probability-range is a set of probabilities associated with values in x-range, the selected range of cells containing numeric values greater than 0 but less than 1. The sum of the values in probability-range should be equal to 1, otherwise the function will return the #NUM! error.

    -

    Note: x-range should contain the same number of elements as probability-range.

    -

    lower-limit is the lower bound of the value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    upper-limit is the upper bound of the value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will return the probability equal to lower-limit.

    -

    To apply the PROB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the PROB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    PROB Function

    -
    - + + + + WAHRSCHBEREICH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WAHRSCHBEREICH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeit für ein von zwei Werten eingeschlossenes Intervall zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH ist:

    +

    WAHRSCHBEREICH(Beob_Werte; Beob_Wahrsch;[Untergrenze];[Obergrenze])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Beob_Werte ist der Bereich von Realisationen der Zufallsvariablen, denen Wahrscheinlichkeiten zugeordnet sind.

    +

    Beob_Wahrsch ist eine Menge von Wahrscheinlichkeiten, verknüpft mit den Werten in Beob_Werte, wobei der ausgewählte Zellbereich numerische Werte enthält, die größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1 sind. Die Summe der Werte in Beob_Wahrsch sollte gleich 1 sein, sonst gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #Zahl! zurück.

    +

    Hinweis: Beob_Werte sollte die gleiche Anzahl von Elementen enthalten wie Beob_Wahrsch.

    +

    Untergrenze ist die untere Grenze der Werte, deren Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll.

    +

    Obergrenze ist die obere Grenze der Werte, deren Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Obergrenze, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeit für den Wert Untergrenze zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WAHRSCHBEREICH-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/product.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/product.htm index ed860f4b8..45af2d141 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/product.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/product.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - PRODUCT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    PRODUCT-Funktion

    -

    Die PRODUCT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen im gewählten Zellenbereich zu multiplizieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die PRODUCT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    PRODUCT(number1, number2, ...)

    -

    wo number1(2) Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die PRODUCT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion PRODUCT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    PRODUCT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + PRODUKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    PRODUKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion PRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion werden alle als Argumente angegebenen Zahlen multipliziert und das Produkt zurückgegeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PRODUKT ist:

    +

    PRODUKT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... ist eine Auswahl nummerischer Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion PRODUKT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PRODUKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    PRODUKT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/proper.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/proper.htm index c3929b001..a230ecab5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/proper.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/proper.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - PROPER Function - - - - - -
    -

    PROPER Function

    -

    The PROPER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert the first character of each word to uppercase and all the remaining characters to lowercase.

    -

    The PROPER function syntax is:

    -

    PROPER(text)

    -

    where text is data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the PROPER function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the PROPER function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    PROPER Function

    -
    - + + + + GROSS2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GROSS2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GROSS2 gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wandelt den ersten Buchstaben aller Wörter einer Zeichenfolge in Großbuchstaben um und alle anderen Buchstaben in Kleinbuchstaben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GROSS2 ist:

    +

    GROSS2(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist Text ein in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossener Text, eine Formel, die Text zurückgibt, oder ein Bezug auf eine Zelle, die den Text enthält, auf den Sie die Formel anwenden wollen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion GROSS2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GROSS2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GROSS2-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pv.htm index b55a88f47..b3a92a1d9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pv.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/pv.htm @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ - - - - PV-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    PV-Funktion

    -

    Die PV-Funktion ist eine der finanziellen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um jetzigen Wert der Investition auf Grund des angegebenen Zinssatzes und konstanten Zahlungsplans zu berechnen.

    -

    Die PV-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    PV(rate, nper, pmt [, [fv] [,[type]]])

    -

    wo

    -

    rate der Zinssatz ist.

    -

    nper die Anzahl von Zahlungen ist.

    -

    pmt der Zahlungsbetrag ist.

    -

    fv der Zukunftswert ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen war, wird das Argument fv als 0 eingeschätzt.

    -

    type der Zeitraum, wenn die Zahlung fällig wird, ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es auf 0 gesetzt oder ausgelassen ist, wird vermutet, dass die Zahlungen fällig zum Ende des Zeitraums werden. Falls type auf 1 gesetzt wird, werden die Zahlungen zu Beginn des Zeitraums fällig.

    -

    Hinweis: die abgegebenen Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Spareinlagen) werden mit negativen Zahlen dargestellt; erhaltene Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Dividenden) werden mit positiven Zahlen dargestellt.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die PV-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematik aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion PV.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    PV-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + BW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den aktuellen Wert eines Darlehens oder einer Investition, wobei ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt wird.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BW ist:

    +

    BW(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Zw];[F])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode.

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungsperioden.

    +

    Rmz ist der Betrag (die Annuität), der in den einzelnen Perioden gezahlt wird.

    +

    Zw ist der zukünftige Wert (Endwert) nach der letzten Zahlung. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt den Zeitraum an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Hinweis: die abgegebenen Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Spareinlagen) werden mit negativen Zahlen dargestellt; erhaltene Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Dividenden) werden mit positiven Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für .

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BW-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile-exc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile-exc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86d5b2989 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile-exc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ + + + + QUARTILE.EXKL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUARTILE.EXKL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 ausschließlich

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL ist:

    +

    QUARTILE.EXKL(Matrix;Quartil)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Zellbereich numerischer Werte, deren Quartile Sie bestimmen möchten.

    +

    Quartile gibt an, welcher Wert ausgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Werte für Quartile:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertRückgabe durch Quartile
    1Das untere Quartil (25%-Quantil)
    2Den Median (50%-Quantil)
    3Das obere Quartil (75%-Quantil)
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUARTILE.EXKL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile-inc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile-inc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..752770e35 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile-inc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ + + + + QUARTILE.INKL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUARTILE.INKL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUARTILE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 einschließlich.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUARTILE.INKL ist:

    +

    QUARTILE.INKL(Matrix;Quartil)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Zellbereich numerischer Werte, deren Quartile Sie bestimmen möchten.

    +

    Quartile gibt an, welcher Wert ausgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Werte für Quartile:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertRückgabe durch Quartile
    0Minimalwert
    1Das untere Quartil (25%-Quantil)
    2Den Median (50%-Quantil)
    3Das obere Quartil (75%-Quantil)
    4Maximalwert
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUARTILE.INKL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUARTILE.INKL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUARTILE.INKL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile.htm index 97fc3d016..76544e4c4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quartile.htm @@ -1,61 +1,63 @@ - - - - QUARTILE Function - - - - - -
    -

    QUARTILE Function

    -

    The QUARTILE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the quartile.

    -

    The QUARTILE function syntax is:

    -

    QUARTILE(array , result-category)

    -

    where

    -

    array is the selected range of cells you want to analyse,

    -

    result-category is the quartile value that you wish to return, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. The quartile value can be one of the following:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Numeric valueQuartile
    0Smallest value in the range of data
    1First quartile (25th percentile)
    2Second quartile (50th percentile)
    3Third quartile (75th percentile)
    4Largest value in the data set
    -

    To apply the QUARTILE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the QUARTILE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    QUARTILE Function

    -
    - + + + + QUARTILE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUARTILE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUARTILE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quartile der Datengruppe zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUARTILE ist:

    +

    QUARTILE(Matrix;Quartile)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Zellbereich numerischer Werte, deren Quartile Sie bestimmen möchten.

    +

    Quartile gibt an, welcher Wert ausgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Werte für Quartile:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertRückgabe durch Quartile
    0Minimalwert
    1Das untere Quartil (25%-Quantil)
    2Den Median (50%-Quantil)
    3Das obere Quartil (75%-Quantil)
    4Maximalwert
    +

    Anwenden der Funktion QUARTILE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUARTILE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUARTILE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quotient.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quotient.htm index c009081cb..1d9f97cf3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quotient.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/quotient.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - QUOTIENT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    QUOTIENT-Funktion

    -

    Die QUOTIENT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil einer Division zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die QUOTIENT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    QUOTIENT(dividend, divisor)

    -

    wo dividend und divisor nummerische Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die QUOTIENT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion QUOTIENT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    QUOTIENT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + QUOTIENT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUOTIENT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUOTIENT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil einer Division zurückzugeben.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion QUOTIENT:

    +

    QUOTIENT(Zähler;Nenner)

    +

    Zähler und Nenner sind nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion QUOTIENT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUOTIENT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUOTIENT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/radians.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/radians.htm index 13377e22d..40b3839b4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/radians.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/radians.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - RADIANS-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    RADIANS-Funktion

    -

    Die RADIANS-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um Grad in Bogenmaß (Radiant) zu konvertieren.

    -

    Die RADIANS-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    RADIANS(number)

    -

    wo number ein nummerischer Wert (in Grad), der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, ist.

    -

    Um die RADIANS-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion RADIANS.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    RADIANS-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + RADIANT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RADIANT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RADIANT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um Grad in Bogenmaß (Radiant) zu konvertieren.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RADIANT ist:

    +

    GRAD(Winkel)

    +

    Dabei ist Winkel der in Bogenmaß (Radiant) gegebene Winkel, den Sie umwandeln möchten, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion RADIANT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RADIANT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RADIANT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rand.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rand.htm index 25a3f84d0..94c0f010f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rand.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rand.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - RAND-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    RAND-Funktion

    -

    Die RAND-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zufallszahl größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als 1 zurückzugeben. Sie verlangt kein Argument.

    -

    Die RAND-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    RAND()

    -

    Um die RAND-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion RAND.
      5. -
    5. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      6. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    RAND-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ZUFALLSZAHL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZUFALLSZAHL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Diese Funktion gibt eine gleichmäßig verteilte reelle Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als 1 ist. Die Syntax der Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL erfordert keine Argumente.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL ist:

    +

    ZUFALLSZAHL()

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL.
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZUFALLSZAHL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/randbetween.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/randbetween.htm index 4ef12fda9..d59d5b0ff 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/randbetween.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/randbetween.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - RANDBETWEEN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    RANDBETWEEN-Funktion

    -

    Die RANDBETWEEN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine ganze Zufallszahl größer oder gleich lower-bound und kleiner oder gleich upper-bound zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die RANDBETWEEN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    RANDBETWEEN(lower-bound, upper-bound)

    -

    wo

    -

    lower-bound die kleinste ganze Zahl ist.

    -

    upper-bound die größte ganze Zahl ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Hinweis: Wenn lower-bound größer als upper-bound ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück.

    -

    Um die RANDBETWEEN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion RANDBETWEEN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    RANDBETWEEN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ZUFALLSBEREICH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZUFALLSBEREICH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich Untere_Zahl und kleiner oder gleich Obere_Zahl ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH ist:

    +

    ZUFALLSBEREICH(Untere_Zahl;Obere_Zahl)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Untere_Zahl ist die kleinste ganze Zahl, die ZUFALLSBEREICH als Ergebnis zurückgeben kann.

    +

    Obere_Zahl ist die größte ganze Zahl, die ZUFALLSBEREICH als Ergebnis zurückgeben kann.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Untere_Zahl größer als Obere_Zahl ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZUFALLSBEREICH-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank-avg.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank-avg.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..764829876 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank-avg.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + RANG.MITTELW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RANG.MITTELW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RANG.MITTELW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang zurück, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.) Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird die durchschnittliche Rangzahl zurückgegeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RANG.MITTELW ist:

    +

    RANG.MITTELW(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Zahl, für die der Rang ermittelt werden soll.

    +

    Bezug ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf eine Liste von Zahlen, in der die angegebene Zahl enthalten ist.

    +

    Reihenfolge ist der Zahlenwert der angibt, wie Bezug geordnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Ist Reihenfolge mit 0 (Null) belegt oder nicht angegeben, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in absteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Ist Reihenfolge mit einem Wert ungleich 0 belegt, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RANG.MITTELW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RANG.MITTELW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RANG.MITTELW-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank-eq.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank-eq.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68f0f4646 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank-eq.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + RANG.GLEICH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RANG.GLEICH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RANG.GLEICH gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang zurück, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.) Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird der oberste Rang dieser Gruppe von Werten zurückgegeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RANG.GLEICH ist:

    +

    RANG.GLEICH(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Zahl, für die der Rang ermittelt werden soll.

    +

    Bezug ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf eine Liste von Zahlen, in der die angegebene Zahl enthalten ist.

    +

    Reihenfolge ist der Zahlenwert der angibt, wie Bezug geordnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Ist Reihenfolge mit 0 (Null) belegt oder nicht angegeben, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in absteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Ist Reihenfolge mit einem Wert ungleich 0 belegt, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RANG.GLEICH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RANG.GLEICH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RANG.GLEICH-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cbc73a190 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rank.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + RANG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RANG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RANG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang zurück, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.)

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RANG ist:

    +

    RANG(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist die Zahl, für die der Rang ermittelt werden soll.

    +

    Bezug ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf eine Liste von Zahlen, in der die angegebene Zahl enthalten ist.

    +

    Reihenfolge ist der Zahlenwert der angibt, wie Bezug geordnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Ist Reihenfolge mit 0 (Null) belegt oder nicht angegeben, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in absteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Ist Reihenfolge mit einem Wert ungleich 0 belegt, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RANG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RANG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RANG-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rate.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rate.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..65fe27bfe --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rate.htm @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ + + + + ZINS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZINS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZINS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den Zinssatz für eine Investition basierend auf einem konstanten Zahlungsplan.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINS ist:

    +

    ZINS(Zzr, Rmz, Bw, Zw, [F], [Schätzwert])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition.

    +

    Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag.

    +

    Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen.

    +

    Zw ist ein zukünftiger Wert (d. h. ein Restguthaben, das übrigbleibt, nachdem die letzte Zahlung getätigt wurde). Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument F, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen.

    +

    F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig.

    +

    Schätzwert entspricht der Schätzung bezüglich der Höhe des Zinssatzes. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, geht die Funktion vom Schätzwert 10 % aus.

    +

    Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Schätzwert und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Schätzwert und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Schätzwert and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Schätzwert und N für Zzr.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZINS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZINS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/received.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/received.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2037a2f76 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/received.htm @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + AUSZAHLUNG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AUSZAHLUNG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion AUSZAHLUNG gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Auszahlungsbetrag eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUSZAHLUNG ist:

    +

    AUSZAHLUNG(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Disagio;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Anlage ist der Betrag, der in dem Wertpapier angelegt werden soll.

    +

    ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AUSZAHLUNG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUSZAHLUNG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    AUSZAHLUNG-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/replace.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/replace.htm index b384b706c..ea854c2f3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/replace.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/replace.htm @@ -1,40 +1,41 @@ - - - - REPLACE/REPLACEB Function - - - - - -
    -

    REPLACE/REPLACEB Function

    -

    The REPLACE/REPLACEB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters, based on the number of characters and the start position you specify, with a new set of characters. The REPLACE function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while REPLACEB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The REPLACE/REPLACEB function syntax is:

    -

    REPLACE(string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2)

    -

    REPLACEB(string-1, start-pos, number-chars, string-2)

    -

    where

    -

    string-1 is the original text to be replaced.

    -

    start-pos is the beginning of the set to be replaced.

    -

    number-chars is the number of characters to be replaced.

    -

    string-2 is the new text.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the REPLACE/REPLACEB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the REPLACE/REPLACEB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -

      Note: the REPLACE function is case-sensitive.

      -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    REPLACE Function

    -
    - + + + + ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB

    +

    Die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe. Die Funktion ERSETZEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während ERSETZENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB ist:

    +

    ERSETZEN(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text)

    +

    ERSETZENB(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Alter_Text ist der Text, in dem Sie eine Anzahl von Zeichen ersetzen möchten.

    +

    Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des Zeichens, an der mit dem Ersetzen begonnen werden soll.

    +

    Anzahl_Zeichen ist die Anzahl der Zeichen in die ersetzt werden sollen.

    +

    Neuer_Text ist der Ersatztext.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion ERSETZEN oder ERSETZENB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    REPLACE Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rept.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rept.htm index 4d83620a8..f90dbf4ed 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rept.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rept.htm @@ -1,36 +1,37 @@ - - - - REPT Function - - - - - -
    -

    REPT Function

    -

    The REPT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to repeat the data in the selected cell as many time as you wish.

    -

    The REPT function syntax is:

    -

    REPT(text, number_of_times)

    -

    where

    -

    text is data to be repeated.

    -

    number_of_times is a number of times you wish to repeat the data you entered.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the REPT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the REPT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    REPT Function

    -
    - + + + + WIEDERHOLEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WIEDERHOLEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WIEDERHOLEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wiederholt einen Text so oft wie angegeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WIEDERHOLEN ist:

    +

    WIEDERHOLEN(Text;Multiplikator)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist der Text, den Sie wiederholen möchten.

    +

    Multiplikator ist eine positive Zahl, die angibt, wie oft die Wiederholung erfolgen soll.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WIEDERHOLEN.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WIEDERHOLEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WIEDERHOLEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/right.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/right.htm index 6d5cecf85..e16834684 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/right.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/right.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - RIGHT/RIGHTB Function - - - - - -
    -

    RIGHT/RIGHTB Function

    -

    The RIGHT/RIGHTB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to extract a substring from a string starting from the right-most character, based on the specified number of characters. The RIGHT function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while RIGHTB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The RIGHT/RIGHTB function syntax is:

    -

    RIGHT(string [, number-chars])

    -

    RIGHTB(string [, number-chars])

    -

    where

    -

    string is a string you need to extract the substring from,

    -

    number-chars is a number of the substring characters. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the funcion will assume it to be 1.

    -

    The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the RIGHT/RIGHTB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the RIGHT/RIGHTB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    RIGHT Function

    -
    - + + + + RECHTS/RECHTSB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RECHTS/RECHTSB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie extrahieren eine Teilzeichenfolge aus einer Zeichenfolge, beginnend mit dem Zeichen ganz rechts, basierend auf der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen. Die Funktion RECHTS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während RECHTSB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB ist:

    +

    RECHTS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen])

    +

    RECHTSB(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten.

    +

    Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird an dieser Stelle kein Argument eingegeben, wird es als 1 angenommen.

    +

    Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion RECHTS oder RECHTSB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RECHTS/RECHTSB-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roman.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roman.htm index fa457c175..113ca7f4a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roman.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roman.htm @@ -1,68 +1,70 @@ - - - - ROMAN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ROMAN-Funktion

    -

    Die ROMAN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl in römische Zahlzeichen umzuwandeln.

    -

    Die ROMAN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ROMAN(number, form)

    -

    wo

    -

    number ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 1 und kleiner als 3999 ist, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    form der Typ römischer Zahlzeichen ist. Man unterscheidet folgende Typen:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    WertTyp
    0Klassisch
    1Gedrängt
    2Gedrängt
    3Gedrängt
    4Vereinfacht
    TRUEKlassisch
    FALSEVereinfacht
    -

    Um die ROMAN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ROMAN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ROMAN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + RÖMISCH-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RÖMISCH-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RÖMISCH gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine arabische Zahl in römische Zahlzeichen um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RÖMISCH ist:

    +

    RÖMISCH(Zahl;[Typ])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 1 und kleiner als 3999 ist, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Typ ist eine Zahl, die den Typ der römischen Zahl angibt. Mögliche Typen:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    WertTyp
    0Klassisch
    1Kürzer
    2Kürzer
    3Kürzer
    4Vereinfacht
    WAHRKlassisch
    FALSCHVereinfacht
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RÖMISCH:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RÖMISCH.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RÖMISCH-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/round.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/round.htm index fa698ad29..26c2a1198 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/round.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/round.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - ROUND-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ROUND-Funktion

    -

    Die ROUND-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen zu runden.

    -

    Die ROUND-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ROUND(number, num_digits)

    -

    wo

    -

    number die Zahl, die Sie runden möchten, ist.

    -

    num_digits die Anzahl der Stellen, auf die Sie runden möchten, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ROUND-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ROUND.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ROUND-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + RUNDEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RUNDEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen zu runden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RUNDEN ist:

    +

    RUNDEN(Zahl;Anzahl_Stellen)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Zahl, die Sie runden möchten.

    +

    Anzahl_Stellen gibt an, auf wie viele Dezimalstellen die Zahl gerundet werden soll. Ist Anzahl_Stellen größer als Null, wird die Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen gerundet. Ist Anzahl_Stellen gleich Null, wird die Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl gerundet. Ist Anzahl_Stellen kleiner als Null, wird der links des Dezimalkommas stehende Teil der Zahl gerundet.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RUNDEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RUNDEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RUNDEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rounddown.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rounddown.htm index 2e0ebdd10..5c34244dc 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rounddown.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rounddown.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - ROUNDDOWN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ROUNDDOWN-Funktion

    -

    Die ROUNDDOWN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen abzurunden.

    -

    Die ROUNDDOWN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ROUNDDOWN(number, num_digits)

    -

    wo

    -

    number eine Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll, ist.

    -

    num_digits die Anzahl der Stellen, auf die Sie runden möchten, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ROUNDDOWN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ROUNDDOWN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ROUNDDOWN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + ABRUNDEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ABRUNDEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ABRUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen abzurunden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARUNDEN ist:

    +

    ABRUNDEN(Zahl;Anzahl_Stellen)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Anzahl_Stellen gibt an, auf wie viele Dezimalstellen die Zahl abgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ABRUNDEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ABRUNDEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ABRUNDEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roundup.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roundup.htm index 4eb461584..64590876c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roundup.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/roundup.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - ROUNDUP-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    ROUNDUP-Funktion

    -

    Die ROUNDUP-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen aufzurunden.

    -

    Die ROUNDUP-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    ROUNDUP(number, num_digits)

    -

    wo

    -

    number eine Zahl, die aufgerundet werden soll, ist.

    -

    num_digits die Anzahl der Stellen, auf die Sie runden möchten, ist.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die ROUNDUP-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion ROUNDUP.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    ROUNDUP-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + AUFRUNDEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AUFRUNDEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion AUFRUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen aufzurunden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUFRUNDEN ist:

    +

    AUFRUNDEN(Zahl;Anzahl_Stellen)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll.

    +

    Anzahl_Stellen gibt an, auf wie viele Dezimalstellen die Zahl gerundet werden soll

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion AUFRUNDEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUFRUNDEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    AUFRUNDEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/row.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/row.htm index 7b2a8de0a..1b7cd2326 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/row.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/row.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - ROW Function - - - - - -
    -

    ROW Function

    -

    The ROW function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the row number of a cell reference.

    -

    The ROW function syntax is:

    -

    ROW([reference])

    -

    where reference is a reference to a cell.

    -

    Note: reference is an optional argument. If the it is omitted, the function will return the row number of a cell in which the Row function is entered.

    -

    To apply the ROW function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ROW function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ROW Function

    -
    - + + + + ZEILE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZEILE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZEILE gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Zeilennummer eines Bezugs zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEILE ist:

    +

    ZEILE([Bezug])

    +

    Der Bezug ist die Zelle oder der Bereich von Zellen, deren bzw. dessen Zeilennummer zurückgegeben werden soll.

    +

    Hinweis: Das Argument Bezug ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bezug, wird es als Bezug der Zelle angenommen, in der die Funktion ZEILE enthalten ist.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SPALTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEILE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZEILE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rows.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rows.htm index 74718dfaa..1a64f5f30 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rows.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rows.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - ROWS Function - - - - - -
    -

    ROWS Function

    -

    The ROWS function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to return the number of rows in a cell reference.

    -

    The ROWS function syntax is:

    -

    ROWS(array)

    -

    where array is a reference to a range of cells.

    -

    To apply the ROWS function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the ROWS function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    ROWS Function

    -
    - + + + + ZEILEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZEILEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZEILEN gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Zeilen in einem Bezug oder einer Matrix zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEILEN lautet:

    +

    ZEILEN(Matrix)

    +

    Dabei ist Matrix eine Matrixformel oder ein Bezug auf einen Zellbereich, dessen Zeilenanzahl Sie abfragen möchten.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion ZEILEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SPALTEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZEILEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rri.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rri.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a444b31b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rri.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + ZSATZINVEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZSATZINVEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZSATZINVEST gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den effektiven Jahreszins für den Wertzuwachs einer Investition zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ZSATZINVEST ist:

    +

    ZSATZINVEST(Zzr;Bw;Zw)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zzr ist die Anzahl der Perioden für die Investition.

    +

    BW ist der aktuelle Wert der Investition.

    +

    Zw ist der Zukunftswert der Investition.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZSATZINVEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZSATZINVEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZSATZINVEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rsq.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rsq.htm index 95e7005fe..e555afb83 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rsq.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/rsq.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - RSQ Function - - - - - -
    -

    RSQ Function

    -

    The RSQ function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the square of the Pearson product moment correlation coefficient.

    -

    The RSQ function syntax is:

    -

    RSQ(array-1 , array-2)

    -

    where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements.

    -

    Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values.

    -

    To apply the RSQ function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the RSQ function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    RSQ Function

    -
    - + + + + BESTIMMTHEITSMASS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BESTIMMTHEITSMASS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Quadrat des Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS ist:

    +

    BESTIMMTHEITSMASS(Y_Werte;X_Werte)

    +

    Y_Werte und X_Werte sind die ausgewählten Bereiche von Zellen mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BESTIMMTHEITSMASS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/search.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/search.htm index 21901633e..7a3257528 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/search.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/search.htm @@ -1,40 +1,41 @@ - - - - SEARCH/SEARCHB Function - - - - - -
    -

    SEARCH/SEARCHB Function

    -

    The SEARCH/SEARCHB function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to return the location of the specified substring in a string. The SEARCH function is intended for languages that use the single-byte character set (SBCS), while SEARCHB - for languages that use the double-byte character set (DBCS) like Japanese, Chinese, Korean etc.

    -

    The SEARCH/SEARCHB function syntax is:

    -

    SEARCH(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos])

    -

    SEARCHB(string-1, string-2 [,start-pos])

    -

    where

    -

    string-1 is the substring to find.

    -

    string-2 is the string to search within.

    -

    start-pos is the position to start searching from. It is an optional argument. If it is omitted, the function will perform the search from the beginning of string-2.

    -

    The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    Note: if the function does not find the matches, it will return a #VALUE! error.

    -

    To apply the SEARCH/SEARCHB function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the SEARCH/SEARCHB function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -

      Note: the SEARCH/SEARCHB function is NOT case-sensitive.

      -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    SEARCH Function

    -
    - + + + + SUCHEN/SUCHENB - Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUCHEN/SUCHENB - Funktion

    +

    Die Funktionen SUCHEN/SUCHENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie werden verwendet, um einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert (Groß-/Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet) zu suchen. Die Funktion SUCHEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während FINDENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB ist:

    +

    SUCHEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])

    +

    SUCHENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Suchtext ist der gesuchte Text.

    +

    Text ist der Text indem nach dem Argument Suchtext gesucht werden soll.

    +

    Erstes Zeichen ist die Nummer des Zeichens im Argument Text, ab der die Suche durchgeführt werde soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Erstes_Zeichen, wird es als 1 angenommen und die Funktion startet die Suche am Anfang von Text.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wird der in Suchtext angegebene Wert nicht gefunden, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: die Funktionen SUCHEN und SUCHENB unterscheiden NICHT zwischen Groß- und Kleinschreibung.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUCHEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sec.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sec.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..18a42d8a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sec.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + SEC-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SEC-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SEC gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Sekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkels zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SEC ist:

    +

    SEC(Zahl)

    +

    x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen Sekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SEC:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SEC.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SEC-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sech.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sech.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8f03ebcc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sech.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + SECHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SECHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den hyperbolischen Sekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkels zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion SECHYP ist:

    +

    SECHYP(x)

    +

    x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen hyperbolischen Sekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SECHYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SECHYP
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SECHYP-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/second.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/second.htm index 64cb70546..94d3e68be 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/second.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/second.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - SECOND Function - - - - - -
    -

    SECOND Function

    -

    The SECOND function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the second (a number from 0 to 59) of the time value.

    -

    The SECOND function syntax is:

    -

    SECOND( time-value )

    -

    where time-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    Note: the time-value may be expressed as a string value (e.g. "13:39:15"), a decimal number (e.g. 0.56 corresponds to 13:26:24) , or the result of a formula (e.g. the result of the NOW function - 9/26/12 13:39)

    -

    To apply the SECOND function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the SECOND function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    SECOND Function

    -
    - + + + + SEKUNDE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SEKUNDE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SEKUNDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl (0-59) in Sekunde um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SEKUNDE ist:

    +

    SEKUNDE(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39:15"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26:24 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SEKUNDE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SEKUNDE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SEKUNDE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/seriessum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/seriessum.htm index 8d151f96f..a4113b456 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/seriessum.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/seriessum.htm @@ -1,39 +1,41 @@ - - - - SERIESSUM-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SERIESSUM-Funktion

    -

    Die SERIESSUM-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Summe der Potenzen zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SERIESSUM-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SERIESSUM(input-value, intial-power, step, coefficients)

    -

    wo

    -

    input-value der Wert der unabhängigen Variablen der Potenzreihe ist.

    -

    intial-power die Anfangspotenz, in die Sie input-value erheben möchten, ist.

    -

    step das Inkrement, um das Sie intial-power in jedem Glied der Reihe vergrößern möchten, ist.

    -

    coefficients eine Gruppe von Koeffizienten, mit denen die aufeinander folgenden Potenzen der Variablen input-value multipliziert werden, ist. Die Anzahl von coefficients bestimmt, wie viele Glieder (Potenzen) die jeweilige Potenzreihe umfasst.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    - - -

    Um die SERIESSUM-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SERIESSUM.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SERIESSUM-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + POTENZREIHE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    POTENZREIHE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion POTENZREIHE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe von Potenzen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POTENZREIHE ist:

    +

    POTENZREIHE(x;n;m;Koeffizienten)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert der unabhängigen Variablen der Potenzreihe.

    +

    n ist die Anfangspotenz, in die Sie x erheben möchten.

    +

    m ist das Inkrement, um das Sie n in jedem Glied der Reihe vergrößern möchten.

    +

    Koeffizienten ist eine Gruppe von Koeffizienten, mit denen die aufeinander folgenden Potenzen der Variablen x multipliziert werden. Die Anzahl der in Koeffizienten angegebenen Werte bestimmt, wie viele Glieder (Potenzen) die jeweilige Potenzreihe umfasst.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    + + +

    Anwendung der Funktion POTENZREIHE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POTENZREIHE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    POTENZREIHE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sheet.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sheet.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f13c703f2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sheet.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + BLATT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BLATT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BLATT gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die Blattnummer des Blatts zurück, auf das verwiesen wird.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BLATT ist:

    +

    BLATT(Wert)

    +

    Dabei ist Wert der Name eines Blatts oder Bezugs, dessen Blattnummer zurückgegeben werden soll. Die Angabe ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, gibt BLATT die Nummer des Blatts zurück, das die Funktion enthält.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion BLATT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BLATT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BLATT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sheets.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sheets.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5314ea00e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sheets.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + BLÄTTER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BLÄTTER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BLÄTTER gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Blätter in einem Bezug zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BLÄTTER ist:

    +

    BLÄTTER(Bezug)

    +

    Bezug ist der Bezug für den die Anzahl der enthaltenen Blätter zurückgegeben werden soll. Ohne Angabe eines Bezugs gibt die Funktion die Anzahl der Blätter in der Arbeitsmappe zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BLÄTTER:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BLÄTTER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BLÄTTER-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sign.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sign.htm index 4f894b4c4..95ea523d5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sign.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sign.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - SIGN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SIGN-Funktion

    -

    Die SIGN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um das Vorzeichen einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Falls die Zahl positiv ist, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück. Falls die Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück. Falls die Zahl 0 ist, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück.

    -

    Die SIGN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SIGN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, ist.

    -

    Um die SIGN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SIGN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    Zum Beispiel:

    -

    Das gewünschte Argument ist A1, wo A1 12 ist. Die Zahl ist positiv, so gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück.

    -

    SIGN-Funktion: POSITIV

    -

    Falls man den Wert A1 von 12 nach -12 ändert, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück:

    -

    SIGN-Funktion: NEGATIV

    -
    - + + + + ZEICHEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZEICHEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZEICHEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Vorzeichen einer Zahl zurück. Ist die Zahl positiv, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück. Ist die Zahl negativ, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück. Ist die Zahl 0, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEICHEN ist:

    +

    ZEICHEN(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl ein Zahlenwert der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZEICHEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEICHEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Das gewünschte Argument ist A1, wobei A1 gleich 12 ist. Die Zahl ist positiv, also gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück.

    +

    ZEICHEN-Funktion: POSITIV

    +

    Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf -12, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück:

    +

    ZEICHEN-Funktion: NEGATIV

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sin.htm index 6fb535fcb..8ae54ff5b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sin.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sin.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SIN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SIN-Funktion

    -

    Die SIN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Sinus eines Winkels zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SIN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SIN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die SIN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SIN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SIN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SIN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SIN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SIN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Sinus eines Winkels zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion SIN ist:

    +

    SIN(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen.

    +

    SIN-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SIN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SIN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sinh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sinh.htm index f034f71a0..ae60ed1fd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sinh.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sinh.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SINH-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SINH-Funktion

    -

    Die SINH-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SINH-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SINH(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die SINH-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SINH.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SINH-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SINHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SINHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SINHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der SINH-Funktion ist:

    +

    SINHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Das Argument Zahl ist eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der SINHYP-Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SINHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SINHYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew-p.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew-p.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7be27a42 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew-p.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + SCHIEFE.P-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SCHIEFE.P-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SCHIEFE.P gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Schiefe einer Verteilung auf der Basis einer Grundgesamtheit zurück: eine Charakterisierung des Asymmetriegrads einer Verteilung um ihren Mittelwert.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SCHIEFE.P ist:

    +

    SCHIEFE.P(Zahl1;[Tahl2];…)

    +

    Zahl1;[Tahl2];… sind zwischen 1 und 254 Zahlen oder Namen, Matrizen oder Bezüge, die Zahlen enthalten, deren Schiefe bezogen auf die Grundgesamtheit Sie berechnen möchten.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SCHIEFE.P:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SCHIEFE.P.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SCHIEFE.P-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew.htm index a65d6b6cb..fbec50faa 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/skew.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SKEW Function - - - - - -
    -

    SKEW Function

    -

    The SKEW function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the skewness of a distribution of the argument list.

    -

    The SKEW function syntax is:

    -

    SKEW(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the SKEW function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the SKEW function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    SKEW Function

    -
    - + + + + SCHIEFE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SCHIEFE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SCHIEFE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu einen Datenbereich zu analysieren und die Schiefe einer Verteilung zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SCHIEFE ist:

    +

    SCHIEFE(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SCHIEFE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SCHIEFE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SCHIEFE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sln.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sln.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf204e7b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sln.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + LIA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    LIA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion LIA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die lineare Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes pro Periode zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LIA ist:

    +

    LIA(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion LIA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LIA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    LIA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/slope.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/slope.htm index 4b7fdefcb..db2698f53 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/slope.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/slope.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - SLOPE Function - - - - - -
    -

    SLOPE Function

    -

    The SLOPE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return the slope of the linear regression line through data in two arrays.

    -

    The SLOPE function syntax is:

    -

    SLOPE(array-1 , array-2)

    -

    where array-1 and array-2 are the selected ranges of cells with the same number of elements.

    -

    Note: if array-1(2) contains text, logical values, or empty cells, the function will ignore those values, but treat the cells with the zero values.

    -

    To apply the SLOPE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the SLOPE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    SLOPE Function

    -
    - + + + + STEIGUNG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STEIGUNG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STEIGUNG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Steigung der Regressionsgeraden zurück, die an die in Y_Werte und X_Werte abgelegten Datenpunkte angepasst ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STEIGUNG ist:

    +

    STEIGUNG(Y_Werte;X_Werte)

    +

    Y_Werte und X_Werte sind die ausgewählten Bereiche von Zellen mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion STEIGUNG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STEIGUNG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STEIGUNG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/small.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/small.htm index 175cf28bd..98555005a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/small.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/small.htm @@ -1,34 +1,36 @@ - - - - SMALL Function - - - - - -
    -

    SMALL Function

    -

    The SMALL function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and find the nth smallest value.

    -

    The SMALL function syntax is:

    -

    SMALL(array , k)

    -

    where

    -

    array is the selected range of cells.

    -

    k is the position of the number from the smallest value, a numeric value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the SMALL function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the SMALL function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    SMALL Function

    -
    - + + + + KKLEINSTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KKLEINSTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KKLEINSTE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den k-kleinsten Wert einer Datengruppe in einem Datenbereich zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KKLEINSTE ist:

    +

    KKLEINSTE(Matrix;k)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Bereich von numerischen Daten, deren k-kleinsten Wert Sie bestimmen möchten.

    +

    k ist der Rang des Elements einer Matrix oder eines Zellbereichs, dessen Wert zurückgegeben werden soll.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KKLEINSTE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KKLEINSTE
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KKLEINSTE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrt.htm index e56c0120e..d0cbca40a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrt.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrt.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - SQRT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SQRT-Funktion

    -

    Die SQRT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Quadratwurzel von Zahl zurüchzugeben.

    -

    Die SQRT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SQRT(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, eingeschlossen ist.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NUM! zurück.

    -

    Um die SQRT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SQRT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    > -

    SQRT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + WURZEL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WURZEL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WURZEL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quadratwurzel einer Zahl zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WURZEL ist:

    +

    WURZEL(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WURZEL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WURZEL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WURZEL-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrtpi.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrtpi.htm index dd5f7c224..d6cd3a5d1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrtpi.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sqrtpi.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - SQRTPI-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SQRTPI-Funktion

    -

    Die SQRTPI-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Quadratwurzel vom Ergebnis der Multiplikation der mathematischen Konstante pi (3.14159265358979) mit der angegebenen Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SQRTPI-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SQRTPI(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl die Zahl, mit der die mathematische Konstante pi multipliziert werden soll, ist; ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, eingeschlossen ist.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NUM! zurück.

    -

    Um die SQRTPI-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SQRTPI.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    > -

    SQRTPI-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + WURZELPI-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WURZELPI-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WURZELPI gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quadratwurzel vom Ergebnis der Multiplikation der mathematischen Konstante pi (,) mit der angegebenen Zahl zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WURZELPI ist:

    +

    WURZELPI(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist die Zahl, mit der die mathematische Konstante pi multipliziert wird; ein Zahlenwert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Ist Zahl negativ, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WURZELPI:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WURZELPI.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WURZELPI-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/standardize.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/standardize.htm index 30297f6a3..e5ec61a97 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/standardize.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/standardize.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - STANDARDIZE Function - - - - - -
    -

    STANDARDIZE Function

    -

    The STANDARDIZE function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to return a normalized value from a distribution characterized by the specified parameters.

    -

    The STANDARDIZE function syntax is:

    -

    STANDARDIZE(x, mean, standard-deviation)

    -

    where

    -

    x is the value you want to normalize.

    -

    mean is the arithmetic mean of the distribution.

    -

    standard-deviation is the standard deviation of the distribution, greater than 0.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the STANDARDIZE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the STANDARDIZE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    STANDARDIZE Function

    -
    - + + + + STANDARDISIERUNG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STANDARDISIERUNG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den standardisierten Wert einer Verteilung zurück, die durch die angegebenen Argumente charakterisiert ist.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG ist:

    +

    STANDARDISIERUNG(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, den Sie standardisieren möchten.

    +

    Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung.

    +

    Standabwn ist Die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STANDARDISIERUNG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev-p.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev-p.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..167e90298 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev-p.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + STABW.N-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STABW.N-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STABW.N gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer als Argumente angegebenen Grundgesamtheit (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABW.N ist:

    +

    STABW.N(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Tahl2];… sind bis zu 254 Zahlen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert Null enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STABW.N:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW.N.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STABW.N-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev-s.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev-s.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..881c6065d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev-s.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + STABW.S-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STABW.S-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STABW.S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABW.S ist:

    +

    STABW.S(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Tahl2];… sind bis zu 255 Zahlen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STABW.S:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW.S.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STABW.S-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev.htm index d7b47cc82..5c5dd0522 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdev.htm @@ -1,32 +1,35 @@ - - - - STDEV Function - - - - - -
    -

    STDEV Function

    -

    The STDEV function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers.

    -

    The STDEV function syntax is:

    -

    STDEV(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numeric values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the STDEV function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the STDEV function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    STDEV Function

    -
    - + + + + STABW-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STABW-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STABW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer Stichprobe.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABW ist:

    +

    STABW(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... sind bis zu 255 nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STABW:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STABW-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdeva.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdeva.htm index 08ce00383..79c514c58 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdeva.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdeva.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - STDEVA Function - - - - - -
    -

    STDEVA Function

    -

    The STDEVA function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the standard deviation of a population based on a set of numbers, text, and logical values (TRUE or FALSE). The STDEVA function treats text and FALSE as a value of 0 and TRUE as a value of 1.

    -

    The STDEVA function syntax is:

    -

    STDEVA(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the STDEVA function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the STDEVA function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    STDEVA Function

    -
    - + + + + STABWA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STABWA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STABWA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie analysiert den Datenbereich, um die Standardabweichung einer Population basierend auf Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerten (FALSCH oder WAHR) zurückzugeben. Die Funktion STABWA behandelt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABWA ist:

    +

    STABWA(Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Wert1;[Wert2];... sind bis zu 255 nummerischen Werten sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STABWA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABWA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STABWA-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdevp.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdevp.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a81ff0f2a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdevp.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + STABWN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STABWN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STABWN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu einen Datenbereich zu analysieren und die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABWN ist:

    +

    STABWN(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STABWN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABWN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STABWN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdevpa.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdevpa.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9ad2bc65a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/stdevpa.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + STABWNA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STABWNA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STABWNA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu einen Datenbereich zu analysieren und die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABWNA ist:

    +

    STABWNA(Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Zahl1;[Zahl2];... sind bis zu 255 nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Text und FALSCH-Werte werden als 0 berücksichtigt. WAHR-Werte werden als 1 berücksichtigt. Leere Zellen werden ignoriert.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STABWNA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABWNA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STABWNA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/steyx.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/steyx.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f95df86af --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/steyx.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + STFEHLERYX-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    STFEHLERYX-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion STFEHLERYX gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Standardfehler der geschätzten y-Werte für alle x-Werte der Regression zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STFEHLERYX:

    +

    STFEHLERYX(Y_Werte;X_Werte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Y_Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bereich abhängiger Datenpunkte.

    +

    X_Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bereich unabhängiger Datenpunkte.

    +

    Die Datenpunkte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt.

    +

    die Y_Werte und X_Werte müssen die gleiche Anzahl an Datenpukten enthalten, ansonsten gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion STFEHLERYX:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STFEHLERYX.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    STFEHLERYX-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/substitute.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/substitute.htm index 96b5477f9..da6279a9e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/substitute.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/substitute.htm @@ -1,38 +1,39 @@ - - - - SUBSTITUTE Function - - - - - -
    -

    SUBSTITUTE Function

    -

    The SUBSTITUTE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to replace a set of characters with a new one.

    -

    The SUBSTITUTE function syntax is:

    -

    SUBSTITUTE(string, old-string, new-string [, occurence])

    -

    where

    -

    string is the string to perform the substitution within.

    -

    old-string is the string to replace.

    -

    new-string is the string to replace with.

    -

    occurence is the number of occurences to repleace. It is an optional argument, if omitted, the function will replace all the occurences within string.

    -

    The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the SUBSTITUTE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the SUBSTITUTE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    SUBSTITUTE Function

    -
    - + + + + WECHSELN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WECHSELN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WECHSELN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie ersetzt eine vorliegenden Zeichenfolge durch neuen Text.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WECHSELN ist:

    +

    WECHSELN(Text;Alter_Text;Neuer_Text;[ntes_Auftreten])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Text ist Text oder der Bezug auf eine Zelle, die den Text enthält, in dem Zeichen ausgetauscht werden sollen.

    +

    Alter_Text ist der Text, den Sie ersetzen möchten.

    +

    Neuer_Text ist der Text, durch den Sie den alten Text ersetzen möchten.

    +

    ntes_Auftreten gibt an, an welchen Stellen im alten Text durch neuen Text ersetzt werden sollen Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, ersetzt die Funktion alle Vorkommen im Text.

    +

    Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WECHSELN.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WECHSELN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WECHSELN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/subtotal.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/subtotal.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..73d9aa714 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/subtotal.htm @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ + + + + TEILERGEBNIS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TEILERGEBNIS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TEILERGEBNIS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein Teilergebnis in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEILERGEBNIS ist:

    +

    TEILERGEBNIS(Funktion;Bezug1;[Bezug2];...)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Funktion ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion für die Zwischensumme verwendet werden soll. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Für Funktion 1 bis 11 schließt TEILERGEBNIS die Werte von manuell ausgeblendeten Zeilen ein. Für Funktion 101 bis 111 schließt TEILERGEBNIS die Werte von manuell ausgeblendeten Zeilen aus. Herausgefilterte Zellen werden immer ausgeschlossen.

    +

    Bezug1;[Bezug2];... sind die benannten Bereiche oder Bezüge, für den/die Sie das Teilergebnis berechnen möchten.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Funktion
    (ausgeblendete Werte eingeschlossen)    		Funktion
    (ausgeblendete Werte ignoriert)    		Funktion
    1101MITTELWERT
    2102ANZAHL
    3103ANZAHL2
    4104MAX
    5105MIN
    6106PRODUKT
    7107STABW
    8108STABWN
    9109SUMME
    10110VARIANZ
    11111VARIANZEN
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TEILERGEBNIS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEILERGEBNIS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TEILERGEBNIS-Funktion

    +

    Die folgende Abbildung zeigt das Ergebnis der Funktion TEILERGEBNIS, wenn mehrere Zellen ausgeblendet sind.

    +

    TEILERGEBNIS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sum.htm index 21aab3328..a97089fcf 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sum.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sum.htm @@ -1,32 +1,32 @@ - - - - SUM-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUM-Funktion

    -

    Die SUM-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen im gewählten Zellenbereich zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SUM-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUM(number1, number2, ...)

    -

    wo number1(2) Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die SUM-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUM.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUM-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SUMME-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMME-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMME gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen im gewählten Zellenbereich zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMME ist:

    +

    SUMME(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... ist eine Auswahl nummerischer Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMME:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste und wählen Sie die Funktion SUMME in der Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen.
      3. +
    3. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      4. +
    4. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      5. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMME-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumif.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumif.htm index 414cce649..698fc062f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumif.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumif.htm @@ -1,35 +1,38 @@ - - - - SUMIF-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUMIF-Funktion

    -

    Die SUMIF-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SUMIF-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUMIF(cell-range, selection-criteria [, sum-range])

    -

    wo

    -

    cell-range der gewählte Zellenbereich, auf den das Kriterium angewandt werden soll, ist.

    -

    selection-criteria das Kriterium, nach dem die Zellen für Addieren bestimmt sind, ist; ein Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen, eingeschlossen ist.

    -

    sum-range der Zellenbereich, der addiert werden soll, ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen war, wird die Funktion die Zahlen von cell-range addieren.

    -

    Um die SUMIF-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMIF.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUMIF-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SUMMEWENN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMMEWENN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMMEWENN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEWENN ist:

    +

    SUMMEWENN(Bereich;Suchkriterien;[Summe_Bereich])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Bereich ist der Zellbereich, den Sie nach Kriterien auswerten möchten.

    +

    Kriterien sind die Suchkriterien mit denen definiert wird, welche Zellen addiert werden sollen, diese können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Summe_Bereich ist der Zellenbereich, der addiert werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, addiert die Funktion die Zahlen von Bereich.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEWENN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMEWENN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMMEWENN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumifs.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumifs.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e606716ce --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumifs.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + SUMMEWENNS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMMEWENNS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMMEWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEWENNS ist:

    +

    SUMMEWENNS(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ...)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Summe_Bereich ist der Zellenbereich, der addiert werden soll.

    +

    Kriterien_Bereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, der auf Kriterien1 getestet wird.

    +

    Kriterien1 sind die Kriterien, die definieren, welche Zellen in Kriterien_Bereich1 addiert werden. Sie werden auf Kriterien_Bereich1 angewendet und bestimmen den Mittelwert der Zellen Summe_Bereich. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2, ... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEWENNS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMEWENNS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMMEWENNS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumproduct.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumproduct.htm index 1c9ba5246..16a3833f3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumproduct.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumproduct.htm @@ -1,33 +1,35 @@ - - - - SUMPRODUCT-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUMPRODUCT-Funktion

    -

    Die SUMPRODUCT-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Werte in den gewählten Zellenbereichen oder Reihen zu multiplizieren und ihre Summe zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SUMPRODUCT-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUMPRODUCT(argument-lists)

    -

    wo argument-lists Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Sie können bis zu 30 Zellenbereichen oder Reihen eingeben.

    -

    Hinweis: Falls argument-list nicht numerische Werte enthält, wird die Funktion sie als 0 behandeln.

    -

    Um die SUMPRODUCT-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMPRODUCT.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUMPRODUCT-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SUMMENPRODUKT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMMENPRODUKT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie multipliziert die einander entsprechenden Komponenten der angegebenen Zellenbereiche oder Arrays miteinander und gibt die Summe dieser Produkte zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT ist:

    +

    SUMMENPRODUKT(Array1;[Array2];[Array3];...)

    +

    Array1/2/... sind nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Sie können bis zu 30 Zellenbereiche oder Arrays eingeben.

    +

    Hinweis: Arrayelemente, die keine numerischen Ausdrücke sind, behandelt SUMMENPRODUKT so, als wären sie mit 0 belegt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMMENPRODUKT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumsq.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumsq.htm index 5481e2bf1..43f15281e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumsq.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumsq.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SUMSQ-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUMSQ-Funktion

    -

    Die SUMSQ-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Quadrate der Zahlen zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SUMSQ-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUMSQ(argument-list)

    -

    wo argument-list die bis zu 30 nummerischen Werte sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die SUMSQ-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMSQ.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUMSQ-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + QUADRATESUMME-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    QUADRATESUMME-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion QUADRATESUMME gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der quadrierten Argumente zurück.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion QUADRATESUMME ist:

    +

    QUADRATESUMME(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion QUADRATESUMME:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUADRATESUMME.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    QUADRATESUMME-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2my2.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2my2.htm index 896d24a16..81e4cc403 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2my2.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2my2.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SUMX2MY2-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUMX2MY2-Funktion

    -

    Die SUMX2MY2-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Differenzen der Quadrate in 2 Feldern zu addieren.

    -

    Die SUMX2MY2-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUMX2MY2(array-1, array-2)

    -

    wo array-1 und array-2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen sind.

    -

    Um die SUMX2MY2-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMX2MY2.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUMX2MY2-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SUMMEX2MY2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMMEX2MY2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMMEX2MY2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu, die Differenzen der Quadrate für zusammengehörige Komponenten zweier Matrizen zu summieren.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEX2MY2:

    +

    SUMMEX2MY2(Matrix_1;Matrix_2)

    +

    Dabei sind Matrix_1 und Matrix_2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion SUMMEX2MY2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMMEX2MY2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMMEX2MY2-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2py2.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2py2.htm index 35529eaf9..c32592fca 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2py2.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumx2py2.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SUMX2PY2-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUMX2PY2-Funktion

    -

    Die SUMX2PY2-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Quadrate der Zahlen in den gewählten Feldern zu addieren und die Summe der Ergebnisse zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SUMX2PY2-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUMX2PY2(array-1, array-2)

    -

    wo array-1 und array-2 die gewählten Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen sind.

    -

    Um die SUMX2PY2-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMX2PY2.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUMX2PY2-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SUMMEX2PY2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMMEX2PY2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMMEX2PY2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der Summe von Quadraten entsprechender Werte in zwei Matrizen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEX2PY2 ist:

    +

    SUMMEX2PY2(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)

    +

    Dabei sind Matrix_1 und Matrix_2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEX2PY2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMEX2PY2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMMEX2PY2-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumxmy2.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumxmy2.htm index dd0576235..a2ee8767f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumxmy2.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/sumxmy2.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - SUMXMY2-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    SUMXMY2-Funktion

    -

    Die SUMXMY2-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Summe der Quadrate der Differenzen zwischen den entsprechenden Elementen in den Feldern zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die SUMXMY2-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    SUMX2PY2(array-1, array-2)

    -

    wo array-1 und array-2 die gewählten Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen sind.

    -

    Um die SUMXMY2-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMXMY2.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    SUMXMY2-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + SUMMEXMY2-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SUMMEXMY2-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SUMMEXMY2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der Quadrate von Differenzen entsprechender Werte in zwei Matrizen zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEXMY2 ist:

    +

    SUMMEXMY2(Matrix_x;Matrix_y)

    +

    Dabei sind Matrix_1 und Matrix_2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEXXMY2:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMMEXXMY2.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SUMMEXMY2-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/switch.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/switch.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71f611dd4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/switch.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + ERSTERWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ERSTERWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ERSTERWERT gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion wird ein Wert (als Ausdruck bezeichnet) anhand einer Liste mit Werten ausgewertet. Als Ergebnis wird der erste übereinstimmende Wert zurückgegeben. Wenn es keine Übereinstimmung gibt, kann ein optionaler Standardwert zurückgegeben werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ERSTERWERT ist:

    +

    ERSTERWERT(Ausdruck; Wert1; Ergebnis1; [Standardwert oder Wert2; Ergebnis2];…[Standardwert oder Wert3; Ergebnis3])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausdruck ist der Ausdruck, der mit Wert1...Wert126 verglichen wird.

    +

    Wert1...Wert126 ist ein Wert, der mit dem Ausdruck verglichen wird.

    +

    Ergebnis1…Ergebnis126 ist der Wert, der zurückgegeben wird, wenn das entsprechende Argument Wert1...Wert126 dem Ausdruck entspricht.

    +

    Standardwert ist der Wert, der für den Fall zurückgegeben wird, dass in den Ausdrücken keine Übereinstimmungen gefunden werden. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Standardwert und es liegen keine Übereinstimmungen vor, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NV! zurück.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 254 Argumente eingeben, bzw. 126 Werte-paare und Ergebnisse.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ERSTERWERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ERSTERWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ERSTERWERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/syd.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/syd.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..530767d2e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/syd.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + DIA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    DIA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion DIA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die arithmetisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DIA ist:

    +

    DIA(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Zr)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird.

    +

    Zr ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion DIA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DIA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    DIA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist-2t.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist-2t.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c41544c16 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist-2t.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + T.VERT.2S-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T.VERT.2S-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T.VERT.2S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Gibt die Student-t-Verteilung für zwei Endflächen zurück. Die Student-t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.VERT.2S ist:

    +

    T.VERT.2S(x;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T.VERT.2S:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.VERT.2S.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    T.VERT.2S-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist-rt.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist-rt.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c4723ff7f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist-rt.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + T.VERT.RE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T.VERT.RE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T.VERT.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Gibt die (Student)-t-Verteilung für die rechte Endfläche zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.VERT.RE ist:

    +

    T.VERT.RE(x;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T.VERT.RE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.VERT.RE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    T.VERT.RE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc8bba898 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + T.VERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T.VERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die linksseitige Student-t-Verteilung zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.VERT ist:

    +

    T.VERT(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.VERT-Funktion.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    T.VERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-inv-2t.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-inv-2t.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4272c355b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-inv-2t.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + T.INV.2S-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T.INV.2S-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T.INV.2S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.INV.2S ist:

    +

    T.INV.2S(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die der (Student) t-Verteilung zugeordnete Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T.INV.2S:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.INV.2S.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    T.INV.2S-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-inv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-inv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d670ba488 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-inv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + T.INV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T.INV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die das linksseitige Quantile der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.INV ist:

    +

    T.INV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die der (Student) t-Verteilung zugeordnete Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T.INV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.INV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    T.INV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-test.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-test.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3273192f6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t-test.htm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + T.TEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T.TEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von T.TEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.TEST ist:

    +

    T.TEST(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix1 ist der erste Datensatz.

    +

    Matrix2 ist der zweite Datensatz.

    +

    Seiten bestimmt die Anzahl der Endflächen. Ist Seiten 1, verwendet die Funktion die einseitige Verteilung. Ist Seiten 2, verwendet die Funktion die zweiseitige Verteilung.

    +

    Typ ist ein nummerischer Wert, der den Typ des durchzuführenden t-Tests bestimmt. Die folgenden Parameter stehen zur Auswahl:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    TypAusgeführter t-Test
    1Gepaart
    2Zwei Stichproben, gleiche Varianz (homoskedastisch)
    3Zwei Stichproben, ungleiche Varianz (heteroskedastisch)
    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T.TEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.TEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    T.TEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t.htm index f3416fda1..0d44001e0 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/t.htm @@ -1,37 +1,38 @@ - - - - T Function - - - - - -
    -

    T Function

    -

    The T function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to check whether the value in the cell (or used as argument) is text or not. In case it is not text, the function returns blank result. In case the value/argument is text, the function returns the same text value.

    -

    The T function syntax is:

    -

    T(value)

    -

    where value is data entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the T function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the T function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    For example:

    -

    There is an argument: value = A1, where A1 is date and time. So the function returns date and time.

    -

    T Function: Text

    -

    If we change the A1 data from text to numerical value, the function returns blank result.

    -

    T Function: Numerical Value

    -
    - + + + + T-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    T-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion T gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich prüfen, ob der Wert in der Zelle (oder als Argument verwendet) Text ist oder nicht. Liegt kein Text vor, gibt die Funktion eine leere Zeichenfolge zurück. Liegt Text vor, gibt die Funktion den tatsächlichen Wert zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T ist:

    +

    T(Wert)

    +

    Wert ist der zu testende Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion T:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es liegt das folgende Argument vor: Wert = A1, dabei gilt A1 ist Datum und Zeit. Also gibt die Funktion den Datum und Zeit zurück.

    +

    T-Funktion: Text

    +

    Ändert man die Daten in A1 in einen Zahlenwert, gibt die Funktion eine leere Zeichenfolge zurück.

    +

    T-Funktion: Zahlenwert

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tan.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tan.htm index 28a69ec20..7a74f4fb5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tan.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tan.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - TAN-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    TAN-Funktion

    -

    Die TAN-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Tangens eines Winkels zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die TAN-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    TAN(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die TAN-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion TAN.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    TAN-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + TAN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TAN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TAN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Tangens eines Winkels zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAN ist:

    +

    TAN(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl der Winkel im Bogenmaß, für den Sie den Tangens ermitteln möchten, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    TAN-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TAN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tanh.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tanh.htm index d4865ac11..582634f73 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tanh.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tanh.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - TANH-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    TANH-Funktion

    -

    Die TANH-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die TANH-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    TANH(Zahl)

    -

    wo Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die TANH-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion TANH.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    TANH-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + TANHYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TANHYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TANHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TANHYP ist:

    +

    TANHYP(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    TANHYP-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TANHYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TANHYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbilleq.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbilleq.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d0a430aa --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbilleq.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + TBILLÄQUIV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TBILLÄQUIV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TBILLÄQUIV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie rechnet die Verzinsung eines Schatzwechsels (Treasury Bill) in die für Anleihen übliche einfache jährliche Verzinsung um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TBILLÄQUIV ist:

    +

    TBILLÄQUIV(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss innerhalb eines Jahres nach dem Abrechnungstag liegen.

    +

    Disagio ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TBILLÄQUIV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TBILLÄQUIV.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TBILLÄQUIV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbillprice.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbillprice.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..378c1297d --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbillprice.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + TBILLKURS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TBILLKURS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TBILLKURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TBILLKURS ist:

    +

    TBILLKURS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss innerhalb eines Jahres nach dem Abrechnungstag liegen.

    +

    Disagio ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TBILLKURS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TBILLKURS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TBILLKURS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbillyield.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbillyield.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af207bd27 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tbillyield.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + TBILLRENDITE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TBILLRENDITE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TBILLRENDITE gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Rendite einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TBILLRENDITE ist:

    +

    TBILLRENDITE(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss innerhalb eines Jahres nach dem Abrechnungstag liegen.

    +

    Kurs ist der Kurs der Schatzanweisung pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TBILLRENDITE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TBILLRENDITE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TBILLRENDITE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tdist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tdist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b8de618b --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tdist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + TVERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TVERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Prozentpunkte (Wahrscheinlichkeit) für die Student-t-Verteilung zurück, wobei ein Zahlenwert (x) ein berechneter Wert von t ist, für den die Prozentpunkte berechnet werden sollen. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TVERT ist:

    +

    TVERT(x;Freiheitsgrade;Seiten)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Seiten ist ein nummerischer Wert, der die Anzahl der Endflächen bestimmt. Ist Seiten 1, gibt die Funktion den Wert für einen einseitigen Test zurück. Ist Seiten 2, gibt die Funktion den Wert für einen zweiseitigen Test zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TVERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TVERT:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TVERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/text.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/text.htm index 822c45a6b..6990da0f4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/text.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/text.htm @@ -1,36 +1,37 @@ - - - - TEXT Function - - - - - -
    -

    TEXT Function

    -

    The TEXT function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a value to a text in the specified format.

    -

    The TEXT function syntax is:

    -

    TEXT(value, format)

    -

    where

    -

    value is a value to convert to text.

    -

    format is a format to display the results in.

    -

    The data can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the TEXT function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the TEXT function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    TEXT Function

    -
    - + + + + TEXT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TEXT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie formatiert eine Zahl und wandelt sie in Text um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEXT ist:

    +

    TEXT(Wert;Textformat)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wert ist ein numerischer Wert, der in Text umgewandelt werden soll.

    +

    Textformat ist eine Textzeichenfolge, in der die Formatierung definiert ist, die auf den angegebenen Wert angewendet werden soll.

    +

    Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion Text:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEXT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TEXT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/textjoin.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/textjoin.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48b6bfff1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/textjoin.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + TEXTVERKETTEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TEXTVERKETTEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen und fügt zwischen jedem zu kombinierenden Textwert ein von Ihnen angegebenes Trennzeichen ein. Wenn das Trennzeichen eine leere Textzeichenfolge ist, verkettet diese Funktion effektiv die Bereiche. Diese Funktion ähnelt der Funktion TEXTKETTE, unterscheidet sich aber dadurch, dass die Funktion TEXTKETTE kein Trennzeichen akzeptiert.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN ist:

    +

    TEXTVERKETTEN(Trennzeichen; Leer_ignorieren; Text1; [Text2]; …)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Trennzeichen ist das Trennzeichen, welches zwischen den Textwerten eingefügt werden soll. Die Angabe kann als eine Textzeichenfolge erfolgen, in doppelten Anführungszeichen (z.B. "," (Komma), " " (Leerzeichen), "\" (Backslash) etc.) oder als Verweis auf eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich.

    +

    Leer_ignorieren ist ein Wahrheitswert, der festlegt ob leere Zellen ignoriert werden sollen. Wird der Wert mit WAHR angegeben, werden leere Zellen ignoriert.

    +

    Text1/2/... ist das zu verkettende Textelement, das bis zu 252 Datenwerte umfassen kann. Jeder Wert kann eine Textzeichenfolge oder ein Array von Zeichenfolgen, z. B. ein Zellbereich.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TEXTVERKETTEN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/time.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/time.htm index 60b4db24d..908f135f9 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/time.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/time.htm @@ -1,36 +1,38 @@ - - - - TIME Function - - - - - -
    -

    TIME Function

    -

    The TIME function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add a particular time in the selected format (hh:mm tt by default).

    -

    The TIME function syntax is:

    -

    TIME(hour, minute, second)

    -

    where

    -

    hour is a number from 0 to 23.

    -

    minute is a number from 0 to 59.

    -

    second is a number from 0 to 59.

    -

    The numeric values can be entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the TIME function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the TIME function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    TIME Function

    -
    - + + + + ZEIT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZEIT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZEIT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl einer bestimmten Uhrzeit im ausgewählten Format zurück (Die Standardeinstellung für das Format ist hh:mm tt).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEIT ist:

    +

    ZEIT(Stunde;Minute;Sekunde)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Stunde ist eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 23.

    +

    Minute ist eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 59.

    +

    Sekunde ist eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 59.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZEIT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEIT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZEIT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/timevalue.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/timevalue.htm index 518e71152..181690d4d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/timevalue.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/timevalue.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - TIMEVALUE Function - - - - - -
    -

    TIMEVALUE Function

    -

    The TIMEVALUE function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the serial number of a time.

    -

    The TIMEVALUE function syntax is:

    -

    TIMEVALUE(date-time-string)

    -

    where date-time-string is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the TIMEVALUE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the TIMEVALUE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    TIMEVALUE Function

    -
    - + + + + ZEITWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ZEITWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ZEITWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEITWERT:

    +

    ZEITWERT(Datum-Zeit)

    +

    Dabei ist Datum-Zeit ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ZEITWERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEITWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ZEITWERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tinv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tinv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32a928de1 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/tinv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + TINV-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TINV-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TINV ist:

    +

    TINV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Wahrsch ist die der (zweiseitigen) (Student) t-Verteilung zugeordnete Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1.

    +

    Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TINV:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TINV:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TINV-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/today.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/today.htm index 173aa1ff3..c6a979f90 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/today.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/today.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - TODAY Function - - - - - -
    -

    TODAY Function

    -

    The TODAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to add the current day in the following format MM/dd/yy. This function does not require an argument.

    -

    The TODAY function syntax is:

    -

    TODAY()

    -

    To apply the TODAY function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the TODAY function,
      5. -
    5. press the Enter button.
      6. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    TODAY Function

    -
    - + + + + HEUTE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    HEUTE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion HEUTE gehört zur Gruppe der Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich das aktuelle Datum im Format MM/TT/JJ wiedergeben. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion HEUTE ist:

    +

    HEUTE()

    +

    -Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion .
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    HEUTE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/transpose.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/transpose.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe8e2c53f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/transpose.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + MTRANS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    MTRANS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion MTRANS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Mit der Funktion wird ein vertikaler Zellbereich als horizontaler Bereich zurückgegeben oder umgekehrt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MTRANS ist:

    +

    MTRANS(Matrix)

    +

    Dabei ist

    +

    Matrix ist die Matrix oder der Zellbereich in einem Arbeitsblatt, die bzw. den Sie transponieren möchten.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion MTRANS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MTRANS.
      5. +
    5. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell ein, in der Form A1:B2 usw.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    MTRANS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trim.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trim.htm index ac7fa5520..a100e6ea3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trim.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trim.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - TRIM Function - - - - - -
    -

    TRIM Function

    -

    The TRIM function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to remove the leading and trailing spaces from a string.

    -

    The TRIM function syntax is:

    -

    TRIM(string)

    -

    where string is a text value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the TRIM function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the TRIM function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    TRIM Function

    -
    - + + + + GLÄTTEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GLÄTTEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GLÄTTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um Leerzeichen aus Text zu entfernen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GLÄTTEN ist:

    +

    GLÄTTEN(Text)

    +

    Text ist der Text aus dem Sie Leerzeichen entfernen möchten.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion GLÄTTEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GLÄTTEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GLÄTTEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trimmean.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trimmean.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d69a1b5c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trimmean.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + GESTUTZTMITTEL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GESTUTZTMITTEL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Mittelwert einer Datengruppe zurück, ohne die Randwerte zu berücksichtigen. GESTUTZTMITTEL berechnet den Mittelwert einer Teilmenge der Datenpunkte, die darauf basiert, dass entsprechend des jeweils angegebenen Prozentsatzes die kleinsten und größten Werte der ursprünglichen Datenpunkte ausgeschlossen werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL ist:

    +

    GESTUTZTMITTEL(Matrix;Prozent)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist eine Matrix oder Gruppe von Werten, die ohne ihre Ausreißer gemittelt wird.

    +

    Prozent ist der Prozentsatz der Datenpunkte, die nicht in die Bewertung eingehen sollen. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 1. Die Anzahl der ausgeschlossenen Datenpunkte wird auf das nächste Vielfache von 2 abgerundet. Beispiel: Matrix umfasst 30 Datenpunkte und Prozent ist 0,1, dann ist 10 Prozent von 30 Punkten 3 (auszuschließende Punkte). Dieser Wert wird auf 2 abgerundet, so dass von jedem Ende des Datensatzes 1 Punkt abgeschnitten wird: Den kleinsten und den größten Wert der Datenmenge.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GESTUTZTMITTEL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/true.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/true.htm index cf9bfbf1a..658380e32 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/true.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/true.htm @@ -1,30 +1,32 @@ - - - - TRUE-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    TRUE-Funktion

    -

    Die TRUE-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wert TRUE zurück und verlangt kein Argument.

    -

    Die TRUE-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    TRUE()

    -

    Um die TRUE-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion TRUE.
      5. -
    5. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      6. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    TRUE-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + WAHR-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WAHR-Funktion

    +

    Die WAHR-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wahrheitswert WAHR zurück und die Syntax der Funktion enthält keine Argumente.

    +

    Formelsyntax der Funktion WAHR:

    +

    WAHR()

    +

    WAHR-Funktion anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie die auf die Funktion WAHR.
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WAHR-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trunc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trunc.htm index 819b3d59a..5d34367fe 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trunc.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/trunc.htm @@ -1,35 +1,37 @@ - - - - TRUNC-Funktion - - - - - -
    -

    TRUNC-Funktion

    -

    Die TRUNC-Funktion ist eine der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl, die auf die angegebene Stellenzahl abgeschnitten wird, zurückzugeben.

    -

    Die TRUNC-Funktionssyntax ist:

    -

    TRUNC(x [,number-digits])

    -

    wo

    -

    x die Zahl, deren Stellen Sie abschneiden möchten, ist.

    -

    number-digits eine Zahl, die angibt, wie viele Stellen erhalten bleiben sollen, ist. Das ist ein optionales Argument. Falls es ausgelassen war, wird das Argument als 0 eingeschätzt.

    -

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    -

    Um die TRUNC-Funktion anzuwenden,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis einblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, -
      Oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      Oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Mathematik und Trigonometrie aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie die Funktion TRUNC.
      5. -
    5. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. -
    6. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste.
      7. -
    -

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    -

    TRUNC-Funktion

    -
    - + + + + KÜRZEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KÜRZEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KÜRZEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die angegebene Stellenzahl abgeschnitten (gekürzt) wird.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KÜRZEN ist:

    +

    KÜRZEN(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist die Zahl, deren Stellen Sie abschneiden möchten.

    +

    Anzahl_Stellen ist eine Zahl, die angibt, wie viele Nachkommastellen erhalten bleiben sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wenn das Argument nicht angegeben wird, nimmt die Funktion den Standardwert 0 an.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KÜRZEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KÜRZEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KÜRZEN-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ttest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ttest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6df6f175a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ttest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ + + + + TTEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TTEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TTEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von TTEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TTEST ist:

    +

    TTEST(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix1 ist der erste Datensatz.

    +

    Matrix2 ist der zweite Datensatz.

    +

    Seiten bestimmt die Anzahl der Endflächen. Ist Seiten 1, verwendet die Funktion die einseitige Verteilung. Ist Seiten 2, verwendet die Funktion die zweiseitige Verteilung.

    +

    Typ ist ein nummerischer Wert, der den Typ des durchzuführenden t-Tests bestimmt. Die folgenden Parameter stehen zur Auswahl:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    TypAusgeführter t-Test
    1Gepaart
    2Zwei Stichproben, gleiche Varianz (homoskedastisch)
    3Zwei Stichproben, ungleiche Varianz (heteroskedastisch)
    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TTEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TTEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TTEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/type.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/type.htm index 76fc3d40a..5002e9fa6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/type.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/type.htm @@ -1,58 +1,60 @@ - - - - TYPE Function - - - - - -
    -

    TYPE Function

    -

    The TYPE function is one of the information functions. It is used to determine the type of the resulting or displayed value.

    -

    The TYPE function syntax is:

    -

    TYPE(value)

    -

    where value is a value to test entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to. Below you will find the possible values and the result that TYPE returns:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    ValueResult
    number1
    text2
    logical value4
    error value16
    array64
    -

    To apply the TYPE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Information function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the TYPE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    TYPE Function

    -
    - + + + + TYP-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    TYP-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion TYP gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den Datentyp eines Werts angibt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TYP ist:

    +

    TYP(Wert)

    +

    Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Mögliche Werte und das von TYP zurückgegebene Ergebnis:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    WertVon TYP zurückgegebenes Ergebnis
    Zahl1
    Text2
    Wahrheitswert4
    Fehlerwert16
    Matrix64
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion TYP:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TYP.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    TYP-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/unichar.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/unichar.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..27e43b22f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/unichar.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + UNIZEICHEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNIZEICHEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNIZEICHEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt das Unicode-Zeichen zurück, das durch den angegebenen Zahlenwert bezeichnet wird

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNIZEICHEN ist:

    +

    UNIZEICHEN(Zahl)

    +

    Zahl ist die Unicode-Zahl, die ein Zeichen darstellt. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNIZEICHEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNIZEICHEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNIZEICHEN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/unicode.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/unicode.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..638d74bca --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/unicode.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + UNICODE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    UNICODE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion UNICODE gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt die Zahl (Codepoint) zurück, die dem ersten Zeichen des Texts entspricht.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNICODE ist:

    +

    UNICODE(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist Text das Zeichen, dessen Unicode-Wert Sie bestimmen möchten. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion UNICODE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNICODE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    UNICODE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/upper.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/upper.htm index b18ca8e61..ca8a4f32b 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/upper.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/upper.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - UPPER Function - - - - - -
    -

    UPPER Function

    -

    The UPPER function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert lowercase letters to uppercase in the selected cell.

    -

    The UPPER function syntax is:

    -

    UPPER(text)

    -

    where text is a text data included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the UPPER function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the UPPER function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    UPPER Function

    -
    - + + + + GROSS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GROSS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GROSS gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Großbuchstaben umwandeln.

    +

    Die Syntax der Funktion GROSS ist:

    +

    GROSS(Text)

    +

    Dabei ist Text der Text auf den Sie verweisen, der in Großbuchstaben umgewandelt werden soll.

    +

    Die Funktion GROSS anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GROSS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GROSS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/value.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/value.htm index 4b6cab649..b6dad4049 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/value.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/value.htm @@ -1,33 +1,34 @@ - - - - VALUE Function - - - - - -
    -

    VALUE Function

    -

    The VALUE function is one of the text and data functions. Is used to convert a text value that represents a number to a number. If the converted text is not a number, the function will return a #VALUE! error.

    -

    The VALUE function syntax is:

    -

    VALUE(string)

    -

    where string is text data that represents a number entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the VALUE function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Text and data function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the VALUE function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument, -
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    VALUE Function

    -
    - + + + + WERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WERT gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wandelt einen für eine Zahl stehenden Text in eine Zahl um. Handelt es sich bei dem zu konvertierenden Text nicht um eine Zahl, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WERT ist:

    +

    WERT(Text)

    +

    Text gibt den Text bzw. einen entsprechenden Zellbezug an, der in eine Zahl umgewandelt werden soll.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion Wert.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WERT-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var-p.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var-p.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b838b161 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var-p.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + VAR.P-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VAR.P-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VAR.P gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der gesamten Population (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VAR.P ist:

    +

    VAR.P(Zahl1;[Zahl2],...)

    +

    Zahl1/2/... kann bis zu 254 Zahlenwerte umfassen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VAR.P:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VAR.P.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VAR.P-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var-s.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var-s.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..187f0290c --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var-s.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + VAR.S-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VAR.S-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VAR.S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VAR.S ist:

    +

    VAR.S(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1/2/... kann bis zu 254 Zahlenwerte umfassen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VAR.S:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VAR.S.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VAR.S-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var.htm index 18ca99094..ddc28daaa 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/var.htm @@ -1,32 +1,35 @@ - - - - VAR Function - - - - - -
    -

    VAR Function

    -

    The VAR function is one of the statistical functions. It is used to analyze the range of data and return the variance of a population based on a set of numbers.

    -

    The VAR function syntax is:

    -

    VAR(argument-list)

    -

    where argument-list is up to 30 numerical values entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the VAR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Statistical function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the VAR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas or select a range of cells with the mouse,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    VAR Function

    -
    - + + + + VARIANZ-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VARIANZ-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VARIANZ gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz auf der Basis einer Stichprobe.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZ ist:

    +

    VARIANZ(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1/2/... ist die Liste der numerischen Argumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen.

    +

    Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZ:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZ.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VARIANZ-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vara.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vara.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81259f8a4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vara.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + VARIANZA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VARIANZA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VARIANZA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZA ist:

    +

    VARIANZA(Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Zahl1/2/... sind die Wertargumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen.

    +

    Hinweis: Text und FALSCH-Werte werden als 0 berücksichtigt. WAHR-Werte werden als 1 berücksichtigt. Leere Zellen werden ignoriert.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VARIANZA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/varp.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/varp.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc6f257fb --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/varp.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + VARIANZEN-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VARIANZEN-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VARIANZEN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebenen Werten zu analysieren und die Varianz einer gesamten Population zu berechnen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZEN ist:

    +

    VARIANZEN(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...)

    +

    Zahl1/2/... ist die Liste der numerischen Argumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen.

    +

    Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZEN:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZEN.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VARIANZEN-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/varpa.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/varpa.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25567985 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/varpa.htm @@ -0,0 +1,35 @@ + + + + VARIANZENA-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VARIANZENA-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VARIANZENA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebenen Werten zu analysieren und die Varianz einer gesamten Population zurückzugeben.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZENA ist:

    +

    VARIANZENA(Wert1;[Wert2];...)

    +

    Zahl1/2/... sind die Wertargumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen.

    +

    Hinweis: Text und FALSCH-Werte werden als 0 berücksichtigt. WAHR-Werte werden als 1 berücksichtigt. Leere Zellen werden ignoriert.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZENA:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZENA.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VARIANZENA-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vdb.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vdb.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5ad31078 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vdb.htm @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ + + + + VDB-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    VDB-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion VDB gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsguts für eine bestimmte Periode oder Teilperiode zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VDB ist:

    +

    VDB(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Anfang;Ende;[Faktor];[Nicht_wechseln])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts.

    +

    Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat.

    +

    Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird.

    +

    Anfang ist der Anfangszeitraum, für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer.

    +

    Ende ist der Endzeitraum, für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer.

    +

    Faktor ist die Rate, um die der Restbuchwert abnimmt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Faktor, nimmt die Funktion den Faktor 2 an.

    +

    Nicht_wechseln ist ein optionales Argument, mit dem angegeben wird, ob zur linearen Abschreibung gewechselt werden soll, wenn der dabei berechnete Abschreibungsbetrag größer ist als der bei der geometrischen Abschreibung. Ist Nicht_wechseln mit FALSCH belegt oder nicht angegeben, verwendet die Funktion das Verfahren der linearen Abschreibung, wenn der dabei berechnete Abschreibungsbetrag größer ist als der bei der geometrischen Abschreibung. Ist Nicht_wechseln mit WAHR belegt verwendet die Funktion das verfahren der geometrischen Abschreibung.

    +

    Hinweis: Alle Argumente müssen positive Zahlen sein.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion VDB.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VDB.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    VDB-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vlookup.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vlookup.htm index 14ca24411..a8285bb4d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vlookup.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/vlookup.htm @@ -1,37 +1,38 @@ - - - - VLOOKUP Function - - - - - -
    -

    VLOOKUP Function

    -

    The VLOOKUP function is one of the lookup and reference functions. It is used to perform the vertical search for a value in the left-most column of a table or an array and return the value in the same row based on a specified column index number.

    -

    The VLOOKUP function syntax is:

    -

    VLOOKUP (lookup-value, table-array, col-index-num[, [range-lookup-flag]])

    -

    where

    -

    lookup-value is a value to search for.

    -

    table-array is two or more columns containing data sorted in ascending order.

    -

    col-index-num is a column number in the table-array, a numeric value greater than or equal to 1 but less than the number of columns in the table-array

    -

    range-lookup-flag is a logical value TRUE or FALSE. It is an optional argument. Enter FALSE to find an exact match. Enter TRUE or omit this argument to find an approximate match, in this case if there is not a value that strictly matches the lookup-value, then the function will choose the next largest value less than the lookup-value. -

    Note: if the range-lookup-flag is set to FALSE, but no exact match is found, then the function will return the #N/A error.

    -

    To apply the VLOOKUP function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Lookup and Reference function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the VLOOKUP function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by comma,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    VLOOKUP Function

    -
    - + + + + SVERWEIS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    SVERWEIS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion SVERWEIS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie führt eine vertikale Suche nach einem Wert in der linken Spalte einer Tabelle oder eines Arrays aus, und gibt den Wert in derselben Zeile basierend auf einer angegebenen Spaltenindexnummer zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SVERWEIS ist:

    +

    SVERWEIS(Suchkriterium;Suchbereich;SpaltenIndex;Übereinstimmung)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Suchkriterium ist der Wert nach dem gesucht wird.

    +

    Suchbereich sind zwei oder mehr Spalten die in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind.

    +

    SpaltenIndex ist eine Spaltennummer im Suchbereich, ein numerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 1 ist, aber kleiner als die Gesamtanzahl der Spalten im Suchbereich.

    +

    Übereinstimmung ist die Angabe der Wahrheitswerte WAHR oder FALSCH. Dieses Argument ist optional. Geben Sie FALSCH an, um eine genaue Übereinstimmung des Rückgabewerts zu finden. Geben Sie WAHR ein oder lassen Sie dieses Argument aus, um eine ungefähre Übereinstimmung zu finden; in diesem Fall wählt die Funktion den nächstgrößeren Wert als Suchkriterium aus, wenn kein Wert vorhanden ist, der genau dem Suchkriterium entspricht.

    Hinweis: Ist für Übereinstimmung FALSCH festgelegt, aber es wird keine exakte Übereinstimmung gefunden wird, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NV zurück.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion SVERWEIS:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SVERWEIS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    SVERWEIS-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weekday.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weekday.htm index 6f68d8735..5a650022e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weekday.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weekday.htm @@ -1,52 +1,53 @@ - - - - WEEKDAY Function - - - - - - -
    -

    WEEKDAY Function

    -

    The WEEKDAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to determine which day of the week the specified date is.

    -

    The WEEKDAY function syntax is:

    -

    WEEKDAY(serial-value [,weekday-start-flag])

    -

    where

    -

    serial-value is a number representing the date of the day you are trying to find, entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    weekday-start-flag is a numeric value used to determine the type of the value to be returned. It can be one of the following:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Numeric valueExplanation
    1 or omittedReturns a number from 1 (Sunday) to 7 (Saturday)
    2Returns a number from 1 (Monday) to 7 (Sunday).
    3Returns a number from 0 (Monday) to 6 (Sunday).
    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the WEEKDAY function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    WEEKDAY Function

    -
    - + + + + WOCHENTAG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WOCHENTAG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WOCHENTAG gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um zu bestimmen, an welchem Wochentag das angegebene Datum liegt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WOCHENTAG ist:

    +

    WOCHENTAG(Zahl;[Typ])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zahl ist eine fortlaufende Zahl, die den Tag des gesuchten Datums darstellt. Datumsangaben sollten mithilfe der Funktion DATUM oder als Ergebnisse anderer Formeln oder Funktionen eingegeben werden.

    +

    Typ ist eine Zahl, mit der der Typ des Rückgabewerts bestimmt wird. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertErklärung
    1 oder nicht angegebenGibt eine Zahl von Zahl 1 (Sonntag) bis 7 (Samstag) wieder
    2Gibt eine Zahl von Zahl 1 (Montag) bis 7 (Sonntag) wieder
    3Gibt eine Zahl von Zahl 0 (Montag) bis 6 (Sonntag) wieder
    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WOCHENTAG:
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WOCHENTAG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weeknum.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weeknum.htm index 72b1327ed..7d1f91c27 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weeknum.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weeknum.htm @@ -1,49 +1,50 @@ - - - - WEEKNUM Function - - - - - - -
    -

    WEEKNUM Function

    -

    The WEEKNUM function is one of the date and time functions. It used to return the number of the week the specified date falls within the year.

    -

    The WEEKNUM function syntax is:

    -

    WEEKNUM(serial-value [,weekday-start-flag])

    -

    where

    -

    serial-value is a number representing the date within the week, entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    weekday-start-flag is a numeric value used to determine the type of the value to be returned. It can be one of the following:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Numeric valueWeekday Sequence
    1 or omittedfrom Sunday to Saturday
    2from Monday to Sunday
    -

    To apply the WEEKNUM function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the WEEKNUM function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    WEEKNUM Function

    -
    - + + + + KALENDERWOCHE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    KALENDERWOCHE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion KALENDERWOCHE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl in eine Zahl um, die angibt, in welche Woche eines Jahres das angegebene Datum fällt

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KALENDERWOCHE ist:

    +

    KALENDERWOCHE(Fortlaufende_Zahl;[Zahl_Typ])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Fortlaufende_Zahl ist das Datum innerhalb der Woche. Das Argument sollte mithilfe der Funktion DATUM oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben werden.

    +

    Zahl_Typ ist eine Zahl, die verwendet wird, um den Typ des Werts zu bestimmen, der zurückgegeben werden soll. Mögliche Zahl_Typen:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    ZahlenwertWochenanfang
    1 oder nicht angegebenSonntag (von Sonntag bis Samstag)
    2Montag (von Montag bis Sonntag)
    +

    Anwendung der Funktion KALENDERWOCHE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KALENDERWOCHE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    KALENDERWOCHE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weibull-dist.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weibull-dist.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f92c83006 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weibull-dist.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + WEIBULL.VERT-FUNKTION + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WEIBULL.VERT-FUNKTION

    +

    Die Funktion WEIBULL.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WEIBULL.VERT ist:

    +

    WEIBULL.VERT(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein Zahlenwert der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WEIBULL.VERT:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WEIBULL.VERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WEIBULL.VERT-FUNKTION

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weibull.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weibull.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40a6f05f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/weibull.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + WEIBULL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    WEIBULL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion WEIBULL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WEIBULL ist:

    +

    WEIBULL(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein Zahlenwert der größer oder gleich 0 ist.

    +

    Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0.

    +

    Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion WEIBULL.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WEIBULL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    WEIBULL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday-intl.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday-intl.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a02d41402 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday-intl.htm @@ -0,0 +1,101 @@ + + + + ARBEITSTAG.INTL Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARBEITSTAG.INTL Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen liegt. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL ist:

    +

    ARBEITSTAG.INTL(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Tage ist die Anzahl der Arbeitstage vor oder nach dem Ausgangsdatum. Ein negativer Wert für Tage bedeutet ein vergangenes Datum das vor dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum liegt. Ein positiver Wert für Tage bedeutet ein zukünftiges Datum das nach dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum kommt.

    +

    Wochenende ist ein optionales Argument, eine Wochenendnummer oder eine Zeichenfolge, die als Wochenenden zu betrachten sind. Mit Wochenendnummernwerten werden die folgenden Wochenendtage angegeben:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    WochenendnummerWochenendtage
    1 oder nicht angegebenSamstag, Sonntag
    2Sonntag, Montag
    3Montag, Dienstag
    4Dienstag, Mittwoch
    5Mittwoch, Donnerstag
    6Donnerstag, Freitag
    7Freitag, Samstag
    11Nur Sonntag
    12Nur Montag
    13Nur Dienstag
    14Nur Mittwoch
    15Nur Donnerstag
    16Nur Freitag
    17Nur Samstag
    +

    Wochenendzeichenfolgenwerte setzen sich immer aus 7 (sieben) Zeichen zusammen. Jedes Zeichen in der Zeichenfolge stellt einen Wochentag dar, beginnend mit Montag. 0 steht für einen Arbeitstag und 1 steht für einen arbeitsfreien Tag. 0000011 ergibt z. B. ein Wochenende (Samstag und Sonntag). Die Zeichenfolge "1111111" ist ungültig.

    +

    Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Gruppe von Datumsangaben die zusätzlich zu Wochenende aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARBEITSTAG.INTL Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday.htm index 630264c0c..5750a6f36 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/workday.htm @@ -1,37 +1,37 @@ - - - - WORKDAY Function - - - - - - -
    -

    WORKDAY Function

    -

    The WORKDAY function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the date which comes the indicated number of days (day-offset) before or after the specified start date excluding weekends and dates considered as holidays.

    -

    The WORKDAY function syntax is:

    -

    WORKDAY(start-day, day-offset [,holidays])

    -

    where

    -

    start-day is a number representing the first date of the period entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    day-offset is a number of nonweekend before or after start-day. If the day-offset has the negative sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which comes before the specified start-date. If the day-offset has the positive sign, the function will return the serial number of the date which follows after the specified start-date.

    -

    holidays are the nonworking days. It is an optional argument.

    -

    The values can be entered manually or included into the cells you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the WORKDAY function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the WORKDAY function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    WORKDAY Function

    -
    - + + + + ARBEITSTAG-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    ARBEITSTAG-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion ARBEITSTAG gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen zurück. Nicht zu den Arbeitstagen gezählt werden Wochenenden sowie die Tage, die als Ferientage oder Feiertage (Freie_Tage) angegeben werden.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARBEITSTAG ist:

    +

    ARBEITSTAG(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Freie_Tage])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Tage ist die Anzahl der nicht auf ein Wochenende oder auf einen Feiertag fallenden Tage vor oder nach dem . Ein negativer Wert für Tage bedeutet ein vergangenes Datum das vor dem angegebenen liegt. Ein positiver Wert für Tage bedeutet ein zukünftiges Datum das nach dem angegebenen kommt.

    +

    Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Liste einer oder mehrerer Datumsangaben, die alle Arten von arbeitsfreien Tagen repräsentieren kann, die aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion ARBEITSTAG:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARBEITSTAG.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    ARBEITSTAG-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xirr.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xirr.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f327474ae --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xirr.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + XINTZINSFUSS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    XINTZINSFUSS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion XINTZINSFUSS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS ist:

    +

    XINTZINSFUSS(Werte; Zeitpkte;[Schätzwert])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Werte ist eine Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen, die sich auf die Zeitpunkte des Zahlungsplans beziehen. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein.

    +

    Zeitpkte sind die Zeitpunkte im Zahlungsplan der nicht periodisch anfallenden Zahlungen. Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Schätzwert ist eine Zahl, von der Sie annehmen, dass sie dem Ergebnis der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS nahe kommt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, geht die Funktion vom Schätzwert 10 aus.

    + +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion XINTZINSFUSS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    XINTZINSFUSS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xnpv.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xnpv.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8771b0cf7 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xnpv.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + XKAPITALWERT-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    XKAPITALWERT-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion XKAPITALWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion XKAPITALWERT ist:

    +

    XKAPITALWERT(Zins;Werte;Zeitpkte)

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Zins ist der Kalkulationszinsfuß, der für die Zahlungen zu berücksichtigen ist.

    +

    Werte ist eine Matrix (ein Array), die (das) die Beträge für Einkommen (positive Werte) oder Zahlungen (negative Werte) enthält. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein.

    +

    Zeitpkte sind die Zeitpunkte im Zahlungsplan der nicht periodisch anfallenden Zahlungen.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion XKAPITALWERT.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion XKAPITALWERT.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    XKAPITALWERT-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xor.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xor.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1cec91d72 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/xor.htm @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + + + XODER-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    XODER-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion XODER gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein logisches "Ausschließliches Oder" aller Argumente zurück. Wenn die Anzahl von Eingaben mit dem Ergebnis WAHR ungerade ist, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück und wenn die Anzahl von Eingaben mit dem Ergebnis WAHR gerade ist, gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion XODER ist:

    +

    XODER(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2];...)

    +

    Wahrheitswert1; Wahrheitswert2;... ist ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion XODER.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion XODER.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.

      Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 265 logischen Werten eingeben.

      +
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    Beispiel:

    +

    Es gibt 2 Argumente: Wahrheitswert1 = 1>0, Wahrheitswert2 = 2>0. Die Anzahl der Eingaben mit dem Wert WAHR ist gerade, also gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück.

    +

    XODER-Funktion FALSCH

    +

    Es gibt 2 Argumente: Wahrheitswert2 = 1>0, Wahrheitswert2 = 2>0. Die Anzahl der Eingaben mit dem Wert WAHR ist ungerade, also gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück.

    +

    XODER-Funktion WAHR

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/year.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/year.htm index 909a31284..1f2962734 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/year.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/year.htm @@ -1,32 +1,34 @@ - - - - YEAR Function - - - - - -
    -

    YEAR Function

    -

    The YEAR function is one of the date and time functions. It returns the year (a number from 1900 to 9999) of the date given in the numerical format (MM/dd/yyyy by default).

    -

    The YEAR function syntax is:

    -

    YEAR(date-value)

    -

    where date-value is a value entered manually or included into the cell you make reference to.

    -

    To apply the YEAR function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the YEAR function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required argument,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    YEAR Function

    -
    - + + + + JAHR-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    JAHR-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion JAHR gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl mit einem Wert von 1900 bis 9999 in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ).

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion JAHR ist:

    +

    JAHR(Zahl)

    +

    Dabei ist Zahl das Datum des Jahres, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwenden der Funktion JAHR:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken sie auf die Funktion JAHR.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    JAHR-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yearfrac.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yearfrac.htm index 77d4c64fc..751a7204d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yearfrac.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yearfrac.htm @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ - - - - YEARFRAC Function - - - - - - -
    -

    YEARFRAC Function

    -

    The YEARFRAC function is one of the date and time functions. It is used to return the fraction of a year represented by the number of whole days from start-date to end-date calculated on the specified basis.

    -

    The YEARFRAC function syntax is:

    -

    YEARFRAC(start-date, end-date [,basis])

    -

    where

    -

    start-date is a number representing the first date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    end-date is a number representing the last date of the period, entered using the Date function or other date and time function.

    -

    basis is the day count basis to use, a numeric value greater than or equal to 0, but less than or equal to 4. It can be one of the following:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Numeric valueCount basis
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Actual/actual
    2Actual/360
    3Actual/365
    4European 30/360
    -

    Note: if the start-date, end-date or basis is a decimal value, the function will ignore the numbers to the right of the decimal point. -

    -

    To apply the YEARFRAC function,

    -
      -
    1. select the cell where you wish to display the result,
      2. -
    2. click the Insert Function Insert Function icon icon situated at the top toolbar, -
      or right-click within a selected cell and select the Insert Function option from the menu, -
      or click the Function icon icon situated at the formula bar, -
      3. -
    3. select the Date and time function group from the list,
      4. -
    4. click the YEARFRAC function,
      5. -
    5. enter the required arguments separating them by commas,
      6. -
    6. press the Enter button.
      7. -
    -

    The result will be displayed in the selected cell.

    -

    YEARFRAC Function

    -
    - + + + + BRTEILJAHRE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    BRTEILJAHRE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion BRTEILJAHRE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt die Anzahl der ganzen Tage zwischen Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum in Bruchteile von Jahren um.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BRTEILJAHRE ist:

    +

    BRTEILJAHRE(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Ausgangsdatum ist eine Zahl, die das erste Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Enddatum ist eine Zahl, die das letzte Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: wenn das Startdatum, das Enddatum oder die Basis ein Dezimalwert ist, ignoriert die Funktion die Zahlen rechts vom Dezimalpunkt.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion BRTEILJAHRE:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BRTEILJAHRE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    BRTEILJAHRE-Funktion

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yield.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yield.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..365e704e6 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yield.htm @@ -0,0 +1,69 @@ + + + + RENDITE-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RENDITE-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RENDITE gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RENDITE ist:

    +

    RENDITE(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung Der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers.

    +

    ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RENDITE.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RENDITE.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RENDITE-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yielddisc.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yielddisc.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7d5582d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yielddisc.htm @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ + + + + RENDITEDIS-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RENDITEDIS-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RENDITEDIS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Rendite eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RENDITEDIS ist:

    +

    RENDITEDIS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs;Rückzahlung;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RENDITEDIS.

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RENDITEDIS.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RENDITEDIS-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yieldmat.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yieldmat.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6f18c296 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/yieldmat.htm @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ + + + + RENDITEFÄLL-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    RENDITEFÄLL-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion RENDITEFÄLL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RENDITEFÄLL ist:

    +

    RENDITEFÄLL(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Kurs;[Basis])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs.

    +

    Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers.

    +

    Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission.

    +

    ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers am Emissionsdatum.

    +

    Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert.

    +

    Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    BasisDatumssystem
    0US (NASD) 30/360
    1Tatsächlich/tatsächlich
    2Tatsächlich/360
    3Tatsächlich/365
    4Europäisch 30/360
    +

    Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden.

    +

    Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion RENDITEFÄLL:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RENDITEFÄLL.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    RENDITEFÄLL-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/z-test.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/z-test.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32a2afdc5 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/z-test.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + G.TEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    G.TEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion G.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die einseitige Prüfstatistik für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, x, gibt G.TEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion G.TEST:

    +

    G.TEST(Matrix;x;[Sigma])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist die Matrix (Array) oder der Datenbereich, gegen die/den Sie x testen möchten.

    +

    x ist der zu testende Wert.

    +

    Sigma ist die bekannte Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, wird die Beispielstandardabweichung verwendet.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion G.TEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion G.TEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    G.TEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ztest.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ztest.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4b4ea7bd --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/Functions/ztest.htm @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + + + GTEST-Funktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    GTEST-Funktion

    +

    Die Funktion GTEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den einseitigen Wahrscheinlichkeitswert für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, µ0, gibt GTEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel.

    +

    Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GTEST ist:

    +

    GTEST(Matrix;x;[Sigma])

    +

    Dabei gilt:

    +

    Matrix ist die Matrix (Array) oder der Datenbereich, gegen die/den Sie x testen möchten.

    +

    x ist der zu testende Wert.

    +

    Sigma ist die bekannte Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, wird die Beispielstandardabweichung verwendet.

    +

    Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen.

    +

    Anwendung der Funktion GTEST:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GTEST.
      5. +
    5. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus.
      6. +
    6. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      7. +
    +

    Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt.

    +

    GTEST-Funktion

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm index 564478294..ac6184354 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/About.htm @@ -1,18 +1,22 @@ - - - - Über den TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor - - - - - -
    -

    Über den TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor

    -

    Der TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor ist eine Online-Anwendung, die Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt auf Ihrem TeamLab-Portal durchsehen - und bearbeiten lässt und nur in der SaaS-Version verfügbar ist.

    -

    Mit dem TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor können Sie unterschiedliche Bearbeitungsoperationen wie in den meisten Desktop-Editoren durchführen, - bearbeitete Kalkulationstabellen mit der Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder auf die Festplatte Ihres Rechners als XLSX-, ODS-, CSV- oder HTML-Dateien herunterladen.

    -
    - + + + + Über den Kalkulationstabelleneditor + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Über den Kalkulationstabelleneditor

    +

    Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ist eine Online-Anwendung, mit der Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können.

    +

    Mit dem Tabellenkalkulationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Tabellenkalkulationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als XLSX-, PDF-, ODS- oder CSV-Dateien speichern.

    +

    Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Über Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm index d3ca9afdc..dd47987df 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm @@ -1,35 +1,45 @@ - - - - Erweiterte Einstellungen vom TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor - - - - - -
    -

    Erweiterte Einstellungen vom TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor

    -

    Der TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor ermöglicht es Ihnen seine erweiterten Einstellungen zu ändern. Um darauf zuzugreifen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Symbol Symbol Erweiterte Einstellungen in der rechten oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste nutzen.

    -

    Die erweiterten Einstellungen sind:

    -
      -
    • Live-Kommentare wird verwendet, um die Option der Live-Kommentare ein- und auszuschalten. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur dann hervorgehoben, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Kommentare Symbol Kommentare klicken.
      • -
    • Standard-Zoom-Wert wird verwendet, um den Standard-Zoom-Wert festzulegen, indem eine Option ab 50% bis 200% gewählt wird.
      • -
    • Hinting der Schriftarten wird verwendet, um den Typ der Schriftartdarstellung in TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor zu wählen: -
        -
      • Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints.
        • -
      • Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints.
        • -
      • Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Autosave is used to specify how frequently the changes you make while editing are automatically saved. -
        -
      • Wählen Sie ein der verfügbaren Zeitintervalle: Alle 10 Minuten, Alle 30 Minuten oder Jede Stunde.
        • -
      • Wählen Sie die Option Deaktiviert, falls Sie automatisches Speichern der Änderungen von TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor nicht möchten.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Maßeinheit wird verwendet, um anzugeben, welche Maßeinheiten für Parameter der Messelemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. müssen genutzt werden. Sie können die Option Zentimeter oder Punkt wählen.
      • -
    -

    Um die Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf den Button Übernehmen.

    -
    - + + + + Erweiterte Einstellungen des Kalkulationstabelleneditors + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Erweiterte Einstellungen des Kalkulationstabelleneditors

    +

    Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Kalkulationstabelleneditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Erweiterte Einstellungen Symbol in der rechten oberen Ecke der Registerkarte Start anklicken.

    +

    Die erweiterten Einstellungen sind:

    +
      +
    • Kommentaranzeige - zum Ein-/Ausschalten der Option Live-Kommentar:
        +
      • Anzeige von Kommentaren aktivieren - wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die kommentierten Zellen nur hervorgehoben, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Kommentare Kommentare in der linken Seitenleiste klicken.
        • +
      • Anzeige der aufgelösten Kommentare aktivieren - wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die aufgelösten Kommentare im Tabellenblatt verborgen. Sie können diese Kommentare nur ansehen, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare Kommentare klicken.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • AutoSave - automatisches Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten.
      • +
    • Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen:
        +
      • Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden.
        • +
      • Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %.
      • +
    • Hinting - Auswahl der Schriftartdarstellung im Tabelleneditor:
        +
      • Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. anzugeben. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt oder Zoll wählen.
      • +
    • Formelsprache - Sprache für die Anzeige und Eingabe von Formelnamen festlegen.
      • +
    • Regionale Einstellungen - Standardanzeigeformat für Währung und Datum und Uhrzeit auswählen.
      • +
    +

    Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm index 973907da2..0eb9564a3 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm @@ -1,54 +1,65 @@ - - - - Gemeinsame Bearbeitung der Tabellen - - - - - -
    -

    Gemeinsame Bearbeitung der Tabellen

    -

    Der TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor bietet Ihnen die Möglichkeit, an einer Tabelle gemeinsam mit den anderen Kollegen zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion schließt Folgendes ein:

    -
      -
    • gleichzeitiger Zugang mehrerer Benutzer auf die bearbeitete Tabelle,
      • -
    • visuelle Markierung der Zellen, die von den anderen Benutzern im Moment bearbeitet werden,
      • -
    • Synchronisierung der Änderungen mit einem Buttonklick,
      • -
    • Chat zum Austauschen der Ideen über bestimmte Zellen der Tabelle,
      • -
    • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung einer Aufgabe oder eines Problems, die bzw. das gelöst werden muss.
      • -
    -

    Mitbearbeitung

    -

    Wenn eine Tabelle von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Zellen und die Registerkarte des Blattes, wo sich diese Zellen befinden, mit den gestrichelten verschiedenfarbigen Linien markiert. Beim Richten des Mauszeigers auf eine der bearbeiteten Zellen wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der sie gerade bearbeitet. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die an der aktuellen Tabelle arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der unteren Leiste angegeben - Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer.

    -

    Sobald einer der Benutzer seine Änderungen speichert, werden die Anderen einen Hinweis über die Aktualisierungen auf der unteren Leiste sehen. Um die Änderungen zu speichern und die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Speichern erhalten in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste. Die Aktualisierungen werden markiert, damit Sie leicht prüfen könnten, was genau geändert wurde.

    -

    Chat

    -

    Um auf den Chat zuzugreifen und eine Nachricht für die anderen Benutzer zu hinterlassen:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Chat auf dem linken Seitenbereich.
      2. -
    2. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein.
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf den Button Senden.
      4. -
    -

    Alle Nachrichten, die von den Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden auf der Leiste links angezeigt. Wenn es neue Nachrichten gibt, die Sie noch nicht gelesen haben, wird das Chat-Symbol so aussehen - Symbol Chat.

    -

    Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Chat noch einmal.

    -

    Kommentare

    -

    Um einen Kommentar zu hinterlassen:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, wo es nach Ihrer Meinung einen Fehler oder ein Problem gibt.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Kommentare auf dem linken Seitenbereich, um die Leiste Kommentare zu öffnen und klicken Sie auf den Link Kommentar zum Dokument hinzufügen oder
      - rechtsklicken Sie auf die gewählte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen im Menü. -
      3. -
    3. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie auf den Button Hinzufügen.
      5. -
    -

    Der Kommentar wird auf der Leiste links zu sehen sein. Ein orangefarbenes Dreieck wird in der oberen rechten Ecke der kommentierten Ecke erscheinen. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Feld Live-Kommentare einschalten. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Zellen markiert, nur wenn Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Kommentare klicken.

    -

    Um den Kommentar zu sehen, klicken Sie in der Zelle. Sie oder ein anderer Benutzer können den hinzugefügten Kommentar beantworten, indem Sie Fragen stellen oder über die geleistete Arbeit berichten können. Dafür nutzen Sie den link Antworten.

    -

    Sie können die von Ihnen hinzugefügten Kommentare folgender Weise verwalten:

    -
      -
    • einen Kommentar mit einem Klick aufs Symbol Symbol bearbeiten bearbeiten,
      • -
    • einen Kommentar mit einem Klick aufs Symbol Symbol Löschen löschen,
      • -
    • die Diskussion mit einem Klick auf den Link Lösen schließen, wenn die Aufgabe bzw. das Problem, die/das Sie in Ihrem Kommentar erörtert haben, gelöst wurde. Danach bekommt die von Ihnen eröffnete Diskussion den Status "Gelöst". Um sie erneut zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf die Überschrift Gelöst daneben und wählen Sie die Option Erneut eröffnen.
      • -
    -

    Neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, werden sichtbar nur, nachdem Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Speichern in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste geklickt haben.

    -

    Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Symbol Kommentare noch einmal.

    -
    - + + + + Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Kalkulationstabellen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Kalkulationstabellen

    +

    Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Tabelle zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst:

    +
      +
    • Gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Tabelle.
      • +
    • Visuelle Markierung von Zellen, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden.
      • +
    • Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick.
      • +
    • Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten im Tabellenblatt.
      • +
    • Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen.
      • +
    +
    +

    Co-Bearbeitung

    +

    Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor stehen die folgenden Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung Co-Bearbeitung.

    +

    Menü Co-Bearbeitung

    +

    Wenn eine Tabelle im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Zellen sowie das jeweilige Blattregister mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Zellen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Zelle aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben.

    +

    Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Tabelle arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - Anzahl der Benutzer. Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält.

    +

    Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: Zugriffsrechte verwalten - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol Anzahl der Benutzer, um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige der Tabelle beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen Teilen.

    +

    Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol Speichern speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der oberen linken Ecke eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern.

    +

    Chat

    +

    Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Teil der Tabelle Sie aktuell bearbeiten usw.

    +

    Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Tabelle zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden.

    +

    Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol Chat oder
      wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat Chat.
      2. +
    2. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein.
      3. +
    3. klicken Sie auf Senden.
      4. +
    +

    Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - Chat.

    +

    Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Chat Symbol.

    +
    +

    Kommentare

    +

    Einen Kommentar hinterlassen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, die Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem enthält.
      2. +
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentar Kommentare, oder
      nutzen Sie das Kommentare Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder
      klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.
      3. +
    3. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen.
      5. +
    +

    Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. In der oberen rechten Ecke der kommentierten Ecke wird ein orangefarbenes Dreieck angezeigt. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Zellen nur markiert, wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.

    +

    Zur Anzeige des Kommentars, klicken Sie einfach in die jeweilige Zelle. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführten Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar.

    +

    Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten:

    +
      +
    • bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf Bearbeiten
      • +
    • löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf Löschen
      • +
    • die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf Gelöst, wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf Erneut öffnen. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf Kommentare klicken.
      • +
    +

    Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf Speichern geklickt haben.

    +

    Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf Kommentare.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm index 7048e9c8c..c699cb989 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm @@ -1,267 +1,318 @@ - - - - Tastaturkürzel - - - - - -
    -

    Tastaturkürzel

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Arbeit an der Tabelle
    Leiste 'Datei' öffnenAlt+FÖffnet die Leiste Datei zum Speichern, Herunterladen, Drucken der aktuellen Tabelle, Durchsehen der Informationen dazu, Erstellen einer neuen Tabelle oder Öffnen einer vorhandenen Tabelle, Zugreifen auf die Hilfedatei zu dem TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor oder den erweiterten Einstellungen.
    Leiste 'Suche' öffnenStrg+FÖffnet das Fenster Suche zum Durchführen der Suche nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen.
    Leiste 'Chat' öffnenAlt+QÖffnet die Leiste Chat und sendet eine Nachricht.
    Tabelle speichernStrg+SSpeichert alle Änderungen in die im TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor aktuelle Tabelle.
    Tabelle druckenStrg+PDruckt die Tabelle mit einem der verfügbaren Drucker oder speichert sie in eine Datei.
    Herunterladen alsStrg+Unschalt+SÖffnet die Leiste Herunterladen als zum Speichern der aktuellen Tabelle auf die Festplatte des Rechners in eines der unterstützten Formate: XLSX, XLS, ODS, CSV, HTML.
    VollbildF11Schaltet auf die Vollbildansicht um, um den TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor an Ihren Bildschirm anzupassen.
    Navigation
    Zum Anfang der Zeile übergehenPos 1Markiert die A-Spalte der aktuellen Reihe.
    Zum Anfang der Tabelle übergehenStrg+Pos 1Markiert die A1-Zelle.
    Zum Ende der Reihe übergehenEndeMarkeirt die letzte Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
    Zum Ende der Tabelle übergehenStrg+EndeMarkiert die untere rechte Zelle der Tabelle.
    Zum vorherigen Blatt übergehenAlt+Bild aufGeht zum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle über.
    Zum nächsten Blatt übergehenAlt+Bild abGeht zum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle über.
    Eine Reihe nach obenPfeil nach obenMarkiert die Zelle über der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte.
    Eine Reihe nach untenPfeil nach untenMarkiert die Zelle unter der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte.
    Eine Spalte nach linksPfeil nach links oder
    Tab    		Markiert die vorherige Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
    Eine Spalte nach rechtsPfeil nach rechts oder
    Tab+Umschalt    		Markiert die nächste Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
    Datenauswahl
    Alles wählenStrg+A oder
    Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste    		Wählen Sie das ganze Blatt.
    Spalte wählenStrg+LeertasteWählen Sie die ganze Spalte im Blatt.
    Zeile wählenUmschalt+LeertasteWählen Sie die ganze Zeile im Blatt.
    Fragment wählenUmschalt+PfeilWählen Sie eine Zelle nach der anderen.
    Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile wählenUmschalt+Pos 1Wählen Sie einen Abschnitt ab der Cursorposition zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile.
    Ab Cursorposition zum Ende der ZeileUmschalt+EndeWählen Sie einen Abschnitt ab der Cursorposition zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile.
    Auswahl erweiternStrg+Umschalt+Pos 1Wählen Sie einen Abschnitt zum Anfang des Blatts.
    Rückgängig-Machen und Wiederholen
    Rückgängig machenStrg+ZMachen Sie die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion rückgängig.
    WiederholenStrg+YWiederholen Sie die zuletzt rückgängig gemachte Aktion.
    Schneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen
    AusschneidenStrg+XCut the the selected data and send them to the computer clipboard memory. The cut data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program.
    KopierenStrg+CSend the selected data to the computer clipboard memory. The copied data can be later inserted to another place in the same worksheet, into another spreadsheet, or into some other program.
    EinfügenStrg+VInsert the previously copied/cut data from the computer clipboard memory to the current cursor position. The data can be previously copied from the same worksheet, from another spreadsheet, or from some other program.
    Datenformatierung
    FettStrg+BMake the font of the selected text fragment bold giving it more weight or remove bold formatting.
    KursivStrg+IMake the font of the selected text fragment italicized giving it some right side tilt or remove italic formatting.
    UnterstrichenStrg+UMake the selected text fragment underlined with the line going under the letters or remove underlining.
    Hyperlink hinzufügenStrg+KInsert a hyperlink to an external website or another worksheet.
    Dateneingabe
    Zelleneingabe abschließen und abwärts gehenEingabetasteSchließt die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Formelleiste ab und geht zur unten gelegenen Zelle über.
    Zelleneingabe abschließen und auswärts gehenUmschalt+EingabetasteSchließt die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Formelleiste ab und geht zur oben gelegenen Zelle über.
    Neue Zeile beginnenAlt+EingabetasteBeginnt eine neue Zeile in derselben Zelle.
    AbbrechenEscBricht die Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Formelleiste ab.
    Nach links entfernenRücktasteEntfernt ein Zeichen nach links in der Fomelleiste oder in der gewählten Zelle, wenn der zellenbearbeitungsmodus ist aktiviert.
    Nach rechts entfernenEntfEntfernt ein Zeichen nach rechts in der Fomelleiste oder in der gewählten Zelle, wenn der zellenbearbeitungsmodus ist aktiviert.
    Zelleninhalt entfernenEntfEntfernt den Inhalt (Daten und Formeln) aus den gewählten Zellen ohne das Zellenformat und die Kommentare zu beeinflussen.
    Funktionen
    SUM-FunktionAlt+'='Fügt die Funktion SUM in die gewählte Zelle ein.
    -
    - + + + + Tastenkombinationen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Tastenkombinationen

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    Kalkulationstabelle bearbeiten
    Dateimenü öffnenALT+FÜber das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen.
    Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnenSTRG+FIm Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen können Sie nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen suchen.
    Dialogbox „Suchen und Ersetzen“, Funktion Ersetzen.STRG+HÖffnen Sie das Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen, um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse der gefundenen Zeichen zu ersetzen.
    Kommentarleiste öffnenSTRG+UMSCHALT+HÜber die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten.
    Kommentarfeld öffnenALT+HEin Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen.
    Chatleiste öffnenALT+QChatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden.
    Tabelle speichernSTRG+SAlle Änderungen in der aktuell mit dem Tabelleneditor bearbeiteten Tabelle werden gespeichert.
    Tabelle druckenSTRG+PTabelle mit einem verfügbaren Drucker ausdrucken oder speichern als Datei.
    Herunterladen als...STRG+UMSCHALT+SÜber das Menü Herunterladen als können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte speichern: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV.
    VollbildF11Der Tabelleneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt.
    HilfemenüF1Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet.
    Navigation
    Zum Anfang einer Zeile springenPOS1Markiert die A-Spalte der aktuellen Zeile.
    Zum Anfang der Tabelle springenSTRG+POS1Markiert die A1-Zelle.
    Zum Ende der Zeile springenEnde oder STRG+RechtsMarkiert die letzte Zelle der aktuellen Zeile.
    Zum Ende der Tabelle wechselnSTRG+ENDEMarkiert die Zelle am unteren rechten Ende der Tabelle. Befindet sich der Cursor in einer Formel wird der Cursor am Ende des Texts positioniert.
    Zum vorherigen Blatt übergehenALT+BILD obenZum vorherigen Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen.
    Zum nächsten Blatt übergehenALT+BILD untenZum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen.
    Eine Reihe nach obenPfeil nach obenMarkiert die Zelle über der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte.
    Eine Reihe nach untenPfeil nach untenMarkiert die Zelle unter der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte.
    Eine Spalte nach linksPfeil nach links oder
    Tab    		Markiert die vorherige Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
    Eine Spalte nach rechtsPfeil nach rechts oder
    Tab+Umschalt    		Markiert die nächste Zelle der aktuellen Reihe.
    Datenauswahl
    Alles auswählenStrg+A oder
    Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste    		Das ganze Blatt wird ausgewählt.
    Spalte wählenSTRG+LEERTASTEEine ganze Spalte im Arbeitsblatt auswählen.
    Zeile wählenUmschalt+LeertasteEine ganze Reihe im Arbeitsblatt auswählen.
    Fragment wählenUMSCHALT+PfeilZelle für Zelle auswählen.
    Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile wählenUMSCHALT+POS1Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen.
    Ab Cursorposition zum Ende der ZeileUMSCHALT+ENDEEinen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen.
    Auswahl zum Anfang des Arbeitsblatts erweiternSTRG+UMSCHALT+POS1Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zum Anfang des Blatts auswählen.
    Auswahl bis auf die letzte aktive Zelle erweiternSTRG+UMSCHALT+ENDEEinen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zur letzen aktiven Zelle auswählen.
    Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen
    Rückgängig machenSTRG+ZDie zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht.
    WiederholenSTRG+YDie zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt.
    Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen
    AusschneidenSTRG+X, UMSCHALT+ENTFDas gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.
    KopierenSTRG+C, STRG+EINFGDie gewählten Daten werden kopiert und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.
    EinfügenSTRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFGDie zuvor kopierten Daten werden aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können zuvor aus derselben Tabelle, einer anderen Tabelle bzw. einem anderen Programm, kopiert worden sein.
    Datenformatierung
    FettSTRG+BZuweisung der Formatierung Fett bzw. Formatierung Fett entfernen im gewählten Textfragment.
    KursivSTRG+IZuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben.
    UnterstrichenSTRG+UZuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen.
    DurchgestrichenSTRG+5Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen.
    Hyperlink hinzufügenSTRG+KEin Hyperlink zu einer externen Website oder einem anderen Arbeitsblatt wird eingefügt.
    Datenfilterung
    Filter aktivieren/entfernenSTRG+UMSCHALT+LFür einen ausgewählten Zellbereich wird ein Filter eingerichtet, bzw. entfernt.
    Wie Tabellenvorlage formatierenSTRG+LEine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden
    Dateneingabe
    Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach unten bewegen.EingabetasteDie Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert abwärts in die nachfolgende Zelle.
    Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach oben bewegen.UMSCHALT+EingabetasteDie Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert aufwärts in die vorherige Zelle.
    Neue Zeile beginnenALT+EingabetasteEine neue Zeile in derselben Zelle beginnen.
    AbbrechenESCDie Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgebrochen.
    Nach links entfernenRücktasteWenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach links entfernt.
    Nach rechts entfernenENTFWenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach rechts entfernt.
    Zelleninhalt entfernenENTFDer Inhalt der ausgewählten Zellen (Daten und Formeln) wird gelöscht, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt.
    Funktionen
    SUMME-FunktionAlt+'='Die Funktion SUMME wird in die gewählte Zelle eingefügt.
    Objekte ändern
    Bewegung in 1-Pixel-StufenSTRGHalten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben.
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm index 08d7b65d9..649b3739d 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm @@ -1,49 +1,50 @@ - - - - Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge - - - - - -
    -

    Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge

    -

    Damit Sie die Zellen in einer langen Kalkulationstabelle leichter durchsehen und wählen könnten, bietet der TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor einige Tools zum Navigieren dadurch: verstellbare Leisten, Bildlaufleisten, Buttons für die Navigation durch das Blatt, Blattregisterkarten und Zoom.

    -

    tellen Sie die Ansichtseinstellungen ein

    -

    Um die Standardansichtseinstellungen einzustellen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit der Tabelle festzulegen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente müssen ein- oder ausgeblendet werden. - Sie können die folgenden Optionen aus dem Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen wählen: -

    -
      -
    • Kompaktsymbolleiste - ermöglicht, den Modus der Kompaktsymbolleiste, der den Zugang zu den Grundfunktionen eröffnet, zu nutzen. Um die Standardsymbolleiste anzusehen, klicken Sie auf diese Option noch einmal.
      • -
    • Titelleiste ausblenden - blendet die oberste Auswahlfläche, wo den Namen der Tabelle und die Option Zu Dokumenten übergehen angezeigt sind, aus. Um die ausgeblendete Titelleiste zu zeigen, klicken Sie auf diese Option noch einmal.
      • -
    • Formelleiste ausblenden - blendet die Leiste, die für die Eingabe und Vorschau der Formeln und deren Inhalt genutzt wird, unter der oberen Symbolleiste aus. Um die ausgeblendete Formelleiste zu zeigen, klicken Sie auf diese Option noch einmal.
      • -
    • Überschriften ausblenden - blendet die Überschriften der Spalten oben und Überschriften links von der Tabelle aus. Um die ausgeblendeten Überschriften zu zeigen, klicken Sie auf diese Option noch einmal.
      • -
    • Rasterlinien ausblenden - blendet die Linien um die Zellen aus. Um die ausgeblendeten Rasterlinien zu zeigen, klicken Sie auf diese Option noch einmal.
      • -
    -

    Wenn der Bereich Kommentare oder Chat ist geöffnet, ist die Breite der linken Randleiste durch Ziehen und Ablegen eingestellt: - schieben Sie den Mauszeiger zum Rand der linken Randleiste, bis er wie Zweirichtungs-Pfeil aussieht, und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um die Breite der Randleiste zu vergrößern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links.

    -

    Nutzung der Navigationswerkzeuge

    -

    Um durch Ihre Tabelle zu navigieren, nutzen Sie die folgenden Werkzeuge:

    -

    Die Bildlaufleisten (unten oder rechts) werden verwendet, um das aktuelle Blatt aufwärts/abwärts und nach links/rechts zu rollen. Um durch die Tabelle mithilfe der Bildlaufleisten zu navigieren:

    -
      -
    • klicken Sie auf Pfeile auf den Bildlaufleisten,
      • -
    • ziehen Sie das Bildlauffeld;
      • -
    • klicken Sie im Bereich links/rechts oder über/unter dem Bildlauffeld auf der Bildlaufleiste.
      • -
    -

    Sie können auch das Mausscrollrad nutzen, um das Blatt aufwärts oder abwärts zu rollen.

    -

    Die Buttons der Blattnavigation befinden sich in der linken unteren Ecke und werden benutzt, um unter den Blättern der aktuellen Tabelle umzuschalten.

    -
      -
    • Klicken Sie auf den Button Erstes Blatt Button Erstes Blatt, um das erste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • -
    • Klicken Sie auf den Button Vorheriges Blatt Button Vorheriges Blatt, um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • -
    • Klicken Sie auf den Button Nächstes Blatt Button Nächstes Blatt, um das nächste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • -
    • Klicken Sie auf den Button Letztes Blatt Button Letztes Blatt, um das letzte Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • -
    -

    Sie können das gewünschte Blatt aktivieren, indem Sie auf seine Registerkarte im unteren Bereich neben den Buttons der Blattnavigation klicken.

    -

    Die Zoom-Buttons befinden sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und werden benutzt, um das aktuelle Blatt zu vergrößern bzw. zu verkleinern. - Um den aktuellen Zoomwert, der in Prozent angezeigt wird, zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste - oder nutzen Sie den Button Vergrößern Button Vergrößern oder Verkleinern Button Verkleinern. Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen verfügbar. -

    -
    - + + + + Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge

    +

    Um Ihnen das Ansehen und Auswählen von Zellen in einem großen Tabellenblatt zu erleichtern, bietet Ihnen der Tabelleneditor verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: verstellbare Leisten, Bildlaufleisten, Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom.

    +

    Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen

    +

    Um die Standardanzeigeeinstellung anzupassen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit dem Tabellenblatt festzulegen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente ein- oder ausgeblendet werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen im Menü Ansichtseinstellungen zur Verfügung:

    +
      +
    • Symbolleiste ausblenden - die obere Symbolleiste und die zugehörigen Befehle werden ausgeblendet, während die Registerkarten weiterhin angezeigt werden. Ist diese Option aktiviert, können Sie jede beliebige Registerkarte anklicken, um die Symbolleiste anzuzeigen. Die Symbolleiste wird angezeigt bis Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb der Leiste klicken. Um den Modus zu deaktivieren, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen und klicken Sie erneut auf Symbolleiste ausblenden. Die Symbolleiste ist wieder fixiert.

      Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie einen Doppelklick auf einer beliebigen Registerkarte ausführen, um die obere Symbolleiste zu verbergen oder wieder einzublenden.

      +
      • +
    • Formelleiste ausblenden - die unter der oberen Symbolleiste angezeigte Bearbeitungsleiste für die Eingabe und Vorschau von Formeln und Inhalten wird ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendete Bearbeitungsleiste wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option.
      • +
    • Überschriften ausblenden - die Spaltenüberschrift oben und die Zeilenüberschrift auf der linken Seite im Arbeitsblatt, werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Überschriften wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option.
      • +
    • Rasterlinien ausblenden - die Linien um die Zellen werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Rasterlinien wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option.
      • +
    • Zellen fixieren - alle Zellen oberhalb der aktiven Zeile und alle Spalten links von der aktiven Zeile werden eingefroren, so dass sie beim Scrollen sichtbar bleiben. Um die Fixierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Tabellenblatt und wählen Sie die Option Fixierung aufheben aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    +

    Die rechte Seitenleiste ist standartmäßig verkleinert. Um sie zu erweitern, wählen Sie ein beliebiges Objekt (z. B. Bild, Diagramm, Form) oder eine Textpassage aus und klicken Sie auf das Symbol des aktuell aktivierten Tabs auf der rechten Seite. Um die Seitenleiste wieder zu minimieren, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol.

    +

    Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Größe eines geöffneten Kommentar- oder Chatfeldes zu verändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rand der linken Seitenleiste, bis der Cursor als Zweirichtungs-Pfeil angezeigt wird und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um das Feld zu verbreitern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links.

    +

    Verwendung der Navigationswerkzeuge

    +

    Mithilfe der folgenden Werkzeuge können Sie durch Ihr Tabellenblatt navigieren:

    +

    Mit den Bildlaufleisten (unten oder auf der rechten Seite) können Sie im aktuellen Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts scrollen. Mithilfe der Bildlaufleisten durch ein Tabellenblatt navigieren:

    +
      +
    • Klicken Sie auf die oben/unten oder rechts/links Pfeile auf den Bildlaufleisten.
      • +
    • Ziehen Sie das Bildlauffeld.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie in einen beliebigen Bereich auf der jeweiligen Bildlaufleiste.
      • +
    +

    Sie können auch mit dem Scrollrad auf Ihrer Maus durch das Dokument scrollen.

    +

    Die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation befinden sich in der linken unteren Ecke und dienen dazu zwischen den einzelnen Tabellenblättern in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle zu wechseln.

    +
      +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum ersten Blatt scrollen, Schaltfläche Erstes Blatt um das erste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum vorherigen Blatt scrollenSchaltfläche Vorheriges Blatt, um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Blatt scrollen, Schaltfläche Nächstes Blatt um das nächste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • +
    • Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt, Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt um das letzte Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren.
      • +
    +

    Sie können das gewünschte Blatt aktivieren, indem Sie unten neben der Schaltfläche für die Blattnavigation auf das entsprechende Blattregister klicken.

    +

    Die Zoom-Funktion befindet sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und dient zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern des aktuellen Tabellenblatts. Um den in Prozent angezeigten aktuellen Zoomwert zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste oder klicken Sie auf Vergrößern Vergrößern oder Verkleinern Verkleinern. Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen Ansichtseinstellungen verfügbar.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm index 1bee49c24..d95783db8 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/Search.htm @@ -1,36 +1,39 @@ - - - - Such- und Ersatzfunktion - - - - - -
    -

    Such- und Ersatzfunktion

    -

    Um nach den gewünschten Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen in der aktuellen Tabelle zu suchen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Suche im linken Seitenbereich.

    -

    Das Fenster Finden und ersetzen wird geöffnet:

    - Suchfenster -
      -
    1. Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage ins entsprechende Eingabefeld ein.
      2. -
    2. Geben Sie die Suchoptionen an, dafür aktivieren Sie die gewünschten Kontrollkästchen unter dem Eingabefeld: -
        -
      • Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - wird genutzt, um nur die Vorkommen in derselbe Zeichenfolge wie Ihre Abfrage (z.B. wenn Ihre Abfrage ist 'Editor' und diese Option ist gewählt, solche Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. werden nicht gefunden) zu finden.
        • -
      • Nur ganzes Wort - wird genutzt, um nur die Vorkommen, die die vollständigen Wörter und nicht die Teile der anderen Wörter sind (z.B. wenn Ihre Abfrage ist 'edit' und diese Option ist gewählt, solche Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'editing' usw. werden nicht gefunden) zu finden.
        • -
      -
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf einen der Pfeiltasten rechts. - Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung des Anfangs der Tabelle (beim Klicken auf den Button Buttom Linker Pfeil) oder des Endes der Tabelle (beim Klicken auf den Button Button Rechter Pfeil) ab der aktuellen Cursorposition durchgeführt.
      4. -
    -

    Das erste Vorkommen der benötigten Zeichen in der ausgewählten Richtung wird auf der Seite markiert. Falls es nicht das gewünschte Wort ist, klicken Sie auf den gewählten Button noch einmal, um das nächste Vorkommen der eingegebenen Zeichen zu finden.

    -

    Um ein oder mehrere Vorkommen der gefundenen Zeichen zu ersetzen, klicken Sie auf den Button Ersetzen unter den Pfeiltasten. Das Fenster Finden und ersetzen wird geändert:

    - Fenster Finden und ersetzen -
      -
    1. Geben Sie den geänderten Text ins untere Eingabefeld ein.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf den Button Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Vorkommen zu ersetzen oder den Button Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Vorkommen zu ersetzen.
      3. -
    -
    - - - \ No newline at end of file + + + + Such- und Ersatzfunktion + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Such- und Ersatzfunktion

    +

    Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Suche Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste.

    +

    Wenn Sie nur auf dem aktuellen Blatt nach Werten innerhalb eines bestimmten Bereichs suchen / diese ersetzen möchten, wählen Sie den erforderlichen Zellbereich aus und klicken Sie dann auf das Symbol Suche.

    +

    Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet:

    Suchfenster
      +
    1. Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein.
      2. +
    2. Legen Sie die Suchoptionen fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Suchoptionen Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen:
        +
      • Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht).
        • +
      • Nur gesamter Zelleninhalt - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Zellen gesucht, die außer den in Ihrer Anfrage angegebenen Zeichen keine weiteren Zeichen enthalten (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. '56' und diese Option ist aktiviert, werden Zellen die Daten wie '0,56' oder '156' usw. enthalten nicht gefunden).
        • +
      • Durchsuchen - legen Sie fest, ob Sie nur das aktive Blatt durchsuchen wollen oder die ganze Arbeitsmappe. Wenn Sie einen ausgewählten Datenbereich auf dem aktuellen Blatt durchsuchen wollen, achten Sie darauf, dass die Option Blatt ausgewählt ist.
        • +
      • Suchen - geben Sie an, in welche Richtung Sie suchen wollen, in Zeilen oder in Spalten.
        • +
      • Suchen in - legen Sie fest ob Sie den Wert der Zellen durchsuchen wollen oder die zugrundeliegenden Formeln.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Tabellenanfang (klicken Sie auf Aufwärts suchen) oder in Richtung Tabellenende (klicken Sie auf Abwärts suchen) durchgeführt.
      4. +
    +

    Das erste Ergebnis der Suchanfrage in der ausgewählten Richtung, wird markiert. Falls es sich dabei nicht um das gewünschte Wort handelt, klicken Sie erneute auf den Pfeil, um das nächste Vorkommen der eingegebenen Zeichen zu finden.

    +

    Um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie unter den Pfeiltasten auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich:

    Suchfenster
      +
    1. Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen.
      3. +
    +

    Um das Feld Ersetzen zu verbergen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen verbergen.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm index e6c21d8a4..05932d168 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm @@ -1,61 +1,64 @@ - - - - Unterstützte Formate der Tabellen - - - - - -
    -

    Unterstützte Formate der Tabellen

    -

    Eine Kalkulationstabelle ist eine Tabelle mit Daten, die in Zeilen und Spalten organisiert sind. - Sie wird öfters zum Aufbewahren der finanziellen Informationen benutzt, weil sie das ganze Blatt nach einer Änderung in einer Zelle automatisch umrechnen lässt. - Der TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor erlaubt es Ihnen, die populärsten Tabellendateiformate zu öffnen, durchzusehen und zu bearbeiten.

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    FormateBeschreibungDurchsichtBearbeitungDownload
    XLSDateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Excel erstellt wurde++
    XLSXStandard-Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (oder spätere Versionen) erstellt wurde+++
    ODSDateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen+++
    CSVComma Separated Values - durch Komma getrennte Werte
    Dateiformat, das zum Aufbewahren der tabellarischen Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird    		+++
    HTMLHyperText Markup Language - HyperText-Auszeichnungssprache
    Die Hauptauszeichnungssprache für Webseiten    		+
    -
    - + + + + Unterstützte Formate für Kalkulationstabellen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Unterstützte Formate für Kalkulationstabellen

    +

    Eine Kalkulationstabelle ist eine Tabelle mit Daten, die in Zeilen und Spalten organisiert sind. Sie wird am häufigsten zur Speicherung von Finanzinformationen verwendet, da nach Änderungen an einer einzelnen Zelle automatisch das gesamte Blatt neu berechnet wird. Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ermöglicht das Öffnen, Anzeigen und Bearbeiten der gängigsten Dateiformate für Tabellenkalkulationen.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    FormateBeschreibungAnzeigeBearbeitungDownload
    XLSDateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Excel erstellt wurde++
    XLSXStandard-Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (oder späteren Versionen) erstellt wurde+++
    ODSDateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen+++
    CSVComma Separated Values - durch Komma getrennte Werte
    Dateiformat, das zum Aufbewahren der tabellarischen Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird    		+++
    PDFPortable Document Format
    Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können    		+
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7092014a --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

    +

    Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Tabelle organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten.

    +

    Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit

    +

    Sie können:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77601146e --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Datei + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Registerkarte Datei

    +

    Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen.

    +

    Registerkarte Datei

    +

    Sie können:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..934683bac --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,34 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Start + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Registerkarte Start

    +

    Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Kalkulationstabelle öffnen. Diese Gruppe ermöglicht das Formatieren von Zellen und darin befindlichen Daten, das Anwenden von Filtern und das Einfügen von Funktionen. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, z. B. Zellenformatvorlagen, die Funktion Als Tabelle formatieren, Ansichtseigenschaften usw.

    +

    Registerkarte Start

    +

    Sie können:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1baededf --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Registerkarte Einfügen

    +

    Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Tabelle hinzufügen.

    +

    Registerkarte Einfügen

    +

    Sie können:

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abdd16294 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

    +

    Unter der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle können Sie die Darstellung einer vorhandenen Pivot-Tabelle ändern.

    +

    Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

    +

    Sie können:

    +
      +
    • eine vollständige Pivot-Tabelle mit einem einzigen Klick auswählen,
      • +
    • eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, um bestimmte Reihen/Spalten hervorzuheben,
      • +
    • einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen.
      • +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8fd28fa4f --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + Registerkarte Plug-ins + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Registerkarte Plug-ins

    +

    Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen.

    +

    Registerkarte Plug-ins

    +

    Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation.

    +

    Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung:

    +
      +
    • ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung.
      • +
    • PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw.
      • +
    • Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text.
      • +
    • Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen.
      • +
    • YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Kalkulationstabelle.
      • +
    +

    Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..859994517 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm @@ -0,0 +1,37 @@ + + + + Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Tabellenkalkulationseditors + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Tabellenkalkulationseditors

    +

    Der Editor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind.

    +

    Editor

    +

    Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen:

    +
      +
    1. In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Kalkulationstablle angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können.

      Symbole in der Kopfzeile des Editors

      +
      2. +
    2. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Pivot-Tabelle, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.

      Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung.

      +

      Symbole in der oberen Menüleiste

      +
      3. +
    3. Über die Bearbeitungsleiste können Formeln oder Werte in Zellen eingegeben oder bearbeitet werden. In der Bearbeitungsleiste wird der Inhalt der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt.
      4. +
    4. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom-Schaltflächen. In der Statusleiste wird außerdem die Anzahl der gefilterten Ergebnisse angezeigt, sofern Sie Filter gesetzt haben, oder Ergebnisse der automatischen Berechnungen wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit Daten ausgewählt haben.
      5. +
    5. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen.
      6. +
    6. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einem Arbeitsblatt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern.
      7. +
    7. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Kalkulationstabelle anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten.
      8. +
    8. Mit den horizontalen und vertikalen Bildlaufleisten können Sie das aktuelle Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts bewegen.
      9. +
    +

    Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite.

    + +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm index 7844614f2..3ef4e7319 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm @@ -1,21 +1,31 @@ - - - - Fügen Sie einen Rahmen hinzu - - - - - -
    -

    Fügen Sie einen Rahmen hinzu

    -

    Um den Rahmen zum Blatt hinzuzufügen und zu formatieren, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, mehrere Zellen oder das ganze Blatt mit einem Klick auf die Tastenkombination Strg+A.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rahmen hinzufügen Symbol Rahmen hinzufügenauf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie den Rahmenstil, den Sie anwenden möchten: Rahmenlinien außen Rahmenlinien außen, Alle Rahmenlinien Alle Rahmenlinien, Rahmenlinien oben Rahmenlinien oben, Rahmenlinien unten Rahmenlinien unten, Rahmenlinien links Rahmenlinien links, Rahmenlinien rechts Rahmenlinien rechts, Kein Rahmen Kein Rahmen, Rahmenlinien innen Rahmenlinien innen, Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien, Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien;
      4. -
    4. Bestimmen Sie die Linienstärke und wählen Sie die Linienfarbe mit einem Klick auf die entsprechende Option und durch die Auswahl der gewünschten Farbe.
      5. -
    -
    - + + + + Rahmen hinzufügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Rahmen hinzufügen

    +

    Rahmen in ein Arbeitsblatt einfügen oder formatieren:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A.

      Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste Ctrl gedrückt, während Sie Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus auswählen.

      +
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Rahmen Rahmen.
      3. +
    3. Rahmenstil auswählen:
        +
      1. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenstil und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:
        2. +
      2. Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenfarbe Rahmen und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus der Palette aus.
        3. +
      3. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Rahmenlinien aus: Rahmenlinie außen Rahmenlinie außen, Alle Rahmenlinien Alle Rahmenlinien, Rahmenlinie oben Rahmenlinie oben, Rahmenlinie unten Rahmenlinie unten, Rahmenlinie links Rahmenlinie links, Rahmenlinie rechts Rahmenlinie rechts, Kein Rahmen Kein Rahmen, Rahmenlinien innen Rahmenlinien innen, Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien, Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien, Diagonale Aufwärtslinie Diagonale Aufwärtslinie, Diagonale Abwärtslinie Diagonale Abwärtslinie.
        4. +
      +
      4. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm index fbd053a34..084c22671 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm @@ -1,36 +1,40 @@ - - - - Fügen Sie die Hyperlinks ein - - - - - - -
    -

    Fügen Sie die Hyperlinks ein

    -

    Um einen Hyperlink hinzuzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, wohin Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink hinzufügen Symbol Hyperlink hinzufügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie dieselbe Option aus dem Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    3. Danach erscheint ein Fenster, wo Sie die Einstellungen des Hyperlinks bestimmen können: -
        -
      • Linktyp - wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten, aus dem Listenmenü: -

        nutzen Sie die Option Externer Link und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com ins Feld Link zu ein, wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einer externen Website führt.

        -

        nutzen Sie die Option Interner Datenbereich und wählen Sie ein Blatt und einen Datenbereich in den Feldern, wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einem Datenbereich in derselben Tabelle führt.

        -
        • -
      • Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zur angegebenen Webadresse führen wird. -

        Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle die Daten bereits beinhaltet, werden Sie automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt.

        -
        • -
      • QuickInfo-Text - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem kleinen auftauchenden Fenster zu sehen wird, das einen Hinweis oder Namen enthalten und zu dem Hyperlink gehören wird, auf den Sie den Mauszeiger gerichtet haben.
        • -
      -

      Fenster Hyperlink hinzufügen

      -
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie auf den Button OK.
      5. -
    -

    Beim Richten des Mauszeigers auf den hinzugefügten Hyperlink wird die QuickInfo erscheinen, die den eingegebenen Text enthalten wird. Sie können dem Link folgen, indem Sie auf den Link in Ihrer Tabelle klicken.

    -

    Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu entfernen, wählen Sie die Zelle mit diesem Hyperlink mithilfe der Tastatur und drücken Sie die ENTF-Taste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Leeren aus der Liste.

    -
    - - + + + + Hyperlink einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Hyperlink einfügen

    +

    Einfügen eines Hyperlinks

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle, in der Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen wollen.
      2. +
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      3. +
    3. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie diese Option aus dem Rechtsklickmenü.
      4. +
    4. Das Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink öffnet sich und Sie können die Einstellungen für den Hyperlink festlegen:
        +
      • wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten: +

        Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu externen Website führt, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein.

        +

        Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

        +

        Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einem bestimmten Zellenbereich in der aktuellen Tabellenkalkulation führt, wählen Sie die Option Interner Datenbereich und geben Sie das gewünschte Arbeitsblatt und den entsprechenden Zellenbereich an.

        +

        Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink

        +
        • +
      • Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zur angegebenen Webadresse führt.

        Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle bereits Daten beinhaltet, werden diese automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt.

        +
        • +
      • QuickInfo - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem kleinen Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert.
        • +
      +
      5. +
    5. Klicken Sie auf OK.
      6. +
    +

    Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Um dem Link zu folgen, drücken Sie die Taste STRG und klicken Sie dann auf den Link in Ihrer Kalkulationstablle.

    +

    Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu entfernen, wählen Sie die Zelle mit dem entsprechenden Hyperlink aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Alle löschen aus der Menüliste aus.

    +
    + + diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm index 00aaefa83..3be5c48b5 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm @@ -1,44 +1,44 @@ - - - - Richten Sie die Daten in den Zellen aus - - - - - -
    -

    Richten Sie die Daten in den Zellen aus

    -

    Sie können Ihre Daten horizontal und vertikal in einer Zelle ausrichten. Dafür wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich mit dem Maus oder ganzes Arbeitsblatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination Ctrl+A und führen Sie einen der folgenden Vorgänge aus, nutzen Sie dafür die Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste.

    -
      -
    • Wählen Sie den horizontalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten: -
        -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Links ausrichten Links ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am linken Rand der Zelle auszurichten (rechte Seite bleibt nicht ausgerichtet).
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Zentriert ausrichten Zentriert ausrichten, um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten bleiben nicht ausgerichtet).
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Rechts ausrichten Rechts ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (linke Seite bleibt nicht ausgerichtet).
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Im Blocksatz ausrichten Im Blocksatz ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am linken und rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (zusätzlicher Abstand wird nach bedarf hinzugefügt, um die Ausrichtung beizubehalten).
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Wählen Sie den vertikalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten: -
        -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Oben ausrichten Oben ausrichten, um die Daten am oberen Rand der Zelle auszurichten.
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Mittig ausrichten Mittig ausrichten, um die Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten.
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Unten ausrichten Unten ausrichten, um die Daten am unteren Rand der Zelle auszurichten.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Ändern Sie den Winkel der Daten in der Zelle, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Orientierung Symbol Orientierung und wählen Sie eine der Optionen: -
        -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Horizontaler Text Horizontaler Text, um den Text horizontal (die Standardoption) zu platzieren,
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen, um den Text von der unteren linken Ecke nach der oberen rechten Ecke der Zelle zu drehen,
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen, um den Text von der oberen linken Ecke nach der unteren rechten Ecke der Zelle zu drehen,
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Text nach oben drehen Text nach oben drehen, um den Text von unten nach oben zu drehen,
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie die Option Text nach unten drehen Text nach unten drehen, um den Text von oben nach unten zu drehen.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihre Daten in einer Zelle an die Breite der Spalte angepasst werden, wählen Sie eine Zelle und klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch Symbol Zeilenumbruch auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -

      Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch eingestellt. -

      • -
    -
    - + + + + Daten in Zellen ausrichten + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Daten in Zellen ausrichten

    +

    Sie können Ihre Daten horizontal und vertikal in einer Zelle ausrichten. Wählen Sie dazu eine Zelle oder einen Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A. Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Führen Sie anschließend einen der folgenden Vorgänge aus. Nutzen Sie dazu die Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste.

    +
      +
    • Wählen Sie den horizontalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten.
        +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Linksbündig ausrichten Linksbündig ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am linken Rand der Zelle auszurichten (rechte Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet).
        • +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Zentrieren Zentrieren, um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten werden nicht ausgerichtet).
        • +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Rechtsbündig ausrichten Rechtsbündig ausrichten, um Ihre Daten am rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (linke Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet).
        • +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Blocksatz Blocksatz, um Ihre Daten am linken und rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (falls erforderlich, werden zusätzliche Leerräume eingefügt).
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Wählen Sie den vertikalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten:
        +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Oben ausrichten Oben ausrichten, um die Daten am oberen Rand der Zelle auszurichten.
        • +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Mittig ausrichten Mittig ausrichten, um die Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten.
        • +
      • Klicken Sie auf die Option Unten ausrichten Unten ausrichten, um die Daten am unteren Rand der Zelle auszurichten.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Um den Winkel der Daten in einer Zelle zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ausrichtung Ausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der Optionen:
        +
      • Horizontaler Text Horizontaler Text - Text horizontal platzieren (Standardoption)
        • +
      • Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von unten links nach oben rechts in der Zelle platzieren
        • +
      • Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von oben links nach unten rechts in der Zelle platzieren
        • +
      • Text nach oben drehen Text nach oben drehen - der Text verläuft von unten nach oben.
        • +
      • Text nach unten drehen Text nach unten drehen - der Text verläuft von oben nach unten.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Um Ihre Daten an die Zellenbreite anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch Zeilenumbruch.

      Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch angepasst.

      • +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm index 86f6abc05..5cc0a0e17 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm @@ -1,43 +1,64 @@ - - - - Ändern Sie das Zahlenformat - - - - - -
    -

    Ändern Sie das Zahlenformat

    -

    Sie können das Zahlenformat einfach ändern, d.h. die Art, wie die eingegebenen Zahlen in Ihrer Tabelle angezeigt werden. Dafür führen Sie diese Schritte aus: -

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf den Button Allgemein Symbol Allgemein auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie das gewünschte Zahlenformat: -
        -
      • Allgemein - wird genutzt, um die als Zahlen eingegebenen Daten möglichst kompakt ohne zusätzliche Zeichen darzustellen.
        • -
      • Zahl - wird genutzt, um die Zahlen mit 0 bis 30 Stellen nach der Dezimalkomma, wo der Tausendertrenner zwischen jeder Gruppe von drei Stellen vor der Dezimalkomma hinzugefügt wird.
        • -
      • Ganzzahl - wird genutzt, um die Zahlen als Ganzzahlen darzustellen.
        • -
      • Exponenzialzahl - wird genutzt, um die Zahlen bei der Umwandlung in d.dddE+ddd oder d.dddE-ddd kurz zu halten, wo jeder d eine Zahl von 0 bis 9 ist.
        • -
      • Währung - wird genutzt, um eines der folgenden Währungssymbole einzuschließen: $ Dollar, € Euro, £ Pound, p. Rubel, ¥ Yen und zwei Dezimalstellen.
        • -

        Hinweis: Um das Dollar-Symbol $ zu den gewählten Daten hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch das Symbol Währung Symbol Währung auf der oberen Symbolleiste nutzen.

        - -
      • Datum - wird genutzt, um die Daten darzustellen. Sie können eines der folgeden Datumsformate wählen: MM-dd-yy, MM-dd-yyyy, dd-MM-yy, dd-MM-yyyy, dd-MMM-yyyy, dd-MMM, MMM-yy.
        • -
      • Uhrzeit - wird genutzt, um die Uhrzeit darzustellen. Sie können eines der folgenden Zeitformate wählen: HH:mm, HH:MM:ss, hh:mm tt, hh:mm:ss tt.
        • -
      • Prozent - wird genutzt, um die Daten als Prozentzahl mit dem Zeichen % darzustellen.
        • -

        Hinweis: Um den Prozent-Stil auf Ihre Daten schnell anzuwenden, können Sie auch das Symbol Prozent Symbol Prozent auf der oberen Symbolleiste nutzen.

        - -
      • Text - wird genutzt, um nummerische Werte als Klartext mit der möglichsten Exaktheit darzustellen.
        • -
      -
      3. -
    3. Ändern Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen nach Bedarf: -
        -
      • Nutzen Sie das Symbol Dezimalstelle hinzufügen Symbol Dezimalstelle hinzufügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um mehr Zahlen nach der Dezimalkomma einzublenden.
        • -
      • Nutzen Sie das Symbol Dezimalstelle löschen Symbol Dezimalstelle löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um weniger Zahlen nach der Dezimalkomma einzublenden.
        • -
      -
      4. -
    - -
    - + + + + Zahlenformat ändern + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Zahlenformat ändern

    +

    Zahlenformat anwenden:

    +

    Sie können das Zahlenformat einfach ändern, also die Art, wie die eingegebenen Zahlen in Ihrer Tabelle angezeigt werden. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Arbeitsblatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.

      Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus.

      +
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf die Menüleiste Zahlenformat Formatieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie das gewünschte Zahlenformat:
        +
      • Allgemein - die als Zahlen eingegebenen Daten möglichst kompakt ohne zusätzliche Zeichen darstellen.
        • +
      • Zahl - die Zahlen werden mit 0-30 Stellen hinter dem Komma angezeigt, wobei zwischen jeder Gruppe von drei Stellen vor dem Komma ein Tausendertrennzeichen eingefügt wird.
      • Wissenschaftlich (Exponent) - um die Zahlen bei der Umwandlung in eine Zahlenfolge im Format d.dddE+ddd oder d.dddE-ddd kurz zu halten, wobei jedes d eine Zahl von 0 bis 9 ist.
        • +
      • Buchhaltungszahlenformat - Währungswerte werden mit dem Standardwährungssymbol und zwei Dezimalstellen angezeigt. Um ein anderes Währungssymbol zu verwenden oder die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen zu ändern, befolgen Sie die nachstehende Anleitung. Im Gegensatz zum Format Währung richtet das Format Buchhaltung Währungssymbole an der linken Seite der Zelle aus, stellt Nullwerte als Bindestriche dar und zeigt negative Werte in Klammern an.

        Buchhaltungs- und Währungszahlenformate

        +

        Hinweis: Sie können das Zahlenformat Buchhaltung auf die ausgewählten Daten anwenden, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Buchhaltungungszahlenformat Buchhaltungszahlenformat klicken und das erforderliche Währungszeichen auswählen: $ $ Dollar, &euro; Euro, &pound Pfund, &rubel Rubel, &yen Yen.

        +
        • +
      • Währung - dient zur Anzeige von Währungswerten mit dem Standardwährungssymbol und zwei Dezimalstellen. Um ein anderes Währungssymbol zu verwenden oder die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen zu ändern, befolgen Sie die nachstehende Anleitung. Im Gegensatz zum Format Buchhaltung platziert das Format Währung ein Währungssymbol direkt vor der ersten Ziffer und zeigt negative Werte mit dem negativen Vorzeichen (-) an.
        • +
      • Datum - Daten anzeigen. Für die Anzeige von Daten stehen Ihnen die folgenden Formate zur Verfügung: MM-TT-JJ; MM-TT-JJJJ.
        • +
      • Zeit - Uhrzeiten anzeigen. Für die Anzeige von Uhrzeiten stehen Ihnen die folgenden Formate zur Verfügung: HH:MM; HH:MM:ss.
        • +
      • Prozent - wird genutzt, um die Daten als Prozentzahl mit dem Zeichen % darzustellen.

        Hinweis: Um Ihre Daten als Prozente zu formatieren, können Sie auch auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Prozent Zahlen als Prozent klicken.

        +
        • +
      • Bruch- Zahlen als gewöhnliche Brüche statt als Dezimalzahlen anzeigen.
        • +
      • Text - nummerische Werte als Klartext mit der möglichsten Exaktheit darstellen.
        • +
      • Weitere Formate - bereits verwendeten Zahlenformate anpassen und zusätzliche Parameter angeben (siehe Beschreibung unten).
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. Anzahl der Dezimalstellen ändern:
        +
      • Über das Symbol Dezimalstelle hinzufügen Dezimalstelle hinzufügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start, können Sie weitere Dezimalstellen hinzufügen.
        • +
      • Über das Symbol Dezimalstelle löschen Dezimalstellen löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start können Sie Dezimalstellen löschen.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Zahlenformat anpassen

    +

    Sie können das angewendete Zahlenformat folgendermaßen anpassen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zellen aus, für die Sie das Zahlenformat anpassen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Zahlenformat Formatieren, um die Liste mit verfügbaren Optionen zu öffnen.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Option Weitere Formate.
      4. +
    4. Passen Sie die verfügbaren Parameter im Fenster Zahlenformate an. Die Optionen unterscheiden sich abhängig vom jeweiligen Zahlenformat, das auf die ausgewählten Zellen angewendet wird. Über die Liste Kategorie können Sie das Zahlenformat ändern.

      Zahlenformat

      +
        +
      • Für das Zahlenformat können Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalpunkte bestimmen, festlegen, ob das verwendet werden soll oder nicht und eines der verfügbaren Formate zum Anzeigen negativer Werte auswählen.
        • +
      • Für die Formate Wissenschaftlich und Prozent können Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen festlegen.
        • +
      • Für die Formate Buchhaltung und Währung können Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen festlegen und eines der verfügbaren Währungssymbole und das Format für die Anzeige von negativen Werten auswählen.
        • +
      • Für das Format von Datum stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: 15.4, 15.4.06, 15.04.06, 15.4.2006, 15.4.06 0:00, 15.4.06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15.Apr, 15.Apr.06, Apr.06, April.06, A.06, 06.Apr, 15.Apr.2006, 2006.Apr.15, 06.Apr.15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06.4.15, 06.04.15, 2006.4.15.
        • +
      • Für das Format von Zeit stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57,6, 36:48:58.
        • +
      • Für das Format von Bruch stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Bis zu eine Ziffer (1/3), bis zu zwei Ziffern (12/25), bis zu drei Ziffern (131/135), als Halbe (1/2), als Viertel (2/4), als Achtel (4/8), als Sechzehntel (8/16), als Zehntel (5/10), als Hundertstel (50/100).
        • +
      +
      5. +
    5. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die Änderungen anzuwenden.
      6. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm index 2e9ba8717..7249249dd 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm @@ -1,26 +1,49 @@ - - - - Löschen Sie den Text, das Format in einer Zelle - - - - - -
    -

    Löschen Sie den Text, das Format in einer Zelle

    -

    Sie können den Text oder das Format in einer bestimmten Zelle schnell löschen. Dafür führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Löschen Löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: -
        -
      • nutzen Sie die Option Alle, wenn Sie alles löschen möchten: Text, Format, Funktion usw.;
        • -
      • nutzen Sie die Option Text, wenn Sie den Text aus dem gewählten Zellenbereich löschen möchten;
        • -
      • nutzen Sie die Option Format, wenn Sie das Format des gewählten Zellenbereichs löschen möchten. Der vorhandene Text und die Funktionen werden bleiben.
        • -
      -
      3. -
    -

    Hinweis: Um den gewählten Zellenbereich komplett zu lsöchen, können Sie die Option Leeren im Rechtsklickmenü nutzen.

    -
    - + + + + Text oder Zellformatierung löschen,Zellenformat kopieren + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Text oder Zellformatierung löschen,Zellenformat kopieren

    +

    Formatierung löschen

    +

    Sie können den Text oder das Format einer bestimmten Zelle schnell löschen. Führen Sie dazu folgende Schritte aus:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Arbeitsblatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.

      Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus.

      +
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Löschen Löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:
        +
      • Alle - um alle Zelleninhalte zu löschen: Text, Format, Funktion usw.
        • +
      • Text - um den Text im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen.
        • +
      • Format - um die Formatierung im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Text und Funktionen bleiben erhalten.
        • +
      • Kommentare - um die Kommentare im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen.
        • +
      • Hyperlinks - um die Hyperlinks im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen.
        • +
      +

      Hinweis: Die zuvor genannten Optionen sind auch im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar.

      +
      3. +
    +

    Zellformatierung kopieren

    +

    Sie können ein bestimmtes Zellenformat schnell kopieren und auf andere Zellen anwenden.

    +

    Eine kopierte Formatierung auf eine einzelne Zelle oder mehrere benachbarte Zellen anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten, mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt Mauszeiger bei der Übertragung der Formatierung).
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich auf die/den Sie die Formatierung übertragen möchten.
      4. +
    +

    Eine kopierte Formatierung auf mehrere nicht benachbarte Zellen anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten, mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus.
      2. +
    2. Führen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start einen Doppelklick auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format übertragen aus (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt Mauszeiger bei der Übertragung der Formatierung und das Symbol Format übertragen bleibt ausgewählt: Format auf mehrere Zellen übertragen
      3. +
    3. KKlicken Sie auf einzelne Zellen oder wählen Sie Zellenbereiche nacheinander aus, um allen dasselbe Format zuzuweisen.
      4. +
    4. Wenn Sie den Modus beenden möchten, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Format übertragen Format auf mehrere Zellen übertragen oder drücken Sie die ESC-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur.
      5. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm index 589520248..4fb4f2a3a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm @@ -1,26 +1,76 @@ - - - - Kopieren, fügen Sie die Daten ein, schneiden Sie diese aus - - - - - -
    -

    Kopieren, fügen Sie die Daten ein, schneiden Sie diese aus

    -

    Um die Daten in Ihrem Blatt auszuschneiden, kopieren oder einzufügen, nutzen Sie das Rechtsklickmenü oder die entsprechenden Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste.

    -
      -

    • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die Daten und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu entfernen und diese in die Zwischenablage des Rechners zu senden. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.

      • -

    • Kopieren - wählen Sie die Daten und nutzen Sie das Symbol Kopieren Symbol Kopieren auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie darauf mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Kopieren, um die gewählten Daten in die Zwischenablage des Rechners zu senden. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.

      • -

    • Einfügen - wählen Sie eine Stelle und nutzen Sie das Symbol Einfügen Symbol Einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie darauf mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Einfügen, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an die aktuelle Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden.

      • -
    -

    Alternativ können Sie die gewünschten Operationen mithilfe der folgenden Tastenkombinationen durchführen:

    -
      -
    • Strg+X zum Ausschneiden;
      • -
    • Strg+C zum Kopieren;
      • -
    • Strg+V zum Einfügen.
      • -
    -
    - + + + + Daten ausschneiden/kopieren/einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Daten ausschneiden/kopieren/einfügen

    +

    Zwischenablage verwenden

    +

    Um die Daten in Ihrer aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle auszuschneiden, zu kopieren oder einzufügen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind:

    +
      +

    • Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die entsprechenden Daten aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Tabelle wieder eingefügt werden.

      • +

    • Kopieren – wählen Sie die gewünschten Daten aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden.

      • +

    • Einfügen - wählen Sie die gewünschte Stelle aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen Einfügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Stelle und wählen Sie Einfügen aus der Menüleiste aus, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an der aktuellen Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden.

      +
      • +
    +

    Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Tabelle oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen:

    +
      +
    • Strg+X - Ausschneiden;
      • +
    • STRG+C - Kopieren;
      • +
    • Strg+V - Einfügen.
      • +
    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie Daten innerhalb von einer Kalkulationstabelle ausschneiden und einfügen wollen, können Sie die gewünschte(n) Zelle(n) auch einfach auswählen. Wenn Sie nun den Mauszeiger über die Auswahl bewegen ändert sich der Zeiger in das Pfeil Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen.

    +

    Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen

    +

    Wenn Sie den kopierten Text eingefügt haben, erscheint neben der unteren rechten Ecke der eingefügte(n) Zelle(n) das Menü Einfügeoptionen Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen.

    +

    Für das Eifügen von Zellen/Zellbereichen mit formatierten Daten sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar:

    +
      +
    • Einfügen - der Zellinhalt wird einschließlich Datenformatierung eingefügt. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt.
      • +
    • Wenn die kopierten Daten Formeln enthalten, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung:
        +
      • Nur Formel einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung.
        • +
      • Formel + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung.
        • +
      • Formel + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen.
        • +
      • Formel ohne Rahmenlinien - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen außer Zellenrahmen.
        • +
      • Formel + Spaltenbreite - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen einschließlich Breite der Quellenspalte für den Zellenbereich, in den Sie die Daten einfügen.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Die folgenden Optionen ermöglichen das Einfügen des Ergebnisses, der kopierten Formel, ohne die Formel selbst einzufügen:
        +
      • Nur Wert einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung.
        • +
      • Wert + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung.
        • +
      • Wert + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit allen Datenformatierungen.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Nur Formatierung einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Zellenformatierung ohne Einfügen des Zelleninhalts.
      • +
    • Transponieren - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Daten, die Spalten in Zeilen und Zeilen in Spalten ändern. Diese Option ist nur für normale Datenbereiche verfügbar und nicht für formatierte Tabellen.
      • +
    +

    Einfügeoptionen

    +

    Wenn Sie den Inhalt einer einzelnen Zelle oder eines Textes in AutoFormen einfügen, sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar:

    +
      +
    • Quellenformatierung - die Quellformatierung der kopierten Daten wird beizubehalten.
      • +
    • Zielformatierung - ermöglicht das Anwenden der bereits für die Zelle/AutoForm verwendeten Formatierung auf die eingefügten Daten.
      • +
    +

    Auto-Ausfülloptionen

    +

    Wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit denselben Daten füllen wollen, verwenden Sie die Auto-Ausfülloptionen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle/einen Zellenbereich mit den gewünschten Daten aus.
      2. +
    2. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Füllpunkt in der rechten unteren Ecke der Zelle. Der Cursor wird zu einem schwarzen Pluszeichen:

      Automatische Füllung

      +
      3. +
    3. Ziehen Sie den Füllpunkt über die angrenzenden Zellen, die Sie mit den ausgewählten Daten füllen möchten.
      4. +
    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Reihe von Zahlen (z. B. 1, 2, 3, 4 ...; 2, 4, 6, 8 ... usw.) oder Datumsangaben erstellen wollen, geben Sie mindestens zwei Startwerte ein und erweitern Sie die Datenreihe, indem Sie beide Zellen markieren und dann den Füllpunkt ziehen bis Sie den gewünschten Maximalwert erreicht haben.

    +

    Zellen in einer Spalte mit Textwerten füllen

    +

    Wenn eine Spalte in Ihrer Tabelle einige Textwerte enthält, können Sie einfach jeden Wert in dieser Spalte ersetzen oder die nächste leere Zelle füllen, indem Sie einen der bereits vorhandenen Textwerte auswählen.

    +

    Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen.

    +

    Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen

    +

    Wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Textwerte, um den aktuellen Text zu ersetzen oder eine leere Zelle zu füllen.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm index 7b511a504..c493ddd96 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm @@ -1,94 +1,104 @@ - - - - Bestimmen Sie die Schriftart, -größe, Farben und Stil - - - - - - -
    -

    Bestimmen Sie die Schriftart, -größe, Farben und Stil

    -

    Sie können die Schriftart und ihre Größe wählen, einen der Stile anwenden und die Farben der Schrift und des Hintergrunds mithilfe der entsprechenden Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste ändern.

    -

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formattierung auf die vorhandenen Daten anwenden möchten, wählen Sie diese mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur und wenden Sie die Fapply the formatting.

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    SchriftartSchriftartWird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen.
    SchriftgradSchriftgadWird verwendet, um einen Schriftgrad aus der Liste zu wählen oder manuell im Feld einzugeben.
    Schriftart vergrößernSchriftart vergrößernWird verwendet, um den Schriftgrad um 1 Punkt mit jedem Klicken auf das Symbol zu vergrößern.
    Schriftart verkleinernSchriftart verkleinernWird verwendet, um den Schriftgrad um 1 Punkt mit jedem Klicken auf das Symbol zu verkleinern.
    FettFettWird verwendet, um den gewählten Textabschnitt durch fette Schrift hervorzuheben.
    KursivKursivWird verwendet, um den gewählten Textabschnitt durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorzuheben.
    UnterstrichenUnterstrichenWird verwendet, um den gewählten Textabschnitt mit einer Linie zu unterstreichen.
    SchriftfarbeSchriftfarbeWird verwendet, um die Farbe der Buchstaben/Zeichen in den Zellen zu ändern.
    HintergrundfarbeHintergrundfarbeWird verwendet, um die Farbe des Zellenhintergrunds zu ändern.
    Farbschema ändernFarbschema ändernWird verwendet, um das Standardfarbschema für Blattelemente (Schrift, Hintergrund, Diagramme und ihre Elemente) zu ändern, indem Sie eines der verfügbaren Schemata wählen: Larissa, Graustufe, Ananke, Ganymed, Cronus, Deimos, Dactylos, Hyperion, Phoebe, Medianfilter, Iapetus, Modul, Lysithea, Nereus, Okeanos, Papier, Nyad, Haemera, Metis, Rhea oder Telesto.
    -

    Hinweis: Sie können auch eine der Formatierungsvoreinstellungen anwenden. Dafür wählen Sie die Zelle, die Sie formatieren möchten und die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus der Liste auf der oberen Symbolleiste:

    - Formatierungsvoreinstellungen -

    -

    Um die Farbe der Schrift bzw. des Hintergrunds zu ändern, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zeichen bzw. Zellen oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das entsprechende Symbol auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie eine Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten. -

      Palette

      -
        -
      • Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen.
        • -
      • Standardfarben - die Standardfarben.
        • -
      • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Überschrift, wenn es keine gewünschte Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten gibt. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich im vertikalen Farbschieberegler und bestimmen Sie eine Farbe durch die Bewegung des Farbwählers im größeren Quadrat. Sobald Sie eine Farbe gewählt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern rechts angezeigt. Sie können auch eine Farbe angeben aufgrund des RGB-Farbmodells durch die Eingabe der notwendigen nummerischen Werte in die Felder R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) oder des hexadezimalen sRGB-Codes ins mit dem #-Zeichen markierte Feld. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe vorher gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe mit der geänderten Farbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn die Farbe gewählt ist, klicken Sie auf den Button Hinzufügen: -

        Palette - Benutzerdefinierte Farbe

        -

        Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

        -
        • -
      -
      4. -
    -

    Um die Hintergrundfarbe einer bestimmten Zelle zu leeren, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder mehrere Zellen oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe Hintergrundfarbe auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie das Symbol Keine Füllung.
      4. -
    -
    - + + + + Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen

    +

    Mithilfe der entsprechenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste können Sie Schriftart und Größe auswählen, einen DekoStil auf die Schrift anwenden und die Farben der Schrift und des Hintergrunds ändern.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Daten anwenden möchten, die bereits im Tabellenblatt vorhanden sind, wählen Sie diese mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung für die ausgewählten Daten fest. Wenn Sie mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche formatieren wollen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Zellenbereiche mit der Maus aus.

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    SchriftartSchriftartWird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen.
    SchriftgrößeSchriftgrößeÜber diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden.
    Schrift vergrößernSchriftgrößeBei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt vergrößert.
    Schrift verkleinernSchriftgrößeBei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt verkleinert.
    FettFettDer gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch fette Schrift hervorgehoben.
    KursivKursivDer gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben.
    UnterstrichenUnterstrichenDer gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen.
    DurchgestrichenDurchgestrichenDer gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen.
    Tiefgestellt/HochgestelltTiefgestelltAuswählen der Option Hochgestellt oder Tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt - Text verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Text verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln.
    SchriftfarbeSchriftfarbeDie Farbe von Buchstaben/Zeichen in Zellen ändern.
    HintergrundfarbeHintergrundfarbeFarbe des Zellenhintergrunds ändern.
    Farbschema ändernFarbschema ändernWird verwendet, um die Standardfarbpalette für Arbeitsblattelemente (Schriftart, Hintergrund, Diagramme und Diagrammelemente) zu ändern, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Schemata auswählen: Office, Graustufen, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Papier, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, oder Verve.
    +

    Hinweis: Sie können auch eine der Formatierungsvoreinstellungen anwenden. Wählen Sie dazu die Zelle aus, die Sie formatieren möchten und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus der Liste auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste:

    Voreinstellungen Formatierung

    +

    Schriftart/Hintergrundfarbe ändern:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder mehrere Zellen aus oder das ganze Blatt, mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das entsprechende Symbol.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie eine beliebige Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten aus.

      Palette

      +
        +
      • Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen.
        • +
      • Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben.
        • +
      • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich aus, indem Sie den vertikalen Farbregler verschieben und die entsprechende Farbe festlegen, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen.

        Palette - Benutzerdefinierte Farbe

        +

        Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Die Hintergrundfarbe in einer bestimmten Zelle löschen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe Hintergrundfarbe.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie das Symbol Keine Füllung.
      4. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm index aa2d2173c..9c4e3da9f 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm @@ -1,155 +1,135 @@ - - - - Fügen Sie die AutoFormen ein und formatieren Sie diese - - - - - - -
    -

    Fügen Sie die AutoFormen ein und formatieren Sie diese

    -

    Fügen Sie die AutoForm ein

    -

    Um eine AutoForm zu Ihrer Tabelle hinzuzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol AutoForm einfügen Symbol AutoForm einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen der AutoFormen: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien.
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf die notwendige AutoForm in der gewählten Gruppe.
      4. -
    4. Setzen Sie den Mauszeiger, wo Sie die Form unterbringen möchten.
      5. -
    5. Sobald die AutoForm hinzugefügt wurde, können Sie ihre Größe, Position und ihre Eigenschaften ändern. -
    -

    Stellen Sie die Formeinstellungen ein

    -

    Einige der Eigenschaften der AutoFormen können auf der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen im rechten Seitenbereich geändert werden, die mit einem Klick auf die hinzugefügte Form und dann aufs Symbol Formeinstellungen Symbol Formeinstellungen erscheint. Hier gibt es die folgenden Eigenschaften zum Ändern:

    -
      -
    • Füllen - nutzen Sie diese Sektion, um die Füllung der AutoForm zu wählen. Sie können die folgenden Optionen wählen: -
        -
      • Farbfüllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um eine homogene Farbe anzugeben, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der gewählten AutoForm füllen möchten. -

        Color Fill

        -

        Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbsätzen oder geben Sie eine beliebige Farbe an:

        -
          -
        • Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen.
          • -
        • Standardfarben - der Satz mit den Standardfarben.
          • -
        • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Sektion, wenn es keine notwendige Farbe in den verfügbaren Paletten gibt. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich durch die Bewegung des vertikalen Farbschiebereglers und geben Sie eine bestimmte Farbe durch Ziehen des Farbwählers im größeren quadratischen Farbfeld an. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern rechts angezeigt. Sie können auch eine Farbe aufgrund des RGB-Farbmodells durch die Eingabe der bestimmten numerischen Werte in die Felder R, G, B (rot, grün, blau) oder des hexadezimalen sRGB-Codes ins Feld mit dem #-Zeichen festlegen. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe angegeben haben, klicken Sie auf den Button Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf Ihre AutoForm angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt. -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. -

        Füllung mit Farbverlauf

        -
          -
        • Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zenter zu den Kanten).
          • -
        • Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear gewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von links oben nach rechts unten, von oben nach unten, von rechts oben nach links unten, von rechts nach links, von rechts unten nach links oben, von unten nach oben, von links unten nach rechts oben, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial gewählt ist, ist nur eine Vorlage verfügbar.
          • -
        • Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufleiste, um das Farbfeld, das der ersten Farbe entspricht, zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie aufs Farbfeld rechts, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette zu wählen. Ziehen Sie den Schieberegler, um den Farbverlaufsabbruch festzulegen, d.h. den Punkt, wo eine Farbe sich in die andere verwandelt. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Farbverlaufsabbruch festzulegen.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Formhintergrund zu nutzen. -

        Picture or Texture Fill

        -
          -
        • Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form verwenden möchten, können Sie ein Bild Aus Datei hinzufügen, indem Sie es auf der Festplatte Ihres Computers wählen, oder Aus URL, indem Sie die entsprechende URL-Adresse ins geöffnete Fenster einfügen.
          • -
        • Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form nutzen möchten, öffnen Sie die Liste Aus Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung. -

          Momentan sind die folgenden Texturen vorhanden: Canvas, Carton, Dark Fabric, Grain, Granite, Grey Paper, Knit, Leather, Brown Paper, Papyrus, Wood.

          -
          • -
        -
          -
        • Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kachel aus dem Listenmenü wählen. -

          Die Option Strecken erlaubt Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, damit es den kompletten Bereich der AutoForm füllen könnte.

          -

          Die Option Kachel erlaubt Ihnen nur einen Teil eines großen Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße beizubehalten oder ein kleines Bild zu wiederholen und seine Originalgröße beizubehalten, dabei werden diese wiederholten Bilder den kompletten Bereich der AutoForm füllen.

          -

          Hinweis: Jede gewählte Textur-Voreinstellung füllt den kompletten Bereich, aber Sie können nach Bedarf den Effekt Strecken anwenden.

          -
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit dem zweifarbigen Design, das aus regelmässig wiederholten Elementen besteht, zu füllen. -

        Füllung Muster

        -
          -
        • Muster - wählen Sie ein der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü.
          • -
        • Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern.
          • -
        • Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Mustershintergrundes zu ändern.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Undurchsichtigkeit - nutzen Sie diese Sektion, um einen Grad der Undurchsichtigkeit zu wählen, indem Sie den Schieberegler nutzen oder einen Prozentwert manuell eingeben. Der Standardwert ist 100%. Er entspricht der kompletten Undurchsichtigkeit. Der Wert 0% entspricht der kompletten Durchsichtigkeit.
      • -
    • Strich - nutzen Sie diese Sektion, um die Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm zu ändern. -
        -
      • Um die Breite zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Größe. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind: 0.5 pt, 1 pt, 1.5 pt, 2.25 pt, 3 pt, 4.5 pt, 6 pt. Oder wählen Sie die Option Keine Linie, wenn Sie keinen Strich brauchen.
        • -
      • Um die Form zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe.
        • -
      -
      • -
    • AutoForm ändern - nutzen Sie diese Sektion, um die aktuelle AutoForm durch eine andere zu ersetzen, die Sie im Listenmenü wählen können.
      • -
    -
    -

    Um erweiterte Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, nutzen Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Seitenbereich. Das Fenster The 'Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen' wird geöffnet:

    - Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen -

    Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter:

    -
      -
    • Breite und Höhe - nutzen Sie diese Optionen, um die Breite und/oder Höhe der Form zu ändern. Wenn Sie auf den Button Seitenverhältnis beibehalten Seitenverhältnis beibehalten klicken, werden die Breite und Höhe zusammen mit der Beibehaltung des Formseitenverhältnisses geändert.
      • -
    -

    Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    -

    Die Registerkarte Stärken&Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter:

    -
      -
    • Linienart - diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, die folgenden Parameter zu bestimmen: -
        -
      • Abschlusstyp - damit bestimmen Sie den Stil des Linienabschlusses, deswegen kann diese Option nur auf die Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylineen usw. angewandt werden: -
          -
        • Flach - der Abschluss wird flach sein.
          • -
        • Rund - der Abschluss wird rund sein.
          • -
        • Quadratisch - der Abschluss wird quadratisch sein.
          • -
        -
        • -
      • Verknüpfungstyp - damit bestimmen Sie den Stil der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinie oder Ecken eines Dreiecks bzw. Vierecks angewandt werden: -
          -
        • Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet.
          • -
        • Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten.
          • -
        • Winkel - die Ecke wird spitz sein. Dieser Typ sieht bei den AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln gut aus.
          • -
        -

        Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite nutzen.

        -
        • -
      -
      • -
    • Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien gewählt ist. Dadurch können Sie die Startlinienart und Endlinienart sowie Größe bestimmen.
      • -
    - Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen -

    Die Registerkarte Ränder erlaubt die internen Ränder Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts der AutoForm (d.h. den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und den Rändern der AutoForm) zu ändern.

    -
    -

    Fügen Sie ein und formatieren Sie den Text innerhalb der AutoForm

    -

    Um den Text in die AutoForm einzufügen, wählen Sie die Form und beginnen Sie den Text einzugeben. Der hinzugefügte Text wird der Teil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die Form verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht).

    -

    Um den eingegebenen Text zu formatieren, nutzen Sie die Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Einige zusätzliche Einstellungen können mithilfe der Registerkarte Texteinstellungen auf der rechten Randleiste, die öffnet, wenn Sie die AutoForm wählen und klicken aufs Symbol Texteinstellungen Symbol Texteinstellungen, geändert werden. Hier können Sie die folgenden Einstellungen ändern:

    -

    Abstand - nutzen Sie diese Sektion, um die Zeilenhöhe für den Text innerhalb der Absätze sowie den Abstand zwischen dem aktuellen Absatz und dem vorherigen oder nächsten Absatz festzulegen.

    -

    Registerkarte Formeinstellungen

    -
      -
    • Zeilenabstand - bestimmen Sie die Zeilenhöhe für den Text im Absatz. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (mithilfe dieser Option wird der für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile erforderliche Mindestabstand zwischen den Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird der Zeilenabstand in Zahlen größer als 1 festgelegt), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Im Feld Von können Sie den gewünschten Wert angeben.
      • -
    • Vor Absatz - bestimmen Sie den Raum vor dem Absatz.
      • -
    • Nach Absatz - bestimmen Sie den Raum nach dem Absatz.
      • -
    -

    Sie können die erweiterten Einstellungen des Absatzes ändern. Setzen Sie den Cursor innerhalb des gewünschten Absatzes - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen aktiviert auf der rechten Randleiste. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

    - Eigenschaften des Absatzes - Registerkarte Einzüge & Position -

    Die Registerkarte Einzüge & Position erlaubt den Abstand der ersten Zeile von dem internen Rand des Textbereiches und den Abstand des Absatzes von linken und rechten internen Rändern des Textbereiches zu ändern.

    - Eigenschaften des Absatzes - Registerkarte Schriftart -

    Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter:

    -
      -
    • Durchgestrichen wird genutzt, um den Text mithilfe einer Linie durchgestrichen zu machen.
      • -
    • Doppelt durchgestrichen wird genutzt, um den Text mithilfe einer doppelten Linie durchgestrichen zu machen.
      • -
    • Hochgestellt wird genutzt, um den Text kleiner zu machen und ihn im oberen Teil der Textzeile zu platzieren, z.B. wie in Bruchzahlen.
      • -
    • Tiefgestellt wird genutzt, um den Text kleiner zu machen und ihn im unteren Teil der Textzeile zu platzieren, z.B. wie in chemischen Formeln.
      • -
    • Kapitälchen wird genutzt, um alle Buchstaben klein zu machen.
      • -
    • Großbuchstaben wird genutzt, um alle Buchstaben groß zu machen.
      • -
    • Zeichenabstand wird genutzt, um den Abstand zwischen den Zeichen zu setzen.
      • -
    - Eigenschaften des Absatzes - Registerkarte Tabulator -

    Die Registerkarte Tabulator erlaubt die Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers dringt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken.

    -
      -
    • Tabulatorposition - wird genutzt, um benutzerdefinierte Tabstopps festzulegen. Geben Sie den benötigten Wert in dieses Feld ein, stellen Sie es präziser ein, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten und drücken Sie Angeben. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird zur Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt.
      • -
    • Standardtabulator ist auf 1.25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dabei die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den nötigen ins Feld ein.
      • -
    • Ausrichtung - wird genutzt, um den benötigten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen oben in der Liste festzulegen. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Listechoose the, dann das Optionsfeld Linksbündig, Zentriert or Rechtsbündig und drücken Sie Angeben. -
        -
      • Linksbündig - richtet Ihren Text links von der Tabstoppposition aus; der Text wird während der Eingabe nach rechts verschoben. Auf dem horizontalen Lineal wird diese Tabstoppmarke Linker Tabstoppmarke angezeigt.
        • -
      • Zentriert - zentriert den Text an der Tabstoppposition. Auf dem horizontalen Lineal wird diese Tabstoppmarke Zentrierter Tabstoppmarke angezeigt.
        • -
      • Rechtsbündig - richtet Ihren Text rechts von der Tabstoppposition aus; der Text wird während der Eingabe nach links verschoben. Auf dem horizontalen Lineal wird diese Tabstoppmarke Rechter Tabstoppmarke angezeigt.
        • -
      -

      Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und drücken Sie Entfernen oder Alle entfernen.

      -
      • -
    -
    - + + + + AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren

    +

    AutoForm einfügen

    +

    AutoForm in die Tabelle einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Form Form
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen für AutoFormen aus: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm.
      5. +
    5. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form einfügen möchten.
      6. +
    6. Wenn Sie die AutoForm hinzugefügt haben können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern.
    +

    Einstellungen der AutoForm anpassen

    +

    Einige Eigenschaften von AutoFormen können auf der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen im rechten Seitenbereich geändert werden. Das entsprechende Menü öffnet sich, wenn Sie die hinzugefügte Form mit der Maus auswählen und dann auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen klicken. Sie können die folgenden Eigenschaften ändern:

    +
      +
    • Füllung - zum Ändern der Füllung einer AutoForm. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung:
        +
      • Einfarbige Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Volltonfarbe festzulegen, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der ausgewählten Autoform ausfüllen möchten.

        Einfarbige Füllung

        +

        Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbpaletten aus oder legen Sie eine beliebige Farbe fest:

        +
          +
        • Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen.
          • +
        • Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben.
          • +
        • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells eine Farbe bestimmen, geben Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) ein oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen. Die gewählte Farbe wird im Vorschaufeld Neu angezeigt. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Ihre AutoForm wird in der benutzerdefinierten Farbe formatiert und die Farbe wird der Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen.

        Füllung mit Farbverlauf

        +
          +
        • Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten).
          • +
        • Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung.
          • +
        • Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld für die erste Farbe zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld auf der rechten Seite, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette auszuwählen. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um den Wechselpunkt festzulegen, an dem eine Farbe in die andere übergeht. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Wechselpunkt festzulegen.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Formhintergrund zu nutzen.

        Bild- oder Texturfüllung

        +
          +
        • Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie dazu die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein.
          • +
        • Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form nutzen möchten, öffnen Sie das Menü Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung aus.

          Derzeit sind die folgenden Texturen verfügbar: Leinwand, Karton, dunkler Stoff, Korn, Granit, graues Papier, stricken, Leder, braunes Papier, Papyrus, Holz.

          +
          • +
        +
          +
        • Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.

          Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es den kompletten Bereich der AutoForm füllen kann.

          +

          Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil eines größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße beizubehalten oder ein kleines Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der AutoForm auszufüllen.

          +

          Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden.

          +
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht.

        Füllungsmuster

        +
          +
        • Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus.
          • +
        • Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern.
          • +
        • Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Mustershintergrundes zu ändern.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Transparenz - hier können Sie den Grad der gewünschten Transparenz auswählen, bringen Sie dazu den Schieberegler in die gewünschte Position oder geben Sie manuell einen Prozentwert ein. Der Standardwert beträgt 100%. Also volle Deckkraft. Der Wert 0% steht für vollständige Transparenz.
      • +
    • Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern.
        +
      • Um die Strichstärke zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Größe aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen.
        • +
      • Um die Konturfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus.
        • +
      • Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern).
        • +
      +
      • +
    • AutoForm ändern - ersetzen Sie die aktuelle AutoForm durch eine andere, die Sie im Listenmenü wählen können.
      • +
    +
    +

    Um die erweiterten Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, nutzen Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Seitenbereich. Das Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet.

    +

    Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter:

    +
      +
    • Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten.
      • +
    +

    Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter:

    +
      +
    • Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen:
        +
      • Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.:
          +
        • Flach - für flache Endpunkte.
          • +
        • Rund - für runde Endpunkte.
          • +
        • Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden:
          +
        • Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet.
          • +
        • Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten.
          • +
        • Winkel - spitze Ecke. Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln.
          • +
        +

        Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite verwenden.

        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. In dieser Gruppe können Sie die Form von Startpfeil und Endpfeil festlegen und die jeweilige Größe bestimmen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus.
      • +
    +

    Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm).

    +

    Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet.

    +

    Formeigenschaften - Spalten

    +

    Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text, oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über.

    +

    Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind.

    +
    +

    Text in AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren

    +

    Um einen Text in eine AutoForm einzufügen, wählen Sie die entsprechende Form aus und geben Sie einfach Ihren Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht).

    +

    Alle Formatierungsoptionen die für den Text in einer AutoForm zur Verfügung stehen finden Sie hier.

    +
    +

    AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden

    +

    Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Verbindungen erstellen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf das Smbol Form Form.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus.

      Formen - Linien

      +
      3. +
    3. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt, genaugenommen Form 10, 11 und 12).
      4. +
    4. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte Verbindungspunkt, die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind.

      Verbindungen setzen

      +
      5. +
    5. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form.

      Verbindungen setzen

      +
      6. +
    +

    Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen.

    +

    Verbundene AutoFormen verschieben

    +

    Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Form lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm index abd676e08..6ac67a922 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm @@ -1,49 +1,226 @@ - - - - Fügen Sie die Diagramme ein - - - - - - -
    -

    Fügen Sie die Diagramme ein

    -

    Um ein Diagramm in Ihre Tabelle einzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie einen Zellenbereich mit den Daten, die Sie im Diagramm nutzen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagramm einfügen Symbol Diagramm einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    3. Danach wird ein Fenster erscheinen, wo Sie die Einstellungen des Diagramms bestimmen können: -
        -
      • Typ, Stil des Diagramms; Datenbereich
        - Wählen Sie den Diagrammtyp, den Sie einfügen möchten: Linie, Säule, Balken, Fläche, Kreis, Punkt, Kurs und seinen Stil. Aktivieren Sie den gewählten Zellenbereich, ändern Sie ihn nach Bedarf, wählen Sie die Anornungsmethode für die Daten. Sie können zwischen Datenreihen in Zeilen und Datenreihen in Spalten für die X-Achse wählen. -

        Fenster Diagramm einfügen

        -
        • -
      • Diagrammelemente und Diagrammlegende
        - Geben Sie den Diagrammtitel und die Elemente an, die angezeigt werden: Diagrammwerte, Achse, Diagrammränder und Rasterlinien, ändern Sie die Titel der Achsen in den entsprechenden Feldern. Wenn die Legende angezeigt werden soll, lassen Sie das entsprechende Feld aktiviert und bestimmen Sie die Position Ihrer Legende im Verhältnis zu Ihrem Diagramm durch die Auswahl der gewünschten Option im Menü: unten, oben, rechts, links. -

        Fenster Diagramm einfügen

        -
        • -
      -
      4. -
    4. Sobald das Diagramm hinzugefügt ist, können Sie seine Größe und Position ändern.
      5. -
    -

    Wenn Sie den Diagrammtyp ändern möchten, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie das Diagramm.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen auf der rechten Randleiste. -

      Chart Settings Right-Side Panel window

      3. -
    3. In der Sektion Diagrammtyp ändern öffnen Sie das Listenmenü Diagrammtyp und wählen Sie den gewünschten Typ.
      4. -
    4. Öffnen Sie das Listenmenü Diagrammstil neben dem Diagrammtyp und wählen Sie den gewünschten Stil.
      5. -
    -

    Die gewählten Typ und Stil werden geändert. Wenn Sie die Daten des Diagramms bearbeiten möchten, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf den Button Daten ändern auf dem rechten Seitenbereich,
      2. -
    2. Nehmen Sie alle Änderungen im Fenster Diagrammeinstellungen vor.
      3. -
    3. Klicken Sie auf den Button OK, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen und schließen Sie das Fenster.
      4. -
    - -

    Um das gewünschte Diagramm zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die ENTF-Taste.

    -
    - + + + + Diagramm einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Diagramm einfügen

    +

    Diagramm einfügen

    +

    Ein Diagramm einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich aus, der die Daten enthält, die für das Diagramm verwendet werden sollen.
      2. +
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      3. +
    3. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm Diagramm.
      4. +
    4. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.

      Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung.

      +
      5. +
    +

    Das Diagramm wird in das aktuelle Tabellenblatt eingefügt.

    +

    Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen

    +

    Sie können die folgenden Diagrammeigenschaften ändern: Diagrammtyp ändern:

    +
      +
    1. wählen Sie das Diagramm mit der Maus aus
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen in der rechten Menüleiste

      Dialogfenster Diagrammeinstellungen rechte Seitenleiste

      +
      3. +
    3. Öffnen Sie die Menüliste Typ und wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus.
      4. +
    4. Öffnen Sie die Menüliste Stil und wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammstil aus.
      5. +
    +

    Das Diagramm wird entsprechend geändert. Wenn Sie die für das Diagramm verwendeten Daten ändern wollen,

    +
      +
    1. klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen oder wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen oder machen Sie einen Doppelklick auf das Diagramm.
      2. +
    2. Im nun geöffneten Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen können Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen durchführen.
      3. +
    3. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die Änderungen auszuführen und das Fenster schließt sich.
      4. +
    +

    Die Beschreibung der Diagrammeinstellungen kann über das Fenster Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen geändert werden.

    +

    Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten ändern, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten.

    +
      +
    • Diagrammtyp ändern - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.
      • +
    • Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4.
      • +
    • Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten.
      • +
    +

    Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    + +

    Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern.

    +
      +
    • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus:
        +
      • Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt.
        • +
      • Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
        • +
      • Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt.
        • +
      • +
    • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus:
        +
      • Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt
        • +
      • Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt
        • +
      • Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt
        • +
      • Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt
        • +
      • Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt
        • +
      • Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt
        • +
      • Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten):
        +
      • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp.
          +
        • Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
          • +
        • Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten.
          • +
        • Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich.
          • +
        • Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert.
        • +
      • Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen.
      • +
    • Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).

      Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung.

      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen:
        +
      • Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus:
          +
        • Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt.
          • +
        • Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt.
          • +
        +
        • +
      • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus:
          +
        • Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt.
          • +
        • Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt.
          • +
        • Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.

      Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind.

      +
      • +
    + +

    Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    + +

    Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind.

    +

    Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen.

    +
      +
    • Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden:
        +
      • Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben.
        • +
      • Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben.
        • +
      • Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest.
        • +
      • Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren.
        • +
      • Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung:
        +
      • Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt.
        • +
      • Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt.
        • +
      • Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt.
        • +
      • Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus:
        +
      • Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt.
        • +
      • Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
        • +
      • Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt.
        • +
      • Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    + +

    Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen.

    +
      +
    • Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden:
        +
      • Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest.
        • +
      • Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen.
        • +
      • Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen:
        +
      • Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt.
        • +
      • Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen.
        +
      • Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt.
        • +
      • Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung.
        • +
      • Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind.

    +

    Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    + +

    Diagrammelemente bearbeiten

    +

    Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein.

    +

    Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten.

    +

    Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur.

    +

    Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen.

    +

    3D-Diagramm

    +

    Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Füllung und Linienstärke der Form an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können.

    +

    Wenn Sie ein Diagramm hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern.

    +

    Um das eingefügte Diagramm zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF.

    + +

    Sparklines bearbeiten

    +

    Eine Sparkline ist ein kleines Diagramm im Hintergrund einer Zelle. Mit Hilfe von Sparklines lassen sich Informationen für einzelne Zeilen oder Spalten in großen Datensätzen visuell darstellen. Dies erleichtert das Anzeigen von Trends in mehreren Datenreihen.

    +

    Wenn Ihre Tabelle vorhandene Sparklines enthält, die mit einer anderen Anwendung erstellt wurden, können Sie die Eigenschaften der Sparklines ändern. Wählen Sie dazu die Zelle mit der Sparkline mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Menüleiste auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen. Wenn die ausgewählte Sparkline Teil einer Sparkline-Gruppe ist, werden die Änderungen auf alle Sparklines in der entsprechenden Gruppe angewendet.

    +

    Dialogfenster Diagrammeinstellungen rechte Seitenleiste

    +
      +
    • Wählen Sie in der Menüliste Typ eine der verfügbaren Sparklines aus:
        +
      • Säule - dieser Typ ähnelt einem regulären Säulendiagramm.
        • +
      • Linie - dieser Typ ähnelt einem regulären Liniendiagramm.
        • +
      • Gewinn/Verlust - dieser Typ eignet sich zum Darstellen von Daten, die sowohl positive als auch negative Werte enthalten.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Stil haben Sie folgende Optionen:
        +
      • Öffnen Sie die Menüliste mit den Stilvorlagen und wählen Sie den gewünschten Stil aus.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe für die Sparkline aus.
        • +
      • Wählen Sie die gewünschte Linienstärke (nur verfügbar für den Typ Linie).
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Anzeigen können Sie die Elemente der Sparkline auswählen, die Sie hervorheben wollen. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen links neben dem Element das Sie hervorheben wollen und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus, indem Sie auf das farbige Feld klicken:
        +
      • Höchstpunkt - die höchsten Datenpunkte der ausgewählten Sparklinegruppe hervorheben.
        • +
      • Tiefpunkt - den niedrigsten Datenpunkte der ausgewählten Sparklinegruppe hervorheben.
        • +
      • Negative Punkte - die negativen Datenpunkte der ausgewählten Sparklinegruppe in einer anderen Farbe hervorheben.
        • +
      • Erster/Letzer Punkt - um den ersten/letzen Datenpunkt der Sparkline hervorzuheben.
        • +
      • Datenpunkte (nur verfügbar für den Typ Line) - um alle Datenpunkte hervorzuheben.
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    Klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen um das Fenster Sparkline - Erweiterte Einstellungen zu öffnen.

    +

    Sparkline- Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    In der Gruppe Typ und Daten können Sie Typ und Stil der Sparkline ändern und die Anzeigeeinstellungen für verborgene und leere Zellen festlegen:

    +
      +
    • Leere Zellen anzeigen als - mit dieser Option können Sie steuern, wie Sparklines angezeigt werden, wenn ein gewählter Datenbereich leere Zellen enthält. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus:
        +
      • Lücken - um die Sparkline mit Lücken anstelle von fehlenden Daten anzuzeigen.
        • +
      • Null - um die Sparkline so anzuzeigen, als wäre der Wert in einer leeren Zelle Null.
        • +
      • Datenpunkte mit Linie verbinden (nur verfügbar für den Typ Linie) - um leere Zellen zu ignorieren und eine Verbindungslinie zwischen Datenpunkten anzuzeigen.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Daten in ausgeblendeten Zeilen und Spalten anzeigen - aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, wenn Sie Werte aus verborgenen Zellen in Sparklines einfügen möchten.
      • +
    +

    Sparkline- Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    In der Gruppe Achsenoptionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter für die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen festlegen:

    +
      +
    • Im Abschnitt Horizontale Achsen sind die folgenden Parameter verfügbar:
        +
      • Achsen anzeigen - aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um die horizontale Achse anzuzeigen. Wenn die Quelldaten negative Werte enthalten, können sie mit dieser Option anschaulicher dargestellt werden.
        • +
      • Umgekehrte Reihenfolge - aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um Daten in umgekehrter Reihenfolge anzuzeigen.
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Im Abschnitt Vertikale Achsen sind die folgenden Parameter verfügbar:
        +
      • Höchst-/Tiefpunkte
          +
        • Für jeden Wert automatisch - diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Ermöglicht die Verwendung eigener Höchst-/Tiefpunkte für jede Sparkline. Die Höchst-/Tiefpunkte werden aus den separaten Datenreihen entnommen, die zum Zeichnen jeder Sparkline verwendet werden. Der Höchstpunkt für jede Sparkline wird oben auf der Zelle und der Tiefpunkt unten angegeben.

          Für jeden Wert automatisch

          +
          • +
        • Für alle gleich - diese Option ermöglicht es, den gleichen Höchst-/Tiefpunkte Wert für die gesamte Sparkline-Gruppe zu verwenden. Die Höchst-/Tiefpunkte werden dem gesamten Datenbereich entnommen, der zum Zeichnen der Sparkline-Gruppe verwendet wird. Die Höchst-/Tiefpunkte für jede Sparkline werden relativ zum höchsten / niedrigsten Wert innerhalb des Bereichs skaliert. Wenn Sie diese Option auswählen, ist es einfacher, mehrere Sparklines zu vergleichen.

          Für alle gleich

          +
          • +
        • Festgelegt - mit dieser Option können Sie einen benutzerdefinierten Höchst-/Tiefpunkte festlegen. Die Werte, die niedriger oder höher als die angegebenen Werte sind, werden in den Sparklines nicht angezeigt.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    + +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm index 21f1cdcb5..a996be55e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm @@ -1,54 +1,87 @@ - - - - Löschen und fügen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten ein - - - - - -
    -

    Löschen und fügen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten ein

    -

    Sie können leere Zellen über oder links von der gewählten Zelle im Blatt einfügen. Sie können auch die ganze Zeile über der gewählten Zeile oder eine Spalte links von der gewählten Spalte einfügen.

    -

    Um eine leere Zelle links von der gewählten Zelle einzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle, nach der Sie eine neue einfügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Zellen einfügen Symbol Zellen einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü und nutzen Sie die Option Zellen nach rechts verschieben.
      3. -
    -

    Das Programm wird die gewählte Zelle nach rechts verschieben, um eine neue Zelle einzufügen.

    -

    Um eine leere Zelle über der gewählten Zelle einzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle, über der Sie eine neue einfügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Zellen einfügen Symbol Zellen einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü und nutzen Sie die Option Zellen nach unten verschieben.
      3. -
    -

    Das Programm wird die gewählte Zelle nach unten verschieben, um eine neue Zelle einzufügen.

    -

    Um eine Zeile einzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie entweder die ganze Zeile oder eine Zelle in der Zeile, über der Sie eine neue Zeile einfügen möchten. -

      Hinweis: Um mehrere Zeilen einzufügen, wählen Sie eine Zeilenanzahl, die Sie einfügen möchten.

      -
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Zellen einfügen Symbol Zellen einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü und nutzen Sie die Option Ganze Zeile.
      3. -
    -

    Das Programm wird die gewählte Zeile nach unten verschieben, um eine neue Zeile einzufügen.

    -

    Um eine Spalte einzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Spalte, nach der Sie eine neue einfügen möchten. -

      Hinweis: Um mehrere Spalten einzufügen, wählen Sie eine Spaltenanzahl, die Sie einfügen möchten.

      -
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Zellen einfügen Symbol Zellen einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü und nutzen Sie die Option Ganze Spalte.
      3. -
    -

    Das Programm wird die gewählte Spalte nach rechts verschieben, um eine neue Spalte einzufügen.

    -

    Um eine unerwünschte Zelle, Reihe oder Spalte zu löschen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten, die Sie löschen möchten, und klicken Sie darauf mit der rechten Maustaste.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf die Option Löschen im Rechtsklickmenü und wählen Sie die entsprechende Option: -
      Wenn Sie die Option Zellen nach links verschieben nutzen, wird die Zelle rechts von der gelöschten Zelle nach links verschoben. -
      Wenn Sie die Option Zellen nach oben verschieben nutzen, wird die Zelle unter der gelöschten Zelle nach oben verschoben. -
      Wenn Sie die Option Ganze Zeile nutzen, wird eine Zeile unter der gewählten Zeile nach oben verschoben. -
      Wenn Sie die Option Ganze Spalte nutzen, wird eine Spalte rechts von der gelöschten Spalte nach links verschoben. -
      3. -
    -

    Sie können immer die gelöschten Daten mithilfe des Symbols Rückgängig Symbol Rückgängig auf der oberen Symbolleiste wiederherstellen.

    -
    - + + + + Verwalten von Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Verwalten von Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten

    +

    Sie können oberhalb oder links neben der ausgewählten Zelle in einem Arbeitsblatt leere Zellen einfügen. Sie können auch eine ganze Zeile, oberhalb der ausgewählten Zeile, oder eine Spalte, links neben der ausgewählten Spalte, einfügen. Um die Anzeige von großen Informationsmengen zu vereinfachen, können Sie bestimmte Zeilen oder Spalten ausblenden und wieder einblenden. Es ist auch möglich, die Zeilenhöhe und Spaltenbreite individuell festzulegen.

    +

    Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten einfügen:

    +

    Eine leere Zelle links von der gewählten Zelle einzufügen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle, vor der Sie eine neue Zelle einfügen wollen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen Zellen einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü aus und nutzen Sie die Option Zellen nach rechts verschieben.
      3. +
    +

    Die gewählte Zelle wird automatisch nach rechts verschoben und es wird eine neue Zelle eingefügt.

    +

    Eine leere Zelle über der gewählten Zelle einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle, über der Sie eine neue einfügen wollen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen Zellen einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü aus und nutzen Sie die Option Zellen nach unten verschieben.
      3. +
    +

    Die gewählte Zelle wird automatisch nach unten verschoben und eine neue Zelle wird eingefügt.

    +

    Eine neue Reihe einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie entweder die ganze Zeile aus, indem Sie auf die Zeilenbezeichnung klicken oder eine Zelle über der Sie eine neue Reihe einfügen wollen:

      Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Zeilen einfügen wollen, markieren Sie die entsprechende Anzahl an Zeilen.

      +
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen Zellen einfügen in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Ganze Zeile oder klicken Sie mit der
      rechten Maustaste auf die entsprechende Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus und wählen Sie anschließend die Option Ganze Zeile oder
      klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählte(n) Zelle(n) und wählen Sie die Option Oberhalb aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus.
      3. +
    +

    Die gewählte Zeile wird automatisch nach unten verschoben und eine neue Zeile wird eingefügt.

    +

    Spalten einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Spalte, nach der Sie eine neue einfügen möchten.

      Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Spalten einfügen wollen, markieren Sie die entsprechende Anzahl an Spalten.

      +
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen Zellen einfügen in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Ganze Spalte oder klicken Sie mit der
      rechten Maustaste auf die entsprechende Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus und wählen Sie anschließend die Option Ganze Spalte oder
      klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählte(n) Spalte(n) und wählen Sie die Option Links einfügen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus.
      3. +
    +

    Die gewählte Spalte wird automatisch nach rechts verschoben und es wird eine neue Spalte eingefügt.

    +

    Zeilen und Spalten ein- und ausblenden

    +

    Eine Zeile oder Spalte ausblenden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten aus, die Sie ausblenden wollen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die markierten Zeilen oder Spalten und wählen Sie die Option Ausblenden im Rechtsklickmenü aus.
      3. +
    +

    Um ausgeblendete Zeilen oder Spalten anzuzeigen, wählen Sie sichtbare Zeilen über und unter den ausgeblendeten Zeilen oder sichtbare Spalten links und rechts neben den ausgeblendeten Spalten aus, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf Ihre Auswahl und wählen Sie die Option Anzeigen aus dem Kontextmenü aus.

    +

    Spaltenbreite und Zeilenhöhe ändern:

    +

    Die Spaltenbreite gibt vor, wie viele Zeichen mit Standardformatierung in der Spaltenzelle angezeigt werden können. Der Standardwert ist auf 8,43 Symbole eingestellt. Standardwert ändern:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Spalten aus für die Sie den Wert ändern wollen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die markierten Spalten und wählen Sie die Option Spaltenbreite festlegen im Rechtsklickmenü aus.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:
        +
      • Wählen Sie die Option Spaltenbreite automatisch anpassen, um die Breite jeder Spalte automatisch an ihren Inhalt anzupassen, oder
        • +
      • Wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Spaltenbreite und geben Sie im Fenster Benutzerdefinierte Spaltenbreite einen neuen Wert zwischen 0 und 255 ein und klicken Sie auf OK.

        Benutzerdefinierte Spaltenbreite

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Um die Breite einer einzelnen Spalte manuell zu ändern, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der Spaltenüberschrift, so dass der Cursor in den bidirektionalen Pfeil Cursor bei der Änderung der Spaltenbreite wechselt. Ziehen Sie den Rahmen nach links oder rechts, um eine benutzerdefinierte Breite festzulegen, oder doppelklicken Sie auf die Maus, um die Spaltenbreite automatisch an den Inhalt anzupassen.

    +

    Spaltenbreite ändern

    +

    Der Standardwert für die Zeilenhöhe ist auf 14,25 Punkte eingestellt. Zeilenhöhe ändern:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zeilen aus für die Sie den Wert ändern wollen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die markierten Zeilen und wählen Sie die Option Zeilenhöhe festlegen im Rechtsklickmenü aus.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:
        +
      • Wählen Sie die Option Zeilenhöhe automatisch anpassen, um die Höhe jeder Spalte automatisch an ihren Inhalt anzupassen, oder
        • +
      • Wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Zeilenhöhe und geben Sie im Fenster Benutzerdefinierte Zeilenhöhe einen neuen Wert zwischen 0 und 408,75 ein und klicken Sie auf OK.

        Benutzerdefinierte Zeilenhöhe

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Um die Höhe einer einzelnen Zeile manuell zu ändern, ziehen Sie den unteren Rand der Zeilenüberschrift.

    +

    Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten löschen:

    +

    Eine überflüssige Zelle, Reihe oder Spalte löschen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten aus, die Sie löschen wollen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen löschen Zellen löschen in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die Option im Rechtsklickmenü aus und wählen Sie anschließend den gewünschten Vorgang aus der angezeigten Liste:
      Wenn Sie die Option Zellen nach links verschieben auswählen, wird die Zellen rechts von der gelöschten Zelle nach links verschoben;
      wenn Sie die Option Zellen nach oben verschieben auswählen, wird die Zelle unterhalb der gelöschten Zelle nach oben verschoben;
      wenn Sie die Option Ganze Zeile auswählen, wird die Zeile unterhalb der ausgewählten Zeile nach oben verschoben;
      wenn Sie die Option Ganze Spalte auswählen, wird die Spalte rechts von der gelöschten Spalte nach links verschoben.
      3. +
    +

    Mithilfe des Symbols Rückgängig Rückgängig auf der oberen Symbolleiste können Sie gelöschte Daten jederzeit wiederherstellen.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..37c134ffc --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm @@ -0,0 +1,84 @@ + + + + Formeln einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Formeln einfügen

    +

    Mit dem Tabelleneditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.).

    +

    Eine neue Formel einfügen

    +

    Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel Formel.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operatoren, Matrizen.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Formel.
      5. +
    +

    Das gewählte Symbol/die gewählte Gleichung wird in das aktuelle Tabellenblatt eingefügt.

    Formel einfügen

    Die obere linke Ecke des Formelfelds stimmt mit der oberen linken Ecke der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle überein, aber die Gleichung kann auf dem Arbeitsblatt frei verschoben, in der Größe geändert oder gedreht werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Rahmen des Formelfelds (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Bedienelemente.

    +

    Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Platzhalter Setzen Sie für alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein.

    +

    Werte eingeben

    +

    Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt, mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile, um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten.

    Bearbeitete Formel

    Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in die Platzhaltern einfügen:

      +
    • Geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein.
      • +
    • Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus.
      • +
    • Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein, als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen.
      • +
    +

    +

    Bearbeitete Formel

    +

    Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen:

    +
      +
    • Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen.
      • +
    • Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts.
      • +
    +

    Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben, d.h. \sqrt(4&x^3).

    +

    Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden.

    +

    Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile im Formelfeld passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen.

    +

    Formeln formatieren

    +

    Standardmäßig wird die Formel innerhalb des Formelfelds horizontal zentriert und vertikal am oberen Rand des Formelfelds ausgerichtet. Um die horizontale/vertikale Ausrichtung zu ändern, platzieren Sie den Cursor im Formelfeld (die Rahmen des Formelfelds werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt) und verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste.

    +

    Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen Schrift vergrößern und Schrift verkleinern in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst.

    +

    Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel möglich und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.

    Bearbeitete Formel

    Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern:

    +
    • Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab).
      • +
    • Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus.
      • +
    • Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden.
      • +
    • Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden.
      • +
    • Um die Position der Zeichen, in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen aus der Gruppe Akzente für die umrandete Formel angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest.
      • +
    • Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus.
      • +
    +

    Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten:

    +
      +
    • Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Formel, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten.
      • +
    • Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten.
      • +
    • Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts.
      • +
    +

    Formelelemente löschen

    +

    Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF.

    +

    Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden.

    +

    Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, klicken Sie auf die Umrandung der Formel (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und drücken Sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF.

    Formel löschen

    Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen:

    +
      +
    • Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar.
      • +
    • Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option Umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus.
      • +
    • Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus.
      • +
    • Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus.
      • +
    • Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab).
      • +
    • Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen.
      • +
    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm index 000167a38..a51f41093 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm @@ -1,75 +1,95 @@ - - - - Fügen Sie die Funktionen ein - - - - - - -
    -

    Fügen Sie die Funktionen ein

    -

    Die Möglichkeit, die grundlegenden Kalkulationen auszuführen, ist der wichtigste Grund für die Nutzung der Tabellen. Dafür können Sie eine gewünschte Formel manuell mithilfe der allgemeinen mathematischen Operatoren nutzen oder eine vordefinierte Formel einfügen - Funktion.

    -

    Um eine Funktion einzufügen, führen Sie die Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste. -
      oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in einer gewählten Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü. -
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Symbol Funktion vor dem Formelfeld. -
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Formel aus der Liste.
      4. -
    4. Geben Sie die Funktionsargumente manuell oder durch Ziehen ein, um einen Zellenbereich zu wählen, der ins Argument eingeschlossen wird.
      5. -
    -

    Unten finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, die nach Kategorien gruppiert sind:

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    Kategorie der FunktionBeschreibungFunktionen
    Datum und UhrzeitWerden genutzt, um das Datum und die Uhrzeit in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen.DATE; DATEDIF; DATEVALUE; DAY; DAYS360; EDATE; EOMONTH; HOUR; MINUTE; MONTH; NETWORKDAYS; NOW; SECOND; TIME; TIMEVALUE; TODAY; WEEKDAY; WEEKNUM; WORKDAY; YEAR; YEARFRAC
    Text und DatenWerden genutzt, um die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen.CHAR; CLEAN; CODE; CONCATENATE; DOLLAR; EXACT; FIND; FINDB; FIXED; LEFT; LEFTB; LEN; LENB; LOWER; MID; MIDB; PROPER; REPLACE; REPLACEB; REPT; RIGHT; RIGHTB; SEARCH; SEARCHB; SUBSTITUTE; T; TEXT; TRIM; UPPER; VALUE
    StatistikWerden genutzt, um die Daten zu analysieren: den durchschnittlichen Wert, den größen bzw. kleinsten Wert in einem Zellenbereich zu finden.AVEDEV; AVERAGE; AVERAGEA; AVERAGEIF; BINOMDIST; CONFIDENCE; CORREL; COUNT; COUNTA; COUNBLANK; COUNTIF; COVAR; CRITBINOM; DEVSQ; EXPONDIST; FISHER; FISHERINV; FORECAST; FREQUENCY; GAMMALN; GEOMEAN; HARMEAN; HYPGEOMDIST; INTERCEPT; KURT; LARGE; LOGINV; LOGNORMDIST; MAX; MAXA; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MODE; NEGBINOMDIST; NORMDIST; NORMINV; NORMSDIST; NORMSINV; PEARSON; PERCENTILE; PERCENTRANK; PERMUT; POISSON; PROB; QUARTILE; RSQ; SKEW; SLOPE; SMALL; STANDARDIZE; STDEV; STDEVA; VAR
    FinanzmathematikWerden genutzt, um finanzielle Berechnungen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.) durchzuführen.FV; NPER; NPV; PMT; PV
    Mathematik und TrigonometrieWerden genutzt, um grundlegende mathematische und trigonometrische Operationen durchzuführen: Addition, Multiplikation, Division, Abrundung usw.ABS; ACOS; ACOSH; ASIN; ASINH; ATAN; ATAN2; ATANH; CEILING; COMBIN; COS; COSH; DEGREES; EVEN; EXP; FACT; FACTDOUBLE; FLOOR; GCD; INT; LCM; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDETERM; MINVERSE; MMULT; MOD; MROUND; MULTINOMIAL; ODD; PI; POWER; PRODUCT; QUOTIENT; RADIANS; RAND; RANDBETWEEN; ROMAN; ROUND; ROUNDDOWN; ROUNDUP; SERIESSUM; SIGN; SIN; SINH; SQRT; SQRTPI; SUM; SUMIF; SUMPRODUCT; SUMSQ; SUMX2MY2; SUMX2PY2; SUMXMY2; TAN; TANH; TRUNC
    Suchen und BezügeWerden genutzt, um die Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden.ADDRESS; CHOOSE; COLUMN; COLUMNS; HLOOKUP; INDIRECT; LOOKUP; ROW; ROWS; VLOOKUP
    InformationWerden genutzt, um Ihnen die Information über Ihre Daten in der gewählten Zelle bzw. Zellenbereich.ERROR.TYPE; ISBLANK; ISERR; ISERROR; ISEVEN; ISLOGICAL; ISNA; ISNONTEXT; ISNUMBER; ISODD; ISREF; ISTEXT; N; NA; TYPE
    LogischWerden nur genutzt, um Ihnen eine Antwort zu geben: WAHR oder FALSCH.AND; FALSE; IF; IFERROR; NOT; OR; TRUE
    -
    - + + + + Funktion einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Funktion einfügen

    +

    Die Möglichkeit, grundlegende Berechnungen durchzuführen, ist der eigentliche Hauptgrund für die Verwendung einer Kalkulationstabelle. Wenn Sie einen Zellbereich in Ihrer Tabelle auswählen, werden einige Berechnungen bereits automatisch ausgeführt:

    +
      +
    • MITTELWERT analysiert den ausgewählte Zellbereich und ermittelt den Durchschnittswert.
      • +
    • ANZAHL gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden.
      • +
    • SUMME gibt die SUMME der markierten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen oder Zellen mit Text ignoriert werden.
      • +
    +

    Die Ergebnisse dieser automatisch durchgeführten Berechnungen werden in der unteren rechten Ecke der Statusleiste angezeigt.

    +

    Grundfunktionen

    +

    Um andere Berechnungen durchzuführen, können Sie die gewünschte Formel manuell einfügen, mit den üblichen mathematischen Operatoren, oder eine vordefinierte Formel verwenden - Funktion.

    +

    Einfügen einer Funktion:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen Funktion einfügen in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der häufig verwendeten Funktionen (SUMME, MIN, MAX, ANZAHL) oder klicken Sie auf die Option Weitere oder klicken Sie
      mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus
      oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion auf der Formelleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Fenster Funktion einfügen die gewünschte Funktionsgruppe aus und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste und klicken Sie auf OK.
      4. +
    4. Geben Sie die Funktionsargumente manuell ein oder wählen Sie den entsprechenden Zellbereich mit Hilfe der Maus aus. Sind für die Funktion mehrere Argumente erforderlich, müssen diese durch Kommas getrennt werden.

      Hinweis: Im Allgemeinen können numerische Werte, logische Werte (WAHR, FALSCH), Textwerte (müssen zitiert werden), Zellreferenzen, Zellbereichsreferenzen, den Bereichen zugewiesene Namen und andere Funktionen als Funktionsargumente verwendet werden.

      +
      5. +
    5. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste.
      6. +
    +

    Hier finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, gruppiert nach Kategorien:

    + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
    FunktionskategorieBeschreibungFunktionen
    Text- und DatenfunktionenWerden verwendet, um die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen.ZEICHEN; SÄUBERN; CODE; VERKETTEN; TEXTKETTE; DM; IDENTISCH; FINDEN; FINDENB; FEST; LINKS; LINKSB; LÄNGE; LÄNGEB; KLEIN; TEIL; TEILB; ZAHLENWERT; GROSS2; ERSETZEN; ERSETZENB; WIEDERHOLEN; RECHTS; RECHTSB; SUCHEN; SUCHENB; WECHSELN; T; TEXT; TEXTVERKETTEN; GLÄTTEN; UNIZEICHEN; UNICODE; GROSS; WERT
    Statistische FunktionenDiese dienen der Analyse von Daten: Mittelwert ermitteln, den größen bzw. kleinsten Wert in einem Zellenbereich finden.MITTELABW; MITTELWERT; MITTELWERTA; MITTELWERTWENN; MITTELWERTWENNS; BETAVERT; BETA.VERT; BETAINV; BINOMVERT; BINOM.VERT; BINOM.VERT.BEREICH; BINOM.INV; CHIVERT; CHIINV; CHIQU.VERT; CHIQU.VERT.RE; CHIQU.INV; CHIQU.INV.RE; CHITEST; CHIQU.TEST; KONFIDENZ; KONFIDENZ.NORM; KONFIDENZ.T; KORREL; ANZAHL; ANZAHL2; ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN; ZÄHLENWENN; ZÄHLENWENNS; KOVAR; KOVARIANZ.P; KOVARIANZ.S; KRITBINOM; SUMQUADABW; EXPON.VERT; EXPONVERT; F.VERT; FVERT; F.VERT.RE; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RE; FISHER; FISHERINV; SCHÄTZER; PROGNOSE.ETS; PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT; PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT; PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT; PROGNOSE.LINEAR; HÄUFIGKEIT; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.VERT; GAMMAVERT; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.GENAU; GAUSS; GEOMITTEL; HARMITTEL; HYPGEOMVERT; HYPGEOM.VERT; ACHSENABSCHNITT; KURT; KGRÖSSTE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.VERT; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMVERT; MAX; MAXA; MAXWENNS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINWENNS; MODALWERT; MODUS.VIELF; MODUS.EINF; NEGBINOMVERT; NEGBINOM.VERT; NORMVERT; NORM.VERT; NORMINV; NORM.INV; STANDNORMVERT; NORM.S.VERT; STANDNORMINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; QUANTIL; QUANTIL.EXKL; QUANTIL.INKL; QUANTILSRANG; QUANTILSRANG.EXKL; QUANTILSRANG.INKL; VARIATIONEN; VARIATIONEN2; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.VERT; WAHRSCHBEREICH; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXKL; QUARTILE.INKL; RANG; RANG.MITTELW; RANG.GLEICH; BESTIMMTHEITSMASS; SCHIEFE; SCHIEFE.P; STEIGUNG; KKLEINSTE; STANDARDISIERUNG; STABW; STABW.S; STABWA; STABWN; STABW.N; STABWNA; STFEHLERYX; TVERT; T.VERT; T.VERT.2S; T.VERT.RE; T.INV; T.INV.2S; TINV; GESTUTZTMITTEL; TTEST; T.TEST; VARIANZ; VARIANZA; VARIANZEN; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARIANZENA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.VERT; GTEST; G.TEST
    Finanzmathematische FunktionenWerden genutzt, um finanzielle Berechnungen durchzuführen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.).AUFGELZINS; AUFGELZINSF; AMORDEGRK; AMORLINEARK; ZINSTERMTAGVA; ZINSTERMTAGE; ZINSTERMTAGNZ; ZINSTERMNZ; ZINSTERMZAHL; ZINSTERMVZ; KUMZINSZ; KUMKAPITAL; GDA2; GDA; DISAGIO; NOTIERUNGDEZ; NOTIERUNGBRU; DURATIONТ; EFFEKTIV; ZW; ZW2; ZINSSATZ; ZINSZ; IKV; ISPMT; MDURATION; QIKV; NOMINAL; ZZR; NBW; UNREGER.KURS; UNREGER.REND; UNREGLE.KURS; UNREGLE.REND; PDURATION; RMZ; KAPZ; KURS; KURSDISAGIO; KURSFÄLLIG; BW; ZINS; AUSZAHLUNG; ZSATZINVEST; LIA; DIA; TBILLÄQUIV; TBILLKURS; TBILLRENDITE; VDB; XINTZINSFUSS; XKAPITALWERT; RENDITE; RENDITEDIS; RENDITEFÄLL
    Mathematische und trigonometrische FunktionenWerden genutzt, um grundlegende mathematische und trigonometrische Operationen durchzuführen: Addition, Multiplikation, Division, Runden usw.ABS; ACOS; ARCCOSHYP; ARCCOT; ARCCOTHYP; AGGREGAT; ARABISCH; ARCSIN; ARCSINHYP; ARCTAN; ARCTAN2; ARCTANHYP; BASE; OBERGRENZE; OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; OBERGRENZE.GENAU; KOMBINATIONEN; KOMBINATIONEN2; COS; COSHYP; COT; COTHYP; COSEC; COSECHYP; DEZIMAL; GRAD; ECMA.OBERGRENZE; GERADE; EXP; FAKULTÄT; ZWEIFAKULTÄT; UNTERGRENZE; UNTERGRENZE.GENAU; UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; GGT; GANZZAHL; ISO.OBERGRENZE; KGV; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDET; MINV; MMULT; REST; VRUNDEN; POLYNOMIAL; UNGERADE; PI; POTENZ; PRODUKT; QUOTIENT; BOGENMASS; ZUFALLSZAHL; ZUFALLSBEREICH; RÖMISCH; RUNDEN; ABRUNDEN; AUFRUNDEN; SEC; SECHYP; POTENZREIHE; VORZEICHEN; SIN; SINHYP; WURZEL; WURZELPI; TEILERGEBNIS; SUMME; SUMMEWENN; SUMMEWENNS; SUMMENPRODUKT; QUADRATESUMME; SUMMEX2MY2; SUMMEX2PY2; SUMMEXMY2; TAN; TANHYP; KÜRZEN
    Nachschlage- und VerweisfunktionenWerden genutzt, um die Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden.ADRESSE; WAHL; SPALTE; SPALTEN; FORMELTEXT; WVERWEIS; INDEX; INDIREKT; VERWEIS; VERGLEICH; BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN; ZEILE; ZEILEN; MTRANS; SVERWEIS
    Datums- und UhrzeitfunktionenWerden genutzt um Datum und Uhrzeit in einer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen.DATUM; DATEDIF; DATWERT; TAG; TAGE; TAGE360; EDATUM; MONATSENDE; STUNDE; ISOKALENDERWOCHE; MINUTE; MONAT; NETTOARBEITSTAGE; NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL; JETZT; SEKUNDE; ZEIT; ZEITWERT; HEUTE; WOCHENTAG; KALENDERWOCHE; ARBEITSTAG; ARBEITSTAG.INTL; JAHR; BRTEILJAHRE
    Technische FunktionenDienen der Durchführung von technischen Berechnungen:BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BININDEZ; BININHEX; BININOKT; BITUND; BITLVERSCHIEB; BITODER; BITRVERSCHIEB; BITXODER; KOMPLEXE; UMWANDELN; DEZINBIN; DEZINHEX; DEZINOKT; DELTA; GAUSSFEHLER; GAUSSF.GENAU; GAUSSFKOMPL; GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU; GGANZZAHL; HEXINBIN; HEXINDEZ; HEXINOKT; IMABS; IMAGINÄRTEIL; IMARGUMENT; IMKONJUGIERTE; IMCOS; IMCOSHYP; IMCOT; IMCOSEC; IMCOSECHYP; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMAPOTENZ; IMPRODUKT; IMREALTEIL; IMSEC; IMSECHYP; IMSIN; IMSINHYP; IMWURZEL; IMSUB; IMSUMME; IMTAN; OKTINBIN; OKTINDEZ; OKTINHEX
    DatenbankfunktionenWerden verwendet, um Berechnungen für die Werte in einem bestimmten Feld der Datenbank durchzuführen, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen.DBMITTELWERT; DBANZAHL; DBANZAHL2; DBAUSZUG; DBMAX; DBMIN; DBPRODUKT; DBSTDABW; DBSTDABWN; DBSUMME; DBVARIANZ; DBVARIANZEN
    InformationsfunktionenWerden verwendet, um Ihnen Informationen über die Daten in der ausgewählten Zelle oder einem Bereich von Zellen zu geben.FEHLER.TYP; ISTLEER; ISTFEHL; ISTFEHLER; ISTGERADE; ISTFORMEL; ISTLOG; ISTNV; ISTKTEXT; ISTZAHL; ISTUNGERADE; ISTBEZUG; ISTTEXT; N; NV; BLATT; BLÄTTER; TYP
    Logische FunktionenWerden verwendet, um zu prüfen, ob eine Bedingung wahr oder falsch ist.UND; FALSCH; WENN; WENNFEHLER; WENNNV; WENNS; NICHT; ODER; ERSTERWERT; WAHR; XODER
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm index b9fc60687..f86c8588c 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm @@ -1,37 +1,55 @@ - - - - Fügen Sie die Bilder ein - - - - - - -
    -

    Fügen Sie die Bilder ein

    -

    In TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor, können Sie die Bilder in den populärsten Formaten in Ihre Präsentation einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    -

    Um ein Bild in die Tabelle einzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Setzen Sie den Cursor, wo Sie das Bild einfügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bild einfügen Symbol Bild einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen zum Laden des Bildes: -
        -
      • Die Option Bild aus Datei öffnet das Standard-Windows-Fenster für die Auswahl der Datei. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf den Button Öffnen.
        • -
      • Die Option Bild aus URL öffnet das Fenster, wohin Sie die Webadresse des gewünschten Bildes eingeben und auf den Button OK klicken müssen.
        • -
      -
      4. -
    4. Sobald das Bild hinzugefügt ist, können Sie seine Größe und Position ändern.
      5. -
    -

    Um das eingefügte Bild zu ersetzen,

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus,
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Randleiste, -

      Fenster Bildeinstellungen Rechte Randleiste

      3. -
    3. In der Sektion Bild ersetzen klicken Sie auf den benötigten Button: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL und wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild.
      4. -
    -

    Das gewünschte Bild wird ersetzt.

    -

    Um das gewünschte Bild zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die ENTF-Taste.

    -
    - + + + + Bilder einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Bilder einfügen

    +

    Im Tabellenkalkulationseditor, können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Tabelle einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG.

    +

    Ein Bild einfügen

    +

    Ein Bild einfügen

    +
      +
    1. Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      3. +
    3. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Bild Bild.
      4. +
    4. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen:
        +
      • Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen.
        • +
      • Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK.
        • +
      +
      5. +
    +

    Das Bild wird dem Arbeitsblatt hinzugefügt.

    +

    Bildeinstellungen anpassen

    +

    Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern.

    +

    Genau Bildmaße festlegen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste

      Dialogfenster Bildeinstellungen rechte Seitenleiste

      +
      3. +
    3. Legen Sie im Bereich Größe die erforderlichen Werte für Breite und Höhe fest. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus Symbol Seitenverhältnis sperren aktiviert), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße.
      4. +
    +

    Ein eingefügtes Bild ersetzen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie in der Gruppe Bild ersetzen die gewünschte Option: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL - und wählen Sie das entsprechende Bild aus.
      4. +
    +

    Das ausgewählte Bild wird ersetzt.

    +

    Ist das Bild ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Entsprechend ändern sich die Form des Bildes.

    +

    Registerkarte Formeinstellungen

    +

    Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

    +

    Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind.

    +

    Um das gewünschte Bild zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..81e1b6af2 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ + + + + Textobjekte einfügen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Textobjekte einfügen

    +

    Um einen bestimmten Teil des Datenblatts hervorzuheben, können Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in das Tabellenblatt einfügen.

    +

    Textobjekt einfügen

    +

    Sie können überall im Tabellenblatt ein Textobjekt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen:

    +
      +
    1. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie das gewünschten Textobjekt aus:
        +
      • Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Textfeld Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.

        Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form Form klicken und das Symbol TextAutoForm einfügen aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen.

        +
        • +
      • Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt TextArt in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte des Tabellenblatts eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    3. klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zum Arbeitsblatt zurückzukehren.
      4. +
    +

    Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht).

    +

    Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt einen rechteckigen Rahmen mit Text darstellt (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern.

    +

    Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht.

    +

    Textfeld formatieren

    +

    Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt.

    +

    Markiertes Textfeld

    +
      +
    • Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern.
      • +
    • Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen.
      • +
    • Um Textfelder auszurichten bzw. mit anderen Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü.
      • +
    • Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten.
      • +
    +

    Text im Textfeld formatieren

    +

    Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt.

    +

    Markierter Text

    +

    Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden.

    +
      +
    • Passen Sie die Einstellungen für die Formatierung an (ändern Sie Schriftart, Größe, Farbe und DekoStile). Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Unter der Registerkarte Schriftart im Fenster Absatzeigenschaften können auch einige zusätzliche Schriftarteinstellungen geändert werden. Klicken Sie für die Anzeige der Optionen mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text im Textfeld und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Texteinstellungen.
      • +
    • Sie können den Text in der Textbox horizontal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start.
      • +
    • Sie können den Text in der Textbox vertikal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option vertikale Textausrichtung und klicken Sie dann auf eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Oben ausrichten, Zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten.
      • +
    • Text in der Textbox drehen. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option Textrichtung und anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben).
      • +
    • Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen erstellen: Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aufzählungszeichen und Listen und wählen Sie dann das gewünschte Aufzählungszeichen oder den Listenstil aus.

      Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen

      • +
    • Hyperlink einfügen
      • +
    • Richten Sie den Zeilen- und Absatzabstand für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds ein. Nutzen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Diese öffnet sich, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Texteinstellungen Texteinstellungen klicken. Hier können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Ränder zwischen dem aktuellen und dem vorhergehenden oder dem folgenden Absatz festlegen.

      Registerkarte Texteinstellungen

      +
        +
      • Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben.
        • +
      • Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden.
          +
        • Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen.
          • +
        • Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen.
          • +
        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    • Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen ändern: Sie können für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds Absatzeinzüge und Tabulatoren ändern und bestimmte anwenden. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet:

      Eigenschaften des Absatzes - Registerkarte Einzüge & Position

      +

      In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern.

      +

      Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Schriftart

      +

      Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter:

      +
        +
      • Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie.
        • +
      • Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie.
        • +
      • Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen.
        • +
      • Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln.
        • +
      • Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben.
        • +
      • Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben.
        • +
      • Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen.
        • +
      +

      Absatzeigenschaften - Registerkarte Tabulator

      +

      Die Registerkarte Tabulator erlaubt die Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers dringt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken.

      +
        +
      • Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in dieses Feld ein. Passen Sie diesen mit den Pfeiltasten genauer an und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt.
        • +
      • Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein.
        • +
      • Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus und wählen Sie das Optionsfeld Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig und klicken Sie auf Festlegen.
          +
        • Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts.
          • +
        • Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert.
          • +
        • Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links.
          • +
        +

        Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und klicken Sie auf Entfernen oder Alle entfernen.

        +
        • +
      +
      • +
    +

    TextArt-Stil bearbeiten

    +

    Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen TextArt-Einstellungen.

    +

    Registerkarte TextArt-Einstellungen

    +
      +
    • Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen.
      • +
    • Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen.
      • +
    • Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen.
      • +
    +

    Texteffekte

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm index c36803b5f..603006ac7 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm @@ -1,58 +1,77 @@ - - - - Verwalten Sie die Blätter - - - - - -
    -

    Verwalten Sie die Blätter

    -

    Standardmäßig hat eine erstellte Tabelle drei Blätter. Um das gewünschte Blatt zu aktivieren, nutzen Sie die Blattregisterkarten in der linken unteren Ecke jeder Tabelle.

    -

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Blätter haben, um das gewünschte Blatt zu finden, nutzen Sie die Buttons für die Blattnavigation in der linken unteren Ecke.

    -

    Um ein neues Blatt hinzuzufügen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, nach dem Sie ein neues Blatt einfügen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    -

    Ein neues Blatt wird nach dem gewählten Blatt eingefügt.

    -

    Um ein neues Blatt am Ende aller vorhandenen Blätter einzufügen, klicken Sie auf den Button Plus-Button rechts von den Blättern.

    -

    Um ein unerwünschtes Blatt zu löschen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie entfernen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Löschen im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    -

    Das gewählte Blatt wird aus der aktuellen Tabelle entfernt.

    -

    Um ein vorhandenes Blatt umzubenennen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie umbenennen möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    3. Geben Sie den Blatttitel ins Feld ein und klicken Sie auf OK.
      4. -
    -

    Der Titel des gewählten Blatts wird geändert.

    -

    Um das vorhandene Blatt zu kopieren, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie kopieren möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Kopieren im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie das Blatt, vor dem Sie das kopierte Blatt einfügen möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Zum Ende kopieren, um das kopierte Blatt nach allen vorhandenen Blättern einzufügen.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie auf OK.
      5. -
    -

    Das gewählte Blatt wird kopiert und an der gewählten Stelle untergebracht.

    -

    Um das vorhandene Blatt zu verschieben, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie verschieben möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Verschieben im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie das Blatt, vor dem Sie das gewählte Blatt einfügen möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Zum Ende verschieben, um das gewählte Blatt nach allen vorhandenen Blättern einzufügen.
      4. -
    4. Klicken Sie auf OK.
      5. -
    -

    Oder ziehen Sie die gewünschte Registerkarte des Blattes und setzen Sie diese an den neuen Platz. Das gewählte Blatt wird verschoben.

    -

    Wenn Sie mehrere Blätter haben, können Sie einige davon, die Sie nicht brauchen, ausblenden, um die Arbeit zu erleichtern. Dafür:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie ausblenden möchten.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Ausblenden im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. -
    -

    Um die ausgeblendete Blattregisterkarte einzublenden, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine beliebige Registerkarte, öffnen Sie die Liste Ausgeblendet und wählen Sie die Blattregisterkarte, die Sie einblenden möchten.

    -
    - + + + + Tabellenblätter verwalten + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Tabellenblätter verwalten

    +

    Standardmäßig hat eine erstellte Tabelle drei Blätter. Am einfachsten lassen sich neue Blätter hinzufügen, indem Sie auf Symbol Plus (Neues Blatt) rechts neben den Schaltflächen Blattnavigation in der linken unteren Ecke klicken.

    +

    Alternativ können Sie ein neues Blatt hinzufügen wie folgt:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Tabellenblatt, nach dem Sie ein neues einfügen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    +

    Ein neues Blatt wird nach dem gewählten Blatt eingefügt.

    +

    Um das gewünschte Blatt zu aktivieren, nutzen Sie die Blattregisterkarten in der linken unteren Ecke jeder Tabelle.

    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Blätter haben, können Sie über die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation in der linken unteren Ecke navigieren, um das benötigte Blatt zu finden.

    +

    Ein überflüssiges Blatt löschen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie entfernen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Löschen im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    +

    Das gewählte Blatt wird aus der aktuellen Tabelle entfernt.

    +

    Ein vorhandenes Blatt umbenennen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie umbenennen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    3. Geben Sie den Blatttitel in das Dialogfeld ein und klicken Sie auf OK.
      4. +
    +

    Der Titel des gewählten Blatts wird geändert.

    +

    Ein vorhandenes Blatt kopieren:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie kopieren möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Kopieren im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie das Blatt, vor dem Sie das kopierte Blatt einfügen möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Zum Ende kopieren, um das kopierte Blatt nach allen vorhandenen Blättern einzufügen.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf OK.
      5. +
    +

    Das gewählte Blatt wird kopiert und an der gewählten Stelle untergebracht.

    +

    Ein vorhandene Blatt verschieben:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie verschieben möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Verschieben im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie das Blatt, vor dem Sie das gewählte Blatt einfügen möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Zum Ende verschieben, um das gewählte Blatt nach allen vorhandenen Blättern einzufügen.
      4. +
    4. Klicken Sie auf OK.
      5. +
    +

    Sie können das erforderliche Blatt auch mit dem Mauszeiger ziehen und an der gewünschten Position loslassen. Das gewählte Blatt wird verschoben.

    +

    Wenn Sie mit mehreren Blättern arbeiten, können Sie die Blätter, die aktuell nicht benötigt werden, ausblenden, um die Arbeit übersichtlicher zu gestalten. Blätter ausblenden:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie ausblenden möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Ausblenden im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    +

    Um die ausgeblendete Blattregisterkarte einzublenden, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine beliebige Registerkarte, öffnen Sie die Liste Ausgeblendet und wählen Sie die Blattregisterkarte aus, die Sie wieder einblenden möchten.

    +

    Um die Blätter zu unterscheiden, können Sie den Blattregistern unterschiedliche Farben zuweisen. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie farblich absetzen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Registerfarbe im Rechtsklickmenü.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie eine beliebige Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten aus.

      Palette

      +
        +
      • Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen.
        • +
      • Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben.
        • +
      • Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells eine Farbe bestimmen, geben Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) ein oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen. Die gewählte Farbe wird im Vorschaufeld Neu angezeigt. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen.

        Palette - Benutzerdefinierte Farbe

        +

        Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

        +
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm index 8b0c609f6..d730b76d1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm @@ -1,40 +1,42 @@ - - - - Manipulieren Sie die Objekte - - - - - -
    -

    Manipulieren Sie die Objekte

    -

    You can resize, move, rotate and arrange autoshapes, images and charts inserted into your worksheet.

    -

    Größenänderung

    -

    Um die Größe der AutoForm, des Bildes oder Diagramms zu ändern, ziehen Sie kleine Quadrate Symbol Quadrat, die an den Rändern des Objekts liegen. Um das Originalseitenverhältnis des gewählten Objekts bei der Größenänderung zu behalten, halten Sie die Umschalt-Taste gedrückt und ziehen Sie eines der Symbole an den Ecken.

    -

    Hinweis: Um die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes zu ändern, können Sie die rechte Randleiste, die aktiviert, nachdem Sie das gewünschte Objekt gewählt haben. Um sie zu öffnen, klicken Sie aufs Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen oder Bildeinstellungen Symbol Bildeinstellungen rechts. -

    Maintaining proportions

    -

    Verschiebung der Objekte

    -

    Um die Position der Form, des Bildes, Textbereichs oder Diagramms zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol Pfeil, das beim Richten des Cursors auf das Objekt erscheint. Ziehen Sie das Objekt zur gewünschten Position, ohne die Maustaste freizulassen. - Um das Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die STRG-Taste gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. - Um das Objekt streng horizontal/vertikal zu verschieben und es in perpendikulare Richtung nicht rutschen zu lassen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Drehen gedrückt.

    -

    Drehung der Objekte

    -

    Um die Form oder das Bild zu drehen, richten Sie den Cursor auf den Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie ihn im Uhrzeigersinn oder gegen Uhrzeigersinn. Um den Drehungswinkel auf 15-Grad-Stufen zu begrenzen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Drehen gedrückt.

    -

    Formänderung einer AutoForm

    -

    Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformter Pfeilen und Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantartiges Symbol Gelbes Symbol verfügbar. Es ermöglicht einige Aspekte der Form, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes zu ändern.

    -

    Formänderung einer AutoForm

    -

    Anordnung der Objekte

    -

    Um die gewählten Objekte (AutoFormen, Bilder, Diagramme) anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Objekt wählen Sie den gewünschten Anordnungstyp aus dem Rechtsklickmenü:

    -
      -
    • In den Vordergrund - um ein Objekt in den Vordergrund zu schieben,
      • -
    • In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt in den Hintergrund zu schieben,
      • -
    • Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ein Objekt eine Ebene nach vorne zu schieben,
      • -
    • Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ein Objekt eine Ebene nach hinten zu schieben.
      • -
    -

    Gruppierung mehrerer Objekte

    -

    Um mehrere Objekte auf einmal zu manipulieren, können Sie sie gruppieren. Halten Sie die STRG-Taste gedrückt, während Sie die Objekte wählen, dann klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste, um das Kontextmenü zu öffnen, und wählen Sie die Option Gruppieren.

    -

    Gruppierung der Objekte

    -

    um die gewählte Gruppe der vorher vereinigten Objekte aufzulösen, wählen Sie die gruppierten Objekte und nutzen Sie die Option Gruppierung aufheben aus dem Rechtsklickmenü.

    -
    - + + + + Objekte formatieren + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Objekte formatieren

    +

    Sie können die Größe von in Ihrem Arbeitsblatt eingefügten AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen ändern und diese verschieben, drehen und anordnen.

    +

    Größe von Objekten ändern

    +

    Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern oder Diagrammen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten Quadrat an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes auch über die rechte Seitenleiste ändern, dieses wird aktiviert, sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben. Um diese zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen Diagrammeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen Bildeinstellungen.

    Seitenverhältnis sperren

    +

    Objekte verschieben

    +

    Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol Pfeil, das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt.

    +

    Objekte drehen

    +

    Um die Form oder das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Cursor über den Drehpunkt Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie diesen im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Drehen gedrückt.

    +

    Form von AutoFormen ändern

    +

    Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol Gelber Diamant verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes.

    +

    Die Form einer AutoForm ändern

    +

    Objekte anordnen

    +

    Um die gewählten Objekte (AutoFormen, Bilder, Diagramme) anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie den gewünschten Anordnungstyp aus dem Rechtsklickmenü:

    +
      +
    • In den Vordergrund - um ein Objekt in den Vordergrund zu bringen
      • +
    • In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt in den Hintergrund zu bringen
      • +
    • Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ein Objekt eine Ebene nach vorne zu bringen
      • +
    • Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ein Objekt eine Ebene nach hinten zu bringen
      • +
    +

    Objekte gruppieren

    +

    Um die Form von mehreren Objekten gleichzeitig und gleichmäßig zu verändern, können Sie diese gruppieren. Drücken Sie die Taste STRG und wählen Sie bei gedrückter Taste die gewünschten Objekte mit dem Mauszeiger aus. Klicken Sie anschließen mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl, um das Kontextmenü zu öffnen, und wählen Sie die Option Gruppieren.

    +

    Objekte gruppieren

    +

    Um eine Gruppierung aufzuheben, wählen Sie die gruppierten Objekte mit der Maus, öffnen Sie das Rechtsklickmenü und wählen Sie die Option Gruppierung aufheben aus der Liste aus.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm index 331bcd93e..a85c336f6 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm @@ -1,29 +1,32 @@ - - - - Vereinigen Sie die Zellen - - - - - -
    -

    Vereinigen Sie die Zellen

    -

    Sie können zwei oder mehrere Zellen in eine Zelle vereinigen. Dafür:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie zwei oder mehrere Zellen. -

      Hinweis: Die gewählten Zellen MÜSSEN nebeneinander liegen.

      -
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Vereinigen Symbol Vereinigen auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: -

      Hinweis: Nur die Daten in der oberen linken Zelle des gewählten Bereichs bleiben in der vereigten Zelle. Die Daten aus anderen Zellen des gewählten Bereich werden gelöscht.

      -
        -
      • Wenn Sie die Option Verbinden und zentrieren wählen, werden die Zellen aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten in den vereinigten Zellen werden zentriert.
        • -
      • Wenn Sie die Option Alle Zellen in der Reihe verbinden wählen, werden die Zellen jeder Zeile aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten werden am linken Rand der vereinigten Zellen ausgerichtet.
        • -
      • Wenn Sie die Option Zellen verbinden wählen, werden die Zellen aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten werden vertikal am unteren Rand und horizontal am linken Rand ausgerichtet.
        • -
      -
      3. -
    -

    Um eine vorher vereinigte Zelle zu spalten, nutzen Sie die Option Zellverbund aufheben im Abrollmenü Vereinigen. Die Daten der vereinigten Zelle werden in der oberen linken Zelle angezeigt.

    -
    - + + + + Zellen verbinden + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Zellen verbinden

    +

    Sie können zwei oder mehrere benachbarte Zellen in eine Zelle zusammenführen. Zellen verbinden:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie zwei Zellen oder eine Reihe von Zellen mit der Maus aus.

      Hinweis: Die gewählten Zellen MÜSSEN nebeneinander liegen.

      +
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Verbinden Verbinden auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:

      Hinweis: Nur die Daten in der oberen linken Zelle des gewählten Bereichs bleiben in der vereinigten Zelle erhalten. Die Daten aus den anderen Zellen des gewählten Bereichs werden verworfen.

      +
        +
      • Wenn Sie die Option Verbinden und zentrieren wählen, werden die Zellen aus dem gewählten Bereich zusammengeführt und die Daten in den vereinigten Zellen werden zentriert.
        • +
      • Wenn Sie die Option Verbinden über wählen, werden die Zellen jeder Zeile aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten werden am linken Rand der zusammengeführten Zellen ausgerichtet.
        • +
      • Wenn Sie die Option Zellen verbinden wählen, werden die Zellen aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten werden vertikal am unteren Rand und horizontal am linken Rand ausgerichtet.
        • +
      +
      3. +
    +

    Um eine vorher vereinigte Zelle zu spalten, wählen Sie die Option Zellverbund aufheben in der Menüliste Zellen verbinden. Die Daten der zusammengeführten Zelle werden in der oberen linken Zelle angezeigt.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm index be9f8ebaa..913d75bb1 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm @@ -1,27 +1,32 @@ - - - - Erstellen Sie eine neue oder öffnen Sie eine vorhandene Tabelle - - - - - -
    -

    Erstellen Sie eine neue oder öffnen Sie eine vorhandene Tabelle

    -

    Beim offnen TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor müssen Sie die folgenden Schritte ausführen, um eine neue Tabelle zu erstellen:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Neue erstellen.
      3. -
    -

    Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Tabelle abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort eine vorhandene Tabelle, die Sie vor kurzem bearbeitet haben, öffnen, oder zur Liste der vorhandenen Tabellen übergehen.

    -

    Um eine vor kurzem bearbeitete Tabelle im TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor zu öffnen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt benutzte öffnen.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Tabellen.
      4. -
    -

    Um zur Liste der vorhandenen Tabellen überzugehen, klicken Sie auf den Link Zu Dokumenten übergehen in der rechten oberen Ecke oder auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Zu Dokumenten übergehen.

    -
    - + + + + Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen

    +

    Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Neu....
      3. +
    +

    Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Kalkulationstabelle abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Tabelle übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Tabellen öffnen.

    +

    Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Kalkulationstabelle:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet....
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Tabellen aus.
      4. +
    +

    Um zu der Liste der vorhandenen Kalkulationstabellen zurückzukehren, klicken Sie rechts auf der Menüleiste des Editors auf Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen auswählen.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df55a3195 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ + + + + Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten

    +

    Mithilfe der Bearbeitungstools auf der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie die Darstellung vorhandener Pivot-Tabellen in einer Tabelle ändern.

    +

    Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Pivot-Tabelle mit der Maus aus, um die Bearbeitungstools in der oberen Symbolleiste zu aktivieren.

    +

    Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle

    +

    Mit der Schaltfläche Pivot-Tabelle auswählen Auswählen, können Sie die gesamte Pivot-Tabelle auswählen.

    +

    In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung:

    +
      +
    • Zeilenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Zeilen durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben.
      • +
    • Spaltenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Spalten durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben.
      • +
    • Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
      • +
    • Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
      • +
    +

    Auf der Liste mit Vorlagen für Pivot-Tabellen, können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Optionen Zeilenüberschriten und Gebänderte Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit hervorgehobenen Zeilen und gebänderten Spalten:

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm index 7201c856e..bbc50e466 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm @@ -1,49 +1,55 @@ - - - - Speichern/drucken/laden Sie Ihre Tabelle herunter - - - - - - -
    -

    Speichern/drucken/laden Sie Ihre Tabelle herunter

    -

    Standardmäßig speichert TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor Ihre Datei automatisch alle 10 Minuten, während Sie daran arbeiten, um den Datenverlust im Falle von der unerwarteten Schließung des Programms zu vermeiden. Sie können auch die Periodizität der automatischen Speicherung ändern oder diese Funktion auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen deaktivieren.

    -

    Um Ihre aktuelle Tabelle manuell zu speichern, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Symbol Speichern auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder
      • -
    • Nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+S oder
      • -
    • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Speichern.
      • -
    -

    Um die Tabelle auf die Festplatte Ihres Rechners herunterzuladen, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich.
      2. -
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als....
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren Formate nach Ihrem Bedarf: XLSX, ODS, CSV, HTML.
      4. -
    -

    Um die aktuelle Tabelle auszudrucken, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Drucken Symbol Drucken auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder
      • -
    • Nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder
      • -
    • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Drucken.
      • -
    -

    Wenn Sie die Standard-Druckeinstellungen vor dem Drucken ändern möchten, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Drucken Symbol Drucken auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Druckeinstellungen. Das Fenster Druckeinstellungen wird geöffnet:

    -

    Hinweis: Sie können auch die Druckeinstellungen auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und folgen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Drucken. -

    Fenster Druckeinstellungen

    -

    Hier können Sie die folgenden Parameter einstellen:

    -
      -
    • Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das ganze aktuelle Blatt, alle Blätter Ihrer Tabelle oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Markierung).
      • -
    • Seitenformat - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Größen aus dem Listenmenü.
      • -
    • Seitenorientierung - wählen Sie die Option Hochformat, wenn Sie vertikal auf der Seite drucken möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Querformat, um horizontal zu drucken.
      • -
    • Ränder - geben Sie den Abstand zwischen der Blattdaten und den Kanten der gedruckten Seite an, indem Sie die Standardgrößen in den Feldern Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts ändern.
      • -
    • Layout - aktivieren Sie das Feld An Breite anpassen, wenn Sie die Daten an die Seitenbreite anpassen möchten, oder nutzen Sie das Feld Volle Größe, wenn Sie die Größe des Blatts beibehalten möchten.
      • -
    • Drucken - geben Sie die Blattelemente an, die gedruckt werden, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder aktivieren: Rasterlinien drucken und Zellen- und Spaltenüberschriften drucken.
      • -
    -

    Sobald die Parameter gesetzt sind, klicken sie auf den Button OK, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen, schließen Sie das Fenster und beginnen Sie den Druckvorgang.

    -

    Danach wird eine PDF-Datei aufgrund der bearbeiteten Tabelle erstellt. Sie können sie öffnen und ausdrucken oder auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners oder dem USB-Speicher speichern, um die Tabelle später auszudrucken.

    - -
    - + + + + Kalkulationstabelle speichern/drucken/herunterladen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Kalkulationstabelle speichern/drucken/herunterladen

    +

    Standardmäßig speichert der Editor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabschlusses zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen.

    +

    Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle manuell speichern:

    +
      +
    • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern Speichern auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder
      • +
    • drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder
      • +
    • wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern.
      • +
    +
    +

    Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle auf dem PC speichern:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als....
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV

      Hinweis: Wenn Sie das Format CSV auswählen, werden alle Funktionen (Schriftformatierung, Formeln usw.) mit Ausnahme des einfachen Texts nicht in der CSV-Datei beibehalten. Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern fortfahren, öffnet sich das Fenster CSV-Optionen auswählen. Standardmäßig wird Unicode (UTF-8) als Codierungstyp verwendet. Das Standardtrennzeichen ist das Komma (,), aber die folgenden Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Semikolon (;), Doppelpunkt (:), Tab, Leerzeichen und Sonstige (mit dieser Option können Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes Trennzeichen festlegen).

      +
      4. +
    +
    +

    Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle drucken:

    +
      +
    • Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken Drucken oder
      • +
    • nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder
      • +
    • wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken.
      • +
    +

    Im Fenster Druckeinstellungen können Sie die Standarddruckeinstellungen ändern. Klicken Sie am unteren Rand des Fensters auf die Schaltfläche Details anzeigen, um alle Parameter anzuzeigen.

    +

    Hinweis: Sie können die Druckeinstellungen auch auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Drucken.

    Druckeinstellungen

    +

    Hier können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen:

    +
      +
    • Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das gesamte aktive Blatt, die gesamte Arbeitsmappe oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Auswahl).
      • +
    • Blatteinstellungen - legen Sie für jedes einzelne Blatt individuelle Druckeinstellungen fest, wenn Sie vorher die Option Arbeitsmappe in der Menüliste für den Druckbereich ausgewählt haben.
      • +
    • Seitenformat - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Größen aus der Menüliste aus.
      • +
    • Seitenorientierung - wählen Sie die Option Hochformat, wenn Sie vertikal auf der Seite drucken möchten, oder die Option Querformat, um horizontal zu drucken.
      • +
    • Skalierung - wenn Sie nicht möchten, dass anhängende Spalten oder Zeilen auf einer zweiten Seite gedruckt werden, können Sie den Inhalt des Blatts auf eine Seite verkleinern, indem Sie die entsprechende Option auswählen: Tabelle auf eine Seite anpassen, Alle Spalten auf einer Seite oder Alle Zeilen auf einer Seite. Wenn Sie keine Anpassung vornehmen wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine Skalierung.
      • +
    • Ränder - geben Sie den Abstand zwischen der Blattdaten und den Rändern der gedruckten Seite an, indem Sie die Standardgrößen in den Feldern Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts ändern.
      • +
    • Drucken - geben Sie die Blattelemente an, die gedruckt werden sollen, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder aktivieren: Gitternetzlinien drucken und Zellen- und Spaltenüberschriften drucken.
      • +
    +

    Wenn Sie alle Parameter festgelegt haben klicken sie auf OK, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen, schließen Sie das Fenster und starten Sie den Druckvorgang. Danach wird basierend auf der Kalkulationstabelle eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken.

    + +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm index f22e57446..2ed8e51d4 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/SortData.htm @@ -1,67 +1,193 @@ - - - - Sortieren und filtern Sie die Daten - - - - - -
    -

    Sortieren und filtern Sie die Daten

    -

    Daten sortieren

    -

    Sie können Ihre Daten in einer Tabelle mithilfe der verfügbaren Optionen schnell sortieren:

    -
      -
    • Aufsteigend wird genutzt, um Ihre Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von den kleinsten bis zu den größten nummerischen Daten.
      • -
    • Absteigend wird genutzt, um Ihre Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von den größten bis zu den kleinsten nummerischen Daten.
      • -
    -

    Um die Daten zu sortieren, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie einen Zellenbereich, den Sie sortieren möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Von A bis Z sortieren Symbol Von A bis Z sortieren auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um Ihre Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren, -
      ODER
      - Klicken Sie aufs Symbol Von Z bis A sortieren Symbol Von Z bis A sortieren auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um Ihre Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren. -
      3. -
    -

    Sie können Ihre Daten mithilfe der Option Sortieren aus dem Rechtsklickmenü sortieren.

    -

    Daten filtern

    -

    Um nur die Zeilen anzuzeigen, die den bestimmten Kriterien entsprechen, nutzen Sie die Option Filter. Um einen Filter zu aktivieren, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie einen Zellenbereich mit den Daten, die Sie filtern möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Filter Symbol Filter auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    -

    Ein nach unten gerichteter Pfeil Pfeil wird in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte des gewählten Zellenbereichs erscheinen. Das bedeutet, dass der Filter aktiviert ist.

    -

    Um den Filter anzuwenden, klicken Sie auf diesen Pfeil Pfeil. Im geöffneten Fenster Filter stellen Sie die Filterparameter ein, indem Sie eine der Methoden wählen:

    -
      -
    • Wählen Sie die Daten zum Anzeigen -

      Deaktivieren Sie die Felder neben den Daten, die Sie ausblenden möchten. Für Ihre Bequemlichkeit werden alle Daten neben dem Fenster Filter in der absteigenden Reihenfolge dargestellt. Um den Prozess zu erleichtern, nutzen Sie das Suchfeld. Geben Sie Ihre Anfrage ganz oder nur teilweise ins Feld ein und klicken Sie auf die Eingabetaste. Um das Suchfeld zu leeren, nutzen Sie das Symbol Symbol Leeren.

      -

      Nach Bedarf können Sie die Sortierungsreihenfolge der Daten zum Anzeigen mit einem Klick auf den Button Button Aufsteigend bestimmen, um Ihre Daten in der aufsteigenden Reihenfolge zu sortieren, oder auf den Button Button Absteigend, um die Daten in der absteigenden Reihenfolge zu sortieren.

      -

      Fenster Filter

      -
      • -
    • Wenden Sie den benutzerdefinierten Filter -

      Klicken Sie auf den Button Benutzerdefiniert in der oberen rechten Ecke des Fensters Filter. Im offenen Fenster Benutzerdefinierter Filter wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren Kriterien aus dem Listenmnü und geben Sie den gewünschten Wert ins Feld rechts ein.

      -

      Um ein weiteres Kriterium hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Feld Und, wenn Sie die Daten brauchen, die den beiden Kriterien entsprechen, oder nutzen Sie das Feld Oder, wenn die Daten einem oder den beiden Kriterien entsprechen können. Dann wählen Sie das zweite Kriterium aus dem unteren Listenmenü und geben Sie den gewünschten Wert rechts.

      -

      Fenster Benutzerdefinierter Filter

      -
      • -
    -

    Der Button Filter Button Filter wird in der ersten Zelle der Spalte erscheinen. Das bedeutet, dass der Filter angewandt ist.

    -

    Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren

    -

    Um die Arbeit mit Ihren Daten zu erleichtern, ermöglicht der TeamLab Spreadsheet Editor Ihnen, eine Tabellenvorlage auf den gewählte Zellenbereich mit automatischer Filteraktivierung anzuwenden. Dafür führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen sie einen Zellenbereich, den Sie formatieren möchten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Vorlage in der Gallerie.
      4. -
    4. Im auftauchenden Fenster überprüfen Sie den Zellenbereich, der wie Tabelle formatiert werden muss,
      5. -
    5. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Titel, falls Sie möchten, dass die Überschriften der Tabelle in den gewählten Zellenbereich einbezogen werden, sonst wird die Zeile mit der Überschrift obenan hinzugefügt, während der gewählte Zellenbereich eine Zeile nach unten verschoben wird,
      6. -
    6. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die gewählte Vorlage anzuwenden.
      7. -
    -

    Die Vorlage wird auf den gewählten Zellenbereich angewandt und Sie können die Überschriften der Tabelle zu bearbeiten und den Filter für die Arbeit mit Ihren Daten anzuwenden.

    -

    Filter leeren

    -

    Um den Filter zu leeren, führen Sie diese Schritte aus:

    -
      -
    1. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit den gefilterten Daten.
      2. -
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Filter Symbol Filter auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. -
    -
    - + + + + Daten filtern und sortieren + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Daten filtern und sortieren

    +

    Daten sortieren

    +

    Sie können Ihre Daten in einer Tabelle mithilfe der verfügbaren Optionen schnell sortieren:

    +
      +
    • Aufsteigend wird genutzt, um Ihre Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von den kleinsten bis zu den größten nummerischen Werten.
      • +
    • Absteigend wird genutzt, um Ihre Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von den größten bis zu den kleinsten nummerischen Werten.
      • +
    +

    Daten sortieren:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich aus, den Sie sortieren möchten (Sie können eine einzelne Zelle in einem Bereich auswählen, um den gesamten Bereich zu sortieren.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Von A bis Z sortieren Von A bis Z sortieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um Ihre Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren,
      ODER
      klicken Sie auf das Symbol Von Z bis A sortieren Von Z bis A sortieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um Ihre Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren.
      3. +
    +

    Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine einzelne Spalte / Zeile innerhalb eines Zellenbereichs oder eines Teils der Spalte / Zeile auswählen, werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie die Auswahl um benachbarte Zellen erweitern oder nur die ausgewählten Daten sortieren möchten.

    +

    Sie können Ihre Daten auch mit Hilfe der Optionen im Kontextmenü sortieren. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den ausgewählten Zellenbereich, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Sortieren und dann im Untermenü auf die gewünschte Option Aufsteigend oder Absteigend.

    +

    Mithilfe des Kontextmenüs können Sie die Daten auch nach Farbe sortieren.

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle, die die Farbe enthält, nach der Sie Ihre Daten sortieren möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Sortieren aus dem Menü aus.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus dem Untermenü aus:
        +
      • Ausgewählte Zellenfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Zellenhintergrundfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen.
        • +
      • Ausgewählte Schriftfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Schriftfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    + +

    Daten filtern

    +

    Um nur Zeilen anzuzeigen die bestimmten Kriterien entsprechen, nutzen Sie die Option Filter.

    Filter aktivieren:
      +
    1. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich aus, der die Daten enthält, die Sie filtern möchten (Sie können eine einzelne Zelle in einem Zellbereich auswählen, um den gesamten Zellbereich zu filter).
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Filter Filter.

      Ein nach unten gerichteter Pfeil Filterpfeil wird in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte des gewählten Zellenbereichs angezeigt. So können Sie erkennen, dass der Filter aktiviert ist.

      +
      3. +
    +

    Einen Filter anwenden:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie auf den Filterpfeil Filterpfeil. Die Liste mit den Filter-Optionen wird angezeigt:

      Filter

      +
      2. +
    2. +

      Passen Sie die Filterparameter an. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Anzuzeigende Daten auswählen; Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien filtern oder Daten nach Farben filtern.

      +
        +
      • Anzuzeigende Daten auswählen:

        Deaktivieren Sie die Felder neben den Daten die Sie ausblenden möchten. Zur Vereinfachung werden alle Daten neben dem Fenster Filter in absteigender Reihenfolge dargestellt.

        +

        Hinweis: das Kästchen {Leerstellen} bezieht sich auf leere Zellen. Es ist verfügbar, wenn der ausgewählte Zellenbereich mindestens eine leere Zelle enthält.

        +

        Über das oben befindliche Suchfeld, können Sie den Prozess vereinfachen. Geben Sie Ihre Abfrage ganz oder teilweise in das Feld ein und drücken Sie dann auf OK - die Werte, die die gesuchten Zeichen enthalten, werden in der Liste unten angezeigt. Außerdem stehen Ihnen die zwei folgenden Optionen zur Verfügung:

        +
          +
        • Alle Suchergebnisse auswählen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Diese Option ermöglicht Ihnen alle Werte auszuwählen, die Ihrer Abfrage in der Liste entsprechen.
          • +
        • Aktuelle Auswahl zum Filtern hinzufügen - Wenn Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen aktivieren, werden die ausgewählten Werte nicht ausgeblendet, wenn Sie den Filter anwenden.
          • +
        +

        Nachdem Sie alle erforderlichen Daten ausgewählt haben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK in der Optionsliste Filter, um den Filter anzuwenden.

        +
        • +
      • Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien filtern

        Abhängig von den Daten, die in der ausgewählten Spalte enthalten sind, können Sie im rechten Teil der Liste der Filteroptionen entweder die Option Zahlenfilter oder die Option Textfilter auswählen und dann eine der Optionen aus dem Untermenü auswählen:

        +
          +
        • Für Zahlenfilter stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: Gleich..., Ungleich..., Größer als..., Größer als oder gleich..., Kleiner als..., Kleiner als oder gleich..., Zwischen, Top 10, Größer als der Durchschnitt, Kleiner als der Durchschnitt, Benutzerdefinierter Filter....
          • +
        • Für Textfilter stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: Gleich..., Ungleich..., Beginnt mit..., Beginnt nicht mit..., Endet mit..., Endet nicht mit..., Enthält..., Enthält nicht..., Benutzerdefinierter Filter....
          • +
        +

        Nachdem Sie eine der oben genannten Optionen ausgewählt haben (außer den Optionen Top 10 und Größer/ Kleiner als Durchschnitt), öffnet sich das Fenster Benutzerdefinierter Filter. Das entsprechende Kriterium wird in der oberen Dropdown-Liste ausgewählt. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das Feld rechts ein.

        +

        Um ein weiteres Kriterium hinzuzufügen, verwenden Sie das Optionsfeld Und, wenn Sie die Daten benötigen, um beide Kriterien zu erfüllen, oder klicken Sie auf das Optionsfeld Oder, wenn eines oder beide Kriterien erfüllt werden können. Wählen Sie dann das zweite Kriterium aus der unteren Auswahlliste und geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert rechts ein.

        +

        Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden.

        +

        Benutzerdefinierter Filter

        +

        Wenn Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierter Filter... aus der Optionsliste Zahlen-/ Textfilter wählen, wird das erste Kriterium nicht automatisch ausgewählt, Sie können es selbst festlegen.

        +

        Wenn Sie die Option Top 10 aus dem Zahlenfilter auswählen, öffnet sich ein neues Fenster:

        +

        Top 10 AutoFilter

        +

        In der ersten Dropdown-Liste können Sie auswählen, ob Sie die höchsten (Oben) oder niedrigsten (Unten) Werte anzeigen möchten. Im zweiten Feld können Sie angeben, wie viele Einträge aus der Liste oder wie viel Prozent der Gesamtzahl der Einträge angezeigt werden sollen (Sie können eine Zahl zwischen 1 und 500 eingeben). Die dritte Drop-Down-Liste erlaubt die Einstellung von Maßeinheiten: Element oder Prozent. Nach der Einstellung der erforderlichen Parameter, klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden.

        +

        Wenn Sie die Option Größer/Kleiner als Durchschnitt aus dem Zahlenfilter auswählen, wird der Filter sofort angewendet.

        +
        • +
      • Daten nach Farbe filtern

        Wenn der Zellenbereich, den Sie filtern möchten, Zellen mit einem formatierten Hintergrund oder einer geänderten Schriftfarbe enthalten (manuell oder mithilfe vordefinierter Stile), stehen Ihnen die folgenden Optionen zur Verfügung:

        +
          +
        • Nach Zellenfarbe filtern - nur die Einträge mit einer bestimmten Zellenhintergrundfarbe anzeigen und alle anderen verbergen.
          • +
        • Nach Schriftfarbe filtern - nur die Einträge mit einer bestimmten Schriftfarbe anzeigen und alle anderen verbergen.
          • +
        +

        Wenn Sie die erforderliche Option auswählen, wird eine Palette geöffnet, die alle im ausgewählten Zellenbereich verwendeten Farben anzeigt. Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden.

        +

        Daten nach Farbe filtern

        +
        • +
      +

      Die Schaltfläche Filter Filter wird in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte des gewählten Zellenbereichs angezeigt. Das bedeutet, dass der Filter aktiviert ist. Die Anzahl der gefilterten Datensätze wird in der Statusleiste angezeigt (z. B. 25 von 80 gefilterten Datensätzen).

      +

      Hinweis: Wenn der Filter angewendet wird, können die ausgefilterten Zeilen beim automatischen Ausfüllen, Formatieren und Löschen der sichtbaren Inhalte nicht geändert werden. Solche Aktionen betreffen nur die sichtbaren Zeilen, die Zeilen, die vom Filter ausgeblendet werden, bleiben unverändert. Beim Kopieren und Einfügen der gefilterten Daten können nur sichtbare Zeilen kopiert und eingefügt werden. Dies entspricht jedoch nicht manuell ausgeblendeten Zeilen, die von allen ähnlichen Aktionen betroffen sind.

      +
      3. +
    +

    Gefilterte Daten sortieren

    +

    Sie können die Sortierreihenfolge der Daten festlegen, für die Sie den Filter aktiviert oder angewendet haben. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil Filterpfeil oder auf das Smbol Filter Filter und wählen Sie eine der Optionen in der Liste der für Filter zur Verfügung stehenden Optionen aus:

    +
      +
    • Von niedrig zu hoch - Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortieren, wobei der niedrigste Wert oben in der Spalte angezeigt wird.
      • +
    • Von hoch zu niedrig - Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge sortieren, wobei der höchste Wert oben in der Spalte angezeigt wird.
      • +
    • Nach Zellfarbe sortieren - Daten nach einer festgelegten Farbe sortieren und die Einträge mit der angegebenen Zellfarbe oben in der Spalte anzeigen.
      • +
    • Nach Schriftfarbe sortieren - Daten nach einer festgelegten Farbe sortieren und die Einträge mit der angegebenen Schriftfarbe oben in der Spalte anzeigen.
      • +
    +

    Die letzten beiden Optionen können verwendet werden, wenn der zu sortierende Zellenbereich Zellen enthält, die Sie formatiert haben und deren Hintergrund oder Schriftfarbe geändert wurde (manuell oder mithilfe vordefinierter Stile).

    +

    Die Sortierrichtung wird durch die Pfeilrichtung des jeweiligen Filters angezeigt.

    +
      +
    • Wenn die Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind, sieht der Filterpfeil in der ersten Zelle der Spalte aus wie folgt: Filterpfeil und das Symbol Filter ändert sich folgendermaßen: Filter.
      • +
    • Wenn die Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind, sieht der Filterpfeil in der ersten Zelle der Spalte aus wie folgt: Filterpfeil und das Symbol Filter ändert sich folgendermaßen: Filter.
      • +
    +

    Sie können die Daten auch über das Kontextmenü nach Farbe sortieren:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle, die die Farbe enthält, nach der Sie Ihre Daten sortieren möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Sortieren aus dem Menü aus.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus dem Untermenü aus:
        +
      • Ausgewählte Zellenfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Zellenhintergrundfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen.
        • +
      • Ausgewählte Schriftfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Schriftfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen.
        • +
      +
      4. +
    +

    Nach ausgewählten Zelleninhalten filtern.

    +

    Sie können die Daten auch über das Kontextmenü nach bestimmten Inhalten filtern: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle, wählen Sie die Filteroptionen aus dem Menü aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen:

    +
      +
    • Nach dem Wert der ausgewählten Zelle filtern - es werden nur Einträge angezeigt, die denselben Wert wie die ausgewählte Zelle enthalten.
      • +
    • Nach Zellfarbe filtern - es werden nur Einträge mit derselben Zellfarbe wie die ausgewählte Zelle angezeigt.
      • +
    • Nach Schriftfarbe filtern - es werden nur Einträge mit derselben Schriftfarbe wie die ausgewählte Zelle angezeigt.
      • +
    +

    Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren

    +

    Um die Arbeit mit Daten zu erleichtern, ermöglicht der Tabelleneditor eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen ausgewählten Zellenbereich unter automatischer Filteraktivierung anzuwenden. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen sie einen Zellenbereich, den Sie formatieren möchten.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste.
      3. +
    3. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Vorlage in der Gallerie aus.
      4. +
    4. Überprüfen Sie den Zellenbereich, der als Tabelle formatiert werden soll im geöffneten Fenster.
      5. +
    5. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Titel, wenn Sie möchten, dass die Tabellenüberschriften in den ausgewählten Zellbereich aufgenommen werden, ansonsten wird die Kopfzeile oben hinzugefügt, während der ausgewählte Zellbereich um eine Zeile nach unten verschoben wird.
      6. +
    6. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die gewählte Vorlage anzuwenden.
      7. +
    +

    Die Vorlage wird auf den ausgewählten Zellenbereich angewendet und Sie können die Tabellenüberschriften bearbeiten und den Filter anwenden, um mit Ihren Daten zu arbeiten.

    +

    Hinweis: wenn Sie eine neu formatierte Tabelle erstellen, wird der Tabelle automatisch ein Standardname zugewiesen (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen ändern und für weitere Bearbeitungen verwenden.

    +

    Wenn Sie einen neuen Wert in eine Zelle unter der letzten Zeile der Tabelle eingeben (wenn die Tabelle nicht über eine Zeile mit den Gesamtergebnissen verfügt) oder in einer Zelle rechts von der letzten Tabellenspalte, wird die formatierte Tabelle automatisch um eine neue Zeile oder Spalte erweitert. Wenn Sie die Tabelle nicht erweitern möchten, klicken Sie auf die angezeigte Schaltfläche Einfügen mit Sonderoptionen und wählen Sie die Option Automatische Erweiterung rückgängig machen. Wenn Sie diese Aktion rückgängig gemacht haben, ist im Menü die Option Automatische Erweiterung wiederholen verfügbar.

    +

    Automatische Erweiterung rückgängig machen

    +

    Einige der Tabelleneinstellungen können über die Registerkarte Einstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden, die geöffnet wird, wenn Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Tabelle mit der Maus auswählen und auf das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen Tabelleneinstellungen rechts klicken.

    +

    Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen

    +

    In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung:

    +
      +
    • Kopfzeile - Kopfzeile wird angezeigt.
      • +
    • Gesamt - am Ende der Tabelle wird eine Zeile mit den Ergebnissen hinzugefügt.
      • +
    • Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
      • +
    • Schaltfläche Filtern - die Filterpfeile Filterpfeil werden in den Zellen der Kopfzeile angezeigt. Diese Option ist nur verfügbar, wenn die Option Kopfzeile ausgewählt ist.
      • +
    • Erste Spalte - die erste Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben.
      • +
    • Letzte Spalte - die letzte Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben.
      • +
    • Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert.
      • +
    +

    Im Abschnitt Aus Vorlage wählen können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Option Kopfzeile im Abschnitt Zeilen und die Option Gebänderte Spalten im Abschnitt Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit Kopfzeile und gebänderten Spalten:

    +

    Vorlagenliste

    +

    Wenn Sie den aktuellen Tabellenstil (Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmen usw.) löschen möchten, ohne die Tabelle selbst zu entfernen, wenden Sie die Vorlage Keine aus der Vorlagenliste an:

    +

    Keine Vorlagen

    +

    Im Abschnitt Größe anpassen können Sie den Zellenbereich ändern, auf den die Tabellenformatierung angewendet wird. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen - ein neues Fenster wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich im Eingabefeld oder wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich auf dem Arbeitsblatt mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK.

    +

    Tabellengröße ändern

    +

    Im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten Zeilen & Spalten können Sie folgende Vorgänge durchzuführen:

    +
      +
    • Wählen Sie eine Zeile, Spalte, alle Spalten ohne die Kopfzeile oder die gesamte Tabelle einschließlich der Kopfzeile aus.
      • +
    • Einfügen - eine neue Zeile unter oder über der ausgewählten Zeile bzw. eine neue Spalte links oder rechts von der ausgewählten Spalte einfügen.
      • +
    • Löschen - eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle löschen.
      • +
    +

    Hinweis: die Optionen im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten sind auch über das Rechtsklickmenü zugänglich.

    +

    In Bereich konvertieren - Tabelle in einen regulären Datenbereich umwandeln, indem Sie den Filter entfernen. Der Tabellenstil wird beibehalten (z. B. Zellen- und Schriftfarben usw.). Wenn Sie diese Option anwenden, ist die Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste nicht mehr verfügbar.

    +

    Um die erweiterten Tabelleneigenschaften zu ändern, klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet:

    +

    Tabelle - Erweiterte Einstellungen

    +

    Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind.

    +

    Filter erneut anwenden:

    +

    Wenn die gefilterten Daten geändert wurden, können Sie den Filter aktualisieren, um ein aktuelles Ergebnis anzuzeigen:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Filter Filter in der ersten Zelle der Spalte mit den gefilterten Daten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Filter erneut anwenden in der geöffneten Liste mit den Filteroptionen aus.
      3. +
    +

    Sie können auch mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle innerhalb der Spalte klicken, die die gefilterten Daten enthält, und im Kontextmenü die Option Filter erneut anwenden auswählen.

    +

    Filter leeren

    +

    Angewendete Filter leeren:

    +
      +
    1. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Filter Filter in der ersten Zelle der Spalte mit den gefilterten Daten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie die Option Filter leeren in der geöffneten Liste mit den Filteroptionen aus.
      3. +
    +

    Alternativ gehen Sie vor wie folgt:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit den gefilterten Daten aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Filter leeren Filter leeren.
      3. +
    +

    Der Filter bleibt aktiviert, aber alle angewendeten Filterparameter werden entfernt und die Schaltflächen Filter Filter in den ersten Zellen der Spalten werden in die Filterpfeile Filterpfeil geändert.

    +

    Filter entfernen

    +

    Einen Filter entfernen:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit den gefilterten Daten aus.
      2. +
    2. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Filter Filter.
      3. +
    +

    Der Filter werde deaktiviert und die Filterpfeile Filterpfeil verschwinden aus den ersten Zellen der Spalten.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm index 099c6d655..6cef6277e 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm @@ -1,21 +1,25 @@ - - - - Machen Sie Ihre Aktionen rückgängig und wiederholen Sie diese - - - - - - -
    -

    Machen Sie Ihre Aktionen rückgängig und wiederholen Sie diese

    -

    Um diese Operationen durchzuführen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste:

    -
      -
    • Rückgängig – nutzen Sie das Symbol Rückgängig Rückgängig, um die letzte durchgeführte Operation rückgängig zu machen.
      • -
    • Wiederholen – nutzen Sie das Symbol Wiederholen Wiederholen, um die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion zu wiederholen.
      • -
    -

    Hinweis: Diese Operationen können auch mithilfe der Tastaturkürzel durchgeführt werden.

    -
    - + + + + Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen

    +

    Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste:

    +
      +
    • Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig Rückgängig, um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen.
      • +
    • Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen Wiederholen, um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen.
      • +
    +

    Hinweis: Diese Vorgänge können auch mithilfe der Tastenkombinationen durchgeführt werden.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c906d9ae --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm @@ -0,0 +1,78 @@ + + + + Namensbereiche verwenden + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Namensbereiche verwenden

    +

    Namen sind sinnvolle Kennzeichnungen, die für eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich zugewiesen werden können und die das Arbeiten mit Formeln vereinfachen. Wenn Sie eine Formel erstellen, können Sie einen Namen als Argument eingeben, anstatt einen Verweis auf einen Zellbereich zu erstellen. Wenn Sie z. B. den Namen Jahreseinkommen für einen Zellbereich vergeben, können Sie SUMME(Jahreseinkommen) eingeben, anstelle von SUMME (B1: B12). Auf diese Art werden Formeln übersichtlicher. Diese Funktion kann auch nützlich sein, wenn viele Formeln auf ein und denselben Zellbereich verweisen. Wenn die Bereichsadresse geändert wird, können Sie die Korrektur einmal mithilfe des Namensverwaltung vornehmen, anstatt alle Formeln einzeln zu bearbeiten.

    +

    Es gibt zwei Arten von Namen, die verwendet werden können:

    +
      +
    • Definierter Name - ein beliebiger Name, den Sie für einen bestimmten Zellbereich angeben können.
      • +
    • Tabellenname - ein Standardname, der einer neu formatierten Tabelle automatisch zugewiesen wird (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen später bearbeiten.
      • +
    +

    Namen werden auch nach Bereich klassifiziert, d. h. der Ort, an dem ein Name erkannt wird. Ein Name kann für die gesamte Arbeitsmappe (wird für jedes Arbeitsblatt in dieser Arbeitsmappe erkannt) oder für ein separates Arbeitsblatt (wird nur für das angegebene Arbeitsblatt erkannt) verwendet werden. Jeder Name muss innerhalb eines Geltungsbereichs eindeutig sein, dieselben Namen können innerhalb verschiedener Bereiche verwendet werden.

    +

    Neue Namen erstellen

    +

    So erstellen Sie einen neuen definierten Namen für eine Auswahl:

    +
      +
    1. Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich aus, dem Sie einen Namen zuweisen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Öffnen Sie ein neues Namensfenster:
        +
      • Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie die Option Namen definieren im Kontextmenü aus.
        • +
      • klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Neuer Name aus dem Menü aus.
        • +
      +

      Das Fenster Neuer Name wird geöffnet:

      +

      Neuer Name

      +
      3. +
    3. Geben Sie den gewünschten Namen in das dafür vorgesehene Texteingabefeld ein.

      Hinweis: ein Name darf nicht von einer Nummer ausgehen und keine Leerzeichen oder Satzzeichen enthalten. Unterstriche (_) sind erlaubt. Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet.

      +
      4. +
    4. Legen Sie den Bereich für den Namen fest. Der Bereich Arbeitsmappe ist standardmäßig ausgewählt, Sie können jedoch auch ein einzelnes Arbeitsblatt aus der Liste auswählen.
      5. +
    5. Überprüfen Sie die Angabe für den ausgewählten Datenbereich. Nehmen Sie Änderungen vor, falls erforderlich. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen - das Fenster Datenbereich auswählen wird geöffnet.

      Datenbereich auswählen

      +

      Ändern Sie im Eingabefeld die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich oder wählen Sie mit der Maus einen neuen Bereich im Arbeitsblatt aus und klicken Sie dann auf OK

      +
      6. +
    6. Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Namen zu speichern.
      7. +
    +

    Um schnell einen neuen Namen für den ausgewählten Zellenbereich zu erstellen, können Sie auch den gewünschten Namen in das Namensfeld links neben der Bearbeitungsleiste eingeben und die EINGABETASTE drücken. Ein solchermaßen erstellter Name wird der Arbeitsmappe zugeordnet.

    +

    Namensfeld

    +

    Namen verwalten

    +

    Über den Namens-Manger können Sie die vorhandenen Namen einsehen und verwalten. Namens-Manager öffnen:

    +
      +
    • Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manger aus dem Menü aus,
      • +
    • oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manager.
      • +
    +

    Das Fenster Namens-Manger wird geöffnet:

    +

    Namens-Manger

    +

    Zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit können Sie die Namen filtern, indem Sie die Namenskategorie auswählen, die angezeigt werden soll: Alle, Definierten Namen, Tabellennamen, Im Arbeitsblatt festgelegte Namensbereiche oder In der Arbeitsmappe festgelegte Namensbereiche. Die Namen, die zu der ausgewählten Kategorie gehören, werden in der Liste angezeigt, die anderen Namen werden ausgeblendet.

    +

    Um die Sortierreihenfolge für die angezeigte Liste zu ändern, klicken Sie im Fenster auf die Optionen Benannte Bereiche oder Bereich.

    +

    Namen bearbeiten: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeiten. Das Fenster Namen bearbeiten wird geöffnet:

    +

    Namen bearbeiten

    +

    Für einen definierten Namen können Sie den Namen und den Datenbereich (Bezug) ändern. Bei Tabellennamen können Sie nur den Namen ändern. Wenn Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf Ok, um die Änderungen anzuwenden. Um die Änderungen zu verwerfen, klicken Sie auf Abbrechen. Wenn der bearbeitete Name in einer Formel verwendet wird, wird die Formel automatisch entsprechend geändert.

    +

    Namen löschen: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Löschen.

    +

    Hinweis: wenn Sie einen Namen löschen, der in einer Formel verwendet wird, kann die Formel nicht länger funktionieren (die Formel gibt den Fehlerwert #NAME? zurück).

    +

    Sie können im Fenster Names-Manager auch einen neuen Namen erstellen, klicken Sie dazu auf die Schaltfläche Neu.

    +

    Namen bei die Bearbeitung der Tabelle verwenden

    +

    Um schnell zwischen Zellenbereichen zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen aus der Namensliste aus - der Datenbereich, der diesem Namen entspricht, wird auf dem Arbeitsblatt ausgewählt.

    +

    Namensliste

    +

    Hinweis: in der Namensliste werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind.

    +

    In einer Formel einen Namen als Argument hinzufügen:

    +
      +
    1. Platzieren Sie die Einfügemarke an der Stelle, an der Sie einen Namen hinzufügen möchten.
      2. +
    2. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen:
        +
      • Geben Sie den Namen des erforderlichen benannten Bereichs manuell über die Tastatur ein. Sobald Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben eingegeben haben, wird die Liste Formel automatisch vervollständigen angezeigt. Während der Eingabe werden die Elemente (Formeln und Namen) angezeigt, die den eingegebenen Zeichen entsprechen. Um den gewünschten Namen aus der Liste auszuwählen und diesen in die Formel einzufügen, klicken Sie mit einem Doppelklick auf den Namen oder drücken Sie die TAB-Taste,
        • +
      • oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namen einfügen aus dem Menü aus, wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen im Fenster Namen einfügen aus und klicken Sie auf OK.

        Namen einfügen

        +
        • +
      +
      3. +
    +

    Hinweis: im Fenster Namen einfügen werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind.

    +
    + + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm index 1dcacfee9..e2557ac0a 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm @@ -1,18 +1,32 @@ - - - - Sehen Sie die Informationen über Ihre Tabelle - - - - - -
    -

    Sehen Sie die Informationen über Ihre Tabelle

    -

    Um auf die detaillierten Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle zuzugreifen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninfo.

    -

    Die Dateiinformationen schließen den Titel der Tabelle, Autor, die Speicherstelle, das erstellungsdatum, Personen mit dem Recht auf die Durchsicht und Bearbeitung der Tabelle ein.

    - <

    Wenn Sie den vollen Zugriff auf diese Tabelle haben, können Sie auch aktuell gewählte Zugriffsrechte ändern, klicken Sie dafür auf den Button Zugriffsrechte ändern in der Sektion Personen mit Berechtigungen.

    -

    Um die Leiste Datei zu schließen und zur Tabelle überzugehen, wählen Sie die Option Zurück zur Tabelle.

    -
    - + + + + Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen + + + + + + + +
    +
    + +
    +

    Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen

    +

    Für detaillierte Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninfo.

    +

    Allgemeine Informationen

    +

    Die Informationen umfassen Tabellentitel, Autor, Ort und Erstellungsdatum.

    +
    +

    Hinweis: Sie können den Namen der Tabelle direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK.

    +
    +
    +

    Zugriffsrechte

    +

    Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung.

    +

    Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Tabelle berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste.

    +

    Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern.

    +
    +

    Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und in den Bearbeitungsmodus zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen.

    +
    + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js index cf314ceea..b8087d149 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/callback.js @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* * - * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2017 + * (c) Copyright Ascensio System Limited 2010-2018 * * This program is a free software product. You can redistribute it and/or * modify it under the terms of the GNU Affero General Public License (AGPL) diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css index cf3e4f141..0b550e306 100644 --- a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/editor.css @@ -1,155 +1,155 @@ -body -{ -font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; -font-size: 12px; -color: #444; -background: #fff; -} - -img -{ -border: none; -vertical-align: middle; -max-width: 95%; -} - -img.floatleft -{ -float: left; -margin-right: 30px; -margin-bottom: 10px; -} - -li -{ -line-height: 2em; -} - -.mainpart -{ -margin: 0; -padding: 10px 20px; -} - -.mainpart h1 -{ -font-size: 16px; -font-weight: bold; -} - -table, -tr, -td, -th -{ -border-left: 0; -border-right: 0; -border-bottom: solid 1px #E4E4E4; -border-collapse: collapse; -padding: 8px; -text-align: left; -} - -table -{ -margin: 20px 0; -width: 100%; -} - -th -{ -font-size: 14px; -font-weight: bold; -padding-top: 20px; -} - -td.function -{ -width: 35%; -} - -td.shortfunction -{ -width: 20%; -} - -td.combination -{ -width: 15%; -} - -td.description -{ -width: 50%; -} - -td.longdescription -{ -width: 80%; -} - -.note -{ -background: #F4F4F4 url(images/help.png) no-repeat 7px 5px; -font-size: 11px; -padding: 10px 20px 10px 37px; -width: 90%; -margin: 10px 0; -line-height: 1em; -min-height: 14px; -} - -hr -{ -height: 1px; -width: 90%; -text-align: left; -margin: 10px 0 15px; -color: #E4E4E4; -background-color: #E4E4E4; -border: 0; -clear: both; -} - -a -{ -color: #7496DD; -text-decoration: underline; -} - -a:hover -{ -text-decoration: none; -} -a.sup_link { -text-decoration: none; -} - -.search-field { - display: block; - float: right; -} -.search-field input { - width: 250px; - height: 25px; - box-sizing: border-box; - padding: 4px 10px 4px 25px; - border: 1px solid #e1e1e1; - border-radius: 6px; - background: url('data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAoAAAAKCAYAAACNMs+9AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAQVJREFUGBl1j71KxUAQhe8uJkZcC/ERfADBRsheCSkFwcLKxkbuM1jaa2+l1pZ6FW2EJJgUdqYOdinsAuIfRDZ+E24qceAw55w5O7urRlRRFKtt2x5DQ/AGrn3fPwrD8Avel5qFnlEOTMFK13Vb9CcwjuP4hz6aY9MJ3Xmet26tfREzy7ID59yZ1nofeSGeBhZcDSExoyg6V0o1bN4ULSXBd7AsYqgkSQL4AvgcPM2pG8R2mqZ7YlZVNc+2U/yAq+XNfak8z5d45yNqjcAr3RAyMkXfwXf50LcSQ7bUdT2Bjhl+0G8JHNI30A/GmJ0+iPGnZjfdM7CEp/8G5WRZlotN01xCg18HsWi9HzrHEgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==') center left 9px no-repeat; -} - -.search-field input:focus { - outline:0 !important; -} - -.subtitle { - font-size: 0.9em; - font-style: italic; -} -#search-results a { - font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; - font-size: 1em; - font-weight: bold; - color: #444; +body +{ +font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; +font-size: 12px; +color: #444; +background: #fff; +} + +img +{ +border: none; +vertical-align: middle; +max-width: 95%; +} + +img.floatleft +{ +float: left; +margin-right: 30px; +margin-bottom: 10px; +} + +li +{ +line-height: 2em; +} + +.mainpart +{ +margin: 0; +padding: 10px 20px; +} + +.mainpart h1 +{ +font-size: 16px; +font-weight: bold; +} + +table, +tr, +td, +th +{ +border-left: 0; +border-right: 0; +border-bottom: solid 1px #E4E4E4; +border-collapse: collapse; +padding: 8px; +text-align: left; +} + +table +{ +margin: 20px 0; +width: 100%; +} + +th +{ +font-size: 14px; +font-weight: bold; +padding-top: 20px; +} + +td.function +{ +width: 35%; +} + +td.shortfunction +{ +width: 20%; +} + +td.combination +{ +width: 15%; +} + +td.description +{ +width: 50%; +} + +td.longdescription +{ +width: 80%; +} + +.note +{ +background: #F4F4F4 url(images/help.png) no-repeat 7px 5px; +font-size: 11px; +padding: 10px 20px 10px 37px; +width: 90%; +margin: 10px 0; +line-height: 1em; +min-height: 14px; +} + +hr +{ +height: 1px; +width: 90%; +text-align: left; +margin: 10px 0 15px; +color: #E4E4E4; +background-color: #E4E4E4; +border: 0; +clear: both; +} + +a +{ +color: #7496DD; +text-decoration: underline; +} + +a:hover +{ +text-decoration: none; +} +a.sup_link { +text-decoration: none; +} + +.search-field { + display: block; + float: right; +} +.search-field input { + width: 250px; + height: 25px; + box-sizing: border-box; + padding: 4px 10px 4px 25px; + border: 1px solid #e1e1e1; + border-radius: 6px; + background: url('data:image/png;base64,iVBORw0KGgoAAAANSUhEUgAAAAoAAAAKCAYAAACNMs+9AAAAAXNSR0IArs4c6QAAAQVJREFUGBl1j71KxUAQhe8uJkZcC/ERfADBRsheCSkFwcLKxkbuM1jaa2+l1pZ6FW2EJJgUdqYOdinsAuIfRDZ+E24qceAw55w5O7urRlRRFKtt2x5DQ/AGrn3fPwrD8Avel5qFnlEOTMFK13Vb9CcwjuP4hz6aY9MJ3Xmet26tfREzy7ID59yZ1nofeSGeBhZcDSExoyg6V0o1bN4ULSXBd7AsYqgkSQL4AvgcPM2pG8R2mqZ7YlZVNc+2U/yAq+XNfak8z5d45yNqjcAr3RAyMkXfwXf50LcSQ7bUdT2Bjhl+0G8JHNI30A/GmJ0+iPGnZjfdM7CEp/8G5WRZlotN01xCg18HsWi9HzrHEgAAAABJRU5ErkJggg==') center left 9px no-repeat; +} + +.search-field input:focus { + outline:0 !important; +} + +.subtitle { + font-size: 0.9em; + font-style: italic; +} +#search-results a { + font-family: "Helvetica Neue",Helvetica,Arial,sans-serif; + font-size: 1em; + font-weight: bold; + color: #444; } \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a544b99e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/3dchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d5ccd0a4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/SearchOptions.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..36d9f52b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/about.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abs.png index b64ba231a..a34616ef8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abs.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/abs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce9b4b510 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/access_rights.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accounting_currency.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accounting_currency.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..03ac43f89 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accounting_currency.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accountingstyle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accountingstyle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1325b70f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accountingstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accrint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accrint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d4c0f521 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accrint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accrintm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accrintm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e4b1aa2ca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/accrintm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acos.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acos.png index 7eef2855d..3e4685f09 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acos.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acos.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acosh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acosh.png index bc4045e2a..ce781f318 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acosh.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acosh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..91487ce69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acoth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acoth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a9313cbda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/acoth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addborders.png index 5c040c7a4..664d796ad 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png index 6e15adf36..e5525a1f5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/addhyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/address.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/address.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bdffbb87 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/address.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png index b1a6421bc..371d2a136 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/advanced_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aggregate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aggregate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19189b16e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aggregate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aggregate2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aggregate2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae993fc66 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aggregate2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png index 16e032352..ab6098291 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignbottom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png index c8f44c63d..3cb1d4e12 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligncenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png index 82f24b933..3f78174ec 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png index cae944219..158a730fd 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignmiddle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png index 40b3504b8..62ea0562f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/alignright.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png index 728e0d71e..8166dac42 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/aligntop.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/allborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/allborders.png index cf09ba703..9c7a3227a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/allborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/allborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/amordegrc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/amordegrc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dacf48101 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/amordegrc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/amorlinc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/amorlinc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a8eeb9740 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/amorlinc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/and.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/and.png index b229dfbfd..b9c9fa1cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/and.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/and.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andfalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andfalse.png index b161f0ad6..284484794 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andfalse.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andfalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andtrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andtrue.png index 9a07aeb4b..3178bc8a9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andtrue.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/andtrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/angleclockwise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/angleclockwise.png index 0cad5c934..4d698f052 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/angleclockwise.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/angleclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anglecounterclockwise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anglecounterclockwise.png index f7ca26979..28e41360d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anglecounterclockwise.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/anglecounterclockwise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arabic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arabic.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e883881af Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arabic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png index 61ce1e00e..90e8ae3c4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/arrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ascendingbutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ascendingbutton.png index cfbf32d42..9799fe157 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ascendingbutton.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ascendingbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asin.png index f9df41b77..b88119978 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asin.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asinh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asinh.png index 84a57449e..7dbbcef0b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asinh.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/asinh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan.png index 6149150bf..8ba2f7432 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan2.png index bbb12dd09..e11d8d5b7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atan2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atanh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atanh.png index b175241ff..e7e186922 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atanh.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/atanh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autofill.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autofill.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c14f374bb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoforeach.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoforeach.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4bd7c2cf4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/autoforeach.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/avedev.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/avedev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6ec26ac2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/avedev.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/average.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/average.png index 1de01b5f6..09a845d9d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/average.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/average.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averagea.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averagea.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a91524b4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averagea.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averageif.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averageif.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a83f75ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averageif.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averageifs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averageifs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bac8f784 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/averageifs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png index 696e20fb7..b0eb63cdc 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/back.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..d73b2b665 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/backgroundcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/base.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/base.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..519327a2c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/base.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d5ea0f69d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/basiccalculations.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besseli.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besseli.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fa14a8f9e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besseli.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besselj.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besselj.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..432f3fe08 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besselj.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besselk.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besselk.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..270fa8754 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/besselk.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bessely.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bessely.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abd1b34cb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bessely.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/beta-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/beta-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ef07115b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/beta-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/beta-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/beta-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af9803850 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/beta-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/betadist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/betadist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ba9141729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/betadist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png index 0ae3b9c05..9816bf1f0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bgcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2dec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2dec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b18faa05 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2dec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2hex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2hex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf8c29ec6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2hex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2oct.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2oct.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30804ea06 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bin2oct.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-dist-range.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-dist-range.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a7070f6a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-dist-range.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d46b5ceb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..addcdb230 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binom-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binomdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binomdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77fc88353 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/binomdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitand.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitand.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a89886a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitand.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitlshift.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitlshift.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d72b7b336 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitlshift.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e41e7680 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitrshift.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitrshift.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d7e1afd8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitrshift.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitxor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitxor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a49a9cd9d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bitxor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png index b2270b9f4..8b50580a0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bold.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordercolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordercolor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a1adeb2db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bordercolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/borderwidth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/borderwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b268994b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/borderwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bottomborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bottomborders.png index c1b87ec80..c6a9e9fd5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bottomborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bottomborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png index fb7004dd3..386c7011c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bullets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c24dd1389 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/bulletsandnumbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceiling.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceiling.png index 741c6d8e6..01d0f8e9b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceiling.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceiling.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceilingmath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceilingmath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..51eb186f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceilingmath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceilingprecise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceilingprecise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97d2eb636 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ceilingprecise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png index dfd0cd509..b78676ac7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cellrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png index f872fe924..f9464e5f4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolorscheme.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2371bdad6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidthcursor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidthcursor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e78a7d8b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/changecolumnwidthcursor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/char.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/char.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..888773592 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/char.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart.png index 7449e24ef..10d247f7b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad82877fb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/charteditor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png index 544305b17..e4f1182c7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6a1862e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettingsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettingsicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d479753b6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow.png index 740ab9175..a20900786 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c7788ab5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow2.png index c795ac69b..501d3184d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7de00e254 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b3b4dd9c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chartwindow4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b378e0df6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chat_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png index e3e255d4e..98ba5dd3e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png index 88f1d9ddc..b1fb9c038 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chaticon_new.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chidist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chidist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..48b4b1c5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chidist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chiinv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chiinv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4c00e6190 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chiinv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-dist-rt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-dist-rt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e5495b4fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-dist-rt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f273243c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-inv-rt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-inv-rt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d350e2415 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-inv-rt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b08df623 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-test.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-test.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a9da4c09 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chisq-test.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chitest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chitest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f78e95e62 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/chitest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/choose.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/choose.png index 0366989c0..1bffa42cb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/choose.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/choose.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png index 08e4461db..c8b41f4d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/circle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clean.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clean.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d169f5760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clean.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clear.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clear.png index be717b54c..df5292f77 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clear.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clear.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..40b553863 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearicon.png index 6d67db46c..b3a218f5c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1511f730d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/clearstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/code.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/code.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c12acc16f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/code.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31cb6f765 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmode.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..93da8c540 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coeditingmodemenu.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/column.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/column.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..74018c0c3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/column.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e24c93f2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70961b4e4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/columnwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combin.png index d9d0eb78c..8e0152dec 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combin.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combina.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combina.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c5f63351 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/combina.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68285e369 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comment_toptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png index fa8f7f62e..1c2846ec2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/comments.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png index 530610698..2c2fb9173 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/commentsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/complex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/complex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be7ffdc69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/complex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..52b41f17c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concatenate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concatenate.png index f80de8c6d..9151b0295 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concatenate.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/concatenate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence-norm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence-norm.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30207f76b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence-norm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence-t.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence-t.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61dbc10a7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence-t.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9c650b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/confidence.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a4e405e91 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectionpoint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1dbdab18 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bb502683e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_firstshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9c22d779 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_moveshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2d4596b9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/connectors_secondshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png index 4421ac8d2..4787f08cd 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7e9da62e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/constantproportionsactivated.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6a7d4eb30 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/convert.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png index 03136f732..87f716a19 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copy.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png index 2ad20e3b1..4cf32e6bb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copypastewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png index fbba1fd2c..45c836fa2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c51b1a456 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/copystyle_selected.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/correl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/correl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9d9cc9b24 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/correl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cos.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cos.png index 7c6d8532f..14a894910 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cos.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cos.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cosh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cosh.png index 8641fb4a0..aaad1c7ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cosh.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cosh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f64637cb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8865390e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/count.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/count.png index 25db8f3a0..50d4a0186 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/count.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/count.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/counta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/counta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41180367b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/counta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countblank.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countblank.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..508fad3b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countblank.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countif.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countif.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5ebcadae9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countif.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countifs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countifs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..54ed3bea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/countifs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdaybs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdaybs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1197400a2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdaybs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdays.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdays.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7c3ad2029 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdays.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdaysnc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdaysnc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ae1295ac1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupdaysnc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupncd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupncd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50da0fc91 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupncd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupnum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupnum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..504da3b75 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/coupnum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/couppcd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/couppcd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02b68a3e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/couppcd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..55590dad2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covariance-p.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covariance-p.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..df7698951 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covariance-p.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covariance-s.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covariance-s.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..557e600f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/covariance-s.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/critbinom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/critbinom.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e9360371 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/critbinom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/csc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/csc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2464fa1e8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/csc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/csch.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/csch.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01ca3bd3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/csch.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cumipmt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cumipmt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..852cb1bc1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cumipmt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cumprinc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cumprinc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2744363e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/cumprinc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/currencystyle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/currencystyle.png index 6b203dd30..4aa288097 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/currencystyle.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/currencystyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customfilterwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customfilterwindow.png index 36baa537c..3fba1d147 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customfilterwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customfilterwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b01ad94c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/customtable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date.png index 54a1755c9..9d336e35d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/date.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/datedif.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/datedif.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2c758bf19 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/datedif.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/datevalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/datevalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e416918f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/datevalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/daverage.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/daverage.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b522ff9b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/daverage.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/day.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/day.png index f9eea8063..c55ee2f32 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/day.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/day.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/days.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/days.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..69d17a8bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/days.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/days360.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/days360.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..954ac7553 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/days360.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/db.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/db.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d1fb8bf0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/db.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dcount.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dcount.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..982bd220e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dcount.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dcounta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dcounta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9a13a84a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dcounta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ddb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ddb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8b41ef5ba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ddb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2bin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2bin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d8372f0e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2bin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2hex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2hex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cfa4f6ec5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2hex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2oct.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2oct.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c204cf16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dec2oct.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decimal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decimal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f237b4a81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decimal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be92fa39b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedecimal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedecimal.png index 843b50a6c..05a41140d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedecimal.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreasedecimal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png index a41f09549..87d71620a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/decreaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/degrees.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/degrees.png index bab4196a0..3832d75d2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/degrees.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/degrees.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecells.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecells.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fdb6b7df Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecells.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png index da6cf637a..43c48cee5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deletecommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2360f35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png index 8798b02d0..a8b698212 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/deleteicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/delta.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/delta.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a085ae091 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/delta.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/descendingbutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/descendingbutton.png index 2ed0541fa..219028e82 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/descendingbutton.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/descendingbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/devsq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/devsq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2414c7b95 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/devsq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dget.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dget.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3003bc1d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dget.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/diagonal_down_border.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/diagonal_down_border.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..85b8723d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/diagonal_down_border.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/diagonal_up_border.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/diagonal_up_border.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e3f24c6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/diagonal_up_border.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/disc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/disc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dd3538a2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/disc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dmax.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dmax.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0589d118a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dmax.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dmin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dmin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bd01a228 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dmin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fb48ec51 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..694cb18b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/document_language_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c1c414f2f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollarde.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollarde.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..063c946ae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollarde.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollarfr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollarfr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a9e33ae0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dollarfr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dproduct.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dproduct.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b80f0dfd2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dproduct.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4aee9c1d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_margin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..67fabb7d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_none.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2076115a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4423073a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c4bddfe4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5722ed5d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropcap_text.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropdownarrow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropdownarrow.png index 039bd8a1d..3990baf2b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropdownarrow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dropdownarrow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dstdev.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dstdev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..180826134 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dstdev.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dstdevp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dstdevp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b53db32cc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dstdevp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dsum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dsum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a69a3e8e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dsum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/duration.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/duration.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c25017775 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/duration.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dvar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dvar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..edd479f27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dvar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dvarp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dvarp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a8dc0b47 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/dvarp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ecma-ceiling.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ecma-ceiling.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dacebe185 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ecma-ceiling.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/edate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/edate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..563322328 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/edate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png index 8638dcfc9..798cae3b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editcommenticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editnamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editnamewindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..844737fca Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/editnamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/effect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/effect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..72bd1148f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/effect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/eomonth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/eomonth.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3a6e2281d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/eomonth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7aac0ed69 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/equationplaceholder.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erf-precise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erf-precise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c70091e4b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erf-precise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erf.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erf.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04f4a2789 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erf.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erfc-precise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erfc-precise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5e146d71b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erfc-precise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erfc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erfc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..051609c92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/erfc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/error.type.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/error.type.png index 2fb2d20fb..06cd52c8a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/error.type.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/error.type.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/even.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/even.png index e18ba7216..4851a0bbf 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/even.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/even.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exactfalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exactfalse.png index a5ec703f5..566cd9292 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exactfalse.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exactfalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exacttrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exacttrue.png index dc294d192..6de347300 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exacttrue.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exacttrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exp.png index d1bfc651b..0771949af 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exp.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/exp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expon-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expon-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e52b4f13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expon-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expondist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expondist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..61569d1b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/expondist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-dist-rt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-dist-rt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3d5f416b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-dist-rt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cec0fb824 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-inv-rt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-inv-rt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ee25f2980 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-inv-rt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5078afc90 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-test.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-test.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c42dd2972 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/f-test.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fact.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fact.png index 05a8603fb..dbd5c8df4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fact.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fact.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/factdouble.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/factdouble.png index febf6390d..0db2dee91 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/factdouble.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/factdouble.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/false.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/false.png index 607665657..fd2afa14c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/false.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/false.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..559fe6b78 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c61246b1e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/feedback.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png index 848a57be4..c40af0405 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/file.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png index 6a4b5e8ad..7bdaf7d38 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_color.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png index fd0c523b2..3c12a3e2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_gradient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png index 46881718b..5e05dd9f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_pattern.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png index f3594ab87..1cd08311c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fill_picture.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbutton.png index 19eaf3d08..02dd884b1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbutton.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbycolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbycolor.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60c2069db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterbycolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterwindow.png index 125cc8f3e..fc7a596c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/filterwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/find.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/find.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30f65c0cd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/find.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/finv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/finv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3d3bdb573 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/finv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstsheet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstsheet.png index 636985dde..f9f608214 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstsheet.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/firstsheet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisher.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisher.png index e2bc86acf..7fd41f3ff 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisher.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisher.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisherinv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisherinv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..68f9436eb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fisherinv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png index be996039a..2ff1b9ae1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png index 8b5e03f02..17ee0330b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fitwidth.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fixed.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fixed.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d71f746f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fixed.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floor.png index d224a13a2..2e15d7640 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floormath.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floormath.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..061d4ff20 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floormath.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floorprecise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floorprecise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6bef2bffa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/floorprecise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png index 15aad588c..1f3478e4e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png index 961ddb018..f5521a276 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontfamily.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png index 8eaa06fc0..f1570a960 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fontsize.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-confint.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-confint.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..33c3fe41c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-confint.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-seasonality.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-seasonality.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80a655597 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-seasonality.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-stat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-stat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bb578037 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets-stat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..929887e92 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-ets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-linear.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-linear.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afc470413 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast-linear.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..095086a88 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/forecast.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0bbb5336 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formatastext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9bb55bb1f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formattingpresets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formulatext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formulatext.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c422623ee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/formulatext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6fd05c333 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frame_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frequency.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frequency.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d6f23221 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/frequency.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ftest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ftest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7028ce45a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ftest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/function.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/function.png index 032510f55..880ede366 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/function.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/function.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fv.png index 3ae83402b..a35617217 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fv.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fvschedule.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fvschedule.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0413eaea8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/fvschedule.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e335c43db Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a7e853fa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1da21a8cc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gamma.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammadist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammadist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b61a4ce71 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammadist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammainv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammainv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc9d6150e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammainv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammaln-precise.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammaln-precise.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32844a930 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammaln-precise.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammaln.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammaln.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f18f38194 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gammaln.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gauss.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gauss.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ddfc30e4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gauss.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gcd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gcd.png index 9b673f682..63b0c1421 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gcd.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gcd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/generalformat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/generalformat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e3cec6eb6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/generalformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/geomean.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/geomean.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3cc75966 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/geomean.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gestep.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gestep.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..01af74296 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gestep.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6430f04e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gotodocuments.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png index 4cdd5e405..24a660be2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/gradientslider.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png index 4e345e9ca..327710369 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/greencircle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png index 3ccc296f0..646f41d9c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/grouping.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png index 97826ffce..f5ea4c95d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hard.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/harmean.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/harmean.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b868dd50 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/harmean.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png index 37b93cfa4..af69f2006 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png index ff5c0b38c..3749be13b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/help.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2bin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2bin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5a5fea25f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2bin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2dec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2dec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4b40577bf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2dec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2oct.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2oct.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6e5f6ea6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hex2oct.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png index 6419d71c8..0da9ed71b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hiderulers.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highesttolowest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highesttolowest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f42e42c85 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highesttolowest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highesttolowest1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highesttolowest1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..71138ed59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highesttolowest1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png index 9c4da1336..19b73a08d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/highlightcolor.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hlookup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hlookup.png index 5a84d2d62..002ede931 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hlookup.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hlookup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalignment.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalignment.png index 31eff5237..d8b6ae3da 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalignment.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontalalignment.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontaltext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontaltext.png index 9ed01c704..56de04709 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontaltext.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/horizontaltext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hour.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hour.png index ba3b3c60c..d9d286c23 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hour.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hour.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlink.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlink.png index bc38828d6..5aec27eab 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlink.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlink.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png index add594168..631458ba3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hyperlinkwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hypgeom-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hypgeom-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f2967c59 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hypgeom-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hypgeomdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hypgeomdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..af8421f93 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/hypgeomdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iferror.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iferror.png index 3519ab4d7..31d16ed9b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iferror.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iferror.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iffalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iffalse.png index e5ecfca7d..6fa6899a4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iffalse.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iffalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ifna.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ifna.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b5617b315 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ifna.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ifs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ifs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..15fa2f6c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ifs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iftrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iftrue.png index 7bf3fbded..a6ac8e254 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iftrue.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iftrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imabs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imabs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0e8685e02 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imabs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png index fc980ff7c..a94916449 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png index 8477be0bf..589bea7b9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e9f3032c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0d1c90d5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7bcb03f2e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/image_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec40ef017 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imageadvancedsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png index b377e9baa..c87466a9f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imagesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imaginary.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imaginary.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cc919502a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imaginary.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imargument.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imargument.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d0dba18c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imargument.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imconjugate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imconjugate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..398132a5f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imconjugate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcos.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcos.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..234147bd7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcos.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcosh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcosh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aabc3c91a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcosh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2283511e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcsc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcsc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b03f0771a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcsc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcsch.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcsch.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c5448c94 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imcsch.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imdiv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imdiv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3c043ce1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imdiv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imexp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imexp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8675c44a5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imexp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imln.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imln.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5329013df Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imln.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imlog10.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imlog10.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c868fad65 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imlog10.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imlog2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imlog2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cb1b88bba Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imlog2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/impower.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/impower.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf15d59ae Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/impower.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/improduct.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/improduct.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0a3be3fdb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/improduct.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imreal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imreal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..001889913 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imreal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1a843338b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsech.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsech.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b9dae7c4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsech.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..200e8889b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsinh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsinh.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..366bb1482 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsinh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsqrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsqrt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b0960faa Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsub.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsub.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3c9265614 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsub.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cc1a15be Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imsum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imtan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imtan.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9cc7d9dbb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/imtan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6cf64f8ec Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedecimal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedecimal.png index ac6964687..247dd1462 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedecimal.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increasedecimal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png index bdf04da93..f91783a68 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/increaseindent.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/index_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/index_1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e78246c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/index_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/index_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/index_2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0427ed397 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/index_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indirect.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indirect.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dfb02d7af Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/indirect.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4de80d3d6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insert_dropcap_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png index bab171ce2..03d49c6b0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertautoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcells.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcells.png index 96cc977e3..22020ffdf 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcells.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertcells.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b421c6da Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertchart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f185a53d4 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertedequation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cce825b4c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertequationicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png index eaf65ed79..3ca330b38 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertfunction.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png index fdb380d98..3f42bfc41 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insertpagenumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..62d170fda Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttextarticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d700c078e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/inserttexticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideborders.png index a1ef9926d..db1841dd6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insidehorizontalborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insidehorizontalborders.png index ef815caba..6b85ed8a4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insidehorizontalborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insidehorizontalborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideverticalborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideverticalborders.png index 3d8b6a374..f57f3fdcb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideverticalborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/insideverticalborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/int.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/int.png index f3ab5731d..d41d44584 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/int.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/int.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/intercept.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/intercept.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a22c91008 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/intercept.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b7910d84b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/collaborationtab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1f0c0fbcf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/editorwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5133aa55a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/filetab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..046a8d7d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/hometab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c6a880824 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/inserttab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f3f1306f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/leftpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..400cc2169 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pivottabletab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7b69e8f42 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/pluginstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8de23c09b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/interface/rightpart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/internallink.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/internallink.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e555e92fd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/internallink.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/intrate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/intrate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1eb5b27e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/intrate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ipmt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ipmt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2b96ae330 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ipmt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/irr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/irr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6627587f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/irr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isblank.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isblank.png index 7365a859c..c4ccdd360 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isblank.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isblank.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserr.png index fded8cf4a..9a51f6c92 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserr.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserror.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserror.png index 2ebbe5122..a8f252c2a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserror.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iserror.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iseven.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iseven.png index 2fd19e5fa..545baa063 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iseven.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/iseven.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isformula.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isformula.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f9408a3f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isformula.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/islogical.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/islogical.png index 813d861ad..e8bfb97a4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/islogical.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/islogical.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isna.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isna.png index aa2de23d2..05ec6819a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isna.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isna.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnontext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnontext.png index 4f9a67f1c..efc7a8b6f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnontext.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnontext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnumber.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnumber.png index cc7318dd3..4b56a1bf9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnumber.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isoceiling.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isoceiling.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab49c45a9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isoceiling.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isodd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isodd.png index 5e6cccefe..ecadf5134 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isodd.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isodd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isoweeknum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isoweeknum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b99bcccd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isoweeknum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ispmt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ispmt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7cef3deb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ispmt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isref.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isref.png index d2afd4092..768bd0788 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isref.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isref.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isreffalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isreffalse.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a424425dd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isreffalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isreftrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isreftrue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..594d1d19a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/isreftrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/istext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/istext.png index 690b586cc..74e617d2a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/istext.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/istext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png index 72de32bc4..08fd67a4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/italic.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png index 5cd99cf06..b6520db6d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/justify.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/kurt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/kurt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..14898ec77 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/kurt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/large.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/large.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1b5cbd73 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/large.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png index d74d00d33..1a461a817 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/larger.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lastsheet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lastsheet.png index 7906401b5..45cef7eee 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lastsheet.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lastsheet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lcm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lcm.png index 0ecf42969..488e64f18 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lcm.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lcm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/left.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/left.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ad8a69c2a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/left.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftborders.png index 0a1ee257c..1bb67a165 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/leftborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/len.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/len.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1c1ec29ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/len.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png index 3cd9d2026..d9324fbfe 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/linespacing.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ln.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ln.png index e81c5ff28..5246e2186 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ln.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ln.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log.png index 1e7145dae..c8b621a3b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log10.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log10.png index c4aaac0f5..0b499cfff 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log10.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/log10.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/loginv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/loginv.png index 72edd6f81..0ed8328c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/loginv.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/loginv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognorm-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognorm-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4fdb2287c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognorm-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognorm-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognorm-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e92d759bf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognorm-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognormdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognormdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47536d224 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lognormdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lookup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lookup.png index ceae0b81e..191a3a55b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lookup.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lookup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lower.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lower.png index 9351b5109..ef938a63c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lower.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lower.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lowesttohighest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lowesttohighest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89dc2ebb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lowesttohighest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lowesttohighest1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lowesttohighest1.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1d1680d3a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/lowesttohighest1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png index 1d987f201..203879bb2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maintain_proportions.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/match.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/match.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f64e13760 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/match.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/max.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/max.png index f579acf2e..57e988101 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/max.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/max.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxa.png index 3950d79e0..a92814eef 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxa.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxifs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxifs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..817f6d8b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/maxifs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mdeterm.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mdeterm.png index 1c806da40..73aa2b7d6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mdeterm.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mdeterm.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mduration.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mduration.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50ae3c7f7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mduration.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/median.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/median.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d9eb9d8fd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/median.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/merge.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/merge.png index f6f0293a5..798c8d050 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/merge.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/merge.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mid.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mid.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..59eefd338 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mid.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/min.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/min.png index 99266591f..54de8edfa 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/min.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/min.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mina.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mina.png index 3f4a1607e..517a22977 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mina.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mina.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minifs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minifs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..929a5a0c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minifs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minute.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minute.png index 43858aa9d..6cd608b22 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minute.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minute.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minverse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minverse.png index 2ddb794ce..f502d215f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minverse.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/minverse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mirr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mirr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e38fc220e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mirr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mmult.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mmult.png index ec9914674..abe257e26 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mmult.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mmult.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mod.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mod.png index e5bcd9ac2..e169fb40b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mod.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mod.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode-mult.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode-mult.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..796a28c70 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode-mult.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode-sngl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode-sngl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b38f66927 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode-sngl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fedeb619c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mode.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/month.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/month.png index 209ff4d06..d216cc295 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/month.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/month.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bee5711b5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/moving_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mround.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mround.png index 0c6dd9ce6..3debf388c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mround.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/mround.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multinomial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multinomial.png index 661477ba3..796da3987 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multinomial.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/multinomial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/n.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/n.png index 1dd6dc411..889ccdc96 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/n.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/n.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/na.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/na.png index 1f7febead..12d474dcc 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/na.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/na.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namedranges.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namedranges.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9c371c17e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namedranges.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namefield.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namefield.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d19010c7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namefield.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namelist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namelist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2cac1edd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namelist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namemanagerwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namemanagerwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..97eca2154 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/namemanagerwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/negbinom-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/negbinom-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..646c34803 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/negbinom-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/negbinomdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/negbinomdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f8c6cf7ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/negbinomdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..45f5e284a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nestedfraction.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/networkdays-intl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/networkdays-intl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e49124477 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/networkdays-intl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/networkdays.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/networkdays.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b8f6acbe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/networkdays.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newnamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newnamewindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8ed4732f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newnamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..25c8219e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/newslot.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png index 13d2e6aee..e30ed59d7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextpage.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextsheet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextsheet.png index 74b7c7ced..02fb28b7c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextsheet.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nextsheet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png index a7afc213b..6cc606618 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noerror.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noerror.png index 3121eba4a..a181c05c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noerror.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/noerror.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png index f5299f8a8..614087250 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nofill.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nominal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nominal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..50337ab9b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nominal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png index daf6cefbb..fad613bb1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonbreakspace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonetemplate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonetemplate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..13b12015a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonetemplate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png index 7887748f1..b77249a38 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nonprintingcharacters.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..356b4d623 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3ecafea11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-s-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-s-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..505ee9e11 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-s-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-s-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-s-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e878fa94c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norm-s-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..726164a45 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norminv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norminv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..83076349c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/norminv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normsdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normsdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..89fc341ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normsdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normsinv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normsinv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75b05f866 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/normsinv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/notfalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/notfalse.png index ce0cee091..568708111 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/notfalse.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/notfalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nottrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nottrue.png index 4bb120dd0..c1d4c92a5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nottrue.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nottrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/now.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/now.png index 1417f9263..032220285 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/now.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/now.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nper.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nper.png index cb6958940..521c5d3c9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nper.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/nper.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/npv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/npv.png index 4e460a25a..98b8b532e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/npv.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/npv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png index 46a7b9441..67adee6d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformatwindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformatwindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..202a03712 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numberformatwindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png index faf68426a..c637c9272 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbering.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbervalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbervalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..975673919 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/numbervalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2bin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2bin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3081a33d3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2bin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2dec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2dec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57f16c31c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2dec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2hex.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2hex.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8de98d5b3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oct2hex.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/odd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/odd.png index 40f24597a..a8c4623fd 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/odd.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/odd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddfprice.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddfprice.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ead53c073 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddfprice.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddfyield.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddfyield.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76e5985cb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddfyield.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddlprice.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddlprice.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec89a30ac Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddlprice.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddlyield.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddlyield.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19d36dbb8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/oddlyield.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/offset.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/offset.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..06c63b93a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/offset.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orfalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orfalse.png index dbc340e94..09accd73c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orfalse.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orfalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png index 129c5ae34..0922e7de4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/orientation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ortrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ortrue.png index a64279c07..7305b314d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ortrue.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ortrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png index 330d41c7a..6260ac3e0 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outsideborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outsideborders.png index 024e00984..8debcfbbc 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outsideborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/outsideborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png index b9f820ed5..4b8067a1e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png index 07da2970c..ec59074c7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagebreak1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png index 39f8e3de8..8fbca6b7a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pagesize.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png index 914f42974..e03061f8d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png index 9b414e560..1f1ed67a6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/palette_custom.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..357a4f3e5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_borders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86b6f9c64 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_font.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5bfe314ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_indents.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a18e4a58d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_margins.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..754a1ff40 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paradvsettings_tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png index 9574c2a06..9e9aacd31 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8a8fe9d36 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/paste_style.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastenamewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastenamewindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de8c24ac7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastenamewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecial.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecial.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..28f8d7e16 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecial.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..95409ea6a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pastespecialbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pduration.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pduration.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..132857460 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pduration.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pearson.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pearson.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..24b7282d2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pearson.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile-exc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile-exc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abce2cf6e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile-exc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile-inc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile-inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d108579c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile-inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a78b16755 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentile.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank-exc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank-exc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1857db343 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank-exc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank-inc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank-inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eefd2a001 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank-inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b1fc91731 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentrank.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentstyle.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentstyle.png index 6b91a14ab..e4421408b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentstyle.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/percentstyle.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/permut.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/permut.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f57dd0531 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/permut.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/permutationa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/permutationa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..98f421fc3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/permutationa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/phi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/phi.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a92436615 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/phi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pi.png index 3bfdb12f5..fda79a2c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pi.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivotselecticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivotselecticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f95458cdd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivotselecticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7762e7693 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pivottoptoolbar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/plus.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/plus.png index 966c84807..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/plus.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/plus.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pmt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pmt.png index 66c9c3b13..629596e55 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pmt.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pmt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/poisson-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/poisson-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bc6cf2943 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/poisson-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/poisson.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/poisson.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..319dea74d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/poisson.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/power.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/power.png index f2e1e8c57..b22e1bce4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/power.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/power.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ppmt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ppmt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b81b87c18 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ppmt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presets.png index 899637c74..2b6d41079 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presets.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/presets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png index 917ab6b54..5565de652 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previouspage.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previoussheet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previoussheet.png index 563b5f082..27a20e75b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previoussheet.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/previoussheet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/price.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/price.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eded701b0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/price.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pricedisc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pricedisc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86e0d4c5a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pricedisc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pricemat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pricemat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9b11895ff Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pricemat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png index e645d28ee..03fd49783 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/print.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png index 1f5e4be22..f5de8dcdf 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/printsettingswindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/prob.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/prob.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..63bb82f58 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/prob.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/product.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/product.png index 4b7ba0b43..e37e0ea19 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/product.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/product.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proper.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proper.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0f302871 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/proper.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pv.png index 00867078b..54f6c0fbd 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pv.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/pv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile-exc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile-exc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..38517a807 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile-exc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile-inc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile-inc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e77a73e13 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile-inc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..75aee209c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quartile.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quotient.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quotient.png index 63a67f82d..7722b910f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quotient.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/quotient.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/radians.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/radians.png index fd46836b1..dc5448681 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/radians.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/radians.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rand.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rand.png index 57b91ea43..471badb2e 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rand.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rand.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/randbetween.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/randbetween.png index 5def85a74..8c3ec778a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/randbetween.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/randbetween.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank-avg.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank-avg.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cf0b06df5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank-avg.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank-eq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank-eq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b50118bbd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank-eq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a2e86a3d5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rank.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57f7fdf80 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/received.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/received.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b56c407bc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/received.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png index 10d0d12f6..5002b4109 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/redo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replace.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replace.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e709478a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/replace.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rept.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rept.png index 058538fdd..9d0079a29 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rept.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rept.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png index 9985f568e..9ed1fb534 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/reshaping.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png index ba9422a74..9c6182b66 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resize_square.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3b1550a33 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resizetable.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a58d43490 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolvedicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e33c13b12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/resolveicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a0da5c2a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7cc4c9d30 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eeaf2a59a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_chart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c9349af5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_headerfooter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80f56a619 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..294cad89f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_image_shape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7ab9203e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_paragraph.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_sparkline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_sparkline.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..412a51e01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_sparkline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12cf5030f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_table.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..698f72866 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/right_textart.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightborders.png index f4ba65518..20e18500f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rightborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roman.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roman.png index 61f62a55a..f822a741d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roman.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roman.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatedown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatedown.png index 08642dfab..0bd4d0711 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatedown.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotatedown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateup.png index 1288ccd19..449f25653 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateup.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rotateup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/round.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/round.png index dee47c30d..388ac060c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/round.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/round.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rounddown.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rounddown.png index 016721e7b..cab202bee 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rounddown.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rounddown.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roundup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roundup.png index e8aa5a1aa..ceac0b7b7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roundup.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/roundup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/row.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/row.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..41d2d0f81 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/row.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheight.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheight.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d07002768 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowheight.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rows.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rows.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bf849028 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rows.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57b0c7834 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rowsandcolumns.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rri.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rri.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7fd33edcf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rri.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rsq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rsq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8419aeb27 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/rsq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameforall.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameforall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..64399d4e2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sameforall.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png index 62c8346df..e6a82d6ac 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/save.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png index 9029f6f20..022b31529 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/saveupdate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a62d2c35d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/savewhilecoediting.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..910ae0ad9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a762bb815 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_options.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png index acd72dbc5..7f81cab1d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_replace_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png index 311ab878c..6b197d481 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/search_window.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png index 0788141e4..4bf98a406 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchbuttons.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png index eede38e77..4f40e511b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchdownbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png index 55911141b..f5b8213d4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png index 577cae784..20b8513a2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/searchupbutton.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sec.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sec.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..32bff477b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sec.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sech.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sech.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..800471fb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sech.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/second.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/second.png index c40c9b3d9..a7841ee38 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/second.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/second.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7d364fc55 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sectionbreak.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectall.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectall.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4acc746f6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectall.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectdatarange.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectdatarange.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5119ef6fe Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectdatarange.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectfromlist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectfromlist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..afc385112 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/selectfromlist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/seriessum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/seriessum.png index e79b45da0..a51f2288b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/seriessum.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/seriessum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png index e1a5ed479..fa8ccf55f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png index 0b765d39c..0844519dd 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png index 186cb645c..b83d16ab4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..96cc252e3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..7a68f5b25 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c7f91b715 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shape_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettings.png index 13d21823f..a1fa2aa80 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/shapesettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..02635fcbc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sharingicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheet.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheet.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8c7e6a12d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheet.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheets.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheets.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2eeeecfa1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sheets.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signnegative.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signnegative.png index 62d5f8b92..ecba0a7f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signnegative.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signnegative.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signpositive.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signpositive.png index acadcbf89..a2394523b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signpositive.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/signpositive.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sin.png index 9966cf967..0a8a74e54 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sin.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sinh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sinh.png index a83495a82..914e09962 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sinh.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sinh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/skew-p.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/skew-p.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8de53ab3e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/skew-p.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/skew.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/skew.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cfe84a2e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/skew.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sln.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sln.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2a387c3f9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sln.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slope.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slope.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2d61d12f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/slope.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/small.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/small.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d78e75fc Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/small.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png index 2a2de89d3..d24f79a22 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/smaller.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png index a6adb8e4d..1bf50aa18 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/soft.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sort.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sort.png index 9eff3f187..9c9dd8447 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sort.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sort.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png index 8905a73c8..394b45a1b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortandfilter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png index f684ac8b8..7ddac860a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortatoz.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png index 4d8f29dfc..10c5a53c6 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sortztoa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png index 1f53e7b1d..cbbad296b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/space.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sparklinewindow.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sparklinewindow.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..19beba5ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sparklinewindow.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sparklinewindow2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sparklinewindow2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..017385af5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sparklinewindow2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bf41db56c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/spellchecking_language.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrt.png index 10ad5abfa..5269767c2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrt.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrtpi.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrtpi.png index a2f4726c6..d8d3e8a2d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrtpi.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sqrtpi.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png index 5366036d7..bbdf95ae2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/square.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/standardize.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/standardize.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..34bfdc3e1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/standardize.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev-p.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev-p.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fe5325a12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev-p.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev-s.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev-s.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea896bdcb Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev-s.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1644e31d0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdev.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdeva.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdeva.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..939d4b79a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdeva.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdevp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdevp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9746e450b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdevp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdevpa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdevpa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b9009b5c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/stdevpa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/steyx.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/steyx.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6fe2071d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/steyx.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png index 3de0a6242..d86505d51 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/strike.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png index 6721da59e..5fc959534 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sub.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subscripticon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subscripticon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..57bbad6e6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subscripticon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/substitute.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/substitute.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..265ebbdf7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/substitute.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subtotal.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subtotal.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4cbfd0611 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subtotal.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subtotal2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subtotal2.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bd777b66f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/subtotal2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sum.png index c3a327a8d..7e84225b3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sum.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumif.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumif.png index 7be9cbe93..3056c4e2a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumif.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumif.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumifs.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumifs.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..cd075f95b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumifs.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumproduct.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumproduct.png index 48c421479..f29cef82b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumproduct.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumproduct.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumsq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumsq.png index 59a3d7677..3e7598175 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumsq.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumsq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2my2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2my2.png index c670b935b..66aeca5c3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2my2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2my2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2py2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2py2.png index 19cfbc3fe..f47b78adb 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2py2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumx2py2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumxmy2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumxmy2.png index b0e80d092..069104984 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumxmy2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sumxmy2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png index 501b6e25b..379b33260 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/sup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/switch.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/switch.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c2602ced0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/switch.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/syd.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/syd.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3452f1ea Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/syd.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist-2t.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist-2t.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1061cc9c5 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist-2t.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist-rt.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist-rt.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2e52d486c Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist-rt.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ea4dca729 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-inv-2t.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-inv-2t.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0c84373a0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-inv-2t.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-inv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-inv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6e671a691 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-inv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-test.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-test.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fefab0c01 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/t-test.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png index eea983658..3a9c3eed2 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png index 5419dc6b3..dd883315b 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png index 405b03b20..c3e37b42f 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png index 13c998fae..bd094a353 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png index 6b0a64afc..bb2806ed5 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..eb3c6590d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_4.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c795a20f8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_properties_5.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f650f83e0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/table_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db06ed435 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tableadvancedsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12ad2b952 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tablesettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabletemplate.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabletemplate.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e0178d43a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabletemplate.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..77e9ff04d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png index cfe2f5806..9a2b0bb1a 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopcenter_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..12d91ce41 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png index 003ef9c75..7cf80c3ba 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopleft_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png index aa3b52bc6..a2c3cfee1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tabstopright_marker.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tan.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tan.png index dae2577e2..102a34af4 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tan.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tan.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tanh.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tanh.png index ab5245465..a7954b852 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tanh.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tanh.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbilleq.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbilleq.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e6be930cf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbilleq.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbillprice.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbillprice.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b4cc3a82e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbillprice.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbillyield.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbillyield.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..be22878f3 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tbillyield.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tdist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tdist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..31fbd5953 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tdist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a65c38f12 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/templateslist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..bbf699baf Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ebef067b Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/text_autoshape.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png index 63c4fe571..28a6d337d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings1.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png index ab021bd1b..8bedfd058 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings2.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png index 8f101530d..da9abc5d9 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textadvancedsettings3.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a3a940d25 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_settings_icon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6d78e4bde Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textart_transformation.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9190075b8 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_boxselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d4cf374b2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textbox_textselected.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textjoin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textjoin.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f54c16a79 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textjoin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettings.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettings.png index d51066922..0aa7016f8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettings.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettings.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettingstab.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettingstab.png index 360c8b1ac..0a7b87c47 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettingstab.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/textsettingstab.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/time.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/time.png index d3d6dc63e..db2e6ba4d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/time.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/time.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/timevalue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/timevalue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3c884293 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/timevalue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tinv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tinv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6f8b78c6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tinv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tnumber.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tnumber.png index e46473521..096904f39 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tnumber.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/tnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/today.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/today.png index b089e968a..44df53a7d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/today.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/today.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topborders.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topborders.png index c0819c81f..2a62e53f1 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topborders.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topborders.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topten.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topten.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8490eafa1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/topten.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/transpose.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/transpose.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..aea01c530 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/transpose.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trim.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trim.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04010828a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trim.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trimmean.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trimmean.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..238c8a89e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trimmean.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/true.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/true.png index 2bf94b8ea..6012aab44 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/true.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/true.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trunc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trunc.png index aa9af1605..442312533 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trunc.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/trunc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4afd89265 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttext.png index 503ff5d27..7c62b729c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttext.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ttext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/type.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/type.png index d2c7bf595..b3ebb25a8 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/type.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/type.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png index 3a6f79f54..793ad5b94 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/underline.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png index 9f49ad80f..bb7f9407d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undo.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undoautoexpansion.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undoautoexpansion.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9e2b20b57 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/undoautoexpansion.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/unichar.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/unichar.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..570af9821 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/unichar.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/unicode.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/unicode.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c8d6cf6f0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/unicode.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/upper.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/upper.png index c0c55f917..761a3be38 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/upper.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/upper.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png index 3775a4b45..9e74f26e7 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/usersnumber.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/value.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/value.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b60b95302 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/value.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var-p.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var-p.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..377c927b7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var-p.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var-s.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var-s.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fd94a02c2 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var-s.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..04bd6d8fd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/var.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vara.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vara.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5c35cf262 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vara.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/varp.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/varp.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..42aea29ee Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/varp.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/varpa.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/varpa.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ce520bcb9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/varpa.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vdb.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vdb.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f44bd46c0 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vdb.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalignment.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalignment.png index feb41a9a7..62d905f4c 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalignment.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/verticalalignment.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png index 66d2aa936..9fa0d1fba 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/viewsettingsicon.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vlookup.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vlookup.png index 0f5e9ffa5..5d6af8303 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vlookup.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/vlookup.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weekday.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weekday.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ab11493a6 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weekday.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weeknum.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weeknum.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d25787962 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weeknum.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weibull-dist.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weibull-dist.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a07ac4d6f Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weibull-dist.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weibull.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weibull.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..30aaea1e9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/weibull.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/workday-intl.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/workday-intl.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..330dbd5d7 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/workday-intl.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/workday.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/workday.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47000c981 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/workday.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wraptext.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wraptext.png index 099d052a3..1ca602c79 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wraptext.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/wraptext.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xirr.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xirr.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f355be52a Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xirr.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xnpv.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xnpv.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d60f6d560 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xnpv.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xorfalse.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xorfalse.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..db0299e8d Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xorfalse.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xortrue.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xortrue.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..22ca582b1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/xortrue.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/year.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/year.png index af550233d..8908f3025 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/year.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/year.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yearfrac.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yearfrac.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5263dd011 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yearfrac.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png index 3f346d88b..4e075eb30 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yellowdiamond.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yield.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yield.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a27e44bd1 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yield.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yielddisc.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yielddisc.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..abb19ebd9 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yielddisc.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yieldmat.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yieldmat.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..35fa66dbd Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/yieldmat.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/z-test.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/z-test.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8196a3813 Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/z-test.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png index df0a47297..e2eeea6a3 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomin.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png index 829ceb202..60ac9a97d 100644 Binary files a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/zoomout.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ztest.png b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ztest.png new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1036eab0e Binary files /dev/null and b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/images/ztest.png differ diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6b9a24214 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/indexes.js @@ -0,0 +1,2403 @@ +var indexes = +[ + { + "id": "Functions/abs.htm", + "title": "ABS-Funktion", + "body": "Die ABS-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu den Absolutwert einer Zahl zu ermitteln. Formelsyntax der Funktion ABS: ABS(Zahl) das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen. ABS-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ABS. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/accrint.htm", + "title": "AUFGELZINS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AUFGELZINS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers mit periodischen Zinszahlungen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUFGELZINS ist: AUFGELZINS(Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;Häufigkeit;[Basis];[Berechnungsmethode]) Dabei gilt: Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission. Erster_Zinstermin ist der Termin der ersten Zinszahlung des Wertpapiers. Abrechnung Der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers. Nennwert ist der Nennwert des Wertpapiers. Das Argument Nennwert ist optional. Wird kein Nennwert angegeben, nimmt die Funktion einen Nennwert in Höhe von 1.000 $ an. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Zahlenwert Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion AUFGELZINS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUFGELZINS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/accrintm.htm", + "title": "AUFGELZINSF-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AUFGELZINS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die aufgelaufenen Zinsen (Stückzinsen) eines Wertpapiers zurück, die bei Fälligkeit ausgezahlt werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUFGELZINSF ist: AUFGELZINSF(Emission;Abrechnung;Satz;Nennwert;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission. Abrechnung ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers Nennwert ist der Nennwert des Wertpapiers. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Wird kein Nennwert angegeben, nimmt die Funktion einen Nennwert in Höhe von 1.000 $ an. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Zahlenwert Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion AUFGELZINSF. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUFGELZINSF. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/acos.htm", + "title": "ARCCOS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARCCOS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkuskosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOS ist: ARCCOS(Zahl) dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert zwischen -1 und 1 (der Kosinus des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten), der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ARCCOS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOS. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/acosh.htm", + "title": "ARCCOSHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die ARARCCOSHYP-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOSHYP: ARCCOSHYP(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl kann jede beliebige reelle Zahl sein, die größer gleich 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion ARCCOSHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOSHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/acot.htm", + "title": "ARCCOT-Funktion", + "body": "Die ARCCOT-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Hauptwert des Arkuskotangens (Umkehrfunktion des Kotangens) einer Zahl zurück. Der Ergebniswinkel wird im Bogenmaß (Radiant) im Wertebereich von 0 (Null) bis pi (Pi) angegeben. Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOT lautet: ARCCOT(Zahl) Zahl ist der Kotangens des Winkels, den Sie berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss eine reelle Zahl sein, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion ARCCOT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOT. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/acoth.htm", + "title": "ARCCOTHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die ARCCOTHYP-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Kotangens einer Zahl zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCCOTHYP: ARCCOTHYP(Zahl) Zahl ist ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion ARCCOTHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCCOTHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/address.htm", + "title": "ADRESSE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ADRESSE gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Bezug auf eine einzelne Zelle in einem Tabellenblatt als Text zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ADRESSE ist: ADRESSE(Zeile;Spalte;[Abs];[A1];[Tabellenname]) Dabei gilt: Zeile ist ein numerischer Wert, der die Zeilennummer angibt, die für den Zellbezug verwendet werden soll. Spalte ist ein numerischer Wert, der die Spaltennummer angibt, die für den Zellbezug verwendet werden soll. Abs ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welcher Bezugstyp zurückgegeben werden soll. Die folgenden Typen stehen zur Auswahl: Zahlenwert Bedeutung 1 oder nicht angegeben Absolut 2 Zeile absolut; Spalte relativ 3 Zeile relativ; Spalte absolut 4 Relativ A1 ist ein optionaler Wahrheitswert. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist das A1-Argument mit WAHR belegt oder nicht angegeben, liegt der von der Funktion ADRESSE gelieferte Bezug in A1-Schreibweise vor. Ist das A1-Argument mit FALSCH belegt, liegt der von der Funktion ADRESSE gelieferte Bezug in der Z1S1-Schreibweise vor. Tabellenname ist ein Textwert, der den Namen des Arbeitsblatts angibt, das als externer Bezug verwendet werden soll. Das Argument ist optional. Wird das Argument ausgelassen, wird kein solcher Name verwendet, und die von der Funktion zurückgegebene Adresse bezieht sich auf eine Zelle in der aktuellen Tabelle. Die Argumente können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ADRESSE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ADRESSE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/aggregate.htm", + "title": "AGGREGAT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AGGREGAT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein Aggregat in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück. Mit der Funktion AGGREGAT können verschiedene Aggregatfunktionen auf eine Liste oder Datenbank mit der Option angewendet werden, ausgeblendete Zeilen sowie Fehlerwerte zu ignorieren. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AGGREGAT ist: AGGREGAT(Funktion, Optionen, Bezug1, [Bezug2], …) Dabei gilt: Funktion ist ein Wert von 1 bis 19, der die zu verwendende Funktion angibt. Die Zuordnung der Werte und Funktionen ist in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt: Funktionsnummer Funktion 1 MITTELWERT 2 ANZAHL 3 ANZAHL2 4 MAX 5 MIN 6 PRODUKT 7 STABW.S 8 STABW.N 9 SUMME 10 VAR.S 11 VAR.P 12 MEDIAN 13 MODUS.EINF 14 KGRÖSSTE 15 KKLEINSTE 16 QUANTIL.INKL 17 QUARTILE.INKL 18 QUANTIL.EXKL 19 QUARTILE.EXKL Optionen ist ein numerischer Wert, der bestimmt, welche Werte im Berechnungsbereich ignoriert werden sollen. Die Zuordnung der Werte und Funktionen ist in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt: Option Verhalten 0 oder nicht angegeben Geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren 1 Ausgeblendete Zeilen, geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren 2 Fehlerwerte, geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren 3 Ausgeblendete Zeilen, Fehlerwerte, geschachtelte TEILERGEBNIS- und AGGREGAT-Funktionen ignorieren 4 Nichts ignorieren 5 Ausgeblendete Zeilen ignorieren 6 Fehlerwerte ignorieren 7 Ausgeblendete Zeilen und Fehlerwerte ignorieren Bezug1(2) sind bis zu 253 numerische Argumente für Funktionen, die mehrere numerische Argumente nutzen, für die Sie den Aggregatwert ermitteln möchten. Hinweis: Wollen Sie eine der folgenden Funktionen verwenden: KGRÖSSTE, KKLEINSTE, QUANTIL.INKL, QUARTILE.INK, QUANTIL.EXKL, or QUARTILE.EXKL, so ist Bezug1 eine Matrix, eine Matrixformel oder ein Bezug auf einen Zellbereich und Bezug2 das zweite Argument, das für diese Funktionen erforderlich ist (k oder Quartil). Funktion Syntax KGRÖSSTE KGRÖSSTE(Matrix;k) KKLEINSTE KKLEINSTE(Matrix;k) QUANTIL.INKL QUANTIL.INKL(Matrix;k) QUARTILE.INKL QUARTILE.INKL(Matrix;Quartil) QUANTIL.EXKL QUANTIL.EXKL(Matrix;k) QUARTILE.EXKL QUARTILE.EXKL(Matrix;Quartil) Anwendung der Funktion AGGREGAT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AGGREGAT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Die folgende Abbildung zeigt das Ergebnis der Funktion AGGREGATE, wenn die Funktion SUMME angewendet wird. Die folgende Abbildung zeigt das Ergebnis der Funktion AGGREGATE, wenn die Funktion KGRÖSSTE angewendet wird, Bezug1 ist ein Bezug auf den Zellbereich und k ist gleich 2. Die Funktion gibt den zweitgrößten Wert in den Zellen A1-A4 zurück." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/amordegrc.htm", + "title": "AMORDEGRK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AMORDEGRK gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Abschreibung für die einzelnen Abschreibungszeiträume mithilfe eines Abschreibungskoeffizienten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AMORDEGRK ist: AMORDEGRK(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Kaufdatum ist das Anschaffungsdatum des Anlageguts. Erster_Zinstermin ist das Datum des Endes der ersten Periode. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Termin ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Satz ist der Abschreibungssatz. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion AMORDEGRK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AMORDEGRK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/amorintm.htm", + "title": "ZW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den zukünftigen Wert (Endwert) einer Investition zurück, basierend auf einem bestimmten Zinssatz und regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZW ist: ZW(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Bw];[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition. Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/amorlinc.htm", + "title": "AMORLINEARK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AMORLINEARK gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Abschreibung für die einzelnen Abschreibungszeiträume mithilfe einer linearen Abschreibungsmethode zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AMORLINEARK ist: AMORLINEARK(Ansch_Wert;Kaufdatum;Erster_Zinstermin;Restwert;Termin;Satz;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Kaufdatum ist das Anschaffungsdatum des Anlageguts. Erster_Zinstermin ist das Datum des Endes der ersten Periode. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Termin ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Satz ist der Abschreibungssatz. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Das Argument Basis ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion AMORLINEARK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AMORLINEARK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/and.htm", + "title": "UND-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UND gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob der eingegebene logische Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Die Funktion gibt WAHR zurück, wenn alle zugehörigen Argumente WAHR sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UND ist: UND(logisch1, logisch2, ...) logisch1/2/n ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UND: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UND. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 265 logischen Werten eingeben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Die Funktion gibt den Wert FALSCH zurück, wenn mindestens eins der Argumente FALSCH ist. Beispiel: Es gibt 3 Argumente: logisch1 = A1<100, logisch2 = 34<100, logisch3 = 50<100, dann gilt A1 ist 12. Alle logischen Ausdrücke sind WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück. Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 112, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück:" + }, + { + "id": "Functions/arabic.htm", + "title": "ARABISCH-Funktion", + "body": "Die ARABISCH-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine römische Zahl in eine arabische Zahl um. Formelsyntax der Funktion ARABISCH: ARABISCH(Text) Dabei ist x eine Textdarstellung einer römischen Zahl: eine Zeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen, eine leere Zeichenfolge ("") oder ein Verweis auf eine Zelle, die Text enthält. Hinweis: Wenn eine leere Zeichenfolge ("") als Argument verwendet wird, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück. Anwenden der Funktion ARABISCH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion ARABISCH. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/asin.htm", + "title": "ARCSIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die ARCSIN-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkussinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Syntax der Funktion ARCSIN: ARCSIN(Zahl) dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert zwischen -1 und 1 (der Sinus des Winkels, den Sie finden möchten), der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der ARCSIN-Funktion: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCSIN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/asinh.htm", + "title": "ARCSINHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARCSINHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der umgekehrte hyperbolische Sinus einer Zahl zurückgeben. Syntax der Funktion ARCSINHYP: ARCSINHYP(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist ein beliebiger numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen. Anwenden der ARCSINHYP-Funktion: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCSINHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/atan.htm", + "title": "ARCTAN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARCTAN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkustangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCTAN: ARCTAN(Zahl) Zahl ist der Tangens des Winkels, den Sie finden wollen, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. ARCTAN-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCTAN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/atan2.htm", + "title": "ARCTAN2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARCTAN2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Arkustangens der X- und Y-Koordinaten zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCTAN2 ist: ARCTAN2(x_Koordinate;y_Koordinate) x und y sind die X- und Y-Koordinaten eines Punktes, nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ARCTAN2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion ARCTAN2. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/atanh.htm", + "title": "ARCTANHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARCTANHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den umgekehrten hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurück Formelsyntax der Funktion ARCTANHYP: ARCTANHYP(Zahl) wobei Zahl ein nummerischer Wert ist, größer als -1 und kleiner als 1, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. ARCTANHYP-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARCTANHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/avedev.htm", + "title": "MITTELABW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MITTELABW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die durchschnittliche absolute Abweichung von Datenpunkten von ihrem Mittelwert zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELABW ist: MITTELABW(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion MITTELABW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELABW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/average.htm", + "title": "MITTELWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MITTELWERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Mittelwert der Argumente zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERT: MITTELWERT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. MITTELWERT-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERT. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/averagea.htm", + "title": "MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Durchschnittswert für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, einschließlich Text und logische Werte, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen. Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN behandelt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERTWENN ist: MITTELWERTWENN(Bereich, Kriterien, [Mittelwert_Bereich]) Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/averageif.htm", + "title": "MITTELWERTWENN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) für alle Zellen in einem Bereich zurück, die einem angegebenen Kriterium entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERT ist: MITTELWERTWENN(Bereich, Kriterien, [Mittelwert_Bereich]) Dabei gilt: Bereich ist der Zellbereich, den Sie nach Kriterien auswerten möchten. Kriterien sind die Kriterien in Form einer Zahl, eines Ausdrucks, eines Zellbezugs oder eines Texts, mit denen definiert wird, für welche Zellen der Mittelwert berechnet werden soll. Mittelwert_Bereich ist der tatsächliche Bereich der Zellen, für die der Mittelwert berechnet wird. Hinweis: Das Argument Mittelwert_Bereich ist optional. Fehlt diese Argument, wird Bereich verwendet.Anwendung der Funktion MITTELWERTWENN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERTWENN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/averageifs.htm", + "title": "MITTELWERTWENNS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Durchschnittswert (arithmetisches Mittel) aller Zellen zurück, die mehreren Kriterien entsprechen Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS ist: MITTELWERTWENNS(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ...) Dabei gilt: Summe_Bereich ist der Bereich der Zellen, für die der Mittelwert berechnet wird. Das Argument ist zwingend erforderlich. Kriterien_Bereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, auf den Kriterien1 angewendet werden soll. Das Argument ist zwingend erforderlich. Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterien_Bereich1 angewendet und verwendet, um den Mittelwert der Zellen Summe_Bereich zu bestimmen. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Das Argument ist zwingend erforderlich. Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2 sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Sie können bis zu 127 Bereiche und entsprechende Kriterien hinzufügen. Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Anwendung der Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERTWENNS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/base.htm", + "title": "BASIS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BASIS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie konvertiert eine Zahl in eine Textdarstellung mit der angegebenen Basis. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BASIS ist: BASIS(Zahl;Basis;[Mindestlänge]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, die Sie umwandeln möchten. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 0 und kleiner als 2^53 ist. Basis ist die Zahl die Sie umwandeln möchten. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 2 und kleiner gleich 36 ist. Mindestlänge der zurückgegebenen Zeichenfolge. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 256. Das Argument ist optional. Ist das Ergebnis kürzer als die angegebene Mindestlänge, werden dem Ergebnis führende Nullen hinzugefügt. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BASIS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion Basis. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/besseli.htm", + "title": "BESSELI -Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FALSCH gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion In(x) zurück, die der für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktion Jn entspricht. Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELI: BESSELI(x;n) Dabei ist x der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll und n die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. BESSELI-Funktion anwenden. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die BESSELI-Funktion. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/besselj.htm", + "title": "BESSELJ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BESSELJ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu die Besselfunktion Jn(x) zurückzugeben. Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELJ: BESSELJ(x;n) Dabei ist x der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll und n die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. BESSELJ-Funktion anwenden. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die BESSELJ-Funktion. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/besselk.htm", + "title": "BESSELK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BESSELK gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die modifizierte Besselfunktion zurück, die den für rein imaginäre Argumente ausgewerteten Besselfunktionen entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELK ist: BESSELK(x;n) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0, und n ist die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BESSELK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BESSELK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bessely.htm", + "title": "BESSELY-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BESSELY gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Besselfunktion Jn(x) zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BESSELY ist: BESSELY(x;n) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0, und n ist die Ordnung der Besselfunktion, in Form einer ganzen Zahl die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BESSELY: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BESSELY. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/beta-dist.htm", + "title": "BETA.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BETA.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der kumulierten Betaverteilungsfunktion zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETA.VERT ist: BETA.VERT(X;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert;[A];[B]) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion im Intervall A und B ausgewertet werden soll. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt BETA.VERT den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt BETA.VERT den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für A die Standardverteilung 0. B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für B die Standardverteilung 1. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BETA.VERT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETA.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/beta-inv.htm", + "title": "BETA.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BETA.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der kumulierten Verteilungsfunktion für eine bestimmte Betaverteilung (BETA.VERT) zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETA.INV ist: BETA.INV(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Betaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Eine Gerade Zahl, die größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 1. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETA.INV für A die Standardverteilung 0. B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETA.INV für B die Standardverteilung 1. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BETA.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETA.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/betadist.htm", + "title": "BETAVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BETAVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer betaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BETAVERT ist: BETAVERT(x;Alpha;Beta;[A];[B]) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion im Intervall A und B ausgewertet werden soll. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. A ist die untere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für A kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für A die Standardverteilung 0. B ist die obere Grenze des Intervalls für x. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für B kein Wert angegeben, verwendet BETAVERT für B die Standardverteilung 1. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BETAVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BETAVERT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bin2dec.htm", + "title": "BININDEZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BININDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine dezimale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BININDEZ ist: BININDEZ(Zahl) Zahl ist ein binärer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits), gibt BININDEZ den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion BININDEZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BININDEZ. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bin2hex.htm", + "title": "BININHEX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BININHEX gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine hexadezimale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BININHEX ist: BININHEX(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist ein binärer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von BININHEX die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende Hexadezimale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt BININHEX den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion BININHEX: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BININHEX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bin2oct.htm", + "title": "BININOKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BININOKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) in eine oktale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BININOKT ist: BININOKT(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist ein binärer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von BININOKT die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende oktale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt BININHEX den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion BININOKT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BININOKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/binom-dist-range.htm", + "title": "BINOM.VERT.BEREICH", + "body": "Die Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit eines Versuchsergebnisses als Binomialverteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH ist: BINOM.VERT.BEREICH(Versuche;Erfolgswahrscheinlichkeit;Zahl_Erfolge;[Zahl2_Erfolge]) Dabei gilt: Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1. Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Das Argument ist optional. Es gibt die maximale Anzahl der Erfolge in der Versuchsreihe, für die Sie die Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnen wollen an. Die Zahl muss größer oder gleich Zahl2_Erfolge und kleiner oder gleich Versuche sein. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BINOM.VERT.BEREICH. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/binom-dist.htm", + "title": "BINOM.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BINOM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOM.VERT ist: BINOM.VERT(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt BINOM.VERT die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BINOM.VERT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BINOM.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/binom-inv.htm", + "title": "BINOM.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BINOM.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung kleiner oder gleich einer Grenzwahrscheinlichkeit sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOM.INV ist: BINOM.INV(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha) Dabei gilt: Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0 und kleiner als 1. Alpha ist die Grenzwahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BINOM.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BINOM.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/binomdist.htm", + "title": "BINOMVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BINOMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer binomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück Doe Formelsyntax der Funktion BINOMVERT ist: BINOMVERT(Zahl_Erfolge;Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Versuche ist die Anzahl der voneinander unabhängigen Versuche. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt BINOMVERT die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt BINOMVERT die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BINOMVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion BINOMVERT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bitand.htm", + "title": "BITUND-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BITUND gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „Und“ zweier Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITUND ist: BITUND(Zahl1;Zahl2) Dabei gilt: Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der Wert einer Bitposition wird nur gezählt, wenn beide Bits der Parameter an dieser Position den Wert 1 haben. Anwendung der Funktion BITUND: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITUND. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bitlshift.htm", + "title": "BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Zahl zurück, die sich ergibt, nachdem die angegebene Zahl um die angegebene Anzahl von Bits nach links verschoben wurde. Die Formelsyntax der BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion lautet: BITLVERSCHIEB(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag) Dabei ist Zahl eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 0 ist und Verschiebebetrag die Anzahl der Bits in Form einer ganzen Zahl, um die Sie die angegebene Zahl nach links verschieben wollen. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Das Verschieben einer Zahl nach links entspricht dem Hinzufügen von Nullen (0) rechts von der Binärdarstellung der Zahl. Anwenden der Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bitor.htm", + "title": "BITODER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BITODER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „ODER“ zweier Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITODER ist: BITODER(Zahl1;Zahl2) Dabei gilt: Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der Wert einer Bitposition wird nur gezählt, wenn in mindestens einem der Parameter an dieser Position eine 1 steht. Anwendung der Funktion BITODER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITODER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bitrshift.htm", + "title": "BITLVERSCHIEB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt einen Zahlenwert zurück, der um {i>Verschiebebetrag-<i}Bits nach links verschoben ist Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB ist: BITLVERSCHIEB(Zahl;Verschiebebetrag) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 0 ist und Verschiebebetrag ist die Anzahl der Bits in Form einer ganzen Zahl, um die Sie die angegebene Zahl nach links verschieben wollen. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Das Verschieben einer Zahl nach links entspricht dem Hinzufügen von Nullen (0) auf der rechten Seite der Binärdarstellung der Zahl. Anwendung der Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITLVERSCHIEB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/bitxor.htm", + "title": "BITXODER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BITXODER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein bitweises „Ausschließliches Oder“ zweier Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BITXODER ist: BITXODER(Zahl1;Zahl2) Dabei gilt: Zahl1 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Zahl2 ist eine Zahl in dezimaler Form, die größer oder gleich 0 ist. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Im Ergebnis enthält eine Bitposition eine 1, wenn die Werte, die die Parameter an dieser Position haben, ungleich sind. Anwendung der Funktion BITXODER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BITXODER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ceiling.htm", + "title": "OBERGRENZE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE ist: OBERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, den Sie runden möchten. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ceilingmath.htm", + "title": "OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts auf. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist: OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;[Modus]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für Schritt kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion für B die Standardverteilung 1. Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ceilingprecise.htm", + "title": "OBERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU ist: OBERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl, [Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das die Zahl gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OBERGRENZE.GENAU. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/char.htm", + "title": "ZEICHEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZEICHEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt das der Codezahl entsprechende Zeichen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEICHEN ist: ZEICHEN(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine Zahl von 1 bis 255, die das von Ihnen gewünschte Zeichen angibt. Anwenden der Funktion ZEICHEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEICHEN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chidist.htm", + "title": "CHIVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIVERT ist: CHIVERT(x;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: x der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Ein Zahlenwert größer als oder gleich 0. Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chiinv.htm", + "title": "CHIINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIINV ist: CHIINV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung gehörende Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIINV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chisq-dist-rt.htm", + "title": "CHIQU.VERT.RE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte der rechtsseitigen Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsgröße zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE ist: CHIQU.VERT.RE(x;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Ein Zahlenwert größer als oder gleich 0. Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.VERT.RE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chisq-dist.htm", + "title": "CHIQU.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIQU.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer Chi-Quadrat-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.VERT ist: CHIQU.VERT(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Ein Zahlenwert größer als oder gleich 0. Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chisq-inv-rt.htm", + "title": "CHIQU.INV.RE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der rechtsseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE ist: CHIQU.INV.RE(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung gehörende Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.INV.RE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chisq-inv.htm", + "title": "CHIQU.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIQU.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Gibt Perzentile der linksseitigen Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.INV ist: CHIQU.INV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Chi-Quadrat-Verteilung gehörende Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner oder gleich 10^10. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chisq-test.htm", + "title": "CHIQU.TEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHIQU.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHIQU.TEST ist: CHIQU.TEST(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte) Dabei gilt: Beob_Messwerte ist der Bereich beobachteter Daten. Erwart_Werte ist der Bereich erwarteter Beobachtungen. Die Wertebereiche müssen jeweils die gleiche Anzahl an Datenpunkten enthalten. Alle erwarteten Werte sollte größer oder gleich 5 sein. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHIQU.TEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHIQU.TEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/chitest.htm", + "title": "CHITEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CHITEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Teststatistik eines Unabhängigkeitstests. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der chi-quadrierten (χ2)-Verteilung für die Teststatistik mit den entsprechenden Freiheitsgraden zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CHITEST ist: CHITEST(Beob_Messwerte;Erwart_Werte) Dabei gilt: Beob_Messwerte ist der Bereich beobachteter Daten. Erwart_Werte ist der Bereich erwarteter Beobachtungen. Die Wertebereiche müssen jeweils die gleiche Anzahl an Datenpunkten enthalten. Alle erwarteten Werte sollte größer oder gleich 5 sein. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion CHITEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CHITEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/choose.htm", + "title": "WAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Wert aus einer Liste von Werten basierend auf einem angegebenen Index (Position) zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WAHL ist: WAHL(Index;Wert1;[Wert2];...) Dabei gilt: Index ist die Position des Wertes in der Liste der Argumente Wert1;[Wert2];..., ein numerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 1 ist aber kleiner als die Anzahl der Werte Wert1;[Wert2];.... Wert1;[Wert2];... ist die Liste der Werte oder der ausgewählte Zellbereich, den Sie analysieren wollen. Anwendung der Funktion WAHL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WAHL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/clean.htm", + "title": "SÄUBERN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SÄUBERN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie dient dazu alle nicht druckbaren Zeichen aus einem Text zu löschen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SÄUBERN ist: SÄUBERN(Text) Dabei ist Text eine beliebige Arbeitsblattinformation, aus der Sie die nicht druckbaren Zeichen entfernen möchten. Anwenden der SÄUBERN-Funktion: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SÄUBERN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/code.htm", + "title": "CODE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion CODE gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Gibt die Codezahl (den ASCII-Wert) des ersten Zeichens in einem Text zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion CODE ist: CODE(Text) Dabei ist Text der Text, für den Sie die Codezahl des ersten Zeichens bestimmen möchten. Anwendung der Funktion CODE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion CODE: Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein.Hinweis: die Funktion CODE unterscheidet zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/column.htm", + "title": "SPALTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SPALTE gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Spaltennummer eines Bezugs zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SPALTE ist: SPALTE([Bezug]) Der Bezug ist die Zelle oder der Bereich von Zellen, deren bzw. dessen Spaltennummer zurückgegeben werden soll. Hinweis: Das Argument Bezug ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bezug, wird es als der Bezug der Zelle angenommen, in der die Funktion SPALTE enthalten ist. Anwendung der Funktion SPALTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SPALTE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/columns.htm", + "title": "SPALTEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SPALTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der innerhalb eines Bezugs aufgeführten Spalten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der SPALTEN-Funktion lautet: SPALTEN(Matrix) Dabei ist Matrix eine Matrixformel oder ein Bezug auf einen Zellbereich, dessen Spaltenanzahl Sie ermitteln möchten Anwenden der Funktion SPALTEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SPALTEN. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell ein, in der Form A1:B2 usw. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/combin.htm", + "title": "KOMBINATIONEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Anzahl der Kombinationen für die angegebene Reihe von Elementen zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN ist: KOMBINATIONEN(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Anzahl der Elemente. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. gewählte_Zahl gibt an, aus wie vielen Elementen jede Kombination bestehen soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0, aber kleiner als n ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/combina.htm", + "title": "KOMBINATIONEN2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Kombinationen (mit Wiederholungen) für eine bestimmte Anzahl von Elementen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2 ist: KOMBINATIONEN2(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Gesamtanzahl der Elemente. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. gewählte_Zahl gibt an, aus wie vielen Elementen jede Kombination bestehen soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0, aber kleiner als n ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOMBINATIONEN2: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/complex.htm", + "title": "KOMPLEXE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KOMPLEXE gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt den Real- und Imaginärteil in eine komplexe Zahl um, ausgedrückt in der Form a + bi oder a + bj. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOMPLEXE ist: KOMPLEXE(Realteil;Imaginärteil;[Suffix]) Dabei gilt: Realteil ist der Realteil der komplexen Zahl. Imaginärteil ist der Imaginärteil der komplexen Zahl. Suffix ist der Buchstabe, der für die imaginäre Einheit der komplexen Zahl verwendet werden soll. Dabei kann es sich um „i“ oder „j“ in Kleinbuchstaben handeln. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt es, nimmt die Funktion das Argument Suffix als „i“ an. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KOMPLEXE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOMPLEXE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/concat.htm", + "title": "TEXTKETTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TEXTKETTE gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen. Diese Funktion ersetzt die VERKETTEN-Funktion. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEXTKETTE ist: TEXTKETTE(Text1; [Text2];…) Text1; [Text2];… kann bis zu 265 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TEXTKETTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEXTKETTE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es gibt 3 Argumente: Text1 = A1 (John), Text2 = " " (Leerzeichen), Text3 = B1 (Adams). Also kombiniert die Funktion den Vornamen, das Leerzeichen und den Nachnamen zu einer Zelle und gibt das Ergebnis John Adams zurück." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/concatenate.htm", + "title": "VERKETTEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VERKETTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VERKETTEN ist: VERKETTEN(Text1;[Text2];...) Text1; [Text2];… kann bis zu 265 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion VERKETTEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VERKETTEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es gibt 3 Argumente: Text1 = A1 (John), Text2 = " " (Leerzeichen), Text3 = B1 (Adams). Also kombiniert die Funktion den Vornamen, das Leerzeichen und den Nachnamen zu einer Zelle und gibt das Ergebnis John Adams zurück." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/confidence-norm.htm", + "title": "KONFIDENZ.NORM-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Konfidenzintervall für ein Populationsmittel unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM ist: KONFIDENZ.NORM(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang) Dabei gilt: Alpha ist die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit bei der Berechnung des Konfidenzintervalls. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Standabwn ist die als bekannt angenommene Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Umfang ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 1. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KONFIDENZ.NORM. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/confidence-t.htm", + "title": "KONFIDENZ.T-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KONFIDENZ.T gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen zurück, unter Verwendung des Studentsche T-Tests. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KONFIDENZ.T ist: KONFIDENZ.T(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang) Dabei gilt: Alpha ist die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit bei der Berechnung des Konfidenzintervalls. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Standabwn ist die als bekannt angenommene Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Umfang ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 1. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KONFIDENZ.T: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KONFIDENZ.T. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/confidence.htm", + "title": "KONFIDENZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KONFIDENZ gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Konfidenzintervall für den Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen unter Verwendung der Normalverteilung. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KONFIDENZ ist: KONFIDENZ(Alpha;Standabwn;Umfang) Dabei gilt: Alpha ist die Irrtumswahrscheinlichkeit bei der Berechnung des Konfidenzintervalls. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Standabwn ist die als bekannt angenommene Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Umfang ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 1. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KONFIDENZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KONFIDENZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/convert.htm", + "title": "UMWANDELN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UMWANDELN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine Zahl aus einem Maßsystem in ein anderes um. Beispielsweise kann UMWANDELN eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Meilen in eine Tabelle mit Entfernungen in Kilometern umwandeln. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UMWANDELN ist: UMWANDELN(Zahl;Von_Maßeinheit;In_Maßeinheit) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die zu konvertierende Zahl. Von_Maßeinheit ist die ursprüngliche Maßeinheit. Eine Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. In_Maßeinheit ist die Maßeinheit in die das Argument Zahl umgewandelt werden soll. Eine Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Hinweis: die Argumente Von_Maßeinheit und In_Maßeinheit müssen kompatibel sein, d.h. Sie müssen zum gleichen Messtyp gehören. Gewicht und Masse Einheit Textwert Gramm \"g\" Hyl (Slug) \"sg\" Pfund (Handelsgewicht) \"lbm\" U (Atommasseeinheit) \"u\" Unze (Handelsgewicht) \"ozm\" Gran \"grain\" US-Hundredweight (Short) \"cwt\" oder \"shweight\" UK-Hundredweight (Long) \"uk_cwt\" oder \"lcwt\" (\"hweight\") Stone \"stone\" Tonne \"ton\" UK-Tonne \"uk_ton\" oder \"LTON\" (\"brton\") Entfernung Einheit Textwert Meter \"m\" Meile (Statute Mile, USA) \"mi\" Nautische Meile \"Nmi\" Zoll \"in\" Fuß \"ft\" Yard \"yd\" Ångstrom \"ang\" Elle \"ell\" Lichtjahr \"ly\" Parsec \"parsec\" oder \"pc\" Pica (1/72 Zoll) \"Picapt\" oder \"Pica\" Pica (1/6 Zoll) \"pica\" Meile (Survey Mile, USA) \"survey_mi\" ZEIT Einheit Textwert Jahr \"yr\" Tag \"day\" oder \"d\" Stunde \"hr\" Minute \"mn\" oder \"min\" Sekunde \"sec\" oder \"s\" Druck Einheit Textwert Pascal \"Pa\" (oder \"p\") Atmosphäre \"atm\" (oder \"at\") mm Quecksilbersäule \"mmHg\" PSI \"psi\" Torr \"Torr\" Kraft Einheit Textwert Newton \"N\" Dyne \"dyn\" (oder \"dy\") Pound-Force \"lbf\" Pond \"pond\" Energie Einheit Textwert Joule \"J\" Erg \"e\" Thermodynamische Kalorie \"c\" I.T.-Kalorie \"cal\" Elektronenvolt \"eV\" (oder \"ev\") PS-Stunde \"HPh\" (oder \"hh\") Wattstunde \"Wh\" (oder \"wh\") Foot-Pound \"flb\" BTU \"BTU\" (oder \"btu\") Leistung Einheit Textwert Pferdestärken (PS) \"HP\" (oder \"h\") Pferdestärke \"PS\" Watt \"W\" (or \"w\") Magnetismus Einheit Textwert Tesla \"T\" Gauss \"ga\" Temperatur Einheit Textwert Grad Celsius \"C\" (oder \"cel\") Grad Fahrenheit \"F\" (oder \"fah\") Kelvin \"K\" (oder \"kel\") Grad Rankine \"Rank\" Grad Réaumur \"Reau\" Volumen (oder Flüssigkeitsmaß) Einheit Textwert Teelöffel (TL) \"tsp\" Metrische TL (Teelöffel) \"tspm\" Esslöffel (El) \"tbs\" Flüssigunze \"oz\" Tasse \"cup\" US-Pint \"pt\" (oder \"us_pt\") UK-Pint \"uk_pt\" Quart \"qt\" UK-Quart \"uk_qt\" Gallone \"gal\" UK-Gallone \"uk_gal\" Liter \"l\" oder \"L\" (\"lt\") Kubikångström \"ang3\" oder \"ang^3\" US-Ölfass \"barrel\" US-Scheffel \"bushel\" Kubikfuß \"ft3\" oder \"ft^3\" Kubikzoll \"in3\" oder \"in^3\" Kubiklichtjahr \"ly3\" oder \"ly^3\" Kubikmeter \"m3\" oder \"m^3\" Kubikmeile \"mi3\" oder \"mi^3\" Kubikyard \"yd3\" oder \"yd^3\" Nautische Kubikmeile \"Nmi3\" oder \"Nmi^3\" Kubikpica \"Picapt3\", \"Picapt^3\", \"Pica3\" oder \"Pica^3\" Bruttoregistertonne \"GRT\" (\"regton\") Frachttonne \"MTON\" Bereich Einheit Textwert UK-Morgen \"uk_acre\" US-Morgen \"us_acre\" Quadratångström \"ang2\" oder “ang^2\" Ar \"ar\" Quadratfuß \"ft2\" oder \"ft^2\" Hektar \"ha\" Quadratzoll \"in2\" oder \"in^2\" Quadratlichtjahr \"ly2\" oder \"ly^2\" Quadratmeter \"m2\" oder \"m^2\" Morgen \"Morgen\" Quadratmeile \"mi2\" oder \"mi^2\" Nautische Quadratmeile \"Nmi2\" oder \"Nmi^2\" Quadratpica \"Picapt2\", \"Pica2\", \"Pica^2\" oder \"Picapt^2\" Quadratyard \"yd2\" oder \"yd^2\" Information Einheit Textwert Bit \"bit\" Byte \"byte\" Geschwindigkeit Einheit Textwert Admiralty-Knoten \"admkn\" Knoten \"kn\" Meter pro Stunde \"m/h\" oder \"m/hr\" Meter pro Sekunde \"m/s\" oder \"m/sec\" Meilen pro Stunde \"mph\" Es ist außerdem möglich für Von_Maßeinheit und In_Maßeinheit Präfixe zu verwenden, wenn Sie z.B. das Präfix \"k\" vor der Einheit \"g\" hinzufügen, erhalten Sie den Wert \"kg\", der Kilogramm angibt. Präfixe Präfix Multiplikator Textwert Yotta 1E+24 \"Y\" Zetta 1E+21 \"Z\" Exa 1E+18 \"E\" Peta 1E+15 \"P\" Tera 1E+12 \"T\" Giga 1E+09 \"G\" Mega 1E+06 \"M\" Kilo 1E+03 \"k\" Hekto 1E+02 \"h\" Deka 1E+01 \"da\" oder \"e\" Dezi 1E-01 \"d\" Zenti 1E-02 \"c\" Milli 1E-03 \"m\" Mikro 1E-06 \"u\" Nano 1E-09 \"n\" Piko 1E-12 \"p\" Femto 1E-15 \"f\" Atto 1E-18 \"a\" Zepto 1E-21 \"z\" Yocto 1E-24 \"y\" Binärpräfixe Präfix Präfixwert Textwert Yobi 2^80 = 1 208 925 819 614 629 174 706 176 \"Yi\" Zebi 2^70 = 1 180 591 620 717 411 303 424 \"Zi\" Exbi 2^60 = 1 152 921 504 606 846 976 \"Ei\" Pebi 2^50 = 1 125 899 906 842 624 \"Pi\" Tebi 2^40 = 1 099 511 627 776 \"Ti\" Gibi 2^30 = 1 073 741 824 \"Gi\" Mebi 2^20 = 1 048 576 \"Mi\" Kibi 2^10 = 1024 \"ki\" Anwendung der Funktion UMWANDELN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UMWANDELN. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/correl.htm", + "title": "KORREL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KORREL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Korrelationskoeffizient einer zweidimensionalen Zufallsgröße in einem Zellbereich zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KORREL ist: KORREL(Matrix1;Matrix2) Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält das Argument Matrix1(2) Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion KORREL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KORREL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/cos.htm", + "title": "COS-Funktion", + "body": "Die COS-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kosinus eines Winkels zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion COS: COS(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen Kosinus Sie berechnen möchten, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. COS-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COS. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/cosh.htm", + "title": "COSHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion COSHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Formelsyntax der Funktion COSHYP: COSHYP(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion COSHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COSHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/cot.htm", + "title": "COT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion COT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kotangens eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COT ist: COT(Zahl) x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, für den Sie den Kotangens berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27. Anwendung der Funktion COT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/coth.htm", + "title": "COTHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion COTHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den hyperbolischen Kotangens eines hyperbolischen Winkels zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COTHYP ist: COTHYP(x) x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, für den Sie den hyperbolischen Kotangens berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27. Anwenden der Funktion COTHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COTHYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/count.htm", + "title": "ANZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ANZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder die Zahlen enthalten, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ANZAHL ist: ANZAHL(Wert1;[Wert2];...) Wert1;[Wert2];... ist der Zellbereich in dem vorhandene Zahlen ermittelt werden soll. Anwendung der Funktion ANZAHL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ANZAHL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/counta.htm", + "title": "ANZAHL2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ANZAHL2 gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu ermitteln, wie viele Zellen in einem Zellbereich nicht leer sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ANZAHL2 ist: ANZAHL2(Wert1;[Wert2];...) Wert1;[Wert2];... ist der Zellbereich, in dem ermittelt werden soll, wie viele Zellen nicht leer sind. Anwendung der Funktion ANZAHL2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ANZAHL2. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/countblank.htm", + "title": "ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Anzahl der leeren Zellen in einem Bereich von Zellen zu zählen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN ist: ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN (Bereich) Bereich ist der Zellbereich, in dem die Anzahl der leeren Zellen ermittelt werden soll. Anwenden der Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/countif.htm", + "title": "ZÄHLENWENN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZÄHLENWENN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die ein bestimmtes Kriterium erfüllen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZÄHLENWENN ist: ZÄHLENWENN(Bereich;Suchkriterium) Dabei gilt: Bereich ist der ausgewählte Zellenbereich, den Sie hinsichtlich des Kriteriums analysieren wollen. Suchkriterium ist eine Zahl, ein Ausdruck, ein Zellbezug oder eine Textzeichenfolge, durch die bzw. den definiert wird, welche Zellen gezählt werden. Hinweis: Suchkriterium kan Platzhalterzeichen enthalten - das Fragezeichen (?), das einem einzelnen Zeichen entspricht, und das Sternchen (*), das mehreren Zeichen entspricht. Wenn Sie ein Fragezeichen oder ein Sternchen suchen, geben Sie vor dem Zeichen eine Tilde (~) ein. Anwendung der Funktion ZÄHLENWENN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ZÄHLENWENN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/countifs.htm", + "title": "ZÄHLENWENNS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie zählt die Anzahl der Zellen, die bestimmte Kriterien erfüllen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS ist: ZÄHLENWENNS(Kriterienbereich1;Kriterien1;[Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]…) Dabei gilt: Kriterien_Bereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, auf den die Kriterien1 angewendet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist zwingend erforderlich. Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterien_Bereich1 angewendet und verwendet, um die zu zählenden Zellen in Kriterien_Bereich1 zu bestimmen. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Dieses Argument ist zwingend erforderlich. Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2,... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Sie können bis zu 127 Bereiche und entsprechende Kriterien hinzufügen. Hinweis: Bei der Angabe von Kriterien können Sie Platzhalterzeichen verwenden. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Wenn Sie ein Fragezeichen oder ein Sternchen suchen, geben Sie vor dem Zeichen eine Tilde (~) ein. Anwendung der Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ZÄHLENWENNS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/coupdaybs.htm", + "title": "ZINSTERMTAGVA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Tagen ab dem Beginn einer Zinsperiode bis zum Abrechnungstermin zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA ist: ZINSTERMTAGVA(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGVA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/coupdays.htm", + "title": "ZINSTERMTAGE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Tage der Zinsperiode zurück, die den Abrechnungstermin einschließt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE ist: ZINSTERMTAGE(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/coupdaysnc.htm", + "title": "ZINSTERMTAGNZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Tage vom Abrechnungstermin bis zum nächsten Zinstermin zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ ist: ZINSTERMTAGNZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMTAGNZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/coupncd.htm", + "title": "ZINSTERMNZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSTERMNZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den nächsten Zinstermin nach dem Abrechnungstermin angibt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMNZ ist: ZINSTERMNZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMNZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMNZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/coupnum.htm", + "title": "ZINSTERMZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der zwischen dem Abrechnungsdatum und dem Fälligkeitsdatum zahlbaren Zinszahlungen an. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL ist: ZINSTERMZAHL(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMZAHL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/couppcd.htm", + "title": "ZINSTERMVZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSTERMVZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl an, die die letzte Zinszahlung vor dem Abrechnungstermin repräsentiert. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSTERMVZ ist: ZINSTERMVZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSTERMVZ: Wählen Sie die Zelle, wo Sie das Ergebnis sehen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSTERMVZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/covar.htm", + "title": "KOVAR-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KOVAR gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kovarianz, den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOVAR ist: KOVAR(Matrix1;Matrix2) Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion KOVAR: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOVAR. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/covariance-p.htm", + "title": "KOVARIANZ.P-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KOVARIANZ.P gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kovarianz einer Grundgesamtheit zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen. Die Kovarianz gibt Auskunft darüber, welcher Zusammenhang zwischen zwei Datengruppen besteht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOVARIANZ.P ist: KOVARIANZ.P(Matrix1;Matrix2) Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion KOVARIANZ.P: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOVARIANZ.P. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/covariance-s.htm", + "title": "KOVARIANZ.S-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KOVARIANZ.S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kovarianz einer Stichprobe zurück, d. h. den Mittelwert der für alle Datenpunktpaare gebildeten Produkte der Abweichungen in zwei Datensätzen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KOVARIANZ.S ist: KOVARIANZ.S(Matrix1;Matrix2) Matrix1(2) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion KOVARIANZ.S: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KOVARIANZ.S. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/critbinom.htm", + "title": "KRITBINOM-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KRITBINOM gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den kleinsten Wert zurück, für den die kumulierten Wahrscheinlichkeiten der Binomialverteilung größer oder gleich dem angegebenen Alpha-Wert sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KRITBINOM ist: KRITBINOM(Versuche;Erfolgswahrsch;Alpha) Dabei gilt: Versuche ist die Anzahl der Bernoulliexperimente. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1. Alpha ist das Kriterium. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner oder gleich 1. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KRITBINOM: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KRITBINOM: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/csc.htm", + "title": "COSEC-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion COSEC gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COSEC ist: COSEC(x) x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen Kosekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von x muss kleiner sein als 2^27. Anwendung der Funktion COSEC. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COSEC. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/csch.htm", + "title": "COSECHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion COSECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den hyperbolischen Kosekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebenen Winkels zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion COSECHYP ist: COSECHYP(x) x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen hyperbolischen Kosekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von x muss kleiner sein als 2^27. Anwendung der Funktion CSCH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion COSECHYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/cumipmt.htm", + "title": "KUMZINSZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KUMZINSZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die kumulierten Zinsen, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KUMZINSZ ist: KUMZINSZ(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F) Dabei gilt: Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Zeitraum_Anfang ist die erste in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. Zeitraum_Ende ist die letzte in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KUMZINSZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KUMZINSZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/cumprinc.htm", + "title": "KUMKAPITAL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KUMKAPITAL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die aufgelaufene Tilgung eines Darlehens, die zwischen zwei Perioden zu zahlen ist, basierend auf einem festgelegten Zinssatz und einem konstanten Zahlungsplan. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KUMKAPITAL ist: KUMKAPITAL(Zins;Zzr;Bw;Zeitraum_Anfang;Zeitraum_Ende;F) Dabei gilt: Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Zeitraum_Anfang ist die erste in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. Zeitraum_Ende ist die letzte in die Berechnung einfließende Periode. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KUMKAPITAL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KUMKAPITAL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/date.htm", + "title": "DATUM-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DATUM gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie dient dazu eine fortlaufende Zahl zurückzugeben, die ein bestimmtes Datum darstellt, im Format MM/TT/JJ. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DATUM ist: DATUM(Jahr;Monat;Tag) Die Werte für Jahr, Monat und Tag werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion DATUM: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DATUM. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/datedif.htm", + "title": "DATUMIF-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DATUMIF gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Differenz zwischen zwei Datumsangaben (Start- und Enddatum), basierend auf der angegebenen Einheit. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DATUMIF ist: DATEDIF(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;Einheit) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum sind die beiden Datumswerte, für die Sie die dazwischen liegenden Tage berechnen möchten. Einheit ist das angegebene Zeitintervall. Mögliche Einheiten sind: Einheit Bedeutung J Die Anzahl der vollständigen Jahre im Zeitraum M Die Anzahl der vollständigen Monate im Zeitraum T Die Anzahl der vollständigen Tage im Zeitraum MT Die Differenz zwischen den Tagen (Monate und Jahre werden ignoriert). JM Die Differenz zwischen den Monaten (Tage und Jahre werden ignoriert). JT Die Differenz zwischen den Tagen (Jahre werden ignoriert). Anwendung der Funktion DATUMIF. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DATUMIF. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/datevalue.htm", + "title": "DATWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DATWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DATWERT ist: DATWERT(Datumstext) Dabei ist Datumstext ein Text, der ein Datum zwischen dem 1. Januar 1900 und dem 31.12 9999 darstellt einem Excel-Datumsformat darstellt und der manuelle eingegeben oder durch Bezugnahme in die Formel aufgenommen wird. DATWERT-Funktion eingeben. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DATWERT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/daverage.htm", + "title": "DBMITTELWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBMITTELWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie liefert den Mittelwert aus den Werten eines Felds (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBMITTELWERT ist: DBMITTELWERT(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Sie kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBMITTELWERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBMITTELWERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/day.htm", + "title": "TAG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TAG gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl mit einem Wert von 1 bis 31 in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAG ist: TAG(Datumswert) Dabei ist Datumswert das Datum des Tages, den Sie suchen, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. TAG-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAG. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/days.htm", + "title": "TAGE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TAGE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Tagen zurück, die zwischen zwei Datumswerten liegen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAGE ist: TAGE(Zieldatum;Ausgangsdatum) Dabei sind Zieldatum und Ausgangsdatum die beiden Datumswerte, für die Sie die dazwischen liegenden Tage berechnen möchten. Anwenden der Funktion TAGE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAGE. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/days360.htm", + "title": "TAGE360-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TAGE360 gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Anzahl der Tage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben ausgehend von einem Jahr, das 360 Tage hat Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAGE360 ist: TAGE360(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Methode]) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum sind die beiden Datumswerte, für die Sie die dazwischen liegenden Tage berechnen möchten. Methode ist ein optionaler Wahrheitswert. WAHR oder FALSCH. Für WAHR wird die Berechnung basierend auf der Europäischen Methode durchgeführt. Jedes Ausgangs- und Enddatum, das auf den 31. Tag eines Monats fällt, wird zum 30. Tag desselben Monats. Für FALSCH oder keinen Wert wird, die Berechnung basierend auf der US-Methode durchgeführt. Ist das Ausgangsdatum der letzte Tag eines Monats wird es zum 30. Tag dieses Monats. Ist das Enddatum der letzte Tag eines Monats und das Ausgangsdatum ein Datum vor dem 30. Tag eines Monats, wird das Enddatum zum 1. Tag des darauffolgenden Monats. In allen anderen Fällen wird das Enddatum zum 30. Tag desselben Monats. Anwendung der Funktion TAGE360: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAGE360. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/db.htm", + "title": "GDA2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GDA2 gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die geometrisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GDA2 ist: GDA2(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Monate]) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird. Periode ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer. Monate ist die Anzahl der Monate im ersten Jahr. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Argument Monate angegeben, wird der Wert 12 angenommen. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GDA2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dcount.htm", + "title": "DBANZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBANZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie ermittelt die Anzahl nicht leerer Zellen in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBANZAHL ist: DBANZAHL(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Sie kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBANZAHL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion DBANZAHL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dcounta.htm", + "title": "DBANZAHL2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBANZAHL2 gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie ermittelt die Anzahl nicht leerer Zellen (logische Werte und Text werden berücksichtigt) in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBANZAHL2 ist: DBANZAHL2(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Sie kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBANZAHL2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion DBANZAHL2. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ddb.htm", + "title": "GDA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GDA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Abschreibung eines Anlagegutes für einen angegebenen Zeitraum unter Verwendung der degressiven Doppelraten-Abschreibung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GDA ist: GDA(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Periode;[Faktor]) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird. Periode ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer. Faktor ist die Rate, um die der Restbuchwert abnimmt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Faktor, nimmt die Funktion den Faktor 2 an. Hinweis: Alle Argumente müssen positive Zahlen enthalten. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GDA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GDA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dec2bin.htm", + "title": "DEZINBIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DEZINBIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZINBIN ist: DEZINBIN(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine dezimale ganze Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen. Hinweis: Ist Stellen weniger oder gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion DEZINBIN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZINBIN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dec2hex.htm", + "title": "DEZINHEX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DEZINHEX gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZINHEX ist: DEZINHEX(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine dezimale ganze Zahl, manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen. Hinweis: Ist Stellen weniger oder gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion DEZINHEX: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZINHEX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dec2oct.htm", + "title": "DEZINOKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DEZINOKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine dezimale Zahl in eine oktale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZINOKT ist: DEZINOKT(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine dezimale ganze Zahl, manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen. Hinweis: Ist Stellen weniger oder gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion DEZINOKT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZINOKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/decimal.htm", + "title": "DEZIMAL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DEZIMAL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie konvertiert eine Textdarstellung einer Zahl mit einer angegebenen Basis in eine Dezimalzahl. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DEZIMAL ist: DEZIMAL(Text;Basis) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Textdarstellung der Zahl, die Sie konvertieren möchten. Text darf maximal 255 Zeichen lang sein. Basis ist die Basis der Nummer. Es muss eine ganze Zahl sein, die größer gleich 2 und kleiner gleich 36 ist. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion DEZIMAL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DEZIMAL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/degrees.htm", + "title": "GRAD-Funktion", + "body": "Die GRAD-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um Radiant (Bogenmaß) in Grad umzurechnen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GRAD ist: GRAD(Winkel) Das Argument Zahl ist der in Bogenmaß (Radiant) gegebene Winkel, den Sie umwandeln möchten, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GRAD: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GRAD. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/delta.htm", + "title": "DELTA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DELTA gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie überprüft, ob zwei Werte gleich sind. Sind die Werte gleich, gibt die Funktion 1 zurück. Andernfalls gibt sie 0 zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DELTA ist: DELTA(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Dabei gilt: Zahl1 ist die erste Zahl. Zahl2 ist die zweite Zahl. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zahl2 wird es als 0 angenommen. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion DELTA. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DELTA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/devsq.htm", + "title": "SUMQUADABW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMQUADABW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der quadrierten Abweichungen von Datenpunkten von deren Stichprobenmittelwert zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMQUADABW ist: SUMQUADABW(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion SUMQUADABW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMQUADABW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dget.htm", + "title": "DBAUSZUG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBAUSZUG gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie gibt einen einzelnen Wert aus einer Spalte einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBAUSZUG ist: DBAUSZUG(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Es kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBAUSZUG. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBAUSZUG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/disc.htm", + "title": "DISAGIO-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DISAGIO gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den in Prozent ausgedrückten Abzinsungssatz eines Wertpapiers zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DISAGIO ist: DISAGIO(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs;Rückzahlung;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion DISAGIO. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DISAGIO. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dmax.htm", + "title": "DBMAX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBMAX gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie gib den größten Wert in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBMAX ist: DBMAX(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Es kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBMAX. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBMAX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dmin.htm", + "title": "DBMIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBMIN gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie gib den kleinsten Wert in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück, der den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBMIN ist: DBMIN(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Diese kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBMIN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBMIN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dollar.htm", + "title": "EURO-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion EURO gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie konvertiert eine Zahl in ein Textformat und ordnet ein Währungssymbol zu (€#.##). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EURO ist: Euro(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine beliebige zu konvertierende Zahl. Dezimalstellen gibt an wie viele Dezimalstellen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 2 (Zwei) angenommen. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion EURO: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EURO. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dollarde.htm", + "title": "NOTIERUNGDEZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine Notierung, die durch eine Kombination aus ganzer Zahl und Dezimalbruch ausgedrückt wurde, in eine Dezimalzahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ ist: NOTIERUNGDEZ(Zahl;Teiler) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine Zahl, die durch eine Kombination aus Ganzzahl und Dezimalbruch, getrennt durch ein Dezimaltrennzeichen ausgedrückt wurde. Teiler Bruchzahl ist eine Ganzzahl, die Sie als Nenner zum Zähler Zahl verwenden möchten. Hinweis: beispielsweise wird der Wert Zahl, ausgedrückt als 1,03, als 1 + 3/n interpretiert, wobei n der Wert von Teiler ist. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NOTIERUNGDEZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dollarfr.htm", + "title": "NOTIERUNGBRU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lassen sich als Dezimalzahlen angegebene Euro-Preise in Euro-Zahlen umwandeln, die als Dezimalbrüche formuliert sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU ist: NOTIERUNGBRU(Zahl;Teiler) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine Dezimalzahl. Teiler ist eine ganze Zahl, die als Nenner eines Dezimalbruchs verwendet wird. Hinweis: beispielsweise wird der Rückgabewert von 1,03 als 1 + 3/n interpretiert, wobei n der Wert von Teiler ist. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NOTIERUNGBRU. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dproduct.htm", + "title": "DBPRODUKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBPRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie multipliziert die Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBPRODUKT ist: DBPRODUKT(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBPRODUKT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBPRODUKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dstdev.htm", + "title": "DBSTDABW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBSTDABW gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie schätzt die Standardabweichung einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBSTDABW ist: DBSTDABW(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBSTDABW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dstdevp.htm", + "title": "DBSTDABWN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBSTDABWN gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Standardabweichung auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBSTDABWN ist: DBSTDABWN(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBSTDABWN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBSTDABWN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dsum.htm", + "title": "DBSUMME-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBSUMME gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie summiert die Zahlen in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBSUMME ist: DBSUMME(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBSUMME: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBSUMME. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/duration.htm", + "title": "DURATION-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DURATION gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt für einen angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € die Macauley-Dauer zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DURATION ist: DURATION(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers. ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion DURATION: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DURATION. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dvar.htm", + "title": "DBVARIANZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBVARIANZ gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz einer Grundgesamtheit auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBVARIANZ ist: DBVARIANZ(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBVARIANZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBVARIANZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/dvarp.htm", + "title": "DBVARIANZEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DBVARIANZEN gehört zur Gruppe der Datenbankfunktionen. Sie berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der Grundgesamtheit, mithilfe der Werte in einem Feld (einer Spalte) mit Datensätzen in einer Liste oder Datenbank, die den von Ihnen angegebenen Bedingungen entsprechen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DBVARIANZEN ist: DBVARIANZEN(Datenbank;Datenbankfeld;Suchkriterien) Dabei gilt: Datenbank ist der Zellbereich, aus dem die Liste oder Datenbank besteht. Der Zellbereich muss Spaltenüberschriften in der ersten Zeile enthalten. Datenbankfeld gibt an, welches Feld (z.B. Spalte) in der Funktion verwendet wird. Dieses kann als Nummer der erforderlichen Spalte oder als in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossene Spaltenüberschrift angegeben werden. Suchkriterien ist der Zellbereich, der die angegebenen Bedingungen enthält. Der Zellbereich muss mindestens einen Feldnamen (Spaltenüberschrift) enthalten und mindestens eine Zelle darunter in der die Bedingung angegeben ist, die auf dieses Feld in der Datenbank angewendet werden soll. Der Zellbereich Suchkriterien sollte sich nicht mit dem Zellbereich Datenbank überlappen. Anwendung der Funktion DBVARIANZEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datenbank aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DBVARIANZEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ecma-ceiling.htm", + "title": "ECMA.OBERGRENZE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache des angegebenen Schritts. Negative Zahlen werden gegen Null gerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE ist: ECMA.OBERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, den Sie runden möchten. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ECMA.OBERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/edate.htm", + "title": "EDATUM-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion EDATUM gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor bzw. nach dem angegebenen Datum (Ausgangsdatum) liegt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EDATUM ist: EDATUM(Ausgangsdatum;Monate) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist eine Zahl, die das erste Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Monate ist die Anzahl der Monate vor oder nach Ausgangsdatum. Hat Monate ein negatives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das vor dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum liegt. Hat ein positives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das nach dem angegebenen folgt. Anwendung der Funktion EDATUM: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EDATUM. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/effect.htm", + "title": "EFFEKTIV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion EFFEKTIV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Effektivverzinsung zurück, ausgehend von einer Nominalverzinsung sowie der jeweiligen Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EFFEKTIV ist: EFFEKTIV(Nominalzins;Perioden) Dabei gilt: Nominalzins ist die jährliche Nominalverzinszung des Wertpapiers. Perioden ist die Anzahl der jährlichen Verzinsungsperioden. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion EFFEKTIV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EFFEKTIV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/eomonth.htm", + "title": "MONATSENDE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MONATSENDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des letzten Tages des Monats zurück, der eine bestimmte Anzahl von Monaten vor bzw. nach dem Ausgangsdatum liegt Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MONATSENDE ist: MONATSENDE(Ausgangsdatum;Monate) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist eine Zahl, die das erste Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Monate ist die Anzahl der Monate vor oder nach Ausgangsdatum. Hat Monate ein negatives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das vor dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum liegt. Hat ein positives Vorzeichen, gibt die Funktion die Seriennummer des Datums zurück, das nach dem angegebenen folgt. Anwendung der Funktion MONATSENDE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MONATSENDE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/erf-precise.htm", + "title": "GAUSSF.GENAU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAUSSF.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Fehlerfunktion integriert zwischen 0 und dem angegebenen unteren Grenzwert zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFL.GENAU ist: GAUSSF.GENAU(x) Dabei ist Dabei ist x die untere Grenze für die Integration. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. GAUSSF.GENAU-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSF.GENAU. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/erf.htm", + "title": "GAUSSFEHLER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAUSSFEHLER gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die zwischen den angegebenen unteren und oberen Grenzen integrierte Gauß'sche Fehlerfunktion zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFEHLER ist: GAUSSFEHLER(Untere_Grenze;[Obere_Grenze]) Dabei gilt: Untere_Grenze ist die untere Grenze für die Integration in GAUSSFEHLER. Obere_Grenze ist die obere Grenze für die Integration in GAUSSFEHLER. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument, integriert GAUSSFEHLER von 0 (Null) bis Untere_Grenze. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GAUSSFEHLER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFEHLER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/erfc-precise.htm", + "title": "GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU ist: GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU(x) Dabei ist x die untere Grenze für die Integration, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/erfc.htm", + "title": "GAUSSFKOMPL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Komplement zur Funktion GAUSSFEHLER integriert zwischen x und Unendlichkeit zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL ist: GAUSSFKOMPL(Untere_Grenze) Dabei ist Untere_Grenze die untere Grenze für die Integration, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAUSSFKOMPL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/error.type.htm", + "title": "FEHLER.TYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FEHLER.TYP gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die numerische Darstellung von einem der vorhandenen Fehler zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FEHLER.TYP ist: FEHLER.TYP(Fehlerwert) Fehlerwert ist der Fehlerwert dessen Kennnummer Sie finden möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Fehlerwerte: Fehlerwert Nummerische Darstellung #NULL! 1 #DIV/0! 2 #WERT! 3 #BEZUG! 4 #NAME? 5 #NUM! 6 #NV 7 #DATEN_ABRUFEN 8 Sonstige #NV Anwendung der Funktion FEHLER.TYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FEHLER.TYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/even.htm", + "title": "GERADE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GERADE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf die nächste gerade ganze Zahl aufzurunden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GERADE ist: GERADE(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl der zu rundende Wert, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion GERADE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GERADE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/exact.htm", + "title": "IDENTISCH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IDENTISCH gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit der Funktion lassen sich Daten in zwei Zellen vergleichen. Sind die Daten identisch, gibt die Funktion gibt den Wert WAHR zurück, anderfalls gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IDENTISCH ist: IDENTISCH(Text1;Text2) Text1(2)… ist die zu analysierende Zeichenfolge, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IDENTISCH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IDENTISCH. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen IDENTISCH unterscheidet zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es gibt 2 Argumente: Text1 = A1; Text2 = B1; A1 ist MeinPasswort, B1 ist meinpasswort. In diesem Fall gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück. Ändert man nun alle Zeichen in A1 von Groß- auf Kleinbuchstaben, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück:" + }, + { + "id": "Functions/exp.htm", + "title": "EXP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion EXP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Basis e mit der als Argument angegebenen Zahl zu potenzieren. Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EXP ist: EXP(Zahl) Zahl ist der Exponent zur Basis e, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion EXP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EXP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/expon-dist.htm", + "title": "EXPON.VERT", + "body": "Die Funktion EXPON.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EXPON.VERT ist: EXPON.VERT(x;Lambda;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert für die Funktion. Ein nummerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Lambada ist der übergebene Wert. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion EXPON.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EXPON.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/expondist.htm", + "title": "EXPONVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion EXPONVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer exponential-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion EXPONVERT ist: EXPONVERT(x;Lambda;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert für die Funktion. Ein nummerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Lambada ist der übergebene Wert. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion EXPONVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion EXPONVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/f-dist-rt.htm", + "title": "F.VERT.RE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion F.VERT.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurückzugeben. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.VERT.RE ist: F.VERT.RE(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion F.VERT.RE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.VERT.RE-Funktion. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/f-dist.htm", + "title": "F.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion F.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer F-verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.VERT ist: F.VERT(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 10^10. Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 10^10. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt F.VERT den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt F.VERT den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion F.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.VERT-Funktion. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/f-inv-rt.htm", + "title": "F.INV.RE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion F.INV.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der (rechtsseitigen) F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.INV.RE ist: F.INV.RE(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur F-Verteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion F.INV.RE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.INV.RE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/f-inv.htm", + "title": "F.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion F.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der (rechtsseitigen) F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion F.INV ist: F.INV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur F-Verteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der F.INV-Funktion. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion F.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/f-test.htm", + "title": "F.TEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion F.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück, die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass sich die Varianzen in Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben. Formelsyntax der Funktion F.TEST: F.TEST(Matrix1;Matrix2) Dabei gilt: Matrix1 ist die erste Matrix oder der erste Wertebereich. Matrix2 ist die zweite Matrix oder der zweite Wertebereich. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Enthält eines der Argumente weniger als 2 Datenpunkte, oder ist die Varianz eines Wertebereichs gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion F.TEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion .TEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fact.htm", + "title": "FAKULTÄT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FAKULTÄT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Fakultät einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Syntax der Funktion FAKULTÄT ist: FAKULTÄT(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen. Die Funktion FAKULTÄT anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FAKULTÄT. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/factdouble.htm", + "title": "ZWEIFAKULTÄT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Diese Funktion gibt die Fakultät zu Zahl mit Schrittlänge 2 zurück Die Syntax der Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT lautet: ZWEIFAKULTÄT(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen. Anwenden der Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZWEIFAKULTÄT. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/false.htm", + "title": "FALSCH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FALSCH gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wahrheitswert FALSCH zurück und die Syntax der Funktion enthält keine Argumente. Formelsyntax der Funktion FALSCH: FALSCH() FALSCH-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FALSCH. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fdist.htm", + "title": "FVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die (rechtsseitige) F-Wahrscheinlichkeitsverteilung (Grad der Diversität) für zwei Datensätze zurückzugeben. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Datenmengen unterschiedlichen Streuungen unterliegen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FVERT ist: FVERT(x;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion FDIST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/find.htm", + "title": "FINDEN/FINDENB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie sucht einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert. Die Funktion FINDEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während FINDENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FINDEN/FINDENB ist: FINDEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) FINDENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Suchtext gibt den Text an, den Sie suchen. Text ist der Text, der den Text enthält, den Sie suchen möchten. Erstes_Zeichen gibt an, bei welchem Zeichen die Suche begonnen werden soll. Das Argument Erstes_Zeichen ist optional. Fehlt das Argument beginnt die Funktion mit dem ersten Zeichen des Textes. Die Werte können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Liegen keine Übereinstimmungen vor, geben die Funktionen FINDEN und FINDENB den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FINDEN oder FINDENB: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen FINDEN/FINDENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/finv.htm", + "title": "FINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der (rechtsseitigen) F-Verteilung zurück. Die F-Verteilung kann in F-Tests verwendet werden, bei denen die Streuungen zweier Datenmengen ins Verhältnis gesetzt werden Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FINV ist: FINV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade1;Freiheitsgrade2) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur F-Verteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade1 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Zähler. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Freiheitsgrade2 ist die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade im Nenner. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 1 und kleiner als 10^10. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion FINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FINV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fisher.htm", + "title": "FISHER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FISHER gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Fisher-Transformation einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FISHERINV ist: FISHER(x) Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, größer als -1 und kleiner als 1, für den Sie die Transformation durchführen möchten. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder in der Zelle eingeschlossen sein, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. FISHER-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FISHER. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fisherinv.htm", + "title": "FISHERINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FISHERINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Umkehrung der Fisher-Transformation zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FISHERINV ist: FISHERINV(y) Zahl ist der Wert, dessen Transformation Sie umkehren möchten, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. FISHERINV-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FISHERINV. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fixed.htm", + "title": "FEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FEST gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie formatiert eine Zahl als Text mit einer festen Anzahl von Nachkommastellen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FEST ist: FEST(Zahl;[Dezimalstellen],[Keine_Punkte]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die zu rundende Zahl, die in Text umgewandelt werden soll. Dezimalstellen gibt an wie viele Dezimalstellen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 2 (Zwei) angenommen. Keine_Punkte ist ein Wahrheitswert. Ist Keine_Punkte mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis ohne Kommas zurück. Ist Keine_Punkte FALSCH oder nicht angegeben, enthält der zurückgegebene Text die üblicherweise verwendeten Punkte. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion FEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/floor.htm", + "title": "UNTERGRENZE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf das nächste Vielfache ab. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE ist: UNTERGRENZE(Zahl;Schritt) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der numerische Wert, den Sie runden möchten. Schritt ist das Vielfache, auf das Sie abrunden möchten. Hinweis: Falls Zahl und Schritt unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/floormath.htm", + "title": "UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder auf das nächste Vielfache von Schritt ab. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK ist: UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK(Zahl;Schritt;Modus) Dabei gilt: x ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Modus legt für eine negative Zahl fest, ob „Zahl“ n Richtung des größeren oder des kleineren Werts gerundet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben oder wird der Wert mit 0 angegeben, werden negative Zahlen gegen Null gerundet. Wenn ein anderer numerischer Wert angegeben wird, werden negative Zahlen gegenüber Null aufgerundet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/floorprecise.htm", + "title": "UNTERGRENZE.GENAU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie rundet eine Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl oder das nächste Vielfache von "Schritt" ab. Die Zahl wird unabhängig vom Vorzeichen immer abgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU ist: UNTERGRENZE.GENAU(Zahl; [Schritt]) Dabei gilt: x ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das Vielfache auf das Sie runden möchten. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNTERGRENZE.GENAU. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-confint.htm", + "title": "PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein Konfidenzintervall für den prognostizierten Wert an einem festgelegten Zieldatum zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT ist: PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Konfidenz_Niveau];[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation]) Dabei gilt: Ziel_Datum ist der Datenpunkt, für den ein Wert vorhergesagt werden soll. Das Zieldatum muss nach dem Ende der historischen Zeitachse liegen. Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen. Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden). Konfidenz_Niveau ist ein numerischer Wert größer 0 und kleiner 1, der ein Konfidenzniveau für das berechnete Konfidenzintervall angibt Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, verwendet die Funktion den Standardwert 0,95. Saisonalität ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, mit welcher Methode die Saisonalität ermittelt werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Die Saisonalität wird automatisch erkannt. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion positive, ganzzahlige Werte. 0 Es liegt keine Saisonalität vor, die Vorhersage wird also linear sein. Eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 2 ist. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion die angegebene Zahl. Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Fehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet. 0 Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt. Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Funktion 1 oder nicht angegeben MITTELWERT 2 ANZAHL 3 ANZAHL2 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUMME Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-seasonality.htm", + "title": "PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Länge des repetitiven Musters zurück, das die Funktion in der angegebenen Zeitreihe erkannt hat. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT ist: PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT(Werte;Zeitachse;[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation]) Dabei gilt: Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen. Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden). Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Fehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet. 0 Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt. Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Funktion 1 oder nicht angegeben MITTELWERT 2 ANZAHL 3 ANZAHL2 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUMME Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/forecast-ets-stat.htm", + "title": "PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt einen statistischen Wert als Ergebnis der Zeitreihenprognose zurück. Der Statistiktyp gibt an, welche Statistik von dieser Funktion angefordert wird Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT ist: PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT(Werte;Zeitachse;Statistiktyp;[Saisonalität];[Datenvollständigkeit];[Aggregation]) Dabei gilt: Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen. Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden). Statistiktyp ist ein numerischer Wert zwischen 1 und 8, der angibt, welche Statistik für die berechnete Prognose zurückgegeben wird. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Statistik 1 Alpha-Parameter des ETS-Algorithmus - gibt den Werteparameter für „Basis“ zurück. 2 Beta-Parameter des ETS-Algorithmus - gibt den Werteparameter für „Trend“ zurück. 3 Gamma-Parameter des ETS-Algorithmus - gibt den Werteparameter für „Saisonalität“ zurück. 4 MASE-Metrik (Mean Absolute Scaled Error) - gibt die Metrik für den mittleren absoluten skalierten Fehler zurück. 5 SMAPE-Metrik (Symmetric Mean Absolute Percentage Error) - gibt die Metrik für den symmetrischen mittleren absoluten prozentualen Fehler zurück. 6 MAE-Metrik (Mean Absolute Error) - gibt die Metrik für den mittleren absoluten Fehler zurück. 7 RMSE-Metrik (Root Mean Squared Error) - gibt die Metrik für den mittleren quadratischen Gesamtfehler zurück. 8 Schrittgröße erkannt - gibt die auf der historischen Zeitachse erkannte Schrittgröße zurück. Saisonalität ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, mit welcher Methode die Saisonalität ermittelt werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Die Saisonalität wird automatisch erkannt. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion positive, ganzzahlige Werte. 0 Es liegt keine Saisonalität vor, die Vorhersage wird also linear sein. Eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 2 ist. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion die angegebene Zahl. Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Fehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet. 0 Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt. Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Funktion 1 oder nicht angegeben MITTELWERT 2 ANZAHL 3 ANZAHL2 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUMME Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/forecast-ets.htm", + "title": "PROGNOSE.ETS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient zur Berechnung oder Vorhersage eines zukünftigen Wertes basierend auf vorhandenen (historischen) Werten mithilfe der AAA-Version des Exponentialglättungsalgorithmus (ETS). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS ist: PROGNOSE.ETS(Ziel_Datum;Werte;Zeitachse;[Saisonalität];[Daten_Vollständigkeit];[Aggregation]) Dabei gilt: Ziel_Datum ist der Datenpunkt, für den ein Wert vorhergesagt werden soll. Das Zieldatum muss nach dem Ende der historischen Zeitachse liegen. Werte sind die historischen Werte, für die die nächsten Punkte vorhergesagt werden sollen. Zeitachse ist ein Bereich von Datums- / Zeitwerten, die den historischen Werten entsprechen. Die Bereiche von Zeitachse müssen die gleiche Größe aufweisen wie Werte. Die Daten auf der Zeitachse müssen konsistente Abstände haben und dürfen nicht null sein (allerdings können bis zu 30% der fehlenden Werte gemäß dem Argument Datenvollständigkeit verarbeitet werden und doppelte Werte können gemäß dem Argument Aggregation aggregiert werden). Saisonalität ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, mit welcher Methode die Saisonalität ermittelt werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Die Saisonalität wird automatisch erkannt. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion positive, ganzzahlige Werte. 0 Es liegt keine Saisonalität vor, die Vorhersage wird also linear sein. Eine ganze Zahl, die größer oder gleich 2 ist. Für die Länge des saisonalen Musters verwendet die Funktion die angegebene Zahl. Datenvollständigkeit ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, wie die fehlenden Datenpunkte im Datenbereich Zeitachse verarbeitet werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Fehlende Punkte werden als Durchschnitt der benachbarten Punkte berechnet. 0 Fehlende Punkte werden als Nullen behandelt. Aggregation ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion verwendet werden soll, um identische Zeitwerte im Datenbereich Zeitachse zu aggregieren. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Zahlenwert Funktion 1 oder nicht angegeben MITTELWERT 2 ANZAHL 3 ANZAHL2 4 MAX 5 MEDIAN 6 MIN 7 SUMME Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.ETS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/forecast-linear.htm", + "title": "PROGNOSE.LINEAR-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Schätzwert für einen linearen Trend zurück. Der Vorhersagewert ist ein Y-Wert bei einem gegebenen X-Wert. Bei den bekannten Werten handelt es sich um vorhandene X- und Y-Werte, und der neue Wert wird, ausgehend von einer linearen Regression, vorhergesagt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR ist: PROGNOSE.LINEAR(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte) Dabei gilt: x ist der Datenpunkt, dessen Wert Sie schätzen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. wo Y_Werte ist eine abhängige Matrix oder ein abhängiger Datenbereich. wo X_Werte ist eine unabhängige Matrix oder ein unabhängiger Datenbereich. Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE.LINEAR. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/forecast.htm", + "title": "PROGNOSE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PROGNOSE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um einen zukünftigen Wert basierend auf vorhandenen Werten vorherzusagen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PROGNOSE ist: PROGNOSE(x;Y_Werte;X_Werte) Dabei gilt: x ist der Datenpunkt, dessen Wert Sie schätzen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Y_Werte(X_Werte) ist der gewählte Zellbereich mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Anwendung der Funktion PROGNOSE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PROGNOSE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/formulatext.htm", + "title": "FORMELTEXT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FORMELTEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt eine Formel als eine Zeichenfolge zurück (die Textzeichenfolge, die in der Bearbeitungsleiste angezeigt wird, wenn Sie die Zelle mit der Formel auswählen). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FORMELTEXT ist: FORMELTEXT(Bezug) Bezug ist ein Bezug auf eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich. Enthält der Zellenbereich auf den Bezug genommen wird mehr als eine Formel, gibt die Formel FORMELTEXT den Wert in der linken oberen Zelle der Zeile, der Spalte oder des Bereichs zurück. Enthält die Zelle auf die Bezug genommen wird keine Formel, gibt die Formel FORMELTEXT den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Anwendung der Funktion FORMELTEXT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FORMELTEXT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/frequency.htm", + "title": "HÄUFIGKEIT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet um zu ermitteln, wie oft Werte innerhalb des ausgewählten Zellenbereichs auftreten, und den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen vertikalen Zahlenfeldes anzuzeigen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT ist: HÄUFIGKEIT(Daten;Klassen) Dabei gilt: Daten entspricht einer Matrix von oder einem Bezug auf eine Wertemenge, deren Häufigkeiten Sie zählen möchten. Klassen sind die als Matrix oder Bezug auf einen Zellbereich eingegebenen Intervallgrenzen, nach denen Sie die in Daten enthaltenen Werte einordnen möchten. Anwendung der Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HÄUFIGKEIT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ftest.htm", + "title": "FTEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion FTEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines F-Tests zurück. Ein F-Test berechnet die zweiseitige Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass sich die Varianzen von Matrix1 und Matrix2 nicht signifikant unterscheiden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie feststellen, ob zwei Stichproben unterschiedliche Varianzen haben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion FTEST ist: FTEST(Matrix1;Matrix2) Dabei gilt: Matrix1 ist die erste Matrix oder der erste Wertebereich. Matrix2 ist die zweite Matrix oder der zweite Wertebereich. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Enthält eines der Argumente weniger als 2 Datenpunkte, oder ist die Varianz eines Wertebereichs gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion FTEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion FTEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fv.htm", + "title": "ZW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den zukünftigen Wert (Endwert) einer Investition zurück, basierend auf einem bestimmten Zinssatz und regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZW ist: ZW(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Bw];[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume. Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für . Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/fvschedule.htm", + "title": "ZW2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZW2 gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den aufgezinsten Wert des Anfangskapitals für eine Reihe periodisch unterschiedlicher Zinssätze zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZW2 ist: ZW2(Kapital;Zinsen) Dabei gilt: Kapital ist der Gegenwert der Investition. Zinsen ist eine Matrix, die die einzusetzenden Zinssätze enthält. Hinweis: Zinsen können aus Zahlen oder leeren Zellen bestehen (leere Zellen wären als 0 interpretiert). Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZW2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZW2. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gamma-dist.htm", + "title": "GAMMA.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMA.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMA.VERT ist: GAMMA.VERT(X;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GAMMA.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMA.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gamma-inv.htm", + "title": "GAMMA.INV-Excel", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMA.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMA.INV ist: GAMMA.INV(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Gammaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GAMMA.INV. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMA.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gamma.htm", + "title": "GAMMA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Wert der Gammafunktion zurück. Die Syntax der Funktion GAMMA ist: GAMMA(Zahl) Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl eine negative ganze Zahl oder 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion GAMMA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMA. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gammadist.htm", + "title": "GAMMAVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMAVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer gammaverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMAVERT ist: GAMMAVERT(X;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GAMMAVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMAVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gammainv.htm", + "title": "GAMMAINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMAINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Gammaverteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMAINV ist: GAMMAINV(Wahrsch;Alpha;Beta) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Gammaverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Hinweis: Ist Beta gleich 1, gibt die Funktion die Standard-Gammaverteilung zurück. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GAMMAINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMAINV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gammaln-precise.htm", + "title": "GAMMALN.GENAU-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMALN.GENAU gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den natürlichen Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAMMALN.GENAU ist: GAMMALN.GENAU(x) Dabei ist x ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der GAMMALN.GENAU-Funktion. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMALN.GENAU. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gammaln.htm", + "title": "GAMMALN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAMMALN gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der natürliche Logarithmus der Gammafunktion zurückgeben. Die Syntax der Funktion GAMMALN ist: GAMMALN(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert der größer ist als 0 und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie verweisen. GAMMALN-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GAMMALN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gauss.htm", + "title": "GAUSS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GAUSS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass ein Element einer Standardgrundgesamtheit zwischen dem Mittelwert und z Standardabweichungen vom Mittelwert liegt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GAUSS ist: GAUSS(z) Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der GAUSS-Funktion. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die GAUSS-Funktion. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gcd.htm", + "title": "GGT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GGT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den größten gemeinsamen Teiler von zwei oder mehr Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GGT ist: GGT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GGT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GGT. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/geomean.htm", + "title": "GEOMITTEL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GEOMITTEL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den geometrischen Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GEOMITTEL ist: GEOMITTEL(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... sind bis zu 30 nummerische Werte die größer sind als 0 und die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GEOMITTEL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GEOMITTEL. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/gestep.htm", + "title": "GGANZZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GGANZZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich testen, ob eine Zahl größer als ein Schwellenwert ist. Die Funktion gibt 1 zurück, wenn die Zahl größer oder gleich Schritt ist, andernfalls 0. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GGANZZAHL ist: GGANZZAHL(Zahl;[Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert der gegen Schritt geprüft werden soll. Schritt ist der Schwellenwert. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird für Schritt kein Wert angegeben, nimmt die Funktion für Schritt 0 an. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GGANZZAHL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GGANZZAHL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/harmean.htm", + "title": "HARMITTEL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HARMITTEL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das harmonische Mittel zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HARMITTEL ist: HARMITTEL(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente, Zahl1;[Zahl2];..., sind bis zu 30 nummerische Werte, die größer sind als 0 und manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion HARMITTEL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HARMITTEL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hex2bin.htm", + "title": "HEXINBIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HEXINBIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HEXINBIN ist: HEXINBIN(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine hexadezimale Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende Hexadezimale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion HEXINBIN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HEXINBIN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hex2dec.htm", + "title": "HEXINDEZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HEXINDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HEXINDEZ ist: HEXINDEZ(Zahl) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine hexadezimale Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige binäre Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits), gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion HEXINDEZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HEXINDEZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hex2oct.htm", + "title": "HEXINOKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HEXINOKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine hexadezimale Zahl in eine Oktalzahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HEXINOKT ist: HEXINOKT(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine hexadezimale Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, verwendet die Funktion die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige hexadezimale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende Oktahlzahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion HEXINOKT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HEXINOKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hlookup.htm", + "title": "WVERWEIS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WVERWEIS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie sucht in der obersten Zeile einer Tabelle oder einer Matrix (Array) nach Werten und gibt dann in der gleichen Spalte einen Wert aus einer Zeile zurück, die Sie in der Tabelle oder Matrix angeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WVERWEIS ist: WVERWEIS(Suchkriterium;Matrix;Zeilenindex;[Bereich_Verweis]) Dabei gilt: Suchkriterium ist der Wert nach dem gesucht wird. Matrix sind zwei oder mehr Spalten die in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind. Zeilenindex ist eine Zeilennummer in der Matrix, ein numerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 1 ist, aber kleiner als die Gesamtanzahl der Spalten in Matrix. Das Argument Bereich_Verweis ist optional. Es handelt sich um einen Wahrheitswert. WAHR oder FALSCH. Geben Sie FALSCH an, um eine genaue Übereinstimmung des Rückgabewerts zu finden. Geben Sie WAHR ein, um eine ungefähre Übereinstimmung zu finden; wenn keine genaue Übereinstimmung mit dem Suchkriterium vorliegt, wählt die Funktion den nächstgrößeren Wert aus, der kleiner ist als Suchkriterium. Fehlt das Argument, findet die Funktion eine genaue Übereinstimmung. Hinweis: Ist für Übereinstimmung FALSCH festgelegt, aber es wird keine exakte Übereinstimmung gefunden wird, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NV zurück. Anwendung der Funktion WVERWEIS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WVERWEIS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hour.htm", + "title": "STUNDE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STUNDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Gibt die Stunde einer Zeitangabe zurück. Die Stunde wird als ganze Zahl ausgegeben, die einen Wert von 0 Uhr bis 23 Uhr annehmen kann. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STUNDE ist: STUNDE(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden. Anwendung der Funktion STUNDE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STUNDE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hypgeom-dist.htm", + "title": "HYPGEOM.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT ist: HYPGEOM.VERT(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: Erfolge_S ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als der kleinere der Werte von Umfang_S oder Erfolge_G. Umfang_S ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 aber kleiner als Umfang_G. Erfolge_G ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als Umfang_G. Umfang_G ist die Größe der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HYPGEOM.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/hypgeomdist.htm", + "title": "HYPGEOMVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HYPGEOMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie liefert die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer hypergeometrisch-verteilten Zufallsvariable. Die Funktion berechnet die Wahrscheinlichkeit in einer Stichprobe eine bestimmte Anzahl von Beobachtungen zu erhalten. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion HYPGEOMVERT ist: HYPGEOMVERT(Erfolge_S;Umfang_S;Erfolge_G;Umfang_G) Dabei gilt: Erfolge_S ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als der kleinere der Werte von Umfang_S oder Erfolge_G . Umfang_S - ist der Umfang der Stichprobe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 aber kleiner als Umfang_G. Erfolge_G - ist die Anzahl der in der Stichprobe erzielten Erfolge. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0, aber kleiner als Umfang_G. Umfang_G - ist die Größe der Grundgesamtheit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion HYPGEOMVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion HYPGEOMVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/if.htm", + "title": "WENN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WENN gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den logischen Ausdruck zu überprüfen und einen Wert, falls es TRUE ist, oder den anderen, falls es FALSE ist, zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENN ist: WENN(Prüfung;Dann_Wert;[Sonst_Wert]) Die Werte Prüfung, Dann_Wert und Sonst_Wert werdenmanuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WENN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es gibt 3 Argumente: Prüfung = A1<100, Dann_Wert = 0, Sonst_Wert = 1; A1 ist gleich 12. Dieser logische Ausdruck ist WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück. Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 112, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück:" + }, + { + "id": "Functions/iferror.htm", + "title": "WENNFEHLER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WENNFEHLER gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um zu überprüfen, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Liegt kein Fehler vor, gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Formel aus. Im Falle eines Fehlers gibt die Formel den von Ihnen festgelegten Wert_falls_Fehler wieder. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENNFEHLER ist: WENNFEHLER(Wert;Wert_falls_Fehler) Wert und Wert_falls_Fehler werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WENNFEHLER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENNFEHLER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es gibt 2 Argumente: Wert = A1/B1, Wert_falls_Fehler = „Fehler"; A1 ist gleich 12 und B1 ist gleich 3. Die Formel im ersten Argument hat keinen Fehler. Also gibt die Funktion das Ergebnis der Berechnung zurück. Ändert man B1 von 3 zu 0, gibt die Funktion Fehler zurück, da es nicht möglich ist durch Null zu teilen." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ifna.htm", + "title": "WENNNV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WENNNV gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um zu überprüfen, ob im ersten Argument der Formel ein Fehler aufgetreten ist. Sie gibt den von Ihnen angegebenen Wert zurück, wenn die Formel den Fehlerwert #N/V liefert. Andernfalls wird das Ergebnis der Formel zurückgegeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENNNV ist: WENNNV(Wert;Wert_bei_NV) Dabei gilt: Wert ist das Argument, das auf den Fehlerwert "#N/V" geprüft wird. Wert_bei_NV ist der zurückzugebende Wert, wenn die Formel zum Fehlerwert "#N/V" ausgewertet wird. Die Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WENNNV. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENNNV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ifs.htm", + "title": "WENNS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WENNS gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion prüft, ob eine oder mehrere Bedingungen zutreffen und gibt den Wert zurück, der der ersten auf WAHR lautenden Bedingung entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WENNS ist: ([Logiktest1; Wert wenn Wahr1; [Logiktest2; Wert wenn Wahr2];…) Dabei gilt: Logiktest1 ist die erste Bedingung, die auf WAHR oder FALSCH ausgewertet wird. Wert wenn Wahr1 ist der Wert, der zurückgegeben wird, wenn der Logiktest1 WAHR ist. Logiktest2; Wert wenn Wahr2... sind zusätzliche Bedingungen und Werte, die zurückgegeben werden sollen. Diese Argumente sind optional. Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 127 Bedingungen überprüfen. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WENNS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WENNS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Die folgende Argumente liegen vor: Logiktest1 = A1<100, Wert_wenn_wahr1 = 1, Logiktest2 = A1>100, Wert_wenn_wahr2 = 2, dann gilt A1 ist 120. Der zweite logische Ausdruck ist WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert 2 zurück." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imabs.htm", + "title": "IMABS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMABS gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Absolutwert einer komplexen Zahl zu ermitteln. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMABS ist: IMABS(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. IMABS-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMABS. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imaginary.htm", + "title": "IMAGINÄRTEIL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMAGINÄRTEIL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Imaginärteil einer komplexen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMAGINÄRTEIL ist: IMAGINÄRTEIL(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. IMAGINÄRTEIL-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMAGINÄRTEIL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imargument.htm", + "title": "IMARGUMENT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMARGUMENT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Argument Theta zurück, einen Winkel, der als Bogenmaß ausgedrückt wird. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMARGUMENT ist: IMARGUMENT(Komplexe-Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. IMARGUMENT-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMARGUMENT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imconjugate.htm", + "title": "IMKONJUGIERTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die konjugiert komplexe Zahl zu einer komplexen Zahl zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE ist: IMKONJUGIERTE(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + yi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMKONJUGIERTE. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imcos.htm", + "title": "IMCOS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMCOS gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Kosinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben, die als Zeichenfolge der Form x + yi oder x + yj vorliegt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOS ist: IMCOS(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + xi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMCOS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOS: Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imcosh.htm", + "title": "IMCOSHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMCOSHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOSHYP ist: IMCOSHYP(Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMCOSHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOSHYP: Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imcot.htm", + "title": "IMCOT-Funktion", + "body": "Die IMCOT-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich die Kotangens einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben. Die Formelsyntax der IMCOT-Funktion lautet: IMCOT(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + xi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. IMCOT-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf IMCOT-Funktion. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imcsc.htm", + "title": "IMCOSEC-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMCOSEC gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich der Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOSEC ist: IMCOSEC(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMCOSEC: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOSEC. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imcsch.htm", + "title": "IMCOSECHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMCOSECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Kosekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMCOSECHYP ist: IMCOSECHYP(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMCOSECHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMCOSECHYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imdiv.htm", + "title": "IMDIV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMDIV gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Quotienten zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format x + yi oder x + yj zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMDIV ist: IMDIV(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2) Dabei ist: Komplexe_Zahl1 der komplexe Zähler oder Dividend und Komplexe_Zahl2 der komplexe Nenner oder Divisor. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMDIV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMDIV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imexp.htm", + "title": "IMEXP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMEXP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die algebraische e-Konstante einer in exponentieller Form vorliegenden komplexen Zahl zurück Die Konstante e hat den Wert 2,71828182845904. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMEXP ist: IMEXP(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl die komplexe Zahl deren gewöhnlichen (dekadischen) Logarithmus Sie berechnen möchten, sie wird manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMEXP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMEXP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imln.htm", + "title": "IMLN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMLN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMLN ist: IMLN(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMLN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMLN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imlog10.htm", + "title": "IMLOG10-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMLOG10 gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMLOG10 ist: IMLOG10(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl die komplexe Zahl deren gewöhnlichen (dekadischen) Logarithmus Sie berechnen möchten, sie wird manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMLOG10: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMLOG10. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imlog2.htm", + "title": "IMLOG2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMLOG2 gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer komplexen Zahl zur Basis 2 zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMLOG2 ist: IMLOG2(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl die komplexe Zahl deren Zweierlogarithmus sie berechnen möchten, sie wird manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMLOG2 anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMLOG2. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/impower.htm", + "title": "IMAPOTENZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMAPOTENZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie potenziert eine komplexe Zahl, die als Zeichenfolge der Form x + yi oder x + yj vorliegt, mit einer ganzen Zahl. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMAPOTENZ ist: IMAPOTENZ(Komplexe_Zahl;Potenz) Dabei gilt: Komplexe_Zahl ist eine komplexe Zahl im Format x + yi oder x + yj. Die Zahl wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Potenz ist der Exponent, mit dem die Zahl potenziert wird. Anwenden der Funktion IMAPOTENZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMAPOTENZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/improduct.htm", + "title": "IMPRODUKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMPRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Produkt von komplexen Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMPRODUKT ist: IMPRODUKT(Komplexe_Zahl1;[Komplexe_Zahl2];...) Dabei umfasst Komplexe_Zahl bis zu 30 komplexe Zahlen die multipliziert werden sollen, ausgedrückt im Format x + yi oder x + yj, manuell eingegeben oder in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMPRODUKT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMPRODUKT. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imreal.htm", + "title": "IMREALTEIL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMREALTEIL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMREALTEIL ist: IMREALTEIL(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. IMREALTEIL-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMREALTEIL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsec.htm", + "title": "IMSEC-Funktion", + "body": "Die IMSEC-Funktion gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich der Sekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben. Die Formelsyntax der IMSEC-Funktion lautet: IMSEC(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + xi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMSEC: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSEC. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsech.htm", + "title": "IMSECHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMSECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sekans einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSECHYP ist: IMSECHYP(Komplexe_Zahl) Komplexe_Zahl ist eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + yi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMSECHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSECHYP: Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsin.htm", + "title": "IMSIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMSIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSIN ist: IMSIN(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMSIN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSIN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsinh.htm", + "title": "IMSINHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMSINHYP gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer komplexen Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSINHYP ist: IMSINHYP(Komplexe_Zahl) Dabei ist Komplexe_Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMSINHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSINHYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsqrt.htm", + "title": "IMWURZEL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMWURZEL gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quadratwurzel einer komplexen Zahl zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMWURZEL ist: IMWURZEL(Komplexe_Zahl) Komplexe_Zahl ist eine komplexe Zahl, die im Format x + yi oder x + yj manuell eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMWURZEL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMWURZEL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsub.htm", + "title": "IMSUB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMSUB gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Differenz zweier komplexer Zahlen im Format x + yi oder x + yj zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSUB ist: IMSUB(Komplexe_Zahl1;Komplexe_Zahl2) Dabei gilt: Komplexe_Zahl1 ist die komplexe Zahl, von der Komplexe_Zahl2 subtrahiert werden soll. Komplexe_Zahl2 ist die komplexe Zahl, die von Komplexe_Zahl1 subtrahiert werden soll. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMSUB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSUB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imsum.htm", + "title": "IMSUMME-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMSUMME gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe von komplexen Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMSUMME ist: IMSUMME(Komplexe_Zahl1;[Komplexe_Zahl2];...) Dabei umfasst Komplexe_Zahl bis zu 30 komplexe Zahlen die addiert werden sollen, ausgedrückt im Format x + yi oder x + yj, manuell eingegeben oder in der Zelle beinhaltet, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IMSUMME: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMSUMME. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/imtan.htm", + "title": "IMTAN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IMTAN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich die Tangens einer komplexen Zahl zurückgeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IMTAN ist: IMTAN(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine komplexe Zahl, die manuell im Format x + yi oder x + yj eingegeben wird oder in der Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion IMTAN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IMTAN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/index.htm", + "title": "INDEX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion INDEX gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Wert oder den Bezug auf einen Wert aus einer Tabelle oder einem Bereich zurück. Die Funktion INDEX kann auf zwei Arten verwendet werden. In der Matrixversion ist die Formelsyntax der Funktion INDEX: INDEX(Matrix;Zeile;[Spalte]) In der Bezugsversion ist die Formelsyntax der Funktion INDEX: INDEX(Bezug;Zeile;[Spalte];[Bereich]) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist ein Zellbereich oder eine Matrixkonstante. Bezug ist der Bezug auf einen oder mehrere Zellbereiche. Zeile markiert die Zeile in der Matrix, aus der ein Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Wird kein Wert angegeben, muss Spalte angegeben werden. Spalte markiert die Spalte, aus der ein Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Wird kein Wert angegeben, muss Zeile angegeben werden. Bereich ist der zu verwendende Bereich für den Fall, dass das die Matrix mehrere Bereiche enthält. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, verwendet die Funktion Bereich 1. Die Argumente können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion INDEX: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion INDEX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/indirect.htm", + "title": "INDIREKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion INDIREKT gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt den Bezug eines Textwerts zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion INDIREKT ist: INDIREKT(Bezug;[A1]) Dabei gilt: Bezug ist eine Textdarstellung einer Zelle. A1 ist die Schreibweise. Dieser Wahrheitswert ist optional. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist das A1-Argument mit WAHR belegt oder nicht angegeben, liegt der von der Funktion ADRESSE gelieferte Bezug in A1-Schreibweise vor. Ist das A1-Argument mit FALSCH belegt, liegt der von der Funktion gelieferte Bezug in der Z1S1-Schreibweise vor. Anwendung der Funktion INDIREKT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion INDIREKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/int.htm", + "title": "GANZZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GANZZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil der angegebenen Zahl zu analysieren und zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GANZZAHL ist: GANZZAHL(Zahl) Zahl ist ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Falls die Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion die erste negative Zahl zurück, die kleiner oder gleich der gewählten Zahl ist. Anwendung der Funktion GANZZAHL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GANZZAHL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/intercept.htm", + "title": "ACHSENABSCHNITT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ACHSENABSCHNITT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Schnittpunkt der linearen Regressionsgeraden zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ACHSENABSCHNITT ist: ACHSENABSCHNITT(Y_Werte;X_Werte) Dabei bilden Y_Werte und X_WERTE die Gruppe der abhängigen bzw. unabhängigen Messdaten. ACHSENABSCHNITT-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ACHSENABSCHNITT. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/intrate.htm", + "title": "ZINSSATZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSSATZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Zinssatz eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSSATZ ist: ZINSSATZ(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Rückzahlung;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Anlage ist der Betrag, der in dem Wertpapier angelegt werden soll. ist der Betrag, der bei Fälligkeit zu erwarten ist. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSSATZ. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSSATZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ipmt.htm", + "title": "ZINSZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINSZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Zinszahlung einer Investition für die angegebene Periode zurück, ausgehend von regelmäßigen, konstanten Zahlungen und einem konstanten Zinssatz. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINSZ ist: ZINSZ(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zr der Zeitraum, für den Sie die Zinsen berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Zw ist ein zukünftiger Wert (d. h. ein Restguthaben, das übrigbleibt, nachdem die letzte Zahlung getätigt wurde). Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzrn, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINSZ. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINSZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/irr.htm", + "title": "IKV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion IKV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Investition ohne Finanzierungskosten oder Reinvestitionsgewinne zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion IKV ist: IKV(Werte;[Schätzwert]) Dabei gilt: Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf Zellen, in denen die Zahlen stehen, für die Sie den internen Zinsfuß berechnen möchten. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein. Schätzwert ist eine Zahl, von der Sie annehmen, dass sie dem Ergebnis der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS nahe kommt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, geht die Funktion vom Schätzwert 10 % aus. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion IKV. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion IKV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isblank.htm", + "title": "ISTLEER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTLEER gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich überprüfen ob eine Zelle leer ist oder nicht. Wenn die Zelle keinen Wert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTLEER ist: ISTLEER(Wert) Wert gibt den Bereich wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTLEER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTLEER. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/iserr.htm", + "title": "ISTFEHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTFEHL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert. Wenn die Zelle einen Fehlerwert enthält (mit Ausnahme von #N/V), gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTFEHL ist: ISTFEHL(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTFEHL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTFEHL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/iserror.htm", + "title": "ISTFEHLER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTFEHLER gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen Fehlerwert. Enthält der Zellbereich einen der folgenden Fehler: #NV, #WERT!, #BEZUG!, #DIV/0!, #ZAHL!, #NAME? oder #NULL!:, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTFEHLER ist: ISTFEHLER(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTFEHLER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTFEHLER. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/iseven.htm", + "title": "ISTGERADE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTGERADE gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen geraden Wert. Ist ein gerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein ungerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTGERADE ist: ISTGERADE(Zahl) Zahl ist ein Wert der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl kein numerischer Ausdruck, gibt ISTGERADE den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion ISTGERADE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTGERADE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isformula.htm", + "title": "ISTFORMEL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTFORMEL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit dieser Formel lässt sich überprüfen ob ein Bezug auf eine Zelle verweist, die eine Formel enthält Ist eine Formel vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTFORMEL ist: ISTFORMEL(Wert) Wert ist der Bezug auf die zu prüfende Zelle. Der Bezug kann ein Zellbezug, eine Formel oder ein Name sein, der auf eine Zelle verweist. Anwenden der ISTFORMEL-Funktion: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Formel ISTFORMEL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/islogical.htm", + "title": "ISTLOG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTLOG gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf Wahrheitswertee (WAHR oder FALSCH). Ist ein Wahrheitswert vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTLOG ist: ISTLOG(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTLOG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTLOG. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isna.htm", + "title": "ISTNV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTNV gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt den Fehlerwert #NV zurück Wenn die Zelle einen #N/V-Fehlerwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTNV ist: ISTNV(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Das Argument für den Wert kann eine leere Zelle, ein Fehlerwert, ein Wahrheitswert, Text, eine Zahl, ein Bezugswert oder ein Name sein, der sich auf eine dieser Möglichkeiten bezieht. ISTNV-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTNV. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isnontext.htm", + "title": "ISTKTEXT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTKTEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um nach einem Wert zu suchen, der kein Text ist. Wenn die Zelle keinen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTKTEXT ist: ISTKTEXT(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTKTEXT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion . Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isnumber.htm", + "title": "ISTZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Mit der Funktion wird der ausgewählte Bereich auf Zahlen überprüft. Ist eine Zahl vorhanden gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder, ansonsten FALSCH. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTZAHL ist: ISTZAHL(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Anwendung der Funktion ISTZAHL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTZAHL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isoceiling.htm", + "title": "ISO.OBERGRENZE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die nächste Ganzzahl oder auf das kleinste Vielfache von „Schritt“ gerundet wurde. Die Zahl wird unabhängig von ihrem Vorzeichen immer aufgerundet. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE ist: ISO.OBERGRENZE(Zahl;[Schritt]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Schritt ist das optionale Vielfache, auf das der Wert aufgerundet werden soll. Das Argument Schritt ist optional. Wird SCHRITT ausgelassen, beträgt der Standardwert 1. Bei der Festlegung Null, gibt die Funktion 0 wieder. Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion ISO.OBERGRENZE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isodd.htm", + "title": "ISTUNGERADE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTUNGERADE gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den ausgewählten Bereich auf einen ungeraden Wert. Ist ein ungerader Wert vorhanden, gibt die Funktion WAHR wieder. Wird ein gerader Wert gefunden, gibt die Funktion FALSCH wieder. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTUNGERADE ist: ISTUNGERADE(Zahl) Zahl ist ein Wert der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl kein numerischer Ausdruck, gibt ISTUNGERADE den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion ISTUNGERADE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTUNGERADE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isoweeknum.htm", + "title": "ISOKALENDERWOCHE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Zahl der ISO-Kalenderwoche des Jahres für ein angegebenes Datum zurück. Die Funktion gibt eine zahl zwischen 1 und 54 zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE ist: ISOKALENDERWOCHE(Datum) Dabei gilt: Datum das Datum für das Sie die ISO-Kalenderwoche finden wollen. Dabei kann es sich um einen Bezug zu einer Zelle mit einem Datum handeln oder ein Datum, dass durch die Funktion Datum oder eine andere Daten- und Zeitfunktion zurückgegeben wird. Anwendung der Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISOKALENDERWOCHE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ispmt.htm", + "title": "ISPMT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTFEHL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die bei einem konstanten Zahlungsplan während eines bestimmten Zeitraums für eine Investition gezahlten Zinsen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISPMT ist: ISPMT(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F]) Dabei ist: Zins die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zr der Zeitraum, für den Sie die Zinsen berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. Zzr die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition. Bw der gegenwärtige Wert der Investition. Bei einem Kredit ist „Bw“ die Kreditsumme. Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für . Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ISPMT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISPMT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/isref.htm", + "title": "ISTBEZUG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTBEZUG gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie überprüft den angegebenen Wert auf einen Bezug. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTBEZUG ist: ISTBEZUG(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTBEZUG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTBEZUG. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Liegt ein Bezug vor, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR wieder. Liegt kein Bezug vor, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH wieder." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/istext.htm", + "title": "ISTTEXT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ISTTEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um nach einem Textwert zu suchen. Wenn die Zelle einen Textwert enthält, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück, andernfalls gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ISTTEXT ist: ISTTEXT(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Anwendung der Funktion ISTTEXT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ISTTEXT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Enter-Taste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/kurt.htm", + "title": "KURT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KURT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kurtosis (Exzess) einer Datengruppe zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KURT ist: KURT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KURT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/large.htm", + "title": "KGRÖSSTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KGRÖSSTE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den k-größten Wert eines Datasets in einem bestimmten Zellbereich zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KGRÖSSTE ist: KGRÖSSTE(Matrix;k) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist die Matrix oder der Datenbereich, deren k-größten Wert Sie bestimmen möchten. k ist der Rang des Elements einer Matrix oder eines Zellbereichs, dessen Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Der Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KGRÖSSTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KGRÖSSTE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/lcm.htm", + "title": "KGV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KGV gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das kleinste gemeinsame Vielfache der als Argumente angegebenen ganzen Zahlen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KGV ist: KGV(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich enthalten sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KGV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KGV. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/left.htm", + "title": "LINKS/LINKSB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes, die Sie angeben, das oder die erste(n) Zeichen in einer Textzeichenfolge zurück. Die Funktion LINKS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LINKS für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen LINKS/LINKSB ist: LINKS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) LINKSB(Text;[Anzahl_Bytes]) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument, wird es als 1 angenommen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion LINKS/LINKSB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/len.htm", + "title": "LÄNGE/LÄNGEB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebene Zeichenfolge zu analysieren und die Anzahl der enthaltenen Zeichen/Bytes zurückzugeben. Die Funktion LÄNGE ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während LÄNGEB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LÄNGE/LÄNGEB ist: LÄNGE(Text) LÄNGEB(Text) Text ist der Text, dessen Länge Sie ermitteln möchten. Leerzeichen zählen als Zeichen. Anwendung der Funktionen LÄNGE/LÄNGEB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion LÄNGE bzw. LÄNGEB: Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ln.htm", + "title": "LN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den natürlichen Logarithmus einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LN ist: LN(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Die Zahl muss größer als 0 sein. LN-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/log.htm", + "title": "LOG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LOG gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zu der angegebenen Basis zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOG ist: LOG(Zahl;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist ein nummerische Wert, der größer als 0 ist. Basis die für die Berechnung des Logarithmus verwendete Basis. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Basis, wird es als 10 angenommen. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LOG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/log10.htm", + "title": "LOG10-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LOG10 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Logarithmus einer Zahl zur Basis 10 zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOG10 ist: LOG10(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. LOG10-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion LOG10. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/loginv.htm", + "title": "LOGINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LOGINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sieg gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von Wahrsch zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normal verteilt ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGINV ist: LOGINV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Lognormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1. Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LOGINV. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGINV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/lognorm-dist.htm", + "title": "LOGNORM.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LOGNORM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion der Lognormalverteilung von x zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGNORM.VERT ist: LOGNORM.VERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LOGNORM.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGNORM.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/lognorm-inv.htm", + "title": "LOGNORM.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LOGNORM.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Lognormalverteilung von x zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGNORM.INV ist: LOGNORM.INV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Lognormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LOGNORM.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGNORM.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/lognormdist.htm", + "title": "LOGNORMVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LOGNORMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sieg gbt Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer lognormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, wobei ln(x) mit den Parametern Mittelwert und Standabwn normalverteilt ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LOGNORMVERT ist: LOGNORMVERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Mittelwert ist der Mittelwert von ln(x), ein nummerischer Wert. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung von ln(x). Ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LOGNORMDIST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LOGNORMVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/lookup.htm", + "title": "VERWEIS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VERWEIS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Wert aus einem ausgewählten Bereich zurück (Zeile oder Spalte mit Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VERWEIS ist: VERWEIS(Suchkriterium, Suchvektor, [Ergebnisvektor]) Dabei gilt: Suchkriterium ist der Wert nach dem gesucht wird. Suchvektor ist eine einzelne Zeile oder Spalte mit Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge. Ergebnisvektor ist eine einzelne Zeile oder Spalte mit der gleichen Größe wie Suchvektor. Die Funktion sucht im Suchvektor nach dem Suchkriterium und gibt den Wert von der gleichen Postion im Ergebnisvektor zurück. Hinweis: Wenn das Suchkriterium kleiner ist als alle Werte im Ergebnisvektor, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Kann die Funktion keinen Wert finden, der mit dem jeweiligen Wert von Suchkriterium übereinstimmt, verwendet die Funktion den größten Wert in Suchvektor, der kleiner oder gleich dem Wert von Suchkriterium ist. Anwendung der Funktion VERWEIS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VERWEIS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/lower.htm", + "title": "KLEIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KLEIN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Kleinbuchstaben umwandeln. Die Syntax der Funktion GROSS ist: KLEIN(Text) Dabei ist Text der Text auf den Sie verweisen, der in Kleinbuchstaben umgewandelt werden soll. GROSS-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KLEIN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/match.htm", + "title": "VERGLEICH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VERGLEICH gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie sucht in einem Bereich von Zellen nach einem angegebenen Element und gibt anschließend die relative Position dieses Elements im Bereich zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VERGLEICH ist: VERGLEICH(Suchkriterium;Suchmatrix;[Vergleichstyp]) Dabei gilt: Suchkriterium ist der Wert mit dem Sie Elemente in der Suchmatrix abgleichen möchten. Hierbei kann es sich um einen Wert (Zahl, Text oder logischen Wert) oder einen Zellbezug auf eine Zahl, einen Text oder einen logischen Wert handeln. Suchmatrix ist der Zellbereich, der durchsucht wird. Vergleichstyp gibt an, auf welche Weise die Werte in der Suchmatrix mit dem Wert für Suchkriterium abgeglichen werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Die folgenden Typen stehen zur Auswahl: Vergleichstyp Verhalten 1 oder nicht angegeben Die Werte müssen in aufsteigender Reihenfolge angeordnet sein. Liegt keine genaue Übereinstimmung vor, gibt die Funktion den größten Wert zurück, der kleiner ist als Suchmatrix. 0 Die Werte dürfen in beliebiger Reihenfolge angeordnet sein. Liegt keine genaue Übereinstimmung vor, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. -1 Die Werte müssen in absteigender Reihenfolge angeordnet sein. Liegt keine genaue Übereinstimmung vor, gibt die Funktion den kleinsten Wert zurück, der größer ist als Suchmatrix. Anwendung der Funktion VERGLEICH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VERGLEICH. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/max.htm", + "title": "MAX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MAX gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MAX ist: MAX(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion MAX: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MAX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/maxa.htm", + "title": "MAXA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MAXA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den größten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. Dazu zählen Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MAXA ist: MAXA(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion MAXA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MAXA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/maxifs.htm", + "title": "MAXWENNS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MAXWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Maximalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MAXWENNS ist: MAXWENNS(Max_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...) Max_Bereich ist tatsächliche Zellenbereich, in dem das Maximum ermittelt wird. Kriterienbereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, der auf Kriterien1 getestet wird. Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterienbereich1 angewendet und bestimmt, welche Zellen im Max-Bereich als Maximum ausgewertet werden. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2, ... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Anwendung der Funktion MAXWENNS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MAXWENNS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mdeterm.htm", + "title": "MDET-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MDET gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Determinante einer Matrix zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MDET ist: MDET(Matrix) Matrix ist eine Anordnung von Zahlen. Hinweis: Wenn die Zellen in der Matrix leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten in Matrix nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion MDET: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion MDET. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell als A1:B2 ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mduration.htm", + "title": "MDURATION-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MDURATION gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die modifizierte Macauley-Dauer eines Wertpapiers mit einem angenommenen Nennwert von 100 € zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MDURATION ist: MDURATION(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Nominalzins;Rendite;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Nominalzins ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers. ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion MDURATION: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MDURATION. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/median.htm", + "title": "MITTELWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MITTELWERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Mittelwert der zugehörigen Argumente zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MITTELWER ist: MITTELWERT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Dabei umfasst Zahl1;[Zahl2];... bis zu 255 Zahlen, Zellbezüge oder Bereiche, für die Sie den Mittelwert berechnen möchten. Anwendung der Funktion MITTELWERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MITTELWERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mid.htm", + "title": "TEIL/TEILB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen TEIL/TEILB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt auf der Grundlage der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen/Bytes eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeichen einer Zeichenfolge ab der von Ihnen angegebenen Position zurück. Die Funktion TEIL ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während TEILB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEIL/TEILB ist: TEIL(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen) TEILB(Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Byte) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des ersten Zeichens, das Sie aus dem Text extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion TEIL/TEILB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/min.htm", + "title": "MIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MIN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MIN ist: MIN(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion MIN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MIN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mina.htm", + "title": "MINA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MINA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den kleinsten Wert in einer Liste mit Argumenten zurück. Dazu zählen Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINA ist: MINA(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Argumenteliste Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion MINA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klilcken Sie auf die Funktion MINA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/minifs.htm", + "title": "MINWENNS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MINWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Minimalwert aus Zellen zurück, die mit einem bestimmten Satz Bedingungen oder Kriterien angegeben wurden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINWENNS ist: MINWENNS(Min_Bereich; Kriterienbereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2]; ...) Min_Bereich ist er tatsächliche Zellenbereich, in dem das Minimum ermittelt wird. Kriterienbereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, der auf Kriterien1 getestet wird. Kriterien1 ist die erste zu erfüllende Bedingung. Sie wird auf Kriterienbereich1 angewendet und bestimmt, welche Zellen im Min-Bereich als Minimum ausgewertet werden. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Kriterienbereich2; Kriterien2, ... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Anwendung der Funktion MINWENNS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MINWENNS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/minute.htm", + "title": "MINUTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion Minute gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl (0-59) in Minute um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINUTE ist: MINUTE(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl kann manuelle eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden. Anwendung der Funktion MINUTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MINUTE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/minverse.htm", + "title": "MINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MINV gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die zu einer Matrix gehörende Kehrmatrix zurückzugeben und den ersten Wert des zurückgegebenen Arrays der Zahlen anzuzeigen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MINV ist: MINV(Matrix) Matrix ist eine Anordnung von Zahlen. Hinweis: Wenn die Zellen in der Matrix leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen und Spalten in Matrix nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion MINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion MINV. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell als A1:B2 ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mirr.htm", + "title": "QIKV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QIKV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt einen modifizierten internen Zinsfuß zurück, bei dem positive und negative Cashflows mit unterschiedlichen Zinssätzen finanziert werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QIKV ist: QIKV(Werte;Investition;Reinvestition) Dabei gilt: Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf Zellen, in denen die Zahlen stehen, für die Sie den internen Zinsfuß berechnen möchten. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein. Investition ist der Zinssatz, den Sie für die gezahlten Gelder ansetzen. Reinvestition ist der Zinssatz, den Sie für reinvestierte Gelder erzielen. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion QIKV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QIKV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mmult.htm", + "title": "MMULT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MMULT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie liefert das Produkt zweier Matrizen und zeigt den ersten Wert der zurückgegebenen Zahlenanordnungen an. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MMULT ist: MMULT(Matrix1;Matrix2) Matrix1;Matrix2 sind die Matrizen, die Sie multiplizieren möchten. Hinweis: Wenn die Zellen in der Matrix leer sind oder Text enthalten, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Wenn die Anzahl der Zeilen in Matrix1 und der Spalten in Matrix2 nicht gleich ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion MMULT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MMULT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mod.htm", + "title": "REST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion REST gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rest einer Division zurück. Das Ergebnis hat dasselbe Vorzeichen wie Divisor. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion REST ist: REST(Zahl;Divisor) Dabei gilt: Zahl die Zahl, für die der Rest einer Division gesucht wird. Divisor ist die Zahl, durch die dividiert wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Ist Divisor gleich 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #DIV/0! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion REST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion REST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mode-mult.htm", + "title": "MODUS.VIELF-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MODUS.VIELF gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein vertikales Array der am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Werte in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MODUS.VIELF ist: MODUS.VIELF((Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wenn sich in der Argumentenliste kein repetitiver Wert befindet, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion MODUS.VIELF: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MODUS.VIELF. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mode-sngl.htm", + "title": "MODUS.EINF-Excel", + "body": "Die Funktion MODUS.EINF gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein vertikales Array der am häufigsten vorkommenden oder wiederholten Werte in einem Array oder Datenbereich zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MODUS.EINF ist: MODUS.EINF(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wenn sich in der Argumentenliste kein repetitiver Wert befindet, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion MODUS.EINF: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MODUS.EINF. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mode.htm", + "title": "MODALWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MODALWERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie analysiert einen Datenbereich und gibt den am häufigsten auftretenden Wert zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MODALWERT ist: MODALWERT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wenn sich in der Argumentenliste kein repetitiver Wert befindet, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion MODALWERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MODALWERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/month.htm", + "title": "MONAT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MONAT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl mit einem Wert von 1 bis 12 in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MONAT ist: MONAT(Datumswert) Dabei ist Datumswert das Datum des Monats, den Sie suchen, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion MONAT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MONAT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/mround.htm", + "title": "VRUNDEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VRUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine auf das gewünschte Vielfache gerundete Zahl zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VRUNDEN ist: VRUNDEN(Zahl;Vielfaches) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Vielfaches ist das Vielfache, auf das Sie die Zahl runden möchten. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Falls die Werte von Zahl und Vielfaches unterschiedliche Vorzeichen haben, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion VRUNDEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VRUNDEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/multinomial.htm", + "title": "POLYNOMIAL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion POLYNOMIAL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um das Verhältnis der Fakultät von der Summe der Zahlen zum Produkt der Fakultäten zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POLYNOMIAL ist: POLYNOMIAL(Zahl1; [Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion POLYNOMIAL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POLYNOMIAL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/n.htm", + "title": "N-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion N gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine Zahl in Text um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion N ist: N(Wert) Wert ist der Wert, den Sie in eine Zahl umwandeln möchten, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Die Funktion wandelt Werte gemäß der folgenden Tabelle um. Wert Zahl Zahl Zahl Datum Datum als fortlaufende Zahl. WAHR 1 FALSCH 0 Fehler Fehlerwert Sonstige 0 Anwendung der Funktion N: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion N. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/na.htm", + "title": "NV-Funktion", + "body": "Die NV-Funktion ist eine der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt den Fehlerwert #NV zurück Die Syntax der Funktion NV erfordert keine Argumente. Syntax der NV- Funktion: NA() Anwendung der NV-Funktion: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die NV-Funktion. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/negbinom-dist.htm", + "title": "NEGBINOM.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativen, binominal verteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück, die Wahrscheinlichkeit, dass es "Zahl_Mißerfolge" vor dem durch "Zahl_Erfolge" angegebenen Erfolg gibt, wobei "Erfolgswahrsch" die Wahrscheinlichkeit für den günstigen Ausgang des Experiments ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT ist: NEGBINOM.VERT(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: Zahl_Mißerfolge ist die Anzahl der Mißerfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 1 ist. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0 und kleiner als 1. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NEGBINOM.VERT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/negbinomdist.htm", + "title": "NEGBINOMVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NEGBINOMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer negativbinomialverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Doe Formelsyntax der Funktion NEGBINOMVERT ist: NEGBINOMVERT(Zahl_Mißerfolge;Zahl_Erfolge;Erfolgswahrsch) Dabei gilt: Zahl_Misserfolge ist die Anzahl der Misserfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Zahl_Erfolge ist die Anzahl der Erfolge in einer Versuchsreihe. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Erfolgswahrsch ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines Erfolgs für jeden Versuch. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer als 0 und kleiner als 1. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NEGBINOMVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Anwendung der Funktion NEGBINOMVERT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/networkdays-intl.htm", + "title": "NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der vollen Arbeitstage zwischen zwei Datumsangaben zurück. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL ist: NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage]) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Enddatum ist eine Zahl, die das letzte Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Wochenende ist ein optionales Argument, eine Wochenendnummer oder eine Zeichenfolge, die als Wochenenden zu betrachten sind. Mit Wochenendnummernwerten werden die folgenden Wochenendtage angegeben: Wochenendnummer Wochenendtage 1 oder nicht angegeben Samstag, Sonntag 2 Sonntag, Montag 3 Montag, Dienstag 4 Dienstag, Mittwoch 5 Mittwoch, Donnerstag 6 Donnerstag, Freitag 7 Freitag, Samstag 11 Nur Sonntag 12 Nur Montag 13 Nur Dienstag 14 Nur Mittwoch 15 Nur Donnerstag 16 Nur Freitag 17 Nur Samstag Wochenendzeichenfolgenwerte setzen sich immer aus sieben Zeichen zusammen. Jedes Zeichen in der Zeichenfolge stellt einen Wochentag dar, beginnend mit Montag. 0 steht für einen Arbeitstag und 1 steht für einen arbeitsfreien Tag. 0000011 ergibt z. B. ein Wochenende (Samstag und Sonntag). Die Zeichenfolge "1111111" ist ungültig. Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Gruppe von Datumsangaben die zusätzlich zu Wochenende aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben. Anwendung der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/networkdays.htm", + "title": "NETTOARBEITSTAGE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Arbeitstage in einem Zeitintervall zurück (Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum). Nicht zu den Arbeitstagen gezählt werden Wochenenden sowie die Tage, die als Feiertage angegeben sind. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE ist: NETTOARBEITSTAGE(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Freie_Tage]) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Enddatum ist eine Zahl, die das letzte Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Liste einer oder mehrerer Datumsangaben, die alle Arten von arbeitsfreien Tagen repräsentieren kann, die aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben. Anwendung der Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NETTOARBEITSTAGE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/nominal.htm", + "title": "NOMINAL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NOMINAL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Nominalverzinsung zurück, ausgehend vom effektiven Zinssatz sowie der Anzahl der Verzinsungsperioden innerhalb eines Jahres. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NOMINAL ist: NOMINAL(Effektiver_Zins;Perioden) Dabei gilt: Effektiver_Zins ist der effektive jährliche Zinssatz (Effektivverzinsung). Perioden ist die Anzahl der jährlichen Zahlungsperioden. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NOMINAL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NOMINAL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/norm-dist.htm", + "title": "NORM.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NORM.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.VERT ist: NORM.VERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist Wert der Verteilung, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit Sie berechnen möchten. Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion (kumulierte Dichtefunktion) zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NORM.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/norm-inv.htm", + "title": "NORM.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NORM.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.INV ist: NORM.INV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Standardnormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit, ein nummerischer Wert größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1. Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NORM.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/norm-s-dist.htm", + "title": "NORM.S.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NORM.S.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Standardnormalverteilung hat einen Mittelwert von 0 und eine Standardabweichung von 1. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.S.VERT ist: NORM.S.VERT(z;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: z ist der Wert, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit Sie berechnen möchten, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nhemen. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück. Anwendung der Funktion NORM.S.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.S.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/norm-s-inv.htm", + "title": "NORM.S.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NORM.S.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Verteilung hat einen Mittelwert von Null und eine Standardabweichung von Eins. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORM.S.INV ist: NORM.S.INV(Wahrsch) Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 und kleiner als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NORM.S.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORM.S.INV. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/normdist.htm", + "title": "NORMVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NORMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORMVERT ist: NORMVERT(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist Wert der Verteilung, dessen Wahrscheinlichkeit Sie berechnen möchten. Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion (kumulierte Dichtefunktion) zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NORMDIST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORMVERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/norminv.htm", + "title": "NORMINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NORMINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Perzentile der Normalverteilung für den angegebenen Mittelwert und die angegebene Standardabweichung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NORMINV ist: NORMINV(Wahrsch;Mittelwert;Standabwn) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die zur Standardnormalverteilung gehörige Wahrscheinlichkeit, ein nummerischer Wert größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1. Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung. Standabwn ist die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NORMINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NORMINV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/normsdist.htm", + "title": "STANDNORMVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STANDNORMVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Werte der Verteilungsfunktion einer standardnormalverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Syntax der Funktion STANDNORMVERT ist: STANDNORMVERT(Zahl) Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion STANDNORMVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STANDNORMVERT: Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/normsinv.htm", + "title": "STANDNORMINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STANDNORMINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Quantile der Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STANDNORMINV ist: STANDNORMINV(Wahrsch) Dabei ist Zahl ein nummerischer Wert, der größer als 0 und kleiner als 1 ist und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. STANDNORMINV-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STANDNORMINV. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/not.htm", + "title": "NICHT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NICHT gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich überprüfen, ob ein eingegebener logischer Wert WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Ist das Argument FALSCH ist, gibt die Funktion gibt den Wert WAHR zurück und wenn das Argument WAHR ist gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NICHT ist: NICHT(Wahrheitswert) Wahrheitswert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NICHT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NICHT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es liegt das folgende Argument vor: Wahrheitswert = A1<100, es gilt A1 ist 12. Dieser logische Ausdruck ist WAHR. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück. Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 112, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück:" + }, + { + "id": "Functions/now.htm", + "title": "JETZT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion JETZT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich das aktuelle Datum im Format und die aktuelle Uhrzeit im Format MM/TT/JJ; hh:mm wiedergeben. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich. Die Formelsyntax der JETZT-Funktion lautet: JETZT() JETZT-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion JETZT. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/nper.htm", + "title": "ZZR-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZZR gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Zahlungsperioden einer Investition zurück, die auf periodischen, gleichbleibenden Zahlungen sowie einem konstanten Zinssatz basiert. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZZR ist: ZZR(Zins,Rmz,Bw,[Zw],[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode. Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag. Bw ist der gegenwärtige Wert der Zahlungen. Zw ist der Zukunftswert der Investition. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt den Zeitraum an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist das Argument 1, werden die Zahlungen zu Beginn des Zeitraums fällig. Hinweis: für alle Argumente werden die Beträge, die Sie zahlen, beispielsweise Einlagen für Sparguthaben oder andere Abhebungen, durch negative Zahlen dargestellt. Beträge, die Sie erhalten, beispielsweise Dividendenzahlungen und andere Einlagen, werden durch positive Zahlen dargestellt. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZZR: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZZR. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/npv.htm", + "title": "NBW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion NBW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie liefert den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Investition auf der Basis eines Abzinsungsfaktors für eine Reihe periodischer Zahlungen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion NBW ist: NBW(Zins;Wert1;[Wert2];...) Dabei gilt: Zins ist der Abzinsungsfaktor für die Dauer einer Periode. Wert1;[Wert2];... ist die Liste der zukünftigen Zahlungen. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion NBW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion NBW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/numbervalue.htm", + "title": "ZAHLENWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZAHLENWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie konvertiert Text in Zahlen auf eine Weise, die vom Gebietsschema unabhängig ist. Handelt es sich bei dem zu konvertierenden Text nicht um eine Zahl, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZAHLENWERT ist: ZAHLENWERT(Text;[Dezimaltrennzeichen];[Gruppentrennzeichen]) Dabei gilt: Text ist der in eine Zahl zu konvertierende Text. Dezimaltrennzeichen ist das Zeichen, das zum Trennen der ganzen Zahl von den Nachkommastellen des Ergebnisses verwendet wird. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, werden die Trennzeichen des aktuellen Gebietsschemas verwendet. Gruppentrennzeichen ist das Zeichen, das zum Trennen von Zahlengruppen verwendet wird, z. B. zwischen Tausender und Hunderter oder zwischen Millionen und Tausender. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, werden die Trennzeichen des aktuellen Gebietsschemas verwendet. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion ZAHLENWERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZAHLENWERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oct2bin.htm", + "title": "OKTINBIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OKTINBIN gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine binäre Zahl (Dualzahl) um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OKTINBIN ist: OKTINBIN(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: wo Zahl ist die oktale Zahl, die Sie umwandeln möchten. Ein Wer, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von OKTINBIN die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige oktale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende binäre Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt BININHEX den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion OKTINBIN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OKTINBIN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oct2dec.htm", + "title": "OKTINDEZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OKTINDEZ gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine dezimale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OKTINDEZ ist: OKTINDEZ(Zahl) Zahl ist die oktale Zahl, die Sie umwandeln möchten. Ein Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige oktale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits), gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion OKTINDEZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OKTINDEZ. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oct2hex.htm", + "title": "OKTINHEX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion OKTINHEX gehört zur Gruppe der technischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine oktale Zahl in eine hexadezimale Zahl um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion OKTINHEX ist: OKTINHEX(Zahl;[Stellen]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist ein oktaler Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Stellen gibt an, wie viele Zeichen angezeigt werden sollen. Fehlt das Argument Stellen, wird von OKTINHEX die mindestens erforderliche Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet. Hinweis: Ist Zahl keine zulässige oktale Zahl oder besteht Zahl aus mehr als 10 Zeichen (10 Bits) oder die resultierende hexadezimale Zahl erfordert mehr Zahlen als Sie angegeben haben oder die angegebenen Anzahl der Stellen ist gleich oder kleiner als 0, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion OKTINHEX: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Technische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion OKTINHEX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/odd.htm", + "title": "UNGERADE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNGERADE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um die Zahl auf die nächste ungerade ganze Zahl aufzurunden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNGERADE ist: UNGERADE(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl der zu rundende Wert, ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. UNGERADE-Funktion anwenden. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNGERADE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oddfprice.htm", + "title": "UNREGER.KURS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNREGER.KURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGER.KURS: UNREGER.KURS.REND(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission. ist der erste Zinstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss nach dem Abwicklungsdatum, aber vor dem Fälligkeitsdatum liegen. Zins ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers. Rendite ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers. Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNREGER.KURS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGER.KURS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oddfyield.htm", + "title": "UNREGER.REND-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNREGER.REND gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers mit einem unregelmäßigen ersten Zinstermin zurück (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGER.REND ist: UNREGER.REND(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Erster_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission. ist der erste Zinstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss nach dem Abwicklungsdatum, aber vor dem Fälligkeitsdatum liegen. Zins ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers. Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNREGER.REND. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGER.REND. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oddlprice.htm", + "title": "UNREGLE.KURS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNREGLE.KURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert für ein Wertpapier, das periodische Zinsen auszahlt, aber einen unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin hat (kürzer oder länger als andere Perioden). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGLE.KURS ist: UNREGLE.KURS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Letzter_Zinstermin ist der letzte Zinstermin des Wertpapiers vor dem Fälligkeitstermin. Dieses Datum muss vor dem Abwicklungsdatum liegen. ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers. Rendite ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers. Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNREGLE.KURS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGLE.KURS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/oddlyield.htm", + "title": "UNREGLE.REND-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNREGLE.REND gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers mit einem unregelmäßigen letzten Zinstermin unabhängig von der Dauer zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNREGLE.REND ist: UNREGLE.REND(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Letzter_Zinstermin;Zins;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Letzter_Zinstermin ist der letzte Zinstermin des Wertpapiers vor dem Fälligkeitstermin. Dieses Datum muss vor dem Abwicklungsdatum liegen. ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers. Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNREGLE.REND. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNREGLE.REND. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/offset.htm", + "title": "BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt einen Verweis auf eine Zelle zurück, die von der angegebenen Zelle (oder der Zelle oben links im Zellenbereich) um eine bestimmte Anzahl von Zeilen und Spalten verschoben wurde. Formelsyntax der Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN ist: BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN(Bezug;Zeilen;Spalten;[Höhe];[Breite]) Dabei gilt: Bezug ist der Bezug, der als Ausgangspunkt des Verschiebevorgangs dienen soll. Zeilen ist die Anzahl der Zeilen, um die Sie die obere linke Eckzelle des Bereichs nach oben oder nach unten verschieben möchten. Bei positiven Zahlen wird das Ergebnis unter die ursprüngliche Zelle verschoben. Bei negativen Zahlen wird das Ergebnis über die ursprüngliche Zelle verschoben. Spalten ist die Anzahl der Spalten, um die Sie die obere linke Eckzelle des Bereichs nach links oder nach rechts verschieben möchten. Bei positiven Zahlen wird das Ergebnis von der ursprünglichen Zelle aus nach rechts verschoben. Bei negativen Zahlen wird das Ergebnis von der ursprünglichen Zelle aus nach links verschoben. Höhe ist die Höhe des neuen Bezugs in Zeilen. Hierfür muss ein positiver Wert angegeben werden. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument nimmt die Funktion an, dass der neue Bezug dieselbe Höhe hat wie Bezug. Breite ist die Breite des neuen Bezugs in Spalten. Hierfür muss ein positiver Wert angegeben werden. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument nimmt die Funktion an, dass der neue Bezug dieselbe Breite hat wie Bezug. Anwendung der Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/or.htm", + "title": "ODER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ODER gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um zu überprüfen, ob die eingegebene Bedingung in einer Prüfung WAHR oder FALSCH ist. Wenn alle Argumente als FALSCH bewertet werden, gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ODER ist: ODER(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2]; ...) Wahrheitswert1; Wahrheitswert2;... ist ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ODER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ODER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 255 logische Werte eingeben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Wenn eines der Argumente als WAHR bewertet wird, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück. Beispiel: Es gibt 3 Argumente: Wahrheitswert1 = A1<10, Wahrheitswert2 = 34<10, Wahrheitswert3 = 50<10, es gilt A1 ist 12. Alle logischen Ausdrücke sind FALSCH. Also gibt die Funktion den Wert FALSCH zurück. Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf 2, gibt die Funktion den Wert WAHR zurück:" + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pduration.htm", + "title": "PDURATION-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PDURATION gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl von Perioden zurück, die erforderlich sind, bis eine Investition einen angegebenen Wert erreicht hat Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PDURATION ist: PDURATION(Zins;Bw;Zw) Dabei ist: Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode. BW ist der aktuelle Wert der Investition. Zw ist der angestrebte Zukunftswert der Investition. Hinweis: Alle Argumente müssen in Form von positiven Zahlen dargestellt werden. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion PDURATION: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PDURATION. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pearson.htm", + "title": "PEARSON-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PEARSON gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PEARSON ist: PEARSON(Matrix1;Matrix2) Matrix1 und Matrix2 sind die ausgewählten Bereiche von Zellen mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwenden der Funktion PEARSON: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PEARSON. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/percentile-exc.htm", + "title": "QUANTIL.EXKL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 ausschließlich liegt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL ist: QUANTIL.EXKL(Matrix;k) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist der ausgewählte Zellbereich, für den Sie das k-Quantil berechnen möchten. k ist der Quantilwert aus dem geschlossenen Intervall. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1 und manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTIL.EXKL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/percentile-inc.htm", + "title": "QUANTIL.INKL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUANTIL.INKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das k-Quantil von Werten in einem Bereich zurück, wobei k im Bereich von 0..1 inklusive liegt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTIL.INKL ist: QUANTIL.INKL(Matrix;k) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist der ausgewählte Zellbereich, für den Sie das k-Quantil berechnen möchten. k ist der Quantilwert, ein Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner oder gleich 1, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion QUANTIL.INKL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTIL.INKL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/percentile.htm", + "title": "QUANTIL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUANTIL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das k-Quantil einer Gruppe von Daten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTIL ist: QUANTIL(Matrix;k) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist der ausgewählte Zellbereich, für den Sie das k-Quantil berechnen möchten. k ist der Quantilwert, ein Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner oder gleich 1, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion QUANTIL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTIL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/percentrank-exc.htm", + "title": "QUANTILSRANG.EXKL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1, exklusiv) des Datensatzes zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL ist: QUANTILSRANG.EXKL(Array;x;[Genauigkeit]) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist der Zellbereich numerischer Daten, der die relative Lage der Daten beschreibt. x ist der Wert, dessen Rang Sie bestimmen möchten. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Genauigkeit legt die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen des zurückgegebenen Quantilsrangs fest. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument geht die Funktion von der Genauigkeit 3 aus (drei Dezimalstellen). Anwendung der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.EXKL: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/percentrank-inc.htm", + "title": "QUANTILSRANG.INKL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang eines Werts in einem Datensatz als Prozentsatz (0..1, inklusive) des Datensatzes zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL ist: QUANTILSRANG.INKL(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit]) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist der Zellbereich numerischer Daten, der die relative Lage der Daten beschreibt. x ist der Wert, dessen Rang Sie bestimmen möchten. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Genauigkeit legt die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen des zurückgegebenen Quantilsrangs fest. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument geht die Funktion von der Genauigkeit 3 aus (drei Dezimalstellen). Anwendung der Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTILSRANG.INKL: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/percentrank.htm", + "title": "QUANTILSRANG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUANTILSRANG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den prozentualen Rang eines Werts in einer Liste von Werten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUANTILSRANG ist: QUANTILSRANG(Matrix;x;[Genauigkeit]) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist der Zellbereich numerischer Daten, der die relative Lage der Daten beschreibt. x ist der Wert, dessen Rang Sie bestimmen möchten. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Genauigkeit legt die Anzahl der Nachkommastellen des zurückgegebenen Quantilsrangs fest. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt dieses Argument geht die Funktion von der Genauigkeit 3 aus (drei Dezimalstellen). Anwendung der Funktion QUANTILSRANG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUANTILSRANG: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/permut.htm", + "title": "VARIATION-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VARIATION gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Werte zurück, die sich aus einem exponentiellen Trend ergeben Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIATION ist: VARIATION(Zahl, gewählte Zahl) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine Anzahl von Werten. gewählte Zahl ist eine Anzahl von Werten in einer Trendlinie. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion VARIATION: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIATION. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/permutationa.htm", + "title": "VARIATIONEN2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VARIATIONEN2 gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Permutationen für eine angegebene Anzahl von Objekten zurück (mit Wiederholungen), die aus der Gesamtmenge der Objekte ausgewählt werden können. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIATIONEN2 ist: VARIATIONEN2(Zahl;gewählte_Zahl) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine ganze Zahl zur Angabe der Gesamtzahl von Objekten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist. gewählte_Zahl ist eine ganze Zahl zur Angabe der Anzahl von Objekten in jeder Permutation. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 0 ist und kleiner als Zahl. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion VARIATIONEN2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIATIONEN2. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/phi.htm", + "title": "PHI-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PHI gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Wert der Dichtefunktion für eine Standardnormalverteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PHI ist: PHI(x) Dabei gilt: x ist die Zahl, für die Sie die Dichte der Standardnormalverteilung ermitteln möchten. Der nummerische Werte wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion PHI: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PHI. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pi.htm", + "title": "Die Funktion PI", + "body": "Die Funktion PI gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wert der mathematische Konstante Pi zurück, der 3,14159265358979 entspricht. Die Syntax der Funktion PI enthält keine Argumente. Die Syntax der Funktion PI ist: PI() PI-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PI. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pmt.htm", + "title": "RMZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RMZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die konstante Zahlung einer Annuität pro Periode, wobei konstante Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RMZ ist: RMZ(Zins;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungsperioden. Bw ist der gegenwärtige Wert. Zw ist der zukünftige Wert (Endwert) nach der letzten Zahlung. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument F, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt den Zeitraum an wann die Zahlung fällig ist. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für . Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion RMZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RMZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/poisson-dist.htm", + "title": "POISSON.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion POISSON.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Eine übliche Anwendung der Poissonverteilung ist die Modellierung der Anzahl der Ereignisse innerhalb eines bestimmten Zeitraumes, beispielsweise die Anzahl der Autos, die innerhalb 1 Minute an einer Zollstation eintreffen. Formelsyntax der Funktion POISSON.VERT ist: POISSON.VERT(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist die Anzahl der Fälle. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Mittelwert ist der erwartete Zahlenwert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion der jeweiligen Poissonverteilung zurück; ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion POISSON.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POISSON.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/poisson.htm", + "title": "POISSON-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion POISSON gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer poissonverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POISSON ist: POISSON(x;Mittelwert;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist die Anzahl der Fälle. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Mittelwert ist der erwartete Zahlenwert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist ein Wahrheitswert, der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt. WAHR oder FALSCH. Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Verteilungsfunktion der jeweiligen Poissonverteilung zurück; ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Wahrscheinlichkeitsfunktion zurück. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion POISSON: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POISSON. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/power.htm", + "title": "POTENZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion POTENZ gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt als Ergebnis eine potenzierte Zahl zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POTENZ ist: POTENZ(Zahl;Potenz) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, die Sie mit dem Exponenten potenzieren möchten. Potenz ist der Exponent, mit dem die Zahl potenziert werden soll. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion POTENZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POTENZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ppmt.htm", + "title": "KAPZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KAPZ gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Kapitalrückzahlung einer Investition für eine angegebene Periode zurück. Es werden konstante periodische Zahlungen und ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KAPZ ist: KAPZ(Zins;Zr;Zzr;Bw;[Zw];[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist die Effektivverzinsung für die Investition. Zr ist der Zeitraum, für den Sie die Tilgungszahlung berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss zwischen 1 und Zzr liegen. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Zw ist ein zukünftiger Wert (d. h. ein Restguthaben, das übrigbleibt, nachdem die letzte Zahlung getätigt wurde). Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Zins und N für Zzr. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KAPZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KAPZ: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/price.htm", + "title": "KURS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KURS ist: KURS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Rendite;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung Der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers. ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers. Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KURS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pricedisc.htm", + "title": "KURSDISAGIO-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KURSDISAGIO gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion KURSDISAGIO ist: KURSDISAGIO(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio;Rückzahlung;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Disagio ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers. ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KURSDISAGIO: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURSDISAGIO. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pricemat.htm", + "title": "KURSFÄLLIG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KURSFÄLLIG gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt. Formelsyntax der Funktion KURSFÄLLIG ist: KURSFÄLLIG(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Rendite;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission. ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers am Emissionsdatum. Rendite ist die jährliche Rendite des Wertpapiers. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KURSFÄLLIG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KURSFÄLLIG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/prob.htm", + "title": "WAHRSCHBEREICH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeit für ein von zwei Werten eingeschlossenes Intervall zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH ist: WAHRSCHBEREICH(Beob_Werte; Beob_Wahrsch;[Untergrenze];[Obergrenze]) Dabei gilt: Beob_Werte ist der Bereich von Realisationen der Zufallsvariablen, denen Wahrscheinlichkeiten zugeordnet sind. Beob_Wahrsch ist eine Menge von Wahrscheinlichkeiten, verknüpft mit den Werten in Beob_Werte, wobei der ausgewählte Zellbereich numerische Werte enthält, die größer als 0, aber kleiner als 1 sind. Die Summe der Werte in Beob_Wahrsch sollte gleich 1 sein, sonst gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #Zahl! zurück. Hinweis: Beob_Werte sollte die gleiche Anzahl von Elementen enthalten wie Beob_Wahrsch. Untergrenze ist die untere Grenze der Werte, deren Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Obergrenze ist die obere Grenze der Werte, deren Wahrscheinlichkeit berechnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Obergrenze, gibt die Funktion die Wahrscheinlichkeit für den Wert Untergrenze zurück. Anwendung der Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WAHRSCHBEREICH: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/product.htm", + "title": "PRODUKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion PRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion werden alle als Argumente angegebenen Zahlen multipliziert und das Produkt zurückgegeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion PRODUKT ist: PRODUKT(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... ist eine Auswahl nummerischer Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion PRODUKT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion PRODUKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/proper.htm", + "title": "GROSS2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GROSS2 gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wandelt den ersten Buchstaben aller Wörter einer Zeichenfolge in Großbuchstaben um und alle anderen Buchstaben in Kleinbuchstaben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GROSS2 ist: GROSS2(Text) Dabei ist Text ein in Anführungszeichen eingeschlossener Text, eine Formel, die Text zurückgibt, oder ein Bezug auf eine Zelle, die den Text enthält, auf den Sie die Formel anwenden wollen. Anwenden der Funktion GROSS2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GROSS2. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/pv.htm", + "title": "BW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BW gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den aktuellen Wert eines Darlehens oder einer Investition, wobei ein konstanter Zinssatz vorausgesetzt wird. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BW ist: BW(Zins;Zzr;Rmz;[Zw];[F]) Dabei gilt: Zins ist der Zinssatz pro Periode. Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungsperioden. Rmz ist der Betrag (die Annuität), der in den einzelnen Perioden gezahlt wird. Zw ist der zukünftige Wert (Endwert) nach der letzten Zahlung. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Zw, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt den Zeitraum an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Hinweis: die abgegebenen Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Spareinlagen) werden mit negativen Zahlen dargestellt; erhaltene Zahlungsmittel (z.B., die Dividenden) werden mit positiven Zahlen dargestellt. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Zins und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Zins und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Zins and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für und N für . Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion BW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/quartile-exc.htm", + "title": "QUARTILE.EXKL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 ausschließlich Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL ist: QUARTILE.EXKL(Matrix;Quartil) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Zellbereich numerischer Werte, deren Quartile Sie bestimmen möchten. Quartile gibt an, welcher Wert ausgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Werte für Quartile: Zahlenwert Rückgabe durch Quartile 1 Das untere Quartil (25%-Quantil) 2 Den Median (50%-Quantil) 3 Das obere Quartil (75%-Quantil) Anwendung der Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUARTILE.EXKL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/quartile-inc.htm", + "title": "QUARTILE.INKL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUARTILE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quartile eines Datasets zurück, basierend auf Perzentilwerten von 0..1 einschließlich. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUARTILE.INKL ist: QUARTILE.INKL(Matrix;Quartil) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Zellbereich numerischer Werte, deren Quartile Sie bestimmen möchten. Quartile gibt an, welcher Wert ausgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Werte für Quartile: Zahlenwert Rückgabe durch Quartile 0 Minimalwert 1 Das untere Quartil (25%-Quantil) 2 Den Median (50%-Quantil) 3 Das obere Quartil (75%-Quantil) 4 Maximalwert Anwendung der Funktion QUARTILE.INKL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUARTILE.INKL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/quartile.htm", + "title": "QUARTILE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUARTILE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quartile der Datengruppe zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion QUARTILE ist: QUARTILE(Matrix;Quartile) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Zellbereich numerischer Werte, deren Quartile Sie bestimmen möchten. Quartile gibt an, welcher Wert ausgegeben werden soll. Ein nummerischer wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Mögliche Werte für Quartile: Zahlenwert Rückgabe durch Quartile 0 Minimalwert 1 Das untere Quartil (25%-Quantil) 2 Den Median (50%-Quantil) 3 Das obere Quartil (75%-Quantil) 4 Maximalwert Anwenden der Funktion QUARTILE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUARTILE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/quotient.htm", + "title": "QUOTIENT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUOTIENT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den ganzzahligen Anteil einer Division zurückzugeben. Formelsyntax der Funktion QUOTIENT: QUOTIENT(Zähler;Nenner) Zähler und Nenner sind nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion QUOTIENT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUOTIENT. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/radians.htm", + "title": "RADIANT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RADIANT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um Grad in Bogenmaß (Radiant) zu konvertieren. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RADIANT ist: GRAD(Winkel) Dabei ist Winkel der in Bogenmaß (Radiant) gegebene Winkel, den Sie umwandeln möchten, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion RADIANT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RADIANT. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rand.htm", + "title": "ZUFALLSZAHL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Diese Funktion gibt eine gleichmäßig verteilte reelle Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner als 1 ist. Die Syntax der Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL erfordert keine Argumente. Die Syntax der Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL ist: ZUFALLSZAHL() Anwendung der Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZUFALLSZAHL. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/randbetween.htm", + "title": "ZUFALLSBEREICH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zufallszahl zurück, die größer oder gleich Untere_Zahl und kleiner oder gleich Obere_Zahl ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH ist: ZUFALLSBEREICH(Untere_Zahl;Obere_Zahl) Dabei gilt: Untere_Zahl ist die kleinste ganze Zahl, die ZUFALLSBEREICH als Ergebnis zurückgeben kann. Obere_Zahl ist die größte ganze Zahl, die ZUFALLSBEREICH als Ergebnis zurückgeben kann. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wenn Untere_Zahl größer als Obere_Zahl ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NUM! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZUFALLSBEREICH. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rank-avg.htm", + "title": "RANG.MITTELW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RANG.MITTELW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang zurück, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.) Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird die durchschnittliche Rangzahl zurückgegeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RANG.MITTELW ist: RANG.MITTELW(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, für die der Rang ermittelt werden soll. Bezug ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf eine Liste von Zahlen, in der die angegebene Zahl enthalten ist. Reihenfolge ist der Zahlenwert der angibt, wie Bezug geordnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Ist Reihenfolge mit 0 (Null) belegt oder nicht angegeben, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in absteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Ist Reihenfolge mit einem Wert ungleich 0 belegt, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Anwendung der Funktion RANG.MITTELW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RANG.MITTELW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rank-eq.htm", + "title": "RANG.GLEICH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RANG.GLEICH gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang zurück, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.) Wenn mehrere Werte die gleiche Rangzahl aufweisen, wird der oberste Rang dieser Gruppe von Werten zurückgegeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RANG.GLEICH ist: RANG.GLEICH(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, für die der Rang ermittelt werden soll. Bezug ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf eine Liste von Zahlen, in der die angegebene Zahl enthalten ist. Reihenfolge ist der Zahlenwert der angibt, wie Bezug geordnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Ist Reihenfolge mit 0 (Null) belegt oder nicht angegeben, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in absteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Ist Reihenfolge mit einem Wert ungleich 0 belegt, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Anwendung der Funktion RANG.GLEICH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RANG.GLEICH. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rank.htm", + "title": "RANG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RANG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Rang zurück, den eine Zahl innerhalb einer Liste von Zahlen einnimmt. Als Rang einer Zahl wird deren Größe, bezogen auf die anderen Werte der jeweiligen Liste, bezeichnet. (Wenn Sie die Liste sortieren würden, würde die Rangzahl die Position der Zahl angeben.) Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RANG ist: RANG(Zahl;Bezug;[Reihenfolge]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist die Zahl, für die der Rang ermittelt werden soll. Bezug ist eine Matrix oder ein Bezug auf eine Liste von Zahlen, in der die angegebene Zahl enthalten ist. Reihenfolge ist der Zahlenwert der angibt, wie Bezug geordnet werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Ist Reihenfolge mit 0 (Null) belegt oder nicht angegeben, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in absteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Ist Reihenfolge mit einem Wert ungleich 0 belegt, bestimmt die Funktion den Rang von Zahl so, als wäre Bezug eine in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortierte Liste. Anwendung der Funktion RANG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RANG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rate.htm", + "title": "ZINS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZINS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet den Zinssatz für eine Investition basierend auf einem konstanten Zahlungsplan. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZINS ist: ZINS(Zzr, Rmz, Bw, Zw, [F], [Schätzwert]) Dabei gilt: Zzr ist die Gesamtanzahl der Zahlungszeiträume für die Investition. Rmz ist der Zahlungsbetrag. Bw ist der Barwert oder der heutige Gesamtwert einer Reihe zukünftiger Zahlungen. Zw ist ein zukünftiger Wert (d. h. ein Restguthaben, das übrigbleibt, nachdem die letzte Zahlung getätigt wurde). Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument F, wird es als 0 (Null) angenommen. F gibt an, wann die Zahlungen fällig sind. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument oder ist auf 0 festgelegt, nimmt die Funktion an, dass die Zahlungen am Ende der Periode fällig sind. Ist F mit 1 angegeben, sind die Zahlungen zum Anfang der Periode fällig. Schätzwert entspricht der Schätzung bezüglich der Höhe des Zinssatzes. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, geht die Funktion vom Schätzwert 10 % aus. Hinweis: Für alle Argumente gilt, dass Geldbeträge, die Sie auszahlen (zum Beispiel Spareinlagen), durch negative Zahlen und Geldbeträge, die Sie einnehmen (zum Beispiel Dividenden), durch positive Zahlen dargestellt werden. Sie sollten unbedingt darauf achten, dass Sie für Schätzwert und Zzr zueinander passende Zeiteinheiten verwenden. Verwenden Sie beispielsweise bei monatliche Zahlungen N%/12 für Schätzwert und N*12 für Zzr, für vierteljährliche Zahlungen N%/4 für Schätzwert and N*4 für Zzr und für jährliche Zahlungen N% für Schätzwert und N für Zzr. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZINS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZINS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/received.htm", + "title": "AUSZAHLUNG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AUSZAHLUNG gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Auszahlungsbetrag eines voll investierten Wertpapiers am Fälligkeitstermin zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUSZAHLUNG ist: AUSZAHLUNG(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Anlage;Disagio;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Anlage ist der Betrag, der in dem Wertpapier angelegt werden soll. ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion AUSZAHLUNG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUSZAHLUNG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/replace.htm", + "title": "ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB", + "body": "Die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie ersetzt eine Zeichenfolge, basierend auf der Anzahl der Zeichen und der angegebenen Startposition, durch eine neue Zeichengruppe. Die Funktion ERSETZEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während ERSETZENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB ist: ERSETZEN(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text) ERSETZENB(Alter_Text;Erstes_Zeichen;Anzahl_Zeichen;Neuer_Text) Dabei gilt: Alter_Text ist der Text, in dem Sie eine Anzahl von Zeichen ersetzen möchten. Erstes_Zeichen ist die Position des Zeichens, an der mit dem Ersetzen begonnen werden soll. Anzahl_Zeichen ist die Anzahl der Zeichen in die ersetzt werden sollen. Neuer_Text ist der Ersatztext. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion ERSETZEN oder ERSETZENB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen ERSETZEN/ERSETZENB unterscheiden zwischen Groß- und Kleinbuchstaben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rept.htm", + "title": "WIEDERHOLEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WIEDERHOLEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wiederholt einen Text so oft wie angegeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WIEDERHOLEN ist: WIEDERHOLEN(Text;Multiplikator) Dabei gilt: Text ist der Text, den Sie wiederholen möchten. Multiplikator ist eine positive Zahl, die angibt, wie oft die Wiederholung erfolgen soll. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WIEDERHOLEN. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WIEDERHOLEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/right.htm", + "title": "RECHTS/RECHTSB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie extrahieren eine Teilzeichenfolge aus einer Zeichenfolge, beginnend mit dem Zeichen ganz rechts, basierend auf der angegebenen Anzahl von Zeichen. Die Funktion RECHTS ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während RECHTSB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB ist: RECHTS(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) RECHTSB(Text;[Anzahl_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Text ist die Zeichenfolge mit den Zeichen, die Sie extrahieren möchten. Anzahl_Zeichen gibt die Anzahl der Zeichen an, die von der Funktion extrahiert werden sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird an dieser Stelle kein Argument eingegeben, wird es als 1 angenommen. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktionen RECHTS, RECHTSB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Funktion RECHTS oder RECHTSB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/roman.htm", + "title": "RÖMISCH-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RÖMISCH gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wandelt eine arabische Zahl in römische Zahlzeichen um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RÖMISCH ist: RÖMISCH(Zahl;[Typ]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist ein nummerischer Wert, der größer oder gleich 1 und kleiner als 3999 ist, und der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Typ ist eine Zahl, die den Typ der römischen Zahl angibt. Mögliche Typen: Wert Typ 0 Klassisch 1 Kürzer 2 Kürzer 3 Kürzer 4 Vereinfacht WAHR Klassisch FALSCH Vereinfacht Anwendung der Funktion RÖMISCH: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RÖMISCH. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/round.htm", + "title": "RUNDEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen zu runden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RUNDEN ist: RUNDEN(Zahl;Anzahl_Stellen) Dabei gilt: x ist die Zahl, die Sie runden möchten. Anzahl_Stellen gibt an, auf wie viele Dezimalstellen die Zahl gerundet werden soll. Ist Anzahl_Stellen größer als Null, wird die Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen gerundet. Ist Anzahl_Stellen gleich Null, wird die Zahl auf die nächste ganze Zahl gerundet. Ist Anzahl_Stellen kleiner als Null, wird der links des Dezimalkommas stehende Teil der Zahl gerundet. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion RUNDEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RUNDEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rounddown.htm", + "title": "ABRUNDEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ABRUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen abzurunden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARUNDEN ist: ABRUNDEN(Zahl;Anzahl_Stellen) Dabei gilt: x ist die Zahl, die abgerundet werden soll. Anzahl_Stellen gibt an, auf wie viele Dezimalstellen die Zahl abgerundet werden soll. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion ABRUNDEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ABRUNDEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/roundup.htm", + "title": "AUFRUNDEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion AUFRUNDEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um eine Zahl auf die angegebene Anzahl von Dezimalstellen aufzurunden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion AUFRUNDEN ist: AUFRUNDEN(Zahl;Anzahl_Stellen) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist der Wert, der aufgerundet werden soll. Anzahl_Stellen gibt an, auf wie viele Dezimalstellen die Zahl gerundet werden soll Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion AUFRUNDEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion AUFRUNDEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/row.htm", + "title": "ZEILE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZEILE gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Zeilennummer eines Bezugs zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEILE ist: ZEILE([Bezug]) Der Bezug ist die Zelle oder der Bereich von Zellen, deren bzw. dessen Zeilennummer zurückgegeben werden soll. Hinweis: Das Argument Bezug ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Bezug, wird es als Bezug der Zelle angenommen, in der die Funktion ZEILE enthalten ist. Anwendung der Funktion SPALTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEILE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rows.htm", + "title": "ZEILEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZEILEN gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Zeilen in einem Bezug oder einer Matrix zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEILEN lautet: ZEILEN(Matrix) Dabei ist Matrix eine Matrixformel oder ein Bezug auf einen Zellbereich, dessen Zeilenanzahl Sie abfragen möchten. Anwenden der Funktion ZEILEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SPALTEN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rri.htm", + "title": "ZSATZINVEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZSATZINVEST gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den effektiven Jahreszins für den Wertzuwachs einer Investition zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion ZSATZINVEST ist: ZSATZINVEST(Zzr;Bw;Zw) Dabei gilt: Zzr ist die Anzahl der Perioden für die Investition. BW ist der aktuelle Wert der Investition. Zw ist der Zukunftswert der Investition. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZSATZINVEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZSATZINVEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/rsq.htm", + "title": "BESTIMMTHEITSMASS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Quadrat des Pearsonschen Korrelationskoeffizienten zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS ist: BESTIMMTHEITSMASS(Y_Werte;X_Werte) Y_Werte und X_Werte sind die ausgewählten Bereiche von Zellen mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BESTIMMTHEITSMASS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/search.htm", + "title": "SUCHEN/SUCHENB - Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktionen SUCHEN/SUCHENB gehören zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie werden verwendet, um einen in einem anderen Textwert enthaltenen Textwert (Groß-/Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet) zu suchen. Die Funktion SUCHEN ist für Sprachen gedacht, die den Single-Byte-Zeichensatz (SBCS) verwenden, während FINDENB für Sprachen verwendet wird, die den Doppelbyte-Zeichensatz (DBCS) verwenden, wie Japanisch, Chinesisch, Koreanisch usw. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB ist: SUCHEN(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) SUCHENB(Suchtext;Text;[Erstes_Zeichen]) Dabei gilt: Suchtext ist der gesuchte Text. Text ist der Text indem nach dem Argument Suchtext gesucht werden soll. Erstes Zeichen ist die Nummer des Zeichens im Argument Text, ab der die Suche durchgeführt werde soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Erstes_Zeichen, wird es als 1 angenommen und die Funktion startet die Suche am Anfang von Text. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wird der in Suchtext angegebene Wert nicht gefunden, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUCHEN/SUCHENB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: die Funktionen SUCHEN und SUCHENB unterscheiden NICHT zwischen Groß- und Kleinschreibung. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sec.htm", + "title": "SEC-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SEC gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Sekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkels zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SEC ist: SEC(Zahl) x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen Sekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27. Anwendung der Funktion SEC: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SEC. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sech.htm", + "title": "SECHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SECHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den hyperbolischen Sekans eines im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkels zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion SECHYP ist: SECHYP(x) x ist der im Bogenmaß angegebene Winkel, dessen hyperbolischen Sekans Sie berechnen möchten. Ein nummerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Der absolute Wert von Zahl muss kleiner sein als 2^27. Anwendung der Funktion SECHYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SECHYP Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/second.htm", + "title": "SEKUNDE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SEKUNDE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl (0-59) in Sekunde um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SEKUNDE ist: SEKUNDE(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Zahl als Zeitangabe kann als Textzeichenfolge in Anführungszeichen (beispielsweise „13:39:15"), als Dezimalzahl (beispielsweise 0,56; dieser Wert stellt 13:26:24 Uhr dar) oder als Ergebnis anderer Formeln oder Funktionen (beispielsweise das Ergebnis der Funktion JETZT im Standardformat - 9/26/12 13:39) angegeben werden. Anwendung der Funktion SEKUNDE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SEKUNDE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/seriessum.htm", + "title": "POTENZREIHE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion POTENZREIHE gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe von Potenzen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion POTENZREIHE ist: POTENZREIHE(x;n;m;Koeffizienten) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert der unabhängigen Variablen der Potenzreihe. n ist die Anfangspotenz, in die Sie x erheben möchten. m ist das Inkrement, um das Sie n in jedem Glied der Reihe vergrößern möchten. Koeffizienten ist eine Gruppe von Koeffizienten, mit denen die aufeinander folgenden Potenzen der Variablen x multipliziert werden. Die Anzahl der in Koeffizienten angegebenen Werte bestimmt, wie viele Glieder (Potenzen) die jeweilige Potenzreihe umfasst. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion POTENZREIHE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion POTENZREIHE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sheet.htm", + "title": "BLATT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BLATT gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die Blattnummer des Blatts zurück, auf das verwiesen wird. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BLATT ist: BLATT(Wert) Dabei ist Wert der Name eines Blatts oder Bezugs, dessen Blattnummer zurückgegeben werden soll. Die Angabe ist optional. Wird kein Wert angegeben, gibt BLATT die Nummer des Blatts zurück, das die Funktion enthält. Anwenden der Funktion BLATT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BLATT. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sheets.htm", + "title": "BLÄTTER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BLÄTTER gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt die Anzahl der Blätter in einem Bezug zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BLÄTTER ist: BLÄTTER(Bezug) Bezug ist der Bezug für den die Anzahl der enthaltenen Blätter zurückgegeben werden soll. Ohne Angabe eines Bezugs gibt die Funktion die Anzahl der Blätter in der Arbeitsmappe zurück. Anwendung der Funktion BLÄTTER: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BLÄTTER. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sign.htm", + "title": "ZEICHEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZEICHEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das Vorzeichen einer Zahl zurück. Ist die Zahl positiv, gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück. Ist die Zahl negativ, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück. Ist die Zahl 0, gibt die Funktion den Wert 0 zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEICHEN ist: ZEICHEN(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl ein Zahlenwert der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZEICHEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEICHEN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Das gewünschte Argument ist A1, wobei A1 gleich 12 ist. Die Zahl ist positiv, also gibt die Funktion den Wert 1 zurück. Ändert man den Wert A1 von 12 auf -12, gibt die Funktion den Wert -1 zurück:" + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sin.htm", + "title": "SIN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SIN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Sinus eines Winkels zurückzugeben. Die Syntax der Funktion SIN ist: SIN(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist ein numerischer Wert, der manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingefügt wird, auf die Sie verweisen. SIN-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion SIN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sinh.htm", + "title": "SINHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SINHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Sinus einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der SINH-Funktion ist: SINHYP(Zahl) Das Argument Zahl ist eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der SINHYP-Funktion: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SINHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/skew-p.htm", + "title": "SCHIEFE.P-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SCHIEFE.P gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Schiefe einer Verteilung auf der Basis einer Grundgesamtheit zurück: eine Charakterisierung des Asymmetriegrads einer Verteilung um ihren Mittelwert. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SCHIEFE.P ist: SCHIEFE.P(Zahl1;[Tahl2];…) Zahl1;[Tahl2];… sind zwischen 1 und 254 Zahlen oder Namen, Matrizen oder Bezüge, die Zahlen enthalten, deren Schiefe bezogen auf die Grundgesamtheit Sie berechnen möchten. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion SCHIEFE.P: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SCHIEFE.P. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/skew.htm", + "title": "SCHIEFE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SCHIEFE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu einen Datenbereich zu analysieren und die Schiefe einer Verteilung zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SCHIEFE ist: SCHIEFE(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion SCHIEFE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SCHIEFE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sln.htm", + "title": "LIA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion LIA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die lineare Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes pro Periode zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion LIA ist: LIA(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion LIA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion LIA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/slope.htm", + "title": "STEIGUNG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STEIGUNG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Steigung der Regressionsgeraden zurück, die an die in Y_Werte und X_Werte abgelegten Datenpunkte angepasst ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STEIGUNG ist: STEIGUNG(Y_Werte;X_Werte) Y_Werte und X_Werte sind die ausgewählten Bereiche von Zellen mit der gleichen Anzahl von Elementen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwenden der Funktion STEIGUNG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STEIGUNG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/small.htm", + "title": "KKLEINSTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KKLEINSTE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den k-kleinsten Wert einer Datengruppe in einem Datenbereich zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KKLEINSTE ist: KKLEINSTE(Matrix;k) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist eine Matrix oder ein Bereich von numerischen Daten, deren k-kleinsten Wert Sie bestimmen möchten. k ist der Rang des Elements einer Matrix oder eines Zellbereichs, dessen Wert zurückgegeben werden soll. Anwendung der Funktion KKLEINSTE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KKLEINSTE Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sqrt.htm", + "title": "WURZEL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WURZEL gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quadratwurzel einer Zahl zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WURZEL ist: WURZEL(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Wenn Zahl negativ ist, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion WURZEL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WURZEL. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sqrtpi.htm", + "title": "WURZELPI-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WURZELPI gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Quadratwurzel vom Ergebnis der Multiplikation der mathematischen Konstante pi (,) mit der angegebenen Zahl zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WURZELPI ist: WURZELPI(Zahl) Zahl ist die Zahl, mit der die mathematische Konstante pi multipliziert wird; ein Zahlenwert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Ist Zahl negativ, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #ZAHL! zurück. Anwendung der Funktion WURZELPI: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WURZELPI. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/standardize.htm", + "title": "STANDARDISIERUNG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den standardisierten Wert einer Verteilung zurück, die durch die angegebenen Argumente charakterisiert ist. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG ist: STANDARDISIERUNG(x;Mittelwert;Standabwn) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, den Sie standardisieren möchten. Mittelwert ist das arithmetische Mittel der Verteilung. Standabwn ist Die Standardabweichung der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert der größer ist als 0. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STANDARDISIERUNG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/stdev-p.htm", + "title": "STABW.N-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STABW.N gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer als Argumente angegebenen Grundgesamtheit (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABW.N ist: STABW.N(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Tahl2];… sind bis zu 254 Zahlen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert Null enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion STABW.N: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW.N. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/stdev-s.htm", + "title": "STABW.S-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STABW.S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABW.S ist: STABW.S(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Tahl2];… sind bis zu 255 Zahlen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion STABW.S: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW.S. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/stdev.htm", + "title": "STABW-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STABW gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Standardabweichung ausgehend von einer Stichprobe. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABW ist: STABW(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... sind bis zu 255 nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Enthält ein als Matrix oder Bezug angegebenes Argument Text, Wahrheitswerte oder leere Zellen, werden diese Werte ignoriert. Zellen, die den Wert 0 (Null) enthalten, werden dagegen berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion STABW: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABW. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/stdeva.htm", + "title": "STABWA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STABWA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie analysiert den Datenbereich, um die Standardabweichung einer Population basierend auf Zahlen, Text und Wahrheitswerten (FALSCH oder WAHR) zurückzugeben. Die Funktion STABWA behandelt Text und FALSCH als 0 und WAHR als 1. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABWA ist: STABWA(Wert1;[Wert2];...) Wert1;[Wert2];... sind bis zu 255 nummerischen Werten sind, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion STABWA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABWA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/stdevp.htm", + "title": "STABWN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STABWN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu einen Datenbereich zu analysieren und die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABWN ist: STABWN(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 255 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion STABWN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABWN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/stdevpa.htm", + "title": "STABWNA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STABWNA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu einen Datenbereich zu analysieren und die Standardabweichung einer gesamten Population zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STABWNA ist: STABWNA(Wert1;[Wert2];...) Zahl1;[Zahl2];... sind bis zu 255 nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zellen eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Text und FALSCH-Werte werden als 0 berücksichtigt. WAHR-Werte werden als 1 berücksichtigt. Leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Anwendung der Funktion STABWNA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STABWNA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/steyx.htm", + "title": "STFEHLERYX-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion STFEHLERYX gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Standardfehler der geschätzten y-Werte für alle x-Werte der Regression zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion STFEHLERYX: STFEHLERYX(Y_Werte;X_Werte) Dabei gilt: Y_Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bereich abhängiger Datenpunkte. X_Werte ist eine Matrix oder ein Bereich unabhängiger Datenpunkte. Die Datenpunkte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt. die Y_Werte und X_Werte müssen die gleiche Anzahl an Datenpukten enthalten, ansonsten gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #NV zurück. Anwendung der Funktion STFEHLERYX: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion STFEHLERYX. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/substitute.htm", + "title": "WECHSELN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WECHSELN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie ersetzt eine vorliegenden Zeichenfolge durch neuen Text. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WECHSELN ist: WECHSELN(Text;Alter_Text;Neuer_Text;[ntes_Auftreten]) Dabei gilt: Text ist Text oder der Bezug auf eine Zelle, die den Text enthält, in dem Zeichen ausgetauscht werden sollen. Alter_Text ist der Text, den Sie ersetzen möchten. Neuer_Text ist der Text, durch den Sie den alten Text ersetzen möchten. ntes_Auftreten gibt an, an welchen Stellen im alten Text durch neuen Text ersetzt werden sollen Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, ersetzt die Funktion alle Vorkommen im Text. Die Daten können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WECHSELN. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WECHSELN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/subtotal.htm", + "title": "TEILERGEBNIS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TEILERGEBNIS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein Teilergebnis in einer Liste oder Datenbank zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEILERGEBNIS ist: TEILERGEBNIS(Funktion;Bezug1;[Bezug2];...) Dabei gilt: Funktion ist ein numerischer Wert, der angibt, welche Funktion für die Zwischensumme verwendet werden soll. Die möglichen Werte sind in der nachstehenden Tabelle aufgeführt. Für Funktion 1 bis 11 schließt TEILERGEBNIS die Werte von manuell ausgeblendeten Zeilen ein. Für Funktion 101 bis 111 schließt TEILERGEBNIS die Werte von manuell ausgeblendeten Zeilen aus. Herausgefilterte Zellen werden immer ausgeschlossen. Bezug1;[Bezug2];... sind die benannten Bereiche oder Bezüge, für den/die Sie das Teilergebnis berechnen möchten. Funktion (ausgeblendete Werte eingeschlossen) Funktion (ausgeblendete Werte ignoriert) Funktion 1 101 MITTELWERT 2 102 ANZAHL 3 103 ANZAHL2 4 104 MAX 5 105 MIN 6 106 PRODUKT 7 107 STABW 8 108 STABWN 9 109 SUMME 10 110 VARIANZ 11 111 VARIANZEN Anwendung der Funktion TEILERGEBNIS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEILERGEBNIS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Die folgende Abbildung zeigt das Ergebnis der Funktion TEILERGEBNIS, wenn mehrere Zellen ausgeblendet sind." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sum.htm", + "title": "SUMME-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMME gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen im gewählten Zellenbereich zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMME ist: SUMME(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente Zahl1;[Zahl2];... ist eine Auswahl nummerischer Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in dem Zellbereich eingeschlossen sind, auf den Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion SUMME: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste und wählen Sie die Funktion SUMME in der Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumif.htm", + "title": "SUMMEWENN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMMEWENN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEWENN ist: SUMMEWENN(Bereich;Suchkriterien;[Summe_Bereich]) Dabei gilt: Bereich ist der Zellbereich, den Sie nach Kriterien auswerten möchten. Kriterien sind die Suchkriterien mit denen definiert wird, welche Zellen addiert werden sollen, diese können manuell eingegeben werden oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Summe_Bereich ist der Zellenbereich, der addiert werden soll. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, addiert die Funktion die Zahlen von Bereich. Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEWENN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMEWENN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumifs.htm", + "title": "SUMMEWENNS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMMEWENNS gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um alle Zahlen in gewählten Zellenbereich anhand vom angegebenen Kriterium zu addieren und das Ergebnis zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEWENNS ist: SUMMEWENNS(Summe_Bereich; Kriterien_Bereich1; Kriterien1; [Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2]; ...) Dabei gilt: Summe_Bereich ist der Zellenbereich, der addiert werden soll. Kriterien_Bereich1 ist der erste gewählte Zellenbereich, der auf Kriterien1 getestet wird. Kriterien1 sind die Kriterien, die definieren, welche Zellen in Kriterien_Bereich1 addiert werden. Sie werden auf Kriterien_Bereich1 angewendet und bestimmen den Mittelwert der Zellen Summe_Bereich. Der Wert kann manuell eingegeben werden oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Kriterien_Bereich2; Kriterien2, ... sind zusätzliche Zellenbereiche und ihre jeweiligen Kriterien. Diese Argumente sind optional. Hinweis: Sie können Platzhalterzeichen verwenden, wenn Sie Kriterien angeben. Das Fragezeichen "?" kann ein beliebiges einzelnes Zeichen ersetzen und der Stern "*" kann anstelle einer beliebigen Anzahl von Zeichen verwendet werden. Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEWENNS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMEWENNS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumproduct.htm", + "title": "SUMMENPRODUKT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie multipliziert die einander entsprechenden Komponenten der angegebenen Zellenbereiche oder Arrays miteinander und gibt die Summe dieser Produkte zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT ist: SUMMENPRODUKT(Array1;[Array2];[Array3];...) Array1/2/... sind nummerische Werte, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Sie können bis zu 30 Zellenbereiche oder Arrays eingeben. Hinweis: Arrayelemente, die keine numerischen Ausdrücke sind, behandelt SUMMENPRODUKT so, als wären sie mit 0 belegt. Anwendung der Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMENPRODUKT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumsq.htm", + "title": "QUADRATESUMME-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion QUADRATESUMME gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der quadrierten Argumente zurück. Formelsyntax der Funktion QUADRATESUMME ist: QUADRATESUMME(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Die Liste der Argumente kann bis zu 30 nummerische Werte enthalten, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in den Zellen enthalten sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion QUADRATESUMME: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion QUADRATESUMME. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumx2my2.htm", + "title": "SUMMEX2MY2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMMEX2MY2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie dient dazu, die Differenzen der Quadrate für zusammengehörige Komponenten zweier Matrizen zu summieren. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEX2MY2: SUMMEX2MY2(Matrix_1;Matrix_2) Dabei sind Matrix_1 und Matrix_2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen. Anwenden der Funktion SUMMEX2MY2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMMEX2MY2. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumx2py2.htm", + "title": "SUMMEX2PY2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMMEX2PY2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der Summe von Quadraten entsprechender Werte in zwei Matrizen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEX2PY2 ist: SUMMEX2PY2(Matrix_x;Matrix_y) Dabei sind Matrix_1 und Matrix_2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen. Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEX2PY2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SUMMEX2PY2. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/sumxmy2.htm", + "title": "SUMMEXMY2-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SUMMEXMY2 gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Summe der Quadrate von Differenzen entsprechender Werte in zwei Matrizen zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SUMMEXMY2 ist: SUMMEXMY2(Matrix_x;Matrix_y) Dabei sind Matrix_1 und Matrix_2 die Zellenbereiche mit derselben Anzahl von Spalten und Zeilen. Anwendung der Funktion SUMMEXXMY2: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die Funktion SUMMEXXMY2. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/switch.htm", + "title": "ERSTERWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ERSTERWERT gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Mit der Funktion wird ein Wert (als Ausdruck bezeichnet) anhand einer Liste mit Werten ausgewertet. Als Ergebnis wird der erste übereinstimmende Wert zurückgegeben. Wenn es keine Übereinstimmung gibt, kann ein optionaler Standardwert zurückgegeben werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ERSTERWERT ist: ERSTERWERT(Ausdruck; Wert1; Ergebnis1; [Standardwert oder Wert2; Ergebnis2];…[Standardwert oder Wert3; Ergebnis3]) Dabei gilt: Ausdruck ist der Ausdruck, der mit Wert1...Wert126 verglichen wird. Wert1...Wert126 ist ein Wert, der mit dem Ausdruck verglichen wird. Ergebnis1…Ergebnis126 ist der Wert, der zurückgegeben wird, wenn das entsprechende Argument Wert1...Wert126 dem Ausdruck entspricht. Standardwert ist der Wert, der für den Fall zurückgegeben wird, dass in den Ausdrücken keine Übereinstimmungen gefunden werden. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird kein Standardwert und es liegen keine Übereinstimmungen vor, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NV! zurück. Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 254 Argumente eingeben, bzw. 126 Werte-paare und Ergebnisse. Anwendung der Funktion ERSTERWERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ERSTERWERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/syd.htm", + "title": "DIA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion DIA gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Gibt die arithmetisch-degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsgutes für eine bestimmte Periode zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion DIA ist: DIA(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Zr) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird. Zr ist der Zeitraum für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen wollen. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion DIA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion DIA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t-dist-2t.htm", + "title": "T.VERT.2S-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T.VERT.2S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Gibt die Student-t-Verteilung für zwei Endflächen zurück. Die Student-t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.VERT.2S ist: T.VERT.2S(x;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T.VERT.2S: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.VERT.2S. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t-dist-rt.htm", + "title": "T.VERT.RE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T.VERT.RE gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Gibt die (Student)-t-Verteilung für die rechte Endfläche zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.VERT.RE ist: T.VERT.RE(x;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T.VERT.RE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.VERT.RE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t-dist.htm", + "title": "T.VERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die linksseitige Student-t-Verteilung zurück. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.VERT ist: T.VERT(x;Freiheitsgrade;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.VERT-Funktion. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t-inv-2t.htm", + "title": "T.INV.2S-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T.INV.2S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.INV.2S ist: T.INV.2S(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die der (Student) t-Verteilung zugeordnete Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T.INV.2S: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.INV.2S. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t-inv.htm", + "title": "T.INV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T.INV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die das linksseitige Quantile der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.INV ist: T.INV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die der (Student) t-Verteilung zugeordnete Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner als 1. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T.INV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.INV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t-test.htm", + "title": "T.TEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von T.TEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T.TEST ist: T.TEST(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ) Dabei gilt: Matrix1 ist der erste Datensatz. Matrix2 ist der zweite Datensatz. Seiten bestimmt die Anzahl der Endflächen. Ist Seiten 1, verwendet die Funktion die einseitige Verteilung. Ist Seiten 2, verwendet die Funktion die zweiseitige Verteilung. Typ ist ein nummerischer Wert, der den Typ des durchzuführenden t-Tests bestimmt. Die folgenden Parameter stehen zur Auswahl: Typ Ausgeführter t-Test 1 Gepaart 2 Zwei Stichproben, gleiche Varianz (homoskedastisch) 3 Zwei Stichproben, ungleiche Varianz (heteroskedastisch) Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T.TEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T.TEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/t.htm", + "title": "T-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion T gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit der Funktion lässt sich prüfen, ob der Wert in der Zelle (oder als Argument verwendet) Text ist oder nicht. Liegt kein Text vor, gibt die Funktion eine leere Zeichenfolge zurück. Liegt Text vor, gibt die Funktion den tatsächlichen Wert zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion T ist: T(Wert) Wert ist der zu testende Wert, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion T: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion T. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es liegt das folgende Argument vor: Wert = A1, dabei gilt A1 ist Datum und Zeit. Also gibt die Funktion den Datum und Zeit zurück. Ändert man die Daten in A1 in einen Zahlenwert, gibt die Funktion eine leere Zeichenfolge zurück." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tan.htm", + "title": "TAN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TAN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den Tangens eines Winkels zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TAN ist: TAN(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl der Winkel im Bogenmaß, für den Sie den Tangens ermitteln möchten, manuell eingegeben oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. TAN-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TAN. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tanh.htm", + "title": "TANHYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TANHYP gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie wird genutzt, um den hyperbolischen Tangens einer Zahl zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TANHYP ist: TANHYP(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl eine beliebige reelle Zahl, die manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. TANHYP-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TANHYP. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tbilleq.htm", + "title": "TBILLÄQUIV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TBILLÄQUIV gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie rechnet die Verzinsung eines Schatzwechsels (Treasury Bill) in die für Anleihen übliche einfache jährliche Verzinsung um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TBILLÄQUIV ist: TBILLÄQUIV(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapiers. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss innerhalb eines Jahres nach dem Abrechnungstag liegen. Disagio ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers. Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TBILLÄQUIV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TBILLÄQUIV. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tbillprice.htm", + "title": "TBILLKURS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TBILLKURS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Kurs pro 100 € Nennwert einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TBILLKURS ist: TBILLKURS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Disagio) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapiers. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss innerhalb eines Jahres nach dem Abrechnungstag liegen. Disagio ist der Abschlag (Disagio) des Wertpapiers. Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TBILLKURS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TBILLKURS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tbillyield.htm", + "title": "TBILLRENDITE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TBILLRENDITE gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Rendite einer Schatzanweisung (Treasury Bill) zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TBILLRENDITE ist: TBILLRENDITE(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapiers. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Dieses Datum muss innerhalb eines Jahres nach dem Abrechnungstag liegen. Kurs ist der Kurs der Schatzanweisung pro 100 € Nennwert. Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TBILLRENDITE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TBILLRENDITE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tdist.htm", + "title": "TVERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TVERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Prozentpunkte (Wahrscheinlichkeit) für die Student-t-Verteilung zurück, wobei ein Zahlenwert (x) ein berechneter Wert von t ist, für den die Prozentpunkte berechnet werden sollen. Die t-Verteilung wird für das Testen von Hypothesen bei kleinem Stichprobenumfang verwendet. Sie können diese Funktion an Stelle einer Wertetabelle mit den kritischen Werten der t-Verteilung heranziehen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TVERT ist: TVERT(x;Freiheitsgrade;Seiten) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Seiten ist ein nummerischer Wert, der die Anzahl der Endflächen bestimmt. Ist Seiten 1, gibt die Funktion den Wert für einen einseitigen Test zurück. Ist Seiten 2, gibt die Funktion den Wert für einen zweiseitigen Test zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TVERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TVERT: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/text.htm", + "title": "TEXT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TEXT gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie formatiert eine Zahl und wandelt sie in Text um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEXT ist: TEXT(Wert;Textformat) Dabei gilt: Wert ist ein numerischer Wert, der in Text umgewandelt werden soll. Textformat ist eine Textzeichenfolge, in der die Formatierung definiert ist, die auf den angegebenen Wert angewendet werden soll. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion Text: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEXT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/textjoin.htm", + "title": "TEXTVERKETTEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie kombiniert den Text aus mehreren Bereichen und/oder Zeichenfolgen und fügt zwischen jedem zu kombinierenden Textwert ein von Ihnen angegebenes Trennzeichen ein. Wenn das Trennzeichen eine leere Textzeichenfolge ist, verkettet diese Funktion effektiv die Bereiche. Diese Funktion ähnelt der Funktion TEXTKETTE, unterscheidet sich aber dadurch, dass die Funktion TEXTKETTE kein Trennzeichen akzeptiert. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN ist: TEXTVERKETTEN(Trennzeichen; Leer_ignorieren; Text1; [Text2]; …) Dabei gilt: Trennzeichen ist das Trennzeichen, welches zwischen den Textwerten eingefügt werden soll. Die Angabe kann als eine Textzeichenfolge erfolgen, in doppelten Anführungszeichen (z.B. "," (Komma), " " (Leerzeichen), "\\" (Backslash) etc.) oder als Verweis auf eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich. Leer_ignorieren ist ein Wahrheitswert, der festlegt ob leere Zellen ignoriert werden sollen. Wird der Wert mit WAHR angegeben, werden leere Zellen ignoriert. Text1/2/... ist das zu verkettende Textelement, das bis zu 252 Datenwerte umfassen kann. Jeder Wert kann eine Textzeichenfolge oder ein Array von Zeichenfolgen, z. B. ein Zellbereich. Anwendung der Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TEXTVERKETTEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/time.htm", + "title": "ZEIT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZEIT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl einer bestimmten Uhrzeit im ausgewählten Format zurück (Die Standardeinstellung für das Format ist hh:mm tt). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEIT ist: ZEIT(Stunde;Minute;Sekunde) Dabei gilt: Stunde ist eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 23. Minute ist eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 59. Sekunde ist eine Zahl zwischen 0 und 59. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZEIT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEIT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/timevalue.htm", + "title": "ZEITWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ZEITWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Die Funktion wandelt eine als Text vorliegende Zeitangabe in eine fortlaufende Zahl um. Formelsyntax der Funktion ZEITWERT: ZEITWERT(Datum-Zeit) Dabei ist Datum-Zeit ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle beinhaltet ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion ZEITWERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ZEITWERT. Geben Sie die gewünschten Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/tinv.htm", + "title": "TINV-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TINV gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt das zweiseitige Quantil der (Student) t-Verteilung zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TINV ist: TINV(Wahrsch;Freiheitsgrade) Dabei gilt: Wahrsch ist die der (zweiseitigen) (Student) t-Verteilung zugeordnete Wahrscheinlichkeit. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0 und kleiner oder gleich 1. Freiheitsgrade ist eine ganze Zahl (größer oder gleich 1) mit der die Anzahl der Freiheitsgrade angegeben wird. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TINV: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TINV: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/today.htm", + "title": "HEUTE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion HEUTE gehört zur Gruppe der Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich das aktuelle Datum im Format MM/TT/JJ wiedergeben. Für die Syntax dieser Funktion sind keine Argumente erforderlich. Die Syntax der Funktion HEUTE ist: HEUTE() -Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion . Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/transpose.htm", + "title": "MTRANS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion MTRANS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Mit der Funktion wird ein vertikaler Zellbereich als horizontaler Bereich zurückgegeben oder umgekehrt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion MTRANS ist: MTRANS(Matrix) Dabei ist Matrix ist die Matrix oder der Zellbereich in einem Arbeitsblatt, die bzw. den Sie transponieren möchten. Anwenden der Funktion MTRANS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion MTRANS. Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder geben Sie das gewünschte Argument manuell ein, in der Form A1:B2 usw. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/trim.htm", + "title": "GLÄTTEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GLÄTTEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um Leerzeichen aus Text zu entfernen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GLÄTTEN ist: GLÄTTEN(Text) Text ist der Text aus dem Sie Leerzeichen entfernen möchten. Anwenden der Funktion GLÄTTEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GLÄTTEN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/trimmean.htm", + "title": "GESTUTZTMITTEL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Mittelwert einer Datengruppe zurück, ohne die Randwerte zu berücksichtigen. GESTUTZTMITTEL berechnet den Mittelwert einer Teilmenge der Datenpunkte, die darauf basiert, dass entsprechend des jeweils angegebenen Prozentsatzes die kleinsten und größten Werte der ursprünglichen Datenpunkte ausgeschlossen werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL ist: GESTUTZTMITTEL(Matrix;Prozent) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist eine Matrix oder Gruppe von Werten, die ohne ihre Ausreißer gemittelt wird. Prozent ist der Prozentsatz der Datenpunkte, die nicht in die Bewertung eingehen sollen. Ein nummerischer Wert, der größer gleich 0 ist und kleiner als 1. Die Anzahl der ausgeschlossenen Datenpunkte wird auf das nächste Vielfache von 2 abgerundet. Beispiel: Matrix umfasst 30 Datenpunkte und Prozent ist 0,1, dann ist 10 Prozent von 30 Punkten 3 (auszuschließende Punkte). Dieser Wert wird auf 2 abgerundet, so dass von jedem Ende des Datensatzes 1 Punkt abgeschnitten wird: Den kleinsten und den größten Wert der Datenmenge. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GESTUTZTMITTEL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/true.htm", + "title": "WAHR-Funktion", + "body": "Die WAHR-Funktion ist eine der logischen Funktionen. Die Funktion gibt den Wahrheitswert WAHR zurück und die Syntax der Funktion enthält keine Argumente. Formelsyntax der Funktion WAHR: WAHR() WAHR-Funktion anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie die auf die Funktion WAHR. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/trunc.htm", + "title": "KÜRZEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KÜRZEN gehört zur Gruppe der mathematischen und trigonometrischen Funktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die auf die angegebene Stellenzahl abgeschnitten (gekürzt) wird. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KÜRZEN ist: KÜRZEN(Zahl;[Anzahl_Stellen]) Dabei gilt: x ist die Zahl, deren Stellen Sie abschneiden möchten. Anzahl_Stellen ist eine Zahl, die angibt, wie viele Nachkommastellen erhalten bleiben sollen. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wenn das Argument nicht angegeben wird, nimmt die Funktion den Standardwert 0 an. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion KÜRZEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KÜRZEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ttest.htm", + "title": "TTEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TTEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Teststatistik eines Student'schen t-Tests zurück. Mithilfe von TTEST können Sie testen, ob zwei Stichproben aus zwei Grundgesamtheiten mit demselben Mittelwert stammen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TTEST ist: TTEST(Matrix1;Matrix2;Seiten;Typ) Dabei gilt: Matrix1 ist der erste Datensatz. Matrix2 ist der zweite Datensatz. Seiten bestimmt die Anzahl der Endflächen. Ist Seiten 1, verwendet die Funktion die einseitige Verteilung. Ist Seiten 2, verwendet die Funktion die zweiseitige Verteilung. Typ ist ein nummerischer Wert, der den Typ des durchzuführenden t-Tests bestimmt. Die folgenden Parameter stehen zur Auswahl: Typ Ausgeführter t-Test 1 Gepaart 2 Zwei Stichproben, gleiche Varianz (homoskedastisch) 3 Zwei Stichproben, ungleiche Varianz (heteroskedastisch) Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion TTEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TTEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/type.htm", + "title": "TYP-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion TYP gehört zur Gruppe der Informationsfunktionen. Sie gibt eine Zahl zurück, die den Datentyp eines Werts angibt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion TYP ist: TYP(Wert) Wert gibt den Wert wieder der geprüft werden soll. Sie können den zu überprüfenden Bereich manuell eingeben oder mit der Maus auswählen. Mögliche Werte und das von TYP zurückgegebene Ergebnis: Wert Von TYP zurückgegebenes Ergebnis Zahl 1 Text 2 Wahrheitswert 4 Fehlerwert 16 Matrix 64 Anwendung der Funktion TYP: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Informationsfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion TYP. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/unichar.htm", + "title": "UNIZEICHEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNIZEICHEN gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt das Unicode-Zeichen zurück, das durch den angegebenen Zahlenwert bezeichnet wird Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNIZEICHEN ist: UNIZEICHEN(Zahl) Zahl ist die Unicode-Zahl, die ein Zeichen darstellt. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNIZEICHEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNIZEICHEN. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/unicode.htm", + "title": "UNICODE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion UNICODE gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie gibt die Zahl (Codepoint) zurück, die dem ersten Zeichen des Texts entspricht. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion UNICODE ist: UNICODE(Text) Dabei ist Text das Zeichen, dessen Unicode-Wert Sie bestimmen möchten. Der nummerische Wert wird manuell eingegeben oder ist in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion UNICODE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion UNICODE. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/upper.htm", + "title": "GROSS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GROSS gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Mit dieser Funktion lässt sich der Text in einer ausgewählten Zelle in Großbuchstaben umwandeln. Die Syntax der Funktion GROSS ist: GROSS(Text) Dabei ist Text der Text auf den Sie verweisen, der in Großbuchstaben umgewandelt werden soll. Die Funktion GROSS anwenden: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie in einer gewählten Zelle mit der rechten Maustaste und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GROSS. Geben Sie das gewünschte Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/value.htm", + "title": "WERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WERT gehört zur Gruppe der Text- und Datenfunktionen. Sie wandelt einen für eine Zahl stehenden Text in eine Zahl um. Handelt es sich bei dem zu konvertierenden Text nicht um eine Zahl, gibt die Funktion den Fehlerwert #WERT! zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WERT ist: WERT(Text) Text gibt den Text bzw. einen entsprechenden Zellbezug an, der in eine Zahl umgewandelt werden soll. Anwendung der Funktion WERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Text und Daten aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion Wert. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/var-p.htm", + "title": "VAR.P-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VAR.P gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie berechnet die Varianz auf der Grundlage der gesamten Population (logische Werte und Text werden ignoriert). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VAR.P ist: VAR.P(Zahl1;[Zahl2],...) Zahl1/2/... kann bis zu 254 Zahlenwerte umfassen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion VAR.P: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VAR.P. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/var-s.htm", + "title": "VAR.S-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VAR.S gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz ausgehend von einer Stichprobe (logische Werte und Text werden in der Stichprobe ignoriert). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VAR.S ist: VAR.S(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1/2/... kann bis zu 254 Zahlenwerte umfassen, die manuell eingegeben werden oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen sind, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion VAR.S: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VAR.S. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/var.htm", + "title": "VARIANZ-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VARIANZ gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz auf der Basis einer Stichprobe. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZ ist: VARIANZ(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1/2/... ist die Liste der numerischen Argumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen. Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZ: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZ. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/vara.htm", + "title": "VARIANZA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VARIANZA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie schätzt die Varianz auf der Grundlage einer Stichprobe. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZA ist: VARIANZA(Wert1;[Wert2];...) Zahl1/2/... sind die Wertargumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen. Hinweis: Text und FALSCH-Werte werden als 0 berücksichtigt. WAHR-Werte werden als 1 berücksichtigt. Leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/varp.htm", + "title": "VARIANZEN-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VARIANZEN gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebenen Werten zu analysieren und die Varianz einer gesamten Population zu berechnen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZEN ist: VARIANZEN(Zahl1;[Zahl2];...) Zahl1/2/... ist die Liste der numerischen Argumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen. Hinweis: Leere Zellen, Wahrheitswerte, Texte oder Fehlerwerte in Zellenbezügen oder Matrizen werden ignoriert. Wahrheitswerte und Zahlen in Textform, die Sie direkt in die Liste der Argumente eingeben, werden berücksichtigt. Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZEN: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZEN. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/varpa.htm", + "title": "VARIANZENA-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VARIANZENA gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um die angegebenen Werten zu analysieren und die Varianz einer gesamten Population zurückzugeben. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VARIANZENA ist: VARIANZENA(Wert1;[Wert2];...) Zahl1/2/... sind die Wertargumente, die einer Stichprobe einer Grundgesamtheit entsprechen. Hinweis: Text und FALSCH-Werte werden als 0 berücksichtigt. WAHR-Werte werden als 1 berücksichtigt. Leere Zellen werden ignoriert. Anwendung der Funktion VARIANZENA: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VARIANZENA. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/vdb.htm", + "title": "VDB-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion VDB gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die degressive Abschreibung eines Wirtschaftsguts für eine bestimmte Periode oder Teilperiode zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion VDB ist: VDB(Ansch_Wert;Restwert;Nutzungsdauer;Anfang;Ende;[Faktor];[Nicht_wechseln]) Dabei gilt: Ansch_Wert sind die Anschaffungskosten des Anlageguts. Restwert ist der Restwert, den das Anlagegut am Ende der Nutzungsdauer hat. Nutzungsdauer ist die Anzahl der Perioden, über die das Wirtschaftsgut abgeschrieben wird. Anfang ist der Anfangszeitraum, für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer. Ende ist der Endzeitraum, für den Sie die Abschreibung berechnen möchten. Der Wert muss in derselben Zeiteinheit vorliegen wie Nutzungsdauer. Faktor ist die Rate, um die der Restbuchwert abnimmt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Fehlt das Argument Faktor, nimmt die Funktion den Faktor 2 an. Nicht_wechseln ist ein optionales Argument, mit dem angegeben wird, ob zur linearen Abschreibung gewechselt werden soll, wenn der dabei berechnete Abschreibungsbetrag größer ist als der bei der geometrischen Abschreibung. Ist Nicht_wechseln mit FALSCH belegt oder nicht angegeben, verwendet die Funktion das Verfahren der linearen Abschreibung, wenn der dabei berechnete Abschreibungsbetrag größer ist als der bei der geometrischen Abschreibung. Ist Nicht_wechseln mit WAHR belegt verwendet die Funktion das verfahren der geometrischen Abschreibung. Hinweis: Alle Argumente müssen positive Zahlen sein. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion VDB. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion VDB. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/vlookup.htm", + "title": "SVERWEIS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion SVERWEIS gehört zur Gruppe der Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen. Sie führt eine vertikale Suche nach einem Wert in der linken Spalte einer Tabelle oder eines Arrays aus, und gibt den Wert in derselben Zeile basierend auf einer angegebenen Spaltenindexnummer zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion SVERWEIS ist: SVERWEIS(Suchkriterium;Suchbereich;SpaltenIndex;Übereinstimmung) Dabei gilt: Suchkriterium ist der Wert nach dem gesucht wird. Suchbereich sind zwei oder mehr Spalten die in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind. SpaltenIndex ist eine Spaltennummer im Suchbereich, ein numerischer Wert der größer oder gleich 1 ist, aber kleiner als die Gesamtanzahl der Spalten im Suchbereich. Übereinstimmung ist die Angabe der Wahrheitswerte WAHR oder FALSCH. Dieses Argument ist optional. Geben Sie FALSCH an, um eine genaue Übereinstimmung des Rückgabewerts zu finden. Geben Sie WAHR ein oder lassen Sie dieses Argument aus, um eine ungefähre Übereinstimmung zu finden; in diesem Fall wählt die Funktion den nächstgrößeren Wert als Suchkriterium aus, wenn kein Wert vorhanden ist, der genau dem Suchkriterium entspricht.Hinweis: Ist für Übereinstimmung FALSCH festgelegt, aber es wird keine exakte Übereinstimmung gefunden wird, gibt die Funktion den Fehler #NV zurück. Anwendung der Funktion SVERWEIS: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion SVERWEIS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/weekday.htm", + "title": "WOCHENTAG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WOCHENTAG gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wird verwendet, um zu bestimmen, an welchem Wochentag das angegebene Datum liegt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WOCHENTAG ist: WOCHENTAG(Zahl;[Typ]) Dabei gilt: Zahl ist eine fortlaufende Zahl, die den Tag des gesuchten Datums darstellt. Datumsangaben sollten mithilfe der Funktion DATUM oder als Ergebnisse anderer Formeln oder Funktionen eingegeben werden. Typ ist eine Zahl, mit der der Typ des Rückgabewerts bestimmt wird. Mögliche Basiswerte: Zahlenwert Erklärung 1 oder nicht angegeben Gibt eine Zahl von Zahl 1 (Sonntag) bis 7 (Samstag) wieder 2 Gibt eine Zahl von Zahl 1 (Montag) bis 7 (Sonntag) wieder 3 Gibt eine Zahl von Zahl 0 (Montag) bis 6 (Sonntag) wieder Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WOCHENTAG: Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/weeknum.htm", + "title": "KALENDERWOCHE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion KALENDERWOCHE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl in eine Zahl um, die angibt, in welche Woche eines Jahres das angegebene Datum fällt Die Formelsyntax der Funktion KALENDERWOCHE ist: KALENDERWOCHE(Fortlaufende_Zahl;[Zahl_Typ]) Dabei gilt: Fortlaufende_Zahl ist das Datum innerhalb der Woche. Das Argument sollte mithilfe der Funktion DATUM oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben werden. Zahl_Typ ist eine Zahl, die verwendet wird, um den Typ des Werts zu bestimmen, der zurückgegeben werden soll. Mögliche Zahl_Typen: Zahlenwert Wochenanfang 1 oder nicht angegeben Sonntag (von Sonntag bis Samstag) 2 Montag (von Montag bis Sonntag) Anwendung der Funktion KALENDERWOCHE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion KALENDERWOCHE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/weibull-dist.htm", + "title": "WEIBULL.VERT-FUNKTION", + "body": "Die Funktion WEIBULL.VERT gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WEIBULL.VERT ist: WEIBULL.VERT(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein Zahlenwert der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WEIBULL.VERT: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WEIBULL.VERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/weibull.htm", + "title": "WEIBULL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion WEIBULL gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Wahrscheinlichkeiten einer weibullverteilten Zufallsvariablen zurück. Diese Verteilung können Sie bei Zuverlässigkeitsanalysen verwenden, also beispielsweise dazu, die mittlere Lebensdauer eines Gerätes zu berechnen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion WEIBULL ist: WEIBULL(x;Alpha;Beta;Kumuliert) Dabei gilt: x ist der Wert, für den die Funktion ausgewertet werden soll, ein Zahlenwert der größer oder gleich 0 ist. Alpha ist der erste Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Beta ist der zweite Parameter der Verteilung, ein nummerischer Wert, der größer ist als 0. Kumuliert ist der Wahrheitswert (WAHR oder FALSCH), der den Typ der Funktion bestimmt Ist Kumuliert mit WAHR belegt, gibt die Funktion die Verteilungsfunktion zurück. Ist Kumuliert mit FALSCH belegt, gibt die Funktion den Wert der Dichtefunktion zurück. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion WEIBULL. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion WEIBULL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/workday-intl.htm", + "title": "ARBEITSTAG.INTL Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie gibt die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums zurück, das vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen liegt. Dabei werden Parameter verwendet, um anzugeben, welche und wie viele Tage auf Wochenenden fallen. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL ist: ARBEITSTAG.INTL(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Wochenende];[Freie_Tage]) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Tage ist die Anzahl der Arbeitstage vor oder nach dem Ausgangsdatum. Ein negativer Wert für Tage bedeutet ein vergangenes Datum das vor dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum liegt. Ein positiver Wert für Tage bedeutet ein zukünftiges Datum das nach dem angegebenen Ausgangsdatum kommt. Wochenende ist ein optionales Argument, eine Wochenendnummer oder eine Zeichenfolge, die als Wochenenden zu betrachten sind. Mit Wochenendnummernwerten werden die folgenden Wochenendtage angegeben: Wochenendnummer Wochenendtage 1 oder nicht angegeben Samstag, Sonntag 2 Sonntag, Montag 3 Montag, Dienstag 4 Dienstag, Mittwoch 5 Mittwoch, Donnerstag 6 Donnerstag, Freitag 7 Freitag, Samstag 11 Nur Sonntag 12 Nur Montag 13 Nur Dienstag 14 Nur Mittwoch 15 Nur Donnerstag 16 Nur Freitag 17 Nur Samstag Wochenendzeichenfolgenwerte setzen sich immer aus 7 (sieben) Zeichen zusammen. Jedes Zeichen in der Zeichenfolge stellt einen Wochentag dar, beginnend mit Montag. 0 steht für einen Arbeitstag und 1 steht für einen arbeitsfreien Tag. 0000011 ergibt z. B. ein Wochenende (Samstag und Sonntag). Die Zeichenfolge "1111111" ist ungültig. Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Gruppe von Datumsangaben die zusätzlich zu Wochenende aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben. Anwendung der Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARBEITSTAG.INTL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/workday.htm", + "title": "ARBEITSTAG-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion ARBEITSTAG gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie die fortlaufende Zahl des Datums vor oder nach einer bestimmten Anzahl von Arbeitstagen zurück. Nicht zu den Arbeitstagen gezählt werden Wochenenden sowie die Tage, die als Ferientage oder Feiertage (Freie_Tage) angegeben werden. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion ARBEITSTAG ist: ARBEITSTAG(Ausgangsdatum;Tage;[Freie_Tage]) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist das erste Datum des Zeitraums, der mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Tage ist die Anzahl der nicht auf ein Wochenende oder auf einen Feiertag fallenden Tage vor oder nach dem . Ein negativer Wert für Tage bedeutet ein vergangenes Datum das vor dem angegebenen liegt. Ein positiver Wert für Tage bedeutet ein zukünftiges Datum das nach dem angegebenen kommt. Freie_Tage ist eine optionale Liste einer oder mehrerer Datumsangaben, die alle Arten von arbeitsfreien Tagen repräsentieren kann, die aus dem Arbeitskalender ausgeschlossen werden sollen. Sie können dieses Argument mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingeben oder einen Zellbereich mit Daten angeben. Anwendung der Funktion ARBEITSTAG: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion ARBEITSTAG. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/xirr.htm", + "title": "XINTZINSFUSS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion XINTZINSFUSS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den internen Zinsfuß einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS ist: XINTZINSFUSS(Werte; Zeitpkte;[Schätzwert]) Dabei gilt: Werte ist eine Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen, die sich auf die Zeitpunkte des Zahlungsplans beziehen. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein. Zeitpkte sind die Zeitpunkte im Zahlungsplan der nicht periodisch anfallenden Zahlungen. Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Schätzwert ist eine Zahl, von der Sie annehmen, dass sie dem Ergebnis der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS nahe kommt. Dieses Argument ist optional. Wird es ausgelassen, geht die Funktion vom Schätzwert 10 aus. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion XINTZINSFUSS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion XINTZINSFUSS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/xnpv.htm", + "title": "XKAPITALWERT-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion XKAPITALWERT gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den Nettobarwert (Kapitalwert) einer Reihe nicht periodisch anfallender Zahlungen zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion XKAPITALWERT ist: XKAPITALWERT(Zins;Werte;Zeitpkte) Dabei gilt: Zins ist der Kalkulationszinsfuß, der für die Zahlungen zu berücksichtigen ist. Werte ist eine Matrix (ein Array), die (das) die Beträge für Einkommen (positive Werte) oder Zahlungen (negative Werte) enthält. Mindestens einer der Werte muss negativ und mindestens einer muss positiv sein. Zeitpkte sind die Zeitpunkte im Zahlungsplan der nicht periodisch anfallenden Zahlungen. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion XKAPITALWERT. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion XKAPITALWERT. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/xor.htm", + "title": "XODER-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion XODER gehört zur Gruppe der logischen Funktionen. Sie gibt ein logisches "Ausschließliches Oder" aller Argumente zurück. Wenn die Anzahl von Eingaben mit dem Ergebnis WAHR ungerade ist, gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück und wenn die Anzahl von Eingaben mit dem Ergebnis WAHR gerade ist, gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion XODER ist: XODER(Wahrheitswert1;[Wahrheitswert2];...) Wahrheitswert1; Wahrheitswert2;... ist ein Wert ist, der manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion XODER. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Logisch aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion XODER. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas.Hinweis: Sie können bis zu 265 logischen Werten eingeben. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt. Beispiel: Es gibt 2 Argumente: Wahrheitswert1 = 1>0, Wahrheitswert2 = 2>0. Die Anzahl der Eingaben mit dem Wert WAHR ist gerade, also gibt die Funktion FALSCH zurück. Es gibt 2 Argumente: Wahrheitswert2 = 1>0, Wahrheitswert2 = 2>0. Die Anzahl der Eingaben mit dem Wert WAHR ist ungerade, also gibt die Funktion WAHR zurück." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/year.htm", + "title": "JAHR-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion JAHR gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt eine fortlaufende Zahl mit einem Wert von 1900 bis 9999 in eine Jahreszahl um (MM/TT/JJJJ). Die Formelsyntax der Funktion JAHR ist: JAHR(Zahl) Dabei ist Zahl das Datum des Jahres, wobei der Wert manuell eingegeben wird oder in die Zelle eingeschlossen ist, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwenden der Funktion JAHR: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken sie auf die Funktion JAHR. Geben Sie das erforderliche Argument ein. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/yearfrac.htm", + "title": "BRTEILJAHRE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion BRTEILJAHRE gehört zur Gruppe der Daten- und Zeitfunktionen. Sie wandelt die Anzahl der ganzen Tage zwischen Ausgangsdatum und Enddatum in Bruchteile von Jahren um. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion BRTEILJAHRE ist: BRTEILJAHRE(Ausgangsdatum;Enddatum;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Ausgangsdatum ist eine Zahl, die das erste Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Enddatum ist eine Zahl, die das letzte Datum des Zeitraums darstellt, das mit der Funktion Datum oder einer anderen Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktion eingegeben wurde. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: wenn das Startdatum, das Enddatum oder die Basis ein Dezimalwert ist, ignoriert die Funktion die Zahlen rechts vom Dezimalpunkt. Anwendung der Funktion BRTEILJAHRE: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Funktionsgruppe Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion BRTEILJAHRE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/yield.htm", + "title": "RENDITE-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RENDITE gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das periodisch Zinsen auszahlt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RENDITE ist: RENDITE(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Satz;Kurs;Rückzahlung;Häufigkeit;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung Der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Satz ist der jährliche Nominalzins (Kuponzinssatz) des Wertpapiers. ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Rückzahlung ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Häufigkeit ist die Anzahl der Zinszahlungen pro Jahr. Die möglichen Werte sind: 1 für jährliche Zahlungen; 2 für halbjährliche Zahlungen; 4 für vierteljährliche Zahlungen. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion RENDITE. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RENDITE. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/yielddisc.htm", + "title": "RENDITEDIS-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RENDITEDIS gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Rendite eines unverzinslichen Wertpapiers zurück Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RENDITEDIS ist: RENDITEDIS(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Kurs;Rückzahlung;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. ist der Rückzahlungswert des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion RENDITEDIS. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RENDITEDIS. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/yieldmat.htm", + "title": "RENDITEFÄLL-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion RENDITEFÄLL gehört zur Gruppe der Finanzmathematischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die jährliche Rendite eines Wertpapiers zurück, das Zinsen am Fälligkeitsdatum auszahlt. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion RENDITEFÄLL ist: RENDITEFÄLL(Abrechnung;Fälligkeit;Emission;Zins;Kurs;[Basis]) Dabei gilt: Abrechnung ist der Abrechnungstermin des Wertpapierkaufs. Fälligkeit ist der Fälligkeitstermin des Wertpapiers. Emission ist das Datum der Wertpapieremission. ist der Zinssatz des Wertpapiers am Emissionsdatum. Kurs ist der Kurs des Wertpapiers pro 100 € Nennwert. Basis ist die zu verwendende Jahresbasis. Ein nummerischer Wert, größer oder gleich 0 und kleiner oder gleich 4. Dieses Argument ist optional. Mögliche Basiswerte: Basis Datumssystem 0 US (NASD) 30/360 1 Tatsächlich/tatsächlich 2 Tatsächlich/360 3 Tatsächlich/365 4 Europäisch 30/360 Hinweis: Daten müssen mit der Funktion DATUM eingegeben werden. Die nummerischen Werte werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion RENDITEFÄLL: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Finanzmathematische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion RENDITEFÄLL. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/z-test.htm", + "title": "G.TEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion G.TEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt die einseitige Prüfstatistik für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, x, gibt G.TEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion G.TEST: G.TEST(Matrix;x;[Sigma]) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist die Matrix (Array) oder der Datenbereich, gegen die/den Sie x testen möchten. x ist der zu testende Wert. Sigma ist die bekannte Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, wird die Beispielstandardabweichung verwendet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion G.TEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion G.TEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "Functions/ztest.htm", + "title": "GTEST-Funktion", + "body": "Die Funktion GTEST gehört zur Gruppe der statistischen Funktionen. Sie gibt den einseitigen Wahrscheinlichkeitswert für einen Gaußtest (Normalverteilung) zurück. Für einen Erwartungswert einer Zufallsvariablen, µ0, gibt GTEST die Wahrscheinlichkeit zurück, mit der der Stichprobenmittelwert größer als der Durchschnitt der für diesen Datensatz (Array) durchgeführten Beobachtungen ist - also dem beobachteten Stichprobenmittel. Die Formelsyntax der Funktion GTEST ist: GTEST(Matrix;x;[Sigma]) Dabei gilt: Matrix ist die Matrix (Array) oder der Datenbereich, gegen die/den Sie x testen möchten. x ist der zu testende Wert. Sigma ist die bekannte Standardabweichung der Grundgesamtheit. Dieses Argument ist optional. Liegt keine Angabe vor, wird die Beispielstandardabweichung verwendet. Die Argumente werden manuell eingegeben oder sind in die Zelle eingeschlossen, auf die Sie Bezug nehmen. Anwendung der Funktion GTEST: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Zelle für die Ergebnisanzeige aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Kontextenü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Statistische Funktionen aus der Liste aus. Klicken Sie auf die Funktion GTEST. Geben Sie die erforderlichen Argumente ein und trennen Sie diese durch Kommas oder wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Das Ergebnis wird in der gewählten Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/About.htm", + "title": "Über den Kalkulationstabelleneditor", + "body": "Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ist eine Online-Anwendung , mit der Sie Ihre Kalkulationstabellen direkt in Ihrem Browser betrachten und bearbeiten können. Mit dem Tabellenkalkulationseditor können Sie Editiervorgänge durchführen, wie bei einem beliebigen Desktopeditor, editierte Tabellenkalkulationen unter Beibehaltung aller Formatierungsdetails drucken oder sie auf der Festplatte Ihres Rechners als PDF-, TXT-, DOCX-, DOC-, ODT-, RTF-, HTML- oder EPUB-Dateien speichern. Wenn Sie mehr über die aktuelle Softwareversion und den Lizenzgeber erfahren möchten, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/AdvancedSettings.htm", + "title": "Erweiterte Einstellungen des Kalkulationstabelleneditors", + "body": "Über die Funktion erweiterten Einstellungen können Sie die Grundeinstellungen im Kalkulationstabelleneditor ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen.... Sie können auch das Symbol in der rechten oberen Ecke der Registerkarte Start anklicken. Die erweiterten Einstellungen sind: Kommentaranzeige - zum Ein-/Ausschalten der Option Live-Kommentar: Anzeige von Kommentaren aktivieren - wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die kommentierten Zellen nur hervorgehoben, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Kommentare in der linken Seitenleiste klicken. Anzeige der aufgelösten Kommentare aktivieren - wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren, werden die aufgelösten Kommentare im Tabellenblatt verborgen. Sie können diese Kommentare nur ansehen, wenn Sie in der linken Seitenleiste auf das Symbol Kommentare klicken. AutoSave - automatisches Speichern von Änderungen während der Bearbeitung ein-/ausschalten. Co-Bearbeitung - Anzeige der während der Co-Bearbeitung vorgenommenen Änderungen: Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Benutzer, die das Dokuments gemeinsam bearbeiten, sehen die Änderungen in Echtzeit, sobald sie von anderen Benutzern vorgenommen wurden. Wenn Sie die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern nicht einsehen möchten (um Störungen zu vermeiden oder aus einem anderen Grund), wählen Sie den Modus Strikt und alle Änderungen werden erst angezeigt, nachdem Sie auf das Symbol Speichern geklickt haben, dass Sie darüber informiert, dass Änderungen von anderen Benutzern vorliegen. Standard-Zoomwert - Einrichten des Standard-Zoomwerts aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen von 50 % bis 200 %. Hinting - Auswahl der Schriftartdarstellung im Tabelleneditor: Wählen Sie Wie Windows, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten unter Windows gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. mit Windows-artigen Hints. Wählen Sie Wie OS X, wenn Ihnen die Art gefällt, wie die Schriftarten auf einem Mac gewöhnlich angezeigt werden, d.h. ohne Hints. Wählen Sie Eingebettet, wenn Sie möchten, dass Ihr Text mit den Hints angezeigt wird, die in Schriftartdateien eingebettet sind. Maßeinheiten - geben Sie an, welche Einheiten verwendet werden, um Elemente wie Breite, Höhe, Abstand, Ränder usw. anzugeben. Sie können die Optionen Zentimeter, Punkt oder Zoll wählen. Formelsprache - Sprache für die Anzeige und Eingabe von Formelnamen festlegen. Regionale Einstellungen - Standardanzeigeformat für Währung und Datum und Uhrzeit auswählen. Um die vorgenommenen Änderungen zu speichern, klicken Sie auf Übernehmen." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/CollaborativeEditing.htm", + "title": "Gemeinsame Bearbeitung von Kalkulationstabellen", + "body": "Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor haben Sie die Möglichkeit, gemeinsam mit anderen Nutzern an einer Tabelle zu arbeiten. Diese Funktion umfasst: Gleichzeitiger Zugriff von mehreren Benutzern auf eine Tabelle. Visuelle Markierung von Zellen, die aktuell von anderen Benutzern bearbeitet werden. Synchronisierung von Änderungen mit einem Klick. Chat zum Austauschen von Ideen zu bestimmten Abschnitten im Tabellenblatt. Kommentare mit der Beschreibung von Aufgaben oder Problemen, die Folgehandlungen erforderlich machen. Co-Bearbeitung Im Kalkulationstabelleneditor stehen die folgenden Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung zur Verfügung. Standardmäßig ist der Schnellmodus aktiviert. Die Änderungen von anderen Benutzern werden in Echtzeit angezeigt. Im Modus Strikt werden die Änderungen von anderen Nutzern verborgen, bis Sie auf das Symbol Speichern klicken, um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern und die Änderungen von anderen anzunehmen. Der Modus kann unter Erweiterte Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Sie können den gewünschten Modus auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Co-Bearbeitung. Wenn eine Tabelle im Modus Strikt von mehreren Benutzern gleichzeitig bearbeitet wird, werden die bearbeiteten Zellen sowie das jeweilige Blattregister mit gestrichelten Linien in verschiedenen Farben markiert. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über eine der bearbeiteten Zellen bewegen, wird der Name des Benutzers angezeigt, der diese Zelle aktuell bearbeitet. Im Schnellmodus werden die Aktionen und die Namen der Co-Editoren angezeigt, sobald sie eine Textstelle bearbeitet haben. Die Anzahl der Benutzer, die in der aktuellen Tabelle arbeiten, wird in der linken unteren Ecke auf der Statusleiste angegeben - . Wenn Sie sehen möchten wer die Datei aktuell bearbeitet, können Sie auf dieses Symbol klicken oder den Bereich Chat öffnen, der eine vollständige Liste aller Benutzer enthält. Wenn niemand die Datei anzeigt oder bearbeitet, sieht das Symbol in der Kopfzeile des Editors folgendermaßen aus: - über dieses Symbol können Sie die Benutzer verwalten, die direkt aus der Tabelle auf die Datei zugreifen können; neue Benutzer einladen und ihnen die Berechtigung zum Bearbeiten, Lesen oder Überprüfen erteilen oder Benutzern Zugriffsrechte für die Datei verweigern. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol , um den Zugriff auf die Datei zu verwalten. Sie können die Datei auch verwalten, wenn andere Benutzer aktuell mit der Bearbeitung oder Anzeige der Tabelle beschäftigt sind. Sie können die Zugriffsrechte auch in der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit in der oberen Symbolleiste festlegen, klicken Sie dazu einfach auf das Symbol Teilen. Sobald einer der Benutzer Änderungen durch Klicken auf das Symbol speichert, sehen die anderen Benutzer in der oberen linken Ecke eine Notiz über vorliegende Aktualisierungen. Um Ihre eigenen Änderungen zu speichern, so dass diese auch von den anderen Benutzern eingesehen werden können und um die Aktualisierungen Ihrer Co-Editoren einzusehen, klicken die Aktualisierungen zu erhalten, klicken Sie in der oberen linken Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf . Chat Mit diesem Tool können Sie die Co-Bearbeitung spontan bei Bedarf koordinieren, beispielsweise um mit Ihren Mitarbeitern zu vereinbaren, wer was macht, welchen Teil der Tabelle Sie aktuell bearbeiten usw. Die Chat-Nachrichten werden nur während einer aktiven Sitzung gespeichert. Um den Inhalt der Tabelle zu besprechen, ist es besser die Kommentarfunktion zu verwenden, da Kommentare bis zum Löschen gespeichert werden. Chat nutzen und Nachrichten für andere Benutzer erstellen: Klicken Sie im linken Seitenbereich auf das Symbol oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Chat. Geben Sie Ihren Text ins entsprechende Feld unten ein. klicken Sie auf Senden. Alle Nachrichten, die von Benutzern hinterlassen wurden, werden links in der Leiste angezeigt. Liegen ungelesene neue Nachrichten vor, sieht das Chat-Symbol wie folgt aus - . Um die Leiste mit den Chat-Nachrichten zu schließen, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Kommentare Einen Kommentar hinterlassen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, die Ihrer Meinung nach einen Fehler oder ein Problem enthält. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in die Registerkarte Einfügen oder Zusammenarbeit und klicken Sie auf Kommentare, oder nutzen Sie das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste, um das Kommentarfeld zu öffnen, klicken Sie anschließend auf Kommentar hinzufügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Kommentar hinzufügen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Geben Sie den gewünschten Text ein. Klicken Sie auf Kommentar hinzufügen/Hinzufügen. Der Kommentar wird im linken Seitenbereich angezeigt. In der oberen rechten Ecke der kommentierten Ecke wird ein orangefarbenes Dreieck angezeigt. Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Live-Kommentare einblenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Zellen nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Zur Anzeige des Kommentars, klicken Sie einfach in die jeweilige Zelle. Alle Nutzer können nun auf hinzugefügten Kommentar antworten, Fragen stellen oder über die durchgeführten Aktionen berichten. Klicken Sie dazu einfach in das Feld Antworten, direkt unter dem Kommentar. Hinzugefügte Kommentare verwalten: bearbeiten - klicken Sie dazu auf löschen - klicken Sie dazu auf die Diskussion schließen - klicken Sie dazu auf , wenn die im Kommentar angegebene Aufgabe oder das Problem gelöst wurde. Danach erhält die Diskussion, die Sie mit Ihrem Kommentar geöffnet haben, den Status aufgelöst. Um die Diskussion wieder zu öffnen, klicken Sie auf . Wenn Sie diese Funktion deaktivieren möchten, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Datei, wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Einstellungen... und deaktivieren Sie das Kästchen Gelöste Kommentare einblenden, klicken Sie anschließend auf Anwenden. In diesem Fall werden die kommentierten Abschnitte nur markiert, wenn Sie auf klicken. Wenn Sie im Modus Strikt arbeiten, werden neue Kommentare, die von den anderen Benutzern hinzugefügt wurden, erst eingeblendet, wenn Sie in der linken oberen Ecke der oberen Symbolleiste auf geklickt haben. Um die Leiste mit den Kommentaren zu schließen, klicken Sie in der linken Seitenleiste erneut auf ." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/KeyboardShortcuts.htm", + "title": "Tastenkombinationen", + "body": "Kalkulationstabelle bearbeiten Dateimenü öffnen ALT+F Über das Dateimenü können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle speichern, drucken, herunterladen, Informationen einsehen, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen, auf die Hilfefunktion zugreifen oder die erweiterten Einstellungen öffnen. Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnen STRG+F Im Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen können Sie nach einer Zelle mit den gewünschten Zeichen suchen. Dialogbox „Suchen und Ersetzen“, Funktion Ersetzen. STRG+H Öffnen Sie das Fenster Suchen und Ersetzen, um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse der gefundenen Zeichen zu ersetzen. Kommentarleiste öffnen STRG+UMSCHALT+H Über die Kommentarleiste können Sie Kommentare hinzufügen oder auf bestehende Kommentare antworten. Kommentarfeld öffnen ALT+H Ein Textfeld zum Eingeben eines Kommentars öffnen. Chatleiste öffnen ALT+Q Chatleiste öffnen, um eine Nachricht zu senden. Tabelle speichern STRG+S Alle Änderungen in der aktuell mit dem Tabelleneditor bearbeiteten Tabelle werden gespeichert. Tabelle drucken STRG+P Tabelle mit einem verfügbaren Drucker ausdrucken oder speichern als Datei. Herunterladen als... STRG+UMSCHALT+S Über das Menü Herunterladen als können Sie die aktuelle Tabelle in einem der unterstützten Dateiformate auf der Festplatte speichern: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSV Vollbild F11 Der Tabelleneditor wird an Ihren Bildschirm angepasst und im Vollbildmodus ausgeführt. Hilfemenü F1 Das Hilfemenü wird geöffnet. Navigation Zum Anfang einer Zeile springen POS1 Markiert die A-Spalte der aktuellen Zeile. Zum Anfang der Tabelle springen STRG+POS1 Markiert die A1-Zelle. Zum Ende der Zeile springen Ende oder STRG+Rechts Markiert die letzte Zelle der aktuellen Zeile. Zum Ende der Tabelle wechseln STRG+ENDE Markiert die Zelle am unteren rechten Ende der Tabelle. Befindet sich der Cursor in einer Formel wird der Cursor am Ende des Texts positioniert. Zum vorherigen Blatt übergehen ALT+BILD oben Zum vorherigen Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen. Zum nächsten Blatt übergehen ALT+BILD unten Zum nächsten Blatt in der Tabelle übergehen. Eine Reihe nach oben Pfeil nach oben Markiert die Zelle über der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte. Eine Reihe nach unten Pfeil nach unten Markiert die Zelle unter der aktuellen Zelle in derselben Spalte. Eine Spalte nach links Pfeil nach links oder Tab Markiert die vorherige Zelle der aktuellen Reihe. Eine Spalte nach rechts Pfeil nach rechts oder Tab+Umschalt Markiert die nächste Zelle der aktuellen Reihe. Datenauswahl Alles auswählen Strg+A oder Strg+Umschalt+Leertaste Das ganze Blatt wird ausgewählt. Spalte wählen STRG+LEERTASTE Eine ganze Spalte im Arbeitsblatt auswählen. Zeile wählen Umschalt+Leertaste Eine ganze Reihe im Arbeitsblatt auswählen. Fragment wählen UMSCHALT+Pfeil Zelle für Zelle auswählen. Ab Cursorposition zum Anfang der Zeile wählen UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Anfang der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Ab Cursorposition zum Ende der Zeile UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Abschnitt von der aktuellen Cursorposition bis zum Ende der aktuellen Zeile auswählen. Auswahl zum Anfang des Arbeitsblatts erweitern STRG+UMSCHALT+POS1 Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zum Anfang des Blatts auswählen. Auswahl bis auf die letzte aktive Zelle erweitern STRG+UMSCHALT+ENDE Einen Abschnitt von der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle bis zur letzen aktiven Zelle auswählen. Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen Rückgängig machen STRG+Z Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird rückgängig gemacht. Wiederholen STRG+Y Die zuletzt durchgeführte Aktion wird wiederholt. Ausschneiden, Kopieren, Einfügen Ausschneiden STRG+X, UMSCHALT+ENTF Das gewählte Objekt wird ausgeschnitten und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Kopieren STRG+C, STRG+EINFG Die gewählten Daten werden kopiert und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners abgelegt. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in dasselbe Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen STRG+V, UMSCHALT+EINFG Die zuvor kopierten Daten werden aus der Zwischenablage des Rechners an der aktuellen Cursorposition eingefügt. Die Daten können zuvor aus derselben Tabelle, einer anderen Tabelle bzw. einem anderen Programm, kopiert worden sein. Datenformatierung Fett STRG+B Zuweisung der Formatierung Fett bzw. Formatierung Fett entfernen im gewählten Textfragment. Kursiv STRG+I Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen STRG+U Zuweisung der Formatierung Kursiv, der gewählte Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen STRG+5 Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Hyperlink hinzufügen STRG+K Ein Hyperlink zu einer externen Website oder einem anderen Arbeitsblatt wird eingefügt. Datenfilterung Filter aktivieren/entfernen STRG+UMSCHALT+L Für einen ausgewählten Zellbereich wird ein Filter eingerichtet, bzw. entfernt. Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren STRG+L Eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden Dateneingabe Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach unten bewegen. Eingabetaste Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert abwärts in die nachfolgende Zelle. Zelleintrag abschließen und in der Tabelle nach oben bewegen. UMSCHALT+Eingabetaste Die Eingabe der Zeichen in die Zelle wird abgeschlossen und die Eingabemarke wandert aufwärts in die vorherige Zelle. Neue Zeile beginnen ALT+Eingabetaste Eine neue Zeile in derselben Zelle beginnen. Abbrechen ESC Die Eingabe in die gewählte Zelle oder Formelleiste wird abgebrochen. Nach links entfernen Rücktaste Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach links entfernt. Nach rechts entfernen ENTF Wenn der Bearbeitungsmodus für die Zellen aktiviert ist, wird in der Bearbeitungsleiste oder in der ausgewählten Zelle immer das nächste Zeichen nach rechts entfernt. Zelleninhalt entfernen ENTF Der Inhalt der ausgewählten Zellen (Daten und Formeln) wird gelöscht, Zellformatierungen und Kommentare werden davon nicht berührt. Funktionen SUMME-Funktion Alt+'=' Die Funktion SUMME wird in die gewählte Zelle eingefügt. Objekte ändern Bewegung in 1-Pixel-Stufen STRG Halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und nutzen Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur, um das gewählte Objekt jeweils um ein Pixel zu verschieben." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Navigation.htm", + "title": "Ansichtseinstellungen und Navigationswerkzeuge", + "body": "Um Ihnen das Ansehen und Auswählen von Zellen in einem großen Tabellenblatt zu erleichtern, bietet Ihnen der Tabelleneditor verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: verstellbare Leisten, Bildlaufleisten, Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom. Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen Um die Standardanzeigeeinstellung anzupassen und den günstigsten Modus für die Arbeit mit dem Tabellenblatt festzulegen, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und wählen Sie, welche Oberflächenelemente ein- oder ausgeblendet werden sollen. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen im Menü Ansichtseinstellungen zur Verfügung: Symbolleiste ausblenden - die obere Symbolleiste und die zugehörigen Befehle werden ausgeblendet, während die Registerkarten weiterhin angezeigt werden. Ist diese Option aktiviert, können Sie jede beliebige Registerkarte anklicken, um die Symbolleiste anzuzeigen. Die Symbolleiste wird angezeigt bis Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb der Leiste klicken. Um den Modus zu deaktivieren, wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ansichtseinstellungen und klicken Sie erneut auf Symbolleiste ausblenden. Die Symbolleiste ist wieder fixiert.Hinweis: Alternativ können Sie einen Doppelklick auf einer beliebigen Registerkarte ausführen, um die obere Symbolleiste zu verbergen oder wieder einzublenden. Formelleiste ausblenden - die unter der oberen Symbolleiste angezeigte Bearbeitungsleiste für die Eingabe und Vorschau von Formeln und Inhalten wird ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendete Bearbeitungsleiste wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Überschriften ausblenden - die Spaltenüberschrift oben und die Zeilenüberschrift auf der linken Seite im Arbeitsblatt, werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Überschriften wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Rasterlinien ausblenden - die Linien um die Zellen werden ausgeblendet. Um die ausgeblendeten Rasterlinien wieder einzublenden, klicken Sie erneut auf diese Option. Zellen fixieren - alle Zellen oberhalb der aktiven Zeile und alle Spalten links von der aktiven Zeile werden eingefroren, so dass sie beim Scrollen sichtbar bleiben. Um die Fixierung aufzuheben, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste an eine beliebige Stelle im Tabellenblatt und wählen Sie die Option Fixierung aufheben aus dem Menü aus. Die rechte Seitenleiste ist standartmäßig verkleinert. Um sie zu erweitern, wählen Sie ein beliebiges Objekt (z. B. Bild, Diagramm, Form) oder eine Textpassage aus und klicken Sie auf das Symbol des aktuell aktivierten Tabs auf der rechten Seite. Um die Seitenleiste wieder zu minimieren, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol. Sie haben die Möglichkeit die Größe eines geöffneten Kommentar- oder Chatfeldes zu verändern. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Rand der linken Seitenleiste, bis der Cursor als Zweirichtungs-Pfeil angezeigt wird und ziehen Sie den Rand nach rechts, um das Feld zu verbreitern. Um die ursprüngliche Breite wiederherzustellen, ziehen Sie den Rand nach links. Verwendung der Navigationswerkzeuge Mithilfe der folgenden Werkzeuge können Sie durch Ihr Tabellenblatt navigieren: Mit den Bildlaufleisten (unten oder auf der rechten Seite) können Sie im aktuellen Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts scrollen. Mithilfe der Bildlaufleisten durch ein Tabellenblatt navigieren: Klicken Sie auf die oben/unten oder rechts/links Pfeile auf den Bildlaufleisten. Ziehen Sie das Bildlauffeld. Klicken Sie in einen beliebigen Bereich auf der jeweiligen Bildlaufleiste. Sie können auch mit dem Scrollrad auf Ihrer Maus durch das Dokument scrollen. Die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation befinden sich in der linken unteren Ecke und dienen dazu zwischen den einzelnen Tabellenblättern in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle zu wechseln. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum ersten Blatt scrollen, um das erste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum vorherigen Blatt scrollen, um das vorherige Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Zum nächsten Blatt scrollen, um das nächste Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Letztes Blatt, um das letzte Blatt der aktuellen Tabelle zu aktivieren. Sie können das gewünschte Blatt aktivieren, indem Sie unten neben der Schaltfläche für die Blattnavigation auf das entsprechende Blattregister klicken. Die Zoom-Funktion befindet sich in der rechten unteren Ecke und dient zum Vergrößern und Verkleinern des aktuellen Tabellenblatts. Um den in Prozent angezeigten aktuellen Zoomwert zu ändern, klicken Sie darauf und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Zoomoptionen aus der Liste oder klicken Sie auf Vergrößern oder Verkleinern . Die Zoom-Einstellungen sind auch im Listenmenü Ansichtseinstellungen verfügbar." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/Search.htm", + "title": "Such- und Ersatzfunktion", + "body": "Wenn Sie in der aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle nach Zeichen, Wörtern oder Phrasen suchen wollen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol in der linken Seitenleiste. Wenn Sie nur auf dem aktuellen Blatt nach Werten innerhalb eines bestimmten Bereichs suchen / diese ersetzen möchten, wählen Sie den erforderlichen Zellbereich aus und klicken Sie dann auf das Symbol . Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen wird geöffnet: Geben Sie Ihre Suchanfrage in das entsprechende Eingabefeld ein. Legen Sie die Suchoptionen fest, klicken Sie dazu auf das Symbol und markieren Sie die gewünschten Optionen: Groß-/Kleinschreibung beachten - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Ergebnisse mit derselben Schreibweise wie in Ihrer Suchanfrage gefiltert (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. 'Editor' und diese Option ist markiert, werden Wörter wie 'editor' oder 'EDITOR' usw. nicht gesucht). Nur gesamter Zelleninhalt - ist diese Funktion aktiviert, werden nur Zellen gesucht, die außer den in Ihrer Anfrage angegebenen Zeichen keine weiteren Zeichen enthalten (lautet Ihre Anfrage z. B. '56' und diese Option ist aktiviert, werden Zellen die Daten wie '0,56' oder '156' usw. enthalten nicht gefunden). Durchsuchen - legen Sie fest, ob Sie nur das aktive Blatt durchsuchen wollen oder die ganze Arbeitsmappe. Wenn Sie einen ausgewählten Datenbereich auf dem aktuellen Blatt durchsuchen wollen, achten Sie darauf, dass die Option Blatt ausgewählt ist. Suchen - geben Sie an, in welche Richtung Sie suchen wollen, in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Suchen in - legen Sie fest ob Sie den Wert der Zellen durchsuchen wollen oder die zugrundeliegenden Formeln. Navigieren Sie durch Ihre Suchergebnisse über die Pfeiltasten. Die Suche wird entweder in Richtung Tabellenanfang (klicken Sie auf ) oder in Richtung Tabellenende (klicken Sie auf ) durchgeführt. Das erste Ergebnis der Suchanfrage in der ausgewählten Richtung, wird markiert. Falls es sich dabei nicht um das gewünschte Wort handelt, klicken Sie erneute auf den Pfeil, um das nächste Vorkommen der eingegebenen Zeichen zu finden. Um ein oder mehrere Ergebnisse zu ersetzen, klicken Sie unter den Pfeiltasten auf die Schaltfläche Ersetzen. Die Dialogbox Suchen und Ersetzen öffnet sich: Geben Sie den gewünschten Ersatztext in das untere Eingabefeld ein. Klicken Sie auf Ersetzen, um das aktuell ausgewählte Ergebnis zu ersetzen oder auf Alle ersetzen, um alle gefundenen Ergebnisse zu ersetzen. Um das Feld Ersetzen zu verbergen, klicken Sie auf den Link Ersetzen verbergen." + }, + { + "id": "HelpfulHints/SupportedFormats.htm", + "title": "Unterstützte Formate für Kalkulationstabellen", + "body": "Eine Kalkulationstabelle ist eine Tabelle mit Daten, die in Zeilen und Spalten organisiert sind. Sie wird am häufigsten zur Speicherung von Finanzinformationen verwendet, da nach Änderungen an einer einzelnen Zelle automatisch das gesamte Blatt neu berechnet wird. Der Tabellenkalkulationseditor ermöglicht das Öffnen, Anzeigen und Bearbeiten der gängigsten Dateiformate für Tabellenkalkulationen. Formate Beschreibung Anzeige Bearbeitung Download XLS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Excel erstellt wurde + + XLSX Standard-Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die mit Microsoft Office Excel 2007 (oder späteren Versionen) erstellt wurde + + + ODS Dateiendung für eine Tabellendatei, die in Paketen OpenOffice und StarOffice genutzt wird, ein offener Standard für Kalkulationstabellen + + + CSV Comma Separated Values - durch Komma getrennte Werte Dateiformat, das zum Aufbewahren der tabellarischen Daten (Zahlen und Text) im Klartext genutzt wird + + + PDF Portable Document Format Dateiformat, mit dem Dokumente unabhängig vom ursprünglichen Anwendungsprogramm, Betriebssystem und der Hardware originalgetreu wiedergegeben werden können +" + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/CollaborationTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit", + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Zusammenarbeit können Sie die Zusammenarbeit an der Tabelle organisieren: die Datei teilen, einen Co-Bearbeitungsmodus auswählen, Kommentare verwalten. Sie können: Freigabeeinstellungen festlegen, zwischen den verfügbaren Modi für die Co-Bearbeitung wechseln, Strikt und Schnell, Kommentare zum Dokument hinzufügen, die Chatleiste öffnen." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/FileTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Datei", + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Datei können Sie einige grundlegende Vorgänge in der aktuellen Datei durchführen. Sie können: die aktuelle Datei speichern (wenn die Option automatische Sicherung deaktiviert ist), runterladen, drucken oder umbenennen, eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene Tabelle öffnen, allgemeine Informationen über die Kalkulationstabelle einsehen, Zugangsrechte verwalten, auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen und in die Dokumentenliste zurückkehren." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/HomeTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Start", + "body": "Die Registerkarte Start wird standardmäßig geöffnet, wenn Sie eine beliebige Kalkulationstabelle öffnen. Diese Gruppe ermöglicht das Formatieren von Zellen und darin befindlichen Daten, das Anwenden von Filtern und das Einfügen von Funktionen. Auch einige andere Optionen sind hier verfügbar, z. B. Zellenformatvorlagen, die Funktion Als Tabelle formatieren, Ansichtseigenschaften usw. Sie können: schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen Ihre Daten in den Zellen ausrichten Rahmenlinien hinzufügen und Zellen verbinden Funktionen und benannte Bereiche erstellen Daten filtern und sortieren das Zahlenformat ändern Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten hinzufügen oder entfernen Zellformatierungen kopieren/entfernen eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen gewählte Zellenbereich anwenden Ansichtseinstellungen anpassen und auf die Erweiterten Einstellungen des Editors zugreifen." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/InsertTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Einfügen", + "body": "Über die Registerkarte Einfügen können Sie visuelle Objekte und Kommentare zu Ihrer Tabelle hinzufügen. Sie können: Bilder, Formen, Textboxen und TextArt-Objekte, Diagramme einfügen, Kommentare und Hyperlinks einfügen und Formeln einfügen." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/PivotTableTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle", + "body": "Unter der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle können Sie die Darstellung einer vorhandenen Pivot-Tabelle ändern. Sie können: eine vollständige Pivot-Tabelle mit einem einzigen Klick auswählen, eine bestimmte Formatierung anwenden, um bestimmte Reihen/Spalten hervorzuheben, einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/PluginsTab.htm", + "title": "Registerkarte Plug-ins", + "body": "Die Registerkarte Plug-ins ermöglicht den Zugriff auf erweiterte Bearbeitungsfunktionen mit verfügbaren Komponenten von Drittanbietern. Unter dieser Registerkarte können Sie auch Makros festlegen, um Routinevorgänge zu vereinfachen. Durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Makros öffnet sich ein Fenster in dem Sie Ihre eigenen Makros erstellen und ausführen können. Um mehr über Makros zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Derzeit stehen folgende Plug-ins zur Verfügung: ClipArt - Hinzufügen von Bildern aus der ClipArt-Sammlung. PhotoEditor - Bearbeitung von Bildern: Zuschneiden, Größe ändern, Effekte anwenden usw. Symbol Table - Einfügen von speziellen Symbolen in Ihren Text. Translator - Übersetzen von ausgewählten Textabschnitten in andere Sprachen. YouTube - Einbetten von YouTube-Videos in Ihre Kalkulationstabelle. Um mehr über Plug-ins zu erfahren lesen Sie bitte unsere API-Dokumentation. Alle derzeit als Open-Source verfügbaren Plug-in-Beispiele sind auf GitHub verfügbar." + }, + { + "id": "ProgramInterface/ProgramInterface.htm", + "title": "Einführung in die Benutzeroberfläche des Tabellenkalkulationseditors", + "body": "Der Editor verfügt über eine Benutzeroberfläche mit Registerkarten, in der Bearbeitungsbefehle nach Funktionalität in Registerkarten gruppiert sind. Die Oberfläche des Editors besteht aus folgenden Hauptelementen: In der Kopfzeile des Editors werden das Logo, die Menü-Registerkarten und der Name der Kalkulationstablle angezeigt sowie zwei Symbole auf der rechten Seite, über die Sie Zugriffsrechte festlegen und zur Dokumentenliste zurückkehren können. Abhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarten werden in der oberen Symbolleiste eine Reihe von Bearbeitungsbefehlen angezeigt. Aktuell stehen die folgenden Registerkarten zur Verfügung: Datei, Start, Einfügen, Pivot-Tabelle, Zusammenarbeit, Plug-ins.Die Befehle Drucken, Speichern, Kopieren, Einfügen, Rückgängig machen und Wiederholen stehen unabhängig von der ausgewählten Registerkarte jederzeit im linken Teil der oberen Menüleiste zur Verfügung. Über die Bearbeitungsleiste können Formeln oder Werte in Zellen eingegeben oder bearbeitet werden. In der Bearbeitungsleiste wird der Inhalt der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle angezeigt. In der Statusleiste am unteren Rand des Editorfensters, finden Sie verschiedene Navigationswerkzeuge: Navigationsschaltflächen, Blattregister und Zoom-Schaltflächen. In der Statusleiste wird außerdem die Anzahl der gefilterten Ergebnisse angezeigt, sofern Sie Filter gesetzt haben, oder Ergebnisse der automatischen Berechnungen wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit Daten ausgewählt haben. Über die Symbole der linken Seitenleiste können Sie die Funktion Suchen und Ersetzen nutzen, Kommentare und Unterhaltungen öffnen, unser Support-Team kontaktieren und Informationen über das Programm einsehen. Über die rechte Seitenleiste können zusätzliche Parameter von verschiedenen Objekten eingestellt werden. Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Objekt auf einem Arbeitsblatt auswählen, wird das entsprechende Symbol in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die rechte Seitenleiste zu erweitern. Über den Arbeitsbereich können Sie den Inhalt der Kalkulationstabelle anzeigen und Daten eingeben und bearbeiten. Mit den horizontalen und vertikalen Bildlaufleisten können Sie das aktuelle Tabellenblatt nach oben und unten und nach links und rechts bewegen. Zur Vereinfachung können Sie bestimmte Komponenten verbergen und bei Bedarf erneut anzeigen. Weitere Informationen zum Anpassen der Ansichtseinstellungen finden Sie auf dieser Seite." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddBorders.htm", + "title": "Rahmen hinzufügen", + "body": "Rahmen in ein Arbeitsblatt einfügen oder formatieren: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A.Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste Ctrl gedrückt, während Sie Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus auswählen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Rahmen . Rahmenstil auswählen: Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenstil und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Öffnen Sie das Untermenü Rahmenfarbe und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus der Palette aus. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Rahmenlinien aus: Rahmenlinie außen , Alle Rahmenlinien , Rahmenlinie oben , Rahmenlinie unten , Rahmenlinie links , Rahmenlinie rechts , Kein Rahmen , Rahmenlinien innen , Innere vertikale Rahmenlinien , Innere horizontale Rahmenlinien , Diagonale Aufwärtslinie , Diagonale Abwärtslinie ." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AddHyperlinks.htm", + "title": "Hyperlink einfügen", + "body": "Einfügen eines Hyperlinks Wählen Sie die Zelle, in der Sie einen Hyperlink einfügen wollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Hyperlink in der oberen Symbolleiste oder wählen Sie diese Option aus dem Rechtsklickmenü. Das Fenster Einstellungen Hyperlink öffnet sich und Sie können die Einstellungen für den Hyperlink festlegen: Linktyp - wählen Sie den Linktyp, den Sie einfügen möchten, aus dem Listenmenü aus:Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu externen Website führt, wählen Sie Website und geben Sie eine URL im Format http://www.example.com in das Feld Link zu ein. Wenn Sie einen Hyperlink hinzufügen möchten, der zu einem bestimmten Zellenbereich in der aktuellen Tabellenkalkulation führt, wählen Sie die Option Interner Datenbereich und geben Sie das gewünschte Arbeitsblatt und den entsprechenden Zellenbereich an. Ansicht - geben Sie einen Text ein, der angeklickt werden kann und zur angegebenen Webadresse führt.Hinweis: Wenn die gewählte Zelle bereits Daten beinhaltet, werden diese automatisch in diesem Feld angezeigt. QuickInfo - geben Sie einen Text ein, der in einem kleinen Dialogfenster angezeigt wird und den Nutzer über den Inhalt des Verweises informiert. Klicken Sie auf OK. Wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über den eingefügten Hyperlink bewegen, wird der von Ihnen im Feld QuickInfo eingebene Text angezeigt. Um dem Link zu folgen, drücken Sie die Taste STRG und klicken Sie dann auf den Link in Ihrer Kalkulationstablle. Um den hinzugefügten Hyperlink zu entfernen, wählen Sie die Zelle mit dem entsprechenden Hyperlink aus und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Alle löschen aus der Menüliste aus." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/AlignText.htm", + "title": "Daten in Zellen ausrichten", + "body": "Sie können Ihre Daten horizontal und vertikal in einer Zelle ausrichten. Wählen Sie dazu eine Zelle oder einen Zellenbereich mit der Maus aus oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A. Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Führen Sie anschließend einen der folgenden Vorgänge aus. Nutzen Sie dazu die Symbole in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie den horizontalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Linksbündig ausrichten , um Ihre Daten am linken Rand der Zelle auszurichten (rechte Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Zentrieren , um Ihre Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten (rechte und linke Seiten werden nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Rechtsbündig ausrichten , um Ihre Daten am rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (linke Seite wird nicht ausgerichtet). Klicken Sie auf die Option Blocksatz , um Ihre Daten am linken und rechten Rand der Zelle auszurichten (falls erforderlich, werden zusätzliche Leerräume eingefügt). Wählen Sie den vertikalen Ausrichtungstyp, den Sie auf die Daten in der Zelle anwenden möchten: Klicken Sie auf die Option Oben ausrichten , um die Daten am oberen Rand der Zelle auszurichten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Mittig ausrichten , um die Daten mittig in der Zelle auszurichten. Klicken Sie auf die Option Unten ausrichten , um die Daten am unteren Rand der Zelle auszurichten. Um den Winkel der Daten in einer Zelle zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Ausrichtung und wählen Sie eine der Optionen: Horizontaler Text - Text horizontal platzieren (Standardoption) Gegen den Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von unten links nach oben rechts in der Zelle platzieren Im Uhrzeigersinn drehen - Text von oben links nach unten rechts in der Zelle platzieren Text nach oben drehen - der Text verläuft von unten nach oben. Text nach unten drehen - der Text verläuft von oben nach unten. Um Ihre Daten an die Zellenbreite anzupassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zeilenumbruch .Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Breite der Spalte ändern, wird der Zeilenumbruch automatisch angepasst." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ChangeNumberFormat.htm", + "title": "Zahlenformat ändern", + "body": "Zahlenformat anwenden: Sie können das Zahlenformat einfach ändern, also die Art, wie die eingegebenen Zahlen in Ihrer Tabelle angezeigt werden. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Arbeitsblatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie auf die Menüleiste Zahlenformat in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie das gewünschte Zahlenformat: Allgemein - die als Zahlen eingegebenen Daten möglichst kompakt ohne zusätzliche Zeichen darstellen. Zahl - die Zahlen werden mit 0-30 Stellen hinter dem Komma angezeigt, wobei zwischen jeder Gruppe von drei Stellen vor dem Komma ein Tausendertrennzeichen eingefügt wird.Wissenschaftlich (Exponent) - um die Zahlen bei der Umwandlung in eine Zahlenfolge im Format d.dddE+ddd oder d.dddE-ddd kurz zu halten, wobei jedes d eine Zahl von 0 bis 9 ist. Buchhaltungszahlenformat - Währungswerte werden mit dem Standardwährungssymbol und zwei Dezimalstellen angezeigt. Um ein anderes Währungssymbol zu verwenden oder die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen zu ändern, befolgen Sie die nachstehende Anleitung. Im Gegensatz zum Format Währung richtet das Format Buchhaltung Währungssymbole an der linken Seite der Zelle aus, stellt Nullwerte als Bindestriche dar und zeigt negative Werte in Klammern an. Hinweis: Sie können das Zahlenformat Buchhaltung auf die ausgewählten Daten anwenden, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Buchhaltungungszahlenformat klicken und das erforderliche Währungszeichen auswählen: $ $ Dollar, &euro; Euro, &pound Pfund, &rubel Rubel, &yen Yen. Währung - dient zur Anzeige von Währungswerten mit dem Standardwährungssymbol und zwei Dezimalstellen. Um ein anderes Währungssymbol zu verwenden oder die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen zu ändern, befolgen Sie die nachstehende Anleitung. Im Gegensatz zum Format Buchhaltung platziert das Format Währung ein Währungssymbol direkt vor der ersten Ziffer und zeigt negative Werte mit dem negativen Vorzeichen (-) an. Datum - Daten anzeigen. Für die Anzeige von Daten stehen Ihnen die folgenden Formate zur Verfügung: MM-TT-JJ; MM-TT-JJJJ. Zeit - Uhrzeiten anzeigen. Für die Anzeige von Uhrzeiten stehen Ihnen die folgenden Formate zur Verfügung: HH:MM; HH:MM:ss. Prozent - wird genutzt, um die Daten als Prozentzahl mit dem Zeichen % darzustellen.Hinweis: Um Ihre Daten als Prozente zu formatieren, können Sie auch auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Prozent klicken. Bruch- Zahlen als gewöhnliche Brüche statt als Dezimalzahlen anzeigen. Text - nummerische Werte als Klartext mit der möglichsten Exaktheit darstellen. Weitere Formate - bereits verwendeten Zahlenformate anpassen und zusätzliche Parameter angeben (siehe Beschreibung unten). Anzahl der Dezimalstellen ändern: Über das Symbol Dezimalstelle hinzufügen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start, können Sie weitere Dezimalstellen hinzufügen. Über das Symbol Dezimalstelle löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start können Sie Dezimalstellen löschen. Zahlenformat anpassen Sie können das angewendete Zahlenformat folgendermaßen anpassen: Wählen Sie die Zellen aus, für die Sie das Zahlenformat anpassen möchten. Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Zahlenformat , um die Liste mit verfügbaren Optionen zu öffnen. Wählen Sie die Option Weitere Formate. Passen Sie die verfügbaren Parameter im Fenster Zahlenformate an. Die Optionen unterscheiden sich abhängig vom jeweiligen Zahlenformat, das auf die ausgewählten Zellen angewendet wird. Über die Liste Kategorie können Sie das Zahlenformat ändern. Für das Zahlenformat können Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalpunkte bestimmen, festlegen, ob das verwendet werden soll oder nicht und eines der verfügbaren Formate zum Anzeigen negativer Werte auswählen. Für die Formate Wissenschaftlich und Prozent können Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen festlegen. Für die Formate Buchhaltung und Währung können Sie die Anzahl der Dezimalstellen festlegen und eines der verfügbaren Währungssymbole und das Format für die Anzeige von negativen Werten auswählen. Für das Format von Datum stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: 4/15, 4/15/06, 04/15/06, 4/15/2006, 4/15/06 0:00, 4/15/06 12:00 AM, A, April 15 2006, 15-Apr, 15-Apr-06, Apr-06, April-06, A-06, 06-Apr, 15-Apr-2006, 2006-Apr-15, 06-Apr-15, 15/Apr, 15/Apr/06, Apr/06, April/06, A/06, 06/Apr, 15/Apr/2006, 2006/Apr/15, 06/Apr/15, 15 Apr, 15 Apr 06, Apr 06, April 06, A 06, 06 Apr, 15 Apr 2006, 2006 Apr 15, 06 Apr 15, 06/4/15, 06/04/15, 2006/4/15. Für das Format von Zeit stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: 12:48:58 PM, 12:48, 12:48 PM, 12:48:58, 48:57,6, 36:48:58. Für das Format von Bruch stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Bis zu eine Ziffer (1/3), bis zu zwei Ziffern (12/25), bis zu drei Ziffern (131/135), als Halbe (1/2), als Viertel (2/4), als Achtel (4/8), als Sechzehntel (8/16), als Zehntel (5/10), als Hundertstel (50/100). Klicken Sie auf OK, um die Änderungen anzuwenden." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ClearFormatting.htm", + "title": "Text oder Zellformatierung löschen,Zellenformat kopieren", + "body": "Formatierung löschen Sie können den Text oder das Format einer bestimmten Zelle schnell löschen. Führen Sie dazu folgende Schritte aus: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Arbeitsblatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus.Hinweis: Sie können auch mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche auswählen. Halten Sie dazu die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Bereiche mit der Maus aus. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Löschen auf der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Alle - um alle Zelleninhalte zu löschen: Text, Format, Funktion usw. Text - um den Text im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Format - um die Formatierung im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Text und Funktionen bleiben erhalten. Kommentare - um die Kommentare im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Hyperlinks - um die Hyperlinks im gewählten Zellenbereich zu löschen. Hinweis: Die zuvor genannten Optionen sind auch im Rechtsklickmenü verfügbar. Zellformatierung kopieren Sie können ein bestimmtes Zellenformat schnell kopieren und auf andere Zellen anwenden. Eine kopierte Formatierung auf eine einzelne Zelle oder mehrere benachbarte Zellen anwenden: Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten, mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Format übertragen (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt ). Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich auf die/den Sie die Formatierung übertragen möchten. Eine kopierte Formatierung auf mehrere nicht benachbarte Zellen anwenden: Wählen Sie die Zelle/den Zellbereich, dessen Formatierung Sie kopieren möchten, mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus. Führen Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start einen Doppelklick auf das Symbol Format übertragen aus (der Mauszeiger ändert sich wie folgt und das Symbol Format übertragen bleibt ausgewählt: KKlicken Sie auf einzelne Zellen oder wählen Sie Zellenbereiche nacheinander aus, um allen dasselbe Format zuzuweisen. Wenn Sie den Modus beenden möchten, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol Format übertragen oder drücken Sie die ESC-Taste auf Ihrer Tastatur." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/CopyPasteData.htm", + "title": "Daten ausschneiden/kopieren/einfügen", + "body": "Zwischenablage verwenden Um die Daten in Ihrer aktuellen Kalkulationstabelle auszuschneiden, zu kopieren oder einzufügen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü oder die Symbole die auf jeder beliebigen Registerkarte in der oberen Symbolleiste verfügbar sind: Ausschneiden - wählen Sie die entsprechenden Daten aus und nutzen Sie die Option Ausschneiden im Rechtsklickmenü, um die gewählten Daten zu löschen und in der Zwischenablage des Rechners zu speichern. Die ausgeschnittenen Daten können später an einer anderen Stelle in derselben Tabelle wieder eingefügt werden. Kopieren – wählen Sie die gewünschten Daten aus und klicken Sie im Rechtsklickmenü auf Kopieren oder klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Kopieren, um die Auswahl in die Zwischenablage Ihres Computers zu kopieren. Die kopierten Daten können später an eine andere Stelle in demselben Blatt, in eine andere Tabelle oder in ein anderes Programm eingefügt werden. Einfügen - wählen Sie die gewünschte Stelle aus und klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Einfügen oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Stelle und wählen Sie Einfügen aus der Menüleiste aus, um die vorher kopierten bzw. ausgeschnittenen Daten aus der Zwischenablage an der aktuellen Cursorposition einzufügen. Die Daten können vorher aus demselben Blatt, einer anderen Tabelle oder einem anderen Programm kopiert werden. Alternativ können Sie auch die folgenden Tastenkombinationen verwenden, um Daten aus bzw. in eine andere Tabelle oder ein anderes Programm zu kopieren oder einzufügen: Strg+X - Ausschneiden; STRG+C - Kopieren; Strg+V - Einfügen. Hinweis: Wenn Sie Daten innerhalb von einer Kalkulationstabelle ausschneiden und einfügen wollen, können Sie die gewünschte(n) Zelle(n) auch einfach auswählen. Wenn Sie nun den Mauszeiger über die Auswahl bewegen ändert sich der Zeiger in das Symbol und Sie können die Auswahl in die gewünschte Position ziehen. Inhalte einfügen mit Optionen Wenn Sie den kopierten Text eingefügt haben, erscheint neben der unteren rechten Ecke der eingefügte(n) Zelle(n) das Menü Einfügeoptionen . Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche, um die gewünschte Einfügeoption auszuwählen. Für das Eifügen von Zellen/Zellbereichen mit formatierten Daten sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Einfügen - der Zellinhalt wird einschließlich Datenformatierung eingefügt. Diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Wenn die kopierten Daten Formeln enthalten, stehen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Nur Formel einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung. Formel + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung. Formel + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen. Formel ohne Rahmenlinien - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen außer Zellenrahmen. Formel + Spaltenbreite - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Formeln mit allen Datenformatierungen einschließlich Breite der Quellenspalte für den Zellenbereich, in den Sie die Daten einfügen. Die folgenden Optionen ermöglichen das Einfügen des Ergebnisses, der kopierten Formel, ohne die Formel selbst einzufügen: Nur Wert einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse ohne Einfügen der Datenformatierung. Wert + Zahlenformat - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit der auf Zahlen angewendeten Formatierung. Wert + alle Formatierung - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Formelergebnisse mit allen Datenformatierungen. Nur Formatierung einfügen - ermöglicht das Einfügen der Zellenformatierung ohne Einfügen des Zelleninhalts. Transponieren - ermöglicht das Einfügen von Daten, die Spalten in Zeilen und Zeilen in Spalten ändern. Diese Option ist nur für normale Datenbereiche verfügbar und nicht für formatierte Tabellen. Wenn Sie den Inhalt einer einzelnen Zelle oder eines Textes in AutoFormen einfügen, sind die folgenden Optionen verfügbar: Quellenformatierung - die Quellformatierung der kopierten Daten wird beizubehalten. Zielformatierung - ermöglicht das Anwenden der bereits für die Zelle/AutoForm verwendeten Formatierung auf die eingefügten Daten. Auto-Ausfülloptionen Wenn Sie mehrere Zellen mit denselben Daten füllen wollen, verwenden Sie die Auto-Ausfülloptionen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle/einen Zellenbereich mit den gewünschten Daten aus. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den Füllpunkt in der rechten unteren Ecke der Zelle. Der Cursor wird zu einem schwarzen Pluszeichen: Ziehen Sie den Füllpunkt über die angrenzenden Zellen, die Sie mit den ausgewählten Daten füllen möchten. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine Reihe von Zahlen (z. B. 1, 2, 3, 4 ...; 2, 4, 6, 8 ... usw.) oder Datumsangaben erstellen wollen, geben Sie mindestens zwei Startwerte ein und erweitern Sie die Datenreihe, indem Sie beide Zellen markieren und dann den Füllpunkt ziehen bis Sie den gewünschten Maximalwert erreicht haben. Zellen in einer Spalte mit Textwerten füllen Wenn eine Spalte in Ihrer Tabelle einige Textwerte enthält, können Sie einfach jeden Wert in dieser Spalte ersetzen oder die nächste leere Zelle füllen, indem Sie einen der bereits vorhandenen Textwerte auswählen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aus Dropdown-Liste auswählen. Wählen Sie einen der verfügbaren Textwerte, um den aktuellen Text zu ersetzen oder eine leere Zelle zu füllen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/FontTypeSizeStyle.htm", + "title": "Schriftart, -größe und -farbe festlegen", + "body": "Mithilfe der entsprechenden Symbole in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste können Sie Schriftart und Größe auswählen, einen DekoStil auf die Schrift anwenden und die Farben der Schrift und des Hintergrunds ändern. Hinweis: Wenn Sie die Formatierung auf Daten anwenden möchten, die bereits im Tabellenblatt vorhanden sind, wählen Sie diese mit der Maus oder mithilfe der Tastatur aus und legen Sie die gewünschte Formatierung für die ausgewählten Daten fest. Wenn Sie mehrere nicht angrenzende Zellen oder Zellbereiche formatieren wollen, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und wählen Sie die gewünschten Zellen/Zellenbereiche mit der Maus aus. Schriftart Wird verwendet, um eine Schriftart aus der Liste mit den verfügbaren Schriftarten zu wählen. Schriftgröße Über diese Option kann der gewünschte Wert für die Schriftgröße aus einer List ausgewählt werden oder manuell in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingegeben werden. Schrift vergrößern Bei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt vergrößert. Schrift verkleinern Bei jedem Klick auf das Symbol wird die Schrift um 1 Punkt verkleinert. Fett Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch fette Schrift hervorgehoben. Kursiv Der gewählte Textabschnitt wird durch die Schrägstellung der Zeichen hervorgehoben. Unterstrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie unterstrichen. Durchgestrichen Der gewählten Textabschnitt wird mit einer Linie durchgestrichen. Tiefgestellt/Hochgestellt Auswählen der Option Hochgestellt oder Tiefgestellt. Hochgestellt - Text verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Text verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Schriftfarbe Die Farbe von Buchstaben/Zeichen in Zellen ändern. Hintergrundfarbe Farbe des Zellenhintergrunds ändern. Farbschema ändern Wird verwendet, um die Standardfarbpalette für Arbeitsblattelemente (Schriftart, Hintergrund, Diagramme und Diagrammelemente) zu ändern, indem Sie eine der verfügbaren Schemata auswählen: Office, Graustufen, Apex, Aspect, Civic, Concourse, Equity, Flow, Foundry, Median, Metro, Module, Odulent, Oriel, Origin, Papier, Solstice, Technic, Trek, Urban, oder Verve. Hinweis: Sie können auch eine der Formatierungsvoreinstellungen anwenden. Wählen Sie dazu die Zelle aus, die Sie formatieren möchten und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Voreinstellung aus der Liste auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste: Schriftart/Hintergrundfarbe ändern: Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder mehrere Zellen aus oder das ganze Blatt, mithilfe der Tastenkombination Strg+A. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das entsprechende Symbol. Wählen Sie eine beliebige Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten aus. Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich aus, indem Sie den vertikalen Farbregler verschieben und die entsprechende Farbe festlegen, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können eine Farbe auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells bestimmen, indem Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) festlegen oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen eingeben. Die gewählte Farbe erscheint im Vorschaufeld Neu. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt. Die Hintergrundfarbe in einer bestimmten Zelle löschen: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, einen Zellenbereich oder das ganze Blatt mithilfe der Tastenkombination STRG+A aus. Klicken Sie in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Hintergrundfarbe . Wählen Sie das Symbol ." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertAutoshapes.htm", + "title": "AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren", + "body": "AutoForm einfügen AutoForm in die Tabelle einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Form Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Gruppen für AutoFormen aus: Standardformen, geformte Pfeile, Mathematik, Diagramme, Sterne und Bänder, Legenden, Buttons, Rechtecke, Linien. Klicken Sie in der gewählten Gruppe auf die gewünschte AutoForm. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger an der Stelle, an der Sie eine Form einfügen möchten. Wenn Sie die AutoForm hinzugefügt haben können Sie Größe, Position und Eigenschaften ändern. Einstellungen der AutoForm anpassen Einige Eigenschaften von AutoFormen können auf der Registerkarte Formeinstellungen im rechten Seitenbereich geändert werden. Das entsprechende Menü öffnet sich, wenn Sie die hinzugefügte Form mit der Maus auswählen und dann auf das Symbol Formeinstellungen klicken. Sie können die folgenden Eigenschaften ändern: Füllung - zum Ändern der Füllung einer AutoForm. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Einfarbige Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Volltonfarbe festzulegen, mit der Sie die innere Fläche der ausgewählten Autoform ausfüllen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld unten und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus den verfügbaren Farbpaletten aus oder legen Sie eine beliebige Farbe fest: Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells eine Farbe bestimmen, geben Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) ein oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen. Die gewählte Farbe wird im Vorschaufeld Neu angezeigt. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Ihre AutoForm wird in der benutzerdefinierten Farbe formatiert und die Farbe wird der Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt.

    Füllung mit Farbverlauf - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem sanften Übergang von einer Farbe zu einer anderen zu füllen. Stil - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Linear (Farben ändern sich linear, d.h. entlang der horizontalen/vertikalen Achse oder diagonal in einem 45-Grad Winkel) oder Radial (Farben ändern sich kreisförmig vom Zentrum zu den Kanten). Richtung - wählen Sie eine Vorlage aus dem Menü aus. Wenn der Farbverlauf Linear ausgewählt ist, sind die folgenden Richtungen verfügbar: von oben links nach unten rechts, von oben nach unten, von oben rechts nach unten links, von rechts nach links, von unten rechts nach oben links, von unten nach oben, von unten links nach oben rechts, von links nach rechts. Wenn der Farbverlauf Radial ausgewählt ist, steht nur eine Vorlage zur Verfügung. Farbverlauf - klicken Sie auf den linken Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um das Farbfeld für die erste Farbe zu aktivieren. Klicken Sie auf das Farbfeld auf der rechten Seite, um die erste Farbe in der Farbpalette auszuwählen. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um den Wechselpunkt festzulegen, an dem eine Farbe in die andere übergeht. Nutzen Sie den rechten Schieberegler unter der Farbverlaufsleiste, um die zweite Farbe anzugeben und den Wechselpunkt festzulegen. Bild oder Textur - wählen Sie diese Option, um ein Bild oder eine vorgegebene Textur als Formhintergrund zu nutzen. Wenn Sie ein Bild als Hintergrund für eine Form verwenden möchten, können Sie das Bild Aus Datei einfügen, geben Sie dazu in dem geöffneten Fenster den Speicherort auf Ihrem Computer an, oder Aus URL, geben Sie dazu die entsprechende Webadresse in das geöffnete Fenster ein. Wenn Sie eine Textur als Hintergrund für eine Form nutzen möchten, öffnen Sie das Menü Textur und wählen Sie die gewünschte Texturvoreinstellung aus.Derzeit sind die folgenden Texturen verfügbar: Leinwand, Karton, dunkler Stoff, Korn, Granit, graues Papier, stricken, Leder, braunes Papier, Papyrus, Holz. Wenn das gewählte Bild kleiner oder größer als die AutoForm ist, können Sie die Option Strecken oder Kacheln aus dem Listenmenü auswählen.Die Option Strecken ermöglicht Ihnen die Größe des Bildes so anzupassen, dass es den kompletten Bereich der AutoForm füllen kann. Die Option Kacheln ermöglicht Ihnen nur einen Teil eines größeren Bildes zu verwenden und die Originalgröße beizubehalten oder ein kleines Bild unter Beibehaltung der Originalgröße zu wiederholen und durch diese Wiederholungen die gesamte Fläche der AutoForm auszufüllen. Hinweis: Jede Voreinstellung für Texturfüllungen ist dahingehend festgelegt, den gesamten Bereich auszufüllen, aber Sie können nach Bedarf auch den Effekt Strecken anwenden. Muster - wählen Sie diese Option, um die Form mit einem zweifarbigen Design zu füllen, dass aus regelmäßig wiederholten Elementen besteht. Muster - wählen Sie eine der Designvorgaben aus dem Menü aus. Vordergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe der Musterelemente zu ändern. Hintergrundfarbe - klicken Sie auf dieses Farbfeld, um die Farbe des Mustershintergrundes zu ändern. Keine Füllung - wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie keine Füllung verwenden möchten. Transparenz - hier können Sie den Grad der gewünschten Transparenz auswählen, bringen Sie dazu den Schieberegler in die gewünschte Position oder geben Sie manuell einen Prozentwert ein. Der Standardwert beträgt 100%. Also volle Deckkraft. Der Wert 0% steht für vollständige Transparenz. Strich - in dieser Gruppe können Sie Strichbreite und -farbe der AutoForm ändern. Um die Strichstärke zu ändern, wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen im Listenmenü Größe aus. Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: 0,5 Pt., 1 Pt., 1,5 Pt., 2,25 Pt., 3 Pt., 4,5 Pt., 6 Pt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Keine Linie auswählen, wenn Sie keine Umrandung wünschen. Um die Konturfarbe zu ändern, klicken Sie auf das farbige Feld und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus. Um den Stil der Kontur zu ändern, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der entsprechenden Dropdown-Liste aus (standardmäßig wird eine durchgezogene Linie verwendet, diese können Sie in eine der verfügbaren gestrichelten Linien ändern). AutoForm ändern - ersetzen Sie die aktuelle AutoForm durch eine andere, die Sie im Listenmenü wählen können. Um die erweiterten Einstellungen der AutoForm zu ändern, nutzen Sie den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen im rechten Seitenbereich. Das Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen wird geöffnet. Die Registerkarte Größe enthält die folgenden Parameter: Breite und Höhe - mit diesen Optionen können Sie die Breite bzw. Höhe der AutoForm ändern. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Seitenverhältnis der AutoForm wird beibehalten. Die Registerkarte Stärken & Pfeile enthält die folgenden Parameter: Linienart - in dieser Gruppe können Sie die folgenden Parameter bestimmen: Abschlusstyp - legen Sie den Stil für den Abschluss der Linie fest, diese Option besteht nur bei Formen mit offener Kontur wie Linien, Polylinien usw.: Flach - für flache Endpunkte. Rund - für runde Endpunkte. Quadratisch - quadratisches Linienende. Anschlusstyp - legen Sie die Art der Verknüpfung von zwei Linien fest, z.B. kann diese Option auf Polylinien oder die Ecken von Dreiecken bzw. Vierecken angewendet werden: Rund - die Ecke wird abgerundet. Schräge Kante - die Ecke wird schräg abgeschnitten. Winkel - spitze Ecke. Dieser Typ passt gut bei AutoFormen mit spitzen Winkeln. Hinweis: Der Effekt wird auffälliger, wenn Sie eine hohe Konturbreite verwenden. Pfeile - diese Option ist verfügbar, wenn eine Form aus der Gruppe Linien ausgewählt ist. In dieser Gruppe können Sie die Form von Startpfeil und Endpfeil festlegen und die jeweilige Größe bestimmen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus. Über die Registerkarte Textränder können Sie die oberen, unteren, linken und rechten inneren Ränder der AutoForm ändern (also den Abstand zwischen dem Text innerhalb der Form und dem Rahmen der AutoForm). Hinweis: diese Registerkarte ist nur verfügbar, wenn der AutoForm ein Text hinzugefügt wurde, ansonsten wird die Registerkarte ausgeblendet. Über die Registerkarte Spalten ist es möglich, der AutoForm Textspalten hinzuzufügen und die gewünschte Anzahl der Spalten (bis zu 16) und den Abstand zwischen den Spalten festzulegen. Wenn Sie auf OK klicken, erscheint der bereits vorhandene Text, oder jeder beliebige Text den Sie in die AutoForm eingeben, in den Spalten und geht flüssig von einer Spalte in die nächste über. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Form enthalten sind. Text in AutoFormen einfügen und formatieren Um einen Text in eine AutoForm einzufügen, wählen Sie die entsprechende Form aus und geben Sie einfach Ihren Text ein. Ein solcher Text wird Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text ebenfalls verschoben oder gedreht). Alle Formatierungsoptionen die für den Text in einer AutoForm zur Verfügung stehen finden Sie hier. AutoFormen mithilfe von Verbindungen anbinden Sie können Autoformen mithilfe von Linien mit Verbindungspunkten verbinden, um Abhängigkeiten zwischen Objekten zu demonstrieren (z.B. wenn Sie ein Flussdiagramm erstellen wollen). Verbindungen erstellen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Einfügen auf das Smbol Form. Wählen Sie die Gruppe Linien im Menü aus. Klicken Sie auf die gewünschte Form in der ausgewählten Gruppe (mit Ausnahme der letzten drei Formen, bei denen es sich nicht um Konnektoren handelt, genaugenommen Form 10, 11 und 12). Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über die erste AutoForm und klicken Sie auf einen der Verbindungspunkte , die auf dem Umriss der Form zu sehen sind. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger in Richtung der zweiten AutoForm und klicken Sie auf den gewünschten Verbindungspunkt auf dem Umriss der Form. Wenn Sie die verbundenen AutoFormen verschieben, bleiben die Verbindungen an die Form gebunden und bewegen sich mit den Formen zusammen. Alternativ können Sie die Verbindungen auch von den Form lösen und an andere Verbindungspunkte anbinden." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertChart.htm", + "title": "Diagramm einfügen", + "body": "Diagramm einfügen Ein Diagramm einfügen: Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich aus, der die Daten enthält, die für das Diagramm verwendet werden sollen. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Diagramm. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich.Hinweis: Die Diagrammtypen Säule, Linie, Kreis und Balken stehen auch im 3D-Format zur Verfügung. Das Diagramm wird in das aktuelle Tabellenblatt eingefügt. Diagrammeinstellungen anpassen Sie können die folgenden Diagrammeigenschaften ändern: Diagrammtyp ändern: wählen Sie das Diagramm mit der Maus aus Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen in der rechten Menüleiste Öffnen Sie die Menüliste Typ und wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammtyp aus. Öffnen Sie die Menüliste Stil und wählen Sie den gewünschten Diagrammstil aus. Das Diagramm wird entsprechend geändert. Wenn Sie die für das Diagramm verwendeten Daten ändern wollen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen oder wählen Sie im Rechtsklickmenü die Option Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen oder machen Sie einen Doppelklick auf das Diagramm. Im nun geöffneten Fenster Diagramme - Erweiterte Einstellungen können Sie alle gewünschten Änderungen durchführen. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die Änderungen auszuführen und das Fenster schließt sich. Die Beschreibung der Diagrammeinstellungen kann über das Fenster Diagramm - Erweiterte Einstellungen geändert werden. Auf der Registerkarte Diagrammtyp und Daten können Sie den Diagrammtyp sowie die Daten ändern, die Sie zum Erstellen eines Diagramms verwenden möchten. Diagrammtyp ändern - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen aus: Säule, Linie, Kreis, Balken, Fläche, Punkt (XY) oder Strich. Überprüfen Sie den ausgewählten Datenbereich und ändern Sie diesen ggf. durch Anklicken der Schaltfläche Daten auswählen; geben Sie den gewünschten Datenbereich im folgenden Format ein: Sheet1!A1:B4. Wählen Sie aus, wie die Daten angeordnet werden sollen. Für die Datenreihen die auf die X-Achse angewendet werden sollen, können Sie wählen zwischen: Datenreihen in Zeilen oder in Spalten. Auf der Registerkarte Layout können Sie das Layout von Diagrammelementen ändern. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Diagrammbezeichnung aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Diagrammbezeichnung angezeigt. Überlagerung - der Titel wird zentriert und im Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Keine Überlagerung - der Titel wird über dem Diagramm angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Legende aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es wird keine Legende angezeigt Unten - die Legende wird unterhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Oben - die Legende wird oberhalb des Diagramms angezeigt Rechts - die Legende wird rechts vom Diagramm angezeigt Links - die Legende wird links vom Diagramm angezeigt Überlappung links - die Legende wird im linken Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Überlappung rechts - die Legende wird im rechten Diagrammbereich mittig dargestellt Legen Sie Datenbeschriftungen fest (Titel für genaue Werte von Datenpunkten): Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position der Datenbeschriftungen aus der Menüliste aus: Die verfügbaren Optionen variieren je nach Diagrammtyp. Für Säulen-/Balkendiagramme haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, unterer Innenbereich, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Linien-/Punktdiagramme (XY)/Strichdarstellungen haben Sie die folgenden Optionen: Keine, zentriert, links, rechts, oben, unten. Für Kreisdiagramme stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert, an Breite anpassen, oberer Innenbereich, oberer Außenbereich. Für Flächendiagramme sowie für 3D-Diagramme, Säulen- Linien- und Balkendiagramme, stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine, zentriert. Wählen Sie die Daten aus, für die Sie eine Bezeichnung erstellen möchten, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder markieren: Reihenname, Kategorienname, Wert. Geben Sie das Zeichen (Komma, Semikolon etc.) in das Feld Trennzeichen Datenbeschriftung ein, dass Sie zum Trennen der Beschriftungen verwenden möchten. Linien - Einstellen der Linienart für Liniendiagramme/Punktdiagramme (XY). Die folgenden Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Gerade, um gerade Linien zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden, glatt um glatte Kurven zwischen Datenpunkten zu verwenden oder keine, um keine Linien anzuzeigen. Markierungen - über diese Funktion können Sie festlegen, ob die Marker für Liniendiagramme/ Punktdiagramme (XY) angezeigt werden sollen (Kontrollkästchen aktiviert) oder nicht (Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert).Hinweis: Die Optionen Linien und Marker stehen nur für Liniendiagramme und Punktdiagramm (XY) zur Verfügung. Im Abschnitt Achseneinstellungen können Sie auswählen, ob die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen angezeigt werden sollen oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach einblenden oder ausblenden aus der Menüliste aus. Außerdem können Sie auch die Parameter für horizontale/vertikale Achsenbeschriftung festlegen: Legen Sie fest, ob der horizontale Achsentitel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der horizontalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Keine Überlappung - der Titel wird oberhalb der horizontalen Achse angezeigt. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position des vertikalen Achsentitels aus der Menüliste aus: Keinen - der Titel der vertikalen Achse wird nicht angezeigt. Gedreht - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von unten nach oben angezeigt. Horizontal - der Titel wird links von der vertikalen Achse von links nach rechts angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Gitternetzlinien, können Sie festlegen, welche der horizontalen/vertikalen Gitternetzlinien angezeigt werden sollen. Wählen Sie dazu einfach die entsprechende Option aus der Menüliste aus: Hauptgitternetz, Hilfsgitternetz oder Alle. Wenn Sie alle Gitternetzlinien ausblenden wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine.Hinweis: Die Abschnitte Achseneinstellungen und Gitternetzlinien sind für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen oder Gitternetze vorhanden sind. Hinweis: Die Registerkarte vertikale/horizontale Achsen ist für Kreisdiagramme deaktiviert, da bei diesem Diagrammtyp keine Achsen vorhanden sind. Auf der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse können Sie die Parameter der vertikalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder Y-Achse bezeichnet wird und die numerische Werte anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die vertikale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist, an der die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Vertikale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Mindestwert - der niedrigste Wert, der am Anfang der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Mindestwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Höchstwert - der höchste Wert, der am Ende der vertikalen Achse angezeigt wird. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Höchstwert automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Festlegen aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der vertikalen Achse, an dem die horizontale Achse die vertikale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert auf der vertikalen Achse fest. Einheiten anzeigen - Festlegung der numerischen Werte, die auf der vertikalen Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Diese Option kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mit großen Zahlen arbeiten und die Werte auf der Achse kompakter und lesbarer anzeigen wollen (Sie können z.B. 50.000 als 50 anzeigen, indem Sie die Anzeigeeinheit in Tausendern auswählen). Wählen Sie die gewünschten Einheiten aus der Menüliste aus: In Hundertern, in Tausendern, 10 000, 100 000, in Millionen, 10.000.000, 100.000.000, in Milliarden, in Trillionen, oder Sie wählen die Option Keine, um zu den Standardeinheiten zurückzukehren. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Werte werden in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen deaktiviert ist, wird der niedrigste Wert unten und der höchste Wert oben auf der Achse angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Werte in absteigender Reihenfolge angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der vertikalen Achse anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von nummerischen Werten. Kleine Teilstriche bilden Hilfsintervalle und haben keine Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. In der Menüliste für Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle stehen folgende Optionen für die Positionierung zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt. Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt. Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt. Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Hauptintervallen, die Werte anzeigen, anpassen. Um die Anzeigeposition in Bezug auf die vertikale Achse festzulegen, wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Menüliste aus: Keine - es werden keine Skalenbeschriftungen angezeigt. Tief - die Skalenbeschriftung wird links vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Hoch - die Skalenbeschriftung wird rechts vom Diagrammbereich angezeigt. Neben der Achse - die Skalenbeschriftung wird neben der Achse angezeigt. Auf der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse können Sie die Parameter der horizontalen Achse ändern, die auch als Werteachse oder X-Achse bezeichnet wird und die Textbeschriftungen anzeigt. Beachten Sie, dass bei Balkendiagrammen die horizontale Achse die Rubrikenachse ist an der die nummerischen Werte anzeigt werden, daher entsprechen in diesem Fall die Optionen in der Registerkarte Horizontale Achse den im nächsten Abschnitt beschriebenen Optionen. Für Punktdiagramme (XY) sind beide Achsen Wertachsen. Im Abschnitt Achsenoptionen können die folgenden Parameter festgelegt werden: Schnittstelle - bestimmt den Punkt auf der horizontalen Achse, an dem die vertikale Achse die horizontale Achse kreuzt. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall wird der Wert für die Schnittstelle automatisch abhängig vom ausgewählten Datenbereich berechnet. Alternativ können Sie die Option Wert aus der Menüliste auswählen und einen anderen Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben oder Sie legen den Achsenschnittpunkt am Mindest-/Höchstwert (der Wert, welcher der ersten und letzten Kategorie entspricht) auf der horizontalen Achse fest. Achsenposition - legt fest, wo die Achsenbeschriftungen positioniert werden sollen: An den Skalenstrichen oder Zwischen den Skalenstrichen. Werte in umgekehrter Reihenfolge - die Kategorien werden in umgekehrter Reihenfolge angezeigt. Wenn das Kästchen deaktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von links nach rechts angezeigt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen aktiviert ist, werden die Kategorien von rechts nach links angezeigt. Im Abschnitt Skalierung können Sie die Darstellung von Teilstrichen auf der horizontalen Skala anpassen. Die größeren Teilstriche bilden die Hauptintervalle der Skalenteilung und dienen der Darstellung von Kategorien. Kleine Teilstriche werden zwischen den Hauptintervallen eingefügt und bilden Hilfsintervalle ohne Beschriftungen. Skalenstriche legen auch fest, an welcher Stelle Gitterlinien angezeigt werden können, sofern die entsprechende Option in der Registerkarte Layout aktiviert ist. Sie können die folgenden Parameter für die Skalenstriche anpassen: Hauptintervalle/Hilfsintervalle - legt fest wo die Teilstriche positioniert werden sollen, dazu stehen Ihnen folgende Optionen zur Verfügung: Keine - es werden keine Skalenstriche angezeigt, Beidseitig - auf beiden Seiten der Achse werden Skalenstriche angezeigt, Innen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Innenseite der Achse angezeigt, Außen - die Skalenstriche werden auf der Außenseite der Achse angezeigt. Intervalle zwischen Teilstrichen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien zwischen zwei benachbarten Teilstrichen angezeigt werden sollen. Im Abschnitt Beschriftungsoptionen können Sie die Darstellung von Beschriftungen für Kategorien anpassen. Beschriftungsposition - legt fest, wo die Beschriftungen in Bezug auf die horizontale Achse positioniert werden sollen: Wählen Sie die gewünschte Position aus der Dropdown-Liste aus: Keine - es wird keine Achsenbeschriftung angezeigt, Tief - die Kategorien werden im unteren Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Hoch - die Kategorien werden im oberen Diagrammbereich angezeigt, Neben der Achse - die Kategorien werden neben der Achse angezeigt. Abstand Achsenbeschriftung - legt fest, wie dicht die Achsenbeschriftung an der Achse positioniert wird. Sie können den gewünschten Wert im dafür vorgesehenen Eingabefeld festlegen. Je höher der eingegebene Wert, desto größer der Abstand zwischen der Achse und der Achsenbeschriftung. Intervalle zwischen Achsenbeschriftungen - legt fest, wie viele Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt werden sollen. Standardmäßig ist die Option Automatisch ausgewählt. In diesem Fall werden alle Kategorien auf der Achse angezeigt. Alternativ können Sie die Option Manuell aus der Menüliste auswählen und den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld eingeben. Geben Sie zum Beispiel die Zahl 2 an, dann wird jede zweite Kategorie auf der Achse angezeigt usw. Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in dem Diagramm enthalten sind. Diagrammelemente bearbeiten Um den Diagrammtitel zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie den Standardtext mit der Maus aus und geben Sie stattdessen Ihren eigenen Text ein. Um die Schriftformatierung innerhalb von Textelementen, wie beispielsweise Diagrammtitel, Achsentitel, Legendeneinträge, Datenbeschriftungen etc. zu ändern, wählen Sie das gewünschte Textelement durch Klicken mit der linken Maustaste aus. Wechseln Sie in die Registerkarte Start und nutzen Sie die in der Menüleiste angezeigten Symbole, um Schriftart, Schriftform, Schriftgröße oder Schriftfarbe zu bearbeiten. Um ein Diagrammelement zu löschen, wählen Sie es mit der linken Maustaste aus und drücken Sie die Taste Entfernen auf Ihrer Tastatur. Sie haben die Möglichkeit 3D-Diagramme mithilfe der Maus zu drehen. Klicken Sie mit der linken Maustaste in den Diagrammbereich und halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt. Um die 3D-Diagrammausrichtung zu ändern, ziehen Sie den Mauszeiger in die gewünschte Richtung ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Wenn das Diagramm ausgewählt ist, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar, da eine Form als Hintergrund für das Diagramm verwendet wird. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Füllung und Linienstärke der Form an. Beachten Sie, dass Sie den Formtyp nicht ändern können. Wenn Sie ein Diagramm hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position beliebig ändern. Um das eingefügte Diagramm zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF. Sparklines bearbeiten Eine Sparkline ist ein kleines Diagramm im Hintergrund einer Zelle. Mit Hilfe von Sparklines lassen sich Informationen für einzelne Zeilen oder Spalten in großen Datensätzen visuell darstellen. Dies erleichtert das Anzeigen von Trends in mehreren Datenreihen. Wenn Ihre Tabelle vorhandene Sparklines enthält, die mit einer anderen Anwendung erstellt wurden, können Sie die Eigenschaften der Sparklines ändern. Wählen Sie dazu die Zelle mit der Sparkline mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Menüleiste auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen . Wenn die ausgewählte Sparkline Teil einer Sparkline-Gruppe ist, werden die Änderungen auf alle Sparklines in der entsprechenden Gruppe angewendet. Wählen Sie in der Menüliste Typ eine der verfügbaren Sparklines aus: Säule - dieser Typ ähnelt einem regulären Säulendiagramm. Linie - dieser Typ ähnelt einem regulären Liniendiagramm. Gewinn/Verlust - dieser Typ eignet sich zum Darstellen von Daten, die sowohl positive als auch negative Werte enthalten. Im Abschnitt Stil haben Sie folgende Optionen: Öffnen Sie die Menüliste mit den Stilvorlagen und wählen Sie den gewünschten Stil aus. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe für die Sparkline aus. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Linienstärke (nur verfügbar für den Typ Linie). Im Abschnitt Anzeigen können Sie die Elemente der Sparkline auswählen, die Sie hervorheben wollen. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen links neben dem Element das Sie hervorheben wollen und wählen Sie die gewünschte Farbe aus, indem Sie auf das farbige Feld klicken: Höchstpunkt - die höchsten Datenpunkte der ausgewählten Sparklinegruppe hervorheben. Tiefpunkt - den niedrigsten Datenpunkte der ausgewählten Sparklinegruppe hervorheben. Negative Punkte - die negativen Datenpunkte der ausgewählten Sparklinegruppe in einer anderen Farbe hervorheben. Erster/Letzer Punkt - um den ersten/letzen Datenpunkt der Sparkline hervorzuheben. Datenpunkte (nur verfügbar für den Typ Line) - um alle Datenpunkte hervorzuheben. Klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen um das Fenster Sparkline - Erweiterte Einstellungen zu öffnen. In der Gruppe Typ und Daten können Sie Typ und Stil der Sparkline ändern und die Anzeigeeinstellungen für verborgene und leere Zellen festlegen: Leere Zellen anzeigen als - mit dieser Option können Sie steuern, wie Sparklines angezeigt werden, wenn ein gewählter Datenbereich leere Zellen enthält. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus der Liste aus: Lücken - um die Sparkline mit Lücken anstelle von fehlenden Daten anzuzeigen. Null - um die Sparkline so anzuzeigen, als wäre der Wert in einer leeren Zelle Null. Datenpunkte mit Linie verbinden (nur verfügbar für den Typ Linie) - um leere Zellen zu ignorieren und eine Verbindungslinie zwischen Datenpunkten anzuzeigen. Daten in ausgeblendeten Zeilen und Spalten anzeigen - aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, wenn Sie Werte aus verborgenen Zellen in Sparklines einfügen möchten. In der Gruppe Achsenoptionen können Sie die folgenden Parameter für die horizontalen/vertikalen Achsen festlegen: Im Abschnitt Horizontale Achsen sind die folgenden Parameter verfügbar: Achsen anzeigen - aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um die horizontale Achse anzuzeigen. Wenn die Quelldaten negative Werte enthalten, können sie mit dieser Option anschaulicher dargestellt werden. Umgekehrte Reihenfolge - aktivieren Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen, um Daten in umgekehrter Reihenfolge anzuzeigen. Im Abschnitt Vertikale Achsen sind die folgenden Parameter verfügbar: Höchst-/Tiefpunkte Für jeden Wert automatisch - diese Option ist standardmäßig ausgewählt. Ermöglicht die Verwendung eigener Höchst-/Tiefpunkte für jede Sparkline. Die Höchst-/Tiefpunkte werden aus den separaten Datenreihen entnommen, die zum Zeichnen jeder Sparkline verwendet werden. Der Höchstpunkt für jede Sparkline wird oben auf der Zelle und der Tiefpunkt unten angegeben. Für alle gleich - diese Option ermöglicht es, den gleichen Höchst-/Tiefpunkte Wert für die gesamte Sparkline-Gruppe zu verwenden. Die Höchst-/Tiefpunkte werden dem gesamten Datenbereich entnommen, der zum Zeichnen der Sparkline-Gruppe verwendet wird. Die Höchst-/Tiefpunkte für jede Sparkline werden relativ zum höchsten / niedrigsten Wert innerhalb des Bereichs skaliert. Wenn Sie diese Option auswählen, ist es einfacher, mehrere Sparklines zu vergleichen. Festgelegt - mit dieser Option können Sie einen benutzerdefinierten Höchst-/Tiefpunkte festlegen. Die Werte, die niedriger oder höher als die angegebenen Werte sind, werden in den Sparklines nicht angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertDeleteCells.htm", + "title": "Verwalten von Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten", + "body": "Sie können oberhalb oder links neben der ausgewählten Zelle in einem Arbeitsblatt leere Zellen einfügen. Sie können auch eine ganze Zeile, oberhalb der ausgewählten Zeile, oder eine Spalte, links neben der ausgewählten Spalte, einfügen. Um die Anzeige von großen Informationsmengen zu vereinfachen, können Sie bestimmte Zeilen oder Spalten ausblenden und wieder einblenden. Es ist auch möglich, die Zeilenhöhe und Spaltenbreite individuell festzulegen. Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten einfügen: Eine leere Zelle links von der gewählten Zelle einzufügen: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle, vor der Sie eine neue Zelle einfügen wollen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü aus und nutzen Sie die Option Zellen nach rechts verschieben. Die gewählte Zelle wird automatisch nach rechts verschoben und es wird eine neue Zelle eingefügt. Eine leere Zelle über der gewählten Zelle einfügen: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zelle, über der Sie eine neue einfügen wollen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü aus und nutzen Sie die Option Zellen nach unten verschieben. Die gewählte Zelle wird automatisch nach unten verschoben und eine neue Zelle wird eingefügt. Eine neue Reihe einfügen: Wählen Sie entweder die ganze Zeile aus, indem Sie auf die Zeilenbezeichnung klicken oder eine Zelle über der Sie eine neue Reihe einfügen wollen:Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Zeilen einfügen wollen, markieren Sie die entsprechende Anzahl an Zeilen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Ganze Zeile oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die entsprechende Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus und wählen Sie anschließend die Option Ganze Zeile oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählte(n) Zelle(n) und wählen Sie die Option Oberhalb aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Die gewählte Zeile wird automatisch nach unten verschoben und eine neue Zeile wird eingefügt. Spalten einfügen: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Spalte, nach der Sie eine neue einfügen möchten.Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Spalten einfügen wollen, markieren Sie die entsprechende Anzahl an Spalten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen einfügen in der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Ganze Spalte oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die entsprechende Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus und wählen Sie anschließend die Option Ganze Spalte oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die ausgewählte(n) Spalte(n) und wählen Sie die Option Links einfügen aus dem Rechtsklickmenü aus. Die gewählte Spalte wird automatisch nach rechts verschoben und es wird eine neue Spalte eingefügt. Zeilen und Spalten ein- und ausblenden Eine Zeile oder Spalte ausblenden: Wählen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten aus, die Sie ausblenden wollen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die markierten Zeilen oder Spalten und wählen Sie die Option Ausblenden im Rechtsklickmenü aus. Um ausgeblendete Zeilen oder Spalten anzuzeigen, wählen Sie sichtbare Zeilen über und unter den ausgeblendeten Zeilen oder sichtbare Spalten links und rechts neben den ausgeblendeten Spalten aus, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf Ihre Auswahl und wählen Sie die Option Anzeigen aus dem Kontextmenü aus. Spaltenbreite und Zeilenhöhe ändern: Die Spaltenbreite gibt vor, wie viele Zeichen mit Standardformatierung in der Spaltenzelle angezeigt werden können. Der Standardwert ist auf 8,43 Symbole eingestellt. Standardwert ändern: Wählen Sie die Spalten aus für die Sie den Wert ändern wollen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die markierten Spalten und wählen Sie die Option Spaltenbreite festlegen im Rechtsklickmenü aus. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Wählen Sie die Option Spaltenbreite automatisch anpassen, um die Breite jeder Spalte automatisch an ihren Inhalt anzupassen, oder Wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Spaltenbreite und geben Sie im Fenster Benutzerdefinierte Spaltenbreite einen neuen Wert zwischen 0 und 255 ein und klicken Sie auf OK. Um die Breite einer einzelnen Spalte manuell zu ändern, bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger über den rechten Rand der Spaltenüberschrift, so dass der Cursor in den bidirektionalen Pfeil wechselt. Ziehen Sie den Rahmen nach links oder rechts, um eine benutzerdefinierte Breite festzulegen, oder doppelklicken Sie auf die Maus, um die Spaltenbreite automatisch an den Inhalt anzupassen. Der Standardwert für die Zeilenhöhe ist auf 14,25 Punkte eingestellt. Zeilenhöhe ändern: Wählen Sie die Zeilen aus für die Sie den Wert ändern wollen. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die markierten Zeilen und wählen Sie die Option Zeilenhöhe festlegen im Rechtsklickmenü aus. Wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Wählen Sie die Option Zeilenhöhe automatisch anpassen, um die Höhe jeder Spalte automatisch an ihren Inhalt anzupassen, oder Wählen Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierte Zeilenhöhe und geben Sie im Fenster Benutzerdefinierte Zeilenhöhe einen neuen Wert zwischen 0 und 408,75 ein und klicken Sie auf OK. Um die Höhe einer einzelnen Zeile manuell zu ändern, ziehen Sie den unteren Rand der Zeilenüberschrift. Zellen, Zeilen und Spalten löschen: Eine überflüssige Zelle, Reihe oder Spalte löschen: Wählen Sie die Zellen, Zeilen oder Spalten aus, die Sie löschen wollen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Zellen löschen in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die Option im Rechtsklickmenü aus und wählen Sie anschließend den gewünschten Vorgang aus der angezeigten Liste: Wenn Sie die Option Zellen nach links verschieben auswählen, wird die Zellen rechts von der gelöschten Zelle nach links verschoben; wenn Sie die Option Zellen nach oben verschieben auswählen, wird die Zelle unterhalb der gelöschten Zelle nach oben verschoben; wenn Sie die Option Ganze Zeile auswählen, wird die Zeile unterhalb der ausgewählten Zeile nach oben verschoben; wenn Sie die Option Ganze Spalte auswählen, wird die Spalte rechts von der gelöschten Spalte nach links verschoben. Mithilfe des Symbols Rückgängig auf der oberen Symbolleiste können Sie gelöschte Daten jederzeit wiederherstellen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertEquation.htm", + "title": "Formeln einfügen", + "body": "Mit dem Tabelleneditor können Sie Formeln mithilfe der integrierten Vorlagen erstellen, sie bearbeiten, Sonderzeichen einfügen (einschließlich mathematischer Operatoren, griechischer Buchstaben, Akzente usw.). Eine neue Formel einfügen Eine Formel aus den Vorlagen einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil neben dem Symbol Formel. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Listenmenü die gewünschte Option: Derzeit sind die folgenden Kategorien verfügbar: Symbole, Brüche, Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Klammern, Funktionen, Akzente, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen, Operatoren, Matrizen. Klicken Sie im entsprechenden Vorlagensatz auf das gewünschte Symbol/die gewünschte Formel. Das gewählte Symbol/die gewählte Gleichung wird in das aktuelle Tabellenblatt eingefügt.Die obere linke Ecke des Formelfelds stimmt mit der oberen linken Ecke der aktuell ausgewählten Zelle überein, aber die Gleichung kann auf dem Arbeitsblatt frei verschoben, in der Größe geändert oder gedreht werden. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Rahmen des Formelfelds (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Bedienelemente. Jede Formelvorlage steht für eine Reihe von Slots. Ein Slot für jedes Element, aus dem die Gleichung besteht Ein leerer Slot (auch Platzhalter genannt) hat eine gepunktete Linie Setzen Sie für alle Platzhalter die gewünschten Werte ein. Werte eingeben Der Einfügepunkt zeigt an, an welcher Stelle das nächste Zeichen erscheint, das Sie eingeben. Um den Cursor präzise zu positionieren, klicken Sie in einen Platzhalter und verschieben Sie den Einfügepunkt, mithilfe der Tastaturpfeile, um ein Zeichen nach links/rechts oder eine Zeile nach oben/unten.Wenn Sie den Einfügepunkt positioniert haben, können Sie die Werte in die Platzhaltern einfügen: Geben Sie den gewünschten numerischen/literalen Wert über die Tastatur ein. Wechseln Sie zum Einfügen von Sonderzeichen in die Registerkarte Einfügen und wählen Sie im Menü Formel das gewünschte Zeichen aus der Palette mit den Symbolen aus. Fügen Sie eine weitere Vorlage aus der Palette hinzu, um eine komplexe verschachtelte Gleichung zu erstellen. Die Größe der primären Formel wird automatisch an den Inhalt angepasst. Die Größe der verschachtelten Gleichungselemente hängt von der Platzhaltergröße der primären Gleichung ab, sie darf jedoch nicht kleiner sein, als die Vorlage für tiefgestellte Zeichen. Alternativ können Sie auch über das Rechtsklickmenü neue Elemente in Ihre Formel einfügen: Um ein neues Argument vor oder nach einem vorhandenen Argument einzufügen, das in Klammern steht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das vorhandene Argument und wählen Sie die Option Argument vorher/nachher einfügen. Um in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen eine neue Formel aus der Gruppe Klammern hinzuzufügen (oder eine beliebige andere Formel, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen leeren Platzhalter oder eine im Platzhalter eingegebene Gleichung und wählen Sie Formel vorher/nachher einfügen aus dem Menü aus. Um in einer Matrix eine neue Zeile oder Spalte einzugeben, wählen Sie die Option Einfügen aus dem Menü, und klicken Sie dann auf Zeile oberhalb/unterhalb oder Spalte links/rechts. Hinweis: aktuell ist es nicht möglich Gleichungen im linearen Format einzugeben, d.h. \\sqrt(4&x^3). Wenn Sie die Werte der mathematischen Ausdrücke eingeben, ist es nicht notwendig die Leertaste zu verwenden, da die Leerzeichen zwischen den Zeichen und Werten automatisch gesetzt werden. Wenn die Formel zu lang ist und nicht in eine einzelnen Zeile im Formelfeld passt, wird während der Eingabe automatisch ein Zeilenumbruch ausgeführt. Bei Bedarf können Sie auch manuell einen Zeilenumbruch an einer bestimmten Position einfügen. Klicken sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen der Platzhalter und wählen Sie im Menü die Option manuellen Umbruch einfügen aus. Der ausgewählte Platzhalter wird in die nächste Zeile verschoben. Um einen manuell hinzugefügten Zeilenumbruch zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter der die neue Zeile einleitet und wählen Sie die Option manuellen Umbruch entfernen. Formeln formatieren Standardmäßig wird die Formel innerhalb des Formelfelds horizontal zentriert und vertikal am oberen Rand des Formelfelds ausgerichtet. Um die horizontale/vertikale Ausrichtung zu ändern, platzieren Sie den Cursor im Formelfeld (die Rahmen des Formelfelds werden als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt) und verwenden Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Um die Schriftgröße der Formel zu verkleinern oder zu vergrößern, klicken Sie an eine beliebige Stelle im Formelfeld und verwenden Sie die Schaltflächen und in der Registerkarte Start oder wählen Sie die gewünschte Schriftgröße aus der Liste aus. Alle Elemente in der Formel werden entsprechend angepasst. Die Buchstaben innerhalb der Formel werden standardmäßig kursiv gestellt. Bei Bedarf können Sie Schriftart (fett, kursiv, durchgestrichen) oder Schriftfarbe für die gesamte Formel oder Teile davon ändern. Unterstreichen ist nur für die gesamte Formel möglich und nicht für einzelne Zeichen. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Teil der Formel durch anklicken und ziehen aus. Der ausgewählte Teil wird blau markiert. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Start, um die Auswahl zu formatieren. Sie können zum Beispiel das Kursivformat für gewöhnliche Wörter entfernen, die keine Variablen oder Konstanten darstellen.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ändern: Um das Format von Brüchen zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Bruch und wählen Sie im Menü die Option in schrägen/linearen/gestapelten Bruch ändern (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Bruchtyp ab). Um die Position der Skripte in Bezug auf Text zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, die Skripte enthält und wählen Sie die Option Skripte vor/nach Text aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Argumente für Skripte, Wurzeln, Integrale, Große Operatoren, Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Operatoren sowie für über- und untergeordnete Klammern und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument, das Sie ändern wollen, und wählen Sie die Option Argumentgröße vergrößern/verkleinern aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grad-Platzhalter für eine Wurzel angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Wurzel und wählen Sie die Option Grad anzeigen/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Grenzwert-Platzhalter für ein Integral oder für Große Operatoren angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Gleichung und wählen Sie im Menü die Option oberen/unteren Grenzwert anzeigen/ausblenden aus. Um die Position der Grenzwerte in Bezug auf das Integral oder einen Operator für Integrale oder einen großen Operator zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Position des Grenzwertes ändern aus dem Menü aus. Die Grenzwerte können rechts neben dem Operatorzeichen (als tiefgestellte und hochgestellte Zeichen) oder direkt über und unter dem Operatorzeichen angezeigt werden. Um die Positionen der Grenzwerte für Grenzwerte und Logarithmen und Vorlagen mit Gruppierungszeichen aus der Gruppe Akzente zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Klammern angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option öffnende/schließende Klammer anzeigen/verbergen aus dem Menü aus. Um die Größe der Klammern zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck. Standardmäßig ist die Option Klammern ausdehnen aktiviert, so dass die Klammern an den eingegebenen Ausdruck angepasst werden. Sie können diese Option jedoch deaktivieren und die Klammern werden nicht mehr ausgedehnt. Wenn die Option aktiviert ist, können Sie auch die Option Klammern an Argumenthöhe anpassen verwenden. Um die Position der Zeichen, in Bezug auf Text für Klammern (über dem Text/unter dem Text) oder Überstriche/Unterstriche aus der Gruppe Akzente, zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Vorlage und wählen Sie die Option Überstrich/Unterstrich über/unter Text aus dem Menü aus. Um festzulegen, welche Rahmen aus der Gruppe Akzente für die umrandete Formel angezeigt werden sollen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel, klicken Sie im Menü auf die Option Umrandungen und legen Sie die Parameter Einblenden/Ausblenden oberer/unterer/rechter/linker Rand oder Hinzufügen/Verbergen horizontale/vertikale/diagonale Grenzlinie fest. Um festzulegen, ob ein leerer Platzhalter für eine Matrix angezeigt werden soll oder nicht, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste darauf und wählen Sie die Option Platzhalter einblenden/ausblenden aus dem Menü aus. Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü ausrichten: Um Formeln in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen aus der Gruppe Klammern auszurichten (oder beliebige andere Formeln, wenn Sie zuvor über die Eingabetaste einen neuen Platzhalter eingefügt haben), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Formel, wählen Sie die Option Ausrichten im Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um eine Matrix vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Matrix, wählen Sie die Option Matrixausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Oben, Zentriert oder Unten. Um Elemente in einer Matrix-Spalte vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf einen Platzhalter in der Spalte, wählen Sie die Option Spaltenausrichtung aus dem Menü aus und legen Sie den Ausrichtungstyp fest: Links, Zentriert oder Rechts. Formelelemente löschen Um Teile einer Formel zu löschen, wählen Sie den Teil den Sie löschen wollen mit der Maus aus oder halten Sie die Umschalttaste gedrückt, und drücken sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF. Ein Slot kann nur zusammen mit der zugehörigen Vorlage gelöscht werden. Um die gesamte Formel zu löschen, klicken Sie auf die Umrandung der Formel (der Rahmen wird als durchgezogene Linie dargestellt) und drücken Sie dann auf Ihrer Tastatur auf ENTF.Einige Elemente aus der Formel lassen sich auch über das Rechtsklickmenü löschen: Um eine Wurzel zu löschen, klicken Sie diese mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Wurzel löschen im Menü aus. Um ein tiefgestelltes Zeichen bzw. ein hochgestelltes Zeichen zu löschen, klicken sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das entsprechende Element und wählen Sie die Option hochgestelltes/tiefgestelltes Zeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn der Ausdruck Skripte mit Vorrang vor dem Text enthält, ist die Option Skripte entfernen verfügbar. Um Klammern zu entfernen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den darin enthaltenen Ausdruck und wählen Sie die Option Umschließende Zeichen entfernen oder die Option Umschließende Zeichen und Trennzeichen entfernen im Menü aus. Wenn ein Ausdruck in Klammern mehr als ein Argument enthält, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Argument das Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Argument löschen im Menü aus. Wenn Klammern mehr als eine Formel umschließen (in Fällen mit mehreren Bedingungen), klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Formel die Sie löschen wollen und wählen Sie die Option Formel löschen im Menü aus. Um einen Grenzwert zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie die Option Grenzwert entfernen im Menü aus. Um einen Akzent zu löschen, klicken Sie diesen mit der rechten Maustaste an und wählen Sie im Menü die Option Akzentzeichen entfernen, Überstrich entfernen oder Unterstrich entfernen (die verfügbaren Optionen hängen vom ausgewählten Akzent ab). Um eine Zeile bzw. Spalte in einer Matrix zu löschen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Platzhalter in der entsprechenden Zeile/Spalte, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Entfernen und wählen Sie dann Zeile/Spalte entfernen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertFunction.htm", + "title": "Funktion einfügen", + "body": "Die Möglichkeit, grundlegende Berechnungen durchzuführen, ist der eigentliche Hauptgrund für die Verwendung einer Kalkulationstabelle. Wenn Sie einen Zellbereich in Ihrer Tabelle auswählen, werden einige Berechnungen bereits automatisch ausgeführt: MITTELWERT analysiert den ausgewählte Zellbereich und ermittelt den Durchschnittswert. ANZAHL gibt die Anzahl der ausgewählten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen ignoriert werden. SUMME gibt die SUMME der markierten Zellen wieder, wobei leere Zellen oder Zellen mit Text ignoriert werden. Die Ergebnisse dieser automatisch durchgeführten Berechnungen werden in der unteren rechten Ecke der Statusleiste angezeigt. Um andere Berechnungen durchzuführen, können Sie die gewünschte Formel manuell einfügen, mit den üblichen mathematischen Operatoren, oder eine vordefinierte Formel verwenden - Funktion. Einfügen einer Funktion: Wählen Sie eine Zelle, in die Sie eine Funktion einfügen möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Funktion einfügen in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der häufig verwendeten Funktionen (SUMME, MIN, MAX, ANZAHL) oder klicken Sie auf die Option Weitere oder klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste in die gewünschte Zelle und wählen Sie die Option Funktion einfügen aus dem Menü aus oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol auf der Formelleiste. Wählen Sie im geöffneten Fenster Funktion einfügen die gewünschte Funktionsgruppe aus und wählen Sie dann die gewünschte Funktion aus der Liste und klicken Sie auf OK. Geben Sie die Funktionsargumente manuell ein oder wählen Sie den entsprechenden Zellbereich mit Hilfe der Maus aus. Sind für die Funktion mehrere Argumente erforderlich, müssen diese durch Kommas getrennt werden.Hinweis: Im Allgemeinen können numerische Werte, logische Werte (WAHR, FALSCH), Textwerte (müssen zitiert werden), Zellreferenzen, Zellbereichsreferenzen, den Bereichen zugewiesene Namen und andere Funktionen als Funktionsargumente verwendet werden. Drücken Sie die Eingabetaste. Hier finden Sie die Liste der verfügbaren Funktionen, gruppiert nach Kategorien: Funktionskategorie Beschreibung Funktionen Text- und Datenfunktionen Werden verwendet, um die Textdaten in Ihrer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen. ZEICHEN; SÄUBERN; CODE; VERKETTEN; TEXTKETTE; DM; IDENTISCH; FINDEN; FINDENB; FEST; LINKS; LINKSB; LÄNGE; LÄNGEB; KLEIN; TEIL; TEILB; ZAHLENWERT; GROSS2; ERSETZEN; ERSETZENB; WIEDERHOLEN; RECHTS; RECHTSB; SUCHEN; SUCHENB; WECHSELN; T; TEXT; TEXTVERKETTEN; GLÄTTEN; UNIZEICHEN; UNICODE; GROSS; WERT Statistische Funktionen Diese dienen der Analyse von Daten: Mittelwert ermitteln, den größen bzw. kleinsten Wert in einem Zellenbereich finden. MITTELABW; MITTELWERT; MITTELWERTA; MITTELWERTWENN; MITTELWERTWENNS; BETAVERT; BETA.VERT; BETAINV; BINOMVERT; BINOM.VERT; BINOM.VERT.BEREICH; BINOM.INV; CHIVERT; CHIINV; CHIQU.VERT; CHIQU.VERT.RE; CHIQU.INV; CHIQU.INV.RE; CHITEST; CHIQU.TEST; KONFIDENZ; KONFIDENZ.NORM; KONFIDENZ.T; KORREL; ANZAHL; ANZAHL2; ANZAHLLEEREZELLEN; ZÄHLENWENN; ZÄHLENWENNS; KOVAR; KOVARIANZ.P; KOVARIANZ.S; KRITBINOM; SUMQUADABW; EXPON.VERT; EXPONVERT; F.VERT; FVERT; F.VERT.RE; F.INV; FINV; F.INV.RE; FISHER; FISHERINV; SCHÄTZER; PROGNOSE.ETS; PROGNOSE.ETS.KONFINT; PROGNOSE.ETS.SAISONALITÄT; PROGNOSE.ETS.STAT; PROGNOSE.LINEAR; HÄUFIGKEIT; FTEST; F.TEST; GAMMA; GAMMA.VERT; GAMMAVERT; GAMMA.INV; GAMMAINV; GAMMALN; GAMMALN.GENAU; GAUSS; GEOMITTEL; HARMITTEL; HYPGEOMVERT; HYPGEOM.VERT; ACHSENABSCHNITT; KURT; KGRÖSSTE; LOGINV; LOGNORM.VERT; LOGNORM.INV; LOGNORMVERT; MAX; MAXA; MAXWENNS; MEDIAN; MIN; MINA; MINWENNS; MODALWERT; MODUS.VIELF; MODUS.EINF; NEGBINOMVERT; NEGBINOM.VERT; NORMVERT; NORM.VERT; NORMINV; NORM.INV; STANDNORMVERT; NORM.S.VERT; STANDNORMINV; NORM.S.INV; PEARSON; QUANTIL; QUANTIL.EXKL; QUANTIL.INKL; QUANTILSRANG; QUANTILSRANG.EXKL; QUANTILSRANG.INKL; VARIATIONEN; VARIATIONEN2; PHI; POISSON; POISSON.VERT; WAHRSCHBEREICH; QUARTILE; QUARTILE.EXKL; QUARTILE.INKL; RANG; RANG.MITTELW; RANG.GLEICH; BESTIMMTHEITSMASS; SCHIEFE; SCHIEFE.P; STEIGUNG; KKLEINSTE; STANDARDISIERUNG; STABW; STABW.S; STABWA; STABWN; STABW.N; STABWNA; STFEHLERYX; TVERT; T.VERT; T.VERT.2S; T.VERT.RE; T.INV; T.INV.2S; TINV; GESTUTZTMITTEL; TTEST; T.TEST; VARIANZ; VARIANZA; VARIANZEN; VAR.P; VAR.S; VARIANZENA; WEIBULL; WEIBULL.VERT; GTEST; G.TEST Finanzmathematische Funktionen Werden genutzt, um finanzielle Berechnungen durchzuführen (Kapitalwert, Zahlungen usw.). AUFGELZINS; AUFGELZINSF; AMORDEGRK; AMORLINEARK; ZINSTERMTAGVA; ZINSTERMTAGE; ZINSTERMTAGNZ; ZINSTERMNZ; ZINSTERMZAHL; ZINSTERMVZ; KUMZINSZ; KUMKAPITAL; GDA2; GDA; DISAGIO; NOTIERUNGDEZ; NOTIERUNGBRU; DURATIONТ; EFFEKTIV; ZW; ZW2; ZINSSATZ; ZINSZ; IKV; ISPMT; MDURATION; QIKV; NOMINAL; ZZR; NBW; UNREGER.KURS; UNREGER.REND; UNREGLE.KURS; UNREGLE.REND; PDURATION; RMZ; KAPZ; KURS; KURSDISAGIO; KURSFÄLLIG; BW; ZINS; AUSZAHLUNG; ZSATZINVEST; LIA; DIA; TBILLÄQUIV; TBILLKURS; TBILLRENDITE; VDB; XINTZINSFUSS; XKAPITALWERT; RENDITE; RENDITEDIS; RENDITEFÄLL Mathematische und trigonometrische Funktionen Werden genutzt, um grundlegende mathematische und trigonometrische Operationen durchzuführen: Addition, Multiplikation, Division, Runden usw. ABS; ACOS; ARCCOSHYP; ARCCOT; ARCCOTHYP; AGGREGAT; ARABISCH; ARCSIN; ARCSINHYP; ARCTAN; ARCTAN2; ARCTANHYP; BASE; OBERGRENZE; OBERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; OBERGRENZE.GENAU; KOMBINATIONEN; KOMBINATIONEN2; COS; COSHYP; COT; COTHYP; COSEC; COSECHYP; DEZIMAL; GRAD; ECMA.OBERGRENZE; GERADE; EXP; FAKULTÄT; ZWEIFAKULTÄT; UNTERGRENZE; UNTERGRENZE.GENAU; UNTERGRENZE.MATHEMATIK; GGT; GANZZAHL; ISO.OBERGRENZE; KGV; LN; LOG; LOG10; MDET; MINV; MMULT; REST; VRUNDEN; POLYNOMIAL; UNGERADE; PI; POTENZ; PRODUKT; QUOTIENT; BOGENMASS; ZUFALLSZAHL; ZUFALLSBEREICH; RÖMISCH; RUNDEN; ABRUNDEN; AUFRUNDEN; SEC; SECHYP; POTENZREIHE; VORZEICHEN; SIN; SINHYP; WURZEL; WURZELPI; TEILERGEBNIS; SUMME; SUMMEWENN; SUMMEWENNS; SUMMENPRODUKT; QUADRATESUMME; SUMMEX2MY2; SUMMEX2PY2; SUMMEXMY2; TAN; TANHYP; KÜRZEN Nachschlage- und Verweisfunktionen Werden genutzt, um die Informationen aus der Datenliste zu finden. ADRESSE; WAHL; SPALTE; SPALTEN; FORMELTEXT; WVERWEIS; INDEX; INDIREKT; VERWEIS; VERGLEICH; BEREICH.VERSCHIEBEN; ZEILE; ZEILEN; MTRANS; SVERWEIS Datums- und Uhrzeitfunktionen Werden genutzt um Datum und Uhrzeit in einer Tabelle korrekt anzuzeigen. DATUM; DATEDIF; DATWERT; TAG; TAGE; TAGE360; EDATUM; MONATSENDE; STUNDE; ISOKALENDERWOCHE; MINUTE; MONAT; NETTOARBEITSTAGE; NETTOARBEITSTAGE.INTL; JETZT; SEKUNDE; ZEIT; ZEITWERT; HEUTE; WOCHENTAG; KALENDERWOCHE; ARBEITSTAG; ARBEITSTAG.INTL; JAHR; BRTEILJAHRE Technische Funktionen Dienen der Durchführung von technischen Berechnungen: BESSELI; BESSELJ; BESSELK; BESSELY; BININDEZ; BININHEX; BININOKT; BITUND; BITLVERSCHIEB; BITODER; BITRVERSCHIEB; BITXODER; KOMPLEXE; UMWANDELN; DEZINBIN; DEZINHEX; DEZINOKT; DELTA; GAUSSFEHLER; GAUSSF.GENAU; GAUSSFKOMPL; GAUSSFKOMPL.GENAU; GGANZZAHL; HEXINBIN; HEXINDEZ; HEXINOKT; IMABS; IMAGINÄRTEIL; IMARGUMENT; IMKONJUGIERTE; IMCOS; IMCOSHYP; IMCOT; IMCOSEC; IMCOSECHYP; IMDIV; IMEXP; IMLN; IMLOG10; IMLOG2; IMAPOTENZ; IMPRODUKT; IMREALTEIL; IMSEC; IMSECHYP; IMSIN; IMSINHYP; IMWURZEL; IMSUB; IMSUMME; IMTAN; OKTINBIN; OKTINDEZ; OKTINHEX Datenbankfunktionen Werden verwendet, um Berechnungen für die Werte in einem bestimmten Feld der Datenbank durchzuführen, die den angegebenen Kriterien entsprechen. DBMITTELWERT; DBANZAHL; DBANZAHL2; DBAUSZUG; DBMAX; DBMIN; DBPRODUKT; DBSTDABW; DBSTDABWN; DBSUMME; DBVARIANZ; DBVARIANZEN Informationsfunktionen Werden verwendet, um Ihnen Informationen über die Daten in der ausgewählten Zelle oder einem Bereich von Zellen zu geben. FEHLER.TYP; ISTLEER; ISTFEHL; ISTFEHLER; ISTGERADE; ISTFORMEL; ISTLOG; ISTNV; ISTKTEXT; ISTZAHL; ISTUNGERADE; ISTBEZUG; ISTTEXT; N; NV; BLATT; BLÄTTER; TYP Logische Funktionen Werden verwendet, um zu prüfen, ob eine Bedingung wahr oder falsch ist. UND; FALSCH; WENN; WENNFEHLER; WENNNV; WENNS; NICHT; ODER; ERSTERWERT; WAHR; XODER" + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertImages.htm", + "title": "Bilder einfügen", + "body": "Im Tabellenkalkulationseditor, können Sie Bilder in den gängigen Formaten in Ihre Tabelle einfügen. Die folgenden Formate werden unterstützt: BMP, GIF, JPEG, JPG, PNG. Ein Bild einfügen Ein Bild einfügen Positionieren Sie den Cursor an der Stelle, an der Sie das Bild einfügen möchten. Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Bild. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen um das Bild hochzuladen: Mit der Option Bild aus Datei öffnen Sie das Windows-Standarddialogfenster zur Dateiauswahl. Durchsuchen Sie die Festplatte Ihres Computers nach der gewünschten Bilddatei und klicken Sie auf Öffnen. Mit der Option Bild aus URL öffnen Sie das Fenster zum Eingeben der erforderlichen Webadresse, wenn Sie die Adresse eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf OK. Das Bild wird dem Arbeitsblatt hinzugefügt. Bildeinstellungen anpassen Wenn Sie das Bild hinzugefügt haben, können Sie Größe und Position ändern. Genau Bildmaße festlegen: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus aus Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste Legen Sie im Bereich Größe die erforderlichen Werte für Breite und Höhe fest. Wenn Sie die Funktion Seitenverhältnis sperren aktivieren (in diesem Fall sieht das Symbol so aus ), werden Breite und Höhe gleichmäßig geändert und das ursprüngliche Bildseitenverhältnis wird beibehalten. Um die Standardgröße des hinzugefügten Bildes wiederherzustellen, klicken Sie auf Standardgröße. Ein eingefügtes Bild ersetzen: Wählen Sie das gewünschte Bild mit der Maus Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Bildeinstellungen auf der rechten Seitenleiste Wählen Sie in der Gruppe Bild ersetzen die gewünschte Option: Bild aus Datei oder Bild aus URL - und wählen Sie das entsprechende Bild aus. Das ausgewählte Bild wird ersetzt. Ist das Bild ausgewählt, ist rechts auch das Symbol Formeinstellungen verfügbar. Klicken Sie auf dieses Symbol, um die Registerkarte Formeinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste zu öffnen und passen Sie Form Linientyp, Größe und Farbe an oder ändern Sie die Form und wählen Sie im Menü AutoForm ändern eine neue Form aus. Entsprechend ändern sich die Form des Bildes. Um die erweiterte Einstellungen des Bildes zu ändern, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Bild und wählen Sie die Option Bild - Erweiterte Einstellungen im Rechtsklickmenü oder klicken Sie einfach in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Bildeigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen im Bild enthalten sind. Um das gewünschte Bild zu löschen, klicken Sie darauf und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf Ihrer Tastatur." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/InsertTextObjects.htm", + "title": "Textobjekte einfügen", + "body": "Um einen bestimmten Teil des Datenblatts hervorzuheben, können Sie ein Textfeld (rechteckigen Rahmen, in den ein Text eingegeben werden kann) oder ein TextArtfeld (Textfeld mit einer vordefinierten Schriftart und Farbe, das die Anwendung von Texteffekten ermöglicht) in das Tabellenblatt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen Sie können überall im Tabellenblatt ein Textobjekt einfügen. Textobjekt einfügen: Wechseln Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf die Registerkarte Einfügen. Wählen Sie das gewünschten Textobjekt aus: Um ein Textfeld hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Textfeld und dann auf die Stelle, an der Sie das Textfeld einfügen möchten. Halten Sie die Maustaste gedrückt, und ziehen Sie den Rahmen des Textfelds in die gewünschte Größe. Wenn Sie die Maustaste loslassen, erscheint die Einfügemarke im hinzugefügten Textfeld und Sie können Ihren Text eingeben.Hinweis: alternativ können Sie ein Textfeld einfügen, indem Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf Form klicken und das Symbol aus der Gruppe Standardformen auswählen. Um ein TextArt-Objekt einzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol TextArt in der oberen Symbolleiste und klicken Sie dann auf die gewünschte Stilvorlage - das TextArt-Objekt wird in der Mitte des Tabellenblatts eingefügt. Markieren Sie den Standardtext innerhalb des Textfelds mit der Maus und ersetzen Sie diesen durch Ihren eigenen Text. klicken Sie in einen Bereich außerhalb des Textobjekts, um die Änderungen anzuwenden und zum Arbeitsblatt zurückzukehren. Der Text innerhalb des Textfelds ist Bestandteil der AutoForm (wenn Sie die AutoForm verschieben oder drehen, wird der Text mit ihr verschoben oder gedreht). Da ein eingefügtes Textobjekt einen rechteckigen Rahmen mit Text darstellt (TextArt-Objekte haben standardmäßig unsichtbare Rahmen) und dieser Rahmen eine allgemeine AutoForm ist, können Sie sowohl die Form als auch die Texteigenschaften ändern. Um das hinzugefügte Textobjekt zu löschen, klicken Sie auf den Rand des Textfelds und drücken Sie die Taste ENTF auf der Tastatur. Dadurch wird auch der Text im Textfeld gelöscht. Textfeld formatieren Wählen Sie das entsprechende Textfeld durch Anklicken der Rahmenlinien aus, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn das Textfeld markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als durchgezogene Linien und nicht gestrichelt angezeigt. Sie können das Textfeld mithilfe der speziellen Ziehpunkte an den Ecken der Form verschieben, drehen und die Größe ändern. Um das Textfeld zu bearbeiten mit einer Füllung zu versehen, Rahmenlinien zu ändern, das rechteckige Feld mit einer anderen Form zu ersetzen oder auf Formen - erweiterte Einstellungen zuzugreifen, klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf Formeinstellungen und nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Optionen. Um Textfelder auszurichten bzw. mit anderen Objekten zu verknüpfen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand und nutzen Sie die entsprechende Option im geöffneten Kontextmenü. Um Textspalten in einem Textfeld zu erzeugen, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Feldrand, klicken Sie auf die Option Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen und wechseln Sie im Fenster Form - Erweiterte Einstellungen in die Registerkarte Spalten. Text im Textfeld formatieren Markieren Sie den Text im Textfeld, um die Eigenschaften zu verändern. Wenn der Text markiert ist, werden alle Rahmenlinien als gestrichelte Linien angezeigt. Hinweis: Es ist auch möglich, die Textformatierung zu ändern, wenn das Textfeld (nicht der Text selbst) ausgewählt ist. In einem solchen Fall werden alle Änderungen auf den gesamten Text im Textfeld angewandt. Einige Schriftformatierungsoptionen (Schriftart, -größe, -farbe und -stile) können separat auf einen zuvor ausgewählten Teil des Textes angewendet werden. Passen Sie die Einstellungen für die Formatierung an (ändern Sie Schriftart, Größe, Farbe und DekoStile). Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste. Unter der Registerkarte Schriftart im Fenster Absatzeigenschaften können auch einige zusätzliche Schriftarteinstellungen geändert werden. Klicken Sie für die Anzeige der Optionen mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text im Textfeld und wählen Sie die Option Erweiterte Texteinstellungen. Sie können den Text in der Textbox horizontal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Sie können den Text in der Textbox vertikal ausrichten. Nutzen Sie dazu die entsprechenden Symbole in der oberen Symbolleiste unter der Registerkarte Start. Um den Text innerhalb des Textfeldes vertikal auszurichten, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maus auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option vertikale Textausrichtung und klicken Sie dann auf eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Oben ausrichten, Zentrieren oder Unten ausrichten. Text in der Textbox drehen. Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie die Option Textrichtung und anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Horizontal (Standardeinstellung), Text um 90° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von oben nach unten) oder Text um 270° drehen (vertikale Ausrichtung von unten nach oben). Aufzählungszeichen und nummerierte Listen erstellen: Klicken Sie dazu mit der rechten Maustaste auf den Text, wählen Sie im Kontextmenü die Option Aufzählungszeichen und Listen und wählen Sie dann das gewünschte Aufzählungszeichen oder den Listenstil aus. Hyperlink einfügen Richten Sie den Zeilen- und Absatzabstand für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds ein. Nutzen Sie dazu die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Diese öffnet sich, wenn Sie auf das Symbol Texteinstellungen klicken. Hier können Sie die Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen innerhalb des Absatzes sowie die Ränder zwischen dem aktuellen und dem vorhergehenden oder dem folgenden Absatz festlegen. Zeilenabstand - Zeilenhöhe für die Textzeilen im Absatz festlegen. Sie können unter drei Optionen wählen: mindestens (der erforderliche Abstand für das größte Schriftzeichen oder eine Grafik auf einer Zeile wird als Mindestabstand für alle Zeilen festgelegt), mehrfach (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein Zeilenabstand festgelegt, der ausgehend vom einfachen Zeilenabstand vergrößert wird (Größer als 1)), genau (mithilfe dieser Option wird ein fester Zeilenabstand festgelegt). Sie können den gewünschten Wert im Feld rechts angeben. Absatzabstand - Auswählen wie groß die Absätze sind, die zwischen Textzeilen und Abständen angezeigt werden. Vor - Abstand vor dem Absatz festlegen. Nach - Abstand nach dem Absatz festlegen. Erweiterte Absatzeinstellungen ändern: Sie können für den mehrzeiligen Text innerhalb des Textfelds Absatzeinzüge und Tabulatoren ändern und bestimmte anwenden. Positionieren Sie den Mauszeiger im gewünschten Absatz - die Registerkarte Texteinstellungen wird in der rechten Seitenleiste aktiviert. Klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen. Das Fenster mit den Absatzeigenschaften wird geöffnet: In der Registerkarte Einzüge & Position können Sie den Abstand der ersten Zeile vom linken inneren Rand des Textbereiches sowie den Abstand des Absatzes vom linken und rechten inneren Rand des Textbereiches ändern. Die Registerkarte Schriftart enthält folgende Parameter: Durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer Linie. Doppelt durchgestrichen - durchstreichen einer Textstelle mithilfe einer doppelten Linie. Hochgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und hochstellen, wie beispielsweise in Brüchen. Tiefgestellt - Textstellen verkleinern und tiefstellen, wie beispielsweise in chemischen Formeln. Kapitälchen - erzeugt Großbuchstaben in Höhe von Kleinbuchstaben. Großbuchstaben - alle Buchstaben als Großbuchstaben schreiben. Zeichenabstand - Abstand zwischen den einzelnen Zeichen festlegen. Die Registerkarte Tabulator erlaubt die Tabstopps zu ändern, d.h. die Position des Mauszeigers dringt vor, wenn Sie die Tabulatortaste auf der Tastatur drücken. Tabulatorposition - Festlegen von benutzerdefinierten Tabstopps. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in dieses Feld ein. Passen Sie diesen mit den Pfeiltasten genauer an und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche Festlegen. Ihre benutzerdefinierte Tabulatorposition wird der Liste im unteren Feld hinzugefügt. Die Standardeinstellung für Tabulatoren ist auf 1,25 cm festgelegt. Sie können den Wert verkleinern oder vergrößern, nutzen Sie dafür die Pfeiltasten oder geben Sie den gewünschten Wert in das dafür vorgesehene Feld ein. Ausrichtung - legt den gewünschten Ausrichtungstyp für jede der Tabulatorpositionen in der obigen Liste fest. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabulatorposition in der Liste aus und wählen Sie das Optionsfeld Linksbündig, Zentriert oder Rechtsbündig und klicken Sie auf Festlegen. Linksbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps linksbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach rechts. Zentriert - der Text wird an der Tabstoppposition zentriert. Rechtsbündig - der Text wird ab der Position des Tabstopps rechtsbündig ausgerichtet; d.h. der Text verschiebt sich bei der Eingabe nach links. Um Tabstopps aus der Liste zu löschen, wählen Sie einen Tabstopp und klicken Sie auf Entfernen oder Alle entfernen. TextArt-Stil bearbeiten Wählen Sie ein Textobjekt aus und klicken Sie in der rechten Seitenleiste auf das Symbol TextArt-Einstellungen . Ändern Sie den angewandten Textstil, indem Sie eine neue Vorlage aus der Galerie auswählen. Sie können den Grundstil außerdem ändern, indem Sie eine andere Schriftart, -größe usw. auswählen. Füllung und Umrandung der Schriftart ändern. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind die gleichen wie für AutoFormen. Wenden Sie einen Texteffekt an, indem Sie aus der Galerie mit den verfügbaren Vorlagen die gewünschte Formatierung auswählen. Sie können den Grad der Textverzerrung anpassen, indem Sie den rosafarbenen, rautenförmigen Griff in die gewünschte Position ziehen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ManageSheets.htm", + "title": "Tabellenblätter verwalten", + "body": "Standardmäßig hat eine erstellte Tabelle drei Blätter. Am einfachsten lassen sich neue Blätter hinzufügen, indem Sie auf Symbol rechts neben den Schaltflächen Blattnavigation in der linken unteren Ecke klicken. Alternativ können Sie ein neues Blatt hinzufügen wie folgt: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf das Tabellenblatt, nach dem Sie ein neues einfügen möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Einfügen im Rechtsklickmenü. Ein neues Blatt wird nach dem gewählten Blatt eingefügt. Um das gewünschte Blatt zu aktivieren, nutzen Sie die Blattregisterkarten in der linken unteren Ecke jeder Tabelle. Hinweis: Wenn Sie mehrere Blätter haben, können Sie über die Schaltflächen für die Blattnavigation in der linken unteren Ecke navigieren, um das benötigte Blatt zu finden. Ein überflüssiges Blatt löschen: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie entfernen möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Löschen im Rechtsklickmenü. Das gewählte Blatt wird aus der aktuellen Tabelle entfernt. Ein vorhandenes Blatt umbenennen: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie umbenennen möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen im Rechtsklickmenü. Geben Sie den Blatttitel in das Dialogfeld ein und klicken Sie auf OK. Der Titel des gewählten Blatts wird geändert. Ein vorhandenes Blatt kopieren: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie kopieren möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Kopieren im Rechtsklickmenü. Wählen Sie das Blatt, vor dem Sie das kopierte Blatt einfügen möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Zum Ende kopieren, um das kopierte Blatt nach allen vorhandenen Blättern einzufügen. Klicken Sie auf OK. Das gewählte Blatt wird kopiert und an der gewählten Stelle untergebracht. Ein vorhandene Blatt verschieben: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie verschieben möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Verschieben im Rechtsklickmenü. Wählen Sie das Blatt, vor dem Sie das gewählte Blatt einfügen möchten, oder nutzen Sie die Option Zum Ende verschieben, um das gewählte Blatt nach allen vorhandenen Blättern einzufügen. Klicken Sie auf OK. Sie können das erforderliche Blatt auch mit dem Mauszeiger ziehen und an der gewünschten Position loslassen. Das gewählte Blatt wird verschoben. Wenn Sie mit mehreren Blättern arbeiten, können Sie die Blätter, die aktuell nicht benötigt werden, ausblenden, um die Arbeit übersichtlicher zu gestalten. Blätter ausblenden: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie ausblenden möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Ausblenden im Rechtsklickmenü. Um die ausgeblendete Blattregisterkarte einzublenden, klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine beliebige Registerkarte, öffnen Sie die Liste Ausgeblendet und wählen Sie die Blattregisterkarte aus, die Sie wieder einblenden möchten. Um die Blätter zu unterscheiden, können Sie den Blattregistern unterschiedliche Farben zuweisen. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Registerkarte des Blattes, das Sie farblich absetzen möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Registerfarbe im Rechtsklickmenü. Wählen Sie eine beliebige Farbe auf den verfügbaren Paletten aus. Designfarben - die Farben, die dem gewählten Farbschema der Tabelle entsprechen. Standardfarben - die voreingestellten Standardfarben. Benutzerdefinierte Farbe - klicken Sie auf diese Option, wenn Ihre gewünschte Farbe nicht in der Palette mit verfügbaren Farben enthalten ist. Wählen Sie den gewünschten Farbbereich mit dem vertikalen Schieberegler aus und legen Sie dann die gewünschte Farbe fest, indem Sie den Farbwähler innerhalb des großen quadratischen Farbfelds an die gewünschte Position ziehen. Sobald Sie eine Farbe mit dem Farbwähler bestimmt haben, werden die entsprechenden RGB- und sRGB-Farbwerte in den Feldern auf der rechten Seite angezeigt. Sie können auch anhand des RGB-Farbmodells eine Farbe bestimmen, geben Sie die gewünschten nummerischen Werte in den Feldern R, G, B (Rot, Grün, Blau) ein oder den sRGB-Hexadezimalcode in das Feld mit dem #-Zeichen. Die gewählte Farbe wird im Vorschaufeld Neu angezeigt. Wenn das Objekt vorher mit einer benutzerdefinierten Farbe gefüllt war, wird diese Farbe im Feld Aktuell angezeigt, so dass Sie die Originalfarbe und die Zielfarbe vergleichen könnten. Wenn Sie die Farbe festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf Hinzufügen. Die benutzerdefinierte Farbe wird auf die Daten angewandt und zur Palette Benutzerdefinierte Farbe hinzugefügt." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ManipulateObjects.htm", + "title": "Objekte formatieren", + "body": "Sie können die Größe von in Ihrem Arbeitsblatt eingefügten AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen ändern und diese verschieben, drehen und anordnen. Größe von Objekten ändern Um die Größe von AutoFormen, Bildern oder Diagrammen zu ändern, ziehen Sie mit der Maus an den kleinen Quadraten an den Rändern des entsprechenden Objekts. Um das ursprünglichen Seitenverhältnis der ausgewählten Objekte während der Größenänderung beizubehalten, halten Sie Taste UMSCHALT gedrückt und ziehen Sie an einem der Ecksymbole. Hinweis: Sie können die Größe des eingefügten Diagramms oder Bildes auch über die rechte Seitenleiste ändern, dieses wird aktiviert, sobald Sie das gewünschte Objekt ausgewählt haben. Um diese zu öffnen, klicken Sie rechts auf das Symbol Diagrammeinstellungen oder das Symbol Bildeinstellungen . Objekte verschieben Um die Position von AutoFormen, Bildern und Diagrammen zu ändern, nutzen Sie das Symbol , das eingeblendet wird, wenn Sie den Mauszeiger über die AutoForm bewegen. Ziehen Sie das Objekt an die gewünschte Position, ohne die Maustaste loszulassen. Um ein Objekt in 1-Pixel-Stufen zu verschieben, halten Sie die Taste STRG gedrückt und verwenden Sie die Pfeile auf der Tastatur. Um ein Objekt strikt horizontal/vertikal zu bewegen und zu verhindern, dass es sich perpendikular bewegt, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Ziehen gedrückt. Objekte drehen Um die Form oder das Bild zu drehen, bewegen Sie den Cursor über den Drehpunkt und ziehen Sie diesen im oder gegen den Uhrzeigersinn. Um ein Objekt in 15-Grad-Stufen zu drehen, halten Sie die UMSCHALT-Taste beim Drehen gedrückt. Form von AutoFormen ändern Bei der Änderung einiger Formen, z.B. geformte Pfeile oder Legenden, ist auch ein gelbes diamantförmiges Symbol verfügbar. Über dieses Symbol können verschiedene Komponenten einer Form geändert werden, z.B. die Länge des Pfeilkopfes. Objekte anordnen Um die gewählten Objekte (AutoFormen, Bilder, Diagramme) anzuordnen (d.h. ihre Reihenfolge bei der Überlappung zu ändern), klicken Sie auf das gewünschte Objekt und wählen Sie den gewünschten Anordnungstyp aus dem Rechtsklickmenü: In den Vordergrund - um ein Objekt in den Vordergrund zu bringen In den Hintergrund - um ein Objekt in den Hintergrund zu bringen Eine Ebene nach vorne - um ein Objekt eine Ebene nach vorne zu bringen Eine Ebene nach hinten - um ein Objekt eine Ebene nach hinten zu bringen Objekte gruppieren Um die Form von mehreren Objekten gleichzeitig und gleichmäßig zu verändern, können Sie diese gruppieren. Drücken Sie die Taste STRG und wählen Sie bei gedrückter Taste die gewünschten Objekte mit dem Mauszeiger aus. Klicken Sie anschließen mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl, um das Kontextmenü zu öffnen, und wählen Sie die Option Gruppieren. Um eine Gruppierung aufzuheben, wählen Sie die gruppierten Objekte mit der Maus, öffnen Sie das Rechtsklickmenü und wählen Sie die Option Gruppierung aufheben aus der Liste aus." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/MergeCells.htm", + "title": "Zellen verbinden", + "body": "Sie können zwei oder mehrere benachbarte Zellen in eine Zelle zusammenführen. Zellen verbinden: Wählen Sie zwei Zellen oder eine Reihe von Zellen mit der Maus aus.Hinweis: Die gewählten Zellen MÜSSEN nebeneinander liegen. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Verbinden auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Optionen:Hinweis: Nur die Daten in der oberen linken Zelle des gewählten Bereichs bleiben in der vereinigten Zelle erhalten. Die Daten aus den anderen Zellen des gewählten Bereichs werden verworfen. Wenn Sie die Option Verbinden und zentrieren wählen, werden die Zellen aus dem gewählten Bereich zusammengeführt und die Daten in den vereinigten Zellen werden zentriert. Wenn Sie die Option Verbinden über wählen, werden die Zellen jeder Zeile aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten werden am linken Rand der zusammengeführten Zellen ausgerichtet. Wenn Sie die Option Zellen verbinden wählen, werden die Zellen aus dem gewählten Bereich vereinigt und die Daten werden vertikal am unteren Rand und horizontal am linken Rand ausgerichtet. Um eine vorher vereinigte Zelle zu spalten, wählen Sie die Option Zellverbund aufheben in der Menüliste Zellen verbinden. Die Daten der zusammengeführten Zelle werden in der oberen linken Zelle angezeigt." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/OpenCreateNew.htm", + "title": "Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen oder eine vorhandene öffnen", + "body": "Eine neue Kalkulationstabelle erstellen: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Neu.... Nachdem Sie die Arbeit an einer Kalkulationstabelle abgeschlossen haben, können Sie sofort zu einer bereits vorhandenen Tabelle übergehen, die Sie kürzlich bearbeitet haben, eine neue Tabelle erstellen oder die Liste mit den vorhandenen Tabellen öffnen. Öffnen einer kürzlich bearbeiteten Kalkulationstabelle: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Zuletzt verwendet.... Wählen Sie die gewünschte Tabelle aus der Liste der vor kurzem bearbeiteten Tabellen aus. Um zu der Liste der vorhandenen Kalkulationstabellen zurückzukehren, klicken Sie rechts auf der Menüleiste des Editors auf Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen. Alternativ können Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei wechseln und die Option Vorhandene Kalkulationstabellen auswählen." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/PivotTables.htm", + "title": "Pivot-Tabellen bearbeiten", + "body": "Mithilfe der Bearbeitungstools auf der Registerkarte Pivot-Tabelle in der oberen Symbolleiste, können Sie die Darstellung vorhandener Pivot-Tabellen in einer Tabelle ändern. Wählen Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Pivot-Tabelle mit der Maus aus, um die Bearbeitungstools in der oberen Symbolleiste zu aktivieren. Mit der Schaltfläche Auswählen, können Sie die gesamte Pivot-Tabelle auswählen. In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung: Zeilenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Zeilen durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben. Spaltenüberschriten - die Überschriften der Spalten durch eine spezielle Formatierung hervorheben. Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Auf der Liste mit Vorlagen für Pivot-Tabellen, können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Optionen Zeilenüberschriten und Gebänderte Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit hervorgehobenen Zeilen und gebänderten Spalten:" + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SavePrintDownload.htm", + "title": "Kalkulationstabelle speichern/drucken/herunterladen", + "body": "Standardmäßig speichert der Editor Ihre Datei während der Bearbeitung automatisch alle 2 Sekunden, um Datenverluste im Falle eines unerwarteten Programmabschlusses zu verhindern. Wenn Sie die Datei im Schnellmodus co-editieren, fordert der Timer 25 Mal pro Sekunde Aktualisierungen an und speichert vorgenommene Änderungen. Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle manuell speichern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Speichern auf der oberen Symbolleiste oder drücken Sie die Tasten STRG+S oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Speichern. Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle auf dem PC speichern: Klicken Sie in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei. Wählen Sie die Option Herunterladen als.... Wählen Sie das gewünschte Format aus: XLSX, PDF, ODS, CSVHinweis: Wenn Sie das Format CSV auswählen, werden alle Funktionen (Schriftformatierung, Formeln usw.) mit Ausnahme des einfachen Texts nicht in der CSV-Datei beibehalten. Wenn Sie mit dem Speichern fortfahren, öffnet sich das Fenster CSV-Optionen auswählen. Standardmäßig wird Unicode (UTF-8) als Codierungstyp verwendet. Das Standardtrennzeichen ist das Komma (,), aber die folgenden Optionen sind ebenfalls verfügbar: Semikolon (;), Doppelpunkt (:), Tab, Leerzeichen und Sonstige (mit dieser Option können Sie ein benutzerdefiniertes Trennzeichen festlegen). Aktuelle Kalkulationstabelle drucken: Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste auf das Symbol Drucken oder nutzen Sie die Tastenkombination STRG+P oder wechseln Sie in der oberen Menüleiste in die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Drucken. Im Fenster Druckeinstellungen können Sie die Standarddruckeinstellungen ändern. Klicken Sie am unteren Rand des Fensters auf die Schaltfläche Details anzeigen, um alle Parameter anzuzeigen. Hinweis: Sie können die Druckeinstellungen auch auf der Seite Erweiterte Einstellungen... ändern: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie Erweiterte Einstellungen... >> Drucken. Hier können Sie die folgenden Parameter festlegen: Druckbereich - geben Sie an, was Sie drucken möchten: das gesamte aktive Blatt, die gesamte Arbeitsmappe oder einen vorher gewählten Zellenbereich (Auswahl). Blatteinstellungen - legen Sie für jedes einzelne Blatt individuelle Druckeinstellungen fest, wenn Sie vorher die Option Arbeitsmappe in der Menüliste für den Druckbereich ausgewählt haben. Seitenformat - wählen Sie eine der verfügbaren Größen aus der Menüliste aus. Seitenorientierung - wählen Sie die Option Hochformat, wenn Sie vertikal auf der Seite drucken möchten, oder die Option Querformat, um horizontal zu drucken. Skalierung - wenn Sie nicht möchten, dass anhängende Spalten oder Zeilen auf einer zweiten Seite gedruckt werden, können Sie den Inhalt des Blatts auf eine Seite verkleinern, indem Sie die entsprechende Option auswählen: Tabelle auf eine Seite anpassen, Alle Spalten auf einer Seite oder Alle Zeilen auf einer Seite. Wenn Sie keine Anpassung vornehmen wollen, wählen Sie die Option Keine Skalierung. Ränder - geben Sie den Abstand zwischen der Blattdaten und den Rändern der gedruckten Seite an, indem Sie die Standardgrößen in den Feldern Oben, Unten, Links und Rechts ändern. Drucken - geben Sie die Blattelemente an, die gedruckt werden sollen, indem Sie die entsprechenden Felder aktivieren: Gitternetzlinien drucken und Zellen- und Spaltenüberschriften drucken. Wenn Sie alle Parameter festgelegt haben klicken sie auf OK, um die Änderungen zu übernehmen, schließen Sie das Fenster und starten Sie den Druckvorgang. Danach wird basierend auf der Kalkulationstabelle eine PDF-Datei erstellt. Diese können Sie öffnen und drucken oder auf der Festplatte des Computers oder einem Wechseldatenträger speichern und später drucken." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/SortData.htm", + "title": "Daten filtern und sortieren", + "body": "Daten sortieren Sie können Ihre Daten in einer Tabelle mithilfe der verfügbaren Optionen schnell sortieren: Aufsteigend wird genutzt, um Ihre Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von A bis Z alphabetisch oder von den kleinsten bis zu den größten nummerischen Werten. Absteigend wird genutzt, um Ihre Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren - von Z bis A alphabetisch oder von den größten bis zu den kleinsten nummerischen Werten. Daten sortieren: Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich aus, den Sie sortieren möchten (Sie können eine einzelne Zelle in einem Bereich auswählen, um den gesamten Bereich zu sortieren. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Von A bis Z sortieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um Ihre Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren, ODER klicken Sie auf das Symbol Von Z bis A sortieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste, um Ihre Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge zu sortieren. Hinweis: Wenn Sie eine einzelne Spalte / Zeile innerhalb eines Zellenbereichs oder eines Teils der Spalte / Zeile auswählen, werden Sie gefragt, ob Sie die Auswahl um benachbarte Zellen erweitern oder nur die ausgewählten Daten sortieren möchten. Sie können Ihre Daten auch mit Hilfe der Optionen im Kontextmenü sortieren. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf den ausgewählten Zellenbereich, wählen Sie im Menü die Option Sortieren und dann im Untermenü auf die gewünschte Option Aufsteigend oder Absteigend. Mithilfe des Kontextmenüs können Sie die Daten auch nach Farbe sortieren. Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle, die die Farbe enthält, nach der Sie Ihre Daten sortieren möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Sortieren aus dem Menü aus. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus dem Untermenü aus: Ausgewählte Zellenfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Zellenhintergrundfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen. Ausgewählte Schriftfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Schriftfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen. Daten filtern Um nur Zeilen anzuzeigen die bestimmten Kriterien entsprechen, nutzen Sie die Option Filter.Filter aktivieren: Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich aus, der die Daten enthält, die Sie filtern möchten (Sie können eine einzelne Zelle in einem Zellbereich auswählen, um den gesamten Zellbereich zu filter). Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Filter .Ein nach unten gerichteter Pfeil wird in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte des gewählten Zellenbereichs angezeigt. So können Sie erkennen, dass der Filter aktiviert ist. Einen Filter anwenden: Klicken Sie auf den Filterpfeil . Die Liste mit den Filter-Optionen wird angezeigt: Passen Sie die Filterparameter an. Folgende Optionen stehen Ihnen zur Verfügung: Anzuzeigende Daten auswählen; Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien filtern oder Daten nach Farben filtern. Anzuzeigende Daten auswählen:Deaktivieren Sie die Felder neben den Daten die Sie ausblenden möchten. Zur Vereinfachung werden alle Daten neben dem Fenster Filter in absteigender Reihenfolge dargestellt. Hinweis: das Kästchen {Leerstellen} bezieht sich auf leere Zellen. Es ist verfügbar, wenn der ausgewählte Zellenbereich mindestens eine leere Zelle enthält. Über das oben befindliche Suchfeld, können Sie den Prozess vereinfachen. Geben Sie Ihre Abfrage ganz oder teilweise in das Feld ein und drücken Sie dann auf OK - die Werte, die die gesuchten Zeichen enthalten, werden in der Liste unten angezeigt. Außerdem stehen Ihnen die zwei folgenden Optionen zur Verfügung: Alle Suchergebnisse auswählen ist standardmäßig aktiviert. Diese Option ermöglicht Ihnen alle Werte auszuwählen, die Ihrer Abfrage in der Liste entsprechen. Aktuelle Auswahl zum Filtern hinzufügen - Wenn Sie dieses Kontrollkästchen aktivieren, werden die ausgewählten Werte nicht ausgeblendet, wenn Sie den Filter anwenden. Nachdem Sie alle erforderlichen Daten ausgewählt haben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche OK in der Optionsliste Filter, um den Filter anzuwenden. Daten nach bestimmten Kriterien filternAbhängig von den Daten, die in der ausgewählten Spalte enthalten sind, können Sie im rechten Teil der Liste der Filteroptionen entweder die Option Zahlenfilter oder die Option Textfilter auswählen und dann eine der Optionen aus dem Untermenü auswählen: Für Zahlenfilter stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: Gleich..., Ungleich..., Größer als..., Größer als oder gleich..., Kleiner als..., Kleiner als oder gleich..., Zwischen, Top 10, Größer als der Durchschnitt, Kleiner als der Durchschnitt, Benutzerdefinierter Filter.... Für Textfilter stehen folgende Auswahlmöglichkeiten zur Verfügung: Gleich..., Ungleich..., Beginnt mit..., Beginnt nicht mit..., Endet mit..., Endet nicht mit..., Enthält..., Enthält nicht..., Benutzerdefinierter Filter.... Nachdem Sie eine der oben genannten Optionen ausgewählt haben (außer den Optionen Top 10 und Größer/ Kleiner als Durchschnitt), öffnet sich das Fenster Benutzerdefinierter Filter. Das entsprechende Kriterium wird in der oberen Dropdown-Liste ausgewählt. Geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert in das Feld rechts ein. Um ein weiteres Kriterium hinzuzufügen, verwenden Sie das Optionsfeld Und, wenn Sie die Daten benötigen, um beide Kriterien zu erfüllen, oder klicken Sie auf das Optionsfeld Oder, wenn eines oder beide Kriterien erfüllt werden können. Wählen Sie dann das zweite Kriterium aus der unteren Auswahlliste und geben Sie den erforderlichen Wert rechts ein. Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden. Wenn Sie die Option Benutzerdefinierter Filter... aus der Optionsliste Zahlen-/ Textfilter wählen, wird das erste Kriterium nicht automatisch ausgewählt, Sie können es selbst festlegen. Wenn Sie die Option Top 10 aus dem Zahlenfilter auswählen, öffnet sich ein neues Fenster: In der ersten Dropdown-Liste können Sie auswählen, ob Sie die höchsten (Oben) oder niedrigsten (Unten) Werte anzeigen möchten. Im zweiten Feld können Sie angeben, wie viele Einträge aus der Liste oder wie viel Prozent der Gesamtzahl der Einträge angezeigt werden sollen (Sie können eine Zahl zwischen 1 und 500 eingeben). Die dritte Drop-Down-Liste erlaubt die Einstellung von Maßeinheiten: Element oder Prozent. Nach der Einstellung der erforderlichen Parameter, klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden. Wenn Sie die Option Größer/Kleiner als Durchschnitt aus dem Zahlenfilter auswählen, wird der Filter sofort angewendet. Daten nach Farbe filternWenn der Zellenbereich, den Sie filtern möchten, Zellen mit einem formatierten Hintergrund oder einer geänderten Schriftfarbe enthalten (manuell oder mithilfe vordefinierter Stile), stehen Ihnen die folgenden Optionen zur Verfügung: Nach Zellenfarbe filtern - nur die Einträge mit einer bestimmten Zellenhintergrundfarbe anzeigen und alle anderen verbergen. Nach Schriftfarbe filtern - nur die Einträge mit einer bestimmten Schriftfarbe anzeigen und alle anderen verbergen. Wenn Sie die erforderliche Option auswählen, wird eine Palette geöffnet, die alle im ausgewählten Zellenbereich verwendeten Farben anzeigt. Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Filter anzuwenden. Die Schaltfläche Filter wird in der ersten Zelle jeder Spalte des gewählten Zellenbereichs angezeigt. Das bedeutet, dass der Filter aktiviert ist. Die Anzahl der gefilterten Datensätze wird in der Statusleiste angezeigt (z. B. 25 von 80 gefilterten Datensätzen). Hinweis: Wenn der Filter angewendet wird, können die ausgefilterten Zeilen beim automatischen Ausfüllen, Formatieren und Löschen der sichtbaren Inhalte nicht geändert werden. Solche Aktionen betreffen nur die sichtbaren Zeilen, die Zeilen, die vom Filter ausgeblendet werden, bleiben unverändert. Beim Kopieren und Einfügen der gefilterten Daten können nur sichtbare Zeilen kopiert und eingefügt werden. Dies entspricht jedoch nicht manuell ausgeblendeten Zeilen, die von allen ähnlichen Aktionen betroffen sind. Gefilterte Daten sortieren Sie können die Sortierreihenfolge der Daten festlegen, für die Sie den Filter aktiviert oder angewendet haben. Klicken Sie auf den Pfeil oder auf das Smbol Filter und wählen Sie eine der Optionen in der Liste der für Filter zur Verfügung stehenden Optionen aus: Von niedrig zu hoch - Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortieren, wobei der niedrigste Wert oben in der Spalte angezeigt wird. Von hoch zu niedrig - Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge sortieren, wobei der höchste Wert oben in der Spalte angezeigt wird. Nach Zellfarbe sortieren - Daten nach einer festgelegten Farbe sortieren und die Einträge mit der angegebenen Zellfarbe oben in der Spalte anzeigen. Nach Schriftfarbe sortieren - Daten nach einer festgelegten Farbe sortieren und die Einträge mit der angegebenen Schriftfarbe oben in der Spalte anzeigen. Die letzten beiden Optionen können verwendet werden, wenn der zu sortierende Zellenbereich Zellen enthält, die Sie formatiert haben und deren Hintergrund oder Schriftfarbe geändert wurde (manuell oder mithilfe vordefinierter Stile). Die Sortierrichtung wird durch die Pfeilrichtung des jeweiligen Filters angezeigt. Wenn die Daten in aufsteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind, sieht der Filterpfeil in der ersten Zelle der Spalte aus wie folgt: und das Symbol Filter ändert sich folgendermaßen: . Wenn die Daten in absteigender Reihenfolge sortiert sind, sieht der Filterpfeil in der ersten Zelle der Spalte aus wie folgt: und das Symbol Filter ändert sich folgendermaßen: . Sie können die Daten auch über das Kontextmenü nach Farbe sortieren: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle, die die Farbe enthält, nach der Sie Ihre Daten sortieren möchten. Wählen Sie die Option Sortieren aus dem Menü aus. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Option aus dem Untermenü aus: Ausgewählte Zellenfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Zellenhintergrundfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen. Ausgewählte Schriftfarbe oben - um die Einträge mit der gleichen Schriftfarbe oben in der Spalte anzuzeigen. Nach ausgewählten Zelleninhalten filtern. Sie können die Daten auch über das Kontextmenü nach bestimmten Inhalten filtern: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle, wählen Sie die Filteroptionen aus dem Menü aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine der verfügbaren Optionen: Nach dem Wert der ausgewählten Zelle filtern - es werden nur Einträge angezeigt, die denselben Wert wie die ausgewählte Zelle enthalten. Nach Zellfarbe filtern - es werden nur Einträge mit derselben Zellfarbe wie die ausgewählte Zelle angezeigt. Nach Schriftfarbe filtern - es werden nur Einträge mit derselben Schriftfarbe wie die ausgewählte Zelle angezeigt. Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren Um die Arbeit mit Daten zu erleichtern, ermöglicht der Tabelleneditor eine Tabellenvorlage auf einen ausgewählten Zellenbereich unter automatischer Filteraktivierung anzuwenden. Gehen Sie dazu vor wie folgt: Wählen sie einen Zellenbereich, den Sie formatieren möchten. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wie Tabellenvorlage formatieren in der Registerkarte Start auf der oberen Symbolleiste. Wählen Sie die gewünschte Vorlage in der Gallerie aus. Überprüfen Sie den Zellenbereich, der als Tabelle formatiert werden soll im geöffneten Fenster. Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen Titel, wenn Sie möchten, dass die Tabellenüberschriften in den ausgewählten Zellbereich aufgenommen werden, ansonsten wird die Kopfzeile oben hinzugefügt, während der ausgewählte Zellbereich um eine Zeile nach unten verschoben wird. Klicken Sie auf OK, um die gewählte Vorlage anzuwenden. Die Vorlage wird auf den ausgewählten Zellenbereich angewendet und Sie können die Tabellenüberschriften bearbeiten und den Filter anwenden, um mit Ihren Daten zu arbeiten. Hinweis: wenn Sie eine neu formatierte Tabelle erstellen, wird der Tabelle automatisch ein Standardname zugewiesen (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen ändern und für weitere Bearbeitungen verwenden. Wenn Sie einen neuen Wert in eine Zelle unter der letzten Zeile der Tabelle eingeben (wenn die Tabelle nicht über eine Zeile mit den Gesamtergebnissen verfügt) oder in einer Zelle rechts von der letzten Tabellenspalte, wird die formatierte Tabelle automatisch um eine neue Zeile oder Spalte erweitert. Wenn Sie die Tabelle nicht erweitern möchten, klicken Sie auf die angezeigte Schaltfläche und wählen Sie die Option Automatische Erweiterung rückgängig machen. Wenn Sie diese Aktion rückgängig gemacht haben, ist im Menü die Option Automatische Erweiterung wiederholen verfügbar. Einige der Tabelleneinstellungen können über die Registerkarte Einstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste geändert werden, die geöffnet wird, wenn Sie mindestens eine Zelle in der Tabelle mit der Maus auswählen und auf das Symbol Tabelleneinstellungen rechts klicken. In den Abschnitten Zeilen und Spalten, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, bestimmte Zeilen/Spalten hervorzuheben, eine bestimmte Formatierung anzuwenden oder die Zeilen/Spalten in den verschiedenen Hintergrundfarben einzufärben, um sie klar zu unterscheiden. Folgende Optionen stehen zur Verfügung: Kopfzeile - Kopfzeile wird angezeigt. Gesamt - am Ende der Tabelle wird eine Zeile mit den Ergebnissen hinzugefügt. Gebänderte Zeilen - gerade und ungerade Zeilen werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Schaltfläche Filtern - die Filterpfeile werden in den Zellen der Kopfzeile angezeigt. Diese Option ist nur verfügbar, wenn die Option Kopfzeile ausgewählt ist. Erste Spalte - die erste Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Letzte Spalte - die letzte Spalte der Tabelle wird durch eine bestimmte Formatierung hervorgehoben. Gebänderte Spalten - gerade und ungerade Spalten werden unterschiedlich formatiert. Im Abschnitt Aus Vorlage wählen können Sie einen vordefinierten Tabellenstil auswählen. Jede Vorlage kombiniert bestimmte Formatierungsparameter, wie Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmenstil, Zellen-/Spaltenformat usw. Abhängig von den in den Abschnitten Zeilen oder Spalten ausgewählten Optionen, werden die Vorlagen unterschiedlich dargestellt. Wenn Sie zum Beispiel die Option Kopfzeile im Abschnitt Zeilen und die Option Gebänderte Spalten im Abschnitt Spalten aktiviert haben, enthält die angezeigte Vorlagenliste nur Vorlagen mit Kopfzeile und gebänderten Spalten: Wenn Sie den aktuellen Tabellenstil (Hintergrundfarbe, Rahmen usw.) löschen möchten, ohne die Tabelle selbst zu entfernen, wenden Sie die Vorlage Keine aus der Vorlagenliste an: Im Abschnitt Größe anpassen können Sie den Zellenbereich ändern, auf den die Tabellenformatierung angewendet wird. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen - ein neues Fenster wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich im Eingabefeld oder wählen Sie den gewünschten Zellbereich auf dem Arbeitsblatt mit der Maus aus und klicken Sie anschließend auf OK. Im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten können Sie folgende Vorgänge durchzuführen: Wählen Sie eine Zeile, Spalte, alle Spalten ohne die Kopfzeile oder die gesamte Tabelle einschließlich der Kopfzeile aus. Einfügen - eine neue Zeile unter oder über der ausgewählten Zeile bzw. eine neue Spalte links oder rechts von der ausgewählten Spalte einfügen. Löschen - eine Zeile, Spalte, Zelle (abhängig von der Cursorposition) oder die ganze Tabelle löschen. Hinweis: die Optionen im Abschnitt Zeilen & Spalten sind auch über das Rechtsklickmenü zugänglich. In Bereich konvertieren - Tabelle in einen regulären Datenbereich umwandeln, indem Sie den Filter entfernen. Der Tabellenstil wird beibehalten (z. B. Zellen- und Schriftfarben usw.). Wenn Sie diese Option anwenden, ist die Registerkarte Tabelleneinstellungen in der rechten Seitenleiste nicht mehr verfügbar. Um die erweiterten Tabelleneigenschaften zu ändern, klicken Sie auf den Link Erweiterte Einstellungen anzeigen in der rechten Seitenleiste. Das Fenster mit den Tabelleneigenschaften wird geöffnet: Die Registerkarte Alternativtext ermöglicht die Eingabe eines Titels und einer Beschreibung, die Personen mit Sehbehinderungen oder kognitiven Beeinträchtigungen vorgelesen werden kann, damit sie besser verstehen können, welche Informationen in der Tabelle enthalten sind. Filter erneut anwenden: Wenn die gefilterten Daten geändert wurden, können Sie den Filter aktualisieren, um ein aktuelles Ergebnis anzuzeigen: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Filter in der ersten Zelle der Spalte mit den gefilterten Daten. Wählen Sie die Option Filter erneut anwenden in der geöffneten Liste mit den Filteroptionen aus. Sie können auch mit der rechten Maustaste auf eine Zelle innerhalb der Spalte klicken, die die gefilterten Daten enthält, und im Kontextmenü die Option Filter erneut anwenden auswählen. Filter leeren Angewendete Filter leeren: Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Filter in der ersten Zelle der Spalte mit den gefilterten Daten. Wählen Sie die Option Filter leeren in der geöffneten Liste mit den Filteroptionen aus. Alternativ gehen Sie vor wie folgt: Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit den gefilterten Daten aus. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Filter leeren . Der Filter bleibt aktiviert, aber alle angewendeten Filterparameter werden entfernt und die Schaltflächen Filter in den ersten Zellen der Spalten werden in die Filterpfeile geändert. Filter entfernen Einen Filter entfernen: Wählen Sie den Zellenbereich mit den gefilterten Daten aus. Klicken Sie in der oberen Symbolleiste in der Registerkarte Start auf das Symbol Filter . Der Filter werde deaktiviert und die Filterpfeile verschwinden aus den ersten Zellen der Spalten." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/UndoRedo.htm", + "title": "Aktionen rückgängig machen/wiederholen", + "body": "Um Aktionen rückgängig zu machen/zu wiederholen, nutzen Sie die entsprechenden Symbole auf den Registerkarten in der oberen Symbolleiste: Rückgängig – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Rückgängig , um den zuletzt durchgeführten Vorgang rückgängig zu machen. Wiederholen – klicken Sie auf das Symbol Wiederholen , um den zuletzt rückgängig gemachten Vorgang zu wiederholen. Hinweis: Diese Vorgänge können auch mithilfe der Tastenkombinationen durchgeführt werden." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/UseNamedRanges.htm", + "title": "Namensbereiche verwenden", + "body": "Namen sind sinnvolle Kennzeichnungen, die für eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich zugewiesen werden können und die das Arbeiten mit Formeln vereinfachen. Wenn Sie eine Formel erstellen, können Sie einen Namen als Argument eingeben, anstatt einen Verweis auf einen Zellbereich zu erstellen. Wenn Sie z. B. den Namen Jahreseinkommen für einen Zellbereich vergeben, können Sie SUMME(Jahreseinkommen) eingeben, anstelle von SUMME (B1: B12). Auf diese Art werden Formeln übersichtlicher. Diese Funktion kann auch nützlich sein, wenn viele Formeln auf ein und denselben Zellbereich verweisen. Wenn die Bereichsadresse geändert wird, können Sie die Korrektur einmal mithilfe des Namensverwaltung vornehmen, anstatt alle Formeln einzeln zu bearbeiten. Es gibt zwei Arten von Namen, die verwendet werden können: Definierter Name - ein beliebiger Name, den Sie für einen bestimmten Zellbereich angeben können. Tabellenname - ein Standardname, der einer neu formatierten Tabelle automatisch zugewiesen wird (Tabelle1, Tabelle2 usw.). Sie können den Namen später bearbeiten. Namen werden auch nach Bereich klassifiziert, d. h. der Ort, an dem ein Name erkannt wird. Ein Name kann für die gesamte Arbeitsmappe (wird für jedes Arbeitsblatt in dieser Arbeitsmappe erkannt) oder für ein separates Arbeitsblatt (wird nur für das angegebene Arbeitsblatt erkannt) verwendet werden. Jeder Name muss innerhalb eines Geltungsbereichs eindeutig sein, dieselben Namen können innerhalb verschiedener Bereiche verwendet werden. Neue Namen erstellen So erstellen Sie einen neuen definierten Namen für eine Auswahl: Wählen Sie eine Zelle oder einen Zellbereich aus, dem Sie einen Namen zuweisen möchten. Öffnen Sie ein neues Namensfenster: Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Auswahl und wählen Sie die Option Namen definieren im Kontextmenü aus. klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Neuer Name aus dem Menü aus. Das Fenster Neuer Name wird geöffnet: Geben Sie den gewünschten Namen in das dafür vorgesehene Texteingabefeld ein.Hinweis: ein Name darf nicht von einer Nummer ausgehen und keine Leerzeichen oder Satzzeichen enthalten. Unterstriche (_) sind erlaubt. Groß- und Kleinschreibung wird nicht beachtet. Legen Sie den Bereich für den Namen fest. Der Bereich Arbeitsmappe ist standardmäßig ausgewählt, Sie können jedoch auch ein einzelnes Arbeitsblatt aus der Liste auswählen. Überprüfen Sie die Angabe für den ausgewählten Datenbereich. Nehmen Sie Änderungen vor, falls erforderlich. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche Daten auswählen - das Fenster Datenbereich auswählen wird geöffnet. Ändern Sie im Eingabefeld die Verknüpfung zum Zellbereich oder wählen Sie mit der Maus einen neuen Bereich im Arbeitsblatt aus und klicken Sie dann auf OK Klicken Sie auf OK, um den Namen zu speichern. Um schnell einen neuen Namen für den ausgewählten Zellenbereich zu erstellen, können Sie auch den gewünschten Namen in das Namensfeld links neben der Bearbeitungsleiste eingeben und die EINGABETASTE drücken. Ein solchermaßen erstellter Name wird der Arbeitsmappe zugeordnet. Namen verwalten Über den Namens-Manger können Sie die vorhandenen Namen einsehen und verwalten. Namens-Manager öffnen: Klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manger aus dem Menü aus, oder klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie die Option Namens-Manager. Das Fenster Namens-Manger wird geöffnet: Zu Ihrer Bequemlichkeit können Sie die Namen filtern, indem Sie die Namenskategorie auswählen, die angezeigt werden soll: Alle, Definierten Namen, Tabellennamen, Im Arbeitsblatt festgelegte Namensbereiche oder In der Arbeitsmappe festgelegte Namensbereiche. Die Namen, die zu der ausgewählten Kategorie gehören, werden in der Liste angezeigt, die anderen Namen werden ausgeblendet. Um die Sortierreihenfolge für die angezeigte Liste zu ändern, klicken Sie im Fenster auf die Optionen Benannte Bereiche oder Bereich. Namen bearbeiten: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Bearbeiten. Das Fenster Namen bearbeiten wird geöffnet: Für einen definierten Namen können Sie den Namen und den Datenbereich (Bezug) ändern. Bei Tabellennamen können Sie nur den Namen ändern. Wenn Sie alle notwendigen Änderungen durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf Ok, um die Änderungen anzuwenden. Um die Änderungen zu verwerfen, klicken Sie auf Abbrechen. Wenn der bearbeitete Name in einer Formel verwendet wird, wird die Formel automatisch entsprechend geändert. Namen löschen: wählen Sie den entsprechenden Namen aus der Liste aus und klicken Sie auf Löschen. Hinweis: wenn Sie einen Namen löschen, der in einer Formel verwendet wird, kann die Formel nicht länger funktionieren (die Formel gibt den Fehlerwert #NAME? zurück). Sie können im Fenster Names-Manager auch einen neuen Namen erstellen, klicken Sie dazu auf die Schaltfläche Neu. Namen bei die Bearbeitung der Tabelle verwenden Um schnell zwischen Zellenbereichen zu wechseln, klicken Sie auf den Pfeil im Namensfeld und wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen aus der Namensliste aus - der Datenbereich, der diesem Namen entspricht, wird auf dem Arbeitsblatt ausgewählt. Hinweis: in der Namensliste werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind. In einer Formel einen Namen als Argument hinzufügen: Platzieren Sie die Einfügemarke an der Stelle, an der Sie einen Namen hinzufügen möchten. Wählen Sie eine der folgenden Optionen: Geben Sie den Namen des erforderlichen benannten Bereichs manuell über die Tastatur ein. Sobald Sie die Anfangsbuchstaben eingegeben haben, wird die Liste Formel automatisch vervollständigen angezeigt. Während der Eingabe werden die Elemente (Formeln und Namen) angezeigt, die den eingegebenen Zeichen entsprechen. Um den gewünschten Namen aus der Liste auszuwählen und diesen in die Formel einzufügen, klicken Sie mit einem Doppelklick auf den Namen oder drücken Sie die TAB-Taste, oder klicken Sie auf das Symbol Benannte Bereiche auf der Registerkarte Start in der oberen Symbolleiste und wählen Sie die Option Namen einfügen aus dem Menü aus, wählen Sie den gewünschten Namen im Fenster Namen einfügen aus und klicken Sie auf OK. Hinweis: im Fenster Namen einfügen werden die definierten Namen und Tabellennamen angezeigt, die für das aktuelle Arbeitsblatt und die gesamte Arbeitsmappe festgelegt sind." + }, + { + "id": "UsageInstructions/ViewDocInfo.htm", + "title": "Tabelleneigenschaften anzeigen", + "body": "Für detaillierte Informationen über die bearbeitete Tabelle, klicken Sie auf das Symbol Datei im linken Seitenbereich und wählen Sie die Option Tabelleninfo. Allgemeine Informationen Die Informationen umfassen Tabellentitel, Autor, Ort und Erstellungsdatum. Hinweis: Sie können den Namen der Tabelle direkt über die Oberfläche des Editors ändern. Klicken Sie dazu in der oberen Menüleiste auf die Registerkarte Datei und wählen Sie die Option Umbenennen..., geben Sie den neuen Dateinamen an und klicken Sie auf OK. Zugriffsrechte Hinweis: Diese Option steht im schreibgeschützten Modus nicht zur Verfügung. Um einzusehen, wer zur Ansicht oder Bearbeitung der Tabelle berechtigt ist, wählen Sie die Option Zugriffsrechte... in der linken Seitenleiste. Sie können die aktuell ausgewählten Zugriffsrechte auch ändern, klicken Sie dazu im Abschnitt Personen mit Berechtigungen auf die Schaltfläche Zugriffsrechte ändern. Um das Fenster Datei zu schließen und in den Bearbeitungsmodus zurückzukehren, klicken sie auf Menü schließen." + } +] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/jquery.min.js b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/jquery.min.js new file mode 100644 index 000000000..9a85bd346 --- /dev/null +++ b/apps/spreadsheeteditor/main/resources/help/de/search/js/jquery.min.js @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +/*! jQuery v2.0.3 | (c) 2005, 2013 jQuery Foundation, Inc. | jquery.org/license +//@ sourceMappingURL=jquery.min.map +*/ +(function(e,undefined){var t,n,r=typeof undefined,i=e.location,o=e.document,s=o.documentElement,a=e.jQuery,u=e.$,l={},c=[],p="2.0.3",f=c.concat,h=c.push,d=c.slice,g=c.indexOf,m=l.toString,y=l.hasOwnProperty,v=p.trim,x=function(e,n){return new x.fn.init(e,n,t)},b=/[+-]?(?:\d*\.|)\d+(?:[eE][+-]?\d+|)/.source,w=/\S+/g,T=/^(?:\s*(<[\w\W]+>)[^>]*|#([\w-]*))$/,C=/^<(\w+)\s*\/?>(?:<\/\1>|)$/,k=/^-ms-/,N=/-([\da-z])/gi,E=function(e,t){return t.toUpperCase()},S=function(){o.removeEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",S,!1),e.removeEventListener("load",S,!1),x.ready()};x.fn=x.prototype={jquery:p,constructor:x,init:function(e,t,n){var r,i;if(!e)return this;if("string"==typeof e){if(r="<"===e.charAt(0)&&">"===e.charAt(e.length-1)&&e.length>=3?[null,e,null]:T.exec(e),!r||!r[1]&&t)return!t||t.jquery?(t||n).find(e):this.constructor(t).find(e);if(r[1]){if(t=t instanceof x?t[0]:t,x.merge(this,x.parseHTML(r[1],t&&t.nodeType?t.ownerDocument||t:o,!0)),C.test(r[1])&&x.isPlainObject(t))for(r in t)x.isFunction(this[r])?this[r](t[r]):this.attr(r,t[r]);return this}return i=o.getElementById(r[2]),i&&i.parentNode&&(this.length=1,this[0]=i),this.context=o,this.selector=e,this}return e.nodeType?(this.context=this[0]=e,this.length=1,this):x.isFunction(e)?n.ready(e):(e.selector!==undefined&&(this.selector=e.selector,this.context=e.context),x.makeArray(e,this))},selector:"",length:0,toArray:function(){return d.call(this)},get:function(e){return null==e?this.toArray():0>e?this[this.length+e]:this[e]},pushStack:function(e){var t=x.merge(this.constructor(),e);return t.prevObject=this,t.context=this.context,t},each:function(e,t){return x.each(this,e,t)},ready:function(e){return x.ready.promise().done(e),this},slice:function(){return this.pushStack(d.apply(this,arguments))},first:function(){return this.eq(0)},last:function(){return this.eq(-1)},eq:function(e){var t=this.length,n=+e+(0>e?t:0);return this.pushStack(n>=0&&t>n?[this[n]]:[])},map:function(e){return this.pushStack(x.map(this,function(t,n){return e.call(t,n,t)}))},end:function(){return this.prevObject||this.constructor(null)},push:h,sort:[].sort,splice:[].splice},x.fn.init.prototype=x.fn,x.extend=x.fn.extend=function(){var e,t,n,r,i,o,s=arguments[0]||{},a=1,u=arguments.length,l=!1;for("boolean"==typeof s&&(l=s,s=arguments[1]||{},a=2),"object"==typeof s||x.isFunction(s)||(s={}),u===a&&(s=this,--a);u>a;a++)if(null!=(e=arguments[a]))for(t in e)n=s[t],r=e[t],s!==r&&(l&&r&&(x.isPlainObject(r)||(i=x.isArray(r)))?(i?(i=!1,o=n&&x.isArray(n)?n:[]):o=n&&x.isPlainObject(n)?n:{},s[t]=x.extend(l,o,r)):r!==undefined&&(s[t]=r));return s},x.extend({expando:"jQuery"+(p+Math.random()).replace(/\D/g,""),noConflict:function(t){return e.$===x&&(e.$=u),t&&e.jQuery===x&&(e.jQuery=a),x},isReady:!1,readyWait:1,holdReady:function(e){e?x.readyWait++:x.ready(!0)},ready:function(e){(e===!0?--x.readyWait:x.isReady)||(x.isReady=!0,e!==!0&&--x.readyWait>0||(n.resolveWith(o,[x]),x.fn.trigger&&x(o).trigger("ready").off("ready")))},isFunction:function(e){return"function"===x.type(e)},isArray:Array.isArray,isWindow:function(e){return null!=e&&e===e.window},isNumeric:function(e){return!isNaN(parseFloat(e))&&isFinite(e)},type:function(e){return null==e?e+"":"object"==typeof e||"function"==typeof e?l[m.call(e)]||"object":typeof e},isPlainObject:function(e){if("object"!==x.type(e)||e.nodeType||x.isWindow(e))return!1;try{if(e.constructor&&!y.call(e.constructor.prototype,"isPrototypeOf"))return!1}catch(t){return!1}return!0},isEmptyObject:function(e){var t;for(t in e)return!1;return!0},error:function(e){throw Error(e)},parseHTML:function(e,t,n){if(!e||"string"!=typeof e)return null;"boolean"==typeof t&&(n=t,t=!1),t=t||o;var r=C.exec(e),i=!n&&[];return r?[t.createElement(r[1])]:(r=x.buildFragment([e],t,i),i&&x(i).remove(),x.merge([],r.childNodes))},parseJSON:JSON.parse,parseXML:function(e){var t,n;if(!e||"string"!=typeof e)return null;try{n=new DOMParser,t=n.parseFromString(e,"text/xml")}catch(r){t=undefined}return(!t||t.getElementsByTagName("parsererror").length)&&x.error("Invalid XML: "+e),t},noop:function(){},globalEval:function(e){var t,n=eval;e=x.trim(e),e&&(1===e.indexOf("use strict")?(t=o.createElement("script"),t.text=e,o.head.appendChild(t).parentNode.removeChild(t)):n(e))},camelCase:function(e){return e.replace(k,"ms-").replace(N,E)},nodeName:function(e,t){return e.nodeName&&e.nodeName.toLowerCase()===t.toLowerCase()},each:function(e,t,n){var r,i=0,o=e.length,s=j(e);if(n){if(s){for(;o>i;i++)if(r=t.apply(e[i],n),r===!1)break}else for(i in e)if(r=t.apply(e[i],n),r===!1)break}else if(s){for(;o>i;i++)if(r=t.call(e[i],i,e[i]),r===!1)break}else for(i in e)if(r=t.call(e[i],i,e[i]),r===!1)break;return e},trim:function(e){return null==e?"":v.call(e)},makeArray:function(e,t){var n=t||[];return null!=e&&(j(Object(e))?x.merge(n,"string"==typeof e?[e]:e):h.call(n,e)),n},inArray:function(e,t,n){return null==t?-1:g.call(t,e,n)},merge:function(e,t){var n=t.length,r=e.length,i=0;if("number"==typeof n)for(;n>i;i++)e[r++]=t[i];else while(t[i]!==undefined)e[r++]=t[i++];return e.length=r,e},grep:function(e,t,n){var r,i=[],o=0,s=e.length;for(n=!!n;s>o;o++)r=!!t(e[o],o),n!==r&&i.push(e[o]);return i},map:function(e,t,n){var r,i=0,o=e.length,s=j(e),a=[];if(s)for(;o>i;i++)r=t(e[i],i,n),null!=r&&(a[a.length]=r);else for(i in e)r=t(e[i],i,n),null!=r&&(a[a.length]=r);return f.apply([],a)},guid:1,proxy:function(e,t){var n,r,i;return"string"==typeof t&&(n=e[t],t=e,e=n),x.isFunction(e)?(r=d.call(arguments,2),i=function(){return e.apply(t||this,r.concat(d.call(arguments)))},i.guid=e.guid=e.guid||x.guid++,i):undefined},access:function(e,t,n,r,i,o,s){var a=0,u=e.length,l=null==n;if("object"===x.type(n)){i=!0;for(a in n)x.access(e,t,a,n[a],!0,o,s)}else if(r!==undefined&&(i=!0,x.isFunction(r)||(s=!0),l&&(s?(t.call(e,r),t=null):(l=t,t=function(e,t,n){return l.call(x(e),n)})),t))for(;u>a;a++)t(e[a],n,s?r:r.call(e[a],a,t(e[a],n)));return i?e:l?t.call(e):u?t(e[0],n):o},now:Date.now,swap:function(e,t,n,r){var i,o,s={};for(o in t)s[o]=e.style[o],e.style[o]=t[o];i=n.apply(e,r||[]);for(o in t)e.style[o]=s[o];return i}}),x.ready.promise=function(t){return n||(n=x.Deferred(),"complete"===o.readyState?setTimeout(x.ready):(o.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded",S,!1),e.addEventListener("load",S,!1))),n.promise(t)},x.each("Boolean Number String Function Array Date RegExp Object Error".split(" "),function(e,t){l["[object "+t+"]"]=t.toLowerCase()});function j(e){var t=e.length,n=x.type(e);return x.isWindow(e)?!1:1===e.nodeType&&t?!0:"array"===n||"function"!==n&&(0===t||"number"==typeof t&&t>0&&t-1 in e)}t=x(o),function(e,undefined){var t,n,r,i,o,s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h,d,g,m,y,v="sizzle"+-new Date,b=e.document,w=0,T=0,C=st(),k=st(),N=st(),E=!1,S=function(e,t){return e===t?(E=!0,0):0},j=typeof undefined,D=1<<31,A={}.hasOwnProperty,L=[],q=L.pop,H=L.push,O=L.push,F=L.slice,P=L.indexOf||function(e){var t=0,n=this.length;for(;n>t;t++)if(this[t]===e)return t;return-1},R="checked|selected|async|autofocus|autoplay|controls|defer|disabled|hidden|ismap|loop|multiple|open|readonly|required|scoped",M="[\\x20\\t\\r\\n\\f]",W="(?:\\\\.|[\\w-]|[^\\x00-\\xa0])+",$=W.replace("w","w#"),B="\\["+M+"*("+W+")"+M+"*(?:([*^$|!~]?=)"+M+"*(?:(['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|("+$+")|)|)"+M+"*\\]",I=":("+W+")(?:\\(((['\"])((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\])*?)\\3|((?:\\\\.|[^\\\\()[\\]]|"+B.replace(3,8)+")*)|.*)\\)|)",z=RegExp("^"+M+"+|((?:^|[^\\\\])(?:\\\\.)*)"+M+"+$","g"),_=RegExp("^"+M+"*,"+M+"*"),X=RegExp("^"+M+"*([>+~]|"+M+")"+M+"*"),U=RegExp(M+"*[+~]"),Y=RegExp("="+M+"*([^\\]'\"]*)"+M+"*\\]","g"),V=RegExp(I),G=RegExp("^"+$+"$"),J={ID:RegExp("^#("+W+")"),CLASS:RegExp("^\\.("+W+")"),TAG:RegExp("^("+W.replace("w","w*")+")"),ATTR:RegExp("^"+B),PSEUDO:RegExp("^"+I),CHILD:RegExp("^:(only|first|last|nth|nth-last)-(child|of-type)(?:\\("+M+"*(even|odd|(([+-]|)(\\d*)n|)"+M+"*(?:([+-]|)"+M+"*(\\d+)|))"+M+"*\\)|)","i"),bool:RegExp("^(?:"+R+")$","i"),needsContext:RegExp("^"+M+"*[>+~]|:(even|odd|eq|gt|lt|nth|first|last)(?:\\("+M+"*((?:-\\d)?\\d*)"+M+"*\\)|)(?=[^-]|$)","i")},Q=/^[^{]+\{\s*\[native \w/,K=/^(?:#([\w-]+)|(\w+)|\.([\w-]+))$/,Z=/^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i,et=/^h\d$/i,tt=/'|\\/g,nt=RegExp("\\\\([\\da-f]{1,6}"+M+"?|("+M+")|.)","ig"),rt=function(e,t,n){var r="0x"+t-65536;return r!==r||n?t:0>r?String.fromCharCode(r+65536):String.fromCharCode(55296|r>>10,56320|1023&r)};try{O.apply(L=F.call(b.childNodes),b.childNodes),L[b.childNodes.length].nodeType}catch(it){O={apply:L.length?function(e,t){H.apply(e,F.call(t))}:function(e,t){var n=e.length,r=0;while(e[n++]=t[r++]);e.length=n-1}}}function ot(e,t,r,i){var o,s,a,u,l,f,g,m,x,w;if((t?t.ownerDocument||t:b)!==p&&c(t),t=t||p,r=r||[],!e||"string"!=typeof e)return r;if(1!==(u=t.nodeType)&&9!==u)return[];if(h&&!i){if(o=K.exec(e))if(a=o[1]){if(9===u){if(s=t.getElementById(a),!s||!s.parentNode)return r;if(s.id===a)return r.push(s),r}else if(t.ownerDocument&&(s=t.ownerDocument.getElementById(a))&&y(t,s)&&s.id===a)return r.push(s),r}else{if(o[2])return O.apply(r,t.getElementsByTagName(e)),r;if((a=o[3])&&n.getElementsByClassName&&t.getElementsByClassName)return O.apply(r,t.getElementsByClassName(a)),r}if(n.qsa&&(!d||!d.test(e))){if(m=g=v,x=t,w=9===u&&e,1===u&&"object"!==t.nodeName.toLowerCase()){f=gt(e),(g=t.getAttribute("id"))?m=g.replace(tt,"\\$&"):t.setAttribute("id",m),m="[id='"+m+"'] ",l=f.length;while(l--)f[l]=m+mt(f[l]);x=U.test(e)&&t.parentNode||t,w=f.join(",")}if(w)try{return O.apply(r,x.querySelectorAll(w)),r}catch(T){}finally{g||t.removeAttribute("id")}}}return kt(e.replace(z,"$1"),t,r,i)}function st(){var e=[];function t(n,r){return e.push(n+=" ")>i.cacheLength&&delete t[e.shift()],t[n]=r}return t}function at(e){return e[v]=!0,e}function ut(e){var t=p.createElement("div");try{return!!e(t)}catch(n){return!1}finally{t.parentNode&&t.parentNode.removeChild(t),t=null}}function lt(e,t){var n=e.split("|"),r=e.length;while(r--)i.attrHandle[n[r]]=t}function ct(e,t){var n=t&&e,r=n&&1===e.nodeType&&1===t.nodeType&&(~t.sourceIndex||D)-(~e.sourceIndex||D);if(r)return r;if(n)while(n=n.nextSibling)if(n===t)return-1;return e?1:-1}function pt(e){return function(t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===n&&t.type===e}}function ft(e){return function(t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();return("input"===n||"button"===n)&&t.type===e}}function ht(e){return at(function(t){return t=+t,at(function(n,r){var i,o=e([],n.length,t),s=o.length;while(s--)n[i=o[s]]&&(n[i]=!(r[i]=n[i]))})})}s=ot.isXML=function(e){var t=e&&(e.ownerDocument||e).documentElement;return t?"HTML"!==t.nodeName:!1},n=ot.support={},c=ot.setDocument=function(e){var t=e?e.ownerDocument||e:b,r=t.defaultView;return t!==p&&9===t.nodeType&&t.documentElement?(p=t,f=t.documentElement,h=!s(t),r&&r.attachEvent&&r!==r.top&&r.attachEvent("onbeforeunload",function(){c()}),n.attributes=ut(function(e){return e.className="i",!e.getAttribute("className")}),n.getElementsByTagName=ut(function(e){return e.appendChild(t.createComment("")),!e.getElementsByTagName("*").length}),n.getElementsByClassName=ut(function(e){return e.innerHTML="
    ",e.firstChild.className="i",2===e.getElementsByClassName("i").length}),n.getById=ut(function(e){return f.appendChild(e).id=v,!t.getElementsByName||!t.getElementsByName(v).length}),n.getById?(i.find.ID=function(e,t){if(typeof t.getElementById!==j&&h){var n=t.getElementById(e);return n&&n.parentNode?[n]:[]}},i.filter.ID=function(e){var t=e.replace(nt,rt);return function(e){return e.getAttribute("id")===t}}):(delete i.find.ID,i.filter.ID=function(e){var t=e.replace(nt,rt);return function(e){var n=typeof e.getAttributeNode!==j&&e.getAttributeNode("id");return n&&n.value===t}}),i.find.TAG=n.getElementsByTagName?function(e,t){return typeof t.getElementsByTagName!==j?t.getElementsByTagName(e):undefined}:function(e,t){var n,r=[],i=0,o=t.getElementsByTagName(e);if("*"===e){while(n=o[i++])1===n.nodeType&&r.push(n);return r}return o},i.find.CLASS=n.getElementsByClassName&&function(e,t){return typeof t.getElementsByClassName!==j&&h?t.getElementsByClassName(e):undefined},g=[],d=[],(n.qsa=Q.test(t.querySelectorAll))&&(ut(function(e){e.innerHTML="",e.querySelectorAll("[selected]").length||d.push("\\["+M+"*(?:value|"+R+")"),e.querySelectorAll(":checked").length||d.push(":checked")}),ut(function(e){var n=t.createElement("input");n.setAttribute("type","hidden"),e.appendChild(n).setAttribute("t",""),e.querySelectorAll("[t^='']").length&&d.push("[*^$]="+M+"*(?:''|\"\")"),e.querySelectorAll(":enabled").length||d.push(":enabled",":disabled"),e.querySelectorAll("*,:x"),d.push(",.*:")})),(n.matchesSelector=Q.test(m=f.webkitMatchesSelector||f.mozMatchesSelector||f.oMatchesSelector||f.msMatchesSelector))&&ut(function(e){n.disconnectedMatch=m.call(e,"div"),m.call(e,"[s!='']:x"),g.push("!=",I)}),d=d.length&&RegExp(d.join("|")),g=g.length&&RegExp(g.join("|")),y=Q.test(f.contains)||f.compareDocumentPosition?function(e,t){var n=9===e.nodeType?e.documentElement:e,r=t&&t.parentNode;return e===r||!(!r||1!==r.nodeType||!(n.contains?n.contains(r):e.compareDocumentPosition&&16&e.compareDocumentPosition(r)))}:function(e,t){if(t)while(t=t.parentNode)if(t===e)return!0;return!1},S=f.compareDocumentPosition?function(e,r){if(e===r)return E=!0,0;var i=r.compareDocumentPosition&&e.compareDocumentPosition&&e.compareDocumentPosition(r);return i?1&i||!n.sortDetached&&r.compareDocumentPosition(e)===i?e===t||y(b,e)?-1:r===t||y(b,r)?1:l?P.call(l,e)-P.call(l,r):0:4&i?-1:1:e.compareDocumentPosition?-1:1}:function(e,n){var r,i=0,o=e.parentNode,s=n.parentNode,a=[e],u=[n];if(e===n)return E=!0,0;if(!o||!s)return e===t?-1:n===t?1:o?-1:s?1:l?P.call(l,e)-P.call(l,n):0;if(o===s)return ct(e,n);r=e;while(r=r.parentNode)a.unshift(r);r=n;while(r=r.parentNode)u.unshift(r);while(a[i]===u[i])i++;return i?ct(a[i],u[i]):a[i]===b?-1:u[i]===b?1:0},t):p},ot.matches=function(e,t){return ot(e,null,null,t)},ot.matchesSelector=function(e,t){if((e.ownerDocument||e)!==p&&c(e),t=t.replace(Y,"='$1']"),!(!n.matchesSelector||!h||g&&g.test(t)||d&&d.test(t)))try{var r=m.call(e,t);if(r||n.disconnectedMatch||e.document&&11!==e.document.nodeType)return r}catch(i){}return ot(t,p,null,[e]).length>0},ot.contains=function(e,t){return(e.ownerDocument||e)!==p&&c(e),y(e,t)},ot.attr=function(e,t){(e.ownerDocument||e)!==p&&c(e);var r=i.attrHandle[t.toLowerCase()],o=r&&A.call(i.attrHandle,t.toLowerCase())?r(e,t,!h):undefined;return o===undefined?n.attributes||!h?e.getAttribute(t):(o=e.getAttributeNode(t))&&o.specified?o.value:null:o},ot.error=function(e){throw Error("Syntax error, unrecognized expression: "+e)},ot.uniqueSort=function(e){var t,r=[],i=0,o=0;if(E=!n.detectDuplicates,l=!n.sortStable&&e.slice(0),e.sort(S),E){while(t=e[o++])t===e[o]&&(i=r.push(o));while(i--)e.splice(r[i],1)}return e},o=ot.getText=function(e){var t,n="",r=0,i=e.nodeType;if(i){if(1===i||9===i||11===i){if("string"==typeof e.textContent)return e.textContent;for(e=e.firstChild;e;e=e.nextSibling)n+=o(e)}else if(3===i||4===i)return e.nodeValue}else for(;t=e[r];r++)n+=o(t);return n},i=ot.selectors={cacheLength:50,createPseudo:at,match:J,attrHandle:{},find:{},relative:{">":{dir:"parentNode",first:!0}," ":{dir:"parentNode"},"+":{dir:"previousSibling",first:!0},"~":{dir:"previousSibling"}},preFilter:{ATTR:function(e){return e[1]=e[1].replace(nt,rt),e[3]=(e[4]||e[5]||"").replace(nt,rt),"~="===e[2]&&(e[3]=" "+e[3]+" "),e.slice(0,4)},CHILD:function(e){return e[1]=e[1].toLowerCase(),"nth"===e[1].slice(0,3)?(e[3]||ot.error(e[0]),e[4]=+(e[4]?e[5]+(e[6]||1):2*("even"===e[3]||"odd"===e[3])),e[5]=+(e[7]+e[8]||"odd"===e[3])):e[3]&&ot.error(e[0]),e},PSEUDO:function(e){var t,n=!e[5]&&e[2];return J.CHILD.test(e[0])?null:(e[3]&&e[4]!==undefined?e[2]=e[4]:n&&V.test(n)&&(t=gt(n,!0))&&(t=n.indexOf(")",n.length-t)-n.length)&&(e[0]=e[0].slice(0,t),e[2]=n.slice(0,t)),e.slice(0,3))}},filter:{TAG:function(e){var t=e.replace(nt,rt).toLowerCase();return"*"===e?function(){return!0}:function(e){return e.nodeName&&e.nodeName.toLowerCase()===t}},CLASS:function(e){var t=C[e+" "];return t||(t=RegExp("(^|"+M+")"+e+"("+M+"|$)"))&&C(e,function(e){return t.test("string"==typeof e.className&&e.className||typeof e.getAttribute!==j&&e.getAttribute("class")||"")})},ATTR:function(e,t,n){return function(r){var i=ot.attr(r,e);return null==i?"!="===t:t?(i+="","="===t?i===n:"!="===t?i!==n:"^="===t?n&&0===i.indexOf(n):"*="===t?n&&i.indexOf(n)>-1:"$="===t?n&&i.slice(-n.length)===n:"~="===t?(" "+i+" ").indexOf(n)>-1:"|="===t?i===n||i.slice(0,n.length+1)===n+"-":!1):!0}},CHILD:function(e,t,n,r,i){var o="nth"!==e.slice(0,3),s="last"!==e.slice(-4),a="of-type"===t;return 1===r&&0===i?function(e){return!!e.parentNode}:function(t,n,u){var l,c,p,f,h,d,g=o!==s?"nextSibling":"previousSibling",m=t.parentNode,y=a&&t.nodeName.toLowerCase(),x=!u&&!a;if(m){if(o){while(g){p=t;while(p=p[g])if(a?p.nodeName.toLowerCase()===y:1===p.nodeType)return!1;d=g="only"===e&&!d&&"nextSibling"}return!0}if(d=[s?m.firstChild:m.lastChild],s&&x){c=m[v]||(m[v]={}),l=c[e]||[],h=l[0]===w&&l[1],f=l[0]===w&&l[2],p=h&&m.childNodes[h];while(p=++h&&p&&p[g]||(f=h=0)||d.pop())if(1===p.nodeType&&++f&&p===t){c[e]=[w,h,f];break}}else if(x&&(l=(t[v]||(t[v]={}))[e])&&l[0]===w)f=l[1];else while(p=++h&&p&&p[g]||(f=h=0)||d.pop())if((a?p.nodeName.toLowerCase()===y:1===p.nodeType)&&++f&&(x&&((p[v]||(p[v]={}))[e]=[w,f]),p===t))break;return f-=i,f===r||0===f%r&&f/r>=0}}},PSEUDO:function(e,t){var n,r=i.pseudos[e]||i.setFilters[e.toLowerCase()]||ot.error("unsupported pseudo: "+e);return r[v]?r(t):r.length>1?(n=[e,e,"",t],i.setFilters.hasOwnProperty(e.toLowerCase())?at(function(e,n){var i,o=r(e,t),s=o.length;while(s--)i=P.call(e,o[s]),e[i]=!(n[i]=o[s])}):function(e){return r(e,0,n)}):r}},pseudos:{not:at(function(e){var t=[],n=[],r=a(e.replace(z,"$1"));return r[v]?at(function(e,t,n,i){var o,s=r(e,null,i,[]),a=e.length;while(a--)(o=s[a])&&(e[a]=!(t[a]=o))}):function(e,i,o){return t[0]=e,r(t,null,o,n),!n.pop()}}),has:at(function(e){return function(t){return ot(e,t).length>0}}),contains:at(function(e){return function(t){return(t.textContent||t.innerText||o(t)).indexOf(e)>-1}}),lang:at(function(e){return G.test(e||"")||ot.error("unsupported lang: "+e),e=e.replace(nt,rt).toLowerCase(),function(t){var n;do if(n=h?t.lang:t.getAttribute("xml:lang")||t.getAttribute("lang"))return n=n.toLowerCase(),n===e||0===n.indexOf(e+"-");while((t=t.parentNode)&&1===t.nodeType);return!1}}),target:function(t){var n=e.location&&e.location.hash;return n&&n.slice(1)===t.id},root:function(e){return e===f},focus:function(e){return e===p.activeElement&&(!p.hasFocus||p.hasFocus())&&!!(e.type||e.href||~e.tabIndex)},enabled:function(e){return e.disabled===!1},disabled:function(e){return e.disabled===!0},checked:function(e){var t=e.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===t&&!!e.checked||"option"===t&&!!e.selected},selected:function(e){return e.parentNode&&e.parentNode.selectedIndex,e.selected===!0},empty:function(e){for(e=e.firstChild;e;e=e.nextSibling)if(e.nodeName>"@"||3===e.nodeType||4===e.nodeType)return!1;return!0},parent:function(e){return!i.pseudos.empty(e)},header:function(e){return et.test(e.nodeName)},input:function(e){return Z.test(e.nodeName)},button:function(e){var t=e.nodeName.toLowerCase();return"input"===t&&"button"===e.type||"button"===t},text:function(e){var t;return"input"===e.nodeName.toLowerCase()&&"text"===e.type&&(null==(t=e.getAttribute("type"))||t.toLowerCase()===e.type)},first:ht(function(){return[0]}),last:ht(function(e,t){return[t-1]}),eq:ht(function(e,t,n){return[0>n?n+t:n]}),even:ht(function(e,t){var n=0;for(;t>n;n+=2)e.push(n);return e}),odd:ht(function(e,t){var n=1;for(;t>n;n+=2)e.push(n);return e}),lt:ht(function(e,t,n){var r=0>n?n+t:n;for(;--r>=0;)e.push(r);return e}),gt:ht(function(e,t,n){var r=0>n?n+t:n;for(;t>++r;)e.push(r);return e})}},i.pseudos.nth=i.pseudos.eq;for(t in{radio:!0,checkbox:!0,file:!0,password:!0,image:!0})i.pseudos[t]=pt(t);for(t in{submit:!0,reset:!0})i.pseudos[t]=ft(t);function dt(){}dt.prototype=i.filters=i.pseudos,i.setFilters=new dt;function gt(e,t){var n,r,o,s,a,u,l,c=k[e+" "];if(c)return t?0:c.slice(0);a=e,u=[],l=i.preFilter;while(a){(!n||(r=_.exec(a)))&&(r&&(a=a.slice(r[0].length)||a),u.push(o=[])),n=!1,(r=X.exec(a))&&(n=r.shift(),o.push({value:n,type:r[0].replace(z," ")}),a=a.slice(n.length));for(s in i.filter)!(r=J[s].exec(a))||l[s]&&!(r=l[s](r))||(n=r.shift(),o.push({value:n,type:s,matches:r}),a=a.slice(n.length));if(!n)break}return t?a.length:a?ot.error(e):k(e,u).slice(0)}function mt(e){var t=0,n=e.length,r="";for(;n>t;t++)r+=e[t].value;return r}function yt(e,t,n){var i=t.dir,o=n&&"parentNode"===i,s=T++;return t.first?function(t,n,r){while(t=t[i])if(1===t.nodeType||o)return e(t,n,r)}:function(t,n,a){var u,l,c,p=w+" "+s;if(a){while(t=t[i])if((1===t.nodeType||o)&&e(t,n,a))return!0}else while(t=t[i])if(1===t.nodeType||o)if(c=t[v]||(t[v]={}),(l=c[i])&&l[0]===p){if((u=l[1])===!0||u===r)return u===!0}else if(l=c[i]=[p],l[1]=e(t,n,a)||r,l[1]===!0)return!0}}function vt(e){return e.length>1?function(t,n,r){var i=e.length;while(i--)if(!e[i](t,n,r))return!1;return!0}:e[0]}function xt(e,t,n,r,i){var o,s=[],a=0,u=e.length,l=null!=t;for(;u>a;a++)(o=e[a])&&(!n||n(o,r,i))&&(s.push(o),l&&t.push(a));return s}function bt(e,t,n,r,i,o){return r&&!r[v]&&(r=bt(r)),i&&!i[v]&&(i=bt(i,o)),at(function(o,s,a,u){var l,c,p,f=[],h=[],d=s.length,g=o||Ct(t||"*",a.nodeType?[a]:a,[]),m=!e||!o&&t?g:xt(g,f,e,a,u),y=n?i||(o?e:d||r)?[]:s:m;if(n&&n(m,y,a,u),r){l=xt(y,h),r(l,[],a,u),c=l.length;while(c--)(p=l[c])&&(y[h[c]]=!(m[h[c]]=p))}if(o){if(i||e){if(i){l=[],c=y.length;while(c--)(p=y[c])&&l.push(m[c]=p);i(null,y=[],l,u)}c=y.length;while(c--)(p=y[c])&&(l=i?P.call(o,p):f[c])>-1&&(o[l]=!(s[l]=p))}}else y=xt(y===s?y.splice(d,y.length):y),i?i(null,s,y,u):O.apply(s,y)})}function wt(e){var t,n,r,o=e.length,s=i.relative[e[0].type],a=s||i.relative[" "],l=s?1:0,c=yt(function(e){return e===t},a,!0),p=yt(function(e){return P.call(t,e)>-1},a,!0),f=[function(e,n,r){return!s&&(r||n!==u)||((t=n).nodeType?c(e,n,r):p(e,n,r))}];for(;o>l;l++)if(n=i.relative[e[l].type])f=[yt(vt(f),n)];else{if(n=i.filter[e[l].type].apply(null,e[l].matches),n[v]){for(r=++l;o>r;r++)if(i.relative[e[r].type])break;return bt(l>1&&vt(f),l>1&&mt(e.slice(0,l-1).concat({value:" "===e[l-2].type?"*":""})).replace(z,"$1"),n,r>l&&wt(e.slice(l,r)),o>r&&wt(e=e.slice(r)),o>r&&mt(e))}f.push(n)}return vt(f)}function Tt(e,t){var n=0,o=t.length>0,s=e.length>0,a=function(a,l,c,f,h){var d,g,m,y=[],v=0,x="0",b=a&&[],T=null!=h,C=u,k=a||s&&i.find.TAG("*",h&&l.parentNode||l),N=w+=null==C?1:Math.random()||.1;for(T&&(u=l!==p&&l,r=n);null!=(d=k[x]);x++){if(s&&d){g=0;while(m=e[g++])if(m(d,l,c)){f.push(d);break}T&&(w=N,r=++n)}o&&((d=!m&&d)&&v--,a&&b.push(d))}if(v+=x,o&&x!==v){g=0;while(m=t[g++])m(b,y,l,c);if(a){if(v>0)while(x--)b[x]||y[x]||(y[x]=q.call(f));y=xt(y)}O.apply(f,y),T&&!a&&y.length>0&&v+t.length>1&&ot.uniqueSort(f)}return T&&(w=N,u=C),b};return o?at(a):a}a=ot.compile=function(e,t){var n,r=[],i=[],o=N[e+" "];if(!o){t||(t=gt(e)),n=t.length;while(n--)o=wt(t[n]),o[v]?r.push(o):i.push(o);o=N(e,Tt(i,r))}return o};function Ct(e,t,n){var r=0,i=t.length;for(;i>r;r++)ot(e,t[r],n);return n}function kt(e,t,r,o){var s,u,l,c,p,f=gt(e);if(!o&&1===f.length){if(u=f[0]=f[0].slice(0),u.length>2&&"ID"===(l=u[0]).type&&n.getById&&9===t.nodeType&&h&&i.relative[u[1].type]){if(t=(i.find.ID(l.matches[0].replace(nt,rt),t)||[])[0],!t)return r;e=e.slice(u.shift().value.length)}s=J.needsContext.test(e)?0:u.length;while(s--){if(l=u[s],i.relative[c=l.type])break;if((p=i.find[c])&&(o=p(l.matches[0].replace(nt,rt),U.test(u[0].type)&&t.parentNode||t))){if(u.splice(s,1),e=o.length&&mt(u),!e)return O.apply(r,o),r;break}}}return a(e,f)(o,t,!h,r,U.test(e)),r}n.sortStable=v.split("").sort(S).join("")===v,n.detectDuplicates=E,c(),n.sortDetached=ut(function(e){return 1&e.compareDocumentPosition(p.createElement("div"))}),ut(function(e){return e.innerHTML="","#"===e.firstChild.getAttribute("href")})||lt("type|href|height|width",function(e,t,n){return n?undefined:e.getAttribute(t,"type"===t.toLowerCase()?1:2)}),n.attributes&&ut(function(e){return e.innerHTML="",e.firstChild.setAttribute("value",""),""===e.firstChild.getAttribute("value")})||lt("value",function(e,t,n){return n||"input"!==e.nodeName.toLowerCase()?undefined:e.defaultValue}),ut(function(e){return null==e.getAttribute("disabled")})||lt(R,function(e,t,n){var r;return n?undefined:(r=e.getAttributeNode(t))&&r.specified?r.value:e[t]===!0?t.toLowerCase():null}),x.find=ot,x.expr=ot.selectors,x.expr[":"]=x.expr.pseudos,x.unique=ot.uniqueSort,x.text=ot.getText,x.isXMLDoc=ot.isXML,x.contains=ot.contains}(e);var D={};function A(e){var t=D[e]={};return x.each(e.match(w)||[],function(e,n){t[n]=!0}),t}x.Callbacks=function(e){e="string"==typeof e?D[e]||A(e):x.extend({},e);var t,n,r,i,o,s,a=[],u=!e.once&&[],l=function(p){for(t=e.memory&&p,n=!0,s=i||0,i=0,o=a.length,r=!0;a&&o>s;s++)if(a[s].apply(p[0],p[1])===!1&&e.stopOnFalse){t=!1;break}r=!1,a&&(u?u.length&&l(u.shift()):t?a=[]:c.disable())},c={add:function(){if(a){var n=a.length;(function s(t){x.each(t,function(t,n){var r=x.type(n);"function"===r?e.unique&&c.has(n)||a.push(n):n&&n.length&&"string"!==r&&s(n)})})(arguments),r?o=a.length:t&&(i=n,l(t))}return this},remove:function(){return a&&x.each(arguments,function(e,t){var n;while((n=x.inArray(t,a,n))>-1)a.splice(n,1),r&&(o>=n&&o--,s>=n&&s--)}),this},has:function(e){return e?x.inArray(e,a)>-1:!(!a||!a.length)},empty:function(){return a=[],o=0,this},disable:function(){return a=u=t=undefined,this},disabled:function(){return!a},lock:function(){return u=undefined,t||c.disable(),this},locked:function(){return!u},fireWith:function(e,t){return!a||n&&!u||(t=t||[],t=[e,t.slice?t.slice():t],r?u.push(t):l(t)),this},fire:function(){return c.fireWith(this,arguments),this},fired:function(){return!!n}};return c},x.extend({Deferred:function(e){var t=[["resolve","done",x.Callbacks("once memory"),"resolved"],["reject","fail",x.Callbacks("once memory"),"rejected"],["notify","progress",x.Callbacks("memory")]],n="pending",r={state:function(){return n},always:function(){return i.done(arguments).fail(arguments),this},then:function(){var e=arguments;return x.Deferred(function(n){x.each(t,function(t,o){var s=o[0],a=x.isFunction(e[t])&&e[t];i[o[1]](function(){var e=a&&a.apply(this,arguments);e&&x.isFunction(e.promise)?e.promise().done(n.resolve).fail(n.reject).progress(n.notify):n[s+"With"](this===r?n.promise():this,a?[e]:arguments)})}),e=null}).promise()},promise:function(e){return null!=e?x.extend(e,r):r}},i={};return r.pipe=r.then,x.each(t,function(e,o){var s=o[2],a=o[3];r[o[1]]=s.add,a&&s.add(function(){n=a},t[1^e][2].disable,t[2][2].lock),i[o[0]]=function(){return i[o[0]+"With"](this===i?r:this,arguments),this},i[o[0]+"With"]=s.fireWith}),r.promise(i),e&&e.call(i,i),i},when:function(e){var t=0,n=d.call(arguments),r=n.length,i=1!==r||e&&x.isFunction(e.promise)?r:0,o=1===i?e:x.Deferred(),s=function(e,t,n){return function(r){t[e]=this,n[e]=arguments.length>1?d.call(arguments):r,n===a?o.notifyWith(t,n):--i||o.resolveWith(t,n)}},a,u,l;if(r>1)for(a=Array(r),u=Array(r),l=Array(r);r>t;t++)n[t]&&x.isFunction(n[t].promise)?n[t].promise().done(s(t,l,n)).fail(o.reject).progress(s(t,u,a)):--i;return i||o.resolveWith(l,n),o.promise()}}),x.support=function(t){var n=o.createElement("input"),r=o.createDocumentFragment(),i=o.createElement("div"),s=o.createElement("select"),a=s.appendChild(o.createElement("option"));return n.type?(n.type="checkbox",t.checkOn=""!==n.value,t.optSelected=a.selected,t.reliableMarginRight=!0,t.boxSizingReliable=!0,t.pixelPosition=!1,n.checked=!0,t.noCloneChecked=n.cloneNode(!0).checked,s.disabled=!0,t.optDisabled=!a.disabled,n=o.createElement("input"),n.value="t",n.type="radio",t.radioValue="t"===n.value,n.setAttribute("checked","t"),n.setAttribute("name","t"),r.appendChild(n),t.checkClone=r.cloneNode(!0).cloneNode(!0).lastChild.checked,t.focusinBubbles="onfocusin"in e,i.style.backgroundClip="content-box",i.cloneNode(!0).style.backgroundClip="",t.clearCloneStyle="content-box"===i.style.backgroundClip,x(function(){var n,r,s="padding:0;margin:0;border:0;display:block;-webkit-box-sizing:content-box;-moz-box-sizing:content-box;box-sizing:content-box",a=o.getElementsByTagName("body")[0];a&&(n=o.createElement("div"),n.style.cssText="border:0;width:0;height:0;position:absolute;top:0;left:-9999px;margin-top:1px",a.appendChild(n).appendChild(i),i.innerHTML="",i.style.cssText="-webkit-box-sizing:border-box;-moz-box-sizing:border-box;box-sizing:border-box;padding:1px;border:1px;display:block;width:4px;margin-top:1%;position:absolute;top:1%",x.swap(a,null!=a.style.zoom?{zoom:1}:{},function(){t.boxSizing=4===i.offsetWidth}),e.getComputedStyle&&(t.pixelPosition="1%"!==(e.getComputedStyle(i,null)||{}).top,t.boxSizingReliable="4px"===(e.getComputedStyle(i,null)||{width:"4px"}).width,r=i.appendChild(o.createElement("div")),r.style.cssText=i.style.cssText=s,r.style.marginRight=r.style.width="0",i.style.width="1px",t.reliableMarginRight=!parseFloat((e.getComputedStyle(r,null)||{}).marginRight)),a.removeChild(n))}),t):t}({});var L,q,H=/(?:\{[\s\S]*\}|\[[\s\S]*\])$/,O=/([A-Z])/g;function F(){Object.defineProperty(this.cache={},0,{get:function(){return{}}}),this.expando=x.expando+Math.random()}F.uid=1,F.accepts=function(e){return e.nodeType?1===e.nodeType||9===e.nodeType:!0},F.prototype={key:function(e){if(!F.accepts(e))return 0;var t={},n=e[this.expando];if(!n){n=F.uid++;try{t[this.expando]={value:n},Object.defineProperties(e,t)}catch(r){t[this.expando]=n,x.extend(e,t)}}return this.cache[n]||(this.cache[n]={}),n},set:function(e,t,n){var r,i=this.key(e),o=this.cache[i];if("string"==typeof t)o[t]=n;else if(x.isEmptyObject(o))x.extend(this.cache[i],t);else for(r in t)o[r]=t[r];return o},get:function(e,t){var n=this.cache[this.key(e)];return t===undefined?n:n[t]},access:function(e,t,n){var r;return t===undefined||t&&"string"==typeof t&&n===undefined?(r=this.get(e,t),r!==undefined?r:this.get(e,x.camelCase(t))):(this.set(e,t,n),n!==undefined?n:t)},remove:function(e,t){var n,r,i,o=this.key(e),s=this.cache[o];if(t===undefined)this.cache[o]={};else{x.isArray(t)?r=t.concat(t.map(x.camelCase)):(i=x.camelCase(t),t in s?r=[t,i]:(r=i,r=r in s?[r]:r.match(w)||[])),n=r.length;while(n--)delete s[r[n]]}},hasData:function(e){return!x.isEmptyObject(this.cache[e[this.expando]]||{})},discard:function(e){e[this.expando]&&delete this.cache[e[this.expando]]}},L=new F,q=new F,x.extend({acceptData:F.accepts,hasData:function(e){return L.hasData(e)||q.hasData(e)},data:function(e,t,n){return L.access(e,t,n)},removeData:function(e,t){L.remove(e,t)},_data:function(e,t,n){return q.access(e,t,n)},_removeData:function(e,t){q.remove(e,t)}}),x.fn.extend({data:function(e,t){var n,r,i=this[0],o=0,s=null;if(e===undefined){if(this.length&&(s=L.get(i),1===i.nodeType&&!q.get(i,"hasDataAttrs"))){for(n=i.attributes;n.length>o;o++)r=n[o].name,0===r.indexOf("data-")&&(r=x.camelCase(r.slice(5)),P(i,r,s[r]));q.set(i,"hasDataAttrs",!0)}return s}return"object"==typeof e?this.each(function(){L.set(this,e)}):x.access(this,function(t){var n,r=x.camelCase(e);if(i&&t===undefined){if(n=L.get(i,e),n!==undefined)return n;if(n=L.get(i,r),n!==undefined)return n;if(n=P(i,r,undefined),n!==undefined)return n}else this.each(function(){var n=L.get(this,r);L.set(this,r,t),-1!==e.indexOf("-")&&n!==undefined&&L.set(this,e,t)})},null,t,arguments.length>1,null,!0)},removeData:function(e){return this.each(function(){L.remove(this,e)})}});function P(e,t,n){var r;if(n===undefined&&1===e.nodeType)if(r="data-"+t.replace(O,"-$1").toLowerCase(),n=e.getAttribute(r),"string"==typeof n){try{n="true"===n?!0:"false"===n?!1:"null"===n?null:+n+""===n?+n:H.test(n)?JSON.parse(n):n}catch(i){}L.set(e,t,n)}else n=undefined;return n}x.extend({queue:function(e,t,n){var r;return e?(t=(t||"fx")+"queue",r=q.get(e,t),n&&(!r||x.isArray(n)?r=q.access(e,t,x.makeArray(n)):r.push(n)),r||[]):undefined},dequeue:function(e,t){t=t||"fx";var n=x.queue(e,t),r=n.length,i=n.shift(),o=x._queueHooks(e,t),s=function(){x.dequeue(e,t) +};"inprogress"===i&&(i=n.shift(),r--),i&&("fx"===t&&n.unshift("inprogress"),delete o.stop,i.call(e,s,o)),!r&&o&&o.empty.fire()},_queueHooks:function(e,t){var n=t+"queueHooks";return q.get(e,n)||q.access(e,n,{empty:x.Callbacks("once memory").add(function(){q.remove(e,[t+"queue",n])})})}}),x.fn.extend({queue:function(e,t){var n=2;return"string"!=typeof e&&(t=e,e="fx",n--),n>arguments.length?x.queue(this[0],e):t===undefined?this:this.each(function(){var n=x.queue(this,e,t);x._queueHooks(this,e),"fx"===e&&"inprogress"!==n[0]&&x.dequeue(this,e)})},dequeue:function(e){return this.each(function(){x.dequeue(this,e)})},delay:function(e,t){return e=x.fx?x.fx.speeds[e]||e:e,t=t||"fx",this.queue(t,function(t,n){var r=setTimeout(t,e);n.stop=function(){clearTimeout(r)}})},clearQueue:function(e){return this.queue(e||"fx",[])},promise:function(e,t){var n,r=1,i=x.Deferred(),o=this,s=this.length,a=function(){--r||i.resolveWith(o,[o])};"string"!=typeof e&&(t=e,e=undefined),e=e||"fx";while(s--)n=q.get(o[s],e+"queueHooks"),n&&n.empty&&(r++,n.empty.add(a));return a(),i.promise(t)}});var R,M,W=/[\t\r\n\f]/g,$=/\r/g,B=/^(?:input|select|textarea|button)$/i;x.fn.extend({attr:function(e,t){return x.access(this,x.attr,e,t,arguments.length>1)},removeAttr:function(e){return this.each(function(){x.removeAttr(this,e)})},prop:function(e,t){return x.access(this,x.prop,e,t,arguments.length>1)},removeProp:function(e){return this.each(function(){delete this[x.propFix[e]||e]})},addClass:function(e){var t,n,r,i,o,s=0,a=this.length,u="string"==typeof e&&e;if(x.isFunction(e))return this.each(function(t){x(this).addClass(e.call(this,t,this.className))});if(u)for(t=(e||"").match(w)||[];a>s;s++)if(n=this[s],r=1===n.nodeType&&(n.className?(" "+n.className+" ").replace(W," "):" ")){o=0;while(i=t[o++])0>r.indexOf(" "+i+" ")&&(r+=i+" ");n.className=x.trim(r)}return this},removeClass:function(e){var t,n,r,i,o,s=0,a=this.length,u=0===arguments.length||"string"==typeof e&&e;if(x.isFunction(e))return this.each(function(t){x(this).removeClass(e.call(this,t,this.className))});if(u)for(t=(e||"").match(w)||[];a>s;s++)if(n=this[s],r=1===n.nodeType&&(n.className?(" "+n.className+" ").replace(W," "):"")){o=0;while(i=t[o++])while(r.indexOf(" "+i+" ")>=0)r=r.replace(" "+i+" "," ");n.className=e?x.trim(r):""}return this},toggleClass:function(e,t){var n=typeof e;return"boolean"==typeof t&&"string"===n?t?this.addClass(e):this.removeClass(e):x.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(n){x(this).toggleClass(e.call(this,n,this.className,t),t)}):this.each(function(){if("string"===n){var t,i=0,o=x(this),s=e.match(w)||[];while(t=s[i++])o.hasClass(t)?o.removeClass(t):o.addClass(t)}else(n===r||"boolean"===n)&&(this.className&&q.set(this,"__className__",this.className),this.className=this.className||e===!1?"":q.get(this,"__className__")||"")})},hasClass:function(e){var t=" "+e+" ",n=0,r=this.length;for(;r>n;n++)if(1===this[n].nodeType&&(" "+this[n].className+" ").replace(W," ").indexOf(t)>=0)return!0;return!1},val:function(e){var t,n,r,i=this[0];{if(arguments.length)return r=x.isFunction(e),this.each(function(n){var i;1===this.nodeType&&(i=r?e.call(this,n,x(this).val()):e,null==i?i="":"number"==typeof i?i+="":x.isArray(i)&&(i=x.map(i,function(e){return null==e?"":e+""})),t=x.valHooks[this.type]||x.valHooks[this.nodeName.toLowerCase()],t&&"set"in t&&t.set(this,i,"value")!==undefined||(this.value=i))});if(i)return t=x.valHooks[i.type]||x.valHooks[i.nodeName.toLowerCase()],t&&"get"in t&&(n=t.get(i,"value"))!==undefined?n:(n=i.value,"string"==typeof n?n.replace($,""):null==n?"":n)}}}),x.extend({valHooks:{option:{get:function(e){var t=e.attributes.value;return!t||t.specified?e.value:e.text}},select:{get:function(e){var t,n,r=e.options,i=e.selectedIndex,o="select-one"===e.type||0>i,s=o?null:[],a=o?i+1:r.length,u=0>i?a:o?i:0;for(;a>u;u++)if(n=r[u],!(!n.selected&&u!==i||(x.support.optDisabled?n.disabled:null!==n.getAttribute("disabled"))||n.parentNode.disabled&&x.nodeName(n.parentNode,"optgroup"))){if(t=x(n).val(),o)return t;s.push(t)}return s},set:function(e,t){var n,r,i=e.options,o=x.makeArray(t),s=i.length;while(s--)r=i[s],(r.selected=x.inArray(x(r).val(),o)>=0)&&(n=!0);return n||(e.selectedIndex=-1),o}}},attr:function(e,t,n){var i,o,s=e.nodeType;if(e&&3!==s&&8!==s&&2!==s)return typeof e.getAttribute===r?x.prop(e,t,n):(1===s&&x.isXMLDoc(e)||(t=t.toLowerCase(),i=x.attrHooks[t]||(x.expr.match.bool.test(t)?M:R)),n===undefined?i&&"get"in i&&null!==(o=i.get(e,t))?o:(o=x.find.attr(e,t),null==o?undefined:o):null!==n?i&&"set"in i&&(o=i.set(e,n,t))!==undefined?o:(e.setAttribute(t,n+""),n):(x.removeAttr(e,t),undefined))},removeAttr:function(e,t){var n,r,i=0,o=t&&t.match(w);if(o&&1===e.nodeType)while(n=o[i++])r=x.propFix[n]||n,x.expr.match.bool.test(n)&&(e[r]=!1),e.removeAttribute(n)},attrHooks:{type:{set:function(e,t){if(!x.support.radioValue&&"radio"===t&&x.nodeName(e,"input")){var n=e.value;return e.setAttribute("type",t),n&&(e.value=n),t}}}},propFix:{"for":"htmlFor","class":"className"},prop:function(e,t,n){var r,i,o,s=e.nodeType;if(e&&3!==s&&8!==s&&2!==s)return o=1!==s||!x.isXMLDoc(e),o&&(t=x.propFix[t]||t,i=x.propHooks[t]),n!==undefined?i&&"set"in i&&(r=i.set(e,n,t))!==undefined?r:e[t]=n:i&&"get"in i&&null!==(r=i.get(e,t))?r:e[t]},propHooks:{tabIndex:{get:function(e){return e.hasAttribute("tabindex")||B.test(e.nodeName)||e.href?e.tabIndex:-1}}}}),M={set:function(e,t,n){return t===!1?x.removeAttr(e,n):e.setAttribute(n,n),n}},x.each(x.expr.match.bool.source.match(/\w+/g),function(e,t){var n=x.expr.attrHandle[t]||x.find.attr;x.expr.attrHandle[t]=function(e,t,r){var i=x.expr.attrHandle[t],o=r?undefined:(x.expr.attrHandle[t]=undefined)!=n(e,t,r)?t.toLowerCase():null;return x.expr.attrHandle[t]=i,o}}),x.support.optSelected||(x.propHooks.selected={get:function(e){var t=e.parentNode;return t&&t.parentNode&&t.parentNode.selectedIndex,null}}),x.each(["tabIndex","readOnly","maxLength","cellSpacing","cellPadding","rowSpan","colSpan","useMap","frameBorder","contentEditable"],function(){x.propFix[this.toLowerCase()]=this}),x.each(["radio","checkbox"],function(){x.valHooks[this]={set:function(e,t){return x.isArray(t)?e.checked=x.inArray(x(e).val(),t)>=0:undefined}},x.support.checkOn||(x.valHooks[this].get=function(e){return null===e.getAttribute("value")?"on":e.value})});var I=/^key/,z=/^(?:mouse|contextmenu)|click/,_=/^(?:focusinfocus|focusoutblur)$/,X=/^([^.]*)(?:\.(.+)|)$/;function U(){return!0}function Y(){return!1}function V(){try{return o.activeElement}catch(e){}}x.event={global:{},add:function(e,t,n,i,o){var s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h,d,g,m,y=q.get(e);if(y){n.handler&&(s=n,n=s.handler,o=s.selector),n.guid||(n.guid=x.guid++),(l=y.events)||(l=y.events={}),(a=y.handle)||(a=y.handle=function(e){return typeof x===r||e&&x.event.triggered===e.type?undefined:x.event.dispatch.apply(a.elem,arguments)},a.elem=e),t=(t||"").match(w)||[""],c=t.length;while(c--)u=X.exec(t[c])||[],d=m=u[1],g=(u[2]||"").split(".").sort(),d&&(f=x.event.special[d]||{},d=(o?f.delegateType:f.bindType)||d,f=x.event.special[d]||{},p=x.extend({type:d,origType:m,data:i,handler:n,guid:n.guid,selector:o,needsContext:o&&x.expr.match.needsContext.test(o),namespace:g.join(".")},s),(h=l[d])||(h=l[d]=[],h.delegateCount=0,f.setup&&f.setup.call(e,i,g,a)!==!1||e.addEventListener&&e.addEventListener(d,a,!1)),f.add&&(f.add.call(e,p),p.handler.guid||(p.handler.guid=n.guid)),o?h.splice(h.delegateCount++,0,p):h.push(p),x.event.global[d]=!0);e=null}},remove:function(e,t,n,r,i){var o,s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h,d,g,m=q.hasData(e)&&q.get(e);if(m&&(u=m.events)){t=(t||"").match(w)||[""],l=t.length;while(l--)if(a=X.exec(t[l])||[],h=g=a[1],d=(a[2]||"").split(".").sort(),h){p=x.event.special[h]||{},h=(r?p.delegateType:p.bindType)||h,f=u[h]||[],a=a[2]&&RegExp("(^|\\.)"+d.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"),s=o=f.length;while(o--)c=f[o],!i&&g!==c.origType||n&&n.guid!==c.guid||a&&!a.test(c.namespace)||r&&r!==c.selector&&("**"!==r||!c.selector)||(f.splice(o,1),c.selector&&f.delegateCount--,p.remove&&p.remove.call(e,c));s&&!f.length&&(p.teardown&&p.teardown.call(e,d,m.handle)!==!1||x.removeEvent(e,h,m.handle),delete u[h])}else for(h in u)x.event.remove(e,h+t[l],n,r,!0);x.isEmptyObject(u)&&(delete m.handle,q.remove(e,"events"))}},trigger:function(t,n,r,i){var s,a,u,l,c,p,f,h=[r||o],d=y.call(t,"type")?t.type:t,g=y.call(t,"namespace")?t.namespace.split("."):[];if(a=u=r=r||o,3!==r.nodeType&&8!==r.nodeType&&!_.test(d+x.event.triggered)&&(d.indexOf(".")>=0&&(g=d.split("."),d=g.shift(),g.sort()),c=0>d.indexOf(":")&&"on"+d,t=t[x.expando]?t:new x.Event(d,"object"==typeof t&&t),t.isTrigger=i?2:3,t.namespace=g.join("."),t.namespace_re=t.namespace?RegExp("(^|\\.)"+g.join("\\.(?:.*\\.|)")+"(\\.|$)"):null,t.result=undefined,t.target||(t.target=r),n=null==n?[t]:x.makeArray(n,[t]),f=x.event.special[d]||{},i||!f.trigger||f.trigger.apply(r,n)!==!1)){if(!i&&!f.noBubble&&!x.isWindow(r)){for(l=f.delegateType||d,_.test(l+d)||(a=a.parentNode);a;a=a.parentNode)h.push(a),u=a;u===(r.ownerDocument||o)&&h.push(u.defaultView||u.parentWindow||e)}s=0;while((a=h[s++])&&!t.isPropagationStopped())t.type=s>1?l:f.bindType||d,p=(q.get(a,"events")||{})[t.type]&&q.get(a,"handle"),p&&p.apply(a,n),p=c&&a[c],p&&x.acceptData(a)&&p.apply&&p.apply(a,n)===!1&&t.preventDefault();return t.type=d,i||t.isDefaultPrevented()||f._default&&f._default.apply(h.pop(),n)!==!1||!x.acceptData(r)||c&&x.isFunction(r[d])&&!x.isWindow(r)&&(u=r[c],u&&(r[c]=null),x.event.triggered=d,r[d](),x.event.triggered=undefined,u&&(r[c]=u)),t.result}},dispatch:function(e){e=x.event.fix(e);var t,n,r,i,o,s=[],a=d.call(arguments),u=(q.get(this,"events")||{})[e.type]||[],l=x.event.special[e.type]||{};if(a[0]=e,e.delegateTarget=this,!l.preDispatch||l.preDispatch.call(this,e)!==!1){s=x.event.handlers.call(this,e,u),t=0;while((i=s[t++])&&!e.isPropagationStopped()){e.currentTarget=i.elem,n=0;while((o=i.handlers[n++])&&!e.isImmediatePropagationStopped())(!e.namespace_re||e.namespace_re.test(o.namespace))&&(e.handleObj=o,e.data=o.data,r=((x.event.special[o.origType]||{}).handle||o.handler).apply(i.elem,a),r!==undefined&&(e.result=r)===!1&&(e.preventDefault(),e.stopPropagation()))}return l.postDispatch&&l.postDispatch.call(this,e),e.result}},handlers:function(e,t){var n,r,i,o,s=[],a=t.delegateCount,u=e.target;if(a&&u.nodeType&&(!e.button||"click"!==e.type))for(;u!==this;u=u.parentNode||this)if(u.disabled!==!0||"click"!==e.type){for(r=[],n=0;a>n;n++)o=t[n],i=o.selector+" ",r[i]===undefined&&(r[i]=o.needsContext?x(i,this).index(u)>=0:x.find(i,this,null,[u]).length),r[i]&&r.push(o);r.length&&s.push({elem:u,handlers:r})}return t.length>a&&s.push({elem:this,handlers:t.slice(a)}),s},props:"altKey bubbles cancelable ctrlKey currentTarget eventPhase metaKey relatedTarget shiftKey target timeStamp view which".split(" "),fixHooks:{},keyHooks:{props:"char charCode key keyCode".split(" "),filter:function(e,t){return null==e.which&&(e.which=null!=t.charCode?t.charCode:t.keyCode),e}},mouseHooks:{props:"button buttons clientX clientY offsetX offsetY pageX pageY screenX screenY toElement".split(" "),filter:function(e,t){var n,r,i,s=t.button;return null==e.pageX&&null!=t.clientX&&(n=e.target.ownerDocument||o,r=n.documentElement,i=n.body,e.pageX=t.clientX+(r&&r.scrollLeft||i&&i.scrollLeft||0)-(r&&r.clientLeft||i&&i.clientLeft||0),e.pageY=t.clientY+(r&&r.scrollTop||i&&i.scrollTop||0)-(r&&r.clientTop||i&&i.clientTop||0)),e.which||s===undefined||(e.which=1&s?1:2&s?3:4&s?2:0),e}},fix:function(e){if(e[x.expando])return e;var t,n,r,i=e.type,s=e,a=this.fixHooks[i];a||(this.fixHooks[i]=a=z.test(i)?this.mouseHooks:I.test(i)?this.keyHooks:{}),r=a.props?this.props.concat(a.props):this.props,e=new x.Event(s),t=r.length;while(t--)n=r[t],e[n]=s[n];return e.target||(e.target=o),3===e.target.nodeType&&(e.target=e.target.parentNode),a.filter?a.filter(e,s):e},special:{load:{noBubble:!0},focus:{trigger:function(){return this!==V()&&this.focus?(this.focus(),!1):undefined},delegateType:"focusin"},blur:{trigger:function(){return this===V()&&this.blur?(this.blur(),!1):undefined},delegateType:"focusout"},click:{trigger:function(){return"checkbox"===this.type&&this.click&&x.nodeName(this,"input")?(this.click(),!1):undefined},_default:function(e){return x.nodeName(e.target,"a")}},beforeunload:{postDispatch:function(e){e.result!==undefined&&(e.originalEvent.returnValue=e.result)}}},simulate:function(e,t,n,r){var i=x.extend(new x.Event,n,{type:e,isSimulated:!0,originalEvent:{}});r?x.event.trigger(i,null,t):x.event.dispatch.call(t,i),i.isDefaultPrevented()&&n.preventDefault()}},x.removeEvent=function(e,t,n){e.removeEventListener&&e.removeEventListener(t,n,!1)},x.Event=function(e,t){return this instanceof x.Event?(e&&e.type?(this.originalEvent=e,this.type=e.type,this.isDefaultPrevented=e.defaultPrevented||e.getPreventDefault&&e.getPreventDefault()?U:Y):this.type=e,t&&x.extend(this,t),this.timeStamp=e&&e.timeStamp||x.now(),this[x.expando]=!0,undefined):new x.Event(e,t)},x.Event.prototype={isDefaultPrevented:Y,isPropagationStopped:Y,isImmediatePropagationStopped:Y,preventDefault:function(){var e=this.originalEvent;this.isDefaultPrevented=U,e&&e.preventDefault&&e.preventDefault()},stopPropagation:function(){var e=this.originalEvent;this.isPropagationStopped=U,e&&e.stopPropagation&&e.stopPropagation()},stopImmediatePropagation:function(){this.isImmediatePropagationStopped=U,this.stopPropagation()}},x.each({mouseenter:"mouseover",mouseleave:"mouseout"},function(e,t){x.event.special[e]={delegateType:t,bindType:t,handle:function(e){var n,r=this,i=e.relatedTarget,o=e.handleObj;return(!i||i!==r&&!x.contains(r,i))&&(e.type=o.origType,n=o.handler.apply(this,arguments),e.type=t),n}}}),x.support.focusinBubbles||x.each({focus:"focusin",blur:"focusout"},function(e,t){var n=0,r=function(e){x.event.simulate(t,e.target,x.event.fix(e),!0)};x.event.special[t]={setup:function(){0===n++&&o.addEventListener(e,r,!0)},teardown:function(){0===--n&&o.removeEventListener(e,r,!0)}}}),x.fn.extend({on:function(e,t,n,r,i){var o,s;if("object"==typeof e){"string"!=typeof t&&(n=n||t,t=undefined);for(s in e)this.on(s,t,n,e[s],i);return this}if(null==n&&null==r?(r=t,n=t=undefined):null==r&&("string"==typeof t?(r=n,n=undefined):(r=n,n=t,t=undefined)),r===!1)r=Y;else if(!r)return this;return 1===i&&(o=r,r=function(e){return x().off(e),o.apply(this,arguments)},r.guid=o.guid||(o.guid=x.guid++)),this.each(function(){x.event.add(this,e,r,n,t)})},one:function(e,t,n,r){return this.on(e,t,n,r,1)},off:function(e,t,n){var r,i;if(e&&e.preventDefault&&e.handleObj)return r=e.handleObj,x(e.delegateTarget).off(r.namespace?r.origType+"."+r.namespace:r.origType,r.selector,r.handler),this;if("object"==typeof e){for(i in e)this.off(i,t,e[i]);return this}return(t===!1||"function"==typeof t)&&(n=t,t=undefined),n===!1&&(n=Y),this.each(function(){x.event.remove(this,e,n,t)})},trigger:function(e,t){return this.each(function(){x.event.trigger(e,t,this)})},triggerHandler:function(e,t){var n=this[0];return n?x.event.trigger(e,t,n,!0):undefined}});var G=/^.[^:#\[\.,]*$/,J=/^(?:parents|prev(?:Until|All))/,Q=x.expr.match.needsContext,K={children:!0,contents:!0,next:!0,prev:!0};x.fn.extend({find:function(e){var t,n=[],r=this,i=r.length;if("string"!=typeof e)return this.pushStack(x(e).filter(function(){for(t=0;i>t;t++)if(x.contains(r[t],this))return!0}));for(t=0;i>t;t++)x.find(e,r[t],n);return n=this.pushStack(i>1?x.unique(n):n),n.selector=this.selector?this.selector+" "+e:e,n},has:function(e){var t=x(e,this),n=t.length;return this.filter(function(){var e=0;for(;n>e;e++)if(x.contains(this,t[e]))return!0})},not:function(e){return this.pushStack(et(this,e||[],!0))},filter:function(e){return this.pushStack(et(this,e||[],!1))},is:function(e){return!!et(this,"string"==typeof e&&Q.test(e)?x(e):e||[],!1).length},closest:function(e,t){var n,r=0,i=this.length,o=[],s=Q.test(e)||"string"!=typeof e?x(e,t||this.context):0;for(;i>r;r++)for(n=this[r];n&&n!==t;n=n.parentNode)if(11>n.nodeType&&(s?s.index(n)>-1:1===n.nodeType&&x.find.matchesSelector(n,e))){n=o.push(n);break}return this.pushStack(o.length>1?x.unique(o):o)},index:function(e){return e?"string"==typeof e?g.call(x(e),this[0]):g.call(this,e.jquery?e[0]:e):this[0]&&this[0].parentNode?this.first().prevAll().length:-1},add:function(e,t){var n="string"==typeof e?x(e,t):x.makeArray(e&&e.nodeType?[e]:e),r=x.merge(this.get(),n);return this.pushStack(x.unique(r))},addBack:function(e){return this.add(null==e?this.prevObject:this.prevObject.filter(e))}});function Z(e,t){while((e=e[t])&&1!==e.nodeType);return e}x.each({parent:function(e){var t=e.parentNode;return t&&11!==t.nodeType?t:null},parents:function(e){return x.dir(e,"parentNode")},parentsUntil:function(e,t,n){return x.dir(e,"parentNode",n)},next:function(e){return Z(e,"nextSibling")},prev:function(e){return Z(e,"previousSibling")},nextAll:function(e){return x.dir(e,"nextSibling")},prevAll:function(e){return x.dir(e,"previousSibling")},nextUntil:function(e,t,n){return x.dir(e,"nextSibling",n)},prevUntil:function(e,t,n){return x.dir(e,"previousSibling",n)},siblings:function(e){return x.sibling((e.parentNode||{}).firstChild,e)},children:function(e){return x.sibling(e.firstChild)},contents:function(e){return e.contentDocument||x.merge([],e.childNodes)}},function(e,t){x.fn[e]=function(n,r){var i=x.map(this,t,n);return"Until"!==e.slice(-5)&&(r=n),r&&"string"==typeof r&&(i=x.filter(r,i)),this.length>1&&(K[e]||x.unique(i),J.test(e)&&i.reverse()),this.pushStack(i)}}),x.extend({filter:function(e,t,n){var r=t[0];return n&&(e=":not("+e+")"),1===t.length&&1===r.nodeType?x.find.matchesSelector(r,e)?[r]:[]:x.find.matches(e,x.grep(t,function(e){return 1===e.nodeType}))},dir:function(e,t,n){var r=[],i=n!==undefined;while((e=e[t])&&9!==e.nodeType)if(1===e.nodeType){if(i&&x(e).is(n))break;r.push(e)}return r},sibling:function(e,t){var n=[];for(;e;e=e.nextSibling)1===e.nodeType&&e!==t&&n.push(e);return n}});function et(e,t,n){if(x.isFunction(t))return x.grep(e,function(e,r){return!!t.call(e,r,e)!==n});if(t.nodeType)return x.grep(e,function(e){return e===t!==n});if("string"==typeof t){if(G.test(t))return x.filter(t,e,n);t=x.filter(t,e)}return x.grep(e,function(e){return g.call(t,e)>=0!==n})}var tt=/<(?!area|br|col|embed|hr|img|input|link|meta|param)(([\w:]+)[^>]*)\/>/gi,nt=/<([\w:]+)/,rt=/<|&#?\w+;/,it=/<(?:script|style|link)/i,ot=/^(?:checkbox|radio)$/i,st=/checked\s*(?:[^=]|=\s*.checked.)/i,at=/^$|\/(?:java|ecma)script/i,ut=/^true\/(.*)/,lt=/^\s*\s*$/g,ct={option:[1,""],thead:[1,"","
    "],col:[2,"","
    "],tr:[2,"","
    "],td:[3,"","
    "],_default:[0,"",""]};ct.optgroup=ct.option,ct.tbody=ct.tfoot=ct.colgroup=ct.caption=ct.thead,ct.th=ct.td,x.fn.extend({text:function(e){return x.access(this,function(e){return e===undefined?x.text(this):this.empty().append((this[0]&&this[0].ownerDocument||o).createTextNode(e))},null,e,arguments.length)},append:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){if(1===this.nodeType||11===this.nodeType||9===this.nodeType){var t=pt(this,e);t.appendChild(e)}})},prepend:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){if(1===this.nodeType||11===this.nodeType||9===this.nodeType){var t=pt(this,e);t.insertBefore(e,t.firstChild)}})},before:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){this.parentNode&&this.parentNode.insertBefore(e,this)})},after:function(){return this.domManip(arguments,function(e){this.parentNode&&this.parentNode.insertBefore(e,this.nextSibling)})},remove:function(e,t){var n,r=e?x.filter(e,this):this,i=0;for(;null!=(n=r[i]);i++)t||1!==n.nodeType||x.cleanData(mt(n)),n.parentNode&&(t&&x.contains(n.ownerDocument,n)&&dt(mt(n,"script")),n.parentNode.removeChild(n));return this},empty:function(){var e,t=0;for(;null!=(e=this[t]);t++)1===e.nodeType&&(x.cleanData(mt(e,!1)),e.textContent="");return this},clone:function(e,t){return e=null==e?!1:e,t=null==t?e:t,this.map(function(){return x.clone(this,e,t)})},html:function(e){return x.access(this,function(e){var t=this[0]||{},n=0,r=this.length;if(e===undefined&&1===t.nodeType)return t.innerHTML;if("string"==typeof e&&!it.test(e)&&!ct[(nt.exec(e)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase()]){e=e.replace(tt,"<$1>");try{for(;r>n;n++)t=this[n]||{},1===t.nodeType&&(x.cleanData(mt(t,!1)),t.innerHTML=e);t=0}catch(i){}}t&&this.empty().append(e)},null,e,arguments.length)},replaceWith:function(){var e=x.map(this,function(e){return[e.nextSibling,e.parentNode]}),t=0;return this.domManip(arguments,function(n){var r=e[t++],i=e[t++];i&&(r&&r.parentNode!==i&&(r=this.nextSibling),x(this).remove(),i.insertBefore(n,r))},!0),t?this:this.remove()},detach:function(e){return this.remove(e,!0)},domManip:function(e,t,n){e=f.apply([],e);var r,i,o,s,a,u,l=0,c=this.length,p=this,h=c-1,d=e[0],g=x.isFunction(d);if(g||!(1>=c||"string"!=typeof d||x.support.checkClone)&&st.test(d))return this.each(function(r){var i=p.eq(r);g&&(e[0]=d.call(this,r,i.html())),i.domManip(e,t,n)});if(c&&(r=x.buildFragment(e,this[0].ownerDocument,!1,!n&&this),i=r.firstChild,1===r.childNodes.length&&(r=i),i)){for(o=x.map(mt(r,"script"),ft),s=o.length;c>l;l++)a=r,l!==h&&(a=x.clone(a,!0,!0),s&&x.merge(o,mt(a,"script"))),t.call(this[l],a,l);if(s)for(u=o[o.length-1].ownerDocument,x.map(o,ht),l=0;s>l;l++)a=o[l],at.test(a.type||"")&&!q.access(a,"globalEval")&&x.contains(u,a)&&(a.src?x._evalUrl(a.src):x.globalEval(a.textContent.replace(lt,"")))}return this}}),x.each({appendTo:"append",prependTo:"prepend",insertBefore:"before",insertAfter:"after",replaceAll:"replaceWith"},function(e,t){x.fn[e]=function(e){var n,r=[],i=x(e),o=i.length-1,s=0;for(;o>=s;s++)n=s===o?this:this.clone(!0),x(i[s])[t](n),h.apply(r,n.get());return this.pushStack(r)}}),x.extend({clone:function(e,t,n){var r,i,o,s,a=e.cloneNode(!0),u=x.contains(e.ownerDocument,e);if(!(x.support.noCloneChecked||1!==e.nodeType&&11!==e.nodeType||x.isXMLDoc(e)))for(s=mt(a),o=mt(e),r=0,i=o.length;i>r;r++)yt(o[r],s[r]);if(t)if(n)for(o=o||mt(e),s=s||mt(a),r=0,i=o.length;i>r;r++)gt(o[r],s[r]);else gt(e,a);return s=mt(a,"script"),s.length>0&&dt(s,!u&&mt(e,"script")),a},buildFragment:function(e,t,n,r){var i,o,s,a,u,l,c=0,p=e.length,f=t.createDocumentFragment(),h=[];for(;p>c;c++)if(i=e[c],i||0===i)if("object"===x.type(i))x.merge(h,i.nodeType?[i]:i);else if(rt.test(i)){o=o||f.appendChild(t.createElement("div")),s=(nt.exec(i)||["",""])[1].toLowerCase(),a=ct[s]||ct._default,o.innerHTML=a[1]+i.replace(tt,"<$1>")+a[2],l=a[0];while(l--)o=o.lastChild;x.merge(h,o.childNodes),o=f.firstChild,o.textContent=""}else h.push(t.createTextNode(i));f.textContent="",c=0;while(i=h[c++])if((!r||-1===x.inArray(i,r))&&(u=x.contains(i.ownerDocument,i),o=mt(f.appendChild(i),"script"),u&&dt(o),n)){l=0;while(i=o[l++])at.test(i.type||"")&&n.push(i)}return f},cleanData:function(e){var t,n,r,i,o,s,a=x.event.special,u=0;for(;(n=e[u])!==undefined;u++){if(F.accepts(n)&&(o=n[q.expando],o&&(t=q.cache[o]))){if(r=Object.keys(t.events||{}),r.length)for(s=0;(i=r[s])!==undefined;s++)a[i]?x.event.remove(n,i):x.removeEvent(n,i,t.handle);q.cache[o]&&delete q.cache[o]}delete L.cache[n[L.expando]]}},_evalUrl:function(e){return x.ajax({url:e,type:"GET",dataType:"script",async:!1,global:!1,"throws":!0})}});function pt(e,t){return x.nodeName(e,"table")&&x.nodeName(1===t.nodeType?t:t.firstChild,"tr")?e.getElementsByTagName("tbody")[0]||e.appendChild(e.ownerDocument.createElement("tbody")):e}function ft(e){return e.type=(null!==e.getAttribute("type"))+"/"+e.type,e}function ht(e){var t=ut.exec(e.type);return t?e.type=t[1]:e.removeAttribute("type"),e}function dt(e,t){var n=e.length,r=0;for(;n>r;r++)q.set(e[r],"globalEval",!t||q.get(t[r],"globalEval"))}function gt(e,t){var n,r,i,o,s,a,u,l;if(1===t.nodeType){if(q.hasData(e)&&(o=q.access(e),s=q.set(t,o),l=o.events)){delete s.handle,s.events={};for(i in l)for(n=0,r=l[i].length;r>n;n++)x.event.add(t,i,l[i][n])}L.hasData(e)&&(a=L.access(e),u=x.extend({},a),L.set(t,u))}}function mt(e,t){var n=e.getElementsByTagName?e.getElementsByTagName(t||"*"):e.querySelectorAll?e.querySelectorAll(t||"*"):[];return t===undefined||t&&x.nodeName(e,t)?x.merge([e],n):n}function yt(e,t){var n=t.nodeName.toLowerCase();"input"===n&&ot.test(e.type)?t.checked=e.checked:("input"===n||"textarea"===n)&&(t.defaultValue=e.defaultValue)}x.fn.extend({wrapAll:function(e){var t;return x.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(t){x(this).wrapAll(e.call(this,t))}):(this[0]&&(t=x(e,this[0].ownerDocument).eq(0).clone(!0),this[0].parentNode&&t.insertBefore(this[0]),t.map(function(){var e=this;while(e.firstElementChild)e=e.firstElementChild;return e}).append(this)),this)},wrapInner:function(e){return x.isFunction(e)?this.each(function(t){x(this).wrapInner(e.call(this,t))}):this.each(function(){var t=x(this),n=t.contents();n.length?n.wrapAll(e):t.append(e)})},wrap:function(e){var t=x.isFunction(e);return this.each(function(n){x(this).wrapAll(t?e.call(this,n):e)})},unwrap:function(){return this.parent().each(function(){x.nodeName(this,"body")||x(this).replaceWith(this.childNodes)}).end()}});var vt,xt,bt=/^(none|table(?!-c[ea]).+)/,wt=/^margin/,Tt=RegExp("^("+b+")(.*)$","i"),Ct=RegExp("^("+b+")(?!px)[a-z%]+$","i"),kt=RegExp("^([+-])=("+b+")","i"),Nt={BODY:"block"},Et={position:"absolute",visibility:"hidden",display:"block"},St={letterSpacing:0,fontWeight:400},jt=["Top","Right","Bottom","Left"],Dt=["Webkit","O","Moz","ms"];function At(e,t){if(t in e)return t;var n=t.charAt(0).toUpperCase()+t.slice(1),r=t,i=Dt.length;while(i--)if(t=Dt[i]+n,t in e)return t;return r}function Lt(e,t){return e=t||e,"none"===x.css(e,"display")||!x.contains(e.ownerDocument,e)}function qt(t){return e.getComputedStyle(t,null)}function Ht(e,t){var n,r,i,o=[],s=0,a=e.length;for(;a>s;s++)r=e[s],r.style&&(o[s]=q.get(r,"olddisplay"),n=r.style.display,t?(o[s]||"none"!==n||(r.style.display=""),""===r.style.display&&Lt(r)&&(o[s]=q.access(r,"olddisplay",Rt(r.nodeName)))):o[s]||(i=Lt(r),(n&&"none"!==n||!i)&&q.set(r,"olddisplay",i?n:x.css(r,"display"))));for(s=0;a>s;s++)r=e[s],r.style&&(t&&"none"!==r.style.display&&""!==r.style.display||(r.style.display=t?o[s]||"":"none"));return e}x.fn.extend({css:function(e,t){return x.access(this,function(e,t,n){var r,i,o={},s=0;if(x.isArray(t)){for(r=qt(e),i=t.length;i>s;s++)o[t[s]]=x.css(e,t[s],!1,r);return o}return n!==undefined?x.style(e,t,n):x.css(e,t)},e,t,arguments.length>1)},show:function(){return Ht(this,!0)},hide:function(){return Ht(this)},toggle:function(e){return"boolean"==typeof e?e?this.show():this.hide():this.each(function(){Lt(this)?x(this).show():x(this).hide()})}}),x.extend({cssHooks:{opacity:{get:function(e,t){if(t){var n=vt(e,"opacity");return""===n?"1":n}}}},cssNumber:{columnCount:!0,fillOpacity:!0,fontWeight:!0,lineHeight:!0,opacity:!0,order:!0,orphans:!0,widows:!0,zIndex:!0,zoom:!0},cssProps:{"float":"cssFloat"},style:function(e,t,n,r){if(e&&3!==e.nodeType&&8!==e.nodeType&&e.style){var i,o,s,a=x.camelCase(t),u=e.style;return t=x.cssProps[a]||(x.cssProps[a]=At(u,a)),s=x.cssHooks[t]||x.cssHooks[a],n===undefined?s&&"get"in s&&(i=s.get(e,!1,r))!==undefined?i:u[t]:(o=typeof n,"string"===o&&(i=kt.exec(n))&&(n=(i[1]+1)*i[2]+parseFloat(x.css(e,t)),o="number"),null==n||"number"===o&&isNaN(n)||("number"!==o||x.cssNumber[a]||(n+="px"),x.support.clearCloneStyle||""!==n||0!==t.indexOf("background")||(u[t]="inherit"),s&&"set"in s&&(n=s.set(e,n,r))===undefined||(u[t]=n)),undefined)}},css:function(e,t,n,r){var i,o,s,a=x.camelCase(t);return t=x.cssProps[a]||(x.cssProps[a]=At(e.style,a)),s=x.cssHooks[t]||x.cssHooks[a],s&&"get"in s&&(i=s.get(e,!0,n)),i===undefined&&(i=vt(e,t,r)),"normal"===i&&t in St&&(i=St[t]),""===n||n?(o=parseFloat(i),n===!0||x.isNumeric(o)?o||0:i):i}}),vt=function(e,t,n){var r,i,o,s=n||qt(e),a=s?s.getPropertyValue(t)||s[t]:undefined,u=e.style;return s&&(""!==a||x.contains(e.ownerDocument,e)||(a=x.style(e,t)),Ct.test(a)&&wt.test(t)&&(r=u.width,i=u.minWidth,o=u.maxWidth,u.minWidth=u.maxWidth=u.width=a,a=s.width,u.width=r,u.minWidth=i,u.maxWidth=o)),a};function Ot(e,t,n){var r=Tt.exec(t);return r?Math.max(0,r[1]-(n||0))+(r[2]||"px"):t}function Ft(e,t,n,r,i){var o=n===(r?"border":"content")?4:"width"===t?1:0,s=0;for(;4>o;o+=2)"margin"===n&&(s+=x.css(e,n+jt[o],!0,i)),r?("content"===n&&(s-=x.css(e,"padding"+jt[o],!0,i)),"margin"!==n&&(s-=x.css(e,"border"+jt[o]+"Width",!0,i))):(s+=x.css(e,"padding"+jt[o],!0,i),"padding"!==n&&(s+=x.css(e,"border"+jt[o]+"Width",!0,i)));return s}function Pt(e,t,n){var r=!0,i="width"===t?e.offsetWidth:e.offsetHeight,o=qt(e),s=x.support.boxSizing&&"border-box"===x.css(e,"boxSizing",!1,o);if(0>=i||null==i){if(i=vt(e,t,o),(0>i||null==i)&&(i=e.style[t]),Ct.test(i))return i;r=s&&(x.support.boxSizingReliable||i===e.style[t]),i=parseFloat(i)||0}return i+Ft(e,t,n||(s?"border":"content"),r,o)+"px"}function Rt(e){var t=o,n=Nt[e];return n||(n=Mt(e,t),"none"!==n&&n||(xt=(xt||x("